Version in base suite: 2.12.27 Base version: debian-edu-doc_2.12.27 Target version: debian-edu-doc_2.13.3~deb13u1 Base file: /srv/ftp-master.debian.org/ftp/pool/main/d/debian-edu-doc/debian-edu-doc_2.12.27.dsc Target file: /srv/ftp-master.debian.org/policy/pool/main/d/debian-edu-doc/debian-edu-doc_2.13.3~deb13u1.dsc /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_list.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/installer-logo.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/sad.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01c-Installer_help.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/alert.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/change_password_administratively.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/create_group.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/25-Thin-Client-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/change_password_administratively.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/create_group.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/edit_user.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/filterbox.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa2_overview.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_edit_host.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_host_details.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_list.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/list_groups.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/reset_passwords.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/slbackup-php_maintenance.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/edit_user.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/filterbox.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/slbackup-php_maintenance.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa2_overview.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_list.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/i.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/idea.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/list_groups.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/25-Thin-Client-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/reset_passwords.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/sad.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/smile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.odg |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/010-uif-config-method.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01a-Installer_64bit_boot_menu_bios.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01b-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01c-Installer_help.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01d-Installer_64bit_boot_menu_uefi.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01e-Installer_64bit_command_line_bios.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01f-Installer_64bit_command_line_uefi.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/020-uif-config-confirm.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/030-uif-allow-ping.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/050-debian-edu-router-config-ip-forwarding.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05a-Configure_network_manually.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05b-Configure_network_ip.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05c-Configure_network_gateway.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05d-Configure_network_nameserver.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/060a-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/060b-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/070-debian-edu-router-config-uplink.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/080-debian-edu-router-config-networks.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/090-debian-edu-router-config-vlans.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/100-debian-edu-router-config-ipv4-ipv6.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/110-debian-edu-router-config-static-ip.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/120-debian-edu-router-config-internal-network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/130-debian-edu-router-config-nat.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/140-debian-edu-router-config-internet-access.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/150a-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-nat.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/150b-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-nat.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/160-debian-edu-router-config-ssh.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/190-debian-edu-router-config-main-menu.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/200-debian-edu-router-config-config-menu.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/28-iPXE-menu_with_LTSP.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/30-iPXE-menu_without_LTSP.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/Debian_Edu_Network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/alert.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/change_password_administratively.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/create_group.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/25-Thin-Client-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/Debian_Edu_Network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/change_password_administratively.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/create_group.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/edit_user.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/filterbox.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa2_overview.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_edit_host.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_host_details.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_list.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/list_groups.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/reset_passwords.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/slbackup-php_maintenance.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/edit_user.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/Debian_Edu_Network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/filterbox.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/Debian_Edu_Network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/slbackup-php_maintenance.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa2_overview.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_list.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/idea.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/list_groups.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/010-uif-config-method.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/02-select_a_language.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/020-uif-config-confirm.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/03-select_your_location.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/030-uif-allow-ping.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05-Detect_network_hardware.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/050-debian-edu-router-config-ip-forwarding.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05a-Configure_network_manually.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05b-Configure_network_ip.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05c-Configure_network_gateway.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05d-Configure_network_nameserver.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/060-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/070-debian-edu-router-config-uplink.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/080-debian-edu-router-config-networks.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/090-debian-edu-router-config-vlans.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/100-debian-edu-router-config-ipv4-ipv6.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/110-debian-edu-router-config-static-ip.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/120-debian-edu-router-config-internal-network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/130-debian-edu-router-config-nat.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/140-debian-edu-router-config-internet-access.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/150-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-net.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/160-debian-edu-router-config-ssh.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/25-Thin-Client-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/Debian_Edu_Network.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/reset_passwords.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/smile.png |binary /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/Debian_Edu_Network.odg |binary debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/Makefile | 8 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/README | 31 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/changelog | 284 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/control | 94 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/copyright | 39 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/copyright.packaging | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-id.links | 1 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-lo.links | 1 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-sv.links | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-ta.links | 1 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/mail_stats_to_list | 5 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/rules | 8 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/salsa-ci.yml | 9 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/common/Makefile.common | 45 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/common/dblatex.xsl | 26 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual-stripped.xml | 16 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.po | 1286 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.add | 4 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.po | 903 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.po | 886 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.fr.po | 633 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.add | 3 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.po | 3079 + debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.it.po | 367 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ja.po | 378 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.po | 7601 ++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nb-no.po | 340 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.po | 850 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pl.po | 228 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pot | 187 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.add | 4 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.po | 903 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.po | 1088 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.add | 4 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.po | 993 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.po | 908 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.add | 9 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.po | 6665 ++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.add | 1 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.po | 1492 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.po | 3471 -- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.add | 5 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.po | 1076 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml | 76 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.add | 2 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.po | 847 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml | 18 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/Makefile | 13 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations | 132 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml | 3595 -- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po | 9687 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.add | 18 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.po | 9525 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.add | 13 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.po | 9750 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.add | 14 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.po | 9650 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.add | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.po | 9608 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.add | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.po | 9404 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.add | 18 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.po |16305 ---------- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.po | 7366 ---- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.add | 10 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.po | 8182 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot | 6930 ---- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.add | 15 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.po | 9597 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.add | 8 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.po | 9730 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.add | 8 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.po | 9643 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.add | 9 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.po | 9988 ------ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.po | 8364 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.add | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.po | 9049 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.add | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.po | 8172 ----- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml | 3680 -- debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.add | 18 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.po |10875 ------ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-tw.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/fixme-status.txt | 4 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/po4a.cfg | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml | 142 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/version | 1 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/Makefile | 13 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations | 132 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml | 3152 + debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po | 8230 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.add | 23 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.po | 8884 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.add | 15 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.po | 8623 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.add | 16 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.po | 8850 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.add | 10 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.po | 8238 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.add | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.po | 8880 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.add | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.po | 9090 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.po | 7655 ++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.add | 18 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.po | 8770 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.po | 8504 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.add | 10 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.po | 7255 ++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot | 6094 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.add | 22 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.po | 8627 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.add | 11 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.po | 8692 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.add | 11 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.po | 8673 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.add | 8 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.po | 8652 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.add | 11 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.po | 6658 ++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.add | 8 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.po | 8227 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.po | 8282 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.add | 9 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.po | 8355 +++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml | 3381 ++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.add | 20 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.po | 7712 ++++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-tw.add | 6 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/fixme-status.txt | 4 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/installer-logo.svg | 498 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/po4a.cfg | 7 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml | 199 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/version | 1 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/scripts/get_images | 11 debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/scripts/get_manual | 6 488 files changed, 206423 insertions(+), 188647 deletions(-) dpkg-source: warning: cannot verify inline signature for /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/tmpvqf4d12l/debian-edu-doc_2.12.27.dsc: no acceptable signature found dpkg-source: warning: cannot verify inline signature for /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/tmpvqf4d12l/debian-edu-doc_2.13.3~deb13u1.dsc: no acceptable signature found diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/Makefile debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/Makefile --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/Makefile 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/Makefile 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ SRCDIR := $(CURDIR)/documentation -DESTDIR = +DESTDIR = all: build update-sources-from-wiki: + $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-trixie update $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-bookworm update - $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-bullseye update update-copyright: + $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-trixie update-copyright $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-bookworm update-copyright - $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-bullseye update-copyright $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-itil update-copyright $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/audacity update-copyright $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/rosegarden update-copyright @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ rm documentation/*/copyright.manual readme status build install clean pdf epub: + $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-trixie $@ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-bookworm $@ - $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-bullseye $@ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/rosegarden $@ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/audacity $@ $(MAKE) -C $(SRCDIR)/debian-edu-itil $@ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/README debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/README --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/README 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/README 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,21 +4,20 @@ Current documentation --------------------- -The Debian Edu Bookworm and Bullseye manuals are developed in a wiki at -https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/ and -https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/ - they are based on -the previous versions for Buster, Stretch, Jessie, Wheezy, Squeeze, Lenny and +The Debian Edu Trixie and Bookworm manuals are developed in a wiki at +https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/ and +https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/ - they are based on +the previous versions for Bullseye, Buster, Stretch, Jessie, Wheezy, Squeeze, Lenny and Etch. Etch was the first release with this kind of documentation. Currently two variants are each provided, a PDF version, a HTML version and an EPUB version. -Besides the Debian Edu Bookworm and Bullseye manuals, this package also builds +Besides the Debian Edu Trixie and Bookworm manuals, this package also builds the Debian-Edu ITIL document and the Rosegarden and Audacity manuals. -So far, translations for the Debian Edu Bookworm and Bullseye manuals have been -completed for Danish, Italian, German, French, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and -Japanese. -Incomplete translations exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. +So far, translations for the Debian Edu Trixie and Bookworm manuals have been +completed for German, Spanish, French, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Brasilian Portuguese, Romanian, Tamil and Ukranian. +Incomplete translations exist for Danish, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Polish, Swedish and Simplified Chinese. Only very few translations exist for the Debian-Edu ITIL document and the Rosegarden and Audacity manuals. @@ -48,22 +47,22 @@ svn://svn.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/trunk/www/developer.skolelinux.no/dokumentasjon/ikt/ Translations to Norwegian, German, Portuguese and Dutch are available in Subversion. -The kurs document has been last updated for the woody based release and is +The kurs document has been last updated for the woody based release and is available in Norwegian only. http://developer.skolelinux.no/kurs/ svn://svn.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/trunk/www/developer.skolelinux.no/kurs -The old installation manual (newdriftbook) for the sarge based version of +The old installation manual (newdriftbook) for the sarge based version of Debian-Edu / Skolelinux: -http://developer.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/ +http://developer.skolelinux.no/~klaus/sarge/ svn://svn.skolelinux.org/repos/skolelinux/trunk/www/developer.skolelinux.no/dokumentasjon/newdriftbok/sarge Translations to nb, de and pt_BR are available in Subversion. - -The architecture document is obsolete in its standalone version, the current -version is part of the release-manual. Today it's mostly useful for + +The architecture document is obsolete in its standalone version, the current +version is part of the release-manual. Today it's mostly useful for translators who want to save some work. http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/ -svn://svn.skolelinux.org/repos/skolelinux/trunk/www/developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur +svn://svn.skolelinux.org/repos/skolelinux/trunk/www/developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur Translations to nb, de, da, nl, it and pt_BR are available in Subversion. diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/changelog debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/changelog --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/changelog 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/changelog 2026-11-01 17:17:02.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3 +1,287 @@ +debian-edu-doc (2.13.3~deb13u1) trixie; urgency=medium + + * Release to trixie. + + -- Mike Gabriel Sun, 01 Nov 2026 18:17:02 +0100 + +debian-edu-doc (2.13.3) unstable; urgency=medium + + [ reducedradius ] + * (zh-cn) Chinese (Simplified Han script) Debian Edu Bookworm manual + translation update via weblate. + * (zh-cn) Chinese (Simplified Han script) Debian Edu Trixie manual + translation update via weblate. + + [ Arif Budiman ] + * (id) Indonesian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via + weblate. + * (id) Indonesian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via + weblate. + + [ Frans Spiesschaert ] + * Add Lao translation and add file. + * Add Lao translation and add file. + * Clean up debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.add. + * (nl) Update Dutch debian-edu-bookworm-manual translation and .add file. + * (nl) Update Dutch debian-edu-trixie-manual translation and .add file. + * (nl) debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.po: fix for autopkgtest error. + * Set the default LaTeX paragraph setting style for all languages to \sloppy + so text doesn't run off the right edge of the page in pdf documents. + * Building a PDF with Russian text requires configuring a font with Cyrillic + glyph support to prevent missing text or compilation errors. + * Use the right LaTeX package for russian. + * Add workaround for ja, zh-=cn, uk and ru. + * Remove leading asterisk. + * Add support for Lao. + * Build a Lao binary. + + [ Bone NI ] + * (lo) Lao Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (lo) Lao Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ rclobus ] + * (ru) Russian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ru) Russian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Mona Lisa ] + * (sv) Swedish Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (sv) Swedish Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Joe Hansen ] + * (da) Danish Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (da) Danish Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Rafael Fontenelle ] + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via + weblate. + + [ Américo Monteiro ] + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Remus-Gabriel Chelu ] + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + + [ xiezhihai ] + * (zh-cn) Chinese (Simplified Han script) Debian Edu Bookworm manual + translation update via weblate. + * (zh-cn) Chinese (Simplified Han script) Debian Edu Trixie manual + translation update via weblate. + + [ Serhii H ] + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + -- Mike Gabriel Sun, 01 Nov 2026 14:50:44 +0100 + +debian-edu-doc (2.13.2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/: + - Update from wiki.debian.org, update translation files. + * documentation/debian-edu-trixie/: + - Update from wiki.debian.org, update translation files. + * Makefile: Don't build+install trixie documentation twice. + * debian/rules: + + Provide a temporary home to reduce inkscape error messages. + * white-space cleanups: + - documentation/scripts/get_images + - documentation/debian-edu-trixie/Makefile + - documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations + + debian/README + * debian/copyright: + + Update copyright attributions. + + -- Mike Gabriel Mon, 14 Sep 2026 10:38:21 +0200 + +debian-edu-doc (2.13.1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * debian/rules: + + Build with --no-parallel DH option. Source tree's Makefile seems not + robust enough for parallel builds. + * debian/control: + + Fix too-long line in LONG_DESCRIPTION. + + Drop Priority: field; bump Standards-Version: to 4.7.4. + + -- Mike Gabriel Mon, 07 Sep 2026 17:07:03 +0200 + +debian-edu-doc (2.13.0) unstable; urgency=medium + + [ Rodolfo José dos Santos Gigante ] + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt-pt) Portuguese (Portugal) Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update + via weblate. + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Bullseye manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt-pt) Portuguese (Portugal) Debian Edu Bullseye manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ Maksim ] + * (ru) Russian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Frans Spiesschaert ] + * list Russian translators as they list themselves on hosted weblate. + * Adapt Makefile.common to recently added rusian debian-edu-bookworm manual + translation. + * Add Indonesian translators for the years 2022 and 2023. + * Don't leave .po.orig files lying around after a general build. + * Remove debian-edu-bullseye from master. + * Add debian-edu-trixie. + * Update Makefile. + * Update debian/README and debian/rules. + * Update debian/copyright after documentation/debian-edu-bullseye was removed + from master and documentation/debian-edu-trixie was added. + * Update debian/copyright.packaging after documentation/debian-edu-bullseye + was removed from master and documentation/debian-edu-trixie was added. + * Remove last occurrence of debian-edu-bullseye from Makefile. + * Update xml, po and pot files after a make update-sources-from-wiki run. + * (nl) Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update. + * (nl) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update. + * (uk) Fix build failure due to changed translation of Publish date + * (uk) Fix build failure due to changed translation of Publish date + * Add tamil stylesheet stanza to dblatex.xsl. + * Adapt Makefile.common to make it ready to build tamil pdf manuals. + * The cron job is executed monthly now. + * Reorder Build-Depends-Indep for better readability and add texlive-fonts- + extra, needed for Tamil. + * Add stanzas for Indonesian, Swedish and Tamil. Closes: #1107375 + * Add link files for new id, sv and ta packages. + * Add a debian/salsa-ci-yml file in an attempt to solve reprotest running out + of time. + * Update Dutch Debian-Edu Trixie manual images to Trixie. + + [ தமிழ்நேரம் ] + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bullseye manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ta) Tamil Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Holger Levsen ] + * d/control: s#Bookworm#Trixie and then s#Bullseye#Bookworm#g + * mail_stats_to_list: include the trixie manual in the monthly mails + * salsa-ci: disable reprotest because it takes too long + * Drop Rules-Requires-Root: no (now the default) + + [ Serhii Horichenko ] + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ru) Russian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Andika Triwidada ] + * (id) Indonesian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Remus-Gabriel Chelu ] + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (ro) Romanian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Максим Горпиніч ] + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (uk) Ukrainian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Arif Budiman ] + * (id) Indonesian Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (id) Indonesian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Fred Maranhão ] + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update + via weblate. + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update + via weblate. + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ Bruno Silva, Fred Maranhão and Jessica Patricio ] + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ Blubberland ] + * (de) German Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (de) German Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Raul Banzatto and Vitória Cordeiro dos Santos ] + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ redinmatvey ] + * (ru) Russian Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Francisco Serrador ] + * (es) Spanish Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (es) Spanish Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Jerb ] + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ Hans-Fritz Pommes ] + * (de) German Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (de) German Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (de) German Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Américo Monteiro ] + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (pt) Portuguese Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + + [ emma peel and ub.dev ] + * (de) German Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (de) German Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Rafael Fontenelle ] + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update + via weblate. + * (pt-br) Portuguese (Brazil) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ emma peel ] + * (es) Spanish Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (es) Spanish Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + * (sv) Swedish Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Mona Lisa ] + * (sv) Swedish Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update via weblate. + * (sv) Swedish Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Éditeur Laruelle ] + * (fr) French Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ Mathieu CLAVEAU-LUNO ] + * (fr) French Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update via weblate. + + [ António Oliveira ] + * (pt-pt) Portuguese (Portugal) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + * (pt-pt) Portuguese (Portugal) Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation update + via weblate. + * (pt-pt) Portuguese (Portugal) Debian Edu Trixie manual translation update + via weblate. + + [ Roland Clobus ] + * script: Cleanup the docbook document + * script: Keep some Wiki links external + + -- Mike Gabriel Mon, 07 Sep 2026 14:45:38 +0200 + debian-edu-doc (2.12.27) unstable; urgency=medium * Debian Edu Bookworm manual translation updates: diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/control debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/control --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/control 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/control 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ Source: debian-edu-doc Section: doc -Priority: optional Build-Depends: debhelper-compat (= 13), debhelper Build-Depends-Indep: dblatex, dbtoepub, @@ -15,24 +14,27 @@ po4a, poxml, strip-nondeterminism, + texlive-lang-chinese, texlive-lang-cyrillic, texlive-lang-european, texlive-lang-french, texlive-lang-german, texlive-lang-italian, + texlive-lang-japanese, texlive-lang-spanish, - texlive-lang-chinese, texlive-lang-polish, texlive-lang-portuguese, - texlive-lang-japanese, latex-cjk-common, texlive-xetex, - fonts-ipafont-gothic, fonts-ipaexfont-gothic, + latex-cjk-common, + texlive-xetex, + texlive-fonts-extra, + fonts-ipafont-gothic, + fonts-ipaexfont-gothic, unzip Maintainer: Debian Edu Developers Uploaders: Mike Gabriel , -Standards-Version: 4.6.2 -Rules-Requires-Root: no -Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm +Standards-Version: 4.7.4 +Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie Vcs-Git: https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git Vcs-Browser: https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc @@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: English documentation from the Debian Edu project - The English version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The English version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -54,7 +56,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Danish documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Danish version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The Danish version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -66,7 +68,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: German documentation from the Debian Edu project - The German version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The German version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -78,7 +80,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Spanish documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Spanish version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The Spanish version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -91,19 +93,31 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: French documentation from the Debian Edu project - The French version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The French version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational purposes. Skolelinux is the name of the Debian Pure Blend which is produced by the Debian Edu project. +Package: debian-edu-doc-id +Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, ${misc:Depends} +Architecture: all +Multi-Arch: foreign +Description: Indonesian documentation from the Debian Edu project + The Indonesian version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based + releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. + . + Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational + purposes. Skolelinux is the name of the Debian Pure Blend which is produced + by the Debian Edu project. + Package: debian-edu-doc-it Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, ${misc:Depends} Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Italian documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Italian version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The Italian version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -116,20 +130,32 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Japanese documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Japanese version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The Japanese version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational purposes. Skolelinux is the name of the Debian Pure Blend which is produced by the Debian Edu project. +Package: debian-edu-doc-lo +Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, ${misc:Depends} +Architecture: all +Multi-Arch: foreign +Description: Laotian documentation from the Debian Edu project + The Laotian version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based + releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. + . + Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational + purposes. Skolelinux is the name of the Debian Pure Blend which is produced + by the Debian Edu project. + Package: debian-edu-doc-nb-no Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, ${misc:Depends} Suggests: debian-edu-doc-legacy-nb-no Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Norwegian Bokmål documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Norwegian Bokmål version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based + The Norwegian Bokmål version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -142,7 +168,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Dutch documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Dutch version of the manuals for the Bookworm and Bullseye based releases + The Dutch version of the manuals for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -155,7 +181,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Brazilian Portuguese documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Brazilian Portuguese version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye + The Brazilian Portuguese version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . @@ -169,7 +195,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: European Portuguese documentation from the Debian Edu project - The European Portuguese version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye + The European Portuguese version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . @@ -182,7 +208,33 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Romanian documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Romanian version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye based + The Romanian version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based + releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. + . + Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational + purposes. Skolelinux is the name of the Debian Pure Blend which is produced + by the Debian Edu project. + +Package: debian-edu-doc-sv +Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, ${misc:Depends} +Suggests: debian-edu-doc-legacy-sv +Architecture: all +Multi-Arch: foreign +Description: Swedish documentation from the Debian Edu project + The Swedish version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm + based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in + this package. + . + Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational + purposes. Skolelinux is the name of the Debian Pure Blend which is produced + by the Debian Edu project. + +Package: debian-edu-doc-ta +Depends: debian-edu-doc-en, ${misc:Depends} +Architecture: all +Multi-Arch: foreign +Description: Tamil documentation from the Debian Edu project + The Tamil version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -195,7 +247,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Ukrainian documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Ukrainian version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye based + The Ukrainian version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . Debian Edu is a Debian project to make the best distribution for educational @@ -208,7 +260,7 @@ Architecture: all Multi-Arch: foreign Description: Simplified Chinese documentation from the Debian Edu project - The Simplified Chinese version of the manual for the Bookworm and Bullseye + The Simplified Chinese version of the manual for the Trixie and Bookworm based releases of the Debian Edu / Skolelinux project is included in this package. . diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/copyright debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/copyright --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/copyright 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/copyright 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Copyright: Various translators, names contained in the related Po4a addendum file. License: GPL-2+ -Files: documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.*.po documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.*.add +Files: documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.*.po documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.*.add Copyright: Various translators, names contained in the related Po4a addendum file. License: GPL-2+ @@ -183,9 +183,22 @@ 2023 Guido Berhörster License: GPL-2+ -Files: documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot -Copyright: 2007-2022 Holger Levsen - 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014 Petter Reinholdtsen +Files: documentation/debian-edu-itil/debian-edu-itil-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-itil/debian-edu-itil-manual-stripped.xml documentation/debian-edu-itil/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-itil-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-itil/debian-edu-itil-manual.pot +Copyright: 2006 Knut Yrvin + 2006 Andreas Johansen + 2006 Klaus Ade Johnstad + 2006 Halvor Dahl + 2006 Snorre Løvås + 2006 Finn-Arne Johansen + 2006 Ragnar Wissløff + 2015 Petter Reinholdtsen + 2015 Ole-Erik Yrvin + 2015 Ingrid Yrvin +License: GPL-3+ + +Files: documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot +Copyright: 2007-2024 Holger Levsen + 2001-2014 Petter Reinholdtsen 2007 Daniel Heß 2007 Patrick Winnertz 2007 Knut Yrvin @@ -197,7 +210,7 @@ 2007 José L. Redrejo Rodríguez 2007 John Bildoy 2008 Joakim Seeberg - 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014 Jürgen Leibner + 2009-2014 Jürgen Leibner 2009 Oded Naveh 2009, 2010 Philipp Hübner 2010 Andreas Mundt @@ -206,25 +219,13 @@ 2011 Mike Gabriel 2012 Justin B Rye 2012 David Prévot - 2012-2022 Wolfgang Schweer + 2012-2024 Wolfgang Schweer 2012 Bernhard Hammes 2015 Joe Hansen 2022 Serhii Horichenko + 2023 Guido Berhörster License: GPL-2+ -Files: documentation/debian-edu-itil/debian-edu-itil-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-itil/debian-edu-itil-manual-stripped.xml documentation/debian-edu-itil/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-itil-manual.xml documentation/debian-edu-itil/debian-edu-itil-manual.pot -Copyright: 2006 Knut Yrvin - 2006 Andreas Johansen - 2006 Klaus Ade Johnstad - 2006 Halvor Dahl - 2006 Snorre Løvås - 2006 Finn-Arne Johansen - 2006 Ragnar Wissløff - 2015 Petter Reinholdtsen - 2015 Ole-Erik Yrvin - 2015 Ingrid Yrvin -License: GPL-3+ - Files: documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual-stripped.xml documentation/rosegarden/source/AllInOne-rosegarden-manual.xml documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot Copyright: 2008, 2009 Alf Tonny Bätz 2008 Holger Levsen diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/copyright.packaging debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/copyright.packaging --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/copyright.packaging 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/copyright.packaging 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Copyright: Various translators, names contained in the related Po4a addendum file. License: GPL-2+ -Files: documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.*.po documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.*.add +Files: documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.*.po documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.*.add Copyright: Various translators, names contained in the related Po4a addendum file. License: GPL-2+ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-id.links debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-id.links --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-id.links 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-id.links 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-id /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/id diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-lo.links debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-lo.links --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-lo.links 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-lo.links 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-lo /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/lo diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-sv.links debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-sv.links --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-sv.links 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-sv.links 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-sv /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/sv +/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-legacy-sv /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/legacy-sv diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-ta.links debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-ta.links --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/debian-edu-doc-ta.links 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/debian-edu-doc-ta.links 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-ta /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/ta diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/mail_stats_to_list debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/mail_stats_to_list --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/mail_stats_to_list 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/mail_stats_to_list 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ # loop through some manuals # cd documentation -MANUALS="debian-edu-bookworm" -#MANUALS="debian-edu-trixie debian-edu-bookworm" +MANUALS="debian-edu-trixie debian-edu-bookworm" for i in $MANUALS ; do if [ $(ls $i/$i-manual.*.po > /dev/null 2>&1 ; echo $?) -eq 0 ] ; then cd $i @@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ echo "The (translated) $i manual in PDF, ePUB or HTML formats are available at https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc//" > $TMPFILE echo >> $TMPFILE echo "To understand this mail better, please read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README." >> $TMPFILE - echo "This mail is automatically send by a cronjob run by Holger Levsen every two weeks. Please send feedback, suggestions, flames and cookies via this list." >> $TMPFILE + echo "This mail is automatically send by a cronjob run by Holger Levsen every month. Please send feedback, suggestions, flames and cookies via this list." >> $TMPFILE echo >> $TMPFILE make update > /dev/null 2>&1 make status >> $TMPFILE 2>&1 diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/rules debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/rules --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/rules 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/rules 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,21 +8,23 @@ $(MAKE) update-sources-from-wiki %: - dh $@ + dh $@ --no-parallel override_dh_auto_build: override_dh_auto_install: override_dh_install: - $(MAKE) install DESTDIR="$(DESTDIR)" + mkdir debian/tmp + export HOME="$(CURDIR)/debian/tmp" && $(MAKE) install DESTDIR="$(DESTDIR)" + rm -Rf debian/tmp jdupes -rl "$(DESTDIR)" override_dh_installdocs: dh_installdocs -A debian/README dh_installdocs -p debian-edu-doc-en \ + documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations \ documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations \ - documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations \ documentation/debian-edu-itil/README.debian-edu-itil-manual-translations \ documentation/rosegarden/README.rosegarden-manual-translations \ documentation/audacity/README.audacity-manual-translations diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/salsa-ci.yml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/salsa-ci.yml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/debian/salsa-ci.yml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/debian/salsa-ci.yml 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +--- +include: + - https://salsa.debian.org/salsa-ci-team/pipeline/raw/master/recipes/debian.yml + +variables: + # Don't run Salsa CI on weblate because packages aren't build from it. + SALSA_CI_IGNORED_BRANCHES: 'weblate' + # Disable reprotest because it takes too long + SALSA_CI_DISABLE_REPROTEST: 1 diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/common/Makefile.common debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/common/Makefile.common --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/common/Makefile.common 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/common/Makefile.common 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,6 +33,11 @@ # Fix for id tag (legacy manuals) SED_101= "s%id='[0-9]\+%id='%g" SED_102= "s% id=''%%g" +# Tamil script lacks support for Italic in FreeSerif font +SED_200= 's%%%g' +# Workaround for languages that cannot handle +SED_201= '//,/<\/literallayout>/{//n;/<\/literallayout>/!{s/$$/<\/para>/g}}' +SED_202= "s%literallayout>%para>%g" # Use Make internal function 'subst': substitute -manual with nothing to get # the directory name. @@ -85,17 +90,30 @@ if [ -e $(name).$$f.xml ] ; then \ echo "Creating XML for $$f"; \ case "$$f" in \ - cs|de|da|nb-no|pl|ro|uk) sed -i $(SED_01) $(name).$$f.xml \ + cs|de|da|nb-no|pl|ro) sed -i $(SED_01) $(name).$$f.xml \ ;; \ fr|nl) sed -i $(SED_02) $(name).$$f.xml \ ;; \ - ja|zh-cn) sed -i $(SED_03) $(name).$$f.xml \ + ja|zh-cn) sed -i $(SED_03) $(name).$$f.xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + ;; \ + lo) sed -i $(SED_04) $(name).$$f.xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + ;; \ + ru|uk) sed -i $(SED_01) $(name).$$f.xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ es|it|pt-br|pt-pt|pt) sed -i $(SED_04) $(name).$$f.xml \ ;; \ zh-tw) sed -i $(SED_05) $(name).$$f.xml \ ;; \ - ta) sed -i $(SED_06) $(name).$$f.xml \ + ta) sed -i $(SED_06) $(name).$$f.xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_200) $(name).$$f.xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$$f.xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$$f.xml \ ;; \ id) sed -i $(SED_07) $(name).$$f.xml \ ;; \ @@ -109,7 +127,7 @@ done # restore modified PO files for f in $(LANGUAGES) ; do \ - cp $(name).$$f.po.orig $(name).$$f.po ; \ + mv $(name).$$f.po.orig $(name).$$f.po ; \ done else build-xml: @@ -122,17 +140,30 @@ # modify localized XML file if [ -e $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ] ; then \ case "$(LINGUA)" in \ - cs|de|da|nb-no|pl|ro|uk) sed -i $(SED_01) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + cs|de|da|nb-no|pl|ro) sed -i $(SED_01) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ fr|nl) sed -i $(SED_02) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ - ja|zh-cn) sed -i $(SED_03) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + ja|zh-cn) sed -i $(SED_03) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + ;; \ + lo) sed -i $(SED_04) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + ;; \ + ru|uk) sed -i $(SED_01) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ es|it|pt-br|pt-pt|pt) sed -i $(SED_04) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ zh-tw) sed -i $(SED_05) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ - ta) sed -i $(SED_06) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ + ta) sed -i $(SED_06) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_200) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_201) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml ; \ + sed -i $(SED_202) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ id) sed -i $(SED_07) $(name).$(LINGUA).xml \ ;; \ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/common/dblatex.xsl debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/common/dblatex.xsl --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/common/dblatex.xsl 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/common/dblatex.xsl 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ \setCJKsansfont{IPAPGothic} \setCJKmonofont{IPAexGothic} \setmainfont{Latin Modern Sans} + \sloppy \usepackage{xeCJK} @@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ \setCJKsansfont{WenQuanYi Micro Hei} \setCJKmonofont{WenQuanYi Micro Hei Mono} \setmainfont{Latin Modern Sans} + \sloppy \usepackage{xeCJK} @@ -25,17 +27,41 @@ \setCJKsansfont{WenQuanYi Micro Hei} \setCJKmonofont{WenQuanYi Micro Hei Mono} \setmainfont{Latin Modern Sans} + \sloppy + + + \usepackage[russian]{babel} + \setmainfont{DejaVuSans} + \setsansfont{DejaVuSans} + \setmonofont{DejaVuSansMono} + \sloppy \usepackage[ukrainian]{babel} \setmainfont{DejaVuSans} \setsansfont{DejaVuSans} \setmonofont{DejaVuSansMono} + \sloppy + + + \usepackage[english, lao, provide=*]{babel} + \setmainfont{DejaVuSans} + \setsansfont{DejaVuSans} + \setmonofont{DejaVuSansMono} + \sloppy + + + \usepackage[english, tamil, provide=*]{babel} + \babelfont{rm}[Extension=.otf,BoldFont=*Bold,ItalicFont=*Italic,BoldItalicFont=*BoldItalic]{FreeSerif} % better alignment using those options + \babelfont{sf}[Extension=.otf,BoldFont=*Bold,ItalicFont=*Italic,BoldItalicFont=*BoldItalic]{FreeSerif} % better alignment using those options + \babelfont{tt}{FreeSerif} + \sloppy \setmainfont{Latin Modern Sans} \setsansfont{Latin Modern Sans} \setmonofont{Latin Modern Mono Light} + \sloppy diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual-stripped.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual-stripped.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual-stripped.xml 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual-stripped.xml 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. -For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. +For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: @@ -793,10 +793,14 @@ The actual configuration process is started with +Selecting the uif configuration method + Confirmation for setting up uif When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. +Allowing ping in uif + Allowing traceroute in uif Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. @@ -849,15 +853,15 @@ Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. -Configuring the SSH port - -Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. - Enabling DHCP for networks Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. -Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. +Configuring the SSH port + +Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. + +Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu Router Menu. SSH configuration diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.add 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Udgivelsesdato; endboundary=
Oversættelse: -2012-2016, 2019 Joe Hansen +2012-2016, 2019, 2026 Joe Hansen diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.da.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -10,14 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-bullseye-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-07 20:30+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-25 18:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joe Hansen \n" -"Language-Team: Danish \n" +"Language-Team: Danish \n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of:
msgid "en" @@ -56,6 +59,8 @@ "Updated translations are available online." msgstr "" +"Opdateret oversættelser er tilgængelige online." #. type: Content of:
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -75,11 +80,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -#| "requirements</link> and about the <link " -#| "linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -#| "details." msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " "requirements</link> and about the <link " @@ -92,17 +92,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "After installation of a main server all services needed for a school " -#| "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " -#| "machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other " -#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe." -#| "org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation " -#| "of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other " -#| "machines can be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming " -#| "workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, " -#| "usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE " -#| "as diskless workstations or thin clients." msgid "" "After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " @@ -128,10 +117,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -#| "Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can " -#| "be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." msgid "" "Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " "Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " @@ -156,8 +141,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "er en Linuxdistribution oprettet af projektet Debian Edu. Som en <ulink " "url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink>-distribution er " -"det et officielt underprojekt af <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink>." +"det et officielt underprojekt af <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -172,8 +157,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Projektet Skolelinux blev grundlagt i Norge den 2. juli 2001 og omkring " "samme tidspunkt startede Raphaël Hertzog Debian-Edu i Frankrig. Siden 2003 " @@ -301,12 +286,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which " -#| "is Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -#| "10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -#| "possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server " -#| "and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." msgid "" "A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " "Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " @@ -585,12 +564,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which " -#| "are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from " -#| "all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which " -#| "machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering " -#| "access via NFS for Unix clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients." msgid "" "Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " "made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " @@ -666,15 +639,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" -"Som standard sættes DNS-serveren op med et domæne kun for intern brug (*." -"intern), indtil et reelt (»external«) DNS-domæne kan sættes op. DNS-serveren " -"sættes op som Caching DNS-server, så at alle maskiner på netværket kan bruge " -"den som DNS-hovedserver." +"Som standard sættes DNS-serveren op med et domæne kun for intern brug " +"(*.intern), indtil et reelt (»external«) DNS-domæne kan sættes op. DNS-" +"serveren sættes op som Caching DNS-server, så at alle maskiner på netværket " +"kan bruge den som DNS-hovedserver." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -778,9 +751,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Diskless workstations are using the programs installed in the server's " -#| "LTSP chroot." msgid "" "LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." msgstr "" @@ -789,11 +759,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The client root filesystem is provided using NBD (Network Block Device). " -#| "After each modification to the LTSP chroot the related NBD image has to " -#| "be re-generated; run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> " -#| "on the LTSP server." msgid "" "The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " "the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " @@ -810,11 +775,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. " -#| "This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE " -#| "without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is " -#| "that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)." msgid "" "A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " "means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " @@ -829,14 +789,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they " -#| "effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: " -#| "the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from " -#| "the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using " -#| "NBD, and finally the X Window System is started. The display manager " -#| "(LDM) connects to the LTSP server via SSH with X-forwarding. This way all " -#| "data is encrypted on the network." msgid "" "Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " "machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " @@ -858,11 +810,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -#| "installed operating system. This means that client machines boot directly " -#| "from the server's hard drive without running software installed on a " -#| "local hard drive." msgid "" "A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " "installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " @@ -875,12 +822,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -#| "powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin " -#| "clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no " -#| "need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and " -#| "system settings are stored on the server too." msgid "" "Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " "the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " @@ -965,13 +906,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of " -#| "desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmål, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine " -#| "profile (main server, workstation, LTSP server, ...). All other " -#| "configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be " -#| "changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to " -#| "the installation." msgid "" "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " "language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " @@ -1111,9 +1045,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Hvis LTSP skal bruges, så tag et kig på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisiden med LTSP-udstyrskrav</ulink>." @@ -1137,10 +1071,12 @@ "mere RAM og hurtigere processorer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "For arbejdsstationer, diskløse arbejdsstationer og uafhængige systemer, er " "1500 MHz og 1024 MiB RAM minimumskrav. For afvikling af moderne " @@ -1153,9 +1089,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for " -#| "user accounts)." msgid "" "combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " "desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." @@ -1173,7 +1106,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." -msgstr "" +msgstr "minimal netværksmaskininstallation: 4 GiB." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1189,7 +1122,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "eth1 bruges for LTSP-klienter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1205,12 +1138,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -#| "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "En liste over testet udstyr kan ses på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Denne liste er ikke fuldstændig" @@ -1243,7 +1173,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." msgid "You need exactly one main server." msgstr "Du skal kun have en hovedserver, tjeneren." @@ -1357,13 +1286,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -#| "notes for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system " -#| "for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye " -#| "release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgid "" "We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " @@ -1405,13 +1327,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" msgstr "Hent installationsmediet for Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Bullseye" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" +msgstr "amd64 eller i386" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1431,11 +1352,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash " -#| "drives, is suitable to install amd64 or i386 machines. As the name " -#| "implies, internet access is required for the installation. They are " -#| "available via" msgid "" "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " "drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " @@ -1453,17 +1369,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" msgstr "netinst ISO-aftryk for amd64 eller i386" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for " -#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " -#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives " -#| "or disk media of sufficient size." msgid "" "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. " @@ -1502,14 +1412,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -#| "from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of " -#| "hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. " -#| "However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 " -#| "packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the " -#| "majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP " -#| "is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment." msgid "" "When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " "from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " @@ -1569,9 +1471,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first " -#| "time in the correct environment." msgid "" "The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " "in the correct environment." @@ -1665,13 +1564,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." msgid "Desktop environments" msgstr "Nyt standardskrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" msgstr "Nyt standardskrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." @@ -1697,9 +1594,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "MATE is lighter than the two above, but is missing good language support " -#| "for several countries." msgid "" "MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " "for several countries." @@ -1713,9 +1607,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "LXQt is a lightweight desktop (language support similar to LXDE) with a " -#| "more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." msgid "" "LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " "with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." @@ -1754,35 +1645,24 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, " -#| "don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-" -#| "mate</ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; " -#| "rather install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" -#| "mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new " -#| "school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -#| "emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " -#| "<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -#| "highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the use case." msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Bemærk venligst: Hvis du ønsker at installere et skrivebord efterfølgende, " -"så brug ikke Debian Edu-metapakkerne såsom <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"da disse vil hente alle undervisningsrelaterede programmer; installer i " -"stedet for f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-" -"desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. En eller flere af de nye " +"så brug ikke Debian Edu-metapakkerne såsom <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</" +"ulink> da disse vil hente alle undervisningsrelaterede programmer; installer " +"i stedet for f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" +"mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. En eller flere af de nye " "skoleniveaurelaterede metapakker <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" "secondaryschool</emphasis> <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan " @@ -1793,8 +1673,8 @@ "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se siden <ulink url=\"https://blends." -"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoverblik</ulink>." +"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se siden <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoverblik</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1802,13 +1682,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Installationsopstartsmenu på 64-bit udstyr</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" msgstr "64-bit installationsopstartsmenu" @@ -1900,10 +1778,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " -#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " -#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." msgid "" "Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " "<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" @@ -1932,13 +1806,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Installationsopstartsmenu på 64-bit udstyr</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" msgstr "64-bit installationsopstartsmenu" @@ -1949,10 +1821,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " -#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgid "" "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " "role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " @@ -1965,27 +1833,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Edit command line options" msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" msgstr "Rediger kommandolinjens indstillinger" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Edit command line options" msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" msgstr "Rediger kommandolinjens indstillinger" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -#| "installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -#| "<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " -#| "as an additional boot parameter." msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Du kan bruge en eksisterende HTTP-proxytjeneste på netværket til at " @@ -1995,10 +1856,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, " -#| "further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically " -#| "use the proxy of the main server." msgid "" "If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " "on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " @@ -2010,12 +1867,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop instead " -#| "of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop, replace " -#| "<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>gnome</" -#| "computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> " -#| "parameter." msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " @@ -2192,11 +2043,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -#| "integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -#| "applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually " -#| "moved out from the main-server." msgid "" "This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " "integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " @@ -2217,19 +2063,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -#| "Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be " -#| "installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -#| "<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server " -#| "will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the " -#| "default choice, since we assume most people will install <link " -#| "linkend=\"Installation--" -#| "Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via " -#| "PXE</link> afterwards. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -#| "installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -#| "server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." msgid "" "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " "role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " @@ -2270,10 +2103,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Sig venligst »ja« (yes) til at indsende information til <ulink url=\"https://" "popcon.debian.org/\"/> så vi ved hvilke pakker der er populære og derfor " @@ -2282,10 +2115,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer " -#| "will spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - " -#| "Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" msgid "" "Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " "spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " @@ -2309,11 +2138,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have " -#| "a length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> - " -#| "otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password will " -#| "be accepted by the installer)." msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " @@ -2336,9 +2160,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -#| "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " "client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " @@ -2369,9 +2190,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -#| "computeroutput> once." msgid "" "Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " "package using" @@ -2406,10 +2224,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -#| "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and " -#| "configure them to send mail to an address you are reading." msgid "" "Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " "<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " @@ -2422,11 +2236,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" msgstr "Konfigurationen af alle undernet gemmes i LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "" @@ -2438,6 +2256,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "" @@ -2529,7 +2351,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." msgstr "Aktiver IP-videresendelse og NAT for 10.0.0.0/8-netværket." @@ -2561,36 +2382,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)" msgid "SSH configuration" msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" @@ -2649,15 +2469,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD " -#| "provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. " -#| "The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to " -#| "profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all " -#| "possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server " -#| "(whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), further " -#| "installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package " -#| "several times from the net." msgid "" "A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " "will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " @@ -2682,11 +2493,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -#| "computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") " -#| "and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the " -#| "file and device name to your needs:" msgid "" "It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " "known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " @@ -2720,15 +2526,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -#| "server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer " -#| "and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with " -#| "an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably " -#| "the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the " -#| "Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by " -#| "executing the command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -#| "pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> on the server." msgid "" "For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " "server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " @@ -2748,15 +2545,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Log into the server." msgid "on the server." msgstr "Log ind på serveren." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -#| "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgid "" "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" @@ -2766,7 +2559,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" msgstr "Opsætning uden LTSP-klienter" @@ -2780,17 +2572,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" msgstr "Opsætning med LTSP-klienter" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be " -#| "booted on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations " -#| "don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if you " -#| "want to force the hostname." msgid "" "This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " "on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " @@ -2832,17 +2618,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/" -#| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files " -#| "can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to " -#| "avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve " -#| "this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" -#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " -#| "files." msgid "" "The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" "edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " @@ -2866,10 +2641,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." msgid "" "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." @@ -2902,12 +2673,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" -#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -#| "environment are examples of such settings." msgid "" "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " "preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " @@ -2917,9 +2682,9 @@ msgstr "" "Nogle indstillinger kan ikke preseedes da de er krævet før den forudfyldte " "fil (preseed) er hentet. Disse konfigureres i de PXELINUX-baserede " -"argumenter tilgængelige fra <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -"cfg</computeroutput>. Sprog, tastaturlayout og skrivebord er eksempler på " -"sådanne indstillinger." +"argumenter tilgængelige fra <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +"install.cfg</computeroutput>. Sprog, tastaturlayout og skrivebord er " +"eksempler på sådanne indstillinger." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Custom images" @@ -2972,11 +2737,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -#| "Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot " -#| "of the main server, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the LTSP " -#| "client network:" msgid "" "So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " "Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " @@ -2991,25 +2751,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "02-select_a_language.png" msgid "Select a language" msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "03-select_your_location.png" msgid "Select your location" msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" msgid "Configure the keyboard" msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" @@ -3019,55 +2775,46 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" msgid "Configure IP address" msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" msgid "Configure gateway" msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "configure the service" msgid "Configure nameserver" msgstr "konfigurer tjenesten" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set passwords" msgid "Set password for the root user" msgstr "Angiv adgangskoder" @@ -3085,13 +2832,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation changes" msgid "Installation complete" msgstr "Installationsændringer" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" msgid "Lightdm Login screen" msgstr "tjener Lightdm-logind" @@ -3101,19 +2846,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" msgstr "Xfce-skrivebord" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Thin clients" msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" msgstr "Tynde klienter" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Thin clients" msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" msgstr "Tynde klienter" @@ -3127,14 +2869,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "During installation of the main server a first user account was created. " -#| "In the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". " -#| "This account is special, as there's no Samba account (can be added via " -#| "GOsa²), the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -#| "<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal " -#| "web pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -#| "computeroutput> to become root." msgid "" "During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " "the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " @@ -3177,7 +2911,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add users with GOsa²." msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." msgstr "Tilføj brugere med GOsa²." @@ -3194,12 +2927,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -#| "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should " -#| "be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -#| "upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -#| "linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgid "" "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " @@ -3217,13 +2944,13 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Hvis generisk DNS-trafik blokeres fra netværket og du skal bruge en specifik " "DNS-server til at slå internetværter op, så skal du fortælle DNS-serveren, " -"at den skal bruge denne server som sin »forwarder«. Opdater /etc/bind/named." -"conf.options og specificer IP-adressen for den benyttede DNS-server." +"at den skal bruge denne server som sin »forwarder«. Opdater /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options og specificer IP-adressen for den benyttede DNS-server." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3261,7 +2988,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "NIS Netgroup Administrator" msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" msgstr "Administrator for NIS Netgroup" @@ -3279,15 +3005,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) " -#| "system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself " -#| "if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP " -#| "Server + Workstation profiles). If all of the mentioned before is not " -#| "available, see: <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#| "Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-" -#| "\">Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²</" -#| "link>." msgid "" "For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " "with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " @@ -3305,12 +3022,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -#| "don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a " -#| "minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-" -#| "graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's " -#| "installation (first user):" msgid "" "If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" "emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " @@ -3334,9 +3045,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -#| "will be known by the browser." msgid "" "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " "will be known by the browser." @@ -3380,14 +3088,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an " -#| "LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also " -#| "by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and the Windows machines " -#| "on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, " -#| "etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided " -#| "in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole " -#| "Skolelinux network." msgid "" "In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " "directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " @@ -3413,25 +3113,14 @@ "the Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" "GOsa² er et administrationsværktøj som bruger LDAP til at gemme sin " -"information og tilbyde en hierarkisk afdelingsstruktur. Til hver " -"»afdeling« (department) kan du tilføje brugerkontoer, grupper, systemer, " -"netgrupper etc. Afhængig af strukturen for din institution, kan du bruge " +"information og tilbyde en hierarkisk afdelingsstruktur. Til hver »afdeling« " +"(department) kan du tilføje brugerkontoer, grupper, systemer, netgrupper " +"etc. Afhængig af strukturen for din institution, kan du bruge " "afdelingsstrukturen i GOsa²/LDAP til at overføre din organisationsstruktur " "til LDAP-datatræet for Debian Edus hovedserver." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -#| "\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -#| "tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -#| "department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -#| "Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently " -#| "added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this " -#| "structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, " -#| "with common home directories for each group in the <link " -#| "linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-" -#| "\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" msgid "" "A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " "\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " @@ -3485,8 +3174,8 @@ "først oprettede bruger). Over denne tabel kan du se et felt kaldt " "<emphasis>Base</emphasis> som tillader dig at navigere igennem din " "træstruktur (flyt din mus over det område og en rullegardinsmenu kommer " -"frem) og du kan så vælge en basismappe for dine forventede handlinger (f." -"eks. tilføjelse af en ny bruger)." +"frem) og du kan så vælge en basismappe for dine forventede handlinger " +"(f.eks. tilføjelse af en ny bruger)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users" @@ -3686,9 +3375,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -#| "guess passwords!</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " "guess passwords!</emphasis>" @@ -3796,10 +3482,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a " -#| "lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for " -#| "users belonging to a special LDAP subtree." msgid "" "Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " "lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " @@ -3904,9 +3586,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To create one for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the " -#| "main server as root and run" msgid "" "To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " "configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" @@ -3916,13 +3595,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -#| "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -#| "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not " -#| "for those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Also, LTSP clients are " -#| "using <emphasis>sshfs</emphasis> to mount home directories, so there's " -#| "nothing to do for diskless workstations." msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " @@ -3940,13 +3612,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an " -#| "IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. " -#| "Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 " -#| "(tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to " -#| "10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP " -#| "and are assigned dynamically." msgid "" "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " "machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" @@ -4076,12 +3741,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</" -#| "computeroutput> does not modify the file access or command execution " -#| "permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; " -#| "instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-" -#| "server." msgid "" "For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " "does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " @@ -4154,7 +3813,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" @@ -4169,7 +3827,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" "night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" @@ -4185,7 +3842,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" "hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" @@ -4202,7 +3858,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" "hosts)" @@ -4210,10 +3865,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -#| "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this " -#| "might be used during exams." msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " @@ -4229,18 +3880,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For Printer Management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "www:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can " -#| "add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By " -#| "default only root is allowed but this can be changed: Open /etc/cups/cups-" -#| "files.conf with an editor and add one or more valid group names matching " -#| "your site policy to the line containing <computeroutput>SystemGroup " -#| "lpadmin</computeroutput>. Existing GOsa² groups that might be used are " -#| "<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>printer-" -#| "admins</computeroutput> (both with the first user as member), " -#| "<computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>jradmins</" -#| "computeroutput> (no members after installation)." msgid "" "For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " "url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " @@ -4292,21 +3931,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; vælg netværksprintertype " +"Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; vælg netværksprintertype " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle printere " "uanset mærke eller model) og angiv <computeroutput>socket://<workstation " "ip>:9100</computeroutput> som forbindelses-URI." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Networked clients" msgid "Network printers" msgstr "Netværksklienter" @@ -4324,12 +3962,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -#| "machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update " -#| "the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by " -#| "default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet " -#| "connection open if it is created when used." msgid "" "The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " "machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " @@ -4345,9 +3977,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -#| "default setting." msgid "" "If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " "default setting." @@ -4357,14 +3986,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf " -#| "on the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified. " -#| "Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</" -#| "computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be " -#| "restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</" -#| "computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external " -#| "clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgid "" "To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " "the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " @@ -4373,13 +3994,13 @@ "computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " "sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"For at deaktivere synkronisering med et eksternt ur, skal filen /etc/ntp." -"conf på hovedserveren og alle klienter og LTSP-chroot'er ændres. Tilføj " +"For at deaktivere synkronisering med et eksternt ur, skal filen /etc/" +"ntp.conf på hovedserveren og alle klienter og LTSP-chroot'er ændres. Tilføj " "kommentartegn (»#«) foran <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-poster. " -"Derefter skal NTP-serveren genstartes ved at køre <computeroutput>/etc/init." -"d/ntp restart</computeroutput> som administrator (root). For at teste om en " -"maskine bruger de eksterne kilder for uret, så kør <computeroutput>ntpq -c " -"lpeer</computeroutput>." +"Derefter skal NTP-serveren genstartes ved at køre <computeroutput>/etc/" +"init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> som administrator (root). For at teste " +"om en maskine bruger de eksterne kilder for uret, så kør " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Extending full partitions" @@ -4387,13 +4008,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions " -#| "might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -#| "the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#| "Resizing_Partitions\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -#| "information." msgid "" "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " @@ -4427,13 +4041,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> is really simply. To " -#| "update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as " -#| "root: <computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput> (which updates the " -#| "lists of available packages) and <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</" -#| "computeroutput> (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is " -#| "available)." msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " "system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " @@ -4510,8 +4117,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Automatisk installation af opdateringer kan nemt udføres, det kræver bare at " "pakken <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> installeres og " @@ -4534,16 +4142,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -#| "good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -#| "packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -#| "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -#| "announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -#| "benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The " -#| "downside (compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that " -#| "it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't " -#| "installed." msgid "" "Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " "good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " @@ -4581,9 +4179,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on " -#| "the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." msgid "" "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " "backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." @@ -4593,12 +4188,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -#| "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -#| "root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the " -#| "LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete " -#| "them) this setup should be fine for you." msgid "" "By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" @@ -4726,15 +4315,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -#| "monitoring.org/\"/>." msgid "" "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" "monitoring.org/\"/>." msgstr "" -"Information om Munin er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring." -"org/\"/>." +"Information om Munin er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Icinga" @@ -4742,15 +4328,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. The set of machines and services being " -#| "monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the " -#| "sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-" -#| "server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients " -#| "receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, " -#| "install the <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package " -#| "on the workstation." msgid "" "Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " @@ -4808,11 +4385,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" -"Information om icinga er tilgængelig fra pakken <ulink url=\"http://www." -"icinga.com/\"/> eller i <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." +"Information om icinga er tilgængelig fra pakken <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> eller i <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" @@ -4855,10 +4433,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -#| "security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-" -#| "upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." msgid "" "New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " "security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " @@ -4866,9 +4440,9 @@ "the same." msgstr "" "Nye pakker er tilgængelige for opgradering. De kritiske er normalt " -"sikkerhedsmæssige rettelser. For at opgradere så kør »apt-get upgrade &" -"& apt-get dist-upgrade« som administrator (root) i en konsol eller log " -"ind via ssh for at gøre det samme." +"sikkerhedsmæssige rettelser. For at opgradere så kør »apt-get upgrade " +"&& apt-get dist-upgrade« som administrator (root) i en konsol eller " +"log ind via ssh for at gøre det samme." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4946,9 +4520,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -#| "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." msgid "" "A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." @@ -4958,15 +4529,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://" -#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgid "" "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Dokumentation for sitesummary er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Dokumentation for sitesummary er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -5004,10 +4572,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features " -#| "in Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -#| "upgrade." msgid "" "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " @@ -5023,19 +4587,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather " -#| "easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we modify " -#| "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more " -#| "information.) Upgrading is still possible but may require some work." msgid "" "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Opgradering af Debian fra en distribution til den næste er normalt ret nemt. " "Dette gælder desværre endnu ikke for Debian Edu, da vi kraftigt ændrer i " @@ -5090,15 +4648,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" msgstr "Opgraderinger fra Debian Edu Buster" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -#| "environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." msgid "" "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a test " "environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." @@ -5108,12 +4662,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu " -#| "main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " -#| "Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to " -#| "Bullseye upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" msgid "" "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " "server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " @@ -5150,21 +4698,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye:" msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" msgstr "Forbered og start opgraderingen til Bullseye:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: vær forberedt på at skulle læse en masse NYHEDER; tryk <" -"retur> for at rulle ned, <q> for at forlade tekstfremviseren. Al " -"information vil blive sendt til root, så du kan læse det igen senere (brug " -"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +"apt-list-changes: vær forberedt på at skulle læse en masse NYHEDER; tryk " +"<retur> for at rulle ned, <q> for at forlade tekstfremviseren. " +"Al information vil blive sendt til root, så du kan læse det igen senere " +"(brug <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5178,7 +4725,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." msgid "restart services: Choose yes." msgstr "genstart tjenester: Vælg ja (yes)." @@ -5240,8 +4786,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" msgid "" "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)" msgstr "" @@ -5249,19 +4793,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the " -#| "Stretch based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the " -#| "instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Stretch#\">Manual " -#| "for Debian Edu Stretch</ulink> about how to upgrade to Stretch from the " -#| "previous release, Jessie. Likewise the Jessie manual describes how to " -#| "upgrade from Wheezy." msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -5329,8 +4865,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" msgid "" "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" msgstr "" @@ -5338,12 +4872,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "With the introduction of <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> in " -#| "Debian Edu Squeeze (previous versions used <computeroutput>etcinsvk</" -#| "computeroutput> which was removed from Debian), all files in " -#| "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> as a version control system." msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " @@ -5352,8 +4880,8 @@ "Med introduktionen af <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> i Debian " "Edu Squeeze (tidligere versioner brugte <computeroutput>etcinsvk</" "computeroutput>, som blev fjernet fra Debian) bliver alle filer i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sporet med <ulink url=\"http://www." -"git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> som et versionskontrolsystem." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sporet med <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> som et versionskontrolsystem." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5375,11 +4903,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -#| "computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -#| "time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -#| "can be used." msgid "" "To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" "computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " @@ -5493,14 +5016,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for " -#| "cache size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs " -#| "to be updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -#| "debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is " -#| "provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of " -#| "<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid " -#| "to use 80% of this as its cache size." msgid "" "When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " "size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " @@ -5547,7 +5062,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." msgstr "For at udvide home0 med 30 GiB, så indsætter du »+« (-L+30G)" @@ -5596,14 +5110,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " -#| "The levels <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and " -#| "<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means " -#| "Kerberos authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity " -#| "check and <emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load " -#| "on both server and workstation increases with the security level, " -#| "<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> might be a good choice." msgid "" "Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " "Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " @@ -5636,10 +5142,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -#| "<emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5i</" -#| "emphasis>" msgid "" "run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " "<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" @@ -5650,9 +5152,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: uncomment/adjust/" -#| "comment existing entries for /srv/*; make sure they look like this:" msgid "" "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " "these entries accordingly:" @@ -5662,7 +5161,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." msgstr "kør <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" @@ -5708,16 +5206,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, et kommandolinjeværktøj" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command " -#| "line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's " -#| "mostly useful for testing, though." msgid "" "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " "tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" @@ -5818,10 +5311,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -#| "Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -#| "physical media, follow these steps:" msgid "" "If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " "Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " @@ -5887,14 +5376,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -#| "which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. The " -#| "package is installed by default and preconfigured to install security " -#| "upgrades. The logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" -#| "upgrades/</computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/" -#| "log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" -#| "computeroutput>." msgid "" "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " "which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " @@ -5916,15 +5397,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -#| "machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to " -#| "turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, " -#| "but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell " -#| "the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-" -#| "server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan " -#| "packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual " -#| "machines." msgid "" "It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " "machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " @@ -5948,11 +5420,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -#| "ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -#| "and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to " -#| "work with LTSP thin clients." msgid "" "The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " "ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " @@ -5974,13 +5441,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -#| "BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well " -#| "as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-" -#| "wakeup</computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for " -#| "wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be " -#| "woken up." msgid "" "There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " "BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " @@ -6001,18 +5461,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -#| "shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -#| "(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on " -#| "the client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to " -#| "the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -#| "computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -#| "configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and " -#| "routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the " -#| "WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some " -#| "switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP " -#| "table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." msgid "" "On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" "shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " @@ -6040,13 +5488,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/" -#| "etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, " -#| "IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated " -#| "by a space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/" -#| "clients-generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the " -#| "fly." msgid "" "To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" "shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " @@ -6081,7 +5522,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" msgstr "Tilgå Debian-Edu-servere placeret bag en brandmur" @@ -6101,9 +5541,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -#| "server" msgid "" "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " "server" @@ -6113,12 +5550,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -#| "tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -#| "<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing " -#| "with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -#| "network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." msgid "" "In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " "hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " @@ -6142,9 +5573,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the " -#| "<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" msgstr "" "installer profilen <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> med opstartsindstillingen " @@ -6160,13 +5588,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "disable the service on main-server" msgid "disable the service on the main server" msgstr "deaktivere tjenesten på hovedserveren" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" msgstr "opdater DNS (via LDAP/GOsa² på hovedserveren" @@ -6192,10 +5618,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -#| "directories for each group (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc). We want to " -#| "create the users by csv import." msgid "" "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " "directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " @@ -6215,7 +5637,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" @@ -6229,13 +5650,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. " -#| "The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' " -#| "choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2014) and " -#| "Description fields (students graduating in 2014), leave the Base field as " -#| "is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " -#| "(2014) should show up below /Students. Click it." msgid "" "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " "'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " @@ -6257,10 +5671,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group " -#| "name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2014) and click the check " -#| "box left of 'Samba group'. 'Ok' to save it." msgid "" "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " "(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." @@ -6275,14 +5685,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base " -#| "field. An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show " -#| "up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll " -#| "have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your " -#| "structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the " -#| "Generic, POSIX and Samba tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information " -#| "ready for the new template." msgid "" "Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " "An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " @@ -6300,11 +5702,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Now change to /Students/2014 in the Base field; choose Create/Template " -#| "and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your " -#| "new 2014 group under Group Membership, too), then add POSIX and Samba " -#| "account." msgid "" "Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " "start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " @@ -6367,11 +5764,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using " -#| "GOsa² as outlined in the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--" -#| "Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Getting started</link> chapter of " -#| "this manual." msgid "" "Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " "as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " @@ -6383,9 +5775,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Dette eksempel bruger »nas-server.intern« som servernavn. Når først »nas-" "server-intern« er konfigureret, så kontroller om NFS-eksportstederne på den " @@ -6421,11 +5813,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6453,17 +5845,12 @@ "computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " "-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." msgstr "" -"Opret monteringsmapperne med <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, rediger " -"»/etc/fstab« på passende vis og kør <computeroutput>mount -a</" +"Opret monteringsmapperne med <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, " +"rediger »/etc/fstab« på passende vis og kør <computeroutput>mount -a</" "computeroutput> for at montere de nye ressourcer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' " -#| "directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory " -#| "using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP " -#| "server, and visiting ~/Storage in case an LTSP diskless client is used." msgid "" "Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " "by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " @@ -6476,13 +5863,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Restrict ssh login access" msgid "Restrict SSH login access" msgstr "Begræns ssh-logindadgang" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." msgstr "Der er flere måder at begrænse ssh-logind, nogle er vist her." @@ -6541,9 +5926,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So " -#| "a different approach using PAM is needed." msgid "" "The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " "the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " @@ -6554,9 +5936,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So " -#| "a different approach using PAM is needed." msgid "" "X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " "a different approach using PAM is needed." @@ -6580,11 +5959,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -#| "dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting " -#| "his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to " -#| "the LTSP server(s) as well." msgid "" "If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " "dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " @@ -6602,12 +5976,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If LTSP clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8 (combi " -#| "server or LTSP cluster setup) things would be even more complicated and " -#| "maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-" -#| "identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to " -#| "disable internal ssh login." msgid "" "If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " "would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " @@ -6630,7 +5998,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" msgstr "For at understøtte flere sprog skal disse kommandoer afvikles:" @@ -6648,13 +6015,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Users will then be able to choose the language via the Lightdm display " -#| "manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -#| "KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -#| "tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm " -#| "whithout a language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-" -#| "greeter</computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." msgid "" "Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " "manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " @@ -6724,10 +6084,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -#| "<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is " -#| "the Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>." msgid "" "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " "<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." @@ -6764,8 +6120,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -6863,14 +6219,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines " -#| "boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software " -#| "is administered and maintained on the LTSP server (inside of the LTSP " -#| "chroot), but it runs on the diskless workstation. Home directories and " -#| "system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are " -#| "an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same " -#| "low maintenance cost as with thin clients." msgid "" "A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " "directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " @@ -6889,7 +6237,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration." msgid "" "Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " "with GOsa²." @@ -6901,10 +6248,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an " -#| "(X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " -#| "this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive." msgid "" "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " "where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " @@ -6924,8 +6267,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6934,12 +6277,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a " -#| "non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting " -#| "problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains " -#| "about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to " -#| "the initrd used by LTSP clients." msgid "" "LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" "free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " @@ -6959,7 +6296,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Historic information about older releases" msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" msgstr "Historisk information om ældre udgivelser" @@ -6993,11 +6329,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -#| "10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -#| "forming a local 192.168.0.0/24 subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP " -#| "server)." msgid "" "Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " "10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " @@ -7055,9 +6386,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -#| "computeroutput> once." msgid "" "See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " "about thin client types." @@ -7067,16 +6395,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)" msgid "LTSP client configuration" msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Run <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -#| "available configuration options (see <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" -#| "LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detailed information about LTSP)." msgid "" "Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " "available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -7110,16 +6433,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" msgstr "Nem adgang til USB-drev og cd-rom'er/dvd'er" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " -#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " -#| "in any other normal installation." msgid "" "When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " "corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " @@ -7144,9 +6462,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " -#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." msgid "" "When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " "cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " @@ -7173,18 +6488,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" -#| "www:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -#| "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -#| "regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -#| "client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://www:631</" "computeroutput> på hovedserveren; vælg netværksprintertype " @@ -7194,7 +6503,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" @@ -7211,11 +6519,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE configuration is generated using the script " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows some " -#| "settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." msgid "" "The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " "script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " @@ -7224,8 +6527,8 @@ msgstr "" "PXE-konfigurationen oprettes ved at bruge skriptet <computeroutput>debian-" "edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Den tillader at nogle indstillinger " -"overskrives ved at tilføje en fil <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> med erstatningsværdier." +"overskrives ved at tilføje en fil <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> med erstatningsværdier." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" @@ -7233,23 +6536,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and " -#| "mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, " -#| "and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, " -#| "popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these " -#| "questions, the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -#| "install.dat</computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected " -#| "answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are " -#| "already commented in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -#| "install.dat</computeroutput>. Your changes will be lost as soon as " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> is used to " -#| "recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to " -#| "<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -#| "computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -#| "pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -#| "debconf values." msgid "" "The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " "settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " @@ -7271,11 +6557,11 @@ "fra opsætningen brugt under installation af hovedserveren, og de andre " "spørgsmål der bliver spurgt om under installation (profil, popcon-" "deltagelse, partitionering og adgangskode for root). For at undgå disse " -"spørgsmål, kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> ændres så den indeholder prævalgte svar for debconf-" -"værdier. Nogle eksempler på tilgængelige debconf-værdier har allerede " -"kommentarer i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. Dine ændringer vil gå tabt så snart at " +"spørgsmål, kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> ændres så den indeholder prævalgte svar for " +"debconf-værdier. Nogle eksempler på tilgængelige debconf-værdier har " +"allerede kommentarer i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. Dine ændringer vil gå tabt så snart at " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> bruges til at " "genskabe PXE-installationsmiljøet. For at vedhæfte debconf-værdier til " "<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " @@ -7333,11 +6619,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -#| "Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up " -#| "as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual " -#| "editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." msgid "" "Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " "Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " @@ -7351,13 +6632,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." msgid "" "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " @@ -7389,13 +6663,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -#| "installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to " -#| "present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can " -#| "connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional " -#| "software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows " -#| "machine and connect." msgid "" "Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " "remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " @@ -7431,8 +6698,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -7479,7 +6746,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Thin clients" msgid "Wireless clients" msgstr "Tynde klienter" @@ -7558,7 +6824,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" @@ -7578,7 +6843,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation" msgid "Install pGina fork" msgstr "Installation" @@ -7604,19 +6868,18 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." msgid "" "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " "with \"space\" as a separator)" @@ -7625,7 +6888,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." msgid "" "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" msgstr "" @@ -7637,20 +6899,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" msgid "" "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tynd klient</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "" "Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " "tick checkbox)" @@ -7658,10 +6917,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7684,19 +6943,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgid "" "Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" "(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" @@ -7708,13 +6964,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "" "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" "emphasis> (tick checkbox)" @@ -7722,7 +6976,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " "(don't tick checkbox, optional)" @@ -7730,7 +6983,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" msgid "Plugin Selection" msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" @@ -7758,7 +7010,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Sources" msgid "Sources:" msgstr "Kilder" @@ -7778,8 +7029,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7797,8 +7048,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7817,10 +7068,10 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7852,8 +7103,9 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> er en metapakke, der " @@ -7869,10 +7121,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the " -#| "status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' " -#| "activities in your jurisdiction." msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " "of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " @@ -7884,26 +7132,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -#| "org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages." -#| "debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their " -#| "students. See also: <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes " -#| "Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://www.veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</" -#| "ulink>." msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nogle skoler bruger kontrolværktøjer som <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> til at " -"overvåge deres studenter. Se også <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes." -"org\">Epoptes hjemmeside</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.veyon." -"io\">Veyons hjemmeside</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nogle skoler bruger kontrolværktøjer som <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> eller <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> til at overvåge deres studenter. Se også <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes hjemmeside</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.veyon.io\">Veyons hjemmeside</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7911,20 +7152,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -#| "squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -#| "org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> to restrict Internet " -#| "access." msgid "" "Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" "squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" "stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Nogle skoler bruger <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian." -"org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> til at begrænse " -"internetadgang." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"http://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> til at " +"begrænse internetadgang." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7944,10 +7180,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -#| "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and " -#| "sambaLMPassword) are the same." msgid "" "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." @@ -8050,20 +7282,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Contribute locally" msgid "Contribute online" msgstr "Bidrag lokalt" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-" -#| "edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for " -#| "communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc." -#| "debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each " -#| "other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#| "NewContributor\">New contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." msgid "" "Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" "edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " @@ -8089,7 +7312,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Import users" msgid "Report bugs" msgstr "Importbrugere" @@ -8122,12 +7344,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple " -#| "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#| "Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user " -#| "account is needed to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." msgid "" "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " "Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" @@ -8175,9 +7391,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; " -#| "do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" msgid "" "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." @@ -8199,9 +7412,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -#| "mailing list" msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " "mailing list" @@ -8219,9 +7429,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " -#| "mailing list" msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " "mailing list" @@ -8235,9 +7442,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from " -#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgid "" "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." @@ -8247,13 +7451,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" msgstr "Nye funktioner i Debian Edu Bullseye" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" msgstr "Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" @@ -8263,10 +7465,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." msgid "" "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " @@ -8278,10 +7476,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " -#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " -#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." msgid "" "including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " "which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" @@ -8294,10 +7488,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -#| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " -#| "artwork for Debian 10 Bullseye." msgid "" "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " @@ -8313,21 +7503,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Bullseye, eg:" msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" msgstr "Alt som er nyt i Debian 10 Bullseye, f.eks.:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " -#| "LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" msgid "" "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" msgstr "" @@ -8336,39 +7521,31 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "GOsa²" msgid "GOsa² 2.8" msgstr "GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 15.10" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP 5.18" msgid "LTSP 23.01" msgstr "LTSP 5.18" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for " -#| "installation." msgid "" "Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." msgstr "" @@ -8377,11 +7554,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgid "" "More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" @@ -8390,8 +7562,9 @@ msgstr "" "Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." +"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -8399,11 +7572,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These " -#| "templates are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully " -#| "translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -#| "which 19 are fully translated." msgid "" "During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " "which 22 are fully translated." @@ -8414,9 +7582,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." msgid "" "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " @@ -8433,9 +7598,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -#| "Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." msgid "" "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." @@ -8449,20 +7611,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, " -#| "2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), Petter " -#| "Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -#| "2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), " -#| "Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring " -#| "(2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo " -#| "Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -#| "Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " -#| "(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -#| "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -#| "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, " -#| "2019), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is released under " -#| "the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" msgid "" "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " "Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " @@ -8509,9 +7657,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#| "Documentation/Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." msgid "" "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" "doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." @@ -8529,11 +7674,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept " -#| "in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -#| "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -#| "manual-translations</computeroutput>." msgid "" "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " "PO files. More information about the process can be found in " @@ -8551,10 +7691,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -#| "edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." msgid "" "Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " "url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" @@ -8574,17 +7710,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:" -#| "holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, " -#| "see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full " -#| "list of copyright owners." msgid "" "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " @@ -8597,23 +7727,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" msgstr "Appendiks C - Funktioner i ældre udgivelser" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." msgid "" "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " @@ -8625,10 +7748,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -#| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " -#| "artwork for Debian 10 Bullseye." msgid "" "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " @@ -8656,21 +7775,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Bullseye, eg:" msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" msgstr "Alt som er nyt i Debian 10 Bullseye, f.eks.:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " -#| "LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" msgid "" "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " "1.24" @@ -8680,25 +7794,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 15.10" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP 5.18" msgid "LTSP 21.01" msgstr "LTSP 5.18" @@ -8711,11 +7821,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgid "" "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" @@ -8724,14 +7829,12 @@ msgstr "" "Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." +"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." msgid "" "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " @@ -8743,9 +7846,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified " -#| "Chinese." msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." msgstr "" "Delvist oversatte versioner findes for spansk, polsk og forenklet kinesisk." @@ -8840,30 +7940,22 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." msgstr "" "Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Stretch udgivet 2017-06-17" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28" msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." msgstr "" "Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 kodenavn Wheezy udgivet 28-09-2013" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -15,5 +15,9 @@ 2012-2022 Wolfgang Schweer 2024 Andreas Hunkeler 2024 Moonwalk4797 +2025 Blubberland +2026 Hans-Fritz Pommes +2026 Emma peel +2026 Ub.dev </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.de.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -16,18 +16,17 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-buster-manual.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-17 23:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Moonwalk4797 <moonwalk4797@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>" -"\n" -"Language-Team: German <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/de/>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-04 15:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"ub.dev\" <ub.dev@yahoo.com>\n" +"Language-Team: German <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/de/>\n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.17-dev\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> @@ -48,7 +47,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Debian Edu Installierer Logo" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." @@ -59,9 +58,9 @@ "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." msgstr "" -"Die (englischsprachige) Originalversion auf <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm\"/> ist eine Wikiseite, die regelmäßig " -"aktualisiert wird." +"Die (englischsprachige) Originalversion auf <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm\"/> ist eine Wikiseite, die " +"regelmäßig aktualisiert wird." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -98,12 +97,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Die Kapitel über <link linkend=\"Requirements\">Hardware- und " -"Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie über die <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">Architektur</link> enthalten grundlegende Details\n" +"Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie über die <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> enthalten grundlegende Details\n" "zum Systemdesign." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> @@ -150,9 +150,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.org\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "ist eine Linux-Distribution, die vom Debian Edu-Projekt erstellt wird. Als " @@ -174,8 +175,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Das norwegische Skolelinux-Projekt wurde am 2.Juli 2001 gegründet; fast " "gleichzeitig begann in Frankreich Raphaël Hertzog mit Debian-Edu. Seit 2003 " @@ -227,8 +228,8 @@ "keiner bis zu vielen. Gleiches gilt für LTSP-Server, die ihre Thin Clients " "jeweils auf einem separaten Netzwerk bedienen, so dass der Netzwerkverkehr " "zwischen den Clients und ihrem LTSP-Server den Rest der Netzwerkdienste " -"nicht stört. Detaillierte Informationen zu LTSP gibt es im <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">entsprechenden Handbuchkapitel</link>." +"nicht stört. Detaillierte Informationen zu LTSP gibt es im <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">entsprechenden Handbuchkapitel</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -271,19 +272,20 @@ "a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " "hard disk." msgstr "" -"Der DHCP-Server auf dem Hauptserver (»tjener«) bedient das Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/" -"8; er stellt für das Booten ein PXE-Menü bereit, aus dem ausgewählt werden " -"kann, ob ein neuer Server oder Arbeitsplatzrechner installiert, der Rechner " -"als Thin Client bzw. als Diskless Workstation gestartet, ein Speichertest " -"(Memtest) ausgeführt oder von der lokalen Festplatte gestartet werden soll." +"Der DHCP-Server auf dem Hauptserver (»tjener«) bedient das Netzwerk " +"10.0.0.0/8; er stellt für das Booten ein PXE-Menü bereit, aus dem ausgewählt " +"werden kann, ob ein neuer Server oder Arbeitsplatzrechner installiert, der " +"Rechner als Thin Client bzw. als Diskless Workstation gestartet, ein " +"Speichertest (Memtest) ausgeführt oder von der lokalen Festplatte gestartet " +"werden soll." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Dies lässt sich ändern; Einzelheiten dazu gibt es im entsprechenden <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> HowTo</link>-Kapitel." +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> HowTo</link> Kapitel." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -355,6 +357,7 @@ "dass keine Klartextpasswörter über das Netzwerk gesendet werden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " "network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " @@ -600,8 +603,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Das E-Mail-System ist nur zur lokalen Auslieferung vorkonfiguriert (d.h. " "innerhalb der Schule). Die E-Mail-Zustellung kann aber, sofern die Schule " @@ -662,8 +665,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1065,21 +1068,22 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Die Bedeutung der verschiedenen Profile wird im Kapitel <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> erläutert." +"Die Bedeutung der verschiedenen Profile wird im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> erläutert." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Falls LTSP zum Einsatz kommen soll, finden Sie auf der (englischsprachigen) " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements" -"\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</ulink> weitere Informationen." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</" +"ulink> weitere Informationen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1100,10 +1104,16 @@ "mehr RAM und schnellere Prozessoren empfohlen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Für Arbeitsplatzrechner, Diskless Workstations und Einzelplatzrechner sind " "mindestens 1500 Mhz und 1024 MiB RAM das absolute Minimum. Um moderne " @@ -1118,12 +1128,12 @@ "ab:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " "desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." msgstr "" -"Hauptserver + LTSP-Server: 60 GiB (plus zusätzlicher Platz für " +"Hauptserver + LTSP-Server + Desktop (falls eine grafische Oberfläche für den " +"Server gewünscht sein sollte): 60 GiB (plus zusätzlicher Platz für " "Benutzerkonten)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1168,11 +1178,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"Eine Liste getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie unter <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Diese Liste ist aber nicht einmal " +"Eine Liste getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie unter <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Diese Liste ist aber nicht einmal " "annähernd vollständig." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -1294,31 +1304,31 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints kann <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org" -"\">OpenWRT</ulink> benutzt werden, wobei Sie natürlich auch die " +"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints kann <ulink url=\"https://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> benutzt werden, wobei Sie natürlich auch die " "Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie " "mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Eine Liste " -"unterstützter Hardware finden Sie auf der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt." -"org/toh/start\">Hardware-Seite von OpenWRT</ulink>." +"unterstützter Hardware finden Sie auf der <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">Hardware-Seite von OpenWRT</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" "Es ist möglich, eine abweichende Netzwerk-Struktur zu verwenden. Wie das " -"geht, ist <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie dazu jedoch nicht aufgrund einer " -"existierenden Netzwerk-Infrastruktur gezwungen sind, ist die Nutzung der " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard-Netzwerkarchitektur</link> zu " -"empfehlen." +"geht, ist <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie dazu jedoch nicht " +"aufgrund einer existierenden Netzwerk-Infrastruktur gezwungen sind, ist die " +"Nutzung der <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard-Netzwerkarchitektur</" +"link> zu empfehlen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1330,12 +1340,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Es wird empfohlen, die <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweise für Debian Bookworm</ulink> vor " @@ -1352,15 +1362,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"Es wird allerdings empfohlen, die Kapitel über <link linkend=\"Requirements" -"\">Hardware- und Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie über die <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> zu lesen, bevor die Installation eines " -"Hauptrechners begonnen wird." +"Es wird allerdings empfohlen, die Kapitel über <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">Hardware- und Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie " +"über die <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> zu lesen, bevor " +"die Installation eines Hauptrechners begonnen wird." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1368,9 +1378,9 @@ "link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " "time." msgstr "" -"Bitte unbedingt in diesem Handbuch das Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted" -"\">Erste Schritte</link> lesen, da dort erklärt wird, wie die erste " -"Anmeldung funktioniert." +"Bitte unbedingt in diesem Handbuch das Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Erste Schritte</link> lesen, da dort erklärt " +"wird, wie die erste Anmeldung funktioniert." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" @@ -1451,8 +1461,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" "Eine detaillierte Anleitung für das Überprüfen und die Verwendung dieser " -"Images ist Teil der <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.de.html" -"\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +"Images ist Teil der <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/" +"index.de.html\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Sources" @@ -1527,8 +1537,8 @@ "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Verbinden Sie alle Komponenten so, wie es dem Kapitel <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> zu entnehmen ist." +"Verbinden Sie alle Komponenten so, wie es dem Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> zu entnehmen ist." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy @@ -1709,23 +1719,23 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Bitte beachten: Falls anschließend eine Arbeitsumgebung installiert werden " "soll, dann verwenden Sie nicht die Debian-Edu-Metapakete wie z. B. <ulink " "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-" "desktop-mate</ulink> (dies würde alle bildungsbezogenen Pakete " -"mitinstallieren), sondern z. B. das Metapaket <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Eines " -"(oder mehrere) der schulstufenbezogenen Metapakete <emphasis>education-" +"mitinstallieren), sondern z. B. das Metapaket <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Eines (oder mehrere) der schulstufenbezogenen Metapakete <emphasis>education-" "preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" "highschool</emphasis> könnten passend zum Verwendungszweck installiert " @@ -1886,15 +1896,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"In beiden Fällen können die Boot-Optionen nach Drücken der <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis>- oder <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis>-Taste " -"im Boot-Menü bearbeitet werden;. Die Screenshots zeigen die Befehlszeile für " -"den Typ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"In beiden Fällen können die Boot-Optionen nach Drücken der <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis>- oder <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis>-" +"Taste im Boot-Menü bearbeitet werden;. Die Screenshots zeigen die " +"Befehlszeile für den Typ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" @@ -1907,17 +1918,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Sie können einen vorhandenen HTTP-Proxy-Dienst im Netzwerk verwenden, um die " "Installation des <emphasis>Hauptserver</emphasis>-Profils von CD zu " -"beschleunigen. Fügen Sie z. B. <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> als zusätzlichen Boot-Parameter " -"hinzu." +"beschleunigen. Fügen Sie z. B. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> als zusätzlichen Boot-Parameter hinzu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " "on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " @@ -2081,20 +2092,20 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Ein Server für Thin Clients (und Diskless Workstations) wird LTSP-Server " "genannt. Rechner ohne Festplatte erhalten die Software zum Booten und ihre " "Programme von diesem Server. Der LTSP-Server benötigt zwei Netzwerkkarten, " "viel Speicher und idealerweise mehr als einen Prozessor oder Prozessorkern. " -"Schauen Sie sich für mehr Informationen das Kapitel über <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkrechner</link> an. Die Auswahl dieses Profils " -"aktiviert auch das Arbeitsplatzrechner-Profil (auch wenn dieses nicht " -"explizit ausgewählt wird). Ein LTSP-Server kann immer auch als " +"Schauen Sie sich für mehr Informationen das Kapitel über <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkrechner</link> an. Die Auswahl dieses " +"Profils aktiviert auch das Arbeitsplatzrechner-Profil (auch wenn dieses " +"nicht explizit ausgewählt wird). Ein LTSP-Server kann immer auch als " "Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2138,32 +2149,34 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Die Profile <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> und <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis> sind die Voreinstellung. Diese Profile können gleichzeitig " -"auf einer Maschine installiert werden, wenn Sie einen sogenannten " -"<emphasis>Kombiserver</emphasis> haben wollen. Damit ist der Hauptserver " -"gleichzeitig ein LTSP-Server und kann auch als Arbeitsplatzrechner " -"eingesetzt werden. Dies ist die Voreinstellung, da anzunehmen ist, dass dies " -"in der Regel erwünscht ist. Bitte beachten: Eine Maschine, die als " -"»Kombiserver« oder als »LTSP-Server« dienen soll, muss zwei Netzwerkkarten " -"haben, damit sie dem Zweck entsprechend genutzt werden kann." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Die Profile <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> und <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LTSP-Server</emphasis> sind die Voreinstellung. Diese " +"Profile können gleichzeitig auf einer Maschine installiert werden, wenn Sie " +"einen sogenannten <emphasis>Kombiserver</emphasis> haben wollen. Damit ist " +"der Hauptserver gleichzeitig ein LTSP-Server und kann auch als " +"Arbeitsplatzrechner eingesetzt werden. Dies ist die Voreinstellung, da " +"anzunehmen ist, dass dies in der Regel erwünscht ist. Bitte beachten: Eine " +"Maschine, die als »Kombiserver« oder als »LTSP-Server« dienen soll, muss " +"zwei Netzwerkkarten haben, damit sie dem Zweck entsprechend genutzt werden " +"kann." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Bitte »ja« oder »nein« zur automatischen Partitionierung sagen. Beachten " @@ -2173,13 +2186,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" -"Bitte gestatten Sie die Übertragung von Informationen an <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, damit festgestellt werden kann, welche " +"Bitte gestatten Sie die Übertragung von Informationen an <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, damit festgestellt werden kann, welche " "Pakete populär sind und auch in Zukunft bereitgestellt werden sollten. Damit " "können Sie auf einfache Art helfen." @@ -2209,10 +2222,10 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "Das Passwort dieses Benutzers <emphasis role=\"strong\">muss</emphasis> eine " "Länge von <emphasis role=\"strong\">mindestens 5 Zeichen</emphasis> " @@ -2234,13 +2247,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Im Falle eines separaten LTSP-Servers erfordert das Einrichten der " "Unterstützung von Diskless Workstations und/oder von Thin Clients einige " -"manuelle Schritte. Details hierzu finden Sie im Kapitel <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Anleitung für Netzwerk-Clients</link>." +"manuelle Schritte. Details hierzu finden Sie im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Anleitung für Netzwerk-Clients</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" @@ -2331,6 +2344,11 @@ msgstr "Die Konfiguration aller Subnetze ist in LDAP gespeichert." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Wähle die Netzwerkeinrichtungsmethode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Bestätigung für das Einstellen von uif" @@ -2345,6 +2363,11 @@ "einrichten willst." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Erlaube traceroute in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Erlaube traceroute in uif" @@ -2473,41 +2496,54 @@ "configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " "gateway can be configured using the following dialog." msgstr "" +"Wenn du interne Dienste ins Internet stellen willst, kannst du sie mit der " +"beschriebenen Syntax konfigurieren. SSH-Zugriff auf das Gateway kann im " +"folgenden Dialog konfiguriert werden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiviere SSH-Zugriff für Netzwerke" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." msgstr "" +"Entscheide, für welche Netzwerke du SSH-Zugriff auf das Gateway erlauben " +"willst." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Konfiguration des PXE-Menüs" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Aktiviere DHCP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" +"Aktiviere DHCP nicht für interne Netzwerke, es wird vom DebianEdu-" +"Hauptserver bereitgestellt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfiguration des PXE-Menüs" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" +"Konfiguriere den SSH-Port, am besten <computeroutput>22</computeroutput>, " +"solange die Konfiguration nicht geändert wurde." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" +"Verbinde die Netzwerk-Schnittstellen falls noch nicht geschehen und starte " +"den Computer neu. Wenn du dich jetzt als root anmeldest solltest du das " +"DebianEdu-Router-Menü sehen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy @@ -2522,6 +2558,12 @@ "which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " "dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." msgstr "" +"Wenn SSH-Zugriff aktiviert ist kann das Gateway aus der Ferne über das Menü " +"konfiguriert werden, das man bei der Anmeldung als root sieht. Wenn du im " +"Hauptmenü <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> drückst, öffnet sich das " +"Konfigurationsmenü, mit dem die ganze Konfiguration oder Teile davon mit " +"denselben Dialogen geändert werden können, die für die Anfangskonfiguration " +"verwendet wurden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Notes on some characteristics" @@ -2683,11 +2725,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Mehr Information über Netzwerk-Clients findet sich im Kapitel <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerk-Clients HowTo</link>." +"Mehr Information über Netzwerk-Clients findet sich im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerk-Clients HowTo</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Modifying PXE installations" @@ -2759,8 +2801,8 @@ "<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" "computeroutput> geändert werden. Um die Benutzung des Proxys während der " "Installation zu deaktivieren, kommentieren Sie die beiden ersten Zeilen mit " -"'#' aus und entfernen Sie den Teil <computeroutput>export http_proxy=" -"\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput> in der letzten Zeile." +"'#' aus und entfernen Sie den Teil <computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput> in der letzten Zeile." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2799,9 +2841,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "Sie müssen nur eine Preseed-Datei mit Ihren Antworten erstellen (dies wird " "im Anhang des Debian-Installers näher beschrieben) und Ihre CD/DVD <ulink " @@ -2857,7 +2899,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Configure network manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Netzwerk manuell konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy @@ -3005,8 +3047,8 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "In diesem Handbuch gibt es noch an anderen Stellen zusätzliche " "Informationen: Das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Features\">Neue Features in " @@ -3019,8 +3061,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk DNS-Anfragen nach außen geblockt werden und ein " "spezieller DNS-Server für das Nachschlagen von Rechnern im Internet " @@ -3089,9 +3131,8 @@ msgstr "" "Um auf GOsa² zugreifen zu können, benötigen Sie den Skolelinux-Hauptserver " "und ein (Client-)System mit installiertem Webbrowser; dabei kann es sich um " -"den Hauptserver handeln, falls dieser als sogenannter " -"»Kombiserver« (Hauptserver + LTSP-Server + Arbeitsplatzrechner) installiert " -"wurde." +"den Hauptserver handeln, falls dieser als sogenannter »Kombiserver« " +"(Hauptserver + LTSP-Server + Arbeitsplatzrechner) installiert wurde." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3201,8 +3242,9 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Eine Standardinstallation des Debian-Edu-Hauptservers beinhaltet derzeit " "zwei »Abteilungen«: Teachers und Students, sowie die Basisebene des LDAP-" @@ -3576,7 +3618,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users from the command line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Benutzer von der Kommandozeile hinzufügen" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3585,6 +3627,10 @@ "documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" "link>" msgstr "" +"Benutzerkonten können auch über die Kommandozeile hinzugefügt werden über " +"das Programm <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, siehe " +"dazu die Dokumentation im Abschnitt <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3642,9 +3688,10 @@ "Mit dem Maschinen-Management können grundsätzlich alle Netzwerkgeräte im " "Debian-Edu-Netzwerk verwaltet werden. Jedes Gerät, das mittels GOsa² zum " "LDAP-Verzeichnis hinzugefügt wird, hat einen Namen, eine IP-Adresse, eine " -"MAC-Adresse und einen Domainnamen. Letzterer lautet üblicherweise \"intern" -"\". Eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Debian Edu-Netzwerks ist im <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">Kapitel über die Netzwerkstruktur</link> zu finden." +"MAC-Adresse und einen Domainnamen. Letzterer lautet üblicherweise " +"\"intern\". Eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Debian Edu-Netzwerks ist im " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Kapitel über die Netzwerkstruktur</link> zu " +"finden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3656,14 +3703,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Arbeitsstationen mit Festplatten (einschließlich separater LTSP-Server) " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">müssen</emphasis> mit GOsa² hinzugefügt werden. " @@ -3690,8 +3738,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bitte beachten:</emphasis> Ein »host keytab« kann " @@ -3983,12 +4031,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Für die zentrale Druckerverwaltung wechseln Sie mit Ihrem Webbrowser zu " "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Dies ist die normale CUPS-" @@ -4027,14 +4075,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; wählen Sie den Netzwerkdrucker-Typ " +"Konfigurieren Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; wählen Sie den Netzwerkdrucker-Typ " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (für alle Drucker " "gültig, egal welche Marke oder welches Modell) und geben Sie " "<computeroutput>socket://<Arbeitsplatzrechner-IP>:9100</" @@ -4108,8 +4156,9 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Wegen eines möglichen Fehlers in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten " "einige Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu " @@ -4225,13 +4274,14 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Falls gewünscht, können Aktualisierungen automatisch installiert werden. " "Dazu muss lediglich das Paket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> installiert und so konfiguriert werden, wie es in <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"computeroutput> installiert und so konfiguriert werden, wie es in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" "UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> beschrieben ist." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4280,10 +4330,10 @@ "since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " "site without using SSL it will fail." msgstr "" -"Um Backups zu verwalten, gehen Sie mit Ihrem Browser auf <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Diese Seite müssen Sie mit SSL aufrufen, da " -"Sie für die Backupverwaltung das Root-Passwort eingeben müssen. Ein Zugriff " -"ohne SSL ist nicht möglich." +"Um Backups zu verwalten, gehen Sie mit Ihrem Browser auf <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Diese Seite müssen Sie mit SSL aufrufen, " +"da Sie für die Backupverwaltung das Root-Passwort eingeben müssen. Ein " +"Zugriff ohne SSL ist nicht möglich." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4359,9 +4409,9 @@ "If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " "on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ältere Sicherungskopien löschen wollen, dann wählen Sie " -"»Wartung« (Maintenance) im Menü auf der Backup-Seite und wählen dort den " -"ältesten zu bewahrenden Zustand (snapshot):" +"Wenn Sie ältere Sicherungskopien löschen wollen, dann wählen Sie »Wartung« " +"(Maintenance) im Menü auf der Backup-Seite und wählen dort den ältesten zu " +"bewahrenden Zustand (snapshot):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" @@ -4465,8 +4515,8 @@ "contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Icinga versendet voreingestellt keine E-Mails. Dies kann geändert werden, " -"indem in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts." -"cfg</computeroutput> der Eintrag <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" +"indem in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput> der Eintrag <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" "computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> " "und <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ersetzt wird." @@ -4494,8 +4544,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Informationen über Icinga können unter <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" "\"/> oder in dem Paket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> gefunden " @@ -4656,14 +4707,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Für Systemadministratoren finden sich Informationen über Anpassungen von " "Debian Edu im Kapitel <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration-Howto</" -"link> und im Kapitel <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration" -"\">Fortgeschrittene Administration</link>." +"link> und im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Fortgeschrittene Administration</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4672,14 +4724,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Bevor Sie diese Anleitung für ein Upgrade lesen, beachten Sie bitte diesen " -"wichtigen Hinweis: Das Upgrade erfolgt auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\"> Debian Edu/Skolelinux bietet ABSOLUT KEINE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG für " -"Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis>" +"wichtigen Hinweis: Das Upgrade erfolgt auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\"> Debian Edu/Skolelinux bietet ABSOLUT KEINE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG " +"für Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4687,9 +4739,9 @@ "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -"Bitte lesen Sie dieses Kapitel sowie das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Neue Features in Bookworm</link> in diesem Handbuch vollständig durch, " -"bevor Sie ein Upgrade versuchen." +"Bitte lesen Sie dieses Kapitel sowie das Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Neue Features in Bookworm</link> in diesem Handbuch " +"vollständig durch, bevor Sie ein Upgrade versuchen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "General notes on upgrading" @@ -4700,17 +4752,17 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Ein Upgrade von Debian von einer Distribution zur nächsten ist im " "Allgemeinen recht einfach. Für Debian Edu ist dies leider etwas " "komplizierter, da wir Konfigurationsdateien auf eine Art und Weise " "verändern, wie es nicht geschehen sollte. Wir haben jedoch die notwendigen " -"Schritte unten dokumentiert. (Siehe Debian-Fehler <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> für weitere Informationen, wie Debian " -"Edu Konfigurationsdateien modifizieren sollte)." +"Schritte unten dokumentiert. (Siehe Debian-Fehler <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> für weitere Informationen, wie " +"Debian Edu Konfigurationsdateien modifizieren sollte)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4818,8 +4870,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4916,16 +4968,16 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "Um von einer älteren Veröffentlichung zu aktualisieren, müssen Sie zuerst " "auf die Bullseye-basierte Debian-Edu-Veröffentlichung aktualisieren, bevor " "Sie die oben beschriebenen Anweisungen befolgen können. Anweisungen werden " -"im <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> gegeben, wie man von der " +"im <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> gegeben, wie man von der " "vorherigen Veröffentlichung, Buster, auf Bullseye aktualisiert." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> @@ -4994,8 +5046,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Mittels <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> lassen sich alle " "Änderungen an Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> mit Hilfe " @@ -5161,8 +5213,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "»Logical-Volume-Management« (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern, " "während diese eingehängt sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM " @@ -5358,6 +5410,22 @@ "<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " "\"Harry Hirsch\":" msgstr "" +"Alle Parameter außer dem Benutzernamen und dem GECOS-Feld sind optional, " +"letzteres sollte normalerweise den ganzen Namen des Benutzers beinhalten. " +"Sofern nicht angegeben wird das Programm UID und GID automatisch auswählen " +"und den Benutzer keinen zusätzlichen Gruppen hinzufügen. Wenn keine " +"Abteilung angegeben wird, wird das erste <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> " +"von LDAP ausgesucht, was wahrscheinlich <emphasis>skola</emphasis> ist. Das " +"werden Sie für reguläre Benutzer vermutlich nicht wollen. Also sollten Sie " +"einen angemessenen Wert dafür angeben, z.B. <emphasis>Lehrer</emphasis> oder " +"<emphasis>Schüler</emphasis>. Nach der Einstellung des Passworts und der " +"Eingabe des LDAP-Administratorpassworts, wird <computeroutput>ldap-" +"createuser-krb5</computeroutput> das Benutzerkonto im LDAP erstellen, das " +"Kerberos-Passwort festlegen, den persönlichen Ordner erstellen und einen " +"passenden Samba-Benutzer hinzufügen. Das folgende Bildschirmfoto zeigt den " +"Beispielaufruf, um einen Benutzeraccount mit dem Namen " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> für einen Lehrer mit dem vollen " +"Namen \"Harry Hirsch\" zu erstellen:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using stable-updates" @@ -5895,9 +5963,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "In diesem Beispiel wird 'nas-server.intern' als Servername verwendet. Sobald " "'nas-server.intern' konfiguriert ist, sollte kontrolliert werden, ob die NFS-" @@ -5935,11 +6003,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5979,10 +6047,10 @@ "by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " "application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." msgstr "" -"Die Benutzer sollten nun Zugang zu den Dateien des Dateiservers 'nas-server." -"intern' haben, wenn Sie mit einer Anwendung auf das Verzeichnis '/tjener/nas-" -"server/storage/' zugreifen - sei es von einer Workstation, einem LTSP-Thin-" -"Client oder einem LTSP-Server aus." +"Die Benutzer sollten nun Zugang zu den Dateien des Dateiservers 'nas-" +"server.intern' haben, wenn Sie mit einer Anwendung auf das Verzeichnis '/" +"tjener/nas-server/storage/' zugreifen - sei es von einer Workstation, einem " +"LTSP-Thin-Client oder einem LTSP-Server aus." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restrict SSH login access" @@ -6172,8 +6240,8 @@ "libdvdcss. Dies ist aus rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. " "Wenn Sie libdvdcss legal verwenden dürfen, können Sie eigene lokale Pakete " "mittels <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> selbst bauen; dazu muss " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput> aktiviert sein." +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> aktiviert sein." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6231,10 +6299,10 @@ "generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " "combined server at first boot, taking some time." msgstr "" -"Ein Hauptunterschied besteht darin, dass das SquashFS-Image für Diskless -" -"Workstations nun standardmäßig aus dem LTSP-Server-Dateisystem erzeugt wird. " -"Dies geschieht auf einem Kombi-Server beim ersten Start und nimmt einige " -"Zeit in Anspruch." +"Ein Hauptunterschied besteht darin, dass das SquashFS-Image für Diskless " +"-Workstations nun standardmäßig aus dem LTSP-Server-Dateisystem erzeugt " +"wird. Dies geschieht auf einem Kombi-Server beim ersten Start und nimmt " +"einige Zeit in Anspruch." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6257,14 +6325,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Informationen über LTSP im Allgemeinen finden Sie auf der <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP-Homepage</ulink>. Auf Systemen mit <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>-Profil liefert <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " -"weitere Informationen." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Informationen über LTSP im Allgemeinen finden Sie auf der <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP-Homepage</ulink>. Auf Systemen mit " +"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>-Profil liefert <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> weitere Informationen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6386,10 +6455,10 @@ msgstr "" "Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " "ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Es " -"sorgt dafür, dass eine anwendungsspezifische Initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp." -"img) erzeugt und dann in das anwendungsspezifische Verzeichnis verschoben " -"wird. Der Befehl muss ausgeführt werden, nachdem der Abschnitt /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf [clients] geändert wurde." +"sorgt dafür, dass eine anwendungsspezifische Initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.img) erzeugt und dann in das anwendungsspezifische Verzeichnis " +"verschoben wird. Der Befehl muss ausgeführt werden, nachdem der Abschnitt /" +"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] geändert wurde." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6460,8 +6529,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Da Thin Clients X2Go verwenden, sollten Benutzer das Compositing " "deaktivieren, um Anzeigeartefakte zu vermeiden. Im Standardfall (Xfce-" @@ -6483,9 +6552,9 @@ "Der Start von LTSP-Clients wird scheitern, falls für die " "Netzwerkschnittstelle des Clients Firmware aus »non-free« erforderlich ist. " "Eine PXE-Installation könnte zur Fehlersuche bei Problemen mit solchen " -"Maschinen verwendet werden: Falls der Debian-Installer wegen fehlender XXX." -"bin-Dateien abbricht, dann ist es notwendig, die Initrd des LTSP-Servers mit " -"Firmware aus »non-free« zu ergänzen." +"Maschinen verwendet werden: Falls der Debian-Installer wegen fehlender " +"XXX.bin-Dateien abbricht, dann ist es notwendig, die Initrd des LTSP-Servers " +"mit Firmware aus »non-free« zu ergänzen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" @@ -6706,14 +6775,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Richten Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> auf dem Hauptserver ein; wählen Sie den " +"Richten Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> auf dem Hauptserver ein; wählen Sie den " "Netzwerkdrucker-Typ <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "(für alle Drucker gültig, egal welche Marke oder welches Modell) und geben " "Sie <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP-Client-IP>:9100</computeroutput> " @@ -6796,8 +6865,8 @@ "chapter." msgstr "" "Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen einer PXE-Installation befinden sich im " -"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Installation</link>." +"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" @@ -6928,15 +6997,15 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "Mit X2Go ist es möglich, von einem Rechner mit Linux, Windows oder macOS aus " "über eine schmal-oder breitbandige Verbindung eine graphische Arbeitsfläche " "auf dem LTSP-Server zu nutzen. Auf dem Client-PC muss zusätzliche Software " "installiert werden, weiterführende Informationen gibt es im " -"(englischsprachigen) <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:" -"installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." +"(englischsprachigen) <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7122,8 +7191,8 @@ "website." msgstr "" "Fügen Sie einen speziellen Benutzer, z.B. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> mit Passwort <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, mittels <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/> hinzu." +"emphasis> mit Passwort <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, mittels <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> hinzu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7158,8 +7227,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" "(sie werden unter HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\" "\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)gespeichert)." @@ -7209,11 +7279,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7333,8 +7405,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Für standortspezifische Änderungen kopieren Sie /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" "smb.conf.edu-site in das Verzeichnis /etc/samba. Die Einstellungen in " @@ -7361,8 +7433,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Um das Samba-Konto eines Benutzers vorübergehend zu deaktivieren, führen Sie " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput> aus, " @@ -7389,19 +7461,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "Verbindungen zum Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers und zu zusätzlichen " "standortspezifischen Freigaben (falls konfiguriert) sind für Geräte mit " "Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS oder Windows möglich. Andere " "Geräte wie Android-basierte benötigen einen Dateimanager mit SMB2/SMB3-" -"Unterstützung, auch bekannt als LAN-Zugriff. <ulink url=\"https://play." -"google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=de_US&" -"gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> oder <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm" -"\">Total Commander mit LAN-Plugin</ulink> könnten eine gute Wahl sein." +"Unterstützung, auch bekannt als LAN-Zugriff. <ulink url=\"https://" +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=de_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> oder " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander mit LAN-" +"Plugin</ulink> könnten eine gute Wahl sein." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7432,20 +7505,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> ist ein Metapaket, das viele " -"Programmierungs-Werkzeuge installiert. Bitte beachten: Die Installation " -"erfordert fast 2 GiB an zusätzlichem Plattenplatz. Weitere Informationen (um " -"möglicherweise nur einige Pakete zu installieren) stehen auf der " -"englischsprachigen Seite <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> zur Verfügung." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> ist ein Metapaket, das " +"viele Programmierungs-Werkzeuge installiert. Bitte beachten: Die " +"Installation erfordert fast 2 GiB an zusätzlichem Plattenplatz. Weitere " +"Informationen (um möglicherweise nur einige Pakete zu installieren) stehen " +"auf der englischsprachigen Seite <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/" +"tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> zur Verfügung." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7464,17 +7538,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Einige Schule benutzen Überwachungswerkzeuge wie <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> oder <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>, " -"um ihre Schüler zu kontrollieren. Siehe auch die: <ulink url=\"https://" -"epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> und die <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon Homepage</ulink> (beide englischsprachig)." +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> oder <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink>, um ihre Schüler zu kontrollieren. Siehe auch die: <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> und die <ulink " +"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink> (beide englischsprachig)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7482,14 +7556,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Einige Schulen verwenden <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> oder <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink>, um den Zugang zum Internet " -"einzuschränken." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> oder <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink>, um den Zugang " +"zum Internet einzuschränken." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7566,8 +7640,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Jeder Benutzer, der Thunderbird verwenden will, muss die Konfiguration wie " "folgt vornehmen (für einen Benutzer mit dem Benutzernamen jdoe lautet die " @@ -7623,15 +7697,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" -"Die meiste Zeit ist die <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">Entwickler-Mailingliste</ulink> unser Hauptkommunikationsmedium, obwohl " -"wir auch #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und manchmal sogar echte Treffen " -"haben, wo wir uns persönlich treffen." +"Die meiste Zeit ist die <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">Entwickler-Mailingliste</ulink> unser Hauptkommunikationsmedium, " +"obwohl wir auch #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und manchmal sogar echte " +"Treffen haben, wo wir uns persönlich treffen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7693,11 +7767,12 @@ "FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." msgstr "" "Die Quelle des Textes ist ein Wiki und kann mit einem einfachen Webbrowser " -"bearbeitet werden. Gehen Sie einfach auf <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> und Sie können ganz einfach einen " -"Beitrag leisten. Hinweis: Um die Seiten zu bearbeiten, ist ein Benutzerkonto " -"erforderlich. Möglicherweise müssen Sie zuerst ein <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">Wiki-Benutzerkonto anlegen</ulink>." +"bearbeitet werden. Gehen Sie einfach auf <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> und Sie können ganz " +"einfach einen Beitrag leisten. Hinweis: Um die Seiten zu bearbeiten, ist ein " +"Benutzerkonto erforderlich. Möglicherweise müssen Sie zuerst ein <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">Wiki-" +"Benutzerkonto anlegen</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7808,8 +7883,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" "Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Bookworm, siehe " @@ -7836,9 +7911,9 @@ "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " "bookworm." msgstr "" -"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem Standard für " -"Debian 12 Bookworm." +"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem " +"Standard für Debian 12 Bookworm." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Software updates" @@ -7895,8 +7970,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" @@ -7920,15 +7995,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm-Handbuchl</ulink> ist auf Chinesisch (vereinfacht), " -"Dänisch, Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, Japanisch, " -"Norwegisch (Bokmål), Brasilianisches Portugiesisch, Europäisches " +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm-Handbuchl</ulink> ist auf Chinesisch " +"(vereinfacht), Dänisch, Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, " +"Japanisch, Norwegisch (Bokmål), Brasilianisches Portugiesisch, Europäisches " "Portugiesisch und Spanisch übersetzt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -8027,8 +8103,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "Die meisten Übersetzungsteams haben sich dazu entschlossen mittels Weblate " @@ -8069,13 +8145,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Bullseye, siehe " -"dessen <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." +"dessen <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8083,9 +8159,9 @@ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " "11 (bullseye)." msgstr "" -"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem Standard für " -"Debian 11 (bullseye)." +"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem " +"Standard für Debian 11 (bullseye)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8150,8 +8226,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" @@ -8162,14 +8238,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Handbuch</ulink> ist vollständig übersetzt in " -"Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, Japanisch, Norwegisch " +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Handbuch</ulink> ist vollständig übersetzt " +"in Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, Japanisch, Norwegisch " "Bokmål, Portugiesisch (Portugal) und Vereinfachtes Chinesisch." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8354,16 +8430,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Eine vollständige und detaillierte Übersicht älterer Releases gibt es im " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Anhang C des Jessie-Handbuchs</ulink>; Sie finden die betreffenden " -"Release-Handbücher auch auf der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation\">Dokumentations-Übersichtsseite</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Anhang C des Jessie-Handbuchs</ulink>; Sie finden die " +"betreffenden Release-Handbücher auch auf der <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">Dokumentations-Übersichtsseite</" +"ulink>." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -9,5 +9,7 @@ 2022 Javier Serrador 2023-2024 Francisco Javier Carro Orgeira 2024 Rafael Fontenelle +2025 Francisco Serrador +2026 Emma peel </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.es.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-16 17:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/es/>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-02-25 23:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: emma peel <emma.peel@riseup.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/es/>\n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8 bits\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.16.1-dev\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Las traducciones actualizadas están disponibles <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +"Las traducciones actualizadas están disponibles <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -90,8 +90,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Los capítulos sobre <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de hárdware y " "de red</link> y sobre la <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> " @@ -139,15 +140,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "es una distribución de Linux, hecha por el proyecto Debian Edu. Como " "distribución <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> es un subproyecto oficial de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink>." +"ulink> es un subproyecto oficial de <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -163,8 +165,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "El proyecto Skolelinux fue fundado en Noruega el 2 de julio de 2001, y casi " "a la vez Raphaël Hertzog iniciaba el proyecto Debian Edu en Francia. Desde " @@ -245,10 +247,10 @@ msgstr "" "Para simplificar la configuración estándar de Skolelinux, la conexión a " "Internet se ejecuta sobre un router separado, también llamado puerta de " -"entrada. Ver el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">Internet router</link> para tener más información sobre cómo configurar " -"una puerta de entrada si no es posible configurar una existente según sea " -"necesario." +"entrada. Ver el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Internet router</link> para tener más información sobre " +"cómo configurar una puerta de entrada si no es posible configurar una " +"existente según sea necesario." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" @@ -269,8 +271,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Esto está diseñado para modificarse; para más detalles ver el capítulo <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">el HowTo relacionado</link> ." @@ -301,11 +303,11 @@ "possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " "Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." msgstr "" -"Una red Skolelinux necesita un servidor principal (también llamado \"tjener" -"\" que significa \"servidor\" en Noruego) que por defecto tenga la dirección " -"IP 10.0.2.2 y se instale seleccionando el perfil del Main Server. Es posible " -"(pero no requerido) seleccionar e instalar también los perfiles de servidor " -"LTSP y estación de trabajo al perfil de servidor principal." +"Una red Skolelinux necesita un servidor principal (también llamado " +"\"tjener\" que significa \"servidor\" en Noruego) que por defecto tenga la " +"dirección IP 10.0.2.2 y se instale seleccionando el perfil del Main Server. " +"Es posible (pero no requerido) seleccionar e instalar también los perfiles " +"de servidor LTSP y estación de trabajo al perfil de servidor principal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Services running on the main server" @@ -381,12 +383,14 @@ msgstr "Registros centralizados" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "Ryslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "syslog" -msgstr "Syslog" +msgstr "syslog" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Domain Name Service" @@ -422,7 +426,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "ntp" -msgstr "Ntp" +msgstr "ntp" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" @@ -592,8 +596,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Por defecto, el correo está configurado para envío local (dentro de la " "escuela), aunque se puede configurar el envío a todo Internet si la escuela " @@ -649,8 +653,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1045,17 +1049,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "El propósito de los diferentes perfiles se explica en el capítulo <link " "linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitecturas de red</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Si se pretende utilizar LTSP, echar un vistazo a la <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP página wiki de " @@ -1081,10 +1085,16 @@ "procesador, aunque se recomienda más RAM y procesadores de mayor velocidad." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Para estaciones de trabajo, terminales sin disco e instalaciones " "individuales, PC's con velocidad de 1500 MHz y 1024 Mb de RAM son los " @@ -1147,8 +1157,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "Una lista de hardware testeado esta en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista no está completa." @@ -1266,31 +1276,31 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Si necesita algo para un enrutador empotrado, o un punto de acceso le " "recomendamos usar <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, así " "podrá usar también el firmware original. Utilizar el firmware original es " "más fácil, utilizar OpenWRT le proporciona más opciones y control. Revise la " -"web de OpenwRT para una lista completa del <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt." -"org/toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"web de OpenwRT para una lista completa del <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" -"Es posible usar una configuración diferente de red (existe un <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">proceso " +"Es posible usar una configuración diferente de red (existe un <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">proceso " "documentado</ulink> para hacer esto), pero si usted no tiene una " "infraestructura de red preexistente, le recomendamos abstenerse de hacerlo, " -"y mantener la configuración predeterminada de la <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitectura de red</link>." +"y mantener la configuración predeterminada de la <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de red</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1302,17 +1312,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Recomendamos que leas o, al menos, eches un vistazo a las <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> notas de versión " -"para Debian Bullseye</ulink> antes de comenzar a instalar un sistema para " -"uso de producción. Hay más información sobre la versión Debian Bullseye " +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que leas o, al menos, eches un vistazo a las <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> notas de " +"versión para Debian Bullseye</ulink> antes de comenzar a instalar un sistema " +"para uso de producción. Hay más información sobre la versión Debian Bullseye " "disponible en su <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." @@ -1324,15 +1334,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"Se recomienda, sin embargo, leer los capítulos sobre <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">requisitos de hardware y red</link> y sobre la <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de comenzar a instalar un " -"servidor principal." +"Se recomienda, sin embargo, leer los capítulos sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de hardware y red</link> y sobre la " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de comenzar a " +"instalar un servidor principal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1487,8 +1497,8 @@ "configure an existing one as needed." msgstr "" "Mirar el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet " -"router</link>para detalles de cómo configurar una puerta de entrada si no es " -"posible configurar una existente como se necesita." +"router</link> para detalles de cómo configurar una puerta de entrada si no " +"es posible configurar una existente como se necesita." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1672,20 +1682,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Ten en cuenta: Si después deseas instalar un entorno de escritorio, no " -"utilices los meta-paquetes de Debian Edu como <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"porque esto repercutiría en todos los programas relacionados con la " +"utilices los meta-paquetes de Debian Edu como <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque esto repercutiría en todos los programas relacionados con la " "educación; mejor instala en su lugar por ejemplo <ulink url=\"https://" "packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> . " "Se pueden instalar uno o más de los nuevos metapaquetes relacionados con el " @@ -1832,8 +1842,9 @@ "This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " "keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." msgstr "" -"Está pantalla de ayuda se explica por si sola y habilita las teclas <" -"F> en el teclado para tener ayuda más detallada en los temas descritos." +"Está pantalla de ayuda se explica por si sola y habilita las teclas " +"<F> en el teclado para tener ayuda más detallada en los temas " +"descritos." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" @@ -1853,10 +1864,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "En ambos casos, se pueden editar las opciones de arranque pulsando <emphasis " "role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> o la tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" @@ -1874,8 +1885,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Puedes utilizar un servicio proxy HTTP existente en la red para agilizar la " @@ -2041,11 +2052,11 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Un servidor para clientes ligeros (y estaciones sin disco), también se suele " "llamar servidor LTSP. Clientes sin disco duro, inician y utilizan " @@ -2096,22 +2107,23 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Los perfiles <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis> y <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> son preseleccionados. Estos perfiles " -"pueden ser instalados en un mismo ordenador si se desea instalar el llamado " -"<emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>. Esto significa que el " -"servidor principal será un servidor LTSP y también se usará como una " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis> y <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> son preseleccionados. Estos " +"perfiles pueden ser instalados en un mismo ordenador si se desea instalar el " +"llamado <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>. Esto significa " +"que el servidor principal será un servidor LTSP y también se usará como una " "estación de trabajo. Esta es la opción prederterminada, ya que asumimos que " "la mayoría de la gente lo querrá. Tener en cuenta que debe tener dos " "tarjetas de red instalado en la computadora que se va a usar como servidor " @@ -2120,9 +2132,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Seleccione \"si\" o \"no\" para particionamiento automático. Tener claro que " @@ -2132,10 +2144,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Por favor, seleccione \"sí\" para enviar información a <ulink url=\"https://" "popcon.debian.org/\"/> para permitirnos saber que paquetes son populares y " @@ -2168,10 +2180,10 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "La contraseña para este usuario <emphasis role=\"strong\">debe</emphasis> " "tener una longitud de <emphasis role=\"strong\">al menos 5 caracteres</" @@ -2193,8 +2205,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "En caso de un servidor LTSP separado, la configuración de la estación de " "trabajo sin disco y/o del cliente ligero necesita algunos pasos manuales. " @@ -2288,6 +2300,10 @@ msgstr "El proceso de configuración propiamente dicho se inicia con" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selección del método de configuración uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Confirma para configurar uif" @@ -2302,6 +2318,10 @@ "para Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping en uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Permitir traceroute en uif" @@ -2442,18 +2462,6 @@ msgstr "Decide desde qué redes deseas permitir el acceso SSH a la pasarela." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configurar el puerto SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configura el puerto SSH, este debe ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"si la configuración no ha sido cambiada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Activar DHCP para las redes" @@ -2465,12 +2473,26 @@ "No habilite DHCP para las redes internas, será ofrecido por el servidor " "principal de Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar el puerto SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configura el puerto SSH, este debe ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"si la configuración no ha sido cambiada." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" -"Conecta las interfaces de red si aún no lo has hecho y reinicia el equipo." +"Conecta las interfaces de red si aún no lo has hecho y reinicia el equipo. " +"Ahora, cuando accedas como un root vería el Menú Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2507,13 +2529,12 @@ "logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " "to the network and logged in with the new password)." msgstr "" -"Lo más probable es que desees utilizar el perfil de 'Roaming " -"workstation' (ver arriba). Ten en cuenta que todos los datos se almacenan " -"localmente (así que ten algún cuidado extra con las copias de seguridad) y " -"las credenciales de inicio de sesión están en la caché (así que después de " -"un cambio de contraseña, los logins pueden requerir tu contraseña antigua si " -"no has conectado el portátil a la red y se ha conectado con la nueva " -"contraseña)." +"Lo más probable es que desees utilizar el perfil de 'Roaming workstation' " +"(ver arriba). Ten en cuenta que todos los datos se almacenan localmente (así " +"que ten algún cuidado extra con las copias de seguridad) y las credenciales " +"de inicio de sesión están en la caché (así que después de un cambio de " +"contraseña, los logins pueden requerir tu contraseña antigua si no has " +"conectado el portátil a la red y se ha conectado con la nueva contraseña)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" @@ -2621,8 +2642,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"Así es como el menú iPXE se ve solo con el perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Main Server</emphasis>:" +"Así es como el menú iPXE se ve solo con el perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" @@ -2633,8 +2654,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"Esto es como se ve el menú iPXE con el pérfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" +"Esto es como se ve el menú iPXE con el pérfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2653,8 +2674,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Se puede encontrar más información sobre los clientes de red en el capítulo " "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de red</link>." @@ -2676,8 +2697,8 @@ "A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"Se ha de agregar una línea como esta a<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +"Se ha de agregar una línea como esta a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2760,21 +2781,21 @@ "Crear CDs, DVDs o Blu-rays personalizados es bastante fácil, ya que se " "utilizamos el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian " "installer</ulink>, que es de diseño modular, y posee otras características " -"útiles. La <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed" -"\">Preconfiguración</ulink> le permite definir las respuestas a las " +"útiles. La <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Preconfiguración</ulink> le permite definir las respuestas a las " "preguntas realizadas regularmente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "Así que todo lo que necesitas hacer es crear un archivo de preconfiguración " "con tus respuestas (esto se describe en el apéndice del manual del " "instalador de Debian) y <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"Modify/CD\">remasterizar el CD/DVD </ulink>." +"Modify/CD\">remasterizar el CD/DVD</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Screenshot tour" @@ -2970,8 +2991,8 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Hay información adicional disponible en otro lugar de este manual: todo el " "que esté familiarizado con versiones anteriores ha de leerse el capítulo " @@ -2983,14 +3004,14 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Si está bloqueado el tráfico genérico DNS fuera de tu red y necesitas " "utilizar algún servidor DNS específico para buscar hosts de Internet, " -"necesitas decirle al servidor DNS que use este servidor como su \"reenviador" -"\". Actualiza /etc/bind/named.conf.options y especifica la dirección IP del " -"servidor DNS a usar." +"necesitas decirle al servidor DNS que use este servidor como su " +"\"reenviador\". Actualiza /etc/bind/named.conf.options y especifica la " +"dirección IP del servidor DNS a usar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3163,8 +3184,9 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Una instalación predeterminada del servidor principal de Debian Edu " "actualmente proporciona dos \"departamentos\": Profesores y Estudiantes, " @@ -3174,8 +3196,8 @@ "trabajo, impresoras, etc.) se agregan actualmente al nivel base. Encuentre " "su propio esquema para personalizar esta estructura. (Puede encontrar un " "ejemplo de cómo crear usuarios en grupos por años, con directorios de inicio " -"comunes para cada grupo en el capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"comunes para cada grupo en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" "AdvancedAdministration</link> de este manual.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -3326,8 +3348,8 @@ "lista de usuarios en tu sistema. En medio de la pantalla puedes abrir el " "menú \"Filtro\", una herramienta de búsqueda proporcionada por GOsa2. Si no " "conoces la ubicación exacta de tu cuenta de usuario en tu árbol, cambia a la " -"base del árbol GOsa2/LDAP y busca allí con la opción \"Buscar en subárboles" -"\"." +"base del árbol GOsa2/LDAP y busca allí con la opción \"Buscar en " +"subárboles\"." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3418,8 +3440,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " "guess passwords!</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> ¡Tenga cuidado con las implicaciones en la " -"seguridad, debido a la facilidad de las contraseñas!</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">¡Ten cuidado con las implicaciones en la " +"seguridad, debido a las contraseñas fáciles de imaginar!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Advanced user management" @@ -3443,8 +3465,8 @@ "siguientes campos: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) y password. " "Asegúrese de no duplicar datos en el campo uid. Note que la revisión de " "duplicados debe incluir los registros ya existentes en LDAP (que se puede " -"obtener ejecutando <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d" -"\":\" -f1</computeroutput> en la linea de comando)." +"obtener ejecutando <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut " +"-d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> en la linea de comando)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3546,8 +3568,8 @@ msgstr "" "Las cuentas de usuario también se pueden añadir desde la línea de comandos " "utilizando la herramienta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" -"computeroutput>, consulte la documentación en el <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Cómo administrar</link>" +"computeroutput>, consulte la documentación en el <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Cómo administrar</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3617,14 +3639,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Las estaciones de trabajo con discos (incluidos los servidores LTSP " "separados) <emphasis role=\"strong\">han de</emphasis> ser añadidas con " @@ -3650,8 +3673,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ten en cuenta que:</emphasis> la creación de " @@ -3729,7 +3752,7 @@ "la utilizada, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " "muestra la información de uso. Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IP " "mostradas después del uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput>pertenecen al rango IP dinámico. Se pueden modificar estos " +"computeroutput> pertenecen al rango IP dinámico. Se pueden modificar estos " "sistemas para adaptarlos a tu red: renombrar cada nuevo sistema, activar " "DHCP y DNS, añadirlo a los grupos de red (mira el screenshot para los grupos " "recomendados), reiniciar el sistema después. Los siguientes volcados de " @@ -3941,12 +3964,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Para la gestión centralizada de las impresoras, dirige tu navegador web a " "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta es la interfaz normal de " @@ -3985,14 +4008,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; elegir el tipo de impresora de red " +"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; elegir el tipo de impresora de red " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas las " "impresoras, independientemente de la marca o el modelo) y establecer " "<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " @@ -4066,13 +4089,14 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Debido a un posible error con el particionamiento automático, algunas " "particiones podrían estar demasiado llenas después de la instalación. Para " -"ampliar estas particiones, ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -" -"n</computeroutput> como root. Para más información ver el HowTo \"Resizing " +"ampliar estas particiones, ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize " +"-n</computeroutput> como root. Para más información ver el HowTo \"Resizing " "Partitions\" en el <link linkend=\"Administration\">capítulo HowTo " "administración</link>." @@ -4181,14 +4205,15 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Si lo deseas, puedes realizar fácilmente la instalación automática de las " "actualizaciones, solo necesitas instalar el paquete " "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> y configurarlo como se " -"describe en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki." -"debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"describe en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4237,10 +4262,10 @@ "since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " "site without using SSL it will fail." msgstr "" -"Para la gestión de las copias de seguridad, ve con tu navegador a <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Ten en cuenta que necesitas acceder a este " -"sitio a través de SSL, ya que tienes que introducir allí la contraseña de " -"root. Si intentas acceder a este sitio sin usar SSL, fallarás." +"Para la gestión de las copias de seguridad, ve con tu navegador a <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Ten en cuenta que necesitas acceder a " +"este sitio a través de SSL, ya que tienes que introducir allí la contraseña " +"de root. Si intentas acceder a este sitio sin usar SSL, fallarás." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4248,8 +4273,8 @@ "backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." msgstr "" "Nota: el sitio sólo funcionará si permites temporalmente el inicio de sesión " -"SSH root en el servidor de respaldo, que es el servidor principal (tjener." -"intern) por defecto." +"SSH root en el servidor de respaldo, que es el servidor principal " +"(tjener.intern) por defecto." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4384,8 +4409,8 @@ "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" "monitoring.org/\"/>." msgstr "" -"Hay información disponible sobre Munin en <ulink url=\"http://munin." -"monitoring.org/\"/> ." +"Hay información disponible sobre Munin en <ulink url=\"http://" +"munin.monitoring.org/\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Icinga" @@ -4402,8 +4427,8 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" -"El sistema y servicio de monitoreo Icinga está disponible en <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Se genera automáticamente la lista de " +"El sistema y servicio de monitoreo Icinga está disponible en <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Se genera automáticamente la lista de " "ordenadores y servicios monitoreados con información obtenida por el sistema " "sitesummary. Los ordenadores con perfil de servidor principal y LTSP-" "servidor se monitorean completamente, mientras que los clientes ligeros y " @@ -4451,11 +4476,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" -"La información sobre Icinga está disponible en <ulink url=\"https://www." -"icinga.com/\"/> o en el paquete <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." +"La información sobre Icinga está disponible en <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> o en el paquete <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" @@ -4599,8 +4626,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Hay documentación disponible sobre Sitesummary en <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Hay documentación disponible sobre Sitesummary en <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4609,14 +4636,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Se puede encontrar más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu " -"útil para administradores de sistema en el capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Administración</link> y en el capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Administración avanzada</link>" +"útil para administradores de sistema en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administración</link> y en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Administración avanzada</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4625,14 +4653,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Antes de leer está guía de actualización, ten en cuenta eres responsables de " -"las actualizaciones en tus servidores de producción.<emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux no tiene ABSOLUTAMENTE NINGUNA GARANTÍA más allá de " -"las que indique la ley aplicable.</emphasis>" +"las actualizaciones en tus servidores de producción.<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux no tiene ABSOLUTAMENTE NINGUNA " +"GARANTÍA más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4640,9 +4668,9 @@ "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -"Asegúrate de leer completamente el capítulo <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Nuevas características en Bookworm</link> de este manual, antes de " -"intentar una actualización." +"Asegúrate de leer completamente el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nuevas características en Bookworm</link> de este " +"manual, antes de intentar una actualización." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "General notes on upgrading" @@ -4653,17 +4681,17 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Actualizar Debian de una distribución a otra es, por lo general, bastante " "fácil. En el caso de Debian Edu esto es, por desgracia, un poco más " "complicado, ya que modificamos los archivos de configuración de manera que " "no deberíamos. Sin embargo, a continuación, hemos documentado los pasos " "necesarios. (para más información de cómo debe Debian Edu modificar los " -"archivos de configuración ver Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" +"archivos de configuración ver Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4693,8 +4721,8 @@ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Asegúrate de leer la información sobre la versión de Debian Stable actual en " -"el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual" -"\">manual de instalación</ulink>." +"el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4709,9 +4737,9 @@ "durante algunas semanas más, así que otros prueben la actualización y " "documenten cualquier problema que experimenten. La versión estable anterior " "de Debian Edu continuará recibiendo soporte por algún tiempo después de " -"publicarse la siguiente, pero cuando Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/security/faq#lifespan\">cese el soporte de la versión estable antigüa</" -"ulink>, Debian Edu hará igual." +"publicarse la siguiente, pero cuando Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cese el soporte de la versión estable " +"antigüa</ulink>, Debian Edu hará igual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" @@ -4735,8 +4763,8 @@ "Ten en cuenta que la siguiente receta se aplica a una instalación por " "defecto del servidor principal de Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, profiles Main " "Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (Para una visión general sobre la " -"actualización de Bullseye a Bookworm, ver: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +"actualización de Bullseye a Bookworm, ver: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." @@ -4766,8 +4794,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4863,17 +4891,17 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "Para actualizar desde cualquier versión anterior, tendrás que actualizar " "primero a la versión de Debian Edu basada en Bullseye, antes de poder seguir " "las instrucciones proporcionadas anteriormente. Las instrucciones de cómo " -"actualizar a Bullseye desde la versión anterior, Buster están en <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual para " -"Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." +"actualizar a Bullseye desde la versión anterior, Buster están en <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual " +"para Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" @@ -4939,12 +4967,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Usando <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> se siguen todos los " -"archivos en <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> utilizando <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de control de " +"archivos en <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> utilizando <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de control de " "versiones." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5105,8 +5133,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "La Gestión de Volúmenes Lógicos (LVM) permite redimensionar las particiones " "mientras están montadas y en uso. Puedes obtener más información sobre LVM " @@ -5342,8 +5370,8 @@ msgstr "" "Estás ejecutando Debian Edu porque prefieres la estabilidad de Debian Edu. " "Funciona muy bien; sólo hay un problema: a veces el software está un poco " -"más anticuado de lo que te gustaría. Aquí es donde interviene backports." -"debian.org." +"más anticuado de lo que te gustaría. Aquí es donde interviene " +"backports.debian.org." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5717,7 +5745,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primer usuario en Gosa</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primer usuario en Gosa)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Department" @@ -5733,12 +5761,12 @@ "up below /Students. Click it." msgstr "" "Menú principal: ir a 'Directory structure', clic en el apartado 'Students'. " -"El campo 'Base' debe mostrar '/Students'. En el cuadro desplegable \"Actions" -"\" ir a \"Create'/'Department\". Rellenar los valores de los campos Nombre " -"(2024) y Descripción (estudiantes que se gradúan en 2024), dejar el campo " -"Base como está (debería ser '/Students'). Guardar haciendo clic en 'Ok'. " -"Ahora el nuevo departamento (2024) debería aparecer debajo de /Students. " -"Clic en él." +"El campo 'Base' debe mostrar '/Students'. En el cuadro desplegable " +"\"Actions\" ir a \"Create'/'Department\". Rellenar los valores de los campos " +"Nombre (2024) y Descripción (estudiantes que se gradúan en 2024), dejar el " +"campo Base como está (debería ser '/Students'). Guardar haciendo clic en " +"'Ok'. Ahora el nuevo departamento (2024) debería aparecer debajo de /" +"Students. Clic en él." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group" @@ -5843,14 +5871,14 @@ "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" "Añade un nuevo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " -"utilizando GOsa² como se indica en el capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeros pasos</emphasis> de este manual." +"utilizando GOsa² como se indica en el capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeros pasos</emphasis> de este manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "En este ejemplo se utiliza 'nas-server.intern' como nombre de servidor. Una " "vez configurado 'nas-server.intern', comprueba si los puntos de exportación " @@ -5889,11 +5917,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5912,8 +5940,8 @@ "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" -"Añade las entradas pertinentes en tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern no utiliza automount para evitar los bucles de montaje:" +"Añade las entradas pertinentes en tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern no utiliza automount para evitar los bucles de montaje:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6203,13 +6231,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para información sobre LTSP en general, ver la <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">página de LTSP</ulink>. En sistemas con perfil <emphasis>servidor LTSP</" -"emphasis>, hay más información en <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput>." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para información sobre LTSP en general, ver la <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">página de LTSP</ulink>. En sistemas con perfil <emphasis>servidor " +"LTSP</emphasis>, hay más información en <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6406,8 +6436,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Dado que los clientes ligeros usan X2Go, los usuarios deben deshabilitar la " "composición para evitar artefactos de visualización. En el caso " @@ -6558,8 +6588,8 @@ "ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" msgstr "" "Ejecute <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para echar un vistazo " -"a las opciones de configuración disponibles. O léelo en línea: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +"a las opciones de configuración disponibles. O léelo en línea: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6648,14 +6678,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> en el servidor principal; elegir el tipo de " +"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> en el servidor principal; elegir el tipo de " "impresora de red <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "(para todas las impresoras, independiente de la marca o el modelo) y " "establece <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" @@ -6854,8 +6884,8 @@ msgstr "" "Xrdp viene sin soporte de sonido; para compilar (o re-compilar) los módulos " "necesarios se puede utilizar este script. Por favor, ten en cuenta que el " -"usuario debe ser root o un miembro del grupo sudo. Además, /etc/apt/sources." -"list debe contener una línea deb-src válida." +"usuario debe ser root o un miembro del grupo sudo. Además, /etc/apt/" +"sources.list debe contener una línea deb-src válida." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "X2Go" @@ -6866,14 +6896,14 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go permite acceder a un escritorio gráfico en el servidor LTSP a través de " "conexiones de bajo y alto ancho de banda desde un PC con Linux, Windows o " "macOS. Se necesita software adicional en el cliente, para más información " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7058,8 +7088,8 @@ "website." msgstr "" "Añadir un usuario especial, p.ej <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> " -"con contraseña<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, en <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa" -"\"/> website." +"con contraseña <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, en el sitio web <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7093,11 +7123,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estos se almacenan en HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estos se almacenan en " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7143,11 +7175,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Buscar en DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Buscar en DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7266,13 +7300,13 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"Para cambios específicos del sitio, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site al directorio /etc/samba. La configuración en <emphasis>smb." -"conf.edu-site</emphasis> anulará la contenida en <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"Para cambios específicos del sitio, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site al directorio /etc/samba. La configuración en " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> anulará la contenida en <emphasis>smb-" +"debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7294,8 +7328,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Para desactivar temporalmente la cuenta de Samba de un usuario, ejecutar " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nombre de usuario></computeroutput>, lo " @@ -7320,20 +7354,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "Los dispositivos con Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS o Windows " "pueden conectarse al directorio principal de un usuario y a recursos " "compartidos adicionales específicos del sitio (si están configurados). Por " "ejemplo, los dispositivos basados en Android requieren un gestor de archivos " -"compatible con SMB2/SMB3, también conocido como acceso LAN. <ulink url=" -"\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander con complemento LAN</ulink> pueden " -"ser una buena opción." +"compatible con SMB2/SMB3, también conocido como acceso LAN. <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander con " +"complemento LAN</ulink> pueden ser una buena opción." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7364,20 +7398,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> es un meta paquete que depende de " -"muchas herramientas de programación. Tenga en cuenta que se necesitan casi 2 " -"GiB de espacio en disco si se instala este paquete. Para más detalles (tal " -"vez para instalar sólo algunos paquetes), ver la página <ulink url=\"https://" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" -"ulink>." +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> es un meta paquete que " +"depende de muchas herramientas de programación. Tenga en cuenta que se " +"necesitan casi 2 GiB de espacio en disco si se instala este paquete. Para " +"más detalles (tal vez para instalar sólo algunos paquetes), ver la página " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu " +"Development packages</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7396,17 +7431,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Algunas escuelas utilizan herramientas de control como <ulink url=\"https://" "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://" "packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> para " -"supervisar a sus estudiantes. Ver también: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org" -"\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> y <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon " -"Homepage</ulink>." +"supervisar a sus estudiantes. Ver también: <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> y <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7414,9 +7449,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Algunas escuelas usan <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" "squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" @@ -7495,13 +7530,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Todo usuario que quiera utilizar Thunderbird ha de configurarlo de la " "siguiente manera. Para un usuario con username jdoe la dirección de correo " -"electrónico interna es <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"electrónico interna es <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7551,8 +7586,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" @@ -7588,11 +7623,11 @@ "Debian Edu utiliza el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Sistema de " "seguimiento de errores (BTS)</ulink> de Debian. Ver los informes de errores " "y peticiones de las herramientas existentes o crea otros nuevos. Por favor, " -"informa de todos los errores del paquete <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Echa un vistazo a " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Cómo " -"informar de errores</ulink> para obtener más información sobre la " -"notificación de errores en Debian Edu." +"informa de todos los errores del paquete <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Echa un " +"vistazo a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">Cómo informar de errores</ulink> para obtener más información " +"sobre la notificación de errores en Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -7621,8 +7656,8 @@ "web. Sólo tienes que ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" "Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> y podrás contribuir fácilmente. Nota: se " "necesita una cuenta de usuario para editar las páginas; es posible que " -"tengas que <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount" -"\">crear una cuenta de usuario wiki</ulink> primero." +"tengas que <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\">crear una cuenta de usuario wiki</ulink> primero." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7727,12 +7762,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" -"Nueva versión del instalador de Debian de Debian bookworm, vea su <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " +"Nueva versión del instalador de Debian de Debian bookworm, vea su <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " "instalación</ulink> para más detalles," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7805,8 +7840,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" @@ -7829,16 +7864,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"El <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\"" -">Manual del ratón de biblioteca de Debian Edu</ulink> está traducido al " -"alemán, chino simplificado, danés, español, francés, holandés, italiano, " -"japonés, noruego (Bokmål), portugués de Brasil, portugués europeo, rumano y " -"ucraniano." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"El <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual del ratón de biblioteca de Debian Edu</ulink> está " +"traducido al alemán, chino simplificado, danés, español, francés, holandés, " +"italiano, japonés, noruego (Bokmål), portugués de Brasil, portugués europeo, " +"rumano y ucraniano." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Known issues" @@ -7877,8 +7913,8 @@ "Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " "Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " "(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) y Guido Berhörster (2023) y se publica bajo " @@ -7906,7 +7942,7 @@ "doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." msgstr "" "Hay un <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -"\">resumen en línea de los paquetes traducidos </ulink>, actualizados " +"\">resumen en línea de los paquetes traducidos</ulink>, actualizados " "frecuentemente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -7926,8 +7962,8 @@ msgstr "" "Como en muchos proyectos de software libre, las traducciones de este " "documento se guardan en archivos PO. Se puede encontrar más información " -"sobre el proceso en <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README." -"debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations</computeroutput>." +"sobre el proceso en <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/" +"README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Translate online using a web browser" @@ -7935,8 +7971,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "La mayoría de los equipos lingüísticos han decidido traducir a través de " @@ -7962,9 +7998,9 @@ "linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." msgstr "" "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > y otros, ver el<link linkend=" -"\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> para ver la lista completa de propietarios de " -"derechos de autor." +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > y otros, ver el<link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> para ver la lista completa de " +"propietarios de derechos de autor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" @@ -7978,12 +8014,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" -"Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Bullseye, ver el <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual de " +"Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Bullseye, ver el <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual de " "instalación</ulink> para más detalles." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8005,11 +8041,11 @@ "(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." msgstr "" "El instalador de Debian ya no admite la configuración chroot de LTSP. En el " -"caso de una instalación combinada de servidor (perfiles \"Servidor principal" -"\" + \"Servidor LTSP\"), la configuración de la compatibilidad con clientes " -"ligeros (ahora con X2Go) se realiza al final de la instalación. La creación " -"de imagen SquashFS para el soporte de clientes sin disco (desde el sistema " -"de archivos del servidor) se realiza en el primer arranque." +"caso de una instalación combinada de servidor (perfiles \"Servidor " +"principal\" + \"Servidor LTSP\"), la configuración de la compatibilidad con " +"clientes ligeros (ahora con X2Go) se realiza al final de la instalación. La " +"creación de imagen SquashFS para el soporte de clientes sin disco (desde el " +"sistema de archivos del servidor) se realiza en el primer arranque." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8062,8 +8098,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" @@ -8074,10 +8110,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." msgstr "" "El Manual <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traducido al " @@ -8266,16 +8302,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Puedes encontrar una descripción completa y detallada de las versiones " "anteriores en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C o el manual de Jessiel</ulink>; o consulta los " -"manuales de divulgación publicados en la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">página de manuales de divulgación </ulink>." +"Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C del manual de Jessie</ulink>; o consulta los " +"manuales de versiones en la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">página de manuales de versiones</ulink>." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.fr.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.fr.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.fr.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.fr.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-19 12:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/fr/>\n" +"Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/fr/>\n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Des traductions à jour sont disponibles <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian." -"net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">en ligne</ulink>." +"Des traductions à jour sont disponibles <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">en ligne</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -89,8 +89,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Les chapitres sur les <link linkend=\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</" "link> et sur <link linkend=\"Architecture\">l'architecture</link> " @@ -141,15 +142,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux</ulink> " "est une distribution Linux créée par le projet Debian Edu. Elle fait partie " "de la publication <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure " -"Blend</ulink> en tant que sous-projet <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink> officiel." +"Blend</ulink> en tant que sous-projet <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> officiel." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -164,8 +166,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Le projet Skolelinux a été lancé en Norvège le 2 juillet 2001, à peu près au " "même moment où Raphaël Hertzog démarrait le projet Debian-Edu en France. En " @@ -271,8 +273,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Il est conçu pour être modifié : pour plus de détails, consultez le <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> du manuel." @@ -595,8 +597,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Par défaut, le courrier électronique est configuré pour ne délivrer les " "messages que localement (c'est-à-dire à l'intérieur de l'école), bien qu'il " @@ -655,8 +657,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1066,17 +1068,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "La signification des différents profils est expliquée dans le chapitre <link " "linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture réseau</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "S'il est prévu d'utiliser LTSP, jetez un œil sur la page du wiki sur <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">les " @@ -1103,10 +1105,16 @@ "processeur plus puissant sont recommandés." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Pour les stations de travail (avec ou sans disque) ainsi que les systèmes " "autonomes, 1024 Mio de mémoire vive et une fréquence de processeur de " @@ -1170,11 +1178,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"Une liste du matériel testé est fournie sur <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Cette liste n'est pas exhaustive." +"Une liste du matériel testé est fournie sur <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Cette liste n'est pas exhaustive." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1293,8 +1301,8 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Si vous avez des besoins concernant un routeur embarqué ou un point d'accès, " "nous vous recommandons d'utiliser <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT " @@ -1306,8 +1314,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " @@ -1330,12 +1338,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Nous vous recommandons de lire ou au moins de jeter un œil aux <ulink " "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notes de " @@ -1352,9 +1360,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" "Il est recommandé malgré tout de lire les chapitres sur <link " @@ -1706,15 +1714,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Veuillez noter : si vous souhaitez installer ensuite un environnement de " "bureau, n'utilisez pas les métapaquets de Debian Edu comme <ulink " @@ -1886,10 +1894,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Dans l'un et l'autre cas, les options de démarrage peuvent être éditées en " "appuyant sur la <emphasis role=\"strong\">touche tabulation</emphasis> ou la " @@ -1908,8 +1916,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez utilisez un service mandataire HTTP sur le réseau pour accélérer " @@ -2080,11 +2088,11 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Serveur de clients légers (et de stations de travail sans disque), également " "appelé serveur LTSP. Les clients sans disque dur s'amorcent et exécutent les " @@ -2137,15 +2145,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Les profils <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>, " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail</emphasis> et <emphasis " @@ -2160,9 +2169,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Répondez « Oui » ou « Non » au partitionnement automatique. Soyez conscient " @@ -2172,10 +2181,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Veuillez accepter de soumettre des informations à <ulink url=\"https://" "popcon.debian.org/\"/> pour nous permettre de savoir quels paquets sont les " @@ -2211,10 +2220,10 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "Le mot de passe choisi pour cet utilisateur <emphasis role=\"strong\">doit</" "emphasis> avoir une longueur d'<emphasis role=\"strong\">au moins " @@ -2237,8 +2246,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Dans le cas d’un serveur LTSP distinct, les stations de travail sans disque " "ou les clients légers nécessitent quelques étapes manuelles. Consultez le " @@ -2333,6 +2342,12 @@ msgstr "Le processus réel de configuration est lancé avec" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Sélection de la méthode de configuration du réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Confirmation de la configuration d'uif" @@ -2347,6 +2362,12 @@ "pare-feu pour le routeur Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Autoriser traceroute dans uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Autoriser traceroute dans uif" @@ -2489,18 +2510,6 @@ "passerelle." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configuration du port SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configurez le port SSH, ce doit être <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> si " -"la configuration n'a pas été modifiée." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Activation de DHCP pour les réseaux" @@ -2512,10 +2521,27 @@ "N'activez pas DHCP pour les réseaux internes, il sera fourni par le serveur " "principal de Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configuration du port SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurez le port SSH, ce doit être <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> si " +"la configuration n'a pas été modifiée." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine." msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Connectez les interfaces réseau si vous ne l'avez pas déjà fait et " "redémarrez la machine." @@ -2556,9 +2582,9 @@ "logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " "to the network and logged in with the new password)." msgstr "" -"Vous voudrez certainement utiliser le profil « Station de travail " -"mobile » (voir plus haut). Gardez à l'esprit que toutes les données sont " -"gardées localement (donc prenez soin de faire des sauvegardes) et que les " +"Vous voudrez certainement utiliser le profil « Station de travail mobile » " +"(voir plus haut). Gardez à l'esprit que toutes les données sont gardées " +"localement (donc prenez soin de faire des sauvegardes) et que les " "identifiants de connexion sont en cache (donc après un changement de mot de " "passe, la connexion pourrait nécessiter votre ancien mot de passe si vous " "n'avez pas connecté votre ordinateur portable au réseau et ne vous êtes pas " @@ -2705,8 +2731,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Des informations supplémentaires sur les clients en réseau sont disponibles " "dans le <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> de ce " @@ -2760,8 +2786,8 @@ "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations sont disponibles dans le <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel de l’installateur " +"Davantage d'informations sont disponibles dans le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel de l’installateur " "Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -2823,9 +2849,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "Ainsi, vous n'avez qu'à créer un fichier de référence (« preseeding ») avec " "vos réponses (ce qui est décrit dans l'annexe du manuel de l'installateur " @@ -3028,8 +3054,8 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Des informations complémentaires sont disponibles ailleurs dans ce manuel : " "le chapitre sur les <link linkend=\"Features\">nouvelles fonctionnalités " @@ -3042,8 +3068,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Si le trafic DNS générique est bloqué hors de votre réseau et que vous avez " "besoin d'utiliser un serveur DNS particulier pour faire une recherche d'hôte " @@ -3225,18 +3251,19 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Une installation par défaut du serveur Debian Edu fournit actuellement deux " "« départements » : Enseignants et Étudiants, en plus du niveau de base de " "l'arbre LDAP. Les comptes étudiants sont prévus pour être ajoutés au " "département « Étudiants » et ceux des enseignants dans le département " -"« Enseignants » ; les systèmes (serveurs, stations de travail," -"imprimantes, etc.) sont actuellement ajoutés dans le niveau de base. À vous " -"de trouver votre propre schéma pour personnaliser cette structure. Vous " -"trouverez un exemple montrant la création d'utilisateurs regroupés par année " -"avec un répertoire personnel commun dans chaque groupe dans le <link " +"« Enseignants » ; les systèmes (serveurs, stations de " +"travail,imprimantes, etc.) sont actuellement ajoutés dans le niveau de base. " +"À vous de trouver votre propre schéma pour personnaliser cette structure. " +"Vous trouverez un exemple montrant la création d'utilisateurs regroupés par " +"année avec un répertoire personnel commun dans chaque groupe dans le <link " "linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">chapitre " "correspondant</link> de ce manuel." @@ -3285,9 +3312,9 @@ "here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." msgstr "" "À côté de cet arbre de navigation vous pouvez voir le menu « Actions ». " -"Survolez cet élément avec votre souris et un sous-menu apparaitra à l'écran ;" -"choisissez « Créer », puis « Utilisateur ». Vous serez guidé par l'assistant " -"de création d'utilisateur." +"Survolez cet élément avec votre souris et un sous-menu apparaitra à " +"l'écran ;choisissez « Créer », puis « Utilisateur ». Vous serez guidé par " +"l'assistant de création d'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3685,14 +3712,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Les stations de travail avec disque (y compris les serveurs LTSP distincts) " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">doivent</emphasis> être ajoutées avec GOsa². En " @@ -3719,8 +3747,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention :</emphasis> la création de la table des " @@ -3827,8 +3855,8 @@ "A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" "computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." msgstr "" -"Une mise à jour automatique se fait toutes les heures ; <computeroutput>su -" -"c ldap2bind</computeroutput> peut être utilisé pour déclencher une mise à " +"Une mise à jour automatique se fait toutes les heures ; <computeroutput>su " +"-c ldap2bind</computeroutput> peut être utilisé pour déclencher une mise à " "jour manuelle." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -4012,12 +4040,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Pour la gestion centralisée des imprimantes, pointez votre navigateur web " "sur l'adresse <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. C'est l'interface " @@ -4058,11 +4086,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Configurez l'imprimante en utilisant l'interface web <computeroutput>https://" "www.intern:631</computeroutput>. Choisissez le type d'imprimante réseau " @@ -4140,8 +4168,9 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "À cause d'un bogue dans le partitionnement automatique, certaines partitions " "peuvent être trop remplies après l'installation. Pour étendre ces " @@ -4261,14 +4290,15 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Si vous le souhaitez, l'installation des mises à jour peut être rendue " "automatique, simplement en installant et en configurant le paquet " "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> comme décrit sur la " -"page <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"page <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4532,8 +4562,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Davantage d'informations sur le système Icinga sont disponibles sur <ulink " "url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> ou dans le paquet <computeroutput>icinga-" @@ -4694,9 +4725,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Des informations supplémentaires sur les personnalisations de Debian Edu, " "utiles aux administrateurs système, sont disponibles dans les chapitres " @@ -4710,9 +4742,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Avant d'expliquer le processus de mise à niveau, nous attirons votre " "attention sur le fait que son exécution sur un serveur en production se fera " @@ -4739,16 +4771,16 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Mettre à jour Debian d'une distribution à la suivante est généralement assez " "facile. C'est malheureusement un peu plus compliqué pour Debian Edu, car " "nous modifions les fichiers de configuration d'une façon que nous ne " "devrions pas. Néanmoins, nous avons documenté les étapes nécessaires ci-" -"dessous. (Consultez le bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188\">311188</ulink> pour plus d'informations – en anglais – sur la " +"dessous. (Consultez le bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188\">311188</ulink> pour plus d'informations – en anglais – sur la " "manière dont Debian Edu doit modifier les fichiers de configuration.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4795,9 +4827,9 @@ "sorte que d'autres puissent tester la mise à niveau et documenter les " "problèmes rencontrés. L'ancienne version stable de Debian Edu recevra une " "prise en charge continue pendant encore quelques temps après la sortie de la " -"nouvelle version stable, mais quand Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessera la prise en charge de l'ancienne stable</" -"ulink>, Debian Edu devra faire de même." +"nouvelle version stable, mais quand Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessera la prise en charge de " +"l'ancienne stable</ulink>, Debian Edu devra faire de même." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" @@ -4855,8 +4887,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4956,8 +4988,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -5035,13 +5067,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Avec l'utilisation de <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, tous les " "fichiers situés dans <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sont suivis en " -"utilisant le système de gestion de versions <ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm." -"com/\">Git</ulink>." +"utilisant le système de gestion de versions <ulink url=\"https://www.git-" +"scm.com/\">Git</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5201,13 +5233,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "La Gestion des Volumes Logiques (LVM) permet de redimensionner les " "partitions lorsqu'elles sont montées et en cours d'utilisation. Vous pouvez " -"en apprendre davantage sur LVM en consultant le <ulink url=\"https://www." -"tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Manuel LVM</ulink>." +"en apprendre davantage sur LVM en consultant le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Manuel LVM</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5284,11 +5316,12 @@ "ne fonctionnent plus sans Kerberos. Les niveaux <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> et <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> sont pris en charge " "(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> signifie authentification Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" -"emphasis> représente une vérification d'intégrité et <emphasis>p</emphasis>," -"la protection des données personnelles, c'est-à-dire le chiffrement) ; en " -"fonction du niveau de sécurité, la charge augmente à la fois sur le serveur " -"et sur les stations de travail, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> est un bon choix " -"et a été choisi comme niveau de sécurité par défaut." +"emphasis> représente une vérification d'intégrité et <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis>,la protection des données personnelles, c'est-à-dire le " +"chiffrement) ; en fonction du niveau de sécurité, la charge augmente à la " +"fois sur le serveur et sur les stations de travail, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> est un bon choix et a été choisi comme niveau de sécurité par " +"défaut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "How to change the default" @@ -5336,8 +5369,8 @@ msgstr "" "Cet outil permet de définir l'imprimante par défaut en fonction de " "l'emplacement, de la machine ou de l'appartenance à un groupe. Pour plus " -"d'informations, lire <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." +"d'informations, lire <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5957,9 +5990,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Cet exemple utilise « serveur-nas.intern » comme nom du serveur. Une fois " "que « serveur-nas.inter » est configuré, vérifiez si les répertoires " @@ -5998,11 +6031,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6318,9 +6351,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." msgstr "" "Pour des informations sur LTSP en général, consultez la <ulink url=\"https://" "ltsp.org\">page d'accueil de LTSP</ulink>. Sur les systèmes avec un profil " @@ -6523,8 +6557,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Comme les clients légers utilisent X2Go, les utilisateurs doivent désactiver " "la composition pour éviter des artefacts d'affichage. Dans le cas par " @@ -6770,11 +6804,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Configurez l'imprimante en utilisant l'interface web <computeroutput>https://" "www.intern:631</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal. Choisissez le type " @@ -6848,11 +6882,11 @@ "computeroutput>. Vos changements seront perdus dès que " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> sera utilisé pour " "recréer l'environnement d'installation PXE. Pour ajouter des valeurs de " -"debconf au fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> pendant la recréation avec <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>, ajoutez le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> avec vos propres " -"valeurs de debconf." +"debconf au fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> pendant la recréation avec " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, ajoutez le fichier " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> avec vos propres valeurs de debconf." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6994,14 +7028,14 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go permet d'accéder à un bureau graphique sur le serveur LTSP aussi bien " "avec des connexions à bande passante faible ou élevée à partir d'un PC sous " "Linux, Windows ou macOs. Un logiciel supplémentaire est nécessaire côté " -"client, consultez le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:" -"installation:x2goclient\">wiki x2go</ulink> pour plus d'informations." +"client, consultez le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">wiki x2go</ulink> pour plus d'informations." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7011,8 +7045,8 @@ msgstr "" "Veuillez noter qu'il conviendrait de supprimer le paquet " "<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> sur le serveur LTSP si X2Go est " -"utilisé ; voir le rapport de bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +"utilisé ; voir le rapport de bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" @@ -7097,8 +7131,8 @@ msgid "" "allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." msgstr "" -"accepter ou refuser l'accès en utilisant des groupes LDAP (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/users) ;" +"accepter ou refuser l'accès en utilisant des groupes LDAP (/etc/freeradius/" +"3.0/users) ;" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7222,11 +7256,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(ils sont stockés dans HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(ils sont stockés dans " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7272,11 +7308,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"DN de recherche : <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"DN de recherche : <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7397,8 +7435,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Pour des modifications propres au site, copiez /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" "smb.conf.edu-site dans le répertoire /etc/samba. Les réglages de " @@ -7425,8 +7463,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Pour désactiver temporairement un compte d'utilisateur Samba, exécutez " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, et " @@ -7451,20 +7489,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "La connexion au répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur et à des partages " "supplémentaires spécifiques au site (s'ils sont configurés) sont possibles " "avec des équipements fonctionnant avec Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " "Chrome OS ou Windows. Par exemple, les équipements basés sur Android ont " "besoin d'un gestionnaire de fichiers prenant en charge SMB2 ou SMB3, appelé " -"aussi accès LAN. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" -"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" -"ulink> ou <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander " -"avec le greffon LAN</ulink> peuvent être un bon choix." +"aussi accès LAN. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander avec le " +"greffon LAN</ulink> peuvent être un bon choix." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7495,12 +7533,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> est un méta-paquet qui " @@ -7527,10 +7566,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Certains établissements utilisent des outils de contrôle tels que <ulink " "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou " @@ -7545,9 +7584,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Certaines écoles utilisent <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" "squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" @@ -7629,13 +7668,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Tout utilisateur qui souhaiterait utiliser Thunderbird doit le configurer " "comme indiqué ci-dessous. Pour un utilisateur avec le login toto, l'adresse " -"email interne est <ulink url=\"mailto:toto@postoffice." -"intern\">toto@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"email interne est <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:toto@postoffice.intern\">toto@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7685,8 +7724,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" @@ -7726,10 +7765,10 @@ "permet de voir les rapports de bogue existants et les requêtes de " "fonctionnalités, et de créer de nouveaux bogues. Veuillez rapporter tous les " "bogues à l'encontre de <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" -"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Regardez <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">comment faire un rapport de bogue</" -"ulink> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de rapporter les bogues dans " -"Debian Edu." +"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Regardez <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">comment faire un rapport de " +"bogue</ulink> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de rapporter les " +"bogues dans Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -7759,9 +7798,8 @@ "web. Faites-le pointer sur <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" "Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> et vous pourrez contribuer facilement. Note : un " "compte utilisateur est requis pour modifier les pages ; vous pouvez avoir " -"besoin d'abord de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">créer un compte utilisateur sur le " -"wiki</ulink>." +"besoin d'abord de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\">créer un compte utilisateur sur le wiki</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7872,8 +7910,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" "Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Bookworm. Consultez le <ulink " @@ -7949,15 +7987,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian 12 Bookworm sont disponibles " "dans les <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" -"releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." +"releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7973,10 +8012,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." msgstr "" "Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bookworm#\">manuel de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> est traduit entièrement en " @@ -8079,8 +8119,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "La plupart des équipes de traduction ont décidé de traduire avec Weblate. " @@ -8105,10 +8145,10 @@ "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " "linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." msgstr "" -"Droits d'auteur (C) 2007-2021 à Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:" -"holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > et autres, " -"consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Droits d'auteur</link> " -"pour la liste complète des détenteurs des droits d'auteur." +"Droits d'auteur (C) 2007-2021 à Holger Levsen < <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > et " +"autres, consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Droits d'auteur</" +"link> pour la liste complète des détenteurs des droits d'auteur." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" @@ -8121,8 +8161,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Bullseye. Consultez le <ulink " @@ -8205,22 +8245,23 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian 11 Bullseye sont disponibles " "dans les <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." +"releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." msgstr "" "Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bullseye#\">manuel de Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> est traduit entièrement en " @@ -8415,10 +8456,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Un aperçu détaillé et complet des versions plus anciennes est fourni dans " "l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.add 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Tanggal publikasi; endboundary=<section> <literallayout> <emphasis role="strong">Terjemahan:</emphasis> +2022 Adi Nugroho +2023 Rangga Dwi Prasetyo 2024 Misaka 2024 Andika Triwidada +2025-2026 Arif Budiman </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.id.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ # msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-25 19:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andika Triwidada <andika@gmail.com>\n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-26 22:32+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Arif Budiman <arifpedia@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" "documentation/bookworm-manual/id/>\n" "Language: id\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 3.6\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -85,8 +85,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Bab tentang <link linkend=\"Requirements\">kebutuhan perangkat keras dan " "jaringan</link> dan tentang <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur</link> " @@ -108,13 +109,13 @@ "Setelah instalasi pada mesin utama, semua layanan yang dibutuhkan untuk " "jaringan sekolah telah diatur dan sistem siap dipakai. Hanya pengguna dan " "mesin yang perlu ditambahkan via GOsa², sebuah Web-UI yang nyaman, atau " -"penyunting LDAP lainnya. Lingkungan netboot menggunakan PXE/<ulink url=" -"\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> juga telah disiapkan, sehingga setelah " -"instalasi awal peladen utama dari CD, keping Blu-ray atau drive flash USB " -"semua mesin lainnya dapat di-install lewat jaringan, ini termasuk \"roaming " -"workstation\" (mesin yang dapat dibawa pergi dari jaringan sekolah, biasanya " -"laptop atau netbook). Selain itu, mesin dapat di-booting lewat PXE/iPXE " -"sebagai workstation diskless atau thin client." +"penyunting LDAP lainnya. Lingkungan netboot menggunakan PXE/<ulink " +"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> juga telah disiapkan, sehingga " +"setelah instalasi awal peladen utama dari CD, keping Blu-ray atau drive " +"flash USB semua mesin lainnya dapat di-install lewat jaringan, ini termasuk " +"\"roaming workstation\" (mesin yang dapat dibawa pergi dari jaringan " +"sekolah, biasanya laptop atau netbook). Selain itu, mesin dapat di-booting " +"lewat PXE/iPXE sebagai workstation diskless atau thin client." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -134,15 +135,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "adalah distribusi Linux yang dibuat oleh tim Debian Edu. Sebagai distribusi " "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink>, Debuan " -"Edu merupakan subproyek resmi dari <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink>." +"Edu merupakan subproyek resmi dari <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -157,8 +159,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Proyek Skolelinux di Norwegia didirikan pada tanggal 2 Juli 2001 dan sekitar " "waktu yang sama Raphaël Hertzog memulai Debian-Edu di Perancis. Sejak tahun " @@ -210,8 +212,8 @@ "inginkan (mulai dari tidak ada hingga banyak). Hal yang sama berlaku untuk " "server LTSP, masing-masing berada pada jaringan terpisah sehingga lalu " "lintas antara klien dan server LTSP tidak mempengaruhi layanan jaringan " -"lainnya. LTSP dijelaskan secara rinci di <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"lainnya. LTSP dijelaskan secara rinci di <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -261,11 +263,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Ini dirancang untuk dimodifikasi; untuk detailnya, lihat bab <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">HowTo terkait</link>." +"Ini dirancang untuk dimodifikasi; untuk detailnya, lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo terkait</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -551,10 +553,12 @@ "Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " "History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" msgstr "" +"Pemantauan Mesin dan Layanan dengan Pelaporan Kesalahan, ditambah Status dan " +"Riwayat di Web. Pelaporan Kesalahan melalui email" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga, dan Sitesummary" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "sitesummary" @@ -568,21 +572,35 @@ "they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " "NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." msgstr "" +"Berkas pribadi untuk setiap pengguna disimpan di direktori home mereka, yang " +"disediakan oleh server. Direktori home dapat diakses dari semua mesin, " +"sehingga pengguna dapat mengakses berkas yang sama terlepas dari mesin mana " +"yang mereka gunakan. Server ini bersifat netral terhadap sistem operasi, " +"menyediakan akses melalui NFS untuk klien Unix dan melalui SMB2/SMB3 untuk " +"klien lain." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" +"Secara default, email dikonfigurasi untuk pengiriman lokal (yaitu di dalam " +"sekolah) saja, meskipun pengiriman email ke Internet yang lebih luas dapat " +"dikonfigurasi jika sekolah memiliki koneksi Internet permanen. Klien " +"dikonfigurasi untuk mengirim email ke server (menggunakan ‘smarthost’), dan " +"pengguna dapat <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">mengakses email pribadi " +"mereka</link> melalui IMAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " "the central user database for authentication and authorisation." msgstr "" +"Semua layanan dapat diakses menggunakan nama pengguna dan kata sandi yang " +"sama, berkat basis data pengguna terpusat untuk otentikasi dan otorisasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -591,6 +609,10 @@ "the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " "machines." msgstr "" +"Untuk meningkatkan kinerja pada situs-situs yang sering diakses, digunakan " +"proxy web yang menyimpan file secara lokal (Squid). Bersama dengan " +"pemblokiran lalu lintas web di router, hal ini juga memungkinkan " +"pengendalian akses Internet pada masing-masing perangkat." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -601,6 +623,12 @@ "ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " "the rest of the network services)." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasi jaringan pada klien dilakukan secara otomatis menggunakan DHCP. " +"Semua jenis klien dapat terhubung ke subnet pribadi 10.0.0.0/8 dan akan " +"mendapatkan alamat IP yang sesuai; klien LTSP harus terhubung ke server LTSP " +"yang sesuai melalui subnet terpisah 192.168.0.0/24 (ini untuk memastikan " +"bahwa lalu lintas jaringan klien LTSP tidak mengganggu layanan jaringan " +"lainnya)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -608,14 +636,21 @@ "messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " "incoming messages from the local network." msgstr "" +"Pencatatan terpusat telah dikonfigurasi sehingga semua mesin mengirimkan " +"pesan syslog mereka ke server. Layanan syslog telah dikonfigurasi sehingga " +"hanya menerima pesan masuk dari jaringan lokal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" +"Secara default, server DNS dikonfigurasi dengan domain untuk penggunaan " +"internal saja (*.intern), hingga domain DNS eksternal yang sebenarnya dapat " +"dikonfigurasi. Server DNS dikonfigurasi sebagai server DNS cache sehingga " +"semua mesin di jaringan dapat menggunakannya sebagai server DNS utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -625,6 +660,11 @@ "have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " "programmable on the server side." msgstr "" +"Siswa dan guru memiliki kemampuan untuk mempublikasikan situs web. Server " +"web menyediakan mekanisme untuk autentikasi pengguna, serta untuk membatasi " +"akses ke halaman dan subdirektori tertentu bagi pengguna dan grup tertentu. " +"Pengguna akan memiliki kemampuan untuk membuat halaman web dinamis, karena " +"server web akan dapat diprogram di sisi server." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -636,6 +676,13 @@ "network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " "network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." msgstr "" +"Informasi tentang pengguna dan mesin dapat diubah di satu lokasi pusat, dan " +"secara otomatis diakses oleh semua komputer di jaringan. Untuk mencapai hal " +"ini, disiapkan server direktori terpusat. Direktori tersebut akan berisi " +"informasi tentang pengguna, grup pengguna, mesin, dan grup mesin. Untuk " +"menghindari kebingungan pengguna, tidak akan ada perbedaan antara grup file " +"dan grup jaringan. Hal ini berarti bahwa grup mesin yang akan membentuk grup " +"jaringan akan menggunakan namespace yang sama dengan grup pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -644,6 +691,11 @@ "of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " "groups will be made possible by the administration systems." msgstr "" +"Pengelolaan layanan dan pengguna akan dilakukan secara utama melalui web, " +"dan mengikuti standar yang telah ditetapkan, serta berfungsi dengan baik " +"pada peramban web yang merupakan bagian dari Skolelinux. Delegasi tugas " +"tertentu kepada pengguna individu atau kelompok pengguna akan dimungkinkan " +"melalui sistem administrasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -655,6 +707,13 @@ "machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " "time." msgstr "" +"Untuk menghindari masalah tertentu dengan NFS dan memudahkan proses " +"debugging, semua mesin perlu memiliki jam yang sinkron. Untuk mencapai hal " +"ini, server Skolelinux dikonfigurasi sebagai server Network Time Protocol " +"(NTP) lokal, dan semua workstation dan klien dikonfigurasi untuk " +"menyinkronkan jam mereka dengan server tersebut. Server itu sendiri harus " +"menyinkronkan jamnya melalui NTP dengan mesin-mesin di Internet, sehingga " +"memastikan seluruh jaringan memiliki waktu yang benar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -664,6 +723,11 @@ "belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " "printers." msgstr "" +"Printer dihubungkan di tempat yang nyaman, baik langsung ke jaringan utama, " +"atau dihubungkan ke server, workstation, atau server LTSP. Akses ke printer " +"dapat dikontrol untuk pengguna individu sesuai dengan grup yang mereka " +"ikuti; hal ini akan dicapai dengan menggunakan kuota dan kontrol akses untuk " +"printer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "LTSP server(s)" @@ -674,12 +738,16 @@ "A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " "selecting the LTSP Server profile." msgstr "" +"Jaringan Skolelinux dapat memiliki banyak server LTSP, yang diinstal dengan " +"memilih profil Server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " "workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." msgstr "" +"Server LTSP dikonfigurasi untuk menerima pesan syslog dari thin clients dan " +"workstations, dan meneruskan pesan-pesan ini ke penerima syslog pusat." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "Please note:" @@ -689,6 +757,7 @@ msgid "" "LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." msgstr "" +"Workstation LTSP tanpa disk menggunakan program yang diinstal di server." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -697,6 +766,10 @@ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" "computeroutput> on the LTSP server." msgstr "" +"Sistem file akar klien disediakan menggunakan NFS. Setelah setiap perubahan " +"pada server LTSP, citra terkait harus dihasilkan ulang; jalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> pada server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Thin clients" @@ -709,6 +782,10 @@ "using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " "because LTSP has dropped support." msgstr "" +"Pengaturan thin client memungkinkan PC biasa berfungsi sebagai (X-)terminal. " +"Artinya, mesin tersebut boot langsung dari server menggunakan PXE tanpa " +"menggunakan hard drive lokal. Pengaturan thin client kini menggunakan X2Go, " +"karena LTSP telah menghentikan dukungan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -718,6 +795,12 @@ "boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " "using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." msgstr "" +"Klien tipis (thin clients) merupakan cara yang baik untuk tetap memanfaatkan " +"mesin-mesin yang sangat tua (kebanyakan 32-bit) karena semua program " +"dijalankan secara efektif di server LTSP. Prosesnya berlangsung sebagai " +"berikut: layanan ini menggunakan DHCP dan TFTP untuk terhubung ke jaringan " +"dan melakukan booting dari jaringan. Selanjutnya, sistem file di-mount dari " +"server LTSP menggunakan NFS, dan akhirnya klien X2Go dimulai." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Diskless workstations" @@ -729,6 +812,10 @@ "installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " "without running software installed on a local hard drive." msgstr "" +"Sebuah workstation tanpa disk menjalankan semua perangkat lunak di PC tanpa " +"sistem operasi yang diinstal secara lokal. Ini berarti bahwa mesin klien " +"melakukan booting melalui PXE tanpa menjalankan perangkat lunak yang " +"diinstal di hard drive lokal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -738,6 +825,11 @@ "the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " "too." msgstr "" +"Workstation tanpa disk adalah cara yang sangat baik untuk menggunakan " +"perangkat keras bertenaga tinggi dengan biaya pemeliharaan yang sama rendah " +"seperti pada thin clients. Perangkat lunak dikelola dan dipelihara di server " +"tanpa perlu menginstal perangkat lunak lokal di klien. Direktori pengguna " +"dan pengaturan sistem juga disimpan di server." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Networked clients" @@ -749,6 +841,9 @@ "clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " "Windows." msgstr "" +"Istilah “klien terhubung jaringan” digunakan dalam manual ini untuk merujuk " +"pada baik thin clients maupun workstation tanpa disk, serta komputer yang " +"menjalankan sistem operasi macOS atau Windows." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Administration" @@ -762,6 +857,12 @@ "the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" "computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." msgstr "" +"Semua mesin Linux yang diinstal menggunakan penginstal Skolelinux dapat " +"dikelola dari komputer pusat, kemungkinan besar server. Pengguna dapat masuk " +"ke semua mesin melalui SSH dan dengan demikian memiliki akses penuh ke mesin-" +"mesin tersebut. Sebagai root, pengguna perlu menjalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> terlebih dahulu untuk mendapatkan " +"Kerberos TGT." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -769,6 +870,9 @@ "are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " "authentication." msgstr "" +"Semua informasi pengguna disimpan dalam direktori LDAP. Pembaruan akun " +"pengguna dilakukan pada basis data ini, yang digunakan oleh klien untuk " +"otentikasi pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation" @@ -779,17 +883,24 @@ "Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " "Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." msgstr "" +"Saat ini terdapat dua jenis citra media instalasi: netinst dan BD. Kedua " +"citra tersebut juga dapat di-boot dari flash disk USB." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " "install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." msgstr "" +"Tujuan utamanya adalah dapat menginstal server dari berbagai jenis media " +"sekali saja, dan menginstal semua klien lainnya melalui jaringan dengan cara " +"booting dari jaringan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." msgstr "" +"Hanya citra instalasi jaringan yang memerlukan akses ke Internet selama " +"proses instalasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -799,6 +910,11 @@ "automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " "by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." msgstr "" +"Pemasangan tidak boleh menanyakan apa pun, kecuali bahasa yang diinginkan, " +"lokasi, tata letak keyboard, dan profil mesin (Server Utama, Workstation, " +"Server LTSP, …). Semua konfigurasi lainnya akan disetel secara otomatis " +"dengan nilai yang wajar, dan dapat diubah dari lokasi pusat oleh " +"administrator sistem setelah pemasangan selesai." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "File system access configuration" @@ -813,6 +929,12 @@ "everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " "anyone but the user." msgstr "" +"Setiap akun pengguna Skolelinux diberi alokasi ruang pada sistem berkas di " +"server berkas. Ruang ini (direktori home) berisi berkas konfigurasi " +"pengguna, dokumen, email, dan halaman web. Beberapa berkas harus diatur agar " +"dapat diakses oleh pengguna lain di sistem, beberapa harus dapat diakses " +"oleh semua orang di Internet, dan beberapa tidak boleh diakses untuk dibaca " +"oleh siapa pun kecuali pengguna itu sendiri." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -824,6 +946,13 @@ "accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " "accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." msgstr "" +"Untuk memastikan bahwa semua disk yang digunakan untuk direktori pengguna " +"atau direktori bersama dapat diberi nama secara unik di seluruh komputer " +"dalam instalasi, disk-disk tersebut dapat di-mount sebagai <computeroutput>/" +"skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Awalnya, satu direktori dibuat di " +"server file, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, di mana " +"semua akun pengguna dibuat. Direktori tambahan dapat dibuat sesuai kebutuhan " +"untuk mengakomodasi kelompok pengguna tertentu atau pola penggunaan tertentu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -835,6 +964,13 @@ "files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " "sharing between the members of a group." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengaktifkan akses bersama ke berkas dalam sistem izin UNIX standar, " +"pengguna harus menjadi anggota grup bersama tambahan (seperti “students”) " +"serta grup utama pribadi yang secara default mereka miliki. Jika pengguna " +"memiliki umask yang sesuai untuk membuat item baru dapat diakses oleh grup " +"(002 atau 007), dan jika direktori yang mereka gunakan telah disetel dengan " +"setgid untuk memastikan berkas mewarisi kepemilikan grup yang benar, " +"hasilnya adalah berbagi berkas yang terkontrol di antara anggota grup." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -857,6 +993,25 @@ "to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " "issues)." msgstr "" +"Pengaturan akses awal untuk file yang baru dibuat merupakan bagian dari " +"kebijakan. Pengaturan umask default Debian adalah 022 (yang tidak " +"mengizinkan akses grup seperti yang dijelaskan di atas), tetapi Debian Edu " +"menggunakan pengaturan default 002 - artinya file dibuat dengan akses baca " +"untuk semua orang, yang dapat dihapus kemudian melalui tindakan pengguna " +"secara eksplisit. Ini dapat diubah secara alternatif (dengan mengedit " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) menjadi umask " +"007 - artinya akses baca awalnya diblokir, sehingga memerlukan tindakan " +"pengguna untuk membuatnya dapat diakses. Pendekatan pertama mendorong " +"berbagi pengetahuan dan membuat sistem lebih transparan, sedangkan metode " +"kedua mengurangi risiko penyebaran informasi sensitif yang tidak diinginkan. " +"Masalah dengan solusi pertama adalah bahwa pengguna tidak menyadari bahwa " +"materi yang mereka buat akan dapat diakses oleh semua pengguna lain. Mereka " +"hanya dapat mendeteksinya dengan memeriksa direktori pengguna lain dan " +"melihat bahwa file mereka dapat dibaca. Masalah dengan solusi kedua adalah " +"sedikit orang yang kemungkinan akan membuat file mereka dapat diakses, " +"bahkan jika file tersebut tidak mengandung informasi sensitif dan kontennya " +"akan bermanfaat bagi pengguna yang ingin belajar bagaimana orang lain telah " +"menyelesaikan masalah tertentu (biasanya masalah konfigurasi)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Requirements" @@ -869,6 +1024,11 @@ "schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " "configuration of network components, servers and client machines." msgstr "" +"Ada berbagai cara untuk mengimplementasikan solusi Skolelinux. Sistem ini " +"dapat diinstal pada satu komputer standalone, atau sebagai solusi regional " +"yang diterapkan di banyak sekolah yang dikelola secara terpusat. " +"Fleksibilitas ini sangat memengaruhi konfigurasi komponen jaringan, server, " +"dan mesin klien." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Hardware requirements" @@ -876,16 +1036,22 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" +"Tujuan dari profil-profil yang berbeda dijelaskan dalam bab <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur jaringan</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Jika LTSP akan digunakan, silakan lihat halaman wiki Persyaratan Hardware " +"LTSP di <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -893,30 +1059,43 @@ "(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " "or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." msgstr "" +"Komputer yang menjalankan Debian Edu / Skolelinux harus menggunakan prosesor " +"x86 dengan arsitektur 32 bit (arsitektur Debian ‘i386’, prosesor tertua yang " +"didukung adalah kelas 686) atau 64 bit (arsitektur Debian ‘amd64’)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " "and faster processors are recommended." msgstr "" +"Klien tipis dengan hanya 256 MiB RAM dan 400 MHz dimungkinkan, meskipun " +"disarankan untuk menggunakan RAM yang lebih besar dan prosesor yang lebih " +"cepat." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" +"Untuk workstation, workstation tanpa disk, dan sistem mandiri, 1500 MHz dan " +"1024 MiB RAM merupakan persyaratan minimum mutlak. Untuk menjalankan browser " +"web modern dan LibreOffice, disarankan menggunakan setidaknya 2048 MiB RAM." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Persyaratan ruang disk minimum bergantung pada profil yang diinstal:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " "desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." msgstr "" +"gabungan server utama + server LTSP + workstation (Jika GUI di server yang " +"diinginkan): 60 GiB (ditambah ruang tambahan untuk akun pengguna)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." @@ -935,6 +1114,8 @@ "LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " "architecture:" msgstr "" +"Server LTSP memerlukan dua kartu jaringan saat menggunakan arsitektur " +"jaringan default:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," @@ -949,6 +1130,8 @@ "Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " "workstations." msgstr "" +"Laptop adalah stasiun kerja portabel, sehingga memiliki persyaratan yang " +"sama dengan stasiun kerja." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Hardware known to work" @@ -956,9 +1139,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" +"Daftar perangkat keras yang telah diuji tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Daftar ini belum lengkap." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -967,6 +1152,11 @@ "allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " "owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> adalah upaya " +"untuk mendokumentasikan cara menginstal, mengonfigurasi, dan menggunakan " +"Debian pada perangkat keras tertentu, sehingga calon pembeli dapat " +"mengetahui apakah perangkat keras tersebut didukung dan pemilik yang sudah " +"ada dapat mengetahui cara memaksimalkan kinerja perangkat keras tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Requirements for network setup" @@ -979,6 +1169,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" msgstr "" +"Saat menggunakan arsitektur jaringan default, aturan-aturan berikut berlaku:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "You need exactly one main server." @@ -993,22 +1184,29 @@ "You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " "subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memiliki banyak server LTSP di jaringan utama; dua subnet yang " +"berbeda telah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya (DNS, DHCP) di LDAP, dan lebih banyak " +"subnet dapat ditambahkan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " "LTSP server network." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memiliki ratusan thin client dan/atau workstation tanpa disk pada " +"setiap jaringan server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " "assigned." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memiliki ratusan mesin lain yang akan diberikan alamat IP dinamis." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses Internet, Anda memerlukan router/gateway (lihat di bawah)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Internet router" @@ -1020,12 +1218,17 @@ "running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " "interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." msgstr "" +"Sebuah router/gateway yang terhubung ke Internet melalui antarmuka eksternal " +"dan berjalan pada alamat IP 10.0.0.1 dengan netmask 255.0.0.0 pada antarmuka " +"internal, diperlukan untuk terhubung ke Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " "this is not needed and will not be used." msgstr "" +"Router tidak boleh menjalankan server DHCP, namun dapat menjalankan server " +"DNS, meskipun hal ini tidak diperlukan dan tidak akan digunakan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1038,6 +1241,14 @@ "set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda belum memiliki router atau router yang ada tidak dapat " +"dikonfigurasi sesuai kebutuhan, maka mesin apa pun yang memenuhi persyaratan " +"untuk instalasi Debian minimal dan memiliki setidaknya dua antarmuka " +"jaringan dapat diubah menjadi gerbang antara jaringan yang ada dan jaringan " +"Debian Edu. Lihat <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">dokumentasi instalasi</link> " +"untuk cara sederhana menginstal dan mengonfigurasi mesin Debian menggunakan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1045,19 +1256,32 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda membutuhkan sesuatu untuk router tertanam atau access point, kami " +"merekomendasikan menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" +"ulink>, meskipun tentu saja Anda juga dapat menggunakan firmware asli. " +"Menggunakan firmware asli lebih mudah; menggunakan OpenWRT memberikan Anda " +"lebih banyak pilihan dan kontrol. Periksa halaman web OpenWRT untuk daftar " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">perangkat keras yang " +"didukung</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menggunakan konfigurasi jaringan yang berbeda (ada <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">prosedur yang " +"didokumentasikan</ulink> untuk melakukannya), tetapi jika Anda tidak " +"diharuskan melakukannya oleh infrastruktur jaringan yang sudah ada, kami " +"menyarankan agar Anda tidak melakukannya dan tetap menggunakan arsitektur " +"jaringan default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur jaringan</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1069,25 +1293,35 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Kami menyarankan Anda untuk membaca atau setidaknya melihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">catatan rilis " +"untuk Debian Bookworm</ulink> sebelum Anda mulai memasang sistem untuk " +"penggunaan produksi. Terdapat informasi lebih lanjut mengenai rilis Debian " +"Bookworm yang tersedia di dalam <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bookworm/installmanual\">panduan pemasangannya</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silakan coba Debian Edu/Skolelinux, seharusnya berfungsi dengan baik." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" +"Disarankan, bagaimanapun, untuk membaca bab-bab tentang <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">persyaratan hardware dan jaringan</link> dan " +"tentang <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur</link> sebelum memulai " +"proses instalasi server utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1095,10 +1329,13 @@ "link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " "time." msgstr "" +"Pastikan Anda juga membaca bab <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting " +"Started</link> dari manual ini, karena bab tersebut menjelaskan cara " +"melakukan login untuk pertama kalinya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unduh media instalasi untuk Debian Edu 12 Nama Kode bookworm" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "amd64 or i386" @@ -1115,10 +1352,18 @@ "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " "for very old hardware." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> dan <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> adalah nama dua arsitektur Debian untuk prosesor x86, " +"keduanya dikembangkan atau pernah dikembangkan oleh AMD, Intel, dan produsen " +"lainnya. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> adalah arsitektur 64-bit, " +"sedangkan <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> adalah arsitektur 32-bit. " +"Pemasangan baru saat ini sebaiknya dilakukan menggunakan " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> hanya boleh digunakan untuk perangkat keras yang sangat tua." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" +msgstr "citra ISO netinst untuk arsitektur amd64 atau i386" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1126,16 +1371,19 @@ "drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " "name implies, Internet access is required for the installation." msgstr "" +"Gambar ISO netinst dapat digunakan untuk instalasi dari CD/DVD dan drive " +"USB, dan tersedia untuk dua arsitektur Debian: amd64 atau i386. Seperti " +"namanya, akses internet diperlukan untuk proses instalasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download " "from:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setelah Bookworm dirilis, citra ini akan tersedia untuk diunduh dari:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gambar ISO BD untuk amd64 atau i386" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1144,16 +1392,23 @@ "Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of " "sufficient size." msgstr "" +"Gambar ISO ini berukuran sekitar 7,5 GB dan dapat digunakan untuk menginstal " +"sistem pada mesin amd64 atau i386, bahkan tanpa akses ke internet. Sama " +"seperti citra netinst, citra ini dapat digunakan pada drive USB atau media " +"disk dengan kapasitas yang cukup." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifikasi berkas citra yang diunduh" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " "<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Petunjuk rinci untuk memverifikasi dan menggunakan citra-citra ini merupakan " +"bagian dari <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Sources" @@ -1165,6 +1420,9 @@ "several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" "release/current/source/\"/>" msgstr "" +"Sumber-sumber tersedia dari arsip Debian di lokasi-lokasi biasa, beberapa " +"media terhubung di <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Installing Debian Edu" @@ -1180,6 +1438,14 @@ "defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " "a lightweight desktop environment." msgstr "" +"Saat Anda melakukan instalasi Debian Edu, Anda memiliki beberapa opsi untuk " +"dipilih. Jangan khawatir; tidak banyak pilihan yang tersedia. Kami telah " +"berhasil menyembunyikan kompleksitas Debian selama proses instalasi dan " +"setelahnya. Namun, Debian Edu adalah Debian, dan jika Anda ingin, ada lebih " +"dari 59.000 paket yang dapat dipilih dan miliaran opsi konfigurasi. Bagi " +"sebagian besar pengguna kami, pengaturan default kami seharusnya sudah " +"cukup. Perhatikan: jika LTSP akan digunakan, pilihlah lingkungan desktop " +"yang ringan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Main server installation scenarios" @@ -1190,12 +1456,16 @@ "Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " "providing DHCP:" msgstr "" +"Jaringan sekolah atau rumah tangga yang umum dengan akses Internet melalui " +"router yang menyediakan layanan DHCP:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " "Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." msgstr "" +"Pemasangan server utama dimungkinkan, tetapi setelah reboot, akses Internet " +"tidak akan tersedia (karena alamat IP antarmuka jaringan utama 10.0.2.2/8)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1203,48 +1473,65 @@ "link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " "configure an existing one as needed." msgstr "" +"Lihat bab <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router Internet</" +"link> untuk detail cara mengatur gateway jika tidak mungkin mengonfigurasi " +"gateway yang sudah ada sesuai kebutuhan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" +"Hubungkan semua komponen seperti yang ditunjukkan dalam bab <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">arsitektur</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " "in the correct environment." msgstr "" +"Server utama harus terhubung ke Internet setelah di-boot untuk pertama " +"kalinya di lingkungan yang benar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " "proxy use required." msgstr "" +"Jaringan sekolah atau lembaga yang khas, serupa dengan yang di atas, tetapi " +"dengan penggunaan proxy yang diwajibkan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " "details how this is done." msgstr "" +"Tambahkan ‘debian-edu-expert’ ke baris perintah kernel; lihat bagian di " +"bawah ini untuk detail cara melakukannya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " "included." msgstr "" +"Beberapa pertanyaan tambahan harus dijawab, termasuk yang berkaitan dengan " +"server proxy." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " "server) and Internet access:" msgstr "" +"Jaringan dengan router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (yang tidak menyediakan server " +"DHCP) dan akses Internet:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " "choose manual network configuration." msgstr "" +"Segera setelah konfigurasi jaringan otomatis gagal (karena tidak ada DHCP), " +"pilih konfigurasi jaringan manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" @@ -1257,34 +1544,41 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" msgstr "" +"Masukkan 8.8.8.8 sebagai alamat IP server nama kecuali Anda tahu yang lebih " +"baik" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." msgstr "" +"Server utama seharusnya sudah berfungsi dengan baik setelah booting pertama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offline (tanpa koneksi internet):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan citra ISO BD." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pastikan semua kabel jaringan (fisik/virtual) telah dicabut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " "configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." msgstr "" +"Pilih ‘Jangan konfigurasi jaringan saat ini’ (setelah DHCP gagal " +"mengonfigurasi jaringan dan Anda menekan ‘Lanjutkan’)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " "Internet access." msgstr "" +"Perbarui sistem setelah di-boot pertama kali di lingkungan yang benar dengan " +"akses Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Desktop environments" @@ -1292,45 +1586,55 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beberapa lingkungan desktop tersedia:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " "support (106 languages)." msgstr "" +"Xfce memiliki ukuran yang sedikit lebih besar daripada LXDE, tetapi memiliki " +"dukungan bahasa yang sangat baik (106 bahasa)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " "both older computers and for LTSP clients." msgstr "" +"KDE dan GNOME keduanya memiliki dukungan bahasa yang baik, tetapi memiliki " +"footprint yang terlalu besar untuk komputer lama dan klien LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cinnamon adalah alternatif yang lebih ringan daripada GNOME." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " "for several countries." msgstr "" +"MATE lebih ringan daripada ketiga yang di atas, tetapi tidak memiliki " +"dukungan bahasa yang baik untuk beberapa negara." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LXDE memiliki ukuran yang paling kecil dan mendukung 35 bahasa." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " "with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." msgstr "" +"LXQt adalah lingkungan desktop ringan (dukungan bahasa serupa dengan LXDE) " +"dengan tampilan dan nuansa yang lebih modern (berbasis Qt, sama seperti KDE)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " "desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu sebagai proyek internasional telah memilih Xfce sebagai " +"lingkungan desktop default; lihat di bawah ini cara mengatur yang berbeda." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Modular installation" @@ -1345,26 +1649,47 @@ "details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " "and could be used to speed up test installations." msgstr "" +"Saat menginstal sistem dengan profil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> yang " +"disertakan, banyak program terkait pendidikan akan diinstal. Untuk " +"menginstal hanya profil dasar, hapus parameter baris perintah kernel " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> sebelum memulai instalasi; lihat bagian di " +"bawah ini untuk detail cara melakukannya. Hal ini memungkinkan penginstalan " +"sistem yang disesuaikan dengan lokasi tertentu dan dapat digunakan untuk " +"mempercepat penginstalan uji coba." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Perhatikan: Jika Anda ingin menginstal lingkungan desktop setelahnya, jangan " +"gunakan paket meta Debian Edu seperti misalnya <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> karena paket-paket ini akan menginstal semua program terkait " +"pendidikan; sebaliknya, instal misalnya <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> " +"sebagai gantinya. Satu atau lebih dari paket meta tingkat sekolah baru " +"seperti <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" "primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> dapat diinstal sesuai dengan " +"kebutuhan penggunaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" +"Untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang paket meta Debian Edu, lihat halaman " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Ringkasan Paket Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1373,77 +1698,97 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu boot penginstal pada perangkat keras 64-bit - Mode BIOS</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu boot penginstal 64-bit (mode BIOS)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " "installer where you can use the mouse." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi grafis</emphasis> menggunakan penginstal " +"GTK di mana Anda dapat menggunakan mouse." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instal</emphasis> menggunakan mode teks." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " "with more detailed options to choose." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opsi Lanjutan ></emphasis> menampilkan sub menu " +"dengan opsi yang lebih rinci untuk dipilih." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " "installer; see screenshot below." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bantuan</emphasis> memberikan beberapa petunjuk " +"tentang cara menggunakan penginstal; lihat tangkapan layar di bawah ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layar Opsi Lanjutan Penginstal 64-bit 1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Kembali..</emphasis> kembali ke menu utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " "to all available questions, mouse usable." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi ahli grafis</emphasis> memberikan akses " +"ke semua pertanyaan yang tersedia, dapat digunakan dengan mouse." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mode penyelamatan grafis</emphasis> membuat media " +"instalasi ini menjadi disk penyelamatan untuk tugas darurat." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " "preseed file." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi otomatis grafis</emphasis> memerlukan " +"berkas preseed." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " "available questions in text mode." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pemasangan oleh ahli</emphasis> memberikan akses " +"ke semua pertanyaan yang tersedia dalam mode teks." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mode penyelamatan</emphasis> mode teks; menjadikan " +"media instalasi ini sebagai disk penyelamatan untuk tugas darurat." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " "preseed file." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pemasangan otomatis</emphasis> dalam mode teks; " +"memerlukan berkas preseed." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1452,10 +1797,14 @@ "edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " "exceptional cases." msgstr "" +"Jangan gunakan <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> " +"atau <computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, gunakan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> sebagai parameter kernel " +"tambahan dalam kasus-kasus khusus." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Layar Bantuan</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Installer help screen" @@ -1466,42 +1815,56 @@ "This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " "keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." msgstr "" +"Layar Bantuan ini bersifat self-explanatory dan memungkinkan penggunaan " +"tombol <F> pada keyboard untuk mendapatkan bantuan lebih rinci " +"mengenai topik-topik yang dijelaskan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu boot penginstal pada perangkat keras 64-bit - Mode UEFI</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu boot penginstal 64-bit (mode UEFI)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tambahkan atau ubah parameter boot untuk instalasi</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, opsi boot dapat diedit dengan menekan tombol " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> di menu boot; tangkapan layar menunjukkan baris perintah untuk " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi Grafis</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edit opsi baris perintah (mode BIOS)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengedit opsi baris perintah (mode UEFI)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menggunakan layanan proxy HTTP yang sudah ada di jaringan untuk " +"mempercepat proses instalasi profil <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> dari " +"CD. Tambahkan misalnya <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> sebagai parameter boot tambahan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1509,6 +1872,9 @@ "on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " "automatically use the proxy of the main server." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda telah menginstal profil <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> pada " +"sebuah mesin, instalasi selanjutnya harus dilakukan melalui PXE, karena ini " +"akan secara otomatis menggunakan proxy dari server utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1518,36 +1884,56 @@ "<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" "computeroutput> parameter." msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> sebagai pengganti lingkungan desktop default <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, ganti <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> " +"dengan <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> pada parameter " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Dan untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The installation process" @@ -1559,26 +1945,30 @@ "make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " "up an LTSP server." msgstr "" +"Ingat <link linkend=\"Requirements\">persyaratan sistem</link> dan pastikan " +"Anda memiliki setidaknya dua kartu jaringan (NIC) jika Anda berencana untuk " +"mengonfigurasi server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilih bahasa (untuk proses instalasi dan sistem yang diinstal)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilih lokasi yang biasanya merupakan lokasi tempat Anda tinggal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." msgstr "" +"Pilih tata letak keyboard (tata letak default negara biasanya sudah cukup)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilih profil (profil-profil) dari daftar berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server Utama</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1588,10 +1978,15 @@ "want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " "addition to this one." msgstr "" +"Ini adalah server utama (server) untuk sekolah Anda yang menyediakan semua " +"layanan yang telah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya untuk digunakan langsung. Anda " +"harus menginstal hanya satu server utama per sekolah! Profil ini tidak " +"termasuk antarmuka pengguna grafis. Jika Anda ingin antarmuka pengguna " +"grafis, pilih Workstation atau LTSP Server selain profil ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1600,10 +1995,15 @@ "authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " "are stored." msgstr "" +"Komputer yang melakukan booting dari hard drive lokalnya, dan menjalankan " +"semua perangkat lunak dan perangkat secara lokal seperti komputer biasa, " +"kecuali bahwa login pengguna diverifikasi oleh server utama, di mana file " +"dan profil desktop pengguna disimpan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stasiun kerja yang dapat dipindahkan</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1613,36 +2013,51 @@ "this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " "suggested in earlier releases." msgstr "" +"Sama seperti workstation, tetapi mampu melakukan otentikasi menggunakan " +"kredensial yang disimpan, artinya dapat digunakan di luar jaringan sekolah. " +"Berkas dan profil pengguna disimpan di disk lokal. Untuk notebook dan laptop " +"pengguna tunggal, profil ini harus dipilih dan bukan ‘Workstation’ atau " +"‘Standalone’ seperti yang disarankan dalam rilis sebelumnya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Server thin client (dan workstation tanpa disk) disebut server LTSP. Klien " +"tanpa hard drive melakukan booting dan menjalankan perangkat lunak dari " +"server ini. Komputer ini memerlukan dua antarmuka jaringan, banyak memori, " +"dan idealnya lebih dari satu prosesor atau inti. Lihat bab tentang <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">klien jaringan</link> untuk informasi lebih " +"lanjut tentang topik ini. Memilih profil ini juga mengaktifkan profil " +"workstation (meskipun tidak dipilih) - server LTSP juga dapat digunakan " +"sebagai workstation." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mandiri</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " "doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." msgstr "" +"Komputer biasa yang dapat beroperasi tanpa server utama (artinya, tidak " +"perlu terhubung ke jaringan). Termasuk laptop." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1651,6 +2066,10 @@ "applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " "out from the main server." msgstr "" +"Profil ini akan menginstal paket dasar dan mengonfigurasi mesin untuk " +"terintegrasi ke dalam jaringan Debian Edu, tetapi tanpa layanan atau " +"aplikasi apa pun. Profil ini berguna sebagai platform untuk layanan tunggal " +"yang dipindahkan secara manual dari server utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1658,35 +2077,59 @@ "added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " "needs to be installed." msgstr "" +"Jika pengguna biasa ingin dapat menggunakan sistem tersebut, sistem tersebut " +"perlu ditambahkan menggunakan GOsa² (seperti workstation) dan paket libpam-" +"krb5 perlu diinstal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profil <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server Utama</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, dan <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server " +"LTSP</emphasis> telah dipilih secara default. Profil-profil ini dapat " +"diinstal pada satu mesin secara bersamaan jika Anda ingin menginstal yang " +"disebut <emphasis>server utama gabungan</emphasis>. Ini berarti server utama " +"akan berfungsi sebagai server LTSP dan juga digunakan sebagai workstation. " +"Ini adalah pilihan default, karena kami mengasumsikan kebanyakan orang akan " +"menginginkannya. Harap diperhatikan bahwa Anda harus memiliki 2 kartu " +"jaringan yang terpasang pada mesin yang akan diinstal sebagai server utama " +"gabungan atau sebagai server LTSP agar dapat berfungsi dengan baik setelah " +"instalasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" +"Pilih “ya” atau “tidak” untuk pembagian partisi otomatis. Perlu diingat " +"bahwa memilih ‘ya’ akan menghapus semua data di hard drive! Di sisi lain, " +"memilih “tidak” akan memerlukan lebih banyak pekerjaan - Anda harus " +"memastikan bahwa partisi yang diperlukan telah dibuat dan ukurannya cukup " +"besar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Silakan katakan “ya” untuk mengirimkan informasi ke <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> agar kami dapat mengetahui paket-paket mana yang " +"populer dan harus dipertahankan untuk rilis mendatang. Meskipun Anda tidak " +"diwajibkan, ini adalah cara sederhana bagi Anda untuk membantu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1694,6 +2137,9 @@ "spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " "debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." msgstr "" +"Tunggu. Jika profil yang dipilih termasuk LTSP Server, maka penginstal akan " +"membutuhkan waktu cukup lama di akhir proses, “Menyelesaikan instalasi - " +"Menjalankan debian-edu-profile-udeb...”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1702,16 +2148,26 @@ "very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " "network." msgstr "" +"Setelah memasukkan kata sandi root, Anda akan diminta untuk membuat akun " +"pengguna biasa “untuk tugas-tugas non-administratif”. Untuk Debian Edu, akun " +"ini sangat penting: ini adalah akun yang akan Anda gunakan untuk mengelola " +"jaringan Skolelinux." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Kata sandi untuk pengguna ini <emphasis role=\"strong\">harus</emphasis> " +"memiliki panjang minimal <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 karakter</emphasis> dan " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">harus berbeda</emphasis> dari <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nama pengguna</emphasis> - jika tidak, login tidak akan " +"mungkin dilakukan (meskipun kata sandi yang lebih pendek dan juga kata sandi " +"yang sama dengan nama pengguna akan diterima oleh penginstal)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1719,17 +2175,23 @@ "rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " "image for diskless workstations." msgstr "" +"Tunggu lagi jika terjadi <emphasis>server utama gabungan</emphasis> setelah " +"sistem di-reboot. Proses ini akan memakan waktu cukup lama untuk " +"menghasilkan citra SquashFS untuk workstation tanpa disk." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" +"Jika menggunakan server LTSP terpisah, pengaturan workstation tanpa disk dan/" +"atau thin client memerlukan beberapa langkah manual. Untuk detailnya, lihat " +"bab <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Panduan Pengguna Jaringan</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menginstal gateway menggunakan debian-edu-router" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1738,6 +2200,10 @@ "interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " "obtained through a series of dialogues." msgstr "" +"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"menyederhanakan penyiapan gateway untuk jaringan Debian Edu melalui proses " +"konfigurasi interaktif di mana informasi yang diperlukan diperoleh melalui " +"serangkaian dialog." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1746,18 +2212,26 @@ "Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" "router-config</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Untuk menggunakan fitur ini, lakukan instalasi Debian minimal. Pastikan Anda " +"menggunakan penginstal Debian standar dan bukan penginstal Debian Edu, " +"karena instalasi Debian Edu tidak didukung oleh <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " "package using" msgstr "" +"Instal paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"menggunakan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " "for now." msgstr "" +"Pesan kesalahan yang berkaitan dengan konfigurasi diharapkan dan dapat " +"diabaikan untuk saat ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1765,6 +2239,8 @@ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " "to the computer is required." msgstr "" +"Untuk proses konfigurasi setelah instalasi <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" +"config</computeroutput>, akses fisik ke komputer diperlukan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1773,6 +2249,10 @@ "interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " "information about the network hardware" msgstr "" +"Antarmuka jaringan mungkin sudah terhubung ke jaringan yang sesuai, tetapi " +"tidak harus demikian. Namun, penting untuk mengetahui antarmuka mana yang " +"akan terhubung ke jaringan mana. Untuk mendapatkan informasi lebih lanjut " +"tentang perangkat keras jaringan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "can be used." @@ -1785,14 +2265,22 @@ "<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " "the two interfaces using" msgstr "" +"Hapus konfigurasi dua antarmuka jaringan yang akan digunakan dari " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> atau berkas-berkas " +"di <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> dan " +"nonaktifkan konfigurasi dua antarmuka tersebut menggunakan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proses konfigurasi sebenarnya dimulai dengan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Memilih metode konfigurasi uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfirmasi untuk pengaturan uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1800,16 +2288,25 @@ "router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " "Router." msgstr "" +"Ketika ditanya tentang metode konfigurasi firewall UIF, pilih “debian-edu-" +"router”. Pastikan Anda ingin mengonfigurasi firewall untuk Debian Edu " +"Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Mengizinkan ping di uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengizinkan traceroute di uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " "with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." msgstr "" +"Tentukan apakah Anda ingin merespons ping dan traceroute. Jika ragu, jawab " +"dengan “ya” karena hal ini dapat berguna untuk mendiagnosis masalah jaringan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" @@ -1829,14 +2326,17 @@ "of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " "already connected or not." msgstr "" +"Selanjutnya, atur jaringan ke antarmuka jaringan di router Anda, pilih salah " +"satu opsi yang ditawarkan tergantung pada apakah antarmuka jaringan Anda " +"sudah terhubung atau belum." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memilih antarmuka uplink" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilih antarmuka yang terhubung ke jaringan hulu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Selecting internal networks" @@ -1847,6 +2347,8 @@ "Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " "internal network select \"Education\" here." msgstr "" +"Pilih jaringan internal. Jika Anda tidak yakin dan hanya ingin memilih satu " +"jaringan internal, pilih “Pendidikan” di sini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" @@ -1857,6 +2359,8 @@ "Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " "select no here." msgstr "" +"Pilih apakah VLAN akan digunakan untuk jaringan internal. Jika Anda tidak " +"yakin, pilih “Tidak” di sini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" @@ -1875,10 +2379,12 @@ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address and, " "if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, \"Education\"." msgstr "" +"Pilih “Uplink” jika jaringan upstream Anda memerlukan alamat IP statis dan, " +"jika Anda mengikuti saran di atas untuk jaringan internal, pilih “Education”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menetapkan alamat IP statis untuk jaringan internal" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1886,6 +2392,9 @@ "the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " "internal networks." msgstr "" +"Atur <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> sebagai alamat IP statis " +"untuk jaringan internal “Education” jika Anda mengikuti saran di atas " +"mengenai jaringan internal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" @@ -1913,6 +2422,9 @@ "configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " "gateway can be configured using the following dialog." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin mengekspos layanan internal ke internet, Anda dapat " +"mengonfigurasinya menggunakan sintaks yang dijelaskan. Perhatikan bahwa " +"akses SSH ke gateway dapat dikonfigurasi menggunakan dialog berikut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" @@ -1921,36 +2433,46 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." msgstr "" +"Tentukan jaringan mana yang ingin Anda izinkan untuk mengakses SSH ke " +"gateway." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Mengonfigurasi port SSH" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan DHCP untuk jaringan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" +"Jangan mengaktifkan DHCP untuk jaringan internal, karena layanan tersebut " +"akan disediakan oleh server utama Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "Mengaktifkan DHCP untuk jaringan" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi port SSH" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan port SSH, ini seharusnya <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"jika konfigurasi belum diubah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" +"Hubungkan antarmuka jaringan jika Anda belum melakukannya, lalu restart " +"mesin. Sekarang, saat Anda masuk sebagai root, Anda seharusnya melihat menu " +"Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasi SSH" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1960,14 +2482,20 @@ "which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " "dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." msgstr "" +"Jika akses SSH telah diaktifkan, gateway dapat dikonfigurasi ulang secara " +"jarak jauh melalui menu yang ditampilkan saat masuk sebagai root. Dengan " +"menekan tombol <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> di menu utama, Anda akan " +"beralih ke menu konfigurasi, di mana seluruh atau sebagian konfigurasi dapat " +"diubah menggunakan sistem dialog yang sama yang digunakan untuk konfigurasi " +"awal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catatan tentang beberapa karakteristik" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catatan tentang buku catatan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1977,10 +2505,16 @@ "logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " "to the network and logged in with the new password)." msgstr "" +"Kemungkinan besar Anda akan ingin menggunakan profil ‘Roaming workstation’ " +"(lihat di atas). Perlu diingat bahwa semua data disimpan secara lokal (jadi " +"pastikan untuk melakukan cadangan data dengan hati-hati) dan kredensial " +"login disimpan dalam cache (jadi setelah mengubah kata sandi, login mungkin " +"memerlukan kata sandi lama jika Anda belum menghubungkan laptop ke jaringan " +"dan login dengan kata sandi baru)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catatan tentang instalasi citra USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1990,10 +2524,15 @@ "suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " "can be installed:" msgstr "" +"Setelah Anda menginstal dari USB flash drive / citra Blu-ray, berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> hanya akan berisi " +"sumber dari citra tersebut. Jika Anda memiliki koneksi internet, kami sangat " +"menyarankan untuk menambahkan baris-baris berikut ke berkas tersebut agar " +"pembaruan keamanan yang tersedia dapat diinstal:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catatan tentang instalasi CD" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2005,10 +2544,19 @@ "server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " "proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." msgstr "" +"Pemasangan netinst (yang merupakan jenis pemasangan yang disediakan oleh CD " +"kami) akan mengunduh beberapa paket dari CD dan sisanya dari internet. " +"Jumlah paket yang diunduh dari internet bervariasi tergantung pada profil " +"yang dipilih, tetapi tetap di bawah satu gigabyte (kecuali jika Anda memilih " +"untuk menginstal semua lingkungan desktop yang tersedia). Setelah Anda " +"menginstal server utama (baik server utama murni maupun server kombinasi), " +"instalasi selanjutnya akan menggunakan proxy server tersebut untuk " +"menghindari pengunduhan paket yang sama berulang kali dari internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" msgstr "" +"Pemasangan menggunakan flash drive USB sebagai pengganti CD / Blu-ray disc" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2016,26 +2564,34 @@ "known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " "this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" msgstr "" +"Anda dapat langsung menyalin citra ISO CD/BD ke drive USB (juga dikenal " +"sebagai “USB stick”) dan booting dari sana. Cukup jalankan perintah seperti " +"ini, dengan menyesuaikan nama file dan perangkat sesuai kebutuhan Anda:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " "device has been inserted:" msgstr "" +"Untuk menentukan nilai X, jalankan perintah ini sebelum dan setelah " +"perangkat USB dimasukkan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa proses penyalinan akan memakan waktu cukup lama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " "like a CD or Blu-ray disc." msgstr "" +"Tergantung pada citra yang Anda pilih, USB flash drive akan berfungsi " +"seperti CD atau Blu-ray disc." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemasangan dan booting melalui jaringan menggunakan PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2046,6 +2602,13 @@ "network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " "initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" msgstr "" +"Untuk metode instalasi ini, Anda diharuskan memiliki server utama yang " +"sedang berjalan. Saat klien melakukan booting melalui jaringan, menu iPXE " +"dengan opsi pemilih penginstal dan booting akan ditampilkan. Jika instalasi " +"PXE gagal dengan pesan kesalahan yang menyatakan file XXX.bin hilang, maka " +"kemungkinan besar kartu jaringan klien memerlukan firmware non-bebas. Dalam " +"hal ini, initrd Installer Debian harus dimodifikasi. Hal ini dapat dilakukan " +"dengan menjalankan perintah:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "on the server." @@ -2056,20 +2619,24 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" +"Inilah tampilan menu iPXE dengan profil <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> saja:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu iPXE tanpa entri LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" +"Inilah tampilan menu iPXE dengan profil <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu iPXE dengan entri LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2077,28 +2644,38 @@ "on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " "workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Pengaturan ini juga memungkinkan workstation tanpa disk dan thin client " +"untuk di-boot di jaringan utama. Berbeda dengan workstation dan server LTSP " +"terpisah, workstation tanpa disk tidak perlu ditambahkan ke LDAP dengan " +"GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang klien jaringan dapat ditemukan di bab <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Panduan Klien Jaringan</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengubah instalasi PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " "modified to ask for more packages to install." msgstr "" +"Instalasi PXE menggunakan berkas preseed Debian-Installer, yang dapat " +"dimodifikasi untuk meminta paket tambahan yang akan diinstal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" msgstr "" +"Baris seperti berikut ini perlu ditambahkan ke <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2111,12 +2688,24 @@ "computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> to update the generated files." msgstr "" +"Instalasi PXE menggunakan berkas preseeding <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Berkas ini dapat diubah untuk " +"menyesuaikan pengaturan preseeding yang digunakan selama instalasi, guna " +"menghindari pertanyaan tambahan saat melakukan instalasi melalui jaringan. " +"Cara lain untuk mencapai hal ini adalah dengan menyediakan pengaturan " +"tambahan di <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"dan <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>, serta menjalankan <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> untuk memperbarui berkas yang dihasilkan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut dapat ditemukan dalam <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">panduan Pemasang Debian</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2130,6 +2719,15 @@ "\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" "computeroutput>\" part from the last one." msgstr "" +"Untuk menonaktifkan atau mengubah penggunaan proxy saat menginstal melalui " +"PXE, hapus atau ubah baris yang berisi <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> dan " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> dalam " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> perlu diubah. Untuk menonaktifkan penggunaan proxy saat " +"menginstal, tambahkan ‘#’ di depan dua baris pertama, dan hapus bagian " +"“<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>” dari baris terakhir." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2139,6 +2737,11 @@ "settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" "computeroutput> on the main server." msgstr "" +"Beberapa pengaturan tidak dapat disiapkan sebelumnya karena pengaturan " +"tersebut diperlukan sebelum berkas prasetel diunduh. Bahasa, tata letak " +"keyboard, dan lingkungan desktop adalah contoh pengaturan semacam itu. Jika " +"Anda ingin mengubah pengaturan default, edit berkas menu iPXE " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> di server utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Custom images" @@ -2152,14 +2755,24 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" "ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." msgstr "" +"Membuat CD, DVD, atau Blu-ray kustom dapat dilakukan dengan mudah karena " +"kami menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"\">Penginstal Debian</ulink>, yang memiliki desain modular dan fitur-fitur " +"lain yang berguna. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> memungkinkan Anda untuk mendefinisikan jawaban " +"atas pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang biasanya diajukan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jadi, yang perlu Anda lakukan hanyalah membuat berkas preseeding dengan " +"jawaban Anda (hal ini dijelaskan dalam lampiran manual Debian Installer) dan " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">mengedit " +"ulang CD/DVD</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Screenshot tour" @@ -2173,6 +2786,11 @@ "hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " "it." msgstr "" +"Mode teks dan mode grafis secara fungsional identik - perbedaannya hanya " +"terletak pada tampilan. Mode grafis memungkinkan penggunaan mouse, dan tentu " +"saja tampilannya jauh lebih menarik dan modern. Kecuali jika perangkat keras " +"mengalami masalah dengan mode grafis, tidak ada alasan untuk tidak " +"menggunakannya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2182,6 +2800,11 @@ "(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " "right has been clicked)." msgstr "" +"Berikut ini adalah tur tangkapan layar melalui instalasi server utama 64-bit " +"grafis + workstation + server LTSP (dalam mode BIOS) dan tampilan saat " +"booting pertama kali pada server utama serta booting PXE pada jaringan klien " +"LTSP (layar sesi klien tipis - dan layar login setelah sesi di sebelah kanan " +"diklik)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Select a language" @@ -2221,35 +2844,35 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan alat pembagian otomatis: tidak" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan alat pembagian otomatis: ya" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ikuti survei penggunaan paket: tidak" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ikuti survei penggunaan paket: ya" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Set password for the root user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atur kata sandi untuk pengguna root" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Set full name for the first user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tentukan nama lengkap untuk pengguna pertama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Set user name for the first user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tentukan nama pengguna untuk pengguna pertama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Set password for the first user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atur kata sandi untuk pengguna pertama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Installation complete" @@ -2257,31 +2880,31 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Lightdm Login screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layar Masuk Lightdm" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desktop Xfce menampilkan jendela browser" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layar Desktop Xfce" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layar Selamat Datang Thin-Client" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layar Masuk Klien Tipis" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memulai" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Langkah-langkah minimal untuk memulai" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2292,6 +2915,12 @@ "pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" "computeroutput> to become root." msgstr "" +"Selama proses instalasi server utama, akun pengguna pertama dibuat. Dalam " +"teks berikut, akun ini akan disebut sebagai “pengguna pertama”. Akun ini " +"bersifat khusus, karena izin direktori home diatur ke 700 (sehingga perintah " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> diperlukan agar halaman web " +"pribadi dapat diakses), dan pengguna pertama dapat menggunakan " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> untuk menjadi root." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2299,11 +2928,17 @@ "File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " "before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." msgstr "" +"Lihat informasi tentang konfigurasi akses sistem berkas khusus Debian Edu " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">konfigurasi " +"akses sistem berkas</link> sebelum menambahkan pengguna; sesuaikan dengan " +"kebijakan situs Anda jika diperlukan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" msgstr "" +"Setelah instalasi, hal-hal pertama yang perlu Anda lakukan sebagai pengguna " +"pertama adalah:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Log into the server." @@ -2311,11 +2946,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambahkan pengguna dengan GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambahkan stasiun kerja dengan GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2323,39 +2958,58 @@ "this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " "correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." msgstr "" +"Penambahan pengguna dan workstation dijelaskan secara rinci di bawah ini, " +"jadi silakan baca bab ini secara keseluruhan. Bab ini mencakup cara " +"melakukan langkah-langkah minimum ini dengan benar serta hal-hal lain yang " +"kemungkinan besar akan dibutuhkan oleh semua orang." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" +"Ada informasi tambahan yang tersedia di bagian lain panduan ini: bab <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Fitur baru di Bookworm</link> harus dibaca oleh siapa " +"saja yang sudah terbiasa dengan rilis sebelumnya. Dan bagi mereka yang " +"melakukan peningkatan dari rilis sebelumnya, pastikan untuk membaca bab " +"<link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Peningkatan</link> ." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" +"Jika lalu lintas DNS umum diblokir dari jaringan Anda dan Anda perlu " +"menggunakan server DNS tertentu untuk mencari host internet, Anda perlu " +"memberitahu server DNS untuk menggunakan server ini sebagai “forwarder”-" +"nya. Perbarui berkas /etc/bind/named.conf.options dan tentukan alamat IP " +"server DNS yang akan digunakan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " "and some frequently asked questions." msgstr "" +"Bab <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Cara</link> membahas lebih banyak tips dan trik " +"serta beberapa pertanyaan yang sering diajukan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " "via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." msgstr "" +"Ada beberapa layanan yang berjalan di server utama yang dapat dikelola " +"melalui antarmuka manajemen web. Kami akan menjelaskan masing-masing layanan " +"di bawah ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengantar GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2363,6 +3017,10 @@ "parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " "delete) these main groups:" msgstr "" +"GOsa² adalah alat manajemen berbasis web yang membantu mengelola beberapa " +"bagian penting dari pengaturan Debian Edu Anda. Dengan GOsa², Anda dapat " +"mengelola (menambahkan, mengubah, atau menghapus) kelompok-kelompok utama " +"berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group Administration" @@ -2391,6 +3049,10 @@ "installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " "Workstation profiles)." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses GOsa², Anda memerlukan server utama Skolelinux dan sistem " +"klien yang dilengkapi dengan peramban web yang terinstal. Sistem klien ini " +"dapat berupa server utama itu sendiri jika diinstal sebagai server gabungan " +"(Server Utama + Server LTSP + Profil Workstation)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2400,18 +3062,27 @@ "sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " "server's installation (first user):" msgstr "" +"Jika Anda (mungkin secara tidak sengaja) menginstal profil <emphasis>Main " +"Server</emphasis> murni dan tidak memiliki klien dengan browser web yang " +"tersedia, Anda dapat dengan mudah menginstal desktop minimal di server utama " +"menggunakan urutan perintah berikut dalam shell non-grafis sebagai pengguna " +"yang Anda buat selama proses instalasi server utama (pengguna pertama):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " "access, and log in as the first user." msgstr "" +"Dari browser web, gunakan URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> untuk " +"mengakses GOsa², dan masuk sebagai pengguna pertama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " "will be known by the browser." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda menggunakan mesin Debian Edu Bookworm baru, sertifikat situs akan " +"dikenali oleh peramban." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2419,18 +3090,21 @@ "wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " "accept it and ignore that." msgstr "" +"Jika tidak, Anda akan mendapatkan pesan kesalahan tentang sertifikat SSL " +"yang salah. Jika Anda yakin bahwa Anda sendirian di jaringan Anda, cukup " +"beritahu browser untuk menerimanya dan abaikan pesan tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GOsa² Login plus Ringkasan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Halaman ringkasan GOsa² setelah login sebagai pengguna pertama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Setelah masuk ke GOsa², Anda akan melihat halaman ringkasan GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2439,6 +3113,10 @@ "side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " "pages offered by GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Selanjutnya, Anda dapat memilih tugas dari menu atau mengklik salah satu " +"ikon tugas di halaman ringkasan. Untuk navigasi, kami merekomendasikan " +"menggunakan menu di sisi kiri layar, karena menu tersebut akan tetap " +"terlihat di semua halaman administrasi yang disediakan oleh GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2449,6 +3127,12 @@ "be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " "information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." msgstr "" +"Di Debian Edu, informasi akun, grup, dan sistem disimpan dalam direktori " +"LDAP. Data ini tidak hanya digunakan oleh server utama, tetapi juga oleh " +"workstation (tanpa disk), server LTSP, dan mesin lain di jaringan. Dengan " +"LDAP, informasi akun tentang siswa, guru, dll., hanya perlu dimasukkan " +"sekali. Setelah informasi disediakan di LDAP, informasi tersebut akan " +"tersedia untuk semua sistem di seluruh jaringan Skolelinux." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2459,6 +3143,12 @@ "LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " "the Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" +"GOsa² adalah alat administrasi yang menggunakan LDAP untuk menyimpan " +"informasinya dan menyediakan struktur departemen hierarkis. Pada setiap " +"“departemen”, Anda dapat menambahkan akun pengguna, grup, sistem, netgroup, " +"dan sebagainya. Tergantung pada struktur institusi Anda, Anda dapat " +"menggunakan struktur departemen di GOsa²/LDAP untuk mentransfer struktur " +"organisasi Anda ke dalam pohon data LDAP server utama Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2469,9 +3159,19 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan server utama Debian Edu default saat ini menyediakan dua " +"“departemen”: Guru dan Siswa, serta tingkat dasar pohon LDAP. Akun siswa " +"dimaksudkan untuk ditambahkan ke departemen ‘Siswa’, guru ke departemen " +"“Guru”; sistem (server, workstation, printer, dll.) saat ini ditambahkan ke " +"tingkat dasar. Tentukan skema Anda sendiri untuk menyesuaikan struktur ini. " +"(Anda dapat menemukan contoh cara membuat pengguna dalam kelompok tahun, " +"dengan direktori home bersama untuk setiap kelompok, di bab <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration</link> dari manual ini.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2479,10 +3179,13 @@ "manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " "selected department (or the base level)." msgstr "" +"Tergantung pada tugas yang ingin Anda kerjakan (mengelola pengguna, " +"mengelola grup, mengelola sistem, dll.), GOsa² menampilkan tampilan yang " +"berbeda pada departemen yang dipilih (atau tingkat dasar)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dengan GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2494,6 +3197,13 @@ "mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " "folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." msgstr "" +"Pertama, klik “Pengguna” di menu navigasi kiri. Bagian kanan layar akan " +"berubah menampilkan tabel dengan folder departemen untuk ‘Mahasiswa’ dan " +"“Guru” serta akun Administrator GOsa² (pengguna pertama yang dibuat). Di " +"atas tabel ini, Anda akan melihat bidang bernama <emphasis>Base</emphasis> " +"yang memungkinkan Anda menavigasi struktur pohon (gerakkan kursor mouse Anda " +"ke area tersebut dan menu drop-down akan muncul) serta memilih folder dasar " +"untuk operasi yang diinginkan (misalnya, menambahkan pengguna baru)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users" @@ -2505,12 +3215,18 @@ "your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " "here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." msgstr "" +"Di sebelah item navigasi pohon tersebut, Anda dapat melihat menu “Aksi”. " +"Arahkan kursor mouse Anda ke item ini, dan submenu akan muncul di layar; " +"pilih ‘Buat’ di sini, lalu “Pengguna”. Anda akan dipandu oleh wizard " +"pembuatan pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " "and the full name of your user (see image)." msgstr "" +"Hal terpenting yang perlu ditambahkan adalah template (newstudent atau " +"newteacher) dan nama lengkap pengguna Anda (lihat citra)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2520,6 +3236,12 @@ "problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " "contains non-ASCII characters." msgstr "" +"Saat Anda mengikuti panduan, Anda akan melihat bahwa GOsa² secara otomatis " +"menghasilkan nama pengguna berdasarkan nama asli. Sistem ini secara otomatis " +"memilih nama pengguna yang belum ada, sehingga pengguna dengan nama lengkap " +"yang sama tidak menjadi masalah. Perlu diperhatikan bahwa GOsa² dapat " +"menghasilkan nama pengguna yang tidak valid jika nama lengkap mengandung " +"karakter non-ASCII." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2530,28 +3252,45 @@ "<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " "additional option to the \"location definition\".)" msgstr "" +"Jika Anda tidak menyukai nama pengguna yang dihasilkan, Anda dapat memilih " +"nama pengguna lain yang ditawarkan dalam kotak drop-down, tetapi Anda tidak " +"memiliki pilihan bebas di sini dalam wizard. (Jika Anda ingin dapat mengedit " +"nama pengguna yang diusulkan, buka <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</" +"computeroutput> dengan editor dan tambahkan " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=“true”</computeroutput> sebagai " +"opsi tambahan pada “definisi lokasi”.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " "your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." msgstr "" +"Setelah penyihir selesai, Anda akan disajikan dengan layar GOsa² untuk objek " +"pengguna baru Anda. Gunakan tab di bagian atas untuk memeriksa bidang yang " +"telah diisi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " "left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" +"Setelah Anda membuat pengguna (tidak perlu menyesuaikan bidang yang " +"ditinggalkan kosong oleh wizard untuk saat ini), klik tombol “Ok” di pojok " +"kanan bawah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " "in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" +"Sebagai langkah terakhir, GOsa² akan meminta kata sandi untuk pengguna baru. " +"Ketik kata sandi tersebut dua kali, lalu klik “Set password” di pojok kanan " +"bawah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." msgstr "" +"Beberapa karakter mungkin tidak diperbolehkan sebagai bagian dari kata sandi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2559,14 +3298,17 @@ "should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " "within your network." msgstr "" +"Jika semuanya berjalan lancar, Anda sekarang dapat melihat pengguna baru di " +"tabel daftar pengguna. Anda sekarang dapat masuk menggunakan nama pengguna " +"tersebut di semua mesin Skolelinux dalam jaringan Anda." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cari, ubah, dan hapus pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kotak Filter" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2576,6 +3318,12 @@ "user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " "and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." msgstr "" +"Untuk memodifikasi atau menghapus pengguna, gunakan GOsa² untuk menelusuri " +"daftar pengguna di sistem Anda. Di tengah layar, Anda dapat membuka kotak " +"“Filter”, alat pencarian yang disediakan oleh GOsa². Jika Anda tidak " +"mengetahui lokasi tepat akun pengguna Anda dalam pohon, ubah ke tingkat " +"dasar pohon GOsa²/LDAP dan cari di sana dengan opsi yang ditandai “Cari di " +"subpohon”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2584,6 +3332,11 @@ "the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " "actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." msgstr "" +"Saat menggunakan kotak “Filter”, hasil akan langsung muncul di tengah teks " +"pada tampilan daftar tabel. Setiap baris mewakili akun pengguna, dan ikon-" +"ikon kecil di bagian paling kanan setiap baris menyediakan tindakan yang " +"dapat Anda lakukan: edit pengguna, kunci akun, atur kata sandi, dan hapus " +"pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2591,6 +3344,9 @@ "user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " "belongs to." msgstr "" +"Halaman baru akan muncul di mana Anda dapat langsung mengubah informasi " +"tentang pengguna, mengganti kata sandi pengguna, dan mengubah daftar grup " +"yang diikuti oleh pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Editing user data" @@ -2608,6 +3364,12 @@ "be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " "the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." msgstr "" +"Mahasiswa dapat mengubah kata sandi mereka sendiri dengan masuk ke GOsa² " +"menggunakan nama pengguna mereka sendiri. Untuk memudahkan akses ke GOsa², " +"disediakan entri bernama Gosa di menu Sistem (atau Pengaturan Sistem) pada " +"desktop. Seorang mahasiswa yang telah masuk akan disajikan dengan versi " +"minimal dari GOsa² yang hanya memungkinkan akses ke lembar data akun " +"mahasiswa tersebut dan ke dialog pengaturan kata sandi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2615,39 +3377,48 @@ "GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " "passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." msgstr "" +"Guru yang masuk menggunakan nama pengguna mereka sendiri memiliki hak " +"istimewa di GOsa². Mereka dapat melihat tampilan yang lebih lengkap di GOsa² " +"dan dapat mengubah kata sandi untuk semua akun siswa. Hal ini dapat sangat " +"berguna selama pelajaran." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" msgstr "" +"Untuk mengatur kata sandi baru secara administratif untuk seorang pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cari pengguna yang akan dimodifikasi, seperti yang dijelaskan di atas" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klik pada simbol kunci di ujung baris tempat nama pengguna ditampilkan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " "yourself" msgstr "" +"pada halaman yang ditampilkan selanjutnya, Anda dapat mengatur kata sandi " +"baru yang Anda pilih sendiri" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atur kata sandi pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " "guess passwords!</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Waspadalah terhadap implikasi keamanan akibat " +"penggunaan kata sandi yang mudah ditebak!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengelolaan pengguna tingkat lanjut" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2661,16 +3432,27 @@ "<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" "computeroutput> on the command line)." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat membuat pengguna secara massal menggunakan GOsa² dengan file CSV, " +"yang dapat dibuat menggunakan perangkat lunak spreadsheet apa pun (misalnya " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Setidaknya, entri untuk bidang-" +"bidang berikut harus disediakan: uid, nama belakang (sn), nama depan " +"(givenName), dan kata sandi. Pastikan tidak ada entri duplikat di bidang " +"uid. Perhatikan bahwa pemeriksaan duplikat harus mencakup entri uid yang " +"sudah ada di LDAP (yang dapat diperoleh dengan menjalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d“:” -f1</" +"computeroutput> di baris perintah)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " "intolerant about them):" msgstr "" +"Ini adalah pedoman format untuk file CSV semacam ini (GOsa² cukup ketat " +"dalam hal ini):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan “,” sebagai pemisah kolom" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Do not use quotes" @@ -2681,46 +3463,56 @@ "The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " "line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" msgstr "" +"Berkas CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">tidak boleh</emphasis> mengandung baris " +"header (seperti yang biasanya berisi nama kolom)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " "the mass import" msgstr "" +"Urutan bidang tidak relevan dan dapat didefinisikan di GOsa² selama proses " +"impor massal" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Langkah-langkah impor massal adalah:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klik tautan “LDAP Manager” di menu navigasi sebelah kiri" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klik tab “Import” di layar sebelah kanan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " "imported" msgstr "" +"telusuri disk lokal Anda dan pilih berkas CSV yang berisi daftar pengguna " +"yang akan diimpor" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " "(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" msgstr "" +"pilih templat pengguna yang tersedia yang akan diterapkan selama impor " +"massal (seperti NewTeacher atau NewStudent)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klik tombol “Import” di pojok kanan bawah" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " "few fictional users, which can be deleted later." msgstr "" +"Sebaiknya lakukan beberapa tes terlebih dahulu, idealnya menggunakan file " +"CSV dengan beberapa pengguna fiktif, yang dapat dihapus nanti." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2728,6 +3520,10 @@ "lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " "belonging to a special LDAP subtree." msgstr "" +"Hal yang sama berlaku untuk modul manajemen kata sandi, yang memungkinkan " +"pengguna untuk mereset banyak kata sandi menggunakan berkas CSV atau " +"menghasilkan kata sandi baru untuk pengguna yang tergabung dalam subtree " +"LDAP khusus." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Reset passwords" @@ -2735,7 +3531,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users from the command line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menambahkan pengguna melalui baris perintah" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2744,24 +3540,29 @@ "documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" "link>" msgstr "" +"Akun pengguna juga dapat ditambahkan melalui baris perintah menggunakan alat " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, lihat dokumentasi di " +"<link linkend=\"Administration\">Panduan Administrasi</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Kelompok dengan GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "create group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "buat grup" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengelolaan grup sangat mirip dengan pengelolaan pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " "the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memasukkan nama dan deskripsi per grup. Pastikan Anda memilih " +"tingkat yang tepat dalam pohon LDAP saat membuat grup baru." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2769,16 +3570,21 @@ "you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " "LDAP tree level, too." msgstr "" +"Menambahkan pengguna ke grup yang baru dibuat akan membawa Anda kembali ke " +"daftar pengguna, di mana Anda kemungkinan besar ingin menggunakan kotak " +"filter untuk mencari pengguna. Periksa juga tingkat pohon LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " "you can use them for file permissions too." msgstr "" +"Kelompok yang dimasukkan ke dalam manajemen kelompok juga merupakan kelompok " +"Unix biasa, jadi Anda dapat menggunakannya untuk izin file juga." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Mesin dengan GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2789,40 +3595,68 @@ "architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" +"Pengelolaan mesin pada dasarnya memungkinkan Anda untuk mengelola semua " +"perangkat yang terhubung dalam jaringan Debian Edu Anda. Setiap mesin yang " +"ditambahkan ke direktori LDAP menggunakan GOsa² memiliki nama host, alamat " +"IP, alamat MAC, dan nama domain (yang biasanya “intern”). Untuk penjelasan " +"yang lebih lengkap tentang arsitektur Debian Edu, lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur</link> dalam manual ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " "<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Workstation tanpa disk dan thin client dapat beroperasi secara langsung " +"tanpa konfigurasi tambahan dalam kasus <emphasis>server utama terpadu</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Workstation dengan disk (termasuk server LTSP terpisah) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">harus</emphasis> ditambahkan dengan GOsa². Di balik layar, " +"baik Kerberos Principal yang spesifik untuk mesin (sejenis <emphasis>akun</" +"emphasis>) maupun berkas keytab terkait (yang berisi kunci yang digunakan " +"sebagai <emphasis>kata sandi</emphasis>) dihasilkan; berkas keytab tersebut " +"harus ada di stasiun kerja agar dapat mem-mount direktori home pengguna. " +"Setelah sistem yang ditambahkan di-reboot, masuk sebagai root dan jalankan " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " "configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" msgstr "" +"Untuk membuat berkas Principal dan keytab pada sistem yang <emphasis>sudah " +"dikonfigurasi dengan GOsa²</emphasis>, masuk ke server utama sebagai root " +"dan jalankan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Perhatikan:</emphasis> Pembuatan host keytab " +"dimungkinkan untuk sistem jenis <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis>, dan <emphasis>terminals</emphasis>, tetapi " +"tidak untuk sistem jenis <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Panduan Pengaturan Klien Jaringan</link> untuk " +"opsi konfigurasi NFS." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2835,6 +3669,14 @@ "10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " "dynamically." msgstr "" +"Untuk menambahkan mesin, gunakan menu utama GOsa², sistem, tambah. Nama " +"mesin diharapkan berupa nama host yang valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">tanpa " +"domain</emphasis>, jangan tambahkan nama domain di sini. Anda dapat " +"menggunakan alamat IP/nama host dari ruang alamat yang telah dikonfigurasi " +"sebelumnya 10.0.0.0/8. Saat ini hanya ada dua alamat tetap yang telah " +"didefinisikan sebelumnya: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) dan 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Alamat " +"dari 10.0.16.20 hingga 10.0.31.254 (sekitar 10.0.16.0/20 atau 4000 host) " +"disediakan untuk DHCP dan dialokasikan secara dinamis." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2849,6 +3691,16 @@ "With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " "icon." msgstr "" +"Untuk menetapkan alamat IP statis pada host dengan alamat MAC " +"52:54:00:12:34:10 di GOsa², Anda harus memasukkan alamat MAC, nama host, dan " +"alamat IP; atau Anda dapat mengklik tombol <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> yang akan menampilkan alamat statis pertama yang tersedia di " +"10.0.0.0/8, kemungkinan besar seperti 10.0.0.2 jika Anda menambahkan mesin " +"pertama dengan cara ini. Mungkin lebih baik mempertimbangkan jaringan Anda " +"terlebih dahulu: misalnya, Anda dapat menggunakan 10.0.0.x dengan x>10 " +"dan x<50 untuk server, and x>100 untuk workstation. Jangan lupa " +"mengaktifkan sistem yang baru ditambahkan. Kecuali server utama, semua " +"sistem akan memiliki ikon yang sesuai." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2865,42 +3717,61 @@ "screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " "The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" msgstr "" +"Jika mesin-mesin telah di-boot sebagai thin clients/diskless workstations " +"atau diinstal menggunakan salah satu profil jaringan, skrip " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> dapat digunakan untuk " +"secara otomatis menambahkan mesin ke GOsa². Untuk mesin sederhana, skrip ini " +"akan berfungsi secara langsung. Untuk mesin dengan lebih dari satu alamat " +"MAC, alamat MAC yang sebenarnya digunakan harus dipilih. Perintah " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> menampilkan " +"informasi penggunaan. Harap diperhatikan, bahwa alamat IP yang ditampilkan " +"setelah penggunaan <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> " +"termasuk dalam rentang IP dinamis. Sistem-sistem ini dapat dimodifikasi " +"sesuai dengan jaringan Anda: ganti nama setiap sistem baru, aktifkan DHCP " +"dan DNS, tambahkan ke netgroups (lihat tangkapan layar di bawah untuk " +"netgroups yang direkomendasikan), dan reboot sistem setelahnya. Tangkapan " +"layar berikut menunjukkan bagaimana hal ini terlihat dalam praktik:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daftar sistem GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Host details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rincian tuan rumah" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubah host" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambahkan netgroup" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" "computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." msgstr "" +"Sebuah cronjob yang memperbarui DNS dijalankan setiap jam; perintah " +"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> dapat digunakan untuk " +"memicu pembaruan secara manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cari dan hapus mesin" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " "deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." msgstr "" +"Mencari dan menghapus mesin cukup mirip dengan mencari dan menghapus " +"pengguna, sehingga informasi tersebut tidak diulang di sini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifikasi mesin yang sudah ada / Pengelolaan Netgroup" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2908,6 +3779,9 @@ "properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " "(as you would with users)." msgstr "" +"Setelah menambahkan mesin ke pohon LDAP menggunakan GOsa², Anda dapat " +"mengubah propertinya menggunakan fungsi pencarian dan mengklik nama mesin " +"(seperti yang Anda lakukan pada pengguna)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2915,6 +3789,9 @@ "from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " "context." msgstr "" +"Format entri sistem ini mirip dengan yang sudah Anda kenal dari pengeditan " +"entri pengguna, tetapi kolom-kolom tersebut memiliki arti yang berbeda dalam " +"konteks ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2923,12 +3800,18 @@ "machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " "services that machine can use on your main server." msgstr "" +"Misalnya, menambahkan mesin ke dalam <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> tidak mengubah izin akses file atau eksekusi perintah untuk " +"mesin tersebut atau pengguna yang masuk ke mesin tersebut; sebaliknya, hal " +"ini membatasi layanan yang dapat digunakan oleh mesin tersebut pada server " +"utama Anda." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" "computeroutput>" msgstr "" +"Instalasi default menyediakan <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "all-hosts" @@ -2979,47 +3862,63 @@ "Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " "used for:" msgstr "" +"Saat ini, fungsi <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> digunakan untuk:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mengubah ukuran partisi</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " "that run out of space." msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup ini akan secara otomatis menyesuaikan ukuran " +"partisi LVM yang kehabisan ruang." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" "night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Matikan mesin pada malam hari</emphasis> (shutdown-" +"at-night-hosts dan shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " "save energy." msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup ini akan secara otomatis dimatikan pada malam " +"hari untuk menghemat energi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" "hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pengelolaan printer</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts dan cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " "queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup-grup ini akan secara otomatis menghapus semua " +"antrian cetak setiap malam, dan mengaktifkan kembali antrian cetak yang " +"dinonaktifkan setiap jam." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" "hosts)" msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pemblokiran akses internet</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3027,6 +3926,9 @@ "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " "be used during exams." msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup ini hanya diizinkan terhubung ke mesin yang " +"berada di jaringan lokal. Bersama dengan pembatasan proxy web, hal ini dapat " +"digunakan selama ujian." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Printer Management" @@ -3034,29 +3936,39 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengelola printer secara terpusat, arahkan browser web Anda ke <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Ini adalah antarmuka pengelolaan CUPS " +"standar di mana Anda dapat menambahkan/menghapus/mengubah printer Anda dan " +"membersihkan antrian cetak. Secara default, hanya pengguna pertama yang " +"diizinkan, tetapi ini dapat diubah dengan menambahkan pengguna ke grup GOsa² " +"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan printer yang terhubung ke workstation" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " "with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." msgstr "" +"Paket <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> diinstal secara default pada sistem dengan " +"profil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " "printer):" msgstr "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> seperti ini " +"(printer USB):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" @@ -3068,12 +3980,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan printer menggunakan antarmuka web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; pilih jenis printer jaringan " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (untuk semua printer " +"tanpa memandang merek atau model) dan atur <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> sebagai URI koneksi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Network printers" @@ -3086,6 +4003,10 @@ "configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "network printers." msgstr "" +"Disarankan untuk menonaktifkan semua fitur iklan mandiri pada printer " +"jaringan yang digunakan. Sebagai gantinya, berikan alamat IP statis " +"menggunakan GOsa² dan konfigurasikan printer tersebut sebagai printer " +"jaringan <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Clock synchronisation" @@ -3099,12 +4020,19 @@ "This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " "is created when used." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasi default di Debian Edu adalah menjaga agar jam pada semua mesin " +"tetap sinkron, tetapi tidak selalu akurat. NTP digunakan untuk memperbarui " +"waktu. Jam akan disinkronkan dengan sumber eksternal secara default. Hal " +"ini dapat menyebabkan mesin tetap menjaga koneksi Internet eksternal tetap " +"terbuka jika koneksi tersebut dibuat saat digunakan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " "default setting." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda menggunakan dial-up atau ISDN dan membayar per menit, Anda ingin " +"mengubah pengaturan default ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3115,19 +4043,33 @@ "computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " "sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Untuk menonaktifkan sinkronisasi dengan jam eksternal, berkas /etc/ntp.conf " +"pada server utama perlu dimodifikasi. Tambahkan tanda komentar (“#”) di " +"depan entri <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>. Setelah itu, server NTP " +"perlu di-restart dengan menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>service ntp " +"restart</computeroutput> sebagai root. Untuk menguji apakah suatu mesin " +"menggunakan sumber jam eksternal, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>ntpq -c " +"lpeer</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memperluas partisi penuh" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" +"Karena kemungkinan adanya bug pada pembagian partisi otomatis, beberapa " +"partisi mungkin menjadi terlalu penuh setelah instalasi. Untuk memperluas " +"partisi-partisi ini, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> sebagai root. Lihat panduan \"Mengubah " +"Ukuran Partisi\" di <link linkend=\"Administration\">bab Panduan " +"Administrasi</link> untuk informasi lebih lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -3142,6 +4084,8 @@ "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Bagian ini menjelaskan cara menggunakan <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3151,6 +4095,12 @@ "available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " "(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> sangatlah mudah. Untuk " +"memperbarui sistem, Anda perlu menjalankan dua perintah di baris perintah " +"sebagai root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (yang memperbarui " +"daftar paket yang tersedia) dan <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> (yang memperbarui paket-paket yang memiliki pembaruan " +"tersedia)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3158,6 +4108,9 @@ "which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " "engines." msgstr "" +"Sebaiknya juga melakukan pembaruan menggunakan locale C untuk mendapatkan " +"output dalam bahasa Inggris, yang dalam kasus masalah lebih mungkin " +"menghasilkan hasil yang lebih baik di mesin pencari." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3167,6 +4120,12 @@ "if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" "agent -D installation</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Setelah meng-upgrade paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, berkas konfigurasi Cfengine yang telah diubah mungkin " +"tersedia. Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-" +"edu/</computeroutput> untuk memeriksa apakah hal ini terjadi. Untuk " +"menerapkan perubahan, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D " +"installation</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3174,6 +4133,9 @@ "diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " "the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." msgstr "" +"Penting untuk menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> setelah pembaruan server LTSP " +"untuk menjaga agar citra SquashFS untuk klien tanpa disk tetap sinkron." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3182,6 +4144,10 @@ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " "update the PXE installation environment." msgstr "" +"Setelah melakukan pembaruan versi minor pada sistem dengan profil " +"<emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> atau <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, " +"perintah <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> perlu " +"dijalankan untuk memperbarui lingkungan instalasi PXE." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3189,6 +4155,9 @@ "and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " "send mail to an address you are reading." msgstr "" +"Juga disarankan untuk menginstal <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"dan <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> dan mengonfigurasinya " +"agar mengirim email ke alamat yang Anda baca." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3198,14 +4167,25 @@ "to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> akan memberitahu Anda setiap hari " +"melalui email tentang paket-paket yang dapat diperbarui. Ia tidak menginstal " +"pembaruan ini, tetapi mendownloadnya (biasanya pada malam hari), sehingga " +"Anda tidak perlu menunggu proses download saat melakukan <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" +"Pemasangan pembaruan secara otomatis dapat dilakukan dengan mudah jika " +"diinginkan, hanya perlu menginstal dan mengonfigurasi paket " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> sesuai dengan panduan " +"yang tercantum di <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3213,10 +4193,13 @@ "entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " "running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> dapat mengirimkan entri " +"changelog baru kepada Anda melalui email, atau menampilkannya di terminal " +"saat menjalankan <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tetaplah terinformasi tentang pembaruan keamanan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3229,6 +4212,16 @@ "(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " "includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." msgstr "" +"Menjalankan <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> seperti yang " +"dijelaskan di atas adalah cara yang baik untuk mengetahui kapan pembaruan " +"keamanan tersedia untuk paket yang terinstal. Cara lain untuk tetap " +"terinformasi tentang pembaruan keamanan adalah dengan berlangganan ke <ulink " +"url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">daftar distribusi " +"email Debian security-announce</ulink>, yang juga memberi tahu Anda tentang " +"apa yang menjadi fokus pembaruan keamanan tersebut. Kekurangannya " +"(dibandingkan dengan <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) adalah bahwa " +"daftar tersebut juga mencakup informasi tentang pembaruan untuk paket yang " +"tidak terinstal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Backup Management" @@ -3241,12 +4234,19 @@ "since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " "site without using SSL it will fail." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengelola cadangan, arahkan browser Anda ke <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Perhatikan bahwa Anda harus mengakses situs ini melalui " +"SSL, karena Anda perlu memasukkan kata sandi root di sana. Jika Anda mencoba " +"mengakses situs ini tanpa menggunakan SSL, akses akan gagal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " "backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." msgstr "" +"Catatan: Situs ini hanya akan berfungsi jika Anda mengizinkan login root SSH " +"secara sementara pada server cadangan, yang secara default adalah server " +"utama (tjener.intern)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3256,24 +4256,36 @@ "managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " "of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." msgstr "" +"Secara default, cadangan dari <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput>, dan LDAP disimpan di direktori /skole/backup/, " +"yang dikelola sebagai partisi terpisah oleh LVM. Jika Anda hanya ingin " +"memiliki salinan cadangan dari file-file tersebut (jika Anda menghapusnya), " +"pengaturan ini seharusnya sudah cukup untuk Anda." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " "drives." msgstr "" +"Perlu diketahui bahwa skema cadangan ini tidak melindungi Anda dari " +"kegagalan hard drive." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " "another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin mencadangkan data Anda ke server eksternal, perangkat pita, " +"atau hard drive lain, Anda perlu sedikit mengubah konfigurasi yang ada." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " "command-line:" msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin memulihkan folder secara utuh, opsi terbaik adalah " +"menggunakan baris perintah:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3281,22 +4293,29 @@ "computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " "folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" msgstr "" +"Ini akan memindahkan konten dari <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> untuk <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> ke " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " "file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin memulihkan satu file, Anda harus dapat memilih file (dan " +"versinya) dari antarmuka web, dan mengunduh hanya file tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " "on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin menghapus cadangan yang lebih lama, pilih “Pemeliharaan” di " +"menu pada halaman cadangan dan pilih snapshot tertua yang ingin Anda simpan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "slbackup-php Pemeliharaan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Server Monitoring" @@ -3313,6 +4332,10 @@ "weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " "help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." msgstr "" +"Sistem pelaporan tren Munin tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/" +">. Sistem ini menyediakan grafik pengukuran status sistem secara harian, " +"mingguan, bulanan, dan tahunan, serta membantu administrator sistem dalam " +"mengidentifikasi bottleneck dan sumber masalah sistem." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3325,6 +4348,15 @@ "root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " "the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." msgstr "" +"Daftar mesin yang dipantau menggunakan Munin dihasilkan secara otomatis, " +"berdasarkan daftar host yang melaporkan ke sitesummary. Semua host yang " +"memiliki paket munin-node terinstal akan terdaftar untuk pemantauan Munin. " +"Proses ini biasanya memakan waktu satu hari sejak mesin diinstal hingga " +"pemantauan Munin dimulai, karena urutan eksekusi tugas cron. Untuk " +"mempercepat proses, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-" +"munin</computeroutput> sebagai root di server sitesummary (biasanya server " +"utama). Ini akan memperbarui berkas <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3334,12 +4366,19 @@ "munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " "<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Kumpulan pengukuran yang dikumpulkan dihasilkan secara otomatis pada setiap " +"mesin menggunakan program <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" +"computeroutput>, yang memeriksa plugin yang tersedia di <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> dan membuat tautan simbolis untuk " +"plugin yang relevan ke <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" "monitoring.org/\"/>." msgstr "" +"Informasi tentang Munin tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Icinga" @@ -3356,6 +4395,13 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" +"Pemantauan sistem dan layanan Icinga tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/>. Daftar mesin dan layanan yang dipantau dihasilkan secara " +"otomatis menggunakan informasi yang dikumpulkan oleh sistem sitesummary. " +"Mesin dengan profil Main-server dan LTSP-server menerima pemantauan penuh, " +"sementara workstation dan thin client menerima pemantauan sederhana. Untuk " +"mengaktifkan pemantauan penuh pada workstation, instal paket " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> pada workstation." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3365,6 +4411,12 @@ "computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" "contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Secara default, Icinga tidak mengirim email. Hal ini dapat diubah dengan " +"mengganti <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> dengan " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> dan " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> dalam berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3373,6 +4425,10 @@ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " "with the list of hosts and services to monitor." msgstr "" +"Berkas konfigurasi Icinga yang digunakan adalah <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Tugas cron sitesummary menghasilkan " +"berkas <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> yang berisi daftar host dan layanan yang akan dipantau." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3380,24 +4436,32 @@ "sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " "in the generated file." msgstr "" +"Pengecekan tambahan Icinga dapat ditambahkan ke berkas <computeroutput>/var/" +"lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> agar dimasukkan " +"ke dalam berkas yang dihasilkan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" +"Informasi tentang Icinga tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/" +"> atau dalam paket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peringatan umum Icinga dan cara mengatasinya" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." msgstr "" +"Berikut ini adalah petunjuk tentang cara menangani peringatan Icinga yang " +"paling umum." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DISK KRITIS - ruang kosong: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3411,10 +4475,20 @@ "host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" "computeroutput> netgroup." msgstr "" +"Partisi (/usr/ dalam contoh) terlalu penuh. Secara umum, ada dua cara untuk " +"menangani hal ini: (1) menghapus beberapa file atau (2) memperbesar ukuran " +"partisi. Jika partisi adalah /var/, membersihkan cache APT dengan " +"menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> mungkin " +"dapat menghapus beberapa file. Jika masih ada ruang kosong yang tersedia di " +"grup volume LVM, menjalankan program <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize</computeroutput> untuk memperluas partisi mungkin dapat " +"membantu. Untuk menjalankan program ini secara otomatis setiap jam, host " +"yang bersangkutan dapat ditambahkan ke grup jaringan " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "APT KRITIS: 13 paket tersedia untuk pembaruan (13 pembaruan kritis)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3423,6 +4497,11 @@ "full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " "the same." msgstr "" +"Paket baru tersedia untuk pembaruan. Pembaruan kritis biasanya berupa " +"perbaikan keamanan. Untuk melakukan pembaruan, jalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"sebagai root di terminal atau masuk melalui SSH untuk melakukan hal yang " +"sama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3431,12 +4510,19 @@ "upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " "night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda tidak ingin melakukan pembaruan paket secara manual dan " +"mempercayai Debian untuk melakukan pembaruan versi baru dengan baik, Anda " +"dapat mengonfigurasi <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"untuk secara otomatis memperbarui semua paket baru setiap malam. Ini tidak " +"akan memperbarui LTSP chroots." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "" "WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " "kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" msgstr "" +"PERINGATAN - Diperlukan reboot: kernel yang sedang berjalan = " +"2.6.32-37.81.0, kernel yang terpasang = 2.6.32-38.83.0" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3445,10 +4531,14 @@ "fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " "issues." msgstr "" +"Kernel yang sedang berjalan lebih lama daripada kernel terbaru yang " +"diinstal, dan reboot diperlukan untuk mengaktifkan kernel terbaru yang " +"diinstal. Hal ini biasanya cukup mendesak, karena kernel baru biasanya " +"muncul di Debian Edu untuk memperbaiki masalah keamanan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PERINGATAN: Ukuran antrian CUPS - 61" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3461,6 +4551,16 @@ "netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " "host to one or both of these netgroups." msgstr "" +"Antrian printer di CUPS memiliki banyak pekerjaan yang tertunda. Hal ini " +"kemungkinan besar disebabkan oleh printer yang tidak tersedia. Antrian " +"printer yang dinonaktifkan akan diaktifkan kembali setiap jam pada host yang " +"menjadi anggota grup jaringan <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput>, sehingga untuk host-host tersebut tidak diperlukan tindakan " +"manual. Antrian cetak dikosongkan setiap malam pada host yang menjadi " +"anggota grup jaringan <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Jika suatu host memiliki banyak pekerjaan dalam " +"antriannya, pertimbangkan untuk menambahkan host tersebut ke salah satu atau " +"kedua grup jaringan ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Sitesummary" @@ -3474,30 +4574,44 @@ "<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " "generate reports." msgstr "" +"Sitesummary digunakan untuk mengumpulkan informasi dari setiap komputer dan " +"mengirimkannya ke server pusat. Informasi yang dikumpulkan tersedia di " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Skrip di " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> tersedia untuk " +"menghasilkan laporan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." msgstr "" +"Laporan sederhana dari Sitesummary tanpa detail apa pun tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" +"Beberapa dokumentasi tentang Sitesummary tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informasi lebih lanjut tentang penyesuaian Debian Edu" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang penyesuaian Debian Edu yang berguna bagi " +"administrator sistem dapat ditemukan di bab <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Panduan Administrasi</link> dan di bab <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Panduan Administrasi Lanjutan</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -3506,10 +4620,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Sebelum membaca panduan pembaruan ini, harap diperhatikan bahwa pembaruan " +"langsung pada server produksi Anda dilakukan atas risiko Anda sendiri. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux disediakan TANPA JAMINAN " +"APAPUN, sejauh diizinkan oleh hukum yang berlaku.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3517,26 +4635,38 @@ "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" +"Harap baca bab ini dan bab <link linkend=\"Features\">Fitur baru di " +"Bookworm</link> dari panduan ini secara menyeluruh sebelum mencoba melakukan " +"peningkatan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catatan umum tentang pembaruan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Memperbarui Debian dari satu distribusi ke distribusi berikutnya umumnya " +"cukup mudah. Namun, untuk Debian Edu, hal ini sayangnya sedikit lebih rumit " +"karena kami memodifikasi berkas konfigurasi dengan cara yang seharusnya " +"tidak dilakukan. Namun, kami telah mendokumentasikan langkah-langkah yang " +"diperlukan di bawah ini. (Lihat bug Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> untuk informasi lebih lanjut " +"tentang cara Debian Edu seharusnya memodifikasi berkas konfigurasi.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " "and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." msgstr "" +"Secara umum, melakukan pembaruan pada server lebih sulit daripada pada " +"workstation, dan server utama adalah yang paling sulit untuk diperbarui." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3545,6 +4675,11 @@ "way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " "and see if everything works as it should." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin memastikan bahwa setelah pembaruan semuanya berfungsi " +"seperti sebelumnya, Anda sebaiknya menguji pembaruan tersebut pada sistem " +"uji atau sistem yang dikonfigurasi sama dengan mesin produksi Anda. Di sana, " +"Anda dapat menguji pembaruan tanpa risiko dan memastikan semuanya berfungsi " +"sebagaimana mestinya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3552,6 +4687,9 @@ "release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Pastikan juga untuk membaca informasi tentang rilis Debian Stable saat ini " +"dalam <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink>-nya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3562,16 +4700,26 @@ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " "Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." msgstr "" +"Mungkin juga bijaksana untuk menunggu sebentar dan terus menggunakan " +"Oldstable selama beberapa minggu lagi, sehingga orang lain dapat menguji " +"pembaruan dan mendokumentasikan masalah apa pun yang mereka alami. Rilis " +"Oldstable Debian Edu akan terus mendapatkan dukungan untuk beberapa waktu " +"setelah rilis Stable berikutnya, tetapi ketika Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">menghentikan dukungan untuk " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu juga harus melakukan hal yang sama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peningkatan dari Debian Edu Bullseye" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a test " "environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." msgstr "" +"Bersiaplah: pastikan Anda telah menguji peningkatan dari Bullseye di " +"lingkungan pengujian atau memiliki cadangan yang siap untuk dapat kembali ke " +"kondisi semula." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3580,10 +4728,15 @@ "Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to Bookworm upgrade, " "see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" msgstr "" +"Harap dicatat bahwa petunjuk berikut berlaku untuk instalasi server utama " +"bawaan Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, profil Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (Untuk gambaran umum mengenai peningkatan dari Bullseye ke " +"Bookworm, lihat: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"releasenotes\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jangan gunakan X, gunakan konsol virtual, masuk sebagai root." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3591,26 +4744,34 @@ "it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " "<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." msgstr "" +"Jika <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> berakhir dengan kesalahan, coba " +"perbaiki dan/atau jalankan <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " +"dan kemudian <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> sekali " +"lagi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peningkatan server utama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mulailah dengan memastikan sistem saat ini sudah diperbarui:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siapkan dan mulai peningkatan ke Bookworm:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: bersiaplah untuk banyak berita yang harus dibaca; tekan " +"<return> untuk menggulir ke bawah, <q> untuk keluar dari pager. " +"Semua informasi akan dikirim ke root sehingga Anda dapat membacanya kembali " +"(menggunakan <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> atau <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3618,120 +4779,145 @@ "currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " "return will be fine." msgstr "" +"Baca semua informasi debconf dengan seksama, pilih ‘pertahankan versi lokal " +"yang saat ini terpasang’ kecuali dinyatakan lain di bawah ini; dalam " +"kebanyakan kasus, menekan tombol Enter akan cukup." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "restart services: Choose yes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "mulai ulang layanan: Pilih Ya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " "installed'." msgstr "" +"Server Samba dan utilitas: Pilih ‘pertahankan versi lokal yang saat ini " +"terinstal’." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Pilih ‘pertahankan versi lokal yang saat ini terpasang’." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terapkan dan sesuaikan konfigurasi:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Periksa apakah sistem yang telah diperbarui berfungsi:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reboot; masuk sebagai pengguna pertama dan uji coba" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "" +msgstr "jika antarmuka pengguna GOsa² berfungsi," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" +msgstr "jika seseorang dapat menghubungkan klien LTSP dan workstation," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," msgstr "" +"jika seseorang dapat menambahkan/menghapus keanggotaan netgroup dari suatu " +"sistem," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "" +msgstr "jika seseorang dapat mengirim dan menerima email internal," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "" +msgstr "jika seseorang dapat mengelola printer," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "and if other site specific things are working." msgstr "" +"dan jika hal-hal lain yang spesifik untuk situs tersebut berfungsi dengan " +"baik." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meningkatkan spesifikasi workstation" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " "not needed." msgstr "" +"Lakukan semua hal dasar seperti di server utama dan hindari melakukan hal-" +"hal yang tidak diperlukan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)" msgstr "" +"Peningkatan dari instalasi Debian Edu / Skolelinux yang lebih lama (sebelum " +"Bullseye)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan peningkatan dari rilis yang lebih lama, Anda perlu melakukan " +"peningkatan ke rilis Debian Edu berbasis Bullseye terlebih dahulu sebelum " +"dapat mengikuti petunjuk yang diberikan di atas. Petunjuk tentang cara " +"melakukan peningkatan ke Bullseye dari rilis sebelumnya, Buster, diberikan " +"dalam <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Panduan untuk Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cara" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" msgstr "" +"Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Administration\">administrasi umum</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" "link>" msgstr "" +"Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">pengelolaan lanjutan</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Desktop\">desktop</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">klien jaringan</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" msgstr "" +"Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">pengajaran dan pembelajaran</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Users\">pengguna</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk administrasi umum" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3740,18 +4926,27 @@ "started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " "in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." msgstr "" +"Bab <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Memulai</link> dan <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Pemeliharaan</link> menjelaskan cara memulai " +"menggunakan Debian Edu dan cara melakukan pekerjaan pemeliharaan dasar. " +"Panduan praktis dalam bab ini berisi beberapa tips dan trik yang lebih " +"“lanjutan”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" msgstr "" +"Riwayat konfigurasi: melacak /etc/ menggunakan sistem kontrol versi Git" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, semua file di " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> dilacak menggunakan <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> sebagai sistem kontrol versi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3759,12 +4954,17 @@ "well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " "stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Hal ini memungkinkan untuk melihat kapan sebuah file ditambahkan, diubah, " +"dan dihapus, serta apa yang diubah jika file tersebut adalah file teks. " +"Repositori Git disimpan di <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " "history to be extracted and reviewed." msgstr "" +"Setiap jam, setiap perubahan secara otomatis dicatat, memungkinkan riwayat " +"konfigurasi diekstraksi dan ditinjau." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3773,16 +4973,22 @@ "time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " "can be used." msgstr "" +"Untuk melihat riwayat, perintah <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> digunakan. Untuk memeriksa perbedaan antara dua titik waktu, " +"perintah seperti <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> dapat " +"digunakan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Lihat output dari <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> untuk " +"informasi lebih lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daftar perintah yang berguna:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Usage examples" @@ -3793,19 +4999,24 @@ "On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " "system was installed:" msgstr "" +"Pada sistem yang baru diinstal, coba lakukan ini untuk melihat semua " +"perubahan yang telah dilakukan sejak sistem diinstal:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" msgstr "" +"Lihat file mana yang saat ini tidak dilacak dan mana yang tidak diperbarui:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan commit file secara manual, karena Anda tidak ingin menunggu " +"hingga satu jam:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengubah Ukuran Partisi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3815,6 +5026,11 @@ "mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " "unmounted." msgstr "" +"Di Debian Edu, semua partisi kecuali partisi <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> berada di volume LVM logis. Dengan kernel Linux versi 2.6.10 " +"ke atas, partisi dapat diperluas saat partisi tersebut terpasang. " +"Pengurangan ukuran partisi masih harus dilakukan saat partisi tersebut tidak " +"terpasang." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3824,6 +5040,12 @@ "It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " "very large one." msgstr "" +"Disarankan untuk menghindari pembuatan partisi yang sangat besar (misalnya, " +"lebih dari 20GiB), karena waktu yang dibutuhkan untuk menjalankan " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> pada partisi tersebut atau untuk " +"memulihkannya dari cadangan jika diperlukan. Lebih baik, jika memungkinkan, " +"membuat beberapa partisi yang lebih kecil daripada satu partisi yang sangat " +"besar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3838,12 +5060,25 @@ "<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " "commands to extend the file systems." msgstr "" +"Skrip bantu <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"disediakan untuk memudahkan perluasan partisi penuh. Saat dijalankan, skrip " +"ini membaca konfigurasi dari <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, dan <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"Skrip ini kemudian mengusulkan untuk memperluas partisi yang memiliki ruang " +"kosong terlalu sedikit, sesuai dengan aturan yang tercantum dalam berkas-" +"berkas tersebut. Jika dijalankan tanpa argumen, program ini hanya akan " +"menampilkan perintah yang diperlukan untuk memperluas sistem berkas. Argumen " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> diperlukan untuk benar-benar menjalankan " +"perintah-perintah tersebut guna memperluas sistem berkas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " "the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." msgstr "" +"Skrip dijalankan secara otomatis setiap jam pada setiap klien yang terdaftar " +"dalam grup jaringan <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3855,17 +5090,29 @@ "spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " "its cache size." msgstr "" +"Ketika partisi yang digunakan oleh proxy Squid diubah ukurannya, nilai " +"ukuran cache dalam berkas <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" +"computeroutput> juga perlu diperbarui. Skrip bantu <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> " +"disediakan untuk melakukan ini secara otomatis, dengan memeriksa ukuran " +"partisi saat ini dari <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> dan " +"mengonfigurasi Squid untuk menggunakan 80% dari ukuran tersebut sebagai " +"ukuran cache-nya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Volume Logis" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Manajemen Volume Logis (LVM) memungkinkan Anda untuk mengubah ukuran partisi " +"saat partisi tersebut sedang terpasang dan digunakan. Anda dapat mempelajari " +"lebih lanjut tentang LVM dari <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-" +"HOWTO/\">Panduan LVM</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3874,10 +5121,15 @@ "grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " "commands:" msgstr "" +"Untuk memperluas volume logis secara manual, Anda cukup memberi tahu " +"perintah <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> seberapa besar Anda ingin " +"volume tersebut diperluas. Misalnya, untuk memperluas home0 menjadi 30GiB, " +"gunakan perintah berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." msgstr "" +"Untuk memperluas home0 dengan tambahan 30GiB, Anda memasukkan ‘+’ (-L+30G)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using ldapvi" @@ -3888,10 +5140,13 @@ "<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " "tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> " +"adalah alat untuk mengedit basis data LDAP menggunakan editor teks biasa di " +"baris perintah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hal-hal berikut perlu dilaksanakan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3900,6 +5155,10 @@ "computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " "a vi clone as editor." msgstr "" +"Catatan: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> akan menggunakan editor " +"default yang tersedia. Dengan menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>export " +"EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> di prompt shell, pengguna dapat mengonfigurasi " +"lingkungan agar menggunakan klon vi sebagai editor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3907,10 +5166,13 @@ "careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " "JXplorer." msgstr "" +"Peringatan: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> adalah alat yang sangat " +"kuat. Hati-hati dan jangan merusak basis data LDAP, peringatan yang sama " +"berlaku untuk JXplorer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NFS yang di-Kerberize" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3923,18 +5185,27 @@ "server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" "emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan Kerberos untuk NFS dalam mem-mount direktori home adalah fitur " +"keamanan. Workstation dan klien LTSP tidak akan berfungsi tanpa Kerberos. " +"Tingkat <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis>, dan " +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> didukung (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> berarti " +"otentikasi Kerberos, <emphasis>i</emphasis> berarti pemeriksaan integritas, " +"dan <emphasis>p</emphasis> berarti privasi, yaitu enkripsi); beban pada " +"server dan workstation meningkat seiring dengan tingkat keamanan, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> adalah pilihan yang baik dan telah dipilih " +"sebagai default." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cara mengubah pengaturan default" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server utama</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "login as root" -msgstr "" +msgstr "masuk sebagai root" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3942,12 +5213,17 @@ "<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"jalankan perintah <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD ‘(cn=admin)’</computeroutput>, " +"cari <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> dan ganti dengan <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> atau <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " "these entries accordingly:" msgstr "" +"edit berkas <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> dan " +"sesuaikan entri-entri berikut sesuai kebutuhan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." @@ -3955,7 +5231,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Penulis Standar" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3963,6 +5239,9 @@ "or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" "doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk mengatur printer default berdasarkan " +"lokasi, mesin, atau keanggotaan grup. Untuk informasi lebih lanjut, lihat " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3971,10 +5250,13 @@ "share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " "an example." msgstr "" +"Berkas konfigurasi <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> " +"harus disediakan oleh admin, lihat <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> sebagai contoh." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JXplorer, antarmuka grafis LDAP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3982,16 +5264,22 @@ "<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " "default. To get write access connect like this:" msgstr "" +"Jika Anda lebih suka menggunakan antarmuka grafis (GUI) untuk bekerja dengan " +"basis data LDAP, coba paket <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, yang " +"sudah terpasang secara default. Untuk mendapatkan akses tulis, sambungkan " +"seperti ini:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb5, alat baris perintah untuk menambahkan pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " "tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> adalah alat baris " +"perintah kecil untuk membuat akun pengguna, yang dijalankan sebagai berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4011,10 +5299,26 @@ "<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " "\"Harry Hirsch\":" msgstr "" +"Semua argumen kecuali nama pengguna dan bidang GECOS bersifat opsional, dan " +"bidang GECOS biasanya harus berisi nama lengkap pengguna. Kecuali ditentukan " +"lain, alat ini akan memilih UID dan GID yang tersedia secara otomatis dan " +"tidak akan menugaskan grup tambahan kepada pengguna. Jika tidak ada " +"departemen yang diberikan, alat ini akan memilih departemen pertama " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> dari LDAP, yang kemungkinan besar adalah " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>, dan untuk pengguna biasa biasanya bukan yang " +"Anda inginkan, jadi Anda harus memilih nilai yang sesuai untuk pengguna, " +"misalnya <emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. " +"Setelah memasukkan dan mengonfirmasi kata sandi serta memasukkan kata sandi " +"administrator LDAP, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"akan membuat akun pengguna di LDAP, mengatur kata sandi Kerberos, membuat " +"direktori home, dan menambahkan pengguna Samba yang sesuai. Screenshot " +"berikut menunjukkan contoh perintah untuk membuat akun pengguna bernama " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> untuk seorang guru dengan nama " +"lengkap “Harry Hirsch”:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menggunakan pembaruan stabil" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4022,10 +5326,14 @@ "are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " "done, which roughly happens every two months." msgstr "" +"Meskipun Anda dapat menggunakan stable-updates secara langsung, Anda tidak " +"perlu melakukannya: stable-updates secara rutin dimasukkan ke dalam paket " +"stable saat rilis stabil dilakukan, yang biasanya terjadi setiap dua bulan " +"sekali." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menggunakan backports untuk menginstal perangkat lunak yang lebih baru" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4033,6 +5341,10 @@ "It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " "more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." msgstr "" +"Anda menggunakan Debian Edu karena Anda lebih menyukai stabilitas Debian " +"Edu. Sistem ini berjalan dengan baik; hanya ada satu masalah: terkadang " +"perangkat lunak sedikit lebih usang dari yang Anda inginkan. Di sinilah " +"backports.debian.org berperan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4043,16 +5355,25 @@ "pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " "backports available there.</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Backports adalah paket yang dikompilasi ulang dari Debian testing (sebagian " +"besar) dan Debian unstable (hanya dalam beberapa kasus, misalnya pembaruan " +"keamanan), sehingga paket-paket ini dapat dijalankan tanpa perpustakaan baru " +"(di mana pun hal ini memungkinkan) pada distribusi Debian yang stabil " +"seperti Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Kami merekomendasikan Anda " +"untuk memilih backports individu yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan Anda, dan " +"tidak menggunakan semua backports yang tersedia di sana.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menggunakan backports itu mudah:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " "command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" msgstr "" +"Setelah itu, Anda dapat dengan mudah menginstal paket backported. Perintah " +"berikut akan menginstal versi backported dari <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4060,10 +5381,13 @@ "Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" "free." msgstr "" +"Backports diperbarui secara otomatis (jika tersedia) sama seperti paket " +"lainnya. Seperti arsip normal, backports memiliki tiga bagian: main, " +"contrib, dan non-free." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memperbarui dengan CD atau citra serupa" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4071,16 +5395,20 @@ "Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " "physical media, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin melakukan peningkatan dari satu versi ke versi lain " +"(misalnya dari Bookworm 12.1 ke 12.2) tetapi tidak memiliki konektivitas " +"Internet, hanya media fisik, ikuti langkah-langkah berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " "command:" msgstr "" +"Masukkan CD/DVD/Blu-ray disc/USB flash drive dan gunakan perintah apt-cdrom:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seperti yang disebutkan dalam halaman manual apt-cdrom(8):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4088,6 +5416,10 @@ "cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " "correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom digunakan untuk menambahkan CD-ROM baru ke daftar sumber yang " +"tersedia di APT. apt-cdrom bertanggung jawab untuk menentukan struktur disk, " +"memperbaiki beberapa kemungkinan kesalahan pembakaran, dan memverifikasi " +"berkas indeks." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4095,14 +5427,18 @@ "done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " "scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." msgstr "" +"Untuk menambahkan CD ke sistem APT, diperlukan penggunaan apt-cdrom, hal ini " +"tidak dapat dilakukan secara manual. Selain itu, setiap disk dalam set multi-" +"CD harus dimasukkan dan dipindai secara terpisah untuk mengantisipasi " +"kemungkinan kesalahan pembakaran." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kemudian jalankan dua perintah berikut untuk memperbarui sistem:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembersihan otomatis proses yang tersisa" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4111,10 +5447,14 @@ "users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " "once an hour." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> adalah skrip Perl yang menghapus " +"tugas latar belakang. Tugas latar belakang didefinisikan sebagai proses yang " +"dimiliki oleh pengguna yang saat ini tidak masuk ke sistem. Skrip ini " +"dijalankan oleh tugas cron setiap jam." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemasangan otomatis pembaruan keamanan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4125,10 +5465,17 @@ "computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> adalah paket Debian " +"yang akan menginstal pembaruan keamanan (dan pembaruan lainnya) secara " +"otomatis. Jika diinstal, paket ini telah dikonfigurasi secara default untuk " +"menginstal pembaruan keamanan. Catatan log tersedia di <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; selain itu, selalu ada " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> dan <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemadaman otomatis mesin pada malam hari" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4141,10 +5488,18 @@ "turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " "be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." msgstr "" +"Mungkin untuk menghemat energi dan uang dengan mematikan mesin klien secara " +"otomatis pada malam hari dan menyalakannya kembali pada pagi hari. Paket " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> akan mencoba mematikan " +"mesin setiap jam pada pukul 16:00 sore, tetapi tidak akan mematikannya jika " +"sepertinya ada pengguna. Paket ini akan mencoba memberi tahu BIOS untuk " +"menyalakan mesin sekitar pukul 07:00 pagi, dan server utama akan mencoba " +"menyalakan mesin mulai pukul 06:30 dengan mengirimkan paket Wake-on-LAN. " +"Waktu-waktu ini dapat diubah di crontabs masing-masing mesin." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beberapa hal yang perlu diperhatikan saat mengatur hal ini:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4153,12 +5508,18 @@ "and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " "X2Go thin clients." msgstr "" +"Klien tidak boleh dimatikan saat sedang digunakan oleh seseorang. Hal ini " +"dijamin dengan memeriksa output dari <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"dan sebagai kasus khusus, memeriksa perintah koneksi SSH untuk bekerja " +"dengan klien tipis X2Go." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " "clients do not start at the same time." msgstr "" +"Untuk menghindari meledaknya sekring listrik, disarankan agar semua klien " +"tidak memulai secara bersamaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4168,10 +5529,16 @@ "computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " "and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." msgstr "" +"Ada dua metode berbeda yang tersedia untuk membangunkan klien. Salah " +"satunya menggunakan fitur BIOS dan memerlukan jam hardware yang berfungsi " +"dengan baik dan benar, serta motherboard dan versi BIOS yang didukung oleh " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; yang lainnya memerlukan klien " +"untuk mendukung Wake-on-LAN, dan server harus mengetahui semua klien yang " +"perlu dibangunkan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cara mengatur shutdown pada malam hari" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4187,6 +5554,16 @@ "fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " "switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." msgstr "" +"Pada klien yang harus dimatikan pada malam hari, sentuh <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, atau tambahkan nama " +"host (yaitu output dari ‘<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>’ pada " +"klien) ke grup jaringan “shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Menambahkan host ke " +"netgroup di LDAP dapat dilakukan menggunakan alat web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Klien mungkin perlu mengonfigurasi Wake-on-LAN di BIOS. " +"Penting juga agar switch dan router yang digunakan antara server Wake-on-LAN " +"dan klien dapat meneruskan paket WOL ke klien meskipun klien dalam keadaan " +"mati. Beberapa switch gagal meneruskan paket ke klien yang tidak terdaftar " +"dalam tabel ARP di switch, dan hal ini menghalangi paket WOL." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4196,12 +5573,20 @@ "space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" "generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengaktifkan Wake-on-LAN pada server, tambahkan klien ke berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, dengan satu " +"baris per klien, alamat IP terlebih dahulu, diikuti oleh alamat MAC (alamat " +"Ethernet), dipisahkan oleh spasi; atau buat skrip <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> untuk menghasilkan " +"daftar klien secara otomatis." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" "computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" msgstr "" +"Berikut adalah contoh <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> untuk digunakan dengan sitesummary:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4209,10 +5594,13 @@ "clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" "utils</computeroutput> package:" msgstr "" +"Alternatif jika netgroup digunakan untuk mengaktifkan shutdown-at-night pada " +"klien adalah skrip ini yang menggunakan alat netgroup dari paket " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akses server Debian Edu yang berada di belakang firewall" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4222,12 +5610,18 @@ "that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " "tunnel." msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses mesin di balik firewall dari Internet, pertimbangkan untuk " +"menginstal paket <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Paket ini dapat " +"digunakan untuk mengatur terowongan SSH ke mesin di Internet yang dapat Anda " +"akses. Dari mesin tersebut, Anda dapat mengakses server di balik firewall " +"melalui terowongan SSH." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " "server" msgstr "" +"Menginstal mesin layanan tambahan untuk membagi beban dari server utama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4238,51 +5632,59 @@ "part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " "(yet)." msgstr "" +"Dalam instalasi default, semua layanan berjalan di server utama dengan nama " +"host <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Untuk memudahkan pemindahan beberapa " +"layanan ke mesin lain, tersedia profil instalasi <emphasis>minimal</" +"emphasis>. Menginstal dengan profil ini akan menghasilkan mesin yang menjadi " +"bagian dari jaringan Debian Edu, tetapi belum menjalankan layanan apa pun " +"(untuk saat ini)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" msgstr "" +"Berikut adalah langkah-langkah yang diperlukan untuk menyiapkan mesin yang " +"didedikasikan untuk beberapa layanan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pilih profil <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> selama proses instalasi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "instal paket-paket untuk layanan tersebut" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "konfigurasikan layanan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "disable the service on the main server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nonaktifkan layanan pada server utama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "perbarui DNS (melalui LDAP/GOsa²) pada server utama" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan dari wiki.debian.org" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan administrasi tingkat lanjut" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dalam bab ini dijelaskan tugas-tugas administrasi tingkat lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Penyesuaian Pengguna dengan GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buat Pengguna dalam Kelompok Tahun" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4290,22 +5692,25 @@ "directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " "the users by csv import." msgstr "" +"Dalam contoh ini kita ingin membuat pengguna berdasarkan kelompok tahun, " +"dengan direktori beranda (home directory) bersama untuk setiap kelompok " +"(home0/2024, home0/2026, dll). Kita ingin membuat pengguna melalui impor csv." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>(sebagai root di server utama) </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buat direktori kelompok tahun yang diperlukan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>(sebagai pengguna pertama di Gosa)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Department" @@ -4320,6 +5725,12 @@ "Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " "up below /Students. Click it." msgstr "" +"Menu utama: buka 'Directory structure', klik departemen 'Students'. Bidang " +"'Base' harus menampilkan '/Students'. Dari kotak pilihan 'Actions', pilih " +"'Create'/'Department'. Isi nilai untuk bidang Name (2024) dan Description " +"(siswa yang lulus pada tahun 2024), biarkan bidang Base apa adanya " +"(seharusnya '/Students'). Simpan dengan mengklik 'Ok'. Sekarang departemen " +"baru (2024) akan muncul di bawah /Students. Klik departemen tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group" @@ -4330,6 +5741,9 @@ "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " "(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." msgstr "" +"Pilih 'Groups' dari menu utama; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Masukkan nama grup " +"(biarkan 'Base' apa adanya, seharusnya /Students/2024) dan 'Ok' untuk " +"menyimpannya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Template" @@ -4344,6 +5758,13 @@ "based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " "tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." msgstr "" +"Pilih ‘pengguna’ dari menu utama. Ubah menjadi ‘Students’ di bidang Base. " +"Entri <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> seharusnya muncul, klik " +"entri tersebut. Ini adalah templat ‘students’, bukan pengguna sungguhan. " +"Karena Anda harus membuat templat semacam ini (untuk dapat menggunakan impor " +"CSV pada struktur Anda) berdasarkan templat ini, perhatikan semua entri yang " +"muncul di tab Generic dan POSIX, mungkin ambil tangkapan layar untuk " +"menyiapkan informasi untuk templat baru." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4351,30 +5772,37 @@ "start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " "2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." msgstr "" +"Sekarang ubah ke /Students/2024 pada bidang Base; pilih Create/Template dan " +"mulai isi nilai yang diinginkan, pertama tab Generic (tambahkan juga grup " +"2024 baru Anda di bawah Group Membership), lalu tambahkan akun POSIX." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Import users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impor pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " "is recommended." msgstr "" +"Pilih templat baru Anda saat melakukan impor CSV; disarankan untuk " +"mengujinya dengan beberapa pengguna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Penyesuaian Lain oleh Pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Membuat folder di direktori utama semua pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " "directory and set access permissions and ownership." msgstr "" +"Dengan skrip ini, administrator dapat membuat folder di direktori home " +"masing-masing pengguna dan mengatur izin akses serta kepemilikan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4382,16 +5810,22 @@ "can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " "where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." msgstr "" +"Dalam contoh di bawah ini dengan group=teachers dan permissions=2770, " +"seorang pengguna dapat mengumpulkan tugas dengan menyimpan file ke folder " +"“assignments”, di mana guru diberikan akses tulis untuk dapat memberikan " +"komentar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan server penyimpanan khusus" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " "directories and possibly other data." msgstr "" +"Ikuti langkah-langkah berikut untuk menyiapkan server penyimpanan khusus " +"untuk direktori pengguna dan mungkin data lainnya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4399,13 +5833,19 @@ "as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" +"Tambahkan sistem baru bertipe <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"menggunakan GOsa² sesuai dengan yang dijelaskan dalam bab <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> dari manual ini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Contoh ini menggunakan ‘nas-server.intern’ sebagai nama server. Setelah ‘nas-" +"server.intern’ dikonfigurasi, periksa apakah titik ekspor NFS pada server " +"penyimpanan baru telah diekspor ke subnet atau mesin yang relevan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4414,24 +5854,35 @@ "addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " "file.)" msgstr "" +"Di sini, semua perangkat di jaringan backbone diberikan akses ke ekspor /" +"storage. (Hal ini dapat dibatasi berdasarkan keanggotaan netgroup atau " +"alamat IP tunggal untuk membatasi akses NFS, seperti yang dilakukan dalam " +"berkas tjener:/etc/exports.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " "clients to automatically mount the new export on request." msgstr "" +"Tambahkan informasi automount untuk ‘nas-server.intern’ di LDAP agar semua " +"klien dapat secara otomatis menghubungkan ekspor baru saat diminta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " "Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." msgstr "" +"Hal ini tidak dapat dilakukan menggunakan GOsa², karena modul untuk " +"automount tidak tersedia. Sebagai gantinya, gunakan ldapvi dan tambahkan " +"objek LDAP yang diperlukan menggunakan editor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD ‘(cn=admin)’ -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4440,12 +5891,18 @@ "matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " "individual mount points in LDAP.)" msgstr "" +"Ketika editor muncul, tambahkan objek LDAP berikut di bagian bawah dokumen. " +"(Bagian “/&” pada objek LDAP terakhir adalah karakter wildcard yang " +"cocok dengan semua yang diekspor oleh ‘nas-server.intern’, sehingga tidak " +"perlu mencantumkan titik mount individu dalam LDAP.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" +"Tambahkan entri yang relevan di tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, karena " +"tjener.intern tidak menggunakan automount untuk menghindari loop mounting:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4453,6 +5910,10 @@ "computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " "-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." msgstr "" +"Buat direktori titik mount menggunakan <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit ‘/etc/fstab’ sesuai kebutuhan, dan jalankan " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> untuk menghubungkan sumber daya " +"baru." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4460,18 +5921,24 @@ "by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " "application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." msgstr "" +"Sekarang pengguna seharusnya dapat mengakses file di ‘nas-server.intern’ " +"secara langsung dengan hanya mengunjungi direktori ‘/tjener/nas-server/" +"storage/’ menggunakan aplikasi apa pun di workstation mana pun, klien tipis " +"LTSP, atau server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restrict SSH login access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Batasi akses login SSH" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." msgstr "" +"Ada beberapa cara untuk membatasi akses login SSH, beberapa di antaranya " +"tercantum di sini." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengaturan tanpa klien LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4481,10 +5948,15 @@ "<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " "into the machine from everywhere." msgstr "" +"Jika tidak ada klien LTSP yang digunakan, solusi sederhana adalah membuat " +"grup baru (misalnya <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) dan " +"menambahkan baris ke berkas /etc/ssh/sshd_config pada mesin tersebut. Hanya " +"anggota grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> yang diizinkan untuk " +"melakukan SSH ke mesin tersebut dari mana saja." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengelola kasus ini dengan GOsa cukup sederhana:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4492,24 +5964,31 @@ "(where already other system management related groups like " "<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." msgstr "" +"Buat grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> di tingkat dasar (di " +"mana grup-grup lain yang terkait dengan manajemen sistem seperti " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> sudah ada)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Tambahkan pengguna ke grup baru <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" "sshd_config." msgstr "" +"Tambahkan <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> ke /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasi dengan klien LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4517,16 +5996,21 @@ "the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " "changed is enough." msgstr "" +"Pengaturan klien LTSP tanpa disk default tidak menggunakan koneksi SSH. " +"Cukup perbarui citra SquashFS pada server LTSP terkait setelah pengaturan " +"SSH telah diubah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " "a different approach using PAM is needed." msgstr "" +"Klien tipis X2Go menggunakan koneksi SSH ke server LTSP terkait. Oleh " +"karena itu, diperlukan pendekatan yang berbeda menggunakan PAM." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktifkan pam_access.so dalam berkas /etc/pam.d/sshd pada server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4534,6 +6018,10 @@ "alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " "the internal networks by adding these lines:" msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan berkas /etc/security/access.conf untuk mengizinkan koneksi " +"bagi pengguna contoh alice, jane, bob, dan john dari mana saja, dan bagi " +"semua pengguna lain hanya dari jaringan internal dengan menambahkan baris-" +"baris berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4542,10 +6030,14 @@ "box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " "server(s) as well." msgstr "" +"Jika hanya menggunakan server LTSP khusus, jaringan 10.0.0.0/8 dapat " +"dinonaktifkan untuk menonaktifkan akses login SSH internal. Catatan: " +"Seseorang yang menghubungkan perangkatnya ke jaringan klien LTSP khusus akan " +"mendapatkan akses SSH ke server LTSP tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catatan untuk pengaturan yang lebih kompleks" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4554,28 +6046,37 @@ "LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " "configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." msgstr "" +"Jika klien X2Go terhubung ke jaringan backbone 10.0.0.0/8, situasinya akan " +"menjadi lebih rumit dan mungkin hanya konfigurasi DHCP yang canggih (di " +"LDAP) yang memeriksa vendor-class-identifier bersama dengan konfigurasi PAM " +"yang sesuai yang memungkinkan untuk menonaktifkan login SSH internal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan Penggunaan untuk Desktop" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengatur lingkungan desktop multibahasa" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" msgstr "" +"Untuk mendukung beberapa bahasa, langkah-langkah berikut perlu dilakukan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " "choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> " +"(sebagai root) dan pilih bahasa-bahasa (varian UTF-8)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah-perintah ini sebagai root untuk menginstal paket-paket " +"terkait:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4586,6 +6087,13 @@ "language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" "computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." msgstr "" +"Pengguna kemudian dapat memilih bahasa melalui manajer tampilan LightDM " +"sebelum masuk; hal ini berlaku untuk Xfce, LXDE, dan LXQt. GNOME dan KDE " +"keduanya dilengkapi dengan alat konfigurasi wilayah dan bahasa internal " +"mereka sendiri, gunakan alat-alat tersebut. MATE menggunakan Arctica greeter " +"di atas LightDM tanpa pilihan bahasa. Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>apt " +"purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> untuk mendapatkan LightDM greeter " +"bawaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Playing DVDs" @@ -4600,12 +6108,20 @@ "computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"libdvdcss diperlukan untuk memutar sebagian besar DVD komersial. Karena " +"alasan hukum, paket ini tidak disertakan dalam Debian (Edu). Jika Anda " +"diizinkan secara hukum untuk menggunakannya, Anda dapat membangun paket " +"lokal Anda sendiri menggunakan paket Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>; pastikan <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"diaktifkan dalam <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " "libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Jawab pertanyaan debconf, lalu jalankan <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Handwriting fonts" @@ -4618,26 +6134,34 @@ "font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " "with lines." msgstr "" +"Paket <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (yang diinstal secara " +"default) menginstal font “Abecedario”, yang merupakan font tulisan tangan " +"yang bagus untuk anak-anak. Font ini memiliki beberapa varian yang dapat " +"digunakan untuk anak-anak: bergaris titik, dan bergaris." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk klien yang terhubung ke jaringan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pengantar tentang thin clients dan workstation tanpa disk" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " "<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Istilah umum untuk both thin clients dan diskless workstations adalah " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " "This concerns both setup and maintenance." msgstr "" +"Mulai dari Bullseye, LTSP cukup berbeda dari versi-versi sebelumnya. Hal ini " +"berlaku baik untuk proses instalasi maupun pemeliharaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4645,12 +6169,17 @@ "generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " "combined server at first boot, taking some time." msgstr "" +"Sebagai perbedaan utama, citra SquashFS untuk workstation tanpa disk kini " +"dihasilkan secara default dari sistem file server LTSP. Proses ini terjadi " +"pada server gabungan saat booting pertama kali dan memakan waktu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " "support thin client usage." msgstr "" +"Klien tipis tidak lagi menjadi bagian dari LTSP. Debian Edu menggunakan X2Go " +"untuk tetap mendukung penggunaan klien tipis." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4658,13 +6187,22 @@ "setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " "Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Jika menggunakan server LTSP terpisah atau tambahan, informasi yang " +"diperlukan untuk mengonfigurasi lingkungan klien LTSP tidak lengkap pada " +"saat instalasi. Pengaturan dapat dilakukan setelah sistem ditambahkan dengan " +"GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." msgstr "" +"Untuk informasi umum tentang LTSP, lihat halaman utama LTSP di <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. Pada sistem dengan profil " +"<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis>, perintah <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> menyediakan informasi lebih lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4676,6 +6214,13 @@ "Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" "computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa alat <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> dari LTSP harus " +"digunakan dengan hati-hati. Misalnya, perintah <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> akan gagal menghasilkan citra SquashFS pada mesin Debian " +"(yang secara default memiliki partisi /boot terpisah), <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> akan gagal menghasilkan menu iPXE dengan benar (karena " +"dukungan thin client Debian Edu), dan <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> akan mengacaukan proses booting klien LTSP sepenuhnya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4688,12 +6233,23 @@ "works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " "to facilitate site specific adjustments." msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> adalah " +"skrip pembungkus untuk <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>, dan <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Alat ini digunakan untuk mengonfigurasi dan menyiapkan " +"dukungan workstation tanpa disk dan thin client (baik 64-Bit maupun 32-Bit " +"PC). Lihat <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> atau " +"isi skrip untuk melihat cara kerjanya. Semua konfigurasi terdapat dalam " +"skrip itu sendiri (HERE documents) untuk memudahkan penyesuaian sesuai " +"kebutuhan situs." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" "emphasis>:" msgstr "" +"Contoh cara menggunakan skrip pembungkus <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4701,6 +6257,9 @@ "computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " "filesystem)." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> memperbarui citra SquashFS workstation tanpa disk (sistem " +"berkas server)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4708,6 +6267,9 @@ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " "client support." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> membuat workstation tanpa disk dan dukungan " +"klien tipis 64-bit." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4715,6 +6277,9 @@ "computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " "SquashFS image)." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> Menambahkan dukungan klien tipis 32-bit tambahan (chroot dan " +"citra SquashFS)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4725,6 +6290,12 @@ "client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " "reduced)." msgstr "" +"Selain <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (sistem thin client terkecil), opsi " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> dan <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> juga tersedia. " +"Tipe <emphasis>display</emphasis> menyediakan tombol shutdown, sedangkan " +"tipe <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> menjalankan Firefox ESR dalam mode kiosk " +"di klien itu sendiri (membutuhkan lebih banyak RAM dan daya CPU lokal, " +"tetapi beban server berkurang)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4735,6 +6306,12 @@ "boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " "modified." msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> adalah skrip " +"pembungkus untuk <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Skrip ini " +"memastikan bahwa berkas /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe sesuai dengan spesifikasi " +"Debian Edu. Perintah ini harus dijalankan setelah item menu iPXE (seperti " +"waktu tunggu menu atau pengaturan boot default) di bagian [server] berkas /" +"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf telah dimodifikasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4744,6 +6321,12 @@ "and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " "run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> adalah " +"skrip pembungkus untuk <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Alat " +"ini memastikan bahwa initrd yang spesifik untuk kasus penggunaan (/srv/tftp/" +"ltsp/ltsp.img) dihasilkan dan kemudian dipindahkan ke direktori yang terkait " +"dengan kasus penggunaan tersebut. Perintah ini harus dijalankan setelah " +"bagian [clients] dalam berkas /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf telah dimodifikasi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4752,10 +6335,15 @@ "LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " "install, upgrade and remove packages)." msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> adalah " +"pengganti untuk alat <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> yang disertakan dalam " +"LTSP5. Alat ini digunakan untuk menjalankan perintah dalam lingkungan chroot " +"LTSP yang ditentukan (seperti misalnya menginstal, memperbarui, dan " +"menghapus paket)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation tanpa disk</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4766,16 +6354,25 @@ "too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " "powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." msgstr "" +"Stasiun kerja tanpa disk menjalankan semua perangkat lunak secara lokal. " +"Mesin klien boot langsung dari server LTSP tanpa menggunakan hard drive " +"lokal. Perangkat lunak dikelola dan dipelihara di server LTSP, tetapi " +"dijalankan di stasiun kerja tanpa disk. Direktori pengguna dan pengaturan " +"sistem juga disimpan di server. Stasiun kerja tanpa disk merupakan cara yang " +"sangat baik untuk memanfaatkan kembali hardware lama (tetapi bertenaga) " +"dengan biaya pemeliharaan yang sama rendah seperti pada thin clients." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " "with GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Berbeda dengan workstation biasa, workstation tanpa disk dapat beroperasi " +"tanpa perlu menambahkan GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Klien tipis</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4784,23 +6381,33 @@ "boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " "server needs to be a powerful machine." msgstr "" +"Pengaturan thin client memungkinkan komputer biasa berfungsi sebagai " +"terminal (X-), di mana semua perangkat lunak dijalankan pada server LTSP. " +"Hal ini berarti mesin ini melakukan booting melalui PXE tanpa menggunakan " +"hard drive lokal, dan server LTSP harus merupakan mesin yang bertenaga." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " "old hardware." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu masih mendukung penggunaan thin client untuk memungkinkan " +"penggunaan perangkat keras yang sangat tua." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" +"Karena thin clients menggunakan X2Go, pengguna disarankan untuk " +"menonaktifkan fitur compositing untuk menghindari artefak tampilan. Pada " +"pengaturan default (lingkungan desktop Xfce): Pengaturan -> Pengaturan " +"Pengelola Jendela -> Compositor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware klien LTSP</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4810,42 +6417,51 @@ "XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " "initrd." msgstr "" +"Proses booting klien LTSP akan gagal jika antarmuka jaringan klien " +"memerlukan firmware non-bebas. Instalasi PXE dapat digunakan untuk " +"troubleshooting masalah booting jaringan pada mesin; jika Penginstal Debian " +"mengeluh tentang file XXX.bin yang hilang, maka firmware non-bebas harus " +"ditambahkan ke initrd server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lakukan langkah-langkah berikut pada server LTSP:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pertama, dapatkan informasi tentang paket firmware, jalankan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " "probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" msgstr "" +"Tentukan paket mana yang harus diinstal untuk antarmuka jaringan, " +"kemungkinan besar ini adalah firmware-linux, jalankan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perbarui citra SquashFS untuk workstation tanpa disk, jalankan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jika menggunakan klien tipis X2Go, jalankan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "dan ikuti petunjuk penggunaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " "chroot, run:" msgstr "" +"Kemudian perbarui citra SquashFS; misalnya, untuk chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-" +"amd64, jalankan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemilihan jenis klien LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4853,6 +6469,9 @@ "10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " "forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." msgstr "" +"Setiap server LTSP memiliki dua antarmuka Ethernet: satu dikonfigurasi dalam " +"subnet utama 10.0.0.0/8 (yang dibagikan dengan server utama), dan yang lain " +"membentuk subnet lokal (subnet terpisah untuk setiap server LTSP)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4860,6 +6479,9 @@ "client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " "seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." msgstr "" +"Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, <emphasis>stasiun kerja tanpa disk</emphasis> " +"atau <emphasis>klien tipis</emphasis> dapat dipilih dari menu iPXE. Setelah " +"menunggu selama 5 detik, mesin akan boot sebagai stasiun kerja tanpa disk." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4869,10 +6491,14 @@ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " "take effect." msgstr "" +"Item menu boot iPXE default dan waktu tunggu defaultnya dapat dikonfigurasi " +"di <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. Nilai waktu tunggu " +"<emphasis>-1</emphasis> digunakan untuk menyembunyikan menu. Jalankan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> agar perubahan berlaku." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan jaringan klien LTSP yang berbeda" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4884,24 +6510,34 @@ "settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " "other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 adalah jaringan klien LTSP default jika mesin diinstal " +"menggunakan profil LTSP. Jika banyak klien LTSP digunakan atau jika server " +"LTSP yang berbeda harus melayani lingkungan chroot i386 dan amd64, jaringan " +"yang telah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya 192.168.1.0/24 juga dapat digunakan. " +"Edit berkas <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> dan " +"sesuaikan pengaturan eth1 sesuai kebutuhan. Gunakan <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> atau editor LDAP lainnya untuk memeriksa konfigurasi DNS dan " +"DHCP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambahkan LTSP chroot untuk mendukung klien PC 32-bit" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Untuk membuat chroot dan citra SquashFS, jalankan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " "about thin client types." msgstr "" +"Lihat <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> untuk " +"detail tentang jenis thin client." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasi klien LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4909,30 +6545,37 @@ "available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" "ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> untuk " +"melihat opsi konfigurasi yang tersedia. Atau baca secara online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " "the changes to take effect, run:" msgstr "" +"Tambahkan item konfigurasi ke bagian [clients] dalam berkas /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf. Untuk menerapkan perubahan, jalankan perintah berikut:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suara dengan klien LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " "clients." msgstr "" +"Klien tipis LTSP menggunakan audio jaringan untuk mentransmisikan audio dari " +"server ke klien." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Workstation LTSP tanpa disk menangani audio secara lokal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akses ke drive USB dan CD-ROM/DVD" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4940,6 +6583,9 @@ "corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " "on a workstation." msgstr "" +"Ketika pengguna memasukkan drive USB atau DVD/CD-ROM ke dalam Diskless " +"Workstation, ikon yang sesuai akan muncul di desktop, memungkinkan akses ke " +"konten tersebut seperti pada workstation." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4949,10 +6595,15 @@ "content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " "manager." msgstr "" +"Ketika pengguna memasukkan drive USB ke dalam X2Go thin client tipe bare " +"(instalasi server gabungan default), media tersebut akan di-mount segera " +"setelah ikon folder yang sudah ada di desktop Xfce diklik dua kali. " +"Tergantung pada konten media, mungkin memerlukan waktu hingga konten " +"tersebut muncul di pengelola file." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peringatan tentang media yang dapat dilepas pada server LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4960,33 +6611,45 @@ "cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " "users can access the files." msgstr "" +"Ketika dimasukkan ke dalam server LTSP, drive USB dan media removable " +"lainnya menyebabkan ikon folder terkait muncul di desktop klien tipis LTSP. " +"Pengguna jarak jauh dapat mengakses file-file tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan printer yang terhubung ke klien LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " "are supported)." msgstr "" +"Hubungkan printer ke mesin klien LTSP (baik port USB maupun port paralel " +"didukung)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan klien LTSP dengan GOsa² untuk menggunakan alamat IP statis." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan printer menggunakan antarmuka web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> pada server utama; pilih jenis printer " +"jaringan <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (untuk " +"semua printer tanpa memandang merek atau model) dan atur " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> " +"sebagai URI koneksi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengubah pengaturan PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4994,10 +6657,13 @@ "url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " "integration." msgstr "" +"PXE merupakan singkatan dari Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu kini " +"menggunakan implementasi <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> " +"untuk integrasi LTSP yang lebih mudah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasi menu PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5006,10 +6672,15 @@ "some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" "edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." msgstr "" +"Menu item iPXE yang berkaitan dengan instalasi sistem dihasilkan menggunakan " +"skrip <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Menu ini " +"memungkinkan beberapa pengaturan untuk diubah menggunakan berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> dengan " +"nilai pengganti." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasi instalasi PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5029,6 +6700,22 @@ "edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " "debconf values." msgstr "" +"Pemasangan PXE akan mewarisi pengaturan bahasa, tata letak keyboard, dan " +"pengaturan cermin dari pengaturan yang digunakan saat menginstal server " +"utama, dan pertanyaan-pertanyaan lain akan diajukan selama proses pemasangan " +"(profil, partisipasi popcon, pembagian partisi, dan kata sandi root). Untuk " +"menghindari pertanyaan-pertanyaan ini, berkas <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> dapat dimodifikasi untuk " +"memberikan jawaban yang telah dipilih sebelumnya untuk nilai-nilai debconf. " +"Beberapa contoh nilai debconf yang tersedia sudah dikomentari di " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Perubahan Anda akan hilang begitu <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> digunakan untuk membuat ulang lingkungan instalasi PXE. " +"Untuk menambahkan nilai debconf ke <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> selama proses pembuatan ulang dengan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, tambahkan berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> dengan nilai debconf tambahan Anda." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5036,26 +6723,34 @@ "linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " "chapter." msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang memodifikasi instalasi PXE dapat ditemukan di " +"bab <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalasi</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menambahkan repositori kustom untuk instalasi PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" msgstr "" +"Untuk menambahkan repositori kustom, tambahkan baris berikut ke berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> once." msgstr "" +"dan kemudian jalankan <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> sekali." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengubah pengaturan jaringan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5065,6 +6760,12 @@ "intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " "and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." msgstr "" +"Paket debian-edu-config dilengkapi dengan alat yang membantu dalam mengubah " +"jaringan dari 10.0.0.0/8 menjadi konfigurasi lain. Lihat <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Alat ini " +"dirancang untuk digunakan segera setelah instalasi pada server utama, guna " +"memperbarui LDAP dan berkas-berkas lain yang perlu diedit untuk mengubah " +"subnet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5073,6 +6774,11 @@ "LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " "of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." msgstr "" +"Perhatikan bahwa mengganti ke salah satu subnet yang sudah digunakan di " +"tempat lain dalam Debian Edu tidak akan berfungsi. 192.168.0.0/24 dan " +"192.168.1.0/24 sudah diatur sebagai jaringan klien LTSP. Mengganti ke subnet-" +"subnet ini akan memerlukan pengeditan manual berkas konfigurasi untuk " +"menghapus entri yang duplikat." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5083,10 +6789,16 @@ "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." msgstr "" +"Tidak ada cara mudah untuk mengubah nama domain DNS. Mengubahnya akan " +"memerlukan perubahan pada struktur LDAP dan beberapa file di sistem file " +"server utama. Tidak ada cara mudah juga untuk mengubah nama host dan DNS " +"server utama (tjener.intern). Untuk melakukannya, juga diperlukan perubahan " +"pada LDAP dan file di sistem file server utama dan klien. Dalam kedua kasus " +"tersebut, pengaturan Kerberos juga harus diubah." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akses Jarak Jauh" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5094,6 +6806,8 @@ "installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " "packages." msgstr "" +"Memilih profil server LTSP atau profil server gabungan juga akan menginstal " +"paket <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> dan <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Xrdp" @@ -5106,10 +6820,17 @@ "running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " "Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." msgstr "" +"Xrdp menggunakan Protokol Desktop Jarak Jauh (Remote Desktop Protocol) untuk " +"menampilkan antarmuka login grafis kepada klien jarak jauh. Pengguna " +"Microsoft Windows dapat terhubung ke server LTSP yang menjalankan xrdp tanpa " +"perlu menginstal perangkat lunak tambahan - mereka cukup memulai Koneksi " +"Desktop Jarak Jauh (Remote Desktop Connection) di mesin Windows mereka dan " +"terhubung." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." msgstr "" +"Selain itu, xrdp dapat terhubung ke server VNC atau server RDP lainnya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5118,6 +6839,11 @@ "or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " "valid deb-src line." msgstr "" +"Xrdp tidak dilengkapi dengan dukungan suara; untuk mengompilasi (atau " +"mengompilasi ulang) modul yang diperlukan, skrip ini dapat digunakan. " +"Perhatikan: Pengguna harus memiliki hak akses root atau menjadi anggota grup " +"sudo. Selain itu, berkas /etc/apt/sources.list harus mengandung baris deb-" +"src yang valid." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "X2Go" @@ -5128,9 +6854,14 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" +"X2Go memungkinkan Anda mengakses desktop grafis pada server LTSP melalui " +"koneksi bandwidth rendah maupun tinggi dari PC yang menjalankan Linux, " +"Windows, atau macOS. Perangkat lunak tambahan diperlukan di sisi klien, " +"lihat <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> untuk informasi lebih lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5138,28 +6869,38 @@ "best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa paket <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " +"sebaiknya dihapus dari server LTSP jika X2Go digunakan, lihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klien Remote Desktop yang tersedia" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " "capable of RDP and VNC." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> diinstal secara default dan " +"mendukung RDP dan VNC." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " "client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"RDP - cara termudah untuk mengakses server terminal Windows. Paket klien " +"alternatif adalah <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " "An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Klien VNC (Virtual Network Computer) memungkinkan akses ke Skolelinux secara " +"remote. Paket klien alternatif adalah <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5167,6 +6908,9 @@ "X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " "sessions and start new ones." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> adalah klien grafis untuk sistem " +"X2Go (tidak diinstal secara default). Anda dapat menggunakannya untuk " +"terhubung ke sesi yang sedang berjalan dan memulai sesi baru." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Wireless clients" @@ -5184,26 +6928,41 @@ "adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " "homepage</ulink> for details." msgstr "" +"Server <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> dapat digunakan untuk menyediakan " +"koneksi jaringan yang aman. Untuk mengaktifkannya, instal paket " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> dan <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> pada server " +"utama, lalu jalankan perintah <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> untuk menghasilkan " +"konfigurasi dasar yang disesuaikan dengan situs. Dengan cara ini, metode EAP-" +"TTLS/PAP dan PEAP-MSCHAPV2 diaktifkan. Semua konfigurasi terdapat dalam " +"skrip itu sendiri untuk memudahkan penyesuaian khusus situs. Lihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">halaman utama freeRADIUS</ulink> untuk " +"detailnya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasi tambahan diperlukan untuk" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" "freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." msgstr "" +"aktifkan/nonaktifkan titik akses melalui <emphasis>rahasia bersama</" +"emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." msgstr "" +"izinkan/tolak akses nirkabel menggunakan grup LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"users)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" msgstr "" +"gabungkan titik akses ke dalam grup khusus (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5214,22 +6973,32 @@ "catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " "available on the internal network." msgstr "" +"Perangkat pengguna akhir perlu dikonfigurasi dengan benar. Perangkat-" +"perangkat ini harus dilindungi dengan PIN untuk penggunaan metode EAP " +"(802.1x). Pengguna juga perlu diberi edukasi untuk menginstal sertifikat CA " +"Freeradius pada perangkat mereka agar dapat terhubung ke server yang benar. " +"Dengan cara ini, kata sandi mereka tidak akan tertangkap jika terhubung ke " +"server yang berbahaya. Sertifikat khusus situs tersedia di jaringan internal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " "running Linux)" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (untuk perangkat " +"pengguna akhir yang menjalankan Linux)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " "Windows)" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5239,15 +7008,23 @@ "CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " "the scripts." msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa konfigurasi perangkat pengguna akhir akan menjadi " +"tantangan yang nyata karena keragaman perangkat yang ada. Untuk perangkat " +"Windows, skrip penginstal dapat dibuat, sedangkan untuk perangkat Apple, " +"file mobileconfig dapat digunakan. Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, sertifikat CA " +"freeRADIUS dapat diintegrasikan, namun alat khusus sistem operasi diperlukan " +"untuk membuat skrip-skrip tersebut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" msgstr "" +"Mengotorisasi mesin Windows menggunakan kredensial Debian Edu dengan plugin " +"pGina LDAP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menambahkan pengguna pGina di Debian Edu" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5255,6 +7032,9 @@ "application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " "LDAP." msgstr "" +"Untuk dapat menggunakan pGina (atau aplikasi layanan otentikasi pihak ketiga " +"lainnya), Anda harus memiliki akun pengguna khusus yang digunakan untuk " +"pencarian di dalam LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5262,162 +7042,196 @@ "password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " "website." msgstr "" +"Tambahkan pengguna khusus, misalnya <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> dengan kata sandi <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, di situs web " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instal cabang pGina" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " "that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" msgstr "" +"Unduh dan instal pGina 3.9.9.12 seperti perangkat lunak biasa. Perhatikan " +"bahwa plugin LDAP tetap berada di folder plugin pGina:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurasikan pGina" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " "636." msgstr "" +"Mengingat pengaturan Debian Edu, koneksi ke LDAP menggunakan SSL melalui " +"port 636." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" msgstr "" +"Pengaturan yang diperlukan dalam plugin LDAP pGina adalah sebagai berikut" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" +"(ini disimpan di " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bagian Utama Plugin LDAP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " "with \"space\" as a separator)" msgstr "" +"Host LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (atau yang lain " +"dengan “spasi” sebagai pemisah)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" msgstr "" +"Port LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (untuk koneksi SSL)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waktu habis: 10" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" +"Gunakan SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YA</emphasis> (centang kotak centang)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" msgstr "" +"Mulai TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</emphasis> (jangan centang kotak " +"centang)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " "tick checkbox)" msgstr "" +"Validasi Sertifikat Server: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</emphasis> " +"(jangan centang kotak centang)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Cari DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " "session)" msgstr "" +"(“pguser” adalah pengguna yang digunakan untuk autentikasi di LDAP guna " +"mencari pengguna dalam sesi login)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kata Sandi Pencarian: pwd.777 (ini adalah kata sandi “pguser”)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blok otentikasi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tab Pengikatan:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izinkan Kata Sandi Kosong: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" +"Cari DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YA</emphasis> (centang kotak centang)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" "(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Filter Pencarian: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blok otorisasi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Izinkan</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" "emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" +"Tolak saat otentikasi LDAP gagal: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YA</emphasis> " +"(centang kotak centang)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " "(don't tick checkbox, optional)" msgstr "" +"Izinkan saat server tidak dapat diakses: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</" +"emphasis> (jangan centang kotak centang, opsional)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemilihan Plugin" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP: Otentikasi [v], Otorisasi [v], Gerbang [v], Ubah Kata Sandi [_]" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" msgstr "" +"Mesin Lokal: Otentikasi [v], Gerbang [v] (centang hanya dua kotak centang)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plugin Pesanan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otentikasi: LDAP, Mesin Lokal" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerbang: LDAP, Mesin Lokal" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sumber:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samba di Debian Edu" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5426,43 +7240,62 @@ "samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" "admin users are enabled to provide shares." msgstr "" +"Samba sekarang dikonfigurasi sebagai <emphasis>server mandiri</emphasis> " +"dengan dukungan SMB2/SMB3 modern dan fitur usershares diaktifkan, lihat " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> pada server " +"utama. Dengan cara ini, pengguna non-admin dapat menyediakan berbagi file." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Untuk perubahan spesifik situs, salin berkas /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site ke direktori /etc/samba. Pengaturan dalam " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> akan menggantikan pengaturan yang " +"terdapat dalam <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " "<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Secara default, direktori home bersifat read-only. Pengaturan ini dapat " +"diubah di <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " "and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Kata sandi Samba disimpan menggunakan <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> dan diperbarui jika kata sandi diubah menggunakan GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" +"Untuk menonaktifkan sementara akun Samba pengguna, jalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>. Perintah " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> akan " +"mengaktifkannya kembali." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" "computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." msgstr "" +"Menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" +"usershares</computeroutput> pada server utama akan menonaktifkan usershares " +"untuk ‘students’." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengakses file melalui Samba" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5470,11 +7303,19 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Koneksi ke direktori pengguna dan ke berbagi situs tambahan (jika " +"dikonfigurasi) dimungkinkan untuk perangkat yang menjalankan Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS, atau Windows. Misalnya, perangkat berbasis " +"Android memerlukan pengelola file dengan dukungan SMB2/SMB3, yang juga " +"dikenal sebagai akses LAN. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" +"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" +"ulink> atau <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total " +"Commander dengan plugin LAN</ulink> mungkin merupakan pilihan yang baik." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5482,34 +7323,48 @@ "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " "home directory." msgstr "" +"Gunakan <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> atau " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> untuk " +"mengakses direktori utama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan Praktis untuk Pengajaran dan Pembelajaran" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " "<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." msgstr "" +"Semua paket Debian yang disebutkan dalam bagian ini dapat diinstal dengan " +"menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>apt install <package></" +"computeroutput> (sebagai root)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengajar Pemrograman" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> adalah paket meta yang " +"bergantung pada banyak alat pemrograman. Harap diperhatikan bahwa hampir 2 " +"GiB ruang disk diperlukan jika paket ini diinstal. Untuk detail lebih lanjut " +"(mungkin untuk menginstal hanya beberapa paket), lihat halaman <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Paket Pengembangan " +"Debian Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pemantauan siswa" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5517,46 +7372,64 @@ "of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " "your jurisdiction." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Peringatan</emphasis>: Pastikan Anda mengetahui " +"status peraturan perundang-undangan mengenai pemantauan dan pembatasan " +"aktivitas pengguna komputer di yurisdiksi Anda." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa sekolah menggunakan alat pemantauan seperti <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> atau <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> untuk memantau siswa mereka. Lihat juga: <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Halaman Utama Epoptes</ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Halaman Utama Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Membatasi akses jaringan siswa" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" +"Beberapa sekolah menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> atau <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> untuk membatasi " +"akses Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk pengguna" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mengganti kata sandi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " "use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Setiap pengguna diharuskan mengganti kata sandinya menggunakan GOsa². Untuk " +"melakukannya, cukup gunakan browser dan kunjungi <computeroutput>https://www/" +"gosa/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." msgstr "" +"Menggunakan GOsa² untuk mengubah kata sandi memastikan bahwa kata sandi " +"untuk Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword), dan Samba sama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5565,20 +7438,25 @@ "(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " "really should also change it using GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Mengubah kata sandi menggunakan PAM juga berfungsi di prompt login GDM, " +"tetapi ini hanya akan memperbarui kata sandi Kerberos, dan bukan kata sandi " +"Samba dan GOsa² (LDAP). Jadi, setelah Anda mengubah kata sandi di prompt " +"login, Anda sebaiknya juga mengubahnya menggunakan GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menjalankan aplikasi Java yang berdiri sendiri" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " "Java runtime." msgstr "" +"Aplikasi Java mandiri didukung secara langsung oleh runtime Java OpenJDK." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menggunakan email" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5589,63 +7467,80 @@ "situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Semua pengguna dapat mengirim dan menerima email di dalam jaringan internal; " +"sertifikat disediakan untuk memungkinkan koneksi yang diamankan dengan TLS. " +"Untuk memungkinkan pengiriman email di luar jaringan internal, administrator " +"perlu mengonfigurasi server email <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> " +"sesuai dengan situasi lokal, dimulai dengan perintah <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Setiap pengguna yang ingin menggunakan Thunderbird perlu mengonfigurasinya " +"sebagai berikut. Untuk pengguna dengan nama pengguna jdoe, alamat email " +"internalnya adalah <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Burung Petir" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buka Thunderbird" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik ‘Lewati ini dan gunakan alamat email yang sudah ada’" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masukkan alamat email Anda" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" msgstr "" +"Jangan masukkan kata sandi Anda karena Kerberos single sign-on akan digunakan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik ‘Lanjutkan’" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" "GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" msgstr "" +"Untuk IMAP dan SMTP, pengaturan yang harus digunakan adalah ‘STARTTLS’ dan " +"‘Kerberos/GSSAPI’; sesuaikan jika tidak terdeteksi secara otomatis" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik ‘Selesai’" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berpartisipasi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Contribute online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Berpartisipasi secara online" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" +"Sebagian besar waktu, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">daftar milis pengembang</ulink> adalah sarana komunikasi utama kami, " +"meskipun kami juga memiliki #debian-edu di irc.debian.org dan bahkan, kadang-" +"kadang, pertemuan langsung, di mana kami bertemu secara langsung." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5653,10 +7548,14 @@ "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" "mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Cara yang baik untuk mengetahui perkembangan terbaru dalam pengembangan " +"Debian Edu adalah dengan berlangganan ke <ulink url=\"https://alioth-" +"lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">daftar " +"distribusi commit</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laporkan bug" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5668,10 +7567,18 @@ "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu menggunakan Sistem Pelacakan Bug (BTS) Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. " +"Lihat laporan bug yang ada dan permintaan fitur, atau buat yang baru. " +"Silakan laporkan semua bug terhadap paket <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Lihat " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Cara " +"Melaporkan Bug</ulink> untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang pelaporan bug di " +"Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Penulis dan penerjemah dokumentasi" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5680,6 +7587,10 @@ "happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " "sharing your knowledge with us." msgstr "" +"Dokumen ini membutuhkan bantuan Anda! Yang terpenting, dokumen ini belum " +"selesai: jika Anda membacanya, Anda akan menemukan berbagai FIXME di dalam " +"teks. Jika Anda kebetulan mengetahui (sedikit) apa yang perlu dijelaskan di " +"sana, mohon pertimbangkan untuk berbagi pengetahuan Anda dengan kami." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5689,6 +7600,12 @@ "to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." msgstr "" +"Sumber teks adalah wiki dan dapat disunting dengan peramban web sederhana. " +"Cukup buka <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm/\"/> dan Anda dapat berkontribusi dengan mudah. Catatan: akun " +"pengguna diperlukan untuk menyunting halaman; Anda mungkin perlu <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">membuat akun " +"pengguna wiki</ulink> terlebih dahulu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5698,6 +7615,11 @@ "link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " "book!" msgstr "" +"Cara lain yang sangat baik untuk berkontribusi dan membantu pengguna adalah " +"dengan menerjemahkan perangkat lunak dan dokumentasi. Informasi tentang cara " +"menerjemahkan dokumen ini dapat ditemukan di <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">bab terjemahan</link> dari buku ini. Mohon " +"pertimbangkan untuk membantu upaya terjemahan buku ini!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -5715,12 +7637,16 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - Daftar milis dukungan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." msgstr "" +"#debian-edu di irc.debian.org - Saluran IRC, sebagian besar berkaitan dengan " +"pengembangan; jangan harapkan dukungan real-time meskipun hal itu sering " +"terjadi." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in Norwegian" @@ -5729,6 +7655,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" msgstr "" +"#skolelinux di irc.debian.org - Saluran IRC untuk mendukung pengguna Norwegia" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in German" @@ -5739,10 +7666,14 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " "mailing list" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - Daftar milis " +"dukungan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de di irc.debian.org - Saluran IRC untuk mendukung pengguna " +"Jerman" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in French" @@ -5753,6 +7684,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " "mailing list" msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - Daftar milis " +"dukungan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Professional support" @@ -5763,14 +7696,16 @@ "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgstr "" +"Daftar perusahaan yang menyediakan dukungan profesional tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fitur baru di Debian Edu Bookworm" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fitur baru untuk Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation changes" @@ -5778,10 +7713,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" +"Versi baru Debian Installer dari Debian Bookworm, lihat panduan instalasinya " +"di <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink> untuk detail lebih lanjut," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5790,6 +7728,10 @@ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " "<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." msgstr "" +"termasuk informasi tentang <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</" +"computeroutput>, yang merupakan bagian baru selain bagian yang sudah dikenal " +"seperti <computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput>, dan <computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5797,14 +7739,17 @@ "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " "bookworm." msgstr "" +"Karya seni baru berdasarkan tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald</ulink>, tema default untuk Debian 12 " +"Bookworm." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembaruan perangkat lunak" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Semua yang baru di Debian 12 Bookworm, misalnya:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" @@ -5814,6 +7759,7 @@ msgid "" "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" msgstr "" +"Lingkungan desktop KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" @@ -5825,11 +7771,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kotak Alat Pendidikan GCompris 3.1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembuat musik Rosegarden 22.12" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LTSP 23.01" @@ -5839,46 +7785,62 @@ msgid "" "Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm mencakup lebih dari 64.000 paket yang tersedia untuk " +"diinstal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Debian 12 Bookworm tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">catatan rilis</" +"ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembaruan dokumentasi dan terjemahan" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " "which 22 are fully translated." msgstr "" +"Selama proses instalasi, halaman pemilihan profil tersedia dalam 29 bahasa, " +"di mana 22 di antaranya telah diterjemahkan sepenuhnya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Panduan Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> telah diterjemahkan ke dalam " +"bahasa Mandarin Sederhana, Denmark, Belanda, Prancis, Jerman, Italia, " +"Jepang, Norwegia (Bokmål), Portugis Brasil, Portugis Eropa, Spanyol, " +"Rumania, dan Ukraina." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Masalah yang diketahui" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" +"lihat <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">halaman status Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hak cipta dan penulis" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5895,6 +7857,18 @@ "Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " "or any later version. Enjoy!" msgstr "" +"Dokumen ini ditulis dan hak ciptanya dimiliki oleh Holger Levsen " +"(2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " +"2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " +"(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " +"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " +"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " +"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " +"(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022), dan Guido Berhörster (2023) serta dirilis " +"di bawah GPL2 atau versi yang lebih baru. Selamat menikmati!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5903,24 +7877,31 @@ "Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " "version\" licence." msgstr "" +"Jika Anda menambahkan konten ke dalamnya, <emphasis role=\"strong\">silakan " +"lakukan hal tersebut hanya jika Anda adalah penulisnya. Anda harus " +"merilisnya dengan syarat yang sama</emphasis>! Kemudian tambahkan nama Anda " +"di sini dan rilisnya di bawah lisensi “GPL v2 atau versi selanjutnya”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terjemahan dokumen ini" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" "doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." msgstr "" +"Tersedia <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">ringkasan online tentang terjemahan yang dikemas</ulink>, yang diperbarui " +"secara berkala." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bagaimana cara menerjemahkan dokumen ini" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terjemahkan menggunakan berkas PO" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5929,29 +7910,36 @@ "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-" "manual-translations</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Seperti dalam banyak proyek perangkat lunak bebas, terjemahan dokumen ini " +"disimpan dalam berkas PO. Informasi lebih lanjut tentang proses ini dapat " +"ditemukan di <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"bookworm-manual-translations</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terjemahkan secara online menggunakan peramban web" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" +"Sebagian besar tim bahasa telah memutuskan untuk menerjemahkan melalui " +"Weblate. Lihat <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/> untuk informasi lebih lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Silakan laporkan masalah apa pun." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lampiran A - Lisensi Umum Publik GNU" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panduan untuk Debian Edu 12 Nama Kode Bookworm" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5959,21 +7947,29 @@ "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " "linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." msgstr "" +"Hak Cipta (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > dan lainnya, lihat <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Hak Cipta</link> untuk daftar lengkap pemilik hak " +"cipta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lampiran B - Fitur pada versi sebelumnya" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" msgstr "" +"Fitur baru untuk Debian Edu 11 Nama Kode Bullseye yang dirilis 14-08-2021" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" +"Versi baru Pemasang Debian dari Debian bullseye, lihat <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">panduan pemasangan-nya</" +"ulink> untuk detail lebih lanjut." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5981,6 +7977,9 @@ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " "11 (bullseye)." msgstr "" +"Desain visual baru berdasarkan <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">tema Homeworld</ulink>, desain visual bawaan " +"untuk Debian 11 (bullseye)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5990,6 +7989,11 @@ "installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " "(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." msgstr "" +"Pemasang Debian tidak lagi mendukung penyiapan chroot LTSP. Dalam hal " +"instalasi server gabungan (profil 'Server utama' + 'Server LTSP'), penyiapan " +"dukungan thin client (sekarang menggunakan X2Go) dilakukan di akhir " +"instalasi. Pembuatan citra SquashFS untuk dukungan diskless client (dari " +"sistem berkas server) dilakukan saat boot pertama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5997,10 +8001,13 @@ "boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " "the main server." msgstr "" +"Untuk server LTSP terpisah, kedua langkah tersebut harus dilakukan melalui " +"alat setelah boot pertama di dalam jaringan internal ketika informasi yang " +"cukup dari server utama telah tersedia." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Semua hal yang baru di Debian 11 Bullseye, contohnya:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" @@ -6011,6 +8018,7 @@ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " "1.24" msgstr "" +"Lingkungan desktop KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" @@ -6018,11 +8026,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kotak peralatan pendidikan GCompris 1.0" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembuat musik Rosegarden 20.12" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LTSP 21.01" @@ -6032,30 +8040,41 @@ msgid "" "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." msgstr "" +"Debian Bullseye mencakup lebih dari 59.000 paket yang tersedia untuk " +"diinstal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Debian 11 bullseye disediakan dalam <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">catatan rilis</" +"ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">panduan pemasangan</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Panduan Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> telah diterjemahkan " +"sepenuhnya ke dalam bahasa Belanda, Prancis, Jerman, Italia, Jepang, " +"Norwegia Bokmål, Portugis (Portugal), dan Tionghoa Sederhana." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." msgstr "" +"Versi yang diterjemahkan sebagian ada untuk bahasa Denmark dan Spanyol." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perubahan lain dibandingkan dengan rilis sebelumnya" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6063,143 +8082,181 @@ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " "for the whole system." msgstr "" +"Dukungan TLS/SSL yang ditingkatkan pada jaringan internal. Pada klien, " +"sertifikat akar untuk Debian Edu-CA terletak di dalam bundel sertifikat " +"untuk seluruh sistem." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " "clients are now supported using X2Go." msgstr "" +"LTSP baru, ditulis ulang dari awal, menghentikan dukungan thin client. Thin " +"client sekarang didukung menggunakan X2Go." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." msgstr "" +"Netboot disediakan menggunakan iPXE, bukan PXELINUX, agar sesuai dengan LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Direktori <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> sekarang digunakan sebagai basis " +"netboot alih-alih <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " "Chromium." msgstr "" +"DuckDuckGo digunakan sebagai penyedia pencarian bawaan untuk Firefox ESR dan " +"Chromium." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." msgstr "" +"Chromium menggunakan situs web internal alih-alih Google sebagai halaman " +"awal bawaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Pada workstation tanpa disk (diskless workstation), TGT Kerberos tersedia " +"secara otomatis setelah masuk." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " "PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." msgstr "" +"Alat baru ditambahkan untuk menyiapkan freeRADIUS dengan dukungan untuk " +"metode EAP-TTLS/PAP dan PEAP-MSCHAPV2." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " "domain joining is gone." msgstr "" +"Samba dikonfigurasi sebagai 'server mandiri' (standalone server) dengan " +"dukungan untuk SMB2/SMB3; fitur domain joining sudah tidak ada." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." msgstr "" +"Antarmuka web GOsa² tidak menampilkan entri terkait Samba karena data akun " +"Samba tidak lagi disimpan di LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " "text mode)." msgstr "" +"Mode grafis Pemasang Debian digunakan untuk instalasi PXE (bukan mode teks)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " "group are allowed to administrate CUPS." msgstr "" +"Server cetak CUPS terpusat ipp.intern, pengguna yang termasuk dalam grup " +"printer-admins diizinkan untuk mengelola CUPS." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." msgstr "" +"Pengelolaan Icinga melalui antarmuka web dibatasi hanya untuk pengguna " +"pertama." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informasi historis tentang rilis sebelumnya" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rilis Debian Edu berikut ini telah dirilis lebih awal:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 dengan nama sandi Buster dirilis pada 6 Juli 2019." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 dengan nama kode Stretch dirilis pada 17 Juni 2017." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 dengan nama kode Jessie dirilis pada 2 Juli 2016." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 dengan nama kode Wheezy dirilis pada 28 September 2013." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, nama kode “Squeeze”, dirilis pada 2013-03-03." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, nama kode “Squeeze”, dirilis pada 2012-03-11." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, nama kode “Lenny”, dirilis pada 5 Oktober 2010." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, nama kode “Lenny”, dirilis pada 8 Februari 2010." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian Edu “3.0r1 Terra”, dirilis pada 5 Desember 2007." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " "released 2007-04-08." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu “3.0r0 Terra” dirilis pada 22 Juli 2007. Berbasis pada Debian 4.0 " +"Etch yang dirilis pada 8 April 2007." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " "2005-06-06." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, dirilis pada 14 Maret 2006. Berbasis pada Debian 3.1 Sarge " +"yang dirilis pada 6 Juni 2005." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " "released 2002-07-19." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu “1.0 Venus” dirilis pada 20 Juni 2004. Berbasis pada Debian 3.0 " +"Woody yang dirilis pada 19 Juli 2002." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ringkasan lengkap dan rinci tentang rilis sebelumnya terdapat dalam <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Lampiran C dari manual Jessie</ulink>; atau lihat manual rilis " +"terkait di halaman <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">manual rilis</ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.it.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.it.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.it.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.it.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-wheezy-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-24 15:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: claudio <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n" @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Le traduzioni aggiornate sono disponibili <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +"Le traduzioni aggiornate sono disponibili <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -109,11 +109,11 @@ "servizi necessari per la rete scolastica e il sistema è pronto per essere " "usato. Solo utenti e macchine devono essere aggiunti usando GOsa², una " "comoda interfaccia Web, o da un qualsiasi altro editor LDAP. È stato anche " -"preparato un ambiente di avvio in rete usando PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe." -"org/\">iPXE</ulink>, così dopo l'installazione iniziale del server " +"preparato un ambiente di avvio in rete usando PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, così dopo l'installazione iniziale del server " "principale da CD, disco Blu-ray o chiavetta USB tutte le altre macchine " -"possono essere installate via rete, comprese le \"postazioni mobili " -"(roaming)\" (macchine che possono essere scollegate dalla rete della scuola, " +"possono essere installate via rete, comprese le \"postazioni mobili (roaming)" +"\" (macchine che possono essere scollegate dalla rete della scuola, " "generalmente laptop o netbook). Inoltre, le macchine possono essere avviate " "via PXE/iPXE come workstation senza disco o thin client." @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "è una distribuzione Linux sviluppata dal progetto Debian Edu. Come " "distribuzione <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> è un sottoprogetto ufficiale <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink>." +"ulink> è un sottoprogetto ufficiale <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Il progetto Skolelinux è stato fondato in Norvegia il 2 luglio 2001 e circa " "nello stesso tempo Raphaël Hertzog iniziò Debian-Edu in Francia. Dal 2003 i " @@ -645,8 +645,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1049,9 +1049,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Se si intende usare LTSP consultare la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">pagina wiki Requisiti Hardware LTSP</" @@ -1077,10 +1077,16 @@ "funzionare, sebbene maggiore RAM e processori più veloci sono raccomandati." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Per le workstation senza dischi e per i sistemi standalone sono richiesti " "come minimo 1500 MHz e 1024 MiB di RAM. Per l'esecuzione dei più recenti " @@ -1143,11 +1149,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Questa lista non è affatto completa." +"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Questa lista non è affatto completa." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1685,20 +1691,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Nota: se si vuole installare in seguito un desktop, non usare il meta-" -"pacchetto Debian Edu come ad esempio <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"perché... questo potrebbe installare tutti i programmi relativi " +"pacchetto Debian Edu come ad esempio <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> perché... questo potrebbe installare tutti i programmi relativi " "all'istruzione, invece di <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" "task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Uno o più meta-packages " "relativi ai nuovi livelli scolastici come <emphasis>education-preschool</" @@ -1885,8 +1891,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Si può utilizzare un servizio proxy HTTP esistente sulla rete per " @@ -2145,10 +2151,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Per favore scegliere \"yes\" per mandare informazioni a <ulink url=\"https://" "popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/> e permetterci di sapere quali pacchetti sono " @@ -2301,6 +2307,12 @@ msgstr "Il processo di configurazione effettivo viene avviato con" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selezionare il metodo di configurazione della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Conferma per la configurazione di uif" @@ -2315,6 +2327,12 @@ "Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Consentire traceroute in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Consentire traceroute in uif" @@ -2456,18 +2474,6 @@ msgstr "Decidere da quali reti si vuole consentire l'accesso SSH al gateway." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configurare la porta SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configurare la porta SSH, che dovrebbe essere la <computeroutput>22</" -"computeroutput> se la configurazione non è stata modificata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Abilitare il DHCP per le reti" @@ -2479,10 +2485,27 @@ "Non abilitare il DHCP per le reti interne, che sarà fornito dal server " "principale di Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurare la porta SSH" + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurare la porta SSH, che dovrebbe essere la <computeroutput>22</" +"computeroutput> se la configurazione non è stata modificata." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine." +msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Collegare le interfacce di rete, se non lo si è già fatto, e riavviare la " "macchina." @@ -2522,13 +2545,12 @@ "logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " "to the network and logged in with the new password)." msgstr "" -"Molto probabilmente si vuole utilizzare il profilo \"Roaming " -"workstation\" (vedere sopra). Occorre essere consapevoli che tutti i dati " -"sono memorizzati in locale (perciò porre più attenzione nei backup) e le " -"credenziali di accesso vengono memorizzate nella cache (la \"vecchia\" " -"password può essere necessaria per eseguire il login se non si è collegato " -"il portatile alla rete e non si è fatto ancora il login con la nuova " -"password)." +"Molto probabilmente si vuole utilizzare il profilo \"Roaming workstation\" " +"(vedere sopra). Occorre essere consapevoli che tutti i dati sono memorizzati " +"in locale (perciò porre più attenzione nei backup) e le credenziali di " +"accesso vengono memorizzate nella cache (la \"vecchia\" password può essere " +"necessaria per eseguire il login se non si è collegato il portatile alla " +"rete e non si è fatto ancora il login con la nuova password)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" @@ -2713,18 +2735,18 @@ "l'installazione, per esempio per evitare più domande quando si installa la " "rete. Un'altra possibilità per ottenere la stessa cosa è inserire " "impostazioni aggiuntive in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput> e eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> per aggiornare i file generati." +"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> e eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/" +"debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> per aggiornare i file generati." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni si possono trovare nel <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuale dell'installazione di Debian</" -"ulink>." +"Maggiori informazioni si possono trovare nel <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuale dell'installazione " +"di Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3000,8 +3022,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Se il traffico generico del DNS è bloccato nella vostra rete e si usano " "alcuni specifici server DNS per navigare, occorre dire al server DNS di " @@ -3749,8 +3771,8 @@ "<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> può essere usato per " "aggiungere automaticamente macchine a GOsa². Per macchine semplici " "funzionerà out of the box, per macchine con più di un mac address quello " -"scelto attualmente deve essere usato, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -" -"h</computeroutput> mostra le informazioni di utilizzo. Notare che gli " +"scelto attualmente deve essere usato, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " +"-h</computeroutput> mostra le informazioni di utilizzo. Notare che gli " "indirizzi IP dopo l'uso di <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" "computeroutput> appartengono all'intervallo dinamico degli IP. Questi " "sistemi possono poi essere modificati per adattarsi alla vostra rete: " @@ -4009,11 +4031,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Configurare la stampante utilizzando l'interfaccia web " "<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> sul server " @@ -4096,8 +4118,8 @@ msgstr "" "A causa di un possibile bug nel partizionamento automatico, alcune " "partizioni possono risultare piene dopo l'installazione. Per aumentare le " -"partizioni piene eseguire come root <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -" -"n</computeroutput>. Per maggiori informazioni vedere l'HowTO su come " +"partizioni piene eseguire come root <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize " +"-n</computeroutput>. Per maggiori informazioni vedere l'HowTO su come " "ridimensionare le partizioni nel <link linkend=\"Administration\">capitolo " "degli howto di amministrazione</link>." @@ -4207,8 +4229,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "L'installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti può essere eseguita " "facilmente se lo si desidera. Si ha solo bisogno del pacchetto " @@ -4244,8 +4267,8 @@ "Eseguire <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> come è stato descritto " "sopra è un buon modo per sapere che per un pacchetto è disponibile un " "aggiornamento di sicurezza. Un altro modo per essere informati sugli " -"aggiornamenti di sicurezza è l'iscrizione alla <ulink url=\"https://lists." -"debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">mailing-list Debian security-" +"aggiornamenti di sicurezza è l'iscrizione alla <ulink url=\"https://" +"lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">mailing-list Debian security-" "announce</ulink>, che ha il vantaggio di spiegare cosa l'aggiornamento " "riguardi. Il lato negativo (confrontato con <computeroutput>cron-apt</" "computeroutput>) è che vengono date anche informazioni su pacchetti che non " @@ -4473,8 +4496,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Maggiori informazioni sul sistema Icinga sono disponibili al sito <ulink " "url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> o nel pacchetto <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" @@ -4677,9 +4701,9 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "L'aggiornamento di Debian da una distribuzione alla successiva è piuttosto " "facile. Per Debian Edu è un po' più complicato, perché i file di " @@ -4757,8 +4781,8 @@ "Bisogna fare attenzione in quanto la seguente procedura si applica " "all'installazione di default del server principale Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, " "profili Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (Per una panoramica generale " -"sull'aggiornamento da Bullseye a Bookworm, vedere: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +"sull'aggiornamento da Bullseye a Bookworm, vedere: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." @@ -4788,15 +4812,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: essere pronti a leggere un sacco di notizie; premere <" -"return> per scorrere verso il basso, <q> per lasciare la pagina. " -"Tutte le informazioni saranno mandata per posta a root in modo da poterle " -"rileggere (usando <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> o <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +"apt-list-changes: essere pronti a leggere un sacco di notizie; premere " +"<return> per scorrere verso il basso, <q> per lasciare la " +"pagina. Tutte le informazioni saranno mandata per posta a root in modo da " +"poterle rileggere (usando <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> o <emphasis>mutt</" +"emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4884,15 +4909,15 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "Per aggiornare da una release precedente, è necessario aggiornare alla " "release Debian Edu basata su Bullseye, prima di poter seguire le istruzioni " -"indicate sopra. Le istruzioni sono contenute nel <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manuale per Debian Edu " +"indicate sopra. Le istruzioni sono contenute nel <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manuale per Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> su come aggiornare a Bullseye dalla versione precedente, " "Buster." @@ -5251,8 +5276,8 @@ msgstr "" "Questo strumento consente di impostare la stampante predefinita in base alla " "collocazione, al computer o all'appartenenza ad un gruppo. Per ulteriori " -"informazioni, vedere <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." +"informazioni, vedere <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5777,8 +5802,8 @@ "(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." msgstr "" "Scegliere \"Groups\" dal menu principale; \"Actions\"/Create/Group. Inserire " -"il nome del gruppo (lcasciare \"Base\" così com'è, dovrebbe essere /" -"Students/2024) e 'Ok' per salvarlo." +"il nome del gruppo (lcasciare \"Base\" così com'è, dovrebbe essere /Students/" +"2024) e 'Ok' per salvarlo." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Template" @@ -5875,9 +5900,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Questo esempio usa come nome del server \"nas-server.intern\". Una volta " "configurato \"nas-server.intern\", controllare se i punti di esportazione di " @@ -5914,11 +5939,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6224,15 +6249,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" -"Per informazioni su LTSP in generale, vedere la <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">homepage di LTSP</ulink>. sui sistemi con il profilo <emphasis>LTSP " -"server</emphasis> , <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> fornisce " -"maggiori informazioni." +"Per informazioni su LTSP in generale, vedere la <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">homepage di LTSP</ulink>. sui sistemi con il profilo " +"<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> , <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " +"fornisce maggiori informazioni." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6427,13 +6452,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Dato che i thin client utilizzano X2Go, gli utenti dovrebbero disabilitare " "il compositing per evitare artefatti di visualizzazione. Nel caso " -"predefinito (ambiente desktop Xfce): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -" -"> Compositor." +"predefinito (ambiente desktop Xfce): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks " +"-> Compositor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" @@ -6668,11 +6693,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Configurare la stampante utilizzando l'interfaccia web " "<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> sul server " @@ -6748,8 +6773,9 @@ "installazione di PXE. Per aggiungere i valori di debconf a <computeroutput>/" "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> durante la " "ricreazione con <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, " -"aggiungere il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat.local</computeroutput> con i propri valori aggiuntivi per debconf." +"aggiungere il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> con i propri valori aggiuntivi per " +"debconf." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6885,8 +6911,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go consente di accedere a un desktop grafico sul server LTSP sia su " "connessioni a bassa che ad alta banda da un PC con Linux, Windows o macOS. È " @@ -6987,8 +7013,8 @@ msgid "" "allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." msgstr "" -"consentire/negare l'accesso wireless usando i gruppi LDAP (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/users)." +"consentire/negare l'accesso wireless usando i gruppi LDAP (/etc/freeradius/" +"3.0/users)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7110,11 +7136,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(queste sono memorizzate in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(queste sono memorizzate in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7161,11 +7189,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7283,13 +7313,13 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"Per modifiche specifiche al sito, copiare /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site nella directory /etc/samba. Le impostazioni in <emphasis>smb." -"conf.edu-site</emphasis> sovrascriveranno quelle riportate in <emphasis>smb-" -"debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." +"Per modifiche specifiche al sito, copiare /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site nella directory /etc/samba. Le impostazioni in " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> sovrascriveranno quelle riportate in " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7311,8 +7341,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Per disabilitare temporaneamente l'account Samba di un utente, eseguire " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, mentre " @@ -7348,20 +7378,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "Le connessioni alla home directory di un utente e alle condivisioni " "aggiuntive specifiche del sito (se configurate) sono possibili per i " "dispositivi con Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS o Windows. " "Altri dispositivi come quelli basati su Android richiedono un file manager " "con supporto SMB2/SMB3, noto anche come accesso LAN. <ulink url=\"https://" -"play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&" -"hl=it_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/" -"android.htm\">Total Commander con plugin LAN</ulink> potrebbero essere una " -"buona scelta." +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=it_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander con " +"plugin LAN</ulink> potrebbero essere una buona scelta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7396,8 +7426,9 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> è un meta pacchetto che " @@ -7424,17 +7455,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Alcune scuole usano strumenti di controllo come <ulink url=\"https://" "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://" "packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> per " -"supervisionare i propri studenti. Vedere anche: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"epoptes.org\">Homepage di Epoptes</ulink> e <ulink url=\"https://veyon." -"io\">Homepage di Veyon</ulink>." +"supervisionare i propri studenti. Vedere anche: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.epoptes.org\">Homepage di Epoptes</ulink> e <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Homepage di Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7613,9 +7644,9 @@ "System (BTS)</ulink> di Debian. Vedere le segnalazioni di bug e le richieste " "di funzionalità esistenti o crearne di nuove. Si prega di segnalare tutti i " "bug per il pacchetto <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" -"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Vedere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Come segnalare i bug</ulink> per maggiori " -"informazioni sulla segnalazione di bug in Debian Edu." +"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Vedere <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Come segnalare i bug</ulink> " +"per maggiori informazioni sulla segnalazione di bug in Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ja.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ja.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ja.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ja.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-stretch\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-06-18 23:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: hoxp18 <hoxp18@noramail.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ #| "After installation of a main server all services needed for a school " #| "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " #| "machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other " -#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe." -#| "org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation " -#| "of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other " -#| "machines can be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming " -#| "workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, " -#| "usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE " -#| "as diskless workstations or thin clients." +#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +#| "ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial " +#| "installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive " +#| "all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes " +#| "\"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school " +#| "network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via " +#| "PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients." msgid "" "After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "は Debian Edu プロジェクトで制作されている Linux ディストリビューションです。" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> ディストリ" -"ビューションのひとつであり、公式の <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink> サブプロジェクトです。" +"ビューションのひとつであり、公式の <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> サブプロジェクトです。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "経緯として、2001 年 7 月 2 日にノルウェーで Skolelinux プロジェクトが創設さ" "れ、同時期に Raphaël Hertzog さんがフランスで Debian-Edu を始めました。2003 " @@ -662,8 +662,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1056,9 +1056,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "LTSP をご利用の場合は <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" "Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP ハードウェア要件の wiki ページ</ulink> " @@ -1085,10 +1085,16 @@ "推奨します。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "「ワークステーション」「ディスクレスワークステーション」や「スタンドアロン」" "プロファイルのシステムのマシンには、1,500 MHz 以上で動作する CPU と、1,024 " @@ -1157,11 +1163,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -#| "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" +#| "A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "テスト済みハードウェアの一覧を <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> で提供してはいますが、完全ではありません。" @@ -1272,11 +1278,11 @@ "webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" "start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" -"ルーターやアクセスポイントのファームウェアには <ulink url=\"https://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink> も利用できます。もとのファームウェアでもちろん構いませ" -"んしそれが容易です。OpenWRT を用いるとより仔細に設定管理できます。対応機器は " -"OpenWRT のウェブページにある <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink> でご確認ください。" +"ルーターやアクセスポイントのファームウェアには <ulink url=\"https://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> も利用できます。もとのファームウェアでもちろん" +"構いませんしそれが容易です。OpenWRT を用いるとより仔細に設定管理できます。対" +"応機器は OpenWRT のウェブページにある <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/" +"toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink> でご確認ください。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1287,10 +1293,10 @@ "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" -"異なるネットワーク設定も可能ではあります (手順は <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">Change subnet in Debian Edu / " -"Skolelinux</ulink> にあります)。ただ、貴校の既存のネットワーク構成の都合でや" -"らざるを得ないのでなければ、異なる設定にするよりもデフォルトの <link " +"異なるネットワーク設定も可能ではあります (手順は <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">Change subnet in Debian " +"Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> にあります)。ただ、貴校の既存のネットワーク構成の都" +"合でやらざるを得ないのでなければ、異なる設定にするよりもデフォルトの <link " "linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク構成</link> にしておくことを勧めます。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> @@ -1318,9 +1324,9 @@ "available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"実際に運用環境のシステムをインストールを始める前に、<ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Debian Bullseyeリリースノート</" -"ulink> をまずはご一読ください。Debian Bullseye に関する詳細な情報は <ulink " +"実際に運用環境のシステムをインストールを始める前に、<ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Debian Bullseyeリリースノート" +"</ulink> をまずはご一読ください。Debian Bullseye に関する詳細な情報は <ulink " "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Bullseye のイン" "ストールマニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" @@ -1724,15 +1730,15 @@ #| "highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the use case." msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "注意：もしデスクトップ環境を後からインストールしたい場合、Debian-Edu のメタ" "パッケージ (<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" @@ -1946,8 +1952,8 @@ #| "as an additional boot parameter." msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "ネットワーク上の既存の HTTP プロキシサービスを利用すると CD からの主サーバー" @@ -2222,10 +2228,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> への情報送信の確認時に「yes」とし" "て頂ければ将来のリリースに役立つパッケージ調査データが送信されます。必須では" @@ -2372,6 +2378,12 @@ msgstr "サブネットの設定は全て LDAP に格納されます。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "" @@ -2383,6 +2395,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "" @@ -2506,31 +2522,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "PXE メニューの設定" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "PXE メニューの設定" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2777,12 +2794,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -#| "cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#| "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can " -#| "be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid " -#| "more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this " -#| "is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +#| "install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/" +#| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files " +#| "can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to " +#| "avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve " +#| "this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" #| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" #| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" #| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " @@ -2810,9 +2827,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." msgid "" "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." @@ -3141,15 +3158,15 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "もしも一般的な DNS 通信がブロックされているネットワークをご利用の場合には、イ" "ンターネット上のホスト参照に特定の DNS サーバーを利用せざるを得ないことがあり" "ます。その場合はその DNS サーバーに対して、このサーバーが「転送サーバー " -"(forwarder)」だということを通知する必要があります。/etc/bind/named.conf." -"options ファイルを編集して、利用する DNS サーバーの IP アドレスを指定してくだ" -"さい。" +"(forwarder)」だということを通知する必要があります。/etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options ファイルを編集して、利用する DNS サーバーの IP アドレスを" +"指定してください。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4135,11 +4152,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "主サーバーのウェブインターフェイス <computeroutput>https://www:631</" "computeroutput> からプリンタを設定します。 (メーカーブランドや型番に関わら" @@ -4335,13 +4352,15 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "自動で更新のインストールを行うことも簡単にできます。" "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> パッケージをインストール" -"して <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> の説明に従って設定するだけです。" +"して <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> の説明に従っ" +"て設定するだけです。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4569,13 +4588,13 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" -"Icinga によるシステム及びサービス監視は <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/" -"\"/> から利用できます。監視対象のマシンやサービスは sitesummary システムが収" -"集した情報から自動的に生成されます。主サーバーや LTSP サーバーのプロファイル" -"のマシンは完全な監視情報を受け取りますが、ワークステーションやシンクライアン" -"トのマシンが受け取るのは簡素な監視情報となります。ワークステーションでも完全" -"な監視情報を受け取るようにするには <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" -"computeroutput> パッケージをインストールしてください。" +"Icinga によるシステム及びサービス監視は <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/> から利用できます。監視対象のマシンやサービスは sitesummary シ" +"ステムが収集した情報から自動的に生成されます。主サーバーや LTSP サーバーのプ" +"ロファイルのマシンは完全な監視情報を受け取りますが、ワークステーションやシン" +"クライアントのマシンが受け取るのは簡素な監視情報となります。ワークステーショ" +"ンでも完全な監視情報を受け取るようにするには <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-" +"server</computeroutput> パッケージをインストールしてください。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4598,10 +4617,10 @@ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " "with the list of hosts and services to monitor." msgstr "" -"利用される Icinga 設定ファイルは <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary." -"cfg</computeroutput> です。sitesummary の cron ジョブは監視するホスト及びサー" -"ビスの一覧を収録する <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated." -"cfg</computeroutput> を生成します。" +"利用される Icinga 設定ファイルは <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput> です。sitesummary の cron ジョブは監視するホ" +"スト及びサービスの一覧を収録する <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-" +"generated.cfg</computeroutput> を生成します。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4615,8 +4634,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Icinga についての情報は <ulink url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> や " "<computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> パッケージにあります。" @@ -4827,15 +4847,15 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Debian 自体をあるリリースから次のリリースにアップグレードするのは通常簡単なの" "ですが、Debian Edu では設定ファイルに手を加えている都合上、残念ながら若干複雑" -"になります (Debian バグ情報 <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> に Debian Edu ではどのようにすべきかの経緯などの" -"情報があります)。" +"になります (Debian バグ情報 <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> に Debian Edu ではどのようにすべきかの経緯などの情報" +"があります)。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy @@ -4957,8 +4977,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -5058,15 +5078,15 @@ #| msgid "" #| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " #| "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -#| "provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#| "debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +#| "provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu " #| "Buster</ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, " #| "Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -6113,9 +6133,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "この例では nas-server.intern をサーバー名としています。nas-server.intern の設" "定が出来たら、新しいストレージサーバーを指す NFS エクスポートが適切なサブネッ" @@ -6151,11 +6171,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6490,8 +6510,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -6711,8 +6731,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6957,11 +6977,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "プリンタを <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> 経由で主" "サーバーで設定していきます。ネットワークプリンタ <computeroutput>AppSocket/" @@ -7043,8 +7063,8 @@ "ン、root パスワード) はインストール時に質問します。インストール時の質問を避け" "るには、ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" "computeroutput> を編集して、debconf 値の自動設定を提供します。利用可能な一部" -"の debconf 値の例は、<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> のコメントに書かれています。変更は " +"の debconf 値の例は、<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> のコメントに書かれています。変更は " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を使って PXE インス" "トール環境を再作成した時点で失われます。<computeroutput>debian-edu-" "pxeinstall</computeroutput> での再作成時に debconf 値を <computeroutput>/etc/" @@ -7186,8 +7206,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go は LTSP サーバーへの GUI デスクトップアクセスソフトです。回線容量の大小" "は問いません。接続元としては Linux が動作している PC、Windows、macOS が使えま" @@ -7412,8 +7432,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -7468,8 +7489,9 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " "workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" @@ -7594,8 +7616,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "設定にはまず /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site ファイルを /etc/" "samba ディレクトリにコピーしてください。<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</" @@ -7621,8 +7643,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "一時的にユーザーの Samba アカウントを停止する場合は " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput> を、再開するに" @@ -7658,18 +7680,18 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "ユーザーのホームディレクトリや個別での追加共有 (有効時) への接続は Linux、" "Android、macOS、iOS、iPadOS、Chrome OS、Windows から可能です。Android 端末な" "どではLAN アクセス用の SMB2/SMB3 対応 ファイルマネージャーなどが必要です。" -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> や <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> などが利用できます。" +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> や " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> などが利用できます。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7677,9 +7699,9 @@ "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " "home directory." msgstr "" -"ホームディレクトリへのアクセスには <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<" -"username></computeroutput> か <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<" -"username></computeroutput> を用います。" +"ホームディレクトリへのアクセスには <computeroutput>\\" +"\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> か <computeroutput>smb://tjener/" +"<username></computeroutput> を用います。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" @@ -7704,8 +7726,9 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> は無数のプログラミングソ" @@ -7732,10 +7755,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "生徒の監視に <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" "epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> や <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" @@ -7841,8 +7864,9 @@ "url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Thunderbird を使いたいユーザーは以下のように設定する必要があります。ユーザー" -"名が jdoe のユーザーの内部メールアドレスは <ulink url=\"mailto:" -"jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink> となります。" +"名が jdoe のユーザーの内部メールアドレスは <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink> となりま" +"す。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7897,9 +7921,9 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" #| "edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for " -#| "communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc." -#| "debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each " -#| "other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on " +#| "irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet " +#| "each other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" #| "NewContributor\">New contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink " #| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." msgid "" @@ -7921,9 +7945,9 @@ "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" "mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Debian Eduの開発状況などを知るには <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian." -"net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">debian-edu-commits メーリン" -"グリスト</ulink> に参加していただくのがよいでしょう。" +"Debian Eduの開発状況などを知るには <ulink url=\"https://alioth-" +"lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">debian-edu-" +"commits メーリングリスト</ulink> に参加していただくのがよいでしょう。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Report bugs" @@ -8125,9 +8149,9 @@ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye の新しいのインストーラーについては <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Debian Bullseye インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" +"Debian Bullseye の新しいのインストーラーについては <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Debian Bullseye インストール" +"マニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy @@ -8239,10 +8263,10 @@ "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Debian 10 Bullseye についてさらなる情報は、<ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink>　<ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink> で提供されています。" +"Debian 10 Bullseye についてさらなる情報は、<ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink>　" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インス" +"トールマニュアル</ulink> で提供されています。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -8427,10 +8451,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:" -#| "holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, " -#| "see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full " -#| "list of copyright owners." +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> " +#| "for the full list of copyright owners." msgid "" "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " @@ -8466,9 +8490,9 @@ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" -"Debian bullseye 自体のインストールに関しては <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> をご覧くだ" -"さい。" +"Debian bullseye 自体のインストールに関しては <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> " +"をご覧ください。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.add 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=ວັນທີເຜີຍແຜ່; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">ການແປ:</emphasis> +2026 Bone NI + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.lo.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7601 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-04 00:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Bone NI <bounkirdni@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/lo/>\n" +"Language: lo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.9\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "lo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "ວັນທີເຜີຍແຜ່:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "ໂລໂກ້ຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳແປທີ່ອັບເດດແລ້ວແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງ <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" +"debian-edu-doc/\">ແບບອອນລາຍ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "ກ່ຽວກັບ Debian Edu ແລະ Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ຫຼື Skolelinux ແມ່ນລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ Linux ທີ່ອີງໃສ່ Debian " +"ໂດຍໃຫ້ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມທີ່ພ້ອມໃຊ້ງານທັນທີສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການກຳນົດຄ່າຢ່າງສົມບູນ. " +"ມັນໃຊ້ຮູບແບບການເຮັດວຽກແບບ ເຄື່ອງແມ່ຂ່າຍ-ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ (client-server). ເຊີເວີ ແລະ ຄລາຍແອນ " +"ແມ່ນ <emphasis>ຊອບແວ</emphasis> ທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຮ່ວມກັນ. " +"ເຊີເວີຈະໃຫ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຄລາຍແອນຕ້ອງການເພື່ອເຮັດວຽກ. ເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີໄວ້ໃນເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ ແລະ " +"ຄລາຍແອນໄວ້ໃນອີກເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ, ຕົວເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີເອງກໍຈະຖືກເອີ້ນວ່າ ເຊີເວີ ແລະ ຄລາຍແອນ " +"ຕາມແນວຄວາມຄິດນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"ບົດກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການດ້ານຮາດແວ ແລະ ເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link> " +"ແລະ ກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link> ຈະມີລາຍລະອຽດ " +"ການອອກແບບລະບົບພື້ນຖານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກແລ້ວ, ການບໍລິການທັງໝົດທີ່ຈຳເປັນສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າ ແລະ ລະບົບ " +"ກໍພ້ອມທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ງານ. ພຽງແຕ່ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີຜ່ານ GOsa², ເຊິ່ງເປັນ Web-UI ທີ່ສະດວກ, ຫຼື " +"ຕົວແກ້ໄຂ LDAP ອື່ນໆ. ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມການບູດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍໃຊ້ PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> ກໍໄດ້ຖືກກຽມໄວ້ແລ້ວ, ດັ່ງນັ້ນຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈາກ CD, ແຜ່ນ " +"Blu-ray ຫຼື USB flash drive, ເຄື່ອງອື່ນໆທັງໝົດສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໄດ້, ລວມທັງ " +"\"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບໂຣມມິງ\" (ເຄື່ອງທີ່ສາມາດນຳອອກໄປນອກເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນໄດ້, ສ່ວນຫຼາຍແມ່ນ ແລັບທັອບ ຫຼື " +"ເນັດບຸກ). ນອກຈາກນີ້, ເຄື່ອງຍັງສາມາດບູດຜ່ານ PXE/iPXE ໃນຮູບແບບສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ຫຼື " +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນເພື່ອການສຶກສາຫຼາຍຢ່າງເຊັ່ນ GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege ແລະ " +"Scratch ແມ່ນຖືກລວມເຂົ້າໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, " +"ເຊິ່ງສາມາດຂະຫຍາຍອອກໄປໄດ້ຢ່າງງ່າຍດາຍ ແລະ ບໍ່ມີຂີດຈຳກັດຜ່ານຄັງຊອບແວຂອງ Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "ປະຫວັດຄວາມເປັນມາບາງສ່ວນ ແລະ ເປັນຫຍັງຈຶ່ງມີສອງຊື່" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"ແມ່ນລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ Linux ທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍໂຄງການ Debian Edu. ໃນຖານະທີ່ເປັນການແຈກຢາຍແບບ " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink>, ມັນຈຶ່ງເປັນ " +"ໂຄງການຍ່ອຍຢ່າງເປັນທາງການຂອງ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງທີ່ໝາຍເຖິງສຳລັບໂຮງຮຽນຂອງທ່ານແມ່ນ Skolelinux ເປັນເວີຊັນຂອງ Debian ທີ່ສະໜອງ " +"ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການກຳນົດຄ່າຢ່າງສົມບູນ ແລະ ພ້ອມໃຊ້ງານທັນທີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"ໂຄງການ Skolelinux ໃນປະເທດນອກແວ ໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງຕັ້ງຂຶ້ນໃນວັນທີ 2 ກໍລະກົດ 2001 ແລະ ໃນເວລາດຽວກັນ " +"Raphaël Hertzog ກໍໄດ້ເລີ່ມ Debian-Edu ໃນປະເທດຝຣັ່ງ. ຕັ້ງແຕ່ປີ 2003 ເປັນຕົ້ນມາ, ທັງສອງ " +"ໂຄງການໄດ້ລວມເຂົ້າກັນ, ແຕ່ທັງສອງຊື່ຍັງຄົງຢູ່. \"Skole\" ແລະ (Debian-) \"Education\" " +"ແມ່ນພຽງແຕ່ສອງຄຳສັບທີ່ເຂົ້າໃຈກັນດີໃນພາກພື້ນເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ ລະບົບນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໃນຫຼາຍປະເທດທົ່ວໂລກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "ເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"ພາກສ່ວນນີ້ຂອງເອກະສານຈະອະທິບາຍກ່ຽວກັບສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍ ແລະ ການບໍລິການຕ່າງໆ " +"ທີ່ໃຫ້ໂດຍການຕິດຕັ້ງ Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "ໂຄງສ້າງເຄືອຂ່າຍ (Topology) ຂອງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ຮູບພາບນີ້ແມ່ນແຜນຜັງຂອງໂຄງສ້າງເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ໄດ້ກຳນົດໄວ້. ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux " +"ສົມມຸດວ່າ ມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກພຽງແຕ່ເຄື່ອງດຽວເທົ່ານັ້ນ, ໃນຂະນະທີ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ລວມເອົາທັງສະຖານີວຽກປົກກະຕິ ແລະ " +"ເຊີເວີ LTSP (ພ້ອມກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ/ຫຼື ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ). ຈຳນວນ " +"ສະຖານີວຽກສາມາດມີຫຼາຍ ຫຼື ໜ້ອຍຕາມທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ (ຕັ້ງແຕ່ບໍ່ມີເລີຍ ຈົນເຖິງມີຫຼາຍໆ). ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນກັບເຊີເວີ " +"LTSP, ເຊິ່ງແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງຈະຢູ່ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ ເພື່ອບໍ່ໃຫ້ການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ ລະຫວ່າງຄລາຍແອນ ແລະ " +"ເຊີເວີ LTSP ສົ່ງຜົນກະທົບຕໍ່ການບໍລິການເຄືອຂ່າຍອື່ນໆ. LTSP ຖືກອະທິບາຍ ຢ່າງລະອຽດໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"ເຫດຜົນທີ່ມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກໄດ້ພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວໃນແຕ່ລະເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນກໍຄື ເຊີເວີຫຼັກເປັນຜູ້ໃຫ້ບໍລິການ DHCP, ແລະ " +"ສາມາດມີພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ນີ້ໃນແຕ່ລະເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະຍ້າຍການບໍລິການ " +"ຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກໄປຫາເຄື່ອງອື່ນ ໂດຍການຕັ້ງຄ່າການບໍລິການນັ້ນໃນອີກເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ, ແລ້ວຈຶ່ງອັບເດດ ການກຳນົດຄ່າ DNS " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຊື່ DNS ຂອງການບໍລິການນັ້ນຊີ້ໄປຫາເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງ Skolelinux ງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ, ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຈະຜ່ານຣາວເຕີແຍກ " +"ຕ່າງຫາກ, ເຊິ່ງເອີ້ນວ່າ ເກດເວ (gateway). ເບິ່ງບົດ <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">ຣາວເຕີອິນເຕີເນັດ</link> ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວດັ່ງກ່າວ " +"ຫາກບໍ່ສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າ ຣາວເຕີທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວຕາມທີ່ຕ້ອງການໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈະໃຫ້ບໍລິການໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ 10.0.0.0/8, ໂດຍສະໜອງເມນູບູດ PXE ເຊິ່ງທ່ານ " +"ສາມາດເລືອກໄດ້ວ່າຈະຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີ/ສະຖານີວຽກໃໝ່, ບູດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ຫຼື ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ, " +"ເຮັດວຽກ memtest, ຫຼື ບູດຈາກຮາດດິສພາຍໃນເຄື່ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ຖືກອອກແບບມາໃຫ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້; ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP ໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP ຈະໃຫ້ບໍລິການສະເພາະເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນອິນເຕີເຟດທີສອງເທົ່ານັ້ນ " +"(192.168.0.0/24 ແລະ 192.168.1.0/24 ແມ່ນທາງເລືອກທີ່ຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າ) ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ຄ່ອຍມີຄວາມຈຳເປັນທີ່ຈະຕ້ອງປ່ຽນແປງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງທຸກໆເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍ (subnet) ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນ LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux ຕ້ອງການເຊີເວີຫຼັກເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ (ຊື່ໂຮສແມ່ນ \"tjener\" ເຊິ່ງເປັນພາສານອກແວ " +"ແປວ່າ \"ເຊີເວີ\") ເຊິ່ງໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຈະມີທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແມ່ນ 10.0.2.2 ແລະ ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໂດຍການເລືອກ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ " +"Main Server. ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ (ແຕ່ບໍ່ບັງຄັບ) ທີ່ຈະເລືອກ ແລະ ຕິດຕັ້ງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP Server ແລະ " +"Workstation ເພີ່ມເຕີມເຂົ້າກັບໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Main Server ນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "ການບໍລິການຕ່າງໆທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"ຍົກເວັ້ນການຄວບຄຸມເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ, ການບໍລິການທັງໝົດຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນຄອມພິວເຕີ " +"ສູນກາງເຄື່ອງດຽວ (ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ). ເພື່ອປະສິດທິພາບ, ເຊີເວີ LTSP ຄວນແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ " +"(ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າຈະສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງທັງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Main Server ແລະ LTSP Server ໃນເຄື່ອງດຽວກັນໄດ້ກໍຕາມ). " +"ທຸກໆການບໍລິການຈະຖືກກຳນົດຊື່ DNS ສະເພາະ ແລະ ໃຫ້ບໍລິການຜ່ານ IPv4 ເທົ່ານັ້ນ. ຊື່ DNS " +"ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ເຮັດໃຫ້ງ່າຍຕໍ່ການຍ້າຍການບໍລິການແຕ່ລະຢ່າງຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກໄປຫາເຄື່ອງອື່ນ, ໂດຍພຽງແຕ່ " +"ຢຸດການບໍລິການໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ແລະ ປ່ຽນການກຳນົດຄ່າ DNS ໃຫ້ຊີ້ໄປຫາບ່ອນໃໝ່ຂອງການບໍລິການ " +"(ເຊິ່ງແນ່ນອນວ່າຕ້ອງໄດ້ຕັ້ງຄ່າໃນເຄື່ອງນັ້ນກ່ອນ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຄວາມປອດໄພ, ທຸກໆການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ທີ່ມີການສົ່ງລະຫັດຜ່ານຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍຈະຖືກເຂົ້າລະຫັດ, " +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນຈຶ່ງບໍ່ມີການສົ່ງລະຫັດຜ່ານຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນຮູບແບບຂໍ້ຄວາມທຳມະດາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"ລຸ່ມນີ້ແມ່ນຕາຕະລາງການບໍລິການທີ່ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux ແລະ ຊື່ DNS " +"ຂອງແຕ່ລະການບໍລິການ. ຖ້າເປັນໄປໄດ້, ໄຟລ໌ການກຳນົດຄ່າທັງໝົດຈະອ້າງອີງເຖິງການບໍລິການດ້ວຍຊື່ " +"(ໂດຍບໍ່ມີຊື່ໂດເມນ) ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໂຮງຮຽນສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໂດເມນຂອງຕົນເອງ ຫຼື ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ທີ່ໃຊ້ໄດ້ງ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຕາຕະລາງການບໍລິການ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ລາຍລະອຽດການບໍລິການ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຊື່ທົ່ວໄປ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຊື່ບໍລິການ DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "ການບັນທຶກລັອກແບບລວມສູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "ການບໍລິການຊື່ໂດເມນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍອັດຕະໂນມັດສຳລັບເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "ການປັບເວລາໃຫ້ກົງກັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຜ່ານລະບົບໄຟລ໌ເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "ຫ້ອງການໄປສະນີອີເລັກໂທຣນິກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "ການບໍລິການໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "ເວັບເຊີເວີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "ການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນແບບລວມສູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "ເວັບແຄຊ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "ພຣັອກຊີ (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "ການພິມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໄລຍະໄກແບບປອດໄພ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕາມເຄື່ອງ ແລະ ການບໍລິການ ພ້ອມລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ, ລວມທັງສະຖານະ ແລະ ປະຫວັດເທິງເວັບ. " +"ລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດຜ່ານອີເມລ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga ແລະ Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ສ່ວນຕົວສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ (home directories), ເຊິ່ງ " +"ເຊີເວີເປັນຜູ້ໃຫ້ບໍລິການ. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ຈາກທຸກໆເຄື່ອງ, ເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສາມາດ " +"ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ດຽວກັນໄດ້ ບໍ່ວ່າເຂົາເຈົ້າຈະໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງໃດກໍຕາມ. ເຊີເວີຮອງຮັບລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ ທີ່ຫຼາກຫຼາຍ, " +"ໂດຍໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງຜ່ານ NFS ສຳລັບຄລາຍແອນ Unix ແລະ ຜ່ານ SMB2/SMB3 ສຳລັບຄລາຍແອນອື່ນໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ອີເມລຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ສົ່ງພາຍໃນທ້ອງຖິ່ນ (ພາຍໃນໂຮງຮຽນ) ເທົ່ານັ້ນ, " +"ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າການສົ່ງອີເມລໄປຫາອິນເຕີເນັດພາຍນອກສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ ຫາກໂຮງຮຽນມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ " +"ອິນເຕີເນັດແບບຖາວອນ. ຄລາຍແອນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ສົ່ງເມລໄປຫາເຊີເວີ (ໂດຍໃຊ້ 'smarthost'), ແລະ " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສາມາດ <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">ເຂົ້າເຖິງເມລສ່ວນຕົວຂອງເຂົາເຈົ້າ</link> " +"ຜ່ານ IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"ທຸກໆການບໍລິການສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ລະຫັດຜ່ານດຽວກັນ, ຍ້ອນມີ " +"ຖານຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ໃຊ້ສູນກາງສຳລັບການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ ແລະ ການກຳນົດສິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເພີ່ມປະສິດທິພາບໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເວັບໄຊທີ່ໃຊ້ເລື້ອຍໆ, ຈຶ່ງມີການໃຊ້ເວັບພຣັອກຊີທີ່ ເກັບແຄຊ໌ໄຟລ໌ໄວ້ໃນທ້ອງຖິ່ນ " +"(Squid). ຮ່ວມກັບການບລັອກການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເວັບໃນຣາວເຕີ, " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ຍັງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດຄວບຄຸມການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໃນແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແມ່ນເຮັດໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໂດຍໃຊ້ DHCP. ຄລາຍແອນທຸກປະເພດ " +"ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍສ່ວນຕົວ 10.0.0.0/8 ແລະ ຈະໄດ້ຮັບທີ່ຢູ່ IP ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ; ສ່ວນຄລາຍແອນ LTSP " +"ຄວນເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີ LTSP ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍແຍກ 192.168.0.0/24 " +"(ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງຄລາຍແອນ LTSP ຈະບໍ່ໄປລົບກວນ ການບໍລິການເຄືອຂ່າຍອື່ນໆ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"ການບັນທຶກລັອກແບບລວມສູນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເພື່ອໃຫ້ທຸກໆເຄື່ອງສົ່ງຂໍ້ຄວາມ syslog ໄປຫາເຊີເວີ. ການບໍລິການ syslog " +"ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຮັບຂໍ້ຄວາມທີ່ສົ່ງມາຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ເຊີເວີ DNS ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າດ້ວຍໂດເມນສຳລັບໃຊ້ພາຍໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ (*.intern), " +"ຈົນກວ່າຈະມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດເມນ DNS ຈິງ (\"ພາຍນອກ\"). ເຊີເວີ DNS ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນ ເຊີເວີ DNS ແບບແຄຊ໌ " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ທຸກໆເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍສາມາດໃຊ້ເປັນເຊີເວີ DNS ຫຼັກໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"ນັກຮຽນ ແລະ ຄູສາມາດເຜີຍແຜ່ເວັບໄຊໄດ້. ເວັບເຊີເວີມີກົນໄກສຳລັບການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນຜູ້ໃຊ້, ແລະ " +"ສຳລັບການຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງແຕ່ລະໜ້າ ແລະ ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຍ່ອຍໃຫ້ກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ກຸ່ມ ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້. " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະສາມາດສ້າງເວັບໄຊແບບໄດນາມິກໄດ້ ເນື່ອງຈາກເວັບເຊີເວີສາມາດ ຂຽນໂປຣແກຣມໄດ້ຈາກຝັ່ງເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໃນບ່ອນສູນກາງດຽວ, ແລະ " +"ຈະຖືກເຮັດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ໂດຍທຸກໆຄອມພິວເຕີໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ. ເພື່ອບັນລຸ ສິ່ງນີ້, " +"ຈຶ່ງມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີໄດເຣັກທໍຣີແບບລວມສູນ. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຈະມີຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ ຜູ້ໃຊ້, ກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້, ເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ " +"ແລະ ກຸ່ມຂອງເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ. ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນຄວາມສັບສົນ ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້, ຈະບໍ່ມີຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງລະຫວ່າງກຸ່ມໄຟລ໌ ແລະ " +"ກຸ່ມເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ສິ່ງນີ້ໝາຍເຖິງ ກຸ່ມຂອງເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ຈະສ້າງເປັນກຸ່ມເຄືອຂ່າຍຈະໃຊ້ພື້ນທີ່ຊື່ (namespace) " +"ດຽວກັນກັບກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"ການຈັດການການບໍລິການ ແລະ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ຈະຜ່ານເວັບ, ແລະ ເປັນໄປຕາມມາດຕະຖານທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້, " +"ເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ດີໃນເວັບບຣາວເຊີທີ່ເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງ Skolelinux. ການມອບໝາຍວຽກບາງຢ່າງ " +"ໃຫ້ກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນ ຫຼື ກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຜ່ານລະບົບການຈັດການ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນບັນຫາບາງຢ່າງກັບ NFS, ແລະ ເພື່ອໃຫ້ງ່າຍຕໍ່ການກວດສອບບັນຫາ, ເຄື່ອງຕ່າງໆ " +"ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການປັບເວລາໃຫ້ກົງກັນ. ເພື່ອບັນລຸສິ່ງນີ້, ເຊີເວີ Skolelinux ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນ ເຊີເວີ " +"Network Time Protocol (NTP) ພາຍໃນ, ແລະ ສະຖານີວຽກ ແລະ ຄລາຍແອນທັງໝົດ " +"ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຊິງໂຄຣໄນຊ໌ເວລາກັບເຊີເວີ. ເຊີເວີເອງຄວນຊິງໂຄຣໄນຊ໌ເວລາກັບເຄື່ອງ ໃນອິນເຕີເນັດຜ່ານ NTP " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທັງເຄືອຂ່າຍມີເວລາທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງພິມຈະຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ໃນບ່ອນທີ່ສະດວກ, ບໍ່ວ່າຈະເປັນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ໂດຍກົງກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ, ຫຼື ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີ, " +"ສະຖານີວຽກ ຫຼື ເຊີເວີ LTSP. ການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງພິມສາມາດ " +"ຄວບຄຸມໄດ້ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນຕາມກຸ່ມທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າສັງກັດ; ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍການໃຊ້ ໂຄຕ້າ (quota) ແລະ " +"ການຄວບຄຸມການເຂົ້າເຖິງສຳລັບເຄື່ອງພິມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux ສາມາດມີເຊີເວີ LTSP ໄດ້ຫຼາຍເຄື່ອງ, ເຊິ່ງຕິດຕັ້ງໄດ້ໂດຍການເລືອກ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP " +"Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີ LTSP ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຮັບ syslog ຈາກເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ ສະຖານີວຽກ, " +"ແລ້ວສົ່ງຂໍ້ຄວາມເຫຼົ່ານີ້ໄປຫາຜູ້ຮັບ syslog ສູນກາງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ LTSP ແມ່ນໃຊ້ໂປຣແກຣມທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"ລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຮາກ (root filesystem) ຂອງຄລາຍແອນແມ່ນໃຫ້ບໍລິການໂດຍໃຊ້ NFS. ຫຼັງຈາກການ " +"ປ່ຽນແປງແຕ່ລະຄັ້ງໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP, ອິເມຈ (image) ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງຈະຕ້ອງຖືກສ້າງໃໝ່; ໃຫ້ແລ່ນຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ (Thin clients)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ PC ທຳມະດາສາມາດເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ເປັນ (X-)terminals ໄດ້. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຄື່ອງຈະບູດໂດຍກົງຈາກເຊີເວີໂດຍໃຊ້ PXE ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຮາດດິສ ໃນເຄື່ອງ. " +"ປັດຈຸບັນການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງໃຊ້ X2Go, ເນື່ອງຈາກ LTSP ໄດ້ເລີກຮອງຮັບແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີໃນການນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງເກົ່າໆ (ສ່ວນຫຼາຍແມ່ນ 32-ບິດ) " +"ເພາະວ່າພວກມັນຈະແລ່ນໂປຣແກຣມທັງໝົດໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP. ມັນເຮັດວຽກດັ່ງນີ້: ບໍລິການ ຈະໃຊ້ DHCP ແລະ " +"TFTP ເພື່ອເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ ແລະ ບູດຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ຈາກນັ້ນ, ລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຈະຖືກເມົານ໌ (mount) " +"ຈາກເຊີເວີ LTSP ໂດຍໃຊ້ NFS, ແລະ ສຸດທ້າຍ ຄລາຍແອນ X2Go ກໍຈະເລີ່ມເຮັດວຽກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ (Diskless workstations)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສຈະແລ່ນຊອບແວທັງໝົດໃນເຄື່ອງ PC ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງມີລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ ຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນເຄື່ອງ. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍຈະບູດຜ່ານ PXE ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງ ແລ່ນຊອບແວທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນຮາດດິສພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີເລີດໃນການນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວທີ່ມີປະສິດທິພາບສູງ ໂດຍມີຄ່າໃຊ້ຈ່າຍ " +"ໃນການບຳລຸງຮັກສາຕໍ່າຄືກັນກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ. ຊອບແວຈະຖືກຈັດການ ແລະ ບຳລຸງຮັກສາ ຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີ " +"ໂດຍບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີຊອບແວຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນຄລາຍແອນ. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ ແລະ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລະບົບກໍຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນເຊີເວີຄືກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳວ່າ \"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ\" ທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນຄູ່ມືນີ້ ໝາຍເຖິງທັງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ " +"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ, ລວມທັງຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ໃຊ້ macOS ຫຼື Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "ການບໍລິຫານຈັດການ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງ Linux ທັງໝົດທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງດ້ວຍຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Skolelinux ຈະສາມາດຈັດການໄດ້ຈາກ ຄອມພິວເຕີສູນກາງ, " +"ເຊິ່ງສ່ວນຫຼາຍແມ່ນເຊີເວີ. ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບທຸກໆເຄື່ອງ ຜ່ານ SSH, ແລະ " +"ເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງໄດ້ຢ່າງສົມບູນ. ໃນຖານະ root ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງແລ່ນ <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> ກ່ອນເພື່ອຮັບ Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ໃຊ້ທັງໝົດຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ LDAP. ການອັບເດດບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ແມ່ນເຮັດຜ່ານ ຖານຂໍ້ມູນນີ້, " +"ເຊິ່ງຄລາຍແອນຈະໃຊ້ສຳລັບການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"ປັດຈຸບັນມີອິເມຈສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງສອງປະເພດ: netinst ແລະ BD. ທັງສອງອິເມຈ ສາມາດບູດຈາກ USB sticks " +"ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"ເປົ້າໝາຍຄືການສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຈາກສື່ປະເພດໃດກໍໄດ້ພຽງຄັ້ງດຽວ, ແລະ ຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ຄລາຍແອນອື່ນໆທັງໝົດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍການບູດຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "ສະເພາະອິເມຈ netinstall ເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ຕ້ອງການການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງບໍ່ຄວນມີການຖາມຄຳຖາມໃດໆ, ຍົກເວັ້ນພາສາທີ່ຕ້ອງການ, ສະຖານທີ່, ຜັງແປ້ນພິມ ແລະ " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຂອງເຄື່ອງ (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). " +"ການກຳນົດຄ່າອື່ນໆທັງໝົດຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດດ້ວຍຄ່າທີ່ເໝາະສົມ, " +"ເຊິ່ງຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ຈາກບ່ອນສູນກາງຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງລະບົບໄຟລ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"ບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ Skolelinux ແຕ່ລະບັນຊີຈະຖືກກຳນົດສ່ວນຂອງລະບົບໄຟລ໌ໃນໄຟລ໌ເຊີເວີ. ສ່ວນນີ້ (ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ) " +"ຈະມີໄຟລ໌ການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້, ເອກະສານ, ອີເມລ ແລະ ໜ້າເວັບ. " +"ບາງໄຟລ໌ຄວນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໃນລະບົບສາມາດອ່ານໄດ້, ບາງໄຟລ໌ ຄວນໃຫ້ທຸກຄົນໃນອິນເຕີເນັດອ່ານໄດ້, ແລະ " +"ບາງໄຟລ໌ກໍບໍ່ຄວນໃຫ້ໃຜອ່ານໄດ້ເລີຍ ນອກຈາກຕົວຜູ້ໃຊ້ເອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າດິສທັງໝົດທີ່ໃຊ້ສຳລັບໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຜູ້ໃຊ້ ຫຼື ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີທີ່ໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັນ " +"ສາມາດຕັ້ງຊື່ໃຫ້ບໍ່ຊ້ຳກັນໃນທຸກໆຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງ, ພວກມັນສາມາດຖືກເມົານ໌ເປັນ <computeroutput>/skole/" +"host/directory/</computeroutput>. ໃນເບື້ອງຕົ້ນ, ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີໜຶ່ງຈະຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃນໄຟລ໌ເຊີເວີ, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, " +"ເຊິ່ງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ທັງໝົດຈະຖືກສ້າງໄວ້ໃນນັ້ນ. ຈາກນັ້ນສາມາດສ້າງ " +"ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ເມື່ອຈຳເປັນເພື່ອຮອງຮັບກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ສະເພາະ ຫຼື ຮູບແບບການໃຊ້ງານສະເພາະ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ຮ່ວມກັນພາຍໃຕ້ລະບົບສິດຂອງ UNIX ປົກກະຕິ, ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງ " +"ຢູ່ໃນກຸ່ມທີ່ໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັນເພີ່ມເຕີມ (ເຊັ່ນ \"students\") ນອກເໜືອຈາກກຸ່ມຫຼັກສ່ວນຕົວ ທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າຢູ່ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ. " +"ຖ້າຜູ້ໃຊ້ມີ umask ທີ່ເໝາະສົມເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ສິ່ງທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃໝ່ ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ໂດຍກຸ່ມ (002 ຫຼື 007), ແລະ " +"ຖ້າໄດເຣັກທໍຣີທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ ຖືກຕັ້ງເປັນ setgid " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄຟລ໌ຈະສືບທອດຄວາມເປັນເຈົ້າຂອງກຸ່ມທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, " +"ຜົນທີ່ໄດ້ກໍຄືການແບ່ງປັນໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຖືກຄວບຄຸມລະຫວ່າງສະມາຊິກໃນກຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງເລີ່ມຕົ້ນສຳລັບໄຟລ໌ທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃໝ່ແມ່ນຂຶ້ນກັບນະໂຍບາຍ. umask ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງ Debian " +"ແມ່ນ 022 (ເຊິ່ງຈະບໍ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງກຸ່ມດັ່ງທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍຂ້າງເທິງ), ແຕ່ Debian Edu " +"ໃຊ້ຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນແມ່ນ 002 - ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າໄຟລ໌ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍໃຫ້ ທຸກຄົນສາມາດອ່ານໄດ້, " +"ເຊິ່ງສາມາດຖອນອອກໄດ້ພາຍຫຼັງໂດຍການກະທຳຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ເອງ. ອີກທາງເລືອກໜຶ່ງສາມາດປ່ຽນໄດ້ (ໂດຍການແກ້ໄຂ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) ໃຫ້ເປັນ umask 007 " +"- ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງເພື່ອອ່ານຈະຖືກບລັອກໄວ້ໃນເບື້ອງຕົ້ນ, ແລະ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕ້ອງເປັນຜູ້ເປີດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງເອງ. " +"ວິທີທຳອິດສົ່ງເສີມການແບ່ງປັນຄວາມຮູ້, ແລະ ເຮັດໃຫ້ລະບົບມີຄວາມໂປ່ງໃສຫຼາຍຂຶ້ນ, " +"ໃນຂະນະທີ່ວິທີທີສອງຈະຊ່ວຍຫຼຸດຜ່ອນຄວາມສ່ຽງ ຂອງການແຜ່ກະຈາຍຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ລະອຽດອ່ອນໂດຍບໍ່ຕັ້ງໃຈ. " +"ບັນຫາຂອງວິທີທຳອິດຄືຜູ້ໃຊ້ ອາດຈະບໍ່ຮູ້ວ່າສິ່ງທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າສ້າງຂຶ້ນນັ້ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໆທຸກຄົນສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້. " +"ພວກເຂົາສາມາດຮູ້ໄດ້ກໍຕໍ່ເມື່ອໄປກວດເບິ່ງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນ ແລະ ເຫັນວ່າໄຟລ໌ ຂອງເຂົາເຈົ້າສາມາດອ່ານໄດ້. " +"ສ່ວນບັນຫາຂອງວິທີທີສອງຄືມີໜ້ອຍຄົນທີ່ຈະເປີດ ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ຂອງຕົນ, " +"ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າໄຟລ໌ນັ້ນຈະບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ລະອຽດອ່ອນ ແລະ " +"ເນື້ອໃນຈະເປັນປະໂຫຍດຕໍ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນທີ່ຢາກຮຽນຮູ້ວິທີແກ້ໄຂບັນຫາບາງຢ່າງ (ໂດຍສະເພາະ ບັນຫາການກຳນົດຄ່າ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂອງລະບົບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"ມີຫຼາຍວິທີໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Skolelinux. ມັນສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງໃນ PC ເຄື່ອງດຽວແບບ Standalone, ຫຼື " +"ເປັນວິທີການແກ້ໄຂໃນລະດັບພາກພື້ນສຳລັບຫຼາຍໆໂຮງຮຽນທີ່ດຳເນີນການແບບລວມສູນ. " +"ຄວາມຢືດຢຸ່ນນີ້ເຮັດໃຫ້ເກີດຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງຢ່າງຫຼວງຫຼາຍຕໍ່ການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງອຸປະກອນເຄືອຂ່າຍ, ເຊີເວີ ແລະ " +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການດ້ານຮາດແວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ຈຸດປະສົງຂອງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຕ່າງໆແມ່ນໄດ້ຖືກອະທິບາຍໄວ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກມີຈຸດປະສົງທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ LTSP, ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໄປເບິ່ງທີ່ໜ້າ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການດ້ານຮາດແວຂອງ LTSP ໃນວິກິ</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"ຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ແລ່ນ Debian Edu / Skolelinux ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ໂປຣເຊດເຊີ x86 ແບບ 32 ບິດ " +"(ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian 'i386', ໂປຣເຊດເຊີເກົ່າສຸດທີ່ຮອງຮັບຄືລະດັບ 686) ຫຼື ແບບ 64 ບິດ " +"(ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian 'amd64')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງທີ່ມີ RAM ພຽງ 256 MiB ແລະ 400 MHz ກໍສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້, ແຕ່ແນະນຳໃຫ້ມີ RAM " +"ຫຼາຍຂຶ້ນ ແລະ ໂປຣເຊດເຊີທີ່ໄວກວ່າ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບສະຖານີວຽກ, ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ແລະ ລະບົບ Standalone, 1500 MHz ແລະ RAM 1024 MiB " +"ແມ່ນຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂັ້ນຕ່ຳສຸດ. ສຳລັບການແລ່ນເວັບບຣາວເຊີສະໄໝໃໝ່ ແລະ LibreOffice ແນະນຳໃຫ້ມີ RAM " +"ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ 2048 MiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງໃນດິສຂັ້ນຕ່ຳແມ່ນຂຶ້ນກັບໂປຣໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ + ເຊີເວີ LTSP + ສະຖານີວຽກ (ຫາກຕ້ອງການ GUI ໃນເຊີເວີ): 60 GiB " +"(ບວກກັບພື້ນທີ່ເພີ່ມເຕີມສຳລັບບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "ສະຖານີວຽກ ຫຼື Standalone: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP ຕ້ອງການກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍສອງໃບ ເມື່ອໃຊ້ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 ໃຊ້ສຳລັບໃຫ້ບໍລິການຄລາຍແອນ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "ແລັບທັອບແມ່ນສະຖານີວຽກທີ່ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍໄດ້, ດັ່ງນັ້ນພວກມັນຈຶ່ງມີຄວາມຕ້ອງການຄືກັນກັບສະຖານີວຽກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "ຮາດແວທີ່ຢືນຢັນແລ້ວວ່າໃຊ້ງານໄດ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍຊື່ຮາດແວທີ່ຜ່ານການທົດສອບແລ້ວແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. ລາຍຊື່ນີ້ຍັງບໍ່ທັນສົມບູນເທື່ອ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> " +"ແມ່ນຄວາມພະຍາຍາມໃນການ ບັນທຶກວິທີການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ກຳນົດຄ່າ ແລະ ນຳໃຊ້ Debian " +"ໃນຮາດແວສະເພາະບາງຢ່າງ, ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຜູ້ທີ່ອາດຈະຊື້ໄດ້ຮູ້ວ່າຮາດແວນັ້ນຮອງຮັບຫຼືບໍ່ ແລະ ໃຫ້ເຈົ້າຂອງທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ " +"ໄດ້ຮູ້ວິທີນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວນັ້ນໃຫ້ເກີດປະໂຫຍດສູງສຸດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການສຳລັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "ເມື່ອໃຊ້ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ກົດເກົ່ານີ້ຈະຖືກນຳໃຊ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການເຊີເວີຫຼັກພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "ທ່ານສາມາດມີສະຖານີວຽກຫຼາຍຮ້ອຍເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດມີເຊີເວີ LTSP ໄດ້ຫຼາຍເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ; ສອງເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງກັນ " +"ແມ່ນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າ (DNS, DHCP) ໃນ LDAP, ແລະ ສາມາດເພີ່ມໄດ້ອີກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດມີເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ/ຫຼື ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ຫຼາຍຮ້ອຍເຄື່ອງ ໃນແຕ່ລະເຄືອຂ່າຍເຊີເວີ " +"LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "ທ່ານສາມາດມີເຄື່ອງອື່ນໆອີກຫຼາຍຮ້ອຍເຄື່ອງທີ່ຈະໄດ້ຮັບທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບໄດນາມິກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "ສຳລັບການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ ທ່ານຕ້ອງການຣາວເຕີ/ເກດເວ (ເບິ່ງດ້ານລຸ່ມ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "ຣາວເຕີອິນເຕີເນັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"ຣາວເຕີ/ເກດເວ ທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບອິນເຕີເນັດໃນອິນເຕີເຟດພາຍນອກ ແລະ ເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ທີ່ ທີ່ຢູ່ IP 10.0.0.1 ດ້ວຍ " +"netmask 255.0.0.0 ໃນອິນເຕີເຟດພາຍໃນ, ແມ່ນຈຳເປັນສຳລັບການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"ຣາວເຕີບໍ່ຄວນແລ່ນເຊີເວີ DHCP, ມັນສາມາດແລ່ນເຊີເວີ DNS ໄດ້, ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າສິ່ງນີ້ ຈະບໍ່ຈຳເປັນ ແລະ " +"ຈະບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ກໍຕາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານຍັງບໍ່ມີຣາວເຕີ ຫຼື ຣາວເຕີທີ່ມີຢູ່ບໍ່ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາມນັ້ນໄດ້, " +"ເຄື່ອງໃດກໍຕາມທີ່ຜ່ານຄວາມຕ້ອງການສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ ແລະ ມີອິນເຕີເຟດ " +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍຢ່າງໜ້ອຍສອງອັນ ສາມາດປ່ຽນເປັນເກດເວລະຫວ່າງເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຢູ່ ແລະ ເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu ໄດ້. " +"ເບິ່ງ <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">ເອກະສານການຕິດຕັ້ງ</link> ສຳລັບວິທີງ່າຍໆໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງ Debian ໂດຍໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການບາງຢ່າງສຳລັບ embedded router ຫຼື accesspoint ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າແນ່ນອນວ່າທ່ານ ຍັງສາມາດໃຊ້ " +"firmware ດັ້ງເດີມໄດ້. ການໃຊ້ firmware ດັ້ງເດີມແມ່ນງ່າຍກວ່າ; ແຕ່ການໃຊ້ OpenWRT ຈະໃຫ້ທາງເລືອກ " +"ແລະ ການຄວບຄຸມຫຼາຍກວ່າ. ກວດເບິ່ງເວັບໄຊ OpenWRT ສຳລັບລາຍຊື່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">ຮາດແວທີ່ຮອງຮັບ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງອອກໄປ (ມີ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">ຂັ້ນຕອນທີ່ມີການບັນທຶກໄວ້</ulink> " +"ເພື່ອເຮັດສິ່ງນີ້), ແຕ່ຫາກທ່ານບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກບັງຄັບໂດຍໂຄງສ້າງເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ, ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ຫຼີກເວັ້ນ ແລະ " +"ແນະນຳໃຫ້ທ່ານໃຊ້ຕາມ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link> " +"ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "ທາງເລືອກໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ການດາວໂຫຼດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "ບ່ອນທີ່ສາມາດຊອກຫາຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "ກະລຸນາລອງໃຊ້ Debian Edu/Skolelinux, ມັນຄວນຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ທັນທີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ, ແນະນຳໃຫ້ອ່ານບົດກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການ " +"ດ້ານຮາດແວ ແລະ ເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link> ແລະ ກ່ຽວກັບ <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link> ກ່ອນທີ່ຈະເລີ່ມຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າລືມອ່ານບົດ <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">ການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃຊ້ງານ</link> ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້, " +"ເພາະມັນຈະອະທິບາຍວິທີການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເປັນຄັ້ງທຳອິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 ຫຼື i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> ແມ່ນຊື່ຂອງສອງສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian ສຳລັບ CPU x86, ທັງສອງ ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍ " +"AMD, Intel ແລະ ຜູ້ຜະລິດອື່ນໆ. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳແບບ 64-ບິດ ແລະ <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳແບບ 32-ບິດ. ການຕິດຕັ້ງໃໝ່ໃນປັດຈຸບັນຄວນເຮັດໂດຍໃຊ້ <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. ສ່ວນ <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " +"ຄວນໃຊ້ກັບຮາດແວທີ່ເກົ່າຫຼາຍໆເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgstr "ອິເມຈ ISO ແບບ netinst ສຳລັບ amd64 ຫຼື i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " +"name implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"ອິເມຈ ISO ແບບ netinst ສາມາດໃຊ້ສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກ CD/DVD ແລະ USB flash drives ແລະ " +"ມີໃຫ້ສຳລັບສອງສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian: amd64 ຫຼື i386. ຕາມຊື່ຂອງມັນ, " +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບນີ້ຕ້ອງມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download " +"from:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgstr "ອິເມຈ ISO ແບບ BD ສຳລັບ amd64 ຫຼື i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +"installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. " +"Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of " +"sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"ອິເມຈ ISO ເຫຼົ່ານີ້ມີຂະໜາດປະມານ 7.5 GB ແລະ ສາມາດໃຊ້ຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງ amd64 ຫຼື i386 ໄດ້ " +"ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ. ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັບອິເມຈ netinst, ມັນສາມາດໃຊ້ໃນ USB flash drives " +"ຫຼື ສື່ບັນທຶກຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ມີຂະໜາດພຽງພໍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "ການກວດສອບຄວາມຖືກຕ້ອງຂອງໄຟລ໌ອິເມຈທີ່ດາວໂຫຼດມາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳແນະນຳຢ່າງລະອຽດສຳລັບການກວດສອບ ແລະ ການໃຊ້ອິເມຈເຫຼົ່ານີ້ແມ່ນເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງ <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "ຊອຣ໌ສໂຄ້ດ (Sources)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ຊອຣ໌ສໂຄ້ດມີໃຫ້ຈາກຄັງເກັບຂອງ Debian ໃນບ່ອນປົກກະຕິ, ສື່ຕ່າງໆມີລິ້ງຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອທ່ານທຳການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu, ທ່ານຈະມີທາງເລືອກບໍ່ເທົ່າໃດຢ່າງໃຫ້ເລືອກ. ບໍ່ຕ້ອງກັງວົນ; " +"ມັນບໍ່ໄດ້ມີຫຼາຍເກີນໄປ. ພວກເຮົາໄດ້ພະຍາຍາມປົກປິດຄວາມຊັບຊ້ອນ ຂອງ Debian ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ " +"ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ. ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ, Debian Edu ກໍຄື Debian, ແລະ ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການ " +"ມັນກໍມີແພັກເກັດໃຫ້ເລືອກຫຼາຍກວ່າ 59,000 ແພັກເກັດ ແລະ ທາງເລືອກການກຳນົດຄ່າອີກມະຫາສານ. " +"ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່, ຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງພວກເຮົາກໍຖືວ່າພຽງພໍແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ: ຫາກມີຈຸດປະສົງ ທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ " +"LTSP, ໃຫ້ເລືອກສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບທີ່ມີນ້ຳໜັກເບົາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "ຮູບແບບການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "ເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນ ຫຼື ເຮືອນທົ່ວໄປທີ່ມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດຜ່ານຣາວເຕີ ທີ່ໃຫ້ບໍລິການ DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກແມ່ນສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້, ແຕ່ຫຼັງຈາກບູດເຄື່ອງໃໝ່ຈະບໍ່ມີ ການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ (ເນື່ອງຈາກ IP " +"ຂອງອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກແມ່ນ 10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງບົດ <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">ຣາວເຕີອິນເຕີເນັດ</link> " +"ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວ ຫາກບໍ່ສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າຣາວເຕີທີ່ມີຢູ່ຕາມທີ່ຕ້ອງການໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອຸປະກອນທັງໝົດຕາມທີ່ສະແດງໃນບົດ <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "ເຊີເວີຫຼັກຄວນຈະມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດເມື່ອບູດເປັນຄັ້ງທຳອິດໃນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "ເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນ ຫຼື ສະຖາບັນທົ່ວໄປ, ຄ້າຍຄືກັບດ້ານເທິງ, ແຕ່ຕ້ອງມີການໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມ 'debian-edu-expert' ໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ kernel (kernel command line); " +"ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດວິທີການເຮັດຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "ຕ້ອງຕອບຄຳຖາມເພີ່ມເຕີມບາງຢ່າງ, ລວມທັງຄຳຖາມທີ່ກ່ຽວກັບເຊີເວີພຣັອກຊີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຣາວເຕີ/ເກດເວ IP 10.0.0.1/8 (ເຊິ່ງບໍ່ມີເຊີເວີ DHCP) ແລະ ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໄດ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"ທັນທີທີ່ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍອັດຕະໂນມັດຫຼົ້ມເຫຼວ (ເນື່ອງຈາກບໍ່ມີ DHCP), ໃຫ້ເລືອກການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "ປ້ອນ 10.0.2.2/8 ເປັນ IP ຂອງໂຮສ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "ປ້ອນ 10.0.0.1 ເປັນ IP ຂອງເກດເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "ປ້ອນ 8.8.8.8 ເປັນ IP ຂອງເນມເຊີເວີ (nameserver) ຫາກທ່ານບໍ່ມີອັນອື່ນທີ່ດີກວ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "ເຊີເວີຫຼັກຄວນຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ທັນທີຫຼັງຈາກບູດຄັ້ງທຳອິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "ອອຟລາຍ (ບໍ່ມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "ໃຊ້ອິເມຈ BD ISO." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "ກວດເບິ່ງໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າສາຍເຄືອຂ່າຍທັງໝົດ (ຈິງ/ສະເມືອນ) ຖືກຖອດອອກແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ 'ຢ່າຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນເວລານີ້' (ຫຼັງຈາກ DHCP ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼົ້ມເຫຼວ ແລະ ທ່ານກົດ 'ສືບຕໍ່')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "ມີຫຼາຍສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບໃຫ້ເລືອກ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "Xfce ໃຊ້ຊັບພະຍາກອນຫຼາຍກວ່າ LXDE ເລັກໜ້ອຍ ແຕ່ຮອງຮັບພາສາໄດ້ດີຫຼາຍ (106 ພາສາ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE ແລະ GNOME ທັງສອງຮອງຮັບພາສາໄດ້ດີ, ແຕ່ໃຊ້ຊັບພະຍາກອນຫຼາຍເກີນໄປ ສຳລັບທັງຄອມພິວເຕີເກົ່າ ແລະ " +"ຄລາຍແອນ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon ແມ່ນທາງເລືອກທີ່ເບົາກວ່າ GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "MATE ແມ່ນເບົາກວ່າສາມຢ່າງຂ້າງເທິງ, ແຕ່ຍັງຂາດການຮອງຮັບພາສາທີ່ດີສຳລັບຫຼາຍປະເທດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE ໃຊ້ຊັບພະຍາກອນໜ້ອຍທີ່ສຸດ ແລະ ຮອງຮັບ 35 ພາສາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt ແມ່ນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບທີ່ມີນ້ຳໜັກເບົາ (ຮອງຮັບພາສາຄ້າຍກັບ LXDE) " +"ພ້ອມກັບຮູບລັກສະນະທີ່ທັນສະໄໝກວ່າ (ອີງໃສ່ Qt ຄືກັນກັບ KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ໃນຖານະໂຄງການລະດັບສາກົນ ໄດ້ເລືອກໃຊ້ Xfce ເປັນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ; " +"ເບິ່ງວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນອັນອື່ນຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບແຍກສ່ວນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບທີ່ລວມເອົາໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> ນຳ, " +"ໂປຣແກຣມທີ່ກ່ຽວກັບການສຶກສາຈຳນວນຫຼາຍຈະຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງ. ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະເພາະໂປຣໄຟລ໌ພື້ນຖານ, ໃຫ້ຖອນພາຣາມິເຕີ " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> ໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ kernel ກ່ອນເລີ່ມການຕິດຕັ້ງ; " +"ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດວິທີເຮັດຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ. ສິ່ງນີ້ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດ ຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບສະເພາະບ່ອນ ແລະ " +"ສາມາດໃຊ້ເພື່ອເລັ່ງການຕິດຕັ້ງເພື່ອທົດສອບໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ: ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບພາຍຫຼັງ, ຢ່າໃຊ້ meta-packages ຂອງ " +"Debian Edu ເຊັ່ນ <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " +"ເພາະມັນຈະດຶງເອົາໂປຣແກຣມການສຶກສາທັງໝົດມາ; ແຕ່ໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງເຊັ່ນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> " +"ແທນ. ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງ meta-packages ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບລະດັບ ການສຶກສາໃໝ່ໜຶ່ງຢ່າງ ຫຼື ຫຼາຍກວ່າເຊັ່ນ " +"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> ໃຫ້ກົງກັບການໃຊ້ງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດກ່ຽວກັບ meta-packages ຂອງ Debian Edu, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໜ້າ <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">ພາບລວມຂອງແພັກເກັດ Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "ປະເພດ ແລະ ທາງເລືອກໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງໃນຮາດແວ 64-ບິດ - ໂໝດ BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ 64-ບິດ (ໂໝດ BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> ໃຊ້ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງແບບກຣາຟິກ " +"ທີ່ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ເມົາສ໌ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ໃຊ້ໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ (text mode)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> ຈະສະແດງເມນູຍ່ອຍ " +"ພ້ອມທາງເລືອກທີ່ລະອຽດກວ່າໃຫ້ເລືອກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> ໃຫ້ຄຳແນະນຳບາງຢ່າງກ່ຽວກັບການໃຊ້ ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ; " +"ເບິ່ງພາບໜ້າຈໍດ້ານລຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍທາງເລືອກຂັ້ນສູງຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ 64-ບິດ ໜ້າທີ 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> ກັບຄືນໄປຫາເມນູຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> ໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງ " +"ທຸກຄຳຖາມທີ່ມີ, ສາມາດໃຊ້ເມົາສ໌ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> ເຮັດໃຫ້ສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງນີ້ " +"ກາຍເປັນແຜ່ນກູ້ໄພສຳລັບວຽກງານສຸກເສີນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> ຕ້ອງການໄຟລ໌ " +"preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> ໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງທຸກຄຳຖາມທີ່ມີ " +"ໃນໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> ໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ; ເຮັດໃຫ້ສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງນີ້ " +"ກາຍເປັນແຜ່ນກູ້ໄພສຳລັບວຽກງານສຸກເສີນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> ໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ; ຕ້ອງການໄຟລ໌ " +"preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າໃຊ້ <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> ຫຼື " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, ແຕ່ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> ແທນ ເປັນພາຣາມິເຕີ kernel " +"ເພີ່ມເຕີມໃນກໍລະນີພິເສດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ໜ້າຈໍຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"ໜ້າຈໍຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອນີ້ອະທິບາຍໃນຕົວມັນເອງ ແລະ ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ປຸ່ມ <F> ໃນແປ້ນພິມ " +"ເພື່ອຮັບການຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອທີ່ລະອຽດກວ່າກ່ຽວກັບຫົວຂໍ້ທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍໄວ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງໃນຮາດແວ 64-ບິດ - ໂໝດ UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ 64-ບິດ (ໂໝດ UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ເພີ່ມ ຫຼື ປ່ຽນພາຣາມິເຕີການບູດສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ໃນທັງສອງກໍລະນີ, ທາງເລືອກການບູດສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ໂດຍການກົດປຸ່ມ <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ຫຼື <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> " +"ໃນເມນູບູດ; ພາບໜ້າຈໍສະແດງບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງສຳລັບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical " +"install</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "ແກ້ໄຂທາງເລືອກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ (ໂໝດ BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "ແກ້ໄຂທາງເລືອກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ (ໂໝດ UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ບໍລິການ HTTP ພຣັອກຊີທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍເພື່ອເລັ່ງການຕິດຕັ້ງ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main " +"Server</emphasis> ຈາກ CD. ເພີ່ມເຊັ່ນ: <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> ເປັນພາຣາມິເຕີການບູດເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກທ່ານໄດ້ຕິດຕັ້ງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> ໃນເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງແລ້ວ, " +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງຄັ້ງຕໍ່ໄປຄວນເຮັດຜ່ານ PXE, ເພາະມັນຈະໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> ແທນທີ່ " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> ທີ່ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ໃຫ້ປ່ຽນ " +"<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> ເປັນ <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> ໃນພາຣາມິເຕີ <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> ແທນ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> ແທນ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> " +"ແທນ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> ແທນ, " +"ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ແລະ ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> ແທນ, " +"ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "ຂະບວນການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າລືມກວດເບິ່ງ <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂອງລະບົບ</link> ແລະ " +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານມີກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍ (NIC) ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍສອງໃບ ຫາກທ່ານວາງແຜນຈະຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "ເລືອກພາສາ (ສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ສຳລັບລະບົບທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "ເລືອກສະຖານທີ່ ເຊິ່ງປົກກະຕິຄວນຈະແມ່ນບ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານອາໄສຢູ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "ເລືອກຜັງແປ້ນພິມ (ຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງປະເທດມັກຈະໃຊ້ໄດ້ດີ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "ເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຈາກລາຍຊື່ຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server (ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (tjener) ສຳລັບໂຮງຮຽນຂອງທ່ານ ເຊິ່ງໃຫ້ບໍລິການທັງໝົດທີ່ຖືກ " +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າໃຫ້ພ້ອມໃຊ້ງານທັນທີ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວຕໍ່ໜຶ່ງໂຮງຮຽນ! " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ລວມເອົາສ່ວນຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ແບບກຣາຟິກ (GUI). ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການ GUI, ໃຫ້ເລືອກ " +"Workstation ຫຼື LTSP Server ເພີ່ມເຕີມຈາກອັນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation (ສະຖານີວຽກ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"ຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ບູດຈາກຮາດດິສພາຍໃນ, ແລະ ແລ່ນຊອບແວ ແລະ ອຸປະກອນທັງໝົດໃນເຄື່ອງ ຄືກັບຄອມພິວເຕີທົ່ວໄປ, " +"ຍົກເວັ້ນແຕ່ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະຖືກຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ ໂດຍເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ເຊິ່ງເປັນບ່ອນເກັບໄຟລ໌ ແລະ " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເດັສທັອບຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation (ສະຖານີວຽກແບບໂຣມມິງ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"ຄືກັນກັບສະຖານີວຽກ ແຕ່ສາມາດຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນໂດຍໃຊ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເກັບໄວ້ໃນແຄຊ໌ (cached credentials), " +"ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າສາມາດໃຊ້ນອກເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນໄດ້. ໄຟລ໌ ແລະ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ " +"ໃນດິສພາຍໃນເຄື່ອງ. ສຳລັບໂນ້ດບຸກ ແລະ ແລັບທັອບທີ່ມີຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນດຽວ ຄວນເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ ແລະ ບໍ່ແມ່ນ " +"'Workstation' ຫຼື 'Standalone' ຕາມທີ່ເຄີຍແນະນຳໃນລຸ້ນກ່ອນໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server (ເຊີເວີ LTSP)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີສຳລັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ (ແລະ ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ) ເອີ້ນວ່າ ເຊີເວີ LTSP. " +"ຄລາຍແອນທີ່ບໍ່ມີຮາດດິສຈະບູດ ແລະ ແລ່ນຊອບແວຈາກເຊີເວີນີ້. ຄອມພິວເຕີເຄື່ອງນີ້ " +"ຕ້ອງການອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍສອງອັນ, ໜ່ວຍຄວາມຈຳຫຼາຍ, ແລະ ຖ້າຈະໃຫ້ດີຄວນມີ ຫຼາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງໂປຣເຊດເຊີ ຫຼື " +"ຄໍຣ໌ (core). ເບິ່ງບົດກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ</" +"link> ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ. ການເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ຍັງຈະເປີດໃຊ້ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ workstation ນຳ " +"(ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າຈະບໍ່ໄດ້ເລືອກກໍຕາມ) - ເຊີເວີ LTSP ສາມາດໃຊ້ເປັນສະຖານີວຽກໄດ້ສະເໝີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone (ເຄື່ອງດ່ຽວ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"ຄອມພິວເຕີທົ່ວໄປທີ່ສາມາດເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (ນັ້ນຄື ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງ ຢູ່ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ). " +"ລວມທັງແລັບທັອບ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal (ແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດພື້ນຖານ ແລະ ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງໃຫ້ລວມເຂົ້າໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu, " +"ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ມີການບໍລິການ ຫຼື ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນໃດໆ. ມັນມີປະໂຫຍດ " +"ໃນຖານະເປັນແພລັດຟອມສຳລັບການບໍລິການດ່ຽວໆທີ່ຖືກຍ້າຍອອກມາຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທົ່ວໄປຄວນຈະສາມາດໃຊ້ລະບົບດັ່ງກ່າວໄດ້, ມັນຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການ ເພີ່ມໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² " +"(ຄ້າຍກັບສະຖານີວຽກ) ແລະ ຕ້ອງຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດ libpam-krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> ແມ່ນຖືກເລືອກໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າແລ້ວ. ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເຫຼົ່ານີ້ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງ ໃນເຄື່ອງດຽວກັນໄດ້ " +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕິດຕັ້ງສິ່ງທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ <emphasis>ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ (combined main server)</" +"emphasis>. ນີ້ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈະເປັນທັງເຊີເວີ LTSP ແລະ ໃຊ້ເປັນສະຖານີວຽກນຳ. ນີ້ແມ່ນ " +"ທາງເລືອກເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ເພາະພວກເຮົາສົມມຸດວ່າຄົນສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ຕ້ອງການແບບນັ້ນ. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ " +"ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງມີກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍ 2 ໃບຕິດຕັ້ງໃນເຄື່ອງທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງເປັນເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ ຫຼື ເປັນເຊີເວີ LTSP " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ງານໄດ້ຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ \"yes\" (ແມ່ນ) ຫຼື \"no\" (ບໍ່) ສຳລັບການແບ່ງພາກສ່ວນດິສອັດຕະໂນມັດ (automatic " +"partitioning). ໃຫ້ລະວັງວ່າການເລືອກ \"yes\" ຈະທຳລາຍຂໍ້ມູນທັງໝົດໃນຮາດດິສ! ໃນທາງກົງກັນຂ້າມ, " +"ການເລືອກ \"no\" ຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ເຮັດວຽກເພີ່ມເຕີມ - ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າພາກສ່ວນດິສ (partitions) " +"ທີ່ຈຳເປັນໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ ແລະ ມີຂະໜາດໃຫຍ່ພໍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາເລືອກ \"yes\" ເພື່ອສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນໄປຫາ <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ພວກເຮົາຮູ້ວ່າແພັກເກັດໃດທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບຄວາມນິຍົມ ແລະ ຄວນເກັບໄວ້ສຳລັບລຸ້ນ ໃນອະນາຄົດ. " +"ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າທ່ານບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເຮັດ, ແຕ່ມັນກໍເປັນວິທີງ່າຍໆທີ່ທ່ານຈະຊ່ວຍໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"ລໍຖ້າ. ຫາກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ທີ່ເລືອກລວມມີ LTSP Server, ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຂ້ອນຂ້າງດົນ ໃນຕອນທ້າຍ, " +"\"ກຳລັງສິ້ນສຸດການຕິດຕັ້ງ - ກຳລັງແລ່ນ debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກກຳນົດລະຫັດຜ່ານ root ແລ້ວ, ທ່ານຈະຖືກຖາມໃຫ້ສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ທົ່ວໄປ " +"\"ສຳລັບວຽກງານທີ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນການບໍລິຫານ\". ສຳລັບ Debian Edu ບັນຊີນີ້ແມ່ນ ສຳຄັນຫຼາຍ: " +"ມັນແມ່ນບັນຊີທີ່ທ່ານຈະໃຊ້ເພື່ອຈັດການເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"ລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ນີ້ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຕ້ອງ</emphasis> ມີຄວາມຍາວ <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ 5 ຕົວອັກສອນ</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ຕ້ອງແຕກຕ່າງ</emphasis> ຈາກ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ " +"(username)</emphasis> - ຖ້າບໍ່ດັ່ງນັ້ນຈະບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໄດ້ (ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າລະຫັດຜ່ານທີ່ສັ້ນກວ່າ ຫຼື " +"ລະຫັດຜ່ານທີ່ກົງກັບຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະຖືກຍອມຮັບໂດຍຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງກໍຕາມ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"ລໍຖ້າອີກຄັ້ງໃນກໍລະນີຂອງ <emphasis>ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ (combined main server)</emphasis> " +"ຫຼັງຈາກບູດລະບົບໃໝ່. ມັນຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຂ້ອນຂ້າງດົນໃນການສ້າງອິເມຈ SquashFS ສຳລັບສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ເປັນເຊີເວີ LTSP ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ, ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ແລະ/ຫຼື ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ " +"ຈະຕ້ອງມີຂັ້ນຕອນການເຮັດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງບາງຢ່າງ. ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງເກດເວໂດຍໃຊ້ debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອທີ່ຈະນຳໃຊ້ມັນ, ໃຫ້ທຳການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ (minimal). ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າ ໃຊ້ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian " +"ປົກກະຕິ ແລະ ບໍ່ແມ່ນຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu ເພາະວ່າ ການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu ບໍ່ຖືກຮອງຮັບໂດຍ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດ <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> ໂດຍໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງຂໍ້ຜິດພາດກ່ຽວກັບການກຳນົດຄ່າແມ່ນເປັນເລື່ອງປົກກະຕິ ແລະ ສາມາດຂ້າມໄປກ່ອນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບຂະບວນການກຳນົດຄ່າຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>, ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີໂດຍກົງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"ອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍອາດຈະຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງແລ້ວ ຫຼື ຍັງບໍ່ທັນໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກໍໄດ້. ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ, " +"ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຮູ້ວ່າອິນເຕີເຟດໃດຈະຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍໃດ. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບຮາດແວເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "ສາມາດຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"ລຶບການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍສອງອັນທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ຈາກ <computeroutput>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</computeroutput> ຫຼື ໄຟລ໌ໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/network/" +"interfaces.d/</computeroutput> ແລະ ຍົກເລີກການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງສອງອິນເຕີເຟດນັ້ນໂດຍໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "ຂະບວນການກຳນົດຄ່າຕົວຈິງຈະເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "ການເລືອກວິທີການກຳນົດຄ່າ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "ການຢືນຢັນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຖືກຖາມກ່ຽວກັບວິທີການກຳນົດຄ່າໄຟວໍ uif ໃຫ້ເລືອກ \"debian-edu-router\". " +"ຢືນຢັນວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕັ້ງຄ່າໄຟວໍສຳລັບ Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "ການອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ ping ໃນ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "ການອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ traceroute ໃນ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"ຕັດສິນໃຈວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕອບສະໜອງຕໍ່ ping ແລະ traceroute ຫຼືບໍ່. ຫາກບໍ່ແນ່ໃຈ ໃຫ້ຕອບ yes " +"ເພາະມັນເປັນປະໂຫຍດໃນການກວດສອບບັນຫາເຄືອຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ IP packet forwarding" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "ຢືນຢັນວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ IP packet forwarding." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "ການເລືອກວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"ຕໍ່ໄປ, ກຳນົດເຄືອຂ່າຍໃຫ້ກັບອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນຣາວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ, ເລືອກໜຶ່ງໃນ ທາງເລືອກທີ່ມີໃຫ້ " +"ຂຶ້ນຢູ່ກັບວ່າອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແລ້ວຫຼືບໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "ການເລືອກອິນເຕີເຟດ uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "ເລືອກອິນເຕີເຟດທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຂາອອກ (upstream network)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "ການເລືອກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ, ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ແນ່ໃຈ ແລະ ຕ້ອງການພຽງເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນດຽວ ໃຫ້ເລືອກ " +"\"Education\" ຢູ່ບ່ອນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "ເລືອກວ່າຄວນໃຊ້ VLANs ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນຫຼືບໍ່, ຫາກທ່ານບໍ່ແນ່ໃຈໃຫ້ເລືອກ no ຢູ່ບ່ອນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "ການເລືອກເວີຊັນ IP ທີ່ຮອງຮັບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "ເລືອກ \"IPv4\" ຢູ່ບ່ອນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "ການເລືອກເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ຕ້ອງການທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ (static)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address and, " +"if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, \"Education\"." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ \"Uplink\" ຫາກເຄືອຂ່າຍຂາອອກຂອງທ່ານຕ້ອງການທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ ແລະ, " +"ຫາກທ່ານເຮັດຕາມຄຳແນະນຳຂ້າງເທິງກ່ຽວກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ, ໃຫ້ເລືອກ \"Education\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າ <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> ເປັນທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ສຳລັບ " +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ \"Education\" ຫາກທ່ານເຮັດຕາມຄຳແນະນຳຂ້າງເທິງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ NAT ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "ເປີດໃຊ້ງານ NAT ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຫ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໄດ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "ເປີດໃຫ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການເປີດການບໍລິການພາຍໃນໃດໆສູ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ ທ່ານສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າໄດ້ " +"ໂດຍໃຊ້ໄວຍາກອນທີ່ອະທິບາຍໄວ້. ໝາຍເຫດວ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ໄປຫາເກດເວ " +"ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ໃນກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມໂຕ້ຕອບຖັດໄປ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "ຕັດສິນໃຈວ່າຈະອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍໃດສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ໄປຫາເກດເວໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ DHCP ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າເປີດໃຊ້ງານ DHCP ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ, ເພາະມັນຈະຖືກໃຫ້ບໍລິການໂດຍ ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າພອດ SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"ກຳນົດຄ່າພອດ SSH, ເຊິ່ງຄວນຈະແມ່ນ <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"ຫາກຍັງບໍ່ທັນມີການປ່ຽນແປງການກຳນົດຄ່າ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." +msgstr "" +"ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍຫາກທ່ານຍັງບໍ່ທັນໄດ້ເຮັດ ແລະ ບູດເຄື່ອງໃໝ່. ດຽວນີ້, ເມື່ອທ່ານເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍ " +"root ທ່ານຄວນຈະເຫັນເມນູ Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າ SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ຖືກເປີດໃຊ້ງານ, ເກດເວຈະສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າໃໝ່ຈາກໄລຍະໄກໄດ້ " +"ຜ່ານເມນູທີ່ມີໃຫ້ເມື່ອເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍ root. ການກົດ <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> " +"ໃນເມນູຫຼັກຈະສະຫຼັບໄປຫາເມນູການກຳນົດຄ່າ ເຊິ່ງສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງການກຳນົດຄ່າ ທັງໝົດ ຫຼື " +"ບາງສ່ວນໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ລະບົບໂຕ້ຕອບດຽວກັນກັບທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນຕອນເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບຄຸນລັກສະນະບາງຢ່າງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບໂນ້ດບຸກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"ສ່ວນຫຼາຍທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງການໃຊ້ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ 'Roaming workstation' (ເບິ່ງດ້ານເທິງ). " +"ໃຫ້ລະວັງວ່າຂໍ້ມູນທັງໝົດຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນເຄື່ອງ (ດັ່ງນັ້ນຄວນເອົາໃຈໃສ່ເລື່ອງການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນເປັນພິເສດ) ແລະ " +"ຂໍ້ມູນການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນແຄຊ໌ (ດັ່ງນັ້ນຫຼັງຈາກປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ, " +"ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບອາດຈະຍັງຕ້ອງໃຊ້ລະຫັດຜ່ານເກົ່າ ຫາກທ່ານຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແລັບທັອບ ເຂົ້າກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ ແລະ " +"ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກອິເມຈ USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກອິເມຈ USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc ແລ້ວ, <computeroutput>/" +"etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> ຈະມີພຽງແຕ່ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ ຈາກອິເມຈນັ້ນເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ຫາກທ່ານມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ, ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳຢ່າງຍິ່ງ " +"ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມບັນທັດຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພທີ່ມີຢູ່ໄດ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກ CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບ netinst (ເຊິ່ງເປັນປະເພດການຕິດຕັ້ງທີ່ CD ຂອງພວກເຮົາໃຫ້) ຈະດຶງເອົາບາງແພັກເກັດຈາກ " +"CD ແລະ ສ່ວນທີ່ເຫຼືອຈາກອິນເຕີເນັດ. ຈຳນວນແພັກເກັດ ທີ່ດຶງຈາກເນັດຈະແຕກຕ່າງກັນໄປຕາມແຕ່ລະໂປຣໄຟລ໌ " +"ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ເກີນໜຶ່ງກິກາໄບ (ຍົກເວັ້ນທ່ານເລືອກຕິດຕັ້ງທຸກສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບທີ່ມີ). ເມື່ອທ່ານຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແລ້ວ (ບໍ່ວ່າຈະເປັນເຊີເວີຫຼັກລ້ວນໆ ຫຼື ເຊີເວີແບບລວມ), ການຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ຄັ້ງຕໍ່ໄປຈະໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີຂອງມັນເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນການດາວໂຫຼດແພັກເກັດເດີມຊ້ຳຫຼາຍຄັ້ງຈາກເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງໂດຍໃຊ້ USB flash drives ແທນ CD / Blu-ray discs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະສຳເນົາອິເມຈ CD/BD ISO ໄປຫາ USB flash drives ໂດຍກົງ (ຫຼື ທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ \"USB " +"sticks\") ແລະ ບູດຈາກພວກມັນ. ພຽງແຕ່ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງແບບນີ້, ໂດຍປັບຊື່ໄຟລ໌ ແລະ " +"ຊື່ອຸປະກອນຕາມຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂອງທ່ານ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອລະບຸຄ່າຂອງ X, ໃຫ້ແລ່ນຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ກ່ອນ ແລະ ຫຼັງຈາກສຽບອຸປະກອນ USB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າການສຳເນົາຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຂ້ອນຂ້າງດົນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "ຂຶ້ນຢູ່ກັບວ່າທ່ານເລືອກອິເມຈໃດ, USB flash drive ຈະເຮັດວຽກຄືກັນກັບ CD ຫຼື Blu-ray disc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ການບູດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍໃຊ້ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບວິທີການຕິດຕັ້ງນີ້ ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກຢູ່. ເມື່ອຄລາຍແອນບູດ ຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍ, ເມນູ " +"iPXE ພ້ອມທາງເລືອກຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ການບູດຈະຖືກສະແດງຂຶ້ນ. ຫາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE " +"ຫຼົ້ມເຫຼວພ້ອມຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງຂໍ້ຜິດພາດວ່າໄຟລ໌ XXX.bin ຫາຍໄປ, " +"ເປັນໄປໄດ້ສູງວ່າກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງຄລາຍແອນຕ້ອງການ nonfree firmware. ໃນກໍລະນີນີ້ initrd " +"ຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການແກ້ໄຂ. ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍການໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "ຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນຮູບລັກສະນະຂອງເມນູ iPXE ເມື່ອມີພຽງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</" +"emphasis> ເທົ່ານັ້ນ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "ເມນູ iPXE ທີ່ບໍ່ມີລາຍການ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນຮູບລັກສະນະຂອງເມນູ iPXE ເມື່ອມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "ເມນູ iPXE ທີ່ມີລາຍການ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່ານີ້ຍັງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງສາມາດບູດ ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກໄດ້. " +"ຕ່າງຈາກສະຖານີວຽກ ແລະ ເຊີເວີ LTSP ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ, ສະຖານີວຽກ ແບບບໍ່ມີດິສບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນ " +"LDAP ດ້ວຍ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "ການແກ້ໄຂການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ preseed ຂອງ debian-installer, ເຊິ່ງສາມາດແກ້ໄຂ " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"ຕ້ອງເພີ່ມບັນທັດຄ້າຍຄືກັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ເຂົ້າໃນ <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ preseeding <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. ໄຟລ໌ນີ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງເພື່ອປັບຄ່າ preseeding " +"ທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນຄຳຖາມເພີ່ມເຕີມເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານເນັດ. ອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງກໍຄືການກຳນົດ " +"ຄ່າເພີ່ມເຕີມໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"ແລະ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> ແລ້ວແລ່ນ <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອອັບເດດໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອປິດໃຊ້ງານ ຫຼື ປ່ຽນການໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE, ບັນທັດທີ່ມີ <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> " +"ແລະ <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> ໃນ " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງ. ເພື່ອປິດການໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີໃນຕອນຕິດຕັ້ງ, ໃຫ້ໃສ່ '#' ໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ " +"ສອງບັນທັດທຳອິດ, ແລະ ຖອນສ່ວນ \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" +"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" ອອກຈາກບັນທັດສຸດທ້າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"ບາງການຕັ້ງຄ່າບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດ preseed ໄດ້ ເພາະມັນຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ກ່ອນທີ່ໄຟລ໌ preseeding " +"ຈະຖືກດາວໂຫຼດ. ພາສາ, ຜັງແປ້ນພິມ ແລະ ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ ແມ່ນຕົວຢ່າງຂອງ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າດັ່ງກ່າວ. " +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ໃຫ້ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ເມນູ iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "ອິເມຈທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ (Custom images)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"ການສ້າງ CD, DVD ຫຼື Blu-ray discs ທີ່ກຳນົດເອງສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ງ່າຍເພາະພວກເຮົາໃຊ້ <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian Installer</ulink>, " +"ເຊິ່ງມີການອອກແບບແບບແຍກສ່ວນ ແລະ ຄຸນສົມບັດທີ່ດີອື່ນໆ. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> " +"ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານສາມາດກຳນົດຄຳຕອບສຳລັບຄຳຖາມທີ່ມັກຈະຖືກຖາມໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນສິ່ງທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງເຮັດຄືສ້າງໄຟລ໌ preseeding ພ້ອມຄຳຕອບຂອງທ່ານ " +"(ເຊິ່ງມີອະທິບາຍໄວ້ໃນພາກຜະໜວກຂອງຄູ່ມືຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian) ແລະ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">ສ້າງແຜ່ນ CD/DVD ໃໝ່ (remaster)</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "ພາບທົວໜ້າຈໍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ ແລະ ແບບກຣາຟິກແມ່ນມີໜ້າທີ່ຄືກັນ - ຕ່າງແຕ່ຮູບລັກສະນະ ພາຍນອກເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ໂໝດກຣາຟິກຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ເມົາສ໌ໄດ້, ແລະ ແນ່ນອນວ່າມັນເບິ່ງສວຍງາມ ແລະ ທັນສະໄໝກວ່າ. " +"ຍົກເວັ້ນແຕ່ຮາດແວຈະມີບັນຫາກັບໂໝດກຣາຟິກ, ບໍ່ມີເຫດຜົນໃດ ທີ່ຈະບໍ່ໃຊ້ມັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນພາບທົວໜ້າຈໍຜ່ານການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບກຣາຟິກ 64-ບິດ ຂອງ Main Server + Workstation + LTSP " +"Server (ໃນໂໝດ BIOS) ແລະ ຮູບລັກສະນະເມື່ອບູດເຊີເວີຫຼັກເປັນຄັ້ງທຳອິດ ແລະ ການບູດ PXE " +"ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຄລາຍແອນ LTSP (ໜ້າຈໍເຊສຊັນຂອງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ - ແລະ ໜ້າຈໍເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ " +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ໄດ້ກົດເລືອກເຊສຊັນທາງດ້ານຂວາ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "ເລືອກພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "ເລືອກສະຖານທີ່ຂອງທ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າແປ້ນພິມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "ກວດຫາຮາດແວເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຢູ່ IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເນມເຊີເວີ (nameserver)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "ເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "ໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືແບ່ງພາກສ່ວນອັດຕະໂນມັດ: no (ບໍ່)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "ນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືຈັດແບ່ງພື້ນທີ່ຈັດເກັບຂໍ້ມູນອັດຕະໂນມັດ: ແມ່ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "ເຂົ້າຮ່ວມການສຳຫຼວດການນຳໃຊ້ແພັກເກດ: ບໍ່" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "ເຂົ້າຮ່ວມການສຳຫຼວດການນຳໃຊ້ແພັກເກດ: ແມ່ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຊື່ເຕັມສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງສຳເລັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເດັສທອບ Xfce ສະແດງໜ້າຕ່າງບຣາວເຊີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເດັສທອບ Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍຍິນດີຕ້ອນຮັບ Thin-Client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ Thin-Client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນການນຳໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "ຂັ້ນຕອນຂັ້ນຕ່ຳເພື່ອເລີ່ມຕົ້ນນຳໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ. ໃນເນື້ອຫາຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ ບັນຊີນີ້ຈະຖືກອ້າງອີງໃນນາມ " +"\"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ\". ບັນຊີນີ້ມີຄວາມພິເສດ, ເນື່ອງຈາກການອະນຸຍາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໂຟນເດີຫຼັກ (home directory) " +"ຖືກຕັ້ງເປັນ 700 (ດັ່ງນັ້ນ ຈຶ່ງຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ໜ້າເວັບສ່ວນຕົວສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້), ແລະ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດສາມາດໃຊ້ <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອກາຍເປັນ root ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">ການກຳນົດຄ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງລະບົບໄຟລ໌</link> " +"ສະເພາະຂອງ Debian Edu ກ່ອນທີ່ຈະເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້; ປັບປ່ຽນຕາມນະໂຍບາຍຂອງສະຖານທີ່ທ່ານຖ້າຈຳເປັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "ຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ສິ່ງທຳອິດທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງເຮັດໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດຄື:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ດ້ວຍ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "ເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງວຽກ (workstations) ດ້ວຍ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງວຽກແມ່ນມີລາຍລະອຽດຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້, ກະລຸນາອ່ານບົດນີ້ໃຫ້ລະອຽດ. " +"ມັນຄອບຄຸມວິທີການປະຕິບັດຂັ້ນຕອນຂັ້ນຕ່ຳເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຢ່າງຖືກຕ້ອງ ລວມທັງສິ່ງອື່ນໆ ທີ່ທຸກຄົນອາດຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ເຮັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ DNS ທົ່ວໄປຖືກບລັອກອອກຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ເຊີເວີ DNS " +"ສະເພາະໃດໜຶ່ງ ເພື່ອຄົ້ນຫາໂຮສທ໌ອິນເຕີເນັດ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກເຊີເວີ DNS ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເຊີເວີນີ້ເປັນ \"forwarder\". " +"ໃຫ້ອັບເດດໄຟລ໌ /etc/bind/named.conf.options ແລະ ລະບຸທີ່ຢູ່ IP ຂອງເຊີເວີ DNS ທີ່ຈະນຳໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"ບົດ <link linkend=\"HowTo\">ວິທີການ (HowTo)</link> ຈະລວມເຖິງເຄັດລັບຕ່າງໆ ແລະ " +"ຄຳຖາມທີ່ພົບເລື້ອຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"ມີຫຼາຍບໍລິການທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ເທິງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ເຊິ່ງສາມາດຈັດການໄດ້ຜ່ານໜ້າຕ່າງການຈັດການເວັບ. " +"ພວກເຮົາຈະອະທິບາຍແຕ່ລະບໍລິການຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "ການແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືຈັດການຜ່ານເວັບທີ່ຊ່ວຍຈັດການພາກສ່ວນສຳຄັນຕ່າງໆ ໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Debian Edu " +"ຂອງທ່ານ. ດ້ວຍ GOsa² ທ່ານສາມາດຈັດການ (ເພີ່ມ, ແກ້ໄຂ ຫຼື ລຶບ) ກຸ່ມຫຼັກເຫຼົ່ານີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການກຸ່ມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການ NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການ DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການ DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການເຂົ້າເຖິງ GOsa² ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Skolelinux ແລະ ລະບົບ (ລູກຄ່າຍ) " +"ທີ່ມີບຣາວເຊີຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ ເຊິ່ງອາດຈະເປັນຕົວເຊີເວີຫຼັກເອງ ຖ້າມັນຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງເປັນເຊີເວີແບບລວມ (Main Server + " +"LTSP Server + Workstation profiles)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານ (ອາດຈະໂດຍບັງເອີນ) ຕິດຕັ້ງສະເພາະໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ມີເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ມີບຣາວເຊີ, ມັນງ່າຍທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງເດັສທອບແບບຂັ້ນຕ່ຳເທິງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ໂດຍໃຊ້ຊຸດຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ໃນເຊວ " +"(ແບບບໍ່ມີກຣາຟິກ) ໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ທ່ານສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"ຈາກບຣາວເຊີ ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງ GOsa², ແລະ " +"ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " +"will be known by the browser." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າບໍ່ດັ່ງນັ້ນ, ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບຂໍ້ຄວາມຂໍ້ຜິດພາດກ່ຽວກັບໃບຢັ້ງຢືນ SSL ທີ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. " +"ຖ້າທ່ານແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານຢູ່ຄົນດຽວໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ, ພຽງແຕ່ບອກບຣາວເຊີໃຫ້ຍອມຮັບ ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ຕ້ອງສົນໃຈຂໍ້ຄວາມນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ GOsa² ແລະ ພາບລວມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "ໜ້າພາບລວມ GOsa² ຫຼັງຈາກເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "ຫຼັງຈາກເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ GOsa² ແລ້ວ ທ່ານຈະເຫັນໜ້າພາບລວມຂອງ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານສາມາດເລືອກວຽກໃນເມນູ ຫຼື ຄລິກໄອຄອນວຽກໃດໜຶ່ງໃນໜ້າພາບລວມ. ສຳລັບການນຳທາງ, " +"ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເມນູຢູ່ເບື້ອງຊ້າຍຂອງໜ້າຈໍ, ເພາະມັນຈະສະແດງຢູ່ບ່ອນນັ້ນສະເໝີໃນທຸກໆ ໜ້າການຈັດການທີ່ " +"GOsa² ມີໃຫ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"ໃນ Debian Edu, ຂໍ້ມູນບັນຊີ, ກຸ່ມ ແລະ ລະບົບແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ LDAP. " +"ຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໂດຍເຊີເວີຫຼັກເທົ່ານັ້ນ, ແຕ່ຍັງຖືກໃຊ້ໂດຍເຄື່ອງວຽກ (diskless), ເຊີເວີ LTSP ແລະ " +"ເຄື່ອງອື່ນໆ ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ດ້ວຍ LDAP, ຂໍ້ມູນບັນຊີຂອງນັກຮຽນ, ຄູອາຈານ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ ແມ່ນປ້ອນພຽງແຕ່ຄັ້ງດຽວ. " +"ຫຼັງຈາກຂໍ້ມູນຖືກບັນທຶກເຂົ້າໃນ LDAP ແລ້ວ, ຂໍ້ມູນນັ້ນຈະສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້ກັບທຸກລະບົບໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux " +"ທັງໝົດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືການຈັດການທີ່ໃຊ້ LDAP ເພື່ອເກັບຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ສະໜອງໂຄງສ້າງຜະແນກແບບລຳດັບຂັ້ນ. " +"ໃນແຕ່ລະ \"ຜະແນກ\" ທ່ານສາມາດເພີ່ມບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້, ກຸ່ມ, ລະບົບ, ເນັດກຣຸບ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ. " +"ອີງຕາມໂຄງສ້າງຂອງສະຖາບັນຂອງທ່ານ, ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ໂຄງສ້າງຜະແນກໃນ GOsa²/LDAP " +"ເພື່ອປ່ຽນໂຄງສ້າງອົງກອນຂອງທ່ານ ໃຫ້ກາຍເປັນຜັງຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP ຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu ແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນປັດຈຸບັນມີສອງ \"ຜະແນກ\": ຄູ (Teachers) ແລະ " +"ນັກຮຽນ (Students), ລວມທັງລະດັບພື້ນຖານຂອງຜັງ LDAP. " +"ບັນຊີນັກຮຽນແມ່ນມີຈຸດປະສົງເພື່ອເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນຜະແນກ \"Students\", ຄູອາຈານໃສ່ຜະແນກ \"Teachers\"; " +"ສ່ວນລະບົບຕ່າງໆ (ເຊີເວີ, ເຄື່ອງວຽກ, ເຄື່ອງພິມ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ) ໃນປັດຈຸບັນແມ່ນຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນລະດັບພື້ນຖານ. " +"ທ່ານສາມາດອອກແບບຮູບແບບການປັບແຕ່ງໂຄງສ້າງນີ້ດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ. (ທ່ານສາມາດເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງວິທີສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕາມກຸ່ມປີ, " +"ໂດຍມີໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຮ່ວມກັນສຳລັບແຕ່ລະກຸ່ມໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"ອີງຕາມວຽກທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການເຮັດ (ຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້, ຈັດການກຸ່ມ, ຈັດການລະບົບ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ) GOsa² " +"ຈະສະແດງມຸມມອງທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງກັນໃນຜະແນກທີ່ເລືອກ (ຫຼື ລະດັບພື້ນຖານ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້ດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"ກ່ອນອື່ນ, ໃຫ້ຄລິກທີ່ \"Users\" ໃນເມນູນຳທາງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ. ເບື້ອງຂວາຂອງໜ້າຈໍຈະປ່ຽນເປັນຕາຕະລາງ " +"ທີ່ສະແດງໂຟນເດີຜະແນກ \"Students\" ແລະ \"Teachers\" ແລະ ບັນຊີຂອງຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ GOsa² " +"(ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ). ຢູ່ເທິງຕາຕະລາງນີ້ ທ່ານຈະເຫັນຊ່ອງທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ <emphasis>Base</emphasis> " +"ເຊິ່ງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານນຳທາງຜ່ານໂຄງສ້າງຜັງ (ເລື່ອນເມົາສ໌ໄປບໍລິເວນນັ້ນແລ້ວເມນູແບບເລື່ອນລົງຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນ) ແລະ " +"ເລືອກໂຟນເດີພື້ນຖານສຳລັບການດຳເນີນການຂອງທ່ານ (ເຊັ່ນ: ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"ຖັດຈາກລາຍການນຳທາງຜັງນັ້ນ ທ່ານຈະເຫັນເມນູ \"Actions\". ໃຫ້ເລື່ອນເມົາສ໌ໄປໃສ່ລາຍການນີ້ " +"ແລ້ວເມນູຍ່ອຍຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນ; ເລືອກ \"Create\" ແລະ ຈາກນັ້ນເລືອກ \"User\". " +"ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການແນະນຳໂດຍຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງການສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງທີ່ສຳຄັນທີ່ສຸດທີ່ຕ້ອງເພີ່ມຄືແມ່ແບບ (newstudent ຫຼື newteacher) ແລະ ຊື່ເຕັມຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຂອງທ່ານ " +"(ເບິ່ງຮູບ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"ໃນຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານປະຕິບັດຕາມຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງ, ທ່ານຈະເຫັນວ່າ GOsa² ສ້າງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃຫ້ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໂດຍອີງໃສ່ຊື່ແທ້. " +"ມັນຈະເລືອກຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ມີຢູ່ໃນລະບົບ, ດັ່ງນັ້ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ຫຼາຍຄົນທີ່ມີຊື່ເຕັມຄືກັນຈຶ່ງບໍ່ມີບັນຫາ. ໝາຍເຫດ: GOsa² " +"ອາດຈະສ້າງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ໃຊ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ ຖ້າຊື່ເຕັມມີຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນ ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານບໍ່ມັກຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ ທ່ານສາມາດເລືອກຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນທີ່ມີໃຫ້ໃນກ່ອງເລື່ອນລົງ, " +"ແຕ່ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດພິມຊື່ໄດ້ຕາມໃຈມັກໃນຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງນີ້. (ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການແກ້ໄຂຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຖືກສະເໜີ, ໃຫ້ເປີດ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> ດ້ວຍຕົວແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ ແລ້ວເພີ່ມ " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> " +"ເປັນຕົວເລືອກເພີ່ມເຕີມໃນ \"location definition\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງເຮັດວຽກສຳເລັດ, ທ່ານຈະເຫັນໜ້າຈໍ GOsa² ສຳລັບວັດຖຸຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່ຂອງທ່ານ. ໃຊ້ແທັບ (tabs) " +"ຢູ່ດ້ານເທິງເພື່ອທົດສອບຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນຕ່າງໆ ທີ່ຖືກຕື່ມໃສ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ແລ້ວ (ຍັງບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງປັບແຕ່ງຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງປະຫວ່າງໄວ້ໃນຕອນນີ້), ໃຫ້ຄລິກທີ່ປຸ່ມ " +"\"Ok\" ຢູ່ມຸມລຸ່ມຂວາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"ເປັນຂັ້ນຕອນສຸດທ້າຍ GOsa² ຈະຖາມຫາລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່. ໃຫ້ພິມລະຫັດຜ່ານສອງຄັ້ງ ແລ້ວຄລິກ \"Set " +"password\" ຢູ່ມຸມລຸ່ມຂວາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "ຕົວອັກສອນບາງຕົວອາດຈະບໍ່ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ໃຊ້ໃນລະຫັດຜ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທຸກຢ່າງຮຽບຮ້ອຍດີ, ຕອນນີ້ທ່ານຈະເຫັນຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້. " +"ຕອນນີ້ທ່ານຄວນຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ນັ້ນໃນເຄື່ອງ Skolelinux ໃດກໍໄດ້ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "ການຄົ້ນຫາ, ແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "ກ່ອງກອງຂໍ້ມູນ (Filterbox)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂ ຫຼື ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ GOsa² ເພື່ອເບິ່ງລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ. ຢູ່ກາງໜ້າຈໍທ່ານສາມາດເປີດກ່ອງ " +"\"Filter\", ເຊິ່ງແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືຄົ້ນຫາທີ່ GOsa² ມີໃຫ້. ຖ້າທ່ານບໍ່ຮູ້ຕຳແໜ່ງທີ່ແນ່ນອນຂອງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນຜັງ, " +"ໃຫ້ປ່ຽນໄປທີ່ລະດັບພື້ນຖານຂອງຜັງ GOsa²/LDAP ແລະ ຄົ້ນຫາຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນໂດຍເລືອກຕົວເລືອກ \"Search in " +"subtrees\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອໃຊ້ກ່ອງ \"Filter\", ຜົນການຄົ້ນຫາຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນທັນທີໃນຕາຕະລາງລາຍຊື່. " +"ແຕ່ລະແຖວສະແດງເຖິງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ໄອຄອນນ້ອຍໆ ຢູ່ທາງເບື້ອງຂວາສຸດຂອງແຕ່ລະແຖວແມ່ນຄຳສັ່ງຕ່າງໆ: " +"ແກ້ໄຂຜູ້ໃຊ້, ລັອກບັນຊີ, ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ ແລະ ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"ໜ້າໃໝ່ຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນ ເຊິ່ງທ່ານສາມາດແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້ໂດຍກົງ, ປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ " +"ແກ້ໄຂລາຍຊື່ກຸ່ມທີ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ນັ້ນເປັນສະມາຊິກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "ການແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"ນັກຮຽນສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງຕົນເອງໄດ້ ໂດຍການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ GOsa² ດ້ວຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຂອງພວກເຂົາເອງ. " +"ເພື່ອຄວາມສະດວກໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງ GOsa², ມີລາຍການທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ Gosa ຢູ່ໃນເມນູ System (ຫຼື System " +"settings) ຂອງເດັສທອບ. ນັກຮຽນທີ່ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຈະເຫັນ GOsa² ລຸ້ນທີ່ມີຂໍ້ຈຳກັດ " +"ເຊິ່ງອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງສະເພາະ ຂໍ້ມູນບັນຊີຂອງຕົນເອງ ແລະ ໜ້າຕ່າງການຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"ຄູອາຈານທີ່ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຂອງຕົນເອງຈະມີສິດພິເສດໃນ GOsa². ພວກເຂົາຈະເຫັນມຸມມອງ GOsa² " +"ທີ່ມີສິດຫຼາຍກວ່າ ແລະ ສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບບັນຊີນັກຮຽນທັງໝົດໄດ້. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ມີປະໂຫຍດຫຼາຍໃນລະຫວ່າງການຮຽນການສອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "ເພື່ອຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ໃຫ້ກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນຖານະຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "ຄົ້ນຫາຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຕ້ອງການແກ້ໄຂ, ຕາມທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍໄວ້ຂ້າງເທິງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ສັນຍະລັກຮູບກະແຈຢູ່ທ້າຍແຖວທີ່ສະແດງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "ໃນໜ້າທີ່ປາກົດຂຶ້ນຕໍ່ມາ ທ່ານສາມາດຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ຕາມທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກເອງໄດ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ໃຫ້ລະວັງຜົນກະທົບດ້ານຄວາມປອດໄພທີ່ເກີດຈາກການໃຊ້ລະຫັດຜ່ານທີ່ເດົາໄດ້ງ່າຍ!</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້ແບບຂັ້ນສູງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍພ້ອມກັນດ້ວຍ GOsa² ໂດຍການໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ CSV, ເຊິ່ງສາມາດສ້າງໄດ້ດ້ວຍ " +"ຊອບແວສະເປຣດຊີດໃດກໍໄດ້ (ຕົວຢ່າງ <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ, " +"ຕ້ອງມີຂໍ້ມູນສຳລັບຊ່ອງເຫຼົ່ານີ້: uid, ນາມສະກຸນ (sn), ຊື່ (givenName) ແລະ ລະຫັດຜ່ານ. " +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນຊ້ຳກັນໃນຊ່ອງ uid. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າການກວດສອບຂໍ້ມູນຊ້ຳຕ້ອງລວມເຖິງ uid " +"ທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວໃນ LDAP (ເຊິ່ງສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໂດຍການໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>getent passwd | " +"grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> ໃນເທິມິນອລ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "ນີ້ແມ່ນຄຳແນະນຳຮູບແບບສຳລັບໄຟລ໌ CSV ດັ່ງກ່າວ (GOsa² ຂ້ອນຂ້າງເຂັ້ມງວດກັບເລື່ອງນີ້):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "ໃຊ້ \",\" ເປັນຕົວຂັ້ນຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "ຫ້າມໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄຳເວົ້າ (quotes)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຈະຕ້ອງບໍ່ມີ</emphasis> ແຖວຫົວຂໍ້ (ແຖວທີ່ປົກກະຕິມີຊື່ຄໍລຳ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "ລຳດັບຂອງຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນແມ່ນບໍ່ສຳຄັນ, ແລະ ສາມາດກຳນົດໄດ້ໃນ GOsa² ໃນລະຫວ່າງການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ມູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "ຂັ້ນຕອນການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ມູນຈຳນວນຫຼາຍຄື:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ລິ້ງ \"LDAP Manager\" ໃນເມນູນຳທາງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ແທັບ \"Import\" ໃນໜ້າຈໍເບື້ອງຂວາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "ຄົ້ນຫາໃນດິສກ໌ຂອງເຄື່ອງທ່ານ ແລະ ເລືອກໄຟລ໌ CSV ທີ່ມີລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຈະນຳເຂົ້າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກແມ່ແບບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ມີຢູ່ ເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ໃນລະຫວ່າງການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ມູນ (ເຊັ່ນ NewTeacher ຫຼື NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ປຸ່ມ \"Import\" ຢູ່ມຸມລຸ່ມຂວາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະທົດສອບກ່ອນ, ໂດຍໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ CSV ທີ່ມີຜູ້ໃຊ້ສົມມຸດສອງສາມຄົນ " +"ເຊິ່ງສາມາດລຶບຖິ້ມໄດ້ໃນພາຍຫຼັງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນກັບໂມດູນການຈັດການລະຫັດຜ່ານ, ເຊິ່ງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍໄດ້ " +"ໂດຍການໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ CSV ຫຼື ສ້າງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຢູ່ໃນຜັງຍ່ອຍ LDAP ທີ່ກຳນົດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈາກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ (command line)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"ບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ຍັງສາມາດເພີ່ມໄດ້ຈາກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງໂດຍໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມື <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-" +"krb5</computeroutput>, ເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້ໃນ <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">ວິທີການຈັດການ (Administration HowTo)</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການຈັດການກຸ່ມດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "ສ້າງກຸ່ມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "ການຈັດການກຸ່ມແມ່ນຄ້າຍຄືກັນຫຼາຍກັບການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດປ້ອນຊື່ ແລະ ຄຳອະທິບາຍສຳລັບແຕ່ລະກຸ່ມ. ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານເລືອກລະດັບທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງໃນຜັງ LDAP " +"ເມື່ອສ້າງກຸ່ມໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ເຂົ້າໃນກຸ່ມທີ່ສ້າງໃໝ່ຈະພາທ່ານກັບໄປທີ່ລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້, ເຊິ່ງທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງການໃຊ້ ກ່ອງກອງຂໍ້ມູນ " +"(filter box) ເພື່ອຄົ້ນຫາຜູ້ໃຊ້. ໃຫ້ກວດເບິ່ງລະດັບຜັງ LDAP ນຳດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"ກຸ່ມທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າໃນການຈັດການກຸ່ມຍັງເປັນກຸ່ມ Unix ປົກກະຕິ, ດັ່ງນັ້ນທ່ານຈຶ່ງສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ພວກມັນ " +"ໃນການກຳນົດສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ໄດ້ນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີໂດຍພື້ນຖານແລ້ວຈະຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານຈັດການອຸປະກອນເຄືອຂ່າຍທັງໝົດໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian " +"Edu ຂອງທ່ານ. ທຸກໆ ເຄື່ອງທີ່ຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ LDAP ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² ຈະມີຊື່ໂຮສທ໌, ທີ່ຢູ່ IP, ທີ່ຢູ່ " +"MAC ແລະ ຊື່ໂດເມນ (ເຊິ່ງປົກກະຕິແມ່ນ \"intern\"). ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ " +"Debian Edu ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງບົດ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link> ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງວຽກແບບ Diskless ແລະ thin clients ສາມາດໃຊ້ງານໄດ້ທັນທີໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ເປັນ " +"<emphasis>ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ (combined main server)</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງວຽກທີ່ມີດິສກ໌ (ລວມທັງເຊີເວີ LTSP ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ) <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຈະຕ້ອງ</" +"emphasis> ຖືກເພີ່ມດ້ວຍ GOsa². ໃນເບື້ອງຫຼັງ, ທັງ Kerberos Principal ທີ່ສະເພາະກັບເຄື່ອງ " +"(ຄ້າຍຄືກັບ <emphasis>ບັນຊີ</emphasis>) ແລະ ໄຟລ໌ keytab ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ (ເຊິ່ງມີຄີທີ່ໃຊ້ເປັນ " +"<emphasis>ລະຫັດຜ່ານ</emphasis>) ຈະຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ; ໄຟລ໌ keytab ຕ້ອງມີຢູ່ໃນເຄື່ອງວຽກເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດ " +"mount ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້. ເມື່ອລະບົບທີ່ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໄປຖືກເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃໝ່ແລ້ວ, ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມ root " +"ແລະ ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +"keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອສ້າງ Principal ແລະ ໄຟລ໌ keytab ສຳລັບລະບົບທີ່ <emphasis>ໄດ້ກຳນົດຄ່າດ້ວຍ GOsa² ໄວ້ແລ້ວ</" +"emphasis>, ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຊີເວີຫຼັກໃນນາມ root ແລະ ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ:</emphasis> ການສ້າງ host keytab " +"ແມ່ນເປັນໄປໄດ້ສຳລັບລະບົບປະເພດ <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> " +"ແຕ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນສຳລັບປະເພດ <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. ເບິ່ງບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> ສຳລັບຕົວເລືອກການກຳນົດຄ່າ " +"NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເມນູຫຼັກຂອງ GOsa², systems, add. ຊື່ຂອງເຄື່ອງຄວນເປັນຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ແບບ " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ບໍ່ລະບຸໂດເມນ (unqualified)</emphasis> ທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, " +"ຫ້າມໃສ່ຊື່ໂດເມນຢູ່ທີ່ນີ້. ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ທີ່ຢູ່ IP/ຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ຈາກຊ່ວງທີ່ຢູ່ 10.0.0.0/8 ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ກ່ອນແລ້ວ. " +"ໃນປັດຈຸບັນມີພຽງສອງທີ່ຢູ່ຄົງທີ່ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ຄື: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) ແລະ 10.0.0.1 (gateway). " +"ທີ່ຢູ່ຕັ້ງແຕ່ 10.0.16.20 ຫາ 10.0.31.254 (ປະມານ 10.0.16.0/20 ຫຼື 4000 ໂຮສທ໌) " +"ແມ່ນຖືກຈອງໄວ້ສຳລັບ DHCP ແລະ ຈະຖືກກຳນົດໃຫ້ແບບໄດນາມິກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ມີທີ່ຢູ່ MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 ມີທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ໃນ GOsa², ທ່ານຕ້ອງປ້ອນທີ່ຢູ່ MAC, " +"ຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ ແລະ IP; ຫຼື ທ່ານອາດຈະຄລິກປຸ່ມ <computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> " +"ເິ່ງຈະສະແດງທີ່ຢູ່ຄົງທີ່ທຳອິດທີ່ຫວ່າງ ໃນ 10.0.0.0/8, ເຊິ່ງອາດຈະເປັນ 10.0.0.2 " +"ຖ້າທ່ານເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງທຳອິດດ້ວຍວິທີນີ້. ມັນອາດຈະດີກວ່າຖ້າທ່ານວາງແຜນ ເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານກ່ອນ: " +"ຕົວຢ່າງທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ 10.0.0.x ໂດຍທີ່ x>10 ແລະ x<50 ສຳລັບເຊີເວີ, ແລະ x>100 " +"ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງວຽກ. ຢ່າລືມເປີດໃຊ້ງານ (activate) ລະບົບທີ່ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃໝ່. ລະບົບທັງໝົດ (ຍົກເວັ້ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ) " +"ຈະມີໄອຄອນທີ່ກົງກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີຖືກບູດເປັນ thin clients/diskless workstations ຫຼື ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໂດຍໃຊ້ " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເຄືອຂ່າຍໃດໜຶ່ງ, ສາມາດໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບ <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງເຂົ້າໃນ GOsa² ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ. " +"ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງທົ່ວໄປມັນຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ທັນທີ, ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີທີ່ຢູ່ MAC ຫຼາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງ ທ່ານຕ້ອງເລືອກອັນທີ່ໃຊ້ແທ້, " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> ຈະສະແດງຂໍ້ມູນການນຳໃຊ້. " +"ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າທີ່ຢູ່ IP ທີ່ສະແດງຫຼັງຈາກໃຊ້ <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> ແມ່ນຢູ່ໃນຊ່ວງ IP ແບບໄດນາມິກ. " +"ລະບົບເຫຼົ່ານີ້ສາມາດຖືກແກ້ໄຂໃຫ້ເໝາະສົມກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ: ປ່ຽນຊື່ແຕ່ລະລະບົບໃໝ່, ເປີດໃຊ້ DHCP ແລະ " +"DNS, ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນ netgroups (ເບິ່ງຮູບສະແດງໜ້າຈໍລຸ່ມນີ້ ສຳລັບ netgroups ທີ່ແນະນຳ), " +"ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນລະບົບໃໝ່. ຮູບສະແດງໜ້າຈໍຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ສະແດງໃຫ້ເຫັນ ວິທີການປະຕິບັດຕົວຈິງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "ລາຍຊື່ລະບົບ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "ລາຍລະອຽດໂຮສທ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "ແກ້ໄຂໂຮສທ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "ເພີ່ມ netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"ມີ cronjob ທີ່ອັບເດດ DNS ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ; ສາມາດໃຊ້ <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອສັ່ງໃຫ້ອັບເດດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "ການຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ລຶບເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"ການຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ລຶບເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີແມ່ນຄ້າຍຄືກັນຫຼາຍກັບການຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້, ດັ່ງນັ້ນຈຶ່ງຈະບໍ່ກ່າວຊ້ຳໃນທີ່ນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "ການແກ້ໄຂເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີຢູ່ / ການຈັດການ Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງເຂົ້າໃນຜັງ LDAP ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² ແລ້ວ, ທ່ານສາມາດແກ້ໄຂຄຸນສົມບັດຂອງມັນ " +"ໂດຍໃຊ້ຟັງຊັນຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ຄລິກທີ່ຊື່ເຄື່ອງ (ຄືກັນກັບທີ່ທ່ານເຮັດກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"ຮູບແບບຂອງລາຍການລະບົບເຫຼົ່ານີ້ແມ່ນຄ້າຍຄືກັບທີ່ທ່ານຮູ້ຈັກແລ້ວຈາກການແກ້ໄຂລາຍການຜູ້ໃຊ້, " +"ແຕ່ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນຈະມີຄວາມໝາຍແຕກຕ່າງກັນໃນບໍລິບົດນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຢ່າງ: ການເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງເຂົ້າໃນ <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"ບໍ່ໄດ້ໝາຍເຖິງການແກ້ໄຂ ສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ ຫຼື ການຣັນຄຳສັ່ງສຳລັບເຄື່ອງນັ້ນ ຫຼື ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຄື່ອງນັ້ນ; " +"ແຕ່ມັນເປັນການຈຳກັດບໍລິການທີ່ເຄື່ອງນັ້ນສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຈະມີ <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> ດັ່ງນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts (ທຸກໂຮສທ໌)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ລ້າງຄິວເຄື່ອງພິມອັດຕະໂນມັດ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປີດໃຊ້ຄິວເຄື່ອງພິມຄືນໃໝ່ອັດຕະໂນມັດ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ປັບຂະໜາດລະບົບໄຟລ໌ອັດຕະໂນມັດ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຊີເວີ LTSP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ຖືກບລັອກເຄືອຂ່າຍ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຄື່ອງພິມ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຊີເວີ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ປິດເຄື່ອງໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist (ບັນຊີດຳໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ບໍ່ໃຫ້ປຸກຕື່ນຕອນກາງຄືນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຄື່ອງວຽກ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ ຟັງຊັນ <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ສຳລັບ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມນີ້ຈະປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ LVM ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດເມື່ອພື້ນທີ່ໃກ້ຈະເຕັມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການປິດເຄື່ອງໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-" +"hosts ແລະ shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມນີ້ຈະປິດເຄື່ອງໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນເພື່ອປະຢັດພະລັງງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມ</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts ແລະ cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະລຶບຄິວການພິມທັງໝົດໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຄືນ, ແລະ " +"ເປີດໃຊ້ງານຄິວການພິມທີ່ຖືກປິດໄວ້ຄືນໃໝ່ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການບລັອກການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມນີ້ຈະໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄື່ອງພາຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍທ້ອງຖິ່ນເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ເມື່ອໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັບການຈຳກັດເວັບພຣັອກຊີ, ສິ່ງນີ້ອາດຈະຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໃນລະຫວ່າງການສອບເສັງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມແບບລວມສູນ ໃຫ້ເປີດບຣາວເຊີໄປທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.intern:631\"/>. ນີ້ຄືໜ້າຕ່າງການຈັດການ CUPS ປົກກະຕິ ເຊິ່ງທ່ານສາມາດເພີ່ມ/ລຶບ/ແກ້ໄຂ " +"ເຄື່ອງພິມຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ສາມາດລ້າງຄິວການພິມໄດ້. ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນມີພຽງຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດ, " +"ແຕ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໂດຍການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ເຂົ້າໃນກຸ່ມ <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> ຂອງ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "ການໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງພິມທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄື່ອງວຽກ (workstations)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນລະບົບທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ " +"<emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> ດັ່ງນີ້ (ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງພິມ " +"USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"ກຳນົດຄ່າເຄື່ອງພິມໂດຍໃຊ້ໜ້າຕ່າງເວັບ <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" +"computeroutput>; ເລືອກປະເພດເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍ <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " +"JetDirect</computeroutput> (ສຳລັບທຸກເຄື່ອງພິມໂດຍບໍ່ສົນໃຈຍີ່ຫໍ້ ຫຼື ລຸ້ນ) ແລະ ຕັ້ງ " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ເປັນ " +"connection URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"ແນະນຳໃຫ້ປິດຄຸນສົມບັດການປະກາດຕົວເອງ (self-advertising) ທັງໝົດໃນເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ໃຊ້. " +"ແທນທີ່ຈະເຮັດແນວນັ້ນ, ໃຫ້ກຳນົດທີ່ຢູ່ IP ຄົງທີ່ດ້ວຍ GOsa² ແລະ ກຳນົດຄ່າພວກມັນເປັນ ເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍແບບ " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "ການຊິ້ງໂຄໄນເວລາ (Clock synchronisation)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"ການກຳນົດຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນ Debian Edu ຄືການເຮັດໃຫ້ໂມງໃນທຸກເຄື່ອງກົງກັນ ແຕ່ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຖືກຕ້ອງສະເໝີໄປ. " +"NTP ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອອັບເດດເວລາ. ໂມງຈະຖືກຊິ້ງໂຄໄນກັບແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນພາຍນອກໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ອາດເຮັດໃຫ້ເຄື່ອງເປີດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດພາຍນອກໄວ້ຕະຫຼອດ " +"ຖ້າຫາກມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເມື່ອມີການໃຊ້ງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "ຖ້າທ່ານໃຊ້ dialup ຫຼື ISDN ແລະ ຈ່າຍຄ່າບໍລິການເປັນນາທີ, ທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນການຕັ້ງຄ່ານີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອປິດການຊິ້ງໂຄໄນກັບໂມງພາຍນອກ, ຕ້ອງແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ /etc/ntp.conf ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ. " +"ໃຫ້ຕື່ມເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄອມເມັ້ນ (\"#\") ທາງໜ້າລາຍການ <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput>. ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ, ຕ້ອງ restart ເຊີເວີ NTP ໂດຍການຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root. " +"ເພື່ອທົດສອບວ່າເຄື່ອງກຳລັງໃຊ້ແຫຼ່ງເວລາພາຍນອກຫຼືບໍ່, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "ການຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນທີ່ເຕັມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"ເນື່ອງຈາກອາດມີບັກໃນການຈັດແບ່ງພາທິຊັນອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ບາງພາທິຊັນອາດຈະເຕັມເກີນໄປຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ. " +"ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນເຫຼົ່ານີ້, ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root. ເບິ່ງວິທີການ \"ການປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ\" ໃນ <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">ບົດວິທີການຈັດການ</link> ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "ການອັບເດດຊອບແວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ພາກສ່ວນນີ້ອະທິບາຍວິທີການໃຊ້ <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"ການນຳໃຊ້ <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> ແມ່ນງ່າຍຫຼາຍ. ເພື່ອອັບເດດລະບົບ " +"ທ່ານຕ້ອງຣັນສອງຄຳສັ່ງ ໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງໃນນາມ root: <computeroutput>apt update</" +"computeroutput> (ເຊິ່ງຈະອັບເດດລາຍຊື່ແພັກເກດທີ່ມີ) ແລະ <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (ເຊິ່ງຈະອັບເກຣດແພັກເກດທີ່ມີລຸ້ນໃໝ່ກວ່າ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະອັບເກຣດໂດຍໃຊ້ C locale ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງຜົນເປັນພາສາອັງກິດ " +"ເຊິ່ງໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ມີບັນຫາ ຈະສາມາດຄົ້ນຫາວິທີແກ້ໄຂໃນ Search Engine ໄດ້ງ່າຍກວ່າ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກອັບເກຣດແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " +"ອາດຈະມີໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ Cfengine ທີ່ປ່ຽນແປງ. ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/" +"cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> ເພື່ອທົດສອບ. ເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ, ໃຫ້ຣັນ " +"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"ມັນສຳຄັນທີ່ຈະຕ້ອງຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> ຫຼັງຈາກອັບເກຣດເຊີເວີ LTSP ເພື່ອໃຫ້ " +"SquashFS image ສຳລັບ diskless clients ຊິ້ງກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກການອັບເກຣດແບບ point release ຂອງລະບົບທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> ຫຼື <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, ຕ້ອງຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> ເພື່ອອັບເດດສະພາບແວດລ້ອມການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"ມັນຍັງເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງ <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> ແລ້ວກຳນົດຄ່າໃຫ້ພວກມັນສົ່ງເມວ " +"ໄປຫາທີ່ຢູ່ອີເມວທີ່ທ່ານໃຊ້ເປັນປະຈຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ຈະແຈ້ງເຕືອນທ່ານມື້ລະຄັ້ງຜ່ານອີເມວກ່ຽວກັບ " +"ແພັກເກດທີ່ສາມາດອັບເກຣດໄດ້. ມັນຈະບໍ່ຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເກຣດເຫຼົ່ານີ້ເອງ, ແຕ່ມັນຈະດາວໂຫຼດໄວ້ " +"(ປົກກະຕິແມ່ນຕອນກາງຄືນ), ດັ່ງນັ້ນທ່ານຈຶ່ງບໍ່ຕ້ອງລໍຖ້າການດາວໂຫຼດເມື່ອທ່ານຣັນ <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ງ່າຍຖ້າຕ້ອງການ, ພຽງແຕ່ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"ກຳນົດຄ່າຕາມທີ່ອະທິບາຍໄວ້ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> ສາມາດສົ່ງລາຍການການປ່ຽນແປງ " +"(changelog) ໃໝ່ ໃຫ້ທ່ານຜ່ານອີເມວ, ຫຼື ສະແດງຜົນໃນເທິມິນອລເມື່ອຣັນ <computeroutput>apt</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "ຕິດຕາມຂ່າວສານກ່ຽວກັບການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"ການຣັນ <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ຕາມທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍໄວ້ຂ້າງເທິງແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີ " +"ທີ່ຈະຮູ້ວ່າເມື່ອໃດມີການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພສຳລັບແພັກເກດທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້. ອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງຄືການສະໝັກ ລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ຮັບເມວ " +"(mailinglist) <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/" +"\">Debian security-announce</ulink>, " +"ເຊິ່ງມີຂໍ້ດີຄືຈະບອກລາຍລະອຽດວ່ານັ້ນແມ່ນການອັບເດດກ່ຽວກັບຫຍັງ. ຂໍ້ເສຍ (ເມື່ອທຽບກັບ " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) ແມ່ນມັນຈະລວມເອົາຂໍ້ມູນການອັບເດດສຳລັບ " +"ແພັກເກດທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ໄດ້ຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການຈັດການການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ ໃຫ້ເປີດບຣາວເຊີໄປທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-" +"php\"/>. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງເຂົ້າເຖິງເວັບໄຊນີ້ຜ່ານ SSL, ເນື່ອງຈາກທ່ານຕ້ອງປ້ອນລະຫັດຜ່ານ " +"root ຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນ. ຖ້າທ່ານພະຍາຍາມເຂົ້າເຖິງໂດຍບໍ່ໃຊ້ SSL ມັນຈະບໍ່ສຳເລັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"ໝາຍເຫດ: ເວັບໄຊຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ກໍຕໍ່ເມື່ອທ່ານອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ SSH ດ້ວຍ root ຊົ່ວຄາວ " +"ໃນເຊີເວີສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ, ເຊິ່ງໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນແມ່ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນຂອງ <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> ແລະ LDAP ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ /skole/backup/ " +"ເຊິ່ງຖືກຈັດການເປັນພາທິຊັນແຍກຕ່າງຫາກໂດຍ LVM. ຖ້າທ່ານພຽງແຕ່ຕ້ອງການມີສຳເນົາໄວ້ກັນເສຍ " +"(ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານລຶບພວກມັນຖິ້ມ), ການຕັ້ງຄ່ານີ້ກໍພຽງພໍແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "ໃຫ້ຮູ້ໄວ້ວ່າຮູບແບບການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ປ້ອງກັນທ່ານຈາກກໍລະນີທີ່ຮາດດິສກ໌ເພພັງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນໄປຍັງເຊີເວີພາຍນອກ, ອຸປະກອນເທບ ຫຼື ຮາດດິສກ໌ໜ່ວຍອື່ນ " +"ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງແກ້ໄຂການກຳນົດຄ່າທີ່ມີຢູ່ເລັກນ້ອຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການກູ້ຄືນໂຟນເດີທັງໝົດ, ວິທີທີ່ດີທີ່ສຸດແມ່ນການໃຊ້ບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະນຳເອົາເນື້ອຫາຈາກ <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> " +"ຂອງວັນທີ <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> ໄປໄວ້ໃນໂຟນເດີ " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການກູ້ຄືນພຽງໄຟລ໌ດຽວ, ທ່ານຄວນຈະສາມາດເລືອກໄຟລ໌ (ແລະ ເວີຊັນ) ຈາກໜ້າຕ່າງເວັບ ແລະ " +"ດາວໂຫຼດພຽງໄຟລ໌ນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການລຶບການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນເກົ່າໆ ອອກ, ໃຫ້ເລືອກ \"Maintenance\" ໃນເມນູ ຂອງໜ້າສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ " +"ແລະ ເລືອກ snapshot ທີ່ເກົ່າທີ່ສຸດທີ່ຕ້ອງການເກັບໄວ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕາມກວດກາເຊີເວີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"ລະບົບລາຍງານແນວໂນ້ມ Munin ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ຈາກ <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. " +"ມັນສະໜອງກຣາຟວັດແທກສະຖານະຂອງລະບົບເປັນລາຍວັນ, ລາຍອາທິດ, ລາຍເດືອນ ແລະ ລາຍປີ, ແລະ " +"ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບຊອກຫາຈຸດຄໍຂວດ (bottlenecks) ແລະ ສາເຫດຂອງບັນຫາໃນລະບົບ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍຊື່ເຄື່ອງທີ່ຖືກຕິດຕາມດ້ວຍ Munin ແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ ໂດຍອີງຕາມລາຍຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ ທີ່ລາຍງານໄປຍັງ " +"sitesummary. ທຸກໆ ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ munin-node ຈະຖືກລົງທະບຽນ ສຳລັບການຕິດຕາມຂອງ " +"Munin. ປົກກະຕິຈະໃຊ້ເວລາໜຶ່ງມື້ຫຼັງຈາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງ ຈົນກວ່າ Munin ຈະເລີ່ມຕິດຕາມ, " +"ເນື່ອງຈາກລຳດັບການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ cron jobs. ເພື່ອເລັ່ງຂະບວນການນີ້, ໃຫ້ຣັນ " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root ໃນເຊີເວີ " +"sitesummary (ປົກກະຕິແມ່ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ). ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະອັບເດດໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/munin/" +"munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຊຸດຂອງການວັດແທກທີ່ຖືກເກັບກຳແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ ໂປຣແກຣມ " +"<computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> ເຊິ່ງຈະກວດສອບປລັກອິນ ທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນ " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> ແລະ ສ້າງ symlink " +"ອັນທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງໄປຍັງ <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ Munin ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕາມລະບົບ ແລະ ບໍລິການ Icinga ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/>. ລາຍຊື່ເຄື່ອງ ແລະ " +"ບໍລິການທີ່ຖືກຕິດຕາມແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໂດຍໃຊ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເກັບກຳ ໂດຍລະບົບ sitesummary. " +"ເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Main-server ແລະ LTSP-server ຈະໄດ້ຮັບການຕິດຕາມແບບເຕັມຮູບແບບ, " +"ໃນຂະນະທີ່ເຄື່ອງວຽກ ແລະ thin clients ຈະໄດ້ຮັບການຕິດຕາມແບບພື້ນຖານ. " +"ເພື່ອເປີດການຕິດຕາມແບບເຕັມຮູບແບບ ໃນເຄື່ອງວຽກ, ໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>nagios-" +"nrpe-server</computeroutput> ໃນເຄື່ອງວຽກນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ Icinga ຈະບໍ່ສົ່ງອີເມວ. ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໂດຍການປ່ຽນ <computeroutput>notify-by-" +"nothing</computeroutput> ເປັນ <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ໃນໄຟລ໌ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ Icinga ທີ່ໃຊ້ຄື <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</" +"computeroutput>. sitesummary cron job ຈະສ້າງໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> ເຊິ່ງມີລາຍຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ ແລະ " +"ບໍລິການທີ່ຈະຕິດຕາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເພີ່ມການກວດສອບ Icinga ເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ໃນໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/" +"icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ພວກມັນຖືກລວມເຂົ້າໃນໄຟລ໌ທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ Icinga ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> ຫຼື " +"ໃນແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "ຄຳເຕືອນທົ່ວໄປຂອງ Icinga ແລະ ວິທີການຈັດການ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "ນີ້ແມ່ນຄຳແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບວິທີການຈັດການກັບຄຳເຕືອນ Icinga ທີ່ພົບເລື້ອຍທີ່ສຸດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - ພື້ນທີ່ຫວ່າງ: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"ພາທິຊັນ (/usr/ ໃນຕົວຢ່າງ) ເຕັມເກີນໄປ. ໂດຍທົ່ວໄປມີສອງວິທີໃນການຈັດການ: (1) ລຶບບາງໄຟລ໌ອອກ ຫຼື " +"(2) ເພີ່ມຂະໜາດຂອງພາທິຊັນ. ຖ້າພາທິຊັນຄື /var/, ການລ້າງແຄຊ໌ APT ໂດຍໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> ອາດຈະຊ່ວຍລຶບໄຟລ໌ບາງສ່ວນໄດ້. ຖ້າມີພື້ນທີ່ຫວ່າງ " +"ໃນກຸ່ມວໍລຸ່ມ LVM, ການຣັນໂປຣແກຣມ <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນອາດຈະຊ່ວຍໄດ້. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໂປຣແກຣມນີ້ເຮັດວຽກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ " +"ຊົ່ວໂມງ, ສາມາດເພີ່ມໂຮສທ໌ນັ້ນເຂົ້າໃນ netgroup <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: ມີ 13 ແພັກເກດທີ່ສາມາດອັບເກຣດໄດ້ (13 ການອັບເດດທີ່ສຳຄັນ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"ມີແພັກເກດໃໝ່ທີ່ພ້ອມສຳລັບການອັບເກຣດ. ອັນທີ່ສຳຄັນປົກກະຕິແລ້ວແມ່ນການແກ້ໄຂດ້ານຄວາມປອດໄພ. " +"ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດ, ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root ໃນເທິມິນອລ ຫຼື ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຜ່ານ SSH ເພື່ອເຮັດແບບດຽວກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານບໍ່ຕ້ອງການອັບເກຣດແພັກເກດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ ແລະ ເຊື່ອໝັ້ນວ່າ Debian ຈະຈັດການເວີຊັນໃໝ່ໄດ້ດີ, " +"ທ່ານສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າ <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດ ທຸກແພັກເກດໃໝ່ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຄືນ. ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະບໍ່ອັບເກຣດ LTSP chroots." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - ຕ້ອງເປີດເຄື່ອງໃໝ່ : ເຄີເນລທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກ = 2.6.32-37.81.0, ເຄີເນລທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງ = " +"2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"ເຄີເນລທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກແມ່ນເກົ່າກວ່າເຄີເນລໃໝ່ທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້, ແລະ ຕ້ອງມີການ reboot " +"ເພື່ອເປີດໃຊ້ເຄີເນລໃໝ່ສຸດ. ສິ່ງນີ້ປົກກະຕິແລ້ວແມ່ນເລື່ອງດ່ວນ, ເນື່ອງຈາກເຄີເນລໃໝ່ ມັກຈະຖືກປ່ອຍອອກມາໃນ " +"Debian Edu ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂບັນຫາຄວາມປອດໄພ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: ຂະໜາດຄິວ CUPS - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"ຄິວເຄື່ອງພິມໃນ CUPS ມີວຽກທີ່ຄ້າງຢູ່ຫຼາຍ. ສິ່ງນີ້ອາດເກີດຈາກເຄື່ອງພິມທີ່ໃຊ້ງານບໍ່ໄດ້. " +"ຄິວການພິມທີ່ຖືກປິດຈະຖືກເປີດໃຊ້ງານທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງໃນໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນສະມາຊິກຂອງ netgroup " +"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, " +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນສຳລັບໂຮສທ໌ເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ຕ້ອງເຮັດຫຍັງດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ. ຄິວການພິມຈະຖືກລ້າງໃຫ້ຫວ່າງທຸກໆ " +"ຄືນໃນໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນສະມາຊິກຂອງ netgroup <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. ຖ້າໂຮສທ໌ມີວຽກຄ້າງໃນຄິວຫຼາຍ, ໃຫ້ພິຈາລະນາເພີ່ມໂຮສທ໌ນັ້ນເຂົ້າໃນໜຶ່ງ ຫຼື ທັງສອງ " +"netgroups ນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອເກັບກຳຂໍ້ມູນຈາກແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ ແລະ ສົ່ງໄປຍັງເຊີເວີກາງ. " +"ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເກັບກຳໄດ້ແມ່ນມີຢູ່ໃນ <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput>. ມີສະຄຣິບໃນ <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງລາຍງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍງານແບບງ່າຍໆ ຈາກ Sitesummary ທີ່ບໍ່ມີລາຍລະອຽດຫຼາຍແມ່ນສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ເອກະສານບາງສ່ວນກ່ຽວກັບ Sitesummary ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບການປັບແຕ່ງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບການປັບແຕ່ງ Debian Edu ທີ່ມີປະໂຫຍດສຳລັບຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ ສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນ <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">ບົດວິທີການຈັດການ</link> ແລະ <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">ບົດວິທີການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"ກ່ອນທີ່ຈະອ່ານຄູ່ມືການອັບເກຣດນີ້, ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າການອັບເດດສົດໆ ໄປຍັງເຊີເວີທີ່ໃຊ້ງານຈິງ " +"ແມ່ນຄວາມສ່ຽງຂອງທ່ານເອງ. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux " +"ບໍ່ມີການຮັບປະກັນໃດໆ ທັງໝົດ, ພາຍໃຕ້ຂອບເຂດທີ່ກົດໝາຍອະນຸຍາດ.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດທົ່ວໄປກ່ຽວກັບການອັບເກຣດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"ການອັບເກຣດ Debian ຈາກເວີຊັນໜຶ່ງໄປຍັງເວີຊັນຖັດໄປໂດຍທົ່ວໄປແລ້ວແມ່ນຂ້ອນຂ້າງງ່າຍ. ແຕ່ສຳລັບ Debian " +"Edu ມັນອາດຈະມີຄວາມຊັບຊ້ອນກວ່າເລັກນ້ອຍ ເນື່ອງຈາກພວກເຮົາມີການແກ້ໄຂ " +"ໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າໃນຮູບແບບທີ່ບໍ່ຄວນເຮັດ. ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ ພວກເຮົາໄດ້ບັນທຶກຂັ້ນຕອນທີ່ຈຳເປັນໄວ້ລຸ່ມນີ້. (ເບິ່ງ " +"Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> " +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບວິທີທີ່ Debian Edu ຄວນແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍທົ່ວໄປແລ້ວ, ການອັບເກຣດເຊີເວີແມ່ນຍາກກວ່າເຄື່ອງວຽກ ແລະ ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ແມ່ນພາກສ່ວນທີ່ອັບເກຣດຍາກທີ່ສຸດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການຄວາມໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າຫຼັງຈາກອັບເກຣດແລ້ວທຸກຢ່າງຈະເຮັດວຽກຄືເກົ່າ, " +"ທ່ານຄວນທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດໃນລະບົບທົດສອບ ຫຼື ລະບົບທີ່ຕັ້ງຄ່າຄືກັນກັບເຄື່ອງທີ່ໃຊ້ງານຈິງ. " +"ຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນທ່ານສາມາດທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ມີຄວາມສ່ຽງ ແລະ " +"ເບິ່ງວ່າທຸກຢ່າງເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ຕາມທີ່ຄວນຈະເປັນຫຼືບໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄດ້ອ່ານຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບລຸ້ນ Debian Stable ປັດຈຸບັນໃນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink> ຂອງມັນນຳດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"ມັນອາດຈະເປັນການດີຖ້າຈະລໍຖ້າຈັກໜ້ອຍ ແລະ ໃຊ້ Oldstable ຕໍ່ໄປອີກສອງສາມອາທິດ, " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຄົນອື່ນໄດ້ທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດ ແລະ ບັນທຶກບັນຫາຕ່າງໆ ທີ່ພວກເຂົາພົບ. Debian Edu ລຸ້ນ " +"Oldstable ຈະຍັງໄດ້ຮັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນຕໍ່ໄປອີກໄລຍະໜຶ່ງຫຼັງຈາກ ລຸ້ນ Stable ໃໝ່ຖືກປ່ອຍອອກມາ, ແຕ່ເມື່ອ " +"Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">ຢຸດການສະໜັບສະໜູນ Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu " +"ກໍຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເຮັດແບບດຽວກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to Bookworm upgrade, " +"see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "ຫ້າມໃຊ້ X (GUI), ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ virtual console ແລະ ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມ root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າ <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> ເຮັດວຽກບໍ່ສຳເລັດ ແລະ ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ, " +"ໃຫ້ພະຍາຍາມແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ/ຫຼື ຣັນ <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> ແລ້ວຣັນ " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> ອີກຄັ້ງໜຶ່ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍການກວດສອບວ່າລະບົບປັດຈຸບັນໄດ້ຮັບການອັບເດດແລ້ວ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: ກຽມຕົວອ່ານຂ່າວສານ (NEWS) ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍ; ກົດ <return> " +"ເພື່ອເລື່ອນລົງ, ກົດ <q> ເພື່ອອອກ. ຂໍ້ມູນທັງໝົດຈະຖືກສົ່ງເມວໄປຫາ root ເພື່ອໃຫ້ທ່ານອ່ານຄືນໄດ້ " +"(ໂດຍໃຊ້ <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ຫຼື <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"ອ່ານຂໍ້ມູນ debconf ທັງໝົດຢ່າງລະອຽດ, ເລືອກ 'keep the local version currently " +"installed' ຍົກເວັ້ນຈະມີການລະບຸໄວ້ແຕກຕ່າງຈາກນີ້ຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້; ໃນກໍລະນີສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ ການກົດ return ແມ່ນໃຊ້ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services: ເລືອກ yes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba server and utilities: ເລືອກ 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "openssh-server: ເລືອກ 'keep the local version currently installed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "ນຳໃຊ້ ແລະ ປັບແຕ່ງການກຳນົດຄ່າ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "ກວດສອບວ່າລະບົບທີ່ອັບເກຣດແລ້ວເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ຫຼືບໍ່:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reboot; ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ ແລະ ທົດສອບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "ຖ້າ GOsa² GUI ເຮັດວຽກໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ LTSP clients ແລະ workstations ໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດເພີ່ມ/ລຶບ ສະມາຊິກ netgroup ຂອງລະບົບໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດສົ່ງ ແລະ ຮັບອີເມວພາຍໃນໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "ແລະ ສິ່ງອື່ນໆ ທີ່ສະເພາະກັບເວັບໄຊນັ້ນເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ຫຼືບໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດເຄື່ອງວຽກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "ປະຕິບັດຂັ້ນຕອນພື້ນຖານທັງໝົດຄືກັນກັບໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ແລະ ຂ້າມສິ່ງທີ່ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " +"Buster." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Administration\">ການຈັດການທົ່ວໄປ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">ການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Desktop\">ເດັສທອບ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ລູກຄ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ການຮຽນ-ການສອນ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Users\">ຜູ້ໃຊ້</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບການຈັດການທົ່ວໄປ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"ບົດ <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">ການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນນຳໃຊ້</link> ແລະ <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ</link> ອະທິບາຍວິທີເລີ່ມຕົ້ນກັບ Debian Edu ແລະ " +"ວິທີການບຳລຸງຮັກສາພື້ນຖານ. ວິທີການໃນບົດນີ້ ຈະມີເຄັດລັບ ແລະ ເຕັກນິກທີ່ \"ຂັ້ນສູງ\" ຂຶ້ນຕື່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "ປະຫວັດການກຳນົດຄ່າ: ການຕິດຕາມ /etc/ ໂດຍໃຊ້ລະບົບຄວບຄຸມເວີຊັນ Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"ການນຳໃຊ້ <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, ໄຟລ໌ທັງໝົດໃນ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> ຈະຖືກຕິດຕາມໂດຍໃຊ້ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> ເປັນລະບົບຄວບຄຸມເວີຊັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ເຮັດໃຫ້ສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ວ່າເມື່ອໃດໄຟລ໌ຖືກເພີ່ມ, ປ່ຽນແປງ ຫຼື ລຶບອອກ, ລວມທັງເບິ່ງໄດ້ວ່າ " +"ມີຫຍັງປ່ຽນແປງແດ່ຖ້າໄຟລ໌ນັ້ນເປັນໄຟລ໌ຂໍ້ຄວາມ. git repository ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນ <computeroutput>/" +"etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ, ການປ່ຽນແປງຕ່າງໆ ຈະຖືກບັນທຶກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ເຮັດໃຫ້ສາມາດດຶງ " +"ປະຫວັດການກຳນົດຄ່າມາເບິ່ງຄືນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເບິ່ງປະຫວັດ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput>. " +"ເພື່ອສົມທຽບຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງລະຫວ່າງສອງຊ່ວງເວລາ, ສາມາດໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງເຊັ່ນ <computeroutput>etckeeper " +"vcs diff </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງຜົນການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> " +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "ລາຍຊື່ຄຳສັ່ງທີ່ມີປະໂຫຍດ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "ຕົວຢ່າງການນຳໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "ໃນລະບົບທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງໃໝ່, ລອງໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ເພື່ອເບິ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດທີ່ເກີດຂຶ້ນຕັ້ງແຕ່ຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "ເບິ່ງວ່າໄຟລ໌ໃດທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກຕິດຕາມ ແລະ ໄຟລ໌ໃດທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ທັນເປັນເວີຊັນຫຼ້າສຸດ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອ commit ໄຟລ໌ດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ (ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ຕ້ອງການລໍຖ້າຮອບອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "ການປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"ໃນ Debian Edu, ພາທິຊັນທັງໝົດຍົກເວັ້ນພາທິຊັນ <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນຢູ່ໃນວໍລຸ່ມ LVM. ດ້ວຍເຄີເນລ Linux ຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວີຊັນ 2.6.10 ເປັນຕົ້ນມາ, ທ່ານສາມາດຂະຫຍາຍ " +"ພາທິຊັນໃນຂະນະທີ່ພວກມັນກຳລັງຖືກ mount ຢູ່ໄດ້. ແຕ່ການຫຼຸດຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນຍັງຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງ " +"ເຮັດໃນຂະນະທີ່ພາທິຊັນນັ້ນບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກ mount." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະຫຼີກເວັ້ນການສ້າງພາທິຊັນທີ່ໃຫຍ່ເກີນໄປ (ຕົວຢ່າງ: ຫຼາຍກວ່າ 20GiB), " +"ເນື່ອງຈາກມັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ເວລາດົນໃນການຣັນ <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> ຫຼື ໃນການກູ້ຄືນ " +"ຈາກຂໍ້ມູນສຳຮອງເມື່ອຈຳເປັນ. ມັນຈະດີກວ່າຖ້າສ້າງພາທິຊັນຍ່ອຍຫຼາຍໆ ອັນແທນທີ່ຈະເປັນອັນດຽວທີ່ໃຫຍ່ຫຼາຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"ມີສະຄຣິບຊ່ວຍ <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ການຂະຫຍາຍ ພາທິຊັນທີ່ເຕັມນັ້ນງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ. ເມື່ອຖືກຮຽກໃຊ້, ມັນຈະອ່ານການກຳນົດຄ່າຈາກ " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> " +"ແລະ <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"ຈາກນັ້ນມັນຈະສະເໜີໃຫ້ຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນທີ່ມີພື້ນທີ່ຫວ່າງໜ້ອຍເກີນໄປ ຕາມກົດທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນໄຟລ໌ເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ຖ້າຣັນໂດຍບໍ່ມີອາຄິວເມັ້ນ (arguments), ມັນຈະສະແດງພຽງແຕ່ຄຳສັ່ງທີ່ຈຳເປັນໃນການຂະຫຍາຍລະບົບໄຟລ໌. " +"ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> ເພື່ອສັ່ງໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນແທ້ໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"ສະຄຣິບນີ້ຈະຖືກຣັນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງໃນທຸກລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ມີລາຍຊື່ໃນ netgroup " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອພາທິຊັນທີ່ໃຊ້ໂດຍ Squid proxy ຖືກປັບຂະໜາດ, ຄ່າຂອງ cache size ໃນ " +"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> ກໍຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການອັບເດດນຳ. " +"ມີສະຄຣິບຊ່ວຍ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" +"cachedir</computeroutput> ເພື່ອເຮັດສິ່ງນີ້ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ, " +"ໂດຍມັນຈະກວດສອບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນປັດຈຸບັນຂອງ <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" +"computeroutput> ແລະ ກຳນົດຄ່າໃຫ້ Squid ໃຊ້ 80% ຂອງພື້ນທີ່ນັ້ນເປັນຂະໜາດແຄຊ໌." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການວໍລຸ່ມແບບໂລຈິກ (LVM)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນໄດ້ໃນຂະນະທີ່ພວກມັນ ກຳລັງຖືກ " +"mount ແລະ ໃຊ້ງານຢູ່. ທ່ານສາມາດຮຽນຮູ້ເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບ LVM ໄດ້ຈາກ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍວໍລຸ່ມແບບໂລຈິກດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ, ທ່ານພຽງແຕ່ບອກຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>lvextend</" +"computeroutput> ວ່າຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ມັນໃຫຍ່ເທົ່າໃດ. ຕົວຢ່າງ: ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍ home0 ເປັນ 30GiB " +"ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍ home0 ຕື່ມອີກ 30GiB, ໃຫ້ໃສ່ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> " +"ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມື ສຳລັບແກ້ໄຂຖານຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP ດ້ວຍຕົວແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຄວາມປົກກະຕິໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "ຕ້ອງຣັນຄຳສັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"ໝາຍເຫດ: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> " +"ຈະໃຊ້ຕົວແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ທີ່ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງລະບົບ. ໂດຍການຣັນ <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊວ ທ່ານສາມາດ ກຳນົດຄ່າໃຫ້ໃຊ້ vim ເປັນຕົວແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳເຕືອນ: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືທີ່ມີອຳນາດຫຼາຍ. " +"ໃຫ້ລະມັດລະວັງ ແລະ ຢ່າເຮັດໃຫ້ຖານຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP ເພພັງ, ຄຳເຕືອນນີ້ຍັງລວມເຖິງການໃຊ້ JXplorer ນຳດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS ທີ່ໃຊ້ Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"ການໃຊ້ Kerberos ສຳລັບ NFS ເພື່ອ mount ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກແມ່ນຄຸນສົມບັດດ້ານຄວາມປອດໄພ. ເຄື່ອງວຽກ " +"ແລະ LTSP clients ຈະເຮັດວຽກບໍ່ໄດ້ຖ້າບໍ່ມີ Kerberos. ລະດັບທີ່ຮອງຮັບຄື <emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " +"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> ໝາຍເຖິງການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" +"emphasis> ໝາຍເຖິງການກວດສອບຄວາມຖືກຕ້ອງຂອງຂໍ້ມູນ (integrity check) ແລະ <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> ໝາຍເຖິງຄວາມເປັນສ່ວນຕົວ ຫຼື ການເຂົ້າລະຫັດ); ພາລະຂອງທັງເຊີເວີ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງວຽກຈະເພີ່ມຂຶ້ນ " +"ຕາມລະດັບຄວາມປອດໄພ, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> ແມ່ນທາງເລືອກທີ່ດີ ແລະ " +"ຖືກເລືອກໃຫ້ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "ວິທີການປ່ຽນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມ root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ຣັນ <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, ຄົ້ນຫາ " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> ແລ້ວປ່ຽນເປັນ <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> ຫຼື " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"ປັບປ່ຽນລາຍການເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຕາມຄວາມເໝາະສົມ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ຣັນ <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver (ເຄື່ອງພິມມາດຕະຖານ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມືນີ້ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງພິມເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໂດຍອີງຕາມສະຖານທີ່, ເຄື່ອງ, ຫຼື ຄວາມເປັນສະມາຊິກກຸ່ມ. " +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ, ເບິ່ງ <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> " +"ຕ້ອງຖືກກຳນົດໂດຍຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ, ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງໄດ້ທີ່ <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, ໜ້າຕ່າງກຣາຟິກສຳລັບ LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານມັກໃຊ້ໜ້າຕ່າງກຣາຟິກ (GUI) ເພື່ອເຮັດວຽກກັບຖານຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງແພັກເກດ " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, ເຊິ່ງຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ. " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ສິດໃນການຂຽນຂໍ້ມູນ ໃຫ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb5, ເຄື່ອງມືບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງສຳລັບການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງຂະໜາດນ້ອຍ ເພື່ອສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້, ມັນຖືກຮຽກໃຊ້ດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"ອາຄິວເມັ້ນທັງໝົດຍົກເວັ້ນຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ຊ່ອງ GECOS ແມ່ນສາມາດເລືອກໃສ່ຫຼືບໍ່ກໍໄດ້, ຊ່ອງ GECOS " +"ປົກກະຕິແລ້ວຄວນມີຊື່ເຕັມຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້. ຖ້າບໍ່ໄດ້ລະບຸ, ເຄື່ອງມືຈະເລືອກ UID ແລະ GID " +"ທີ່ຫວ່າງຖັດໄປໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ ແລະ ຈະບໍ່ກຳນົດກຸ່ມເພີ່ມເຕີມໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້. ຖ້າບໍ່ໄດ້ລະບຸຜະແນກ (department), " +"ມັນຈະເລືອກ <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> ອັນທຳອິດ ຈາກ LDAP ເຊິ່ງອາດຈະແມ່ນ " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> ແລະ ປົກກະຕິແລ້ວບໍ່ແມ່ນສິ່ງທີ່ທ່ານ ຕ້ອງການສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທົ່ວໄປ, " +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນທ່ານຄວນເລືອກຄ່າທີ່ເໝາະສົມ ເຊັ່ນ <emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> ຫຼື " +"<emphasis>Students</emphasis>. ຫຼັງຈາກປ້ອນ ແລະ ຢືນຢັນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ລວມທັງປ້ອນລະຫັດຜ່ານ " +"ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ LDAP ແລ້ວ, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"ຈະສ້າງບັນຊີ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນ LDAP, ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ Kerberos, ສ້າງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ, ແລະ ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ Samba " +"ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ. ຮູບສະແດງໜ້າຈໍຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ສະແດງຕົວຢ່າງການຮຽກໃຊ້ເພື່ອສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊື່ " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> ສຳລັບຄູອາຈານທີ່ຊື່ເຕັມວ່າ \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"ເຖິງວ່າທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ stable-updates ໄດ້ໂດຍກົງ, ແຕ່ທ່ານບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເຮັດແນວນັ້ນ: stable-" +"updates ຈະຖືກສົ່ງເຂົ້າໄປໃນ stable suite ເປັນປະຈຳເມື່ອມີການປ່ອຍ stable point releases " +"ເຊິ່ງປົກກະຕິຈະເກີດຂຶ້ນທຸກໆ ສອງເດືອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ backports ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງຊອບແວທີ່ໃໝ່ກວ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານກຳລັງໃຊ້ Debian Edu ເພາະທ່ານມັກຄວາມສະຖຽນຂອງມັນ. ມັນເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ດີຫຼາຍ; ແຕ່ມີບັນຫາດຽວຄື: " +"ບາງຄັ້ງຊອບແວອາດຈະເກົ່າກວ່າທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການເລັກນ້ອຍ. ນີ້ຄືຈຸດທີ່ backports.debian.org ເຂົ້າມາຊ່ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports ແມ່ນແພັກເກດທີ່ຖືກຄອມພາຍໃໝ່ຈາກ Debian testing (ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່) ແລະ Debian " +"unstable (ໃນບາງກໍລະນີ ເຊັ່ນ ການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ), ເພື່ອໃຫ້ພວກມັນສາມາດຣັນໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ " +"ໄລບຣາຣີໃໝ່ (ເທົ່າທີ່ເປັນໄປໄດ້) ເທິງ Debian ລຸ້ນ stable ເຊັ່ນ Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ທ່ານເລືອກສະເພາະ backports ທີ່ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ແທ້ໆ, ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ຄວນໃຊ້ທຸກ backports ທີ່ມີຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນ.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Using backports is simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນທ່ານກໍສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດຈາກ backport ໄດ້ຢ່າງງ່າຍດາຍ, ຄຳສັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"<emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> ເວີຊັນ backport:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" +"free." +msgstr "" +"Backports ຈະຖືກອັບເດດໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ (ຖ້າມີ) ຄືກັນກັບແພັກເກດອື່ນໆ. ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັບບ່ອນເກັບໄຟລ໌ປົກກະຕິ, " +"backports ມີສາມພາກສ່ວນຄື: main, contrib ແລະ non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດດ້ວຍ CD ຫຼື ໄຟລ໌ອິເມຈທີ່ຄ້າຍຄືກັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " +"Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " +"physical media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "ໃສ່ແຜ່ນ CD / DVD / Blu-ray ຫຼື USB flash drive ແລ້ວໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "ຂໍອ້າງອີງຈາກໜ້າຄູ່ມື (man page) ຂອງ apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອເພີ່ມ CD-ROM ໃໝ່ເຂົ້າໃນລາຍຊື່ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນຂອງ APT. apt-cdrom " +"ຈະຈັດການກວດສອບໂຄງສ້າງຂອງແຜ່ນ ລວມທັງແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ອາດເກີດຈາກການເຜົາແຜ່ນ ແລະ " +"ກວດສອບຄວາມຖືກຕ້ອງຂອງໄຟລ໌ດັດສະນີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ apt-cdrom ເພື່ອເພີ່ມ CD ເຂົ້າໃນລະບົບ APT, ບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງໄດ້. ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, " +"ແຕ່ລະແຜ່ນໃນຊຸດທີ່ມີຫຼາຍ CD ຈະຕ້ອງຖືກໃສ່ ແລະ ສະແກນແຍກກັນ ເພື່ອປ້ອງກັນຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ອາດເກີດຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "ຈາກນັ້ນຣັນສອງຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດລະບົບ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "ການລ້າງໂປຣເຊສທີ່ຄ້າງຢູ່ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບ perl ທີ່ເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ກຳຈັດວຽກໃນພື້ນຫຼັງ " +"(background jobs). ວຽກໃນພື້ນຫຼັງຄືໂປຣເຊສທີ່ເປັນຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຄື່ອງຢູ່ໃນຂະນະນັ້ນ. " +"ມັນຈະຖືກຣັນໂດຍ cron job ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> ແມ່ນແພັກເກດ Debian ທີ່ " +"ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ (ແລະ ອື່ນໆ) ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ. ຖ້າຕິດຕັ້ງແລ້ວ, " +"ແພັກເກດຈະຖືກກຳນົດຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ. ສາມາດເບິ່ງບັນທຶກ (logs) ໄດ້ທີ່ " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ ຍັງມີ " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput> ຢູ່ສະເໝີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "ການປິດເຄື່ອງອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດປະຢັດພະລັງງານ ແລະ ເງິນໄດ້ໂດຍການປິດເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ ແລະ " +"ເປີດຄືນໃນຕອນເຊົ້າ. ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> " +"ຈະພະຍາຍາມປິດເຄື່ອງທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວລາ 16:00 ໂມງແລງ, ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ປິດເຄື່ອງ ຖ້າມີຜູ້ໃຊ້ງານຢູ່. " +"ມັນຈະພະຍາຍາມບອກ BIOS ໃຫ້ເປີດເຄື່ອງໃນເວລາປະມານ 07:00 ໂມງເຊົ້າ, ແລະ " +"ເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈະພະຍາຍາມເປີດເຄື່ອງຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວລາ 06:30 ໂມງ ໂດຍການສົ່ງແພັກເກດ Wake-on-LAN. " +"ເວລາເຫຼົ່ານີ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໃນ crontab ຂອງແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "ບາງສິ່ງທີ່ຄວນຄຳນຶງເຖິງເມື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າລະບົບນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍບໍ່ຄວນຖືກປິດເມື່ອມີຄົນກຳລັງໃຊ້ງານຢູ່. ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະຖືກກວດສອບໂດຍການເບິ່ງ ຜົນຂອງຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, ແລະ ໃນກໍລະນີພິເສດ, ຈະກວດສອບຄຳສັ່ງການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ " +"SSH ເພື່ອໃຫ້ເຮັດວຽກຮ່ວມກັບ X2Go thin clients ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນບັນຫາຟິວໄຟຟ້າຂາດ, ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າ ລູກຄ່າຍທັງໝົດບໍ່ໄດ້ເລີ່ມວຽກພ້ອມກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"ມີສອງວິທີໃນການປຸກເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍໃຫ້ຕື່ນ. ວິທີໜຶ່ງຄືການໃຊ້ຄຸນສົມບັດຂອງ BIOS ເຊິ່ງຕ້ອງອາໄສ " +"ໂມງຂອງຮາດແວທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຢ່າງຖືກຕ້ອງ, ລວມທັງເມນບອດ ແລະ ເວີຊັນ BIOS ທີ່ຮອງຮັບໂດຍ " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; ສ່ວນອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງຄືການໃຫ້ລູກຄ່າຍຮອງຮັບ " +"Wake-on-LAN, ແລະ ເຊີເວີຕ້ອງຮູ້ຈັກລູກຄ່າຍທັງໝົດທີ່ຕ້ອງການຈະປຸກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "ວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າ shutdown-at-night" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"ໃນເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ປິດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ, ໃຫ້ສ້າງໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> (ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ touch), ຫຼື ເພີ່ມຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ " +"(ຜົນຈາກຄຳສັ່ງ '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' ໃນເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍ) ເຂົ້າໃນ " +"netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". ການເພີ່ມໂຮສທ໌ເຂົ້າໃນ netgroup ໃນ LDAP " +"ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືເວັບ <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. " +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍອາດຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ກຳນົດຄ່າ Wake-on-LAN ໃນ BIOS. ສິ່ງທີ່ສຳຄັນອີກຢ່າງໜຶ່ງຄື ສະວິດ ແລະ " +"ເຣົາເຕີ ທີ່ຢູ່ລະຫວ່າງເຊີເວີ Wake-on-LAN ແລະ ລູກຄ່າຍ ຈະຕ້ອງສົ່ງຕໍ່ແພັກເກດ WOL ໄປຫາລູກຄ່າຍໄດ້ " +"ເຖິງວ່າລູກຄ່າຍຈະປິດຢູ່ກໍຕາມ. ສະວິດບາງລຸ້ນອາດຈະບໍ່ສົ່ງຕໍ່ແພັກເກດ ໄປຫາລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ບໍ່ມີຢູ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງ ARP " +"ຂອງສະວິດ, ເຊິ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ແພັກເກດ WOL ຖືກບລັອກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເປີດໃຊ້ Wake-on-LAN ໃນເຊີເວີ, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມລາຍຊື່ລູກຄ່າຍໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-" +"at-night/clients</computeroutput>, ໂດຍໃຫ້ມີໜຶ່ງແຖວຕໍ່ໜຶ່ງລູກຄ່າຍ, ໃສ່ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ກ່ອນ, " +"ຕາມດ້ວຍທີ່ຢູ່ MAC, ຂັ້ນດ້ວຍຊ່ອງຫວ່າງ; ຫຼື ສ້າງສະຄຣິບ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/clients-generator</computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງລາຍຊື່ລູກຄ່າຍແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ຄືຕົວຢ່າງ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> ສຳລັບໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັບ sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"ອີກທາງເລືອກໜຶ່ງ ຖ້າໃຊ້ netgroup ເພື່ອເປີດໃຊ້ shutdown-at-night ໃນລູກຄ່າຍ " +"ແມ່ນການໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບນີ້ຮ່ວມກັບເຄື່ອງມື netgroup ຈາກແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>ng-utils</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຊີເວີ Debian Edu ທີ່ຢູ່ເບື້ອງຫຼັງໄຟວໍ (firewall)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງທີ່ຢູ່ເບື້ອງຫຼັງໄຟວໍຈາກອິນເຕີເນັດ, ໃຫ້ພິຈາລະນາຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ " +"<computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. ມັນສາມາດໃຊ້ເພື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າ SSH tunnel " +"ໄປຫາເຄື່ອງໃນອິນເຕີເນັດທີ່ທ່ານສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້. ຈາກເຄື່ອງນັ້ນ, ທ່ານຈະສາມາດ " +"ເຂົ້າເຖິງເຊີເວີທີ່ຢູ່ເບື້ອງຫຼັງໄຟວໍຜ່ານ SSH tunnel ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງບໍລິການເພີ່ມເຕີມເພື່ອລະບາຍພາລະຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"ໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ທຸກບໍລິການຈະຣັນຢູ່ເທິງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ທີ່ມີຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ວ່າ <emphasis>tjener</" +"emphasis>. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການຍ້າຍບາງບໍລິການໄປຍັງເຄື່ອງອື່ນນັ້ນງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ, ຈຶ່ງມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບ " +"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> ໃຫ້ເລືອກ. ການຕິດຕັ້ງດ້ວຍໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ໄດ້ເຄື່ອງ " +"ທີ່ເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu ແຕ່ຍັງບໍ່ທັນມີບໍລິການໃດໆ ຣັນຢູ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "ນີ້ຄືຂັ້ນຕອນທີ່ຈຳເປັນໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງທີ່ອຸທິດສຳລັບບາງບໍລິການໂດຍສະເພາະ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "ເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດສຳລັບບໍລິການນັ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "ກຳນົດຄ່າບໍລິການ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "ປິດບໍລິການນັ້ນໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "ອັບເດດ DNS (ຜ່ານ LDAP/GOsa²) ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ຈາກ wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "ວິທີການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "ໃນບົດນີ້ຈະອະທິບາຍເຖິງວຽກງານການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການປັບແຕ່ງຜູ້ໃຊ້ດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "ການສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕາມກຸ່ມປີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(ໃນນາມ root ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "ສ້າງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີກຸ່ມປີທີ່ຈຳເປັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(ໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດໃນ Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "ຜະແນກ (Department)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "ກຸ່ມ (Group)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "ແມ່ແບບ (Template)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ 'ຜູ້ໃຊ້' (users) ຈາກເມນູຫຼັກ. ປ່ຽນເປັນ 'ນັກຮຽນ' (Students) ໃນຊ່ອງ Base. ລາຍການ " +"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> ຄວນຈະປະກົດຂຶ້ນ, ໃຫ້ຄລິກໃສ່ມັນ. " +"ນີ້ແມ່ນແມ່ແບບຂອງ 'ນັກຮຽນ', ບໍ່ແມ່ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕົວຈິງ. ເນື່ອງຈາກທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ສ້າງແມ່ແບບດັ່ງກ່າວ " +"(ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ການນຳເຂົ້າ csv ສຳລັບໂຄງສ້າງຂອງທ່ານ) ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ແມ່ແບບນີ້, " +"ໃຫ້ສັງເກດທຸກລາຍການທີ່ປະກົດຂຶ້ນໃນແຖບ Generic ແລະ POSIX, ບາງທີອາດຈະຕ້ອງຖ່າຍພາບໜ້າຈໍ " +"ເພື່ອເກັບຂໍ້ມູນໄວ້ໃຫ້ພ້ອມ ສຳລັບການສ້າງແມ່ແບບໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "ນຳເຂົ້າຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "ເລືອກແມ່ແບບໃໝ່ຂອງທ່ານເມື່ອເຮັດການນຳເຂົ້າ csv; ແນະນຳໃຫ້ທົດສອບກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈຳນວນໜ້ອຍໜຶ່ງກ່ອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "ການປັບແຕ່ງຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໆ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "ການສ້າງໂຟນເດີໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ (home directories) ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ທັງໝົດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"ດ້ວຍສະຄຣິບນີ້ ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບສາມາດສ້າງໂຟນເດີໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນ ແລະ " +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງລວມທັງຄວາມເປັນເຈົ້າຂອງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"ໃນຕົວຢ່າງທີ່ສະແດງຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້ ດ້ວຍ group=teachers ແລະ permissions=2770 ຜູ້ໃຊ້ " +"ສາມາດສົ່ງວຽກມອບໝາຍໄດ້ ໂດຍການບັນທຶກໄຟລ໌ລົງໃນໂຟນເດີ \"assignments\" " +"ເຊິ່ງຄູອາຈານຈະໄດ້ຮັບສິດໃນການຂຽນ ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຫ້ຄຳຄິດເຫັນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "ນຳໃຊ້ເຊີເວີເກັບຂໍ້ມູນສະເພາະ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"ປະຕິບັດຕາມຂັ້ນຕອນເຫຼົ່ານີ້ ເພື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີເກັບຂໍ້ມູນສະເພາະ ສຳລັບໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ " +"ອາດຈະລວມເຖິງຂໍ້ມູນອື່ນໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມລະບົບໃໝ່ປະເພດ <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² " +"ຕາມທີ່ໄດ້ລະບຸໄວ້ໃນບົດ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນນຳໃຊ້</emphasis> ຂອງຄູ່ມືເຫຼັ້ມນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຢ່າງນີ້ໃຊ້ 'nas-server.intern' ເປັນຊື່ເຊີເວີ. ເມື່ອ 'nas-server.intern' ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າແລ້ວ, " +"ໃຫ້ກວດເບິ່ງວ່າຈຸດສົ່ງອອກ NFS (NFS export points) ໃນເຊີເວີເກັບຂໍ້ມູນໃໝ່ " +"ໄດ້ຖືກສົ່ງອອກໄປຫາເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍ ຫຼື ເຄື່ອງທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງແລ້ວຫຼືບໍ່:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"ໃນບ່ອນນີ້ ທຸກຢ່າງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ (backbone network) ຈະໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງ /storage. " +"(ສິ່ງນີ້ສາມາດຈຳກັດໃຫ້ສະເພາະສະມາຊິກ netgroup ຫຼື ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ດຽວ ເພື່ອຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ NFS " +"ຄືກັບທີ່ເຮັດໃນໄຟລ໌ tjener:/etc/exports)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມຂໍ້ມູນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອັດຕະໂນມັດ (automount) ກ່ຽວກັບ 'nas-server.intern' ໃນ LDAP " +"ເພື່ອອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍທັງໝົດທຳການ mount ຈຸດສົ່ງອອກໃໝ່ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດເມື່ອມີການຮ້ອງຂໍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa², ເພາະວ່າຍັງຂາດໂມດູນສຳລັບ automount. ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ ldapvi ແທນ " +"ແລະ ເພີ່ມອອບເຈັກ LDAP ທີ່ຈຳເປັນໂດຍໃຊ້ໂປຣແກຣມແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຄວາມ (editor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອປ່ອງຢ້ຽມແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຄວາມປະກົດຂຶ້ນ, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມອອບເຈັກ LDAP ຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ໃສ່ທາງລຸ່ມສຸດຂອງເອກະສານ. (ສ່ວນ \"/" +"&\" ໃນອອບເຈັກ LDAP ສຸດທ້າຍແມ່ນ wild card ທີ່ກົງກັບທຸກຢ່າງທີ່ 'nas-server.intern' " +"ສົ່ງອອກ, ເຮັດໃຫ້ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງລະບຸລາຍການ mount point ແຕ່ລະອັນໃນ LDAP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມລາຍການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງໃນ tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, ເພາະວ່າ tjener.intern ບໍ່ໄດ້ໃຊ້ " +"automount ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນການເກີດ mounting loops:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"ສ້າງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ mount point ໂດຍໃຊ້ <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, ແກ້ໄຂ '/" +"etc/fstab' ຕາມຄວາມເໝາະສົມ ແລະ ຣັນ <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອ mount ຊັບພະຍາກອນໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"ບັດນີ້ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄວນຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ໃນ 'nas-server.intern' ໄດ້ໂດຍກົງ ພຽງແຕ່ເຂົ້າໄປທີ່ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ " +"'/tjener/nas-server/storage/' ໂດຍໃຊ້ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນໃດກໍໄດ້ ໃນເຄື່ອງເວີກສະເຕຊັນ, LTSP thin " +"client ຫຼື LTSP ເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "ຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງການລັອກອິນຜ່ານ SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "ມີຫຼາຍວິທີໃນການຈຳກັດການລັອກອິນ SSH, ບາງວິທີໄດ້ລະບຸໄວ້ຢູ່ທີ່ນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດຍບໍ່ມີເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າບໍ່ມີການໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP, ວິທີແກ້ໄຂທີ່ງ່າຍດາຍແມ່ນການສ້າງກຸ່ມໃໝ່ (ເຊັ່ນ " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) ແລະ ເພີ່ມແຖວຂໍ້ຄວາມລົງໃນໄຟລ໌ /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config ຂອງເຄື່ອງ. ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ, ສະເພາະສະມາຊິກໃນກຸ່ມ <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput> ເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ຈະໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ ssh ເຂົ້າເຄື່ອງໄດ້ຈາກທຸກບ່ອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"ສ້າງກຸ່ມ <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> ໃນລະດັບພື້ນຖານ " +"(ບ່ອນທີ່ມີກຸ່ມທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບການຈັດການລະບົບອື່ນໆ ເຊັ່ນ <computeroutput>gosa-admins</" +"computeroutput> ປະກົດຢູ່ແລ້ວ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ເຂົ້າໃນກຸ່ມໃໝ່ <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມ <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> ລົງໃນ /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າພ້ອມກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ແບບບໍ່ມີດິດ (diskless) ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານແມ່ນບໍ່ໄດ້ໃຊ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ SSH. " +"ພຽງແຕ່ທຳການອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ ຫຼັງຈາກປ່ຽນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ SSH " +"ກໍພຽງພໍແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ X2Go thin client ແມ່ນໃຊ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ SSH ໄປຫາ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ. ດັ່ງນັ້ນ " +"ຈຶ່ງຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ວິທີການອື່ນໂດຍຜ່ານ PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "ເປີດນຳໃຊ້ pam_access.so ໃນໄຟລ໌ /etc/pam.d/sshd ຂອງ LTSP ເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າ /etc/security/access.conf ເພື່ອອະນຸຍາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ (ຕົວຢ່າງ) alice, jane, " +"bob ແລະ john ຈາກທຸກບ່ອນ ແລະ ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໆທັງໝົດ ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ສະເພາະຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ " +"ໂດຍການເພີ່ມແຖວເຫຼົ່ານີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້ານຳໃຊ້ສະເພາະ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ, ເຄືອຂ່າຍ 10.0.0.0/8 ອາດຈະຖືກຍົກເລີກ " +"ເພື່ອປິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ຈາກພາຍໃນ. ໝາຍເຫດ: ຜູ້ໃດກໍຕາມທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຄື່ອງຂອງຕົນເອງ " +"ເຂົ້າກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ໂດຍກົງ ກໍຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ຂອງ LTSP ເຊີເວີໄດ້ເຊັ່ນກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດສຳລັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຊັບຊ້ອນກວ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ X2Go ຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ 10.0.0.0/8, ສິ່ງຕ່າງໆຈະຊັບຊ້ອນຂຶ້ນກວ່າເກົ່າ ແລະ " +"ອາດຈະຕ້ອງໃຊ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ DHCP ທີ່ລະອຽດ (ໃນ LDAP) ເພື່ອກວດສອບ vendor-class-identifier " +"ຮ່ວມກັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າ PAM ທີ່ເໝາະສົມ ເພື່ອປິດການລັອກອິນ SSH ຈາກພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບເດັສທັອບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບແບບຫຼາຍພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອຮອງຮັບຫຼາຍພາສາ, ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງປະຕິບັດຕາມຂັ້ນຕອນເຫຼົ່ານີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"ຣັນ <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (ໃນນາມ root) " +"ແລະ ເລືອກພາສາຕ່າງໆ (ແບບ UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງເຫຼົ່ານີ້ໃນນາມ root ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະສາມາດເລືອກພາສາຜ່ານ LightDM display manager ກ່ອນການລັອກອິນ; ສິ່ງນີ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້ກັບ " +"Xfce, LXDE ແລະ LXQt. ສຳລັບ GNOME ແລະ KDE ແມ່ນມີເຄື່ອງມືຕັ້ງຄ່າ ພາກພື້ນ ແລະ ພາສາ " +"ພາຍໃນຂອງຕົນເອງ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ. MATE ໃຊ້ Arctica greeter ເທິງ LightDM " +"ເຊິ່ງບໍ່ມີບ່ອນເລືອກພາສາ. ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ໜ້າຈໍທັກທາຍ LightDM ແບບມາດຕະຖານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "ການຫຼິ້ນແຜ່ນ DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss ແມ່ນຈຳເປັນສຳລັບການຫຼິ້ນແຜ່ນ DVD ທາງການຄ້າສ່ວນໃຫຍ່. ດ້ວຍເຫດຜົນທາງດ້ານກົດໝາຍ, " +"ມັນຈຶ່ງບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກລວມເຂົ້າໃນ Debian (Edu). ຖ້າທ່ານໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດຕາມກົດໝາຍໃຫ້ໃຊ້ວຽກມັນໄດ້, " +"ທ່ານສາມາດສ້າງແພັກເກດທ້ອງຖິ່ນຂອງທ່ານເອງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> ຂອງ Debian; ກວດສອບໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄດ້ເປີດໃຊ້ <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> ໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " +"ແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຕອບຄຳຖາມຂອງ debconf, ຈາກນັ້ນຣັນ <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "ຟອນລາຍມື (Handwriting fonts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> " +"(ເຊິ່ງຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງມາໃຫ້ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ) ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງຟອນ \"Abecedario\" " +"ເຊິ່ງເປັນຟອນລາຍມືທີ່ສວຍງາມສຳລັບເດັກນ້ອຍ. ຟອນນີ້ມີຫຼາຍຮູບແບບເພື່ອໃຊ້ກັບເດັກນ້ອຍ: ແບບຈ້ຳເມັດ ແລະ " +"ແບບມີເສັ້ນບັນທັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "ແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບ thin clients ແລະ diskless workstations" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳສັບລວມທີ່ໃຊ້ເອີ້ນທັງ thin clients ແລະ diskless workstations ແມ່ນ <emphasis>LTSP " +"client</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"ເລີ່ມຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວີຊັນ Bullseye ເປັນຕົ້ນມາ, LTSP ແມ່ນມີຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງຈາກເວີຊັນກ່ອນໆຂ້ອນຂ້າງຫຼາຍ. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ລວມເຖິງທັງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ແລະ ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນຢ່າງໜຶ່ງແມ່ນ ອິເມຈ SquashFS ສຳລັບ diskless workstations " +"ໃນເວລານີ້ແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນຈາກລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຂອງ LTSP ເຊີເວີໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ. ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະເກີດຂຶ້ນໃນເຊີເວີແບບລວມ " +"(combined server) ເມື່ອມີການບູດເຄື່ອງຄັ້ງທຳອິດ, ເຊິ່ງຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຄາວໜຶ່ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Thin clients ບໍ່ໄດ້ເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງ LTSP ອີກຕໍ່ໄປ. Debian Edu ໃຊ້ X2Go " +"ເພື່ອຍັງຄົງຮອງຮັບການນຳໃຊ້ thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ມີການແຍກ LTSP ເຊີເວີ ຫຼື ມີເຊີເວີເພີ່ມເຕີມ, ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຈຳເປັນສຳລັບ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະພາບແວດລ້ອມ " +"LTSP client ຈະຍັງບໍ່ທັນສົມບູນໃນເວລານຳຕິດຕັ້ງ. ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ລະບົບຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າດ້ວຍ " +"GOsa² ແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນທົ່ວໄປກ່ຽວກັບ LTSP, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກຂອງ " +"LTSP</ulink>. ໃນລະບົບທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis>, ຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> ຈະໃຫ້ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> ຈາກ LTSP " +"ຈະຕ້ອງຖືກນຳໃຊ້ຢ່າງລະມັດລະວັງ. ຕົວຢ່າງ, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " +"ອາດຈະບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງອິເມຈ SquashFS ໄດ້ ໃນກໍລະນີຂອງເຄື່ອງ Debian (ເນື່ອງຈາກເຄື່ອງເຫຼົ່ານີ້ມີພາກສ່ວນ /" +"boot ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> " +"ອາດຈະສ້າງເມນູ iPXE ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ (ຍ້ອນການຮອງຮັບ thin client ຂອງ Debian Edu), ແລະ " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> ອາດຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ການບູດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP " +"ເພພັງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> " +"ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບຄອບ ສຳລັບ <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. ມັນຖືກໃຊ້ເພື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າການຮອງຮັບ diskless workstation ແລະ thin client " +"(ທັງແບບ PC 64-Bit ແລະ 32-Bit). ເບິ່ງ <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-" +"install</computeroutput> ຫຼື ເນື້ອໃນຂອງສະຄຣິບ ເພື່ອເບິ່ງວິທີການເຮັດວຽກ. " +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທັງໝົດແມ່ນລວມຢູ່ໃນຕົວສະຄຣິບເອງ (ເອກະສານ HERE) " +"ເພື່ອຄວາມສະດວກໃນການປັບແຕ່ງຕາມແຕ່ລະສະຖານທີ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "ຕົວຢ່າງການນຳໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບຄອບ <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> ອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS ຂອງ diskless workstation (ລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຂອງເຊີເວີ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> ສ້າງການຮອງຮັບ diskless workstation ແລະ thin " +"client ແບບ 64-bit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> ສ້າງການຮອງຮັບ thin client ແບບ 32-bit ເພີ່ມເຕີມ (chroot ແລະ ອິເມຈ " +"SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"ນອກຈາກແບບ <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (ລະບົບ thin client ທີ່ນ້ອຍທີ່ສຸດ) ແລ້ວ, " +"ຍັງມີຕົວເລືອກ <emphasis>display</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> " +"ໃຫ້ເລືອກອີກດ້ວຍ. ປະເພດ <emphasis>display</emphasis> ຈະມີປຸ່ມປິດເຄື່ອງໃຫ້, ສ່ວນປະເພດ " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> ຈະຣັນ Firefox ESR ໃນໂໝດ kiosk ຢູ່ເທິງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍເອງ " +"(ເຊິ່ງຕ້ອງການ RAM ແລະ CPU ທ້ອງຖິ່ນຫຼາຍຂຶ້ນ, ແຕ່ຈະຊ່ວຍຫຼຸດພາລະຂອງເຊີເວີລົງ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບຄອບ " +"ສຳລັບ <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. ມັນຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າໄຟລ໌ /srv/tftp/" +"ltsp/ltsp.ipxe ແມ່ນຖືກກຳນົດມາສະເພາະສຳລັບ Debian Edu. ຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຣັນ " +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ມີການປ່ຽນແປງລາຍການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບເມນູ iPXE (ເຊັ່ນ ເວລາລໍຖ້າເມນູ ຫຼື ການຕັ້ງຄ່າການບູດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ) " +"ໃນສ່ວນ [server] ຂອງ /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " +"ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບຄອບ ສຳລັບ <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. ມັນຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າ " +"initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) ທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນແມ່ນກົງກັບກໍລະນີການນຳໃຊ້ ແລະ " +"ຖືກຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ. ຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຣັນ ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ມີການປ່ຽນແປງ ໃນສ່ວນ [clients] " +"ຂອງ /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"ແມ່ນສິ່ງທີ່ມາແທນ ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> ທີ່ມາພ້ອມກັບ LTSP5. " +"ມັນຖືກໃຊ້ເພື່ອຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ ໃນ LTSP chroot ທີ່ລະບຸໄວ້ (ເຊັ່ນ ການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ການອັບເກຣດ ແລະ " +"ການຖອນແພັກເກດ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ເວີກສະເຕຊັນແບບບໍ່ມີດິດ (Diskless workstation)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Diskless workstation ຈະຣັນຊອບແວທັງໝົດຢູ່ໃນເຄື່ອງທ້ອງຖິ່ນ. ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍຈະບູດ ໂດຍກົງຈາກ LTSP " +"ເຊີເວີ ໂດຍບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີຮາດດິດໃນເຄື່ອງ. ຊອບແວຈະຖືກຈັດການ ແລະ ບຳລຸງຮັກສາຢູ່ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ, " +"ແຕ່ຈະຖືກປະມວນຜົນຢູ່ໃນ diskless workstation. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ (home directories) ແລະ " +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລະບົບກໍຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນເຊີເວີເຊັ່ນກັນ. Diskless workstation " +"ແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີເລີດໃນການນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວເກົ່າ (ແຕ່ຍັງມີປະສິດທິພາບ) ຄືນໃໝ່ ໂດຍມີຄ່າໃຊ້ຈ່າຍໃນການບຳລຸງຮັກສາຕ່ຳ " +"ຄືກັນກັບ thin clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Diskless workstation ຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນ GOsa² " +"ຄືກັບເຄື່ອງເວີກສະເຕຊັນທົ່ວໄປ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ທິນໄຄລແອນ (Thin client)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ thin client ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ PC ທົ່ວໄປສາມາດເຮັດວຽກເປັນ (X-)terminal ໄດ້, " +"ເຊິ່ງຊອບແວທັງໝົດຈະຖືກຣັນຢູ່ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ. ນັ້ນໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຄື່ອງນີ້ຈະບູດຜ່ານ PXE " +"ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຮາດດິດທ້ອງຖິ່ນ ແລະ LTSP ເຊີເວີກໍຕ້ອງເປັນເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີປະສິດທິພາບສູງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "Debian Edu ຍັງຄົງຮອງຮັບການນຳໃຊ້ thin client ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວທີ່ເກົ່າຫຼາຍໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"ເນື່ອງຈາກ Thin client ໃຊ້ X2Go, ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄວນປິດການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ compositing " +"ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນບັນຫາການສະແດງຜົນທີ່ຜິດພາດ. ໃນກໍລະນີມາດຕະຖານ (Xfce): ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ (Settings) " +"-> ປັບແຕ່ງຕົວຈັດການປ່ອງຢ້ຽມ (Window Manager Tweaks) -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ເຟີມແວຂອງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP (LTSP client firmware)</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"ການບູດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ຈະບໍ່ສຳເລັດ ຖ້າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ ຕ້ອງການເຟີມແວແບບ non-" +"free. ການຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE ສາມາດໃຊ້ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂບັນຫາ ໃນການບູດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍ; ຖ້າຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian " +"ແຈ້ງເຕືອນວ່າຂາດໄຟລ໌ XXX.bin, ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງເພີ່ມເຟີມແວ non-free ເຂົ້າໃນ initrd ຂອງ LTSP " +"ເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "ໃຫ້ດຳເນີນການດັ່ງນີ້ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "ທຳອິດໃຫ້ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບແພັກເກດເຟີມແວ ໂດຍຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"ຕັດສິນໃຈວ່າຈະຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດໃດສຳລັບອຸປະກອນເຄືອຂ່າຍ, ເຊິ່ງສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ແລ້ວຈະແມ່ນ firmware-linux, " +"ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "ອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS ສຳລັບ diskless workstations ໂດຍຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ມີການນຳໃຊ້ X2Go thin clients, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "ແລະ ດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ຕາມຂໍ້ມູນການນຳໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS; ຕົວຢ່າງ ສຳລັບ /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, " +"ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "ການເລືອກປະເພດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"LTSP ເຊີເວີແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງມີສອງອິນເຕີເຟສອີເທີເນັດ: ອັນໜຶ່ງຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍຫຼັກ 10.0.0.0/8 " +"(ເຊິ່ງໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັບເຊີເວີຫຼັກ), ແລະ ອີກອັນໜຶ່ງແມ່ນສ້າງເປັນເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍທ້ອງຖິ່ນ " +"(ເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍແຍກຕ່າງຫາກສຳລັບ LTSP ເຊີເວີແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"ໃນທັງສອງກໍລະນີ, ທ່ານສາມາດເລືອກ <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> ຫຼື " +"<emphasis>thin client</emphasis> ໄດ້ຈາກເມນູ iPXE. ຫຼັງຈາກລໍຖ້າ 5 ວິນາທີ, " +"ເຄື່ອງຈະບູດເຂົ້າເປັນ diskless workstation ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍການບູດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງເມນູ iPXE ແລະ ເວລາລໍຖ້າ ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. ຫາກຕັ້ງຄ່າເວລາລໍຖ້າເປັນ <emphasis>-1</emphasis> " +"ຈະເປັນການເຊື່ອງເມນູ. ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການປ່ຽນແປງມີຜົນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ອື່ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 ແມ່ນເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ ຫາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP. " +"ຖ້າມີເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍ ຫຼື ຖ້າຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງກັນບໍລິການທັງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມ " +"chroot ແບບ i386 ແລະ amd64, ກໍສາມາດໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍ 192.168.1.0/24 " +"ທີ່ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ກ່ອນແລ້ວໄດ້ເຊັ່ນກັນ. ໃຫ້ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"computeroutput> ແລະ ປັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າ eth1 ຕາມຄວາມເໝາະສົມ. ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> ຫຼື ໂປຣແກຣມແກ້ໄຂ LDAP ອື່ນໆ ເພື່ອກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າ DNS ແລະ DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "ເພີ່ມ LTSP chroot ເພື່ອຮອງຮັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ PC ແບບ 32-bit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອສ້າງ chroot ແລະ ອິເມຈ SquashFS, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງ <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> " +"ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດ ກ່ຽວກັບປະເພດຂອງ thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ຣັນ <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> ເພື່ອເບິ່ງຕົວເລືອກການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ທີ່ມີໃຫ້. " +"ຫຼື ອ່ານທາງອອນລາຍໄດ້ທີ່: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມລາຍການການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຂົ້າໃນສ່ວນ [clients] ຂອງ /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການປ່ຽນແປງມີຜົນ, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "ລະບົບສຽງກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "LTSP thin clients ໃຊ້ລະບົບສຽງຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍເພື່ອສົ່ງສຽງຈາກເຊີເວີໄປຫາເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP diskless workstations ຈັດການລະບົບສຽງພາຍໃນເຄື່ອງໂດຍກົງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ແລະ CD-ROM/DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຽບ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ຫຼື ໃສ່ແຜ່ນ DVD / CD-ROM ເຂົ້າໃນ Diskless Workstation, " +"ໄອຄອນທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງຈະປະກົດຂຶ້ນເທິງໜ້າຈໍເດັສທັອບ, ເຊິ່ງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງເນື້ອໃນ ໄດ້ຄືກັນກັບໃນເຄື່ອງເວີກສະເຕຊັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຽບ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ເຂົ້າໃນ X2Go thin client ປະເພດ bare (ການຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ເຊີເວີແບບລວມມາດຕະຖານ), ອຸປະກອນຈະຖືກ mount ທັນທີທີ່ຄລິກສອງບາດໃສ່ ໄອຄອນໂຟນເດີທີ່ມີຢູ່ເທິງໜ້າຈໍ " +"Xfce. ເນື້ອໃນອາດຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຄາວໜຶ່ງ ກວ່າຈະປະກົດຂຶ້ນໃນຕົວຈັດການໄຟລ໌ ຂຶ້ນຢູ່ກັບປະລິມານຂໍ້ມູນໃນອຸປະກອນນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "ຄຳເຕືອນກ່ຽວກັບອຸປະກອນເກັບຂໍ້ມູນແບບຖອດໄດ້ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອສຽບ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ຫຼື ອຸປະກອນເກັບຂໍ້ມູນອື່ນໆ ເຂົ້າໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ, " +"ມັນຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ໄອຄອນໂຟນເດີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງປະກົດຂຶ້ນເທິງໜ້າຈໍເດັສທັອບຂອງ LTSP thin client. " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈາກໄລຍະໄກຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງພິມທີ່ຕໍ່ກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "ຕໍ່ເຄື່ອງພິມເຂົ້າກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP (ຮອງຮັບທັງພອດ USB ແລະ ພອດຂະໜານ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ໃນ GOsa² ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ (fixed IP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງພິມໂດຍຜ່ານເວັບອິນເຕີເຟສ <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ; ເລືອກປະເພດເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍເປັນ <computeroutput>AppSocket/" +"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງພິມທຸກລຸ້ນໂດຍບໍ່ສົນໃຈຍີ່ຫໍ້) ແລະ ຕັ້ງຄ່າ connection " +"URI ເປັນ <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "ການປັບແຕ່ງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE ຫຍໍ້າມາຈາກ Preboot eXecution Environment. ປັດຈຸບັນ Debian Edu ໃຊ້ <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບ LTSP ງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເມນູ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍການໃນເມນູ iPXE ທີ່ກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. ມັນອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ຂຽນທັບ " +"ບາງການຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ ໂດຍໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" +"computeroutput> ພ້ອມກັບຄ່າໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າການຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE ຈະຮັບເອົາການຕັ້ງຄ່າພາສາ, ຮູບແບບຄີບອດ ແລະ ຄັງເກັບຊອບແວ (mirror) " +"ມາຈາກການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ໃຊ້ຕອນຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ສ່ວນຄຳຖາມອື່ນໆ ຈະຖືກຖາມໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ (ໂປຣໄຟລ໌, " +"ການມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມໃນ popcon, ການແບ່ງພາດທິຊັນ ແລະ ລະຫັດຜ່ານ root). ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນຄຳຖາມເຫຼົ່ານີ້, " +"ທ່ານສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຄຳຕອບທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າແກ່ຄ່າ debconf. ຕົວຢ່າງບາງອັນຂອງຄ່າ debconf " +"ທີ່ມີໃຫ້ ໄດ້ຖືກໃສ່ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄຳເຫັນ (comment) ໄວ້ແລ້ວໃນໄຟລ໌ດັ່ງກ່າວ. ການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານ " +"ຈະຖືກລຶບອອກທັນທີ ຫາກມີການໃຊ້ <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ຄືນໃໝ່. ເພື່ອເພີ່ມຄ່າ debconf ລົງໃນ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"ໃນລະຫວ່າງການສ້າງຄືນໃໝ່ດ້ວຍ <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> ພ້ອມກັບຄ່າ debconf ເພີ່ມເຕີມຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບການປັບແຕ່ງການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">ການຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"(Installation)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຄັງເກັບຊອບແວ (repository) ເອງ ສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການເພີ່ມຄັງເກັບຊອບແວເອງ, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມຂໍ້ຄວາມລັກສະນະນີ້ລົງໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"ແລ້ວຣັນ <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> ໜຶ່ງຄັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "ການປ່ຽນການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ debian-edu-config ມາພ້ອມກັບເຄື່ອງມືທີ່ຊ່ວຍໃນການປ່ຽນເຄືອຂ່າຍຈາກ 10.0.0.0/8 " +"ເປັນຄ່າອື່ນ. ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-" +"change</computeroutput>. ມັນມີໄວ້ສຳລັບໃຊ້ທັນທີຫຼັງຈາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກແລ້ວ, ເພື່ອອັບເດດ LDAP ແລະ " +"ໄຟລ໌ອື່ນໆ ທີ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການແກ້ໄຂເພື່ອປ່ຽນເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍ (subnet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"ໝາຍເຫດ: ການປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍທີ່ຖືກໃຊ້ຢູ່ໃນບ່ອນອື່ນຂອງ Debian Edu ແລ້ວ ແມ່ນຈະໃຊ້ການບໍ່ໄດ້. " +"192.168.0.0/24 ແລະ 192.168.1.0/24 ໄດ້ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ແລ້ວ. " +"ການປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ການຕັ້ງຄ່າດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ ເພື່ອລຶບລາຍການທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນອອກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgstr "" +"ບໍ່ມີວິທີທີ່ງ່າຍໃນການປ່ຽນຊື່ໂດເມນ DNS. ການປ່ຽນມັນຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ປ່ຽນທັງໂຄງສ້າງ LDAP ແລະ " +"ໄຟລ໌ຫຼາຍໆອັນໃນລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ. ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນ, ບໍ່ມີວິທີທີ່ງ່າຍ ໃນການປ່ຽນຊື່ໂຮສ໌ (host) ແລະ ຊື່ " +"DNS ຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (tjener.intern). ການເຮັດແນວນັ້ນກໍຈະຕ້ອງມີການປ່ຽນແປງໃນ LDAP ແລະ " +"ໄຟລ໌ຕ່າງໆ ໃນທັງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ. ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, ໃນທັງສອງກໍລະນີ, ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Kerberos " +"ກໍຈະຕ້ອງຖືກປ່ຽນແປງນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "ເດັສທັອບໄລຍະໄກ (Remote Desktop)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"ການເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP ເຊີເວີ ຫຼື ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເຊີເວີແບບລວມ ຈະທຳການຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ <emphasis>xrdp</" +"emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> ໃຫ້ພ້ອມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp ໃຊ້ Remote Desktop Protocol ເພື່ອສະແດງໜ້າຈໍລັອກອິນແບບກຣາຟິກໃຫ້ແກ່ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໄລຍະໄກ. " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ Microsoft Windows ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ຣັນ xrdp " +"ໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງຕິດຕັ້ງຊອບແວເພີ່ມເຕີມ - ພຽງແຕ່ເປີດ Remote Desktop Connection ໃນເຄື່ອງ Windows " +"ແລ້ວທຳການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, xrdp ຍັງສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ VNC ເຊີເວີ ຫຼື RDP ເຊີເວີອື່ນໆ ໄດ້ອີກດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp ບໍ່ໄດ້ມາມີການຮອງຮັບລະບົບສຽງໃນຕົວ; ເພື່ອຄອມໄພລ໌ (ຫຼື ຄອມໄພລ໌ຄືນໃໝ່) ໂມດູນທີ່ຈຳເປັນ " +"ກໍສາມາດໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບນີ້ໄດ້. ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ: ຜູ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງຈະຕ້ອງເປັນ root ຫຼື ເປັນສະມາຊິກໃນກຸ່ມ sudo. " +"ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, ໄຟລ໌ /etc/apt/sources.list ຈະຕ້ອງມີແຖວ deb-src ທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງເດັສທັອບແບບກຣາຟິກໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ ຜ່ານທັງການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ທີ່ມີແບນວິດ " +"(bandwidth) ຕ່ຳ ແລະ ສູງ ຈາກ PC ທີ່ຣັນ Linux, Windows ຫຼື macOS. " +"ຝັ່ງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີ ຊອບແວເພີ່ມເຕີມ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/" +"doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ຫາກມີການໃຊ້ X2Go, ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " +"ຄວນຈະຖືກຖອນອອກຈາກ LTSP ເຊີເວີ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ Remote Desktop ທີ່ມີໃຫ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງມາໃຫ້ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ ແລະ " +"ສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້ທັງ RDP ແລະ VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - ວິທີທີ່ງ່າຍທີ່ສຸດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງ Windows terminal server. ແພັກເກດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ " +"ທາງເລືອກອື່ນແມ່ນ <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) ໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງ Skolelinux ຈາກໄລຍະໄກ. " +"ແພັກເກດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍທາງເລືອກອື່ນແມ່ນ <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບກຣາຟິກສຳລັບລະບົບ " +"X2Go (ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງມາໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ). ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ມັນເພື່ອເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊດຊັນ (session) " +"ທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ ຫຼື ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນເຊດຊັນໃໝ່ກໍໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບໄຮ້ສາຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີ <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> " +"ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຄວາມປອດໄພ. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສິ່ງນີ້ເຮັດວຽກໄດ້, ໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ " +"ແລ້ວຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-" +"freeradius-server</computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງການຕັ້ງຄ່າພື້ນຖານສະເພາະສຳລັບສະຖານທີ່ຂອງທ່ານ. " +"ດ້ວຍວິທີນີ້, ທັງ EAP-TTLS/PAP ແລະ PEAP-MSCHAPV2 ຈະຖືກເປີດນຳໃຊ້. " +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທັງໝົດແມ່ນລວມຢູ່ໃນຕົວສະຄຣິບເອງ ເພື່ອຄວາມສະດວກໃນການປັບແຕ່ງ. ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກຂອງ freeRADIUS</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເພີ່ມເຕີມເພື່ອ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"ເປີດ/ປິດ ຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ (access points) ໂດຍຜ່ານ <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/" +"etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"ອະນຸຍາດ/ປະຕິເສດ ການເຂົ້າເຖິງແບບໄຮ້ສາຍໂດຍໃຊ້ກຸ່ມ LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "ລວມຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຂົ້າເປັນກຸ່ມສະເພາະ (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"ອຸປະກອນຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຸດທ້າຍ (End user devices) ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າຢ່າງຖືກຕ້ອງ, " +"ອຸປະກອນເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະຕ້ອງຖືກປົກປ້ອງດ້ວຍ PIN ສຳລັບການໃຊ້ວິທີ EAP (802.1x). " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄວນໄດ້ຮັບການແນະນຳໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງ CA certificate ຂອງ freeradius ໃນອຸປະກອນຂອງຕົນ " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ວິທີນີ້ຈະຊ່ວຍບໍ່ໃຫ້ລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງພວກເຂົາ " +"ຖືກລັກໄປໄດ້ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີທີ່ບໍ່ຫວັງດີ. ໃບຮັບຮອງ (certificate) ສະເພາະ " +"ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (ສຳລັບອຸປະກອນທີ່ຣັນ Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າອຸປະກອນຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຸດທ້າຍຈະເປັນສິ່ງທີ່ທ້າທາຍຫຼາຍ " +"ເນື່ອງຈາກຄວາມຫຼາກຫຼາຍຂອງອຸປະກອນ. ສຳລັບ Windows ອາດຈະຕ້ອງສ້າງສະຄຣິບຕິດຕັ້ງ, ສ່ວນອຸປະກອນ " +"Apple ອາດຈະຕ້ອງໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ mobileconfig. ທັງສອງກໍລະນີ ສາມາດລວມເອົາ CA certificate ຂອງ " +"freeRADIUS ເຂົ້າໄປໄດ້, ແຕ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມື ສະເພາະຂອງແຕ່ລະລະບົບປະຕິບັດການເພື່ອສ້າງສະຄຣິບເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "ການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນເຄື່ອງ Windows ດ້ວຍບັນຊີ Debian Edu ໂດຍໃຊ້ປັກອິນ pGina LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ pGina ໃນ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ pGina (ຫຼື ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນຈາກພາຍນອກອື່ນໆ), ທ່ານຄວນຈະມີບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ພິເສດ " +"ເພື່ອໃຊ້ໃນການຄົ້ນຫາພາຍໃນ LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ພິເສດ, ເຊັ່ນ <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> ພ້ອມກັບ ລະຫັດຜ່ານ " +"<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, ໃນເວັບໄຊ <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "ຕິດຕັ້ງ pGina fork" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"ດາວໂຫຼດ ແລະ ຕິດຕັ້ງ pGina 3.9.9.12 ຄືກັບຊອບແວທົ່ວໄປ. ໃຫ້ສັງເກດວ່າ ປັກອິນ LDAP " +"ຈະຢູ່ໃນໂຟນເດີປັກອິນຂອງ pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອງ Debian Edu, ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ LDAP ຈະໃຊ້ SSL ຜ່ານພອດ 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "ດັ່ງນັ້ນ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຈຳເປັນໃນປັກອິນ pGina LDAP ຈຶ່ງມີດັ່ງລຸ່ມນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(ຄ່າເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນ " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "ສ່ວນຫຼັກຂອງປັກອິນ LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (ຫຼື ຄ່າອື່ນໆ ໂດຍໃຊ້ " +"\"ຍະຫວ່າງ\" ເປັນຕົວຂັ້ນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (ສຳລັບການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແບບ SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (ໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (ບໍ່ຕ້ອງໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(ບໍ່ຕ້ອງໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "(\"pguser\" ແມ່ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຳລັບຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນໃນ LDAP ເພື່ອຄົ້ນຫາຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນເຊດຊັນການລັອກອິນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Search Password: pwd.777 (ນີ້ແມ່ນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງ \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "ບລັອກການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ (Authentication block)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "ແຖບ Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (ໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "ບລັອກການອະນຸຍາດ (Authorization block)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (ໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(ບໍ່ຕ້ອງໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ, ເປັນທາງເລືອກ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "ການເລືອກປັກອິນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (ໝາຍຕິກພຽງສອງຊ່ອງນີ້)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "ລຳດັບຂອງປັກອິນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba ໃນ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"ປັດຈຸບັນ Samba ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນ <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> ທີ່ຮອງຮັບ SMB2/" +"SMB3 ແບບໃໝ່ ແລະ ເປີດນຳໃຊ້ usershares, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-" +"debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ. ວິທີນີ້ຈະຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ " +"ສາມາດສ້າງການແບ່ງປັນໄຟລ໌ (shares) ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການປ່ຽນແປງສະເພາະບ່ອນ, ໃຫ້ກ່າຍ /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site " +"ໄປໄວ້ທີ່ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ /etc/samba. ການຕັ້ງຄ່າໃນ <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> " +"ຈະຂຽນທັບຄ່າທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນ <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ, ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ອ່ານໄດ້ຢ່າງດຽວ (read only). ສິ່ງນີ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໃນ " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ລະຫັດຜ່ານ Samba ຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"ຈະຖືກອັບເດດເມື່ອມີການປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຜ່ານ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອປິດການໃຊ້ງານບັນຊີ Samba ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊົ່ວຄາວ, ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d " +"<username></computeroutput>, ແລະ ຣັນ <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> ເພື່ອເປີດນຳໃຊ້ອີກຄັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"ການຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ຈະເປັນການປິດ usershares ສຳລັບ 'ນັກຮຽນ' (students)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ຜ່ານ Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ການແບ່ງປັນໄຟລ໌ເພີ່ມເຕີມ (ຫາກມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້) " +"ແມ່ນສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຈາກອຸປະກອນທີ່ຣັນ Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS ຫຼື " +"Windows. ຕົວຢ່າງ: ອຸປະກອນ Android ຕ້ອງການຕົວຈັດການໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຮອງຮັບ SMB2/SMB3 ຫຼື ທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ LAN " +"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ຫຼື " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander ພ້ອມປັກອິນ " +"LAN</ulink> ອາດຈະເປັນທາງເລືອກທີ່ດີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> ຫຼື " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບການຮຽນ-ການສອນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ Debian ທັງໝົດທີ່ກ່າວເຖິງໃນສ່ວນນີ້ ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງໄດ້ໂດຍການຣັນ <computeroutput>apt " +"install <package></computeroutput> (ໃນນາມ root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "ການສອນຂຽນໂປຣແກຣມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> ແມ່ນເມຕາແພັກເກດ (meta " +"package) ທີ່ລວມເອົາເຄື່ອງມືການຂຽນໂປຣແກຣມໄວ້ຫຼວງຫຼາຍ. ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ " +"ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງມີເນື້ອທີ່ວ່າງໃນດິດປະມານ 2 GiB ຫາກຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດນີ້. ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດເພີ່ມເຕີມ (ຫຼື " +"ຫາກຕ້ອງການຕິດຕັ້ງພຽງບາງແພັກເກດ), ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ໜ້າ <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" +"edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕາມເບິ່ງນັກຮຽນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຄຳເຕືອນ</emphasis>: ໃຫ້ກວດສອບໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານ " +"ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ກົດໝາຍກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕາມ ແລະ ການຈຳກັດກິດຈະກຳຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄອມພິວເຕີ " +"ໃນຂອບເຂດອຳນາດສານຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ບາງໂຮງຮຽນໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືຄວບຄຸມ ເຊັ່ນ <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ຫຼື <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> ເພື່ອເບິ່ງແຍງນັກຮຽນຂອງພວກເຂົາ. " +"ເບິ່ງເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ທີ່: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກ Epoptes</ulink> ແລະ " +"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກ Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "ການຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງນັກຮຽນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"ບາງໂຮງຮຽນໃຊ້ <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ຫຼື <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> ເພື່ອຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "ການປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຸກຄົນຄວນປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງຕົນເອງໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa². ໂດຍການໃຊ້ບຣາວເຊີ ເຂົ້າໄປທີ່ " +"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"ການໃຊ້ GOsa² ເພື່ອປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ຈະຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບ Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) ແລະ Samba ແມ່ນອັນດຽວກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ການປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານໂດຍໃຊ້ PAM ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ທີ່ໜ້າລັອກອິນ GDM ເຊັ່ນກັນ, " +"ແຕ່ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະອັບເດດສະເພາະລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງ Kerberos ເທົ່ານັ້ນ, ໂດຍບໍ່ອັບເດດ ລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງ Samba ແລະ " +"GOsa² (LDAP). ດັ່ງນັ້ນ ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ຢູ່ໜ້າລັອກອິນແລ້ວ, ທ່ານຄວນຈະເຂົ້າໄປປ່ຽນໃນ GOsa² " +"ຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "ການຣັນແອັບພລິເຄຊັນ Java ແບບສະແຕນອາໂລນ (standalone)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນ Java ແບບສະແຕນອາໂລນ ແມ່ນໄດ້ຮັບການຮອງຮັບມາແລ້ວໂດຍ OpenJDK Java runtime." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ ອີເມລ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຸກຄົນສາມາດສົ່ງ ແລະ ຮັບເມລພາຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນໄດ້; ມີການຈັດກຽມໃບຮັບຮອງ (certificates) " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແບບປອດໄພ TLS ໄດ້. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ເມລນອກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນໄດ້, " +"ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບຈະຕ້ອງຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີເມລ <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> " +"ໃຫ້ເໝາະສົມກັບສະຖານະການ, ໂດຍເລີ່ມຈາກຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຸກຄົນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຊ້ Thunderbird ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຕັ້ງຄ່າດັ່ງນີ້. ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ມີຊື່ jdoe, ທີ່ຢູ່ອີເມລພາຍໃນແມ່ນ " +"<ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "ເປີດ Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "ຄລິກ 'Skip this and use my existing email'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "ປ້ອນທີ່ຢູ່ອີເມລຂອງທ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງປ້ອນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ເພາະຈະມີການໃຊ້ Kerberos single sign on" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "ຄລິກ 'Continue'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບທັງ IMAP ແລະ SMTP, ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຄວນຈະເປັນ 'STARTTLS' ແລະ 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; " +"ໃຫ້ປັບປ່ຽນເອງຫາກລະບົບບໍ່ກວດພົບໃຫ້ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "ຄລິກ 'Done'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "ການມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "ມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມທາງອອນລາຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ແລ້ວ, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">ເມລລິງລີສ໌ຂອງນັກພັດທະນາ</ulink> ແມ່ນຊ່ອງທາງຫຼັກໃນການສື່ສານຂອງພວກເຮົາ, " +"ນອກຈາກນັ້ນພວກເຮົາຍັງມີຊ່ອງ #debian-edu ໃນ irc.debian.org ແລະ " +"ບາງຄັ້ງກໍມີການນັດພົບປະກັນຕົວຈິງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ວິທີທີ່ດີໃນການຕິດຕາມຄວາມເຄື່ອນໄຫວຂອງການພັດທະນາ Debian Edu ແມ່ນການສະໝັກຮັບຂໍ້ມູນຈາກ <ulink " +"url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-" +"commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "ລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ (bugs)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ໃຊ້ລະບົບ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">ຕິດຕາມຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ " +"(BTS)</ulink> ຂອງ Debian. ທ່ານສາມາດເບິ່ງລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ, ການຮ້ອງຂໍຟີເຈີໃໝ່ ຫຼື " +"ສ້າງລາຍງານໃໝ່ກໍໄດ້. ກະລຸນາລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທັງໝົດທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບແພັກເກດ <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. " +"ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">ວິທີການລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "ຜູ້ຂຽນເອກະສານ ແລະ ຜູ້ແປພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"ເອກະສານນີ້ຕ້ອງການຄວາມຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຈາກທ່ານ! ກ່ອນອື່ນໝົດ, ມັນຍັງບໍ່ທັນສຳເລັດສົມບູນ: ຖ້າທ່ານອ່ານເບິ່ງ, " +"ທ່ານຈະເຫັນຈຸດທີ່ໝາຍວ່າ FIXME ຢູ່ໃນຫຼາຍບ່ອນ. ຖ້າທ່ານມີຄວາມຮູ້ ກ່ຽວກັບສິ່ງທີ່ຄວນຈະອະທິບາຍໃນບ່ອນນັ້ນ, " +"ກະລຸນາແບ່ງປັນຄວາມຮູ້ຂອງທ່ານໃຫ້ພວກເຮົາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " +"to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"ອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງທີ່ດີຫຼາຍໃນການຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແມ່ນການແປພາສາຊອບແວ ແລະ ເອກະສານ. " +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບວິທີການແປເອກະສານນີ້ ສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">ການແປພາສາ (translations)</link> ຂອງປຶ້ມເຫຼັ້ມນີ້. " +"ກະລຸນາພິຈາລະນາຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອໃນວຽກງານການແປປຶ້ມເຫຼັ້ມນີ້!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "ການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "ການສະໜັບສະໜູນໂດຍອາສາສະໝັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "ພາສາອັງກິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - ເມລລິງລີສ໌ " +"ສຳລັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu ໃນ irc.debian.org - ຊ່ອງ IRC, ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບການພັດທະນາ; " +"ບໍ່ຄວນຄາດຫວັງການຕອບກັບແບບທັນທີ (real-time) ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າມັນຈະເກີດຂຶ້ນເລື້ອຍໆກໍຕາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "ພາສານໍເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "#skolelinux ໃນ irc.debian.org - ຊ່ອງ IRC ສຳລັບຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຜູ້ໃຊ້ພາສານໍເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "ພາສາເຢຍລະມັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - ເມລລິງລີສ໌ " +"ສຳລັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "#skolelinux.de ໃນ irc.debian.org - ຊ່ອງ IRC ສຳລັບຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຜູ້ໃຊ້ພາສາເຢຍລະມັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "ພາສາຝຣັ່ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - ເມລລິງລີສ໌ " +"ສຳລັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "ການສະໜັບສະໜູນແບບມືອາຊີບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍຊື່ບໍລິສັດທີ່ໃຫ້ການສະໜັບສະໜູນແບບມືອາຊີບ ແມ່ນມີຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "ຟີເຈີໃໝ່ສຳລັບ Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "ການປ່ຽນແປງໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ເວີຊັນໃໝ່ຈາກ Debian bookworm, ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"ລວມທັງຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"ເຊິ່ງເປັນສ່ວນໃໝ່ ທີ່ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າມາຈາກສ່ວນ <computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>non-free</" +"computeroutput> ທີ່ຄຸ້ນເຄີຍກັນດີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"ງານສິນລະປະໃໝ່ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +"Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, ເຊິ່ງເປັນຮູບແບບມາດຕະຖານສຳລັບ Debian 12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "ການອັບເດດຊອບແວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "ທຸກສິ່ງທີ່ໃໝ່ໃນ Debian 12 bookworm, ຕົວຢ່າງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kernel 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "ຊຸດເຄື່ອງມືການສຶກສາ GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "ໂປຣແກຣມສ້າງດົນຕີ Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Bookworm ລວມມີແພັກເກດຫຼາຍກວ່າ 64,000 ແພັກເກດ ທີ່ພ້ອມໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບ Debian 12 Bookworm ໄດ້ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">ບັນທຶກປະຈຳເວີຊັນ</ulink> ແລະ " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "ການອັບເດດເອກະສານ ແລະ ການແປພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ໜ້າການເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ໃນ 29 ພາສາ, ເຊິ່ງໃນນັ້ນ 22 " +"ພາສາແມ່ນຖືກແປຄົບຖ້ວນແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"ຄູ່ມື <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> ໄດ້ຮັບການແປເປັນພາສາຈີນຕົວຫຍໍ້, ແດນິສ, " +"ດັດຊ໌, ຝຣັ່ງ, ເຢຍລະມັນ, ອີຕາລີ, ຍີ່ປຸ່ນ, ນໍເວ (Bokmål), ປອກຕຸຍການ (ບຣາຊິນ), ປອກຕຸຍການ " +"(ເອີຣົບ), ສະເປນ, ໂຣມາເນຍ ແລະ ອູແກຣນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "ບັນຫາທີ່ພົບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">ໜ້າສະຖານະຂອງ Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "ລິຂະສິດ ແລະ ຜູ້ຂຽນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " +"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " +"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " +"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " +"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " +"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານເພີ່ມເນື້ອໃນໃສ່, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ກະລຸນາເຮັດແນວນັ້ນກໍຕໍ່ເມື່ອທ່ານເປັນຜູ້ຂຽນເອງເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງເຜີຍແຜ່ເນື້ອໃນດັ່ງກ່າວພາຍໃຕ້ເງື່ອນໄຂດຽວກັນ</emphasis>! ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ເພີ່ມຊື່ຂອງທ່ານໃສ່ທີ່ນີ້ " +"ແລະ ເຜີຍແຜ່ພາຍໃຕ້ສັນຍາອະນຸຍາດ \"GPL v2 ຫຼື ເວີຊັນທີ່ໃໝ່ກວ່າ\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "ການແປພາສາຂອງເອກະສານນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"ມີ <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">ພາບລວມທາງອອນລາຍຂອງການແປພາສາທີ່ຖືກບັນຈຸເປັນແພັກເກດ</ulink>, ເຊິ່ງຈະຖືກອັບເດດເລື້ອຍໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "ວິທີການແປເອກະສານນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "ການແປໂດຍໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "ການແປທາງອອນລາຍໂດຍຜ່ານບຣາວເຊີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"manual/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "ກະລຸນາລາຍງານຫາກພົບບັນຫາໃດໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "ພາກຜະໜວກ A - ສັນຍາອະນຸຍາດສາທາລະນະທົ່ວໄປຂອງ GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "ພາກຜະໜວກ B - ຟີເຈີໃນເວີຊັນເກົ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " +"11 (bullseye)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " +"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " +"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " +"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " +"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " +"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " +"the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.24" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 21.01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " +"for the whole system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +"clients are now supported using X2Go." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +"Chromium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " +"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +"domain joining is gone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " +"text mode)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " +"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "ຂໍ້ມູນປະຫວັດສາດກ່ຽວກັບເວີຊັນເກົ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "ລຸ້ນຂອງ Debian Edu ທີ່ຖືກເຜີຍແຜ່ໃນອະດີດມີດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Buster ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Stretch ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2017-06-17." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Jessie ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2016-07-02." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Wheezy ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2013-09-28." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Squeeze\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Squeeze\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Lenny\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Lenny\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2010-02-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2007-12-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2007-07-22. ພັດທະນາຈາກ Debian 4.0 Etch " +"ທີ່ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2007-04-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2006-03-14. ພັດທະນາຈາກ Debian 3.1 Sarge ທີ່ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ " +"2005-06-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2004-06-20. ພັດທະນາຈາກ Debian 3.0 Woody " +"ທີ່ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2002-07-19." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງພາບລວມທີ່ຄົບຖ້ວນ ແລະ ລະອຽດກ່ຽວກັບເວີຊັນເກົ່າໆ ໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">ພາກຜະໜວກ C ຂອງຄູ່ມື " +"Jessie</ulink>; ຫຼື ເບິ່ງຄູ່ມືຂອງແຕ່ລະເວີຊັນໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation\">ໜ້າຄູ່ມືປະຈຳເວີຊັນ</ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nb-no.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nb-no.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nb-no.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nb-no.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-13 18:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy <epost@anotheragency.no>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-" @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Oppdaterte oversettelser er tilgjengelige <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">på nett</ulink>." +"Oppdaterte oversettelser er tilgjengelige <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">på nett</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ #| "After installation of a main server all services needed for a school " #| "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " #| "machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other " -#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe." -#| "org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation " -#| "of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other " -#| "machines can be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming " -#| "workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, " -#| "usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE " -#| "as diskless workstations or thin clients." +#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +#| "ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial " +#| "installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive " +#| "all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes " +#| "\"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school " +#| "network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via " +#| "PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients." msgid "" "After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " @@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> er en Linux-" "distribusjon som er laget av prosjektet Debian Edu. Som en <ulink " "url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">ren Debian-tilpasset</ulink> " -"distribusjon er den et offisielt underprosjekt i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." +"distribusjon er den et offisielt underprosjekt i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Skolelinux-prosjektet i Norge ble stiftet 2. juli 2001, omtrent på samme tid " "som Raphaël Hertzog startet Debian-Edu i Frankrike. Fra 2003 er begge " @@ -679,13 +679,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" -"Som standard er DNS-tjeneren satt opp med et domene bare for internt bruk (*." -"intern) fram til et ekte («eksternt») DNS-domene kan settes opp. DNS-" +"Som standard er DNS-tjeneren satt opp med et domene bare for internt bruk " +"(*.intern) fram til et ekte («eksternt») DNS-domene kan settes opp. DNS-" "tjeneren er satt opp som en mellomlagrende DNS-tjener slik at alle maskiner " "på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener." @@ -959,8 +959,8 @@ "automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " "by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." msgstr "" -"Installasjonen skal ikke stille noen spørsmål, med unntak av ønsket språk (f." -"eks. norsk bokmål, nynorsk, samisk) og maskinprofil (hovedtjener, " +"Installasjonen skal ikke stille noen spørsmål, med unntak av ønsket språk " +"(f.eks. norsk bokmål, nynorsk, samisk) og maskinprofil (hovedtjener, " "arbeidsstasjon, tynnklienttjener). Alt annet oppsett vil bli gjort " "automatisk med fornuftige verdier, som kan endres av systemadministratoren " "etter installasjonen." @@ -1093,9 +1093,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Hvis LTSP skal brukes, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisiden med maskinvarekrav for LTSP</" @@ -1120,10 +1120,16 @@ "raskere prosessorer anbefales." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "For arbeidsstasjoner, tynnklienter og frittstående systemer, er 1500 MHz og " "1024 MiB RAM absolutte minimumskrav. For å kjøre moderne nettlesere og " @@ -1188,11 +1194,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"En liste over testet maskinvare kan finnes på <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Denne listen er på ingen måte komplett" +"En liste over testet maskinvare kan finnes på <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Denne listen er på ingen måte " +"komplett" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy @@ -1510,8 +1517,9 @@ "several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" "release/current/source/\"/>" msgstr "" -"Kildekode er tilgjengelig fra Debian-arkivet, se <ulink url=\"https://get." -"debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/> for nedlastingsalternativer." +"Kildekode er tilgjengelig fra Debian-arkivet, se <ulink url=\"https://" +"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/> for " +"nedlastingsalternativer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Installing Debian Edu" @@ -1764,15 +1772,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Merk: Hvis du ønsker å installere et skrivebord etterpå, ikke bruk Debian " "Edu-metapakker som f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" @@ -1790,8 +1798,8 @@ "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoversikten</ulink> page." +"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoversikten</ulink> page." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1978,8 +1986,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Du kan bruke en eksisterende HTTP-mellomtjener i nettverket for å fremskynde " @@ -2248,15 +2256,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Velg gjerne ja for å sende informasjon til <ulink url=\"http://popcon." -"skolelinux.org/\"/>for å tillate oss å få tilsendt informasjon om hvilke " -"pakker som er populære, og som bør beholdes i fremtidige utgivelser - dette " -"er selvfølgelig frivillig." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Velg gjerne ja for å sende informasjon til <ulink url=\"http://" +"popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/>for å tillate oss å få tilsendt informasjon om " +"hvilke pakker som er populære, og som bør beholdes i fremtidige utgivelser - " +"dette er selvfølgelig frivillig." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy @@ -2397,6 +2405,11 @@ msgstr "Oppsettet av alle undernett lagres i LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "LTSP-klientoppsett i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "" @@ -2408,6 +2421,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "" @@ -2531,31 +2548,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2807,9 +2825,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." msgid "" "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." @@ -3126,8 +3144,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Hvis generell DNS-trafikk er blokkert ut fra nettverket ditt, og du må bruke " "en spesifikk DNS-tjener for å slå opp Internett-maskiner, så må du be DNS-" @@ -4140,17 +4158,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; velg type nettverkskriver; " +"Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; velg type nettverkskriver; " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle skrivere " -"uavhengig av merke eller modell), og sett <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som URI-forbindelse." +"uavhengig av merke eller modell), og sett <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som URI-forbindelse." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy @@ -4347,8 +4365,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Automatisk installasjon av oppdateringer kan gjøres enkelt hvis det er " "ønskelig. Det trengs bare at <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" @@ -4638,11 +4657,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" -"Informasjon om Icinga-systemet er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://www." -"icinga.org/\"/>, eller i pakken <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." +"Informasjon om Icinga-systemet er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.icinga.org/\"/>, eller i pakken <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" @@ -4854,9 +4875,9 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Oppgradering av Debian fra en distro (distribution) til en annen er generelt " "enkelt. For Debian Edu er det ikke så enkelt ennå da vi har kraftig " @@ -4979,15 +5000,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: Vær forberedt på å lese mange NEWS-oppføringer; trykk <" -"return> for å rulle nedover, <q> for å forlate sideinndeleren. All " -"info vil bli sendt på e-post til root, slik at du kan lese det igjen (ved " -"bruk av <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +"apt-list-changes: Vær forberedt på å lese mange NEWS-oppføringer; trykk " +"<return> for å rulle nedover, <q> for å forlate sideinndeleren. " +"All info vil bli sendt på e-post til root, slik at du kan lese det igjen " +"(ved bruk av <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy @@ -5078,15 +5099,15 @@ #| msgid "" #| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " #| "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -#| "provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#| "debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +#| "provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu " #| "Buster</ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, " #| "Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -5172,8 +5193,8 @@ "url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Ved bruk av <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> spores alle filer i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> ved bruk av <ulink url=\"http://www." -"git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> som system for versjonskontroll." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> ved bruk av <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> som system for versjonskontroll." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6135,9 +6156,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Dette eksemplet bruker «nas-server.intern» som tjenernavn. Så snart «nas-" "server.intern» er satt opp, sjekk om NFS export points (NFS-eksportpunkter) " @@ -6175,11 +6196,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6198,8 +6219,8 @@ "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" -"Legg til relevante oppføringer i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, fordi tjener." -"intern ikke bruker automonter for å unngå monteringssløyfer:" +"Legg til relevante oppføringer i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, fordi " +"tjener.intern ikke bruker automonter for å unngå monteringssløyfer:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6488,8 +6509,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -6649,8 +6670,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6881,11 +6902,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://www:631</" "computeroutput> på hovedtjeneren; velg type nettverkskriver; " @@ -7117,8 +7138,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go lar deg få tilgang til et grafisk skrivebord på LTSP-tjeneren på både " "trege og raske tilknttninger fra en PC som kjører Linux, Windows eller " @@ -7303,8 +7324,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -7357,8 +7379,9 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7475,8 +7498,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7495,8 +7518,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Kopier mappen <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> fra <computeroutput>/var/" "lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> på ltspserver00 til samme mappe som på " @@ -7518,10 +7541,10 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7557,8 +7580,9 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> er en metapakke som har " @@ -7585,14 +7609,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Noen skoler benytter styringsverktøy som <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> for å styre sine elever. Se " -"også nettsidene til <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Noen skoler benytter styringsverktøy som <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> for å styre sine " +"elever. Se også nettsidene til <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes " "hjemmeside</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -7607,9 +7631,9 @@ "stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Noen skoler bruker <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> for å begrense Internett-" -"tilgangen." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> for å " +"begrense Internett-tilgangen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7751,9 +7775,9 @@ "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">E-postlisten for " "utviklere</ulink> er for det meste den viktigste kommunikasjonskanalen. Vi " "har også månedlige møter på IRC på #debian-edu på irc.oftc.net, og noen " -"ganger i året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger.<ulink url = \"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">Nye bidragsytere </ulink>bør lese vår " -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." +"ganger i året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger.<ulink url = \"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">Nye bidragsytere </ulink>bør lese " +"vår <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -8037,9 +8061,9 @@ "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" "installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -8200,10 +8224,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:" -#| "holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, " -#| "see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full " -#| "list of copyright owners." +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> " +#| "for the full list of copyright owners." msgid "" "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " @@ -8316,9 +8340,9 @@ "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" "installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.add 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Publicatiedatum; endboundary=<section> <literallayout> <emphasis role="strong">Vertaling:</emphasis> -2014-2023 Frans Spiesschaert +2014-2026 Frans Spiesschaert </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.nl.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # Translation into Dutch of the Debian Edu Bookworm 12 manual. # This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. -# Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>, 2014-2024. +# Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>, 2014-2026. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-bookworm-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-edu-doc@packages.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-17 23:41+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-19 21:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n" "Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.2.1\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 3.6\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -85,12 +85,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "De hoofdstukken over <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware- en " -"netwerkvereisten</link> en over de <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architectuur</link> bevatten basisinformatie over het systeemontwerp." +"netwerkvereisten</link> en over de <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> bevatten basisinformatie over " +"het systeemontwerp." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -136,9 +138,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "is een Linuxdistributie die door het Debian Edu project gemaakt wordt. Als " @@ -161,8 +164,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Op 2 juli 2001 ging in Noorwegen het Skolelinux project van start en " "ongeveer gelijktijdig begon Raphaël Hertzog in Frankrijk met Debian-Edu. " @@ -216,8 +219,8 @@ "of zo klein zijn als u wenst (gaande van nul tot zeer veel). Hetzelfde geldt " "voor de LTSP-servers, die elk op een apart netwerk zitten, zodat het verkeer " "tussen de clients en de LTSP-server de andere netwerkdiensten niet hindert. " -"Een gedetailleerde uitleg over LTSP is te vinden in <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-hoofdstuk." +"Een gedetailleerde uitleg over LTSP is te vinden in <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-hoofdstuk." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -269,8 +272,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Dit is zo ontworpen dat het aangepast kan worden. Raadpleeg voor details " "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-hoofdstuk." @@ -598,8 +601,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Standaard werd de mailserver ingesteld om enkel lokale post te bedelen, dit " "wil zeggen binnen de school. Nochtans kan de server ook ingesteld worden om " @@ -660,8 +663,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1074,21 +1077,22 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "De betekenis van de verschillende profielen werd verduidelijkt in het " "hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architectuur van het netwerk</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Indien het de bedoeling is om gebruik te maken van LTSP, raadpleeg dan de " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements" -"\">wiki-pagina over hardwarevereisten voor LTSP</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wiki-pagina over hardwarevereisten voor " +"LTSP</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1112,14 +1116,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Voor werkstations, schijfloze werkstations en autonome systemen gelden als " -"absolute minimumvereisten: 1500 MHz en 1024 MiB RAM. Om een moderne " -"webbrowser en LibreOffice te kunnen gebruiken, wordt minstens 2048 MiB RAM " -"aanbevolen." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Voor werkstations, schijfloze werkstations en autonome systemen zijn een " +"processor met ondersteuning voor SSE2 (Intel Pentium 4 of hoger, AMD Athlon " +"64 of hoger), 1500 MHz en 1024 MiB RAM de absolute minimumvereisten. Voor " +"het gebruik van moderne webbrowsers en LibreOffice wordt ten minste 2048 MiB " +"RAM aanbevolen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1179,11 +1185,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"Een lijst met geteste apparatuur vindt u op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Deze lijst is evenwel verre van volledig." +"Een lijst met geteste apparatuur vindt u op <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Deze lijst is evenwel verre van " +"volledig." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1303,32 +1310,32 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Indien u iets zoekt voor een ingebouwd type router of toegangspunt, raden we " "u <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> aan, hoewel u er " "uiteraard ook de originele firmware op kunt laten staan. De originele " "firmware gebruiken is eenvoudiger; OpenWRT gebruiken geeft u meer " "keuzemogelijkheden en meer controle. Op de website van OpenWRT kunt u een " -"lijst vinden van <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">ondersteunde hardware</ulink>." +"lijst vinden van <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">ondersteunde hardware</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" "Het is mogelijk om een andere netwerkopstelling te gebruiken (er bestaat een " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">vastgelegde werkwijze</ulink> om dit te doen), maar indien u niet " -"gedwongen wordt door een reeds bestaande netwerkinfrastructuur om dit te " -"doen, raden we u dit af en bevelen wij u aan om het bij de standaard <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">netwerkarchitectuur</link> te houden." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">vastgelegde werkwijze</ulink> om dit te doen), maar indien " +"u niet gedwongen wordt door een reeds bestaande netwerkinfrastructuur om dit " +"te doen, raden we u dit af en bevelen wij u aan om het bij de standaard " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">netwerkarchitectuur</link> te houden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1340,20 +1347,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Alvorens u begint met het installeren van een systeem voor " -"productiedoeleinden, raden we u aan eerst de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Notities bij de release van Debian " -"Bookworm</ulink> te lezen of er op zijn minst eens naar te kijken. Meer " -"informatie over de uitgave van Bookworm is te vinden in de <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." +"productiedoeleinden, raden we u aan eerst de <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Notities bij de release van " +"Debian Bookworm</ulink> te lezen of er op zijn minst eens naar te kijken. " +"Meer informatie over de uitgave van Bookworm is te vinden in de <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." @@ -1362,15 +1369,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"Het verdient evenwel aanbeveling om de hoofdstukken over <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware- en netwerkvereisten</link> en over de <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> te lezen voor u een hoofdserver " -"begint te installeren." +"Het verdient evenwel aanbeveling om de hoofdstukken over <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware- en netwerkvereisten</link> en over de " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> te lezen voor u een " +"hoofdserver begint te installeren." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1473,8 +1480,8 @@ "release/current/source/\"/>" msgstr "" "De broncode kunt u vinden in het Debian-archief op de gebruikelijke " -"locaties. Er is een link naar verschillende media beschikbaar op <ulink url=" -"\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" +"locaties. Er is een link naar verschillende media beschikbaar op <ulink " +"url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Installing Debian Edu" @@ -1526,10 +1533,10 @@ "link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " "configure an existing one as needed." msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">Internetrouter</link> voor informatie over het opzetten van een gateway " -"als het niet mogelijk is om een bestaand exemplaar volgens de vereisten te " -"configureren." +"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> voor informatie over het opzetten " +"van een gateway als het niet mogelijk is om een bestaand exemplaar volgens " +"de vereisten te configureren." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1715,15 +1722,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Opmerking: indien u nadien een grafische werkomgeving wenst te installeren, " "gebruik dan niet de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu, zoals bijvoorbeeld <ulink " @@ -1742,9 +1749,9 @@ "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg voor details over de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu de <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">overzichtspagina van pakketten van " -"Debian Edu</ulink>." +"Raadpleeg voor details over de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu de <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">overzichtspagina van pakketten " +"van Debian Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1899,16 +1906,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "In beide gevallen kunt u de opstartopties van het installatiesysteem " "bewerken door in het opstartmenu op de <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</" "emphasis>-toets of de <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis>-toets te " -"drukken. Op de schermafdrukken ziet u de commandoregel van de <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Grafische installatie</emphasis>." +"drukken. Op de schermafdrukken ziet u de commandoregel van de <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Grafische installatie</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" @@ -1921,15 +1928,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "U kunt een bestaande HTTP proxydienst op het netwerk gebruiken om de " "installatie van het <emphasis>hoofdserver</emphasis>-profiel vanaf een cd te " -"versnellen. Geef bijvoorbeeld <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> als bijkomende opstartparameter " -"op." +"versnellen. Geef bijvoorbeeld <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> als bijkomende opstartparameter op." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1951,8 +1957,8 @@ "computeroutput> parameter." msgstr "" "Om de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> te " -"installeren in plaats van de standaard grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, moet u in de parameter " +"installeren in plaats van de standaard grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, moet u in de parameter " "<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> <computeroutput>xfce</" "computeroutput> vervangen door <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput>." @@ -1961,18 +1967,18 @@ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">LXDE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" -"computeroutput>." +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">LXQt</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" -"computeroutput>." +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1988,8 +1994,8 @@ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Cinnamon</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " "<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1997,9 +2003,9 @@ "And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"En om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">MATE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" -"computeroutput>." +"En om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The installation process" @@ -2099,21 +2105,21 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Een server voor thin-clients (en schijfloze werkstations) wordt LTSP-server " "genoemd. Clients zonder harde schijf starten op en voeren programma's uit " "vanaf deze server. Deze computer moet twee netwerkkaarten hebben, veel " "geheugen en idealiter meer dan één processor of meerdere processorkernen. " -"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk over <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">netwerkclients</link> voor meer informatie. Indien u dit profiel kiest, " -"wordt ook automatisch het profiel werkstation geactiveerd (zelfs als u het " -"niet expliciet selecteert) - een LTSP-server kan steeds ook als werkstation " -"dienst doen." +"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk over <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netwerkclients</link> voor meer informatie. " +"Indien u dit profiel kiest, wordt ook automatisch het profiel werkstation " +"geactiveerd (zelfs als u het niet expliciet selecteert) - een LTSP-server " +"kan steeds ook als werkstation dienst doen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" @@ -2157,15 +2163,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "De profielen <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " "role=\"strong\">Werkstation</emphasis> en <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" @@ -2180,9 +2187,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Kies 'ja' of 'neen' bij de vraag in verband met automatische schijfindeling. " @@ -2192,10 +2199,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Wij hebben graag dat u 'ja' antwoordt op de vraag of informatie mag " "doorgestuurd worden naar <ulink url=\"http://popcon.debian.org/\"/>. Dit " @@ -2231,10 +2238,10 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "Het wachtwoord van deze gebruiker <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet minstens 5 " "tekens</emphasis> lang zijn en <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet verschillen</" @@ -2256,13 +2263,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "In het geval van een afzonderlijke LTSP-server, vereisen de instellingen " "voor schijfloze werkstations en/of thin clients enkele handmatige stappen. U " -"vindt bijkomende informatie in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." +"vindt bijkomende informatie in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" @@ -2351,6 +2358,10 @@ msgstr "Het eigenlijke configuratieproces wordt gestart met" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "De uif-configuratiemethode selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Bevestiging voor het instellen van uif" @@ -2365,6 +2376,10 @@ "instellen voor Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Ping toestaan in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Traceroute toestaan in uif" @@ -2507,18 +2522,6 @@ "Bepaal vanaf welke netwerken u SSH-toegang tot de gateway wilt toestaan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "De SSH-poort configureren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configureer de SSH-poort. Deze moet <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> zijn " -"als de configuratie niet is gewijzigd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "DHCP inschakelen voor netwerken" @@ -2530,13 +2533,27 @@ "Schakel DHCP niet in voor de interne netwerken. Dit zal worden aangeboden " "door de hoofdserver van DebianEdu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "De SSH-poort configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configureer de SSH-poort. Deze moet <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> zijn " +"als de configuratie niet is gewijzigd." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Sluit de netwerkinterfaces aan als u dat nog niet heeft gedaan en start de " -"machine opnieuw op." +"machine opnieuw op. Wanneer u nu inlogt als root, zou u het Debian Edu " +"Router Menu moeten zien." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2723,8 +2740,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "U vindt bijkomende informatie over netwerkclients in het hoofdstuk <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." @@ -2834,8 +2851,8 @@ "ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." msgstr "" "Zelf een installatie-cd, -dvd of -blu-ray-schijf op maat aanmaken hoeft " -"helemaal niet moeilijk te zijn, aangezien we het <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">installatieprogramma van Debian</ulink> " +"helemaal niet moeilijk te zijn, aangezien we het <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">installatieprogramma van Debian</ulink> " "gebruiken met zijn modulair ontwerp en nog andere fijne eigenschappen. In " "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">een bestand " "met voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties</ulink> kunt u de antwoorden " @@ -2845,14 +2862,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "Het enige wat u dus moet doen is een bestand maken met uw " "voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties (hoe u dit doet, wordt uitgelegd in " -"de bijlage bij de installatiehandleiding voor Debian) en <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">uw eigen cd/dvd op " +"de bijlage bij de installatiehandleiding voor Debian) en <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">uw eigen cd/dvd op " "maat</ulink> aanmaken." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -3012,9 +3029,9 @@ "File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " "before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg de informatie over de voor Debian Edu specifieke <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">configuratie van de " -"bestandssysteemtoegang</link> voor u begint met het toevoegen van " +"Raadpleeg de informatie over de voor Debian Edu specifieke <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">configuratie van " +"de bestandssysteemtoegang</link> voor u begint met het toevoegen van " "gebruikers. Pas ze zo nodig aan overeenkomstig het beleid op uw locatie." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3051,21 +3068,21 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Elders in deze handleiding is hierover meer informatie te vinden: iedereen " -"die vertrouwd is met eerdere uitgaves zou het hoofdstuk <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Nieuwe functionaliteit in Bookworm</link> moeten lezen. En wie " -"van een eerdere versie opwaardeert, moet zeker het hoofdstuk <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Opwaarderingen</link> lezen." +"die vertrouwd is met eerdere uitgaves zou het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nieuwe functionaliteit in Bookworm</link> moeten lezen. " +"En wie van een eerdere versie opwaardeert, moet zeker het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Opwaarderingen</link> lezen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Indien het algemeen uitgaand DNS-verkeer voor uw netwerk geblokkeerd wordt " "en indien u een specifieke DNS-server nodig heeft om internetadressen op te " @@ -3157,9 +3174,9 @@ "From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " "access, and log in as the first user." msgstr "" -"Geef uw webbrowser het volgende adres (URL) op: <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa" -"\"/>. Dit opent het toegangsscherm voor GOsa². Meld u daar aan als de eerste " -"gebruiker." +"Geef uw webbrowser het volgende adres (URL) op: <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"gosa\"/>. Dit opent het toegangsscherm voor GOsa². Meld u daar aan als de " +"eerste gebruiker." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3250,8 +3267,9 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Een standaardinstallatie van een hoofdserver van Debian Edu kent momenteel, " "naast het basale niveau van de LDAP-boomstructuur, twee 'departementen': " @@ -3309,11 +3327,10 @@ "your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " "here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." msgstr "" -"Naast dit navigatie-item uit de boomstructuur ziet u het menu " -"'Actions' (Acties). Beweeg de muis over dit item en op het scherm wordt een " -"submenu zichtbaar; kies hier 'Create' (Aanmaken) en vervolgens " -"'User' (Gebruiker). De assistent begeleidt u bij het aanmaken van het " -"gebruikersaccount." +"Naast dit navigatie-item uit de boomstructuur ziet u het menu 'Actions' " +"(Acties). Beweeg de muis over dit item en op het scherm wordt een submenu " +"zichtbaar; kies hier 'Create' (Aanmaken) en vervolgens 'User' (Gebruiker). " +"De assistent begeleidt u bij het aanmaken van het gebruikersaccount." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3353,8 +3370,8 @@ "uitklappend kader een ander voorstel kiezen. Maar u hebt hier in de " "assistent niet de mogelijkheid om vrij een gebruikersnaam te kiezen (indien " "u de mogelijkheid wenst te hebben om de voorgestelde gebruikersnaam te " -"bewerken, moet u in een editor het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa." -"conf</computeroutput> openen en de regel " +"bewerken, moet u in een editor het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/" +"gosa.conf</computeroutput> openen en de regel " "<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> " "toevoegen als bijkomende optie in de sectie 'location definition'.)" @@ -3382,8 +3399,8 @@ "in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" "Als laatste stap zal GOsa² u om een wachtwoord voor de nieuwe gebruiker " -"vragen. Tik het tweemaal in en klik dan op de knop 'Set " -"password' (Wachtwoord instellen) in de rechterbenedenhoek." +"vragen. Tik het tweemaal in en klik dan op de knop 'Set password' " +"(Wachtwoord instellen) in de rechterbenedenhoek." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." @@ -3726,14 +3743,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Werkstations met een harde schijf (met inbegrip van LTSP-servers) <emphasis " "role=\"strong\">moeten</emphasis> toegevoegd worden met GOsa². Achter de " @@ -3761,8 +3779,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opmerking:</emphasis> het creëren van een keytab " @@ -4059,12 +4077,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Voor een gecentraliseerd printerbeheer gaat u met uw webbrowser naar het " "adres <ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Dit is de normale interface voor het " @@ -4103,14 +4121,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>. Selecteer netwerkprinter, type " +"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>. Selecteer netwerkprinter, type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (voor alle printers " "ongeacht merk of model) en stel <computeroutput>socket://<werkstation-" "ip>:9100</computeroutput> in als de URI van de verbinding." @@ -4184,15 +4202,16 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Ten gevolge van een mogelijke bug in de automatische schijfindeling, kunnen " "sommige partities te vol zijn na installatie. Om die partities groter te " "maken, gebruikt u als systeembeheerder het commando <computeroutput>debian-" "edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie " -"de HowTo 'De grootte van partities aanpassen' in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Systeembeheer HowTo</link>." +"de HowTo 'De grootte van partities aanpassen' in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Systeembeheer HowTo</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -4303,14 +4322,16 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Indien u dit verkiest, kunt u het systeem gemakkelijk zelf automatisch de " "nodige opwaarderingen laten uitvoeren. Daarvoor dient u enkel het pakket " "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> te installeren en te " -"configureren, zoals uiteengezet wordt in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"configureren, zoals uiteengezet wordt in <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4570,15 +4591,16 @@ "sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " "in the generated file." msgstr "" -"Aan het bestand <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg." -"post</computeroutput> kunt u bijkomende controles toevoegen welke door " -"Icinga moeten uitgevoerd worden, zodat ze ook toegevoegd worden aan het " -"gegenereerde bestand." +"Aan het bestand <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> kunt u bijkomende controles toevoegen " +"welke door Icinga moeten uitgevoerd worden, zodat ze ook toegevoegd worden " +"aan het gegenereerde bestand." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Informatie over Icinga vindt u op <ulink url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> of " "in het pakket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." @@ -4729,8 +4751,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Documentatie over Sitesummary is te vinden op <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Documentatie over Sitesummary is te vinden op <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4739,14 +4761,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Systeembeheerders kunnen nuttige bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen " -"van Debian Edu vinden in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Howto/Systeembeheer</link> en in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Howto/Systeembeheer voor gevorderden</link>" +"van Debian Edu vinden in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Howto/Systeembeheer</link> en in het hoofdstuk " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Howto/Systeembeheer voor " +"gevorderden</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4755,16 +4779,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Een belangrijke waarschuwing voor u begint met het lezen van deze " "handleiding bij opwaarderingen: ogenblikkelijke bijwerkingen aan " -"productieservers voert u volledig op eigen risico uit. <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux wordt u geleverd met ABSOLUUT GEEN ENKELE " -"GARANTIE, voor zover dit toegestaan is binnen de van toepassing zijnde " -"wetgeving.</emphasis>" +"productieservers voert u volledig op eigen risico uit. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux wordt u geleverd met ABSOLUUT GEEN " +"ENKELE GARANTIE, voor zover dit toegestaan is binnen de van toepassing " +"zijnde wetgeving.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4785,9 +4809,9 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Meestal verloopt het opwaarderen van Debian van één uitgave naar de volgende " "redelijk gemakkelijk. Jammer genoeg verloopt dit voor Debian Edu nog iets " @@ -4826,8 +4850,8 @@ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Leest u zeker ook de informatie over de huidige stabiele uitgave van Debian " -"in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual" -"\">installatiehandleiding</ulink> ervoor." +"in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink> ervoor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4844,9 +4868,9 @@ "die ze tegenkomen, documenteren. De voorlaatste stabiele uitgave (Oldstable) " "van Debian Edu blijven we trouwens ondersteunen gedurende een zekere tijd na " "het uitbrengen van de daaropvolgende stabiele uitgave (Stable), maar op het " -"ogenblik dat Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan" -"\">stopt met het ondersteunen van Oldstable</ulink>, moet Debian Edu " -"noodzakelijkerwijs hetzelfde doen." +"ogenblik dat Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">stopt met het ondersteunen van Oldstable</ulink>, moet Debian " +"Edu noodzakelijkerwijs hetzelfde doen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" @@ -4905,13 +4929,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: bereid u voor op veel te lezen NIEUWS; druk op <" -"enter> om naar beneden te scrollen, op <q> om het " +"apt-list-changes: bereid u voor op veel te lezen NIEUWS; druk op " +"<enter> om naar beneden te scrollen, op <q> om het " "pagineringsprogramma te verlaten. Alle informatie zal naar de " "systeembeheerder (root) verzonden worden, zodat u deze opnieuw kunt lezen " "(met behulp van <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> of <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." @@ -5004,17 +5028,18 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "Om een opwaardering uit te voeren vanuit een oudere uitgave, moet u eerst " "opwaarderen naar de uitgave van Debian Edu die gebaseerd is op Bullseye. " "Vervolgens kunt u de hierboven gegeven instructies opvolgen. In de <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Handleiding voor Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> vindt u de instructies om " -"naar Bullseye op te waarderen vanuit de eerdere uitgave, Buster." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Handleiding voor Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> vindt u de " +"instructies om naar Bullseye op te waarderen vanuit de eerdere uitgave, " +"Buster." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" @@ -5085,8 +5110,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Met <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> worden de wijzigingen in al " "de bestanden uit de map <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> opgevolgd met " @@ -5256,13 +5281,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "Het systeem van 'Logical Volume Management' (LVM) laat toe om de grootte van " "partities aan te passen terwijl ze aangekoppeld en in gebruik zijn. U kunt " -"meer te weten komen over LVM op de webpagina <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp." -"org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"meer te weten komen over LVM op de webpagina <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5392,8 +5417,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dit hulpmiddel laat toe om een standaardprinter in te stellen, afhankelijk " "van de locatie, van de computer of van een groepslidmaatschap. Raadpleeg " -"voor meer informatie <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." +"voor meer informatie <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5501,8 +5526,8 @@ msgstr "" "U gebruikt Debian Edu omdat u de stabiliteit ervan waardeert. Het werkt " "fantastisch. Er is alleen een klein probleem: soms is bepaalde programmatuur " -"wat meer verouderd dan u het zou wensen. Dat is het punt waarop backports." -"debian.org in beeld komt." +"wat meer verouderd dan u het zou wensen. Dat is het punt waarop " +"backports.debian.org in beeld komt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5908,9 +5933,9 @@ "Students' (Studenten) te staan. In het uitklapkader 'Actions' (Acties) kiest " "u 'Create'/'Department' (Aanmaken/Afdeling). Geef waarden in voor de velden " "Name (Naam) (2024) en Description (Beschrijving) (studenten die in 2024 " -"afstuderen), laat het veld Base (Basis) ongewijzigd (daar zou '/" -"Students' (Studenten) moeten staan). Bewaar door op 'Ok' te klikken. Nu zou " -"de nieuwe afdeling (2024) zichtbaar moeten zijn onder /Students. Klik er op." +"afstuderen), laat het veld Base (Basis) ongewijzigd (daar zou '/Students' " +"(Studenten) moeten staan). Bewaar door op 'Ok' te klikken. Nu zou de nieuwe " +"afdeling (2024) zichtbaar moeten zijn onder /Students. Klik er op." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group" @@ -6027,9 +6052,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "In dit voorbeeld gebruiken we 'nas-server.intern' als naam voor de server. " "Eens 'nas-server.intern' geconfigureerd werd, moet u controleren of de " @@ -6068,11 +6093,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6395,9 +6420,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." msgstr "" "Raadpleeg voor informatie over LTSP in het algemeen de <ulink url=\"https://" "ltsp.org\">LTSP homepagina</ulink>. Op systemen met het profiel " @@ -6601,8 +6627,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Aangezien Thin clients X2Go gebruiken, moeten gebruikers beeldsamenstelling " "uitschakelen om weergave-artefacten te voorkomen. In het standaardgeval " @@ -6849,14 +6875,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver. Selecteer netwerkprinter, " +"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver. Selecteer netwerkprinter, " "type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (voor alle " "printers ongeacht merk of model) en stel <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " "client ip>:9100</computeroutput> in als de URI van de verbinding." @@ -6889,8 +6915,8 @@ "Het item in het iPXE-menu betreffende systeeminstallaties wordt gegenereerd " "met behulp van het script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput>. Het is mogelijk om bepaalde instellingen ervan te " -"overschrijven door een bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> aan te maken met vervangende waarden." +"overschrijven door een bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> aan te maken met vervangende waarden." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" @@ -6942,8 +6968,8 @@ "chapter." msgstr "" "U vindt bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen van PXE-installaties in het " -"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Installatie</link>." +"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installatie</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" @@ -7076,14 +7102,14 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go maakt het mogelijk om vanaf een pc met Linux, Windows of macOS over een " "verbinding met lage of hoge bandbreedte toegang te hebben tot een grafische " "werkomgeving op de LTSP-server. Daarvoor is op de client-computer extra " -"software vereist. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie de <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">wiki van " +"software vereist. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie de <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">wiki van " "X2Go</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -7270,8 +7296,8 @@ "website." msgstr "" "Voeg een bijzondere gebruiker, bijv. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> met wachtwoord <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, toe op de <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/> website." +"emphasis> met wachtwoord <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, toe op de <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> website." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7304,11 +7330,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(deze worden opgeslagen in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(deze worden opgeslagen in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7354,11 +7382,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7476,11 +7506,11 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"Voor locatiespecifieke wijzigingen moet u /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site kopiëren naar de map /etc/samba. De instellingen in " +"Voor locatiespecifieke wijzigingen moet u /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site kopiëren naar de map /etc/samba. De instellingen in " "<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> zullen die in <emphasis>smb-debian-" "edu.conf</emphasis> overschrijven." @@ -7504,13 +7534,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Om het Samba-account van een gebruiker tijdelijk uit te schakelen geeft u de " "opdracht <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <gebruikersnaam></" -"computeroutput>, en met het commando <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> kunt u het terug activeren." +"computeroutput>, en met het commando <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> kunt u het terug activeren." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7531,20 +7561,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "Verbindingen met de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker en met extra " "locatiespecifieke gedeelde mappen (wanneer deze geconfigureerd zijn) zijn " "mogelijk voor apparaten met Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS of " "Windows. Bijvoorbeeld, op Android gebaseerde apparaten hebben een " "bestandsbeheerder met SMB2/SMB3-ondersteuning nodig, ook wel LAN-toegang " -"genoemd. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> of <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander met LAN plug-in</" -"ulink> zouden een goede keuze kunnen zijn." +"genoemd. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> of " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander met LAN " +"plug-in</ulink> zouden een goede keuze kunnen zijn." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7575,20 +7605,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is een meta-pakket dat een heleboel " -"programmeerhulpmiddelen vereist. Merk op dat bijna 2 GiB vereist is als dit " -"pakket geïnstalleerd wordt. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie (eventueel " -"om slechts enkele pakketten te installeren) de pagina <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">ontwikkelingspakketten van Debian " -"Edu</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is een meta-pakket dat " +"een heleboel programmeerhulpmiddelen vereist. Merk op dat bijna 2 GiB " +"vereist is als dit pakket geïnstalleerd wordt. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende " +"informatie (eventueel om slechts enkele pakketten te installeren) de pagina " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">ontwikkelingspakketten van Debian Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7607,17 +7638,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Sommige scholen gebruiken controlehulpmiddelen zoals <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> of <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> om " -"hun studenten te superviseren. Bekijk ook de <ulink url=\"https://www." -"epoptes.org\">Homepagina van Epoptes</ulink> en de <ulink url=\"https://www." -"veyon.io\">Homepagina van Veyon</ulink>." +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> of <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> om hun studenten te superviseren. Bekijk ook de <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.epoptes.org\">Homepagina van Epoptes</ulink> en de <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.veyon.io\">Homepagina van Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7625,14 +7656,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Sommige scholen maken gebruik van <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> of <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> om de toegang tot het " -"Internet te beperken." +"stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> of <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> om de toegang " +"tot het Internet te beperken." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7708,13 +7739,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Elke gebruiker die Thunderbird wenst te gebruiken, moet het op de volgende " "manier configureren. Voor een gebruiker met de gebruikersnaam jdoe, is het " -"interne e-mailadres <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"interne e-mailadres <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7764,8 +7795,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" @@ -7834,11 +7865,11 @@ "FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." msgstr "" "De broncode van de tekst is een wiki die eenvoudig met behulp van een " -"webbrowser bewerkt kan worden. Ga gewoon naar <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> en u kunt zomaar beginnen " -"mee te werken. Noot: u heeft wel een gebruikersaccount nodig om de pagina's " -"te bewerken: eerst moet u <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" -"action=newaccount\">een wiki-gebruikersaccount aanmaken</ulink>." +"webbrowser bewerkt kan worden. Ga gewoon naar <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> en u kunt zomaar " +"beginnen mee te werken. Noot: u heeft wel een gebruikersaccount nodig om de " +"pagina's te bewerken: eerst moet u <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">een wiki-gebruikersaccount aanmaken</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7850,9 +7881,9 @@ msgstr "" "Een heel goede andere manier om mee te werken en gebruikers te helpen, is " "door programmatuur en documentatie te vertalen. Informatie over hoe dit " -"document te vertalen, is te vinden in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=" -"\"Translations\">vertalingen</link> van dit boek. Overweeg alstublieft om te " -"helpen bij het vertalen van dit boek!" +"document te vertalen, is te vinden in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">vertalingen</link> van dit boek. Overweeg " +"alstublieft om te helpen bij het vertalen van dit boek!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -7948,8 +7979,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" "Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian bookworm. Voor meer " @@ -8026,14 +8057,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over Debian 12 Bookworm kunt u vinden in de <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">opmerkingen bij de " -"uitgave</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"Meer informatie over Debian 12 Bookworm kunt u vinden in de <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">opmerkingen " +"bij de uitgave</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bookworm/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -8050,13 +8081,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." msgstr "" -"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">handleiding van Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> is vertaald naar het " +"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">handleiding van Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> is vertaald naar het " "Vereenvoudigd Chinees, het Deens, het Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het " "Italiaans, het Japans, het Noors (Bokmål), het Braziliaans-Portugees, het " "Europees Portugees, het Spaans, het Roemeens en het Oekraïens." @@ -8159,8 +8191,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "De meeste vertaalteams hebben beslist om de vertaling via Weblate te maken. " @@ -8202,8 +8234,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian bullseye. Voor meer " @@ -8287,27 +8319,27 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over Debian 11 bullseye kunt u vinden in de <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notities bij de " -"release</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"Meer informatie over Debian 11 bullseye kunt u vinden in de <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notities bij " +"de release</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bullseye/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">handleiding van Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> is volledig vertaald naar het " -"Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het Italiaans, het Japans, het Noorse " -"Bokmål, het Portugees (Portugal) en het Vereenvoudigd Chinees." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">handleiding van Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> is volledig vertaald " +"naar het Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het Italiaans, het Japans, het " +"Noorse Bokmål, het Portugees (Portugal) en het Vereenvoudigd Chinees." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." @@ -8493,14 +8525,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Een volledig en gedetailleerd overzicht van alle oude releases is te vinden " "in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" "AppendixC\">Appendix C van de handleiding voor Jessie</ulink>. Raadpleeg " "anders de handleidingen bij de verschillende uitgaven op de pagina met " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">handleidingen</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">handleidingen</ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pl.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pl.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pl.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pl.po 2026-11-01 16:48:54.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Polish (Debian Edu Documentation)\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-04-29 15:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: WaldiS <sto@tutanota.de>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Zaktualizowane tłumaczenia są dostępne <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian." -"net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +"Zaktualizowane tłumaczenia są dostępne <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." # type: Content of: <article><section><title> #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> jest dystrybucją " "Linuksa stworzoną przez projekt Debian Edu. Jako dystrybucja Debiana typu " "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Pure Blends</ulink> " -"jest ona oficjalnym podprojektem <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org\">Debiana</ulink>." +"jest ona oficjalnym podprojektem <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debiana</ulink>." # type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Projekt Skolelinux został założony w Norwegii 2 lipca 2001 roku — mniej " "więcej w tym samym czasie, gdy Raphaël Hertzog rozpoczął Debian-Edu we " @@ -734,8 +734,8 @@ # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1164,9 +1164,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Jeśli zamierza się użyć LTSP, proszę spojrzeć na stronę wiki <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP " @@ -1193,10 +1193,16 @@ "i szybsze procesory." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Dla stacji roboczych, bezdyskowych stacji roboczych i systemów " "autonomicznych — 1500 MHz i 1024 MB pamięci RAM to bezwzględne minimum. Aby " @@ -1264,8 +1270,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "Lista przetestowanego sprzętu znajduje się pod adresem <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Lista ta nie jest prawie kompletna." @@ -1798,15 +1804,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Proszę zauważyć: jeśli chcesz później zainstalować środowisko pulpitu, to " "nie używaj meta-pakietów Debian Edu, takich jak np. <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -2000,8 +2006,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Można zastosować istniejącą usługę sieciową proxy HTTP, aby przyśpieszyć " @@ -2262,10 +2268,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Proszę powiedzieć ”tak”, aby przekazać informacje do <ulink url=\"https://" "popcon.debian.org/\"/>. Dzięki temu dowiemy się, które pakiety są popularne " @@ -2402,6 +2408,12 @@ msgstr "Konfiguracja wszystkich podsieci jest przechowywana w LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "" @@ -2413,6 +2425,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "" @@ -2536,30 +2552,31 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2779,12 +2796,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -#| "cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#| "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can " -#| "be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid " -#| "more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this " -#| "is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +#| "install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/" +#| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files " +#| "can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to " +#| "avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve " +#| "this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" #| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" #| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" #| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " @@ -2806,9 +2823,9 @@ "dostosować instalację poprzez sieć komputerową do własnych potrzeb. Dzięki " "temu można uniknąć dodatkowych pytań związanych z tego rodzaju instalacją. " "Innym sposobem dostosowania instalacji jest dostarczenie dodatkowych " -"ustawień, zawartych w plikach <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat.local</computeroutput>, a następnie uruchomienie " +"ustawień, zawartych w plikach <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>, a następnie uruchomienie " "<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, aby " "zaktualizować wytworzone w ten sposób pliki." @@ -3076,8 +3093,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3834,11 +3851,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" # type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -3985,8 +4002,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4165,8 +4183,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -4318,9 +4337,9 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4402,8 +4421,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4485,8 +4504,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -5210,9 +5229,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5237,8 +5256,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5474,8 +5493,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -5617,8 +5636,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5809,11 +5828,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -5973,8 +5992,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -6138,8 +6157,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -6190,8 +6210,9 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6308,8 +6329,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6327,8 +6348,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6347,10 +6368,10 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6381,8 +6402,9 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -6399,10 +6421,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pot debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pot --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pot 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pot 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -787,9 +787,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -807,9 +807,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -861,8 +862,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -1254,15 +1255,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1403,8 +1404,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" @@ -1588,10 +1589,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1697,6 +1698,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "" @@ -1708,6 +1713,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "" @@ -1829,29 +1838,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2243,8 +2253,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -2976,11 +2986,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -3112,8 +3122,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3292,8 +3303,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -3437,9 +3449,9 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3516,8 +3528,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -3598,8 +3610,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -4312,9 +4324,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -4339,8 +4351,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -4571,8 +4583,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -4705,8 +4717,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4888,11 +4900,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -5039,8 +5051,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -5200,8 +5212,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -5240,8 +5253,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5342,8 +5356,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5361,8 +5375,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5381,10 +5395,10 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5414,8 +5428,9 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -5432,10 +5447,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ 2021 José Vieira 2021-2022 Barbara Tostes 2021 Paulo Henrique de Lima Santana -2021, 2023-2024 Fred Maranhão +2021, 2023-2026 Fred Maranhão 2021 Mario Gerson Miranda Magno Junior 2021 Thiago Pezzo 2024 Gabriel Francisco 2024 Ivan Rodrigues Pereira -2024 Rafael Fontenelle +2024, 2026 Rafael Fontenelle 2024 Reberti Carvalho Soares 2024 Ricardo Berlim Fonseca 2024 Simone Aguiar diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-br.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-07 23:01+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-21 03:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fred Maranhão <fred.maranhao@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" "debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/pt_BR/>\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.17.1-dev\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Traduções atualizadas estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian." -"net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">aqui (online)</ulink>." +"Traduções atualizadas estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">aqui (online)</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -85,12 +85,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " -"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitetura</link> contêm detalhes do projeto do sistema básico." +"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> contêm detalhes do projeto do " +"sistema básico." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -115,11 +117,11 @@ "url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, pelo que, após a instalação inicial " "do servidor principal (no servidor principal físico) a partir de CD, disco " "Blu-ray ou pendrive USB, o sistema pode ser instalado através da rede em " -"todas as outras máquinas, incluindo as \"estações de trabalho itinerantes" -"\" (aquelas que podem ser retiradas da rede da escola, geralmente " -"computadores portáteis). Além disso, todas as máquinas podem iniciar via PXE/" -"iPXE da mesma forma que as estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes " -"leves (thin clients)." +"todas as outras máquinas, incluindo as \"estações de trabalho itinerantes\" " +"(aquelas que podem ser retiradas da rede da escola, geralmente computadores " +"portáteis). Além disso, todas as máquinas podem iniciar via PXE/iPXE da " +"mesma forma que as estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes leves (thin " +"clients)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -139,15 +141,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux</ulink> " "é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " "distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink>, é um subprojeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink>." +"ulink>, é um subprojeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -163,13 +166,13 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Na mesma " "época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu na França. Em 2003 os projetos " -"foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respetivos países – " +"foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respetivos países – " "significando, respetivamente, Escola e Educação." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -217,8 +220,8 @@ "vale para os servidores LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project), estando cada " "um deles numa rede separada para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " "servidor LTSP não afete os demais serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado em " -"detalhe no respectivo capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">instruções</link>." +"detalhe no respectivo capítulo de <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -246,13 +249,11 @@ "details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " "existing one as needed." msgstr "" -"A ligação à Internet é feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, " -"também chamado intermediário (gateway), para que a configuração padrão do " -"Skolelinux possa ser mais simples do que seria de outra forma. Ver o " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador de " -"Internet (router)</link> para informação de como instalar um encaminhador " -"intermediário, se não for possível reconfigurar conforme necessário um " -"encaminhador já existente." +"para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a conexão à internet " +"roda em um roteador separado, também chamado de gateway. Ver o capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Roteador de Internet</link> " +"para detalhes de como configurar tal gateway se não for possível configurar " +"um já existente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" @@ -273,11 +274,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informações, ver o capítulo de <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respetivo." +"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informações, ver o respectivo " +"capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -305,11 +306,11 @@ "possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " "Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (também chamado \"tjener" -"\", termo norueguês que significa \"servidor\") que por predefinição tem o " -"endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado selecionando o perfil Servidor Principal. " -"É possível (mas não necessário) selecionar e instalar na mesma máquina " -"também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " +"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (também chamado " +"\"tjener\", termo norueguês que significa \"servidor\") que por predefinição " +"tem o endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado selecionando o perfil Servidor " +"Principal. É possível (mas não necessário) selecionar e instalar na mesma " +"máquina também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " "Servidor Principal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -395,7 +396,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Serviço de nome de domínio (DNS)" +msgstr "Serviço de Nome de Domínio (DNS - Domain Name Server)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "DNS (BIND)" @@ -598,8 +599,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Por padrão, o e-mail é configurado para entrega local (ou seja, na escola) " "apenas, embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio pela Internet, se a " @@ -657,8 +658,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1066,21 +1067,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo <link " "linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp" -"%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento para " -"LTSP</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento " +"para LTSP</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1102,10 +1103,16 @@ "rápidos." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Em clientes autônomos (fat clients) - isto é, estações de trabalho, estações " "de trabalho sem disco - e computadores independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 " @@ -1168,8 +1175,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de incluir " @@ -1277,8 +1284,8 @@ "ser configurado de acordo, qualquer máquina que preencher os requisitos " "mínimos da instalação do Debian e possuir no mínimo duas interfaces de rede " "pode ser configurada como um gateway entre a rede existente e a rede " -"DebianEdu. Veja a <link linkend=\"Installation" -"--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" +"DebianEdu. Veja a <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" "link> para um forma simples de instalar e configurar uma máquina Debian " "usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." @@ -1288,31 +1295,32 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Se for necessário usar algum equipamento como encaminhador (embedded) ou " -"como ponto de acesso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=" -"\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " +"como ponto de acesso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " "equipamento também possa ser usado, é claro. Usar o firmware original é mais " "fácil; usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e controle. Consultar as páginas web do " -"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." +"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" "É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um procedimento " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infraestrutura de rede existente " -"não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que seja usada a " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link> predefinida." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infraestrutura de " +"rede existente não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que " +"seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link> " +"predefinida." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1324,12 +1332,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Bookworm</ulink> antes " @@ -1344,15 +1352,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se, porém, ler os capítulos sobre <link linkend=\"Requirements" -"\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> antes de começar a instalação de um " -"servidor principal." +"Recomenda-se, porém, ler os capítulos sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre " +"a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> antes de começar a " +"instalação de um servidor principal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1441,8 +1449,8 @@ "Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " "<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Instruções detalhadas para verificação dessas imagens constam das <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +"Instruções detalhadas para verificação dessas imagens constam das <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Sources" @@ -1516,8 +1524,8 @@ "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." +"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1697,25 +1705,25 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Nota: Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho posteriormente, não use os meta-" -"pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> porque " -"eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com educação; em " -"vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Pode ser instalado um " -"ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível escolar " -"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com " +"educação; em vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Pode ser instalado um ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível " +"escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> conforme o caso." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1723,9 +1731,9 @@ "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian Edu</" -"ulink>." +"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1878,10 +1886,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Em ambos os casos, as opções de inicialização podem ser editadas " "pressionando a tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis " @@ -1900,8 +1908,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Pode ser usado um serviço intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede para " @@ -1929,9 +1937,9 @@ "computeroutput> parameter." msgstr "" "Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " +"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " "<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2075,11 +2083,11 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco), é " "chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " @@ -2132,32 +2140,33 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes perfis podem ser " -"instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um servidor principal " -"chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa que o servidor " -"principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado como " -"estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assume que esta " -"será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem " -"funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado ou a " -"servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." +"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes " +"perfis podem ser instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um " +"servidor principal chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa " +"que o servidor principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser " +"usado como estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se " +"assume que esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para " +"ficarem funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado ou " +"a servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Escolher \"sim\" ou \"não\" quanto ao particionamento automático. Esteja " @@ -2168,15 +2177,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipe do Debian Edu saber " -"que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros lançamentos. " -"Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipe do Debian Edu " +"saber que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros " +"lançamentos. Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2205,17 +2214,17 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " "um comprimento mínimo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">nome de usuário</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado acesso " -"ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha correspondente " -"ao nome de usuário sejam aceitas pelo instalador)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nome de usuário</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado " +"acesso ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " +"correspondente ao nome de usuário sejam aceitas pelo instalador)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2230,8 +2239,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " "trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " @@ -2325,6 +2334,10 @@ msgstr "O processo de configuração de fato é iniciado com" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selecionando o método de configuração uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Confirmação para configurar uif" @@ -2339,6 +2352,10 @@ "Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping em uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Permitir traceroute em uif" @@ -2478,18 +2495,6 @@ msgstr "Decida de quais redes você deseja permitir o acesso SSH ao gateway." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configurar a porta SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configure a porta SSH, deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " -"configuração não tiver sido alterada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Ativando DHCP para redes" @@ -2501,13 +2506,27 @@ "Não ative o DHCP para redes internas, ele será oferecido pelo servidor " "principal do Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar a porta SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configure a porta SSH, deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " +"configuração não tiver sido alterada." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Conecte as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenha feito isso, e reinicie a " -"máquina." +"máquina. Agora, quando você entrar como root você deve ver o menu do " +"Roteador do Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2660,8 +2679,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis> :" +"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis> :" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" @@ -2672,8 +2691,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" +"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2692,8 +2711,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Pode ser encontrada mais informações sobre clientes de rede no capítulo " "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." @@ -2744,8 +2763,9 @@ "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informações podem ser encontradas no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual do instalador do Debian</ulink>." +"Mais informações podem ser encontradas no <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual do instalador do " +"Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2798,16 +2818,16 @@ "Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " "bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " -"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " +"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " "definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "É necessário apenas criar um arquivo de pré-configuração com as opções a " "usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " @@ -2957,8 +2977,8 @@ "computeroutput> to become root." msgstr "" "Durante a instalação do servidor principal, foi criada uma primeira conta de " -"usuário. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por \"primeiro usuário" -"\". Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do diretório home estão " +"usuário. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por \"primeiro " +"usuário\". Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do diretório home estão " "definidas para 700 (pelo que é necessário executar <computeroutput>chmod o+x " "~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas web pessoais), podendo o " "primeiro usuário usar <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> para passar para " @@ -3008,8 +3028,8 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Há informações adicionais em outras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link " "linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> deve ser lido " @@ -3021,8 +3041,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " "usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " @@ -3203,16 +3223,17 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu atualmente oferece " "dois \"departamentos\": Professores e Alunos, mais o nível base da árvore " "LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento \"Alunos\", " "as dos professores ao departamento \"Professores\"; os sistemas (servidores, " "estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " -"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" +"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" "Administração Avançada</link> deste manual encontra-se um exemplo de como " "criar usuários em grupos por anos, com diretórios home comuns para cada " "grupo.)" @@ -3261,8 +3282,8 @@ "here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." msgstr "" "Ao lado desse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu \"Ações\". Mover o " -"mouse sobre este item fará aparecer um submenu; no menu, selecionar \"Criar" -"\" e depois \"Usuário\". O assistente de criação de usuários guiará o " +"mouse sobre este item fará aparecer um submenu; no menu, selecionar " +"\"Criar\" e depois \"Usuário\". O assistente de criação de usuários guiará o " "processo." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3318,8 +3339,8 @@ "left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" "Depois de ter sido criado o usuário (por enquanto não é necessário " -"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão \"Ok" -"\" no canto inferior direito." +"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão " +"\"Ok\" no canto inferior direito." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3641,8 +3662,8 @@ "dispositivos em rede em sua rede Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao " "diretório LDAP usando GOsa² tem um nome de host, um endereço IP, um endereço " "MAC e um nome de domínio (que geralmente é \"interno\"). Para uma descrição " -"mais completa da arquitetura Debian Edu, veja o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\"> arquitetura </link> deste manual." +"mais completa da arquitetura Debian Edu, veja o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\"> arquitetura </link> deste manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3655,14 +3676,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através do " @@ -3689,8 +3711,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Observe: </emphasis> a criação de keytab de host é " @@ -3712,10 +3734,10 @@ "dynamically." msgstr "" "Para adicionar uma máquina, use o menu principal do GOsa², sistemas, " -"adicionar. Espera-se que o nome da máquina seja um hostname <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">não-qualificado</emphasis>, não coloque nome de domínio aqui. " -"Você pode usar um endereço IP/hostname (nome do hospedeiro) do espaço de " -"endereço pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Atualmente, existem apenas dois " +"adicionar. Espera-se que o nome da máquina seja um hostname <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">não-qualificado</emphasis>, não coloque nome de domínio " +"aqui. Você pode usar um endereço IP/hostname (nome do hospedeiro) do espaço " +"de endereço pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Atualmente, existem apenas dois " "endereços fixos predefinidos: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Os " "endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 " "hosts) são reservados para DHCP e são atribuídos dinamicamente." @@ -3978,12 +4000,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Para gerenciamento centralizado das impressoras, apontar o navegador web " "para <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão " @@ -4023,14 +4045,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " "impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " "<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " @@ -4104,8 +4126,9 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " "partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para estender essas " @@ -4219,8 +4242,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "A instalação automática de atualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta que " "o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja instalado " @@ -4373,9 +4397,9 @@ "weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " "help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." msgstr "" -"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição do " -"estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " +"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição " +"do estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " "administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " "dos problemas do sistema." @@ -4398,8 +4422,8 @@ "que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para acelerar o " "processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> " "como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o servidor " -"principal). Isto irá atualizar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin." -"conf</computeroutput>." +"principal). Isto irá atualizar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/munin/" +"munin.conf</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4438,15 +4462,15 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" -"O sistema e serviço de monitoramento Icinga está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços monitorados " -"é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo sistema de " -"resumo do site (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor Principal e " -"Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitoramento completo, enquanto as estações de " -"trabalho e os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitoramento simples. Para " -"permitir o monitoramento completo de uma estação de trabalho, instalar o " -"pacote <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na própria " -"estação de trabalho." +"O sistema e serviço de monitoramento Icinga está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " +"monitorados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo " +"sistema de resumo do site (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor " +"Principal e Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitoramento completo, enquanto as " +"estações de trabalho e os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitoramento " +"simples. Para permitir o monitoramento completo de uma estação de trabalho, " +"instalar o pacote <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na " +"própria estação de trabalho." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4488,8 +4512,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" "\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." @@ -4636,8 +4661,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Há alguma documentação sobre o Sitesummary disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Há alguma documentação sobre o Sitesummary disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4646,14 +4671,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Mais informações sobre a personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " -"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</link>" +"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4662,9 +4689,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Antes de ler este guia de atualização, ter presente que as atualizações dos " "servidores são efetuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. <emphasis " @@ -4690,17 +4717,17 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Atualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " "fácil. Mas no que diz respeito ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco " "mais complicado, pois nós modificamos os arquivos de configuração de forma " "que não deveríamos. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados " -"abaixo. (Ver o bug do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#" -"\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o Debian Edu " -"deverá modificar os arquivos de configuração)" +"abaixo. (Ver o bug do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " +"Debian Edu deverá modificar os arquivos de configuração)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4729,8 +4756,8 @@ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " -"Debian Stable no respectivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." +"Debian Stable no respectivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4807,16 +4834,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: prepare-se para ler muitas INFORMAÇÕES; pressione <" -"enter> para rolar para baixo, <q> para deixar o paginador (programa " -"de leitura de páginas em console). Toda a informação será enviada para root " -"para que possa ser lida novamente (usando <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ou " -"<emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +"apt-list-changes: prepare-se para ler muitas INFORMAÇÕES; pressione " +"<enter> para rolar para baixo, <q> para deixar o paginador " +"(programa de leitura de páginas em console). Toda a informação será enviada " +"para root para que possa ser lida novamente (usando <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4905,8 +4932,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -4984,12 +5011,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os arquivos em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de versão." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de " +"versão." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5150,8 +5178,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " "redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais sobre " @@ -5886,14 +5914,14 @@ "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" "Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " -"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." +"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " "configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " @@ -5932,11 +5960,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5956,9 +5984,9 @@ "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" -"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens sucessivamente " -"falhadas:" +"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens " +"sucessivamente falhadas:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6248,14 +6276,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o site do <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil <emphasis>servidor " -"LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> dá mais " -"informações." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o site do <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil " +"<emphasis>servidor LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> dá mais informações." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6452,8 +6481,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Como clientes leves usam X2Go, os usuários devem desabilitar composição para " "evitar artefatos de display. No caso padrão, (área de trabalho Xfce): " @@ -6691,14 +6720,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configure a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolha o tipo de " +"Configure a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolha o tipo de " "impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e configure " "<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " @@ -6715,8 +6744,8 @@ "integration." msgstr "" "PXE é o acrônimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Pré-" -"execução). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." +"execução). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" @@ -6780,8 +6809,8 @@ "chapter." msgstr "" "Mais informações sobre modificar instalações PXE podem ser encontradas no " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalação</link>." +"capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalação</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" @@ -6909,8 +6938,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "O X2Go permite acessar um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " "tanto através de conexões de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " @@ -6926,8 +6955,8 @@ "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" "Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" @@ -7135,11 +7164,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estes se armazenam em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estes se armazenam em " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7186,11 +7217,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"buscar no DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"buscar no DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7251,8 +7284,8 @@ "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " "(don't tick checkbox, optional)" msgstr "" -"Permitir quando o servir estiver indisponível: <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">NÃO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa de seleção, opcional)" +"Permitir quando o servir estiver indisponível: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa de seleção, opcional)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Plugin Selection" @@ -7281,7 +7314,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Roteador: LDAP, Máquina local" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Computador Local" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "Sources:" @@ -7308,8 +7341,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" "config/smb.conf.edu-site para o diretório /etc/samba. As configurações em " @@ -7322,8 +7355,8 @@ "<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Por predefinição, os diretórios 'home' de usuários (as pastas pessoais) são " -"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/smb.conf." -"edu-site </emphasis>." +"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/" +"smb.conf.edu-site </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7337,8 +7370,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Para desativar temporariamente a conta Samba de um usuário, executar " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nome de usuário></computeroutput>; para " @@ -7364,20 +7397,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "As conexões aos diretórios dos usuários e compartilhamentos adicionais " "específicos de cada local (se configurados) são possíveis para dispositivos " "Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " "dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gerenciador de " "arquivos com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink " -"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander com plugin de LAN</ulink> " -"podem ser boas opções." +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander com " +"plugin de LAN</ulink> podem ser boas opções." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7408,20 +7441,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta pacote que 'depende' de um " -"grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este meta pacote " -"ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para mais " -"informações (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar a " -"página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian " -"Edu pacotes de Desenvolvimento</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta pacote que " +"'depende' de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " +"meta pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " +"mais informações (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " +"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu pacotes de Desenvolvimento</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7440,17 +7474,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controle, como o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sites do <ulink url=" -"\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon</ulink>." +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sites do <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7458,14 +7492,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir o acesso à " -"Internet." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir " +"o acesso à Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7540,8 +7574,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Todos os usuários que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de configurar da forma " "que se segue. Para um usuário com nome de jdoe o endereço de e-mail interno " @@ -7594,16 +7628,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" "Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"> " "lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o principal meio de " -"comunicação, embora haja reuniões mensais do IRC em #debian-edu no irc." -"debian.org e até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os " -"membros se encontram pessoalmente." +"comunicação, embora haja reuniões mensais do IRC em #debian-edu no " +"irc.debian.org e até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, " +"onde os membros se encontram pessoalmente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7629,14 +7663,14 @@ "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Bugs do Debian <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " +"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Bugs do Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " "comunicações de bugs existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou criar novas " -"comunicações. Comunicar todos os bugs com referência ao pacote <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. " -"Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#" -"\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre comunicação de " -"deficiências no Debian Edu." +"comunicações. Comunicar todos os bugs com referência ao pacote <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</" +"ulink>. Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre " +"comunicação de deficiências no Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -7774,8 +7808,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" "Nova versão do Instalador Debian usada no Debian Buster; para mais " @@ -7850,15 +7884,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalação</ulink>." +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> " +"e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7874,14 +7908,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\"" -">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"alemão, chinês simplificado, dinamarquês, espanhol, francês, holandês, " +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para alemão, chinês simplificado, dinamarquês, espanhol, francês, holandês, " "italiano, japonês, norueguês (Bokmål), português brasileiro, português " "europeu, romeno e ucraniano." @@ -7922,8 +7957,8 @@ "Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " "Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " "(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster (2023) e é publicado sob " @@ -7981,8 +8016,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "Algumas equipes de tradução decidiram traduzir via Weblate. Para mais " @@ -8024,8 +8059,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bullseye; para mais informações, " @@ -8107,27 +8142,27 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informações sobre o Debian 11 bullseye disponível nas <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +"Mais informações sobre o Debian 11 bullseye disponível nas <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " "lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e " -"Chinês Simplificado." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, " +"Português e Chinês Simplificado." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." @@ -8313,10 +8348,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" "AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -5,5 +5,7 @@ 2020-2021 Silvério Santos 2020-2021, 2023-2024 José Vieira 2022 Luis Debonoir +2025 Rodolfo José dos Santos Gigante +2026 António Oliveira </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt-pt.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-15 15:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Vieira <jvieira33@sapo.pt>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-06-16 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: António Oliveira <antonio.oliveira5487@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Portugal) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" "debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/pt_PT/>\n" "Language: pt-pt\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.7.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -"debian-edu-doc/\">na rede</ulink> traduções atualizadas." +"Estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" +"edu-doc/\">na rede</ulink> traduções atualizadas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -86,12 +86,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " -"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitetura</link> contêm informação básica sobre a conceção do sistema." +"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> contêm informação básica sobre a " +"conceção do sistema." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -137,15 +139,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</" "ulink> é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " "distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." +"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -161,8 +164,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Pela " "mesma época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu em França. Em 2003 os " @@ -212,8 +215,8 @@ "de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " "estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " "pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " -"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada (" -"redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " +"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada " +"(redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " "servidor LTSP não afete os restantes serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado em " "detalhe no capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> " "respectivo." @@ -233,8 +236,8 @@ "rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. No entanto, é possível transferir a " "execução de serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas. " "Para o fazer, é necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina " -"e, de seguida, atualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador (" -"\"alias\") DNS desse serviço para a dita máquina." +"e, de seguida, atualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador " +"(\"alias\") DNS desse serviço para a dita máquina." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -246,10 +249,10 @@ msgstr "" "Para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a ligação à Internet é " "feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, também chamado conversor " -"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"" -">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como preparar um " -"conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um já " -"existente." +"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como " +"preparar um conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um " +"já existente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" @@ -270,8 +273,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informação, ver o capítulo de <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respetivo." @@ -328,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr "" "Com exceção do controlo dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços de rede " "são inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). " -"Por razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) (" -"embora seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor " +"Por razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) " +"(embora seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor " "LTSP no mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS " "específico e todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído " "facilita a transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para " @@ -400,7 +403,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" +msgstr "domínio" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" @@ -548,7 +551,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" +msgstr "Servidor/es LTSP" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "LTSP" @@ -595,15 +598,15 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Por predefinição, o correio é configurado para entrega local apenas (ou " "seja, na rede da escola), embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio " "pela Internet, se a escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os " "clientes são configurados para entregar correio ao servidor (usando " -"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\"" -">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." +"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -621,10 +624,10 @@ "the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " "machines." msgstr "" -"Para aumentar o desempenho em sítios visitados com frequência é usado um " -"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda ficheiros na sua cache (" -"cache local). Além de bloquear o tráfego web no encaminhador, isto também " -"permite controlar o acesso das máquinas à Internet, individualmente." +"Para aumentar o desempenho em sites frequentemente acedidos, é utilizado um " +"proxy web que armazena ficheiros localmente (Squid). Em conjunto com o " +"bloqueio do tráfego Web no router, isto também permite o controlo do acesso " +"à Internet em máquinas individuais." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -654,8 +657,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1063,21 +1066,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo <link " "linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp" -"%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento para " -"LTSP</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento " +"para LTSP</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1099,10 +1102,16 @@ "rápidos." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Em clientes autónomos (fat clients) - isto é, estações de trabalho, estações " "de trabalho sem disco - e computadores independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 " @@ -1166,8 +1175,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de ser " @@ -1275,11 +1284,11 @@ "possa ser configurado adequadamente, qualquer máquina que satisfaça os " "requisitos para uma instalação Debian mínima e que tenha pelo menos duas " "placas de rede pode ser transformada num conversor entre a rede existente e " -"a do Debian Edu. Consultar a <link linkend=\"Installation" -"--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" +"a do Debian Edu. Consultar a <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" "link> para informação sobre uma forma simples de instalar e configurar uma " -"máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" -"config</computeroutput>." +"máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1287,31 +1296,32 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Se for necessário usar algum equipamento como encaminhador (embedded) ou " -"como ponto de acessso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=" -"\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " +"como ponto de acessso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " "equipamento também possa ser usado, é claro. Usar o firmware original é mais " "fácil; usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e controlo. Consultar as páginas web do " -"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." +"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" "É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um procedimento " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de rede existente " -"não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que seja usada a " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> predefinida." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de " +"rede existente não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que " +"seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> " +"predefinida." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1323,12 +1333,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Bookworm</ulink> antes " @@ -1342,15 +1352,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se vivamente que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de começar a instalação " -"dum servidor principal." +"Recomenda-se vivamente que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre " +"a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de começar a " +"instalação dum servidor principal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1385,8 +1395,8 @@ "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" "computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquiteturas Debian para CPUs x86; " "ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " -"arquitetura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e " -"a<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje em dia, as " +"arquitetura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e a " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje em dia, as " "instalações devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " "A arquitetura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas " "para computadores antigos (começaram a ser vendidos computadores de 64bit em " @@ -1519,8 +1529,8 @@ "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." +"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1614,7 +1624,7 @@ "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " "Internet access." msgstr "" -"Atualizar o sistema uma vez iniciado pela primeira vez no ambiente correcto " +"Atualizar o sistema uma vez iniciado pela primeira vez no ambiente correto " "com acesso à Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -1699,15 +1709,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Nota: Havendo a intenção de posteriormente instalar um ambiente de trabalho, " "não usar os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -1725,9 +1735,9 @@ "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian Edu</" -"ulink>." +"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1775,7 +1785,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-bit Installer ecrã de opções avançadas 1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1852,7 +1862,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Ecrã de ajuda de instalador" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1880,15 +1890,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Em ambos os casos, as opções de arranque podem ser editadas pressionando a " -"tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">E</emphasis> no menu de arranque; as capturas de ecrã mostram a linha de " -"comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica</emphasis>." +"tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> no menu de arranque; as capturas de ecrã " +"mostram a linha de comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação " +"gráfica</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" @@ -1901,8 +1912,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Pode ser usado um serviço de intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede " @@ -1930,9 +1941,9 @@ "computeroutput> parameter." msgstr "" "Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " +"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " "<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2048,9 +2059,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho itinerante (Roaming " -"workstation)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho móvel</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2076,11 +2085,11 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco), é " "chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " @@ -2095,7 +2104,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente (Standalone)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2133,32 +2142,33 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes perfis podem ser " -"instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um servidor principal " -"chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa que o servidor " -"principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado como " -"estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assumime que " -"esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem " -"funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado ou a " -"servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." +"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes " +"perfis podem ser instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um " +"servidor principal chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa " +"que o servidor principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser " +"usado como estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se " +"assumime que esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, " +"para ficarem funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal " +"combinado ou a servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Escolher \"sim\" ou \"não\" quanto ao particionamento automático. Ter " @@ -2169,15 +2179,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu saber " -"que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros lançamentos. " -"Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu " +"saber que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros " +"lançamentos. Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2206,15 +2216,15 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " "um comprimento mínimo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">nome de utilizador</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nome de utilizador</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado " "acesso ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " "correspondente ao nome de utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." @@ -2231,8 +2241,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " "trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " @@ -2325,6 +2335,10 @@ msgstr "O processo de configuração propriamente dito é iniciado com" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selecionar o método de configuração de uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Confirmação para configurar a uif" @@ -2339,6 +2353,10 @@ "Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping na uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Permitir traceroute na uif" @@ -2482,18 +2500,6 @@ "conversor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configurar o porto SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configurar o porto SSH; deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " -"configuração não tiver sido alterada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Ativar o DHCP para redes" @@ -2505,13 +2511,27 @@ "Não activar o DHCP para redes internas; será disponibilizado pelo servidor " "principal do Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar o porto SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o porto SSH; deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " +"configuração não tiver sido alterada." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Ligar as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenham sido ligadas, e reiniciar " -"a máquina." +"a máquina. Agora, quando inicia sessão enquanto root, deve ver o Menu Debian " +"Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2664,8 +2684,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" +"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" @@ -2676,8 +2696,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" +"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2696,8 +2716,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre clientes de rede no capítulo <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." @@ -2748,8 +2768,9 @@ "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink> contém informação adicional." +"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink> contém informação " +"adicional." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2803,16 +2824,16 @@ "Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " "bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " -"modular e outras caracgterísticas interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " +"modular e outras caracgterísticas interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " "definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "É apenas necessário criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração com as opções a " "usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " @@ -2978,7 +2999,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ver a informação sobre a configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros " "<link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">específico " -"do Debian Edu </link> antes de adicionar utilizadores; ajustar a política do " +"do Debian Edu</link> antes de adicionar utilizadores; ajustar a política do " "site, se necessário." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3015,12 +3036,12 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> deve ser lido por quem " -"estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " +"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> deve ser lido " +"por quem estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " "substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " "capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Actualizações</link>." @@ -3028,8 +3049,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " "usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " @@ -3147,7 +3168,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² página de resumo após o início de sessão enquanto primeiro utilizador" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." @@ -3208,16 +3230,17 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Presentemente, uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu inclui " "dois \"departamentos\" (Professores e Alunos) mais o nível base da árvore " "LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento \"Alunos\", " "as dos professores ao departamento \"Professores\"; os sistemas (servidores, " "estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " -"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" +"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" "Administração Avançada</link> deste manual pode encontra-se um exemplo de " "como criar utilizadores em grupos por anos, com diretórios home comuns para " "cada grupo.)" @@ -3325,8 +3348,8 @@ "left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" "Depois de ter sido criado o utilizador (por enquanto não é necessário " -"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão \"Ok" -"\" no canto inferior direito." +"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão " +"\"Ok\" no canto inferior direito." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3399,7 +3422,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Editing user data" +msgstr "Editar dados de utilizador" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Set passwords" @@ -3460,8 +3483,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " "guess passwords!</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Atenção às implicações de segurança inerentes às " -"senhas fáceis de adivinhar! </emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atenção às implicações de segurança inerentes às " +"senhas fáceis de adivinhar!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Advanced user management" @@ -3573,7 +3596,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Repor palavras-passe" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users from the command line" @@ -3587,9 +3610,9 @@ "link>" msgstr "" "As contas de utilizador também podem ser adicionadas a partir da linha de " -"comando usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-" -"krb5</computeroutput>; consultar as <link linkend=\"Administration\"" -">Instruções de administração</link>" +"comando usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>; consultar as <link linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de " +"administração</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3646,28 +3669,29 @@ "Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao diretório LDAP através do GOsa² tem " "um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio " "(que normalmente é \"interno\"). Para uma descrição mais completa da " -"arquitetura Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">Arquitetura</link>." +"arquitetura Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitetura</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " "<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"Quando ligados ao <emphasis> servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " +"Quando ligados ao <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " "estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " "imediato." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através do " @@ -3685,7 +3709,7 @@ "To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " "configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" msgstr "" -"Para criar um Principal e ficheiro keytab para um sistema <emphasis> já " +"Para criar um Principal e ficheiro keytab para um sistema <emphasis>já " "configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, aceder ao servidor principal como " "root e executar" @@ -3694,8 +3718,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nota:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro keytab do " @@ -3717,8 +3741,8 @@ "dynamically." msgstr "" "Para adicionar uma máquina, no menu principal do GOsa² escolher 'sistemas' e " -"neste 'adicionar'. O nome da máquina deve ser um nome válido <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">não qualificado</emphasis> - não adicionar o nome de domínio " +"neste 'adicionar'. O nome da máquina deve ser um nome válido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">não qualificado</emphasis> - não adicionar o nome de domínio " "aqui. Pode ser usado um endereço IP ou um nome de hospedeiro do espaço de " "endereços pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Presentemente, existem apenas dois " "endereços fixos pré-definidos: 10.0.2.2 (servidor [tjener]) e 10.0.0.1 " @@ -3781,7 +3805,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Listagem de sistemas GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Host details" @@ -3789,11 +3813,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificar o anfitrião" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Adicionar grupo de rede" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3915,7 +3939,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Redimensionar partições </emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionar partições</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" "hosts)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3983,12 +4007,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Para gestão centralizada das impressoras, apontar o navegador web para " "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão CUPS " @@ -4028,14 +4052,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " "impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " "<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " @@ -4094,12 +4118,12 @@ "sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Para desativar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " -"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando (\"#" -"\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (ficam " -"desativadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, executando " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. Para testar " -"se uma máquina está usando as fontes externas do relógio, executar " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando " +"(\"#\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"(ficam desativadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, " +"executando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " +"Para testar se uma máquina está usando as fontes externas do relógio, " +"executar <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Extending full partitions" @@ -4110,15 +4134,16 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " "partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para expandir essas " "partições, executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" "computeroutput> como root. Para mais informação, ver as instruções de " -"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de administração</link>." +"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de administração</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -4227,8 +4252,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "A instalação automática de atualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta que " "o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja instalado " @@ -4262,12 +4288,12 @@ msgstr "" "Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima é uma " "boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis atualizações de segurança para " -"pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é a inscrição na <ulink url=\"http://lists." -"debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</" -"ulink>. Esta tem a vantagem de também informar sobre o que trata a " -"atualização de segurança. A desvantagem (em comparação com a execução " -"do<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que a lista também inclui " -"informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não estão instalados." +"pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é a inscrição na <ulink url=\"https://" +"lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce " +"mailinglist</ulink>. Esta tem a vantagem de também informar sobre o que " +"trata a atualização de segurança. A desvantagem (em comparação com a " +"execução do <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que a lista também " +"inclui informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não estão instalados." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Backup Management" @@ -4340,7 +4366,7 @@ "folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" msgstr "" "Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home/utilizador</" -"computeroutput> relativo a determinada<computeroutput><data></" +"computeroutput> relativo a determinada <computeroutput><data></" "computeroutput> na pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home_<data></" "computeroutput>" @@ -4363,7 +4389,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenção do slbackup-php" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Server Monitoring" @@ -4380,9 +4406,9 @@ "weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " "help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." msgstr "" -"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição do " -"estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " +"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição " +"do estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " "administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " "dos problemas do sistema." @@ -4445,8 +4471,8 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" -"O sistema e serviço de monitorização Icinga está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " +"O sistema e serviço de monitorização Icinga está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " "monitorizados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo " "sistema de resumo do sítio (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor " "Principal e Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitorização completa, enquanto as " @@ -4494,8 +4520,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" "\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." @@ -4511,7 +4538,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - espaço livre: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4537,7 +4564,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"APT CRITICAL: 13 pacotes disponíveis para atualização (13 actualizações " +"críticas)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4570,8 +4599,8 @@ "WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " "kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +"AVISO - Reinicialização necessária: kernel em execução = 2.6.32-37.81.0, " +"kernel instalado = 2.6.32-38.83.0" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4588,7 +4617,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "AVISO: Tamanho da fila do CUPS - 61" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4642,8 +4671,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Há alguma documentação sobre o Sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Há alguma documentação sobre o Sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4652,14 +4681,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " -"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</link>" +"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4668,9 +4699,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Antes de ler este guia de atualização, ter presente que as atualizações dos " "servidores são efetuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. <emphasis " @@ -4683,9 +4714,9 @@ "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> antes de tentar atualizar o " -"sistema." +"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> antes de " +"tentar atualizar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "General notes on upgrading" @@ -4696,17 +4727,17 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Actualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " "fácil. Mas no que respeita ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco mais " "complicado, pois os ficheiros de configuração são modificamos de formas que " "não deveriam ser usadas. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados " -"abaixo. (Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " -"Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração)" +"abaixo. (Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – " +"sobre como o Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4736,8 +4767,8 @@ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " -"Debian Stable no respetivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." +"Debian Stable no respetivo <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"stable/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4814,8 +4845,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4912,17 +4943,17 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "Para atualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário atualizar " "primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Bullseye, antes de poderem ser " "seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa atualização são dadas " -"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> sobre como atualizar para Bullseye " -"a partir da versão anterior, Buster." +"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> sobre como atualizar para " +"Bullseye a partir da versão anterior, Buster." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" @@ -4932,7 +4963,7 @@ msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\"> administração geral</link>" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\">administração geral</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4991,12 +5022,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os ficheiros em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de versão." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de " +"versão." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5156,8 +5188,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " "redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais sobre " @@ -5281,7 +5313,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Impressora pré-definida" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5610,18 +5642,19 @@ "fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " "switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." msgstr "" -"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> ou adicionar o nome de " -"hospedeiro (ou seja, o resultado de '<computeroutput>uname -n</" -"computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A " -"adição de hospedeiros ao grupo de rede no LDAP pode ser feita usando a " -"ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Os clientes podem " -"precisar de ter o Wake-on-LAN configurado no BIOS. É importante também que " -"os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores (routers) utilizados entre o " -"servidor Wake-on-LAN (WOL) e os clientes passem os pacotes WOL para os " -"clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. Alguns comutadores não " -"passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela ARP (Address Resolution " -"Protocol) do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes WOL." +"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar touch " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> ou " +"adicionar o nome de hospedeiro (ou seja, o resultado de " +"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede " +"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A adição de hospedeiros ao grupo de rede no " +"LDAP pode ser feita usando a ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Os clientes podem precisar de ter o Wake-on-LAN configurado " +"no BIOS. É importante também que os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores " +"(routers) utilizados entre o servidor Wake-on-LAN (WOL) e os clientes passem " +"os pacotes WOL para os clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. " +"Alguns comutadores não passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela " +"ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes " +"WOL." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5728,7 +5761,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "HowTos do wiki.debian.org" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Advanced administration howto" @@ -5770,7 +5803,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador, no GOsa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador, no Gosa)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Department" @@ -5847,7 +5880,7 @@ "Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " "is recommended." msgstr "" -"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de CSV; é recomendável testá-lo " +"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de csv; é recomendável testá-lo " "com alguns utilizadores." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -5895,14 +5928,14 @@ "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" "Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " -"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." +"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " "configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " @@ -5941,11 +5974,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5965,9 +5998,9 @@ "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" -"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens sucessivamente " -"falhadas:" +"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens " +"sucessivamente falhadas:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6258,14 +6291,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil <emphasis>servidor " -"LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> dá mais " -"informação." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil " +"<emphasis>servidor LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> dá mais informação." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6303,7 +6337,7 @@ "estações de trabalho sem disco e clientes dependentes (tanto em PCs de 64-" "Bit como de 32-Bit). Executar <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" "computeroutput> ou analisar o conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. " -"Toda a configuração é contida no próprio script (documentos AQUI) para " +"Toda a configuração é contida no próprio script (documentos HERE) para " "facilitar ajustes específicos de cada rede." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6372,11 +6406,11 @@ msgstr "" "A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " "script envelope (script wrapper) para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Esta ferramenta assegura que o ficheiro /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp." -"ipxe seja específico do Debian Edu. O comando tem de ser executado sempre " -"que seja alterado qualquer item relativo ao menu iPXE (como o tempo máximo " -"de exposição do menu ou as definições de arranque predefinidas) na secção /" -"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [servidor]." +"computeroutput>. Esta ferramenta assegura que o ficheiro /srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe seja específico do Debian Edu. O comando tem de ser executado " +"sempre que seja alterado qualquer item relativo ao menu iPXE (como o tempo " +"máximo de exposição do menu ou as definições de arranque predefinidas) na " +"secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [servidor]." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6390,8 +6424,8 @@ "um script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " "Garante que um initrd específico de um tipo de utilização (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" "ltsp.img) seja gerado e movido para o diretório do tipo de utilização " -"respetivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp." -"conf [clients] ter sido modificada." +"respetivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da secção /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf [clients] ter sido modificada." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6462,8 +6496,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Uma vez que os clientes dependentes usam o X2Go, os utilizadores devem " "desativar a composição para evitar o aparecimento de distorções de imagem. " @@ -6703,14 +6737,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " "impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e " "configurar <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" @@ -6727,8 +6761,8 @@ "integration." msgstr "" "PXE é o acrónimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Execução Pré-" -"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." +"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" @@ -6780,11 +6814,11 @@ "debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. As alterações serão perdidas assim " "que for usado o comando <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> para recriar o ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar " -"valores do debconf a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> durante a recriação através do <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adicionar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> com os valores " -"debconf adicionais." +"valores do debconf a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> durante a recriação através do " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adicionar o ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> com os valores debconf adicionais." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6792,9 +6826,9 @@ "linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " "chapter." msgstr "" -"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre a modificação " -"de instalações PXE." +"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais " +"informação sobre a modificação de instalações PXE." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" @@ -6922,8 +6956,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "O X2Go permite aceder a um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " "tanto através de ligações de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " @@ -6939,8 +6973,8 @@ "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" "Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" @@ -7005,7 +7039,7 @@ "específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, são ativados ambos os métodos " "EAP-TTLS/PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " "script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\"> o sítio do " +"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">o sítio do " "FreeRADIUS</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7115,8 +7149,8 @@ "website." msgstr "" "Adicionar um utilizador especial, p. ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/>." +"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7148,11 +7182,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" -"(estão guardadas em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\\\SOFTWARE\\\\pGina3.fork\\\\Plugins" -"\\\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(estão guardadas em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\\\SOFTWARE\\\\pGina3.fork\\" +"\\Plugins\\\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7197,11 +7232,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Buscar DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7306,7 +7343,7 @@ "samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" "admin users are enabled to provide shares." msgstr "" -"O Samba está agora configurado como servidor independente <emphasis></" +"O Samba está agora configurado como <emphasis>servidor independente</" "emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e partilhas de utilizadores " "ativadas; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" "computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os utilizadores não " @@ -7316,8 +7353,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" "config/smb.conf.edu-site para o diretório /etc/samba. As configurações em " @@ -7330,8 +7367,8 @@ "<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Por predefinição, os diretórios de utilizador (as pastas pessoais) são " -"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/smb.conf." -"edu-site </emphasis>." +"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis>/etc/samba/" +"smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7345,12 +7382,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Para desativar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, executar " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>; para " -"reativar, executar<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>, para " +"reativar, executar <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" "computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7372,20 +7409,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "As ligações aos diretórios dos utilizadores e a partilhas adicionais " "específicas de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para dispositivos " "Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " "dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gestor de ficheiros " -"com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink url=\"https" -"://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\"> X-plore</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> " -"podem ser boas opções." +"com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> podem ser boas opções." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7393,7 +7430,7 @@ "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " "home directory." msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>tjener<utilizador></computeroutput> ou " +"Executar <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<utilizador></computeroutput> ou " "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<utilizador></computeroutput> para aceder " "ao diretório pessoal de um utilizador." @@ -7416,20 +7453,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que 'depende' de um " -"grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este meta-pacote " -"ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para mais informação " -"(talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar a página <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu " -"Development</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que " +"'depende' de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " +"meta-pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " +"mais informação (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " +"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7441,24 +7479,24 @@ "of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " "your jurisdiction." msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " "legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos utilizadores " "de computadores." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controlo, como o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink url=" -"\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon</ulink>." +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7466,14 +7504,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir o acesso à " -"Internet." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir " +"o acesso à Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7541,20 +7579,20 @@ "Todos os utilizadores podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; " "são fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para " "permitir o correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o " -"servidor de correio<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " +"servidor de correio <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " "situação local, começando pelo <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" "config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Todos os utilizadores que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de o configurar da " "forma que se segue. Para um utilizador com nome de utilizador jdoe o " -"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7602,15 +7640,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" -"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"" -">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o nosso principal meio de " -"comunicação, embora haja reuniões em #debian-edu no irc.debian.org e até " -"mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os membros se " +"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o nosso principal " +"meio de comunicação, embora haja reuniões em #debian-edu no irc.debian.org e " +"até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os membros se " "encontram pessoalmente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7637,8 +7675,8 @@ "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " +"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " "comunicações de deficiências existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou " "criar novas comunicações. Comunicar todas as deficiências com referência ao " "pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" @@ -7687,9 +7725,9 @@ msgstr "" "Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os utilizadores é através da tradução " "de software e documentação. Informação sobre como traduzir este documento " -"pode ser encontrada no capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"Translations" -"\">traduções</link>. Por favor, considere ajudar no esforço de tradução " -"deste livro!" +"pode ser encontrada no capítulo sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link>. Por favor, considere ajudar no " +"esforço de tradução deste livro!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -7724,7 +7762,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux em irc.debian.org - canal IRC para apoiar utilizadores " +"Noruegueses" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in German" @@ -7740,7 +7780,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de em irc.debian.org - canal IRC para apoiar utilizadores Alemães" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in French" @@ -7763,8 +7804,8 @@ "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgstr "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +"Lista de empresas que fornecem suporte profissional estão disponíveis em " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" @@ -7780,13 +7821,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" -"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bookworm; ver o <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de instalação</" -"ulink> para mais informação" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bookworm; ver o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalação</ulink> para mais informação" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7797,8 +7838,8 @@ msgstr "" "nomeadamente sobre <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, que é " "uma nova secção a par das bem conhecidas <computeroutput>main</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> e <computeroutput" -">non-free</computeroutput>." +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7826,8 +7867,8 @@ msgid "" "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1." -"26" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" @@ -7857,15 +7898,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalação</ulink>." +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> " +"e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7881,16 +7922,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\"" -">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para Chinês " -"Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, " -"Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, Castelhano, Romeno " -"e Ucraniano." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, " +"Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, " +"Castelhano, Romeno e Ucraniano." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Known issues" @@ -7901,8 +7943,8 @@ "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"consultar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\"> " -"a página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." +"consulte <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" @@ -7929,8 +7971,8 @@ "Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " "Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " "(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster (2023) e é publicado sob " @@ -7943,10 +7985,10 @@ "Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " "version\" licence." msgstr "" -"Se adicionar conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">, por favor, faça-" -"o apenas se for o autor do conteúdo adicionado. Tem de o publicar nas mesmas " -"condições do manual</emphasis>! Em seguida, adicione aqui o seu nome e " -"mencione a publicação sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." +"Se adicionar conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">por favor, faça-o " +"apenas se for o autor do conteúdo adicionado. Tem de o publicar nas mesmas " +"condições</emphasis>! Em seguida, adicione aqui o seu nome e mencione a " +"publicação sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Translations of this document" @@ -7957,8 +7999,8 @@ "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" "doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." msgstr "" -"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\"" -">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>, que é atualizada " +"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>, que é atualizada " "com frequência." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -7979,8 +8021,8 @@ "Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " "mantidas em ficheiros PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " "processo de tradução usando esses ficheiros em <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-" -"translations</computeroutput>." +"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Translate online using a web browser" @@ -7988,13 +8030,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "A maioria das equipas de tradução decidiram por traduzir via Weblate. Para " -"mais informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/>." +"mais informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-" +"edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please report any problems." @@ -8031,8 +8073,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Nova versão do Instalador Debian no Debian Bullseye; para mais informação, " @@ -8114,27 +8156,27 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</" -"ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +"lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e " -"Chinês Simplificado." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, " +"Português e Chinês Simplificado." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." @@ -8174,8 +8216,8 @@ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"O diretório <emphasis> / srv / tftp </emphasis> é agora usado como base do " -"netboot, em vez do diretório <emphasis> / var / lib / tftpboot </emphasis>." +"O diretório <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> é agora usado como base do " +"netboot, em vez do diretório <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8318,10 +8360,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" "AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ <emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> 2021, 2024 José Vieira 2021 Silvério Santos -2023-2024 Fred Maranhão +2023-2025 Fred Maranhão 2024 Rafael Fontenelle +2025 Rodolfo José dos Santos Gigante +2026 Américo Monteiro </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pt.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-15 15:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Vieira <jvieira33@sapo.pt>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/pt/>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-27 22:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Américo Monteiro <a_monteiro@gmx.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/pt/>\n" "Language: pt\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -"debian-edu-doc/\">na rede</ulink> traduções actualizadas." +"Estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" +"edu-doc/\">na rede</ulink> traduções actualizadas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -86,12 +86,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " -"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture\"" -">arquitectura</link> contêm informação básica sobre a concepção do sistema." +"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> contêm informação básica sobre " +"a concepção do sistema." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -137,15 +139,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</" "ulink> é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " "distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." +"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -161,8 +164,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Pela " "mesma época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu em França. Em 2003 os " @@ -212,8 +215,8 @@ "de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " "estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " "pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " -"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada (" -"redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " +"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada " +"(redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " "servidor LTSP não afecte os restantes serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado " "em detalhe no capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> " "respectivo." @@ -246,10 +249,10 @@ msgstr "" "Para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a ligação à Internet é " "feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, também chamado conversor " -"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"" -">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como preparar um " -"conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um já " -"existente." +"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como " +"preparar um conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um " +"já existente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" @@ -270,8 +273,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informação, ver o capítulo de <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respectivo." @@ -400,7 +403,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" +msgstr "domínio" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" @@ -572,7 +575,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" +msgstr "resumo do sítio" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -595,15 +598,15 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Por predefinição, o correio é configurado para entrega local apenas (ou " "seja, na rede da escola), embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio " "pela Internet, se a escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os " "clientes são configurados para entregar correio ao servidor (usando " -"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\"" -">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." +"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -621,10 +624,10 @@ "the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " "machines." msgstr "" -"Para aumentar o desempenho em sítios visitados com frequência é usado um " -"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda ficheiros na sua cache (" -"cache local). Além de bloquear o tráfego web no encaminhador, isto também " -"permite controlar o acesso das máquinas à Internet, individualmente." +"Para aumentar o desempenho em sítios visitados com frequência, é usado um " +"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda ficheiros na cache local. " +"Além de bloquear o tráfego web no roteador, isto também permite controlar o " +"acesso individual das máquinas à Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -654,8 +657,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1064,21 +1067,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo sobre a " "<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se houver a intenção de usar o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de " -"equipamento para LTSP</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se houver a intenção de usar o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de " +"requisitos de equipamento para LTSP</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1101,12 +1104,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Para estações de trabalho, estações de trabalho sem disco e computadores " -"independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 MHz de frequência são os requisitos " +"independentes, um processador capaz de SSE2 (Intel Pentium 4 ou superior, " +"AMD Athlon 64 ou superior), 1500 MHZ e 1024 MiB de RAM são os requisitos " "mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar navegadores web modernos e o LibreOffice é " "recomendado pelo menos 2048 MiB de RAM." @@ -1166,8 +1171,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de ser " @@ -1276,11 +1281,11 @@ "possa ser configurado adequadamente, qualquer máquina que satisfaça os " "requisitos para uma instalação Debian mínima e que tenha pelo menos duas " "placas de rede pode ser transformada num conversor entre a rede existente e " -"a do Debian Edu. Consultar a <link linkend=\"Installation" -"--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" +"a do Debian Edu. Consultar a <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" "link> para informação sobre uma forma simples de instalar e configurar uma " -"máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" -"config</computeroutput>." +"máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1288,28 +1293,28 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Se for necessário algo para ser usado como encaminhador ou ponto de acesso " -"incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=\"https://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do equipamento também " -"possa ser usado, evidentemente. Usar o firmware original é mais fácil, mas " -"usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e mais controlo. Consultar as páginas web do " -"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">equipamento compatível</ulink>." +"incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=\"https://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do equipamento " +"também possa ser usado, evidentemente. Usar o firmware original é mais " +"fácil, mas usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e mais controlo. Consultar as " +"páginas web do OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">equipamento compatível</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" -"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedimento " +"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedimento " "documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de rede existente " "não o exigir, recomenda-se que essa possibilidade não seja considerada e que " "seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> " @@ -1325,12 +1330,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Bookworm</ulink> antes " @@ -1346,9 +1351,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" "É recomendado, no entanto, que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link " @@ -1520,8 +1525,8 @@ "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo sobre a <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">arquitectura</link>." +"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">arquitectura</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1699,36 +1704,35 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Nota: Havendo a intenção de posteriormente instalar um ambiente de trabalho, " -"não usar os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https" -"://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-" -"xfce</ulink> porque eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas " -"relacionados com educação; em vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</" -"ulink>. Pode ser instalado um ou mais dos novos meta-pacotes relacionados " -"com o nível escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis" -">education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>, conforme o caso em " -"concreto." +"não usar os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com " +"educação; em vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Pode ser instalado um ou mais dos novos meta-pacotes relacionados com o " +"nível escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>, conforme o caso em concreto." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian Edu</" -"ulink>." +"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1777,7 +1781,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Opções avançadas de instalação de 64-bit, ecrã 1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1883,15 +1887,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Em ambos os casos, as opções de arranque podem ser editadas pressionando a " -"tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">E</emphasis> no menu de arranque; as capturas de ecrã mostram a linha de " -"comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica</emphasis>." +"tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> no menu de arranque; as capturas de ecrã " +"mostram a linha de comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação " +"gráfica</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" @@ -1904,8 +1909,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Pode ser usado um serviço de intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede " @@ -1933,9 +1938,9 @@ "computeroutput> parameter." msgstr "" "Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " +"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " "<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2077,11 +2082,11 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco) é " "chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " @@ -2135,32 +2140,33 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-seleccionados. Estes perfis podem ser " -"instalados em conjunto numa máquina para constituir um servidor principal " -"chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa que o servidor " -"principal será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado como estação de " -"trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assume que esta será a " -"opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem funcionais, as " -"máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado e a servidores LTSP têm " -"que ter duas placas de rede." +"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-seleccionados. Estes " +"perfis podem ser instalados em conjunto numa máquina para constituir um " +"servidor principal chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa " +"que o servidor principal será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado " +"como estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assume que " +"esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem " +"funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado e a " +"servidores LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Escolher «sim» ou «não» quanto ao particionamento automático. Ter presente " @@ -2171,15 +2177,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Solicita-se a opção pelo «sim» ao envio de informação para <ulink url=\"https" -"://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu saber que " -"pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros lançamentos. Embora " -"não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Solicita-se a opção pelo «sim» ao envio de informação para <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu " +"saber que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros " +"lançamentos. Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2207,17 +2213,17 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " -"no mínimo <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis role=\"strong\">nome " -"de utilizador</emphasis> – caso contrário não será dado acesso ao sistema " -"(mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha correspondente ao nome de " -"utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." +"comprimento <emphasis role=\"strong\">mínimo de 5 caracteres</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nome de utilizador</emphasis> – caso contrário não será dado " +"acesso ao sistema (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " +"correspondente ao nome de utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2232,8 +2238,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " "trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " @@ -2326,6 +2332,10 @@ msgstr "O processo de configuração propriamente dito é iniciado com" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Seleccionando o método de configuração de uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Confirmação para configurar a uif" @@ -2339,6 +2349,10 @@ "edu-router». Confirmar a configuração da barreira para o Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping na uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Permitir traceroute na uif" @@ -2481,18 +2495,6 @@ "conversor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configurar o porto SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configurar o porto SSH; deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " -"configuração não tiver sido alterada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Activar o DHCP para redes" @@ -2504,13 +2506,27 @@ "Não activar o DHCP para redes internas; será disponibilizado pelo servidor " "principal do Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar o porto SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o porto SSH; deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " +"configuração não tiver sido alterada." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" -"Ligar as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenham sido ligadas, e reiniciar " -"a máquina." +"Ligue as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenham sido ligadas, e reiniciar " +"a máquina. Agora quando você entrar como root, vai ver o Menu do Roteador do " +"Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2600,7 +2616,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Instalação usando unidades USB flash em vez de discos CD / BD (Blu-ray)" +msgstr "" +"Instalação usando unidades USB flash em vez de discos CD / BD (Blu-ray)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2663,8 +2680,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" +"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" @@ -2675,8 +2692,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" +"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2695,8 +2712,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre clientes de rede no capítulo <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." @@ -2747,8 +2764,9 @@ "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink> contém informação adicional." +"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink> contém informação " +"adicional." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2802,16 +2820,16 @@ "Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " "bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " -"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " +"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " "definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "É apenas necessário criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração com as opções a " "usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " @@ -3013,12 +3031,12 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> deve ser lido por quem " -"estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " +"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> deve ser lido " +"por quem estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " "substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " "capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Actualizações</link>." @@ -3026,8 +3044,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " "usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " @@ -3207,16 +3225,17 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "Presentemente, uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu inclui " "dois «departamentos» (Professores e Alunos), mais o nível base da árvore " "LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento «Alunos», " "as dos professores ao departamento «Professores»; os sistemas (servidores, " "estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " -"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções / " +"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções / " "Administração Avançada</link> deste manual encontra-se um exemplo de como " "criar utilizadores em grupos por anos, com directórios home comuns para cada " "grupo.)" @@ -3301,12 +3320,12 @@ "<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " "additional option to the \"location definition\".)" msgstr "" -"Se o nome de utilizador gerado não for pretendido, pode ser seleccionado " +"Se o nome de utilizador gerado não for pretendido, pode ser selecionado " "outro nome de utilizador sugerido na caixa suspensa; mas não há escolha " -"livre aqui no assistente. Para editar o nome de utilizador proposto, abrir " +"livre aqui no assistente. (Para editar o nome de utilizador proposto, abrir " "<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> com um editor e " "adicionar <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional à \"definição de localização\"." +"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional à \"definição de localização\".)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3458,7 +3477,7 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " "guess passwords!</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Atenção às implicações de segurança inerentes às " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atenção às implicações de segurança inerentes a " "senhas fáceis de adivinhar!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -3586,9 +3605,9 @@ "link>" msgstr "" "As contas de utilizador também podem ser adicionadas a partir da linha de " -"comando usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-" -"krb5</computeroutput>; consultar as <link linkend=\"Administration\"" -">Instruções de administração</link>" +"comando usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>; consultar as <link linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de " +"administração</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3643,9 +3662,10 @@ msgstr "" "A gestão de máquinas basicamente permite gerir todos os equipamentos na rede " "Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao diretório LDAP através do GOsa² tem " -"um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio (" -"que normalmente é «intern»). Para uma descrição mais completa da arquitetura " -"Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitectura</link>." +"um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio " +"(que normalmente é «intern»). Para uma descrição mais completa da " +"arquitetura Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitectura</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3658,14 +3678,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através da " @@ -3692,16 +3713,17 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nota:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro keytab do " -"hospedeiro é possível para sistemas do tipo <emphasis>estação de trabalho</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>servidor</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminal</emphasis>, " -"mas não para os do tipo <emphasis>equipamento de rede (netdevice)</" -"emphasis>. Para opções de configuração NFS ver o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Por favor note:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro " +"keytab da máquina é possível para sistemas do tipo <emphasis>estações de " +"trabalho</emphasis>, <emphasis>servidores</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminais</" +"emphasis>, mas não para aqueles do tipo <emphasis>dispositivos de rede ou " +"netdevices</emphasis>. Veja o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link> para " +"opções de configuração de NFS." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3715,8 +3737,8 @@ "dynamically." msgstr "" "Para adicionar uma máquina, no menu principal do GOsa² escolher 'sistemas' e " -"neste 'adicionar'. O nome da máquina deve ser um nome válido <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">não qualificado</emphasis> - não adicionar o nome de domínio " +"neste 'adicionar'. O nome da máquina deve ser um nome válido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">não qualificado</emphasis> - não adicionar o nome de domínio " "aqui. Pode ser usado um endereço IP ou um nome de hospedeiro do espaço de " "endereços pre-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Presentemente, existem apenas dois " "endereços fixos pré-definidos: 10.0.2.2 (servidor [tjener]) e 10.0.0.1 " @@ -3907,8 +3929,8 @@ "Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " "used for:" msgstr "" -"Presentemente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>NetGroup (Grupo de rede)</" -"computeroutput> é usada para:" +"Atualmente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> é " +"usada para:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3982,12 +4004,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Para gestão centralizada das impressoras, apontar o navegador web para " "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão CUPS " @@ -4027,14 +4049,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " "impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " "<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " @@ -4093,8 +4115,8 @@ "sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Para desactivar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " -"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando (\"#" -"\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (que " +"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando " +"(\"#\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (que " "assim ficam desactivadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, " "executando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " "Para testar se uma máquina está usando as origens externas de relógio, " @@ -4109,15 +4131,16 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " "partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para expandir essas " "partições, executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" "computeroutput> como root. Para mais informação, ver as instruções de " -"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de administração</link>." +"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de administração</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -4228,13 +4251,15 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "A instalação automática de actualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta " "que o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja " -"instalado e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"instalado e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4262,13 +4287,13 @@ "includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." msgstr "" "Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima é uma " -"boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis actualizações de segurança " -"para pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é a inscrição na <ulink url=\"http://" +"boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis atualizações de segurança para " +"pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é a inscrição na <ulink url=\"http://" "lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">lista de endereços para " "informação de segurança</ulink> do Debian. Esta tem a vantagem de também " "informar sobre o que trata a atualização de segurança. A desvantagem (em " -"comparação com a execução do<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que " -"a lista também inclui informação sobre actualizações de pacotes que não " +"comparação com a execução do <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é " +"que a lista também inclui informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não " "estão instalados." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -4365,7 +4390,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Mautenção de slbackup-php" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Server Monitoring" @@ -4382,9 +4407,9 @@ "weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " "help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." msgstr "" -"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição do " -"estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " +"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição " +"do estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " "administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " "dos problemas do sistema." @@ -4496,8 +4521,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" "\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." @@ -4644,8 +4670,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Há alguma documentação sobre o sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Há alguma documentação sobre o sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4654,14 +4680,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " -"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</link>" +"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4670,9 +4698,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Antes de ler este guia de actualização, ter presente que as actualizações " "dos servidores são efectuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. " @@ -4685,9 +4713,9 @@ "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> antes de tentar actualizar o " -"sistema." +"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bookworm</link> antes de " +"tentar actualizar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "General notes on upgrading" @@ -4698,16 +4726,16 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Actualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " "fácil. Mas no que respeita ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco mais " "complicado, pois os ficheiros de configuração são modificamos de formas não " "convencionais. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados abaixo. " -"(Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " +"(Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " "Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4737,9 +4765,9 @@ "release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " -"Debian Stable no respectivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." +"Certifique de também ler a informação sobre o lançamento atual do Debian " +"Stable no seu <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4816,8 +4844,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4917,17 +4945,17 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "Para actualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário actualizar " "primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Bullseye, antes de poderem ser " "seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa actualização são dadas " -"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> sobre como actualizar para Bullseye " -"a partir da versão anterior, Buster." +"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> sobre como actualizar para " +"Bullseye a partir da versão anterior, Buster." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" @@ -4937,7 +4965,7 @@ msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\"> administração geral</link>" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\">administração geral</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4996,12 +5024,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os ficheiros em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de versão." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de " +"versão." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5162,8 +5191,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " "redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais " @@ -5405,8 +5434,8 @@ msgstr "" "Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque opta pela estabilidade do Debian. A " "distribuição funciona muito bem, mas tem um problema: às vezes o software " -"está um pouco mais desactualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o backports." -"debian.org entra em cena." +"está um pouco mais desactualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " +"backports.debian.org entra em cena." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5736,7 +5765,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Manuais HowTo de wiki.debian.org" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Advanced administration howto" @@ -5778,7 +5807,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador, no GOsa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador no Gosa)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Department" @@ -5906,14 +5935,14 @@ "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" "Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " -"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." +"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " "configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " @@ -5952,11 +5981,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5976,9 +6005,9 @@ "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" -"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern não usa a montagem automática (para evitar montagens sucessivamente " -"falhadas):" +"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática (para evitar montagens " +"sucessivamente falhadas):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6269,14 +6298,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre o LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil <emphasis>servidor " -"LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> dá mais " -"informação." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre o LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil " +"<emphasis>servidor LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> dá mais informação." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6400,8 +6430,8 @@ "um script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " "Garante que um initrd específico de um tipo de utilização (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" "ltsp.img) seja gerado e movido para o diretório do tipo de utilização " -"respectivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da seçcão /etc/ltsp/ltsp." -"conf [clients] ser modificada." +"respectivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da seçcão /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf [clients] ser modificada." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6473,8 +6503,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Uma vez que os clientes dependentes usam o X2Go, os utilizadores devem " "desactivar a composição para evitar o aparecimento de distorções de imagem. " @@ -6625,8 +6655,8 @@ "ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" msgstr "" "Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ver as opções " -"de configuração disponíveis. Ou ler a informação online: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +"de configuração disponíveis. Ou ler a informação online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6714,14 +6744,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " "impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e " "configurar <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" @@ -6738,8 +6768,8 @@ "integration." msgstr "" "PXE é o acrónimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Execução Pré-" -"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." +"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" @@ -6791,11 +6821,11 @@ "debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. As alterações serão perdidas assim " "que for usado o comando <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> para recriar o ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar " -"valores do debconf a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> durante a recriação através do <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adicionar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> com os valores " -"debconf adicionais." +"valores do debconf a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> durante a recriação através do " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adicionar o ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> com os valores debconf adicionais." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6803,9 +6833,9 @@ "linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " "chapter." msgstr "" -"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre a modificação " -"de instalações PXE." +"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais " +"informação sobre a modificação de instalações PXE." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" @@ -6933,8 +6963,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "O X2Go permite aceder a um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " "tanto através de ligações de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " @@ -6950,8 +6980,8 @@ "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" "Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" @@ -7015,9 +7045,9 @@ "principal e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" "setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " "específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, ambos os métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP " -"e PEAP-MSCHAPV2 são activados. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " +"e PEAP-MSCHAPV2 são ativados. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " "script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\"> o sítio do " +"informação, veja <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">o sítio do " "FreeRADIUS</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7127,8 +7157,8 @@ "website." msgstr "" "Adicionar um utilizador especial, p. ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/>." +"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7161,11 +7191,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estão guardadas em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estão guardadas em " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7210,11 +7242,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Buscar DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7330,8 +7364,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" "config/smb.conf.edu-site para o directório /etc/samba. As definições em " @@ -7343,8 +7377,8 @@ "By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " "<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, os directórios home (pastas de utilizador) são somente de " -"leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site </" +"Por predefinição, os directórios home (pastas de utilizador) são só de " +"leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</" "emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7359,12 +7393,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" -"Para desactivar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, executar " +"Para desactivar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, corra " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>; para " -"reactivar, executar<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" +"reativar, corra <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" "computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7386,20 +7420,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "As ligações aos diretórios dos utilizadores e a partilhas adicionais " "específicas de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para sistemas " "Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Por exemplo, " "dispositivos baseados em Android, requerem um gestor de ficheiros com " "suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink url=\"https://" -"play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&" -"hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> e o <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler." -"com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> podem ser boas " -"opções." +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> e o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> podem ser boas opções." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7430,20 +7464,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" "O pacote <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que " "depende de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " "meta-pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " "mais informação (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " -"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development" -"\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." +"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7455,24 +7490,24 @@ "of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " "your jurisdiction." msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " "legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos utilizadores " "de computadores." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controlo, como o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink url=" -"\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon</ulink>." +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7480,14 +7515,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir o acesso à " -"Internet." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir " +"o acesso à Internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7554,20 +7589,20 @@ "Todos os utilizadores podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; " "são fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para " "permitir o correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o " -"servidor de correio<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " +"servidor de correio <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " "situação concreta, começando pelo <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" "config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Todos os utilizadores que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de o configurar da " "forma que se segue. Para um utilizador com nome de utilizador jdoe o " -"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7615,15 +7650,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" -"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o nosso principal meio " -"de comunicação, embora haja reuniões em #debian-edu no irc.debian.org e até " -"mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os membros se " +"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o nosso principal " +"meio de comunicação, embora haja reuniões em #debian-edu no irc.debian.org e " +"até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os membros se " "encontram pessoalmente." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7650,8 +7685,8 @@ "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " +"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " "comunicações de deficiências existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou " "criar novas entradas. Comunicar todas as deficiências com referência ao " "pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" @@ -7700,9 +7735,10 @@ "book!" msgstr "" "Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os utilizadores é através da tradução " -"de software documentação. No capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"Translations" -"\">traduções</link> está disponível informação sobre como traduzir este " -"documento. Pedimos que considere ajudar no esforço de tradução deste livro!" +"de software documentação. No capítulo sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link> está disponível informação sobre " +"como traduzir este documento. Pedimos que considere ajudar no esforço de " +"tradução deste livro!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -7737,7 +7773,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux em irc.debian.org - Canal IRC para apoiar os utilizadores " +"noruegueses" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in German" @@ -7753,7 +7791,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - canal IRC para suporte a utilizadores " +"Alemães" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in French" @@ -7776,8 +7816,8 @@ "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgstr "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +"As listas de empresas que prestam apoio profissional estão disponíveis em " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" @@ -7793,12 +7833,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" -"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bookworm; ver o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bookworm; ver o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " "instalação</ulink> para mais informação" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7870,15 +7910,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalação</ulink>." +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> " +"e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7894,16 +7934,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\"" -">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para Chinês " -"Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, " -"Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, Castelhano, Romeno " -"e Ucraniano." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, " +"Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, " +"Castelhano, Romeno e Ucraniano." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Known issues" @@ -7914,8 +7955,8 @@ "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"consultar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\"> " -"a página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." +"veja <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" @@ -7942,8 +7983,8 @@ "Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " "Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes (2012) e Joe Hansen " "(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster (2023), e é publicado " @@ -7956,11 +7997,11 @@ "Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " "version\" licence." msgstr "" -"Se for adicionado conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">, isso deve " -"ser feito apenas pelo autor do conteúdo adicionado. O conteúdo adicionado " -"tem de ser publicado nas mesmas condições do manual</emphasis>! Adicionar o " -"nome do autor a esta lista e mencionar que a publicação é feita sob a " -"licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." +"Se for adicionado conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">por favor, " +"isso deve ser feito apenas pelo autor do conteúdo adicionado. O conteúdo " +"adicionado tem de ser publicado nas mesmas condições do manual</emphasis>! " +"Depois adicione o nome do autor a esta lista e mencione que a publicação é " +"feita sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Translations of this document" @@ -8002,8 +8043,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "A maioria das equipas de tradução optar por traduzir via Weblate. Para mais " @@ -8045,8 +8086,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Nova versão do Instalador Debian no Debian Bullseye; para mais informação, " @@ -8128,27 +8169,27 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " "lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português " -"e Chinês Simplificado." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, " +"Português e Chinês Simplificado." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." @@ -8188,8 +8229,8 @@ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"O directório <emphasis> / srv / tftp </emphasis> é agora usado como base do " -"arranque pela rede, em vez do directório <emphasis> / var / lib / tftpboot </" +"O directório <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> é agora usado como base do " +"arranque pela rede, em vez do directório <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</" "emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8333,10 +8374,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" "AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -3,6 +3,6 @@ <emphasis role="strong">Traducere:</emphasis> 2019 Catalin Ene 2021 Guilherme Fernandes Neto -2023-2024 Remus-Gabriel Chelu +2023-2026 Remus-Gabriel Chelu </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ro.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 05:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-27 22:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Remus-Gabriel Chelu <remusgabriel.chelu@disroot.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/ro/>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/ro/>\n" "Language: ro\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < " "20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Traducerile actualizate sunt disponibile <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian." -"net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">în această pagină</ulink>." +"Traducerile actualizate sunt disponibile <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">în această pagină</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -86,8 +86,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Capitolele despre <link linkend=\"Requirements\">cerințele echipamentului și " "de rețea</link> și despre <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arhitectură</link> " @@ -136,15 +137,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "este o distribuție Linux creată de către proiectul Debian Edu . Ca " "distribuție <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink>, este un subproiect oficial al <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink>." +"ulink>, este un subproiect oficial al <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -159,8 +161,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Proiectul Skolelinux din Norvegia a fost fondat pe 2 iulie 2001 și " "aproximativ în aceeași perioadă Raphaël Hertzog a inițiat Debian-Edu în " @@ -214,8 +216,8 @@ "multe). Același lucru este valabil și pentru serverele LTSP, fiecare dintre " "acestea aflându-se pe o rețea separată, astfel încât traficul dintre clienți " "și serverul LTSP să nu afecteze restul serviciilor de rețea. LTSP este " -"explicat în detaliu în capitolul din <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link> aferent." +"explicat în detaliu în capitolul din <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link> aferent." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -244,10 +246,10 @@ msgstr "" "Pentru a simplifica configurarea standard a Skolelinux, conexiunea la " "Internet trece printr-un router separat, numit și poartă de acces sau " -"pasarelă. Consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">Router Internet</link> pentru detalii despre cum să configurați o astfel " -"de poartă de acces în cazul în care nu este posibilă configurarea uneia " -"existente în funcție de necesități." +"pasarelă. Consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Router Internet</link> pentru detalii despre cum să " +"configurați o astfel de poartă de acces în cazul în care nu este posibilă " +"configurarea uneia existente în funcție de necesități." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" @@ -267,8 +269,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Acesta este conceput pentru a fi modificat; pentru detalii, consultați " "capitolul din <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din " @@ -591,8 +593,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "În mod implicit, poșta electronică este configurată să livreze mesajele în " "rețeaua locală (adică în interiorul școlii), deși se poate configura " @@ -650,8 +652,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -1057,21 +1059,22 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Scopul diferitelor profile este explicat în capitolul<link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">Arhitectura rețelei</link>." +"Scopul diferitelor profile este explicat în capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arhitectura rețelei</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" "Dacă intenționați să utilizați LTSP, aruncați o privire la pagina wiki " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements" -"\">Pagina wiki referitoare la cerințele hardware LTSP</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">Pagina wiki referitoare la cerințele " +"hardware LTSP</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1095,14 +1098,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "Pentru stațiile de lucru, stațiile de lucru fără disc și sistemele autonome, " -"1500 MHz pentru procesor și 1024 Mio pentru memoria RAM sunt cerințele " -"minime absolute. Pentru rularea navigatorilor web moderni și a LibreOffice " -"se recomandă cel puțin 2048 Mio de memorie RAM." +"un procesor cu capacitatea SSE2 (Intel Pentium 4 sau o versiune superioară, " +"AMD Athlon 64 sau o versiune superioară), o frecvență de 1500 MHz și 1024 " +"Mio de memorie RAM reprezintă cerințele minime absolute. Pentru rularea " +"navigatorilor web moderni și a LibreOffice se recomandă cel puțin 2048 Mio " +"de memorie RAM." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1160,12 +1166,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"O listă cu calculatoarele testate este furnizată în pagina <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Această listă nu este " -"nici pe departe completă." +"O listă cu calculatoarele testate este furnizată în pagina <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Această listă nu " +"este nici pe departe completă." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1269,10 +1275,11 @@ "poate fi configurat în mod corespunzător, orice mașină care îndeplinește " "cerințele pentru o instalare Debian minimă și care are cel puțin două " "interfețe de rețea poate fi transformată într-o poartă de legătură între " -"rețeaua existentă și cea Debian Edu.. Consultați <link linkend=\"Installation" -"--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentația de instalare</" -"link> pentru o modalitate simplă de instalare și configurare a unei mașini " -"Debian folosind <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." +"rețeaua existentă și cea Debian Edu.. Consultați <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">documentația de instalare</link> pentru o modalitate simplă de " +"instalare și configurare a unei mașini Debian folosind " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1280,8 +1287,8 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Dacă aveți nevoie de ceva pentru un router încorporat sau un punct de acces, " "vă recomandăm să folosiți <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" @@ -1293,8 +1300,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " @@ -1304,8 +1311,8 @@ "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedură " "documentată</ulink> pentru a face acest lucru), dar dacă nu sunteți forțat " "să faceți acest lucru de o infrastructură de rețea existentă, se recomandă " -"să nu faceți acest lucru și să păstrați configurația de la <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">arhitectura de rețea</link> implicită." +"să nu faceți acest lucru și să păstrați configurația de la <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arhitectura de rețea</link> implicită." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1317,19 +1324,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se recomandă să citiți sau cel puțin să aruncați o privire la <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notele de lansare " -"pentru Debian Bookworm</ulink> înainte de a începe să instalați un sistem " -"pentru utilizarea în producție. Există mai multe informații despre versiunea " -"Debian Bookworm disponibile în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bookworm/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se recomandă să citiți sau cel puțin să aruncați o privire la <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notele de " +"lansare pentru Debian Bookworm</ulink> înainte de a începe să instalați un " +"sistem pentru utilizarea în producție. Există mai multe informații despre " +"versiunea Debian Bookworm disponibile în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." @@ -1338,15 +1345,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"Se recomandă, totuși, citirea capitolelor despre <link linkend=\"Requirements" -"\">cerințele hardware și de rețea</link> și despre <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\" >arhitectură</link> înainte de a începe să instalați un " -"server principal." +"Se recomandă, totuși, citirea capitolelor despre <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">cerințele hardware și de rețea</link> și despre " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\" >arhitectură</link> înainte de a începe să " +"instalați un server principal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1354,9 +1361,9 @@ "link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " "time." msgstr "" -"Nu uitați să citiți, de asemenea, capitolul <link linkend=\"GettingStarted" -"\">Primii pași</link> din acest manual, deoarece acesta explică cum să " -"accesați sistemul pentru prima dată." +"Nu uitați să citiți, de asemenea, capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primii pași</link> din acest manual, deoarece " +"acesta explică cum să accesați sistemul pentru prima dată." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" @@ -1514,8 +1521,8 @@ "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Conectați toate componentele așa cum se arată în capitolul <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\" >Arhitectura</link>." +"Conectați toate componentele așa cum se arată în capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\" >Arhitectura</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1693,15 +1700,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Observație: Dacă doriți să instalați ulterior un mediu de birou, nu folosiți " "meta-pachetele Debian Edu, cum ar fi de exemplu <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -1748,7 +1755,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalare</emphasis>utilizează modul text." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalare</emphasis> utilizează modul text." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1854,8 +1861,8 @@ "This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " "keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." msgstr "" -"Acest ecran de Ajutor este autoexplicativ și permite utilizarea tastelor <" -"F>- de pe tastatură pentru a obține ajutor mai detaliat cu privire la " +"Acest ecran de Ajutor este autoexplicativ și permite utilizarea tastelor " +"<F>- de pe tastatură pentru a obține ajutor mai detaliat cu privire la " "subiectele descrise." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -1877,10 +1884,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "În ambele cazuri, opțiunile de pornire pot fi editate prin apăsarea tastei " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" @@ -1898,15 +1905,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Puteți utiliza un serviciu proxy HTTP existent în rețea pentru a accelera " "instalarea profilului <emphasis>Server principal</emphasis> de pe CD. " -"Adăugați, de exemplu, <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> ca parametru de pornire " -"adițional." +"Adăugați, de exemplu, <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> ca parametru de pornire adițional." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1961,8 +1967,8 @@ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> " -"utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2019,10 +2025,10 @@ "addition to this one." msgstr "" "Acesta este serverul principal (tjener) al școlii dumneavoastră, care oferă " -"toate serviciile preconfigurate pentru a funcționa „ca scos din " -"cutie” (perfect!). Trebuie să instalați un singur server principal pentru " -"fiecare școală! Acest profil nu include o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul. " -"Dacă doriți o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul, atunci selectați profilul " +"toate serviciile preconfigurate pentru a funcționa „ca scos din cutie” " +"(perfect!). Trebuie să instalați un singur server principal pentru fiecare " +"școală! Acest profil nu include o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul. Dacă " +"doriți o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul, atunci selectați profilul " "«Stație de lucru» sau «Server LTSP» în plus față de acesta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2071,11 +2077,11 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Un server de client lejer (și o stație de lucru fără disc) se numește server " "LTSP. Clienții fără discuri dure pornesc și rulează software-ul de pe acest " @@ -2126,23 +2132,24 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Profilele <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Server LTSP</emphasis> sunt preselecționate. Aceste profile pot fi " -"instalate toate pe o singură mașină dacă se dorește instalarea unui așa " -"numit <emphasis>server principal combinat</emphasis>. Aceasta înseamnă că " -"serverul principal o să fie și server LTSP, și va fi utilizat de asemenea ca " -"stație de lucru. Aceasta este alegerea implicită, deoarece considerăm că " +"role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru</emphasis> și <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis> sunt preselecționate. Aceste profile " +"pot fi instalate toate pe o singură mașină dacă se dorește instalarea unui " +"așa numit <emphasis>server principal combinat</emphasis>. Aceasta înseamnă " +"că serverul principal o să fie și server LTSP, și va fi utilizat de asemenea " +"ca stație de lucru. Aceasta este alegerea implicită, deoarece considerăm că " "majoritatea oamenilor vor dori acest lucru. Notă: rețineți că trebuie să " "aveți două plăci de rețea instalate pe calculatorul care urmează să fie " "instalat ca server principal combinat sau ca server LTSP pentru a fi util " @@ -2150,9 +2157,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Răspundeți „da” sau „nu” la partiționarea automată. Rețineți că dacă " @@ -2162,14 +2169,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să răspundeți „da” la trimiterea de informații la <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> pentru a ne permite să știm ce pachete sunt " -"populare și care ar trebui păstrate pentru versiunile viitoare. Deși nu " +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să răspundeți „da” la trimiterea de informații la <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> pentru a ne permite să știm ce pachete " +"sunt populare și care ar trebui păstrate pentru versiunile viitoare. Deși nu " "sunteți obligat să o faceți, este o modalitate simplă de a ne ajuta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2198,10 +2205,10 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "Parola pentru acest utilizator <emphasis role=\"strong\">trebuie</emphasis> " "să aibă o lungime de <emphasis role=\"strong\">cel puțin 5 caractere</" @@ -2224,8 +2231,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "În cazul unui server LTSP separat, configurarea stației de lucru fără disc " "și/sau a clientului lejer necesită câteva etape manuale. Pentru detalii, " @@ -2318,8 +2325,12 @@ msgstr "Procesul de configurare propriu-zis este inițiat cu" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selectarea metodei de configurare a paravanului de protecție uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" -msgstr "Confirmare pentru configurarea uif" +msgstr "Confirmare pentru configurarea paravanului de protecție uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2332,8 +2343,12 @@ "configurați paravanul de protecție pentru Debian Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permiterea executării «ping» în uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" -msgstr "Permiterea traceroute în uif" +msgstr "Permiterea executării «traceroute» în uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2474,18 +2489,6 @@ "(pasarelă)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Configurarea portului SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Configurați portul SSH, acesta ar trebui să fie <computeroutput>22</" -"computeroutput> dacă configurația nu a fost modificată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Activarea DHCP pentru rețele" @@ -2497,13 +2500,27 @@ "Nu activați serviciul DHCP pentru rețelele interne, acesta va fi oferit de " "serverul principal Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurarea portului SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurați portul SSH, acesta ar trebui să fie <computeroutput>22</" +"computeroutput> dacă configurația nu a fost modificată." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Conectați interfețele de rețea, dacă nu ați făcut-o deja, și reporniți " -"mașina." +"mașina. Acum, când vă conectați ca root, ar trebui să vedeți meniul «Router " +"Debian Edu»." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2656,8 +2673,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE doar cu profilul <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>:" +"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE doar cu profilul <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" @@ -2668,8 +2685,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE cu profilul <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>:" +"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE cu profilul <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2688,8 +2705,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Mai multe informații despre clienții din rețea pot fi găsite în capitolul " "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link>." @@ -2797,16 +2814,16 @@ "Crearea de CD-uri, DVD-uri sau discuri Blu-ray personalizate poate fi destul " "de ușoară, deoarece folosim <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianInstaller/\">Programul de instalare Debian</ulink>, care are un format " -"modular și alte caracteristici interesante. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\" >Preconfigurarea</ulink> vă permite să " -"definiți răspunsurile la întrebările adresate în mod normal." +"modular și alte caracteristici interesante. <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\" >Preconfigurarea</ulink> vă " +"permite să definiți răspunsurile la întrebările adresate în mod normal." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "Așadar, tot ce trebuie să faceți este să creați un fișier de preconfigurare " "cu răspunsurile dvs. (acest lucru este descris în apendicele manualului " @@ -3008,8 +3025,8 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Există informații suplimentare disponibile în altă parte în acest manual: " "capitolul <link linkend=\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Bookworm</link> " @@ -3022,8 +3039,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "În cazul în care traficul DNS generic este blocat în afara rețelei " "dumneavoastră și trebuie să utilizați un anumit server DNS pentru a căuta " @@ -3203,8 +3220,9 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "O instalare implicită a serverului principal Debian Edu oferă în prezent " "două „departamente”: Profesori și Elevi, plus nivelul de bază al arborelui " @@ -3214,8 +3232,9 @@ "nivelul de bază. Găsiți propria schemă pentru personalizarea acestei " "structuri (puteți găsi un exemplu despre cum să creați utilizatori în " "grupuri de ani, cu directoare de domiciliu comune pentru fiecare grup în " -"capitolul <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">Ghiduri de administrare avansată</link> din acest manual)." +"capitolul <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Ghiduri de administrare avansată</link> din " +"acest manual)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3301,8 +3320,8 @@ "Dacă nu vă place numele de utilizator generat, puteți selecta un alt nume de " "utilizator oferit în căsuța derulantă, dar nu aveți posibilitatea de a alege " "liber aici, în cadrul asistentului; (dacă doriți să puteți modifica numele " -"de utilizator propus, deschideți fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa." -"conf</computeroutput> cu un editor și adăugați " +"de utilizator propus, deschideți fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/" +"gosa.conf</computeroutput> cu un editor și adăugați " "<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> ca " "opțiune suplimentară la „location definition”)." @@ -3592,8 +3611,8 @@ msgstr "" "Conturile de utilizator pot fi, de asemenea, adăugate din linia de comandă " "utilizând instrumentul <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" -"computeroutput>, consultați documentația din <link linkend=\"Administration\"" -">Ghiduri de administrare generală</link>" +"computeroutput>, consultați documentația din <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Ghiduri de administrare generală</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3665,14 +3684,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Stațiile de lucru cu discuri (inclusiv serverele LTSP separate) <emphasis " "role=\"strong\">trebuie</emphasis> să fie adăugate cu GOsa². În spatele " @@ -3699,8 +3719,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rețineți:</emphasis> crearea de keytab gazdă este " @@ -3774,8 +3794,8 @@ "rețea, scriptul <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> poate " "fi utilizat pentru a adăuga automat mașinile la GOsa². Pentru mașinile " "simple va funcționa din start, pentru mașinile cu mai multe adrese mac " -"trebuie aleasă cea utilizată efectiv, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -" -"h</computeroutput> arată informațiile de utilizare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că " +"trebuie aleasă cea utilizată efectiv, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " +"-h</computeroutput> arată informațiile de utilizare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că " "adresele IP afișate după utilizarea <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" "computeroutput> aparțin domeniului IP dinamic. Aceste sisteme pot fi apoi " "modificate pentru a se potrivi rețelei dumneavoastră: redenumiți fiecare " @@ -3991,12 +4011,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Pentru administrarea centralizată a imprimantelor, direcționați-vă " "navigatorul web către <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Aceasta este " @@ -4036,14 +4056,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; alegeți tipul de imprimantă de rețea " +"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; alegeți tipul de imprimantă de rețea " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (pentru toate " "imprimantele, indiferent de marcă sau model) și setați " "<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ca " @@ -4118,8 +4138,9 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Din cauza unei posibile erori în partiționarea automată, este posibil ca " "unele partiții să fie prea pline după instalare. Pentru a extinde aceste " @@ -4165,10 +4186,8 @@ "engines." msgstr "" "De asemenea, este o idee bună să faceți actualizarea folosind configurația " -"regională „locale C” (adică, stabilirea parametrului LC_ALL, la C; de exp. " -"cu «export LC_ALL=C») pentru a obține rezultate în limba engleză, care, în " -"caz de probleme, are mai multe șanse de a produce rezultate în motoarele de " -"căutare." +"regională C pentru a obține rezultate în limba engleză, care, în caz de " +"probleme, sunt mai susceptibile să producă rezultate în motoarele de căutare." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4236,8 +4255,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Instalarea automată a actualizărilor se poate face cu ușurință dacă se " "dorește, este nevoie doar ca pachetul <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" @@ -4459,8 +4479,8 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" -"Icinga monitorizează sistemul și serviciile și este disponibil la <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Setul de mașini și servicii care sunt " +"Icinga monitorizează sistemul și serviciile și este disponibil la <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Setul de mașini și servicii care sunt " "monitorizate este generat automat folosind informațiile colectate de " "sistemul „sitesummary”. Mașinile cu profilul Server principal și Server LTSP " "primesc monitorizare completă, în timp ce stațiile de lucru și clienții " @@ -4508,11 +4528,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" -"Informații despre Icinga sunt disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> sau în pachetul <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." +"Informații despre Icinga sunt disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> sau în pachetul <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" @@ -4657,8 +4679,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Ceva documentație despre Sitesummary este disponibilă la <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Ceva documentație despre Sitesummary este disponibilă la <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4667,14 +4689,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Mai multe informații despre personalizarea Debian Edu, utile pentru " -"administratorii de sistem pot fi găsite în capitolul <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Ghidul de administrare</link> și în capitolul <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Ghidul de administrare avansată</link>" +"administratorii de sistem pot fi găsite în capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Ghidul de administrare</link> și în capitolul " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Ghidul de administrare avansată</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4683,9 +4707,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Înainte de a citi acest ghid de actualizare, vă rugăm să rețineți că " "actualizările făcute pe serverele de producție se efectuează pe propriul " @@ -4698,9 +4722,9 @@ "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să citiți complet acest capitol și capitolul <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Bookworm</link> din acest manual înainte " -"de a încerca să faceți actualizarea." +"Vă rugăm să citiți complet acest capitol și capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Bookworm</link> din acest manual " +"înainte de a încerca să faceți actualizarea." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "General notes on upgrading" @@ -4711,17 +4735,17 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Actualizarea Debian de la o distribuție la alta este în general destul de " "ușoară. Pentru Debian Edu, acest lucru este, din păcate, puțin mai " "complicat, deoarece modificăm fișierele de configurare în moduri în care nu " "ar trebui. Cu toate acestea, am documentat pașii necesari mai jos; " -"(consultați eroarea Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#" -"\">311188</ulink> pentru mai multe informații despre modul în care Debian " -"Edu ar trebui să modifice fișierele de configurare)." +"(consultați eroarea Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> pentru mai multe informații despre modul în care " +"Debian Edu ar trebui să modifice fișierele de configurare)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4768,9 +4792,9 @@ "poată testa actualizarea și să documenteze orice probleme pe care le " "întâmpină. Vechea versiune stabilă a Debian Edu va beneficia de suport " "continuu pentru o perioadă de timp după următoarea versiune Stabilă, dar " -"atunci când Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan" -"\">încetează suportul pentru versiunea stabilă veche</ulink>, Debian Edu va " -"face în mod necesar același lucru." +"atunci când Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">încetează suportul pentru versiunea stabilă veche</ulink>, " +"Debian Edu va face în mod necesar același lucru." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" @@ -4828,8 +4852,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" @@ -4927,8 +4951,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -5004,12 +5028,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "Utilizând <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, toate fișierele din " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sunt urmărite utilizând <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> ca sistem de control al versiunilor." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sunt urmărite utilizând <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> ca sistem de control al " +"versiunilor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5154,13 +5179,13 @@ "its cache size." msgstr "" "Atunci când partiția utilizată de proxy-ul Squid este redimensionată, " -"valoarea pentru dimensiunea cache-ului din <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid." -"conf</computeroutput> trebuie, de asemenea, să fie actualizată. Scriptul " -"ajutător <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" -"cachedir</computeroutput> este furnizat pentru a face acest lucru în mod " -"automat, verificând dimensiunea curentă a partiției din <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> și configurând Squid pentru a utiliza 80% din " -"aceasta ca dimensiune a spațiului de prestocare al datelor (cache)." +"valoarea pentru dimensiunea cache-ului din <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> trebuie, de asemenea, să fie actualizată. " +"Scriptul ajutător <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" +"update-cachedir</computeroutput> este furnizat pentru a face acest lucru în " +"mod automat, verificând dimensiunea curentă a partiției din <computeroutput>/" +"var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> și configurând Squid pentru a utiliza 80% " +"din aceasta ca dimensiune a spațiului de prestocare al datelor (cache)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Logical Volume Management" @@ -5169,13 +5194,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "Administrarea volumelor logice („Logical Volume Management”: LVM) permite " "redimensionarea partițiilor în timp ce acestea sunt montate și utilizate. " -"Puteți afla mai multe despre LVM din articolul <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp." -"org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"Puteți afla mai multe despre LVM din articolul <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5422,13 +5447,15 @@ "pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " "backports available there.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Retro-portările sunt pachete recompilate din ramurile Debian testare, " -"„testing” (în cea mai mare parte) și Debian instabilă, „unstable” (în câteva " -"cazuri, de exemplu actualizări de securitate), astfel încât vor rula fără " -"biblioteci noi (acolo unde acest lucru este posibil) pe o distribuție Debian " -"stabilă precum Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vă recomandăm să " -"alegeți retro-portările individuale care se potrivesc nevoilor dumneavoastră " -"și să nu folosiți toate retro-portările disponibile acolo.</emphasis>" +"Retro-adaptările (versiuni de software migrate din ramura principală de " +"dezvoltare și adaptate pentru a funcționa cu această versiune) sunt pachete " +"recompilate din ramurile Debian testare, „testing” (în cea mai mare parte) " +"și Debian instabilă, „unstable” (în doar câteva cazuri, de exemplu " +"actualizări de securitate), astfel încât vor rula fără biblioteci noi (acolo " +"unde acest lucru este posibil) pe o distribuție Debian stabilă precum Debian " +"Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vă recomandăm să alegeți retro-adaptările " +"individuale care se potrivesc nevoilor dumneavoastră și să nu folosiți toate " +"retro-adaptările disponibile acolo.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Using backports is simple:" @@ -5439,8 +5466,8 @@ "After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " "command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" msgstr "" -"După care se pot instala cu ușurință pachetele retro-portate, următoarea " -"comandă va instala o versiune retro-portată a <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +"După care se pot instala cu ușurință pachetele retro-adaptate, următoarea " +"comandă va instala o versiune retro-adaptată a <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5448,9 +5475,10 @@ "Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" "free." msgstr "" -"Retro-portările sunt actualizate automat (dacă sunt disponibile) la fel ca " -"și alte pachete. La fel ca arhiva normală, retro-portările au trei secțiuni: " -"„main” (principală), „contrib” (contribuitori) și „non-free” (non-liberă)." +"Retro-adaptările sunt actualizate automat (dacă sunt disponibile) la fel ca " +"și alte pachete. La fel ca arhiva normală, retro-adaptările au trei " +"secțiuni: „main” (principală), „contrib” (contribuitori) și „non-free” (non-" +"liberă)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" @@ -5628,7 +5656,7 @@ "switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." msgstr "" "Pe clienții care ar trebui să se deconecteze pe timp de noapte, modificați " -"fișierul<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" +"fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" "computeroutput>, sau adăugați numele de gazdă (adică rezultatul ieșirii " "comenzii «<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>» rulate pe client) la " "grupul de rețea „shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Adăugarea gazdelor la grupul de " @@ -5920,9 +5948,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "Acest exemplu utilizează „nas-server.intern” ca nume de server. După ce „nas-" "server.intern” este configurat, verificați dacă punctele de export NFS de pe " @@ -5959,11 +5987,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5982,8 +6010,8 @@ "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" -"Adăugați intrările relevante în „tjener.intern:/etc/fstab”, deoarece „tjener." -"intern” nu utilizează automontarea pentru a evita buclele de montare:" +"Adăugați intrările relevante în „tjener.intern:/etc/fstab”, deoarece " +"„tjener.intern” nu utilizează automontarea pentru a evita buclele de montare:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6002,10 +6030,10 @@ "by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " "application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." msgstr "" -"Acum, utilizatorii ar trebui să poată accesa fișierele de pe „nas-server." -"intern” direct prin simpla accesare a directorului „/tjener/nas-server/" -"storage/” utilizând orice aplicație pe orice stație de lucru, client lejer " -"LTSP sau server LTSP." +"Acum, utilizatorii ar trebui să poată accesa fișierele de pe „nas-" +"server.intern” direct prin simpla accesare a directorului „/tjener/nas-" +"server/storage/” utilizând orice aplicație pe orice stație de lucru, client " +"lejer LTSP sau server LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restrict SSH login access" @@ -6277,9 +6305,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." msgstr "" "Pentru informații despre LTSP în general, consultați <ulink url=\"https://" "ltsp.org\">Pagina principală a LTSP</ulink>. Pe sistemele cu profil " @@ -6481,8 +6510,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Deoarece clienții lejeri utilizează X2Go, utilizatorii trebuie să " "dezactiveze compunerea pentru a evita producerea de erori de afișare. În " @@ -6567,7 +6596,7 @@ "seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." msgstr "" "În ambele cazuri, <emphasis>stația de lucru fără disc</emphasis> sau " -"<emphasis> clientul lejer</emphasis> pot fi alese din meniul iPXE. După 5 " +"<emphasis>clientul lejer</emphasis> pot fi alese din meniul iPXE. După 5 " "secunde de așteptare, mașina va porni ca stație de lucru fără disc." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -6579,8 +6608,8 @@ "take effect." msgstr "" "Elementul implicit din meniul de pornire iPXE și timpul de așteptare " -"implicit al acestuia pot fi configurate în <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp." -"conf</computeroutput>. O valoare de timp de așteptare de <emphasis>-1</" +"implicit al acestuia pot fi configurate în <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. O valoare de timp de așteptare de <emphasis>-1</" "emphasis> este utilizată pentru a ascunde meniul. Rulați " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> pentru ca modificările " "să intre în vigoare." @@ -6724,14 +6753,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> de pe serverul principal; alegeți tipul de " +"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> de pe serverul principal; alegeți tipul de " "imprimantă de rețea <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "(pentru toate imprimantele, indiferent de marcă sau model) și definiți " "<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> ca " @@ -6748,8 +6777,8 @@ "integration." msgstr "" "PXE înseamnă Preboot eXecution Environment (mediu de execuție înainte de " -"pornire). Debian Edu folosește acum implementarea <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> pentru o integrare mai ușoară a LTSP." +"pornire). Debian Edu folosește acum implementarea <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> pentru o integrare mai ușoară a LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" @@ -6814,8 +6843,8 @@ "chapter." msgstr "" "Mai multe informații despre modificarea instalărilor PXE pot fi găsite în " -"capitolul <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalare</link>." +"capitolul <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalare</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" @@ -6827,8 +6856,8 @@ "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" msgstr "" "Pentru a adăuga un depozit personalizat, adăugați ceva asemănător cu aceasta " -"în fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput>:" +"în fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6946,8 +6975,8 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go vă permite să accesați un birou grafic pe serverul LTSP atât prin " "conexiuni cu lățime de bandă mică, cât și prin conexiuni cu lățime de bandă " @@ -7140,8 +7169,8 @@ "website." msgstr "" "Adăugați un utilizator special, de exemplu <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> cu parola <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, în situl web <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/>." +"emphasis> cu parola <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, în situl web <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7174,11 +7203,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(acestea sunt stocate în HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(acestea sunt stocate în " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7214,8 +7245,8 @@ msgid "" "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# Utilizați Start TLS da/" -"nu (nu marcați caseta de selectare pentru „nu”)" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# Inițializați TLS da/nu " +"(nu marcați caseta de selectare pentru „nu”)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7228,11 +7259,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>\t# Căutarea în DN (nume distincte)" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>\t# Căutarea în DN (nume distincte)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7291,9 +7324,9 @@ "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" "emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</emphasis>" -"\t# Refuză atunci când autentificarea LDAP eșuează: da/nu (marcați căsuța de " -"selectare pentru „da”)" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</" +"emphasis>\t# Refuză atunci când autentificarea LDAP eșuează: da/nu (marcați " +"căsuța de selectare pentru „da”)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7312,8 +7345,8 @@ msgid "" "LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" msgstr "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password " -"[_]\t# Marcați căsuțele corespunzătoare a: Authentication, Authorization și " +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +"\t# Marcați căsuțele corespunzătoare a: Authentication, Authorization și " "Gateway, lăsând nemarcată cea a Change Password" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7363,8 +7396,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Pentru modificări specifice sitului, copiați „/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" "smb.conf.edu-site” în directorul „/etc/samba”. Configurările din " @@ -7392,8 +7425,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Pentru a dezactiva temporar contul Samba al unui utilizator, rulați " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nume-utilizator></computeroutput>, " @@ -7419,20 +7452,20 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "Conexiunile la directorul personal al unui utilizator și la partaje " "suplimentare specifice sitului (dacă sunt configurate) sunt posibile pentru " "dispozitivele care rulează Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS sau " "Windows. De exemplu, dispozitivele bazate pe Android, necesită un manager de " "fișiere cu suport SMB2/SMB3, cunoscut și ca acces LAN. <ulink url=\"https://" -"play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&" -"hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> sau <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler." -"com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> ar putea fi o " -"alegere bună." +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> sau " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> ar putea fi o alegere bună." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7463,20 +7496,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> este un meta-pachet care depinde de " -"o mulțime de instrumente de programare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că este nevoie " -"de aproape 2 Gio de spațiu pe disc dacă este instalat acest pachet. Pentru " -"mai multe detalii (poate pentru a instala doar câteva pachete), consultați " -"pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian " -"Edu Development packages</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> este un meta-pachet care " +"depinde de o mulțime de instrumente de programare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că " +"este nevoie de aproape 2 Gio de spațiu pe disc dacă este instalat acest " +"pachet. Pentru mai multe detalii (poate pentru a instala doar câteva " +"pachete), consultați pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7495,17 +7529,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." msgstr "" "Unele școli folosesc instrumente de control precum <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> sau <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"pentru a-și supraveghea elevii. Consultați de asemenea: <ulink url=\"https://" -"epoptes.org\" >Pagina principală a Epoptes</ulink> și <ulink url=\"https://" -"veyon.io\">Pagina principală a Veyon</ulink>." +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> sau <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> pentru a-și supraveghea elevii. Consultați de asemenea: <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\" >Pagina principală a Epoptes</ulink> și <ulink " +"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Pagina principală a Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7513,14 +7547,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Unele școli folosesc <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> sau <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> pentru a restricționa accesul la " -"internet." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> sau <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> pentru a " +"restricționa accesul la internet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7595,13 +7629,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Fiecare utilizator care dorește să utilizeze Thunderbird trebuie să îl " "configureze după cum urmează. Pentru un utilizator cu numele de utilizator " -"adibaciul, adresa de e-mail internă este <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice." -"intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"adibaciul, adresa de e-mail internă este <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7626,7 +7660,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul «Continuare»." +msgstr "Pulsați butonul «Continuare»" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7638,7 +7672,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul «Gata»." +msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul «Gata»" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Contribute" @@ -7650,8 +7684,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" @@ -7688,11 +7722,11 @@ "Debian Edu utilizează <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Sistemul " "de urmărire a erorilor (BTS)</ulink> al Debian. Vizualizați rapoartele de " "erori și cererile de caracteristici existente sau creați altele noi. Vă " -"rugăm să raportați toate problemele împotriva pachetului <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. " -"Aruncați o privire la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -"BugReports#\">Cum să raportați erorile</ulink> pentru mai multe informații " -"despre raportarea erorilor în Debian Edu." +"rugăm să raportați toate problemele împotriva pachetului <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</" +"ulink>. Aruncați o privire la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/BugReports#\">Cum să raportați erorile</ulink> pentru mai multe " +"informații despre raportarea erorilor în Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -7722,8 +7756,8 @@ "Este suficient să accesați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" "Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> și puteți contribui cu ușurință. Notă: este " "nevoie de un cont de utilizator pentru a edita paginile; este posibil să fie " -"necesar să <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount" -"\">creați mai întâi un cont de utilizator wiki</ulink>." +"necesar să <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\">creați mai întâi un cont de utilizator wiki</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7833,8 +7867,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" "Noua versiune a programului de instalare Debian de la Debian Bookworm, " @@ -7910,14 +7944,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre Debian 12 Bookworm sunt furnizate în <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notele de lansare</" -"ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"Mai multe informații despre Debian 12 Bookworm sunt furnizate în <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notele de " +"lansare</ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -7934,15 +7968,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\"" -">Manualul Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> este tradus în chineza simplificată, " -"daneză, olandeză, franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, norvegiană (Bokmål)" -", portugheză braziliană, portugheză europeană spaniolă, română și ucrainiană." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manualul Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> este tradus în chineza " +"simplificată, daneză, olandeză, franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, " +"norvegiană (Bokmål), portugheză braziliană, portugheză europeană spaniolă, " +"română și ucrainiană." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Known issues" @@ -7953,8 +7989,8 @@ "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"consultați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#" -"\">pagina de stare a Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." +"consultați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">pagina de stare a Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" @@ -7981,8 +8017,8 @@ "Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " "Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " "(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) și Guido Berhörster (2023) și este publicat " @@ -8039,8 +8075,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "Majoritatea echipelor lingvistice au decis să traducă prin Weblate. " @@ -8065,10 +8101,10 @@ "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " "linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." msgstr "" -"Drepturi de autor © 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:" -"holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > și alții, " -"consultați <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Drepturi de autor și autori</link> " -"pentru lista completă a deținătorilor de drepturi de autor." +"Drepturi de autor © 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > și " +"alții, consultați <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Drepturi de autor și autori</" +"link> pentru lista completă a deținătorilor de drepturi de autor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" @@ -8082,8 +8118,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Noua versiune a programului de instalare Debian pentru Debian Bullseye, " @@ -8166,22 +8202,22 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre Debian 11 Bullseye sunt furnizate în <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notele de lansare</" -"ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"Mai multe informații despre Debian 11 Bullseye sunt furnizate în <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notele de " +"lansare</ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\" " ">Manualul Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> este tradus în întregime în olandeză, " @@ -8373,16 +8409,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "O prezentare completă și detaliată despre versiunile mai vechi este " "conținută în <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Jessie/AppendixC\">Anexa C din manualul Jessie</ulink>; sau consultați " -"manualele versiunilor aferente pe pagina <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">manuale de versiuni</ulink>." +"manualele versiunilor aferente pe pagina <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">manuale de versiuni</ulink>." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " @@ -8434,9 +8470,9 @@ #~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " #~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Acesta este meniul PXE pe o instalare cu profilul <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">server principal </emphasis> si profilul <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">server LTSP</emphasis>:" +#~ "Acesta este meniul PXE pe o instalare cu profilul <emphasis " +#~ "role=\"strong\">server principal </emphasis> si profilul <emphasis " +#~ "role=\"strong\">server LTSP</emphasis>:" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Дата публикации; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Перевод:</emphasis> +2025 gfbdrgng +2025 Dmitriy Q +2025 Maksim_220 Кабанов +2026 Rclobus + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ru.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6665 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-02 08:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: rclobus <acties@rclobus.nl>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/ru/>\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " +"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.9.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" +msgstr "Руководство по Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Дата публикации:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgstr "Руководство по Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Логотип инсталлятора Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgstr "Это руководство для выпуска Debian Edu 12 (bookworm)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Истончик по адресу <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Bookworm\"/> является wiki-страницей и регулярно обновляется." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Обновленные переводы доступны <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">онлайн</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "О Debian Edu и Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, он же Skolelinux, - это дистрибутив Linux, основанный на Debian " +"и предоставляющий готовую среду для полностью сконфигурированной школьной " +"сети. В нем реализован подход клиент-сервер. Серверы и клиенты - это " +"<emphasis> компоненты программного обеспечения</emphasis>, которые " +"взаимодействуют друг с другом. Серверы предоставляют информацию, необходимую " +"клиентам для функционирования. Когда сервер установлен на одной машине, а " +"его клиент - на другой, сами машины называются сервером и клиентом, что " +"является расширением этой концепции." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Главы <link linkend=\"Requirements\">о требованиях к оборудованию и сети</" +"link> и <link linkend=\"Architecture\">об архитектуре</link> содержат " +"основные детали проектирования системы." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"После установки основного сервера все необходимые для школьной сети службы " +"настраиваются автоматически, и система готова к использованию. Остаётся " +"только добавить пользователей и компьютеры через GOsa² (удобный веб-" +"интерфейс) или любой другой LDAP-редактор. Также подготовлена среда сетевой " +"загрузки с использованием PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>. " +"Это означает, что после первоначальной установки основного сервера с CD, Blu-" +"ray диска или USB-накопителя все остальные компьютеры могут быть установлены " +"по сети, включая \"роуминговые рабочие станции\" (устройства, которые можно " +"забирать за пределы школьной сети - обычно ноутбуки или нетбуки). Кроме " +"того, компьютеры могут загружаться через PXE/iPXE в качестве бездисковых " +"рабочих станций или тонких клиентов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Несколько образовательных приложений, таких как GeoGebra, Kalzium, " +"KGeography, GNU Solfege и Scratch, включены в настройки среды рабочего стола " +"по умолчанию, которые можно легко и практически бесконечно расширять с " +"помощью Debian universe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Немного истории и почему два названия" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"— это дистрибутив Linux, созданный проектом Debian Edu. Как дистрибутив " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink>, он " +"является официальным <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">подпроектом " +"Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Для вашей школы это означает, что Skolelinux — это версия Debian, " +"предлагающая готовую среду с полностью настроенной школьной сетью." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux (Норвегия, основан 2 июля 2001) и Debian-Edu (Франция, созданный " +"Рафаэлем Эрцогом) объединились в 2003 году, сохранив оба названия. «Skole» и " +"«Education» просто лучше прижились в соответствующих регионах." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Сегодня эта система используется в нескольких странах по всему миру." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Архитектура" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Сеть" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Эта часть документа описывает сетевую архитектуру и сервисы, предоставляемые " +"при установке Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Топология сети Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"На приведённой схеме изображена базовая сетевая топология. Стандартная " +"конфигурация сети Skolelinux предполагает наличие одного (и только одного) " +"главного сервера, при этом поддерживается подключение: обычных рабочих " +"станций и LTSP-серверов (с подключёнными тонкими клиентами и/или " +"бездисковыми рабочими станциями). Количество рабочих станций может быть " +"любым - от нуля до очень большого. То же самое относится и к LTSP-серверам, " +"каждый из которых располагается в отдельном сегменте сети. Это предотвращает " +"влияние трафика между клиентами и LTSP-сервером на работу остальных сетевых " +"служб. Подробное описание технологии LTSP доступно в <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">соответствующем разделе руководства</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"В каждой школьной сети может быть только один главный сервер. Это " +"ограничение связано с тем, что: 1. Главный сервер предоставляет службу DHCP. " +"2. В одной сети может работать только один DHCP-сервер. 3. Перенос сервисов " +"на другие машины. При необходимости вы можете: 1.Развернуть нужный сервис на " +"другой машине. 2. Обновить DNS-конфигурацию. 3. Назначить DNS-алиас сервиса " +"новому компьютеру." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"В стандартной конфигурации Skolelinux подключение к Интернету осуществляется " +"через отдельный маршрутизатор (шлюз). Если существующий маршрутизатор " +"невозможно настроить должным образом, инструкции по настройке такого шлюза " +"приведены в разделе <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Настройка интернет-маршрутизатора</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Настройка сети по умолчанию" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Главный сервер настраивает DHCP для сети 10.0.0.0/8 и предоставляет меню PXE-" +"загрузки, в котором можно выбрать: установку нового сервера или рабочей " +"станции, загрузку тонкого клиента или бездисковой рабочей станции, запуск " +"memtest для проверки памяти или загрузку с локального жесткого диска." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Эта конфигурация предназначена для изменения. Подробности см. в <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">соответствующем руководстве</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"На LTSP-серверах DHCP обслуживает только выделенный сегмент сети на втором " +"сетевом интерфейсе (предварительно настроенные варианты - 192.168.0.0/24 и " +"192.168.1.0/24). Как правило, эти настройки не требуют изменений." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Конфигурация всех подсетей хранится в LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Главный сервер" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Сеть Skolelinux требует наличия одного главного сервера (с именем хоста " +"\"tjener\" - это норвежское слово, означающее \"сервер\"). По умолчанию этот " +"сервер получает IP-адрес 10.0.2.2 и устанавливается при выборе профиля " +"\"Главный сервер\". Дополнительно, но не обязательно, можно также выбрать и " +"установить профили \"LTSP-сервер\" и \"Рабочая станция\" вместе с основным " +"профилем главного сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Службы, работающие на главном сервере" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Изначально все сервисы, за исключением управления тонкими клиентами, " +"настраиваются на одном центральном компьютере - главном сервере. Однако для " +"обеспечения лучшей производительности рекомендуется размещать LTSP-серверы " +"отдельно, хотя возможна установка обоих профилей (\"Главный сервер\" и " +"\"LTSP-сервер\") на одной машине. Каждому сервису назначается уникальное DNS-" +"имя, и все они работают только через IPv4. Это позволяет легко переносить " +"отдельные сервисы с главного сервера на другие машины. Процесс переноса " +"включает: настройку сервиса на новой машине, остановку сервиса на главном " +"сервере и обновление DNS-конфигурации для указания нового расположения " +"сервиса. Такая архитектура обеспечивает гибкость в распределении нагрузки " +"между серверами, при этом сохраняя доступность сервисов под теми же DNS-" +"именами после их переноса. Все сетевые взаимодействия осуществляются " +"исключительно по протоколу IPv4." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Для обеспечения безопасности все соединения, при которых пароли передаются " +"по сети, зашифрованы, поэтому никакие пароли не передаются по сети в виде " +"обычного текста." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Вот таблица сервисов, которые настраиваются по умолчанию в сети Skolelinux, " +"с указанием DNS-имён для каждого сервиса. По возможности все " +"конфигурационные файлы ссылаются на сервисы по имени (без указания домена), " +"что позволяет школам легко изменять как свой домен (если используется " +"собственный DNS-домен), так и IP-адреса." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Таблица сервисов</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Описание сервисов</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Общее название</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Имя службы DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Централизованное логирование" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "логи rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "системный журнал" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Служба доменных имен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "домен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Автоматическая настройка сети машин" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "загрузчики (bootps)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Синхронизация часов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP (Протокол сетевого времени)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp (Протокол сетевого времени)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Домашние каталоги через NFS (Network File System)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "Общий доступ к файлам через SMB (Samba) и NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "дома" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Электронное почтовое отделение" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP-сервис (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "Почтовый сервис (Postoffice)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Служба каталогов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP (база данных)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap (Облегченный протокол доступа к каталогам)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Администрирование пользователей" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² (веб-интерфейс для управления LDAP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Веб-сервер" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP (Веб-сервер)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Центральное резервное копирование" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php (Система резервного копирования)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "резервная копия" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Веб-кэш" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Прокси-сервер (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "Веб-кэширование (Webcache)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Печатание" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS (модульная система печати)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "Сервис печати IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Безопасный удаленный вход в систему" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "" +"OpenSSH (обеспечивает безопасный удалённый доступ и передачу файлов между " +"узлами сети)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Автоматическая настройка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Сервер LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Мониторинг машин и сервисов с отчетом об ошибках, веб-статусом и историей. " +"Уведомления по email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Интеграция CFEngine с Munin, Icinga и Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Персональные файлы каждого пользователя хранятся в их домашних каталогах, " +"которые предоставляются сервером. Домашние каталоги доступны со всех машин, " +"что дает пользователям доступ к одним и тем же файлам независимо от того, " +"какую машину они используют. Сервер не зависит от операционной системы, " +"предоставляя доступ через NFS для Unix-клиентов и через SMB2/SMB3 для " +"остальных клиентов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию электронная почта настроена только для локальной доставки (т.е. " +"внутри школы), однако доставка писем в глобальный Интернет может быть " +"настроена, если у школы есть постоянное подключение к Интернету. Клиенты " +"настроены на отправку почты через сервер (используя «smarthost»), а " +"пользователи могут <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">получить доступ к " +"своей личной почте</link> через IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Все службы доступны с использованием одного и того же имени пользователя и " +"пароля благодаря централизованной базе данных пользователей для " +"аутентификации и авторизации." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Для повышения производительности при доступе к часто посещаемым сайтам " +"используется веб-прокси (Squid), который кэширует файлы локально. В " +"сочетании с блокировкой веб-трафика на маршрутизаторе это также позволяет " +"контролировать доступ в Интернет для отдельных компьютеров." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Настройка сети на клиентах выполняется автоматически с помощью DHCP. Все " +"типы клиентов могут быть подключены к частной подсети **10.0.0.0/8** и " +"получат соответствующие IP-адреса. Однако **LTSP-клиенты** должны " +"подключаться к соответствующему **LTSP-серверу** через отдельную подсеть " +"**192.168.0.0/24** (это необходимо, чтобы сетевой трафик LTSP-клиентов не " +"мешал работе остальных сетевых служб)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Централизованное логирование настроено таким образом, что все компьютеры " +"отправляют свои syslog-сообщения на сервер. Сервис syslog настроен на прием " +"сообщений только из локальной сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию DNS-сервер настроен с доменом только для внутреннего " +"использования (*.intern), пока не будет настроен настоящий (\"внешний\") DNS-" +"домен. DNS-сервер работает в режиме кэширующего DNS-сервера, чтобы все " +"компьютеры в сети могли использовать его в качестве основного DNS-сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Ученики и преподаватели имеют возможность публиковать веб-сайты. Веб-сервер " +"предоставляет механизмы для 1) аутентификации пользователей.2) ограничения " +"доступа к отдельным страницам и подкаталогам для определенных пользователей " +"и групп. Пользователи смогут создавать динамические веб-страницы, так как " +"веб-сервер поддерживает серверное программирование." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Информация о пользователях и компьютерах может быть изменена в одном " +"центральном месте и автоматически становится доступной для всех компьютеров " +"в сети. Для этого настроен централизованный сервер каталогов, который будет " +"содержать данные о пользователях, группах пользователей, компьютерах и " +"группах компьютеров. Чтобы избежать путаницы среди пользователей, не будет " +"никакого различия между файловыми группами и сетевыми группами. Это " +"означает, что группы компьютеров, которые должны образовывать сетевые " +"группы, будут использовать то же пространство имен, что и группы " +"пользователей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Управление сервисами и пользователями будет осуществляться преимущественно " +"через веб-интерфейс в соответствии с установленными стандартами и будет " +"корректно работать в веб-браузерах, входящих в состав Skolelinux. Система " +"администрирования позволит делегировать определенные задачи отдельным " +"пользователям или группам пользователей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Для предотвращения возможных проблем с NFS и упрощения диагностики неполадок " +"все компьютеры в сети должны иметь синхронизированное время. Для этого " +"сервер Skolelinux настроен в качестве локального сервера Network Time " +"Protocol (NTP), а все рабочие станции и клиенты настроены на синхронизацию " +"времени с этим сервером. Сам сервер, в свою очередь, должен синхронизировать " +"свои часы через NTP с серверами в интернете, что гарантирует точное время во " +"всей сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Принтеры подключаются в наиболее удобных местах: либо напрямую к основной " +"сети, либо к серверу, рабочей станции или LTSP-серверу. Доступ к принтерам " +"может контролироваться для отдельных пользователей в зависимости от их " +"групповой принадлежности. Это реализуется с помощью системы квот и контроля " +"доступа для принтеров." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Сервер(ы) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"В сети Skolelinux может быть много серверов LTSP, которые устанавливаются " +"путем выбора профиля LTSP Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Серверы LTSP настроены на получение syslog от тонких клиентов и рабочих " +"станций и пересылку этих сообщений центральному получателю syslog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Обратите внимание:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Бездисковые рабочие станции LTSP используют программы, установленные на " +"сервере." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Корневая файловая система клиента предоставляется с помощью NFS. После " +"каждой модификации сервера LTSP необходимо заново сгенерировать " +"соответствующий образ; запустите <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> на сервере LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Тонкие клиенты" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Тонкий клиент позволяет обычным ПК работать в качестве (X-)терминалов. Это " +"означает, что машина загружается непосредственно с сервера с помощью PXE, не " +"используя локальный жесткий диск клиента. В настоящее время тонкий клиент " +"использует X2Go, поскольку LTSP отказался от его поддержки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Тонкие клиенты - хороший способ использовать очень старые (в основном 32-" +"битные) машины, поскольку они эффективно запускают все программы на сервере " +"LTSP. Это работает следующим образом: служба использует DHCP и TFTP для " +"подключения к сети и загрузки из сети. Затем файловая система монтируется с " +"сервера LTSP с помощью NFS, и, наконец, запускается клиент X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Рабочие станции без дисков" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Бездисковая рабочая станция запускает все программное обеспечение на ПК без " +"локально установленной операционной системы. Это означает, что клиентские " +"машины загружаются через PXE без запуска программного обеспечения, " +"установленного на локальном жестком диске." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Бездисковые рабочие станции - это отличный способ использовать мощное " +"оборудование с такими же низкими эксплуатационными расходами, как и в случае " +"с тонкими клиентами. Программное обеспечение администрируется и " +"поддерживается на сервере, при этом нет необходимости устанавливать " +"локальное программное обеспечение на клиентах. Домашние каталоги и системные " +"настройки также хранятся на сервере." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Сетевые клиенты" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Термин «сетевые клиенты» используется в данном руководстве для обозначения " +"как тонких клиентов, так и бездисковых рабочих станций, а также компьютеров " +"под управлением macOS или Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Управление" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Все Linux-машины, установленные с помощью программы установки Skolelinux, " +"будут управляться с центрального компьютера, скорее всего, сервера. На все " +"машины можно будет зайти по SSH и таким образом получить полный доступ к " +"ним. В качестве root необходимо сначала запустить <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput>, чтобы получить Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Вся информация о пользователях хранится в каталоге LDAP. Обновления учетных " +"записей пользователей производятся по этой базе данных, которая используется " +"клиентами для аутентификации пользователей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Установка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"В настоящее время существует два вида образов установочных носителей: " +"netinst и BD. Оба образа также можно загружать с USB-накопителей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Цель состоит в том, чтобы иметь возможность один раз установить сервер с " +"любого типа носителя и установить все остальные клиенты по сети, " +"загрузившись из сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Только образ netinstall нуждается в доступе к Интернету во время установки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"В процессе установки не должно возникать никаких вопросов, за исключением " +"желаемого языка, местоположения, раскладки клавиатуры и профиля машины " +"(главный сервер, рабочая станция, сервер LTSP, ...). Все остальные настройки " +"будут заданы автоматически с разумными значениями, которые будут изменены " +"системным администратором из центрального узла после установки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Настройка доступа к файловой системе" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Каждой учетной записи пользователя Skolelinux назначается раздел файловой " +"системы на файловом сервере. Этот раздел (домашний каталог) содержит файлы " +"конфигурации пользователя, документы, электронную почту и веб-страницы. " +"Некоторые из файлов должны иметь доступ на чтение для других пользователей " +"системы, некоторые должны быть доступны для чтения всем в Интернете, а " +"некоторые не должны быть доступны для чтения никому, кроме пользователя." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы гарантировать, что все диски, используемые для пользовательских или " +"общих каталогов, будут иметь уникальные имена на всех компьютерах в " +"установке, их можно смонтировать как <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Первоначально на файловом сервере создается один каталог, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, в котором создаются " +"все учетные записи пользователей. При необходимости можно создавать " +"дополнительные каталоги для определенных групп пользователей или " +"определенных моделей использования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы обеспечить общий доступ к файлам в рамках обычной системы разрешений " +"UNIX, пользователи должны быть включены в дополнительные общие группы " +"(например, «студенты»), а также в личную основную группу, в которой они " +"находятся по умолчанию. Если пользователи имеют соответствующую umask, чтобы " +"сделать вновь созданные элементы доступными для группы (002 или 007), и если " +"каталоги, в которых они работают, имеют setgid, чтобы файлы наследовали " +"правильное групповое владение, результатом будет контролируемый совместный " +"доступ к файлам между членами группы." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Начальные настройки доступа для вновь созданных файлов - это вопрос " +"политики. В Debian по умолчанию umask равен 022 (что не позволяет групповой " +"доступ, как описано выше), но в Debian Edu используется значение по " +"умолчанию 002 - это означает, что файлы создаются с доступом на чтение для " +"всех, который может быть позже удалён явным действием пользователя. В " +"качестве альтернативы можно изменить (отредактировав <computeroutput>/etc/" +"pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) umask на 007 - это означает, что " +"доступ на чтение изначально заблокирован, и для того, чтобы сделать их " +"доступными, требуется действие пользователя. Первый подход поощряет обмен " +"знаниями и делает систему более прозрачной, в то время как второй метод " +"снижает риск нежелательного распространения конфиденциальной информации. " +"Проблема первого решения заключается в том, что пользователи не видят, что " +"созданные ими материалы будут доступны всем остальным пользователям. Они " +"могут обнаружить это, только просмотрев каталоги других пользователей и " +"убедившись, что их файлы доступны для чтения. Проблема второго решения " +"заключается в том, что мало кто будет делать свои файлы доступными, даже " +"если они не содержат конфиденциальной информации, а их содержимое будет " +"полезно любознательным пользователям, которые хотят узнать, как другие " +"решали определенные проблемы (обычно вопросы конфигурации)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Требования" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Существуют различные способы установки решения Skolelinux. Оно может быть " +"установлено как на одном отдельном компьютере, так и в виде регионального " +"решения во многих школах, управляемых централизованно. Такая гибкость " +"существенно влияет на конфигурацию сетевых компонентов, серверов и " +"клиентских машин." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Требования к аппаратному обеспечению" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Назначение различных профилей объясняется в главе <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Если предполагается использовать LTSP, посмотрите на вики-страницу <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP " +"Hardware Requirements</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Компьютеры под управлением Debian Edu / Skolelinux должны иметь либо 32-" +"битный (архитектура Debian 'i386', самые старые поддерживаемые процессоры - " +"класса 686), либо 64-битный (архитектура Debian 'amd64') x86-процессор." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Можно использовать тонкие клиенты с оперативной памятью всего 256 Мб и " +"частотой 400 МГц, хотя рекомендуется использовать больше оперативной памяти " +"и более быстрые процессоры." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Для рабочих станций, бездисковых рабочих станций и автономных систем " +"минимальные требования - 1500 МГц и 1024 МБ ОЗУ. Для работы современных веб-" +"браузеров и LibreOffice рекомендуется не менее 2048 Мбайт ОЗУ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"Минимальные требования к дисковому пространству зависят от установленного " +"профиля:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"комбинированный основной сервер + сервер LTSP + рабочая станция (если " +"требуется графический интерфейс на сервере): 60 Гб (плюс дополнительное " +"место для учетных записей пользователей)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "Сервер LTSP: 40 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "рабочая станция или автономное устройство: 30 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "минимальная установка сетевых машин: 4 Гб." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"При использовании сетевой архитектуры по умолчанию серверам LTSP требуется " +"две сетевые карты:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 подключен к основной сети (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 используется для обслуживания клиентов LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Ноутбуки - это передвижные рабочие станции, поэтому к ним предъявляются те " +"же требования, что и к рабочим станциям." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Оборудование, о котором известно, что оно работает" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Список протестированного оборудования представлен на сайте <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Этот список не " +"является практически полным." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> - это попытка " +"документировать установку, настройку и использование Debian на определённом " +"оборудовании, что позволяет потенциальным покупателям узнать, поддерживается " +"ли это оборудование, а существующим владельцам - получить максимальную " +"отдачу от этого оборудования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Требования к настройке сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Настройка по умолчанию" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"При использовании сетевой архитектуры по умолчанию действуют следующие " +"правила:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Вам нужен только один главный сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "В основной сети могут быть сотни рабочих станций." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"В основной сети можно разместить множество серверов LTSP; две различные " +"подсети предварительно настроены (DNS, DHCP) в LDAP, можно добавить еще " +"несколько." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"В каждой сети серверов LTSP могут быть сотни тонких клиентов и/или " +"бездисковых рабочих станций." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"У вас могут быть сотни других машин, которым будут назначены динамические IP-" +"адреса." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "Для доступа в Интернет вам понадобится маршрутизатор/шлюз (см. ниже)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Интернет-маршрутизатор" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Для подключения к Интернету необходим маршрутизатор/шлюз, подключенный к " +"Интернету через внешний интерфейс и работающий на IP-адресе 10.0.0.1 с " +"маской 255.0.0.0 на внутреннем интерфейсе." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Маршрутизатор не должен запускать DHCP-сервер, он может запустить DNS-" +"сервер, хотя он не нужен и не будет использоваться." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас ещё нет маршрутизатора или существующий маршрутизатор не может " +"быть настроен соответствующим образом, любая машина, отвечающая требованиям " +"минимальной установки Debian и имеющая как минимум два сетевых интерфейса, " +"может быть превращена в шлюз между существующей сетью и сетью Debian Edu. " +"Смотрите <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">документацию по установке</link> для простого способа установки и " +"настройки машины Debian с помощью <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно что-то для встроенного маршрутизатора или точки доступа, мы " +"рекомендуем использовать <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, " +"хотя, конечно, вы можете использовать и оригинальную прошивку. Использование " +"оригинальной прошивки проще; использование OpenWRT дает больше возможностей " +"для выбора и контроля. Список поддерживаемого оборудования можно найти на " +"веб-страницах OpenWRT <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\"></" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Можно использовать другую настройку сети (для этого существует <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">документированная процедура</ulink>), но если вас не " +"вынуждает к этому существующая сетевая инфраструктура, мы не рекомендуем " +"этого делать и советуем придерживаться установленной по умолчанию<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">сетевой архитектуры</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Варианты установки и загрузки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Где найти дополнительную информацию" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем вам прочитать или хотя бы взглянуть на <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">примечания к выпуску Debian " +"Bookworm</ulink> перед тем, как вы начнёте устанавливать систему для " +"производственного использования. Больше информации о выпуске Debian Bookworm " +"можно найти в его <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">руководстве по установке</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Пожалуйста, попробуйте Debian Edu/Skolelinux, он должен работать." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Однако перед началом установки основного сервера рекомендуется прочитать " +"главы о <link linkend=\"Requirements\">требованиях к аппаратному обеспечению " +"и сети</link> и об <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архитектуре</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте также прочитать главу <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Начать " +"работу</link> этого руководства, поскольку в ней объясняется, как войти в " +"систему в первый раз." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgstr "Загрузите установочный носитель для Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 или i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> и <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> - это названия двух архитектур Debian для процессоров x86, " +"которые создаются или были созданы AMD, Intel и другими производителями. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> - это 64-битная архитектура, а " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> - 32-битная архитектура. Новые " +"установки сегодня должны выполняться с использованием <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> следует использовать " +"только для очень старого оборудования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgstr "netinst iso образы для amd64 или i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " +"name implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Образ netinst iso может использоваться для установки с CD/DVD и USB-" +"накопителей и доступен для двух архитектур Debian: amd64 или i386. Как " +"следует из названия, для установки требуется доступ в Интернет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download " +"from:" +msgstr "" +"Как только Bookworm будет выпущен, эти изображения можно будет скачать с " +"сайта:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgstr "Образы BD iso для amd64 или i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +"installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. " +"Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of " +"sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Эти ISO-образы имеют размер около 7,5 ГБ и могут использоваться для " +"установки на машины с операционной системой amd64 или i386, в том числе без " +"доступа к Интернету. Как и образ netinst, он может быть использован на USB-" +"накопителях или дисковых носителях достаточного размера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Проверка загруженных файлов изображений" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Подробные инструкции по проверке и использованию этих образов содержатся в " +"разделе <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Источники" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Исходники доступны из архива Debian в обычных местах, ссылки на некоторые " +"носители находятся на <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Установка Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы устанавливаете Debian Edu, у вас есть несколько вариантов на выбор. " +"Не бойтесь, их не так много. Мы проделали хорошую работу, чтобы скрыть " +"сложность Debian во время установки и после неё. Тем не менее, Debian Edu - " +"это Debian, и если вы захотите, то сможете выбрать из более чем 59 000 " +"пакетов и миллиарда вариантов конфигурации. Для большинства наших " +"пользователей наши настройки по умолчанию подойдут. Обратите внимание: если " +"предполагается использовать LTSP, выберите легкое окружение рабочего стола." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Основные сценарии установки сервера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Типичная школьная или домашняя сеть с доступом в Интернет через " +"маршрутизатор, предоставляющий DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Установка основного сервера возможна, но после перезагрузки не будет доступа " +"в Интернет (из-за основного сетевого интерфейса IP 10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"О том, как настроить шлюз, если не удается сконфигурировать существующий, " +"читайте в главе <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet " +"router</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Соедините все компоненты, как показано в главе <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Главный сервер должен иметь подключение к Интернету после первой загрузки в " +"правильном окружении." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Типичная сеть школы или учебного заведения, аналогичная приведенной выше, но " +"с обязательным использованием прокси." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте 'debian-edu-expert' в командную строку ядра; о том, как это " +"сделать, читайте ниже." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Необходимо ответить на некоторые дополнительные вопросы, в том числе и на " +"вопрос о прокси-сервере." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Сеть с маршрутизатором/шлюзом IP 10.0.0.1/8 (который не предоставляет DHCP-" +"сервер) и доступом в Интернет:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Если автоматическая настройка сети не удалась (из-за отсутствия DHCP), " +"выберите ручную настройку сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Введите 10.0.2.2/8 в качестве IP-адреса хоста" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Введите 10.0.0.1 в качестве IP-адреса шлюза" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Введите 8.8.8.8 в качестве IP-адреса сервера имен, если вы не знаете лучшего" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Главный сервер должен просто работать после первой загрузки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Оффлайн (без подключения к Интернету):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Используйте образ BD ISO." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что все (реальные/виртуальные) сетевые кабели отключены." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Выберите «Не настраивать сеть в данный момент» (после того как DHCP не " +"удалось настроить сеть и вы нажали «Продолжить»)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Обновите систему после первой загрузки в правильном окружении с доступом в " +"Интернет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Среды рабочего стола" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Доступно несколько окружений рабочего стола:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce занимает немного больше места, чем LXDE, но имеет очень хорошую " +"языковую поддержку (106 языков)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE и GNOME имеют хорошую языковую поддержку, но слишком велики для старых " +"компьютеров и LTSP-клиентов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon - это более легкая альтернатива GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE легче, чем три вышеперечисленные, но в нем отсутствует хорошая языковая " +"поддержка для нескольких стран." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE занимает наименьшую площадь и поддерживает 35 языков." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt - это легкое окружение рабочего стола (поддержка языков аналогична " +"LXDE) с более современным внешним видом и ощущениями (основано на Qt, как и " +"KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu как международный проект выбрал Xfce в качестве окружения " +"рабочего стола по умолчанию; см. ниже, как установить другое окружение." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Модульная установка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"При установке системы с включенным профилем <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"устанавливается множество программ, связанных с образованием. Чтобы " +"установить только основной профиль, перед началом установки удалите параметр " +"командной строки ядра <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis>; подробнее о том, " +"как это сделать, читайте ниже. Это позволяет установить систему для " +"конкретного сайта и может быть использовано для ускорения тестовых установок." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание: если вы хотите установить окружение рабочего стола, не " +"используйте метапакеты Debian Edu, например, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink>, поскольку они потянут за собой все программы, связанные с " +"образованием; вместо этого установите, например, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Можно установить один или несколько новых метапакетов <emphasis>education-" +"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"highschool</emphasis> в зависимости от случая использования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Подробности о мета-пакетах Debian Edu смотрите на странице <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Обзор пакетов Debian Edu</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Типы и варианты установки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Меню загрузки инсталлятора на 64-битном оборудовании - режим BIOS</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Меню загрузки 64-битного установщика (режим BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графическая установка</emphasis> использует " +"программу установки GTK, в которой можно использовать мышь." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> использует текстовый режим." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Дополнительные опции ></emphasis> открывает " +"подменю с более подробными опциями для выбора." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> дает несколько подсказок по " +"использованию программы установки; см. скриншот ниже." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Экран дополнительных опций 64-битного установщика 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Назад...</emphasis> возвращает в главное меню." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графическая установка эксперта</emphasis> дает " +"доступ ко всем имеющимся вопросам, удобная мышь." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графический режим спасения</emphasis> превращает " +"этот установочный носитель в спасательный диск для экстренных задач." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графическая автоматическая установка</emphasis> " +"нуждается в файле ответов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Экспертная установка</emphasis> дает доступ ко " +"всем имеющимся вопросам в текстовом режиме." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Режим спасения</emphasis> текстовый режим; " +"превращает этот установочный носитель в спасательный диск для экстренных " +"задач." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Автоматическая установка</emphasis> текстовый " +"режим; требуется файл ответов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Не используйте <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> или " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, вместо этого используйте " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> в качестве " +"дополнительного параметра ядра в исключительных случаях." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Экран справки</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Экран справки программы установки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Этот экран справки является само объясняющимся и позволяет использовать " +"клавиши <F>- на клавиатуре для получения более подробной справки по " +"описываемым темам." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Меню загрузки установщика на 64-битном оборудовании - режим UEFI</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Меню загрузки 64-битного установщика (режим UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Добавьте или измените параметры загрузки для установок</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"В обоих случаях параметры загрузки можно редактировать, нажимая клавишу " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> в меню загрузки; на скриншотах показана командная строка для " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графической установки</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Редактирование параметров командной строки (режим BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Редактирование параметров командной строки (режим UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы ускорить установку профиля <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> с компакт-" +"диска, можно использовать существующую в сети службу HTTP-прокси. Добавьте, " +"например, <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</" +"computeroutput> в качестве дополнительного параметра загрузки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Если вы уже установили профиль <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> на машину, " +"дальнейшие установки должны выполняться через PXE, так как в этом случае " +"автоматически будет использоваться прокси Main Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить окружение рабочего стола <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> вместо окружения рабочего стола по умолчанию <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, замените <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> на <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> в параметре " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, используйте <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, используйте <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, используйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, используйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"А чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, используйте <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Процесс установки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Помните о <link linkend=\"Requirements\">системных требованиях</link> и " +"убедитесь, что у вас есть как минимум две сетевые карты (NIC), если вы " +"планируете установить LTSP-сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Выберите язык (для установки и установленной системы)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Выберите место, которое обычно должно быть тем, где вы живете." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Выберите раскладку клавиатуры (обычно подходит та, что установлена по " +"умолчанию)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Выберите профиль(и) из следующего списка:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Главный сервер</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Это главный сервер (tjener) для вашей школы, предоставляющий все услуги, " +"предварительно настроенные для работы «из коробки». Вы должны установить " +"только один главный сервер для каждой школы! Этот профиль не включает " +"графический интерфейс пользователя. Если вам нужен графический интерфейс " +"пользователя, выберите Workstation или LTSP Server в дополнение к этому " +"профилю." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Рабочая станция</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Компьютер, загружающийся с локального жесткого диска и запускающий все " +"программы и устройства локально, как обычный компьютер, за исключением того, " +"что вход пользователей в систему проверяется на главном сервере, где " +"хранятся файлы пользователей и профиль рабочего стола." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Роуминг рабочей станции</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "можно использовать." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Удалите конфигурацию двух используемых сетевых интерфейсов из " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> или файлов в " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> и снимите " +"конфигурацию с двух интерфейсов, используя" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Сам процесс конфигурирования начинается с" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Выбор способа настройки сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Подтверждение для настройки uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"На вопрос о методе настройки брандмауэра uif выберите «debian-edu-router». " +"Подтвердите, что вы хотите настроить брандмауэр для Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Разрешение трассировки в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Разрешение трассировки в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Решите, хотите ли вы отвечать на запросы ping и трассировки. Если не " +"уверены, ответьте «да», так как это может быть полезно для диагностики " +"сетевых проблем." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Включение переадресации IP-пакетов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы хотите включить переадресацию IP-пакетов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Выбор способа настройки сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Далее назначьте сети сетевым интерфейсам маршрутизатора, выбрав один из " +"предложенных вариантов в зависимости от того, подключены ли уже ваши сетевые " +"интерфейсы или нет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Выбор интерфейса WAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Выберите интерфейс, подключенный к LAN." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Выбор внутренних сетей" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Выберите внутреннюю сеть, а если вы не уверены и просто хотите создать одну " +"внутреннюю сеть, выберите «Образование»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Разрешение использования VLAN(виртуальные локальные сети)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Выберите, следует ли использовать VLAN для внутренних сетей, если вы не " +"уверены, выберите «Нет»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Выбор поддерживаемых версий IP-адресов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Выберите «IPv4» здесь." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Выбор сетей, которым требуется статический IP-адрес" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address and, " +"if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, \"Education\"." +msgstr "" +"Выберите «Uplink», если ваша сеть требует статического IP-адреса, и " +"«Education», если вы следовали вышеуказанным рекомендациям для внутренних " +"сетей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Установка статического IP-адреса для внутренней сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Установите <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> в качестве " +"статического IP-адреса для внутренней сети «Образование», если вы следовали " +"приведенному выше предложению по внутренним сетям." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Включение NAT в сетях" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Включите NAT для внутренней сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Обеспечение доступа в Интернет для сетей" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Включите доступ в Интернет для внутренних сетей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " +"will be known by the browser." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to Bookworm upgrade, " +"see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " +"Buster." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Using backports is simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" +"free." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " +"Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " +"physical media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " +"to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " +"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " +"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " +"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " +"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " +"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"manual/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " +"11 (bullseye)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " +"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " +"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " +"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " +"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " +"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " +"the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.24" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 21.01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " +"for the whole system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +"clients are now supported using X2Go." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +"Chromium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " +"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +"domain joining is gone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " +"text mode)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " +"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -2,5 +2,6 @@ <literallayout> <emphasis role="strong">Översättning:</emphasis> 2020-2021, 2023 Luna Jernberg +2026 Mona Lisa </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.sv.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-10 12:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-07-23 17:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mona Lisa <monalisa@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" "documentation/bookworm-manual/sv/>\n" "Language: sv\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.8.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu installationsprogram logotyp" +msgstr "Debian Edu-installationsprogrammets logotyp" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Uppdaterade översättningar är tillgängliga på <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +"Uppdaterade översättningar finns tillgängliga <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ "machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " "extension of the concept." msgstr "" -"Debian Edu som också kallas Skolelinux är en Linux distribution baserad på " +"Debian Edu som också kallas Skolelinux är en Linux-distribution baserad på " "Debian som tillhandahåller en färdig miljö med ett helt konfigurerat " "skolnätverk. Det implementerar en klient-server-metod. Servrar och klienter " "är <emphasis>delar av programvara</emphasis> som interagerar med varandra. " @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ "linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " "details." msgstr "" -"Kapitlen om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hårdvaru och nätverkskrav</link> " +"Kapitlen om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hårdvaru- och nätverkskrav</link> " "och om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> innehåller " "grundläggande systemdesigndetaljer." @@ -106,6 +106,17 @@ "netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " "workstations or thin clients." msgstr "" +"Efter installationen av en huvudserver är alla tjänster som behövs för ett " +"skolnätverk konfigurerade och systemet är klart att användas. Endast " +"användare och datorer behöver läggas till via GOsa², ett lättanvänt " +"webbgränssnitt, eller någon annan LDAP-redigerare. En nätverksstartmiljö med " +"PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> har också förberetts. " +"Efter den första installationen av huvudservern från en cd-skiva, Blu-ray-" +"skiva eller ett USB-minne kan därför alla andra datorer installeras via " +"nätverket. Detta omfattar även ”mobila arbetsstationer” (sådana som kan tas " +"med bort från skolnätverket, vanligtvis bärbara datorer eller netbook-" +"datorer). Datorer kan dessutom startas via PXE/iPXE som disklösa " +"arbetsstationer eller tunna klienter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -113,7 +124,7 @@ "Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " "which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." msgstr "" -"Flera utbildningprogram som GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege och " +"Flera utbildningsprogram som GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege och " "Scratch ingår i standardskrivbordsmiljöuppsättningen, som kan förlängas " "enkelt och nästan oändligt via Debians universum." @@ -132,8 +143,8 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " "är en Linux-distribution skapad av Debian Edu-projektet. Som en <ulink " "url=\"https://blends.debian.org\"> Debian Ren Blandning </ulink> " -"distribution det är ett officiellt <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink> underprojekt." +"distribution det är ett officiellt <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> underprojekt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -148,13 +159,13 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Skolelinux projektet i Norge grundades den 2 juli 2001 och ungefär samtidigt " "startade Raphaël Hertzog Debian-Edu i Frankrike. Sedan 2003 är båda " -"projekten förenade, men båda namnen stannade. \"Skole\" och " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" är bara två välförstådda termer i dessa regioner." +"projekten förenade, men båda namnen stannade. \"Skole\" och (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" är bara två välförstådda termer i dessa regioner." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." @@ -286,7 +297,7 @@ "Ett Skolelinux-nätverk behöver en huvudserver (värdnamn \"tjener\" som är " "norska och betyder \"server\") som per standard har IP-adressen 10.0.2.2 och " "installeras genom att välja huvudserverprofilen. Det är möjligt (men inte " -"nödvändigt) att även välja och installera LTSP Server- och Arbetsstation-" +"nödvändigt) att även välja och installera LTSP-server- och Arbetsstation-" "profilerna utöver huvudserverprofilen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -442,7 +453,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Användar administration" +msgstr "Användaradministration" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "GOsa²" @@ -526,7 +537,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP Server/Servrar" +msgstr "LTSP-servrar" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "LTSP" @@ -628,8 +639,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -717,7 +728,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP server/servrar" +msgstr "LTSP-servrar" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -898,8 +909,8 @@ "by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." msgstr "" "Installationen bör inte ställa några frågor, med undantag för önskat språk, " -"plats, tangentbord och maskinprofil (Huvudserver, Arbetsstation, LTSP " -"Server, ...). All annan konfiguration kommer att ställas in automatiskt med " +"plats, tangentbord och maskinprofil (Huvudserver, Arbetsstation, LTSP-" +"server, ...). All annan konfiguration kommer att ställas in automatiskt med " "rimliga värden, för att ändras från en central plats av " "systemadministratören efter installationen." @@ -933,13 +944,12 @@ "accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " "accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." msgstr "" -"För att säkerställa att alla diskar som används för användarkataloger eller " -"delade kataloger kan namnges unikt på alla datorer i installationen, kan de " -"monteras som <computeroutput>/skole/värd/katalog/</computeroutput>. " -"Inledningsvis skapas en katalog på filservern, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0/</computeroutput>, där alla användarkonton skapas. Fler kataloger kan " -"sedan skapas när det behövs för att tillgodose särskilda användargrupper " -"eller särskilda användningsmönster." +"För att alla diskar som används för användarkataloger eller delade kataloger " +"ska kunna ges unika namn på alla datorer i installationen kan de monteras " +"som <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Till en början " +"skapas katalogen <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput> på " +"filservern, och där skapas alla användarkonton. Fler kataloger kan sedan " +"skapas vid behov för särskilda användargrupper eller användningsmönster." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1030,12 +1040,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Om LTSP är tänkt att användas, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisidan för LTSP " +"Om LTSP är tänkt att användas, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisidan för LTSP " "Hårdvarukrav</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1057,10 +1067,12 @@ "mer RAM och snabbare processorer rekommenderas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "För arbetsstationer, disklösa arbetsstationer och fristående system är 1500 " "MHz och 1024 MiB RAM de absoluta minimumkraven. För att köra moderna " @@ -1072,20 +1084,17 @@ msgstr "Minimumkraven för diskutrymme beror på profilen som är installerad:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for " -#| "user accounts)." msgid "" "combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " "desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." msgstr "" -"kombinerad huvudserver + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus ytterligare utrymme för " +"kombinerad huvudserver + LTSP-server + arbetsstation (om ett grafiskt " +"gränssnitt önskas på servern): 60 GiB (plus ytterligare utrymme för " "användarkonton)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP-server: 40 GiB." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." @@ -1093,7 +1102,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." -msgstr "" +msgstr "minimal installation av nätverksansluten dator: 4 GiB." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1125,8 +1134,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "En lista över testad hårdvara finns på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Denna lista är inte helt komplett." @@ -1150,7 +1159,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardkonfiguration" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" @@ -1194,7 +1203,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Internet router" +msgstr "Internetrouter" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1225,6 +1234,14 @@ "set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Om du inte redan har en router, eller om den befintliga routern inte kan " +"konfigureras på rätt sätt, kan en dator som uppfyller kraven för en minimal " +"Debian-installation och har minst två nätverksgränssnitt göras om till en " +"gateway mellan det befintliga nätverket och Debian Edu-nätverket. I <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installationsdokumentationen</link> beskrivs ett enkelt sätt att " +"installera och konfigurera en Debian-dator med <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1358,22 +1375,16 @@ msgstr "BD iso-avbilder för amd64 eller i386" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "These ISO image are approximately 6 GB large and can be used for " -#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " -#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or " -#| "disk media of sufficient size." msgid "" "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. " "Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of " "sufficient size." msgstr "" -"Dessa ISO-avbilder är cirka 6 GB stora och kan användas för installation av " -"amd64 eller i386-maskiner, även utan tillgång till Internet. Liksom netinst-" -"avbilden kan de användas på USB-minnen eller diskmedia av tillräcklig " -"storlek." +"Dessa ISO-avbildningar är cirka 7,5 GB stora och kan användas för att " +"installera amd64- eller i386-datorer, även utan internetåtkomst. Liksom " +"netinst-avbildningen kan de användas på USB-minnen eller skivmedier med " +"tillräcklig kapacitet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" @@ -1463,16 +1474,12 @@ "Network\">arkitektur</link> kapitlet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first " -#| "time in the correct environment." msgid "" "The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " "in the correct environment." msgstr "" -"Huvudservern bör ha Internetanslutning när den startat för första gången i " -"rätt miljö." +"Huvudservern bör ha en internetanslutning när den startas för första gången " +"i rätt miljö." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1636,24 +1643,34 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Observera: Om du vill installera en skrivbordsmiljö i efterhand ska du inte " +"använda Debian Edu-metapaketen, till exempel <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink>, eftersom de installerar alla utbildningsrelaterade program. " +"Installera i stället exempelvis <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Ett eller flera av de " +"nya metapaketen för skolnivåerna <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis> och <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan " +"installeras efter användningsområdet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"För detaljer om Debian Edu-metapaket, se sidan <ulink url=\"https://blends." -"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">översikt över Debian Edu-paket</ulink>." +"För detaljer om Debian Edu-metapaket, se sidan <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">översikt över Debian Edu-paket</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1781,9 +1798,9 @@ "This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " "keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." msgstr "" -"Denna hjälpskärm är självförklarande och aktiveras genom att trycka på <" -"F>-tangenter på tangentbordet för att få mer detaljerad hjälp om de ämnen " -"som beskrivs." +"Denna hjälpskärm är självförklarande och aktiveras genom att trycka på " +"<F>-tangenter på tangentbordet för att få mer detaljerad hjälp om de " +"ämnen som beskrivs." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" @@ -1823,8 +1840,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Du kan använda en befintlig HTTP-proxytjänst i nätverket för att påskynda " @@ -1942,7 +1959,7 @@ "tjänster som är förkonfigurerade för att fungera direkt. Du måste installera " "endast en huvudserver per skola! Denna profil innehåller inget grafiskt " "användargränssnitt. Om du vill ha ett grafiskt användargränssnitt, välj " -"Arbetsstation eller LTSP Server utöver detta." +"Arbetsstation eller LTSP-server utöver detta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" @@ -1981,7 +1998,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2055,8 +2072,8 @@ "installation." msgstr "" "Profilerna <emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Arbetsstation</emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> är förvalda. Dessa profiler kan installeras på en maskin " +"role=\"strong\">Arbetsstation</emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" +"server</emphasis> är förvalda. Dessa profiler kan installeras på en maskin " "tillsammans om du vill installera en så kallad <emphasis>kombinerad " "huvudserver</emphasis>. Detta innebär att huvudservern kommer att vara en " "LTSP-server och även användas som en arbetsstation. Detta är standardvalet, " @@ -2079,10 +2096,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "Säg gärna \"ja\" till att skicka information till <ulink url=\"https://" "popcon.debian.org/\"/> för att vi ska kunna veta vilka paket som är populära " @@ -2095,7 +2112,7 @@ "spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " "debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." msgstr "" -"Vänta. Om de valda profilerna inkluderar LTSP Server kommer " +"Vänta. Om de valda profilerna inkluderar LTSP-server kommer " "installationsprogrammet att tillbringa ganska lång tid i slutet, \"Avsluta " "installationen - Kör debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." @@ -2154,12 +2171,6 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " -#| "simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a <link " -#| "linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> network through an interactive " -#| "configuration process where the necessary information is obtained through " -#| "a series of dialogues." msgid "" "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " "simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " @@ -2172,23 +2183,15 @@ "informationen erhålls genom en serie dialogrutor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be " -#| "sure to use the regular Debian installer and not the <link " -#| "linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> installer since <link " -#| "linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> installations are not supported by " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." msgid "" "In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " "to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " "Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" "router-config</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"För att kunna använda det, utför en minimal Debian-installation. Var noga " -"med att använda det vanliga Debian-installationsprogrammet och inte <link " -"linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> installationprogrammet eftersom <link " -"linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> installationer inte stöds av " +"För att använda det gör du en minimal Debian-installation. Använd det " +"vanliga installationsprogrammet för Debian och inte Debian Edu-" +"installationsprogrammet, eftersom Debian Edu-installationer inte stöds av " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -2246,7 +2249,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den egentliga konfigurationsprocessen startas med" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Välja konfigurationsmetoden uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" @@ -2263,6 +2270,10 @@ "Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Tillåta ping i uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" msgstr "Tillåta traceroute i uif" @@ -2318,7 +2329,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera användning av VLAN" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2357,9 +2368,9 @@ "the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " "internal networks." msgstr "" -"Ange <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8 </computeroutput> som den statiska IP-" -"adressen för det interna nätverket \"Utbildning\" om du följde ovanstående " -"förslag på interna nätverk." +"Ange <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> som statisk IP-adress för " +"det interna nätverket ”Education” om du följde förslaget ovan om interna " +"nätverk." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" @@ -2400,40 +2411,37 @@ msgstr "Bestäm från vilka nätverk du vill tillåta SSH-åtkomst till porten." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Konfigurerar SSH port" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Aktiverar DHCP för nätverk" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" -"Konfigurera SSH port, detta ska vara <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> om " -"konfigurationen inte har ändrats." +"Aktivera inte DHCP för de interna nätverken. DHCP tillhandahålls av Debian " +"Edu-huvudservern." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "Aktiverar DHCP för nätverk" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfigurerar SSH port" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -#| "<link linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> main server." msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" -"Aktivera inte DHCP för interna nätverk, det kommer att erbjudas av <link " -"linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> huvudservern." +"Konfigurera SSH port, detta ska vara <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> om " +"konfigurationen inte har ändrats." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" "Anslut nätverksgränssnitten om du inte redan har gjort det och starta om " -"maskinen." +"datorn. När du därefter loggar in som root ska menyn Debian Edu Router visas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2447,6 +2455,11 @@ "which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " "dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." msgstr "" +"Om SSH-åtkomst har aktiverats kan gatewayen konfigureras om på distans via " +"menyn som visas när du loggar in som root. Om du trycker på " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> i huvudmenyn växlar du till " +"konfigurationsmenyn. Därifrån kan hela eller delar av konfigurationen ändras " +"med samma dialogsystem som användes vid den ursprungliga konfigurationen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Notes on some characteristics" @@ -2559,14 +2572,12 @@ "network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " "initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" msgstr "" -"För att använda denna installationsmetod krävs att du har en körande " -"huvudserver. När klienter startar via nätverket visas en iPXE-meny med " -"installations och uppstartsalternativ. Om PXE-installationen misslyckas med " -"ett felmeddelande som hävdar att en XXX.bin-fil saknas, kräver troligen " -"klientens nätverkskort icke-fri fast programvara. I det här fallet måste " -"Debian Installationsprogrammets initrd ändras. Detta kan uppnås genom att " -"utföra kommandot: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" -"addfirmware</computeroutput> på servern:" +"För denna installationsmetod krävs en fungerande huvudserver. När klienter " +"startar via nätverket visas en iPXE-meny med alternativ för installation och " +"start. Om PXE-installationen misslyckas med ett felmeddelande om att en " +"XXX.bin-fil saknas behöver klientens nätverkskort troligen icke-fri fast " +"programvara. I så fall måste Debians installationsprograms initrd ändras. " +"Detta görs genom att köra kommandot:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "on the server." @@ -2577,8 +2588,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut med <emphasis role=\"strong\">HuvudsServer</" -"emphasis>-profilen endast:" +"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut när endast profilen <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis> är installerad:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" @@ -2589,8 +2600,8 @@ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut med <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profilen:" +"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut med profilen <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</" +"emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2646,15 +2657,15 @@ "computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> to update the generated files." msgstr "" -"PXE-installationen använder förinställningsfil <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Denna fil kan ändras för " -"att justera förinställningen som används under installationen, för att " -"undvika fler frågor vid installation över nätet. Ett annat sätt att uppnå " -"detta är att tillhandahålla extra inställningar i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </computeroutput> och att köra " -"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> för att " -"uppdatera de genererade filerna." +"PXE-installationen använder förinställningsfilen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Filen kan ändras för att " +"anpassa förinställningarna som används under installationen och därmed " +"undvika fler frågor vid nätverksinstallation. Ett annat sätt är att lägga " +"till extra inställningar i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" +"computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> och sedan köra <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/" +"debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> för att uppdatera de genererade " +"filerna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2728,8 +2739,8 @@ msgstr "" "Så allt du behöver göra är att skapa en förinställningsfil med dina svar " "(detta beskrivs i bilagan till Debian Installations-manualen) och <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">modifera om CD/DVD:" -"n</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">modifera om CD/" +"DVD:n</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Screenshot tour" @@ -2757,8 +2768,8 @@ "(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " "right has been clicked)." msgstr "" -"Så här är en skärmdumpstur genom en grafisk 64-bitars HuvudServer + " -"Arbetsstation + LTSP Server-installation (i BIOS-läge) och hur det ser ut " +"Så här är en skärmdumpstur genom en grafisk 64-bitars Huvudserver + " +"Arbetsstation + LTSP-server-installation (i BIOS-läge) och hur det ser ut " "vid den första uppstarten av huvudservern och en PXE-uppstart på LTSP-" "klientnätverket (tunn klientsessionsskärm - och inloggningsskärm efter " "sessionen till höger har klickats)." @@ -2781,25 +2792,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Configure network manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket manuellt" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configure pGina" msgid "Configure IP address" -msgstr "Konfigurera pGina" +msgstr "Konfigurera IP-adress" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configure pGina" msgid "Configure gateway" -msgstr "Konfigurera pGina" +msgstr "Konfigurera gateway" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "configure the service" msgid "Configure nameserver" -msgstr "konfigurera tjänsten" +msgstr "Konfigurera namnserver" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" @@ -2891,6 +2896,10 @@ "File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " "before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." msgstr "" +"Läs informationen om Debian Edu-specifik <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">konfiguration av filsystemåtkomst</link> " +"innan du lägger till användare. Anpassa den vid behov efter organisationens " +"policy." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2939,8 +2948,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Om generisk DNS-trafik blockeras från ditt nätverk och du behöver använda " "någon specifik DNS-server för att söka upp internetvärdar, måste du tala om " @@ -3018,6 +3027,12 @@ "sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " "server's installation (first user):" msgstr "" +"Om du (troligen av misstag) installerade en ren profil för " +"<emphasis>huvudserver</emphasis> och inte har någon klient med en webbläsare " +"till hands är det enkelt att installera ett minimalt skrivbord på " +"huvudservern. Kör följande kommandon i ett (icke-grafiskt) skal som den " +"användare du skapade under installationen av huvudservern (den första " +"användaren):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3065,6 +3080,10 @@ "side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " "pages offered by GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Därefter kan du välja en uppgift i menyn eller klicka på någon av " +"uppgiftsikonerna på översiktssidan. För navigering rekommenderar vi menyn " +"till vänster på skärmen, eftersom den förblir synlig på alla " +"administrationssidor i GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3091,6 +3110,12 @@ "LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " "the Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" +"GOsa² är ett administrationsverktyg som använder LDAP för att lagra " +"information och tillhandahålla en hierarkisk avdelningsstruktur. Till varje " +"”avdelning” kan du lägga till användarkonton, grupper, system, nätgrupper " +"med mera. Beroende på hur organisationen är uppbyggd kan du använda " +"avdelningsstrukturen i GOsa²/LDAP för att avbilda organisationsstrukturen i " +"LDAP-dataträdet på Debian Edu-huvudservern." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3105,6 +3130,16 @@ "Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " "this manual.)" msgstr "" +"En standardinstallation av en Debian Edu-huvudserver innehåller för " +"närvarande två ”avdelningar”: Lärare och Elever, samt LDAP-trädets basnivå. " +"Elevkonton är avsedda att läggas till i avdelningen ”Elever” och lärare i " +"avdelningen ”Lärare”. System (servrar, arbetsstationer, skrivare med mera) " +"läggs för närvarande till på basnivån. Utforma en egen struktur som passar " +"verksamheten. (Ett exempel på hur användare kan skapas i årskursgrupper med " +"gemensamma hemkataloger för varje grupp finns i kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruktioner/Avancerad administration</link> " +"i denna handbok.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3112,6 +3147,9 @@ "manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " "selected department (or the base level)." msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken uppgift du vill utföra (hantera användare, grupper, " +"system med mera) visar GOsa² en annan vy för den valda avdelningen (eller " +"basnivån)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "User Management with GOsa²" @@ -3127,6 +3165,13 @@ "mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " "folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." msgstr "" +"Klicka först på ”Användare” i navigeringsmenyn till vänster. Den högra sidan " +"av skärmen ändras och visar en tabell med avdelningsmapparna ”Elever” och " +"”Lärare” samt kontot för GOsa²-administratören (den först skapade " +"användaren). Ovanför tabellen finns ett fält som heter <emphasis>Bas</" +"emphasis>. Där kan du navigera i trädstrukturen (för muspekaren över området " +"så visas en listruta) och välja en basmapp för den åtgärd du vill utföra " +"(till exempel lägga till en ny användare)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users" @@ -3138,6 +3183,9 @@ "your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " "here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." msgstr "" +"Bredvid objektet för trädnavigering finns menyn ”Åtgärder”. För muspekaren " +"över objektet så visas en undermeny. Välj ”Skapa” och sedan ”Användare”. " +"Därefter leds du genom guiden för att skapa användare." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3155,6 +3203,11 @@ "problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " "contains non-ASCII characters." msgstr "" +"När du följer guiden ser du att GOsa² automatiskt skapar ett användarnamn " +"utifrån personens riktiga namn. Ett användarnamn som ännu inte finns väljs " +"automatiskt, så flera användare med samma fullständiga namn är inget " +"problem. Observera att GOsa² kan skapa ogiltiga användarnamn om det " +"fullständiga namnet innehåller tecken utanför ASCII." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3165,24 +3218,37 @@ "<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " "additional option to the \"location definition\".)" msgstr "" +"Om du inte tycker om det skapade användarnamnet kan du välja ett annat " +"förslag i listrutan, men i guiden kan du inte välja helt fritt. (För att " +"kunna redigera det föreslagna användarnamnet öppnar du <computeroutput>/etc/" +"gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> i en textredigerare och lägger till " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> som " +"ett ytterligare alternativ i ”location”-definitionen.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " "your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." msgstr "" +"När guiden är klar visas GOsa²-skärmen för det nya användarobjektet. Använd " +"flikarna högst upp för att kontrollera de ifyllda fälten." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " "left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" +"När du har skapat användaren (du behöver inte anpassa de fält som guiden har " +"lämnat tomma ännu) klickar du på knappen ”OK” i det nedre högra hörnet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " "in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" +"Som sista steg ber GOsa² dig ange ett lösenord för den nya användaren. Skriv " +"lösenordet två gånger och klicka sedan på ”Ange lösenord” i det nedre högra " +"hörnet." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." @@ -3214,6 +3280,11 @@ "user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " "and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." msgstr "" +"För att ändra eller ta bort en användare bläddrar du i systemets " +"användarlista med GOsa². Mitt på skärmen kan du öppna rutan ”Filter”, som är " +"ett sökverktyg i GOsa². Om du inte vet exakt var användarkontot finns i " +"trädet går du till basnivån i GOsa²/LDAP-trädet och söker där med " +"alternativet ”Sök i underträd”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3222,6 +3293,10 @@ "the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " "actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." msgstr "" +"När du använder rutan ”Filter” visas resultaten omedelbart i tabellvyn mitt " +"på skärmen. Varje rad motsvarar ett användarkonto. Längst till höger på " +"varje rad finns små ikoner för olika åtgärder: redigera användare, låsa " +"konto, ange lösenord och ta bort användare." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3316,12 +3391,22 @@ "<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" "computeroutput> on the command line)." msgstr "" +"Det går att masskapa användare i GOsa² med en CSV-fil som kan skapas i ett " +"lämpligt kalkylprogram (till exempel <computeroutput>localc</" +"computeroutput>). Minst följande fält måste anges: uid, efternamn (sn), " +"förnamn (givenName) och lösenord. Kontrollera att fältet uid inte innehåller " +"några dubbletter. Observera att dubblettkontrollen även måste omfatta " +"befintliga uid-poster i LDAP (de kan hämtas genom att köra " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> på kommandoraden)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " "intolerant about them):" msgstr "" +"Följande formatregler gäller för en sådan CSV-fil (GOsa² är ganska " +"oförlåtande när det gäller dem):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" @@ -3353,7 +3438,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klicka på länken ”LDAP-hanterare” i navigeringsmenyn till vänster" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" @@ -3393,6 +3478,9 @@ "lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " "belonging to a special LDAP subtree." msgstr "" +"Detsamma gäller modulen för lösenordshantering, där du kan återställa många " +"lösenord med en CSV-fil eller skapa nya lösenord för användare som tillhör " +"ett visst LDAP-underträd." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Reset passwords" @@ -3400,7 +3488,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding users from the command line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till användare från kommandoraden" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3409,6 +3497,9 @@ "documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" "link>" msgstr "" +"Användarkonton kan också läggas till från kommandoraden med verktyget " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>. Se dokumentationen i " +"<link linkend=\"Administration\">administrationsinstruktionerna</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3461,12 +3552,20 @@ "architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" +"Med datorhanteringen kan du i princip hantera alla nätverksanslutna enheter " +"i Debian Edu-nätverket. Varje dator som läggs till i LDAP-katalogen med " +"GOsa² har ett värdnamn, en IP-adress, en MAC-adress och ett domännamn " +"(vanligtvis ”intern”). En utförligare beskrivning av Debian Edu-arkitekturen " +"finns i kapitlet <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Arkitektur</link> i denna " +"handbok." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " "<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"Disklösa arbetsstationer och tunna klienter fungerar direkt när en " +"<emphasis>kombinerad huvudserver</emphasis> används." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3480,12 +3579,24 @@ "<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Arbetsstationer med diskar (inklusive separata LTSP-servrar) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">måste</emphasis> läggas till med GOsa². I bakgrunden skapas " +"både ett datorspecifikt Kerberos-huvudnamn (ett slags <emphasis>konto</" +"emphasis>) och en tillhörande keytab-fil (som innehåller en nyckel som " +"används som <emphasis>lösenord</emphasis>). Keytab-filen måste finnas på " +"arbetsstationen för att användarnas hemkataloger ska kunna monteras. När det " +"tillagda systemet har startats om loggar du in som root och kör " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " "configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett huvudnamn och en keytab-fil för ett system som " +"<emphasis>redan har konfigurerats med GOsa²</emphasis> loggar du in som root " +"på huvudservern och kör" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3504,14 +3615,6 @@ "konfigurationsalternativ." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an " -#| "IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. " -#| "Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 " -#| "(tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to " -#| "10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP " -#| "and are assigned dynamically." msgid "" "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " "machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" @@ -3522,12 +3625,14 @@ "10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " "dynamically." msgstr "" -"För att lägga till en maskin, använd GOsa² huvudmenyn, system, lägg till. Du " -"kan använda en IP-adress/värdnamn från det förkonfigurerade adressutrymmet " -"10.0.0.0/8. För närvarande finns det bara två fördefinierade fasta adresser: " -"10.0.2.2 (tjener) och 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Adresserna från 10.0.16.20 till " -"10.0.31.254 (ungefär 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4000 värdar) är reserverade för DHCP " -"och tilldelas dynamiskt." +"För att lägga till en dator väljer du System och sedan Lägg till i GOsa²-" +"huvudmenyn. Datorns namn måste vara ett giltigt <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">okvalificerat</emphasis> värdnamn; lägg inte till " +"domännamnet här. Du kan använda en IP-adress eller ett värdnamn från det " +"förkonfigurerade adressutrymmet 10.0.0.0/8. För närvarande finns endast två " +"fördefinierade fasta adresser: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) och 10.0.0.1 (gateway). " +"Adresserna från 10.0.16.20 till 10.0.31.254 (ungefär 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4 " +"000 värdar) är reserverade för DHCP och tilldelas dynamiskt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3568,10 +3673,22 @@ "screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " "The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" msgstr "" +"Om datorerna har startats som tunna klienter eller disklösa arbetsstationer, " +"eller har installerats med någon av nätverksprofilerna, kan skriptet " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> användas för att " +"automatiskt lägga till dem i GOsa². För enkla datorer fungerar det direkt. " +"För datorer med fler än en MAC-adress måste den adress som faktiskt används " +"väljas; <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> visar " +"användningsinformation. Observera att IP-adresserna som visas efter att " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> har körts tillhör det " +"dynamiska IP-intervallet. Systemen kan därefter anpassas till nätverket: byt " +"namn på varje nytt system, aktivera DHCP och DNS, lägg till det i nätgrupper " +"(rekommenderade nätgrupper visas i skärmbilden nedan) och starta sedan om " +"systemet. Följande skärmbilder visar hur detta ser ut i praktiken:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Systemlista i GOsa²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Host details" @@ -3636,15 +3753,18 @@ "machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " "services that machine can use on your main server." msgstr "" +"Att lägga till en dator i en <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"ändrar exempelvis inte behörigheterna för filåtkomst eller kommandokörning " +"på datorn eller för användarna som är inloggade där. Det begränsar i stället " +"vilka tjänster datorn får använda på huvudservern." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" "computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"Denna sektion förklarar hur man använder <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." +"Standardinstallationen tillhandahåller följande <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "all-hosts" @@ -3691,11 +3811,12 @@ msgstr "workstation-hosts" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " "used for:" -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"För närvarande används funktionen <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"för följande:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3759,6 +3880,9 @@ "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " "be used during exams." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-datorer i den här gruppen får endast ansluta till datorer i det " +"lokala nätverket. Tillsammans med begränsningar i webbproxyn kan detta " +"användas under prov." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Printer Management" @@ -3797,7 +3921,7 @@ "Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " "printer):" msgstr "" -"Redigera <computeroutput>etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> så här (USB-" +"Redigera <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> så här (USB-" "skrivare):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3810,17 +3934,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Konfigurera skrivaren med webbgränssnittet <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; välj nätverksskrivartyp " +"Konfigurera skrivaren med webbgränssnittet <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; välj nätverksskrivartyp " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (för alla skrivare " -"oavsett märke eller modell) och ställ in <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som anslutnings-URI." +"oavsett märke eller modell) och ställ in <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som anslutnings-URI." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Network printers" @@ -3833,6 +3957,10 @@ "configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " "network printers." msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar att alla funktioner för automatisk annonsering inaktiveras " +"i de nätverksskrivare som används. Tilldela i stället en fast IP-adress med " +"GOsa² och konfigurera dem som nätverksskrivare av typen " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Clock synchronisation" @@ -3846,6 +3974,11 @@ "This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " "is created when used." msgstr "" +"Standardinställningen i Debian Edu är att klockorna på alla datorer hålls " +"synkroniserade, men inte nödvändigtvis visar rätt tid. NTP används för att " +"uppdatera tiden. Som standard synkroniseras klockorna med en extern källa. " +"Det kan göra att datorerna håller den externa internetanslutningen öppen om " +"den upprättas när den används." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3864,17 +3997,16 @@ "computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " "sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"För att inaktivera synkronisering med en extern klocka måste filen /etc/ntp." -"conf på huvudservern ändras. Lägg till kommentar (\"#\") markeringar framför " -"<computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-posterna. Efter detta måste NTP-" -"servern startas om genom att köra <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"För att inaktivera synkronisering med en extern klocka måste filen /etc/" +"ntp.conf på huvudservern ändras. Lägg till kommentar (\"#\") markeringar " +"framför <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-posterna. Efter detta måste " +"NTP-servern startas om genom att köra <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" "computeroutput> som root. För att testa om en maskin använder de externa " "klockkällorna, kör <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Ändra storlek på partitioner" +msgstr "Utöka fulla partitioner" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3885,6 +4017,11 @@ "linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " "information." msgstr "" +"På grund av ett möjligt fel i den automatiska partitioneringen kan vissa " +"partitioner vara alltför fulla efter installationen. Utöka dem genom att " +"köra <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> som root. " +"Mer information finns i instruktionen ”Ändra storlek på partitioner” i <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">kapitlet med administrationsinstruktioner</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -3923,6 +4060,9 @@ "which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " "engines." msgstr "" +"Det är också lämpligt att uppgradera med lokalen C för att få utdata på " +"engelska. Om problem uppstår är det då större chans att en sökning ger " +"relevanta träffar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3944,6 +4084,9 @@ "diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " "the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." msgstr "" +"Det är viktigt att köra <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> efter uppgraderingar av LTSP-" +"servern så att SquashFS-avbildningen för disklösa klienter hålls uppdaterad." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3953,7 +4096,7 @@ "update the PXE installation environment." msgstr "" "Efter en punktutgivningsuppgradering av ett system med profilen " -"<emphasis>Huvudserver</emphasis> eller <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> " +"<emphasis>Huvudserver</emphasis> eller <emphasis>LTSP-server</emphasis> " "måste <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> köras för att " "uppdatera PXE:s installationsmiljö." @@ -3985,8 +4128,9 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Automatisk installation av uppdateringar kan göras enkelt om så önskas, det " "behöver bara att paketet <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" @@ -4019,6 +4163,14 @@ "(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " "includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." msgstr "" +"Att köra <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enligt beskrivningen ovan " +"är ett bra sätt att få reda på när säkerhetsuppdateringar finns för " +"installerade paket. Ett annat sätt är att prenumerera på <ulink " +"url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debians e-" +"postlista security-announce</ulink>. Där får du även veta vad " +"säkerhetsuppdateringen gäller. Nackdelen jämfört med <computeroutput>cron-" +"apt</computeroutput> är att listan också innehåller information om " +"uppdateringar för paket som inte är installerade." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Backup Management" @@ -4041,6 +4193,9 @@ "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " "backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." msgstr "" +"Observera: Webbplatsen fungerar endast om du tillfälligt tillåter SSH-" +"inloggning som root på säkerhetskopieringsservern, som som standard är " +"huvudservern (tjener.intern)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4050,6 +4205,11 @@ "managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " "of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." msgstr "" +"Som standard lagras säkerhetskopior av <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> och LDAP i katalogen /skole/backup/, som hanteras " +"som en separat partition av LVM. Om du bara behöver reservkopior av filer, " +"exempelvis om du råkar ta bort dem, bör denna konfiguration räcka." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4082,9 +4242,10 @@ "computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " "folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"Detta lämnar innehållet från <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> för <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> i mappen " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </computeroutput>" +"Då sparas innehållet från <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> för <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> i " +"katalogen <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4137,6 +4298,14 @@ "root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " "the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." msgstr "" +"Listan över datorer som övervakas med Munin skapas automatiskt utifrån de " +"värdar som rapporterar till sitesummary. Alla värdar där paketet munin-node " +"är installerat registreras för Munin-övervakning. Vanligtvis tar det ett " +"dygn från det att en dator installeras tills övervakningen börjar, på grund " +"av ordningen som cron-jobben körs i. Du kan påskynda processen genom att " +"köra <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> som root på " +"sitesummary-servern (vanligtvis huvudservern). Då uppdateras filen " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4146,15 +4315,18 @@ "munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " "<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Vilka mätvärden som samlas in bestäms automatiskt på varje dator av " +"programmet <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>. Det " +"identifierar tillgängliga insticksmoduler i <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/" +"plugins/</computeroutput> och skapar symboliska länkar till de relevanta " +"modulerna i <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" "monitoring.org/\"/>." msgstr "" -"Information om Munin är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." +"Information om Munin finns på <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Icinga" @@ -4171,6 +4343,13 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" +"System- och tjänsteövervakning med Icinga är tillgänglig på <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Vilka datorer och tjänster som övervakas " +"bestäms automatiskt utifrån information som samlas in av sitesummary-" +"systemet. Datorer med profilerna Huvudserver och LTSP-server får fullständig " +"övervakning, medan arbetsstationer och tunna klienter får enkel övervakning. " +"Installera paketet <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> på en " +"arbetsstation för att aktivera fullständig övervakning där." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4182,7 +4361,7 @@ msgstr "" "Som standard skickar Icinga inte e-post. Detta kan ändras genom att ersätta " "<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-e-mail</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>notify-by-e-mail</" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" "computeroutput> i filen <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" "contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." @@ -4193,6 +4372,10 @@ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " "with the list of hosts and services to monitor." msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsfilen för Icinga är <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cron-jobbet för sitesummary skapar " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"med listan över värdar och tjänster som ska övervakas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4206,11 +4389,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" -"Information om Icinga finns tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> eller i paketet <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." +"Information om Icinga finns tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> eller i paketet <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" @@ -4237,6 +4422,14 @@ "host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" "computeroutput> netgroup." msgstr "" +"Partitionen (/usr/ i exemplet) är för full. Det finns i huvudsak två " +"lösningar: (1) ta bort filer eller (2) utöka partitionen. Om det gäller " +"partitionen /var/ kan du frigöra utrymme genom att rensa APT-cachen med " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>. Om det finns ledigt utrymme i " +"LVM-volymgruppen kan programmet <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> hjälpa genom att utöka partitionerna. För att köra " +"programmet automatiskt varje timme kan den berörda värden läggas till i " +"nätgruppen <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." @@ -4251,6 +4444,10 @@ "full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " "the same." msgstr "" +"Nya paket finns tillgängliga för uppgradering. De mest kritiska är " +"vanligtvis säkerhetsuppdateringar. Uppgradera genom att köra " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> som " +"root i en terminal, eller logga in via SSH och kör samma kommando." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4299,11 +4496,18 @@ "netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " "host to one or both of these netgroups." msgstr "" +"Många jobb väntar i CUPS-skrivarköerna. Det beror troligen på att en " +"skrivare inte är tillgänglig. Inaktiverade skrivarköer aktiveras varje timme " +"på värdar som är medlemmar i nätgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-" +"autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, så där bör ingen manuell åtgärd " +"behövas. Skrivarköerna töms varje natt på värdar som är medlemmar i " +"nätgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Om " +"en värd har många jobb i kön kan du överväga att lägga till den i en eller " +"båda nätgrupperna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4313,21 +4517,26 @@ "<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " "generate reports." msgstr "" +"Sitesummary samlar in information från varje dator och skickar den till " +"centralservern. Den insamlade informationen finns i <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Skript i <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" +"sitesummary/</computeroutput> kan användas för att skapa rapporter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." msgstr "" +"En enkel rapport från Sitesummary utan detaljer finns på <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Information om Munin är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." +"Viss dokumentation om Sitesummary finns på <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4341,6 +4550,11 @@ "<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " "chapter</link>" msgstr "" +"Mer information om Debian Edu-anpassningar som är användbara för " +"systemadministratörer finns i <link linkend=\"Administration\">kapitlet med " +"administrationsinstruktioner</link> och i <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">kapitlet med instruktioner för avancerad " +"administration</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4375,16 +4589,24 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Att uppgradera Debian från en utgåva till nästa är i regel ganska enkelt. " +"För Debian Edu är det tyvärr något mer komplicerat eftersom vi ändrar " +"konfigurationsfiler på sätt som vi egentligen inte borde. De nödvändiga " +"stegen beskrivs nedan. (Mer information om hur Debian Edu bör ändra " +"konfigurationsfiler finns i Debian-felet <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " "and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." msgstr "" +"I allmänhet är det svårare att uppgradera servrarna än arbetsstationerna, " +"och huvudservern är svårast att uppgradera." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4393,6 +4615,10 @@ "way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " "and see if everything works as it should." msgstr "" +"För att vara säker på att allt fungerar som tidigare efter uppgraderingen " +"bör du prova den på ett testsystem, eller på testsystem som är konfigurerade " +"på samma sätt som produktionsdatorerna. Där kan du genomföra uppgraderingen " +"utan risk och kontrollera att allt fungerar som det ska." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4400,6 +4626,9 @@ "release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Läs också informationen om den aktuella stabila Debian-utgåvan i dess <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installationshandbok</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4410,6 +4639,12 @@ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " "Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." msgstr "" +"Det kan också vara klokt att vänta ett tag och fortsätta köra Oldstable i " +"några veckor, så att andra hinner testa uppgraderingen och dokumentera " +"eventuella problem. Oldstable-utgåvan av Debian Edu fortsätter att få stöd " +"en tid efter nästa Stable-utgåva, men när Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">slutar stödja Oldstable</ulink> måste " +"Debian Edu göra detsamma." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy @@ -4440,6 +4675,9 @@ "it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " "<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." msgstr "" +"Om <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> avslutas med ett fel försöker du " +"åtgärda det och/eller kör <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " +"och därefter <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading the main server" @@ -4455,11 +4693,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: var beredd på att läsa mycket NYHETER. Tryck på " +"<Retur> för att rulla nedåt och <q> för att avsluta " +"visningsprogrammet. All information skickas med e-post till root, så att du " +"kan läsa den igen (med <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</" +"emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4467,20 +4710,27 @@ "currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " "return will be fine." msgstr "" +"Läs all information från debconf noggrant. Välj ”behåll den lokala version " +"som för närvarande är installerad” om inget annat anges nedan. I de flesta " +"fall räcker det att trycka på Retur." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "restart services: Choose yes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "starta om tjänster: Välj ja." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " "installed'." msgstr "" +"Samba-server och verktyg: Välj ”behåll den lokala version som för närvarande " +"är installerad”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Välj ”behåll den lokala version som för närvarande är " +"installerad”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" @@ -4496,16 +4746,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "" +msgstr "om det grafiska GOsa²-gränssnittet fungerar," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "Introduktion till tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer" +msgstr "om det går att ansluta LTSP-klienter och arbetsstationer," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," msgstr "" +"om det går att lägga till eller ta bort ett systems medlemskap i en nätgrupp," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," @@ -4517,7 +4767,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "" +msgstr "och om andra platsspecifika funktioner fungerar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading a workstation" @@ -4528,6 +4778,8 @@ "Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " "not needed." msgstr "" +"Utför alla grundläggande åtgärder på samma sätt som på huvudservern, men " +"hoppa över sådant som inte behövs." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" @@ -4538,51 +4790,58 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instruktioner" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Administration\">allmän administration</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" "link>" msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">avancerad " +"administration</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivbordet</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nätverksanslutna " +"klienter</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning och lärande</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Users\">användare</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Användar administration" +msgstr "Instruktioner för allmän administration" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4591,11 +4850,15 @@ "started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " "in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." msgstr "" +"Kapitlen <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Komma igång</link> och <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Underhåll</link> beskriver hur du kommer igång med " +"Debian Edu och utför grundläggande underhåll. Instruktionerna i detta " +"kapitel innehåller mer ”avancerade” tips och knep." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationshistorik: spåra /etc/ med versionshanteringssystemet Git" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4603,6 +4866,9 @@ "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " "url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" +"Med <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> spåras alla filer i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> med <ulink url=\"https://www.git-" +"scm.com/\">Git</ulink> som versionshanteringssystem." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4610,12 +4876,17 @@ "well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " "stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Det gör det möjligt att se när en fil läggs till, ändras eller tas bort och, " +"om det är en textfil, vad som ändrades. Git-arkivet lagras i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " "history to be extracted and reviewed." msgstr "" +"Alla ändringar registreras automatiskt varje timme, vilket gör att " +"konfigurationshistoriken kan hämtas och granskas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4624,13 +4895,18 @@ "time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " "can be used." msgstr "" +"Kommandot <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> används för att " +"visa historiken. För att kontrollera skillnaderna mellan två tidpunkter kan " +"du använda ett kommando som <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " "information." -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Mer information finns i utdata från <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "List of useful commands:" @@ -4658,6 +4934,8 @@ msgid "" "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" msgstr "" +"För att registrera en fil manuellt när du inte vill vänta i upp till en " +"timme:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Resizing Partitions" @@ -4671,6 +4949,10 @@ "mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " "unmounted." msgstr "" +"I Debian Edu ligger alla partitioner utom <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> på logiska LVM-volymer. Med Linuxkärnor från och med version " +"2.6.10 går det att utöka partitioner medan de är monterade. För att krympa " +"en partition måste den fortfarande vara avmonterad." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4680,6 +4962,10 @@ "It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " "very large one." msgstr "" +"Undvik helst mycket stora partitioner (säg över 20 GiB), eftersom det tar " +"lång tid att köra <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> på dem eller " +"återställa dem från en säkerhetskopia om det skulle behövas. Om möjligt är " +"det bättre att skapa flera mindre partitioner än en enda mycket stor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4694,6 +4980,16 @@ "<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " "commands to extend the file systems." msgstr "" +"Hjälpskriptet <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> gör " +"det enklare att utöka fulla partitioner. När det körs läser det " +"konfigurationen från <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"Därefter föreslår det att partitioner med för lite ledigt utrymme utökas " +"enligt reglerna i dessa filer. Om skriptet körs utan argument visar det " +"endast de kommandon som krävs för att utöka filsystemet. Argumentet " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> måste anges för att kommandona faktiskt " +"ska köras och filsystemen utökas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4713,6 +5009,13 @@ "spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " "its cache size." msgstr "" +"När partitionen som används av Squid-proxyn ändras i storlek måste värdet " +"för cachestorleken i <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> " +"också uppdateras. Hjälpskriptet <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> gör detta automatiskt genom att " +"kontrollera den aktuella storleken på partitionen <computeroutput>/var/spool/" +"squid/</computeroutput> och konfigurera Squid så att 80 procent av den " +"används som cache." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Logical Volume Management" @@ -4735,10 +5038,15 @@ "grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " "commands:" msgstr "" +"För att utöka en logisk volym manuellt anger du helt enkelt för kommandot " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> hur stor den ska bli. Följande " +"kommandon utökar exempelvis home0 till 30 GiB:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." msgstr "" +"För att utöka home0 med ytterligare 30 GiB infogar du ett plustecken (-" +"L+30G)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using ldapvi" @@ -4764,6 +5072,10 @@ "computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " "a vi clone as editor." msgstr "" +"Observera: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> använder den förvalda " +"textredigeraren. Genom att köra <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> i skalet kan miljön konfigureras så att en vi-klon används " +"som redigerare." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4771,8 +5083,8 @@ "careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " "JXplorer." msgstr "" -"Varning: <computeroutput>ldapvi </computeroutput> är ett mycket kraftfullt " -"verktyg. Var försiktig och ha inte sönder LDAP-databasen, samma varning " +"Varning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> är ett mycket kraftfullt " +"verktyg. Var försiktig så att LDAP-databasen inte skadas. Samma varning " "gäller för JXplorer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -4790,6 +5102,14 @@ "server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" "emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." msgstr "" +"Att använda Kerberos för NFS-montering av hemkataloger är en " +"säkerhetsfunktion. Arbetsstationer och LTSP-klienter fungerar inte utan " +"Kerberos. Nivåerna <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> stöds (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> innebär Kerberos-" +"autentisering, <emphasis>i</emphasis> står för integritetskontroll och " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> för sekretess, det vill säga kryptering). " +"Belastningen på både servern och arbetsstationen ökar med säkerhetsnivån. " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> är ett bra val och används därför som standard." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "How to change the default" @@ -4809,6 +5129,9 @@ "<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"kör <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, sök efter " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> och ersätt det med <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> eller <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4843,10 +5166,9 @@ "share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " "an example." msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg </" -"computeroutput> måste tillhandahållas av admin, se <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> som " -"ett exempel." +"Administratören måste tillhandahålla konfigurationsfilen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>. Se <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> som exempel." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" @@ -4858,21 +5180,22 @@ "<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " "default. To get write access connect like this:" msgstr "" -"Om du föredrar ett GUI att arbeta med LDAP-databasen, kolla in paketet " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer </computeroutput>, som installeras som standard. " -"För att få skrivåtkomst anslut så här:" +"Föredrar du ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för LDAP-databasen kan du " +"använda paketet <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, som installeras " +"som standard. Anslut så här för att få skrivåtkomst:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, ett kommandoradsverktyg" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, ett kommandoradsverktyg för att lägga till användare" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " "tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> är ett litet " +"kommandoradsverktyg för att skapa användarkonton. Det anropas så här:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4892,6 +5215,20 @@ "<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " "\"Harry Hirsch\":" msgstr "" +"Alla argument utom användarnamnet och GECOS-fältet är valfria. Det senare " +"bör vanligtvis innehålla användarens fullständiga namn. Om inget annat anges " +"väljer verktyget automatiskt nästa lediga UID och GID och lägger inte till " +"användaren i några ytterligare grupper. Om ingen avdelning anges väljs den " +"första <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis>-posten i LDAP, troligen " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>. För vanliga användare är det oftast inte " +"önskvärt, så välj en lämplig avdelning, till exempel <emphasis>Teachers</" +"emphasis> eller <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. När du har angett och " +"bekräftat lösenordet samt angett LDAP-administratörens lösenord skapar " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> användarkontot i LDAP, " +"anger Kerberos-lösenordet, skapar hemkatalogen och lägger till en " +"motsvarande Samba-användare. Följande skärmbild visar ett exempel där ett " +"användarkonto med namnet <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> skapas för " +"läraren ”Harry Hirsch”:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using stable-updates" @@ -4903,6 +5240,9 @@ "are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " "done, which roughly happens every two months." msgstr "" +"Du kan använda stable-updates direkt, men det är inte nödvändigt. " +"Uppdateringarna förs regelbundet över till stable-sviten i samband med " +"punktutgåvor av Stable, vilket sker ungefär varannan månad." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using backports to install newer software" @@ -4927,6 +5267,13 @@ "pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " "backports available there.</emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Backports är paket som har kompilerats om från Debian Testing (i de flesta " +"fall) och Debian Unstable (endast i några få fall, till exempel " +"säkerhetsuppdateringar). De kan därför köras utan nya bibliotek, där det är " +"möjligt, i en stabil Debian-utgåva som Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Vi rekommenderar att du endast väljer enskilda backport-" +"paket som du behöver och inte använder alla tillgängliga backports.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Using backports is simple:" @@ -4937,6 +5284,8 @@ "After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " "command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" msgstr "" +"Därefter kan backport-paket installeras enkelt. Följande kommando " +"installerar en backport-version av <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4944,6 +5293,9 @@ "Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" "free." msgstr "" +"Backport-paket uppdateras automatiskt, när uppdateringar finns, precis som " +"andra paket. Liksom det vanliga arkivet har Backports tre sektioner: main, " +"contrib och non-free." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" @@ -4976,6 +5328,9 @@ "cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " "correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom används för att lägga till en ny cd-skiva i APT:s lista över " +"tillgängliga källor. apt-cdrom identifierar skivans struktur, korrigerar " +"flera möjliga brännfel och verifierar indexfilerna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4983,6 +5338,10 @@ "done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " "scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." msgstr "" +"Du måste använda apt-cdrom för att lägga till cd-skivor i APT-systemet; det " +"kan inte göras manuellt. Dessutom måste varje skiva i en uppsättning med " +"flera cd-skivor sättas in och genomsökas separat, så att eventuella brännfel " +"kan hanteras." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" @@ -4999,6 +5358,10 @@ "users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " "once an hour." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> är ett Perl-skript som avslutar " +"bakgrundsjobb. Bakgrundsjobb definieras som processer som tillhör användare " +"som inte är inloggade på datorn. Skriptet körs av ett cron-jobb en gång i " +"timmen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" @@ -5013,6 +5376,12 @@ "computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> är ett Debian-paket som " +"automatiskt installerar säkerhetsuppdateringar och andra uppgraderingar. När " +"paketet installeras är det förkonfigurerat för att installera " +"säkerhetsuppdateringar. Loggarna finns i <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" +"upgrades/</computeroutput>. Dessutom finns alltid <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" @@ -5029,10 +5398,17 @@ "turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " "be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." msgstr "" +"Det går att spara energi och pengar genom att automatiskt stänga av " +"klientdatorerna på natten och starta dem igen på morgonen. Paketet " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> försöker stänga av datorn " +"varje hel timme från klockan 16.00, men gör det inte om den verkar användas. " +"Det försöker instruera BIOS att starta datorn omkring klockan 07.00, och " +"huvudservern försöker starta datorer från klockan 06.30 genom att skicka " +"Wake-on-LAN-paket. Tiderna kan ändras i de enskilda datorernas crontab-filer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tänk på följande när du konfigurerar detta:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5041,12 +5417,18 @@ "and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " "X2Go thin clients." msgstr "" +"Klienterna får inte stängas av när någon använder dem. Detta säkerställs " +"genom att utdata från <computeroutput>who</computeroutput> kontrolleras. Som " +"ett specialfall kontrolleras även SSH-anslutningskommandot för att fungera " +"med tunna X2Go-klienter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " "clients do not start at the same time." msgstr "" +"För att undvika att säkringar löser ut bör du se till att alla klienter inte " +"startar samtidigt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5056,11 +5438,15 @@ "computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " "and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika metoder för att väcka klienter. Den ena använder en BIOS-" +"funktion och kräver en fungerande och korrekt maskinvaruklocka samt ett " +"moderkort och en BIOS-version som stöds av <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>. Den andra kräver att klienterna stöder Wake-on-LAN och att " +"servern känner till alla klienter som ska väckas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "Konfigurera shutdown-at-night" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5076,6 +5462,16 @@ "fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " "switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." msgstr "" +"På klienter som ska stängas av på natten skapar du filen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, eller lägger till " +"värdnamnet (det vill säga utdata från ”<computeroutput>uname -n</" +"computeroutput>” på klienten) i nätgruppen ”shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Värdar " +"kan läggas till i nätgruppen i LDAP med webbverktyget <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Wake-on-LAN kan behöva aktiveras i klienternas BIOS. Det är " +"också viktigt att switcharna och routrarna mellan Wake-on-LAN-servern och " +"klienterna vidarebefordrar WOL-paketen även när klienterna är avstängda. " +"Vissa switchar vidarebefordrar inte paket till klienter som saknas i " +"switchens ARP-tabell, vilket blockerar WOL-paketen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5085,12 +5481,20 @@ "space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" "generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." msgstr "" +"Aktivera Wake-on-LAN på servern genom att lägga till klienterna i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, en klient " +"per rad, med IP-adressen först och därefter MAC-adressen (Ethernet-" +"adressen), åtskilda med ett blanksteg. Du kan också skapa skriptet " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"som genererar klientlistan dynamiskt." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" "computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel på <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> för användning med sitesummary:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5098,6 +5502,9 @@ "clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" "utils</computeroutput> package:" msgstr "" +"Om nätgruppen används för att aktivera shutdown-at-night på klienterna är " +"följande skript, som använder verktyget netgroup från paketet " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>, ett alternativ:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" @@ -5134,6 +5541,11 @@ "part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " "(yet)." msgstr "" +"I standardinstallationen körs alla tjänster på huvudservern med värdnamnet " +"<emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. För att förenkla flytt av vissa tjänster till " +"en annan dator finns installationsprofilen <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. En " +"dator som installeras med profilen ingår i Debian Edu-nätverket men kör " +"(ännu) inga tjänster." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5245,6 +5657,12 @@ "based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " "tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." msgstr "" +"Välj ”Användare” i huvudmenyn. Ändra fältet Bas till ”Students”. Posten " +"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> ska visas; klicka på den. Detta " +"är mallen ”students”, inte en verklig användare. Eftersom du måste skapa en " +"liknande mall (för att kunna använda CSV-import med din struktur) bör du " +"notera alla poster på flikarna Allmänt och POSIX. Ta gärna skärmbilder så " +"att du har informationen till hands när den nya mallen skapas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5287,6 +5705,9 @@ "can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " "where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." msgstr "" +"I exemplet nedan, med group=teachers och permissions=2770, kan en användare " +"lämna in en uppgift genom att spara filen i mappen ”assignments”, där " +"lärarna har skrivbehörighet så att de kan lägga till kommentarer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" @@ -5306,13 +5727,20 @@ "as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" +"Lägg till ett nytt system av typen <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"med GOsa² enligt beskrivningen i kapitlet <emphasis role=\"strong\">Komma " +"igång</emphasis> i denna handbok." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"I detta exempel används ”nas-server.intern” som servernamn. När ”nas-" +"server.intern” har konfigurerats kontrollerar du att NFS-exportpunkterna på " +"den nya lagringsservern exporteras till de relevanta undernäten eller " +"datorerna:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5321,26 +5749,34 @@ "addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " "file.)" msgstr "" +"Här får allt i stamnätet åtkomst till exporten /storage. (Åtkomsten kan " +"begränsas till medlemskap i en nätgrupp eller till enskilda IP-adresser, på " +"samma sätt som NFS-åtkomsten begränsas i filen tjener:/etc/exports.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " "clients to automatically mount the new export on request." msgstr "" +"Lägg till automonteringsinformation om ”nas-server.intern” i LDAP, så att " +"alla klienter automatiskt kan montera den nya exporten när den efterfrågas." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " "Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." msgstr "" +"Det går inte att göra med GOsa² eftersom en modul för automontering saknas. " +"Använd i stället ldapvi och lägg till de nödvändiga LDAP-objekten i en " +"textredigerare." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5349,12 +5785,18 @@ "matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " "individual mount points in LDAP.)" msgstr "" +"När redigeraren öppnas lägger du till följande LDAP-objekt längst ned i " +"dokumentet. (Delen ”/&” i det sista LDAP-objektet är ett jokertecken som " +"matchar allt som ”nas-server.intern” exporterar, så att enskilda " +"monteringspunkter inte behöver anges i LDAP.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " "does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" msgstr "" +"Lägg till de relevanta posterna i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, eftersom " +"tjener.intern inte använder automontering för att undvika monteringsloopar:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5362,6 +5804,9 @@ "computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " "-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." msgstr "" +"Skapa katalogerna för monteringspunkterna med <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, redigera ”/etc/fstab” efter behov och kör " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> för att montera de nya resurserna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5369,6 +5814,9 @@ "by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " "application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." msgstr "" +"Användarna bör nu kunna komma åt filerna på ”nas-server.intern” direkt genom " +"att öppna katalogen ”/tjener/nas-server/storage/” i valfritt program på en " +"arbetsstation, tunn LTSP-klient eller LTSP-server." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restrict SSH login access" @@ -5392,6 +5840,11 @@ "<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " "into the machine from everywhere." msgstr "" +"Om inga LTSP-klienter används är en enkel lösning att skapa en ny grupp " +"(exempelvis <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) och lägga till en rad " +"i datorns fil /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Därefter får endast medlemmar i gruppen " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> ansluta till datorn via SSH, " +"oavsett varifrån." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" @@ -5403,6 +5856,9 @@ "(where already other system management related groups like " "<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." msgstr "" +"Skapa gruppen <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> på basnivån (där " +"andra grupper för systemhantering, som <computeroutput>gosa-admins</" +"computeroutput>, redan visas)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." @@ -5432,16 +5888,21 @@ "the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " "changed is enough." msgstr "" +"Standardkonfigurationen för disklösa LTSP-klienter använder inte SSH-" +"anslutningar. När SSH-konfigurationen har ändrats räcker det därför att " +"uppdatera SquashFS-avbildningen på den berörda LTSP-servern." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " "a different approach using PAM is needed." msgstr "" +"Tunna X2Go-klienter använder SSH-anslutningar till den berörda LTSP-servern. " +"Därför behövs en annan metod som använder PAM." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Aktivera pam_access.so i LTSP-serverns /etc/pam.d/sshd-fil." +msgstr "Aktivera pam_access.so i filen /etc/pam.d/sshd på LTSP-servern." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5467,7 +5928,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anmärkning om mer komplexa konfigurationer" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5476,6 +5937,10 @@ "LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " "configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." msgstr "" +"Om X2Go-klienter anslöts till stamnätet 10.0.0.0/8 skulle situationen bli " +"ännu mer komplicerad. Det kan då krävas en avancerad DHCP-konfiguration (i " +"LDAP) som kontrollerar vendor-class-identifier tillsammans med en lämplig " +"PAM-konfiguration för att kunna inaktivera interna SSH-inloggningar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for the desktop" @@ -5510,6 +5975,12 @@ "language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" "computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." msgstr "" +"Användarna kan därefter välja språk i inloggningshanteraren LightDM före " +"inloggningen. Detta gäller Xfce, LXDE och LXQt. GNOME och KDE har egna " +"interna verktyg för region- och språkinställningar; använd dem. MATE " +"använder Arctica-greeter ovanpå LightDM och saknar språkval. Kör " +"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> för att använda " +"LightDM:s vanliga inloggningsskärm." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Playing DVDs" @@ -5585,6 +6056,9 @@ "generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " "combined server at first boot, taking some time." msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad är att SquashFS-avbildningen för disklösa arbetsstationer " +"nu som standard skapas från LTSP-serverns filsystem. På en kombinerad server " +"sker detta vid den första starten och tar en stund." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5600,16 +6074,20 @@ "setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " "Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." msgstr "" +"Om en separat eller ytterligare LTSP-server används är den information som " +"krävs för att konfigurera LTSP-klientmiljön inte fullständig vid " +"installationen. Konfigurationen kan göras när systemet har lagts till med " +"GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" "emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " "information." msgstr "" -"För information om LTSP rent generellt, se <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">hemsidan</ulink>. På system med <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " +"För information om LTSP rent generellt, se <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">hemsidan</ulink>. På system med <emphasis>LTSP-server</emphasis> " "profilen, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput>tillhandahåller mer " "information." @@ -5623,6 +6101,13 @@ "Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" "computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." msgstr "" +"Observera att verktyget <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> från LTSP måste användas " +"försiktigt. Exempelvis går det inte att skapa SquashFS-avbildningen med " +"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> på Debian-datorer, eftersom " +"dessa som standard har en separat /boot-partition. <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> skapar inte iPXE-menyn korrekt på grund av Debian Edus " +"stöd för tunna klienter, och <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> " +"skulle helt förstöra starten av LTSP-klienterna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5635,6 +6120,15 @@ "works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " "to facilitate site specific adjustments." msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> är " +"ett omslagsskript för <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Det används för att installera och konfigurera stöd för " +"disklösa arbetsstationer och tunna klienter (både 64- och 32-bitarsdatorer). " +"Se <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> eller " +"skriptets innehåll för att förstå hur det fungerar. All konfiguration finns " +"i själva skriptet (HERE-dokument) för att underlätta platsspecifika " +"anpassningar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5650,6 +6144,9 @@ "computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " "filesystem)." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> uppdaterar SquashFS-avbildningen för disklösa " +"arbetsstationer (serverns filsystem)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5657,6 +6154,9 @@ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " "client support." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> skapar stöd för disklösa arbetsstationer och " +"tunna 64-bitarsklienter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5664,6 +6164,9 @@ "computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " "SquashFS image)." msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> skapar ytterligare stöd för tunna 32-bitarsklienter (chroot " +"och SquashFS-avbildning)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5674,6 +6177,12 @@ "client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " "reduced)." msgstr "" +"Förutom <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (det minsta systemet för tunna klienter) " +"finns alternativen <emphasis>display</emphasis> och <emphasis>desktop</" +"emphasis>. Typen <emphasis>display</emphasis> har en avstängningsknapp. " +"Typen <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> kör Firefox ESR i kioskläge direkt på " +"klienten (vilket kräver mer lokalt RAM-minne och processorkraft men minskar " +"serverbelastningen)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5684,6 +6193,12 @@ "boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " "modified." msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> är ett " +"omslagsskript för <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Det " +"säkerställer att filen /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe är anpassad för Debian Edu. " +"Kommandot måste köras när iPXE-menyrelaterade inställningar (som menyns " +"tidsgräns eller förvalda startalternativ) i avsnittet [server] i /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf har ändrats." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5693,6 +6208,12 @@ "and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " "run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> är ett " +"omslagsskript för <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Det " +"säkerställer att en användningsspecifik initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " +"skapas och därefter flyttas till den katalog som hör till " +"användningsområdet. Kommandot måste köras när avsnittet [clients] i /etc/" +"ltsp/ltsp.conf har ändrats." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5701,6 +6222,10 @@ "LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " "install, upgrade and remove packages)." msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"ersätter verktyget <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> som levererades med " +"LTSP5. Det används för att köra kommandon i en angiven LTSP-chroot, " +"exempelvis för att installera, uppgradera och ta bort paket." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" @@ -5715,6 +6240,13 @@ "too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " "powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." msgstr "" +"En disklös arbetsstation kör all programvara lokalt. Klientdatorerna startar " +"direkt från LTSP-servern utan någon lokal hårddisk. Programvaran " +"administreras och underhålls på LTSP-servern men körs på de disklösa " +"arbetsstationerna. Även hemkataloger och systeminställningar lagras på " +"servern. Disklösa arbetsstationer är ett utmärkt sätt att återanvända äldre, " +"men kraftfull, maskinvara med samma låga underhållskostnader som för tunna " +"klienter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5735,6 +6267,9 @@ "boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " "server needs to be a powerful machine." msgstr "" +"Med en tunn klient kan en vanlig dator fungera som en (X-)terminal där all " +"programvara körs på LTSP-servern. Datorn startas då via PXE utan att använda " +"en lokal hårddisk, och LTSP-servern måste vara en kraftfull dator." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5747,9 +6282,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" +"Eftersom tunna klienter använder X2Go bör användarna inaktivera komposition " +"för att undvika bildartefakter. I standardfallet (skrivbordsmiljön Xfce): " +"Inställningar -> Fönsterhanterarjusteringar -> Komposition." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" @@ -5763,21 +6301,27 @@ "XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " "initrd." msgstr "" +"LTSP-klienten kan inte starta om dess nätverksgränssnitt kräver icke-fri " +"fast programvara. En PXE-installation kan användas för felsökning av " +"nätverksstart. Om Debians installationsprogram klagar på att filen XXX.bin " +"saknas måste den icke-fria fasta programvaran läggas till i LTSP-serverns " +"initrd." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" msgstr "Fortsätt så här på LTSP-servern:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Historisk information om äldre versioner" +msgstr "Hämta först information om paket med fast programvara genom att köra:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " "probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" msgstr "" +"Ta reda på vilket paket som måste installeras för nätverksgränssnittet eller " +"nätverksgränssnitten. Det är troligen firmware-linux. Kör:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" @@ -5819,6 +6363,9 @@ "client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " "seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." msgstr "" +"I båda fallen kan <emphasis>disklös arbetsstation</emphasis> eller " +"<emphasis>tunn klient</emphasis> väljas i iPXE-menyn. Efter fem sekunder " +"startar datorn som en disklös arbetsstation." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5828,6 +6375,10 @@ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " "take effect." msgstr "" +"Både det förvalda alternativet i iPXE-startmenyn och dess förvalda tidsgräns " +"kan konfigureras i <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. " +"Värdet <emphasis>-1</emphasis> döljer menyn. Kör <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> för att verkställa ändringarna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" @@ -5843,6 +6394,14 @@ "settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " "other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 är det förvalda LTSP-klientnätverket när en dator installeras " +"med LTSP-profilen. Om många LTSP-klienter används, eller om olika LTSP-" +"servrar ska tillhandahålla både i386- och amd64-chrootmiljöer, kan även det " +"andra förkonfigurerade nätverket 192.168.1.0/24 användas. Redigera filen " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> och anpassa " +"inställningarna för eth1. Använd <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> " +"eller någon annan LDAP-redigerare för att granska DNS- och DHCP-" +"konfigurationen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" @@ -5857,8 +6416,8 @@ "See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " "about thin client types." msgstr "" -"Se <computeroutput>man-debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> för detaljer " -"om tunna klient typer." +"Mer information om typer av tunna klienter finns i <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "LTSP client configuration" @@ -5920,6 +6479,10 @@ "content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " "manager." msgstr "" +"När användare ansluter ett USB-minne till en tunn X2Go-klient av typen bare " +"(standardinstallationen med kombinerad server) monteras mediet så snart den " +"befintliga mappikonen på Xfce-skrivbordet dubbelklickas. Beroende på mediets " +"innehåll kan det ta en stund innan innehållet visas i filhanteraren." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" @@ -5931,6 +6494,9 @@ "cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " "users can access the files." msgstr "" +"När USB-minnen och andra flyttbara medier ansluts till en LTSP-server visas " +"en motsvarande mappikon på de tunna LTSP-klienternas skrivbord. " +"Fjärranvändare kan komma åt filerna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" @@ -5949,12 +6515,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" +"Konfigurera skrivaren via webbgränssnittet <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> på huvudservern. Välj nätverksskrivartypen " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (för alla skrivare " +"oavsett märke eller modell) och ange <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " +"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> som anslutnings-URI." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" @@ -5966,6 +6537,9 @@ "url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " "integration." msgstr "" +"PXE står för Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu använder numera " +"implementationen <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> för " +"enklare integration med LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" @@ -5978,6 +6552,10 @@ "some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" "edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." msgstr "" +"Alternativet för systeminstallationer i iPXE-menyn skapas av skriptet " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Vissa inställningar " +"kan åsidosättas genom att ange ersättningsvärden i filen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" @@ -6001,6 +6579,20 @@ "edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " "debconf values." msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen ärver språk, tangentbordslayout och spegelinställningar " +"från installationen av huvudservern. Övriga frågor ställs under " +"installationen (profil, deltagande i popcon, partitionering och root-" +"lösenord). För att undvika frågorna kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> ändras så att den innehåller " +"förvalda svar på debconf-värden. Några exempel på tillgängliga debconf-" +"värden finns redan som kommentarer i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Ändringarna går förlorade när " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> används för att " +"återskapa PXE-installationsmiljön. För att lägga till debconf-värden i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"när miljön återskapas med <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> skapar du filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> med de ytterligare debconf-värdena." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6045,6 +6637,11 @@ "intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " "and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." msgstr "" +"Paketet debian-edu-config innehåller ett verktyg som hjälper till att ändra " +"nätverket från 10.0.0.0/8 till något annat. Se <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Verktyget är avsett " +"att användas på huvudservern direkt efter installationen för att uppdatera " +"LDAP och andra filer som måste redigeras när undernätet ändras." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6053,6 +6650,11 @@ "LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " "of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." msgstr "" +"Observera att det inte fungerar att byta till något av de undernät som redan " +"används på andra håll i Debian Edu. 192.168.0.0/24 och 192.168.1.0/24 är " +"redan konfigurerade som LTSP-klientnätverk. Ett byte till dessa undernät " +"kräver manuell redigering av konfigurationsfiler för att ta bort dubbla " +"poster." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6063,6 +6665,12 @@ "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." msgstr "" +"Det finns inget enkelt sätt att ändra DNS-domännamnet. Det skulle kräva " +"ändringar i både LDAP-strukturen och flera filer i huvudserverns filsystem. " +"Det finns inte heller något enkelt sätt att ändra huvudserverns värd- och " +"DNS-namn (tjener.intern). Även detta skulle kräva ändringar i LDAP och i " +"filer på huvudservern och klienterna. I båda fallen måste dessutom Kerberos-" +"konfigurationen ändras." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Remote Desktop" @@ -6089,6 +6697,10 @@ "running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " "Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." msgstr "" +"Xrdp använder Remote Desktop Protocol för att visa en grafisk inloggning för " +"en fjärrklient. Microsoft Windows-användare kan ansluta till LTSP-servern " +"där xrdp körs utan att installera ytterligare programvara. De startar helt " +"enkelt Anslutning till fjärrskrivbord på Windows-datorn och ansluter." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." @@ -6102,6 +6714,10 @@ "or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " "valid deb-src line." msgstr "" +"Xrdp saknar ljudstöd. Följande skript kan användas för att kompilera eller " +"kompilera om de nödvändiga modulerna. Observera att den som kör skriptet " +"måste vara root eller medlem i gruppen sudo. Dessutom måste /etc/apt/" +"sources.list innehålla en giltig deb-src-rad." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "X2Go" @@ -6112,9 +6728,14 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" +"Med X2Go kan du komma åt ett grafiskt skrivbord på LTSP-servern via både " +"långsamma och snabba anslutningar från en dator med Linux, Windows eller " +"macOS. Ytterligare programvara krävs på klientsidan. Mer information finns " +"på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go-wikin</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6122,6 +6743,9 @@ "best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Observera att paketet <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> helst bör tas " +"bort från LTSP-servern om X2Go används. Se <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" @@ -6158,9 +6782,9 @@ "X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " "sessions and start new ones." msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient </computeroutput> är en grafisk klient för X2Go-" -"systemet (inte installerat som standard). Du kan använda den för att ansluta " -"till körande sessioner och starta nya." +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> är en grafisk klient för X2Go-" +"systemet (installeras inte som standard). Den kan användas för att ansluta " +"till pågående sessioner och starta nya." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Wireless clients" @@ -6178,6 +6802,14 @@ "adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " "homepage</ulink> for details." msgstr "" +"Servern <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> kan användas för säkra " +"nätverksanslutningar. Installera paketen <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis>winbind</emphasis> på huvudservern och kör <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> för " +"att skapa en grundläggande platsspecifik konfiguration. Då aktiveras " +"metoderna EAP-TTLS/PAP och PEAP-MSCHAPV2. All konfiguration finns i själva " +"skriptet för att underlätta platsspecifika anpassningar. Mer information " +"finns på <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">freeRADIUS webbplats</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" @@ -6214,6 +6846,12 @@ "catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " "available on the internal network." msgstr "" +"Slutanvändarnas enheter måste konfigureras korrekt och vara PIN-skyddade för " +"användning av EAP-metoder (802.1x). Användarna bör också lära sig att " +"installera freeradius CA-certifikat på sina enheter för att säkerställa att " +"de ansluter till rätt server. Då kan deras lösenord inte fångas upp av en " +"skadlig server. Det platsspecifika certifikatet finns i det interna " +"nätverket." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6243,16 +6881,22 @@ "CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " "the scripts." msgstr "" +"Observera att konfigurationen av slutanvändarnas enheter blir en verklig " +"utmaning på grund av den stora variationen av enheter. För Windows-enheter " +"kan ett installationsskript skapas och för Apple-enheter en mobileconfig-" +"fil. I båda fallen kan freeRADIUS CA-certifikat integreras, men " +"operativsystemsspecifika verktyg krävs för att skapa filerna." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" msgstr "" +"Auktorisera Windows-datorer med Debian Edu-inloggningsuppgifter via pGinas " +"LDAP-insticksmodul" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" +msgstr "Lägga till en pGina-användare i Debian Edu" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6260,6 +6904,9 @@ "application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " "LDAP." msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda pGina eller någon annan autentiseringstjänst från " +"tredje part behöver du ett särskilt användarkonto som används för sökningar " +"i LDAP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6267,17 +6914,21 @@ "password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " "website." msgstr "" +"Lägg till en särskild användare, exempelvis <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> med lösenordet <emphasis>pwd.777</" +"emphasis>, på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Installation" +msgstr "Installera pGina-förgreningen" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " "that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" msgstr "" +"Hämta och installera pGina 3.9.9.12 som ett vanligt program. Kontrollera att " +"LDAP-insticksmodulen finns i pGinas mapp för insticksmoduler:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Configure pGina" @@ -6287,30 +6938,32 @@ msgid "" "Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " "636." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med Debian Edu-inställningarna ansluter LDAP via SSL på port 636." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De nödvändiga inställningarna i pGinas LDAP-insticksmodul anges nedan." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" "(dessa lagras i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-" "c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Val av LTSP-klienttyp" +msgstr "LDAP-insticksmodulens huvudavsnitt" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " "with \"space\" as a separator)" msgstr "" +"LDAP-värd(ar): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (eller andra " +"värdar, med blanksteg som avgränsare)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6344,9 +6997,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" +"Sök-DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6366,16 +7023,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Bindning:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" msgstr "Tillåt tomma lösenord: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Fristående</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Sök efter DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">JA</emphasis> (markera kryssrutan)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6410,9 +7067,8 @@ "(kryssa inte i kryssrutan, valfritt)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Val av LTSP-klienttyp" +msgstr "Val av insticksmoduler" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6424,10 +7080,12 @@ msgid "" "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" msgstr "" +"Lokal dator: Autentisering [v], Gateway [v] (markera endast dessa två " +"kryssrutor)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ordning för insticksmoduler" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" @@ -6452,14 +7110,23 @@ "samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" "admin users are enabled to provide shares." msgstr "" +"Samba är nu konfigurerat som en <emphasis>fristående server</emphasis> med " +"modernt stöd för SMB2/SMB3 och aktiverade användardelningar. Se " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> på " +"huvudservern. Därmed kan även användare utan administratörsbehörighet " +"tillhandahålla delningar." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" +"För platsspecifika ändringar kopierar du /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site till katalogen /etc/samba. Inställningarna i " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> åsidosätter inställningarna i " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6480,9 +7147,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" +"För att tillfälligt inaktivera en användares Samba-konto kör du " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>. Kontot " +"aktiveras igen med <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></" +"computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6503,11 +7174,19 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Enheter med Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS eller Windows kan " +"ansluta till användarens hemkatalog och till ytterligare platsspecifika " +"delningar, om sådana har konfigurerats. Android-enheter behöver exempelvis " +"en filhanterare med stöd för SMB2/SMB3, ibland kallat LAN-åtkomst. <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> eller " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander med LAN-" +"insticksmodulen</ulink> kan vara lämpliga val." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6515,25 +7194,25 @@ "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " "home directory." msgstr "" -"Använd <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<användarnamn></computeroutput> " -"eller <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<användarnamn></computeroutput> för " -"att komma åt hemkatalogen." +"Använd <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> eller " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> för att komma " +"åt hemkatalogen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instruktioner för undervisning och lärande" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " "<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." msgstr "" -"Alla Debian-paket som nämns i denna sektion kan installeras genom att köra " -"<computeroutput>apt install<paket></computeroutput> (som root)." +"Alla Debian-paket som nämns i detta avsnitt kan installeras genom att köra " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (som root)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Undervisa i programmering" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6541,9 +7220,17 @@ "development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " "depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " "disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> är ett metapaket som är " +"beroende av många programmeringsverktyg. Observera att installationen av " +"paketet kräver nästan 2 GiB diskutrymme. Mer information, exempelvis om du " +"endast vill installera några paket, finns på sidan <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -6555,15 +7242,24 @@ "of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " "your jurisdiction." msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Varning</emphasis>: kontrollera vilka lagar som " +"gäller för övervakning och begränsning av datoranvändares aktiviteter där du " +"befinner dig." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa skolor använder styrverktyg som <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> eller <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> för att övervaka eleverna. Se även <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Epoptes webbplats</ulink> och <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyons webbplats</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -6576,13 +7272,13 @@ "stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Vissa skolor använder <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\" >e2guardian</ulink> för att begränsa " -"internetåtkomst." +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\" >e2guardian</ulink> för att " +"begränsa internetåtkomst." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instruktioner för användare" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Changing passwords" @@ -6625,7 +7321,7 @@ msgid "" "Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " "Java runtime." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fristående Java-program stöds direkt av Java-körtidsmiljön OpenJDK." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using email" @@ -6640,6 +7336,12 @@ "situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" +"Alla användare kan skicka och ta emot e-post inom det interna nätverket. " +"Certifikat tillhandahålls för TLS-säkrade anslutningar. För att tillåta e-" +"post utanför det interna nätverket måste administratören konfigurera e-" +"postservern <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> efter de lokala " +"förhållandena, med början genom att köra <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"exim4-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6647,6 +7349,10 @@ "For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " "url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Alla användare som vill använda Thunderbird måste konfigurera programmet " +"enligt följande. För användaren med användarnamnet jdoe är den interna e-" +"postadressen <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -6658,7 +7364,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på ”Hoppa över detta och använd min befintliga e-postadress”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enter your email address" @@ -6701,6 +7407,10 @@ "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" +"För det mesta är <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">utvecklarnas e-postlista</ulink> vårt huvudsakliga " +"kommunikationsmedium. Vi har också kanalen #debian-edu på irc.debian.org och " +"ibland fysiska sammankomster där vi träffas personligen." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6708,6 +7418,9 @@ "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" "mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att följa vad som händer i utvecklingen av Debian Edu är att " +"prenumerera på <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">e-postlistan för kodändringar</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Report bugs" @@ -6723,6 +7436,13 @@ "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." msgstr "" +"Debian Edu använder Debians <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/" +"\">felrapporteringssystem (BTS)</ulink>. Där kan du läsa befintliga " +"felrapporter och önskemål om funktioner eller skapa nya. Rapportera alla fel " +"mot paketet <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" +"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Mer information om felrapportering i " +"Debian Edu finns i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">Så rapporterar du fel</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -6735,6 +7455,10 @@ "happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " "sharing your knowledge with us." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument behöver din hjälp! Framför allt är det ännu inte färdigt. När " +"du läser det kommer du att hitta flera FIXME-markeringar i texten. Om du vet " +"något om det som behöver förklaras där får du gärna dela med dig av dina " +"kunskaper." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6753,6 +7477,10 @@ "link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " "book!" msgstr "" +"Ett annat mycket bra sätt att bidra och hjälpa användare är att översätta " +"programvara och dokumentation. Information om hur detta dokument översätts " +"finns i bokens <link linkend=\"Translations\">kapitel om översättningar</" +"link>. Hjälp gärna till med översättningen av boken!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -6770,13 +7498,15 @@ msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailinglista" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> – sändlista för support" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " "not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." msgstr "" +"#debian-edu på irc.debian.org – en IRC-kanal som främst handlar om " +"utveckling. Förvänta dig inte support i realtid, även om det ofta förekommer." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in Norwegian" @@ -6792,12 +7522,12 @@ msgstr "på Tyska" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " "mailing list" msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailinglista" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> – e-postlista " +"för support" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" @@ -6809,13 +7539,12 @@ msgstr "på Franska" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " "mailing list" msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " -"mailinglista" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> – e-postlista " +"för support" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Professional support" @@ -6826,6 +7555,8 @@ "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgstr "" +"Listor över företag som erbjuder professionell support finns på <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" @@ -6845,6 +7576,9 @@ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" +"Ny version av Debians installationsprogram från Debian Bookworm. Mer " +"information finns i dess <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bookworm/installmanual\">installationshandbok</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6853,6 +7587,10 @@ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " "<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." msgstr "" +"inklusive information om <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"som är en ny sektion utöver de välkända sektionerna <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> och " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6860,6 +7598,9 @@ "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " "bookworm." msgstr "" +"Nytt grafiskt material baserat på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">temat Emerald</ulink>, som är standardtemat för " +"Debian 12 Bookworm." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Software updates" @@ -6912,6 +7653,10 @@ "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" +"Mer information om Debian 12 Bookworm finns i <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">versionsfakta</ulink> och " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installationshandboken</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -6926,7 +7671,6 @@ "helt översatta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " @@ -6934,22 +7678,23 @@ "(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " "Ukrainian." msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Bullseye Manual är helt översatt till nederländska, franska, " -"tyska, italienska, japanska, norska bokmål, portugisiska (Portugal) och " -"förenklad kinesiska." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Handboken för Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> är översatt till " +"förenklad kinesiska, danska, nederländska, franska, tyska, italienska, " +"japanska, norska (bokmål), brasiliansk portugisiska, europeisk portugisiska, " +"spanska, rumänska och ukrainska." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Known issues" msgstr "Kända fel" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Versionen på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> är en wiki och uppdateras ofta." +"se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">statussidan för Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" @@ -6978,29 +7723,31 @@ "Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " "version\" licence." msgstr "" +"Om du lägger till innehåll, <emphasis role=\"strong\">gör det endast om du " +"själv är upphovspersonen. Du måste ge ut innehållet på samma villkor</" +"emphasis>! Lägg därefter till ditt namn här och ge ut det under licensen " +"”GPL v2 eller en senare version”." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Translations of this document" msgstr "Översättningar av detta dokument" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" "doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." msgstr "" -"Versionen på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> är en wiki och uppdateras ofta." +"Det finns en <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">översikt på nätet över paketerade översättningar</ulink> som " +"uppdateras ofta." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Översättningar av detta dokument" +msgstr "Så översätter du detta dokument" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Översätt online med en webbläsare" +msgstr "Översätt med PO-filer" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7027,11 +7774,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapportera eventuella problem." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilaga A – GNU General Public License" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy @@ -7046,9 +7793,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Bilaga C - Funktioner i äldre versioner" +msgstr "Bilaga B – Funktioner i äldre utgåvor" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> #, fuzzy @@ -7241,28 +7987,23 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följande Debian Edu-utgåvor gavs ut längre tillbaka i tiden:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 med kodnamnet Buster gavs ut 2019-07-06." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." -msgstr "" -"Nya funktioner för Debian Edu 9+edu0 Kodnamn Stretch släpptes 2017-06-17" +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 med kodnamnet Stretch gavs ut 2017-06-17." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 med kodnamnet Jessie gavs ut 2016-07-02." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 med kodnamnet Wheezy gavs ut 2013-09-28." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." @@ -7316,6 +8057,11 @@ "release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" "Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" +"En fullständig och detaljerad översikt över äldre utgåvor finns i <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">bilaga C i Jessie-handboken</ulink>. Se även de tillhörande " +"utgåvehandböckerna på sidan <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">Utgåvehandböcker</ulink>." #~ msgid "" #~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=தேதியை வெளியிடுங்கள்; endboundary=<section> <literallayout> <emphasis role="strong">சொற்பொழிவு:</emphasis> -2024-2025 தமிழ்நேரம் +2024-2026 தமிழ்நேரம் </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.ta.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,73 +6,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-08 06:23+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Schweer <wschweer@arcor.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Tamil <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/ta/>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-01 00:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: தமிழ்நேரம் <tamilneram247@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Tamil <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/ta/>\n" "Language: ta\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.16.1-dev\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -#, fuzzy msgid "en" -msgstr "என்" +msgstr "ta" #. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" -msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி / Skolelinux 12 புத்தக புழு கையேடு" +msgstr "Debian Edu/ Skolelinux 12 Bookworm கையேடு" #. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> msgid "Publish date:" msgstr "தேதியை வெளியிடுங்கள்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் bookworm கையேடு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU நிறுவி லோகோ" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவி லோகோ" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." -msgstr "இது டெபியன் எட் 12 (புத்தகப்புழு) வெளியீட்டிற்கான கையேடு." +msgstr "இது Debian Edu 12 (புத்தகப்புழு) வெளியீட்டிற்கான கையேடு." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" "Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm\"/" -"> இல் உள்ள சான்று ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் அடிக்கடி புதுப்பிக்கப்படுகிறது." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm\"/>இல் " +"உள்ள சான்று ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் அடிக்கடி புதுப்பிக்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" "userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." msgstr "" -"புதுப்பிக்கப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் கிடைக்கின்றன <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> நிகழ்நிலை " -"</ulink>." +"புதுப்பிக்கப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் கிடைக்கின்றன <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> நிகழ்நிலை </ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" msgstr "டெபியன் எட் மற்றும் ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பற்றி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " "an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " @@ -84,26 +74,25 @@ "extension of the concept." msgstr "" "டெபியன் எட் அக்கா ச்கோலெலினக்ச் என்பது டெபியனை அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட ஒரு லினக்ச் " -"விநியோகமாகும், இது முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி வலையமைப்பின் பெட்டி சூழலை வழங்குகிறது" -". இது கிளையன்ட்-சர்வர் அணுகுமுறையை செயல்படுத்துகிறது. சேவையகங்களும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> மென்பொருள் துண்டுகள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருவருக்கொருவர் தொடர்பு கொள்கிறார்கள். " -"சேவையகங்கள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் செயல்பட தேவையான தகவல்களை வழங்குகின்றன. ஒரு இயந்திரத்தில் ஒரு" -" சேவையகம் மற்றும் அதன் கிளையண்டில் வேறு கணினியில் நிறுவப்பட்டால், இயந்திரங்கள் சேவையகம் " -"மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் என குறிப்பிடப்படுகின்றன." +"விநியோகமாகும், இது முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி வலையமைப்பின் பெட்டி சூழலை " +"வழங்குகிறது. இது கிளையன்ட்-சர்வர் அணுகுமுறையைச் செயல்படுத்துகிறது. சேவையகங்களும் " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் <emphasis>மென்பொருள் துண்டுகள்</emphasis> ஒருவருக்கொருவர் தொடர்பு " +"கொள்கிறார்கள். சேவையகங்கள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் செயல்பட தேவையான தகவல்களை வழங்குகின்றன. ஒரு " +"இயந்திரத்தில் ஒரு சேவையகம் மற்றும் அதன் கிளையண்டில் வேறு கணினியில் நிறுவப்பட்டால், " +"இயந்திரங்கள் சேவையகம் மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் எனக் குறிப்பிடப்படுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்\"> வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணைய தேவைகள் </இணைப்பு> மற்றும் " -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு\"> கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> பற்றிய அத்தியாயங்கள் அடிப்படை " +"<link linkend=\"Requirements\">வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணையத் தேவைகள்</link> மற்றும் " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">கட்டமைப்பு</link> பற்றிய அத்தியாயங்கள் அடிப்படை " "கணினி வடிவமைப்பு விவரங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " @@ -118,17 +107,16 @@ msgstr "" "ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவிய பின், பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குத் தேவையான அனைத்து " "சேவைகளும் அமைக்கப்பட்டு கணினி பயன்படுத்த தயாராக உள்ளது. பயனர்கள் மற்றும் இயந்திரங்கள் " -"மட்டுமே கோசா, வசதியான வலை-யுஐ அல்லது வேறு எந்த எல்.டி.ஏ.பி எடிட்டர் வழியாக சேர்க்கப்" -"பட வேண்டும். Pxe/<ulink முகவரி = \"https://ipxe.org/\"> ipxe </ulink> ஐப் " +"மட்டுமே கோசா, வசதியான வலை-யுஐ அல்லது வேறு எந்த எல்.டி.ஏ.பி எடிட்டர் வழியாக " +"சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும். Pxe/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">ipxe </ulink> ஐப் " "பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு நெட்பூட்டிங் சூழல் தயாரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, எனவே குறுவட்டு, ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் " -"அல்லது யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் டிரைவிலிருந்து முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை ஆரம்ப நிறுவிய பிறகு மற்" -"ற எல்லா இயந்திரங்களையும் பிணையம் வழியாக நிறுவலாம், இதில் \"ரோமிங் பணிநிலையங்கள்\" (பள்ளி" -" நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து பறிக்கக்கூடியவை, பொதுவாக மடிக்கணினிகள் அல்லது நெட்புக்குகள்) அடங்கும்" -". மேலும், இயந்திரங்களை PXE/IPXE வழியாக வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் அல்லது மெல்லிய " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களாக துவக்கலாம்." +"அல்லது யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் டிரைவிலிருந்து முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை ஆரம்ப நிறுவிய பிறகு " +"மற்ற எல்லா இயந்திரங்களையும் பிணையம் வழியாக நிறுவலாம், இதில் \"ரோமிங் பணிநிலையங்கள்\" " +"(பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து பறிக்கக்கூடியவை, பொதுவாக மடிக்கணினிகள் அல்லது நெட்புக்குகள்) " +"அடங்கும். மேலும், இயந்திரங்களை PXE/IPXE வழியாக வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் அல்லது " +"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களாக துவக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " "Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " @@ -143,20 +131,19 @@ msgstr "சில வரலாறு மற்றும் ஏன் இரண்டு பெயர்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://blends.debian.org/edu\"> டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச் </" -"Ulink> என்பது டெபியன் EDU திட்டத்தால் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட லினக்ச் விநியோகமாகும். ஒரு <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://blends.debian.org\"> டெபியன் தூய கலவை </ulink> வழங்கல் இது " -"ஒரு அதிகாரப்பூர்வ <ulink முகவரி = \" > துணை திட்டம்." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\"> டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச்</ulink> " +"என்பது டெபியன் கல்வி திட்டத்தால் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட லினக்ச் விநியோகமாகும். ஒரு <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\"> டெபியன் தூய கலவை </ulink> வழங்கல் இது ஒரு " +"அதிகாரப்பூர்வ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">டெபியன்</ulink> துணை திட்டம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" @@ -166,17 +153,16 @@ "முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி-நெட்வொர்க்கின் பெட்டி சூழலை வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "நோர்வேயில் ச்கோலெலினக்ச் திட்டம் சூலை 2, 2001 அன்று நிறுவப்பட்டது, அதே நேரத்தில் ரபால் " -"எர்ட்சாக் பிரான்சில் டெபியன்-எட்டு தொடங்கினார். 2003 முதல் இரண்டு திட்டங்களும் ஒன்றுபட்டுள்" -"ளன, ஆனால் இரண்டு பெயர்களும் தங்கியிருந்தன. \"ச்கோல்\" மற்றும் (டெபியன்-) \"கல்வி\" இந்த " -"பிராந்தியங்களில் நன்கு புரிந்துகொள்ளப்பட்ட இரண்டு சொற்கள்." +"எர்ட்சாக் பிரான்சில் டெபியன்-எட்டு தொடங்கினார். 2003 முதல் இரண்டு திட்டங்களும் " +"ஒன்றுபட்டுள்ளன, ஆனால் இரண்டு பெயர்களும் தங்கியிருந்தன. \"ச்கோல்\" மற்றும் (டெபியன்-) " +"\"கல்வி\" இந்த பிராந்தியங்களில் நன்கு புரிந்துகொள்ளப்பட்ட இரண்டு சொற்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." @@ -191,7 +177,6 @@ msgstr "பிணையம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " "provided by a Skolelinux installation." @@ -200,12 +185,10 @@ "விவரிக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU பிணையம் டோபாலசி" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி பிணையம் டோபாலசி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " "a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " @@ -222,14 +205,13 @@ "அதே நேரத்தில் சாதாரண பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் (தொடர்புடைய மெல்லிய " "வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும்/அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுடன்) சேர்க்க அனுமதிக்கிறது. " "பணிநிலையங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை நீங்கள் விரும்பும் அளவுக்கு பெரியதாகவோ அல்லது சிறியதாகவோ " -"இருக்கலாம் (எதுவுமில்லை. எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களுக்கும் இதுவே செல்கிறது, அவை ஒவ்வொன்றும்" -" ஒரு தனி நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ளன, இதனால் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்திற்கும் " -"இடையிலான போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளை பாதிக்காது. எல்.டி.எச்.பி <இணைப்பு " -"இணைப்பு = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> தொடர்புடைய அவ் டோ </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் விரிவாக " -"விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." +"இருக்கலாம் (எதுவுமில்லை. எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களுக்கும் இதுவே செல்கிறது, அவை " +"ஒவ்வொன்றும் ஒரு தனி நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ளன, இதனால் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகத்திற்கும் இடையிலான போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளை பாதிக்காது. " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> தொடர்புடைய அவ் டோ </link> " +"அத்தியாயத்தில் விரிவாக விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " "that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " @@ -246,7 +228,6 @@ "சுட்டிக்காட்டவும் முடியும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " "connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " @@ -255,39 +236,36 @@ "existing one as needed." msgstr "" "ச்கோலெலினக்சின் நிலையான அமைப்பை எளிமைப்படுத்துவதற்காக, இணைய இணைப்பு ஒரு தனி திசைவி " -"மீது இயங்குகிறது, இது கேட்வே என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"தேவைகள்-internet_router\"> இணைய திசைவி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும் " -"விவரங்களுக்கு இதுபோன்ற நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்பது தேவைக்கேற்ப ஏற்கனவே உள்ளதை " -"உள்ளமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." +"மீது இயங்குகிறது, இது கேட்வே என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--internet_router\"> இணைய திசைவி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் " +"பார்க்கவும் விவரங்களுக்கு இதுபோன்ற நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்பது தேவைக்கேற்ப " +"ஏற்கனவே உள்ளதை உள்ளமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" msgstr "இயல்புநிலை பிணைய அமைப்பு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " "menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " "a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " "hard disk." msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள டி.எச்.சி.பி 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை வழங்குகிறது, இது ஒரு" -" புதிய சேவையகம்/பணிநிலையத்தை நிறுவலாமா, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள டி.எச்.சி.பி 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை வழங்குகிறது, இது " +"ஒரு புதிய சேவையகம்/பணிநிலையத்தை நிறுவலாமா, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத " "பணிநிலையத்தை துவக்க வேண்டுமா, மெம்டெச்ட்டை இயக்கலாமா அல்லது உள்ளக ஆர்டில் இருந்து " "துவக்கலாமா என்பதை நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யலாம் வட்டு." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"இது மாற்றியமைக்க வடிவமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது; விவரங்களுக்கு, <இணைப்பு இணைப்பை = " -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> தொடர்புடையது எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." +"இது மாற்றியமைக்க வடிவமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது; விவரங்களுக்கு, <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> தொடர்புடையது எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " "interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " @@ -306,7 +284,6 @@ msgstr "முதன்மை சேவையகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " "Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " @@ -316,16 +293,15 @@ msgstr "" "ஒரு ச்கோலிலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகம் (ஓச்ட்பெயர் \"டிசெனர்\", இது " "நோர்வே மற்றும் \"சேவையகம்\" என்று பொருள்) ஐபி முகவரி 10.0.2.2 ஐக் கொண்டுள்ளது மற்றும் " -"முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது. முதன்மையான சேவை" -"யக சுயவிவரத்திற்கு கூடுதலாக எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரங்களைத் " -"தேர்ந்தெடுத்து நிறுவுவது சாத்தியம் (ஆனால் தேவையில்லை)." +"முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது. முதன்மையான " +"சேவையக சுயவிவரத்திற்கு கூடுதலாக எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலைய " +"சுயவிவரங்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து நிறுவுவது சாத்தியம் (ஆனால் தேவையில்லை)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Services running on the main server" msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயங்கும் சேவைகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " "initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " @@ -340,9 +316,9 @@ msgstr "" "மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் கட்டுப்பாட்டைத் தவிர, அனைத்து சேவைகளும் ஆரம்பத்தில் ஒரு நடு " "கணினியில் (பிரதான சேவையகம்) அமைக்கப்படுகின்றன. செயல்திறன் காரணங்களுக்காக, எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"சேவையகம் (எச்) தனித்தனியாக இருக்க வேண்டும் (பிரதான சேவையகம் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவை" -"யக சுயவிவரங்கள் இரண்டையும் ஒரே கணினியில் நிறுவ முடியும் என்றாலும்). அனைத்து சேவைகளும் " -"ஒரு பிரத்யேக டி.என்.எச்-பெயர் ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, மேலும் அவை ஐபிவி 4 க்கு மேல் " +"சேவையகம் (எச்) தனித்தனியாக இருக்க வேண்டும் (பிரதான சேவையகம் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையக சுயவிவரங்கள் இரண்டையும் ஒரே கணினியில் நிறுவ முடியும் என்றாலும்). அனைத்து " +"சேவைகளும் ஒரு பிரத்யேக டி.என்.எச்-பெயர் ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, மேலும் அவை ஐபிவி 4 க்கு மேல் " "பிரத்தியேகமாக வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. ஒதுக்கப்பட்ட டிஎன்எச் பெயர் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " "சேவையை நிறுத்தி, சேவையின் புதிய இருப்பிடத்தை சுட்டிக்காட்ட டிஎன்எச் உள்ளமைவை மாற்றுவதன் " "மூலம், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து வேறு இயந்திரத்திற்கு தனிப்பட்ட சேவைகளை நகர்த்துவதை " @@ -359,7 +335,6 @@ "அனுப்பப்படவில்லை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " "network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " @@ -374,24 +349,20 @@ "முகவரிகள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> சேவைகளின் அட்டவணை </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">சேவைகளின் அட்டவணை</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பணி விளக்கம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">பணி விளக்கம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பொதுவான பெயர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">பொதுவான பெயர்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> டிஎன்எச் பணி பெயர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">டிஎன்எச் பணி பெயர்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Centralised Logging" @@ -399,10 +370,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ஆர்இயக்கபதிவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "syslog" msgstr "சிச்லாக்" @@ -411,7 +381,6 @@ msgstr "டொமைன் பெயர் பணி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "DNS (BIND)" msgstr "டி.என்.எச் (பிணைப்பு)" @@ -424,12 +393,10 @@ msgstr "இயந்திரங்களின் தானியங்கி பிணைய உள்ளமைவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "டி.எச்.சி.பி." +msgstr "டி.எச்.சி.பி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "bootps" msgstr "துவக்கங்கள்" @@ -438,14 +405,12 @@ msgstr "கடிகார ஒத்திசைவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "NTP" -msgstr "என்.டி.பி." +msgstr "என்.டி.பி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "ntp" -msgstr "என்.டி.பி." +msgstr "என்.டி.பி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" @@ -456,7 +421,6 @@ msgstr "SMB / NFS" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "homes" msgstr "வீடுகள்" @@ -465,12 +429,10 @@ msgstr "மின்னணு தபால் அலுவலகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "Imap (dovecot)" +msgstr "ஐமேப் (அன்னபறவைகாட்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "postoffice" msgstr "அஞ்சல் அலுவலகம்" @@ -479,23 +441,20 @@ msgstr "அடைவு பணி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenlDAP" +msgstr "திறந்தஎல்டாப்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "ldap" -msgstr "LDAP" +msgstr "எல்டாப்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "User Administration" msgstr "பயனர் நிர்வாகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "Type2" +msgstr "சீஓசா²" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "---" @@ -506,9 +465,8 @@ msgstr "வலை சேவையகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "அப்பாச்சி/பி.எச்.பி." +msgstr "அப்பாச்சி/பி.எச்.பி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "www" @@ -519,26 +477,22 @@ msgstr "மைய காப்புப்பிரதி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "SL-Backup, Slbackup-php" +msgstr "எச்எல்-காப்பு, எச்எல்காப்பு-பிஎச்பி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "backup" msgstr "காப்புப்பிரதி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "வெப் கேச்" +msgstr "வலை தற்காலிக சேமிப்பு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Proxy (Squid)" msgstr "பதிலாள் (ச்க்விட்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "webcache" msgstr "வெப் கேச்" @@ -547,12 +501,10 @@ msgstr "அச்சிடுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "CUPS" msgstr "கோப்பைகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "ipp" msgstr "ஐபிபி" @@ -561,12 +513,10 @@ msgstr "பாதுகாப்பான தொலை உள்நுழைவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "OpenSSH" msgstr "திறந்தபாஓடு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "ssh" msgstr "பாஓடு" @@ -575,27 +525,24 @@ msgstr "தானியங்கி உள்ளமைவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "Cfengine" +msgstr "சிஎப்பொறி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" +msgstr "சிஎப்பொறி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "LTSP Server/s" msgstr "LTSP சேவையகம்/கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "LTSP" msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி." +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> msgid "" @@ -606,17 +553,14 @@ "வரலாறு. மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் பிழை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "முனின், சிசுமரி" +msgstr "முனின், இச்ங்கா மற்றும் தளசுருக்கம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "தளங்கள்" +msgstr "தளசுருக்கம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " "made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " @@ -631,19 +575,18 @@ "வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான SMB2/SMB3 வழியாகவும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "இயல்புநிலையாக உள்ளக விநியோகத்திற்காக மின்னஞ்சல் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (அதாவது பள்ளிக்குள்) " "மட்டுமே, பள்ளியில் நிரந்தர இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால் பரந்த இணையத்திற்கு மின்னஞ்சல் வழங்கல் " "அமைக்கப்படலாம். சேவையகத்திற்கு அஞ்சலை வழங்க வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கிறார்கள் " -"('ச்மார்டோச்ட்' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி), மற்றும் பயனர்கள் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பயனர்கள்-using_email\"> IMAP மூலம் தங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட அஞ்சலை </link> ஐ அணுகலாம்." +"('ச்மார்டோச்ட்' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி), மற்றும் பயனர்கள் <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\"> IMAP மூலம் தங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட அஞ்சலை </link> ஐ அணுகலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -665,7 +608,6 @@ "இது தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களில் இணைய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தவும் உதவுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " "types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " @@ -674,9 +616,9 @@ "ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " "the rest of the network services)." msgstr "" -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் பிணைய உள்ளமைவு DHCP ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே செய்யப்படுகிறது. அனைத்து" -" வகையான வாடிக்கையாளர்களையும் தனியார் 10.0.0.0/8 சப்நெட்டுடன் இணைக்கலாம் மற்றும் ஐபி " -"முகவரிகளின்படி பெறலாம்; எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் தனி சப்நெட் 192.168.0.0/24 " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் பிணைய உள்ளமைவு DHCP ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே செய்யப்படுகிறது. " +"அனைத்து வகையான வாடிக்கையாளர்களையும் தனியார் 10.0.0.0/8 சப்நெட்டுடன் இணைக்கலாம் மற்றும் " +"ஐபி முகவரிகளின்படி பெறலாம்; எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் தனி சப்நெட் 192.168.0.0/24 " "வழியாக தொடர்புடைய எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட வேண்டும் (இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி " "வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பிணைய போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளில் தலையிடாது என்பதை உறுதி " "செய்வதாகும்)." @@ -692,10 +634,9 @@ "நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து உள்வரும் செய்திகளை மட்டுமே இது ஏற்றுக்கொள்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -714,9 +655,9 @@ msgstr "" "மாணவர்களுக்கும் ஆசிரியர்களுக்கும் வலைத்தளங்களை வெளியிடும் திறன் உள்ளது. வலை சேவையகம் " "பயனர்களை அங்கீகரிப்பதற்கான வழிமுறைகளை வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் சில பயனர்களுக்கும் " -"குழுக்களுக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட பக்கங்கள் மற்றும் துணை அடைவுகளுக்கான அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது" -". சேவையக பக்கத்தில் வலை சேவையகம் நிரல்படுத்தக்கூடியதாக இருப்பதால், மாறும் வலைப்பக்கங்களை " -"உருவாக்கும் திறன் பயனர்களுக்கு இருக்கும்." +"குழுக்களுக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட பக்கங்கள் மற்றும் துணை அடைவுகளுக்கான அணுகலைக் " +"கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது. சேவையக பக்கத்தில் வலை சேவையகம் நிரல்படுத்தக்கூடியதாக இருப்பதால், " +"மாறும் வலைப்பக்கங்களை உருவாக்கும் திறன் பயனர்களுக்கு இருக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -729,15 +670,14 @@ "network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." msgstr "" "பயனர்கள் மற்றும் இயந்திரங்கள் பற்றிய தகவல்களை ஒரு மைய இடத்தில் மாற்றலாம், மேலும் பிணையத்தில் " -"உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளுக்கும் தானாகவே அணுகலாம். இதை அடைய மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அடைவு சேவையகம்" -" அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. கோப்பகத்தில் பயனர்கள், பயனர் குழுக்கள், இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் இயந்திரங்களின் " -"குழுக்கள் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் இருக்கும். பயனர் குழப்பத்தைத் தவிர்க்க கோப்புக் குழுக்களுக்கும் " -"பிணையம் குழுக்களுக்கும் எந்த வித்தியாசமும் இருக்காது. பிணையம் குழுக்களை உருவாக்கும் " -"இயந்திரங்களின் குழுக்கள் பயனர் குழுக்களின் பெயர்வெளியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் என்பதை இது " -"குறிக்கிறது." +"உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளுக்கும் தானாகவே அணுகலாம். இதை அடைய மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அடைவு " +"சேவையகம் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. கோப்பகத்தில் பயனர்கள், பயனர் குழுக்கள், இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் " +"இயந்திரங்களின் குழுக்கள் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் இருக்கும். பயனர் குழப்பத்தைத் தவிர்க்க கோப்புக் " +"குழுக்களுக்கும் பிணையம் குழுக்களுக்கும் எந்த வித்தியாசமும் இருக்காது. பிணையம் குழுக்களை " +"உருவாக்கும் இயந்திரங்களின் குழுக்கள் பயனர் குழுக்களின் பெயர்வெளியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் என்பதை " +"இது குறிக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " "established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " @@ -750,7 +690,6 @@ "பிரதிநிதித்துவப்படுத்துவது நிர்வாக அமைப்புகளால் சாத்தியமாகும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " "problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " @@ -765,11 +704,10 @@ "சேவையகம் உள்ளக பிணையம் நேர நெறிமுறையாக (என்.டி.பி) சேவையகமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, " "மேலும் சேவையகத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்க அனைத்து பணிநிலையங்களும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் " "அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர். சேவையகம் அதன் கடிகாரத்தை இணையத்தில் உள்ள இயந்திரங்களுக்கு எதிராக " -"என்.டி.பி வழியாக ஒத்திசைக்க வேண்டும், இதனால் முழு நெட்வொர்க்குக்கும் சரியான நேரம் இருப்பதை" -" உறுதி செய்கிறது." +"என்.டி.பி வழியாக ஒத்திசைக்க வேண்டும், இதனால் முழு நெட்வொர்க்குக்கும் சரியான நேரம் " +"இருப்பதை உறுதி செய்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " "network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " @@ -814,7 +752,6 @@ "LTSP வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் சேவையகத்தில் நிறுவப்பட்ட நிரல்களைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " "the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " @@ -823,7 +760,8 @@ msgstr "" "கிளையன்ட் ரூட் கோப்பு முறைமை NFS ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி வழங்கப்படுகிறது. எல்.டி.எச்.பி " "சேவையகத்திற்கு ஒவ்வொரு மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு தொடர்புடைய படத்தை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க வேண்டும்; " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் </compateOutput>" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> இயக்கு." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Thin clients" @@ -836,10 +774,11 @@ "using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " "because LTSP has dropped support." msgstr "" -"ஒரு மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு சாதாரண பிசிக்கள் (எக்ச்-) டெர்மினல்களாக செயல்பட உதவுகிறது" -". உள்ளக கிளையன்ட் ஆர்ட் டிரைவைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் PXE ஐப் பயன்படுத்தும் சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " -"இயந்திரம் நேரடியாக துவங்குகிறது என்பதே இதன் பொருள். மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு இப்போது " -"x2go ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது, ஏனெனில் எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஆதரவைக் குறைத்துள்ளது." +"ஒரு மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு சாதாரண பிசிக்கள் (எக்ச்-) டெர்மினல்களாக செயல்பட " +"உதவுகிறது. உள்ளக கிளையன்ட் ஆர்ட் டிரைவைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் PXE ஐப் பயன்படுத்தும் " +"சேவையகத்திலிருந்து இயந்திரம் நேரடியாக துவங்குகிறது என்பதே இதன் பொருள். மெல்லிய " +"கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு இப்போது x2go ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது, ஏனெனில் எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஆதரவைக் " +"குறைத்துள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -878,10 +817,10 @@ "the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " "too." msgstr "" -"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் போலவே குறைந்த பராமரிப்பு செலவைக் கொண்" -"ட சக்திவாய்ந்த வன்பொருளைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான சிறந்த வழியாகும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் உள்ளக " -"நிறுவப்பட்ட மென்பொருள் தேவையில்லாமல் மென்பொருள் சேவையகத்தில் நிர்வகிக்கப்படுகிறது மற்றும் " -"பராமரிக்கப்படுகிறது. வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மற்றும் கணினி அமைப்புகள் சேவையகத்திலும் " +"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் போலவே குறைந்த பராமரிப்பு செலவைக் " +"கொண்ட சக்திவாய்ந்த வன்பொருளைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான சிறந்த வழியாகும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் " +"உள்ளக நிறுவப்பட்ட மென்பொருள் தேவையில்லாமல் மென்பொருள் சேவையகத்தில் நிர்வகிக்கப்படுகிறது " +"மற்றும் பராமரிக்கப்படுகிறது. வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மற்றும் கணினி அமைப்புகள் சேவையகத்திலும் " "சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -894,8 +833,8 @@ "clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " "Windows." msgstr "" -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\" என்ற சொல் இந்த கையேட்டில் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லா" -"த பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மேகோச் அல்லது விண்டோசை இயக்கும் கணினிகள் இரண்டையும் குறிக்க " +"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\" என்ற சொல் இந்த கையேட்டில் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு " +"இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மேகோச் அல்லது விண்டோசை இயக்கும் கணினிகள் இரண்டையும் குறிக்க " "பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -903,7 +842,6 @@ msgstr "நிர்வாகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " "be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " @@ -913,9 +851,9 @@ msgstr "" "ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நிறுவியுடன் நிறுவப்பட்ட அனைத்து லினக்ச் இயந்திரங்களும் ஒரு நடு " "கணினியிலிருந்து நிர்வகிக்கப்படும், பெரும்பாலும் சேவையகம். பாஓடு வழியாக அனைத்து " -"இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்நுழைய முடியும், இதன் மூலம் இயந்திரங்களுக்கு முழு அணுகல் இருக்கும். ரூட்" -" ஒன் <கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> கினிட் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> ஐ இயக்க வேண்டும், முதலில் கெர்பரோச் " -"டிசிடியைப் பெற வேண்டும்." +"இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்நுழைய முடியும், இதன் மூலம் இயந்திரங்களுக்கு முழு அணுகல் இருக்கும். " +"ரூட் ஒன் <computeroutput> kinit </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்க வேண்டும், முதலில் " +"கெர்பரோச் டிசிடியைப் பெற வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -924,8 +862,8 @@ "authentication." msgstr "" "அனைத்து பயனர் தகவல்களும் LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் வைக்கப்படுகின்றன. பயனர் கணக்குகளின் " -"புதுப்பிப்புகள் இந்த தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு எதிராக செய்யப்படுகின்றன, இது வாடிக்கையாளர்களால் பயனர்" -" அங்கீகாரத்திற்காக பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." +"புதுப்பிப்புகள் இந்த தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு எதிராக செய்யப்படுகின்றன, இது வாடிக்கையாளர்களால் " +"பயனர் அங்கீகாரத்திற்காக பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation" @@ -982,11 +920,10 @@ "ஒவ்வொரு ச்கோலினக்ச் பயனர் கணக்கிலும் கோப்பு சேவையகத்தில் கோப்பு முறைமையின் ஒரு பகுதி " "ஒதுக்கப்படுகிறது. இந்த பிரிவில் (வீட்டு அடைவு) பயனரின் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகள், ஆவணங்கள், " "மின்னஞ்சல் மற்றும் வலைப்பக்கங்கள் உள்ளன. சில கோப்புகள் கணினியில் உள்ள பிற பயனர்களுக்கான " -"அணுகலைப் படிக்க அமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும், சில இணையத்தில் உள்ள அனைவராலும் படிக்கக்கூடியதாக இருக்" -"க வேண்டும், மேலும் சிலர் பயனரைத் தவிர வேறு யாராலும் படிக்க அணுகக்கூடாது." +"அணுகலைப் படிக்க அமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும், சில இணையத்தில் உள்ள அனைவராலும் படிக்கக்கூடியதாக " +"இருக்க வேண்டும், மேலும் சிலர் பயனரைத் தவிர வேறு யாராலும் படிக்க அணுகக்கூடாது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " "directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " @@ -998,11 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" "பயனர் கோப்பகங்கள் அல்லது பகிரப்பட்ட கோப்பகங்களுக்காகப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அனைத்து வட்டுகளையும் " "நிறுவலில் உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளிலும் தனித்துவமாக பெயரிட முடியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த, " -"அவை <couthoututput>/skole/Host/Directory/</postomeroutput> என ஏற்றப்படலாம். " -"ஆரம்பத்தில், கோப்பு சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு அடைவு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது, " -"<couthoututput>/ச்கோல்/டிசெனர்/ஓம் 0/</computerOutput>, இதில் அனைத்து பயனர் " -"கணக்குகளும் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன. குறிப்பிட்ட பயனர் குழுக்கள் அல்லது குறிப்பிட்ட பயன்பாட்டு " -"வடிவங்களுக்கு இடமளிக்க தேவைப்படும்போது கூடுதல் கோப்பகங்கள் உருவாக்கப்படலாம்." +"அவை <computeroutput>/skole/Host/Directory/</computeroutput> என ஏற்றப்படலாம். " +"ஆரம்பத்தில், கோப்பு சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு அடைவு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது, <computeroutput>/ச்கோல்/" +"டிசெனர்/ஓம்0/</computeroutput>, இதில் அனைத்து பயனர் கணக்குகளும் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன. " +"குறிப்பிட்ட பயனர் குழுக்கள் அல்லது குறிப்பிட்ட பயன்பாட்டு வடிவங்களுக்கு இடமளிக்க " +"தேவைப்படும்போது கூடுதல் கோப்பகங்கள் உருவாக்கப்படலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1014,16 +951,15 @@ "files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " "sharing between the members of a group." msgstr "" -"சாதாரண யுனிக்ச் இசைவு அமைப்பின் கீழ் கோப்புகளுக்கான பகிரப்பட்ட அணுகலை செயல்படுத்த, பயனர்கள்" -" துணை பகிரப்பட்ட குழுக்களிலும் (\"மாணவர்கள்\" போன்றவை) மற்றும் இயல்புநிலையாக இருக்கும் " -"தனிப்பட்ட முதன்மைக் குழுவிலும் இருக்க வேண்டும். புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட உருப்படிகளை குழு " -"அணுகக்கூடிய (002 அல்லது 007) உருவாக்க பயனர்களுக்கு பொருத்தமான யுமாச்க் இருந்தால், அவர்கள்" -" பணிபுரியும் கோப்பகங்கள் கோப்புகள் சரியான குழு உரிமையைப் பெறுவதை உறுதிசெய்ய செட்சிட் " -"என்றால், இதன் விளைவாக கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்ட கோப்பு பகிர்வு இடையே கட்டுப்படுத்தப்படுகிறது ஒரு " -"குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள்." +"சாதாரண யுனிக்ச் இசைவு அமைப்பின் கீழ் கோப்புகளுக்கான பகிரப்பட்ட அணுகலை செயல்படுத்த, " +"பயனர்கள் துணை பகிரப்பட்ட குழுக்களிலும் (\"மாணவர்கள்\" போன்றவை) மற்றும் இயல்புநிலையாக " +"இருக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட முதன்மைக் குழுவிலும் இருக்க வேண்டும். புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட " +"உருப்படிகளை குழு அணுகக்கூடிய (002 அல்லது 007) உருவாக்க பயனர்களுக்கு பொருத்தமான " +"யுமாச்க் இருந்தால், அவர்கள் பணிபுரியும் கோப்பகங்கள் கோப்புகள் சரியான குழு உரிமையைப் " +"பெறுவதை உறுதிசெய்ய செட்சிட் என்றால், இதன் விளைவாக கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்ட கோப்பு பகிர்வு " +"இடையே கட்டுப்படுத்தப்படுகிறது ஒரு குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " "The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " @@ -1048,8 +984,8 @@ "இயல்புநிலை உமாச்க் 022 (இது மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டபடி குழு அணுகலை அனுமதிக்காது), ஆனால் " "டெபியன் எட் 002 இன் இயல்புநிலையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது - அதாவது அனைவருக்கும் வாசிப்பு " "அணுகலுடன் கோப்புகள் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன, பின்னர் அவை வெளிப்படையான பயனர் செயலால் " -"அகற்றப்படலாம். இதை மாற்றாக மாற்றலாம் (<couthoututput> /etc/pam.d/common-session </" -"cotomeronoutput> ஐ திருத்துவதன் மூலம்) 007 இன் umask க்கு - அதாவது வாசிப்பு அணுகல் " +"அகற்றப்படலாம். இதை மாற்றாக மாற்றலாம் (<computeroutput> /etc/pam.d/common-session </" +"computeroutput> ஐ திருத்துவதன் மூலம்) 007 இன் umask க்கு - அதாவது வாசிப்பு அணுகல் " "ஆரம்பத்தில் தடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, அவற்றை அணுகக்கூடிய பயனர் நடவடிக்கை தேவைப்படுகிறது. முதல் " "அணுகுமுறை அறிவு பகிர்வை ஊக்குவிக்கிறது, மேலும் கணினியை மிகவும் வெளிப்படையானதாக " "ஆக்குகிறது, அதேசமயம் இரண்டாவது முறை முக்கியமான தகவல்களை தேவையற்ற முறையில் பரப்பும் " @@ -1058,8 +994,9 @@ "கோப்பகங்களை ஆய்வு செய்வதன் மூலமும், அவற்றின் கோப்புகள் படிக்கக்கூடியவை என்பதைக் காண்பதன் " "மூலமும் மட்டுமே அவர்கள் இதைக் கண்டறிய முடியும். இரண்டாவது தீர்வின் சிக்கல் என்னவென்றால், சில " "நபர்கள் தங்கள் கோப்புகளை அணுகக்கூடியதாக மாற்றலாம், அவற்றில் முக்கியமான தகவல்கள் " -"இல்லாவிட்டாலும், மற்றவர்கள் குறிப்பிட்ட சிக்கல்களை எவ்வாறு தீர்த்துள்ளனர் என்பதை அறிய விரும்பும்" -" ஆர்வமுள்ள பயனர்களுக்கு உள்ளடக்கம் உதவியாக இருக்கும் (பொதுவாக உள்ளமைவு சிக்கல்கள்) ." +"இல்லாவிட்டாலும், மற்றவர்கள் குறிப்பிட்ட சிக்கல்களை எவ்வாறு தீர்த்துள்ளனர் என்பதை அறிய " +"விரும்பும் ஆர்வமுள்ள பயனர்களுக்கு உள்ளடக்கம் உதவியாக இருக்கும் (பொதுவாக உள்ளமைவு " +"சிக்கல்கள்) ." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Requirements" @@ -1082,24 +1019,22 @@ msgstr "வன்பொருள் தேவைகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"வெவ்வேறு சுயவிவரங்களின் நோக்கம் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டிடக்கலை\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு " -"</இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." +"வெவ்வேறு சுயவிவரங்களின் நோக்கம் <link linkend=\"Architecture\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு </" +"link> அத்தியாயத்தில் விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்றால், <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/ltsp/ltsp%20hardware%20Requirements\"> LTSP வன்பொருள்" -" தேவைகள் விக்கி பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பாருங்கள்." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்றால், <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"ltsp/ltsp%20hardware%20Requirements\"> LTSP வன்பொருள் தேவைகள் விக்கிப் பக்கம் </" +"ulink> ஐப் பாருங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1107,9 +1042,9 @@ "(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " "or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் / ச்கோலெலினக்ச் இயங்கும் கணினிகள் 32 பிட் (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை 'I386', பழமையா" -"ன உதவி செயலிகள் 686 வகுப்பு) அல்லது 64 பிட் (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை 'AMD64') x86 " -"செயலிகளைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும்." +"டெபியன் கல்வி / ச்கோலெலினக்ச் இயங்கும் கணினிகள் 32 பிட் (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை 'ஐ386', " +"பழமையான உதவி செயலிகள் 686 வகுப்பு) அல்லது 64 பிட் (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை 'ஏஎம்டி64') " +"ஃ86 செயலிகளைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1121,14 +1056,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +#| msgid "" +#| "For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz " +#| "and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +#| "modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." msgstr "" "பணிநிலையங்கள், வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் முழுமையான அமைப்புகள், 1500 மெகா எர்ட்ச் " -"மற்றும் 1024 எம்ஐபி ரேம் ஆகியவை குறைந்தபட்ச குறைந்தபட்ச தேவைகள். நவீன வெப் ப்ரோசர்கள் மற்றும்" -" லிப்ரேஃபிசை இயக்குவதற்கு குறைந்தது 2048 MIB ரேம் பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது." +"மற்றும் 1024 எம்ஐபி ரேம் ஆகியவை குறைந்தஅளவு தேவைகள். நவீன வெப் ப்ரோசர்கள் மற்றும் " +"லிப்ரேஃபிசை இயக்குவதற்கு குறைந்தது 2048 MIB ரேம் பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1165,7 +1105,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "ETH0 முதன்மையான பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 முதன்மையான பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (10.0.0.0/8)," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." @@ -1184,24 +1124,21 @@ msgstr "வன்பொருள் வேலை செய்ய அறியப்படுகிறது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"சோதிக்கப்பட்ட வன்பொருளின் பட்டியல் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/hardware/\"/> இல் வழங்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. இந்த " -"பட்டியல் கிட்டத்தட்ட முழுமையடையவில்லை." +"சோதிக்கப்பட்ட வன்பொருளின் பட்டியல் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/" +"hardware/\"/> இல் வழங்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. இந்த பட்டியல் கிட்டத்தட்ட முழுமையடையவில்லை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " "document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " "allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " "owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/installingdebianon\"/> என்பது சில " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/installingdebianon\"/> என்பது சில " "குறிப்பிட்ட வன்பொருளில் டெபியனை எவ்வாறு நிறுவுவது, உள்ளமைப்பது மற்றும் பயன்படுத்துவது " "என்பதை ஆவணப்படுத்தும் முயற்சியாகும், மேலும் அந்த வன்பொருள் ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறதா மற்றும் " "இருக்கும் உரிமையாளர்களா என்பதை அறிய சாத்தியமான வாங்குபவர்களுக்கு அனுமதிக்கிறது அந்த " @@ -1217,8 +1154,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, இந்த விதிகள் பொருந்தும்:" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலை பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, இந்த விதிகள் பொருந்தும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "You need exactly one main server." @@ -1226,8 +1162,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் முதன்மையான நெட்வொர்க்கில் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான பணிநிலையங்களை வைத்திருக்கலாம்." +msgstr "நீங்கள் முதன்மையான நெட்வொர்க்கில் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான பணிநிலையங்களை வைத்திருக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1243,8 +1178,8 @@ "You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " "LTSP server network." msgstr "" -"ஒவ்வொரு எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் " -"மற்றும்/அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்கலாம்." +"ஒவ்வொரு எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும்/" +"அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1280,7 +1215,6 @@ "இருப்பினும் இது தேவையில்லை மற்றும் பயன்படுத்தப்படாது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " "set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " @@ -1294,43 +1228,42 @@ "உங்களிடம் ஏற்கனவே ஒரு திசைவி இல்லையென்றால் அல்லது அதற்கேற்ப உங்கள் ஏற்கனவே உள்ள திசைவி " "அமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால், குறைந்தபட்ச டெபியன் நிறுவலுக்கான தேவைகளை நிறைவு செய்யும் எந்த " "இயந்திரமும் குறைந்தது இரண்டு பிணைய இடைமுகங்களைக் கொண்டிருப்பது ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிணையம் " -"மற்றும் இடையே நுழைவாயிலாக மாற்றப்படலாம் டெபியன் எடு ஒன். " -"<cinketalling_a_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-rututer \"> நிறுவல் ஆவணங்கள் </link> " -"ஐ நிறுவி அமைக்க ஒரு எளிய வழியை <கணினி வெளியீடு> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </" -"comproteoutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி நிறுவவும் </இணைப்பு> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"மற்றும் இடையே நுழைவாயிலாக மாற்றப்படலாம் டெபியன் எடு ஒன். <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">நிறுவல் ஆவணங்கள் </link>ஐப் பார்க்கவும் ஐ நிறுவி அமைக்க ஒரு எளிய வழியை " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"நிறுவவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "உட்பொதிக்கப்பட்ட திசைவி அல்லது அணுகல் புள்ளிக்கு உங்களுக்கு ஏதாவது தேவைப்பட்டால், <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://openwrt.org\"> OpenWRT </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம்" -", நிச்சயமாக நீங்கள் அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரைப் பயன்படுத்துவது " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\"> OpenWRT </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், " +"நிச்சயமாக நீங்கள் அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரைப் பயன்படுத்துவது " "எளிதானது; OpenWRT ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உங்களுக்கு கூடுதல் தேர்வுகள் மற்றும் கட்டுப்பாட்டை " -"வழங்குகிறது. <Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\"> ஆதரிக்கப்பட்" -"ட வன்பொருள் </Ulink> இன் பட்டியலுக்கு OpenWRT வலைப்பக்கங்களை சரிபார்க்கவும்." +"வழங்குகிறது. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\"> ஆதரிக்கப்பட்ட " +"வன்பொருள் </ulink> இன் பட்டியலுக்கு OpenWRT வலைப்பக்கங்களை சரிபார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" -"வேறு பிணையம் அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும் (ஒரு <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/changeipsubnet\"> ஆவணப்படுத்தப்பட்ட " -"செயல்முறை </ulink> ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிணையம் உள்கட்டமைப்பால் இதைச் செய்ய வேண்டிய கட்டாயத்தில் " -"இல்லை, அவ்வாறு செய்வதற்கு எதிராக நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், மேலும் இயல்புநிலை <இணைப்பு " -"இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> உடன் இருக்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம்." +"வேறு பிணையம் அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும் (ஒரு <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/changeipsubnet\"> ஆவணப்படுத்தப்பட்ட செயல்முறை </" +"ulink> ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிணையம் உள்கட்டமைப்பால் இதைச் செய்ய வேண்டிய கட்டாயத்தில் இல்லை, அவ்வாறு " +"செய்வதற்கு எதிராக நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், மேலும் இயல்புநிலை <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு </link> உடன் இருக்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1341,60 +1274,55 @@ msgstr "கூடுதல் தகவல்களை எங்கே கண்டுபிடிப்பது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> " -"டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழு </ulink> க்கான குறிப்புகளை நீங்கள் ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவத் தொடங்குவதற்கு" -" முன் படிக்க அல்லது பார்க்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம் விளைவாக்கம் பயன்பாட்டிற்கு. டெபியன் " -"புத்தகப்புழு வெளியீடு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/relaess/bookworm/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> டெபியன் " +"புத்தகப்புழு </ulink> க்கான குறிப்புகளை நீங்கள் ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் " +"படிக்க அல்லது பார்க்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம் விளைவாக்கம் பயன்பாட்டிற்கு. டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழு " +"வெளியீடு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் அதன் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/relaess/" +"bookworm/installmanual\">நிறுவல் கையேடு</ulink> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." msgstr "" -"தயவுசெய்து டெபியன் EDU/SCOLELINUX ஐ முயற்சித்துப் பாருங்கள், அது வேலை செய்ய வேண்டும்." +"தயவுசெய்து டெபியன் கல்வி/Skolelinux ஐ முயற்சித்துப் பாருங்கள், அது வேலை செய்ய வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" -"இருப்பினும், <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்\"> வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணைய தேவைகள் </இணைப்பு> " -"மற்றும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு\"> கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> பற்றிய அத்தியாயங்களைப் " -"படிக்க பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் ." +"இருப்பினும், <link linkend=\"Requirements\"> வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணைய தேவைகள் </" +"link> மற்றும் <link linkend=\"Architecture\"> கட்டமைப்பு </link> பற்றிய " +"அத்தியாயங்களைப் படிக்க பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவத் " +"தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் ." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" "link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " "time." msgstr "" -"முதன்முறையாக எவ்வாறு உள்நுழைவது என்பதை விளக்குவதால், இந்த கையேட்டின் </இணைப்பு> " -"அத்தியாயத்தையும் <இணைப்பு சென்டர் = \"தொடங்குதல்\"> படிக்க மறக்காதீர்கள்." +"முதன்முறையாக எவ்வாறு உள்நுழைவது என்பதை விளக்குவதால், இந்த கையேட்டின் <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">தொடங்குதல்</link> அத்தியாயத்தையும் படிக்க மறக்காதீர்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழுக்கான நிறுவல் ஊடகத்தைப் பதிவிறக்கவும்" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழுக்கான நிறுவல் ஊடகத்தைப் பதிவிறக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "AMD64 அல்லது I386" +msgstr "ஏஎம்டி64 அல்லது ஐ386" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " @@ -1405,17 +1333,18 @@ "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " "for very old hardware." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> AMD64 </sputersoutput> மற்றும் <couthoututput> i386 </" -"posteraututput> ஆகியவை x86 சிபியு களுக்கான இரண்டு டெபியன் கட்டமைப்புகளின் பெயர்கள், " -"இரண்டும் AMD, இன்டெல் மற்றும் பிற உற்பத்தியாளர்களால் உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <coutheroutput> " -"AMD64 </coutterOutput> என்பது 64-பிட் கட்டமைப்பு மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> I386 </" -"thersoututput> என்பது 32-பிட் கட்டமைப்பாகும். புதிய நிறுவல்கள் இன்று <Couthoututput> " -"AMD64 </posteraututput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்யப்பட வேண்டும். <couthoututput> i386 </" -"computerOutput> மிகவும் பழைய வன்பொருளுக்கு மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும்." +"<computeroutput> AMD64 </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> i386 </" +"computeroutput> ஆகியவை x86 சிபியு களுக்கான இரண்டு டெபியன் கட்டமைப்புகளின் பெயர்கள், " +"இரண்டும் AMD, இன்டெல் மற்றும் பிற உற்பத்தியாளர்களால் உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <computeroutput> " +"AMD64 </computeroutput> என்பது 64-பிட் கட்டமைப்பு மற்றும் <computeroutput>I386 </" +"computeroutput> என்பது 32-பிட் கட்டமைப்பாகும். புதிய நிறுவல்கள் இன்று " +"<computeroutput> AMD64 </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்யப்பட வேண்டும். " +"<computeroutput> i386 </computeroutput> மிகவும் பழைய வன்பொருளுக்கு மட்டுமே " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "AMD64 அல்லது I386 க்கான நெட்இன்ச்ட் ஐஎச்ஓ படங்கள்" +msgstr "ஏஎம்டி64 அல்லது ஐ386 க்கான நெட்இன்ச்ட் ஐஎச்ஓ படங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1453,13 +1382,12 @@ msgstr "பதிவிறக்கம் செய்யப்பட்ட படக் கோப்புகளின் சரிபார்ப்பு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " "<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" -"இந்த படங்களை சரிபார்ப்பதற்கும் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கும் விரிவான வழிமுறைகள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/cd/faq/\"> டெபியன்-சிடி கேள்விகள் </ulink> இன் ஒரு " +"இந்த படங்களை சரிபார்ப்பதற்கும் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கும் விரிவான வழிமுறைகள் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/cd/faq/\"> டெபியன்-சிடி கேள்விகள் </ulink> இன் ஒரு " "பகுதியாகும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -1467,18 +1395,17 @@ msgstr "மூலங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " "several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" "release/current/source/\"/>" msgstr "" "வழக்கமான இடங்களில் டெபியன் காப்பகத்திலிருந்து ஆதாரங்கள் கிடைக்கின்றன, பல ஊடகங்கள் <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" +"url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU ஐ நிறுவுதல்" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி ஐ நிறுவுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1490,13 +1417,13 @@ "defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " "a lightweight desktop environment." msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஒரு டெபியன் EDU நிறுவலைச் செய்யும்போது, தேர்வு செய்ய உங்களுக்கு சில விருப்பங்கள் உள்" -"ளன. பயப்பட வேண்டாம்; பல இல்லை. நிறுவலிலும் அதற்கு அப்பாலும் டெபியனின் சிக்கலை மறைக்கும் " -"ஒரு நல்ல வேலையை நாங்கள் செய்துள்ளோம். இருப்பினும், டெபியன் EDU டெபியன், நீங்கள் விரும்பினால்" -" 59,000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகள் தேர்வு செய்யப்படுகின்றன மற்றும் ஒரு பில்லியன் உள்ளமைவு " -"விருப்பங்கள் உள்ளன. எங்கள் பயனர்களில் பெரும்பாலோருக்கு, எங்கள் இயல்புநிலைகள் நன்றாக இருக்க " -"வேண்டும். தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்றால், இலகுரக " -"டெச்க்டாப் சூழலைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." +"நீங்கள் ஒரு டெபியன் EDU நிறுவலைச் செய்யும்போது, தேர்வு செய்ய உங்களுக்குச் சில விருப்பங்கள் " +"உள்ளன. பயப்பட வேண்டாம்; பல இல்லை. நிறுவலிலும் அதற்கு அப்பாலும் டெபியனின் சிக்கலை " +"மறைக்கும் ஒரு நல்ல வேலையை நாங்கள் செய்துள்ளோம். இருப்பினும், டெபியன் EDU டெபியன், நீங்கள் " +"விரும்பினால் 59,000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகள் தேர்வு செய்யப்படுகின்றன மற்றும் ஒரு " +"பில்லியன் உள்ளமைவு விருப்பங்கள் உள்ளன. எங்கள் பயனர்களில் பெரும்பாலோருக்கு, எங்கள் " +"இயல்புநிலைகள் நன்றாக இருக்க வேண்டும். தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட " +"வேண்டும் என்றால், இலகுரக டெச்க்டாப் சூழலைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Main server installation scenarios" @@ -1514,27 +1441,25 @@ "Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " "Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." msgstr "" -"ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவுவது சாத்தியமாகும், ஆனால் மறுதொடக்கத்திற்குப் பிறகு இணை" -"ய அணுகல் இருக்காது (முதன்மை பிணைய இடைமுகம் ஐபி 10.0.2.2/8 காரணமாக)." +"ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவுவது சாத்தியமாகும், ஆனால் மறுதொடக்கத்திற்குப் பிறகு " +"இணைய அணுகல் இருக்காது (முதன்மை பிணைய இடைமுகம் ஐபி 10.0.2.2/8 காரணமாக)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" "link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " "configure an existing one as needed." msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்-இன்டர்நெட் ரூட்டர்\"> இணைய திசைவி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் " -"பார்க்கவும் விவரங்களுக்கு ஒரு நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்றால், ஏற்கனவே உள்ளதை " -"தேவைக்கேற்ப கட்டமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." +"<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"> இணைய திசைவி </link> " +"அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும் விவரங்களுக்கு ஒரு நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்றால், ஏற்கனவே " +"உள்ளதை தேவைக்கேற்ப கட்டமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு-நெட்வொர்க்\"> கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\"> கட்டமைப்பு </link> அத்தியாயத்தில் " "காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து கூறுகளையும் இணைக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1558,8 +1483,8 @@ "Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " "details how this is done." msgstr "" -"கர்னல் கட்டளை வரியில் 'டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட்' ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்; இது எவ்வாறு செய்யப்படுகிறது" -" என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க." +"கர்னல் கட்டளை வரியில் 'டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட்' ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்; இது எவ்வாறு " +"செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1574,8 +1499,8 @@ "Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " "server) and Internet access:" msgstr "" -"திசைவி/நுழைவாயில் ஐபி 10.0.0.1/8 (இது ஒரு டி.எச்.சி.பி சேவையகத்தை வழங்காது) மற்றும்" -" இணைய அணுகலுடன் நெட்வொர்க்:" +"திசைவி/நுழைவாயில் ஐபி 10.0.0.1/8 (இது ஒரு டி.எச்.சி.பி சேவையகத்தை வழங்காது) " +"மற்றும் இணைய அணுகலுடன் நெட்வொர்க்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1595,8 +1520,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"உங்களுக்கு நன்றாகத் தெரியாவிட்டால் 8.8.8.8 ஐ பெயர்சர்வர் ஐபி என உள்ளிடவும்" +msgstr "உங்களுக்கு நன்றாகத் தெரியாவிட்டால் 8.8.8.8 ஐ பெயர்சர்வர் ஐபி என உள்ளிடவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." @@ -1675,15 +1599,15 @@ "LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " "with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." msgstr "" -"LXQT என்பது மிகவும் நவீன தோற்றத்தையும் உணர்வையும் கொண்ட ஒரு இலகுரக டெச்க்டாப் சூழலாகும் (" -"LXDE ஐப் போன்ற மொழி ஆதரவு) (KDE ஐப் போலவே கியுடி ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்டது)." +"LXQT என்பது மிகவும் நவீன தோற்றத்தையும் உணர்வையும் கொண்ட ஒரு இலகுரக டெச்க்டாப் சூழலாகும் " +"(LXDE ஐப் போன்ற மொழி ஆதரவு) (KDE ஐப் போலவே கியுடி ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்டது)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " "desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." msgstr "" -"ஒரு பன்னாட்டு திட்டமாக டெபியன் EDU இயல்புநிலை டெச்க்டாப் சூழலாக XFCE ஐப் பயன்படுத்தத் " +"ஒரு பன்னாட்டு திட்டமாக டெபியன் கல்வி இயல்புநிலை டெச்க்டாப் சூழலாக Xfce ஐப் பயன்படுத்தத் " "தேர்ந்தெடுத்துள்ளது; வேறு ஒன்றை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்பதை கீழே காண்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -1691,7 +1615,6 @@ msgstr "மட்டு நிறுவல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " "included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " @@ -1700,223 +1623,198 @@ "details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " "and could be used to speed up test installations." msgstr "" -"சுயவிவரம் <வலியுறுத்தல்> பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சேர்க்கப்பட்ட ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவும் " -"போது, கல்வி தொடர்பான நிறைய திட்டங்கள் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளன. அடிப்படை சுயவிவரத்தை மட்டும் நிறு" -"வ, நிறுவலைத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் <prasis> டெச்க்டாப் = xxxx </prasision> கர்னல் கட்டளை " -"வரி பரமை அகற்று; இது எவ்வாறு செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க. " -"இது ஒரு தள குறிப்பிட்ட அமைப்பை நிறுவ அனுமதிக்கிறது மற்றும் சோதனை நிறுவல்களை " -"விரைவுபடுத்த பயன்படுத்தலாம்." +"சுயவிவரம் <emphasis>பணிநிலையம்</emphasis> சேர்க்கப்பட்ட ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவும் போது, " +"கல்வி தொடர்பான நிறைய திட்டங்கள் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளன. அடிப்படை சுயவிவரத்தை மட்டும் நிறுவ, " +"நிறுவலைத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் <emphasis>டெச்க்டாப் = xxxx </emphasis> கர்னல் கட்டளை வரி " +"பரமை அகற்று; இது எவ்வாறு செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க. இது " +"ஒரு தள குறிப்பிட்ட அமைப்பை நிறுவ அனுமதிக்கிறது மற்றும் சோதனை நிறுவல்களை விரைவுபடுத்த " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: நீங்கள் பின்னர் டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ விரும்பினால், எ.கா. <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\"> " -"கல்வி-டெச்க்டோப்-எக்ச்எஃப்எச் </ulink> ஏனெனில் இவை கல்வி தொடர்பான அனைத்து திட்டங்களிலும் " -"இழுக்கும்; மாறாக எ.கா. <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\"> அதற்கு பதிலாக பண" -"ி-xfce-desktop </ulink>. புதிய பள்ளி அளவிலான மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது அதற்கு" -" மேற்பட்டவை <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-பிரதிநிதி </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கல்வி-பிரைமரி ச்கூல் </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-இடைநிலை பள்ளி </வலியுறுத்தல்" -">, <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி- பயன்பாட்டு வழக்குடன் பொருந்துமாறு உயர்நிலைப் பள்ளி </VISTASIS> " -"நிறுவப்படலாம்." +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\"> கல்வி-" +"டெச்க்டோப்-எக்ச்எஃப்எச் </ulink> ஏனெனில் இவை கல்வி தொடர்பான அனைத்து திட்டங்களிலும் " +"இழுக்கும்; மாறாக எ.கா. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" +"xfce-desktop#\">அதற்கு பதிலாக பணி-xfce-desktop </ulink>. புதிய பள்ளி அளவிலான " +"மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது அதற்கு மேற்பட்டவை <emphasis>கல்வி-பிரதிநிதி</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>கல்வி-பிரைமரி ச்கூல்</emphasis>, <emphasis>கல்வி-இடைநிலை " +"பள்ளி</emphasis>, <emphasis>கல்வி- பயன்பாட்டு வழக்குடன் பொருந்துமாறு உயர்நிலைப் பள்ளி " +"</emphasis> நிறுவப்படலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்கள் பற்றிய விவரங்களுக்கு, <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/tasks/\"> டெபியன் EDU தொகுப்புகள் கண்ணோட்டம் " -"</ulink> பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." +"டெபியன் கல்வி மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்கள் பற்றிய விவரங்களுக்கு, <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/tasks/\"> டெபியன் கல்வி தொகுப்புகள் கண்ணோட்டம் </ulink> " +"பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" msgstr "நிறுவல் வகைகள் மற்றும் விருப்பங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> 64 -பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் - பயாச் பயன்முறை " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>" +"<emphasis>64 -பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் - பயாச் பயன்முறை</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் (பயாச் பயன்முறை)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " "installer where you can use the mouse." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை நிறுவல் </VISTRASIS> GTK நிறுவியைப் " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை நிறுவல் </emphasis> GTK நிறுவியைப் " "பயன்படுத்துகிறது, அங்கு நீங்கள் சுட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறையைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகிறது." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">நிறுவல்</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " "with more detailed options to choose." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> மேம்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள் & gt; </veriasis> தேர்வு செய்" -"ய விரிவான விருப்பங்களைக் கொண்ட துணை மெனுவை வழங்குகிறது." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">மேம்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள் ></emphasis> தேர்வு செய்ய " +"விரிவான விருப்பங்களைக் கொண்ட துணை பட்டியலை வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " "installer; see screenshot below." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> உதவி </வலியுறுத்தல்> நிறுவியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான " -"சில குறிப்புகளைத் தருகிறது; கீழே உள்ள ச்கிரீன்சாட்டைக் காண்க." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">உதவி</emphasis> நிறுவியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான சில " +"குறிப்புகளைத் தருகிறது; கீழே உள்ள ச்கிரீன்சாட்டைக் காண்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி மேம்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள் திரை 1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> மீண்டும் .. </VISTARISS> முதன்மையான மெனுவுக்கு " -"மீண்டும் கொண்டு வருகிறது." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">பின்.. </emphasis> முதன்மையான மெனுவுக்கு மீண்டும் கொண்டு " +"வருகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " "to all available questions, mouse usable." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </VISTARISS> கிடைக்கக்கூடி" -"ய அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது, சுட்டி பயன்படுத்தக்கூடியது." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </emphasis> கிடைக்கக்கூடிய " +"அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது, சுட்டி பயன்படுத்தக்கூடியது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை மீட்பு முறை </வலியுறுத்தல்> இந்த நிறுவல் ஊடகம்" -" அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை மீட்பு முறை</emphasis> இந்த நிறுவல் ஊடகம் " +"அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " "preseed file." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை தானியங்கி நிறுவல் </VIRSISS> ஒரு முன் " -"கோப்பு தேவை." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை தானியங்கி நிறுவல் </emphasis> ஒரு முன் கோப்பு " +"தேவை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " "available questions in text mode." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறையில் " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வல்லுநர் நிறுவல்</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறையில் " "கிடைக்கக்கூடிய அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> மீட்பு முறை </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறை; இந்த " -"நிறுவல் ஊடகம் அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">மீட்பு முறை</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறை; இந்த நிறுவல் ஊடகம் " +"அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " "preseed file." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> தானியங்கி நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறை; ஒரு" -" முன் கோப்பு தேவை." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">தானியங்கி நிறுவல்</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறை; ஒரு முன் " +"கோப்பு தேவை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " "<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" "edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " "exceptional cases." msgstr "" -"</ComputerOutput> வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computerOutput> அல்லது " -"<couthoututput> வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computerOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், " -"<coutheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட் </computerOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." +"<computeroutput> வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computeroutput> அல்லது " +"<computeroutput> வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், " +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட் </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> உதவி திரை </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis>உதவி திரை</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Installer help screen" msgstr "நிறுவி உதவி திரை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " "keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." msgstr "" "இந்த உதவித் திரை சுயமாக விளக்குகிறது மற்றும் விவரிக்கப்பட்ட தலைப்புகளில் மேலும் விரிவான " -"உதவியைப் பெறுவதற்கு விசைப்பலகையில் & lt; f & gt; -கீசை செயல்படுத்துகிறது." +"உதவியைப் பெறுவதற்கு விசைப்பலகையில் <F>-கீசை செயல்படுத்துகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> 64 -பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் - UEFI பயன்முறை " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>" +"<emphasis>64 -பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் - UEFI பயன்முறை</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் (UEFI பயன்முறை)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> நிறுவல்களுக்கான துவக்க அளவுருக்களைச் சேர்க்கவும் அல்லது மாற்றவும் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>" +"<emphasis>நிறுவல்களுக்கான துவக்க அளவுருக்களைச் சேர்க்கவும் அல்லது மாற்றவும்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"இரண்டு நிகழ்வுகளிலும், துவக்க பட்டியலில் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> தாவல் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இ </வலியுறுத்தல்> விசையை " -"அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் துவக்க விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்த முடியும்; திரை சாட்கள் <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் " -"= \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> க்கான கட்டளை வரியைக் காட்டுகின்றன." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"இரண்டு நிகழ்வுகளிலும், துவக்க பட்டியலில் <emphasis role=\"strong\">தாவல்</emphasis> " +"அல்லது <emphasis role=\"strong\">இ</emphasis> விசையை அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் துவக்க " +"விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்த முடியும்; திரை சாட்கள் <emphasis role=\"strong\"> வரைகலை " +"நிறுவல்</emphasis> க்கான கட்டளை வரியைக் காட்டுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" @@ -1927,31 +1825,28 @@ msgstr "கட்டளை வரி விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்தவும் (UEFI பயன்முறை)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" -"குறுவட்டு </VERASIS> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </VIRSISAS> சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவுவதை " +"குறுவட்டு <emphasis> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவுவதை " "விரைவுபடுத்த நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஏற்கனவே உள்ள HTTP பதிலாள் சேவையைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். எ.கா. " -"<couthoutput> மிரர்/http/proxy = http: //10.0.2.2: 3128 </toutheroutput> " +"<computeroutput> மிரர்/http/proxy = http: //10.0.2.2: 3128 </computeroutput> " "கூடுதல் துவக்க அளவுருவாக." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " "on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " "automatically use the proxy of the main server." msgstr "" -"ஒரு கணினியில் நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே <வலியுறுத்தல்> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவியிருந்தால், மேலும் நிறுவல்கள் PXE வழியாக செய்யப்பட வேண்டும், ஏனெனில் " -"இது தானாகவே முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் ப்ராக்சியைப் பயன்படுத்தும்." +"ஒரு கணினியில் நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே <emphasis>முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தை " +"நிறுவியிருந்தால், மேலும் நிறுவல்கள் PXE வழியாக செய்யப்பட வேண்டும், ஏனெனில் இது தானாகவே " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் ப்ராக்சியைப் பயன்படுத்தும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " @@ -1959,71 +1854,65 @@ "<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" "computeroutput> parameter." msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"ச்ட்ராங்\"> எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலுக்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> க்னோம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலை நிறுவ, <கணினி வெளியீடு> xfce </sputersoutput> > க்னோம் </computerOutput> " -"<couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = xfce </coteratututput> அளவுருவில்." +"இயல்புநிலை <emphasis role=\"strong\">எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலுக்குப் " +"பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\">க்னோம்</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput>இல் <computeroutput> desktop = xfcetop</" +"computeroutput> உடன் <computeroutput>xfce </computeroutput> ஐ மாற்றவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"அதற்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"strong\"> LXDE </stravisision> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலை நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = எல்எக்ச்.டி." +"அதற்கு பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE </emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = எல்எக்ச்.டி</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"அதற்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> LXQT </VISTICASIS> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை " -"நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = LXQT </coutterOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." +"அதற்கு பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQT </emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = LXQT </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை " -"நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = கே.டி." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = கே.டி</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"அதற்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> இலவங்கப்பட்டை </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலை நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = இலவங்கப்பட்டை </computenOutput> ஐப் " +"அதற்கு பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\"> இலவங்கப்பட்டை</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை " +"நிறுவ, <computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = இலவங்கப்பட்டை </computeroutput> ஐப் " "பயன்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> மேட் </VISTARISS> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " -"<couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = மேட் </computeerOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." +"மற்றும் <emphasis role=\"strong\">மேட் </emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = மேட் </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The installation process" msgstr "நிறுவல் செயல்முறை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " "make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " "up an LTSP server." msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்\"> கணினி தேவைகள் </link> ஐ நினைவில் வைத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள், " -"மேலும் நீங்கள் ஒரு LTSP சேவையகத்தை அமைக்க திட்டமிட்டால் குறைந்தது இரண்டு பிணைய அட்டைகள் (" -"NIC கள்) இருப்பதை உறுதிசெய்க." +"<link linkend=\"Requirements\"> கணினி தேவைகள் </link> ஐ நினைவில் வைத்துக் " +"கொள்ளுங்கள், மேலும் நீங்கள் ஒரு LTSP சேவையகத்தை அமைக்க திட்டமிட்டால் குறைந்தது இரண்டு " +"பிணைய அட்டைகள் (NIC கள்) இருப்பதை உறுதிசெய்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." @@ -2035,17 +1924,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"விசைப்பலகை கீமாப்பைத் தேர்வுசெய்க (நாட்டின் இயல்புநிலை பொதுவாக நன்றாக இருக்கும்)." +msgstr "விசைப்பலகை கீமாப்பைத் தேர்வுசெய்க (நாட்டின் இயல்புநிலை பொதுவாக நன்றாக இருக்கும்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" msgstr "பின்வரும் பட்டியலிலிருந்து சுயவிவரம் (களை) தேர்வு செய்யவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2057,14 +1944,13 @@ msgstr "" "உங்கள் பள்ளிக்கான முக்கிய சேவையகம் (டிசெனர்) இது பெட்டியின் வெளியே வேலை செய்ய முன் " "கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட அனைத்து சேவைகளையும் வழங்குகிறது. நீங்கள் ஒரு பள்ளிக்கு ஒரு முக்கிய " -"சேவையகத்தை மட்டுமே நிறுவ வேண்டும்! இந்த சுயவிவரத்தில் வரைகலை பயனர் இடைமுகம் இல்லை. நீங்கள்" -" ஒரு வரைகலை பயனர் இடைமுகத்தை விரும்பினால், இது கூடுதலாக பணிநிலையம் அல்லது " +"சேவையகத்தை மட்டுமே நிறுவ வேண்டும்! இந்த சுயவிவரத்தில் வரைகலை பயனர் இடைமுகம் இல்லை. " +"நீங்கள் ஒரு வரைகலை பயனர் இடைமுகத்தை விரும்பினால், இது கூடுதலாக பணிநிலையம் அல்லது " "எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">பணிநிலையம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2079,9 +1965,8 @@ "சேமிக்கப்படும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> ரோமிங் பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ரோமிங் பணிநிலையம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2092,42 +1977,38 @@ "suggested in earlier releases." msgstr "" "பணிநிலையத்தைப் போலவே ஆனால் தற்காலிக சேமிப்பு நற்சான்றிதழ்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஏற்பு பெறும் " -"திறன் கொண்டது, அதாவது பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு வெளியே பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். பயனர்களின் கோப்புகள்" -" மற்றும் சுயவிவரங்கள் உள்ளக வட்டில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன. ஒற்றை பயனர் குறிப்பேடுகள் மற்றும் " -"மடிக்கணினிகளுக்கு இந்த சுயவிவரம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட வேண்டும், ஆனால் முந்தைய வெளியீடுகளில் " -"பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்டபடி 'பணிநிலையம்' அல்லது 'தனித்தனி' அல்ல." +"திறன் கொண்டது, அதாவது பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு வெளியே பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். பயனர்களின் " +"கோப்புகள் மற்றும் சுயவிவரங்கள் உள்ளக வட்டில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன. ஒற்றை பயனர் குறிப்பேடுகள் " +"மற்றும் மடிக்கணினிகளுக்கு இந்த சுயவிவரம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட வேண்டும், ஆனால் முந்தைய " +"வெளியீடுகளில் பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்டபடி 'பணிநிலையம்' அல்லது 'தனித்தனி' அல்ல." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "ஒரு மெல்லிய வாங்கி (மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம்) சேவையகம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் " "என்று அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. ஆர்ட் டிரைவ்கள் இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இந்த சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " "மென்பொருளை துவக்கி இயக்குகிறார்கள். இந்த கணினிக்கு இரண்டு பிணைய இடைமுகங்கள், நிறைய " "நினைவகம் மற்றும் ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட செயலி அல்லது கோர் தேவை. இந்த விசயத்தைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் " -"தகவலுக்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </இணைப்பு> பற்றி" -"ய அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். இந்த சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரத்தையும் " +"தகவலுக்கு <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </link> பற்றிய " +"அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். இந்த சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரத்தையும் " "செயல்படுத்துகிறது (அது தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்படாவிட்டாலும் கூட) - ஒரு எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் " "எப்போதும் பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> தனித்தன்மை </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">தனித்தன்மை</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2138,9 +2019,8 @@ "பிணையத்தில் இருக்க தேவையில்லை). மடிக்கணினிகள் அடங்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> குறைந்தபட்சம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">குறைந்தபட்சம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2149,8 +2029,8 @@ "applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " "out from the main server." msgstr "" -"இந்த சுயவிவரம் அடிப்படை தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி, டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஒருங்கிணைக்க " -"இயந்திரத்தை உள்ளமைக்கும், ஆனால் எந்த சேவைகளும் பயன்பாடுகளும் இல்லாமல். முதன்மையான " +"இந்தத் தன்விவரம் அடிப்படை தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி, டெபியன் கல்வி நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஒருங்கிணைக்க " +"இயந்திரத்தை உள்ளமைக்கும், ஆனால் எந்தச் சேவைகளும் பயன்பாடுகளும் இல்லாமல். முதன்மையான " "சேவையகத்திலிருந்து கைமுறையாக நகர்த்தப்பட்ட ஒற்றை சேவைகளுக்கான தளமாக இது பயனுள்ளதாக " "இருக்கும்." @@ -2164,54 +2044,52 @@ "போன்றது) பயன்படுத்தி சேர்க்க வேண்டும் மற்றும் லிபாம்-கேஆர்பி 5 தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல் " -"பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = " -"\"வலுவான\"> எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சுயவிவரங்கள் முன்னரே " -"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"என அழைக்கப்படுவதை நீங்கள் நிறுவ விரும்பினால் இந்த சுயவிவரங்களை ஒரு கணினியில் ஒன்றாக நிறு" -"வ முடியும். இதன் பொருள் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகமாக இருக்கும், மேலும் " -"இது ஒரு பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படும். இது இயல்புநிலை தேர்வு, ஏனென்றால் பெரும்பாலா" -"ன மக்கள் அதை விரும்புவார்கள் என்று நாங்கள் கருதுகிறோம். ஒரு கணினியில் 2 பிணையம் கார்டுகள் " -"நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக " -"அல்லது நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகமாக நிறுவப்பட " -"உள்ளது." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">பணிநிலையம்</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரங்கள் முன்னரே " +"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <emphasis>ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> என " +"அழைக்கப்படுவதை நீங்கள் நிறுவ விரும்பினால் இந்த சுயவிவரங்களை ஒரு கணினியில் ஒன்றாக நிறுவ " +"முடியும். இதன் பொருள் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகமாக இருக்கும், மேலும் " +"இது ஒரு பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படும். இது இயல்புநிலை தேர்வு, ஏனென்றால் " +"பெரும்பாலான மக்கள் அதை விரும்புவார்கள் என்று நாங்கள் கருதுகிறோம். ஒரு கணினியில் 2 " +"பிணையம் கார்டுகள் நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக அல்லது நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகமாக நிறுவப்பட உள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "தானியங்கி பகிர்வுக்கு \"ஆம்\" அல்லது \"இல்லை\" என்று சொல்லுங்கள். \"ஆம்\" என்று சொல்வது " "ஆர்ட் டிரைவ்களில் உள்ள எல்லா தரவையும் அழிக்கும் என்பதை அறிந்து கொள்ளுங்கள்! மறுபுறம் " -"\"இல்லை\" என்று சொல்வதற்கு அதிக வேலை தேவைப்படும் - தேவையான பகிர்வுகள் உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்" -"ளன என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த வேண்டும், மேலும் அவை பெரியவை." +"\"இல்லை\" என்று சொல்வதற்கு அதிக வேலை தேவைப்படும் - தேவையான பகிர்வுகள் " +"உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த வேண்டும், மேலும் அவை பெரியவை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "எதிர்கால வெளியீடுகளுக்கு எந்த தொகுப்புகள் பிரபலமாக உள்ளன என்பதை அறிய அனுமதிக்க, " -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> க்கு தகவல்களைச் சமர்ப்பிக்க \"ஆம்\"" -" என்று சொல்லுங்கள். நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியதில்லை என்றாலும், நீங்கள் உதவ இது ஒரு எளிய " -"வழியாகும்." +"<ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> க்கு தகவல்களைச் சமர்ப்பிக்க \"ஆம்\" " +"என்று சொல்லுங்கள். நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியதில்லை என்றாலும், நீங்கள் உதவ இது ஒரு எளிய வழியாகும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2220,8 +2098,8 @@ "debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." msgstr "" "காத்திருங்கள். தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட சுயவிவரங்களில் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் இருந்தால், நிறுவி " -"முடிவில் சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடுவார், " -"\"நிறுவலை முடித்தல்-டெபியன்-எடு-சுயவிவர-ஆடெப் இயக்குதல் ...\"." +"முடிவில் சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடுவார், \"நிறுவலை முடித்தல்-டெபியன்-எடு-சுயவிவர-ஆடெப் " +"இயக்குதல் ...\"." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2230,85 +2108,79 @@ "very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " "network." msgstr "" -"ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை வழங்கிய பிறகு, \"நிர்வாகமற்ற பணிகளுக்கு\" சாதாரண பயனர் கணக்கை " -"உருவாக்கும்படி கேட்கப்படுவீர்கள். டெபியன் EDU க்கு இந்த கணக்கு மிகவும் முக்கியமானது: " +"ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை வழங்கியபிறகு, \"நிர்வாகமற்ற பணிகளுக்கு\" சாதாரண பயனர் கணக்கை " +"உருவாக்கும்படி கேட்கப்படுவீர்கள். டெபியன் கல்வி க்கு இந்தக் கணக்கு மிகவும் முக்கியமானது: " "ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கை நிர்வகிக்க நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் கணக்கு இது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"இந்த பயனருக்கான கடவுச்சொல் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> கட்டாயம் </VISTRASIS> இன் " -"நீளம் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> குறைந்தது 5 எழுத்துக்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வேறுபட வேண்டும் < /வலியுறுத்தல்> <வலியுறுத்தல் " -"பாத்திரத்திலிருந்து = \"வலுவான\"> பயனர்பெயர் </வலியுறுத்தல்> - இல்லையெனில் உள்நுழைவு " -"சாத்தியமில்லை (குறுகிய கடவுச்சொல் மற்றும் பயனர்பெயருடன் பொருந்தக்கூடிய கடவுச்சொல் " -"நிறுவியால் ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்படும்)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"இந்த பயனருக்கான கடவுச்சொல் <emphasis role=\"strong\">கட்டாயம் </emphasis> இன் நீளம் " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">குறைந்தது 5 எழுத்துக்கள்</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">வேறுபட வேண்டும்</emphasis> <emphasis role=\"strong\">பயனர்பெயர்</" +"emphasis> - இல்லையெனில் உள்நுழைவு சாத்தியமில்லை (குறுகிய கடவுச்சொல் மற்றும் " +"பயனர்பெயருடன் பொருந்தக்கூடிய கடவுச்சொல் நிறுவியால் ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்படும்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " "rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " "image for diskless workstations." msgstr "" -"கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்த பிறகு <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> ஏற்பட்டால் மீண்டும் காத்திருங்கள். இது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்காக " -"ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்க சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடும்." +"கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்த பிறகு <emphasis>ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</" +"emphasis> ஏற்பட்டால் மீண்டும் காத்திருங்கள். இது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்காக ச்குவாச்ஃப் " +"படத்தை உருவாக்க சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தின் போது, வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும்/அல்லது மெல்லிய " -"கிளையன்ட் அமைப்புக்கு சில கையேடு படிகள் தேவை. விவரங்களுக்கு, <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." +"கிளையன்ட் அமைப்புக்கு சில கையேடு படிகள் தேவை. விவரங்களுக்கு, <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" msgstr "டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தி நுழைவாயிலை நிறுவுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " "simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " "interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " "obtained through a series of dialogues." msgstr "" -"<coutheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> தொகுப்பு ஒரு டெபியன்" -" ஈ.டி.யு நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கான நுழைவாயிலின் அமைப்பை ஒரு ஊடாடும் உள்ளமைவு செயல்முறையின் மூலம்" -" எளிதாக்குகிறது, அங்கு தொடர்ச்சியான உரையாடல்கள் மூலம் தேவையான தகவல்கள் பெறப்படுகின்றன." +"<computeroutput> Debian-Edu-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பு ஒரு " +"டெபியன் ஈ.டி.யு நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கான நுழைவாயிலின் அமைப்பை ஒரு ஊடாடும் உள்ளமைவு " +"செயல்முறையின் மூலம் எளிதாக்குகிறது, அங்கு தொடர்ச்சியான உரையாடல்கள் மூலம் தேவையான " +"தகவல்கள் பெறப்படுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " "to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " "Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" "router-config</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"அதைப் பயன்படுத்த, குறைந்தபட்ச டெபியன் நிறுவலைச் செய்யுங்கள். டெபியன் EDU நிறுவி அல்ல, " -"டெபியன் EDU நிறுவி அல்ல, ஏனெனில் டெபியன் EDU நிறுவல்கள் <couteroutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computerOutput> ஆல் ஆதரிக்கப்படவில்லை என்பதால் டெபியன் " -"EDU நிறுவி அல்ல." +"அதைப் பயன்படுத்த, குறைந்தபட்ச டெபியன் நிறுவலைச் செய்யுங்கள். டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவி அல்ல, " +"டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவி அல்ல, ஏனெனில் டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவல்கள் <computeroutput> டெபியன்-" +"கல்வி-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> ஆல் ஆதரிக்கப்படவில்லை என்பதால் டெபியன் கல்வி " +"நிறுவி அல்ல." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " "package using" msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </compaterOutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2318,13 +2190,12 @@ "உள்ளமைவு தொடர்பான பிழை செய்திகள் எதிர்பார்க்கப்படுகின்றன, இப்போது புறக்கணிக்கப்படலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For the configuration process following the installation of " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " "to the computer is required." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computerOutput> நிறுவப்பட்டதைத் " +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> நிறுவப்பட்டதைத் " "தொடர்ந்து உள்ளமைவு செயல்முறைக்கு, கணினிக்கான உடல் அணுகல் தேவை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -2343,23 +2214,27 @@ msgstr "பயன்படுத்தலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " "<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " "<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " "the two interfaces using" msgstr "" -"<கணினி வெளியீடு>/etc/நெட்வொர்க்/இடைமுகங்கள் </computerOutput> அல்லது <couthoutput> /" -"etc/network/interfaces.d/</sputersoutput> பயன்படுத்தும் இடைமுகங்கள்" +"<computeroutput>/etc/நெட்வொர்க்/இடைமுகங்கள் </computeroutput> அல்லது " +"<computeroutput> /etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> பயன்படுத்தும் " +"இடைமுகங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" msgstr "உண்மையான உள்ளமைவு செயல்முறை தொடங்கப்பட்டுள்ளது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "உய்ப் அமைவு முறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" -msgstr "UIF ஐ அமைப்பதற்கான உறுதிப்படுத்தல்" +msgstr "யுஐஏப் ஐ அமைப்பதற்கான உறுதிப்படுத்தல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2367,13 +2242,17 @@ "router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " "Router." msgstr "" -"UIF ஃபயர்வால் உள்ளமைவு முறை குறித்து கேட்டபோது, \"டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்\" என்பதைத் " -"தேர்வுசெய்க. டெபியன் EDU திசைவிக்கு ஃபயர்வாலை அமைக்க விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்பதை " +"உய்ப் ஃபயர்வால் உள்ளமைவு முறைகுறித்து கேட்டபோது, \"டெபியன்-கல்வி-ரூட்டர்\" என்பதைத் " +"தேர்வுசெய்க. டெபியன் கல்வி திசைவிக்கு ஃபயர்வாலை அமைக்க விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்பதை " "உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "உய்ப் இல் பிங் அனுமதிக்கிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" -msgstr "UIF இல் ட்ரேசரூட்டை அனுமதிக்கிறது" +msgstr "யுஐஎப் இல் ட்ரேசரூட்டை அனுமதிக்கிறது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2464,14 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கான நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியை அமைத்தல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " "the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " "internal networks." msgstr "" "உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளில் மேலே உள்ள ஆலோசனையை நீங்கள் பின்பற்றினால், உள் நெட்வொர்க்கின் \"கல்வி\" " -"க்கான நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியாக <couthoututput> 10.0.0.1/8 </sputersoutput> ஐ " +"க்கான நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியாக <computeroutput> 10.0.0.1/8 </computeroutput> ஐ " "அமைக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2515,44 +2393,44 @@ "முடிவு செய்யுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "பாஓடு போர்ட்டை கட்டமைத்தல்" +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு DHCP ஐ இயக்குகிறது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" -"பாஓடு போர்ட்டை உள்ளமைக்கவும், இது உள்ளமைவு மாற்றப்படாவிட்டால் <கணினி வெளியீடு> 22 </" -"computerOutput> ஆக இருக்க வேண்டும்." +"உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு DHCP ஐ இயக்க வேண்டாம், இது டெபியன் கல்வி முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தால் " +"வழங்கப்படும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" -msgstr "நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு DHCP ஐ இயக்குகிறது" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "பாஓடு போர்ட்டை கட்டமைத்தல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " -"Debian Edu main server." +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." msgstr "" -"உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு DHCP ஐ இயக்க வேண்டாம், இது டெபியன் EDU முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தால் " -"வழங்கப்படும்." +"பாஓடு போர்ட்டை உள்ளமைக்கவும், இது உள்ளமைவு மாற்றப்படாவிட்டால் <computeroutput>22 </" +"computeroutput> ஆக இருக்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே அவ்வாறு செய்யவில்லை என்றால் பிணைய இடைமுகங்களை இணைக்கவும், இயந்திரத்தை மீண்டும்" -" துவக்கவும்." +"நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே அவ்வாறு செய்யவில்லை என்றால் பிணைய இடைமுகங்களை இணைக்கவும், இயந்திரத்தை " +"மீண்டும் துவக்கவும். இப்போது, நீங்கள் ஒரு வேராக உள்நுழையும்போது டெபியன் கல்வி திசைவி " +"மெனுவைப் பார்க்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" msgstr "பாஓடு உள்ளமைவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " "the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" @@ -2560,11 +2438,11 @@ "which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " "dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." msgstr "" -"பாஓடு அணுகல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், நுழைவாயிலை ரூட்டாக உள்நுழையும்போது வழங்கப்படும் பட்டியல்" -" வழியாக தொலைதூரத்தில் மறுசீரமைக்க முடியும். முதன்மையான பட்டியலில் </computerOutput> " -"சி </computerOutput> ஐ அழுத்தி, ஆரம்ப உள்ளமைவுக்குப் பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட அதே உரையாடல் " -"முறையைப் பயன்படுத்தி உள்ளமைவின் அனைத்து அல்லது பகுதிகளையும் மாற்றக்கூடிய உள்ளமைவு " -"மெனுவுக்கு மாறுகிறது." +"பாஓடு அணுகல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், ரூட்டாக உள்நுழையும்போது வழங்கப்படும் பட்டியல் வழியாக " +"நுழைவாயிலை தொலைவிலிருந்து மறுகட்டமைக்க முடியும். முதன்மையான பட்டியலில் " +"<computeroutput>சி</computeroutput> ஐ அழுத்தினால், ஆரம்ப உள்ளமைவுக்குப் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட அதே உரையாடல் அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி உள்ளமைவின் அனைத்து அல்லது பகுதிகளையும் " +"மாற்றக்கூடிய உள்ளமைவு பட்டியலுக்கு மாறுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Notes on some characteristics" @@ -2585,17 +2463,15 @@ "பெரும்பாலும் நீங்கள் 'ரோமிங் பணிநிலையம்' சுயவிவரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்புவீர்கள் (மேலே " "காண்க). எல்லா தரவுகளும் உள்நாட்டில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன என்பதை அறிந்து கொள்ளுங்கள் (எனவே " "காப்புப்பிரதிகள் மீது சில கூடுதல் கவனிப்பை எடுத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள்) மற்றும் உள்நுழைவு " -"நற்சான்றிதழ்கள் தற்காலிகமாக சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன (எனவே கடவுச்சொல் மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு, உங்கள்" -" மடிக்கணினியை நெட்வொர்க்குடன் இணைக்கவில்லை என்றால் உள்நுழைவுகளுக்கு உங்கள் பழைய கடவுச்சொல் " -"தேவைப்படலாம் புதிய கடவுச்சொல்)." +"நற்சான்றிதழ்கள் தற்காலிகமாக சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன (எனவே கடவுச்சொல் மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு, " +"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியை நெட்வொர்க்குடன் இணைக்கவில்லை என்றால் உள்நுழைவுகளுக்கு உங்கள் பழைய " +"கடவுச்சொல் தேவைப்படலாம் புதிய கடவுச்சொல்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் இயக்கி / ப்ளூ-ரே வட்டு படத்தில் ஒரு குறிப்பு நிறுவுகிறது" +msgstr "யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் இயக்கி / ப்ளூ-ரே வட்டு படத்தில் ஒரு குறிப்பு நிறுவுகிறது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " @@ -2604,7 +2480,7 @@ "can be installed:" msgstr "" "யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்/ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் படத்திலிருந்து நீங்கள் நிறுவிய பிறகு, " -"<Couthoututput> /etc/apt/sources.list </coutterOutput> அந்த படத்திலிருந்து " +"<computeroutput> /etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> அந்த படத்திலிருந்து " "ஆதாரங்களை மட்டுமே கொண்டிருக்கும். உங்களிடம் இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால், பின்வரும் வரிகளைச் " "சேர்க்க நாங்கள் கடுமையாக பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், இதனால் கிடைக்கக்கூடிய பாதுகாப்பு " "புதுப்பிப்புகளை நிறுவ முடியும்:" @@ -2644,8 +2520,8 @@ "this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" msgstr "" "ஒரு சிடி/பி.டி ஐஎச்ஓ படத்தை யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்களுக்கு (\"யூ.எச்.பி ச்டிக்குகள்\" " -"என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது) நேரடியாக நகலெடுத்து அவற்றிலிருந்து துவக்க முடியும். இது போன்" -"ற ஒரு கட்டளையை வெறுமனே இயக்கவும், உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு கோப்பு மற்றும் சாதன பெயரை " +"என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது) நேரடியாக நகலெடுத்து அவற்றிலிருந்து துவக்க முடியும். இது " +"போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை வெறுமனே இயக்கவும், உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு கோப்பு மற்றும் சாதன பெயரை " "மாற்றியமைக்கவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -2682,37 +2558,34 @@ "initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" msgstr "" "இந்த நிறுவல் முறைக்கு உங்களிடம் இயங்கும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் இருக்க வேண்டும். பிணையம் " -"வழியாக வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் துவக்கும்போது, நிறுவி மற்றும் துவக்க தேர்வு விருப்பங்களுடன் கூடி" -"ய IPXE பட்டியல் காட்டப்படும். ஒரு XXX.BIN கோப்பைக் கோரும் பிழை செய்தியுடன் PXE நிறுவல் " -"தோல்வியுற்றால், அநேகமாக கிளையண்டின் பிணைய அட்டைக்கு இல்லாத ஃபார்ம்வேர் தேவைப்படுகிறது. இந்" -"த வழக்கில் டெபியன் நிறுவியின் INITRD மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். கட்டளையை செயல்படுத்துவதன் " -"மூலம் இதை அடைய முடியும்:" +"வழியாக வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் துவக்கும்போது, நிறுவி மற்றும் துவக்க தேர்வு விருப்பங்களுடன் " +"கூடிய IPXE பட்டியல் காட்டப்படும். ஒரு XXX.BIN கோப்பைக் கோரும் பிழை செய்தியுடன் PXE " +"நிறுவல் தோல்வியுற்றால், அநேகமாக கிளையண்டின் பிணைய அட்டைக்கு இல்லாத ஃபார்ம்வேர் " +"தேவைப்படுகிறது. இந்த வழக்கில் டெபியன் நிறுவியின் INITRD மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். " +"கட்டளையை செயல்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் இதை அடைய முடியும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "on the server." msgstr "சேவையகத்தில்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " "Server</emphasis> profile only:" msgstr "" -"IPXE பட்டியல் <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"சுயவிவரம் மட்டுமே: சுயவிவரம்:" +"IPXE பட்டியல் <emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரம் " +"மட்டுமே: சுயவிவரம்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" msgstr "LTSP உள்ளீடுகள் இல்லாமல் IPXE பட்டியல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " "Server</emphasis> profile:" msgstr "" -"IPXE பட்டியல் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> LTSP சேவையகம் </VIRSASIS> சுயவிவரம்:" -" சுயவிவரம்:" +"ஐபிஃஇ பட்டியல் <emphasis role=\"strong\">எல்டிஎச்பி சேவையகம் </emphasis> தன்விவரம்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" @@ -2729,13 +2602,13 @@ "போலன்றி, வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களை கோசா உடன் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <லிங்க் லிங்க்ட்இன் = " -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்டின்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் காணலாம்." +"பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயத்தில் " +"காணலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Modifying PXE installations" @@ -2750,16 +2623,14 @@ "தொகுப்புகளைக் கேட்க மாற்றியமைக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"பின்வருவனவற்றைப் போன்ற ஒரு வரியை <Couthoututput> tjener: /etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat </coutnoututput> இல் சேர்க்க வேண்டும்" +"பின்வருவனவற்றைப் போன்ற ஒரு வரியை <computeroutput> tjener: /etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> இல் சேர்க்க வேண்டும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" "edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " @@ -2770,27 +2641,24 @@ "computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> to update the generated files." msgstr "" -"PXE நிறுவல் <coutenoutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"coutnoututput> ஐ முன்னரே பயன்படுத்தும் கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. வலையில் நிறுவும் போது" -" கூடுதல் கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, நிறுவலின் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் முன்னறிவிப்பை சரிசெய்ய இந்" -"த கோப்பை மாற்றலாம். இதை அடைவதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி <coutheroutput> /etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf </posterautput> மற்றும் <couteroutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local இல் கூடுதல் அமைப்புகளை வழங்குவது. உருவாக்கப்பட்ட " -"கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க </computerOutput> மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு>/USR/SBIN/DEBIN-" -"EDU-PXEINSTALL </coteratututput> ஐ இயக்க." +"PXE நிறுவல் <computeroutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> ஐ முன்னரே பயன்படுத்தும் கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. வலையில் நிறுவும் " +"போது கூடுதல் கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, நிறுவலின் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் முன்னறிவிப்பை " +"சரிசெய்ய இந்த கோப்பை மாற்றலாம். இதை அடைவதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி <computeroutput> /etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> /etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local இல் கூடுதல் அமைப்புகளை வழங்குவது. " +"உருவாக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput>/USR/" +"SBIN/DEBIN-EDU-PXEINSTALL </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" "releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." msgstr "" -"மேலதிக தகவல்களை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\"> டெபியன் நிறுவி </" -"ulink> இன் கையேட்டில் காணலாம்." +"மேலதிக தகவல்களை <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\"> டெபியன் நிறுவி </ulink> இன் கையேட்டில் காணலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " "containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " @@ -2802,16 +2670,16 @@ "\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" "computeroutput>\" part from the last one." msgstr "" -"PXE வழியாக நிறுவும் போது ப்ராக்சியின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க அல்லது மாற்ற, <Coutroututput> " -"மிரர்/HTTP/ப்ராக்சி </compatenoutput>, <couthoututput> மிரர்/FTP/ப்ராக்சி </" -"computerOutput> மற்றும் <coutroutututput> /computerOutput> <couteroutput> " -"tjener: /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </coutnoututput> மாற்றப்பட " -"வேண்டும். நிறுவும் போது ப்ராக்சியின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க, முதல் இரண்டு வரிகளுக்கு முன்னால் '#" -"' ஐ வைத்து, \"<couthoututput> ஏற்றுமதி http_proxy =\" http: // webCache: 3128 " -"\"; கடைசி ஒன்று." +"PXE வழியாக நிறுவும்போது பதிலாளின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க அல்லது மாற்ற, " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> இல் <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> மற்றும் " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> ஆகியவற்றைக் கொண்ட வரிகளை " +"மாற்ற வேண்டும். நிறுவும்போது பதிலாளின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க, முதல் இரண்டு வரிகளுக்கு " +"முன்னால் '#' ஐ வைத்து, கடைசி வரியிலிருந்து \"<computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" பகுதியை அகற்றவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " "preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " @@ -2821,15 +2689,15 @@ msgstr "" "சில அமைப்புகளை முன்னெடுக்க முடியாது, ஏனெனில் அவை முன்னுரிமை கோப்பு பதிவிறக்கம் " "செய்யப்படுவதற்கு முன்பு தேவைப்படுகின்றன. மொழி, விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பு மற்றும் டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழல் அத்தகைய அமைப்புகளுக்கு எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள். இயல்புநிலை அமைப்புகளை மாற்ற விரும்பினால்" -", முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் IPXE பட்டியல் கோப்பைத் திருத்தவும்" +"சூழல் அத்தகைய அமைப்புகளுக்கு எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள். இயல்புநிலை அமைப்புகளை மாற்ற " +"விரும்பினால், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் IPXE பட்டியல் <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput>கோப்பைத் திருத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Custom images" msgstr "தனிப்பயன் படங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " "the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " @@ -2838,24 +2706,22 @@ "ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." msgstr "" "தனிப்பயன் குறுந்தகடுகள், டிவிடிகள் அல்லது ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க்குகளை உருவாக்குவது மிகவும் " -"எளிதானது, ஏனெனில் நாம் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/\"> டெபியன் நிறுவி </Ulink>, பிற நல்" -"ல நற்பொருத்தங்கள். <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/preseed\"> முன்னுரிமை </Ulink> " -"பொதுவாகக் கேட்கப்படும் கேள்விகளுக்கான பதில்களை வரையறுக்க உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது." +"எளிதானது, ஏனெனில் நாம் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/" +"\"> டெபியன் நிறுவி </ulink>, பிற நல்ல நற்பொருத்தங்கள். <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/preseed\"> முன்னுரிமை </ulink> பொதுவாகக் " +"கேட்கப்படும் கேள்விகளுக்கான பதில்களை வரையறுக்க உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "எனவே நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியது உங்கள் பதில்களுடன் ஒரு முன் கோப்பை உருவாக்குவதுதான் (இது " -"டெபியன் நிறுவி கையேட்டின் பிற்சேர்க்கையில் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது) மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/modify/cd\" > குறுவட்டு/டிவிடி </" -"ulink> ஐ ரீச்டர் செய்யுங்கள்." +"டெபியன் நிறுவி கையேட்டின் பிற்சேர்க்கையில் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது) மற்றும் <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/modify/cd\" > குறுவட்டு/டிவிடி " +"</ulink> ஐ ரீச்டர் செய்யுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Screenshot tour" @@ -2870,9 +2736,9 @@ "it." msgstr "" "உரை பயன்முறை மற்றும் வரைகலை நிறுவல் செயல்பாட்டு ரீதியாக ஒரே மாதிரியானவை - தோற்றம் " -"மட்டுமே வேறுபட்டது. வரைகலை முறை ஒரு சுட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான வாய்ப்பை வழங்குகிறது" -", நிச்சயமாக மிகவும் இனிமையானதாகவும் நவீனமாகவும் தெரிகிறது. வன்பொருளுக்கு வரைகலை " -"பயன்முறையில் சிக்கல் இல்லையென்றால், அதைப் பயன்படுத்தாததற்கு எந்த காரணமும் இல்லை." +"மட்டுமே வேறுபட்டது. வரைகலை முறை ஒரு சுட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான வாய்ப்பை " +"வழங்குகிறது, நிச்சயமாக மிகவும் இனிமையானதாகவும் நவீனமாகவும் தெரிகிறது. வன்பொருளுக்கு " +"வரைகலை பயன்முறையில் சிக்கல் இல்லையென்றால், அதைப் பயன்படுத்தாததற்கு எந்த காரணமும் இல்லை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2922,7 +2788,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி தன்விவரத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" @@ -2962,15 +2828,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Lightdm Login screen" -msgstr "LightDM உள்நுழைவு திரை" +msgstr "ஒளிடிஎம் உள்நுழைவு திரை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" -msgstr "உலாவி சாளரத்தைக் காட்டும் XFCE டெச்க்டாப்" +msgstr "உலாவிச் சாளரத்தைக் காட்டும் Xfce திரைப்பலகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" -msgstr "XFCE டெச்க்டாப் திரை" +msgstr "கல்வி Xfce திரைப்பலக திரை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" @@ -2989,7 +2855,6 @@ msgstr "தொடங்குவதற்கு குறைந்தபட்ச படிகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " "the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " @@ -2998,29 +2863,27 @@ "pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" "computeroutput> to become root." msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும் போது முதல் பயனர் கணக்கு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது. பின்வரும் " -"உரையில் இந்த கணக்கு \"முதல் பயனர்\" என்று குறிப்பிடப்படும். வீட்டு அடைவு இசைவு 700 ஆக " -"அமைக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதால் இந்த கணக்கு சிறப்பு வாய்ந்தது (எனவே <couthoutput> CHMOD O+x ~ </" -"computerOutput> தனிப்பட்ட வலைப்பக்கங்களை அணுகுவதற்கு தேவைப்படுகிறது), முதல் பயனர் " -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> சுடோ </பயன்படுத்தலாம் computerOutput> ரூட் ஆக." +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும்போது முதல் பயனர் கணக்கு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது. பின்வரும் " +"உரையில் இந்தக் கணக்கு \"முதல் பயனர்\" என்று குறிப்பிடப்படும். வீட்டு அடைவு இசைவு 700 ஆக " +"அமைக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதால் இந்தக் கணக்குச் சிறப்பு வாய்ந்தது (எனவே <computeroutput>chmod o+x " +"~</computeroutput> தனிப்பட்ட வலைப்பக்கங்களை அணுகுவதற்கு தேவைப்படுகிறது), முதல் பயனர் " +"<computeroutput>சுடோ </computeroutput> ரூட் ஆகப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " "before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU குறிப்பிட்ட <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"கட்டிடக்கலை-FILE_SYSTEM_ACCESS_CONFIGURATION\"> பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு முன் கோப்பு " -"முறைமை அணுகல் உள்ளமைவு </இணைப்பு> பற்றிய தகவல்களைப் பார்க்கவும்; தேவைப்பட்டால் உங்கள் " -"தளத்தின் கொள்கையை சரிசெய்யவும்." +"டெபியன் கல்வி குறிப்பிட்ட <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு முன் கோப்பு முறைமை அணுகல் " +"உள்ளமைவு </link> பற்றிய தகவல்களைப் பார்க்கவும்; தேவைப்பட்டால் உங்கள் தளத்தின் கொள்கையைச் " +"சரிசெய்யவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு, முதல் பயனராக நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டிய முதல் விசயங்கள்:" +msgstr "நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு, முதல் பயனராக நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டிய முதல் விசயங்கள்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Log into the server." @@ -3045,26 +2908,25 @@ "சரியாகச் செய்வது என்பதையும், எல்லோரும் செய்ய வேண்டிய பிற விசயங்களையும் இது உள்ளடக்கியது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"இந்த கையேட்டில் வேறு இடங்களில் கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் உள்ளன: <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"அம்சங்கள்\"> " -"புத்தகப்புழு </இணைப்பு> இல் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள் முந்தைய வெளியீடுகளை நன்கு அறிந்த " -"அனைவராலும் படிக்க வேண்டும். முந்தைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தப்படுபவர்களுக்கு, <இணைப்பு" -" இணைப்பு = \"மேம்படுத்தல்கள்\"> மேம்படுத்தல்கள் </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் படிக்க " -"உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." +"இந்தக் கையேட்டில் வேறு இடங்களில் கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் உள்ளன: <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Bookworm</link> அத்தியாயத்தில் புதிய அம்சங்கள் முந்தைய " +"வெளியீடுகளை நன்கு அறிந்த அனைவரும் படிக்க வேண்டும். முந்தைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்து " +"மேம்படுத்துபவர்கள், <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">மேம்படுத்தல்கள்</link>அத்தியாயத்தைப் " +"படிக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "உங்கள் நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து பொதுவான டிஎன்எச் போக்குவரத்து தடுக்கப்பட்டால், இணைய ஓச்ட்களைப் " "பார்க்க சில குறிப்பிட்ட டிஎன்எச் சேவையகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்றால், இந்த சேவையகத்தை " @@ -3073,13 +2935,12 @@ "குறிப்பிடவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " "and some frequently asked questions." msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு லிங்க்ட்இன் = \"எப்படி\"> எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயம் கூடுதல் உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் " -"மற்றும் தந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் அடிக்கடி கேட்கப்படும் சில கேள்விகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." +"<link linkend=\"HowTo\"> எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயம் கூடுதல் உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் " +"தந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் அடிக்கடி கேட்கப்படும் சில கேள்விகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3099,9 +2960,9 @@ "parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " "delete) these main groups:" msgstr "" -"கோசா ஒரு வலை அடிப்படையிலான மேலாண்மை கருவியாகும், இது உங்கள் டெபியன் EDU அமைப்பின் சி" -"ல முக்கியமான பகுதிகளை நிர்வகிக்க உதவுகிறது. இந்த முக்கிய குழுக்களை நீங்கள் நிர்வகிக்கலாம்" -" (சேர்க்கலாம், மாற்றியமைக்கலாம் அல்லது நீக்கலாம்):" +"கோசா ஒரு வலை அடிப்படையிலான மேலாண்மை கருவியாகும், இது உங்கள் டெபியன் கல்வி அமைப்பின் " +"சில முக்கியமான பகுதிகளை நிர்வகிக்க உதவுகிறது. இந்த முக்கிய குழுக்களை நீங்கள் " +"நிர்வகிக்கலாம் (சேர்க்கலாம், மாற்றியமைக்கலாம் அல்லது நீக்கலாம்):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group Administration" @@ -3131,12 +2992,11 @@ "Workstation profiles)." msgstr "" "GOSA² அணுகலுக்காக உங்களுக்கு ச்கோலெலினக்ச் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மற்றும் ஒரு வலை உலாவி " -"நிறுவப்பட்ட ஒரு (கிளையன்ட்) அமைப்பு தேவை, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையகம் (முதன்மை சேவையகம் +" -" LTSP சேவையகம் + பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரங்கள்) என அழைக்கப்படும் என நிறுவப்பட்டால் முக்கிய " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட ஒரு (கிளையன்ட்) அமைப்பு தேவை, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையகம் (முதன்மை சேவையகம் " +"+ LTSP சேவையகம் + பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரங்கள்) என அழைக்கப்படும் என நிறுவப்பட்டால் முக்கிய " "சேவையகமாக இருக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" "emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " @@ -3144,27 +3004,26 @@ "sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " "server's installation (first user):" msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் (அநேகமாக தற்செயலாக) ஒரு தூய <வலியுறுத்தல்> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " +"நீங்கள் (அநேகமாக தற்செயலாக) ஒரு தூய <emphasis>முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> " "சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவியிருந்தால், வலை உலாவி எளிதான கிளையன்ட் இல்லையென்றால், இந்த கட்டளை " "வரிசையைப் பயன்படுத்தி முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் குறைந்தபட்ச டெச்க்டாப்பை நிறுவுவது எளிது " -"(கிராபிகல் அல்லாத) செல் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் நிறுவலின் போது நீங்கள் உருவாக்கிய பயனரா" -"க (முதல் பயனர்):" +"(கிராபிகல் அல்லாத) செல் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் நிறுவலின் போது நீங்கள் உருவாக்கிய " +"பயனராக (முதல் பயனர்):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " "access, and log in as the first user." msgstr "" -"ஒரு வலை உலாவியில் இருந்து கோசா அணுகலுக்காக முகவரி <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/gosa\"/> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும், முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைக." +"ஒரு வலை உலாவியில் இருந்து கோசா அணுகலுக்காக முகவரி <ulink url=\"https: // www/" +"gosa\"/> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும், முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைக." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " "will be known by the browser." msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஒரு புதிய டெபியன் EDU புத்தகப்புழு இயந்திரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள் என்றால், தள " +"நீங்கள் ஒரு புதிய Debian Edu புத்தகப்புழு இயந்திரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள் என்றால், தள " "சான்றிதழ் உலாவியால் அறியப்படும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3210,12 +3069,12 @@ "be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " "information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இல், கணக்கு, குழு மற்றும் கணினி தகவல்கள் LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்" -"றன. இந்த தரவு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தால் மட்டுமல்ல, (வட்டு இல்லாத) பணிநிலையங்களாலும், " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மற்றும் பிணையத்தில் உள்ள பிற இயந்திரங்களாலும் பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது" -". LDAP உடன், மாணவர்கள், ஆசிரியர்கள் போன்றவற்றைப் பற்றிய கணக்கு தகவல்கள் ஒரு முறை மட்டுமே " -"உள்ளிடப்பட வேண்டும். எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -யில் செய்தி வழங்கப்பட்ட பின்னர், முழு ச்கோலினக்ச் " -"நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்து அமைப்புகளுக்கும் செய்தி கிடைக்கும்." +"டெபியன் கல்வியில், கணக்கு, குழு மற்றும் கணினி தகவல்கள் LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் " +"சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன. இந்தத் தரவு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தால் மட்டுமல்ல, (வட்டு இல்லாத) " +"பணிநிலையங்களாலும், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மற்றும் பிணையத்தில் உள்ள பிற இயந்திரங்களாலும் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. LDAP உடன், மாணவர்கள், ஆசிரியர்கள் போன்றவற்றைப் பற்றிய கணக்குத் " +"தகவல்கள் ஒரு முறை மட்டுமே உள்ளிடப்பட வேண்டும். எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -யில் செய்தி வழங்கப்பட்ட " +"பின்னர், முழு ச்கோலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்து அமைப்புகளுக்கும் செய்தி கிடைக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3228,12 +3087,11 @@ msgstr "" "கோசா என்பது ஒரு நிர்வாக கருவியாகும், இது எல்.டி.ஏ.பி அதன் தகவல்களை சேமித்து ஒரு " "படிநிலைத் துறை கட்டமைப்பை வழங்குகிறது. ஒவ்வொரு \"துறைக்கும்\" நீங்கள் பயனர் கணக்குகள், " -"குழுக்கள், அமைப்புகள், நெட் குழுமங்கள் போன்றவற்றைச் சேர்க்கலாம். உங்கள் நிறுவனத்தின் கட்டமைப்பைப்" -" பொறுத்து, உங்கள் நிறுவன கட்டமைப்பை டெபியனின் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவு மரத்திற்கு மாற்ற GOSA²/" -"LDAP இல் உள்ள துறை கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம் EDU முதன்மையான சேவையகம்." +"குழுக்கள், அமைப்புகள், நெட் குழுமங்கள் போன்றவற்றைச் சேர்க்கலாம். உங்கள் நிறுவனத்தின் " +"கட்டமைப்பைப் பொறுத்து, உங்கள் நிறுவன கட்டமைப்பை டெபியனின் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவு மரத்திற்கு " +"மாற்ற GOSA²/LDAP இல் உள்ள துறை கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம் EDU முதன்மையான சேவையகம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " "\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " @@ -3242,14 +3100,17 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "இயல்புநிலை டெபியன் EDU முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவல் தற்போது இரண்டு \"துறைகளை\" " "வழங்குகிறது: ஆசிரியர்கள் மற்றும் மாணவர்கள், மற்றும் LDAP மரத்தின் அடிப்படை நிலை. மாணவர் " -"கணக்குகள் \"மாணவர்கள்\" துறை, ஆசிரியர்கள் \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" துறையில் சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும்; " +"கணக்குகள் \"மாணவர்கள்\" துறை, \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" துறையில் ஆசிரியர்கள் சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும்; " "அமைப்புகள் (சேவையகங்கள், பணிநிலையங்கள், அச்சுப்பொறிகள் போன்றவை) தற்போது அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் " -"சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்த கட்டமைப்பைத் தனிப்பயனாக்க உங்கள் சொந்த திட்டத்தைக் கண்டறியவும். ." +"சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்தக் கட்டமைப்பைத் தனிப்பயனாக்க உங்கள் சொந்த திட்டத்தைக் கண்டறியவும். <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">எவ்வாறு " +"மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் செய்வது</link> என்ற தலைப்பைப் பார்க்கவும்.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3257,16 +3118,15 @@ "manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " "selected department (or the base level)." msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் பணிபுரிய விரும்பும் பணியைப் பொறுத்து (பயனர்களை நிர்வகித்தல், குழுக்களை நிர்வகித்தல்" -", அமைப்புகளை நிர்வகித்தல் போன்றவை) கோசாாலும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட துறை (அல்லது அடிப்படை " -"நிலை) குறித்து வேறுபட்ட பார்வையை உங்களுக்கு வழங்குகிறது." +"நீங்கள் பணிபுரிய விரும்பும் பணியைப் பொறுத்து (பயனர்களை நிர்வகித்தல், குழுக்களை " +"நிர்வகித்தல், அமைப்புகளை நிர்வகித்தல் போன்றவை) கோசாாலும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட துறை (அல்லது " +"அடிப்படை நிலை) குறித்து வேறுபட்ட பார்வையை உங்களுக்கு வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "User Management with GOsa²" msgstr "கோசாவுடன் பயனர் மேலாண்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " "screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " @@ -3278,8 +3138,8 @@ msgstr "" "முதலில், இடது வழிசெலுத்தல் பட்டியலில் \"பயனர்கள்\" என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. \"மாணவர்கள்\" " "மற்றும் \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" மற்றும் கோசா நிர்வாகியின் கணக்கு (முதல் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்) " -"ஆகியவற்றிற்கான துறை கோப்புறைகளுடன் ஒரு அட்டவணையைக் காண்பிக்க திரையின் வலது புறம் மாறும்" -". இந்த அட்டவணைக்கு மேலே நீங்கள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> அடிப்படை </VISTRASIS> எனப்படும் ஒரு " +"ஆகியவற்றிற்கான துறை கோப்புறைகளுடன் ஒரு அட்டவணையைக் காண்பிக்க திரையின் வலது புறம் " +"மாறும். இந்த அட்டவணைக்கு மேலே நீங்கள் <emphasis>அடிப்படை </emphasis> எனப்படும் ஒரு " "புலத்தைக் காணலாம், இது உங்கள் மரக் கட்டமைப்பின் வழியாக செல்ல உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது (உங்கள் " "சுட்டியை அந்த பகுதிக்கு மேல் நகர்த்தவும், கீழ்தோன்றும் பட்டியல் தோன்றும்) மற்றும் உங்களுக்காக " "ஒரு அடிப்படை கோப்புறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் நோக்கம் கொண்ட செயல்பாடுகள் (எ.கா. புதிய " @@ -3305,8 +3165,8 @@ "The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " "and the full name of your user (see image)." msgstr "" -"சேர்க்க வேண்டிய மிக முக்கியமான சேதி வார்ப்புரு (நியூச்டுடென்ட் அல்லது நியூட் ஏச்சர்) மற்றும்" -" உங்கள் பயனரின் முழு பெயர் (படத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்)." +"சேர்க்க வேண்டிய மிக முக்கியமான சேதி வார்ப்புரு (நியூச்டுடென்ட் அல்லது நியூட் ஏச்சர்) " +"மற்றும் உங்கள் பயனரின் முழு பெயர் (படத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3323,7 +3183,6 @@ "என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " "offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " @@ -3332,9 +3191,13 @@ "<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " "additional option to the \"location definition\".)" msgstr "" -"உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்பெயர் உங்களுக்கு பிடிக்கவில்லை என்றால், கீழ்தோன்றும் பெட்டியில் வழங்கப்படும் " -"மற்றொரு பயனர்பெயரை நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம், ஆனால் உங்களிடம் வழிகாட்டியில் இலவச தேர்வு இல்லை" -". . \"இருப்பிட வரையறை\" க்கு.)" +"உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்பெயர் உங்களுக்குப் பிடிக்கவில்லை என்றால், கீழ்தோன்றும் பெட்டியில் " +"வழங்கப்படும் மற்றொரு பயனர்பெயரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம், ஆனால் வழிகாட்டியில் உங்களுக்கு இங்கே " +"இலவசத் தேர்வு இல்லை. (நீங்கள் முன்மொழியப்பட்ட பயனர்பெயரைத் திருத்த விரும்பினால், " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> ஐ ஒரு எடிட்டருடன் திறந்து, " +"\"இருப்பிட வரையறைக்கு\" கூடுதல் விருப்பமாக " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> ஐச் " +"சேர்க்கவும்.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3446,9 +3309,9 @@ "GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " "passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." msgstr "" -"தங்கள் சொந்த பயனர்பெயரின் கீழ் உள்நுழைந்த ஆசிரியர்கள் கோசாவில் சிறப்பு சலுகைகளைக் கொண்டுள்ளனர்" -". கோசா இன் மிகவும் சலுகை பெற்ற பார்வை அவர்களுக்கு காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளது, மேலும் அனைத்து மாணவர்" -" கணக்குகளுக்கும் கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றலாம். வகுப்பின் போது இது மிகவும் எளிது." +"தங்கள் சொந்த பயனர்பெயரின் கீழ் உள்நுழைந்த ஆசிரியர்கள் கோசாவில் சிறப்பு சலுகைகளைக் " +"கொண்டுள்ளனர். கோசா இன் மிகவும் சலுகை பெற்ற பார்வை அவர்களுக்கு காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளது, மேலும் " +"அனைத்து மாணவர் கணக்குகளுக்கும் கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றலாம். வகுப்பின் போது இது மிகவும் எளிது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" @@ -3461,35 +3324,31 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"பயனர்பெயர் காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள வரியின் முடிவில் உள்ள முக்கிய சின்னத்தைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" +msgstr "பயனர்பெயர் காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள வரியின் முடிவில் உள்ள முக்கிய சின்னத்தைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " "yourself" -msgstr "" -"பின்னர் வழங்கப்பட்ட பக்கத்தில் நீங்களே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட புதிய கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கலாம்" +msgstr "பின்னர் வழங்கப்பட்ட பக்கத்தில் நீங்களே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட புதிய கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கலாம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Set user password" msgstr "பயனர் கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " "guess passwords!</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> கடவுச்சொற்களை யூகிக்க எளிதானது காரணமாக " -"பாதுகாப்பு தாக்கங்களைப் பற்றி எச்சரிக்கையாக இருங்கள்! </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">கடவுச்சொற்களை யூகிக்க எளிதானது காரணமாக பாதுகாப்பு " +"தாக்கங்களைப் பற்றி எச்சரிக்கையாக இருங்கள்!</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Advanced user management" msgstr "மேம்பட்ட பயனர் மேலாண்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " "can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " @@ -3503,12 +3362,12 @@ msgstr "" "காபிம கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் GOSA² உடன் பயனர்களை பெருமளவில் உருவாக்க முடியும், " "இது எந்தவொரு நல்ல விரிதாள் மென்பொருளையும் உருவாக்கலாம் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக " -"<couthoututput> localc </coutterOutput>). குறைந்த பட்சம், பின்வரும் புலங்களுக்கான " +"<computeroutput> localc </computeroutput>). குறைந்த பட்சம், பின்வரும் புலங்களுக்கான " "உள்ளீடுகள் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும்: UID, கடைசி பெயர் (SN), முதல் பெயர் (Givenname) மற்றும் " "கடவுச்சொல். UID புலத்தில் நகல் உள்ளீடுகள் எதுவும் இல்லை என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள். " "நகல்களுக்கான காசோலையில் ஏற்கனவே இருக்கும் UID உள்ளீடுகள் LDAP இல் இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை " -"நினைவில் கொள்க (இது <couthoututput> Getent Passwd | grep tjener/home | கட் -டி " -"\":\" -f1 </computerOutput> கட்டளை வரியில் செயல்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் பெறலாம்) ." +"நினைவில் கொள்க (இது <computeroutput> Getent Passwd | grep tjener/home | கட் -டி " +"\":\" -f1 </computeroutput> கட்டளை வரியில் செயல்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் பெறலாம்) ." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3527,14 +3386,12 @@ msgstr "மேற்கோள்களைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " "line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" msgstr "" -"காபிம கோப்பு <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> செய்யக்கூடாது </VISTARISS> ஒரு " -"தலைப்பு வரியைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும் (பொதுவாக நெடுவரிசை பெயர்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கும் " -"வரிசையில்)" +"காபிம கோப்பு <emphasis role=\"strong\">செய்யக்கூடாது </emphasis> ஒரு தலைப்பு " +"வரியைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும் (பொதுவாக நெடுவரிசை பெயர்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கும் வரிசையில்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3603,16 +3460,15 @@ msgstr "கட்டளை வரியிலிருந்து பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " "documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" "link>" msgstr "" -"<coutheroutput> LDAP- CREATEUSER-KRB5 </coterateutput> கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி " -"கட்டளை வரியிலிருந்து பயனர் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம், <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> " -"நிர்வாகம் எப்படி </link> இல் உள்ள ஆவணங்களைப் பார்க்கவும்" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"கட்டளை வரியிலிருந்து பயனர் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம், <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\"> நிர்வாகம் எப்படி </link> இல் உள்ள ஆவணங்களைப் பார்க்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3624,8 +3480,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" -"குழுக்களின் நிர்வாகம் பயனர்களின் நிர்வாகத்திற்கு மிகவும் ஒத்திருக்கிறது." +msgstr "குழுக்களின் நிர்வாகம் பயனர்களின் நிர்வாகத்திற்கு மிகவும் ஒத்திருக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3659,7 +3514,6 @@ msgstr "கோசாவுடன் இயந்திர மேலாண்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " "your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " @@ -3670,70 +3524,64 @@ msgstr "" "உங்கள் டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்து பிணையம் சாதனங்களையும் நிர்வகிக்க இயந்திர " "மேலாண்மை அடிப்படையில் உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது. GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் " -"சேர்க்கப்படும் ஒவ்வொரு இயந்திரமும் ஓச்ட்பெயர், ஒரு ஐபி முகவரி, ஒரு MAC முகவரி மற்றும் ஒரு" -" டொமைன் பெயர் (இது பொதுவாக \"இன்டர்ன்\") உள்ளது. டெபியன் எட் கட்டமைப்பின் முழுமையான " -"விளக்கத்திற்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டிடக்கலை\"> கட்டிடக்கலை </இணைப்பு> இந்த கையேட்டின் " +"சேர்க்கப்படும் ஒவ்வொரு இயந்திரமும் ஓச்ட்பெயர், ஒரு ஐபி முகவரி, ஒரு MAC முகவரி மற்றும் " +"ஒரு டொமைன் பெயர் (இது பொதுவாக \"இன்டர்ன்\") உள்ளது. டெபியன் எட் கட்டமைப்பின் முழுமையான " +"விளக்கத்திற்கு <link linkend=\"Architecture\"> கட்டிடக்கலை </link> இந்த கையேட்டின் " "அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " "<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருங்கிணைந்த " -"முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> விசயத்தில் பெட்டிக்கு வெளியே செயல்படுகிறார்கள்." +"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் <emphasis>ஒருங்கிணைந்த " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> விசயத்தில் பெட்டிக்கு வெளியே செயல்படுகிறார்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"வட்டுகளுடன் பணிநிலையங்கள் (தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் உட்பட) <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = " -"\"வலுவான\"> கோசா உடன் சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும். திரைக்குப் பின்னால், ஒரு இயந்திரம் குறிப்பிட்ட " -"கெர்பரோச் முதன்மை (வகை <வலியுறுத்தல்> கணக்கு </வலியுறுத்தல்>) மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய கீடாப் " -"கோப்பு (<வலியுறுத்தல்> கடவுச்சொல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> எனப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒரு விசையைக் " -"கொண்டுள்ளது) உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது; பயனர்களின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களை ஏற்றுவதற்கு KEYTAB கோப்பு " -"பணிநிலையத்தில் இருக்க வேண்டும். சேர்க்கப்பட்ட கணினி மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டவுடன், அதில் ரூட்டா" -"க உள்நுழைந்து <கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/நகல்-ஓச்ட்-கீட்டாப்" -" </compateOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"வட்டுகளுடன் பணிநிலையங்கள் (தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் உட்பட) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">கோசா உடன்</emphasis> சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும். திரைக்குப் பின்னால், ஒரு " +"இயந்திரம் குறிப்பிட்ட கெர்பரோச் முதன்மை (வகை <emphasis>கணக்கு</emphasis>) மற்றும் " +"தொடர்புடைய கீடாப் கோப்பு (<emphasis>கடவுச்சொல்</emphasis> எனப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒரு " +"விசையைக் கொண்டுள்ளது) உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது; பயனர்களின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களை ஏற்றுவதற்கு " +"KEYTAB கோப்பு பணிநிலையத்தில் இருக்க வேண்டும். சேர்க்கப்பட்ட கணினி மறுதொடக்கம் " +"செய்யப்பட்டவுடன், அதில் ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைந்து <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/கருவிகள்/நகல்-ஓச்ட்-கீட்டாப் </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " "configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" msgstr "" -"ஒரு கணினிக்கான முதன்மை மற்றும் கீட்டாப் கோப்பை உருவாக்க <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஏற்கனவே கோசா </" -"VIRSISASIS> உடன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ரூட் என உள்நுழைந்து " -"இயக்கவும்" +"ஒரு கணினிக்கான முதன்மை மற்றும் கீட்டாப் கோப்பை உருவாக்க <emphasis>ஏற்கனவே கோசா </" +"emphasis> உடன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ரூட் என உள்நுழைந்து இயக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: </வலியுறுத்தல்> வகை " -"அமைப்புகளுக்கு புரவலன் கீடாப் உருவாக்கம் சாத்தியமாகும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> பணிநிலையங்கள் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> சேவையகங்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"முனையங்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஆனால் வகை <வலியுறுத்தல்> நெட்டெவிச் </VISTRASIS> க்கு அல்ல. " -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </இணைப்பு> NFS " -"உள்ளமைவு விருப்பங்களுக்கான அத்தியாயம் பார்க்கவும்." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்:</emphasis> வகை அமைப்புகளுக்கு " +"புரவலன் கீடாப் உருவாக்கம் சாத்தியமாகும் <emphasis>பணிநிலையங்கள்</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>சேவையகங்கள்</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis>முனையங்கள்</emphasis> ஆனால் வகை " +"<emphasis>நெட்டெவிச் </emphasis> க்கு அல்ல. <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> " +"பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </link> NFS உள்ளமைவு விருப்பங்களுக்கான அத்தியாயம் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " "machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" @@ -3744,8 +3592,8 @@ "10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " "dynamically." msgstr "" -"ஒரு கணினியைச் சேர்க்க, கோசா முதன்மை பட்டியல், அமைப்புகள், சேர் பயன்படுத்தவும். இயந்திரத்தின்" -" பெயர் செல்லுபடியாகும் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> தகுதியற்ற </VISTARISS> " +"ஒரு கணினியைச் சேர்க்க, கோசா முதன்மை பட்டியல், அமைப்புகள், சேர் பயன்படுத்தவும். " +"இயந்திரத்தின் பெயர் செல்லுபடியாகும் <emphasis role=\"strong\">தகுதியற்ற </emphasis> " "ஓச்ட்பெயர், டொமைன் பெயரை இங்கே சேர்க்க வேண்டாம். முன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட முகவரி இடத்திலிருந்து " "10.0.0.0/8 இலிருந்து ஐபி முகவரி/ஓச்ட்பெயரைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். தற்போது இரண்டு முன் " "வரையறுக்கப்பட்ட நிலையான முகவரிகள் மட்டுமே உள்ளன: 10.0.2.2 (டிசெனர்) மற்றும் 10.0.0.1 " @@ -3753,7 +3601,6 @@ "ஓச்ட்கள்) முகவரிகள் DHCP க்காக ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, அவை மாறும் வகையில் ஒதுக்கப்படுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " "in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " @@ -3766,18 +3613,17 @@ "With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " "icon." msgstr "" -"மேக் முகவரியுடன் ஒரு ஓச்டை ஒதுக்க 52: 54: 00: 12: 34: 10 கோசாவில் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி " -"முகவரி நீங்கள் MAC முகவரி, ஓச்ட்பெயர் மற்றும் ஐபி உள்ளிட வேண்டும்; மாற்றாக நீங்கள் </" -"computerOutput> முன்மொழிய ஐபி </computerOutput> பொத்தானைக் சொடுக்கு செய்யலாம், இது " -"முதல் இலவச நிலையான முகவரியை 10.0.0.0/8 இல் காண்பிக்கும், இது முதல் இயந்திரத்தை இந்த " -"வழியில் சேர்த்தால் 10.0.0.2 போன்றவை. உங்கள் நெட்வொர்க்கைப் பற்றி முதலில் சிந்திப்பது நல்லது: " -"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, சேவையகங்களுக்கு ஃச் & சிடி; 10 மற்றும் ஃச் & எல்.டி; 50 உடன் 10.0.0.x " -"ஐப் பயன்படுத்தலாம், மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களுக்கு ஃச் & gt; 100. இப்போது சேர்க்கப்பட்ட அமைப்பை " -"செயல்படுத்த மறக்காதீர்கள். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தைத் தவிர அனைத்து அமைப்புகளும் பொருந்தக்கூடி" -"ய ஐகானைக் கொண்டிருக்கும்." +"MAC முகவரியுடன் ஒரு ஓச்டை ஒதுக்க 52: 54: 00: 12: 34: 10 கோசாவில் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி " +"முகவரி நீங்கள் MAC முகவரி, ஓச்ட்பெயர் மற்றும் ஐபி உள்ளிட வேண்டும்; மாற்றாக " +"நீங்கள்<computeroutput>முன்மொழிய ஐபி </computeroutput> பொத்தானைக் சொடுக்கு செய்யலாம், " +"இது முதல் இலவச நிலையான முகவரியை 10.0.0.0/8 இல் காண்பிக்கும், இது முதல் இயந்திரத்தை " +"இந்த வழியில் சேர்த்தால் 10.0.0.2 போன்றவை. உங்கள் நெட்வொர்க்கைப் பற்றி முதலில் சிந்திப்பது " +"நல்லது: எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, சேவையகங்களுக்கு ஃ >10 மற்றும் ஃ < 50 உடன் 10.0.0.ஃ ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம், மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களுக்கு ஃ>100. இப்போது சேர்க்கப்பட்ட அமைப்பைச் " +"செயல்படுத்த மறக்காதீர்கள். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தைத் தவிர அனைத்து அமைப்புகளும் " +"பொருந்தக்கூடிய ஐகானைக் கொண்டிருக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " "been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " @@ -3794,17 +3640,18 @@ msgstr "" "இயந்திரங்கள் மெல்லிய கிளையண்டுகள்/வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களாக துவக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் அல்லது " "பிணையம் செய்யப்பட்ட எந்த சுயவிவரங்களையும் பயன்படுத்தி நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தால், " -"<portenoutput> SiteSummary2ldapdhcp </computerOutput> ச்கிரிப்டை GOSA² க்கு " +"<computeroutput> SiteSummary2ldapdhcp </computeroutput> ச்கிரிப்டை GOSA² க்கு " "இயந்திரங்களை தானாக சேர்க்க பயன்படுத்தலாம். எளிய இயந்திரங்களுக்கு இது பெட்டியிலிருந்து " "வெளியேறும், ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட MAC முகவரிகளைக் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்களுக்கு உண்மையில் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும், <couthoututput> தளங்கள்ம்ம் 2ldapdhcp -h " -"</cuterinoutput> பயன்பாட்டு தகவலைக் காட்டுகிறது. <couthoututput> " -"Sitesummary2ldapdhcp </coteratutput> இன் பயன்பாட்டிற்குப் பிறகு காட்டப்பட்ட ஐபி " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும், <computeroutput> தளங்கள்ம்ம் 2ldapdhcp -h " +"</computeroutput> பயன்பாட்டு தகவலைக் காட்டுகிறது. <computeroutput> " +"Sitesummary2ldapdhcp </computeroutput> இன் பயன்பாட்டிற்குப் பிறகு காட்டப்பட்ட ஐபி " "முகவரிகள் மாறும் ஐபி வரம்பிற்கு சொந்தமானது என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. இந்த அமைப்புகள் உங்கள் " -"நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஏற்றவாறு மாற்றியமைக்கப்படலாம்: ஒவ்வொரு புதிய கணினியையும் மறுபெயரிடுங்கள்" -", DHCP மற்றும் DNS ஐ செயல்படுத்துதல், அதை நெட் குழுமங்களில் சேர்க்கவும் (பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்ட " -"நெட் குழுமங்களுக்கு கீழே உள்ள திரை சாட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்), பின்னர் கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் " -"செய்யுங்கள். இது நடைமுறையில் எப்படி இருக்கிறது என்பதை பின்வரும் திரை சாட்கள் காட்டுகின்றன:" +"நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஏற்றவாறு மாற்றியமைக்கப்படலாம்: ஒவ்வொரு புதிய கணினியையும் " +"மறுபெயரிடுங்கள், DHCP மற்றும் DNS ஐ செயல்படுத்துதல், அதை நெட் குழுமங்களில் சேர்க்கவும் " +"(பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்ட நெட் குழுமங்களுக்கு கீழே உள்ள திரை சாட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்), பின்னர் " +"கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யுங்கள். இது நடைமுறையில் எப்படி இருக்கிறது என்பதை பின்வரும் " +"திரை சாட்கள் காட்டுகின்றன:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "GOsa² systems listing" @@ -3823,13 +3670,13 @@ msgstr "நெட் குழுவைச் சேர்க்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" "computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." msgstr "" -"ஒரு க்ரோன்சோப் புதுப்பிக்கும் டி.என்.எச் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் இயங்குகிறது; <couthoutput> " -"su -c ldap2bind </coteratututput> புதுப்பிப்பை கைமுறையாக தூண்ட பயன்படுத்தலாம்." +"ஒரு க்ரோன்சோப் புதுப்பிக்கும் டி.என்.எச் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் இயங்குகிறது; " +"<computeroutput> su -c ldap2bind </computeroutput> புதுப்பிப்பை கைமுறையாக தூண்ட " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Search and delete machines" @@ -3840,8 +3687,8 @@ "Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " "deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." msgstr "" -"இயந்திரங்களைத் தேடுவதும் நீக்குவதும் பயனர்களைத் தேடுவதற்கும் நீக்குவதற்கும் மிகவும் ஒத்ததாகும்" -", இதனால் செய்தி இங்கே மீண்டும் செய்யப்படாது." +"இயந்திரங்களைத் தேடுவதும் நீக்குவதும் பயனர்களைத் தேடுவதற்கும் நீக்குவதற்கும் மிகவும் " +"ஒத்ததாகும், இதனால் செய்தி இங்கே மீண்டும் செய்யப்படாது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" @@ -3867,25 +3714,23 @@ "அறிந்ததைப் போன்றது, ஆனால் புலங்கள் இந்த சூழலில் வேறுபட்ட விசயங்களைக் குறிக்கின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " "does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " "machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " "services that machine can use on your main server." msgstr "" -"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஒரு இயந்திரத்தை <couthoututput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் சேர்ப்பது </" -"compatenOutput> அந்த இயந்திரத்திற்கான கோப்பு அணுகல் அல்லது கட்டளை செயல்பாட்டு அனுமதிகளை" -" மாற்றாது அல்லது அந்த கணினியில் உள்நுழைந்த பயனர்கள்; அதற்கு பதிலாக உங்கள் முதன்மையான " -"சேவையகத்தில் இயந்திரம் பயன்படுத்தக்கூடிய சேவைகளை இது கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது." +"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஒரு இயந்திரத்தை <computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் சேர்ப்பது </" +"computeroutput> அந்த இயந்திரத்திற்கான கோப்பு அணுகல் அல்லது கட்டளை செயல்பாட்டு " +"அனுமதிகளை மாற்றாது அல்லது அந்த கணினியில் உள்நுழைந்த பயனர்கள்; அதற்கு பதிலாக உங்கள் " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயந்திரம் பயன்படுத்தக்கூடிய சேவைகளை இது கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" "computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை நிறுவல் <Couthoututput> NetGroups </coteratututput> ஐ வழங்குகிறது" +"இயல்புநிலை நிறுவல் <computeroutput> NetGroups </computeroutput> ஐ வழங்குகிறது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "all-hosts" @@ -3932,73 +3777,66 @@ msgstr "பணிநிலையம்-ஓச்ட்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " "used for:" msgstr "" -"தற்போது <coutheroutput> நெட் குழுமம் </computerOutput> செயல்பாடு " +"தற்போது <computeroutput> நெட் குழுமம் </computeroutput> செயல்பாடு " "பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> மறுஅளவிடுதல் பகிர்வுகள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"(fsaouteresize-hosts)" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">மறுஅளவிடுதல் பகிர்வுகள்</emphasis> (fsaouteresize-" +"hosts)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " "that run out of space." msgstr "" -"இந்த குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் EDU இயந்திரங்கள் விண்வெளியை விட்டு வெளியேறும் எல்விஎம் " -"பகிர்வுகளை தானாகவே மாற்றியமைக்கும்." +"இந்தக் குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் விண்வெளியை விட்டு வெளியேறும் எல்விஎம் " +"பகிர்வுகளைத் தானாகவே மாற்றியமைக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" "night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தம் இயந்திரங்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"(இரவு-இரவு-ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் இரவில்-வேக்கப்-ஓச்ட்-பிளாக் பட்டியலில் பணிநிறுத்தம் மற்றும் " -"பணிநிறுத்தம்)" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தம் இயந்திரங்கள்</emphasis> (இரவு-இரவு-" +"ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் இரவில்-வேக்கப்-ஓச்ட்-பிளாக் பட்டியலில் பணிநிறுத்தம் மற்றும் பணிநிறுத்தம்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " "save energy." msgstr "" -"இந்த குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் EDU இயந்திரங்கள் ஆற்றலைச் சேமிக்க தானாகவே இரவில் மூடப்படும்." +"இந்தக் குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் ஆற்றலைச் சேமிக்க தானாகவே இரவில் மூடப்படும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" "hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> அச்சுப்பொறிகளை நிர்வகித்தல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"(கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்ச் மற்றும் கப்-கியூ-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள்)" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">அச்சுப்பொறிகளை நிர்வகித்தல்</emphasis> (கோப்பை-கியூ-" +"ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்ச் மற்றும் கப்-கியூ-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " "queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." msgstr "" -"இந்த குழுக்களில் உள்ள டெபியன் EDU இயந்திரங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு இரவிலும் எல்லா அச்சு வரிசைகளையும் " -"தானாகவே பறிக்கும், மேலும் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரத்திலும் எந்த ஊனமுற்ற அச்சு வரிசையையும் மீண்டும் " -"இயக்கும்." +"இந்தக் குழுக்களில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு இரவிலும் எல்லா அச்சு " +"வரிசைகளையும் தானாகவே பறிக்கும், மேலும் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரத்திலும் எந்த ஊனமுற்ற அச்சு " +"வரிசையையும் மீண்டும் இயக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" "hosts)" msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இணைய அணுகலைத் தடுப்பது </வலியுறுத்தல்> (நெட் " -"பிளாக்-ஓச்ட்ச்)" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">இணைய அணுகலைத் தடுப்பது</emphasis> (நெட் பிளாக்-ஓச்ட்ச்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4006,8 +3844,8 @@ "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " "be used during exams." msgstr "" -"இந்த குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் EDU இயந்திரங்கள் உள்ளக நெட்வொர்க்கில் மட்டுமே இயந்திரங்களுடன் இணைக்" -"க அனுமதிக்கப்படும். வலை பதிலாள் கட்டுப்பாடுகளுடன் இணைந்து இது தேர்வுகளின் போது " +"இந்தக் குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் உள்ளக நெட்வொர்க்கில் மட்டுமே இயந்திரங்களுடன் " +"இணைக்க அனுமதிக்கப்படும். வலை பதிலாள் கட்டுப்பாடுகளுடன் இணைந்து இது தேர்வுகளின்போது " "பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> @@ -4015,20 +3853,19 @@ msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறி மேலாண்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அச்சுப்பொறி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் வலை உலாவியை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: //www.intern: 631\"/> இது சாதாரண கோப்பை மேலாண்மை இடைமுகமாகும், அங்கு " -"நீங்கள் உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறிகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம்/நீக்கலாம்/மாற்றலாம் மற்றும் அச்சிடும் வரிசையை தூய்மை " -"செய்யலாம். முன்னிருப்பாக முதல் பயனர் மட்டுமே அனுமதிக்கப்படுகிறது, ஆனால் பயனர்களை கோசா " -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> அச்சுப்பொறி-அட்மின்ச் </computeerOutput> குழுவில் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் இதை " +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அச்சுப்பொறி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் வலை உலாவியை <ulink url=\"https: //" +"www.intern: 631\"/> இது சாதாரண கோப்பை மேலாண்மை இடைமுகமாகும், அங்கு நீங்கள் உங்கள் " +"அச்சுப்பொறிகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம்/நீக்கலாம்/மாற்றலாம் மற்றும் அச்சிடும் வரிசையை தூய்மை செய்யலாம். " +"முன்னிருப்பாக முதல் பயனர் மட்டுமே அனுமதிக்கப்படுகிறது, ஆனால் பயனர்களை கோசா " +"<computeroutput>அச்சுப்பொறி-அட்மின்ச் </computeroutput> குழுவில் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் இதை " "மாற்ற முடியும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -4036,21 +3873,19 @@ msgstr "பணிநிலையங்களுடன் இணைக்கப்பட்ட அச்சுப்பொறிகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " "with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> P910nd </prasisis> தொகுப்பு <வலியுறுத்தல்> பணிநிலையம் </VISTARISS> " +"<emphasis>P910nd </emphasis> தொகுப்பு <emphasis>பணிநிலையம் </emphasis> " "சுயவிவரத்துடன் ஒரு கணினியில் இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " "printer):" msgstr "" -"<ComputerOutput>/etc/default/p910nd </coteratututput> ஐத் திருத்து (யூ.எச்.பி " +"<computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd </computeroutput> ஐத் திருத்து (யூ.எச்.பி " "அச்சுப்பொறி):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -4062,25 +3897,25 @@ msgstr "P910ND_START = 1" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"வலை இடைமுகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அச்சுப்பொறியை உள்ளமைக்கவும் பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறி வகை <கணினி " -"வெளியீடு> AppSocket/HP செட் டைரக்ட் </compatenOutput> (பிராண்ட் அல்லது மாதிரியைப் " -"பொருட்படுத்தாமல் அனைத்து அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கும்) மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> சாக்கெட்: // & lt;" -" பணிநிலைய ஐபி & சிடி;" +"வலை இடைமுகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அச்சுப்பொறியை உள்ளமைக்கவும் <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; பிணைய அச்சுப்பொறி வகையைத் தேர்வுசெய்யவும் " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (பிராண்ட் அல்லது மாடலைப் " +"பொருட்படுத்தாமல் அனைத்து அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கும்) மற்றும் இணைப்பு முகவரியாக " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ஐ " +"அமைக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Network printers" msgstr "பிணைய அச்சுப்பொறிகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " "network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " @@ -4088,9 +3923,9 @@ "network printers." msgstr "" "பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் அனைத்து தன்வய விளம்பர அம்சங்களையும் முடக்க " -"பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது. அதற்கு பதிலாக, GOSA² உடன் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியை ஒதுக்கி" -", அவற்றை <CouthOutput> AppSocket/HP செட் டைரக்ட் </compateOutput> பிணையம் " -"அச்சுப்பொறிகளாக உள்ளமைக்கவும்." +"பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது. அதற்கு பதிலாக, GOSA² உடன் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியை " +"ஒதுக்கி, அவற்றை <computeroutput> AppSocket/HP செட் டைரக்ட் </computeroutput> " +"பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறிகளாக உள்ளமைக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Clock synchronisation" @@ -4104,10 +3939,11 @@ "This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " "is created when used." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இல் இயல்புநிலை உள்ளமைவு அனைத்து இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்ள கடிகாரங்களை ஒத்திசைவா" -"க வைத்திருப்பது, ஆனால் சரியானதல்ல. நேரத்தை புதுப்பிக்க என்டிபி பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. " -"கடிகாரங்கள் இயல்பாக வெளிப்புற மூலத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்கப்படும். இது இயந்திரங்கள் வெளிப்புற இணை" -"ய இணைப்பு பயன்படுத்தப்படும்போது உருவாக்கப்பட்டால் அதைத் திறந்து வைக்கக்கூடும்." +"டெபியன் கல்வியில் இயல்புநிலை உள்ளமைவு அனைத்து இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்ள கடிகாரங்களை " +"ஒத்திசைவாக வைத்திருப்பது, ஆனால் சரியானதல்ல. நேரத்தைப் புதுப்பிக்க என்டிபி " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. கடிகாரங்கள் இயல்பாக வெளிப்புற மூலத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்கப்படும். இது " +"இயந்திரங்கள் வெளிப்புற இணைய இணைப்பு பயன்படுத்தப்படும்போது உருவாக்கப்பட்டால் அதைத் திறந்து " +"வைக்கக்கூடும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4118,7 +3954,6 @@ "அமைப்பை மாற்ற விரும்புகிறீர்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " "the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " @@ -4127,30 +3962,32 @@ "computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " "sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"வெளிப்புற கடிகாரத்துடன் ஒத்திசைவை முடக்க, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் /etc/ntp.conf கோப்பு" -" மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும். <couthoutput> சேவையகம் </compateOutput> உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு முன்னால் " -"கருத்து (\"#\") மதிப்பெண்களைச் சேர்க்கவும். இதற்குப் பிறகு, <couthoututput> பணி என்டிபி" -" மறுதொடக்கம் </computerOutput> ஐ ரூட் ஆக இயக்குவதன் மூலம் என்டிபி சேவையகத்தை " -"மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும். ஒரு இயந்திரம் வெளிப்புற கடிகார மூலங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறதா " -"என்பதை சோதிக்க, <Couthoututput> NTPQ -C LPEER </couteroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +"வெளிப்புற கடிகாரத்துடன் ஒத்திசைவை முடக்க, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் /etc/ntp.conf " +"கோப்பு மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும். <computeroutput> சேவையகம் </computeroutput> உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு " +"முன்னால் கருத்து (\"#\") மதிப்பெண்களைச் சேர்க்கவும். இதற்குப் பிறகு, <computeroutput> " +"பணி என்டிபி மறுதொடக்கம் </computeroutput> ஐ ரூட் ஆக இயக்குவதன் மூலம் என்டிபி " +"சேவையகத்தை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும். ஒரு இயந்திரம் வெளிப்புற கடிகார மூலங்களைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துகிறதா என்பதை சோதிக்க, <computeroutput> NTPQ -C LPEER </" +"computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Extending full partitions" msgstr "முழு பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டித்தல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" -"தானியங்கி பகிர்வு மூலம் சாத்தியமான பிழை காரணமாக, நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு சில பகிர்வுகள் " -"மிகவும் நிரம்பியிருக்கலாம். இந்த பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க, <Couthoutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எஃப்.எச்.ஏ. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> நிர்வாகம் அவ்" -" டோ அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> இல் உள்ள \"மறுஅளவிடுதல்கள்\" பார்க்கவும்." +"தானியங்கி பகிர்வுமூலம் சாத்தியமான பிழை காரணமாக, நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு சில பகிர்வுகள் " +"மிகவும் நிரம்பியிருக்கலாம். இந்தப் பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க, ரூட்டாக <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> இயக்கு. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\"> நிர்வாகம் எவ்வாறு அத்தியாயம் </link> இல் உள்ள " +"\"மறுஅளவிடுதல்கள்\" பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -4161,16 +3998,14 @@ msgstr "மென்பொருளைப் புதுப்பித்தல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"இந்த பிரிவு <Couthoututput> APT முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </compaterOutput> ஐ எவ்வாறு " +"இந்தப் பிரிவு <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> ஐ எவ்வாறு " "பயன்படுத்துவது என்பதை விளக்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " "system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " @@ -4178,11 +4013,11 @@ "available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " "(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." msgstr "" -"<porteroutput> apt </couteroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உண்மையில் எளிமையானது. ஒரு " -"கணினியைப் புதுப்பிக்க நீங்கள் கட்டளை வரியில் இரண்டு கட்டளைகளை ரூட் என இயக்க வேண்டும்: " -"<couthoututput> apt புதுப்பிப்பு </putheroutput> (இது கிடைக்கக்கூடிய தொகுப்புகளின் " -"பட்டியல்களைப் புதுப்பிக்கிறது) மற்றும் <couthoututput> apt full-UPGRADE </" -"coutterOutput> (இது மேம்படுத்துகிறது மேம்படுத்தல் கிடைக்கும் தொகுப்புகள்)." +"<computeroutput> apt </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உண்மையில் எளிமையானது. " +"ஒரு கணினியைப் புதுப்பிக்க நீங்கள் கட்டளை வரியில் இரண்டு கட்டளைகளை ரூட் என இயக்க வேண்டும்: " +"<computeroutput> apt புதுப்பிப்பு </computeroutput> (இது கிடைக்கக்கூடிய " +"தொகுப்புகளின் பட்டியல்களைப் புதுப்பிக்கிறது) மற்றும் <computeroutput> apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (இது மேம்படுத்துகிறது மேம்படுத்தல் கிடைக்கும் தொகுப்புகள்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4194,7 +4029,6 @@ "சிக்கல்களின் சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் தேடுபொறிகளில் முடிவுகளை உருவாக்க அதிக வாய்ப்புள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " "package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " @@ -4202,47 +4036,44 @@ "if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" "agent -D installation</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"<portheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> தொகுப்பை மேம்படுத்திய பிறகு" -", மாற்றப்பட்ட சிஃபெங்கின் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகள் கிடைக்கக்கூடும். <couthoututput> ls -ltr/" -"etc/cfengine3/debian -edu/</sputersoutput> ஐ இயக்கவும். மாற்றங்களைப் பயன்படுத்த, " -"<couthoututput> lc_all = c cf -agent -d நிறுவல் </compateOututput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை மேம்படுத்திய " +"பிறகு, மாற்றப்பட்ட சிஃபெங்கின் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகள் கிடைக்கக்கூடும். <computeroutput> ls " +"-ltr/etc/cfengine3/debian -edu/</computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும். மாற்றங்களைப் " +"பயன்படுத்த, <computeroutput> lc_all = c cf -agent -d நிறுவல் </computeroutput> " +"ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" "diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " "the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." msgstr "" -"<coutheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> ஐ டிச்க்எச்பி இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை ஒத்திசைவில்" -" வைத்திருக்க எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் மேம்படுத்தலுக்குப் பிறகு இயக்குவது முதன்மை." +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் </" +"computeroutput> ஐ டிச்க்எச்பி இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை ஒத்திசைவில் " +"வைத்திருக்க எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் மேம்படுத்தலுக்குப் பிறகு இயக்குவது முதன்மை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " "update the PXE installation environment." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல்> எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சுயவிவரம், <couthoututput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-பிஎக்ச்இன்ச்டால் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> நிறுவல் சூழல்." +"<emphasis>முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> அல்லது <emphasis>எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்</" +"emphasis> சுயவிவரம், <computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-பிஎக்ச்இன்ச்டால் </" +"computeroutput> நிறுவல் சூழல்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " "and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " "send mail to an address you are reading." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> cron-apt </coteratutput> மற்றும் <couthoututput> apt-" -"listchanges </couthoututput> ஐ நிறுவுவதும், நீங்கள் படிக்கும் முகவரிக்கு அஞ்சலை அனுப்" -"ப உள்ளமைப்பதும் நல்லது." +"<computeroutput> cron-apt </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> apt-" +"listchanges </computeroutput> ஐ நிறுவுவதும், நீங்கள் படிக்கும் முகவரிக்கு அஞ்சலை " +"அனுப்ப உள்ளமைப்பதும் நல்லது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " "email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " @@ -4250,41 +4081,40 @@ "to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" "computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> Cron-apt </compatenOutput> மேம்படுத்தக்கூடிய எந்தவொரு தொகுப்பையும் " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> மேம்படுத்தக்கூடிய எந்தவொரு தொகுப்பையும் " "பற்றி மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக ஒரு நாளைக்கு ஒரு முறை உங்களுக்கு அறிவிக்கும். இது இந்த " "மேம்பாடுகளை நிறுவாது, ஆனால் அவற்றைப் பதிவிறக்குகிறது (வழக்கமாக இரவில்), எனவே நீங்கள் " -"<couthoututput> AP முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </compatenOutput> செய்யும்போது பதிவிறக்கத்திற்கா" -"க காத்திருக்க வேண்டியதில்லை." +"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> செய்யும்போது " +"பதிவிறக்கத்திற்காகக் காத்திருக்க வேண்டியதில்லை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" -"புதுப்பிப்புகளின் தானியங்கி நிறுவலை விரும்பினால் எளிதாக செய்ய முடியும், இதற்கு <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/unattenteduprigrades இல் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி " -"நிறுவப்பட்டு கட்டமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். ." +"தேவைப்பட்டால் புதுப்பிப்புகளை தானியங்கி முறையில் நிறுவுவது எளிதாகச் செய்ய முடியும், " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவி, <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> இல் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " "entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " "running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> APT-listchanges </coutheroutput> உங்களுக்கு புதிய சேஞ்ச்லாக் " -"உள்ளீடுகளை மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது <கணினி வெளியீடு> APT </cotersoutput> ஐ " -"இயக்கும் போது அவற்றை முனையத்தில் மாற்றலாம்." +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> உங்களுக்கு புதிய சேஞ்ச்லாக் " +"உள்ளீடுகளை மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> " +"ஐ இயக்கும் போது அவற்றை முனையத்தில் மாற்றலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" msgstr "பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள் குறித்து உங்களைத் தொடர்ந்து தெரிவிக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " "good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " @@ -4295,42 +4125,41 @@ "(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " "includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." msgstr "" -"மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி <கணினி வெளியீடு> CRON-APT </coteratutput> ஐ இயக்குவது " -"நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளுக்கு பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள் கிடைக்கும்போது கற்றுக்கொள்ள ஒரு " +"மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ஐ இயக்குவது " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளுக்குப் பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள் கிடைக்கும்போது கற்றுக்கொள்ள ஒரு " "சிறந்த வழியாகும். பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகளைப் பற்றி அறிந்து கொள்வதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி, " -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-cecurity-anounce/\"> டெபியன்" -" பாதுகாப்பு-வெளியீட்டு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> க்கு குழுசேர்வது. பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்பு" -" என்ன என்பதை உங்களுக்குக் கூறுகிறது. எதிர்மறையானது (<couthoututput> Cron-apt </" -"coutterOutput> உடன் ஒப்பிடும்போது) நிறுவப்படாத தொகுப்புகளுக்கான புதுப்பிப்புகள் பற்றிய " -"தகவல்களும் இதில் அடங்கும்." +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-cecurity-anounce/\"> டெபியன் " +"பாதுகாப்பு-வெளியீட்டு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> க்கு குழுசேர்வது. பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்பு " +"என்ன என்பதை உங்களுக்குக் கூறுகிறது. எதிர்மறையானது (<computeroutput> Cron-apt </" +"computeroutput> உடன் ஒப்பிடும்போது) நிறுவப்படாத தொகுப்புகளுக்கான புதுப்பிப்புகள் " +"பற்றிய தகவல்களும் இதில் அடங்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Backup Management" msgstr "காப்பு மேலாண்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" "slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " "since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " "site without using SSL it will fail." msgstr "" -"காப்புப்பிரதி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் உலாவியை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/slbackup-php\"/> க்கு சுட்டிக்காட்டவும். இந்த தளத்தை நீங்கள் SSL வழியா" -"க அணுக வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் அங்கு ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட " -"வேண்டும். SSL ஐப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் இந்த தளத்தை அணுக முயற்சித்தால் அது தோல்வியடையும்." +"காப்புப்பிரதி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் உலாவியை <ulink url=\"https: // www/slbackup-" +"php\"/> க்கு சுட்டிக்காட்டவும். இந்த தளத்தை நீங்கள் SSL வழியாக அணுக வேண்டும் என்பதை " +"நினைவில் கொள்க, ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் அங்கு ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டும். SSL ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தாமல் இந்த தளத்தை அணுக முயற்சித்தால் அது தோல்வியடையும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " "backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." msgstr "" -"குறிப்பு: காப்புப்பிரதி சேவையகத்தில் பாஓடு ரூட் உள்நுழைவை நீங்கள் தற்காலிகமாக அனுமதித்தால்" -" மட்டுமே தளம் செயல்படும், இது இயல்புநிலையாக முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக (tjener.intern)." +"குறிப்பு: காப்புப்பிரதி சேவையகத்தில் பாஓடு ரூட் உள்நுழைவை நீங்கள் தற்காலிகமாக " +"அனுமதித்தால் மட்டுமே தளம் செயல்படும், இது இயல்புநிலையாக முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக " +"(tjener.intern)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" @@ -4338,11 +4167,12 @@ "managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " "of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக, <Couthoututput>/skole/tjener/home0 </posteratutput>, <couthoututput>/" -"etc/</postermoutput>, <couthoututput> /root/.svk </cotomeroutput> மற்றும் LDAP " -"இன் காப்புப்பிரதிகள்/ச்கோலில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன / காப்பு/ அடைவு, இது எல்விஎம் தனி பகிர்வா" -"க நிர்வகிக்கப்படுகிறது. நீங்கள் விசயங்களின் உதிரி நகல்களை மட்டுமே வைத்திருக்க விரும்பினால் " -"(நீங்கள் அவற்றை நீக்கினால்) இந்த அமைப்பு உங்களுக்கு நன்றாக இருக்க வேண்டும்." +"இயல்பாக, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput> /root/.svk </" +"computeroutput> மற்றும் LDAP இன் காப்புப்பிரதிகள்/ச்கோலில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன / காப்பு/ " +"அடைவு, இது எல்விஎம் தனி பகிர்வாக நிர்வகிக்கப்படுகிறது. நீங்கள் விசயங்களின் உதிரி நகல்களை " +"மட்டுமே வைத்திருக்க விரும்பினால் (நீங்கள் அவற்றை நீக்கினால்) இந்த அமைப்பு உங்களுக்கு நன்றாக " +"இருக்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4365,18 +4195,18 @@ "If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " "command-line:" msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஒரு முழுமையான கோப்புறையை மீட்டெடுக்க விரும்பினால், உங்கள் சிறந்த வழி கட்டளை-வரியைப்" -" பயன்படுத்துவதாகும்:" +"நீங்கள் ஒரு முழுமையான கோப்புறையை மீட்டெடுக்க விரும்பினால், உங்கள் சிறந்த வழி கட்டளை-" +"வரியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதாகும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" "computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " "folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"இது <Couthoutput>/skole/Tjener/Home0/USER </computerOutput> <portenoutput> & " -"lt; தேதி & Gt; </computerOutput>" +"இது உள்ளடக்கத்தை விட்டுச்செல்லும்<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4397,7 +4227,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "SLBACKUP-PHP பராமரிப்பு" +msgstr "slbackup-php பராமரிப்பு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Server Monitoring" @@ -4408,20 +4238,18 @@ msgstr "Muin" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" "munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " "weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " "help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." msgstr "" -"முனின் போக்கு அறிக்கையிடல் அமைப்பு <ulink முகவரி = \"https: // www/munin/\"/> " -"இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது. இது நாள்தோறும், வாராந்திர, மாதாந்திர மற்றும் ஆண்டு அடிப்படையில் " -"கணினி நிலை அளவீட்டு வரைபடங்களை வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் இடையூறுகள் மற்றும் கணினி சிக்கல்களின்" -" மூலத்தைத் தேடும்போது கணினி நிர்வாகிக்கு உதவியை வழங்குகிறது." +"முனின் போக்கு அறிக்கையிடல் அமைப்பு <ulink url=\"https: // www/munin/\"/> இலிருந்து " +"கிடைக்கிறது. இது நாள்தோறும், வாராந்திர, மாதாந்திர மற்றும் ஆண்டு அடிப்படையில் கணினி " +"நிலை அளவீட்டு வரைபடங்களை வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் இடையூறுகள் மற்றும் கணினி சிக்கல்களின் " +"மூலத்தைத் தேடும்போது கணினி நிர்வாகிக்கு உதவியை வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " "based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " @@ -4432,17 +4260,17 @@ "root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " "the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." msgstr "" -"MUNin ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் இயந்திரங்களின் பட்டியல் தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது" -", இது தளங்களுக்கு புகாரளிக்கும் ஓச்ட்களின் பட்டியலின் அடிப்படையில். நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்பு " -"முனின்-முனை கொண்ட அனைத்து ஓச்ட்களும் முனின் கண்காணிப்புக்காக பதிவு செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளன. CRON " -"வேலைகள் செயல்படுத்தப்படும் கட்டளை காரணமாக, முனின் கண்காணிப்பு தொடங்கும் வரை இது ஒரு " -"இயந்திரத்திலிருந்து நிறுவப்படும் ஒரு நாள் ஆகும். செயல்முறையை விரைவுபடுத்த, " -"<couthoututput> தளங்கள் கட்டம்-புதுப்பிப்பு-முனின் </computerOutput> ஐ தள சேவையகத்தில்" -" (பொதுவாக முதன்மையான சேவையகம்) ரூட்டாக இயக்கவும். இது <Couthoututput> /etc/munin/" -"munin.conf </coteratututput> கோப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும்." +"முன்னின் ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் இயந்திரங்களின் பட்டியல் தானாகவே " +"உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது, இது தளங்களுக்குப் புகாரளிக்கும் ஓச்ட்களின் பட்டியலின் அடிப்படையில். " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்பு முனின்-முனை கொண்ட அனைத்து ஓச்ட்களும் முனின் கண்காணிப்புக்காகப் பதிவு " +"செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளன. சோளம் வேலைகள் செயல்படுத்தப்படும் கட்டளை காரணமாக, முனின் கண்காணிப்பு " +"தொடங்கும் வரை இது ஒரு இயந்திரத்திலிருந்து நிறுவப்படும் ஒரு நாள் ஆகும். செயல்முறையை " +"விரைவுபடுத்த, <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> ஐ தள " +"சேவையகத்தில் (பொதுவாக முதன்மையான சேவையகம்) ரூட்டாக இயக்கவும். இது <computeroutput>/" +"etc/\n" +"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> கோப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " "machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " @@ -4450,27 +4278,25 @@ "munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " "<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"சேகரிக்கப்படும் அளவீடுகளின் தொகுப்பு ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"முனின்-நோட்-கன்ஃபிகர் </compatenOutput> நிரலைப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது" -", இது <Coutroutput>/usr/share/munin/செருகுநிரல்கள்/</computenoutput> இலிருந்து " -"கிடைக்கும் செருகுநிரல்களை ஆய்வு செய்கிறது தொடர்புடையவற்றை <Couthoututput>/etc/munin/" -"செருகுநிரல்கள்/</compaterOutput> க்கு ஒத்திசைக்கிறது." +"சேகரிக்கப்படும் அளவீடுகளின் தொகுப்பு ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலும் <computeroutput>முனின்-நோட்-" +"கன்ஃபிகர் </computeroutput> நிரலைப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது, இது " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/செருகுநிரல்கள்/</computeroutput> இலிருந்து " +"கிடைக்கும் செருகுநிரல்களை ஆய்வு செய்கிறது தொடர்புடையவற்றை <computeroutput>/etc/" +"munin/செருகுநிரல்கள்/</computeroutput> க்கு ஒத்திசைக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" "monitoring.org/\"/>." msgstr "" -"முனின் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/> " -"இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." +"முனின் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/> இலிருந்து " +"கிடைக்கின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Icinga" msgstr "சிந்திக்கிறது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " @@ -4481,16 +4307,15 @@ "<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " "workstation." msgstr "" -"ஐசிங்கா அமைப்பு மற்றும் பணி கண்காணிப்பு <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/icingaweb2/\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது. தள அமைப்பால் சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட " -"தகவல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் சேவைகளின் தொகுப்பு தானாகவே " -"உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது. சுயவிவர மெயின்-சர்வர் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சர்வர் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்கள் " -"முழு கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகின்றன, அதே நேரத்தில் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்" -" எளிய கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகிறார்கள். பணிநிலையத்தில் முழு கண்காணிப்பை இயக்க, பணிநிலையத்தில் " -"<couthoututput> நாகியோச்-என்ஆர்பி-சர்வர் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்." +"ஐசிங்கா அமைப்பு மற்றும் பணி கண்காணிப்பு <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/> " +"இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது. தள அமைப்பால் சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட தகவல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் " +"இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் சேவைகளின் தொகுப்பு தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது. சுயவிவர மெயின்-" +"சர்வர் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சர்வர் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்கள் முழு கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகின்றன, அதே " +"நேரத்தில் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் எளிய கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகிறார்கள். " +"பணிநிலையத்தில் முழு கண்காணிப்பை இயக்க, பணிநிலையத்தில் <computeroutput> நாகியோச்-" +"என்ஆர்பி-சர்வர் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " "<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" @@ -4498,43 +4323,42 @@ "computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" "contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக ஐசிங்கா மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்பாது. <porthy-oututput> அறிவிப்பு-ஒன்றுமில்லாத </" -"computerOutput> ஐ <portenoutput> ஓச்ட்-நோட்டிஃபை-பை-எமெயில் </computerOutput> " -"மற்றும் <couthoututput> அறிவிப்பு-பை-எமெயில் </computerOutput> உடன் மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் " -"இதை மாற்றலாம் < computerOutput> /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg " -"</coteratututput>." +"இயல்பாகவே ஐசிங்கா மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்புவதில்லை. இதை <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> கோப்பில் " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> என்பதை " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> மற்றும் " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ஆகியவற்றால் மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் " +"மாற்றலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" "sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " "<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " "with the list of hosts and services to monitor." msgstr "" -"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஐசிங்கா உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <Couthoututput> /etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg </coutheroutput>. தளமாடர் கிரான் வேலை <couthoututput> /var/lib/" -"sitesumary/icinga-generated.cfg </coterututput> ஐ கண்காணிக்க ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஐசிங்கா உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <computeroutput> /etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg </computeroutput>. தளமாடர் கிரான் வேலை <computeroutput> /var/" +"lib/sitesumary/icinga-generated.cfg </computeroutput> ஐ கண்காணிக்க ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் " "சேவைகளின் பட்டியலுடன் உருவாக்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" "sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " "in the generated file." msgstr "" -"கூடுதல் ஐசிங்கா காசோலைகளை <கணினி வெளியீடு> /var/lib/sitesumary/icinga-" -"generated.cfg.post </computerOutput> கோப்பில் வைக்கலாம்." +"கூடுதல் ஐசிங்கா காசோலைகளை <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesumary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post </computeroutput> கோப்பில் வைக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" -"ஐசிங்கா பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> அல்லது " -"<couteroutput> ஐசிங்கா-டாக் </computerOutput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." +"ஐசிங்கா பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> அல்லது " +"<computeroutput> ஐசிங்கா-டாக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" @@ -4550,7 +4374,6 @@ msgstr "வட்டு சிக்கலானது - இலவச இடம்: /யு.எச்.ஆர் 309 எம்பி (5% ஐனோட் = 47%):" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " "ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " @@ -4562,14 +4385,14 @@ "host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" "computeroutput> netgroup." msgstr "" -"பகிர்வு (/ usr/ எடுத்துக்காட்டில்) மிகவும் நிரம்பியுள்ளது. இதைக் கையாள பொதுவாக இரண்டு " -"வழிகள் உள்ளன: (1) சில கோப்புகளை அகற்று அல்லது (2) பகிர்வின் அளவை அதிகரிக்கவும். " -"பகிர்வு/var/என்றால், <couthoututput> apt clean </couteroutput> ஐ அழைப்பதன் மூலம் " -"APT தற்காலிக சேமிப்பை சுத்தப்படுத்துவது சில கோப்புகளை அகற்றக்கூடும். எல்விஎம் தொகுதிக் " -"குழுவில் அதிக இடம் கிடைத்தால், பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க </compaterOutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எஃப்.எச்.ஏ.டி.இ.எச்.ஐ.எச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> நிரலை இயக்குகிறது. ஒவ்வொரு " -"மணி நேரத்திற்கும் தானாகவே இந்த நிரலை இயக்க, கேள்விக்குரிய ஓச்டை <Couthoututut> " -"fsaouteresize- ஓச்ட்கள் </compateOututput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் சேர்க்கலாம்." +"(எடுத்துக்காட்டில் உள்ள /usr/) பகிர்வு மிகவும் நிரம்பியுள்ளது. இதைக் கையாள பொதுவாக " +"இரண்டு வழிகள் உள்ளன: (1) சில கோப்புகளை அகற்றுதல் அல்லது (2) பகிர்வின் அளவை அதிகரித்தல். " +"பகிர்வு /var/ ஆக இருந்தால், APT தற்காலிக சேமிப்பை <computeroutput>apt clean</" +"computeroutput> என அழைப்பதன் மூலம் சுத்தம் செய்வது சில கோப்புகளை நீக்கக்கூடும். LVM " +"தொகுதி குழுவில் அதிக இடம் இருந்தால், பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க நிரலை " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> இயக்குவது உதவக்கூடும். " +"இந்த நிரலை ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் தானாக இயக்க, கேள்விக்குரிய ஹோஸ்டை " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup இல் சேர்க்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." @@ -4578,7 +4401,6 @@ "புதுப்பிப்புகள்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " "security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " @@ -4586,21 +4408,20 @@ "the same." msgstr "" "மேம்படுத்தல்களுக்கு புதிய தொகுப்பு கிடைக்கிறது. முக்கியமானவை பொதுவாக பாதுகாப்பு " -"திருத்தங்கள். மேம்படுத்த, <கணினி வெளியீடு> APT மேம்படுத்தல் & & ஒரு முனையத்தில் " -"ரூட் என முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </compateOutput> அல்லது பாஓடு வழியாக உள்நுழையவும்." +"திருத்தங்கள். மேம்படுத்த, <computeroutput>APT மேம்படுத்தல் & & ஒரு முனையத்தில் " +"ரூட் என முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </computeroutput> அல்லது பாஓடு வழியாக உள்நுழையவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " "good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" "upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " "night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." msgstr "" -"புதிய பதிப்புகளுடன் ஒரு நல்ல வேலையைச் செய்ய நீங்கள் தொகுப்புகளை கைமுறையாக மேம்படுத்தவும்" -", டெபியனை நம்பவும் விரும்பவில்லை என்றால், ஒவ்வொரு இரவும் அனைத்து புதிய தொகுப்புகளையும் " -"தானாக மேம்படுத்த <கணினி வெளியீடு> குறிப்பிடப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </compateOutput> ஐ " -"உள்ளமைக்கலாம். இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்சை மேம்படுத்தாது." +"புதிய பதிப்புகளுடன் ஒரு நல்ல வேலையைச் செய்ய நீங்கள் தொகுப்புகளை கைமுறையாக " +"மேம்படுத்தவும், டெபியனை நம்பவும் விரும்பவில்லை என்றால், ஒவ்வொரு இரவும் அனைத்து புதிய " +"தொகுப்புகளையும் தானாக மேம்படுத்த <computeroutput>குறிப்பிடப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </" +"computeroutput> ஐ உள்ளமைக்கலாம். இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்சை மேம்படுத்தாது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "" @@ -4617,16 +4438,16 @@ "fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " "issues." msgstr "" -"இயங்கும் கர்னல் புதிய நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னலை விட பழையது, மேலும் புதிய நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னலை " -"செயல்படுத்த மறுதொடக்கம் தேவைப்படுகிறது. இது பொதுவாக மிகவும் அவசரமானது, ஏனெனில் புதி" -"ய கர்னல்கள் பொதுவாக பாதுகாப்பு சிக்கல்களை சரிசெய்ய டெபியன் EDU இல் காண்பிக்கப்படுகின்றன." +"இயங்கும் கர்னல் புதிய நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னலை விடப் பழையது, மேலும் புதிய நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னலை " +"செயல்படுத்த மறுதொடக்கம் தேவைப்படுகிறது. இது பொதுவாக மிகவும் அவசரமானது, ஏனெனில் " +"புதிய கர்னல்கள் பொதுவாகப் பாதுகாப்பு சிக்கல்களைச் சரிசெய்ய டெபியன் கல்வி இல் " +"காண்பிக்கப்படுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" msgstr "எச்சரிக்கை: கோப்பை வரிசை அளவு - 61" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " "because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " @@ -4638,21 +4459,19 @@ "host to one or both of these netgroups." msgstr "" "கோப்பைகளில் உள்ள அச்சுப்பொறி வரிசைகள் நிறைய வேலைகள் நிலுவையில் உள்ளன. கிடைக்காத " -"அச்சுப்பொறி காரணமாக இது பெரும்பாலும் இருக்கலாம். <porthedput> " -"கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள் </compateOutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் " -"ஓச்ட்களில் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் முடக்கப்பட்ட அச்சு வரிசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, எனவே இதுபோன்ற " -"ஓச்ட்களுக்கு எந்த கையேடு நடவடிக்கை தேவையில்லை. <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்ச் </compateOutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் " -"புரவலர்களில் ஒவ்வொரு இரவும் அச்சு வரிசைகள் காலியாகின்றன. ஒரு ஓச்டுக்கு அவர்களின் " -"வரிசையில் நிறைய வேலைகள் இருந்தால், இந்த ஓச்டை இந்த நெட் குழுமங்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது " -"இரண்டிலும் சேர்ப்பதைக் கவனியுங்கள்." +"அச்சுப்பொறி காரணமாக இது பெரும்பாலும் இருக்கலாம். <computeroutput> கோப்பை-கியூ-" +"ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள் </computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் ஓச்ட்களில் " +"ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் முடக்கப்பட்ட அச்சு வரிசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, எனவே இதுபோன்ற " +"ஓச்ட்களுக்கு எந்த கையேடு நடவடிக்கை தேவையில்லை. <computeroutput>கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-" +"ஓச்ட்ச் </computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் புரவலர்களில் ஒவ்வொரு " +"இரவும் அச்சு வரிசைகள் காலியாகின்றன. ஒரு ஓச்டுக்கு அவர்களின் வரிசையில் நிறைய வேலைகள் " +"இருந்தால், இந்த ஓச்டை இந்த நெட் குழுமங்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது இரண்டிலும் சேர்ப்பதைக் கவனியுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Sitesummary" msgstr "தளங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " "to the central server. The information collected is available in " @@ -4661,43 +4480,41 @@ "generate reports." msgstr "" "ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலிருந்தும் தகவல்களைச் சேகரித்து நடு சேவையகத்திற்கு சமர்ப்பிக்க தளங்கள் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட தகவல்கள் <Couthoututput>/var/lib/sitesummary/" -"உள்ளீடுகள்/</computerOutput> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன. <couthoututput>/USR/LIB/SITESUMMARY/" -"</sputersoutput> இல் உள்ள ச்கிரிப்ட்கள் அறிக்கைகளை உருவாக்க கிடைக்கின்றன." +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட தகவல்கள் <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/" +"entries/</computeroutput> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன. <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" +"sitesummary/</computeroutput> இல் உள்ள ச்கிரிப்ட்கள் அறிக்கைகளை உருவாக்கக் கிடைக்கின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." msgstr "" -"எந்த விவரங்களும் இல்லாமல் தளங்களிலிருந்து ஒரு எளிய அறிக்கை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/sidesummary/\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது." +"எந்த விவரங்களும் இல்லாமல் தளங்களிலிருந்து ஒரு எளிய அறிக்கை <ulink url=\"https: // " +"www/sidesummary/\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"தளங்களில் சில ஆவணங்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/sitesummary\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன" +"தளங்களில் சில ஆவணங்கள் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/" +"sitesummary\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU தனிப்பயனாக்கங்கள் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள்" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி தனிப்பயனாக்கங்கள் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"கணினி நிர்வாகிகளுக்கு பயனுள்ள டெபியன் EDU தனிப்பயனாக்கங்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை " -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> மற்றும் <இணைப்பு " -"இணைப்பு = \"மேம்பட்டது நிர்வாகம்\"> மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> இல் " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"கணினி நிர்வாகிகளுக்குப் பயனுள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி தனிப்பயனாக்கங்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை " +"<link linkend=\"Administration\">நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </link> மற்றும் <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </link> இல் " "காணலாம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> @@ -4705,27 +4522,25 @@ msgstr "மேம்படுத்தல்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "இந்த மேம்படுத்தல் வழிகாட்டியைப் படிப்பதற்கு முன், உங்கள் தயாரிப்பு சேவையகங்களுக்கான நேரடி " -"புதுப்பிப்புகள் உங்கள் சொந்த ஆபத்தில் மேற்கொள்ளப்படுகின்றன என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. " -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பொருந்தக்கூடிய சட்டத்தால் " -"அனுமதிக்கப்பட்ட அளவிற்கு முற்றிலும் உத்தரவாதத்துடன் வருகிறது. </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +"புதுப்பிப்புகள் உங்கள் சொந்த ஆபத்தில் மேற்கொள்ளப்படுகின்றன என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பொருந்தக்கூடிய சட்டத்தால் அனுமதிக்கப்பட்ட " +"அளவிற்கு முற்றிலும் உத்தரவாதத்துடன் வருகிறது.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " "Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " "upgrade." msgstr "" -"தயவுசெய்து இந்த அத்தியாயத்தைப் படியுங்கள் மற்றும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"அம்சங்கள்\"> " -"புத்தகப்புழு </இணைப்பு> மேம்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கும் முன் இந்த கையேட்டின் அத்தியாயத்தில் புதிய " +"தயவுசெய்து இந்த அத்தியாயத்தைப் படியுங்கள் மற்றும் <link linkend=\"அம்சங்கள்\"> " +"புத்தகப்புழு </link> மேம்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கும் முன் இந்த கையேட்டின் அத்தியாயத்தில் புதிய " "நற்பொருத்தங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -4733,19 +4548,20 @@ msgstr "மேம்படுத்தல் குறித்த பொதுவான குறிப்புகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு விநியோகத்திலிருந்து அடுத்த விநியோகத்திற்கு டெபியனை மேம்படுத்துவது பொதுவாக " -"எளிதானது. டெபியன் EDU ஐப் பொறுத்தவரை இது துரதிர்ச்டவசமாக சற்று சிக்கலானது, ஏனெனில் " -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளை நாம் செய்யக்கூடாத வழிகளில் மாற்றியமைக்கிறோம். எவ்வாறாயினும், தேவையான " -"படிகளை கீழே ஆவணப்படுத்தியுள்ளோம். ." +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"டெபியனை ஒரு விநியோகத்திலிருந்து அடுத்த விநியோகத்திற்கு மேம்படுத்துவது பொதுவாக " +"மிகவும் எளிதானது. டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவனத்தைப் பொறுத்தவரை இது எதிர்பாராதவிதமாகச் சற்று " +"சிக்கலானது, ஏனெனில் நாம் செய்யக்கூடாத வழிகளில் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளை மாற்றியமைக்கிறோம். " +"இருப்பினும் தேவையான படிகளைக் கீழே ஆவணப்படுத்தியுள்ளோம். (டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவன உள்ளமைவு " +"கோப்புகளை எவ்வாறு மாற்ற வேண்டும் என்பது பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு டெபியன் பிழை <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4768,18 +4584,16 @@ "இல்லாமல் சோதிக்கலாம் மற்றும் எல்லாம் செயல்பட வேண்டுமா என்று பார்க்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " "release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"தற்போதைய டெபியன் நிலையான வெளியீட்டைப் பற்றிய தகவல்களை அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> இல் படிக்க உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." +"தற்போதைய டெபியன் நிலையான வெளியீட்டைப் பற்றிய தகவல்களை அதன் <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink> இல் " +"படிக்க உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " "longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " @@ -4788,16 +4602,16 @@ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " "Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." msgstr "" -"சற்று காத்திருப்பதும், சில வாரங்களுக்கு பழையதாக இயங்குவதும் புத்திசாலித்தனமாக இருக்கலாம்" -", இதன் மூலம் மற்றவர்கள் மேம்படுத்தலை சோதித்து, அவர்கள் அனுபவிக்கும் ஏதேனும் சிக்கல்களை " -"ஆவணப்படுத்தலாம். டெபியன் EDU இன் பழைய வெளியீடு அடுத்த நிலையான வெளியீட்டிற்குப் பிறகு சி" -"ல காலத்திற்கு தொடர்ச்சியான ஆதரவைப் பெறும், ஆனால் டெபியன் <Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> பழைய நீங்களுக்கான ஆதரவை " -"நிறுத்துகிறது </ ULINK>, டெபியன் EDU அதையே செய்ய வேண்டும்." +"சற்று காத்திருப்பதும், சில வாரங்களுக்குப் பழையதாக இயங்குவதும் புத்திசாலித்தனமாக " +"இருக்கலாம், இதன் மூலம் மற்றவர்கள் மேம்படுத்தலைச் சோதித்து, அவர்கள் அனுபவிக்கும் ஏதேனும் " +"சிக்கல்களை ஆவணப்படுத்தலாம். டெபியன் கல்வி இன் பழைய வெளியீடு அடுத்த நிலையான " +"வெளியீட்டிற்குப் பிறகு சில காலத்திற்கு தொடர்ச்சியான ஆதரவைப் பெறும், ஆனால் டெபியன் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> பழைய நீங்களுக்கான ஆதரவை " +"நிறுத்துகிறது </ulink>, டெபியன் கல்வி அதையே செய்ய வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "டெபியன் எடு புல்சேயின் மேம்படுத்தல்கள்" +msgstr "Debian Edu புல்சேயின் மேம்படுத்தல்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4805,35 +4619,36 @@ "environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." msgstr "" "தயாராக இருங்கள்: சோதனைச் சூழலில் புல்செயிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தலை நீங்கள் சோதித்திருக்கிறீர்கள் " -"என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள் அல்லது திரும்பிச் செல்ல காப்புப்பிரதிகள் தயாராக இருப்பதை" -" உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." +"என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள் அல்லது திரும்பிச் செல்ல காப்புப்பிரதிகள் தயாராக " +"இருப்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " "server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " "Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to Bookworm upgrade, " "see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை டெபியன் EDU முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவலுக்கு (டெச்க்டாப் = எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ, " -"சுயவிவரங்கள் முதன்மையான சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்) பின்வரும் செய்முறை" -" பொருந்தும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. ." +"பின்வரும் செய்முறை இயல்புநிலை Debian Edu முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவலுக்குப் பொருந்தும் " +"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க (டெஸ்க்டாப் = xfce, சுயவிவரங்கள் முதன்மை சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம், " +"LTSP சேவையகம்). (Bullseye to Bookworm மேம்படுத்தல் தொடர்பான பொதுவான கண்ணோட்டத்திற்கு, " +"பார்க்கவும்: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"releasenotes\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"ஃச் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், மெய்நிகர் கன்சோலைப் பயன்படுத்தவும், ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைக." +msgstr "ஃச் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், மெய்நிகர் கன்சோலைப் பயன்படுத்தவும், ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைக." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " "it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " "<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> apt </coteratutput> பிழையுடன் முடிந்தால், அதை சரிசெய்ய " -"முயற்சிக்கவும்/அல்லது <கணினி வெளியீடு> apt -f நிறுவல் </compateututput> பின்னர் ." +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> பிழையுடன் முடிந்தால், அதைச் சரிசெய்ய " +"முயற்சிக்கவும் மற்றும்/அல்லது <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> ஐ " +"இயக்கவும், பின்னர் <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> ஐ மீண்டும் " +"இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading the main server" @@ -4841,25 +4656,23 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"தற்போதைய அமைப்பு புதுப்பித்த நிலையில் இருப்பதை உறுதி செய்வதன் மூலம் தொடங்கவும்:" +msgstr "தற்போதைய அமைப்பு புதுப்பித்த நிலையில் இருப்பதை உறுதி செய்வதன் மூலம் தொடங்கவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" msgstr "புத்தகப்புழுவுக்கு மேம்படுத்தலைத் தயாரித்து தொடங்கவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"APT-LIST- மாற்றங்கள்: படிக்க நிறைய செய்திகளுக்கு தயாராக இருங்கள்; & lt; திரும்பவும் & " -"gt; கீழே உருட்ட, & lt; Q & gt; பேசரை விட்டு வெளியேற. எல்லா தகவல்களும் ரூட் அனுப்பும், " -"இதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் அதை மீண்டும் படிக்க முடியும் (<வலியுறுத்தல்> மெயில்எக்ச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல்> மட் </வலியுறுத்தல்>)." +"apt-list-changes: படிக்க நிறைய செய்திகளுக்கு தயாராக இருங்கள்; < திரும்பவும் > " +"கீழே உருட்ட, <Q> பேசரை விட்டு வெளியேற. எல்லா தகவல்களும் ரூட் அனுப்பும், இதன் " +"மூலம் நீங்கள் அதை மீண்டும் படிக்க முடியும் (<emphasis>மெயில்எக்ச்</emphasis> அல்லது " +"<emphasis>மட்</emphasis>)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -4867,9 +4680,9 @@ "currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " "return will be fine." msgstr "" -"அனைத்து டெப்கான்ஃப் தகவல்களையும் கவனமாகப் படியுங்கள், 'தற்போது நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ள உள்ளக பதிப்பை" -" வைத்திருங்கள்' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க; பெரும்பாலான சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் வருவாயைத் தாக்கும் நன்றாக " -"இருக்கும்." +"அனைத்து டெப்கான்ஃப் தகவல்களையும் கவனமாகப் படியுங்கள், 'தற்போது நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ள உள்ளக " +"பதிப்பை வைத்திருங்கள்' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க; பெரும்பாலான சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் வருவாயைத் தாக்கும் " +"நன்றாக இருக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "restart services: Choose yes." @@ -4906,8 +4719,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களை ஒருவர் இணைக்க முடிந்தால்," +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களை ஒருவர் இணைக்க முடிந்தால்," #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," @@ -4940,91 +4752,75 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)" -msgstr "" -"பழைய டெபியன் EDU / SCOLELINUX நிறுவல்களிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தல்கள் (புல்செய் முன்)" +msgstr "பழைய Debian Edu / Skolelinux நிறுவல்களிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தல்கள் (புல்செய் முன்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" "எந்தவொரு பழைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்தும் மேம்படுத்த, மேலே வழங்கப்பட்ட வழிமுறைகளைப் " -"பின்பற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு, நீங்கள் முதலில் புல்செய் அடிப்படையிலான டெபியன் EDU வெளியீட்டிற்கு " -"மேம்படுத்த வேண்டும். அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bullseye#\"> டெபியன் எடு " -"புல்செய் </Ulink> க்கான கையேடு, முந்தைய வெளியீட்டில் இருந்து புல்ல்சேவை எவ்வாறு " -"மேம்படுத்துவது என்பது பற்றி." +"பின்பற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு, நீங்கள் முதலில் புல்செய் அடிப்படையிலான Debian Edu வெளியீட்டிற்கு " +"மேம்படுத்த வேண்டும். அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/" +"documentation/bullseye#\"> Debian Edu புல்செய் </ulink>க்கான கையேடு, முந்தைய " +"வெளியீட்டிலிருந்து புல்ல்சேவை எவ்வாறு மேம்படுத்துவது என்பது பற்றி." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTo" msgstr "எப்படி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> பொது நிர்வாகம் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Administration\"> பொது நிர்வாகம் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" "link>" msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு சென்டர் = \"மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம்\"> மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\"> மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"டெச்க்டாப்\"> தி டெச்க்டாப் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Desktop\"> தி டெச்க்டாப் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"<லிங்க் லிங்க்ட்இன் = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"சம்பா\"> சம்பா </ இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Samba\"> சம்பா </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்புக்கான ஓவ்டோச் = \"டீச்சண்ட்லியர்ன்\"> கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கற்றல் </இணைப்பு>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கற்றல் </link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைக்கப்பட்ட லிங்க்ட்இன் = \"பயனர்கள்\"> பயனர்கள் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Users\">பயனர்கள் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "பொது நிர்வாகத்திற்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "பொது நிர்வாகத்திற்கான எவ்வாறு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " "linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " "started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " "in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"getstarted\"> தொடங்குதல் </இணைப்பு> மற்றும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பராமரிப்பு\"> பராமரிப்பு </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயங்கள் டெபியன் EDU உடன் எவ்வாறு தொடங்குவது" -" மற்றும் அடிப்படை பராமரிப்பு பணிகளை எவ்வாறு செய்வது என்பதை விவரிக்கின்றன. இந்த " -"அத்தியாயத்தில் உள்ள அவ்டோச் இன்னும் சில \"மேம்பட்ட\" உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் தந்திரங்களைக் " -"கொண்டுள்ளது." +"<link linkend=\"getstarted\"> தொடங்குதல் </link> மற்றும் <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\"> பராமரிப்பு </link> அத்தியாயங்கள் டெபியன் கல்வி உடன் எவ்வாறு " +"தொடங்குவது மற்றும் அடிப்படை பராமரிப்பு பணிகளை எவ்வாறு செய்வது என்பதை விவரிக்கின்றன. " +"இந்த அத்தியாயத்தில் உள்ள அவ்டோச் இன்னும் சில \"மேம்பட்ட\" உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் " +"தந்திரங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "" @@ -5034,25 +4830,25 @@ "பயன்படுத்துதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> etckeeper </putheroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி, <ulyink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\"> அறிவிலி </ulink> பதிப்பு கட்டுப்பாட்டு அமைப்பாக." +"<computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி, <computeroutput>/" +"etc/</computeroutput> இல் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகளும் <ulink url=\"https://www.git-" +"scm.com/\">அறிவிலி</ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி பதிப்பு கட்டுப்பாட்டு அமைப்பாகக் " +"கண்காணிக்கப்படுகின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " "well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " "stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "இது ஒரு கோப்பு சேர்க்கப்பட்டு, மாற்றப்பட்டு அகற்றப்படும் போது, கோப்பு ஒரு உரை கோப்பாக " -"இருந்தால் என்ன மாற்றப்பட்டது என்பதைக் காணலாம். அறிவிலி களஞ்சியம் <Couthoutput> /etc/" -".git/</sputersoutput> இல் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது." +"இருந்தால் என்ன மாற்றப்பட்டது என்பதைக் காணலாம். அறிவிலி களஞ்சியம் <computeroutput> /" +"etc/.git/</computeroutput> இல் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5063,25 +4859,23 @@ "வரலாற்றை பிரித்தெடுத்து மதிப்பாய்வு செய்ய அனுமதிக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" "computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " "time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " "can be used." msgstr "" -"வரலாற்றைப் பார்க்க, <couthoututput> முதலியன பகஅ பதிவு </computerOutput> கட்டளை " +"வரலாற்றைப் பார்க்க, <computeroutput> முதலியன பகஅ பதிவு </computeroutput> கட்டளை " "பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. சரியான நேரத்தில் இரண்டு புள்ளிகளுக்கு இடையிலான வேறுபாடுகளைச் " -"சரிபார்க்க, <couthoututput> போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை முதலியன வி.சி.எச் டிஃப் </" -"computerOutput> பயன்படுத்தலாம்." +"சரிபார்க்க, <computeroutput> போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை முதலியன வி.சி.எச் டிஃப் </" +"computeroutput> பயன்படுத்தலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " "information." msgstr "" -"மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <portenoutput> Man etckeeper </couthoututput> இன் வெளியீட்டைக் " +"மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <computeroutput> Man etckeeper </computeroutput> இன் வெளியீட்டைக் " "காண்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5117,7 +4911,6 @@ msgstr "பகிர்வுகளை மறுஅளவிடுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" "computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " @@ -5125,13 +4918,12 @@ "mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " "unmounted." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இல், <couthoututput>/boot/</spoterututput> பகிர்வு தவிர அனைத்து " +"டெபியன் EDU இல், <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> பகிர்வு தவிர அனைத்து " "பகிர்வுகளும் தர்க்கரீதியான எல்விஎம் தொகுதிகளில் உள்ளன. பதிப்பு 2.6.10 முதல் லினக்ச் " "கர்னல்களுடன், பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது நீட்டிக்க முடியும். பகிர்வு கணக்கிடப்படாத நிலையில் " "பகிர்வுகள் சுருங்கி இன்னும் நடக்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " "20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" @@ -5139,13 +4931,12 @@ "It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " "very large one." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> fsck </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்க நேரம் எடுக்கும் அல்லது தேவை ஏற்பட்டால் " -"அவற்றை காப்புப்பிரதியில் இருந்து மீட்டெடுப்பதற்கு நேரம் எடுக்கும் என்பதால், மிகப் பெரிய " -"பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவதைத் தவிர்ப்பது நல்லது. முடிந்தால், மிகப் பெரியதை விட பல சிறிய " -"பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவது நல்லது." +"<computeroutput> fsck </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்க நேரம் எடுக்கும் அல்லது தேவை " +"ஏற்பட்டால் அவற்றை காப்புப்பிரதியில் இருந்து மீட்டெடுப்பதற்கு நேரம் எடுக்கும் என்பதால், மிகப் " +"பெரிய பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவதைத் தவிர்ப்பது நல்லது. முடிந்தால், மிகப் பெரியதை விட பல " +"சிறிய பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவது நல்லது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " "is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " @@ -5158,29 +4949,27 @@ "<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " "commands to extend the file systems." msgstr "" -"முழு பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிப்பதை எளிதாக்குவதற்காக உதவி ச்கிரிப்ட் <coutheroutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எஃப்.எச்.ஏ.டி.இ.எச்.ஐ.எச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> வழங்கப்படுகிறது. " -"செயல்படுத்தப்படும்போது, <கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsauteresizetab </posterautututput>, <couthoututput>/site/etc/" -"fsautoresizetab </coterututput> மற்றும் <coutsutoututput>/etcautoresizetetab " -"<fsautoreSizettab <fsautoreSizetab < /கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்>. இந்த கோப்புகளில் வழங்கப்பட்ட " -"விதிகளின்படி, பகிர்வுகளை மிகக் குறைந்த இடத்துடன் நீட்டிக்க இது முன்மொழிகிறது. எந்த " -"வாதங்களும் இல்லாமல் இயங்கினால், அது கோப்பு முறைமையை நீட்டிக்க தேவையான கட்டளைகளை மட்டுமே " -"காண்பிக்கும். கோப்பு முறைமைகளை நீட்டிக்க இந்த கட்டளைகளை உண்மையில் செயல்படுத்த உரையாடல் </" -"computerOutput> -n </computerOutput> தேவை." +"முழு பகிர்வுகளையும் நீட்டிப்பதை எளிதாக்குவதற்கு உதவி கைஉரை <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> வழங்கப்படுகிறது. செயல்படுத்தப்படும்போது, அது " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> " +"மற்றும் <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> ஆகியவற்றிலிருந்து " +"உள்ளமைவைப் படிக்கிறது. பின்னர் இந்தக் கோப்புகளில் வழங்கப்பட்ட விதிகளின்படி, மிகக் குறைந்த " +"இடத்துடன் பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க முன்மொழிகிறது. எந்த வாதங்களும் இல்லாமல் இயக்கப்பட்டால், கோப்பு " +"முறைமையை நீட்டிக்கத் தேவையான கட்டளைகளை மட்டுமே இது காண்பிக்கும். கோப்பு முறைமைகளை " +"நீட்டிக்க இந்தக் கட்டளைகளை உண்மையில் செயல்படுத்த வாதம் <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> தேவைப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " "the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." msgstr "" -"<couthoutututput> fsaouteresize- ஓச்ட்கள் </compateOutput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் " +"<computeroutput> fsaouteresize- ஓச்ட்கள் </computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் " "பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ள ஒவ்வொரு கிளையண்டிலும் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரத்திலும் ச்கிரிப்ட் தானாகவே " "செயல்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " "size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " @@ -5190,86 +4979,78 @@ "spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " "its cache size." msgstr "" -"ச்க்விட் பதிலாள் பயன்படுத்தும் பகிர்வு மறுஅளவிடப்பட்டால், <couthoututput> etc/sklow/" -"squid.conf </coteratutput> இல் உள்ள கேச் அளவுக்கான மதிப்பு புதுப்பிக்கப்பட வேண்டும். " -"எல்பர் ச்கிரிப்ட் <கணினி " -"வெளியீடு>/யுஎச்ஆர்/சேர்/டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக்/கருவிகள்/ச்க்விட்-அப்-அப்-டேட்-காச்செடிர் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> இதை தானாகவே செய்ய வழங்கப்படுகிறது, இது <கணினி வெளியீடு/ச்குவிட் " -"ஆகியவற்றின் தற்போதைய பகிர்வு அளவை சரிபார்க்கிறது /</computerOutput> மற்றும் ச்க்விட் " -"இவற்றில் 80% ஐ அதன் தற்காலிக சேமிப்பு அளவாகப் பயன்படுத்த கட்டமைத்தல்." +"ச்க்விட் பதிலாள் பயன்படுத்தும் பகிர்வின் அளவை மாற்றும்போது, <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> இல் உள்ள கேச் அளவிற்கான மதிப்பையும் புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டும். " +"உதவி கைஉரை <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" +"cachedir</computeroutput> இதைத் தானாகவே செய்ய வழங்கப்படுகிறது, <computeroutput>/" +"var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> இன் தற்போதைய பகிர்வு அளவைச் சரிபார்த்து, ச்க்விட்ஐ " +"அதன் கேச் அளவாக 80% ஐ உள்ளமைக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Logical Volume Management" msgstr "தருக்க தொகுதி மேலாண்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" -"தருக்க தொகுதி மேலாண்மை (எல்விஎம்) பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது மற்றும் பயன்பாட்டில் இருக்கும்போது" -" மறுஅளவிடுவதை செயல்படுத்துகிறது. <Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.tldlp.org/howto/lvm-howto/\"> எல்விஎம் அவ்டோ </ulink> இலிருந்து " -"எல்விஎம் பற்றி மேலும் அறியலாம்." +"தருக்க தொகுதி மேலாண்மை (எல்விஎம்) பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது மற்றும் பயன்பாட்டில் " +"இருக்கும்போது மறுஅளவிடுவதை செயல்படுத்துகிறது. <ulink url=\"https://www.tldlp.org/" +"howto/lvm-howto/\"> எல்விஎம் அவ்டோ </ulink> இலிருந்து எல்விஎம் பற்றி மேலும் அறியலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " "<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " "grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " "commands:" msgstr "" -"ஒரு தர்க்கரீதியான அளவை கைமுறையாக நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் <couthoututput> lvextend </" -"coteratutput> கட்டளையிட்டதை நீங்கள் எவ்வளவு பெரியதாக வளர விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்று " +"ஒரு தர்க்கரீதியான அளவை கைமுறையாக நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் <computeroutput> lvextend </" +"computeroutput> கட்டளையிட்டதை நீங்கள் எவ்வளவு பெரியதாக வளர விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்று " "சொல்லுங்கள். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, Mood0 முதல் 30Gib வரை நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் பின்வரும் கட்டளைகளைப் " "பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." -msgstr "" -"கூடுதல் 30GIB ஆல் Home0 ஐ நீட்டிக்க, நீங்கள் ஒரு '+' (-l+30G) செருகவும்." +msgstr "கூடுதல் 30GIB ஆல் Home0 ஐ நீட்டிக்க, நீங்கள் ஒரு '+' (-l+30G) செருகவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using ldapvi" msgstr "LDAPVI ஐப் பயன்படுத்துதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " "tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\"> ldapvi </" -"ulink> என்பது கட்டளை வரிசையில் ஒரு சாதாரண உரை எடிட்டருடன் LDAP தரவுத்தளத்தைத் " -"திருத்துவதற்கான ஒரு கருவியாகும்." +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\"> ldapvi </ulink> " +"என்பது கட்டளை வரிசையில் ஒரு சாதாரண உரை எடிட்டருடன் LDAP தரவுத்தளத்தைத் திருத்துவதற்கான " +"ஒரு கருவியாகும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The following needs to be executed:" msgstr "பின்வருவனவற்றை செயல்படுத்த வேண்டும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " "default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" "computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " "a vi clone as editor." msgstr "" -"குறிப்பு: <couthoututput> LDAPVI </computerOutput> இயல்புநிலை எடிட்டர் எதைப் " -"பயன்படுத்தும். <கணினி வெளியீடு> ஏற்றுமதி எடிட்டர் = விம் </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்குவதன்" -" மூலம் செல் வரியில் ஒருவர் VI நகலியை எடிட்டராகப் பெற சூழலை உள்ளமைக்க முடியும்." +"குறிப்பு: <computeroutput> LDAPVI </computeroutput> இயல்புநிலை எடிட்டர் எதைப் " +"பயன்படுத்தும். <computeroutput>ஏற்றுமதி எடிட்டர் = விம் </computeroutput> ஐ " +"இயக்குவதன் மூலம் செல் வரியில் ஒருவர் VI நகலியை எடிட்டராகப் பெற சூழலை உள்ளமைக்க முடியும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " "careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " "JXplorer." msgstr "" -"எச்சரிக்கை: <couthoututput> LDAPVI </computerOutput> மிகவும் சக்திவாய்ந்த " +"எச்சரிக்கை: <computeroutput> LDAPVI </computeroutput> மிகவும் சக்திவாய்ந்த " "கருவியாகும். கவனமாக இருங்கள், எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவுத்தளத்தை குழப்ப வேண்டாம், அதே எச்சரிக்கை " "JXPLORER க்கு பொருந்தும்." @@ -5278,7 +5059,6 @@ msgstr "கெர்பரைச் என்.எஃப்.எச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " "Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " @@ -5290,110 +5070,101 @@ "emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." msgstr "" "மவுண்ட் ஓம் டைரக்டரிகளுக்கு என்.எஃப்.எச் -க்கு கெர்பரோசைப் பயன்படுத்துவது ஒரு பாதுகாப்பு " -"அம்சமாகும். பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் கெர்பரோச் இல்லாமல் வேலை செய்" -"ய மாட்டார்கள். நிலைகள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> KRB5 </saptionas>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> KRB5I </" -"saptionas> மற்றும் <overiss> KRB5p </pricasis> ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன (<overiss> KRB5 " -"</traisiss> என்றால் கெர்பரோச் ஏற்பு, <வலியுறுத்தல்> நான் </வலியுறுத்தல் > தனியுரிமைக்கா" -"க ஒருமைப்பாடு சோதனை மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> ப </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஆகியவற்றைக் குறிக்கிறது, " -"அதாவது குறியாக்கம்); சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்கள் இரண்டிலும் சுமை பாதுகாப்பு மட்டத்துடன்" -" அதிகரிக்கிறது, <வலியுறுத்தல்> KRB5I </VISTRASIS> ஒரு நல்ல தேர்வாகும், மேலும் இது " -"இயல்புநிலையாக தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." +"அம்சமாகும். பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் கெர்பரோச் இல்லாமல் வேலை " +"செய்ய மாட்டார்கள். நிலைகள் <emphasis>KRB5 </emphasis>, <emphasis>KRB5I </" +"emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis> KRB5p </emphasis> ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன (<emphasis> " +"KRB5 </emphasis> என்றால் கெர்பரோச் ஏற்பு, <emphasis>நான் </emphasis > " +"தனியுரிமைக்காக ஒருமைப்பாடு சோதனை மற்றும் <emphasis>ப</emphasis> ஆகியவற்றைக் " +"குறிக்கிறது, அதாவது குறியாக்கம்); சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்கள் இரண்டிலும் சுமை " +"பாதுகாப்பு மட்டத்துடன் அதிகரிக்கிறது, <emphasis>KRB5I </emphasis> ஒரு நல்ல " +"தேர்வாகும், மேலும் இது இயல்புநிலையாக தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "How to change the default" msgstr "இயல்புநிலையை எவ்வாறு மாற்றுவது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "login as root" msgstr "ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைக" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " "<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"<Couthoutput> ldapvi -zd '(cn = admin)' </computenOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும், " -"<iverasis> sec = krb5i </stravisis> ஐத் தேடுங்கள், அதை <overisis> sec = krb5 </" -"prasision> அல்லது <overisis> sec உடன் மாற்றவும் = krb5p </Virsasis>." +"<computeroutput> ldapvi -zd '(cn = admin)' </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும், " +"<emphasis> sec = krb5i </emphasis> ஐத் தேடுங்கள், அதை <emphasis> sec = krb5 </" +"emphasis> அல்லது <emphasis> sec உடன் மாற்றவும் = krb5p </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " "these entries accordingly:" msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> /etc/exports.d/edu.exports </couteroutputs> ஐத் திருத்தி அதற்கேற்" -"ப இந்த உள்ளீடுகளை சரிசெய்யவும்:" +"<computeroutput> /etc/exports.d/edu.exports </computeroutput> ஐத் திருத்தி " +"அதற்கேற்ப இந்த உள்ளீடுகளை சரிசெய்யவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." -msgstr "<couthoututput> exportfs -r </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +msgstr "<computeroutput> exportfs -r </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Standardskriver" msgstr "நிலையான எழுத்தாளர்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " "or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" "doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"இருப்பிடம், இயந்திரம் அல்லது குழு உறுப்பினர்களைப் பொறுத்து இயல்புநிலை அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைக்" -"க இந்த கருவி அனுமதிக்கிறது. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு, <couthoututput> /usr/share/doc/" -"standardskriver/readme.md </couteroutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"இருப்பிடம், இயந்திரம் அல்லது குழு உறுப்பினர்களைப் பொறுத்து இயல்புநிலை அச்சுப்பொறியை " +"அமைக்க இந்த கருவி அனுமதிக்கிறது. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு, <computeroutput> /usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/readme.md </computeroutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" "computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" "share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " "an example." msgstr "" -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <coutomoutput> /etc/standardskriver.cfg </stunersoutput> " -"நிர்வாகியால் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும், <couthoututut> /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" -"examples/standardskriver.cfg </portenoutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <computeroutput> /etc/standardskriver.cfg </computeroutput> " +"நிர்வாகியால் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும், <computeroutput> /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"examples/standardskriver.cfg </computeroutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" msgstr "Jxplorer, ஒரு LDAP GUI" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " "<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " "default. To get write access connect like this:" msgstr "" "LDAP தரவுத்தளத்துடன் பணிபுரிய நீங்கள் ஒரு GUI ஐ விரும்பினால், இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்ட " -"<Couthoututput> Jxplorer </coteratututput> தொகுப்பைப் பாருங்கள். இது போன்ற எழுதும் " -"அணுகல் இணைப்பைப் பெற:" +"<computeroutput> Jxplorer </computeroutput> தொகுப்பைப் பாருங்கள். இது போன்ற " +"எழுதும் அணுகல் இணைப்பைப் பெற:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" msgstr "பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கான கட்டளை-வரி கருவியான LDAP-CREATEUSER-KRB5" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " "tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" msgstr "" -"<coutheroutput> LDAP-CREATEUESER-KRB </computerOutput> என்பது பயனர் கணக்குகளை " +"<computeroutput> LDAP-CREATEUESER-KRB </computeroutput> என்பது பயனர் கணக்குகளை " "உருவாக்க ஒரு சிறிய கட்டளை வரி கருவியாகும், இது பின்வருமாறு பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " "usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " @@ -5413,18 +5184,18 @@ msgstr "" "பயனர்பெயர் மற்றும் செகோச் புலம் தவிர அனைத்து வாதங்களும் விருப்பமானவை, பிந்தையது வழக்கமாக " "பயனரின் முழு பெயரையும் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும். கருவி குறிப்பிடப்படாவிட்டால், அடுத்த இலவச " -"UID மற்றும் GID ஐ தானாகவே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும், மேலும் கூடுதல் குழுக்களை பயனருக்கு ஒதுக்காது" -". எந்தவொரு துறையும் வழங்கப்படாவிட்டால், அது எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -ல் இருந்து முதல் <வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கோசாடெபார்ட்மென்ட் </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் <overiss> ச்கோல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"மற்றும் வழக்கமான பயனர்களுக்கு பொதுவாக நீங்கள் விரும்பியதை அல்ல, எனவே நீங்கள் பொருத்தமான " -"மதிப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும் பயனர், எ.கா. <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஆசிரியர்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல்> மாணவர்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்>. கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு உறுதிப்படுத்திய " -"பிறகு, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு, <couthoututput> LDAP- " -"CREATEUESER-KRB5 </coteratutput> LDAP இல் பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்கி, கெர்பெரோச் " -"கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைத்து, வீட்டு கோப்பகத்தை உருவாக்கி, அதனுடன் தொடர்புடைய சம்பா பயனரைச் " -"சேர்க்கும். பின்வரும் திரைக்காட்சி <couthoututput> அர்இர் </computerOutput> என்ற பயனர் " -"கணக்கை உருவாக்க ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு அழைப்பைக் காட்டுகிறது ஒரு ஆசிரியருக்கு முழு பெயர் " -"\"ஆரி இர்ச்\":" +"UID மற்றும் GID ஐ தானாகவே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும், மேலும் கூடுதல் குழுக்களை பயனருக்கு " +"ஒதுக்காது. எந்தவொரு துறையும் வழங்கப்படாவிட்டால், அது எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -ல் இருந்து முதல் " +"<emphasis>கோசாடெபார்ட்மென்ட்</emphasis> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் <emphasis> ச்கோல்</" +"emphasis> மற்றும் வழக்கமான பயனர்களுக்கு பொதுவாக நீங்கள் விரும்பியதை அல்ல, எனவே நீங்கள் " +"பொருத்தமான மதிப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும் பயனர், எ.கா. <emphasis>ஆசிரியர்கள்</" +"emphasis> அல்லது <emphasis>மாணவர்கள்</emphasis>. கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு " +"உறுதிப்படுத்திய பிறகு, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு, <computeroutput> " +"LDAP- CREATEUESER-KRB5 </computeroutput> LDAP இல் பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்கி, " +"கெர்பெரோச் கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைத்து, வீட்டு கோப்பகத்தை உருவாக்கி, அதனுடன் தொடர்புடைய சம்பா " +"பயனரைச் சேர்க்கும். பின்வரும் திரைக்காட்சி <computeroutput> அர்இர் </computeroutput> " +"என்ற பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்க ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு அழைப்பைக் காட்டுகிறது ஒரு ஆசிரியருக்கு " +"முழு பெயர் \"ஆரி இர்ச்\":" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using stable-updates" @@ -5450,13 +5221,12 @@ "It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " "more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் டெபியன் EDU ஐ இயக்குகிறீர்கள், ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் டெபியன் EDU இன் ச்திரத்தன்மையை " +"நீங்கள் டெபியன் கல்வியை இயக்குகிறீர்கள், ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் டெபியன் EDU இன் ச்திரத்தன்மையை " "விரும்புகிறீர்கள். இது நன்றாக இயங்குகிறது; ஒரே ஒரு சிக்கல் உள்ளது: சில நேரங்களில் " -"மென்பொருள் நீங்கள் விரும்புவதை விட சற்று காலாவதியானது. பேக்ஃபோர்ட்ச்.டெபியன்.ஆர்ச் " +"மென்பொருள் நீங்கள் விரும்புவதை விடச் சற்று காலாவதியானது. பேக்ஃபோர்ட்ச்.டெபியன்.ஆர்ச் " "அடியெடுத்து வைப்பது இங்குதான்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " "unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " @@ -5468,22 +5238,21 @@ "டெபியன் சோதனை (பெரும்பாலும்) மற்றும் டெபியன் நிலையற்ற (சில சந்தர்ப்பங்களில், எ.கா. " "பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள்) ஆகியவற்றிலிருந்து பின்னடைவுகள் மறுசீரமைக்கப்படுகின்றன, எனவே " "அவை டெபியன் எட் போன்ற நிலையான டெபியன் விநியோகத்தில் புதிய நூலகங்கள் இல்லாமல் (இது எங்கு " -"வேண்டுமானாலும்) இயங்கும். <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு ஏற்ற " -"தனிப்பட்ட பின்னடைவுகளை எடுக்க நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், அங்கு கிடைக்கும் அனைத்து " -"பின்னணிகளையும் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்." +"வேண்டுமானாலும்) இயங்கும். <emphasis role=\"strong\">உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு ஏற்ற தனிப்பட்ட " +"பின்னடைவுகளை எடுக்க நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், அங்கு கிடைக்கும் அனைத்து பின்னணிகளையும் " +"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Using backports is simple:" msgstr "பின்னணியைப் பயன்படுத்துவது எளிது:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " "command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" msgstr "" "அதன் பிறகு ஒருவர் பின்னணி தொகுப்புகளை எளிதாக நிறுவ முடியும், பின்வரும் கட்டளை " -"<overisis> டக்ச்டைப் </VISTRASIS> இன் பின்னடைவு பதிப்பை நிறுவும்:" +"<emphasis> டக்ச்டைப் </emphasis> இன் பின்னடைவு பதிப்பை நிறுவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5492,8 +5261,8 @@ "free." msgstr "" "பிற தொகுப்புகளைப் போலவே பேக்போர்ட்ச் தானாகவே புதுப்பிக்கப்படும் (கிடைத்தால்). சாதாரண " -"காப்பகத்தைப் போலவே, பேக்போர்ட்டுகளும் மூன்று பிரிவுகளைக் கொண்டுள்ளன: முதன்மையான, பங்களிப்பு" -" மற்றும் இலவசம் அல்லாதவை." +"காப்பகத்தைப் போலவே, பேக்போர்ட்டுகளும் மூன்று பிரிவுகளைக் கொண்டுள்ளன: முதன்மையான, " +"பங்களிப்பு மற்றும் இலவசம் அல்லாதவை." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" @@ -5537,9 +5306,9 @@ "done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " "scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." msgstr "" -"APT அமைப்பில் குறுந்தகடுகளைச் சேர்க்க APT-CDROM ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது தேவை, அதை கையால் செய்" -"ய முடியாது. மேலும் பல சிடி தொகுப்பில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு வட்டையும் செருகப்பட்டு தனித்தனியாக " -"ச்கேன் செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்." +"APT அமைப்பில் குறுந்தகடுகளைச் சேர்க்க APT-CDROM ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது தேவை, அதை கையால் " +"செய்ய முடியாது. மேலும் பல சிடி தொகுப்பில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு வட்டையும் செருகப்பட்டு " +"தனித்தனியாக ச்கேன் செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" @@ -5550,24 +5319,22 @@ msgstr "மீதமுள்ள செயல்முறைகளின் தானியங்கி தூய்மை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " "background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " "users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " "once an hour." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> கில்லர் </computerOutput> என்பது ஒரு பெர்ல் ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும், இது பின்னணி" -" வேலைகளில் இருந்து விடுபடுகிறது. தற்போது கணினியில் உள்நுழையாத பயனர்களுக்கு சொந்தமான " -"செயல்முறைகளாக பின்னணி வேலைகள் வரையறுக்கப்படுகின்றன. இது ஒரு மணி நேரத்திற்கு ஒரு முறை " -"கிரான் வேலையால் இயக்கப்படுகிறது." +"<computeroutput> கில்லர் </computeroutput> என்பது ஒரு பெர்ல் ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும், இது " +"பின்னணி வேலைகளில் இருந்து விடுபடுகிறது. தற்போது கணினியில் உள்நுழையாத பயனர்களுக்கு " +"சொந்தமான செயல்முறைகளாக பின்னணி வேலைகள் வரையறுக்கப்படுகின்றன. இது ஒரு மணி நேரத்திற்கு " +"ஒரு முறை கிரான் வேலையால் இயக்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" msgstr "பாதுகாப்பு மேம்படுத்தல்களின் தானியங்கி நிறுவல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " "which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " @@ -5576,18 +5343,19 @@ "computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> கவனிக்கப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </compaterOutput> என்பது ஒரு டெபியன் " -"தொகுப்பு ஆகும், இது தானாகவே பாதுகாப்பு (மற்றும் பிற) மேம்படுத்தல்களை நிறுவும். " -"நிறுவப்பட்டால், பாதுகாப்பு மேம்பாடுகளை நிறுவ தொகுப்பு முன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. பதிவுகள்" -" <CouterOutput>/var/log/கவனிக்கப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள்/</computenOutput> இல் " -"கிடைக்கின்றன; மேலும்." +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> என்பது ஒரு டெபியன் " +"தொகுப்பு ஆகும், இது பாதுகாப்பு (மற்றும் பிற) மேம்படுத்தல்களைத் தானாக நிறுவும். " +"நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தால், தொகுப்பு பாதுகாப்பு மேம்படுத்தல்களை நிறுவ முன்பே " +"உள்ளமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. பதிவுகள் <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன; மேலும், எப்போதும் <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" +"computeroutput> ஆகியவை உள்ளன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" msgstr "இரவில் இயந்திரங்களின் தானியங்கி பணிநிறுத்தம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " "machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " @@ -5599,11 +5367,11 @@ "be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." msgstr "" "கிளையன்ட் இயந்திரங்களை தானாகவே இரவில் மற்றும் காலையில் மீண்டும் அணைப்பதன் மூலம் ஆற்றலையும் " -"பணத்தையும் மிச்சப்படுத்த முடியும். தொகுப்பு <கணினி வெளியீடு> சட் டவுன்-அட்-நைட் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் பிற்பகல் 16:00 மணி முதல் இயந்திரத்தை அணைக்க " +"பணத்தையும் மிச்சப்படுத்த முடியும். தொகுப்பு <computeroutput>சட் டவுன்-அட்-நைட் </" +"computeroutput> ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் பிற்பகல் 16:00 மணி முதல் இயந்திரத்தை அணைக்க " "முயற்சிக்கும், ஆனால் பயனர்களைக் கொண்டிருப்பதாகத் தோன்றினால் அதை அணைக்காது. காலையில் 07:00 " -"மணியளவில் இயந்திரத்தை இயக்க பயோசிடம் சொல்ல முயற்சிக்கும், மேலும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் 06:" -"30 முதல் இயந்திரங்களை இயக்க முயற்சிக்கும். இந்த நேரங்களை தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களின் " +"மணியளவில் இயந்திரத்தை இயக்க பயோசிடம் சொல்ல முயற்சிக்கும், மேலும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் " +"06:30 முதல் இயந்திரங்களை இயக்க முயற்சிக்கும். இந்த நேரங்களை தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களின் " "க்ரோண்டாப்களில் மாற்றலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5611,17 +5379,16 @@ msgstr "இதை அமைக்கும் போது சில பரிசீலனைகள் மனதில் இருக்க வேண்டும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " "ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " "and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " "X2Go thin clients." msgstr "" -"யாராவது அவற்றைப் பயன்படுத்தும்போது வாடிக்கையாளர்களை மூடக்கூடாது. </Computenoutput> " -"WHO </coteratututput> இலிருந்து வெளியீட்டைச் சரிபார்ப்பதன் மூலம் இது உறுதி " -"செய்யப்படுகிறது, மேலும் ஒரு சிறப்பு விசயமாக, X2GO மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களுடன் பணிபுரி" -"ய பாஓடு இணைப்பு கட்டளையை சரிபார்க்கிறது." +"யாராவது வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பயன்படுத்தும்போது அவற்றை மூடக் கூடாது. " +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> இலிருந்து வெளியீட்டைச் சரிபார்ப்பதன் மூலமும், " +"ஒரு சிறப்பு நிகழ்வாக, X2Go மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களுடன் வேலை செய்ய பாஓடு இணைப்பு " +"கட்டளையைச் சரிபார்ப்பதன் மூலமும் இது உறுதி செய்யப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5632,7 +5399,6 @@ "என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்துவது நல்லது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " "BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " @@ -5641,18 +5407,17 @@ "and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." msgstr "" "வாடிக்கையாளர்களை எழுப்ப இரண்டு வெவ்வேறு முறைகள் உள்ளன. ஒருவர் பயாச் அம்சத்தைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகிறார், மேலும் வேலை செய்யும் மற்றும் சரியான வன்பொருள் கடிகாரம் தேவைப்படுகிறது" -", அத்துடன் <couthoututput> என்விஆர்ஏஎம்-வேக்கப் </computerOutput> ஆல் ஆதரிக்கப்படும் ஒரு" -" மதர்போர்டு மற்றும் பயாச் பதிப்பு தேவைப்படுகிறது; மற்றொன்று வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு " -"வேக்-ஆன்-லானுக்கு ஆதரவைப் பெற வேண்டும், மேலும் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டிய அனைத்து " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றியும் சேவையகம் தெரிந்து கொள்ள வேண்டும்." +"பயன்படுத்துகிறார், மேலும் வேலை செய்யும் மற்றும் சரியான வன்பொருள் கடிகாரம் " +"தேவைப்படுகிறது, அத்துடன் <computeroutput> என்விஆர்ஏஎம்-வேக்கப் </computeroutput> ஆல் " +"ஆதரிக்கப்படும் ஒரு மதர்போர்டு மற்றும் பயாச் பதிப்பு தேவைப்படுகிறது; மற்றொன்று " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு வேக்-ஆன்-லானுக்கு ஆதரவைப் பெற வேண்டும், மேலும் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டிய " +"அனைத்து வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றியும் சேவையகம் தெரிந்து கொள்ள வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" msgstr "இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தம் செய்வது எப்படி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" "shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " @@ -5666,20 +5431,19 @@ "fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " "switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." msgstr "" -"இரவில் அணைக்க வேண்டிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், <கணினி வெளியீடு>/etc/" -"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/இரவு-இரவு </computerOutput> ஐத் தொடவும், அல்லது ஓச்ட்பெயரைச் " -"சேர்க்கவும் (அதாவது, '<couthututput> uname -n இலிருந்து வெளியீடு </" -"computerOutput> 'கிளையண்டில்) நெட் குழுமத்திற்கு \"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு-ஓச்ட்கள்\". LDAP " -"இல் NETGROUP இல் ஓச்ட்களைச் சேர்ப்பது <Couthoututput> GoSa² </posterautput> வலை " -"கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்ய முடியும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பயாசில் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டும். " -"வேக்-ஆன்-லான் சேவையகத்திற்கும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் இடையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் சுவிட்சுகள் " -"மற்றும் திசைவிகள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அணைக்கப்பட்டாலும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு WOL பாக்கெட்டுகளை " +"இரவில் அணைக்க வேண்டிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், <computeroutput>/etc/பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/" +"இரவு-இரவு </computeroutput> ஐத் தொடவும், அல்லது ஓச்ட்பெயரைச் சேர்க்கவும் (அதாவது, " +"'<computeroutput> uname -n இலிருந்து வெளியீடு </computeroutput> 'கிளையண்டில்) " +"நெட் குழுமத்திற்கு \"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு-ஓச்ட்கள்\". LDAP இல் NETGROUP இல் ஓச்ட்களைச் " +"சேர்ப்பது <computeroutput> GoSa² </computeroutput> வலை கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்ய " +"முடியும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பயாசில் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டும். வேக்-ஆன்-லான் " +"சேவையகத்திற்கும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் இடையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் சுவிட்சுகள் மற்றும் " +"திசைவிகள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அணைக்கப்பட்டாலும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு WOL பாக்கெட்டுகளை " "அனுப்பும் என்பதும் முதன்மை. சில சுவிட்சுகள் சுவிட்சில் உள்ள ARP அட்டவணையில் காணாமல் போன " "வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பாக்கெட்டுகளை அனுப்பத் தவறிவிடுகின்றன, மேலும் இது WOL " "பாக்கெட்டுகளைத் தடுக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" "shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " @@ -5687,39 +5451,36 @@ "space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" "generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." msgstr "" -"சேவையகத்தில் வேக்-ஆன்-லானை இயக்க, வாடிக்கையாளர்களை <couthoututput>/etc/" -"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் </computenoutput>, ஒரு கிளையண்டிற்கு ஒரு வரியுடன்" -", முதலில் ஐபி முகவரி, அதைத் தொடர்ந்து MAC முகவரி (ஈதர்நெட் முகவரி ), ஒரு இடத்தால் " -"பிரிக்கப்படுகிறது; அல்லது பறக்கும்போது வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பட்டியலை உருவாக்க ஒரு ச்கிரிப்ட்" -" <couthoututput>/etc/shutown-at-great-at-இரவு/கிளையண்ட்ச்-செனரேட்டர் </" -"computenOutput> ஐ உருவாக்கவும்." +"சேவையகத்தில் வேக்-ஆன்-லானை இயக்க, வாடிக்கையாளர்களை <computeroutput>/etc/பணிநிறுத்தம்-" +"இரவு/வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் </computeroutput>, ஒரு கிளையண்டிற்கு ஒரு வரியுடன், முதலில் " +"ஐபி முகவரி, அதைத் தொடர்ந்து MAC முகவரி (ஈதர்நெட் முகவரி ), ஒரு இடத்தால் " +"பிரிக்கப்படுகிறது; அல்லது பறக்கும்போது வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பட்டியலை உருவாக்க ஒரு " +"ச்கிரிப்ட் <computeroutput>/etc/shutown-at-great-at-இரவு/கிளையண்ட்ச்-செனரேட்டர் </" +"computeroutput> ஐ உருவாக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" "computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" msgstr "" -"தளங்களுடன் பயன்படுத்த ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு இங்கே <couthoututput>/etc/" -"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்-செனரேட்டர் </computerOutput>:" +"தளங்களுடன் பயன்படுத்த ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு இங்கே <computeroutput>/etc/பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/" +"வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்-செனரேட்டர் </computeroutput>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " "clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" "utils</computeroutput> package:" msgstr "" "ஒரு மாற்று வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தத்தை செயல்படுத்த நெட் குழுமம் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <கணினி வெளியீடு> ng-utils </posterautput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து நெட் " -"குழுமம் கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி இந்த ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும்:" +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <computeroutput>ng-utils </computeroutput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து " +"நெட் குழுமம் கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி இந்த ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "ஃபயர்வாலுக்கு பின்னால் அமைந்துள்ள டெபியன் EDU சேவையகங்களை அணுகவும்" +msgstr "தீசுவருக்கு பின்னால் அமைந்துள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி சேவையகங்களை அணுகவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " "the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " @@ -5727,8 +5488,8 @@ "that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " "tunnel." msgstr "" -"இணையத்திலிருந்து ஒரு ஃபயர்வாலுக்குப் பின்னால் இயந்திரங்களை அணுக, <couthoututput> " -"autoshh </coutterOutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள். நீங்கள் அணுகக்கூடிய " +"இணையத்திலிருந்து ஒரு ஃபயர்வாலுக்குப் பின்னால் இயந்திரங்களை அணுக, <computeroutput> " +"autoshh </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள். நீங்கள் அணுகக்கூடிய " "இணையத்தில் ஒரு கணினியில் ஒரு பாஓடு சுரங்கப்பாதையை அமைக்க இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அந்த " "கணினியிலிருந்து, ஃபயர்வாலின் பின்னால் உள்ள சேவையகத்தை பாஓடு சுரங்கப்பாதை வழியாக " "அணுகலாம்." @@ -5741,7 +5502,6 @@ "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து சுமைகளை பரப்புவதற்கு கூடுதல் பணி இயந்திரங்களை நிறுவுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " "hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " @@ -5751,22 +5511,19 @@ "(yet)." msgstr "" "இயல்புநிலை நிறுவலில், அனைத்து சேவைகளும் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயங்குகின்றன, ஓச்ட்பெயர் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> டிசெனர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>. சிலவற்றை மற்றொரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு நகர்த்துவதை " -"எளிதாக்க, <வலியுறுத்தல்> குறைந்தபட்ச </வலியுறுத்தல்> நிறுவல் சுயவிவரம் உள்ளது. இந்த " -"சுயவிவரத்துடன் நிறுவுவது ஒரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு வழிவகுக்கும், இது டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கின்" -" ஒரு பகுதியாகும், ஆனால் அதில் எந்த சேவைகளும் இயங்கவில்லை (இன்னும்)." +"<emphasis>டிசெனர்</emphasis>. சிலவற்றை மற்றொரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு நகர்த்துவதை எளிதாக்க, " +"<emphasis>குறைந்தபட்ச</emphasis> நிறுவல் சுயவிவரம் உள்ளது. இந்த சுயவிவரத்துடன் " +"நிறுவுவது ஒரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு வழிவகுக்கும், இது டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கின் ஒரு " +"பகுதியாகும், ஆனால் அதில் எந்த சேவைகளும் இயங்கவில்லை (இன்னும்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"சில சேவைகளுக்கு அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட இயந்திரத்தை அமைப்பதற்கு தேவையான படிகள் இவை:" +msgstr "சில சேவைகளுக்கு அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட இயந்திரத்தை அமைப்பதற்கு தேவையான படிகள் இவை:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" -msgstr "" -"நிறுவலின் போது <வலியுறுத்தல்> குறைந்தபட்ச </வலியுறுத்தல்> சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க" +msgstr "நிறுவலின் போது <emphasis>குறைந்தபட்ச</emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "install the packages for the service" @@ -5786,7 +5543,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Wiki.debian.org இலிருந்து ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "Wiki.debian.org இலிருந்து எவ்வாறு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Advanced administration howto" @@ -5815,9 +5572,8 @@ "இறக்குமதி மூலம் பயனர்களை உருவாக்க விரும்புகிறோம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> (பிரதான சேவையகத்தின் வேராக) </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(பிரதான சேவையகத்தின் வேராக)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" @@ -5828,9 +5584,8 @@ msgstr "Mkdir/school/sestart/home0/2024" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> (கோசாவில் முதல் பயனராக) </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(கோசாவில் முதல் பயனராக)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Department" @@ -5848,9 +5603,9 @@ "முதன்மையான மெனு: கோட்டோ 'அடைவு அமைப்பு', 'மாணவர்கள்' துறையைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. " "'அடிப்படை' புலம் '/மாணவர்களைக் காட்ட வேண்டும்'. துளி பெட்டியிலிருந்து 'செயல்கள்' " "'உருவாக்கு'/'துறை' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க. பெயர் (2024) மற்றும் விளக்க புலங்களுக்கான " -"மதிப்புகளை நிரப்பவும் (2024 இல் பட்டம் பெறும் மாணவர்கள்), அடிப்படை புலத்தை விட்டு " -"('/மாணவர்கள்' இருக்க வேண்டும்). 'சரி' என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்வதைச் சேமிக்கவும். இப்போது " -"புதிய துறை (2024) /மாணவர்களுக்குக் கீழே காட்டப்பட வேண்டும். அதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க." +"மதிப்புகளை நிரப்பவும் (2024 இல் பட்டம் பெறும் மாணவர்கள்), அடிப்படை புலத்தை விட்டு ('/" +"மாணவர்கள்' இருக்க வேண்டும்). 'சரி' என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்வதைச் சேமிக்கவும். இப்போது புதிய " +"துறை (2024) /மாணவர்களுக்குக் கீழே காட்டப்பட வேண்டும். அதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group" @@ -5870,7 +5625,6 @@ msgstr "வார்ப்புரு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " "An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " @@ -5880,7 +5634,7 @@ "tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." msgstr "" "முதன்மையான மெனுவிலிருந்து 'பயனர்களை' தேர்வு செய்யவும். அடிப்படை துறையில் 'மாணவர்களாக' " -"மாற்றவும். ஒரு நுழைவு <porteroutput> நியூச்டடென்ட் </computenOutput> காண்பிக்கப்பட " +"மாற்றவும். ஒரு நுழைவு <computeroutput> நியூச்டடென்ட் </computeroutput> காண்பிக்கப்பட " "வேண்டும், அதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. இது 'மாணவர்கள்' வார்ப்புரு, உண்மையான பயனர் அல்ல. இதுபோன்ற " "ஒரு வார்ப்புருவை உருவாக்க வேண்டியிருப்பதால் (உங்கள் கட்டமைப்பிற்கு காபிம இறக்குமதியைப் " "பயன்படுத்த முடியும்) இந்த அடிப்படையில், பொதுவான மற்றும் POSIX தாவல்களில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் " @@ -5933,8 +5687,8 @@ "where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." msgstr "" "குழு = ஆசிரியர்கள் மற்றும் அனுமதிகள் = 2770 உடன் கீழே காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள எடுத்துக்காட்டில், " -"கோப்பை \"பணிகள்\" கோப்புறையில் சேமிப்பதன் மூலம் ஒரு பயனர் ஒரு வேலையில் ஒப்படைக்க முடியும்" -", அங்கு ஆசிரியர்களுக்கு எழுத்து அணுகல் வழங்கப்படுகிறது." +"கோப்பை \"பணிகள்\" கோப்புறையில் சேமிப்பதன் மூலம் ஒரு பயனர் ஒரு வேலையில் ஒப்படைக்க " +"முடியும், அங்கு ஆசிரியர்களுக்கு எழுத்து அணுகல் வழங்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" @@ -5949,21 +5703,20 @@ "நடவடிக்கைகளை எடுக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " "as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " "chapter of this manual." msgstr "" -"இந்த கையேட்டின் </வலியுறுத்தல்> அத்தியாயத்தில் கோடிட்டுக் காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளபடி gosa² ஐப் " -"பயன்படுத்தி <portenoutput> சேவையகம் </computerOutput> வகை வகையின் புதிய அமைப்பைச் " -"சேர்க்கவும்." +"<computeroutput>சேவையக</computeroutput> வகையின் புதிய அமைப்பை இந்தக் கையேட்டின் " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">தொடங்குதல்</emphasis> அத்தியாயத்தில் கோடிட்டுக் " +"காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளபடி GOsa² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி சேர்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "இந்த எடுத்துக்காட்டு 'NAS-Server.intern' ஐ சேவையக பெயராகப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. 'NAS-" "Server.intern' கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டவுடன், புதிய சேமிப்பக சேவையகத்தில் NFS ஏற்றுமதி புள்ளிகள் " @@ -5999,25 +5752,25 @@ "தேவையான LDAP பொருள்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> ldapvi --ldap -conf -zd '(cn = admin)' -b ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், " -"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = ச்கோல், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை " -"</coutterOutput>" +"<computeroutput> ldapvi --ldap -conf -zd '(cn = admin)' -b ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், " +"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = ச்கோல், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை </" +"computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " "the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " "matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " "individual mount points in LDAP.)" msgstr "" -"ஆசிரியர் காண்பிக்கும் போது, ஆவணத்தின் அடிப்பகுதியில் பின்வரும் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி பொருள்களைச் " -"சேர்க்கவும். ." +"திருத்தித் தோன்றும்போது, ஆவணத்தின் கீழே பின்வரும் LDAP பொருள்களைச் சேர்க்கவும். (கடைசி " +"LDAP பொருளில் உள்ள \"/&\" பகுதி 'nas-server.intern' ஏற்றுமதி செய்யும் " +"அனைத்தையும் பொருத்தும் ஒரு வைல்ட் கார்டு ஆகும், இது LDAP இல் தனிப்பட்ட மவுண்ட் பாயிண்டுகளை " +"பட்டியலிட வேண்டிய தேவையை நீக்குகிறது.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6028,15 +5781,14 @@ "tjener.intern பெருகிவரும் சுழல்களைத் தவிர்க்க ஆட்டோமவுண்டைப் பயன்படுத்துவதில்லை:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" "computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " "-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> mkdir </posteratutput>, திருத்து '/etc/fstab' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி மவுண்ட்" -" பாயிண்ட் கோப்பகங்களை உருவாக்கி, புதிய வளங்களை ஏற்ற <கணினி வெளியீடு> மவுண்ட் -A </" -"putheroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +"<computeroutput> mkdir </computeroutput>, திருத்து '/etc/fstab' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"மவுண்ட் பாயிண்ட் கோப்பகங்களை உருவாக்கி, புதிய வளங்களை ஏற்ற <computeroutput>மவுண்ட் -A </" +"computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6055,15 +5807,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"பாஓடு உள்நுழைவைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த பல வழிகள் உள்ளன, சில இங்கே பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ளன." +msgstr "பாஓடு உள்நுழைவைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த பல வழிகள் உள்ளன, சில இங்கே பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ளன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இல்லாமல் அமைக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " "<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " @@ -6072,9 +5822,9 @@ "into the machine from everywhere." msgstr "" "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் யாரும் பயன்படுத்தப்படாவிட்டால், ஒரு புதிய குழுவை " -"உருவாக்குவதே ஒரு எளிய தீர்வு (<couthoututput> sshusers </sputersoutput> என்று " +"உருவாக்குவதே ஒரு எளிய தீர்வு (<computeroutput> sshusers </computeroutput> என்று " "சொல்லுங்கள்) மற்றும் இயந்திரத்தின்/etc/ssh/sshd_config கோப்பில் ஒரு வரியைச் சேர்ப்பது. " -"<porteroutput> Sshusers </couthoututput> குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள் மட்டுமே எல்லா " +"<computeroutput> Sshusers </computeroutput> குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள் மட்டுமே எல்லா " "இடங்களிலிருந்தும் கணினியில் பாஓடு க்கு அனுமதிக்கப்படுவார்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> @@ -6082,34 +5832,30 @@ msgstr "கோசாவுடன் இந்த வழக்கை நிர்வகிப்பது மிகவும் எளிது:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " "(where already other system management related groups like " "<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." msgstr "" -"அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் ஒரு குழுவை <computerOutput> sshusers </sputerututput> ஐ " -"உருவாக்கவும் (ஏற்கனவே <couthoutput> கோசா-அட்மின்ச் </computerOutput> போன்ற பிற கணினி" -" மேலாண்மை தொடர்பான குழுக்கள்)." +"அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் ஒரு குழுவை <computeroutput> sshusers </computeroutput> ஐ " +"உருவாக்கவும் (ஏற்கனவே <computeroutput> கோசா-அட்மின்ச் </computeroutput> போன்ற பிற " +"கணினி மேலாண்மை தொடர்பான குழுக்கள்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "புதிய குழுவில் பயனர்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்" +msgstr "புதிய குழுவில் <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> பயனர்களைச் சேர்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" "sshd_config." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> allowgroups sshusers </couteroutput> க்கு/etc/ssh/sshd_config ஐச்" -" சேர்க்கவும்." +"<computeroutput> allowgroups sshusers </computeroutput> க்கு/etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "<couthoututput> பணி பாஓடு மறுதொடக்கம் </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +msgstr "<computeroutput> பணி பாஓடு மறுதொடக்கம் </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" @@ -6155,8 +5901,8 @@ msgstr "" "அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், உள் எச்.எச்.எச் " "உள்நுழைவு அணுகலை முடக்க 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை கைவிடலாம். குறிப்பு: தனது பெட்டியை " -"பிரத்யேக எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் பிணையம் (எச்) உடன் இணைக்கும் ஒருவர் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்" -" (எச்) க்கும் எச்.எச்.எச் அணுகலைப் பெறுவார்." +"பிரத்யேக எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் பிணையம் (எச்) உடன் இணைக்கும் ஒருவர் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகம் (எச்) க்கும் எச்.எச்.எச் அணுகலைப் பெறுவார்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note for more complex setups" @@ -6176,7 +5922,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "டெச்க்டாப்பிற்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "டெச்க்டாப்பிற்கான எவ்வாறு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" @@ -6187,12 +5933,11 @@ msgstr "பல மொழிகளை ஆதரிக்க இந்த படிகள் செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " "choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு இடங்களை இயக்கவும் </compaterOutput> (ரூட் என) " +"<computeroutput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு இடங்களை இயக்கவும் </computeroutput> (ரூட் என) " "மற்றும் மொழிகளை (UTF-8 வகைகள்) தேர்வு செய்யவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6200,7 +5945,6 @@ msgstr "தொடர்புடைய தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவ இந்த கட்டளைகளை வேராக இயக்கவும்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " "manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " @@ -6212,16 +5956,15 @@ "பயனர்கள் உள்நுழைவதற்கு முன் லைட் டிஎம் காட்சி மேலாளர் வழியாக மொழியைத் தேர்வுசெய்ய " "முடியும்; இது XFCE, LXDE மற்றும் LXQT க்கு பொருந்தும். க்னோம் மற்றும் கே.டி.இ இரண்டும் " "அவற்றின் சொந்த உள் பகுதி மற்றும் மொழி உள்ளமைவு கருவிகளுடன் வருகின்றன, இவற்றைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துங்கள். மேட் ஒரு மொழி தேர்வாளருக்கு லைட் டிஎம் மேல் ஆர்க்டிகா வாழ்த்துப் பணியாளரைப்" -" பயன்படுத்துகிறார். பங்கு லைட் டிஎம் வாழ்த்து கொள்ள APT தூய்மைப்படுத்தல் ஆர்க்டிகா-வாழ்த்துக்கள்" -" </compateOututput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +"பயன்படுத்துங்கள். மேட் ஒரு மொழி தேர்வாளருக்கு லைட் டிஎம் மேல் ஆர்க்டிகா வாழ்த்துப் " +"பணியாளரைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார். பங்கு லைட் டிஎம் வாழ்த்து கொள்ள <computeroutput>apt " +"purge arctica-greeter </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Playing DVDs" msgstr "டிவிடிகள் விளையாடுவது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " "not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " @@ -6231,55 +5974,51 @@ "computeroutput>." msgstr "" "பெரும்பாலான வணிக டிவிடிகளை விளையாடுவதற்கு LIBDVDCSS தேவை. சட்ட காரணங்களுக்காக இது " -"டெபியன் (EDU) இல் சேர்க்கப்படவில்லை. இதைப் பயன்படுத்த நீங்கள் சட்டப்பூர்வமாக அனுமதிக்கப்பட்டால்" -", <couthoututput> libdvd-pkg </posteratutput> டெபியன் தொகுப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் " -"சொந்த உள்ளக தொகுப்புகளை உருவாக்கலாம்; <couthoutput> பங்களிப்பு </computerOutput> " -"<couteroutput> /etc/apt/sources.list </coutterOutput> இல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதை " -"உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." +"டெபியன் (EDU) இல் சேர்க்கப்படவில்லை. இதைப் பயன்படுத்த நீங்கள் சட்டப்பூர்வமாக " +"அனுமதிக்கப்பட்டால், <computeroutput> libdvd-pkg </computeroutput> டெபியன் " +"தொகுப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் சொந்த உள்ளக தொகுப்புகளை உருவாக்கலாம்; <computeroutput> " +"பங்களிப்பு </computeroutput> <computeroutput> /etc/apt/sources.list </" +"computeroutput> இல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " "libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"டெப்கான்ஃப் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதிலளிக்கவும், பின்னர் <couthoututput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு " -"libdvd-pkg </couteroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." +"டெப்கான்ஃப் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதிலளிக்கவும், பின்னர் <computeroutput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு " +"libdvd-pkg </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Handwriting fonts" msgstr "கையெழுத்து எழுத்துருக்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " "by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " "font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " "with lines." msgstr "" -"தொகுப்பு <couthoututput> fonts-linex </coutheroutput> (இது இயல்பாக " -"நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது) எழுத்துருவை \"அபெசெடாரியோ\" நிறுவுகிறது, இது குழந்தைகளுக்கான நல்" -"ல கையெழுத்து எழுத்துரு. எழுத்துரு குழந்தைகளுடன் பயன்படுத்த பல வடிவங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளது: " -"புள்ளியிடப்பட்ட, மற்றும் வரிகளுடன்." +"தொகுப்பு <computeroutput> fonts-linex </computeroutput> (இது இயல்பாக " +"நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது) எழுத்துருவை \"அபெசெடாரியோ\" நிறுவுகிறது, இது குழந்தைகளுக்கான " +"நல்ல கையெழுத்து எழுத்துரு. எழுத்துரு குழந்தைகளுடன் பயன்படுத்த பல வடிவங்களைக் " +"கொண்டுள்ளது: புள்ளியிடப்பட்ட, மற்றும் வரிகளுடன்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான எவ்வாறு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "" -"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான அறிமுகம்" +msgstr "மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான அறிமுகம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " "<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." msgstr "" "மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான ஒரு பொதுவான சொல் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாங்கி </வலியுறுத்தல்>." +"<emphasis>எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாங்கி</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6304,8 +6043,8 @@ "Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " "support thin client usage." msgstr "" -"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இனி LTSP இன் பகுதியாக இல்லை. மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் பயன்பாட்டை ஆதரிக்" -"க டெபியன் எட் ஃச் 2 கோவைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார்." +"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இனி LTSP இன் பகுதியாக இல்லை. மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர் பயன்பாட்டை " +"ஆதரிக்க டெபியன் கல்வி ஃச் 2 கோவைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6318,19 +6057,18 @@ "சேர்க்கப்பட்டவுடன் அமைவு செய்ய முடியும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"பொதுவாக LTSP பற்றிய தகவலுக்கு, <ulink முகவரி = \"https://ltsp.org\"> LTSP " -"முகப்புப்பக்கம் </Ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும். <tosival> LTSP சேவையகம் </VISTRASIS> " -"சுயவிவரம் கொண்ட கணினிகளில், <couthoututput> man ltsp </couteroutput> கூடுதல் " -"தகவல்களை வழங்குகிறது." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"பொதுவாக LTSP பற்றிய தகவலுக்கு, <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP " +"முகப்புப்பக்கத்தைக்</ulink> காண்க. <emphasis>LTSP சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தைக் " +"கொண்ட கணினிகளில், <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> கூடுதல் தகவல்களை " +"வழங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " "carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " @@ -6340,16 +6078,14 @@ "Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" "computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி -யிலிருந்து <வலியுறுத்தல்> எல்.டி.எச்.பி </வலியுறுத்தல்> கருவி கவனமாகப் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, <tosomoutput> LTSP படம் " -"/< /computerOutput> டெபியன் இயந்திரங்களின் விசயத்தில் ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்கத் தவறும்" -" (இவை இயல்பாக ஒரு தனி /துவக்க பகிர்வைக் கொண்டுள்ளன), <couthoututput> LTSP IPXE </" -"cuterinoutput> உருவாக்கத் தவறும் IPXE பட்டியல் சரியாக (டெபியன் EDU இன் மெல்லிய " -"கிளையன்ட் உதவி காரணமாக), மற்றும் <couthoututput> LTSP INITRD </coteratututput> " -"LTSP கிளையன்ட் துவக்கத்தை முழுவதுமாக குழப்பிவிடும்." +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி -யிலிருந்து <emphasis>எல்.டி.எச்.பி </emphasis> கருவி கவனமாகப் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, <computeroutput>ltsp " +"படம் /</computeroutput> டெபியன் இயந்திரங்களின் விசயத்தில் ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்கத் " +"தவறும் (இவை இயல்பாக ஒரு தனி/துவக்க பகிர்வு கொண்டவை), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe </" +"computeroutput> ஐபிஎக்ச் மெனுவின் காரணமாக//custooutout>, <computeroutput>, " +"மற்றும் </computeroutput>, மற்றும் முழுவதுமாகத் துவக்க." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " "wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " @@ -6360,59 +6096,54 @@ "works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " "to facilitate site specific adjustments." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கருவி <கணினி வெளியீடு> எல்.டி.எச்.பி இமேச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அவுட்புட்>, <coutomoutput> " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐட் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அவுட்புட்> மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> எல்.டி.எச்.பி ipxe </" -"coutheroutput>. வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை (64-பிட் மற்றும்" -" 32-பிட் பிசி இரண்டும்) அமைக்கவும் கட்டமைக்கவும் இது பயன்படுகிறது. <couthoututput> மேன்" -" டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> அல்லது ச்கிரிப்ட் உள்ளடக்கத்தைப் " -"பார்க்கவும். தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் (இங்கே " -"ஆவணங்கள்) உள்ளன." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்</emphasis> கருவி " +"<computeroutput>எல்.டி.எச்.பி இமேச் </computeroutput>, <computeroutput> " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐட் </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput>எல்.டி.எச்.பி ipxe </" +"computeroutput>. வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை (64-பிட் " +"மற்றும் 32-பிட் பிசி இரண்டும்) அமைக்கவும் கட்டமைக்கவும் இது பயன்படுகிறது. " +"<computeroutput> மேன் டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </computeroutput> அல்லது " +"ச்கிரிப்ட் உள்ளடக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து " +"உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் (இங்கே ஆவணங்கள்) உள்ளன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" "emphasis>:" msgstr "" -"எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ரேப்பர் ச்கிரிப்டை எவ்வாறு பயன்படுத்துவது <overisis> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </வலியுறுத்தல்>:" +"எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ரேப்பர் ச்கிரிப்டை எவ்வாறு பயன்படுத்துவது <emphasis> டெபியன்-எட்டு-" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" "computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " "filesystem)." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலைய ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை (சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமை) " +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் </" +"computeroutput> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலைய ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை (சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமை) " "புதுப்பிக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" "thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " "client support." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் --thin_type " -"Bad </coutnoututput> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையத்தையும் 64-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவையும்" -" உருவாக்குகிறது." +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் --" +"thin_type Bad </computeroutput> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையத்தையும் 64-பிட் மெல்லிய " +"கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவையும் உருவாக்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" "computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " "SquashFS image)." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் --ஆர்ச் I386 --thin_type Bad </" -"coutnoututput> கூடுதல் 32-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை உருவாக்குகிறது (க்ரூட் மற்றும் " +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் --ஆர்ச் I386 --thin_type Bad </" +"computeroutput> கூடுதல் 32-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை உருவாக்குகிறது (க்ரூட் மற்றும் " "ச்குவாச்ஃப் படம்)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " "<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " @@ -6421,15 +6152,14 @@ "client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " "reduced)." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> வெற்று </வலியுறுத்தல்> (மிகச்சிறிய மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் சிச்டம்) தவிர, " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> காட்சி </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"ஆகியவை கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விருப்பங்கள். <overiss> காட்சி </VISTRASIS> வகை ஒரு " -"பணிநிறுத்தம் பொத்தானை வழங்குகிறது, <வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் </வலியுறுத்தல்> வகை " -"கிளையண்டில் கியோச்க் பயன்முறையில் ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆரை இயக்குகிறது (மேலும் உள்ளக ரேம் " -"மற்றும் சிபியு ஆற்றல் தேவை, ஆனால் சேவையக சுமை குறைக்கப்பட்டது)." +"<emphasis>வெற்று</emphasis> (மிகச்சிறிய மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் சிச்டம்) தவிர, " +"<emphasis>காட்சி</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis>டெச்க்டாப்</emphasis> ஆகியவை " +"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விருப்பங்கள். <emphasis> காட்சி </emphasis> வகை ஒரு பணிநிறுத்தம் " +"பொத்தானை வழங்குகிறது, <emphasis>டெச்க்டாப்</emphasis> வகை கிளையண்டில் கியோச்க் " +"பயன்முறையில் ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆரை இயக்குகிறது (மேலும் உள்ளக ரேம் மற்றும் சிபியு ஆற்றல் " +"தேவை, ஆனால் சேவையக சுமை குறைக்கப்பட்டது)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " "wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " @@ -6438,15 +6168,14 @@ "boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " "modified." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-ஐபிஎக்ச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கருவி என்பது <tateroutput> எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐபிஎக்ச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> க்கான ரேப்பர் " -"ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும். /Srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe கோப்பு டெபியன் EDU குறிப்பிட்டதாக இருப்பதை " -"இது உறுதி செய்கிறது. /Etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [சேவையகம்] பிரிவில் ஐபிஎக்ச்இ பட்டியல் " -"தொடர்பான உருப்படிகள் (மெனு நேரம் முடிந்தது அல்லது இயல்புநிலை துவக்க அமைப்புகள் போன்றவை) " -"மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட பிறகு கட்டளை இயக்கப்பட வேண்டும்." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> கருவி என்பது " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> க்கான ஒரு ரேப்பர் ஸ்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும். இது /" +"srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe கோப்பு டெபியன் கல்வி-க்கு மட்டுமே குறிப்பிட்டதாக இருப்பதை " +"உறுதி செய்கிறது. /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [சேவையகம்] பிரிவில் iPXE மெனு தொடர்பான " +"உருப்படிகள் (பட்டியல் நேரம் முடிந்தது அல்லது இயல்புநிலை துவக்க அமைப்புகள் போன்றவை) " +"மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட பிறகு கட்டளையை இயக்க வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " "wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " @@ -6454,32 +6183,28 @@ "and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " "run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"strong\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ட்ரிடி </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கருவி <கணினி வெளியீடு> எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐஎன்டிஆர்டி </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> க்கான ரேப்பர் " -"ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு குறிப்பிட்ட initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ட்ரிடி</emphasis> கருவி " +"<computeroutput>எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐஎன்டிஆர்டி </computeroutput> க்கான ரேப்பர் ச்கிரிப்ட் " +"ஆகும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு குறிப்பிட்ட initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " "உருவாக்கப்பட்டு பின்னர் பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு தொடர்பான கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகர்த்தப்படுவதை " "உறுதிசெய்கிறது. /Etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்] பிரிவு மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட " "பிறகு கட்டளை இயக்கப்பட வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " "replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " "LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " "install, upgrade and remove packages)." msgstr "" -"<முக்கியத்துவம் வாய்ந்த ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சி.ஆர்.ஓ.டி " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> கருவி என்பது எல்.டி.எச்.பி 5 உடன் அனுப்பப்பட்ட <tasp> " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி-செரூட் </வலியுறுத்தல்> கருவிக்கு மாற்றாக உள்ளது. இது ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்டில் கட்டளைகளை இயக்க பயன்படுகிறது (எ.கா. நிறுவுதல், மேம்படுத்துதல் " -"மற்றும் தொகுப்புகளை அகற்றுதல் போன்றவை)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis>கருவி எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"5 உடன் அனுப்பப்பட்ட <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis>கருவிக்கு மாற்றாக உள்ளது. இது " +"ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்டில் கட்டளைகளை இயக்க பயன்படுகிறது (எ.கா. நிறுவுதல், " +"மேம்படுத்துதல் மற்றும் தொகுப்புகளை அகற்றுதல் போன்றவை)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6506,9 +6231,8 @@ "them with GOsa²." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6533,18 +6257,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, பயனர்கள் should முடக்கு compositing பெறுநர் avoid " "காட்சி artefacts. In the இயல்புநிலை case (Xfce desktop environment): அமைப்புகள் " "-> சாளரம் Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் ஃபார்ம்வேர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் ஃபார்ம்வேர்</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6683,8 +6405,8 @@ "ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" msgstr "" "ஓடு <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> பெறுநர் have a look at " -"available உள்ளமைவு options. Or read it online: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +"available உள்ளமைவு options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/" +"man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6732,8 +6454,8 @@ "content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " "manager." msgstr "" -"When பயனர்கள் செருகவும் a USB ஓட்டு into an X2Go thin client of வகை bare (" -"default combined சேவையகம் installation), the ஊடகம் is mounted அச் soon அச் the " +"When பயனர்கள் செருகவும் a USB ஓட்டு into an X2Go thin client of வகை bare " +"(default combined சேவையகம் installation), the ஊடகம் is mounted அச் soon அச் the " "existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the " "ஊடகம் content it might take some time until the content shows மேலே in the " "கோப்பு manager." @@ -6770,11 +6492,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "Configure the அச்சுப்பொறி using the விரலிடைத் தோல் இடைமுகம் " "<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; " @@ -6818,7 +6540,6 @@ msgstr "Configuring the PXE நிறுவல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " "settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " @@ -6836,58 +6557,55 @@ "edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " "debconf values." msgstr "" -"PXE நிறுவல் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அமைப்புகளிலிருந்து " -"மொழி, விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பு மற்றும் கண்ணாடி அமைப்புகளை மரபுரிமையாக மாற்றும், மேலும் மற்" -"ற கேள்விகள் நிறுவலின் போது கேட்கப்படும் (சுயவிவரம், பாப்கான் பங்கேற்பு, பகிர்வு மற்றும் ரூட்" -" கடவுச்சொல்). இந்த கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, <couthoututput> /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" -"edu-install.dat </posteratutput> ஐ மாற்றியமைக்கலாம். கிடைக்கக்கூடிய டெப்கான்ஃப் " -"மதிப்புகளின் சில எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ஏற்கனவே <couthoututput> /etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat </coutnoututput> இல் கருத்து தெரிவிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. " -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-பிஎக்ச்இன்ச்டால் </computerOutput> PXE-INSTALLATION " -"சூழலை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டவுடன் உங்கள் மாற்றங்கள் இழக்கப்படும். <coutheroutput> " -"/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </couthoututput> ஐ <portemoutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-பக்ச்ச்டால் </computerOutput> கோப்பைச் சேர்க்கவும் /etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local </coutheroutput> உங்கள் கூடுதல் டெப்கான்ஃப் " -"மதிப்புகளுடன்." +"PXE நிறுவல், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும்போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அமைப்புகளிலிருந்து " +"மொழி, விசைப்பலகை அமைப்பு மற்றும் கண்ணாடி அமைப்புகளைப் பெறும், மேலும் பிற கேள்விகள் " +"நிறுவலின்போது கேட்கப்படும் (சுயவிவரம், பாப்கான் பங்கேற்பு, பகிர்வு மற்றும் ரூட் " +"கடவுச்சொல்). இந்தக் கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> என்ற கோப்பை debconf மதிப்புகளுக்கு முன்பே " +"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட பதில்களை வழங்க மாற்றியமைக்கலாம். கிடைக்கக்கூடிய டெப்கான்ஃப் மதிப்புகளின் " +"சில எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ஏற்கனவே <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> இல் கருத்து தெரிவிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. PXE-நிறுவல் சூழலை " +"மீண்டும் உருவாக்க <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டவுடன் உங்கள் மாற்றங்கள் இழக்கப்படும். <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> உடன் பொழுதுபோக்கு செய்யும்போது டெப்கான்ஃப் மதிப்புகளை " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"உடன் சேர்க்க, உங்கள் கூடுதல் டெப்கான்ஃப் மதிப்புகளுடன் <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> கோப்பைச் சேர்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " "linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " "chapter." msgstr "" -"PXE நிறுவல்களை மாற்றியமைப்பது பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"நிறுவல்-மாற்றியமைக்கும்_பெக்ச்_இன்ச்டாலேசன்ச்\"> நிறுவல் </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் காணலாம்." +"PXE நிறுவல்களை மாற்றியமைப்பது பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <link linkend=\"நிறுவல்-" +"மாற்றியமைக்கும்_பெக்ச்_இன்ச்டாலேசன்ச்\"> நிறுவல் </link> அத்தியாயத்தில் காணலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" msgstr "PXE நிறுவல்களுக்கு தனிப்பயன் களஞ்சியத்தைச் சேர்ப்பது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" msgstr "" -"தனிப்பயன் களஞ்சியத்தைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு இதுபோன்ற ஒன்றை <couthoututput> /etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </putersoutput> இல் சேர்க்கவும்::" +"தனிப்பயன் களஞ்சியத்தைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு இதுபோன்ற ஒன்றை <computeroutput> /etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </computeroutput> இல் சேர்க்கவும்::" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" "computeroutput> once." msgstr "" -"பின்னர் <Couthoutput>/USR/SBIN/DEBIAN-EDU-PXEINSTALL </ கணினி வெளியீடு> ஐ ஒரு " -"முறை இயக்கவும்." +"பின்னர் <computeroutput>/USR/SBIN/DEBIAN-EDU-PXEINSTALL </computeroutput> ஐ " +"ஒரு முறை இயக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Changing network settings" msgstr "பிணைய அமைப்புகளை மாற்றுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " "network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" @@ -6896,10 +6614,10 @@ "and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." msgstr "" "டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் தொகுப்பு ஒரு கருவியுடன் வருகிறது, இது நெட்வொர்க்கை 10.0.0.0/8 " -"இலிருந்து வேறு ஏதாவது மாற்ற உதவுகிறது. <couthoututput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/சப்நெட்-சேஞ்ச் </computeerOutput> ஐப் பாருங்கள். முதன்மையா" -"ன சேவையகத்தில் நிறுவிய பின்னரும் பயன்படுத்த, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் சப்நெட்டை மாற்ற திருத்த " -"வேண்டிய பிற கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க இது பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." +"இலிருந்து வேறு ஏதாவது மாற்ற உதவுகிறது. <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/கருவிகள்/சப்நெட்-சேஞ்ச் </computeroutput> ஐப் பாருங்கள். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் " +"நிறுவிய பின்னரும் பயன்படுத்த, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் சப்நெட்டை மாற்ற திருத்த வேண்டிய பிற " +"கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க இது பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6908,10 +6626,10 @@ "LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " "of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இல் ஏற்கனவே பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட சப்நெட்டுகளில் ஒன்றிற்கு மாறுவது செயல்படாது என்பதை" -" நினைவில் கொள்க. 192.168.0.0/24 மற்றும் 192.168.1.0/24 ஏற்கனவே எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட்" -" நெட்வொர்க்குகளாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்த சப்நெட்களுக்கு மாற்றுவதற்கு நகல் உள்ளீடுகளை அகற்ற " -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளின் கையேடு திருத்துதல் தேவைப்படும்." +"டெபியன் கல்வியில் ஏற்கனவே பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட சப்நெட்டுகளில் ஒன்றிற்கு மாறுவது செயல்படாது " +"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. 192.168.0.0/24 மற்றும் 192.168.1.0/24 ஏற்கனவே எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"கிளையன்ட் நெட்வொர்க்குகளாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்தச் சப்நெட்களுக்கு மாற்றுவதற்கு நகல் " +"உள்ளீடுகளை அகற்ற உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளின் கையேடு திருத்துதல் தேவைப்படும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6923,30 +6641,29 @@ "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." msgstr "" "டிஎன்எச் டொமைன் பெயரை மாற்ற எளிதான வழி இல்லை. இதை மாற்றுவதற்கு எல்.டி.ஏ.பி கட்டமைப்பு " -"மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமையில் பல கோப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் மாற்றங்கள் தேவைப்படும்" -". முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் (Tjener.intern) புரவலன் மற்றும் டிஎன்எச் பெயரை மாற்ற எளிதான " -"வழி இல்லை. அவ்வாறு செய்ய எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் கோப்பு " -"முறைமையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கான மாற்றங்களும் தேவைப்படும். இரண்டு சந்தர்ப்பங்களிலும் கெர்பரோச் " -"அமைப்பையும் மாற்ற வேண்டும்." +"மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமையில் பல கோப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் மாற்றங்கள் " +"தேவைப்படும். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் (Tjener.intern) புரவலன் மற்றும் டிஎன்எச் பெயரை " +"மாற்ற எளிதான வழி இல்லை. அவ்வாறு செய்ய எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மற்றும் " +"கிளையன்ட் கோப்பு முறைமையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கான மாற்றங்களும் தேவைப்படும். இரண்டு " +"சந்தர்ப்பங்களிலும் கெர்பரோச் அமைப்பையும் மாற்ற வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Remote Desktop" msgstr "தொலைநிலை டெச்க்டாப்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " "installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " "packages." msgstr "" "எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக சுயவிவரம் அல்லது ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஃச் 2 கோசர்வர் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> தொகுப்புகளையும் நிறுவுகிறது." +"<emphasis>எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis>ஃச் 2 கோசர்வர் </emphasis> " +"தொகுப்புகளையும் நிறுவுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" +msgstr "ஃஆர்டிபி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6955,16 +6672,16 @@ "running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " "Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." msgstr "" -"தொலைநிலை கிளையண்டிற்கு வரைகலை உள்நுழைவை வழங்க எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ரிமோட் டெச்க்டாப் நெறிமுறையைப்" -" பயன்படுத்துகிறது. மைக்ரோசாப்ட் சாளரங்கள் பயனர்கள் கூடுதல் மென்பொருளை நிறுவாமல் " -"எக்ச்ஆர்டிபியை இயக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியும் - அவர்கள் சாளரங்கள் " -"கணினியில் தொலைநிலை டெச்க்டாப் இணைப்பைத் தொடங்கி இணைக்கவும்." +"தொலைநிலை கிளையண்டிற்கு வரைகலை உள்நுழைவை வழங்க எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ரிமோட் டெச்க்டாப் " +"நெறிமுறையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. மைக்ரோசாப்ட் சாளரங்கள் பயனர்கள் கூடுதல் மென்பொருளை " +"நிறுவாமல் எக்ச்ஆர்டிபியை இயக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியும் - அவர்கள் " +"சாளரங்கள் கணினியில் தொலைநிலை டெச்க்டாப் இணைப்பைத் தொடங்கி இணைக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." msgstr "" -"கூடுதலாக, எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ஒரு விஎன்சி சேவையகம் அல்லது மற்றொரு ஆர்.டி.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்" -"க முடியும்." +"கூடுதலாக, எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ஒரு விஎன்சி சேவையகம் அல்லது மற்றொரு ஆர்.டி.பி சேவையகத்துடன் " +"இணைக்க முடியும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6983,72 +6700,65 @@ msgstr "X2go" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "லினக்ச், சாளரங்கள் அல்லது மேகோச் இயங்கும் பிசியிலிருந்து குறைந்த அலைவரிசை மற்றும் உயர் " "அலைவரிசை இணைப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு வரைகலை டெச்க்டாப்பை அணுக " "x2go உங்களுக்கு உதவுகிறது. கிளையன்ட் பக்கத்தில் கூடுதல் மென்பொருள் தேவைப்படுகிறது, " -"<ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\"> x2go விக்கி </" -"ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\"> " +"x2go விக்கி </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " "best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" -"X2GO பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <tosoutput> கொலையாளி </computerOutput> தொகுப்பு LTSP " -"சேவையகத்தில் சிறந்ததை அகற்ற வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\"> 890517 </ulink >." +"X2GO பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <computeroutput> கொலையாளி </computeroutput> தொகுப்பு " +"LTSP சேவையகத்தில் சிறப்பாக அகற்றப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" msgstr "ரிமோட் டெச்க்டாப் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் கிடைக்கும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " "capable of RDP and VNC." msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> freerdp-x11 </computerOutput> இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது மற்றும்" -" இது RDP மற்றும் VNC க்கு திறன் கொண்டது." +"<computeroutput> freerdp-x11 </computeroutput> இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது " +"மற்றும் இது RDP மற்றும் VNC க்கு திறன் கொண்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " "client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "RDP - சாளரங்கள் டெர்மினல் சேவையகத்தை அணுக எளிதான வழி. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு " -"<couteroutput> rdesktop </computenOutput> ஆகும்." +"<computeroutput> rdesktop </computeroutput> ஆகும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " "An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "வி.என்.சி வாங்கி (மெய்நிகர் பிணையம் கணினி) ச்கோலெலினக்ச் தொலைதூரத்தில் அணுகலை " -"வழங்குகிறது. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு <couterOutput> XVNCViewer </" -"coteratututput> ஆகும்." +"வழங்குகிறது. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு <computeroutput> XVNCViewer </" +"computeroutput> ஆகும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " "X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " "sessions and start new ones." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> x2goclient </computerOutput> என்பது X2GO அமைப்புக்கான வரைகலை " +"<computeroutput> x2goclient </computeroutput> என்பது X2GO அமைப்புக்கான வரைகலை " "வாங்கி ஆகும் (இயல்பாக நிறுவப்படவில்லை). இயங்கும் அமர்வுகளுடன் இணைக்கவும், புதியவற்றைத் " "தொடங்கவும் இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." @@ -7057,7 +6767,6 @@ msgstr "வயர்லெச் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " "network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" @@ -7069,27 +6778,26 @@ "adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " "homepage</ulink> for details." msgstr "" -"பாதுகாப்பான பிணையம் இணைப்புகளை வழங்க <Priasis> ஃப்ரீராடியச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சேவையகம் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். இது வேலை செய்ய, <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஃப்ரீராடியச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> WINBIND </porsisis> முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி " -"<கணினி வெளியீடு>/USR/SHARE/DEBIAN-EDU-CONFIG/கருவிகள்/அமைவு-ஃப்ரீராடியச் -சர்வர் </" -"computerOutput> ஒரு அடிப்படை, தள குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளமைவை உருவாக்க. இந்த வழியில், " -"EAP-TTLS/PAP மற்றும் PEAP-MSCHAPV2 முறைகள் இரண்டும் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. தள குறிப்பிட்ட " -"மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் உள்ளன. விவரங்களுக்கு <Ulink முகவரி" -" = \"https://freeradius.org/\"> ஃப்ரீரடியச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"பாதுகாப்பான பிணையம் இணைப்புகளை வழங்க <emphasis> ஃப்ரீராடியச்</emphasis> சேவையகம் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். இது வேலை செய்ய, <emphasis>ஃப்ரீராடியச்</emphasis> மற்றும் " +"<emphasis>WINBIND </emphasis> முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி " +"<computeroutput>/USR/SHARE/DEBIAN-EDU-CONFIG/கருவிகள்/அமைவு-ஃப்ரீராடியச் -சர்வர் </" +"computeroutput> ஒரு அடிப்படை, தள குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளமைவை உருவாக்க. இந்த வழியில், EAP-" +"TTLS/PAP மற்றும் PEAP-MSCHAPV2 முறைகள் இரண்டும் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. தள குறிப்பிட்ட " +"மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் உள்ளன. விவரங்களுக்கு <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\"> ஃப்ரீரடியச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" msgstr "கூடுதல் உள்ளமைவு தேவை" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" "freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> பகிரப்பட்ட மறைபொருள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"clients.conf) வழியாக அணுகல் புள்ளிகளை இயக்கவும்/முடக்கவும்." +"<emphasis>பகிரப்பட்ட மறைபொருள்</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf) " +"வழியாக அணுகல் புள்ளிகளை இயக்கவும்/முடக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7120,28 +6828,25 @@ "குறிப்பிட்ட சான்றிதழ் உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் கிடைக்கிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " "running Linux)" msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (லினக்ச் இயங்கும் " -"இறுதி பயனர் சாதனங்களுக்கு)" +"<ulink url=\"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (லினக்ச் இயங்கும் இறுதி " +"பயனர் சாதனங்களுக்கு)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (லினக்ச், ஆண்ட்ராய்டு)" +"<ulink url=\"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (லினக்ச், ஆண்ட்ராய்டு)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " "Windows)" msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https: //www.intern/freeradius-cader\"/> (MACOS, ஐஇமு, " -"ஐபாடோச், விண்டோச்)" +"<ulink url=\"https: //www.intern/freeradius-cader\"/> (MACOS, ஐஇமு, ஐபாடோச், " +"விண்டோச்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7160,12 +6865,12 @@ msgid "" "Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" msgstr "" -"PGINA LDAP சொருகி பயன்படுத்தி டெபியன் EDU நற்சான்றிதழ்களுடன் சாளரங்கள் இயந்திரத்தை " +"PGINA LDAP சொருகி பயன்படுத்தி டெபியன் கல்வி நற்சான்றிதழ்களுடன் சாளரங்கள் இயந்திரத்தை " "அங்கீகரிக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU இல் PGINA பயனரைச் சேர்ப்பது" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வியில் PGINA பயனரைச் சேர்ப்பது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7173,17 +6878,19 @@ "application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " "LDAP." msgstr "" -"PGINA ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான திறனைக் கொண்டிருக்க (அல்லது வேறு 3 வது தரப்பு " -"அங்கீகார-சேவை-பயன்பாடு) LDAP இன் உள்ளே தேடலில் ஒரு சிறப்பு பயனர் கணக்கை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்" -"க வேண்டும்." +"PGINA ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான திறனைக் கொண்டிருக்க (அல்லது வேறு 3 வது தரப்பு அங்கீகார-" +"சேவை-பயன்பாடு) LDAP இன் உள்ளே தேடலில் ஒரு சிறப்பு பயனர் கணக்கை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்க " +"வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " "password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " "website." -msgstr "ஒரு சிறப்பு பயனரைச் சேர்க்கவும், எ.கா." +msgstr "" +"கடவுச்சொல்லுடன் கூடிய <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> " +"<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis> போன்ற சிறப்பு பயனரைச் சேர், <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/gosa\"/> வலைத்தளத்தில்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -7206,8 +6913,8 @@ "Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " "636." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU அமைப்புகளைக் கருத்தில் கொண்டு LDAP க்கான இணைப்பு துறைமுகம் 636 க்குள் SSL ஐப்" -" பயன்படுத்துகிறது." +"டெபியன் EDU அமைப்புகளைக் கருத்தில் கொண்டு LDAP க்கான இணைப்புத் துறைமுகம் 636 க்குள் SSL " +"ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" @@ -7215,69 +6922,64 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(these அரே stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(these அரே stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" msgstr "LDAP சொருகி முதன்மையான பிரிவு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " "with \"space\" as a separator)" msgstr "" -"LDAP புரவலன் (கள்): <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> 10.0.2.2 </VISTRASIS> " -"(அல்லது வேறு எவரும் பிரிப்பானாக \"விண்வெளி\" உடன்)" +"LDAP புரவலன் (கள்): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2 </emphasis> (அல்லது வேறு " +"எவரும் பிரிப்பானாக \"விண்வெளி\" உடன்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP போர்ட்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> 636 </VIRCESISS> (SSL இணைப்புக்கு)" +msgstr "LDAP போர்ட்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636 </emphasis> (SSL இணைப்புக்கு)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Timeout: 10" msgstr "நேரம் முடிந்தது: 10" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"SSL ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> ஆம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> (டிக் " -"தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" +"SSL ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ஆம்</emphasis> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"TLS ஐத் தொடங்கு: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> இல்லை </VIRSISASIS> " -"(தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" +"TLS ஐத் தொடங்கு: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இல்லை </emphasis> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் " +"செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " "tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"சேவையக சான்றிதழை சரிபார்க்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> இல்லை " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" +"சேவையக சான்றிதழை சரிபார்க்கவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இல்லை </emphasis> " +"(தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"தேடல் டி.என்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> uid = pguser, ou = மக்கள், OU = " -"மாணவர்கள், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை" -" </saptissis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"தேடல் டி.என்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid = pguser, ou = மக்கள், OU = மாணவர்கள், " +"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை </" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7300,54 +7002,45 @@ msgstr "பிணைப்பு தாவல்:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"வெற்று கடவுச்சொற்களை அனுமதிக்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இல்லை " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>" +"வெற்று கடவுச்சொற்களை அனுமதிக்கவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இல்லை </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"டி.என் தேடு: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> ஆம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> (டிக் " -"தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" +msgstr "டி.என் தேடு: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ஆம்</emphasis> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" "(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"தேடல் வடிகட்டி: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> (& (uid =%u) (objectClass " -"= நபர்)) </VIRSASIS>" +"தேடல் வடிகட்டி: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(& (uid =%u) (objectClass = " +"நபர்)) </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Authorization block" msgstr "அங்கீகாரத் தொகுதி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "இயல்புநிலை: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இசைவு </வலியுறுத்தல்>" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலை: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இசைவு</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" "emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.ஏ.பி ஏற்பு தோல்வியுற்றால் மறுக்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> ஆம் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" +"எல்.டி.ஏ.பி ஏற்பு தோல்வியுற்றால் மறுக்கவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ஆம் </" +"emphasis> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " "(don't tick checkbox, optional)" msgstr "" -"சேவையகம் அணுக முடியாததாக இருக்கும்போது அனுமதிக்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = " -"\"வலுவான\"> இல்லை </வலியுறுத்தல்> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம், விரும்பினால்)" +"சேவையகம் அணுக முடியாததாக இருக்கும்போது அனுமதிக்கவும்: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">இல்லை</emphasis> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம், விரும்பினால்)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "Plugin Selection" @@ -7385,197 +7078,188 @@ msgstr "டெபியன் EDU இல் சம்பா" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " "modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" "samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" "admin users are enabled to provide shares." msgstr "" -"சாம்பா இப்போது நவீன SMB2/SMB3 உதவி மற்றும் பயனர்கள் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதன் மூலம் <overisis> " -"முழுமையான சேவையகம் </VISTARISS> என கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் " -"<couthoututput> /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf </putersoutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும். " -"இந்த வழியில் நிர்வாகிகள் அல்லாத பயனர்கள் பங்குகளை வழங்க இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர்." +"சாம்பா இப்போது நவீன SMB2/SMB3 உதவி மற்றும் பயனர்கள் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதன் மூலம் <emphasis> " +"முழுமையான சேவையகம் </emphasis> என கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் " +"<computeroutput> /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf </computeroutput> ஐப் " +"பார்க்கவும். இந்த வழியில் நிர்வாகிகள் அல்லாத பயனர்கள் பங்குகளை வழங்க இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" "தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களுக்கு, /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site/etc/" -"samba கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கவும். <iverasis> smb.conf.edu-site </pricasis> இல் உள்" -"ள அமைப்புகள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> Smb-debian-edu.conf </traisiss> இல் உள்ளவற்றை மேலெழுதும்." +"samba கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கவும். <emphasis> smb.conf.edu-site </emphasis> இல் " +"உள்ள அமைப்புகள் <emphasis>Smb-debian-edu.conf </emphasis> இல் உள்ளவற்றை மேலெழுதும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " "<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக, வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மட்டுமே படிக்கப்படுகின்றன. இதை <overisis> /etc/samba/" -"smb.conf.edu-site </saptivasis> இல் மாற்றலாம்." +"இயல்பாக, வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மட்டுமே படிக்கப்படுகின்றன. இதை <emphasis> /etc/samba/" +"smb.conf.edu-site </emphasis> இல் மாற்றலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " "and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." msgstr "" -"சாம்பா கடவுச்சொற்கள் <CouterOutput> SMBPASSWD </couteroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"சாம்பா கடவுச்சொற்கள் <computeroutput> SMBPASSWD </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " "சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன, மேலும் GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கடவுச்சொல் மாற்றப்பட்டால் புதுப்பிக்கப்படும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" -"ஒரு பயனரின் சம்பா கணக்கை தற்காலிகமாக முடக்க, <கணினி வெளியீடு> SMBPASSWD -D & LT; " -"பயனர்பெயர் & gt;" +"ஒரு பயனரின் சம்பா கணக்கைத் தற்காலிகமாக முடக்க, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d " +"<பயனர்பெயர் ></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput>அதை மீண்டும் இயக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" "computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." msgstr "" -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> சவுன் ரூட்: முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ஆசிரியர்கள்/var/lib/samba/" -"Usershares </coutheroutput> ஐ இயக்குகிறது 'மாணவர்களுக்கான' பயனர்கள் முடக்கும்." +"<computeroutput>சவுன் ரூட்: முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ஆசிரியர்கள்/var/lib/samba/" +"Usershares </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்குகிறது 'மாணவர்களுக்கான' பயனர்கள் முடக்கும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Accessing files via Samba" msgstr "சம்பா வழியாக கோப்புகளை அணுகலாம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"லினக்ச், ஆண்ட்ராய்டு, மேகோச், ஐஓஎச், ஐபாடோச், குரோம் ஓஎச் அல்லது சாளரங்கள் இயங்கும் " -"சாதனங்களுக்கு பயனரின் வீட்டு அடைவு மற்றும் கூடுதல் தள குறிப்பிட்ட பங்குகள் " -"(கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டால்) இணைப்புகள் சாத்தியமாகும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஆண்ட்ராய்டு அடிப்படையிலான " -"சாதனங்களுக்கு SMB2/SMB3 ஆதரவுடன் கோப்பு மேலாளர் தேவைப்படுகிறார், இது LAN அணுகல் என்றும்" -" அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <ulink முகவரி = \"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" -"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.xplore& ." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS அல்லது Windows இயங்கும் " +"சாதனங்களுக்கு, பயனரின் முகப்பு டைரக்டரி மற்றும் கூடுதல் தள குறிப்பிட்ட பங்குகளுக்கான " +"இணைப்புகள் (கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால்) சாத்தியமாகும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, Android " +"அடிப்படையிலான சாதனங்களுக்கு SMB2/SMB3 ஆதரவுடன் கூடிய கோப்பு மேலாளர் தேவை, இது LAN " +"அணுகல் என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" +"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" +"ulink> அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">LAN " +"செருகுநிரலுடன் கூடிய மொத்த கமாண்டர்</ulink> ஒரு நல்ல தேர்வாக இருக்கலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " "home directory." -msgstr "வீட்டு கோப்பகத்தை அணுக </gt; \\ & gt;" +msgstr "" +"வீட்டு அடைவை அணுக <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<பயனர்பெயர்></" +"computeroutput> அல்லது <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<பயனர்பெயர்></" +"computeroutput> பயன்படுத்தவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" msgstr "கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கற்றலுக்கான ஓவ்டோச்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " "<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." msgstr "" -"இந்த பிரிவில் குறிப்பிடப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து டெபியன் தொகுப்புகளையும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"பொருத்தமாக நிறுவுவதன் மூலம் & lt; தொகுப்பு & gt; </computerOutput> (ரூட்) இயக்குவதன்" -" மூலம் நிறுவலாம்." +"இந்தப் பிரிவில் குறிப்பிடப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து டெபியன் தொகுப்புகளையும் <computeroutput>apt " +"install <package></computeroutput> (வேராக) இயக்குவதன் மூலம் நிறுவ முடியும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Teaching Programming" msgstr "கற்பித்தல் நிரலாக்க" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\"" -"> நிலையான/கல்வி-மேம்பாடு </Ulink> என்பது நிறைய நிரலாக்க கருவிகளைப் பொறுத்து ஒரு " -"மேவு தொகுப்பு ஆகும். இந்த தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட்டால் கிட்டத்தட்ட 2 வட்டு இடத்தின் கிப் தேவை " -"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு (ஒரு சில தொகுப்புகளை மட்டுமே நிறுவ), " -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/taskment\"> டெபியன் EDU " -"மேம்பாட்டு தொகுப்புகள் </ulink> பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\"> " +"நிலையான/கல்வி-மேம்பாடு </ulink> என்பது நிறைய நிரலாக்க கருவிகளைப் பொறுத்து ஒரு மேவு " +"தொகுப்பு ஆகும். இந்த தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட்டால் கிட்டத்தட்ட 2 வட்டு இடத்தின் கிப் தேவை என்பதை " +"நினைவில் கொள்க. மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு (ஒரு சில தொகுப்புகளை மட்டுமே நிறுவ), <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/taskment\"> டெபியன் EDU மேம்பாட்டு " +"தொகுப்புகள் </ulink> பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" msgstr "மாணவர்களைக் கண்காணித்தல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " "of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " "your jurisdiction." msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> எச்சரிக்கை </வலியுறுத்தல்>: உங்கள் அதிகார வரம்பில் " -"கணினி பயனர்களின் செயல்பாடுகளை கண்காணித்தல் மற்றும் கட்டுப்படுத்துவது பற்றிய சட்டங்களின் நிலை" -" உங்களுக்குத் தெரியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">எச்சரிக்கை</emphasis>: உங்கள் அதிகார வரம்பில் கணினி " +"பயனர்களின் செயல்பாடுகளை கண்காணித்தல் மற்றும் கட்டுப்படுத்துவது பற்றிய சட்டங்களின் நிலை " +"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\"> " -"எபோப்ட்ச் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/ " -"போன்ற கட்டுப்பாட்டு கருவிகளைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன /வேயோன்-கான்ஃபிகுரேட்டர்#\"> தங்கள் " -"மாணவர்களை மேற்பார்வையிட வேயோன் </ulink>. மேலும் காண்க: <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://epoptes.org\"> எபோப்ட்ச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://veyon.io\"> வீயோன் முகப்புப்பக்க </ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\"> " +"எபோப்ட்ச் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/ போன்ற " +"கட்டுப்பாட்டு கருவிகளைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன /வேயோன்-கான்ஃபிகுரேட்டர்#\"> தங்கள் மாணவர்களை " +"மேற்பார்வையிட வேயோன் </ulink>. மேலும் காண்க: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\"> " +"எபோப்ட்ச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\"> வீயோன் " +"முகப்புப்பக்க </ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" msgstr "மாணவர்களின் பிணைய அணுகலை கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\"" -"> ச்க்விட்கார்ட் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\" > E2Guardian </Ulink> இணை" -"ய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\"> " +"ச்க்விட்கார்ட் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"e2guardian#\" > E2Guardian </ulink> இணைய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "பயனர்களுக்கான ஓவ்டோச்" +msgstr "பயனர்களுக்கான எப்படிசெய்ய" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Changing passwords" msgstr "கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றுதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " "use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் கோசா பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் அவளை அல்லது அவரது கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்ற வேண்டும்" -". அவ்வாறு செய்ய, ஒரு உலாவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி <கணினி வெளியீடு> https: // www/gosa/</" -"sputersoutput> க்குச் செல்லவும்." +"ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் கோசா பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் அவளை அல்லது அவரது கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்ற " +"வேண்டும். அவ்வாறு செய்ய, ஒரு உலாவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/" +"</computeroutput> க்குச் செல்லவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7614,7 +7298,6 @@ msgstr "மின்னஞ்சலைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " "certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " @@ -7624,21 +7307,21 @@ "computeroutput>." msgstr "" "அனைத்து பயனர்களும் உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குள் அஞ்சல்களை அனுப்பலாம் மற்றும் பெறலாம்; டி.எல்.எச் " -"பாதுகாப்பான இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்க சான்றிதழ்கள் வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு வெளியே" -" அஞ்சலை அனுமதிக்க, நிர்வாகி உள்ளக நிலைமைக்கு ஏற்றவாறு மெயில்சர்வர் <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"exim4 </coterututput> ஐ உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டும், <கணினி வெளியீடு> DPKG-RECONFIGURE " -"EXIM4-CONFIG </cotomeroutput> இல் தொடங்குகிறது." +"பாதுகாப்பான இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்க சான்றிதழ்கள் வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு " +"வெளியே அஞ்சலை அனுமதிக்க, நிர்வாகி உள்ளக நிலைமைக்கு ஏற்றவாறு மெயில்சர்வர் " +"<computeroutput>exim4 </computeroutput> ஐ உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டும், " +"<computeroutput>DPKG-RECONFIGURE EXIM4-CONFIG </computeroutput> இல் " +"தொடங்குகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "தண்டர்பேர்டைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் அதை பின்வருமாறு கட்டமைக்க வேண்டும். " -"பயனர்பெயர் JDOE உடன் ஒரு பயனருக்கு உள் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரி <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"mailto: jdoe@postoffice.intern\"> jdoe@postoffice.intern </ulink>." +"பயனர்பெயர் JDOE உடன் ஒரு பயனருக்கு உள் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரி <ulink url=\"mailto: " +"jdoe@postoffice.intern\"> jdoe@postoffice.intern </ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7671,8 +7354,8 @@ "For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" "GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" msgstr "" -"IMAP மற்றும் SMTP இரண்டிற்கும் அமைப்புகள் 'STARTTLS' மற்றும் 'கெர்பரோச்/GSSAPI' ஆக இருக்" -"க வேண்டும்; தானாகவே கண்டறியப்படாவிட்டால் சரிசெய்யவும்" +"IMAP மற்றும் SMTP இரண்டிற்கும் அமைப்புகள் 'STARTTLS' மற்றும் 'கெர்பரோச்/GSSAPI' ஆக " +"இருக்க வேண்டும்; தானாகவே கண்டறியப்படாவிட்டால் சரிசெய்யவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Done'" @@ -7687,35 +7370,32 @@ msgstr "ஆன்லைனில் பங்களிக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" -"பெரும்பாலான நேரங்களில், <ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"" -"> உருவாக்குபவர் அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> தகவல்தொடர்புக்கான எங்கள் முக்கிய ஊடகம், இருப்பினும்" -" ஐ.ஆர்.சி. .debian.org மற்றும், சில சமயங்களில், உண்மையான கூட்டங்கள், நாங்கள் " +"பெரும்பாலான நேரங்களில், <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"> " +"உருவாக்குபவர் அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> தகவல்தொடர்புக்கான எங்கள் முக்கிய ஊடகம், இருப்பினும் " +"ஐ.ஆர்.சி. .debian.org மற்றும், சில சமயங்களில், உண்மையான கூட்டங்கள், நாங்கள் " "ஒருவருக்கொருவர் நேரில் சந்திக்கிறோம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" "mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இன் வளர்ச்சியில் என்ன நடக்கிறது என்பதை அறிய ஒரு சிறந்த வழி <ulink முகவரி " -"= \"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-" -"commits\" > மெயிலிங் கிளிச்ட்டை செய்யுங்கள் </ulink>." +"டெபியன் EDU இன் வளர்ச்சியில் என்ன நடக்கிறது என்பதை அறிய ஒரு சிறந்த வழி <ulink " +"url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-" +"commits\">மின்னஞ்சல்பட்டியல் உறுதி செய்யுங்கள் </ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Report bugs" msgstr "பிழைகள் புகாரளிக்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " "Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " @@ -7725,14 +7405,13 @@ "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் டெபியன் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://www.debian.org/bugs/\"> பிழை " -"கண்காணிப்பு அமைப்பு (BTS) </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார். ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிழை அறிக்கைகள் " -"மற்றும் அம்ச கோரிக்கைகளைக் காண்க அல்லது புதியவற்றை உருவாக்கவும். <Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\"> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </" -"ulink> தொகுப்புக்கு எதிரான அனைத்து பிழைகளையும் தெரிவிக்கவும். டெபியன் EDU இல் பிழை " -"அறிக்கையிடல் குறித்த கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <ULINK முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/bugreports#\"> பிழைகளைப் புகாரளிப்பது" -" எப்படி." +"டெபியன் எட் டெபியன் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/bugs/\"> பிழை கண்காணிப்பு " +"அமைப்பு (BTS) </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார். ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிழை அறிக்கைகள் மற்றும் அம்ச " +"கோரிக்கைகளைக் காண்க அல்லது புதியவற்றை உருவாக்கவும். <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\"> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </ulink> " +"தொகுப்புக்கு எதிரான அனைத்து பிழைகளையும் தெரிவிக்கவும். டெபியன் EDU இல் பிழை " +"அறிக்கையிடல் குறித்த கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"debianedu/howto/bugreports#\"> பிழைகளைப் புகாரளிப்பது எப்படி</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -7751,7 +7430,6 @@ "கொள்வதைக் கவனியுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " "Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" @@ -7759,15 +7437,13 @@ "to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." msgstr "" -"உரையின் மூலமானது ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் ஒரு எளிய வெப் ப்ரோசர் மூலம் திருத்தலாம். <Ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm/\"/> க்குச்" -" செல்லுங்கள், நீங்கள் எளிதாக பங்களிக்க முடியும். குறிப்பு: பக்கங்களைத் திருத்த ஒரு பயனர் " -"கணக்கு தேவை; நீங்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/frontpage?action=newaccount\"> ஒரு விக்கி பயனர் கணக்கை" -" உருவாக்கவும் </ulink> முதலில்." +"உரையின் மூலமானது ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் ஒரு எளிய வெப் ப்ரோசர் மூலம் திருத்தலாம். <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> க்குச் " +"செல்லுங்கள், நீங்கள் எளிதாகப் பங்களிக்க முடியும். குறிப்பு: பக்கங்களைத் திருத்த ஒரு பயனர் " +"கணக்குத் தேவை; நீங்கள் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\"> ஒரு விக்கிப் பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்கவும் </ulink> முதலில்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " "software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " @@ -7777,8 +7453,8 @@ msgstr "" "மென்பொருள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்களை மொழிபெயர்ப்பதன் மூலம் பங்களிப்பதற்கும் பயனர்களுக்கு உதவுவதற்கும் " "மற்றொரு சிறந்த வழி. இந்த ஆவணத்தை எவ்வாறு மொழிபெயர்ப்பது என்பது பற்றிய தகவல்களை இந்த " -"புத்தகத்தின் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"மொழிபெயர்ப்பு\"> மொழிபெயர்ப்பு அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> இல்" -" காணலாம். இந்த புத்தகத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்பு முயற்சிக்கு உதவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள்!" +"புத்தகத்தின் <link linkend=\"Translations\"> மொழிபெயர்ப்பு அத்தியாயம் </link> இல் " +"காணலாம். இந்த புத்தகத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்பு முயற்சிக்கு உதவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள்!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -7793,11 +7469,10 @@ msgstr "ஆங்கிலத்தில்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - உதவி அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - உதவி அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7820,91 +7495,81 @@ msgstr "செர்மன் மொழியில்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " "mailing list" msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-jerman\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் " -"பட்டியல்" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-jerman\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"IRC.Debian.org இல் #skolelinux.de - செர்மன் பயனர்களை ஆதரிக்க ஐ.ஆர்.சி சேனல்" +msgstr "IRC.Debian.org இல் #skolelinux.de - செர்மன் பயனர்களை ஆதரிக்க ஐ.ஆர்.சி சேனல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "in French" msgstr "பிரஞ்சு மொழியில்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " "mailing list" msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் " -"பட்டியல்" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Professional support" msgstr "தொழில்முறை உதவி" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgstr "" -"தொழில்முறை ஆதரவை வழங்கும் நிறுவனங்களின் பட்டியல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/help/professionalhelp\"/> இலிருந்து " -"கிடைக்கின்றன." +"தொழில்முறை ஆதரவை வழங்கும் நிறுவனங்களின் பட்டியல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianedu/help/professionalhelp\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU புத்தகப்புழுவில் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" +msgstr "Debian Edu புத்தகப்புழுவில் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 12 புத்தகப்புழுக்கான புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 12 புத்தகப்புழுக்கான புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation changes" msgstr "நிறுவல் மாற்றங்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" -"டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழுவிலிருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink முகவரி " -"= \"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு " -"</ulink>" +"டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழுவிலிருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் " +"கையேடு </ulink>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " "which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " "<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> இலவச-ஃபார்ம்வேர் </computerOutput> பற்றிய தகவல்களை உள்ளடக்கியது, இது" -" நன்கு அறியப்பட்ட <couthoututput> முதன்மை </compatenOutput>, <portenoutput> " -"பங்களிப்பு </computerOutput> மற்றும் <portenoutput> அல்லாதவற்றுக்கு கூடுதலாக புதிய " -"பிரிவாகும் இலவச </computerOutput> பிரிவுகள்." +"<computeroutput> இலவச-ஃபார்ம்வேர் </computeroutput> பற்றிய தகவல்களை உள்ளடக்கியது, " +"இது நன்கு அறியப்பட்ட <computeroutput> முதன்மை </computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput> பங்களிப்பு </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> " +"அல்லாதவற்றுக்கு கூடுதலாக புதிய பிரிவாகும் இலவச </computeroutput> பிரிவுகள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " "bookworm." msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/emerald#\"> " -"எமரால்டு கருப்பொருள் </Ulink> ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட புதிய கலைப்படைப்பு, டெபியன் 12 " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/emerald#\"> எமரால்டு " +"கருப்பொருள் </ulink> ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட புதிய கலைப்படைப்பு, டெபியன் 12 " "புத்தகப்புழுக்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -7912,9 +7577,8 @@ msgstr "மென்பொருள் புதுப்பிப்புகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" -msgstr "டெபியன் 12 புத்தகப்புழு, எ.கா." +msgstr "டெபியன் 12 புத்தகப்புழுவில் புதிதாக உள்ள அனைத்தும், எ.கா:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" @@ -7950,22 +7614,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழு நிறுவலுக்கு 64000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." +msgstr "டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழு நிறுவலுக்கு 64000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் 12 புத்தகப்புழு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டுக் " -"குறிப்புகள் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புத்தகப்புழு/Instanmanual \"> நிறுவல் " -"கையேடு </ulink>." +"டெபியன் 12 புத்தகப்புழு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டுக் குறிப்புகள் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink " +"url=\"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புத்தகப்புழு/Instanmanual \"> " +"நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7980,15 +7641,15 @@ "மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm#\"" -"> டெபியன் எட் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு </Ulink> எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன, டேனிச், டச்சு, " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm#\"> " +"டெபியன் எட் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு </ulink> எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன, டேனிச், டச்சு, " "பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, நோர்வே (போக்மால்), பிரேசிலிய போர்த்துகீசியம், " "ஐரோப்பிய போர்த்துகீசியம், ச்பானிச், ருமேனிய மற்றும் உக்ரேனிய." @@ -7997,18 +7658,18 @@ msgstr "அறியப்பட்ட சிக்கல்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/status/bookworm#\"" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">டெபியன் " +"கல்வி புத்தகப்புழு நிலைப் பக்கத்தைப்</ulink> பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" msgstr "பதிப்புரிமை மற்றும் ஆசிரியர்கள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " "Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " @@ -8023,20 +7684,28 @@ "Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " "or any later version. Enjoy!" msgstr "" -"டெரிச் வெள்ளை மற்றும் பதிப்புரிமை பெற்றது மற்றும் வரிசையில் லீன் (2007, 2007, பிராட்ரி " -"(2007), பி.ஆர்.கே. . . மகிழுங்கள்!" +"இந்த ஆவணம் ஹோல்கர் லெவ்சன் (2007-2024), பீட்டர் ரெய்ன்ஹோல்ட்சென் (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, " +"2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), டேனியல் ஹெஸ் (2007), பேட்ரிக் வின்னர்ட்ஸ் " +"(2007), நட் யர்வின் (2007), ரால்ஃப் கெசெல்லன்செட்டர் (2007), ரோனி ஆசென் (2007), மோர்டன் " +"வெர்னர் ஃபோர்ஸ்ப்ரிங் (2007), ஜார்ன் நீல்சன் (2007, 2008), நைகல் பார்கர் (2007), ஜோஸ் எல். " +"Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded " +"Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier " +"Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B " +"Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard " +"Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) மற்றும் Guido " +"Berhörster (2023) மற்றும் GPL2 அல்லது பிந்தைய பதிப்பின் கீழ் வெளியிடப்படுகிறது. " +"மகிழுங்கள்!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " "are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " "Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " "version\" licence." msgstr "" -"அதில் உள்ளடக்கத்தை நீங்கள் சேர்த்தால், <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> நீங்கள் ஆசிரியராக " -"இருந்தால் மட்டும் அவ்வாறு செய்யுங்கள். அதே நிபந்தனைகளின் கீழ் நீங்கள் அதை வெளியிட வேண்டும் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>! உங்கள் பெயரை இங்கே சேர்த்து \"சிபிஎல் வி 2 அல்லது பின்னர் எந்த பதிப்பு\" " +"அதில் உள்ளடக்கத்தை நீங்கள் சேர்த்தால், <emphasis role=\"strong\">நீங்கள் ஆசிரியராக " +"இருந்தால் மட்டும் அவ்வாறு செய்யுங்கள். அதே நிபந்தனைகளின் கீழ் நீங்கள் அதை வெளியிட வேண்டும் </" +"emphasis>! உங்கள் பெயரை இங்கே சேர்த்து \"சிபிஎல் வி 2 அல்லது பின்னர் எந்த பதிப்பு\" " "உரிமத்தின் கீழ் வெளியிடுங்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> @@ -8044,13 +7713,12 @@ msgstr "இந்த ஆவணத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" "doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> " -"தொகுக்கப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளின் நிகழ்நிலை கண்ணோட்டம் </Ulink>, அடிக்கடி " +"<ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> " +"தொகுக்கப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளின் நிகழ்நிலை கண்ணோட்டம் </ulink>, அடிக்கடி " "புதுப்பிக்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -8062,7 +7730,6 @@ msgstr "PO கோப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி மொழிபெயர்க்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " "PO files. More information about the process can be found in " @@ -8070,49 +7737,46 @@ "manual-translations</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "பல இலவச மென்பொருள் திட்டங்களைப் போலவே, இந்த ஆவணத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளும் PO கோப்புகளில் " -"வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. செயல்முறை பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <Couthoututput> /usr/share/doc/" +"வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. செயல்முறை பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <computeroutput> /usr/share/doc/" "debian-edu-doc/readme.debian-edu-bookworm-nual- மொழிபெயர்ப்பு </" -"computerOutput> இல் காணலாம்." +"computeroutput> இல் காணலாம்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Translate online using a web browser" msgstr "வலை உலாவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஆன்லைனில் மொழிபெயர்க்கவும்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "பெரும்பாலான மொழி அணிகள் வலைபெயர்ப்பு வழியாக மொழிபெயர்க்க முடிவு செய்துள்ளன. மேலும் " -"தகவலுக்கு <ulink முகவரி = \"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-coumentation/bookworm-manual/\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"தகவலுக்கு <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"coumentation/bookworm-manual/\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please report any problems." msgstr "ஏதேனும் சிக்கல்களைப் புகாரளிக்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "பின் இணைப்பு A - குனு பொது பொது உரிமம்" +msgstr "பின் இணைப்பு A - குனு பொது பொதுமக்கள் உரிமம்" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " "linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." msgstr "" -"பதிப்புரிமை (இ) 2007-2021 ஓல்கர் லெவ்சன் & lt; <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"mailto: holger@layer-acht.org\"> holger@layer-acht.org </ulink> & gt; " -"மற்றவர்கள், பதிப்புரிமை உரிமையாளர்களின் முழு பட்டியலுக்கும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பதிப்புரிமை\"> பதிப்புரிமை </இணைப்பு> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." +"பதிப்புரிமை (இ) 2007-2021 ஓல்கர் லெவ்சன் < <ulink url=\"mailto: holger@layer-" +"acht.org\"> holger@layer-acht.org </ulink> > மற்றவர்கள், பதிப்புரிமை " +"உரிமையாளர்களின் முழு பட்டியலுக்கும் <link linkend=\"பதிப்புரிமை\"> பதிப்புரிமை </" +"link> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" @@ -8120,28 +7784,26 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 11 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புல்செய் 2021-08-14 ஐ வெளியிட்டது" +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புல்செய் 2021-08-14 ஐ வெளியிட்டது" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் புல்ல்சேயில் இருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> ஐ மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு பார்க்கவும்." +"டெபியன் புல்ல்சேயில் இருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் " +"கையேடு </ulink> ஐ மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு பார்க்கவும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " "11 (bullseye)." msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/homeworld#\"> " -"ஓம்வொர்ல்ட் கருப்பொருள் </ulink>, டெபியன் 11 (புல்செய்) க்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/homeworld#\"> ஓம்வொர்ல்ட் " +"கருப்பொருள் </ulink>, டெபியன் 11 (புல்செய்) க்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8168,20 +7830,19 @@ "கருவி வழியாக செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "டெபியன் 11 புல்செய், எ.கா." +msgstr "டெபியன் 11 புல்ஸ்ஐயில் புதியது அனைத்தும், எ.கா:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" msgstr "லினக்ச் கர்னல் 5.10" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " "1.24" -msgstr "டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி." +msgstr "" +"டெஸ்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் KDE பிளாஸ்மா 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" @@ -8202,40 +7863,35 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் புல்செய் நிறுவலுக்கு 59000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." +msgstr "டெபியன் புல்செய் நிறுவலுக்கு 59000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் 11 புல்செய் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டு குறிப்புகள்" -" </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புல்செய்/இன்ச்ட்ராமேனுவல் \"> நிறுவல் கையேடு " -"</ulink>." +"டெபியன் 11 புல்செய் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டு குறிப்புகள் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink " +"url=\"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புல்செய்/இன்ச்ட்ராமேனுவல் \"> நிறுவல் " +"கையேடு </ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bullseye#\"" -"> டெபியன் எட் புல்செய் கையேடு </ulink> டச்சு, பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, " -"நோர்வே போக்மால், போர்ட்டுகியூச் ஆகியோருக்கு முழுமையாக மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (போர்ச்சுகல்)" -" மற்றும் எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bullseye#\"> " +"Debian Edu புல்செய் கையேடு </ulink> டச்சு, பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, " +"நோர்வே போக்மால், போர்ட்டுகியூச் ஆகியோருக்கு முழுமையாக மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது " +"(போர்ச்சுகல்) மற்றும் எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "" -"ஓரளவு மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்ட பதிப்புகள் டேனிச் மற்றும் ச்பானிச் மொழிகளுக்கு உள்ளன." +msgstr "ஓரளவு மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்ட பதிப்புகள் டேனிச் மற்றும் ச்பானிச் மொழிகளுக்கு உள்ளன." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" @@ -8247,7 +7903,7 @@ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " "for the whole system." msgstr "" -"உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் மேம்படுத்தப்பட்ட TLS/SSL உதவி. வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், டெபியன் EDU-CA க்கான " +"உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் மேம்படுத்தப்பட்ட TLS/SSL உதவி. வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், Debian Edu-CA க்கான " "ரூட் சான்றிதழ் முழு அமைப்பிற்கும் சான்றிதழ் மூட்டைக்குள் அமைந்துள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8255,8 +7911,8 @@ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " "clients are now supported using X2Go." msgstr "" -"புதிய எல்.டி.எச்.பி, புதிதாக மீண்டும் எழுதப்பட்டது, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை கைவிடுகிறது" -". மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இப்போது X2GO ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறார்கள்." +"புதிய எல்.டி.எச்.பி, புதிதாக மீண்டும் எழுதப்பட்டது, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை " +"கைவிடுகிறது. மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இப்போது X2GO ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறார்கள்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8266,21 +7922,20 @@ "வழங்கப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"<overisis>/srv/tftp </prasisis> அடைவு இப்போது <varasis>/var/lib/tftpboot </" -"prasisis> க்கு பதிலாக நெட்பூட் தளமாக பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." +"<emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> அடைவு இப்போது <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</" +"emphasis> க்கு பதிலாக நெட்பூட் தளமாகப் பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " "Chromium." msgstr "" -"ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆர் மற்றும் குரோமியம் ஆகிய இரண்டிற்கும் இயல்புநிலை தேடல் வழங்குநராக டக்டகோ" -" பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." +"ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆர் மற்றும் குரோமியம் ஆகிய இரண்டிற்கும் இயல்புநிலை தேடல் வழங்குநராக " +"டக்டகோ பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -8339,8 +7994,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"வலை இடைமுகம் வழியாக ஐசிங்கா நிர்வாகம் முதல் பயனருக்கு கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ளது." +msgstr "வலை இடைமுகம் வழியாக ஐசிங்கா நிர்வாகம் முதல் பயனருக்கு கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ளது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Historic information about older releases" @@ -8348,54 +8002,54 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "பின்வரும் டெபியன் EDU வெளியீடுகள் கடந்த காலத்தில் மேலும் செய்யப்பட்டன:" +msgstr "பின்வரும் டெபியன் கல்வி வெளியீடுகள் கடந்த காலத்தில் மேலும் செய்யப்பட்டன:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 10+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் பச்டர் 2019-07-06 வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 10+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் பச்டர் 2019-07-06 வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 9+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் நீட்சி 2017-06-17 வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 9+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் நீட்சி 2017-06-17 வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 8+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் செச்சி 2016-07-02 ஐ வெளியிட்டார்." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 8+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் செச்சி 2016-07-02 ஐ வெளியிட்டார்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 7.1+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் வீசி 2013-09-28 ஐ வெளியிட்டது." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 7.1+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் வீசி 2013-09-28 ஐ வெளியிட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 6.0.7+R1 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"கசக்கி\", 2013-03-03 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +"டெபியன் கல்வி 6.0.7+R1 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"கசக்கி\", 2013-03-03 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 6.0.4+R0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"கசக்கி\", 2012-03-11 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +"டெபியன் கல்வி 6.0.4+R0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"கசக்கி\", 2012-03-11 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 5.0.6+EDU1 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"லென்னி\", 2010-10-05 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +"டெபியன் கல்வி 5.0.6+கல்வி1 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"லென்னி\", 2010-10-05 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 5.0.4+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"லென்னி\", 2010-02-08 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +"டெபியன் கல்வி 5.0.4+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"லென்னி\", 2010-02-08 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "டெபியன் எட் \"3.0 ஆர் 1 டெர்ரா\", 2007-12-05 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி \"3.0ஆர்1 டெர்ரா\", 2007-12-05 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " "released 2007-04-08." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் \"3.0 ஆர் 0 டெர்ரா\" 2007-07-22 ஐ வெளியிட்டது. டெபியன் 4.0 எட்ச் " +"டெபியன் கல்வி \"3.0ஆர்0 டெர்ரா\" 2007-07-22 ஐ வெளியிட்டது. டெபியன் 4.0 எட்ச் " "அடிப்படையில் 2007-04-08 ஐ வெளியிட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8403,28 +8057,27 @@ "Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " "2005-06-06." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் 2.0, 2006-03-14 ஐ வெளியிட்டது. டெபியன் 3.1 அடிப்படையில் சார்ச் 2005-06-" -"06 ஐ வெளியிட்டார்." +"டெபியன் கல்வி 2.0, 2006-03-14 ஐ வெளியிட்டது. டெபியன் 3.1 அடிப்படையில் சார்ச் " +"2005-06-06 ஐ வெளியிட்டார்." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " "released 2002-07-19." msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் \"1.0 வீனச்\" வெளியீடு 2004-06-20. டெபியன் 3.0 உட்டி 2002-07-19 ஐ " +"டெபியன் கல்வி \"1.0 வீனச்\" வெளியீடு 2004-06-20. டெபியன் 3.0 உட்டி 2002-07-19 ஐ " "வெளியிட்டது." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"பழைய வெளியீடுகளைப் பற்றிய முழுமையான மற்றும் விரிவான கண்ணோட்டம் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/jessie/appendixc\"> செச்சி " -"கையேட்டின் பிற்சேர்க்கை சி </ulink>; அல்லது <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation\"> வெளியீட்டு கையேடுகள் பக்கம் " -"</ulink> இல் தொடர்புடைய வெளியீட்டு கையேடுகளைப் பார்க்கவும்." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"பழைய வெளியீடுகளைப் பற்றிய முழுமையான மற்றும் விரிவான கண்ணோட்டம் <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/jessie/appendixc\"> செச்சி கையேட்டின் " +"பிற்சேர்க்கை சி </ulink>; அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/" +"documentation\"> வெளியீட்டு கையேடுகள் பக்கம் </ulink> இல் தொடர்புடைய வெளியீட்டு " +"கையேடுகளைப் பார்க்கவும்." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Дата опублікування; endboundary=<section> +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Дата публікації; endboundary=<section> <literallayout> <emphasis role="strong">Переклад:</emphasis> -2023-2024 Serhii Horichenko +2023-2026 Serhii Horichenko 2024 Сергій 2024 Dominic “Dee.” Furber +2025 Максим Горпиніч </literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.uk.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-02 02:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Serhii Horichenko <serhii@horichenko.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/uk/>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-10-07 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Serhii H <serhii@horichenko.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/uk/>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " "n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.1.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> msgid "en" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Дата опублікування:" +msgstr "Дата публікації:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ "Debian Edu також відома, як Skolelinux — дистрибутив Linux, оснований на " "Debian, який забезпечує з коробки повне налаштування шкільної мережі. Він " "реалізує клієнт-серверну схему. Сервери та клієнти — <emphasis>елементи ПЗ</" -"emphasis>, які працюють один з одним. Сервери надають інформацію, необхідну " +"emphasis>, які працюють разом. Сервери надають інформацію, необхідну " "клієнтам для функціонування. Коли один комп'ютер налаштований як сервер, а " "інший як клієнт, вони відповідно до концепції називаються сервером та " "клієнтом." @@ -85,8 +85,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic system design details." +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" "Розділи про <link linkend=\"Requirements\">апаратні та мережеві вимоги</" "link> та про <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру</link> містять " @@ -111,10 +112,10 @@ "користувачів та комп'ютери. Також буде налаштоване завантаження з мережі PXE/" "<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, тож після встановлення " "головного сервера з CD, диску Blu-ray або з USB-флешки, усі інші комп'ютери " -"можна налаштувати через мережу, включно з \"переміщуваними робочими станціями" -"\" (ті, що можна виводити зі шкільної мережі, зазвичай ноутбуки та нетбуки). " -"Також комп'ютери можна завантажувати через PXE/iPXE — як бездискові робочі " -"станції або тонкі клієнти." +"можна налаштувати через мережу, включно з \"переміщуваними робочими " +"станціями\" (ті, що можна виводити зі шкільної мережі, зазвичай ноутбуки та " +"нетбуки). Також комп'ютери можна завантажувати через PXE/iPXE — як " +"бездискові робочі станції або тонкі клієнти." #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -128,20 +129,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Деяка історія і чому дві назви" +msgstr "Трішки історії та чому дві назви" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"— дистрибутив Linux, створений проєктом Debian Edu. Як і <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> (якісний збір " -"Debian) — це підпроєкт офіційного підпроєкту <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink>." +"— дистрибутив Linux, створений проєктом Debian Edu. Як і <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> (якісний збір " +"Debian) — це підпроєкт офіційного підпроєкту <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -156,8 +158,8 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Проєкт Skolelinux заснований 2 липня 2001 у Норвегії та приблизно в цей " "самий час Raphaël Hertzog заснував у Франції Debian-Edu. У 2003 році проєкти " @@ -208,8 +210,8 @@ "великою так і малою, або взагалі нульовою — залежно від Ваших бажань. Те " "саме стосується серверів LTSP, кожен з яких знаходиться в окремій мережі, " "тому мережевий трафік між клієнтами та сервером LTSP не впливає на решту " -"мережевих служб. LTSP докладно описано у <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"" -">відповідному розділі HowTo</link>." +"мережевих служб. LTSP докладно описано у <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">відповідному розділі HowTo</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -238,8 +240,8 @@ "Щоб спростити стандартне встановлення Skolelinux, підключення до Інтернету " "працює через окремий роутер, який також називають шлюзом. Якщо немає " "можливості налаштувати наявний шлюз, можете детально ознайомитися про " -"налаштування у розділі <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">Інтернет-роутер</link>." +"налаштування у розділі <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Інтернет-роутер</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The default network setup" @@ -259,8 +261,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Це було розроблено для модифікації; подробиці див. у відповідному <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">розділі настанов</link>." @@ -580,8 +582,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." msgstr "" "Стандартно електронна пошта налаштована лише для локальної доставки (тобто " "всередині школи), хоча, якщо у школи є постійне з'єднання з інтернет, можна " @@ -638,15 +640,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" "Стандартно сервер DNS налаштований з доменом лише для внутрішнього " -"користування (*.intern), допоки не буде налаштований реальний (\"зовнішній" -"\") домен DNS. Сервер DNS налаштований як сервер DNS із кешуванням, щоби усі " -"машини в мережі могли його використовувати як головний сервер DNS." +"користування (*.intern), допоки не буде налаштований реальний " +"(\"зовнішній\") домен DNS. Сервер DNS налаштований як сервер DNS із " +"кешуванням, щоби усі машини в мережі могли його використовувати як головний " +"сервер DNS." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1033,20 +1036,20 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"Призначення різних профілів пояснюється в розділі про <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">архітектуру мережі</link>." +"Призначення різних профілів пояснюється в розділі про <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру мережі</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Якщо планується використовувати LTSP, перегляньте <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">вікі-сторінку з описом " +"Якщо планується використовувати LTSP, перегляньте <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">вікі-сторінку з описом " "вимог до обладнання LTSP</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1069,14 +1072,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Для робочих станцій, бездискових робочих станцій і автономних систем 1500 " -"МГц та 1024 МБ оперативної пам’яті є абсолютними мінімальними вимогами. Для " -"роботи сучасних веббраузерів та LibreOffice рекомендовано мати принаймні " -"2048 МБ оперативної пам’яті." +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Для робочих станцій, бездискових робочих станцій (dlw) та автономних систем " +"абсолютно мінімальними вимогами є процесор з набором команд SSE2 (Intel " +"Pentium 4 або новіше, AMD Athlon 64 або новіше)з частотою від 1500 МГц та " +"оперативна пам'ять від 1024 МБ. Для роботи сучасних веббраузерів та " +"LibreOffice рекомендовано мати хоча б 2048 МБ оперативної пам’яті." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1136,11 +1141,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" -"Список перевіреного обладнання див. за адресою <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Цей список не є вичерпним." +"Список перевіреного обладнання див. за адресою <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Цей список не є вичерпним." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1243,10 +1248,10 @@ "налаштувати відповідним чином, перетворити на шлюз між наявною мережею та " "DebianEdu можна будь-яку машину, яка відповідає вимогам для мінімальної " "інсталяції Debian і має принаймні два мережеві інтерфейси. Перегляньте <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\"" -">документацію щодо встановлення</link>, — там можна дізнатися про простий " -"спосіб встановлення та налаштування Debian за допомогою <computeroutput" -">debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">документацію щодо встановлення</link>, — там можна дізнатися про " +"простий спосіб встановлення та налаштування Debian за допомогою " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1254,31 +1259,31 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" "Якщо Вам щось потрібно для вбудованого маршрутизатора або точки доступу, ми " "рекомендуємо використовувати <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" "ulink>, хоча, звичайно, Ви також можете користуватися оригінальною прошивкою " "— це простіше. Користування OpenWRT дає більше налаштувань та контролю. " -"Перегляньте вебсторінки OpenWRT та ознайомтеся зі списком <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">підтримуваного обладнання</ulink>." +"Перегляньте вебсторінки OpenWRT та ознайомтеся зі списком <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">підтримуваного обладнання</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " "architecture</link>." msgstr "" "Можна використовувати іншу мережеву конфігурацію (як це зробити описано у " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">задокументованій процедурі</ulink>), але якщо Ви не вимушені це робити з " -"наявною мережевою інфраструктурою, ми радимо утриматися від цього та " -"залишатися у стандартній <link linkend=\"Architecture\">мережевій " -"архітектурі</link>." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">задокументованій процедурі</ulink>), але якщо Ви не " +"вимушені це робити з наявною мережевою інфраструктурою, ми радимо утриматися " +"від цього та залишатися у стандартній <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">мережевій архітектурі</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1290,19 +1295,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "Перед початком встановлення системи для постійного використання (production) " -"ми радимо Вам прочитати або хоча б ознайомитися з <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">нотатками про випуск Debian " +"ми радимо Вам прочитати або хоча б ознайомитися з <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">нотатками про випуск Debian " "Bookworm</ulink>.Більше інформації про випуск Debian Bookworm можна знайти у " -"цій <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">настанові з інсталяції</ulink>." +"цій <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">настанові з інсталяції</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." @@ -1312,9 +1317,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" "Як би не було, перед початком встановлення головного сервера, ми дуже радимо " @@ -1471,16 +1476,16 @@ "configure an existing one as needed." msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатися, як налаштувати шлюз (якщо неможливо налаштувати наявний як " -"потрібно), див. розділ <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">Інтернет-маршрутизатор</link>." +"потрібно), див. розділ <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Інтернет-маршрутизатор</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" "Network\">architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"З'єднайте усі компоненти, як показано в розділі <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">архітектура</link>." +"З'єднайте усі компоненти, як показано в розділі <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">архітектура</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1652,15 +1657,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "Будь ласка, зверніть увагу: якщо Ви хочете встановити графічне середовище, " "не користуйтеся мета-пакетами Debian Edu, на кшталт <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -1830,10 +1835,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "В обох випадках параметри завантаження можна редагувати у меню завантаження " "натисканням клавіш <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> або <emphasis " @@ -1851,8 +1856,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "Для прискорення встановлення профілю <emphasis>Головного сервера</emphasis> " @@ -1889,26 +1894,26 @@ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, використовуйте <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" -"computeroutput>." +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, використовуйте <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" -"computeroutput>." +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, використовуйте " "<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1916,8 +1921,8 @@ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, використовуйте " "<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1925,9 +1930,9 @@ "And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " "environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"І щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, використовуйте <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" -"computeroutput>." +"І щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "The installation process" @@ -2021,20 +2026,20 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." msgstr "" "Сервер тонкого клієнта (та бездискової робочої станції) називається сервером " "LTSP. Клієнти без жорстких дисків завантажуються та запускають програмне " "забезпечення з цього сервера. Цьому комп'ютеру потрібні два мережеві " "інтерфейси, багато пам'яті та, в ідеалі, більше одного процесора чи ядра. " -"Для більш докладної інформації щодо цього перегляньте розділ <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">мережеві клієнти</link>. Вибір цього профілю також " -"увімкне профіль робочої станції (навіть якщо його не вибрано) — сервер LTSP " -"також завжди можна використовувати як робочу станцію." +"Для більш докладної інформації щодо цього перегляньте розділ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">мережеві клієнти</link>. Вибір цього профілю " +"також увімкне профіль робочої станції (навіть якщо його не вибрано) — сервер " +"LTSP також завжди можна використовувати як робочу станцію." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" @@ -2075,32 +2080,33 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." msgstr "" "Профілі <emphasis role=\"strong\">Головного сервера</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Робочої станції</emphasis> та <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Сервера LTSP</emphasis> вибрані попередньо. Якщо Ви хочете встановити так " -"званий <emphasis>комбінований головний сервер</emphasis>, ці профілі можна " -"встановити на одній машині разом. Це означає, що головний сервер буде LTSP-" -"сервером і також буде використовуватися як робоча станція. Це стандартний " -"вибір, оскільки ми припускаємо, що більшість людей цього захоче. Будь ласка, " -"зверніть увагу, що на машині, яка буде встановлена як комбінований головний " -"сервер або як сервер LTSP, і щоб вона була корисною після встановлення, на " -"ній повинно бути 2 мережеві карти." +"role=\"strong\">Робочої станції</emphasis> та <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Сервера LTSP</emphasis> вибрані попередньо. Якщо Ви хочете " +"встановити так званий <emphasis>комбінований головний сервер</emphasis>, ці " +"профілі можна встановити на одній машині разом. Це означає, що головний " +"сервер буде LTSP-сервером і також буде використовуватися як робоча станція. " +"Це стандартний вибір, оскільки ми припускаємо, що більшість людей цього " +"захоче. Будь ласка, зверніть увагу, що на машині, яка буде встановлена як " +"комбінований головний сервер або як сервер LTSP, і щоб вона була корисною " +"після встановлення, на ній повинно бути 2 мережеві карти." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" "Скажіть \"так\" чи \"ні\" автоматичному розділенню. Майте на увазі, що " @@ -2110,13 +2116,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, скажіть \"так\", щоб надіслати інформацію на <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, — це допоможе нам знати, які пакунки є " +"Будь ласка, скажіть \"так\", щоб надіслати інформацію на <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, — це допоможе нам знати, які пакунки є " "популярними та які слід зберегти для майбутніх версій. Хоча це не " "обов’язково, це гарний спосіб допомогти." @@ -2146,17 +2152,17 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." msgstr "" "Пароль для цього користувача <emphasis role=\"strong\">повинен</emphasis> " -"бути довжиною <emphasis role=\"strong\">принаймні 5 символів</emphasis> і " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">має відрізнятися </emphasis> від <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">імені користувача</emphasis> інакше вхід буде неможливим (навіть " -"якщо програма встановлення прийме коротший пароль, а також пароль, який " -"збігається з іменем користувача)." +"бути довжиною <emphasis role=\"strong\">принаймні 5 символів</emphasis> та " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">має відрізнятися</emphasis> від <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">імені користувача</emphasis> — інакше вхід буде неможливим " +"(навіть якщо програма встановлення прийме коротший пароль, а також пароль, " +"який збігається з іменем користувача)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -2171,8 +2177,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "У разі окремого сервера LTSP для налаштування бездискової робочої станції та/" "або тонкого клієнта потрібні деякі маніпуляції. Докладніше див. у розділі " @@ -2262,6 +2268,10 @@ msgstr "Фактичний процес налаштування починається з" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Вибір методу конфігурації uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "Підтвердження налаштування uif" @@ -2271,13 +2281,17 @@ "router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " "Router." msgstr "" -"Коли Вас запитають про метод налаштування брандмауера uif, виберіть \"debian" -"-edu-router\". Надайте згоду, що хочете налаштувати брандмауер для Debian " +"Коли Вас запитають про метод налаштування брандмауера uif, виберіть \"debian-" +"edu-router\". Надайте згоду, що хочете налаштувати брандмауер для Debian " "Edu Router." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Дозвіл ping в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" -msgstr "Дозвіл traceroute в uif" +msgstr "Дозвіл на traceroute в uif" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2416,18 +2430,6 @@ msgstr "Вирішіть, з яких мереж Ви хочете дозволити SSH-доступ до шлюзу." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "Налаштування порту SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте порт SSH, це має бути <computeroutput>22</computeroutput>, якщо " -"конфігурацію не було змінено." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "Увімкнення для мереж DHCP" @@ -2439,13 +2441,27 @@ "Не вмикайте DHCP для внутрішніх мереж, його забезпечить головний сервер " "Debian Edu." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Налаштування порту SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте порт SSH, це має бути <computeroutput>22</computeroutput>, якщо " +"конфігурацію не було змінено." + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "" -"Під'єднайте мережеві інтерфейси, якщо Ви цього ще не зробили, і " -"перезавантажте машину." +"Підключіть мережеві інтерфейси, якщо ви ще цього не зробили, та " +"перезавантажте машину. Тепер, коли ви входите в систему як root, ви повинні " +"побачити меню маршрутизатора Debian Edu." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "SSH configuration" @@ -2482,9 +2498,9 @@ "logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " "to the network and logged in with the new password)." msgstr "" -"Швидше за все, Ви захочете використовувати профіль \"Переносна робоча станція" -"\" (див. вище). Майте на увазі, що всі дані зберігаються локально (тому " -"особливо потурбуйтеся щодо резервних копій), а облікові дані для входу " +"Швидше за все, Ви захочете використовувати профіль \"Переносна робоча " +"станція\" (див. вище). Майте на увазі, що всі дані зберігаються локально " +"(тому особливо потурбуйтеся щодо резервних копій), а облікові дані для входу " "зберігаються в кеш-пам’яті (тому після зміни пароля для входу може ще " "знадобитися Ваш старий пароль, якщо Ви не під'єднували свій ноутбук до " "мережі та не входили в систему з новим паролем)." @@ -2625,8 +2641,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "Додаткову інформацію про мережевих клієнтів можна знайти в розділі <link " "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Настанови щодо мережевих клієнтів</link>." @@ -2697,8 +2713,8 @@ "early_command</computeroutput> у <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/" "debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> потрібно змінити. Щоб вимкнути " "використання проксі під час встановлення, поставте \"#\" перед першими двома " -"рядками та видаліть з останнього частину \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=" -"\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\"." +"рядками та видаліть з останнього частину \"<computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\"." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2727,18 +2743,18 @@ "ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." msgstr "" "Створення власних компакт-дисків, DVD-дисків або дисків Blu-ray може бути " -"досить простим, оскільки ми використовуємо <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianInstaller/\">Інсталятор Debian</ulink>, який має модульну схему та " -"інші чудові властивості. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Попереднє налаштування (Preseeding)</ulink> " +"досить простим, оскільки ми використовуємо <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Інсталятор Debian</ulink>, який має " +"модульну схему та інші чудові властивості. Попереднє налаштування <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> " "дозволяє визначати наперед відповіді на запитання, які будуть поставлені." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "Отже, все, що Вам потрібно зробити, це створити попередній файл із Вашими " "відповідями (це описано в додатку до настанов інсталятора Debian) та <ulink " @@ -2940,25 +2956,26 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" -"У цьому посібнику є додаткова інформація: розділ <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Нові функції в Bookworm</link> повинен прочитати кожен, хто знайомий із " -"попередніми випусками. А для тих, хто оновлює попередній випуск, обов’язково " -"потрібно прочитати розділ <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Оновлення</link>." +"У цьому посібнику є додаткова інформація: розділ <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Нові функції в Bookworm</link> повинен прочитати кожен, " +"хто знайомий із попередніми випусками. А для тих, хто оновлює попередній " +"випуск, обов’язково потрібно прочитати розділ <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Оновлення</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "Якщо загальний DNS-трафік у Вашій мережі заблоковано, а Вам потрібно " "використовувати певний DNS-сервер для пошуку інтернет-хостів, Вам потрібно " -"сказати DNS-серверу використовувати цей сервер як \"пересильний" -"\" (\"forwarder\"). Оновіть /etc/bind/named.conf.options і вкажіть IP-адресу " +"сказати DNS-серверу використовувати цей сервер як \"пересильний\" " +"(\"forwarder\"). Оновіть /etc/bind/named.conf.options і вкажіть IP-адресу " "DNS-сервера, яку потрібно використовувати." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3042,8 +3059,8 @@ "From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " "access, and log in as the first user." msgstr "" -"У веббраузері для доступу до GOsa² скористайтеся URL-адресою <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/> та увійдіть як перший користувач." +"У веббраузері для доступу до GOsa² скористайтеся URL-адресою <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> та увійдіть як перший користувач." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -3113,8 +3130,8 @@ "the Debian Edu main server." msgstr "" "GOsa² — це інструмент адміністрування, який використовує LDAP для зберігання " -"інформації та створення ієрархічної структури відділу. До кожного \"відділу" -"\" (або підрозділу/департаменту) Ви можете додати облікові записи " +"інформації та створення ієрархічної структури відділу. До кожного " +"\"відділу\" (або підрозділу/департаменту) Ви можете додати облікові записи " "користувачів, груп, систем, мережевих груп тощо. Залежно від ієрархії у " "Вашій установі Ви можете використовувати функціонал структури відділу в " "GOsa²/LDAP для відтворення своєї організаційної структури в дереві даних " @@ -3129,18 +3146,19 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Стандартна інсталяція головного сервера Debian Edu забезпечує два \"відділи" -"\": викладачів та студентів, а також базовий рівень дерева LDAP. Студентські " -"облікові записи потрібно додавати у відділ \"Студенти\", а викладачів у " -"відділ \"Викладачі\". Системи (сервери, робочі станції, принтери тощо) " -"наразі додано до базового рівня. Знайдіть свою власну схему налаштування " -"цієї структури. (Ви можете знайти у цій настанові в розділі <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/Досвідчене " -"адміністрування</link> приклад створення користувачів у річних групах із " -"загальними домашніми каталогами для кожної групи.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Стандартна інсталяція головного сервера Debian Edu забезпечує два " +"\"відділи\": викладачів та студентів, а також базовий рівень дерева LDAP. " +"Студентські облікові записи потрібно додавати у відділ \"Студенти\", а " +"викладачів у відділ \"Викладачі\". Системи (сервери, робочі станції, " +"принтери тощо) наразі додано до базового рівня. Знайдіть свою власну схему " +"налаштування цієї структури. (Ви можете знайти у цій настанові в розділі " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"Досвідчене адміністрування</link> приклад створення користувачів у річних " +"групах із загальними домашніми каталогами для кожної групи.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3504,8 +3522,8 @@ msgstr "" "Облікові записи користувачів також можна додати з командного рядка за " "допомогою інструмента <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, " -"див. документацію у <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration " -"HowTo</link>" +"див. документацію у <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" @@ -3574,18 +3592,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Робочі станції з дисками (включно з окремими серверами LTSP) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">потрібно</emphasis> додавати з GOsa². За лаштунками генеруються " -"як специфічний для машини Kerberos Principal (щось на зразок " +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Робочі станції з дисками (включно з окремими серверами LTSP) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">потрібно</emphasis> додавати з GOsa². За лаштунками " +"генеруються як специфічний для машини Kerberos Principal (щось на зразок " "<emphasis>облікового запису</emphasis>), так і відповідний файл keytab " "(містить ключ, який використовується як <emphasis>пароль</emphasis>). Файл " "keytab має бути присутнім на робочій станції, щоб мати можливість " @@ -3606,16 +3625,16 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Зверніть увагу:</emphasis> створення keytab для " "хоста можливе для систем типів <emphasis>робочі станції</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>сервери</emphasis> та <emphasis>термінали</emphasis>⁣, але не для " "пристроїв типу <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Щоб дізнатися про параметри " -"конфігурації NFS, перегляньте розділ <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">Настанови для мережевих клієнтів</link>." +"конфігурації NFS, перегляньте розділ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Настанови для мережевих клієнтів</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3629,13 +3648,13 @@ "dynamically." msgstr "" "Щоб додати машину, скористайтеся головним меню GOsa², системи, додати. " -"Очікується, що ім'я машини буде дійсним <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">некваліфікованим</emphasis> іменем хоста, і не додавайте сюди доменне " -"ім'я. Ви можете використовувати IP-адресу/ім'я хоста з попередньо " -"налаштованого адресного простору 10.0.0.0/8. Наразі існує лише дві " -"попередньо визначені фіксовані адреси: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) та 10.0.0.1 (шлюз). " -"Адреси від 10.0.16.20 до 10.0.31.254 (приблизно 10.0.16.0/20 або 4000 " -"хостів) зарезервовані для DHCP і призначаються динамічно." +"Очікується, що ім'я машини буде дійсним <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">некваліфікованим</emphasis> іменем хоста, і не додавайте " +"сюди доменне ім'я. Ви можете використовувати IP-адресу/ім'я хоста з " +"попередньо налаштованого адресного простору 10.0.0.0/8. Наразі існує лише " +"дві попередньо визначені фіксовані адреси: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) та 10.0.0.1 " +"(шлюз). Адреси від 10.0.16.20 до 10.0.31.254 (приблизно 10.0.16.0/20 або " +"4000 хостів) зарезервовані для DHCP і призначаються динамічно." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3652,11 +3671,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб призначити хосту з MAC-адресою 52:54:00:12:34:10 статичну IP-адресу в " "GOsa², Вам потрібно ввести MAC-адресу, ім'я хоста та IP; або Ви можете " -"натиснути кнопку <computeroutput>Запропонувати IP (Propose ip)</" -"computeroutput>, яка покаже першу вільну фіксовану адресу у 10.0.0.0/8, " -"швидше за все, щось на кшталт 10.0.0.2, якщо додасте першу машину таким " -"чином. Можливо, краще спочатку подумати про свою мережу: наприклад, Ви б " -"могли використовувати 10.0.0.x з x>10 та x<50 для серверів і x>100 " +"натиснути кнопку <computeroutput>Запропонувати IP / Propose IP</" +"computeroutput> та подивитися першу вільну фіксовану адресу мережі 10.0.0.0/" +"8, швидше за все, щось на кшталт 10.0.0.2, якщо додаєте першу машину у такий " +"спосіб. Можливо, краще спочатку подумати про свою мережу: наприклад, Ви б " +"могли використовувати 10.0.0.x з x>10 та x<50 для серверів та x>100 " "для робочих станцій. Не забудьте активувати щойно додану систему. За " "винятком основного сервера, усі системи матимуть відповідний значок." @@ -3756,8 +3775,8 @@ "machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " "services that machine can use on your main server." msgstr "" -"Наприклад, додавання комп'ютера до <computeroutput>мережевої групи " -"(NetGroup)</computeroutput> не змінює доступ до файлів або дозволи на " +"Наприклад, додавання комп'ютера до <computeroutput>мережевої групи / " +"NetGroup</computeroutput> не змінює доступ до файлів або дозволи на " "виконання команд для цього комп'ютера чи користувачів, які ввійшли до цього " "комп’ютера. Замість цього він обмежує служби, які ця машина може " "використовувати на Вашому головному сервері." @@ -3767,7 +3786,7 @@ "The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" "computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"Стандартна інсталяція створює <computeroutput>мережеві групи (NetGroups)</" +"Стандартна інсталяція створює <computeroutput>мережеві групи / NetGroups</" "computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3893,12 +3912,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "Для централізованого керування принтерами перейдіть у веббраузері до <ulink " "url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Це звичайний інтерфейс керування CUPS, за " @@ -3937,14 +3956,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте принтер за допомогою вебінтерфейсу <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; виберіть тип мережевого принтера " +"Налаштуйте принтер за допомогою вебінтерфейсу <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; виберіть тип мережевого принтера " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (для усіх принтерів, " "незалежно від марки чи моделі) та встановіть <computeroutput>socket://<IP " "комп'ютера>:9100</computeroutput> як URI підключення." @@ -4018,15 +4037,16 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "Маючи ризик збою з використанням автоматичного розподілу, деякі розділи " "після встановлення можуть бути майже повністю зайнятими. Для розширення " "(збільшення) цих розділів виконайте від імені root команду " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>. Ви можете " -"ознайомитися з деталями у частині \"Перерозподіл розділів\" <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">настанови про адміністрування</link>." +"ознайомитися з деталями у частині \"Перерозподіл розділів\" <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">настанови про адміністрування</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Maintenance" @@ -4034,7 +4054,7 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Оновлення ПЗ" +msgstr "Оновлення програмного забезпечення" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4130,13 +4150,14 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" "Якщо є бажання, можна налаштувати автоматичне оновлення. Для цього лише " "потрібно встановити пакет <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> та налаштувати його, як описано на сторінці <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"computeroutput> та налаштувати його, як описано на сторінці <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" "UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -4184,8 +4205,8 @@ "since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " "site without using SSL it will fail." msgstr "" -"Для керування резервним копіюванням перейдіть у веббраузері на <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Зверніть увагу, що Вам потрібно на цю " +"Для керування резервним копіюванням перейдіть у веббраузері на <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Зверніть увагу, що Вам потрібно на цю " "сторінку заходити з SSL, оскільки буде потрібно вводити пароль root. Якщо " "спробуєте зайти без SSL, буде помилка." @@ -4363,10 +4384,10 @@ "contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." msgstr "" "Стандартно Icinga не надсилає електронні листи. Це можна змінити, замінивши " -"у файлі <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput> параметри <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> " -"на <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> та " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput>." +"параметр <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> на " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> у файлі <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4377,8 +4398,8 @@ msgstr "" "Використовується конфігураційний файл Icinga <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" "sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Завдання Cron збору загальної системної " -"інформації генерує <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated." -"cfg</computeroutput> зі списком хостів та служб для моніторингу." +"інформації генерує <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg</computeroutput> зі списком хостів та служб для моніторингу." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4387,13 +4408,14 @@ "in the generated file." msgstr "" "Додаткові перевірки Icinga для включення їх у згенерований файл можна " -"розмістити у файлі <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg." -"post</computeroutput>." +"розмістити у файлі <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "Інформація про Icinga доступна на <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> " "або в пакеті <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." @@ -4535,8 +4557,8 @@ "Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" msgstr "" -"Деяка документація щодо Sitesummary доступна за посиланням <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +"Деяка документація щодо Sitesummary доступна за посиланням <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" @@ -4545,14 +4567,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "Додаткову інформацію про налаштування Debian Edu, корисну для системних " "адміністраторів, можна знайти в <link linkend=\"Administration\">розділі " -"\"Адміністрування\"</link> та в <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration" -"\">розділі \"Розширене адміністрування\"</link>" +"Адміністрування</link> та в <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">розділі " +"Розширене адміністрування</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Upgrades" @@ -4561,14 +4584,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Перш ніж читати цей посібник з оновлення, зверніть увагу, що оновлення Ваших " -"робочих серверів виконуються на Ваш власний ризик. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux постачається АБСОЛЮТНО БЕЗ ЖОДНИХ ГАРАНТІЙ в межах, " -"дозволених чинним законодавством.</emphasis>" +"робочих серверів виконуються на Ваш власний ризик. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux постачається АБСОЛЮТНО БЕЗ ЖОДНИХ " +"ГАРАНТІЙ в межах, дозволених чинним законодавством.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4589,16 +4612,16 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "Оновлення Debian з одного випуску до наступного зазвичай досить просте. Для " "Debian Edu це, на жаль, дещо складніше, оскільки ми змінюємо файли " "конфігурації у власний спосіб. Проте ми задокументували необхідні кроки " "нижче. (Щоб дізнатися більше, як у Debian Edu повинні змінюватися файли " -"конфігурацій див. інформацію про помилку Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" +"конфігурацій див. інформацію про помилку Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -4704,13 +4727,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: будьте готові прочитати багато НОВИН; натисніть <" -"return> для прокрутити вниз, <q> для виходу з пейджера. Усю " +"apt-list-changes: будьте готові прочитати багато НОВИН; натисніть " +"<return> для прокрутити вниз, <q> для виходу з пейджера. Усю " "інформацію буде надіслано root'у, щоб Ви могли прочитати її ще раз (за " "допомогою <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> або <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." @@ -4798,8 +4821,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -4874,8 +4897,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "За допомогою <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> усі файли у " "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> відстежуються з <ulink url=\"https://" @@ -5031,8 +5054,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" "Керування логічними томами (LVM) дозволяє змінювати розміри розділів коли " "вони змонтовані та використовуються. Дізнатися більше про LVM Ви можете з " @@ -5045,15 +5068,14 @@ "grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " "commands:" msgstr "" -"Для збільшення логічного тому вручну, просто вкажіть команді " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput>, до якого розміру Ви хочете його " -"збільшити. Наприклад, щоб розширити home0 до 30 ГБ, потрібно використати " -"такі команди:" +"Для збільшення логічного тому вручну просто вкажіть команді <computeroutput>" +"lvextend</computeroutput>, до якого розміру Ви хочете його збільшити. " +"Наприклад, щоб розширити home0 до 30 ГБ, потрібно використати такі команди:" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." msgstr "" -"Для розширення home0 на додаткові 30 ГБ, потрібно вставити \"+\" (-L+30G)." +"Для розширення home0 на додаткові 30 ГБ потрібно вставити \"+\" (-L+30G)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using ldapvi" @@ -5164,8 +5186,8 @@ msgstr "" "Цей інструмент дозволяє встановити типовий принтер залежно від місця " "розташування, машини чи належності до групи. Для отримання додаткової " -"інформації перегляньте <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." +"інформації перегляньте <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5229,17 +5251,16 @@ "інструмент автоматично вибере наступні вільні UID та GID і не призначить " "користувачеві жодних додаткових груп. Якщо не вказано жодного підрозділу, " "він вибере перший <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> з LDAP, який, " -"імовірно, є <emphasis>skole</emphasis> та для звичайних користувачів " +"імовірно, є <emphasis>skole</emphasis> хоча для звичайних користувачів " "зазвичай не є тим, що б Ви хотіли бачити, тому Вам потрібно вибрати для " -"користувача відповідне значення, напр. <emphasis>Викладачі (Teachers)</" -"emphasis> або <emphasis>Студенти (Students)</emphasis>. Після введення та " -"підтвердження пароля та введення пароля адміністратора LDAP <computeroutput" -">ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> створить обліковий запис користувача " -"в LDAP, встановить пароль Kerberos, створить домашній каталог та додасть " +"користувача відповідне значення, напр. <emphasis>Викладачі / Teachers</" +"emphasis> або <emphasis>Студенти / Students</emphasis>. Після введення та " +"підтвердження пароля та введення пароля адміністратора LDAP <computeroutput>" +"ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> створить обліковий запис користувача в " +"LDAP, встановить пароль Kerberos, створить домашній каталог та додасть " "відповідного користувача Samba. На наведеному знімку екрана показано приклад " -"команди для створення облікового запису користувача з іменем " -"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> для вчителя, повне ім’я якого \"Harry" -" Hirsch\":" +"команди для створення облікового запису користувача з іменем <computeroutput>" +"harhir</computeroutput> для вчителя, повне ім’я якого — \"Harry Hirsch\":" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Using stable-updates" @@ -5284,9 +5305,9 @@ "Бекпорти — це перекомпільовані пакети тестової версії Debian (здебільшого) " "та нестабільної (лише в кількох випадках, наприклад, в оновленні безпеки), " "тому вони працюватимуть без нових бібліотек (усюди, де це можливо) у " -"стабільному дистрибутиві Debian, як-от Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Ми радимо Вам вибрати окремі бекпорти, які відповідають Вашим потребам, " -"та не використовувати усі доступні.</emphasis>" +"стабільному дистрибутиві Debian, як-от Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Ми радимо Вам вибрати окремі бекпорти, які відповідають " +"Вашим потребам, та не використовувати усі доступні.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Using backports is simple:" @@ -5645,12 +5666,12 @@ "up below /Students. Click it." msgstr "" "Головне меню: перейдіть до \"Структури довідника\", виберіть підрозділ " -"\"Студенти\". У полі \"Основа\" має бути \"/Студенти\". У спадному вікні " -"\"Дії\" виберіть \"Створити\"/\"Підрозділ\". Заповніть значення для полів " -"\"Назва\" (2024) та \"Опис\" (студенти, які закінчують навчання у 2024 " -"році), залиште поле \"Основа\" як є (має бути \"/Студенти\"). Збережіть це, " -"натиснувши \"ОК\". Тепер новий підрозділ (2024) має з’явитися під \"/" -"Студентами\". Клацніть там." +"\"Students\". У полі \"Основа\" (Base) має бути \"/Students\". У спадному " +"вікні \"Дії\" виберіть \"Створити\"/\"Підрозділ\". Заповніть значення для " +"полів \"Назва\" (2024) та \"Опис\" (студенти, які закінчують навчання у 2024 " +"році), залиште поле \"Основа\" (Base) як є (має бути \"/Students\"). " +"Збережіть це, натиснувши \"ОК\". Тепер новий підрозділ (2024) має з’явитися " +"під \"/Students\". Клацніть там." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Group" @@ -5661,9 +5682,9 @@ "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " "(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"Групи\" у головному меню; \"Дії\"/Створити/Групувати. Введіть " -"назву групи (залиште \"Основу\" як є, має бути /Students/2024) та натисніть " -"\"ОК\" для збереження." +"Виберіть \"Групи\" у головному меню; \"Дії\"/Створити/Група. Введіть назву " +"групи (залиште \"Основу\" як є, має бути /Students/2024) та натисніть \"ОК\" " +"для збереження." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Template" @@ -5706,7 +5727,7 @@ "Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " "is recommended." msgstr "" -"Під час імпорту CSV виберіть новий шаблон, радимо протестувати його з " +"Під час імпорту CSV виберіть новий шаблон. Радимо протестувати його з " "кількома користувачами." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> @@ -5760,9 +5781,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "У цьому прикладі використовується ім'я сервера \"nas-server.intern\". Після " "налаштування \"nas-server.intern\" перевірте, чи точки експорту NFS на " @@ -5798,11 +5819,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5840,10 +5861,10 @@ "by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " "application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." msgstr "" -"Тепер користувачі повинні мати прямий доступ до файлів на \"nas-server.intern" -"\" просто відвідавши каталог \"/tjener/nas-server/storage/\" за допомогою " -"будь-якої програми на будь-якій робочій станції, тонкому клієнті LTSP або " -"сервері LTSP." +"Тепер користувачі повинні мати прямий доступ до файлів на \"nas-" +"server.intern\" просто відвідавши каталог \"/tjener/nas-server/storage/\" за " +"допомогою будь-якої програми на будь-якій робочій станції, тонкому клієнті " +"LTSP або сервері LTSP." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restrict SSH login access" @@ -6027,8 +6048,8 @@ "причин його не включено до Debian (Edu). Якщо Вам юридично дозволено " "використовувати його, Ви можете створити власні локальні пакунки за " "допомогою пакета Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>, але " -"переконайтеся, що у <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " -"увімкнено <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>." +"переконайтеся, що параметр <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"присутній у файлі <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6108,9 +6129,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." msgstr "" "Щоб отримати загальну інформацію про LTSP, відвідайте <ulink url=\"https://" "ltsp.org\">домашню сторінку LTSP</ulink>. У системах із профілем " @@ -6202,12 +6224,12 @@ "client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " "reduced)." msgstr "" -"Окрім <emphasis>bare (голої)</emphasis> системи (найменшої системи для " -"тонких клієнтів), також доступні параметри <emphasis>display (дисплей)</" -"emphasis> та <emphasis>desktop (стаціонарний комп’ютер)</emphasis>. Тип " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> пропонує кнопку вимкнення, тип " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> запускає Firefox ESR у режимі кіоску на самому " -"клієнті (потрібно більше локальної оперативної пам’яті та потужності ЦП, але " +"Окрім <emphasis>bare / голої</emphasis> системи (найменшої системи для " +"тонких клієнтів), також доступні параметри <emphasis>display / дисплей</" +"emphasis> та <emphasis>desktop / стаціонарний комп’ютер</emphasis>. Тип " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> пропонує кнопку вимкнення, тип <emphasis>" +"desktop</emphasis> запускає Firefox ESR у режимі кіоску на самому клієнті " +"(потрібно більше локальної оперативної пам’яті та потужності ЦП, але " "навантаження на сервер зменшене)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6309,8 +6331,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" "Оскільки тонкі клієнти використовують X2Go, для уникнення артефактів " "зображення користувачі повинні вимкнути компонування. У стандартному " @@ -6548,16 +6570,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте принтер, використовуючи вебінтерфейс <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> на головному сервері; виберіть тип мережевого " -"принтера <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (для всіх " -"принтерів незалежно від марки чи моделі) та встановіть " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте принтер, використовуючи вебінтерфейс <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> на головному сервері; виберіть тип " +"мережевого принтера <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(для всіх принтерів незалежно від марки чи моделі) та встановіть " "<computeroutput>socket://<IP клієнта LTSP>:9100</computeroutput> як " "з'єднання URI." @@ -6618,8 +6640,8 @@ "інші запитання будуть поставлені під час інсталяції (профіль, участь у " "popcon, розділення та пароль адміністратора). Для того, щоб уникнути цих " "запитань, та щоби задати попередньо вибрані відповіді на значення debconf " -"можна змінити файл <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput>. Деякі приклади доступних значень debconf вже " +"можна змінити файл <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. Деякі приклади доступних значень debconf вже " "закоментовані у <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" "computeroutput>. Ваші зміни будуть втрачені, щойно <computeroutput>debian-" "edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> буде використано для відтворення середовища " @@ -6765,14 +6787,14 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go дає змогу отримати доступ до графічного робочого столу на сервері LTSP " "через з’єднання з будь-якою швидкістю — низькою чи високою — з ПК під " "керуванням Linux, Windows або macOS. На боці клієнта потрібне додаткове ПЗ. " -"Більше зможете дізнатися з <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:" -"installation:x2goclient\">вікі X2Go</ulink>." +"Більше зможете дізнатися з <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">вікі X2Go</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6847,8 +6869,8 @@ "setup-freeradius -server</computeroutput> для створення базової конфігурації " "для конкретного сайту/сервера. Щоб полегшити коригування для конкретного " "сайту будуть увімкнуті обидва протоколи — EAP-TTLS/PAP та PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Уся " -"конфігурація міститься в самому скрипті. Більш докладно на <ulink url=" -"\"https://freeradius.org/\">домашній сторінці freeRADIUS</ulink>." +"конфігурація міститься в самому скрипті. Більш докладно на <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">домашній сторінці freeRADIUS</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" @@ -6859,8 +6881,8 @@ "enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" "freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." msgstr "" -"активування/вимкнення точок доступу через <emphasis>спільний секрет (shared " -"secret)</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +"активування/вимкнення точок доступу через <emphasis>спільний секрет / shared " +"secret</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6952,9 +6974,9 @@ "password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " "website." msgstr "" -"Додайте на вебсайті <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> окремого користувача, " -"напр. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> з паролем " -"<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>." +"Додайте окремого користувача, напр. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> з паролем <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis> на вебсайті <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Install pGina fork" @@ -6986,11 +7008,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(вони зберігаються у HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(вони зберігаються у " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" @@ -7035,11 +7059,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Пошук DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Пошук DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7091,8 +7117,8 @@ "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" "emphasis> (tick checkbox)" msgstr "" -"Заборонити у разі помилки автентифікації LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте позначку)" +"Заборонити у разі помилки автентифікації LDAP: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте позначку)" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7154,13 +7180,13 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" -"Для змін, пов’язаних із сайтом, скопіюйте /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site до каталогу /etc/samba. Налаштування у <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> замінять ті, що містяться у <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</" -"emphasis>." +"Для змін, пов’язаних із сайтом, скопіюйте /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site до каталогу /etc/samba. Налаштування у " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> замінять ті, що містяться у " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7181,8 +7207,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" "Для тимчасового вимкнення облікового запису користувача у Samba виконайте " "<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <логін користувача></computeroutput>, " @@ -7208,10 +7234,10 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" "Для пристроїв на Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS або Windows " "можливе з’єднання з домашнім каталогом користувача та додатковими спільними " @@ -7228,9 +7254,9 @@ "<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " "home directory." msgstr "" -"Для доступу до домашнього каталогу використовуйте <computeroutput>\\\\tjener" -"\\<username></computeroutput> або <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<" -"username></computeroutput>." +"Для доступу до домашнього каталогу використовуйте <computeroutput>\\" +"\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> або <computeroutput>smb://tjener/" +"<username></computeroutput>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" @@ -7251,20 +7277,21 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> — це метапакет, який залежить від " -"багатьох інструментів для програмування. Зверніть, будь ласка, увагу, що для " -"встановлення цього пакета потрібно майже 2 ГБ дискового простору. Більше " -"інформації (можливо, щоб встановити лише деякі пакети) знайдете на сторінці " -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Пакунки для " -"розробки Debian Edu</ulink>." +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">" +"stable/education-development</ulink> — це метапакет, який залежить від " +"багатьох інструментів для програмування. Зверніть, будь ласка, увагу на те, " +"що для встановлення цього пакета потрібно майже 2 ГБ дискового простору. " +"Більше інформації (можливо, щоб встановити лише деякі пакети) знайдете на " +"сторінці <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">" +"Пакунки для розробки Debian Edu</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -7283,17 +7310,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Деякі школи використовують інструменти контролю, такі як <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> або <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" -"ulink>, щоб контролювати своїх учнів. Відвідайте також <ulink url=\"https://" -"epoptes.org\">Домашню сторінку Epoptes</ulink> та <ulink url=\"https://veyon." -"io\">Домашню сторінку Veyon</ulink>." +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Деякі школи використовують інструменти контролю, такі як <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> або " +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-" +"configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>, щоб контролювати своїх учнів. Відвідайте " +"також <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Домашню сторінку Epoptes</ulink> та " +"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Домашню сторінку Veyon</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -7301,14 +7328,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." msgstr "" "Деякі навчальні заклади для обмеження доступу в інтернет використовують " "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</" -"ulink> або <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#" -"\">e2guardian</ulink>." +"ulink> або <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -7381,13 +7408,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "Кожен користувач, який хоче використовувати Thunderbird, повинен налаштувати " "його наступним чином. Для користувача з іменем користувача jdoe внутрішня " -"адреса ел.пошти буде <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"адреса ел.пошти буде <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -7408,8 +7435,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" msgstr "" -"Не вказуйте пароль, оскільки буде використовуватися пароль \"єдиного входу" -"\" (SSO) Kerberos" +"Не вказуйте пароль, оскільки буде використовуватися пароль \"єдиного входу\" " +"(SSO) Kerberos" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Click 'Continue'" @@ -7437,14 +7464,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків нашим основним засобом спілкування є <ulink url=" -"\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">список розсилки розробників</ulink>, " -"хоча ми також ще маємо #debian-edu на irc.debian.org та навіть іноді " +"У більшості випадків нашим основним засобом спілкування є <ulink " +"url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">список розсилки розробників</" +"ulink>, хоча ми також ще маємо #debian-edu на irc.debian.org та навіть іноді " "справжні особисті зустрічі." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -7474,11 +7501,11 @@ "Debian Edu використовує <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">систему " "відстеження помилок (BTS)</ulink> від Debian. Перегляньте наявні звіти про " "помилки та запити на нові функції або створіть нові. Будь ласка, " -"повідомляйте про усі помилки пакета <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:" -"debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Для того, щоб дізнатися " -"більше про те, як звітувати про помилки в Debian Edu, перегляньте <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Як повідомляти про " -"помилки</ulink>." +"повідомляйте про усі помилки пакета <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Для того, щоб дізнатися " +"більше про те, як звітувати про помилки в Debian Edu, перегляньте <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Як повідомляти " +"про помилки</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation writers and translators" @@ -7508,8 +7535,8 @@ "веббраузера. Достатньо перейти на <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> і Ви зможете зробити свій внесок. " "Примітка: для редагування сторінок потрібен обліковий запис користувача " -"wiki; можливо спочатку Вам буде потрібно <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">його створити</ulink>." +"wiki; можливо спочатку Вам буде потрібно <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">його створити</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -7521,9 +7548,9 @@ msgstr "" "Ще один дуже гарний спосіб зробити внесок і допомогти користувачам – це " "переклад програмного забезпечення та документації. Інформацію про те, як " -"перекласти цей документ, можна знайти в <link linkend=\"Translations" -"\">розділі про переклади</link> цієї книги. Будь ласка, подумайте про " -"допомогу в перекладі цієї книги!" +"перекласти цей документ, можна знайти в <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">розділі про переклади</link> цієї книги. Будь " +"ласка, подумайте про допомогу в перекладі цієї книги!" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Support" @@ -7601,8 +7628,8 @@ "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." msgstr "" -"Списки компаній, які надають професійну підтримку, доступні на <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +"Списки компаній, які надають професійну підтримку, доступні на <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" @@ -7618,8 +7645,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" "Нова версія інсталятора Debian від Debian bookworm, більше інформації про " @@ -7694,15 +7721,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Більше інформації щодо Debian 12 Bookworm надано у <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">примітках до випуску</ulink> та " -"у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">настановах з інсталяції</ulink>." +"Більше інформації щодо Debian 12 Bookworm надано у <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">примітках до випуску</ulink> " +"та у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">настановах з інсталяції</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7718,15 +7745,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\"" -">Посібник Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> перекладений спрощеною китайською, " -"данською, голландською, французькою, німецькою, італійською, японською, " -"норвезькою (букмол), бразильською португальською, європейською " +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Посібник Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> перекладений спрощеною " +"китайською, данською, голландською, французькою, німецькою, італійською, " +"японською, норвезькою (букмол), бразильською португальською, європейською " "португальською, іспанською, румунською та українською." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> @@ -7738,8 +7766,8 @@ "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"див. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#" -"\">сторінку стану Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." +"див. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">сторінку стану Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" @@ -7766,8 +7794,8 @@ "(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " "Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " "(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) та Guido Berhörster (2023) та " @@ -7824,13 +7852,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" "Більшість мовних команд вирішили робити переклад з використанням Weblate. " -"Для отримання додаткової інформації див. <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate." -"org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/>." +"Для отримання додаткової інформації див. <ulink url=\"https://" +"hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please report any problems." @@ -7866,8 +7894,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" "Нова версія інсталятора Debian від Debian bullseye, для отримання додаткової " @@ -7949,27 +7977,27 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" -"Більше інформації щодо Debian 11 bullseye надано у <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">примітках до випуску</ulink> та " -"у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">настановах з інсталяції</ulink>." +"Більше інформації щодо Debian 11 bullseye надано у <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">примітках до випуску</ulink> " +"та у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">настановах з інсталяції</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Посібник Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> повністю перекладено нідерландською, " -"французькою, німецькою, італійською, японською, норвезькою (букмолом), " -"португальською (Португалія) та спрощеною китайською." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Посібник Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> повністю перекладено " +"нідерландською, французькою, німецькою, італійською, японською, норвезькою " +"(букмолом), португальською (Португалія) та спрощеною китайською." #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." @@ -8149,13 +8177,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Повний і детальний огляд попередніх випусків міститься у <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">Додатку " -"C посібника Jessie</ulink>; або перегляньте відповідні настанови до випусків/" -"релізів на <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">сторінці настанов до випусків</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Повний і детальний огляд попередніх випусків міститься у <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Додатку C посібника Jessie</ulink>; або перегляньте відповідні " +"настанови до випусків/релізів на <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation\">сторінці настанов до випусків</ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <para>The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. </para> <para>Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. -</para> +</para><!--rule (<hr>) is not applicable to DocBook--> </section> </section> <section id="Architecture"> @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ <para>To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. </para> <para>The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). -</para> +</para><!--rule (<hr>) is not applicable to DocBook--> </section> </section> </section> @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ <para>Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. </para></listitem> <listitem> -<para>For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. +<para>For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. </para></listitem> <listitem> <para>The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ <para>If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using <ulink url="https://openwrt.org">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of <ulink url="https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start">supported hardware</ulink>. </para> <para>It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet">documented procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default <link linkend="Architecture">network architecture</link>. -</para> +</para><!--rule (<hr>) is not applicable to DocBook--> </section> </section> <section id="Installation"> @@ -452,10 +452,10 @@ </para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para><ulink url="https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/"/> +<para><ulink url="https://cdimage.debian.org/cdimage/archive/12.15.0/amd64/iso-cd/"/> </para></listitem> <listitem> -<para><ulink url="https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/"/> +<para><ulink url="https://cdimage.debian.org/cdimage/archive/12.15.0/i386/iso-cd/"/> </para></listitem></itemizedlist> </section> @@ -468,10 +468,10 @@ </para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> -<para><ulink url="https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/"/> +<para><ulink url="https://cdimage.debian.org/cdimage/archive/12.15.0/amd64/iso-bd/"/> </para></listitem> <listitem> -<para><ulink url="https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/"/> +<para><ulink url="https://cdimage.debian.org/cdimage/archive/12.15.0/i386/iso-bd/"/> </para></listitem></itemizedlist> </section> @@ -788,12 +788,16 @@ <para>Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure the two interfaces using </para><screen><![CDATA[ip addr flush <interface>]]></screen> <para>The actual configuration process is started with -</para><screen><![CDATA[dpkg-reconfigure --force uif debian-edu-router]]></screen> -<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/010-uif-config-method.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Selecting the uif configuration method</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/020-uif-config-confirm.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Confirmation for setting up uif</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> +</para><screen><![CDATA[dpkg-reconfigure --force uif debian-edu-router-config]]></screen> +<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/010-uif-config-method.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Selecting the uif configuration method</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> +</para> +<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/020-uif-config-confirm.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Confirmation for setting up uif</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> </para> <para>When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. </para> -<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/030-uif-allow-ping.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Allowing ping in uif</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Allowing traceroute in uif</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> +<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/030-uif-allow-ping.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Allowing ping in uif</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> +</para> +<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Allowing traceroute in uif</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> </para> <para>Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. </para> @@ -845,15 +849,15 @@ </para> <para>Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. </para> -<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Configuring the SSH port</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> -</para> -<para>Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> if the configuration has not been changed. -</para> <para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Enabling DHCP for networks</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> </para> <para>Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. </para> -<para>Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. +<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Configuring the SSH port</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> +</para> +<para>Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> if the configuration has not been changed. +</para> +<para>Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu Router Menu. </para> <para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/190-debian-edu-router-config-main-menu.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>SSH main menu</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/200-debian-edu-router-config-config-menu.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>SSH configuration</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> </para> @@ -1006,7 +1010,7 @@ <para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Thin-Client-Welcome screen</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> </para> <para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref='./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png'/></imageobject><textobject><phrase>Thin-Client-Login screen</phrase></textobject></inlinemediaobject> -</para> +</para><!--rule (<hr>) is not applicable to DocBook--> </section> </section> <section id="GettingStarted"> @@ -1421,7 +1425,7 @@ <title>Extending full partitions Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. - +
@@ -1573,7 +1577,7 @@ More information about Debian Edu customisations More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter - +
@@ -1688,7 +1692,7 @@ Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye) To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Bullseye about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, Buster. - +
@@ -1717,7 +1721,7 @@ HowTos for users - +
@@ -2089,7 +2093,7 @@ - +
@@ -2283,7 +2287,7 @@ A note for more complex setups If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login. - +
@@ -2326,7 +2330,7 @@ Handwriting fonts The package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. - +
@@ -2775,7 +2779,7 @@ - +
@@ -2811,7 +2815,7 @@ Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. - +
@@ -2842,7 +2846,7 @@ Restricting pupils' network access Some schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. - +
@@ -2905,7 +2909,7 @@ Click 'Done' - +
@@ -2938,7 +2942,7 @@ The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to create a wiki user account first. Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! - +
@@ -2998,7 +3002,7 @@ Professional support Lists of companies providing professional support are available from . - +
@@ -3083,7 +3087,7 @@ see the Debian Edu Bookworm status page. - +
@@ -3095,7 +3099,7 @@ This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! If you add content to it, please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions! Then add your name here and release it under the "GPL v2 or any later version" licence. - +
@@ -3122,7 +3126,7 @@ Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. Please report any problems. - +
@@ -3219,7 +3223,7 @@ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - + @@ -3391,7 +3395,7 @@ Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. - + - + diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -14,5 +14,7 @@ 2024 Hong Hao 2024 Lucka 2024 SWfeiyu +2026 Reducedradius +2026 Xiezhihai diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/debian-edu-bookworm-manual.zh-cn.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-02-26 12:56+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-25 18:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cube Kassaki <2524737581@qq.com>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-10-04 03:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: xiezhihai \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Simplified Han script) \n" "Language: zh-cn\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.1.dev0\n" #. type: Attribute 'lang' of:
msgid "en" @@ -82,11 +82,12 @@ #. type: Content of:
msgid "" "The chapters about hardware and network " -"requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design details." +"requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design " +"details." msgstr "" -"关于硬件及网络需求和架构的章节包含了基本系统设计的细节。" +"关于硬件及网络需求和架构的章节包含了基本系统设计的细节。" #. type: Content of:
msgid "" @@ -124,14 +125,15 @@ #. type: Content of:
msgid "" "Debian Edu / Skolelinux " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is " -"an official Debian subproject." +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it " +"is an official Debian " +"subproject." msgstr "" "Debian Edu / Skolelinux " "是一个由 Debian Edu 项目创建的 Linux 发行版。它作为 Debian Pure Blend 发行版是正式的 Debian 子项目。" +"blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend 发行版是正式的 Debian 子项目。" #. type: Content of:
msgid "" @@ -146,12 +148,12 @@ msgid "" "The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " "same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." msgstr "" "Skolelinux 项目在 2001 年 7 月 2 日启动于挪威而大约在同时 Raphaël Hertzog 在" -"法国开始了 Debian-Edu。直到 2003 年两个项目合为一体，而维持了两者的名" -"称。\"Skole\" 和 (Debian-)\"Education\" 在这些范围中正是两个好领会的措辞。" +"法国开始了 Debian-Edu。直到 2003 年两个项目合为一体，而维持了两者的名称。" +"\"Skole\" 和 (Debian-)\"Education\" 在这些范围中正是两个好领会的措辞。" #. type: Content of:
msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." @@ -235,8 +237,8 @@ #. type: Content of:
msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter." +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter." msgstr "" "修改这个设计；相关细节，参阅相关的 HowTo 章节。" @@ -542,8 +544,8 @@ "By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " "though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " "a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP." +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP." msgstr "" "只预设电子邮件本地投递设置（如在学校内），但如果学校有固定互联网连接那么可以" "设置投递电子邮件到更广的互联网。客户端设置为投递电子邮件到服务器（使" @@ -592,8 +594,8 @@ #. type: Content of:
msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " "server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " "can use it as the main DNS Server." msgstr "" @@ -827,9 +829,9 @@ "automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " "by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." msgstr "" -"除了想要的语言，位置，键盘布局和机器设定配置（主服务器，工作站，LTSP 服务器，" -"……）之外，安装不会问到任何问题。所有其他的配置用合适的值自动设置，安装之后由" -"系统管理员从中央位置更改。" +"除了想要的语言，位置，键盘布局和机器设定配置（主服务器，工作站，LTSP 服务" +"器，……）之外，安装不会问到任何问题。所有其他的配置用合适的值自动设置，安装之" +"后由系统管理员从中央位置更改。" #. type: Content of:
msgid "File system access configuration" @@ -874,10 +876,10 @@ "files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " "sharing between the members of a group." msgstr "" -"在标准 UNIX 许可系统下能够共享存取文件，用户需要附加到共享组（如 \"students" -"\"）而他们缺省是在个人基本组。如果用户有适当的umask来新建组权限项（002 或 " -"007），而如果工作在setgid目录保证文件继承正确的组所有者，效果是组成员之间共享" -"管理文件。" +"在标准 UNIX 许可系统下能够共享存取文件，用户需要附加到共享组（如 " +"\"students\"）而他们缺省是在个人基本组。如果用户有适当的umask来新建组权限项" +"（002 或 007），而如果工作在setgid目录保证文件继承正确的组所有者，效果是组成" +"员之间共享管理文件。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -932,19 +934,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." msgstr "" "不同设定的目的在<link linkend=\"Architecture\">网络架构</link>一章中解释。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"如果计划使用 LTSP，需要看 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp" -"%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP 硬件需求 wiki 页面</ulink>。" +"如果计划使用 LTSP，需要看 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP 硬件需求 wiki 页面</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -965,13 +967,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"对于工作站，无盘工作站和独立使用的系统，1500 MHz 及 1024 MiB 的内存绝对是最低" -"限度的需求。为运行最新的 web 浏览器和 LibreOffice 建议至少是 2048 MiB 的内" -"存。" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 " +"capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 " +"MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running " +"modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"对于工作站、无盘工作站和独立系统，支持 SSE2 的处理器（Intel Pentium 4 或更高" +"版本，AMD Athlon 64 或更高版本）、1500 MHz 以及 1024 MiB 内存是最低要求。运行" +"现代网页浏览器和 LibreOffice 至少建议 2048 MiB 内存。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1024,8 +1027,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." msgstr "" "在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> 上提供了一份" "测试过的硬件清单。这一清单远不完整。" @@ -1119,9 +1122,9 @@ msgstr "" "如果您没有路由器或无法设置您的路由器，任何满足Debian最小化安装需求且配备至少" "两个网络接口的设备均可作为网关来连接现有网络和Debian Edu设备。请参考 <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\"" -">安装文档</link>中提供的简单方法，通过<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" -"config</computeroutput>安装和设置一台 Debian 设备。" +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">安装文" +"档</link>中提供的简单方法，通过<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>安装和设置一台 Debian 设备。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -1129,18 +1132,18 @@ "using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " "you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " "easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." msgstr "" -"如果需要嵌入式路由器或访问点设备的话，推荐使用 <ulink url=\"http://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink>，当然也可以使用原先的固件。使用原先的固件更容易；使用 " -"OpenWRT 会给你更多选择和控制权。请查看 OpenWRT 网页来找到<ulink url=\"http://" -"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">支持的硬件</ulink>的列表。" +"如果需要嵌入式路由器或访问点设备的话，推荐使用 <ulink url=\"http://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>，当然也可以使用原先的固件。使用原先的固件更容" +"易；使用 OpenWRT 会给你更多选择和控制权。请查看 OpenWRT 网页来找到<ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">支持的硬件</ulink>的列表。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " "procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " "existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " "you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " @@ -1148,8 +1151,8 @@ msgstr "" "能够使用不同的网络设置（有个 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" "HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">归档的过程</ulink> 来做这件事），但如果不以现有的网络" -"基础结构勉强去做，那么推荐不要那么做，并推荐维持缺省状态的 <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">网络结构</link>。" +"基础结构勉强去做，那么推荐不要那么做，并推荐维持缺省状态的 <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">网络结构</link>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Installation and download options" @@ -1161,17 +1164,17 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"在开始安装为生产使用的系统前建议阅读或至少看一下 <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Debian Bookworm 发行说明</" -"ulink>。更多有关 Debian Bookworm 发行的信息可在其<ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>里获得。" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"在开始安装为生产使用的系统前建议阅读或至少看一下 <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Debian Bookworm 发行说明</" +"ulink>。更多有关 Debian Bookworm 发行的信息可在其<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>里获得。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." @@ -1179,9 +1182,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " "install a main server." msgstr "" "不过，建议在开始安装主服务器之前阅读有关<link linkend=\"Requirements\">硬件和" @@ -1277,8 +1280,8 @@ "several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" "release/current/source/\"/>" msgstr "" -"源代码从通常位置的 Debian 档案来获得，系列媒介链接在 <ulink url=\"http://get." -"debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" +"源代码从通常位置的 Debian 档案来获得，系列媒介链接在 <ulink url=\"http://" +"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Installing Debian Edu" @@ -1484,23 +1487,23 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" -"xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." msgstr "" "请注意：如果之后打算安装一个桌面环境，不要使用像例如 <ulink url=\"https://" "packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" "ulink> 这样的 Debian Edu 元软件包是因为这将会引入全部教育相关的程序；例如可改" -"为安装 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#" -"\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>。应视使用情况安装一些新的相关年级的元软件包 " -"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis>，<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>，" +"为安装 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>。应视使用情况安装一些新的相关年级的元软" +"件包 <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>，" "<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1508,8 +1511,8 @@ "For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" "blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." msgstr "" -"有关 Debian Edu 综合软件包的详细情况，请看 <ulink url=\"https://blends." -"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu 软件包概览</ulink>页。" +"有关 Debian Edu 综合软件包的详细情况，请看 <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu 软件包概览</ulink>页。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation types and options" @@ -1648,10 +1651,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key in " -"the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." msgstr "" "在两种情况中，于引导菜单下按 <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> 或 " "<emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> 键可以编辑引导选项；这一屏幕快照显示" @@ -1668,13 +1671,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add e." -"g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " "as an additional boot parameter." msgstr "" "可以使用网络上一个存在的 HTTP 代理服务来加速从 CD 安装<emphasis>主服务器</" -"emphasis>设定配置。例如添加 <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> 作为一个附加引导参数。" +"emphasis>设定配置。例如添加 <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> 作为一个附加引导参数。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1822,17 +1825,17 @@ "A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " "Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " "computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"瘦客户机（和无盘工作站）服务器，也称为 LTSP 服务器。客户端没有硬盘驱动器而是" -"从服务器引导和运行软件。这台计算机需要两个网卡，大量的内存，适合更多的处理器" -"或多核心。这个主题更多的信息参阅关于<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户" -"端</link>的章节。选择这个配置也启用了工作站配置（甚至并没有选择） - LTSP 服务" -"器也总是可以作为工作站使用。" +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"瘦客户端（无硬盘工作站）服务器称为 LTSP 服务器。没有硬盘的客户端从该服务器启" +"动并运行软件。这台计算机需要两个网络接口、大量内存，理想情况下有多个处理器或" +"核心。有关此主题的更多信息，请参阅有关<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客" +"户端</link>的章节。选择此配置文件也会启用工作站配置文件（即使未选择）——LTSP " +"服务器也可以用作工作站。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" @@ -1864,45 +1867,46 @@ "In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " "added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " "needs to be installed." -msgstr "如果普通用户需要使用类似的系统，则需要使用GOsa²（类似于工作站）添加它" -"，并且需要安装libpam-krb5软件包。" +msgstr "" +"如果普通用户需要使用类似的系统，则需要使用GOsa²（类似于工作站）添加它，并且需" +"要安装libpam-krb5软件包。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"预先选择<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>、<emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">工作站</emphasis>和<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</" -"emphasis>配置文件。如果想要安装一台所谓的<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>上" -"的话，那么把这些配置文件可以一起安装在一台机器上。这意味着这台主服务器会是 " -"LTSP 服务器，并且也用作工作站。这是默认选择，因为我们设想大多数人以后会想要" -"它。请注意，必须将两块网卡安装在以后作为组合主服务器或者作为 LTSP 服务器使用" -"的机器上。" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>、<emphasis role=\"strong\">工作" +"站</emphasis>和<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>配置已被预选。" +"如果你想安装所谓的<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>，这些配置可以在一台机器上" +"一起安装。这意味着主服务器将同时是 LTSP 服务器，并且也可用作工作站。这是默认" +"选择，因为我们假设大多数人会希望这样。请注意，要使安装后的组合主服务器或 " +"LTSP 服务器有用，必须在将要安装的机器上安装两块网卡。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " "partitions are created and are big enough." msgstr "" -"对自动分区说“是”或者“不”。要意识到说“是”将摧毁硬盘驱动器上的全部数据！而" -"说“不”会依赖更多工作 - 你要保证需要的分区已经建立并且足够大。" +"对自动分区说“是”或者“不”。要意识到说“是”将摧毁硬盘驱动器上的全部数据！而说" +"“不”会依赖更多工作 - 你要保证需要的分区已经建立并且足够大。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." msgstr "" "请对提交信息到 <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> 说“是”来允许我们知" "道那些软件包的流行度并将其保持到将来的发布中。尽管不必这样做，这却是你所做帮" @@ -1914,8 +1918,8 @@ "spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " "debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." msgstr "" -"等待。如果所选设定配置包含 LTSP 服务器那么安装程序在最后会耗费相当一段时" -"间，“完成安装 - 运行 debian-edu-profile-udeb...”。" +"等待。如果所选设定配置包含 LTSP 服务器那么安装程序在最后会耗费相当一段时间，" +"“完成安装 - 运行 debian-edu-profile-udeb...”。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1931,15 +1935,15 @@ msgid "" "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " "length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"用户的密码<emphasis role=\"strong\">必须</emphasis>具有<emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">至少 5 个字符</emphasis>的长度并且和<emphasis role=\"strong\">用户" -"名</emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">必须不相似</emphasis> -- 否则登录不会" -"被认可（尽管安装程序会接受较短的密码还有和用户名相似的密码）。" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"该用户的密码<emphasis role=\"strong\">必须</emphasis>至少有<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">5个字符</emphasis>，并且<emphasis role=\"strong\">必须与用户" +"名不同</emphasis>——否则将无法登录（尽管安装程序会接受较短的密码以及与用户名相" +"同的密码）。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -1953,8 +1957,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "若是独立的 LTSP 服务器，无盘工作站和/或瘦客户端的设置需要一些手工的步骤。相关" "细节，参见<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户端 HowTo</link> 章节。" @@ -1981,9 +1985,9 @@ "Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" "router-config</computeroutput>." msgstr "" -"要使用它，需要先进行 Debian 的最小化安装。请确保您使用的是普通的 Debian 安装" -"程序而非 Debian Edu 安装程序，<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" -"computeroutput>并不支持 Debian Edu。" +"为了使用它，请进行一个最小的 Debian 安装。一定要使用常规的 Debian 安装程序，" +"而不是 Debian Edu 安装程序，因为 <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput> 不支持 Debian Edu 安装。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2008,38 +2012,40 @@ "的配置流程需要物理访问计算机。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " "networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " "interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " "information about the network hardware" -msgstr "网络接口可能已经连接到相应的网络了，但不需要这么做，但为了获取有关网络硬件的" -"更多信息，有必要知道哪个接口将连接到哪个网络。" +msgstr "" +"网络接口可能已经连接到相应的网络，但也不一定。不过，必须清楚哪个接口会连接到" +"哪个网络。为了获取更多关于网络硬件的信息" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "can be used." msgstr "这个命令能够提供这些信息。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " "<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " "<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " "the two interfaces using" msgstr "" -"从<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput>或<computeroutput>/" -"etc/network/interfaces.d/" -"</computeroutput>中的文件删除使用中的两个网络接口的配置，并取消配置两个接口" +"从 <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> 或 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> 中移除要使用的两" +"个网络接口的配置，并使用命令取消配置这两个接口" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" -msgstr "实际的配置过程以" +msgstr "实际的配置过程起始于" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "选择网络设置方式" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" msgstr "确认设置uif" @@ -2049,8 +2055,14 @@ "When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" "router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " "Router." -msgstr "当涉及到uif防火墙配置方法时选择\"debian-edu-router\"。确认您要为Debian " -"Edu路由器设置防火墙。" +msgstr "" +"当涉及到uif防火墙配置方法时选择\"debian-edu-router\"。确认您要为Debian Edu路" +"由器设置防火墙。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "允许在uif中跟踪路由" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> #, fuzzy @@ -2062,7 +2074,8 @@ msgid "" "Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " "with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." -msgstr "确定是否要响应ping和traceroute。如果不确定，请回答“是”，该回答会用于诊断网络" +msgstr "" +"确定是否要响应ping和traceroute。如果不确定，请回答“是”，该回答会用于诊断网络" "问题。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2086,7 +2099,8 @@ "Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " "of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " "already connected or not." -msgstr "接下来，将网络分配给路由器中的网络接口，根据您的网络接口是否已经连接，选择提" +msgstr "" +"接下来，将网络分配给路由器中的网络接口，根据您的网络接口是否已经连接，选择提" "供的选项之一。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2109,7 +2123,8 @@ msgid "" "Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " "internal network select \"Education\" here." -msgstr "选择一个内部网络，如果您不确定并且只是想要一个内部网络，请在此处选择 " +msgstr "" +"选择一个内部网络，如果您不确定并且只是想要一个内部网络，请在此处选择 " "“Education”。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2143,7 +2158,8 @@ msgid "" "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address and, " "if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, \"Education\"." -msgstr "如果你的上游网络需要一个静态IP地址，并且你已经遵循了内部“教育”网络上的建议，" +msgstr "" +"如果你的上游网络需要一个静态IP地址，并且你已经遵循了内部“教育”网络上的建议，" "请选择“上行链接”。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2155,17 +2171,17 @@ "Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " "the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " "internal networks." -msgstr "如果你遵循了上述内部网络的建议请将IP地址设为 <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/" -"8</computeroutput>。" +msgstr "" +"如果你遵循了上述内部网络的建议请将IP地址设为 <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</" +"computeroutput>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" msgstr "为网络启用NAT" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." -msgstr "为 10.0.0.0/8 网络启用 IP 转发和 NAT。" +msgstr "为内部网络启用NAT。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" @@ -2184,7 +2200,8 @@ "If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " "configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " "gateway can be configured using the following dialog." -msgstr "如果你想将任意一个内部服务暴露在公网上请使用可描述的标记。请注意网关的SSH访问" +msgstr "" +"如果你想将任意一个内部服务暴露在公网上请使用可描述的标记。请注意网关的SSH访问" "权限可以使用下列对话框来配置。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2196,17 +2213,6 @@ msgstr "决定允许哪个网络通过SSH访问网关。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring the SSH port" -msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " -"if the configuration has not been changed." -msgstr "配置SSH端口，如果没有修改的话应该为<computeroutput>22</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" msgstr "为网络启用DHCP" @@ -2216,10 +2222,24 @@ "Debian Edu main server." msgstr "不要在内部网络启用DHCP，它将由Debian Edu主服务器提供。" +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" + #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"配置SSH端口，如果没有修改的话应该为<computeroutput>22</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " -"the machine." +"the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +"Router Menu." msgstr "如果没有连接网络接口请连接并重启机器。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> @@ -2268,9 +2288,9 @@ "suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " "can be installed:" msgstr "" -"在从 USB 闪存盘 / 蓝光光盘映像安装之后，<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput> 只会包含来自那个映像的源。如果有互联网连接，我们强烈建" -"议在其中添加如下数行而可获得安装安全更新：" +"在从 USB 闪存盘 / 蓝光光盘映像安装之后，<computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> 只会包含来自那个映像的源。如果有互联网连接，我" +"们强烈建议在其中添加如下数行而可获得安装安全更新：" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> msgid "A note on CD installs" @@ -2288,10 +2308,10 @@ "proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." msgstr "" "网络安装（那是我们的 CD 所提供的安装类型）会从 CD 中取出一些软件包而其余的从" -"网上取得。从网上取得的软件包数量从profile到profile而变化但维持在低于" -"gigabyte（除非你选择安装所有可用的桌面）。一旦你安装了主服务器（无论单纯的主" -"服务器或组合服务器不成问题），其后的安装会使用它自己的代理来避免从网上多次下" -"载相同的软件包。" +"网上取得。从网上取得的软件包数量从profile到profile而变化但维持在低于gigabyte" +"（除非你选择安装所有可用的桌面）。一旦你安装了主服务器（无论单纯的主服务器或" +"组合服务器不成问题），其后的安装会使用它自己的代理来避免从网上多次下载相同的" +"软件包。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" @@ -2383,8 +2403,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." msgstr "" "更多关于网络客户端的信息可以在 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network " "clients HowTo</link> 章中被找到。" @@ -2422,13 +2442,13 @@ "computeroutput> to update the generated files." msgstr "" "PXE 安装使用 <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" -"computeroutput>和在 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> 中的预置文件。这些文件可以更改，在安装过程中调整使用的预" -"置，来避免在通过网络安装时更多的问题。另一个实现的方法是在 <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> 中提供附加的设" -"置，并运行 <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"来更新已生成的文件。" +"computeroutput>和在 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> 中的预置文件。这些文件可以更改，在安装过程中调整" +"使用的预置，来避免在通过网络安装时更多的问题。另一个实现的方法是在 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> 和 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> 中提供附加的设置，并运行 <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 来更新已生成的文件。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -2483,17 +2503,17 @@ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" "ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." msgstr "" -"创建定制的 CD，DVD 或蓝光光盘会因为使用了 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian 安装程序</ulink>而相当容易，它有模块化设计及其" -"它很好的特性。<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">" -"预置</ulink> 对通常提出的问题允许确定答案。" +"创建定制的 CD，DVD 或蓝光光盘会因为使用了 <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian 安装程序</ulink>而相当容易，它有模" +"块化设计及其它很好的特性。<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">预置</ulink> 对通常提出的问题允许确定答案。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." msgstr "" "因此所有需要做的是用你的答案（这个在 Debian 安装程序手册的附录里叙述）和 " "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">重新录制 CD/" @@ -2686,8 +2706,8 @@ "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should be " "read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." msgstr "" "在本手册的其他部分可以获得更多的信息：熟悉先前发布版的人应该阅读 <link " "linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye 中的新特性</link>这一章。而为了从先前的发布版升" @@ -2697,8 +2717,8 @@ msgid "" "If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " "some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." msgstr "" "如果普通的 DNS 流量阻塞你的外部网络而你需要使用某个特定的 DNS 服务器来查找互" "联网主机，你需要告知这个 DNS 服务器作为它的“转发器”来使用这一服务器。" @@ -2861,8 +2881,9 @@ "workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " "your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " "to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" msgstr "" "默认的 Debian Edu 主服务器的安装目前提供两个“部门”：教师的和学生的，加上 " "LDAP 树的基本层。学生账户会加入“Students”部门，教师加入“Teachers”部门；系统" @@ -2996,9 +3017,9 @@ "user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " "and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." msgstr "" -"要修改或删除用户，使用 GOsa² 浏览在你的系统中的用户列表。在屏幕中部你能够打" -"开“过滤”框，一个由 GOsa² 提供的搜索工具。如果你不知道你的用户账户在树状结构中" -"的确切位置，转变 GOsa²/LDAP 树的基本层并以“在子树中搜索”选项标记搜索。" +"要修改或删除用户，使用 GOsa² 浏览在你的系统中的用户列表。在屏幕中部你能够打开" +"“过滤”框，一个由 GOsa² 提供的搜索工具。如果你不知道你的用户账户在树状结构中的" +"确切位置，转变 GOsa²/LDAP 树的基本层并以“在子树中搜索”选项标记搜索。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3240,8 +3261,8 @@ msgstr "" "机器管理基本上允许你管理 Debian Edu 网络中的所有联网设备。使用 GOsa² 添加到 " "LDAP 目录的每台机器有一个主机名，一个 IP 地址，一个 MAC 地址和一个域名（通常" -"是“内部”）。完整的 Debian Edu 结构的描述参阅本手册的<link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">结构</link>一章。" +"是“内部”）。完整的 Debian Edu 结构的描述参阅本手册的<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">结构</link>一章。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3252,14 +3273,15 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -3276,8 +3298,8 @@ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " "configuration options." msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">请注意：</emphasis> 主机密钥表可以用于类型 " @@ -3539,12 +3561,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." msgstr "" "对于集中式打印机管理，Web 浏览器指向 <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/" ">。这是正常的 CUPS 管理界面，您可以在其中添加/删除/修改打印机并清理打印队列。" @@ -3581,11 +3603,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "配置打印机使用 web 界面 <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" "computeroutput>；选择网络打印机类型 <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" @@ -3653,8 +3675,9 @@ "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " "be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." msgstr "" "由于自动分区可能出现的错误，安装后某些分区可能太满了。要扩充这些分区，以 " "root 身份运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>。参" @@ -3755,12 +3778,14 @@ msgid "" "Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " "needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." msgstr "" -"如果希望能够轻松完成更新的自动安装，只需要按照 <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> 上" -"所述安装和配置 <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> 软件包。" +"如果希望能够轻松完成更新的自动安装，只需要按照 <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink> 上所述安装和配置 <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"软件包。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -3789,10 +3814,11 @@ "includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." msgstr "" "作为上文所述运行 <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 是获知已安装软件包" -"安全更新的一个好方法。另一个保留相关安全更新通知的方法是订阅 <ulink url=" -"\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian 安全通告邮件列表" -"</ulink>，那也有益于告诉你有关的安全更新。其缺点（对照 <computeroutput>cron-" -"apt</computeroutput>）是也包含未安装软件包的相关更新信息。" +"安全更新的一个好方法。另一个保留相关安全更新通知的方法是订阅 <ulink " +"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian 安全通告邮件" +"列表</ulink>，那也有益于告诉你有关的安全更新。其缺点（对照 " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>）是也包含未安装软件包的相关更新信" +"息。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Backup Management" @@ -3996,8 +4022,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." msgstr "" "有关 Icinga 的信息可以从 <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> 或者在 " "<computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> 软件包中获得。" @@ -4139,9 +4166,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" msgstr "" "更多有关 Debian Edu 定制的信息可以在<link linkend=\"Administration\">如何管理" "章节</link>和<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高级管理如何做章节</" @@ -4154,9 +4182,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><para> msgid "" "Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" msgstr "" "在阅读这一升级指南前，请注意真实升级你的生产服务器完全承担你自己的风险。" "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux 完全无担保，由适用法律许可范" @@ -4182,14 +4210,14 @@ "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " "For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" msgstr "" "升级 Debian 从一个发行版到下一个通常相当容易。遗憾的是对于 Debian Edu 还不能" -"真正在方法上修改配置文件。（参阅 Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> 的更多信息）。升级仍然是能够做到的但是可能依赖一" -"些工作。" +"真正在方法上修改配置文件。（参阅 Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> 的更多信息）。升级仍然是能够做到的但" +"是可能依赖一些工作。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy @@ -4285,13 +4313,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " "will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" "emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes：准备好阅读大量的消息；按 <return> 向下滚动，<" -"q> 离开这一页面。所有消息会被邮递给 root 而可以再次阅读（使用 " +"apt-list-changes：准备好阅读大量的消息；按 <return> 向下滚动，" +"<q> 离开这一页面。所有消息会被邮递给 root 而可以再次阅读（使用 " "<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> 或者 <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>）。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -4377,8 +4405,8 @@ msgid "" "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye " "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu " "Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, " "Buster." msgstr "" @@ -4447,8 +4475,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." msgstr "" "使用 <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/etc/</" "computeroutput>中的所有文件使用<ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</" @@ -4591,12 +4619,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" "Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." msgstr "" -"逻辑卷管理 (LVM) 能够使分区被挂载并在使用时重新分划大小。可以从 <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink> 中学到更多有关 " -"LVM 的信息。" +"逻辑卷管理 (LVM) 能够使分区被挂载并在使用时重新分划大小。可以从 <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink> 中学到更多有" +"关 LVM 的信息。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5270,9 +5298,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" msgstr "" "这个示例使用 ‘nas-server.intern’ 作为服务器名称。配置 ‘nas-server.intern’ 之" "后，检查新存储服务器上的 NFS 导出点是否被导出到相关子网或机器：" @@ -5305,11 +5333,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -5527,8 +5555,8 @@ "libdvdcss 为播放大部分商业 DVD 所需要。因为法律的原因其不能包含在 Debian " "(Edu) 里。如果法律允许你使用它，可以使用 <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" "computeroutput> Debian 软件包创建你自己的本地软件包；确定 " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> 在 <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput> 中启用。" +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> 在 <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> 中启用。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5595,9 +5623,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5655,9 +5684,9 @@ "computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " "SquashFS image)." msgstr "" -"以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</" -"computeroutput>（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</" -"computeroutput>）重新创建 chroot。" +"以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</computeroutput>" +"（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</computeroutput>）重新创建 " +"chroot。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -5745,8 +5774,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -5954,11 +5983,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." msgstr "" "在主服务器上使用 web 界面 <computeroutput>https://www:631</computeroutput> 配" "置该打印机；选择网络打印机类型 <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" @@ -6149,13 +6178,13 @@ "X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " "low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " "Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" "X2Go 能够从运行着 Linux，Windows 或 macOS 的个人计算机通过低带宽抑或高带宽连" "接访问 LTSP 服务器上的图形桌面。在客户端一侧需要附加的软件，更多信息参阅 " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink>。" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6164,8 +6193,8 @@ "bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." msgstr "" "请注意，如果使用 X2Go，<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput>软件包应该从 " -"LTSP 服务器上移除，请参见<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#" -"\">890517</ulink>。" +"LTSP 服务器上移除，请参见<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"890517#\">890517</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" @@ -6332,8 +6361,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> @@ -6376,8 +6406,9 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6484,8 +6515,8 @@ msgid "" "For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" "site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6505,12 +6536,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" "To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." msgstr "" -"要临时禁用一个用户的 Samba 帐号，运行 <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <" -"username></computeroutput>，<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username>" -"</computeroutput> 会再启用它。" +"要临时禁用一个用户的 Samba 帐号，运行 <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d " +"<username></computeroutput>，<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> 会再启用它。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -6530,10 +6561,10 @@ "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " "require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> @@ -6563,18 +6594,19 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> 是一个得到程序工具的元软件包。请注意" -"如果安装这个软件包大概需要 2 GiB 的磁盘空间。有关更多细节（也许只安装几个软件" -"包），参阅 <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development" -"\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> 页面。" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> 是一个得到程序工具的元软" +"件包。请注意如果安装这个软件包大概需要 2 GiB 的磁盘空间。有关更多细节（也许只" +"安装几个软件包），参阅 <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> 页面。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Monitoring pupils" @@ -6592,16 +6624,16 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"一些学校使用像<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#" -"\">Epoptes</ulink>或<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-" -"configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>的工具来监督学生。请参见：<ulink url=\"https://" -"epoptes.org\">Epoptes 主页</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon 主" -"页</ulink>。" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"一些学校使用像<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink>或<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//" +"veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>的工具来监督学生。请参见：<ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes 主页</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon 主页</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" @@ -6609,13 +6641,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"一些学校用 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> 或者 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> 限制互联网的访问。" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"一些学校用 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> 或者 <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> 限制互联网的访" +"问。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "HowTos for users" @@ -6684,12 +6717,12 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." msgstr "" "每个希望使用 Thunderbird 的用户需要像下面那样配置它。对于一个用户名为 jdoe 的" -"用户的内部邮件地址是 <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>。" +"用户的内部邮件地址是 <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Thunderbird" @@ -6738,8 +6771,8 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " "though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " "gatherings, where we meet each other in person." msgstr "" @@ -6755,8 +6788,9 @@ "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" "mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." msgstr "" -"正好在 Debian Edu 开发中学习的好方法是订阅<ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth." -"debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">提交的邮件列表</ulink>。" +"正好在 Debian Edu 开发中学习的好方法是订阅<ulink url=\"http://" +"lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">提交的邮件列表" +"</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> msgid "Report bugs" @@ -6796,10 +6830,10 @@ "to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" "FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." msgstr "" -"文本的来源是一个维基，并且可以用简单的 web 浏览器来编辑。仅前往 <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> 就可以很容易" -"地做贡献。提示：编辑这些页面需要一个用户账号；首先需要<ulink url=\"http://" -"wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">创建一个维基用户</ulink>。" +"文本的来源是一个维基，并且可以用简单的 web 浏览器来编辑。仅前往 <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> 就可以很" +"容易地做贡献。提示：编辑这些页面需要一个用户账号；首先需要<ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">创建一个维基用户</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" @@ -6900,12 +6934,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details," msgstr "" -"出自 Debian bookworm 的新版 Debian 安装器，更多细节参阅其<ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>。" +"出自 Debian bookworm 的新版 Debian 安装器，更多细节参阅其<ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</" +"ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy @@ -6981,14 +7016,14 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "有关 Debian 12 Bookworm 的更多信息是在<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> msgid "Documentation and translation updates" @@ -7003,10 +7038,11 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified Chinese, " -"Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), " -"Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." msgstr "" "Debian Edu Bullseye 手册被完全翻译为荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、日语、挪威" "书面语和简体中文。" @@ -7020,8 +7056,8 @@ "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." msgstr "" -"参阅 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#" -"\">Debian Edu Bookworm 状态页面</ulink>。" +"参阅 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm 状态页面</ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Copyright and authors" @@ -7104,13 +7140,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-" "manual/\"/> for more information." msgstr "" -"大部分语言协作组决定通过 Weblate 进行翻译。更多的信息参阅 <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bookworm/\"/>。" +"大部分语言协作组决定通过 Weblate 进行翻译。更多的信息参阅 <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-bookworm/\"/>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> msgid "Please report any problems." @@ -7130,9 +7166,9 @@ "acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " "linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." msgstr "" -"版权 (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht." -"org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > 及其他人，版权所有者的完整列表参见" -"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">版权</link>。" +"版权 (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > 及其他人，版权所有者的完整列表" +"参见<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">版权</link>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><title> msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" @@ -7144,12 +7180,13 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " "manual</ulink> for more details." msgstr "" -"出自 Debian bullseye 的 Debian Installer 新版本，更多细节参阅其<ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>。" +"出自 Debian bullseye 的 Debian Installer 新版本，更多细节参阅其<ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</" +"ulink>。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" @@ -7213,25 +7250,25 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." msgstr "" "关于 Debian 11 bullseye 的更多信息在其<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">发布说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" +"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">发布说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " +"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " +"and Simplified Chinese." msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye 手册</ulink>已完全翻译成荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、" -"日语、挪威书面语、葡萄牙语（葡萄牙）和简体中文。" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye 手册</ulink>已完全翻译成荷兰语、法语、德语、" +"意大利语、日语、挪威书面语、葡萄牙语（葡萄牙）和简体中文。" #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." @@ -7395,10 +7432,10 @@ #. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> msgid "" "A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." msgstr "" "在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" "AppendixC\">Jessie 手册的附录 C</ulink> 里包含了有关较早发行版完整而详细的概" @@ -7492,9 +7529,9 @@ #~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " #~ "about thin client types." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</" -#~ "computeroutput>（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</" -#~ "computeroutput>）重新创建 chroot。" +#~ "以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</computeroutput>" +#~ "（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</computeroutput>）重新创" +#~ "建 chroot。" #~ msgid "" #~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_list.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/gosa_systems_list.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/installer-logo.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/installer-logo.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/sad.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/images/sad.png differ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bookworm/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bookworm-manual.xml 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC '-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN' 'http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd'><article><articleinfo><title>DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/AllInOne12021-08-29 22:29:38WolfgangSchweerinitial content (copy from the bullseye page w/ some adjustments)
Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookwormDebian Edu Installer Logo This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release. The source at is a wiki and updated frequently. Updated translations are available online.
About Debian Edu and SkolelinuxDebian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design details. After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe.
Some history and why two namesDebian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. CategoryPermalink
Architecture
NetworkThis section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. The Debian Edu network topology The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed.
The default network setupDHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP.
Main serverA Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile.
Services running on the main serverWith the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. Table of services Service description Common name DNS service name Centralised Logging rsyslog syslog Domain Name Service DNS (BIND) domain Automatic Network Configuration of Machines DHCP bootps Clock Synchronisation NTP ntp Home Directories via Network File System SMB / NFS homes Electronic Post Office IMAP (Dovecot) postoffice Directory Service OpenLDAP ldap User Administration GOsa² --- Web Server Apache/PHP www Central Backup sl-backup, slbackup-php backup Web Cache Proxy (Squid) webcache Printing CUPS ipp Secure Remote Login OpenSSH ssh Automatic Configuration CFEngine cfengine LTSP Server/s LTSP ltsp Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary sitesummary Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers.
LTSP server(s)A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. Please note: LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server.
Thin clientsA thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started.
Diskless workstationsA diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too.
Networked clientsThe term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows.
AdministrationAll the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication.
InstallationCurrently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation.
File system access configurationEach Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). CategoryPermalink
RequirementsThere are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines.
Hardware requirementsThe purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. (!) If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). LTSP server: 40 GiB. workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB. LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations.
Hardware known to workA list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete. is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware.
Requirements for network setup
Default SetupWhen using the default network architecture, these rules apply: You need exactly one main server. You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below).
Internet routerA router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. See installation documentation for a simple way to install and set up a Debian machine using debian-edu-router-config. If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. CategoryPermalink
Installation and download options
Where to find additional informationWe recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Bookworm before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available in its installation manual. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time.
Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm
amd64 or i386amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for very old hardware.
netinst iso images for amd64 or i386The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the installation. Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download from:
BD iso images for amd64 or i386These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download from:
Verification of downloaded image filesDetailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ.
SourcesSources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on
Installing Debian EduWhen you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment.
Main server installation scenariosTypical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time in the correct environment. Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better The main server should just work after the first boot. Offline (no Internet connection): Use the BD ISO image. Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access.
Desktop environmentsSeveral desktop environments are available: Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one.
Modular installationWhen installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-xfce because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-xfce-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page.
Installation types and optionsInstaller boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode 64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. Install uses text mode. Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose.Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. 64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 Back.. brings back to the main menu.Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. /!\ Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. Help screen Installer help screen This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode 64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode) Add or change boot parameters for installations In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB or E key in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for Graphical install. Edit command line options (BIOS mode) Edit command line options (UEFI mode) You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the Main Server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. If you have already installed the Main Server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate.
The installation processRemember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). Choose profile(s) from the following list: Main Server This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. Workstation A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. Roaming workstation Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. LTSP Server A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. Standalone An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. Minimal This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main server. In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. :) Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...". After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. /!\ The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Installing a gateway using debian-edu-routerThe debian-edu-router-config package simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an interactive configuration process where the necessary information is obtained through a series of dialogues. In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since Debian Edu installations are not supported by debian-edu-router-config. Install the debian-edu-router-config package using Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored for now. For the configuration process following the installation of debian-edu-router-config, physical access to the computer is required. The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more information about the network hardware can be used. Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from /etc/network/interfaces or files in /etc/network/interfaces.d/ and un-configure the two interfaces using ]]>The actual configuration process is started with Selecting the uif configuration method Confirmation for setting up uif When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. Allowing ping in uif Allowing traceroute in uif Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. Enabling IP packet forwarding Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding. Selecting the network setup method Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are already connected or not. Selecting the uplink interface Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network. Selecting internal networks Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single internal network select "Education" here. Enabling use of VLANs Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure select no here. Selecting supported IP versions Select "IPv4" here. Selecting networks which require a static IP address Select "Uplink" if your upstream network requires a static IP address and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, "Education". Setting a static IP address for the internal network Set 10.0.0.1/8 as the static IP address for the internal network "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks. Enabling NAT for networks Enable NAT for the internal network. Enabling internet access for networks Enable internet access for internal networks. Setting up reverse NAT If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the gateway can be configured using the following dialog. Enabling SSH access for networks Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. Configuring the SSH port Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. Enabling DHCP for networks Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. SSH main menu SSH configuration If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing c in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration.
Notes on some characteristics
A note on notebooksMost likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password).
A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installsAfter you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed:
A note on CD installsA netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net.
Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discsIt is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: Please note that copying will take quite some time. Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc.
Installation and booting over the network via PXEFor this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: on the server. This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main Server profile only: The iPXE menu without LTSP entries This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: The iPXE menu with LTSP entries This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Modifying PXE installationsThe PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server.
Custom imagesCreating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD.
Screenshot tourThe text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). 64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) Select a language Select your location Configure the keyboard Detect network hardware Configure network manually Configure IP address Configure gateway Configure nameserver Choose Debian Edu profile Use the automatic partitioning tool: no Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes Participate in the package usage survey: no Participate in the package usage survey: yes Set password for the root user Set full name for the first user Set user name for the first user Set password for the first user Installation complete Lightdm Login screen Xfce Desktop showing Browser window Xfce Desktop screen Thin-Client-Welcome screen Thin-Client-Login screen CategoryPermalink
Getting started
Minimum steps to get startedDuring installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: Log into the server. Add users with GOsa². Add workstations with GOsa². Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Bookworm chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. /!\ If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions.
Services running on the main serverThere are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below.
Introduction to GOsa²GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: User Administration Group Administration NIS Netgroup Administration Machine Administration DNS Administration DHCP Administration For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure Main Server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user):
DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/AllInOne22025-08-17 21:44:28AndrewSayersAdd footer guard (----)12021-08-29 22:29:38WolfgangSchweerinitial content (copy from the bullseye page w/ some adjustments)
Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookwormDebian Edu Installer Logo This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release. The source at is a wiki and updated frequently. Updated translations are available online.
About Debian Edu and SkolelinuxDebian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design details. After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe.
Some history and why two namesDebian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. CategoryPermalink
Architecture
NetworkThis section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. The Debian Edu network topology The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed.
The default network setupDHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP.
Main serverA Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile.
Services running on the main serverWith the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. Table of services Service description Common name DNS service name Centralised Logging rsyslog syslog Domain Name Service DNS (BIND) domain Automatic Network Configuration of Machines DHCP bootps Clock Synchronisation NTP ntp Home Directories via Network File System SMB / NFS homes Electronic Post Office IMAP (Dovecot) postoffice Directory Service OpenLDAP ldap User Administration GOsa² --- Web Server Apache/PHP www Central Backup sl-backup, slbackup-php backup Web Cache Proxy (Squid) webcache Printing CUPS ipp Secure Remote Login OpenSSH ssh Automatic Configuration CFEngine cfengine LTSP Server/s LTSP ltsp Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary sitesummary Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers.
LTSP server(s)A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. Please note: LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server.
Thin clientsA thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started.
Diskless workstationsA diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too.
Networked clientsThe term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows.
AdministrationAll the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication.
InstallationCurrently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation.
File system access configurationEach Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). CategoryPermalink
RequirementsThere are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines.
Hardware requirementsThe purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. (!) If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, a SSE2 capable processor (Intel Pentium 4 or higher, AMD Athlon 64 or higher), 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). LTSP server: 40 GiB. workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB. LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations.
Hardware known to workA list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete. is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware.
Requirements for network setup
Default SetupWhen using the default network architecture, these rules apply: You need exactly one main server. You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below).
Internet routerA router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. See installation documentation for a simple way to install and set up a Debian machine using debian-edu-router-config. If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. CategoryPermalink
Installation and download options
Where to find additional informationWe recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Bookworm before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm release available in its installation manual. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time.
Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm
amd64 or i386amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for very old hardware.
netinst iso images for amd64 or i386The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the installation. Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download from:
BD iso images for amd64 or i386These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for download from:
Verification of downloaded image filesDetailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ.
SourcesSources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on
Installing Debian EduWhen you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment.
Main server installation scenariosTypical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time in the correct environment. Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better The main server should just work after the first boot. Offline (no Internet connection): Use the BD ISO image. Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access.
Desktop environmentsSeveral desktop environments are available: Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one.
Modular installationWhen installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-xfce because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-xfce-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page.
Installation types and optionsInstaller boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode 64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. Install uses text mode. Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose.Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. 64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 Back.. brings back to the main menu.Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. /!\ Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. Help screen Installer help screen This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode 64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode) Add or change boot parameters for installations In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB or E key in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for Graphical install. Edit command line options (BIOS mode) Edit command line options (UEFI mode) You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the Main Server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. If you have already installed the Main Server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate.
The installation processRemember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). Choose profile(s) from the following list: Main Server This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. Workstation A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. Roaming workstation Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. LTSP Server A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. Standalone An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. Minimal This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main server. In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. :) Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...". After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. /!\ The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Installing a gateway using debian-edu-routerThe debian-edu-router-config package simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an interactive configuration process where the necessary information is obtained through a series of dialogues. In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since Debian Edu installations are not supported by debian-edu-router-config. Install the debian-edu-router-config package using Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored for now. For the configuration process following the installation of debian-edu-router-config, physical access to the computer is required. The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more information about the network hardware can be used. Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from /etc/network/interfaces or files in /etc/network/interfaces.d/ and un-configure the two interfaces using ]]>The actual configuration process is started with Selecting the uif configuration method Confirmation for setting up uif When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. Allowing ping in uif Allowing traceroute in uif Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. Enabling IP packet forwarding Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding. Selecting the network setup method Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are already connected or not. Selecting the uplink interface Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network. Selecting internal networks Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single internal network select "Education" here. Enabling use of VLANs Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure select no here. Selecting supported IP versions Select "IPv4" here. Selecting networks which require a static IP address Select "Uplink" if your upstream network requires a static IP address and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, "Education". Setting a static IP address for the internal network Set 10.0.0.1/8 as the static IP address for the internal network "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks. Enabling NAT for networks Enable NAT for the internal network. Enabling internet access for networks Enable internet access for internal networks. Setting up reverse NAT If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the gateway can be configured using the following dialog. Enabling SSH access for networks Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. Enabling DHCP for networks Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. Configuring the SSH port Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu Router Menu. SSH main menu SSH configuration If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing c in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration.
Notes on some characteristics
A note on notebooksMost likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password).
A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installsAfter you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed:
A note on CD installsA netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net.
Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discsIt is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: Please note that copying will take quite some time. Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc.
Installation and booting over the network via PXEFor this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: on the server. This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main Server profile only: The iPXE menu without LTSP entries This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: The iPXE menu with LTSP entries This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Modifying PXE installationsThe PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server.
Custom imagesCreating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD.
Screenshot tourThe text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). 64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) Select a language Select your location Configure the keyboard Detect network hardware Configure network manually Configure IP address Configure gateway Configure nameserver Choose Debian Edu profile Use the automatic partitioning tool: no Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes Participate in the package usage survey: no Participate in the package usage survey: yes Set password for the root user Set full name for the first user Set user name for the first user Set password for the first user Installation complete Lightdm Login screen Xfce Desktop showing Browser window Xfce Desktop screen Thin-Client-Welcome screen Thin-Client-Login screen CategoryPermalink
Getting started
Minimum steps to get startedDuring installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: Log into the server. Add users with GOsa². Add workstations with GOsa². Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Bookworm chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. /!\ If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions.
Services running on the main serverThere are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below.
Introduction to GOsa²GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: User Administration Group Administration NIS Netgroup Administration Machine Administration DNS Administration DHCP Administration For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure Main Server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that.
GOsa² Login plus OverviewGOsa² overview page after login as the first user After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level).
User Management with GOsa²First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user).
Adding usersNext to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. /!\ Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network.
Search, modify and delete usersFilterbox To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. Editing user data
Set passwordsThe students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. To administratively set a new password for a user search for the user to be modified, as explained above click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself Set user password Be aware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords!
Advanced user managementIt is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): Use "," as field separator Do not use quotes The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import The mass import steps are: click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. Reset passwords
Adding users from the command lineUser accounts can also be added from the command line using the ldap-createuser-krb5 tool, see the documentation in the Administration HowTo
Group Management with GOsa²create group create group The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too.
Machine Management with GOsa²Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run ]]>Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the machine is expected to be a valid unqualified hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: GOsa² systems listing Host details Modify host Add netgroup A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually.
Search and delete machinesSearching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here.
Modify existing machines / Netgroup managementAfter adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main server. The default installation provides the NetGroups all-hosts cups-queue-autoflush-hosts cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts fsautoresize-hosts ltsp-server-hosts netblock-hosts printer-hosts server-hosts shutdown-at-night-hosts shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist workstation-hosts Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams.
Printer ManagementFor centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group.
Use printers attached to workstationsThe package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" P910ND_START=1 Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Network printersIt is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers.
Clock synchronisationThe default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. /!\ If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer.
Extending full partitionsBecause of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. CategoryPermalink
Maintenance
Updating the softwareThis section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync. After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt.
Keep yourself informed about security updatesRunning cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed.
Backup ManagementFor backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. /!\ Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default. By default, backups of /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. /!\ Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: \ +root@tjener:~#]]>GOsa² systems listing Host details Modify host Add netgroup A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually.
Search and delete machinesSearching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here.
Modify existing machines / Netgroup managementAfter adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main server. The default installation provides the NetGroups all-hosts cups-queue-autoflush-hosts cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts fsautoresize-hosts ltsp-server-hosts netblock-hosts printer-hosts server-hosts shutdown-at-night-hosts shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist workstation-hosts Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams.
Printer ManagementFor centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group.
Use printers attached to workstationsThe package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" P910ND_START=1 Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Network printersIt is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers.
Clock synchronisationThe default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. /!\ If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer.
Extending full partitionsBecause of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. CategoryPermalink
Maintenance
Updating the softwareThis section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync. After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt.
Keep yourself informed about security updatesRunning cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed.
Backup ManagementFor backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. /!\ Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default. By default, backups of /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. /!\ Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: \ /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \ - /skole/tjener/home0/user_]]>This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: slbackup-php Maintenance
Server Monitoring
MuninThe Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. Information about Munin is available from .
IcingaIcinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package.
Common Icinga warnings and how to handle themHere are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings.
DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup.
APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates).New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do the same. If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots.
WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues.
WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups.
SitesummarySitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from . Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from
More information about Debian Edu customisationsMore information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter CategoryPermalink
Upgrades/!\ Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Please read this chapter and the New features in Bookworm chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade.
General notes on upgradingUpgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade. If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same.
Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye/!\ Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to Bookworm upgrade, see: ) Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again.
Upgrading the main serverStart by making sure the current system is up-to-date: ]]>This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: slbackup-php Maintenance
Server Monitoring
MuninThe Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. Information about Munin is available from .
IcingaIcinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package.
Common Icinga warnings and how to handle themHere are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings.
DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup.
APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates).New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do the same. If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots.
WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues.
WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups.
SitesummarySitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from . Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from
More information about Debian Edu customisationsMore information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter CategoryPermalink
Upgrades/!\ Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Please read this chapter and the New features in Bookworm chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade.
General notes on upgradingUpgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade. If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same.
Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye/!\ Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to Bookworm upgrade, see: ) Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again.
Upgrading the main serverStart by making sure the current system is up-to-date: Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm: apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. restart services: Choose yes. Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. Apply and adjust configuration: Check if the upgraded system works: Reboot; log in as first user and test if the GOsa² gui is working, if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if one can send and receive internal email, if one can manage printers, and if other site specific things are working.
Upgrading a workstationDo all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things not needed.
Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Bullseye about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, Buster. CategoryPermalink
HowToHowTos for general administration HowTos for advanced administration HowTos for the desktop HowTos for networked clients HowTos for Samba HowTos for teaching and learning HowTos for users CategoryPermalink
HowTos for general administrationThe Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks.
Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control systemUsing etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. See the output of man etckeeper for more information. List of useful commands: apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. restart services: Choose yes. Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. Apply and adjust configuration: Check if the upgraded system works: Reboot; log in as first user and test if the GOsa² gui is working, if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if one can send and receive internal email, if one can manage printers, and if other site specific things are working.
Upgrading a workstationDo all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things not needed.
Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bullseye)To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bullseye based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Bullseye about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the previous release, Buster. CategoryPermalink
HowToHowTos for general administration HowTos for advanced administration HowTos for the desktop HowTos for networked clients HowTos for Samba HowTos for teaching and learning HowTos for users CategoryPermalink
HowTos for general administrationThe Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks.
Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control systemUsing etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. See the output of man etckeeper for more information. List of useful commands: An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package:
Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewallTo access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel.
Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main serverIn the default installation, all services are running on the main server, hostname tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: choose the Minimal profile during installation install the packages for the service configure the service disable the service on the main server update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server
HowTos from wiki.debian.orgFIXME: The HowTos from are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) CategoryPermalink
Advanced administration howtoIn this chapter advanced administration tasks are described.
User Customisations with GOsa²
Create Users in Year GroupsIn this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. (as root on the main server) Make the necessary year group directories mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024 (as first user in Gosa) Department Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show up below /Students. Click it. Group Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it. Template Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. Import users Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended.
Other User Customisations
Creating folders in the home directories of all usersWith this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments.
Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewallTo access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel.
Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main serverIn the default installation, all services are running on the main server, hostname tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: choose the Minimal profile during installation install the packages for the service configure the service disable the service on the main server update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server
HowTos from wiki.debian.orgFIXME: The HowTos from are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) CategoryPermalink
Advanced administration howtoIn this chapter advanced administration tasks are described.
User Customisations with GOsa²
Create Users in Year GroupsIn this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. (as root on the main server) Make the necessary year group directories mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024 (as first user in Gosa) Department Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show up below /Students. Click it. Group Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it. Template Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. Import users Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended.
Other User Customisations
Creating folders in the home directories of all usersWith this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server.
Restrict SSH login accessThere are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here.
Setup without LTSP clientsIf no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple: Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). Add users to the new group sshusers. Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Execute service ssh restart.
Setup with LTSP clientsThe default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been changed is enough. X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP server(s) as well.
A note for more complex setupsIf X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for the desktop
Set up a multi-language desktop environmentTo support multiple languages these steps need to be done: Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). Run these commands as root to install the related packages: If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP server(s) as well.
A note for more complex setupsIf X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for the desktop
Set up a multi-language desktop environmentTo support multiple languages these steps need to be done: Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). Run these commands as root to install the related packages: Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock LightDM greeter.
Playing DVDslibdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg.
Handwriting fontsThe package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for networked clients
Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstationsOne generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. (!) Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). Diskless workstation A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². Thin client A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. (!) Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. LTSP client firmware LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. Proceed like this on the LTSP server: First get information about firmware packages, run: Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: and proceed according to the usage information. Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run:
LTSP client type selectionEach LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect.
Use a different LTSP client network192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration.
Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clientsTo create chroot and SquashFS image, run: See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types.
LTSP client configurationRun man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run:
Sound with LTSP clientsLTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally.
Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDsWhen users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager.
A warning about removable media on LTSP serversWhen inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files.
Use printers attached to LTSP clientsAttach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Modifying the PXE setupPXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration.
Configuring the PXE menuThe iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values.
Configuring the PXE installationThe PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter.
Adding a custom repository for PXE installationsFor adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg.
Handwriting fontsThe package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for networked clients
Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstationsOne generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. (!) Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). Diskless workstation A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². Thin client A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. (!) Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. LTSP client firmware LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. Proceed like this on the LTSP server: First get information about firmware packages, run: Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: and proceed according to the usage information. Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run:
LTSP client type selectionEach LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect.
Use a different LTSP client network192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration.
Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clientsTo create chroot and SquashFS image, run: See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types.
LTSP client configurationRun man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run:
Sound with LTSP clientsLTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally.
Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDsWhen users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager.
A warning about removable media on LTSP serversWhen inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files.
Use printers attached to LTSP clientsAttach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Modifying the PXE setupPXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration.
Configuring the PXE menuThe iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values.
Configuring the PXE installationThe PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter.
Adding a custom repository for PXE installationsFor adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once.
Changing network settingsThe debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. /!\ Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too.
Remote DesktopChoosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages.
XrdpXrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.
X2GoX2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517.
Available Remote Desktop clientsfreerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones.
Wireless clientsThe freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. Additional configuration is needed to enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) (!) End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. (for end user devices running Linux) (Linux, Android) (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts.
Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin
Adding pGina user in Debian EduTo have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website.
Install pGina forkDownload and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:
Configure pGinaConsidering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7).
LDAP Plugin main sectionLDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) Timeout: 10 Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no ("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password)
Authentication blockBind Tab: Allow Empty Passwords: NO Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))
Authorization blockDefault: Allow Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional)
Plugin SelectionLDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)
Plugin OrderAuthentication: LDAP, Local Machine Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine Sources: CategoryPermalink
Samba in Debian EduSamba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. Please note: By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'.
Accessing files via SambaConnections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for teaching and learningAll Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root).
Teaching Programmingstable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page.
Monitoring pupils/!\ Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage.
Restricting pupils' network accessSome schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for users
Changing passwordsEvery user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa².
Running standalone Java applicationsStandalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime.
Using emailAll users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern.
ThunderbirdStart Thunderbird Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' Enter your email address Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used Click 'Continue' For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically Click 'Done' CategoryPermalink
Contribute
Contribute onlineMost of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist.
Report bugsDebian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu.
Documentation writers and translatorsThis document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to create a wiki user account first. Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! CategoryPermalink
Support
Volunteer based support
in English - support mailing list #debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens.
in Norwegian#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users
in German - support mailing list #skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users
in French - support mailing list
Professional supportLists of companies providing professional support are available from . CategoryPermalink
New features in Debian Edu Bookworm
New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its installation manual for more details, including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. New artwork based on the Emerald theme, the default artwork for Debian 12 bookworm.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg: Linux kernel 6.1 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 LibreOffice 7.4 GOsa² 2.8 Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1 Music creator Rosegarden 22.12 LTSP 23.01 Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Bookworm Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian.
Known issuessee the Debian Edu Bookworm status page. CategoryPermalink
Copyright and authorsThis document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! If you add content to it, please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions! Then add your name here and release it under the "GPL v2 or any later version" licence. CategoryPermalink
Translations of this documentThere is an online overview of packaged translations, updated frequently.
HowTo translate this document
Translate using PO filesAs in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations.
Translate online using a web browserMost language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. Please report any problems. CategoryPermalink
Appendix A - The GNU General Public License
Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename BookwormCopyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright for the full list of copyright owners. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSEVersion 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS CategoryPermalink
Appendix B - Features in older releases
New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its installation manual for more details. New artwork based on the Homeworld theme, the default artwork for Debian 11 (bullseye). The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot.For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from the main server.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg: Linux kernel 5.10 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24 LibreOffice 7.0 Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0 Music creator Rosegarden 20.12 LTSP 21.01 Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish.
Other changes compared to the previous releaseImproved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle for the whole system. New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go. Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP. The /srv/tftp directory is now used as netboot base instead of /var/lib/tftpboot. After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium. Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage. On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically. New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods. Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone. The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP. Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode). Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS. Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user.
Historic information about older releasesThe following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06. Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17. Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. CategoryPermalink
CategoryPermalink
\ No newline at end of file + sudo service xrdp restart]]>
X2GoX2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517.
Available Remote Desktop clientsfreerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones.
Wireless clientsThe freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. Additional configuration is needed to enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) (!) End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. (for end user devices running Linux) (Linux, Android) (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts.
Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin
Adding pGina user in Debian EduTo have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website.
Install pGina forkDownload and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:
Configure pGinaConsidering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7).
LDAP Plugin main sectionLDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) Timeout: 10 Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no ("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password)
Authentication blockBind Tab: Allow Empty Passwords: NO Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))
Authorization blockDefault: Allow Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional)
Plugin SelectionLDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)
Plugin OrderAuthentication: LDAP, Local Machine Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine Sources: CategoryPermalink
Samba in Debian EduSamba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. Please note: By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'.
Accessing files via SambaConnections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for teaching and learningAll Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root).
Teaching Programmingstable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page.
Monitoring pupils/!\ Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage.
Restricting pupils' network accessSome schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for users
Changing passwordsEvery user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa².
Running standalone Java applicationsStandalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime.
Using emailAll users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern.
ThunderbirdStart Thunderbird Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' Enter your email address Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used Click 'Continue' For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically Click 'Done' CategoryPermalink
Contribute
Contribute onlineMost of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist.
Report bugsDebian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu.
Documentation writers and translatorsThis document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to create a wiki user account first. Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! CategoryPermalink
Support
Volunteer based support
in English - support mailing list #debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens.
in Norwegian#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users
in German - support mailing list #skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users
in French - support mailing list
Professional supportLists of companies providing professional support are available from . CategoryPermalink
New features in Debian Edu Bookworm
New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its installation manual for more details, including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. New artwork based on the Emerald theme, the default artwork for Debian 12 bookworm.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg: Linux kernel 6.1 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 LibreOffice 7.4 GOsa² 2.8 Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1 Music creator Rosegarden 22.12 LTSP 23.01 Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Bookworm Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian.
Known issuessee the Debian Edu Bookworm status page. CategoryPermalink
Copyright and authorsThis document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! If you add content to it, please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions! Then add your name here and release it under the "GPL v2 or any later version" licence. CategoryPermalink
Translations of this documentThere is an online overview of packaged translations, updated frequently.
HowTo translate this document
Translate using PO filesAs in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations.
Translate online using a web browserMost language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. Please report any problems. CategoryPermalink
Appendix A - The GNU General Public License
Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename BookwormCopyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright for the full list of copyright owners. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSEVersion 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS CategoryPermalink
Appendix B - Features in older releases
New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its installation manual for more details. New artwork based on the Homeworld theme, the default artwork for Debian 11 (bullseye). The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot.For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from the main server.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg: Linux kernel 5.10 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24 LibreOffice 7.0 Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0 Music creator Rosegarden 20.12 LTSP 21.01 Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish.
Other changes compared to the previous releaseImproved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle for the whole system. New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go. Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP. The /srv/tftp directory is now used as netboot base instead of /var/lib/tftpboot. After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium. Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage. On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically. New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods. Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone. The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP. Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode). Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS. Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user.
Historic information about older releasesThe following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06. Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17. Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. CategoryPermalink
CategoryPermalink
\ No newline at end of file diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/Makefile debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/Makefile --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/Makefile 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/Makefile 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -# -# configuration here: -# -url=https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/ -name=debian-edu-bullseye-manual -legacy=no -VERSION:=$(shell cat version) -DEBIAN_EDU_DOC_TITLE=Debian\ Edu\ /\ Skolelinux\ Bullseye\ $(VERSION)\ Manual -path1=DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye -path2='\/DebianEdu\/Documentation\/' -export - -include ../common/Makefile.common diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -README for translators of the debian-edu-bullseye-manual --------------------------------------------- - - -Before you start: ------------------ - -Basic information about Salsa (the host where our Git repository is located) -and Git is available at https://wiki.debian.org/Salsa. - -To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Salsa project -'Debian Edu'. - -Then check out the debian-edu-doc source using ssh access: - -$ git clone git@salsa.debian.org:debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git - -If you only want to translate, you need to check out only a few files from Git -(which can be done anonymously). Please file a bug against the debian-edu-doc -package and attach the compressed PO file to the bugreport, for already existing -bug reports,see: - -https://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc - -For instructions on how to submit bugs, see: - -https://www.debian.org/Bugs/ - -You can check out the debian-edu-doc source anonymously with the following -command (you need to have the git package installed for this to work): - -$ git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git - -Then edit the file documentation/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.$CC.po (replacing $CC with your -language code). There are many tools for translating available, e.g. Lokalize -or Poedit. - -Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to do -so) or add the file to the bugreport. - -To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside -the debian-edu-doc directory: - -$ git pull - -Install the build dependencies of the package plus some extra packages (which -are needed for working on the translations, the package itself builds fine -without them): - -sudo apt build-dep debian-edu-doc -sudo apt install po4a texlive-latex-recommended texlive-latex-extra \ -texlive-fonts-recommended texlive-fonts-extra dblatex wget libxml2-utils - -Please note: pdflatex depends on ($texlive-packages | $tetex-packages) - we -need the texlive packages. - -For the following commands it's assumed you're in the current directory: -debian-edu-doc/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye - - - -How to start a translation --------------------------- - -Simply copy the POT file as a PO file: - -$ cp debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # create a new Danish PO file -$ git add debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # add it to the VCS -$ vi debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # better use Lokalize or Poedit -$ LINGUA=da make xml # check the build and rewrap the PO file -$ git commit debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # commit the new translation for the first time -$ git push # update the remote repository - - -How to update the translations ------------------------------- - -Update the translations every time before you start translating some new -strings: - -$ git pull # update from the VCS, maybe someone else translated - # something or the English source was updated -$ vi debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # again, better use Lokalize or Poedit -$ LINGUA=da make xml # check the build and rewrap the PO file -$ git diff debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # check the differences from the previous file -$ git commit debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po # commit changes to your local repository -$ git push # update the remote repository - - - -How to build the HTML, PDF and EPUB versions. ---------------------------------------------- - -$ make html pdf epub # build all versions for all translations. - -Even faster for a single language, e.g. Danish: -$ LINGUA=da make html # build only the Danish translation in HTML. - -You can also build the PDF: -$ LINGUA=da make pdf # build only the Danish translation in PDF. -The English pictures will be used for this test build, but localized images -will be used during the actual build process (if they exist). - -Build the EPUB, too: -$ LINGUA=da make epub # build only the Danish translation in PDF. -Existing localized images will replace English ones. - -Cleaning up after having checked that things are okay: -$ make clean - -Translating notes ------------------ - -Don't translate URLs - be careful: some wiki-URLs might be harder to notice -they are URLs. - -To "translate" images, add them to the VCS into the images/$CC/ directory, where -$CC is your language. They will be picked up automatically. - -If you spot errors in the English version or see how it could be improved, -please do contribute to the English version too. Just edit the wiki at -https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/ - a user account -is needed to edit these pages, so you will probably need to create a wiki -user first (via the login link). - -If you cannot commit your work to the VCS directly, please file a bug against -the debian-edu-doc package, see https://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc. Compress -the PO file using gzip and attach the file to the bugreport. Instructions how -to submit bugs are available at https://bugs.debian.org - - --- Holger Levsen, holger@debian.org, last updated: 2020-08-23 diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3595 +0,0 @@ -
Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 ManualPublish date: -
-Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - -Debian Edu Installer Logo - -This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release. - -The version at is a wiki and updated frequently. - -Translations are part of the debian-edu-doc package which can be installed on a webserver, and is available online. - -
- -
-About Debian Edu and Skolelinux - -Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. - -The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic environment details. - -After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. - -Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe. - - -
-Some history and why two names - -Debian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. - -What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. - -The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. - -Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. - -
-
-
- - -Architecture - -
- - -Network - -This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. - -The Debian Edu network topology - -The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. - -The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. - -In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. - - -
-The default network setup - -DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. - -This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. - -DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. - -The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP. - -
- -
-Main server - -A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile. - -
- -
-Services running on the main server - -With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). - -To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. - -Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. - -Table of services - - Service description - - Common name - - DNS service name - - Centralised Logging - - rsyslog - - syslog - - Domain Name Service - - DNS (BIND) - - domain - - Automatic Network Configuration of Machines - - DHCP - - bootps - - Clock Synchronisation - - NTP - - ntp - - Home Directories via Network File System - - SMB / NFS - - homes - - Electronic Post Office - - IMAP (Dovecot) - - postoffice - - Directory Service - - OpenLDAP - - ldap - - User Administration - - GOsa² - - --- - - Web Server - - Apache/PHP - - www - - Central Backup - - sl-backup, slbackup-php - - backup - - Web Cache - - Proxy (Squid) - - webcache - - Printing - - CUPS - - ipp - - Secure Remote Login - - OpenSSH - - ssh - - Automatic Configuration - - CFEngine - - cfengine - - LTSP Server/s - - LTSP - - ltsp - - Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email - -Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary - - sitesummary - -Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. - -By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. - -All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. - -To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. - -Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). - -Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. - -By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. - -Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. - -Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. - -Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. - -In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. - -Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers. - -
- -
-LTSP server(s) - -A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. - -The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. - -Please note: - - - -LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. - - -The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server. - -
- -
-Thin clients - -A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. - -Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started. - -
- -
-Diskless workstations - -A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. - -Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. - -
- -
-Networked clients - -The term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows. - -
-
- -
-Administration - -All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. - -All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication. - - -
-Installation - -Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. - -The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. - -Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. - -The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation. - -
- -
- - - -File system access configuration - -Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. - -To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. - -To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. - -The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). - -
-
-
-
- - -Requirements - -There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines. - - -
-Hardware requirements - -The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. - - If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. - - - -The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. - - -Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. - - -For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. - - -The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: - - - -combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). - - -LTSP server: 40 GiB. - - -workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. - - -LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: - - - -eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), - - -eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. - - -Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations. - -
- -
-Hardware known to work - -A list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete - - is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware. - -
-
- -
-Requirements for network setup - - -
-Default Setup - -When using the default network architecture, these rules apply: - - - -You need exactly one main server, the tjener. - - -You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. - - -You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. - - -You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. - - -You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. - - -For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below). - -
- -
- - - -Internet router - -A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. - -The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. - -In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. - -A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as profile during installation. - -After installation, run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no> which will make the following changes: - - - -Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file. - - -Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'. - - -Remove superfluous scripts. - - -Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network. - - -Install a firewall (optional). - -If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. - -It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. - -
-
-
- - -Installation and download options - - -
-Where to find additional information - -We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Bullseye before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available in its installation manual. - -Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. :-) - -It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. - - Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time. - -
- -
-Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - - -
-amd64 or i386 - -amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for old hardware. - -
- -
-netinst iso images for amd64 or i386 - -The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the installation. - -Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from: - - - - - - - - -
- -
-BD iso images for i386 or amd64 - -This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. - -Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from: - - - - - - - - -
- -
-Verification of downloaded image files - -Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ. - -
- -
-Sources - -Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on - -
-
- -
-Installing Debian Edu - -When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment. - - -
-Main server installation scenarios - - -Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: - - - -Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). - - -See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. - - -Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. - - -The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time in the correct environment. - - -Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. - - - -Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. - - -Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. - - -Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: - - - -As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. - - - -Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP - - -Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP - - -Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better - - -The main server should just work after the first boot. - - -Offline (no Internet connection): - - - -Use the BD ISO image. - - -Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. - - -Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). - - -Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access. - -
- -
-Desktop environments - -Several desktop environments are available: - - - -Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). - - -KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. - - -Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. - - -MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. - - -LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. - - -LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). - -Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one. - -
- -
-Modular installation - - - -When installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. - - -Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-mate because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-mate-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. - - -For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page. - -
- -
-Installation types and options - -Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - -64-bit Installer boot menu - - Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. - - Install uses text mode. - - Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose. - -Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. - -64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 - - Back.. brings back to the main menu. - -Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. - - Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. - - Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. - - Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. - - Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. - - Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. - - Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. - -Help screen - -Installer help screen - - This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. - -Add or change boot parameters for installations - -In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for Graphical install. - - Edit command line options - - - -You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. - - -If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. - - -To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. - - -To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. - - -To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. - - -To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. - - -To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. - - -And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate. - -
- -
-The installation process - -Remember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. - - - -Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). - - -Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. - - -Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). - - -Choose profile(s) from the following list: - - - -Main Server - - -This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. - - -Workstation - - -A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. - - -Roaming workstation - - -Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. - - -LTSP Server - - -A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. - - -Standalone - - -An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. - - -Minimal - - -This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main-server. - - In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. - -The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. - - -Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. - - -Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. - - -Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb..." - - -After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. - - The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). - - -Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. - - -In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter. - -
- -
-Notes on some characteristics - - -
-A note on notebooks - -Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password). - -
- -
-A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs - -After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed: - -
- -
-A note on CD installs - -A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net. - -
-
- -
-Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs - -It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD .iso image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: - -sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX - -To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: - -lsblk -p - -Please note that copying will take quite some time. - -Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc. - -
- -
-Installation and booting over the network via PXE - -For this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware on the server. - -This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main-Server profile only: - -width=400 - -This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: - -width=400 - -This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². - -More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter. - -
- -
- - - -Modifying PXE installations - -The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. - -A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat - -The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. - -Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. - -To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. - -Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server. - -
- -
-Custom images - -Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. - -So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD. - -
-
- -
-Screenshot tour - -The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. - -So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). - -01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png - -02-select_a_language.png - -03-select_your_location.png - -04-Configure_the_keyboard.png - -05-Detect_network_hardware.png - -06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png - -07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png - -08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png - -09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png - -10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png - -11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png - -12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png - -13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png - -14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png - -21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png - -tjener Lightdm Login - -Xfce and Browser - -Xfce Desktop - -Thin-Client-Welcome - -Thin-Client-Login - -
-
-
- - -Getting started - - -
-Minimum steps to get started - -During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. - -See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. - -After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: - - -Log into the server. - - -Add users with GOsa². - - -Add workstations with GOsa². - -Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. - -There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Bullseye chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. - - If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. - -The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions. - - -
-Services running on the main server - -There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below. - -
-
- -
-Introduction to GOsa² - -GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: - - - -User Administration - - -Group Administration - - -NIS Netgroup Administration - - -Machine Administration - - -DNS Administration - - -DHCP Administration - -For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). - -If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): - -From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. - - - -If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. - - -Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that. - - -
-GOsa² Login plus Overview - -GOsa² overview page after login as the first user - -After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². - -Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². - -In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. - -GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. - -A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) - -Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level). - -
-
- -
-User Management with GOsa² - -First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user). - - -
-Adding users - -Next to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. - - - -The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). - - -As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. - - -If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) - - -When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. - -After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. - -As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. - -If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network. - -
- -
-Search, modify and delete users - -Filterbox - -To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". - -When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. - -A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. - -Editing user data - -
- -
-Set passwords - -The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. - -Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. - -To administratively set a new password for a user - - -search for the user to be modified, as explained above - - -click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in - - -on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself - -Set user password - -Beware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords! - -
- -
-Advanced user management - -It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). - -These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): - - - -Use "," as field separator - - -Do not use quotes - - -The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) - - -The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import - -The mass import steps are: - - -click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left - - -click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right - - -browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported - - -choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) - - -click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner - -It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. - -Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. - -Reset passwords - -
-
- -
-Group Management with GOsa² - -create group - -create group - -The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. - -You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. - -Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. - -The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too. - -
- -
-Machine Management with GOsa² - -Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. - -Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. - -Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. - -To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run - ]]> -Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. - -To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. - -To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. - -If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: - -GOsa² systems listing - -Host details - -Modify host - -Add netgroup - -A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually. - - -
-Search and delete machines - -Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here. - -
- -
-Modify existing machines / Netgroup management - -After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). - -The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. - -For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-server. - -The default installation provides the NetGroups - - - -all-hosts - - -cups-queue-autoflush-hosts - - -cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts - - -fsautoresize-hosts - - -ltsp-server-hosts - - -netblock-hosts - - -printer-hosts - - -server-hosts - - -shutdown-at-night-hosts - - -shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist - - -workstation-hosts - -Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: - - - -Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) - - -Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. - - -Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) - - -Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. - - -Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) - - -Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. - - -Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) - - -Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams. - -
-
-
- -
-Printer Management - -For centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group. - - -
-Use printers attached to workstations - -The package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. - - - -Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): - - - -P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" - - -P910ND_START=1 - - -Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI. - -
- -
-Network printers - -It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers. - -
-
- -
-Clock synchronisation - -The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. - - If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. - -To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer. - -
- -
-Extending full partitions - -Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. - -
-
- - -Maintenance - - -
-Updating the software - -This section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. - -Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). - -It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. - - After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. - - It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync. - - After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. - -It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. - -cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. - -Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. - -apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt. - - -
-Keep yourself informed about security updates - -Running cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed. - -
-
- -
-Backup Management - -For backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. - - Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default). - -By default tjener will back up /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. - - Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. - -If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. - -If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: - \ - /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \ - /skole/tjener/home0/user_]]> -This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> - -If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. - -If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: - -slbackup-php Maintenance - -
- -
-Server Monitoring - - -
-Munin - -The Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. - -The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. - -The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. - -Information about Munin is available from . - -
- -
-Icinga - -Icinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. - -By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. - -The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. - -Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. - -Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package. - - -
-Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them - -Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings. - - -
-DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%): - -The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. - -
- -
-APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates). - -New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same. - -If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots. - -
- -
-WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0 - -The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues. - -
- -
-WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61 - -The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups. - -
-
-
- -
-Sitesummary - -Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. - -A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from . - -Some documentation on sitesummary is available from - -
-
- -
-More information about Debian Edu customisations - -More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter - -
-
-
- - -Upgrades - - Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. - -Please read this chapter and the New features in Bullseye chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade. - - -
-General notes on upgrading - -Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) - -In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. - -If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. - -Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. - -It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same. - -
- -
-Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster - - Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. - -Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: ) - -Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. - -If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again. - - -
-Upgrading the main server - - - -Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date: - - - -Cleanup the package cache: - - - -Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry): - - - -apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). - - -Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. - - - -restart services: Choose Yes. - - -openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. - - -/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y. - - -Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. - - -Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'. - - -/etc/default/slapd: Choose N. - - -/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N. - - -/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N. - - -Apply and adjust configuration: - - - -Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface: - - - -Run apt install icinga2-ido-mysql, always choose No if asked by debconf. - - -Run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup - - -Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork: - - - -Adjust Xfce panel configuration: - - - -Cope with new LTSP and related changes: - - - -Cope with move to iPXE: - -Create a file ipxe.ldif with the following content: - -Then run ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif to apply the changes. - -Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the /etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif file. Entries concerned are: - - -Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access: - - - -cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup - - -cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new gosa.conf file - - -Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig for those entries. - - -rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets - - -Run gosa-encrypt-passwords - - -Run service apache2 restart - - -Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes: - - - -sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf - - -Run service krb5-kdc restart - - -Cope with Samba changes: - - - -Add first user's Samba account: smbpasswd -a <first username>. Once users change their password, the related Samba account will be created. - - -Check if the upgraded system works: - -Reboot; log in as first user and test - - - -if the GOsa² gui is working, - - -if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, - - -if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, - - -if one can send and receive internal email, - - -if one can manage printers, - - -and if other site specific things are working. - -
- -
-Upgrading a workstation - -Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for mounting home directories, see the getting started chapter for details. - -
-
- -
-Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster) - -To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Buster about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie. - -
-
-
- - -HowTo - - - -HowTos for general administration - - -HowTos for advanced administration - - -HowTos for the desktop - - -HowTos for networked clients - - -HowTos for Samba - - -HowTos for teaching and learning - - -HowTos for users - -
-
- - -HowTos for general administration - -The Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks. - - -
-Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system - -Using etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. - -This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. - -Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. - -To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. - -See the output of man etckeeper for more information. - -List of useful commands: - - -
-Usage examples - -On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: - -See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date: - -To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour: - -
-
- -
-Resizing Partitions - -In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the /boot/ partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted. - -It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run fsck on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. - -The helper script debian-edu-fsautoresize is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from /usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab, /site/etc/fsautoresizetab and /etc/fsautoresizetab. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument -n is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the file systems. - -The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. - -When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in etc/squid/squid.conf needs to be updated as well. The helper script /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of /var/spool/squid/ and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size. - - -
-Logical Volume Management - -Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the LVM HowTo. - -To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the lvextend command how large you want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands: - -To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G) - -
-
- -
-Using ldapvi - -ldapvi is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline. - -The following needs to be executed: - -Note: ldapvi will use whatever is the default editor. By executing export EDITOR=vim in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor. - -To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the string add in front of the new LDAP object. - - Warning: ldapvi is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for JXplorer. - -
- -
-Kerberized NFS - -Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels krb5, krb5i and krb5p are supported (krb5 means Kerberos authentication, i stands for integrity check and p for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, krb5i is a good choice and has been chosen as default. - - -
-How to change the default - -Main server - - - -login as root - - -run ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)', search for sec=krb5i and replace it with sec=krb5 or sec=krb5p. - - -edit /etc/exports.d/edu.exports and adjust these entries accordingly: - - - -run exportfs -r - -
-
- -
-Standardskriver - -This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md. - -The configuration file /etc/standardskriver.cfg has to be provided by the admin, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg as an example. - -
- -
-JXplorer, an LDAP GUI - -If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the jxplorer package, which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this: - -
- -
-ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool - -ldap-createuser-krb is a small command line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly useful for testing, though. - -
- -
-Using stable-updates - -Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly maintained in volatile.debian.org in the stable-updates suite. - -While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months. - -
- -
-Using backports to install newer software - -You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in. - -Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there. - -Using backports is simple: -> /etc/apt/sources.list -apt-get update]]> -After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of tuxtype: - -Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-free. - -
- -
-Upgrading with a CD or similar image - -If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps: - -Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command: - -To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page: - - -apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files. - -It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns. - -Then run these two commands to upgrade the system: - -
- -
-Automatic cleanup of leftover processes - -killer is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour. - -
- -
-Automatic installation of security upgrades - -unattended-upgrades is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in /var/log/unattended-upgrades/; also, there are always /var/log/dpkg.log and /var/log/apt/. - -
- -
-Automatic shutdown of machines during the night - -It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package shutdown-at-night will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines. - -Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up: - - - -The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from who, and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with X2Go thin clients. - - -To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time. - - -There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by nvram-wakeup; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up. - - -
-How to set up shutdown-at-night - -On clients that should turn off at night, touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night, or add the hostname (that is, the output from 'uname -n' on the client) to the netgroup "shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the GOsa² web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets. - -To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator to generate the list of clients on the fly. - -Here is an example /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator for use with sitesummary: - -An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package: - -
-
- -
-Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall - -To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel. - -
- -
-Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-server - -In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). - -These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: - - - -install the minimal profile using the debian-edu-expert boot-option - - -install the packages for the service - - -configure the service - - -disable the service on main-server - - -update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server - -
- -
-HowTos from wiki.debian.org - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
-
- - -Advanced administration howto - -In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described. - - -
-User Customisations with GOsa² - -
- - -Create Users in Year Groups - -In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. - -(as root on the main server) - - - -Make the necessary year group directories - -mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024 - -(as first user in Gosa) - - - -Department - -Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show up below /Students. Click it. - - - -Group - -Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it. - - - -Template - -Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. - -Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. - - - -Import users - -Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended. - -
-
- -
-Other User Customisations - - -
-Creating folders in the home directories of all users - -With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. - -In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. - -
-
- -
-Use a dedicated storage server - -Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data. - - - -Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the Getting started chapter of this manual. - - -This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines: - -Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.) - - -Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request. - - -This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor. - -ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no - -When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.) - - -Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: - - -Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. - -Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server. - -
- -
-Restrict ssh login access - -There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here. - - -
-Setup without LTSP clients - -If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. - -Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple: - - - -Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). - - -Add users to the new group sshusers. - - -Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. - - -Execute service ssh restart. - -
- -
-Setup with LTSP clients - -The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been changed is enough. - -X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. - - - -Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. - - -Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: - -If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP server(s) as well. - -
- -
-A note for more complex setups - -If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login. - -
-
-
-
- - -HowTos for the desktop - - -
-Set up a multi-language desktop environment - -To support multiple languages these commands need to be run: - - - -Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). - - -Run these commands as root to install the related packages: - -Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock Lightdm greeter. - -
- -
-Playing DVDs - -libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. - -Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg. - -
- -
-Handwriting fonts - -The package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. - -
-
-
- - -HowTos for networked clients - - -
-Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations - -One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. - - Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. - - - -As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. - - -Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. - - -In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². - -For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. - -Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. - -The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. - -Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: - - - -debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). - - -debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. - - -debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). - -Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). - -The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. - -The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. - -The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). - -Diskless workstation - -A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. - -Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². - -Thin client - -A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. - -Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. - - Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. - -LTSP client firmware - -LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. - -Proceed like this on the LTSP server: - - -First get information about firmware packages, run: - - -Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: - - -Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: - - -In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: - - -and proceed according to the usage information. - -Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run: - - -
-LTSP client type selection - -Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). - -In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. - -The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect. - -
- -
-Use a different LTSP client network - -192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration. - -
- -
-Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients - -To create chroot and SquashFS image, run: - -See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types. - -
- -
-LTSP client configuration - -Run man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: - -Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run: - -
- -
-Sound with LTSP clients - -LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. - -LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally. - -
- -
-Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs - -When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. - -When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager. - - -
-A warning about removable media on LTSP servers - -When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files. - -
-
- -
-Use printers attached to LTSP clients - - - -Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). - - -Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. - - -Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI. - -
-
- -
-Modifying the PXE setup - -PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration. - - -
-Configuring the PXE menu - -The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values. - -
- -
-Configuring the PXE installation - -The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. - -More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter. - -
- -
-Adding a custom repository for PXE installations - -For adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: - -and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once. - -
-
- -
-Changing network settings - -The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. - - Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. - -There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. - -
- -
-Remote Desktop - -Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages. - - -
-Xrdp - -Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. - -Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. - -Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this script could be used. - -
- -
-X2Go - -X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. - -Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517. - -
- -
-Available Remote Desktop clients - - - -freerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. - - - -RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. - - -VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. - - -x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones. - -
-
- -
-Wireless clients - -The freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. - -Additional configuration is needed to - - - -enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). - - -allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). - - -combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) - - End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. - - - - (for end user devices running Linux) - - - (Linux, Android) - - - (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) - -Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts. - -
- -
-Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin - - -
-Adding pGina user in Debian Edu - -To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. - -Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website. - -
- -
-Install pGina fork - -Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder: - -
- -
-Configure pGina - -Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. - -So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below - - (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7). - - -
-LDAP Plugin main section - - - -LDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) - - -LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) - - -Timeout: 10 - - -Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) - - -Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) - - -Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) - - -Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no - - -("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) - - -Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password) - -
- -
-Authentication block - -Bind Tab: - - - -Allow Empty Passwords: NO - - -Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) - - -Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person)) - -
- -
-Authorization block - - - -Default: Allow - - -Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) - - -Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional) - -
- -
-Plugin Selection - - - -LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] - - -Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes) - -
- -
-Plugin Order - - - -Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine - - -Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine - -Sources: - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
-
-
-
- - -Samba in Debian Edu - -Samba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. - -As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba as NT4-style PDC is gone. - -For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. - -Please note: - - - -By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. - - -Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². - - -To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. - - -Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'. - - -
-Accessing files via Samba - -Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. - -Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. - -
-
-
- - -HowTos for teaching and learning - -All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root). - - -
-Teaching Programming - -stable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page. - -
- -
-Monitoring pupils - - Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. - -Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage. - -
- -
-Restricting pupils' network access - -Some schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. - -
-
-
- - -HowTos for users - - -
-Changing passwords - -Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. - -Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. - -Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa². - -
- -
-Running standalone Java applications - -Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime. - -
- -
- - - -Using email - -All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. - -Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern. - -
- -
-Thunderbird - - - -Start Thunderbird - - -Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' - - -Enter your email address - - -Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used - - -Click 'Continue' - - -For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically - - -Click 'Done' - -
-
- -
-Contribute - - -
-Contribute locally - -Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. "Isolated" contributors and users exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. - -The support chapter has explanations and links to localised resources, as contribute and support are two sides of the same coin. - -
- -
-Contribute globally - -Internationally we are organised into various teams working on different subjects. - -Most of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. New contributors should read our . - -A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist. - -
- -
-Report bugs - -Debian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu. - -
- -
-Documentation writers and translators - -This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various -FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. - -The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you need to create a wiki user first. - -Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! - -
-
-
- - -Support - - -
-Volunteer based support - - -
-in English - - - - - - - - support mailing list - - -#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens :-) - -
- -
-in Norwegian - - - -#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users - -
- -
-in German - - - - - support mailing list - - - - official German representation - - -#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users - -
- -
-in French - - - - - support mailing list - -
-
- -
-Professional support - -Lists of companies providing professional support are available from . - -
-
-
- - -New features in Debian Edu Bullseye - - -
-New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - - -
-Installation changes - - - -New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its installation manual for more details. - - -New artwork based on the Homeworld theme, the default artwork for Debian 11 Bullseye. - - -The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot. - -For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from the main server. - -
- -
-Software updates - - - -Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg: - - - -Linux kernel 5.10 - - -Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24 - - -LibreOffice 7.0 - - -Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0 - - -Music creator Rosegarden 20.12 - - -LTSP 21.01 - - -Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. - - - -More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. - -
- -
-Documentation and translation updates - - - -During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. - - -The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. - - - -Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish. - -
- -
-Other changes compared to the previous release - - - -Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle for the whole system. - - -New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go. - - -Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP. - - -The /srv/tftp directory is now used as netboot base instead of /var/lib/tftpboot. - - -After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. - - -DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium. - - -Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage. - - -On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically. - - -New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods. - - -Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone. - - -The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP. - - -Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode). - - -Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS. - - -Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user. - -
- -
-Known issues - - - -see the Debian Edu Bullseye status page. - -
-
-
- -
- - -Translations of this document - -The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. - -Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish. - -On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, Swedish and Traditional Chinese. - -There is an online overview of shipped translations. - - -
-HowTo translate this document - - -
-Translate using PO files - -As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations. - -
- -
-Translate online using a web browser - -Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. - -Please report any problems. - -
-
-
- -
-Appendix A - The GNU General Public License - - -
-Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - -Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright chapter for the full list of copyright owners. - - - -
-
- -
-Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet - - Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment. - - -
-Features of the Standalone image - - - -XFCE desktop - - -All packages from the Standalone profile - - -All packages from the laptop task - -
- -
-Features of the Workstation image - - - -XFCE desktop - - -All packages from the Workstation profile - - -All packages from the laptop task - -
- -
-Activating translations and regional support - -To activate a specific translation, boot using locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the keyb=KB option where KB is the desired keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes: - - Language (Region) - - Locale value - - Keyboard layout - - Norwegian Bokmål - - nb_NO.UTF-8 - - no - - Norwegian Nynorsk - - nn_NO.UTF-8 - - no - - German - - de_DE.UTF-8 - - de - - French (France) - - fr_FR.UTF-8 - - fr - - Greek (Greece) - - el_GR.UTF-8 - - el - - Japanese - - ja_JP.UTF-8 - - jp - - Northern Sami (Norway) - - se_NO - - no(smi) - -A complete list of locale codes is available in /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/. - -
- -
-Stuff to know - - - -The password for the user is "user"; root has no password set. - -
- -
-Known issues with the image - - - - - -
-
- -
-Appendix C - Features in older releases - - -
-New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06 - - -
-Installation changes - - - -This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at , thus these are official Debian images. - - -New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its installation manual for more details. - - -New artwork based on the futurePrototype theme, the default artwork for Debian 10 Buster. - - -New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE). - - -New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see the official CFEngine documentation. - - -The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one. - -
- -
-Software updates - - - -Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg: - - - -Linux kernel 4.19 - - -Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20 - - -Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0 - - -LibreOffice 6.1 - - -Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95 - - -Music creator Rosegarden 18.12 - - -GOsa 2.74 - - -LTSP 5.18 - - -Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation. - - - -More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. - -
- -
-Documentation and translation updates - - - -Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully translated. - - -The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. - - - -Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese. - -
- -
-Other changes compared to the previous release - - - -The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again. - - -New school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool and education-highschool are available. None of them is installed by default. - - -Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like gcompris-qt, childsplay, tuxpaint or tuxmath) are no longer installed by default. - - -Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those educational packages that are actually wanted. See the installation chapter for more information. - - -Site specific multi-language support. See the Desktop chapter for more information. - - -LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment. - - -New GOsa²-Plugin Password Management. - - -Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface. - - -New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the shut-down-at-night-hosts netgroup from being woken up. - - -New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the Administration chapter for more information. - - -New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP diskless clients. See the NetworkClients chapter for more information. - - -Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure connections. - - -Kerberized ssh. A password isn't needed anymore for connections inside the internal network; root needs to run kinit first to enable it. - - -Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, see the Administration chapter for more information. - - -Added configuration file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with examples to make site specific changes easier. - - -Added configuration file /etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf with examples to make site specific changes easier. - - -New tool /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-scratch. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might also be useful to make site specific changes easier. - - -With X2Go server now available in Debian, the related packages are now installed on all systems with Profile LTSP-Server. - - -Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped upstream. - - -Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser. - - -Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the unattended-upgrades package by default, see the Maintenance chapter for more information about security upgrades. - -
-
- -
-New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17 - - -
-Installation changes - - - -New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its installation manual for more details. - - -The "Thin-Client-Server" profile has been renamed to "LTSP-Server" profile. - - -New artwork based on the "soft Waves" theme, the default artwork for Debian 9 Stretch. - -
- -
-Software updates - - - -Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg: - - - -Linux kernel 4.9 - - -Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16 - - - -KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others see this manual. - - -Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59 - - - -Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox! :-) - - -Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default. - - -LibreOffice 5.2.6 - - -Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10 - - -Music creator Rosegarden 16.06 - - -GOsa 2.7.4 - - -LTSP 5.5.9 - - -Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation. - - - -More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. - -
- -
-Documentation and translation updates - - - -Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 29 languages. - - -The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese translation was newly added for Stretch. - - - -Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. - -
- -
-Other changes compared to the previous release - - - -Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool. - - -kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool. - - -The free flash player gnash is back again. - - -Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown messages. - - -Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an LDAP editor. - - -The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some i586 processors (e.g. the "AMD Geode") will remain supported. - - -Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system with a low uptime value is powered off. - - -LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated (ltsp-update-image) for the changes to take effect. - - -Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are no longer allowed. - -
-
- -
-Historic information about older releases - -The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: - - - -Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. - - -Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. - - -Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. - - -Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. - - -Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. - - -Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. - - -Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. - - -Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. - - -Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. - - -Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. - - -Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. - -A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. - -
-
-
diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Udgivelsesdato; endboundary=
- -Oversættelse: -2012-2016, 2019 Joe Hansen - - diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.da.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9687 +0,0 @@ -# Danish translation debian-edu-bullseye-manual. -# Copyright (C) 2019 debian-edu-bullseye-manual & nedenstående oversættere. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-bullseye-manual package. -# Joe Hansen , 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2019. -# -# chapter -> kapitel -# howtos -> hjælp, artikel -# workstation -> arbejdsstation -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-bullseye-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-07-07 20:30+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Joe Hansen \n" -"Language-Team: Danish \n" -"Language: da\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of:
-msgid "en" -msgstr "da" - -#. type: Content of:
-msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Udgivelsesdato:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu Installer Logo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Dette er manualen for Debian Edu 11 Bullseye udgivelsen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"Versionen på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> er en wiki og opdateres ofte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Oversættelser</link> er en del af pakken " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, som kan installeres på en " -"internetserver og er tilgængelig <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">på internettet</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Om Debian Edu og Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Kapitlerne om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">udstyrs- og netværkskrav</link> " -"og <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitekturen</link> indeholder " -"grundlæggende miljødetaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Efter installation af en hovedserver er alle tjenester krævet for et sat op " -"og systemet er klar til brug. Kun brugere og maskiner skal tilføjes via " -"GOsa², en komfortabel netbrugerflade eller enhvert andet LDAP-" -"redigeringsprogram. Et netopstartsprogram der bruger PXE/<ulink " -"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> er også blevet forberedt, så efter " -"oprindelig installation af hovedserveren via cd, blue-ray- eller usb-drev " -"kan alle andre maskiner installeres via netværket, dette inkluderer »roaming " -"workstations« (installationer som kan fjernes fra skolenetværket, normalt " -"bærbare computere) samt PXE/iPXE-opstart for maskiner uden diske såsom " -"traditionelle tynde klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Flere undervisningsprogrammer såsom GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege og Scratch er inkluderet i skrivebordets standardopsætning, som nemt " -"kan udvides, næsten uendeligt via Debianuniverset." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Lidt historik og hvorfor projektet har to navne" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"er en Linuxdistribution oprettet af projektet Debian Edu. Som en <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink>-distribution er " -"det et officielt underprojekt af <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"For din skole betyder dette, at Skolelinux er en version af Debian, som " -"tilbyder et ud af boksen-miljø for et fuldstændig konfigureret skolenetværk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Projektet Skolelinux blev grundlagt i Norge den 2. juli 2001 og omkring " -"samme tidspunkt startede Raphaël Hertzog Debian-Edu i Frankrig. Siden 2003 " -"er projekterne forenet, men bevarede begge navne. »Skole« og " -"(Debian-)»Education« er velintegrerede termer i begge regioner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "I dag bruges systemet i flere lande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arkitektur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netværk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Dette afsnit af dokumentationen beskriver netværksarkitekturen og " -"tjenesterne tilbudt af en Skolelinuxdistribution." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Debian Edu-netværkstopologi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Figuren er en tegning af den forventede netværkstopologi. " -"Standardopsætningen for et Skolelinuxnetværk antager, at der er en (og kun " -"en) hovedserver, som tillader inkludering af både normale arbejdsstationer " -"og servere for tynde klienter (med associerede tynde klienter og/eller " -"diskløse arbejdsstationer). Antallet af arbejdsstationer kan være så stort " -"eller småt som du ønsker (startende fra ingen til en helt masse). Det samme " -"gælder for LTSP-serverne, som hver for sig er på et adskilt netværk, så at " -"trafikken mellem klienterne og LTSP-serven ikke påvirker resten af " -"netværkstjenesterne. LTSP er forklaret i detaljer i afsnittet <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">den forbundne hjælp</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Årsagen til, at der kun kan være en hovedserver i hvert skolenetværk er at " -"hovedserveren tilbyder DHCP, og der kan kun være en maskine til dette i " -"hvert netværk. Det er muligt at flytte tjenester fra hovedserveren til andre " -"maskiner ved at opsætte tjenesten på en anden maskine, og efterfølgende " -"opdatere DNS-konfigurationen, pegende DNS-aliasset for den tjeneste til den " -"korrekte computer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"For at forenkel opsætningen af Skolelinux, så afvikles internetforbindelsen " -"over en separat ruter, også kaldt adgangspunkt. se kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetruter</link> for detaljer " -"om opsætning af sådant et adgangspunkt, hvis det ikke er muligt at " -"konfigurere en eksisterende som krævet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Netværkets standardopsætning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCPD på hovedserveren betjener 10.0.0.0/8-netværket, der tilbyder en PXE-" -"opstartsmenu, hvor du kan vælge hvorvidt der skal installeres en ny server/" -"arbejdsstation, startes en tynd klient eller diskløs arbejdsstation op, " -"køres hukommelsestest (memtest), eller startes op fra den lokale harddisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Dette er designet til at kunne ændres; for detaljer, se <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">det relevante vejledningskapitel</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCPD på LTSP-serverne betjener kun et dedikeret netværk på den 2. " -"grænseflade (192.168.0.0/24 og 192.168.1.0/24 er prækonfigurerede " -"indstillinger) og der vil sjældent være behov for at ændre dette." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Konfigurationen af alle undernet gemmes i LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Hovedserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Et netværk for Skolelinux kræver en hovedserver (også kaldt for »tjener« som " -"er norsk og betyder »server«), der som standard har IP-adressen 10.0.2.2 og " -"installeres ved at vælge profilen for hovedserveren. Det er muligt (men ikke " -"krævet) også at vælge og installere profilerne for LTSP-serveren og " -"arbejdsstationen udover profilen for hovedserveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Tjenester der kører på hovedserveren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Med undtagelse af kontrollen af tynde klienter, så opsættes alle tjenester " -"oprindeligt på en central computer (hovedserveren). Af ydelsesårsager skal " -"LTSP-serverne være separate maskiner (det er dog muligt at installere " -"profilerne for både hovedserveren og LTSP-serveren på den samme maskine). " -"Alle tjenester allokerer et dedikeret DNS-navn og tilbydes eksklusivt over " -"IPv4. Det allokerede DNS-navn gør det nemt at flytte individuelle tjenester " -"fra hovedserveren til en anden maskine, ved at stoppe tjenesten på " -"hovedserveren, ændre DNS-konfigurationen til at pege på den nye placering " -"for tjenesten (som selvfølgelig først skal opsættes på den maskine)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"For at øge sikkerheden er alle forbindelser hvor adgangskoder transmitteres " -"over netværket krypteret, så at ingen adgangskoder sendes over netværket som " -"klartekst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Nedenfor er en tabel over tjenesterne, der som standard er opsat i et " -"netværk for Skolelinux og DNS-navnet for hver tjeneste. Hvis muligt vil alle " -"konfigurationsfiler referere til tjenesten ved navn (uden domænenavnet) " -"hvilket gør det nemt for skoler at ændre enten deres domæne (hvis de har et " -"eget DNS-domæne) eller IP-adresserne de bruger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestetabel</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestebeskrivelse</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Almindeligt navn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-tjenestenavn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Centraliseret logning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste for domænenavn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domæne" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Automatisk netværkskonfiguration af maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Ursynkronisering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Hjemmemapper via netværksfilsystem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "hjem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Elektronisk postkontor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postkontor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Mappetjeneste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Brugeradministration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Internetserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Central sikkerhedskopiering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "sikkerhedskopiering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Internetmellemlager" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "internetmellemlager" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Udskrivning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Sikker ekstern logind" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP-servere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Maskine og tjenesteovervågelse med fejlrapportering, plus status og historik " -"på internettet. Fejlrapportering via e-post" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga og sideoversigt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "siteoversigt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which " -#| "are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from " -#| "all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which " -#| "machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering " -#| "access via NFS for Unix clients, SMB for Windows and Macintosh clients." -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Personlige filer for hver bruger gemmes i deres hjemmemapper, som er gjort " -"tilgængelige af serveren. Hjemmemapper kan tilgås fra alle maskiner, og give " -"brugere adgang til de samme filer uanset hvilken maskine de bruger. Serveren " -"fungerer systemagnostisk, tilbydende adgang via NFS for Unixklienter, SMB " -"for Windows- og Macintoshklienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Som standard sættes posten kun op for lokal levering (dvs. indenfor skolen), " -"dog kan e-postlevering til det større internet sættes op, hvis skolen har en " -"permanent internetforbindelse. Klienter opsættes til at levere post til " -"serveren (med brug af »smarthost«), og brugere kan <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">tilgå deres personlige post</link> via IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Alle tjenester kan tilgås med brug af det samme brugernavn og adgangskode, " -"takket være den centrale brugerdatabase for godkendelse og autorisation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"For at øge ydelsen på ofte tilgåede sider så bruges en internetproxy til at " -"mellemlagre filer lokalt (Squid). Sammen med blokering af internettrafik i " -"routeren giver dette også kontrol over internetadgang på individuelle " -"maskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Netværkskonfiguration på klienterne udføres automatisk med brug af DHCP. " -"Alle klienttyper kan forbindes til det private undernet 10.0.0.0/8, og vil " -"få tilsvarende IP-adresser; LTSP-klienter skal forbinde til den tilsvarende " -"LTSP-server via det separate undernet 192.168.0.0/24 (dette for at sikre at " -"netværkstrafik fra LTPS-klienterne ikke påvirker resten af " -"netværkstjenesterne)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Centraliseret logning sættes op så at alle maskiner sender deres syslog-" -"beskeder til serveren. Syslog-tjenesten sættes op så at den kun accepterer " -"indgående beskeder fra det lokale netværk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Som standard sættes DNS-serveren op med et domæne kun for intern brug (*." -"intern), indtil et reelt (»external«) DNS-domæne kan sættes op. DNS-serveren " -"sættes op som Caching DNS-server, så at alle maskiner på netværket kan bruge " -"den som DNS-hovedserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Studerende og lærere har mulighed for at udgive internetsider. " -"Internetserveren tilbyder mekanismer for godkendelse af brugere, og " -"begrænsning af adgang til individuelle sider og undermapper for bestemte " -"brugere og grupper. Brugere vil have mulighed for at oprette dynamiske " -"internetsider, da internetserveren vil være programmerbar på serversiden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Information om brugere og maskiner kan ændres på en central placering, og " -"gøres tilgængelig for alle computere på netværket automatisk. For at opnå " -"dette sættes en centraliseret mappeserver op. Mappen vil have information om " -"brugere, brugergrupper, maskiner og grupper af maskiner. For at undgå " -"brugerforvirring vil der ikke være nogen forskel mellem filgrupper, " -"postlister og netværksgrupper. Dette medfører at grupper af maskiner, som " -"skal udgøre netværksgrupper vil bruge det samme navnerum som brgergrupper." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Administration af tjenester og brugere vil hovedsagelig foregå via " -"internettet, og følge etablerede standarder, der fungerer godt i " -"internetbrowsere som er en del af Skolelinux. Delegeringen af bestemte " -"opgaver til individuelle brugere eller brugergruppper kan gøres muligt via " -"administrationssystemerne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"For at undgå bestemte problemer med NFS, og gøre det nemmere at fejlsøge, " -"skal de forskellige maskiner have synkroniserede ure. For at få dette sættes " -"serveren for Skolelinux op som en lokal Network Time Protocol-server (NTP). " -"Selve serveren skal synkronisere sit ur via NTP mod maskiner på internettet, " -"og dermed sikre at hele netværket har den korrekt tidsangivelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Printere forbindes hvor det er passende, enten direkte til hovednetværket, " -"eller forbundet til en server, arbejdsstation eller LTSP-server. Adgang til " -"printere kan kontrolleres for individuelle brugere jævnfør den gruppe de " -"tilhører; dette vil blive opnået ved at bruge kvoter og adgangskontrol for " -"printere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP-servere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Et netværk for Skolelinux kan have mange LTSP-servere, som installeres ved " -"at vælge LTSP-serverprofilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"LTSP-serverne sættes op til at modtage syslog fra de tynde klienter og " -"arbejdsstationer, og videresender disse beskeder til den centrale syslog-" -"modtager." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Bemærk venligst:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Diskless workstations are using the programs installed in the server's " -#| "LTSP chroot." -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Diskløse arbejdsstationer bruger programmerne installeret i serverens LTSP " -"chroot." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The client root filesystem is provided using NBD (Network Block Device). " -#| "After each modification to the LTSP chroot the related NBD image has to " -#| "be re-generated; run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> " -#| "on the LTSP server." -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Klientens rodfilsystem tilbydes via NBD (netværksblokenhed). Efter hver " -"ændring til LTSP-chroot'en skal det forbundne NBD-aftryk genoprettes; kør " -"<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> på LTSP-serveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Tynde klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. " -#| "This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE " -#| "without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is " -#| "that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)." -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"En opsætning for tynde klienter muliggør at normale pc'er kan fungere som " -"(X-)terminaler. Dette betyder at maskinen starter op fra en diskette eller " -"direkte fra serveren med brug af network-PROM (eller PXE) uden at bruge den " -"lokale klients harddisk. Den brugte opsætning for tynde klienter kommer fra " -"Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they " -#| "effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: " -#| "the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from " -#| "the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using " -#| "NBD, and finally the X Window System is started. The display manager " -#| "(LDM) connects to the LTSP server via SSH with X-forwarding. This way all " -#| "data is encrypted on the network." -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Tynde klienter er en god måde at gøre brug af ældre, svagere maskiner, da de " -"effektivt kører alle programmer på LTSP-serveren. Dette virker på følgende " -"måde: Tjenesten bruger DHCP og TFTP til at forbinde til netværket og " -"opstarte fra netværket. Derefter monteres filsystemet fra LTSP-serveren via " -"NBD, og endelig startes X-vinduessystemet. Visningshåndteringen (LDM) " -"forbinder til LTSP-serveren via SSH med X-videresendelse. På denne måde " -"bliver alle data krypteret på netværket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Diskløse arbejdsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -#| "installed operating system. This means that client machines boot directly " -#| "from the server's hard drive without running software installed on a " -#| "local hard drive." -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"En diskløs arbejdsstation kører alle programmer på pc'en uden et lokalt " -"installeret operativsystem. Dette betyder, at klientmaskiner opstarter " -"direkte fra serverens harddisk uden at køre programmer installeret på en " -"lokal harddisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -#| "powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin " -#| "clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no " -#| "need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and " -#| "system settings are stored on the server too." -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Diskløse arbejdsstationer er en glimrende måde at genbruge ældre (men " -"funktionsrigt) udstyr med den samme lave vedligeholdelsesomkostning som " -"tynde klienter har. Programmer administreres og vedligeholdes på serveren " -"uden brug af lokalt installerede programmer på klienterne. Hjemmemapper og " -"systemindstillinger gemmes også på serveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Netværksklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Termen »netværksklienter« bruges i denne manual til at referere til både " -"tynde klienter og diskløse arbejdsstationer, samt computere der kører macOS " -"eller Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Alle Linuxmaskinerne, som er installeret via Skolelinux-" -"installationsprogrammet, vil kunne administreres fra en central computer, " -"højst sandsynlig serveren. Det vil være muligt at logge ind på alle maskiner " -"via SSH, og dermed have fuld adgang til maskinerne. Som administrator skal " -"man afvikle <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> først for at få en " -"Kerberos TGT." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Al brugerinformation opbevares i en LDAP-mappe. Opdateringer af " -"brugerkontoer udføres mod denne database, som bruges af klienter for " -"brugergodkendelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Aktuelt er der to typer af installationsmedier: netinst og BD. Begge aftryk " -"kan også indlæses fra USB-drev." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Formålet er at være i stand til at installere en server fra ethvert medie og " -"installere alle andre klienter over netværket ved at starte op fra netværket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Kun netinstall-aftrykket kræver adgang til internettet under installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of " -#| "desired language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmål, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine " -#| "profile (main server, workstation, LTSP server, ...). All other " -#| "configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be " -#| "changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to " -#| "the installation." -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Installationen skal ikke spørge om noget, med undtagelse af det ønskede " -"sprog (f.eks. norsk bokmål, nynorsk, samisk) og maskinprofil (hovedserver, " -"arbejdsstation, LTSP-server). Den øvrige konfiguration vil blive opsat " -"automatisk med fornuftige værdier, som kan ændres fra centralt hold af " -"systemadministratoren efter installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Adgangskonfiguration for filsystem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Hver brugerkonto i Skolelinux tildeles et afsnit af filsystemet på " -"filserveren. Dette afsnit (hjemmemappen) indeholder brugerens " -"konfigurationsfiler, dokumenter, e-post og internetsider. Nogle af filerne " -"bør gives læseadgang for andre brugere på systemet, nogle skal kunne læses " -"af alle på internettet, og nogle skal ikke kunne tilgås for læsning af andre " -"end brugeren selv." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"For at sikre at alle diske som bruges for hjemmemapper eller delte mapper er " -"unikt navngivet på tværs af alle computere i installationen, kan de monteres " -"som <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Som start " -"oprettes en mappe på filserveren, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" -"computeroutput>, hvor alle brugerkontoerne oprettes. Yderligere mapper kan " -"så oprettes, når der skal tilpasses til specifikke brugergruppper eller " -"specifikke forbrugsmønstre." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"For at aktivere adgang til filer under det normale UNIX-rettighedssystem, så " -"skal brugere være i supplementært delte grupper (såsom »studenter«) samt den " -"personlige primære gruppe de er i som standard. Hvis brugere har en passende " -"umask til at gøre nyoprettede punkter adgangsbare for grupper (002 eller " -"007), og hvis mapperne de arbejder i er setgid for at sikre at filerne arver " -"det korrekte gruppeejerskab, er resultatet kontrolleret fildeling mellem " -"medlemmer af en gruppe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"Den oprindelige adgangsindstilling for netop oprettede filer er et " -"politikspørgsmål. Den normale umask for Debian er 022 (som ikke tillader " -"gruppeadgang som beskrevet ovenfor), men Debian Edu bruger en standard på " -"002 - hvilket betyder at filer oprettes med læseadgang for alle, hvilket " -"senere kan fjernes med en eksplicit brugerhandling. Dette kan ændres (ved at " -"redigere <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) til en " -"umask på 007 - hvilket betyder at læseadgang er blokeret, og at en " -"brugerhandling skal udføres for at gøre dem tilgængelige. Den første metode " -"opmuntrer til vidensdeling, og gør systemet mere gennemsigtigt, hvor den " -"anden metode formindsker risikoen for uønsket spredning af ømtålelig " -"information. Problemet med den første løsning er at det ikke er indlysende " -"for brugerne, at materialet de opretter vil være tilgængeligt for alle andre " -"brugere. De kan kun se dette ved at kigge i andre brugeres mapper og der se " -"at deres filer også er læsbare. Problemet med den anden løsning er at få " -"personer vil gøre deres filer læsbare også selv om de ikke indeholder " -"ømtålelig information og at indholdet ville have været nyttig for andre " -"brugere, som ønsker at lære hvordan andre har løst specifikke problemer " -"typisk konfigurationsproblemer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Krav" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Der er forskellige måder at opsætte en løsning med Skolelinux. Den kan " -"installeres på en enkelt uafhængig pc, eller som en regionudbredt løsning på " -"mange skoler der håndteres centralt. Denne fleksibilitet gør en stor forskel " -"for konfigurationen af netværkskomponenter, servere og klientmaskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Krav til udstyret" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Formålet med forskellige profiler er forklaret i kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">netværksarkitektur</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hvis LTSP skal bruges, så tag et kig på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisiden med LTSP-udstyrskrav</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Computerne der afvikler Debian Edu/Skolelinux skal have enten 32-bit " -"(Debianstruktur »i386«, ældste understøttede processorer er 686) eller 64-" -"bit (Debianarkitektur »amd64«) x86-processorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Tynde klienter kan køre på så lidt som 256 MiB RAM og 400 MHz, dog anbefales " -"mere RAM og hurtigere processorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"For arbejdsstationer, diskløse arbejdsstationer og uafhængige systemer, er " -"1500 MHz og 1024 MiB RAM minimumskrav. For afvikling af moderne " -"internetbrowsere og LibreOffice anbefales 2048 MiB RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "Kravet for minimal diskplads afhænger af profilen som installeres:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"kombineret hovedserver + LTSP-server: 60 GiB (plus yderligere plads til " -"brugerkonti)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP-server: 40 GiB" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "arbejdsstation eller uafhængig: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"LTSP-servere skal have to netværkskort når netværkets standardarkitektur " -"bruges:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 er forbundet til hovednetværket (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Bærbare har de samme krav som arbejdsstationer da de bare er flytbare " -"arbejdsstationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Udstyr som vides at fungere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"En liste over testet udstyr kan ses på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Denne liste er ikke fuldstændig" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> er en indsats " -"for at dokumentere, hvordan du skal installere, konfigurere og bruge Debian " -"på specifikt udstyr, hvilket giver potentielle købere viden omkring om " -"udstyret er understøttet og eksisterende ejere kan få det bedste ud af deres " -"udstyr." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Krav for netværksopsætning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Standardopsætning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Når der bruges standardarkitekturen for netværket, så gælder disse regler:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Du skal kun have en hovedserver, tjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Du kan have hundredvis af arbejdsstationer på hovednetværket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Du kan have en masse LTSP-servere på hovednetværket; to forskellige undernet " -"er prækonfigurerede i LDAP (DNS, DHCP) i LDAP, flere kan tilføjes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Du kan have hundredvis af tynde klienter og/eller diskløse arbejdsstationer " -"på hvert LTSP-servernetværk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Du kan have hundredvis af andre maskiner, som vil have dynamiske IP-adresser " -"tildelt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"For adgang til internettet skal du bruge en router/gateway (se nedenfor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Internetrouter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"En router/gateway forbundet med internettet på den eksterne grænseflade og " -"kørende på IP-adressen 10.0.0.1 med netmaske 255.0.0.0 på den interne " -"grænseflade, er krævet for at forbinde til internettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Routeren skal ikke køre en DHCP-server, den kan køre en DNS-server, dog er " -"dette ikke krævet og vil ikke blive brugt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it like " -#| "needed (not allowed to, technical reasons), a system with two network " -#| "interfaces could be turned into a gateway if the Debian Edu 'Minimal' " -#| "profile is installed." -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"I tilfælde af at du allerede har en ruter, men ikke kan konfigurere den som " -"krævet (ikke tilladt på grund af tekniske årsager), kan et system med to " -"netværksgrænseflader omdannes til et adgangspunkt hvis Debian Edu »Minimal«-" -"profilen installeres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#| "computeroutput>" -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"kør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Juster filen /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Ændr værtsnavnet permanent til »gateway« (adgangspunkt)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Aktiver IP-videresendelse og NAT for 10.0.0.0/8-netværket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation and download options" -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Indstillinger for installation og hentning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du skal bruge noget for en indlejret router eller adgangspunkt så " -"anbefaler vi brugen af <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>. " -"Du kan selvfølgelig også bruge den oprindelige firmware. Brug af den " -"oprindelige firmware er nemmere; brugen af OpenWRT giver dig flere " -"valgmuligheder og kontrol. Kontroller OpenWRT's internetsider for en liste " -"over <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">understøttet udstyr</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at bruge en anden netværksopsætning (der er en <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">dokumenteret " -"procedure</ulink> for dette), men hvis du ikke er tvunget til at gøre dette " -"på grund af en eksisternede netværksinfrastruktur, så anbefaler vi ikke " -"dette, men at du bevarer den standardmæssige <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">netværksarkitektur</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Indstillinger for installation og hentning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Hvor finder jeg yderligere information" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vi anbefaler, at du læser eller i det mindste tager et kig på <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne for Debian Bullseye</ulink> før du begynder " -"installation af et system for produktionsbrug. Der er yderligere information " -"om Debian Bullseyes udgivelse i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Giv Debian Edu/Skolelinux et forsøg, et bør bare virke." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Det anbefales at læse kapitlerne om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">udstyrs- " -"og netværkskrav</link> og det om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</" -"link> før installation på en hovedserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Husk at læse kapitlet <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">kom i gang</link> i " -"denne manual, da kapitlet forklarer hvordan du logger ind den første gang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Hent installationsmediet for Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "netinst ISO-aftryk for amd64 eller i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash " -#| "drives, is suitable to install amd64 or i386 machines. As the name " -#| "implies, internet access is required for the installation. They are " -#| "available via" -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Cd'en for netinstallation, som også kan bruges for installation fra USB-" -"drev, er egnet for installation på amd64- og i386-maskiner. Som navnet " -"antyder er internetadgang krævet for installationen. Den er tilgængelig via" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "BD ISO-aftryk for i386 eller amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"ISO-aftrykket for flere arkitekturer er ca. 5 GB og kan bruges for " -"installation på amd64- og i386-maskiner, også uden adgang til internettet. " -"Som aftrykket netinst kan det installeres på USB-flashdrev eller diskmedier " -"med tilstrækkelig størrelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Kilder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installation af Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Når du foretager en installation af Debian Edu, så har du nogle få " -"indstillinger at vælge mellem. Lad det ikke afskrække dig; der er ikke " -"mange. Vi har gjort et godt stykke arbejde med at skjule kompleksiteten i " -"Debian under installationen og efterfølgende. Debian Edu er dog en " -"Debianvariant, og hvis du ønsker det, så er der mere end 57.000 pakker at " -"vælge mellem og en milliard konfigurationsindstillinger. For hovedparten af " -"vores brugere, bør vores standarder være okay. Bemærk venligst: Hvis LTSP " -"skal bruges, så vælge et let skrivebordsmiljø." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Installationsscenarier for hovedserveren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Typisk skole- eller hjemmenetværk med internetadgang via en ruter, der " -"tilbyder DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Installation af en hovedserver er muligt, men efter genstart vil der ikke " -"være internetadgang (på grund af den primære netværksgrænseflade-IP " -"10.0.2.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Se kapitlet <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetruter</" -"link> for detaljer om hvordan et adgangspunkt opsættes, hvis det ikke er " -"muligt at konfigurere et eksisterende et som krævet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Forbind alle komponenter som vist i kapitlet <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">arkitektur</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Hovedserveren skal have internetforbindelse når startet første gang i det " -"korrekte miljø." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Typisk skole- eller institutionsnetværk, svarende til den overfor, men med " -"krævet proxybrug." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Tilføj »debian-edu-expert« til kernekommandolinjen; se mere nedenfor for " -"detaljer om hvordan dette gøres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Nogle yderligere spørgsmål skal besvares, de proxyserverrelaterede " -"inkluderet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Netværk med ruter/adgangspunkt IP 10.0.0.1/8 (som ikke tilbyder en DHCP-" -"server) og internetadgang:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Så snart den automatiske netværkskonfiguration fejler (på grund af manglende " -"DHCP), så vælg manuel netværkskonfiguration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Indtast 10.0.2.2/8 som værts-IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Indtast 10.0.0.1 som adgangspunkt-IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Indtast 8.8.8.9 som navneserver-IP med mindre du ved bedre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Hovedserveren bør fungere efter den første opstart." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Frakoblet (ingen internetforbindelse):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Brug BD ISO-aftrykket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "Sikr dig at alle (reelle/virtuelle) netværkskabler er koblet fra." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Vælg »Konfigurer ikke netværket på dette tidspunkt« (efter DHCP fejlede i at " -"konfigurere netværket og du trykkede på »Fortsæt«)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Opdater systemet når startet op første gang i det korrekte miljø med " -"internetadgang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Nyt standardskrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce har et lidt større ressourceforbrug end LXDE men en rigtig god " -"sprogunderstøttelse (106 sprog)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE og GNOME har begget god sprogunderstøttelse, men et for stort " -"ressourceforbrug for både ældre computere og for LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "MATE is lighter than the two above, but is missing good language support " -#| "for several countries." -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE har lavere ressourceforbrug end de to ovenstående, men mangler god " -"sprogunderstøttelse for flere lande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE har det laveste ressourceforbrug og understøtter 35 sprog." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "LXQt is a lightweight desktop (language support similar to LXDE) with a " -#| "more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt er et simpelt skrivebord (sprogunderstøttelse svarende til LXDE) med et " -"mere moderne udseende (baseret på Qt ligesom KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu som et internationalt projekt har valgt at bruge Xfce som " -"standardskrivebordet; se nedenfor for at vælge et andet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Modulopbygget installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Når et system installeres med profilen <emphasis>Arbejdsstation</emphasis> " -"inkluderet, så installeres en masse undervisningsrelaterede programmer. For " -"kun at installere den grundlæggende profil, fjern " -"kernekommandolinjeparameteren <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> før start af " -"installationen; se yderligere nedenfor for detaljer om hvordan dette gøres. " -"Dette tillader en at installere et sidespecifikt system og kan bruges til at " -"øge hastigheden for testinstallationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk venligst: Hvis du ønsker at installere et skrivebord efterfølgende, " -"så brug ikke Debian Edu-metapakkerne såsom <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"da disse vil hente alle undervisningsrelaterede programmer; installer i " -"stedet for f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-" -"desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. En eller flere af de nye " -"skoleniveaurelaterede metapakker <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan " -"installeres for at matche brugstilfældet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se siden <ulink url=\"https://blends." -"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoverblik</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Installationstyper og indstillinger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Installationsopstartsmenu på 64-bit udstyr</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bit installationsopstartsmenu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk installation</emphasis> bruger GTK-" -"installationsprogrammet, hvor du kan bruge musen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installationen</emphasis> bruger teksttilstand." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Avancerede indstillinger ></emphasis> har en " -"undermenu med flere detaljerede indstillinger at vælge fra." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hjælp</emphasis> har nogle fif til brugen af " -"installationsprogrammet; se skærmbillede nedenfor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit installation - avanceret indstillingsskærm 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tilbage ...</emphasis> gå til hovedmenuen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk ekspertinstallation</emphasis> giver " -"adgang til alle tilgængelige spørgsmål; musen kan anvendes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk redningstilstand</emphasis> omdanner dette " -"installationsmedie til en redningsdisk i tilfælde af nedbrud." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk automatisk installation</emphasis> kræver " -"en forudfyldt fil (preseed)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ekspertinstallation</emphasis> giver adgang til " -"alle tilgængelige spørgsmål i teksttilstand." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redningstilstand</emphasis> i teksttilstand; dette " -"gør installationsmediet til en redningsdisk i tilfælde af nedbrud." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automatisk installation</emphasis> i " -"teksttilstand; kræver en forhåndskonfigurationsfil (preseed)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " -#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " -#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afslutter med en fejl, så prøv at " -"rette den og/eller køre <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> og " -"så <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Hjælpeskærm</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Installation - hjælpeskærm" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Hjælpeskærmen er selvforklarende og aktiverer <F>-tasterne på " -"tastaturet for yderligere hjælp om de beskrevne emner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Tilføj eller ændr opstartsparametre for installation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " -#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"I begge tilfælde, kan opstartsindstillinger redigeres ved at trykke på TAB-" -"tasten i opstartsmenuen; skærmbilledet viser kommandolinjen for <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Grafisk installation</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Rediger kommandolinjens indstillinger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Du kan bruge en eksisterende HTTP-proxytjeneste på netværket til at " -"fremrykke installationen af en hovedserverprofil fra cd. Tilføj " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> som " -"en yderligere opstartsparameter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du allerede har installeret hovedserverprofilen på en maskine, så kan " -"yderligere installationer udføres via PXE, da dette automatisk vil bruge " -"proxyen for hovedserveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop instead " -#| "of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop, replace " -#| "<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>gnome</" -#| "computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> " -#| "parameter." -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " -"stedet for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>-skrivebordet så erstat " -"<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>gnome</" -"computeroutput> i <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>-parameteren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " -"stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " -"stedet, så brug<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>-" -"skrivebordet i stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>-skrivebordet " -"i stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " -"stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Installationsprocessen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Husk <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> og sikr dig " -"at du har mindst to netværkskort (NIC'er) hvis du planlægger at opsætte en " -"LTSP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Vælg et sprog (for installationen og det installerede system)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "Vælg en placering som normalt er der hvor du bor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "Vælg et tastaturlayout (landets standard er normalt et okay valg)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Vælg profiler fra den følgende liste:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Dette er hovedserveren (tjener) for din skole, der tilbyder alle tjenester " -"prækonfigureret til at virke ud af boksen. Du kan kun installere en " -"hovedserver per skole! Denne profil inkluderer ikke en grafisk brugerflade. " -"Hvis du ønsker en grafisk brugerflade, så vælg Arbejdsstation eller LTSP-" -"server udover denne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbejdsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"En computer der starter op fra sin egen lokale harddisk, og kører alle " -"programmer og enheder lokalt som en ordinær computer, undtaget at " -"brugerlogind godkendes af hovedserveren, hvor brugernes filer og " -"skrivebordsprofil gemmes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Svarer til arbejdsstation men kan godkende med brug af mellemlagret " -"akkreditiver, hvilket betyder at den kan bruges uden for skolens netværk. " -"Brugernes filer og profiler gemmes på den lokale disk. Bærbare computere bør " -"vælge denne profil og ikke »Arbejdsstation« eller »Uafhængig« som foreslået " -"i tidligere udgivelser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"Server for tynde klienter (og diskløse arbejdsstationer) også kaldt for en " -"LTSP-server. Klienter uden harddiske starter op og kører programmer fra " -"denne server. Denne computer kræver to netværkskort, en masse hukommelse, og " -"ideelt mere end en processor eller kerne. Se kapitlet om <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netværksklienter</link> for yderligere " -"information om dette emne. Valg af denne profil aktiverer også " -"arbejdsstationsprofilen (selv hvis den ikke er valgt) - en LTSP-server kan " -"altid bruges som arbejdsstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Uafhængig</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"En ordinær computer som kan fungere uden en hovedserver (det vil sige, at " -"den ikke skal være på netværket). Inkluderer bærbare computere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Denne profil vil installere basispakkerne og konfigurere maskinen til at " -"integrere sig i Debian Edu-netværket, men uden nogen tjenester og " -"programmer. Den er brugbar som platform for enkelte tjenesters manuelle " -"flytning væk fra hovedserveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -#| "Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be " -#| "installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -#| "<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server " -#| "will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the " -#| "default choice, since we assume most people will install <link " -#| "linkend=\"Installation--" -#| "Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via " -#| "PXE</link> afterwards. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -#| "installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -#| "server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Profilerne <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Arbejdsstation</emphasis> og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" -"server</emphasis> forhåndsvælges. Disse profiler kan installeres på en " -"maskine sammen, hvis du ønsker at installere en såkaldt <emphasis>kombineret " -"hovedserver</emphasis>. Dette medfører, at hovedserveren vil være en LTSP-" -"server og også vil blive brugt som en arbejdsstation. Dette er " -"standardvalget, da vi antager at folk vil installere <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--" -"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via " -"PXE</link> efterfølgende. Bemærk venligst at du skal have 2 netværkskort " -"installeret på en maskine, som skal installeres som en kombineret " -"hovedserver eller som en LTSP-server for at være brugbar efter " -"installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Sig »ja« (yes) eller »nej« (nej) til automatisk partitionering. Vær " -"opmærksom på at »ja« vil slette alle data på harddiskene! »Nej« vil på den " -"anden side kræve mere arbejde - du skal så sikre dig, at de krævede " -"partitioner oprettes og er store nok." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Sig venligst »ja« (yes) til at indsende information til <ulink url=\"https://" -"popcon.debian.org/\"/> så vi ved hvilke pakker der er populære og derfor " -"skal bevares i fremtidige versioner. Selvom det ikke er et krav, er det en " -"nem måde at hjælpe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Vent. Hvis de valgte profiler inkluderer LTSP-serveren, så vil " -"installationsprogrammet bruge ret lang tid i slutningen, »Finishing the " -"installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Efter angivelse af root-adgangskoden (administratoradgangskoden) vil du " -"blive bedt om at oprette en normal brugerkonto »for ikkeadministrative " -"opgaver«. For Debian Edu er denne konto meget vigtig: Det er kontoen du vil " -"bruge til at håndtere Skolelinux-netværket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have " -#| "a length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> - " -#| "otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password will " -#| "be accepted by the installer)." -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Den valgte adgangskode for denne bruger <emphasis role=\"strong\">skal</" -"emphasis> have en længde på <emphasis role=\"strong\">mindst 5 tegn</" -"emphasis> - ellers vil logind ikke være muligt. (Og det selv om en kortere " -"adgangskode vil blive accepteret af installationsprogrammet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -#| "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om netværksklienter kan findes i kapitlet om <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Sådan fungerer netværksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Bemærkninger om nogle karakteristika" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "En bemærkning om bærbare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Højst sandsynlig vil du ønske at bruge profilen »Roaming workstation« (se " -"ovenfor). Vær opmærksom på at alle data gemmes lokalt (så lav nogle ekstra " -"sikkerhedskopier) og logindakkreditiver mellemlagres (så efter en ændring af " -"adgangskode, kan logind kræve din gamle adgangskode, såfremt du ikke har " -"forbundet din bærbare til netværket og logget ind med din nye adgangskode)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "En kort bemærkning om installationer via USB-drev/blue-ray-aftryk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Efter du har installeret fra USB-drevet/blue-ray-aftrykket, vil " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> kun indeholde " -"bestemte kilder fra aftrykket. Hvis du har en internetforbindelse, så " -"anbefaler vi kraftigt at tilføje de følgende linjer til listen, så at " -"tilgængelige sikkerhedsopdateringer kan blive installeret:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "En bemærkning om cd-installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"En netinstallation (som er typen vores cd tilbyder) vil hente nogle pakker " -"fra cd'en og resten fra nettet. Antallet af pakker hentet fra nettet " -"varierer fra profil til profil men forbliver under en gigabyte (med mindre " -"du vælger at installere alle de tilgængelige skriveborde). Når først du har " -"installeret hovedserveren (om det er den rene hovedserver eller " -"kombinationsserveren har ingen betydning), så vil yderligere installation " -"bruge dens proxy for at undgå at hente den samme pakke flere gange fra " -"nettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Installation med brug af USB-drev i stedet for cd'er/blue-ray-diske" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Er det muligt direkte at kopiere <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput>-" -"aftrykket til et USB-drev og starte op fra dem. Udfør en kommando som denne, " -"tilpas fil- og enhedsnavne til dine behov:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Afhængig af hvilket aftryk du vælger, så vil USB-drevet opføre sig på samme " -"måde som en cd eller blue-ray." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"For denne installationsmetode er det krævet, at du har en kørende " -"hovedserver. Når klienter starter op via hovednetværket, vises en iPXE-menu " -"med installationsprogram og indstillinger for opstartsvalg. Hvis PXE-" -"installationen fejler med en fejlbesked der siger at en XXX.bin-fil mangler, " -"er det mest sandsynlig at klientens netværkskort kræver en firmware som ikke " -"er fri. I dette tilfælde skal Debianinstallationsprogrammets initrd ændres. " -"Dette kan opnås ved at køre kommandoen: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" -"edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> på serveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Det er sådan her at iPXE-menuen ser ud kun med profilen for <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">hovedserveren</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "bredde=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Det er sådan her at iPXE-menuen ser ud kun med profilen for <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">hovedserveren</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be " -#| "booted on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations " -#| "don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if you " -#| "want to force the hostname." -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Denne opsætning tillader at diskløse arbejdsstationer og tynde klienter kan " -"startes op fra hovednetværket. Til forskel fra arbejdsstationer skal " -"diskløse arbejdsstationer ikke tilføjes til LDAP med GOsa², men kan blive " -"det, for eksempel hvis du ønsker at fremtvinge brugen af værtsnavnet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om netværksklienter kan findes i kapitlet om <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Sådan fungerer netværksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Ændring af PXE-installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installationen bruger en forudfyldt fil (preseed) for " -"debianinstallationsprogrammet, som kan ændres til at spørge om hvilke pakker " -"der skal installeres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"En linje som den følgende skal tilføjes til <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/" -#| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files " -#| "can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to " -#| "avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve " -#| "this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" -#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " -#| "files." -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installationen bruger <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/" -"install.cfg</computeroutput> og den forudfyldte fil (preseed) i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Disse filer kan ændres til at justere presseding brugt under installation, " -"for at undgå flere spørgsmål ved installation over nettet. En anden måde at " -"opnå dette på er at tilbyde ekstra indstillinger i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> og at køre " -"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for at " -"opdatere de oprettede filer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information kan findes i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manualen for " -"Debianinstallationsprogrammet</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"For at deaktivere eller ændre brugen af proxyen når der installeres via PXE, " -"så skal linjerne der indeholder <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> og " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> i " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> ændres. For at deaktivere brugen af en proxy når der " -"installeres så placer »#« forrest i de to linjer og fjern delen " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" fra den sidste." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" -#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -#| "environment are examples of such settings." -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Nogle indstillinger kan ikke preseedes da de er krævet før den forudfyldte " -"fil (preseed) er hentet. Disse konfigureres i de PXELINUX-baserede " -"argumenter tilgængelige fra <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -"cfg</computeroutput>. Sprog, tastaturlayout og skrivebord er eksempler på " -"sådanne indstillinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Tilpassede aftryk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Oprettelse af tilpassede cd'er, dvd'er eller blue-ray-diske kan være ret " -"nemt, da vi bruger <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"\">installationsprogrammet for Debian</ulink>, som har et modulært design og " -"andre gode funktioner. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> giver dig mulighed for at definere svar på " -"spørgsmål som normalt stilles." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Så alt du skal gøre er at oprette en forudfyldt fil (preseed) med dine svar " -"(dette er beskrevet i appendikset i manualen for " -"Debianinstallationsprogrammet) og <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">genskriv cd'en/dvd'en</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Visning af skærmbilleder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Teksttilstanden og den grafiske installation er funktionelt identisk - kun " -"fremtoningen er forskellig. Den grafiske tilstand tilbyder muligheden for at " -"bruge musen, og ser selvfølgelig pænere og mere moderne ud. Med mindre at " -"udstyret har problemmer med den grafiske tilstand, så er der ingen grund til " -"ikke at bruge den." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -#| "Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot " -#| "of the main server, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the LTSP " -#| "client network:" -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Så her er en visning af skærmbillederne for en hovedserver + arbejdsstation " -"+ LTSP-server under installationen og hvordan det ser ud ved den første " -"opstart af tjener, en PXE-opstart på arbejdsstationsnetværket og LTSP-" -"klientnetværket:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "tjener Lightdm-logind" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce og Browser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce-skrivebord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Thin clients" -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Tynde klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Kom i gang" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Minimumstrin for at komme i gang" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "During installation of the main server a first user account was created. " -#| "In the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". " -#| "This account is special, as there's no Samba account (can be added via " -#| "GOsa²), the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -#| "<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal " -#| "web pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -#| "computeroutput> to become root." -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Under installation af hovedserveren blev en første brugerkonto oprettet. I " -"den følgende tekst vil denne konto blive refereret som »første bruger«. " -"Denne konto er speciel, da der ikke er en Sambakonto (kan tilføjes via " -"GOsa²), tilladelsen for hjemmemappen sættes til 700 (så " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> er krævet for at gøre " -"personlige hjemmesider tilgængelige), og den første bruger kan bruge " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> til at blive root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Se informationen om konfiguration af Debian Edu-specifik <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">filsystemadgang</" -"link> før tilføjelse af brugere; juster til din sidens politik hvis krævet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Efter installationen er den første ting, du skal udføre, som første bruger:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Log ind på serveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Tilføj brugere med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Tilføj brugere med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Tilføjelse af brugere og arbejdsstationer er beskrevet i detaljer nedenfor, " -"så læs venligst dette kapitel helt færdigt. Det dækker hvordan " -"minimumstrinene udføres korrekt samt andre oplysninger som alle sikkert har " -"brug for." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Der er yderligere information tilgængelig andre steder i denne manual: " -"Kapitlet <link linkend=\"Features\">Nye funktioner i Bullseye</link> kan " -"læses af alle som er bekendt med tidligere udgivelser. Og for dem som " -"opgraderer fra en tidligere udgivelse, så husk at læse kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Opgraderinger</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Hvis generisk DNS-trafik blokeres fra netværket og du skal bruge en specifik " -"DNS-server til at slå internetværter op, så skal du fortælle DNS-serveren, " -"at den skal bruge denne server som sin »forwarder«. Opdater /etc/bind/named." -"conf.options og specificer IP-adressen for den benyttede DNS-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"Kapitlet <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Hjælp</link> dækker flere fif og ideer og " -"nogle ofte stillede spørgsmål." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Der er flere tjenester kørende på hovedserveren, som kan håndteres via en " -"håndteringsgrænseflade for nettet. Vi beskriver hver tjeneste nedenfor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introduktion til GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² er et internetbaseret håndteringsværktøj, som hjælper med at håndtere " -"nogle vigtige dele af din opsætning for Debian Edu. Med GOsa² kan du " -"håndtere (tilføje, ændre eller slette) disse hovedgrupper:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Gruppeadministration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "NIS Netgroup Administrator" -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administrator for NIS Netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Maskineadministration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "DNS-administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "DHCP-administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) " -#| "system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself " -#| "if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP " -#| "Server + Workstation profiles). If all of the mentioned before is not " -#| "available, see: <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#| "Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-" -#| "\">Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²</" -#| "link>." -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"For GOsa²-adgang skal du have Skolelinux' hovedserveren og et (klient) " -"system med en internetbrowser installeret, som kan være selve hovedserveren, " -"hvis den blev installeret som en såkaldt kombineret server (hovedserver + " -"LTSP-server + arbejdsstation). Hvis det ovenfor nævnte ikke er tilgængeligt, " -"så se: <link linkend=\"Administration--" -"Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-" -"\">Installation af et grafisk miljø på hovedserveren for brug med GOsa²</" -"link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du (sikkert ved et tilfælde) installerede en ren hovedserverprofil og " -"ikke har en klient med en internetbrowser ved hånden, så er det nemt at " -"installere et lille skrivebord på hovedserveren med brug af denne " -"kommandosekvens i en (ikke grafisk) skal med brugeren du oprettede under " -"hovedserverens installation (første bruger):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### efter installation, kør »sudo service lightdm start« \n" -" ### log ind som første bruger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Fra en internetbrowser så brug adressen <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"for adgang til GOsa², og log ind som den første bruger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du bruger en ny Debian Edu Bullseye-maskine, så vil sidecertifikatet " -"være kendt af browseren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Ellers vil du se en fejlbesked om at SSL-certifikatet er forkert. Hvis du " -"ved, at du er alene på netværket, så bare giv browseren besked om, at du " -"accepterer den og ignorer beskeden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "GOsa²-logind samt overblik" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "GOsa²-overblikside efter logind som den første bruger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Efter at du er logget ind i GOsa² får du vist overblikssiden for GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Du kan nu vælge en opgave i menuen eller klikke på en af opgaveikonerne på " -"overblikssiden. For navigering anbefaler vi at bruge menuen i venstre side " -"af skærmen, da den vil forblive synlig på alle administrationssider i GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an " -#| "LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also " -#| "by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and the Windows machines " -#| "on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, " -#| "etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided " -#| "in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole " -#| "Skolelinux network." -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"I Debian Edu gemmes konto-, gruppe- og systeminformation i en LDAP-mappe. " -"Disse data bruges ikke kun af hovedserveren, men også af (diskløse) " -"arbejdsstationer, LTSP-servere og Windowsmaskiner på netværket. Med LDAP " -"skal kontoinformation om studenter, elever, lærere etc. kun indtastes en " -"gang. Efter at information er blevet leveret til LDAP vil den være " -"tilgængelig på alle systemer i hele netværket for Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² er et administrationsværktøj som bruger LDAP til at gemme sin " -"information og tilbyde en hierarkisk afdelingsstruktur. Til hver " -"»afdeling« (department) kan du tilføje brugerkontoer, grupper, systemer, " -"netgrupper etc. Afhængig af strukturen for din institution, kan du bruge " -"afdelingsstrukturen i GOsa²/LDAP til at overføre din organisationsstruktur " -"til LDAP-datatræet for Debian Edus hovedserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -#| "\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -#| "tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -#| "department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -#| "Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently " -#| "added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this " -#| "structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, " -#| "with common home directories for each group in the <link " -#| "linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-" -#| "\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"En standardinstallation af hovedserveren for Debian Edu tilbyder aktuelt to " -"»afdelinger« (departments): Lærere og studenter, plus basisniveauet for LDAP-" -"træet. Studentkontoer skal tilføjes til studenterafdelingen (Students), " -"lærere til lærerafdelingen (Teachers); systemer (servere, arbejdsstationer " -"for Skolelinux, Windowsmaskiner, printere etc.) tilføjes aktuelt til " -"basisniveauet. Find dit egen metode for tilpasning af denne struktur.(Du kan " -"finde et eksempel på hvordan du opretter brugere i årsgrupper, med fælles " -"hjemmemapper for hver gruppe i kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" -"AdvancedAdministration</link> i denne manual.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Afhængig af opgaven du ønsker at arbejde på (håndtere brugere, håndtere " -"grupper, håndtere systemer etc.) så præsenterer GOsa² dig med en anden " -"visning af den valgte afdeling (eller basisniveauet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Brugerhåndtering med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Klik først på Brugere (Users) i den venstre navigationsmenu. Højresiden af " -"skærmen vil ændre sig og vise en tabel med afdelingsmapper for studenter " -"(Students) og lærere (Teachers) og kontoen for GOsa²-administratoren (den " -"først oprettede bruger). Over denne tabel kan du se et felt kaldt " -"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> som tillader dig at navigere igennem din " -"træstruktur (flyt din mus over det område og en rullegardinsmenu kommer " -"frem) og du kan så vælge en basismappe for dine forventede handlinger (f." -"eks. tilføjelse af en ny bruger)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Tilføje brugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ved siden af trænavigeringspunktet kan du se menuen Handlinger (Actions). " -"Flyt din mus over dette punkt og en undermenu kommer frem på skærmen; vælg " -"opret (Create) og så bruger (User). Du vil blive vejledt af guiden for " -"brugeroprettelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Den vigtigste ting at tilføje er skabelonen (newstudent eller newteacher) og " -"det fulde navn for din bruger (se billede)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Efterhånden som du følger guiden vil du se at GOsa² opretter et brugernavn " -"automatisk baseret på det rigtige navn. Guiden vælger automatisk et " -"brugernavn som ikke allerede findes, så flere brugere med det samme fulde " -"navn kommer ikke i problemer. Bemærk at GOsa² kan oprette ugyldige " -"brugernavne hvis det fulde navn indeholder ikke-ASCII-tegn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ikke er glad for det oprettede brugernavn, så kan du vælge et andet " -"brugernavn fra rullegardinet, men du har ikke frit valg her i guiden. (Hvis " -"du ønsker at kunne redigere det foreslåede brugernavn, så åbn " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> med et " -"redigeringsprogram og tilføj " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> som " -"en yderligere valgmulighed i »location definition«)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Når guiden er færdig, så præsenteres du for GOsa²-skærmen for dit nye " -"brugerobjekt. Brug fanebladene øverst for at kontrollere de færdige felter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Efter du har oprettet brugeren (intet behov for at tilpasse felterne guiden " -"har efterladt tomme på nuværende tidspunkt), klik på knappen »O.k.« i " -"nederste højre hjørne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Som det sidste trin vil GOsa² spørge om en adgangskode for den nye bruger. " -"Indtast dette dobbelt og klik så på »Angiv adgangskode« i det nederste højre " -"hjørne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Nogle tegn er ikke tilladte i adgangskoden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Hvis alt gik godt, så kan du nu se den nye bruger i tabellen over brugere. " -"Du skulle nu kunne logge ind med det brugernavn på enhver Skolelinuxmaskine " -"i dit netværk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Søg, ændr og slet brugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Filterboks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"For at ændre eller slette en bruger, så brug GOsa² til at gennemse listen " -"over brugere på dit system. I midten af skærmen kan du åbne boksen »Filter«, " -"et søgeværktøj tilbudt af GOsa². Hvis du ikke kender den præcise placering " -"af din brugerkonto i dit træ, så ændr basisniveauet for GOsa²/LDAP-træet og " -"søg med indstillingen »Search in subtrees« (søg i undertræer) markeret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Når der bruges boksen »Filter« vil resultaterne umiddelbart fremkomme i " -"midten af teksten i tabelvisningen. Hver linje repræsenterer en brugerkonto " -"og punkterne yderst til højre på hver linje er små ikoner, som tilbyder dig " -"handlinger: rediger bruger, lås konto, angiv adgangskode og fjern bruger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"En ny side vil vise sig, hvor du direkte kan ændre information om brugeren, " -"ændre adgangskoden for brugeren og ændre listen over grupper som brugeren er " -"medlem af." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Redigering af brugerdata" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Angiv adgangskoder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Studenterne kan ændre deres egne adgangskoder ved at logge ind i GOsa² med " -"deres egne brugernavne. For nemmere administration af GOsa² er et menupunkt " -"kaldt Gosa indbygget i systemmenuen for skrivebordet (eller " -"systemindstillinger. En indlogget student vil blive præsenteret med en meget " -"minimal udgave af GOsa², som kun tillader adgang til studentens eget " -"kontodataark og til dialogen for angiv adgangskode (set-password)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Lærere logget ind under deres egne brugernavne har specielle rettigheder i " -"GOsa². De får en mere priviligeret visning af GOsa², og kan ændre " -"adgangskoderne for alle studentkontoer. Dette kan være meget brugbart i " -"undervisningssituationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Administrativ angivelse af en ny adgangskode for en bruger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "søg efter brugeren der skal ændres, som forklaret ovenfor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "klik på nøglesymbolet i slutningen af linjen hvor brugernavnet vises" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"på den efterfølgende side kan du angive en ny adgangskode valgt af dig selv" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Angiv brugeradgangskode" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vær opmærksom på sikkerheden. Undgå adgangskoder " -"der er nemme at gætte!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Avanceret brugerhåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at masseoprette brugere med GOsa² ved at bruge en CSV-fil, som " -"kan oprettes med ethvert godt regnearksprogram (for eksempel " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Som minimum skal poster for de " -"følgende felter udfyldes: uid, efternavn (sn), fornavn (givenName) og " -"adgangskode. Sikr dig at der ikke er ens poster i uid-feltet. Bemærk " -"venligst at for at kontrollere for ens poster skal du inkludere allerede " -"eksisterende uid-poster i LDAP (som kan findes ved at køre " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> på kommandolinjen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Dette er formatvejledningerne for sådan en CSV-fil (GOsa² er ret intolerant " -"vedrørende disse):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Brug »,« som feltadskillelsestegn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Brug ikke anførelsestegn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"CSV-filen <emphasis role=\"strong\">må ikke</emphasis> indeholde en " -"hovedlinje (af den slags som normalt indeholder kolonnenavne)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"Rækkefølgen for felterne er ikke relevant, og kan defineres i GOsa² under " -"masseimporten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Trinene for masseimport er:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "klik på henvisningen »LDAP Manager« i navigeringsmenuen til venstre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "klik på fanebladet »Importer« på skærmen til højre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"gennemse din lokale disk og vælg en CSV-fil med listen over brugere der skal " -"importeres" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"vælg en tilgængelig brugerskabelon som skal bruges under masseimport (såsom " -"NewTeacher eller NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "klik på knappen »importer« i det nederste højre hjørne" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Det er en god ide at udføre nogle test først, for eksempel med en CSV-fil " -"med nogle få fiktive brugere, som kan slettes senere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Det samme gælder for håndteringsmodulet til adgangskoder, som tillader " -"nulstilling af en masse adgangskoder via en CSV-fil eller at genoprette nye " -"adgangskoder for brugere tilhørende et specielt LDAP-undertræ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Nulstil adgangskoder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "opret gruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "Håndteringen af grupper er meget lig håndteringen af brugere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Du kan indtaste et navn og en beskrivelse per gruppe. Sikr dig at du vælger " -"det rigtige niveau i LDAP-træet, når du opretter en ny gruppe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Tilføjelse af brugere til en netop oprettet gruppe fører dig tilbage til " -"brugerlisten, hvor du højst sandsynlig har brug for filterboksen for at " -"finde brugere. Kontroller også LDAP-træniveauet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Grupperne indtastet i gruppehåndteringen er også regulære unix-grupper, så " -"du kan også bruge dem til filrettigheder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Maskinhåndtering tillader dig grundlæggende at håndtere alle netværksenheder " -"i dit Debian Edu-netværk. Hver maskine tilføjet til LDAP-mappen med brug af " -"GOsa² har et værtsnavn, en IP-adresse, en MAC-adresse og et domænenavn (som " -"normalt er »intern«). For en mere fyldestgørende beskrivelse af Debian Edu-" -"arkitekturen så se kapitlet <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> " -"i denne manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To create one for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the " -#| "main server as root and run" -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"For at oprette et for et system allerede konfigureret med GOsa², log ind på " -"hovedserveren som root (administrator) og kør" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <værtsnavn> <ip>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -#| "possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -#| "<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not " -#| "for those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Also, LTSP clients are " -#| "using <emphasis>sshfs</emphasis> to mount home directories, so there's " -#| "nothing to do for diskless workstations." -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bemærk venligst:</emphasis> host keytab-oprettelse " -"er muligt på systemer af typen <emphasis>arbejdsstationer</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servere</emphasis> og <emphasis>terminaler</emphasis> men ikke for " -"typerne <emphasis>netenheder</emphasis>. LTSP-klienter bruger også " -"<emphasis>sshfs</emphasis> til at montere hjemmemapper, så der er intet at " -"gør for diskløse arbejdsstationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"For at tilføje en maskine, så brug GOsa²-hovedmenuen, systemer, tilføj. Du " -"kan bruge en IP-adresse/værtsnavn fra det prækonfigurerede adresserum " -"10.0.0.0/8. Aktuelt er der kun to prædefinerede faste adresser: 10.0.2.2 " -"(tjener) og 10.0.0.1 (adgangspunkt). Adresserne fra 10.0.16.20 til " -"10.0.31.254 (cirka 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4000 værter) er reserverede for DHCP " -"og tildeles dynamisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"For at tildele en vært med MAC-adressen 52:54:00:12:34:10, en statisk IP-" -"adresse i GOsa², så skal du indtaste MAC-adressen, værtsnavnet og IP'en; " -"alternativt kan du klikke på knappen <computeroutput>Propose ip (foreslå IP</" -"computeroutput>, som vil vise den første frie og faste adresse i 10.0.0.0/8, " -"sikkert noget ligende 10.0.0.2 hvis du tilføjer den første maskine på denne " -"måde. Det kan være bedre først at overveje dit netværk: For eksempel kan du " -"bruge 10.0.0.x med x>10 og x<50 for servere, og x>100 for " -"arbejdsstationer. Glem ikke at aktivere det netop tilføjet system. Med " -"undtagelse af hovedserveren vil alle systemer så have et matchende ikon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis maskinerne er opstartet som tynde klienter/diskløse arbejdsstationer " -"eller er blevet installeret med brug af nogle af netværksprofilerne, kan " -"skriptet <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> bruges til " -"automatisk at tilføje maskiner til GOsa². For simple maskiner vil det " -"fungere med det samme, for maskiner med mere end en mac-adresse skal den " -"faktisk anvendte vælges, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" -"computeroutput> viser brugsinformation. Bemærk venligst at IP-adresserne " -"vist efter brug af <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> " -"tilhører det dynamiske IP-interval. Disse systemer kan så ændres, så de " -"passer til dit netværk: Omdøb hvert nyt system, aktiver DHCP og DNS, tilføj " -"den til netgroups, hvis krævet; genstart systemet efterfølgende. De følgende " -"skærmbilleder viser hvordan dette gøres i praksis." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Opret GOsa-mskine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Indtast adgangskode hvis du ønsker at aktivere disse ændringer, og ^c for at afbryde.\n" -"\n" -"Forbindelse til LDAP som cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"indtast adgangskode: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "GOsa²-systemvisning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Værtsdetaljer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Ændr vært" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Tilføj netgruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Et cronjob der opdaterer DNS kører hver time; <computeroutput>su -c " -"ldap2bind</computeroutput> kan bruges til at udløse opdateringen manuelt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Søg og slet maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Søgning efter og sletning af maskiner ligner på mange måder søg efter bruger " -"og sletning af brugere, så den information gentages ikke her." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Ændre eksisterende maskiner / Netgroup-håndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Efter tilføjels af en maskine til LDAP-træet med brug af GOsa² kan du ændre " -"dens egenskaber med brug af søgefunktionaliteten og klik på maskinnavnet " -"(som du ville gøre med brugere)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Formatet for disse systemposter ligner dem du allerede kender fra ændring af " -"brugerposter, men felterne betyder noget andet i denne kontekst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"For eksempel ændrer tilføjelse af en maskine til <computeroutput>NetGroup</" -"computeroutput> ikke rettigheder for filadgang eller kommandoudførsel for " -"den maskine eller brugerne logget ind på den maskine; i stedet for så " -"begrænser den tjenesterne som den maskine kan bruge på din hovedserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Standardinstallationen tilbyder <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Aktuelt bruges funktionaliteten for <computeroutput>NetGroup</" -"computeroutput> til" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppe vil automatisk ændre størrelse på LVM-" -"partitioner som løber tør for plads." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppe vil automatisk lukke ned om natten for at " -"spare på energiforbruget." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i disse grupper vil automatisk tømme alle " -"udskrivningskøer hver nat, og genaktivere alle deaktiverede udskrivningskøer " -"hver time." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Almindeligt navn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppe vil kun få tilladelse til at forbinde til " -"maskiner på det lokale netværk. Kombineret med begrænsninger for " -"internetproxy kan dette være brugbart ved eksamener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Printerhåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For Printer Management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "www:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can " -#| "add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By " -#| "default only root is allowed but this can be changed: Open /etc/cups/cups-" -#| "files.conf with an editor and add one or more valid group names matching " -#| "your site policy to the line containing <computeroutput>SystemGroup " -#| "lpadmin</computeroutput>. Existing GOsa² groups that might be used are " -#| "<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>printer-" -#| "admins</computeroutput> (both with the first user as member), " -#| "<computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>jradmins</" -#| "computeroutput> (no members after installation)." -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"For printerhåndtering skal du pege din internetbrowser mod <ulink " -"url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Dette er den normale CUPS-håndteringsgrænseflade, " -"hvor du kan tilføje/slette/ændre dine printere og rydde op i printerkøen. " -"Som standard er kun root tilladt, men dette kan ændres: Åbn etc/cups/cups-" -"files.conf med et redigeringsprogram og tilføj en eller flere gyldige " -"gruppenavne, der matcher din sidepolitik til linjen indeholdende " -"<computeroutput>SystemGroup lpadmin</computeroutput>. Eksisterende GOsa²-" -"grupper som kan bruges er <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> og " -"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> (begge med den første bruger " -"som medlem), <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> og " -"<computeroutput>jradmins</computeroutput> (ingen medlemmer efter " -"installation)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Brug printere koblet til arbejdsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Pakken <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> installeres som standard på et system med " -"profilen <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Rediger <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> således (USB " -"printer):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; vælg netværksprintertype " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle printere " -"uanset mærke eller model) og angiv <computeroutput>socket://<workstation " -"ip>:9100</computeroutput> som forbindelses-URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Networked clients" -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Netværksklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Ursynkronisering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Standardkonfigurationen i Debian Edu er at holde alle ure på alle maskiner " -"synkrone men ikke nødvendigvis korrekte. NTP bruges til at opdatere tiden. " -"Urene vil blive synkroniseret med en ekstern kilde som standard. Dette kan " -"få maskiner til at holde den eksterne internetforbindelse åben hvis den " -"oprettes under brug." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -#| "default setting." -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du bruger opkald eller ISDN og betaler per minut, så vil du måske gerne " -"ændre denne standardindstilling." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf " -#| "on the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified. " -#| "Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</" -#| "computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be " -#| "restarted by running <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</" -#| "computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external " -#| "clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For at deaktivere synkronisering med et eksternt ur, skal filen /etc/ntp." -"conf på hovedserveren og alle klienter og LTSP-chroot'er ændres. Tilføj " -"kommentartegn (»#«) foran <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-poster. " -"Derefter skal NTP-serveren genstartes ved at køre <computeroutput>/etc/init." -"d/ntp restart</computeroutput> som administrator (root). For at teste om en " -"maskine bruger de eksterne kilder for uret, så kør <computeroutput>ntpq -c " -"lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Udvid partitioner der er fyldt op" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions " -#| "might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -#| "the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#| "Resizing_Partitions\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -#| "information." -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"På grund af en mulig fejl med automatisk partitionering, kan nogle " -"partitioner være fyldt op efter installationen. For at udvide disse " -"partitioner, så kør <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" -"computeroutput> som administrator (root). Se hjælpen for »Ændr partitioner« " -"i <link linkend=\"Administration--Resizing_Partitions\">kapitlet om hjælp " -"til administrationen</link> for yderligere information." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Vedligeholdelse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Opdatering af programmerne" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dette afsnit forklarer hvordan du bruger <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> is really simply. To " -#| "update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as " -#| "root: <computeroutput>apt-get update</computeroutput> (which updates the " -#| "lists of available packages) and <computeroutput>apt-get upgrade</" -#| "computeroutput> (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is " -#| "available)." -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Brug af <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> er meget simpelt. For at " -"opdatere et system skal du køre to kommandoer på kommandolinjen som " -"administrator (root): <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (som " -"opdaterer listen over tilgængelige pakker) og <computeroutput>apt full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput> (som opgraderer pakkerne hvor en opgradering er " -"tilgængelig)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"Det er også en god ide at opgradere via C-sproget for at få engelske uddata " -"i tilfælde af problemer, da det laver resultater der er nemmere at finde i " -"søgemotorer." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Det er også en god ide at installere <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> og " -"konfigurere dem til at sende post til en adresse du følger løbende med på." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vil give dig besked en gang om " -"dagen via e-post om pakker, som kan opgraderes. Programmet installerer ikke " -"disse opgraderinger, men henter dem ned (normalt om natten), så du ikke skal " -"vente på at de bliver hentet ned, når du udfører <computeroutput>apt full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Automatisk installation af opdateringer kan nemt udføres, det kræver bare at " -"pakken <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> installeres og " -"konfigureres som beskrevet på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kan sende nye " -"ændringslogpunkter til dig via e-post, eller alternativt vise dem i " -"terminalen når der køres <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Hold dig informeret om sikkerhedsopdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Kørsel af <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> som beskrevet ovenfor er " -"en god måde at få information om nye sikkerhedsopdateringer for installerede " -"pakker. En anden måde at være informeret på er at abonnere på <ulink " -"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debians postliste " -"security-announce</ulink>, hvilket har den fordel at du også får information " -"om hvad sikkerhedsopdateringen går ud på. Ulempen (sammenlignet med " -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) er. at den også inkluderer " -"information om opdateringer for pakker som ikke er installeret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Sikkerhedshåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"For sikkerhedshåndtering så peg din browser på <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Bemærk venligst at du skal tilgå denne side via SSL, da du " -"skal indtaste adgangskoden for administrator (root) der. Hvis du forsøger at " -"tilgå denne side uden at bruge SSL, så vil forbindelsen fejle." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk: siden vil kun fungere hvis du midlertidigt tillade ssh root-logind " -"på sikkerhedskopiserveren (hovedserver »tjener« som standard)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Som standard vil tjener lave sikkerhedskopi af <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> og LDAP til /skole/backup som er " -"under LVM. Hvis du kun vil have delvise kopier af tingene (i tilfælde af at " -"du sletter dem) så vil denne opsætning virke fint." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Vær opmærksom på at denne sikkerhedskopi ikke beskytter dig mod fejlramte " -"harddiske." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at lave sikkerhedskopiering af dine data til en ekstern " -"server, en båndstation eller en anden harddisk, så skal du ændre den " -"eksisterende konfiguration en lille smule." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at gendanne en fuldstændig mappe, er din bedste løsning at " -"bruge kommandolinjen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <dato> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/bruger \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/bruger_<dato>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Dette vil kopiere indholdet fra <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> i mappen " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at gendanne en enkelt fil, så skal du vælge filen (og " -"versionen) fra internetgrænsefladen og hente kun den fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at fjerne gamle sikkerhedskopier, så vælg Maintenance " -"(vedligeholdelse) i menuen på siden for sikkerhedskopiering og vælg det " -"ældste øjebliksbillede du ønsker at bevare:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Serverovervågning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Trendrapporteringssystemet Munin er tilgængeligt fra <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/munin/\"/>. Programmet tilbyder målegrafer for systemstatus på en " -"daglig, ugentlig, månedlig og årlig basis, og giver systemadministratoren " -"hjælp, når der skal kontrolleres for flaskehalse og kilden til " -"systemproblemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Listen over maskiner der overvåges med Munin oprettes automatisk, baseret på " -"listen over værter der rapporterer til sitesummary. Alle værter med pakken " -"munin-node installeret registreres for Muninovervågning. Det vil normalt " -"tage en dag fra at en maskine installeres til Munins overvågning starter, på " -"grund af rækkefølgen som cronjob udføres i. For at øge proceshastigheden så " -"kør <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> som " -"administrator (root) på serveren for sitesummary (normalt hovedserveren). " -"Dette vil opdatere filen <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Målesættet som indsamles oprettes automatisk på hver maskine med brug af " -"programmet <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>, som " -"undersøger udvidelsesmodulerne tilgængelige fra <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> og laver symbolske henvisninger for de " -"relevante til <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Information om Munin er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring." -"org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. The set of machines and services being " -#| "monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the " -#| "sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-" -#| "server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients " -#| "receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, " -#| "install the <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package " -#| "on the workstation." -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Icinga system- og tjenesteovervågning er tilgængelig fra <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. Maskinsættet og tjenester som overvåges er " -"automatisk oprettet med brug af information indsamlet af systemet " -"sitesummary. Maskinerne med profilen Main-server og LTSP-server modtager " -"fuld overvågning, mens arbejdsstationer og tynde klienter modtager simpel " -"overvågning. For at aktivere fuld overvågning på en arbejdsstation, så " -"installer pakken <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> på " -"arbejdsstationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Som standard sender Icinga ikke e-post. Dette kan ændres ved at erstatte " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> i filen <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Den brugte konfigurationsfil for Icinga er <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cronjobbet for sitesummary opretter " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"med listen over værter og tjenester at overvåge." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Ekstra Icingakontroller kan placeres i filen <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> så de bliver " -"inkluderet i den oprettede fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Information om icinga er tilgængelig fra pakken <ulink url=\"http://www." -"icinga.com/\"/> eller i <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Gængse Icingaadvarsler og hvordan de skal håndteres" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Her er instruktioner på hvordan du håndterer de mest gængse Icingaadvarsler." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Partitionen (/usr/ i eksemplet) er fyldt op. Der er generelt to måder at " -"håndtere dette på: (1) fjern nogle filer eller (2) øg størrelsen på " -"partitionen. Hvis partitionen er /var/, kan afinstallation af APT-" -"mellemlageret ved at kalde <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> måske " -"fjerne nogle filer. Hvis der er mere plads tilgængelig i LVM-" -"diskenhedsgruppen, så kan kørsel af programmet <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"fsautoresize</computeroutput> måske hjælpe. For at køre dette program " -"automatisk hver time, så kan den omtalte vært tilføjes til netgruppen " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Nye pakker er tilgængelige for opgradering. De kritiske er normalt " -"sikkerhedsmæssige rettelser. For at opgradere så kør »apt-get upgrade &" -"& apt-get dist-upgrade« som administrator (root) i en konsol eller log " -"ind via ssh for at gøre det samme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ikke ønsker at opgradere pakker manuelt og stoler på at Debian gør " -"et godt arbejde med nye versioner, så kan du konfigurere pakken " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> til automatisk at " -"opgradere alle nye pakker hver nat. Dette vil ikke opgradere LTSP-chroot'er." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Den kørende kerne er ældre end den nyeste installerede kerne, og en genstart " -"er krævet for at aktivere den nyeste installerede kerne. Dette er ofte ret " -"vigtigt, da nye kerner normalt dukker op i debian Edu for at rette " -"sikkerhedsmæssige problemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Printerkøerne i CUPS har en masse igangværende job. Dette skyldes højst " -"sandsynlig en utilgængelig printer. Deaktiverede printkøer aktiveres hver " -"time på værter som er medlem af netgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-" -"autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, så for sådanne værter er ingen manuel " -"handling krævet. Printkøerne tømmes hver nat på værter som er medlem af " -"netgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Hvis " -"en vært har en masse job i deres kø, så overvej at tilføje denne vært til en " -"eller begge af disse netgrupper." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary bruges til at indsamle information fra hver computer og indsende " -"informationen til en central server. Den indsamlede information er " -"tilgængelig i <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" -"computeroutput>. Skripter i <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" -"computeroutput> er tilgængelige for rapportudarbejdelser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"En simpel rapport fra sitesummary uden nogen detaljer er tilgængelig fra " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Dokumentation for sitesummary er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Yderligere information om Debian Edu-tilpasninger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om Debian Edu-tilpasninger, der er nyttige for " -"systemadministratorer, kan ses i <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">hjælpeafsnittet Administration</link> og i <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">hjælpeafsnittet avanceret administration</" -"link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Opgraderinger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Før du læser denne opgraderingsvejledning, så bemærk at live opdateringer " -"til dine produktionsservere udføres på egen risiko. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux har ABSOLUT INGEN GARANTI, inden for " -"lovens rammer.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Læs venligst dette kapitel og kapitlet <link linkend=\"Features\">Nye " -"funktioner i Bullseye</link> i denne manual fuldstændig før du forsøger at " -"opgradere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Generelle bemærkninger om opgradering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather " -#| "easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we modify " -#| "configuration files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more " -#| "information.) Upgrading is still possible but may require some work." -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Opgradering af Debian fra en distribution til den næste er normalt ret nemt. " -"Dette gælder desværre endnu ikke for Debian Edu, da vi kraftigt ændrer i " -"konfigurationsfilerne på måder vi ikke burde. (Se Debianfejl <ulink " -"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for yderligere " -"information.) Opgradering er stadig muligt, men kan kræve noget arbejde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at sikre dig at alt virker som før efter opgraderingen, så " -"skal du teste opgraderingen på et testsystem eller systemer konfigureret på " -"samme måde som dine produktionsmaskiner. Der kan du teste opgraderingen uden " -"risiko og se om alt virker, som det skal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Husk også at læse informationen om den aktuelle Debian Stable-udgivelse i " -"dennes <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Det kan også være klogt at vente en smule og stadig køre Oldstable i et par " -"uger længere, så at andre kan teste opgraderingen og dokumentere eventuelle " -"problemer de oplever. Udgivelsen Oldstable for Debian Edu vil fortsat " -"modtage understøttelse i en periode efter den næste Stable-udgivelse, men " -"når Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" -"faq#lifespan\">standser understøttelse for Oldstable</ulink>, så vil Debian " -"Edu ligeledes stoppe understøttelsen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Opgraderinger fra Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Vær forberedt: Vær sikker på at du har testet opgraderingen fra Buster i et " -"testmiljø eller har sikkerhedskopier klar til en gendannelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Bemærk venligst at den følgende opskrift gælder for standardinstallationen " -"af Debian Edus hovedserver (desktop=xfce, profiler Main-Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP-server). (For et generelt overblik over buster til bullseye-" -"opgraderingen, se: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "Brug ikke X, brug en virtuel konsol, log ind som root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afslutter med en fejl, så prøv at " -"rette den og/eller køre <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> og " -"så <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Opgrader hovedserveren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Sikr dig at det nuværende system er opdateret:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Ryd op i pakkemellemlageret:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye:" -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "Forbered og start opgraderingen til Bullseye:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: vær forberedt på at skulle læse en masse NYHEDER; tryk <" -"retur> for at rulle ned, <q> for at forlade tekstfremviseren. Al " -"information vil blive sendt til root, så du kan læse det igen senere (brug " -"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Læs al debconf-information omhyggeligt, vælg »bevar den lokalt installeret " -"version« med mindre andet er nævnt nedenfor; i de fleste tilfælde vil et " -"tryk på retur være okay." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "genstart tjenester: Vælg ja (yes)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Anvend og juster konfiguration:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "cf-agent -v -D installation" -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "cf-agent -v -D installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"kør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Hent den nye grafik Debian Edu Homeworld:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Anvend og juster konfiguration:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount," -#| "dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "kør <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Kør <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Kør <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Kontroller om det opgraderede system fungerer:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Genstart; log ind som første bruger og test" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "om Gosa² gui fungerer," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "om man kan forbinde til LTSP-klienter og arbejdsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "om man kan tilføje/fjerne et netgruppemedlemskab af et system," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "om man kan sende og modtage intern e-post," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "om man kan håndtere printere," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "og om andre sidespecifikke ting fungerer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Opgradering af en arbejdsstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Opgraderinger fra ældre installationer af Debian Edu/Skolelinux (før Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the " -#| "Stretch based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the " -#| "instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Stretch#\">Manual " -#| "for Debian Edu Stretch</ulink> about how to upgrade to Stretch from the " -#| "previous release, Jessie. Likewise the Jessie manual describes how to " -#| "upgrade from Wheezy." -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"For at opgradere fra alle ældre udgivelser, så skal du først opgradere til " -"den Buster-baserede Debian Edu, før du kan følge instruktionerne anført " -"ovenfor. Instruktioner kan ses i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">manualen for Debian Edu Buster</ulink> for " -"hvordan der opgraderes til Stretch fra en tidligere udgivelse, Stretch. På " -"samme måde beskriver manualen for Jessie hvordan du opgraderer fra Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generel administration</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Hjælp for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">avanceret administration</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netværksklienter</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Hjælp for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Users\">brugere</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Hjælp for generel administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Kapitlerne <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Kom i gang</link> og <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Vedligeholdelse</link> beskriver hvordan du kommer i " -"gang med Debian Edu og hvordan du udfører grundlæggende vedligeholdelse. " -"Hjælpen i dette kapitel har nogle mere »avancerede« fif." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Konfigurationshistorik: Følge /etc/ med brug af versionskontrolsystemet Git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "With the introduction of <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> in " -#| "Debian Edu Squeeze (previous versions used <computeroutput>etcinsvk</" -#| "computeroutput> which was removed from Debian), all files in " -#| "<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Med introduktionen af <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> i Debian " -"Edu Squeeze (tidligere versioner brugte <computeroutput>etcinsvk</" -"computeroutput>, som blev fjernet fra Debian) bliver alle filer i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sporet med <ulink url=\"http://www." -"git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> som et versionskontrolsystem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dette gør det muligt at se hvornår en fil tilføjes, ændres og fjernes, samt " -"hvad der har ændres sig hvis filen er en tekstfil. Git-arkivet gemmes i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Hver time, bliver alle ændringer automatisk optaget, hvilket tillader at " -"konfigurationshistorik kan udtrækkes og gennemses." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"For at kige på historikken bruges kommandoen <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " -"log</computeroutput>. For at kontrollere forskellene mellem to punkter i et " -"tidsforløb, kan en kommando som <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" -"computeroutput> bruges." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Se resultatet af <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for " -"yderligere information." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Liste over brugbare kommandoer:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Eksempler på praktisk brug" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"På et netop installeret system, så prøv eventuelt dette for at se alle " -"ændringer udført siden systemet blev installeret:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Se hvilke filer der aktuelt ikke overvåges og hvilke som ikke er opdateret:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"For manuelt at indsende fil, fordi du ikke ønsker at vente op til en time:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Ændring af størrelse på partitioner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"I Debian Edu er alle partitioner udover partitionen <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> på logiske LVM-diskenheder. Med Linuxkerner højere end " -"2.6.10 er det muligt at udvide partitioner mens de er monteret. " -"Formindskelse af partitioner skal stadig foregå mens partitionen ikke er " -"monteret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"Det er en god ide at undgå at oprette meget store partitioner (over lad os " -"sige 20 GiB), på grund af den tid det tager at køre <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> på dem eller at genskabe dem fra sikkerhedskopier hvis " -"behovet skulle opstå. Det er bedre, hvis muligt, at oprette flere små " -"partitioner end en meget stor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Hjælpeskriptet <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"tilbydes for at gøre det nemmere at udvide fulde partitioner. Når det " -"igangsættes læser skriptet konfigurationen fra <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" -"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. Skriptet forslår så at udvide partitioner " -"med for lidt ledig plads, jævnfør de regler der er angivet i disse filer. " -"Hvis det køres uden argumenter, vil skriptet kun vise de kommandoer som er " -"krævet for at udvide filsystemet. Arguementet <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> er krævet for rent faktisk at udføre disse kommandoer for at " -"udvide filsystemet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Skriptet køres automatisk hver time på alle klienter angivet i netgruppen " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Når partitionen brugt af Squidproxyen ændrer størrelse, skal værdien for " -"mellemlagerstørrelsen i <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" -"computeroutput> også opdateres. Hjælpeskriptet <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> tilbydes for " -"at gøre dette automatisk, kontrol af den aktuelle partitionsstørrelse af " -"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> og konfiguration af Squid " -"til at bruge 80 % af denne som sin størrelse for mellemlageret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Logisk diskenhedshåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Logisk diskenhedshåndtering (engelsk: Logical Volume Management, forkortet " -"LVM) gør det muligt at ændre størrelse på partitioner mens de er monteret og " -"i brug. Du kan lære mere om LVM i <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/" -"LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM-hjælp</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"For at udvide en logisk diskenhed manuelt så fortæller du bare kommandoen " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> hvilken størrelse, du ønsker, at " -"den skal vokse til. For eksempel for at udvide home0 til 30 GiB, så bruger " -"du de følgende kommandoer:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "For at udvide home0 med 30 GiB, så indsætter du »+« (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Brug af ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> er et " -"værktøj til at redigere LDAP-databasen med et normalt " -"tekstredigeringsprogram på kommandolinjen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Det følgende skal køres:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> vil bruge det valgte " -"redigeringsprogram. Ved at køre <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> i skallen kan man konfigurere miljøet til at hente en vi-" -"klon som redigeringsprogram." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"For at tilføje et LDAP-objekt med ldapvi, så brug objektsekvensens tal med " -"strengen <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> foran det nye LDAP-objekt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Advarsel: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> er et meget funktionsrigt " -"værktøj. Vær forsigtig og ødelæg ikke LDAP-databasen, samme advarsel gælder " -"for JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "Kerberized NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " -#| "The levels <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and " -#| "<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means " -#| "Kerberos authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity " -#| "check and <emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load " -#| "on both server and workstation increases with the security level, " -#| "<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> might be a good choice." -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Brug af Kerberos for NFS til at montere hjemmemapper er en " -"sikkerhedsfunktion. Niveauerne <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> og <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> er understøttet (<emphasis>krb5</" -"emphasis> betyder Kerberos-godkendelse, <emphasis>i</emphasis> står for " -"integritetskontrol og <emphasis>p</emphasis> for privatliv, dvs. " -"kryptering); belastningen på både server og arbejdsstation øges med " -"sikkerhedsniveauet, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> kan være et godt valg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "log ind som root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -#| "<emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5i</" -#| "emphasis>" -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"kør <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, søg efter " -"<emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> og erstat det med <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: uncomment/adjust/" -#| "comment existing entries for /srv/*; make sure they look like this:" -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"rediger <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: udkommenter/juster/" -"kommenter eksisterende poster for /srv/*; sikr dig at de ser således ud:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "kør <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dette værktøj gør det muligt at angive standardprinteren afhængig af sted, " -"maskine eller gruppemedlemskab. For yderligere oplysninger, se " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> skal være installeret af adminsitratoren, se " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> for et eksempel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, en grafisk brugerflade for LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du foretrækker en grafisk brugerflade til arbejdet med LDAP-databasen, " -"så se pakken <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, som installeres som " -"standard. For at få skriveadgang forbindes således:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, et kommandolinjeværktøj" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> er et lille værktøj for " -"kommandolinjen til at oprette LDAP-brugere og angive deres adgangskoder i " -"Kerberos. Den bruges dog hovedsagelig for testformål." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Brug af stable-updates" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Siden udgivelsen af Squeeze i 2011 har Debian inkluderet pakker tidligere " -"vedligeholdt i volatile.debian.org i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"StableUpdates\">stable-updates-programpakken </ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Selvom du kan bruge stable-updates direkte, så er det ikke et krav: stable-" -"updates overføres til programpakken stable med faste intervaller, når " -"punktudgivelserne er klar, hvilket sker cirka hver anden måned." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Brug af backports til at installere nyere programmer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Du kører Debian Edu fordi du fortrækker stabiliteten i Debian Edu. Det " -"fungerer bare; der er kun et lille problem: Nogle gange er programmerne " -"noget ældre end du ville ønske. Det er her backports.debian.org kommer ind i " -"billedet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Backporte er rekompilerede pakker fra Debian testing (hovedsagelig) og " -"Debian unstable (kun i nogle få tilfælde, f.eks. sikkerhedsopdateringer), så " -"de vil køre uden nye biblioteker (hvor dette er muligt) på en stabil " -"Debiandistribution såsom Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vi anbefaler " -"at du udvælger de individuelle backporte som passer til dit behov, og ikke " -"at du bruger alle tilgængelige backporte.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Brug af backports er nemt:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Hvorefter man nemt kan installere pakker fra backported, den følgende " -"kommando vil installere en backported-version for <emphasis>tuxtype</" -"emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Backports opdateres automatisk (hvis tilgængelige) ligesom andre pakker. Som " -"det normale arkiv har backports tre afsnit: main, contrib og non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Opgradering med en cd eller lignede aftryk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at opgradere fra en version til den næste (for eksempel fra " -"Bullseye 11.1 til 11.2) men ikke har internetadgang, kun et fysisk medie, så " -"følg disse trin:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "Indsæt cd/dvd/blue-ray/USB-drev og brug kommandoen apt-cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "For at citere manualsiden apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom bruges til at tilføje en ny cdrom til APT's liste over " -"tilgængelige kilder. apt-cdrom bestemmer strukturen for disken samt " -"korrektion af flere mulige fejlbrændinger og verificering af indeksfilerne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Det er nødvendigt at bruge apt-cdrom til at tilføje cd'er til APT-systemet, " -"det kan ikke gøres manuelt. Derudover skal hver disk i et sæt med flere " -"cd'er indsættes og skannes separat for at tage højde for eventuelle " -"fejlbrændinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Kør så disse to kommandoer for at opgradere systemet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Automatisk oprydning af tilbageværende processer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> er et Perlskript, som fjerner " -"baggrundsjob. Baggrundsjob er defineret som processer, som tilhører brugere " -"som aktuelt ikke er logget ind på maskinen. Det køres som cronjob hver time." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Automatisk installatoin af sikkerhedsopgraderinger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -#| "which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. The " -#| "package is installed by default and preconfigured to install security " -#| "upgrades. The logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" -#| "upgrades/</computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/" -#| "log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" -#| "computeroutput>." -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> er en Debianpakke som " -"vil installere sikkerhedsopdateringer (og andre) automatisk. Pakken " -"installeres som standard og prækonfigureres til at installere " -"sikkerhedsopdateringer. Loggene er tilgængelige i <computeroutput>/var/log/" -"unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; der er også <computeroutput>/var/log/" -"dpkg.log</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Automatisk nedlukning af maskiner om natten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -#| "machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to " -#| "turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, " -#| "but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell " -#| "the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-" -#| "server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan " -#| "packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual " -#| "machines." -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at spare energi og penge ved automatisk at slukke for " -"klientmaskiner om natten og tænde dem igen om morgenen. Pakken vil forsøge " -"at slutte maskinen hver time i perioden fra 16:00 om aftenen, men vil ikke " -"slukke den såfremt den ser ud til at blive brugt. Pakken vil forsøge at give " -"BIOS'en besked om at tænde maskinen fra 06:30 ved at sende pakkerne wake-on-" -"lan. Disse tidspunkter kan ændres i crontabs for individuelle maskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Der bør foretages nogle overvejelser når dette sættes op:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -#| "ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -#| "and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to " -#| "work with LTSP thin clients." -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Klienterne bør ikke lukkes ned når nogen bruger dem. Dette sikres ved at " -"kontrollere uddata fra <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, og som et " -"specielt tilfælde, kontrol af at LDM ssh-forbindelseskommandoen virker med " -"LTSP tynde klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"For at undgå at relæet går, er det en god ide at alle klienterne ikke tænder " -"på samme tidspunkt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Der er to forskellige metoder tilgængelige for at vække klienter. En af " -"disse bruger en BIOS-funktion og kræver et fungerende og korrekt ur på " -"maskinen, samt et bundkort og BIOS-version understøttet af " -"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; den anden metode kræver at " -"klienter har understøttelse for wake-on-lan, og at serveren kender til alle " -"klienterne der skal startes op." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Sådan sættes shutdown-at-night (nedlukning om natten) op" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"På klienter som bør slukkes om natten, ændr <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" -"night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, eller tilføj værtsnavnet (dvs. " -"uddata fra <computeroutput>»uname -n«</computeroutput> på klienten) til " -"netgruppen »shutdown-at-night-hosts«. Tilføjelse af værter til netgruppen i " -"LDAP kan udføres med brug af internetværktøjet <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput>. Klienterne skal måske have wake-on-lan konfigureret i " -"BIOS'en. Det er også vigtigt at omskiftere og routere brugt mellem serveren " -"for wake-on-lan og klienterne videresender WOL-pakkerne til klienterne " -"selvom klienterne er slukket. Nogle omskiftere fejler i at videresende " -"pakker til klienter som mangler i ARP-tabellen på omskifteren, og dette " -"blokerer WOL-pakkerne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"For at aktivere wake-on-lan på serveren, så tilføj klienterne til " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, med en " -"linje per klient, IP-adresse først, efterfulgt af MAC-adresse " -"(ethernetadresse), adskilt af et mellemrum; eller opret et skript " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " -"for løbende at oprette en liste over klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Her er et eksempel <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for brug med sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Et alternativ hvis netgruppen bruges til at aktivere shutdown-at-night på " -"klienter er dette skript som bruger netgruppeværktøjet fra pakken " -"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Tilgå Debian-Edu-servere placeret bag en brandmur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"For at tilgå maskiner bag en brandmur fra internettet, så overvej at " -"installere pakken <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Den kan bruges " -"til at opsætte en SSH-tunnel til en maskine på internettet, som du har " -"adgang til. Fra den maskine, kan du tilgå serveren bag brandmuren via SSH-" -"tunnelen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Installation af yderligere tjenestemaskiner for spredning af belastningen " -"fra hovedserveren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"I standardinstallationen kører alle tjenester på hovedserveren tjener. For " -"at gøre det enklere at flytte nogle til andre maskiner, er der en " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installationsprofil tilgængelig. Installation " -"med denne profil vil føre til en maskine, som er en del af Debian Edu-" -"netværket, men som ikke har nogen tjenester kørende (endnu)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Dette er de krævede trin for at opsætte en maskine dedikeret til udvalgte " -"tjenester:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"installer profilen <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> med opstartsindstillingen " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "installer pakkerne for tjenesten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "konfigurer tjenesten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "deaktivere tjenesten på hovedserveren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "opdater DNS (via LDAP/GOsa² på hovedserveren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Hjælp fra wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Avanceret administration - hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "I dette kapitel er avancerede administrationsopgaver beskrevet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Brugertilpasninger med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Opret brugere i årsgrupper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -#| "directories for each group (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc). We want to " -#| "create the users by csv import." -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"I dette eksempel ønsker vi at oprette brugere i årsgrupper, med fælles " -"hjemmemapper for hver gruppe (home0/2014, home0/2015 etc.). Vi ønsker at " -"oprette brugerne med csv-import." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(som root på hovedserveren) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Lav de nødvendige årsgruppemapper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(som første bruger i Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Afdeling" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. " -#| "The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' " -#| "choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2014) and " -#| "Description fields (students graduating in 2014), leave the Base field as " -#| "is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " -#| "(2014) should show up below /Students. Click it." -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Hovedmenu: gå til »Directory structure«, klik på afdeling »Students«. Feltet " -"»Base« skal vise »/Students«. Fra rullegardinet »Actions« vælges " -"»Create«/»Department«. Udfyld værdierne for Navn (2014) og " -"beskrivelsesfelterne (studenter der graduerer i 2014), lav basisfeltet være " -"uændret (skal være »/Students«). Gem ved at klikke på »Ok«. Nu skal afdeling " -"(2014) være vist oppe under /Students. Klik på den." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Gruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group " -#| "name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2014) and click the check " -#| "box left of 'Samba group'. 'Ok' to save it." -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Vælg »Grupper« fra hovedmenuen; »Actions«/Create/Group. Indtast gruppenavn " -"(lad »Base« være uændret, skal være /Students/2014) og klik på " -"afkrydsningsboksen til venstre for »Samba group«. »Ok« for at gemme den." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Skabelon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base " -#| "field. An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show " -#| "up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll " -#| "have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your " -#| "structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the " -#| "Generic, POSIX and Samba tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information " -#| "ready for the new template." -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Vælg »brugere« fra hovedmenuen. Ændr til »Students« i basisfeltet. En post " -"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> skal vise sig, klik på den. " -"Dette er skabelonen »students«, ikke en rigtig bruger. Da du skal oprette en " -"sådan skabelon (for at bruge csv-import til din struktur) baseret på denne, " -"så bemærk alle poster der viser sig i fanebladene Generic, POSIX og Samba, " -"tag eventuelt skærmbilleder så du har information klar til den nye skabelon. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Now change to /Students/2014 in the Base field; choose Create/Template " -#| "and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your " -#| "new 2014 group under Group Membership, too), then add POSIX and Samba " -#| "account." -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Gå nu til /Students/2014 i basisfeltet; vælg Create/Template og udfyld med " -"dine ønskede værdier, først det generiske faneblad (tilføj også din nye 2014-" -"gruppe under Group Membership,), tilføj så POSIX- og Sambakonto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importbrugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Vælg din nye skabelon under udførelse af csv-import; det anbefales at teste " -"den med nogle få brugere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Andre brugertilpasninger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Oprette mapper i hjemmemapperne for alle brugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Med dette skript kan administratoren oprette en mappe i hver brugers " -"hjemmemappe og angive adgangsrettigheder og ejerskab." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"I eksemplet vist nedenfor med gruppe=lærere (group=teachers) og " -"rettigheder=2770 kan en bruger indlevere en opgave ved at gemme filen i " -"mappen »assignments« (opgaver) hvor lærere har fået skriveadgang så de kan " -"lave kommentarer." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder findes allerede.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir mapper er blevet oprettet\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Brug en dedikeret lagerserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Benyt disse trin til at opsætte en dedikeret lagerserver for brugernes " -"hjemmemappe og muligvis andre data." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using " -#| "GOsa² as outlined in the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--" -#| "Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Getting started</link> chapter of " -#| "this manual." -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Tilføj et nyt system af typen <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> med " -"GOsa² som beskrevet i kapitlet <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--" -"Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Kom i gang</link> i denne manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Dette eksempel bruger »nas-server.intern« som servernavn. Når først »nas-" -"server-intern« er konfigureret, så kontroller om NFS-eksportstederne på den " -"nye lagerserver eksporteres til de relevante undernet eller maskiner:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"her får alt på backbone-netværket adgang til /storage-eksport. (Dette kan " -"begrænses til netgroup-medlemsskab eller enkelte IP-adresser for at begrænse " -"NFS-adgang som det gøres i tjener:/etc/exports-filen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Tilføj automount-information om »nas-server.intern« i LDAP for at alle " -"klienter automatisk montererer den nye eksport ved forespørgsel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Dette kan ikke gøres med GOsa², da et modul for automatisk montering " -"mangler. I stedet kan du bruge ldapvi og tilføje de krævede LDAP-objekter " -"med et redigeringsprogram." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Når redigeringsprogrammet viser sig, så tilføj LDAP-objekterne i bunden af " -"dokumentet. (»&«-delen i det sidste LDAP-objekt er et jokertegn, der " -"matcher alt »nas-server.intern« eksporterer, hvilket fjerner behovet for at " -"opremse individuelle monteringspunkter i LDAP)." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"\n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -"\n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Tilføj de relevante punkter i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, da tjener.intern " -"ikke bruger automount til at undgå monteringsloop:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Opret monteringsmapperne med <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, rediger " -"»/etc/fstab« på passende vis og kør <computeroutput>mount -a</" -"computeroutput> for at montere de nye ressourcer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' " -#| "directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory " -#| "using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP " -#| "server, and visiting ~/Storage in case an LTSP diskless client is used." -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Nu bør brugere kunne tilgå filerne på »nas-server.intern« direkte bare ved " -"at besøge mappen »/tjener/nas-server/storage/« via ethvert program på enhver " -"arbejdsstation, LTSP-klient eller LTSP-server og besøge ~/Storage i tilfælde " -"af at en diskløs LTSP-klient anvendes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Begræns ssh-logindadgang" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Der er flere måder at begrænse ssh-logind, nogle er vist her." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Opsætning uden LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Hvis ingen LTSP-klienter bruges er en simpel løsning at oprette en ny gruppe " -"(<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) og at tilføje linjen til " -"maskinens /etc/ssh/sshd_config-fil. Kun medlemmer af gruppen " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> vil have tilladelse til at benytte " -"ssh for at få adgang til maskinen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Håndtering af denne opsætning med GOsa er meget simpel:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Opret en gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> på basisniveau " -"(hvor allerede andre sytemhåndteringsrelaterede grupper såsom " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> bliver vist)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Tilføj brugere til den nye gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Tilføj <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> til /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Kør <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Opsætning med LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So " -#| "a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"Standardopsætningen for LTSP-klienten bruger ssh-forbindelser til LTSP-" -"serveren. Så en anden fremgangsmåde ved brug af PAM er krævet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So " -#| "a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Standardopsætningen for LTSP-klienten bruger ssh-forbindelser til LTSP-" -"serveren. Så en anden fremgangsmåde ved brug af PAM er krævet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Aktiver pam_access.so i LTSP-serverens /etc/pam.d/sshd-fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Konfigurer /etc/security/access.conf så forbindelser for (prøve) brugerne " -"alice, jane, bob og john er tilladt fra overalt og for alle andre brugere " -"alene fra de interne netværk ved at tilføje disse linjer:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Hvis kun dedikerede LTSP-servere anvendes, kan 10.0.0.0/8-netværket droppes " -"for at deaktivere intern ssh-logindadgang. Bemærk: En person som tilslutter " -"sin boks i de dedikerede LTSP-klientnetværk vil også få ssh-adgang til LTSP-" -"serverne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "En bemærkning vedrørende mere komplekse opsætninger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If LTSP clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8 (combi " -#| "server or LTSP cluster setup) things would be even more complicated and " -#| "maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-" -#| "identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to " -#| "disable internal ssh login." -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Hvis LTSP-klienter blev tilføjet til backbone-netværket 10.0.0.0/8 " -"(kombiserver eller LTSP-klyngeopsætning) er tingene endnu mere kompliceret " -"og måske kan kun en sofistikeret DHCP-opsætning (i LDAP), der kontrollerer " -"vendor-class-identifier sammen med passende PAM-konfiguration tillade en " -"deaktivering af intern ssh-logind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Hjælp for skrivebordet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Opsæt et skrivebordsmiljø med flere sprog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "For at understøtte flere sprog skal disse kommandoer afvikles:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Kør <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (som root) og " -"vælg sprogene (UTF-8-varianter)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "Kør disse kommandoer som root for at installere de relevante pakker:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Users will then be able to choose the language via the Lightdm display " -#| "manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -#| "KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -#| "tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm " -#| "whithout a language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-" -#| "greeter</computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Brugere vil så kunne vælge sproget via skærmhåndterinen Lightdm før de " -"logger ind; dette gælder for Xfce, LXDE og LXQt. GNOME og KDE har begge " -"deres egen intern region- og sprogkonfigurationsværktøjer, brug disse. MATE " -"bruger velkomstskærmen Arctica oven på Lightdm uden en sprogvælger. Kør " -"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> for kun at have " -"velkomstbilledet Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Afspilning af dvd'er" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"libdvdcss er krævet for at afspille de fleste kommercielle dvd'er. Af " -"juridiske årsager er programmet ikke inkluderet i Debian (Edu). Hvis det er " -"lovligt for dig at bruge programmet, så kan du bygge dine egne lokale pakker " -"via Debianpakken <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>; sikr dig at " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> er aktiveret i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Svar på debconf-spørgsmålene, kør så <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-" -"pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Håndskrevne skrifttyper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Pakken <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (som installeres som " -"standard) installerer skrifttypen »Abecedario« som er en pæn håndskrevet " -"skrifttype for børn. Skrifttypen har flere varianter, som kan bruges af " -"børn: prikket og med linjer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Hjælp for netværksklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introduktion til tynde klienter og diskløse arbejdsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -#| "<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is " -#| "the Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>." -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"En generisk terminologi for både tynde kilenter og diskløse arbejdsstationer " -"er <emphasis>LTSP-klient</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP " -"står for Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskløs arbejdsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines " -#| "boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software " -#| "is administered and maintained on the LTSP server (inside of the LTSP " -#| "chroot), but it runs on the diskless workstation. Home directories and " -#| "system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are " -#| "an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same " -#| "low maintenance cost as with thin clients." -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"En diskløs arbejdsstation kører alle programmer lokalt. Klientmaskinerne " -"igangsættes direkte fra LTSP-serveren uden en lokal harddisk. Programmer " -"administreres og vedligeholdes på LTSP-serveren, men den kører på den " -"diskløse arbejdsstation. Hjemmemapper og systemopsætning gemmes også på " -"serveren. Diskløse arbejdsstationer er en glimrende måde at genbruge ældre " -"(men funktionsrigt) udstyr med den same lave vedligeholdelsesomkostning som " -"tynde klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration." -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbejdsstationer kører uden nogen konfiguration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tynd klient</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an " -#| "(X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " -#| "this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive." -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"En opsætning som tynd klient gør det muligt for en ordinær pc at fungere som " -"en (X-)terminal, hvor alle programmer kører på LTSP-serveren. Dette betyder " -"at denne maskine starter op via PXE uden at bruge en lokal klients harddisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-klientfirmware</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a " -#| "non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting " -#| "problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains " -#| "about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to " -#| "the initrd used by LTSP clients." -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"Opstart af LTSP-klient vil fejle, hvis klientens netværkskort kræver " -"firmware der ikke er fri. En PXE-installation kan bruges til at fejlsøge " -"problemer med netstart af en maskine; hvis Debians installationsprogram " -"brokker sig over en manglende XXX..bin-fil så skal firmware, der ikke er " -"fri, tilføjes til inditrd'en brugt af LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Historisk information om ældre udgivelser" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <værtsnavn> <ip>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -#| "10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -#| "forming a local 192.168.0.0/24 subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP " -#| "server)." -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Hver LTSP-server har to ethernetkort: Et konfigureret i hovedundernettet " -"10.0.0.0/8 (som deles med hovedserveren), og en anden der udgør et lokalt " -"undernet 192.168.0.0/24 (et adskilt undernet for hver LTSP-server)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Brug et andet LTSP-klientnetværk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 er standardnetværk for LTSP-klienten hvis en maskine " -"installeres via LTSP-profilen. Hvis en masse LTSP-klienter bruges eller hvis " -"forskellige LTSP-klienter skal betjene både i386- og amd64-chrootmiljøer kan " -"det andet prækonfigurerede netværk 192.168.1.0/24 også anvendes. Rediger " -"filen <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> og juster " -"eth1-indstillingerne. Brug <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> eller et " -"andet LDAP-redigeringsprogram til at inspicere DNS- og DHCP-konfigurationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Tilføj LTSP-chroot til at understøtte 32-bit pc-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -#| "computeroutput> once." -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"og kør så <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"en gang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client configuration in LDAP (and lts.conf)" -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Run <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -#| "available configuration options (see <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" -#| "LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detailed information about LTSP)." -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Kør <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> for at se tilgængelige " -"konfigurationsindstillinger (se <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" -"LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detaljerede informationer om LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"LTSP-tynde klienter bruger netværkslyd til at sende lyd fra serveren til " -"klienterne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbejdsstationer håndterer lyd lokalt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Nem adgang til USB-drev og cd-rom'er/dvd'er" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " -#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " -#| "in any other normal installation." -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Når brugere indsætter et USB-drev eller en dvd/cdrom til en (diskløs) " -"arbejdsstation, så vises et pop op-vindue på samme måde som i enhver anden " -"normal installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "En advarsel om flytbart medie på LTSP-servere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " -#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Advarsel: Når isat en LTSP-server så giver USB-drev og andre eksterne medier " -"pop op-beskeder på eksterne LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Brug printere koblet til LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Kobl printeren til LTSP-klientmaskinen (både USB og parallel port er " -"understøttet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" -#| "www:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -#| "<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -#| "regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -#| "client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://www:631</" -"computeroutput> på hovedserveren; vælg netværksprintertype " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle printere " -"uanset mærke eller model) og angiv <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client " -"ip>:9100</computeroutput> som forbindelses-URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE configuration is generated using the script " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows some " -#| "settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"PXE-konfigurationen oprettes ved at bruge skriptet <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Den tillader at nogle indstillinger " -"overskrives ved at tilføje en fil <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> med erstatningsværdier." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-installationen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installationen vil arve sproget, tastaturlayout og spejlindstillinger " -"fra opsætningen brugt under installation af hovedserveren, og de andre " -"spørgsmål der bliver spurgt om under installation (profil, popcon-" -"deltagelse, partitionering og adgangskode for root). For at undgå disse " -"spørgsmål, kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> ændres så den indeholder prævalgte svar for debconf-" -"værdier. Nogle eksempler på tilgængelige debconf-værdier har allerede " -"kommentarer i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. Dine ændringer vil gå tabt så snart at " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> bruges til at " -"genskabe PXE-installationsmiljøet. For at vedhæfte debconf-værdier til " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " -"under genskabelse med <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>, så tilføj filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" -"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> med dine yderligere debconf-værdier." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om ændring af PXE-installationer kan findes i " -"kapitlet <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Tilføjelse af et tilpasset arkiv for PXE-installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"For at tilføje et tilpasset arkiv, så tilføj noget som <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#tilføj skolens projekters lokale arkiv\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"og kør så <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"en gang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Ændre netværksopsætning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"Pakken debian-edu-config indeholder et værktøj, som hjælper med at ændre " -"netværket 10.0.0.0/8 til noget andet. Se eventuelt <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Det er lavet " -"for brug lige efter installationen på hovedserveren, for at opdatere LDAP og " -"andre filer, som skal redigeres for at ændre undernettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -#| "Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up " -#| "as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual " -#| "editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk at et skifte til en af undernettene allerede brugt andetsteds i " -"Debian Edu ikke vil fungere. 192.168.0.0/24 og 192.168.1.0/24 er allerede " -"opsat som det tynde klient-netværk. Et skifte til disse undernet vil kræve " -"manuel redigering af konfigurationsfilerne for at fjerne duplikate punkter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Der er ingen nem måde at ændre DNS-domænenavnet. Ændring af navnet vil kræve " -"ændringer til både LDAP-strukturen og flere filer i filsystemet for " -"hovedserveren (tjener.intern). At gøre dette vil også kræve ændringer til " -"LDAP og filer i hovedserveren og filsystemet for klienten. I begge tilfælde " -"skal Kerberosopsætningen også ændres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Fjernskrivebord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -#| "installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to " -#| "present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can " -#| "connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional " -#| "software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows " -#| "machine and connect." -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Valg af LTSP-servereprofilen eller den kombinerede serverprofil installerer " -"også xrdp, en pakke som bruger protokollen for fjernskrivebord (Remote " -"Desktop Protocol) til at præsentere et grafisk logind for en ekstern klient. " -"Microsoft Windows-brugere kan forbinde til LTSP-serveren ved at køre xrdp " -"uden at installere yderligere programmer - de starter simpelthen en " -"forbindelse via fjernskrivebordet på deres Windowsmaskine og forbinder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Derudover kan xrdp forbinde til en VNC-server eller en anden RDP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp har ikke lydunderstøttelse; for at kompilere de krævede moduler kan " -"dette skript bruges." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Skript til at kompilere/genkompilere xrdp PulseAudio-moduler.\n" -" # Kalderen skal være root eller medlem af sudo-gruppen.\n" -" # /etc/apt/sources.list skal også indeholde en gyldig deb-src-linje.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Hent kilder og byggeafhængigheder:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Juster pulseaudio-modulers Makefile (kræver absolut sti)\n" -" # og byg pulseaudio-modulerne.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Kopier moduler til Pulseaudio modules-mappen, juster rettigheder.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Genstart xrdp, nu med lyd aktiveret.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Tilgængelige klienter for fjernskrivebord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> installeres som standard og kan " -"RDP og VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - den nemmeste måde at tilgå Windows' terminalserver. En alternativ " -"klientpakke er <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"VNC-klient (Virtual Network Computer) giver adgang til Skolelinux eksternt. " -"En alternativ klientpakke er <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Thin clients" -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Tynde klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation" -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installationen</emphasis> bruger teksttilstand." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installationen</emphasis> bruger teksttilstand." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tynd klient</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Sources" -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Kilder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Tilgå filer via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Hjælp for undervisning og læring" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Alle Debianpakkerne på denne side kan installeres ved at køre " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (som root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Undervisning i programmering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> er en metapakke, der " -"afhænger af en masse programmeringsværktøjer. Bemærk venligst at næsten 2 " -"GiB diskplads er krævet hvis denne pakke installeres. For yderligere " -"detaljer (måske for at installere nogle få pakker), se siden for <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu-" -"udviklingspakkerne</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Overvågning af elever" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the " -#| "status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' " -#| "activities in your jurisdiction." -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advarsel</emphasis>: Sikr dig at du kender status " -"for lovgivningen omkring overvågning og begrænsning af computerbrugeres " -"aktiviteter i dit land." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -#| "org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages." -#| "debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their " -#| "students. See also: <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes " -#| "Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://www.veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</" -#| "ulink>." -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nogle skoler bruger kontrolværktøjer som <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> til at " -"overvåge deres studenter. Se også <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes." -"org\">Epoptes hjemmeside</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.veyon." -"io\">Veyons hjemmeside</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Begrænsning af elevers netværksadgang" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -#| "squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -#| "org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> to restrict Internet " -#| "access." -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Nogle skoler bruger <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian." -"org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> til at begrænse " -"internetadgang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Hjælp for brugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Ændre adgangskoder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Hver bruger skal ændre sin adgangskode ved at bruge GOsa². Brug en browser " -"og gå til <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -#| "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and " -#| "sambaLMPassword) are the same." -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Brugen af GOsa² til at ændre adgangskoden sikrer at adgangskoderne for " -"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) og Samba (sambaNTPassword og " -"sambaLMPassword) er de samme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ændring af adgangskoder med PAM virker også ved GDM-logindet, men dette vil " -"kune opdatere adgangskoden for Kerberos, og ikke adgangskoden for Samba og " -"GOsa² (LDAP). Så efter at du har ændret din adgangskode ved logindet, så " -"skal du også ændre adgangskoden med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Kørsel af uafhængige Javaprogrammer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Uafhængige Javaprogrammer understøttes direkte af kørselstiden OpenJDK Java." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Brug af e-post" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Alle brugere kan sende og modtage post i det interne netværk; certifikater " -"tilbydes til TLS-sikrede forbindelser. For at tillade post uden for det " -"interne netværk skal administratoren konfigurere postserveren " -"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> til den lokale situation, startende " -"med <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hver bruger som ønsker at bruge Thunderbird skal konfigurere programmet " -"således. For en bruger med brugernavnet jdoe er den interne e-postadresse " -"<ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Start Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Klik på »Udelad dette og brug min eksisterende e-post«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Indtast din e-post-adresse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Indtast ikke en adgangskode da Kerberos' single sig on vil blive brugt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Klik »Fortsæt«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"For både IMAP og SMTP skal indstillingerne være »STARTTLS« og " -"»Kerberos/«GSSAPI«; juster hvis ikke registreret automatisk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Klik »Færdig«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Bidrag" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Bidrag lokalt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Aktuelt er der lokale hold i Norge, Tyskland, Extremadura i Spanien, Taiwan " -"og Frankrig. »Isolerede« bidragydere og brugere findes i Grækenland, Holland " -"Japan og andre steder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Support\">kapitlet med hjælp</link> har forklaringer og " -"henvisninger til oversatte ressourcer, da <emphasis>bidrag</emphasis> og " -"<emphasis>hjælp</emphasis> er to sider af den samme mønt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Bidrag globalt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -#| "debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"Internationalt er vi organiserede i forskellige <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">hold</ulink> der arbejder på forskellige emner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-" -#| "edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for " -#| "communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc." -#| "debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each " -#| "other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#| "NewContributor\">New contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink " -#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"For det meste er <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">udviklernes postliste</ulink> hovedmediet for kommunikation, dog har " -"vi månedlige IRC-møder på #debian-edu på irc.debian.org og også sjældnere " -"personlige møder. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"NewContributor\">Nye bidragydere</ulink> bør læse vores <ulink url=\"http://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"En god måde at lære noget om hvad der sker i udviklingen af Debian Edu er at " -"abonnere på <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" -"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">postlisten for indsendelse (commit)</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Import users" -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Importbrugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Dokumentationsforfattere og oversættere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Dette dokument har brug for din hjælp! Først og fremmest, så er det endnu " -"ikke færdig: Hvis du læser igennem vil du bemærke diverse FIXME (RETMIG) i " -"teksten. Hvis du ved noget (bare en smule) om hvad der skal forklares de " -"steder, så overvej at dele din viden med os." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple " -#| "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#| "Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user " -#| "account is needed to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Teksten kommer fra en wiki og kan redigeres med en simpel internetbrowser. " -"Bare gå til <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> hvor du nemt kan bidrage. Bemærk: En brugerkonto er krævet for " -"at redigere siderne; du skal oprette en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">wikibruger</ulink> først." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"En anden god måde at bidrage på og hjælpe brugerne er ved at oversætte " -"programmer og dokumentation. Information om hvordan dette dokument " -"oversættes kan findes i <link " -"linkend=\"Translations\">oversættelseskapitlet</link> for denne bog. Overvej " -"venligt at hjælpe med oversættelsesindsatsen for denne bog!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Frivilligt baseret hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "på engelsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - postlister for hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; " -#| "do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal, hovedsagelig udviklingsrelateret; " -"forvent ikke svar med det samme, selvom det ofte sker" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "på norsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal med hjælp for norske brugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "på tysk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -#| "mailing list" -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - postlister for " -"hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - officiel tysk repræsentation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal med hjælp for tyske brugere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "på fransk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - postlister for " -"hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Professionel hjælp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from " -#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"En liste over firmaer der tilbyder professionel hjælp er tilgængelig fra " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nye funktioner i Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Installationsændringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Ny version af debianinstallationsprogrammet fra Debian Bullseye, se <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink> for yderligere detaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -#| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " -#| "artwork for Debian 10 Bullseye." -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Ny grafik baseret på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" -"futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-temaet</ulink>, standardgrafikken for " -"Debian 10 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Programopdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Bullseye, eg:" -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Alt som er nyt i Debian 10 Bullseye, f.eks.:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " -#| "LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøerne KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye indeholder cirka 59.000 pakker, som er tilgængelige for " -"installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Opdateringer af dokumentation og oversættelser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These " -#| "templates are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully " -#| "translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -#| "which 19 are fully translated." -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Oversættelsesopdateringer for skabelonerne brugt i installationsprogrammet. " -"Disse skabeloner er nu tilgængelige på 76 sprog, hvoraf 31 er fuldt oversat. " -"Profilvalgsiden er tilgængelig i 29 sprog, hvoraf 19 er fuldt oversatte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " -"italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified " -#| "Chinese." -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "" -"Delvist oversatte versioner findes for spansk, polsk og forenklet kinesisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Andre ændringer sammenlignet med den forrige udgivelse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Kendte problemstillinger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" -"Bullseye#\">Statussiden for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Ophavsret og forfattere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, " -#| "2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), Petter " -#| "Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -#| "2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), " -#| "Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring " -#| "(2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo " -#| "Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -#| "Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " -#| "(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -#| "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -#| "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, " -#| "2019), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is released under " -#| "the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Dette dokument er underlagt ophavsretten og skrevet af Holger Levsen (2007, " -"2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), Bernhard Hammes " -"(2012) og Joe Hansen (2015). Dokumentet er udgivet under GPL2 eller enhver " -"senere version. God fornøjelse!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du tilføjer indhold, <emphasis role=\"strong\">så gør det kun hvis du " -"selv er forfatteren. Du skal udgive materialet under de samme betingelser</" -"emphasis>! Tilføj derefter dit navn her og udgiv materialet under GPL " -"version 2 eller en senere version." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Oversættelse af dette dokument" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " -"italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese " -#| "and Traditional Chinese." -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvist oversatte versioner findes for polsk, spansk, forenklet kinesisk og " -"traditionelt kinesisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Hvordan oversættes dette dokument" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Oversæt via PO-filer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Som i mange andre frie programmer håndteres oversættelser af dette dokument " -"i PO-filer. Yderligere information om processen kan findes i " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bullseye-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Oversæt på nettet via en internetbrowser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nogle sproghold har besluttet at oversætte via Weblate. Se <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for yderligere oplysninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Rapporter det venligst hvis du har problemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Appendiks A - The GNU General Public License" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Appendix B - endnu ingen Debian Edu Live cd/dvd'er for Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Live cd'er/dvd'er for Bullseye er ikke tilgængelige i øjeblikket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Funktioner for det uafhængige aftryk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "XFCE-skrivebord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Alle pakker fra den uafhængige profil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Alle pakker fra den bærbare opgave" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Funktioner for arbejdsstationaftrykket" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Alle pakker fra arbejdsstationprofilen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Aktivering af oversættelser og regional understøttelse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"For at aktivere en specifik oversættelse, så start op med " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> som opstartsindstilling, " -"hvor ll_CC.UTF-8 er sprognavnet du ønsker. For at aktivere et bestemt " -"tastaturlayout, så brug indstillingen <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> hvor KB er det ønskede tastaturlayout. Her er en liste over " -"ofte brugte sprogkoder:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Sprog (region)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Sprogværdi</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tastaturlayout</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norsk - bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norsk - nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Tysk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Fransk (Frankrig)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Græsk (Grækenland)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japansk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Nordligt samisk (Norge)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/" -#| "share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are " -#| "supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations " -#| "installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/" -#| "keymaps/i386/." -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"En fuldstændig liste over sprogkoder er tilgængelig på <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, men kun kodningen UTF-8 er " -"understøttet af liveaftryk. Ikke alle sprog har dog oversættelser " -"installeret. Tastaturlayoutnavne kan findes i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Lidt information" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "Adgangskoden for brugeren er »user«; root har ikke en adgangskode." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Kendte problemstillinger med aftrykket" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Appendiks C - Funktioner i ældre udgivelser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Ny version af debianinstallationsprogrammet fra Debian Bullseye, se <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink> for yderligere detaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -#| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " -#| "artwork for Debian 10 Bullseye." -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Ny grafik baseret på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" -"futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-temaet</ulink>, standardgrafikken for " -"Debian 10 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Nyt standardskrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Ny CFEngine-konfigurationshåndtering (erstatter de ikkevedligeholdte pakker " -"cfengine2 med cfengine3); dette er en væsentlig ændring, for detaljer se " -"<ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">den officielle CFEngine-" -"dokumentation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "Arkitekturen for LTSP-chroot er nu som standard den for serveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Bullseye, eg:" -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Alt som er nyt i Debian 10 Bullseye, f.eks.:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linuxkerne 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøerne KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR og Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Buster indeholder cirka 57.000 pakker, som er tilgængelige for " -"installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Oversættelsesopdateringer for skabelonerne brugt i installationsprogrammet. " -"Disse skabeloner er nu tilgængelige på 76 sprog, hvoraf 31 er fuldt oversat. " -"Profilvalgsiden er tilgængelig i 29 sprog, hvoraf 19 er fuldt oversatte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " -"italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvist oversatte versioner findes for polsk, spansk, forenklet kinesisk og " -"traditionelt kinesisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "BD ISO-aftrykket kan bruges til installationer uden internetadgang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Nye skoleniveaurelaterede metapakker <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> og <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> er " -"tilgængelige. Ingen af dem er installeret som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Nogle pakker der mere tilhører grundskolen frem for udskolen (såsom " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> eller <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) er ikke " -"længere installeret som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only " -#| "those educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <link " -#| "linkend=\"Installation--Modular_installation\">installation</link> " -#| "chapter for more information." -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Sidespecifik modulopbygget installation. Det er nu muligt kun at installere " -"de undervisningspakker, der faktisk ønskes. Se kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modular_installation\">installation</link> for " -"yderligere oplysninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Site specific multi-language support. See the <link linkend=\"Desktop--" -#| "Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</link> chapter for " -#| "more information." -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Sidespecifik understøttelse af flere sprog. Se kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Desktop--Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Skrivebordet</link> for yderligere " -"oplysninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 tilbydes som et nyt valg af skrivebordsmiljø." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Nyt GOsa²-udvidelsesmodul <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "Ubrugelige indstillinger er blevet fjernet fra GOsa²-netbrugerfladen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Ny netgruppe tilgængelig til at ekskludere systemer tilhørende netgruppen " -"<emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> i at blive vækket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <link " -#| "linkend=\"Administration--Standardskriver\">Administration</link> chapter " -#| "for more information." -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nyt værktøj Standardskriver (standardprinter). Se kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Administration--Standardskriver\">Administration</link> for " -"yderligere oplysninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -#| "diskless clients. See the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#| "Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</link> chapter for more information." -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nyt værktøj Desktop-autoloader. Det muliggør forbedringer af svartider for " -"LTSP-diskløse klienter. Se kapitlet <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -"Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</link> for yderligere oplysninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Forbedret TLS/SSL-understøttelse inden i det interne netværk. Et RootCa-" -"certifikat bruges til at underskrive servercertifikater og brugermapper " -"konfigureres til at acceptere det på oprettelsestidspunktet for kontoen; " -"udover Firefox ESR kan Chromium og Konqueror nu også bruge HTTPS uden behov " -"for at tillade usikre forbindelser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. En adgangskode er ikke længere krævet " -"for forbindelser inden i det interne netværk; root skal køre " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> først for at aktivere det." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory " -#| "access, see the <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#| "Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</link> chapter for more information." -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"Kerberized NFS. Det er nu muligt at bruge en mere sikker adgang til " -"hjemmemappen, se kapitlet <link linkend=\"Administration--" -"Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</link> for yderligere oplysninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Tilføjet konfigurationsfil <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> med eksempler til at gøre sidespecifikke ændringer nemmere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Tilføjet konfigurationsfil <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> med eksempler til at gøre sidespecifikke ændringer nemmere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Med <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> nu tilgængelig i Debian, installeres " -"de relaterede pakker nu på alle systemer med profilen <emphasis>LTSP-Server</" -"emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Understøttelse for afvikling af Javapanelprogrammer i Firefox ESR-browseren " -"er blevet afviklet opstrøms." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"Understøttelse af den ikkefrie flash er blevet afviklet i Firefox ESR-" -"browseren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Stretch udgivet 2017-06-17" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Ny version af debianinstallationsprogrammet fra Debian Stretch, se <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink> for yderligere detaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Profilen »Thin-Client-Server« er blevet omdøbt til profilen »LTSP-Server«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Ny grafik baseret på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" -"softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\"-temaet</ulink>, grafikken for Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Alt som var nyt i Debian 9 Stretch, f.eks.:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøerne KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace installeres som standard; for at vælge en af de andre " -"så se denne manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR og Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel er blevet omdøbt Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove er blevet omdøbt til Thunderbird og er nu installeret som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch inkluderer cirka 50.000 pakker, som er tilgængelige for " -"installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Yderligere information om Debian 9 Stretch er tilgængelig i <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Oversættelsesopdateringer for skabelonerne brugt i installationsprogrammet. " -"Disse skabeloner er nu tilgængelige på 29 sprog." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Manualen for Debian Edu Stretch er fuldt oversat til tysk, fransk, " -"italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk. Den japanske " -"oversættelse er netop tilføjet for Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvist oversatte versioner findes for spansk, polsk og forenklet kinesisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga erstatter Nagios som overvågningsværktøj." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle erstatter ksnapshot som skærmbilledværktøj." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Den frie flashafspiller gnash er tilbage igen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth er installeret og aktiveret som standard, undtagen for profilerne " -"»Hovedserver« og »Minimal«; et tryk på ESC muliggør visning af opstarts- og " -"nedlukningsbeskeder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Ved opgradering fra Jessie skal LDAP-databasen justeres. SudoHost-værdien " -"»tjener« skal erstattes med »tjener.intern«, der bruger GOsa² eller et LDAP-" -"redigeringsprogram." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"32-bit PC-understøttelse (kendt som Debianarkitekturen i386) dækker ikke " -"længere en ren i586-processor. Den nye grundlinje er i686'eren, selvom nogle " -"i586-processorer (f.eks. »AMD Geode«) fortsat vil være understøttet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 aktiverer unattended upgrades (af sikkerhedsopdateringer) som " -"standard for nye installationer. Dette kan medføre en forsinkelse på omkring " -"15 minutter hvis et system med en lav oppetidværdi slukkes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP bruger nu NBD i stedet for NFS for rodfilsystemet. Efter hver enkelt " -"ændring til en LTSP-chroot, skal det relaterede NBD-aftryk gendannes " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for at ændringerne " -"træder i kraft." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Samtidige logind for den samme bruger på LTSP-servere og LTSP-tynde klienter " -"er ikke længere tilladt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Historisk information om ældre udgivelser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Følgende Debian Edu-udgivelser har været lavet tidligere:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28" -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" -"Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 kodenavn Wheezy udgivet 28-09-2013" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 kodenavn »Squeeze« udgivet 03-03-2012" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 kodenavn »Squeeze« udgivet 11-03-2012" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 kodenavn »Lenny« udgivet 05-10-2010" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 kodenavn »Lenny« udgivet 08-02-2010" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu »3.0r1 Terra« version 05-12-2007" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu »3.0r0 Terra« udgivet 22-07-2007. Baseret på Debian 4.0 Etch " -"udgivet 08-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, udgivet 14-03-2006. Baseret på Debian 3.1 Sarge udgivet " -"06-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu »1.0 Venus« udgivet 20-06-2004. Baseret på Debian 3.0 Woody " -"udgivet 19-07-2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Et fuldstændigt og detaljeret overblik om ældre udgivelser er indeholdt i " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendiks C af Jessiemanualen</ulink>; eller se de relaterede " -"udgivelsesmanualer på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">siden for udgivelsesmanualer</ulink>." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Main server" -#~ msgid "Main section" -#~ msgstr "Hovedserver" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" -#~ "emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a thin client there " -#~| "is only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is " -#~| "automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /" -#~| "media/$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced " -#~| "users." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Når brugere indsætter et USB-drev eller en dvd/cdrom i en tynd klient, så " -#~ "er der kun et påmindelsesvindue, der vises i et par sekunder. Mediet " -#~ "monteres automatisk og det kan tilgås ved at gå til mappen /media/$user. " -#~ "Dette er ret så svært for mange uerfarne brugere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis eksterne brugere accepterer pop op'en eller bruger pmount fra " -#~ "konsollen, så kan de endda montere de flytbare enheder og tilgå filerne." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For at installere et skrivebordsmiljø efter dit valg i stedet for " -#~ "standarden, tryk på INDRYK (TAB) og rediger indstillingerne for " -#~ "kerneopstart (som forklaret ovenfor)." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "In this case execute the following commands on an LTSP server." -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "I dette tilfælde så kør de følgende kommandoer på en LTSP-server." - -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#~| msgid "" -#~| "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~| "apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n" -#~| " \n" -#~| "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n" -#~| "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~| "# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture amd64.\n" -#~| "ltsp-chroot -a amd64 apt-get update\n" -#~| "ltsp-chroot -d -a amd64 apt-get -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~| " \n" -#~| "# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory and update the NBD image.\n" -#~| "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~| "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Indhent først information om firmwarepakker\n" -#~ "apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# Bestem hvilken pakke der skal installeres for netværkskortene. \n" -#~ "# De vil sikkert være firmware-linux-nonfree\n" -#~ "# Tingene skal have effekt i LTSP-chroot'et eller arkitekturen amd64.\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a amd64 apt-get update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -d -a amd64 apt-get -y -q install <pakkenavn>\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# kopier den nye initrd til serverens tftpboot-mappe og opdater NBD-aftrykket.\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " -#~| "Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> " -#~| "profiles:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sådan ser PXE-menuen ud med profilerne for <emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">hovedserveren</emphasis> og <emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">LTSP-serveren</emphasis>:" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "log ind som root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "kør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Publikationsdatum; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Übersetzung:</emphasis> -2007 Holger Levsen -2007 Patrick Winnertz -2007, 2009 Ralf Gesellensetter -2007, 2008, 2009 Roland F. Teichert -2007, 2009, 2011, 2014 Jürgen Leibner -2008, 2010 Ludger Sicking -2008 Kai Hatje -2009 Kurt Gramlich -2009 Franziska Teichert -2009 Philipp Hübner -2009, 2010 Andreas Mundt -2012-2022 Wolfgang Schweer -2024 Andreas Hunkeler - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.de.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9525 +0,0 @@ -# translation of debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot to german -# Copyright (C) 2007- 2019 Holger Levsen and others -# Source URL: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/ -# -# Wolfgang Schweer <wschweer@arcor.de>, 2012-2021. -# Andreas B. Mundt <andi.mundt@web.de>, 2009, 2010. -# Holger Levsen <holger@layer-acht.org>, 2007. -# RalfGesellensetter <ralf@skolelinux.de>, 2007, 2009. -# RalfGesellensetter <rages@arcor.de>, 2007. -# Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert@imail.de>, 2007, 2008. -# Jürgen Leibner <juergen.leibner@t-online.de>, 2007. -# Jürgen Leibner <juergen@leibner.eu>, 2007, 2009, 2014. -# Ludger Sicking <ludger.sicking@web.de>, 2008, 2010. -# Kai J. G. Hatje <hatjeki@studi.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>, 2008. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-buster-manual.de\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-02 05:37+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Schweer <wschweer@arcor.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/de/>\n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" -"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Handbuch für Debian Edu / Skolelinux 11 Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Publikationsdatum:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Handbuch für Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu Installer Logo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Dies ist das Handbuch für das Release Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"Die (englischsprachige) Originalversion auf <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/> ist eine Wikiseite, die regelmäßig " -"aktualisiert wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungen</link> sind Teil des Pakets " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, das auf einem Webserver " -"installiert werden kann und auch <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink> verfügbar ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Über Debian Edu und Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu alias Skolelinux ist eine Linux-Distribution, die auf Debian " -"basiert und eine Out-of-the-Box-Umgebung eines vollständig konfigurierten " -"Schulnetzwerks bietet. Es implementiert einen Client-Server-Ansatz. Server " -"und Clients sind <emphasis>Softwarebestandteile</emphasis>, die miteinander " -"interagieren. Server stellen Informationen bereit, die von den Clients " -"benötigt werden, um zu funktionieren. Wenn ein Server auf einem Rechner und " -"sein Client auf einem anderen Rechner installiert ist, werden die Rechner " -"selbst in Erweiterung des Begriffs als Server und Client bezeichnet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Die Kapitel über <link linkend=\"Requirements\">Hardware- und " -"Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie über die <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> enthalten grundlegende " -"Detailinformationen zu dieser Umgebung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation eines Hauptservers stehen alle für ein Schulnetzwerk " -"notwendigen Dienste zur Verfügung (siehe Details dazu im nächsten Kapitel zu " -"den Einzelheiten der <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur dieses " -"Setups</link>) und das System ist gebrauchsfertig. Es müssen nur noch " -"Benutzer und Maschinen hinzugefügt werden, was mit der komfortablen " -"Weboberfläche von GOsa² oder einem anderen LDAP-Editor erfolgen kann. Eine " -"Umgebung für das Booten über das Netzwerk mittels PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> wurde ebenfalls vorbereitet; damit können nach der " -"anfänglichen Installation des Hauptservers von CD, Blu-ray Disc oder USB-" -"Stick alle anderen Rechner über das Netzwerk installiert werden - " -"eingeschlossen mobile Arbeitsplatzrechner (also solche, die außerhalb des " -"Schulnetzwerks benutzt werden können - in der Regel Laptops und Netbooks). " -"Außerdem können Rechner über PXE/iPXE als Diskless Workstations oder Thin " -"Clients gestartet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Mehrere für den Unterricht geeignete Anwendungen wie GeoGebra, Kalzium, " -"KGeography, GNU Solfege und Scratch sind in der Standardversion der " -"graphischen Arbeitsumgebung enthalten; diese kann leicht und fast unbegrenzt " -"durch in Debian verfügbare Pakete erweitert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Einiges zur Entstehungsgeschichte und wieso es zwei Namen gibt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.org\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"ist eine Linux-Distribution, die vom Debian Edu-Projekt erstellt wird. Als " -"ein <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">»Debian Pure " -"Blend«</ulink> ist sie ein offizielles Unterprojekt von <ulink url=\"http" -"://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux stellt somit für Ihre Schule eine Version von Debian bereit, die " -"eine gebrauchsfertige Umgebung für ein komplett konfiguriertes Schulnetzwerk " -"bietet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Das norwegische Skolelinux-Projekt wurde am 2.Juli 2001 gegründet; fast " -"gleichzeitig begann in Frankreich Raphaël Hertzog mit Debian-Edu. Seit 2003 " -"sind beide Projekte vereint, die beiden Namen blieben aber. Die " -"Bezeichnungen »Skole« bzw. (Debian-)»Education« sind in beiden Regionen " -"einfach sehr gut bekannt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Heute ist das System in mehreren Ländern der Welt im Einsatz." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Architektur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netzwerk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Abschnitt des Dokuments erläutert die Netzwerkstruktur und die " -"Serverdienste einer Skolelinux-Installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Die Struktur des Debian-Edu-Netzwerks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Die Abbildung skizziert die vorgesehene Netzwerkstruktur. Die " -"Standardeinrichtung eines Skolelinux-Netzwerks setzt genau einen Hauptserver " -"voraus; normale Arbeitsstationen und LTSP-Server (mit ihren zugehörigen Thin " -"Clients und/oder Diskless Workstations) können eingebunden werden. Die " -"Anzahl der Arbeitsstationen kann so groß oder klein sein, wie gewünscht: von " -"keiner bis zu vielen. Gleiches gilt für LTSP-Server, die ihre Thin Clients " -"jeweils auf einem separaten Netzwerk bedienen, so dass der Netzwerkverkehr " -"zwischen den Clients und ihrem LTSP-Server den Rest der Netzwerkdienste " -"nicht stört. Detaillierte Informationen zu LTSP gibt es im <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">entsprechenden Handbuchkapitel</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Der Grund für nur einen Hauptserver in jedem Schulnetzwerk ist, dass der " -"Hauptserver DHCP anbietet. Dies kann immer nur eine Maschine in einem " -"Netzwerk machen. Es ist möglich, Dienste des Hauptservers auf andere " -"Maschinen auszulagern, indem diese Dienste dort aufsetzt werden und die DNS-" -"Konfiguration auf dem Hauptserver so abgeändert wird, dass der DNS-Alias für " -"die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Um die Standardinstallation von Skolelinux einfach zu halten, läuft die " -"Internetverbindung über einen separaten Router, auch Gateway genannt. Das " -"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet-Router</" -"link> enthält Informationen, wie ein solches Gateway aufgesetzt werden kann, " -"wenn ein vorhandener Router keine entsprechende Konfiguration erlaubt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Die Standard-Einrichtung des Netzwerks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Der DHCP-Server auf dem Hauptserver (»tjener«) bedient das Netzwerk " -"10.0.0.0/8; er stellt für das Booten ein PXE-Menü bereit, aus dem ausgewählt " -"werden kann, ob ein neuer Server oder Arbeitsplatzrechner installiert, der " -"Rechner als Thin Client bzw. als Diskless Workstation gestartet, ein " -"Speichertest (Memtest) ausgeführt oder von der lokalen Festplatte gestartet " -"werden soll." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Dies lässt sich ändern; Einzelheiten dazu gibt es im entsprechenden <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> HowTo</link>-Kapitel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"Auf den LTSP-Servern bedient der DHCP-Server auf der zweiten Netzwerkkarte " -"ein dediziertes Netzwerk (192.168.0.0/24 und 192.168.1.0/24 sind " -"vorkonfigurierte Optionen); der Dienst sollte nur selten geändert werden " -"müssen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Die Konfiguration aller Subnetze ist in LDAP gespeichert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Hauptserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Ein Skolelinux-Netzwerk benötigt einen Hauptserver, der auch »tjener« " -"genannt wird, was norwegisch ist und »Server« heißt. Dieser »tjener« hat die " -"vorgegebene IP-Adresse 10.0.2.2 und wird durch Auswahl des Hauptserver-" -"Profils installiert. Es ist möglich (aber nicht unbedingt notwendig), die " -"Profile des LTSP-Servers und die des Arbeitplatzrechners ergänzend zum " -"Hauptserver-Profil zu installieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Dienste des Hauptservers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Abgesehen von der Versorgung der Thin Clients werden alle Netzwerkdienste " -"von einem zentralen Computer (dem Hauptserver) bereitgestellt. Es ist " -"möglich, das LTSP-Server-Profil ebenfalls auf dem Hauptserver zu " -"installieren (Kombiserver), wovon aber aus Performanzgründen abzuraten ist. " -"Den unterschiedlichen Diensten wird ein festgelegter DNS-Name zugewiesen " -"(IPv4). Dadurch lassen sich einzelne Dienste leicht auf dedizierte Server " -"auslagern: Nachdem der Dienst auf einem anderen Server installiert wurde, " -"wird dieser auf dem Hauptserver abgeschaltet und die DNS-Konfiguration " -"entsprechend angepasst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Aus Sicherheitsgründen werden Passwörter stets verschlüsselt übertragen, so " -"dass keine Klartextpasswörter über das Netzwerk gesendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Es folgt eine Liste von Diensten, die voreingestellt in einem Skolelinux-" -"Netzwerk eingerichtet werden. Soweit möglich entspricht der DNS-Name dem " -"Dienstnamen in <computeroutput>/etc/services</computeroutput>, sonst wurde " -"die allgemeine Bezeichnung des Dienstes als DNS-Name verwendet. Alle " -"Konfigurationsdateien verwenden möglichst den DNS-Namen (ohne Domäne), um " -"die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabelle der Dienste</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beschreibung des Dienstes</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Üblicher Name</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-Name des Dienstes</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Zentralisierte Systemprotokollierung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Domain-Name-System" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkkonfiguration von Maschinen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Synchronisation der Systemzeit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Home-Verzeichnisse über Netzwerk-Dateisysteme" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Elektronisches Postamt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Verzeichnisdienst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Web-Server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Zentrale Datensicherung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Web-Zwischenspeicher" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Drucken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Sicherer Fernzugriff" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatische Konfiguration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP-Server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Rechner- und Dienstüberwachung mit Fehlermeldungen, sowie Status und Verlauf " -"(Web-Schnittstelle). Benachrichtigung per E-Mail im Fehlerfall" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga und Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Die persönlichen Dateien eines jeden Nutzers werden im (vom Server " -"bereitgestellten) Home-Verzeichnis gespeichert. Home-Verzeichnisse sind von " -"jedem Rechner aus verfügbar - unabhängig vom Arbeitsplatz, an dem der Nutzer " -"gerade sitzt. Der Server ist betriebssystemunabhängig, der Zugang wird über " -"NFS für Unix-Clients und über SMB2/SMB3 für andere Clients bereitgestellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Das E-Mail-System ist nur zur lokalen Auslieferung vorkonfiguriert (d.h. " -"innerhalb der Schule). Die E-Mail-Zustellung kann aber, sofern die Schule " -"einen festen Internetzugang hat, so konfiguriert werden, dass E-Mails auch " -"in das Internet ausgeliefert werden. Alle Clients sind so konfiguriert, dass " -"sie ihre E-Mails an den Server (als »Smarthost«) senden. Benutzer können " -"<link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">auf ihre persönlichen E-Mails mittels " -"IMAP zugreifen</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Alle Dienste können mit einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Anmeldename/Kennwort) " -"genutzt werden, da es eine zentrale Datenbank für Authentifizierung und " -"Autorisierung gibt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Um die Leistung bei häufig aufgerufenen Web-Seiten zu steigern, wird ein " -"lokaler Proxy-Server (Squid) benutzt. Angefragte Web-Seiten werden für den " -"wiederholten Zugriff gespeichert. In Verbindung mit der Sperrung des " -"Netzwerkverkehrs durch den Router ermöglicht dies auch die Kontrolle über " -"den Internetzugriff einzelner Maschinen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Die Netzwerkeinrichtung der Client-Rechner erfolgt automatisch mittels DHCP. " -"Alle Client-Typen können mit dem privaten Subnetz 10.0.0.0/8 verbunden " -"werden und bekommen entsprechende IP-Adressen zugeteilt; LTSP-Clients " -"sollten mit dem zugehörigen LTSP-Server über das entsprechende separate " -"Subnetz 192.168.0.0/24 verbunden werden (damit der Netzwerkverkehr der LTSP-" -"Clients nicht den Rest der Netzwerkdienste stört)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Das zentrale Protokollieren von Systemnachrichten ist so konfiguriert, dass " -"alle Maschinen ihre Syslog-Meldungen zum Server übertragen. Der Syslog-" -"Dienst akzeptiert ausschließlich aus dem lokalen Netzwerk eingehende " -"Nachrichten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Der DNS-Server ist voreingestellt mit einer Domain für nur interne Benutzung " -"konfiguriert (*.intern), bis eine richtige (»externe«) DNS-Domain " -"konfiguriert werden kann. Der DNS-Server ist als zwischenspeichernder DNS-" -"Server konfiguriert, so dass alle Maschinen des Netzwerks ihn als Haupt-DNS-" -"Server benutzen können." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Schüler und Lehrer können eigene Webseiten veröffentlichen. Der Webserver " -"bietet Mechanismen zur Authentifizierung von Benutzern und der Einschränkung " -"des Zugriffs auf individuelle Seiten und Unterverzeichnisse für bestimmte " -"Benutzer und Gruppen. Serverseitig steht der Erstellung dynamischer " -"Webseiten nichts im Wege." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Informationen über Benutzer und Maschinen können an zentraler Stelle " -"geändert werden und sind automatisch von allen Maschinen abrufbar. Um dies " -"zu erreichen, ist ein zentraler Verzeichnisserver eingerichtet, der " -"Informationen über Benutzer, Benutzergruppen, Maschinen und »Netgroups« " -"bereitstellt. Um eine Verwirrung des Benutzers zu vermeiden, wird kein " -"Unterschied zwischen Dateigruppen und »Netgroups« gemacht. Da Gruppen von " -"Maschinen die gleichen »Netgroups« teilen müssen, impliziert dies, dass sie " -"den gleichen Namensraum wie Benutzergruppen und Mailinglisten haben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Die Verwaltung von Diensten und Benutzern wird überwiegend webbasiert " -"durchgeführt und folgt dabei etablierten Standards, die mit den in " -"Skolelinux enthaltenen Webbrowsern gut funktionieren. Die Übertragung von " -"bestimmten Aufgaben an individuelle Benutzer oder Benutzergruppen wird vom " -"Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Um bestimmte Probleme mit NFS zu vermeiden und um die Fehlersuche zu " -"vereinfachen, muss die Zeit der verschiedenen Maschinen im Netzwerk " -"synchronisiert werden. Um dies zu gewährleisten, ist der Skolelinux-Server " -"als ein lokaler Netzwerk-Zeitserver (NTP) eingerichtet und alle " -"Arbeitsstationen und Clients sind so konfiguriert, dass sie ihre Uhr mit der " -"des Servers abgleichen. Der Server selbst sollte sich mit NTP über das " -"Internet gegen Zeitserver höherer Ordnung synchronisieren, um " -"sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit hat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Drucker können entweder an das Hauptnetzwerk, an den Server, eine " -"Workstation oder einen LTSP-Server angeschlossen werden. Zugriff auf Drucker " -"kann für bestimmte Benutzer entsprechend ihrer Gruppenzugehörigkeit " -"kontrolliert werden. Dies wird durch die Benutzung von Mengenbegrenzungen " -"und Zugriffskontrolllisten für Drucker erreicht." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP-Server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"In einem Skolelinux-Netzwerk kann es mehrere LTSP-Server geben; die " -"Installation erfolgt durch Auswahl des Profils »LTSP-Server«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Der LTSP-Server ist so konfiguriert, dass er die Systemmeldungen (Syslog) " -"der Thin Clients empfängt und an den zentralen Systemprotokollierungsdienst " -"des Hauptservers weiterleitet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Bitte beachten:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Diskless Workstations benutzen die auf dem Server installierten Programme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Das Root-Dateisystem des Clients wird mittels NFS bereitgestellt. Nach jeder " -"Veränderung des LTSP-Servers muss das entsprechende Image neu generiert " -"werden; führen Sie dazu <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> auf dem LTSP-Server aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Thin Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Durch Einrichtung als Thin Client kann ein gewöhnlicher Rechner als " -"(X-)Terminal eingesetzt werden. Das heißt, dass diese Maschine via PXE " -"direkt vom Server startet, ohne die lokale Festplatte zu benutzen. Die " -"Einrichtung der Thin Clients verwendet nun X2Go, da LTSP die Unterstützung " -"eingestellt hat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Thin Clients sind ein guter Weg, um sehr alte (hauptsächlich 32-Bit-) " -"Rechner zu verwenden, da alle Programme effektiv auf dem LTSP-Server " -"ausgeführt werden. Dies funktioniert folgendermaßen: Der Dienst benutzt DHCP " -"und TFTP, um dem Client zu ermöglichen, sich mit dem Netzwerk zu verbinden " -"und davon zu starten. Als nächstes wird das Dateisystem mittels NFS vom " -"LTSP-Server eingehängt, und letztlich wird der X2Go-Client gestartet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Diskless Workstations" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Bei einer Diskless Workstation läuft alle Software auf dem Rechner; ein " -"lokal installiertes Betriebssystem ist nicht notwendig. Das heißt, der " -"Rechner startet mittels PXE, ohne auf der lokalen Festplatte installierte " -"Software auszuführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Eine Diskless Workstation ermöglicht es, leistungsfähige Hardware mit ebenso " -"niedrigem Wartungsaufwand wie bei Thin Clients einzusetzen. Die Software " -"wird auf dem Server administriert und gewartet, ohne dass sie auf den " -"Clients installiert werden muss. Ebenso werden Home-Verzeichnisse und " -"Systemeinstellungen auf dem Server bereitgehalten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Netzwerk-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Mit dem Ausdruck »Netzwerk-Clients« werden in dieser Anleitung Thin Clients " -"und Diskless Workstations bezeichnet; gleiches gilt für Computer, die macOS " -"oder Windows verwenden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Alle Linux-Rechner, die mittels Skolelinux-Installer installiert wurden, " -"können von einem zentralen Computer, üblicherweise dem Hauptserver, " -"verwaltet werden. Per SSH ist es möglich, sich auf allen Rechnern anzumelden " -"und damit vollen Zugriff auf die Maschinen zu bekommen. Der Benutzer »root« " -"muss vorher <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> ausführen, um ein " -"Kerberos TGT zu erhalten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Alle Benutzerinformationen werden in einem LDAP-Verzeichnis gespeichert. " -"Aktualisierungen von Benutzerkonten werden in dieser Datenbank durchgeführt, " -"die auch von den Clients zur Authentifizierung der Benutzer verwendet wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Gegenwärtig gibt es zwei Arten von Installationsmedien: »netinst« und »BD«. " -"Beide können auch von einem USB-Stick gebootet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Die Idee ist, einmalig einen Server von irgendeiner Art von Medium und " -"danach alle anderen Clients über das Netzwerk via PXE-Boot installieren zu " -"können." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Nur die Netzwerk-Installer-CD benötigt während der Installation " -"Internetzugang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Die Installation sollte keine Fragen mit Ausnahme von gewünschter Sprache, " -"Standort, Tastatur und Maschinenprofil (Hauptserver, Arbeitsplatzrechner, " -"LTSP-Server) stellen. Alle anderen Einstellungen werden automatisch mit " -"vernünftigen Werten versehen, die vom Systemadministrator von einer " -"zentralen Stelle aus nach der Installation geändert werden können." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Zugriffsrechte auf das Dateisystem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Jedem Skolelinux-Benutzerkonto ist ein Teil des Dateisystems auf dem Server " -"zugeordnet. Dieser Bereich (Home-Verzeichnis) beinhaltet die individuelle " -"Konfiguration, Dokumente, E-Mails und Webseiten des Benutzers. Etliche der " -"Dateien sollten mit Lesezugriff für andere System-Benutzer ausgestattet " -"sein, einige sollten im Internet für jedermann lesbar und manche " -"ausschließlich dem Benutzer selbst zugänglich sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Um sicherzustellen, dass die Benennung aller Festplatten für Home-" -"Verzeichnisse oder gemeinsame Verzeichnisse auf allen installierten " -"Computern einheitlich erfolgt, können die Platten unter <computeroutput>/" -"skole/host/VERZEICHNIS/</computeroutput> eingehängt werden. Zu Beginn wird " -"auf dem Hauptserver nur das Verzeichnis <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/" -"</computeroutput> erstellt, in dem alle Home-Verzeichnisse angelegt werden. " -"Weitere Verzeichnisse können bei Bedarf erstellt werden, um bestimmte " -"Benutzergruppen oder Nutzungsmuster abzubilden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Um den gemeinsamen Zugriff auf Dateien unter Verwendung der normalen UNIX-" -"Berechtigungen zu realisieren, müssen Benutzer zusätzlichen Gruppen (wie " -"»students«) sowie der primären persönlichen Gruppe (per Voreinstellung " -"vorhanden) angehören. Benutzer müssen eine umask von 002 oder 007 haben, um " -"neu erstellten Objekten Gruppenzugriff zu ermöglichen und die betreffenden " -"Verzeichnisse müssen mittels »setgid« so mit Rechten versehen sein, dass " -"Dateien die richtigen Gruppenrechte erben. Unter diesen Bedingungen ist ein " -"kontrollierter gemeinsamer Dateizugriff unter den Mitgliedern einer Gruppe " -"möglich." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"Die anfängliche Einstellung der Zugriffsrechte für neu erstellte Dateien ist " -"eine Frage der zugrundeliegenden Philosophie. Debian verwendet die umask 022 " -"als Voreinstellung; damit ist der oben beschriebene Gruppenzugriff nicht " -"möglich. Debian Edu benutzt als Voreinstellung 002 - was Lesezugriff für " -"alle Benutzer auf neu erstellte Dateien bedeutet, der später explizit durch " -"den Benutzer entfernt werden kann. Alternativ kann die umask von 002 durch " -"Editieren der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" -"computeroutput> in 007 geändert werden - damit ist der Lesezugriff zunächst " -"nicht erlaubt und müsste durch den Benutzer später ausdrücklich gesetzt " -"werden. Der erste Ansatz fördert das Teilen von Wissen und macht das System " -"transparenter, wohingegen die zweite Methode das Risiko ungewünschter " -"Verbreitung privater Inhalte senkt. Das Problem mit der ersten Lösung ist, " -"dass es für die Benutzer nicht ersichtlich ist, dass das von ihnen erstellte " -"Material von allen anderen Benutzern lesbar ist. Dies ist nur durch die " -"Untersuchung der Home-Verzeichnisse erkennbar, wo ersichtlich ist, dass die " -"Dateien lesbar sind. Das Problem mit der zweiten Lösung besteht darin, dass " -"wahrscheinlich wenig Leute ihre Dateien lesbar machen möchten, selbst wenn " -"sie keine sensiblen Informationen enthalten, der Inhalt aber hilfreich für " -"neugierige Benutzer sein könnte, die lernen wollen, wie andere Benutzer " -"bestimmte Probleme gelöst haben (typischerweise Konfigurationseinstellungen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Voraussetzungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, eine Skolelinux-Lösung einzurichten. " -"Skolelinux kann einfach auf einem einzelnen PC oder für eine ganze Region " -"mit vielen Schulen (bei zentralisierter Verwaltung) installiert werden. " -"Diese Flexibilität hat große Unterschiede bezüglich der Konfiguration von " -"Netzwerkkomponenten, Servern und Client-Rechnern zur Folge." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Hardwareanforderungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Die Bedeutung der verschiedenen Profile wird im Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> erläutert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Falls LTSP zum Einsatz kommen soll, finden Sie auf der (englischsprachigen) " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" -"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</" -"ulink> weitere Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Rechner, auf denen Debian Edu / Skolelinux installiert werden soll, müssen " -"entweder 32-Bit (Debian-Architektur 'i386', 686-Prozessoren als älteste) " -"oder 64-Bit (Debian-Architektur 'amd64') x86-Prozessoren haben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Thin Clients mit nur 256 MiB RAM und 400 MHz sind möglich, es werden aber " -"mehr RAM und schnellere Prozessoren empfohlen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Für Arbeitsplatzrechner, Diskless Workstations und Einzelplatzrechner sind " -"mindestens 1500 Mhz und 1024 MiB RAM das absolute Minimum. Um moderne " -"Webbrowser und LibreOffice nutzen zu können, werden mindestens 2048 MiB RAM " -"empfohlen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" -"Die Minimalanforderung für den Plattenplatz hängt vom installierten Profil " -"ab:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"Hauptserver + LTSP-Server: 60 GiB (plus zusätzlicher Platz für " -"Benutzerkonten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP-Server: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "Arbeitsplatzrechner oder Einzelplatzrechner: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"LTSP-Server benötigen zwei Netzwerkkarten, wenn sie die Standard-" -"Netzwerkarchitektur nutzen sollen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 ist verbunden mit dem Hauptnetzwerk (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 wird für LTSP-Clients verwendet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Laptops sind mobile Arbeitsplatzrechner; es gelten daher dieselben " -"Anforderungen wie für Arbeitsplatzrechner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Getestete Hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Eine Liste getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie unter <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Diese Liste ist aber nicht einmal " -"annähernd vollständig" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> stellt einen " -"Versuch dar, die Installation, Konfiguration und Benutzung von Debian auf " -"spezieller Hardware zu dokumentieren. Potentielle Käufer oder Eigentümer " -"dieser Hardware können sich ein Bild von eventuell auftretenden Problemen " -"oder besonderer Konfiguration machen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Voraussetzungen für die Einrichtung des Netzwerks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Standardinstallation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Regeln gelten, solange die Standard-Netzwerkarchitektur " -"verwendet wird:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Sie benötigen genau einen Hauptserver, genannt »tjener«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "" -"Sie können hunderte von Arbeitsplatzrechnern im Hauptnetzwerk einsetzen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Sie können viele LTSP-Server im Hauptnetzwerk haben. In LDAP sind zwei " -"verschiedene Subnetze vorkonfiguriert (DNS, DHCP), weitere können " -"hinzugefügt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Sie können hunderte von Thin Clients und/oder Diskless Workstations in jedem " -"LTSP-Netzwerk verwenden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Sie können mehrere Hundert weitere Rechner verwenden; diese bekommen ihre IP-" -"Adresse dynamisch zugewiesen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Um den Zugang zum Internet zu ermöglichen, benötigen Sie einen Router/" -"Gateway (siehe unten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Router (Internet)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Um Internetzugang zu haben, wird ein Router/Gateway benötigt, welcher über " -"die externe Schnittstelle mit dem Internet verbunden ist und auf der " -"internen Schnittstelle die IP-Adresse 10.0.0.1 sowie die Netzmaske 255.0.0.0 " -"hat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Auf dem Router sollte kein DHCP-Server laufen; ein DNS-Server kann laufen, " -"ist aber nicht notwendig und wird auch nicht benutzt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie bereits einen Router haben, diesen jedoch nicht nach Bedarf " -"konfigurieren können (z.B. weil Sie das nicht dürfen oder aus technischen " -"Gründen), kann ein älterer Computer mit zwei Netzwerkschnittstellen als " -"Gateway zwischen dem bestehenden und dem Debian-Edu-Netzwerk verwendet " -"werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Ein einfacher Weg ist, Debian Edu auf diesem Computer zu installieren. " -"Wählen Sie während der Installation »Minimal« als Profil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie nach der Installation <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" -"computeroutput> aus, wodurch die folgenden Änderungen vorgenommen werden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Die Datei »/etc/network/interfaces« anpassen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Den Rechnernamen permanent auf »gateway« ändern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Überflüssige Skripte löschen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "IP-Forwarding und NAT für das Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/8 einrichten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Eine Firewall installieren (optional)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints kann <ulink url=\"https://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink> benutzt werden, wobei Sie natürlich auch die " -"Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie " -"mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Eine Liste " -"unterstützter Hardware finden Sie auf der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt." -"org/toh/start\">Hardware-Seite von OpenWRT</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich, eine abweichende Netzwerk-Struktur zu verwenden. Wie das " -"geht, ist <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -"ChangeIpSubnet\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie dazu jedoch nicht " -"aufgrund einer existierenden Netzwerk-Infrastruktur gezwungen sind, ist die " -"Nutzung der <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard-Netzwerkarchitektur</" -"link> zu empfehlen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Installation und Optionen für das Herunterladen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Hinweise auf weitere Informationsquellen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Es wird empfohlen, die <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweise für Debian Buster</ulink> vor einer " -"Installation zu lesen - oder zumindest einen Blick darauf zu werfen, bevor " -"Sie ein Produktivsystem installieren. Weitere Informationen über Debian " -"Buster enthält die <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual.de.html\">Installationsanleitung</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" -"Bitte probieren Sie Debian Edu / Skolelinux aus, es sollte einfach " -"funktionieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Es wird allerdings empfohlen, die Kapitel über <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">Hardware- und Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie " -"über die <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> zu lesen, bevor " -"die Installation eines Hauptrechners begonnen wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Bitte unbedingt in diesem Handbuch das Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Erste Schritte</link> lesen, da dort erklärt " -"wird, wie die erste Anmeldung funktioniert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Herunterladen des Installationsmediums für Debian Edu 11, Codename Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 oder i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> und <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> sind die Namen von zwei Debian-Architekturen für x86-CPUs, " -"beide stammen oder stammten von AMD, Intel und anderen Herstellern. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> ist eine 64-Bit-Architektur und " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> ist eine 32-Bit-Architektur. Neue " -"Installationen sollten heutzutage <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> " -"verwenden. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> sollte nur auf alter " -"Hardware eingesetzt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "Netzwerk-Installer-Images für amd64 oder i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Das Netzwerk-Installer-Image kann für die Installation mittels CD/DVD und " -"USB-Stick benutzt werden, es ist für zwei Debian-Architekturen verfügbar: " -"i386- bzw. amd64. Wie der Name schon sagt, ist während der Installation eine " -"Internetverbindung notwendig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Nach der Veröffentlichung von Bullseye werden diese Images hier zum Download " -"zur Verfügung stehen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "BD-ISO-Images für i386 oder amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Dieses ISO-Image ist etwa 5 GB groß; es eignet sich zur Installation von " -"amd64- oder i386-Maschinen - auch bei fehlender Internetverbindung. Es kann " -"wie das Netzwerk-Installer-Image auf einen USB-Stick oder eine USB-" -"Festplatte geeigneter Größe kopiert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Überprüfung heruntergeladener Image-Dateien" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Eine detaillierte Anleitung für das Überprüfen dieser Images ist Teil der " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.de.html#verify\">Debian-CD " -"FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Quellen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Sources gibt es im Debian-Depot an den üblichen Orten, mehrere Medien sind " -"hier verlinkt: <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/" -"source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Die Installation von Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Debian Edu installieren, haben Sie verschiedene Varianten zur " -"Auswahl. Aber keine Angst, es sind nicht sehr viele. Es wurde versucht, die " -"Komplexität von Debian während der Installation und darüber hinaus " -"überschaubar zu gestalten. Aber Debian Edu ist ein Teil von Debian und mehr " -"als 59000 Pakete mit einer Milliarde von Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten stehen " -"zur Auswahl. Für die Mehrheit der Anwender sollten die Voreinstellungen sehr " -"gut passen. Bitte beachten: Falls LTSP eingesetzt werden soll, dann ist die " -"Wahl einer schlanken graphischen Oberfläche sinnvoll." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Szenarien der Installation eines Hauptservers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Typisches Schul- oder Heimnetzwerk mit Internet-Zugang per Router (mit DHCP):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Die Installation eines Hauptservers ist möglich, aber nach dem Neustart " -"fehlt die Internet-Verbindung (wegen der IP-Adresse 10.0.2.2/8 für die erste " -"Netzwerkschnittstelle)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet-Router</" -"link> enthält Informationen, wie ein solches Gateway aufgesetzt werden kann, " -"wenn ein vorhandener Router keine entsprechende Konfiguration erlaubt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Verbinden Sie alle Komponenten so, wie es dem Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> zu entnehmen ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Der Hauptserver sollte nach dem ersten Start in der richtigen Umgebung " -"Zugang zum Internet haben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Typisches Netzwerk einer Schule oder Institution (ähnlich wie oben, aber mit " -"dem Zwang, einen Proxy verwenden zu müssen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Den Eintrag 'debian-edu-expert' zur Kernel-Befehlszeile hinzufügen; weiter " -"unten wird erklärt, wie die Bearbeitung vorgenommen wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Einige zusätzliche Fragen sind zu beantworten, darunter die nach dem Proxy-" -"Server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Netzwerk mit Router/Gateway-IP-Adresse 10.0.0.1/8 (ohne DHCP-Server) und " -"Internet-Verbindung:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Scheitern der automatischen Einrichtung des Netzwerks (wegen " -"fehlendem DHCP) manuelle Konfiguration auswählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Als IP-Adresse 10.0.2.2/8 eingeben" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Als Gateway-IP-Adresse 10.0.0.1 eingeben" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Als Nameserver-IP-Adresse 8.8.8.8 eingeben (oder eine bekannte andere)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Der Hauptserver sollte nach dem ersten Start funktionieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Offline (keine Internet-Verbindung):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Das BD-ISO-Image verwenden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Sicherstellen, dass alle (realen/virtuellen) Netzwerkverbindungen gekappt " -"sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"»Netzwerk unkonfiguriert lassen« auswählen (nachdem die automatische " -"Konfiguration gescheitert ist und »Weiter« gewählt wurde)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Das System aktualisieren, sobald dieses erstmalig in der richtigen Umgebung " -"mit Internet-Zugang gestartet wurde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Arbeitsumgebungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Es stehen mehrere Arbeitsumgebungen zur Verfügung:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce hat einen etwas höheren Ressourcenbedarf als LXDE, aber eine sehr gute " -"Sprachunterstützung (106 Sprachen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE und GNOME bieten jeweils eine gute Unterstützung für viele Sprachen, " -"haben aber für ältere Computer und für LTSP-Clients zu hohe " -"Leistungsanforderungen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon ist eine leichtgewichtige Alternative zu GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE ist schlanker als die drei oben genannten, aber es fehlt eine gute " -"Sprachunterstützung für mehrere Länder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE hat den geringsten Ressourcenbedarf und unterstützt 35 Sprachen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt ist eine leichtgewichtige Arbeitsumgebung (Sprachunterstützung ähnlich " -"wie LXDE) mit einem moderneren Look and Feel (basierend auf Qt, genau wie " -"KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Als internationales Projekt hat sich Debian Edu für die Arbeitsumgebung Xfce " -"als Standard entschieden; die Wahl einer Alternative wird weiter unten " -"beschrieben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Modulare Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Installation eines Systems (auch) das Profil " -"<emphasis>Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> enthält, dann werden sehr viele " -"bildungsbezogene Progamme installiert. Um nur das Basissystem zu " -"installieren, muss der Kernel-Befehlszeilen-Parameter " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> vor dem Start der Installation entfernt " -"werden; weiter unten ist beschrieben, wie dies gemacht wird. Auf diese Weise " -"lässt sich ein an die örtlchen Gegebenheiten angepasstes System installieren " -"und auch eine Testinstallation kann so deutlich beschleunigt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten: Falls anschließend eine Arbeitsumgebung installiert werden " -"soll, dann verwenden Sie nicht die Debian-Edu-Metapakete wie z. B. <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-" -"desktop-mate</ulink> (dies würde alle bildungsbezogenen Pakete " -"mitinstallieren), sondern z. B. das Metapaket <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Eines " -"(oder mehrere) der schulstufenbezogenen Metapakete <emphasis>education-" -"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"highschool</emphasis> könnten passend zum Verwendungszweck installiert " -"werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Auf der (englischsprachigen) Seite <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" -"edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> gibt es Informationen zu " -"den Debian-Edu-Metapaketen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Installationsarten und Optionen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Startmenü des Installers auf 64-Bit-Hardware</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bit Installer Boot-Menu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> benutzt das " -"graphische Installationsprogramm mit Maus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> verwendet den Textmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> zeigt ein " -"Untermenü mit weiteren Optionen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> zeigt einige Hinweise für die " -"Benutzung des Installationsprogrammes; siehe Screenshot weiter unten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit Installer advanced options" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> führt zum Hauptmenü zurück." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> zeigt alle " -"verfügbaren Fragen; Maus ist benutzbar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> verwendet dieses " -"Installationsmedium als Rettungswerkzeug für Notfälle." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> benötigt " -"eine Preseed-Datei." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> zeigt alle verfügbaren " -"Fragen für den Textmodus an." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> Textmodus; verwendet dieses " -"Installationsmedium als Rettungswerkzeug für Notfälle." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> Textmodus; benötigt " -"eine Preseed-Datei." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie weder <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</" -"computeroutput> noch <computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, " -"sondern verwenden Sie in Ausnahmefällen <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</" -"computeroutput> als zusätzlichen Kernelparameter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Installer help screen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Diese Hilfeseite ist selbsterklärend; mittels der <F>-Tasten können " -"Sie weitergehende Informationen zu den angegebenen Themen bekommen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Boot-Parameter für die Installation ändern oder hinzufügen</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"In beiden Fällen können die Boot-Optionen durch Drücken der TAB-Taste (BIOS-" -"Modus) oder der E-Taste (UEFI-Modus) im Boot-Menü bearbeitet werden; der " -"Screenshot zeigt die Befehlszeile für <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical " -"install</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Optionen der Befehlszeile bearbeiten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Sie können einen existierenden HTTP-Proxy in Ihrem Netzwerk benutzen, um die " -"CD-Installation des »Hauptserver«-Profils zu beschleunigen. Verwenden Sie " -"dazu beispielsweise <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</" -"computeroutput> als zusätzlichen Boot-Parameter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie bereits das »Hauptserver«-Profil auf einer Maschine installiert " -"haben, sollten weitere Installationen via PXE erfolgen, da dann automatisch " -"der Proxy des Hauptservers benutzt wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Um die <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis>-Arbeitsumgebung anstatt " -"der standardmäßigen <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce-</emphasis>-" -"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>xfce</" -"computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-Arbeitsumgebung " -"zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>-Arbeitsumgebung " -"zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>-" -"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>-" -"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, verwenden Sie " -"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Und um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>-" -"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Der Installationsprozess" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie an die <link linkend=\"Requirements\"> Systemvoraussetzungen</" -"link> und stellen Sie sicher, dass mindestens zwei Netzwerkkarten vorhanden " -"sind, wenn Sie einen LTSP-Server einrichten wollen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Sprache (sowohl für die Installation als auch für das zu " -"installierende System)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie ein Land, welches im Regelfall dasjenige ist, in dem Sie leben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Tastaturbelegung (üblicherweise ist die jeweilige " -"Ländereinstellung das Beste)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Profil (oder mehrere) von dieser Liste:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Hauptserver (»tjener«) für Ihre Schule, bei dem alle Dienste " -"vorkonfiguriert sind, damit diese sofort funktionieren. Sie dürfen nur einen " -"Hauptserver pro Schule einrichten! Das Profil enthält keine graphische " -"Arbeitsumgebung. Um letztere zu erhalten, wählen Sie zusätzlich " -"»Arbeitsplatzrechner« oder »LTSP-Server«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"Ein Computer, der von seiner eigenen lokalen Festplatte bootet, und bei dem " -"alle Programme und Geräte lokal laufen, wie bei einem gewöhnlichen Computer. " -"Nur die Benutzeranmeldung erfolgt am Hauptserver, wo die Nutzerdaten und das " -"Arbeitsflächenprofil gespeichert sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobiler Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Wie Arbeitsplatzrechner, aber mit der Fähigkeit, die Authentifizierung " -"mittels gespeicherter Zugangsdaten vorzunehmen - somit auch außerhalb des " -"Schulnetzwerks verwendbar. Benutzerdaten und Profile werden lokal " -"gespeichert. Für Netbooks und Laptops von Einzelbenutzern sollte dieses " -"Profil anstelle der früher empfohlenen Profile »Arbeitsplatzrechner« oder " -"»Einzelplatzrechner« gewählt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-Server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"Ein Server für Thin Clients (und Diskless Workstations) wird LTSP-Server " -"genannt. Rechner ohne Festplatte erhalten die Software zum Booten und ihre " -"Programme von diesem Server. Der LTSP-Server benötigt zwei Netzwerkkarten, " -"viel Speicher und idealerweise mehr als einen Prozessor oder Prozessorkern. " -"Schauen Sie sich für mehr Informationen das Kapitel über <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkrechner</link> an. Die Auswahl dieses " -"Profils aktiviert auch das Arbeitsplatzrechner-Profil (auch wenn dieses " -"nicht explizit ausgewählt wird). Ein LTSP-Server kann immer auch als " -"Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Einzelplatzrechner</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Ein gewöhnlicher Computer, der ohne einen Hauptserver funktioniert, " -"insbesondere nicht in ein Netzwerk eingebunden sein muss, Laptops " -"eingeschlossen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Profil installiert die Basispakete und konfiguriert den Rechner so, " -"dass er in das Debian-Edu-Netzwerk integriert werden kann - jedoch ohne " -"irgendwelche Dienste und Anwendungen. Es kann genutzt werden, um einzelne " -"Dienste manuell vom Server auf diesen Rechner zu verlagern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Damit auch normale Benutzer ein solches System nutzen können, muss es mit " -"GOsa² (ähnlich wie eine Workstation) hinzugefügt und das Paket libpam-krb5 " -"installiert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Die Profile <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> und <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">LTSP-Server</emphasis> sind die Voreinstellung. Diese " -"Profile können gleichzeitig auf einer Maschine installiert werden, wenn Sie " -"einen sogenannten <emphasis>Kombiserver</emphasis> haben wollen. Damit ist " -"der Hauptserver gleichzeitig ein LTSP-Server und kann auch als " -"Arbeitsplatzrechner eingesetzt werden. Dies ist die Voreinstellung, da " -"anzunehmen ist, dass dies in der Regel erwünscht ist. Bitte beachten: Eine " -"Maschine, die als »Kombiserver« oder als »LTSP-Server« dienen soll, muss " -"zwei Netzwerkkarten haben, damit sie dem Zweck entsprechend genutzt werden " -"kann." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Bitte »ja« oder »nein« zur automatischen Partitionierung sagen. Beachten " -"Sie, dass Ihre Zustimmung (»ja«) alle Daten auf den Festplatten zerstört! " -"Andererseits erfordert die Ablehnung (»nein«) mehr Arbeit, da Sie alle " -"Partitionen selbst anlegen und dabei auf ausreichende Größe achten müssen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Bitte gestatten Sie die Übertragung von Informationen an <ulink " -"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, damit festgestellt werden kann, welche " -"Pakete populär sind und auch in Zukunft bereitgestellt werden sollten. Damit " -"können Sie auf einfache Art helfen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten: Falls sich das Profil »LTSP-Server« unter den gewählten " -"Profilen befindet, wird das Installationsprogramm am Ende einige Zeit für " -"den Punkt »Beende die Installation - Führe debian-edu-profile-udeb aus ...« " -"benötigen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Nach Eingabe des Passwortes für »root« werden Sie aufgefordert, ein normales " -"Benutzerkonto für nichtadministrative Aufgaben einzurichten. Für Debian Edu " -"ist dieses Konto sehr wichtig: Mit diesem Konto werden Sie das Skolelinux-" -"Netzwerk verwalten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Das Passwort dieses Benutzers <emphasis role=\"strong\">muss</emphasis> eine " -"Länge von <emphasis role=\"strong\">mindestens 5 Zeichen</emphasis> " -"aufweisen und sich <emphasis role=\"strong\">vom Benutzernamen " -"unterscheiden</emphasis>, da das Anmelden sonst nicht möglich ist. (Dies " -"gilt, obwohl vom Installer sowohl kürzere als auch mit dem Benutzernamen " -"übereinstimmende Passwörter akzeptiert werden)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle eines <emphasis>Kombiservers</emphasis> gilt es nach dem Neustart " -"des Systems erneut zu warten. Es wird einige Zeit benötigt, um das SquashFS-" -"Image für Diskless Workstations zu erzeugen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle eines separaten LTSP-Servers erfordert das Einrichten der " -"Unterstützung von Diskless Workstations und/oder von Thin Clients einige " -"manuelle Schritte. Details hierzu finden Sie im Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Anleitung für Netzwerk-Clients</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Anmerkungen zu einigen Eigenschaften" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zu Notebooks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Sehr wahrscheinlich wollen Sie das Profil »Mobiler Arbeitsplatzrechner« " -"verwenden (s.o.). Bitte beachten Sie, dass alle Daten lokal gespeichert " -"werden (also an Sicherungskopien denken) und dass Anmeldedaten " -"zwischengespeichert werden (weshalb es nach einem Ändern des Passwortes " -"erforderlich sein kann, das alte Passwort zu verwenden, wenn der Laptop " -"nicht mit dem Netzwerk verbunden war und Sie sich auf dem Laptop mit einem " -"neuen Passwort angemeldet haben)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "Ein Hinweis zur Installation mittels »USB-Stick / Blu-ray Disc-Image«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie von einem USB-Stick / Blu-ray-Disc-Image installieren, enthält die " -"Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> nur Quellen von " -"der DVD. Wenn Sie eine Internetverbindung haben, wird dringend empfohlen, " -"die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei hinzuzufügen. Damit stellen Sie sicher, " -"dass (Sicherheits-)Aktualisierungen installiert werden können:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur CD-Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Eine Installation mittels Netzwerk-Installer (Installationsart mit unserer " -"CD) wird einige Pakete von der CD und den Rest aus dem Netz holen. Der " -"Umfang der aus dem Netz geholten Pakete variiert von Profil zu Profil, " -"bleibt aber unter einem Gigabyte (wenn nicht gerade alle Arbeitsumgebungen " -"gewählt wurden). Sobald der Hauptserver installiert wurde (egal, ob reiner " -"Hauptserver oder Kombiserver), nutzen alle weiteren Installationen dessen " -"Proxy, um das mehrfache Herunterladen desselben Pakets aus dem Netz zu " -"vermeiden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Installation per USB-Stick anstelle von CD / Blu-ray Disc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich, ein CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> Image auf " -"einen USB-Stick zu kopieren und von diesem zu booten. Dazu wird ein Befehl " -"wie der folgende ausgeführt, wobei Datei- und Device-Name angepasst werden " -"müssen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso /dev/sdX</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie diesen Befehl vor und nach dem Einstecken des USB-Geräts aus, um " -"den Wert von X zu bestimmen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Bitte beachten Sie, dass das Kopieren einige Zeit in Anspruch nimmt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Je nach gewähltem Image wird sich der USB-Stick wie eine CD oder Blu-ray " -"Disc verhalten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Installation und Booten über das Netzwerk via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Für diese Installationsmethode ist es erforderlich, dass Sie einen laufenden " -"Hauptserver haben. Wenn Clients über das Netzwerk booten, wird ein iPXE-Menü " -"mit Installations- und Boot-Auswahloptionen angezeigt. Wenn die PXE-" -"Installation mit einer Fehlermeldung fehlschlägt, die besagt, es fehle eine " -"XXX.bin-Datei, dann benötigt die Netzwerkkarte des Clients " -"höchstwahrscheinlich eine nicht freie Firmware. In diesem Fall muss die " -"Initrd des Debian-Installers modifiziert werden. Dies kann durch Ausführen " -"von <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> auf dem Server erreicht werden:." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"So sieht das iPXE-Menü mit dem <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</" -"emphasis> als alleinigem Profil aus:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"So sieht das iPXE-Menü bei Systemen mit <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>-Profil aus:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Setup erlaubt es auch, Diskless Workstations und Thin Clients im " -"Hauptnetzwerk zu booten. Im Unterschied zu normalen Arbeitsplatzrechnern " -"müssen Diskless Workstations nicht mittels GOsa² zu LDAP hinzugefügt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mehr Information über Netzwerk-Clients findet sich im Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerk-Clients HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "PXE-Installationen modifizieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"Die PXE-Installation benutzt eine Preseed-Datei für das Debian-" -"Installationsprogramm. Diese Datei kann verändert werden, um weitere Pakete " -"zu installieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Dafür muss eine Zeile wie die folgende in die Datei <computeroutput>tjener:/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> eingefügt werden." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string Meine_zusätzlichen_Pakete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"Die PXE-Installation verwendet die Voreinstellungsdatei <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Diese Datei kann " -"geändert werden, um die Voreinstellung während der Installation anzupassen " -"und so weitere Fragen bei der Installation über das Netz zu vermeiden. Eine " -"andere Möglichkeit, dies zu erreichen, ist, zusätzliche Einstellungen in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> und " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> vorzunehmen und <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> auszuführen, um die erzeugten Dateien zu " -"aktualisieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie im <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Handbuch des Debian-Installers</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Um die Benutzung des Proxys während der Installation mittels PXE zu ändern " -"oder zu deaktivieren, müssen die Zeilen <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> und " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in der Datei " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> geändert werden. Um die Benutzung des Proxys während der " -"Installation zu deaktivieren, kommentieren Sie die beiden ersten Zeilen mit " -"'#' aus und entfernen Sie den Teil <computeroutput>export " -"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput> in der letzten Zeile." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Einige Einstellungen können nicht voreingestellt werden, da sie benötigt " -"werden, bevor die Voreinstellungsdatei heruntergeladen wird. Sprache, " -"Tastaturlayout und Desktop-Umgebung sind Beispiele für solche Einstellungen. " -"Wenn Sie die Standardeinstellungen ändern wollen, bearbeiten Sie die iPXE-" -"Menü-Datei <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> auf dem " -"Hauptserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Angepasste Images" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Angepasste CDs, DVDs oder Blu-ray Discs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da " -"der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian-" -"Installer</ulink> verwendet wird, der ein modulares Design und andere schöne " -"Eigenschaften hat. Mit dem sogenannten <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> können Antworten auf die " -"Standardfragen des Installationsprogramms bereitgestellt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen nur eine Preseed-Datei mit Ihren Antworten erstellen (dies wird " -"im Anhang des Debian-Installers näher beschrieben) und Ihre CD/DVD <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remastern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Screenshots" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Der Text-Modus und die graphische Installation sind bis auf das Aussehen " -"identisch. Der graphische Modus erlaubt die Verwendung einer Maus und sieht " -"natürlich schöner und moderner aus. Solange die Hardware keine Probleme mit " -"der graphischen Darstellung hat, gibt es keinen Grund, diesen Modus nicht zu " -"verwenden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Hier folgt nun eine Serie von Screenshots einer graphischen Installation " -"(Hauptserver + Arbeitsplatzrechner + LTSP-Server); gefolgt von Screenshots " -"nach dem ersten Starten des Hauptservers sowie dem PXE-Start eines Rechners " -"im Netzwerk für LTSP Clients (Thin Client Session-Bildschirm - und Login-" -"Bildschirm nach dem Anklicken der Session auf der rechten Seite.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "LightDM-Login auf dem Hauptserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce mit Browser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce-Desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Welcome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Erste Schritte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Unbedingt erforderliche erste Schritte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Bei der Installation des Hauptservers wurde ein erstes Benutzerkonto " -"angelegt. Im folgenden Text wird dieses Konto als »Erstbenutzer« " -"referenziert. Dieses Konto ist etwas Besonderes, da die Berechtigung für das " -"Home-Verzeichnis auf 700 gesetzt ist (daher ist das Ausführen von " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> erforderlich, um persönliche " -"Webseiten zugänglich zu machen), und der erste Benutzer kann " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> verwenden, um root zu werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie Benutzer hinzufügen, sollten Sie die Informationen über die " -"spezifisch für Debian Edu geltende <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">Konfiguration der Dateiberechtigungen</" -"link> lesen; passen Sie diese gegebenenfalls an die örtlichen Richtlinien an." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation müssen vom Erstbenutzer zuerst folgende Dinge erledigt " -"werden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Am Hauptserver anmelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Benutzerkonten mit GOsa² hinzufügen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Hinzufügen von Arbeitsplatzrechnern mit GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Das Hinzufügen von Benutzern und Arbeitsplatzrechnern wird im Folgenden " -"beschrieben; bitte lesen Sie deshalb das Kapitel vollständig. Es beschreibt " -"die unbedingt notwendigen Schritte sowie all das, was wahrscheinlich für " -"jedes System konfiguriert werden muss." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Handbuch gibt es noch an anderen Stellen zusätzliche " -"Informationen: Das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Features\">Neue Features in " -"Bullseye</link> sollte von jedem gelesen werden, der mit früheren Releases " -"vertraut ist. Und wer ein Upgrade von einem früheren Release durchführt, " -"sollte auf jeden Fall das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> " -"lesen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk DNS-Anfragen nach außen geblockt werden und ein " -"spezieller DNS-Server für das Nachschlagen von Rechnern im Internet " -"verwendet werden muss, dann muss dieser Server dem DNS-Server als sein " -"»forwarder« bekannt sein. Aktualisieren Sie /etc/bind/named.conf.options, " -"indem Sie die IP-Adresse des zu verwendenden DNS-Servers angeben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"Im Kapitel <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> gibt es mehr Tipps und " -"Tricks, sowie Antworten auf häufig gestellte Fragen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt eine Reihe verschiedener Dienste, die auf dem Hauptserver laufen und " -"die über eine Weboberfläche verwaltet werden können. Hier wird jeder " -"einzelne Service beschrieben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Einführung in GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² ist ein webbasiertes Verwaltungswerkzeug, das Ihnen helfen wird, " -"einige wichtige Teile Ihrer Debian-Edu-Installation einzurichten und zu " -"bearbeiten. Mit GOsa² können Sie diese Hauptgruppen warten (hinzufügen, " -"ändern, löschen):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "»NIS Netgroup«-Verwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Maschinenverwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "DNS-Verwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "DHCP-Verwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Um auf GOsa² zugreifen zu können, benötigen Sie den Skolelinux-Hauptserver " -"und ein (Client-)System mit installiertem Webbrowser; dabei kann es sich um " -"den Hauptserver handeln, falls dieser als sogenannter " -"»Kombiserver« (Hauptserver + LTSP-Server + Arbeitsplatzrechner) installiert " -"wurde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie (wahrscheinlich aus Versehen) ein reines Hauptserver-Profil " -"installiert haben und kein Client mit einem Webbrowser zur Verfügung steht, " -"ist es leicht, eine minimale graphische Arbeitsumgebung auf dem Hauptserver " -"zu installieren; führen Sie dazu die folgenden Befehle in einer Shell als " -"derjenige Benutzer aus, der während der Installation des Hauptservers zuerst " -"angelegt wurde (Erstbenutzer):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install education-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### Nach der Installation ausführen: 'sudo service lightdm start' \n" -" ### Als Erstbenutzer anmelden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie in einem Webbrowser die URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>, " -"um auf GOsa² zuzugreifen; melden Sie sich mit der Kennung des Erstbenutzers " -"an." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie in Debian Edu Bullseye einen neu hinzugefügten Rechner verwenden, " -"wird das Zertifikat der Site dem Browser bekannt sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Andernfalls werden Sie eine Fehlermeldung bezüglich des SSL-Zertifikats " -"erhalten. Falls Sie der Einzige im Netzwerk sind, dann ignorieren Sie den " -"Fehler und weisen Sie Ihren Browser an, das Zertifikat zu akzeptieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "GOsa²-Anmeldung und Übersicht" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Übersichtsseite von GOsa² nach der Anmeldung als Erstbenutzer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Nach der Anmeldung in GOsa² erscheint diese Übersichtsseite von GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Jetzt kann eine Aufgabe per Menüeintrag oder Anklicken eines der Symbole auf " -"der Übersichtseite gewählt werden. Für die Navigation wird am besten das " -"Menü auf der linken Seite des Fensters benutzt, da dieses bei allen " -"Administrationsseiten von GOsa² sichtbar bleibt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"In Debian Edu werden die Daten von Benutzern, Gruppen und Systemen in einem " -"LDAP-Verzeichnis gespeichert. Darauf greifen nicht nur der Hauptserver, " -"sondern auch Arbeitsplatzrechner, Diskless Workstations, die LTSP-Server und " -"andere Rechner im Netzwerk zu. So müssen die Informationen über Schüler, " -"Lehrer usw. nur einmal eingegeben werden. Anschließend stehen sie allen " -"Systemen im gesamten Skolelinux-Netzwerk zur Verfügung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² ist ein Verwaltungswerkzeug, das LDAP benutzt, um Informationen zu " -"speichern und eine hierarchisch gegliederte Abteilungsstruktur zur Verfügung " -"zu stellen. Zu jeder »Abteilung« können Sie Benutzerkennungen, Gruppen, " -"Systeme, »NIS Netgroups« usw. hinzufügen. Je nach Struktur Ihrer Institution " -"können Sie die Abteilungsstruktur in GOsa²/LDAP nutzen, um Ihre " -"Organisationsstruktur im LDAP-Baum auf dem Hauptserver von Debian Edu " -"abzubilden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Eine Standardinstallation des Debian-Edu-Hauptservers beinhaltet derzeit " -"zwei »Abteilungen«: Teachers und Students, sowie die Basisebene des LDAP-" -"Baums. Schülerkonten sollten zur »Students«-Abteilung hinzugefügt werden, " -"Lehrerkonten zur »Teachers«-Abteilung; Systeme (Server, Workstations, " -"Drucker usw.) werden derzeit zur Basisebene hinzugefügt. Sie könnten diese " -"Struktur an Ihre Erfordernisse anpassen. (Ein Beispiel für das Anlegen von " -"Benutzern in Jahrgangsgruppen, mit gemeinsamen Home-Verzeichnissen für jede " -"Gruppe, finden Sie im Kapitel <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> dieses " -"Handbuchs)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Je nach zu erledigender Aufgabe (Benutzer verwalten, Gruppen verwalten, " -"Systeme verwalten usw.) zeigt GOsa² eine angepasste Ansicht der betreffenden " -"Abteilung (oder der Basisebene)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung mit GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf »Benutzer« im Navigationsmenü auf der linken Seite. Die " -"rechte Seite des Fensters zeigt dann eine Tabelle mit den Ordnern »Students« " -"und »Teachers« sowie den Account des GOsa²-Administrators (Erstbenutzer). " -"Über dieser Tabelle ist ein (Eingabe-)Feld namens <emphasis>Basis</emphasis> " -"zu sehen; wenn Sie die Maus über dieses Feld bewegen, haben Sie die " -"Möglichkeit, mittels Drop-Down-Menü durch die Baumstruktur zu navigieren und " -"einen Basisordner für vorgesehene Aktionen zu wählen - wie z.B. für das " -"Hinzufügen eines neuen Benutzers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Benutzer hinzufügen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Rechts neben dem Basis-Feld ist das Menü »Aktionen« zu sehen. Beim " -"Überfahren mit der Maus erscheint ein Untermenü; wählen Sie hier »Anlegen«, " -"dann »Benutzer«. Ein Assistent führt Sie durch die nächsten Schritte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Am wichtigsten ist es, die Vorlage (newstudent oder newteacher) und den " -"vollständigen Namen des Benutzers anzugeben (siehe Bild)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Nach einem Klick auf »Fortsetzen« zeigt der Assistent dann die von GOsa² " -"automatisch (aus Vornamen und Namen) generierte Kennung an, wobei eine noch " -"nicht vorhandene Zeichenfolge gewählt wird. Benutzer mit übereinstimmenden " -"Vor- und Nachnamen stellen also kein Problem dar. Bitte beachten: Umlaute " -"und ß werden umgewandelt, andere Nicht-ASCII-Zeichen können jedoch zu " -"ungültigen Kennungen führen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihnen die generierte Kennung nicht gefällt, können Sie aus dem Drop-" -"Down-Menü eine andere wählen - eine freie Wahl bietet der Assistent jedoch " -"nicht. (Um den vorgeschlagenen Benutzernamen verändern zu können, öffnen Sie " -"die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> mit einem " -"Editor und fügen <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> als zusätzliche Option der »location definition« hinzu.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Generieren der Kennung durch den Assistenten wird eine GOsa²-" -"Übersichtsseite für den neuen Benutzer angezeigt. Sie können durch Klick auf " -"die Reiter den Inhalt aller ausgefüllten Felder kontrollieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Nach Anlegen des Benutzers (es ist nicht notwendig, Einträge in Feldern " -"vorzunehmen, die vom Assistenten leer gelassen wurden) klicken Sie unten " -"rechts auf die Schaltfläche »OK«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Abschließend fordert GOsa² zur Eingabe eines Passworts für den neuen " -"Benutzer auf. Geben Sie dieses zweimal ein und klicken Sie dann unten rechts " -"auf »Passwort setzen«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "" -"Einige Zeichen könnten als Bestandteil des Passwortes nicht erlaubt sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Wenn alles in Ordnung war, sehen Sie nun den neuen Benutzer in der »Liste " -"der Benutzer«. Es sollte nun möglich sein, sich mit dieser Kennung an einer " -"beliebigen Skolelinux-Maschine in Ihrem Netzwerk anzumelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Benutzer suchen, modifizieren und löschen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Filterbox" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Um ein Benutzerkonto zu modifizieren oder zu löschen, verwenden Sie GOsa², " -"um die Benutzerliste auf Ihrem System zu durchsuchen: Auf der Seitenmitte " -"finden Sie die »Filter«-Box, das von GOsa² für die Suche bereitgestellte " -"Werkzeug. Wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, an welcher Stelle sich das " -"Benutzerkonto im Baum befindet, dann wechseln Sie auf die Basisebene des " -"GOsa²/LDAP-Baums; benutzen Sie dort bei aktivierter »Filter«-Option die " -"»Suche in Teilbäumen«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Bei Verwendung der »Filterbox« erscheinen die Ergebnisse unmittelbar in der " -"Liste der Benutzer. Jede Zeile repräsentiert eine Benutzerkennung; am " -"rechten Ende einer Zeile stellen die Symbole Aktionen zur Verfügung: " -"Bearbeiten, Kennung deaktivieren, Passwort setzen, löschen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Es wird eine neue Seite angezeigt, auf der Sie die Informationen, die zu " -"einem Benutzer gehören, modifizieren können; dort kann auch das Passwort und " -"die Zugehörigkeit zu Gruppen geändert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Benutzerdaten bearbeiten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Passwörter setzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Benutzer der Abteilung »Students« können ihr eigenes Passwort ändern, indem " -"sie sich bei GOsa² mit ihrer Kennung anmelden. Um das Auffinden der " -"richtigen Webseite zu erleichtern, steht ein Menüeintrag »System/GOsa« bzw. " -"»Systemeinstellungen/GOsa« zur Verfügung. Nach der Anmeldung wird eine " -"Minimal-Version von GOsa² angezeigt, die ausschließlich Zugang zu den zur " -"Kennung gehörenden Daten und die Möglichkeit zum Ändern des Passworts bietet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Unter ihrer eigenen Kennung angemeldete Benutzer der Abteilung »Teachers« " -"besitzen spezielle Privilegien in GOsa². Ihnen wird eine weitergehende " -"Ansicht von GOsa² geboten, die es ihnen erlaubt, die Passwörter aller " -"Kennungen der Abteilung »Students« zu ändern. Dies könnte sich während des " -"Unterrichts als praktisch erweisen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Neues Benutzerpasswort administrativ setzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "suchen Sie nach dem zu modifizierenden Benutzer wie oben beschrieben" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"klicken Sie auf das Schlüsselsymbol am Ende der zu dem Benutzer gehörenden " -"Zeile" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"auf der anschließend gezeigten Seite können Sie ein selbst gewähltes " -"Passwort setzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Passwort setzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beachten Sie die durch leicht zu erratende " -"Passwörter entstehenden Sicherheitsaspekte!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Nutzerverwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Es ist mittels GOsa² möglich, viele Benutzerkonten auf einmal einzurichten; " -"dazu wird eine CSV-Datei benötigt, die sich mit jeder guten " -"Tabellenkalkulation (wie z.B. <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>) " -"generieren lässt. Es müssen darin im Minimalfall Einträge für die Felder " -"Benutzername (uid), Nachname (sn), Vorname (givenName) und Passwort " -"vorhanden sein. Stellen Sie sicher, dass es im Feld »Benutzername« keine " -"doppelten Einträge gibt. Die Kontrolle auf Duplikate muss auch die bereits " -"in LDAP vorhandenen Benutzernamen einschließen. (Diese können Sie durch " -"Ausführen von <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" " -"-f1</computeroutput> erhalten.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Hier sind die Richtlinien für solch eine CSV-Datei (GOsa² ist in dieser " -"Hinsicht ziemlich intolerant):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Als Feldtrenner \",\" benutzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Keine Anführungszeichen verwenden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"Die CSV-Datei darf <emphasis role=\"strong\">keine</emphasis> Titelzeile " -"enthalten (in der gewöhnlicherweise die Spaltennamen stehen)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"Die Reihenfolge der Felder ist beliebig; diese kann beim Import in GOsa² " -"festgelegt werden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Die Schritte für den Import massenhafter Kennungen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "klicken Sie auf »LDAP-Manager« im Navigationsmenü auf der linken Seite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "klicken Sie auf den Reiter »Import« im rechten Teil der Seite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"durchsuchen Sie die lokale Festplatte und wählen Sie eine CSV-Datei mit der " -"Liste zu importierender Nutzer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"wählen Sie eine vorhandene Vorlage (wie NewTeacher oder NewStudent), die " -"während des Imports angewandt werden soll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche »Import« in der oberen rechten Ecke" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Es ist sinnvoll, diesen Vorgang zunächst mit einer CSV-Datei zu testen, die " -"einige fiktive Nutzer enthält. Diese Konten können später wieder gelöscht " -"werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Dies gilt ebenfalls für das Passwort-Management-Modul; es erlaubt das " -"Zurücksetzen einer großen Menge von Passwörtern mittels einer CSV-Datei bzw. " -"das Generieren neuer Passwörter für Benutzer, die einem spezifischen LDAP-" -"Zweig zugeordnet sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Passwörter zurücksetzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gruppen mit GOsa² verwalten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "Gruppe einrichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" -"Die Verwaltung von Gruppen ist derjenigen von Benutzerkonten sehr ähnlich." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Sie können pro Gruppe einen Namen und eine Beschreibung eingeben. Stellen " -"Sie sicher, dass Sie die richtige LDAP-Ebene wählen, wenn Sie die Gruppe " -"anlegen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Das Hinzufügen von Benutzern zu einer neu angelegten Gruppe bringt Sie " -"zurück zur »Liste der Benutzer«; dort können Sie die Filterbox benutzen, um " -"Benutzer herauszusuchen. Überprüfen Sie bitte auch die LDAP-Ebene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Die mittels Gruppenverwaltung eingetragenen Gruppen sind reguläre UNIX-" -"Gruppen; sie können daher zum Setzen von Zugriffsrechten verwendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Rechnerverwaltung mit GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Mit dem Maschinen-Management können grundsätzlich alle Netzwerkgeräte im " -"Debian-Edu-Netzwerk verwaltet werden. Jedes Gerät, das mittels GOsa² zum " -"LDAP-Verzeichnis hinzugefügt wird, hat einen Namen, eine IP-Adresse, eine " -"MAC-Adresse und einen Domainnamen. Letzterer lautet üblicherweise " -"\"intern\". Eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Debian Edu-Netzwerks ist im " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Kapitel über die Netzwerkstruktur</link> zu " -"finden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Diskless Workstations und Thin Clients funktionieren out-of-the-box im Falle " -"eines <emphasis>Kombiservers</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Arbeitsstationen mit Festplatten (einschließlich separater LTSP-Server) " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">müssen</emphasis> mit GOsa² hinzugefügt werden. " -"Hinter den Kulissen werden sowohl ein maschinenspezifisches Kerberos-" -"Principal (eine Art <emphasis>Konto</emphasis>) als auch eine zugehörige " -"keytab-Datei (mit einem Schlüssel, der als <emphasis>Passwort</emphasis> " -"verwendet wird) erzeugt; die keytab-Datei muss auf der Workstation vorhanden " -"sein, um die Home-Verzeichnisse der Benutzer mounten zu können. Nachdem das " -"hinzugefügte System neu gebootet wurde, melden Sie sich als root an und " -"führen <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput> aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Um Principal und keytab-Datei für ein <emphasis>bereits mit GOsa² " -"konfiguriertes System</emphasis> zu erstellen, melden Sie sich auf dem " -"Hauptserver als root an und führen aus" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <Rechnername> <IP-Adresse>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bitte beachten:</emphasis> Ein »host keytab« kann " -"für Systeme vom Typ <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, <emphasis>servers</" -"emphasis> und <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> aber nicht für solche vom Typ " -"<emphasis>netdevices</emphasis> erzeugt werden. Siehe das Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Anleitung für Netzwerk-Clients</link> für NFS-" -"Konfigurationsoptionen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Um eine Maschine hinzuzufügen, benutzen Sie das GOsa²-Menü, dort »Systeme« " -"und als Aktion »Hinzufügen«. Sie können eine IP aus dem vorkonfigurierten " -"Bereich 10.0.0.0/8 verwenden. Gegenwärtig gibt es nur zwei vordefinierte " -"feste IP-Adressen: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) und 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Die Adressen " -"von 10.0.16.20 bis 10.0.31.254 (etwa 10.0.16.0/20 oder 4000 Rechner) sind " -"für DHCP reserviert und werden dynamisch zugewiesen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"Um einem Rechner mit der MAC-Adresse 52:54:00:12:34:10 eine statische IP-" -"Adresse zuzuweisen, müssen Sie die MAC-Adresse, den Rechnernamen und die IP " -"eintragen; alternativ können Sie die Schaltfläche <computeroutput>Schlage IP " -"vor</computeroutput> klicken, wodurch die erste freie feste Adresse aus dem " -"Bereich 10.0.0.0/8 angezeigt wird - höchstwahrscheinlich etwas wie 10.0.0.2, " -"wenn Sie die erste Maschine auf diesem Wege hinzufügen. Es wäre gut, vorher " -"über einen für Ihr Netzwerk geeigneten IP-Bereich nachzudenken: Zum Beispiel " -"könnten Sie 10.0.0.x mit x>10 und x<50 für Server und x>100 für " -"Arbeitsplatzrechner verwenden. Vergessen Sie nicht, das gerade hinzugefügte " -"System zu aktivieren. Mit Ausnahme des Hauptservers wird dann für alle " -"Systeme ein entsprechendes Icon angezeigt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Maschinen als Thin Clients bzw. Diskless Workstations gestartet " -"oder wenn sie unter Verwendung eines der Netzwerkprofile installiert wurden, " -"dann können Sie das Skript <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput> verwenden, um diese Maschinen automatisch zu GOsa² " -"hinzuzufügen; für einfache Maschinen funktioniert das ohne weiteres, bei " -"Maschinen mit mehreren MAC-Adressen muss die aktuell benutzte ausgewählt " -"werden, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> zeigt " -"Hilfeinformationen an. Beachten Sie bitte, dass die nach der Benutzung von " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> angezeigten IP-" -"Adressen aus dem dynamischen IP-Bereich stammen. Diese Systeme können " -"anschließend aber so bearbeitet werden, dass sie zu Ihrem Netzwerk passen: " -"Jedes neue System umbenennen, DHCP und DNS aktivieren, zu Netgroups " -"hinzufügen (empfohlene Netgroups dem Screenshot weiter unten entnehmen), das " -"System anschließend neu starten. Einige Bilder zeigen, wie dies in der " -"Praxis erfolgen könnte:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "GOsa² Liste der Systeme" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Host Details" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Host bearbeiten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Netgroup hinzufügen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Stündlich läuft ein Cronjob, der DNS aktualisiert; das Skript " -"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> kann verwendet werden, um " -"die Aktualisierung manuell durchzuführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Suchen und Löschen von Maschinen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Das Suchen und Löschen von Maschinen ist ebenso einfach wie das Suchen und " -"Löschen von Benutzern; deshalb wird die Beschreibung hier nicht wiederholt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modifizieren von eingetragenen Maschinen / Verwalten von »Netgroups«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie mit GOsa² eine Maschine zum LDAP-Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, " -"können Sie die Eigenschaften mit Hilfe der Suchfunktion und durch Klicken " -"auf den entsprechenden Eintrag bearbeiten (so, wie Sie es auch mit Benutzern " -"tun)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Die Vorlage, die Sie nach einem Klick auf einen Maschinennamen erreichen, " -"ist einerseits die gleiche, wie Sie es von der Bearbeitung der Benutzer-" -"Einträge her kennen. Andererseits aber haben die Einträge in diesem " -"Zusammenhang eine andere Bedeutung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Zum Beispiel ändert das Hinzufügen einer Maschine zu einer " -"<computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> nicht die Rechte dieser Maschine " -"(oder der Nutzer, die auf dieser Maschinen angemeldet sind) in Bezug auf die " -"Berechtigung für Dateien und Programme auf dem Server. Es beschränkt " -"vielmehr die Dienste, die eine Maschine auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Die Standardinstallation enthält die <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Derzeit findet die <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>-Funktionalität " -"Verwendung für:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Ändern der Größe von Partitionen</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Bei Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppe werden LVM-Partitionen bei Bedarf " -"automatisch vergrößert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Systeme abends herunterfahren</emphasis> (shutdown-" -"at-night-hosts und shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppe werden über Nacht automatisch " -"heruntergefahren, um Energie zu sparen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Verwaltung von Druckern</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts und cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Die Druckerwarteschlangen auf Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppen werden " -"über Nacht geleert; deaktivierte Druckerwarteschlangen werden stündlich " -"erneut aktiviert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Internetzugang sperren</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Die Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppe werden nur mit Maschinen im lokalen " -"Netzwerk Verbindung aufnehmen können. Kombiniert mit Einschränkungen durch " -"den Web-Proxy könnte dies während Prüfungen Verwendung finden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Druckerverwaltung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"Für die zentrale Druckerverwaltung wechseln Sie mit Ihrem Webbrowser zu " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Dies ist die normale CUPS-" -"Verwaltungsoberfläche, über die Sie Ihre Drucker hinzufügen/löschen/ändern " -"und die Druckwarteschlange bereinigen können. Standardmäßig ist nur der " -"Erstbenutzer zugelassen, aber dies kann durch Hinzufügen von Benutzern zur " -"GOsa²-Gruppe <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> geändert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "An Arbeitsplatzrechner angeschlossene Drucker verwenden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> ist auf allen Systemen mit dem Profil " -"<emphasis>Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> standardmäßig installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> bearbeiten " -"(USB-Drucker):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; wählen Sie den Netzwerkdrucker-Typ " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (für alle Drucker " -"gültig, egal welche Marke oder welches Modell) und geben Sie " -"<computeroutput>socket://<Arbeitsplatzrechner-IP>:9100</" -"computeroutput> als Verbindungs-URI ein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"Es wird empfohlen, auf einem Netzwerkdrucker alle für das Netzwerk " -"angebotenen Dienste zu deaktivieren. Weisen Sie stattdessen eine feste IP-" -"Adresse mit GOsa² zu und konfigurieren Sie diese Drucker als " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>-Netzwerkdrucker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Zeitsynchronisation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Die Standardeinstellung in Debian Edu hält die Uhrzeit auf allen Rechnern " -"synchron, aber nicht unbedingt korrekt. NTP wird eingesetzt, um die Zeit zu " -"aktualisieren. Die Uhren werden voreingestellt mit einer externen Quelle " -"synchronisiert. Dies kann dazu führen, dass Maschinen die Internetverbindung " -"offen halten, wenn sie für diesen Zweck geöffnet wurde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Es ist ratsam, diese Voreinstellung zu ändern, falls eine Einwahl- oder ISDN-" -"Verbindung benutzt und dabei nach Verbindungszeit abgerechnet wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Um die Synchronisation mit einer externen Uhr zu deaktivieren, muss die " -"Datei /etc/ntp.conf auf dem Hauptserver geändert werden. Fügen Sie " -"Kommentarzeichen (\"#\") vor den Einträgen <computeroutput>server</" -"computeroutput> ein. Danach muss der NTP-Server neu gestartet werden, indem " -"Sie <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> als root ausführen. " -"Um zu testen, ob ein Rechner die externen Zeitquellen verwendet, führen Sie " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput> aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Volle Partitionen erweitern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Wegen eines möglichen Fehlers in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten " -"einige Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu " -"erweitern, führen Sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" -"computeroutput> als Root aus. Mehr Informationen zum Vergrößern und " -"Verkleinern von Partitionen finden Sie unter »Partitionen verändern« im " -"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administrations-HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Wartung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Aktualisieren der Software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Benutzung von <computeroutput>apt -full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Das Werkzeug <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> ist nicht schwer zu " -"bedienen. Um ein System auf den neuesten Stand zu bringen, müssen Sie auf " -"der Befehlszeile nur zwei Befehle als Root ausführen: <computeroutput>apt " -"update</computeroutput> (erneuert die Liste der verfügbaren Pakete von den " -"apt-Quellen) und <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(aktualisiert die installierten Pakete auf die neueste vorhandene Version)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"Es ist auch eine gute Idee, während des Upgrades die Locale C zu verwenden, " -"um eine englischsprachige Ausgabe zu erhalten; diese wird in Problemfällen " -"vermutlich bessere Suchmaschinen-Ergebnisse liefern." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Upgrade des <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>-" -"Pakets sind möglicherweise geänderte CFEngine-Konfigurationsdateien " -"vorhanden. Führen Sie <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</" -"computeroutput> aus, um zu prüfen, ob dies der Fall ist. Um die Änderungen " -"anzuwenden, führen Sie <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</" -"computeroutput> aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Es ist wichtig, <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> nach LTSP-Server-Upgrades " -"auszuführen, um das SquashFS-Image für Diskless Workstations synchron zu " -"halten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Nach einem Point-Release-Upgrade eines Systems mit <emphasis>Main-Server</" -"emphasis> oder <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>-Profil muss " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> ausgeführt werden, um " -"die PXE-Installationsumgebung zu aktualisieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Es empfiehlt sich auch, <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> und " -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu " -"konfigurieren, dass Sie E-Mails an eine von ihnen gelesene Adresse schicken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> informiert Sie einmal am Tag " -"darüber, ob es Pakete gibt, die aktualisiert werden können. Es installiert " -"diese Pakete jedoch nicht, sondern lädt sie nur herunter (meistens in der " -"Nacht), damit sie schon lokal verfügbar sind, wenn Sie <computeroutput>apt " -"full-upgrade</computeroutput> ausführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Falls gewünscht, können Aktualisierungen automatisch installiert werden. " -"Dazu muss lediglich das Paket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> installiert und so konfiguriert werden, wie es in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> beschrieben ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kann Ihnen neue " -"Änderungsmeldungen per E-Mail schicken oder diese alternativ in einem " -"Terminalfenster anzeigen, wenn <computeroutput>apt</" -"computeroutput>ausgeführt wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Über Sicherheitsaktualisierungen auf dem Laufenden bleiben" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Die Ausführung von <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> (wie oben " -"beschrieben) ist eine gute Möglichkeit, sich über das Vorhandensein " -"aktualisierter Pakete zu informieren. Sie können auch die Mailing-Liste " -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian " -"security-announce</ulink> abonnieren, was den Vorteil hat, auch über den " -"Grund der Aktualisierung informiert zu werden. Nachteilig ist dabei nur, " -"dass im Gegensatz zu <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> auch " -"Informationen über Pakete geliefert werden, die gar nicht installiert sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Um Backups zu verwalten, gehen Sie mit Ihrem Browser auf <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Diese Seite müssen Sie mit SSL aufrufen, " -"da Sie für die Backupverwaltung das Root-Passwort eingeben müssen. Ein " -"Zugriff ohne SSL ist nicht möglich." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Hinweis: Diese Website wird nur funktionieren, wenn temporär der SSH-Zugang " -"auf dem Backup-Server (voreingestellt »tjener«) erlaubt ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"In der Standardeinstellung macht Tjener ein Backup von <computeroutput>/" -"skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> und LDAP nach /skole/backup (LVM " -"gesteuert). Falls Sie alles nur einmal gesichert haben wollen (um " -"versehentlich gelöschte Dateien wieder herzustellen), genügt das." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Sie sollten sich allerdings im Klaren darüber sein, dass diese Art des " -"Backups keinen Schutz vor defekten Festplatten darstellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie Ihre Daten auf einen externen Server, ein Bandlaufwerk oder eine " -"andere Festplatte sichern wollen, müssen Sie die Konfiguration ein wenig " -"anpassen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Um ein ganzes Verzeichnis wiederherzustellen, nutzen Sie am besten die " -"Befehlszeile:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Dies wird den Inhalt von <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> von <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> im " -"Verzeichnis <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" -"computeroutput> ablegen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nur eine einzelne Datei wiederherstellen möchten, sollten Sie nur " -"diese Datei (in der entsprechenden Version) in der Web-Schnittstelle " -"auswählen und herunterladen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ältere Sicherungskopien löschen wollen, dann wählen Sie " -"»Wartung« (Maintenance) im Menü auf der Backup-Seite und wählen dort den " -"ältesten zu bewahrenden Zustand (snapshot):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Serverüberwachung (Monitoring)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Das Munin Trend-Reporting-System findet sich unter <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. Es stellt graphische Darstellungen von Systemstatusmessungen zur " -"Verfügung, die in täglicher, wöchentlicher, monatlicher oder jährlicher " -"Ansicht eingesehen werden können und dem Administrator helfen, Engpässe und " -"Systemprobleme aufzuspüren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Die Liste der von Munin überwachten Computer wird automatisch von den an " -"Sitesummery berichtenden Rechnern erstellt. Ein Rechner berichtet an den " -"Server, wenn das Paket »munin-node« installiert ist. Wegen der Reihenfolge " -"der Cronjobs dauert es normalerweise zwei Tage, bevor ein Rechner von Munin " -"registriert wird. Wenn Sie dies beschleunigen wollen, führen Sie " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary-client</computeroutput> als Root auf dem neuen " -"Rechner und anschließend <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary</" -"computeroutput> (ebenfalls als Root) auf dem Server aus, auf dem Sitesummary " -"läuft (dies ist normalerweise der Hauptserver)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Die Menge der zu sammelnden Messergebnisse wird automatisch auf jeder " -"Maschine generiert; dazu wird das Programm <computeroutput>munin-node-" -"configure</computeroutput> verwendet, das die verfügbaren Plugins in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> überprüft und für " -"die relevanten einen Symlink in <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</" -"computeroutput> setzt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen über Munin gibt es unter <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Die System- und Dienstüberwachung Icinga ist unter <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"icingaweb2/\"/> verfügbar. Die Liste der zu überwachenden Maschinen und " -"Dienste wird automatisch aus Informationen des Sitesummary-Systems " -"generiert. Die Rechner mit Hauptserver- und LTSP-Server-Profil werden " -"vollständig kontrolliert. Arbeitsplatzrechner und Thin Clients unterliegen " -"vereinfachter Kontrolle. Zur vollständigen Überwachung von " -"Arbeitsplatzrechnern installieren Sie auf diesen das Paket " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Icinga versendet voreingestellt keine E-Mails. Dies kann geändert werden, " -"indem in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts." -"cfg</computeroutput> der Eintrag <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" -"computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> " -"und <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ersetzt wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Die benutzte Icinga-Konfiguration ist <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Der Sitesummary-Cron-Job generiert " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"mit einer Liste von zu überwachenden Rechnern und Diensten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Zusätzliche Icinga-Kontrollen können in der Datei <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> hinzugefügt werden. " -"Sie werden anschließend in der generierten Datei berücksichtigt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Informationen über Icinga können unter <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" -"\"/> oder in dem Paket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> gefunden " -"werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Übliche Warnungen von Icinga und wie damit umzugehen ist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Hier sind Anleitungen, wie mit den häufigsten Warnungen von Icinga umzugehen " -"ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Die Partition (im Beispiel /usr/) ist voll. Es gibt im allgemeinen zwei " -"Möglichkeiten, damit umzugehen: (1) einige Dateien löschen oder (2) die " -"Partition vergrößern. Falls die Partition /var/ ist, dann könnte (durch " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>) das Bereinigen des " -"Zwischenspeichers von Apt einige Dateien löschen. Falls in der LVM-" -"Datenträgergruppe noch Platz ist, könnte das Ausführen des Programms " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> zum Vergrößern von " -"Partitionen hilfreich sein. Um dieses Programm automatisch jede Stunde " -"ausführen zu lassen, kann der betreffende Rechner der »Netgroup« " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> hinzugefügt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Neue Pakete stehen für Upgrades zur Verfügung. Die Bezeichnung »critical« " -"tragen normalerweise Pakete, die Sicherheitslücken schließen. Um das Upgrade " -"durchzuführen, benutzen Sie als Root »apt upgrade && apt full-" -"upgrade« in einem Terminal - oder Sie melden sich via SSH an, um den Befehl " -"auszuführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie keine manuellen Upgrades von Paketen vornehmen wollen und Debian " -"zutrauen, mit neuen Versionen gut umzugehen, dann können Sie " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> so konfigurieren, dass " -"jede Nacht ein automatisches Upgrade neuer Pakete erfolgt. In LTSP-Chroots " -"werden auf diese Weise aber keine Upgrades vorgenommen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Der laufende Kernel ist älter als der neueste installierte Kernel und ein " -"Neustart ist erforderlich, um den neuesten installierten Kernel zu " -"aktivieren. Dies ist normalerweise ziemlich dringend, da neue Kernel in " -"Debian Edu gewöhnlich zur Verfügung gestellt werden, um Sicherheitslücken zu " -"schließen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Die CUPS-Druckerwarteschlangen enthalten viele unerledigte Aufträge. Dies " -"liegt höchstwahrscheinlich an einem nicht verfügbaren Drucker. Auf Rechnern, " -"die der »Netgroup« <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" -"computeroutput> angehören, werden inaktive Druckerwarteschlangen jede Stunde " -"neu aktiviert; deshalb sollte für solche Rechner ein manuelles Eingreifen " -"unnötig sein. Auf Rechnern, die der »Netgroup« <computeroutput>cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> angehören, werden alle " -"Druckerwarteschlangen während der Nacht geleert. Sie könnten einen Rechner, " -"der viele Druckaufträge in der Warteschlange hat, einer oder beiden dieser " -"»Netgroups« zuordnen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary wird verwendet, um Informationen aller Rechner zu sammeln und " -"sie zum zentralen Server zu schicken. Die gesammelten Informationen befinden " -"sich in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. " -"Skripte in <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> sind zur " -"Erstellung von Berichten verfügbar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Einen durch \"sitesummary\" erstellten einfachen Bericht gibt es unter " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Dokumentation über Sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -"SiteSummary</ulink> gefunden werden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Weitergehende Informationen über Anpassungen von Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Für Systemadministratoren finden sich Informationen über Anpassungen von " -"Debian Edu im Kapitel <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration-Howto</" -"link> und im Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Fortgeschrittene Administration</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Upgrades" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie diese Anleitung für ein Upgrade lesen, beachten Sie bitte diesen " -"wichtigen Hinweis: Das Upgrade erfolgt auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\"> Debian Edu/Skolelinux bietet ABSOLUT KEINE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG " -"für Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Bitte lesen Sie dieses Kapitel sowie das Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"Features\">Neue Features in Bullseye</link> in diesem Handbuch " -"vollständig durch, bevor Sie ein Upgrade versuchen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise zum Upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Ein Upgrade von Debian von einer Distribution zur nächsten ist im " -"Allgemeinen recht einfach. Für Debian Edu ist dies leider etwas " -"komplizierter, da wir Konfigurationsdateien auf eine Art und Weise " -"verändern, wie es nicht geschehen sollte. Wir haben jedoch die notwendigen " -"Schritte unten dokumentiert. (Siehe Debian-Fehler <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> für weitere Informationen, wie Debian " -"Edu Konfigurationsdateien modifizieren sollte)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Generell ist ein Upgrade der Server schwieriger als der von " -"Arbeitsplatzrechnern und das Aktualisieren des Hauptservers ist am " -"schwierigsten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sicher gehen wollen, dass auch nach einem Upgrade noch alles " -"funktioniert, sollten Sie das Upgrade zunächst auf einem Testsystem " -"durchführen, welches genau wie das produktive System konfiguriert ist. So " -"können Sie das Upgrade ohne Risiko ausprobieren und prüfen, ob alles so " -"funktioniert wie es soll." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Bitte lesen Sie auch unbedingt die Informationen über das aktuelle stabile " -"Debian-Release in dessen <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">Installationsanleitung</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Es könnte klug sein, etwas abzuwarten und noch ein paar Wochen lang " -"Oldstable zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen und Probleme " -"dokumentieren können. Debian Oldstable wird noch eine Zeit lang nach " -"Veröffentlichung von »Stable« unterstützt werden, aber wenn Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> die Unterstützung für " -"Oldstable einstellt</ulink>, wird auch Debian Edu die Unterstützung " -"einstellen (müssen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Upgrade von Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Achtung: Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie das Upgrade von Buster in einer " -"Testumgebung getestet haben oder über Sicherungskopien verfügen, die es " -"ihnen ermöglichen, notfalls wieder zurückzugehen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten Sie, dass sich das folgende Rezept auf die " -"Standardinstallation eines Debian-Edu-Hauptservers bezieht (desktop=xfce, " -"Profile Hauptserver, Arbeitsplatzrechner, LTSP-Server). (Eine allgemeinere " -"Beschreibung zum Upgrade von Buster auf Bullseye finden Sie hier: <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"Benutzen Sie keine graphische Arbeitsumgebung; wechseln Sie zu einer " -"virtuellen Konsole und melden Sie sich als root an." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Sollte <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> mit einer Fehlermeldung " -"abbrechen, dann versuchen Sie, den Fehler zu finden und/oder führen Sie " -"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> und danach " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> erneut aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Upgrade des Hauptservers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Zuerst sicherstellen, dass das gegenwärtige System aktualisiert ist:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Den Paket-Cache leeren:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Bereiten Sie das Upgrade auf Bullseye vor und starten Sie es (neuer security-" -"Eintrag):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (englischsprachige Ausgabe)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: Stellen Sie sich darauf ein, eine Menge an NEWS zu lesen; " -"<Return> drücken, um weiter zu blättern, <q> um das " -"Anzeigeprogramm zu beenden. Alle Informationen werden als E-Mail an »root« " -"geschickt, können also (mittels <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> oder " -"<emphasis>mutt</emphasis>) noch einmal gelesen werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Lesen Sie alle Debconf-Informationen sorgfältig durch, wählen Sie »Die " -"momentan installierte Version beibehalten« für die unten gelisteten Fragen " -"(falls nicht anders angegeben); in den meisten Fällen wird das Drücken von " -"»Enter« richtig sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "Services neustarten: »yes« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: »Die momentan installierte Version beibehalten« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: »Y« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "Samba Server: »Die momentan installierte Version beibehalten« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Kerberos servers: »kerberos« eingeben und »OK« drücken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: »N« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: »N« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: »N« wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Konfiguration anpassen und anwenden:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Einrichten und Konfigurieren der Icinga2-Web-Oberfläche:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput> " -"aus, wählen Sie immer <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis>, wenn Sie " -"von Debconf gefragt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput> aus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Installieren Sie das neue Debian-Edu-Homeworld-Design:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # es sei denn, Buster-Artwork sollte als Alternative beibehalten werden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Konfiguration des Xfce-Panels anpassen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Umgang mit dem neuen LTSP und den damit verbundenen Änderungen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # zum Entfernen nicht mehr erforderlicher Modifikationen\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # zum Entfernen des nicht mehr verwendeten tftp-Basisverzeichnisses\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # erste Eingabeaufforderung: »tftp« als System-Account beibehalten,\n" -" # zweite: TFTP-Root-Verzeichnis ändern in »/srv/tftp«,\n" -" # dritte: Addresse und Port beibehalten, letzte: »--secure« als Option eingeben\n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # altes LTSP-Basisverzeichnis löschen\n" -"# Die nächsten Schritte werden einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # falls 64-Bit Thin-Client-Support erwünscht ist\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # falls 32-Bit Thin-Client-Support erwünscht ist\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # um ein Image für Diskless Workstations aus dem Dateisystem des Servers zu erstellen\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # zum Hinzufügen von PXE-Installationsdateien und zugehöriger iPXE-Menüpunkte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Umgang mit der Umstellung auf iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie eine Datei <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> mit folgendem Inhalt:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie dann <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> aus, um die " -"Änderungen anzuwenden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie einige weitere DHCP-Einstellungen im LDAP, z. B. mit einem Editor " -"wie ldapvi. Stellen Sie sicher, dass die DHCP-bezogenen Einträge mit denen " -"übereinstimmen, die in der Datei <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</" -"emphasis> enthalten sind. Die betroffenen Einträge sind:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Umgang mit GOsa-Änderungen - neue gosa.conf verwenden, LDAP-Zugriff " -"reparieren:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # Backup anlegen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # " -"Neue gosa.conf-Datei" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Suchen Sie in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf nach adminPassword und " -"snapshotAdminPassword und ersetzen Sie $GOSAPWD durch das Zufallspasswort, " -"das in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig in den entsprechenden Einträge enthalten ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Führen Sie <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput> aus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput> aus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Umgang mit Änderungen der Kerberos-Verschlüsselungsarten:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput> aus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Umgang mit Samba-Änderungen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie das Samba-Konto des ersten Benutzers durch Ausführen von " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first username></computeroutput>. Sobald " -"schon vorhandene Benutzer ihr Passwort ändern, wird das zugehörige Samba-" -"Konto erstellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Kontrollieren, ob das System nach dem Upgrade funktioniert:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Einen Neustart durchführen; als 'Erstbenutzer' anmelden und testen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "ob die GOsa²-Webseite funktioniert," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "ob sich LTSP-Clients und Arbeitsplatzrechner einbinden lassen," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"ob sich die Mitgliedschaft eines Systems zu einer 'Netgroup' hinzufügen/" -"entfernen lässt," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "ob sich interne E-Mail versenden und empfangen lässt," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "ob sich Drucker verwalten lassen," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "und ob andere standortspezifische Dinge funktionieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Upgrade eines Arbeitsplatzrechners" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie alle grundlegenden Dinge wie auf dem Hauptserver durch - " -"ausgenommen die nicht benötigten Schritte. Falls noch nicht geschehen, " -"konfigurieren Sie den Rechner so, dass er Kerberos zum Einbinden von Home-" -"Verzeichnissen verwendet, siehe das Kapitel <link " -"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Erste Schritte</link> für Details." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Aktualisieren von älteren Debian Edu / Skolelinux-Installationen (vor Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Um von älteren Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren, müssen Sie zuerst auf " -"das auf Buster basierende Debian Edu aktualisieren. Anschließend folgen Sie " -"obiger Anleitung. Das Aktualisieren von Stretch auf Buster wird im <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Handbuch für " -"Debian Edu Buster</ulink> beschrieben; das Stretch-Handbuch beschreibt das " -"Upgrade davor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTos für die <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTos für <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">fortgeschrittene " -"Administration</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTos für <link linkend=\"Desktop\">die graphische Arbeitsumgebung</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerk-Clients</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">Lehren und Lernen</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Users\">Benutzer</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "HowTos für allgemeine Administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Erste Schritte</link> und <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Wartung</link> erklären den Einstieg in den Umgang " -"und die Wartung von Debian Edu. Die HowTos in diesem Kapitel sind Tipps und " -"Tricks für Fortgeschrittene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Änderungen der Konfiguration: /etc/ mit dem Versionskontrollsystem Git " -"verfolgen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Mittels <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> lassen sich alle " -"Änderungen an Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> mit Hilfe " -"von <ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> als System für die " -"Versionskontrolle zurückverfolgen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dies ermöglicht es festzustellen, wann eine Datei hinzugefügt, verändert " -"oder entfernt wurde. Im Falle einer Textdatei lässt sich auch feststellen, " -"was geändert wurde. Das Git-Repository befindet sich in <computeroutput>/" -"etc/.git/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Änderungen werden automatisch stündlich protokolliert; damit ist es möglich, " -"die Entwicklung der Konfiguration zurück zu verfolgen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Um die Entwicklung anzusehen, kann der Befehl <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " -"log</computeroutput> benutzt werden. Um Änderungen zwischen zwei Zeitpunkten " -"einzusehen, kann ein Befehl wie z.B. <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff</" -"computeroutput> verwendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Rufen Sie <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> auf, um weitere " -"Optionen kennenzulernen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Nützliche Befehle sind:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Auf einem neu installierten System alle Änderungen herausfinden, seitdem das " -"System installiert wurde:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Ansehen, welche Dateien gegenwärtig nicht kontrolliert werden und welche " -"nicht auf aktuellem Stand sind:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Um eine Datei manuell einzureichen, weil Sie nicht eine Stunde lang warten " -"wollen, verwenden Sie den folgenden Befehl:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Partitionsgrößen verändern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"Mit Ausnahme der <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>-Partition sind alle " -"Partitionen in Debian Edu auf logischen LVM-Datenträgern. Seit dem Linux-" -"Kernel 2.6.10 ist es möglich, Partitionen zu vergrößern, während sie " -"eingehängt sind. Um Partitionen zu verkleinern, müssen diese weiterhin " -"ausgehängt sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"Es ist eine gute Idee, das Anlegen sehr großer Partitionen (etwa mehr als 20 " -"GiB) zu vermeiden, weil es sehr lange dauert, um darauf " -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> auszuführen oder um sie per Backup " -"wiederherzustellen, wenn das notwendig sein sollte. Falls möglich, ist es " -"besser, statt einer großen mehrere kleine Partitionen zu erstellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Um die Vergrößerung voller Partitionen zu vereinfachen, wird das Skript " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> zur Verfügung " -"gestellt. Es liest die Konfiguration unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" -"edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> und <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> ein und schlägt - basierend auf den in diesen Dateien " -"definierten Regeln - die Vergrößerung zu kleiner Partitionen vor. Ohne " -"Argumente aufgerufen gibt es nur die Befehle aus, die zum Vergrößern der " -"Dateisysteme nötig sind. Wenn die Dateisysteme tatsächlich vergrößert werden " -"sollen, muss das Skript mit dem Argument <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> " -"ausgeführt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Das Skript wird stündlich automatisch auf jedem Client der " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>-»Netgroup« ausgeführt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Größe der vom Squid-Proxy genutzten Partition geändert wird, muss " -"die Zwischenspeicher-Größe in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" -"computeroutput> entsprechend aktualisiert werden. Das Skript " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" -"computeroutput> leistet dies automatisch, indem es die gegenwärtige " -"Partitionsgröße ermittelt und Squid so konfiguriert, dass 80% der aktuellen " -"Partitionsgröße von <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> als " -"Zwischenspeicher-Größe verwendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Verwaltung logischer Datenträger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"»Logical-Volume-Management« (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern, " -"während diese eingehängt sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM " -"finden Sie unter <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM " -"HowTo</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Um einen logischen Datentäger zu vergrößern, müssen Sie einfach dem " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> Befehl die Information mitgeben, " -"auf wie viel Sie die Partition vergrößern wollen. Um beispielsweise die " -"Partition home0 auf 30GiB zu vergrößern, verwenden Sie:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Um home0 um 30GiB zu vergrößern, fügen Sie ein '+' (-L+30G) hinzu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Verwendung von ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"Mit <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> " -"können Einträge in der LDAP-Datenbank mit einem normalen Texteditor von der " -"Befehlszeile aus editiert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Folgender Befehl muss ausgeführt werden:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Bemerkung: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> verwendet den durch die " -"Umgebungsvariable EDITOR als Standard vorgegebenen Editor. Nach Ausführen " -"von beispielsweise <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> wird " -"vim als Editor verwendet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Um ein LDAP-Objekt mittes ldapvi hinzuzufügen, verwenden Sie als Objekt-" -"Nummer die Zeichenfolge <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> vor dem neuen " -"LDAP-Objekt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Achtung: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ist ein sehr mächtiges " -"Werkzeug. Verwenden Sie es vorsichtig und richten Sie kein Durcheinander in " -"der LDAP-Datenbank an; dies gilt auch für JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS mittels Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Die Verwendung von NFS mittels Kerberos für das Einhängen der Home-" -"Verzeichnisse stellt ein Sicherheitsfeature dar. Die Level <emphasis>krb5</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> und <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> werden " -"unterstützt (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> bedeutet Kerberos Authentifizierung, " -"<emphasis>i</emphasis> steht für Integritätsprüfung und <emphasis>p</" -"emphasis> für Privatsphäre, d.h. Verschlüsselung); die Last auf Server und " -"Arbeitsplatzrechner nimmt mit dem Sicherheitslevel zu, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> ist eine gute Wahl und daher die Voreinstellung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Ändern der Voreinstellung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "Als »root« anmelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Den Befehl <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> " -"ausführen, nach <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> suchen und dies durch " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> oder <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis> ersetzen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"Die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> " -"bearbeiten und diese Einträge entsprechend anpassen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "führen Sie <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput> aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standarddrucker (»Standardskriver«)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Tool erlaubt es, den Standarddrucker in Abhängigkeit von Ort, " -"Maschine oder Gruppenzugehörigkeit zu setzen. Weitere Informationen stehen " -"in der Datei <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Die Konfigurationsdatei <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> muss durch den Admin erstellt werden, die Datei " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> kann als Beispiel dienen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, ein LDAP-Editor mit graphischer Benutzeroberfläche" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie für die Bearbeitung von Daten in LDAP einen Editor mit graphischer " -"Benutzeroberfläche bevorzugen, dann probieren Sie den standardmäßig " -"installierten <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> aus. Verwenden Sie " -"diese Einträge, um Schreibzugriff zu bekommen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, ein Werkzeug für die Befehlszeile" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> ist ein kleines " -"Befehlszeilen-Werkzeug, um Benutzerkonten in LDAP anzulegen und deren " -"Kerberos-Passwort zu setzen. Es ist eher für Testzwecke vorgesehen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Verwenden von »stable-updates«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Seit der Veröffentlichung von Squeeze im Jahr 2011 stellt Debian die früher " -"unter volatile.debian.org betreuten Pakete im Repository <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates</ulink> bereit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich, aber nicht notwendig, stable-updates direkt zu verwenden: " -"Stable-Updates werden regelmäßig (etwa alle zwei Monate) anlässlich der " -"Veröffentlichung von Stable-Pointreleases in die Stable-Suite übernommen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Mittels Backports neuere Software installieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Sie benutzen Debian Edu, weil Sie seine Stabilität schätzen. Es läuft sehr " -"gut, es gibt nur ein Problem: Manchmal ist eine Software ein wenig mehr " -"veraltet als Ihnen recht ist. Hier kommt backports.debian.org ins Spiel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus Debian-Testing (meistens) und " -"Debian-Unstable (allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere " -"Sicherheitsaktualisierungen), so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das " -"möglich ist) auf einer stabilen Debian-Distribution wie Debian Edu laufen. " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Es wird empfohlen, nur diejenigen Backports " -"auszuwählen, die Sie benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen.</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Die Nutzung von Backports ist einfach:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Anschießend können Pakete aus Backports einfach installiert werden; der " -"folgende Befehl wird die Backports-Version von <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> " -"installieren:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Backports werden (falls verfügbar) automatisch aktualisiert - genauso wie " -"andere Pakete. So wie das normale Depot hat Backports drei Sektionen: main, " -"contrib und non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Upgrade mit einer CD oder einem vergleichbaren Medium" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie ein Upgrade von einer Version zu einer nächsten (wie z.B. von " -"Bullseye 11.1 auf 11.2) durchführen wollen, aber keine Internetverbindung, " -"nur physikalische Medien haben, dann führen Sie folgende Schritte aus:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie die CD / DVD / Blu-ray Disc ein oder stecken Sie den USB-Stick ein " -"und benutzen Sie den Befehl apt-cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Zitat aus der Handbuchseite von apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom wird benutzt, um eine neue CD-ROM zu APTs Liste der verfügbaren " -"Quellen hinzuzufügen. apt-cdrom kümmert sich um die Feststellung der " -"Struktur des Mediums, sowie um die Korrektur für mehrere mögliche " -"Fehlbrennungen und prüft die Indexdateien." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Es ist notwendig, apt-cdrom zu benutzen, um CDs zum APT-System hinzuzufügen; " -"dies kann nicht manuell erfolgen. Weiterhin muss jedes Medium in einer " -"Zusammenstellung aus mehreren CDs einzeln eingelegt und gescannt werden, um " -"auf mögliche Fehlbrennungen zu testen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Dann sind diese beiden Befehle für das Upgrade auszuführen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Automatisches Aufräumen übrig gebliebener Prozesse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> ist ein Perl-Skript, das " -"Hintergrundprozesse aufräumt. Hintergrundprozesse sind definiert als " -"Prozesse, die zu Nutzern gehören, die zur Zeit nicht am System angemeldet " -"sind. Das Skript wird per Cron-Job einmal in der Stunde ausgeführt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Automatische Installation von Sicherheitsaktualisierungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> ist ein Debian-Paket, " -"das automatisch Sicherheitsaktualisierungen (und andere Aktualisierungen) " -"installieren kann. Falls installiert, ist das Paket so vorkonfiguriert, dass " -"Sicherheitsaktualisierungen erfolgen. Die Log-Dateien gibt es in " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; außerdem " -"gibt es immer <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> und " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Automatisches Herunterfahren von Rechnern während der Nacht" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Um Energie und Geld zu sparen, können Rechner nachts abgeschaltet und " -"morgens automatisch wieder gestartet werden. Der im Paket " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> enthaltene Cronjob " -"versucht von 16 Uhr an, zu jeder vollen Stunde betroffene Rechner herunter " -"zu fahren, falls keine Benutzer mehr daran arbeiten. Es wird ausserdem " -"versucht, dem BIOS des Rechners mitzuteilen, den Rechner am Morgen gegen 7 " -"Uhr wieder zu starten. Der Hauptserver versucht ebenfalls, die Maschinen ab " -"06:30 Uhr mittels Wake-on-LAN hochzufahren. Die Zeiten können in der Crontab " -"der jeweiligen Maschine konfiguriert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Falls Sie das vorhaben, sollten folgende Punkte beachtet werden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Die Client-Rechner sollen nicht ausgeschaltet werden, wenn sie noch von " -"jemandem benutzt werden. Dies wird durch Überprüfen der Ausgabe des Befehls " -"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> sichergestellt. Bei LTSP-Terminals wird " -"geprüft, ob der SSH-Befehl von X2Go zur Verbindung mit dem Server noch läuft." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Um das Herausspringen von Sicherungen zu vermeiden, sollte sichergestellt " -"sein, dass nicht alle Client-Rechner gleichzeitig eingeschaltet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt zwei Methoden, Client-Rechner aufzuwecken. Eine Methode nutzt eine " -"BIOS-Eigenschaft und setzt eine korrekt arbeitende Hardware-Uhr voraus sowie " -"eine Hauptplatine und eine BIOS-Version, die von <computeroutput>nvram-" -"wakeup</computeroutput> unterstützt wird. Die andere verlangt die " -"Unterstützung von Wake-On-Lan auf allen Client-Rechnern sowie einen Server, " -"der weiß, wie alle Clients aufzuwecken sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Das Herunterfahren in der Nacht einrichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie auf Rechnern, die über Nacht abgeschaltet werden sollen, die Datei " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> " -"mit Hilfe von »touch« an - oder fügen Sie die entsprechenden Rechnernamen " -"(wie in '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' angegeben) der " -"»Netgroup« »shutdown-at-night-hosts« hinzu. Das Hinzufügen der Rechner zur " -"»Netgroup« in LDAP kann mit der <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput>Webschnittstelle erfolgen. Für diese Rechner muss ggf. im " -"BIOS die Wake-On-Lan-Funktion (WOL) aktiviert werden. Außerdem muss " -"sichergestellt werden, dass alle Router und Switches auch dann WOL-Pakete " -"weiterleiten, wenn die angesprochenen Rechner ausgeschaltet sind. Von " -"einigen Switches ist bekannt, dass sie keine WOL-Pakete weiterleiten, wenn " -"die Empfängeradresse nicht in deren ARP-Tabelle vorhanden ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Um Wake-On-Lan auf dem Server einzuschalten, tragen Sie die Client-Rechner " -"in die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput> " -"ein: Eine Zeile pro Client, zuerst die IP-Adresse, danach die MAC-Adresse " -"(bzw. Ethernet-Adresse), durch Leerzeichen voneinander getrennt. Alternativ " -"können Sie ein Skript <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> schreiben, das eine solche Liste erstellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen Sie ein Beispiel <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput>, das mit sitesummary genutzt werden kann:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die »Netgroup« benutzt wird, um shutdown-at-night auf den Clients zu " -"aktivieren, ist dieses Skript eine Alternative; es nutzt das Netgroup-" -"Werkzeug aus dem Paket <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Zugriff auf Debian-Edu-Server von außen (durch die Firewall)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Um Maschinen, die hinter einer Firewall liegen, vom Internet aus erreichen " -"zu können, könnten Sie das Paket <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput> " -"installieren. Dies erlaubt das Einrichten eines SSH-Tunnels zu einer " -"Maschine im Internet, zu der Sie Zugang haben. Von dieser Maschine aus " -"können Sie dann über den SSH-Tunnel den Server hinter der Firewall erreichen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Dienste auf separaten Rechnern zur Entlastung des Hauptservers installieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Bei der Standardinstallation laufen alle Dienste auf dem Hauptserver " -"(tjener). Um auf einfache Weise einige Dienste auf eine andere Maschine zu " -"verlagern, gibt es das Installationsprofil <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>. " -"Eine Installation unter Verwendung dieses Profils führt zu einer Maschine, " -"die zum Debian-Edu-Netzwerk gehört, auf der aber (noch) keine Dienste laufen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Diese Schritte sind erforderlich, um eine Maschine für einige Dienste " -"aufzusetzen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"Installieren Sie das Profil <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> mit der Boot-Option " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "Installieren Sie die Pakete für den gewünschten Dienst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie den Dienst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "Deaktivieren Sie den Dienst auf dem Hauptserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "Aktualisieren Sie (via LDAP/GOsa²) den DNS-Dienst auf dem Hauptserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "HowTo für fortgeschrittene Administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Kapitel werden fortgeschrittene Administrationsaufgaben " -"beschrieben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Angepasste Benutzerverwaltung mit GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Anlegen von Benutzerkonten in Jahrgangsgruppen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Beispiel sollen Benutzerkonten in Jahrgangsgruppen angelegt " -"werden, mit Home-Verzeichnissen in einem jeweiligen Gruppenverzeichnis " -"(home0/2024, home0/2026 etc.). Die Konten sollen mittels CSV-Import angelegt " -"werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">(als Root auf dem Hauptserver)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Legen Sie das gewünschte Gruppenverzeichnis an" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">(als Erstbenutzer in GOsa²)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Abteilung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Hauptmenü »Verzeichnistruktur«. Klicken Sie auf die Abteilung " -"»Students«. Im Basis-Feld sollte »/Students« angezeigt werden. Wählen Sie " -"aus der »Aktionen«-Box »Anlegen/Abteilung«. Geben Sie Werte in die Felder " -"»Name der Abteilung« (2024) und »Beschreibung« (Abschluss 2024) ein, lassen " -"Sie das Basis-Feld unverändert (es sollte »/Students« zeigen). Klicken Sie " -"zum Speichern auf »OK«. Die neue Abteilung (2024) sollte nun unterhalb von »/" -"Students« angezeigt werden. Klicken Sie darauf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Gruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie aus dem Hauptmenü »Gruppen«; dann »Aktionen/Anlegen/Gruppe«. " -"Geben Sie den Gruppennamen ein (lassen Sie »Basis« unverändert, es sollte " -"dort »/Students/2024« stehen) und klicken Sie »OK«, um zu speichern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Vorlage" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie aus dem Hauptmenü »Benutzer«. Wechseln Sie im Basis-Feld zu »/" -"Students«. Es sollte dort ein Eintrag <computeroutput>NewStudent</" -"computeroutput> vorhanden sein: klicken Sie darauf. Dies ist die Vorlage " -"»NewStudents«, kein normaler Benutzer. Für den CSV-Import in Ihre " -"Verzeichnisstruktur müssen Sie eine neue Vorlage anlegen, die auf dieser " -"basiert. Notieren Sie sich deshalb alle Einträge in den Feldern der Reiter " -"»Allgemein« und »POSIX«; eventuell Screenshots erstellen, um Informationen " -"für die neue Vorlage verfügbar zu haben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Wechseln Sie nun im Basis-Feld zu »/Students/2024«; wählen Sie »Anlegen/" -"Vorlage« und beginnen Sie mit dem Eintragen der von Ihnen gewünschen Werte, " -"zuerst unter dem Reiter »Allgemein«, dann »POSIX«-Einstellungen hinzufügen " -"(unter »POSIX« zusätzlich die neu erstellte Gruppe »2024« unter " -"»Gruppenmitgliedschaft« hinzufügen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Benutzerdaten importieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie beim CSV-Import die neue Vorlage aus; ein Test mit einigen " -"Benutzern ist zu empfehlen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Andere Anpassungen für Benutzer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Ordner in den Home-Verzeichnissen aller Nutzer erstellen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Mit diesem Skript kann der Administrator einen Ordner im Home-Verzeichnis " -"eines jeden Nutzers erstellen und Zugriffsrechte sowie den Besitzer " -"einstellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"Im Beispiel unten mit group=teachers (die Gruppe Lehrer) und " -"permissions=2770 (die Zugriffsrechte des Ordners für die gemeinsame Ablage) " -"kann ein Nutzer eine Arbeit abgeben, indem er die Datei im Ordner »Arbeiten« " -"speichert. In diesem Ordner besitzen Lehrer (genauer: alle Nutzer in der " -"Gruppe teachers) Schreibrechte, um beispielsweise Kommentare hinzuzufügen." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"Arbeiten\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" # Richtige Gruppe und richtigen Benutzer setzen\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir Verzeichnisse wurden angelegt\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Einen speziellen Dateiserver benutzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie diese Schritte aus, um einen eigenen Dateiserver für das " -"Speichern von Benutzerverzeichnissen - und möglicherweise auch anderen Daten " -"- einzurichten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie GOsa², um ein neues System vom Typ <computeroutput>server</" -"computeroutput> einzurichten - wie im Kapitel<emphasis role=\"strong\">Erste " -"Schritte</emphasis> dieses Handbuchs beschrieben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"In diesem Beispiel wird 'nas-server.intern' als Servername verwendet. Sobald " -"'nas-server.intern' konfiguriert ist, sollte kontrolliert werden, ob die NFS-" -"Exporte des neuen Dateiservers für die relevanten Subnetze bzw. Rechner zur " -"Verfügung stehen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Hier wird allem auf dem »backbone«-Netzwerk Zugang zum Export »/storage« " -"gewährt. (Um den NFS-Zugang einzuschränken, könnte dies auf die " -"Zugehörigkeit zu einer »netgroup« oder auf einzelne IP-Adressen beschränkt " -"werden - ähnlich, wie dies in der Datei »tjener:/etc/exports« geschieht." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"»automount«-Information für 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP hinzufügen, um allen " -"Clients auf Anforderung das automatische Einhängen zu erlauben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Dies kann nicht mittels GOsa² erfolgen, da dort ein Modul für »automount« " -"fehlt. Verwenden Sie stattdessen »ldapvi« und fügen Sie die erforderlichen " -"LDAP-Objekte mittels Editor hinzu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Sobald der Editor bereit ist, fügen Sie die folgenden LDAP-Objekte am Ende " -"des Dokuments hinzu. (Der Bestandteil \"/&\" im letzten LDAP-Objekt ist " -"ein Platzhalter für alle 'nas-server.intern'-Exporte; damit entfällt das " -"Auflisten individueller Einhängepunkte in LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Hinzufügen relevanter Einträge in der Datei »tjener.intern:/etc/fstab«, da " -"»tjener.intern« zum Vermeiden von Endlosschleifen beim Einhängen kein " -"»automount« verwendet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie die Einhängeverzeichnisse mittels <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput> an, editieren Sie '/etc/fstab' entsprechend und führen Sie " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> aus, um die neuen Ressourcen " -"einzuhängen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Die Benutzer sollten nun Zugang zu den Dateien des Dateiservers 'nas-server." -"intern' haben, wenn Sie mit einer Anwendung auf das Verzeichnis '/tjener/nas-" -"server/storage/' zugreifen - sei es von einer Workstation, einem LTSP-Thin-" -"Client oder einem LTSP-Server aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Den SSH-Zugang beschränken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt mehrere Wege, den SSH-Zugang zu beschränken; einige sind hier " -"aufgeführt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Setup ohne LTSP-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Falls keine LTSP-Clients verwendet werden, besteht eine einfache Lösung " -"darin, eine neue Gruppe (wie z.B. <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) " -"anzulegen und auf dem Rechner in der Datei /etc/ssh/sshd_config eine Zeile " -"zu ergänzen. Dann könnten sich nur Mitglieder der Gruppe " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> mittels ssh auf der Maschine von " -"überall her anmelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Dieser Fall kann mit GOsa² ziemlich einfach erledigt werden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie auf dem Basis-Level eine Gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput> an; dort sind schon einige für das Systemmanagement wichtige " -"Gruppen wie <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> vorhanden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie der neuen Gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> " -"Benutzer hinzu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Ergänzen Sie den Inhalt der Datei /etc/ssh/sshd_config um die Zeile " -"<computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "<computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput> ausführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Setup mit LTSP-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"Die standardmäßige LTSP-Diskless-Client-Einrichtung verwendet keine SSH-" -"Verbindungen. Es genügt, das SquashFS-Image auf dem entsprechenden LTSP-" -"Server zu aktualisieren, nachdem die SSH-Einrichtung geändert wurde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"X2Go-Thin-Clients verwenden SSH-Verbindungen zum entsprechenden LTSP-" -"Server. Es ist also ein anderer Ansatz mit PAM erforderlich." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" -"Auf dem LTSP-Server pam_access.so in der Datei /etc/pam.d/sshd aktivieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"In der Datei /etc/security/access.conf den Zugang für die " -"(Beispiel-)Benutzer alice, jane, bob and john von überall her sowie für " -"alle anderen Benutzer nur aus den internen Netzwerken ermöglichen durch " -"Einfügen dieser Zeilen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Das Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/8 könnte aus der Liste entfernt und damit der interne " -"SSH-Zugang verhindert werden, falls dedizierte LTSP-Server Verwendung " -"finden. Hinweis: Jemand, der seinen Rechner mit einem der dedizierten LTSP-" -"Client-Netzwerke verbindet, hat dann auch ssh-Zugang zu dem jeweiligen LTSP-" -"Server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Ein Hinweis für kompliziertere Setups" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Wenn X2Go-Clients an das Backbone-Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/8 angeschlossen würden, " -"wären die Dinge noch komplizierter und vielleicht würde nur ein " -"ausgeklügeltes DHCP-Setup (in LDAP), das den Vendor-Class-Identifier prüft, " -"zusammen mit einer entsprechenden PAM-Konfiguration es ermöglichen, den " -"internen SSH-Zugang zu deaktivieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "HowTos für die graphische Arbeitsumgebung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Eine mehrsprachige Arbeitsumgebung einrichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Um mehrere Sprachen zu unterstützen, müssen diese Schritte erfolgen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Als Benutzer »root« <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</" -"computeroutput> ausführen und die Sprachen wählen (UTF-8-Varianten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie dies als »root« aus, um die entsprechenden Pakete zu installieren:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Benutzern wird es dann möglich sein, die Sprache vor dem Anmelden über den " -"LightDM-Displaymanager zu wählen; dies trifft für Xfce, LXDE und LXQt zu. " -"GNOME und auch KDE haben eigene Einstellmöglichkeiten für Region und " -"Sprache; diese sollten benutzt werden. MATE verwendet (zusätzlich zu " -"LightDM) den Arctica-Greeter, der kein Sprachwahlmodul hat. Nach dem " -"Ausführen von <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> ist " -"der normale LightDM-Greeter vorhanden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "DVDs abspielen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Um die meisten kommerziellen DVDs abzuspielen, benötigen Sie das Paket " -"libdvdcss. Dies ist aus rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. " -"Wenn Sie libdvdcss legal verwenden dürfen, können Sie eigene lokale Pakete " -"mittels <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> selbst bauen; dazu muss " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput> aktiviert sein." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Beantworten Sie die Debconf-Fragen und führen Sie dann <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> aus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Schreibschrift-Zeichensätze" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (das voreingestellt " -"installiert wird) installiert den Zeichensatz \"Abecedario\", ein schöner " -"Schreibschrift-Zeichensatz für Kinder. Der Zeichensatz beinhaltet " -"verschiedene, für Kinder geeignete Formen: gepunktet oder liniert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "HowTos für Netzwerk-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "" -"Einführung in Thin Clients (auch als Terminals bezeichnet) und Diskless " -"Workstations (Arbeitsplatzrechner ohne Festplatte)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Eine allgemeine Bezeichnung für sowohl Thin Clients wie auch «Diskless-" -"Workstations« ist <emphasis>LTSP-Client</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"Beginnend mit Bullseye unterscheidet sich LTSP deutlich von den vorherigen " -"Versionen. Dies betrifft sowohl die Einrichtung als auch die Wartung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Ein Hauptunterschied besteht darin, dass das SquashFS-Image für Diskless -" -"Workstations nun standardmäßig aus dem LTSP-Server-Dateisystem erzeugt wird. " -"Dies geschieht auf einem Kombi-Server beim ersten Start und nimmt einige " -"Zeit in Anspruch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Thin Clients sind nicht mehr Teil von LTSP. Debian Edu verwendet X2Go, um " -"die Verwendung von Thin Clients weiterhin zu unterstützen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle eines separaten oder zusätzlichen LTSP-Servers sind die " -"erforderlichen Informationen zur Einrichtung der LTSP-Client-Umgebung zum " -"Zeitpunkt der Installation nicht vollständig. Die Einrichtung kann erfolgen, " -"nachdem das System mit GOsa² hinzugefügt wurde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Informationen über LTSP im Allgemeinen finden Sie auf der <ulink " -"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP-Homepage</ulink>. Auf Systemen mit " -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>-Profil liefert <computeroutput>man ltsp</" -"computeroutput> weitere Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten Sie, dass das zu LTSP gehörende Werkzeug <emphasis>ltsp</" -"emphasis> mit Vorsicht verwendet werden muss. Zum Beispiel würde " -"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> das SquashFS-Image bei Debian-" -"Rechnern nicht erzeugen (diese haben standardmäßig eine separate /boot-" -"Partition), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> würde das iPXE-Menü " -"nicht korrekt erzeugen (aufgrund der Thin-Client-Unterstützung von Debian " -"Edu), und <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> würde den Start des " -"LTSP-Clients komplett durcheinander bringen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> Werkzeug " -"ist ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> und <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Es wird verwendet, um Unterstützung für Diskless " -"Workstations und Thin Clients einzurichten und zu konfigurieren (sowohl 64-" -"Bit- als auch 32-Bit-PC). Siehe <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"computeroutput> oder den Inhalt des Skripts, um zu sehen, wie es " -"funktioniert. Die gesamte Konfiguration ist im Skript selbst enthalten (HERE-" -"Dokumente), um standortspezifische Anpassungen zu erleichtern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Beispiele, wie Sie das Wrapper-Skript <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis> verwenden können:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> aktualisiert das SquashFS-Image für Diskless Workstations " -"(vom Server-Dateisystem)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> erstellt Unterstützung für Diskless " -"Workstations und 64-Bit Thin Clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> erstellt zusätzliche 32-Bit-Thin-Client-Unterstützung " -"(Chroot und SquashFS-Image)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Neben <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (kleinstes Thin-Client-System) stehen auch " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> und <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> als Optionen " -"zur Verfügung. Der <emphasis>Display</emphasis>-Typ bietet eine Schaltfläche " -"zum Herunterfahren, der <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis>-Typ führt Firefox ESR " -"im Kiosk-Modus auf dem Client selbst aus (mehr lokaler RAM und CPU-Leistung " -"erforderlich, aber weniger Serverlast)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " -"ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Es stellt " -"sicher, dass die Datei /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe für Debian Edu passend ist. " -"Der Befehl muss ausgeführt werden, nachdem iPXE-Menü-Einträge (wie Menü-" -"Timeout oder Standard-Boot-Einstellungen) in der /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[server] Sektion geändert wurden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " -"ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Es " -"sorgt dafür, dass eine anwendungsspezifische Initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp." -"img) erzeugt und dann in das anwendungsspezifische Verzeichnis verschoben " -"wird. Der Befehl muss ausgeführt werden, nachdem der Abschnitt /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf [clients] geändert wurde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " -"ein Ersatz für das <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> Werkzeug, das zu LTSP5 " -"gehörte. Es wird verwendet, um Befehle in einem bestimmten LTSP-Chroot " -"auszuführen (wie z.B. Installieren, Upgrade und Entfernen von Paketen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless Workstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Bei einer Diskless Workstation laufen alle Anwendungen lokal. Die Maschine " -"bootet ohne lokale Festplatte direkt vom LTSP-Server. Die Software wird auf " -"dem LTSP-Server administriert und gewartet, läuft aber auf der Diskless " -"Workstation. Ebenso werden Home-Verzeichnisse und Systemeinstellungen auf " -"dem Server gespeichert. Diskless Workstations sind eine hervorragende " -"Möglichkeit zur Wiederverwendung älterer (aber leistungsfähiger) Hardware " -"mit den gleichen geringen Wartungskosten wie bei Thin Clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Im Unterschied zu Arbeitsplatzrechnern benötigen LTSP Diskless Workstations " -"keine Konfiguration in GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin Client</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Ein Thin-Client-Setup ermöglicht es, einen gewöhnlichen PC als (X-)Terminal " -"zu verwenden, wobei die gesamte Software auf dem LTSP-Server läuft. Das " -"bedeutet, dass dieser Rechner über PXE gebootet wird, ohne eine lokale " -"Client-Festplatte zu verwenden, und dass der LTSP-Server ein " -"leistungsstarker Rechner sein muss." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu unterstützt nach wie vor die Verwendung von Thin Clients, um die " -"Nutzung von sehr alter Hardware zu ermöglichen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Da Thin Clients X2Go verwenden, sollten Benutzer das Compositing " -"deaktivieren, um Anzeigeartefakte zu vermeiden. Im Standardfall (Xfce-" -"Desktop-Umgebung): Einstellungen -> Feineinstellungen der " -"Fensterverwaltung -> Komposit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware der LTSP-Clients</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"Der Start von LTSP-Clients wird scheitern, falls für die " -"Netzwerkschnittstelle des Clients Firmware aus »non-free« erforderlich ist. " -"Eine PXE-Installation könnte zur Fehlersuche bei Problemen mit solchen " -"Maschinen verwendet werden: Falls der Debian-Installer wegen fehlender XXX." -"bin-Dateien abbricht, dann ist es notwendig, die Initrd des LTSP-Servers mit " -"Firmware aus »non-free« zu ergänzen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Gehen Sie auf dem LTSP-Server wie folgt vor:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Rufen Sie zunächst Informationen über Firmware-Pakete ab:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Entscheiden Sie, welches Paket für die Netzwerkschnittstelle(n) installiert " -"werden muss, höchstwahrscheinlich wird dies firmware-linux sein, führen Sie " -"dann aus::" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Aktualisieren Sie das SquashFS-Image für Diskless-Workstations, führen Sie " -"aus:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" -"Falls X2Go Thin Clients verwendet werden, führen Sie diesen Befehl aus:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "und verfahren Sie entsprechend den Nutzungsinformationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Aktualisieren Sie dann das SquashFS-Image; führen Sie z.B. für den /srv/ltsp/" -"x2go-bare-amd64 Chroot aus:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Typ des LTSP-Clients auswählen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Jeder LTSP-Server hat zwei Ethernet-Schnittstellen. Eine ist für das Subnetz " -"10.0.0.0/8 (in dem auch der Hauptserver liegt) konfiguriert. Die andere ist " -"mit einem lokalen Subnetz verbunden. (Jeder LTSP-Server versorgt ein eigenes " -"Subnetz.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"In beiden Fällen kann <emphasis>Diskless Workstation</emphasis> oder " -"<emphasis>Thin Client</emphasis> aus dem iPXE-Menü gewählt werden. Nach " -"einer Wartezeit von 5 Sekunden bootet das Gerät als Diskless Workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"Das Standard-Boot-Menüelement und sein Standard-Timeout-Wert können beide in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput> konfiguriert werden. " -"Ein Timeout-Wert von <emphasis>-1</emphasis> wird verwendet, um das Menü " -"nicht anzuzeigen. Führen Sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" -"computeroutput> aus, damit alle Änderungen wirksam werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Ein anderes LTSP-Client-Netzwerk verwenden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 ist das vorgegebene LTSP-Client-Netzwerk, wenn für die " -"Installation einer Maschine das Profil »LTSP-Server« gewählt wird. Falls " -"sehr viele LTSP-Clients betrieben werden oder wenn i386- und amd64-Chroot-" -"Umgebungen von verschiedenen LTSP-Servern zur Verfügung gestellt werden " -"sollen, dann kann auch das zweite vorkonfigurierte Netzwerk 192.168.1.0/24 " -"verwendet werden. Öffnen Sie die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/network/" -"interfaces</computeroutput> und passen Sie die Einstellungen für »eth1« " -"entsprechend an. Verwenden Sie <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> oder " -"einen anderen LDAP-Editor, um die DNS- und DHCP-Konfiguration einzusehen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "LTSP-Chroot für 32-Bit-PC-Rechner einrichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Um Chroot und SquashFS-Image zu erstellen, führen Sie aus:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Siehe <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> für " -"Details über Thin Client-Typen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration von LTSP-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie den Befehl <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> aus, um " -"eine Übersicht über verfügbare Optionen zu bekommen. Auch online verfügbar: " -"<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie Konfigurationseinträge zum Abschnitt /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] " -"hinzu. Damit die Änderungen wirksam werden, führen Sie diesen Befehl aus:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Sound auf LTSP-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"LTSP Thin Clients benutzen vernetztes Audio zur Tonweiterleitung vom Server " -"zu den Clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP Diskless Workstations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Zugriff auf USB-Laufwerke und CD-ROMs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Benutzer ein USB-Gerät oder eine DVD / CD-ROM an eine Diskless " -"Workstation anschließen, erscheint ein entsprechendes Symbol auf dem Desktop " -"und ermöglicht den Zugriff auf den Inhalt wie auf einer Workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Benutzer ein USB-Gerät an einen X2Go-Thin-Client des Typs bare " -"(standardmäßige Kombiserver-Installation) anschließen, wird das Medium " -"aktiviert, sobald ein Doppelklick auf das vorhandene Ordnersymbol auf dem " -"Xfce-Desktop erfolgt. Je nach Medieninhalt kann es einige Zeit dauern, bis " -"der Inhalt im Dateimanager angezeigt wird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Warnhinweis zu Wechseldatenträgern auf LTSP-Servern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Wenn USB-Geräte und andere Wechseldatenträger in einen LTSP-Server " -"eingesteckt werden, wird das entsprechende Ordnersymbol auf den LTSP-Thin-" -"Client-Desktops angezeigt. Remote-Benutzer können auf die Dateien zugreifen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "An LTSP-Clients angeschlossene Drucker verwenden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Schließen Sie den Drucker an den LTSP-Client-Rechner an (USB- und Parallel-" -"Port möglich)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie den LTSP-Client mit GOsa² für die Verwendung einer festen " -"IP-Adresse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Richten Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> auf dem Hauptserver ein; wählen Sie den " -"Netzwerkdrucker-Typ <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"(für alle Drucker gültig, egal welche Marke oder welches Modell) und geben " -"Sie <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP-Client-IP>:9100</computeroutput> " -"als Verbindungs-URI ein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Ändern des PXE-Setups" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE steht für Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu verwendet jetzt die " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>-Implementierung, um die " -"LTSP-Integration zu vereinfachen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Konfiguration des PXE-Menüs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"Der iPXE-Menüpunkt zu Systeminstallationen wird mit dem Skript " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> erzeugt. Es erlaubt, " -"dass einige Einstellungen mit in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> enthaltenen Ersatzwerten überschrieben " -"werden können." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Konfiguration der PXE-Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"Die PXE-Installation wird Sprache, Tastaturlayout und weitere Einstellungen " -"vom Hauptserver übernehmen. Alles andere (Profil, Popcon-Teilnahme, " -"Partitionierung und Root-Passwort) wird während der Installation abgefragt. " -"Um diese Fragen zu vermeiden, kann die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> so modifiziert werden, dass sie " -"vorgegebene Antworten für debconf-Werte bereithält. Einige Beispiele für " -"vorhandene debconf-Werte sind schon kommentiert in <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> vorhanden. Ihre " -"Änderungen werden allerdings verloren gehen, sobald <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> benutzt wird, um die PXE-" -"Installationsumgebung neu zu erzeugen. Um debconf-Werte bei Erzeugung der " -"Umgebung mit <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " -"einzufügen, kann die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat.local</computeroutput> mit den zusätzlichen debconf-Werten " -"hinzugefügt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen einer PXE-Installation befinden sich im " -"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Ein eigenes Depot für die PXE-Installation hinzufügen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Um ein eigenes Depot hinzuzufügen, wird <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> beispielsweise um die " -"folgenden Zeilen ergänzt:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"# Ein lokales Depot hinzufügen\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.com/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.com/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"und dann einmal <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> ausführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen ändern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"Das Paket debian-edu-config enthält ein Werkzeug, mit dessen Hilfe das " -"Netzwerk von 10.0.0.0/8 in ein anderes geändert werden kann. Sehen Sie sich " -"dazu <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</" -"computeroutput> an. Dieses Skript sollte unmittelbar nach der Installation " -"des Hauptservers ausgeführt werden, um LDAP und andere Dateien zu " -"aktualisieren, die für den Wechsel des Subnetzes bearbeitet werden müssen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten Sie, dass der Wechsel zu einem der bereits von Debian-Edu " -"benutzten Subnetze nicht funktionieren wird. 192.168.0.0/24 und " -"192.168.1.0/24 sind bereits als LTSP-Client-Netzwerke eingerichtet. Ein " -"Wechsel zu diesem Subnetz erfordert manuelles Bearbeiten der Konfiguration " -"zur Beseitigung von Doppeleinträgen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt keinen einfachen Weg, um den DNS-Domain-Namen zu ändern. Dazu wären " -"sowohl an der LDAP-Struktur wie auch an mehreren Dateien auf dem Hauptserver " -"Änderungen erforderlich. Es gibt auch keinen einfachen Weg, um den Host- und " -"DNS-Namen des Hauptservers (tjener.intern) zu ändern. Dazu wären ebenfalls " -"Änderungen in LDAP sowie an Dateien auf dem Hauptserver und auf allen " -"Clients notwendig. In beiden Fällen wären zusätzlich Änderungen an der " -"Konfiguration von Kerberos notwendig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Remote Desktop (Entfernte Arbeitsfläche)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Bei Verwendung des Profils »LTSP-Server« und bei Kombiservern werden jeweils " -"auch die Pakete <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> und <emphasis>x2goserver</" -"emphasis> installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp verwendet das Remote Desktop Protocol, um für entfernte Clients eine " -"graphische Anmeldung zur Verfügung zu stellen. Benutzer von Microsoft " -"Windows können sich mit einem LTSP-Server (auf dem xrdp läuft) verbinden, " -"ohne zusätzliche Software installieren zu müssen - sie starten einfach eine " -"Remote-Desktop-Verbindung auf ihrer Windows-Maschine und melden sich an." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Zusätzlich kann xrdp die Verbindung zu einem VNC-Server oder einem anderen " -"RDP-Server herstellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp bietet nach der Installation keine Sound-Unterstützung; das folgende " -"Skript könnte zum Kompilieren der erforderlichen Module verwendet werden." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Mit X2Go ist es möglich, von einem Rechner mit Linux, Windows oder macOS aus " -"über eine schmal-oder breitbandige Verbindung eine graphische Arbeitsfläche " -"auf dem LTSP-Server zu nutzen. Auf dem Client-PC muss zusätzliche Software " -"installiert werden, weiterführende Informationen gibt es im " -"(englischsprachigen) <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:" -"installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten: Das Paket <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> sollte am " -"besten deinstalliert werden, wenn X2Go auf dem LTSP-Server benutzt wird, " -"siehe Bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Verfügbare Remote-Desktop-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> wird voreingestellt " -"installiert; es unterstützt RDP und VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - der einfachste Weg, um auf einen Windows-Terminal-Server zuzugreifen. " -"Eine Alternative auf der Clientseite ist das Paket <computeroutput>rdesktop</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Ein VNC-Client (Virtual Network Computer) ermöglicht entfernten Zugang zu " -"Skolelinux. Eine Alternative auf der Clientseite ist das Paket " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> ist ein graphischer Client für " -"das X2Go-System (nicht standardmäßig installiert). Sie können diesen " -"benutzen, um sich mit laufenden Sitzungen zu verbinden oder neue Sitzungen " -"zu starten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "WLAN-Clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"Der <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis>-Server könnte verwendet werden, um " -"sichere Netzwerkverbindungen bereitzustellen. Damit dies funktioniert, " -"installieren Sie die Pakete <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> und " -"<emphasis>winbind</emphasis> auf dem Hauptserver und führen <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> " -"aus, um eine grundlegende, standortspezifische Konfiguration zu erzeugen. " -"Auf diese Weise werden sowohl die Methoden EAP-TTLS/PAP als auch PEAP-" -"MSCHAPV2 bereit gestellt. Die gesamte Konfiguration ist im Skript selbst " -"enthalten, um standortspezifische Anpassungen zu erleichtern. Siehe <ulink " -"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">die freeRADIUS-Homepage</ulink> für Details." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Zusätzliche Konfiguration ist erforderlich, um" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"Zugangspunkte (APs) über ein <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> zu " -"aktivieren/zu deaktivieren (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"den WLAN-Zugriff über LDAP-Gruppen zu erlauben/zu verweigern (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"Zugangspunkte in dedizierten Gruppen zusammenzufassen (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Endbenutzergeräte müssen richtig konfiguriert werden, diese Geräte müssen " -"für die Verwendung von EAP-(802.1x)-Methoden PIN-geschützt sein. Und das " -"Wichtigste: Die Benutzer müssen geschult werden, das freeradius CA-" -"Zertifikat auf ihren Geräten zu installieren, um sicher zu sein, dass sie " -"sich mit dem richtigen Server verbinden. Auf diese Weise kann das Passwort " -"im Falle eines bösartigen Servers nicht abgefangen werden. Das " -"standortspezifische Zertifikat ist im internen Netzwerk verfügbar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (für Endanwendergeräte " -"unter Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Konfiguration von Endgeräten aufgrund der " -"Gerätevielfalt eine echte Herausforderung sein wird. Für Windows-Geräte " -"könnte ein Installer-Skript erstellt werden, für Apple-Geräte eine " -"mobileconfig-Datei. In beiden Fällen kann das freeRADIUS-CA-Zertifikat " -"integriert werden, allerdings werden betriebssystemspezifische Tools zur " -"Erstellung dieser Skripte benötigt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Windows-Rechner mit Debian-Edu-Zugangsdaten unter Verwendung des pGina-LDAP-" -"Plugins autorisieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Hinzufügen eines pGina-Benutzers in Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Um pGina (oder eine andere Autorisierungsservice-Anwendung eines " -"Drittanbieters) nutzen zu können, sollten Sie über ein spezielles " -"Benutzerkonto verfügen, das für die Suche innerhalb von LDAP verwendet wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie einen speziellen Benutzer, z.B. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> mit Passwort <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, mittels <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> hinzu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Den pGina-Fork installieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Laden Sie pGina 3.9.9.12 herunter und installieren Sie die Software wie " -"gewohnt. Achten Sie darauf, dass das LDAP-Plugin im pGina-Plugin-Ordner " -"vorhanden ist:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Programme\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dl" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "pGina konfigurieren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"In Anbetracht der Debian-Edu-Einstellungen erfolgt die Verbindiung mit LDAP " -"mit SSL und Port 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" -"Die notwendigen Einstellungen in einem pGina-LDAP-Plugin sind wie unten " -"angeben vorzunehmen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(sie werden unter HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7 gespeichert)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "LDAP-Plugin-Einstellungsseite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> [10.0.3.3] (oder " -"jeder andere mit »Leerzeichen« als Trennzeichen)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (für SSL-Verbindung)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Timeout: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ja</emphasis> (Kontrollkästchen anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> (Kontrollkästchen nicht " -"anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> " -"(Kontrollkästchen nicht anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(»pguser« ist ein Benutzer, der in LDAP authentifiziert wird, um Benutzer in " -"einer Anmeldesitzung zu suchen)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Search Password: pwd.777 (dies ist das Passwort von »pguser«)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Authentication block" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Bind Tab:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> " -"(Kontrollkästchen nicht anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ja</emphasis> (Kontrollkästchen " -"anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Authorization block" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ja</emphasis> " -"(Kontrollkästchen anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> " -"(Kontrollkästchen nicht anklicken, optional)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Plugin Selection" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (nur zwei Kontrollkästchen " -"anklicken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Plugin Order" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Quellen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba ist jetzt als <emphasis>Standalone-Server</emphasis> mit moderner SMB2/" -"SMB3-Unterstützung und aktivierten Usershares konfiguriert, siehe " -"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> auf dem " -"Hauptserver. Auf diese Weise werden unprivilegierte Benutzer in die Lage " -"versetzt, Freigaben bereitzustellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Da Samba das unsichere SMB1-Protokoll zurückgezogen hat, ist die Option " -"entfallen, Samba als PDC im NT4-Stil einzurichten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Für standortspezifische Änderungen kopieren Sie /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"smb.conf.edu-site in das Verzeichnis /etc/samba. Die Einstellungen in " -"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> setzen die in <emphasis>smb-debian-" -"edu.conf</emphasis> enthaltenen Einstellungen außer Kraft." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig sind die Home-Verzeichnisse schreibgeschützt. Dies kann in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> geändert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Samba-Passwörter werden mittels <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"gespeichert und bei einer Passwortänderung unter Verwendung von GOsa² " -"aktualisiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Um das Samba-Konto eines Benutzers vorübergehend zu deaktivieren, führen Sie " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput> aus, " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> schaltet es " -"wieder ein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> auf dem Hauptserver ausführen, werden usershares für " -"»students« deaktiviert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Zugriff auf Dateien via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Verbindungen zum Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers und zu zusätzlichen " -"standortspezifischen Freigaben (falls konfiguriert) sind für Geräte mit " -"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS oder Windows möglich. Andere " -"Geräte wie Android-basierte benötigen einen Dateimanager mit SMB2/SMB3-" -"Unterstützung, auch bekannt als LAN-Zugriff. <ulink url=\"https://play." -"google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=de_US&" -"gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> oder <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android." -"htm\">Total Commander mit LAN-Plugin</ulink> könnten eine gute Wahl sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<Benutzername></" -"computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<Benutzername></" -"computeroutput>, um auf das Home-Verzeichnis zuzugreifen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Alle auf dieser Seite erwähnten Debian-Pakete können mittels " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (als Root) " -"installiert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Programmierung unterrichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> ist ein Metapaket, das " -"viele Programmierungs-Werkzeuge installiert. Bitte beachten: Die " -"Installation erfordert fast 2 GiB an zusätzlichem Plattenplatz. Weitere " -"Informationen (um möglicherweise nur einige Pakete zu installieren) stehen " -"auf der englischsprachigen Seite <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/" -"tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> zur Verfügung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Schüler/-innen beobachten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Achtung</emphasis>: Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihnen " -"die Rechtslage bezüglich der Überwachung und Einschränkung der Aktivitäten " -"von Computerbenutzern klar ist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Einige Schule benutzen Überwachungswerkzeuge wie <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> oder <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" -"ulink>, um ihre Schüler zu kontrollieren. Siehe auch die: <ulink " -"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> und die <ulink " -"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink> (beide englischsprachig)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Den Netzwerkzugang von Schülern beschränken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Einige Schulen verwenden <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> oder <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink>, um den Zugang zum Internet " -"einzuschränken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "HowTos für Anwender" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Passwörter verändern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Benutzer sollten ihr Passwort mit GOsa² ändern. Dies geht einfach über den " -"Aufruf von <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput> mittels " -"Browser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Die Verwendung von GOsa² zur Änderung des Passworts stellt sicher, dass die " -"Passwörter von Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) und Samba " -"identisch sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Das Ändern von Passwörtern mittels PAM funktioniert auch während der " -"Anmeldung via GDM; allerdings wird so nur das Kerberos-Passwort, aber weder " -"das Passwort für Samba, noch dasjenige für GOsa² (LDAP) aktualisiert. Wenn " -"Sie also Ihr Passwort an der Eingabeaufforderung geändert haben, sollten Sie " -"dies sofort ebenfalls mit GOsa² durchführen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Java-Anwendungen ausführen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Java-Anwendungen werden durch die OpenJDK-Java-Laufzeitumgebung " -"voreingestellt unterstützt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Verwendung von E-Mail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Alle Nutzer können im internen Netzwerk E-Mails senden und empfangen; " -"Zertifikate werden bereitgestellt, um per TLS abgesicherte Verbindungen " -"verwenden zu können. Um E-Mail auch außerhalb des internen Netzwerks zu " -"ermöglichen, muss der Administrator den Mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</" -"computeroutput> den lokalen Gegebenheiten entsprechend anpassen. Das " -"Ausführen von <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput> " -"ist dazu ein erster Schritt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Jeder Benutzer, der Thunderbird verwenden will, muss die Konfiguration wie " -"folgt vornehmen (für einen Benutzer mit dem Benutzernamen jdoe lautet die " -"interne E-Mail-Adresse jdoe@postoffice.intern)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird starten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" -"Die Schaltfläche 'Überspringen und meine existierende E-Mail-Adresse " -"verwenden' klicken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Die E-Mail-Adresse eingeben" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"Das Passwort nicht eingeben, da Single-Sign-On mittels Kerberos verwendet " -"wird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Auf 'Weiter' klicken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Für IMAP und SMTP sollten die Einstellungen jeweils 'STARTTLS' und 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI sein'; anpassen, falls dies nicht automatisch erkannt wird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Auf 'Fertig' klicken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Arbeiten Sie mit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Vor Ort mitarbeiten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Zur Zeit gibt es regionale Teams in Norwegen, Deutschland, in der Region " -"Extremadura in Spanien, in Taiwan und Frankreich. Zudem gibt es einzelne " -"Mitarbeiter und Benutzer in Griechenland, den Niederlanden, Japan und " -"anderswo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"Das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Support\">Unterstützung</link> erklärt und " -"verlinkt regionale Ressourcen, da <emphasis>Mithilfe</emphasis> und " -"<emphasis>Unterstützung</emphasis> zwei Seiten derselben Medaille sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Weltweit mitgestalten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt verschiedene internationale <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Teams/\">Teams</ulink>, die an unterschiedlichen Themen arbeiten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Die <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">Entwicklermailingliste</ulink> ist meistens das " -"Hauptkommunikationsmittel. Zudem finden monatliche Treffen im IRC in #debian-" -"edu auf irc.debian.org und - weniger regelmäßig - auch persönliche Treffen " -"im realen Leben statt. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"NewContributor\">Neue Mitarbeiter</ulink> sollten <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/> lesen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Eine gute Möglichkeit, die Entwicklung von Debian Edu zu verfolgen, besteht " -"darin, die (englischsprachige) <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/" -"cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink> zu " -"abonnieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Fehler berichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu verwendet das Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/" -"\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Sie können bestehende Fehlerberichte " -"und Funktionsanforderungen ansehen oder neue erstellen. Bitte melden Sie " -"alle Fehler gegen das Paket <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-" -"edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die " -"(englischsprachige) Seite <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> für weitere Informationen " -"über das Melden von Fehlern in Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Dokument benötigt Ihre Hilfe! Zuallererst, es ist noch nicht " -"komplett: Beim Lesen werden Sie verschiedentliche FIXMEs in einem Text " -"bemerken. Bitte überlegen Sie, ob Sie Ihre Kenntnisse nicht mit uns teilen " -"wollen, wenn Sie (etwas) über die Thematik des betroffenen Sachverhalts " -"wissen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Die Quellen dieses Textes sind in einem Wiki gespeichert und können mit " -"einem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/\"/> gehen; " -"dort können Sie Ihren Beitrag leisten. Bitte beachten: Ein Benutzerkonto ist " -"notwendig, um Seiten bearbeiten zu können. Dieses können Sie unter <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> " -"einrichten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Ein anderer Weg um mitzuwirken und anderen Benutzern zu helfen, ist Software " -"und Dokumentation zu übersetzen. Übersetzungshinweise zu diesem Dokument " -"findet gibt es im Kapitel <link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungen</" -"link> dieses Handbuchs. Bitte helfen Sie beim Übersetzen!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Unterstützung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Unterstützung auf Freiwilligenbasis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "auf Englisch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - Unterstützungs-" -"Mailingliste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu auf irc.debian.org - IRC-Kanal, hauptsächlich " -"entwicklungsbezogen. Erwarten Sie keine sofortige Hilfe, auch wenn dies " -"manchmal vorkommt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "auf Norwegisch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC-Kanal zur Unterstützung norwegischer " -"Benutzer/-innen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "auf Deutsch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - Unterstützungs-" -"Mailingliste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - offizielle deutsche Vertretung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC-Kanal zur Unterstützung deutscher " -"Benutzer/-innen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "auf Französisch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - Unterstützungs-" -"Mailingliste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Professionelle Unterstützung" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Listen von Firmen, die professionelle Unterstützung anbieten, finden Sie " -"unter <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/" -">" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Neuerungen in Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Neuigkeiten für Debian Edu 11, Codename Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Installationsbezogene Änderungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Bullseye, siehe " -"dessen <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem Standard für " -"Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"Der Debian-Installer unterstützt die LTSP-Chroot-Einrichtung nicht mehr. Im " -"Falle einer Kombiserver-Installation (Profile »Hauptserver« und »LTSP-" -"Server« ) erfolgt die Einrichtung der Thin-Client-Unterstützung (jetzt unter " -"Verwendung von X2Go) am Ende der Installation. Das Erzeugen des SquashFS-" -"Images für die Diskless-Client-Unterstützung (aus dem Dateisystem des " -"Servers) erfolgt beim ersten Start." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"Bei separaten LTSP-Servern müssen beide Schritte über ein Tool nach dem " -"ersten Booten innerhalb des internen Netzwerks durchgeführt werden, weil " -"erst dann genügend Informationen vom Hauptserver verfügbar sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Aktualisierte Software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Alles, was in Debian 11 Bullseye neu ist, z. B.:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Arbeitsumgebungen KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Lehrprogramme GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Musikprogramm Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Bullseye enthält mehr als 59.000 installierbare Pakete." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Information zu Debian 11 Bullseye sind in den <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweisen</" -"ulink> und in der <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">Debian-Installationsanleitung</ulink> zu finden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Aktualisierungen von Dokumentation und Übersetzungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation ist die Profilauswahlseite in 29 Sprachen " -"verfügbar, von denen 22 vollständig übersetzt sind." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Handbuch</ulink> ist vollständig übersetzt " -"in Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, Japanisch, Norwegisch " -"Bokmål, Portugiesisch (Portugal) und Vereinfachtes Chinesisch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Teilweise übersetzte Versionen gibt es für Dänisch und Spanisch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Andere Änderungen im Vergleich zum vorhergehenden Release" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Verbesserte Unterstützung für TLS/SSL innerhalb des internen Netzwerks. Auf " -"allen Rechnern ist das Debian Edu Root-CA-Zertifikat im systemweiten " -"Zertifikatspaket enthalten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Neues LTSP, von Grund auf neu geschrieben, ohne Unterstützung für Thin " -"Clients. Thin Clients werden jetzt mittels X2Go unterstützt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"Netboot wird unter Verwendung von iPXE anstelle von PXELINUX bereitgestellt, " -"um mit LTSP konform zu sein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Das Verzeichnis <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> wird jetzt als Netboot-Basis " -"anstelle von <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis> verwendet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"DuckDuckGo wird als Standardsuchanbieter sowohl für Firefox ESR als auch für " -"Chromium verwendet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Chromium verwendet die interne Website anstelle von Google als " -"Standardstartseite." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Auf Diskless Workstations ist das Kerberos-TGT nach der Anmeldung " -"automatisch verfügbar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Ein neues Tool zum Einrichten von freeRADIUS mit Unterstützung der beiden " -"Methoden EAP-TTLS/PAP und PEAP-MSCHAPV2 wurde hinzugefügt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"Samba ist als »Standalone-Server« mit Unterstützung für SMB2/SMB3 " -"konfiguriert; es ist nicht mehr möglich, einer Domäne beizutreten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Die GOsa²-Web-Oberfläche zeigt keine Samba-bezogenen Einträge mehr an, da " -"die Samba-Kontodaten nicht mehr in LDAP gespeichert werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"Der grafische Modus des Debian-Installers wird nun für PXE-Installationen " -"verwendet (anstelle des Textmodus)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"Zentraler CUPS-Druckserver ipp.intern; Benutzer, die zur Gruppe »printer-" -"admins« gehören, dürfen CUPS administrieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"Die Icinga-Administration über die Weboberfläche ist auf den Erstbenutzer " -"beschränkt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Bekannte Probleme" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"siehe <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">die " -"Debian Edu Bullseye Statusseite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Copyright und Autoren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Dieses Dokument wurde u. a. von folgenden Personen verfasst: Holger Levsen " -"(2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " -"2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " -"(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " -"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " -"(2015) und Serhii Horichenko (2022). Es ist unter der GPL2 oder einer " -"späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Inhalte hinzufügen wollen: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Bitte nur, " -"wenn Sie auch dessen Autor sind und beabsichtigen, es unter den gleichen " -"Bedingungen zu lizenzieren!</emphasis> Dann fügen Sie hier Ihren Namen hinzu " -"und lizenzieren Sie die Inhalte unter der GPL v2 oder einer späteren Version." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Das Debian Edu Bullseye Handbuch ist vollständig übersetzt in " -"Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, Japanisch, Norwegisch " -"Bokmål, Portugiesisch (Portugal) und Vereinfachtes Chinesisch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Auf Weblate wird an Übersetzungen ins Polnische, Rumänische, Schwedische und " -"Traditionelle Chinesisch gearbeitet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Es gibt eine <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">Online-Übersicht der bereitgestellten Übersetzungen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Unter Verwendung von PO-Dateien übersetzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Wie bei vielen anderen Software-Projekten werden Übersetzungen dieses " -"Dokuments mit PO-Dateien organisiert. Mehr Information über den Prozess " -"finden Sie in <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" -"buster-manual-translations</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Online mittels Web-Browser übersetzen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Einige Übersetzungsteams haben sich dazu entschlossen mittels Weblate zu " -"übersetzen. Weitere Informationen gibt es unter <ulink url=\"https://hosted." -"weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Bitte melden Sie Fehler." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU General Public Licence" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > und andere; die vollständige " -"Liste der Copyright-Inhaber gibt es im <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright-" -"Kapitel</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Anhang B - für Debian Edu Bullseye gibt noch keine Live-CDs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "Debian Edu Live-CD/DVDs für Bullseye gibt es zur Zeit nicht." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Eigenschaften des Profils »Einzelplatzrechner«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "XFCE-Desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Alle Pakete des Profils »Einzelplatzrechner«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Alle Pakete der »Laptop-Task«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Eigenschaften des Profils »Arbeitsplatzrechner«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Alle Pakete des Profils »Arbeitsplatzrechner«" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Aktivieren von Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Um eine spezielle Übersetzung zu aktivieren, booten Sie mit " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> als Boot-Option, wobei " -"ll_CC für den Locale-Namen steht. Um ein Tastaturlayout zu aktivieren " -"benutzen Sie die <computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput>-Option. Dabei ist " -"KB das gewünschte Layout. Es folgt eine Liste von oft genutzten Länder-Codes:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Sprache (Region)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Lokale-Wert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tastaturbelegung (layout)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norwegisch Bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norwegisch Nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Deutsch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japanisch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Eine vollständige Liste von Länder-Codes ist unter <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput> zu finden, von den Live-Images werden " -"bisher nur UTF-8 Lokalisierungen unterstützt. Jedoch sind nicht für alle " -"auch Übersetzungen installiert. Die Namen der verschiedenen Tastaturlayouts " -"können in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/ gefunden werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Gut zu wissen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" -"Das Passwort für den Benutzer ist »user«, für root wurde kein Passwort " -"gesetzt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Anhang C - Neuerungen in alten Veröffentlichungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Neuerungen in Debian Edu 10+edu0, Codename Buster veröffentlicht am " -"06.07.2019" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Erstmalig sind Debian Edu Installation-Images auf <ulink url=\"https://" -"cdimage.debian.org\"/> verfügbar; es sind also offizielle Debian Images." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Buster, siehe " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">Debian-" -"Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, dem " -"vorgegebenen Theme für Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Neue Standard-Arbeitsumgebung Xfce (ersetzt KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Neues CFEngine-Konfigurations-Management (das nicht länger betreute Paket " -"cfengine2 wurde durch cfengine3 ersetzt); es handelt sich um eine größere " -"Änderung, siehe Einzelheiten in der (englischsprachigen) <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">offiziellen CFEngine Dokumentation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" -"Die Architektur des LTSP-Chroots stimmt nun standardmäßig mit derjenigen des " -"Servers überein." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Alles, was in Debian 10 Buster neu ist, z. B.:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux-Kernel in der Version 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Graphische Arbeitsumgebungen KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce " -"4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Die Webbrowser Firefox 60.7 ESR und Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Lehrprogramme GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Musikprogramm Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Buster enthält mehr als 57000 Pakete, die zur Installation zur " -"Verfügung stehen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Information zu Debian 10 Buster sind in den <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweisen</ulink> " -"und in der <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">Debian-Installationsanleitung</ulink> zu finden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Aktualisierte Übersetzungen für die Einträge im Installationsprogramm. Diese " -"liegen nun für 76 Sprachen vor; 31 Übersetzungen sind vollständig. Die " -"Profilauswahlseite ist in 29 Sprachen übersetzt; 19 Übersetzungen sind " -"vollständig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Vollständige Übersetzungen des Benutzerhandbuchs für Debian Edu Buster gibt " -"es für Französich, Deutsch, Italienisch, Dänisch, Niederländisch, Norwegisch " -"Bokmål und Japanisch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Teilweise übersetzte Versionen gibt es für Polnisch, Spanisch, Vereinfachtes " -"Chinesisch und Traditionelles Chinesisch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" -"Das BD-ISO-Image kann wieder für Offline-Installationen verwendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Neue, auf Schulstufen bezogene Meta-Pakete <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> " -"stehen zur Verfügung. Keines davon ist standardmäßig installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Einige eher für Vorschulen oder Grundschulen geeignete Pakete (wie " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> oder <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) werden " -"nicht mehr standardmäßig installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Ortsspezifische Installation. Es ist nun möglich, nur die ausdrücklich " -"gewünschten Pakete mit Lernprogrammen zu installieren. Weitere Informationen " -"dazu gibt es im Kapitel <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ortsspezifische Unterstützung für mehrere Sprachen. Mehr Informationen dazu " -"im <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink>-" -"Kapitel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"LXQt 0.14 wird als neue Auswahlmöglichkeit für die Arbeitsumgebung angeboten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Neues GOsa²-Modul <emphasis>Password-Management</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "Nicht nutzbare Optionen wurden von der GOsa²-Weboberfläche entfernt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Neue »Netgroup« verfügbar, um zur »Netgroup« <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-" -"hosts</emphasis> gehörende Rechner vom morgendlichen Einschalten " -"auszuschließen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Neues Tool Standardskriver (Standarddrucker). Siehe das Kapitel <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> für weitere " -"Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Neues Tool Desktop-autoloader. Es ermöglicht, die Performance von Diskless " -"Clients (LTSP) zu verbessern. Mehr Informationen stehen im <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink>-Kapitel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Verbesserte Unterstützung für TLS/SSL innerhalb des internen Netzwerks. Ein " -"RootCA-Zertifikat wird verwendet, um Server-Zertifikate zu signieren, es " -"wird zudem beim Einrichten von Benutzerkonten als akzeptiertes Zertifikat " -"integriert; neben Firefox ESR können nun auch Chromium und Konqueror HTTPS " -"verwenden, ohne dass ein unsicheres Zertifikat akzeptiert werden muss." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos-Unterstützung für <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. Für Verbindungen " -"innerhalb des internen Netzwerks ist kein Passwort mehr erforderlich; der " -"Benutzer »root« muss vorher <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> " -"ausführen, damit dies funtioniert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS mittels Kerberos. Eine erhöhte Sicherheit beim Zugriff auf das Home-" -"Verzeichnis ist nun möglich, siehe das Kapitel <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> für weitere " -"Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Die Konfigurationsdatei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> (mit Beispielen) wurde hinzugefügt, um ortsspezifische " -"Anpassungen zu erleichtern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Die Konfigurationsdatei <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> (mit Beispielen) wurde hinzugefügt, um ortsspezifische " -"Anpassungen zu erleichtern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Neues Tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. Es ermöglicht die erneute Erstellung der LDAP-" -"Datenbank (Zustand wie unmittelbar nach der Installation eines " -"Hauptservers). Dieses Tool könnte auch ortsspezifische Änderungen " -"erleichtern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Da <emphasis>X2Go-Server</emphasis> nun in Debian verfügbar ist, werden die " -"entsprechenden Pakete auf allen Systemen mit dem Profil <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis> installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Die Unterstützung für Java-Applets im Firefox-ESR-Browser wurde eingestellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"Der Firefox-ESR-Browser hat die Unterstützung für das unfreie Flash-Plugin " -"eingestellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Wie vor Stretch installiert Debian 10 das Paket <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> nicht automatisch; weitere Informationen über " -"Sicherheitsaktualisierungen enthält das Kapitel <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink>. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Neuerungen in Debian Edu 9+edu0, Codename Stretch veröffentlicht am " -"17.06.2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Stretch, siehe " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">Debian-" -"Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "Das Profil »Thin-Client-Server« wurde umbenannt in »LTSP-Server«." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">Theme »soft Waves«</ulink>, dem " -"vorgegebenen Theme für Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Alles, was in Debian 9 Stretch neu war, z. B.:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux-Kernel in der Version 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Graphische Arbeitsumgebungen KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce " -"4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace wird als Standard installiert; sehen Sie im Handbuch " -"nach, um eine der anderen zu installieren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Die Webbrowser Firefox 45.9 ESR und Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel wurde wieder umbenannt in Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove wurde wieder umbenannt in Thunderbird und wird nun standardmäßig " -"installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Lehrprogramme GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Musikprogramm Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Stretch enthält mehr als 50.000 installierbare Pakete." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Information zu Debian 9 Stretch sind in den <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> und in der " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">Debian-" -"Installationsanleitung</ulink> zu finden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Aktualisierte Übersetzungen für die Einträge im Installationsprogramm. Diese " -"liegen nun für 29 Sprachen vor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Das Benutzerhandbuch für Debian Edu »Stretch« wurde vollständig ins " -"Deutsche, Französische, Italienische, Dänische, Niederländische, in " -"Norwegisch Bokmål und ins Japanische übersetzt. Die japanische Übersetzung " -"wurde für Stretch neu hinzugefügt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Teilweise übersetzte Versionen gibt es für Spanisch, Polnisch und " -"Vereinfachtes Chinesisch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga ersetzt Nagios als Monitoring-Tool." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle ersetzt ksnapshot als Screenshot-Tool." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Der freie Flash-Player »gnash« steht wieder zur Verfügung." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth ist installiert und standardmäßig auch aktiviert (mit Ausnahme der " -"Profile »Hauptserver« und »Minimal«; durch Drücken von ESC werden die " -"Meldungen beim Starten und Herunterfahren sichtbar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Nach einem Upgrade von Jessie muss die LDAP-Datenbank (auf dem Hauptserver) " -"angepasst werden. Mittels GOsa² oder einem LDAP-Editor muss der Wert " -"»tjener« von »sudoHost« durch »tjener.intern« ersetzt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"Die Unterstützung für 32-Bit-PCs (auch bekannt als Debian-Architektur i386) " -"umfasst nicht mehr einfache i586-Prozessoren. Die neue Ausgangsbasis ist nun " -"i686, obwohl noch einige i586-Prozessoren (wie z. B. der »AMD Geode«) " -"weiterhin unterstützt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"In Debian 9 werden bei Neuinstallationen unbeaufsichtigte Aktualisierungen " -"(unattended upgrades) standardmäßig aktiviert (für Sicherheits-Updates). " -"Dies könnte zu einer Verzögerung von bis zu 15 Minuten führen, wenn ein " -"System schon nach kurzer Laufzeit abgeschaltet wird." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP benutzt nun NBD anstelle von NFS für das Root-Dateisystem. Nach jeder " -"noch so kleinen Änderung innerhalb des LTSP-Chroots muss das betreffende NBD-" -"Image mittels <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> neu " -"generiert werden, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Das gleichzeitige Anmelden desselben Nutzers auf einem LTSP-Server und einem " -"LTSP-Thin-Client ist nicht mehr erlaubt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Historische Informationen zu älteren Veröffentlichungen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Die folgenden Debian-Edu-Releases gab es davor:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" -"Neuerungen in Debian Edu 8+edu0, Codename Jessie veröffentlicht am " -"02.07.2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" -"Neuerungen in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, Codename Wheezy, freigegeben am " -"28.09.2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, Codename »Squeeze«, freigegeben am 03.03.2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, Codename »Squeeze«, freigegeben am 11.03.2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 »Lenny«, freigegeben am 05.10.2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 »Lenny«, freigegeben am 08.02.2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Ddian Edu »3.0r1-Terra«, freigegeben am 05.12.2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\", freigegeben am 22.7.2007. Basierend auf " -"Debian-4.0 »Etch«, freigegeben am 08.04.2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, freigegeben am14.3. 2006. Basierend auf Debian-3.1, Codename " -"»Sarge«, freigegeben am 06.06.2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\", freigegeben am 20.6.2004. Basierend auf Debian-3.0 " -"»Woody«, freigegeben am 19.07.2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Eine vollständige und detaillierte Übersicht älterer Releases gibt es im " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Anhang C des Jessie-Handbuchs</ulink>; Sie finden die " -"betreffenden Release-Handbücher auch auf der <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">Dokumentations-Übersichtsseite</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "Main section" -#~ msgstr "LDAP-Plugin-Hauptseite" - -#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" -#~ "emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis> (also die " -#~ "Kontrollkästchen anklicken)</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<link linkend=\"GettingStarted--User_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">User " -#~ "Management with GOsa²</link>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Benutzerverwaltung mit GOsa²</link>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Benutzer ein USB-Laufwerk an einen X2Go-Thin-Client anschließen oder " -#~ "dort eine DVD/CD-ROM in ein Laufwerk einlegen, dann wird der Datenträger " -#~ "automatisch eingebunden und steht im entsprechenden Ordner auf dem Xfce-" -#~ "Desktop zum Zugriff bereit." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn ein entfernter Nutzer das Popup-Fenster entsprechend quittiert oder " -#~ "in der Konsole pmount verwendet, kann er sogar das Gerät einhängen und " -#~ "hat Zugriff auf die Dateien." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Um anstelle der Vorgabe eine Arbeitsumgebung Ihrer Wahl zu installieren, " -#~ "drücken Sie TAB und ändern dann die Kernel-Boot-Optionen (wie oben " -#~ "beschrieben)." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Fecha de publicación; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Traducción:</emphasis> -2007 José L. Redrejo Rodríguez -2009-2012, 2015 Rafael Rivas -2010, 2012-2013 Norman Garcia -2021 Adolfo Jayme Barrientos -2021-2023 Eulalio Barbero Espinosa -2022 Javier Serrador -2023-2024 Francisco Javier Carro Orgeira -2024 Rafael Fontenelle - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.es.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9750 +0,0 @@ -# translation of release-manual.pot to Spanish -# release-manual for debian edu -# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others -# Source URL: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/ -# Copyright (C) 2007 José L. Redrejo Rodríguez <jredrejo@edu.juntaextremadura.net>, 2007. -# <>, 2009, 2010. -# <>, 2010. -# Rafael Ernesto Rivas <tato@debian.org.sv>, 2010, 2011, 2012. -# Norman Garcia Aguilar <norman@riseup.net>, 2012, 2013. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-16 17:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gallegonovato <fran-carro@hotmail.es>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/es/>\n" -"Language: es\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8 bits\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "es" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manual de Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Fecha de publicación:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu 11 nombre del código Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logotipo del instalador de Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Este es el manual de la versión 11 Bullseye de Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"La versión en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> es una wiki que se actualiza con frecuencia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Las <link linkend=\"Translations\">Traducciones</link>son parte del paquete " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> que se pueden instalar en un " -"servidor web, y que están disponibles <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian." -"net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">en línea</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Sobre Debian Edu y Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu, también conocido como Skolelinux, es una distribución Linux " -"basada en Debian que brinda un entorno listo para implantar en una red " -"escolar. Fue pensada para funcionar en un entorno de tipo cliente-servidor. " -"Los servidores y los clientes son <emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> " -"que interactúan entre sí. Los servidores brindan la información que " -"requieren los clientes para funcionar. Cuando se instala un servidor en una " -"máquina y su cliente en otra, ambas se conocen como el servidor y el " -"cliente, por extensión del concepto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Los capítulos sobre <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de hardware y " -"red</link> y sobre la <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> " -"contienen detalles básicos del entorno." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Tras la instalación de un servidor principal, se configuran todos los " -"servicios necesarios para una red escolar y el sistema está listo para " -"utilizarse. Sólo es necesario añadir usuarios y máquinas a través de GOsa², " -"una cómoda Web-UI o cualquier otro editor LDAP. También se ha preparado un " -"entorno de arranque en red mediante PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\"" -">iPXE</ulink>, de modo que, tras la instalación inicial del servidor " -"principal desde un CD, un disco Blu-ray o una unidad flash USB, todos los " -"demás equipos se pueden instalar a través de la red, lo que incluye las " -"\"estaciones de trabajo itinerantes\" (las que pueden sacarse de la red de " -"la escuela, normalmente portátiles o netbooks). Además, las máquinas pueden " -"arrancar mediante PXE/iPXE como estaciones de trabajo sin disco o clientes " -"ligeros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Se han incluído múltiples aplicaciones educativas como GeoGebra, Kalzium, " -"KGeography, GNU Solfege y Scratch, en el escritorio predeterminado, que se " -"puede ampliar fácilmente casi de forma ilimitada, vía el universo Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Un poco de historia, y el porqué de dos nombres" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"es una distribución de Linux, hecha por el proyecto Debian Edu. Como " -"distribución <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> es un subproyecto oficial de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Lo que esto significa, es que Skolelinux es una versión de Debian que " -"proporciona un ambiente \"fuera de lo normal\" de una red escolar " -"completamente configurada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"El proyecto Skolelinux fue fundado en Noruega el 2 de julio de 2001, y casi " -"a la vez Raphaël Hertzog iniciaba el proyecto Debian Edu en Francia. Desde " -"el 2003, ambos proyectos trabajan unidos, aunque se mantienen ambos nombres. " -"«Skole» y (Debian-)«Educativo» son dos términos bien conocidos en estas " -"regiones." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Actualmente, el sistema se utiliza en muchos países por todo el mundo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arquitectura" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección del documento describe la arquitectura de red y los servicios " -"proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "La topología de red de Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"La figura es un esquema propuesto de la topología de red. La configuración " -"predeterminada de Skolelinux asume que hay un (y sólo uno) servidor " -"principal, y permite incluir tanto servidores LTSP (con clientes ligeros y/o " -"estaciones sin disco asociados) como estaciones de trabajo. El número de " -"estaciones de trabajo puede ser tan grande o pequeño como se quiera (desde " -"ninguno a muchísimos). Lo mismo para los servidores LTSP, cada uno de los " -"cuales está en una red separada, de forma que el tráfico entre los clientes " -"ligeros y el servidor LTSP no afecte al resto de los servicios de red. LTSP " -"se explica en detalle en el capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">el " -"HowTo relacionado</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"La razón por la que sólo puede haber un servidor principal en cada red es " -"que el servidor principal proporciona DHCP, y sólo puede haber una máquina " -"haciendo eso en cada red. Es posible trasladar servicios del servidor " -"principal a otras máquinas configurando el servicio en otra máquina, y " -"posteriormente, actualizando la configuración de DNS para que apunte al " -"alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Para simplificar la configuración estándar de Skolelinux, la conexión a " -"Internet se ejecuta sobre un router separado, también llamado puerta de " -"entrada. Ver el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"" -">Internet router</link> para tener más información sobre cómo configurar una " -"puerta de entrada si no es posible configurar una existente según sea " -"necesario." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "La configuración de red predeterminada" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP en el servidor principal da servicio a la red 10.0.0.0/8, " -"proporcionando un menú de arranque PXE en el que puedes elegir si instalar " -"un nuevo servidor/estación de trabajo, arrancar un cliente ligero o una " -"estación de trabajo sin disco, ejecutar memtest o arrancar desde el disco " -"duro local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Esto está diseñado para modificarse; para más detalles ver el capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">el HowTo relacionado</link> ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP en los servidores LTSP sólo sirve para una red dedicada en la segunda " -"interfaz (192.168.0.0/24 y 192.168.1.0/24 son opciones preconfiguradas) y " -"rara vez debería ser necesario cambiarlo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "La configuración de todas las subredes se almacena en LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Una red Skolelinux necesita un servidor principal (también llamado \"tjener\"" -" que significa \"servidor\" en Noruego) que por defecto tenga la dirección " -"IP 10.0.2.2 y se instale seleccionando el perfil Servidor Principal. Es " -"posible (pero no requerido) seleccionar e instalar también los perfiles de " -"servidor LTSP y estación de trabajo en el perfil del servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"A excepción del control de los clientes ligeros, todos los servicios se " -"configuran inicialmente en un ordenador central (el servidor principal). Por " -"razones de rendimiento, los servidores LTSP deben estar separados (aunque es " -"posible instalar los perfiles del Servidor Principal y del Servidor LTSP en " -"la misma máquina). Todos los servicios tienen asignado un nombre DNS " -"dedicado y se ofrecen exclusivamente a través de IPv4. El nombre DNS " -"asignado facilita mover servicios individuales del servidor principal a una " -"máquina diferente, simplemente deteniendo el servicio en el servidor " -"principal, y cambiando la configuración DNS para que apunte a la nueva " -"ubicación del servicio (que, por supuesto, primero se debe configurar en esa " -"máquina)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Para garantizar la seguridad, siempre que se transmitan contraseñas por la " -"red, se hace en canal encriptado. Por tanto, no se envía ninguna contraseña " -"en texto plano." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Abajo se encuentra una lista de los servicios que se tienen por defecto en " -"una red Skolelinux, con el nombre del DNS en cada servicio. Si es posible, " -"todos los archivos de configuración se referirán al servicio por su nombre (" -"sin el nombre del dominio), haciendo más fácil para las escuelas el cambio " -"de dominio (si se tiene un dominio DNS) o la dirección IP que utilizan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabla de servicios</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descripción de servicios</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nombre común</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nombre de servicio DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Registros centralizados" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "Ryslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "Syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Sistema de Nombre de Dominio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "dominio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configuración automática de equipos en red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "Bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronización de reloj" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "Ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Directorios de usuarios vía sistema de archivos de red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "inicio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Correo Electrónico" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "oficina de correos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Servicio de Directorio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "Protocolo ligero de acceso a directorios (ldap)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administración de usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Servidor Web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Copia de seguridad Central" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Caché Web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "caché web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Impresión" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Inicio de sesión remoto seguro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración Automática" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Servidor/es LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Vigilancia de máquinas y servicios con notificación de errores, además de " -"estado e historial en la web. Notificación de errores por correo electrónico" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga y Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "Resumen del sitio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Cada usuario almacena sus archivos personales en su directorio home que está " -"disponible en el servidor. Los directorios Home son accesibles desde todas " -"las máquinas, dando a los usuarios acceso independientemente del puesto que " -"estén usando. El servidor opera sin importar el sistema operativo, " -"ofreciendo acceso vía NFS para clientes Unix y vía SMB2/SMB3 para otros " -"clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, el correo está configurado para envío local (dentro de la " -"escuela), aunque se puede configurar el envío a todo Internet si la escuela " -"tiene una conexión a Internet fija. Los clientes están configurados para " -"enviar correo al servidor (usando 'smarthost'), y los usuarios pueden <link " -"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">acceder a su correo personal</link> mediante " -"IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Todos los servicios usan el mismo nombre de usuario y contraseña, gracias a " -"la base de datos centralizada para autenticación y autorización de usuarios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Para incrementar el rendimiento al acceder frecuentente a los mismos sitios " -"de internet hay un proxy que cachea localmente los archivos (Squid). Junto " -"al bloqueo de tráfico web en el router este también permite el control de " -"acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de red en los clientes se hace automáticamente con DHCP. " -"Los clientes normales reciben direcciones IP en el rango privado 10.0.0.0/8, " -"y los clientes LTSP se conectan a su servidor LTSP mediante la subred " -"separada 192.168.0.0/24 (esto asegura que el tráfico de los clientes LTSP no " -"interfiera con el resto de los servicios de red)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"El registro de sucesos está centralizado, de forma que todas las " -"computadoras envían sus mensajes al servidor. El servicio syslog está " -"configurado para aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, el servidor de DNS está configurado con un dominio para uso " -"interno (*.intern), contra un servidor de DNS real (\"externo\") que puede " -"configurarse. El servidor de DNS actua como un caché de DNS, de forma que " -"todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Los alumnos y profesores pueden publicar sitios web. El servidor web " -"proporciona mecanismos para autenticar los usuarios, y para limitar el " -"acceso a páginas individuales y subdirectorios a ciertos usuarios y grupos. " -"Los usuarios pueden crear páginas web dinámicas, ya que el servidor web " -"puede ejecutar programas del lado del servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"La información sobre los ordenadores y los usuarios se puede cambiar en una " -"ubicación central y es accesible a todos los ordenadores de la red " -"automáticamente. Para conseguirlo, hay un servidor de directorio " -"centralizado. El directorio tendrá información sobre los usuarios, grupos, " -"máquinas y grupos de máquinas. Para evitar confusión entre los usuarios no " -"habrá ninguna diferencia entre los grupos de archivos y grupos de red. Esto " -"implica que los grupos de máquinas que van a estar en grupos de red, usarán " -"el mismo namespace como grupos de usuarios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"La administración de los usuarios y servicios se hace mediante web, y sigue " -"estándares establecidos. Son funcionales en los navegadores que incluye " -"Skolelinux. Es posible delegar algunas tareas a usuarios o grupos de " -"usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar algunos problemas con NFS, y hacer más simple la depuración de " -"errores, es necesario sincronizar los relojes de todas las máquinas. Para " -"lograr esto, el servidor Skolelinux tiene configurado un servidor NTP, y " -"todas las estaciones y clientes se configuran para sincronizar sus relojes " -"con el servidor. El servidor debe sincronizar su propio reloj mediante NTP " -"con alguna de las máquinas disponibles en Internet para asegurarse de que " -"toda la red tenga la hora correcta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Las impresoras se conectan donde sean necesarias, bien directamente en la " -"red, o conectadas a un servidor, estación de trabajo o servidor LTSP El " -"acceso a las impresoras se puede controlar para los usuarios de acuerdo con " -"el grupo al que pertenezcan, y puede hacerse con cuota y control de acceso a " -"las impresoras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Una red Skolelinux puede tener muchos servidores LTSP, que SE pueden " -"instalar seleccionando el perfil servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"EL servidor LTSP está configurado para recibir los registros de los clientes " -"ligeros y reenviarlos al servidor central." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Tener en cuenta:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Las estaciones de trabajo sin disco LTSP utilizan los programas instalados " -"en el servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"El sistema de archivos raíz cliente se proporciona utilizando NFS. Después " -"de cada modificación en el servidor LTSP, la imagen relacionada se tiene que " -"regenerar; ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> en el servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Clientes ligeros" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Una configuración de cliente ligero permite a un PC ordinario funcionar como " -"un terminal (X). Esto significa que la computadora arranca desde el servidor " -"a través de la red usando PXE, sin usar el disco duro local. La " -"configuración de cliente ligero ahora usa X2Go, porque la LTSP ya no tiene " -"soporte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Los clientes ligeros son una buena forma de usar máquinas viejas (" -"principalmente de 32 bit), ya que los programas se ejecutan en el servidor " -"LTSP. Funciona así: El servicio usa DHCP y TFTP para conectarse a la red y " -"arrancar desde la red. Después, se monta el sistema de archivos desde el " -"servidor LTSP usano NFS, y finalmente el cliente de X2Go se inicia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Estaciones sin disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Una estación sin disco, ejecuta todas las aplicaciones localmente, sin " -"necesidad de un S.O instalado. Esto significa que las máquinas cliente " -"arrancan vía PXE sin ejecutar el software instalado en un disco duro local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Las estaciones sin disco son una forma excelente para reutilizar hardware " -"reciente, con el mismo costo bajo de mantenimiento que los clientes ligeros. " -"Las aplicaciones son administradas y mantenidas en el servidor, sin " -"necesidad de instalaciones en los clientes. Los directorios de los usuarios " -"y las configuraciones de sistema son almacenadas en el servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Clientes en red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Se usa el término \"clientes en red\" en este manual para referirse tanto a " -"los clientes ligeros, como las terminales sin disco, o equipos utilizando " -"macOS o Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administración" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Todas las máquinas Linux que se instalan con el instalador de Skolelinux se " -"pueden administrar desde una computadora central, es decir el servidor. Se " -"puede acceder a todas las máquinas por SSH y, por tanto hay acceso completo " -"a todos los puestos. Como root primero es necesario ejecutar " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> para obtener un TGT de Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Toda la información de los usuarios se guarda en un directorio LDAP. Las " -"actualizaciones de las cuentas de usuario se hacen en esta base de datos, " -"que es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalación" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Actualmente hay dos medios de instalación: por red y BD. Ambos medios pueden " -"ser cargados desde memorias USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"La idea es poder instalar un servidor desde cualquier medio una sola vez e " -"instalar los demás clientes por la red arrancando a través de la red." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Solo la instalación en red necesita acceso a Internet durante la instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"La instalación no debería hacer ninguna pregunta, a excepción del idioma " -"deseado, la ubicación, el teclado y el perfil de la máquina (Servidor " -"principal, Estación de trabajo, Servidor LTSP, ...). Todas las demás " -"configuraciones se harán automáticamente con valores razonables, que el " -"administrador del sistema cambiará desde una ubicación central después de la " -"instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Cada cuenta de usuario de Skolelinux tiene asignada una sección del sistema " -"de archivos en el servidor de archivos. Esta sección (directorio home) " -"contiene los archivos de configuración del usuario, documentos, correos " -"electrónicos y páginas web. Algunos de los archivos deberían tener acceso de " -"lectura para otros usuarios del sistema, algunos podrían ser de lectura para " -"todos a través de Internet, y algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie " -"que no fuera el usuario." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Para asegurar que todos los discos serán utilizados para directorios de " -"datos de los usuarios o directorios compartidos, pueden poseer nombres " -"únicos entre todas los ordenadores durante la instalación al ser montados " -"como <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Inicialmente, " -"se crea un directorio en el servidor de archivos, <computeroutput>/skole/" -"tjener/home0/</computeroutput> en el que se crean todas las cuentas de " -"usuarios. Se pueden crrear más directorios cuando sea necesario acomodar " -"grupos de usuarios particulares o patrones particulares de uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Para habilitar el acceso compartido de archivos según el sistema de permisos " -"de UNIX, los usuarios necesitan estar en un grupo compartido adicional (como " -"\"students\") así como al grupo inicial al que pertenecen de manera " -"predeterminada.Si los usuarios tienen una umask apropiada para hacer " -"artículos de nueva creación y compartir archivos en grupos accesibles (002 o " -"007), y si los directorios en los que están trabajando están configurados " -"para garantizar que los archivos hereden la propiedad del grupo correcta, el " -"resultado es un intercambio de archivos controlado entre los miembros de un " -"grupo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de acceso inicial para los archivos recién creados es una " -"cuestión de política. El umask predeterminado de Debian es 022 (que no " -"permitiría acceso a grupos como los ya descritos), pero Debian Edu utiliza " -"uno predeterminado de 002 - lo que significa que los archivos se crean con " -"acceso de lectura para todos, que se pueden eliminar posteriormente por " -"acción explícita del usuario. Esto se puede cambiar alternativamente (por la " -"edición de <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) a un " -"umask de 007 - significa que el acceso leído está bloqueado inicialmente, " -"necesitando la acción del usuario para hacerlo accesible. El primer " -"acercamiento fomenta el intercambio de conocimientos y hace que el sistema " -"resulte más transparente, mientras que el segundo método disminuye el riesgo " -"de propagación no deseada de información sensible. El problema con la " -"primera solución es que no es evidente para los usuarios que el material que " -"crean será accesible a los demás usuarios. Sólo pueden detectar esto " -"inspeccionando los directorios de otros usuarios y viendo que sus archivos " -"son legibles. El problema con la segunda solución es que es probable que " -"pocas personas hagan que sus archivos sean accesibles, incluso si no " -"contienen información sensible y el contenido fuera útil para los usuarios " -"curiosos que quieren aprender cómo otros han resuelto problemas particulares " -"(típicamente problemas de configuración)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Hay diferentes formas de usar una solución Skolelinux. Puede instalarse en " -"un sólo PC o en una amplia región con muchas escuelas operadas centralmente. " -"Esta flexibilidad marca una gran diferencia en la configuración de los " -"componentes de la red, los servidores y las máquinas cliente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos de hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"El propósito de los diferentes perfiles se explica en el capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitecturas de red</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si se pretende utilizar LTSP, echar un vistazo a la <ulink url=\"https://wiki" -".debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP página wiki de " -"Requisitos de Hardware</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Las computadoras ejecutando Debian Edu / Skolelinux deben tener " -"procesadores, ya sea de 32 bits (Debian arquitectura 'i386', procesadores " -"más antiguos son compatibles 686) o 64 bits (arquitectura Debian «amd64») " -"procesadores x86." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Los clientes ligeros pueden funcionar con 256 MB de RAM y 400 MHZ de " -"procesador, aunque se recomienda más RAM y procesadores de mayor velocidad." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Para estaciones de trabajo, terminales sin disco e instalaciones " -"individuales, PC's con velocidad de 1500 MHz y 1024 Mb de RAM son los " -"requisitos mínimos. Para ejecutar navegadores modernos y LibreOffice se " -"recomienda 2048 Mb de RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "El requerimiento mínimo de espacio depende del perfil que se instale:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"combinado servidor principal + servidor LTSP: 60 GiB (más espacio adicional " -"para cuentas de usuario)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40Gb." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "Estación de trabajo, o independiente: 30 Gb." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Los servidores LTSP necesitan dos tarjetas de red cuando se usa la " -"arquitectura de red por defecto:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 conectada a la red principal (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 se utiliza para servir a los clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Los portátiles son estaciones de trabajo móviles, por lo que tienen los " -"mismos requerimientos de las estaciones de trabajo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Hardware conocido que funciona" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"En <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> se aprecia " -"una lista del hardware testeado. Esta lista no está ni mucho menos completa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> es un esfuerzo " -"para documentar el proceso de instalación, configuración y uso de Debian en " -"hardware específico. Por lo tanto los potenciales compradores sabrán si su " -"hardware es soportado y los propietarios podrán saber como obtener el máximo " -"de sus equipos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Requerimientos para una instalación de red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Configuración por defecto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Se aplican las siguientes reglas cuando se usa la arquitectura de red por " -"defecto:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Necesita exactamente, un servidor principal, el tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "" -"Puede tener hasta cientos de estaciones de trabajo en la red principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Puede tener muchos servidores LTSP en la red principal; se preconfiguarn dos " -"subredes diferentes (DNS, DHCP) en LDAP, aunque se pueden agregar más." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Puede tener cientos de clientes ligeros y/o estaciones de trabajo sin disco " -"en cada red de servidores LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Puede tener cientos de otras computadoras que tendrán direcciones IP " -"asignadas de manera dinámica." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a Internet necesita un enrutador/pasarela (ver más abajo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Enrutador de Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Es necesario para conectarse a internet un enrutador/pasarela conectado a " -"Internet en la interfaz externa y con la dirección IP 10.0.0.1 y máscara de " -"red 255.0.0.0 en la interfaz interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"El enrutador no debería ejecutar un servidor DHCP, puede ejecutar un " -"servidor DNS, aunque no es necesario y no se usará." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que ya tengas un router pero no puedas configurarlo como se " -"necesita (por ejemplo, porque no se te permite hacerlo, o por razones " -"técnicas), un equipo antiguo con dos interfaces de red se puede convertir en " -"una puerta de entrada entre la red existente y Edu Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Una manera sencilla es instalar Debian Edu en este equipo; selecciona " -"'Minimal' como perfil durante la instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Después de la instalación ejecuta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" -"computeroutput> que efectuará los siguientes cambios:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Ajusta el archivo /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de host permanentemente a la 'gateway'.." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Quitar scripts superfluos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Activar la IP reenviada y NAT para la red 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Instalar un firewall (opcional)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita algo para un enrutador empotrado, o un punto de acceso le " -"recomendamos usar <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, así " -"podrá usar también el firmware original. Utilizar el firmware original es " -"más fácil, utilizar OpenWRT le proporciona más opciones y control. Revise la " -"web de OpenwRT para una lista completa del <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt." -"org/toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Es posible usar una configuración diferente de red (existe un <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">proceso " -"documentado</ulink> para hacer esto), pero si usted no tiene una " -"infraestructura de red preexistente, le recomendamos abstenerse de hacerlo, " -"y mantener la configuración predeterminada de la <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitectura de red</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Instalación y opciones de descarga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Donde encontrar información adicional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Antes de comenzar a instalar un sistema para uso en producción, se " -"recomienda leer, o al menos ver las <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Bullseye</ulink>. " -"Más información sobre la distribución Debian Bullseye está disponible en el " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, dale a Debian Edu/Skolelinux una oportunidad, simplemente debe " -"funcionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda, sin embargo, leer los capítulos sobre <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">requisitos de hardware y red</link> y sobre la <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de comenzar a instalar un " -"servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de leer el capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Iniciando con " -"Debian Edu</link> de este manual, ya que explica como iniciar sesión por " -"primera vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Descargar un medio de instalación para Debian Edu 11 nombre código Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 o i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> son los nombres de dos arquitecturas de Debian para CPU x86, " -"ambas son o han sido construídas por AMD, Intel y otros fabricantes. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> es una arquitectura de 64-bit e " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> es una arquitectura de 32-bit. Una " -"nueva instalación actualizada ha de hacerse usando <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> solo ha de usarse " -"para hardware antiguo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "Imagen ISO netinst para amd64 o i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"La imagen iso de instalación por red se puede usar para instalar desde un CD/" -"DVD o una tarjeta flash y está disponsible para dos arquitecturas Debian: " -"amd64 o i386. Como dice su nombre, para su instalación se necesita conexión " -"a internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que Bullseye haya sido lanzada estas imágenes estarán disponibles " -"para su descarga desde:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Imagen ISO BD para arquitectura i386 y amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Esta imagen ISO tiene un tamaño aproximado de 5 GB y puede utilizarse para " -"la instalación de máquinas amd64 o i386, también sin acceso a Internet. Al " -"igual que la imagen netinst se puede instalar en memorias USB o discos de " -"tamaño apropiado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verificación de archivos de imagen descargados" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Las instrucciones detalladas para verificar estas imágenes se encuentran en " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD " -"FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Fuentes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Los archivos fuentes están disponibles en los lugares habituales de Debian, " -"varios medios están conectados en <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/" -"cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Instalacion de Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haces una instalación de Debian Edu, tienes algunas opciones donde " -"elegir. No tengas miedo; no hay muchas. Hemos hecho un buen trabajo para " -"ocultar la complejidad de Debian durante la instalación y más aún. Sin " -"embargo, Debian Edu es Debian, y si deseas hay más de 57.000 paquetes donde " -"elegir y un millón de opciones de configuración. Para la mayoría de nuestros " -"usuarios, los valores por defectos han de ser apropiados. Ten en cuenta: si " -"LTSP está destinado a ser utilizado, elije un entorno de escritorio ligero." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Escenarios de instalación del servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Típica red escolar o doméstica con acceso a Internet a través de un router " -"que proporciona DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Es posible la instalación de un servidor principal, pero después de " -"reiniciar no habrá acceso a Internet (debido a la interfaz de red principal " -"IP 10.0.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Mirar el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet " -"router</link>para detalles de cómo configurar una puerta de entrada si no es " -"posible configurar una existente como se necesita." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Conectar todos los componentes tal como se muestra en el capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">arquitectura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"El servidor principal ha de tener conexión a Internet una vez que arranque " -"la primera vez en el entorno correcto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Típica red escolar o institucional, parecida a la anterior, pero " -"requiriéndose uso de proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Añadir 'debian-edu-expert' a la línea de comandos del kernel; ver más abajo " -"para obtener más detalles de cómo se hace esto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Se deben de responder algunas preguntas adicionales, incluída una " -"relacionada con el servidor proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Red con router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que no proporciona un servidor DHCP) y " -"acceso a Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"En cuanto falle la configuración de red automática (debido a la falta de " -"DHCP,) selecciona configuración de red manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Introduce 10.0.2.2/8 como host IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Introduce 10.0.0.1 como gateway IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Introduce 8.8.8.8 como IP de servidor de nombres a menos que sepas más" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "El servidor principal debe funcionar después del primer boot." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Fuera de línea (sin conexión a Internet):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Usa la imagen ISO BD." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrate de que todos los cables de red (real/virtual) estén desconectados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona 'No configurar la red en este momento' (después de que DHCP no " -"configurase la red y presionastes 'Continuar')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Actualiza el sistema una vez arranques la primera vez en el entorno correcto " -"con acceso a Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Entorno de Escritorio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Están disponibles varios entornos de escritorio:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce tiene una huella ligeramente mayor que LXDE pero muy buen soporte para " -"idiomas (106 idiomas)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE y GNOME tienen un buen soporte de idiomas, pero una huella demasiado " -"grande tanto para ordenadores antiguos como para clientes de LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon es una alternativa más ligera a GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE es más ligero que los tres anteriores, pero carece de un buen apoyo " -"lingüístico para varios países." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE tiene la huella más pequeña y soporta 35 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt es un entorno de escritorio ligero (con soporte de idiomas similar a " -"LXDE) con un aspecto y sensación más modernos (basado en Qt como KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu como un proyecto internacional ha elegido utilizar Xfce como el " -"entorno de escritorio predeterminado; mira a continuación cómo configurar " -"uno diferente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Instalación modular" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Al instalar un sistema con perfil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> se " -"instalan muchos programas relacionados con la educación. Para instalar sólo " -"el perfil básico, retira el parámetro de la línea de comandos del kernel " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> antes de comenzar la instalación; consulta " -"más abajo para obtener más información sobre cómo se hace esto. Esto permite " -"instalar un sistema específico del sitio y se puede utilizar para acelerar " -"las instalaciones de prueba." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Ten en cuenta: Si después deseas instalar un entorno de escritorio, no " -"utilices los meta-paquetes de Debian Edu como <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"porque esto repercutiría en todos los programas relacionados con la " -"educación; mejor instala por ejemplo <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Se pueden " -"instalar uno o más de los nuevos metapaquetes relacionados con el nivel " -"escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> para coincidir con el supuesto de " -"uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Para más detalles sobre los metapaquetes Debian Edu, ver la página <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</" -"ulink> ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Tipos de instalación y opciones" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Menú de arranque del instalador en hardware de 64 bits</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "Menú de carga del instalador 64 bit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"string\">Instalador gráfico</emphasis> usa el instalador " -"GTK en el que puedes usar el ratón." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalar</emphasis> realiza la instalación en modo " -"texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opciones avanzadas ></emphasis> muestra un " -"submenú con opciones más detalladas para elegir." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ayuda</emphasis> brinda algunos consejos sobre " -"como usar el instalador; vea la captura de pantalla a continuación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Pantalla 1 opciones avanzadas del instalador 64bit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atrás..</emphasis> lo lleva de nuevo al menú " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación gráfica experta</emphasis> da acceso a " -"todas las opciones disponibles en modo gráfico." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo gráfico de rescate</emphasis> hace que este " -"medio de instalación se convierta en un disco de rescate para tareas de " -"emergencia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación gráfica automática</emphasis> necesita " -"un archivo preconfigurado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación experta</emphasis> da acceso a todas " -"las opciones disponibles en modo texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo de rescate</emphasis> modo texto; hace que " -"este medio de instalación se convierta en un disco de rescate para tareas de " -"emergencia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación automática</emphasis> en modo texto; " -"necesita un archivo preconfigurado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"No usar <computeroutput>Instalación gráfica exoerta</computeroutput> o " -"<computeroutput>instalación de Experto</computeroutput>, usar, en su lugar, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> como un parámetro " -"adicional del kernel en casos excepcionales." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Pantalla de ayuda</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Pantalla de ayuda del instalador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Está pantalla de ayuda se explica por si sola y habilita las teclas <" -"F> en el teclado para tener ayuda más detallada en los temas descritos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Añadir o cambiar los parámetros de boot para las instalaciones</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"En ambos casos, se pueden editar las opciones de arranque pulsando la tecla " -"TAB (modo BIOS) o la tecla E (modo UEFI) en el menú de inicio; la captura " -"muestra la línea de comandos para la <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación " -"gráfica</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Editar las opciones de la línea de comandos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar un servicio proxy HTTP existente en la red para agilizar la " -"instalación del servidor principal desde CD. Agregar <computeroutput>mirror/" -"http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> como un parámetro " -"adicional de carga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Si ya tiene instalado el perfil de servidor principal en un ordenador, las " -"futuras instalaciones se podrían hacer vía PXE, ya que utilizará " -"automáticamente el proxy del servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> en " -"lugar del escritorio por defecto <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " -"sustituye <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</" -"computeroutput> en el parámetro <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> en su " -"lugar, usa <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, usa " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, " -"usa <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, " -"usa <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Y para instalar el entorno de escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis> en su lugar, usa <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "El proceso de instalación" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Recuerda los <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requerimientos del sistema</" -"link> y asegúrate que tenga al menos dos tarjetas de red (NIC) si planeas " -"configurar un servidor de clientes ligeros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Elige el idioma (para la instalación y el sistema instalado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "Elige un lugar que normalmente sería el lugar donde vives." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona una disposición de teclado (la predeterminada para tu país es la " -"mejor opción)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Elige el(los) perfil(es) de la siguiente lista:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Este es el servidor principal (tjener) para tu escuela, el cual provee todos " -"los servicios preconfigurados listos para trabajar. ¡Solo debes instalar un " -"servidor principal por escuela! este perfil no incluye una interfaz gráfica " -"para el usuario. Si deseas una interfaz gráfica, hay que seleccionar la " -"opción de estación de trabajo, o servidor LTSP para agregarla." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"Un ordenador que arranca desde su disco duro, y funciona con todos los " -"programas y dispositivos localmente como un ordenador común, pero el usuario " -"será autenticado por el servidor principal, donde se guardan los archivos de " -"los usuarios y las configuraciones para escritorio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation itinerante</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Igual que la estación de trabajo pero capaz de autenticación usando " -"credenciales caché, lo que significa que se puede usar fuera de la red " -"escolar. Los archivos y perfiles de los usuarios se almacenan en el disco " -"local. Para notebooks y portátiles de usuarios individuales se debe " -"seleccionar este perfil y no Workstation o Standalone como se sugería en " -"versiones anteriores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor para clientes ligeros (y estaciones sin disco), también se suele " -"llamar servidor LTSP. Clientes sin disco duro, inician y utilizan " -"aplicaciones desde el servidor. Estos ordenadores necesitan al menos, dos " -"tarjetas de red, mucha memoria e idealmente más de un procesador o núcleo. " -"Ver el capítulo relacionado <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de " -"red</link> para mayor información sobre este tema. Seleccionar este perfil " -"también habilita el perfil de estación de trabajo (aún si no se selecciona), " -"siempre se puede usar un servidor LTSP como estación de trabajo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independiente</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Un ordenador común que puede funcionar sin un servidor (esto quiere decir, " -"que no necesita estar en la red). Incluídos portátiles." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínima</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Este perfil instalará los paquetes básicos y configurará el ordenador para " -"integrarse en la red Debian Edu, pero sin ningún servicio ni aplicaciones. " -"Es útil como plataforma para servicios simples manualmente migrados desde el " -"servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que los usuarios simples puedan usar dicho sistema, debe " -"agregarse usando GOsa² (similar a una estación de trabajo) y debe instalarse " -"el paquete libpam-krb5." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Los perfiles <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis> y <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> son preseleccionados. Estos perfiles " -"pueden ser instalados en un mismo ordenador si se desea instalar el llamado " -"<emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>. Esto significa que el " -"servidor principal será un servidor LTSP y también se usará como una " -"estación de trabajo. Esta es la opción prederterminada, ya que asumimos que " -"la mayoría de la gente lo querrá. Tener en cuenta que debe tener dos " -"tarjetas de red instalado en la computadora que se va a usar como servidor " -"principal combinado o como servidor de clientes ligeros para que pueda ser " -"útil después de su instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione \"si\" o \"no\" para particionamiento automático. Tener claro que " -"al seleccionar sí, ¡se eliminarán todos los datos en el disco duro!, al " -"seleccionar no, se requerirá más trabajo y necesitará que se creen las " -"particiones requeridas y tengan suficiente espacio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Por favor, seleccione \"sí\" para enviar información a <ulink url=\"https" -"://popcon.debian.org/\"/> para permitirnos saber que paquetes son populares " -"y deberían de mantenerse para futuras versiones. No es obligatorio hacerlo, " -"pero es la manera más fácil de colaborar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Espere. Si en los perfiles seleccionados se incluye Servidor LTSP, entonces " -"el instalador tardará un poco mas al final \"Finalizando la instalación - " -"Ejecutando debian'edu'profile'udeb.....\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Después de introducir la contraseña de root, pedirá crear una cuenta de " -"usuario normal \"para tareas no administrativas\". Para Debian Edu esta " -"cuenta de usuario es muy importante: es la cuenta que se usará para " -"administrar la red Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"La contraseña para este usuario <emphasis role=\"strong\">debe</emphasis> " -"tener una longitud de <emphasis role=\"strong\">al menos 5 caracteres</" -"emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"strong\">y debe ser diferente</emphasis> del " -"nombre de usuario <emphasis role=\"strong\">username</emphasis>, de los " -"contrario, el ingreso al sistema no será posible (aunque el instalador " -"acepte una contraseña menor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Esperar de nuevo en caso de un <emphasis>servidor principal conectado</" -"emphasis> después de reiniciar el sistema. Pasará bastante tiempo generando " -"la imagen SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo sin disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"En caso de un servidor LTSP separado, la configuración de la estación de " -"trabajo sin disco y/o del cliente ligero necesita algunos pasos manuales. " -"Para más detalles, ver el capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo de " -"clientes de red</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Notas en algunas características" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Nota sobre equipos portátiles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Lo más probable es que desees utilizar el perfil de 'Roaming " -"workstation' (ver arriba). Ten en cuenta que todos los datos se almacenan " -"localmente (así que ten algún cuidado extra con las copias de seguridad) y " -"las credenciales de inicio de sesión están en la caché (así que después de " -"un cambio de contraseña, los logins pueden requerir tu contraseña antigua si " -"no has conectado el portátil a la red y se ha conectado con la nueva " -"contraseña)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "Nota sobre instalaciones con imagen USB / Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Después de instalar desde una imagen USB / Blu-ray, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" -"sources.list</computeroutput> contendrá fuentes de esa imagen. Si tiene " -"conexión a Internet, le sugerimos agregar las siguientes lineas para que las " -"actualizaciones de seguridad disponible se puedan instalar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Nota sobre la instalación en CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Una instalación por red (que es el tipo de instalación que ofrece nuestro " -"CD) tomará algunos paquetes del CD y el resto lo tomará de Internet. El " -"monto de paquetes tomados desde la red varia de perfil en perfil pero se " -"mantiene menor a un gigabyte (al menos que elijas instalar todos los " -"escritorios posibles). Una vez que tienes instalado el servidor principal " -"(ya sea un servidor principal o un servidor combinado), futuras " -"instalaciones usarán el proxy para prevenir la descarga de los mismos " -"paquetes muchas veces desde Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Instalación utilizando memorias USB en lugar de CD / Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Es posible copiar directamente las imágenes <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> de CD/DVD/BD a una unidad USB (también conocida como " -"\"memoria USB\")y arrancar desde ellas. Sólo ejecuta un comando como este, " -"pon el nombre del archivo y la ruta al dispositivo que deseas instalar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Para determinar el valor de X, ejecuta este comando antes y después que se " -"haya insertado el dispositivo USB:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que la copia tardará algún tiempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de la imágen seleccionada, la unidad USB se comportará como un " -"CD o Blu-ray." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Instalación y arranque a través de la red mediante PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Para este método de instalación es necesario que el servidor principal esté " -"encendido. Cuando los clientes arrancan a través de la red, se visualizará " -"un nuevo menú iPXE con un instalador y opciones de selección de carga. Si la " -"instalación PXE falla con un mensaje de error mencionando que no se " -"encuentra un archivo XXX.bin, es más probable que la tarjeta de red del " -"cliente requiera un firmware no libre. En este caso se debe modificar el " -"initrd del instalador de Debian. Esto se puede lograr ejecutando el comando " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware</" -"computeroutput> en el servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Así es como el menú iPXE se ve solo con el perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Main-Server</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "ancho=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Esto es como se ve el menú iPXE con el pérfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Esta configuración permite iniciar a las estaciones sin disco y clientes " -"ligeros a través de la red principal. A diferencia de las estaciones de " -"trabajo y servidores LTSP las estaciones de trabajo sin disco no necesitan " -"agregarse a LDAP con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Se puede encontrar más información sobre los clientes de red en el capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de red</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modificar instalaciones PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"La instalación PXE utiliza un archivo de preconfiguración para debian-" -"installer, que se puede modificar y solicitar más paquetes para instalar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Se ha de agregar una línea como esta a<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"La instalación PXE utiliza el fichero de preconfiguración <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Este archivo se " -"puede cambiar para ajustar la preconfiguración utilizada durante la " -"instalación, para evitar más preguntas al instalar a través de la red. Otra " -"forma de conseguirlo es proporcionar configuraciones extra en " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> y " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> y ejecutar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> para actualizar los ficheros generados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se puede ver más información en el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar o cambiar el uso del proxy cuando instale vía PXE, necesita " -"cambiar las lineas que contengan <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> y " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> en el archivo " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput>. Para desactivar el uso de proxy cuando instale, anteponga " -"el signo '#' al inicio de las primeras dos lineas y elimine " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" de la última linea." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Algunas configuraciones no pueden preconfigurarse porque se necesita antes " -"descargar el archivo de preconfiguración. El idioma, la distribución del " -"teclado y el entorno de escritorio son ejemplos de tales configuraciones. Si " -"desea cambiar la configuración predeterminada, edite el archivo de menú iPXE " -"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> en el servidor " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Imágenes personalizadas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Crear CDs, DVDs o Blu-rays personalizados es bastante fácil, ya que se " -"utilizamos el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian " -"installer</ulink>, que es de diseño modular, y posee otras características " -"útiles. La <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\"" -">Preconfiguración</ulink> le permite definir las respuestas a las preguntas " -"realizadas regularmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Así que todo lo que necesitas hacer es crear un archivo de preconfiguración " -"con tus respuestas (esto se describe en el apéndice del manual del " -"instalador de Debian) y <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"Modify/CD\">remasterizar el CD/DVD </ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Paseo de captura de pantalla" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"El modo de texto y modo gráfico de instalación son idénticos, sólo la " -"apariencia es diferente. El modo gráfico ofrece la oportunidad de utilizar " -"un ratón y por supuesto, el modo gráfico se ve mucho mejor y más moderno. A " -"menos que el hardware presente problemas con el modo gráfico, no hay razón " -"para no usarlo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Así que aquí hay un vista de una captura a través de la instalación de un " -"servidor gráfico principal de 64 bits + estación de trabajo + LTSP y cómo se " -"ve en el primer arranque del servidor principal y en el arranque PXE en la " -"red cliente LTSP (pantalla de sesión del cliente ligero - y pantalla de " -"inicio tras el inicio correcto de sesión)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "Inicio de sesión LightDM en tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce y el navegador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Escritorio Xfce" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Bienvenida al cliente ligero" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Cliente ligero: iniciar sesión" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Iniciando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Pasos mínimos para iniciar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Durante la instalación del servidor principal, se creó una cuenta de primer " -"usuario. A partir de ahora, esta cuenta aparecerá \"primer usuario\". Esta " -"cuenta es especial, ya que el permiso del directorio home está establecido " -"en 700 (así se necesita <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> para " -"hacer accesibles las páginas web personales), y el primer usuario puede " -"utilizar <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> para convertirse en root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver la información específica sobre Debian Edu <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">configuración de acceso al sistema de " -"archivos</link> antes de añadir usuarios; si es necesario ajústalo a la " -"política de tu sitio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Después de la instalación, las primeras cosas que necesita hacer como " -"usuario son:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Entra en el servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Agregar usuarios con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Agregar estaciones de trabajo con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Como agregar usuarios y estaciones de trabajo se describe con más detalle a " -"continuación. Por favor, lea este capítulo completamente. Abarca como " -"realizar estos pasos mínimos correctamente, además de otras cosas que " -"probablemente todos necesitan hacer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Hay información adicional disponible en otro sitio de este manual: todo el " -"que esté familiarizado con versiones anteriores ha de leerse el capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">Nuevas funciones en Bullseye</link>. Y para " -"aquellos que actualizan de una versión anterior, asegurarse de leer el " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Si está bloqueado el tráfico genérico DNS fuera de tu red y necesitas " -"utilizar algún servidor DNS específico para buscar hosts de Internet, " -"necesitas decirle al servidor DNS que use este servidor como su \"reenviador" -"\". Actualiza /etc/bind/named.conf.options y especifica la dirección IP del " -"servidor DNS a usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"El capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> describe más trucos, pistas " -"y algunas preguntas de uso frecuente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Hay varios servicios ejecutándose en el servidor principal que se pueden " -"gestionar con una interfaz web. Describiremos estos servicios a continuación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introducción a GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa²es una herramienta de administración web, que le ayudará a administrar " -"algunas de las partes importantes de su configuración de Debian Edu. Podrá " -"administrar (agregar, modificar o eliminar) estos principales grupos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Administración de grupos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administración de usuarios NIS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Administración del ordenador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Administración DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Administración DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a GOsa², necesita el servidor principal Skolelinux y un " -"ordenador con un navegador web, puede ser el mismo servidor principal si se " -"instaló como un servidor combinado (servidor principal + servidor LTSP + " -"estación de trabajo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Si has instalado (probablemente de forma accidental) un perfil de servidor " -"principal puro y no tienes un cliente con un servidor web útil, es fácil " -"instalar un escritorio mínimo en el servidor principal utilizando esta " -"secuencia de comandos en la shell (no gráfica) como el usuario que creaste " -"durante la instalación del servidor principal (primer usuario):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### después de la instalación, run 'sudo service lightdm start' \n" -" ### Inicia sesión como primer usuario" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Desde un navegador web, utilice <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> para " -"acceder a GOsa² e ingrese por primera vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Si está utilizando un ordenador nuevo con Debian Edu Bullseye, el navegador " -"reconocerá el certificado de seguridad del sitio web." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"En caso contrario, obtendrá un mensaje de error sobre certificado SSL " -"equivocado. Si sabe que solamente usted se encuentra conectado a la red, " -"acepte e ignórelo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Login GOsa² más Overview" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Página overview GOsa² después de iniciar sesión como el primer usuario" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Después de iniciar sesión en GOsa² verás la página de vista general de GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, puedes elegir una tarea en el menú o hacer clic en " -"cualquiera de los iconos de tarea en la página de vista general. Para " -"navegar, recomendamos utilizar el menú del lado izquierdo de la pantalla, ya " -"que se mantendrá visible en todas las páginas de administración ofrecidas " -"por GOsa2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"En Debian Edu, la información del sistema, grupos y cuentas de usuario se " -"guarda en un directorio de LDAP. Esta información es utilizada no solo por " -"el servidor principal, sino también por las estaciones sin disco, los " -"servidores LTSP y otras máquinas en la red. Con LDAP, solo se necesita " -"ingresar una vez la información sobre estudiantes, docentes y resto. Una vez " -"ingresada la información en LDAP, estará disponible para todos los sistemas " -"en toda la red Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² es una herramienta de administración que usa LDAP para almacenar su " -"información y provee una estructura jerárquica por departamento. Para cada " -"\"departamento\" puede agregar cuentas de usuario, grupos, sistemas, grupos " -"de red y demás. En dependencia de la estructura de su institución, puede " -"usar la estructura en GOsa²/LDAP para transferir su estructura organizativa " -"al árbol de datos LDAP del servidor principal Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Una instalación predeterminada del servidor principal de Debian Edu " -"actualmente proporciona dos \"departamentos\": Profesores y Estudiantes, " -"además del nivel base del árbol LDAP. Las cuentas de estudiantes están " -"destinadas a agregarse al departamento \"Estudiantes\", las de profesores al " -"departamento \"Profesores\"; Los sistemas (servidores, estaciones de " -"trabajo, impresoras, etc.) se agregan actualmente al nivel base. Encuentre " -"su propio esquema para personalizar esta estructura. (Puede encontrar un " -"ejemplo de cómo crear usuarios en grupos por años, con directorios de inicio " -"comunes para cada grupo en el capítulo <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration" -"--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> de este " -"manual.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de la tarea que desee realizar (administrar usuarios, grupos, " -"sistemas, etc) GOsa² le mostrará una vista diferente en el departamento " -"seleccionado (o el nivel básico)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestión de los usuarios con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, clic en \"Usuarios\" en el menú de navegación de la " -"izquierda. El lado derecho de la pantalla cambiará para mostrar una tabla " -"con las carpetas de departamento para \"Estudiantes\" y \"Maestros\" y la " -"cuenta GOsa² Administrador (el primer usuario creado). Sobre esta tabla se " -"puede ver un campo llamado <emphasis>Base</emphasis> que le permite navegar " -"a través de su estructura de árbol (mueve el ratón sobre esa zona y " -"aparecerá un menú desplegable) y selecciona una carpeta base para tus " -"operaciones previstas (por ejemplo, añadir un nuevo usuario)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Agregar usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Al lado de ese elemento de navegación de árbol se puede ver el menú " -"\"Acciones\". Mueve el ratón sobre este ítem y se mostrará un submenú en la " -"pantalla; selecciona \"Crear\", y luego \"Usuario\". Desde aquí te guiará el " -"asistente de creación de usuarios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Lo más importante es agregar un perfil (nuevoestudiante o nuevoprofesor) y " -"el nombre completo del usuario (ver imágen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Al seguir al asistente, verás que GOsa2 genera automáticamente un nombre de " -"usuario basado en el nombre real. Escoge automáticamente un nombre de " -"usuario que no existe todavía, por lo que varios usuarios con el mismo " -"nombre completo no son un problema. Ten en cuenta que GOsa2 puede generar " -"nombres de usuario inválidos si el nombre completo contiene caracteres no " -"ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Si no te gusta el nombre de usuario generado puedes seleccionar otro nombre " -"de usuario mostrado en el menú desplegable, pero aquí en el asistente no " -"tienes una opción libre. (Si quieres ser capaz de editar el nombre de " -"usuario propuesto, abre <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> " -"con un editor y añade <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> como una opción adicional a la \"definición de ubicación\".)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el asistente ha terminado, aparecerá la pantalla GOsa2 para tu nuevo " -"objeto de usuario. Utiliza las pestañas de la parte superior para comprobar " -"los campos completados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber creado el usuario (no necesitas personalizar los campos que " -"el asistente ha dejado vacío por ahora), clic en el botón \"Ok\" en la " -"esquina inferior derecha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Como último paso GOsa2 te pedirá una contraseña para el nuevo usuario. " -"Escríbela dos veces y luego clic en \"Fijar contraseña\" en la esquina " -"inferior derecha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "No se permiten algunos caracteres como parte de la contraseña." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Si todo va bien, ahora puedes ver al nuevo usuario en la lista de usuarios. " -"Ahora debes poder conectarte con ese nombre de usuario en cualquier máquina " -"Skolelinux dentro de tu red." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Buscar, modificar y borrar usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Barra con filtro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Para modificar o eliminar un usuario, utiliza GOsa2 para navegar por la " -"lista de usuarios en tu sistema. En medio de la pantalla puedes abrir el " -"menú \"Filtro\", una herramienta de búsqueda proporcionada por GOsa2. Si no " -"conoces la ubicación exacta de tu cuenta de usuario en tu árbol, cambia a la " -"base del árbol GOsa2/LDAP y busca allí con la opción \"Buscar en subárboles\"" -"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Al utilizar el menú \"Filter\", los resultados aparecerán inmediatamente en " -"el centro del texto en la vista de la lista de tabla. Cada línea representa " -"una cuenta de usuario y los items más alejados a la derecha en cada línea " -"son pequeños iconos que te proporcionan acciones: editar usuario, bloquear " -"cuenta, establecer contraseña y eliminar usuario." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Una nueva página se mostrará donde podrá modificar la información pertinente " -"al usuario directamente, cambiar su contraseña y modificar la lista de " -"grupos a los que pertenece." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Editar datos de usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Establecer contraseñas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Los estudiantes pueden cambiar sus contraseñas ingresando a GOsa² con sus " -"propios usuarios. Para facilitar el acceso a GOsa², aparece un acceso " -"directo llamado Gosa en el menú escritorio (o en configuración del sistema). " -"Una sesión de estudiante tendrá una versión mínima de GOsa² que solamente da " -"acceso a la cuenta de información del usuario y a la opción de cambio de " -"contraseña." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Los profesores que ingresan con sus propios nombres de usuarios, tienen " -"privilegios especiales en GOsa². Ellos poseen una vista con más privilegios " -"y pueden cambiar la contraseña de todas las cuentas de estudiantes. Esto " -"puede ser muy practico durante las clases." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Para establecer una nueva contraseña para el usuario" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "" -"Busque el usuario que desea modificar, tal como se explicó anteriormente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"clic en el símbolo de la clave al final de la línea en la que se muestra el " -"nombre de usuario" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"En la siguiente página, puede escribir la nueva contraseña elegida por ti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Establecer contraseña de usuario" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> ¡Cuidado con las consecuencias a la seguridad, " -"debido a la facilidad de las contraseñas!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Administración avanzada de usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Es posible crear usuarios masivamente con GOsa² usando un archivo CSV, que " -"se puede crear con una hoja de cálculo (<computeroutput>localc</" -"computeroutput> por ejemplo). Se deben proveer, al menos, datos para los " -"siguientes campos: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) y password. " -"Asegúrese de no duplicar datos en el campo uid. Note que la revisión de " -"duplicados debe incluir los registros ya existentes en LDAP (que se puede " -"obtener ejecutando <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -" -"d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> en la linea de comando)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Estas son las directrices de formato para un archivo CSV (GOsa² es bastante " -"intolerante con ellos):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Use \",\" como separador de campos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "No utilices citas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"El archivo CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">no debe</emphasis> contener un " -"encabezado (del tipo que normalmente contiene los nombres de las columnas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"El orden de los campos no es relevante, y se puede definir en GOsa² durante " -"la importación masiva" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Los pasos para importe masivo son:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" -"clic en el enlace \"LDAP Manager\" en el menú de navegación a la izquierda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "clic en la pestaña \"Importar\" al lado derecho de la pantalla" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"Busque en el disco local el archivo CSV con la lista de usuarios que desea " -"importar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"seleccionar una plantilla de usuarios disponible que se aplicará durante la " -"importación masiva (como NewTeacher o NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "clic en el botón \"Importar\" en la esquina inferior derecha" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Es una buena idea el hacer alguna prueba antes, de preferencia con un " -"archivo CSV con usuarios ficticios, que se pueden eliminar después." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Lo mismo se aplica al módulo de gestión de contraseñas, que permite " -"restablecer muchas contraseñas usando un archivo CSV o regenerar nuevas " -"contraseñas para usuarios pertenecientes a un subárbol especial de LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Restablecer contraseñas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestión de los usuarios con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "crear un grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "La gestión de grupos es muy similar a la gestión de usuarios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Puedes ingresar un nombre y una descripción por grupo. Asegúrate de elegir " -"el nivel correcto en el árbol LDAP cuando crees un nuevo grupo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Agregar usuarios a un grupo recién creado te vuelve a la lista de usuarios, " -"donde te gustaría posiblemente utilizar el cuadro de filtros para encontrar " -"usuarios. Revisa, también, el nivel del árbol LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Los grupos incluidos en el manejo de grupos, son también grupos regulares de " -"Unix, así que pueden utilizarse también para los permisos de archivos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Administración de equipos con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"La gestión de máquinas básicamente te permite gestionar todos los " -"dispositivos conectados en tu red Debian Edu. Cada máquina agregada al " -"directorio LDAP usando GOsa2 tiene un nombre de host, una dirección IP, una " -"dirección MAC y un nombre de dominio (que suele ser \"interno\"). Para una " -"descripción más completa de la arquitectura Debian Edu ver el capítulo de " -"este manual <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Las estaciones de trabajo sin discos y los clientes ligeros trabajan fuera " -"de la red en el caso de un <emphasis>servidor principal integrado</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Las estaciones de trabajo con discos (incluidos los servidores LTSP " -"separados) <emphasis role=\"strong\">han de</emphasis> ser añadidas con " -"GOsa². En segundo plano, se generan tanto una máquina específica Kerberos " -"Principal (un tipo de <emphasis>cuenta</emphasis>) como un archivo keytab " -"relacionado (conteniendo una clave como <emphasis>contraseña</emphasis>); el " -"archivo keytab necesita estar presente en la estación de trabajo para poder " -"montar el directorio home de los usuarios. Una vez reiniciado el sistema, " -"ingresa en él como root y ejecuta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Para crear un archivo Principal y keytab para un sistema <emphasis>ya " -"configurado con GOsa²</emphasis>, inicia sesión en el servidor principal " -"como root y ejecutar" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ten en cuenta que:</emphasis> la creación de " -"teclado host es posible para sistemas de tipo <emphasis>estaciones de " -"trabajo</emphasis>, <emphasis>servidores</emphasis> y <emphasis>terminales</" -"emphasis> pero no para los del tipo <emphasis>dispositivos de red</" -"emphasis>. Lee el capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo clientes " -"de red</link> para las opciones de configuración NFS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar una máquina, utiliza el menú principal GOsa2, systems, añadir. " -"Puedes usar una dirección IP/hostname de la dirección preconfigurada " -"10.0.0.0/8. Actualmente sólo hay dos direcciones fijas predefinidas: " -"10.0.2.2 (tjener) y 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Las direcciones de 10.0.16.20 a " -"10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 o 4000 anfitriones) se reservan " -"para DHCP y se asignan dinámicamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"Para asignar un host con la dirección MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 una dirección IP " -"estática en GOsa² tienes que introducir la dirección MAC, el nombre del host " -"y la IP; alternativamente podrías hacer clic en el botón " -"<computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> que mostrará la primera " -"dirección fija libre en 10.0.0.0/8, probablemente algo como 10.0.0.2 si " -"agregas la primera máquina de esta manera. Puede ser mejor pensar primero en " -"tu red: por ejemplo, podrías usar 10.0.0.x con x x>10 y x<50 para " -"servidores, y x>100 para estaciones de trabajo. No te olvides de activar " -"el sistema recién añadido. Con la excepción del servidor principal, todos " -"los sistemas llevan emparejado un icono." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Si las máquinas han arrancado como estaciones de trabajo clientes/sin hd " -"ligeros sin recursos o se han instalado utilizando cualquiera de los " -"perfiles en red, se puede usar el script " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> para agregar " -"automáticamente máquinas a GOsa2. Para máquinas simples funcionará de forma " -"predefinida, para máquinas con más de una dirección mac se tiene que elegir " -"la utilizada, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"muestra la información de uso. Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IP " -"mostradas después del uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput>pertenecen al rango IP dinámico. Se pueden modificar estos " -"sistemas para adaptarlos a tu red: renombrar cada nuevo sistema, activar " -"DHCP y DNS, añadirlo a los grupos de red (mira el screenshot para los grupos " -"recomendados), reiniciar el sistema después. Los siguientes volcados de " -"pantalla muestran cómo se ve esto en la práctica:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Crear una máquina GOsa para am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Introduce la contraseña si quieres activar estos cambios, y ^c para abortar.\n" -" \n" -"Conectando a LDAP como cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Relación de sistemas GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Datos de host" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modificar el anfitrión" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Añadir grupo de red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Un cronjob que actualiza el DNS se ejecuta cada hora; <computeroutput>su -c " -"ldap2bind</computeroutput> se puede usar para activar la actualización " -"manualmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Buscar y eliminar ordenadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Buscar ordenadores para eliminarlos, es bastante similar a buscar usuarios " -"para eliminar, por lo que no se repite la información." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modificar equipos existentes / Gestión del grupo de red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Después de añadir una máquina al árbol LDAP utilizando GOsa², puedes " -"modificar sus propiedades utilizando la función de búsqueda y haciendo clic " -"en el nombre de la máquina (como lo harías con los usuarios)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"El formato de estas entradas del sistema es similar al que ya conoces de " -"modificar las entradas del usuario, pero los campos significan cosas " -"diferentes en este contexto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, al añadir una máquina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup</" -"computeroutput> no se modifica el acceso de archivo o los permisos de " -"ejecución de comandos para esa máquina o los usuarios conectados a esa " -"máquina; en cambio, restringe los servicios que la máquina puede utilizar en " -"tu servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"La instalación por defecto proporciona el <computeroutput>Grupo de " -"Red</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Actualmente, la funcionalidad de <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"se usa para:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cambiar el tamaño de las particiones</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Los equipos con Debian Edu en este grupo, automáticamente acondicionarán las " -"particiones LVM que estén próximas a quedarse sin espacio disponible." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Apagar máquinas por la noche</emphasis> (apagar-" -"por-la-noche-hosts y apagar-por-la-noche-despertar-hosts-lista negra)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Los equipos con Debian Edu en este grupo, se apagarán automáticamente por " -"las noches para ahorrar energía." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestión de impresoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts y cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Los equipos con Debian Edu en estos grupos vaciarán automáticamente todas " -"las colas de impresión cada noche, y volverán a habilitar cualquier cola de " -"impresión deshabilitada cada hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bloquear el acceso a Internet</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Se permitirá a las máquinas Debian Edu en este grupo conectarse a las " -"máquinas sólo en la red local. Combinado con restricciones de proxy web, " -"esto se podría usar en los exámenes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Gestión de impresión" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"Para la gestión centralizada de las impresoras, dirige tu navegador web a " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta es la interfaz normal de " -"gestión de las CUPS donde puedes añadir/borrar/modificar tus impresoras y " -"puedes limpiar la cola de impresión. Por defecto sólo se permite al primer " -"usuario, pero esto puede cambiarse añadiendo usuarios al grupo GOsa² " -"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Utilizar las impresoras conectadas a los puestos de trabajo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Se instala por defecto el paquete <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> en un sistema " -"con el perfil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Editar <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> como esta " -"(impresora USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; elegir el tipo de impresora de red " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas las " -"impresoras, independientemente de la marca o el modelo) y establecer " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " -"conexión URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Impresoras en red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda desactivar todas las funciones de automáticas en las " -"impresoras de red utilizadas. En su lugar, asigna una dirección IP fija con " -"GOsa² y configúralas como <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" -"computeroutput> impresoras en red." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronización del reloj" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"La configuración predeterminada en Debian Edu es mantener los relojes en " -"todas las máquinas sincronizadas pero no necesariamente correctas. NTP se " -"utiliza para actualizar la hora. Los relojes se sincronizarán con una fuente " -"externa por defecto. Esto puede hacer que las máquinas mantengan la conexión " -"externa de Internet abierta si se crea cuando se utiliza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Si usa conexión dialup o ISDN y paga por minuto, es posible que desee " -"cambiar esta configuración predeterminada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar la sincronización con un reloj externo, es necesario " -"modificar el archivo /etc/ntp.conf en el servidor principal. Añade marcas de " -"comentario (\"#\") delante de las entradas <computeroutput>server</" -"computeroutput>. Después de esto, el servidor NTP necesita reiniciarse " -"ejecutando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " -"Para probar si una máquina está usando las fuentes de reloj externas, " -"ejecuta <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionando particiones completas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Debido a un posible error con el particionamiento automático, algunas " -"particiones podrían estar demasiado llenas después de la instalación. Para " -"ampliar estas particiones, ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize " -"-n</computeroutput> como root. Para más información ver el HowTo \"Resizing " -"Partitions\" en el <link linkend=\"Administration\">capítulo HowTo " -"administración</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Mantenimiento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Actualizar el software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección explica como usar <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Usar <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> es muy sencillo. Para actualizar " -"un sistema es necesario ejecutar dos órdenes en la línea de comandos como " -"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que actualiza las listas " -"de paquetes disponibles) y <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(que actualiza los paquetes para los que hay una actualización disponible)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"También es una buena idea actualizar utilizando la configuración regional C " -"para obtener una salida en inglés que, en caso de problemas, es más probable " -"que produzca resultados en los motores de búsqueda." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Tras actualizar el paquete <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" -"computeroutput>, pueden estar disponibles los archivos de configuración " -"Cfengine modificados. Ejecuta <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/" -"debian-edu/</computeroutput> para comproborar que es así. Para aplicar los " -"cambios, ejecuta <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D " -"installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Es importante ejecutar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> después de actualizar el servidor " -"LTSP para mantener la imagen SquashFS para el menú de clientes sin disco " -"sincronizados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Tras una actualización puntual de un sistema con el perfil <emphasis>Main " -"Server</emphasis> o <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> debe ejecutarse para actualizar el entorno " -"de instalación PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"También es buena idea instalar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> y " -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> y configurarlos para que " -"envíe correos electrónicos a la dirección que indiques." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> te notificará una vez al día por " -"correo electrónico los paquetes que se pueden actualizar. No instala estas " -"actualizaciones, pero las descarga (normalmente por la noche), así no tienes " -"que esperar la descarga para hacer <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si lo deseas, puedes realizar fácilmente la instalación automática de las " -"actualizaciones, solo necesitas instalar el paquete " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> y configurarlo como se " -"describe en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki." -"debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> puede enviarte las nuevas " -"entradas del changelo por correo electrónico, o, alternativamente, " -"mostrarlos en la terminal al ejecutar <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Mantente informado sobre actualizaciones de seguridad" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Ejecutar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como se ha descrito " -"anteriormente es una buena forma de aprender cuando están disponibles las " -"actualizaciones de seguridad para los paquetes instalados. Otra forma de " -"mantenerse informado sobre las actualizaciones de seguridad es suscribirse a " -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian " -"security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, que tiene la ventaja de decirte " -"también qué actualización de seguridad hay. La desventaja (comparado a " -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) es que también incluye " -"información sobre actualizaciones para paquetes que no están instalados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Para la gestión de las copias de seguridad, ve con tu navegador a <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Ten en cuenta que necesitas acceder a este " -"sitio a través de SSL, ya que tienes que introducir allí la contraseña de " -"root. Si intentas acceder a este sitio sin usar SSL, fallarás." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Nota: el sitio solo funcionará si permites temporalmente iniciar una sesión " -"root por ssh en el servidor de respaldo (servidor principal 'tjener' de " -"forma predeterminada)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto tjener hará copia de seguridad en <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> y LDAP a /skole/backup que está " -"bajo LVM.Si sólo quieres tener copias de repuesto de las cosas (en caso de " -"eliminarlas) esta configuración la debes tener correcta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Tener en cuenta que este esquema de respaldo no protege de daños en el disco " -"duro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Si quieres hacer una copia de seguridad de tus datos en un servidor externo, " -"un dispositivo de cinta u otro disco duro, tendrás que modificar un poco la " -"configuración existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Si quieres restaurar un directorio, la mejor opción es usar la línea de " -"comandos:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\ \n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Esto pondrá el contenido de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> para <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> en el " -"directorio <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Si desea restablecer un archivo, debería de ser capaz de seleccionar el " -"archivo (y la versión) de la interfaz web y descargar solamente ese archivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Si desea deshacerse de los respaldos viejos, elija \"Maintenance\" en el " -"menú de la página respaldo y seleccione la instantánea más vieja que desee " -"conservar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Mantenimiento de slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Monitorización del servidor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Los informes de Munin están disponible en <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/" -">. Proporciona gráficos de medición del estado del sistema de forma diaria, " -"semanal, mensual y anual, y proporciona al administrador del sistema ayuda a " -"la hora de buscar cuellos de botella y el origen de los problemas del " -"sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"La lista de ordenadores monitoreados por Munin se genera automáticamente, " -"basándose en la lista de hosts reportados a sitesummary. Todos los hosts con " -"el paquete munin-node instalado sen registran para que Munin los monitoree. " -"Normalmente pasará un día desde que se instala el ordenador hasta que Munin " -"inicia el monitoreo, debido a la orden de ejecución de las tareas de cron. " -"Para acelerar el proceso, ejecute <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" -"computeroutput> como root en el servidor sitesummary (generalmente el " -"servidor principal). Esto actualizará el archivo <computeroutput>/etc/munin/" -"munin.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"El conjunto de mediciones se genera automáticamente en cada ordenador usando " -"el programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>, que " -"prueba los complementos disponibles en <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/" -"plugins/</computeroutput> y vincula simbólicamente los relevantes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"La información sobre Munin está disponible en <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"El sistema y servicio de monitoreo Icinga está disponible en <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Se genera automáticamente la lista de " -"ordenadores y servicios monitoreados con información obtenida por el sistema " -"sitesummary. Los ordenadores con perfil de servidor principal y LTSP-" -"servidor se monitorean completamente, mientras que los clientes ligeros y " -"las estaciones de trabajo se monitorean de forma simple. Para habilitar el " -"monitoreo completo en una estación de trabajo, instala el paquete " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> en la estación de " -"trabajo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto Icinga no envia correos electrónicos. Esto se puede cambiar " -"reemplazando <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> y " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> en el archivo " -"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"El archivo de configuración de Icinga usado es <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. El cron job de sitesummary genera " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"con la lista de equipos y servicios por monitorear." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Se pueden poner revisiones extras de Icinga en el archivo <computeroutput>/" -"var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> para que se " -"incluyan en el archivo generado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"La información sobre Icinga está disponible en <ulink url=\"https://www." -"icinga.com/\"/> o en el paquete <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Advertencias comunes de Icinga y como manejarlas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Aquí hay instrucciones sobre como manejar las advertencias más comunes de " -"Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - espacio libre: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"La partición (/usr/ en el ejemplo) está llena. Existen dos maneras para " -"resolver esto: (1) elimina algunos archivos o (2) aumenta el tamaño de la " -"partición. Si la partición es /var/, purgando la caché de APT al ejecutarse " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> debería eliminar algunos " -"archivos. Si hay más espacio disponible en el volumen LVM, debería ayudar " -"ejecutar el programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> para aumentar las particiones. Para ejecutar este programa " -"cada hora de forma automática, hay que añadir el host en cuestión al grupo " -"de red <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" -"APT CRITICAL: 13 paquetes disponibles para upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Hay nuevos paquetes disponibles para actualizar. Los paquetes críticos " -"normalmente son mejoras de seguridad. Para actualizar, ejecuta 'apt upgrade " -"&& apt full-upgrade' como root en una consola o ingresa por SSH y " -"haz lo mismo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Si no quieres actualizar paquetes manualmente y confías en que Debian haga " -"un buen trabajo con las nuevas versiones, puedes configurar el paquete " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> para que actualice " -"automáticamente todos los paquetes cada noche. Esto no actualizará los " -"chroot LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reinicio requerido : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"El kernel en ejecución es más viejo que el kernel recién instalado más " -"actual, siendo necesario un reinicio del equipo para ejecutar el kernel " -"recién instalado. Normalmente esto es urgente, ya que los nuevos kernels " -"corrigen fallos de seguridad en Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "AVISO: tamaño de cola CUPS - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Las colas de impresión en CUPS tienen muchos trabajos pendientes. Lo más " -"probable es que esto se deba a una impresora no disponible. Las colas de " -"impresión deshabilitadas se habilitan cada hora en los hosts que son " -"miembros del grupo <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" -"computeroutput>, por lo que para estos hosts no debería ser necesaria " -"ninguna acción manual. Las colas de impresión se vacían cada noche en los " -"hosts que son miembros de la red <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" -"computeroutput>. Si un host tiene muchos trabajos en su cola, considera " -"añadir este host a uno o ambos de estos grupos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Se usa Sitesummary para obtener información de cada ordenador y enviarla al " -"servidor principal. La información obtenida se encuentra disponible en " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Los scripts " -"están disponibles en <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput>, " -"para generar informes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra disponible un sencillo informe de sitesummary sin detalles en " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Hay disponible documentación sobre sitesummary <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Se puede encontrar más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu " -"útil para administradores de sistema en el capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Administración</link> y en el capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Administración avanzada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Actualizaciones" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de leer está guía de actualización, ten en cuenta eres responsables de " -"las actualizaciones en tus servidores de producción.<emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux no tiene ABSOLUTAMENTE NINGUNA GARANTÍA más allá de " -"las que indique la ley aplicable.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrate de leer el capítulo <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> de este manual antes de intentar una actualización a una " -"nueva versión." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Notas generales sobre la actualización" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Actualizar Debian de una distribución a otra es, por lo general, bastante " -"fácil. En el caso de Debian Edu esto es, por desgracia, un poco más " -"complicado, ya que modificamos los archivos de configuración de manera que " -"no deberíamos. Sin embargo, a continuación, hemos documentado los pasos " -"necesarios. (para más información de cómo debe Debian Edu modificar los " -"archivos de configuración ver Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"En general, actualizar los servidores es más difícil que las estaciones de " -"trabajo y el servidor principal es el más difícil de actualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere asegurase de que después de la actualización todo va como antes, " -"debería probarlo en un sistema de pruebas o en un sistema configurado igual " -"que su servidor en producción. Ahí puede probar la actualización sin riesgo " -"y ver si todo funciona como debiera." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrate de leer la información sobre la versión de Debian Stable actual en " -"el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"" -">manual de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"También sería inteligente esperar un poco y seguir con la versión anterior " -"durante algunas semanas más, así que otros prueben la actualización y " -"documenten cualquier problema que experimenten. La versión estable anterior " -"de Debian Edu continuará recibiendo soporte por algún tiempo después de " -"publicarse la siguiente, pero cuando Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/security/faq#lifespan\">cese el soporte de la versión estable antigüa</" -"ulink>, Debian Edu hará igual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Prepárate: asegúrate de haber probado la actualización desde Buster en un " -"entorno de prueba o tener una copia de seguridad lista para poder volver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Ten en cuenta que la siguiente fórmula se aplica a una instalación " -"predeterminada del servidor principal de Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, profiles " -"Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (Para obtener una visión general de " -"la actualización de Buster a Bullseye, ver: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "No uses X, usa una consola virtual, inicia sesión como root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Si <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> termina con un error, intentar " -"arreglarlo y/o ejecutar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> y a " -"continuación de nuevo <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Actualización del servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Comienza por asegurarte de que el sistema actual está actualizado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Limpia la caché de paquete:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Prepara y comienza la actualización a Bullseye (nueva entrada de seguridad):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/" -"sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # opcional (para obtener la salida en inglés）\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: prepárate para leer muchas NEWS; pulsa <return> para " -"desplazarte hacia abajo, <q> para dejar el localizador. Toda la " -"información se enviará por correo a root que puedas volver a leerlas (usando " -"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> o <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Lee toda la información de debconf cuidadosamente, elige 'mantener la " -"versión local actualmente instalada' a menos que se indique lo contrario; en " -"la mayoría de los casos, si se da a return, irá bien." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "reiniciar servicios: Elige Sí." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: Elige 'mantener la versión local actualmente instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Elige Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"Servidor y utilidades Samba: Elige 'mantener la versión local actualmente " -"instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Servidores Kerberos: Escribe 'kerberos' y pulsa 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Elige N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Elige N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Elige N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Aplicar y ajustar la configuración:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"servicio de reinicio de squid" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Instalar y configurar la interfaz web Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, " -"elige siempre <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> si debconf pregunta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Consigue el nuevo entorno gráfico de Debian Edu Homeworld:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # a menos que se mantenga el " -"entorno gráfico de Buster como una alternativa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Ajusta la configuración del panel Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Mira la nueva LTSP y los cambios relacionados:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # para eliminar las modificaciones ya no " -"necesarias\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # para eliminar el ya no utilizado " -"directorio base tftp\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # primera entrada: manten ''tftp'' como " -"cuenta del sistema, segunda: cambia el directorio root TFTP a ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # tercero: dirección y puerto, lo último:" -" introduce ''--secure'' como opción adicional \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # vaciar el antiguo directorio base " -"LTSP\n" -"# Los próximos pasos necesitarán bastante tiempo de ejecución.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type " -"bare # si se desea un soporte de cliente de ligero de 64-bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type " -"bare # si se desea un soporte de cliente de ligero de 32-bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # para crear imagen de " -"estación de trabajo sin disco del sistema de archivos del servidor\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # para agregar archivos " -"de instalación PXE y los elementos relacionados de menú iPXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Usa mover a iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Crear un archivo <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> con el contenido siguiente:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"A continuación ejecuta <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> para efectuar " -"los cambios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modificar algunos ajustes DHCP más en LDAP, p.e. usando un editor como " -"ldapvi. Asegúrate de que las entradas relacionadas con DHCP coincidan con " -"las contenidas en el archivo <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</" -"emphasis>. Las entradas relacionadas son:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Haz frente a los cambios de GOsa - utiliza el nuevo gosa.conf, solucione el " -"acceso LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # " -"nuevo archivo gosa.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Busca adminPassword y snapshotAdminPassword en /etc/gosa/gosa.conf y " -"reemplaza $GOSAPWD con la contraseña aleatoria encontrada en /etc/gosa/gosa." -"conf.orig para esas entradas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Ejecuta <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Ejecuta <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Enfréntate con los cambios de tipo de cifrado de Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Ejecuta <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Enfréntate a los cambios de Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Añadir la cuenta del primer usuario de Samb: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a " -"<first username></computeroutput>. Una vez que los usuarios cambien su " -"contraseña, se creará la cuenta Samba concreta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Comprueba si el sistema de actualización funciona:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Reboot; iniciar la sesión como primer usuario y probar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "si el gui GOsa² funciona," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "si uno es capaz de conectar clientes y estaciones de trabajo LTSP," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"si se puede añadir/eliminar una membresía de grupo de red de un sistema," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "si se puede enviar y recibir correo electrónico interno," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "si uno puede manejar las impresoras," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "y si otras cosas específicas del sitio están funcionando." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Actualizar una estación de trabajo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Haz todas las cosas básicas como en el servidor principal pero no las que no " -"se necesiten. Si aún no está hecho, configura la máquina para utilizar " -"Kerberos para montar directorios home, para más detalles ver el capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Actualizar desde antiguas instalaciones de Debian Edu / Skolelinux (antes " -"que Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Para actualizar desde cualquier versión anterior, necesitarás primero " -"actualizar a la versión de Debian Edu basada en Buster, antes de poder " -"seguir las instrucciones proporcionadas anteriormente. Las Instrucciones " -"están en el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster#\">Manual de Debian Edu Buster</ulink> sobre cómo actualizar a Buster " -"desde la versión anterior, Stretch. Del mismo modo el manual de Stretch " -"describe cómo actualizar desde Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Guías" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Guía para <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administración general</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTos para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administración " -"avanzada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"Desktop\">el escritorio</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes en red</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseñar y aprender</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "HowTos para <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Guías para administración general" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Los capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Comenzando</link> y <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Mantenimiento</link> describen como empezar con " -"Debian Edu y como realizar el trabajo de mantenimiento básico. Las guías en " -"estos capítulos, tienen también trucos y recomendaciones más \"avanzadas\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "Seguimiento de /etc usando el sistema de control de versiones git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Usando <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> se siguen todos los " -"archivos en <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> utilizando <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de control de " -"versiones." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esto hace posible ver cuando se agrega, modifica o elimina un archivo, " -"también ver lo que se cambió si el archivo es un archivo de texto. El " -"repositorio de git se guarda en <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Cada hora se registra cualquier cambio, permitiendo tener un histórico de la " -"configuración para extraerse y revisarse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Para ver el historial, se usa la orden <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput>. Para comprobar las diferencias entre dos puntos en el " -"tiempo, se puede usar una orden como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff " -"</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Revise la salida de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> para más " -"información." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Lista de comandos útiles:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Ejemplos de uso" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"En un sistema recién instalado pruebe esto para ver todos los cambios " -"realizados desde que se instaló el sistema:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Ver que archivos no se están siguiendo, o los que no están actualizados:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Para confirmar manualmente un archivo, porque no quieres esperar hasta una " -"hora:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionando Particiones" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"En Debian Edu, todas las particiones que no sean la partición " -"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> están en volúmenes lógicos LVM. Con " -"los núcleos de Linux desde la versión 2.6.10, es posible extender las " -"particiones mientras están montadas. La reducción de las particiones todavía " -"se tiene que hacer mientras está desmontada la partición." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"Es una buena idea evitar la creación de particiones muy grandes (de más de, " -"por ejemplo, 20GiB), debido al tiempo que se tarda en ejecutar " -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> en ellas o en restaurarlas desde una " -"copia de seguridad si surge la necesidad. Es mejor, si es posible, crear " -"varias particiones pequeñas que una muy grande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Se proporciona el script de ayuda <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> para facilitar la ampliación de particiones completas. " -"Cuando se invoca, lee la configuración de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" -"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> y <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput>. A continuación, propone ampliar las particiones con muy " -"poco espacio libre, según las reglas proporcionadas en estos archivos. Si se " -"ejecuta sin argumentos, sólo mostrará los comandos necesarios para ampliar " -"el sistema de archivos. Se necesita el argumento <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> para ejecutar realmente estos comandos para ampliar los " -"sistemas de archivos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"La secuencia de comandos se ejecuta automáticamente cada hora en todos los " -"clientes incluidos en el grupo de red <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se redimensiona la partición utilizada por el proxy Squid, se " -"necesita, también, actualizar el valor del tamaño de la caché en " -"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput>. Se proporciona el " -"script de ayuda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" -"update-cachedir</computeroutput> para hacer esto automáticamente, " -"comprobando el tamaño actual de la partición de <computeroutput>/var/spool/" -"squid/</computeroutput> y configurando Squid para que use el 80% de esto " -"como su tamaño de caché." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Gestión de volúmenes lógicos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"La Gestión de Volúmenes Lógicos (LVM) permite redimensionar las particiones " -"mientras están montadas y en uso. Puedes obtener más información sobre LVM " -"en el <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Para extender un volumen lógico de forma manual simplemente le dices al " -"comando <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> el tamaño al que quieres " -"que aumente. Por ejemplo, para ampliar home0 a 30GiB se utilizan los " -"siguientes comandos:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Para ampliar home0 en 30GiB adicionales, inserta un '+' (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Usar ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> es " -"una herramienta para editar la base de datos LDAP con un editor de texto en " -"la linea de comandos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Se necesita ejecutar lo siguiente:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Nota: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará el editor de texto " -"predeterminado. Ejecutar <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> " -"en el intérprete de comandos puede configurar el entorno para tener un clon " -"de vi como editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Para añadir un objeto LDAP mediante ldapvi, utiliza el número de secuencia " -"del objeto con la cadena <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> frente al " -"nuevo objeto LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Atención: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> es una herramienta " -"poderosa. Sea cuidadoso y no dañe la base de datos de LDAP, la misma " -"advertencia sirve para JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"El uso de Kerberos en NFS para montar directorios personales es una " -"característica de seguridad. A partir de Bullseye, los clientes LTSP no " -"funcionan sin Kerberos. Los niveles <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> y <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> son compatibles " -"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticación Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" -"emphasis> representa la comprobación de la integridad y <emphasis>p</" -"emphasis> de la privacidad, p.e. encriptación); la carga del servidor y del " -"puesto de trabajo aumenta con el nivel de seguridad, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> es una buena opción y ha sido elegida por defecto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Cómo cambiar el valor por defecto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "iniciar sesión como root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"ejecuta <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, busca " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> y sustitúyelo con <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> o <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"edita <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> y ajustar " -"estas entradas en consecuencia:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "ejecutar <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta permite establecer la impresora por defecto en función de " -"la ubicación, la máquina o la pertenencia a un grupo. Más información en " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"El archivo de configuración <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> lo ha proporcionar admin, ver como ejemplo <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, una interfaz gráfica para LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Si prefieres una GUI para trabajar con la base de datos LDAP, mira el " -"paquete <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que se instala por " -"defecto. Para tener acceso de escritura conéctate así:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port:636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, una herramienta para línea de comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> es una pequeña " -"herramienta de línea de comandos para crear usuarios LDAP y establecer sus " -"contraseñas en Kerberos. Sin embargo, es útil sobre todo para las pruebas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Usando stable-updates" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Desde la liberación de Squeeze en 2011, Debian ha incluído paquetes " -"anteriormente mantenidos en volatile.debian.org en la <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Aunque puedes utilizar directamente las stable-updates, no tienes por qué " -"hacerlo: las stable-updates se introducen en la suite estable con " -"regularidad cuando se realizan las publicaciones de puntos estables, lo que " -"ocurre aproximadamente cada dos meses." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Usar backports para instalar software más reciente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Estás ejecutando Debian Edu porque prefieres la estabilidad de Debian Edu. " -"Funciona muy bien; sólo hay un problema: a veces el software está un poco " -"más anticuado de lo que te gustaría. Aquí es donde interviene backports." -"debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Las backports son paquetes recompilados de Debian testing (en su mayoría) y " -"de Debian unstable (sólo en algunos casos, por ejemplo, actualizaciones de " -"seguridad), así que se ejecutan sin nuevas bibliotecas (siempre que esto sea " -"posible) en una distribución estable de Debian como Debian Edu. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Te recomendamos que elijas los backports individuales que se " -"ajusten a tus necesidades, y no utilices todos los backports disponibles.</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Usar backports es sencillo:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/" -"apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Después de lo cual se pueden instalar fácilmente los paquetes backports, el " -"siguiente comando instalará una versión backport de <emphasis>tuxtype</" -"emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Los backports se actualizan automáticamente (si están disponibles) al igual " -"que otros paquetes. Al igual que el archivo normal, los backports tienen " -"tres secciones: main, contrib y non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Actualizar con un CD o similar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Si quieres actualizar de una versión a otra (por ejemplo, desde Bullseye " -"11.1 a 11.2) pero no tienes conectividad a Internet, solo los medios " -"físicos, sigue estos pasos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Inserte el CD/DVD/Disco Blu-ray/Dispositivo USB en la unidad y use el " -"comando apt-cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Para citar el manual de referencia de apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom se utiliza para añadir un disco óptico nuevo a la lista de fuentes " -"disponibles de APT. apt-cdrom examina la estructura del disco, corrige los " -"posibles errores de grabación y verifica los ficheros de índice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Se requiere utilizar apt-cdrom para añadir los discos al sistema APT, no se " -"puede hacer manualmente. Además, debe insertar y analizar cada disco de un " -"conjunto de discos por separado, para poder detectar los posibles errores de " -"grabación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Luego ejecute estos dos comandos para actualizar el sistema:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Limpieza automática de los procesos sobrantes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> es un script hecho en perl que " -"elimina trabajos en segundo plano. Trabajos en segundo plano son definidos " -"como procesos que pertenecen a usuarios que no tienen una sesión activa en " -"la computadora. Se ejecuta cada hora por un cron." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Instalación automática de actualizaciones de seguridad" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> es un paquete de Debian " -"que instalará automáticamente las actualizaciones de seguridad (y otras). Si " -"se instala, el paquete está preconfigurado para instalar actualizaciones de " -"seguridad. Los los están disponibles en <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" -"upgrades/</computeroutput>; también, están disponibles en <computeroutput>/" -"var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> y <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Apagado automático de los ordenadores durante la noche" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Es posible ahorrar energía y dinero apagando automáticamente las máquinas " -"clientes por la noche y volviéndolas a encender por la mañana. El paquete " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> intentará apagar la " -"máquina cada hora en punto a partir de las 16:00 de la tarde, pero no la " -"apagará si parece que tiene usuarios. Intentará decirle a la BIOS que " -"encienda la máquina sobre las 07:00 de la mañana, y el servidor principal " -"intentará encender las máquinas a partir de las 06:30 enviando paquetes wake-" -"on-lan. Estos tiempos se pueden cambiar en los crontabs de las máquinas " -"individuales." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" -"Hay que tener en cuenta algunas consideraciones a la hora de configurarlo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Los clientes no se deben apagar cuando alguien los esté usando. Esto se " -"asegura comprobando la salida de <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, y " -"como caso especial, comprobando que el comando de conexión ssh funcione con " -"clientes ligeros X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar que se fundan los fusibles, es conveniente asegurarse de que " -"todos los clientes no se pongan en marcha al mismo tiempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Existen dos métodos diferentes para arrancar a los clientes. Uno utiliza una " -"función de la BIOS y requiere un reloj de hardware que funcione " -"correctamente, así como una placa base y una versión de la BIOS compatibles " -"con <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; el otro requiere que los " -"clientes tengan soporte para wake-on-lan, y que el servidor sepa de todos " -"los clientes que necesitan arrancarse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Como configurar shutdown-at-night" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"En los clientes que deben apagarse por la noche, toca <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, o añade el nombre del " -"host (es decir, la salida de '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' en " -"el cliente) al grupo \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Se pueden añadir hosts al " -"grupo de red en LDAP mediante la herramienta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput>. Los clientes pueden necesitar tener configurado el wake-on-" -"lan en la BIOS. También es importante que los conmutadores y routers " -"utilizados entre el servidor wake-on-lan y los clientes pasen los paquetes " -"WOL a los clientes incluso si éstos están apagados. Algunos conmutadores no " -"pasan los paquetes a los clientes que faltan en la tabla ARP del conmutador, " -"y esto bloquea los paquetes WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Para activar el wake-on-lan en el servidor, añade los clientes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, una línea " -"por cliente, primero la dirección IP, seguida de la dirección MAC (dirección " -"ethernet), separada por un espacio; o crea un script <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> para generar la lista " -"de clientes sobre la marcha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Aquí tiene un ejemplo de <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> para usar con sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Una alternativa si se utiliza el grupo de red para activar el shutdown-at-" -"night en los clientes es este script que utiliza la herramienta de grupo del " -"paquete <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Acceso a servidores Debian-Edu ubicados detrás de un firewall" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a máquinas detrás de un firewall desde Internet, considera " -"instalar el paquete <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Se puede " -"utilizar para configurar un túnel SSH a una máquina en Internet a la que " -"tengas acceso. Desde esa máquina, puedes acceder al servidor detrás del " -"firewall a través del túnel SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Instalación de máquinas de servicio adicionales para repartir la carga del " -"servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"En la instalación predeterminada, todos los servicios se ejecutan en el " -"servidor principal, tjener. Para mover algunos servicios a otra máquina de " -"manera sencilla, existe un perfil <emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> de instalación " -"disponible. Instalar con este perfil proporcionará un ordenador que es parte " -"de la red de Debian Edu, pero que no cuenta con un servicio ejecutándose " -"(todavía)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Estos son los pasos que se deben seguir para configurar un servicio dedicado " -"en un ordenador:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"instala el perfil <emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> usando la opción de carga " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "Instala los paquetes para mantenimiento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "Configura el mantenimiento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "deshabilita el servicio en el servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "actualiza el servicio DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) en el servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTos de wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Howto administración avanzada" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" -"En este capítulo se describen las tareas de la administración avanzada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Personalización de los usuarios con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Crear usuarios en los Grupos Year" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo queremos crear usuarios en grupos por año, con directorios " -"personales comunes para cada grupo (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). Queremos " -"crear los usuarios mediante la importación de csv." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como root en el servidor principal) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Crear los directorios necesario de grupo por año" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primer usuario en Gosa</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Departamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Menú principal: ir a 'Directory structure', clic en el apartado 'Students'. " -"El campo 'Base' debe mostrar '/Students'. En el cuadro desplegable \"Actions" -"\" ir a \"Create'/'Department\". Rellenar los valores de los campos Nombre " -"(2024) y Descripción (estudiantes que se gradúan en 2024), dejar el campo " -"Base como está (debería ser '/Students'). Guardar haciendo clic en 'Ok'. " -"Ahora el nuevo departamento (2024) debería aparecer debajo de /Students. " -"Clic en él." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Elije \"Groups\" del menú principal; \"Actions\"/Create/Group. Escribe el " -"nombre del grupo (deja \"Base\" tal cual, debería estar en /Students/2014) y " -"\"ok\" para guardar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Planitlla" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Elige \"users\" en el menú principal. Cambia a 'Students' en el campo Base. " -"Debería aparecer una entrada <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> , " -"clic en ella. Esta es la plantilla 'students', no un usuario real. Como " -"tendrás que crear una plantilla de este tipo (para poder usar la importación " -"de csv para tu estructura) basada en esta, observa todas las entradas que " -"aparecen en las pestañas Generic y POSIX, tal vez tome capturas de pantalla " -"para tener la información lista para la nueva plantilla." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Ahora cambia a /Students/2024 en el campo Base; elige Create/Template y " -"comienza a rellenar los valores deseados, primero la pestaña Generic (añade " -"tu nuevo grupo 2024 en Group Membership, también), luego añade la cuenta " -"POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importar usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Elija su nueva plantilla cuando importe el archivo csv; probarlo con pocos " -"usuarios es lo recomendable." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Personalización de otro Usuario" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Crear directorios en el directorio home de los usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Con este script, el administrador puede crear directorios en cada directorio " -"personal de usuario y establecer los permisos de acceso y propiedad." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"En el ejemplo que aparece a continuación con group=teachers y permisos=2770 " -"un usuario puede entregar una tarea guardando el archivo en la carpeta " -"\"assignments\" donde los profesores tienen acceso de escritura para poder " -"hacer comentarios." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #establecer el propietario y el grupo correctos\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists." -"\\n" -"\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Utilizar un servidor de almacenamiento dedicado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Sigue estos pasos para configurar un servidor de almacenamiento dedicado " -"para los directorios personales de los usuarios y posiblemente otros datos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Añade un nuevo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " -"utilizando GOsa² como se indica en el capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeros pasos</emphasis> de este manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo se utiliza 'nas-server.intern' como nombre de servidor. Una " -"vez configurado 'nas-server.intern', comprueba si los puntos de exportación " -"NFS del nuevo servidor de almacenamiento se exportan a las subredes o " -"máquinas correspondientes:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server \n" -" Export list for nas-server: \n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8 \n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Aquí todo en la red troncal tiene acceso a la exportación de /storage. (Esto " -"podría restringirse a la pertenencia a un grupo o a direcciones IP " -"individuales para limitar el acceso a NFS como se hace en el archivo tjener:/" -"etc/exports.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Añade información de montaje automático sobre 'nas-server.intern' en LDAP " -"para permitir que todos los clientes monten automáticamente, a petición, la " -"nueva exportación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Esto no se puede hacer con GOsa², porque falta un módulo para el " -"automontaje. En su lugar, utiliza ldapvi y añade los objetos LDAP necesarios " -"utilizando un editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Cuando se muestre el editor, añade los siguientes objetos LDAP en la parte " -"inferior del documento. (La parte \"/&\" en el último objeto LDAP es un " -"comodín que coincide con todo lo que exporta 'nas-server.intern', lo que " -"elimina la necesidad de enumerar puntos de montaje individuales en LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"añadir cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=" -"no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-" -"server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" añadir ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" añadir cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=" -"no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -" -"fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-" -"server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Añade las entradas pertinentes en tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern no utiliza automount para evitar los bucles de montaje:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Crea los directorios del punto de montaje utilizando <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edita '/etc/fstab' como te parezca y ejecuta " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar los nuevos recursos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Ahora los usuarios deberían poder acceder directamente a los archivos de " -"'nas-server.intern' con sólo visitar el directorio '/tjener/nas-server/" -"storage/' utilizando cualquier aplicación en cualquier estación de trabajo, " -"cliente ligero LTSP o servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Restringir el acceso ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"Hay varias formas de restringir el acceso ssh, algunas se enumeran aquí." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configuración sin clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Si no se utilizan clientes LTSP una solución sencilla es crear un nuevo " -"grupo (digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) y añadir una línea " -"al archivo /etc/ssh/sshd_config de la máquina. Sólo los miembros del grupo " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> podrán entonces hacer ssh en la " -"máquina desde cualquier lugar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Gestionar este caso con GOsa es bastante sencillo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Crea un grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> en el nivel base (" -"donde ya aparecen otros grupos relacionados con la gestión del sistema como " -"se muestra en <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Añade usuarios al nuevo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Añade <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Ejecuta <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configuración con clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"La configuración por defecto del cliente sin disco LTSP no utiliza " -"conexiones ssh. Actualizar la imagen de SquashFS en el servidor LTSP " -"relacionado después de cambiar la configuración de ssh es suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Los clientes ligeros X2Go utilizan conexiones ssh al servidor LTSP " -"correspondiente. Así que se necesita un enfoque diferente utilizando PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" -"Habilita pam_access.so en el archivo /etc/pam.d/sshd del servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configura /etc/security/access.conf para permitir las conexiones de los " -"usuarios (de ejemplo) alicia, juana, roberto y pedro desde cualquier lugar y " -"para el resto de usuarios sólo desde las redes internas añadiendo estas " -"líneas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alicia juana roberto juan : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Si sólo se utilizan servidores LTSP dedicados, se podría eliminar la red " -"10.0.0.0/8 para desactivar el acceso interno ssh. Nota: alguien que conecte " -"su caja a la(s) red(es) de cliente LTSP dedicada(s) obtendrá acceso ssh " -"al(los) servidor(es) LTSP también." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Una nota para configuraciones más complejas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Si los clientes X2Go estuvieran conectados a la red troncal 10.0.0.0/8, las " -"cosas serían aún más complicadas y quizás sólo una sofisticada configuración " -"de DHCP (en LDAP) comprobando el vendor-class-identifier junto con una " -"adecuada configuración de PAM permitiría deshabilitar el login ssh interno.." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "HowTos para el escritorio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Configurar un entorno de escritorio multilingüe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Es necesario ejecutar estos comandos, para admitir varios idiomas:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " -"root) y elige los idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta estos comandos como root para instalar los paquetes relacionados:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Los usuarios podrán elegir el idioma a través del gestor de pantalla de " -"LightDM antes de iniciar la sesión; esto se aplica a Xfce, LXDE y LXQt. " -"GNOME y KDE vienen con sus propias herramientas internas de configuración de " -"regiones e idiomas, úsalas. MATE utiliza el greeter de Arctica sobre Lightdm " -"sin selector de idioma. Ejecuta <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> para obtener el listado de greeter de Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Reproducir DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Se necesita libdvdcss para reproducir la mayoría de los DVDs comerciales. No " -"está incluído en Debian (Edu) por motivos legales. Si tienes permiso para " -"usarlo, puedes hacer tu propio paquete usando el paquete Debian " -"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>; asegurate " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> de que está activado en " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Responde a las preguntas de debconf y ejecuta <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Fuentes manuscritas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"El paquete <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que se instala por " -"defecto) instala la fuente \"Abecedario\", que es una bonita fuente " -"manuscrita para niños. La fuente tiene varias formas para utilizarse con los " -"niños: punteada, y con líneas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "HowTos para clientes en red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introducción a clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Un término genérico para clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco " -"es <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"Comenzando con Bullseye, LTSP es bastante diferente de las versiones " -"anteriores, tanto en la configuración como en el mantenimiento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Como diferencia principal, la imagen de SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo " -"sin disco ahora se genera desde el sistema de archivos del servidor LTSP por " -"defecto. Esto sucede en un servidor combinado en el primer arranque, lo que " -"lleva algún tiempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Los clientes ligeros ya no forman parte de LTSP. Debian Edu usa X2Go para " -"seguir soportando a los clientes ligeros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"En el caso de un servidor LTSP separado o adicional, la información " -"necesaria para configurar el entorno del cliente LTSP no está completa en el " -"momento de la instalación. Puede realizarse la configuración una vez que el " -"sistema se haya añadido con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para información sobre LTSP en general, ver la <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">página de LTSP</ulink>. En sistemas con perfil <emphasis>servidor LTSP</" -"emphasis>, hay más información en <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Ten en cuenta que la herramienta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> debe utilizarse " -"con cuidado. Por ejemplo, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " -"fallaría al generar la imagen SquashFS en el caso de las máquinas Debian " -"(esta tiene separada la partición /boot por defecto), y <computeroutput>ltsp " -"ipxe</computeroutput> no generaría el menú iPXE correctamente (debido al " -"soporte de clientes ligeros de Debian Edu), y <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> estropearía completamente el arranque del cliente LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> " -"es un script envuelto por <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> y <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Se usa para instalar y configurar estaciones de trabajo sin " -"disco y compatibilidad con clientes ligeros tanto PC de 64 como 32 bits). " -"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> o el " -"contenido del script para ver cómo funciona. Toda la configuración se " -"encuentra en el propio script (aquí los documentos) para facilitar los " -"ajustes específicos del sitio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplos de cómo utilizar el wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-" -"install</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> actualiza la imagen SquashFS de la estación de trabajo sin " -"disco (sistema de archivos del servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> crea soporte para estaciones de trabajo sin " -"disco y clientes ligeros de 64 bits." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> crea un soporte adicional para clientes ligeros de 32 bits (" -"imagen chroot y SquashFS) ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Además de <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (el sistema de cliente ligero más " -"pequeño), también están disponibles las opciones de <emphasis>display</" -"emphasis> y <emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. El tipo <emphasis>display</" -"emphasis> presenta un botón de apagado, el tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> " -"ejecuta Firefox ESR en modo quiosco en el propio cliente (se requiere más " -"RAM y potencia de CPU local, pero se reduce la carga del servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> es " -"un wrapper script para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Se " -"asegura de que el archivo /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe sea específico de Debian " -"Edu. El comando debe ejecutarse después de que se hayan modificado los " -"elementos relacionados con el menú iPXE (como el tiempo de espera del menú o " -"la configuración de arranque por defecto) en la sección /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[servidor]." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " -"es un wrapper script para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Se " -"asegura de que se genere un caso de uso específico initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" -"ltsp.img) y que se traslade al directorio relacionado con el caso de uso. El " -"comando necesita ejecutarse después de que se haya modificado la sección /" -"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " -"reemplaza a la herramienta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> incluida con " -"LTSP5. Se utiliza para ejecutar comandos en un chroot LTSP específico (como, " -"por ejemplo, instalar, actualizar y eliminar paquetes)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estaciones de trabajo sin disco</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Una estación de trabajo sin disco ejecuta todo el software localmente. El " -"equipo cliente arranca directamente desde el servidor LTSP sin un disco duro " -"local. El software se administra y mantiene en el servidor LTSP, pero se " -"ejecuta en las estaciones de trabajo sin disco. También se almacenan en el " -"servidor los directorios Home y la configuración del sistema. Las estaciones " -"de trabajo sin disco son una excelente forma de reutilizar hardware antiguo " -"(pero potente) con los mismos costes bajos de mantenimiento que los clientes " -"ligeros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"A diferencia de las estaciones de trabajo, las estaciones de trabajo sin " -"disco funcionan sin necesidad de añadirlas con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente ligero</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Una configuración de cliente ligero permite que un PC normal funcione como " -"una (X-)terminal, donde todo el software se ejecuta en el servidor LTSP. " -"Esto significa que esta máquina arranca a través de PXE sin utilizar un " -"disco duro local del cliente y que el servidor LTSP debe ser una máquina " -"potente.." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu todavía admite el uso de clientes ligeros para permitir el uso de " -"hardware muy antiguo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Dado que los clientes ligeros usan X2Go, los usuarios deben deshabilitar la " -"composición para evitar artefactos de visualización. En el caso " -"predeterminado (entorno de escritorio Xfce): Configuración -> Ajustes del " -"administrador de ventanas -> Compositor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"El arranque del cliente LTSP fallará si la interfaz de red del cliente " -"requiere un firmware no libre. Se puede utilizar una instalación PXE para " -"solucionar problemas con el arranque por red de una máquina; si el " -"instalador de Debian se queja de la falta de un fichero XXX.bin, de debe " -"añadir firmware no libre al initrd del servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Proceda así en el servidor LTSP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Primero obtenga información sobre paquetes de firmware, ejecute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Decide qué paquete debe instalarse para la(s) interfaz(es) de red, lo más " -"probable es que sea un firmware-linux, ejecútalo:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Actualice la imagen de SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo sin disco, " -"ejecute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "En caso de que se utilicen clientes ligeros X2Go, ejecuta:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "y procede de acuerdo con la información de uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Actualiza la imagen de SquashFS; p.ej. para el chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-" -"amd64, ejecuta:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Selección del tipo de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Cada servidor LTSP tiene dos tarjetas de red: una configurada en la subred " -"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (compartida con el servidor principal), y otra que " -"forma una subredlocal (una subred para cada servidor LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Se puede elegir tanto <emphasis>estación sin disco</emphasis> como " -"<emphasis>cliente ligero</emphasis> en el menú iPXE. Tras esperar 5 " -"segundos, la máquina arrancará como estación de trabajo sin disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"Se pueden configurar el elemento del menú de arranque y su tiempo de espera " -"ambos por defecto en <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. " -"Se utiliza un valor de tiempo de espera de <emphasis>-1</emphasis> para " -"ocultar el menú. Ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation no</computeroutput> para que los cambios tengan efecto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Utiliza una red cliente LTSP diferente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 es el cliente de red LTSP por defecto si se instala una " -"máquina utilizando el perfil LTSP. Si se utilizan muchos clientes LTSP o si " -"han de servir diferentes servidores LTSP en entornos chroot i386 y amd64 " -"también se puede utilizar la segunda red preconfigurada 192.168.1.0/24. " -"Edita el archivo <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> y " -"ajusta de acuerdo la configuración de eth1. Utiliza <computeroutput>ldapvi</" -"computeroutput> o cualquier otro editor LDAP para inspeccionar la " -"configuración de DNS y DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Añade chroot LTSP para soportar clientes de 32 bits-PC" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Para crear una imagen chroot y SquashFS, ejecuta:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para más " -"detalles sobre los tipos de clientes ligeros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Ejecute <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para echar un vistazo " -"a las opciones de configuración disponibles. O léelo en línea: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Añade elementos de configuración a la sección /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[clientes]. Para que los cambios surtan efecto, ejecuta:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Sonido con clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Los clientes ligeros LTSP utilizan el audio en red para pasar el audio del " -"servidor a los clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "Las estaciones de trabajo sin disco LTSP manejan el audio localmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Acceso a dispositivos USB y CD-ROMs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Cuando los usuarios insertan una unidad USB o un DVD / CD-ROM en una " -"estación de trabajo sin disco, aparece un icono correspondiente en el " -"escritorio, que permite el acceso al contenido como en una estación de " -"trabajo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Cuando los usuarios insertan una unidad USB en un cliente ligero X2Go de " -"tipo simple (instalación de servidor combinado predeterminado), las unidades " -"se montan en cuanto se hace doble clic en el icono de la carpeta existente " -"en el escritorio de Xfce. Según el contenido multimedia, puede pasar algún " -"tiempo hasta que el contenido aparezca en el gestor de archivos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Advertencia sobre medios removibles en servidores LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Atención: Cuando se insertan en un servidor LTSP unidades USB y otros medios " -"extraíbles, hacen que el icono de la carpeta relacionada aparezca en los " -"escritorios de clientes ligeros LTSP. Los usuarios remotos pueden acceder a " -"los archivos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilizar impresoras conectadas a clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Conecta la impresora al equipo cliente LTSP (se admiten tanto el puerto USB " -"como el paralelo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Configura el cliente LTSP con GOsa² para utilizar una dirección fija de IP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> en el servidor principal; elegir el tipo de " -"impresora de red <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"(para todas las impresoras, independiente de la marca o el modelo) y " -"establece <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" -"computeroutput> como URI de conexión." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modificando instalación de PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE son las siglas de Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu ahora " -"utiliza la implementación <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> " -"para facilitar la integración de LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurar el menú PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"El elemento del menú PXE respectivo a la instalación se genera usando el " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Se permite " -"que algunas configuraciones se reconfiguren utilizando el archivo " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> con los " -"valores que desea reemplazar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurar la instalación de PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"La instalación PXE heredará el idioma, la distribución del teclado y la " -"configuración de la réplica de la configuración utilizada al instalar el " -"servidor principal, y las demás preguntas se harán durante la instalación " -"(perfil, participación en popcon, partición y contraseña de root). Para " -"evitar estas preguntas, se puede modificar el archivo <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> para proporcionar " -"respuestas preseleccionadas a los valores de debconf. Se comentan algunos " -"ejemplos de valores disponibles de debconf en <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Tus cambios se perderán en " -"cuanto se utilice <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"para recrear el entorno de instalación PXE. Para añadir los valores debconf " -"a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> durante la recreación con <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>, añade el archivo <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> con sus valores " -"adicionales de debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Se puede encontrar más información sobre la modificación de las " -"instalaciones PXE en el capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalación</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Agregar un repositorio personalizado para instalaciones PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Para agregar un repositorio personalizado, agregue algo parecido a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"y luego ejecuta una vez <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Cambiando parámetros de red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"El paquete debian-edu-config viene con una herramienta que ayuda a cambiar " -"la red de 10.0.0.0/8 a otra. Hecha una mirada a <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Está diseñado para " -"usarse justo después de la instalación en el servidor principal, para " -"actualizar LDAP y otros archivos que deben editarse para cambiar la subred." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Tener en cuenta que cambiar a una de las subredes que ya se utilizan en " -"otras partes de Debian Edu no funcionará. 192.168.0.0/24 y 192.168.1.0/24 ya " -"están configurados como redes de clientes LTSP. Para evitar las entradas " -"duplicadas cambiar a estas subredes requerirá la edición manual de los " -"archivos de configuración." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"No hay una forma fácil de cambiar el nombre de dominio DNS. Cambiarlo " -"requeriría cambios tanto en la estructura LDAP como en varios archivos en el " -"sistema de archivos del servidor principal. Tampoco hay un modo fácil de " -"cambiar el host y el nombre DNS del servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para " -"hacerlo, también sería necesario realizar cambios en LDAP y en los archivos " -"del servidor principal y del sistema de archivos del cliente. En ambos " -"casos, también habría que cambiar la configuración de Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Escritorio remoto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Al elegir el perfil de servidor LTSP o el perfil de servidor combinado, " -"también se instalan los paquetes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> y " -"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp utiliza el Protocolo de Escritorio Remoto para presentar un inicio de " -"sesión gráfico a un cliente remoto. Los usuarios de Microsoft Windows pueden " -"conectarse al servidor LTSP que ejecuta xrdp sin instalar software adicional " -"- simplemente inician una Conexión de Escritorio Remoto en su máquina con " -"Windows y se conectan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "Además, xrdp puede conectarse a un servidor VNC u otro servidor RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp viene sin soporte de sonido; para compilar los módulos requeridos, se " -"podría usar este script." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script para compilar/recompilar módulos xrdp PulseAudio.\n" -" # Quien llama debe ser root o miembro del grupo sudo.\n" -" # Además, /etc/apt/sources.list ha de contener una línea deb-src válida.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Necesitas ser root o pertenecer al grupo sudo.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Asegurese /etc/apt/sources.list ha de contener una línea " -"deb-src válida.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' " -"pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' " -"xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Conseguir fuentes y construir dependencias:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # Para pulseaudio 'configure' es todo lo que se necesita:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Ajusta el Makefile de los módulos pulseaudio (necesita una ruta absoluta)" -"\n" -" # y construye los módulos pulseaudio.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copiar los módulos en el directorio de módulos de Pulseaudio, ajustes " -"correctos.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Reiniciar xrdp, ahora con el sonido habilitado.\n" -" servicio sudo xrdp reiniciado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go permite acceder a un escritorio gráfico en el servidor LTSP a través de " -"conexiones de bajo y alto ancho de banda desde un PC con Linux, Windows o " -"macOS. Se necesita software adicional en el cliente, para más información " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\"" -">X2Go wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hay que tener en cuenta que el paquete <computeroutput>killer</" -"computeroutput> es mejor eliminarlo en el servidor LTSP si se utiliza X2Go, " -"ver <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Clientes de escritorio remoto disponible" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"Se instala por defecto <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> y es " -"capaz de RDP y VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP: la forma más sencilla de acceder al servidor de terminales de Windows. " -"Un paquete de cliente alternativo es " -"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"El cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) permite acceder a Skolelinux en " -"forma remota. Un paquete de cliente alternativo es " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> es un cliente gráfico para el " -"sistema X2Go (no está instalado por defecto). Se puede utilizar para " -"conectarse a sesiones en curso e iniciar otras nuevas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Clientes inalámbricos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"El servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> podría usarse para proporcionar " -"conexiones de red seguras. Para que esto funcione, instale los paquetes " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> y <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> en el " -"servidor principal y ejecute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> para generar una " -"configuración básica específica del sitio. De esta manera, se habilitan " -"tanto los métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP como PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toda la configuración se " -"encuentra en el propio script para facilitar los ajustes específicos del " -"sitio. Ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">la página de inicio de " -"freeRADIUS</ulink> para más información." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Se necesita configuración adicional para" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"activar/desactivar los puntos de acceso mediante un <emphasis>secreto " -"compartido</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"permitir/negar acceso wireless mediante grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"combinar los puntos de acceso en grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos de los usuarios finales deben estar configurados " -"correctamente, estos dispositivos deben estar protegidos por un PIN para el " -"uso de los métodos EAP (802.1x). Y lo más importante: se debe enseñar a los " -"usuarios a instalar el certificado CA de freeradius en sus dispositivos para " -"estar seguros de conectarse al servidor correcto. De esta manera no se puede " -"capturar la contraseña en caso de un servidor malicioso. El certificado " -"específico del sitio está disponible en la red interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (para dispositivos de " -"usuarios finales con Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Ten en cuenta que la configuración de los dispositivos de los usuarios " -"finales será un verdadero reto debido a la variedad de dispositivos. Para " -"los dispositivos con Windows se puede crear un script de instalación, con " -"Apple un archivo mobileconfig. En ambos casos se puede integrar el " -"certificado freeRADIUS CA, pero se necesitan herramientas específicas del " -"sistema operativo para crear los scripts." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autorizar la máquina Windows con las credenciales de Debian Edu usando el " -"plugin LDAP pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Añadir usuario pGina en Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Para poder utilizar pGina (o cualquier otra aplicación de servicio de " -"autenticación de terceros) debe tener una cuenta de usuario especial " -"utilizada en la búsqueda en LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Añadir un usuario especial, p.ej <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> " -"con contraseña<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, en <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"gosa\"/> website." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Instalar pGina fork" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Descargar e instalar pGina 3.9.9.12 como software habitual. Tener en cuenta " -"que el plugin LDAP persiste en la carpeta de plugins de pGina:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurar pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Teniendo en cuenta la configuración de Debian Edu, la conexión LDAP utiliza " -"SSL por el puerto 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" -"Por lo tanto, la configuración necesaria en una conexión pGina LDAP viene a " -"continuación" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estos se almacenan en HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Sección principal del plugin LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (o cualquier " -"otro con \"espacio\" como separador)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> para conexión SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Tiempo: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SÍ</emphasis> (marcar la casilla de " -"verificación)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Comenzar TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (no marcar la casilla " -"de verificación)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (no " -"marcar la casilla de verificación)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Buscar en DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\"es un usuario para autenticar en LDAP para buscar usuarios en una " -"sesión de inicio)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Contraseña de búsqueda: pwd.777 (es la contraseña de \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Bloqueo de autenticación" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Pestaña de Bind:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Permitir Contraseñas Vacías: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Buscar por DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SÍ</emphasis> (marcar la casilla de " -"verificación)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Filtro de búsqueda: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Bloqueo de autorización" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Por defecto: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Negar si falla la autenticación LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SÍ</" -"emphasis> (marcar la casilla de verificación)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir cuando el servidor es inalcanzable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</" -"emphasis> (no marcar la casilla de verificación, opcional)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Elegir el plugin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Autenticación [v], Autorización [v], Puerta de enlace [v], Cambiar " -"contraseña [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Máquina local: Autenticación [v], Puerta de Enlace [v] (marcar solo dos " -"casillas de verificación)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordenar los complementos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Autenticación: LDAP, Máquina Local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Puerta de Enlace: LDAP, Máquina Local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Fuentes:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba en Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba está ahora configurado como <emphasis>servidor independiente</" -"emphasis> con moderno soporte SMB2/SMB3 y usershares habilitados, ver " -"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> en el " -"servidor principal. De esta manera, los usuarios non-admin están habilitados " -"para compartir recursos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Como Samba eliminó el inseguro protocolo SMB1, la opción de configurar Samba " -"como PDC de estilo NT4 desapareció." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Para cambios específicos del sitio, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site al directorio /etc/samba. La configuración en <emphasis>smb." -"conf.edu-site</emphasis> anulará la contenida en <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, los directorios home son de sólo lectura. Esto se puede cambiar " -"en <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Las contraseñas de Samba se almacenan usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" -"computeroutput> y en el caso de que se cambie una contraseña se actualizan " -"usando GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar temporalmente la cuenta de Samba de un usuario, ejecutar " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nombre de usuario></computeroutput>, lo " -"volverá a activar <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <nombre de " -"usuario></computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Ejecutando en el servidor principal <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/" -"lib/samba/usershares</computeroutput> desactivará usershares para 'students'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Acceder archivos mediante Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos con Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS o Windows " -"pueden conectarse al directorio principal de un usuario y a recursos " -"compartidos adicionales específicos del sitio (si están configurados). Otros " -"dispositivos como los basados en Android requieren un gestor de archivos " -"compatible con SMB2/SMB3, también conocido como acceso LAN. <ulink url=" -"\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander con complemento LAN</ulink> pueden " -"ser una buena opción." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Usa <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> o " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> para acceder " -"al directorio home." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "HowTos para enseñar y aprender" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Todos los paquetes de Debian mencionados en esta sección se pueden instalar " -"ejecutando <computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> " -"(como root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Enseñar a programar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">" -"stable/education-development</ulink> es un meta paquete que depende de " -"muchas herramientas de programación. Tenga en cuenta que se necesitan casi 2 " -"GiB de espacio en disco si se instala este paquete. Para más detalles (tal " -"vez para instalar sólo algunos paquetes), ver la página <ulink url=\"https" -"://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development " -"packages</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Seguimiento de alumnos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advertencia</emphasis>: asegúrate de conocer la " -"legislación sobre vigilancia y restricción de las actividades de los " -"usuarios de ordenadores en tu jurisdicción." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Algunas escuelas utilizan herramientas de control como <ulink url=\"https" -"://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https" -"://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> para " -"supervisar a sus estudiantes. Ver también: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\"" -">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> y <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon " -"Homepage</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Restricción de acceso de los alumnos a la red" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Algunas escuelas usan <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir el acceso a Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "HowTos para usuarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Cambio de contraseñas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Casa usuario debería cambiar su contraseña usando GOsa². Para hacerlo, solo " -"usa un navegador web y abre <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"El uso de GOsa² para cambiar la contraseña garantiza que las contraseñas " -"para Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) y Samba sean las mismas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Cambiar contraseñas usando PAM funciona también en el prompt de inicio de " -"sesión de GDM, pero esto sólo actualizará la contraseña de Kerberos, y no la " -"de Samba y GOsa² (LDAP). Así que después de cambiar la contraseña en el " -"prompt de inicio de sesión, realmente deberías cambiarla también usando " -"GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Ejecutando aplicaciones de Java independientes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Las aplicaciones independientes de Java son compatibles con el tiempo de " -"ejecución de Java OpenJDK." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Uso del correo electrónico" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Todos los usuarios pueden enviar y recibir correos electrónicos en la red " -"interna; se proporcionan certificados para permitir las conexiones seguras " -"TLS. Para permitir el correo fuera de la red interna, el administrador " -"necesita configurar el servidor de correos <computeroutput>exim4</" -"computeroutput> para adaptarse a la situación local, iniciando con " -"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Todo usuario que quiera utilizar Thunderbird ha de configurarlo de la " -"siguiente manera. Para un usuario con username jdoe la dirección de correo " -"electrónico interna es <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Iniciar Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Haz clic en 'Omitir esto y utilizar mi correo electrónico actual'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Introduce tu dirección de correo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"No introduzcas tu contraseña, ya que se utilizará el inicio de sesión único " -"de Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Click en 'Continuar'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Tanto para IMAP como para SMTP la configuración debe ser 'STARTTLS' y " -"'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; ajústala si no se detecta automáticamente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Click en 'Done'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuir" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuir localmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Actualmente hay equipos locales en Noruega, Alemania, la región de " -"Extremadura en España, Taiwán y Francia. Además, contribuidores y usuarios y " -"usuarias \"Aislados\" existen en Grecia, Países Bajos, Japón y otros lugares." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"El <link linkend=\"Support\">capítulo de soporte</link> contiene " -"explicaciones y enlaces a recursos localizados, ya que <emphasis>contrubuir</" -"emphasis> y <emphasis>apoyar</emphasis> son dos caras de la misma moneda." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuye a nivel global" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"A nivel internacional estamos organizados en varios <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">equipos</ulink> que trabajan en distintas " -"áreas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Casi todo el tiempo, la <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> es nuestro medio de comunicación " -"principal, aunque tenemos encuentros mensuales en el IRC en #debian-edu on " -"irc.debian.org e incluso, menos frecuente, encuentros reales, en los que nos " -"vemos en persona. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"NewContributor\">Los nuevos colaboradores</ulink> deben leer nuestro <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Una buena forma de conocer lo que está ocurriendo en el desarrollo de Debian " -"Edu es suscribirse a la <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Informar bugs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu usa el <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking " -"System (BTS)</ulink> de Debian. Mira los informes de errores y solicitudes " -"de funciones existentes o crea otros nuevos. Informa de todos los bugs del " -"paquete <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" -"edu-config</ulink>. Échale un vistazo a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para más detales " -"sobre informar de bug en Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Documentación para editores y traductores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"¡Este documento necesita de tu ayuda! No está finalizado todavía: si lo " -"lees, notarás varias lineas que dicen POR CORREGIR. Si sabes lo que se " -"necesita corregir, sopesa compartir tu saber con nosotros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"La fuente del texto es una wiki y se puede editar con un simple navegador " -"web. Acude a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> y puedes contribuir con facilidad. Nota: se necesita una " -"cuenta de usuario para editar las páginas; necesitas primero <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">crear un usuario en la</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Otra forma muy buena de contribuir y ayudar a los usuarios es traduciendo " -"software y documentación. Se puede encontrar información de cómo traducir " -"este documento en este libro <link linkend=\"Translations\">capítulo sobre " -"la traducción</link>. ¡Sopesa ayudar en el esfuerzo de traducir este libro!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Soporte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "en Inglés" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de " -"correo de ayuda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - Canal IRC, principalmente relacionados con " -"el desarrollo; no esperes un apoyo en tiempo real aunque con frecuencia se " -"produzca" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "en noruego" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux en irc.debian.org - canal IRC para soporte en noruego" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "en alemán" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de " -"correo de ayuda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - representación oficial alemana" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de en irc.debian.org - canal IRC para soporte en alemán" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "en francés" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - lista de correo " -"de ayuda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Soporte profesional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Las listas de empresas que ofrecen apoyo profesional están disponibles en " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nuevas características en Debin Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu 11 nombre código Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Cambios en la instalación" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Bullseye, para más detalles ver " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo material gráfico basado en el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">tema de Homeworld</ulink>, el gráfico por " -"defecto para Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"El instalador de Debian ya no admite la configuración chroot de LTSP. En el " -"caso de una instalación combinada de servidor (perfiles \"Servidor principal" -"\" + \"Servidor LTSP\"), la configuración de la compatibilidad con clientes " -"ligeros (ahora con X2Go) se realiza al final de la instalación. La creación " -"de imagen SquashFS para el soporte de clientes sin disco (desde el sistema " -"de archivos del servidor) se realiza en el primer arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"En el caso de los servidores LTSP independientes, se han de realizar ambos " -"pasos a través de una herramienta tras el primer arranque dentro de la red " -"interna cuando se disponga de suficiente información del servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Actualizaciones de software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Todo lo nuevo en Debian 11 Bullseye, por ejemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Núcleo de Linux 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Entornos de Escritorio KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Herramienta educativa GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Creador de música Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye incluye más de 59000 paquetes disponibles para su " -"instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hay más información sobre Debian 11 Bullseye en<ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de la versión</ulink> y el " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Durante la instalación, la página de elección de perfil está disponible en " -"29 idiomas, de los cuales 22 están completamente traducidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"El Manual <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traducido al " -"holandés, francés, alemán, italiano, japonés, noruego bokmål, portugués " -"(Portugal) y chino simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Existen versiones parcialmente traducidas al danés y al español." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Otros cambios en comparación con la versión anterior" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Se ha mejorado el soporte TLS/SSL en la red interna. En los clientes, el " -"certificado root para Debian Edu-CA se encuentra en el paquete de " -"certificados de todo el sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo LTSP, reescrito desde cero, dejando de lado el soporte de clientes " -"ligeros. Los clientes ligeros están ahora soportados usando X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"Se produce el arranque en red usando iPXE en lugar de PXELINUX para ser " -"compatible con LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"El directorio <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> se usa ahora como arranque de " -"red base en lugar de <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"Se usa DuckDuckGo como buscador por defecto tanto en Firefox ESR como en " -"Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Chromium utiliza el sitio web interno en lugar de Google como página de " -"inicio por defecto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"En las estaciones de trabajo sin disco, el TGT de Kerberos está disponible " -"después del inicio de sesión automáticamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Se ha añadido una nueva herramienta para configurar freeRADIUS con soporte " -"para los métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP y PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"Samba está configurado como \"servidor independiente\" con soporte para SMB2/" -"SMB3; ha desaparecido la unión de dominios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"La interfaz web de GOsa² no muestra las entradas relacionadas con Samba " -"porque los datos de las cuentas de Samba ya no se almacenan en LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"El modo gráfico del instalador de Debian se utiliza para las instalaciones " -"PXE (en lugar del modo texto)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"Servidor de impresión ipp.intern de CUPS central, los usuarios " -"pertenecientes al grupo printer-admins pueden administrar CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"Está restringida al primer usuario la administración de Icinga a través de " -"la interfaz web." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Problemas conocidos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"ver <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">página " -"de estado de Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Copyright y autores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Este documento ha sido escrito y tiene derechos de autor Holger Levsen " -"(2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " -"2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " -"(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " -"(2015) y Serhii Horichenko (2022) y se publica bajo la GPL2 o cualquier " -"versión posterior. ¡Que lo disfrutes!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Si añades contenido, <emphasis role=\"strong\">por favor, hazlo sólo si eres " -"el autor. ¡Tienes que liberarlo bajo las mismas condiciones</emphasis>! " -"Entonces añade tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la licencia \"GPL v2 o " -"cualquier versión posterior\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traducciones de este documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"El manual de Debian Edu Bullseye está completamente traducido al holandés, " -"francés, alemán, italiano, japonés, noruego bokmål, portugués (Portugal) y " -"chino simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"En Weblate se está trabajando en las traducciones al polaco, rumano, sueco y " -"chino tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hay un <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -"\">resumen en línea de las traducciones enviadas</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "HowTo cómo traducir este documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Traducir usando archivos PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Como en muchos proyectos de software libre, las traducciones de este " -"documento se guardan en archivos PO. Puedes encontrar más información sobre " -"el proceso en <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-" -"edu-buster-manual-translations</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Traducir en línea mediante un navegador web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Algunos equipos lingüísticos han decidido traducir a través de Weblate. Para " -"más información mira en <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Informa de cualquier problema, gracias." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Apéndice A- La Licencia General Pública GPL GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > y otros, ver el <link linkend=" -"\"CopyRight\">capítulo de Copyright</link> para la lista completa del " -"listado de propietarios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Apéndice B - Aún no hay CD/DVDs live de Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Los CD/DVD de Debian Edu Live para Bullseye no están disponibles en este " -"momento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Características de la imagen Standalone" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Escritorio XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Todos los paquetes del perfil Standalone" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Todos los paquetes para el portátil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Características de la imagen de la Estación de Trabajo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Todos los paquetes del perfil de la Estación de Trabajo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Activando el soporte regional y traducciones" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Para activar una traducción específica, arranca usando " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> como opción de arranque, " -"donde ll_CC.UTF-8 es el nombre de la configuración regional deseada. Para " -"activar un teclado determinado, usa la opción <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> donde KB es la distribución de teclado deseada. Aquí hay una " -"lista de los códigos locales más usados:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Lengua (Región)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Valor local</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Distribución del teclado</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Noruego (Bokmål)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Noruego (Nynorsk)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Alemán" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Francés (Francia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Griego (Grecia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japonés" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Sami del Norte (Noruega)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"La lista completa de los códigos locales esta disponible en <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, pero únicamente los locales con " -"UTF-8 son soportados por la imagen «live». No todas las traducciones locales " -"tienen instalación. Se pueden encontrar las distribuciones de teclados en/" -"usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Cosas para saber" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "La contraseña del usuario es \"user\"; root no tiene contraseña." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Dudas conocidas con la imagen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Apéndice C - Características de publicaciones anteriores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Nuevas características enDebian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster publicado el " -"06-07-2019" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Esta es la primera vez que las imágenes de instalación de Debian Edu están " -"disponibles en <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, así que, son " -"imágenes oficiales de Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Buster, para más detalles ver el " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo diseño gráfico basado en el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, el diseño " -"por defecto de Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Nuevo entorno de escritorio por defecto Xfce (sustituye a KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nueva gestión de la configuración de CFEngine (sustituyendo el paquete no " -"mantenido cfengine2 por cfengine3); este es un cambio importante, para más " -"detalles ver <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">la documentación " -"oficial de CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "La arquitectura del chroot LTSP ahora es por defecto la del servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Todo lo nuevo en Debian 10 Buster, por ejemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Kernel linux 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Entornos de escritorio KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " -"LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR y Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Herramienta educativa GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Creador músical Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Buster incluye más de 57000 paquetes disponibles para su instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se puede encontrar más información sobre Debian 10 Buster en las <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">notas de publicación</" -"ulink> y el <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">manual de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Actualizaciones de la traducción de las plantillas usadas en el instalador. " -"Estas plantillas están ahora disponibles en 76 idiomas, de los que 31 están " -"completamente traducidos. La página de elección de perfil está disponible en " -"29 idiomas, de los cuales 19 están completamente traducidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"El manual de Debian Edu Buster está completamente traducido al francés, " -"alemán, italiano, danés, holandés, noruego bokmål y japonés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existen versiones parcialmente traducidas para polaco, español, chino " -"simplificado y chino tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "La imagen BD ISO se puede utilizar en instalaciones sin conexión." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Están disponibles nuevos metapaquetes relacionados con el nivel escolar: " -"<emphasis>preescolar</emphasis>, <emphasis>primaria</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>secundaria</emphasis> y <emphasis>bachillerato</emphasis>. Ninguno " -"de ellos está instalado por defecto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Ya no se instalan por defecto algunos paquetes pertenecientes más bien al " -"nivel de preescolar o primaria (como son <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> o " -"<emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Site de Instalación modular específica. Ahora es posible instalar sólo los " -"paquetes educativos que realmente se desean. Para más información, mira el " -"capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Site de soporte multilingüe concreto. Para más información mira el capítulo " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Escritorio</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Se ofrece LXQt 0.14 como una nueva opción para el entorno de escritorio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Nuevo GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Gestor de contraseñas</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" -"Se han eliminado las opciones inutilizables de la interfaz web de GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Está disponible el nuevo netgroup para excluir del arranque a los sistemas " -"pertenecientes al netgroup <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nueva herramienta Standardskriver (Impresora por defecto). Para más " -"información consulta el capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Standardskriver" -"\">Administración</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nueva herramienta Desktop-autoloader. Permite mejorar el rendimiento de los " -"clientes sin disco LTSP. Para más información consulta el capítulo <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">Clientes de Red</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Se ha mejorado el soporte de TLS/SSL dentro de la red interna. Se utiliza un " -"certificado RootCA para firmar los certificados del servidor y los " -"directorios de inicio de los usuarios están configurados para aceptarlo en " -"el momento de la creación de la cuenta; además de Firefox ESR, también " -"Chromium y Konqueror pueden ahora utilizar HTTPS sin necesidad de permitir " -"conexiones inseguras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberizado <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. Ya no se necesita una contraseña para " -"las conexiones dentro de la red interna; para habilitarlo root necesita " -"ejecutar primero <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS kerberizado. Ahora es posible utilizar un acceso más seguro al " -"directorio home, para más información ver el capítulo <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administración</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Se ha añadido un archivo de configuración <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> con ejemplos para facilitar los cambios " -"específicos del sitio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Se ha añadido un archivo de configuración <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-" -"build-client.conf</computeroutput> con ejemplos para facilitar los cambios " -"específicos del sitio.." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Nueva herramienta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-" -"ldap-from-scratch</computeroutput>. Permite volver a generar la base de " -"datos LDAP tal y como ha sido después de la instalación del servidor " -"principal. La herramienta también puede ser útil para facilitar los cambios " -"específicos del sitio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Con <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> ahora disponible en Debian, los " -"paquetes relacionados están ahora instalados en todos los sistemas con " -"Profile <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Se ha eliminado la compatibilidad con la ejecución de applets de Java en el " -"navegador Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"Se ha eliminado la compatibilidad con flash no libre en el navegador Firefox " -"ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Al igual que antes de Stretch, Debian 10 no instala el por defecto el " -"paquete <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, para más " -"información sobre actualizaciones de seguridad ver el capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Nuevas características en Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch publicado el " -"2017-06-17" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Stretch, para más detalles ver " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">manual " -"de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Se ha renombrado el perfil \"Thin-Client-Server\" como perfil \"LTSP-Server" -"\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Nueva imagen basada en el tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">tema de \"soft Waves</ulink>, la imagen por " -"defecto de Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Todo lo nuevo en Debian 9 Stretch, por ejemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Versión del kernel linux 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Entornos de escritorio KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace se instala por defecto; para elegir uno de los otros " -"consulta este manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR y Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "¡Se ha rebautizado Iceweasel como Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Se ha rebautizado Icedove como Thunderbird y ahora se instala por defecto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Herramientas educativas GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Creador de música Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch incluye más de 50000 paquetes disponibles para su instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Puedes encontrar más información sobre Debian 9 Stretch en las <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">notas de " -"publicación</ulink> y el <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Actualizaciones de la traducción de las plantillas utilizadas en el " -"instalador. Estas plantillas están ahora disponibles en 29 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"El manual de Debian Edu Stretch está completamente traducido al alemán, " -"francés, italiano, danés, holandés, noruego bokmål y japonés. Se ha añadido " -"recientemente la traducción al japonés a Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existen versiones parcialmente traducidas para español, polaco y chino " -"simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga sustituye a Nagios como herramienta de monitorización." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" -"kde-spectacle sustituye a ksnapshot como herramienta de captura de pantalla." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Ha vuelto el reproductor de flash libre gnash." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth está instalado y activado por defecto, excepto para los perfiles " -"\"Servidor principal\" y \"Mínimo\"; pulsar ESC permite ver los mensajes de " -"arranque y apagado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Ha de ajustarse la base de datos LDAP al actualizar desde Jessie. Se ha de " -"reemplazar el valor sudoHost 'tjener' por 'tjener.intern' usando GOsa² o un " -"editor LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"El soporte para PC de 32 bits (conocido como arquitectura i386 de Debian) " -"ahora ya no cubre un procesador i586 simple. La nueva línea de base es el " -"i686, aunque algunos procesadores i586 (por ejemplo, el \"AMD Geode\") " -"seguirán siendo compatibles." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 permite desatender las actualizaciones (para las actualizaciones de " -"seguridad) por defecto para las nuevas instalaciones. Esto puede causar un " -"retraso de unos 15 minutos si se apaga un sistema con un valor bajo de " -"tiempo de actividad." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP ahora utiliza NBD en lugar de NFS para el sistema de archivos raíz. " -"Después de cada cambio en un chroot de LTSP, para que los cambios tengan " -"efecto se debe regenerar la imagen NBD relacionada (<computeroutput>ltsp-" -"update-image</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Ya no se permiten los inicios de sesión simultáneos del mismo usuario en el " -"servidor LTSP y en el cliente ligero LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Información histórica sobre versiones anteriores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Se realizaron en el pasado las siguientes versiones de Debian Edu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie publicado el 02-07-2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy publicado el 28-09-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" publicado el 03-03-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\" publicado el 11-03-2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", publicado el 05-10-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", publicado el 08-02-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", publicado el 05-12-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" publicado el 22-07-2007. Basado en Debian 4.0 " -"Etch publicación en 08-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, liberado el 14-03-2006. Basado en Debian 3.1 Sarge publicado " -"el 06-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" publicado el 20-06-2004. Basado en Debian 3.0 Woody " -"plublicado el 19-07-2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Puedes encontrar una descripción completa y detallada de las versiones " -"anteriores en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C o el manual de Jessiel</ulink>; o consulta los " -"manuales de divulgación publicados en la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">página de manuales de divulgación </ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cuando los usuarios insertan una unidad USB o un DVD / CD-ROM en un " -#~ "cliente ligero X2Go, el medio se monta automáticamente y es posible " -#~ "acceder a él navegando por la carpeta relacionada en el escritorio Xfce." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si los usuarios remotos reconocen la ventana emergente o utilizan pmount " -#~ "desde la consola, pueden incluso montar los dispositivos extraíbles y " -#~ "acceder a los archivos." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar un entorno de escritorio de tu elección en lugar del " -#~ "predeterminado, pulsa TAB y edita las opciones de arranque del kernel " -#~ "(como ya se ha explicado anteriormente)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A partir de Bullseye, LTSP es bastante diferente de las versiones " -#~ "anteriores. Esto afecta tanto a la configuración como al mantenimiento. " -#~ "Una de las principales diferencias es que la imagen SquashFS para las " -#~ "estaciones de trabajo sin disco se genera ahora a partir del sistema de " -#~ "archivos del servidor LTSP. Además, los clientes ligeros ya no están " -#~ "soportados." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)crea soporte para clientes ligeros " -#~ "de 64 bits." - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "En este caso, ejecute los siguientes comandos en un servidor LTSP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Primero, obten información sobre los paquetes de firmware\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide que paquete se debe instalar para la(s) tarjeta(s) de red. \n" -#~ "# Probablemente sea firmware-linux-nonfree\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Actualiza la imagen SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo sin disco.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Lee " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -#~ "detalles sobre este tipo de clientes ligeros." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis>, esp. cualquier " -#~ "otro tipo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "accede como root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ejecute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - " -#~ "support mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - " -#~ "support mailing list" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "Solicite un CD / DVD por correo" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para quienes que no poseen una conexión a Internet rápida, nosotros " -#~ "podríamos enviarle un CD o DVD por el precio del mismo y su envío. " -#~ "Solamente envíe un correo a <ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no" -#~ "\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink>y podremos discutir acerca de los detalles del " -#~ "pago (del disco y el envío)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Recuerde incluir la dirección a la que desea le sea envíado su CD / DVD " -#~ "dentro del email." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian " -#~ "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu a.k.a Skolelinux es una distribución basada en Debian, " -#~ "proporcionando un ambiente \"fuera de la caja\", completamente " -#~ "configurado para una red escolar." - -#~ msgid "Be happy" -#~ msgstr "Sonríe :)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be " -#~ "used directly without this step." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Agregar estaciones de trabajo con GOsa² - clientes ligeros y estaciones " -#~ "de trabajo sin disco pueden ser usados directamente sin ser agregados." - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" - -#~ msgid "Group Management on the command line" -#~ msgstr "Gestión de grupos en la linea de comando" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n" -#~ " comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Muestra el mapeo existente entre grupos UNIX y Windows.\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# Agrega un grupo nuevo o faltante:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=GRUPO_NUEVO type=domain ntgroup=" -#~ "\"GRUPO_NUEVO_GRUPO\"\\\n" -#~ " comment=\"DESCRIPCIÓN DEL GRUPO NUEVO\"" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be " -#~| "booted on the main network. Unlike workstations, diskless workstations " -#~| "don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa², but can be, for example if " -#~| "you want to force the hostname." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected " -#~ "to the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">can</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esta configuración permite iniciar a las estaciones sin disco y clientes " -#~ "ligeros a través de la red principal. A diferencia de las estaciones de " -#~ "trabajo, las estaciones de trabajo sin disco no necesitan ser agregadas a " -#~ "LDAP con GOsa², pero pueden agregarse, si necesita forzar el nombre del " -#~ "host." - -#~ msgid "winstation-hosts" -#~ msgstr "winstation-hosts" - -#~ msgid "NFS." -#~ msgstr "NFS." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², " -#~ "or your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless " -#~ "workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be " -#~ "configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Recuerde configurar las estaciones de trabajos y los servidores LTSP de " -#~ "manera correcta con GOsa², o sus usuarios no tendrán acceso a sus " -#~ "directorios personales. Las estaciones de trabajo sin disco y los " -#~ "clientes ligeros no usan NFS, por lo que no necesitan ser configurados." - -#~ msgid "fs-autoresize" -#~ msgstr "fs-autoresize" - -#~ msgid "shutdown at night" -#~ msgstr "shutdown at night" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The username is <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> and the " -#~ "default password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For " -#~ "security reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the " -#~ "password you can run the following command as root:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El usuario es <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> y la " -#~ "contraseña por defecto es <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. " -#~ "Por razones de seguridad, evite usar la misma contraseña para el usuario " -#~ "root. Para cambiar la contraseña, usted puede ejecutar el siguiente " -#~ "comando como usuario root:" - -#~ msgid "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" -#~ msgstr "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" - -#~ msgid "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" -#~ msgstr "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet " -#~ "for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En la subred principal tendrá el menú PXE completo; la sured separada " -#~ "para cada servidor LTSP le permite seleccionar solo clientes sin discos y " -#~ "ligeros LTSP." - -#~ msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" -#~ msgstr "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" - -#~ msgid "LTSP in detail" -#~ msgstr "LTSP en detalle" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Here is one example used to activate the theme in the " -#~| "<computeroutput>desktop-base</computeroutput> package:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the setup is complete, update the NBD image running " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> and test it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí tiene un ejemplo para activar el tema en el paquete " -#~ "<computeroutput>desktop-base</computeroutput>:" - -#~ msgid "Getting Started" -#~ msgstr "Cómo empezar" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\" -#~ "\\TJENER should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian " -#~ "Edu's Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux " -#~ "system with smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Después de la instalación del servidor principal de Debian Edu, \\" -#~ "\\TJENER debería ser visible desde computadoras con Windows. El dominio " -#~ "de Debian Edu en Windows es SKOLELINUX. Utilice una computadora con " -#~ "Windows (o Linux con smbclient) para explorar su entorno de red de " -#~ "Windows/Samba. " - -#~ msgid "START -> Run command" -#~ msgstr "INICIO -> comando ejecutar." - -#~ msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return" -#~ msgstr "Esriba \\\\TJENER y presione enter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² " -#~ "should be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER" -#~ "\\<username> and access their home directories even with Windows " -#~ "machines <emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the Windows " -#~ "SKOLELINUX domain." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cuentas de usuarios de estudiantes y profesores que han sido configuradas " -#~ "mediante GOsa² pueden ingresar a \\\\TJENER\\HOMES o \\\\TJENER\\<" -#~ "username> y acceder a sus directorios personales con computadoras " -#~ "Windows que <emphasis role=\"strong\">no</emphasis> se han unido al " -#~ "dominio SKOLELINUX." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Escriba \\\\TJENER\\HOMES o \\\\TJENER\\<username> y presione " -#~ "enter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication " -#~ "dialog window that appears" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Escriba su datos de usuario y contraseña en la ventana de autenticación " -#~ "que aparece." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in " -#~ "your Debian Edu home directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "-> una ventana de explorador de Windows se abrirá y le mostrará los " -#~ "archivos y directorios en su directorio personal de Debian Edu." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; " -#~ "further share examples for students and teachers can be found in " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your " -#~ "Debian Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Por defecto, solamente [home] y [netlogon] son exportadas; más ejemplos " -#~ "para estudiantes y profesores sobre como compartir pueden encontrarse en " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> en el " -#~ "servidor principal de Debian Edu." - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" - -#~ msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Obtener un ticket Kerberos para leer correos en las estaciones de trabajo " -#~ "sin disco" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Date de publication; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Traduction:</emphasis> -2008 Christophe Masson -2010, 2024 Olivier Vitrat -2012-2015 Cédric Boutillier -2012, 2021 Jean-Paul Guilloneau -2012 David Prévot -2012 Thomas Vincent -2019, 2021 Jean-Pierre Giraud -2009, 2010, 2012, 2019, 2021 The French l10n team -2024 Alan - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.fr.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9650 +0,0 @@ -# French translations for Debian Edu manual / Skolelinux -# -# Christophe Masson <chrs.masson@free.fr>, 2008. -# Olivier Vitrat <ovit.debian@gmail.com>, 2010. -# Cédric Boutillier <boutil@debian.org>, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. -# Jean-Paul Guillonneau <guillonneau.jeanpaul@free.fr>, 2012, 2021. -# David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>, 2012, 2013. -# Thomas Vincent <thomas@vinc-net.fr>, 2012. -# Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>, 2019, 2021. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-13 00:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Vitrat <olivier.vitrat@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/fr/>\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu/Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Date de publication :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu 11 nom de code Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logo de l’installateur de Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Voici le manuel de la version de Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"La version disponible depuis <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Bullseye\"/> est un wiki fréquemment mis à jour." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Les <link linkend=\"Translations\">traductions</link> font partie du paquet " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> qui peut être installé sur " -"un serveur web et qui est disponible <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">en ligne</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "À propos de Debian Edu et Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu, aussi connue sous le nom de Skolelinux, est une distribution " -"Debian fournissant un environnement de réseau scolaire complètement " -"configuré. Elle implémente une approche client-serveur. Les serveurs et les " -"clients sont des <emphasis>éléments de logiciel</emphasis> qui interagissent " -"entre eux. Les serveurs fournissent l'information requise par les clients " -"pour fonctionner. Quand un serveur est installé sur une machine et son " -"client sur une machine différente, les machines elles-mêmes sont appelées le " -"serveur et le client, par extension du concept." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Les chapitres sur les <link linkend=\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</" -"link> et sur <link linkend=\"Architecture\">l'architecture</link> " -"fournissent des détails sur les environnements de base." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Immédiatement après l'installation, un serveur faisant fonctionner tous les " -"services pour le réseau de l'école est configuré, et le système est prêt à " -"être utilisé. Seul l'ajout d'utilisateurs et de stations de travail a besoin " -"d'être effectué au moyen de GOsa², une interface web agréable, ou de " -"n'importe quel autre éditeur LDAP. Un environnement d'amorçage par le réseau " -"avec PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> a aussi été préparé. " -"Ainsi, après l'installation initiale du serveur principal depuis un CD, un " -"disque Blu-ray ou une clé USB, les autres machines pourront être installées " -"par le réseau. Cela inclut aussi bien les stations de travail mobiles (c'est-" -"à-dire celles qui peuvent être retirées du réseau de l'école, habituellement " -"les ordinateurs portables et les mini-ordinateurs). Des machines peuvent " -"aussi être démarrées à l’aide de l’amorçage PXE/iPXE telles des stations de " -"travail sans disque dur ou des clients légers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Plusieurs applications éducatives telles que GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, " -"GNU Solfege et Scratch sont incluses dans la configuration de bureau par " -"défaut. Cette liste peut-être facilement et largement étendue grâce à " -"l'univers de Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Historique du projet et raison de la double dénomination" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux</ulink> " -"est une distribution Linux créée par le projet Debian Edu. Elle fait partie " -"de la publication <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure " -"Blend</ulink> en tant que sous-projet <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink> officiel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Cela signifie que Skolelinux est une distribution Debian fournissant un " -"environnement de réseau scolaire complètement configuré." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Le projet Skolelinux a été lancé en Norvège le 2 juillet 2001, à peu près au " -"même moment où Raphaël Hertzog démarrait le projet Debian-Edu en France. En " -"2003, les deux projets ont fusionné, mais les deux noms sont restés. " -"« Skole » et (Debian-)« Education » sont deux dénominations bien installées " -"dans ces pays." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "À ce jour, ce système est utilisé dans plusieurs pays du monde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Architecture" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Cette section décrit l'architecture du réseau et les services fournis par " -"Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Topologie du réseau Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Le diagramme est un schéma de la topologie supposée du réseau. La " -"configuration par défaut d'un réseau Skolelinux suppose qu'il y a un (et un " -"seul) serveur principal et permet l'accueil à la fois de stations de travail " -"normales et de serveurs LTSP (avec les clients légers ou les stations de " -"travail sans disque associés). Le nombre de stations de travail peut être " -"aussi grand ou petit que vous le souhaitez (d'aucune à beaucoup). De même " -"pour les serveurs LTSP, chacun étant sur un réseau distinct de sorte que le " -"trafic entre les clients et le serveur LTSP n'affecte pas le reste des " -"services du réseau. LTSP est expliqué en détail dans le <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant du manuel</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"La raison pour laquelle il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul serveur principal dans " -"un réseau d'école est que celui-ci fournit DHCP, et il ne peut y avoir " -"qu'une seule machine fournissant ce service sur chaque réseau. Il est " -"possible de déplacer un service depuis le serveur principal vers une autre " -"machine en le configurant sur cette dernière puis en mettant à jour la " -"configuration DNS, en faisant pointer l'alias DNS pour ce service vers " -"l'ordinateur concerné." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Afin de simplifier les réglages de base de Skolelinux, la connexion à " -"Internet s'effectue par un routeur séparé, appelé également passerelle. " -"Consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">routeur Internet</link> pour des détails sur la configuration d'une " -"passerelle s'il n'est pas possible d'en utiliser une existante comme il faut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Configuration réseau par défaut" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Le serveur DHCP sur le serveur principal dessert le réseau 10.0.0.0/8 en " -"fournissant un menu d'amorçage syslinux (PXE) où vous pouvez choisir " -"d'installer un nouveau serveur ou une station de travail, démarrer un client " -"léger ou une station de travail sans disque, exécuter memtest ou démarrer du " -"disque dur local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Il est conçu pour être modifié : pour plus de détails, consultez le <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> du manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"Le serveur DHCP des serveurs LTSP ne dessert qu'un réseau dédié sur la " -"deuxième interface (192.168.0.0/24 et 192.168.1.0/24 sont les options " -"préconfigurées) et ne devrait pas souvent être modifié." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "La configuration de tous les sous-réseaux est stockée dans LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Un réseau Skolelinux a besoin d'un serveur principal (aussi appelé " -"« tjener » qui est le mot norvégien pour « serveur ») qui a par défaut " -"l'adresse IP 10.0.2.2 et qui est installé en sélectionnant le profil de " -"serveur principal. Il est possible (mais non nécessaire) de sélectionner et " -"d'installer également les profils de serveur LTSP et de station de travail " -"en plus du profil de serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Services exécutés sur le serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"À l'exception du contrôle des clients légers, tous les services sont " -"initialement configurés sur un ordinateur central (le serveur principal). " -"Pour des raisons de performances, le(s) serveur(s) LTSP devraient être sur " -"une machine séparée (bien qu'il soit possible d'installer à la fois les " -"profils de serveur principal et de serveur LTSP sur la même machine). Tous " -"les services se voient attribuer un nom DNS et ne sont disponibles que sur " -"IPv4. Le nom DNS attribué permet de déplacer facilement chaque service du " -"serveur central vers une autre machine, simplement en l'arrêtant sur le " -"serveur principal et en changeant la configuration DNS de sorte que l'alias " -"pointe vers la nouvelle machine (sur laquelle il aura été préalablement " -"installé, bien entendu)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Pour des raisons de sécurité, toutes les connexions véhiculant des mots de " -"passe sur le réseau sont chiffrées, de sorte qu'aucun mot de passe " -"n'apparaît en clair sur le réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"L'ensemble des services configurés par défaut sur un réseau Skolelinux est " -"présenté ci-dessous avec le nom DNS associé. Tous les fichiers de " -"configuration font, si possible, référence au service par son nom (sans le " -"nom de domaine), permettant ainsi aux écoles de changer facilement leur " -"domaine (si elles disposent de leur propre domaine DNS) ou leur adresse IP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Liste des services</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Description du service</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nom usuel</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nom DNS du service</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Gestion centralisée des journaux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Service de noms de domaine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domaine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configuration réseau automatique des machines" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Répertoires personnels sur un système de fichiers réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB et NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Courrier électronique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Service de répertoire" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administration des utilisateurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Serveur web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache et PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Sauvegardes centralisées" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Cache web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Impression" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Connexion sécurisée à distance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration automatique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Serveur(s) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Surveillance des machines et des services, avec rapport d'erreur, ainsi " -"qu'état et historique sur le web. Rapport d'erreur par courrier électronique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga et Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Les fichiers personnels des utilisateurs sont enregistrés dans leur " -"répertoire personnel, disponible sur le serveur. Les répertoires personnels " -"sont accessibles depuis toutes les machines, donnant accès aux mêmes " -"fichiers, quelle que soit la machine utilisée. Le serveur ignore le système " -"d'exploitation en permettant l'accès grâce à NFS pour les clients UNIX et à " -"l’aide de SMB2/SMB3 pour d’autres clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le courrier électronique est configuré pour ne délivrer les " -"messages que localement (c'est-à-dire à l'intérieur de l'école), bien qu'il " -"puisse être configuré pour délivrer le courrier sur Internet si " -"l'établissement dispose d'une connexion permanente. Les clients sont " -"configurés pour envoyer leur courrier au serveur (en relais « smarthost ») " -"et les utilisateurs peuvent <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">accéder à " -"leur courrier personnel</link> par IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Tous les services sont accessibles avec les mêmes nom d'utilisateur et mot " -"de passe, grâce à la base de données d'utilisateurs centralisée gérant " -"l'authentification et les autorisations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Pour des raisons de performance sur des sites contactés fréquemment, un " -"mandataire (Squid) met en cache local les fichiers correspondants. Associé " -"au blocage du trafic web par le routeur, cela permet aussi le contrôle de " -"l'accès à Internet sur chaque machine." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"La configuration du réseau sur les clients est effectuée automatiquement à " -"l'aide de DHCP. Tous les types de clients peuvent être connectés et recevoir " -"une adresse IP appartenant au sous-réseau privé 10.0.0.0/8, tandis que les " -"clients légers sont connectés à leur serveur de clients légers sur le sous-" -"réseau 192.168.0.0/24 (cela assure que le trafic réseau des clients légers " -"n'interfère pas avec le reste des services du réseau)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Le système de journal centralisé est configuré de sorte que toutes les " -"machines envoient leur journal système (syslog) au serveur. Seuls les " -"messages provenant du réseau local sont acceptés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le serveur DNS est configuré avec un domaine réservé à l'usage " -"interne (*.intern), jusqu'à ce qu'un vrai domaine DNS (« externe ») puisse " -"être configuré. Le serveur DNS est configuré en serveur DNS cache, de sorte " -"que toutes les machines du réseau puissent l'utiliser comme serveur DNS " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Les élèves et les enseignants ont la possibilité de publier des sites web. " -"Le serveur web fournit les mécanismes d'authentification des utilisateurs et " -"de limitation de l'accès aux pages individuelles et sous-répertoires à " -"certains utilisateurs ou groupes. Les utilisateurs auront la possibilité de " -"créer des pages web dynamiques, puisque le serveur web sera programmable." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Les informations concernant les utilisateurs et les machines peuvent être " -"modifiées de manière centralisée et sont rendues accessibles automatiquement " -"à tous les ordinateurs du réseau. Pour cela, un serveur de répertoire " -"centralisé est mis en place. Le répertoire détiendra des informations sur " -"les utilisateurs, les groupes d’utilisateurs, les machines et les groupes de " -"machines. Afin de ne pas troubler les utilisateurs, il ne sera pas fait de " -"distinction entre les groupes de fichiers et les groupes réseau. Cela " -"implique que les groupes de machines qui devront constituer des groupes " -"réseau aient le même espace de nommage que les groupes d'utilisateurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"L'administration des services et des utilisateurs se fera essentiellement " -"par le web et respectera les standards établis, fonctionnant correctement " -"avec les navigateurs web fournis dans Skolelinux. La délégation de certaines " -"tâches à des utilisateurs individuels ou à des groupes d'utilisateurs sera " -"possible par les systèmes d'administration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'éviter certains problèmes avec NFS ou de simplifier la résolution de " -"problèmes, les différentes machines doivent être synchronisées. Pour cela, " -"le serveur Skolelinux est configuré en serveur local NTP (Network Time " -"Protocol) et toutes les stations de travail ainsi que tous les clients sont " -"configurés pour être synchronisés avec le serveur. Le serveur lui-même " -"devrait se synchroniser par NTP à partir de machines sur Internet, assurant " -"ainsi une heure correcte sur tout le réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Les imprimantes sont connectées où cela est le plus pratique, soit " -"directement au réseau principal, soit à un serveur, une station de travail " -"ou un serveur LTSP. L'accès aux imprimantes peut être contrôlé pour les " -"utilisateurs en fonction des groupes auxquels ils appartiennent, par " -"l'intermédiaire de quota et de contrôle d'accès aux imprimantes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Serveur(s) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Un réseau Skolelinux peut avoir plusieurs serveurs LTSP qui sont installés " -"en sélectionnant le profil de serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Le serveur LTSP est configuré pour recevoir le journal système (syslog) des " -"clients légers et des stations de travail, et transmettre ces messages au " -"destinataire central des journaux système." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Veuillez noter :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Les stations de travail LTSP sans disque utilisent les programmes installés " -"sur le serveur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Le système de fichiers racine du client est fourni par NFS. Après chaque " -"modification du serveur LTSP, l'image concernée doit être régénérée ; " -"exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> sur le serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Clients légers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"La configuration en client léger permet aux PC ordinaires de fonctionner en " -"terminaux(-X). Cela signifie que la machine s'amorce directement depuis le " -"serveur à l'aide de PXE sans utiliser le disque dur local du client. La " -"configuration de client léger utilise X2Go à cause de l’abandon de sa prise " -"en charge par le projet Linux Terminal Server (LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Les clients légers offrent un bon moyen de toujours utiliser des machines " -"très anciennes (majoritairement en 32 bits), car elles lancent tous les " -"programmes sur le serveur LTSP. Cela fonctionne ainsi : le service utilise " -"DHCP et TFTP pour se connecter au réseau et s'amorcer depuis celui-ci. " -"Ensuite, le système de fichiers est monté depuis le serveur LTSP avec NFS et " -"enfin le client X2Go est démarré." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Stations de travail sans disque dur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Une station de travail sans disque exécute tous les logiciels sur le PC sans " -"système d'exploitation installé en local. Cela signifie que les machines " -"clientes s'amorcent depuis PXE sans exécuter de logiciel installé sur le " -"disque dur local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Les stations de travail sans disque dur sont une excellente façon d’utiliser " -"du matériel puissant avec le même coût réduit de maintenance que les clients " -"légers. Le logiciel est administré et maintenu sur le serveur sans besoin " -"d'installer des logiciels localement sur le client. Les répertoires " -"personnels et les réglages du système sont eux aussi enregistrés sur le " -"serveur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Clients en réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Le terme « clients en réseau » fait référence dans ce manuel à la fois aux " -"clients légers et aux stations de travail sans disque, ainsi qu'aux " -"ordinateurs exécutant macOS ou Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les machines Linux installées avec l'installateur Skolelinux seront " -"administrables depuis un ordinateur central, très probablement le serveur. " -"Il sera possible de se connecter à toutes les machines par SSH et donc " -"d'avoir un accès complet à celles-ci. Il faut, en tant que superutilisateur, " -"d'abord exécuter <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> pour obtenir un " -"ticket Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les informations sur les utilisateurs sont conservées dans un " -"répertoire LDAP. Les comptes des utilisateurs sont mis à jour à partir de " -"cette base de données qui est utilisée par les clients pour authentifier les " -"utilisateurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Deux types de supports d'installation sont actuellement disponibles : " -"l'image d'installation par le réseau et l'image BD (Block Device). Ces deux " -"images peuvent également être amorcées à partir de clés USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"L'objectif est de pouvoir installer un serveur à partir de n’importe quel " -"support une seule fois, et d'installer tous les autres postes clients par le " -"réseau en amorçant à partir de ce dernier." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Seule l'image d'installation par le réseau nécessite un accès Internet " -"pendant l'installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"L'installation ne devrait pas poser de questions, à l'exception de la " -"langue, de la régionalisation, du clavier et du profil de la machine " -"(serveur principal, station de travail, serveur LTSP…). Toute autre " -"configuration sera effectuée automatiquement avec des valeurs raisonnables, " -"modifiables de manière centralisée par l'administrateur système après la fin " -"de l'installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'accès au système de fichiers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Une section du système de fichiers du serveur de fichiers est attribuée à " -"chaque compte d'utilisateur Skolelinux. Cette section (répertoire personnel) " -"contient les fichiers de configuration, les documents, courriers " -"électroniques et pages web de l'utilisateur. Certains fichiers devraient " -"être accessibles en lecture par les autres utilisateurs du système, certains " -"devraient l'être par tous sur Internet, et d'autres ne devraient l'être par " -"personne d'autre que l'utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'assurer que tous les disques hébergeant les répertoires des " -"utilisateurs ou les répertoires partagés puissent être nommés de manière " -"unique sur tous les ordinateurs installés, ceux-ci peuvent être montés sur " -"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Initialement, un " -"répertoire est créé sur le serveur de fichiers, <computeroutput>/skole/" -"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, sur lequel tous les comptes utilisateurs " -"sont créés. Davantage de répertoires peuvent ensuite être créés si c'est " -"nécessaire afin de s'adapter à des groupes d'utilisateurs ou des cas d'usage " -"particuliers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Pour permettre l'accès partagé aux fichiers dans le système normal de " -"permissions UNIX, les utilisateurs ont besoin d'être dans des groupes " -"d'utilisateurs supplémentaires (tels que « students ») en plus du groupe " -"primaire personnel dans lequel ils sont par défaut. Si des utilisateurs ont " -"un umask approprié pour rendre les éléments nouvellement créés accessibles " -"au groupe (002 ou 007) et si les répertoires dans lesquels ils travaillent " -"ont le paramètre setgid assurant que les fichiers héritent de l'appartenance " -"au bon groupe, alors le partage de fichiers entre les membres d'un groupe " -"est contrôlé." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"L'attribution des droits d'accès initiaux pour les fichiers nouvellement " -"créés est un problème de droits. L'umask par défaut de Debian est 022 (ne " -"donnant pas l'accès au groupe tel que décrit précédemment), mais Debian Edu " -"utilise 002 par défaut, signifiant que les fichiers sont créés avec accès en " -"lecture pour tout le monde, sauf modification ultérieure de l'utilisateur. " -"Ce réglage peut être modifié (en éditant <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-" -"session</computeroutput>) pour un umask de 007, bloquant par défaut l'accès " -"en lecture et nécessitant une action de l'utilisateur pour rendre les " -"fichiers accessibles. La première approche encourage le partage des " -"connaissances et rend le système plus transparent, tandis que la seconde " -"méthode réduit le risque de divulgation involontaire d'informations " -"sensibles. Le problème de la première solution est qu'il n'est pas évident " -"pour les utilisateurs que ce qu'ils créent sera accessible à tous les " -"autres. Ils ne peuvent s'en rendre compte qu'en inspectant le contenu du " -"répertoire des autres utilisateurs et en s'apercevant que leurs fichiers " -"sont lisibles. Le problème de la deuxième solution est que peu " -"d'utilisateurs seront enclins à rendre leurs fichiers accessibles, même " -"s'ils ne contiennent pas d'informations sensibles et même si leur contenu " -"peut s'avérer utile aux utilisateurs curieux, désireux d'apprendre comment " -"d'autres ont résolu des problèmes particuliers (typiquement des problèmes de " -"configuration)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Besoins" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Il existe différentes manières de configurer une solution Skolelinux. Elle " -"peut être installée sur un simple PC autonome ou déployée à grande échelle " -"sur un ensemble d'écoles pilotées de manière centralisée. Cette flexibilité " -"induit de grosses différences dans la configuration des composants réseau, " -"serveurs et machines clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Besoins matériels" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"La signification des différents profils est expliquée dans le chapitre <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture réseau</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"S'il est prévu d'utiliser LTSP, jetez un œil sur la page du wiki sur <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">les " -"besoins matériels de LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Les ordinateurs exécutant Debian Edu/Skolelinux doivent avoir des " -"processeurs x86 à 32 bits (architecture Debian « i386 », les processeurs les " -"plus anciens pris en charge sont les classes 686) ou 64 bits (architecture " -"Debian « amd64 »)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Faire fonctionner des clients légers avec 256 Mio de mémoire vive et une " -"fréquence de 400 MHz est possible. Cependant, plus de mémoire vive et un " -"processeur plus puissant sont recommandés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Pour les stations de travail (avec ou sans disque) ainsi que les systèmes " -"autonomes, 1024 Mio de mémoire vive et une fréquence de processeur de " -"1500 MHz ou plus sont le strict minimum nécessaire. Pour faire fonctionner " -"un navigateur web moderne et LibreOffice, disposer d'au moins 2048 Mio de " -"mémoire vive est recommandé." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "L'espace disque minimal nécessaire dépend du profil installé :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"serveur principal + serveur LTSP : 60 Gio (plus un espace supplémentaire " -"pour les comptes d'utilisateurs)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "serveur LTSP : 40 Gio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "station de travail ou poste autonome : 30 Gio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Les serveurs LTSP ont besoin de deux cartes réseau lorsque l'architecture de " -"réseau par défaut est utilisée :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 est reliée au réseau principal (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 est utilisée pour servir les clients LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Les ordinateurs portables sont des stations de travail mobiles et ont donc " -"les mêmes spécifications que les stations de travail." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Matériel compatible connu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Une liste du matériel testé est fournie sur <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Cette liste n'est pas exhaustive." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> est une " -"tentative de documenter l'installation, la configuration et l'utilisation de " -"Debian sur des matériels spécifiques. Ainsi, des acheteurs potentiels de " -"matériel informatique sauront si leur matériel est pris en charge et comment " -"tirer les meilleures performances de leur achat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Besoins pour une configuration du réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Configuration par défaut" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Quand on utilise l'architecture réseau par défaut, les règles suivantes " -"s'appliquent :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Vous avez besoin d'exactement un serveur principal, tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez avoir des centaines de stations de travail sur le réseau " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez avoir un grand nombre de serveurs LTSP sur le réseau principal. " -"Deux sous-réseaux différents sont préconfigurés (DNS, DHCP) dans LDAP. " -"D'autres peuvent être ajoutés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez avoir des centaines de clients légers et/ou de stations sans " -"disque sur chaque réseau serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez avoir des centaines d'autres machines qui se verront assignées " -"des adresses IP dynamiques." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à Internet, vous avez besoin d'un routeur/passerelle (voir ci-" -"dessous)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Routeur Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Un routeur passerelle, connecté à Internet sur l'interface externe et doté " -"de l'adresse IP 10.0.0.1 avec un masque de sous-réseau 255.0.0.0 sur " -"l'interface interne est nécessaire pour se connecter à Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Le routeur ne doit pas exécuter de serveur DHCP. Il peut exécuter un serveur " -"DNS bien que cela ne soit pas nécessaire ni utilisé." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Au cas où vous avez déjà un routeur, mais que vous ne pouvez pas le " -"configurer comme il faut (par exemple parce que vous cela ne vous est pas " -"permis ou pour des raisons techniques), un ordinateur ancien avec deux " -"interfaces réseau peut être transformé en passerelle entre le réseau " -"existant et celui de Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Une façon simple est d'installer Debian Edu sur cet ordinateur ; choisissez " -"le profil « Minimal » pendant l'installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Après l’installation, exécutez la commande <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" -"edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" -"computeroutput> qui réalisera les modifications suivantes :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Configuration du fichier /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Modification du nom d'hôte de façon permanente en « gateway »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Suppression des scripts superflus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "" -"Activation de la redirection de port et le NAT pour le réseau 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Installation d’un pare-feu (facultatif)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des besoins concernant un routeur embarqué ou un point d'accès, " -"nous vous recommandons d'utiliser <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT " -"</ulink>, bien que vous puissiez bien sûr aussi utiliser le microprogramme " -"initial. L'utilisation du microprogramme initial est plus simple, alors que " -"celle de OpenWRT vous offre plus de choix et de contrôle sur le système. " -"Consultez la liste du <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">matériel géré</ulink> sur les pages web de OpenWRT." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'utiliser une configuration réseau différente (il existe " -"une <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">procédure documentée</ulink> pour faire cela. Si vous n'y êtes pas obligé " -"par une infrastructure réseau existante, nous vous le déconseillons et vous " -"recommandons de conserver l'<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture " -"réseau</link> par défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Options de téléchargement et d'installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Où trouver davantage d'informations" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nous vous recommandons de lire ou au moins de jeter un œil aux <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notes de " -"publication de Debian Bullseye</ulink> avant de commencer à installer un " -"système en production. Davantage d'informations sur Debian Bullseye sont " -"disponibles dans son <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" -"N’hésitez pas à essayer Debian Edu/Skolelinux, cela devrait fonctionner tout " -"seul." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Il est recommandé malgré tout de lire les chapitres sur <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</link> et sur <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">l'architecture</link> avant de commencer à installer un serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'avoir aussi lu le chapitre <link linkend=\"GettingStarted" -"\">Démarrage rapide</link> du manuel, car il explique comment lancer une " -"session pour la première fois." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Téléchargement d'un support d'installation pour Debian Edu 11 nom de code " -"Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> sont les noms de deux architectures Debian pour les " -"processeurs x86 qu'ils soient ou aient été construits par AMD, Intel et " -"d'autres fabricants. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> a une " -"architecture 64 bits et <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> une " -"architecture 32 bits. Les nouvelles installations aujourd'hui devraient être " -"réalisées avec <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> ne devrait être utilisé qu'avec du vieux matériel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "images ISO d'installation par le réseau pour amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"L'image ISO d'installation par le réseau peut être utilisée pour " -"l'installation à partir d'un CD ou d'un DVD et d'une clé USB, et est " -"disponible pour l'installation sur des machines amd64 ou i386. Comme son nom " -"l'indique, un accès à Internet est nécessaire pour l'installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque Bullseye aura été publiée, ces images seront disponibles au " -"téléchargement à partir de :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Images ISO BD pour les architectures i386 ou amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"L'image ISO a une taille d'environ 5 Gio et peut être utilisée pour " -"l'installation de machines amd64 ou i386, sans accès à Internet. Comme " -"l'image d'installation par le réseau, elle peut être installée sur une clé " -"USB ou un disque de taille suffisante." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Vérification des fichiers image téléchargés" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Des instructions détaillées pour vérifier ces images font partie de la " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">FAQ de " -"Debian-CD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Sources" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Le code source est disponible depuis l'archive Debian aux emplacements " -"habituels.Un lien existe pour plusieurs supports à l'adresse <ulink url=" -"\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installer Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'installation de Debian Edu, vous devez faire quelques choix. Mais " -"n'ayez pas peur, il y en a peu. Nous nous sommes attachés à cacher la " -"complexité de Debian durant l'installation et au-delà. Cependant, Debian Edu " -"est une distribution Debian et si vous le voulez, vous pouvez choisir parmi " -"plus de 57 000 paquets et un milliard d'options de configuration. Mais nos " -"choix par défaut conviendront à la plupart des utilisateurs. Veuillez " -"noter : si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser LTSP, choisissez un " -"environnement de bureau léger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Cas de figure d'installation de serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Réseau typique d'école ou domestique avec accès à Internet à travers un " -"routeur fournissant DHCP :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"L'installation d'un serveur principal est possible, mais après le " -"redémarrage il n'y aura pas d'accès à Internet (à cause de l'interface " -"IP 10.0.2.2/8 du réseau primaire)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router" -"\">routeur Internet</link> pour des détails sur la mise en place d'une " -"passerelle s'il n'est pas possible d'en configurer une comme il faut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Connectez tous les composants comme cela est montré dans le chapitre <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architecture</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Le serveur principal devrait bénéficier d'une connexion Internet une fois " -"qu'il est lancé pour la première fois dans un environnement correct." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Réseau typique d'école ou d'institution, semblable au précédent, mais avec " -"l'obligation d'utilisation d'un mandataire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Ajout de « debian-edu-expert » à la ligne de commande du noyau ; voir plus " -"bas comment le faire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Il faut répondre à quelques questions supplémentaires, celles relatives au " -"serveur mandataire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Réseau avec routeur et passerelle IP 10.0.0.1/8 (qui ne fournit pas de " -"serveur DHCP) et accès à Internet :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Dès que la configuration automatique du réseau échoue (à cause de l'absence " -"de DHCP), choisissez la configuration manuelle de réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Entrez 10.0.2.2/8 comme IP de l'hôte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Entrez 10.0.1 comme IP de la passerelle" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"Entrez 8.8.8.8 comme IP du serveur de noms à moins que vous en sachiez plus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Le serveur principal devrait fonctionner après le premier démarrage." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Hors ligne (pas de connexion Internet) :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Utilisez l'image ISO BD." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que tous les câbles réseau (réels ou virtuels) sont débranchés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez « Ne pas configurer le réseau maintenant » (après l'échec de DHCP " -"pour configurer le réseau et que vous ayez choisi « Continuer »)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Mettez à jour le système une fois qu'il est lancé pour la première fois dans " -"un environnement correct avec un accès Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Environnements de bureau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Plusieurs environnements de bureau sont disponibles :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce a une empreinte légèrement plus forte que celle de LXDE, mais une très " -"bonne prise en charge linguistique (106 langues)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE et GNOME bénéficient d'une bonne prise en charge linguistique, mais ont " -"une empreinte trop forte à la fois pour les ordinateurs les plus anciens et " -"les clients LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon est une alternative plus légère à GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE est plus léger que les trois précédents, mais manque d'une prise en " -"charge linguistique satisfaisante pour plusieurs pays." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE a l'empreinte la plus légère et prend en compte 35 langues." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt est un environnement de bureau léger (prise en charge linguistique " -"similaire à LXDE) avec un style plus moderne (basé sur Qt comme KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu, en tant que projet international a choisi d'utiliser Xfce comme " -"environnement de bureau par défaut ; voir plus loin comment en configurer un " -"autre." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Installation modulaire" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'installation d'un système qui comprend le profil <emphasis>Station " -"de travail</emphasis>, de nombreux programmes relatifs à l'éducation sont " -"installés. Pour n'installer qu'un profil de base, il faut supprimer le " -"paramètre du noyau en ligne de commande <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> " -"avant de lancer l'installation ; voir plus loin ci-dessous des détails sur " -"comment cela fonctionne. Cela permet d'installer un système spécifique au " -"site et peut être utilisé pour accélérer des installations test." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter : si vous souhaitez installer ensuite un environnement de " -"bureau, n'utilisez pas les méta-paquets de Debian Edu comme <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-" -"desktop-mate</ulink> parce que cela installerait tous les programmes " -"relatifs à l'éducation ; installez plutôt à la place <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stabletask-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink> par " -"exemple. Pour répondre aux besoins des utilisateurs, il est possible " -"d'installer un ou plusieurs des nouveaux méta-paquets liés au niveau " -"scolaire : <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> ou " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Consultez la page <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">aperçu " -"des paquets Debian Edu</ulink> pour plus de détails sur les méta-paquets de " -"Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Types et options d'installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Menu de démarrage de l'installateur sur une machine 64 bits</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "Menu de démarrage de l'installateur 64 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> utilise " -"l'installateur GTK dans lequel vous pouvez utiliser la souris." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> effectue une installation en " -"mode texte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> affiche un sous-" -"menu d'options détaillées à choisir." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> donne quelques conseils pour " -"utiliser l'installateur ; voir la copie d'écran ci-dessous." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Options avancées de l'installateur 64 bits (écran 1)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> affiche de nouveau le menu " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> affiche toutes " -"les questions, vous pouvez utiliser la souris." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> transforme le " -"support d'installation en disque de secours pour les cas de détresse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> a besoin " -"d'un fichier de configuration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> affiche toutes les " -"questions en mode texte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> en mode texte ; transforme " -"le support d'installation en disque de secours pour les cas de détresse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> en mode texte ; a " -"besoin d'un fichier de configuration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"N'utilisez pas <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> ou " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, utilisez plutôt " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> comme paramètre " -"supplémentaire du noyau dans des cas exceptionnels." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Écran d'aide</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Écran d'aide de l'installateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran d'aide intuitif permet aux touches <F> du clavier d'obtenir " -"plus d'explications sur les thèmes développés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Ajouter ou modifier des paramètres de démarrage pour les " -"installations</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Dans les deux cas, les options de démarrage peuvent être modifiées en " -"appuyant sur la touche TAB (mode BIOS) ou sur la touche E (mode UEFI) dans " -"le menu de démarrage ; la capture d'écran montre la ligne de commande pour " -"l'<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installation graphique</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Éditer les options en ligne de commande" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utilisez un service mandataire HTTP sur le réseau pour accélérer " -"l'installation du profil de serveur principal à partir du CD. Utilisez par " -"exemple <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</" -"computeroutput> comme paramètre additionnel d'amorçage." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez déjà installé le serveur principal sur une machine, les " -"installations futures seront faites à l'aide de PXE, car elles utiliseront " -"automatiquement le mandataire du serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> au lieu de <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " -"l’environnement de bureau par défaut, remplacez <computeroutput>xfce</" -"computeroutput> par <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> dans le paramètre " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE " -"Plasma</emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" -"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Le processus d'installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Souvenez-vous des <link linkend=\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</link> et " -"assurez-vous d'avoir au moins deux cartes réseau (NIC) si vous envisagez " -"d'installer un serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Choisissez une langue (pour l'installation et le système installé)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez l'endroit qui devrait normalement être le lieu où vous vivez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez une disposition de clavier (généralement, le choix par défaut du " -"pays convient)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Choisissez le ou les profils de la liste suivante :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"C'est le serveur principal (tjener) pour votre école, il fournit tous les " -"services préconfigurés pour fonctionner sans modification. Vous ne devez " -"installer qu'un seul serveur principal par école ! Ce profil n'inclut pas " -"d'interface graphique. Si vous en voulez une, installez en plus le profil " -"Station de travail ou Serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"Un ordinateur s'amorçant depuis son disque dur local, exécutant tous les " -"logiciels et exploitant tous ses périphériques comme un ordinateur " -"ordinaire, mais la connexion de l'utilisateur est authentifiée par le " -"serveur principal, où les fichiers de l'utilisateur et le profil de bureau " -"sont enregistrés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail mobile</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Similaire à une station de travail, mais capable de s'authentifier en " -"utilisant des identifiants en cache, ce qui signifie qu'elle peut être " -"utilisée en dehors du réseau de l'école. Les fichiers et profils des " -"utilisateurs sont gardés sur le disque local. Pour les ordinateurs portables " -"avec un unique utilisateur, ce profil devrait être choisi à la place de " -"« Station de travail » ou « Autonome » comme c'était suggéré dans les " -"versions précédentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Serveur de clients légers (et de stations de travail sans disque), également " -"appelé serveur LTSP. Les clients sans disque dur s'amorcent et exécutent les " -"logiciels depuis ce serveur. Cet ordinateur a besoin de deux interfaces " -"réseau, de beaucoup de mémoire, et, idéalement, de plus d'un processeur ou " -"cœur. Consultez le chapitre à propos des <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">clients en réseau</link> pour plus d'informations à ce sujet. En " -"installant ce profil, le profil « station de travail » est également activé " -"(même s'il n'a pas été sélectionné), puisqu'un serveur LTSP peut également " -"être utilisé comme station de travail." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Autonome</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Un ordinateur ordinaire qui peut fonctionner sans serveur principal, c'est-à-" -"dire qui n'a pas besoin d'être sur le réseau. Cela inclut les ordinateurs " -"portables." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Ce profil installera les paquets de base et configurera la machine de sorte " -"qu'elle s'intègre dans le réseau Debian Edu, mais sans aucun service ni " -"application. C'est utile comme plateforme pour des services retirés par vous-" -"même du serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où les simples utilisateurs seraient autorisés à utiliser un tel " -"système, il faut le déclarer avec GOsa² (comme pour une station de travail) " -"et il faut installer le paquet libpam-krb5." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Les profils <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail</emphasis> et <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis> sont présélectionnés. Ces profils peuvent " -"être installés ensemble sur une machine si vous voulez installer un " -"<emphasis>serveur principal combiné</emphasis>. Cela signifie que le serveur " -"principal sera un serveur LTSP ainsi qu'une station de travail. C'est le " -"choix par défaut, puisque nous présumons que c’est ce que la plupart des " -"gens désirent. Notez que deux cartes réseau doivent être installées dans la " -"machine qui sera configurée comme serveur principal combiné et comme serveur " -"LTSP pour pouvoir l'utiliser après l'installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Répondez « Oui » ou « Non » au partitionnement automatique. Soyez conscient " -"qu'en répondant « Oui », cela détruira toutes les données du disque ! D'un " -"autre côté, répondre « Non » vous demandera plus de travail et il faudra " -"vous assurer que les partitions que vous créez sont assez grosses." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez accepter de soumettre des informations à <ulink url=\"https://" -"popcon.debian.org/\"/> pour nous permettre de savoir quels paquets sont les " -"plus populaires et devraient être conservés pour les prochaines versions. " -"Bien que ce ne soit pas obligatoire, c'est un moyen facile pour vous de nous " -"aider." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Patientez. Si le profil de serveur LTSP est dans votre liste de choix de " -"profils à installer, l'installateur passera un bon moment à la fin à rester " -"sur le message « Fin de l'installation - Exécution de debian-edu-profile-" -"udeb... »" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir donné le mot de passe du superutilisateur, il vous sera demandé " -"de créer un compte utilisateur normal pour les tâches autres que celles " -"liées à l'administration de la machine. Pour Debian Edu, ce compte est très " -"important : c'est ce compte que vous utiliserez pour gérer le réseau " -"Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Le mot de passe choisi pour cet utilisateur <emphasis role=\"strong\">doit</" -"emphasis> avoir une longueur d'<emphasis role=\"strong\">au moins " -"5 caractères</emphasis> et <emphasis role=\"strong\">doit être différent</" -"emphasis> du <emphasis role=\"strong\">nom d'utilisateur</emphasis>, sinon " -"l'authentification ne sera pas possible (même si un mot de passe plus court " -"et un mot de passe correspondant au nom de l'utilisateur seront acceptés par " -"l'installateur)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Patientez encore dans le cas d’un <emphasis>serveur principal combiné</" -"emphasis> après le redémarrage du système. Cela prend quelque temps pour la " -"création de l’image SquashFS pour les stations de travail sans disque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas d’un serveur LTSP distinct, les stations de travail sans disque " -"ou les clients légers nécessitent quelques étapes manuelles. Consultez le " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link>chapitre " -"correspondant de ce manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Notes sur quelques particularités" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Note concernant les ordinateurs portables" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Vous voudrez certainement utiliser le profil « Station de travail " -"mobile » (voir plus haut). Gardez à l'esprit que toutes les données sont " -"gardées localement (donc prenez soin de faire des sauvegardes) et que les " -"identifiants de connexion sont en cache (donc après un changement de mot de " -"passe, la connexion pourrait nécessiter votre ancien mot de passe si vous " -"n'avez pas connecté votre ordinateur portable au réseau et ne vous êtes pas " -"authentifié avec le nouveau mot de passe)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Une remarque sur les installations à partir de l'image pour clé USB et " -"disque Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous effectuez l'installation depuis l'image pour clé USB et disque Blu-" -"ray, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> ne contiendra " -"que les sources de cette image. Si vous avez un accès à Internet, nous vous " -"recommandons fortement d'ajouter les lignes suivantes afin que les mises à " -"jour de sécurité soient disponibles :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Note concernant l'installation depuis un CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Une installation par le réseau (qui est le type d'installation proposée par " -"notre CD) récupérera quelques paquets du CD et le reste depuis Internet. La " -"quantité de paquets à récupérer par le réseau varie d'un profil à l'autre, " -"mais reste inférieure au gigaoctet (sauf si vous choisissez d'installer tous " -"les environnements de bureau possibles). Une fois que vous avez installé le " -"serveur principal (le type de serveur principal — pur ou combiné — n'a pas " -"d'importance), l'installation restante utilisera son service mandataire pour " -"éviter de télécharger depuis Internet le même paquet plusieurs fois." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Installation depuis une clé USB au lieu d'un CD ou d'un disque Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de copier les images <computeroutput>ISO</computeroutput> " -"des CD ou Blu-ray sur une clé USB et de démarrer depuis cette clé. Pour " -"cela, exécutez la commande suivante, en adaptant les noms de fichier et de " -"périphérique à vos besoins :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Pour déterminer la valeur de X, exécutez cette commande avant et après " -"l'insertion du périphérique USB :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Veuillez noter que la copie prendra un bon moment." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"En fonction de l'image que vous choisissez, la clé USB se comportera " -"exactement comme un CD ou un disque Blu-ray." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Installation et amorçage à travers le réseau à l’aide de PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Pour cette méthode d'installation, il est nécessaire d'avoir un serveur " -"principal en cours de fonctionnement. Quand les clients démarrent sur le " -"réseau, un nouveau menu iPXE est affiché avec un installateur et les options " -"de sélection du démarrage. Si l'installation PXE échoue avec un message " -"d'erreur selon lequel un fichier XXX.bin est manquant, alors il est très " -"probable que la carte réseau du client nécessite un microprogramme " -"(« firmware ») non libre. Dans ce cas, l'image initiale (« initrd ») de " -"l'installateur Debian doit être modifiée, ce qui peut être fait en lançant " -"la commande <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" -"addfirmware</computeroutput> sur le serveur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Voici à quoi ressemble le menu iPXE avec uniquement le profil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis> :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Voici à quoi ressemble le menu iPXE avec le profil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis> :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Cette configuration permet également d'amorcer des stations de travail sans " -"disque et des clients légers à partir du réseau principal. Contrairement aux " -"stations de travail et aux serveurs LTSP distincts, les stations de travail " -"sans disque n'ont pas besoin d'être ajoutées à LDAP avec GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Des informations supplémentaires sur les clients en réseau sont disponibles " -"dans le <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> de ce " -"manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modifier des installations PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"L'installation PXE utilise un fichier de préconfiguration pour " -"l'installateur Debian qui peut être modifié pour ajouter d'autres paquets à " -"installer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Une ligne de ce type doit être ajoutée à <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"L'installation PXE utilise le fichier de pré-configuration <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Ce fichier peut " -"être modifié pour ajuster le pré-amorçage utilisé lors de l'installation, " -"afin d'éviter davantage de questions lors de l'installation sur le net. Une " -"autre façon d'y parvenir est de fournir des paramètres supplémentaires dans " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> et " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </" -"computeroutput> et d'exécuter <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> pour mettre à jour les fichiers générés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations sont disponibles dans le <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuel de l’installateur " -"Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver ou modifier l'usage du serveur mandataire (« proxy ») lors " -"de l'installation avec PXE, vous devez changer les lignes contenant " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/" -"ftp/proxy</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" -"computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>tjener :/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat </computeroutput>. Pour désactiver l'usage du proxy, ajoutez un «" -" # » au début des deux premières lignes mentionnées et enlevez le texte « " -"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http ://webcache :3128\" ; </" -"computeroutput> » de la dernière." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Certains paramètres ne peuvent pas être prédéfinis car ils sont nécessaires " -"avant le téléchargement du fichier de préconfiguration. La langue, la " -"disposition du clavier et l'environnement de bureau sont des exemples de " -"tels paramètres. Si vous souhaitez modifier les paramètres par défaut, " -"modifiez le fichier de menu iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> sur le serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Images personnalisées" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"La création de CD ou de disque Blu-ray personnalisés est assez facile, " -"puisque nous utilisons l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">installateur Debian</ulink>, dont la conception est " -"modulaire et qui possède d'autres fonctionnalités intéressantes. L'<ulink " -"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">installation " -"automatisée</ulink> permet de définir les réponses aux questions posées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Ainsi, vous n'avez qu'à créer un fichier de référence (« preseeding ») avec " -"vos réponses (ce qui est décrit dans l'annexe du manuel de l'installateur " -"Debian) et <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD" -"\">recréer les CD ou DVD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Visite guidée" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"L'installation en mode texte et en mode graphique sont identiques, seule " -"l'apparence diffère. Le mode graphique vous permet d'utiliser la souris et " -"est plus agréable et plus moderne. À moins que votre matériel ne pose des " -"problèmes avec le mode graphique, il n'y a pas de raison de ne pas " -"l'utiliser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Voici la visite guidée montrant l'installation graphique d'un serveur " -"principal 64 bits, d'une station de travail et d'un serveur LTSP, ainsi que " -"ce à quoi ressemble le premier démarrage du serveur principal et d’un " -"démarrage PXE sur le réseau des clients LTSP (écrans de session de clients " -"légers et écran de connexion après un clic sur la session à droite)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "Invite Lightdm sur tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce et un navigateur Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Bureau Xfce" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Accueil de client léger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Connexion de client léger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Démarrage rapide" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Étapes minimales pour démarrer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Un premier compte d'utilisateur a été créé pendant l'installation du serveur " -"principal. Ce compte sera appelé « premier utilisateur » dans la suite de ce " -"texte. Ce compte est spécial, car les droits du répertoire personnel sont " -"réglés à 700 (il est donc nécessaire d'exécuter la commande " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> pour rendre les pages web " -"personnelles accessibles), et le premier utilisateur peut utiliser " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> pour devenir superutilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Consultez les informations sur la <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">configuration de l'accès au système de " -"fichiers</link> spécifique à Debian Edu avant d’ajouter des utilisateurs ; " -"adaptez-la à la politique de votre site si nécessaire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Après l'installation, les premières choses que vous devez faire en tant que " -"premier utilisateur sont :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Connectez-vous au serveur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs avec GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Ajoutez des stations de travail avec GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"L'ajout d'utilisateurs et de stations de travail est décrit en détail ci-" -"dessous, veuillez lire le chapitre au complet. Il explique comment faire " -"correctement ces étapes minimales ainsi que d'autres choses que tout le " -"monde a probablement besoin de faire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Des informations complémentaires sont disponibles ailleurs dans ce manuel : " -"le chapitre sur les <link linkend=\"Features\">nouvelles fonctionnalités " -"dans Bullseye</link> devrait être lu par toute personne familière avec des " -"versions précédentes. Les personnes effectuant une mise à niveau depuis une " -"version précédente devraient lire le chapitre sur les <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">mises à niveau</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Si le trafic DNS générique est bloqué hors de votre réseau et que vous avez " -"besoin d'utiliser un serveur DNS particulier pour faire une recherche d'hôte " -"Internet, vous devez configurer le serveur DNS pour utiliser ce serveur " -"particulier comme son transitaire (« forwarder »). Pour cela, mettez à jour /" -"etc/bind/named.conf.options et précisez l'adresse IP du serveur DNS à " -"utiliser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"Le chapitre <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Manuels (HowTo)</link> fournit davantage " -"d'astuces et de réponses à des questions courantes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Plusieurs services sont exécutés sur le serveur principal et peuvent être " -"contrôlés par une interface web. Nous décrirons plus bas chacun de ces " -"services." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Présentation de GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² est un outil de gestion reposant sur une interface web qui vous aide à " -"contrôler certains réglages importants de Debian Edu. Avec GOsa², vous " -"pouvez contrôler les groupes principaux suivants (ajout, modification, " -"suppression) :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Administration des groupes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administration du groupe réseau NIS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Administration des machines" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Administration DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Administration DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à GOsa², vous avez besoin du serveur principal Skolelinux et " -"d'un système (client) disposant d'un navigateur web qui peut être le serveur " -"principal lui-même s'il est configuré comme un serveur combiné (serveur " -"principal + serveur LTSP + station de travail)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez installé (sans doute accidentellement) un profil de serveur " -"principal nu et vous n'avez pas de client avec un navigateur web à votre " -"disposition, il est facile d'installer un environnement de bureau minimal " -"sur le serveur principal en utilisant cette suite de commandes sur une " -"invite de commande (non graphique) en tant qu'utilisateur créé lors de " -"l'installation (premier utilisateur) :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### après installation, exécutez « sudo service lightdm start » \n" -" ### connectez-vous comme premier utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Depuis un navigateur web, utilisez l'URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"pour accéder à GOsa² et identifiez-vous en tant que premier utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez une nouvelle machine Debian Edu Bullseye, le certificat du " -"site sera connu du navigateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Autrement, vous obtiendrez un message d'erreur à propos du certificat SSL " -"incorrect. Si vous savez que vous êtes seul sur votre réseau, indiquez " -"seulement à votre navigateur d'accepter et d'ignorer cette erreur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Connexion à GOsa² et aperçu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Page d'aperçu de GOsa² après connexion en tant que premier utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Après connexion à GOsa², vous verrez la page d'aperçu de GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, vous pouvez choisir une tâche dans le menu ou cliquer sur l'icône " -"de la tâche dans la page d'aperçu. Pour la navigation, nous recommandons " -"d'utiliser le menu sur la gauche de l'écran, car il restera visible sur " -"toutes les pages d'administration de GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"Dans Debian Edu, les informations de comptes, de groupes et de systèmes sont " -"enregistrées dans un répertoire LDAP. On y accède non seulement depuis le " -"serveur principal, mais aussi depuis les stations de travail, les serveurs " -"LTSP et les autres machines sur le réseau. Avec LDAP, les informations " -"concernant les étudiants, élèves, professeurs, etc., ne devront être " -"renseignées qu'une seule fois et seront ensuite accessibles depuis tous les " -"systèmes du réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² est un outil d'administration qui utilise LDAP pour stocker ses " -"informations et fournir une structure de département hiérarchique. Pour " -"chaque « département », vous pouvez ajouter des comptes utilisateurs, des " -"groupes, systèmes, réseaux, etc. En fonction de la structure de votre " -"institution, vous pouvez utiliser la structure de département dans GOsa²/" -"LDAP pour transférer votre structure organisationnelle dans l'arbre de " -"données LDAP du serveur principal Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Une installation par défaut du serveur Debian Edu fournit actuellement deux " -"« départements » : Enseignants et Étudiants, en plus du niveau de base de " -"l'arbre LDAP. Les comptes étudiants sont prévus pour être ajoutés au " -"département « Étudiants » et ceux des enseignants dans le département " -"« Enseignants » ; les systèmes (serveurs, stations de travail," -"imprimantes, etc.) sont actuellement ajoutés dans le niveau de base. À vous " -"de trouver votre propre schéma pour personnaliser cette structure. Vous " -"trouverez un exemple montrant la création d'utilisateurs regroupés par année " -"avec un répertoire personnel commun dans chaque groupe dans le <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">chapitre " -"correspondant</link> de ce manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"En fonction de la tâche sur laquelle vous voulez travailler (gérer les " -"utilisateurs, groupes, systèmes, etc.) GOsa² vous présente une vue " -"différente du département sélectionné (ou du niveau de base)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs avec GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, cliquez sur « Utilisateurs » dans le menu de navigation de " -"gauche. La partie droite de l'écran va changer pour montrer un tableau " -"contenant les répertoires de départements pour étudiants et enseignants et " -"le compte de l'administrateur de GOsa² (le premier utilisateur créé). Vous " -"pouvez voir au-dessus de ce tableau un champ appelé <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> vous permettant de naviguer dans la structure de l'arbre (survolez " -"cette zone avec la souris pour faire apparaître un menu déroulant) et de " -"choisir un répertoire de base pour vos opérations (par exemple ajouter un " -"utilisateur)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Ajouter des utilisateurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"À côté de cet arbre de navigation vous pouvez voir le menu « Actions ». " -"Survolez cet élément avec votre souris et un sous-menu apparaitra à l'écran ;" -"choisissez « Créer », puis « Utilisateur ». Vous serez guidé par l'assistant " -"de création d'utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"La chose la plus importante à ajouter est le modèle (nouvel étudiant ou " -"nouvel enseignant) et le nom complet de votre utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"En suivant l'assistant, vous verrez que GOsa² crée automatiquement un " -"identifiant basé sur le nom réel. Il choisit automatiquement un identifiant " -"qui n'existe pas déjà, de façon à ce que plusieurs utilisateurs ayant le " -"même nom ne posent pas de problème. Veuillez noter que GOsa² peut créer des " -"identifiants invalides si le nom complet comprend des caractères non ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Si vous n'aimez pas le nom d'utilisateur créé, vous pouvez choisir un autre " -"nom d'utilisateur parmi ceux proposés dans la boîte de dialogue, mais vous " -"n'avez pas de choix complètement libre dans l'assistant. (Si vous souhaitez " -"pouvoir éditer la proposition du nom d'utilisateur, ouvrez <computeroutput>/" -"etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> avec un éditeur et ajoutez " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> comme " -"option additionnelle à la section « location definition ».)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Quand l'assistant a terminé, l'écran GOsa² du nouvel utilisateur s'affiche. " -"Utilisez les onglets du haut pour vérifier les champs remplis." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir créé l'utilisateur (pas besoin de remplir les champs laissés " -"vides par l'assistant pour le moment), cliquez sur le bouton « Ok » dans le " -"coin inférieur droit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Dans la dernière étape, GOsa² va demander le mot de passe du nouvel " -"utilisateur. Tapez-le deux fois puis cliquez sur « Définir le mot de passe » " -"dans le coin inférieur droit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Certains caractères ne peuvent pas être présents dans un mot de passe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Si tout s'est bien passé, vous pouvez maintenant voir le nouvel utilisateur " -"dans le tableau listant les utilisateurs. Vous devriez maintenant être " -"capable de vous connecter avec cet identifiant sur n'importe quelle machine " -"Skolelinux de votre réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Rechercher, modifier et supprimer des utilisateurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Boîte de filtre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier ou supprimer un utilisateur, utilisez GOsa² pour parcourir la " -"liste des utilisateurs de votre système. Vous trouverez au centre de l'écran " -"la boîte « Filtre », un outil de recherche fourni par GOsa². Si vous ne " -"connaissez pas la localisation exacte de votre identifiant dans votre arbre, " -"allez dans le niveau de base de l'arbre GOsa²/LDAP et faites-y votre " -"recherche en cochant l'option « Chercher dans les sous-arbres »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Quand la boîte « Filtre » est utilisée, les résultats apparaissent " -"immédiatement au milieu du texte dans la liste de tableau. Chaque ligne " -"représente un identifiant et les éléments tout à droite de chaque ligne sont " -"de petites icônes qui proposent des actions : éditer un utilisateur, " -"verrouiller un compte, définir le mot de passe et supprimer un utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Une nouvelle page sera affichée et vous pourrez directement y modifier les " -"informations relatives à un utilisateur, changer son mot de passe et " -"modifier la liste des groupes auxquels il appartient." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Modifier les données d'utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Définir les mots de passe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Les étudiants peuvent modifier leur propre mot de passe en se connectant à " -"GOsa² avec leur identifiant. Afin de faciliter l'accès à GOsa², une entrée " -"appelée Gosa est fournie dans le menu « Système » (ou « Paramètres " -"système ») du bureau. Un étudiant connecté aura accès à une version minimale " -"de GOsa² qui ne lui permettra d'accéder qu'aux données de son propre compte " -"et au dialogue de changement de mot de passe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Les enseignants connectés avec leur propre identifiant ont des privilèges " -"spéciaux dans GOsa². Ils ont accès à une version privilégiée de GOsa² et " -"peuvent changer le mot de passe de tous les étudiants. Cela peut s'avérer " -"très pratique durant un cours." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Pour définir un nouveau mot de passe pour un utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "Recherchez l'utilisateur à modifier tel qu'expliqué ci-dessus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la clé à la fin de la ligne sur laquelle se trouve l'utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"Sur la page présentée, vous pouvez définir un nouveau mot de passe choisi " -"par vous-même." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Définir le mot de passe utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention aux brèches de sécurité dues à des mots " -"de passe trop faciles à deviner !</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Gestion avancée des utilisateurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de créer massivement des utilisateurs avec GOsa² en " -"utilisant un fichier CSV qui peut être créé avec n'importe quel bon tableur " -"(par exemple <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Au minimum, les " -"données pour les champs suivants doivent être fournies : identifiant " -"utilisateur (« uid »), nom de famille (« sn »), prénom (« givenName ») et un " -"mot de passe. Assurez-vous qu'il n'y a pas d'entrées en double dans le champ " -"« uid ». Veuillez noter que cette vérification de l'absence de doublons doit " -"aussi prendre en compte les entrées « uid » déjà existantes dans LDAP (qui " -"peuvent être obtenues en exécutant <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep " -"tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> sur la ligne de commande)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Voici les directives de format pour un tel fichier CSV (GOsa² est plutôt " -"intransigeant avec eux) :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Utilisez « , » comme séparateur de champs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Ne pas utiliser de guillemets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"Le fichier CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">ne doit pas</emphasis> contenir de " -"ligne d'en-tête (du genre qui contient normalement les noms des colonnes)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"L'ordre des champs n'est pas important et peut être défini dans GOsa² durant " -"l'import par lot." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Les étapes de la création par lot sont :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "Cliquez sur le lien « Gérer l'annuaire » dans le menu de gauche." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet « CSV Import » dans l'écran de droite." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"Parcourez votre disque local et sélectionnez un fichier CSV avec la liste " -"des utilisateurs devant être importés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez un modèle utilisateur disponible qui devrait être appliqué durant " -"l'import par lot (comme nouvel enseignant ou nouvel étudiant)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton « Importer » dans le coin inférieur droit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Il est conseillé de faire un test au préalable, de préférence avec un " -"fichier CSV contenant quelques utilisateurs fictifs qui pourront être " -"supprimés par la suite." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"La même chose s'applique au module de gestion de mots de passe, ce qui " -"permet à l'aide d'un fichier CSV de redéfinir une série de mots de passe ou " -"de générer de nouveaux mots de passe pour des utilisateurs appartenant à un " -"sous-arbre LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Réinitialiser les mots de passe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestion des groupes avec GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "Créer un groupe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "La gestion des groupes est semblable à celle des utilisateurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez entrer un nom et une description par groupe. Assurez-vous de " -"choisir le bon niveau dans l'arbre LDAP lors de la création d'un nouveau " -"groupe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"L'ajout d'utilisateurs à un groupe nouvellement créé vous ramène à la liste " -"des utilisateurs, où vous voudrez probablement utiliser la boîte de filtre " -"pour trouver des utilisateurs. Vérifiez également le niveau de l'arbre LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Les groupes créés par l'outil d'administration de groupes sont aussi des " -"groupes Unix classiques, si bien que vous pouvez vous appuyer sur eux pour " -"créer les permissions d'accès aux fichiers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestion de machines avec GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Avec la gestion de machines, vous pouvez administrer simplement tous les " -"systèmes ayant une adresse IP située sur votre réseau Debian Edu. Toutes les " -"machines ajoutées au répertoire LDAP à l'aide de GOsa² disposent d'un nom " -"d'hôte, d'une adresse IP, d'une adresse MAC et d'un nom de domaine qui est " -"habituellement « intern ». Pour une description plus approfondie de " -"l'architecture de Debian Edu, consultez le chapitre <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">Architecture</link> de ce manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Les stations de travail sans disque et les clients légers sont prêts à " -"l’emploi dans le cas d’un <emphasis>serveur principal combiné</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Les stations de travail avec disque (y compris les serveurs LTSP distincts) " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">doivent</emphasis> être ajoutées avec GOsa². En " -"arrière-plan, à la fois un Kerberos Principal spécifique à la machine (une " -"espèce de <emphasis>compte</emphasis>) et un fichier keytab (table de clés) " -"associé (contenant une clé utilisée comme <emphasis>mot de passe</emphasis>) " -"sont générés. Le fichier keytab doit être présent sur la station de travail " -"pour pouvoir monter les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs. Une fois " -"que le système ajouté a été redémarré, connectez-vous en tant que " -"superutilisateur et exécutez <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un Principal et le fichier keytab pour un système <emphasis>déjà " -"configuré par GOsa²</emphasis>, connectez-vous en tant que superutilisateur " -"au serveur principal et exécutez la commande" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <nom d'hôte> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention :</emphasis> la création de la table des " -"clés de l'hôte est possible pour les systèmes de type <emphasis>station de " -"travail</emphasis>, les <emphasis>serveurs</emphasis> et les " -"<emphasis>terminaux</emphasis>, mais pas pour ceux de type " -"<emphasis>périphérique réseau</emphasis>. Consultez le <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> pour les options de " -"configuration NFS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une machine, utilisez le menu principal de GOsa², Systèmes, " -"Créer. Vous pouvez utiliser la plage d'adresses préconfigurées 10.0.0.0/8. " -"Actuellement il y a seulement deux adresses prédéfinies : 10.0.2.2 (tjener) " -"et 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Les adresses de 10.0.16.20 à 10.0.31.254 (à peu près " -"10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 hôtes) sont réservées pour DHCP et sont attribuées " -"dynamiquement." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"Pour affecter une adresse IP statique à un hôte d'adresse MAC " -"52:54:00:12:34:10 dans GOsa², vous devez entrer l'adresse MAC, le nom et " -"l'adresse IP ; sinon vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton " -"<computeroutput>Proposer une adresse ip</computeroutput> qui indiquera la " -"première adresse libre dans 10.0.0.0/8, probablement quelque chose comme " -"10.0.0.1 si vous ajoutez la première machine de cette façon. Mieux vaut " -"d'abord réfléchir à votre réseau : par exemple, vous pourriez utiliser " -"10.0.0.x avec x>10 et x<50 pour les serveurs, et x>100 pour les " -"stations de travail. N'oubliez pas d'activer le système fraîchement ajouté. " -"À l'exception du serveur principal tous les systèmes auront alors une icône " -"qui leur correspond." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Si les machines ont démarré comme clients légers ou stations de travail sans " -"disque, ou ont été installées en utilisant n'importe quel profil réseau, le " -"script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> permet " -"d'ajouter automatiquement des machines dans GOsa². Pour des machines simples " -"cela fonctionnera sans modification. Pour les machines avec plus d'une " -"adresse mac, il faudra choisir celle qui est réellement utilisée, et " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> affiche un message " -"d'aide. Notez que l'adresse IP indiquée après l'utilisation de " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> appartient à la plage " -"d'adresses IP dynamiques. Néanmoins ces systèmes peuvent ensuite être " -"modifiés pour s'adapter à votre réseau. Renommez chaque nouveau système, " -"activez le DHCP et le DNS, ajoutez-le aux groupes réseaux si besoin (" -"regardez les captures d'écrans ci-dessous pour les groupes réseaux " -"recommandés) et redémarrez après le système. Les captures d'écrans suivantes " -"montrent à quoi ça ressemble en pratique :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -"\n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Liste des systèmes dans GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Renseignements sur le système" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modification du système" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Ajout de groupe réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Une mise à jour automatique se fait toutes les heures ; <computeroutput>su -" -"c ldap2bind</computeroutput> peut être utilisé pour déclencher une mise à " -"jour manuelle." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des machines" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"La recherche et la suppression de machines sont assez semblables à celles " -"d'un utilisateur, par conséquent ce ne sera pas développé ici." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modification de machines existantes et gestion des groupes réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir ajouté une machine à l'arbre LDAP grâce à GOsa², vous pouvez " -"modifier ses propriétés en utilisant l'outil de recherche et en cliquant sur " -"le nom de la machine (comme vous le feriez pour un utilisateur)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Le format de ces entrées de système est semblable à celui que vous " -"connaissez déjà pour avoir modifié les propriétés d'un utilisateur, " -"cependant les informations ont un sens différent dans ce contexte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, ajouter une machine à un <computeroutput>groupe réseau " -"(NetGroup)</computeroutput> ne modifie pas les droits d'accès aux fichiers " -"ou d'exécution de commandes pour cette machine ou les utilisateurs connectés " -"à cette machine ; il s'agit plutôt de restreindre les services que la " -"machine peut utiliser sur le serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"L'installation par défaut fournit les <computeroutput>groupes réseau</" -"computeroutput> (NetGroups)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Actuellement, la fonctionnalité de <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"est utilisée pour :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionnement de partitions</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Les machines Debian Edu dans ce groupe redimensionneront automatiquement " -"leurs partitions LVM si elles manquent d'espace." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Extinction des machines la nuit</emphasis> " -"(shutdown-at-night-hosts et shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Les machines Debian Edu dans ce groupe s'éteindront automatiquement la nuit " -"pour économiser de l'énergie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestion des imprimantes</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts et cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Les machines Debian Edu dans ces groupes purgeront automatiquement toutes " -"les files d'attente chaque nuit et relanceront toutes les heures les files " -"d'impression désactivées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocage de l’accès à Internet</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Les machines Debian Edu dans ce groupe ne seront autorisées à se connecter " -"qu'à des machines du réseau local. Associé avec des restrictions du " -"mandataire web, cela peut être utilisé durant les examens." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Gestion des imprimantes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"Pour la gestion centralisée des imprimantes, pointez votre navigateur web " -"sur l'adresse <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. C'est l'interface " -"normale de gestion du serveur d'impression CUPS, dans laquelle vous pouvez " -"ajouter, supprimer et modifier vos imprimantes et nettoyer la file d'attente " -"pour l'impression. Par défaut, seul le premier utilisateur est autorisé à " -"faire ces changements, mais cela peut être modifié en ajoutant des " -"utilisateurs au groupe <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> de " -"GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Utilisation des imprimantes attachées aux stations de travail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> est installé par défaut dans un " -"système avec le profil <emphasis>Station de travail</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Éditez ainsi <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> " -"(imprimante USB) :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurez l'imprimante en utilisant l'interface web <computeroutput>https://" -"www.intern:631</computeroutput>. Choisissez le type d'imprimante réseau " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (pour toutes les " -"imprimantes, quels que soient la marque et le modèle) et entrez " -"<computeroutput>socket://<ip station de travail>:9100</computeroutput> " -"comme URI de connexion." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Imprimantes en réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"Il est recommandé de désactiver toutes les fonctionnalités d’auto-promotion " -"dans les imprimantes réseau utilisées. Assignez-leur plutôt une adresse IP " -"fixe avec GOsa² et configurez-les comme imprimantes réseau " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"La configuration par défaut dans Debian Edu garde les horloges de toutes les " -"machines synchronisées, mais pas nécessairement à l'heure exacte. NTP est " -"utilisé pour mettre à jour l'heure. Par défaut, les horloges seront " -"synchronisées avec une source externe. Par conséquent, les machines " -"pourraient conserver la connexion ouverte si elles sont configurées avec " -"Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez un modem téléphonique ou ISDN et payez à la minute, vous " -"voudrez changer ce paramètre par défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver la synchronisation avec une horloge externe, le fichier /etc/" -"ntp.conf sur le serveur principal doit être modifié. Ajoutez des symboles de " -"commentaire « # » devant les entrées <computeroutput>serveur</" -"computeroutput>. Après cela, le serveur NTP doit être redémarré en exécutant " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> en tant que " -"superutilisateur. Pour tester si le serveur utilise les sources d'horloges " -"externes, exécutez <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Étendre les partitions pleines" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"À cause d'un bogue dans le partitionnement automatique, certaines partitions " -"peuvent être trop remplies après l'installation. Pour étendre ces " -"partitions, exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" -"computeroutput> en tant que superutilisateur. Consultez le manuel " -"« Redimensionnement de partition » dans le chapitre d'<link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">administration générale</link> pour plus d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Maintenance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Mise à jour des logiciels" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Cette section explique comment utiliser <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> est vraiment simple. Pour " -"mettre à niveau un système, vous devez exécuter deux commandes en tant que " -"superutilisateur : <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (mise à jour " -"des listes de paquets disponibles) et <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput> (mise à niveau des paquets pour lesquels une mise à niveau " -"est disponible)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"C'est aussi une bonne idée d'utiliser les paramètres régionaux C " -"(« locale ») pour la mise à niveau, afin d'obtenir des messages en anglais " -"ce qui, en cas de problème, a plus de chance d'obtenir des résultats dans " -"les moteurs de recherche." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Après la mise à niveau du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" -"computeroutput>, des fichiers de configuration modifiés de Cfengine " -"pourraient être disponibles. Exécutez la commande <computeroutput>ls -ltr /" -"etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> pour vérifier si c'est le cas. " -"Pour appliquer les modifications, exécutez la commande " -"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Il est important d’exécuter <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> après les mises à niveau de " -"serveur LTSP pour conserver l’image SquashFS pour la liste des clients sans " -"disque synchronisée." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Après une mise à niveau intermédiaire d'un système avec un profil " -"<emphasis>Serveur principal</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Serveur LTSP</emphasis>, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> a besoin d'être " -"exécuté pour mettre à jour l'environnement d'installation PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Par ailleurs, il est judicieux d'installer <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> et de " -"les configurer pour envoyer des courriers électronique à une adresse que " -"vous consulterez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vous signalera une fois par jour " -"par courrier électronique quels paquets peuvent être mis à niveau. Ce " -"mécanisme n'installe pas les mises à niveau, mais les télécharge " -"(généralement la nuit), de sorte que vous n'aurez pas besoin d'attendre la " -"fin du téléchargement quand vous lancerez <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si vous le souhaitez, l'installation des mises à jour peut être rendue " -"automatique, simplement en installant et en configurant le paquet " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> comme décrit sur la " -"page <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> peut vous envoyer par " -"courrier électronique les nouvelles entrées des journaux de modifications, " -"ou bien les afficher dans un terminal lorsque la commande " -"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> est utilisée." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Restez informé des mises à jour de sécurité" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Exécuter <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> tel que décrit plus haut " -"est une bonne façon de savoir lorsque des mises à jour de sécurité sont " -"disponibles pour les paquets installés. Une autre façon de se tenir informé " -"sur les mises à jour de sécurité est de s'inscrire à la liste de diffusion " -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian " -"security-announce</ulink> qui indique également quel est l'objet de cette " -"mise à jour de sécurité. L'inconvénient (par rapport à <computeroutput>cron-" -"apt</computeroutput>) est qu'elle diffuse également des informations sur des " -"mises à jour de paquets qui ne sont pas installés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Pour la gestion des sauvegardes, faites pointer votre navigateur sur <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Veuillez noter que vous devez accéder à " -"ce site par SSL, puisque le mot de passe du superutilisateur devra être " -"saisi. En l'absence de chiffrement par SSL, la tentative d'accès échouera." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Remarque : le site ne fonctionnera que si vous permettez temporairement la " -"connexion du superutilisateur par SSH sur le serveur de sauvegarde (le " -"serveur principal « tjener » par défaut)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, tjener sauvegardera <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> et LDAP dans /skole/backup, qui se situe dans la " -"LVM. Si vous souhaitez seulement avoir des copies (en cas d'effacement), " -"cette configuration devrait suffire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Soyez conscient que cette sauvegarde ne protège pas d'une panne de disque " -"dur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez sauvegarder vos données sur un serveur externe, un lecteur " -"de bande magnétique ou un autre disque dur, vous devrez légèrement modifier " -"la configuration actuelle." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez restaurer un répertoire complet, votre meilleure option est " -"d'utiliser la ligne de commande :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Cela mettra le contenu de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> du <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> dans le " -"répertoire <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez restaurer un seul fichier, vous devriez pouvoir le " -"sélectionner (ainsi que la version) à partir de l'interface web, et ne " -"télécharger que ce fichier." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez vous débarrasser des anciennes sauvegardes, choisissez " -"« Maintenance » dans le menu de la page des sauvegarde et choisissez le " -"dernier instantané à garder :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Maintenance de slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Surveillance des serveurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Le système de rapport Munin est disponible depuis <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. Il présente graphiquement des mesures de l'état du système de " -"manière quotidienne, hebdomadaire, mensuelle et annuelle, et il apporte de " -"l'aide à l'administrateur système pour identifier des goulots d'étranglement " -"et la cause de problèmes du système." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"La liste des machines surveillées à l'aide de Munin est créée " -"automatiquement à partir de la liste des hôtes faisant des rapports à " -"sitesummary. Tous les hôtes sur lesquels le paquet munin-node est installé " -"sont enregistrés pour être surveillés par Munin. Normalement, la " -"surveillance par Munin commencera un jour après l'installation d'une " -"machine, en raison de l'ordre d'exécution des tâches planifiées par cron. " -"Afin d'accélérer le processus, lancez <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-" -"munin</computeroutput> en tant que superutilisateur sur le serveur " -"sitesummary (normalement, le serveur principal). Cette commande mettra à " -"jour le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"L'ensemble des mesures collectées est créé automatiquement sur chaque " -"machine grâce au programme <computeroutput>« munin-node-configure »</" -"computeroutput> qui sonde les greffons disponibles dans <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> et crée des liens symboliques dans " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> pour les greffons " -"pertinents." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Des informations sur le système Munin sont disponibles depuis <ulink url=" -"\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Icinga, l'outil de surveillance du système et des services, est disponible " -"depuis le site <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. La liste des " -"machines et services surveillés est automatiquement générée en utilisant " -"l'information collectée par le système sitesummary. Les machines ayant le " -"profil Serveur principal et Serveur LTSP ont une surveillance plus complète " -"que les stations de travail et les clients légers. Pour activer une " -"surveillance complète pour une station de travail, installez-y le paquet " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Icinga n'envoie pas de courrier électronique. Ce comportement " -"peut être modifié en remplaçant <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" -"computeroutput> par <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> et " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> dans le fichier " -"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier de configuration utilisé par Icinga est <computeroutput>/etc/" -"icinga/sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. La tâche cron sitesummary génère un " -"fichier <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" -"computeroutput> contenant la liste des hôtes et services à surveiller." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Des validations supplémentaires pour Icinga peuvent être ajoutées au fichier " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" -"computeroutput> afin de les inclure dans le fichier généré." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations sur le système Icinga sont disponibles sur <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> ou dans le paquet <computeroutput>icinga-" -"doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Avertissements courants d'Icinga et comment les gérer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Voici les instructions à suivre pour gérer les avertissements les plus " -"courants de Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"La partition (/usr/ dans l'exemple) est pleine. Il existe en général deux " -"façons de gérer cela. La première consiste à supprimer quelques fichiers et " -"la seconde à augmenter la taille de la partition. Si la partition concernée " -"est /var/, purger le cache d'APT en appelant <computeroutput>apt clean</" -"computeroutput> devrait supprimer quelques fichiers. S'il reste de la place " -"disponible sur le groupe de volume LVM, exécuter le programme " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> pour agrandir la " -"partition devrait aider. Pour lancer ce programme automatiquement toutes les " -"heures, l'hôte concerné peut être ajouté au groupe réseau " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"De nouveaux paquets sont disponibles pour la mise à niveau. Les paquets " -"critiques sont normalement des corrections de sécurité. Pour mettre à " -"niveau, lancez <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput> en tant que superutilisateur dans un terminal ou en vous " -"connectant par SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne voulez pas mettre les paquets à niveau vous-même et que vous " -"faites confiance à Debian pour faire du bon travail avec les nouvelles " -"versions, vous pouvez configurer <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> pour mettre à niveau automatiquement tous les nouveaux " -"paquets chaque nuit. Cela ne mettra pas à jour les chroots LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Le noyau en cours d'utilisation est plus ancien que le noyau installé le " -"plus récent et un redémarrage est nécessaire pour activer ce nouveau noyau. " -"C'est normalement plutôt urgent puisque les nouveaux noyaux apparaissent " -"dans Debian Edu pour corriger des problèmes de sécurité." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Les files d'attente d'impression de CUPS ont beaucoup de tâches en attente. " -"C'est très probablement dû à une imprimante indisponible. Les files " -"d'attente d'impression désactivées sont activées toutes les heures sur les " -"hôtes du groupe réseau <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" -"computeroutput>, donc aucune action manuelle n'est nécessaire pour ces " -"hôtes. Les files d'attente d'impression sont vidées toutes les nuits pour " -"les hôtes du groupe réseau <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" -"computeroutput>. Si un hôte a beaucoup de tâche en attente dans sa file, " -"vous devriez l'ajouter à au moins un de ces deux groupes réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary est utilisé pour collecter de l'information depuis chaque " -"ordinateur et l'envoyer au serveur central. L'information collectée est " -"disponible dans <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" -"computeroutput>. Les scripts dans <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" -"computeroutput> permettent de générer des rapports." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Un rapport simple provenant de sitesummary est disponible sur <ulink " -"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations sur sitesummary sont disponibles sur <ulink " -"url='https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "" -"Informations supplémentaires à propos des modifications particulières à " -"Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Des informations supplémentaires sur les personnalisations de Debian Edu, " -"utiles aux administrateurs système, sont disponibles dans les chapitres " -"d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link> et d'<link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administration avancée</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Mises à jour" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Avant d'expliquer le processus de mise à niveau, nous attirons votre " -"attention sur le fait que son exécution sur un serveur en production se fera " -"à vos risques et périls. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux est " -"disponible sans ABSOLUMENT AUCUNE GARANTIE, tel que permis par les lois en " -"vigueur.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez lire en entier ce chapitre et le chapitre <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Nouvelles fonctionnalités dans Debian Edu Bullseye</link> avant de " -"débuter la mise à niveau de vos systèmes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Notes à propos de la mise à niveau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Mettre à niveau Debian d'une distribution à une autre est généralement assez " -"simple. Pour Debian Edu, c'est malheureusement un peu plus compliqué car " -"nous modifions les fichiers de configuration d'une manière que nous ne " -"devrions pas modifier. Cependant, nous avons documenté les étapes " -"nécessaires ci-dessous. (Voir le bogue Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> pour plus d'informations sur la manière " -"dont Debian Edu doit modifier les fichiers de configuration.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"En général, la mise à niveau des serveurs est plus difficile que celle des " -"stations de travail et celle du serveur principal est la plus difficile." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez être certain que tout fonctionnera de la même manière après " -"la mise à niveau, vous devriez appliquer celle-ci sur un serveur de test ou " -"de configuration identique à votre serveur de production. Vous pourrez ainsi " -"vous assurer sans risque que tout fonctionne correctement." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous de lire également les informations à propos de la version " -"stable actuelle de Debian dans son <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/stable/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Par ailleurs, il peut être judicieux d'attendre et de laisser tourner " -"l'ancienne version stable pendant quelques semaines supplémentaires, de " -"sorte que d'autres puissent tester la mise à niveau et documenter les " -"problèmes rencontrés. L'ancienne version stable de Debian Edu recevra une " -"prise en charge continue pendant encore quelques temps après la sortie de la " -"nouvelle version stable, mais quand Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessera la prise en charge de l'ancienne stable</" -"ulink>, Debian Edu devra faire de même." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Mises à jour depuis Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Soyez prêt : assurez-vous d'avoir testé la mise à niveau à partir de Buster " -"dans un environnement de test ou bien d'avoir des sauvegardes prêtes à être " -"restaurées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que la recette suivante s'applique à une installation de " -"serveur principal de Debian Edu (bureau Xfce, profils Serveur principal, " -"Station de travail, Serveur LTSP). Pour un aperçu global de la mise à niveau " -"de Buster à Bullseye, consultez <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/releasenotes\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"N'utilisez pas le serveur X, utilisez une console virtuelle, connectez-vous " -"en tant que superutilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Si <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> termine avec une erreur, essayez de " -"la corriger et/ou de lancer <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput>, " -"puis à nouveau <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Mettez à niveau le serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Commencez par vous assurer que le système actuel est à jour :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Nettoyez le cache de paquets :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Préparer et démarrer la mise à niveau vers Bullseye (nouvelle entrée de " -"sécurité) :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # facultatif (pour obtenir une sortie en anglais)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes : soyez prêt à lire beaucoup d'INFORMATIONS ; appuyez sur " -"<retour> pour les faire défiler, <q> pour quitter l'afficheur. " -"Toutes les informations seront envoyées par courriel au superutilisateur, " -"ainsi, il sera possible de les relire ultérieurement avec <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Lisez attentivement toutes les informations debconf, choisissez « garder la " -"version locale installée actuellement » sauf indication contraire ci-" -"dessous. Dans la plupart des cas, appuyer sur entrée sera suffisant." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "Redémarrez les services : choisir Oui." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server : choisir « garder la version locale installée actuellement »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf : choisir Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"Serveur et utilitaires Samba : choisir « garder la version locale installée " -"actuellement »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Serveurs Kerberos : entrer « kerberos » et appuyer sur « OK »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd : choisir N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf : choisir N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf : choisir N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Appliquer la configuration et l'ajuster :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Installation et configuration de l'interface web Icinga2 :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, " -"toujours choisir <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> si debconf pose la " -"question." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Exécutez la commande <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-" -"icinga-setup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Obtenir le nouveau thème graphique Homeworld de Debian Edu :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # sauf si le thème de Buster doit être gardé comme alternative" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Ajuster la configuration du panneau Xfce :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Gérer la nouvelle version de LTSP et des modifications liées :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # pour supprimer les modifications plus nécessaires\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # pour supprimer le répertoire de base TFTP plus utilisé\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # première invite : garder ''tftp'' comme compte système, deuxième : changer le répertoire\n" -" # racine de TFTP pour ''/srv/tftp'', troisième : garder l'adresse et le port, dernière invite :\n" -" # entrer ''--secure'' comme option supplémentaire \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # nettoyer l'ancien répertoire de base de LTSP\n" -"# Les étapes suivantes auront besoin d'un peu de temps d'exécution.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # si la prise en charge d'un client léger 64 bits est recherchée\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # si la prise en charge d'un client léger 32 bits est recherchée\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # pour créer l'image de station de travail sans disque à partir du système de fichiers du serveur\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # pour ajouter les fichiers d'installation PXE et les entrées de menu iPXE liées" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Gérer le passage à iPXE :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Créer un fichier <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> avec le contenu suivant :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez ensuite <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-" -"access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> pour " -"appliquer les modifications." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modifiez certains paramètres DHCP supplémentaires dans LDAP, par ex. en " -"utilisant un éditeur comme ldapvi. Assurez-vous que les entrées liées à DHCP " -"correspondent à celles contenues dans le fichier <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-" -"server.ldif</emphasis>. Les inscriptions concernées sont :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 " -"cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=" -"no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00." -"intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01." -"intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Gérer les changements de GOsa – utiliser le nouveau fichier gosa.conf, " -"corriger l'accès LDAP :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # sauvegarde" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # " -"nouveau fichier gosa.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Rechercher adminPassword et snapshotAdminPassword dans /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"et remplacer $GOSAPWD par le mot de passe aléatoire trouvé dans /etc/gosa/" -"gosa.conf.orig pour ces entrées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Exécutez <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Exécutez <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Gérer les changements de type de chiffrement de Kerberos :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Exécutez <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Gérer les modifications de Samba :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez le compte Samba du premier utilisateur : <computeroutput>smbpasswd -" -"a <first username></computeroutput>. Une fois que les utilisateurs " -"auront modifié leur mot de passe, le compte Samba sera créé." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Vérifier que le système mis à niveau fonctionne :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Redémarrez ; connectez vous comme premier utilisateur et testez" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "si l'interface graphique de GOsa² fonctionne," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" -"s'il est possible de se connecter aux clients LTSP et aux stations de " -"travail," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"s'il est possible d'ajouter ou de retirer l'appartenance à un groupe réseau " -"d'un système," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "s'il est possible d'envoyer et de recevoir des courriels internes," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "s'il est possible de gérer les imprimantes," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "et si d'autres éléments propres au site fonctionnent." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Mise à jour d'une station de travail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Effectuez toutes les tâches de base comme sur le serveur principal, mais " -"sans faire les actions inutiles. Si ce n'est pas déjà fait, configurez la " -"machine pour qu'elle utilise Kerberos pour monter les répertoires " -"personnels, voir le chapitre <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Démarrage " -"rapide</link> pour les détails." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Mises à jour depuis des installations antérieures de Debian Edu/Skolelinux " -"(avant Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Pour mettre à niveau à partir de toute autre version plus ancienne, vous " -"devez d'abord mettre à niveau vers la version Buster de Debian Edu avant de " -"pouvoir suivre les instructions fournies ci-dessus. La façon de migrer est " -"décrite dans le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster#\">Manuel pour Debian Edu Buster</ulink> qui contient les " -"instructions pour mettre à niveau vers Buster à partir de la version " -"précédente, Stretch. De même, le manuel de Stretch couvre la mise à niveau " -"depuis Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Manuels (HowTo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administration avancée</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Desktop\">le bureau</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"Manuels sur <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">les clients en réseau</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Manuels pour <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseigner et apprendre</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Users\">les utilisateurs</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Manuels d'administration générale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Les chapitres <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Démarrage rapide</link> et " -"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> décrivent comment prendre " -"en main Debian Edu et comment effectuer le travail de maintenance de base. " -"Les manuels de ce chapitre décrivent des astuces « avancées »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Historique de configuration : suivre les changements de /etc/ en utilisant " -"le système de gestion de versions Git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'utilisation de <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, tous les " -"fichiers situés dans <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sont suivis en " -"utilisant le système de gestion de versions <ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm." -"com/\">Git</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Cela permet de voir quand un fichier est ajouté, modifié ou supprimé, ainsi " -"que de voir ce qui a changé dans le fichier si celui-ci est un fichier " -"texte. Le dépôt Git est stocké dans <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les heures, les changements sont automatiquement enregistrés, ce qui " -"permet l'extraction et la consultation de l'historique de configuration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Pour consulter l'historique, utilisez la commande <computeroutput>etckeeper " -"vcs log</computeroutput>. Pour vérifier les différences entre deux moments " -"dans le temps, vous pouvez utiliser une commande du genre " -"<computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez consulter la sortie de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" -"computeroutput> pour des informations plus détaillées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Liste de commandes utiles :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Exemples d'utilisation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Sur un système récemment installé, lancez cette commande pour voir tous les " -"changements effectués depuis l'installation :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Pour voir les fichiers qui actuellement ne sont pas suivis ou qui ne sont " -"pas à jour :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Pour soumettre vous-même un fichier, parce que vous ne souhaitez pas " -"attendre jusqu'à une heure :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionner les partitions" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"Dans Debian Edu, toutes les partitions autres que <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> sont sur des volumes logiques LVM. Depuis la version 2.6.10 " -"du noyau Linux, il est possible d'étendre des partitions alors qu'elles sont " -"montées. La réduction d'une partition doit toujours être effectuée lorsque " -"celle-ci est démontée." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"Il est judicieux d'éviter de créer de très grandes partitions (par exemple " -"au-delà de 20 Gio), à cause du temps que prend l'exécution de " -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> sur celles-ci ou la restauration " -"depuis une sauvegarde, si cela s'avérait nécessaire. Il est préférable, si " -"possible, de créer plusieurs petites partitions plutôt qu'une seule très " -"grande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Le script<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> est fourni " -"afin de faciliter l'extension de partitions pleines. Celui-ci lit la " -"configuration depuis <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. À " -"partir des règles décrites dans ces fichiers, il propose d'étendre les " -"partitions ne disposant que de peu de place libre. S'il est appelé sans " -"argument, il affiche seulement les commandes permettant d'étendre le système " -"de fichiers. Le paramètre <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> est requis " -"pour effectuer réellement l'opération." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Le script est exécuté automatiquement toutes les heures sur chaque client du " -"groupe réseau <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous redimensionnez la partition utilisée par le mandataire Squid, la " -"taille du cache dans le fichier <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" -"computeroutput> doit également être modifiée. Le script <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> " -"effectue cela pour vous automatiquement, en vérifiant la taille actuelle de " -"la partition de <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> et en " -"configurant Squid pour utiliser 80 % de la taille comme taille du cache." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Gestion d'un volume logique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"La Gestion des Volumes Logiques (LVM) permet de redimensionner les " -"partitions lorsqu'elles sont montées et en cours d'utilisation. Vous pouvez " -"en apprendre davantage sur LVM en consultant le <ulink url=\"https://www." -"tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Manuel LVM</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Pour étendre un volume logique vous-même, indiquez simplement la taille que " -"vous souhaitez atteindre à la commande <computeroutput>lvextend</" -"computeroutput>. Par exemple, pour étendre home0 jusqu'à 30 Gio, utilisez " -"les commandes suivantes :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Pour ajouter 30 Gio à home0, insérez un « + » (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Utilisation de ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> est " -"un outil pour éditer la base de données LDAP à l'aide d'un éditeur de texte " -"en ligne de commande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Vous devez exécuter ceci :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Note : <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> utilisera l'éditeur par " -"défaut, quel qu'il soit. En exécutant <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> sur la ligne de commande, vous pouvez configurer " -"l'environnement pour utiliser un clone de vi comme éditeur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un objet LDAP avec ldapvi, utilisez le numéro de séquence de " -"l'objet en faisant précéder le nouvel objet LDAP de la chaîne " -"<computeroutput>add</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Attention : <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> est un outil très " -"puissant. Utilisez-le avec précaution pour ne pas endommager la base de " -"données LDAP. Le même avertissement s'applique à JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS avec Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de Kerberos pour NFS afin de monter des répertoires home est " -"une fonctionnalité de sécurité. Depuis Bullseye, les clients LTSP ne " -"fonctionnent plus sans Kerberos. Les niveaux <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> et <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> sont pris en charge " -"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> signifie authentification Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" -"emphasis> représente une vérification d'intégrité et <emphasis>p</emphasis>," -"la protection des données personnelles, c'est-à-dire le chiffrement) ; en " -"fonction du niveau de sécurité, la charge augmente à la fois sur le serveur " -"et sur les stations de travail, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> est un bon choix " -"et a été choisi comme niveau de sécurité par défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Comment modifier le niveau de sécurité par défaut" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "connectez-vous en tant que superutilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"exécutez <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, " -"recherchez <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> et remplacez le par " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"éditez le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</" -"computeroutput> et ajustez ces entrées en conséquence :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "exécutez <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Cet outil permet de définir l'imprimante par défaut en fonction de " -"l'emplacement, de la machine ou de l'appartenance à un groupe. Pour plus " -"d'informations, lire <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier de configuration <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> doit être fourni par l'administrateur, voir <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput>comme exemple." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, une interface graphique à LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous préférez une interface graphique pour manipuler la base de données " -"LDAP, regardez du côté du paquet <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, " -"qui est installé par défaut. Pour obtenir l'accès en écriture, connectez-" -"vous comme ceci :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port:636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, un outil en ligne de commande" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> est un petit utilitaire " -"en ligne de commande pour créer des utilisateurs LDAP et définir leurs mots " -"de passe dans Kerberos. Il est surtout utile pour des tests." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Utilisation de stable-updates" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la publication de Squeeze en 2011, Debian fournit dans la <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">suite stable-updates</ulink> des " -"paquets qui étaient auparavant maintenus sur volatile.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Bien que vous puissiez utiliser les dépôts stable-updates directement, vous " -"n'y êtes pas obligé : les mises à jour de stable-updates sont régulièrement " -"poussées vers la distribution stable lors des mises à jour intermédiaires, " -"ce qui arrive environ tous les deux mois." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" -"Utilisation des rétroportages pour installer des logiciels plus récents" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Vous utilisez Debian Edu parce que vous appréciez sa stabilité. Elle " -"fonctionne très bien, il y a juste un problème : parfois, les logiciels sont " -"un peu plus anciens que vous ne le souhaiteriez. C'est là qu'intervient " -"backports.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Les paquets rétroportés (« backports ») sont recompilés depuis la version de " -"test (principalement) et la version instable de Debian (dans certains cas " -"seulement, par exemple dans le cas de mises à jour de sécurité), de sorte " -"qu'ils pourront s'exécuter sans nouvelles bibliothèques (autant que " -"possible) sur une distribution stable de Debian telle que Debian Edu. " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nous vous recommandons de n'installer que les " -"paquets rétroportés qui correspondent vraiment à vos besoins, et de ne pas " -"utiliser tous ceux qui sont disponibles.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "L'utilisation des paquets rétroportés est simple :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Après cette étape, il est possible d'installer facilement des paquets " -"rétroportés. La commande suivante installera la version rétroportée de " -"<emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Les rétroportages sont mis à jour automatiquement (s'ils sont disponibles) " -"comme les autres paquets. Tout comme l'archive principale, l'archive des " -"paquets rétroportés comporte trois sections : main, contrib et non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Mettre à jour avec un CD ou une image similaire" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez mettre à niveau d'une version à une autre (par exemple de " -"Bullseye 11.1 à 11.2), mais que vous ne possédez pas de connexion Internet, " -"mais seulement un support physique, suivez ces étapes :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Insérez le CD, DVD, disque Blu-ray ou périphérique USB et utilisez la " -"commande apt-cdrom :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "D'après la page de manuel d'apt-cdrom(8) :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom est utilisé pour ajouter un nouveau CD à la liste de sources APT " -"disponibles. apt-cdrom s'occupe de déterminer la structure du disque ainsi " -"que de corriger plusieurs problèmes de gravure possibles et de vérifier les " -"fichiers d'index." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez utiliser apt-cdrom pour ajouter des CD au système APT, vous ne " -"pouvez pas le faire vous-même. De plus, chaque disque faisant partie d'un " -"ensemble de plusieurs disques doit être inséré et balayé par le logiciel " -"indépendamment pour prévenir certains problèmes de gravure." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Exécutez ensuite ces deux commandes pour mettre à niveau le système :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Nettoyage automatique des processus résiduels" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> est un script Perl qui se débarrasse " -"des processus d'arrière-plan. Ce sont des processus qui appartiennent à des " -"utilisateurs qui ne sont plus connectés à la machine. Il est exécuté par " -"l'outil cron toutes les heures." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Installation automatique des mises à niveau de sécurité" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> est un paquet Debian " -"qui installera (entre autres) les mises à niveau de sécurité " -"automatiquement. S'il est installé, le paquet est préconfiguré pour " -"installer les mises à niveau de sécurité. Les journaux de mises à niveau " -"sont disponibles dans <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput> ; il y a toujours aussi <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Arrêt automatique des machines la nuit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'économiser de l'énergie et de l'argent en éteignant les " -"clients la nuit, et en les rallumant automatiquement le matin. Le paquet " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tentera d'éteindre la " -"machine toutes les heures à partir de 16 h 00, sauf si des utilisateurs sont " -"connectés. Il essayera également d'indiquer au BIOS d'allumer les machines " -"vers 7 h 00 du matin, et le serveur principal tentera d'allumer les machines " -"à partir de 6 h 30 en utilisant les paquets wake-on-lan. Les heures peuvent " -"être modifiées dans les crontabs de chaque machine." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Il y a quelques considérations à prendre en compte en faisant cela :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Les clients ne devraient pas être éteints si quelqu'un est en train de les " -"utiliser. La sortie de la commande <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, et, " -"dans certains cas, la recherche de la connexion SSH depuis des clients " -"légers X2Go, permettent de faire cela." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Pour éviter de faire sauter les fusibles, il est bon de s'assurer que tous " -"les clients ne démarrent pas en même temps." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Deux méthodes différentes sont disponibles pour réveiller les clients. L'une " -"utilise une fonctionnalité du BIOS et requiert une horloge matérielle " -"fonctionnelle et correcte, ainsi qu'une carte mère et une version de BIOS " -"gérées par <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>. L'autre façon " -"nécessite que les clients prennent en charge le réveil par réseau (« wake-on-" -"lan ») et que le serveur connaisse la liste des clients à réveiller." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Comment configurer shutdown-at-night" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Sur les clients qui doivent être éteints la nuit, exécutez la commande " -"<computeroutput>touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput> ou ajoutez le nom d'hôte (c'est-à-dire la sortie de la " -"commande <computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput> exécutée sur le client) " -"au groupe réseau « shutdown-at-night-hosts ». Ajouter des hôtes au groupe " -"réseau dans LDAP peut se faire avec l'outil web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput>. Les clients ont besoin d'avoir la fonctionnalité de réveil " -"par réseau (« wake-on-lan ») configurée dans le BIOS. Il est également " -"important que les commutateurs et routeurs utilisés entre le serveur wake-on-" -"lan et les clients soient capables de passer les paquets WOL aux clients " -"même si ceux-ci sont éteints. Certains commutateurs ne sont pas capables de " -"passer les paquets aux clients qui ne sont pas présents dans leur table ARP, " -"ce qui bloque les paquets WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer wake-on-lan sur le serveur, ajoutez les clients au fichier " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, une ligne " -"par client, l'adresse IP en premier, l'adresse MAC (adresse ethernet) " -"ensuite, avec un espace entre les deux, ou bien créez un script " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " -"pour générer la liste de clients à la volée." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Voici un exemple <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> à utiliser avec sitesummary :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Si le groupe réseau est utilisé pour activer shutdown-at-night sur les " -"clients, il est possible d'utiliser ce script en utilisant l'utilitaire " -"netgroup du paquet <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Accéder à un serveur Debian-Edu situé derrière un pare-feu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à des machines derrière un pare-feu depuis Internet, vous " -"pouvez installer le paquet <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Il peut " -"être utilisé pour préparer un tunnel SSH vers une machine à laquelle vous " -"avez accès. À partir de cette machine, vous pouvez accéder au serveur " -"derrière le pare-feu via le tunnel SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Installer d'autres machines fournissant un service additionnel pour " -"décharger le serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'installation par défaut, tous les services tournent sur tjener, le " -"serveur principal. Pour simplifier le déplacement d'un service vers une " -"autre machine, il existe un profil d'installation <emphasis>minimal</" -"emphasis>. L'installation de ce profil donnera une machine faisant partie du " -"réseau Debian Edu, mais n'exécutant aucun service (pour le moment)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Voici les étapes à suivre pour configurer une machine dédiée à certains " -"services :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"Installez le profil <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> en utilisant l'option de " -"démarrage <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "installer les paquets requis pour le service" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configurer le service" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "désactiver le service sur le serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "mettre à jour le DNS (à l'aide de LDAP/GOsa²) sur le serveur principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Manuel d'administration avancée" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "Dans ce chapitre, des tâches d'administration avancées sont décrites." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Personnalisation des utilisateurs avec GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Création d'utilisateurs dans des groupes par année" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, les utilisateurs créés seront groupés par année, avec un " -"répertoire personnel commun pour chaque groupe (home0/2024, " -"home0/2026, etc.). Les utilisateurs seront créés par importation au format " -"CSV." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>(en tant que superutilisateur sur le serveur principal)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Créez les répertoires des groupes par année dont vous avez besoin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(en tant que premier utilisateur dans Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Département" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Menu principal : allez dans « Structure de l'annuaire », cliquez sur le " -"département « Students ». Dans le champ « Base » devrait être affiché « /" -"Students ». Depuis la boîte de dialogue « Actions », choisissez « Créer » " -"puis « Département ». Remplissez les valeurs pour les champs « Nom » (2024) " -"et « Description » (étudiants de la promotion 2024), laissez le champ " -"« Base » tel quel (il devrait valoir « /Students »). Sauvegardez en cliquant " -"sur « OK ». Maintenant, le nouveau département (2024) devrait s'afficher en " -"dessous de /Students. Cliquez dessus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Groupe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez « Groupes » depuis le menu principal, puis « Actions », " -"« Créer », « Groupe ». Entrez un nom de groupe (laissez le champ « Base » " -"tel quel, il devrait valoir /Students/2024) et cliquez sur « OK » pour " -"sauvegarder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Modèle" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez « Utilisateurs » dans le menu principal. Changez pour " -"« Students » dans le champ « Base ». Une entrée <computeroutput>NewStudent</" -"computeroutput> devrait s'afficher. Cliquez dessus. Il s'agit du modèle pour " -"les étudiants et non d'un vrai utilisateur. Comme vous devez créer un tel " -"modèle (afin de pouvoir importer au format CSV les données pour votre " -"structure) en se basant sur celui-ci, notez bien les entrées affichées dans " -"les onglets « Informations » et « POSIX ». Faites même des captures d'écran " -"pour avoir des informations prêtes pour le nouveau modèle." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant changez pour /Students/2024 dans le champ Base . Choisissez " -"« Créer », « Modèle » et commencez à remplir les valeurs choisies, d'abord " -"dans l'onglet « Informations » (ajoutez aussi votre nouveau groupe 2024 dans " -"le champ « Appartenance au groupe »), puis ajoutez le compte POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importation d'utilisateurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez votre nouveau modèle lors de l'importation CSV. Effectuer d'abord " -"un test avec un petit nombre d'utilisateurs est recommandé." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Autres personnalisations d'utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Créer un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Grâce à ce script, l'administrateur peut créer un répertoire dans le " -"répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur et en modifier les permissions et " -"droits d'accès." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, avec group=teachers et permissions=2770 un " -"utilisateur peut remettre un devoir en déposant le fichier dans le " -"répertoire « assignments » dans lequel les professeurs ont des droits " -"d'écriture pour pouvoir donner des commentaires." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" chemin_home=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" dossier=\"devoirs\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" dossiers_crees=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $chemin_home); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$chemin_home/$home/$dossier\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $chemin_home/$home/$dossier\n" -" chmod $permissions $chemin_home/$home/$dossier\n" -" #définir le bon propriétaire et le bon groupe\n" -" utilisateur=$home\n" -" groupe=enseignants\n" -" chown $utilisateur:$groupe $chemin_home/$home/$dossier\n" -" ((dossiers_crees+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"Le dossier $chemin_home/$home/$dossier existe déjà.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"Le nombre de répertoires créés est $dossiers_crees.\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Utiliser un serveur dédié pour le stockage" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Suivez les étapes suivantes pour configurer un serveur dédié pour le " -"stockage des répertoires personnels et éventuellement d'autres données." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez un nouveau système de type <computeroutput>serveur</computeroutput> " -"depuis GOsa², comme indiqué dans le chapitre <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Démarrage rapide</emphasis> de ce manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Cet exemple utilise « serveur-nas.intern » comme nom du serveur. Une fois " -"que « serveur-nas.inter » est configuré, vérifiez si les répertoires " -"partagés par NFS sur le nouveau serveur de stockage sont exportés sur les " -"sous-réseaux et les machines adéquats :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e serveur-nas\n" -" Export list for serveur-nas:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Ici, tout ce qui est connecté au réseau principal a accès au répertoire " -"partagé /storage. (Cela pourrait être restreint par une appartenance à un " -"groupe réseau ou des adresses IP particulières pour limiter l'accès NFS, " -"comme ce qui est fait dans le fichier tjener:/etc/exports.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez des informations d'automontage pour « serveur-nas.intern » dans LDAP " -"afin d'autoriser tous les clients à monter automatiquement les nouveaux " -"répertoires partagés sur demande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Cela ne peut pas être fait à partir de GOsa², car il n'y a pas de module " -"d'automontage. À la place, utilisez ldapvi et ajoutez les objets LDAP " -"nécessaires avec un éditeur de texte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'éditeur s'affiche, ajoutez les objets LDAP suivants à la fin du " -"document. (La partie « /& » dans le dernier objet LDAP est un joker pour " -"correspondre avec tous les répertoires partagés de « nas-server.intern », ce " -"qui évite de devoir faire la liste de tous les points de montage dans LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=serveur-nas,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: serveur-nas\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.serveur-nas,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"\n" -" add ou=auto.serveur-nas,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.serveur-nas\n" -"\n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.serveur-nas,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime serveur-nas.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez les entrées correspondantes dans tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, car " -"tjener.intern n'utilise pas automount, pour éviter les boucles de montage :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"créez les répertoires de point de montage avec la commande " -"<computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, éditez et modifiez le fichier « /etc/" -"fstab » selon vos besoins et lancez <computeroutput>mount -a</" -"computeroutput> pour monter les nouveaux répertoires partagés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant les utilisateurs devraient être capables d'accéder aux fichiers " -"sur « serveur-nas.intern » directement, juste en visitant le répertoire « /" -"tjener/nas-server/storage/ » avec n'importe quelle application, depuis une " -"station de travail, un client léger LTSP ou un serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Restriction de l'accès SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"Il y a plusieurs façons de limiter la connexion par SSH. En voici quelques " -"unes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configuration sans clients légers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Si aucun client léger n'est utilisé, une solution simple est de créer un " -"nouveau groupe (comme <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) et " -"d'ajouter une ligne dans le fichier /etc/ssh/sshd_config du serveur SSH. " -"Seuls les membres du groupe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> seront " -"autorisés à se connecter par SSH à ce serveur depuis n'importe où." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Gérer cette situation avec GOsa est assez simple :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"créez un groupe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> au niveau de base " -"(où apparaissent déjà tous les autres groupes de gestion du système tels que " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez les utilisateurs au nouveau groupe <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> au fichier /" -"etc/ssh/sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Exécutez <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configuration avec clients légers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"La configuration par défaut d'un client LTSP sans disque n'utilise pas de " -"connexions SSH. Mettre à jour l'image SquashFS sur le serveur LTSP associé, " -"après la modification de la configuration de SSH, est suffisant." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Les clients légers X2Go utilisent des connexions SSH au serveur LTSP " -"correspondant. Une approche différente, utilisant les modules " -"d'authentification PAM, est nécessaire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Activez pam_access.so dans le fichier /etc/pam.d/sshd du serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configurez /etc/security/access.conf pour autoriser les connexions pour " -"certains utilisateurs (par exemple alice, jane, bob et john) depuis " -"n'importe où, et n'autoriser les autres utilisateurs que sur les réseaux " -"locaux en ajoutant ces lignes :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Si uniquement des serveurs LTSP dédiés sont utilisés, le réseau 10.0.0.0/8 " -"peut être oublié pour désactiver la connexion par SSH en interne. Remarque : " -"quelqu'un qui connecterait son ordinateur sur le réseau dédié aux clients " -"légers obtiendrait la possibilité de se connecter aussi par SSH au serveur " -"LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Une remarque pour les configurations plus complexes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Si les clients X2Go sont attachés sur le réseau principal 10.0.0.0/8, les " -"affaires se compliquent encore et peut-être que seule une configuration DHCP " -"sophistiquée (en LDAP) vérifiant les identifiants de type ou de fabricants " -"couplée avec une configuration PAM adéquate permettraient de désactiver la " -"connexion SSH en interne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Mise en place d'un environnement de bureau multilingue" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "" -"Pour prendre en charge plusieurs langues, il faut exécuter ces commandes :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (en tant " -"que superutilisateur) et choisir les langues (variantes UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Exécutez ces commandes en tant que superutilisateur pour installer les " -"paquets connexes :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs pourront choisir la langue avec le gestionnaire d'affichage " -"Lightdm avant de se connecter ; cela s'applique à Xfce, LXDE et LXQt. GNOME " -"et KDE ont tous les deux leurs propres outils de configuration interne de la " -"région et de la langue, utilisez-les. MATE utilise le programme d'accueil " -"Arctica au-dessus de Lightdm sans choix de langage. Exécutez " -"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> pour obtenir le " -"programme d'accueil ordinaire de Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Lire des DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"libdvdcss est nécessaire pour lire la plupart des DVD du commerce. Pour des " -"raisons légales, cette bibliothèque n'est pas incluse dans Debian (Edu). Si " -"la loi vous y autorise, vous pouvez construire vos propres paquets locaux " -"avec le paquet Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> ; assurez-" -"vous que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> est activé dans " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Répondez aux questions de debconf, puis exécutez <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Polices scripturales" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (installé par défaut) " -"installe la police « Abecedario » qui est une belle police scripturale pour " -"les enfants. Elle possède plusieurs variantes à utiliser avec les enfants : " -"pointillé et avec des lignes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Manuels pour les clients en réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introduction aux clients légers et stations de travail sans disque dur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Un terme générique pour les clients légers et les stations de travail sans " -"disque dur est <emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"À partir de Bullseye, LTSP est tout à fait différent des versions " -"précédentes. Cela concerne à la fois la mise en place et l'entretien." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"L'une des principales différences est que l'image SquashFS pour les postes " -"de travail sans disque est désormais générée par défaut à partir du système " -"de fichiers du serveur LTSP. Cela se produit sur un serveur combiné au " -"premier démarrage, ce qui prend un certain temps." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Les clients légers ne font plus partie de LTSP. Debian Edu utilise X2Go pour " -"continuer à prendre en charge l'utilisation de clients légers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Dans le cas d'un serveur LTSP distinct ou supplémentaire, les informations " -"requises pour configurer l'environnement d'un client LTSP ne sont pas " -"complètes au moment de l'installation. La configuration peut se faire une " -"fois que la machine a été ajoutée par GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Pour des informations sur LTSP en général, consultez la <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org\">page d'accueil de LTSP</ulink>. Sur les systèmes avec un profil " -"<emphasis>serveur LTSP</emphasis>, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " -"fournit plus d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que l'outil <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> de LTSP doit être " -"utilisé avec précaution. Par exemple, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> ne parviendrait pas à générer l'image SquashFS dans le cas " -"des machines Debian (celles-ci ont une partition /boot séparée par défaut), " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> ne parviendrait pas à générer le " -"menu iPXE correctement (en raison de la prise en charge du client léger de " -"Debian Edu) et <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> gâcherait " -"complètement le démarrage du client LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> est un " -"script d'enveloppe pour <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp kernel</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Il est utilisé pour installer et configurer la prise en " -"charge des stations de travail sans disque ; en plus, les clients légers (" -"des PC 64 Bits et 32 Bits) sont pris en charge par X2Go. Voir " -"<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> ou le contenu " -"du script pour découvrir comment il fonctionne. L'ensemble de la " -"configuration est fourni dans le script lui-même (document en ligne) pour " -"faciliter les ajustements propres au site." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Voici plutôt des exemples sur comment utiliser le script d'enveloppe " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> met à jour l'image de station de travail sans disque " -"SquashFS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> crée la prise en charge d'une station de " -"travail sans disque et d'un client léger 64 bits." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> crée la prise en charge d'un client léger 32 bits " -"supplémentaire ( images chroot et SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"En plus de <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (le plus petit système de client " -"léger), les options <emphasis>display</emphasis> et <emphasis>desktop</" -"emphasis> sont disponibles. Le type <emphasis>display</emphasis> offre un " -"bouton d'extinction, le type <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> exécute " -"Firefox ESR en mode kiosque sur le client lui-même (plus de RAM locale et un " -"processeur plus puissant sont nécessaires, mais la charge du serveur est " -"réduite)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> est un " -"script wrapper pour <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Il s'assure " -"que le fichier /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe est spécifique à Debian Edu. La " -"commande doit être exécutée après que les éléments liés au menu iPXE (comme " -"le délai d'expiration du menu ou les paramètres de démarrage par défaut) " -"dans la section /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] ont été modifiés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> est un " -"script wrapper pour <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Il " -"garantit qu'un initrd spécifique au cas d'utilisation (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp." -"img) est généré puis déplacé vers le répertoire associé au cas " -"d'utilisation. La commande doit être exécutée après la modification de la " -"section /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> remplace " -"l'outil <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> fourni avec LTSP5. Il est utilisé " -"pour exécuter des commandes dans un chroot LTSP spécifié (comme par exemple " -"installer, mettre à niveau et supprimer des paquets)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail sans disque dur</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Une station de travail sans disque dur exécute tous les logiciels " -"localement. Les machines clientes s'amorcent directement à partir du serveur " -"LTSP sans avoir besoin d'un disque dur local. Les logiciels sont administrés " -"et maintenus sur le serveur LTSP, mais s'exécutent sur les stations de " -"travail sans disque dur. Les répertoires personnels et les paramètres " -"système sont également stockés sur le serveur. Ce type de machine est une " -"excellente façon de réutiliser du matériel ancien (mais puissant) avec le " -"même coût réduit de maintenance que les clients légers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"À la différence des stations de travail, les stations de travail sans disque " -"fonctionnent sans qu'il soit besoin de les ajouter à GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Client léger</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"La configuration en client léger permet à un PC ordinaire de fonctionner " -"comme un terminal (-X), tous les logiciels étant exécutés sur le serveur " -"LTSP. Cela signifie que cette machine s'amorce à l'aide de PXE sans utiliser " -"le disque dur local du client, et nécessite que le serveur LTSP soit une " -"machine puissante." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu prend encore en charge l'utilisation de clients légers pour " -"permettre l'utilisation de matériel très ancien." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Étant donné que les clients légers utilisent X2Go, les utilisateurs doivent " -"désactiver la composition pour éviter les artefacts d'affichage. Dans le cas " -"par défaut (environnement de bureau Xfce) : Paramètres -> Ajustements du " -"gestionnaire de fenêtres -> Compositeur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">microprogramme des clients légers</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"L'amorçage du client LTSP échouera si l'interface réseau du client nécessite " -"un microprogramme (« firmware ») non libre. Une installation PXE peut être " -"utilisée pour diagnostiquer les problèmes d'amorçage par réseau d'une " -"machine. Si l'installateur Debian se plaint d'un fichier XXX.bin manquant, " -"alors un microprogramme non libre doit être ajouté à l'image initiale " -"(« initrd ») du serveur LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Procédez ainsi sur le serveur LTSP :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "" -"Obtenez d’abord des informations sur les packages de micrologiciels, " -"exécutez :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Décidez quel paquet doit être installé pour la ou les interfaces réseau, il " -"s'agira très probablement de « firmware-linux », exécutez :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Mettre à jour l'image SquashFS pour les postes de travail sans disque, " -"exécuter :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "Si des clients légers X2Go sont utilisés, exécutez :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "et procéder selon les informations d'utilisation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, mettre à jour l'image SquashFS ; par exemple pour le /srv/ltsp/x2go-" -"bare-amd64 chroot, exécuter :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Sélection du type de client léger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Chaque serveur LTSP possède deux interfaces réseau, une est configurée dans " -"le sous-réseau 10.0.0.0/8 (partagé avec le serveur principal), et l'autre " -"forme un sous-réseau local (ce sous-réseau est distinct pour chaque serveur " -"LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Dans les deux cas, <emphasis>station de travail sans disque</emphasis> ou " -"<emphasis>client léger</emphasis> peut être choisi dans le menu d'iPXE. " -"Après une attente de 5 secondes, la machine démarrera en tant que station de " -"travail sans disque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"L'élément de menu de démarrage iPXE par défaut et son délai d'expiration par " -"défaut peuvent tous deux être configurés dans <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp." -"conf</computeroutput>. Une valeur de délai d'attente de <emphasis>-1</" -"emphasis> est utilisée pour masquer le menu. Exécutez <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> pour que les modifications prennent effet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Utiliser un réseau différent pour les clients légers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 est par défaut le réseau des clients légers si une machine " -"est installée en utilisant le profil LTSP. Si une quantité importante de " -"clients LTSP sont utilisés ou si différents serveurs LTSP doivent servir des " -"chroot i386 et amd64 simultanément, le deuxième réseau préconfiguré " -"192.168.1.0/24 peut être aussi utilisé. Éditez le fichier <computeroutput>/" -"etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> et ajustez les réglages de " -"l'interface eth1 en conséquence. Utilisez <computeroutput>ldapvi</" -"computeroutput> ou un autre éditeur LDAP pour vérifier la configuration DNS " -"et DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Ajouter un chroot LTSP pour prendre en charge les clients PC 32 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Pour créer le chroot et l'image SquashFS, exécuter :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Voir <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> pour plus " -"de détails sur les types de clients légers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configuration des clients LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Exécutez <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> pour avoir un aperçu " -"sur les options de configuration disponibles, lisez le fichier en ligne : " -"<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Ajouter des éléments de configuration à la section [clients] de /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf. Pour que les changements prennent effet, exécuter :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Le son avec les clients LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Les clients légers LTSP utilisent un réseau audio pour transmettre l'audio " -"du serveur aux clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "Les stations de travail LTSP sans disque gèrent l'audio localement." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Accès facile aux disques USB et aux CD ou DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Quand les utilisateurs insèrent un disque USB, un CD ou un DVD dans une " -"station de travail (sans disque dur), l'icône correspondante apparaît sur le " -"bureau, ce qui permet d'accéder à son contenu comme à partir d'une station " -"de travail normale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque les utilisateurs insèrent une clé USB dans un client léger X2Go de " -"type bare (installation de serveur combinée par défaut), le support est " -"monté dès que l'icône du dossier existant sur le bureau Xfce est double-" -"cliquée. En fonction du contenu multimédia, l'affichage du contenu dans le " -"gestionnaire de fichiers peut prendre un certain temps." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "" -"Avertissement à propos des périphériques amovibles sur les serveurs LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'ils sont insérés dans un serveur LTSP, les clés USB et autres " -"supports amovibles font apparaître l'icône du dossier associé sur les " -"bureaux des clients légers LTSP. Les utilisateurs distants peuvent accéder " -"aux fichiers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilisation des imprimantes attachées aux clients LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Reliez l'imprimante au client LTSP (les connexions par un port USB ou " -"parallèle sont prises en charge)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Configurez le client LTSP avec GOsa² pour utiliser des adresses IP fixes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurez l'imprimante en utilisant l'interface web <computeroutput>https://" -"www.intern:631</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal. Choisissez le type " -"d'imprimante réseau <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"(pour toutes les imprimantes, quels que soient la marque et le modèle) et " -"entrez <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client IP>:9100</computeroutput> " -"comme URI de connexion." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modifier la configuration de PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE signifie Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu utilise désormais " -"l'implémentation d'<ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> pour " -"une intégration plus aisée avec LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurer le menu PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"L'entrée de menu d'iPXE concernant les installations du système est générée " -"en utilisant le script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>. Il peut écraser certains paramètres en utilisant le fichier " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> contenant " -"de nouvelles valeurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurer l'installation PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"L'installation PXE héritera de la langue, du plan de clavier et des " -"paramètres des miroirs depuis les paramètres utilisés lors de l'installation " -"du serveur principal, les autres questions seront posées lors de " -"l'installation (profil, participation au concours de popularité des paquets, " -"partitionnement et mot de passe du superutilisateur). Pour éviter ces " -"questions, vous pouvez modifier le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> et fournir des réponses par " -"défaut à debconf. Vous trouverez des exemples de valeurs possibles dans le " -"fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. Vos changements seront perdus dès que " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> sera utilisé pour " -"recréer l'environnement d'installation PXE. Pour ajouter vos valeurs au " -"fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> pendant la recréation avec <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>, ajoutez le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> avec vos propres " -"valeurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Des informations supplémentaires sur la modification des clients en réseau " -"sont disponibles dans le <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">chapitre de ce manuel sur l'installation</" -"link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Ajout d'un dépôt personnalisé pour les installations PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un dépôt personnalisé, ajoutez quelque chose au fichier " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> comme ceci :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#ajout des dépôts locaux des projets skole \n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Dépôt Logiciel Example\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"puis exécutez la commande <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Modifier les paramètres réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"debian-edu-config est fourni avec un outil qui permet de changer le réseau " -"de 10.0.0.0/8 à un autre, et qui s'appelle <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" -"edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Il est prévu pour être " -"utilisé juste après l'installation sur le serveur principal, afin de mettre " -"à jour LDAP et les autres fichiers qui doivent être édités pour changer le " -"sous-réseau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Notez que changer le sous-réseau pour un autre déjà utilisé ailleurs dans " -"Debian Edu ne fonctionnera pas. 192.168.0.0/24 et 192.168.1.0/24 sont déjà " -"réglés pour être les réseaux des clients LTSP. Changer pour ces sous-réseaux " -"demandera d'éditer manuellement les fichiers de configuration afin de " -"supprimer les entrées en double." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas de moyen simple de changer le nom de domaine DNS. Le changer " -"impliquerait des modifications à la fois dans la structure LDAP et dans " -"plusieurs fichiers dans le système de fichiers du serveur principal. Il n'y " -"a non plus pas de moyen simple de changer le nom d'hôte et DNS du serveur " -"principal (tjener.intern). Ce changement demanderait aussi des modifications " -"de LDAP et de fichiers des systèmes de fichiers du serveur principal et des " -"clients. Dans les deux cas, le paramétrage de Kerberos devrait aussi être " -"modifié." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Bureaux distants" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Le choix du profil de serveur LTSP ou de serveur combiné entraîne aussi " -"l'installation des paquets <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> et " -"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp utilise le protocole de bureau distant (« Remote Desktop Protocol » ou " -"« RDP ») pour présenter une interface de connexion graphique à un client " -"distant. Les utilisateurs de Microsoft Windows peuvent se connecter à un " -"serveur LTSP faisant fonctionner xrdp sans logiciel supplémentaire : ils " -"peuvent simplement démarrer une connexion à un bureau distant depuis leur " -"machine Windows, et se connecter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"De plus, xrdp peut se connecter à un serveur VNC ou à un autre serveur RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp est installé sans prise en charge du son ; le script suivant peut être " -"utilisé pour compiler les modules requis." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script pour compiler/recompiler les modules PulseAudio de xrdp.\n" -" # L'appelant doit être superutilisateur ou membre du groupe sudo.\n" -" # Aussi, /etc/apt/sources.list doit fournir une ligne deb-src valable.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Récupérer les sources et construire les dépendances :\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adapter le Makefile des modules pulseaudio (chemin absolu requis)\n" -" # et construire les modules pulseaudio.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copier les modules dans le répertoire de modules Pulseaudio, adapter\n" -" # les droits.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Redémarrer xrdp, maintenant avec le son activé.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go permet d'accéder à un bureau graphique sur le serveur LTSP aussi bien " -"avec des connexions à bande passante faible ou élevée à partir d'un PC sous " -"Linux, Windows ou MacOs. Un logiciel supplémentaire est nécessaire côté " -"client, consultez le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:" -"installation:x2goclient\">wiki x2go</ulink> pour plus d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter qu'il conviendrait de supprimer le paquet " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> sur le serveur LTSP si X2Go est " -"utilisé ; voir le rapport de bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Clients de bureaux distants disponibles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> est installé par défaut et peut " -"utiliser les protocoles RDP et VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - la manière la plus simple d'accéder à un serveur de terminal Windows. " -"Un client alternatif est fourni par le paquet <computeroutput>rdesktop</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Les clients VNC (Virtual Network Computer) donnent accès à Skolelinux à " -"distance. Un client alternatif est fourni par le paquet " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> est un client graphique pour le " -"système X2Go (pas installé par défaut). Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour vous " -"connecter à des sessions en cours ou démarrer de nouvelles sessions." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Clients de réseau sans fil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"Le serveur <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> peut être utilisé pour fournir " -"des connexions réseau sûres. Pour cette tâche, installez les paquets " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> et <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> sur le " -"serveur principal et exécutez <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> pour générer une configuration de " -"base propre au site. De cette manière, les méthodes EAP-TTLS/PAP et PEAP-" -"MSCHAPV2 sont toutes les deux activées. L'ensemble de la configuration est " -"fournie dans le script lui-même pour faciliter des réglages propres au site. " -"Voir la <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">page d’accueil de freeRADIUS</" -"ulink> pour plus de détails." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Une configuration supplémentaire est nécessaire pour" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"activer et désactiver les points d'accès au moyen d'un <emphasis>secret " -"partagé</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"accepter ou refuser l'accès en utilisant des groupes LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3." -"0/users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"réunir des points d'accès dans des groupes dédiés (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Les périphériques des utilisateurs finaux doivent être configurés " -"correctement et doivent être protégés par code confidentiel pour utiliser " -"les méthodes du protocole EAP (802.1x). Et plus important : les utilisateurs " -"doivent être formés à l'installation du certificat d'autorité (CA) " -"freeRADIUS sur leurs périphériques pour s'assurer d'être connecté au bon " -"serveur. De cette manière, le mot de passe ne peut pas être dérobé par un " -"serveur malveillant. Le certificat propre au site est disponible sur le " -"réseau local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (pour les " -"périphériques d'utilisateur final fonctionnant avec Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que la configuration des périphériques des utilisateurs " -"finaux sera un vrai défi dû à leur grande variété. Pour les périphériques " -"Windows, un script d'installation pourrait être créé, et un fichier " -"mobileconfig pour les périphériques Apple. Dans les deux cas, le certificat " -"CA freeRADIUS peut être intégré, mais les outils propres au système " -"d'exploitation sont nécessaires pour créer les scripts." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autoriser la machine Windows avec les informations d'identification Debian " -"Edu à l'aide du greffon pGina LDAP­" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Ajouter un usager pGina dans Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir utiliser pGina (ou toute autre application de service " -"d'authentification tierce), vous devez disposer d'un compte utilisateur " -"spécial utilisé dans la recherche dans LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Ajouter un utilisateur spécial, par exemple <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">pguser</emphasis> avec mot de passe <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, sur le " -"site <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Installer une version parallèle de pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Téléchargez et installez pGina 3.9.9.12 comme logiciel habituel. Faites " -"attention au fait que le greffon LDAP persiste dans le dossier du greffon " -"pGina :" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurer pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Compte tenu des paramètres Debian Edu, la connexion à LDAP utilise SSL par " -"le port 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres nécessaires dans un greffon pGina LDAP sont donc ci-dessous" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(ceux-ci sont stockés dans HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Section principale du greffon LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"Hôte(s) LDAP : <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (ou tout autre " -"avec \"espace\" comme séparateur)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"Port LDAP : <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (pour la connexion SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Timeout: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser SSL : <emphasis role=\"strong\">oui</emphasis> (cocher la case)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Démarrer TLS : <emphasis role=\"strong\">non</emphasis> (ne pas cocher la " -"case)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Valider le certificat du serveur : <emphasis role=\"strong\">non</emphasis> (" -"ne pas cocher la case)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Rechercher le DN : <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" est un utilisateur à authentifier dans LDAP pour rechercher des " -"utilisateurs dans une session de connexion)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Mot de passe de recherche : pwd.777 (c'est le mot de passe \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Bloc d'authentification" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Onglet Lier :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Autoriser des mots de passe vides :<emphasis role=\"strong\">non</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Rechercher DN : <emphasis role=\"strong\">oui</emphasis> (cocher la case)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Filtre de recherche :<emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Bloc d'authentification" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Défaut :<emphasis role=\"strong\">autoriser</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Refuser lorsque l'authentification LDAP échoue : <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">oui</emphasis> (cochez la case)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Autoriser lorsque le serveur est inaccessible : <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">non</emphasis> (ne pas cocher la case, facultatif)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Sélection des greffons (plugin)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP : Authentification [v], Autorisation [v], Passerelle[v], Modifier le " -"mot de passe [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Machine locale : Authentification [v], Passerelle [v] (cochez seulement deux " -"cases)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordre des greffons" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Authentification : LDAP, machine locale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Passerelle : LDAP, machine locale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Sources :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba dans Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba est maintenant configuré comme un <emphasis>serveur autonome</" -"emphasis> avec la prise en charge moderne de SMB2 et SMB3 activés et des " -"partages utilisateur (usershare) activés, consultez <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal. De " -"cette manière, les utilisateurs non administrateurs sont autorisés à offrir " -"des partages." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Comme Samba a abandonné le protocole non sûr SMB1, l'option pour configurer " -"Samba comme PDC (contrôleur de domaine principal) dans le style de NT4 a " -"disparu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Pour des modifications propres au site, copiez /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"smb.conf.edu-site dans le répertoire /etc/samba. Les réglages de " -"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> surchargeront ceux fournis par " -"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les répertoires personnels sont en lecture seule. Cela peut être " -"modifié dans <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Les mots de passe de Samba sont stockés en utilisant avec " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> et sont mis à jour si un mot de " -"passe est modifié avec GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver temporairement un compte d'utilisateur Samba, exécutez " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, et " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> le réactivera." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"L'exécution de <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" -"usershares</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal désactivera les " -"partages (usershares) pour les « étudiants »." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Accéder aux fichiers par Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"La connexion au répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur et à des partages " -"supplémentaires spécifiques au site (s'ils sont configurés) sont possibles " -"avec des périphériques fonctionnant avec Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Chrome OS ou Windows. D'autres périphériques, comme certains basés sur " -"Android, ont besoin d'un gestionnaire de fichiers prenant en charge SMB2 ou " -"SMB3, appelé aussi accès LAN. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/" -"apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" -"ulink> ou <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander " -"avec le greffon LAN</ulink> peut être un bon choix." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> ou " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> pour accéder " -"au répertoire personnel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Manuels pour enseigner et apprendre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Tous les paquets Debian mentionnés sur cette page peuvent être installés en " -"exécutant la commande <computeroutput>apt install <paquet></" -"computeroutput> (en tant que superutilisateur)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Enseigner la programmation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> est un méta-paquet qui dépend de " -"nombreux outils de programmation. Veuillez noter que presque 2 Gio d'espace " -"disque sont nécessaires lorsque ce paquet est installé. Pour plus de détails " -"(notamment pour n'installer que quelques paquets), consultez la page <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Paquets de " -"développement de Debian Edu</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Surveillance des élèves" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention</emphasis> : renseignez-vous sur les " -"textes légaux locaux régissant la surveillance et la restriction de " -"l'activité informatique des utilisateurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Certains établissements utilisent des outils de contrôle tels que <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" -"ulink> pour superviser leurs étudiants. Consultez aussi les pages d'accueil " -"de <ulink url=\"https://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> et de <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Restriction de l'accès des élèves au réseau" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Certaines écoles utilisent <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> pour restreindre l'accès à Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Manuels pour les utilisateurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Changer les mots de passe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Chaque utilisateur devrait changer son mot de passe avec GOsa². Pour cela, " -"utilisez un navigateur et rendez-vous à l'adresse <computeroutput>https://" -"www/gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser GOsa² pour changer son mot de passe assure que les mots de passe " -"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) et Samba (sambaNTPassword) " -"sont identiques." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Le changement de mot de passe en utilisant PAM fonctionne aussi à l'écran de " -"connexion GDM. Mais seul le mot de passe Kerberos sera mis à jour. Ceux de " -"Samba et GOsa² (LDAP) resteront inchangés. Donc, après avoir changé votre " -"mot de passe à l'invite de connexion, vous devriez vraiment le changer aussi " -"avec GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Exécuter des applications Java indépendantes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Les applications indépendantes Java sont prises en charge par défaut par " -"l'environnement d'exécution Java OpenJDK." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Utilisation du courrier électronique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Tous les utilisateurs peuvent recevoir et envoyer des courriers " -"électroniques sur le réseau local ; des certificats sont fournis pour " -"permettre des connexions TLS sécurisées. Pour autoriser l'envoi et la " -"réception de courriers électroniques à l'extérieur du réseau local, " -"l'administrateur doit configurer le serveur de courrier " -"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> selon les besoins. " -"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput> est la " -"première étape dans cette direction." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Tout utilisateur qui souhaiterait utiliser Thunderbird doit le configurer " -"comme indiqué ci-dessous. Pour un utilisateur avec le login toto, l'adresse " -"email interne est <ulink url=\"mailto:toto@postoffice.intern" -"\">toto@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Lancer Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Cliquez « Passer cette étape et utiliser mon adresse existante »" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Entrez votre adresse email" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"Ne tapez pas votre mot de passe, car l'authentification unique Kerberos sera " -"utilisée" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Cliquez sur « Continuer »" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Pour à la fois IMAP et SMTP, les réglages devraient être « STARTTLS » et " -"« Kerberos/GSSAPI » – à ajuster si non détectés automatiquement" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Cliquez sur « Terminé »" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuer localement" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Actuellement, des équipes locales existent en Norvège, Allemagne, en " -"Estrémadure (Espagne), à Taïwan, et en France. Des contributeurs et " -"utilisateurs « isolés » sont présents en Grèce, aux Pays-Bas, au Japon et " -"ailleurs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"Le chapitre <link linkend=\"Support\">Assistance</link> fournit des " -"explications et des liens vers des ressources locales, puisque " -"<emphasis>contribution</emphasis> et <emphasis>assistance</emphasis> sont " -"les deux faces d'une même médaille." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuer globalement" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"Au niveau international, nous sommes organisés en <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">plusieurs équipes</ulink> travaillant sur " -"différents sujets." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"La <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">liste de diffusion des " -"développeurs</ulink> est la plupart du temps notre moyen de communication " -"privilégié, bien que nous nous retrouvions tous les mois sur IRC sur le " -"canal #debian-edu de irc.debian.org et moins fréquemment lors de réunions " -"réelles où nous nous rencontrons en personne. Les <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">nouveaux contributeurs</ulink> " -"devraient lire notre <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Une bonne façon d'apprendre ce qui se passe dans le développement de Debian " -"Edu consiste à s'inscrire à la <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/" -"cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">liste de diffusion des " -"modifications</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Rapporter des bogues" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu utilise le <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS) – système de suivi de bogues</ulink> de Debian. Il " -"permet de voir les rapports de bogue existants et les requêtes de " -"fonctionnalités, et de créer de nouveaux bogues. Veuillez rapporter tous les " -"bogues à l'encontre de <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" -"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Regardez <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">comment faire un rapport de bogue</" -"ulink> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de rapporter les bogues dans " -"Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Auteurs de la documentation et traducteurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Ce document a besoin de votre aide ! Tout d'abord, il n'est pas encore " -"terminé : si vous le lisez, vous remarquerez divers FIXME dans le texte. Si " -"par hasard vous connaissez (un peu) ce dont il est question, veuillez " -"partager vos connaissances." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Le source du texte est un wiki et peut être édité avec un simple navigateur " -"web. Faites le pointer sur <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> et vous pourrez contribuer facilement. Note : un " -"compte utilisateur est requis pour modifier les pages, vous devez d'abord " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">créer un utilisateur " -"sur le wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Une autre très bonne façon de contribuer et d'aider les utilisateurs " -"consiste à traduire un logiciel ou de la documentation. Des informations sur " -"la façon de traduire ce document sont disponibles au chapitre <link linkend=" -"\"Translations\">Traductions</link> de ce livre. S'il vous plaît, participez " -"à l'effort de traduction de ce livre !" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Assistance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Assistance fournie par des bénévoles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "en anglais" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> — assistance par liste " -"de diffusion" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu sur irc.debian.org — canal IRC, centré principalement sur le " -"développement, n'attendez pas une aide en temps réel même si cela arrive " -"souvent" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "en norvégien" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux sur irc.debian.org — canal IRC pour l'assistance des " -"utilisateurs norvégiens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "en allemand" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> — assistance par " -"liste de diffusion" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> — représentation allemande " -"officielle" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de sur irc.debian.org — canal IRC pour l'assistance des " -"utilisateurs allemands" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "en français" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> — assistance par " -"liste de diffusion" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Assistance professionnelle" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Des listes d'entreprises proposant une assistance professionnelle sont " -"disponibles depuis <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/" -"ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nouvelles fonctionnalités dans Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Nouvelles fonctionnalités pour Debian Edu 11 nom de code Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Changements dans l'installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Bullseye. Consultez le <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuel " -"d'installation</ulink> pour plus de détails." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Nouveau thème graphique basé sur le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">thème Homeworld</ulink>, le thème graphique " -"par défaut de Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"L'installateur Debian ne prend plus en charge la configuration du chroot " -"LTSP. Dans le cas d'une installation d'un serveur combiné (profils « Serveur " -"principal » + « Serveur LTSP »), la configuration de la prise en charge d'un " -"client léger (maintenant avec X2Go) survient à la fin de l'installation. La " -"création de l'image SquashFS pour la prise en charge du client sans disque " -"(à partir du système de fichiers du serveur) est réalisée au premier " -"démarrage." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"Pour des serveurs LTSP distincts, deux étapes doivent être réalisées avec un " -"outil après le premier démarrage dans le réseau local quand suffisamment " -"d'informations sont disponibles depuis le serveur principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Mises à jour des logiciels" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Toutes les nouveautés de Debian 11 Busllseye, comme :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Noyau Linux version 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Environnements de bureau KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " -"MATE 1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Boîte à outils éducative GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Créateur de musique Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Bullseye contient plus de 59 000 paquets prêts à être installés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian 11 Bullseye sont disponibles " -"dans les <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes" -"\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Mises à jour des documentations et des traductions" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Pendant l'installation, la page de choix de profil est disponible en 29 " -"langues dont 22 sont entièrement traduites." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">manuel de Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> est traduit entièrement en " -"allemand, français, italien, japonais, néerlandais, norvégien Bokmål, " -"portugais (PT) et chinois simplifié." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Des traductions partielles existent en danois et en espagnol." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Autres changements depuis la dernière publication" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Prise en charge de TLS/SSL améliorée sur le réseau local. Sur les clients, " -"le certificat racine de Debian Edu-CA est placé dans le paquet de " -"certificats de l'ensemble du système." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Nouveau LTSP, réécrit à partir de zéro, abandonnant la prise en charge des " -"clients légers. Ils sont maintenant pris en charge par X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"Amorçage par le réseau fourni par l'utilisation d'iPXE à la place de " -"PXELINUX pour être compatible à LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Le répertoire <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> est maintenant utilisé comme " -"base de l'amorçage par le réseau à la place de <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</" -"emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"DuckDuckGo est utilisé comme outil de recherche par défaut par Firefox ESR " -"et Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Chromium utilise la page interne du site web comme page d'accueil plutôt que " -"Google." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Sur les stations de travail sans disque, un ticket (TGT) de Kerberos est " -"disponible automatiquement après la connexion." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Un nouvel outil a été ajouté pour configurer freeRADIUS avec la prise en " -"charge des deux méthodes EAP-TTLS/PAP et PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"Samba est configuré comme « serveur autonome » avec la prise en charge de " -"SMB2 et SMB3 ; la possibilité de rejoindre un domaine a disparu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"L'interface web de GOsa² ne montre plus d'entrées relatives à Samba, parce " -"que les données du compte Samba ne sont plus stockées dans LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"C'est le mode graphique de l'installateur Debian qui est utilisé pour les " -"installations PXE (à la place du mode texte)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"ipp.intern central pour le serveur d’impression CUPS, les utilisateurs " -"appartenant au groupe printer-admins ont l'autorisation d'administrer CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"L'administration d'Icinga avec l'interface web est limitée au premier " -"utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Problèmes connus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Consultez la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#" -"\">page d'état de Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Droits d'auteur et auteurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Ce document a été écrit (droits d'auteur) par Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) et Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) et est distribué sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure. " -"Profitez-en !" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Si vous enrichissez son contenu, <emphasis role=\"strong\">veuillez ne le " -"faire que si vous êtes l'auteur des ajouts. Vous devez les distribuer sous " -"les mêmes conditions</emphasis> ! Ensuite, ajoutez votre nom ici et " -"distribuez-les sous licence GPL, version 2 ou ultérieure." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traductions de ce document" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Le manuel de Debian Edu Bullseye est traduit entièrement en allemand, " -"français, italien, japonais, néerlandais, norvégien Bokmål, portugais (PT) " -"et chinois simplifié." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Les traductions en polonais, roumain, suédois et chinois traditionnel " -"progressent sur Weblate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez consulter la <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -"debian-edu-doc/\">vue en ligne des langues disponibles</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Comment traduire ce document" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Traduire en utilisant des fichiers PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Les traductions de ce document sont conservées dans des fichiers PO comme " -"pour de nombreux projets de logiciel libre, lisez <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations</" -"computeroutput> pour plus d'informations à ce propos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Traduction en ligne avec un navigateur web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Certaines équipes de traduction ont décidé de traduire avec Weblate. Voir " -"<ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" -"debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> pour plus d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Veuillez signaler tout problème." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Annexe A — La Licence Publique Générale GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Droits d'auteur (C) 2007-2018 à Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:" -"holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > et autres, " -"consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Droits d'auteur</link> " -"pour la liste complète des détenteurs des droits d'auteur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Annexe B — Pas encore de CD/DVD d'installation autonome Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Les CD et DVD d'installation autonome Debian Edu pour Bullseye ne sont pas " -"disponibles actuellement." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Caractéristiques de l'image Autonome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Bureau XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "tous les paquets du profil Autonome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "tous les paquets de l'utilisation ordinateur portable" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Caractéristiques de l'image Station de travail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "tous les paquets du profil Station de travail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "" -"Activation des traductions et de la prise en charge de la régionalisation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Pour activer une traduction spécifique, amorcez en utilisant l'option de " -"démarrage <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, où ll_CC." -"UTF-8 est le code des paramètres régionaux souhaités. Pour activer une " -"disposition de clavier spécifique, utilisez l'option " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput>, où KB est la disposition " -"souhaitée. Voici une liste de codes de paramètres régionaux couramment " -"utilisés :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Langue (Région)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Code de paramètres régionaux</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Disposition de clavier</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "norvégien Bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "norvégien nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "allemand" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "français (France)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "grec (Grèce)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "japonais" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "same du Nord (Norvège)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Une liste complète des codes de paramètres régionaux est disponible dans " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, mais seuls les " -"paramètres régionaux UTF-8 sont pris en charge par les images d'installation " -"autonomes. Cependant, toutes les régionalisations ne disposent pas de " -"traductions. Les noms des dispositions de clavier peuvent être trouvés dans /" -"usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Choses à savoir" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" -"Le mot de passe pour l'utilisateur est « user », le superutilisateur n'a pas " -"de mot de passe défini." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Problèmes connus avec l'image" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Annexe C — Fonctionnalités dans les publications précédentes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de Debian Edu 10+edu0 Buster, publiée le " -"6 juillet 2019" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"C'est la première fois que les images d'installation de Debian Edu sont " -"disponibles à l'adresse <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, par " -"conséquent, il s'agit d'images Debian officielles." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Buster. Consultez le <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">manuel " -"d'installation</ulink> pour plus de détails." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Nouveau thème graphique basé sur le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">thème futurePrototype</ulink>, le thème " -"graphique par défaut de Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Nouvel environnement de bureau Xfce par défaut (à la place de KDE)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nouveau gestionnaire de configuration CFEngine (remplaçant le paquet " -"cfengine2 non maintenu par cfengine3) ; il s'agit d'un changement majeur, " -"pour des détails, consultez la <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com" -"\">documentation officielle de CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" -"L'architecture du chroot LTSP est maintenant par défaut celle du serveur." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Toutes les nouveautés de Debian Buster 10, comme :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Noyau Linux version 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Environnements de bureau KDE Plasma 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " -"LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox ESR 60.7 et Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Boîte à outils éducative GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Créateur de musique Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster contient plus de 57 000 paquets prêts à être installés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian Buster 10 sont disponibles dans " -"les <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">notes " -"de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -"buster/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Mise à jour des traductions pour les chaînes utilisées dans l'installateur. " -"Ces chaînes sont maintenant disponibles en 76 langues, dont 31 sont " -"complètement traduites. La page de sélection de profil est disponible en " -"29 langues, et pour 19 complètement." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Le manuel de Debian Edu Buster est traduit entièrement en allemand, " -"français, italien, danois, néerlandais, norvégien Bokmål et japonais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Des traductions partielles existent en espagnol, polonais, chinois simplifié " -"et chinois traditionnel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" -"L'image ISO BD peut à nouveau être utilisée pour une installation hors ligne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"De nouveaux méta-paquets liés au niveau scolaire : <emphasis>education-" -"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> ou <emphasis>education-" -"highschool</emphasis> sont disponibles. Aucun n'est installé par défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Certains paquets appartenant plutôt au niveau maternelle ou primaire (tels " -"que <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> ou <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) ne sont plus " -"installés par défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Installation modulaire spécifique au site. Il est maintenant possible " -"d'installer seulement les paquets éducatifs qui sont réellement désirés. " -"Consultez le chapitre <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</" -"ulink> pour davantage d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Prise en charge multilingue spécifique au site. Consultez le chapitre <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Bureau</ulink> pour " -"davantage d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 est offert comme nouveau choix d'environnement de bureau." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Nouveau greffon <emphasis>gestionnaire de mot de passe</emphasis> GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" -"Des options inutilisables ont été supprimées de l'interface web de GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Nouvelle version de netgroup disponible pour éviter aux machines appartenant " -"au groupe réseau <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> d'être " -"réveillées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nouvel outil Standardskriver (imprimante par défaut). Consultez le chapitre " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> pour davantage " -"d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nouvel outil Desktop-autoloader. Il permet l'amélioration des performances " -"pour les clients LTSP sans disque. Consultez le chapitre <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">Clients en réseau</ulink> pour davantage " -"d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Prise en charge de TLS/SSL améliorée à l'intérieur du réseau local. Un " -"certificat racine (RootCA) est utilisé pour signer les certificats du " -"serveur, et les répertoires de l'utilisateur sont configurés pour l'accepter " -"lors de la création du compte ; en plus de Firefox ESR, Chromium et " -"Konqueror peuvent désormais utiliser HTTPS sans avoir à autoriser des " -"connexions non sécurisées." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis> avec Kerberos. Il n'y a plus besoin de mot de passe " -"pour les connexions à l'intérieur du réseau local ; le superutilisateur doit " -"exécuter au préalable <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> pour l'activer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS avec Kerberos. Il est désormais possible d'utiliser un accès plus sûr au " -"répertoire personnel. Consultez le chapitre <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS" -"\">Administration</ulink> pour davantage d'informations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Ajout d'un fichier de configuration <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> avec des exemples pour simplifier les " -"modifications spécifiques au site." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Ajout d'un fichier de configuration <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-" -"client.conf</computeroutput> avec des exemples pour simplifier les " -"modifications spécifiques au site." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Nouvel outil <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Il permet de recréer la base de données LDAP " -"exactement comme elle était juste après l'installation du serveur principal. " -"L'outil devrait être aussi utile pour simplifier les modifications " -"spécifiques au site." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant que le <emphasis>serveur X2Go</emphasis> est disponible dans " -"Debian, les paquets qui lui sont liés sont désormais installés sur tous les " -"systèmes ayant le profil <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"La prise en charge de l'exécution des appliquettes Java dans le navigateur " -"Firefox ESR a été abandonnée par l'amont." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"La prise en charge de Flash non libre a été abandonnée dans le navigateur " -"Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Comme c'était déjà le cas avant Stretch, Debian 10 n'installe pas par défaut " -"le paquet <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, consultez le " -"chapitre <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> pour davantage " -"d'informations sur les mises à niveau de sécurité." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de Debian Edu 9+edu0 nom de code Stretch, publiée " -"le 17 juin 2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Stretch. Consultez son <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">manuel " -"d'installation</ulink> pour plus de détails." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "Le profil « Thin-Client-Server » a été renommé « LTSP-Server »" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Nouveau thème graphique basé sur le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">thème « soft Waves »</ulink>, le thème " -"graphique par défaut de Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Toutes les nouveautés de Debian Stretch 9, comme :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Noyau Linux version 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Environnements de bureau KDE Plasma 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, " -"MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'environnement KDE Plasma est installé par défaut ; pour choisir un des " -"autres, consultez ce manuel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox ESR 45.9 et Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel a été à nouveau renommé Firefox !" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove a été à nouveau renommé Thunderbird et est maintenant installé par " -"défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Boîte à outils éducative GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Créateur de musique Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Stretch contient plus de 50 000 paquets prêts à être installés." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian Stretch 9 sont disponibles dans " -"les <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">notes " -"de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -"stretch/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Mise à jour des traductions pour les chaînes utilisées dans l'installateur. " -"Ces chaînes sont maintenant disponibles en 29 langues." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Le manuel de Debian Edu Stretch est traduit entièrement en allemand, " -"français, italien, danois, néerlandais, norvégien Bokmål et japonais. La " -"traduction japonaise a été ajoutée récemment pour Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Des traductions partielles existent en espagnol, polonais et chinois " -"simplifié." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga remplace Nagios comme outil de supervision." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle remplace ksnapshot comme outil de capture d'écran." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Le lecteur Flash libre gnash est de retour." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth est installé et activé par défaut sauf pour les profils « Serveur " -"Principal » et « Minimal » ; appuyer ESC permet de voir les messages de " -"démarrage et d'arrêt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la mise à niveau à partir de Jessie, la base de données de LDAP doit " -"être adaptée. La valeur de sudoHost « tjener » doit être remplacée par " -"« tjener.intern » avec GOsa² ou un éditeur de LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"La prise en charge de PC 32 bits (connus comme l'architecture Debian i386) " -"ne gère plus les processeurs i586. La référence de départ est i686 bien que " -"certains processeurs i586 (par exemple le processeur « AMD Geode ») " -"demeurent pris en charge." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 active par défaut les mises à niveau automatisées (pour les mises à " -"jour de sécurité) dans les installations neuves. Cela peut provoquer une " -"attente d'une quinzaine de minutes lors de l'extinction d'un système avec " -"une faible valeur de fonctionnement." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP utilise désormais NBD à la place de NFS pour le système de fichiers " -"racine. Après chaque modification d'un chroot LTSP, l'image NBD " -"correspondante doit être recréée (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</" -"computeroutput>) pour que les modifications soient prises en compte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Les connexions simultanées du même utilisateur sur un serveur LTSP et un " -"client léger LTSP sont maintenant interdites." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Historique des versions plus anciennes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Les versions suivantes de Debian Edu ont été publiées précédemment :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8.0+edu0 nom de code « Jessie », publiée le 2 juillet 2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, nom de code « Wheezy », publiée le 28 septembre 2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, nom de code « Squeeze », publiée le 3 mars .2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, nom de code « Squeeze », publiée le 11 mars 2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, nom de code « Lenny », publiée le 5 octobre 2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, nom de code « Lenny », publiée le 8 février 2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu « 3.0r1 Terra », publiée le 5 décembre 2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu « 3.0r0 Terra », publiée le 22 juillet 2007. Basée sur Debian 4.0 " -"Etch, publiée le 8 avril 2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, publiée le 14 mars 2006. Basée sur Debian 3.1 Sarge, publiée " -"le 6 juin 2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu « 1.0 Venus », publiée le 20 juin 2004. Basée sur Debian 3.0 " -"Woody, publiée le 19 juillet 2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Un aperçu détaillé et complet des versions plus anciennes est fourni dans " -"l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Annexe C du manuel de Jessie</ulink> ; vous pouvez aussi " -"consulter les manuels des versions concernées sur la page des <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">manuels de publication</" -"ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quand les utilisateurs insèrent un disque USB, un CD ou un DVD dans un " -#~ "client léger X2Go, le média est automatiquement monté et il est possible " -#~ "d'y accéder en naviguant dans le répertoire correspondant sur le bureau " -#~ "Xfce." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quand les utilisateurs distants confirment le message ou utilisent pmount " -#~ "depuis la console, ils sont capables de monter le périphérique amovible " -#~ "et d'accéder à son contenu." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour installer un environnement de bureau de son choix à la place de " -#~ "celui qui est proposé par défaut, appuyez sur la <emphasis>touche " -#~ "tabulation</emphasis> et modifiez les options de démarrage du noyau (tel " -#~ "qu'expliqué plus haut)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "À partir de Bullseye, LTSP est assez différent des versions précédentes. " -#~ "Cela concerne à la fois la configuration et la maintenance. Une des " -#~ "différences principales est que l'image SquashFS pour les stations de " -#~ "travail sans disque est désormais générée à partir du système de fichiers " -#~ "du serveur LTSP. Aussi, les clients légers ne sont plus pris en charge." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re)crée la prise en charge d'un client " -#~ "léger 64 bits." - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "Dans ce cas, exécutez les commandes suivantes sur le serveur LTSP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# D'abord renseignez-vous sur les paquets contenant les microprogrammes\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# Décidez quel est le paquet à installer pour le(s) interface(s) " -#~ "réseau. \n" -#~ "# Ce sera certainement firmware-linux-nonfree\n" -#~ "apt-get -y -q install <nom de paquet>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Mettez à jour l'image SquashFS pour les stations de travail sans " -#~ "disque.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Voir " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> pour plus de " -#~ "détails sur les types de clients légers." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail</emphasis>, surtout un " -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis> distinct ou " -#~ "supplémentaire" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "connectez-vous en tant que superutilisateur." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "exécutez la commande <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -#~ "copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "Firefox-ESR 78.9 and Chromium 89.0" -#~ msgstr "Firefox ESR 78.6 et Chromium 87.0" - -#~ msgid "base-passwd: Choose Yes." -#~ msgstr "base-passwd : choisir Oui." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data di pubblicazione; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Traduzione:</emphasis> -2007-2023 Claudio Carboncini -2013, 2014 Beatrice Torracca - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.it.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9608 +0,0 @@ -# Italian translation of debian-edu-wheezy-manual.po -# release-manual for debian edu -# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others -# Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2021, 2022, 2023. -# Beatrice Torracca <beatricet@libero.it>, 2013, 2014. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-wheezy-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-07 19:08+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: claudio <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n" -"Language: it\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 22.12.1\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "it" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Data di pubblicazione:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 11 Nome in codice Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logo dell'Installer Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Questa è il manuale per la versione Bullseye di Debian Edu 11." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"La versione su <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> è un wiki che viene modificato frequentemente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Le traduzioni</link> sono parte del pacchetto " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, che può essere installato " -"su un server web ed è disponibile <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Debian Edu e Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux è una distribuzione Linux basata su Debian che " -"fornisce un ambiente per una rete scolastica completamente configurata out-" -"of-the box. Implementa un approccio client-server. Server e client sono " -"<emphasis>pezzi di software</emphasis> che interagiscono tra loro. I server " -"forniscono le informazioni richieste dai client per funzionare. Quando un " -"server è installato su una macchina e il suo client su una macchina diversa, " -"le macchine stesse sono chiamate server e client, per estensione del " -"concetto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"I capitoli sui <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisiti hardware e rete </" -"link> e sull'<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</link> contiene " -"dettagli di base sull'ambiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Dopo l'installazione di un server principale sono configurati tutti i " -"servizi necessari per la rete scolastica e il sistema è pronto per essere " -"usato. Solo utenti e macchine devono essere aggiunti usando GOsa², una " -"comoda interfaccia Web, o da un qualsiasi altro editor LDAP. È stato anche " -"preparato un ambiente di avvio in rete usando PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe." -"org/\">iPXE</ulink>, così dopo l'installazione iniziale del server " -"principale da CD, disco Blu-ray o chiavetta USB tutte le altre macchine " -"possono essere installate via rete, comprese le \"postazioni mobili " -"(roaming)\" (macchine che possono essere scollegate dalla rete della scuola, " -"generalmente laptop o netbook). Inoltre, le macchine possono essere avviate " -"via PXE/iPXE come workstation senza disco o thin client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Diverse applicazioni didattiche come GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege e Scratch sono incluse nella configurazione predefinita del desktop, " -"che può essere facilmente estesa quasi all'infinito attraverso l'universo " -"Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Un po' di storia e il perché di due nomi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"è una distribuzione Linux sviluppata dal progetto Debian Edu. Come " -"distribuzione <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> è un sottoprogetto ufficiale <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Questo significa per una scuola che Skolelinux è una versione di Debian che " -"mette a disposizione un sistema pronto all'uso per una rete completamente " -"configurata per la scuola." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Il progetto Skolelinux è stato fondato in Norvegia il 2 luglio 2001 e circa " -"nello stesso tempo Raphaël Hertzog iniziò Debian-Edu in Francia. Dal 2003 i " -"due progetti si sono uniti, ma sono rimasti entrambi i nomi. \"Skole\" e " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" sono solo termini molto conosciuti in questi paesi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Oggi la distribuzione è usata in altri paesi del mondo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Architettura" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "La rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Questa sezione del documento descrive l'architettura della rete e i servizi " -"messi a disposizione dalla installazione di Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "La topologia della rete Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"La figura rappresenta uno schema della topologia di rete. La configurazione " -"predefinita di una rete Skolelinux presuppone un (e solo uno) server " -"principale, e permette l'inclusione di normali workstation e server LTSP " -"(con thin-client associati e/o workstation senza disco). Il numero delle " -"workstation può essere più o meno grande (da nessuna a molte). Lo stesso " -"vale per i server LTSP, ognuno dei quali ha una propria rete separata in " -"modo tale che il traffico tra i client e il server LTSP non influenzi il " -"resto dei servizi di rete. LTSP è spiegato in dettaglio nel capitolo del " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">relativo HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"La ragione per cui può essere presente un solo server principale in ogni " -"rete di scuola è che questo server fornisce il servizio DHCP e può esserci " -"una sola macchina che lo fa in ogni rete. È possibile trasferire i servizi " -"dal server principale a altre macchine, impostando il servizio su un'altra " -"macchina e modificando la configurazione del DNS di conseguenza, in modo che " -"l'alias del DNS per quel servizio punti alla macchina giusta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Per semplificare la configurazione standard di Skolelinux, la connessione " -"Internet viene eseguita su un router separato, detto anche gateway. Vedere " -"il capitolo sul <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">router " -"Internet</link> per maggiori informazioni su come configurare un gateway se " -"non è possibile configurarne uno esistente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "La configurazione predefinita della rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP nel server Tjener gestisce la rete 10.0.0.0/8, fornendo tramite PXE-" -"Boot un menu syslinux dove si può scegliere di installare un nuovo server/" -"workstation, avviare un thin-client o una workstation senza dischi, eseguire " -"memtest o avviare dall'hard disk locale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Questo è stato progettato per essere modificato; per i dettagli, vedere il " -"capitolo del <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> relativo HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"Il DHCP nei server LTSP è usato solo per una rete dedicata sulla seconda " -"interfaccia. (192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 sono le opzioni " -"preconfigurate) e raramente occorre cambiarla." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "La configurazione di tutte le sottoreti è archiviata in LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Una rete Skolelinux ha bisogno di un solo server principale (chiamato anche " -"\"tjener\" che è la traduzione norvegese di \"server\") che ha in modo " -"predefinito l'indirizzo IP 10.0.2.2 e che è installato selezionando il " -"profilo \"Main Server\". È possibile (ma non necessario) selezionare e " -"installare anche i profili LTSP Server e workstation in aggiunta al profilo " -"per il server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Con l'eccezione del controllo dei thin-client, tutti i servizi sono " -"inizialmente configurati su un computer centrale (il server principale). Per " -"ragioni di prestazioni, i server LTSP dovrebbero essere macchine diverse dal " -"server principale (anche se è possibile installare il server principale e i " -"server LTSP sulla stessa macchina). Tutti i servizi hanno un nome-DNS " -"dedicato e vengono forniti solamente via IPv4. I nomi DNS rendono facile il " -"trasferimento di servizi dal server principale ad altre macchine, " -"semplicemente fermando il servizio sul server principale e cambiando la " -"configurazione DNS in modo che punti alla nuova posizione del servizio (che " -"naturalmente dovrebbe essere prima installato sulla macchina scelta)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Per ragioni di sicurezza tutte le connessioni che trasmettono password sulla " -"rete sono cifrate e perciò nessuna password è inviata nella rete come testo " -"in chiaro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Nella tabella sottostante sono elencati i servizi che sono configurati in " -"modo predefinito in una rete Skolelinux con il nome DNS di ogni servizio. " -"Tutti i file di configurazione si riferiranno, se possibile, al servizio " -"attraverso il nome DNS (senza il nome del dominio), così che le scuole " -"possano cambiare dominio (se hanno un proprio dominio DNS) o indirizzo IP " -"facilmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabella dei servizi</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrizione del servizio</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome comune</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS del servizio</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Log centralizzato" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Servizio dei nomi di dominio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configurazione automatica della rete per le macchine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Directory home via Network File System" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Sistema di posta elettronica" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Servizio di directory" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Server web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Backup centrale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Cache web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Stampa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Login remoto sicuro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione automatica" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP Server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Controllo delle macchine e dei servizi con segnalazione degli errori, più lo " -"stato e cronologia su web. Segnalazione degli errori attraverso la posta " -"elettronica" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Ogni utente archivia i suoi file personali nella sua directory home messa a " -"disposizione dal server. Le cartelle home sono disponibili da tutte le " -"macchine dando la possibilità di accedere agli stessi file indipendentemente " -"dalla macchina da cui ci si collega. Il server è indipendente dal sistema " -"operativo e utilizza NFS per i client Unix e SMB2/SMB3 per gli altri client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"In modo predefinito la posta elettronica è impostata solo per la consegna in " -"locale (cioè all'interno della scuola), sebbene la spedizione di e-mail " -"verso Internet può essere configurata se la scuola ha una connessione " -"Internet permanente. I client sono predisposti per spedire la posta al " -"server (usando \"smarthost\"), e gli utenti possono <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">accedere alle loro email</link> attraverso IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Tutti i servizi sono accessibili usando gli stessi nome utente e password in " -"quanto il database di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Per incrementare le prestazioni sui siti più frequentati è usato un proxy " -"web (Squid) che archivia i file localmente. Insieme con il blocco del " -"traffico nel router ciò permette il controllo dell'accesso a Internet per le " -"singole macchine." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"La configurazione di rete dei client è fatta automaticamente con l'uso di " -"DHCP.Tutti i tipi di client possono essere connessi alla sottorete privata " -"10.0.0.0/8 e ricevere indirizzi IP corrispondenti, mentre i client LTSP sono " -"connessi al corrispondente server LTSP con la sottorete separata " -"192.168.0.0/24 (questo assicura che il traffico di rete dei client LTSP non " -"interferisca con il resto dei servizi di rete)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Il servizio centralizzato di log è configurato in modo che tutte le macchine " -"mandino i loro messaggi di syslog al server. Il servizio syslog è " -"predisposto in modo da accettare solamente i messaggi provenienti dalla rete " -"locale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"In modo predefinito il server DNS è configurato con un dominio solamente per " -"uso interno (*.intern) fino a che non viene impostato un dominio DNS reale " -"(\"esterno\"). Il server DNS è configurato come un server DNS con cache in " -"modo che tutte le macchine della rete possano usarlo come server DNS " -"principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Allievi e insegnanti hanno la possibilità di pubblicare pagine web. Il " -"server web dispone di meccanismi per autenticare gli utenti e limitare " -"l'accesso a singole pagine e sottodirectory a determinati utenti e gruppi. " -"Gli utenti avranno la possibilità di creare pagine web dinamiche, dato che " -"c'è la possibilità di programmare dal lato server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Le informazioni sugli utenti e sulle macchine possono essere modificate " -"centralmente e rese automaticamente accessibili a tutte le macchine della " -"rete. A questo scopo è configurato un server di directory centralizzato. La " -"directory archivierà le informazioni su utenti, gruppi di utenti, macchine e " -"gruppi di macchine. Per evitare confusioni nell'utente, non ci sarà " -"differenza tra gruppi per i file e gruppi di rete. Questo implica che i " -"gruppi di macchine che formeranno i gruppi di rete useranno lo stesso spazio " -"dei nomi dei gruppi di utenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"L'amministrazione dei servizi e degli utenti avverrà principalmente via web " -"e seguirà gli standard comuni, funzionando bene nei browser che sono inclusi " -"in Skolelinux. La delega di alcuni compiti a singoli utenti o gruppi di " -"utenti sarà resa possibile attraverso i sistemi di amministrazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Per evitare alcuni problemi con NFS e rendere più semplice il debug dei " -"problemi, l'orario deve essere sincronizzato sulle diverse macchine. Per " -"questo il server Skolelinux è configurato come server Network Time Protocol " -"(NTP) locale e tutte le macchine e i client sono impostati per sincronizzare " -"il loro orologio con quello del server. Il server a sua volta dovrebbe " -"sincronizzare il proprio orologio in Internet, così da assicurare che " -"l'intera rete abbia l'ora esatta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Le stampanti vengono collegate dove più comodo, direttamente alla rete " -"principale o ad un server, workstation o server LTSP. L'accesso alle " -"stampanti può essere controllato per i singoli utenti in base ai gruppi ai " -"quali appartengono e realizzato usando il controllo delle quote e degli " -"accessi per le stampanti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Una rete Skolelinux può avere diversi server LTSP che sono installati " -"selezionando il profilo LTSP Server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"I server LTSP sono configurati per ricevere il syslog dai thin-client e " -"workstation e inoltrare questi messaggi al syslog principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Attenzione:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "Le workstation senza dischi usano programmi installati nel server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Il filesystem di root dei client viene realizzato usando NFS. Dopo ogni " -"modifica al server LTSP l'immagine relativa deve essere rigenerata; " -"eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> sul server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Thin-client" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"La configurazione dei thin-client permette a un PC di funzionare come un " -"terminale (X). Questo significa che la macchina si avvia direttamente dal " -"server utilizzando PXE senza usare il disco fisso locale. Il setup del thin " -"client ora usa X2Go perché LTSP ha abbandonato il supporto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"I thin-client sono un modo ottimo per usare ancora macchine molto vecchie " -"(per lo più a 32 bit) in quanto tutti i programmi girano sul server LTSP. " -"Questo funziona come segue: il servizio usa DHCP e TFTP per connettersi alla " -"rete e si inizializza dalla rete stessa. In seguito il file system è montato " -"usando NFS dal server LTSP e da ultimo parte X2Go client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Workstation senza dischi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Le workstation senza dischi eseguono tutto il software nel PC senza avere " -"installato localmente alcun sistema operativo. Questo vuol dire che le " -"macchine si avviano direttamente via PXE senza eseguire alcun software " -"installato su un disco fisso locale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Le workstation senza dischi sono un modo eccellente di utilizzare hardware " -"potente con lo stesso basso costo di manutenzione dei thin-client. Il " -"software è amministrato e mantenuto sul server senza la necessità di " -"installare alcun software sui client. Anche le directory home e le " -"configurazioni del sistema sono archiviate sul server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Client di rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Il termine \"client di rete\" è usato in questo manuale per riferirsi ai " -"thin-client, alle workstation senza dischi e a tutti i computer che hanno " -"come sistema operativo macOS o Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Tutte le macchine Linux che sono installate usando l'installatore di " -"Skolelinux saranno amministrabili da un computer centrale, probabilmente il " -"server. Sarà possibile fare il login su tutte le macchine via SSH e avere " -"il pieno accesso alle macchine. Come root si deve eseguire prima " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> per avere Kerberos TGT." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Tutte le informazioni degli utenti sono in una directory LDAP. Le modifiche " -"degli utenti sono fatte in questo database che è usato dai client per " -"l'autenticazione degli utenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installazione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Attualmente ci sono due tipi di supporti di installazione: netinst e BD. " -"Entrambe le immagini possono essere avviate anche da penna USB. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"L'obiettivo è quello di essere in grado di installare una sola volta un " -"server da un qualsiasi tipo di dispositivo per poi installare tutti gli " -"altri client dalla rete mediante l'avvio di rete." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Solo l'immagine netinstall ha bisogno di accedere a Internet durante " -"l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione non dovrebbe fare alcuna domanda, con l'eccezione della " -"lingua desiderata, localizzazione, tastiera e del profilo della macchina " -"(server principale, workstation, server LTSP). Tutte le altre configurazioni " -"saranno impostate automaticamente con parametri ragionevoli che " -"l'amministratore di sistema può eventualmente cambiare da una postazione " -"centralizzata una volta terminata l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione dell'accesso al file system" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Ad ogni account utente Skolelinux è assegnata una parte del file system sul " -"file server. Questa parte (la directory home) contiene i file di " -"configurazione, i documenti, le email e le pagine web dell'utente. Alcuni di " -"questi file dovrebbero essere configurati in sola lettura per gli altri " -"utenti del sistema, altri leggibili da tutti via Internet, altri ancora " -"dovrebbero essere accessibili solo all'utente stesso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Per essere sicuri che tutti i dischi usati per le directory dell'utente e " -"per le directory condivise abbiano un nome unico per tutti i computer " -"durante l'installazione, possono essere montati come <computeroutput>/skole/" -"host/directory/</computeroutput>. Inizialmente viene creata una sola " -"directory sul file server: <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" -"computeroutput> in cui vengono messi tutti gli account utente. Altre " -"directory possono essere create quando è necessario, per adattarsi a gruppi " -"particolari di utenti o particolari esigenze di utilizzo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Per consentire l'accesso ai file condivisi con il normale sistema di " -"permessi UNIX, gli utenti devono essere inseriti in gruppi condivisi " -"supplementari (come \"studenti\"), oltre al proprio gruppo primario " -"personale di cui fanno parte in modo predefinito. Se gli utenti hanno una " -"umask appropriata per creare nuovi elementi accessibili al gruppo (002 o " -"007) e le directory su cui lavorano hanno il bit setgid impostato per " -"assicurare che i file ereditino il gruppo proprietario corretto, il " -"risultato è una condivisione di file controllata tra i membri di un gruppo. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"Le impostazioni iniziali di accesso per i nuovi file creati dipendono dalla " -"politica usata. La umask predefinita di Debian è 022 (che non permetterebbe " -"l'accesso di gruppo come descritto sopra), quella di Debian Edu, invece usa " -"002, che significa che i file sono creati con possibilità di lettura per " -"tutti, con la possibilità di rimuoverla in seguito con un'azione specifica " -"dell'utente. Ciò può essere in alternativa cambiato (modificando " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) con una umask " -"007, che significa che la possibilità di lettura è inizialmente impedita, ed " -"è necessaria un'azione dell'utente per renderla accessibile. Il primo metodo " -"incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e rende il sistema più " -"trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio della diffusione non " -"voluta di informazioni sensibili. Il problema con la prima soluzione è che " -"non è evidente per l'utente che il materiale che crea sarà accessibile a " -"tutti. Può accorgersene solo ispezionando le directory degli altri utenti e " -"vedendo che tutti i file sono leggibili. Il problema con la seconda " -"soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno rendere accessibile in " -"lettura i propri file e se questi non contengono informazioni sensibili il " -"loro contenuto potrebbe essere utile per gli utenti che vogliono imparare a " -"risolvere problemi che già altri hanno risolto (in genere problemi di " -"configurazione)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Requisiti tecnici" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono molti modi per configurare una soluzione Skolelinux. Può essere " -"installato su un'unica macchina o su una grande rete regionale fatta da più " -"scuole e gestita centralmente. Per questa varietà di configurazioni c'è una " -"grande differenza su come impostare i componenti di rete, server e macchine " -"client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Requisiti hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Lo scopo dei diversi profili è spiegato nella sezione sulla <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura della rete</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se si intende usare LTSP consultare la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">pagina wiki Requisiti Hardware LTSP</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"I computer su cui eseguire Debian Edu / Skolelinux devono aver processori a " -"32 bit (Architettura Debian 'i386', i processori più vecchi supportati sono " -"quelli della classe 686) o a 64 bit (architettura Debian 'amd64') con " -"processori x86." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"I thin client con solo 256 MiB di RAM e con un processore a 400 MHz possono " -"funzionare, sebbene maggiore RAM e processori più veloci sono raccomandati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Per le workstation senza dischi e per i sistemi standalone sono richiesti " -"come minimo 1500 MHz e 1024 MiB di RAM. Per l'esecuzione dei più recenti " -"browser web e per LibreOffice sono consigliati almeno 2048 MiB di RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" -"I requisiti di spazio minimo di disco dipendono dal profilo che si è " -"installato:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"main server + LTSP server combinati: 60 GiB (più spazio aggiuntivo per gli " -"account utente)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP server: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "workstation o standalone: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"i server LTSP devono avere due schede di rete quando si usa l'architettura " -"di rete predefinita:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 connessa alla rete principale (10.0.0.0/8)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 è usata per servire i client LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"I laptop sono workstation mobili richiedono quindi gli stessi requisiti " -"delle workstation. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Hardware che funziona" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Questa lista non è affatto completa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> è uno sforzo per " -"documentare come installare, configurare e usare Debian su hardware " -"specifico, permettendo ai potenziali acquirenti di sapere se quell'hardware " -"è supportato e ai proprietari attuali di sapere come ottenere il meglio da " -"quell'hardware." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Requisiti per la configurazione della rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Setup di default" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Quando si usa l'architettura di rete predefinita, si applicano queste regole:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Occorre avere un solo server principale, tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Si possono avere centinaia di workstation sulla rete principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Si possono avere molti server LTSP sulla rete principale: due diverse " -"sottoreti sono preconfigurate (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP e altre possono essere " -"aggiunte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Si possono avere centinaia di thin-client e/o workstation senza dischi su " -"ogni rete del server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Si possono avere centinaia di altre macchine che hanno un indirizzo IP " -"dinamico assegnato" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Per avere accesso a Internet c'è bisogno di un router/gateway (vedere più " -"avanti)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Router Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Per connettersi a Internet sono necessari: un router/gateway, connesso a " -"Internet sull'interfaccia esterna e con l'indirizzo IP 10.0.0.1 con maschera " -"di rete 255.0.0.0 sull'interfaccia interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Il router non dovrebbe essere un server DHCP, anche se è possibile che sia " -"un server DNS, anche se questo non è necessario e non sarà utilizzato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso in cui si disponga già di un router ma non si riesca a configurarlo " -"(ad esempio perché non autorizzati a farlo, o per motivi tecnici), un " -"vecchio computer con due schede di rete può essere trasformato in un gateway " -"tra la rete esistente e quella Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Un modo semplice è installare Debian Edu su questo computer; selezionare " -"'Minimal' come profilo durante l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Dopo l'installazione eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> che " -"apporterà le seguenti modifiche:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Aggiustare il file /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Cambiare il nome dell'host permanentemente a 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Rimuovere gli script superflui." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Abilitare l'inoltro IP e NAT per la rete 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Installare un firewall (opzionale)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se si ha bisogno di qualcosa per un router integrato o un access point si " -"raccomanda di usare <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, " -"anche se naturalmente si può usare il firmware originale. Usare il firmware " -"originale è più facile, ma OpenWRT dà la possibilità di maggiori opzioni e " -"controlli. Verificare sulle pagine web di OpenWRT la lista di <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">hardware supportati</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"È possibile usare una diversa configurazione di rete, seguendo questa <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedura " -"documentata</ulink>, ma se non si è costretti a farlo da un'infrastruttura " -"di rete esistente, è sconsigliato farlo e conviene attenersi alla <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura di rete</link> predefinita." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Installare e scaricare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si raccomanda di leggere o almeno dare uno sguardo alle <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">note di rilascio per Debian " -"Bullseye </ulink> prima di cominciare a installare un sistema funzionante. " -"Ulteriori informazioni sul rilascio di Debian Bullseye sono disponibili nel " -"suo <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manuale d'installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Si prega di provare Debian Edu/Skolelinux, dovrebbe funzionare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Si raccomanda, tuttavia, di leggere i capitoli relativi a <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\" >hardware e requisiti di rete</link> e alla <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</link> prima di iniziare a installare " -"un server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi di leggere il capitolo <link " -"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Iniziare</link> di questo manuale, che spiega " -"come autenticarsi la prima volta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Scaricare il supporto di installazione per Debian Edu 11 nome in codice " -"Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 o i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> sono i nomi delle due architetture Debian per CPU x86, " -"entrambe sono o sono state costruite per AMD, Intel e altri produttori. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> è un'architettura a 64-bit e " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is un'architettura a 32-bit. " -"Attualmente le installazioni andrebbero eseguite usando " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> dovrebbe essere usato solo per il vecchio hardware." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "immagine iso netinst per amd64 o i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"L'immagine iso netinst può essere usata per l'installazione da CD/DVD e " -"unità flash USB ed è disponibile per due architetture Debian: amd64 o i386. " -"Come suggerisce il nome, per l'installazione è richiesto l'accesso a " -"Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Una volta che Bullseye è stato rilasciato queste immagini saranno " -"disponibili per il download:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Immagini iso BD per i386 o amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"L'immagine ISO è grande circa 5 GB e può essere usata per l'installazione di " -"macchine amd64 o i386 anche senza la connessione a internet. Come l'immagine " -"netinst può essere installata su un drive USB o su un disco di grandezza " -"sufficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verifica dei file immagine scaricati" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Istruzioni dettagliate per la verifica di queste immagini sono parte di " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD " -"FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Sorgenti:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"I sorgenti sono disponibili negli archivi Debian nelle consuete posizioni, " -"più supporti sono disponibili su <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installare Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Quando si fa un'installazione Debian Edu ci sono poche opzioni tra cui " -"scegliere. Non ci si deve preoccupare, non sono molte. Abbiamo dedicato " -"molte energie per nascondere la complessità di Debian durante e dopo " -"l'installazione. Comunque, Debian Edu è una Debian, e se si vuole si può " -"scegliere tra più di 57.000 pacchetti e un bilione di opzioni di " -"configurazione. Per la maggioranza degli utenti però, le opzioni predefinite " -"dovrebbero andar bene. Nota bene: se si intende utilizzare LTSP, scegliere " -"un ambiente desktop leggero." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Scenari di installazione del server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Rete scolastica o domestica con accesso a Internet tramite un router che " -"fornisce DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione di un server principale è possibile, ma dopo il riavvio non " -"ci sarà accesso a Internet (per l'interfaccia di rete primaria con IP " -"10.0.2.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Vedere il capitolo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">router " -"Internet</link> per dettagli sulla configurazione di un gateway, se non è " -"possibile configurarne uno esistente, come richiesto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Collegare tutti i componenti come mostrato nel capitolo <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architettura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Il server principale dovrebbe avere una connessione Internet la prima volta " -"che si avvia nell'ambiente corretto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Rete scolastica o istituzionale, simile a quella di cui sopra, ma con l'uso " -"del proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere 'debian-edu expert' alla riga di comando del kernel; vedere più " -"avanti per dettagli su come farlo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Alcune domande aggiuntive devono essere soddisfatte, come ad esempio quella " -"relativa al server proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Rete con router/gateway con IP 10.0.0.1/8 (che non fornisce un server DHCP) " -"e accesso a Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Non appena la configurazione automatica della rete non riesce (a causa della " -"mancanza di DHCP), scegliere la configurazione di rete manuale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Inserire 10.0.2.2/8 come host IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Inserire 10.0.0.1 come IP del gateway" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"Inserire 8.8.8.8 come indirizzo IP del nameserver a meno che non se ne " -"conosca di meglio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Il server principale dovrebbe funzionare subito dopo il primo avvio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Offline (senza collegamento Internet):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Utilizzare l'immagine iso BD." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che tutti i cavi di rete (reali/virtuali) siano scollegati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Scegliere 'Non configurare la rete in questo momento' (dopo che il DHCP non " -"è riuscito a configurare la rete e premere 'Continua')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Aggiornare il sistema una volta che si avvia per la prima volta " -"nell'ambiente corretto con accesso a Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Ambienti desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Diversi ambienti desktop sono disponibili:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce ha un ingombro leggermente maggiore rispetto a LXDE ma un supporto " -"molto buono per le lingue (106 lingue)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE e GNOME hanno entrambi un buon supporto linguistico, ma sono troppo " -"ingombranti sia per i computer meno recenti che per i client LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon è un'alternativa più leggera a GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE è più leggero dei tre precedenti, ma manca di un buon supporto " -"linguistico per diversi paesi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE ha il minor ingombro e supporta 35 lingue." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt è un desktop leggero (con un supporto linguistico simile a LXDE) con un " -"aspetto più moderno (basato su Qt proprio come KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu come progetto internazionale ha scelto di usare Xfce come " -"ambiente desktop predefinito; vedere sotto come impostarne uno diverso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Installazione modulare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Quando si installa un sistema con il profilo <emphasis>Workstation</" -"emphasis> incluso vengono installati molti programmi educativi. Per " -"installare solo il profilo di base, rimuovere il parametro della riga di " -"comando del kernel <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> prima di iniziare " -"l'installazione; vedere più avanti per i dettagli su come si fa. Questo " -"permette di installare un sistema specifico e potrebbe essere usato per " -"velocizzare le installazioni di test." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Nota: se si vuole installare in seguito un desktop, non usare il meta-" -"pacchetto Debian Edu come ad esempio <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"perché... questo potrebbe installare tutti i programmi relativi " -"all'istruzione, invece di <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Uno o più meta-packages " -"relativi ai nuovi livelli scolastici come <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> " -"potrebbero essere installati per adattarsi al contesto d'uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Per maggiori informazioni sui meta-pacchetti Debian Edu, vedere la pagina " -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages " -"overview</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Tipi di installazione e opzioni" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Menu di avvio dell'installatore su Hardware a 64-bit</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "Menu di avvio dell'installazione 64-bit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> per usare " -"l'installatore GTK in cui si può usare il mouse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> usa il modo testo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> porta a un sotto " -"menu con maggiori opzioni da scegliere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> dà alcuni suggerimenti " -"sull'utilizzo dell'installazione; vedere le schermate sotto. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Schermata 1 delle opzioni avanzate dell'installazione a 64 bit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> riporta al menu principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> dà accesso a " -"tutte le domande disponibili in modalità grafica." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> permette di " -"utilizzare questo supporto di installazione come disco di ripristino per le " -"attività di emergenza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> ha bisogno " -"di un file di preconfigurazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> dà accesso a tutte le " -"domande disponibili in modalità testuale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> modo testo permette di " -"utilizzare questo supporto di installazione come disco di ripristino per le " -"attività di emergenza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> modo testo; ha " -"bisogno di un file di preconfigurazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Non usare <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> o " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, usare invece " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> come parametro aggiuntivo " -"del kernel in casi eccezionali." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Schermate di aiuto</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Schermata di aiuto dell'installatore" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Questa schermata di aiuto si spiega da sé e con i tasti <F> sulla " -"tastiera permette di ottenere una guida più dettagliata sugli argomenti " -"descritti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Aggiungere o modificare i parametri di avvio per le installazioni</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " -#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"In entrambi i casi le opzioni di avvio possono essere modificate premendo il " -"tasto TAB (modalità BIOS) o il tasto E (modalità UEFI) nel menu di avvio, " -"la schermata mostra la riga di comando per l'<emphasis role=\"strong\"> " -"installazione grafica</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Modifica delle opzioni della riga di comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Si può utilizzare un servizio proxy HTTP esistente sulla rete per " -"velocizzare l'installazione del profilo del server principale dal CD. " -"Aggiungere ad esempio <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> come parametro addizionale di " -"avvio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Se si è già installato il profilo del server principale su una macchina, " -"ulteriori installazioni dovrebbero essere fatte via PXE, in quanto questo " -"utilizzerà automaticamente il proxy del server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Per installare il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> al " -"posto del desktop di default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " -"sostituire <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> con <computeroutput>gnome</" -"computeroutput> nel parametro <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, " -"usare <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, " -"usare <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" -"emphasis>, usare <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" -"emphasis>, usare <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Per installare il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, usare " -"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Il processo d'installazione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Ricordarsi i <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisiti di sistema</link> e " -"assicurarsi di avere almeno due schede di rete (NIC) se si si desidera " -"installare un server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Scegliere una lingua (per l'installazione e per il sistema da usare)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Scegliere un paese che normalmente dovrebbe essere il luogo in cui si vive." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Scegliere una disposizione di tastiera (in genere quella predefinita per il " -"proprio paese va bene)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Scegliere il profilo dal seguente elenco:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Questo è il server principale (tjener) per la scuola e mette a disposizione " -"tutti i servizi preconfigurati e pronti all'uso. Si deve installare un solo " -"server principale per ogni scuola! Questo profilo non include un'interfaccia " -"grafica. Se si vuole un'interfaccia grafica selezionare in aggiunta al " -"profilo, anche il profilo Workstation o LTSP Server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"Il computer si avvia dal suo hard disk locale, e esegue tutto il software e " -"le periferiche installate localmente, come un normale computer, ma il login " -"dell'utente è autenticato attraverso il server principale dove sono " -"archiviati i file e il desktop dell'utente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation mobili</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Lo stesso della workstation, ma capace di autenticare l'utente usando " -"credenziali in cache, questo significa che si può usare fuori dalla rete " -"della scuola. I file degli utenti e i loro profili sono archiviati nel disco " -"della macchina. Il singolo utente con notebook e laptop dovrebbe selezionare " -"questo profilo e non il profilo \"Workstation\" o \"Standalone\" come " -"suggerito nei precedenti rilasci." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"I server di thin-client (e workstation senza dischi) sono chiamati anche " -"server LTSP. I client che non hanno disco si avviano e eseguono il software " -"attraverso questo server. Questo computer ha bisogno di due schede di rete, " -"molta memoria e sarebbe ideale se ci fosse più di un processore. Consultare " -"il capitolo sui <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client di rete</link> per " -"maggiori informazioni. Scegliendo questo profilo si carica anche il profilo " -"workstation (anche se non è selezionato), un server LTSP può sempre essere " -"usato come una workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Un computer normale che può funzionare senza un server di principale (cioè " -"non occorre che sia nella rete). Include i laptop." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Questo profilo installerà i pacchetti di base e la macchina sarà configurata " -"per essere integrata in una rete Debian Edu, ma senza servizi e " -"applicazioni. È utile come piattaforma per singoli servizi trasferiti " -"manualmente dal server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso in cui gli utenti comuni debbano essere in grado di utilizzare un " -"tale sistema, deve essere aggiunto usando GOsa² (simile a una workstation) e " -"il pacchetto libpam-krb5 deve essere installato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"I profili <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> sono preselezionati. Questi profili possono essere " -"installati insieme su una macchina se si vuole avere un cosiddetto " -"<emphasis>server principale combinato</emphasis>. Questo vuol dire che il " -"server principale sarà anche un server LTSP e potrà essere usato come una " -"workstation. Questa è la scelta predefinita, dal momento che si pensa che la " -"maggioranza delle persone la desideri. Notare che occorre installare 2 " -"schede di rete nella macchina che funzionerà da server principale combinato " -"o come server LTSP, che saranno utili dopo l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Rispondere \"yes\" o \"no\" per il partizionamento automatico. Occorre " -"essere consapevoli del fatto che se si risponde \"yes\" vengono distrutti " -"tutti i dati sui dischi! Se si risponde \"no\" questo richiederà più lavoro: " -"sarà necessario assicurarsi che le partizioni necessarie vengano create e " -"siano grandi abbastanza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Per favore scegliere \"yes\" per mandare informazioni a <ulink url=\"https://" -"popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/> e permetterci di sapere quali pacchetti sono " -"popolari e dovrebbero essere mantenuti nei rilasci futuri. Questo non è " -"obbligatorio, ma è un modo semplice per aiutarci." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Aspettare, se il server LTSP è tra i profili selezionati, allora " -"l'installazione rimarrà per un tempo piuttosto lungo alla fine nella fase " -"\"Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver dato la password di root, verrà chiesto di creare un utente " -"normale \"per le attività non amministrative\". Per Debian Edu questo " -"account è molto importante: è l'account che verrà utilizzato per gestire la " -"rete Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"La password prescelta per questo utente <emphasis role=\"strong\">deve</" -"emphasis> avere una lunghezza di <emphasis role=\"strong\">almeno 5 " -"caratteri</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\">deve essere diversa</" -"emphasis> dal <emphasis role=\"strong\">nome utente</emphasis> altrimenti il " -"login non sarà possibile (anche se una password più breve e una password che " -"corrisponda al nome utente sarà accettata dal programma di installazione)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Aspettare ancora nel caso di un <emphasis>server principale combinato</" -"emphasis> dopo aver riavviato il sistema. Passerà un bel po' di tempo per " -"generare l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso di un server LTSP separato, la configurazione della workstation " -"senza disco e/o del thin client richiede alcuni passaggi manuali. Per " -"maggiori informazioni vedere il capitolo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> " -"HowTo per i client di rete</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Note su alcune caratteristiche" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Una nota sui notebook" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Molto probabilmente si vuole utilizzare il profilo \"Roaming " -"workstation\" (vedere sopra). Occorre essere consapevoli che tutti i dati " -"sono memorizzati in locale (perciò porre più attenzione nei backup) e le " -"credenziali di accesso vengono memorizzate nella cache (la \"vecchia\" " -"password può essere necessaria per eseguire il login se non si è collegato " -"il portatile alla rete e non si è fatto ancora il login con la nuova " -"password)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Una nota sull'installazione dell'immagine da flash drive USB / Blu-ray disc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Se si installa da un'immagine su flash drive USB / Blu-ray disc, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> conterrà come " -"sorgente solo quella immagine. Se si ha un collegamento Internet si " -"raccomanda caldamente di aggiungere le seguenti righe al file in modo da " -"avere disponibili e installare gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione netinst (che è il tipo di installazione che il nostro CD " -"fornisce) prenderà alcuni pacchetti dal CD e il resto dalla rete. " -"L'ammontare dei pacchetti da scaricare varia da profilo a profilo, ma rimane " -"al di sotto di un gigabyte (a meno che non si scelga di installare tutti i " -"possibili desktop). Una volta installato il server principale (se solo il " -"server principale oppure un server combinato non ha importanza), le " -"installazioni successive utilizzeranno il suo proxy per evitare di scaricare " -"lo stesso pacchetto dalla rete più volte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Installazione da flash drive USB al posto di CD /Blu-ray disc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"È possibile copiare direttamente un l'immagine <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> su una penna USB e avviare da questa. Basta eseguire un " -"comando come questo adattando i nomi dei file e del dispositivo alle proprie " -"necessità: " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Per determinare il valore di X, eseguire questo comando prima e dopo " -"l'inserimento del dispositivo USB:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Si prega di notare che la copia richiederà un po' di tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"A seconda dell'immagine scelta, la penna USB si comporterà esattamente come " -"un CD o Blu-ray disc." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Installazione e avvio da rete via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Per questo metodo di installazione è necessario avere un server principale " -"in esecuzione. Quando i client si avviano dalla rete principale, viene " -"visualizzato un menu iPXE con opzioni per la selezione dell'installatore e " -"dell'avvio. Se l'installazione PXE fallisce con un messaggio di errore che " -"indica che un file XXX.bin è mancante, allora molto probabilmente la scheda " -"di rete del client richiede un firmware non libero. In questo caso deve " -"essere modificato l'initrd dell'installatore Debian. Questo può essere fatto " -"con il comando: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" -"addfirmware </computeroutput> sul server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Così appare il menu iPXE solo con il profilo <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Così appare il menu iPXE solo con il profilo <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Questa configurazione permette anche di avviare workstation senza dischi e " -"thin-client sulla rete principale. A differenza delle workstation e server " -"separati LTSP, le workstation senza dischi non devono essere aggiunte a LDAP " -"con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni sui client della rete possono essere trovati nella " -"sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo per i client di rete</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modificare le installazioni PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione PXE utilizza un file di preconfigurazione per l'installatore " -"Debian. Questo file può essere modificato per installare più pacchetti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Bisogna aggiungere una riga come la seguente a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string miei-pacchetti-extra" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -#| "cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#| "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can " -#| "be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid " -#| "more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this " -#| "is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" -#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " -#| "files." -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione PXE usa i file di preconfigurazione <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Questo file può " -"essere cambiati per adattare la preconfigurazione usata durante " -"l'installazione, per esempio per evitare più domande quando si installa la " -"rete. Un'altra possibilità per ottenere la stessa cosa è inserire " -"impostazioni aggiuntive in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput> e eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> per aggiornare i file generati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni si possono trovare nel <ulink" -" url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuale dell'installazione di Debian</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Per disabilitare o cambiare le impostazioni del proxy quando si installa via " -"PXE, le righe contenenti <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>preseed/" -"early_command</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> devono essere cambiate. Per " -"disabilitare l'uso del proxy quando si installa, mettere un carattere '#' " -"davanti alla prime due righe ed eliminare la parte \"<computeroutput>export " -"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" dall'ultima." - -# " davanti alla prima delle due righe, e rimuovere \"<computeroutput>export xhttp_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\";</computeroutput>\" nella seconda." -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" -#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -#| "environment are examples of such settings." -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Alcune impostazioni non possono essere preconfigurate perché sono necessarie" -" prima " -"che il file di preconfigurazione venga scaricato. Lingua, layout della" -" tastiera e ambiente desktop " -"sono esempi di tali impostazioni. Se si desidera modificare le impostazioni" -" predefinite, modificare " -"il file del menu iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput" -"> sul server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Immagini personalizzate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Creare una versione personalizzata del CD, DVD o Blu-ray è possibile " -"abbastanza facilmente, usando l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">installatore Debian</ulink>, che ha un progetto modulare " -"e altre interessanti caratteristiche. L'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">uso di preconfigurazione</ulink> permette di " -"definire le risposte alle domande normalmente richieste." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Quello che è necessario è creare un file di preconfigurazione con le " -"risposte personalizzate (tutto questo è descritto nell'appendice del manuale " -"dell'installatore Debian) e <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">rimasterizzare il CD/DVD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Screenshot" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"La modalità testuale e l'installazione grafica sono identiche, solo " -"l'aspetto è diverso. La modalità grafica permette l'uso del mouse e, " -"naturalmente appare più bella e moderna. A meno che non si abbiano problemi " -"con l'hardware, non vi è alcun motivo per non usare la modalità grafica. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Qui sotto ci sono più schermate sulla installazione grafica Main-Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server e come questa appare al primo avvio del server " -"principale e un avvio PXE sulla rete client LTSP (schermata della sessione " -"thin client e schermata di login dopo che la sessione sulla destra è stata " -"cliccata)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "Login Lightdm su tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce e il browser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Desktop Xfce" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Welcome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Login su thin client" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Iniziare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "I passi essenziali per iniziare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Durante l'installazione del server principale un primo account è stato " -"creato. Nel resto del documento questo account sarà denominato \"primo " -"utente\". Questo account è speciale in quanto i permessi per la directory " -"home sono impostati a 700 (<computeroutput> chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> " -"per rendere accessibili le pagine web personali) e il primo utente può usare " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> per diventare root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Vedere le informazioni specifiche su Debian Edu per la <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">configurazione " -"per l'accesso al file system</link> prima di aggiungere utenti; se " -"necessario, adeguarsi alla politica del sito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Dopo l'installazione, le prime cose che si devono fare come primo utente " -"sono:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Accedere al server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Aggiungere utenti con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Aggiungere workstation con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Come aggiungere utenti e workstation è descritto in dettaglio sotto, occorre " -"leggere questo capitolo completamente. Il capitolo descrive come fare i " -"passi essenziali correttamente così come altri accorgimenti che " -"probabilmente tutti dovrebbero prendere in considerazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono altre informazioni disponibili in questo manuale: il capitolo <link " -"linkend=\"Features\">Nuove funzionalità in Bullseye</link> dovrebbe essere " -"letto da tutti coloro che hanno familiarità con le precedenti versioni. " -"Occorre leggere il capitolo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Aggiornamenti</link> " -"per quelli che aggiornano da una versione precedente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Se il traffico generico del DNS è bloccato nella vostra rete e si usano " -"alcuni specifici server DNS per navigare, occorre dire al server DNS di " -"usare il server utilizzato come proprio \"forwarder\". Occorre quindi " -"aggiornare le opzioni di /etc/bind/named.conf e specificare l'indirizzo IP " -"del server DNS da utilizzare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"La sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo</link> descrive altri " -"accorgimenti e trucchi e alcune risposte alle domande frequenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono diversi servizi attivi sul server principale che possono essere " -"gestiti attraverso l'interfaccia web. Di seguito viene descritto ogni " -"servizio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introduzione a GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² è uno strumento di amministrazione basato su un'interfaccia web che " -"aiuterà ad amministrare alcune parti importanti della configurazione di " -"Debian Edu. Con GOsa² si possono amministrare (aggiungere, modificare, " -"cancellare) questi gruppi principali:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione dei Netgroup NIS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Amministrazione DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Per accedere a GOsa² occorre avere un server principale Skolelinux e un " -"sistema (client) con un browser web installato che può essere il server " -"principale stesso se è stato installato come server combinato (main server + " -"server LTSP + workstation)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Se si è installato (probabilmente per sbaglio) solo il profilo main-server " -"non si ha a disposizione un browser web. È facile installare un desktop " -"minimale nel server principale utilizzando questa sequenza di comandi in una " -"shell (non grafica) come primo utente (creato durante l'installazione del " -"server principale):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Da un browser web usare questo URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> per " -"l'accesso a GOsa², collegandosi come primo utente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"In caso si usi una nuova macchina Debian Edu Bullseye, il certificato sarà " -"riconosciuto dal browser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Negli altri casi si riceverà un messaggio di errore per il certificato SSL. " -"Se si sa di essere soli nella rete basta dire al browser di accettarlo e " -"ignorare il messaggio. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Accesso a GOsa² e pagina iniziale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Pagina di GOsa² dopo il login come primo utente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Dopo che ci si è collegati a GOsa² si vedrà la pagina iniziale di GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Successivamente, è possibile scegliere un'azione nel menu o fare clic su una " -"delle icone della pagina iniziale. Per la navigazione, si consiglia di " -"utilizzare il menu a sinistra dello schermo, in quanto questo rimarrà " -"visibile su tutte le pagine di amministrazione di GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"In Debian Edu le informazioni sugli account, i gruppi e il sistema sono " -"archiviate in una directory LDAP. Questi dati non sono usati solo dal server " -"principale, ma anche dalle workstation (senza disco), dai server LTSP e " -"dalle macchine nella rete. Con LDAP le informazioni degli studenti, " -"insegnanti, etc. devono essere inserite una sola volta. Dopo aver fornito le " -"informazioni in LDAP, le stesse saranno disponibili su tutti i sistemi della " -"rete Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"Gosa² è uno strumento di amministrazione che usa LDAP per memorizzare le " -"informazioni e fornire una struttura gerarchica di dipartimenti. Per ogni " -"\"dipartimento\" è possibile aggiungere account utenti, gruppi, sistemi, " -"gruppi di rete, ecc. A seconda della struttura della vostra istituzione, è " -"possibile utilizzare la struttura del dipartimento in Gosa²/LDAP per " -"trasferire la struttura organizzativa della scuola in un albero dati LDAP " -"del server principale di Debian Edu. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Un'installazione predefinita del server principale di Debian Edu offre " -"attualmente due \"dipartimenti\": Teachers e Students, oltre il livello base " -"dell'albero LDAP. Gli account degli studenti sono destinati ad essere " -"aggiunti al dipartimento \"Students\", gli insegnanti al dipartimento " -"\"Teachers\", i sistemi (server, workstation etc.) sono attualmente aggiunti " -"al livello di base. Questa struttura può essere personalizzata in base alle " -"proprie esigenze. (Si può trovare un esempio su come creare utenti per " -"gruppi di anni, con home directory comuni per ogni gruppo nella sezione " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" -"AdvancedAdministration</link> di questo manuale)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"A seconda dell'azione su cui si desidera lavorare (gestire utenti, gestire " -"gruppi, gestire sistemi, etc.) Gosa² presenta una schermata diversa per il " -"dipartimento selezionato (o per il livello di base)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Per prima cosa si clicca su \"Users\" nel menu di navigazione a sinistra. La " -"parte destra dello schermo cambia e si vede una tabella con le cartelle dei " -"dipartimenti \"Students\" e \"Teachers\" e l'account di Amministratore di " -"Gosa² (il primo utente creato). Sopra questa tabella c'è un campo chiamato " -"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> che permette di navigare attraverso la struttura " -"ad albero (occorre spostare il mouse su quella zona e appare un menu a " -"discesa) e selezionare una cartella di base per le operazioni che si " -"intendono fare (ad esempio aggiungere un nuovo utente)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Aggiungere utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Accanto alla navigazione ad albero c'è il menu \"Actions\". Spostare il " -"mouse su questa voce e un sottomenu appare sullo schermo, scegliere " -"\"Create\" e poi \"User\". Ci sarà una procedura guidata che aiuterà nella " -"creazione dell'utente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"La cosa più importante da fare è inserire il modello (NewStudent o " -"NewTeacher) il nome completo dell'utente (vedere la figura)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Seguendo la procedura guidata si vedrà che GOsa² genererà un nome utente " -"automaticamente in base al nome reale. GOsa² sceglie automaticamente un nome " -"utente che ancora non esiste, così più utenti con lo stesso nome avranno un " -"nome utente diverso. Si noti che GOsa² può generare nomi utente non validi " -"se il nome completo contiene caratteri non ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Se non piace il nome utente generato è possibile selezionarne un altro " -"indicato nella casella a discesa, anche se nella procedura guidata non si " -"può fare una libera scelta. (Per modificare il nome utente proposto, aprire " -"con un editor <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> e " -"aggiungere <computeroutput> allowUIDProposalModification = \"true\" </" -"computeroutput> come opzione aggiuntiva alla \"location definition\".)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Quando la procedura guidata è terminata, viene presentata la schermata di " -"GOsa² per l'oggetto nuovo utente. Utilizzare le schede in alto, per " -"verificare i campi compilati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver creato l'utente (per ora non è necessario personalizzare i campi " -"che la procedura guidata ha lasciato vuoti), fare clic sul pulsante \"Ok\" " -"in basso a destra." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Come ultimo passo GOsa² chiederà una password per il nuovo utente. Digitare " -"la password due volte, quindi fare clic su \"Set password\" in basso a " -"destra." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Alcuni caratteri non sono permessi nella password." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Se tutto è andato bene, ora è possibile vedere il nuovo utente nella tabella " -"degli utenti. Ora si dovrebbe essere in grado di accedere con quel nome " -"utente su qualsiasi macchina Skolelinux all'interno della rete." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Cercare, modificare e cancellare utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Il riquadro dei filtri" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Se occorre modificare o cancellare un utente si usa GOsa² per vedere " -"l'elenco degli utenti nel proprio sistema. In alto a sinistra dello schermo, " -"si trova il riquadro \"Filter\", uno strumento di ricerca fornito da GOsa². " -"Se non si conosce esattamente dove si trova l'account nell'albero, occorre " -"spostarsi nel livello di base dell'albero di GOsa²/LDAP e cercare con " -"l'opzione chiamata: \"[x] Cerca in subtrees\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Quando si usa il riquadro \"Filter\", i risultati appariranno immediatamente " -"in mezzo al testo nell'elenco della tabella. Ogni riga rappresenta un " -"account utente e gli elementi più a destra di ogni riga sono piccole icone " -"che forniscono le azioni necessarie: modificare utente, bloccare l'account, " -"impostare la password e rimuovere l'utente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Verrà mostrata una nuova pagina in cui si possono modificare direttamente le " -"informazioni dell'utente come cambiare la password o modificare la lista dei " -"gruppi ai quali appartiene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Modificare i dati utente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Impostare le password" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Gli studenti possono cambiare la propria password accedendo a GOsa² con i " -"loro nomi utente. Per facilitare l'accesso a GOsa², è presente un'icona " -"denominata Gosa nel desktop e nel menu di sistema (o Impostazioni di " -"sistema). La versione di GOsa² per uno studente che vi accede è davvero " -"minimale permettendo solo l'accesso ai propri dati di account e alla " -"possibilità di cambiare la password." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Gli insegnanti hanno privilegi speciali in GOsa². Essi hanno una vista " -"privilegiata di GOsa² e possono cambiare la password per tutti gli studenti. " -"Questo può essere molto utile in classe. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Per configurare una nuova password per l'utente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "cercare l'utente che si vuole modificare, come spiegato sopra" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "cliccare sul simbolo della chiave alla fine della riga del nome utente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"nella pagina che si presenta è possibile impostare una nuova password a " -"propria scelta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Configurare la password dell'utente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione alla sicurezza per le password facili " -"da indovinare!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Gestione avanzata degli utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"È possibile creare una grande quantità di utenti con GOsa² utilizzando un " -"file CSV, che può essere creato con un buon foglio di calcolo (per esempio " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Occorre inserire almeno i seguenti " -"campi: uid, cognome (sn), nome (givenName) e password. Assicurarsi che non " -"ci siano voci duplicate nel campo uid. Occorre controllare anche di non " -"duplicare uid esistenti in LDAP (questi possono essere ottenuti eseguendo " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> da terminale)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Qui ci sono le indicazioni su come creare un file CSV (GOsa² è abbastanza " -"intollerante con questi file):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Usare \",\" come separatore di campo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Non usare le virgolette" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"Il file CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">non deve</emphasis> contenere una riga " -"di intestazione (che in genere contiene i nomi delle colonne)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"L'ordine dei campi non è rilevante, questo può essere definito in Gosa² " -"durante l'importazione di massa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Le operazioni per l'importazione di massa sono:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" -"clic sul collegamento \"LDAP Manager\" nel menu di navigazione sulla " -"sinistra " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "clic sulla scheda \"Import\" sulla destra dello schermo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"navigare sul disco locale e selezionare il file CSV con l'elenco degli " -"utenti da importare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"scegliere uno dei modelli disponibili per gli utenti che deve essere " -"applicato durante l'importazione di massa (come NewTeacher o NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante \"Import\" nell'angolo in basso a destra" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"È una buona idea fare qualche test prima, meglio con un file CSV che " -"contiene pochi utenti fittizi che potranno essere cancellati più tardi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Lo stesso vale per il modulo di gestione password, che permette di resettare " -"molte password utilizzando un file CSV o per rigenerare nuove password per " -"gli utenti appartenenti ad uno speciale sottoalbero LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Resettare le password" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "creare il gruppo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "La gestione dei gruppi è molto simile a quella degli utenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"È possibile inserire un nome e una descrizione per ogni gruppo. Assicurarsi " -"di scegliere il giusto livello nella struttura LDAP quando si crea un nuovo " -"gruppo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Se si aggiungono utenti a un gruppo appena creato si torna alla lista degli " -"utenti, dove si può utilizzare il riquadro di filtro per trovare utenti. " -"Controllare anche il livello dell'albero LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"I gruppi inseriti attraverso la gestione dei gruppi sono gruppi regolari " -"unix, così possono essere usati anche per i permessi dei file." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"L'amministrazione delle macchine permette in pratica di gestire tutti i " -"dispositivi nella propria rete Debian Edu. Ogni macchina aggiunta alla " -"directory LDAP con GOsa² ha un nome, un indirizzo IP, un indirizzo MAC e un " -"nome di dominio (che in genere è \"intern\"). Per una descrizione più " -"completa dell'architettura di Debian Edu consultare la sezione <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Le workstation senza disco e i thin client funzionano out-of-the-box nel " -"caso di un <emphasis>server principale combinato</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Le workstation con disco (compresi i server LTSP separati) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">devono</emphasis> essere aggiunte con GOsa². Dietro le " -"quinte, vengono generati sia un Kerberos Principal (una specie di " -"<emphasis>account</emphasis>) specifico della macchina che un file keytab " -"correlato (contenente una chiave usata come <emphasis>password</emphasis>); " -"il file keytab deve essere presente sulla workstation per poter montare le " -"home directory degli utenti. Una volta che il sistema aggiunto è stato " -"riavviato, accedervi come root ed eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" -"edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Per crearne Kerberos Principal e il file keytab per un sistema <emphasis>già " -"configurato con GOsa²</emphasis>, effettuare il login sul server principale " -"come root ed eseguire" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione:</emphasis> la creazione di host keytab " -"è possibile per sistemi di tipo <emphasis>workstation</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>server</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminali</emphasis> ma non per " -"quelli di tipo <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Vedere il capitolo<link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> per le opzioni di " -"configurazione di NFS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Per aggiungere una macchina, usare il menu principale di GOsa², systems, " -"add. Si può utilizzare un indirizzo IP/nome_host dallo spazio di " -"indirizzamento preconfigurato 10.0.0.0/8. Attualmente ci sono solo due " -"indirizzi predefiniti fissi: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Gli " -"indirizzi da 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (circa 10.0.16.0/20 o 4000 host) sono " -"riservati al DHCP e assegnati dinamicamente. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"Per assegnare a un host con l'indirizzo MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 un indirizzo " -"statico in GOsa² occorre inserire l'indirizzo MAC, il nome dell'host e l'IP; " -"in alternativa è possibile cliccare sul pulsante <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> che mostrerà il primo indirizzo fisso libero in 10.0.0.0/8, " -"molto probabilmente qualcosa di simile a 10.0.0.2 se si aggiunge la prima " -"macchina in questo modo. Sarebbe meglio pensare prima a un intervallo adatto " -"per la rete: per esempio si potrebbe usare 10.0.0.x con x>10 e x<50 " -"per i server e x>100 per le workstation. Non dimenticarsi di attivare il " -"sistema appena aggiunto. Con l'eccezione del server principale tutti i " -"sistemi saranno visualizzati con un'icona." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Se le macchine sono avviate come thin-client/workstation senza dischi o sono " -"state installate usando uno dei profili di rete, lo script " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> può essere usato per " -"aggiungere automaticamente macchine a GOsa². Per macchine semplici " -"funzionerà out of the box, per macchine con più di un mac address quello " -"scelto attualmente deve essere usato, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -" -"h</computeroutput> mostra le informazioni di utilizzo. Notare che gli " -"indirizzi IP dopo l'uso di <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput> appartengono all'intervallo dinamico degli IP. Questi " -"sistemi possono poi essere modificati per adattarsi alla vostra rete: " -"rinominare ogni nuovo sistema, attivare DHCP e DNS, aggiungerlo ai gruppi di " -"rete (vedere la seguente schermata per i gruppi di rete consigliati), " -"occorre dopo riavviare il sistema. Le seguenti schermate mostrano come " -"stanno le cose in pratica:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id" -" ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id" -" ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -"\n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Elenco dei sistemi di GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Dettagli dell'host" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modificare host" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Aggiungere gruppi di rete (netgroup)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Un compito cron di aggiornamento del DNS viene eseguito ogni ora il comando; " -"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> può essere utilizzato per " -"attivare manualmente l'aggiornamento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Cercare e cancellare le macchine è simile a cercare e cancellare utenti e la " -"procedura qui non viene ripetuta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione dei Netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver aggiunto una macchina all'albero LDAP usando GOsa², si può " -"modificarne le proprietà usando la funzione di ricerca e cliccando sulla " -"macchina desiderata (come per gli utenti)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Il formato di queste voci di sistema è simile a quello che già è stato visto " -"per modificare le voci degli utenti, ma i campi significano cose diverse in " -"questo contesto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Per esempio, quando si aggiunge una macchina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup</" -"computeroutput> non si modificano i permessi di accesso ai file o di " -"esecuzione di comandi per quella macchina o per gli utenti che si collegano " -"da essa, ma si limitano invece i servizi che tale macchina può usare sul " -"server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"L'installazione predefinita mette a disposizione i seguenti " -"<computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Al momento la funzionalità <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> è usata " -"per" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ridimensionamento delle partizioni</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Le macchine Debian Edu che appartengono a questo gruppo automaticamente " -"adatteranno le partizioni LVM che sono diventate insufficienti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Spegnere le macchine di notte</emphasis> (shutdown-" -"at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Le macchine Debian Edu in questo gruppo si spegneranno automaticamente la " -"notte per risparmiare energia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestire le stampanti</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Le macchine Debian Edu in questi gruppi svuoteranno le code di stampa ogni " -"notte e riattiveranno ogni coda di stampa disabilitata ogni ora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocco dell'accesso a Internet</emphasis> " -"(netblock-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Alle macchine Debian Edu di questo gruppo sarà consentita solo la " -"connessione alla rete locale. In combinazione con le restrizioni dei proxy " -"web potrebbero essere utilizzate durante gli esami." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"Per l'amministrazione delle stampanti ci si collega con il browser web a " -"<ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Quella che appare è la consueta " -"interfaccia di gestione di CUPS in cui si può aggiungere/cancellare/" -"modificare le proprie stampanti e pulire le code di stampa. Questo è " -"consentito di default solo al primo utente, ma questa condotta può essere " -"modificata: aggiungendo utenti con GOsa² al gruppo <computeroutput>printer-" -"admins</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Utilizzare stampanti collegate alle workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Il pacchetto <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> è installato di default su un " -"sistema con il profilo <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Modificare <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> come questo " -"(stampante USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurare la stampante utilizzando l'interfaccia web " -"<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> sul server " -"principale; scegliere tipo della stampante di rete <computeroutput>AppSocket/" -"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (per tutte le stampanti indipendentemente " -"dalla marca o dal modello) e impostare come collegamento URI " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Stampanti di rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"Si raccomanda di disabilitare tutte le funzioni self-advertising nelle " -"stampanti di rete utilizzate. Invece, occorre assegnare un indirizzo IP " -"fisso con GOsa² e configurarle come stampanti di rete con " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"La configurazione predefinita in Debian Edu è di avere gli orologi in tutte " -"le macchine sincronizzati, ma non necessariamente con l'orario corretto. Il " -"servizio NTP è usato per aggiornare l'orario. Gli orologi saranno " -"sincronizzati in modo predefinito con una sorgente esterna. Questo può " -"lasciare aperta una connessione esterna Internet se è creata quando usata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Se si usa dialup o ISDN e si paga a minuto, si può cambiare l'impostazione " -"predefinita." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Per disabilitare la sincronizzazione con un orologio esterno occorre " -"modificare il file /etc/ntp.conf nel server principale. Aggiungere un " -"commento (\"#\") di fronte alle righe con <computeroutput>server</" -"computeroutput>. In seguito il server NTP deve essere riavviato con " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> come root. Per " -"controllare se il server sta usando un orologio esterno eseguire " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Allargare le partizioni piene" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"A causa di un possibile bug nel partizionamento automatico, alcune " -"partizioni possono risultare piene dopo l'installazione. Per aumentare le " -"partizioni piene eseguire come root <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -" -"n</computeroutput>. Per maggiori informazioni vedere l'HowTO su come " -"ridimensionare le partizioni nel <link linkend=\"Administration\">capitolo " -"degli howto di amministrazione</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Manutenzione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Aggiornare il software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Questa sezione spiega come usare <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"L'uso di <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> è molto semplice. Per " -"aggiornare il sistema occorre eseguire due comandi da terminale come root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (aggiorna l'elenco dei pacchetti " -"disponibili) e <computeroutput>apt upgrade</computeroutput> (aggiorna i " -"pacchetti che hanno un aggiornamento disponibile)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"È anche una buona idea aggiornare usando il C locale per ottenere l'output " -"in inglese che in caso di problemi ha maggiori probabilità di produrre " -"risultati nei motori di ricerca." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dopo aver aggiornato il pacchetto<computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" -"computeroutput>, è possibile che siano disponibili file di configurazione di " -"Cfengine modificati. Eseguire <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-" -"edu/</computeroutput> per verificare se è questo il caso. Per applicare le " -"modifiche, eseguire <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"É importante eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> dopo gli aggiornamenti del server " -"LTSP per mantenere l'immagine SquashFS per il menu dei client senza disco " -"sincronizzato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Dopo un aggiornamento point release di un sistema con profilo <emphasis>Main " -"Server</emphasis> o <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> deve essere eseguito per aggiornare " -"l'ambiente di installazione PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Una buona idea è anche installare <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e configurarli in modo " -"che mandino email ad un indirizzo che si legge regolarmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> notifica una volta al giorno via " -"email, quali pacchetti sono disponibili per l'aggiornamento. Questo " -"programma non li installa, ma li scarica (di solito di notte), così da non " -"dovere aspettare, quando si lancia <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti può essere eseguita " -"facilmente se lo si desidera. Si ha solo bisogno del pacchetto " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, installato e " -"configurato come descritto in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> può inviare via posta " -"elettronica le nuove voci nel file changelog, o in alternativa le mostra nel " -"terminale quando si esegue <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Tenersi informati sugli aggiornamenti di sicurezza " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Eseguire <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> come è stato descritto " -"sopra è un buon modo per sapere che per un pacchetto è disponibile un " -"aggiornamento di sicurezza. Un altro modo per essere informati sugli " -"aggiornamenti di sicurezza è l'iscrizione alla <ulink url=\"http://lists." -"debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">mailing-list Debian security-" -"announce</ulink>, che ha il vantaggio di spiegare cosa l'aggiornamento " -"riguardi. Il lato negativo (confrontato con <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput>) è che vengono date anche informazioni su pacchetti che non " -"sono stati installati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gestione dei backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Per l'amministrazione dei backup occorre puntare il browser a <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Occorre fare attenzione che si deve " -"accedere a questo indirizzo via SSL, dopo aver inserito la password di root. " -"Se si prova a collegarsi a questo sito senza usare SSL fallirà." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Nota: il sito funziona solo se si consente temporaneamente l'accesso root a " -"ssh sul server di backup (il server principale 'tjener' per impostazione " -"predefinita)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"In modo predefinito tjener farà il backup di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e LDAP in /skole/backup che è " -"nel volume LVM. Se si desidera soltanto avere copie delle informazioni (in " -"caso venga cancellato qualcosa) questa configurazione dovrebbe essere adatta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Attenzione che questo backup non protegge dalla rottura degli hard disk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Se si vuol fare il backup dei dati su un server esterno, su una periferica a " -"nastro o su un altro hard disk occorre modificare un poco la configurazione " -"esistente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Se si vuole ripristinare un'intera cartella, la scelta migliore è usare il " -"seguente comando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Questo lascerà il contenuto di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> dalla <computeroutput><data></computeroutput> nella " -"cartella <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Se si vuole ripristinare un singolo file, si dovrebbe essere in grado di " -"selezionare il file (e la versione) attraverso l'interfaccia web e scaricare " -"solo quel file." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Se si desidera eliminare vecchi backup, scegliere \"Maintenance\" nel menu " -"della pagina di backup e selezionare l'istantanea più vecchia da conservare:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Manutenzione di slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Monitorare il server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Il monitoraggio di sistema di Munin è disponibile su <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/munin/\"/>. Il sistema permette di verificare graficamente lo stato del " -"sistema giornalmente, settimanalmente, mensilmente e annualmente, e permette " -"all'amministratore del sistema di avere un aiuto per individuare i colli di " -"bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"L'elenco delle macchine controllate da Munin è generato automaticamente " -"sulla base dell'elenco degli host riportato da sitesummary. Tutti gli host " -"che hanno installato il pacchetto munin-node sono controllati da Munin. " -"Normalmente bisogna aspettare un giorno dall'installazione di una macchina " -"prima che parta il monitoraggio di Munin a causa dell'ordine in cui vengono " -"eseguiti i compiti di cron. Per velocizzare il processo occorre eseguire " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> come root sul " -"server di sitesummary (normalmente il server principale). Questo aggiornerà " -"il file <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"L'insieme delle misurazioni raccolte viene generato automaticamente su " -"ciascuna macchina usando il programma <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" -"computeroutput>, che esplora i plugin disponibili da <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e crea i collegamenti simbolici " -"rilevanti in <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni su Munin sono disponibili a <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Il monitoraggio di sistemi e servizi Icinga è disponibile su <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. L'insieme di macchine e servizi oggetto del " -"monitoraggio viene generato automaticamente usando le informazioni raccolte " -"da sitesummary. Le macchine con il profilo di Main-server e LTSP server " -"hanno un monitoraggio completo, mentre le workstation e thin client hanno un " -"monitoraggio più limitato. Per consentire un controllo completo su una " -"workstation, installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" -"computeroutput> sulla workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"In modo predefinito Icinga non invia email. Questo può essere cambiato " -"sostituendo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> con " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> nel file <computeroutput>/" -"etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Il file di configurazione di Icinga è <computeroutput>/etc/Icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Il cron di sitesummary genera " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"con la lista delle macchine e dei servizi controllati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Controlli extra di Icinga possono essere inseriti nel file <computeroutput>/" -"var/sitesummary/lib/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> per " -"includerli nel file prodotto. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema Icinga sono disponibili al sito <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> o nel pacchetto <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Avvisi comuni di Icinga e come gestirli" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Ecco le istruzioni su come gestire gli avvertimenti più comuni di Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"La partizione (/usr/ nell'esempio) è troppo piena. In generale ci sono due " -"modi per gestire questo: (1) cancellare qualche file o (2) aumentare la " -"grandezza della partizione. Se la partizione è /var/, eliminando la cache " -"APT eseguendo <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> si potrebbero " -"eliminare alcuni file. Se c'è ancora spazio nel gruppo di volumi di LVM, " -"potrebbe aiutare eseguire il programmma <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"fsautoresize</computeroutput> per estendere le partizioni. Per eseguire il " -"programma ogni ora, l'host in oggetto potrebbe essere aggiunto al netgroup " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Nuovi pacchetti sono disponibili per gli aggiornamenti. Quelli critici sono " -"normalmente correzioni di sicurezza. Per l'aggiornamento, eseguire come root " -"in un terminale 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' o accedere via ssh " -"per fare lo stesso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Se non si desidera aggiornare manualmente dei pacchetti dando fiducia a " -"Debian di fare il lavoro per noi con le nuove versioni, è possibile " -"configurare <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> per " -"installare l'aggiornamento automatico di tutti i nuovi pacchetti ogni notte. " -"Questo non aggiornerà i chroot di LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Il kernel in esecuzione è precedente al nuovo kernel installato, e un " -"riavvio è necessario per attivare il nuovo kernel installato. Questo è " -"normalmente abbastanza urgente, i nuovi kernel normalmente sono utilizzati " -"in Debian Edu per risolvere problemi di sicurezza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Le code di stampa di CUPS hanno moltissimi di lavori in sospeso. Questo " -"probabilmente è dovuto ad una stampante non disponibile. Le code di stampa " -"disabilitate vengono riabilitate ogni ora sulle macchine che fanno parte del " -"netgroup <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, " -"perciò per tali macchine non dovrebbe essere necessaria alcuna azione " -"manuale. Le code di stampa vengono svuotate ogni sera sugli host che sono " -"membro del netgroup <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" -"computeroutput>. Se una macchina ha un sacco di lavori nella coda di stampa, " -"prendere in considerazione l'aggiunta di questa macchina in uno o in " -"entrambi di questi gruppi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary è usato per archiviare le informazioni da ogni computer e " -"sottoporle al server centrale. Le informazioni archiviate sono disponibili " -"in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. In " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> sono disponibili " -"script per generare rapporti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Un semplice report di sitesummary senza ogni dettaglio è disponibile " -"all'indirizzo <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Maggiori informazioni per personalizzare Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni sulla personalizzazione di Debian Edu utile per gli " -"amministratori di sistema possono essere in <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> e in <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</" -"link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Aggiornamenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Prima di leggere questa guida per l'aggiornamento bisogna dire che " -"l'aggiornamento in un server funzionante è fatto a proprio rischio. " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux viene offerto ASSOLUTAMENTE " -"SENZA GARANZIA, secondo l'uso di legge.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo e il capitolo <link " -"linkend=\"Features\">Nuove caratteristiche in Bullseye</link> prima di " -"cominciare a fare l'aggiornamento del sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Indicazioni generali sull'aggiornamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"L'aggiornamento di Debian da una distribuzione alla successiva è piuttosto " -"facile. Per Debian Edu questo purtroppo è un po' più complicato perché i " -"file di configurazione vengono modificati come non si dovrebbe. Comunque " -"abbiamo documentato i passi necessari di seguito. (Per maggiori informazioni " -"vedere il bug Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</" -"ulink>per maggiori informazioni su come Debian Edu dovrebbe modificare i " -"file di configurazione)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"In generale, l'aggiornamento dei server è più difficile di quello delle " -"workstation e il server principale è il più difficile da aggiornare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Se si vuole essere sicuri che ogni cosa funzioni dopo l'aggiornamento, prima " -"si dovrebbe vedere se l'aggiornamento funziona in un sistema di test " -"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo. In questo modo si può " -"testare l'aggiornamento senza rischi e vedere se tutto funziona come " -"dovrebbe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Occorre leggere le informazioni su Debian Stable nel suo <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">manuale di " -"installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Sarebbe anche saggio aspettare un po' per rendere effettivo l'aggiornamento " -"e far funzionare per qualche settimana la Oldstable, in modo che altri " -"possano testare l'aggiornamento e documentare problemi. Debian Edu Oldstable " -"continuerà a ricevere supporto per ancora qualche tempo, ma quando Debian " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cesserà il " -"supporto per Oldstable</ulink>, anche Debian Edu farà altrettanto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Essere preparati: essere sicuri di avere provato l'aggiornamento da Buster " -"in un ambiente di test o avere il backup per poter tornare indietro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Bisogna fare attenzione in quanto la seguente procedura si applica " -"all'installazione di default del server principale Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, " -"profili Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (Per una panoramica generale " -"sull'aggiornamento da Buster a Bullseye, vedere: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "Non usare X, ma una console virtuale e collegarsi come root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Se <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> termina con errori, provare a " -"risolverli eseguendo <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e poi " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> ancora una volta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Aggiornare il server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Iniziare assicurandosi che il sistema attuale sia aggiornato:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Ripulire la cache dei pacchetti:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "Preparare e avviare l'aggiornamento a Bullseye:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g'" -" /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g'" -" /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: essere pronti a leggere un sacco di notizie; premere <" -"return> per scorrere verso il basso, <q> per lasciare la pagina. " -"Tutte le informazioni saranno mandata per posta a root in modo da poterle " -"rileggere (usando <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> o <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Occorre leggere con attenzione tutte le informazioni di debconf, scegliere " -"'keep the local version currently installed' a meno che non sia indicato " -"diversamente in seguito: nella maggior parte dei casi funzionerà." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "restart services: scegliere Yes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: Scegliere 'keep the local version currently installed'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Scegliere Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"Samba server e utility: Scegliere 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Server Kerberos: inserire 'kerberos' e premere 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Scegliere N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Scegliere N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Scegliere N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Applicare e regolare la configurazione:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Impostare e configurare l'interfaccia web di Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Eseguire <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, " -"scegliere sempre <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> se richiesto da " -"debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Caricare la nuova grafica Homeworld di Debian Edu:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be" -" kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be" -" kept as an alternative" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Regolare la configurazione del pannello Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Gestire il nuovo LTSP e i relativi cambiamenti:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed" -" modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base" -" directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system" -" account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one:" -" enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare" -" # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare " -" # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless" -" workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE" -" installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed" -" modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base" -" directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system" -" account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one:" -" enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare" -" # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare " -" # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless" -" workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE" -" installation files and related iPXE menu items" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Gestire il passaggio a iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Creare un file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> con il seguente contenuto:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"In seguito eseguire <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> per applicare " -"i cambiamenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modificare alcune impostazioni DHCP in LDAP, per esempio usando un editor " -"come ldapvi. Assicurarsi che le voci relative al DHCP corrispondano a quelle " -"contenute nel file <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis>. Le voci " -"interessate sono:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc" -"=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skol" -"elinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skol" -"elinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc" -"=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skol" -"elinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skol" -"elinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Gestire i cambiamenti di GOsa - usare il nuovo gosa.conf, correggere " -"l'accesso LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Cerca adminPassword e snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf e " -"sostituisci $GOSAPWD con la password casuale trovata in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig per quelle voci." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Eseguire <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Eseguire <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Gestire i cambiamenti del tipo di crittografia Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Eseguire <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Gestire i cambiamenti di Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere l'account Samba del primo utente: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a " -"< first username></computeroutput>. Una volta che gli utenti cambiano " -"la loro password, verrà creato il relativo account Samba." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Verificare se il sistema aggiornato funziona:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Riavviare: accedi come primo utente e prova" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "se la gui di GOsa² sta funzionando," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "se si è in grado di collegare client LTSP e workstation," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "se si può aggiungere/rimuovere un membro di un gruppo di sistema," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "se si può inviare e ricevere posta elettronica interna," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "se si possono gestire le stampanti," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "e se altre cose specifiche del sito stanno funzionando." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Aggiornamento di una workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Fare tutte le cose di base come sul main-server, senza fare le cose non " -"necessarie. Se non è ancora stato fatto, configurare la macchina per usare " -"Kerberos per montare le home directory, vedere il capitolo <link " -"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> per i dettagli." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux precedenti (prima di " -"Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Per aggiornare da qualsiasi versione precedente occorre aggiornare a Debian " -"Edu Buster, prima di poter eseguire le istruzioni date in precedenza. Si può " -"aggiornare a Buster dopo aver letto il <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">manuale per Debian Edu Buster</ulink> che " -"contiene le istruzioni per aggiornare a Buster dalla precedente release " -"Stretch, Allo stesso modo il manuale di Stretch descrive come aggiornare da " -"Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione avanzata</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Users\">utenti</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Le sezioni <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Iniziare</link> e <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenzione</link> descrivono come partire con la " -"distribuzione Debian Edu e come fare il lavoro di manutenzione di base. Gli " -"HowTo in questa sezione contengono accorgimenti e trucchi più \"avanzati\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Cronologia della configurazione: tenere traccia di /etc/ usando il sistema " -"di controllo delle versioni git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Con l'uso di <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, tutti i file in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sono tracciati usando <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> come sistema di controllo delle " -"versioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Questo rende possibile vedere quando un file è aggiunto, cambiato e rimosso, " -"e cosa è cambiato se il file è un file di testo. Il repository git è " -"archiviato in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Ogni ora tutte le modifiche vengono registrate automaticamente, permettendo " -"di estrarre e rivedere la cronologia della configurazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Per vedere la cronologia, si usa il comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " -"log</computeroutput>. Per verificare le differenze tra due date, si può " -"usare un comando come <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Vede l'output di <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> per maggiori " -"informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Esempi di uso" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"In un sistema installato recentemente proviamo a vedere quali cambiamenti " -"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Per vedere quali file non sono attualmente tracciati e quali non sono " -"aggiornati:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "Per fare il commit manuale di un file, senza aspettare un'ora:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"Le partizioni in Debian Edu sono volumi logici LVM, tranne la partizione " -"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>. Con i kernel Linux dalla versione " -"2.6.10, è possibile estendere la partizione mentre questa è montata. Per " -"restringere le partizioni occorre ancora che queste non siano montate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"È una buona idea evitare partizioni troppo grandi (con più di 20GiB), in " -"quanto occorre molto tempo per eseguire <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> o se è necessario fare il ripristino di un backup. È meglio " -"se possibile creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Per rendere più facile estendere una partizione piena, è a disposizione lo " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Quando lo " -"si richiama, lo script legge la configurazione da <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" -"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab " -"</computeroutput>. Propone di estendere le partizioni con troppo poco spazio " -"libero, in base alle regole fornite in questi file. Senza argomenti mostrerà " -"solo i comandi necessari per estendere il file system. L'opzione " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> è necessaria per estendere " -"effettivamente il file system." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Lo script è eseguito automaticamente ogni ora su tutti i client indicati nel " -"netgroup <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Quando si ridimensiona la partizione utilizzata dal proxy Squid, deve essere " -"aggiornato anche il valore della dimensione della cache in " -"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput>. Lo script di aiuto " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" -"computeroutput> è messo a disposizione per rendere questo processo " -"automatico, controllando la grandezza della partizione corrente di " -"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> e configurando Squid in " -"modo che usi l'80% di questa partizione come sua cache." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) permette di estendere le partizioni mentre " -"sono montate e in uso. Si può imparare di più su LVM in <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Per estendere un volume logico manualmente si può semplicemente eseguire il " -"comando <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> e indicare quanto grande " -"debba diventare. Per esempio, per estendere home0 a 30GB si usa il seguente " -"comando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Per aggiungere 30G a home0, si deve inserire un '+' (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Usare ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> è uno " -"strumento per modificare il database LDAP con un editor di testi da riga di " -"comando." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "È necessario eseguire il seguente comando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Nota: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> userà l'editor predefinito. " -"Eseguendo <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> nel prompt di " -"shell si può configurare l'ambiente per avere un clone vi come editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Per aggiungere un oggetto LDAP con ldapvi, usare un numero sequenziale di " -"oggetto con la stringa <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> davanti al nuovo " -"oggetto LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Attenzione: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> è uno strumento molto " -"potente. Fare attenzione a non rovinare tutto il database LDAP, lo stesso " -"vale per JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS Kerberizzato" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"L'utilizzo di Kerberos per NFS per montare le directory home è una " -"caratteristica di sicurezza. A partire da Bullseye, i client LTSP non " -"funzionano senza Kerberos. I livelli <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> sono supportati " -"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticazione Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" -"emphasis> sta per controllo di integrità e <emphasis>p</emphasis> per la " -"privacy, cioè crittografia); il carico sia per il server che per le " -"workstation aumenta con il livello di sicurezza, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> " -"è una buona scelta ed è stato utilizzato come predefinito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Come cambiare l'impostazione predefinita" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "effettuare il login come root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"eseguire <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, cercare " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e sostituirlo con <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> o <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"modificare <computeroutput>//etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> e " -"correggere queste voci di conseguenza:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "eseguire <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Questo strumento consente di impostare la stampante predefinita in base alla " -"collocazione, al computer o all'appartenenza ad un gruppo. Per ulteriori " -"informazioni, vedere <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Il file di configurazione <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> deve essere rilasciato dall'amministratore, vedere " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> come esempio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, una GUI per LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Se si preferisce un'interfaccia grafica per lavorare con il database LDAP, " -"si può provare il pacchetto <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> " -"installato in modo predefinito. Per ottenere l'accesso in scrittura " -"collegarsi usando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, uno strumento a riga di comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> è un piccolo strumento " -"da riga di comando per creare gli utenti in LDAP e impostare le loro " -"password in Kerberos. È però principalmente utile per fare i test." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Usare stable-updates" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Dalla release Squeeze nel 2011, Debian ha incluso i pacchetti " -"precedentemente gestiti in volatile.debian.org nella <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Sebbene sia possibile utilizzare direttamente stable-updates, non è " -"necessario: con stable-updates gli aggiornamenti sono inseriti dentro la " -"suite stable regolarmente quando vengono fatti gli aggiornamenti minori, " -"cosa che avviene circa ogni due mesi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Usare backports.debian.org per installare software recente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Si è scelta Debian Edu per la sua stabilità. Funziona alla grande, ma c'è " -"solo un problema: alcuni software diventano obsoleti rispetto a come si " -"vorrebbe. Backports.debian.org serve per risolvere questo problema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"I backport sono pacchetti ricompilati da Debian testing (nella maggior " -"parte) e da Debian unstable (in pochi casi, per esempio per gli " -"aggiornamenti di sicurezza), in modo da essere eseguiti senza nuove librerie " -"(dove è possibile) su una distribuzione Debian stabile come Debian Edu. " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Si consiglia di selezionare singoli backport che " -"si adattano alle proprie esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport " -"disponibili.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Usare i backport è semplice:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >>" -" /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >>" -" /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Dopo di che si può installare pacchetti backport facilmente, il comando " -"seguente installerà una versione backport di <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Backport viene aggiornato automaticamente (se disponibile), proprio come " -"altri pacchetti. Come un archivio normale, backport ha tre sezioni: main, " -"contrib e non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Aggiornamento da CD o immagine simile" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Se si vuole aggiornare da una versione a un'altra (per esempio da Bullseye " -"11.1 a 11.2) ma non si ha collegamento Internet, ma solo un supporto fisico, " -"bisogna procedere come segue:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Inserire il CD/ DVD / Blu-ray disc / drive flash USB e usare il comando apt-" -"cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "aggiungere apt-cdrom" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Citando la pagina di manuale apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom è usato per aggiungere un nuovo CD-ROM alla lista delle fonti " -"disponibili per APT. apt-cdrom si prende cura di determinare la struttura " -"del disco e anche di correggere possibili errori di masterizzazione e di " -"verificare i file indice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Per aggiungere dei CD al sistema APT è necessario usare apt-cdrom, in quanto " -"ciò non può essere fatto manualmente. Inoltre ogni disco in un insieme di " -"più CD deve essere inserito e scansionato separatamente per tenere conto di " -"possibili errori di masterizzazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Eseguire questi due comandi per aggiornare il sistema:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Pulitura automatica dei processi pendenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> è uno script perl che si sbarazza " -"dei processi sullo sfondo. I processi sullo sfondo sono definiti come " -"processi che appartengono a utenti che non sono al momento collegati. Viene " -"eseguito attraverso cron una volta all'ora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti di sicurezza" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> è un pacchetto Debian " -"che installerà aggiornamenti di sicurezza (e altro) automaticamente. Se " -"installato, il pacchetto è preconfigurato per installare aggiornamenti di " -"sicurezza. I log sono disponibili in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" -"upgrades/</computeroutput>; inoltre, ci sono sempre <computeroutput>/var/log/" -"dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Spegnimento automatico delle macchine nella notte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"È possibile risparmiare energia e denaro, spegnendo i client di notte e " -"riaccendendoli automaticamente la mattina. Il pacchetto " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenterà di spegnere la " -"macchina ogni ora dalle 16:00 del pomeriggio, senza spegnerle se il computer " -"sembra avere utenti. Cercherà di dire al BIOS di accendere la macchina " -"intorno alle 07:00 del mattino e il server principale tenterà di accendere i " -"computer dalle 06:30 utilizzando i pacchetti wake-on-lan. Gli orari possono " -"essere modificati nei crontab nelle singole macchine. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Alcuni consigli da seguire quando si decide di fare questo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"I client non dovrebbero spegnersi quando sono usati da qualcuno. Questo " -"viene garantito controllando l'output di <computeroutput>who</" -"computeroutput> e, come caso particolare, controllando se il comando di " -"connessione ssh funziona con i thin-client X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Per evitare di bruciare i fusibili elettrici è una buona idea esser sicuri " -"che non tutti i client si accendano allo stesso tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono due metodi disponibili per attivare i client. Il primo usa una " -"caratteristica del BIOS e richiede un corretto e funzionante orologio di " -"sistema e una scheda madre con BIOS supportato da <computeroutput>nvram-" -"wakeup</computeroutput>, l'altro richiede un server che conosce quando i " -"client devono accendersi e che tutti i client abbiano il supporto per wake-" -"on-lan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Come impostare lo spegnimento notturno" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Sui client che dovrebbero spegnersi di notte, usare touch su " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> o " -"aggiungere il nome dell'host (cioè l'output che si ottiene da " -"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' nel client) al netgroup " -"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Per aggiungere host al netgroup in LDAP si può " -"usare lo strumento web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. I client " -"potrebbero avere bisogno di avere wake-on-lan configurato nel BIOS. Ancora, " -"è importante che gli switch e i router usati tra il server wake-on-lan e i " -"client passino pacchetti WOL ai client anche se i client sono spenti. Alcuni " -"switch non riescono a passare i pacchetti ai client che non sono presenti " -"nella tabella ARP sullo switch e questo blocca i pacchetti WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Per abilitare wake-on-lan sul server, aggiungere i client a <computeroutput>/" -"etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, con una riga per ogni " -"client, l'indirizzo IP per primo e l'indirizzo MAC (indirizzo ethernet) " -"separati da uno spazio, o creare uno script in <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-" -"at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> per generare l'elenco dei client " -"al volo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Un esempio di <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> per l'utilizzo con sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Se si usa il netgroup un'alternativa per l'attivazione di shutdown-at-night " -"sui clients è data da questo script con l'uso degli strumenti di netgroup " -"dal pacchetto <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Accedere ai server Debian-Edu che si trovano dietro un firewall" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Per accedere a macchine protette con un firewall da Internet, è " -"consigliabile installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>autossh</" -"computeroutput>. Può essere utilizzato per istituire un tunnel SSH ad una " -"macchina in Internet a cui si ha accesso. Da quella macchina, è possibile " -"accedere al server dietro il firewall tramite tunnel SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Installare servizi aggiuntivi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del " -"server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"In una installazione predefinita, tutti i servizi sono in esecuzione sul " -"server principale, tjener. Per semplificare il trasferimento di alcuni su " -"un'altra macchina, vi è un profilo di installazione <emphasis>minimal</" -"emphasis>. Installare con questo profilo porterà a una macchina, che è parte " -"della rete Debian Edu, ma che non ha alcun servizio attivato (ancora)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Questi sono i passi necessari per configurare una macchina dedicata ad " -"alcuni servizi:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"installare il profilo <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> usando l'opzione di avvio " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "installare i pacchetti per il servizio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configurare il servizio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "aggiornare il DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) sul server principale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Howto di amministrazione avanzata" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" -"In questa sezione sono descritte le operazioni di amministrazione avanzate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Personalizzazione degli utenti con GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Creare utenti in gruppi per ogni anno" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"In questo esempio vogliamo creare utenti in gruppi per ogni anno, con home " -"directory comuni per ogni gruppo (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc.). Gli utenti " -"saranno creati importando un file csv." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(come root sul server principale) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Creare le directory di gruppo per ogni anno" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(come primo utente in Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Dipartimento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Menu principale: andare in \"Directory structure\", clic su dipartimento " -"\"Students\". Il campo \"Base\" dovrebbe visualizzare \"/Students\". Dalla " -"casella \"Actions\" scegliere \"Create\"/\"Department\". Inserire i valori " -"per Name (2024) e nel campo Description (studenti iscritti nel 2024), " -"lasciare il campo Base così com'è (dovrebbe essere \"/Students\"). Salvare " -"facendo clic su \"Ok\". Ora il nuovo dipartmento (2024) dovrebbe essere " -"visualizzato sotto /Students. Fare clic su di esso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Gruppo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Scegliere \"Groups\" dal menu principale; \"Actions\"/Create/Group. Inserire " -"il nome del gruppo (lcasciare \"Base\" così com'è, dovrebbe essere /" -"Students/2024) e 'Ok' per salvarlo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Modello di desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Scegliere 'users' dal menu principale. Cambiare a \"Students\" nel campo " -"Base. Si dovrebbe vedere la voce <computeroutput>NewStuden'</" -"computeroutput>, cliccarci sopra. Questo è il modello per gli studenti, non " -"un utente reale. Si dovrebbe creare un modello basato su questo (per poter " -"usare l'importazione da csv per la propria struttura) perciò prestare " -"attenzione a tutte le voci nelle schede Generic e POSIX magari catturando " -"screenshot per avere informazioni utili per il nuovo modello." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Ora cambiare a /Students/2024 nel campo Base; scegliere Create/Template e " -"cominciare a riempire con i valori desiderati, prima la scheda Generic " -"(aggiungere il nuovo gruppo 2024 anche sotto il Group Membership), poi " -"aggiungere l'account POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importare utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Scegliere il nuovo modello quando si importa il csv; conviene provarlo con " -"pochi utenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Altre personalizzazioni utente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Creare cartelle nelle directory home di tutti gli utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Con questo script l'amministratore può creare una cartella in tutte le " -"directory home degli utenti e impostare permessi e proprietà." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"Nell'esempio mostrato sotto con il gruppo=teachers e i permessi=2770 un " -"utente può consegnare un compito salvando il file nella cartella " -"\"assignments\" dove gli insegnanti hanno accesso di scrittura per fare " -"commenti." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already" -" exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already" -" exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Utilizzare uno storage server dedicato" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Fare questi passaggi per configurare un server storage dedicato per le home " -"directory utente e per altri dati." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere un nuovo sistema tipo <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> con " -"GOsa² come indicato nella capitolo <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting " -"started</emphasis> di questo manuale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Questo esempio usa come nome del server \"nas-server.intern\". Una volta " -"configurato \"nas-server.intern\", controllare se i punti di esportazione di " -"NFS nello storage server contengono rilevanti to sottoreti o macchine:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"In questo esempio l'accesso all'esportazione di /storage è consentito nella " -"rete backbone. (Per restringere l'accesso a NFS si potrebbe limitarlo al " -"netgroup di appartenenza o al singolo indirizzo IP, come si è fatto in " -"tjener :/etc/exports)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere le informazioni di automount in LDAP per \"nas-server.intern\" in " -"modo da consentire a tutti i client di montarlo automaticamente su richiesta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Questo non si può fare con GOsa², perché non c'è il modulo per automount. " -"Occorre utilizzare ldapvi e aggiungere gli oggetti LDAP necessari usando un " -"editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Nell'editor aggiungere i seguenti oggetti LDAP in fondo al documento. (\"/" -"&\" nell'ultimo oggetto LDAP è un metacarattere che permette di " -"esportare ogni cosa di \"nas-server.intern\", eliminando la necessità di " -"elencare singoli punti di montaggio in LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60" -" ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard" -",nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60" -" ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"\n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -"\n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard" -",nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere le voci pertinenti in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, perché, per " -"evitare loop di montaggio, tjener.intern non usa automount:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Creare le directory da montare usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>e modificare come necessario \"/etc/fstab\" ed eseguire " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> per montare le nuove risorse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Ora gli utenti dovrebbero essere in grado di accedere ai file su \"nas-" -"server.intern\" direttamente nella directory \"/tjener/nas-server/storage/\" " -"utilizzando qualsiasi applicazione su qualunque workstation, LTSP thin " -"client o server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Limitare l'accesso ssh login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono diversi modi per limitare il login ssh, alcuni dei quali sono " -"elencati qui." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Setup senza client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Se non vengono usati client LTSP una soluzione semplice è quella di creare " -"un nuovo gruppo (per esempio <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e " -"aggiungere una riga al file /etc/ssh/sshd_config della macchina. Solo ai " -"membri del gruppo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> sarà permesso di " -"utilizzare ssh nella macchina dappertutto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "La gestione di questo caso con GOsa è abbastanza semplice:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Creare un gruppo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> al livello di " -"base (dove ci sono già altri gruppi di amministrazione di sistema come " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere utenti al nuovo gruppo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Eseguire <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Setup con client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione predefinita del client senza disco LTSP utilizza connessioni " -"ssh. È sufficiente aggiornare l'immagine SquashFS sul relativo server LTSP " -"dopo che la configurazione ssh è stata modificata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"I thin client X2Go usano connessioni ssh al relativo server LTSP. Quindi è " -"necessario un approccio diverso usando PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Permettere pam_access.so nel file /etc/pam.d/sshd nei server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configurare /etc/security/access.conf per consentire le connessioni per gli " -"utenti (esempio)alice, jane, bob e john ovunque e per tutti gli altri utenti " -"solo dareti interne aggiungendo queste righe:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Se sono utilizzati solo server LTSP dedicati, la rete 10.0.0.0/8 potrebbe " -"essere disabilitata per il login ssh interno. Nota: qualcuno che collega la " -"sua box alla rete dei client dedicata LTSP avrà accesso ssh ai server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Una nota per configurazioni più complesse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Se i client X2Go sono stati collegati alla rete backbone 10.0.0.0/8, sarebbe " -"ancora più complicato e forse solo una configurazione DHCP sofisticata (in " -"LDAP) con il controllo del vendor-class-identifier insieme a una " -"configurazione PAM appropriata permetterebbe di disabilitare il login ssh " -"interno." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "HowTo per il desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Creazione di un ambiente desktop multilingue" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Per supportare più lingue, è necessario eseguire questi comandi:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Eseguire <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (come " -"root) e scegliere le lingue (varianti UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "Eseguire questi comandi come root per installare i relativi pacchetti:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Gli utenti potranno quindi scegliere la lingua tramite il display manager di " -"LightDM prima di effettuare il login; questo vale per Xfce, LXDE e LXQt. " -"GNOME e KDE hanno i loro strumenti interni di configurazione della regione e " -"della lingua, si consiglia di usarli. MATE usa il greeter Arctica senza un " -"selezionatore di lingua. Eseguire <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> per avere LightDM greeter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Riprodurre DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"libdvdcss è necessaria per vedere la maggioranza dei DVD commerciali. Per " -"ragioni legali non è inclusa in Debian (Edu). Se si ha il permesso legale di " -"usarla si possono costruire i pacchetti locali usando il pacchetto Debian " -"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>; assicurarsi " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> sia attivato in <computeroutput>/" -"etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Rispondere alle domande di debconf, quindi eseguire <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Tipi di carattere calligrafici" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Il pacchetto <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (installato in " -"modo predefinito) installa il tipo di carattere \"Abecedario\" che ha una " -"grafia bella per i bambini. Il tipo di carattere ha diverse forme da usare " -"con i bambini: punteggiate e con linee." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "HowTo per i client della rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introduzione ai thin-client e alle workstation senza dischi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Un termine generico per entrambi i thin-client e le workstation senza dischi " -"è <emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"A partire da Bullseye, LTSP è molto diverso dalle versioni precedenti. " -"Questo riguarda sia la configurazione che la manutenzione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Come differenza principale, l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza " -"disco è ora generata dal file system del server LTSP per impostazione " -"predefinita. Questo avviene su un server combinato al primo avvio, " -"impiegando un po' di tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"I thin client non fanno più parte di LTSP. Debian Edu usa X2Go per " -"supportare ancora l'uso dei thin client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso di un server LTSP separato o aggiuntivo, le informazioni necessarie " -"per impostare l'ambiente client LTSP non sono complete al momento " -"dell'installazione. La configurazione può essere fatta una volta che il " -"sistema è stato aggiunto con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Per informazioni su LTSP in generale, vedere la <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">homepage di LTSP</ulink>. sui sistemi con il profilo <emphasis>LTSP " -"server</emphasis> , <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> fornisce " -"maggiori informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Tenere presente che lo strumento <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> da LTSP deve " -"essere usato con attenzione. Per esempio, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> non riuscirebbe a generare l'immagine SquashFS in caso di " -"macchine Debian (queste hanno una partizione /boot separata per default) " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe </computeroutput> non riuscirebbe a generare " -"correttamente il menu iPXE (a causa del supporto thin client di Debian Edu), " -"e <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> potrebbe compromettere " -"completamente l'avvio del client LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> è " -"un wrapper script per <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Viene usato per impostare e configurare il supporto per " -"workstation senza disco e thin client (sia 64-Bit che 32-Bit PC). Consultare " -"<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp- install</computeroutput> o il contenuto " -"dello script per analizzare come funziona. Tutta la configurazione è " -"contenuta nello script stesso (QUI i documenti) per semplificare le " -"impostazioni specifiche del sito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Esempi di come usare il wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> aggiorna l'immagine SquashFS di workstation senza disco " -"(server filesystem)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> crea supporto a workstation senza disco e a " -"thin client a 64 bit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> crea un ulteriore supporto thin client a 32 bit (immagini " -"chroot e SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Oltre a <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (il più piccolo sistema per thin client), " -"sono opzioni disponibili anche <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Il tipo <emphasis>display</emphasis> offre un " -"pulsante di spegnimento, il tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> esegue Firefox " -"ESR in modalità kiosk sul client stesso (occorre più RAM locale e potenza di " -"CPU, ma c'è un carico del server ridotto)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> è uno " -"script wrapper per <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Controlla che " -"il file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe sia specifico per Debian Edu. Il comando " -"deve essere eseguito dopo che le voci relative al menu iPXE (come il timeout " -"del menu o le impostazioni di avvio predefinite) nella sezione /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf [server] sono state modificate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> è " -"uno script wrapper per <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " -"Controlla che un initrd specifico per il caso in uso (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp." -"img) sia generato e poi spostato nella directory relativa al caso in uso. Il " -"comando deve essere eseguito dopo che la sezione /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[clients] è stata modificata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " -"sostituisce lo strumento <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> fornito con LTSP5. " -"È usato per eseguire comandi in un chroot LTSP specificato (come ad esempio " -"installare, aggiornare e rimuovere pacchetti)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation senza dischi</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Una workstation senza dischi esegue tutto il software localmente. Le " -"macchine client si avviano direttamente dal server LTSP senza un hard disk " -"locale. Il software è amministrato e mantenuto sul server LTSP, ma è " -"eseguito nelle workstation senza dischi. Anche le directory home e la " -"configurazione del sistema sono archiviate sul server. Le workstation senza " -"dischi sono un modo eccellente di riusare hardware più datato (ma più " -"potente) con gli stessi bassi costi di manutenzione dei thin-client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"A differenza delle workstation, le workstation senza disco funzionano senza " -"bisogno di aggiungerle con GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-client</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"La configurazione del thin-client permette a un PC di funzionare come un " -"terminale (X) dove tutto il software viene eseguito nel server LTSP. Questo " -"significa che la macchina si inizializza via PXE senza usare il disco fisso " -"locale e che il server LTSP deve essere una macchina potente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu supporta ancora il funzionamento dei thin client per permettere " -"l'uso di hardware molto vecchio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Dato che i thin client utilizzano X2Go, gli utenti dovrebbero disabilitare il" -" compositing " -"per evitare problemi di visualizzazione. Nel caso predefinito (ambiente" -" desktop Xfce): " -"Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware del client LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"L'avvio dei client LTSP fallirà se la scheda di rete del client richiede " -"firmware non libero. Una installazione PXE può essere usata per risolvere i " -"problemi; se l'installazione Debian lamenta la mancanza di un file XXX.bin, " -"allora il firmware non-free deve essere aggiunto alla initrd dei server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Procedete così sul server LTSP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "" -"Per prima cosa ottenere informazioni sui pacchetti del firmware, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Decidere quale pacchetto deve essere installato per l'interfaccia di rete, " -"molto probabilmente questo sarà firmware-linux, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Aggiornare l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza disco, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "Nel caso in cui vengano utilizzati i thin client X2Go, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "e procedere secondo le informazioni sul loro uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Quindi aggiornare l'immagine di SquashFS; ad esempio per /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-" -"amd64 chroot, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Selezione del tipo di client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Ogni server LTSP ha due schede di rete ethernet, una è configurata nella " -"sottorete principale 10.0.0.0/8 (condivisa con il server principale) e " -"l'altra che forma una sottorete locale (una sottorete separata per ogni " -"server LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Si può scegliere sia <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> o " -"<emphasis>thin client</emphasis> dal menu iPXE. Dopo aver atteso 5 secondi, " -"la macchina si avvierà come workstation senza disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"Il valore predefinito del menu di avvio iPXE e il suo timeout possono essere " -"entrambi configurati in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" -"computeroutput>. Un valore di timeout di <emphasis>-1</emphasis> è usato per " -"nascondere il menu.<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> per " -"rendere effettivi i cambiamenti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Utilizzare una diversa rete per client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"La rete predefinita per la rete dei client LTSP è 192.168.0.0/24 se una " -"macchina è installata usando il profilo LTSP. Se sono usati molti client " -"LTSP o se diversi server LTSP dovrebbero far funzionare sia i386 che amd64 " -"si potrebbe utilizzare l'ambiente chroot della seconda rete preconfigurata " -"192.168.1.0/24. Modificare il file <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" -"computeroutput> e regolare il settaggio di eth1 di conseguenza. Usare " -"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> o ogni altro editor LDAP per " -"ispezionare la configurazione DNS e DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Aggiungere una chroot LTSP per il supporto di client PC a 32 bit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Per creare le immagini chroot e SquashFS, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Vedere <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> per " -"dettagli sui tipi di thin client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configurazione dei client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Eseguire <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> per dare un'occhiata " -"alle opzioni disponibili della configurazione. O leggerlo online: <ulink " -"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere elementi di configurazione alla sezione /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[clients]. Per le modifiche abbiano effetto, eseguire:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Suono nei client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"I thin client LTSP usano networked audio to pass audio from the server to " -"the clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "Le workstation senza dischi LTSP gestiscono l'audio localmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Accesso a drive USB e CDROM/DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " -#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " -#| "in any other normal installation." -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Quando gli utenti inseriscono un'unità USB o un DVD/CD-ROM in una Diskless" -" Workstation, " -"sul desktop viene visualizzata un'icona corrispondente, che consente di" -" accedere al contenuto " -"come su una workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Quando gli utenti inseriscono un'unità USB in un thin client X2Go di tipo" -" bare " -"(installazione server combinata predefinita), il supporto viene montato non" -" appena " -"si fa doppio clic sull'icona della cartella esistente sul desktop Xfce. A" -" seconda del " -"contenuto del supporto, potrebbe essere necessario un po' di tempo prima che" -" il " -"contenuto venga visualizzato nel file manager." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Un avvertimento sui supporti rimovibili sui server LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " -#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Quando vengono inserite in un server LTSP, le unità USB e altri supporti" -" rimovibili visualizzano " -"l'icona della relativa cartella sui desktop dei thin client LTSP. Gli utenti" -" remoti " -"possono accedere ai file." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilizzare stampanti collegate ai client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Collegare la stampante al client LTSP (USB e porta parallela sono " -"supportate)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Configurare client LTSP con GOsa² per utilizzare un indirizzo IP fisso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurare la stampante utilizzando l'interfaccia web " -"<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> sul server " -"principale; scegliere tipo della stampante di rete <computeroutput>AppSocket/" -"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (per tutte le stampanti indipendentemente " -"dalla marca o dal modello) e impostare come collegamento URI " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modificare il menu PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE significa Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu ora usa " -"l'implementazione <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> per una " -"più facile integrazione con LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurare il menu PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"La voce di menu iPXE riguardante le installazioni di sistema è generata " -"utilizzando lo script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>. Alcune impostazioni possono essere sovrascritte usando il " -"file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> con i " -"valori da rimpiazzare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurare l'installazione di PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"L'installazione di PXE erediterà la lingua, la disposizione della tastiera e " -"le sue impostazioni rifletteranno le impostazioni utilizzate durante " -"l'installazione del server principale, e le altre domande saranno poste " -"durante l'installazione (profilo, partecipazione a popcon, il " -"partizionamento e la password di root). Per evitare queste domande, il file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " -"può essere modificato per fornire risposte preselezionate ai valori di " -"debconf. Alcuni esempi di valori di debconf disponibili sono commentati in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"I cambiamenti fatti saranno persi appena <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> verrà usato per ricreare l'ambiente di " -"installazione di PXE. Per aggiungere i valori di debconf a <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> durante la " -"ricreazione con <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, " -"aggiungere il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat.local</computeroutput> con i propri valori aggiuntivi per debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Maggiori informazioni sulla modifica dell installazione PXE possono essere " -"trovati nella sezione <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installazione</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Aggiungere un repository personalizzato per installazioni PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Per aggiungere un repository personalizzato inserire qualcosa come questo in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian" -" stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian" -" stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"ed eseguire poi <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> una volta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Cambiare la configurazione della rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"Il pacchetto debian-edu-config ha uno strumento che aiuta a cambiare la rete " -"da 10.0.0.0/8 a qualcos'altro. Dare un'occhiata a <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Il pacchetto va " -"utilizzato subito dopo l'installazione sul server principale, per aggiornare " -"i file LDAP e gli alitri file che devono essere modificati quando si cambia " -"la sottorete." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Si noti che la modifica di una delle sottoreti già utilizzate in Debian Edu " -"non funzionerà. 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 sono già impostate come reti " -"per i thin-client. La modifica di queste sottoreti richiederà la modifica " -"manuale dei file di configurazione per rimuovere le voci duplicate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Non vi è un modo semplice per cambiare il nome del dominio DNS. La modifica " -"comporterebbe cambiamenti sia alla struttura LDAP che a diversi file nel " -"file system del server principale. Non c'è neanche un modo semplice per " -"modificare l'host e nome DNS del server principale (tjener.intern). Anche " -"per questo occorrerebbe farem odifiche in LDAP e a file nel server " -"principale e dei client. In entrambi i casi anche la configurazione Kerberos " -"dovrebbe essere modificata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Desktop remoto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Scegliendo il profilo server LTSP o il profilo server combinato si " -"installano anche i pacchetti <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp usa il protocollo Remote Desktop per presentare un login grafico per un " -"client remoto. Gli utenti di Microsoft Windows si possono connettere al " -"server LTSP eseguendo xrdp senza installare software aggiuntivo - possono " -"avviare una Remote-Desktop-Connection sulla macchina Windows e connettersi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "Inoltre, xrdp può connettersi a un server VNC o a un altro server RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp viene fornito senza supporto audio; per compilare i moduli necessari si " -"potrebbe utilizzare questo script." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src" -" line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}'" -" pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}'" -" xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src" -" line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}'" -" pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}'" -" xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go consente di accedere a un desktop grafico sul server LTSP sia su " -"connessioni a bassa che ad alta banda da un PC con Linux, Windows o macOS. È " -"necessario un software aggiuntivo dal lato client, vedere <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go " -"wiki</ulink> per maggiori informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Si prega di notare che il pacchetto <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " -"sarebbe meglio rimuoverlo sul server LTSP, se si utilizza X2Go, vedere " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Client disponibili per il desktop remoto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> è installato in modo " -"predefinito ed è utilizzabile con RDP e VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP; è il modo più facile per accedere a un server di terminale Windows. Un " -"pacchetto per un client alternativo è <computeroutput>rdesktop</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Il clent VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dà l'accesso a Skolelinux da remoto. " -"Un pacchetto per un client alternativo i è <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> è un client grafico per il " -"sistema X2Go (non installato di default). Si può usare per connettersi alle " -"sessioni in esecuzione e iniziare nuove sessioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Client wireless" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide " -#| "secure network connections. For this to work, install the " -#| "<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages " -#| "on the main server and run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -#| "setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site " -#| "specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 " -#| "methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself " -#| "to facilitate site specific adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> for details." -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"Il server <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> potrebbe essere usato per fornire " -"connessioni di rete sicure. Per farlo funzionare, installare i pacchetti " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> sul server " -"principale ed eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/setup-" -"freeradius-server</computeroutput> per generare una configurazione di base " -"specifica del sito. In questo modo, entrambi i metodi EAP-TTLS/PAP e PEAP-" -"MSCHAPV2 sono abilitati. Tutta la configurazione è contenuta nello script " -"stesso per facilitare le regolazioni specifiche del sito. Vedi <ulink " -"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">homepage di freeRADIUS</ulink> per i " -"dettagli." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "È necessaria una configurazione aggiuntiva per" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"abilitare/disabilitare gli access point tramite un <emphasis>shared secret</" -"emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"consentire/negare l'accesso wireless usando i gruppi LDAP (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"riunire gli access point in gruppi dedicati (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"I dispositivi dell'utente finale devono essere configurati correttamente, " -"questi dispositivi devono essere protetti da PIN per l'uso dei metodi EAP " -"(802.1x). E soprattutto: gli utenti devono essere educati a installare il " -"certificato freeradius CA sui loro dispositivi per essere sicuri di " -"connettersi al server giusto. In questo modo la password non può essere " -"catturata da un server malevolo. Il certificato specifico del sito è " -"disponibile sulla rete interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (per i dispositivi " -"dell'utente finale che eseguono Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Notare che la configurazione dei dispositivi dell'utente finale sarà una " -"vera sfida a causa della varietà dei dispositivi. Per i dispositivi Windows " -"potrebbe essere creato uno script di installazione, per i dispositivi Apple " -"un file mobileconfig. In entrambi i casi il certificato freeRADIUS CA può " -"essere integrato, ma sono necessari strumenti specifici del sistema " -"operativo per creare gli script." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autorizzare la macchina Windows con le credenziali di Debian Edu usando il" -" plugin pGina di LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Aggiungere l'utente pGina in Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Per poter utilizzare pGina (o qualsiasi altra applicazione di servizio di" -" autenticazione di terze parti) " -"è necessario disporre di un account utente speciale utilizzato per la ricerca" -" all'interno di LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Aggiungere un utente privilegiato, ad esempio <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">pguser</emphasis> " -"con password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, sul sito web <ulink" -" url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#| msgid "Installation" -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Installare il fork pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Scaricare e installare pGina 3.9.9.12 seguendo la procedura abituale." -" Prestare attenzione " -"che il plugin LDAP sia presente nella cartella dei plugin di pGina:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurare pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Secondo le impostazioni di Debian Edu, la connessione a LDAP utilizza la" -" porta 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" -"Le impostazioni necessarie nel plugin pGina di LDAP sono quindi le seguenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Sezione principale dei plugin LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (o qualsiasi" -" altro " -"con \"spazio\" come separatore)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Timeout: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (spuntare la casella di" -" controllo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (non spuntare la casella" -" di controllo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (non " -"spuntare la casella di controllo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" è un utente da autenticare in LDAP per cercare gli utenti in " -"una sessione di login)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Cercare la password: pwd.777 (questa è la password di \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Blocco di autenticazione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Bind Tab:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (spuntare la casella" -" di controllo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Blocco di autorizzazione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (spuntare la casella di controllo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(non spuntare la casella di controllo, opzionale)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Selezione dei plugin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (spuntare solo le due caselle" -" di controllo)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordine dei plugin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Autenticazione: LDAP, macchina locale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#| msgid "Sources" -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Sorgenti:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba è ora configurato come <emphasis>server autonomo</emphasis> con " -"supporto moderno SMB2/SMB3 e usershares abilitato, consultare " -"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> sul server " -"principale. In questo modo gli utenti non amministratori possono fornire " -"condivisioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Poiché Samba ha abbandonato il protocollo poco sicuro SMB1, l'opzione di " -"configurare Samba come PDC in stile NT4 è eliminata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Per modifiche specifiche al sito, copiare /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site nella directory /etc/samba. Le impostazioni in <emphasis>smb." -"conf.edu-site</emphasis> sovrascriveranno quelle riportate in <emphasis>smb-" -"debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Per impostazione predefinita, le directory home sono di sola lettura. Questo " -"può essere modificato in <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Le password di Samba sono memorizzate usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" -"computeroutput> e sono aggiornate nel caso in cui una password venga " -"cambiata usando GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Per disabilitare temporaneamente l'account Samba di un utente, eseguire " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, mentre " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> lo " -"riabiliterà." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Se si esegue <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> sul server principale si disabilita le usershares per gli " -"'studenti'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "L'accesso ai file tramite Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Le connessioni alla home directory di un utente e alle condivisioni " -"aggiuntive specifiche del sito (se configurate) sono possibili per i " -"dispositivi con Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS o Windows. " -"Altri dispositivi come quelli basati su Android richiedono un file manager " -"con supporto SMB2/SMB3, noto anche come accesso LAN. <ulink url=\"https://" -"play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&" -"hl=it_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/" -"android.htm\">Total Commander con plugin LAN</ulink> potrebbero essere una " -"buona scelta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Usare <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> o " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> per accedere " -"alla home directory." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Tutti i pacchetti Debian in questa sezione possono essere installati " -"eseguendo <computeroutput>apt install <pacchetto></computeroutput> " -"(come root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Teaching Programming" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> è un meta pacchetto che " -"di pende da molti strumenti di programmazione. Attenzione che è necessario " -"almeno 2 GiB di spazio nel disco se questo pacchetto viene installato. Pe " -"maggiori informazioni (forse è necessario installarne solo alcuni), vedere " -"la pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione</emphasis>: assicurarsi di conoscere lo " -"stato della legislazone del proprio paese sul controllo delle attività degli " -"utenti di computer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Alcune scuole usano strumenti di controllo come <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> per " -"supervisionare i propri studenti. Vedere anche: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"epoptes.org\">Homepage di Epoptes</ulink> e <ulink url=\"https://veyon." -"io\">Homepage di Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Alcune scuole usano <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> per limitare l'accesso a Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "HowTo per gli utenti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Cambiare password" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Ogni utente dovrebbe cambiare la sua password utilizzando GOsa². Per fare " -"questo, basta usare un browser e collegarsi a <computeroutput>https://www/" -"gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -#| "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword) are " -#| "the same." -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"L'uso di GOsa² per cambiare la password garantisce che le password di " -"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) e di Samba siano le stesse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Il cambio delle password con l'uso di PAM funziona al prompt di login GDM, " -"ma questo aggiornerà solo la password di Kerberos e non quelle di Samba e " -"GOsa² (LDAP). Così dopo aver cambiato al prompt di login la password, si " -"deve cambiarla anche utilizzando GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Eseguire applicazioni Java autonome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Le applicazioni Java indipendenti sono supportate senza bisogno di alcun " -"intervento dal runtime Java OpenJDK." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Usare la posta elettronica" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Tutti gli utenti possono mandare e ricevere posta all'interno della rete: " -"vengono forniti certificati per consentire le connessioni TLS protette. Per " -"poter inviare e ricevere posta elettronica al di fuori della rete interna, " -"l'amministratore deve configurare il server di posta <computeroutput>exim4</" -"computeroutput> in base alla situazione locale, eseguendo " -"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Ogni utente che vuol utilizzare Thunderbird ha bisogno di configurarlo come " -"segue. Per un utente con username jdoe l'indirizzo email interno è <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Avviare Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Click su 'Skip this and use my existing email'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Inserire il proprio indirizzo email" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Non inserire la password, dato che sarà utilizzata quella di Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Click su 'Continue'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Per IMAP e SMTP le impostazioni devono essere 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; sistemare il tutto se non viene rilevato automaticamente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Click su 'Done'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuire" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuire localmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"A oggi ci sono team in Norvegia, Germania, nella regione di Estremadura in " -"Spagna, Taiwan e Francia. Partecipanti e utenti \"isolati\" sono presenti in " -"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"La sezione di <link linkend=\"Support\">supporto</link> spiega e fornisce " -"collegamenti a risorse localizzate: <emphasis>contribuire</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis>supportare</emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuire globalmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"A livello internazionale siamo organizzati in differenti <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">team</ulink> che lavorano " -"in diversi ambiti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"La mailing list <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">degli " -"sviluppatori</ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche " -"se si hanno mensilmente incontri su IRC in #debian-edu su irc.debian.org e " -"meno frequentemente incontri dal vivo. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/NewContributor\">I nuovi contributori</ulink> dovrebbero leggere " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Un buon modo per sapere ciò che sta accadendo nello sviluppo di Debian Edu è " -"iscriversi alla <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" -"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">mailing list commit</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Segnalare bug" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu usa <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking " -"System (BTS)</ulink> di Debian. Vedere le segnalazioni di bug e le richieste " -"di funzionalità esistenti o crearne di nuove. Si prega di segnalare tutti i " -"bug per il pacchetto <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" -"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Vedere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Come segnalare i bug</ulink> per maggiori " -"informazioni sulla segnalazione di bug in Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Questo documento ha bisogno del vostro aiuto! Prima di tutto non è ancora " -"finito: se lo avete letto avete visto numerosi FIXME all'interno del testo. " -"Se sapete (anche solo un po') ciò che andrebbe spiegato in quei punti, " -"considerate l'idea di condividere la vostra conoscenza con noi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Il sorgente del testo è un wiki e può essere modificato con il browser web, " -"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> e si può contribuire facilmente. Nota: è " -"necessario un account per modificare le pagine e per prima cosa occorre " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">creare un nuovo " -"utente wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Un altro modo per contribuire e aiutare gli utenti è tradurre il software e " -"la documentazione. Informazioni su come tradurre questo documento possono " -"essere trovate nella <link linkend=\"Translations\">sezione traduzione</" -"link> di questo libro. Cercate di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di " -"questo libro!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Supporto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "in inglese" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - mailing list di " -"supporto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu su irc.debian.org; canale IRC, quasi sempre relativo allo " -"sviluppo: non aspettarsi un supporto in tempo reale anche se spesso questo " -"accade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "in norvegese" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux su irc.debian.org - canale IRC per aiutare utenti norvegesi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "in tedesco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - mailing list " -"di supporto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - rappresentanza ufficiale tedesca" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de su irc.debian.org - canale IRC per supportare gli utenti " -"tedeschi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "in francese" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - mailing list di " -"supporto" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Supporto professionale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"L'elenco delle ditte che offrono un supporto professionale è disponibile a " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche per Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Cambiamenti nell'installazione" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Per le nuove versioni di installazione di Debian Bullseye, vedere per " -"maggiori dettagli il <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"La nuova grafica basata sul <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">tema Homeworld</ulink>, è quella di default per Debian " -"11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"L'installatore Debian non supporta più la configurazione chroot LTSP. Nel " -"caso di un'installazione combinata di server (profili \"Main server\" + " -"\"LTSP server\"), l'impostazione del supporto thin client (usando ora X2Go) " -"avviene alla fine dell'installazione. La generazione dell'immagine SquashFS " -"per il supporto dei client senza disco (dal file system del server) viene " -"fatta al primo avvio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"Per i server LTSP separati, entrambi i passi devono essere fatti tramite uno " -"strumento dopo il primo avvio all'interno della rete interna quando sono " -"disponibili abbastanza informazioni dal server principale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Aggiornamenti software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian 11 Bullseye, ad esempio:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Ambienti di desktop: KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye comprende più di 59000 pacchetti disponibili per " -"l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Altre informazioni su Debian 1 Bullseye sono disponibili nelle <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">note di " -"rilascio</ulink> e nel <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Aggiornamenti della documentazione e delle traduzioni" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Durante l'installazione la pagina di scelta del profilo è disponibile in 29 " -"lingue, di cui 22 completamente tradotte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Il <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Manuale Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> è completamente tradotto in " -"olandese, francese, italiano, giapponese, bokmål norvegese, portoghese (PT) " -"e cinese semplificato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Ci sono versioni parzialmente tradotte in danese e spagnolo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Altre modifiche rispetto alla versione precedente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Migliorato il supporto TLS/SSL sulla rete interna. Sui client, il " -"certificato di root per Debian Edu-CA si trova all'interno del pacchetto di " -"certificati per l'intero sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Il nuovo LTSP, riscritto da zero, abbandona il supporto per i thin client. I " -"thin client sono ora supportati grazie a X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"Netboot è fornito usando iPXE invece di PXELINUX per essere compatibile con " -"LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"La directory <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> è ora usata come base di avvio " -"di rete invece di <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"DuckDuckGo è usato come provider di ricerca predefinito sia per Firefox ESR " -"che per Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Chromium usa il sito interno invece di Google come pagina iniziale " -"predefinita." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Sulle workstation senza disco, il TGT Kerberos è disponibile automaticamente " -"dopo il login." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Aggiunto un nuovo strumento per impostare freeRADIUS con supporto per " -"entrambi i metodi EAP-TTLS/PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"Samba è configurato come 'server autonomo' con supporto per SMB2/SMB3; " -"l'unione al dominio è stata eliminata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"L'interfaccia web di GOsa² non mostra le voci relative a Samba perché i dati " -"degli account Samba non sono più memorizzati in LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"La modalità grafica del Debian Installer è usata per le installazioni PXE " -"(invece della modalità testo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"Nel server di stampa centrale CUPS ipp.intern, gli utenti appartenenti al " -"gruppo printer-admins sono autorizzati ad amministrare CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"L'amministrazione di Icinga tramite l'interfaccia web è limitata al primo " -"utente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Problemi noti" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"vedere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">la " -"pagina di stato per Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Copyright e autori" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#| msgid "" -#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2021), " -#| "Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, " -#| "2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " -#| "(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -#| "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José " -#| "L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " -#| "Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp " -#| "Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), " -#| "Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David " -#| "Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and " -#| "Joe Hansen (2015) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. " -#| "Enjoy!" -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Questo documento è scritto e protetto da copyright da Holger Levsen" -" (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) ed è rilasciato sotto la GPL2 o qualsiasi versione" -" successiva. Buon " -"divertimento!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Se si aggiungono contenuti a questo documento, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">farlo solo se si è l'autore. Occorre rilasciarlo alle stesse " -"condizioni </emphasis>! Poi inserire il proprio nome qui e rilasciarlo sotto " -"licenza \"GPL v2 o successiva\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Il Manuale Debian Edu Bullseye è completamente tradotto in olandese, " -"francese, italiano, giapponese, bokmål norvegese, portoghese (PT) e cinese " -"semplificato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Su Weblate, sono in esecuzione le traduzioni in polacco, rumeno, svedese e " -"cinese tradizionale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"C'è una <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -"\" >panoramica online delle traduzioni fornite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Tradurre utilizzando i file PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Le traduzioni di questo documento sono in file PO come la maggioranza dei " -"progetti di software libero. Maggiori informazioni sul processo di " -"traduzione possono essere trovate in <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-" -"edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-translations</computeroutput>. " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Tradurre online utilizzando un browser web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Alcuni gruppi di traduzione hanno deciso di tradurre tramite Weblate. Vedere " -"<ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" -"debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> per maggiori informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Riportare qualsiasi tipo di problema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Appendix A - La GNU Public Licence" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e altri, vedere il <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">capitolo sul copyright</link> per l'elenco completo " -"dei proprietari del copyright." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Appendix B - non ci sono ancora CD/DVD Live per Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "Al momento non sono disponibili CD/DVD Live per Debian Edu Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Desktop XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti nel task laptop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Per attivare una traduzione specifica, all'avvio usare l'opzione " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, dove ll_CC.UTF-8 è il " -"nome della localizzazione desiderata. Per rendere disponibile una tastiera " -"specifica occorre inserire l'opzione <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> dove KB è la disposizione di tastiera desiderata. Segue " -"l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Lingua (regione)</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Valore locale</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Disposizione di tastiera</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norvegese bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norvegese nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Tedesco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Francese (Francia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Greco (Grecia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Giuapponese" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Sami settentrionale (Norvegia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"L'elenco completo è disponibile in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED " -"</computeroutput>, ma solo le localizzazioni UTF-8 sono supportate " -"nell'immagine live. Non tutte le localizzazioni hanno però le traduzioni " -"installate. I nomi delle disposizioni di tastiera si trovano in /usr/share/" -"keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" -"La password per l'utente è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Appendice C - Caratteristiche dei rilasci più vecchi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Nuove caratteristiche in Edu 10+edu0 nome in codice Buster rilasciata il " -"6-07-2019" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Questa è la prima volta che le immagini di installazione di Debian Edu sono " -"disponibili su <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, queste sono " -"quindi immagini ufficiali di Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Per le nuove versioni di installazione di Debian Buster, vedere per maggiori " -"dettagli il <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"La nuova grafica basata sul <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">tema futurePrototype</ulink>, è quella di default " -"per Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Nuovo ambiente desktop predefinito Xfce (in sostituzione di KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nuova gestione della configurazione di CFEngine (che sostituisce il " -"pacchetto non mantenuto cfengine2 con cfengine3); questo è un cambiamento " -"importante, per i dettagli vedere <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine." -"com\">la documentazione ufficiale di CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" -"L'architettura della chroot LTSP è ora quella predefinita per il server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian 10 Buster, ad esempio:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux kernel 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Ambienti di desktop: KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR e Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Buster comprende più di 57000 pacchetti disponibili per " -"l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Altre informazioni su Debian 10 Buster sono disponibili nelle <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">note di " -"rilascio</ulink> e nel <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Aggiornamenti di traduzione per i modelli utilizzati nel programma di " -"installazione. Questi modelli sono ora disponibili in 76 lingue, di cui 31 " -"completamente tradotti. La pagina di scelta del profilo è disponibile in 29 " -"lingue, di cui 19 completamente tradotte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Il Manuale Debian Edu Buster è completamente tradotto in francese, tedesco, " -"italiano, danese, olandese, norvegese, Bokmål e giapponese." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono versioni parzialmente tradotte in polacco, spagnolo, cinese " -"semplificato e cinese tradizionale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" -"L'immagine ISO BD può essere utilizzata di nuovo per installazioni offline." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"I nuovi meta-pacchetti relativi al livello scolastico <emphasis>education-" -"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-" -"highschool</emphasis> sono disponibili. Nessuno di questi è installato per " -"impostazione predefinita." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Alcuni pacchetti che appartengono al livello prescolare o di scuola materna " -"e primaria (come <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) " -"non sono più installati di default." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Installazione specifica modulare. Ora è possibile installare solo i " -"pacchetti educativi desiderati. Vedere il capitolo <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> per maggiori " -"informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Supporto multilingue specifico per il sito. Vedere per maggiori informazioni " -"il capitolo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 viene proposto come nuova scelta per l'ambiente desktop." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Nuovo plugin GOSA² per la <emphasis>Gestione Password</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" -"Le opzioni inutilizzabili sono state rimosse dall'interfaccia web di GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Nuovo netgroup disponibile per escludere dal risveglio i sistemi " -"appartenenti al netgroup <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nuovo strumento Standardskriver (stampante predefinita). Vedere il capitolo " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> per maggiori " -"informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nuovo strumento Desktop-autoloader. Permette di migliorare le prestazioni " -"per i client LTSP senza disco. Vedere il capitolo <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> per maggiori " -"informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Miglioramento del supporto TLS/SSL all'interno della rete interna. Un " -"certificato RootCA viene utilizzato per firmare i certificati del server e " -"le directory home degli utenti sono configurate per accettarlo al momento " -"della creazione dell'account; oltre a Firefox ESR, anche Chromium e " -"Konqueror possono ora utilizzare HTTPS senza la necessità di autorizzare " -"connessioni insicure." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. Non è più necessario una password per " -"le connessioni all'interno della rete interna; root, per attivarlo, deve " -"prima eseguire <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"Kerberized NFS. Ora è possibile utilizzare un accesso più sicuro alla home " -"directory, vedere il capitolo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</" -"ulink> per maggiori informazioni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Aggiunto il file di configurazione <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> con esempi per rendere più facili le " -"modifiche specifiche del sito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Aggiunto il file di configurazione <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-" -"client.conf</computeroutput> con esempi per rendere più facili le modifiche " -"specifiche del sito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Nuovo strumento <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Permette di rigenerare il database LDAP come " -"dopo l'installazione del server principale. Lo strumento potrebbe anche " -"essere utile per rendere più facili modifiche specifiche del sito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Con <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> ora disponibile in Debian, i rispettivi " -"pacchetti sono ora installati su tutti i sistemi con il profilo " -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Il supporto per l'esecuzione di applet Java nel browser Firefox ESR è stato " -"eliminato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"Il supporto per flash non libero è stato eliminato dal browser Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Come è già accaduto prima di Stretch, Debian 10 non installa di default il " -"pacchetto <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, vedere il " -"capitolo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> per maggiori " -"informazioni sugli aggiornamenti di sicurezza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 9.0+edu0 nome in codice Stretch " -"rilasciata il 17-06-2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Per le nuove versioni di installazione di Debian Stretch, vedere per " -"maggiori dettagli il <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Il profilo \"Thin-Client-Server\" è stato rinominato come profilo \"LTSP-" -"Server\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"La nuova grafica basata su <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"tema soft Waves\"</ulink>, è quella di default per " -"Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Tutto ciò che era nuovo in Debian 9 Stretch, ad esempio:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Ambienti di desktop: KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace è installato di default; consultare questo manuale per " -"sceglierne un altro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR e Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel è stato rinominato come Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove è stato rinominato come Thunderbird ed è ora installato di default." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch comprende più di 50000 pacchetti disponibili per " -"l'installazione." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Altre informazioni su Debian 9 Stretch sono disponibili nelle <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">note di " -"rilascio</ulink> e nel <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Aggiornate le traduzioni per i modelli usati dall'installatore. Questi " -"modelli sono disponibili in 29 lingue." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Il Manuale Debian Edu Stretch è completamente tradotto in tedesco, francese, " -"italiano, danese, olandese, Bokmål norvegese e giapponese. La traduzione in " -"giapponese è stata appena aggiunta per Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Ci sono versioni parzialmente tradotte in spagnolo, polacco e cinese " -"semplificato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga Nagios come strumento di monitoraggio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle sostituisce ksnapshot come strumento cattura immagini." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Il flash player libero gnash è tornato di nuovo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth è installato e attivato per impostazione predefinita, ad eccezione " -"dei profili 'Server principale' and 'Minimal'; il tasto ESC permette di " -"vedere i messaggi di boot e di shutdown." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Dall'aggiornamento da Jessie il data base LDAP deve essere regolato. Il " -"valore sudoHost 'tjener' è stato sostituito con 'tjener.intern' usando GOsa² " -"o un editor LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"Il supporto PC a 32 bit (conosciuto come architettura i386 Debian) ora non " -"copre più il processore i586. La macchina più vecchia supportata è l'i686, " -"anche se alcuni processori i586 (ad esempio \"AMD Geode\") potranno " -"funzionare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 consente aggiornamenti automatici (per aggiornamenti di sicurezza) " -"di default per le nuove installazioni. Questo potrebbe causare un ritardo di " -"circa 15 minuti se un sistema con scarsa attività è spento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP ora usa NBD al posto di NFS per il filesystem di root. Dopo ogni " -"cambiamento alla chroot di LTSP, l'immagine NBD deve essere rigenerata " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) perché i cambiamenti " -"abbiano effetto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Accessi simultanei dello stesso utente sul server LTSP e su LTSP thin client " -"non sono più consentiti." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Informazioni storiche sulle versioni ancora più vecchie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Le seguenti versioni Debian Edu sono ancora più vecchie:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" -"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 8.0+edu0 nome in codice Jessie " -"rilasciata il 2-07-2016" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" -"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 nome in codice Wheezy " -"rilasciata il 28-09-2013" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 nome in codice \"Squeeze\" rilasciata il 3-3-2013" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 nome in codice \"Squeeze\" rilasciata l'11-03-2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 nome in codice \"Lenny\" rilasciata il 5-10-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 nome in codice \"Lenny\" rilasciata l'8-02-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", rilasciata il 5-12-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" rilasciata il 22-07-2007. Basata su Debian 4.0 " -"Etch rilasciata l'8-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, rilasciata il 14-03-2006. Basata su Debian 3.1 Sarge " -"rilasciata il 6-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" rilasciata il 20-06-2004. Basata su Debian 3.0 " -"Woody rilasciata il 19-07-2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Una panoramica completa e dettagliata sulle vecchie versioni è contenuta " -"nell'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendice C del manuale di Jessie</ulink>; o vedere i manuali " -"delle relative versioni sui <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">manuali delle versioni</ulink>." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Main server" -#~ msgid "Main section" -#~ msgstr "Server principale" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" -#~ "emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quando gli utenti inseriscono un componente USB o un DVD / CDROM in un " -#~ "thin client X2Go, il supporto è automaticamente montato ed è possibile " -#~ "accedervi sfogliando la relativa cartella sul desktop Xfce." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quando un utente remoto vede la finestra a comparsa o usa pmount da " -#~ "console, può montare i dispositivi rimovibili e accedere ai file." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per installare un altro ambiente desktop al posto di quello di default, " -#~ "premere TAB e modificare le opzioni di avvio del kernel (come spiegato " -#~ "sopra)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A partire da Bullseye, LTSP è molto diverso dalle versioni precedenti. " -#~ "Questo riguarda sia la configurazione che la manutenzione. Come " -#~ "differenza principale, l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza disco " -#~ "è ora generata dal file system del server LTSP. Inoltre, i thin client " -#~ "non sono più supportati." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> ( ri)crea il supporto per i thin client a " -#~ "64 bit." - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "In questo caso eseguire i seguenti comandi sul server LTSP." - -#, no-wrap -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Vedere " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> per dettagli " -#~ "sui tipi di thin client." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, soprattutto ogni " -#~ "separato o addizionale <emphasis role=\"strong\">server LTSP</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "login come root" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=公開日; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">翻訳:</emphasis> -2016, 2017 victory -2019, 2021 hoxp18 - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ja.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9404 +0,0 @@ -# translation of debian-edu-stretch-manual.pot to Japanese -# Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Holger Levsen and others -# Source URL: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Stretch/ -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. -# victory <victory.deb@gmail.com> 2016-2017 -# hoxp18 <hoxp18@noramail.jp> 2019-2021 -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-stretch\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-06-18 23:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: hoxp18 <hoxp18@noramail.jp>\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/ja/>\n" -"Language: ja\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 3.7-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "ja" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 マニュアル" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "公開日:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 Bullseye のマニュアル" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu インストーラーの画面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "このマニュアルは Debian Edu Bullseye 11 リリース用です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/> の " -"wiki でこの文書のバージョンは頻繁に更新されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">翻訳</link>は <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</" -"computeroutput> パッケージの一部で、ウェブサーバーにもインストールできます" -"し、<ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">イ" -"ンターネット上</ulink>でもご利用になれます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Debian Edu と Skolelinux について" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu (別名 Skolelinux) は Debian を元にしたディストリビューションで、学" -"校ネットワークシステムをすぐに構築できるよう設定されています。クライアント・" -"サーバーの実装様式で、サーバーやクライアントは協調して動作する <emphasis>数々" -"のソフトウェア</emphasis> で構成されます。各サーバーがそのクライアントの機能" -"に必要な情報を提供します。サーバーがインストールされているハードウェア機材 " -"(マシン) とクライアントのマシンが異なる場合には、その概念の延長上、それらのマ" -"シン自体をそれぞれサーバーやクライアントと呼びます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"基本的な環境構成の情報は<link linkend=\"Architecture\">全体の構成</link>の章" -"と、 <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ハードウェア要件の章とネットワーク設定の" -"要件</link>の章にあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"学校サーバーのインストールが完了した時点で、学校ネットワークに必要となるサー" -"ビスは全て準備されシステムは利用可能になります。あとはユーザーやマシンをウェ" -"ブ UI の GOsa² や他の LDAP エディタで設定するだけです。PXE や <ulink " -"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> を利用するネットワーク経由での起動環境" -"も準備できています。つまり CD や Blu-ray ディスクあるいは USB ドライブなどか" -"ら主サーバーの初期インストールが完了した後は、他のマシンは全てネットワーク経" -"由でインストールできるのです。これには「ローミングワークステーション」(通常" -"ノート PC やネットブックで、学校ネットワークから切り離しても使えるもの) も含" -"まれます。従来のシンクライアント等のディスクレスマシン向けの PXE/iPXE ブート" -"機能も含みます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"GeoGebra、Kalzium、KGeography、GNU Solfege や Scratch などの教育向けアプリ" -"ケーションはデスクトップ環境に標準で収録されています。Debian で利用できる他の" -"アプリケーションなどの追加は容易です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "簡単な歴史と名前が 2 つある理由" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"は Debian Edu プロジェクトで制作されている Linux ディストリビューションです。" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> ディストリ" -"ビューションのひとつであり、公式の <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org\">Debian</ulink> サブプロジェクトです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"つまり Debian Edu / Skolelinux は学校ネットワークシステムを手早く構築できる " -"Debian の一派生バージョンなのです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"経緯として、2001 年 7 月 2 日にノルウェーで Skolelinux プロジェクトが創設さ" -"れ、同時期に Raphaël Hertzog さんがフランスで Debian-Edu を始めました。2003 " -"年に 2 つのプロジェクトは名前を残した形で統合しました。「Skole」も " -"「(Debian-) Education」もそれぞれの地域でわかりやすい語だったからです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "今や世界的に広まり、複数の国でこのシステムは利用されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "全体の構成" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "ネットワーク構成" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"この節では Skolelinux の全体像や提供するネットワーク構成とサービスについて説" -"明します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Debian Edu のネットワーク接続形態" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"図はネットワーク接続形態の例です。Debian Edu / Skolelinux のデフォルトでは、" -"ネットワークに通常のワークステーションや LTSP サーバー (それと関係するシンク" -"ライアントやディスクレスワークステーション) は複数想定されています。ただし" -"「主サーバーは 1 つだけ」です。ワークステーションの数はお好みで設定できます " -"(無くてもいいですし、多数でも大丈夫です)。LTSP サーバーについても同様で、それ" -"ぞれが別のネットワークを構成するため、クライアントと LTSP サーバーの間の通信" -"が他のネットワークサービスに悪影響を及ぼすことはありません。LTSP の詳細は " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">別の章の HowTo</link> をご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーが学校ネットワークごとに 1 台だけというのは、主サーバーが DHCP を提" -"供するという技術的な理由です (ネットワーク中に 1 台のマシンだけが可能です)。" -"サービスを主サーバーから他のマシンに移動させることは可能です。別のマシンで" -"サービスを提供させた上で、そのサービスがそのコンピューターにあることを示す " -"DNS エイリアスを設定することで実現できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux の標準設定では、構成を単純で分かりやすくするために、インターネット" -"との通信は「ゲートウェイ」と呼ばれる独立したルーターを経由します。 <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">インターネットルーターの章</link> " -"で「ゲートウェイ」の構築方法やお手持ちのものを流用できるかを解説しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "デフォルトのネットワーク設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーの DHCP は 10.0.0.0/8 ネットワークを提供し、PXE ブートによる 新しい" -"サーバーやワークステーションのインストール、シンクライアントやディスクレス" -"ワークステーションの起動、memtest の実行、ローカルハードディスクからのブート" -"等を選択できるようになっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"ただしこれらは個別対応のために修正できる設計です。詳細は <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">関連するHOWTO</link> をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバーの DHCP は 2 つの専用ネットワーク ( 192.168.0.0/24 と " -"192.168.1.0/24 が初期設定です) だけを対象とします。これを変更する必要は滅多に" -"ありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "サブネットの設定は全て LDAP に格納されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "主サーバー" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux ネットワークには主サーバー \"main server\" ( \"tjener\"とも呼ばれ" -"ますがこれはノルウェー語で「サーバー」という意味です) が 1 台必要です。デフォ" -"ルトでは「主サーバー」のプロファイルにてインストールされたマシンで IP アドレ" -"ス 10.0.2.2 が割り当てられます。「主サーバー」のプロファイルに加えて 「LTSP " -"サーバー」 や「ワークステーション」のプロファイルを選択してインストールするこ" -"とも可能です (必須ではありません)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "主サーバーで動作するサービス" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアントの制御を例外として、初期設定ではサービスは全て主サーバーに設" -"定されます。性能の低下を防ぐため、 LTSP サーバーは複数あるべきです (同一のマ" -"シンに「主サーバー」と「 LTSP サーバー」のプロファイルを両方インストールする" -"ことは可能です)。専用の DNS 名が全サービスに割り当てられますが、IPv4 だけで提" -"供されます。DNS 名を割り当てられているので、個々のサービスを主サーバーから異" -"なるマシンに移動するのは簡単です。単純に主サーバーのサービスを止めて、その" -"サービスを提供する新しいマシンを参照するように DNSの 設定を変更するだけです " -"(もちろん最初にそのサービス用のマシンを準備しないといけません)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"セキュリティ確保のため、ネットワークでパスワードを送る接続は全て暗号化されて" -"います。平文のままのパスワードがネットワークに送られることはありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"以下は Skolelinux ネットワークにデフォルトで用意されるサービスと、それぞれの " -"DNS 名を示した表です。設定ファイルでは可能な限りサービスを全て DNS 名 (ドメイ" -"ン名は含めません) で参照しているため、学校で利用しているドメイン名 (DNS のド" -"メインを独自に持っている場合) や IP アドレスを変更するのは容易です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">サービスの一覧</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">サービスの説明</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">技術名称やパッケージ名</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS サービス名</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "中央ログ収集" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "ドメイン名サービス" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "自動ネットワーク設定機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "時刻の同期" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "ネットワーク経由のホームディレクトリ提供" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "電子メール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "ディレクトリサービス" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "ユーザーの管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "ウェブサーバー" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "中央バックアップ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "ウェブキャッシュ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "プロキシ (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "印刷" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "安全なリモートログイン" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "自動設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP サーバー" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"マシン及びサービスの監視、エラー報告や状態の確認、履歴のウェブでの確認、電子" -"メールでのエラー報告" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin、Icinga、Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"各ユーザーのファイルはサーバー上のそれぞれのホームディレクトリに保存されま" -"す。ホームディレクトリにはどのマシンからもアクセス可能です。ユーザーはどのマ" -"シンからでも同一のファイルにアクセスできます。サーバーはオペレーティングシス" -"テム毎に柔軟に対応します。Unix クライアント向けには NFS、 他のクライアント向" -"けには SMB2/SMB3 を経由したアクセスを提供します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"メールはデフォルトでローカル配送 (つまり学校内) だけが使えるように設定されま" -"す。学校に専用のインターネット回線がある場合には、インターネットへメールを送" -"信することも可能です。クライアントのメールは (「スマートホスト」を使って) " -"サーバーに送信される設定になり、ユーザーは IMAP 経由で<link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">個人のメールにアクセス</link>できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"中央ユーザーデータベースで認証及び承認を行うため、どのサービスにも同一のユー" -"ザー名とパスワードを使ってアクセスできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"校内からのアクセスが多いウェブサイトへのアクセス速度の改善とトラフィック集中" -"の回避のため、ウェブプロキシサーバー (Squid) を利用します。ルーターでのウェブ" -"関連の通信ブロックと組み合わせれば、マシン個別にインターネットアクセスを管理" -"できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"クライアントのネットワーク設定は DHCP を使って自動的に行われます。通常のクラ" -"イアントは全てプライベート用のサブネット 10.0.0.0/8 に接続され、それに応じた" -"IPアドレスが割り当てられます。一方でシンクライアントは、担当する LTSP サー" -"バーに別のサブネット 192.168.0.0/24 を経由して接続します (このためLTSP クライ" -"アントのネットワーク通信が他のネットワークサービスに悪影響を与えることはあり" -"ません)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"中央ログ収集機能が設定され、全てのマシンは各々の syslog メッセージをログサー" -"バーに送るように設定されます。syslog サービスはローカルネットワーク内部から来" -"るメッセージだけを受け付けるように設定されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"DNS サーバーはデフォルトでは、実際 (外部) の DNS ドメインを設定しない限り、学" -"校ネットワーク内部でのみ利用するドメイン *.intern と設定されます。DNS サー" -"バーはキャッシュ機能も設定されるため、性能面を気にせずネットワーク上の全マシ" -"ンでメインの DNS サーバーとして利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"生徒や教員はウェブサイトを公開できます。ユーザー認証機能や、ページやサブディ" -"レクトリへのアクセスを特定のユーザーやグループに制限する機能は、ウェブサー" -"バーが提供します。サーバーサイドプログラミング機能もあるため、ユーザーは動的" -"なウェブページも作成できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーやマシンの情報は中央管理で一括変更でき、自動的にネットワーク上の全コ" -"ンピュータに反映されます。これには中央ディレクトリサーバーが用いられます。" -"ディレクトリはユーザーやユーザーグループ、マシン、マシングループの情報を持つ" -"ことになります。混乱を避けるためファイルグループとネットワークグループに違い" -"は全くありません。ネットワークグループを構成するマシン群は同一の名前空間を利" -"用するということです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"サービスやユーザーの管理は主にウェブ経由で、標準的な手順に沿って行います。" -"Skolelinux に収録されているウェブブラウザで実行できます。管理システムから特定" -"のタスクについて、個々のユーザーやユーザーグループに権限を委譲することもでき" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"NFS に特有の問題を回避し、問題発生時の解決を容易にするため、各マシンは時刻同" -"期が必要になります。 Skolelinux サーバーはローカルの Network Time Protocol " -"(NTP) サーバーとして設定されており、全てのワークステーションやクライアントの" -"時刻は同期されます。ネットワーク全体での正確な同期時刻を確保するため、サー" -"バー自体もインターネットから NTP 経由で時刻を同期するようにしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"プリンターは都合のいい場所でメインのネットワークに直接接続するか、ネットワー" -"ク内のサーバー、ワークステーション、あるいは LTSP サーバーに接続します。プリ" -"ンターへのアクセスは個々のユーザーの所属グループ毎に制御できます。これはプリ" -"ンターに対するクォータ設定とアクセス制御で実装しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP サーバー" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux ネットワークには多数の LTSP サーバーが設定できます。「LTSP サー" -"バー」のプロファイルを用いてインストールします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバーは syslog をシンクライアントやワークステーションから受け取り、中" -"央ログ収集サーバーに送るように設定されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "注意：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"LTSP ディスクレスワークステーションは、サーバーにインストールされたプログラム" -"を利用します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"LTSP クライアントのルートファイルシステムは NFS で構成されます。LTSP 環境を変" -"更した後には関連するイメージを更新するため LTSP サーバーで " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> を実行してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "シンクライアント" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアントの設定を用いると一般的な PC を (X-) 端末として機能させること" -"もできます。つまりマシンはローカルのハードドライブを利用せず、PXE を使って" -"サーバーから直接起動します。シンクライアント機能は X2Go を用いています (LTSP " -"の対応がなくなったため)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアントを用いると 32 ビットマシンのような古いものも活用できます。プ" -"ログラムは全て LTSP サーバーで効率的に実行されるためです。仕組みは次のように" -"なっています。まず DHCP と TFTP を使ってネットワーク構築がされシンクライアン" -"トがネットワーク経由で起動します。次に LTSP サーバーのファイルシステムが NFS " -"経由でマウントされます。最後に X2Go クライアントが起動します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "ディスクレスワークステーション" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"ディスクレスワークステーションではソフトウェアは全て、PC それぞれにインストー" -"ルされたオペレーティングシステムを使わずに動作します。クライアントマシンは " -"PXE 経由で起動するので、それぞれのローカルドライブにインストールされたソフト" -"ウェアは使われません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"ディスクレスワークステーションは高性能なハードウェアを、シンクライアント並に" -"低い保守コストで活用できる優れた手段です。ソフトウェアの保守管理はサーバーで" -"行われますので各クライアント側でソフトウェアを保守する必要はありません。ホー" -"ムディレクトリやシステム設定もサーバーに保管されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "ネットワーククライアント" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルでは「ネットワーククライアント」という用語はシンクライアントと" -"ディスクレスワークステーションの両方と、 macOS や Windows で動作しているコン" -"ピュータを意味します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux インストーラによりインストールされる Linux マシンはすべて、中央コ" -"ンピュータ、ほとんどの場合は主サーバーから管理できます。SSH を経由して全マシ" -"ンへのログインでき、すべてのマシンへの完全なアクセスが可能です。ただし root " -"権限を得るには <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> を実行して Kerberos " -"TGT を得る必要があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"ユーザー情報は全て LDAP ディレクトリに保管されます。ユーザーアカウントの更新" -"はこのデータベースに対して行われ、クライアントのユーザー認証にもこれが利用さ" -"れます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "インストール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"インストール用メディアのイメージは現在 netinst イメージ と BD イメージの 2 種" -"類があります。どちらのイメージも USB メモリなどからでも起動できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"任意のメディアからサーバーを一旦インストールしてしまえば、他のクライアントは" -"全てネットワークからブートし、ネットワーク経由でインストールできるようにする" -"のが狙いです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"netinst イメージはインストール時にインターネットへのアクセスが必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"インストール過程での質問事項はあまりありません。言語と地域、キーボードの種" -"類、それとマシンのプロファイル (「主サーバー」、「ワークステーション」、" -"「LTSP サーバー」等) 程度です。ほとんどの設定項目は自動的に設定され、インス" -"トール後にシステム管理者が中央から変更することになります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "ファイルシステムのアクセス設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux のユーザーアカウントには、ファイルサーバー上のファイルシステムが割" -"り当てられます。それ (ホームディレクトリ) にはユーザーの設定ファイルや文書、" -"メール、ウェブページが保存されます。システム上の他のユーザーも読むことができ" -"るファイル、インターネットの誰からでも読み取れるファイル、そのユーザー以外の" -"誰からも読み取れないファイルなど、アクセス権限は設定管理してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーディレクトリや共有ディレクトリに利用する全てのディスクに関して、イン" -"ストールしたシステムの全コンピューターの間で一意の固有名でアクセスできるよう" -"にするため、<computeroutput>/skole/ホスト/ディレクトリ/</computeroutput> とし" -"てマウントする方法があります。初期状態では単一のディレクトリ " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput> がファイルサーバーに作" -"成され、ユーザーアカウントは全てそこに作成されます。特定のユーザーグループや" -"使い方によって、必要に応じてディレクトリを追加することもできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"通常の UNIX 権限を利用してファイルへの共有アクセスができるようにするために" -"は、ユーザーはそれぞれ個人がデフォルトで属する基本グループに加えて、追加で共" -"有グループ (例えば \"students\" グループ) にも属する必要があります。新しく作" -"成される項目をユーザーのグループからもアクセスできるように、適切な umask " -"(002 や 007) を設定し、作業ディレクトリが setgid されていてファイルが正しいグ" -"ループ権限を引き継ぐようになっていれば、グループメンバー間での制御されたファ" -"イル共有ができます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"新しく作成されるファイルの初期アクセス設定は、ポリシーの問題です。Debian のデ" -"フォルト umask は 022 (上記で説明したようにグループからのアクセスを許可しな" -"い) ですが、 Debian Edu では 002 をデフォルトとしています。つまりファイルは誰" -"からも読み取れる状態で作成され、後からユーザーが介入して操作すれば削除もでき" -"るということです。代わりに (<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" -"computeroutput> を編集することで) umask を 007 にすることも可能です。この場合" -"は、読み取りアクセスをまずブロックしておき、必要な場合にはユーザーによる操作" -"で読み取れるようにするという方法です。前者は知識の共有を奨励し、システムをよ" -"り透過的にするのに対し、後者は秘密情報が意図せず読み取られてしまう危険性を減" -"らせます。前者の問題は、自分が作成したものが他のあらゆるユーザーからアクセス" -"できる点が、ユーザーにとってわかりにくいことです。他のユーザーのディレクトリ" -"を調べたときに他人のファイルを読めてしまうことからしか、この問題に気づけない" -"かもしれません。一方で後者の問題は、秘密情報の有無を問わず、自分のファイルを" -"他人にもアクセスできるようにわざわざ設定する人は少ないでしょうから、特定の問" -"題 (主に設定の問題) を他の人がどのように解決しているのかなどを、他のユーザー" -"が調べようとしても役に立たない点です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "要件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux ソリューションの導入方法は複数あります。単一のPCだけにインストール" -"することも、地域にあるいくつもの学校を中央から運営するようにもできます。柔軟" -"性があるので、ネットワーク構成要素やサーバー、クライアントマシンの設定は大き" -"く変えることができます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "ハードウェア要件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"様々なプロファイルの目的については<link linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク" -"構成</link>の章で説明しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"LTSP をご利用の場合は <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" -"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP ハードウェア要件の wiki ページ</ulink> " -"をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu / Skolelinux を実行するコンピュータとして、32 ビット時代のかなり古" -"いプロセッサーを搭載しているものか (Debian アーキテクチャー名は i386 で、" -"i686 クラスまでのプロセッサです)、 または最近の 64 ビット対応 x86 プロセッ" -"サー (Debian アーキテクチャー名は amd64) が必要になります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアントは DRAM が 256 MiB で 400 MHz 程度のプロセッサーでも動作はし" -"ますが、現実的にはより多くの DRAM とより高速なプロセッサーを搭載したマシンを" -"推奨します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"「ワークステーション」「ディスクレスワークステーション」や「スタンドアロン」" -"プロファイルのシステムのマシンには、1,500 MHz 以上で動作する CPU と、1,024 " -"MiB 以上の DRAM が絶対必要となります。最近のウェブブラウザや LibreOffice を使" -"う場合には、2,048 MiB 以上の DRAM を推奨します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" -"要求される最小ディスク容量はインストールするプロファイルにより異なります:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"「主サーバー」 +「 LTSP サーバー」の複合プロファイルの場合: 60 GiB (更にユー" -"ザーアカウント用の容量も必要です)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "「LTSP サーバー」プロファイル: 40 GiB 以上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "" -"「ワークステーション」や「スタンドアロン」プロファイル：30 GiB は必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"デフォルトのネットワーク構成で利用する場合、LTSP サーバーにはネットワークカー" -"ドが 2 つ必要です:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 はメインネットワーク (10.0.0.0/8) に接続します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 は LTSP クライアント用ネットワークに使用します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"ノート PC はモバイルワークステーションなので、要件は「ワークステーション」プ" -"ロファイルと同一です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "動作確認済みのハードウェア" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"テスト済みハードウェアの一覧を <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> で提供してはいますが、完全ではありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> は Debian を特定" -"のハードウェアにインストール、設定、利用する方法を記録した成果です。そういっ" -"たハードウェアの導入を考えている方がサポート状況を確認したり、既に所有してい" -"るハードウェアを最大限活用する方法を探すことに利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "ネットワーク設定の要件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "デフォルト設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "デフォルトのネットワーク構成で利用する場合は以下のようになります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "主サーバ ー、tjener が「ひとつだけ」必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "ワークステーションは中心ネットワークに数百台も配置可能です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"中心ネットワークには多数の LTSP サーバーも配置できます。LDAP では 2 つ (DNS、" -"DHCP) のサブネットが事前設定されていますが、更に追加することもできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアントやディスクレスワークステーションは、各 LTSP サーバーのネット" -"ワークに数百台は配置可能です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"その他のマシンも、動的 IP アドレスの割り当てになりますが、数百台配置可能で" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"インターネットへのアクセスにはルーターやゲートウェイが必要です (以下参照)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "インターネットルーター" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"インターネットへの接続には、外部インターフェイスがインターネットに接続してい" -"て、内部インターフェイスにIPアドレス 10.0.0.1、ネットマスク netmask " -"255.0.0.0 を設定できるルーターかゲートウェイが必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"ルーターで DHCP サーバーを動作させるべきではありません。DNS サーバーを動作さ" -"せることはできますが、その必要はなく、また利用もされません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"ルーターはあるけれども、必要な設定ができない (権限を持っていないとか、技術的" -"な理由等) 場合には、ネットワークインターフェイスを 2 つ備えたシステムに " -"Debian Edu の「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイルをインストールして「ゲートウェイ」" -"にできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Eduインストール中に「最小」プロファイルを選び、次の設定をするだけで" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"インストール完了後に <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> を実行して以" -"下の調整を行います:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "/etc/network/interfaces を調整します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "ホスト名は 'gateway' に固定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "不要なスクリプトを削除します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "10.0.0.0/8 への IP フォワーディングと NAT を有効にします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "ファイアーウォールを設定します (任意です)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"ルーターやアクセスポイントのファームウェアには <ulink url=\"https://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink> も利用できます。もとのファームウェアでもちろん構いませ" -"んしそれが容易です。OpenWRT を用いるとより仔細に設定管理できます。対応機器は " -"OpenWRT のウェブページにある <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink> でご確認ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"異なるネットワーク設定も可能ではあります (手順は <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">Change subnet in Debian Edu / " -"Skolelinux</ulink> にあります)。ただ、貴校の既存のネットワーク構成の都合でや" -"らざるを得ないのでなければ、異なる設定にするよりもデフォルトの <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク構成</link> にしておくことを勧めます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "インストールとダウンロードの選択肢" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "追加情報のありか" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"実際に運用環境のシステムをインストールを始める前に、<ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Debian Bullseyeリリースノート</" -"ulink> をまずはご一読ください。Debian Bullseye に関する詳細な情報は <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Bullseye のイン" -"ストールマニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "ぜひ Debian Edu/Skolelinux をご検討ください。お役に立ちます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーのインストールを始める前に、まずは <link linkend=\"Requirements\">" -"ハードウェアとネットワークの要件</link> と、<link linkend=\"Architecture\">全" -"体的な構成</link> についての章をご一読ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルの <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">さあ始めよう</link> の章も" -"必ず読んでください。初めてのログインについて説明しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 Bullseye 用インストールメディアのダウンロード" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 もしくは i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> も <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> のどちらも Debian の x86 CPU のアーキテクチャ名で、AMD や " -"Intel などが開発してきたものです。 <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> は " -"64 ビットアーキテクチャで、<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> は 32 ビット" -"アーキテクチャとなります。新規にご利用の場合は <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput> を前提にしてください。 <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " -"は古いコンピューターのご利用にのみ用いてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "i386 及び amd64 用の netinst ISO イメージ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"netinst ISO イメージは i386 と amd64 のマシンへのインストールのどちらにも対応" -"しています。CD や DVD、USB フラッシュドライブなどからのインストールに利用でき" -"ます。netinst イメージを用いる場合、インストールにはインターネットへのアクセ" -"スが必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "Bullseye のリリースイメージは以下からダウンロードできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "i386 及び amd64 用 BD ISO イメージ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"この ISO イメージは 約 5 GiB もありますが、 インターネットへの接続無しに " -"amd64 や i386 マシンへのインストールが可能です。netinst イメージと同様に十分" -"なサイズの USB フラッシュドライブやディスクメディアで使えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "ダウンロードしたイメージの検証" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"イメージ検証の詳細な手順については、<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/" -"faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink> をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "ソース" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"ソースコードは通常の Debian アーカイブと同様に様々な方法で入手できます。" -"<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Debian Edu のインストール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu のインストールを行う際には、いくつか選択すべきことがあります。それ" -"ほど多くはありません。インストールにおける複雑な過程は大幅に簡素化できていま" -"す。なんにせよ Debian Edu は Debian であり、57,000 超のパッケージが利用できま" -"すし、数多くの設定オプションがあります。想定される大半の利用者にはデフォルト" -"が適しています。ただし LTSP をご検討される場合は軽量なデスクトップ環境を選ん" -"でください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "主サーバーのインストールの場合" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"ルーターの DHCP 機能を利用した、一般的な学校やご家庭でのインターネットアクセ" -"ス:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーのインストールは可能ですが、再起動後のインターネットアクセスに留意" -"点があります (主ネットワークの IP アドレスが 10.0.2.2/8 になるためです)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"お手持ちのルーターをゲートウェイとして設定できない場合は別の方法がありますの" -"で、<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">インターネットルーター</" -"link> の章をご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"すべての機材は <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク構成</link> の章で" -"説明しているように接続してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーは一度正しい手順で設定して起動した後はインターネットと接続されてい" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"典型的な学校や組織のネットワークで、上の例に似ているもののプロキシサーバーが" -"必要な場合。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"カーネルコマンドラインで 'debian-edu-expert' を加えることになります。詳細は後" -"述します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "プロキシサーバー関係の質問などが追加され、必須項目になります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"DHCP サーバー機能を持たないルーターで IP 10.0.0.1/8 に構成されたネットワーク" -"で、インターネット接続がある場合。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"ネットワーク設定が DHCP 機能の欠落によって失敗し次第、手動でのネットワーク設" -"定を行うことになります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "ホストIP には 10.0.2.2/8 を設定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "ゲートウェイIP には 10.0.0.1 を設定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "代案がない場合は 8.8.8.8 をネームサーバーの IP として入力します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "以上の設定で、主サーバーは初回起動後に正常に動作するはずです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "オフライン(インターネット接続がない) 場合:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "ISO イメージには BD を利用します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"(実物も仮想も含めて) あらゆるネットワークケーブルが接続されていないことを確認" -"します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"ネットワーク設定時の DHCP で失敗の表示が出て、「続ける」を押した後、「今は" -"ネットワークを設定しない」を選びます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"インターネット接続のある環境でシステムを起動した後に、システムを更新してくだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "デスクトップ環境" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "デスクトップ環境の選択肢:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce はやや LXDE より大きな構成ですが、106 カ国語の言語対応が整っています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE と GNOME は言語サポートが充実していますが、古いコンピューターや LTSP クラ" -"イアントには重い構成になります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon は GNOME の軽量版として扱えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE は上の 3 つよりも軽量に動作しますが、言語対応が若干不足しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE は一番軽量な構成で、35 ヶ国語をサポートしています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt は軽量なデスクトップ環境で (言語サポートは LXDE 並み) より見た目と使い勝" -"手が向上しています (KDE 同様に Qt をベースにしています)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu は国際的プロジェクトなので Xfce を標準デスクトップ環境にしていま" -"す。他のものに変更する場合は次の章をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "インストールにおけるモジュラー構成" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"システムを<emphasis>「ワークステーション」プロファイル</emphasis>ありでインス" -"トールした場合、教育関連のプログラムが多くインストールされます。基本的な構成" -"でのみインストールするには、<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> をカーネルコマ" -"ンドラインから外した状態でインストールしてください。詳細は後述します。この手" -"法を利用することで個別対応したシステムの構築や、テストインストールのスピード" -"向上が図れます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"注意：もしデスクトップ環境を後からインストールしたい場合、Debian-Edu のメタ" -"パッケージ (<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> など) は使わないでください。教" -"育向けプログラムが全てインストールされてしまいます。代わりに <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-" -"desktop</ulink> などをインストールしてください。初等から高等レベルごとの教育" -"向けのメタパッケージは <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>、" -"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>、<emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis>、<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> があ" -"り、必要に応じてインストールしていただけます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu メタパッケージの詳細は、<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" -"edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "インストール方法と選択肢" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>64 ビットハードウェアでのインストーラブートメニュー</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64 ビットインストーラのブートメニュー" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>は GTK を利用したインス" -"トーラで、マウスを利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ではテキストモードを使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> にはもっと詳細なオ" -"プションを選択できるサブメニューがあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> でインストーラの使用に関するいくら" -"かのヒントを提供します。以下のスクリーンショットを見てください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64 ビットインストーラの Advanced options 画面 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> を選択するとメインメニューに戻り" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> では全ての項目" -"を設定でき、マウスも使えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> により、このインス" -"トール用メディアは緊急時用のレスキューディスクとして使えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> には " -"preseed ファイルが必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> ではテキストモードで全て" -"の項目を設定できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> ではテキストモードで、このイ" -"ンストール用メディアを緊急時用のレスキューディスクとして使えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> のテキストモードには " -"preseed ファイルが必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " -#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " -#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> でエラーが生じた場合は、まず " -"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> を実行してみて、" -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> をもう一度実行してみてく" -"ださい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>ヘルプ画面</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "インストーラのヘルプ画面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"このヘルプ画面は自己説明的になっていて、キーボードの <F数字> キーを押す" -"と、説明されている項目についてもっと詳細なヘルプを得られるようになっていま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>インストール時のブートパラメータの追加や変更</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " -#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"どちらの場合もブートメニューで TAB キーを押すとブートオプションを編集できるよ" -"うになっています。以下のスクリーンショットは <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> 用のコマンドラインの例です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "コマンドラインオプションの編集" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"ネットワーク上の既存の HTTP プロキシサービスを利用すると CD からの主サーバー" -"プロファイルのインストールを高速化できます。例えば、ブートパラメーターに " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> を追" -"加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"既にマシンに「主サーバー」プロファイルをインストール済みの場合は、以後のイン" -"ストールは PXE を経由して行うべきです。この方法では主サーバーのプロキシを自動" -"的に利用します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"標準の <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> デスクトップではなく " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするに" -"は、カーネルのブートパラメータ <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> " -"の <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> を <computeroutput>gnome</" -"computeroutput> に置き換えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするには " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするには " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput> を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールす" -"るには <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput> を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールする" -"には <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput> を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするには " -"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput> を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "インストールの手順" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバーの利用を検討する際は <link linkend=\"Requirements\">システム要件" -"</link> とネットワークカード (NIC) が 2 つ以上あることを必ず確認してくださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "言語を選択します (インストール時とインストールしたシステム)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "国や地域を選択します。通常はあなたがお住みの国や地域です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"キーボードの種類を選択します。「国や地域」と基本的には同じです (もし英語表示" -"でインストールする場合でも日本語キーボードを利用する場合には \"Japanese\" " -"キーボードレイアウトを選択してください)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "以下のリストからプロファイルを選択します:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「主サーバー (Main server)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"このプロファイルが学校向けの全サービスを設定済みでそのまま主サーバー " -"(tjener) として使えるものです。学校のネットワークには主サーバーを「 1 台だ" -"け」インストールする必要があります。このプロファイルには GUI は収録されていま" -"せん。GUI が必要であればこれに加えて「ワークステーション」か 「LTSP サー" -"バー」のプロファイルも選択してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「ワークステーション (Workstation)」プロファイル</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"一般的なコンピューターと同様に、それぞれのハードドライブからブートし、ソフト" -"ウェアやデバイスは全てローカルにあるものが利用されます。異なる点は、ユーザー" -"ログインの認証が主サーバーで行われる点と、ユーザーのファイルやデスクトップ設" -"定が置かれている場所も主サーバーであるという点です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " -"workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"ワークステーションと同じですが、認証にキャッシュされた資格情報が利用できま" -"す。つまり学校ネットワーク外でも利用できます。ユーザーのファイルや設定はロー" -"カルディスクに保存されます。シングルユーザー向けのノート PC では、以前のリ" -"リースで提案していた 「ワークステーション」 や 「スタンドアロン」 ではなく、" -"このプロファイルを選択してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「LTSP サーバー (LTSP Server)」プロファイル</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアント (ディスクレスワークステーションも含む) 用のサーバーで、LTSP " -"サーバーと呼ばれます。ハードドライブを持たないクライアントはブートとソフト" -"ウェアの実行をこのサーバーから行えます。このコンピュータには 2 つのネットワー" -"クインターフェイス、大量のメモリ、それに理想的には複数のプロセッサまたはマル" -"チコア CPU が必要になります。これらの詳細については、<link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント</link>の章を見てくださ" -"い。このプロファイルを選択すると「ワークステーション」プロファイルも有効にな" -"ります (選択有無を問わず)。LTSP サーバーはワークステーションとしても使えると" -"いうことです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「スタンドアロン (Standalone)」プロファイル</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーが無くても利用できる、普通のコンピュータです。つまり学内ネットワー" -"クにある必要がありません。ノートPC などが該当します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"このプロファイルではベースとなるパッケージをインストールし、そのマシンを " -"Debian Edu ネットワークと連携するように設定しますが、サービスやアプリケーショ" -"ンはインストールされません。主サーバーから単一サービスを移動する場合やゲート" -"ウェイの基盤として有用です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"「<emphasis role=\"strong\">主サーバー</emphasis>」と「<emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">ワークステーション</emphasis>」と「<emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">LTSP サーバー</emphasis>」のプロファイルは事前選択されていま" -"す。<emphasis>複合主サーバー</emphasis> としてインストールする場合にこの 3 つ" -"のプロファイルを 1 つのマシンにインストールします。つまり主サーバーが LTSP " -"サーバーでもあり、ワークステーションとしても利用できるというものです。多数の" -"利用者の利便にかなうと思われるためデフォルトの構成となっています。複合主サー" -"バーや LTSP サーバーとしてインストールして運用する場合にはそのマシンにネット" -"ワークカードが 2 つないといけないことに注意してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"自動でパーティション設定するか、「yes」か「no」で答えます。「yes」と答えた場" -"合は「ハードドライブにあるデータはすべて壊れる」ことに注意してください！" -"「no」と答え、自動で設定しない場合は少々作業が必要となります。その場合は、必" -"要なパーティションが作成されていて、かつ十分な容量があることを確認してくださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> への情報送信の確認時に「yes」とし" -"て頂ければ将来のリリースに役立つパッケージ調査データが送信されます。必須では" -"ありませんが簡単にご支援頂ける手段です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"もし「LTSP サーバー」のプロファイルも選択した場合、最後の処理画面でかなりの時" -"間がかかることになりますので、ご留意ください:「インストールを終了しています " -"- debian-edu-profile-udeb を実行しています...」" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"[注意] root パスワードの設定の後に「管理作業以外の用途向け」に通常のユーザー" -"アカウントを作成するかが質問されます。Debian Edu ではこのアカウントが非常に重" -"要で、Skolelinux ネットワークの管理に用います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"この「最初のユーザー」のパスワードは、長さが <emphasis role=\"strong\">最低 " -"5 文字あり</emphasis> かつ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ユーザー名と異なる必要が" -"あります</emphasis>。5 文字未満やユーザー名と一致するようなパスワードを設定し" -"てしまった場合は、ログインが不可能になります (インストーラーはそういったパス" -"ワードを許容してしまいます)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>複合主サーバー</emphasis> の再起動後はディスクレスワークステーショ" -"ン用の SquashFS イメージ作成のため、時間を要する場合があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバーを分離する構成ではディスクレスワークステーションやシンクライアン" -"トの構成時に手動での設定が必要になります。詳細は <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント HowTo</link> をご覧くださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "いくつかの注意事項" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "ノート PC でのインストールに関する注意" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"ほぼ確実に「ローミングワークステーション」プロファイル (上記参照) を利用する" -"のが良いでしょう。ただしデータは全てローカルに保存されるので、バックアップに" -"関して別途考慮が必要になります。またログイン資格情報もキャッシュされるため、" -"パスワードを変更した後に新しいパスワードでネットワークにログインしていない" -"ノート PC では、古いパスワードでのログインが要求される可能性があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"USB フラッシュドライブ / Blu-ray ディスクイメージでのインストールに関する注意" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"USBフラッシュドライブ / Blu-ray ディスクイメージからのインストール後の " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> には、そのイメージから" -"の (アップデートやインストールに関する) 情報しか書かれていません。インター" -"ネット接続が使える場合には、セキュリティ更新のため以下の行をぜひ追加してくだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "CDでのインストールに関する注意" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"netinst でのインストール (私たちの CD が提供しているインストール方法です) で" -"は一部のパッケージを CD から、残りはインターネットから取得します。インター" -"ネットから取得するパッケージの量はプロファイルによっても異なりますが、(あらゆ" -"るデスクトップをインストールするような選択をしない限り) 1 GiB 程度になりま" -"す。主サーバー (純粋な主サーバーなのか、他のプロファイルを組み合わせた複合主" -"サーバーかは問わず) のインストール後にはそのプロキシが利用されるので、同一の" -"パッケージを何度もインターネットからダウンロードすることはありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "" -"CD / Blu-ray ディスクの代わりに USB フラッシュドライブを利用したインストール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"CD や BD 用の <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> イメージを USB フラッシュ" -"ドライブ (USB メモリ) にそのままコピーしてブートできるようになりました。以下" -"のようなコマンドを実行します。ファイル名やデバイス名は必要に応じて調整してく" -"ださい:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"デバイス名の X は、USB デバイスの挿入前後に次のコマンドを実行してご確認くださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "書き込みにはかなりの時間を要することがあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"選択したイメージにより、USB フラッシュドライブは CD や Blu-ray ディスクのよう" -"に動作します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "PXE によるネットワーク経由でのインストールと起動" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"このインストール方法には動作している主サーバーが必要です。クライアントがメイ" -"ンネットワーク経由でブートする際には iPXE メニューでインストールや起動オプ" -"ションが表示されます。XXX.bin ファイルが欠けている (XXX.bin file is missing) " -"というエラーメッセージで PXE インストールが失敗した場合は、大抵の場合クライア" -"ントのネットワークカードが nonfree のファームウェアを必要としています。この場" -"合は Debian インストーラーの initrd を変更しないといけません。その場合には" -"サーバーで <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" -"addfirmware </computeroutput> を実行してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"「<emphasis role=\"strong\">主サーバー</emphasis>」プロファイルだけの場合の " -"iPXE メニューはこのようなものです:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"「<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP サーバー</emphasis>」プロファイルが含まれる" -"場合には iPXE メニューはこうなります:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"この設定では中心ネットワークでディスクレスワークステーションやシンクライアン" -"トのブートもできます。ワークステーションや独立した LTSP サーバーとは異なり、" -"ディスクレスワークステーションは GOsa² を利用して LDAP に追加する必要はありま" -"せん。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"ネットワーククライアントについてのさらなる情報は <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント HowTo</link> の章にありま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "PXE インストールの調整" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"PXE インストールでは debian-installer の preseed ファイルを利用しています。こ" -"のファイルを変更することでパッケージをもっとインストールさせるようにできま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"以下のような行を次のファイルに追加してください: <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string 追加したいパッケージ(群)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -#| "cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#| "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can " -#| "be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid " -#| "more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this " -#| "is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" -#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " -#| "files." -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"PXE インストールは <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" -"computeroutput> と preseed ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> を使用します。これらをインストール時" -"に調整することでネットワーク経由インストール時の質問事項を削減できます。別の" -"手段として同様のことが次のステップで可能です。<computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> で追加事項を構成し " -"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を実行して更" -"新します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"さらなる情報は <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">Debian インストーラのマニュアル</ulink> にあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"PXE を経由したインストールでプロキシを変更あるいは無効化するには " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> 中の <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>、" -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput>、<computeroutput>preseed/" -"early_command</computeroutput> を含む行を変更する必要があります。インストール" -"時にプロキシの利用を無効化するには最初の 2 行の冒頭に「#」を付加し、最後の行" -"から <computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput> の部分を削除します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" -#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -#| "environment are examples of such settings." -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"preseed ファイルがダウンロードされる前の項目は preseed ファイルで設定できない" -"ものがあります。それらを設定するには <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" -"install.cfg</computeroutput> で PXELINUX ベースのブート引数を調整します。こう" -"いった設定の例として言語やキーボードレイアウト、デスクトップ環境があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "独自イメージ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"CD、DVD、Blu-ray の独自ディスク作成は、モジュール設計の優れた <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian インストーラ</ulink> " -"を利用しているため簡単に行えます。<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseed</ulink> で通常質問される項目の回答を事前に" -"定義できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"必要なことは preseed ファイルを作成して回答を設定 (これは Debian インストーラ" -"マニュアルの付録で説明されています) し、<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">CD/DVD を作り直す</ulink> だけです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "スクリーンショットツアー" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"テキストモードとグラフィカルモードのインストールは機能的には同等です - 異なる" -"のは見た目だけです。グラフィカルモードではマウスを使う機会があり、当然見た目" -"もはるかに良くずっと現代的になります。ハードウェアに問題があってグラフィカル" -"モードを使えないということでもなければこちらを使わない理由はありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"以下は「主サーバー」と「ワークステーション」 と「 LTSP サーバー」のプロファイ" -"ルを 64 ビットのグラフィカルモードでインストールした主サーバーの最初のブート" -"と、PXE ブートにおける LTSP クライアントのスクリーンショットです (シンクライ" -"アントセッションの開始とその後):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "主サーバー Lightdm ログイン画面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce でのブラウザ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce デスクトップ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "シンクライアントウェルカム画面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "シンクライアントのログイン画面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "さあ始めよう" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "開始までの最小手順" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーのインストール時に「最初のユーザーアカウント」を作成しました。以下" -"の文ではこのアカウントを「最初のユーザー」とします。このアカウントは特別なア" -"カウントです。ホームディレクトリ権限は 700 にセットされます (そのため個人の" -"ウェブページにアクセスできるようにするには <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</" -"computeroutput> が必要です)。そして「最初のユーザー」は " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> を使って root になれます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーを追加する前に、 Debian Edu に特有の情報について <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\"> ファイルシステム" -"のアクセス設定</link> を読んでください。運用ポリシーに応じて設定は調整してく" -"ださい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "インストール後に「最初のユーザー」としてまずやらないといけないこと:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "主サーバーにログインします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "GOsa² でユーザーを追加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "GOsa² でワークステーションを追加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーやワークステーションの追加については以下で詳細に説明しています。この" -"章は必ず、全て読んでください。最小限の手順を正しく行う方法や、ほとんどの場合" -"で必要となるその他の事項についても触れています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"このマニュアルには他にも多くの情報があります。前のリリースをご利用の方も " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">Bullseyeの新機能</link> の章をご一読ください。前の" -"リリースからアップグレードする場合は <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">アップグレー" -"ド</link> の章を、必ず読んでください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"もしも一般的な DNS 通信がブロックされているネットワークをご利用の場合には、イ" -"ンターネット上のホスト参照に特定の DNS サーバーを利用せざるを得ないことがあり" -"ます。その場合はその DNS サーバーに対して、このサーバーが「転送サーバー " -"(forwarder)」だということを通知する必要があります。/etc/bind/named.conf." -"options ファイルを編集して、利用する DNS サーバーの IP アドレスを指定してくだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> の章ではさらなるコツやヒント、そしてよく" -"ある質問への回答も記載しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーで動作しているサービスのいくつかは、ウェブ経由でも管理できます。以" -"下で各サービスについて説明していきます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa² の紹介" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² はウェブベースの管理ツールで Debian Edu の基幹管理が可能です。GOsa² は" -"次の主要項目の管理 (追加、変更、削除) ができます:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "グループ管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "NIS ネットグループ管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "マシンの管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "DNS 管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "DHCP 管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² へのアクセスには Skolelinux の主サーバーと、ウェブブラウザがインストー" -"ルされた (クライアント) システムが必要です。後者については複合サーバー (「主" -"サーバー」と「 LTSP サーバー」と「ワークステーション」のプロファイル) として" -"インストールされた主サーバーならそれで大丈夫です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"(誤って) 「主サーバー」プロファイルだけでインストールしてしまい、ウェブブラウ" -"ザを利用できるクライアントがない場合は次の方法が簡単でしょう。主サーバーのイ" -"ンストール中に作成した「最初のユーザー」 で、(グラフィカルではない) シェルか" -"ら以下のコマンドを順に実行して、主サーバーに最小構成のデスクトップをインス" -"トールします:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### インストールが完了したら 'sudo service lightdm start' を実行します。\n" -" ### 「最初のユーザー」でログインします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² へのアクセスにはウェブブラウザからURL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/" -"> にアクセスし、「最初のユーザー」としてログインします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"新しい Debian Edu Bullseye マシンでは、サイトの証明書はブラウザに設定されてい" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"そうでない場合は SSL 証明書が不正だというエラーメッセージが表示されます。ネッ" -"トワークに第三者がいなくて信頼できる状態なら、エラーは無視してブラウザにその" -"証明書を設定してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "GOsa² のログインと概観" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "最初のユーザーとしてログインした後の GOsa² の概観ページ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "GOsa² へのログイン後、GOsa² の概観ページが表示されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"タスクはメニュー選択したり、あるいは概要ページのタスクアイコンをクリックして" -"選択できます。基本的には画面左側のメニューをお勧めします。GOsa² の全ての管理" -"ページで利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu ではアカウントやグループ、システム情報は LDAP ディレクトリに保存さ" -"れています。このデータは主サーバーだけでなく、ネットワーク上の (ディスクレ" -"ス) ワークステーションや LTSP サーバー、その他のマシンでも使用されます。生徒" -"や教員等についてのアカウントも一度 LDAP に設定するだけで利用できます。 LDAP " -"に設定された情報は Skolelinux ネットワーク全体の全てのシステムから利用できる" -"ようになります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² は、部門 (department) などの階層構造の情報管理を LDAP の利用で実現して" -"います。各「部門」毎にユーザーアカウントやグループ、システム、ネットグループ" -"等を追加できます。個別の組織の構造次第ではありますが、GOsa²/LDAP の階層構造を" -"使って貴校の組織構造を Debian Edu 主サーバーの LDAP データツリーに反映させる" -"こともできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"デフォルトでインストールした場合、Debian Edu 主サーバーには教員 (Teachers) と" -"生徒 (Students) の 2 つの部門と LDAP のベースツリーが設定されます。生徒のアカ" -"ウントは「Students」部門に、教員は「Teachers」部門に追加することになります。" -"システム (サーバー、Skolelinux ワークステーション、プリンタ等) は現在ベースレ" -"ベルに追加することになります。この構成については学校に合う方法をご検討くださ" -"い (例えば年次グループにユーザーを作成して各グループに共通のホームディレクト" -"リを与える方法がこのマニュアルの <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> にありま" -"す)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"処理したいタスク毎に (ユーザー管理、グループ管理、システム、管理等) GOsa² は" -"選択されている部門 (やそのベースレベル) に応じた表示をします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa² によるユーザー管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"まず、左側のナビゲーションメニューにある「Users」をクリックします。画面の右側" -"が「Students」や「Teachers」の部門フォルダーの表と GOsa² の Administrator (最" -"初に作成したユーザー) のアカウントの表示に変わります。この表の上に " -"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> というフィールドが表示されます。マウスをその部分に" -"移動させると、ドロップダウンメニューがツリー構造状に表示されます。そこから行" -"いたい操作 (例えば新しいユーザーの追加) の対象となるフォルダーを選択してくだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "ユーザーの追加" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"ツリーのナビゲーション項目の隣に「Actions」メニューが表示されます。マウスをこ" -"の項目の上に移動させると、画面にサブメニューが表示されます。「Create」を選ん" -"で、そして「User」を選択してください。ユーザー作成ウイザードに進みます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"ここで最も重要なのはテンプレート (newstudent や newteacher) とユーザーのフル" -"ネーム (画像参照) です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"ウイザードに従って進めると GOsa² は実名を基にしてユーザー名を自動生成します。" -"まだ存在しないユーザー名ですら自動的に生成するため、フルネームが同一のユー" -"ザーが複数いても問題にはなりません。ただし、(日本人名のような) 非アスキー文字" -"を含むフルネームでは GOsa² は無効なユーザー名を生成する可能性がありますので、" -"ご注意ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"生成されたユーザー名では不都合な場合は、ドロップダウンメニューで別のユーザー" -"名候補を選択できますが、ウイザードではユーザー名を自由に設定することはできま" -"せん。(提示されたユーザー名を変更するには、エディタで <computeroutput>/etc/" -"gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> を開き、「location definition」の追加オプショ" -"ンとして <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> を追加します。)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"ウイザードを完了させると、GOsa² は新しいユーザーの情報を表示します。上部のタ" -"ブを使って内容を確認してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"ユーザー作成後 (ウイザードで入力を促さなかった項目についてはこの段階で変更す" -"る必要はありません)、右下の隅にある「Ok」ボタンをクリックします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"最終段階として GOsa² は新しいユーザーのパスワードを聞いてきます。2 回入力して" -"右下の隅にある「Set password」ボタンをクリックしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "パスワードには使えない文字があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"問題が生じなければ、ユーザーの一覧表に新しいユーザーが表示され、そのネット" -"ワーク内の任意の Skolelinux マシンにそのユーザー名でログインできるようになっ" -"ています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "ユーザーの検索、変更、削除" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "検索枠" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーを変更、削除するには GOsa² を使ってシステム上のユーザ一覧を表示しま" -"す。画面中央辺りに「Filter」という枠があります。これは GOsa² が提供している検" -"索ツールです。ユーザアカウントがツリーのどこにあるのかわからない場合は GOsa²/" -"LDAP ツリーの Base レベルに移動させてから「Search in subtrees」オプションを" -"使って検索します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"「Filter」枠を操作したら、すぐに表の一覧ビュー中央の表示に反映されます。各行" -"に1つのユーザーアカウントを表示し、各行の一番右側にはユーザーの編集、アカウン" -"トのロック、パスワード設定、ユーザー削除といった操作のアイコンが並びます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーに関する情報を直接変更できる新しいページが表示されます。ユーザーのパ" -"スワードを変更し、ユーザーの所属グループ一覧を変更します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "ユーザーデータの編集" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "パスワード設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"生徒は自分のユーザー名で GOsa² にログインして各自でパスワードを変更できます。" -"GOsa² へのアクセスの利便のため、デスクトップのシステム (またはシステム設定) " -"メニューに 「Gosa」 という項目があります。ログインした生徒に対しては最小限の" -"バージョンの GOsa² が提示されます。生徒自身のアカウントデータとパスワード設定" -"ダイアログへのアクセスだけができるようになっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² において、自身のユーザー名でログインした教員には、特別な権限がありま" -"す。より権限のある GOsa² のビューが表示され、全生徒のアカウントのパスワードを" -"変更できます。これは授業で非常に便利かもしれません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "管理作業でユーザーの新しいパスワードを設定するには、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "上記で説明しているようにして変更するユーザーを検索し、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "ユーザー名が表示されている行の最後辺りにある鍵の絵をクリックします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "次に表示されるページでそのユーザーの新しいパスワードを設定できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "ユーザーパスワードの設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">推測しやすいパスワードはセキュリティへ悪影響を及ぼ" -"しますので注意してください!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "高度なユーザー管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² では CSV ファイルを利用して、ユーザーを大量に作成することもできます。" -"CSV ファイルは自分の使いやすいスプレッドシートソフトウェア (例えば " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput> ) 等により作成できます。最低限必要な" -"項目はユーザー ID、姓、名、パスワードです。同一のユーザー ID が複数回出てこな" -"いことを確認してください。その際、既存の LDAP の uid (これはコマンドラインで " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> を実行すれば取得できます) も必ず確認してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"CSV ファイル等のデータ形式について指針があります (GOsa² はデータ形式について" -"はかなり厳しいです):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "項目間の区切り文字には半角の「,」を使ってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "引用符「"」は使わないでください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"CSV ファイルにヘッダ行 (通常、項目名などを記述している行) を含めては " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">いけません</emphasis> 。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "項目の順に指定はなく、GOsa² で大量インポートを行う際に定義できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "大量インポートの手順:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "左のナビゲーション項目にある「LDAP Manager」リンクをクリックします" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "画面右側にある「Import」タブをクリックします" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"インポートするユーザ一覧を収録している CSV ファイルをローカルディスクから選択" -"します" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"ユーザーテンプレートから大量インポートに適用させるものを選択します " -"( NewTeacher や NewStudent 等)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "右下の隅にある「Import」ボタンをクリックします" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"最初にいくらかテストをしておくと良いでしょう。架空のユーザーを使った CSV ファ" -"イルを使って、後で削除してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"パスワード管理の項目でも同様です。CSV ファイルを使った多量のパスワードのリ" -"セットや、特別な LDAP サブツリーに属するユーザーのパスワードの再設定が行えま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "パスワードの再設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa² によるグループ管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "グループ作成" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "グループ管理はユーザー管理とかなり似ています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"グループごとに名前と説明を入力できます。新しいグループを作成する際、LDAP ツ" -"リーの正しいレベルを選択していることを確認してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"新しく作成したグループにユーザーを追加するには、ユーザーの一覧に戻ります。ほ" -"ぼ確実に「filter」枠を使ってユーザーを探すのが良いでしょう。ここでも LDAP ツ" -"リーのレベルを確認してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"グループ管理で入力したグループは通常の unix グループでもあります。そのため、" -"ファイルの権限管理にも利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa² によるマシン管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"マシン管理では基本的に Debian Edu ネットワークに接続されている全てのマシンを" -"管理できます。GOsa² を利用して LDAP ディレクトリに追加したマシンには全てにホ" -"スト名、IP アドレス、MAC アドレス、ドメイン名 (通常 \"intern\") が付加されま" -"す。Debian Edu 構成の全面的な説明についてはこのマニュアルの<link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">全体の構成</link>の章を参照してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>複合メインサーバー</emphasis> ではディスクレスワークステーションと" -"シンクライアントはそのまま利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"ディスク搭載ワークステーション (独立した LTSP サーバーを含む) は<emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">必ず</emphasis> GOsa² で登録します。その過程でマシン固有の " -"Kerberos プリンシパル (<emphasis>アカウント</emphasis> の類) と関連する " -"keytab ファイル (<emphasis>パスワード</emphasis> として利用される鍵情報を保" -"持) が生成されます。keytab ファイルはユーザーのホームディレクトリをマウントす" -"るためにワークステーション上に必要です。ファイルを設置後に再起動して root と" -"してログインし <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -"keytab</computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>既に GOsa² で設定済み</emphasis> のシステム向けのプリンシパルと " -"keytab を生成するには、主サーバーに root としてログインして以下を実行します。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <ホスト名> <IP アドレス>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">注意: </emphasis> ホストの keytab 生成が可能なシス" -"テムタイプは <emphasis>workstation</emphasis>、<emphasis>servers</emphasis>、" -"そして <emphasis>terminal</emphasis> の形式のみで、<emphasis>netdevices</" -"emphasis> は含みません。<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライア" -"ント HowTo</link> に NFS 設定オプションを記載しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"マシンを追加するには、GOsa² メインメニュー、システム、追加と進みます。事前設" -"定済みのアドレス空間 10.0.0.0/8 にある IPアドレス/ホスト名を利用できます。現" -"在事前定義されている固定アドレスは 10.0.2.2 (tjener) と 10.0.0.1 (ゲートウェ" -"イ) の 2 つだけです。10.0.16.20 から 10.0.31.254 までのアドレス (ほぼ " -"10.0.16.0/20 あるいは 4,000 ホスト) は DHCP 向けに予約済みで動的に割り当てら" -"れます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² で MAC アドレス 52:54:00:12:34:10 のホストに固定 IP アドレスを割り当て" -"るには、MAC アドレス、ホスト名、IP アドレスを設定する必要があります。" -"<computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> ボタンをクリックすると " -"10.0.0.0/8 の範囲内の最初の固定空きアドレスを表示します。この方法で初めてマシ" -"ンを追加した場合は 10.0.0.2 のようなアドレスになるでしょう。まずネットワーク" -"構成について考えておいてください: 例えば 10.0.0.x で x が 10 から 50 はサー" -"バー用、100 以上はワークステーション用などです。追加したシステムの有効化を忘" -"れないでください。そうすると主サーバーを例外として、他の全システムで適切なア" -"イコンが表示されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"マシンがシンクライアント/ディスクレスワークステーションとしてブートされている" -"場合や、ネットワークを利用するプロファイルを使ってインストールされた場合に" -"は、<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> スクリプトを利用す" -"ることでマシンを GOsa² に自動的に追加できます。単純な構成のマシンの場合はその" -"まま使えます。MAC アドレスが複数あるマシンでは、実際にそのネットワークで使っ" -"ているアドレスを選択してください。<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" -"computeroutput> で使い方に関して解説しています。" -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> の使用後に表示される IP" -"アドレスは、動的に割り当てる (DHCP) 範囲内のアドレスであることを確認してくだ" -"さい。システムは後でネットワーク構成に合わせ、新しいシステムの名前を変更した" -"り、DHCP や DNS を有効化したり、また必要に応じてネットグループ(以下のスクリー" -"ンショットをご参照ください)の追加などです。それらの操作後にはシステムを再起動" -"してください。以下のスクリーンショットのような操作手順になります:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -"\n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "GOsa² のシステム一覧表示" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "ホスト詳細" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "ホストの変更" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "ネットグループの追加" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"DNS を更新する cron ジョブは毎時動作します。<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> を使うと手作業で更新させることもできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "マシンの検索、削除" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"マシンの検索や削除はユーザーの検索や削除とかなり似ていますので、省略します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "既存マシンの変更 / NetGroup の管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² を使って LDAP ツリーにマシンを追加した後、(ユーザーの管理と同様に) 検索" -"機能を使ってマシン名をクリックするとマシンの属性を変更できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"このシステム項目の構成は既に見てきたユーザー項目の変更と似ていますが、この文" -"脈では別の意味になります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"例えば <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> へのマシン追加は、ファイルへ" -"のアクセス権限やそのマシンでのコマンドの実行権限、そのマシンにログインした" -"ユーザーについて変更するわけではありません。ここではそのマシンから利用でき" -"る、主サーバーのサービスを制限します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"デフォルトでインストールした環境の <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "<computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> 機能の現状の用途" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">パーティションサイズの変更</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts) " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"このグループの Debian Edu マシンは LVM パーティションの容量が足りなくなると自" -"動的にサイズを変更します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">夜間のマシンシャットダウン</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts と shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"このグループの Debian Edu マシンは節電のため、夜間は自動的に電源を落としま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">プリンタの管理</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts 及び cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"このグループの Debian Edu マシンは印刷キューを毎晩自動的に空にし、毎時無効化" -"された印刷キューがあれば再有効化します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">インターネットアクセス制限</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"このグループの Debian Edu マシンはローカルネットワーク上のマシンにのみ接続を" -"許可されます。試験期間にウェブプロキシによる制限と組み合わせて利用すると有用" -"かもしれません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "プリンタ管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"プリンタの一元管理にはブラウザから <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/> に" -"アクセスしてください。一般的な CUPS 管理画面と同様にプリンタの追加・削除・変" -"更や印刷キューの掃除が可能です。デフォルトでは「最初のユーザー」のみが権限を" -"持ちますが、GOsa² でユーザーを <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> グループに登録することで調整できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "ワークステーションに接続されたプリンターの利用方法" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> は<emphasis>ワークステーション</emphasis>のプロ" -"ファイルを含めた場合、システムに自動的にインストールされているパッケージで" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> を次のように編集します " -"(USB 接続プリンターの場合):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーのウェブインターフェイス <computeroutput>https://www:631</" -"computeroutput> からプリンタを設定します。 (メーカーブランドや型番に関わら" -"ず) ネットワークプリンタの <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" -"computeroutput> を選択して、接続 URI に <computeroutput>socket://<ワークス" -"テーションのIPアドレス>:9100</computeroutput> を設定してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "ネットワークプリンタ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"ネットワークプリンタの自動発見機能は無効にすることをおすすめします。その代わ" -"りに GOsa² で固定 IP アドレスを設定して <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " -"JetDirect</computeroutput> ネットワークプリンタとして設定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "時刻の同期" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu のデフォルト設定では全マシンの時計を同期させるようになっています" -"が、必ずしも正確だとは限りません。時刻の同期には NTP を利用します。時計はデ" -"フォルトで外部ソースと同期します。そのため、同期の際に外部インターネット接続" -"処理を伴う場合は、マシンがインターネットに接続したままになる可能性がありま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"ダイヤルアップや ISDN による従量課金制の接続では、このデフォルト設定から変更" -"したい場合があるかもしれません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"外部の時刻との同期を無効にするには主サーバーの /etc/ntp.conf ファイルを編集し" -"ます。<computeroutput>server</computeroutput> の項目の前に \"#\" を加えてコメ" -"ントアウトし、NTP サーバーを root で <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> を実行して再起動します。外部時刻ソースを使っているか確認する" -"には <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput> を実行してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "パーティション全体の拡張" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"自動パーティショニングに不具合がある場合などに、一部のパーティションでインス" -"トール後に空き容量が不足することがあります。そういったパーティションを拡張す" -"るには root で <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> を" -"実行します。さらなる情報については、<link linkend=\"Administration\">管理一" -"般 HowTo</link> の章の「パーティションサイズの変更」を見てください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "保守" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "ソフトウェアの更新" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"この節では <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> の使い方を説明し" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> の使い方は実に単純です。システムを更新す" -"るのに必要なのは root でコマンドラインから 2 つのコマンド、" -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (利用可能パッケージ一覧を更新) " -"と <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (アップグレードが利用で" -"きるようになったパッケージをアップグレード) を実行するだけです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"ロケールに \"C\" を使ってアップグレードし、英語での出力を確保しておくこともご" -"検討ください。問題発生時の検索エンジン利用で役に立つことがあります。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> の更新後は、Cfengine の設" -"定ファイルが変更されていることがあります。<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/" -"cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> を実行してご確認ください。変更を反映す" -"る場合は、 <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</" -"computeroutput> を実行してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバーのアップグレード後は <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> を実行してディスクレスクライアント" -"用の SquashFS イメージを同期する必要があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>主サーバー</emphasis> か <emphasis>LTSP サーバー</emphasis> プロ" -"ファイルを含むシステムのリリースアップグレード時には <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を実行して PXE 環境を更新する必要があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>apt-" -"listchanges</computeroutput> をインストールしてご利用中のアドレスにメールを送" -"るように設定することもできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> は一日一度、アップグレードできる" -"パッケージについてメールで通知します。アップグレードをインストールはしません" -"が (通常夜間に) ダウンロードするため、<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput> 実行時の待ち時間を短縮できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"自動で更新のインストールを行うことも簡単にできます。" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> パッケージをインストール" -"して <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> の説明に従って設定するだけです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> で新しい changelog を電子" -"メールに送ったり <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 実行時に端末画面に表示" -"させたりすることができます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "セキュリティ更新に関する通知を受け取り続ける" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"前述の通り <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> を利用するのは、インス" -"トール済みパッケージのセキュリティ更新を知るのによい方法です。セキュリティ更" -"新の通知を受け取り続ける別の方法として <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/" -"debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce メーリングリスト</" -"ulink> への参加があります。この場合セキュリティ更新の内容もわかるのがよい点で" -"すが、(<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> と比較して) インストールして" -"いないパッケージの更新情報も通知されるのが難点です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "バックアップ管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"バックアップを管理するにはブラウザで <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/" -"> にアクセスします。このサイトへのアクセスには SSL を経由する必要があります。" -"root パスワードを入力する必要があるためです。SSL 無しでのアクセスはできませ" -"ん。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"注意: このサイトは SSH での root ログインを一時的に許可しているバックアップ" -"サーバー (デフォルトでは主サーバー 'tjener') でのみ利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトで主サーバー tjener は <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput> と <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> と " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> と LDAP を LVM にある /skole/" -"backup にバックアップします。(削除してしまった場合等の) 予備として複製を持っ" -"ておきたいだけであれば、この設定で良いでしょう。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"この方法ではハードドライブの物理的な故障に対するバックアップにはなりません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"データを外部サーバーやテープ機器、別のハードドライブにバックアップしたい場合" -"には既存の設定を多少変更する必要があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"フォルダー全体を復旧させたい場合はコマンドラインを利用するのが最善の選択とな" -"ります:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <日付> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<日付>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"これは <computeroutput><日付></computeroutput> の <computeroutput>/" -"skole/tjener/home0/ユーザー名</computeroutput> の内容を <computeroutput>/" -"skole/tjener/home0/ユーザー名_<日付></computeroutput> フォルダーに残し" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"復旧させたいのがファイル 1 つだけなら、ウェブインターフェイスからファイル (と" -"バージョン) を選択してそのファイルだけをダウンロードできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"古いバックアップを消してしまいたい場合は、バックアップページのメニューから" -"「Maintenance」を選択して残しておく最古のスナップショットを選択します:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php の保守" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "サーバー監視" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/> から Munin 傾向報告システムを利用できま" -"す。システム状態の測定結果を日、週、月、年単位でグラフにして提供し、障害やシ" -"ステム問題の原因を探しているシステム管理者を支援します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Munin により監視されるマシン一覧は sitesummary に報告しているホスト一覧から自" -"動的に生成されます。munin-node パッケージがインストールされているホストは全" -"て Munin による監視対象に登録されます。cron ジョブの実行順のため、導入された" -"マシンが Munin の監視対象に入るまでに通常 1 日かかります。短縮するためには、" -"sitesummary のサーバー (通常は主サーバー) で <computeroutput>sitesummary-" -"update-munin</computeroutput> を root で実行します。<computeroutput>/etc/" -"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> ファイルが更新されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"収集される測定結果は <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> プ" -"ログラムを利用している各マシンで自動的に生成します。このプログラムは " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> から利用できるプラ" -"グインから <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> に作成された" -"シンボリックリンクを探すようになっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Munin についての情報は <ulink url=\"http://muninmonitoring.org/\"/> にありま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Icinga によるシステム及びサービス監視は <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/" -"\"/> から利用できます。監視対象のマシンやサービスは sitesummary システムが収" -"集した情報から自動的に生成されます。主サーバーや LTSP サーバーのプロファイル" -"のマシンは完全な監視情報を受け取りますが、ワークステーションやシンクライアン" -"トのマシンが受け取るのは簡素な監視情報となります。ワークステーションでも完全" -"な監視情報を受け取るようにするには <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" -"computeroutput> パッケージをインストールしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトでは Icinga はメールを送りません。これは <computeroutput>/etc/" -"icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> ファイルの " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> を <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> 置き換えることで変更できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"利用される Icinga 設定ファイルは <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary." -"cfg</computeroutput> です。sitesummary の cron ジョブは監視するホスト及びサー" -"ビスの一覧を収録する <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated." -"cfg</computeroutput> を生成します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"ファイル <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" -"computeroutput> に Icinga によるチェック対象を追加すると生成されるファイルに" -"収録されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Icinga についての情報は <ulink url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> や " -"<computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> パッケージにあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Icinga の一般的な警告とその対処方法" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "Icinga の最も一般的な警告とその対処手順を示します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"当該パーティション (例では /usr/) の容量不足です。一般的な対処方法は 2 つあり" -"ます: (1) ファイルをいくらか削除するか (2) パーティションサイズを大きくするか" -"です。パーティションが /var/ の場合は <computeroutput>apt clean</" -"computeroutput> を実行して APT のキャッシュファイルを削除できるかもしれませ" -"ん。LVM volume group に空き容量がある場合は <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"fsautoresize</computeroutput> を実行してパーティション拡張も可能です。当該ホ" -"ストを <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> ネットグループに追" -"加するとこのプログラムを毎時自動的に実行させられます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"更新可能なパッケージが利用できます。大抵 critical とされるものはセキュリティ" -"更新です。アップグレードするには 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"を root 端末か ssh 経由で実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"パッケージのアップグレードを手作業で行いたくなく、Debian による新しいバージョ" -"ンの作業を信頼する場合、<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " -"パッケージをインストールして自動的に毎晩全て新しいパッケージにアップグレード" -"するように設定できます。これは LTSP chroot のアップグレードは行いません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"実行中のカーネルが最新のインストール済みカーネルより古い状態です。最新のイン" -"ストール済みカーネルを有効化するには再起動が必要です。Debian Edu では新しい" -"カーネルは通常セキュリティ問題を修正するためのものなので、これは相応に緊急性" -"があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"CUPS の印刷キューに保留となっているジョブが多数あります。これは恐らくプリンタ" -"の不具合が原因です。<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" -"computeroutput> ネットグループ内のホストでは無効な印刷キューを毎時有効にする" -"ため手作業による介入は必要ないはずです。<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts</computeroutput> ネットグループ内のホストでは印刷キューを毎晩空にしま" -"す。キューに多くのジョブがあるホストが存在する場合は、こういったネットグルー" -"プにそのホストを追加することを検討してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"各コンピュータでの情報収集と中央サーバへの送信に sitesummary を利用していま" -"す。収集した情報は <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" -"computeroutput> から利用できるようになっています。<computeroutput>/usr/lib/" -"sitesummary/</computeroutput> にあるスクリプトを利用して報告を生成できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/> で sitesummary のシンプルなレポート" -"が利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"sitesummary 関連の文書は <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"HowTo/SiteSummary\"/> にあります" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Debian Edu の独自化に関するさらなる情報" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"システム管理者にとって有用となる Debian Edu のカスタム化に関しては次の章をご" -"覧になってください: <link linkend=\"Administration\">管理一般 Howto の章</" -"link> や <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高度な管理 Howto の章</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "アップグレード" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"このアップグレードガイドを読む前に、実運用しているサーバーを稼働状態で更新す" -"るということはご自身の責任であることを確認してください。<emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux は法で認められている最大範囲内で、一切" -"の責任を負いません。</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"アップグレードは、必ずこの章とこのマニュアルの <link " -"linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye の新機能</link> の章を完全に把握してから挑んで" -"ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "アップグレードに関する一般的な注意" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Debian 自体をあるリリースから次のリリースにアップグレードするのは通常簡単なの" -"ですが、Debian Edu では設定ファイルに手を加えている都合上、残念ながら若干複雑" -"になります (Debian バグ情報 <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> に Debian Edu ではどのようにすべきかの経緯などの" -"情報があります)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"一般的にサーバーのアップグレードはワークステーションより困難で、主サーバーが" -"最も困難です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"アップグレード後に確実に全て以前と同じように動作するようにするには、テスト用" -"システムか運用環境のマシンと同じように設定したシステムでアップグレードをテス" -"トすべきです。そうすることでリスク無くアップグレードをテストし、全て動作すべ" -"きように動作するか確認できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Debian stable リリース自体についても <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/stable/installmanual\">インストールマニュアル</ulink> をかならずご一" -"読ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"なお oldstable での運用を何週間か延長してしばらく待つ選択肢もあります。その間" -"に他の方がアップグレードを検証して何か問題があれば言及できるということになり" -"ます。Debian Edu の oldstable リリースは次の stable リリース後もしばらくはサ" -"ポートが続けられますが、Debian が <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"security/faq#lifespan\">oldstable のサポートを終了</ulink>すると Debian Edu " -"でもサポート終了となります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Debian Edu buster からアップグレードする場合" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"必ず事前に準備をしてください。テスト環境で buster からのアップグレードを試し" -"てからにするか、元に戻せるように事前のバックアップを完了してから実行してくだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"以下の方法はデフォルトでインストールした Debian Edu 主サーバー (desktop=xfce " -"でプロファイルは主サーバー、ワークステーション、LTSP サーバー) を前提にしてい" -"ることに注意してください。(一般的な素のDebian Buster から Bullseye へのアップ" -"グレードについては、<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\"/>をご一読ください。)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "X を使用せずに、仮想コンソールを使って root でログインしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> でエラーが生じた場合は、まず " -"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> を実行してみて、" -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> をもう一度実行してみてく" -"ださい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "主サーバーをアップグレードします" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "まず、システムが最新版に更新されていることを確認します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "パッケージキャッシュの掃除:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "Bullseye へのアップグレードの準備と実行 (security パスの変更点):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # 任意です (英語での出力を確保する場合)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: 読むべき NEWS が大量に生じることを覚悟してください。ペー" -"ジャーのスクロールを進めるには <Enter> を、終了させるには <q> を" -"押します。root アカウントにはすべての情報が送信されるので、後で読むこともでき" -"ます。その場合は <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> や <emphasis>mutt</emphasis> など" -"のメール閲覧ソフトを利用してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"debconf の情報を全て注意深く読み、以下で特に言及していない限り「現在インス" -"トールされているローカルバージョンを維持 ('keep the local version currently " -"installed')」を選択してください。ほとんどの場合「Enter」を押せばいいはずで" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "restart services: \"yes\" を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: 'keep the local version currently installed' を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: N を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"Samba server and utilities: 'keep the local version currently installed' を選" -"択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Kerberos servers: 'kerberos' と入力して 'OK' を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: N を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: N を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: N を選択します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "設定の適用と調整:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "cf-agent -v -D installation" -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "cf-agent -v -D installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Ichiga2 ウェブインターフェイスの設定:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput> を実行し " -"debconf の質問事項があれば <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> と回答しま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "新しい Debian Edu Homeworld アートワークの取得:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # Buster のアートワークが代用として不要な場合" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "設定の適用と調整:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "新しい LTSP と関連する変更に対する修正:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # 不要になった調整ファイルです。\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # 不要になった tftp ベースディレクトリです。\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # 第一画面で ''tftp'' システムアカウントを保持、次にTFTP ルートディレクトリを ''/srv/tftp'' に。\n" -" # 第三画面でアドレスとポートを保持とし、最後に ''--secure'' を追加オプションで選択します。\n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # 古い LTSP ベースディレクトリを削除します。\n" -"# 次のコマンド実行ではかなり時間を要します。\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # 64 ビットシンクライアントを利用する場合\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # 32 ビットシンクライアントを利用する場合\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # ディスクレスワークステーションのイメージを作成します。\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # PXE に必要なファイルと iPXE メニュー項目を設定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "iPXE への移行対応:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "まずファイル <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> を以下の内容で作成し、" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"その後 <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> を実行し変更を反映させ" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"DCHP 関連で LDAP を調整します。ldapvi などで編集します。DHCP 関連項目はファイ" -"ル <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> の内容と一致しないといけま" -"せん。該当箇所は:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "Gosa 関連の対応 - 新しい gosa.conf の利用と LDAP 対応:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "" -"cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # まずバックアップします" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # 新し" -"い gosa.conf です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"adminPassword と snapshotAdminPassword を /etc/gosa/gosa.conf で検索し " -"$GOSAPWD を /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig にあるランダムパスワードで置換します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput> を実行" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Kerberous 暗号化の変更点への対応:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Samba の変更点への対応:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"「最初のユーザー」の Samba アカウントを <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <最初" -"のユーザーアカウント名></computeroutput> で追加します。他のユーザーに関し" -"てはパスワード変更時に対応する Samba アカウントが作成されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "アップグレードしたシステムが機能するか確認します:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "再起動して「最初のユーザー」としてログインし、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "GOsa² GUI が機能しているか、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "LTSP クライアントやワークステーションに接続できるか、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "システムのネットグループのメンバーを追加/削除できるか、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "内部メールを送受信できるか、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "プリンターを管理できるか、" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "その他サイト特有の事項について機能するかテストしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "ワークステーションのアップグレード" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーと同様に基本的なアップグレード作業をしますが、不要な項目は省いてく" -"ださい。なおホームディレクトリのマウントに Kerberos を用いるように修正しま" -"す。詳細は <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> をご覧に" -"なってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu / Skolelinux の (buster より古い) 旧バージョンからのアップグレード" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"古いリリースからアップグレードする場合、まず Buster ベースの Debian Edu リ" -"リースにアップグレードする必要があります。前述した Bullseye へのアップグレー" -"ドは「その後に」行ってください。 Stretch から Buster へのアップグレード方法に" -"ついては <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster#\">Debian Edu Buster マニュアル</ulink> に記載してあります。同様に " -"Stretch 版のマニュアルでは Jessie からのアップグレード方法を説明しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Administration\">管理一般</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高度な管理</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Desktop\">デスクトップ</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">クラスルーム</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Users\">ユーザー</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "管理一般 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">さあ始めよう</link> と <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">保守</link> の章で、Debian Edu で最初にすべきことや基" -"本的な保守作業の方法について説明しています。この章の HowTo ではより「高度な」" -"ヒントや技をいくらか提示します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "設定履歴: バージョン管理システム git を使って /etc/ を追跡" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> を使うと <computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput> 以下の全ファイルを <ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/" -"\">Git</ulink> を使ってバージョン管理できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"これにより、ファイルの削除や変更、削除がいつ行われたのか、そしてファイルがテ" -"キストファイルの場合はその変更点を確認できるようになります。git リポジトリは " -"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput> に置かれます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"毎時、変更があれば自動的に記録され、設定の履歴を取り出して確認できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"履歴を調べるにはコマンド <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> " -"を使います。ある時点とある時点の間の差分を確認するには " -"<computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> のようなコマンドを使いま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"さらなる情報については <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> の出力" -"を見てください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "有用なコマンド一覧:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "使用例" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"新しくインストールされたシステムではこれを実行して、システムがインストールさ" -"れてから行われた全変更を見られるか試してみましょう:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"どのファイルが追跡されていないのかと、どれが最新でないのかを確認します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"最大 1 時間待つことになるので、手作業でファイルをコミットするには次のコマンド" -"を実行してください:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "パーティションのサイズ変更" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu では <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> パーティション以外の" -"パーティションは全て LVM 論理ボリュームです。Linux カーネルのバージョン " -"2.6.10 以降から、パーティションをマウントしたままサイズを拡張できるようになっ" -"ています。パーティションの縮小についてはパーティションをマウントしていない状" -"態で行う必要があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> の実行時間と、バックアップから復旧が必" -"要になった場合の所要時間の観点から、大きすぎるパーティション (例えば 20 GiB " -"超) は作らないほうがよいでしょう。可能なかぎり、巨大なパーティションよりも小" -"さなパーティションを複数作成する方が良いということです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"パーティション全体の拡張を容易にするために、補助スクリプト " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> があります。これを実" -"行すると、 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput>、 <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput>、 <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> から" -"設定を読み込みます。ファイルから提供された規則をもとに、空き領域が少なすぎる" -"パーティションの拡張を提案します。引数無しで実行すると何もせず、ファイルシス" -"テムを拡張するのに必要なコマンドを表示します。提示されたコマンドを実際に実行" -"してファイルシステムを拡張する場合には、引数 <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> が必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"このスクリプトは <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> ネットグ" -"ループ一覧にある全クライアントでは毎時自動的に実行されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Squid プロキシにより利用されているパーティションのサイズを変更した場合は、" -"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> のキャッシュサイズも更" -"新する必要があります。補助スクリプト <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> を使えば、現在の " -"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> のパーティションサイズを自" -"動的に確認し、Squid がその 80% をキャッシュのサイズとして利用するように設定で" -"きます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "LVM 論理ボリューム管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"ストレージを LVM (Logical Volume Management) で管理することでパーティション " -"(論理ボリューム) のサイズ変更がマウントしたままでも可能です。詳細は <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink> をご覧くださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"論理ボリュームを手動で拡張したい場合は、<computeroutput>lvextend</" -"computeroutput> コマンドで増やしたい大きさを指示してください。例えば「home0 " -"のサイズを 30 GiB にする」にはコマンド:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "" -"を実行します。「home0 に 30 GiB を追加する」場合は「+」を使います (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "ldapvi の利用" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> はコマ" -"ンドライン上で普通のテキストエディタを利用して LDAP データベースを編集する" -"ツールです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "以下を実行します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"注意: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> はデフォルトに設定されているエ" -"ディタを利用します。シェルプロンプトで <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> を実行するとエディタに vi クローンを使う環境に設定できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"ldapvi を使って LDAP の項目を追加するには新しい LDAP 項目の前に連番と " -"<computeroutput>add</computeroutput> という文字列を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"警告: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> は非常に強力なツールなので、不" -"注意で LDAP データベースを破壊しかねません。JXplorer についても同様です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "Kerberos 対応 NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos を使って NFS でホームディレクトリを安全にマウントすることができま" -"す。セキュリティレベルは <emphasis>krb5</emphasis> と <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> と <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> がサポートされています。" -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> は Kerberos V5 認証のことで、<emphasis> \"i\" </" -"emphasis> は完全性保護を加えたもの、<emphasis> \"p\" </emphasis> は暗号化も加" -"えたもの意味します。セキュリティレベルに伴い、サーバーとワークステーションの" -"両方でコンピューターへの負荷は増加します。<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> がその面" -"を考慮してデフォルトになっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "デフォルト設定の変更方法" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">主サーバー</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "rootとしてログインする" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> を実行し " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> を検索して <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> や " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis> に変更します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: adjust these existing " -#| "entries for /srv/* accordingly:" -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput> で /srv/* の該当箇所をそれぞれ" -"修正します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput> を実行" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"このツールは使用場所やコンピューター、あるいはグループメンバーに基づいて規定" -"のプリンターを設定します。詳細については <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" -"standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput> をご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"設定ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> を管理" -"者が準備する必要があります。いくつかの例が <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" -"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> にありますの" -"で、参考にしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "LDAP GUI環境 JXplorer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"LDAP データベースについて GUI で作業する方が良ければ " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> パッケージについて調べてみてくださ" -"い。これはデフォルトでインストールされています。次のようにして書き込みできる" -"ように接続します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port:636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "コマンドラインツール ldap-createuser-krb" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> は小さなコマンドライン" -"ツールで、LDAP ユーザーを作成してそのパスワードを Kerberos で設定する処理を行" -"います。これが有用なのは主にテストですが。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "stable-updates の利用" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"2011 年の Squeeze 以来 Debian はかつて volatile.debian.org で管理されていた" -"パッケージを <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-" -"updates suite</ulink> として提供しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"stable-updates を直接利用することもできますが、必須ではありません: stable-" -"updates は stable ポイントリリースの際に取り込まれます。これは大体 2 か月ごと" -"に行われます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "backports を利用した、より新しいソフトウェアのインストール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"安定性のために Debian Edu を選択して頂けたなら、大変喜ばしく思います。ただ" -"し、問題が一つだけあります。ソフトウェアがご希望のものよりも少々古くなってい" -"ることがあることです。ここで backports の出番です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"backports で扱うのは Debian の testing (ほとんどの場合) や Debian の " -"unstable (例えばセキュリティ更新等、一部の状況でのみ) のパッケージを再コンパ" -"イルしたものであるため、(それが可能な限り) 新しいライブラリを必要とせず " -"Debian Edu 等の安定版 Debian ディストリビューションで動作します。<emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">利用可能なバックポートを全て使うのではなく、必要に応じて個々" -"のバックポートだけをご利用されることを勧めます。</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "backports の利用は簡単です:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"この後はバックポートされたパッケージを簡単にインストールできます。以下のコマ" -"ンドではバックポートされたバージョンの <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> をインス" -"トールします:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"backports のパッケージは他のパッケージと全く同じように (利用可能になれば) 自" -"動的に更新されます。通常のアーカイブと同様 backports には main と contrib と " -"non-free の 3 つのセクションがあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "CD などのイメージを用いたアップグレード" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"インターネット接続がない状況で新たなバージョンへアップグレード (例えば " -"Bullseye 11.1 から 11.2 へ) するには、物理メディアを次の要領で使用できます: " - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"CD / DVD / Blu-ray ディスク / USB フラッシュドライブなどを差し込んでマウント" -"し、apt-cdrom コマンドを実行します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "apt-cdrom(8) man ページから引用:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom は利用可能な取得元として、APT のリストに新しい CD-ROM を追加するの" -"に使用します。apt-cdrom は、ディスクの構造を測定します。また、焼き損じを可能" -"な限り補正し、インデックスファイルの確認を行います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"APT システムに手作業で CD を追加するのは難しいため、apt-cdrom が必要になりま" -"す。その上、複数の CD のディスクを 1 枚づつ、焼き損じを補正できるか評価しなけ" -"ればなりません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "それからコマンドを 2 つ実行し、システムをアップグレードします:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "自動での残存プロセスの掃除" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> は現在マシンにログインしていないユー" -"ザーに属するプロセスを取り除く perl スクリプトです。cron により毎時実行されま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "セキュリティ更新の自動インストール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> はセキュリティその他の更" -"新を自動的にインストールする Debian パッケージで、セキュリティ更新などをする" -"ように設定されます。自動更新時のログは <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" -"upgrades/</computeroutput> で参照できます。もちろん <computeroutput>/var/log/" -"dpkg.log</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput> " -"でも確認できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "夜間の自動マシンシャットダウン" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"夜間から早朝にクライアントマシンを自動的に停止させて省エネ運用することが可能" -"です。<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> パッケージは 午後 " -"16:00 以降は毎時ユーザーが利用していないマシンを適時停止します。その際に " -"BIOS で翌朝 07:00 に起動するようにします。主サーバーは Wake on Lan パケットを" -"送信して 06:30 に起動を試みます。時刻はマシン毎の crontabs で個別に調整できま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "この設定にあたって留意しておくべき事項:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"誰かが利用中のクライアントマシンはシャットダウンするわけにはいきませんので、" -"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> コマンドの出力をご確認ください。また特殊" -"なケースとして X2Go シンクライアントの利用状況を ssh 接続コマンドの状況でも確" -"認してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"電源ブレーカーが落ちないように、全クライアントを同時に起動しないようにしてく" -"ださい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"クライアントを起動させる方法は 2 種類あります。1 つ目は BIOS の機能ですが、" -"ハードウェアクロックが正常に動作している必要があります。マザーボードとその" -"バージョンの BIOS が <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput> に対応して" -"いることも必要です。もう一方ではクライアントが Wake-on-Lan に対応していること" -"と、起動させる必要のある全クライアントの情報がサーバーにあることが必要です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night の設定方法" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"夜間に電源を落としておきたいクライアントで <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" -"night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> を作成するか、ホスト名 (クライアント" -"での <computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput> の出力) をネットグループ " -"shutdown-at-night-hosts に追加します。<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> " -"ウェブツールを利用して LDAP のネットグループにホストを追加できます。クライア" -"ント側の BIOS で Wake-on-Lan (WOL) の設定を行う必要があるかもしれません。クラ" -"イアントの電源が落とされている状態でも WOL サーバーからの経路にあるスイッチや" -"ルーターが WOL パケットを該当するクライアントまで伝送できることも要件です。ス" -"イッチによっては ARP テーブルにないクライアントへパケットを渡せない場合があ" -"り、その場合は WOL パケットがブロックされてしまいます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"サーバーで Wake-on-LAN を有効化するには、 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" -"night/clients</computeroutput> にクライアントを追加します。クライアントごと" -"に 1 行ずつ、IP アドレス、空白、MAC アドレス (イーサネットアドレス) の順で記" -"載します。クライアント一覧をその場で生成する <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-" -"at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> スクリプトを作成する方法もありま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"sitesummary と併せて使う場合の <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/" -"clients-generator</computeroutput> の例です:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"クライアントでネットグループを使って shutdown-at-night を有効化している場合の" -"代替として、<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> パッケージのネットグ" -"ループツールを利用するこのスクリプトがあります:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "ファイアウォールの先に置かれている Debian-Edu サーバへのアクセス" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"インターネットからファイアウォールの先にあるマシンへアクセスするには " -"<computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput> パッケージのインストールを検討してく" -"ださい。これを利用して自分のアクセスできるインターネット上のマシンへの SSH ト" -"ンネルを用意できます。そのマシンから SSH トンネルを経由してファイアウォールの" -"先のサーバにアクセスできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "サービスマシンの追加による主サーバーの負荷分散" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトのインストールでは、サービスはすべて「主サーバー (tjener) 」で実行" -"されます。別のマシンへの一部サービスの移行を単純にするため「<emphasis>最小 " -"(Minimal)</emphasis>」インストール用プロファイルを利用します。このプロファイ" -"ルでインストールすると、Debian Edu ネットワークの一部ではあるものの、サービス" -"を何も実行していないマシンが作れます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "一部のサービスでは、専用マシンを用意するのに必要となる手順があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> ブートオプションを使って「<emphasis>最" -"小 (Minimal)</emphasis>」プロファイルをインストールします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "サービスを行うパッケージをインストールします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "サービスを設定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "主サーバーで行っている当該サービスを停止します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "主サーバで (LDAP/GOsa² 経由で) DNS を更新します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "wiki.debian.org の HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "高度な管理 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "この章では高度な管理タスクについて説明します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa² によるユーザーの独自設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "年次グループ内のユーザー作成" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"この例では年次別に共通のホームディレクトリ (home0/2024, home0/2026, 等) を持" -"つ年次ユーザーを作成します。ユーザーは CSV のインポートで作成します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(主サーバーの root で) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "必要な年次グループのディレクトリを作成します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(Gosa の「最初のユーザー」として)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "部門 (Department)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"メインメニュー: 「Directory structure」に移動し、「Students」部門をクリックし" -"ます。「Base」欄には「/Students」が表示されているはずです。「Actions」ドロッ" -"プボックスから「Create」「Department」を選択します。名前 (2024) と説明 (2024 " -"年卒業の生徒) の値を埋め、「Base」欄はそのまま (「/Students」のはずです) にし" -"ます。「Ok」をクリックして保存します。これで新しい部門 (2024) が「/Students」" -"の下に表示されるようになったはずです。それをクリックします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "グループ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"メインメニュー「Actions/Create/Group」から「Groups」を選択します。グループ名" -"を入力して (「Base」はそのまま、「/Students/2024」とします) 「Ok」をクリック" -"して保存します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "テンプレート" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"「users」をメインメニューで選択し、Base 欄を「Students」に変更します。新しい" -"「<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput>」エントリーが表示されるので、ク" -"リックしてください。これは「students」テンプレートで、実際のユーザーではあり" -"ません。(CSV ファイルでのインポートができるにように) こういったテンプレートを" -"作る必要があります。「Generic」と「POSIX」タブに表示される項目は新しいテンプ" -"レートを作るときにスクリーンショットを撮っておいてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"次に Base 項目を「/Students/2024」にします。「Create/Template」を選んで、" -"「Generic」タブの項目から値を設定し (「2024」グループを「Group Membersip」で" -"も作ります) その後に POSIX アカウントを追加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "ユーザーのインポート" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"CSV をインポートする際に新しいテンプレートを選択します。少数のユーザーを使っ" -"てテストしておくことを勧めます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "その他のユーザー独自設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "全ユーザーのホームディレクトリ内へのディレクトリ作成" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"このスクリプトでは管理者が各ユーザーのホームディレクトリ内にディレクトリを作" -"成してアクセス権限と所有権をセットできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"group=teachers と permissions=2770 を指定する以下の例では、ユーザーはファイル" -"を「assignment」ディレクトリに保存することでその課題を提出でき、教員側はその" -"ディレクトリに書き込みアクセス権限が与えられているためコメントを加えることが" -"できます。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "ストレージ専用サーバーの利用" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"以下の手順でユーザーのホームディレクトリや他のデータを置ける、専用のストレー" -"ジサーバーを設定できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"新しいシステム区分の <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> を追加には、この" -"マニュアルの <emphasis role=\"strong\">さあ始めよう</emphasis> の章で説明して" -"いるように GOsa² を使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"この例では nas-server.intern をサーバー名としています。nas-server.intern の設" -"定が出来たら、新しいストレージサーバーを指す NFS エクスポートが適切なサブネッ" -"トやマシンにエクスポートされているか確認します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"この例ではバックボーンネットワークの全てが /storage エクスポートへのアクセス" -"を許されています。(これは tjener:/etc/exports ファイルで行うのと同様にネット" -"グループメンバー権や IP アドレスで制限することで NFS へのアクセスを限定できま" -"す。)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"nas-server.intern についての自動マウント情報を LDAP に追加し、全クライアント" -"からリクエストにより新しいエクスポートを自動的にマウントできるようにします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"これは GOsa² では自動マウント用モジュールが欠けているためできません。代わり" -"に ldapvi を利用し、エディタを使って必要な LDAP 項目を追加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"エディタが起動したら、ファイルの末尾に以下の LDAP 項目を追加します。 (最後の " -"LDAP 項目の\"/&\" は全ての nas-server.intern エクスポートにマッチするワイ" -"ルドカードで、これにより LDAP 中の個々のマウントポイントを列挙する必要がなく" -"なります。)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"\n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -"\n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"tjener.intern はマウントのループを避けるため自動マウントを利用しないので、" -"tjener.intern:/etc/fstab に関連する項目を追加します:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput> でマウントするディレクトリを作成し、/" -"etc/fstab を適切に編集したら <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> を実行" -"して新しいリソースをマウントします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"これでユーザーは nas-server.intern 上のファイルに /tjener/nas-server/" -"storage/ ディレクトリから任意のアプリケーションでアクセスが可能になります。" -"ワークステーションか LTSP シンクライアントか LTSP サーバーかは不問です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "SSH ログインアクセスの制限" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "SSH のログインを制限する方法は複数ありますが、一部を提示します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "LTSP クライアント無しでの準備" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"LTSP クライアントを使っていない場合の簡単な方法は新しいグループ (例えば " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) を作成してそのマシンの /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config ファイルに 1 行追記します。<computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput> グループのメンバーだけが任意のマシンからの SSH 接続を許可され" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "GOsa で管理する方法はかなり簡単です:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Base レベル (既に <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> 等、他のシステ" -"ム管理関連のグループがあるはずです) にグループ <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput> を作成します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"新しいグループ <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> にユーザーを追加しま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"/etc/ssh/sshd_config に <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</" -"computeroutput> を追加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "<computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトでは LTSP ディスクレスクライアントは SSH を使いません。LTSP サー" -"バーでの ssh 設定を終えた後に SquashFS イメージを更新すれば大丈夫です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"X2Go シンクライアントは LTSP サーバーへの接続に SSH を使います。そのため PAM " -"を利用した別の方法が必要となります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバの /etc/pam.d/sshd ファイルで pam_access.so を有効化します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"(例では) ユーザー alice、jane、bob、john はどこからでも、他のユーザーはすべて" -"内部ネットワークからの接続だけを許すように /etc/security/access.conf を設定し" -"ます:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"特定の LTSP サーバーしか使わない場合は 10.0.0.0/8 ネットワークを外して内部 " -"ssh ログインアクセスを無効化することもできます。注意: 誰かがその LTSP クライ" -"アントネットワークにコンピュータを接続する場合は LTSP サーバーへの SSH アクセ" -"スが可能です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "更に複雑な場合のセットアップでの注意点" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"もし X2Go クライアントが基幹ネット 10.0.0.0/8 に接続される状況では話が更に複" -"雑です。その場合にも内部からの ssh ログインを無効化するには (LDAP 内の) DHCP " -"設定をうまくやってベンダークラス識別子を検証させて、かつ PAM の適切な設定を組" -"み合わせるしかないと思われます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "デスクトップ HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "多国語対応デスクトップ環境のセットアップ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "多国語対応するには、次の手順を行ってください:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> を root で実行し、" -"必要な言語を選びます (UTF-8 のものにしてください)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "以下のコマンドを root で実行して必要なパッケージをインストールします:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーは LightDM ディスプレイマネージャーでログインする前に利用する言語を選" -"択できるようになっています。Xfce、LXDE、LXQt も同様です。GNOME と KDE に関し" -"ては、それぞれ「地域と言語」の設定と言語設定のツールがあるので、それらを利用" -"してください。MATE では「Arctica greeter」が LightDM の言語設定を阻害してしま" -"うので、<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> で標準の " -"LightDM に設定してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "DVD の再生" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"ほとんどの商用 DVD の再生に libdvdcss が必要です。法的な理由からこれは " -"Debian (Edu) には収録されていません。これの利用を法的に許されている場合は " -"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian パッケージを利用できます。" -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> で " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> が有効になっていることを確認してくだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"debconf の質問に答え、<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "手書きフォント" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (デフォルトでインス" -"トールされます) は子供向けの楽しい手書きフォント「Abecedario」をインストール" -"します。このフォントには点線のものや基準線が付加されたものなど複数の形式があ" -"ります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "ネットワーククライアント HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "シンクライアント及びディスクレスワークステーションについて" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアントとディスクレスワークステーションの両方を指す用語として " -"<emphasis>LTSP クライアント</emphasis> を用います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server required information " -#| "for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation " -#| "time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"独立した、あるいは追加の LTSP サーバーが必要な場合、LTSP クライアント環境を設" -"定するために要する情報はインストール時には足りません。そういった設定はシステ" -"ムが Gosa² で追加された後に可能になります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"LTSP の一般的な情報は <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP ホームページ</" -"ulink> をご覧ください。<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> プロファイルを含むシ" -"ステムに関しては <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> で詳細をご確認くだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool has to be used " -#| "carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " -#| "would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines " -#| "(these have a separate /boot partition by default), and " -#| "<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> would fail to generate the " -#| "iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support)." -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"くれぐれも <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> ツールの利用にはご注意ください。例えば " -"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> は (独立した /boot があるため) " -"Debian マシンでは SquashFS イメージ生成に失敗します。また " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> も iPXE メニューの正しい生成ができ" -"ません (Debian Edu のシンクライアントサポートの都合上)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script " -#| "for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp " -#| "kernel</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. " -#| "It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation support; in " -#| "addition thin clients (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC) are supported using " -#| "X2Go. See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or " -#| "the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in " -#| "the script itself (here documents) to facilitate site specific " -#| "adjustments." -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> は <computeroutput>ltsp image</" -"computeroutput> と <computeroutput>ltsp kernel</computeroutput> と " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> のラッパースクリプトです。ディスク" -"レスワークステーションを構築するのに利用できます。シンクライアント (64 ビッ" -"ト 32 ビット PC 両方) は X2Go を用いて実現しています。どのように動作するよう" -"になっているかは <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"computeroutput> やスクリプト自身をご参照ください。あらゆる設定項目はスクリプ" -"ト自身のヒアドキュメントに記載しているので、個別の調整対応時にご利用くださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -#| "emphasis> instead:" -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"代わりに <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> ラッパーを用いる例:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -#| "computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image." -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"ディスクレスワークステーションの SquashFS イメージ更新には " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --dist bullseye --" -#| "thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit " -#| "thin client support." -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"ディスクレスワークステーションと 64 ビットシンクライアント対応には " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --dist bullseye --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#| "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates " -#| "additional 32-bit thin client support." -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"更に 32 ビットシンクライアント対応をするには <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-" -"install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>bare</emphasis> (最小限のシンクライアント) オプション部位は " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> や <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> も指定できます。" -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> はシャットダウンボタンを、<emphasis>desktop</" -"emphasis> は Firefox ESR をキオスクモードでクライアント自体に実行させます (そ" -"の分メモリと CPU が必要になりますが、サーバーの負担は減ります)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ディスクレスワークステーション</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"ディスクレスワークステーションはローカルで全てのソフトを動作させます。クライ" -"アントとして LTSP サーバーから自身のハードドライブなしで起動します。ソフト" -"ウェアの管理保守は LTSP サーバー上ですが、その実行はディスクレスワークステー" -"ション上です。ホームディレクトリとシステムの設定はサーバー上に保存します。" -"ディスクレスワークステーションは古くてもパワフルなハードウェア資源をシンクラ" -"イアント並の低い保守コストで運用するのに適しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"ワークステーションとは異なり、ディスクレスワークステーションは GOsa² で追加す" -"る必要がありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">シンクライアント</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an " -#| "(X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " -#| "this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive." -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"シンクライアント構成を用いると普通の PC を LTSP サーバー上であらゆるソフト" -"ウェアが動作する(X-)端末として利用できます。この場合マシンは自身のハードドラ" -"イブを利用せず PXE 経由で起動します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu はかなり古いハードウェアでのシンクライアントもサポートしています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP クライアントのファームウェア</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"クライアントのネットワークカードが non-free ファームウェアを必要とする場合は " -"LTSP クライアントのブートは失敗します。マシンのネットワークブートに関わる問題" -"の解決に PXE インストールを利用できます。XXX.bin ファイルが欠けていると " -"Debian インストーラが訴えている場合、LTSP サーバーの initrd に non-free " -"ファームウェアを追加することになります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "更に古いリリースについての情報" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <ホスト名> <IP アドレス>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントの種類の選択" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"各 LTSP サーバーにはイーサネットインターフェイスが 2 つあります。1 つ目は中心" -"側の 10.0.0.0/8 サブネット (主サーバーとつながっているネットワーク) で、もう " -"1 つは別のローカルサブネット (各 LTSP サーバーごとに分離されているサブネッ" -"ト) を構成します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"いずれからも <emphasis>ディスクレスワークステーション</emphasis> と " -"<emphasis>シンクライアント</emphasis> を iPXE メニューで選択できます。5 秒の" -"タイムアウト後にはディスクレスワークステーションとして起動します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -#| "configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -#| "timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no</" -#| "computeroutput> for any changes to take effect." -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトのブートメニューもタイムアウトのどちらも <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf</computeroutput> ファイルで設定できます。タイムアウトに " -"<emphasis>-1</emphasis> を使うとメニューが非表示になります。設定変更後には " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no</" -"computeroutput> を実行してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "異なる LTSP クライアントネットワークの利用" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"「LTSP サーバー」のプロファイルを使ってインストールしたマシンでは、デフォルト" -"の LTSP クライアントネットワークは 192.168.0.0/24 になっています。LTSP クライ" -"アントを多数抱えている、あるいは異なる LTSP サーバーで i386 と amd64 の " -"chroot 環境を両方とも提供する場合、もう 1 つの設定済みネットワーク " -"192.168.1.0/24 を同様に使うこともできます。ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/" -"network/interfaces</computeroutput> を編集して eth1 設定を適切に調整します。" -"DNS や DHCP の設定を調べるには <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> その他" -"任意の LDAP エディタを利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "32 ビットクライアント向けの LTSP chroot 環境の追加方法" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64</computeroutput> " -#| "creates 64-bit diskless workstation support." -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"64 ビットのディスクレスワークステーション対応を追加するには " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"設定オプションについては <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> をご" -"覧ください。オンラインでも参照できます: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/" -"ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントのオーディオ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"LTSP シンクライアントはネットワークオーディオを利用してサーバーからクライアン" -"トにオーディオを配信します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP ディスクレスワークステーションは音声をローカルで扱います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "USB メモリや CD、DVD への簡単なアクセス" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " -#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " -#| "in any other normal installation." -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーが (ディスクレス) ワークステーションに USB メモリや DVD / CD-ROM ドラ" -"イブを繋いだ場合は、一般的なデスクトップ環境と同様にポップアップウィンドウが" -"出てどう処理するかの質問がでます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "LTSP サーバーの脱着可能メディアについての警告" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " -#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"警告: LTSP サーバーマシンに USB メモリなどの脱着可能メディアを繋いだ場合は、" -"リモートの LTSP クライアントにポップアップメッセージが出てしまいます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントに接続されたプリンターの利用" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"LTSP クライアントマシンにプリンターを接続します (USB とパラレルポートをサポー" -"トしています)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "GOsa² で 対象の LTSP クライアントに固定 IP アドレスを設定します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"プリンタを <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> 経由で主" -"サーバーで設定していきます。ネットワークプリンタ <computeroutput>AppSocket/" -"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> を選び (メーカーや型番問わず) " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> を接続" -"先 URI として利用します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "PXE メニューの変更" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE は Preboot eXecution Environment の意味で Debian Edu は <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> 実装を使って LTSP 統合を行っていま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "PXE メニューの設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"システムインストールに関する iPXE メニュー項目は <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> が生成します。いくつかの項目は <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> ファイルで上書きできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "PXE インストールの設定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"PXE インストールでは言語やキーボードレイアウト、ミラーの設定を主サーバーイン" -"ストール時の設定から引き継ぎ、他 (プロファイル、popcon への参加、パーティショ" -"ン、root パスワード) はインストール時に質問します。インストール時の質問を避け" -"るには、ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> を編集して、debconf 値の自動設定を提供します。利用可能な一部" -"の debconf 値の例は、<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> のコメントに書かれています。変更は " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を使って PXE インス" -"トール環境を再作成した時点で失われます。<computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> での再作成時に debconf 値を <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> に付加するには、追加" -"の debconf 値を指定したファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" -"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> を追加します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"PXE インストールの変更についての詳しい情報は <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">インストール</link> の章にあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "PXE インストール用の独自リポジトリの追加" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"独自リポジトリを追加するには以下のような行を <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> に追加します:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"# skole プロジェクトのローカルリポジトリを追加\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"それから <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を" -"一度実行します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "ネットワーク設定の変更" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"debian-edu-config パッケージには 10.0.0.0/8 から別のネットワークへの変更を支" -"援するツールが付属しています。<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput> をご覧になってください。これは主サーバー" -"インストール直後に使うもので、サブネット変更目的に更新する必要がある LDAP や" -"その他のファイルを調整します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"既に Debian Edu が利用しているサブネットへの変更はできません。192.168.0.0/24 " -"と 192.168.1.0/24 は既に LTSP クライアントネットワーク用に使用しています。こ" -"の範囲のネットワークに変更した場合は、設定ファイルを手作業で編集して重なった" -"項目を削除する必要があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"DNS のドメイン名は、簡単には変更できません。ドメイン名の変更には LDAP 構造と" -"主サーバーのファイルシステムにある複数のファイルを変更する必要があります。主" -"サーバーのホスト名と DNS 名 (tjener.intern) を簡単に変更する方法もありませ" -"ん。それには LDAP と主サーバーのファイルに加えて、クライアントファイルシステ" -"ムにも変更が必要となります。どちらの場合も、Kerberos の設定も変更する必要があ" -"ります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "リモートデスクトップ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"「LTSPサーバー」プロファイルや複合サーバープロファイルは、<emphasis>xrdp</" -"emphasis> と <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> パッケージもインストールします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp パッケージは RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) を利用して、リモートクライア" -"ントにグラフィカルなログイン画面を提供します。Microsoft Windows のユーザーは" -"追加ソフトウェアをインストールすることなく xrdp の動作している LTSP サーバー" -"に接続できます。 Windows マシンから Remote Desktop Connection を起動して接続" -"するだけです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "さらに、xrdp は VNC サーバやその他の RDP サーバに接続できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"素の Xrdp には音声サポートがありません。必要なモジュールをコンパイルする場合" -"は、次のスクリプトを使ってください。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # xrdp PulseAudio モジュールのコンパイル用スクリプトです。\n" -" # root か sudo グループのユーザーで実行する必要があります。\n" -" # /etc/apt/sources.list にdeb-src設定も必要です。\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # ソースとビルド依存パッケージの入手:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # pulseaudio で 'configure' を実行する:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # pulseaudio モジュールの Makefile の調整(絶対パスが必要です)と、\n" -" # pulseaudio モジュールのビルド。\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # モジュールを Pulseaudio モジュールディレクトリにコピーしてアクセス権を調整。\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # xrdpを再起動すれば、音声が有効化されます。\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go は LTSP サーバーへの GUI デスクトップアクセスソフトです。回線容量の大小" -"は問いません。接続元としては Linux が動作している PC、Windows、macOS が使えま" -"す。ただしクライアント側でソフトの追加が必要になりますので、<ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go " -"wiki</ulink> をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"注意点として、X2Go を利用する場合には LTSP サーバーから " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> パッケージを削除すべきです。Debian バ" -"グ報告サイトで <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink> " -"をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "利用できるリモートデスクトップクライアント" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> はデフォルトでインストールされ、" -"RDP と VNC の機能を持っています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - Windows ターミナルサーバにアクセスする最も簡単な方法です。代替クライア" -"ントのパッケージには <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput> があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"VNC (Virtual Network Computer、仮想ネットワークコンピュータ) クライアントはリ" -"モートから Skolelinux にアクセスする手段を提供します。代替クライアントのパッ" -"ケージには <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput> があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> は X2Go システム用の GUI クライア" -"ントです (デフォルトではインストールされません)。 既存のセッションへの接続と" -"新しいセッションの接続に使えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "無線接続クライアント" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide " -#| "secure network connections. For this to work, install the " -#| "<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages " -#| "on the main server and run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -#| "setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site " -#| "specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 " -#| "methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself " -#| "to facilitate site specific adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://" -#| "freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> for details." -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> サーバーを用いると安全な接続が利用できます。" -"まず <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> と <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> パッケー" -"ジを主サーバーにインストールし、<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> で雛形を生成します。EAP-TTLS/PAP と " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 が有効になっています。個別対応で設定調整する項目に関しては上記" -"スクリプト自身に記載しています。詳細は <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/" -"\">the freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> もご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "加えて次の項目が要設定となります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"アクセスポイントでの <emphasis>共通鍵 (shared secret)</emphasis> 接続の有効/" -"無効 (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"LDAP グループを使った無線アクセスの許可/拒否 (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"アクセスポイントを専用のグループで管理 (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"エンドユーザーの機器は EAP (802.1x) 利用のため PIN 保護設定が必要です。最も重" -"要な点は、利用者全員に freeradius CA 証明書を各々のデバイスにインストールする" -"ことがサーバーへの正規接続に必須であることを徹底することです。そうしないと悪" -"意あるサーバーにパスワードが漏洩しかねません。個別の証明書は学校ネット内部で" -"取得できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (Linux 端末用)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux や Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS や iOS や " -"iPadOS や Windows 用)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"機器が多種多様であるため、こういったユーザー端末での設定は困難を伴います。" -"Windows 向けにはインストールスクリプト、Apple のデバイス向けには " -"mobileconfig ファイルが生成可能で、共に freeRADIUS CA 証明書を統合できます" -"が、個別の OS でのツール利用が必要になります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Debian Edu の Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation" -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "インストール" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントの種類の選択" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ではテキストモードを使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ではテキストモードを使います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">シンクライアント</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " -"workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " -"workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "LTSP クライアントの種類の選択" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Sources" -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "ソース" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Debian Edu の Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba は <emphasis>スタンドアロンサーバー (standalone server)</emphasis> とし" -"て SMB2/SMB3 対応になりユーザー共有機能 (usershare) が有効になっています。 " -"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> を主サーバー" -"でご確認ください。管理者でないユーザーでも share モードが利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"SMB1 プロトコルは Samba で非対応になったので、Samba を NT4 PDC としては利用で" -"きません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"設定にはまず /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site ファイルを /etc/" -"samba ディレクトリにコピーしてください。<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</" -"emphasis> 内の設定項目が <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis> の内容を上" -"書きします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトではホームディレクトリは読み取り専用です。これを変更する場合は " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> で設定してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Samba パスワードは <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> で保存管理され " -"GOsa² でパスワード変更時に更新されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"一時的にユーザーの Samba アカウントを停止する場合は " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput> を、再開するに" -"は <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> を実行して" -"ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"主サーバーで <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> とすれば 'students' でのユーザー共有機能 (usershare) を無効に" -"できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "ファイルへの Samba 経由のアクセス" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーのホームディレクトリや個別での追加共有 (有効時) への接続は Linux、" -"Android、macOS、iOS、iPadOS、Chrome OS、Windows から可能です。Android 端末な" -"どではLAN アクセス用の SMB2/SMB3 対応 ファイルマネージャーなどが必要です。" -"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> や <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> などが利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"ホームディレクトリへのアクセスには <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<" -"username></computeroutput> か <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<" -"username></computeroutput> を用います。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "クラスルーム HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"この節で説明している Debian パッケージは全て (root で) <computeroutput>apt " -"install <パッケージ></computeroutput> を実行することでインストールでき" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "プログラミングを教える" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> は無数のプログラミングソ" -"フトをインストールするためのメタパッケージです。ディスク空き容量として 2 GiB " -"は必要になることを前提としてください。詳細については (あるいは一部のパッケー" -"ジのみをインストールしたい場合などは) <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" -"edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> をご覧くださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "生徒の監視" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">警告</emphasis>: 貴校の法務管轄においてコンピュー" -"ターユーザーの活動を監視したり制限したりすることに関するので、必ず法務の確認" -"をしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"生徒の監視に <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> や <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> を使用している学校もあるとのこと" -"です。<ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> と <ulink " -"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink> をご参照ください。[訳注: 日本" -"国内法規などを確認してはおりません。専門家にご確認ください。]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "生徒のネットワークアクセスの制限" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</" -"ulink> や <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> でインターネットアクセス制限は (技術的には) " -"可能です。[訳注: 日本国内法規などを確認してはおりません。専門家にご確認くださ" -"い。]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "ユーザー向け HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "パスワード変更" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーパスワードの変更には GOsa² を使ってください。ブラウザを使って " -"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput> にアクセスします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -#| "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword) are " -#| "the same." -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更には GOsa² を用いてください。そうすることで Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey) と LDAP (userPassword) と Samba (sambaNTPassword) の一貫性" -"が保てます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"PAM や GDM ログインプロンプトでのパスワード変更もできますが、その場合 " -"Kerberos パスワードだけが更新され、Samba と GOsa² (LDAP) のパスワードは以前の" -"ままです。そのため、ログインプロンプトでパスワードを変更した場合は GOsa² での" -"変更も必ず行うようにしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "単体 Java アプリケーションの実行" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"単体 Java アプリケーションは OpenJDK Java ランタイムによりそのままでサポート" -"しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "電子メールの利用" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"ユーザーは学校内ネットワーク内では全員が電子メールの送受信ができます。セキュ" -"リティ確保のため TLS で接続されます。そのためのデジタル証明証も提供されます。" -"学内ネットワークの外へも電子メールを許可する場合は、管理者は " -"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> メールサーバーを適切な設定にする必要が" -"あります。その際は<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput> の実行からまず行ってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Thunderbird を使いたいユーザーは以下のように設定する必要があります。ユーザー" -"名が jdoe のユーザーの内部メールアドレスは <ulink url=\"mailto:" -"jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink> となります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird を起動します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "「これをスキップし、既存のメールを使用する」をクリックします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "メールアドレスを入力します。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"Kerberos のシングルサインオンを利用するため、パスワードは入力しないでくださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "「続ける」をクリックします。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"IMAP でも SMTP でも設定では「STARTTLS」と「Kerberos/GSSAPI」を選択します。自" -"動的に検出されない場合は調整してください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "「完了」をクリックします" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "貢献" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "地域での貢献" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"現在、地域のチームはノルウェー、ドイツ、スペインのエクストレマドゥーラ地方、" -"台湾、フランスにあります。「単独の」貢献者やユーザーはギリシャ、オランダ、日" -"本その他にいます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Support\">サポートの章</link>に地域対応に関する説明がありま" -"す。 <emphasis>貢献の章</emphasis>と<emphasis>サポートの章</emphasis>はコイン" -"の両面のような関係になっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "国際的な貢献" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu は多国籍で様々な <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Teams/\">チーム</ulink> から成り立っています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"主な連絡方法は <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">Debian Edu " -"開発者メーリングリスト</ulink> です。他に毎月 irc.debian.org #debian-edu チャ" -"ンネルで IRC 会議もあり、時にはオフラインでの会合もあります。Wiki の <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New contributors</" -"ulink> と <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/> を" -"ご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Debian Eduの開発状況などを知るには <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian." -"net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">debian-edu-commits メーリン" -"グリスト</ulink> に参加していただくのがよいでしょう。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "バグ報告" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu は Debian 同様に <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink> を使用しています。既存のバグ報告の確認、機能の" -"リクエスト、新規バグ報告などは同様に行えます。ただ Debian Edu のバグ報告は " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink> を対象パッケージとして行ってください。<ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> に" -"Debian Edu におけるバグ報告の詳細を記載しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "文書の著者及び翻訳者" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"この文書には支援が必要です! 最も重要なのはまだ完成していないということです: " -"読んでみると文中に FIXME がいくつもあることがわかるでしょう。説明する必要があ" -"るのは何なのか (少しでも) わかってしまったなら、知識の共有を検討してくださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"この文書のソースは wiki でウェブブラウザから編集が可能になっています。<ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> から簡単" -"に貢献できます。ただユーザーアカウントが必要なので、 <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> で作成してくださ" -"い。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"ユーザー支援と貢献の別の手段としてはソフトウェア及び文書の翻訳が挙がります。" -"翻訳についての情報はこの文書の <link linkend=\"Translations\">翻訳の章</" -"link> にあります。翻訳へのご支援をご検討頂ければ幸いです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "サポート" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "ボランティアベースのサポート" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "英語" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - サポートメーリングリス" -"ト" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; " -#| "do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"irc.debian.org の #debian-edu - 主に開発向け IRC チャネル。リアルタイムサポー" -"トは行われることがあるかもしれませんが期待しないでください" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "ノルウェー語" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"irc.debian.org の #skolelinux - ノルウェー語ユーザーサポート用 IRC チャネル" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "ドイツ語" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -#| "mailing list" -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - サポートメーリン" -"グリスト" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> ドイツにおけるSkolelinux公式サイト" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"irc.debian.org の #skolelinux.de - ドイツ語ユーザーサポート用 IRC チャネル" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "フランス語" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - サポートメーリン" -"グリスト" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "商業的なプロのサポート" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from " -#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"商業的なプロフェッショナルによるサポートをしている会社などのリストは<ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>にあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu bullseye の新機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 bullseye の新機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "インストールの変更" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Debian bullseye 自体のインストールに関しては <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> をご覧くだ" -"さい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"アートワークが <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" -"Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink> になりました。Debian 11 Bullseye のデ" -"フォルトです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"Debian インストーラーは LTSP chroot をサポートしなくなりました。複合サーバー" -"のインストール ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' プロファイル) においてはシンク" -"ライアント対応 (X2Go に変更しています) が最終段階で生じます。ディスクレスワー" -"クステーション用の SquashFS イメージの生成 (サーバーのファイルシステムを元に" -"するようになりました) は初回起動時に実行されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"分離 LTSP サーバーでは両方とも学校ネットワーク内での初回起動後、主サーバーか" -"ら必要な情報が揃ってから実行されます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "ソフトウェアの更新" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Debian 11 bullseye での更新:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux カーネル 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"デスクトップ環境: KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "教育用ツール集 GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "音楽作成ツール Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Bullseye では 59,000 以上ものパッケージが利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Debian 11 Bullseye の詳細に関しては <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink> と <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink> もご確認ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "文書や翻訳の更新" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"インストーラーではプロファイル選択までは 29 カ国語の翻訳があり、22 カ国語で完" -"全に翻訳されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアル</ulink> はオランダ語、フランス" -"語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、日本語、ノルウェー語 (ボークモール) 、ポルトガル" -"語、簡体字中国語に翻訳されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "デンマーク語とスペイン語の部分的な翻訳版もあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "前のリリースからの他の変更点" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "既知の問題" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">Debian Edu " -"Bullseyeの状況</ulink> のページをご参照ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "著作権と著者" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, " -#| "2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), Petter " -#| "Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -#| "2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), " -#| "Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring " -#| "(2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo " -#| "Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -#| "Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " -#| "(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -#| "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -#| "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, " -#| "2019), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is released under " -#| "the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"この文書は以下の方々により執筆され、著作権の対象となっています。Holger " -"Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, " -"2018, 2019)、 Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " -"2010, 2012, 2014)、Daniel Heß (2007)、Patrick Winnertz (2007)、Knut Yrvin " -"(2007)、Ralf Gesellensetter (2007)、Ronny Aasen (2007)、Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007)、Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008)、Nigel Barker (2007)、José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007)、John Bildoy (2007)、Joakim Seeberg (2008)、Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014)、Oded Naveh (2009)、Philipp Hübner " -"(2009, 2010)、Andreas Mundt (2010)、Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012)、Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010)、Mike Gabriel (2011)、Justin B Rye (2012)、David Prévot " -"(2012)、Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019)、" -"Bernhard Hammes (2012)、Joe Hansen (2015)。GPL v2 とそれ以降のバージョンでラ" -"イセンスされています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"追加する内容は<emphasis role=\"strong\">自分で書いたものだけにしてください。" -"同一条件の下でリリースする必要があります</emphasis>! それから自分の名前を追加" -"し、「v2 以降の任意のバージョンの GPL」ライセンスの下でリリースしてください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "この文書の翻訳" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアルはフランス語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、デンマー" -"ク語、オランダ語、ノルウェー語 (ブークモール) 、そして日本語に翻訳されていま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese " -#| "and Traditional Chinese." -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"部分的な翻訳版は、ポーランド語、スペイン語、中国語(簡体字)、中国語(繁体字)で" -"提供されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "この文書の翻訳方法" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "POファイルを使った翻訳" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"多くのフリーソフトウェアと同様に、本文書の翻訳版はPOファイル形式です。詳細に" -"ついては <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" -"bullseye-manual-translations</computeroutput> ファイルをご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "ウェブブラウザを使ったオンラインでの翻訳" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"言語チームによっては Weblate 経由で翻訳している場合があります。さらなる情報に" -"ついては <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> を見てください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "どんな問題でも報告して頂ければ幸いです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "付録A - GNU General Public License" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "付録B - Bullseye の Debian Edu Live CD/DVD (まだありません)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "Bullseye の Debian Edu Live CD/DVD は、現時点ではまだありません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "「スタンドアロン」 イメージに収録されている機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Xfce デスクトップ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "「スタンドアロン」プロファイルの全パッケージ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "laptop タスクの全パッケージ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Workstation イメージに収録されている機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "「Workstation」プロファイルの全パッケージ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "翻訳や地域サポートの有効化" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"特定の翻訳を有効化するにはブートオプションとして " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> を使ってブートします。" -"「ll_CC.UTF-8」には希望するロケールの名前とエンコーディングを指定します。決" -"まったキーボードレイアウトを有効化するには <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> オプションを使います。「KB」には希望するキーボードレイアウト" -"を指定します。広く利用されているロケールコード一覧は次のとおりです:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">言語 (地域)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ロケール</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">キーボードレイアウト</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "ノルウェー語 (ブークモール)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "ノルウェー語 (ニーノシュク)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "ドイツ語" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "フランス語 (フランス)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "ギリシャ語 (ギリシャ)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "日本語" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "北サーミ語 (ノルウェー)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/" -#| "share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are " -#| "supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations " -#| "installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/" -#| "keymaps/i386/." -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput> に利用可能なロケー" -"ルコードの完全な一覧がありますが live イメージでサポートするのは UTF-8 ロケー" -"ルだけです。全ロケールに翻訳があるわけでもありません。キーボードレイアウトの" -"名前は /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ にあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "知っておくべき事柄" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" -"「最初のユーザー」のパスワードは「user」で、root のパスワードはセットされてい" -"ません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "イメージの既知の問題" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "付録 C- 過去のリリースの機能について" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"2016年7月2日にリリースされた Debian Edu 8+edu0 コード名 Jessie の新機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"今回のリリースは <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/> でインストールイ" -"メージが提供される初めてのものです。つまり Debian 公式のイメージです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye の新しいのインストーラーについては <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Debian Bullseye インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -#| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " -#| "artwork for Debian 10 Bullseye." -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"新しいアートワークは <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" -"futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink> になりました。Debian 10 " -"Bullseye のデフォルトのものです。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "" -"新しいデフォルトのデスクトップ環境は Xfce になりました(KDE からの変更です)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"CFEngine による設定管理も新しくなりました。メンテナンスが終了した cfengine2 " -"からcfengine3 に変更されています。これは重要な変更点になります。詳細について " -"<ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">CFEngine公式文書</ulink> をご一読く" -"ださい。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" -"LTSP chroot 環境のアーキテクチャーはサーバー側のアーキテクチャーが標準になり" -"ました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Bullseye, eg:" -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Debian 10 Bullseye で一新されたものは、例えば以下のものです:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux カーネル 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"デスクトップ環境 KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14、GNOME 3.30、Xfce 4.12、LXDE " -"0.99.2、MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR と Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "教育用ツール集 GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "音楽作成ツール Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster では 57,000 以上ものパッケージが利用できます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Debian 10 Bullseye についてさらなる情報は、<ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink>　<ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink> で提供されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"インストーラで使われるテンプレートの翻訳の更新については、76 ヶ国語もあり、" -"31 ヵ国語は完全に翻訳されています。プロフィール選択ページについては 29 カ国語" -"が利用でき、19 カ国語が完全な翻訳になっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " -#| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアルはフランス語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、デンマー" -"ク語、オランダ語、ノルウェー語 (ブークモール) 、そして日本語に翻訳されていま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"部分的な翻訳版は、ポーランド語、スペイン語、中国語(簡体字)、中国語(繁体字)で" -"提供されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "BD ISO イメージではオフラインでのインストールが再度可能になりました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"新しい学校教育レベルのメタパッケージとして <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>、<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>、 " -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>、そして<emphasis>education-" -"highschool</emphasis>が利用できるようになりました。ただしデフォルトではインス" -"トールされません。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"幼児教育や小学校レベルのパッケージの一部は、デフォルトでインストールされない" -"ことになりました。 <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>、<emphasis>childsplay</" -"emphasis>、 <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis>、 <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>)など" -"です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only " -#| "those educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <link " -#| "linkend=\"Installation--Modular_installation\">installation</link> " -#| "chapter for more information." -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"学校ごとに合わせたインストールが可能になりました。必要な教育向けパッケージの" -"みをインストールすることができるようになっています。詳細は<link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modular_installation\">個別インストール</link> の章を" -"ご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Site specific multi-language support. See the <link linkend=\"Desktop--" -#| "Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</link> chapter for " -#| "more information." -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"学校ごとに合わせた多国語サポートがされるようになりました。詳細については " -"<link linkend=\"Desktop--Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">多言語" -"デスクトップ環境</link> の章をご覧になってください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "新たなデスクトップ環境の選択肢として LXQt 0.14 が導入されました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² の新しいプラグインとして <emphasis>パスワード管理</emphasis> が追加され" -"ました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "利用できないオプションを GOsa² ウェブインターフェイスから外しました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> ネットグループが追加され、属し" -"ているシステムが起動されてしまうのを防ぐことができます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <link " -#| "linkend=\"Administration--Standardskriver\">Administration</link> chapter " -#| "for more information." -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"新たに Standardskriver が追加されました (printerのデフォルトです)。詳細は " -"<link linkend=\"Administration--Standardskriver\">Standardskriver</link> の章" -"をご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -#| "diskless clients. See the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#| "Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</link> chapter for more information." -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"新たに desktop-autoloader が追加され、LTSP ディスクレスクライアントのパフォー" -"マンス改善が図れます。詳細は <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -"Desktop_autoloader\">Desktop autoloader </link> の章をご覧ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"ネットワーク内の TLS/SSL が改善されています。ルート CA 証明証がサーバー証明証" -"の署名に使われることになり、ユーザーホームディレクトリはアカウント生成時に設" -"定されます。Firefox ESR、Chronium、それと Konqueror は HTTPS を使うことにな" -"り、安全でない通信を許容する必要がなくなりました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos 対応 <emphasis>SSH</emphasis> になりました。ネットワーク内部ではもう" -"パスワードを入力する必要がありません。root は<computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput>を実行して有効化する必要はあります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory " -#| "access, see the <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#| "Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</link> chapter for more information." -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos 対応 NFS になりました。ホームディレクトリアクセスはより安全になりま" -"す。<link linkend=\"Administration--Kerberized_NFS\">Kerberos対応NFS</link> " -"の章で説明しています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"学校ごとの変更を容易にするため、サンプル付きの設定ファイル <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> が追加されました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"学校ごとの変更を容易にするための <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client." -"conf</computeroutput> 設定ファイルがサンプル例付きで追加されました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"新しく <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput> が追加されました。主サーバーのインストール直後に " -"LDAP データベースを再生成できます。 学校ごとの変更もより容易にできます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Debian本体で <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> が利用可能になり、" -"「 <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>」プロファイルの全てのシステムで関連する" -"パッケージがインストールされることになりました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Firefox ESR での Java アプレットの動作に関しては、アップストリームでもはやサ" -"ポートされないことになりました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"Firefox ESR での non-free な Adobe Flash のサポートは打ち切られています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -#| "<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, " -#| "see the <link linkend=\"Maintenance--Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</" -#| "link> chapter for more information about security upgrades." -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Stretch 以前と同様に、Debian 10 は <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> パッケージをデフォルトではインストールしません。セキュリティ" -"更新については <link linkend=\"Maintenance--Updating_the_software\">ソフト" -"ウェアの更新</link> の章をご確認ください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "2017年6月17日にリリースされた Debian Edu 9+edu0 Stretch の新機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch 用の新しいバージョンの debian-installer。詳細については<ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink>を見てください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"「Thin-Client-Server (シンクライアントサーバ)」プロファイルは「LTSP-Server」" -"プロファイルに改名されました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"新しいアートワークは Debian 9 Strech 標準の <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink> を元にしていま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Debian 9 Stretch で更新されたもの:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux カーネル 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"デスクトップ環境 KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8、GNOME 3.22、Xfce 4.12、LXDE " -"0.99.2、MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトで KDE Plasma Workspace がインストールされます。他のデスクトップ環" -"境選択についてはこのマニュアルを見てください。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR 及び Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel の名前はまたまた Firefox に変わりました!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove の名前はまたまた Thunderbird に変わり、デフォルトでインストールされる" -"ようになっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "教育用ツール集 GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "音楽作成 Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch には 50000 以上のパッケージを収録し、インストールして利用でき" -"ます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 Stretch についてさらなる情報が<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/stretch/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink>及び<ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">インストールマ" -"ニュアル</ulink>で提供されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"インストーラで使われるテンプレートの翻訳。現在29言語が用意されています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Stretch のマニュアルはドイツ語、フランス語、イタリア語、 デンマー" -"ク語、オランダ語、ノルウェー語 (ブークモール)、日本語に完全に翻訳されていま" -"す。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"部分的な翻訳版は、スペイン語、ポーランド語、中国語(簡易体)でご利用頂けます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "監視ツールは Nagios から Icinga に替わりました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" -"スクリーンショットツールが ksnapshot から kde-spectacle に替わりました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "フリーの Flash プレーヤー gnash が帰ってきました。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth が標準でインスールされて稼働しているので、「主サーバー」と「最小」プ" -"ロファイル以外では、起動・シャットダウン中にESC を押すことでログメッセージの" -"閲覧が可能です。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Jessie からアップグレードする際、LDAP データベースを調整しないといけません。" -"GOsa² や LDAP エディタを使い、sudoHost の「tjener」を「tjener.intern」に置き" -"換えます。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"古い32ビットPC(Debianアーキテクチャー名としてはi386)のサポート対象から、i586" -"プロセッサーは外れました。現在の最低基準はi686以降となりますが、AMD Geodeなど" -"一部のi586プロセッサーのサポートは残っています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 の新規インストールでは unattended upgrades (セキュリティ更新機能) が" -"標準で動作しています。このため uptime 状況が低いシステムの電源を落とすときに" -"は、15分程度の遅れが生じる場合があります。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP は NFS ではなく NBD をルートファイルシステムに用いることになりました。" -"各 LTSP chroot 環境の更新のあとには、更新内容を有効にするために必ず対応する " -"NBD イメージを再生成する必要があります (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</" -"computeroutput>)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"LTSP サーバーと LTSP シンクライアントへの同一ユーザーによる同時ログインは許可" -"されなくなっています。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "更に古いリリースについての情報" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "以下の Debian Edu はかなり古いリリースです:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" -"2016年7月2日にリリースされた Debian Edu 8+edu0 コード名 Jessie の新機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28" -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" -"2013年9月28日にリリースされた Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 コード名 Wheezy の新機能" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "2013年3月3日にリリースされた Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 コード名 Squeeze。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "2012年3月11日にリリースされた Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 コード名 Squeeze。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "2010年10月5日にリリースされた Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 コード名 Lenny 。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "2010年2月8日にリリースされた Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 コード名 Lenny 。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "2007年12月5日にリリースされた Debian Edu 3.0r1 Terra。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"2007年4月8日にリリースされた Debian 4.0 Etch を元に、2007年7月22日にリリース" -"された Debian Edu 「3.0r0 Terra」。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"2005年6月6日にリリースされた Debian 3.1 Sargeを ベースに、2006年3月14日にリ" -"リースされた Debian Edu 2.0。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"2002年7月19日にリリースされた Debian 3.0 Woody ベースに、2004年6月20日にリ" -"リースされた Debian Edu 1.0 Venus。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"以前のリリースの完全な詳細情報ページは <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</" -"ulink> にあります。あるいは <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">リリースマニュアル</ulink> で関連しているものをご覧ください。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Main server" -#~ msgid "Main section" -#~ msgstr "主サーバー" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" -#~ "emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「主サーバー (Main server)」プロファイル</" -#~ "emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ユーザーが USB メモリや DVD / CD-ROM ドライブを X2Go シンクライアントに繋" -#~ "いだ場合は自動的にマウントされて Xfce デスクトップの該当するフォルダからア" -#~ "クセスできる状態になります。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "リモートユーザーがそのポップアップ経由で承認するか、コンソールから pmount " -#~ "すると、そのユーザーがそのデバイスをマウントできてファイルにアクセスできて" -#~ "しまいます。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "デフォルト以外のデスクトップ環境をインストールするには TAB キーを押して" -#~ "カーネルブートオプションを (前述のように) 編集します。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "bullseye 以降の LTSP は以前のものと大きく異なります。初期設定と保守の双方" -#~ "で注意点があります。第一にディスクレスワークステーション用に SquashFS イ" -#~ "メージが LTSP サーバーのファイルシステムを元に生成されるようになっていま" -#~ "す。またシンクライアントのサポートが無くなりました。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "64 ビットシンクライアント対応の (再) 設定には <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -#~ "ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "この場合は LTSP サーバーで以下のコマンドを実行します。" - -#, no-wrap -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# ファームウェア関連の情報を確認します。\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# ネットワークインターフェイスに必要なパッケージを特定します。\n" -#~ "# 大抵は firmware-linux-nonfree です。\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# ディスクレスワークステーション用にSquashFS イメージを更新します。\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput> を実行してくださ" -#~ "い。thin_type などの詳細は <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -#~ "computeroutput> をご覧ください。" - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ワークステーション</emphasis> や、独立・追加し" -#~ "た <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP サーバー</emphasis> では" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "root としてログインします。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput> を実行します。" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Utgivelsesdato; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Oversettelse:</emphasis> -2007, 2012, 2014-2021 Petter Reinholdtsen -2007-2009 Håvard Korsvoll -2008 Tore Skogly -2010 Ole-Anders Andreassen -2010 Jan Roar Rød -2014, 2016, 2017 Ole-Erik Yrvin -2014-2017 Ingrid Yrvin -2014 Hans Arthur Kielland Aanesen -2014 Knut Yrvin -2014 FourFire Le'bard -2014 Stefan Mitchell-Lauridsen -2014 Ragnar Wisløff -2018-2020 Allan Nordhøy - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nb-no.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,16305 +0,0 @@ -# Translation of debian-edu-jessie-manual.nb.po. The translation team -# maintain this translation using -# https://www.transifex.com/projects/p/debian-edu-doc/ . Please -# update it there instead of editing this file directly. -# -# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. -# -# Translators: -# Petter Reinholdtsen <pere@hungry.com>, 2007,2012,2014-2015 -# Alexander Alemayhu <alexander.alemayhu@googlemail.com>, 2015 -# FourFire Le'bard <FourFire@rocketmail.com>, 2014 -# Hans Arthur Kielland Aanesen <hans@eprforum.no>, 2014 -# Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll@gmail.com>, 2007-2009 -# Ingrid Yrvin <iyrvin@hagan.no>, 2014-2015 -# Jan Roar Roed <janroed@gmail.com>, 2010 -# Knut Yrvin <knut.yrvin@gmail.com>, 2014 -# Ole-Erik Yrvin <oeyrvin@hagan.no>, 2014 -# Ole-Anders Andreassen <olea@skolelinux.no>, 2010 -# Ragnar Wisløff <ragnar@wisloff.no>, 2014 -# Stefan Mitchell-Lauridsen <stefan@eprforum.no>, 2014 -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-08-09 12:32+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere-weblate@hungry.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-" -"edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/nb_NO/>\n" -"Language: nb-no\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.8-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "nb" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Utgivelseshåndbok" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Utgivelsesdato:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Utgivelseshåndbok for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Skolelinux-installasjonslogo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Dette er utgivelseshåndboken for Debian Edu Bullseye versjon 11." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"Versjonen på <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> er en wikiside, og oppdateres ofte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Oversettelser</link> er en del av pakken " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, som kan installeres på en " -"nettjener, og er tilgjengelig på <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Om Debian Edu og Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Kapitlene om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">maskinvare og nettverkskrav</" -"link>og om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> inneholder " -"grunnlegende miljøvariabler." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Etter installasjonen av en skoletjener er alle tjenester som trengs for et " -"skolenettverk satt opp og systemet er klart til bruk. Bare brukere og " -"maskiner må legges til via GOsa², et komfortabelt vev-brukergrensesnitt, " -"eller med en hvilken som helst annen LDAP-redigerer. Et oppstartsmiljø som " -"bruker <ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> er også gjort klart, så " -"etter første installasjon av hovedtjeneren fra CD, Blu-ray-plate eller en " -"USB-minnepenn, kan alle andre maskiner installeres via nettverket, medregnet " -"mobile arbeidsstasjoner (de som kan flyttes ut fra skolens nettverk, " -"vanligvis bærbare datamaskiner eller nettbrett), samt PXE/iPXE-oppstart for " -"diskløse maskiner som tradisjonelle tynnklienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Flere pedagogiske programmer som GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege " -"og Scratch er inkludert i det forvalgte skrivebordsoppsettet, som kan " -"utvides enkelt og nesten uendelig via Debian-universet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Litt historie og hvorfor to navn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> er en Linux-" -"distribusjon som er laget av prosjektet Debian Edu. Som en <ulink " -"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">ren Debian-tilpasset</ulink> " -"distribusjon er den et offisielt underprosjekt i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"For din skole betyr dette at Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian GNU/Linux, " -"og gir skolen din et IT-system ferdig oppsatt og tilpasset skoler." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux-prosjektet i Norge ble stiftet 2. juli 2001, omtrent på samme tid " -"som Raphaël Hertzog startet Debian-Edu i Frankrike. Fra 2003 er begge " -"prosjekter samlet, og begge navn videreført. «Skole» og (Debian-)«Education» " -"er to godt forståtte begreper i de berørte regionene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "I dag er systemet i bruk i flere land rundt om i verden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arkitektur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Nettverk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Denne delen av dokumentet beskriver nettverksarkitekturen og tjenester som " -"Skolelinux-installasjonen tilbyr." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Nettverket Debian Edu sitt oppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Figuren er en skisse over det forventede nettverksoppsettet (topologien). " -"Standardoppsettet til et Skolelinux-nettverk forventer at det er en (og bare " -"en) hovedtjener, men det er tillatt å legge til både normale " -"arbeidsstasjoner og LTSP-tjenere (med tilhørende tynnklienter og/eller " -"lagringsløse arbeidsstasjoner). Antallet arbeidsstasjoner kan være stort " -"eller lite alt etter behovet (fra null til veldig mange). Det samme gjelder " -"for LTSP-tjenere. Hver enkelt LTSP-tjener er på et adskilt nettverk slik at " -"nettverkstrafikken mellom LTSP-klienter og LTSP-tjenere ikke forstyrrer " -"resten av nettverkstjenestene. En detaljert forklaring om LTSP er " -"tilgjengelig i det <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">tilhørende " -"veiledningskapittelet</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Grunnen til at det bare kan være en hovedtjener i hvert skolenettverk, er at " -"hovedtjeneren tilbyr DHCP, og det kan bare være en maskin som gjør det i et " -"nettverk. Det er mulig å flytte tjenester fra hovedtjeneren til andre " -"maskiner ved å sette opp tjenesten på en annen maskin, og så oppdatere DNS-" -"oppsettet slik at DNS-aliaset for den tjenesten peker til rett maskin." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"For å forenkle det vanlige oppsettet av Skolelinux, kjører " -"internettilkoblingen oven en egen ruter, også kalt portner. Sjekk <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">internettruter</link>-kapitlet for " -"flere detaljer om hvordan man setter opp en slik portner hvis det ikke er " -"mulig å sette opp en eksisterende som ønsket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Standard nettverksoppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP på hovedtjener betjener 10.0.0.0/8-nettverket, som gir en PXE-" -"oppstartsmeny der du kan velge om du vil installere en ny tjener/" -"arbeidsstasjon, sette opp en ny klient eller en arbeidsstasjon uten disk, " -"kjøre memtest, eller velge oppstart fra den lokale harddisken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Dette er utformet for å kunne endres, for detaljer, se <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients--Configuring_the_PXE_menu\">relatert " -"veiledningskapittel</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP på LTSP-tjenere håndterer bare et angitt nettverk med et annet " -"brukergrensesnitt (192.168.0.0/24 og 192.168.1.0/24 er forhåndskonfigurerte " -"valg) og trenger sjelden å bli endret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Oppsettet av alle undernett lagres i LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Hovedtjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Et Skolelinux-nett trenger en hovedtjener (også kalt «tjener»), som har " -"standard IP-adresse 10.0.2.2., og som installeres ved å velge «tjener»-" -"profilen. Det er mulig (men ikke nødvendig) å velge og installere LTSP-" -"tjener- og arbeidsstasjonsprofiler i tillegg til hovedtjenerprofilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Med unntak av kontrollen med tynnklienter, er alle tjenester i " -"utgangspunktet satt opp på en sentral maskin (hovedtjener). Av hensyn til " -"ytelsen bør LTSP-tjener(e) være en egen maskin (selv om det er mulig å " -"installere profilene for både hovedtjener og LTSP-tjener på samme maskin). " -"Alle tjenester er gitt et eget DNS-navn, og blir tilbudt over IPv4. Det " -"tilknyttede DNS-navnet gjør det enkelt å flytte individuelle tjenester fra " -"hovedtjeneren til en annen maskin, ved ganske enkelt stoppe tjenesten på " -"hovedtjeneren, og endre DNS-oppsettet til å peker til den nye plasseringen " -"av tjenesten (som selvfølgelig må settes opp på den maskinen i forkant)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"For å ta vare på sikkerheten er alle tilkoplinger der passord blir overført " -"over nettverket kryptert. Slik blir ingen passord i klartekst sendt over " -"nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Under er en liste over tjenester som er satt opp som standard i et " -"Skolelinux-nettverk, og DNS-navnet for hver tjeneste. Alle oppsettsfiler " -"vil, hvis det er mulig, referere til tjenesten ved hjelp av navnet (uten " -"domenenavnet). Dette gjør det enkelt for skoler å enten bytte domenet (hvis " -"de har eget DNS-domene), eller IP-adressene de bruker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabell over tjenester</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestebeskrivelse</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vanlig navn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestenavn i DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Sentralisert logging" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Domenenavntjeneste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett for maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Hjemmeområder på nettverksfilsystem (SMB/NFS) [homes]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Elektronisk postkontor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postkontor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Katalogtjeneste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Webtjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Sentral sikkerhetskopi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "sikkerhetskopi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Web-mellomlager" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Utskrift" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Sikker ekstern pålogging" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatisk oppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP-tjener(e)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Maskin- og tjenesteovervåkning med feilrapportering, pluss status og " -"historie på nettet. Feilrapportering via e-post" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga og Site-summary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Hver bruker lagrer sine egne filer i sin egen hjemmemappe, som er gjort " -"tilgjengelig fra tjeneren. Hjemmemapper er tilgjengelig fra alle maskiner, " -"noe som gir brukerne tilgang til de samme filene uansett hvilken maskin de " -"bruker. Tjeneren bryr seg ikke om hvilket operativsystem den tilbyr sine " -"filer for, NFS for Unix-klienter, SMB for Windows og Macintosh-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Som standard er e-post satt opp med bare lokal leveranse (f.eks. innen " -"skolen). Men e-postlevering til resten av Internett kan settes opp dersom " -"skolen har en permanent fast Internett-tilkopling. Klienter er satt opp til " -"å levere e-post til tjeneren (ved bruk av «smarthost»), og brukere kan <link " -"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">få tilgang til sin personlige e-post</link> " -"gjennom IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Alle tjenester er tilgjengelig ved bruk av samme brukernavn og passord, på " -"grunn av den sentrale brukerdatabasen for autentisering og autorisering." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"For å øke ytelsen på sider som ofte blir besøkt blir det brukt en " -"mellomtjener (proxy) som mellomlagrer filer lokalt (Squid). I tillegg til å " -"kontrollere Internett-trafikk i ruteren gjør dette det også mulig å " -"kontrollere Internett-tilgang på individuelle maskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Klientenes nettverksoppsett gjøres automatisk ved hjelp av DHCP. Alle typer " -"klienter kan kobles til det private subnettet 10.0.0.0/8 og vil få " -"samsvarende adresser. LTSP-klienter bør kobles til den tilhørende LTSP-" -"tjeneren via det separate subnettet 192.168.0.0/24 (dette er for å sikre at " -"nettverkstrafikk til og fra LTSP-klienter ikke forstyrrer resten av " -"nettverkstjenestene)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Sentralisert logging er satt opp slik at alle maskiner sender sine Syslog-" -"meldinger til tjeneren. Syslog-tjenesten er satt opp slik at den bare " -"aksepterer innkommende meldinger fra det lokale nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Som standard er DNS-tjeneren satt opp med et domene bare for internt bruk (*." -"intern) fram til et ekte («eksternt») DNS-domene kan settes opp. DNS-" -"tjeneren er satt opp som en mellomlagrende DNS-tjener slik at alle maskiner " -"på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Elever og lærere har mulighet til å publisere nettsider. Webtjeneren tilbyr " -"mekanismer for autentisering av brukere, og for begrenset tilgang til " -"individuelle sider og undermapper til visse brukere og grupper. Brukere vil " -"ha mulighet til å lage dynamiske nettsider, siden webtjeneren vil være " -"programmerbar på tjenersiden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Informasjon om brukere og maskiner kan endres fra et sentralt sted, og det " -"blir gjort tilgjengelig til alle maskinene på nettverket automatisk. For å " -"oppnå dette er en sentralisert katalogtjener satt opp. Katalogen vil ha " -"informasjon om brukere, brukergrupper, maskiner og grupper av maskiner. For " -"å hindre brukerforvirring vil det ikke være noen forskjell mellom " -"filgrupper, e-postlister og nettverksgrupper. Dette betyr at grupper av " -"maskiner som må være nettverksgrupper, har det samme navneområdet som " -"brukergrupper og e-postlister." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Administrasjon av tjenester vil i stor grad bli gjort via nettet, og følge " -"etablerte standarder. Det fungerer bra i nettlesere som følger med i " -"Skolelinux. Delegering av ulike oppgaver til individuelle brukere eller " -"brukergrupper er mulig i administrasjonssystemet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"For å hindre visse problemer med NFS, og for å gjøre det enkelt å " -"identifisere problemer, så må klokkene på maskinene synkroniseres. For å " -"oppnå dette er Skolelinux-tjeneren satt opp som lokal NTP-tjener (Network " -"Time Protocol), og alle arbeidsstasjonene og klienter er satt opp til å " -"synkronisere klokkene sine med tjeneren. Tjeneren selv bør synkronisere seg " -"selv med NTP mot maskiner på Internett, for dermed å sikre at hele " -"nettverket har riktig tid." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Skrivere tilkoples der det er ønskelig, enten direkte på nettverket eller " -"koblet til en tjener, arbeidsstasjon eller LTSP-tjener. Tilgang til skrivere " -"kan kontrolleres for individuelle brukere i henhold til gruppen de tilhører. " -"Dette blir oppnådd ved hjelp av kvoter og tilgangskontroll til skrivere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP-tjener(e)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Et Skolelinux-nett kan ha mange LTSP-tjenere, som installeres ved å velge " -"LTSP-tjener-profilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"LTPS er satt opp til å motta syslog fra tynnklient- og arbeidsstasjoner, og " -"videresende disse meldingene til den sentrale mottakeren av syslogmeldinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Merk deg:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk bruker programmene installert på tjenerens " -"LTSP-chroot." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Klientens rotfilsystem tilbys ved bruk av NBD (Nettverksblokkenhet). Etter " -"hver endring av LTSP-chroot relatert til NBD-avbildningen, må det " -"regenereres; kjør <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> på LTSP-" -"tjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Tynnklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Et tynnklientoppsett gjør det mulig for vanlige PC-er å fungere som " -"(X-)terminaler. Dette betyr at maskinen starter opp direkte fra tjeneren " -"uten bruk av lokal harddisk i klienten. Tynnklientoppsettet som er brukt er " -"Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Tynnklienter er en bra måte å bruke gamle, trege datamaskiner siden de " -"egentlig kjører alle programmene på LTSP-tjeneren. Dette fungerer som " -"følger: Tjenesten bruker DHCP og TFTP for å kople seg til nettverket og " -"starte opp fra nettverket. Det neste er at filsystemet blir tilknyttet " -"(montert) fra LTSP-tjeneren ved å bruke NBD. Til slutt startes X Windows-" -"systemet. Skjermhåndtereren (LDM) kopler seg til LTSP-tjeneren via SSH med " -"X-forwarding (videresending). På denne måte blir all data kryptert i " -"nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"En arbeidsstasjon uten harddisk kjører all programvare på PC-en uten noe " -"lokalt installert operativsystem. Dette betyr at klientmaskinen starter opp " -"direkte fra tjeneren sin harddisk uten å kjøre programvare som er installert " -"lokalt på harddisken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er en utmerket måte til å gjenbruke eldre (men " -"kraftig) maskinvare med samme lave vedlikeholdskostnader som tynne klienter. " -"Programvare administreres og vedlikeholdes på serveren uten behov for lokalt " -"installert programvare på klientene. Hjemmemapper og systeminnstillinger er " -"også lagret på serveren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Nettverksklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Begrepet «nettverksklienter» blir brukt i denne manualen for å referere både " -"til tynnklienter og arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk, i tillegg til maskiner " -"som kjører MacOS eller Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Alle Linux-maskinene som er installert ved hjelp av en Skolelinux-installer " -"vil være satt opp til å administreres fra en sentral maskin, mest trolig " -"tjeneren. Det vil være mulig å logge inn på alle maskiner ved hjelp av SSH, " -"og dermed ha full tilgang til maskinene. Som root må en kjøre " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> først for å få en Kerberos-TGT." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"All brukerinformasjon ligger i en LDAP-katalog. Oppdateringer av " -"brukerinformasjon blir gjort mot denne databasen, og blir brukt av klientene " -"til autentisering." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Foreløpig er det to typer installasjonsmedier: NettInstall (CD) og fler-" -"arkitekturs USB flash-disk. Begge installasjonsmetoder kan også startes fra " -"en USB-minnepenn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Målet er å gjøre det mulig å installere en tjener fra et slags medium kun én " -"gang, og så installere klienter over nettverket ved å starte opp alle andre " -"maskiner fra nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Bare nettinstallasjonsvarianten trenger Internett-tilgang under " -"installasjonen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Installasjonen skal ikke stille noen spørsmål, med unntak av ønsket språk (f." -"eks. norsk bokmål, nynorsk, samisk) og maskinprofil (hovedtjener, " -"arbeidsstasjon, tynnklienttjener). Alt annet oppsett vil bli gjort " -"automatisk med fornuftige verdier, som kan endres av systemadministratoren " -"etter installasjonen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Oppsett av tilgang til filsystem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Hver brukerkonto i Skolelinux har tildelt et område på filsystemet til " -"filtjeneren. Dette området (hjemmeområdet) inneholder brukerens " -"oppsettsfiler, dokumenter, e-post og nettsider. Noen av filene settes slik " -"at andre brukere på systemet har lesetilgang, noen er slik at alle på " -"Internett har tilgang, og noen settes slik at ingen andre enn brukeren kan " -"lese dem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"For å sikre at alle disker som blir brukt for brukerområder eller delte " -"områder kan gis unike navn over alle maskinene i installasjonen, så er de " -"montert som <computeroutput>/skole/vert/katalog</computeroutput>. I " -"utgangspunktet er en katalog opprettet på filtjeneren, <computeroutput>/" -"skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, der alle brukerkontoer opprettes. " -"Flere kataloger kan så bli opprettet ved behov for å tilfredsstille visse " -"brukergrupper eller visse bruksmåter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"For å aktivere delt tilgang til filene under vanlig tilgangskontrollsystem " -"for UNIX, trenger brukerne å være i delte grupper (for eksempel " -"«studenter»), samt i den personlige primærgruppen som de er i som standard. " -"Hvis brukere har en passende umask for å gjøre nyopprettede filer " -"tilgjengelig for gruppens brukere (002 eller 007), og hvis de katalogene de " -"jobber i er i setgid (Set Group ID) for å sikre at filene arver korrekt " -"gruppe-eierskap, er resultatet en kontrollert fildeling mellom medlemmene i " -"en gruppe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"Rettighetsinnstillingene for nylagde filer er et spørsmål om grunnleggende " -"valg. Debians standard umask er 022 (som ikke vil tillate gruppe-adgang som " -"beskrevet ovenfor, men Debian Edu bruker 002 som standard, som betyr at " -"filene lages med lesetilgang for alle, noe som senere kan fjernes med en " -"eksplisitt handling fra brukerens side. Dette kan alternativt endres (ved å " -"redigere <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) til en " -"umask på 007 - som betyr at leseaksess i utgangspunktet er blokkert, og " -"krever en brukerinngripen for å gjøre dem tilgjengelige. Den første " -"tilnærmingen fremelsker kunnskapsdeling, og gjør systemet mer gjennomsiktig, " -"mens den andre metoden reduserer risikoen for uønsket spredning av sensitiv " -"informasjon. Problemet med den første metoden er at det ikke er innlysende " -"for brukerne at alt materialet de lager vil være tilgjengelig for alle andre " -"brukere. Dette blir synlig bare ved inspeksjon av andre brukeres " -"hjemmeområder, der man kan se at filene er lesbare. Problemet med den andre " -"metoden er at det er lite sannsynlig at brukere gjør sine filer " -"tilgjengelige, selv om de ikke inneholder sensitiv informasjon, og innholdet " -"ville være til hjelp for andre brukere som vil lære hvordan andre løser et " -"problem (typisk oppsettsproblemer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Systemkrav" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Det er forskjellige måter å sette opp en Skolelinux-løsning på. Det kan " -"installeres på bare én selvstendig maskin, eller på mange maskiner i en " -"stor region med flere skoler og sentral drifting. Denne variasjonen i " -"maskinpark og nettverkstopologi gjør en enorm forskjell på hvordan ting blir " -"satt opp med tanke på nettverkskomponenter, tjenere og klientmaskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Maskinvarekrav" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Egenskapene til de ulike profilene forklares i kapittelet <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">nettverksarkitektur</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hvis LTSP skal brukes, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisiden med maskinvarekrav for LTSP</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Datamaskinene som bruker Skolelinux må enten ha x86-prosessorer som er 32-" -"bit (Debian-arkitektur «i386», eldste støttede prosessorer er de i 686-" -"klassen), eller 64-bit (Debian-arkitektur «AMD64»)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Tynne klienter med bare 256 MiB RAM og 400 MHz er mulig, men mer RAM og " -"raskere prosessorer anbefales." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"For arbeidsstasjoner, tynnklienter og frittstående systemer, er 1500 MHz og " -"1024 MiB RAM absolutte minimumskrav. For å kjøre moderne nettlesere og " -"LibreOffice anbefales minst 2048 MiB RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" -"Minimumskravet til lagerplass avhenger av hvilken profil som er installert:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"Kombinert hovedtjener + LTSP-tjener: 70 GiB. (pluss ytterligere plass for " -"brukerkontoer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP-tjener: 50 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon eller frittstående: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"LTSP-tjenere trenger to nettverkskort ved bruk av standard " -"nettverksarkitektur:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 koblet til hovednettverket (10.0.0.0/23)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 brukes for betjening av LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Bærbare laptoper er bevegelige arbeidsstasjoner, og har de samme krav som " -"arbeidsstasjoner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Maskinvare som er bekreftet å virke" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"En liste over testet maskinvare kan finnes på <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Denne listen er på ingen måte komplett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> er et forsøk på å " -"dokumentere hvordan man installerer, konfigurerer og bruker Debian på " -"enkelte spesielle typer maskinvare. Slik kan potensielle kjøpere av " -"maskinvaren se om det er støtte for den, og eksisterende eiere få lære " -"hvordan de får mest mulig ut av den aktuelle maskinvaren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Krav for nettverksoppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Standard oppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Når man bruker standard oppsett for nettverksarkitekturen, så brukes disse " -"reglene:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Du trenger bare en hovedtjener, omtalt som tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Man kan ha hundrevis av arbeidsstasjoner på hovednettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Man kan ha mange LTSP-tjenere på hovednettverket: To forskjellige undernett " -"er konfigurert i forkant (DNS, DHCP) i LDAP, men flere kan legges til." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Man kan ha hundrevis av tynnklienter og/eller diskløse arbeidsstasjoner på " -"hvert nettverk med en LTSP-tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Man kan ha hundrevis av andre maskiner som vil få tildelt dynamisk IP-" -"adresse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"For å få tilgang til Internett så trenger man en ruter/gateway (se under)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Internett-ruter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"En ruter/gateway tilkoplet Internett på det eksterne grensesnittet, og som " -"kjører på IP-adressen 10.0.0.1 med nettmaske 255.0.0.0 på det interne " -"grensesnittet, er nødvendig for å få tilgang til Internett." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Ruteren skal ikke kjøre på en DHCP-tjener. Den kan kjøre på en DNS-tjener, " -"selv om dette ikke er nødvendig, og den ikke brukes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du allerede har en ruter, men er ikke i stand til å konfigurere den som " -"ønsket (ikke lov til, av tekniske årsaker), kan et system med to " -"nettverksgrensesnitt bli omgjort til en port om Debian Edu «Minimal»-" -"profilen er installert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"En enkel måte er å installere Skolelinux på denne datamaskinen ved å velge " -"profilen «Minimal» under installasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"kjør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Justere /etc/network/interfaces-filen (grensesnittsfilen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Endre vertsnavnet permanent til «gateway» (inngangsporten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Fjern overflødige skript." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Aktivere IP-videresending og NAT for 10.0.0.0/8-nettverk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Installasjon og nedlastingsvalg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du trenger en innebygd ruter eller tilgangsspunkt, anbefaler vi å bruke " -"<ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, selv om du selvsagt kan " -"bruke standard firmware (fastvare). Bruk av standard firmware er enklere, " -"mens bruk av OpenWRT gir deg flere valgmuligheter og bedre kontroll. Sjekk " -"OpenWRTs nettsider for en oversikt over <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/" -"toh/start\">støttet maskinvare</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Det er mulig å bruke et annet nettverksoppsett. Dette er den <ulink " -"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">dokumenterte " -"fremgangsmåte</ulink> for å gjøre dette. Hvis du ikke er tvunget til å gjøre " -"dette på grunn av en eksisterende infrastruktur for nettverket, så anbefaler " -"vi å ikke gjøre det, og heller bruke standard <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">nettverksarkitektur</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Installasjon og nedlastingsvalg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Hvor finner man mer informasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vi anbefaler å lese, eller i det minste, ta en kikk på <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">utgivelsesnotatene for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> før du starter å installere et system for bruk i " -"produksjon. Det er mer informasjon Debian Bullseye-utgaven tilgjengelig fra " -"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">dens " -"installasjonshåndbok</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Gi Debian Edu/Skolelinux en sjanse, det burde virke uten videre." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Det er derimot anbefalt, å lese kapitlene om <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">maskinvare og nettverkskrav</link> og om <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitekturen</link> før du starter på installasjon " -"av en hovedtjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Sørg for også å ha lest <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started " -"(komme i gang)</link>-kapittelet i denne manual, siden det beskriver hvordan " -"man logger inn for første gang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Last ned et installasjonsmedium for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn «Bullseye»" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 eller i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> er navnene på de to Debian-arkitekturene for x86-CPU-er. " -"Begge har vært og blir laget av AMD, Intel og andre produsenter. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> er en 64-bits arkitektur og " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> er en 32-bits arkitektur. Nye " -"installasjoner bør i dag bruke <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> bør kun brukes på eldre maskinvare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "netinstall ISO-avtrykk for amd64 eller i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"ISO for nettinstallasjon kan også brukes til installasjon fra CD/DVD og USB-" -"minnepinner, og er egnet til å installere på amd64- eller i386-maskiner. Som " -"navnet sier, kreves Internett-tilgang for installasjonen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Når Bullseye har blitt sluppet vil disse avtrykkene kunne lastes ned fra:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "ISO-avtrykk for i386 eller amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"ISO-avtrykket er på omtrent 5 GiB og kan brukes til installasjon av " -"forskjellige amd64- eller i386-maskiner, også uten tilgang til Internett. " -"Som med nettinnstallasjonsbildet kan det legges inn på USB-minnepinner eller " -"diskmedier med tilstrekkelig plass." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Bekreftelse av nedlastede avtrykksfiler" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Detaljert instruks for bekreftelse av disse avtrykkene er å finne i <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD O-S-S</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Kildekode" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Kildekode er tilgjengelig fra Debian-arkivet, se <ulink url=\"https://get." -"debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/> for nedlastingsalternativer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installasjon av Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Når du gjør en installasjon av en Debian Edu, har du noen få valg du må " -"gjøre, men vær ikke redd; det er ikke mange. Vi har gjort en god jobb med å " -"gjemme kompleksiteten til Debian under installasjonen og videre. Likevel, " -"Debian Edu er Debian, og hvis du vil, så er det mer enn 57.000 pakker å " -"velge mellom, og millioner av oppsettsmuligheter, men for de fleste brukere " -"så skal forvalgsoppsettet være greit. Merk at hvis LTSP skal brukes er det " -"lurt å velge et lettvekts-skrivebordsmiljø." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Scenarier for hovedtjenerinstallasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Typisk skole- eller hjemmenettverk med Internett-tilgang via ruter som " -"tilbyr DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Installasjon av en hovedtjener er mulig, men etter en omstart vil det ikke " -"være noen internettilgang (på grunn av primært nettverksgrensesnitts-IP " -"10.0.2.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Se <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">internettruter</link>-" -"kapitlet for detaljer om hvordan man setter opp en portner hvis det ikke er " -"mulig å sette opp en eksisterende som ønsket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Koble sammen alle komponentene slik vist i <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">arkitektur</link>-kapittelet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Hovedtjeneren bør ha en internettilknytning når den først er startet opp i " -"rett miljø." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Typisk skole- eller institusjons-nettverk, lignende det overfor, men som " -"krever bruk av mellomtjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Legg til 'debian-edu-expert' til kjernekommandolinjen. Se lenger ned for " -"detaljer om hvordan dette gjøres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "Noen ytterligere spørsmål må besvares, inkludert om mellomtjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Nettverk med ruter/portner IP 10.0.0.1/8 (som ikke angir en DHCP-tjener) og " -"internettilgang:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Så snart det automatiske nettverksoppsettet kneler (på grunn av manglende " -"DHCP), velg manuelt nettverksoppsett." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Skriv inn 10.0.2.2/8 som verts-IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Skriv inn 10.0.0.1 som portner-IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Skriv inn 8.8.8.8 som navnetjener-IP, med mindre du vet en bedre verdi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Hovedtjeneren bør virke etter første omstart." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Frakoblet (ingen internettilkobling):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Bruk BD ISO-avbildningen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Forsikre deg om at alle (ekte-/virtuelle-) nettverkskabler er trukket ut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Velg \"Ikke sett opp nettverket nå\" (etter at DHCP har gitt opp å sette opp " -"nettverket og du har trykket \"Fortsett\")." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Oppdater systemet når det har startet opp i rett miljø med internettilgang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Nytt forvalgt skrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce krever litt mer enn LXDE, men har derimot veldig god språkstøtte (106 " -"språk)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"Både KDE og GNOME har god språkstøtte, men krever for mye til å brukes på " -"gamle maskiner og med LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE er lettere enn de to ovenfor, men mangler god språkstøtte for mange " -"land. (Dog fortreffelig på bokmål.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE har lavest ressurskrav, og støtter 35 språk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt er en lettvekts skrivebordsomgivelse (språkstøtten er lik den for LXDE) " -"med et mer moderne utseende (basert på Qt akkurat som KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu som et internasjonalt prosjekt har valgt Xfce som forvalgt " -"skrivebord; sjekk nedenfor hvordan du velger noe annet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Modulær installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Når du installerer et system med profilen <emphasis>arbeidsstasjon</" -"emphasis>, følger det med mange utdanningsrelaterte programmer. For å kun " -"installere den grunnleggende profilen, fjern <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</" -"emphasis> kjærnekommandolinjeparameteret før du starter installasjonen; " -"sjekk nedenfor for detaljer om hvordan dette gjøres. Dette tillater " -"installasjon av system tilpasset dets omgivelser, og kan brukes for å spare " -"tid på testinstallasjoner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Merk: Hvis du ønsker å installere et skrivebord etterpå, ikke bruk Debian " -"Edu-metapakker som f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> fordi disse drar " -"inn alle utdanningsrelaterte programmer. Installer heller f.eks. <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">mate-desktop-" -"environment</ulink>. Én eller flere av de nye skolenivå-relaterte " -"metapakkene <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan installeres for å passe " -"tiltenkt bruk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoversikten</ulink> page." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Installasjonstyper og valg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 32-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Installer oppstartsmenyen på 32-bit maskinvare</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bit installasjonsoppstartsmeny" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> bruker en GTK-" -"installasjon hvor du kan bruke musen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> bruker tekstmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> viser en " -"undermeny med flere detaljerte alternativer å velge mellom." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gir noen hint til bruk av " -"installasjonsprosessen; se skjermbildekopi nedenfor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit installer avanserte alternativer skjermbilde 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> bringer deg tilbake til " -"hovedmenyen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gir tilgang " -"til alle tilgjengelige spørsmål, brukbar for mus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> gjør dette " -"installasjonsmediet til en redningsdisk for nødsituasjonsoppgaver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> trenger en " -"«forhåndsutfyllings»-fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gir tilgang til alle " -"tilgjengelige spørsmål i klartekst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> tekstmodus: gjør dette " -"installasjonsmediet til en redningsdisk for nødsituasjonsoppgaver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis>-tekstmodus: trenger " -"en «forhåndsutfyllings»-fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "On thin clients, <computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput> or " -#| "<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> (but not <computeroutput>kmix</" -#| "computeroutput>) can be used to change audio volume." -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"På tynne klienter, <computeroutput>pavucontrol</computeroutput> eller " -"<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> (men ikke <computeroutput>kmix</" -"computeroutput>) kan brukes til å endre volumet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Hjelpeskjerm</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Installasjonshjelpeskjerm" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Denne hjelpeskjermen er selvforklarende, og gjør <F>-tastene på " -"tastaturet i stand til å gi mer detaljert hjelp om de aktuelle emnene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Legge til eller endre oppstartsparametre for installasjoner</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " -#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"I begge tilfelle kan oppstartsalternativer redigeres ved å trykke på TAB-" -"tasten i oppstartsmenyen; Skjermbildet viser kommandolinjen for <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Endre kommandolinjevalg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Du kan bruke en eksisterende HTTP-mellomtjener i nettverket for å fremskynde " -"installasjonen av hovedtjenerprofilen fra en CD. Legg til f.eks. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> som " -"ekstra oppstartsparameter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du allerede har installert profilen til hovedtjeneren på en maskin, " -"skal videre installasjoner gjøres via PXE, da denne automatisk vil bruke " -"mellomlageret i hovedtjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"For å installere skrivebordsmiljøet <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> i stedet for det forhåndsvalgte <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" -"emphasis>, erstatt <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> med " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput>-parameteret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-skrivebordsmiljø " -"i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>-skrivebordsmiljø " -"i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>-" -"skrivebordsmiljø i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>-" -"skrivebordsmiljø i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>-skrivebordsmiljø " -"i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Installasjonsprosessen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Husk <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link>, og pass på " -"at du har minst to nettverkskort (NIC-er) hvis du planlegger å sette opp en " -"LTSP-tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Velg et språk (for installasjonen og det installerte systemet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "Velg et sted som vanligvis er stedet du bor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Velg profil(er) fra denne listen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedtjener</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Dette er hovedtjeneren (tjener) for din skole som sørger for at alle " -"tjenestene virker med en gang. Dette fordi de er forhåndskonfigurert. Du må " -"bare installere en hovedtjener pr. skole! Denne profilen inkluderer ikke noe " -"grafisk brukergrensesnitt. Hvis du ønsker et grafisk brukergrensesnitt, " -"velger du en arbeidsstasjon eller LTSP-tjener i tillegg til denne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"En maskin som starter opp fra sin egen harddisk, og som kjører all " -"programvare og alle maskinvareenheter lokalt som en vanlig maskin. Men " -"brukeren logger inn og autentiseres av hovedtjeneren, der brukerens filer og " -"skrivebordsoppsett er lagret." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Samme som arbeidsstasjonen, men i stand til å autentisere ved bruk av bufret " -"legitimasjon, som betyr at den kan brukes utenfor skolenettverket. Brukerens " -"filer og profiler blir lagret på den lokale disken. Bærbare PC-er skal velge " -"denne profilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LSTP-tjener</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"Tynnklienttjener (og tjener for diskløse arbeidsstasjoner) kalles en LTSP-" -"tjener. Klienter uten harddisk starter opp og kjører programvare fra denne " -"tjeneren. Denne datamaskinen trenger to nettverks brukergrensesnitt, mye " -"minne, og ideelt sett mer enn en prosessor eller prosessorkjerne. Se " -"kapittel om <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link> for " -"mer informasjon om dette tema. Å velge tynnklientprofilen aktiverer også " -"arbeidsstasjonsprofilen (selv om den ikke er valgt), og en LTSP-tjener kan " -"alltid brukes som en arbeidsstasjon også." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Frittstående</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"En vanlig maskin som kan fungere uten en hovedtjener. Dvs. den trenger ikke " -"være inne på nettverket. Denne profilen passer bra for bærbare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Denne profilen vil installere grunnpakkene og sette opp maskinen slik at den " -"blir integrert i Debian Edu-nettverket, men uten noen tjenester og " -"applikasjoner. Den er nyttig som en plattform for enkle tjenester som man " -"flytter manuelt ut fra hovedtjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Profilene til <emphasis role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong \">arbeidsstasjon</emphasis> og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" -"tjener</emphasis>-profiler er forhåndsvalgt. Disse profilene kan installeres " -"sammen på en maskin hvis du ønsker å installere en såkalt " -"<emphasis>kombinert hovedtjener</emphasis>. Da vil hovedtjeneren være både " -"en tjener for en LTSP-tjener, og kan brukes som en arbeidsstasjon. Dette er " -"forhåndsvalgt, fordi vi regner med at de fleste ønsker dette. Vær oppmerksom " -"på at du må ha to nettverkskort installert i en maskin som skal være en " -"kombinert hovedtjener, eller være en LTSP-tjener for å komme til nytte etter " -"installasjonen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Vær klar over at hvis du svarer ja, vil du slette alle data på harddiskene! " -"Svarer du derimot nei, vil det kreve mer arbeid. I tillegg må man være " -"sikker på at de nødvendige partisjoner både er laget, og at de har nok plass." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Velg gjerne ja for å sende informasjon til <ulink url=\"http://popcon." -"skolelinux.org/\"/>for å tillate oss å få tilsendt informasjon om hvilke " -"pakker som er populære, og som bør beholdes i fremtidige utgivelser - dette " -"er selvfølgelig frivillig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Vent. Hvis den valgte profilen omfatter en LTSP-tjener, vil installasjonen " -"ta en del tid mot slutten, «Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-" -"profile-udeb...» (Fullfører installasjonen - Kjører debian-edu-profil-ude...)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Etter å ha satt root-passordet (rotpassordet), blir du bedt om å lage en " -"vanlig brukerkonto «for ikke-administrative oppgaver». For Debian Edu er " -"denne kontoen svært viktig: Denne skal du bruke til å administrere " -"Skolelinux-nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Passordet for denne brukeren <emphasis role=\"strong\">må</emphasis> ha en " -"lengde på <emphasis role=\"strong\">minst fem - 5 tegn </emphasis> og " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">må være forskjellig</emphasis> fra <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">brukernavnet</emphasis> - ellers vil ikke innlogging være " -"mulig (selv om et kortere passord blir godkjent av installereren)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mer info om nettverksklienter kan man finne i avsnittet <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Noter om noen egenskaper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "En kommentar om bærbare maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Sannsynligvis vil du bruke profilen «Vandrende arbeidsstasjon» (se ovenfor). " -"Vær oppmerksom på at alle data er lagret lokalt (så vær ekstra oppmerksom på " -"å ta sikkerhetskopier), og påloggingsinformasjonen blir lagret (så etter en " -"endring i passord, kan pålogginger kreve ditt gamle passord hvis du ikke har " -"knyttet din bærbare til nettverket, og logget inn med det nye passordet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"En merknad om USB-minnepinne- / Blu-ray-installasjon med flerarkitektur-" -"diskbilder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du installerer fra en USB minnepinne, vil <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" -"sources.list</computeroutput> bare inneholde kilder fra minnepinnen. Hvis du " -"har en Internett-tilkopling, anbefaler vi på det sterkeste å legge til disse " -"linjene til denne filen, slik at tilgjengelige (sikkerhets)oppdateringer kan " -"installeres:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org/debian-security/ bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "En kommentar om CD-installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"En nettbasert installasjon (som er den type installasjon vår CD gir) vil " -"hente noen pakker fra CD-en, og de øvrige fra nettet. Mengden av pakker fra " -"nettet vil variere fra profil til profil, men holder seg under en gigabyte " -"(med mindre du velger å installere alle skrivebordsalternativene). Når du " -"har installert hovedtjeneren (enten det er en ren hovedtjener eller en " -"kombinasjonstjener), vil videre installasjon bruke sin mellomtjener til å " -"unngå å laste ned den samme pakken flere ganger fra nettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "" -"Installasjon ved bruk av USB-minnepinne i stedet for CD eller Blu-ray-plate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Etter Squeeze-utgivelsen er det mulig å direkte kopiere CD/DVD/BD " -"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> bilder til en USB-minnepinne, og " -"starte derfra. Det er enkelt å kjøre en slik kommando, når du tilpasser fil- " -"og enhetsnavn til dine behov:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX " -"bs=1024</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"For å bestemme verdien av X, kjør denne kommandoen før og etter en USB-enhet " -"har blitt koblet til:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Kopiering vil ta sin tid." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Avhengig av hvilket bilde du velger, vil USB-minnepinnen oppføre seg som en " -"CD eller Blu-ray-disk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Installasjon og oppstart over nettverk med PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Denne installasjonsmåten krever en hovedtjener som er i gang. Når klientene " -"starter via hovednettet, vil en ny PXE-meny med installer og oppstartsvalg " -"vises. Hvis PXE-installasjonen mislykkes med en feilmelding som sier at en " -"XXX.bin-fil mangler, er det mest sannsynlige at tynnklientens nettverkskort " -"krever et ikke-fritt fastprogram. I så fall må Debian Installers Initrd " -"endres. Dette kan gjøres med denne kommandoen på tjeneren: <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput>.\n" -"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man kun har <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</emphasis> tilgjengelig:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man kun har <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</emphasis> tilgjengelig:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Dette oppsettet tillater også diskløse arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienter å " -"bli startet opp eller «booted» på hovednettet. Ulikt arbeidsstasjoner " -"trenger ikke diskløse arbeidsstasjoner å bli lagt til LDAP med GOsa², men " -"kan hvis ønskelig, f.eks. hvis du ønsker å påtvinge et eget vertsnavn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mer info om nettverksklienter kan man finne i avsnittet <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modifisering av PXE-installasjoner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installasjon bruker en «Debian-installer forhåndsutfyllings»fil, og " -"denne filen kan modifiseres til å spørre etter flere pakker som skal " -"installeres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"En linje slik som dette må legges til i <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installasjon bruker filene <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/" -"install.cfg</computeroutput> og forhåndsutfyllingsfilen i <computeroutput> /" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Disse filene kan " -"endres for å justere rekkefølgen brukt under installasjon, f.eks. for å " -"hindre flere spørsmål når man installerer over nettet. En annen mulighet for " -"å oppnå det samme er å sørge for ekstra innstillinger i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>, og å kjøre " -"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å " -"oppdatere de genererte filene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon kan man finne i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\"> manualen til Debian Installer</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"For å slå av eller endre bruken av proxy når du innstallerer fra PXE, må " -"linjene som inneholder <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>preseed/" -"early_command</computeroutput> i<computeroutput> tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> endres. For å slå av bruken av proxy " -"når du installerer, sett \"#\" foran de første to linjene, og fjern " -"\"<computeroutput>export xhttp_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\";</" -"computeroutput>\" delen fra den siste linjen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Noen innstillinger kan ikke bli forhåndsutfylt med forhåndsutfyllingsfil da " -"de trengs i forkant av at forhåndsutfyllingsfilen lastes ned. Disse er satt " -"opp i PXElinux-baserte oppstart-argumenter tilgjengelig fra <computeroutput>/" -"var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>. Språk, " -"tastaturoppsett og skrivebord er eksempler på slike innstillinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Tilpassede bilder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Å lage tilpassede CD-er, DVD-er eller Blu-ray-plater kan være ganske enkelt " -"siden vi bruker <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"\">Debian Installer</ulink>, som bygger på moduler og andre fine funksjoner. " -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"Preseed\">Forhåndsutfylling</ulink> tillater deg å fastlegge svar på de " -"spørsmålene som vanligvis stilles." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Så alt du trenger å gjøre er å lage en forhåndsutfyllingsfil med svarene " -"dine (dette er beskrevet i vedlegget til Debian Installer-manualen), " -"og<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\"> lage " -"(remaster) CD/DVD-en</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Skjermbilder av installasjonen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Tekstmodus og grafisk installasjon er identisk med tanke på innhold, kun " -"utseendet er forskjellig, samt at man kan bruke mus ved grafisk " -"installasjon. Den grafiske installasjonen ser selvfølgelig bedre og mer " -"moderne ut. Hvis maskinvaren er i stand til å vise det grafiske " -"installasjonsgrensesnittet, er det all grunn til å bruke dette." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Disse skjermbildene gir en gjennomgang av en grafisk 64-bit hovedtjener + " -"arbeidsstasjon + LTSP-tjenerinstallasjon, og hvordan det ser ut ved første " -"oppstart av hovedtjeneren, en PXE-start både på arbeidsstasjonens nettverk " -"og på LTSP-klientnettverket:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "07-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "KDM-innlogging på tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "KDE og nettleser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "KDE-skrivebord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Tynnklienttjener(e)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Tynnklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Komme i gang" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Minimumssteg for å komme i gang" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Under installasjonen av hovedtjeneren ble den første brukerkontoen " -"opprettet. I den følgende teksten blir denne kontoen referert til som " -"«førstebrukeren». Denne kontoen er spesiell, ettersom det ikke er noen Samba-" -"konto (kan legges til via GOsa²), er hjemmekatalogtillatelsen satt til 700. " -"(Derfor er <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> nødvendig for å " -"gjøre personlige nettsider tilgjengelige), og førstebrukeren kan bruke " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> for å bli rot." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Se informasjonen om Debian Edu-spesifikke <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">oppsett av filsystemtilgang</link> før " -"brukere legges til. Oppsett for filsystemtilgang kan tilpasses lokale regler " -"hvis det ønskes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Etter installasjonen, de første tingene du trenger å gjøre som den første " -"brukeren er:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Logg inn på tjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Legg til brukere med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Legg til brukere med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Å legge til brukere og arbeidsstasjoner er beskrevet i detalj nedenfor, så " -"vær vennlig å les dette kapittelet fullstendig. Her vises hvordan disse " -"minimumsskrittene utføres riktig, men også annet stoff som alle kan trenge å " -"utføre." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Ytterligere informasjon finnes andre steder i denne håndboken: Kapittelet om " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">Nye funksjoner i Buster</link> bør leses av alle " -"som kjenner forrige utgivelse godt. For dem som oppgraderer fra en tidligere " -"versjon er det viktig å lese kapittelet om <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">oppgradering</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Hvis generell DNS-trafikk er blokkert ut fra nettverket ditt, og du må bruke " -"en spesifikk DNS-tjener for å slå opp Internett-maskiner, så må du be DNS-" -"tjeneren til å bruke denne tjener som sin «forwarder». Oppdater /etc/bind/" -"named.conf.options, og spesifiser IP-adressen til DNS-tjeneren som må brukes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link>-kapittelet dekker tips og triks samt " -"hyppige stilte spørsmål." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Det er flere tjenester som kjører på hovedtjener som kan håndteres via et " -"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introduksjon til GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² er et nettbasert administrasjonsverktøy som vil hjelpe deg å håndtere " -"en del viktige ting i Debian Edu-oppsettet ditt. Du kan håndtere disse " -"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "NIS Nettgruppeadministrator" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "DNS-administrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "DHCP-administrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"For tilgang til GOsa² trenger du Skolelinux-hovedtjeneren, og et (klient) " -"system med en nettleser installert som kan bli hoverdtjeneren selv hvis den " -"var installert som en såkalt kombinerttjener (hoved-, LTSP-tjener- + " -"arbeidsstasjonsprofiler)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du (sannsynligvis ved et uhell) har installert en ren " -"hovedtjenerprofil, og ikke har en klient med en nettleser for hånden, er det " -"enkelt å installere et minimalt skrivebord på hovedtjeneren ved hjelp av " -"denne kommandosekvensen i et (ikke-grafisk) skall som brukeren du opprettet " -"under installasjonen av hovedtjeneren (førstebruker):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install education-desktop-xfce lightdm\n" -" ### etter installasjon, kjør 'sudo service lightdm start' \n" -" ### log inn som første bruker" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Legg inn nettadressen <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> i en nettleser for å " -"få tilgang til GOsa², og logg inn som det første brukeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du bruker en ny maskin med Skolelinux/Debian Edu Bullseye, skal " -"nettstedssertifikatet allerede være på plass, og du vil ikke få noe " -"spørsmål om dette." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Hvis ikke, får du en feilmelding om at SSL-sertifikatet er feil. Hvis du " -"vet at du er alene på ditt nettverk, kan du be nettleseren din om å " -"akseptere det, og ignorere meldingen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "GOsa² Login pluss oversikt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "GOsa² oversiktsside etter innlogging, som den første brukeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Etter å ha logget inn i GOsa², vil du se oversiktssiden til GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Deretter kan du velge en oppgave i menyen, eller klikke på en av " -"oppgaveikonene på oversiktssiden. For navigering anbefaler vi å bruke menyen " -"på venstre side av skjermen, ettersom den blir synlig på alle " -"administrasjonssidene som ligger inne i GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"I Debian Edu er kontoinformasjon lagret i en LDAP-katalog. Disse dataene " -"blir brukt ikke bare av hovedtjeneren , men også av (diskløse) " -"arbeidsstasjoner, LTSP-tjenere og Windows-maskiner i nettverket. Med LDAP, " -"trenger kontoinformasjon om elever, lærere og andre bare å legges inn en " -"gang. Etter at informasjon har blitt gitt i LDAP, vil informasjonen være " -"tilgjengelig for alle systemer på hele Skolelinux-nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² er et administrasjonsverktøy som bruker LDAP til å lagre informasjon " -"og gi en hierarkisk avdelingsstruktur. Til hver «avdeling» kan du legge til " -"brukerkontoer, grupper, systemer, nettgrupper etc. Avhengig av strukturen i " -"institusjonen, kan du gjenspeile denne strukturen i LDAPs datatre på Debian " -"Edus hovedtjener ved hjelp av GOsa²/LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"En standard Debian Edu-hovedtjenerinstallasjon gir i dag to «avdelinger»: " -"Lærere og studenter, pluss basisnivået LDAP-treet. Studentkontoer er ment " -"lagt til «Studenter»-avdelingen, lærere til «Lærere»-avdelingen; systemer " -"(servere, Skolelinux-arbeidsstasjoner, Windows-maskiner, skrivere etc.) er " -"for tiden lagt til basisnivået. Finn ditt eget opplegg for tilpasning til " -"denne strukturen. (Du finner et eksempel på hvordan du oppretter brukere i " -"årsklasser, med felles hjemmekatalog for hver gruppe i <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster//HowTo/" -"AdvancedAdministration#User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">HowTo/" -"AdvancedAdministration</ulink>-kapittelet i denne manualen.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Avhengig av oppgaven som du vil jobbe med (administrere brukere, " -"administrere grupper, administrere systemer, etc.), presenterer GOsa² deg " -"for et annet syn på den valgte avdelingen (eller basenivået)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med Lwat" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Først klikker du på «Brukere» («Users») i venstre navigasjonsmeny. Høyre " -"side av skjermen vil endres for å vise en tabell med avdelingsmapper for " -"«Studenter» («Students») og «Lærere» («Teachers»), og kontoen til GOsa² " -"Super-Administrator (den brukeren som først ble opprettet). Ovenfor denne " -"tabellen kan du se feltet <emphasis>Base</emphasis> som lar deg navigere " -"gjennom trestrukturen din (beveg musen over området, og en rullegardinmeny " -"vises), og for å velge en basismappe for de planlagte oppgaver (for eksempel " -"legge til en ny bruker)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Legge til brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ved siden av treet navigasjonselementet kan du se «Handlinger»-menyen " -"(«Actions» menu). Beveg musen over denne, og en undermeny vises på skjermen; " -"velg «Opprett» («Create») her, og deretter «Bruker» («User»). Du blir " -"veiledet av brukerveiviseren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Den viktigste tingen å legge til er malen (newstudent eller newteacher) det " -"fulle navnet for din bruker (se bildet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Når du følger veiviseren, vil du se at GOsa² genererer et brukernavn " -"automatisk basert på det virkelige navnet. Den velger automatisk et " -"brukernavn som ikke finnes ennå, slik at flere brukere med det samme navnet/" -"hele navnet, ikke er et problem. Merk at GOsa² kan generere ugyldige " -"brukernavn hvis hele navnet inneholder ikke-ASCII-tegn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ikke liker det genererte brukernavn, kan du velge et annet " -"brukernavn som tilbys i drop-down boksen («rullegardinboksen»), men du har " -"ikke et fritt valg her i veiviseren. (Hvis du ønsker å være i stand til å " -"redigere/endre det foreslåtte brukernavnet, åpne<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/" -"gosa.conf</computeroutput> med en redaktør, og legg til " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=«true»</computeroutput> som et " -"ekstra alternativ til «location-definisjonen».)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Når veiviseren er ferdig, blir du presentert med GOsa²-skjermen for det nye " -"brukerobjektet. Bruk fanene øverst for å sjekke de ferdige feltene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Etter at du har opprettet brukeren (ikke nødvendig å tilpasse feltet " -"veiviseren som er tomt nå), klikk på «OK»-knappen i nederste høyre hjørne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Som det siste trinnet vil GOsa² be om et passord for den nye brukeren. Skriv " -"det inn to ganger, og deretter «Angi passord» i nederste høyre hjørne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Noen tegn er kanskje ikke tillatt som del av passordet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Hvis alt gikk bra, kan du nå se den nye brukeren i brukerliste-tabellen. Du " -"skal nå kunne logge inn med brukernavnet på en Skolelinux-maskin i " -"nettverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Filterboks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"For å endre eller slette en bruker, bruk GOsa² til å bla gjennom listen over " -"brukere på systemet. På midten av skjermen kan du åpne «Filter»-boksen, et " -"søkeverktøy levert av GOsa². Hvis du ikke vet den nøyaktige plasseringen av " -"din brukerkonto i treet ditt, endre til basisnivået av GOsa²/LDAP-treet, og " -"søk der med alternativet merket «Søk i undertrær»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Når du bruker «Filter»-boksen, vil resultatene umiddelbart vises i midten av " -"teksten i tabellen listevisning. Hver linje representerer en brukerkonto, og " -"elementene lengst til høyre på hver linje er små ikoner som viser hva du kan " -"gjøre: endre bruker, lås konto, sett passord, og fjern bruker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"En ny side vil dukke opp der du direkte kan endre informasjonen om en " -"bruker, endre passordet til brukeren, og endre listen over grupper som " -"brukeren tilhører." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Redigerer brukerdata" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Sett passord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Studentene kan endre passordet sitt ved å logge inn i GOsa² med sitt eget " -"brukernavn. For å lette tilgangen til GOsa² er en oppføring som heter GOsa i " -"desktop (skrivebordets) System (eller System-innstillinger)-menyen. En " -"student som er innlogget vil bli presentert for en svært minimal versjon av " -"GOsa² som bare gir tilgang til studentens eget konto-datablad, og til " -"dialogboksen sett-passord (set password)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Lærere logget inn under sine egne brukernavn har spesielle privilegier i " -"GOsa². De har mer omfattende rettigheter i GOsa², og kan endre passord for " -"alle studentkonti. Dette kan være svært nyttig i timene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "For å administrativt gi en bruker et nytt passord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "Søk etter brukeren, som skal modifiseres, som beskrevet ovenfor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "Klikk på nøkkelsymbolet ved slutten av linjen som brukernavn er vist i" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"På den påfølgende siden kan du sette et nytt passord som du selv velger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Sett brukerpassord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Du kan nå sette det passordet du selv vil ha, så lenge det er minst 5 tegn " -"langt. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vær klar over sikkerhetsrisikoen som kan " -"medfølge muligheten for passord som er lett å gjette seg til!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Avansert brukerhåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Det er mulig å opprette mange brukere med GOsa² ved hjelp av en CSV-fil som " -"kan lages med ethvert godt regnearkprogram (for eksempel " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Oppføringer for følgende felt må i " -"det minste oppgis: UID, etternavn (sn), fornavn (givenName) og passord. Pass " -"på at det ikke er noen dupliserte oppføringer i UID- feltet. Vær oppmerksom " -"på at når du kontrollerer om det er duplikater, må allerede eksisterende UID-" -"oppføringer i LDAP sjekkes (som kan oppnås ved å utføre <computeroutput> " -"getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut-d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> på " -"kommandolinjen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Dette er format for retningslinjene slik som CSV-fil (GOsa² er ganske " -"intolerant når det gjelder disse):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Bruk \",\" som feltskille" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Ikke bruk hermetegn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"CSV-filen <emphasis role=\"strong\">må ikke</emphasis> inneholde en " -"topptekstlinje (av den typen som vanligvis inneholder kolonnenavnene)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"Rekkefølgen av feltene er ikke relevant, og kan defineres i GOsa² under " -"masseimport" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Stegene for masseimport er:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "Klikk på «LDAP Manager»-lenken i navigasjonsmenyen til venstre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "Klikk på «Import»-fanen i skjermen til høyre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"Bla gjennom lokal disk, og velg en CSV-fil med en liste over brukere som " -"skal importeres" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"Velg en tilgjengelig brukermal som skal brukes under masseimport/" -"overføringer (som NewTeacher eller NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "Klikk på «Import»-knappen i nederste høyre hjørne" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Det er lurt å teste først med en CSV-fil med noen få fiktive brukere som kan " -"slettes senere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Det samme gjelder for passordstyringsmodulen, som lar en nullstille mange " -"passord ved å bruke en CSV-fil eller ved å lage nye passord til brukerne som " -"hører til i et bestemt deltre i LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Tilbakestill passord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "lag gruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "Administrasjonen av grupper er svært lik administrasjonen av brukere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Du kan skrive inn et navn og en beskrivelse for hver gruppe. Pass på at du " -"velger riktig nivå i LDAP-treet når du oppretter en ny gruppe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du legger til brukere i en nyopprettet gruppe, kommer du tilbake til " -"brukerlisten. Det er her du mest sannsynlig ønsker å bruke filterboksen for " -"å finne brukere. Sjekk LDAP-trenivået også." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Gruppene du legger til i gruppehåndteringen er også vanlige UNIX-grupper, så " -"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Med maskinadministrasjon kan du administrere alle nettverksenhetene i ditt " -"Debian Edu-nettverk. Hver eneste maskin som legges til i LDAP-katalogen med " -"GOsa² har et vertsnavn, en IP-adresse, en MAC-adresse og et domenenavn som " -"vanligvis er «intern». For en mer grundig beskrivelse av arkitekturen i " -"Debian Edu, se <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link>-kapittelet " -"i denne manualen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"For å opprette et med GOsa², for et allerede oppsatt system, logg inn på " -"hovedtjeneren som root, og kjør" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Merk:</emphasis> vertsnøkkelfilopprettelse er " -"mulig for systemer av typen <emphasis>arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tjenere</emphasis> og <emphasis>terminaler</emphasis>, men ikke " -"for <emphasis>nettenheter</emphasis>. I tillegg bruker LTSP-klienter " -"<emphasis>sshfs</emphasis> for å montere hjemmemapper, slik at det ikke er " -"noe å gjøre for diskløse arbeidsstasjoner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"For å legge til en maskin bruker GOsa² hovedmenyen, systemer, legge til. Du " -"kan bruke en IP-adresse/vertsnavn fra det forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet " -"10.0.0.0/8. Foreløpig er det bare to forhåndsdefinerte faste adresser: " -"10.0.2.2 (tjener) og 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Adressene fra 10.0.16.20 til " -"10.0.31.254 (omtrent 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4000 verter) er reservert for DHCP, " -"og tildeles dynamisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"For å tildele en vert med MAC-adresse 52:54:00:12:34:10 en statisk IP-" -"adresse i GOsa², trenger du bare å skrive inn MAC-adressen, vetsnavnet og IP-" -"en; alternativt kan du klikke på <computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput>-" -"knappen som vil vise den første frie faste adressen i 10.0.0.0/8, mest " -"sannsynlig noe som 10.0.0.2 hvis du legger til den første maskinen på denne " -"måten. Det kan være bedre å først tenke rundt nettverket: For eksempel kan " -"du bruke 10.0.0.x med x>10 og x<50 for tjenere, og x>100 for " -"arbeidsstasjoner. Ikke glem å aktivere det nettopp tilføyde systemet. Med " -"unntak av hovedtjeneren vil alle systemer da ha et matchende ikon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis maskinene har startet som tynne klienter/diskløse arbeidsstasjoner, " -"eller har blitt installert ved hjelp av noen av nettverksprofilene, som " -"<computeroutput> sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>-skript kan brukes til " -"automatisk å legge maskiner til GOsa². For enkle maskiner vil det fungere ut " -"av boksen. For maskiner med mer enn en mac-adresse, må den som faktisk " -"brukes velges, <computeroutput> sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h </computeroutput> " -"viser informasjon om bruken. Vær oppmerksom på at IP-adressene som vises " -"etter bruk av <computeroutput> sitesummary2ldapdhcp </computeroutput> " -"tilhører det dynamiske IP-området. Disse systemene kan deretter endres for å " -"passe til nettverket ditt; endre navn på hvert nytt system, aktivere DHCP og " -"DNS, legge den til nettgrupper (se skjermbilder lenger ned for anbefalte " -"nettgrupper). Hvis det er nødvendig; start systemet på nytt etterpå. " -"Følgende skjermbilder viser hvordan dette ser ut i praksis:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Opprett GOsa-maskin for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Skriv inn passord hvis du ønsker å aktivere disse endringene, og ^c for å avbryte.\n" -"\n" -"Kobler til LDAP som cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"skriv inn passord: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Systemopplisting i GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Maskindetaljer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Endre maskindetaljer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Legg til nettgruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"En cron-jobb oppdaterer DNS en gang i timen. Benytt kommandoen " -"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> for å kjøre oppdateringen " -"manuelt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Søk og slett maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Søk etter, og slette maskiner er ganske likt søking og sletting av brukere, " -"så den informasjonen blir ikke gjentatt her." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Endre eksisterende maskiner / nettgruppehåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Etter å ha lagt til en maskin til LDAP-treet ved bruk av LWAT, kan du endre " -"maskinens egenskaper ved å bruke søkefunksjonaliteten og klikke på den " -"oppføringen du vil endre (slik du ville gjort med brukere)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Skjemaet som du får ved å klikke på en maskinlenke er på en måte likt det du " -"allerede kjenner fra redigering av brukeroppføringer. På en annen måte har " -"informasjonen andre betydninger i denne konteksten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"For eksempel, å legge en maskin til en <computeroutput>NetGroup</" -"computeroutput> vil ikke endre rettighetene en maskin (eller brukerne som er " -"logget inn på maskinen) har til filer eller programmer på tjeneren. Det er " -"mer det at det begrenser tjenestene en maskin kan bruke på hovedtjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Se på koden i <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for å få " -"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Maskiner med Skolelinux/Debian Edu i denne gruppen vil automatisk justere " -"størrelsen på LVM-partisjoner som får for liten plass." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts og cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Maskiner med Skolelinux/Debian Edu i denne gruppen vil automatisk slå seg av " -"om natten for å spare energi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts og cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Maskiner med Skolelinux/Debian Edu i denne gruppen vil automatisk slå seg av " -"om natten for å spare energi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vanlig navn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppen vil få lov til å koble til maskiner bare " -"på det lokale nettverket. Kombinert med web proxy-begrensninger kan dette " -"brukes under eksamen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Skriverhåndtering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"For skriverhåndtering legg din nettleser til <ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/" -">. Dette er det normale CUPS administrasjonsgrensesnittet der du kan legge " -"til/slette/endre skriverne dine, og kan rydde opp i utskriftskøen. Som " -"standard er bare rot (root) tillatt, men dette kan endres: Åpne /etc/cups/" -"cups-files.conf med en redigerer, og legg til ett eller flere gyldige " -"gruppenavn som passer til nettstedets policy, til linjen med inneholdet " -"<computeroutput> SystemGroup lpadmin</computeroutput>. Eksisterende GOsa²-" -"grupper som kan brukes er <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> og " -"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> (begge har den først " -"opprettede brukeren som medlem), <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> " -"og <computeroutput>jradmins</computeroutput> (ingen medlemmer etter " -"installasjonen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Å bruke skrivere koblet til arbeidsstasjoner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Pakken <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> er installert som forvalg på et system " -"med <emphasis>Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>sprofil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Rediger <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> som dette (USB-" -"skriver):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; velg type nettverkskriver; " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle skrivere " -"uavhengig av merke eller modell), og sett <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som URI-forbindelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Nettverksklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Standardoppsettet i Debian Edu er å holde klokkene på alle maskiner " -"synkronisert, men ikke nødvendigvis korrekt. NTP blir brukt for å oppdatere " -"tiden. Klokkene blir ikke synkronisert av en ekstern kilde med " -"standardoppsettet. Dette for å hindre systemer med en oppringtforbindelse " -"mot Internett fra å være tilkoplet nettet hele tiden. Dette ble satt opp " -"slik etter at en skole oppdaget at ISDN-forbindelsen deres var tilkoplet " -"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du bruker oppringt eller ISDN, og betaler for tid brukt, så ønsker du å " -"endre dette forvalgte oppsettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"For å slå på synkronisering med en ekstern klokke, må filen /etc/ntp.conf på " -"hovedtjener redigeres. Kommentartegnene foran <computeroutput>server</" -"computeroutput>-oppføringene må fjernes. Etter dette må NTP-tjeneren startes " -"på nytt ved å kjøre <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> " -"som rot. For å teste om tjeneren bruker den eksterne klokkekilden, kan du " -"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Utvide hele partisjoner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"På grunn av en feil i den automatiske partisjoneringen, kan noen partisjoner " -"bli for fulle etter installasjon. For å utvide de fulle partisjonene, kjør " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> som rot. Se " -"veiledningen for «Endre størrelse på partisjon» i kapittelet <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer " -"informasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Vedlikehold" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Denne delen forklarer hvordan man skal bruke <computeroutput>apt-get " -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Å bruke <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> er ganske enkelt. For å " -"oppdatere systemet må du kjøre to kommandoer på kommandolinja som root " -"(rot): <computeroutput>aptitude update</computeroutput> (oppdaterer lista " -"over tilgjengelige pakker) og <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</" -"computeroutput> (oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"Da Debian Edu bruker libpam-tmpdir, sette en pr. bruker TMP-katalogen, er " -"det en god idé å kjøre apt-get uten TMP- og TMPDIR-variablene angitt i LTSP-" -"kommando. Det er også en god idé å oppgradere ved hjelp av C locale for å " -"få et kjent resultat og sortering, selv om å gjøre en forskjell, gir feil i " -"en programpakke." - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Etter å ha oppgradert <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>-" -"pakke, kan det hende endrede Cfengine-oppsettsfiler er tilgjengelige. Kjør " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> for å " -"sjekke at dette er tilfelle. For å utføre endringene, kjør " -"<computeroutput>cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Det er viktig å kjøre <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> etter at " -"LTSP-tjeneren oppgraderes for sørge for at SquashFS-avbildningen for " -"diskløse klienter er synkronisert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Det er også en god idé å installere <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput>, og " -"sette dem opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vil gi deg melding en gang om " -"dagen via e-post hvilke pakker som trenger en oppdatering. Den installerer " -"ikke oppdateringene, men laster dem ned (vanligvis om natten), så du ikke " -"trenger å vente på nedlastingen når du kjører <computeroutput>aptitude " -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Automatisk installasjon av oppdateringer kan gjøres enkelt hvis det er " -"ønskelig. Det trengs bare at <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput>-pakken blir satt opp ifølge beskrivelsen her: <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>. I nye installasjoner aktiveres nye " -"sikkerhetsoppdateringer som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Ellers erstatt <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> med " -"<computeroutput>AMD64</computeroutput> eller <computeroutput>PowerPC</" -"computeroutput> som det passer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Hold deg oppdatert vedrørende sikkerhetsoppdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Å kjøre <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> som beskrevet over, er en " -"god måte for å finne hvilke pakker som har sikkerhetsfikser tilgjengelig. En " -"annen måte å holde seg oppdatert på, er å abonnere på e-postlisten <ulink " -"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-" -"announce</ulink>, her får man også informasjon om hva " -"sikkerhetsoppdateringen dreier seg om. Ulempen (sammenlignet med " -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) er at det også inkluderes " -"infomasjon om pakker som ikke er installert på systemet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"For å håndtere sikkerhetskopier går du med nettleseren til adressen <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Vær oppmerksom på at du trenger tilgang " -"til dette nettstedet via SSL, ettersom du må skrive inn root-passordet der. " -"Hvis du prøver å få tilgang til dette nettstedet uten å bruke SSL, vil det " -"mislykkes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Merk: nettstedet vil kun virke hvis du midlertidig tillater root-innlogging " -"via ssh på sikkerhetskopi-teneren (i utgangspunktet hovedtjeneren 'tjener')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Som standard vil tjener ta sikkerhetskopi av <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> og LDAP til /skole/backup, som " -"er et LVM-område. Hvis du bare vil ha ting lagret to ganger (hvis du sletter " -"noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Vær oppmerksom på at denne sikkerhetskopieringsmekanismen ikke beskytter deg " -"mot harddisker som går i stykker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil sikkerhetskopiere dine data til en ekstern tjener, en tape-" -"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet litt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker å gjenopprette en komplett folder, anbefales det å bruke " -"kommandolinja:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <dato> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<dato>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Dette vil legge innholdet fra <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> fra <computeroutput><dato></computeroutput> i mappa " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<dato></computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker å gjenopprette en enkelt fil, skal dette kunne gjøres ved å " -"velge fila (og versjon) fra webgrensesnittet, for så å laste ned bare den " -"fila." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker å kvitte deg med eldre sikkerhetskopier, velg «Vedlikehold» i " -"menyen på sikkerhetskopi-siden, og velg å beholde det eldste øyeblikksbildet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Vedlikehold" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Trendrapportsystemet Munin er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. Det viser grafer for systemstatus på en daglig, ukentlig, " -"månedlig og årlig basis. Dette gir systemadministrator hjelp til å se etter " -"flaskehalser og kilden for systemproblemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Listen over maskiner som blir overvåket ved hjelp av Munin blir generert " -"automatisk basert på listen over tjenere som rapporterer til Sitesummary. " -"Alle tjenere med pakken Munin-node installert, blir registrert for " -"overvåking av Munin. Det vil vanligvis gå ett døgn fra en maskin blir " -"installert til monitorering starter på grunn av rekkefølgen til Cron-" -"jobbene. For å fart på denne prosessen kan du kjøre " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> som rot på " -"Sitesummary-tjeneren (vanligvis hovedtjeneren). Dette vil oppdatere " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>-filen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Det innsamlede settet med målinger blir automatisk generert på hver enkelt " -"maskin som bruker programmet <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" -"computeroutput>, som søker etter tilgjengelige programtillegg fra " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> og symlinker de " -"som passer til <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Informasjon om Munin er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Nagios system- og tjenesteovervåkning er tilgjengelig fra <ulink " -"url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. Utvalget av maskiner og tjenester som blir " -"overvåket er automatisk generert etter informasjon innsamlet av Sitesummary-" -"systemet. Maskinene som kjører profilene hovedtjener og LTSP-tjener blir " -"fullstendig overvåket, mens arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienter vil få en " -"enklere overvåkning. For å slå på full overvåkning av en arbeidsstasjon " -"installer <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>-pakken på " -"arbeidsstasjonen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Som standard fra Debian- Edu 3.0r1 så sender ikke Icinga ut e-post. Dette " -"kan endres ved å bytte ut <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> " -"med <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> og " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> i fila <computeroutput>/etc/" -"icinga/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Nagiosoppsettsfilen - filen som brukes er <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cron-jobben i Sitesummary genererer " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"med listen over verter og tjenester som skal overvåkes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Ekstra Icinga-kontroller kan legges inn i filen <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> for å få dem " -"inkludert i den genererte filen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Informasjon om Icinga-systemet er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://www." -"icinga.org/\"/>, eller i pakken <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Felles Icinga-varsler, og hvordan de skal behandles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Her er instruksjoner om hvordan du skal håndtere de mest vanlige Icinga-" -"advarsler." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK-KRITISK - ledig plass: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Partisjonen (/usr/ i eksempelet) er for full. Det finnes generelt to måter å " -"håndtere dette på: (1) Fjerne noen filer, eller (2) Øke størrelsen på " -"partisjon. Hvis partisjonen er /var/, sletting APT-cache med<computeroutput> " -"apt-get clean </computeroutput> fjerner kanskje noen filer. Hvis det er mer " -"plass tilgjengelig i LVM-volumgruppen, kan programmet<computeroutput> " -"debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> forlenge partisjoner. For å kjøre " -"dette programmet automatisk hver time, kan verten det gjelder legges til " -"nettgruppen <computeroutput> fsautoresize-hosts </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" -"APT-KRITISK: 13 pakker tilgjengelig for oppgradering (13 kritiske " -"oppdateringer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Ny pakke er tilgjengelig for oppgraderinger. De kritiske er normalt " -"sikkerhetsfikser. For å oppgradere kjør \"apt-get upgrade && apt-get " -"dist-upgrade\" som rot i en terminal, eller logge inn via SSH for å gjøre " -"det samme. På LTSP-tjenere, husk også å oppdatere LTSP-chrooten " -"med<computeroutput> ltsp-chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-" -"get upgrade </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du ikke ønsker å oppgradere pakker manuelt, og stoler på at Debian gjør " -"en god jobb med nye versjoner, kan du sette opp pakken " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, til å automatisk " -"oppgradere alle nye pakker hver natt. Dette vil ikke oppgradere LTSP-" -"chrooter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"ADVARSEL: Omstart nødvendig: Kjerne i bruk = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installert " -"kjerne = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Kjernen som brukes er eldre enn den nyeste installerte kjernen, og omstart " -"må til for å aktivere den nyest installerte kjernen. Dette vil normalt haste " -"en del, fordi nye kjerner i Debian Edu bidrar til å løse sikkerhetsproblemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "ADVARSEL: CUPS køstørrelse - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Skriverkøene i CUPS har mange jobber som venter. Dette er mest sannsynlig på " -"grunn av at skriver ikke er tilgjengelig. Deaktiverte utskriftskøer blir " -"aktivert hver time på vertene som er med i nettgruppen <computeroutput>cups-" -"queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>. For slike verter bør ikke manuell " -"handling være nødvendig. Utskriftskøene blir tømt hver kveld for vertene som " -"er med i nettgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" -"computeroutput>. Hvis en vert har mange jobber i sin kø, vurder å legge " -"slike verter inn i en eller begge nettgrupper." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary (Site Summary) brukes til å samle informasjon fra alle " -"datamaskiner i nettverket, og sender dette til en sentral tjener. " -"Informasjonen som er samlet er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput> . Skript som finnes i <computeroutput>/" -"usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> muliggjør generering av ulike " -"rapporter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"En enkel rapport fra Sitesummary er tilgjenglig fra <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Noe dokumentasjon for Sitesummary er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Mer informasjon om ulike måter å tilpasse Debian Edu/Skolelinux på" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon om nyttige tilpasninger i Debian Edu for " -"systemadministratorer finnes i <link linkend=\"Administration\">kapittelet " -"om Administrasjonsoppskrifter</link> og i <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">kapittelet om Avanserte " -"administrasjonsoppskrifter</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Oppgraderinger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Før du leser denne oppgraderingsveiledningen, så vær oppmerksom på at du " -"gjør dette på en tjener i drift på egen risiko. <emphasis " -"role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux kommer med ABSOLUTT HELT UTEN GARANTI, i " -"det omfang som er tillatt av relevante lover.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Vær snill og les hele dette kapittelet og <link linkend=\"Features\">New " -"features in Buster</link> før du starter med å oppgradere systemet ditt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Generelle betraktninger om oppgradering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Oppgradering av Debian fra en distro (distribution) til en annen er generelt " -"enkelt. For Debian Edu er det ikke så enkelt ennå da vi har kraftig " -"modifisert konfigurasjonsfiler på måter vi ikke skulle gjort (se Debian bug " -"<ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188\">311188</ulink> for mer info.) " -"Oppgradering er fremdeles mulig, men krever mye arbeid." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Generelt er oppgradering av tjenere vanskeligere enn arbeidsstasjoner, og " -"hovedtjeneren er den vanskeligste å oppgradere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil være sikker på at alt fungerer som før etter oppgraderingen, så " -"bør du teste oppgraderingen på en testtjener, som er satt opp på samme måte " -"som tjeneren som er i drift. Der kan du teste oppgraderingen uten risiko, og " -"se om alt fungerer som det skal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Pass på å også lese informasjonen om gjeldende stabile Debian-utgave " -"tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Det kan også være lurt å vente litt, og kjøre Sarge noen uker lenger, slik " -"andre kan teste oppgraderingen, erfare problemer og dokumentere dem. Debian " -"Edu Sarge vil fortsatt få støtte en stund ennå. Men når Debian <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">avslutter støtten for " -"Sarge</ulink>, vil Debian Edu også måtte gjøre det. Dette var forventet å " -"skje i april 2008." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu Stretch" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Vær oppmerksom: Sørg for at du har testet oppgraderingen fra Stretch i et " -"testmiljø, eller at du har sikkerhetskopiering tilgjengelig, for å kunne gå " -"tilbake ved eventuelle problemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Vær oppmerksom på at følgende oppskrift gjelder en standard Debian Edu-" -"hovedtjenerinstallasjon (desktop=xfce, profilene Hovedtjener, " -"Arbeidsstasjon, LTSP-tjener). (For en generell oversikt over oppgradering " -"fra Buster til Bullseye, se: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "Ikke bruk X, bruk et virtuellt konsoll og logg inn som root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> avsluttes med en feil, forsøk å " -"rette den og/eller kjør <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput>, og " -"så igjen<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Oppgrader hovedtjeneren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Begynn med å sikre at gjeldende system er oppdatert:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Opprydding i pakkens hurtigbuffer:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "Forberede og starte oppgraderingen til Buster:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/stretch/buster/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: Vær forberedt på å lese mange NEWS-oppføringer; trykk <" -"return> for å rulle nedover, <q> for å forlate sideinndeleren. All " -"info vil bli sendt på e-post til root, slik at du kan lese det igjen (ved " -"bruk av <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Les all debconf-informasjon nøye, velg «behold den lokale versjonen som er " -"installert» med mindre noe annet er beskrevet under; I de fleste tilfeller " -"bruk bare «return»-tasten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "omstart av tjenester: Velg ja." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/ldap2zone: Velg Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Aktiver og juster oppsett:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "cf-agent -I -D installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"kjør <computeroutput>exportfs</computeroutput> for å kontrollere at " -"<emphasis>gss/krb5i</emphasis> er aktivt for begge oppføringer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"kjør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Hent den nye grafiske profilen for Debian Edu Buster:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Aktiver og juster oppsett:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Andre LDAP-relaterte endringer" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/krb5.conf /etc/krb5.conf.backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "fjern /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Kjør <computeroutput>service isc-dhcp-server restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Sjekk om det oppgraderte systemet virker:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Start på nytt, logg inn som første bruker for å teste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "om GOsa² -grensesnittet fungerer," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "Hvis man er i stand til å koble LTSP-klienter og arbeidsstasjoner," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"Hvis man kan legge til eller fjerne et nettgruppe-medlemskap i et system," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "Hvis man kan sende og motta intern e-post," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "Hvis man kan administrere skrivere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "og hvis andre nettstedsspesifikke ting virker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Oppgradering av en arbeidsstasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner (før Stretch)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"For å oppgradere fra enhver eldre utgave må du først oppgradere til den " -"Buster-baserte Debian Edu-utgivelsen før du kan følge instruksjonene " -"ovenfor. Instruksjonene om hvordan du oppgraderer til Stretch fra den " -"tidligere Jessie er gitt i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster#\">Håndboken for Debian EduBuster</ulink> om hvordan " -"man oppgraderer fra Buster fra forrige utgave, Stretch. På samme måte " -"beskriver Stretch-håndboken hvordan man oppgraderer fra Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Veiledning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Oppskrifter for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generell administrasjon</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">avansert " -"administrasjon</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Kapitlene <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Komme i gang</link> og <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Vedlikehold</link> beskriver hvordan komme i gang " -"med Debian Edu, og hvordan grunnleggende vedlikehold fungerer. Veiledningene " -"i dette kapittelet er allerede «avanserte» tips og triks." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "Versjonssporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av SVK versjonskontrollsystem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Ved bruk av <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> spores alle filer i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> ved bruk av <ulink url=\"http://www." -"git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> som system for versjonskontroll." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dette gjør det mulig å se når en fil er lagt til, endret eller fjernet. Hvis " -"det er en tekstfil som er endret, så kan man se endringene. SVK-repository " -"er lagret i <computeroutput>~root/.svk/</computeroutput>. Hver time blir " -"alle endringer automatisk registrert, noe som gjør det mulig å trekke ut " -"konfigurasjonshistorikken for å se på den." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Alle endringer blir automatisk tatt vare på hver time. Det gjør at " -"konfigurasjonshistorien kan hentes ut for senere gjennomgang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"For å se historien brukes kommandoen <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput>. For å sjekke forskjellen mellom to tidspunkter kan en " -"kommando som denne brukes: <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Se på koden i <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for " -"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Eksempel på bruk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"I et nyinstallert system kan du prøve dette for å se alle endringer som er " -"gjort siden systemet ble installert:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "Se hvilke filer som nå ikke er sporet, og som ikke er oppdatert:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"De fleste partisjoner i Debian Edu er logiske dataområder (LVM). Det er kun " -"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>-partisjonen som ikke er det. Med " -"Debian/Squeeze-utgivelsen av Skolelinux/Debian Edu, er det mulig å utvide " -"partisjoner mens de er montert. Dette er en egenskap i Linux-kjernen siden " -"versjon 2.6.10. Krymping av partisjoner må fortsatt skje mens partisjonen er " -"avmontert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"Det er en god idé å unngå å lage svært store partisjoner (med over, for " -"eksempel. 20 GiB), fordi tiden det tar å kjøre <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> på dem, eller å gjenskape dem fra sikkerhetskopier hvis " -"dette skulle bli nødvendig. Det er bedre, hvis mulig, å lage flere mindre " -"partisjoner enn en svært stor en." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"For å gjøre det enklere å utvide fulle partisjoner så finnes skriptet " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresiz</computeroutput>. Når det blir kjørt, " -"leser det oppsettet fra <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"Basert på reglene i disse filene foreslår det utvidelse av partisjoner med " -"for lite ledig plass. Uten argument, så vil det bare skrive ut kommandoene " -"som trengs for å utvide filsystemet. Argumentet <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Skriptet utføres automatisk hver time på hver klient listet i nettgruppen " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Når man endrer størrelsen på partisjonen som brukes av Squid proxyen, så må " -"størrelsen på mellomlager (cache) i <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" -"computeroutput> oppdateres i tillegg. For å hjelpe til med dette så kjøres " -"skriptet <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" -"cachedir</computeroutput> automatisk. Det sjekker at nåværende størrelse på " -"partisjon til <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput>, og " -"konfigurerer Squid til å bruke 80 % av dette som mellomlager (cache)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Håndtering av logiske dataområder (LVM) gjør det mulig å endre størrelse på " -"partisjoner mens de er montert og i bruk. Du kan lære mer om LVM i <ulink " -"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"For å utvide et logisk volum manuelt forteller du ganske enkelt " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput>-kommandoen hvor stort du vil det " -"skal vokse til. For eksempel, for å utvide home0 til 30 GiB kan du bruke " -"følgende kommandoer:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "For å utvide home0 med 30 GiB i tillegg, setter du inn «+» (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> er et " -"verktøy for å redigere LDAP databasen med en vanlig tekstredigerer fra " -"kommandolinjen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Følgende må utføres:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Merk: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> vil bruke det som måtte være " -"standard editor (standardredigeringsprogram). Ved å kjøre " -"<computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> i skallets kommandolinje " -"kan man konfigurere miljøet for å få en vi-klone som editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"For å legge til et LDAP-objekt med Ldapvi bruk objektets rekkefølgenummer " -"med strengen <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> foran det nye LDAP-" -"objektet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"NB: lokale enheter med <computeroutput>ltspfs</computeroutput> vil ikke " -"fungere lenger uten LDM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "Kerberisert NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Bruk av Kerberos for NFS for å montere hjemmemapper er en " -"sikkerhetsfunksjon. Nivåene <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> og <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> støttes (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> " -"betyr Kerberos-identitetsbekreftelse, <emphasis>i</emphasis> står for " -"integritetssjekk, og <emphasis>p</emphasis> for personvern, altså " -"kryptering); last på tjeneren eller arbeidsstasjonen øker for hvert " -"sikkerhetsnivå <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> kan være et godt valg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Hvordan endre forvalget" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedtjener</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "logg inn som root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"kjør <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, søk etter " -"<emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> og erstatt det med <emphasis>sec=krb5i</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"rediger <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: Avkommenter/juster/" -"kommenter eksisterende oppføringer for /srv/*; forsikre deg om at de ser " -"slik ut:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dette verktøyet tillater valg av forvalgt skriver, avhangig av plassering, " -"maskin, eller gruppemedlemskap. For mer info, se <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Nagiosoppsettsfilen - filen som brukes er <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cron-jobben i Sitesummary genererer " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"med listen over verter og tjenester som skal overvåkes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, en LDAP GUI" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du foretrekker et grafisk grensesnitt for å jobbe med LDAP-databasen, " -"ta en titt på <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>-pakken, som er " -"tilgjengelig ut av boksen. For å få skrivetilgang, koble til på denne måten:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"vert: ldap.intern\n" -"port:636\n" -"Sikkerhetsnivå: ssl + user + password\n" -"Bruker dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "Ldap-createuser-krb, et kommandolinjeverktøy" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> er et lite " -"kommandolinjeverktøy til å lage LDAP-brukere og sette passordene deres i " -"Kerberos. Det er likevel mest brukbart for testing." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Bruk av stabile oppdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Siden Squeeze-utgivelsen i 2011 har Debian tatt med pakker som tidligere ble " -"vedlikeholdt på volatile.debian.org i <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" -"StableUpdates\">samlingen stable-updates</ulink> (stabile oppdateringer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Selv om du kan bruke stable-updates direkte, trenger du det ikke; stable-" -"updates blir lagt inn i den stabile utgaven regelmessig når stabile " -"versjoner blir laget, noe som grovt sett skjer hver annen måned." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Å bruke backports til å installere nyere programvare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Du kjører Debian Edu, fordi du foretrekker stabiliteten til Debian Edu. Det " -"kjører fint, det er bare ett problem: Av og til er programvaren mer utdatert " -"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Backports er pakker fra Debian testing (for det meste) og Debian unstable (i " -"noen få tilfeller, f.eks. sikkerhetsoppdateringer), som er kompilert for " -"Debian stable. Du vil derfor ikke trenge nye bibliotek (så langt det er " -"mulig) på en stabil Debian-distribusjon som Debian Edu. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Vi anbefaler deg til bare å plukke ut enkeltpakker som " -"passer til dine behov, og ikke bruke alle pakkene som er tilgjengelig i " -"backports.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Bruk av backports er enkelt:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ buster-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Så kan man lett installere tilbakeførte pakker (backports). Den følgende " -"kommando vil installere en tilbakeflyttet versjon av <emphasis>tuxtype</" -"emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t buster-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Tilbakeførte pakker (backports) blir automatisk oppdatert (hvis " -"tilgjengelige) akkurat som andre pakker. Som i det normale arkivet, har " -"tilbakeførte pakker tre seksjoner: Main, contrib og non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Oppgradering med en CD eller tilsvarende bilde" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil oppgradere fra en versjon til en annen (for eksempel fra Buster " -"10.1+edu0 to 10.3+edu1) og du mangler Internett-forbindelse, men har fysiske " -"medier; følg disse skrittene:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Sett inn en CD/DVD/Blu-ray-plate/USB-minnepenn, monter den og bruk apt-cdrom-" -"kommandoen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "For å sitere apt-cdrom(8) manualsiden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"APT-cdrom brukes til å legge til en ny CD-ROM til APT-ens liste over " -"tilgjengelige kilder. APT-cdrom fastlegger strukturen på platen så vel som å " -"korrigere for ulike, mulige feilbrenninger, og for å verifisere filindeksen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Det er nødvendig å bruke APT-cdrom for å legge CD-er til APT-systemet. Det " -"kan ikke gjøres for hånd. Videre må hver disk i et CD-sett settes inn og " -"skannes separat for å forhindre mulige feilbrenninger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Deretter, kjør disse to kommandoene for å oppgradere systemet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Automatisk opprydding av prosesser som er til overs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> er et perl-skript som fjerner " -"bakgrunnsprosesser. Dette er prosesser som hører til brukere som ikke lenger " -"er logget inn på en maskin. Killer kjøres av Cron en gang i timen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Automatisk installasjon av sikkerhetsoppdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> er en Debian-pakke som " -"automatisk vil installere sikkerhets- (og andre) oppdateringer. Pakker er " -"installert ut av boksen og forhåndsoppsatt til å installere " -"sikkerhetsoppdateringer. Loggene er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/var/log/" -"unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>. I tillegg er en sjekke " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/var/" -"log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Automatisk nedstengning av maskiner for natten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Det er mulig å spare energi og penger ved automatisk å slå av klientmaskiner " -"om kvelden og på igjen om morgenen. Programpakken vil forsøke å slå av " -"maskinen hver time på klokkeslaget fra 16.00 om ettermiddagen, men vil ikke " -"slå den av hvis den synes å ha brukere. Fra 07.00 om morgenen vil den " -"forsøke å få BIOS til å slå på maskinen, og hovedtjeneren vil forsøke å slå " -"på maskinene fra 06.30 ved å sende «Wake-on-Lan»-pakker (WoL). Disse tidene " -"kan forandres i crontab-ene på den enkelte maskin." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Det er noen vurderinger man må gjøre før man gjør dette:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Klienten må ikke slås av på et tidspunkt når de brukes. Dette gjør man ved å " -"sjekke resultatet av <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, og så sjekke om " -"kommandoen for LDM SSH fungerer på klientene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"For å unngå at sikringer går, så er det en god idé å sørge for at ikke alle " -"klientene starter på samme tid." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Det er tilgjengelig to ulike metoder for å vekke opp klientene igjen. En " -"bruker en funksjon i BIOS, og forutsetter at maskivareklokker er i drift og " -"rett. I tillegg så må hovedkort og BIOS-versjon være støttet av " -"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>. Den andre måten krever en " -"tjener som har info om alle klienter som skal vekkes og har støtte for Wake-" -"on-Lan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Slik setter du opp shutdown-at-night" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"På klienter som skal slås av om natten, trykker du på: <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shut down-at-night</computeroutput>, eller legger til " -"vertsnavnet (det vil si resultatet av «<computeroutput>uname -n</" -"computeroutput>» på tjeneren) til nettgruppen «shutdown-at-night-hosts». Å " -"legge til verter til nettgruppen i LDAP kan gjøres med å bruke nettverktøyet " -"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Klientene trenger kanskje å ha Wake-" -"on-Lan satt opp i BIOS. Det er også viktig at svitsjer og rutere som brukes " -"mellom Wake-on-Lan-tjener og klienter vil la WoL-pakker passere til " -"klientene, selv om klientene er slått av. Noen svitsjer klarer ikke å sende " -"pakker videre til klienter som mangler i ARP-tabellen i vekslere, og det " -"blokkerer WoL-pakker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"For å aktivere Wake-on-LAN på tjeneren legg til klienter til " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>. En linje " -"pr. klient, IP-adressen først, og MAC-adressen (ethernet-adressen) neste, " -"med mellomrom mellom, eller lag et skript <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" -"night/clients-generator</computeroutput> for å generere listen av klienter " -"raskt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Her er et eksempel på <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> for bruk sammen med Sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Et alternativ hvis nettgruppen er brukt for å aktivere shutdown-at-night på " -"klienter, er dette skriptet som bruker nettgruppeverktøyet fra " -"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>-pakken:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Tilgang til Skolelinux-tjeneren fra utsiden av en brannmur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"For å få tilgang til maskiner bak en brannvegg fra Internett, vurder å " -"installere pakken: <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Den kan brukes " -"til å sette opp en SSH-tunnel til en maskin på Internett som du har tilgang " -"til. Fra den maskinen, kan du få tilgang til en tjener bak brannveggen via " -"SSH-tunnelen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenester for å avlaste hovedtjeneren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"I standardinstallasjonen kjøres alle tjenestene på hovedtjeneren; «tjener». " -"For å forenkle flytting til en annen maskin er det en <emphasis>minimal</" -"emphasis> installasjonsprofil tilgjengelig. Installasjon av denne profilen " -"vil lede til en maskin som er en del av Debian Edu-nettverket, men som ikke " -"kjører noen tjenester (ennå)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Disse skrittene kreves for å sette opp en maskin som skal utføre noen/" -"bestemte tjenester:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"Installer <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profilen ved å bruke <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> oppstartsvalget" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "Installer pakkene for tjenesten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "Sette opp tjenesten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "Slå av tjenesten på hovedtjeneren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "Oppdater DNS på hovedtjeneren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Avansert administrasjon, oppskrifter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "Dette kapittelet beskriver avanserte administratoroppgaver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med Lwat" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Lage brukere i årsgrupper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"I dette eksemplet vil vi lage brukere i årsgrupper, med felles hjemmemapper " -"for hver gruppe (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc). Vi vil lage brukere ved å " -"importere CSV-er." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(som rot på hovedtjeneren) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Lage de nødvendige årsgruppe-mapper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(som første bruker i Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Avdeling" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Hovedmeny: Gå til «Directory structure», klikk på «Students» department. " -"«Base»-feltet bør vise «/Students». Fra nedtrekksmenyen «Actions», velg " -"«Create»/«Department». Fyll inn verdiene for navn (2014) og " -"beskrivelsefeltene (students graduating in 2014), la Base-feltet stå urørt " -"(skal være «/Students»). Lagre ved å klikke «Ok». Nå vil det nye department " -"(2014) vises nedenfor under /Students. Klikk på det." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Gruppe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Velg «Groups» fra hovedmenyen «Actions»/Create/Group. Velg «group name» (la " -"«Base» stå som det er, det skal være /Students/2014), og kryss av i boksen " -"til venstre for «Samba group» «Ok» for å lagre." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Mal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Velg «users» fra hovedmenyen. Skift til «Students» i Base-feltet (Base " -"field). Inngangen <computeroutput>«NewStudent»</computeroutput> skal vises, " -"klikk på den. Dette er «studentens» mal, ikke en virkelig bruker. Ettersom " -"du må lage en slik mal (for å kunne importere CSV-er i opplegget) basert på " -"denne. Legg merke til innganger som vises i Generic, POSIX og Samba-fanene. " -"Ta muligens skjermbilder for å ha informasjonen klar for den nye malen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Nå endre til /Studenter/2014 i Base-feltet; Velg Create/Template og start " -"innfylling av de ønskede verdier, først Generic tabulatoren (legg din nye " -"2014 gruppe under Gruppe Medlemskap også), legg deretter til POSIX og Samba " -"konto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importer brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Velg din nye mal når du importerer CSV-er. Det anbefales å teste med noen få " -"brukere først." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Andre brukertilpasninger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Oppretter en mappe på alle brukeres hjemmeområde" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Med dette skriptet kan administrator opprette en mappe på hver brukers " -"hjemmeområde, og sette tilgangsrettigheter og eierskap." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"I eksemplet nedenfor med gruppe=teachers (gruppe-lærere) og " -"tillatelser=2770, kan en bruker levere inn en oppgave ved å lagre fila i " -"mappa «oppgaver» («assignments») der lærerne har fått skrivetilgang slik at " -"de kan legge til kommentarer." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" # sett riktig eier og gruppe\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Bruke en øremerket tjener til lagring" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Ta disse skrittene for å sette opp en tjener avsatt til oppgaven med å lagre " -"brukerhjemmemapper og mulige andre data." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Å legge til et nytt system for <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> ved å " -"bruke GOsa² som beskrevet i <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--" -"Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Getting started</link>-kapittelet i " -"denne håndboken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Dette eksemplet bruker «nas-server.intern» som tjenernavn. Så snart «nas-" -"server.intern» er satt opp, sjekk om NFS export points (NFS-eksportpunkter) " -"på den nye lagringstjeneren er flyttet til de relevante undernett eller " -"maskiner:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Her har alt på stamnettet fått tilgang til eksporteringen av /storage " -"(lagringen). (Dette kan være begrenset til medlemskap i nettgruppen, eller " -"enkeltstående IP-adresser for å begrense NFS-adgang, slik det er gjort i " -"filen tjener:/etc/exports.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Legg til automont informasjon om «nas-server.intern» i LDAP for å tillate " -"alle klienter å automatisk montere ny eksport på forespørsel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Dette kan ikke gjøres med GOsa², fordi det mangler en modul for automount. " -"Bruk isteden Ldapvi , og tilføy de nødvendige LDAP-objekter ved å bruke en " -"tekstbehandler." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Når tekstbehandleren kommer opp, legg til følgende LDAP-objekter på bunnen " -"av dokumentet. ( «/&» -delen i det siste LDAP-objektet er en joker som " -"matcher alt «nas-server.intern» eksporterer, og fjerner behovet for å liste " -"individuelle mount points (monteringspunkter) i LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"\n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -"\n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Legg til relevante oppføringer i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, fordi tjener." -"intern ikke bruker automonter for å unngå monteringssløyfer:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Lag monteringspunktkataloger ved å bruke <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, rediger «/etc/fstab» som passende, og kjør " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> for å montere de nye ressursene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Nå skal brukerne kunne få tilgang til filene på «nas-server.intern» direkte " -"bare ved å besøke «/tjener/nas-server/lagring/»-katalogen ved hjelp av en " -"hvilken som helst app på alle arbeidsstasjoner, LTSP-tynnklient eller LTSP-" -"tjener, og besøke ~/Storage når en LTSP diskløs klient brukes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Begrense nettadgang for elever" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Det er flere måter å begrense SSH-innlogging. Noen er listet opp her." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Oppsett uten LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Hvis ingen LTSP-klienter er i bruk, så er en enkel løsning å lage en ny " -"gruppe (la oss si <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>), og så å legge " -"til en linje til filen over maskiner /etc/ssh/sshd_config . Bare medlemmer " -"i gruppen <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> vil kunne logge seg på " -"med SSH fra andre maskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Håndtering av dette tilfellet er ganske enkelt med GOsa:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Lag en gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> på basenivået (hvor " -"allerede de andre systemadministrasjonsrelaterte grupper som " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> viser seg)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Legg <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> til /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"Standard LTSP-oppsett for klienter bruker SSH-oppkobling til LTSP-tjener. " -"Derfor trengs en annen bruk av PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Standard LTSP-oppsett for klienter bruker SSH-oppkobling til LTSP-tjener. " -"Derfor trengs en annen bruk av PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Skru på pam_access.so i LTSP-serverens fil /etc/pam.d/sshd ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Sett opp /etc/security/access.conf til å tillate oppkoblinger for (eksempel) " -"brukere alice, jane, bob og john for alle, og alle andre brukere bare for " -"internt nettverk ved å legge til disse tre linjene:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Hvis bare dedikerte LTSP-tjenere brukes, kan 10.0.0.0/8-nettverket droppes " -"ved å skru av innlogging fra intern SSH. Merk: Om noen plugger inn en maskin " -"i det dedikerte LTS-klientnett(et), får de SSH-tilgang til LTSP-tjenere(n) " -"også." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "En merknad for mer kompliserte oppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Om LTSP-klientene ble satt opp i stamnettet 10.0.0.8/8 (oppsett med " -"kombinert tjener eller LTSP-klynge), så blir ting enda mer komplisert som " -"tillater å slå av intern SSH-login med et sofistikert DHCP-oppsett (i LDAP) " -"som sjekker produsent-klasse-identifikator sammen med passende PAM-" -"konfigurasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Sett opp et flerspråklig skrivebordsmiljø" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "For å støtte flere språk må disse kommandoene kjøres:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Kjør <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (som root) og " -"velg språkene (UTF-8 -varianter)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "Kjør disse kommandoene som root for å installere de relaterte pakkene:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Brukere vil så kunne velge språket via LightDM-skjermbehandleren før " -"innlogging; dette gjelder Xfce, LXDE og LXQt. GNOME og KDE kommer begge med " -"egne steds og språksspesifikke verktøy, bruk disse. MATE bruker Arctica-" -"hilseren på toppen av LightDM, uten en språkvelger. Kjør <computeroutput>apt " -"purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> for forvalgt LightDM-hilser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Avspilling av DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"libdvdcss er nødvendig for å spille de fleste kommersielle DVD-er. Av " -"juridiske årsaker er den ikke inkludert i Debian (Edu). Hvis du har lov til " -"å bruke den, kan du bygge dine egne lokale pakker ved hjelp av " -"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian-pakken. Kontroller at " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> er aktivert i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Svar på debconf-spørsmålene, kjør så <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-" -"pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Håndskrevne fonter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Pakken <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput>, (som er installert som " -"standard), installerer skrifttypen «Abecedario» som er en fin " -"håndskriftsskrifttype for barn. Denne skrifttypen har flere varianter som " -"kan bli brukt med barn: Prikket, og med linjer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introduksjon til tynne klienter og diskløse arbeidsstasjoner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"En fellesbetegnelse for både tynne klienter og diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is the " -"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " -"PXE-menyen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " -"PXE-menyen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " -"PXE-menyen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Diskløs arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"En diskløs arbeidsstasjon kjører all programvare lokalt. Klientmaskinene " -"starter direkte fra LTSP-serveren uten en lokal harddisk. Programvare " -"administreres og vedlikeholdes på LTSP-serveren (inne i LTSP-chrooten), men " -"den kjører på den diskløse arbeidsstasjon. Hjemmekataloger og " -"systeminnstillinger er også lagret på serveren. Diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er " -"en utmerket løsning for å gjenbruke eldre (men kraftig) maskinvare med samme " -"lave vedlikeholdskostnader som tynne klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbeidsstasjoner kjører uten noen konfigurasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an " -#| "(X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " -#| "this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive." -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Et tynnklientoppsett gjør det mulig for vanlige PC-er å fungere som en " -"(X-)terminal. Dette betyr at maskinen starter opp uten bruk av lokal " -"harddisk i klienten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"En LTSP-klientoppstart vil mislykkes hvis klientens grensesnitt krever en " -"ikke-fri fastvare. En PXE installasjon kan brukes til å feilsøke problemer " -"med å starte maskinen fra nettet; hvis Debian Installer klager på en " -"manglende XXX.bin-fil, må ufri fastvare legges til i LTSP-klientens initrd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Providing the repository on the main server" -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Å sørge for kildebrønnen på hovedtjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware" -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Velg type installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Hver LTSP-tjener har to ethernet-kort: Ett er satt opp på 10.0.2.0/23 " -"subnettet (som er delt med hovedtjeneren), og det andre lager et lokalt " -"192.168.0.0/24 delnett (dette delnettet er et separat delnett for hver LTSP-" -"tjener)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Bruk et annet nettverksoppsett for LTSP-tynnklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 er standard LTSP-tjenernettverk hvis maskinen er installert " -"med LTSP-profilen. Hvis mange LTSP-klienter brukes, eller hvis forskjellige " -"LTSP-tjenere skal betjene både i386 og AMD64 chroot-miljø, kan det andre " -"nettoppsettet også brukes: 192.168.1.0/24. Rediger filen <computeroutput>/" -"etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput>, og juster eth1-innstillingene i " -"tråd med dette. Bruk <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, eller en " -"annen LDAP-tekstredigerer for å se igjennom DNS- og DHCP-oppsettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Legg til LTSP-chroot for å støtte 32-biters PC-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " -"PXE-menyen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "LTSP-klientoppsett i LDAP (og lts.conf)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Kjør <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> for å se tilgjengelige " -"konfigurasjonsalternativer (se <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" -"LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detaljert informasjon om LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Tynne LTSP-klienter bruker nettverkslyd for å sende lyd fra tjeneren til " -"klientene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbeidsstasjoner håndterer lyd lokalt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Enkel tilgang til USB-enheter og CD-ROM-er/DVD-er" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " -#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " -#| "in any other normal installation." -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Når brukere setter en USB-disk eller DVD/CD i en (diskløs) arbeidsstasjon, " -"spretter det opp et vindu med spørsmål om hva du vil gjøre, akkurat som på " -"andre installasjoner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "En liten advarsel om flyttbare medier på LTSP-tjenere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " -#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"ADVARSEL: Når en USB-penn blir satt inn i en LTSP-tjener, så fører dette til " -"at det spretter opp et vindu på alle LTSP-klienter slik at innholdet vises." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Å bruke skrivere koblet til LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Koble skriveren til LTSP-klientmaskinen (både USB og parallellport fungerer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://www:631</" -"computeroutput> på hovedtjeneren; velg type nettverkskriver; " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle skrivere " -"uavhengig av merke eller modell), og sett <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> som URI-forbindelse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"PXE-konfigurasjonen er generert ved å bruke <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>-skriptet. Det tillater at noen innstillinger " -"blir overstyrt ved bruk av erstatningsverdier i filen <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Modifisering av PXE-installasjonen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installasjonen vil arve språket, tastaturoppsettet og speile " -"innstillinger fra innstillingene som er brukt når man installerte " -"hovedtjener. Andre spørsmål som stilles under installasjonen; popcon " -"deltagelse, partisjonering og root passord. For å unngå disse spørsmålene " -"kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> bli laget med DebConf-verdiene for å utføre de forvalgte " -"svarene. Noen eksempler på DebConf-verdier er tilgjengelig i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Endringene dine vil forsvinne hver gang <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> brukes til å lage PXE-installasjonsomgivelsen på " -"nytt. For å legge til debconf-verdier på slutten av <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> når den gjenskapes " -"med <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> kan du legge inn " -"dine ekstra debconf-verdier i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat.local</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mer info om nettverksklienter kan man finne i avsnittet <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Legge til en egendefinert pakkebrønn for PXE-installasjoner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"For å legge til et tilpasset arkiv legg inn noe slikt som dette i " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#legg til skoleprosjektets lokale pakkebrønn\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"En linje slik som dette må legges til i <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Endre nettverksoppsett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"Pakken debian-edu-config kommer med et verktøy som hjelper til med å endre " -"nettverket fra 10.0.0.0/8 til et annet. Se på <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Den er beregnet for " -"bruk rett etter installasjon på hovedtjener for å oppdatere LDAP og andre " -"filer som må redigeres for å endre subnettet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Merk at endring til ett av de subnett som allerede brukes andre steder i " -"Debian Edu, ikke vil fungere. 192.168.1.0/24 er allerede satt opp som " -"tynnklientnett. Å endre til dette subnettet krever manuell redigering av " -"konfigurasjonsfiler for å fjerne doble oppføringer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Det er ingen enkel måte for å endre DNS-domenenavnet. Det ville kreve " -"endringer i både LDAP-strukturen, og flere filer i hovedserverens filsystem. " -"Det er heller ingen enkel måte å endre vert- og DNS-navnet til hovedtjeneren " -"(tjener.intern). Å gjøre det ville også kreve endringer i LDAP, og filer i " -"hovedserveren og i klientfilsystemet. I begge tilfeller ville også Kerberos " -"oppsett måtte endres." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Skrivebordsomgivelse via nett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Valg av LTSP-tjenerprofil, eller kombinert tjenerprofil installerer også " -"<emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> og <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> -pakkene." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Ved å velge LTSP-tjenerprofilen eller den kombinerte tjenerprofilen, " -"installeres XRDP, en pakke som bruker Remote Desktop Protocol for å " -"presentere en grafisk login for en ekstern klient. Microsoft Windows-brukere " -"kan koble til LTSP-tjeneren som kjører XRDP uten å installere ekstra " -"programvare - de bare starter en Remote Desktop Connection (en ekstern " -"skrivebordstilkobling) på deres Windows-maskin, og kobler til." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"I tillegg kan XRDP koble seg til en VNC-tjener, eller en annen RDP-tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp kommer uten lydstøtte. For å kompilere de nødvendige modulene kan " -"dette scriptet brukes." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go lar deg få tilgang til et grafisk skrivebord på LTSP-tjeneren på både " -"trege og raske tilknttninger fra en PC som kjører Linux, Windows eller " -"macOS. Ytterligere programvare trengs på klientsiden, se <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go-" -"wikien</ulink> for mer info." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Fjerne diversion; postinst fra (Remove diversion; the postinst from) " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> ser ut til å gjøre det " -"for sent (Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/779641#\">779641</" -"ulink>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Tilgjengelige klienter for skrivebordsomgivelse via nett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> er installert som standard, og " -"håndterer RDP og VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - den enkleste måte å koble til Windows-terminaltjener. Det er bare å " -"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"VNC-klienter (Virtuell Nettverksmaskin) gir tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra. " -"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> er en grafisk klient for X2Go-" -"systemet (ikke installert som forvalg). Du kan bruke den til å koble til " -"kjørende økter og starte nye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Tynnklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installasjon av Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation" -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Velg type installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> bruker tekstmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> bruker tekstmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>" -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Velg type installasjon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Kilder:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installasjon av Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Tilgang til filer via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Kopier mappen <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> fra <computeroutput>/var/" -"lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> på ltspserver00 til samme mappe som på " -"hovedtjeneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Alle Debian-pakker nevnt i denne sesjonen kan installeres ved å kjøre " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (som rot)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Programmeringsundervisning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> er en metapakke som har " -"avhengigheter på en rekke programmeringsverktøy. Merk at det trengs nesten " -"2 GiB med diskplass hvis denne pakken installeres. For flere detaljer " -"(kanskje for å kun installere noen få av pakkene), se siden for <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu " -"Development-pakker</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Overvåkning av elever" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: overvåkning av mennesker kan " -"være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Noen skoler benytter styringsverktøy som <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> for å styre sine elever. Se " -"også nettsidene til <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes " -"hjemmeside</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Begrense nettadgang for elever" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Noen skoler bruker <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> for å begrense Internett-" -"tilgangen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Veiledninger for brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Endre passord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Enhver bruker bør bytte sitt passord ved å bruke GOsa². For å gjøre dette, " -"bruk en nettleser og besøk <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Brukes GOsa² for å endre passordet, sørger man for at passordene for " -"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) og Samba (sabmaNTPassword og " -"sambaLMPassword) er de samme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Å endre passord ved hjelp av PAM virker også i GDM login ledetekst, men " -"dette vil bare oppdatere Kerberos passord, og ikke Samba og GOsa² (LDAP) " -"passord. Så etter at du har byttet passord i login ledeteksten, bør du " -"egentlig også endre den ved hjelp GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Kjøre frittstående Java-programmer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Frittstående Java-applikasjoner er støttet rett ut av boksen med pakken " -"OpenJDK Java Runtime." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Bruk av e-post" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Alle brukere kan sende og motta e-post på det interne nettverket; " -"sertifikater tilbys for å tillate sikring av forbindelsene med TLS. Hvis du " -"vil tillate e-post utenfor dette, må administratoren sette opp e-" -"posttjeneren <computeroutput> exim4 </computeroutput> med passende " -"innstillinger. En kan starte med <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" -"config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Alle brukere som ønsker å bruke Thunderbird må konfigurere den som følger. " -"For en bruker med brukernavn jdoe er den interne e-postadressen: <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Start Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" -"Klikk «Skip this and use my existing email» (hopp over dette, og bruk min " -"eksisterende e-post)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Skriv inn din e-postadresse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Skriv ikke inn passordet da Kerberos single sign-on blir brukt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Klikk «Continue»" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"For både IMAP og SMTP bør innstillingene være «STARTTLS» og «Kerberos / " -"GSSAPI»; juster hvis det ikke oppdages automatisk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Klikk «Done»" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Bidra" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Bidra lokalt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"For tiden er det lokale lag i Norge, Tyskland, Frankrike og i regionen " -"Extremadura i Spania, Taiwan og Frankrike. «Isolerte» bidragsytere og " -"brukere finnes i Hellas, Nederland, Japan og andre plasser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Support\">Supportkapittelet</link> forklarer og lenker til " -"lokaliserte ressurser, siden <emphasis>bidrag</emphasis> og " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Bidra globalt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"Internasjonalt er vi organisert i <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">E-postlisten for " -"utviklere</ulink> er for det meste den viktigste kommunikasjonskanalen. Vi " -"har også månedlige møter på IRC på #debian-edu på irc.oftc.net, og noen " -"ganger i året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger.<ulink url = \"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">Nye bidragsytere </ulink>bør lese vår " -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"En fin måte å få med seg hva som foregår i utviklingen av Debian Edu er å " -"melde seg på <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" -"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Importer brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Dokumentasjonsforfattere og oversettere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Dette dokumentet trenger din hjelp! For det første, så er det ikke ferdig " -"ennå: Hvis du leser det, så vil du se flere FIXME i teksten. Hvis du vet " -"litt om emnet og hva som må forklares der, er det fint om du vil dele " -"kunnskapen din med oss." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Kilden for teksten er en Wiki, og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det " -"er bare å gå til <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/\"/>, og der kan du enkelt bidra. Merknad: En brukerkonto trengs for " -"å redigere sidene, så du må opprette en <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">wikibruker</ulink> først." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"En annen god måte å bidra på er å hjelpe brukere ved å oversette programvare " -"og dokumentasjon. Informasjon om hvordan oversette dette dokumentet kan du " -"finne i <link linkend=\"Translations\">oversettelsekapittelet</link> av " -"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Støtte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "På engelsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - e-postliste for " -"brukerstøtte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu på irc.oftc.org - IRC-kanal, for det meste utviklingsrelatert, " -"ikke forvent sanntidssupport, selv om det hender av og til" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "På norsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.oftc.net - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "På tysk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - støtte e-" -"postliste" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - offisiell tysk representant" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de på irc.oftc.net - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "På fransk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - e-postliste for " -"support" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Profesjonell support" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Liste over bedrifter som tilbyr profesjonell support er tilgjengelig fra " -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 11 kodenavn «Bullseye»" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Installasjonsendringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Om ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Buster, se <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">håndboken til Debian " -"Installer</ulink> for flere detaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-drakten</ulink>, den nye visuelle " -"forvalgsprofilen på Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Programvareoppdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian 10 Buster. For eksempel:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.53, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Opplæringsverktøykassen GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster omfatter mer enn 58000 pakker, klare for installasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Dokumentasjons- og oversettelsesoppdateringer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Profilvalgssiden er tilgjengelig på 29 språk, hvorav 19 har fullstendig " -"oversettelsesdekning." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " -"norsk bokmål og japansk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "" -"Delvis oversatte versjoner finnes for spansk, polsk og forenklet kinesisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Andre endringer sammenlignet med den forrige utgivelsen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Forbedret TLS/SSL-støtte inne i lokalnettverket. På klientene, er " -"rotsertifikatet for Debian Edu-sertifikatsmyndigheten å finne i " -"sertifikatsknippet for hele systemet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Ny LTSP, omskrevet fra bunnen av, noe som dropper tynnklientstøtte. " -"Tynnklienter støttes nå ved bruk av X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Kjente problemer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster#\">the " -"Debian Edu Buster status page</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Åndsverksrettigheter og forfattere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Dette dokumentet er skrevet og kopibeskyttet av Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, " -"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), Petter " -"Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), " -"Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), Bernhard Hammes (2012) " -"og Joe Hansen (2015), og er utgitt under GPL2 eller alle senere versjoner. " -"Nyt!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du legger til innhold, <emphasis role=\"strong\">så bare gjør det hvis " -"du er forfatteren av innholdet og planlegger å gi det ut under samme " -"betingelser</emphasis>! Så legger du navnet ditt til her, og gir det ut i " -"henhold til GPL v2 eller enhver senere versjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " -"norsk bokmål og japansk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvis oversatte versjoner finnes for fransk, dansk, polsk, spansk, " -"forenklet kinesisk og ukrainsk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Oversett ved bruk av PO-filer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Som i mange prosjekter innen fri programvare, er oversettelser av dette " -"dokumentet plassert i PO-filer. Mer informasjon om prosessen finnes i " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Oversett i en nettleser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Noen språk-lag har bestemt seg for å oversette via Weblate. Se <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-buster/\"/> for mer info." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Vær så snill å gi tilbakemelding om eventuelle problemer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Opphavsrett © 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > og andre, se <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">opphavsrettskapitlet</link> for den fulle listen med " -"personer med opphavsrett." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Vedlegg B - Ingen Debian Edu Live CD/DVD-er for Buster enda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"En Skolelinux Live-CD/DVD for Buster er for tiden ikke tilgjengelig for " -"øyeblikket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Egenskaper for avtrykket for Frittstående-profilen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "XFCE-skrivebord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Alle pakkene fra frittståendeprofilen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Egenskaper for arbeidsstasjonsbildet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Alle pakkene fra arbeidsstasjonsprofilen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"For å aktivere spesifikke oversettelser, start opp med " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> som oppstartsvalg, der " -"ll_CC.UTF-8 er lokalkoden du vil bruke. For å bruke den tastaturutformingen " -"du ønsker angis oppstartsvalget <computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> der " -"KB er det ønskede tastaturet. Her er en liste over vanlig brukte landskoder:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Spåk (Region)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Lokalkode</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tastaturutforming</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norsk bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norsk nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Tysk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japansk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"En fullstendig liste over lokale koder er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, men LiveCD/DVD-er støtter bare " -"UTF-8 lokalkoder. Ikke alle lokaliteter har oversettelser installert, men " -"navn på tastaturutforminger finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Ting man må vite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "Passordet for user er «user», root har ikke passord." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Kjente problemer med avtrykket" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Appendix C - Funksjoner i eldre utgivelser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie utgitt 2016-07-02" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Dette er første gang installasjonsavtrykk for Skolelinux (Debian Edu) er " -"tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, det vil si at " -"de er offisielle Debian-avtrykk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Om ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Buster, se <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">håndboken til Debian " -"Installer</ulink> for flere detaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-drakten</ulink>, den nye visuelle " -"forvalgsprofilen på Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Nytt forvalgt skrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Ny CFEngine-oppsettsbehandling (erstatter ikke-vedlikeholdt pakke cfengine2 " -"med cfengine3); dette er en stor endring, for detaljer, se <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">den offisielle CFEngine-dokumentasjonen</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "Arkitekturen for LTSP-chroot har nå tjenerens arkitektur som forvalg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian 10 Buster. For eksempel:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux-kjerne 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.53, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.4 ESR og Chromium 72.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Opplæringsverktøykassen GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster omfatter mer enn 57000 pakker, klare for installasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Oversettelsesoppdateringer for malene som brukt i installasjonsprogrammet. " -"Disse malene er nå tilgjengelig på 76 språk, hvorav 31 er oversatt i sin " -"helhet. Profilvalgssiden er tilgjengelig på 29 språk, hvorav 19 er helt " -"oversatt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " -"norsk bokmål og japansk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvis oversatte versjoner finnes for fransk, dansk, polsk, spansk, " -"forenklet kinesisk og ukrainsk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "USB-ISO-avbildningen kan brukes for frakoblede installasjoner igjen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Nye skolenivårelaterte meta-pakker <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> " -"tilgjengelige. Ingen av dem er installert som forvalg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Noen pakker er tiltenkt forskole- eller barneskolenivå, (som " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> eller <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) er ikke " -"lenger installert som forvalg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Stedsspesifikk modulær installasjon er nå mulig med bare installasjon av " -"utdanningspakker som faktisk er ønsket. Se <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modular_installation\">installation</link>-kapittelet for mer info." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Plasseringsspesifikk flerspråksstøtte. Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">skrivebordskapittelet</ulink> for mer info." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 tilbys som et nytt skriverbordsmiljøvalg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Nytt GOsa²-programtillegg <emphasis>passordbehandling</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "Ustabile valg har blitt fjernet fra GOsa²-nettgrensesnittet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Ny nettverksgruppe tilgjengelig for å forhindre oppvekking av systemer som " -"tilhører <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis>-nettgruppen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nytt verktøy Standardskriver. Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">administrasjonskapittelet</ulink> for mer " -"informasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nytt verktøy, Desktop-autoloader, bringer med seg ytelsesforbedringer for " -"diskløse LTSP-klienter. Se kapittelet om <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">nettverksklienter</ulink> for mer info." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Forbedret TLS/SSL-støtte inne i det interne nettverket. Et RootCA-nettverk " -"brukes til å signere tjenersertifikater og hjemmemapper settes opp til å " -"godta det ved konto-opprettelse; i tillegg til Firefox ESR, kan Chromium og " -"Konqueror nå bruke HTTPS uten å måtte tillate usikre tilkoblinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberisert <emphasis>SSH</emphasis>. Passord er ikke lenger nødvendig for " -"tilkoblinger inne i intern-nettverket; root-bruker må kjøre " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> først, for å skru det på." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"Kerberisert NFS. Det er nå mulig å nytte sikrere hjemmemappetilgang. Henvend " -"dem til <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administrasjon</ulink>-kapittelet for " -"mer info." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Oppsettsfil lagt til, <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> med eksempler for å gjøre stedsspesifikke endringer enklere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Ny oppsettsfil <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> med eksempler for å gjøre stedsspesifikke endringer enklere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Det nye verktøyet <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-" -"ldap-from-scratch</computeroutput> lar deg generere LDAP-databasen, akkurat " -"som den har vært rett etter installasjon av hovedtjeneren. Dette verktøyet " -"kan også være nyttig for å gjøre stedspesifikke endringer enklere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Nå når <emphasis>X2Go-tjener</emphasis> er tilgjengelig i Debian, blir " -"relaterte pakker installert på alle systemer med profilen <emphasis>LTSP-" -"tjener</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Støtte for kjørende Java-miniprogrammer i Firefox ESR-nettleseren har blitt " -"forkastet i oppstrømsprosjektet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "Støtte for ufri Flash har blitt droppet fra Firefox ESR-nettleseren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Som sedvane før Stretch, vil ikke Debian 10 installere " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>-pakken som forvalg, se " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Vedlikeholdskapittelet</ulink> for mer " -"info om sikkerhetsoppgraderinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Stretch utgitt 2017-06-17" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Om ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Stretch, se <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.debian.org/releases/lenny/installmanual\"> håndboken til Debian " -"Installer</ulink> for flere detaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "«Tynnklient-tjener»-profilen har endret navn til «LTSP-tjener»-profil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">«soft Waves»-temaet</ulink>, den nye visuelle " -"standardprofilen for Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Alt som var nytt i Debian 9 Stretch. For eksempel:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace er installert som standard. For å velge en av de andre " -"se denne håndboken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR og Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel har byttet navn til Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove har byttet navn til Thunderbird og blir nå installert som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Opplæringsverktøykassen GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Stretch omfatter mer enn 50 000 pakker klare for installasjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mer informasjon om Debian 9 Stretch kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/" -"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Oversettelsesoppdateringer for malene som brukes i installasjonsprogrammet. " -"Disse malene er nå tilgjengelig på 29 språk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Stretch Manual er fullt ut oversatt til tysk, fransk, italiensk, " -"dansk, nederlandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk. Den japanske oversettelsen ble " -"nylig lagt til i Stretch-versjon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvis oversatte versjoner finnes for spansk, polsk og forenklet kinesisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga erstatter Nagios som overvåkingsverktøy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "KDE-Spectacle erstatter Ksnapshot som verktøy for skjermbilder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Den frie flash-spilleren Gnash er tilbake igjen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth er installert og aktivert som standard, med unntak for «Main " -"Server»- og «Minimal»-profilene; å trykke ESC gjør det mulig å vise " -"oppstarts- og avslutningsmeldinger." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Ved oppgradering fra Jessie må LDAP-databasen justeres. SudoHost-verdien " -"«tjener» erstattes med «tjener.intern» ved å bruke GOsa² eller en LDAP-" -"redigerer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"32-biters PC-en (kjent som Debian-arkitektur i386) dekker nå ikke lenger en " -"vanlig i586-prosessor. Det nye minimumskravet er i686, selv om noen i586-" -"prosessorer (f.eks. «AMD Geode») forblir støttet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 muliggjør ubetjente oppgraderinger (for sikkerhetsoppdateringer) " -"som standard for nye installasjoner. Dette kan føre til en forsinkelse på " -"rundt 15 minutter hvis et system med liten oppetid blir slått av." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP bruker nå NBD i stedet for NFS som rotfilsystem. Etter hver enkelt " -"endring i et LTSP-chroot, må det tilhørende NBD-bildet regenereres " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for at endringene skal " -"tre i kraft." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Samtidige pålogginger fra samme bruker på LTSP-tjener og LTSP-tynnklient er " -"ikke lenger tillatt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Følgende tidligere Debian Edu-utgivelser ble utviklet ytterligere:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn «Jessie» utgitt 2016-07-02" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" -"Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Kodenavn Wheezy utgitt 2013-09-28." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 kodenavn \"Squeeze\", gitt ut 2013-03-03." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", utgitt 2012-03-11." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", utgitt 2010-10-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", utgitt 2010-02-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", utgitt 2007-12-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" utgitt 2007-07-22. Basert på Debian 4.0 Etch " -"utgitt 2007-04-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, utgitt 2006-03-14. Basert på Debian 3.1 Sarge utgitt " -"2005-06-06." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu «1.0 Venus» utgave 2004-06-20. Basert på Debian 3.0 Woody, gitt " -"ut 2002-07-19." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"En komplett og detaljert oversikt om eldre utgivelser finnes i <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; Eller se de relaterte " -"håndbokutgivelser på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Main server" -#~ msgid "Main section" -#~ msgstr "Hovedtjener" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" -#~ "emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedtjener</emphasis>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Når brukere setter inn en USB-enhet eller DVD/CD-ROM i en tynnklient, vil " -#~ "det ikke dukke opp en dialogboks slik de er vant til fra sitt vanlige " -#~ "skrivebord. I stedet blir den automatisk montert, og brukerne må da " -#~ "navigere til mappa /media/$user. Dette er ganske vanskelig for mange " -#~ "uerfarne brukere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Når andre brukere ser vinduet som spretter opp, så kan de montere USB-" -#~ "pennen og bla gjennom innholdet med full tilgang." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "ipxe <emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>Installasjonsoppstartsmeny på 64-bit maskinvare</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Slik installerer du et skrivebordsmiljø etter ditt valg i stedet for det " -#~ "forvalgte, trykk TAB og rediger valgene for oppstart av kjernen (som " -#~ "forklart ovenfor)." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fra og med Bullseye har LTSP endret seg vesentlig fra tidligere " -#~ "versjoner. Dette med hensyn til både oppsett og vedlikehold. Som " -#~ "hovedforskjell, blir nå SquashFS-avbildningen for diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner generert fra LTSP-tjenerfilsystemet. I tillegg støttes " -#~ "ikke lenger tynnklienter som forvalg." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "I dette tilfellet, kjør følgende kommandoer på en LTSP-tjener." - -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Hent først informasjon om fastvarepakker\n" -#~ "apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# Bestem hvilke pakker som må installeres for nettverksgrensesnittene\n" -#~ "# Dette er mest sannsynlig firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "# Endringen må ta effekt i LTSP-chroot-en for arkitekturen amd64.\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a amd64 apt-get update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -d -a amd64 apt-get -y -q install <pakkenavn>\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# kopier den nye initrd-filen til tjenerens tftpboot-mappe og oppdater NBD-avbildningen.\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gjenopprett chrooten ved å kjøre <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch " -#~ "i386</computeroutput> (eller <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch " -#~ "amd64</computeroutput>) som rot." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man har <emphasis role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</" -#~ "emphasis>- og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-tjener</emphasis>-profilene:" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "logg inn som root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "kjør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Firefox-ESR 78.9 and Chromium 89.0" -#~ msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR og Chromium 59" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -#~ msgid "base-passwd: Choose Yes." -#~ msgstr "omstart av tjenester: Velg ja." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "cp /etc/krb5.conf.backup /etc/krb5.conf" -#~ msgid "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -#~ msgstr "cp /etc/krb5.conf.backup /etc/krb5.conf" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "Network Block Device tjener" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - e-" -#~ "postliste for brukerstøtte" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - e-" -#~ "postliste for medlemmer i utviklerorganisasjonen i Norge (FRISK)" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "Be om en CD/DVD i posten" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For dem uten en rask Internett-tilkopling tilbyr vi å sende deg en CD " -#~ "eller DVD for kostnaden av CD-en eller DVD-en + porto. Det er bare å " -#~ "sende en e-post til <ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux." -#~ "no</ulink>, og vi vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt (for lagringsmedium " -#~ "og porto)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Husk å inkludere adressen du vil at CD-en eller DVD-en skal sendes til, i " -#~ "e-posten." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, " -#~| "Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese are available. Incomplete " -#~| "translations exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. There is " -#~| "an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -#~| "\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, " -#~ "Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese and Japanese are available. " -#~ "Incomplete translations exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. " -#~ "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" -#~ "edu-doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Versjoner av dette dokumentet er oversatt og tilgjengelig på tysk, " -#~ "italiensk, fransk, dansk, nederlandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk. " -#~ "Ufullstendige oversettelser finnes på spansk, polsk og forenklet " -#~ "kinesisk. Dette er en <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -#~ "debian-edu-doc/\">oversikt på nettet over alle oversettelsene</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian " -#~ "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian GNU/Linux, og gir skolen din et IT-" -#~ "system ferdig oppsatt og tilpasset skoler." - -#~ msgid "After the installation:" -#~ msgstr "Etter installasjonen:" - -#~ msgid "As an option install a firewall and / or a traffic shaping tool." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Som et alternativ å installere en brannmur og/eller et verktøy for " -#~ "trafikktilpasning." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/post-up/d' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-nameservers 10.0.2.2' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-domain intern' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/fetch-ldap-cert\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/network/if-up.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-name,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-search,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat\n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Gjør et system med profilen \"Minimal\" om til en portmaskin/" -#~ "brannmur. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'netmask 255.0.0.0' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname \n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat \n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # Det kan hende du ønsker en brannmur (shorewall eller ufw) og " -#~ "trafikkforming.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If LTSP diskless clients are used the above steps need to be done inside " -#~ "the LTSP chroot as well. LDM supports all desktop environments. First use " -#~ "<emphasis>Preferences</emphasis> to choose the language, then login." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukere vil kunne velge språk i <emphasis>Innstillinger</emphasis>, før " -#~ "innlogging. Hvis diskløse LTSP-klienter brukes, vil ovennevnte steg også " -#~ "måtte gjøres inne i LTSP-chroot-miljøet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix " -#~ "ICA client HowTo</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from " -#~ "Skolelinux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Veiledning " -#~ "for Citrix ICA-klient</ulink> å kople til Windows terminaltjenere fra " -#~ "Skolelinux." - -#~ msgid "Desktop choice" -#~ msgstr "Skrivebordsmiljøvalg" - -#~ msgid "Be happy" -#~ msgstr "Vær glad" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " -#~ "Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> " -#~ "profiles:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man har <emphasis role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</" -#~ "emphasis>- og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-tjener</emphasis>-profilene:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be " -#~ "used directly without this step." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til arbeidsstasjoner med GOsa² - tynnklient og diskløs " -#~ "arbeidsstasjon kan brukes direkte uten dette trinnet." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png}}" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to " -#~ "check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the " -#~ "group later on." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Som standard er den riktige Samba-gruppen ikke opprettet. Hvis du glemte " -#~ "å sjekke Samba gruppe-alternativet under gruppeoppretting, kan du endre " -#~ "gruppen senere." - -#~ msgid "Group Management on the command line" -#~ msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med kommandolinjen" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n" -#~ " comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# List eksisterende gruppekoblinger mellom UNIX og Windows grupper.\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# Legg til ny eller eventuelt manglende grupper:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n" -#~ "comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected " -#~ "to the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">can</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Diskløse arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienter arbeider ut av boksen når de er " -#~ "knyttet til hovednettet. Bare arbeidsstasjoner med disker <emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">må</emphasis> legges til med GOsa², men alle <emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">kan</emphasis>." - -#~ msgid "winstation-hosts" -#~ msgstr "winstation-hosts" - -#~ msgid "NFS." -#~ msgstr "NFS" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the " -#~ "workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts " -#~ "within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts " -#~ "<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS " -#~ "shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of " -#~ "machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to " -#~ "use static IP addresses from LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hovedtjeneren eksporterer hjemmeområdene til montering på " -#~ "arbeidsstasjonene og LTSP-tjenerne. Av sikkerhetsgrunner, bare vertene " -#~ "innenfor arbeidsstasjonsvertene, LTSP-tjenerverter og tjenerverter " -#~ "<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> kan montere de eksporterte, " -#~ "delte NFS-ressursene. Så er det ganske viktig å huske på å sette opp " -#~ "slike typer maskiner riktig i LDAP-treet ved hjelp GOsa², og sette dem " -#~ "opp til å bruke statiske IP-adresser fra LDAP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², " -#~ "or your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless " -#~ "workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be " -#~ "configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Husk å sette opp arbeidsstasjoner og LTSP-tjenere korrekt i GOsa², ellers " -#~ "vil ikke brukerne dine få tilgang til hjemmeområdene sine. Diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner og tynne klienter bruker ikke NFS så de trenger ikke " -#~ "oppsett." - -#~ msgid "fs-autoresize" -#~ msgstr "fs-autoresize" - -#~ msgid "shutdown at night" -#~ msgstr "nattestengning" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag " -#~ "(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows " -#~ "systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host " -#~ "to the LDAP tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to " -#~ "the domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the " -#~ "Skolelinux network see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> " -#~ "chapter of this manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En annen viktig del av maskinkonfigurasjonen er «Samba host»-merket (i " -#~ "«Host information»-feltet). Hvis du planlegger å legge til eksisterende " -#~ "Windows-systemer i Skolelinux Samba-domene, må du legge Windows-verten " -#~ "til LDAP-treet, og sette dette merket for at det skal være mulig å melde " -#~ "Windows-maskinen inn i domenet. For mer informasjon om å legge Windows-" -#~ "maskiner inn i et Skolelinux-nettverk, se <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration\">HowTo/" -#~ "NetworkClients</link>-kapittelet i denne manualen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-config" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # Ved oppgraderinger av debian-edu-config" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The username is <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> and the " -#~ "default password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For " -#~ "security reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the " -#~ "password you can run the following command as root:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukernavnet er <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput>, og det " -#~ "forhåndsvalgte passordet er <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. " -#~ "Av sikkerhetshensyn bør du unngå å bruke samme passord som root. For å " -#~ "endre passord kan du kjøre følgende kommando som root:" - -#~ msgid "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" -#~ msgstr "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure you have enough disk space. On both <emphasis>/usr</emphasis> " -#~ "and <emphasis>/var</emphasis> about 5 GiB free space will be needed " -#~ "temporarily. See the related <link linkend=\"Administration\">manual " -#~ "chapter</link> for more information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forsikre deg om at du har nok lagringsplass. På både <emphasis>/usr</" -#~ "emphasis> og <emphasis>/var</emphasis> omlag 5 GiB ledig plass trengs " -#~ "midlertidig. Det relaterte <link linkend=\"Administration--" -#~ "Resizing_Partitions\">manuelle kapittelet</link> har mer informasjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" -#~ msgstr "apt install debian-edu-artwork-buster" - -#~ msgid "After reboot, do some more cleanup:" -#~ msgstr "Etter omstart, utfør noen flere oppryddinger:" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-4.19.0-*\n" -#~ "apt purge linux-headers-4.19.0-*\n" -#~ "apt --purge autoremove" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-4.9.0-*\n" -#~ "apt purge linux-headers-4.9.0-*" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the " -#~ "things not needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gjør alle de grunnleggende tingene som på hovedtjeneren, og uten å gjøre " -#~ "ting som ikke trengs. Og gjør så dette i tillegg." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For new systems added with GOsa², Kerberos host keytab files are " -#~ "generated automatically." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For nye systemer lagt til med GOsa², blir Kerberos-vertsnøkkelfiler " -#~ "generert automatisk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Henvend dem til <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP-hjemmesiden</ulink> " -#~ "for flere detaljer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet " -#~ "for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hele PXE-menyen ligger i hovedsubnettet; det separate subnettet for hver " -#~ "LTSP-server tillater bare valg av diskløse og tynne LTSP-klienter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could " -#~ "be started as diskless workstation or thin client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved bruk av den forvalgte PXE-menyen på hovedundernettet 10.0.0.0/8, kan " -#~ "en maskin startes som diskløs arbeidsstasjon eller tynnklient." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE " -#~ "boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file " -#~ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</computeroutput> can " -#~ "be created with content similar to this:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PXE-innstallsjonsmuligheten er som standard tilgjengelig for alle som kan " -#~ "PXE-starte en maskin. For å passordbeskytte PXE-innstallasjonsvalgene kan " -#~ "en fil <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> bli laget med innhold lignende dette:" - -#~ msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" -#~ msgstr "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired " -#~ "password." -#~ msgstr "Passordhash bør erstattes med en MD5-hash for det ønskede passord." - -#~ msgid "LTSP in detail" -#~ msgstr "LTSP i detalj" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Desktop autoloader" -#~ msgstr "Skrivebordsmiljøvalg" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This tool preloads the default Desktop environment (and programs of your " -#~ "choice). It is only useful for diskless clients. The setup is site " -#~ "specific, also some technical skills are required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette verktøyet forhåndsinnlaster det forvalgte skrivebordsmiljøet (og " -#~ "programmene du velger). Det er kun nyttig for diskløse klienter. " -#~ "Oppsettet er stedsspesifikt, og en del tekniske ferdigheter kreves." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read about it: run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot cat /usr/share/doc/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader/README.Debian</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les om det: Kjør <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot cat /usr/share/doc/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader/README.Debian</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least two files need to be edited. Available <editor> choices " -#~ "are: vi, nano, mcedit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Minst to filer må redigeres. Tilgjengelige <tekstbehandlervalg>: " -#~ "vi, nano, mcedit." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the setup is complete, update the NBD image running " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> and test it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Her er et eksempel som aktiverer temaet i <computeroutput>desktop-base</" -#~ "computeroutput>-pakken:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the LTSP client to use a fixed IP, see <computeroutput>man ltsp." -#~ "conf</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sett opp LTSP-klienten å bruke for fastsatt IP, ty til " -#~ "<computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network" -#~ msgstr "Oppkobling av Windows-maskiner til nettverket" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be " -#~ "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main server, " -#~ "enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also " -#~ "authenticates the users during the login." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For Windows-klienter er domenet «SKOLELINUX» tilgjengelig for å delta i. " -#~ "En spesiell tjeneste kalt Samba er installert på hovedtjeneren. Denne " -#~ "gjør det mulig for Windows-klienter å lagre profiler og brukerdata, men " -#~ "også autentisere brukere under innlogging." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in " -#~ "the <link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Bullseye Samba Howto</link>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Innmelding av Windows-klienter i domenet krever at stegene beskrevet i " -#~ "<link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Buster Samba Howto</link> følges." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and " -#~ "logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could " -#~ "take some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local " -#~ "cache in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on the " -#~ "main server instead) and save files into the H: volume rather than under " -#~ "\"My Documents\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Windows vil synkronisere profilene til domenebrukerne på hver Windows " -#~ "inn- og utlogging. Avhengig av hvor mye data som er lagret i profilen, " -#~ "kan dette ta litt tid. For å minimere tiden kan en slå av ting som lokalt " -#~ "mellomlagres i nettlesere (du kan bruke Proxy-mellomlageret Squid på " -#~ "hovedtjeneren i stedet), og lagre filer på H: volumet i stedet for under " -#~ "«Mine Dokumenter»." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please read the information provided on the Samba wiki about supported " -#~ "Windows versions, needed registry patches and other procedures before " -#~ "proceeding." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les infoen angitt på Samba-wiki-en om støttede Windows-versjoner, " -#~ "nødvendige register-feilfikser, og andre prosedyrer før du fortsetter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Samba has been fully prepared for use as an NT4-style domain controller. " -#~ "After a machine has joined the domain, this machine can be fully managed " -#~ "with GOsa²." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Samba er fullt ut forberedt til bruk som en NT4-stil domene-kontroll. " -#~ "Etter at en maskin har sluttet seg til domenet, kan denne maskinen bli " -#~ "fullstendig håndtert med GOsa²." - -#~ msgid "Getting Started" -#~ msgstr "Komme i gang" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main " -#~ "server and also a Debian Edu workstation. We presume that you have " -#~ "already created some users that can login and use the Debian Edu " -#~ "workstation. We also presume that you have a Windows workstation at hand, " -#~ "so you can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows " -#~ "machine." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Denne dokumentasjonen forutsetter at du har installert Debian Edu-" -#~ "hovedserver, og en Debian Edu-arbeidsstasjon. Vi antar at du allerede " -#~ "har opprettet noen brukere som klarer å bruke Debian Edu-" -#~ "arbeidsstasjonen. Vi forutsetter også at du har en Windows-arbeidsstasjon " -#~ "for hånden, slik at du kan teste tilgang til Debian Edu-hovedserveren fra " -#~ "en Windows-maskin." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\" -#~ "\\TJENER should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian " -#~ "Edu's Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux " -#~ "system with smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etter installering av Skolelinux-hovedtjeneren, Samba, skulle tjeneren " -#~ "bli synlig i nettverket til Windows «Neighbourhood». Debian Edus Windows-" -#~ "domene er SKOLELINUX. Bruk en Windows-maskin (eller et Linux-system med " -#~ "SMBclient (SMB - Server Message Block)) for å bla gjennom ditt Windows/" -#~ "Samba-nettverksmiljø." - -#~ msgid "START -> Run command" -#~ msgstr "START -> Kjør kommando" - -#~ msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return" -#~ msgstr "Skriv \\\\TJENER og trykk retur" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share " -#~ "on \\\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for " -#~ "printing under Unix/Linux (CUPS queues)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "-> et Windows Explorer-vindu skal åpne seg og vise påloggingsressursen " -#~ "(netlogon share) på \\TJENER, og muligens på skrivere som du allerede har " -#~ "satt opp/innstilt for skriving under Unix/Linux (i utskriftskø)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² " -#~ "should be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\" -#~ "\\TJENER\\<username> and access their home directories even with " -#~ "Windows machines <emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the " -#~ "Windows SKOLELINUX domain." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Student- og lærerkontoer som er satt opp via GOsa², skulle ha muligheten " -#~ "til å bekrefte identitet (autentisere) mot \\\\TJENER\\HJEM eller \\" -#~ "\\TJENER\\< brukernavn> , og få tilgang til sine hjemmemapper selv " -#~ "med Windows-maskiner <emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> som er " -#~ "sammenføyet med Windows SKOLELINUX-domain (domenet)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Oppgi \\\\TJENER\\HOMES eller \\\\TJENER\\<brukernavn> og klikk på " -#~ "tilbaketasten (Return)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication " -#~ "dialog window that appears" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Oppgi dine innloggingsreferanser (brukernavn, passord) i dialogvinduet " -#~ "som kommer opp der identiteten skal bekreftes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in " -#~ "your Debian Edu home directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "-> et Windows Explorer-vindu skulle nå åpnes og vise filer og mapper " -#~ "på ditt Debian hjemmeområde." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; " -#~ "further share examples for students and teachers can be found in " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your " -#~ "Debian Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Når det gjelder standardinnstillingene, er det bare delte ressurser/filer " -#~ "mapper (homes) og (netlogon) som er eksportert. Flere eksempler på delte " -#~ "ressurser for studenter og lærere finnes i <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-" -#~ "debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> i din Skolelinux-hovedtjener." - -#~ msgid "Domain Membership" -#~ msgstr "Domain Name System (Domene-navnesystem)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows " -#~ "workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian " -#~ "Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å bruke Samba på TJENER som domenekontroller må ditt nettverks " -#~ "Windows-arbeidsstasjoner knyttes til Skolelinux-domenet levert av " -#~ "Skolelinux-hovedtjeneren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\\Administrator " -#~ "account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current " -#~ "main purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To " -#~ "enable this account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during " -#~ "main server installation) and run this command:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det første du trenger å gjøre er å aktivere " -#~ "SKOLELINUX\\Administratorkonto. Denne kontoen er ikke ment for dag-til-" -#~ "dag bruk; det viktigste formål nå er å legge til Windows-maskiner til " -#~ "Skolelinux-domenet. For å aktivere denne kontoens pålogging til en tjener " -#~ "som den første bruker (opprettet under hovedtjenerinstallasjon), og kjøre " -#~ "denne kommandoen:" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password of SKOLELINUX\\Administrator has been preconfigured during " -#~ "the main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when " -#~ "authenticating as SKOLELINUX\\Administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Passordet til Skolelinux\\Administrator er blitt forhåndsoppsatt i løpet " -#~ "av installasjonen av hovedtjeneren. Bruk systemets rot-konto ved " -#~ "bekreftelse/autentisering av identiteten som SKOLELINUX\\Administrator." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the " -#~ "SKOLELINUX\\Administrator account again:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Når du er ferdig med det administrative arbeidet, sørg for å skru av " -#~ "SKOLELINUX\\Administrator-kontoen igjen:" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" - -#~ msgid "Windows hostname" -#~ msgstr "Windows vertsnavn" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the " -#~ "SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS " -#~ "host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and " -#~ "cannot be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this " -#~ "machine)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sørg for at Windows-maskinen din har navnet som du ønsker å bruke i " -#~ "Skolelinux-domenet. Hvis ikke, endre navnet først (og omstart). " -#~ "Vertsnavnet NetBIOS på Windows-maskinen vil senere bli brukt i GOsa², og " -#~ "kan ikke endres der (uten å bryte domenemedlemskap for denne maskinen)." - -#~ msgid "First Domain Logon" -#~ msgstr "Første Domenepålogging" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user " -#~ "profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has " -#~ "joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are " -#~ "run:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu hopper over noen påloggingsskript som pre-konfigurerer Windows-" -#~ "brukersprofil på første pålogging. Når du logger på en Windows-" -#~ "arbeidsstasjon som har sluttet seg til SKOLELINUX-domene for første gang, " -#~ "blir følgende oppgaver kjørt:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that " -#~ "with Mozilla Firefox on Windows" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kopier brukerens Firefox-profil til et eget sted, og registrere den med " -#~ "Mozilla Firefox på Windows" - -#~ msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox" -#~ msgstr "Sette opp Web-Proxy og starte siden i Firefox" - -#~ msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE" -#~ msgstr "Sette opp Web-Proxy, og begynne side i IE" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens " -#~ "Windows Explorer on double-click" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legge til et MyHome-ikon på skrivebordet som peker til lagringsenhet H: " -#~ "og åpner Windows Explorer ved å dobbeltklikke" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, " -#~ "please refer to the <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> " -#~ "folder on your Debian Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Andre oppgaver kjøres på hver pålogging. For ytterligere informasjon om " -#~ "dette, kan du referere til <computeroutput>etc/samba/netlogon</" -#~ "computeroutput> mappe på din Skolelinux-hovedtjener." - -#~ msgid "To get full Epoptes support, these steps are required." -#~ msgstr "For å få full Epoptes-støtte kreves disse stegene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# Run on a combi server (and on each additional LTSP server):\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install epoptes\n" -#~ "ltsp image /" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Kjør på en kombi-tjener (og på hver ytterligere LTSP-tjener):\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install epoptes\n" -#~ "ltsp image /" - -#~ msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Endre kioskmodus på halvtykke arbeidsstasjoner ( Innhenting av en " -#~ "Kerberos til å lese e-post på diskløse arbeidsstasjoner)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by " -#~ "default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. " -#~ "Enter your password and the ticket will be granted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du arbeider på hver arbeidsstasjon, trenger du ikke en Kerberos TGT " -#~ "etterstandard. For å få en klikker du på legitimasjonsknappen i " -#~ "systemstatusfeltet. Skriv inn passordet ditt, og tilgang vil bli " -#~ "innvilget." - -#~ msgid "The debian-installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian-installasjonsprogrammet har ikke støtte for LTSP-chroot-oppsett " -#~ "lenger." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.97" -#~ msgstr "Opplæringsverktøykassen GCompris 0.95" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Salsa project " -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å sende inn oversettelsene, trenger du å være medlem av Salsa-" -#~ "prosjektet <computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source " -#~ "using ssh access: <computeroutput>git clone git@salsa.debian.org:debian-" -#~ "edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sjekk så ut <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>-kildekoden " -#~ "ved hjelp av SSH: <computeroutput>git clone git@salsa.debian.org:debian-" -#~ "edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you only want to translate, you need to check out only a few files " -#~ "from Git (which can be done anonymously). Please file a bug against the " -#~ "debian-edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <ulink url=\"https://" -#~ "bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">bugreport</ulink>. See <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org\">instructions on how to submit bugs</" -#~ "ulink> for more information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du kun ønsker å oversette, trenger du bare å sjekke ut noen få filer " -#~ "fra Git (som kan gjøres anonymt). Du lagrer en feilrapport mot pakken " -#~ "debian-edu-doc, og fest PO-filen til <ulink url =\"http://bugs.debian.org/" -#~ "debian-edu-doc\">feilrapporten</ulink>. Sjekk <ulink url =\"http://bugs." -#~ "debian.org\"> instruksjoner om hvordan du innrapporterer feil</ulink> for " -#~ "mer informasjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> " -#~ "source anonymously with the following command (you need to have the " -#~ "<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Du kan hente ut kilden for <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</" -#~ "computeroutput> anonymt med denne kommandoen (du må ha pakken " -#~ "<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> installert for at dette skal " -#~ "fungere):" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then edit the file <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-buster/debian-" -#~ "edu-buster-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (replacing $CC with your " -#~ "language code). There are many tools for translating available; we " -#~ "suggest using <computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Så redigerer du <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-buster/debian-" -#~ "edu-buster-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (der du bytter ut $CC med " -#~ "landskoden din). Det er mange verktøy som kan brukes til å oversette, vi " -#~ "foreslår at du bruker <computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights " -#~ "to do so) or send the file to the bugreport." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Deretter kan du enten sjekke filen direkte inn i Git (hvis du har " -#~ "rettighetene til å gjøre det), eller sende filen til feilrapporten." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command " -#~ "inside the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> directory:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å oppdatere din lokale kopi av arkivet kan du bruke denne kommandoen " -#~ "inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:" - -#~ msgid "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-" -#~ "translations to find information how to create a new PO file for your " -#~ "language if there isn't one yet, and how to update translations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-" -#~ "translations for å finne informasjon om hvordan lage en ny PO-fil for " -#~ "ditt språk, hvis det ikke finnes allerede, og hvordan du oppdaterer " -#~ "oversettelser." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't " -#~ "translate any string which contains \" FIXME\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vær spesielt oppmerksom på at denne håndboken fortsatt er under " -#~ "utvikling, så ikke oversett noen tekst (tekststreng) som inneholder " -#~ "«FIXME»." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Basic information about Salsa (the host where our Git repository is " -#~ "located) and Git is available at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "Salsa\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Grunnleggende informasjon om Salsa (verten der vårt Git pakkelager er " -#~ "plassert) og Git er tilgjengelig på <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "Salsa\"/>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are new to Git, look at the <ulink url=\"https://git-scm.com/" -#~ "book\">Pro Git</ulink> book; it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"https://" -#~ "git-scm.com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-" -#~ "Repository\">recording changes to the repository</ulink>. Also you might " -#~ "want to look at the <computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> package that " -#~ "provides a GUI for Git." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du er ny når det gjelder Git, sjekk ut boken <ulink url=\"http://git-" -#~ "scm.com/book\">Pro Git</ulink>, den har et kapittel om <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://git-scm.com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-" -#~ "Repository\"> å registrere endringer i arkivet kodelageret</ulink>. Det " -#~ "kan også være lurt å se på <computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput>-pakken " -#~ "som gir et GUI for Git." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text.\n" -#~ "Translations are available at https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/" -#~ "gpl-2.0-translations.html." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Merknad til oversettere: Det er ikke nødvendig å oversette GPLs " -#~ "lisenstekst.\n" -#~ "Oversettelser er tilgjengelige på https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-" -#~ "licenses/gpl-2.0-translations.html." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " -#~ "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the " -#~ "Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your " -#~ "option) any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette programmet er fri programvare; du kan distribuere det og /eller " -#~ "endre det under vilkårene i GNU General Public License som publisert av " -#~ "FreeSoftware Foundation; enten versjon 2 av lisensen, eller (om du vil) " -#~ "en senere versjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but " -#~ "WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of " -#~ "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General " -#~ "Public License for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette programmet er distribuert i håp om at det vil være nyttig, men UTEN " -#~ "NOEN GARANTI; uten selv underforstått den implisitte garanti om " -#~ "salgbarhet eller FOR ET BESTEMT FORMÅL. Se GNU General Public License for " -#~ "flere detaljer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along " -#~ "with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., " -#~ "51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Du skal ha mottatt en kopi av GNU General Public License sammen med dette " -#~ "programmet; hvis ikke, skriv til Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " -#~ "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA." - -#~ msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE" -#~ msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE" - -#~ msgid "Version 2, June 1991" -#~ msgstr "Version 2, juni 1991" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin " -#~ "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to " -#~ "copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but " -#~ "changing it is not allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin " -#~ "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Alle har lov til å " -#~ "kopiere og distribuere umodifiserte (ordrette) kopier av dette " -#~ "lisensdokumentet, men å endre det er ikke tillatt." - -#~ msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION" -#~ msgstr "Vilkår for kopiering, distribusjon og modifisering (endringer)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any " -#~ "program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright " -#~ "holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General " -#~ "Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or " -#~ "work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any " -#~ "derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing " -#~ "the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/" -#~ "or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is " -#~ "included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee " -#~ "is addressed as \"you\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">0.</emphasis> This License applies to any " -#~ "program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright " -#~ "holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General " -#~ "Public License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or " -#~ "work, and a \"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any " -#~ "derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing " -#~ "the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/" -#~ "or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is " -#~ "included without limitation in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee " -#~ "is addressed as \"you\"." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not " -#~ "covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running " -#~ "the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered " -#~ "only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent " -#~ "of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends " -#~ "on what the Program does." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not " -#~ "covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running " -#~ "the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered " -#~ "only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent " -#~ "of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends " -#~ "on what the Program does." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute " -#~ "verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any " -#~ "medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each " -#~ "copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep " -#~ "intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of " -#~ "any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this " -#~ "License along with the Program." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">1.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute " -#~ "verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any " -#~ "medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each " -#~ "copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep " -#~ "intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of " -#~ "any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this " -#~ "License along with the Program." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you " -#~ "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you " -#~ "may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or " -#~ "copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on " -#~ "the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the " -#~ "terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these " -#~ "conditions:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">2.</emphasis> You may modify your copy or " -#~ "copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on " -#~ "the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the " -#~ "terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these " -#~ "conditions:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files " -#~ "to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the " -#~ "date of any change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> You must cause the modified files " -#~ "to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the " -#~ "date of any change." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you " -#~ "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived " -#~ "from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no " -#~ "charge to all third parties under the terms of this License." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> You must cause any work that you " -#~ "distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived " -#~ "from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no " -#~ "charge to all third parties under the terms of this License." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally " -#~ "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started " -#~ "running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or " -#~ "display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a " -#~ "notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a " -#~ "warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these " -#~ "conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. " -#~ "(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally " -#~ "print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not " -#~ "required to print an announcement.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> If the modified program normally " -#~ "reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started " -#~ "running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or " -#~ "display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a " -#~ "notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a " -#~ "warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these " -#~ "conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. " -#~ "(Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally " -#~ "print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not " -#~ "required to print an announcement.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If " -#~ "identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and " -#~ "can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in " -#~ "themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those " -#~ "sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you " -#~ "distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on " -#~ "the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this " -#~ "License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire " -#~ "whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If " -#~ "identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and " -#~ "can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in " -#~ "themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those " -#~ "sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you " -#~ "distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on " -#~ "the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this " -#~ "License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire " -#~ "whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest " -#~ "your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to " -#~ "exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or " -#~ "collective works based on the Program." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest " -#~ "your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to " -#~ "exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or " -#~ "collective works based on the Program." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program " -#~ "with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a " -#~ "storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the " -#~ "scope of this License." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program " -#~ "with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a " -#~ "storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the " -#~ "scope of this License." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the " -#~ "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or " -#~ "executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that " -#~ "you also do one of the following:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">3.</emphasis> You may copy and distribute the " -#~ "Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or " -#~ "executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that " -#~ "you also do one of the following:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete " -#~ "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed " -#~ "under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used " -#~ "for software interchange; or," -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">a)</emphasis> Accompany it with the complete " -#~ "corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed " -#~ "under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used " -#~ "for software interchange; or," - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written " -#~ "offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a " -#~ "charge no more than your cost of physically performing source " -#~ "distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding " -#~ "source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above " -#~ "on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">b)</emphasis> Accompany it with a written " -#~ "offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a " -#~ "charge no more than your cost of physically performing source " -#~ "distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding " -#~ "source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above " -#~ "on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or," - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information " -#~ "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. " -#~ "(This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only " -#~ "if you received the program in object code or executable form with such " -#~ "an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">c)</emphasis> Accompany it with the information " -#~ "you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. " -#~ "(This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only " -#~ "if you received the program in object code or executable form with such " -#~ "an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for " -#~ "making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code " -#~ "means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any " -#~ "associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control " -#~ "compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special " -#~ "exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is " -#~ "normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major " -#~ "components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which " -#~ "the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the " -#~ "executable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for " -#~ "making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code " -#~ "means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any " -#~ "associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control " -#~ "compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special " -#~ "exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is " -#~ "normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major " -#~ "components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which " -#~ "the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the " -#~ "executable." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access " -#~ "to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy " -#~ "the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source " -#~ "code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source " -#~ "along with the object code." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access " -#~ "to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy " -#~ "the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source " -#~ "code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source " -#~ "along with the object code." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, " -#~ "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under " -#~ "this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or " -#~ "distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your " -#~ "rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or " -#~ "rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses " -#~ "terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">4.</emphasis> You may not copy, modify, " -#~ "sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under " -#~ "this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or " -#~ "distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your " -#~ "rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or " -#~ "rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses " -#~ "terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept " -#~ "this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants " -#~ "you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative " -#~ "works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this " -#~ "License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any " -#~ "work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License " -#~ "to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or " -#~ "modifying the Program or works based on it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">5.</emphasis> You are not required to accept " -#~ "this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants " -#~ "you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative " -#~ "works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this " -#~ "License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any " -#~ "work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License " -#~ "to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or " -#~ "modifying the Program or works based on it." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the " -#~ "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically " -#~ "receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or " -#~ "modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not " -#~ "impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights " -#~ "granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third " -#~ "parties to this License." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">6.</emphasis> Each time you redistribute the " -#~ "Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically " -#~ "receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or " -#~ "modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not " -#~ "impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights " -#~ "granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third " -#~ "parties to this License." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court " -#~ "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason " -#~ "(not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by " -#~ "court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of " -#~ "this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this " -#~ "License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your " -#~ "obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then " -#~ "as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, " -#~ "if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the " -#~ "Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through " -#~ "you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would " -#~ "be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">7.</emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court " -#~ "judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason " -#~ "(not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by " -#~ "court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of " -#~ "this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this " -#~ "License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your " -#~ "obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then " -#~ "as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, " -#~ "if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the " -#~ "Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through " -#~ "you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would " -#~ "be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any " -#~ "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply " -#~ "and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any " -#~ "particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply " -#~ "and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any " -#~ "patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such " -#~ "claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of " -#~ "the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public " -#~ "license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the " -#~ "wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on " -#~ "consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to " -#~ "decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other " -#~ "system and a licensee cannot impose that choice." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any " -#~ "patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such " -#~ "claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of " -#~ "the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public " -#~ "license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the " -#~ "wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on " -#~ "consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to " -#~ "decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other " -#~ "system and a licensee cannot impose that choice." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be " -#~ "a consequence of the rest of this License." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be " -#~ "a consequence of the rest of this License." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of " -#~ "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by " -#~ "copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the " -#~ "Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution " -#~ "limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted " -#~ "only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License " -#~ "incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">8.</emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of " -#~ "the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by " -#~ "copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the " -#~ "Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution " -#~ "limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted " -#~ "only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License " -#~ "incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may " -#~ "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from " -#~ "time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present " -#~ "version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">9.</emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may " -#~ "publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from " -#~ "time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present " -#~ "version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program " -#~ "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any " -#~ "later version\", you have the option of following the terms and " -#~ "conditions either of that version or of any later version published by " -#~ "the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version " -#~ "number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the " -#~ "Free Software Foundation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program " -#~ "specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any " -#~ "later version\", you have the option of following the terms and " -#~ "conditions either of that version or of any later version published by " -#~ "the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version " -#~ "number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the " -#~ "Free Software Foundation." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts " -#~ "of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are " -#~ "different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which " -#~ "is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free " -#~ "Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision " -#~ "will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all " -#~ "derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse " -#~ "of software generally." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">10.</emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts " -#~ "of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are " -#~ "different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which " -#~ "is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free " -#~ "Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision " -#~ "will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all " -#~ "derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse " -#~ "of software generally." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED " -#~ "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT " -#~ "PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE " -#~ "COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" " -#~ "WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT " -#~ "NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR " -#~ "A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE " -#~ "OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU " -#~ "ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">11.</emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED " -#~ "FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT " -#~ "PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE " -#~ "COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" " -#~ "WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT " -#~ "NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR " -#~ "A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE " -#~ "OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU " -#~ "ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY " -#~ "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY " -#~ "OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED " -#~ "ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, " -#~ "INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY " -#~ "TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA " -#~ "BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR " -#~ "A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF " -#~ "SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH " -#~ "DAMAGES." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">12.</emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY " -#~ "APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY " -#~ "OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED " -#~ "ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, " -#~ "INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY " -#~ "TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA " -#~ "BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR " -#~ "A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF " -#~ "SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH " -#~ "DAMAGES." - -#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "./images/i.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/i.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/idea.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/idea.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/03-select_your_location.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/filterbox.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/filterbox.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/change_password_administratively.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/reset_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/reset_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/list_groups.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/list_groups.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: The HowTos from <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#~ "HowTo/\"/> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-" -#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask " -#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are " -#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veiledninger fra <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> " -#~ "er enten bruker- eller utviklerorientert. La oss flytte de " -#~ "brukerorienterte veiledningene hit (og slette dem derfra)! (Men først må " -#~ "vi spørre forfatterne (se historien til disse sidene for å finne dem) om " -#~ "de synes det er greit å flytte veiledningen, og utgi dem under GPL.)" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\"/>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "FIXME: add information for thin client chroot" -#~ msgstr "Her kommer det info om chroot for tynnklient" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Joining_a_Windows_Client_or_Server_to_a_Domain\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Joining_a_Windows_Client_or_Server_to_a_Domain\"/>" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: artwork theme * New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#~ "debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</" -#~ "ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 11 Bullseye." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-drakten</ulink>, den " -#~ "nye visuelle forvalgsprofilen på Debian 10 Buster." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "FIXME: check/update version numbers for next entries" -#~ msgstr "Her kommer det info om versjonsnumre for påfølgende deler" - -#~ msgid "There are no images yet" -#~ msgstr "Det er ingen avtrykk ennå" - -#~ msgid "./images/sad.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/sad.png" - -#~ msgid "Translation copyright and authors" -#~ msgstr "Forfattere og åndsverksrettigheter for oversettelser" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -#~ "(2007), Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015) and Norman Garcia " -#~ "(2010, 2012, 2013) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten til den spanske oversettelsen tilhører L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -#~ "(2007), Rafael Rivas (2009-2012, 2015) og Norman Garcia (2010, " -#~ "2012-2013), og er gitt ut i henhold til GPL v2 eller en senere versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen " -#~ "(2007, 2012, 2014-2020), Håvard Korsvoll (2007-2009), Tore Skogly (2008), " -#~ "Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010), Jan Roar Rød (2010), Ole-Erik Yrvin (2014, " -#~ "2016, 2017), Ingrid Yrvin (2014, 2015, 2016, 2017), Hans Arthur Kielland " -#~ "Aanesen (2014), Knut Yrvin (2014), FourFire Le'bard (2014), Stefan " -#~ "Mitchell-Lauridsen (2014), Ragnar Wisløff (2014) and Allan Nordhøy " -#~ "(2018-2020) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten for oversettelsen til norsk bokmål tilhører Petter " -#~ "Reinholdtsen (2007, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), Håvard Korsvoll " -#~ "(2007-2009), Tore Skogly (2008), Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010), Jan Roar " -#~ "Rød (2010), Ole-Erik Yrvin (2014, 2016, 2017), Ingrid Yrvin (2014, 2015, " -#~ "2016), Hans Arthur Kielland Aanesen (2014), Knut Yrvin (2014), FourFire " -#~ "Le'bard (2014), Stefan Mitchell-Lauridsen (2014), Ragnar Wisløff (2014) " -#~ "og Allan Nordhøy (2018), og er utgitt under GPL v2 eller en senere " -#~ "versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick " -#~ "Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. Teichert " -#~ "(2007, 2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011, 2014), Ludger " -#~ "Sicking (2008, 2010), Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska " -#~ "Teichert (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) and " -#~ "Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2020) and is released under the GPL v2 or any " -#~ "later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Den tyske oversettelsen er rettighetsbeskyttet av Holger Levsen (2007), " -#~ "Patrick Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. " -#~ "Teichert (2007, 2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011, 2014), " -#~ "Ludger Sicking (2008, 2010), Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), " -#~ "Franziska Teichert (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, " -#~ "2010) og Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), og " -#~ "er utgitt under GPL2 eller en senere versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007-2019) " -#~ "and Beatrice Torracca (2013, 2014) and is released under the GPL v2 or " -#~ "any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten til den italienske oversettelsen tilhører Claudio " -#~ "Carboncini (2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, " -#~ "2017, 2018) og Beatrice Torracca (2013-2014), og er gitt ut i henhold til " -#~ "GPL v2 eller en senere utgave." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008), " -#~ "Olivier Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012-2015), Jean-Paul " -#~ "Guilloneau (2012), David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012), Jean-" -#~ "Pierre Giraud (2019) and the French l10n team (2009, 2010, 2012, 2019) " -#~ "and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Den franske oversettelsen er rettighetsbeskyttet av Christophe Masson " -#~ "(2008), Olivier Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013, 2014, " -#~ "2015), Jean-Paul Guilloneau (2012), David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent " -#~ "(2012), og det franske l10n team (2009, 2010, 2012), og er utgitt under " -#~ "GPL v2 eller en senere versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Danish translation is copyrighted by Joe Hansen (2012, 2013, 2014, " -#~ "2015, 2016, 2019) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten til den danske oversettelsen tilhører Joe Hansen (2012, " -#~ "2013, 2014, 2015, 2016) og er gitt ut i henhold til GPL v2 eller en " -#~ "senere utgave." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Dutch translation is copyrighted by Frans Spiesschaert (2014-2020) " -#~ "and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten for den nederlandske oversettelsen tilhører Frans " -#~ "Spiesschaert (2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), og er utgitt under GPL v2 " -#~ "eller en senere versjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Japanese translation is copyrighted by victory (2016, 2017) and " -#~ "hoxp18 (2019) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten for den japanske oversettelsen tilhører Victory (2016, " -#~ "2017) og hoxp18 (2019), og er utgitt under GPL v2, eller enhver senere " -#~ "versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Polish translation is copyrighted by Stanisław Krukowski (2016, " -#~ "2017), Wiktor Wandachowicz (2019), Adrian Bystrek (2019) and Michal " -#~ "Biesiada (2020) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten til den polske oversettelsen tilhører Stanisław Krukowski " -#~ "(2016, 2017) og Wiktor Wandachowicz (2019) og er utgitt under GPL v2, " -#~ "eller enhver senere versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Simplified Chinese translation is copyrighted by Ma Yong (2016-2020), " -#~ "Boyuan Yang (2017), Roy Zhang (2017), EldersJavas (2020) and wdggg (2020) " -#~ "and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opphavsretten for oversettelsen på forenklet kinesisk tilhører Ma Yong " -#~ "(2016, 2017, 2018), Boyuan Yang (2017) og Roy Zhang (2017) og er gjort " -#~ "tilgjengelig med vilkårene til GPL v2, eller enhver senere versjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Traditional Chinese translation is copyrighted by Louies (2019) and " -#~ "is released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rettighetene for oversettelsen til tradisjonelt kinesisk tilhører Louies " -#~ "(2019) og er gitt ut med bruksvilkårene i GPL v3 eller en senere utgave." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Romanian translation is copyrighted by Catalin Ene (2019) and is " -#~ "released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rettighetene for den tradisjonelle kinesiske oversettelsen tilhører " -#~ "Louies (2019), utgitt med lisensen GPL v2 eller enhver senere versjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Swedish translation is copyrighted by Luna Jernberg (2020) and is " -#~ "released under the GPL v2 or any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rettighetene for den tradisjonelle kinesiske oversettelsen tilhører " -#~ "Louies (2019), utgitt med lisensen GPL v2 eller enhver senere versjon." - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:02-select_a_language.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:02-select_a_language.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:03-select_your_location.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:03-select_your_location.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:04-Configure_the_keyboard.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:04-Configure_the_keyboard.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:07-Detect_network_hardware.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:07-Detect_network_hardware.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png}}" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "{{attachment:10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:20-Finish_the_Installation.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:20-Finish_the_Installation.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:23-Tjener-Login.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:23-Tjener-Login.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01c-Installer_help.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:01c-Installer_help.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:13-Install the base system.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:13-Install the base system.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:14-Select_and_install_software.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:14-Select_and_install_software.png}}" - -#~ msgid "Java" -#~ msgstr "Java" - -#~ msgid "Thin clients are using the programs installed on the server." -#~ msgstr "Tynnklienter bruker programmene installert på tjeneren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For LTSP clients a more lightweight desktop environment should be used; " -#~ "this can be set at installation time, see the <link " -#~ "linkend=\"Installation--Desktop_choice\">Installation chapter</link> for " -#~ "details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For LTSP-klienter bør et lettere skrivebordsmiljø brukes. Dette kan " -#~ "settes opp under installasjon, se <link linkend=\"Installation--" -#~ "Desktop_choice\">installasjonskapittelet</link> for detaljer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For diskless workstations the terms \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat " -#~ "clients\" or \"half-thick clients\" are also used. For the sake of " -#~ "clarity this manual sticks to the term \"diskless workstations\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Abeidsstasjoner uten harddisk blir også omtalt som «tilstandsløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner», eller «halvtykke klienter». I denne manualen benyttes " -#~ "begrepet «diskløse arbeidsstasjoner»." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least 12 GiB RAM for 30 thin clients and 20 GiB RAM for 50-60 thin " -#~ "clients are recommended for the main and LTSP server profiles." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er anbefalt minst 12 GiB RAM for 30 tynnklienter og 20 GiB RAM for " -#~ "50-60 tynnklienter for hovedtjener- og LTSP-tjenerprofiler." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Swapping over the network is automatically enabled for LTSP clients; the " -#~ "swap size is 512 MiB, and if you need more you can tune this by editing " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</computeroutput> on tjener to set " -#~ "the SIZE variable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For LTSP-klienter blir mellomlagring med nettverket automatisk aktivert; " -#~ "størrelsen på mellomlageret er 512 MiB. Trenger du mer, kan du endre SIZE-" -#~ "variabelen herfra: <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If your diskless workstations have hard drives, it is recommended to use " -#~ "them for swap as it is a lot faster than network swapping." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis din diskløse arbeidsstasjon har harddisker, er det anbefalt å bruke " -#~ "dem for lokal swap (bytte) da dette er raskere enn nettverks-swap " -#~ "(nettverksbytte)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On workstations with little RAM the spell checker might cause LibreOffice " -#~ "to hang if the swap space is also too small. If this happens frequently " -#~ "the spell checker can be disabled by system administrators." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "På arbeidsstasjoner med lite RAM kan stavekontrollen føre til at " -#~ "LibreOffice henger, om også vekselminnet er for lite. Skjer dette ofte, " -#~ "kan systemadministrator deaktivere stavekontrollen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients (192.168.0.0/24 as default), but " -#~ "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network\">others are possible</link>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "eth1 brukes for å betjene LTSP-tjenere (192.168.0.0/24 som standard), men " -#~ "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network\">andre er mulig</link>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An excellent database of hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En god database med oversikt over maskinvare som er støttet i Debian, " -#~ "finner man på <ulink url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>." - -#~ msgid "Notes on LTSP Server installations using only Thin-Clients" -#~ msgstr "Merknader om LTPS-tjenerinstallasjoner med bare tynnklienttjenere" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Providing the kernel boot parameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-" -#~ "client</computeroutput> makes it possible to skip one step which converts " -#~ "the LTSP chroot from a thin-client chroot into a combined thin-client/" -#~ "diskless workstation chroot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved å sette kjerne-argumentet <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-client</" -#~ "computeroutput> er det mulig å hoppe over ett steg som konverterer LTSP-" -#~ "chrootet fra et tynnklient chroot til et kombinert tynnklient/diskløs " -#~ "arbeidsstasjonschroot." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin " -#~ "client chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, " -#~ "which can be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut " -#~ "down the installation time considerably." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette er nyttig i enkelte situasjoner, f.eks. hvis man ønsker en ren " -#~ "tynnklient chroot, eller hvis det allerede finnes en diskløs chroot på en " -#~ "annen server som kan rsynces. I disse situasjonene vil det å kutte ut " -#~ "dette steget redusere installasjonstiden betraktelig." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Except for the longer installation time there is no harm in always " -#~ "creating combined chroots, which is why this is done by default." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis man ser bort fra den lengre installasjonstiden, er det ikke noe " -#~ "problem å installere kombinerte chrooter, og det er grunnen til at det er " -#~ "satt opp som standard." - -#~ msgid "Installation over the network (PXE) and booting diskless clients" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installasjon over nettverket (PXE), og booting av diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner" - -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" - -#~ msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" -#~ msgstr "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" - -#~ msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" -#~ msgstr "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" - -#~ msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" -#~ msgstr "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" - -#~ msgid "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" -#~ msgstr "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "14-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "14-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "17-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png" - -#~ msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png" -#~ msgstr "18-Build LTSP chroot.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" - -#~ msgid "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" -#~ msgstr "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png" - -#~ msgid "20-Finish_the_Installation.png" -#~ msgstr "20-Finish_the_Installation.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png" - -#~ msgid "Diskless Workstation Login" -#~ msgstr "Diskløs Arbeidstasjoner Innlogging" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Debian Edu Xfce desktop" -#~ msgstr "Debian Edu KDE skrivebord" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss." -#~ "gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For generell informasjon om GOsa² ta en titt på: <ulink url=\"https://oss." -#~ "gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C ltsp-chroot apt-get update\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C ltsp-chroot -m apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-config\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-" -#~ "config\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels # If a new kernel was installed\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot apt-get " -#~ "update\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot -p apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels # Når en ny kjerne ble installert\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is important to run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</" -#~ "computeroutput> if a new kernel was installed in the LTSP chroot, to keep " -#~ "the kernel and kernel modules in sync. The kernel is handed out via TFTP " -#~ "when the machine does PXE boot, and the kernel modules are fetched from " -#~ "the LTSP chroot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er viktig å kjøre <computeroutput>ltsp-update kjerner</" -#~ "computeroutput> når en ny kjerne blir installert i LTSP-kommandoen, for å " -#~ "holde kjernen og kjernemoduler synkronisert. Kjernen deles ut via TFTP " -#~ "når maskinen utfører en PXE-oppstart, og kjernemodulene er hentet fra " -#~ "LTSP-kommandoen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> to re-generate the " -#~ "NBD image(s)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kjør <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> for å regenerere " -#~ "NBD-bilde(ne)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To upgrade the LTSP chroot, one can use <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-" -#~ "get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. On " -#~ "64-bit servers, one will have to add <computeroutput>-a i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> as an argument to ltsp-chroot. It is a good idea to " -#~ "update the chroot when updating the host system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å oppgradere LTSP-chroot, kan man bruke <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot " -#~ "apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. " -#~ "På 64-bittjenere vil man måtte legge <computeroutput>-en i386 </" -#~ "computeroutput> til LTSP-chroot. Det er en god idé å oppdatere chroot " -#~ "når man oppdaterer vertssystemet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -#~ "and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. The diskless " -#~ "machines are easy, as their chroot environment can be deleted and " -#~ "recreated, if you haven't modified it. If you have, the chroot is " -#~ "basically a workstation chroot anyway, so rather easy to upgrade." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I hovedsak: Oppgradering av tjenere er mer vanskelig enn " -#~ "arbeidsstasjonene, og hovedtjeneren er den vanskeligste å oppgradere. De " -#~ "diskløse maskinene er enkle, da deres chroot-miljø kan bli slettet og " -#~ "gjenopprettet hvis du ikke har modifisert dem. Hvis du har, er chroot " -#~ "egentlig en workstation-chroot (arbeidsstasjonschroot) uansett, og er " -#~ "relativt enkel å oppgradere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/buster/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt purge atftpd # needed because tftpd will be installed\n" -#~ "apt install libcurl4 # needed to replace libcurl3\n" -#~ "apt install apache2 # needed first to avoid additional work later on\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/buster/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "export LC_ALL=C # valgfritt (for å få Engelsk utdata)\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt purge atftpd # trengs fordi tftpd vil bli intsallert\n" -#~ "apt install libcurl4 # trengs for å erstatte libcurl3\n" -#~ "apt install apache2 # trengs innledende for å unngå ytterligere arbeid " -#~ "senere\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "ntp: Choose N." -#~ msgstr "ntp: Velg N." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "smb" -#~ msgstr "smb" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "dovecot" -#~ msgstr "dovecot" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "grub" -#~ msgstr "grub" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enable PHP 7.3 support:" -#~ msgstr "Aktiver ellers ødelagt PHP 7.0-støtte:" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt purge php7.0*\n" -#~ "a2enmod php7.3\n" -#~ "a2enconf php7.3-cgi\n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt purge php7.0*\n" -#~ "a2enmod php7.3\n" -#~ "a2enconf php7.3-cgi\n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" - -#~ msgid "Adjust GOsa² access (changed encryption method):" -#~ msgstr "Juster GOsa²-tilgang (endret krypteringsmetode):" - -#~ msgid "backup /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig" -#~ msgstr "sikkerhetskopier /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "replace the long (hashed) password in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with the short " -#~ "(random) password from /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig (for both " -#~ "<emphasis>adminPassword</emphasis> and <emphasis>snapshotAdminPassword</" -#~ "emphasis>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "erstatt det lange (sjekksummerte) passordet i /etc/gosa/gosa.conf, med " -#~ "det korte (tilfeldige) passordet fra /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.org (for både " -#~ "<emphasis>adminPassword</emphasis> og <emphasis>snapshotAdminPassword</" -#~ "emphasis>)" - -#~ msgid "Upgrading LTSP chroots" -#~ msgstr "Oppgradering av LTSP-chroot" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure you have enough disk space. LTSP uses Network Block Device " -#~ "(NBD). The NBD image file size is about 4 GiB (default installation). If " -#~ "the image is updated, another 4 GiB for a temporary file are needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kontroller at du har nok diskplass. LTSP bruker Network Block Device " -#~ "(NBD). NBD-bildefilen er på ca. 4 GiB (standardinstallasjon). Hvis bildet " -#~ "oppdateres, kreves i tillegg 4 GiB til en midlertidig fil." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Also please note that the default LTSP architecture was i386 for Stretch. " -#~ "See below how to create a chroot for 64-bit-PCs (amd64)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Merk deg også at forvalgt LTSP-arkitektur var i386 for Stretch. Se " -#~ "nedenfor oppskrift på oppsett av chroot for 64-biters-PC-er (amd64)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/buster/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -f install\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/buster/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -f install\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "Cleaning up:" -#~ msgstr "Opprydding:" - -#~ msgid "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt --purge autoremove" -#~ msgstr "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt --purge autoremove" - -#~ msgid "Update LTSP support on the server side:" -#~ msgstr "Oppdatering av LTSP-støtten på tjenersiden:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-sshkeys\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-sshkeys\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To save disk space, <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image -n</computeroutput> " -#~ "could be used instead; see <computeroutput>man ltsp-update-image</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å spare diskplass kan <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image -n</" -#~ "computeroutput> brukes i stedet, se <computeroutput>man ltsp-update-" -#~ "image</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "Recreating an LTSP chroot" -#~ msgstr "Gjenoppretting av LTSP-chroot" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot could also be recreated. The new " -#~ "chroot will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations. " -#~ "Please note: As of Buster, the LTSP chroot arch defaults to the one used " -#~ "for the server side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "På LTSP-tjener(e) kan også LTSP-chrooten gjenopprettes. Ny chroot vil " -#~ "fortsatt støtte både tynnklienter og diskløse arbeidsstasjoner. Merk: " -#~ "Siden Buster, bruker LTSP-chroot den arkitekturen som tjeneren har." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remove <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (or " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, depending on your " -#~ "setup). If you have enough diskspace, consider backing it up." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fjern <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (eller " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, avhengig av ditt " -#~ "oppsett). Har du nok diskplass, vurder sikkerhetskopiering." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --help</computeroutput> and " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --extra-help</computeroutput> for more " -#~ "information about options. The file <emphasis>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client." -#~ "conf</emphasis> contains some useful (commented) options." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --help</computeroutput> og " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --extra-help</computeroutput> for mer " -#~ "info om tilgjengelige valg. Filen <emphasis>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client." -#~ "conf</emphasis> inneholder noen nyttige (kommenterte) valg." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Recreate the chroot by running <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client</" -#~ "computeroutput> as root." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Her er et eksempel som aktiverer temaet i <computeroutput>desktop-base</" -#~ "computeroutput>-pakken:" - -#~ msgid "Add additional LTSP chroot to support 64-bit-PC clients" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg till ytterligere LTSP-chroot for å støtte 64-biters-PC-klienter" - -#~ msgid "At least 20 GiB additional disk space on /opt is required." -#~ msgstr "Det trengs minst 20 GiB ekstra diskplass på /opt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run \"ltsp-build-client --arch amd64\" to create chroot and NBD image." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kjør \"ltsp-build-client --arch amd64\" for å opprette chroot og NDB-" -#~ "avbildning." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use \"ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\" to replace <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> with <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> (dhcp " -#~ "statements in LDAP for one dedicated network)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bruk \"ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\" for å erstatte <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> med <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> (DHCP-" -#~ "stadfestelser i LDAP for ett dedikert nettverk)." - -#~ msgid "Run \"service isc-dhcp-server restart\"." -#~ msgstr "Kjør \"service isc-dhcp-server restart\"." - -#~ msgid "Edit /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf (set ltsparch=amd64)." -#~ msgstr "Rediger /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf (sett ltsparch=amd64)." - -#~ msgid "Run 'debian-edu-pxeinstall' to regenerate the PXE menu." -#~ msgstr "Kjør 'debian-edu-pxeinstall' for å regenerere PXE-menyen." - -#~ msgid "Run 'service nbd-service restart' to serve the new NBD file." -#~ msgstr "Kjør 'service nbd-service restart' for å dele ut den nye NBD-filen." - -#~ msgid "Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²" -#~ msgstr "Installasjon av grafisk miljø på hovedtjeneren for bruk av GOsa²" - -#~ msgid "How to enable it" -#~ msgstr "Skru det på slik" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt-get update\n" -#~ "apt-get upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "aptitude update \n" -#~ "aptitude dist-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to have the default KDE \"Plasma\" file manager Dolphin " -#~ "showing up if KDE \"Plasma\" (or LDXE, if installed in parallel to KDE " -#~ "\"Plasma\") is in use as desktop environment. To configure this, simply " -#~ "execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde " -#~ "enable</computeroutput> on the terminal server. (When using GNOME, device " -#~ "icons will be placed on the desktop allowing easy access)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er mulig å vise KDE «Plasma»s standard filbehandler Dolphin i KDE " -#~ "«Plasma» brukes som skrivebordmiljø (eller i LDXE, hvis den er installert " -#~ "parallelt med KDE «Plasma»). For å konfigurere dette, er det enkelt å " -#~ "kjøre <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde " -#~ "enable</computeroutput> på tynnklienttjeneren. (I GNOME er programikonene " -#~ "plassert på skrivebordet for enkel tilgjengelighet)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink " -#~ "\"media\" for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB " -#~ "drives, CD-ROM / DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. " -#~ "This might come in handy if users want to edit files directly on their " -#~ "plugged in media." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved hjelp av følgende skript vil linken «Media» opprettes for alle " -#~ "brukere på deres hjemmeområde. Dette gir enkel tilgang til USB-penner, CD-" -#~ "ROM og andre media som kobles til tynnklienten. Dette kan være til god " -#~ "hjelp hvis brukere vil redigere filer direkte på sine innpluggede medier." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "#!/bin/bash\n" -#~ " home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -#~ " shared_folder=\"media\"\n" -#~ " permissions=\"775\"\n" -#~ " created_dir=0;\n" -#~ " for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -#~ " if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -#~ " ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n" -#~ " else\n" -#~ " echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already " -#~ "exists.\\n\"\n" -#~ " fi\n" -#~ " done\n" -#~ " echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "#!/bin/bash\n" -#~ " home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -#~ " shared_folder=\"media\"\n" -#~ " permissions=\"775\"\n" -#~ " created_dir=0;\n" -#~ " for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -#~ " if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -#~ " ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n" -#~ " else\n" -#~ " echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already " -#~ "exists.\\n\"\n" -#~ " fi\n" -#~ " done\n" -#~ " echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable access in case diskless workstations are used. This is a special " -#~ "case, because sshfs is used instead of NFS and automount:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aktiver tilgang der diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er brukt. Dette er et " -#~ "spesielt tilfelle, fordi SSHFS brukes i stedet for NFS og automonter:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create the mount point directories in the LTSP diskless client's root " -#~ "(default <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/</computeroutput>) as well." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opprett monteringspunktkataloger også i roten til den LTSP diskløse " -#~ "klienten (forvalg <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/</computeroutput>)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add a line containing 'LOCAL_APPS_EXTRAMOUNTS=/storage' to " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> (example)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til en linje som inneholder «LOCAL_APPS_EXTRAMOUNTS=/storage» til " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> (eksempel)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create a link in each user's home dir like 'ln -s /storage Storage' to " -#~ "help users find the resources." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lag en lenke i hver brukers hjemmemappe som «ln -s /storage Storage» for " -#~ "å hjelpe brukerne med å finne ressursene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Default for new Debian Edu Buster installations: LTSP clients are using " -#~ "the same architecture as the LTSP server, i.e. 64-bit-PC (aka amd64) or " -#~ "32-bit-PC (aka i386)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forvalg for nye Debian Edu Buster-installasjoner: LTSP-klienter bruker " -#~ "samme arkitektur som LTSP-tjeneren, f.eks. 64-biters-PC (aka amd64) eller " -#~ "32-biters-PC (aka i386)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please keep in mind to use the correct architecture for all commands " -#~ "referred to below." -#~ msgstr "Husk å bruke rett arkitektur for alle kommandoene angitt nedenfor." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless " -#~ "workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin " -#~ "client. The related LTSP parameter is <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</" -#~ "computeroutput> with the default value 300. So if (for example) the " -#~ "clients should only boot as diskless workstations if they have 1 GB RAM, " -#~ "add <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</computeroutput> to lts.conf " -#~ "(or set this in LDAP). Unlike workstations diskless workstations run " -#~ "without any need to add them with GOsa², because LDM is used to login and " -#~ "connect to the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LTSP definerer 320 MB som standard minimum RAM for diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner. Hvis mengden RAM er mindre, vil maskinen starte opp som " -#~ "tynn klient. Det nærliggende LTSP-parameteret er " -#~ "<computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</computeroutput> med standardverdien " -#~ "300. Hvis (for eksempel) klientene bare bør starte som diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner om de har 1 GB RAM, legge til " -#~ "<computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</computeroutput> til lts.conf " -#~ "(eller sett dette i LDAP). I motsetning til arbeidsstasjoner, kjører " -#~ "diskløse arbeidsstasjoner uten noe behov for å få lagt til GOsa², fordi " -#~ "LDM brukes til å logge inn og koble seg til LTSP-tjeneren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As a shorter alternative -- installing all available firmware and " -#~ "updating the tftpboot directory -- you could execute:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Som et raskere alternativ - er å installere alle tilgjengelige fastvarer " -#~ "og oppdatere TFTP Boot-katalogen - kan du kjøre:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could " -#~ "be started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in " -#~ "the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if " -#~ "the amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client " -#~ "subnet should run as thin clients, the following has to be done." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved å bruke standard PXE-menyen på hovedsubnett 10.0.0.0/8, kan en maskin " -#~ "startes som diskløse arbeidsstasjoner eller tynn klient. Som standard vil " -#~ "klienter i eget subnett 192.168.0.0/24 kjøre som diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner, hvis mengden RAM er tilstrekkelig. Hvis alle klienter i " -#~ "denne LTSP-klientens subnett, bør kjøres som tynne klienter, må følgende " -#~ "gjøres." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an " -#~ "editor\n" -#~ "and replace the line\n" -#~ "CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n" -#~ "with\n" -#~ "CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False " -#~ "quiet\"\n" -#~ "(2)Execute 'ltsp-chroot -a amd64 /usr/share/ltsp/update-kernels'\n" -#~ "(3)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'\n" -#~ "(4)Execute 'ltsp-update-image'" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(1) Åpne filen /opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf med en " -#~ "redigerer\n" -#~ " og erstatt linjen\n" -#~ "CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet\"\n" -#~ "med \n" -#~ "CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=\"init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False " -#~ "quiet\"\n" -#~ "(2) Utfør «ltsp-chroot -a amd64 /usr/share/ltsp/update-kernels»\n" -#~ "(3) Utfør «ltsp-update-kernels»\n" -#~ "(4) Utfør «ltsp-update-image»" - -#~ msgid "Changing the PXE menu on a combined (main and LTSP) server" -#~ msgstr "Endre PXE-menyen på en LTSP-server" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and " -#~ "other alternatives. The file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux." -#~ "cfg/default</computeroutput> is used by default if no other file in that " -#~ "directory matches the client, and out of the box it is set to link to " -#~ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PXE-menyen tillater nettverkssstart av LTSP-klienter, " -#~ "installasjonsprogrammet og andre alternativer. Filen <computeroutput>/var/" -#~ "lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default</computeroutput> er brukt som standard " -#~ "hvis ingen annen fil i den mappen passer med klienten, og er som standard " -#~ "satt til å lenke til <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-" -#~ "menu.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting " -#~ "the full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis man vil at alle klientene skal boote som diskløs arbeidsstasjon i " -#~ "stedet for å få en fullstendig PXE-meny, kan man få til dette ved å endre " -#~ "symlinken:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "pxelinux.cfg/default" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "pxelinux.cfg/default" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink " -#~ "like this:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis man ønsker at alle klienter booter som tynneklienter i stedet, kan " -#~ "man endre symlink som dette:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "pxelinux.cfg/default" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "pxelinux.cfg/default" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See also the PXELINUX documentation at <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor." -#~ "com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se også PXE Linux-dokumentasjonen hos <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor." -#~ "com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ." - -#~ msgid "Separate main and LTSP server" -#~ msgstr "Adskilte hoved- og LTSP-tjenere" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up " -#~ "a separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Både for ytelse og av sikkerhetshensyn kan det være behov for å sette opp " -#~ "en separat hovedserver, som ikke virker som en LTSP-server." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8) " -#~ "network, when the main server is not a combined server, follow these " -#~ "steps:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å la Itspserver00 betjene diskløse arbeidsstasjoner på " -#~ "hovednettverket (10.0.0.0 /8), når hovedtjeneren ikke er en kombinert " -#~ "tjener, gjør du følgende:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "copy <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> to the same directory on the main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kopier <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> til den samme mappen på hovedtjeneren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "edit <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following " -#~ "example uses 10.0.2.10 for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main " -#~ "network:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rediger <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless." -#~ "cfg</computeroutput> for å bruke IP-adressen til ltspserver00; Det " -#~ "følgende eksemplet bruker 10.0.2.10 som IP-adressen til ltspserver00 på " -#~ "hovednettverket:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "DEFAULT ltsp/amd64/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/amd64/initrd.img " -#~ "nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/amd64 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro quiet " -#~ "ipappend 2" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "DEFAULT ltsp/amd64/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/amd64/initrd.img " -#~ "nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/amd64 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro quiet " -#~ "ipappend 2" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "set the symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> on the main server to point to <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -#~ "tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sett symlink i <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> på hovedtjener til å peke på <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -#~ "tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As an alternative, you could use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, " -#~ "search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Som et alternativ kan du bruke <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, " -#~ "søk etter «next server tjener» og erstatt tjener med ltspserver00." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In case LTSP server and chroot are 64-bit-PC, it is still possible to " -#~ "support older 32-bit systems. At least 20 GiB additional disk space on /" -#~ "opt would be required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I fall LTSP-tjener og chroot er 64-biters PC, er det fremdeles mulig å " -#~ "støtte eldre 32-biters systemer. Minst 20GiB ytterligere diskplass på /" -#~ "opt kreves i sådant fall." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --arch i386</computeroutput> to " -#~ "create chroot and NBD image." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kjør <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --arch amd64</computeroutput> for " -#~ "å opprette chroot og NBD-avbildning." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> to replace " -#~ "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> (dhcp statements in LDAP for one dedicated network)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bruk <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> for å " -#~ "erstatte <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> (DHCP-oppføringer i LDAP for ett dedikert nettverk)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>service nbd-service restart</computeroutput> to serve " -#~ "the new NBD file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kjør <computeroutput>service nbd-service restart</computeroutput> for å " -#~ "betjene den nye NBD-filen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure specific LTSP clients with particular features, you can add " -#~ "settings in LDAP or edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts." -#~ "conf</computeroutput>. Please note that <computeroutput>ltsp-update-" -#~ "image</computeroutput> has to be run after each change to lts.conf. The " -#~ "image update isn't needed if lts.conf is copied to the /var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "ltsp/amd64/ directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å sette opp spesifikke LTSP-klienter med bestemte egenskaper så kan " -#~ "du legge til oppsett i LDAP eller redigere filen <computeroutput>/opt/" -#~ "ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>. Merk at <computeroutput>ltsp-" -#~ "update-image</computeroutput> må kjøres etter hver endring av lts.conf. " -#~ "Slik avtrykkoppdatering trengs ikke hvis lts.conf er kopiert til mappen /" -#~ "var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/amd64/." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We recommend to configure clients in LDAP (and not edit " -#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> directly, however, " -#~ "configuration webforms for LTSP are currently not available in GOsa², you " -#~ "have to use a plain LDAP browser/explorer or <computeroutput>ldapvi</" -#~ "computeroutput>), as this makes it possible to add and/or replace LTSP " -#~ "servers without loosing (or having to redo) configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vi anbefaler å konfigurere klienter i LDAP (og ikke redigere " -#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> direkte, da webformer/" -#~ "webskjemaer til konfigurasjon for LTSP for tiden ikke er tilgjengelig i " -#~ "GOsa². Du må bruke en vanlig LDAP-browser/explorer eller " -#~ "<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>), da dette gjør det mulig å legge " -#~ "til og/eller erstatte LTSP-tjenere uten å miste (eller å måtte gjøre om) " -#~ "konfigurasjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The default values in LDAP are defined in the " -#~ "<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux," -#~ "dc=no</computeroutput> LDAP object using the <computeroutput>ltspConfig</" -#~ "computeroutput> attribute. One can also add host specific entries in " -#~ "LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Standardverdiene i LDAP er definert i " -#~ "<computeroutput>cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux," -#~ "dc=no</computeroutput> LDAP-objektet bruker <computeroutput>ltspConfig</" -#~ "computeroutput> som attributt. Man kan også legge til vertsbestemte " -#~ "oppføringer i LDAP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The default values are defined under <computeroutput>[default]</" -#~ "computeroutput>; to configure one client, specify it in terms of its MAC " -#~ "address or IP address like this: <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Standardverdiene er definert under <computeroutput>[default]</" -#~ "computeroutput>. For å sette opp en spesiell klient, så kan du oppgi " -#~ "hvilke klient det er med mac-adressen eller IP-adressen som dette " -#~ "<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add " -#~ "something like this:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eksempel: For å få tynnklienten Ltsp010 til å bruke skjermoppløsningen " -#~ "1280x1024 så legg til noe slikt som dette:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n" -#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n" -#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n" -#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n" -#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n" -#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n" -#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"" - -#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings." -#~ msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To force the use of a specific xserver on an LTSP client, set the " -#~ "<computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput> variable. For example:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å fremtvinge bruken av en bestemt xserver på en LTSP-klient, still " -#~ "inn <computeroutput>XSERVER</computeroutput>-variabelen. For eksempel:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "[192.168.0.11]\n" -#~ "XSERVER = nvidia" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "[192.168.0.11]\n" -#~ "XSERVER = nvidia" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a thin client comes up with a black screen the use of a specific color " -#~ "depth might help. For example:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis en tynn klient kommer opp med en sort skjer, så kan det hjelpe å " -#~ "bruke en konkret fargedybde. For eksempel:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "[192.168.0.12]\n" -#~ "X_COLOR_DEPTH=16" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "[192.168.0.12]\n" -#~ "X_COLOR_DEPTH=16" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart the " -#~ "client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avhengig av hvilke endringer du gjør, så kan det være nødvendig å starte " -#~ "klienten på nytt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To use IP addresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> you need " -#~ "to add the client MAC address to your DHCP server. Otherwise you should " -#~ "use the client MAC address directly in your <computeroutput>lts.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput> file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å bruke IP-adresser i <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> må du " -#~ "legge til MAC-adressen til klienten i DHCP-tjeneren. Eller så må du bruke " -#~ "MAC-adressen til klienten direkte i <computeroutput>lts.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput>-fila." - -#~ msgid "Force all LTSP clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å tvinge alle LTSP-klienter til å bruke LXDE som forvalgt " -#~ "skrivebordsmiljø" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure that LXDE is installed on the LTSP server; then add these lines " -#~ "below <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> in \"lts.conf\":" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kontroller at LXDE er installert på LTSP-tjeneren; legg deretter til " -#~ "disse linjene under <computeroutput>[default]</computeroutput> i \"lts." -#~ "conf\":" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LDM_SESSION=LXDE\n" -#~ "LDM_FORCE_SESSION=true" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LDM_SESSION=LXDE\n" -#~ "LDM_FORCE_SESSION=true" - -#~ msgid "Load-balancing LTSP servers" -#~ msgstr "Lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere" - -#~ msgid "Part 1" -#~ msgstr "Del 1" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several LTSP " -#~ "servers for load-balancing. This is done by providing <computeroutput>/" -#~ "opt/ltsp/amd64/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> as a script " -#~ "printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, " -#~ "each LTSP chroot needs to include the SSH host key for each of the " -#~ "servers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er mulig å sette opp klienter til å kople til en av flere LTSP-" -#~ "tjenere for lastbalansering. Det gjøres ved å bruke <computeroutput>/opt/" -#~ "ltsp/amd64/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> som et skript som " -#~ "returnerer en eller flere tjenere å kople til. I tillegg til dette må " -#~ "hvert LTSP-chroot inkludere SSH-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the load-balancing " -#~ "server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the " -#~ "Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to " -#~ "connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. You will decide later how " -#~ "this is done." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Først må du velge en LTSP-tjener som skal ivareta lastbalansering. Alle " -#~ "klientene vil PXE-starte fra denne tjeneren og laste Skolelinux-bildet. " -#~ "Etter at imaget er lastet, bestemmer LDM hvilken tjener klienten skal " -#~ "koble til ved å bruke «get_hosts»-skriptet. Hvordan dette gjøres " -#~ "bestemmer du senere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The load-balancing server must be announced to the clients as the \"next-" -#~ "server\" via DHCP. As DHCP configuration is in LDAP, modifications have " -#~ "to be done there. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD " -#~ "'(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> to edit the appropriate entry in LDAP. " -#~ "(Enter the main server's root password at the prompt; if VISUAL isn't " -#~ "set, the default editor will be nano.) Search for a line reading " -#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-" -#~ "server should be the IP address or hostname of the server you chose to be " -#~ "the load-balancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working " -#~ "DNS. Remember to restart the DHCP service." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lastbalanseringstjenere må annonseres for klientene som «next-tjeneren» " -#~ "via DHCP. Da DHCP-konfigurasjon er i LDAP, må modifikasjoner gjøres der. " -#~ "Bruk <computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD «(cn=admin)»</computeroutput> " -#~ "til å redigere den aktuelle oppføringen i LDAP. (Skriv inn hovedtjenerens " -#~ "rotpassord når du blir bedt; Hvis VISUAL ikke er satt, vil standard " -#~ "redigereren (editor) være nano.) Søk etter linjen med teksten " -#~ "<computeroutput>dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</computeroutput> Next-" -#~ "tjener skal være IP-adressen, eller vertsnavnet til den tjeneren du " -#~ "valgte som lastbalanseringstjener. Hvis du bruker vertsnavn, må du ha et " -#~ "fungerende DNS. Husk å restarte DHCP-tjenesten." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.0.0 network to the " -#~ "10.0.0.0 network; attach them to the backbone network instead of the " -#~ "network attached to the LTSP server's second network card. This is " -#~ "because when you use load-balancing, the clients need direct access to " -#~ "the server chosen by LDM. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.0.0 " -#~ "network, all of the clients' traffic will go through that server before " -#~ "it reaches the chosen LDM server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nå må du flytte klientene fra 192.168.1.0-nettet til 10.0.2.0-nettet. " -#~ "Dette må gjøres fordi når man bruker lastbalansering, må klientene ha " -#~ "direkte tilgang til den tjeneren LDM velger. Hvis du beholder klientene i " -#~ "192.168.1.0-nettet, vil alle klientenes trafikk gå gjennom den tjeneren " -#~ "før de når den LDM-tjeneren som er valgt." - -#~ msgid "Part 2" -#~ msgstr "Del 2" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script which generates a list of " -#~ "server names for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides " -#~ "this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the " -#~ "get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the " -#~ "standard output each server IP address or host name, in random order." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nå må du opprette et «get_hosts»-skript som generer en liste med " -#~ "tjenernavn som LDM kan koble seg til. Parameteret LDM_SERVER overstyrer " -#~ "dette skriptet. Derfor må dette parameteret ikke være definert dersom " -#~ "get_hosts-skriptet skal benyttes. Get_hosts-skriptet skrives på standard " -#~ "utdataene hver tjeners IP-adresse eller vertsnavn, i vilkårlig rekkefølge." - -#~ msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:" -#~ msgstr "Rediger \"/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf\" og legg til noe som dette:" - -#~ msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"" -#~ msgstr "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Replace xxxx with either the IP addresses or hostnames of the servers as " -#~ "a space-separated list. Then, put the following script in " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> " -#~ "on the server you chose to be the load-balancing server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Erstatt xxxx med enten IP-adresser eller vertsnavn for tjenerne. Lista må " -#~ "være mellomromsinndelt. Så skal det påfølgende skriptet kopieres til " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> " -#~ "på den tjeneren som er valgt som lastbalanseringstjener." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "#!/bin/bash\n" -#~ " # Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n" -#~ " TMP_LIST=\"\"\n" -#~ " SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n" -#~ " for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n" -#~ " rank=$RANDOM\n" -#~ " let \"rank %= 100\"\n" -#~ " TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n" -#~ " done\n" -#~ " TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n" -#~ " for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n" -#~ " SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n" -#~ " done\n" -#~ " echo $SHUFFLED_LIST" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "#!/bin/bash\n" -#~ " # Stokk tjenerlisten som ligger i MY_SERVER_LIST-parameteret\n" -#~ " TMP_LIST=\"\"\n" -#~ " SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n" -#~ " for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n" -#~ " rank=$RANDOM\n" -#~ " let \"rank %= 100\"\n" -#~ " TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n" -#~ " done\n" -#~ " TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n" -#~ " for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n" -#~ " SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n" -#~ " done\n" -#~ " echo $SHUFFLED_LIST" - -#~ msgid "Part 3" -#~ msgstr "Del 3" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the SSH " -#~ "host key for the LTSP chroots. This can be done by making a file " -#~ "containing the content of <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/ssh/" -#~ "ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput> from all the LTSP servers that will be " -#~ "load-balanced. Save this file as <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" -#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra</computeroutput> on all load-balanced servers. The " -#~ "last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a " -#~ "server is booted, and <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</" -#~ "computeroutput> is included if it exists." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Når «get_hosts»-skriptet er opprettet, er det på tide å generere en SSH-" -#~ "vertsnøkkel for LTSP-chroot. Dette kan gjøres ved å opprette en fil som " -#~ "består av innholdet av <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/ssh/" -#~ "ssh_known_hosts </computeroutput> fra alle LTSP-tjenerne som skal " -#~ "lastbalanseres. Lagre denne filen som <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" -#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra </computeroutput> på alle lastbalanseringsserverne. " -#~ "Dette siste steget er veldig viktig siden ltsp-update-sshkeys kjører hver " -#~ "gang en tjener startes på ny, og <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" -#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra</computeroutput> legges inn hvis filen eksisterer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you save your new host file as <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/ssh/" -#~ "ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput>, it will be erased when you reboot the " -#~ "server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du lagrer din nye vertsfil som <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/" -#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts</computeroutput>, vil den bli slettet hver gang " -#~ "tjeneren startes på ny." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their " -#~ "image from the same server, which causes high loads on the server if many " -#~ "clients are booted at the same time. Also, the clients require that " -#~ "server to be always available; without it they cannot boot or get an LDM " -#~ "server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't " -#~ "very good." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er noen klare svakheter med dette oppsettet. Alle klientene får sitt " -#~ "image ( bilde) fra den samme tjeneren. Dette medfører stor belastning på " -#~ "tjeneren hvis mange klienter starter opp samtidig. I tillegg krever " -#~ "klientene at tjeneren alltid er tilgjengelig; uten den kan de ikke starte " -#~ "eller nå en LDM-tjener. Derfor er dette oppsettet svært avhengig av en " -#~ "tjener, noe som ikke er heldig." - -#~ msgid "Your clients should now be load-balanced!" -#~ msgstr "Dine klienter skal nå være lastbalansert!" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure this machine to run a printer in lts.conf (default location: " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>), see the " -#~ "LTSP manual <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html#printer</" -#~ "computeroutput> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sett opp denne maskinen til å kjøre en skriver i lts.conf (forvalgt " -#~ "plassering: <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput>), se LTSP-manualen <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" -#~ "LTSPManual.html#printer</computeroutput> for detaljer." - -#~ msgid "Use NFS instead of NBD" -#~ msgstr "Bruk NFS istedenfor NBD" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To speed up customizing and testing an LTSP chroot NFS could be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å framskynde tilpasning og testing, kan et LTSP-chroot miljø brukes " -#~ "over NFS." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# Switch from NBD --> NFS:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/default ltsp-NBD/default ltsp-NFS' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --print-" -#~ "architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/ontimeout ltsp-NBD/ontimeout ltsp-NFS/' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --" -#~ "print-architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Bytt fra NBD → NFS:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/default ltsp-NBD/default ltsp-NFS' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --print-" -#~ "architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/ontimeout ltsp-NBD/ontimeout ltsp-NFS/' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --" -#~ "print-architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# Switch from NFS --> NBD:\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image \n" -#~ "sed -i 's/default ltsp-NFS/default ltsp-NBD' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --print-" -#~ "architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/ontimeout ltsp-NFS/ontimeout ltsp-NBD/' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --" -#~ "print-architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Bytt fra NFS → NBD:\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image \n" -#~ "sed -i 's/default ltsp-NFS/default ltsp-NBD' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --print-" -#~ "architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/ontimeout ltsp-NFS/ontimeout ltsp-NBD/' /opt/ltsp/$(dpkg --" -#~ "print-architecture)/boot/pxelinux.cfg/ltsp\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels" - -#~ msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment" -#~ msgstr "Oppgradere LTSP-miljøet" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly " -#~ "often, to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. " -#~ "To upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er nyttig å oppgradere LTSP-miljøet med nye pakker ganske ofte for å " -#~ "være sikker på at sikkerhetsoppdateringer og forbedringer gjøres " -#~ "tilgjengelig. For å oppgradere kjøres disse kommandoene som bruker rot på " -#~ "hver LTSP-tjener:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a amd64 # this does \"chroot /opt/ltsp/amd64\" and more, ie " -#~ "it also prevents daemons from being started\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt upgrade\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade\n" -#~ "exit\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a amd64 # dette kjører \"chroot /opt/ltsp/amd64\" med mer, " -#~ "f.eks. hindrer det at nisser startes opp\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt upgrade\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade\n" -#~ "exit\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "Installing additional software in the LTSP environment" -#~ msgstr "Oppgradere LTSP-miljøet" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the " -#~ "installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å installere ekstra programvare for en LTSP-klient må du gjennomføre " -#~ "installasjonen inne i chroot-en til LTSP-tjeneren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a amd64\n" -#~ "## optionally, edit the sources.list:\n" -#~ "#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install $new_package\n" -#~ "exit\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a amd64\n" -#~ "## valgfritt, endre på sources.list:\n" -#~ "#editor /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install $new_package\n" -#~ "exit\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "Slow login and security" -#~ msgstr "Vis innlogging og sikkerhet" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network " -#~ "preventing unauthorised superuser access, password sniffing, and other " -#~ "tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measure is " -#~ "secure login using SSH, which is the default with LDM. This can slow down " -#~ "some client machines which are more than about fifteen years old, with as " -#~ "little as a 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Although it's not " -#~ "recommended, you can add a line to <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/" -#~ "lts.conf</computeroutput> containing:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skolelinux har lagt til mange sikkerhetsfunksjoner for klientnettet som " -#~ "forhindrer uautorisert superbruker-tilgang, stopper passordsniffing og " -#~ "andre triks som kan bli brukt på et lokalt nettverk. En av disse " -#~ "sikkerhetsfunksjonene er sikker innlogging som bruker SSH, noe som er " -#~ "forvalg med LDM. Dette kan sinke noen klientmaskiner som er eldre enn " -#~ "femten år. Dette er maskiner som har så lite som 160 MHz prosessor og 32 " -#~ "MB RAM. Selv om det ikke er anbefalt, kan du legge til en linje til " -#~ "«True» i <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> " -#~ "som inneholder:" - -#~ msgid "LDM_DIRECTX=True" -#~ msgstr "LDM_DIRECTX=True" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: The above protects initial " -#~ "login, but all activities after that use unencrypted networked X. " -#~ "Passwords (except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the " -#~ "network, as well as anything else." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advarsel</emphasis>: XDMCP bruker ikke " -#~ "kryptering. Passord sendes i klartekst over nettverket, i likhet med all " -#~ "annen trafikk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: Since such fifteen-year-old thin clients may also have trouble " -#~ "running newer versions of LibreOffice and Firefox due to pixmap caching " -#~ "issues, you may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, " -#~ "or upgrade the hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being " -#~ "able to use them as diskless workstations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Merk: Å bruke femten år gamle tynnklienter kan føre til problemer med å " -#~ "kjøre nyere versjoner av LibreOffice og Firefox pga. pixmap " -#~ "mellomlagringsproblemer. Du bør helst kjøre tynneklienter med minst 128 " -#~ "MB RAM, eller oppgradere maskinvaren. Dette vil også gi deg fordelen av å " -#~ "kunne kjøre dem som diskløse arbeidsstasjoner." - -#~ msgid "Joining a domain" -#~ msgstr "Bli med i domenet" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# Run on a combi server (and on each additional ltsp server):\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install epoptes\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 apt install epoptes-client\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 apt install ssvnc\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 sed -i 's/test -f/#test -f/' /etc/init.d/" -#~ "epoptes-client \n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 sed -i 's/grep -qs/#grep -qs/' /etc/init.d/" -#~ "epoptes-client \n" -#~ "# If diskspace matters, use 'ltsp-update-image -n' instead.\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Kjør på en kombinasjons-tjenermaskin (og på hver ekstra LTSP-" -#~ "tjenermaskin):\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install epoptes\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 apt install epoptes-client\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 apt install ssvnc\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 sed -i 's/test -f/#test -f/' /etc/init.d/" -#~ "epoptes-client \n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m --arch amd64 sed -i 's/grep -qs/#grep -qs/' /etc/init.d/" -#~ "epoptes-client \n" -#~ "# Hvis diskplass er viktig, bruk 'ltsp-update-image -n' i stedet.\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "Volume control" -#~ msgstr "Volumkontroll" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On other machines (workstations, LTSP servers, and diskless " -#~ "workstations), <computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> or " -#~ "<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> can be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "På andre maskiner (arbeidsstasjoner, LTSP-tjenere og diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner), virker <computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> som " -#~ "vanlig, <computeroutput> alsamixer </computeroutput> kan også brukes." - -#~ msgid "Download" -#~ msgstr "Last ned" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The image would be (but currently isn't) available via <ulink url=\"ftp://" -#~ "ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-buster-live/\">FTP</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp." -#~ "skolelinux.org/cd-buster-live/\">HTTP</ulink> or rsync from " -#~ "<computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> under " -#~ "<computeroutput>cd-buster-live/</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Diskbildet vil bli (men i øyeblikket ikke) tilgjengelig via <ulink " -#~ "url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-buster-live/\">FTP</ulink>, <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-buster-live/\">HTTP</ulink> eller rsync " -#~ "fra <computeroutput>ftp.skolelinux.org</computeroutput> under " -#~ "<computeroutput>cd-buster-live/</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "read the release announcement on www.debian.org: <ulink url=\"https://www." -#~ "debian.org/News/2016/20160702.en.html\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie — " -#~ "a complete Linux solution for your school</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les utgivelseskunngjøringen på www.debian.org: <ulink url=\"https://www." -#~ "debian.org/News/2016/20160702.en.html\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie — " -#~ "a complete Linux solution for your school</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New version of debian-installer from Debian Jessie, see <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">installation " -#~ "manual</ulink> for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Jessie, se <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</" -#~ "ulink> for flere detaljer." - -#~ msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 8 Jessie, eg:" -#~ msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian 8 Jessie. For eksempel:" - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel 3.16.x" -#~ msgstr "Linux-kjerne 3.16.x" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 4.11.13, GNOME 3.14, Xfce 4.10, " -#~ "LXDE 0.5.6" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 4.11.13, GNOME 3.14, Xfce 4.10, " -#~ "LXDE 0.5.6" - -#~ msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.8" -#~ msgstr "Nytt valgfritt skrivebordsmiljø: MATE 1.8" - -#~ msgid "the browsers Iceweasel 31 ESR and Chromium 41" -#~ msgstr "Nettleserne Iceweasel 31 ESR og Chromium 41" - -#~ msgid "LibreOffice 4.3.3" -#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 4.3.3" - -#~ msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 14.12" -#~ msgstr "Pedagogisk verktøykasse GCompris 14.12" - -#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 14.02" -#~ msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 14.02" - -#~ msgid "LTSP 5.5.4" -#~ msgstr "LTSP 5.5.4" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "new boot framework: systemd. More information is available in the Debian " -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/systemd\">systemd wiki page</ulink> " -#~ "and in the<ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/" -#~ "\">systemd manual</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nytt rammeverk for oppstart: systemd. Mer informasjon gis i Debian " -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/systemd\">systemd wiki page</ulink> " -#~ "og <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/" -#~ "\">systemd manual</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Jessie includes about 42000 packages available for installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Jessie omfatter omtrent 42 000 pakker tilgjengelig for " -#~ "installasjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More information about Debian 8 Jessie is provided in the <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes\">release notes</" -#~ "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/" -#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer informasjon om Debian 8 Jessie kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/" -#~ "installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Two manual translations have been completed: Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "To oversettelser av håndboken er gjort: nederlandsk og norsk bokmål." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Debian Edu Jessie Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -#~ "Italian, Danish, Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål. A partly translated version " -#~ "exists for Spanish." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu Jessie Manual er fullt oversatt til tysk, fransk, italiensk, " -#~ "dansk, nederlandsk og norsk bokmål. Den finnes også delvis oversatt til " -#~ "spansk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>squid</emphasis>: Shutdown and reboot of the main server takes " -#~ "longer than before due to a new default setting " -#~ "<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds</computeroutput>. As an " -#~ "example the delay could be set to 10 seconds by appending the line " -#~ "<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 10 seconds</computeroutput> to " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>squid</emphasis>: Utkobling og omstart av hovedtjeneren tar " -#~ "lenger tid enn før på grunn av en ny standardinnstilling " -#~ "<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds</computeroutput>. Som et " -#~ "eksempel kan forsinkelsen være satt til 10 sekunder ved å tilføye linjen " -#~ "<computeroutput>shutdown_lifetime 10 seconds</computeroutput> til " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/squid3/squid.conf</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>: The root user is no longer allowed to login via " -#~ "SSH with password. The old default <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin yes</" -#~ "computeroutput> has been replaced with <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin " -#~ "without-password</computeroutput>, so ssh-keys will still work." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>: Brukeren root har ikke lenger lov til å logge " -#~ "inn via SSH med passord. Den gamle standardverdien " -#~ "<computeroutput>PermitRootLogin yes</computeroutput> er erstattet med " -#~ "<computeroutput>PermitRootLogin without-password</computeroutput>, slik " -#~ "at SSH-nøkler fremdeles virker." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>slbackup-php</emphasis>: To be able to use the slbackup-php " -#~ "site (which uses root logins via ssh), <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin " -#~ "yes</computeroutput> has to be set temporarily in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "ssh/sshd_config</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>slbackup-php</emphasis>: For å kunne bruke slbackup-php-området " -#~ "(som bruker root innlogginger via SSH), <computeroutput>PermitRootLogin " -#~ "yes</computeroutput> må det settes midlertidig i <computeroutput>/etc/ssh/" -#~ "sshd_config</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>sugar</emphasis>: As the Sugar desktop was removed from Debian " -#~ "Jessie, it is also not available in Debian Edu jessie." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>sugar</emphasis>: Ettersom Sugar skrivebordet ble fjernet fra " -#~ "Debian Jessie, er det heller ikke tilgjengelig i Debian Edu Jessie." - -#~ msgid "User visible changes" -#~ msgstr "Endringer synlig for brukerne" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during " -#~ "installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Oppdatert illustrasjonsmateriale og ny Debian Edu / Skolelinux-logo, som " -#~ "er synlig under installasjon, i påloggingsskjermen og som " -#~ "skrivebordsbakgrunn." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installation " -#~ "manual</ulink> for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Wheezy, se <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installasjons-" -#~ "instruksjonene</ulink> for ytterligere detaljer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The DVD image was dropped, instead we added a USB flash drive / Blu-ray " -#~ "disc image, which behaves like the DVD image, but is too big to fit on a " -#~ "DVD." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "DVD-avtrykket ble droppet, i stedet har vi lagt til en USB-minnepinne / " -#~ "Blu-ray-plate, som oppfører seg som et DVD-avtrykk, men er for stort til " -#~ "å få plass på en DVD." - -#~ msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Wheezy 7.1, eg:" -#~ msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian Wheezy 7.1, for eksempel:" - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel 3.2.x" -#~ msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 3.2.x" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, and " -#~ "LXDE 0.5.5 (KDE \"Plasma\" is installed by default; to choose GNOME, Xfce " -#~ "or LXDE: see manual.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE «Plasma» 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, og " -#~ "LXDE0.5.5 (KDE «Plasma» er installert som standard, for å velge GNOME, " -#~ "Xfce eller LXDE, se håndbok)" - -#~ msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 17 ESR" -#~ msgstr "Nettleser Iceweasel 17 ESR" - -#~ msgid "LibreOffice 3.5.4" -#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 3.5.4" - -#~ msgid "LTSP 5.4.2" -#~ msgstr "LTSP 5.4.2" - -#~ msgid "CUPS print system 1.5.3" -#~ msgstr "CUPS utskriftssystem 1.5.3" - -#~ msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 12.01" -#~ msgstr "Pedagogisk verktøykasse GCompris 12.01" - -#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 12.04" -#~ msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 12.04" - -#~ msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.8.2" -#~ msgstr "Bilderedigeringsprogrammet Gimp 2.8.2" - -#~ msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.1" -#~ msgstr "Virtuelt univers Celestia 1.6.1" - -#~ msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3" -#~ msgstr "Virtuell stjernehimmel Stellarium 0.11.3" - -#~ msgid "Scratch visual programming environment 1.4.0.6" -#~ msgstr "Scratch visuelt programmeringsmiljø 1.4.0.6" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Wheezy includes about 37000 packages available for installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Wheezy omfatter ca 37 000 pakker tilgjengelig for installasjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More information about Debian Wheezy 7.1 is provided in the <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes\">release notes</" -#~ "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/" -#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer informasjon om Debian Wheezy 7.1 er tilgjengelig i <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/" -#~ "releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -#~ "org/releases/wheezy/installmanual\">installasjonsveiledningen</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -#~ "Italian and Danish. Partly translated versions exist for Norwegian Bokmål " -#~ "and Spanish." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu Wheezy Manual er oversatt til tysk, fransk, italiensk og " -#~ "dansk. Delvis oversatte versjoner finnes på norsk bokmål og spansk." - -#~ msgid "LDAP related changes" -#~ msgstr "LDAP-relaterte endringer" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Slight changes to some objects and acls to have more types to choose from " -#~ "when adding systems in GOsa. Now systems can be of type server, " -#~ "workstation, printer, terminal or netdevice." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Små endringer i enkelte objekter og ACLS for å ha flere typer å velge " -#~ "mellom når du legger til systemer i GOsa. Nå kan systemer være av type " -#~ "tjener, arbeidsstasjon, skriver, terminal eller netdevice (Linux " -#~ "Programmerer Håndbok)." - -#~ msgid "Other changes" -#~ msgstr "Andre endringer" - -#~ msgid "New Xfce desktop task." -#~ msgstr "Ny Xfce desktop-/skrivebordsoppgave." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the dedicated client network of LTSP servers (default 192.168.0.0/24), " -#~ "machines run by default as diskless workstations if they are powerful " -#~ "enough." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "På det dedikerte klientnettverket av LTSE-tjenere (standard " -#~ "192.168.0.0/24), kjører maskiner som standard som diskløse " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner dersom de er kraftige nok." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GOsa gui: Now some options that seemed to be available, but are non " -#~ "functional, are greyed out (or are not clickable). Some tabs are " -#~ "completely hidden to the end user, others even to the GOsa admin." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GOsa GUI: Nå er noen alternativer som syntes å være tilgjengelige, men " -#~ "ikke funksjonelle, nedtonet/grået ut (eller er ikke klikkbare). Noen " -#~ "kategorier er helt skjult for sluttbruker, noen også for GOsa-admin." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using KDE \"Plasma\" on standalone and roaming workstations, at least " -#~ "Konqueror, Chromium and Step sometimes fail to work out-of-the box when " -#~ "the machines are used outside the backbone network, proxy use is required " -#~ "to use the other network but no wpad.dat information is found. " -#~ "Workaround: Use Iceweasel or configure the proxy manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved bruk av KDE «Plasma» på frittstående og vandrende arbeidsstasjoner, " -#~ "feiler i hvert fall Konqueror, Chromium og Step noen ganger ut-av-boksen " -#~ "når maskiner brukes utenfor stamnettet. En mellomtjener er påkrevd for å " -#~ "bruke det andre nettverket, men ingen wpad.dat-informasjon blir funnet. " -#~ "Løsning: Bruk Iceweasel, eller sett opp mellomtjeneren manuelt." - -#~ msgid "More information on even older releases" -#~ msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More information on even older (pre-)releases can be found at <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer informasjon om de gamle utgavene kan du finne på <ulink url='http://" -#~ "developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer." -#~ "skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html</ulink>." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All the Buster images are still under development - check <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster\"/> if you are " -#~ "unsure whether Buster has officially been released." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Disse avtrykkene er fortsatt under utvikling - sjekk <ulink url=\"https://" -#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In case you are looking for a complete router firewall solution capable " -#~ "of running on an old PC, we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop." -#~ "org\">IPCop</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/" -#~ "floppyfw\">floppyfw</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du leter etter en komplett ruter med brannvegg-løsning som kan kjøre " -#~ "på en gammel PC, vil vi anbefale <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\"> " -#~ "IPCop</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</" -#~ "ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/amd64/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso debian-edu-" -#~ "testing-amd64-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/amd64/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso debian-edu-" -#~ "testing-amd64-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "and" -#~ msgstr "og" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/i386/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso debian-edu-testing-" -#~ "i386-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/i386/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso debian-edu-testing-" -#~ "i386-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This image does not yet work, see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "DebianEdu/Status/Buster\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette avtrykket virker foreløbig ikke, se <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#~ "debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kildekoder er tilgjengelig fra Debian-arkivet på de vanlige stedene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "mount /media/cdrom\n" -#~ "apt-cdrom add -m" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "mount /media/cdrom\n" -#~ "apt-cdrom add -m" - -#~ msgid "To install it run the following command as root:" -#~ msgstr "For å installere kjør følgende som rot:" - -#~ msgid "apt-get install killer" -#~ msgstr "apt-get install killer" - -#~ msgid "Using Xfce, GNOME, KDE Plasma, LXDE, LXQt and/or MATE together" -#~ msgstr "Bruk av Xfce, GNOME, KDE Plasma, LXDE, LXQt og/eller MATE sammen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install other desktop environments after installation, simply use apt:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å installere andre skrivebordmiljøer etter installasjonen, bruk rett " -#~ "og slett apt:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ " apt install education-desktop-gnome education-desktop-kde education-" -#~ "desktop-lxde education-desktop-lxqt education-desktop-mate" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install education-desktop-gnome education-desktop-kde education-" -#~ "desktop-lxde education-desktop-lxqt education-desktop-mate" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "update-alternatives --config x-session-manager" -#~ msgstr "update-alternatives --config x-session-manager" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Users will then be able to choose any of the six desktop environment via " -#~ "the login manager before logging in. Of course, you can also choose to " -#~ "give less choices. Keep in mind that there will be several programs for " -#~ "the same purpose (like file managers, editors, PDF viewers...) if more " -#~ "than one desktop environment is installed; this might confuse users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukerne vil da kunne velge blant alle de seks skrivebordsmiljøene via " -#~ "innloggingsvinduet før de logger seg inn. Du kan selvfølgelig også velge " -#~ "å gi færre valg. Husk at det vil være flere programmer for samme formål " -#~ "(som filbehandlere, skriveprogram, PDF-visere …) hvis mer enn ett " -#~ "skrivebordsmiljø er installert; kan dette forvirre brukerne." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The use of LXDE as default on LTSP clients can be forced; see <link " -#~ "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bruken av LXDE som standard på LTSP-klienter kan gjøres tvunget; se: " -#~ "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for detaljer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you don't want to do installations with the default desktop Xfce, you " -#~ "can also <link linkend=\"Installation--" -#~ "Installation_types_and_options\">install with one of the five alternative " -#~ "desktops, GNOME, KDE, LXDE, LXQt or MATE</link> directly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du ikke vil installere i det forvalgte skrivebordet Xfce kan du også " -#~ "<link linkend=\"Installation--Installation_types_and_options\"> " -#~ "installere med ett av de fem alternative skrivebordene, GNOME, KDE, LXDE, " -#~ "LXQt eller MATE</link> direkte." - -#~ msgid "Edit /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf (set ltsparch=i386)." -#~ msgstr "Rediger /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf (sett ltsparch=i386)." - -#~ msgid "Remote Desktop Service" -#~ msgstr "Tjeneste for skrivebordsomgivelse via nett" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students " -#~ "and teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running " -#~ "Windows, Mac or Linux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Noen kommuner tilbyr skrivebordstilkobling over nettverket slik at " -#~ "studenter og lærere kan få tilgang til Skolelinux hjemmefra på hjemme-PC " -#~ "som kjører Windows, Mac eller Linux." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux " -#~ "remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has " -#~ "provided NX support to all students since 2005. They report that the " -#~ "solution is stable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NX-klienter gir studenter og lærere tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra på " -#~ "Windows, Mac eller Linux. En kommune i Norge har tilbudt NX-støtte for " -#~ "alle sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please note one difference between <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> " -#~ "and <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput>: By default " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> keeps downloaded packages, " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> removes them from the cache (after " -#~ "successful installation)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vær oppmerksom på en forskjell mellom <computeroutput>apt</" -#~ "computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput>: Som standard " -#~ "beholder <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> nedlastede pakker, mens " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> fjerner dem fra hurtigbufferen " -#~ "(etter en vellykket installasjon)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -#~ "return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt-list-changes: Vær forberedt på å lese mange NYHETER; press <" -#~ "return> for å rulle nedover, <q> for å forlate sideskifteren." - -#~ msgid "You will see some prompts about package configurations:" -#~ msgstr "Du vil se noen spørsmål om pakkeoppsett:" - -#~ msgid "FIXME: list promps about package configuration here." -#~ msgstr "FIXME: list spørsmål om pakkeoppsett her." - -#~ msgid "To enable LDAP connection, renew the server certificate:" -#~ msgstr "For å aktivere LDAP-tilkobling, forny tjenersertifikatet:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "rm /etc/ldap/ssl/ldap-server-pubkey.pem\n" -#~ "service nslcd stop\n" -#~ "service fetch-ldap-cert restart\n" -#~ "service nslcd start" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "rm /etc/ldap/ssl/ldap-server-pubkey.pem\n" -#~ "service nslcd stop\n" -#~ "service fetch-ldap-cert restart\n" -#~ "service nslcd start" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-XFCE_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">32-bit install options ></emphasis> allows a " -#~ "32-bit installation on 64-bit hardware." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">32-bit install options </emphasis> tillater en " -#~ "32-bit installasjon på 64-bit maskinvare." - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png}}" - -#~ msgid "Explanations are similar to those for 64-bit hardware." -#~ msgstr "Forklaringer som samsvarer med dem for 64-bit maskinvare." - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:BD_command_line.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:BD_command_line.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:17-Select_and_install_software.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:17-Select_and_install_software.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:18-Build LTSP chroot.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:18-Build LTSP chroot.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png}}" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>cf-" -#~ "agent -I -D installation</computeroutput> (as root) to install the " -#~ "related packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kjør <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>cf-" -#~ "agent -I -D installation</computeroutput> (som root) for å installere " -#~ "relaterte pakker." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop " -#~| "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop instead, " -#~ "use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-" -#~ "skrivebordsmiljø i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" -#~ "computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These " -#~ "templates are now available in XXX languages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Oversettelsesoppdateringer for malene som brukes i " -#~ "installasjonsprogrammet. Disse malene er nå tilgjengelig på XXX språk." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace XXX, GNOME XXX, Xfce XXX, LXDE " -#~| "XXX, MATE XXX" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, " -#~ "LXDE XXX, MATE XXX" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace XXX, GNOME XXX, Xfce XXX, LXDE " -#~ "XXX, MATE XXX" - -#~ msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris XXX" -#~ msgstr "Pedagogisk verktøykasse GCompris XXX" - -#~ msgid "GOsa XXX" -#~ msgstr "GOsa XXX" - -#~ msgid "LibreOffice XXX" -#~ msgstr "LibreOffice XXX" - -#~ msgid "LTSP XXX" -#~ msgstr "LTSP XXX" - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel XXX" -#~ msgstr "Linux-kjerne XXX" - -#~ msgid "Firefox XXX ESR and Chromium XXX" -#~ msgstr "Firefox XXX ESR og Chromium XXX" - -#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden XXX" -#~ msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden XXX" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\"/> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de</" -#~ "ulink> Wiki med mange veiledninger osv." - -#~ msgid "Let us know you exist" -#~ msgstr "La oss vite at du er der" - -#~ msgid "./images/worldmap.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/worldmap.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&" -#~ "image=worldmap.png" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&" -#~ "image=worldmap.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of " -#~ "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this " -#~ "motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er Debian Edu-brukere over hele verden. En enkel måte å bidra på er å " -#~ "la oss få vite at du er der, og bruker Debian Edu - dette motiverer oss " -#~ "svært mye, og er derfor allerede et verdifullt bidrag." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the " -#~ "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about " -#~ "where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know " -#~ "about your installation, by registering in this database. To register " -#~ "your school, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#~ "ReferenceSchools\">use this web form</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu-prosjektet har en database over skoler og brukere av systemet " -#~ "for å hjelpe brukere til å finne hverandre, og også til å ha en idé om " -#~ "hvor brukerne av distribusjonen er lokalisert. Det er fint om vi får vite " -#~ "om din installasjon, ved å registrere den i databasen. For å registrere " -#~ "skolen din, <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#~ "ReferenceSchools\">bruk dette skjemaet</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-10+edu0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-10+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-10+edu0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-10+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-10+edu0-USB.iso ./debian-edu-10+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-10+edu0-USB.iso ./debian-edu-10+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in " -#~ "syslinux pointing to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-" -#~ "server option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from " -#~ "the terminal server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Denne er laget for å modifiseres - det vil si, du kan la NFS-rot i " -#~ "Syslinux peke til en av LTSP-tjenerne, eller endre valget av neste DHCP-" -#~ "tjener (lagret i LDAP) til å la klienter starte opp direkte via PXE fra " -#~ "terminaltjeneren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project " -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. If your Alioth username " -#~ "differs from your local one, create or edit <computeroutput>~/.ssh/" -#~ "config</computeroutput>. Add a config block like this:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å melde inn oversettelser må du være medlem av Alioth-" -#~ "prosjektet<computeroutput> debian-edu </computeroutput>. Hvis ditt Alioth " -#~ "brukernavn er forskjellig fra brukernavnet på din lokale maskin, opprett " -#~ "eller rediger <computeroutput> ~ / .ssh/config</computeroutput>. Legg til " -#~ "en config-blokk som denne:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Host git.debian.org\n" -#~ "User <your-alioth-username>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Host git.debian.org\n" -#~ "User <ditt-alioth-brukernavn>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 # \n" -#~ "FIXME: adjust kernel version" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 # \n" -#~ "FIXME: tilpass kjerneversjonsnummer" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop instead, " -#~ "use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>. (Recommended if LTSP " -#~ "is intended to be used.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-" -#~ "skrivebordsmiljø i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" -#~ "computeroutput>. (Anbefalt hvis det er ønskelig å bruke LTSP.)" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -#~ msgid "FIXME: describe other changes compared to Stretch here." -#~ msgstr "Andre endringer sammenlignet med den forrige utgivelsen" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -#~ "connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian " -#~ "with both a modem and an ISDN connection; however, no attempt is made to " -#~ "make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to " -#~ "adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å forenkle standardoppsettet i Skolelinux blir tilkoblingen til " -#~ "Internett kjørt over en egen ruter. Det er mulig å sette opp Debian til å " -#~ "koble til Internett både med modem og ISDN, men det er ikke gjort noe " -#~ "forsøk på å få et slikt oppsett til å fungere «ut av boksen» i Skolelinux " -#~ "(oppsettet som skal til for å tilpasse standardoppsettet til dette må " -#~ "dokumenteres separat)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Even more information about the Debian Buster release is available in its " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer informasjon om «Debian Buster»-utgivelsen er tilgjengelig i dennes " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -#~ "installmanual\">installasjonshåndbok</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Log into the server - with the root account you cannot log in graphically." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Logg inn på tjeneren - med rot-kontoen kan du ikke bruke grafisk " -#~ "innlogging." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First, adjust for a changed profile name:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/Thin-Client-Server/LTSP-Server/' /etc/debian-edu/config\n" -#~ "# Then it's best to use the new default mirror:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/http.debian.net/deb.debian.org/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "# Finally, replace stretch with buster.\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/buster/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Først juster for et endret profilnavn: \n" -#~ "sed -i 's/Thin-Server/LTSP-Server/' /etc/debian-edu/config\n" -#~ "# Deretter er det best å bruke det nye standardspeilet: \n" -#~ "sed -i 's/http.debian.net/deb.debian.org/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "# Til slutt erstatt stretch med buster.\n" -#~ "sed -i s'/stretch/buster/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "apt update \n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "Upgrading LTSP chroots (default arch i386)" -#~ msgstr "Oppgradering av LTSP-chroot-er (standardarkitektur i386)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "$ sudo apt-get update\n" -#~ " $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal firefox-esr xorg\n" -#~ " # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n" -#~ " $ startx" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ sudo apt-get update\n" -#~ " $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal firefox-esr xorg\n" -#~ " # Etter installasjonen, start en grafisk økt for den første brukeren\n" -#~ " $ startx" - -#~ msgid "Flash" -#~ msgstr "Flash" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The free software flash-player <computeroutput>gnash</computeroutput> is " -#~ "installed by default. Please note that Firefox ESR will drop Flash " -#~ "support early 2018." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Den fri programvare flash-spilleren <computeroutput>gnash</" -#~ "computeroutput> er installert som standard. Merk at Firefox ESR kommer " -#~ "til å droppe flash-støtte tidlig i 2018." - -#~ msgid "User groups in Windows" -#~ msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the " -#~ "tool <computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then " -#~ "you can use this for example in the logon script which resides on the " -#~ "main server in <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du ønsker å sjekke brukergrupper i Windows, må du laste ned " -#~ "verktøyet <computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE</computeroutput> fra Microsoft. " -#~ "Deretter kan du benytte dette i for eksempel et påloggingsskript som " -#~ "ligger på hovedtjeneren i <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</" -#~ "computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "XP home" -#~ msgstr "XP Home" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Users bringing in their XP laptops from home can still connect to the " -#~ "main server using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is " -#~ "set to SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the Windows firewall " -#~ "before the main server will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever " -#~ "it's called now)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukere som tar med sin egen bærbare XP-laptop, kan likevel koble til " -#~ "hovedtjeneren med sitt Skolelinux brukernavn og passord så lenge " -#~ "arbeidsgruppen/workgroup settes til SKOLELINUX, men de må kanskje slå av " -#~ "brannmuren i Windows før hovedtjeneren vil dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget " -#~ "(eller hva det nå kalles)." - -#~ msgid "Managing roaming profiles" -#~ msgstr "Håndtere Roaming-profiler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Roaming profiles contain user work environments which include desktop " -#~ "items and settings. Examples include personal files, desktop icons and " -#~ "menus, screen colours, mouse settings, window size and position, " -#~ "application configurations, and network and printer connections. Roaming " -#~ "profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is " -#~ "available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Roaming-profiler inneholder brukeres arbeidsmiljø, noe som inkluderer " -#~ "skrivebordselementer og innstillinger. Noen eksempler på disse elementene " -#~ "er personlige filer, skrivebordsikoner og menyer, skjermfarger, " -#~ "musinnstillinger, vindusstørrelser og plassering, programinnstillinger " -#~ "samt nettverks- og skrivertilkoblinger. Roaming-profiler er tilgjengelig " -#~ "fra hvor som helst der brukeren logger seg på så lenge tjeneren er " -#~ "tilgjengelig." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, " -#~ "and copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make " -#~ "Windows login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a " -#~ "large profile, but the most common problem is that users save their files " -#~ "on the Windows desktop or in the \"My Documents\" folder instead of in " -#~ "their home directory. Also, some badly designed programs use the profile " -#~ "to store data and as scratch space." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Siden profilen blir kopiert fra tjeneren til maskinen under innlogging, " -#~ "og kopiert tilbake ved utlogging, kan en stor profil gjøre innlogging og " -#~ "utlogging svært treg. Det kan være flere grunner for en stor profil, men " -#~ "det mest vanlige problemet er at brukere lagrer sine filer i vinduer på " -#~ "skrivebordet, eller i «Mine Dokumenter» i stedet for på hjemmeområdet " -#~ "sitt. Det er også noen dårlig konstruerte programmer som lagrer " -#~ "arbeidsdata i profilen som et kladdeområde." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>The educational approach</emphasis>: one way to deal with " -#~ "overlarge profiles is to explain the situation to the users. Tell them " -#~ "not to store huge files on the desktop, and if they fail to listen, it's " -#~ "their own fault when login is slow." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>Den pedagogiske fremgangsmåten</emphasis>: En måte å håndtere " -#~ "for store profiler på er å forklare problemet for brukerne. Fortelle dem " -#~ "at de ikke må lagre store filer på skrivebordet, og hvis de ikke hører " -#~ "etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis>Tweaking the profile</emphasis>: a different approach to " -#~ "dealing with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect " -#~ "other parts to regular file storage. This moves the workload from the " -#~ "users to the administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. " -#~ "There are at least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the " -#~ "roaming profile." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis>Justere profilen</emphasis>: En annen fremgangsmåte er å " -#~ "håndtere problemet ved å fjerne deler av profilen, og omadressere til " -#~ "ordinære lagringsplasser. Dette flytter arbeidsmengden fra brukeren til " -#~ "administratoren, i tillegg til å legge til kompleksitet i installasjonen. " -#~ "Det er minst tre måter å redigere delene som kan fjernes fra Roaming-" -#~ "profilen." - -#~ msgid "Example smb.conf files for roaming profiles" -#~ msgstr "Eksempler på smb.conf for Roaming-profiler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: Maybe it is better to purge the examples. People who want to use " -#~ "roaming profiles should know what they are doing ..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FIXME: Kanskje det er bedre å renske ut eksemplene. Folk som ønsker å " -#~ "bruke Roaming-profiler bør vite hva de gjør ..." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note</emphasis> The examples are outdated since " -#~ "in wheezy kerberos was configured for samba too!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Merk</emphasis> Eksemplene er utdatert etter at " -#~ "Kerberos i Wheezy ble satt opp også for Samba!" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You might find an example smb.conf in your preferred language delivered " -#~ "by the installation on the main server under <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -#~ "doc/debian-edu-config/examples/</computeroutput>. The source file is in " -#~ "English and is called <computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput>; look for a file with the appropriate code in the " -#~ "filename (the German translation, for example, will be named " -#~ "<computeroutput>smb-roaming-profiles-de.conf</computeroutput>). Inside " -#~ "the config file are a lot of explanations which you should have a look at." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Levert med installsjonen, finner du allerede et eksempel smb.conf i ditt " -#~ "foretrukne språk. Du kan finne oppsettseksempel i en fil på hovedtjeneren " -#~ "under <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/examples/</" -#~ "computeroutput>. Kildefilen er på engelsk, og er kalt <computeroutput>smb-" -#~ "roaming-profiles-en.conf</computeroutput>. Hvis du søker etter en fil " -#~ "oversatt til ditt språk, se etter landskoden som er en del av filnavnet. " -#~ "Hvis den er oversatt til f.eks. tysk, er den navngitt <computeroutput>smb-" -#~ "roaming-profiles-de.conf</computeroutput>. I konfigurasjonsfilen er det " -#~ "mange forklaringer som du bør se nærmere på." - -#~ msgid "Machine policies for roaming profiles" -#~ msgstr "Retningslinjer for maskiner med Roaming-profiler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Du kan redigere retningslinjer for maskiner, og kopiere dem til alle " -#~ "andre maskiner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run <computeroutput>gpedit." -#~ "msc</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bruk en nyinstallert Windows-maskin, og kjør <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</" -#~ "computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Under the selection \"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative " -#~ "Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -> \"Exclude " -#~ "directories in roaming profile\", you can enter a semicolon-separated " -#~ "list of directories to exclude from the profile. The directories are " -#~ "internationalised and must be written in your own language the way they " -#~ "are in the profile. Examples of directories to exclude are:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Under valget «Brukerinnstillinger» -> «Administrative maler» -> " -#~ "«System» -> «Brukeprofiler» -> «Ekskluder kataloger i roaming " -#~ "profil», kan du skrive inn en semikolonbasert liste med kataloger som " -#~ "skal ekskluderes fra profilen. Katalogene er internasjonaliserte, så du " -#~ "må skrive inn navnet på installasjonsspråket slik de er i profilen. " -#~ "Eksempel på kataloger som kan ekskluderes er:" - -#~ msgid "log" -#~ msgstr "Logg" - -#~ msgid "Locale settings" -#~ msgstr "Lokale innstillinger" - -#~ msgid "Temporary Internet Files" -#~ msgstr "Midlertidige Internett-filer" - -#~ msgid "My Documents" -#~ msgstr "Mine Dokumenter" - -#~ msgid "Application Data" -#~ msgstr "Applikasjonsdata" - -#~ msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor." -#~ msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> " -#~ "to all other Windows machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kopier <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</" -#~ "computeroutput> til alle andre maskiner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It's a good idea to copy it to your Windows OS deployment system to have " -#~ "it included at install time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er en god idé å kopiere den til ditt Windows OS-utrullingssystem for " -#~ "å inkludere den ved nye installasjoner." - -#~ msgid "Global policies for roaming profiles" -#~ msgstr "Globale retningslinjer for Roaming-profiler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By using the legacy Windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</" -#~ "computeroutput>), you can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) and put it " -#~ "in your netlogon share on the main server. This has the advantage of " -#~ "working almost instantly on all Windows machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved å bruke Windows sin regelredigerer (<computeroutput>poledit.exe</" -#~ "computeroutput>), kan du lage en regelfil (NTConfig.pol) og legge den i " -#~ "nettpåloggingsområdet på hovedtjeneren. Dette har fordelen av at det vil " -#~ "fungere nesten med det samme på alle Windows-maskiner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For some time, the policy editor standalone download has been removed " -#~ "from the Microsoft web site, but it's still available as part of the ORK " -#~ "Tools." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For en stund siden fjernet Microsoft muligheten for nedlasting av " -#~ "frittstående Policy-Editor, men den er fortsatt tilgjengelig som en del " -#~ "av ORK-verktøyene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you can create .pol " -#~ "files. If you put such a file on the main server as <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput> it will automatically be read " -#~ "by Windows machines and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying " -#~ "the changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Med <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> kan du lage .pol filer. " -#~ "Hvis du legger slike filer på hovedtjeneren som <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL</computeroutput>, blir de automatisk lest av " -#~ "Windows-maskiner, og vil midlertidig skrive over registeret, og på den " -#~ "måten implementere endringene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To make sensible use of <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> you " -#~ "also need to download appropriate .adm files for your operating system " -#~ "and applications; otherwise you cannot define many settings in " -#~ "<computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å kunne bruke <computeroutput>poledit.exe</computeroutput> på en " -#~ "fornuftig måte er det også nødvendig å laste ned passende .adm-filer for " -#~ "ditt operativsystem og applikasjoner. Hvis ikke vil det ikke være mulig å " -#~ "definere en rekke innstillinger i <computeroutput>poledit.exe</" -#~ "computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Be aware that the new group policy tools, <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</" -#~ "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</computeroutput>, cannot " -#~ "create .pol files; they either only work for the local machine or need an " -#~ "Active Directory server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vær oppmerksom på at de nye gruppebaserte regelverktøyene, " -#~ "<computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>gpmc.msc</" -#~ "computeroutput> ikke kan generere .pol filer. De virker enten bare for " -#~ "den lokale maskinen, eller trenger en aktiv katalogtjener." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you understand German, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> " -#~ "is a very good web site on this topic." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du forstår tysk, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\"/> er " -#~ "det et nettsted som inneholder mye god informasjon om dette temaet." - -#~ msgid "Editing Windows registry" -#~ msgstr "Redigere Windows-registeret" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry " -#~ "key to other computers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Du kan redigere registeret på den lokale maskinen, og kopiere denne " -#~ "registernøkkelen til andre maskiner" - -#~ msgid "Start the Registry Editor." -#~ msgstr "Start registereditoren." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Navigate to " -#~ "<computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows " -#~ "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naviger til " -#~ "<computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows " -#~ "NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "Use the menu \"Edit menu\" -> \"New\" -> \"String Value\"." -#~ msgstr "Bruk menyen «Endre meny» -> «Ny» -> «Verdi-streng»." - -#~ msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a semicolon-separated list of paths to exclude (in the same way as " -#~ "for a machine policy)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skriv inn en semikolonbasert liste med stier som skal ekskluderes (samme " -#~ "måte som maskinregler)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file. Mark a " -#~ "selection, right-click, and select \"Export\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nå kan du velge å eksportere registernøkkelen som en .reg-fil. Marker et " -#~ "utvalg, høyreklikk og velg «Eksporter». Lagre filen, og du kan " -#~ "dobbelklikke på den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til " -#~ "andre maskiner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to " -#~ "spread it to other machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nå kan du lagre filen og dobbeltklikke på den, eller legge den til et " -#~ "skript for å spre den til andre maskiner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/" -#~ "featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/" -#~ "featured/gp/default.mspx\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/" -#~ "PolicyMgmt.html\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/" -#~ "PolicyMgmt.html\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html\"/>" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html\"/>" - -#~ msgid "Redirecting profile directories" -#~ msgstr "Omadressere katalogprofilene" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sometimes just removing directories from the profile is not enough. You " -#~ "may find that users lose files because they mistakenly save things into " -#~ "\"My Documents\" when this is not saved in the profiles. You may also " -#~ "want to redirect the directories used by some badly programmed " -#~ "applications to normal network shares." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Av og til er det å bare fjerne katalogene fra profilen ikke nok. Du kan " -#~ "erfare at brukere kan miste filer. Dette fordi de feilaktig lagrer ting i " -#~ "«Mine Dokumenter» når denne ikke blir lagret i profilen. Det kan være du " -#~ "også må omadressere kataloger brukt av dårlig programmerte applikasjoner " -#~ "for å kunne dele dem på nettverket." - -#~ msgid "Redirecting using machine policies" -#~ msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All the instructions given above about machine policies apply here too. " -#~ "You can use <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</computeroutput> to edit the " -#~ "policy and copy it to all machines. The redirection should be available " -#~ "under \"User Configuration\" -> \"Windows Settings\" -> \"Folder " -#~ "Redirection\". Directories that it can be useful to redirect include " -#~ "\"Desktop\" and \"My Documents\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alt under instruksjonene ovenfor om maskinbruk gjelder også her. Du " -#~ "redigerer disse reglene ved bruk av <computeroutput>gpedit.msc</" -#~ "computeroutput>, og kopierer reglene til alle maskiner. Omadresseringen " -#~ "skal være tilgjengelig under «User Configuration» -> «Windows " -#~ "Settings» -> «Folder Redirection». Mapper det kan være greit å " -#~ "omadressere inkluderer «Desktop» og «My Documents»." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those " -#~ "folders are automatically added to the synchronised folders list. If you " -#~ "do not want this, you should disable it via one of the following routes:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En ting å huske på er at hvis du slår på katalogomadressering, vil disse " -#~ "katalogene automatisk bli lagt i listen over synkroniserte kataloger. " -#~ "Hvis du ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende ruter:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\"User Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> " -#~ "\"Network\" -> \"Offline Files\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\"Computer Configuration\" -> \"Administrative Templates\" -> " -#~ "\"Network\" -> \"Offline Files\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete " -#~ "filer" - -#~ msgid "Redirecting using global policies" -#~ msgstr "Bruk av globale regler" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows " -#~ "machines in the skolelinux network" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FIXME forklarer hvordan du bruker profiler fra globale regler for Windows-" -#~ "maskiner i Skolelinux-nettverk" - -#~ msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles" -#~ msgstr "Unngå Roaming-profiler" - -#~ msgid "Disabling roaming using a local policy" -#~ msgstr "Slå av Roaming ved å bruke et lokalt regelsett" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using local policies, you can disable the roaming profile on individual " -#~ "machines. This is often wanted on special machines - for instance on " -#~ "dedicated machines, or machines that have lower than usual bandwith." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ved bruk av lokale regler kan du slå av Roaming-profiler på individuelle " -#~ "maskiner. Dette er ofte ønsket på spesielle maskiner, for eksempel på " -#~ "dedikerte maskiner, eller maskiner som har mindre båndbredde enn vanlig." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use the machine policy method describe above; the key is in " -#~ "\"Administrative Templates\" -> \"System\" -> \"User Profiles\" -" -#~ "> \"Only allow local profiles\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Du kan bruke maskinregelmetoden beskrevet over; nøkkelen er i \n" -#~ "«Administrative Maler» -> «System» -> «Brukerprofiler» -> " -#~ "«Tillat bare lokale profiler»." - -#~ msgid "Disabling roaming using global policies" -#~ msgstr "Slå av Roaming ved bruk av globale regelsett" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FIXME: Hva er nøkkelen for Roaming-profiler for den globale policy-" -#~ "editoren" - -#~ msgid "Disabling roaming in smb.conf" -#~ msgstr "Slå av Roaming i smb.conf" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If, perhaps, everyone has their own dedicated machine, and nobody else is " -#~ "allowed to touch it, editing the Samba configuration will let you disable " -#~ "roaming profiles for the entire network. You can alter the " -#~ "<computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput> file on the main server, " -#~ "unsetting the \"logon path\" and \"logon home\" variables, then restart " -#~ "samba." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis kanskje alle har sin egen dedikerte maskin, og ingen andre får røre " -#~ "den, vil redigering av Samba-oppsettet la deg slå av roaming-profiler for " -#~ "hele nettverket. Du kan endre <computeroutput>smb.conf</computeroutput>-" -#~ "filen på hovedtjeneren, og fjerne «logon path» og «logon home-" -#~ "variablene», og så starte Samba på nytt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "logon path = \"\"\n" -#~ "logon home = \"\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "logon path = \"\"\n" -#~ "logon home = \"\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The information in this chapter is outdated. Please read the information " -#~ "provided on the Samba wiki about supported Windows versions, needed " -#~ "registry patches and other procedures. Probably a line containing " -#~ "<computeroutput>server max protocol = NT1</computeroutput> needs to be " -#~ "added to the <computeroutput>[global]</computeroutput> section of " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the " -#~ "main server. Please consider updating this chapter if you know how to " -#~ "configure Samba for Debian Edu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Informasjonen i dette kapittelet er utdatert. Vennligst les informasjonen " -#~ "på Samba Wiki om støttede Windows-versjoner, om registeroppdateringer som " -#~ "trengs, og andre prosedyrer. Sannsynligvis trengs en linje som inneholder " -#~ "<computeroutput>server max protocol = NT1</computeroutput> å bli lagt til " -#~ "<computeroutput>[global]</computeroutput>-seksjonen til <computeroutput>/" -#~ "etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> på hovedtjeneren. " -#~ "Vennligst vurder å oppdatere dette kapittelet hvis du vet hvordan man " -#~ "konfigurerer Samba for Debian Edu." - -#~ msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows XP" -#~ msgstr "Bli med i Skolelinux-domenet med Windows XP" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Joining Windows XP machines (tested with Service Pack 3) works out of the " -#~ "box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Knyttet til Windows XP-maskiner (testet med Service Pack 3) fungerer ut " -#~ "fra boksen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NOTE: Windows XP Home does not support domain membership; Windows XP " -#~ "Professional is required here." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "MERK: Windows XP Home støtter ikke domenemedlemskap; Windows XP " -#~ "Profesjonell er nødvendig her." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "log on to the Windows XP machine as Administrator (or any other account " -#~ "with Administrator privileges)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Logge seg på Windows XP-maskin som Administrator (eller hvilken som helst " -#~ "annen konto med administratorrettigheter)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "click on \"Start\" then right-click on \"Computer\" and click on " -#~ "\"Properties\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klikk på «Start», og deretter høyreklikke på «Computer» og klikk på " -#~ "«Egenskaper»" - -#~ msgid "select tab \"Computer Name\" and click on \"Change...\"" -#~ msgstr "Velg fanen «Datamaskinnavn», og klikk på «Endre ...»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "under \"Member of\", select the radio button beside \"Domain:\", type " -#~ "SKOLELINUX and then click \"OK\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Under «Medlem av» velger du alternativknappen ved siden av «Domain», " -#~ "skriv Skolelinux og klikk deretter på «OK»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "a pop up box will request to enter credentials of an account with rights " -#~ "to join the domain. Type username SKOLELINUX\\Administrator and the root " -#~ "password, click \"OK\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En pop-up-boks vil be om å få oppgitt legitimasjon av en konto med " -#~ "rettigheter til å bli med i domenet. Skriv inn brukernavn " -#~ "SKOLELINUX\\Administrator og rot-passordet, klikk på «OK»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "a confirmation pop up box will welcome you to the SKOLELINUX domain. " -#~ "Clicking on \"OK\", will result in having another message informing that " -#~ "a reboot for the machine is required to apply the changes. Click on \"OK\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En bekreftelses pop-up-boks vil ønske deg velkommen til Skolelinux-" -#~ "domenet. Ved å klikke på «OK», vil dette resultere i en annen melding om " -#~ "at en reboote (omstart) for maskinen er nødvendig for å bruke endringene. " -#~ "Klikk på «OK»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After the reboot, when you login the first time, click on the \"Options " -#~ ">>\" button and select the domain SKOLELINUX instead of the local " -#~ "domain (\"this computer\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etter omstart, når du har logget inn første gang, klikk på " -#~ "«Alternativer>>»-knappen, og velg domenet SKOLELINUX i stedet for " -#~ "det lokale domenet («denne datamaskinen»)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If joining the domain has been successful you should then be able to view " -#~ "the host details within GOsa² (under the menu section \"Systems\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis sammenføyningen til domenet har vært vellykket, bør du da kunne se " -#~ "vertsdetaljer i GOsa² (under avsnittet om menyer «Systems»)." - -#~ msgid "Joining the SKOLELINUX Domain with Windows Vista/7" -#~ msgstr "Sammenføyning til Skolelinux-domenet med Windows Vista/7" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Joining Windows Vista/7 machines to the SKOLELINUX domain requires the " -#~ "installation of a registry patch on the Windows Vista/7 client. This " -#~ "patch is provided at this location:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sammenføyning med Windows Vista/7-maskiner til Skolelinux-domenet krever " -#~ "installasjon av et register patch (register oppdatering) på klienten i " -#~ "Windows Vista/7-klient. Denne patchen (oppdateringen) er gitt på dette " -#~ "stedet:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-" -#~ "membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember.reg" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\\\tjener\\netlogon\\win7+samba_domain-" -#~ "membership\\Win7_Samba3DomainMember.reg" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For further information please consult the included README_Win7-Domain-" -#~ "Membership.txt in the same folder. Make sure you apply this patch as a " -#~ "local Administrator of the Windows system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For ytterligere informasjon vennligst ta kontakt med den medfølgende " -#~ "README_Win7-Domain-Membership.txt i samme mappe. Sørg for at du har " -#~ "installert denne oppdateringen som en lokal Administrator av Windows-" -#~ "systemet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After applying the above patch and rebooting the client system you should " -#~ "be able to join the SKOLELINUX domain:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etter bruk av ovennevnte lapp og ny oppstart av klientsystemet, bør du " -#~ "være i stand til å bli med i Skolelinux-domenet:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the basic system information page will open. Under \"Computer name, " -#~ "domain, and workgroup settings\", click on \"Change Settings\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Siden for grunnleggende systeminformasjons åpnes. Under «datamaskinnavn, " -#~ "domene, og arbeidsgruppeinnstillinger», klikk på «Endre innstillinger»" - -#~ msgid "on the System Properties page, click on \"Change...\"" -#~ msgstr "På siden Systemegenskaper, klikk på «Endre ...»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> " -#~ "are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific " -#~ "HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors " -#~ "if they are happy with moving them and putting them under the GPL - see " -#~ "the page histories to find them.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veiledninger fra <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> " -#~ "er enten bruker- eller utviklerorientert. La oss flytte de " -#~ "brukerorienterte veiledningene hit (og slette dem derfra)! (Men først må " -#~ "vi spørre forfatterne (se historien til disse sidene for å finne dem) om " -#~ "de synes det er greit å flytte veiledningen og utgi dem under GPL - se " -#~ "sidehistoriene for å finne dem.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> " -#~ "- incomplete but interesting" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\"/> " -#~ "- uferdig men interessant" - -#~ msgid "Running Java applications in the web browser" -#~ msgstr "Kjøring av Java-applikasjoner i nettleseren" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Running Java applets is supported in the Firefox ESR browser by the " -#~ "OpenJDK Java runtime. Please note that this support will end early 2018, " -#~ "FIXME which is now." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kjøring av Java-applets støttes ut av boksen i nettleseren Firefox ESR " -#~ "ved hjelp av OpenJDK Java Runtime. Merk at denne støtten tar slutt " -#~ "tidlig i 2018. FIXME hvilket er nå." - -#~ msgid "Uncheck 'Remember password'" -#~ msgstr "Deaktiver «Remember password»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First time accessing the inbox click 'Confirm Security Exception' to " -#~ "accept the certificate; same applies if sending mail for the first time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Første gang du åpner innboksen klikk «Bekreft sikkerhetsunntak » for å " -#~ "godta sertifikatet. Det samme gjelder når en sender e-post for første " -#~ "gang." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:Debian_Edu_Network_Buster.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa2_overview.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/filterbox.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:filterbox.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/filterbox.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:edit_user.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:create_group.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/list_groups.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:list_groups.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/list_groups.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa_systems_list.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa_systems_host_details.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa_systems_edit_host.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "32-bit Installer boot menu" -#~ msgstr "32-bit installasjonsoppstartsmeny" - -#~ msgid "./images/BD_command_line.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/BD_command_line.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/pxe-tjener.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/pxe-tjener.png" - -#~ msgid "KDE Desktop and Menu" -#~ msgstr "KDE skrivebord og meny" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "icinga-cgi: Provide icingaadmin's password (same as used for nagiosadmin)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Icinga-cgi: Oppgi icingaadmins passord (det samme som ble brukt for " -#~ "nagiosadmin)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Just in case several display managers are installed: display-manager: " -#~ "Choose <computeroutput>lightdm</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bare i tilfelle flere skjermadministratorer er installert: Velg " -#~ "<computeroutput>lightdm</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuring Kerberos Authentication: Enter <computeroutput>kerberos</" -#~ "computeroutput> as hostname." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Oppsett av Kerberos-autentisering: Skriv inn <computeroutput>kerberos</" -#~ "computeroutput> som vertsnavn." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuring icinga-common: Use external commands with Icinga: Choose <" -#~ "Yes>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Å konfigurere icinga-common: Bruk eksterne kommandoer med Icinga: Velg " -#~ "<Yes>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "tftp (etc/inetd.conf): Choose <Yes>. (See atftpd bug <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/789667#\">789667</ulink>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "tftp (etc/inetd.conf): Velg <Ja>. (Se atftpd-feil <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/789667#\">789667</ulink>)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "/etc/gosa/gosa.conf: Choose N. (Never accept a new gosa.conf version!)" -#~ msgstr "/etc/gosa/gosa.conf: Velg N. (Godta aldri en ny gosa.conf versjon!)" - -#~ msgid "Cope with the Squid3 to Squid renaming:" -#~ msgstr "Å håndtere Squid3 til Squid omdøping:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "service squid stop # This usually takes some time!\n" -#~ "rm -rf /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "umount /var/spool/squid3\n" -#~ "sed -i 's#spool/squid3#spool/squid#' /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "mv /var/spool/squid3 /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "mount -a\n" -#~ "rm /etc/squid3 -rf\n" -#~ "rm /etc/default/squid3 -rf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "service squid stop # Dette tar vanligvis litt tid!\n" -#~ "rm -rf /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "umount /var/spool/squid3\n" -#~ "sed -i 's#spool/squid3#spool/squid#' /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "mv /var/spool/squid3 /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "mount -a\n" -#~ "rm /etc/squid3 -rf\n" -#~ "rm /etc/default/squid3 -rf" - -#~ msgid "Modify LDAP to use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) for sudo:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Endre LDAP for å bruke det fullt kvalifiserte domenenavnet (FQDN) for " -#~ "sudo:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\n" -#~ "(Enter root password.)\n" -#~ "Search for 'sudoHost :tjener', replace 'tjener' with 'tjener.intern'\n" -#~ "(Enter 'y' to modify the LDAP data base.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ldapvi - ZD '(cn=admin)' \n" -#~ "(Skriv inn passordet til root.)\n" -#~ "Søk etter \"sudoHost :tjener\", erstatt 'tjener' med 'tjener.intern' \n" -#~ "(Bruk 'y' for å endre LDAP-databasen.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "service autofs stop\n" -#~ "cfengine-debian-edu -D installation\n" -#~ "rm /etc/apache2/conf-enabled/nagios3.conf\n" -#~ "a2dismod userdir\n" -#~ "ln -s /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.load /etc/apache2/mods-" -#~ "available/debian-edu-userdir.load\n" -#~ "a2enmod debian-edu-userdir\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/udp4/udp/' /etc/inetd.conf # Debian Bug #789667 (atftpd)\n" -#~ "service squid start\n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "service autofs stop\n" -#~ "cfengine-debian-edu -D installation\n" -#~ "rm /etc/apache2/conf-enabled/nagios3.conf\n" -#~ "a2dismod userdir\n" -#~ "ln -s /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.load /etc/apache2/mods-" -#~ "available/debian-edu-userdir.load\n" -#~ "a2enmod debian-edu-userdir\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/udp4/udp/' /etc/inetd.conf # Debian Bug #789667 (atftpd)\n" -#~ "service squid start\n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" - -#~ msgid "Install renamed metapackages:" -#~ msgstr "Installer omdøpte metapakker:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install education-networked-common\n" -#~ "apt install education-ltsp-server # Only if profile 'LTSP-Server' is " -#~ "installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install education-networked-common\n" -#~ "apt install education-ltsp-server # Bare hvis profilen 'LTSP-Server' " -#~ "er installert." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the upgraded system fails to boot on qemu/kvm, see <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/844446#\">844446</ulink>. Changing the " -#~ "architecture away from Broadwell in QEMU might help." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis det oppgraderte systemer ikke klarer å starte med qemu/kvm, se " -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/844446#\">844446</ulink>. Det kan " -#~ "hjelpe å endre arkitekturen fra Broadwell i QEMU." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 \n" -#~ "apt purge debian-edu-artwork-lines # Only if not wanted as an " -#~ "alternative theme.\n" -#~ "dpkg -P php5-imagick # Package might not be installed " -#~ "in all cases.\n" -#~ "rm -rf /etc/php5" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 \n" -#~ "apt purge debian-edu-artwork-lines # Bare hvis den ikke ønskes som " -#~ "alternativt tema..\n" -#~ "dpkg -P php5-imagick # Pakken er kanskje ikke alltid " -#~ "installert.\n" -#~ "rm -rf /etc/php5" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "a2enmod php7.0 \n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "a2enmod php7.0 \n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\">SWI-Prolog</" -#~ "ulink> is an open source implementation of the programming language " -#~ "Prolog, commonly used for teaching and semantic web applications." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#\">SWI-Prolog</" -#~ "ulink> er en åpen kildekode-implementering av programmeringsspråket " -#~ "Prolog, ofte brukt til undervisning og semantiske web-applikasjoner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/> " -#~ "are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific " -#~ "HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors " -#~ "(see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with " -#~ "moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veiledninger fra <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\"/" -#~ "> er enten bruker- eller utviklerorientert. La oss flytte de " -#~ "brukerorienterte veiledningene hit (og slette dem derfra)! (Men først må " -#~ "vi spørre forfatterne (se historien til disse sidene for å finne dem) om " -#~ "de synes det er greit å flytte veiledningen, og utgi dem under GPL.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is explained in more detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration\">HowTo/" -#~ "NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette er forklart i mer detalj i <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration\">HowTo/" -#~ "NetworkClients</link>-kapittelet i denne manual." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Groupmaps must also be added for any other user group you add through " -#~ "<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to " -#~ "be available in Windows, e.g. for netlogon scripts or other group " -#~ "dependant actions, you can add them using variations of the following " -#~ "command. Samba will function without these groupmaps, but Windows " -#~ "machines won't be group-aware." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gruppekart må også legges til for alle andre grupper som du legger til " -#~ "gjennom <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Hvis du vil at " -#~ "brukergruppene skal være tilgjengelig i Windows, f.eks. for " -#~ "nettpåloggingsskript, eller andre gruppeavhengige aktiviteter, kan du " -#~ "legge dem til med variasjoner av den påfølgende kommandoen. Samba vil " -#~ "fungere uten disse gruppekartene, men Windows-maskiner vil ikke være klar " -#~ "over gruppen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n" -#~ " type=domain ntgroup=\"students\" \\\n" -#~ " comment=\"All students in the school\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n" -#~ " type=domain ntgroup=\"studenter\" \\\n" -#~ " comment=\"Alle studenter på skolen\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: It would be even better to first/also explain user groups for " -#~ "Windows with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FIXME: Det ville være enda bedre først også å forklare brukergrupper for " -#~ "Windows med GOsa² (og deretter vise et eksempel for kommandolinjen)" - -#~ msgid "Moodle" -#~ msgstr "Moodle" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\">Moodle</ulink> " -#~ "is a free, Open Source course management system - software designed using " -#~ "sound pedagogical principles to help educators create effective online " -#~ "learning communities. You can download and use it on any computer " -#~ "(including webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a " -#~ "University with 200,000 students. Some schools in France use Moodle to " -#~ "keep track of students' facilities and credit points." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#\">Moodle</ulink> " -#~ "er et klassestyringssystem (Course Management System - CMS), en gratis " -#~ "programvarepakke basert på åpen kildekode. Programmet er bygget rundt " -#~ "sunne pedagogiske prinsipper for å hjelpe lærere å lage effektive " -#~ "nettbaserte læremiljøer. Du kan laste det ned, og bruke det på enhver " -#~ "datamaskin du har tilgjengelig, inkludert nett-tjenere, og det kan " -#~ "skaleres fra en enkelt bruker til et universitet med 200.000 studenter. " -#~ "Noen skoler i Frankrike benytter Moodle for å holde orden på studentenes " -#~ "fasiliteter og studiepoeng." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">moodle sites</ulink> " -#~ "all over the world, mostly concentrated in Europe and North America. " -#~ "Check the site of an <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">institution</" -#~ "ulink> near you to get an idea about it. More information is available at " -#~ "the <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">moodle project page,</ulink> " -#~ "including <ulink url=\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/" -#~ "Main_Page\">documentation</ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/" -#~ "support/\">support</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">Moodle nettsteder</ulink> " -#~ "over hele verden, men mest konsentrert i Europa og Nord-Amerika. Se på et " -#~ "nettsted for en <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/sites/\">institusjon</" -#~ "ulink> nær deg for å få et eksempel på hva Moodle er. Mer informasjon er " -#~ "tilgjengelig på <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">prosjektsiden for Moodle," -#~ "</ulink> inkludert <ulink url=\"http://docs.moodle.org/en/" -#~ "Main_Page\">dokumentasjon</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org/" -#~ "support/\">støttesider</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "Smart-Board integration" -#~ msgstr "Smart Board-integrering" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some schools use the products of <ulink url=\"http://smarttech." -#~ "com\">Smarttech</ulink> for their teaching. You need a workstation with " -#~ "drivers and software for this, Smarttech has published some working non-" -#~ "free Software in a Debian Repository as a download. A local copy of this " -#~ "repository needs to be put inside the school network, so that the " -#~ "smartboard software could be installed on our machines. So teachers and " -#~ "pupils can prepare for class on every computer:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Noen skoler bruker produkter av <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com\"> " -#~ "Smart Tech</ulink> for sin undervisning. Du trenger en arbeidsstasjon med " -#~ "drivere og programvare for dette. Smart Tech har publisert noen arbeider " -#~ "non-free programvare i en Debian Repository (lagringssted) som en " -#~ "nedlasting. En lokal kopi av dette depotet må bli satt inn i " -#~ "skolenettverket, slik at Smart Board-programvare kan installeres på våre " -#~ "maskiner, slik at lærere og elever kan forberede klassen på hver " -#~ "datamaskin:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Download the repository as a tar.gz file from <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "smarttech.com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/" -#~ "SMART+Notebook+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/" -#~ "SMART+Notebook+10_2+for+Linux\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Last ned depotet som en tar.gz fil fra <ulink url=\"http://smarttech.com/" -#~ "us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/" -#~ "SMART+Notebook+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/" -#~ "SMART+Notebook+10_2+for+Linux\"/>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school network's " -#~ "webroot (by default located on tjener):\n" -#~ "root@tjener:~# \n" -#~ "mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n" -#~ "mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/" -#~ "debian\n" -#~ "# change into the new directory\n" -#~ "root@tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n" -#~ "# extract the file\n" -#~ "root@tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Flytt tar.gz filen til en depotkatalog på skolens nettverkets webroot " -#~ "(i utgangspunktet plassert på tjener):\n" -#~ "root@tjener:~# \n" -#~ "mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n" -#~ "mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/" -#~ "debian\n" -#~ "# gå til den nye katalogen\n" -#~ "root@tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian\n" -#~ "# pakk ut filen\n" -#~ "root@tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz" - -#~ msgid "Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image" -#~ msgstr "Legg de nødvendige pakker til PXE-installasjonsbilde" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -#~ "install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En linje slik som dette må legges til i <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -#~ "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-" -#~ "free\n" -#~ "d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n" -#~ "d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "d-i pkgsel/include string smart-activation,smart-common,smart-" -#~ "gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier," -#~ "smart-product-drivers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-" -#~ "free\n" -#~ "d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo\n" -#~ "d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "d-i pkgsel/include string smart-activation,smart-common,smart-" -#~ "gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier," -#~ "smart-product-drivers" - -#~ msgid "Update the preseed file:" -#~ msgstr "Oppdatere forhåndsutfyllingsfilen:" - -#~ msgid "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall" -#~ msgstr "/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After this, new installations via PXE will have the <ulink url=\"https://" -#~ "wiki.debian.org/SmartBoard#\">SmartBoard</ulink> software installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etter dette, vil nye installasjoner via PXE ha <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#~ "debian.org/Smart-Board#\">Smart Board</ulink> -programvare installert." - -#~ msgid "Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation" -#~ msgstr "Legge til Smart Board-programvaren manuelt etter installasjonen" - -#~ msgid "The following instructions are for updating LTSP chroots." -#~ msgstr "Følgende instruksjoner for oppdatering av LTSP-chroot." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use an editor to add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" -#~ "sources.list</computeroutput> in the chroot:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bruke et redigeringsprogram for å legge til følgende linjer i " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> i chrooten:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "### SMART Repo\n" -#~ "deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "### SMART Repo\n" -#~ "deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free" - -#~ msgid "Start the editor like this:" -#~ msgstr "Start registereditoren (redigeringsprogrammet) slik:" - -#~ msgid "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list" -#~ msgstr "ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list" - -#~ msgid "Add the repository key and install the software:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til lagringsstedets (repository) nøkkel, og installer programvaren:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install smart-activation,smart-common,smart-" -#~ "gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier," -#~ "smart-product-drivers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc\n" -#~ "# oppdater dpkg-databasen og installer de ønskede pakkene\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install smart-activation,smart-common,smart-" -#~ "gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier," -#~ "smart-product-drivers" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install " -#~ "the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> Debian package " -#~ "from <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. This requires " -#~ "<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "apt/sources.list</computeroutput>. Use <computeroutput>update-flashplugin-" -#~ "nonfree --status</computeroutput> to check for a newer version and " -#~ "<computeroutput>update-flashplugin-nonfree --install</computeroutput> to " -#~ "install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å få (non-free) Adobe Flash Player til nettleser, installer " -#~ "<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> Debian-pakke fra " -#~ "<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>. Dette krever " -#~ "<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> aktivert i <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "apt/sources.list</computeroutput>. Bruk <computeroutput>update-" -#~ "flashplugin-nonfree --status</computeroutput> for å sjekke etter en nyere " -#~ "versjon, og <computeroutput>update-flashplugin-nonfree --install</" -#~ "computeroutput> for å installere det." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The solution for Chromium is similar, it needs the package " -#~ "<computeroutput>pepperflashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput> (also from " -#~ "<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>) to be installed, which will " -#~ "install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin. Use " -#~ "<computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --status</" -#~ "computeroutput> to check for a newer version and <computeroutput>update-" -#~ "pepperflashplugin-nonfree --install</computeroutput> to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For Chromium er løsningen ganske lik. Den trenger installasjon av " -#~ "nettlesertillegget Pepper Flash Player <computeroutput>pepperflashplugin-" -#~ "nonfree</computeroutput>.\n" -#~ "(også fra <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>) som vil installere " -#~ "(non-free) Adobe Flash Player nettlesertillegg. Bruk " -#~ "<computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --status</" -#~ "computeroutput> for å sjekke etter en nyere versjon og " -#~ "<computeroutput>update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --install</" -#~ "computeroutput> for å installere det." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note, that users will still be able to select other installed desktop " -#~ "environments using the \"Settings\" feature of LDM." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg merke til at brukere fortsatt kan velge andre installerte " -#~ "skrivebordsmiljøer ved hjelp av «Settings»/«Innstillinger»-funksjonen i " -#~ "LDM." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LTSP thin clients support three different audio systems for applications: " -#~ "ESD, PulseAudio and ALSA. ESD and PulseAudio support networked audio and " -#~ "are used to pass audio from the server to the clients. ALSA is " -#~ "configured to redirect its sound via PulseAudio. For selected " -#~ "applications only supporting the OSS audio system, a wrapper is created " -#~ "by <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/debian-edu-ltsp-" -#~ "audiodivert</computeroutput> to redirect their sound to PulseAudio. Run " -#~ "this script without arguments to get a list of applications with such " -#~ "redirection enabled." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LTSP-tynnklienter støtter tre forskjellig lydsystemer for programmer, " -#~ "ESD, PulseAudio og ALSA. ESD og PulseAudio støtter nettverkslyd, og " -#~ "brukes for å sende lyd fra tjeneren til klientene. ALSA er satt opp for å " -#~ "omdirigere sin lyd via PulseAudi. For utvalgte programmer som kun støtter " -#~ "OSS lydsystem, er en «wrapper» laget av <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-" -#~ "edu-ltsp-audiodivert</computeroutput> for å omdirigere lyden til " -#~ "PulseAudio. Kjør dette skriptet uten argumenter for å få en liste over " -#~ "programmer med slik omdirigering påslått." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally and have none of the " -#~ "special setup needed for networked audio." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LTSP diskløse arbeidsstasjoner takler lyd lokalt, og har ikke behov for " -#~ "spesial-oppsett for nettverkslyd." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After the reboot, when you login the first time, click on the \"Options " -#~ ">>\" button and select the domain SKOLELINUX instead of the local " -#~ "domain (\"this computer\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etter omstart, når du har logget inn første gang, klikk på " -#~ "«Alternativer>>»-knappen, og velg domenet SKOLELINUX i stedet for " -#~ "det lokale domenet («denne datamaskinen»)." - -#~ msgid "To install these packages run the following command as root:" -#~ msgstr "For å installere, kjør følgende som rot:" - -#~ msgid "apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges" -#~ msgstr "apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a <emphasis role=\"strong\">ALPHA</emphasis> release of Debian " -#~ "Edu 9+edu0. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Do not use in production yet.</" -#~ "emphasis> Please report feedback to <ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu@lists." -#~ "debian.org\">debian-edu@lists.debian.org</ulink>!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette er en <emphasis role=\"strong\">ALPHA</emphasis>-utgave av Debian " -#~ "Edu 9+edu0. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Do not use in production yet (Ikke " -#~ "bruk i produksjon ennå) .</emphasis> Vennligst send tilbakemeldinger til " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:debian-edu@lists.debian.org\">debian-edu@lists.debian." -#~ "org</ulink>!" - -#~ msgid "Click 'Manual config'" -#~ msgstr "Klikk «Manual config»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Under Authentication, change it to 'Kerberos/GSSAPI' for SMTP as well" -#~ msgstr "Under Authentication, bytt til «Kerberos/GSSAPI» også for SMTP" - -#~ msgid "A warning pops up, check 'I understand the risks' and click 'Done'" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En advarsel dukker opp, sjekk «I understand the risks» og klikk «Done»" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt-get update\n" -#~ "apt-get -y upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt-get update\n" -#~ "apt-get -y upgrade" - -#~ msgid "Do the actual upgrade." -#~ msgstr "Gjøre selve oppgraderingen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Reboot and test if it works like before: Log in as first user and test if " -#~ "the GOsa² gui is working, if you're able to connect LTSP clients and " -#~ "workstations, if you can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if " -#~ "you can send and receive internal email, if you can manage printers, and " -#~ "maybe other site specific things. Use the testsuite scripts if you spot " -#~ "an error." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Start på nytt, og test om det virker som før: Logg inn som første bruker, " -#~ "og test om GOsa² GUI virker, om du er i stand til å koble til LTSP-" -#~ "klienter og arbeidsstasjoner, om du kan legge til/fjerne et " -#~ "nettgruppemedlemskap for et system, om du kan sende og motta intern e-" -#~ "post, om du kan administrere skrivere og kanskje annet tilbehør. Bruk " -#~ "Testsuite-skriptet hvis du finner en feil." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The LDAP data base (on the main server) has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -#~ "value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -#~ "LDAP editor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LDAP-databasen (på hovedtjeneren) må justeres. SudoHost-verdien 'tjener' " -#~ "erstattes med 'tjener.intern' med GOsa² eller en LDAP-editor." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> still finishes with an error, " -#~ "try to fix it and/or run the <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> " -#~ "commands again, esp. <computeroutput>apt-get -f install</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> fremdeles avsluttes med en " -#~ "feil, forsøk å rette det til og/eller kjør <computeroutput>apt-get</" -#~ "computeroutput> kommandoene igjen, spesielt <computeroutput>apt-get -f " -#~ "install</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06." -#~ msgstr "Basert på Debian 3.1 Sarge, gitt ut 2005-06-06." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" is an incremental update to " -#~ "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, containing all the changes between Debian 6.0.4 and " -#~ "6.0.7 as well as the following changes:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename (kodenavn) «Squeeze» er en inkrementell " -#~ "oppdatering til Debian Edu 6.0.4 + r0, som inneholder alle endringene " -#~ "mellom Debian 6.0.4 og 6.0.7 samt følgende endringer: " - -#~ msgid "sitesummary was updated from 0.1.3 to 0.1.8" -#~ msgstr "Sammendrag ble oppdatert fra 0.1.3 til 0.1.8" - -#~ msgid "Make Nagios configuration more robust and efficient" -#~ msgstr "Gjør Nagios oppsett/konfigurasjon mer robust og effektiv" - -#~ msgid "Comply with 3.X kernel" -#~ msgstr "Sammenfaller med 3.X kernel" - -#~ msgid "debian-edu-doc from 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 to 1.4~20130228~6.0.7+r1" -#~ msgstr "Debian-edu-doc fra 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 til 1.4~20130228~6.0.7+r1" - -#~ msgid "Minor updates from the wiki" -#~ msgstr "Mindre oppdateringer fra Wiki" - -#~ msgid "Danish translation now complete" -#~ msgstr "Dansk oversettelse er nå komplett " - -#~ msgid "debian-edu-config from 1.453 to 1.455" -#~ msgstr "Debian-edu-config fra 1.453 til 1.455" - -#~ msgid "Fix /etc/hosts for LTSP diskless workstations. Closes: #699880" -#~ msgstr "Fikse /etc/hosts for LTSP-tynnklienter. Lukker: #699880" - -#~ msgid "Make ltsp_local_mount script work for multiple devices." -#~ msgstr "Gjør ltsp_local_mount script arbeid for flere enheter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Correct Kerberos user policy: don't expire password after 2 days. Closes: " -#~ "#664596" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Riktig Kerberos brukerpolicy: Utløper ikke passord etter to dager. lukker:" -#~ "#664596 " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Handle '#' characters in the root or first users password. Closes: #664976" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Behandle \"#\" tegn i roten eller første brukers passord. Lukker: # 664976" - -#~ msgid "Fixes for gosa-sync:" -#~ msgstr "Fikser for GOsa-sync:" - -#~ msgid "Don't fail if password contains \"" -#~ msgstr "Ikke mislykkes hvis passord inneholder \"" - -#~ msgid "Don't disclose new password string in syslog" -#~ msgstr "Ikke oppgi nytt passord-streng i Syslog" - -#~ msgid "Fixes for gosa-create:" -#~ msgstr "Rettelser for GOsa-skaper:" - -#~ msgid "Invalidate libnss cache before applying changes" -#~ msgstr "Gjør libnss-mellomlager ugyldig før endriner anvendes" - -#~ msgid "Multiple failures during mass user import into GOsa²" -#~ msgstr "Flere feil i løpet av masseimport av brukere i " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "gosa-netgroups plugin: don't erase entries of attribute type " -#~ "\"memberNisNetgroup\". Closes: #687256" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "innstikksmodul gosa-netgroups; ikke slett attributtoppføringer av type " -#~ "«memberNisNetgroup». Lukker: #687256" - -#~ msgid "First user now uses the same Kerberos policy as all other users" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Første bruker har nå samme grunnleggende Kerberos-oppsett (policy) som " -#~ "alle andre brukere" - -#~ msgid "Add Danish web page" -#~ msgstr "Legg til dansk nettside" - -#~ msgid "debian-edu-install from 1.528 to 1.530" -#~ msgstr "Debian-edu-install fra 1.528 til 1.530" - -#~ msgid "Improve preseeding support and documentation" -#~ msgstr "Forbedre støtte for forhåndsutfylling og dokumentasjon" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Replace LWAT with GOsa² as the LDAP administration interface. See below " -#~ "and the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Squeeze/GettingStarted#\">Getting started chapter</ulink> of the manual " -#~ "for more information on GOsa²." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GNOME er lagt til som støttet skrivebordsmiljø, se i <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation#\"> kapittel " -#~ "om installasjon.</ulink> for å lære å installere med GNOME i stedet for " -#~ "KDE som skrivebordsmiljø ." - -#~ msgid "See below for a list of updated software." -#~ msgstr "Det ligger en liste med oppdatert programvare lenger ned på siden." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Show welcome page to users when they first log in. This default start " -#~ "page for Iceweasel is fetched from LDAP at installation and boot time for " -#~ "networked profiles. Set to <ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org/\"/> " -#~ "for Standalone installations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vise velkomstsiden til brukerne når de først logger seg inn. Denne " -#~ "standard startsiden for Iceweasel er hentet fra LDAP ved installasjon og " -#~ "oppstarten for profiler i nettverket. Sett <ulink url=\"http://www." -#~ "skolelinux.org/\"/> ved frittstående installering." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New LXDE desktop option, in addition to KDE (default) and GNOME. As the " -#~ "GNOME option, the LXDE desktop option is only supported by the CD " -#~ "installation method." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nytt LXDE skrivebordsalternativ, i tillegg til KDE (standard) og GNOME. " -#~ "GNOMEs og LXDEs skrivebordsalternativer støttes bare ved installasjon fra " -#~ "CD." - -#~ msgid "Speed up LTSP client boot." -#~ msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter." - -#~ msgid "Provide a KDE menu entry for changing the password in GOsa²." -#~ msgstr "Gir en KDE menyinngang for å endre passordet i GOsa²." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more information on how to change passwords (including expired " -#~ "passwords at the KDM/GDM login prompt), please see the <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/" -#~ "Users#\">HowTos for users</ulink> chapter of the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du vil at Windows-maskinene dine skal være klar over hvilke grupper " -#~ "brukere er i, så må du lage gruppekart i LDAP-manuelt. Dette er forklart " -#~ "mer detaljert i kapittelet <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Veiledning/" -#~ "Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add link to <ulink url=\"http://linuxsignpost.org/\"/> on the start page " -#~ "shown to new users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lagt til lenke til <ulink url=\"http://linuxsignpost.org/\"/> på " -#~ "startsiden som vises til nye brukere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All LTSP servers are also <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#~ "Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients#Remote_Desktop_Service\">RDP " -#~ "servers</ulink> by default." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alle LTSP-tjenerne er også satt opp som <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian." -#~ "org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/" -#~ "NetworkClients#Remote_Desktop_Service\">RPD-tjenere</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Improve handling of removable media on thin clients. Show desktop " -#~ "notification longer when inserting new media and provide an option to " -#~ "start dolphin when such media is inserted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bedre håndtering av flyttbare medier på tynne klienter. Viser " -#~ "skrivebordsvarsel lenger når du setter inn nye medier, og gir en mulighet " -#~ "til å starte Dolphin når slike medier blir satt inn." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New version of debian-installer from Debian Squeeze, see <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/installmanual\">installation " -#~ "manual</ulink> for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer informasjon kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -#~ "releases/lenny/installmanual\"> manualen til Debian Installer</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Since root logins are no longer allowed when using gdm/kdm, a user in " -#~ "LDAP is set up during installation of the Main Server. This user is up as " -#~ "GOsa² administrator and is also granted sudo access. The Debian Edu menu " -#~ "reordering has been enabled as well, by adding the user also to the " -#~ "<computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> group." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Siden pålogging som root ikke lenger er tillatt når du bruker GDM/KDM, er " -#~ "det satt opp en bruker i LDAP ved installasjonen av hovedtjeneren. Denne " -#~ "brukeren er satt opp som GOsa²-administrator, og er også gitt SUDO-" -#~ "tilgang. Debian Edu-menyendring er også aktivert ved også å legge " -#~ "brukeren til <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput>-gruppen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> images can directly be copied " -#~ "onto USB flash drives, for example by using <computeroutput>dd</" -#~ "computeroutput> or even <computeroutput>cat</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bildene <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> kan kopieres direkte til " -#~ "USB-minnepinner, for eksempel ved å bruke <computeroutput>dd</" -#~ "computeroutput>, eller til og med <computeroutput>cat</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "New roaming workstation profile for laptops." -#~ msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Device access for all users is handled by <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#~ "debian.org/PolicyKit#\">PolicyKit</ulink>, and no extra group memberships " -#~ "are needed to get access to devices." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Enhetstilgang for alle brukere håndteres av <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#~ "debian.org/PolicyKit#\">PolicyKit</ulink>, og ekstra gruppemedlemskap er " -#~ "ikke nødvendig for å få tilgang til enheter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A warning will be issued when installing on too small disks for the " -#~ "selected profile." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det kommer en advarsel når du installerer den valgte profilen på altfor " -#~ "små disker." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Simplify partitioning for Standalone installs to only have a separate /" -#~ "home/ but no seperate /usr anymore." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Å forenkle partisjoneringen til frittstående installasjoner kan skje bare " -#~ "ved å ha en separat /home/ men ikke egen /usr lenger." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More tests in the test suite, and fix for some of the tests that failed " -#~ "earlier." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flere tester i Testsuiten, og fikser for noen av de testene som tidligere " -#~ "har feilet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure to report an error and abort the installation when trying to " -#~ "use the netinst images without a working Internet connection, instead of " -#~ "silently installing a broken system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sikre at feil rapporteres og installasjonen avbrytes når en forsøker å " -#~ "bruke netinst-bildene uten en fungerende Internett-tilkobling, i stedet " -#~ "for å installere et ødelagt system uten å melde fra." - -#~ msgid "Everything which is new in Debian Squeeze:" -#~ msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian Squeeze:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "compatibility with the FHS v2.3 and software developed for version 3.2 of " -#~ "the LSB." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kompatibilitet med FHS v2.3 og programvare utviklet for versjon 3.2 av LSB" - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel 2.6.32" -#~ msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.18" - -#~ msgid "Desktop environments KDE \"Plasma\" 4.4 and GNOME 2.30" -#~ msgstr "Skrivebordsomgivelser KDE «Plasma» 4.4 og GNOME 2.30" - -#~ msgid "Web browser Iceweasel 3.5" -#~ msgstr "Nettleser Iceweasel 3.5" - -#~ msgid "OpenOffice.org 3.2.1" -#~ msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1." - -#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 10.04.2" -#~ msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 10.04.2" - -#~ msgid "Image editor Gimp 2.6.10" -#~ msgstr "Bilderedigeringsprogrammet Gimp 2.6.10" - -#~ msgid "Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.0" -#~ msgstr "Virtuelt univers Celestia 1.6.0" - -#~ msgid "Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.10.4" -#~ msgstr "Virtuell stjernekikker Stellarium 0.10.4" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Squeeze includes over 10,000 new packages available for " -#~ "installation, including the browser Chromium" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Squeeze inkluderer over 10 000 nye pakker tilgjengelig for " -#~ "installasjon, inkludert nettleseren Chromium" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More information about Debian Squeeze 6.0 is provided in the <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/releasenotes\">release " -#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/" -#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer informasjon kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -#~ "releases/lenny/installmanual\"> manualen til Debian Installer</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "Infrastructural changes" -#~ msgstr "Installasjon" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The 10.0.0.0/8 network is used instead of 10.0.2.0/23, and the default " -#~ "gateway is 10.0.0.1/8, not 10.0.2.1/8 as used in the past." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nå brukes 10.0.0.0/8-nettet i stedet for 10.0.2.0/23, og " -#~ "forhåndsinnstillt gateway er 10.0.0.1/8, ikke 10.0.2.1/8 slik det var " -#~ "tidligere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The dynamic DHCP range was extended on the backbone network to around 4k " -#~ "IP addresses, and around 200 IP addresses for the thin client network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det dynamiske DHCP-området var utvidet på stamnettet til omtrent 4k IP-" -#~ "adresser og omtrent 200 IP-adresser for tynnklientnettet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The DHCP network for 10.0.0.0/8 has been renamed from " -#~ "<computeroutput>barebone</computeroutput> to <computeroutput>intern</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Endre <computeroutput>$allowPwSet = false ;</computeroutput> til " -#~ "<computeroutput>$allowPwSet = true ;</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no pre-defined host entries for client systems in DNS anymore " -#~ "(staticXX, ..., dhcpYY...)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Det er ikke lenger noen forhåndsdefinerte oppføringer for klienter i DNS " -#~ "(staticXX, ..., dhcpYY ...)" - -#~ msgid "MIT Kerberos5 used for user authentication, enabled for:" -#~ msgstr "MIT Kerberos5 brukt for brukerautentisering, aktivisert for:" - -#~ msgid "PAM" -#~ msgstr "PAM" - -#~ msgid "IMAP" -#~ msgstr "IMAP" - -#~ msgid "SMTP" -#~ msgstr "SMTP" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4, but without added Kerberos privacy/integrity/authentication. The " -#~ "machines still have to be added to the <computeroutput>workstation</" -#~ "computeroutput> netgroup to be able to mount the home directories" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NFSv4, men uten å bruke Kerberos personvern/integritet/autentisering. " -#~ "Maskinene må fortsatt legges til i nettgruppen " -#~ "<computeroutput>workstation</computeroutput> for å kunne montere " -#~ "hjemmeområder." - -#~ msgid "Full Samba NT4 domain support for Windows XP/Vista/7" -#~ msgstr "Samba støtter NT4-dome for Windows XP/Vista/7 fullt ut." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A complete PXE boot environment is setup when installing from the DVD, so " -#~ "that further installations can be done using PXE network installs only. A " -#~ "new script pxe-addfirmware is provided to support more hardware models " -#~ "needing firmware." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En fullstendig PXE boot-omgivelse blir satt opp ved installasjon fra DVD, " -#~ "slik at videre installasjoner kan gjøres direkte over nettverket ved bruk " -#~ "av PXE. Et nytt skript pxe-addfirmware er laget for å støtte flere maskin-" -#~ "modeller som trenger fastvare. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remove all hard coded settings on workstations, and configure " -#~ "workstations and roaming workstations using settings detected from the " -#~ "environment using DNS, DHCP and LDAP. See this <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "people.skolelinux.org/pere/blog/No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients." -#~ "html\">blog post with more information on the changes</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fjerne alle hardkodede innstillinger i arbeidsstasjon, og konfigurerer " -#~ "arbeidsstasjon og vandrende arbeidsstasjoner som bruker innstillinger " -#~ "oppdaget fra omgivelsene som bruker DNS, DHCP og LDAP. Se dette <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://people.skolelinux.org/pere/blog/" -#~ "No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients.html\">blogg-post med " -#~ "informasjon om endringer</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These " -#~ "templates are now available in 28 languages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Oversetteroppdateringer for malene som brukes av installasjonssystemet. " -#~ "Disse malene er nå tilgjengelig i 28 språk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual has generally been cleaned up and improved. " -#~ "A proof-read with corrections was done by a native English linguist." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukerhåndboka for Debian Edu Squeeze har generelt blitt ryddet opp i og " -#~ "forbedret. En lingvist med engelsk som morsmål har korrekturlest og " -#~ "korrigert teksten." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual is fully translated to German, French and " -#~ "Italian. Partly translated versions exist for Danish (new), Norwegian " -#~ "Bokmål and Spanish." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brukerhåndboka for Debian Edu Squeeze er oversatt til tysk, fransk og " -#~ "italiensk. Delvis oversettelse finnes på dansk (ny), norsk bokmål og " -#~ "spansk." - -#~ msgid "Improvements to many language tasks, especially French and Danish." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forbedringer for mange språkspesifikke oppgaver, spesielt fransk og dansk." - -#~ msgid "Improvements to the welcome web page shown at first logins." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forbedringer i velkomstsiden på nett som vises ved første pålogging. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add new Japanese, Portuguese and Catalan translations of the welcome web " -#~ "page." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La til japansk, portugisisk og catalansk oversettelse av " -#~ "velkomstnettsiden." - -#~ msgid "Regressions" -#~ msgstr "Regresjoner" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/20100810061204.GD7929@login2.uio." -#~ "no\">CD and DVD installs are different</ulink> - the DVD is only suitable " -#~ "for installing a KDE environemnt." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/20100810061204.GD7929@login2.uio." -#~ "no\">CD and DVD er forskjellige</ulink> - DVD-en er bare egnet til å " -#~ "installere KDE-omgivelsene. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Drop support for <computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput> architecture " -#~ "from netinst installation CDs. It is still possible to run Debian Edu on " -#~ "<computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput>, but installation is less " -#~ "automated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Droppe støtte til <computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput>-arkitekturen " -#~ "fra netinst installasjons-CD-er. Det er fortsatt mulig å kjøre Debian Edu " -#~ "fra <computeroutput>powerpc</computeroutput>, men installasjonen er " -#~ "mindre automatisk. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Drop gtick in the default installation, because it doesn't work on thin " -#~ "clients (BTS #566335)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Droppe gtick i standard-installasjonen fordi det ikke virker med " -#~ "tynnklienter (BTS #566335)." - -#~ msgid "New administration tool: GOsa²" -#~ msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon (Lwat)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "gosa (2.6.11-3+squeeze1~edu+1) from the upcoming 6.0.5 Debian point " -#~ "release, with:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gosa (2.6.11-3+squeeze1~edu+1) fra den kommende 6.0.5 Debian point-" -#~ "utgivelsen, med:" - -#~ msgid "Fix DHCP host removal. Closes: #650258" -#~ msgstr "Reparert DHCP fjerning av vert. Stenger: #650258" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Backport user generator unicode character transliteration. Closes: #657086" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tilbakeført brukerskapt Unicode-karakterer for transliteration. Stenger: " -#~ "#657086" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Customized GOsa² configuration to better suit the Debian Edu network " -#~ "architecture." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tilpasset GOsa²-konfigurasjon for å passe bedre til nettverk-arkitekturen " -#~ "i Debian Edu. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GOsa² updates DNS and NFS exports immediately when a system is updated in " -#~ "LDAP, making diskless workstations work right after they are added to the " -#~ "required netgroup." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GOsa² oppdaterer DNS og såkalt NFS-exports umiddelbart når systemet er " -#~ "oppdatert i LDAP, som gjør at diskløse arbeidsstasjoner virker rett etter " -#~ "de har lagt til i påkrevd netgroup. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Provide script sitesummary2ldapdhcp to update or populate GOsa² with " -#~ "system objects using information gathered by sitesummary, to make it " -#~ "easier to add new computers to the network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bidra med scriptet sitesummary2ldapdhcp for å oppdatere eller fylle opp " -#~ "GOsa² med systemobjekter som bruker informasjon samlet fra sitesummary, " -#~ "for å gjøre det enklere å legge til ny datamaskin i nettverket. " - -#~ msgid "More software changes" -#~ msgstr "Flere endringer i programvaren" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 and interactive geometry tool Geogebra " -#~ "3.2.42" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til video-redigerer Kdenlive 0.7.7 og interaktivt geometri-verktøy " -#~ "Geogebra 3.2.42" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Change default package manager from adept to synaptic, to avoid getting " -#~ "two graphical package managers installed by default." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Endre standard pakke-håndterer fra adept til synaptic, for å unngå at man " -#~ "får to grafiske pakke-håndterere installert som standard. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install openoffice.org-kde by default ensure OOo uses KDE file dialogs in " -#~ "KDE." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installer openoffice.org-kde for å sikre at kontorpakken OOo bruker KDE " -#~ "fildialog ved bruk av KDE." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Change video player setup to install different players in KDE " -#~ "(dragonplayer), GNOME (totem) and LXDE (totem)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Endre oppsett av video-spiller for å bruke andre spillere i KDE " -#~ "(dragonplayer), GNOME (totem) og LXDE (totem)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add KDE tools freespacenotifier, kinfocenter, update-notifier-kde to the " -#~ "default KDE installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til KDE-verktøyene freespacenotifier, kinfocenter, update-notifier-" -#~ "kde til standard KDE-installasjon." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Replace network-manager-kde with plasma-widget-networkmanagement in the " -#~ "standalone KDE profile" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Erstatt network-manager-kde med plasma-widget-networkmanagement i " -#~ "frittstående KDE-profil. " - -#~ msgid "Install usb-modeswitch on laptops to handle dual mode USB devices." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installer USB-modeswitch på bærbare for å håndtere såkalte «dual mode USB " -#~ "devices»." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add cifs-utils to the default installation to ensure SMB mounting can " -#~ "work in any profile." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til cifs-utils i standard-installasjonen for å sikre at montering " -#~ "med SMB virker i alle profiler. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Drop octave, gpscorrelate, qlandkartegt, viking, starplot, kig, kseg, " -#~ "luma, and valgrind from the default installation and the DVD to make room " -#~ "for higher priority packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dropp octave, gpscorrelate, qlandkartegt, viking, starplot, kig, kseg, " -#~ "luma og valgrind fra standard-installasjonen og DVD-en for å gi plass til " -#~ "pakker med høyere prioritet. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Drop libnss-mdns from stationary profiles, to make sure DNS is the " -#~ "authoritive source of host names." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dropp libnss-mdns fra stasjonære profiler. Da skal DNS være den eneste " -#~ "kilden til maskinnavn." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default as " -#~ "RDP and VNC client. (Previously <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput> " -#~ "was installed instead.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Kildepakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> inneholder " -#~ "dette bildet som en <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>-fil.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make the LDAP server handle more clients after increasing the server's " -#~ "file descriptor limit from 1024 to 32768." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Få LDAP-tjenesten til å håndtere flere brukere ved å øke antallet " -#~ "tilgjengelige filer fra 1024 tl 32768." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add code to re-enable stopped CUPS queues every hour on the Main Server, " -#~ "and flush all CUPS queues every night. Both can be disabled in LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg til kode for å gjenopplive en stoppet CUPS-tjeneste en gang i timen " -#~ "på hovedtjeneren, samt tømme alle CUPS-køer hver natt. Begge funksjoner " -#~ "kan skrus av i LDAP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Provide network blocking / exam mode by default, controlled by LDAP. In " -#~ "addition to network blocking, changes to the Squid proxy configuration is " -#~ "needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Blokkering av nettverkstilgang/eksamensmodus settes som standard, " -#~ "kontrollert via LDAP. I tillegg til å hindre nettverkstilgang må det " -#~ "gjøres endringer i Squid-oppsettet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable automatic extending of full file systems on the Main Server by " -#~ "default. This can be disabled in LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sett opp autmatisk utvidelse når et filsystem går fullt på hovedtjeneren " -#~ "som standard. Dette kan skrus av i LDAP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Change SSL certificate name used by the LDAP server and adjust clients to " -#~ "use the new name to be able to enable certificate checking on clients." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bytt navnet på SSL-sertifikatet som brukes av LDAP-tjenesten, og la " -#~ "klientene bruke det nye navnet når sertifikatene sjekkes på klientene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Switch PowerDNS to use strict LDAP mode, to allow us to simplify the LDAP " -#~ "setup used for DNS." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La PowerDNS bruke streng LDAP-modus, dette forenkler DNS-oppsettet i LDAP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Simplify autofs LDAP rules to make sure they work with extra home " -#~ "directory partitions exported from the main-server without any changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forenkle autofs LDAP-regler for å sikre at de fungerer med ekstra hjem-" -#~ "katalog-partisjoner som er eksportert fra hoved-server uten noen " -#~ "forandringer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make backup system more robust in handling LDAP database dump and restart." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lag sikkerhetskopisystemet mer robust i behandling av LDAP-database " -#~ "utskrift/dump og omstart." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Root logins are denied for both KDM and GDM - see above and <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/" -#~ "GettingStarted#\">Getting started</ulink> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GNOME er lagt til som støttet skrivebordsmiljø, se i <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/Installation#\"> kapittel " -#~ "om installasjon.</ulink> for å lære å innstallere med GNOME i stedet for " -#~ "KDE som skrivebordsmiljø." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Clients set up to shut down at night will stay up for at least an hour if " -#~ "they are turned on manually between 16:00 and 07:00." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klienter satt opp til å stenge om natten vil være oppe i minst en time " -#~ "hvis de er slått på manuelt 16:.00 til 07:00." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Additionally use local NTP clock on the main-server to ensure clients and " -#~ "server sync clocks also when disconnected from the Internet." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I tillegg, bruk lokal NTP-klokke på hovedtjeneren for å sikre at klienter " -#~ "og server har synkroniserte klokker også når de er koblet fra Internett." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access to Debian repositories is always done via a proxy on the main " -#~ "server - read more about the implementation details <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "lists.debian.org/20100704221022.GC30542@login1.uio.no\">using DHCP and " -#~ "WPAD</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tilgang til Debians pakkelager er alltid gjort via en Proxy på " -#~ "hovedserver - les mer om gjennomføringsdetaljer <ulink url = \"http://" -#~ "lists.debian.org/20100704221022.GC30542@login1.uio.no\"> ved hjelp av " -#~ "DHCP og WPAD</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "The home0 partition is mounted nosuid, to increase security." -#~ msgstr "Home0 partisjon er montert med nosuid, for å øke sikkerhet." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Change KDE/Akonadi configuration to reduce the disk footprint of every " -#~ "user from 144 to 24 MiB." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bytt KDE/Akonadi konfigurasjon for å redusere diskbruk for hver bruker " -#~ "fra 144 til 24 MiB." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "New tool notify-local-users to send desktop notification to all logged " -#~| "in users on a machine. Useful for thin client servers." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New tool notify-local-users to send desktop notification to all logged in " -#~ "users on a machine. Useful for LTSP servers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nytt verktøy notify-local-users for beskjedsending til alle påloggede " -#~ "brukere på en maskin. Nyttig for tynnklienttjenere." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Everything that is new in Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -#~ "News/2010/20100626\">5.0.5</ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -#~ "News/2010/20100904\">5.0.6</ulink>, which includes support for some new " -#~ "hardware. 5.0.5 and 5.0.6 are maintenance releases and generally don't " -#~ "add new features" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alt som er nytt i Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -#~ "News/2010/20100626\">5.0.5</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -#~ "News/2010/20100904\">5.0.6</ulink>, som inkluderer støtte for ny " -#~ "maskinvare. 5.0.5 og 5.0.6 er vedlikeholdsversjoner, og legger som regel " -#~ "ikke til nye funksjoner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Several bugfixes, including fixes for Skolelinux bugs #1436, #1427, " -#~ "#1441, #1413, #1450 and Debian bugs #585966, #585772, #585968, #586035 " -#~ "and #585966 plus several which were not filed" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flere feilrettinger (bugfixes), inkludert feilrettinger for Skolelinux-" -#~ "bugs # 1436, # 1427, # 1441, # 1413, # 1450, og Debian bugs # 585966, # " -#~ "585772, # 585968, # 586035 og # 585966, pluss flere som ikke ble arkivert." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Merge new web pages from Squeeze - the text is the same, but it provides " -#~ "a new translation for <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>, complete " -#~ "translations for all included languages (<computeroutput>de</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>es</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>fr</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>it</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nb</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nl</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ru</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>), and a rename of " -#~ "the <computeroutput>.no</computeroutput> page to <computeroutput>.nb</" -#~ "computeroutput> to reflect the language used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flett inn nye websider fra Squeeze - teksten er den samme, men gir en ny " -#~ "oversettelse for <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>, komplette " -#~ "oversettelser for alle inkluderte språk (<computeroutput>de</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>es</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>fr</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>it</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nb</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nl</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ru</" -#~ "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>zh</computeroutput>), og nytt navn for " -#~ "<computeroutput>.no</computeroutput> siden til <computeroutput>.nb</" -#~ "computeroutput> for å vise det språket som brukes." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian-edu-install: Slovak translation added, updates to German, Basque, " -#~ "Italian, Bokmål, Vietnamese and Chinese translations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian-edu-install: Slovakisk oversettelse lagt til, oppdateringer for " -#~ "oversettelsene til tysk, baskisk, italiensk, norsk bokmål, vietnamesisk " -#~ "og kinesisk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian-edu-doc: improvements to Italian, Bokmål and German translations " -#~ "as well as overall content and layout" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian-edu-doc: forbedringer i oversettelsene til italiensk, norsk bokmål " -#~ "og tysk, samt generelt innhold og utforming." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sitesummary: various improvements; most notably, several Nagios checks " -#~ "were added to monitor system health" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sitesummary/sammendrag: diverse forbedringer, hovedsakelig flere Nagios-" -#~ "kontroller som ble lagt til for å overvåke system-helse." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Shutdown-at-night: fix #1435 (did not work with the LDAP host groups " -#~ "populated by lwat)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Shutdown-at-night: fikset #1435 (fungerte ikke med LADP vertsgrupper " -#~ "befolket av Lwat)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Everything that is new in Debian 5.0.4; see the <link " -#~ "linkend=\"AppendixC--" -#~ "New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-" -#~ "edu0_is_based\">following paragraph</link> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette er nytt i Debian Edu 5.0, eller se <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian." -#~ "org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/" -#~ "Features#NewfeaturesintheDebian5.0.4onwhichDebianEdu5.0.4.2B-" -#~ "edu0isbased\">følgende avsnitt</ulink> for flere detaljer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More than 80 applications relevant for education are included based on " -#~ "user feedback and user statistics (through <ulink url=\"http://popcon." -#~ "skolelinux.org/\">Debian Edu popularity contest</ulink>). The full list " -#~ "of packages is given in the <ulink url=\"http://blends.alioth.debian.org/" -#~ "edu/tasks/\">task overview page</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mer enn 80 programmer relevant for undervisning er inkludert, basert på " -#~ "tilbakemelding fra brukerne og brukerstatistikk. (vha statistikk fra " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://popcon.skolelinux.org/\">Skolelinux popcon</ulink>). " -#~ "Fullstendig liste over programvare som er tilgjengelig, er listet opp " -#~ "her: <ulink url=\"http://blends.alioth.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">«task " -#~ "overview page»</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Improved student desktop with educational software shortcuts to GCompris, " -#~ "Kalzium, KGeography, KMplot, KStars, Stopmotion and OpenOffice Write and " -#~ "Impress." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skrivebordet er forbedret, og har som standard snarveier til GCompris, " -#~ "Kalzium, KGeography, KMplot, KStars, Stopmotion og OpenOffice writer + " -#~ "Impress." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Dynamic desktop icons and menu options that adjust based on user group." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dynamiske skrivebordsikoner og menyer som justerer seg basert på " -#~ "brukergruppe. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "GNOME added as a supported desktop; see the <link " -#~ "linkend=\"Installation\">Installation chapter</link> to learn how to " -#~ "install with GNOME instead of KDE as desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GNOME er lagt til som støttet skrivebordsmiljø, se i <link " -#~ "linkend=\"Installation\">kapittel om installasjon.</link> for å lære å " -#~ "installere med GNOME i stedet for KDE som skrivebordsmiljø." - -#~ msgid "Support for more than 50 languages." -#~ msgstr "Støtte for over 50 ulike språk." - -#~ msgid "Improved system for user administration and machine identification." -#~ msgstr "Forbedret system for brukeradministrasjon og maskingjenkjenning." - -#~ msgid "Improved diskless and thin client setup." -#~ msgstr "Forbedret oppsett av diskløse arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New startup menu letting users choose diskless workstation, thin client " -#~ "or workstation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ny oppstartsmeny som lar brukerne velge mellom diskløs arbeidsstasjon, " -#~ "tynnklient eller arbeidsstasjon." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "A diskless workstation option is installed but not activated by default " -#~| "on all servers with the thin-client-server profile." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A diskless workstation option is installed but not activated by default " -#~ "on all servers with the LTSP-server profile." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mulighet for diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er installert, men ikke aktivert " -#~ "på alle tjenere med LTSP -profil. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Main-server is set up as a PXE server for booting thin clients and " -#~ "diskless workstations, and for installing to clients' hard or flash " -#~ "drives." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hovedtjener er satt opp som PXE-server for å starte tynnklienter, " -#~ "diskløse arbeidsstasjoner, og for å installere til klienters harddisker " -#~ "eller flashdisker." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration for DNS and DHCP is stored in LDAP and can be edited " -#~ "using <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. The DNS server has been " -#~ "switched from <computeroutput>bind9</computeroutput> to " -#~ "<computeroutput>powerdns</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Konfigurasjonen av DNS og DHCP er lagret i LDAP, og kan redigeres vha " -#~ "<computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. DNS-tjenesten er byttet fra " -#~ "<computeroutput>bind9</computeroutput> til <computeroutput>power-dns</" -#~ "computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LDAP server for directory services (NSS) is located using a SRV record in " -#~ "DNS instead of hardcoding the 'ldap' DNS name. LDAP server for password " -#~ "checks (PAM) is still using the hardcoded 'ldap' DNS name." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LDAP-serveren for NSS-tjenster er nå lokalisert ved å bruke en SRV record " -#~ "i DS, i stedet for å hardkode «ldap» DNS-navnet. LDAP-server for " -#~ "passordsjekk (PAM) bruker fremdeles det hardkodede «ldap» DNS-navnet." - -#~ msgid "Multi-architecture (amd64/i386/powerpc) net installer CD." -#~ msgstr "Multiarkitektur CD (amd64/i386/powerpc) for nettinstallasjon." - -#~ msgid "(Most) Packages are downloaded over the Internet." -#~ msgstr "(De fleste) Pakker lastes ned over Internett. " - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Multi-architecture (amd64/i386) installer DVD capable of installing " -#~ "without network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Multiarkitektur installasjons-DVD (amd64/i386), gjør det mulig å " -#~ "installere uten tilgang til Internett." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "PulseAudio is provided in addition to ALSA and OSS for sound on " -#~ "workstations and diskless workstation machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PulseAudio brukes i tillegg til ALSA og OSS som lydsystem på " -#~ "arbeidsstasjoner og diskløse arbeidsstasjoner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The <emphasis>Barebone</emphasis> profile has been renamed to " -#~ "<emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>, to better reflect what it is." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Profilen <emphasis>Barebone</emphasis> er døpt om til <emphasis>Minimal</" -#~ "emphasis>, for bedre å illustrere hva den innebærer." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Nagios3 configuration is now automatically created by sitesummary." -#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjon av Nagios3 er nå automatisk satt opp av Sitesummary." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The per-user file <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors</computeroutput> is " -#~ "now truncated automatically when the user logs in to avoid filling up the " -#~ "home directory partition with a log that grows indefinitely. The user " -#~ "can disable this by creating <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors-enable</" -#~ "computeroutput>. The system administrator can configure the system to " -#~ "redirect the file to /dev/null by editing <computeroutput>/etc/X11/" -#~ "Xsession.d/05debian-edu-truncate-xerrorlog</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per-bruker filen <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors</computeroutput> er " -#~ "nå avkortet/trunket automatisk når bruker logger inn, for å unngå å fylle " -#~ "opp hjemmemappenes partrisjon med logger som vokser uendelig. Brukeren " -#~ "kan slå av dette ved å lage <computeroutput>~/.xsession-errors-enable</" -#~ "computeroutput>. Systemets administrator kan konfigurere systemet til å " -#~ "omdirigere filen til /dev/null ved å endre <computeroutput>/etc/X11/" -#~ "Xsession.d/05debian-edu-truncate-xerrorlog</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To ease installation of Debian Edu on hardware needing non-free firmware, " -#~ "the CD and DVD include the following firmware packages: firmware-bnx2, " -#~ "firmware-bnx2x, firmware-ipw2x00, firmware-iwlwifi, firmware-qlogic and " -#~ "firmware-ralink." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å forenkle installasjonen av Skolelinux/Debian Edu på maskinvare som " -#~ "trenger ufrie drivere, så inneholder CD og DVD følgende drivere: firmware-" -#~ "bnx2, firmware-bnx2x, firmware-ipw2x00, firmware-iwlwifi, firmware-qlogic " -#~ "og firmware-ralink." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New features in Debian 5.0.4 upon which Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 is based" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nye egenskaper i Debian 5.0.4 som Skolelinux/Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 er " -#~ "basert på" - -#~ msgid "New Linux kernel 2.6.26 supports more hardware" -#~ msgstr "Ny Linuxkjerne 2.6.26 har støtte for mer maskinvare." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With this release, Debian GNU/Linux updates from X.Org 7.1 to X.Org 7.3 " -#~ "(which includes support of newer hardware) and now includes the desktop " -#~ "environments KDE 3.5.10 and GNOME 2.22. Updates of other desktop " -#~ "applications include Iceweasel (version 3.0.6, which is the unbranded " -#~ "Firefox web browser) and Icedove (version 2.0.0.19, which is the " -#~ "unbranded Thunderbird mail client) as well as upgrades to Evolution " -#~ "2.22.3, <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice</" -#~ "ulink>.org 2.4.1, and Pidgin 2.4.3 (formerly known as Gaim). SWI-prolog " -#~ "is back." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I denne versjonen av Debian GNU/Linux, er X.Org 7.1 oppdatert til X.Org " -#~ "7.3 (som har støtte for nyere maskinvare). Skrivebordsmiljøene som " -#~ "benyttes er KDE 3.5.10 og GNOME 2.22. Andre programmer som er oppdatert " -#~ "er Iceweasel 3.0.6 (Debianversjon av Firefox), Icedowe 2.0.0.19 " -#~ "(Debianversjon av e-postklienten Thunderbird), Evolution 2.22.3, <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#\">OpenOffice</ulink>.org 2.4.1 " -#~ "og Pidgin 2.4.3 (tidligere Gaim)." - -#~ msgid "Installation from CD/DVD from within Windows" -#~ msgstr "Installasjon fra CD/DVD fra Windows." - -#~ msgid "Switched from sysklogd to rsyslog as the syslog collector." -#~ msgstr "Byttet fra sysklogd til rsyslog for innhenting av syslog." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more information see the page <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "NewInLenny\">New in Lenny</ulink> on wiki.debian.org" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For mer informasjon kan du se på siden <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian." -#~ "org/NewInLenny\">«New in Lenny»</ulink> på wiki.debian.org." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Much improved documentation with updated translations to German, " -#~ "Norwegian Bokmål and Italian" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forbedret dokumentasjon med oppdaterte oversettelser til tysk, norsk " -#~ "bokmål og italiensk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that " -#~ "came to our attention after the 3.0r0 release" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Inkluderer mer enn 40 feilrettinger, forbedringer og " -#~ "sikkerhetsoppdateringer som vi ble klar over etter 3.0r0-utgivelsen." - -#~ msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22" -#~ msgstr "Nye egenskaper i «3.0r0 Terra»-utgaven 2007-07-22" - -#~ msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support" -#~ msgstr "Grafisk installasjonsprogram med mus-støtte." - -#~ msgid "Boot splash with usplash" -#~ msgstr "Oppstartsbilde med usplash." - -#~ msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible" -#~ msgstr "LSB 3.1-kompatibel." - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18" -#~ msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.18 " - -#~ msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks" -#~ msgstr "Støtte for SATA-kontrollere og harddisker." - -#~ msgid "X.org version 7.1." -#~ msgstr "X.org versjon 7.1." - -#~ msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0." -#~ msgstr "OpenOffice.org versjon 2.0." - -#~ msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)" -#~ msgstr "LTSP5 (versjon 0.99debian12)." - -#~ msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automatisk sporing av installerte maskiner ved hjelp av Sitesummary." - -#~ msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary." -#~ msgstr "Automatisk oppsett av Munin med hjelp fra Sitesummary." - -#~ msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automatisk versjonskontroll av oppsettsfiler i /etc/ ved hjelp av SVK." - -#~ msgid "File systems can be extended while the file system is mounted." -#~ msgstr "Filsystemer kan utvides mens filsystemet er montert." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Support for automatically extending file systems based on predefined " -#~ "rules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Støtter automatisk utviding av filsystemer basert på forhåndsdefinerte " -#~ "regler." - -#~ msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients." -#~ msgstr "Støtte for lokale enheter på tynnklienter." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc " -#~ "(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld " -#~ "subarchitecture)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nye prosessorarkitekturer: AMD64 (fullt støttet) og PowerPC " -#~ "(eksperimentell støtte, installasjonsmedia starter bare opp på " -#~ "underarkitekturen newworld)." - -#~ msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc" -#~ msgstr "Flerarkitektur-DVD for i386, AMD64 og PowerPC." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. " -#~ "Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tilbakeskritt: CD-installasjonen krever Internett-tilgang under " -#~ "installasjon. Tidligere versjoner kunne installeres fra en CD uten " -#~ "Internett-tilgang." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Regression: <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> is now removed from " -#~ "Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based " -#~ "user administration tool named <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>, " -#~ "which doesn't has the same functionality as <computeroutput>wlus</" -#~ "computeroutput>, the old user administration tool. But " -#~ "<computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput> requires <computeroutput>webmin</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Regresjon: <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput> er nå fjernet fra " -#~ "Debian på grunn av problemer med å støtte det. Vi har lagt til et nytt " -#~ "nettbasert brukeradministrasjonsverktøy som heter <computeroutput>lwat</" -#~ "computeroutput>. Det har ikke den samme funksjonalitet som " -#~ "<computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput>, det gamle " -#~ "brukeradministrasjonsverktøyet, men <computeroutput>wlus</computeroutput> " -#~ "krever <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Regression: swi-prolog is not part of Etch, but was part of Sarge. The " -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/" -#~ "TeachAndLearn#\">HowTo teach and learn</ulink> Chapter describes how to " -#~ "install swi-prolog on Etch." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Regresjon: SWI-prolog er ikke en del av ETCH, men var en del av Sarge. " -#~ "Kapittelet <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn#\"> Hvordan undervise og lære</ulink> beskriver " -#~ "hvordan man installerer SWI-prolog på ETCH." - -#~ msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14" -#~ msgstr "Fremtrukne egenskaper i 2.0-utgaven 2006-03-14" - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8." -#~ msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.8." - -#~ msgid "XFree86 version 4.3." -#~ msgstr "XFree86 versjon 4.3." - -#~ msgid "KDE version 3.3." -#~ msgstr "KDE versjon 3.3." - -#~ msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1." -#~ msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1." - -#~ msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20" -#~ msgstr "Egenskaper i «1.0 Venus»-utgaven 2004-06-20" - -#~ msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26." -#~ msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.4.26." - -#~ msgid "XFree86 version 4.1." -#~ msgstr "XFree86 versjon 4.1." - -#~ msgid "KDE version 2.2." -#~ msgstr "KDE versjon 2.2." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " -#~| "packages. (Previously, extra configuration was needed to achieve this, " -#~| "but since 2011 this [[<ulink url=\"http://backports.debian.org/news/" -#~| "squeeze-backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is\"/> not needed " -#~| "anymore]." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " -#~ "packages. (Previously, extra configuration was needed to achieve this, " -#~ "but since 2011 this <ulink url=\"http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-" -#~ "backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/\">is not needed anymore</" -#~ "ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tilbakeførte pakker (backports) blir automatisk oppdatert (hvis " -#~ "tilgjengelig) akkurat som andre pakker. Tidligere trengtes et ekstra " -#~ "oppsett for å legge inn dette, men etter 2011 dette er [[<ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-backports_and_lenny-" -#~ "backports-sloppy_started/\"/> ikke mer nødvendig]." - -#~ msgid "KMail" -#~ msgstr "KMail" - -#~ msgid "Start KMail" -#~ msgstr "Start KMail" - -#~ msgid "Close the tip of the day" -#~ msgstr "Lukke dagens tips" - -#~ msgid "Cancel the Account Assistant" -#~ msgstr "Annullere Account Assistenten" - -#~ msgid "Open Settings/Configure KMail" -#~ msgstr "Åpne innstillinger/sette opp KMail" - -#~ msgid "Modify the default identity" -#~ msgstr "Endre standardidentiteten " - -#~ msgid "enter your email address" -#~ msgstr "legg inn din e-postadresse" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "make sure that 'postoffice.intern' is the default domain (tab Advanced)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "sørg for at «postoffice.intern» er standarddomene (i Avansert-fanen)" - -#~ msgid "click OK" -#~ msgstr "klikk OK" - -#~ msgid "Choose Accounts out of the menu" -#~ msgstr "Velge Accounts (kontoer) fra menyen" - -#~ msgid "click add" -#~ msgstr "klikk add" - -#~ msgid "choose imap-server (get rid of KWallet each time it pops up)" -#~ msgstr "velg imap-server (kvitte seg med KWallet hver gang den dukker opp)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter 'intern' as account name and 'postoffice.intern' as imap server" -#~ msgstr "velg «intern» som kontonavn og «postoffice.intern» som imap-tjener" - -#~ msgid "check if the username is present" -#~ msgstr "sjekk om brukernavnet er der " - -#~ msgid "don't enter the password, as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -#~ msgstr "ikke bruk passordet, ettersom Kerberos single sign-on vil bli brukt" - -#~ msgid "click the tab Advanced" -#~ msgstr "klikk på Advanced (avansert)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "click 'Auto detect', then change Authentication manually from 'Login' to " -#~ "'GSSAPI'" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "klikk «Auto detect», slik at Authentication (autentisering) kan endres " -#~ "manuelt fra «Login» til «GSSAPI»" - -#~ msgid "click ok" -#~ msgstr "klikk ok" - -#~ msgid "accept the certificate (forever)" -#~ msgstr "aksepter sertifikatet (for alltid)" - -#~ msgid "Open Settings/Configure KMail to configure Sending" -#~ msgstr "Åpne Settings/Configure KMail for å sette opp Sending" - -#~ msgid "click Add" -#~ msgstr "klikk Add" - -#~ msgid "enter 'intern' as name and set it as default, choose SMTP" -#~ msgstr "sett «intern» som navn, og sett den som standard, velg SMTP" - -#~ msgid "click 'Create and Configure'" -#~ msgstr "klikk «Create and Configure» (Lag og Konfigurer)" - -#~ msgid "enter 'postoffice.intern' as outgoing server name" -#~ msgstr "oppgi «postoffice.intern» som navn for utgående server" - -#~ msgid "check 'server requires authentication'" -#~ msgstr "sjekk «server requires authentication» (server krever godkjenning)" - -#~ msgid "enter username; again, omit the password" -#~ msgstr "oppgi brukernavn; igjen, utelat passord" - -#~ msgid "click on the just configured server entry, click 'Modify'" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "klikk på den nettopp oppsatte adgangen til serveren, klikk " -#~ "«Modify» (endre)" - -#~ msgid "click detect automatically" -#~ msgstr "klikk oppdag automatisk" - -#~ msgid "click two times OK" -#~ msgstr "klikk to ganger OK" - -#~ msgid "You should now be able to read your welcome email (next message)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nå skal du være i stand til å lese din velkomst-e-post (neste melding)" - -#~ msgid "Icedove" -#~ msgstr "Icedove" - -#~ msgid "Start Icedove" -#~ msgstr "Start Icedove" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.8" -#~ msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.16" -#~ msgstr "Nytt valgfritt skrivebordsmiljø: MATE 1.8" - -#~ msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 2.1" -#~ msgstr "Nytt valgfritt skrivebordsmiljø: MATE 2.1" - -#~ msgid "New translations in Stretch: Japanese." -#~ msgstr "Ny oversettelse i Stretch: Japansk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following steps can be used to get back the behaviour from Debian Edu " -#~ "Squeeze, using automount, NFS and a display manager other than ldm:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Følgende trinn kan brukes for å få tilbake opplegget fra Debian Edu " -#~ "Squeeze, ved hjelp av automonter, NFS og en annen øktstyrer enn LDM:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add <computeroutput>DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/dm</computeroutput> " -#~ "to lts.conf (or set this in LDAP). Make sure, that the display manager is " -#~ "installed in the LTSP chroot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Legg <computeroutput>DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/dm</computeroutput> " -#~ "til lts.conf (eller sette denne i LDAP). Sørg for at øktstyreren er " -#~ "installert i LTSP-chroot-en." - -#~ msgid "Add the diskless workstations to LDAP with GOsa²." -#~ msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon" - -#~ msgid "in Spanish" -#~ msgstr "På spansk" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: this has changed in 2016… there is the libdvd-pkg package in " -#~ "contrib now (also in jessie-backports) which can be used to build " -#~ "libdvdcss and which makes adding the debian multimedia apt repository " -#~ "moot. Someone should describe here how to use it…" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FIXME: Dette er endret i 2016... det finnes nå en pakke libdvd-pkg i " -#~ "contrib (også i jessie-backports) som kan brukes for å bygge libdvdcss og " -#~ "som fjerner behovet for å legge til apt-kilden for debian multimedia. " -#~ "Noen burde beskrive her hvordan den brukes…" - -#~ msgid "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs" -#~ msgstr "apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs" - -#~ msgid "Using the multimedia repository" -#~ msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet" - -#~ msgid "To use www.deb-multimedia.org do the following:" -#~ msgstr "For å bruke www.deb-multimedia.org gjør følgende:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# install the debian-keyring securely:\n" -#~ "apt-get install debian-keyring\n" -#~ "# fetch the deb-multimedia key insecurely:\n" -#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 07DC563D1F41B907\n" -#~ "# check securely if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by " -#~ "APT if it is:\n" -#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs " -#~ "07DC563D1F41B907 && gpg --export 07DC563D1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n" -#~ "# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for " -#~ "mirrors!\n" -#~ "echo \"deb http://deb-multimedia.org stretch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources." -#~ "list\n" -#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n" -#~ "apt-get update" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# installer debian nøkkelringen sikkert:\n" -#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n" -#~ "# hent deb-multimedianøkkelen usikret:\n" -#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 07DC563D1F41B907\n" -#~ "# sjekk sikkert om nøkkelen er korrekt, og legg den til nøkkelingen apt " -#~ "benytter hvis den er det:\n" -#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs " -#~ "07DC563D1F41B907 && gpg --export 07DC563D1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n" -#~ "# legg programvarearkivet til sources.list - vennligst sjekk hjemmesidene " -#~ "for speil!\n" -#~ "echo \"deb http://deb-multimedia.org stretch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources." -#~ "list\n" -#~ "# oppdater listen over tilgjengelige pakker:\n" -#~ "aptitude update" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from " -#~ "the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, " -#~ "it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automation " -#~ "distribute the changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vi bruker CFEngine til å redigere oppsettfiler. Disse filene blir " -#~ "oppdatert fra tjeneren til klientene. For å endre oppsettet på klientene " -#~ "er det nok å endre tjeneroppsettet, og så la automatikken fordele " -#~ "endringene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "CD.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "CD.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The ordering of the network cards after installation might differ from " -#~ "the ordering during installation. The wanted ordering can be achieved by " -#~ "editing <computeroutput>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</" -#~ "computeroutput>: Usually <emphasis>if this happens</emphasis>, you will " -#~ "want to replace eth0 with eth1 and eth1 with eth0; a reboot is needed for " -#~ "the changes to take effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etter installasjonen kan rekkefølgen for nettverkskortene avvike fra " -#~ "oppsettet under installasjonen. Den ønskede rekkefølgen kan oppnås ved å " -#~ "redigere <computeroutput>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</" -#~ "computeroutput>. <emphasis>Hvis dette er aktuelt</emphasis>, vil du " -#~ "vanligvis ønske å erstatte eth0 med eth1 og eth1 med eth0. Omstart må til " -#~ "for å at endringene skal tre i kraft." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is being tracked as <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux." -#~ "org/1376\">Debian Edu bug #1376</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dette holdes rede på som <ulink url=\"http://bugs.skolelinux." -#~ "org/1376\">Debian Edu bug #1376</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "Nagios" -#~ msgstr "Nagios" - -#~ msgid "LTSP server(s) (Thin client server(s))" -#~ msgstr "LTSP-tjenere (tynnklienttjener(e))" - -#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklienttjener</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First of all, this profile name is confusing for historic reasons. " -#~ "Currently this profile actually installs an LTSP server environment for " -#~ "thin-clients and for diskless workstations. Debian bug <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/588510#\">588510</ulink> has been filed to " -#~ "change the name of the profile into a better suited one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Først og fremst så er denne profilen navngitt på en forvirrende måte av " -#~ "historiske årsaker. Profilen installerer et LTSP-servermiljø for " -#~ "tynnklienter og for diskløse arbeidsstasjoner. Debian bug <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/588510#\">588510</ulink> er blitt aktivert " -#~ "for å endre profilnavnet til noe som er mer passende." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Installer help screen" -#~ msgid "Help screen" -#~ msgstr "Installasjons-hjelpeskjerm" - -#~ msgid "Select type of installation" -#~ msgstr "Velg type installasjon" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> uses the " -#~ "amd64 GTK installer where you can use the mouse." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> for å kjøre " -#~ "en 64-bit GTK-installasjon hvor du kan bruke en mus." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> gives access " -#~ "to all available questions in text mode on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> gir tilgang " -#~ "til alle tilgjengelige spørsmål i klartekst tilknyttet AMD64." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -#~ "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> gjør dette " -#~ "installasjonsmedium til en redningsdisk for beredskapsoppgaver på AMD64." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> needs a " -#~ "preseed file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> trenger en " -#~ "«preseed»-fil (for automatisk installasjon)." - -#~ msgid "Installer advanced options screen 2" -#~ msgstr "Avanserte installasjonsvalg på skjerm 2" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -#~ "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks with a graphical " -#~ "GTK look." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> gjør dette " -#~ "installasjonsmedium til en redningsdisk for beredskapsmessige oppgaver " -#~ "med et grafisk GTK-utseende." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> " -#~ "gives access to all available questions in graphical mode on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> gir " -#~ "tilgang til alle tilgjengelige spørsmål i grafisk modus for AMD64." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes " -#~ "this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64 " -#~ "with a graphical GTK look." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> gjør " -#~ "dette installasjonsmedium til en redningsdisk for beredskapsoppgaver på " -#~ "AMD64 med et grafisk GTK-utseende." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> " -#~ "needs a preseed file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> " -#~ "trenger en «preseed»-fil." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The multi-architecture USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image defaults to " -#~ "using amd64-installgui on 64-bit x86 machines, and installgui on 32-bit " -#~ "x86 machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "USB Fler-arkitektur flash-disk/Blu-ray disk-typer er standard for bruk av " -#~ "AMD64-installgui på 64-bit x86 maskiner, og installgui på 32-bit x86 " -#~ "maskiner." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multi-architecture " -#~ "image, that would be <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du vil starte opp en AMD64 i tekstmodus med en fler-arkitekturtype, " -#~ "må du bruke <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Likewise you can choose <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> " -#~ "to get the GUI version on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "På samme måte kan du velge <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</" -#~ "computeroutput> for å få GUI-versjonen på AMD64." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multi-arch image on an amd64 " -#~ "machine you need to manually select <computeroutput>install</" -#~ "computeroutput> (text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> " -#~ "(graphical mode)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis du vil starte opp i i386-modus med en fler-arkitektur type på en " -#~ "AMD64-maskin må du skrive <computeroutput>install</computeroutput> " -#~ "(tekstmodus) eller <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> (grafisk " -#~ "modus)." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "12e-creating_ext4.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:12e-creating_ext4.png}}" -#~ msgstr "12e-creating_ext4.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png" - -#~ msgid "Modifying the KDM login screen" -#~ msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen KDM" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Customisations to the KDM login screen are made by adding a file in " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> specifying variables " -#~ "to override the default." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "I Debian/Squeeze så ble måten å tilpasse innloggingskjermen KDE " -#~ "forandret. Nå blir det gjort ved å legge en fil til <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer " -#~ "standardvariablene." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n" -#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "USETHEME=\"true\"\n" -#~ "THEME=\"/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for " -#~ "information on how these variables are used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se på koden i <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for å få " -#~ "informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt." - -#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client kernel</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In order to support older hardware the package <computeroutput>linux-" -#~ "image-586</computeroutput> is installed by default. If all LTSP client " -#~ "machines support the 686 processor architecture the <computeroutput>linux-" -#~ "image-686</computeroutput> package could be installed in the chroot. Make " -#~ "sure to execute <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</computeroutput> " -#~ "after installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å støtte eldre maskinvare er pakken <computeroutput> linux-image-586 " -#~ "</computeroutput> installert som standard. Hvis alle LTSP-klientmaskiner " -#~ "støtter 686 prosessorarkitekturen, kan pakken <computeroutput> linux-" -#~ "image-686</computeroutput> installeres i chroot-en. Husk å kjøre " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-update-kjernels</computeroutput> etter installasjon." - -#~ msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM" -#~ msgstr "Erstatte LDM med KDM" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Since version 3.0 Skolelinux has been running LDM as its login manager, " -#~ "which uses a secure SSH tunnel to log in. Switching to KDM also requires " -#~ "a switch to XDMCP, which uses lower CPU resources on the clients and on " -#~ "the server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Skolelinux 3.0 benytter LDM som innloggingsbehandler. Den bruker en " -#~ "sikker SSH-tunnel for å logge inn. For å bruke KDM er det nødvendig å " -#~ "bytte til XDMCP. XDMCP bruker mindre prosessorressurser på klientene og " -#~ "på tjeneren" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use " -#~ "encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well " -#~ "as anything else." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advarsel</emphasis>: XDMCP bruker ikke " -#~ "kryptering. Passord sendes i klartekst over nettverket, i likhet med all " -#~ "annen trafikk." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs</computeroutput> will " -#~ "stop working without LDM." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " NB: lokale enheter med <computeroutput>LtspFS</computeroutput> vil ikke " -#~ "fungere lenger uten LDM." - -#~ msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For å sjekke om XDMCP kjører kjør denne kommandoen fra en arbeidsstasjon:" - -#~ msgid "X -query ltspserverXX" -#~ msgstr "X -query ltspserverXX" - -#~ msgid "If you are on the thin client network, run this command:" -#~ msgstr "Hvis du er i tynnklientnettet, kjør denne kommandoen:" - -#~ msgid "X -query 192.168.0.254" -#~ msgstr "X -query 192.168.0.254" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client contact the xdmcp-server on " -#~ "192.168.0.254 (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Målet er å få din «virkelige» tynnklient til å kontakte XDMCP-tjeneren på " -#~ "192.168.0.254 (forutsatt et standard Skolelinux-oppsett)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If XDMCP is not accessible on your server which runs KDM, add the " -#~ "following to <computeroutput>/etc/kde4/kdm/Xaccess</computeroutput>:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hvis XDMCP ikke er tilgjengelig på din tjener som kjører KDM, legg " -#~ "følgende til <computeroutput>/etc/kde4/kdm/Xaccess</computeroutput>:" - -#~ msgid "* # any host can get a login window" -#~ msgstr "* # hver vertsmaskin kan ha et innloggings-vindu" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The star before the comment '#' is important; the rest is a comment, of " -#~ "course" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stjernen foran en kommentar \"#\" er viktig, resten er selvfølgelig en " -#~ "kommentar " - -#~ msgid "Then turn on XDMCP in KDM with the command:" -#~ msgstr "Slå så på XDMCP i KDM med kommandoen:" - -#~ msgid "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde4/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true" -#~ msgstr "sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true" - -#~ msgid "Finally, restart KDM by running:" -#~ msgstr "Til slutt restartes KDM ved å kjøre:" - -#~ msgid "None yet." -#~ msgstr "Ingen kjente ennå." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Merknad til oversettere: Det er ingen grunn til å oversette GPL " -#~ "lisensteksten." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 8.0+edu0 Codename \"Jessie\"" -#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename \"Stretch\"" -#~ msgstr "Utgivelseshåndbok for Debian Edu 8.0+edu0 kodenavn «Jessie»" - -#~ msgid "./images/12e-creating_ext4.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12e-creating_ext4.png" - -#~ msgid "KDE starting..." -#~ msgstr "KDE starter..." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "dpkg-divert --remove /usr/share/pam-configs/krb5\n" -#~ "rm /usr/share/pam-configs/edu-krb5" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "dpkg-divert --remove /usr/share/pam-configs/krb5\n" -#~ "rm /usr/share/pam-configs/edu-krb5" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Keep backup of Kerberos configuration file (Debian bug <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/779642#\">779642</ulink>)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Behold sikkerhetskopi av Kerberos filoppsett (Debian bug <ulink " -#~ "url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/779642#\">779642</ulink>)." - -#~ msgid "Apply debian-edu configuration (takes some time)." -#~ msgstr "Bruk Debian Edu-oppsettet (tar litt tid)." - -#~ msgid "Replace Kerberos file (messed up by cfengine) with the right one." -#~ msgstr "Erstatt Kerberos-filen (rotet til av CFEngine) med den riktige." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Regenerate <computeroutput>gosa.secrets</computeroutput> to make GOsa² " -#~ "work with new php version; backup <computeroutput>gosa.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput> just in case it has been modified." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Regenerer <computeroutput>gosa.secrets</computeroutput> for at GOsa² skal " -#~ "virke i den nye PHP-versjonen; sikkerhetskopier <computeroutput>gosa." -#~ "conf</computeroutput> i tilfelle den er blitt endret." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets\n" -#~ "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.wheezy_version\n" -#~ "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig /etc/gosa/gosa.conf\n" -#~ "gosa-encrypt-passwords" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets\n" -#~ "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.wheezy_version\n" -#~ "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig /etc/gosa/gosa.conf\n" -#~ "gosa-encrypt-passwords" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Install missing package; the package name was obtained using " -#~ "<computeroutput>/usr/lib/debian-edu-config/testsuite/taskpkgs | grep " -#~ "error:</computeroutput> after the step above." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installere en manglende pakke; pakkenavnet ble funnet ved å " -#~ "bruke<computeroutput>/usr/lib/debian-edu-config/testsuite/taskpkgs | grep " -#~ "error:</computeroutput> etter trinnet ovenfor. " - -#~ msgid "apt-get -y install killer" -#~ msgstr "apt-get -y install killer" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Clean up after cfengine has autoremoved packages without purging. This " -#~ "will remove configuration files of removed packages and should only be " -#~ "used with care; use <computeroutput>dpkg -l|grep ^rc</computeroutput> " -#~ "first to check what would be removed, then run <computeroutput>for i in " -#~ "$(dpkg -l|grep ^rc|cut -d' ' -f3);do dpkg -P $i;done</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rydd opp etter at CFEngine automatisk har fjernet pakker som ikke er " -#~ "slettet. Dette vil fjerne konfigurasjonsfiler i fjernede pakker, og må " -#~ "bare brukes med forsiktighet; bruk\n" -#~ "<computeroutput>dpkg -l|grep ^rc</computeroutput> først for å sjekke hva " -#~ "som kan fjernes, kjør så <computeroutput> for i in $(dpkg -l|grep ^rc|cut " -#~ "-d' ' -f3);do dpkg -P $i;done</computeroutput>." - -#~ msgid "Install missing package in the LTSP chroot." -#~ msgstr "Installere manglende pakke i LTSP-chroot." - -#~ msgid "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y install killer" -#~ msgstr "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y install killer" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Publicatiedatum; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Vertaling:</emphasis> -2014-2022 Frans Spiesschaert - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.nl.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7366 +0,0 @@ -# Translation into Dutch of the Debian Edu Bullseye 11 manual. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. -# Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>, 2014-2022. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-bullseye-manual\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-edu-doc@packages.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 20:38+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n" -"Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.2.1\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "nl" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Handleiding Debian Edu/Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Publicatiedatum:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Handleiding voor Debian Edu 11 codenaam Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logo van het installatieprogramma van Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Dit is de handleiding voor de uitgave van Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"De (Engelstalige) wikipagina <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/> bevat een regelmatig bijgewerkte " -"versie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">De vertalingen</link> maken deel uit van het pakket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, dat " -"op een webserver geïnstalleerd kan worden en ook <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink> " -"beschikbaar is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Over Debian Edu en Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured " -"school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are <emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact " -"with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client " -"on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu, ook bekend als Skolelinux, is een op Debian gebaseerde Linux-distributie die een kant-en-klare omgeving biedt van een " -"volledig geconfigureerd schoolnetwerk. Er wordt een client-serverbenadering toegepast. Servers en clients zijn <emphasis>stukjes " -"software</emphasis> die met elkaar in interactie zijn. Servers leveren informatie die clients nodig hebben om te kunnen functioneren. " -"Wanneer een server op een bepaalde machine geïnstalleerd is en zijn client op een andere machine, wordt naar deze machines ook verwezen " -"als de server en de client, bij wijze van uitbreiding van het concept." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"De hoofdstukken over <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware- en netwerkvereisten</link> en over de <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architectuur</link> bevatten basisinformatie over de omgeving." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users " -"and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=" -"\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB " -"flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from " -"the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Na de installatie van een hoofdserver worden alle diensten die in een schoolnetwerk nodig zijn, ingesteld en is het systeem klaar voor " -"gebruik. Enkel gebruikers en apparatuur moeten toegevoegd worden via GOsa², een handige webinterface, of via een andere LDAP-editor. Er " -"werd ook voorzien in een omgeving die opstarten over het netwerk mogelijk maakt met behulp van PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink>. Nadat u de hoofdserver met behulp van een cd, een blu-rayschijf of een USB-stick hebt geïnstalleerd, kunnen daardoor alle overige " -"computers via het netwerk geïnstalleerd worden. Dit geldt ook voor mobiele werkstations (zoals laptops en netbooks die men uit het " -"schoolnetwerk weg kan nemen). Computers in het netwerk kunnen ook opstarten via PXE/iPXE als schijfloze computers of thin clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, " -"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Diverse educatieve toepassingen, zoals GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege en Scratch, maken deel uit van een standaard grafische " -"werkomgeving. Deze kan eenvoudig en bijna onbegrensd uitgebreid worden met in Debian beschikbare softwarepakketten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Ontstaansgeschiedenis en verantwoording voor een dubbele naam." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. " -"As a <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> is een Linuxdistributie die door het Debian Edu project " -"gemaakt wordt. Als een zogenaamde <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> distributie (een gebruiksklaar " -"geheel van Debian pakketten) is het een officieel deelproject van <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely " -"configured school-network." -msgstr "" -"Dit betekent dat Skolelinux voor uw school een versie van Debian maakt die een gebruiksklare omgeving biedt voor een volledig " -"geconfigureerd schoolnetwerk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since " -"2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these " -"regions." -msgstr "" -"Op 2 juli 2001 ging in Noorwegen het Skolelinux project van start en ongeveer gelijktijdig begon Raphaël Hertzog in Frankrijk met Debian-" -"Edu. Sinds 2003 zijn beide projecten één gemaakt, maar beide benamingen bleven behouden. 'Skole' en (Debian-)'Education' zijn in de " -"betrokken landen immers goed ingeburgerde termen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Op dit ogenblik wordt het systeem gebruikt in verschillende landen over de hele wereld." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Architectuur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Het netwerk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "Dit hoofdstuk behandelt de netwerkarchitectuur en de diensten die door een installatie van Skolelinux geboden worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Netwerktopologie van Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only " -"one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless " -"workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP " -"servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of " -"the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"De afbeelding schetst het schema van de veronderstelde netwerktopologie. De standaardopstelling van een Skolelinux netwerk veronderstelt " -"dat er één (en slechts één) hoofdserver is, die het mogelijk maakt om zowel gewone werkstations als LTSP-servers (met de ermee verbonden " -"thin clients en/of schijfloze werkstations) toe te voegen. Het aantal werkstations kan zo groot of zo klein zijn als u wenst (gaande van " -"nul tot zeer veel). Hetzelfde geldt voor de LTSP-servers, die elk op een apart netwerk zitten, zodat het verkeer tussen de clients en de " -"LTSP-server de andere netwerkdiensten niet hindert. Een gedetailleerde uitleg over LTSP is te vinden in <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-hoofdstuk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one " -"machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on " -"another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"De reden waarom er in elk schoolnetwerk slechts één hoofdserver kan zijn, ligt in het feit dat de hoofdserver DHCP aanbiedt. Per netwerk " -"mag slechts één machine dat doen. Het is mogelijk om bepaalde diensten van de hoofdserver naar andere machines te verplaatsen door die " -"dienst op een andere machine te installeren en te configureren. Nadien moet de DNS-configuratie daaraan aangepast worden, zodat de DNS-" -"alias voor die dienst naar de juiste computer verwijst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the " -"<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not " -"possible to configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Om de standaard opstelling van Skolelinux eenvoudig te houden, verloopt de verbinding met het internet over een afzonderlijke router, ook " -"gateway geheten. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> voor informatie over hoe u " -"een dergelijke gateway kunt opzetten als het niet mogelijk blijkt om een bestaand exemplaar passend te configureren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "De standaard netwerkconfiguratie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/" -"workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP op de hoofdserver bedient het netwerk 10.0.0.0/8 en biedt er een PXE-opstartmenu aan, waarbij u kunt kiezen uit: een nieuwe server/" -"werkstation installeren, een thin client of een schijfloos werkstation opstarten, memtest uitvoeren, of opstarten vanaf de lokale harde " -"schijf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Dit is zo ontworpen dat het aangepast kan worden. Raadpleeg voor details <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-" -"hoofdstuk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured " -"options) and should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP op de LTSP-servers bedient via de tweede netwerkkaart enkel een gereserveerd netwerk (192.168.0.0/24 en 192.168.1.0/24 zijn de " -"vooraf geconfigureerde opties). Slechts uitzonderlijk zal men hieraan iets moeten veranderen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "De configuratie van alle subnetwerken ligt in LDAP opgeslagen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Hoofdserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP " -"address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the " -"LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Een netwerk van Skolelinux heeft één hoofdserver (ook 'tjener' genaamd, wat Noors is voor 'server') die standaard het IP-adres 10.0.2.2 " -"heeft en geïnstalleerd wordt door te kiezen voor het profiel Hoofdserver (Main Server). Het is mogelijk (maar niet vereist) om naast het " -"profiel hoofdserver ook de profielen LTSP-server en werkstation te selecteren en te installeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "De diensten op de hoofdserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For " -"performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server " -"profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS " -"name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main " -"server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Behalve het beheer van de thin clients, worden initieel alle diensten geïnstalleerd op één centrale computer (de hoofdserver). Met het " -"oog op prestatiebevordering is het aangewezen dat de LTSP-server(s) op (een) aparte computer(s) staat/staan (hoewel het mogelijk is om " -"zowel het profiel hoofdserver als het profiel LTSP-server op één en dezelfde computer te installeren). Alle diensten krijgen een eigen " -"DNS-naam toegewezen en worden exclusief over IPv4 aangeboden. De toegewezen DNS-naam maakt het eenvoudig om individuele diensten van de " -"hoofdserver te verplaatsen naar een andere computer. Daarvoor dient u gewoon die dienst op de hoofdserver te stoppen en de DNS-" -"configuratie zodanig aan te passen dat naar de nieuwe locatie van de dienst gewezen wordt (uiteraard moet die dienst eerst op die andere " -"machine geïnstalleerd worden)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the " -"network as plain text." -msgstr "" -"Uit veiligheidsoverwegingen worden alle verbindingen waarover wachtwoorden verzonden worden, versleuteld. Geen enkel wachtwoord wordt als " -"klare tekst over het netwerk verzonden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all " -"configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their " -"domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Hieronder vindt u een tabel met alle diensten die standaard geïnstalleerd worden in een netwerk van Skolelinux en hun respectieve DNS-" -"naam. Zo mogelijk verwijst elk configuratiebestand via zijn naam (met weglating van de domeinnaam) naar de dienst waaraan het gekoppeld " -"is. Deze benadering maakt het voor scholen gemakkelijk om wijzigingen aan te brengen aan hun domeinnaam (als ze over een eigen DNS-domein " -"beschikken) of aan de IP-adressen die ze gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Tabel met de diensten</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beschrijving van de dienst</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gebruikelijke naam</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-naam van de dienst</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Centraal logboek" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Systeem van domeinnamen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Automatische netwerkconfiguratie van machines" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Synchronisatie van de systeemtijd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen via een netwerkbestandssysteem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Elektronische post" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Registerdienst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Webserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Centrale reservekopie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Afdrukken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Veilig aanmelden over het netwerk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatische configuratie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP-server/s" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "Toezicht op diensten en machines met foutmeldingen, evenals status en geschiedenis op het web. Foutrapportage per e-mail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga en Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are " -"accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating " -"system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"De persoonlijke bestanden van iedere gebruiker worden in diens persoonlijke map opgeslagen. De server stelt die persoonlijke mappen ter " -"beschikking, zodat men er vanop elke machine toegang toe heeft. Zo hebben gebruikers toegang tot dezelfde bestanden, ongeacht de machine " -"die ze gebruiken. De server werkt systeemonafhankelijk en geeft gebruikers op Unix clients via NFS toegang tot hun bestanden, terwijl " -"gebruikers op andere clients via SMB2/SMB3 toegang tot hun bestanden krijgen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if " -"the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link " -"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Standaard werd de mailserver ingesteld om enkel lokale post te bedelen, dit wil zeggen binnen de school. Nochtans kan de server ook " -"ingesteld worden om postbedeling over het internet toe te laten indien de school over een permanente internetverbinding beschikt. Clients " -"worden geconfigureerd om e-mail bij de server af te leveren (via 'smarthost'), en gebruikers kunnen <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">hun persoonlijke e-mail raadplegen</link> via IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and " -"authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Alle diensten kunnen gebruikt worden met dezelfde gebruikersnaam en hetzelfde wachtwoord, dankzij de centrale gegevensbank voor " -"authenticatie en autorisatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking " -"web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Om een beter prestatieniveau te bereiken, slaat een proxy-server vaak bezochte webpagina's lokaal op (Squid). In combinatie met de " -"mogelijkheid om via de router bepaalde webtrafiek te blokkeren, biedt dit kansen om controle te houden over de toegang tot het internet " -"van individuele machines." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 " -"subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet " -"192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"De netwerkconfiguratie van de clientcomputers gebeurt automatisch met behulp van DHCP. Alle types clients kunnen verbonden worden met het " -"private subnet 10.0.0.0/8 en zullen een overeenkomstig IP-adres toegewezen krijgen; LTSP-clients moeten verbonden worden met hun " -"overeenkomstige LTSP-server via het afzonderlijke subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (dit is om te kunnen garanderen dat het netwerkverkeer van de " -"LTSP-clients niet interfereert met de overige netwerkdiensten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only " -"accepts incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"De centrale logboekdienst is zo geconfigureerd dat alle machines hun systeemlogboekberichten (syslog) naar de server zenden. De " -"systeemlogboekdienst is ingesteld om enkel inkomende berichten van het lokale netwerk te aanvaarden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. " -"The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"De standaardinstelling van de DNS-server gaat uit van een domein dat uitsluitend intern gebruikt wordt (*.intern), totdat een echt " -"('extern') domein geconfigureerd kan worden. De DNS-server werkt als een cacheserver voor DNS, waardoor alle machines van het netwerk hem " -"kunnen gebruiker als hun DNS-hoofdserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting " -"access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as " -"the web server will be programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Leerlingen en leerkrachten krijgen de mogelijkheid om een website te publiceren. De webserver beschikt over mechanismen voor de " -"authenticatie van gebruikers en voor het reserveren van de toegang tot bepaalde webpagina's of tot bepaalde submappen voor bepaalde " -"gebruikers of gebruikersgroepen. Voor gebruikers is het mogelijk om dynamische webpagina's te maken, aangezien de webserver in functie " -"daarvan programmeerbaar is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network " -"automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, " -"machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This " -"implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Informatie over gebruikers en machines kan op één centrale plaats aangepast worden, en wordt automatisch toegankelijk gemaakt voor alle " -"computers op het netwerk. In functie hiervan wordt een centrale registerdienst ontplooid. Het register bevat informatie over gebruikers, " -"over gebruikersgroepen, over machines en over groepen van machines. Om bij gebruikers geen verwarring te zaaien, worden bestandsgroepen " -"en netwerkgroepen op geen enkele manier verschillend behandeld. Dit heeft tot gevolg dat groepen van computers die samen een netwerkgroep " -"vormen, dezelfde naamruimte gebruiken als gebruikersgroepen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers " -"which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the " -"administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Het beheer van diensten en gebruikers gebeurt hoofdzakelijk via het web en volgt daarbij vastgelegde standaarden die goed functioneren in " -"de met Skolelinux meegeleverde webbrowsers. Het administratiesysteem laat toe om bepaalde taken te delegeren naar individuele gebruikers " -"of naar gebruikersgroepen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. " -"To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set " -"up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring " -"the whole network has the correct time." -msgstr "" -"Om mogelijke problemen met NFS te voorkomen en om het oplossen ervan te vergemakkelijken, moet de klok op elke machine gesynchroniseerd " -"zijn. Daarom fungeert de Skolelinux-server als een NTP-server (Network Time Protocol) voor het lokale netwerk. Van hun kant worden alle " -"werkstations en clientcomputers ingesteld om hun klok met die van de server te synchroniseren. De server zelf tracht zijn eigen klok via " -"NTP te synchroniseren met machines op het internet. Dit garandeert een correcte tijdsaanduiding binnen het ganse netwerk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. " -"Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota " -"and access control for printers." -msgstr "" -"Printers kunnen geplaatst worden waar dit het meest praktisch is. Ze kunnen ofwel rechtstreeks op het hoofdnetwerk aangesloten worden of " -"aangekoppeld worden aan een server, een werkstation of een LTSP-server. Het recht van individuele gebruikers om toegang te hebben tot een " -"printer, kan ingesteld worden op basis van de groepen waartoe zij behoren. Dit wordt geregeld via het instellen van een quotaregeling en " -"toegangscontrole voor printers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP-server(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "Een netwerk van Skolelinux kan veel LTSP-servers bevatten, welke geïnstalleerd worden door het profiel LTSP-server te selecteren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog " -"recipient." -msgstr "" -"De LTSP-servers staan ingesteld om systeemlogboekberichten (syslog) te ontvangen van thin clients en werkstations en om die door te " -"sturen naar de centrale systeemlogboekdienst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Merk op:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "LTSP-schijfloze-werkstations gebruiken de op de server geïnstalleerde programma's." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; " -"run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Het basisbestandssysteem van de clients wordt via NFS aangeboden. Na elke wijziging aan de LTSP-server moet het betreffende image opnieuw " -"gegenereerd worden. Voer daarvoor op de LTSP-server het commando <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> uit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Thin-clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using " -"PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Een thin-clientopstelling laat toe om eenvoudige PC's te gebruiken als (X-)terminals. Dit houdt in dat de machine rechtstreeks wordt " -"opgestart vanaf de server met behulp van PXE zonder gebruik te maken van de lokale harde schijf van de client. De thin-clientopstelling " -"gebruikt nu X2Go, omdat ondersteuning door LTSP weggevallen is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP " -"server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system " -"is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Thin clients zijn een goede manier om gebruik te maken van zeer oude (meestal 32-bits) machines, aangezien alle programma's die zij " -"gebruiken op de LTSP-server uitgevoerd worden. Dit gaat als volgt in zijn werk: de dienst maakt gebruik van DHCP and TFTP om een " -"netwerkverbinding te realiseren en over het netwerk op te starten. Nadien wordt vanaf de LTPS-server met NFS het bestandssysteem " -"aangekoppeld, en tenslotte wordt de X2Go client gestart." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Schijfloze werkstations" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via " -"PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Een schijfloos werkstation voert alle programma's uit op de PC, evenwel zonder dat er lokaal een besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd is. Dit " -"houdt in dat clientcomputers opstarten via PXE zonder op een lokale harde schijf geïnstalleerde software uit te voeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software " -"is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system " -"settings are stored on the server too." -msgstr "" -"Het systeem van schijfloze werkstations is een excellente manier om krachtige hardware te gebruiken met een even lage onderhoudskost als " -"met thin clients. Software wordt beheerd en onderhouden op de server en er dient op de clientcomputers geen software geïnstalleerd te " -"worden. Persoonlijke mappen en systeeminstellingen worden eveneens op de server opgeslagen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Netwerkclients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers " -"running macOS or Windows." -msgstr "" -"De term 'netwerkclients' wordt in deze handleiding gebruikt om zowel te verwijzen naar thin clients als naar schijfloze werkstations en " -"naar computers die onder Mac OS of onder Windows draaien." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Beheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the " -"server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Alle Linuxmachines die met behulp van het installatiesysteem van Skolelinux geïnstalleerd werden, kunnen vanaf een centrale computer, " -"meestal de centrale server, beheerd worden. Het is dan mogelijk om zich via SSH bij alle machines aan te melden en er volledige toegang " -"toe te krijgen. Als systeembeheerder moet men eerst <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> uitvoeren om een Kerberos TGT te bekomen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients " -"for user authentication." -msgstr "" -"Alle gebruikersgegevens worden bijgehouden in een LDAP-register. Aanpassingen aan gebruikersaccounts worden in die gegevensbank " -"ingevoerd. Clientcomputers doen er beroep op voor de authenticatie van gebruikers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installatie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Momenteel zijn er twee soorten installatiemedia-images: netinst en BD. Beide images kunnen ook opgestart worden vanaf een USB-stick." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from " -"the network." -msgstr "" -"Het is de bedoeling dat men eenmaal met behulp van om het even welk installatiemedium een server installeert en dat alle andere clients " -"over het netwerk geïnstalleerd worden door ze vanaf het netwerk te laten opstarten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "Enkel bij het netinstall cd-image heeft men toegang tot het internet nodig tijdens het installatieproces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main " -"Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a " -"central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens de installatie moet geen enkele vraag beantwoord worden, met uitzondering van de gewenste taal, locatie, toetsenbord en " -"machineprofiel (hoofdserver, werkstation, LTSP-server, ...). De rest van de configuratie wordt automatisch ingesteld op aannemelijke " -"waarden. Na installatie kan de systeembeheerder deze instellingen zo nodig aanpassen vanaf een centrale plaats." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van de toegang tot het bestandssysteem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the " -"user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the " -"system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Aan ieder gebruikersaccount van Skolelinux wordt een deel van het bestandssysteem op de bestandsserver toegewezen. Dit deel (de " -"persoonlijke map) bevat de configuratiebestanden, de documenten, de e-mails en de webpagina's van die gebruiker. Sommige van die " -"bestanden moeten ook door de andere gebruikers op het systeem gelezen kunnen worden, sommige moeten door iedereen op het internet gelezen " -"kunnen worden en sommige mogen enkel door de gebruiker zelf gelezen kunnen worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the " -"file server, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then " -"be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Om een unieke naam te kunnen garanderen voor alle schijven die gebruikt worden voor de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers of voor de " -"gedeelde mappen en die verspreid kunnen zijn over de verschillende computers van het schoolnetwerk, kan men ze aankoppelen als " -"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ (d.w.z. /skole/computernaam/mapnaam/) </computeroutput>. Tijdens de installatie wordt op de " -"bestandsserver initieel één map gemaakt, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, waaronder alle persoonlijke mappen " -"aangemaakt worden. Extra mappen kunnen naar behoefte aangemaakt worden, naargelang de noden van specifieke gebruikersgroepen of van " -"specifieke vormen van gebruik." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as " -"\"students\") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created " -"items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-" -"ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Opdat een gedeeld gebruik van bestanden binnen het in UNIX gangbare systeem van gebruiksrechten mogelijk zou zijn, moeten gebruikers deel " -"uitmaken van bijkomende gemeenschappelijke groepen (zoals 'studenten') naast de primaire persoonlijke groep waartoe ze standaard behoren. " -"Indien voor gebruikers een passende umask (002 of 007) geldt, waardoor de nieuwe bestanden die zij aanmaken, voor hun groep toegankelijk " -"gemaakt worden, en indien voor de mappen waarin zij werken de setgid bit ingesteld staat, waardoor de bestanden erin aan de juiste groep " -"toegewezen worden, krijgt men een gecontroleerd systeem van bestandsdeling tussen de leden van een welbepaalde groep." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-" -"access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which " -"can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" -"computeroutput>) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The " -"first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of " -"unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the " -"material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing " -"that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if " -"they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved " -"particular problems (typically configuration issues)." -msgstr "" -"Welke de initiële toegangsrechten van een nieuw aangemaakt bestand zijn, is een kwestie van beleidskeuzes. In Debian is de umask " -"standaard 022 (hetgeen groepstoegang zoals hiervoor beschreven onmogelijk zou maken). Debian Edu daarentegen gebruikt een umask van 002. " -"Dit betekent dat bestanden aangemaakt worden met leesrechten voor iedereen. Die kunnen nadien teniet gedaan worden mits uitdrukkelijke " -"actie door de gebruiker. Deze gang van zaken kan bijgestuurd worden (door in het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" -"computeroutput>) de umask op 007 te zetten. Dit houdt in: initieel geen leestoegang en de gebruiker moet actie ondernemen om zijn " -"bestanden leesbaar te maken voor iedereen. De eerste benadering moedigt het delen van kennis aan en maakt het systeem transparanter, " -"terwijl de tweede benadering het risico op het verspreiden van gevoelige informatie vermindert. Het zwakke punt van de eerste benadering " -"is dat het voor de gebruiker niet duidelijk is dat het materiaal dat hij aanmaakt, voor alle andere gebruikers toegankelijk is. Hij kan " -"dit enkel ontdekken door te gaan kijken in de persoonlijke mappen van andere gebruikers en vast te stellen dat hij die bestanden kan " -"inkijken. Bij de tweede benadering bestaat het zwakke punt erin dat slechts weinig mensen geneigd zullen zijn om hun bestanden voor " -"anderen open te stellen, zelfs al bevatten die geen gevoelige informatie en zou hun inhoud nuttig kunnen zijn om de nieuwsgierigheid te " -"prikkelen van gebruikers naar hoe anderen bepaalde problemen opgelost hebben (in het bijzonder de aanpak inzake configuraties)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Vereisten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution " -"at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and " -"client machines." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux biedt keuze uit verschillende mogelijke opstellingen. Het kan geïnstalleerd worden op slechts één autonome computer, maar het " -"kan ook een grootschalige centraal beheerde oplossing bieden aan een groep scholen in een bepaalde regio. Deze flexibiliteit vertaalt " -"zich in grote verschillen inzake de configuratie van netwerkcomponenten, servers en clientmachines." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Vereisten inzake apparatuur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"De betekenis van de verschillende profielen werd verduidelijkt in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architectuur van het " -"netwerk</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP " -"Hardware Requirements wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Indien het de bedoeling is om gebruik te maken van LTSP, raadpleeg dan de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware" -"%20Requirements\">wiki-pagina over hardwarevereisten voor LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 " -"class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"De computers met Debian Edu / Skolelinux moeten ofwel een 32-bits (Debian architectuur 'i386' met als oudste nog ondersteunde processors " -"die uit de klasse 686) of een 64-bits (Debian architectuur 'amd64') processor van het type x86 hebben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Een thin-client kan al functioneren met slechts 256 MiB RAM en een processorsnelheid van 400 MHz, hoewel meer RAM en een snellere " -"processor aanbevolen worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For " -"running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Voor werkstations, schijfloze werkstations en autonome systemen gelden als absolute minimumvereisten: 1500 MHz en 1024 MiB RAM. Om een " -"moderne webbrowser en LibreOffice te kunnen gebruiken, wordt minstens 2048 MiB RAM aanbevolen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "De minimale benodigde schijfruimte is afhankelijk van het geïnstalleerde profiel:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." -msgstr "combinatie van hoofdserver + LTSP-server: 60 GiB. (plus extra opslagruimte voor gebruikersaccounts)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP-server: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "werkstations en autonome computers: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture:" -msgstr "Als men de standaardarchitectuur voor het netwerk aanhoudt, moet men LTSP-servers uitrusten met twee netwerkkaarten:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 is verbonden met het hoofdnetwerk (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 wordt gebruikt om LTSP-clients te bedienen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations." -msgstr "Laptops zijn mobiele werkstations. Voor hen gelden dus dezelfde vereisten als voor werkstations." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Compatibele apparatuur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Een lijst met geteste apparatuur vindt u op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Deze lijst is evenwel verre van " -"volledig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some " -"specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of " -"that hardware." -msgstr "" -"Op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> worden de resultaten gebundeld van inspanningen om te documenteren hoe men " -"op bepaalde specifieke apparatuur Debian kan installeren, configureren en gebruiken. Potentiële kopers van dergelijke apparatuur kunnen " -"zo vooraf nagaan of deze ondersteund wordt, en bezitters ervan hoe ze er optimaal gebruik van kunnen maken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Vereisten voor de netwerkopstelling" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Standaardopstelling" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "Wanneer u zich houdt aan de standaard netwerkarchitectuur, gelden de volgende regels:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Er moet exact één hoofdserver zijn, de tjener genaamd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Er kunnen honderden werkstations aangesloten worden op het hoofdnetwerk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"U kunt veel LTSP-servers aansluiten op het hoofdnetwerk. In LDAP werden twee verschillende subnetten vooraf geconfigureerd (DNS, DHCP) en " -"er kunnen er nog meer aan toegevoegd worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network." -msgstr "Elke LTSP server ondersteunt een subnetwerk waarop honderden thin clients en/of schijfloze werkstations aangesloten kunnen worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned." -msgstr "U kunt daarnaast nog gebruik maken van honderden andere machines waaraan een dynamisch IP-adres toegekend zal worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "Om toegang te krijgen tot het internet moet u gebruik maken van een router/gateway (zie hierna)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Internet router" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on " -"the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Een router/gateway wiens externe netwerkkaart verbonden wordt met het internet en wiens interne netwerkkaart het IP-adres 10.0.0.1 met " -"netmask 255.0.0.0 toegewezen krijgt, is noodzakelijk om een internetverbinding tot stand te brengen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"De router mag niet fungeren als DHCP-server. Er mag een DNS-server op draaien, al is dit niet nodig. Hij zal trouwens niet gebruikt " -"worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " -"reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Indien u reeds over een router beschikt, maar niet in de mogelijkheid verkeert om hem te configureren zoals het moet (omdat het u niet " -"toegestaan wordt of omwille van technische redenen), kunt u van een oudere computer met twee netwerkkaarten een gateway tussen het " -"bestaande netwerk en dat van Debian Edu maken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as profile during installation." -msgstr "Een eenvoudige werkwijze is om op deze computer Debian Edu te installeren; selecteer tijdens de installatie het profiel 'Minimal'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" -"computeroutput> which will make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Voer na installatie het commando <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" -"computeroutput> uit waarmee de volgende wijzigingen aangebracht worden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Het bestand /etc/network/interfaces aanpassen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "De hostname (computernaam) definitief in 'gateway' veranderen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Overtollige scripts verwijderen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "IP forwarding en NAT mogelijk maken voor het 10.0.0.0/8 netwerk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Een firewall installeren (facultatief)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though " -"of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and " -"control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Indien u iets zoekt voor een ingebouwd type router of toegangspunt, raden we u <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> aan, " -"hoewel u er uiteraard ook de originele firmware op kunt laten staan. De originele firmware gebruiken is eenvoudiger; OpenWRT gebruiken " -"geeft u meer keuzemogelijkheden en meer controle. Op de website van OpenWRT kunt u een lijst vinden van <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt." -"org/toh/start\">ondersteunde hardware</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">documented procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend " -"against doing so and recommend you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om een andere netwerkopstelling te gebruiken (er bestaat een <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -"ChangeIpSubnet\">vastgelegde werkwijze</ulink> om dit te doen), maar indien u niet gedwongen wordt door een reeds bestaande " -"netwerkinfrastructuur om dit te doen, raden we u dit af en bevelen wij u aan om het bij de standaard <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">netwerkarchitectuur</link> te houden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Installatie- en downloadopties" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Waar u bijkomende informatie kunt vinden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -"notes for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian " -"Bullseye release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Alvorens u begint met het installeren van een systeem voor productiedoeleinden, raden we u aan eerst de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Notities bij de release van Debian Bullseye</ulink> te lezen of er op zijn minst eens naar te " -"kijken. Meer informatie over de uitgave van Bullseye is te vinden in de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Probeer Debian Edu/Skolelinux maar gerust uit. Het werkt gewoon vanzelf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Het verdient evenwel aanbeveling om de hoofdstukken over <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware- en netwerkvereisten</link> en over de " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> te lezen voor u een hoofdserver begint te installeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for " -"the first time." -msgstr "" -"Zorg er ook voor om het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">aan de slag</link> van deze handleiding te lezen, want daarin staat " -"uitgelegd hoe u zich voor de eerste maal bij het systeem moet aanmelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Downloaden van de installatiemedia voor Debian Edu 11, codenaam Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 of i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " -"both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> zijn de namen van twee Debian-architecturen voor de x86-" -"CPU's. Allebei worden of werden gemaakt door AMD, Intel en andere fabrikanten. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is een 64-bits " -"architectuur en <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> een 32-bits architectuur. Tegenwoordig moeten nieuwe installaties gebeuren met " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> moet enkel nog gebruikt worden voor oude hardware." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "netinst iso-images voor amd64 en i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 " -"or i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Het netinst iso-image kan gebruikt worden voor een installatie vanaf cd/dvd of vanaf USB-stick. Het is beschikbaar voor twee Debian-" -"architecturen: amd64 en i386. Zoals uit de naam af te leiden valt, is toegang tot het internet nodig voor de installatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from:" -msgstr "Nadat Bullseye vrijgegeven zal zijn, zullen deze images gedownload kunnen worden van:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "BD iso-images voor i386 en amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " -"Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Dit ISO-image is ongeveer 5 GB groot en kan gebruikt worden voor het installeren van amd64- en i386-computers, ook zonder " -"internettoegang. Net als het netinst-image kan het op een USB-stick of op een schijf met voldoende opslagcapaciteit geplaatst worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verifiëren van de gedownloade image-bestanden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-" -"CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Een onderdeel van de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink> bevat gedetailleerde " -"instructies voor het verifiëren van deze images." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Broncode" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/" -"cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"De broncode kunt u vinden in het Debian-archief op de gebruikelijke locaties. Er is een link naar verschillende media beschikbaar op " -"<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Debian Edu installeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job " -"of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than " -"57,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please " -"note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een installatie van Debian Edu uitvoert, heeft u enkele keuzemogelijkheden. Wees niet bevreesd. Het zijn er niet veel. We " -"hebben veel geïnvesteerd om de complexiteit van Debian tijdens de installatie en nadien verborgen te houden. Niettemin, Debian Edu is " -"Debian, en indien u dit wenst, heeft u de keuze uit meer dan 57.000 pakketten en een miljard configuratieopties. Voor de meerderheid van " -"onze gebruikers zouden de standaardinstellingen moeten voldoen. Merk op: kies voor een lichtgewicht grafische werkomgeving, indien u " -"zinnens bent LTSP te gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Scenario's voor de installatie van de hoofdserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP:" -msgstr "Een gangbaar school- of thuisnetwerk met internettoegang via een router die DHCP aanbiedt:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP " -"10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"De installatie van een hoofdserver is mogelijk, maar na het herstarten zal er geen internettoegang zijn (dit omdat het IP-adres van de " -"eerste netwerkkaart 10.0.2.2/8 is)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not " -"possible to configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> voor informatie over het opzetten van een " -"gateway als het niet mogelijk is om een bestaand exemplaar volgens de vereisten te configureren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "Verbind alle componenten zoals geïllustreerd wordt in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architectuur</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time in the correct environment." -msgstr "De hoofdserver zou toegang tot het internet moeten hebben nadat hij voor de eerste keer opgestart werd in de correcte omgeving." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Een gangbaar netwerk voor een school of een instelling, vergelijkbaar met dat hiervoor, maar waarbij het gebruik van een proxy vereist is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done." -msgstr "Voeg 'debian-edu-expert' toe aan de commandoregel van de kernel. Zie hierna voor meer informatie over hoe u dit doet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included." -msgstr "Enkele bijkomende vragen moeten beantwoord worden, met inbegrip van die welke betrekking heeft op de proxyserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "Netwerk met een router/gateway met IP-adres 10.0.0.1/8 (die niet voorziet in een DHCP-server) en internettoegang:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "Van zodra de automatisch netwerkconfiguratie mislukt (omdat er geen DHCP is), kiest u voor de handmatige netwerkconfiguratie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Geef 10.0.2.2/8 op als IP-adres van de computer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Geef 10.0.0.1 op als IP-adres van de gateway" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Geef 8.8.8.8 op als IP-adres van de naamserver, tenzij u het adres kent" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Na de eerste opstart zou de hoofdserver gewoon moeten functioneren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Offline (zonder internettoegang):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Gebruik het BD ISO-image." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat alle (echte/virtuele) netwerkkabels losgekoppeld zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "Kies 'Het netwerk nu niet configureren' (nadat DHCP er niet in slaagde het netwerk te configureren en u op 'Doorgaan' drukte)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access." -msgstr "Werk het systeem bij nadat u het voor de eerste keer opstartte in de correcte omgeving met internettoegang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Grafische werkomgevingen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Er zijn verschillende grafische werkomgevingen beschikbaar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages)." -msgstr "Xfce heeft een voetafdruk die lichtjes groter is dan die van LXDE, maar biedt een zeer goede taalondersteuning (106 talen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE en GNOME hebben beide een goede taalondersteuning, maar hebben een te zware voetafdruk voor oudere computers en voor LTSP-clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon is een lichter alternatief voor GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries." -msgstr "MATE is lichter dan de drie voorgaande, maar voor verschillende landen ontbreekt een goede taalondersteuning." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE heeft de kleinste voetafdruk en biedt ondersteuning voor 35 talen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt is een lichtgewicht grafische werkomgeving (met een vergelijkbare taalondersteuning als LXDE) die moderner oogt en aanvoelt " -"(gebaseerd op Qt net zoals KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Als internationaal project heeft Debian Edu ervoor gekozen Xfce te gebruiken als standaard grafische werkomgeving. Zie hierna hoe u er " -"een andere kunt instellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Modulaire installatie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To " -"install only the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel command line param before starting the installation; " -"see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Indien u een systeem installeert met het profiel <emphasis>Werkstation</emphasis>, dan worden een heleboel programma's voor het onderwijs " -"geïnstalleerd. Wilt u enkel het basisprofiel installeren, verwijder dan de kernel-commandoregelparameter <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</" -"emphasis> voor u met de installatie begint. Zie hieronder voor verdere details over hoe dit moet gebeuren. Dit laat toe om een " -"locatiespecifiek systeem te installeren en kan gebruikt worden om testinstallaties te versnellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> because these would pull in all education " -"related programs; rather install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink> " -"instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to " -"match the use case." -msgstr "" -"Opmerking: indien u nadien een grafische werkomgeving wenst te installeren, gebruik dan niet de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu, zoals " -"bijvoorbeeld <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink>, aangezien deze " -"alle onderwijsgerelateerde programma's zullen installeren. Kies eerder voor het installeren van bijvoorbeeld <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Eventueel kunnen een of meer van de nieuwe aan het schoolse " -"niveau gekoppelde meta-pakketten (<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>) geïnstalleerd worden om aan de specifieke " -"gebruikscontext tegemoet te komen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</" -"ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg voor details over de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu de <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">overzichtspagina van " -"pakketten van Debian Edu</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Installatietypes en downloadopties" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Opstartmenu van het installatieprogramma op 64-bits hardware</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "Opstartmenu van het 64-bits installatieprogramma" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> gebruikt het grafische GTK-installatieprogramma waarin u de muis kunt gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> gebruikt de tekstmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> biedt een sub-menu met meer uitgebreide keuzemogelijkheden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> geeft aanwijzingen bij het gebruik van het installatieprogramma. Zie de schermafdrukken " -"hieronder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Scherm 1 met opties voor gevorderden van het 64-bits installatieprogramma" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brengt u terug naar het hoofdmenu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> legt alle beschikbare vragen voor; de muis kan gebruikt worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> doet dit installatiemedium als een reparatie-cd fungeren, zodat u " -"noodbewerkingen kunt uitvoeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> heeft een bestand nodig waarmee een aantal configuratieopties aan het " -"installatieprogramma doorgegeven worden. De grafische modus wordt gebruikt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all available questions in text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> legt alle beschikbare vragen voor en gebruikt de tekstmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> tekstmodus; doet dit installatiemedium als een reparatie-cd fungeren, zodat u " -"noodbewerkingen kunt uitvoeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> tekstmodus; heeft een bestand nodig waarmee een aantal configuratieopties aan het " -"installatieprogramma doorgegeven worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> of <computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput> niet. Gebruik in de " -"plaats daarvan <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> als extra kernel-parameter in uitzonderlijke gevallen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Hulpscherm</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Hulpscherm van het installatieprogramma" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Dit hulpscherm vraagt geen nadere uitleg. Het maakt de <F>-toetsen van het toetsenbord actief om meer uitgebreide hulp te krijgen " -"in verband met het behandelde onderwerp." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Opstartparameters voor installaties toevoegen of wijzigen</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot " -"shows the command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"In beide gevallen kunt u de opstartopties van het installatiesysteem bewerken door in het opstartmenu op de TAB-toets (BIOS-modus) of de " -"E-toets (UEFI-modus) te drukken. Op de schermafdruk ziet u de commandoregel van de <emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafische installatie</" -"emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Opties voor de commandoregel bewerken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een bestaande HTTP proxydienst op het netwerk gebruiken om de installatie van het hoofdserverprofiel vanaf een cd te versnellen. " -"Geef bijvoorbeeld <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> als bijkomende opstartparameter op." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " -"automatically use the proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Indien u de installatie van het hoofdserverprofiel reeds voltooid heeft, moet u de andere installaties via PXE laten verlopen. Zo wordt " -"automatisch de proxydienst van de hoofdserver gebruikt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" -"emphasis> desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Om de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> te installeren in plaats van de standaard grafische werkomgeving " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, moet u in de parameter <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> <computeroutput>xfce</" -"computeroutput> vervangen door <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " -"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " -"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"En om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " -"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Het installatieproces" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you " -"plan on setting up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Houd rekening met de <link linkend=\"Requirements\">systeemvereisten</link> en zorg ervoor dat er minstens twee netwerkkaarten (NIC's) " -"aanwezig zijn, indien u van plan bent om een LTSP-server te installeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Kies een taal (voor de installatie en voor het geïnstalleerd systeem)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "Kies een plaats. Meestal is dit de plaats waar u woont." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "Kies een toetsenbordindeling (meestal is de standaard toetsenbordindeling voor uw land oké)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Kies (een) profiel(en) uit de volgende lijst:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one " -"main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select " -"Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Dit is de hoofdserver (tjener) van uw school, waarop alle diensten klaar voor gebruik vooraf geconfigureerd worden. U mag slechts één " -"hoofdserver per school installeren! Dit profiel voorziet niet in een grafische gebruikersomgeving. Indien u wel een grafische " -"gebruikersomgeving wenst op de hoofdserver, dan dient u bijkomend het profiel werkstation of LTSP-server te installeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Werkstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user " -"logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored." -msgstr "" -"Dit is een computer die, zoals een gewone computer, opstart vanaf de lokale harde schijf, alle programma's lokaal uitvoert en alle " -"apparaten vanaf de lokale computer aanspreekt. Enkel de authenticatie van de gebruikers gebeurt door de hoofdserver en daarop worden ook " -"hun bestanden en de configuratie van hun werkomgeving opgeslagen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobiel werkstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' " -"files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not " -"'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Is hetzelfde als een werkstation, maar is in staat om authenticatie uit te voeren met behulp van lokaal opgeslagen verificatie-" -"informatie, zodat het ook buiten het schoolnetwerk gebruikt kan worden. De bestanden van de gebruiker en de configuratie van diens " -"werkomgeving worden op de lokale harde schijf bewaard. In tegenstelling tot het advies dat we in eerdere uitgaven van Skolelinux gaven, " -"moet u voor persoonlijke notebooks en laptops dit profiel kiezen en niet het profiel 'werkstation' of het profiel 'autonome computer'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this " -"server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the " -"workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"Een server voor thin-clients (en schijfloze werkstations) wordt LTSP-server genoemd. Clients zonder harde schijf starten op en voeren " -"programma's uit vanaf deze server. Deze computer moet twee netwerkkaarten hebben, veel geheugen en idealiter meer dan één processor of " -"meerdere processorkernen. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk over <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netwerkclients</link> voor meer informatie. " -"Indien u dit profiel kiest, wordt ook automatisch het profiel werkstation geactiveerd (zelfs als u het niet expliciet selecteert) - een " -"LTSP-server kan steeds ook als werkstation dienst doen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Autonome computer</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Een gewone computer die geen hoofdserver nodig heeft om te kunnen functioneren. Hij heeft dus geen netwerk nodig. Ook geschikt voor " -"laptops." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimaal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services " -"and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Met dit profiel worden enkel de pakketten van het basissysteem geïnstalleerd en wordt de machine nadien geconfigureerd om deel uit te " -"maken van het netwerk van Debian Edu. Er worden geen diensten en geen toepassingssoftware op geïnstalleerd. Een computer met een " -"dergelijk profiel is nuttig om dienst te doen als platform voor een specifieke dienst die men van de hoofdserver manueel daarnaartoe " -"verhuist." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-" -"krb5 package needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer gewone gebruikers een dergelijk systeem zouden moeten kunnen gebruiken, moet het worden toegevoegd met GOsa² (naar analogie met " -"een werkstation) en moet het libpam-krb5-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is " -"the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which " -"is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"De profielen <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong\">Werkstation</emphasis> en <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">LTSP-server</emphasis> staan voorgeselecteerd. Deze profielen kunnen samen op één machine geïnstalleerd worden indien u een zogenaamde " -"<emphasis>gecombineerde hoofdserver</emphasis> wilt installeren. Dit betekent dat de hoofdserver tegelijk ook een LTSP-server zal zijn en " -"als werkstation gebruikt kan worden. Dit staat ingesteld als standaardkeuze, omdat we ervan uitgaan dat de meeste mensen dit wensen. Denk " -"eraan dat een machine die als gecombineerde hoofdserver of als LTSP-server dienst zal doen over 2 netwerkkaarten moet beschikken om na " -"installatie bruikbaar te zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on " -"the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Kies 'ja' of 'neen' bij de vraag in verband met automatische schijfindeling. Weet dat 'ja' antwoorden alle gegevens op de harde schijf " -"wist! 'Neen' antwoorden anderzijds, brengt meer werk met zich mee. U zult er op moeten toezien dat de benodigde partities aangemaakt " -"worden en groot genoeg zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are " -"popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Wij hebben graag dat u 'ja' antwoordt op de vraag of informatie mag doorgestuurd worden naar <ulink url=\"http://popcon.debian.org/\"/>. " -"Dit laat ons toe om een beter inzicht te verwerven in welke pakketten populair zijn en zeker behouden moeten blijven in toekomstige " -"uitgaves. U bent er uiteraard niet toe verplicht, maar u kunt er ons op een eenvoudige manier mee helpen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation " -"- Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Heb wat geduld. Indien het profiel LTSP-server een van de geselecteerde profielen is, zal het installatiesysteem op het einde behoorlijk " -"wat tijd nodig hebben bij de melding 'De installatie afronden - Bezig met het uitvoeren van debian-edu-profile-udeb...'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this " -"account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u het beheerderswachtwoord hebt ingevoerd, zal men u vragen om een gebruikersaccount aan te maken 'voor andere taken dan die van " -"systeembeheer'. Voor Debian Edu is dit een zeer belangrijk account: met dit account zult u het netwerk van Skolelinux beheren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login " -"will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Het wachtwoord van deze gebruiker <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet minstens 5 tekens</emphasis> lang zijn en <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet " -"verschillen</emphasis> van de <emphasis role=\"strong\">gebruikersnaam</emphasis> - anders wordt zich aanmelden onmogelijk (ook al zal " -"het installatieprogramma een korter wachtwoord en een wachtwoord dat identiek is aan de gebruikersnaam aanvaarden)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating " -"the SquashFS image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Wacht na het herstarten van het systeem opnieuw in het geval van een <emphasis>gecombineerde hoofdserver</emphasis>. Het zal behoorlijk " -"wat tijd kosten om het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations te genereren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"In het geval van een afzonderlijke LTSP-server, vereisen de instellingen voor schijfloze werkstations en/of thin clients enkele " -"handmatige stappen. U vindt bijkomende informatie in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Aantekeningen bij enkele specifieke kenmerken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Een aantekening over notebooks" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some " -"extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have " -"not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Meest voor de hand liggend is dat u hiervoor het profiel 'Mobiel werkstation' kiest (zie eerder). U dient wel te weten dat alle gegevens " -"lokaal bewaard worden. (Besteed dus extra zorg aan backups). Er wordt ook lokaal een spiegelkopie met de aanmeldingsinformatie " -"bijgehouden. (Indien u dus uw wachtwoord wijzigt op het schoolnetwerk, zult u op uw laptop nog steeds uw oude wachtwoord moeten " -"gebruiken, totdat u uw laptop opnieuw aansluit op het schoolnetwerk en u daar aanmeldt met uw nieuwe wachtwoord.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "Een opmerking bij installaties met het image voor USB-stick / blu-rayschijf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available " -"security updates can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Na een installaties met het image voor USB-stick / blu-rayschijf, zal het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " -"enkel dat medium vermelden als pakketbron. Indien u over een internetverbinding beschikt, raden we u ten stelligste aan om aan het " -"bestand de volgende regels toe te voegen, zodat eventuele veiligheidsupdates toegepast kunnen worden:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Een aantekening bij installaties via cd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the " -"net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install " -"all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), " -"further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Een netinst-installatie (het type installatie dat onze cd aanbiedt) haalt sommige pakketten op van de cd en de rest van het net. Hoeveel " -"pakketten er via het net opgehaald worden varieert naargelang het gekozen profiel, maar het volume blijft beneden 1 gigabyte (tenzij u " -"gekozen heeft om alle mogelijke grafische werkomgevingen te installeren). Eens u de hoofdserver geïnstalleerd heeft (of het een pure " -"hoofdserver of een combiserver is, maakt niet uit), zal voor de installatie van andere computers gebruik gemaakt worden van diens " -"proxyserver en zo vermijden dat hetzelfde pakket verschillende keren gedownload wordt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Installaties vanaf een USB-stick en niet vanaf een cd / blu-rayschijf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") " -"and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om een <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> image voor cd/BD rechtstreeks te kopiëren naar een USB-stick (ook soms " -"aangeduid met de term 'USB flash drive') en hiervan op te starten. Geef eenvoudigweg volgende opdracht, waarbij u de bestandsnaam en de " -"naam aanpast aan uw specifieke situatie:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted:" -msgstr "Om de waarde van X te bepalen, moet u het volgende commando uitvoeren voor en na het plaatsen van het USB-apparaat in de USB-poort:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Merk op dat het kopiëren heel wat tijd in beslag zal nemen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "Afhankelijk van het gebruikte image, zal de USB-stick zich gedragen als een cd of een blu-rayschijf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Installeren en opstarten over het netwerk via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with " -"installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, " -"then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This " -"can be achieved by executing the command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> on the " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Deze installatiemethode vereist dat u een werkende hoofdserver heeft. Wanneer clients over het netwerk opstarten, wordt een iPXE-menu " -"getoond met installatie- en opstartopties. Indien de installatie via PXE mislukt met de foutmelding dat het bestand XXX.bin ontbreekt, " -"dan is de meest waarschijnlijke oorzaak te vinden in het feit dat voor het functioneren van de netwerkkaart van de client niet-vrije " -"fabrieksprogrammatuur nodig is. In een dergelijk geval moet het initrd van het installatieprogramma van Debian aangepast worden. Dit doet " -"u door op de server de volgende opdracht te geven: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u koos voor een <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis> met uitsluitend het hoofdserverprofiel, ziet het menu van iPXE er " -"zo uit:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "Met het profiel van <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>, ziet het menu van iPXE er zo uit:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP " -"servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Een dergelijke opstelling laat toe om ook schijfloze werkstations en thin clients over het hoofdnetwerk op te starten. Anders dan het " -"geval is bij werkstations en afzonderlijke LTSP-servers, moet u schijfloze werkstations niet ingeven in LDAP met GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"U vindt bijkomende informatie over netwerkclients in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "PXE-installaties aanpassen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"Een PXE-installatie geeft via een bestand een aantal configuratieopties door aan het installatieprogramma van Debian. Dit bestand met " -"configuratieopties kan aangepast worden om de installatie van bijkomende pakketten te vragen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Voeg aan het bestand <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> een regel toe in de zin van" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string mijn-extra-pakket(ten)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can " -"be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to " -"achieve this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"Een PXE-installatie gebruikt het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> dat de " -"voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties bevat. Door dit bestand te bewerken kunt u het voorgeprogrammeerde installatieproces beïnvloeden " -"en op die manier vermijden dat u bij een installatie over het netwerk een groter aantal vragen moet beantwoorden. U kunt dit effect ook " -"nog op een andere manier bereiken, namelijk door extra instellingen op te nemen in de bestanden <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>. Nadien moet u de " -"opdracht <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> uitvoeren om de gegenereerde bestanden bij te werken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " -"Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Bijkomende informatie vindt u in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">handleiding bij het " -"installatieprogramma van Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy " -"when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Om de proxyserver uit te schakelen of diens gedrag aan te passen bij een installatie via PXE, moet u in het bestand " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> de regels met <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> aanpassen. " -"Om het gebruik van een proxyserver uit te schakelen, zet u een '#' aan het begin van de eerste twee regels en moet u het gedeelte met de " -"tekst '<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>' wissen in de laatste regel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and " -"desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/" -"srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Sommige instellingen kunnen niet voorgeprogrammeerd worden omdat het installatieprogramma ze al nodig heeft vooraleer het bestand met " -"voorgeprogrammeerde opties opgehaald wordt. Taalkeuze, toetsenbordindeling en grafische werkomgeving zijn voorbeelden van dergelijke " -"instellingen. Indien u de standaardinstellingen wilt wijzigen, moet u op de hoofdserver het bestand voor het iPXE-menu <computeroutput>/" -"srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> bewerken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Images op maat" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"\">Debian Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Zelf een installatie-cd, -dvd of -blu-ray-schijf op maat aanmaken hoeft helemaal niet moeilijk te zijn, aangezien we het <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">installatieprogramma van Debian</ulink> gebruiken met zijn modulair ontwerp en nog andere " -"fijne eigenschappen. In <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">een bestand met voorgeprogrammeerde " -"configuratieopties</ulink> kunt u de antwoorden meegeven op vragen die u anders tijdens het installatieproces zouden gesteld worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) " -"and <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Het enige wat u dus moet doen is een bestand maken met uw voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties (hoe u dit doet, wordt uitgelegd in de " -"bijlage bij de installatiehandleiding voor Debian) en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">uw eigen cd/dvd op " -"maat</ulink> aanmaken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Rondleiding langs enkele schermafdrukken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the " -"opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, " -"there is no reason not to use it." -msgstr "" -"Een installatie in tekstmodus is functioneel identiek aan een installatie in grafische modus. Ze verschillen enkel van uitzicht. In de " -"grafische modus kunt u de muis gebruiken en natuurlijk ziet die er ook mooier en moderner uit. Tenzij de apparatuur problemen zou geven, " -"is er geen enkele reden om de grafische modus niet te gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the " -"first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session " -"on the right has been clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Hier volgt dus een rondleiding langs enkele schermafdrukken van een 64-bits grafische installatie van Hoofdserver + Werkstation + LTSP-" -"server, van het scherm dat u te zien krijgt als u de hoofdserver voor het eerst opstart, en van het scherm dat u ziet bij het opstarten " -"via PXE van een computer op het netwerk voor LTSP-clients (scherm van een thin-clientsessie - en login-scherm nadat rechts de sessie " -"aangeklikt werd)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "Lightdm-aanmeldscherm op tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce met Browser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce grafische werkomgeving" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Thin-client-welkomstscherm" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Thin-client-loginscherm" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Aan de slag" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Wat u zeker moet doen om aan de slag te kunnen gaan" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as \"first " -"user\". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is " -"needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens de installatie van de hoofdserver heeft u een eerste gebruikersaccount aangemaakt. In het vervolg zullen we die 'de eerste " -"gebruiker' noemen. Het gaat om een speciaal account, omdat de gebruiksrechten van zijn persoonlijke map ingesteld werden op 700 (daarom " -"moet hij de opdracht <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> geven om zijn persoonlijke webpagina's toegankelijk te maken), en omdat " -"hij de mogelijkheid heeft om via het commando <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> systeembeheerder te worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">file system access " -"configuration</link> before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg de informatie over de voor Debian Edu specifieke <link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">configuratie " -"van de bestandssysteemtoegang</link> voor u begint met het toevoegen van gebruikers. Pas ze zo nodig aan overeenkomstig het beleid op uw " -"locatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "De eerste dingen die u als eerste gebruiker te doen staan na de installatie:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Inloggen op de server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen met GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Werkstations toevoegen met GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these " -"minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Hierna gaan we meer in detail in op het toevoegen van gebruikers en werkstations. Lees dus alstublieft dit hoofdstuk volledig. Het " -"beschrijft hoe u deze onontbeerlijke stappen op een correcte manier kunt zetten, en het behandelt ook nog andere taken die iedereen " -"wellicht zal moeten uitvoeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> " -"chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to " -"read the <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Elders in deze handleiding is hierover meer informatie te vinden: iedereen die vertrouwd is met eerdere uitgaves zou het hoofdstuk <link " -"linkend=\"Features\">Nieuwe functionaliteit in Bullseye</link> moeten lezen. En wie van een eerdere versie opwaardeert, moet zeker het " -"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Opwaarderingen</link> lezen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to " -"tell the DNS server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS " -"server to use." -msgstr "" -"Indien het algemeen uitgaand DNS-verkeer voor uw netwerk geblokkeerd wordt en indien u een specifieke DNS-server nodig heeft om " -"internetadressen op te zoeken, dient u de DNS-server de instructie te geven om die server te gebruiken als zijn 'verzender' (forwarder). " -"Pas daartoe het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</computeroutput> aan en vermeld daarin het IP-adres van de DNS-" -"server die gebruikt moet worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "Het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> geeft nog meer handige wenken en behandelt ook enkele veel voorkomende vragen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service " -"below." -msgstr "" -"Op de hoofdserver zijn verschillende diensten actief die via een handige webinterface beheerd kunnen worden. Hierna behandelen we elk van " -"deze diensten afzonderlijk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Inleiding in GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, " -"modify, or delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² is een op het web gebaseerd hulpmiddel voor het beheer van een aantal belangrijke onderdelen van uw configuratie van Debian Edu. " -"Met GOsa² doet u het beheer (toevoegen, wijzigen of verwijderen) van de volgende hoofdgroepen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Het beheer van groepen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Het beheer van de NIS Netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Het beheer van machines" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Het DNS-beheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Het DHCP-beheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server " -"itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Om het programma GOsa² te kunnen gebruiken is de hoofdserver van Skolelinux nodig en een (client)systeem waarop een webbrowser " -"geïnstalleerd staat. Dit kan de hoofdserver zelf zijn indien u hem als een zogenaamde gecombineerde server (hoofdserver + LTSP-server + " -"werkstation) hebt geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to " -"install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the " -"main server's installation (first user):" -msgstr "" -"Indien u (misschien onbedoeld) een zuiver hoofdserver-profiel geïnstalleerd heeft en niet onmiddellijk een clientcomputer met een " -"webbrowser bij de hand hebt, kunt u er gemakkelijk een minimale grafische werkomgeving op installeren. Als eerste gebruiker (de gebruiker " -"die u aanmaakte tijdens de installatie van de hoofdserver) geeft u daartoe aan de commandolijn in een (niet-grafische) shell de volgende " -"reeks opdrachten:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### geef na installatie de opdracht 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login als eerste gebruiker" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Geef uw webbrowser het volgende adres (URL) op: <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>. Dit opent het toegangsscherm voor GOsa². Meld u daar " -"aan als de eerste gebruiker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser." -msgstr "Indien u een vers geïnstalleerde computer met Debian Edu Bullseye gebruikt, zal de browser het certificaat van de site kennen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the " -"browser to accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Anders krijgt u een foutmelding over een ongeldig SSL-certificaat. Indien u er zeker van bent dat u op dat ogenblik de enige gebruiker " -"bent op het netwerk, kunt u de browser gerust opdragen de foutmelding te negeren en het certificaat te accepteren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Zich aanmelden bij GOsa² en de overzichtspagina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Overzichtspagina van GOsa² na het aanmelden als de eerste gebruiker" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Nadat u zich bij GOsa² aangemeld heeft, krijgt u de overzichtspagina van het programma." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu " -"on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Vervolgens kunt u in het menu of via het aanklikken van een icoon op de overzichtspagina een taak kiezen. Voor navigatiedoeleinden raden " -"we u het gebruik aan van het menu aan de linkerkant van het scherm, aangezien dat zichtbaar blijft zolang u met de beheerstaken bezig " -"bent, ongeacht op welke specifieke pagina van GOsa² u zich bevindt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but " -"also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, " -"teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all " -"systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"In Debian Edu wordt informatie over accounts, groepen en systemen opgeslagen in een register van LDAP. Deze gegevens worden niet enkel " -"door de hoofdserver gebruikt, maar ook door de (schijfloze) werkstations, de LTSP-servers en andere machines op het netwerk. Dankzij LDAP " -"moeten de accountgegevens van studenten, leerkrachten, enz., slechts eenmaal ingevoerd worden. Nadat de gegevens in LDAP ingevoerd zijn, " -"staat die informatie ter beschikking van alle systemen op het volledige Skolelinux-netwerk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each " -"\"department\" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use " -"the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² is een hulpmiddel voor beheerders dat gebruik maakt van LDAP om informatie op te slaan en in een hiërarchisch opgebouwde " -"departementale structuur te ordenen. Binnen elk 'departement' kunt u gebruikersaccounts, groepen, systemen, netgroepen, enzoverder " -"toevoegen. Rekening houdend met de organisatiestructuur van uw instelling, kunt u gebruik maken van het departementaal gestructureerde " -"GOsa²/LDAP om die organisatiestructuur over te nemen in de gegevensboom van LDAP op de hoofdserver van Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two \"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the " -"LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems " -"(servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You " -"can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Een standaardinstallatie van een hoofdserver van Debian Edu kent momenteel, naast het basale niveau van de LDAP-boomstructuur, twee " -"'departementen': Leerkrachten en Studenten. Het is de bedoeling om de accounts voor studenten in het departement 'Studenten' aan te maken " -"en die voor leerkrachten in het departement 'Leerkrachten'; systemen (servers, werkstations, printers, enzovoort) worden momenteel " -"ingevoerd op het basisniveau. U kunt zelf een structuurschema ontwikkelen om deze structuur aan uw eigen behoeften aan te passen. (In het " -"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Howto/Systeembeheer voor gevorderden</link> van deze " -"handleiding wordt bij wijze van voorbeeld uitgelegd hoe u gebruikers in jaargroepen kunt indelen met voor iedere groep met de groep " -"gedeelde persoonlijke mappen.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different " -"view on the selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van de taak waaraan u wenst te werken (gebruikersbeheer, groepsbeheer, machinebeheer, enzovoort), zal GOsa² u een aangepast " -"zicht geven op het gekozen departement (of op het basale niveau)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer met GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders " -"for \"Students\" and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a " -"field called <emphasis>Base</emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-" -"down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Klik eerst op 'Users' (Gebruikers) in het linker navigatiemenu. De rechterzijde van het scherm wijzigt en toont nu een tabel met de " -"mappen 'Students' (Studenten) en 'Teachers' (Leerkrachten) en het account van beheerder van GOsa² (de eerst aangemaakte gebruiker). Boven " -"deze tabel ziet u een veld met de naam <emphasis>Base</emphasis>. Hiermee kunt u navigeren in de boomstructuur (beweeg de muis over die " -"plaats en u krijgt een uitklapmenu) en kunt u een basismap kiezen voor de geplande werkzaamheden (bijvoorbeeld een nieuwe gebruiker " -"toevoegen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; " -"choose \"Create\" here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Naast dit navigatie-item uit de boomstructuur ziet u het menu 'Actions' (Acties). Beweeg de muis over dit item en op het scherm wordt een " -"submenu zichtbaar; kies hier 'Create' (Aanmaken) en vervolgens 'User' (Gebruiker). De assistent begeleidt u bij het aanmaken van het " -"gebruikersaccount." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"De belangrijkste in te voeren gegevens zijn het te gebruiken sjabloon (newstudent (nieuwe student) of newteacher (nieuwe leerkracht)) en " -"de volledige naam van de nieuwe gebruiker (zie de afbeelding)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a " -"username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid " -"usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Terwijl u voortgaat in de assistent, zult u merken dat GOsa² een gebruikersnaam heeft aangemaakt, afgeleid van de echte naam van de " -"gebruiker. Het programma maakte automatisch een gebruikersnaam aan die nog niet in gebruik is. Dit betekent dat meerdere gebruikers met " -"een volledig identieke naam geen enkel probleem vormen voor GOsa². Wees wel attent voor het feit dat GOsa² soms een ongeldige " -"gebruikersnaam aanmaakt in het geval de echte naam niet-ASCII tekens bevat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice " -"here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with " -"an editor and add <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an additional option to the \"location " -"definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Indien u niet gelukkig bent met de aangemaakte gebruikersnaam, kunt u in het uitklappend kader een ander voorstel kiezen. Maar u hebt " -"hier in de assistent niet de mogelijkheid om vrij een gebruikersnaam te kiezen (indien u de mogelijkheid wenst te hebben om de " -"voorgestelde gebruikersnaam te bewerken, moet u in een editor het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> openen en " -"de regel <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> toevoegen als bijkomende optie in de sectie 'location " -"definition'.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the " -"completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Als u de assistent doorlopen heeft, toont GOsa² u een scherm met de fiche van de nieuwe gebruiker. Gebruik de tabbladen bovenaan om de " -"ingevulde velden na te kijken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-" -"right corner." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u de nieuwe gebruiker heeft aangemaakt, klikt u op de knop 'Ok' in de rechterbenedenhoek. (Op dit ogenblik moet u zich nog geen " -"zorgen maken over de velden die door de assistent niet ingevuld werden.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right " -"corner." -msgstr "" -"Als laatste stap zal GOsa² u om een wachtwoord voor de nieuwe gebruiker vragen. Tik het tweemaal in en klik dan op de knop 'Set " -"password' (Wachtwoord instellen) in de rechterbenedenhoek." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Bepaalde lettertekens kunnen niet toegestaan zijn voor gebruik in een wachtwoord." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any " -"Skolelinux machine within your network." -msgstr "" -"Als alles naar behoren verliep, kunt u de nieuwe gebruiker nu zien staan in de tabel die de lijst van gebruikers weergeeft. Vanaf nu is " -"het mogelijk om zich met die gebruikersnaam op uw netwerk aan te melden vanaf elke machine van Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Opzoeken, wijzigen en verwijderen van gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Filterkader" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" " -"box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of " -"the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Om een gebruiker te wissen of zijn gegevens aan te passen, bladert u met GOsa² door de lijst van gebruikers op uw systeem. In het midden " -"van uw scherm kunt u het 'Filter'-kader openen. Dit is een zoekinstrument van GOsa². Indien u zich de exacte plaats van de gebruiker " -"binnen uw boomstructuur niet meer herinnert, daalt u af naar het basisniveau van de GOsa²/LDAP boomstructuur en voert u daar de " -"zoekopdracht in met als aangevinkte optie 'Search in subtrees' (zoeken in sub-bomen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a " -"user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set " -"password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Als u het 'Filter'-kader gebruikt, wordt het resultaat onmiddellijk zichtbaar middenin de tekst met de uitdraai van de tabel. Iedere " -"regel stelt een gebruikersaccount voor en de meest rechtse items op iedere regel zijn kleine icoontjes die mogelijke acties symboliseren: " -"de gegevens van deze gebruiker bewerken, het account blokkeren, een wachtwoord instellen en de gebruiker verwijderen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of " -"groups the user belongs to." -msgstr "" -"U krijgt een nieuw scherm, waarin u de informatie over de gebruiker rechtstreeks kunt bewerken, zijn wachtwoord kunt wijzigen en " -"wijzigingen kunt aanbrengen in de lijst van groepen waarvan hij lid is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens bewerken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Wachtwoorden instellen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called " -"Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of " -"GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Studenten kunnen hun eigen wachtwoord wijzigen door zich met hun eigen gebruikersnaam bij GOsa² aan te melden. Om de toegang tot GOsa² te " -"vergemakkelijken is een item Gosa te vinden in het menu Systeem (of Systeeminstellingen) van het bureaublad. Een aangemelde student " -"krijgt een heel minimale versie van GOsa² te zien, die hem enkel toegang verschaft tot de gegevens betreffende zijn eigen account en tot " -"het dialoogvenster wachtwoord instellen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can " -"change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Leerkrachten die zich met hun eigen account aanmelden bij GOsa² hebben bijzondere rechten. Ze krijgen een meer uitgebreide versie van " -"GOsa² te zien en kunnen het wachtwoord van alle studenten wijzigen. Dit kan erg handig zijn tijdens de les." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Als beheerder een nieuw wachtwoord instellen voor een gebruiker" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "zoek, zoals hiervoor uitgelegd, de gebruiker op wiens wachtwoord gewijzigd moet worden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "op het einde van de regel waarin u de gebruikersnaam terugvindt, klikt u op het symbool van de sleutel" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself" -msgstr "op het scherm dat daarop verschijnt, kunt u een nieuw door uzelf gekozen wachtwoord instellen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Een gebruikerswachtwoord aanmaken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Wees u bewust van de mogelijke veiligheidsrisico's bij het gebruiken van gemakkelijk te raden wachtwoorden!</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must " -"include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut " -"-d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Met GOsa² is het mogelijk om in een keer een heleboel gebruikersaccounts aan te maken door middel van een CSV-bestand, dat u kunt " -"aanmaken met behulp van elk goed rekenbladprogramma (bijvoorbeeld <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). De gegevens van minstens de " -"volgende velden moeten ingevuld worden: gebruikersidentificatie (uid), familienaam (sn), voornaam (givenName) en wachtwoord. Draag er " -"zorg voor dat er geen uid-velden zijn met identieke inhoud. Daarbij moet u ook rekening houden met de inhoud van de reeds in LDAP " -"aanwezige uid-velden (een overzicht daarvan kunt u krijgen door aan de commandolijn de opdracht <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep " -"tjener/home | cut -d':' -f1</computeroutput> in te geven)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them):" -msgstr "Zo een CSV-bestand moet het volgende formaat hebben (wat dat betreft gedraagt GOsa² zich niet echt tolerant):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Gebruik ',' als scheidingsteken tussen velden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Gebruik geen aanhalingstekens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "Het CSV-bestand <emphasis role=\"strong\">mag geen</emphasis> kopregel bevatten (waarin gewoonlijk de kolomnamen staan)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import" -msgstr "" -"De volgorde van de velden heeft geen belang. De velden kunnen gedefinieerd worden op het ogenblik dat u de gegevens in GOsa² importeert" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Het importeren omvat volgende stappen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "klik in het linkernavigatiemenu op de link naar 'LDAP tools' (LDAP-hulpmiddelen)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "klik in het rechterscherm op het tabblad 'Import' (Importeren)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported" -msgstr "blader door uw lokale harde schijf en selecteer het CSV-bestand met de lijst van te importeren gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"kies uit de beschikbare sjablonen datgene wat bij het importeren gebruikt moet worden (bijvoorbeeld NewTeacher (Nieuwe Leerkracht) of " -"NewStudent (Nieuwe Student))" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "klik in de rechterbenedenhoek op de knop 'Import' (Importeren)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"U doet er goed aan eerst een test te doen met een CSV-bestand waarmee u enkele fictieve gebruikers aanmaakt, die u nadien terug kunt " -"verwijderen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords " -"for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Hetzelfde geldt voor de module voor wachtwoordbeheer, die het mogelijk maakt om een heleboel wachtwoorden opnieuw in te stellen met " -"behulp van een CSV-bestand of om nieuwe wachtwoorden te genereren voor gebruikers die behoren tot een bijzondere onderafdeling binnen " -"LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Wachtwoorden herinstellen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Het beheer van groepen met GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "een groep aanmaken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "Het beheer van groepen is erg vergelijkbaar met het beheer van gebruikers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Per groep kunt u een naam en een omschrijving ingeven. Zorg ervoor om in de LDAP-boom het juiste niveau te kiezen wanneer u een nieuwe " -"groep aanmaakt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find " -"users. Check the LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Om gebruikers toe te voegen aan een nieuw aangemaakte groep, moet u terugkeren naar de lijst van gebruikers. Daar zult u naar alle " -"waarschijnlijkheid het filterkader gebruiken om gebruikers te selecteren. Let ook op het niveau binnen de LDAP-boom." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "Groepen aangemaakt met groepsbeheer, zijn reguliere unix-groepen. U kunt ze dus ook gebruiken voor het beheer van bestandsrechten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Het beheer van machines met GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP " -"directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller " -"description of the Debian Edu architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Via het beheer van machines kunt u in uw netwerk van Debian Edu gewoonweg alle met het netwerk verbonden apparaten beheren. Elke machine " -"die u met GOsa² toevoegt aan het register van LDAP heeft een naam, een IP-adres, een MAC-adres en een domeinnaam (gewoonlijk is dat " -"'intern'). Voor een meer volledige beschrijving van de architectuur van het netwerk van Debian Edu, verwijzen we naar het hoofdstuk <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> in deze handleiding." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "In het geval van een <emphasis>gecombineerde hoofdserver</emphasis> werken schijfloze werkstations en thin clients vanzelf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the " -"scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key " -"used as <emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' " -"home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Werkstations met een harde schijf (met inbegrip van LTSP-servers) <emphasis role=\"strong\">moeten</emphasis> toegevoegd worden met " -"GOsa². Achter de schermen wordt zowel een machine-specifieke Kerberos Principal (een soort <emphasis>account</emphasis>) als een " -"bijbehorend keytab-bestand (met een sleutel die als <emphasis>wachtwoord</emphasis> wordt gebruikt) gegenereerd; het keytab-bestand moet " -"op het werkstation aanwezig zijn om de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers te kunnen aankoppelen. Nadat het toegevoegde systeem opnieuw " -"opgestart werd, moet u zich er als systeembeheerder op aanmelden en het commando <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-" -"host-keytab</computeroutput> uitvoeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root " -"and run" -msgstr "" -"Om een Principal en een keytab-bestand aan te maken voor een systeem dat <emphasis>reeds met GOsa² geconfigureerd is</emphasis>, moet u " -"als systeembeheerder inloggen op de hoofdserver en het volgende commando uitvoeren" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <computernaam> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opmerking:</emphasis> het creëren van een keytab voor het systeem is mogelijk voor systemen van het type " -"<emphasis>werkstation</emphasis>, <emphasis>server</emphasis> of <emphasis>terminal</emphasis>, maar niet voor deze van het type " -"<emphasis>netdevice</emphasis> (netwerkapparaat). Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</" -"link> voor NFS-configuratieopties." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space " -"10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from " -"10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Om een machine toe te voegen, gebruikt u het hoofdmenu van GOsa² en daarin kiest u achtereenvolgens systeem, toevoegen. U kunt een IP-" -"adres/computernaam gebruiken uit het vooraf geconfigureerde adresbereik 10.0.0.0/8. Momenteel gebruiken we slechts twee vooraf " -"gedefinieerde vaste adressen: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) en 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Het adresbereik van 10.0.16.20 tot 10.0.31.254 (ruwweg het bereik " -"10.0.16.0/20 of 4000 computers) zijn gereserveerd voor DHCP en worden dynamisch toegewezen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and " -"the IP; alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address " -"in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your " -"network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate " -"the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon." -msgstr "" -"Om een apparaat met een MAC-adres 52:54:00:12:34:10 in GOsa² een vast IP-adres toe te kennen, moet u het MAC-adres ingeven, evenals de " -"computernaam en het IP-adres. U kunt ook de knop <computeroutput>IP voorstellen</computeroutput> aanklikken, waarop u het eerste vrije " -"adres in het bereik 10.0.0.0/8 voorgesteld wordt. Voor de eerste machine die u op deze wijze toevoegt, zal dat hoogstwaarschijnlijk " -"10.0.0.2 zijn. Het is goed om u eerst een idee te vormen over uw netwerk. U kunt bijvoorbeeld het bereik 10.0.0.x met x>10 en x<50 " -"voorbehouden voor servers, en x>100 voor werkstations. Vergeet niet het zopas toegevoegde apparaat te activeren. Met uitzondering van " -"de hoofdserver zal het programma aan alle apparaten een passend icoon koppelen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it " -"will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your " -"network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the " -"system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Als de machines opgestart werden als thin-clients of schijfloze werkstations of geïnstalleerd werden met een van de genetwerkte " -"profielen, kunt u het script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> gebruiken om deze machines automatisch in GOsa² in te " -"voeren. Voor eenvoudige machines werkt dit vanzelf. Voor machines met meer dan één mac-adres moet datgene wat daadwerkelijk gebruikt " -"wordt, gekozen worden. De opdracht <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> toont informatie over het gebruik. Merk op " -"dat de IP-adressen die u te zien krijgt na het gebruik van <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>, binnen het bereik van " -"de dynamische IP-adressen vallen. Nadien kunt u evenwel deze systemen aanpassen om ze beter te doen aansluiten bij de behoeften van uw " -"netwerk: u kunt ze zo nodig hernoemen, u kunt DHCP en DNS activeren en u kunt ze desgewenst aan netgroepen toevoegen (zie de schermafdruk " -"hieronder voor de aanbevolen netgroepen). Nadien moet u het systeem herstarten. De volgende schermafdrukken tonen hoe dit eruit ziet in " -"de praktijk:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -"\n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Een lijst van systemen in GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Meer bijzonderheden over een systeem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Aanpassingen aan een systeem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Een netgroep toevoegen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Elk uur wordt een cronjob uitgevoerd om de DNS-informatie te actualiseren. Het commando <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> " -"laat u toe om zelf de actualisering uit te lokken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Machines zoeken en verwijderen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Machines zoeken en verwijderen gelijkt erg op gebruikers zoeken en verwijderen, zodat het niet nodig is om hier nogmaals op in te gaan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Bestaande machines wijzigen / Beheer van netgroepen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the " -"machine name (as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u met behulp van GOsa² een machine hebt ingevoerd in de boomstructuur van LDAP, kunt u de kenmerken ervan wijzigen. U gebruikt " -"daarvoor de zoekfunctie en klikt vervolgens op de naam van de machine (net zoals u bij gebruikers zou doen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different " -"things in this context." -msgstr "" -"Het model dat voor de registratie van systemen gebruikt wordt, is gelijkaardig aan dat voor het bewerken van kenmerken van gebruikers, " -"wat u reeds kent. Alleen hebben de velden in deze context een andere betekenis." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> does not modify the file access or command execution " -"permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-" -"server." -msgstr "" -"Een machine toevoegen aan een <computeroutput>NetGroup (Netgroep)</computeroutput> bijvoorbeeld, verandert voor die machine of voor de " -"gebruikers die er zich op aanmelden, niets aan hun rechten op toegang tot bestanden en aan hun permissie om bepaalde opdrachten uit te " -"voeren. Het legt daarentegen beperkingen op met betrekking tot de diensten die deze machine op de hoofdserver kan aanspreken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>" -msgstr "De volgende <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> (Netgroepen) worden aangemaakt door de standaardinstallatie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is used for:" -msgstr "Momenteel gebruiken we deze <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>-functionaliteit voor:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">De grootte van partities te wijzigen</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space." -msgstr "Bij plaatsgebrek wordt de grootte van LVM-partities automatisch aangepast voor machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groep behoren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Computers 's nachts uit te zetten</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-" -"blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy." -msgstr "Machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groep behoren, zullen 's nachts automatisch uitgezet worden om energie te besparen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Printers te beheren</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every " -"hour." -msgstr "" -"Machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groepen behoren maken iedere nacht automatisch alle printerwachtrijen leeg en herstellen ieder uur " -"de onklaar geraakte printerwachtrijen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Internettoegang te blokkeren</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions " -"this might be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groep behoren, krijgen enkel de toelating om verbinding te maken met machines op het lokale netwerk. " -"Tijdens examens kan deze functionaliteit nuttig zijn in combinatie met restricties van de web-proxyserver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Printerbeheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed " -"but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"Voor een gecentraliseerd printerbeheer gaat u met uw webbrowser naar het adres <ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Dit is de normale " -"interface voor het beheer van CUPS. Hiermee kunt u printers toevoegen/verwijderen/wijzigen en de printerwachtrijen opschonen. Standaard " -"mag enkel de eerste gebruiker deze taken uitvoeren, maar dit kan aangepast worden door gebruikers toe te voegen aan de GOsa²-groep " -"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Printers gebruiken die met werkstations verbonden zijn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Op een systeem met het profiel <emphasis>Werkstation</emphasis> wordt standaard het pakket <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB printer):" -msgstr "Bewerk <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> zoals hieronder (USB printer):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\" -f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" -"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput>. Selecteer netwerkprinter, type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (voor alle printers ongeacht merk of model) en stel <computeroutput>socket://<" -"werkstation-ip>:9100</computeroutput> in als de URI van de verbinding." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Netwerkprinters" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² " -"and configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> network printers." -msgstr "" -"Het is aanbevolen om alle functies om zichzelf aan te dienen uit te schakelen bij de gebruikte netwerkprinters. Wijs in plaats daarvan " -"een vast IP-adres toe met GOsa² en configureer ze als <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> netwerkprinters." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Kloksynchronisatie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to " -"update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external " -"Internet connection open if it is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu staat standaard ingesteld op het synchroon houden van de klok van alle machines op het netwerk. Maar dit houdt niet " -"noodzakelijk in dat de tijd ook juist is. Om de tijd te actualiseren wordt NTP gebruikt. Standaard worden de klokken gesynchroniseerd met " -"een externe tijdsbron. Dit kan er toe leiden dat machines de internetverbinding die ze daarvoor geopend hebben, blijven open houden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting." -msgstr "Indien u een inbelverbinding of een ISDN-verbinding gebruikt en per minuut betaalt, moet u deze standaardinstelling aanpassen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") " -"marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Om synchronisatie met een externe klok uit te schakelen, moet u op de hoofdserver het bestand /etc/ntp.conf aanpassen. Plaats een " -"commentaarteken ('#') voor de <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-items. Nadien moet u de NTP-server herstarten door als " -"systeembeheerder de opdracht <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> te geven. Om te weten of een machine tijdsinformatie " -"opvraagt bij een externe klok, gebruikt u de opdracht <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Volle partities groter maken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, " -"run <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Ten gevolge van een mogelijke bug in de automatische schijfindeling, kunnen sommige partities te vol zijn na installatie. Om die " -"partities groter te maken, gebruikt u als systeembeheerder het commando <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>. " -"Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie de HowTo 'De grootte van partities aanpassen' in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Systeembeheer HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Onderhoud" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Programmatuur bijwerken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Deze paragraaf legt het gebruik van <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> uit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as " -"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput> (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Het gebruik van <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is echt eenvoudig. Om een systeem bij te werken geeft u als systeembeheerder aan de " -"commandolijn twee opdrachten: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (om de lijst van beschikbare pakketten bij te werken) en " -"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (om pakketten waarvoor een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is, op te waarderen)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results " -"in search engines." -msgstr "" -"Het is ook zinvol om tijdens het proces van opwaarderen het taalgebied in te stellen op C, wat voor een uitvoer in het Engels zorgt. In " -"geval er zich problemen voordeden, heeft u zo bij het zoeken met een zoekmachine meer kans om resultaten te bekomen." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. " -"Run <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run " -"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Na de opwaardering van het pakket <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, kunnen er gewijzigde Cfengine configuratiebestanden " -"beschikbaar zijn. Voer <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> uit om na te gaan of dit het geval is. Om de " -"wijzigingen toe te passen, moet u het commando <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput> uitvoeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to " -"keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Na een opwaardering van de LTSP-server is het belangrijk om het commando <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation " -"yes</computeroutput> uit te voeren om het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze clients gesynchroniseerd te houden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Na een opwaardering naar een tussenrelease van een systeem met het profiel <emphasis>Hoofdserver</emphasis> of <emphasis>LTSP-Server</" -"emphasis>, moet u het commando <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> uitvoeren om de PXE-installatieomgeving bij te " -"werken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and " -"configure them to send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"U doet er ook goed aan om <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> te installeren en " -"ze zo te configureren dat ze e-mail verzenden naar een adres waarvan u de berichten regelmatig leest." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not " -"install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do " -"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Eens per dag zal <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> u via e-mail inlichten over pakketten die opgewaardeerd kunnen worden. Het " -"waardeert ze niet zelf op, maar gaat ze wel zelf ophalen (meestal 's nachts). Zo moet u niet wachten tot ze opgehaald zijn wanneer u de " -"opdracht <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> uitvoert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " -"package to be installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Indien u dit verkiest, kunt u het systeem gemakkelijk zelf automatisch de nodige opwaarderingen laten uitvoeren. Daarvoor dient u enkel " -"het pakket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> te installeren en te configureren, zoals uiteengezet wordt in <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the " -"terminal when running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Het pakket <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kan u via e-mail de toevoegingen aan het logboek changelog opsturen, of ze u " -"anders in het terminalvenster tonen bij het uitvoeren van de opdracht <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Op de hoogte blijven van beveiligingsbijwerkingen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for " -"installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/" -"debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security " -"update is about. The downside (compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also includes information about updates " -"for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Het uitvoeren van <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> zoals hiervoor uitgelegd, is een goede manier om op de hoogte te blijven van " -"beschikbare beveiligingsbijwerkingen voor op het systeem geïnstalleerde pakketten. Een andere manier om daarover op de hoogte te blijven " -"is zich abonneren op de <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">verzendlijst Debian security-announce</ulink>. " -"Dit heeft het voordeel dat u ook weet wat de beveiligingsbijwerking precies inhoudt. Het nadeel (vergeleken met <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput>) is, dat u ook geïnformeerd wordt over bijwerkingen voor pakketten die niet geïnstalleerd zijn op uw systeem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Reservekopieën beheren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via " -"SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Voor het beheer van reservekopieën gaat u met de browser naar het adres <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Denk eraan dat u deze " -"site via SSL moet benaderen, aangezien u er het beheerderswachtwoord moet invoeren. Een verbinding tot stand brengen met dat adres zonder " -"gebruik te maken van SSL lukt niet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Noot: de site zal enkel functioneren als u tijdelijk toelaat dat de systeembeheerder zich op de server voor reservekopieën (standaard is " -"dat hoofdserver 'tjener') aanmeldt met ssh." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of " -"things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Standaard bewaart tjener een reservekopie van <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> en LDAP in de map /skole/backup van het LVM-bestandssysteem. Indien u genoeg " -"heeft aan een reservekopie van die bestanden (voor het geval u er een zou wissen), dan sluit deze standaardinstelling aan bij uw " -"behoeften." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives." -msgstr "" -"U dient te beseffen dat dit model van reservekopieën maken geen bescherming biedt tegen gegevensverlies ten gevolge van een kapotte harde " -"schijf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing " -"configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Indien u de reservekopieën wilt bewaren op een externe server, op een bandstation (tape drive) of op een andere harde schijf, dan moet u " -"de bestaande configuratie wat aanpassen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line:" -msgstr "Indien u ineens een hele map wilt terugzetten, dan gebruikt u best de volgende opdracht aan de commandolijn:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></" -"computeroutput> in the folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Dit plaatst de inhoud van <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> van <computeroutput><datum></computeroutput> in " -"de map <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<datum></computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download " -"only that file." -msgstr "" -"Indien u slechts één enkel bestand wenst terug te zetten, dan kunt u dat bestand (in de passende versie) met behulp van de webinterface " -"selecteren en terughalen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u oudere reservekopieën wenst te wissen, kies dan in het menu op de webpagina van de back-updienst het item " -"'Maintenance' (Onderhoud). Geef vervolgens op welke de oudste back-up is die u wenst te behouden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Onderhoud met slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Servers opvolgen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on " -"a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of " -"system problems." -msgstr "" -"Munin, het systeem voor het opvolgen van tendensen, bevindt zich op het webadres <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Het geeft " -"meetresultaten weer in verband met de toestand van het systeem, opgemaakt per dag, per week, per maand, of op jaarbasis. Het biedt de " -"systeembeheerder ook hulp bij het zoeken naar de oorzaak van knelpunten of problemen in het systeem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All " -"hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being " -"installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van machines die opgevolgd worden met Munin wordt automatisch gegenereerd op basis van de lijst van computers die rapporteren " -"aan sitesummary. Alle computers waarop het pakket munin-node geïnstalleerd werd, worden opgenomen in het opvolgingssysteem van Munin. " -"Normaal gezien verloopt er een dag tussen de installatie van een machine en het moment waarop de opvolging ervan door Munin begint. Dit " -"houdt verband met de volgorde waarin crontaken uitgevoerd worden. Om dit proces te versnellen geeft u op de sitesummary-server " -"(gewoonlijk de hoofdserver) als systeembeheerder de opdracht <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput>. Daardoor wordt " -"het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> geactualiseerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" -"computeroutput> program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks " -"the relevant ones to <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Welk geheel van metingen uitgevoerd moet worden, wordt op elke machine automatisch gegenereerd met het programma <computeroutput>munin-" -"node-configure</computeroutput>, dat nagaat welke plug-ins er in <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> aanwezig zijn " -"en dan een symbolische koppeling maakt in <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> naar die welke relevant zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "Meer informatie over Munin is te vinden op <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being " -"monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and " -"LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a " -"workstation, install the <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the workstation." -msgstr "" -"Icinga, een gereedschap voor het opvolgen van diensten en systemen, is te vinden op <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Welke " -"machines en diensten opgevolgd worden, wordt automatisch gegenereerd op basis van de informatie die door het sitesummary-systeem " -"verzameld wordt. Machines met het profiel Hoofdserver of LTSP-server krijgen een volledige opvolging. Werkstations en thin clients " -"krijgen een eenvoudige opvolging. Om voor een bepaald werkstation een volledige opvolging mogelijk te maken moet u er het pakket " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> op installeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/" -"etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Standaard zal Icinga geen e-mailberichten versturen. Dit kan veranderd worden door de tekst <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" -"computeroutput> in het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> te vervangen door " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Het configuratiebestand van Icinga is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. De crontaak sitesummary genereert het " -"bestand <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> dat een lijst bevat van op te volgen machines en " -"diensten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them " -"included in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Aan het bestand <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> kunt u bijkomende controles toevoegen " -"welke door Icinga moeten uitgevoerd worden, zodat ze ook toegevoegd worden aan het gegenereerde bestand." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " -"package." -msgstr "" -"Informatie over Icinga vindt u op <ulink url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> of in het pakket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Gebruikelijke waarschuwingen door Icinga en hoe ermee om te gaan" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "Hier volgen instructies voor de manier waarop u met de meest voorkomende waarschuwingen van Icinga moet omgaan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase " -"the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might " -"remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"De partitie (/usr/ in het geval van het voorbeeld) is te vol. In het algemeen zijn er twee mogelijkheden om hiermee om te gaan: (1) een " -"aantal bestanden wissen, of (2) de partitie groter maken. Indien het de partitie /var/ betreft, kunt u een aantal bestanden wissen door " -"de cache van APT leeg te maken. Hiervoor gebruikt u de opdracht <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>. Indien er nog ruimte " -"beschikbaar is in de groep van schijven die door LVM beheerd worden, kunt u grotere partities bekomen met het programma " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Om er voor te zorgen dat dit programma ieder uur automatisch uitgevoerd wordt, " -"voegt u de computer in kwestie toe aan de netgroep <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-" -"upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn nieuwe pakketten voor opwaardering beschikbaar. De cruciale daarvan zijn meestal beveiligingsupdates. Om de opwaardering door te " -"voeren geeft u in een terminalvenster als systeembeheerder de opdracht 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade. U kunt zich ook via ssh " -"aanmelden en vervolgens dezelfde opdracht geven." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the " -"LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Indien u verkiest om pakketten niet manueel op te waarderen en erop vertrouwt dat Debian goed zal omgaan met nieuwere versies van " -"pakketten, kunt u het pakket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> instellen op het iedere nacht automatisch opwaarderen " -"van alle pakketten met recentere versies. Maar LTSP-chroots worden hiermee niet opgewaardeerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is " -"normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues." -msgstr "" -"De kernel die momenteel gebruikt wordt is ouder dan degene die meest recent geïnstalleerd werd, De computer moet opnieuw opgestart worden " -"om de meest recente kernel te activeren. Gewoonlijk is dit behoorlijk dringend, omdat een nieuwe kernelversie normaal gezien aan Debian " -"Edu toegevoegd wordt om bepaalde beveiligingsproblemen op te lossen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are " -"enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such " -"hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-" -"queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both " -"of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Er staan een hoop printeropdrachten te wachten in de wachtrij van CUPS. Een niet beschikbare printer Is meestal de oorzaak. Onklaar " -"geraakte printerwachtrijen worden ieder uur opnieuw in gebruik gesteld op computers die lid zijn van de netgroep <computeroutput>cups-" -"queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>. Voor die computers is normaal gesproken geen manuele tussenkomst vereist, Op computers die lid " -"zijn van de netgroep <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> worden printerwachtrijen iedere nacht leeggemaakt. Het " -"is het overwegen waard om een computer met een lange printerwachtrij aan een van beide groepen toe te voegen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is " -"available in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" -"computeroutput> are available to generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary wordt gebruikt om de informatie die op iedere computer verzameld wordt, naar de hoofdserver te sturen. De verzamelde " -"informatie staat in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Met de scripts in <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" -"sitesummary/</computeroutput> kunnen rapporten opgemaakt worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "Een eenvoudig rapport van sitesummary zonder details kan geraadpleegd worden op <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "Documentatie over sitesummary is te vinden op <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen van Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Systeembeheerders kunnen nuttige bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen van Debian Edu vinden in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Howto/Systeembeheer</link> en in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Howto/Systeembeheer voor " -"gevorderden</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Opwaarderingen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Een belangrijke waarschuwing voor u begint met het lezen van deze handleiding bij opwaarderingen: ogenblikkelijke bijwerkingen aan " -"productieservers voert u volledig op eigen risico uit. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux wordt u geleverd met ABSOLUUT GEEN " -"ENKELE GARANTIE, voor zover dit toegestaan is binnen de van toepassing zijnde wetgeving.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before " -"attempting to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Gelieve dit hoofdstuk en het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Features\">Nieuwe functionaliteit in Bullseye</link> in deze handleiding eerst " -"helemaal te lezen alvorens aan een poging tot opwaarderen te beginnen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Algemene opmerkingen over opwaarderingen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated " -"as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Meestal verloopt het opwaarderen van Debian van één uitgave naar de volgende redelijk gemakkelijk. Jammer genoeg verloopt dit voor Debian " -"Edu nog iets gecompliceerder, omdat we configuratiebestanden aanpassen op een manier die eigenlijk niet aangewezen is. Wij hebben echter " -"de nodige stappen hieronder gedocumenteerd. (Meer informatie over hoe Debian Edu configuratiebestanden zou moeten wijzigen, vindt u in " -"het bugrapport nummer <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> van Debian.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Over het algemeen is het opwaarderen van servers moeilijker dan het opwaarderen van werkstations en de opwaardering van de hoofdserver is " -"het moeilijkst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems " -"configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Indien u er zeker van wilt zijn dat na de opwaardering alles nog zal werken als voordien, moet u de opwaardering uittesten op een " -"testsysteem dat u op dezelfde manier geconfigureerd heeft als uw machines die u voor productiedoeleinden gebruikt. Op een testsysteem " -"kunt u de opwaardering zonder enig risico uittesten en zien of alles naar behoren functioneert." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Leest u zeker ook de informatie over de huidige stabiele uitgave van Debian in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink> ervoor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any " -"problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, " -"but when Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will " -"necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Het kan ook verstandig zijn om nog even te wachten met opwaarderen en nog een aantal weken de voorlaatste stabiele uitgave (Oldstable) te " -"blijven gebruiken. Anderen kunnen intussen het opwaarderen uittesten en de problemen die ze tegenkomen, documenteren. De voorlaatste " -"stabiele uitgave (Oldstable) van Debian Edu blijven we trouwens ondersteunen gedurende een zekere tijd na het uitbrengen van de " -"daaropvolgende stabiele uitgave (Stable), maar op het ogenblik dat Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan" -"\">stopt met het ondersteunen van Oldstable</ulink>, moet Debian Edu noodzakelijkerwijs hetzelfde doen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Opwaarderen vanaf Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Zorg dat u goed voorbereid bent: test zeker eerst een opwaardering vanaf Buster uit in een testomgeving of hou reservekopieën klaar, " -"zodat u zo nodig naar de oorspronkelijke situatie kunt terugkeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " -"Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat de volgende procedure van toepassing is voor een standaardinstallatie van de hoofdserver van Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, " -"profielen Hoofdserver, Werkstation en LTSP-server). (Raadpleeg voor een algemeen overzicht over het opwaarderen vanuit Buster naar " -"Bullseye <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "Werk niet in een grafische omgeving, gebruik een virtuele console, meld u aan als systeembeheerder (root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " -"and then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Mocht <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afgesloten worden met een foutmelding, probeer die dan te verhelpen en/of voer het commando " -"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> uit en vervolgens nogmaals <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "De hoofdserver opwaarderen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Begin met er voor te zorgen dat het huidige systeem up-to-date is:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Ruim de pakketcache op:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "Bereid de opwaardering naar Bullseye voor en start ze (nieuw beveiligingsitem):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # facultatief (om Engelse uitvoer te krijgen)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All " -"information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: bereid u voor op veel te lezen NIEUWS; druk op <enter> om naar beneden te scrollen, op <q> om het " -"pagineringsprogramma te verlaten. Alle informatie zal naar de systeembeheerder (root) verzonden worden, zodat u deze opnieuw kunt lezen " -"(met behulp van <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> of <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most " -"cases hitting return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Lees aandachtig alle informatie van debconf, kies 'behoud de momenteel geïnstalleerde lokale versie' tenzij hieronder anders aangegeven " -"wordt; in de meeste gevallen zal op de return-toets drukken volstaan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "restart services (diensten herstarten): kies yes (ja)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "openssh-server: kies 'de momenteel geïnstalleerde lokale versie behouden'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: kies Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "Samba-server en hulpprogramma's: kies 'de momenteel geïnstalleerde lokale versie behouden'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Kerberos-servers: voer 'kerberos' in en druk op 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: kies N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: kies N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: kies N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Pas de configuratie aan en pas ze toe:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Stel de Icinga2 web-interface in en configureer deze:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by " -"debconf." -msgstr "" -"Geef het commando <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput> en kies steeds <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nee</emphasis> " -"wanneer debconf een vraag stelt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Voer het commando <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</computeroutput> uit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Haal de nieuwe grafische vormgeving Debian Edu Homeworld op:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # tenzij de grafische vormgeving van Buster als alternatief behouden moet blijven" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Pas de configuratie van het Xfce-paneel aan:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Omgaan met het nieuwe LTSP en daarmee verband houdende wijzigingen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # om aanpassingen te verwijderen die niet langer nodig zijn\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # om de tftp-basismap die niet langer gebruikt wordt, te verwijderen\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # eerste vraag:''tftp'' als systeemaccount behouden, tweede: TFTP-hoofdmap veranderen naar ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # derde: adres en poort behouden, laatste: voer ''--secure'' in als bijkomende optie \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # oude LTSP-basismap opschonen\n" -"# De uitvoering van de volgende stappen neemt behoorlijk wat tijd in beslag.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # indien ondersteuning voor 64-bits thin clients gewenst is\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # indien ondersteuning voor 32-bits thin clients gewenst is\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # om het image voor schijfloze werkstations te bouwen vanuit het bestandssysteem van de server\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # om PXE-installatiebestanden en ermee verband houdende iPXE-menu-items toe te voegen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Omgaan met de overgang naar iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "Maak een bestand <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> aan met de volgende inhoud:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the " -"changes." -msgstr "" -"Voer nadien het commando <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</" -"computeroutput> uit om de wijzigingen toe te passen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the " -"<emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Wijzig nog een aantal andere DHCP-instellingen in LDAP, bijvoorbeeld met een editor zoals ldapvi. Zorg ervoor dat de met DHCP verband " -"houdende elementen overeenkomen met deze welke in het bestand <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> te vinden zijn. De " -"betrokken vermeldingen zijn:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "Om met de aanpassingen aan GOsa om te gaan - gebruik het nieuwe gosa.conf, repareer de toegang tot LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # reservekopie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new gosa.conf file" -msgstr "cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # nieuw gosa.conf-bestand" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/" -"gosa/gosa.conf.orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Zoek in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf naar adminPassword en snapshotAdminPassword en vervang voor deze elementen $GOSAPWD door het willekeurige " -"wachtwoord dat in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig te vinden is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Voer het commando <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput> uit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Geef de opdracht <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Om met de wijzigingen aan het encryptietype van Kerberos om te gaan:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Geef de opdracht <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Om met de wijzigingen aan Samba om te gaan:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, " -"the related Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Voeg een Samba-account voor de eerste gebruiker toe:<computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <gebruikersnaam eerste gebruiker></" -"computeroutput>. Zodra gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen, wordt het bijbehorende Samba-account aangemaakt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Ga na of het opgewaardeerde systeem werkt:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Herstart; log in als eerste gebruiker en test" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "of de grafische gebruikersomgeving van GOsa² werkt," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "of LTSP-clients en werkstations verbinding kunnen maken," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "of u een systeem kunt toevoegen aan een netgroep en het ook terug kunt verwijderen," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "of u interne e-mail kunt verzenden en ontvangen," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "of u printers kunt beheren," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "en of andere locatiespecifieke zaken werken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Een werkstation opwaarderen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use " -"Kerberos for mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Doe alle basiszaken zoals op de hoofdserver en zonder de dingen te doen die niet nodig zijn. Indien dit nog niet gebeurde, configureer de " -"computer om Kerberos te gebruiken voor het aankoppelen van de persoonlijke mappen. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"GettingStarted" -"\">aan de slag</link> voor details." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "Opwaarderingen van oudere installaties van Debian Edu / Skolelinux (voor Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the " -"instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual " -"for Debian Edu Buster</ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes " -"how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Om een opwaardering uit te voeren vanuit een oudere uitgave, moet u eerst opwaarderen naar de uitgave van Debian Edu die gebaseerd is op " -"Buster. Vervolgens kunt u de hierboven gegeven instructies opvolgen. In de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster#\">Handleiding voor Debian Edu Buster</ulink> vindt u de instructies om naar Buster op te waarderen vanuit de eerdere uitgave, " -"Stretch. Op dezelfde manier beschrijft de Stretch-handleiding hoe u vanuit Jessie kunt opwaarderen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"Administration\">algemeen systeembeheer</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">systeembeheer voor gevorderden</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's in verband met <link linkend=\"Desktop\">de grafische werkomgeving</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netwerkclients</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's in verband met <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's in verband met <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">leren en onderrichten</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"Users\">gebruikers</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "HowTo's voor algemeen systeembeheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to " -"get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and " -"tricks." -msgstr "" -"De hoofdstukken <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Aan de slag</link> en <link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Onderhoud</link> beschrijven hoe u " -"aan de slag kunt gaan met Debian Edu en hoe u de eenvoudige onderhoudstaken uitvoert. De howto's uit dit hoofdstuk bevatten een aantal " -"tips en wenken voor 'gevorderden'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "De historiek van configuratie-instellingen: wijzigingen in /etc/ opvolgen met behulp van Git, een systeem voor versiebeheer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Met <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> worden de wijzigingen in al de bestanden uit de map <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> " -"opgevolgd met behulp van <ulink url=\"http://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink>, een systeem voor versiebeheer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git " -"repository is stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dit maakt het mogelijk om te zien wanneer een bestand toegevoegd werd of gewijzigd of verwijderd. En als het om een tekstbestand gaat, " -"kunt u ook opvolgen wat er precies in gewijzigd werd, De plaats waar git zijn gegevens bewaart is <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Ieder uur worden alle wijzigingen automatisch opgeslagen. Dit laat toe om de historiek van configuratiebestanden op te halen en te " -"onderzoeken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two " -"points in time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> can be used." -msgstr "" -"Om naar de geschiedenis van veranderingen te kijken, gebruikt men het commando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput>. Om de " -"verschillen tussen twee welbepaalde tijdstippen te onderzoeken, kunt u een opdracht als <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" -"computeroutput> gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more information." -msgstr "Lees de uitvoer van de opdracht <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Een lijst van nuttige opdrachten:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Voorbeelden uit de praktijk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Om op een recent geïnstalleerd systeem te bekijken welke wijzigingen er doorgevoerd werden sinds de installatie, gebruikt u deze opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "Om na te gaan welke bestanden momenteel niet opgevolgd worden en welke niet bijgewerkt zijn, gebruikt u de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Om de wijzigingen aan een bestand (resolv.conf in het voorbeeld) manueel vast te leggen, omdat u er geen volledig uur meer op kunt " -"wachten, geeft u de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "De grootte van partities aanpassen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux " -"kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen " -"while the partition is unmounted." -msgstr "" -"Behalve de partitie <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> zijn alle andere partities LVM logische gegevensdragers. Sinds versie 2.6.10 " -"van de Linuxkernel, is het mogelijk om partities te vergroten terwijl ze aangekoppeld zijn. Om partities kleiner te kunnen maken, moeten " -"ze nog steeds eerst afgekoppeld worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller " -"partitions than one very large one." -msgstr "" -"Het is aan te raden om geen al te grote partities aan te maken (laten we zeggen groter dan 20 GB), omwille van de tijd die dan nodig is " -"om op hen de opdracht <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> uit te voeren of om een veiligheidskopie terug te zetten mocht het ooit nodig " -"blijken. Indien de mogelijkheid bestaat, is het beter meerdere kleinere partities te maken dan één heel erg grote." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When " -"invoked, it reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. It then proposes to extend " -"partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the " -"commands needed to extend the file system. The argument <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these commands " -"to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Het script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> staat ter beschikking als een hulpmiddel om het u gemakkelijker te " -"maken om volle partities uit te breiden.Het leest de configuratie uit de bestanden <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> wanneer het opgestart wordt. Het script stelt dan voor om partities met te weinig vrije ruimte uit te breiden " -"overeenkomstig de richtlijnen uit de ingelezen bestanden. Als men het script uitvoert zonder opties, zal het enkel de commando's die " -"nodig zijn om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden, tonen. Het script heeft de optie <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> nodig om die " -"commando's ook effectief uit te voeren en de bestandssystemen uit te breiden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Op elke clientcomputer die opgenomen is in de netgroep <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>, wordt het script ieder uur " -"automatisch uitgevoerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> " -"needs to be updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> " -"is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> and " -"configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Als de grootte van de partitie die gebruikt wordt door de Squid-proxy, aangepast wordt, moet ook de waarde aangepast worden van de " -"cachegrootte in het bestand <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput>. Het hulpmiddel dat deze taak automatisch kan uitvoeren " -"is het script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput>. Het gaat de actuele grootte na " -"van de partitie<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> en stelt Squid in om 80% van die ruimte voor zijn cache te gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Het beheer van logische gegevensdragers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Het systeem van 'Logical Volume Management' (LVM) laat toe om de grootte van partities aan te passen terwijl ze aangekoppeld en in " -"gebruik zijn. U kunt meer te weten komen over LVM op de webpagina <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to grow " -"to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands:" -msgstr "" -"Om een logische gegevensdrager manueel groter te maken, moet u gewoon aan de opdracht <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> laten " -"weten welke grootte u wenst. Om bijvoorbeeld de grootte van home0 uit te breiden tot 30 GB gebruikt u de volgende commando's:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Om aan home0 30 GB extra toe te wijzen, voegt u een '+' toe (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Het gebruik van ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on " -"the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is een hulpmiddel om aan de commandolijn met een gewone " -"teksteditor de database van LDAP te bewerken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "U moet de volgende opdracht geven:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> de editor zal gebruiken die op het systeem ingesteld staat als standaardeditor. Door " -"vooraf aan de prompt van de shell de opdracht <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> uit te voeren, configureert men zijn " -"eigen werkomgeving zodanig dat men een kloon van vi als editor kan gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new " -"LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Om met behulp van ldapvi een LDAP-object toe te voegen, gebruikt u het volgnummer van het object en laat u de tekenreeks " -"<computeroutput>add</computeroutput> voorafgaan aan het nieuwe LDAP-object." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning " -"applies for JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Wees gewaarschuwd: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is een zeer krachtig hulpmiddel. Wees voorzichtig en draag er zorg voor om " -"geen puinhoop te maken van de LDAP-database. Eenzelfde waarschuwing is ook op zijn plaats voor JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS met Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The " -"levels <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> " -"means Kerberos authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and <emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. " -"encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> is a good choice and " -"has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van Kerberos voor NFS om de persoonlijke mappen aan te koppelen is een veiligheidsfunctionaliteit. De niveaus " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> en <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> worden ondersteund (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> " -"betekent Kerberos-authenticatie, <emphasis>i</emphasis> staat voor integriteitscontrole en <emphasis>p</emphasis> voor privacy, d.w.z. " -"encryptie); de belasting voor zowel server als werkstation neemt toe met het veiligheidsniveau. Kiezen voor <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> is " -"goed en dit werd als standaard ingesteld." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Aanpassen van de standaardinstelling" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "inloggen als systeembeheerder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"het commando <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> uitvoeren, zoeken naar <emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> en dit " -"vervangen door <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/exports/edu.exports</computeroutput> bewerken en deze vermeldingen dienovereenkomstig aanpassen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "het commando <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput> uitvoeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel laat toe om een standaardprinter in te stellen, afhankelijk van de locatie, van de computer of van een groepslidmaatschap. " -"Raadpleeg voor meer informatie <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as an example." -msgstr "" -"De beheerder moet in het configuratiebestand <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> voorzien. Een voorbeeld kunt u " -"vinden in het bestand <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, een grafische gebruikersinterface voor LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed " -"by default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u een grafische gebruikersinterface verkiest om met de database van LDAP te werken, probeer dan eens het pakket " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> uit, dat standaard geïnstalleerd wordt. Om met schrijfrechten toegang te krijgen, maakt u als " -"volgt de verbinding:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, een hulpmiddel voor aan de commandolijn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in " -"Kerberos. It's mostly useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is een klein hulpmiddeltje dat aan de commandolijn gebruikt kan worden om LDAP-" -"gebruikers en hun wachtwoord aan te maken in Kerberos. Het is echter vooral nuttig voor testdoeleinden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Het gebruik van 'stable-updates'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Sinds de uitgave van Squeeze in 2011 heeft Debian de pakketten die voordien onderhouden werden in volatile.debian.org, toegevoegd aan de " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point " -"releases are done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Hoewel u rechtstreeks gebruik kunt maken van stable-updates, is dit niet strikt noodzakelijk. Op gezette tijden, namelijk telkens bij het " -"uitbrengen van een actualisering (een zogenaamde point release) van de stabiele uitgave, wat ruwweg om de twee maanden gebeurt, worden de " -"pakketten uit stable-updates naar de suite van de stabiele uitgave verplaatst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Meer recente programmatuur installeren met backports" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software " -"is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"U gebruikt Debian Edu omdat u de stabiliteit ervan waardeert. Het werkt fantastisch. Er is alleen een klein probleem: soms is bepaalde " -"programmatuur wat meer verouderd dan u het zou wensen. Dat is het punt waarop backports.debian.org in beeld komt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they " -"will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We " -"recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Backports zijn pakketten uit de testsuite (meestal) of de onstabiele suite (in enkele gevallen, zoals beveiligingsbijwerkingen) van " -"Debian die opnieuw gecompileerd werden, zodat ze ook kunnen werken binnen een stabiele versie van Debian, zoals Debian Edu, en zonder " -"gebruik te maken van nieuwere bibliotheken (in de mate van het mogelijke). <emphasis role=\"strong\">We raden u aan om enkel die paar " -"backports te installeren die echt bij uw behoeften aansluiten en niet alle backports die beschikbaar zijn.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Backports gebruiken is zeer eenvoudig:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Nadien is het zeer eenvoudig om pakketten uit backports te installeren. Met het volgende commando installeert u de versie van " -"<emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> uit backports:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " -"contrib and non-free." -msgstr "" -"Pakketten uit backports worden net als andere pakketten automatisch geüpdatet (als er een update beschikbaar is). Zoals het gewone " -"archief, bestaat ook backports uit drie secties: main, contrib en non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Opwaarderen met behulp van een cd of een gelijksoortig image" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, " -"only physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u wenst op te waarderen van een versie naar een andere (bijvoorbeeld van Bullseye 11.1 naar 11.2), maar geen internettoegang heeft " -"en enkel over fysieke media beschikt, gaat u als volgt te werk:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command:" -msgstr "Plaats de cd / dvd / blu-rayschijf / USB-stick in het station en gebruik het commando apt-cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Het volgende is een citaat uit de man-pagina van apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as " -"well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom wordt gebruikt om een nieuwe cd-schijf toe te voegen aan de lijst van voor APT beschikbare bronnen. apt-cdrom is in staat om " -"zelf uit te maken wat de structuur is van de schijf, het kan ook verschillende soorten problemen ondervangen die met het branden van de " -"schijf verband houden en het zal eveneens de indexbestanden controleren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be " -"inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Het is noodzakelijk om apt-cdrom te gebruiken om nieuwe cd's toe te voegen aan het systeem van APT. Dit kan niet manueel gebeuren. Bij " -"een set van meerdere cd's moet u tevens iedere cd afzonderlijk in het station plaatsen en hem laten controleren om met mogelijke fouten " -"bij het branden rekening te kunnen houden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Geef vervolgens de volgende twee opdrachten om het systeem op te waarderen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Het automatisch opruimen van processen die niet meer in gebruik zijn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that " -"belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is een perl-script dat achtergrondtaken opruimt. Achtergrondtaken zijn processen die toebehoren " -"aan gebruikers die op dat moment niet aangemeld zijn op de machine. Het script wordt ieder uur vanuit een cron-opdracht uitgevoerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Beveiligingsbijwerkingen automatisch installeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. " -"If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" -"upgrades/</computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is een pakket in Debian dat beveiligings- (en andere) bijwerkingen automatisch " -"installeert. Indien het pakket geïnstalleerd wordt, is het vooraf geconfigureerd om beveiligingsbijwerkingen te installeren. De " -"logbestanden zijn te vinden in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>. En er is natuurlijk ook nog altijd " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Machines 's nachts automatisch uitzetten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, " -"but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and " -"the main-server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of " -"individual machines." -msgstr "" -"U kunt energie en geld besparen door clientmachines 's avonds uit te zetten en 's ochtends terug op te starten. Vanaf 16.00 uur in de " -"namiddag zal het pakket <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> elk uur op het uur proberen om de machine uit te zetten. Maar " -"het zal dat niet doen als blijkt dat de machine nog in gebruik is. Het zal trachten aan het BIOS de opdracht te geven om de machine rond " -"7.00 uur 's ochtends terug op te starten, en de hoofdserver zal vanaf 06.30 uur proberen om machines op te starten door hen wake-on-lan-" -"pakketten te sturen. Deze tijdstippen kunnen aangepast worden door de crontabs van de individuele machines te wijzigen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Als u zoiets opzet, moet u met enkele zaken rekening houden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</" -"computeroutput>, and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Het mag niet voorvallen dat clients uitgezet worden als er iemand op aan het werken is. Om dit te kunnen garanderen moet de uitvoer van " -"het commando <computeroutput>who</computeroutput> nagekeken worden, en als een bijzonder geval moet u controleren op het ssh-" -"verbindingscommando om met X2Go thin clients te werken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Om te vermijden dat de zekeringen van de elektriciteit zouden smelten, doet u er goed aan om er voor te zorgen dat niet alle clients " -"gelijktijdig opstarten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, " -"as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have " -"support for wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Er staan u twee manieren ter beschikking om clients te activeren. De ene manier gebruikt een functie van het BIOS en een vereiste " -"hiervoor is dat de klok van het apparaat correct werkt en dat het moederbord en de BIOS-versie ondersteund worden door " -"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>. De andere methode vereist dat de clients wake-on-lan ondersteunen en dat de server op de " -"hoogte is van welke clients via deze methode aangezet moeten worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Het systeem opzetten om computers 's nachts uit te schakelen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the " -"hostname (that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts" -"\". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to " -"have wake-on-lan configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the " -"clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients " -"that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Ofwel geeft u de opdracht <computeroutput>touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> op de clients die 's nachts " -"uitgezet moeten worden, ofwel voegt u de naam van de computer (dat is de uitvoer van het commando <computeroutput>'uname -n'</" -"computeroutput> op de client) toe aan de netgroep 'shutdown-at-night-hosts'. Computers toevoegen aan die netgroep in LDAP doet u met het " -"webhulpmiddel <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Het kan nodig zijn om bij de clients in het BIOS de functionaliteit wake-on-lan te " -"configureren. Het is ook belangrijk dat de switches en routers die tussen de server en de clients geplaatst staan, de WOL-pakketten op " -"een correcte manier aan de clients doorgeven, ook al zijn de clients uitgeschakeld. Sommige switches kunnen geen pakketten doorgeven aan " -"clients die ontbreken in de ARP-tabel van de switch, hetgeen een blokkade opwerpt voor de WOL-pakketten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line " -"per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Om op de server wake-on-lan in te stellen, voegt u de clients toe aan de lijst <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</" -"computeroutput>. U gebruikt voor elke client een aparte regel in het bestand. Op die regel komt eerst het IP-adres en dan het MAC-adres " -"(ethernet-adres), van elkaar gescheiden door een spatie. U kunt ook het script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> aanmaken om de lijst van clients op het moment zelf te laten genereren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Hier is een voorbeeld van het script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> dat gebruik maakt van " -"sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the " -"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Indien de netgroep gebruikt wordt om shutdown-at-night op de clients te activeren, vormt het volgende script een alternatief. Het maakt " -"gebruik van het netgroephulpmiddel uit het pakket <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Toegang krijgen tot servers van Debian-Edu die zich achter een firewall bevinden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can " -"be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind " -"the firewall via the SSH tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Om vanaf het internet toegang te krijgen tot machines die zich achter een firewall bevinden, kunt u het pakket <computeroutput>autossh</" -"computeroutput> installeren. Het kan gebruikt worden om een SSH-tunnel aan te leggen naar een machine op het internet waar u toegang toe " -"heeft. Vanaf die machine kunt u dan over de SSH-tunnel toegang krijgen tot de server achter de firewall." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-server" -msgstr "Bijkomende servermachines installeren om de hoofdserver te ontlasten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the " -"Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Volgens de standaardopstelling draaien alle diensten op de hoofdserver, tjener. Om het overplaatsen van sommige van die diensten naar een " -"andere machine te vergemakkelijken, kunt u gebruik maken van het installatieprofiel <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. Een installatie " -"uitvoeren met dit profiel geeft als resultaat een machine die wel deel uitmaakt van het netwerk van Debian Edu, maar waarop nog geen " -"enkele service draait." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "De volgende bewerkingen moet u uitvoeren om een machine te installeren die tot taak heeft sommige diensten te leveren:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "gebruik de opstartoptie <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> en installeer het <emphasis>minimale</emphasis> profiel" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "installeer de pakketten die nodig zijn voor de dienst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configureer de dienst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "schakel op de hoofdserver die dienst uit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "werk (via LDAP/GOsa²) DNS op de hoofdserver bij" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTo's van wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Howto over systeembeheer voor gevorderden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "In dit hoofdstuk behandelen we een aantal taken van systeembeheer voor gevorderden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer op maat met GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Gebruikersgroepen per jaartal aanmaken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We " -"want to create the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"In dit voorbeeld willen we gebruikersgroepen maken per jaartal met met de groep gedeelde persoonlijke mappen (home0/2024, home0/2026, " -"enz.). We willen de gebruikers aanmaken via het importeren van een csv-bestand." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(als systeembeheerder op de hoofdserver) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Maak de benodigde jaartalmappen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(als eerste gebruiker in Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Afdeling" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box " -"'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the " -"Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Kies in het hoofdmenu 'Directory structure' (Registerstructuur) en klik de afdeling 'Students' (Studenten) aan. In het veld " -"'Base' (Basis) hoort '/Students' (Studenten) te staan. In het uitklapkader 'Actions' (Acties) kiest u 'Create'/'Department' (Aanmaken/" -"Afdeling). Geef waarden in voor de velden Name (Naam) (2024) en Description (Beschrijving) (studenten die in 2024 afstuderen), laat het " -"veld Base (Basis) ongewijzigd (daar zou '/Students' (Studenten) moeten staan). Bewaar door op 'Ok' te klikken. Nu zou de nieuwe afdeling " -"(2024) zichtbaar moeten zijn onder /Students. Klik er op." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Groep" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to " -"save it." -msgstr "" -"Kies in het hoofdmenu 'Groups' (Groepen) en kies vervolgens 'Actions'/Create/Group (Acties/Groep aanmaken). Voer een naam in voor de " -"groep (laat 'Base' zoals het is, zou moeten zijn /Students/2024) en klik op 'Ok' om te bewaren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Sjabloon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should " -"show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv " -"import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have " -"information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Kies 'users' (gebruikers) in het hoofdmenu. Ga nu in het veld Base naar 'Students'. Nu zou een item <computeroutput>'NewStudent'</" -"computeroutput> (NieuweStudent) zichtbaar moeten worden. Klik het aan. Dit is het sjabloon voor 'studenten', geen echte gebruiker. U zult " -"aan de hand van dit voorbeeld een gelijkaardig sjabloon moeten aanmaken (om de gegevens in uw registerstructuur te kunnen importeren via " -"een csv-bestand). Noteer daarom alle items die u ziet staan in de tabbladen Generic en POSIX of maak er een schermafdruk van om de " -"informatie voor het nieuwe sjabloon bij de hand te hebben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab " -"(add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Schakel nu in het Base-veld om naar /Students/2024. Kies Create/Template (Aanmaken/Sjabloon) en begin met het ingeven van de gewenste " -"waarden, eerst voor het tabblad Generic (Algemeen) (voeg ook uw nieuwe groep 2024 toe aan het veld Group Membership (Groepslidmaatschap) " -"en voeg nadien het POSIX-account toe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Gebruikers importeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Kies uw nieuw sjabloon bij het uitvoeren van de gegevensimport vanuit uw csv-bestand. Eerst een test doen met enkele gebruikers wordt " -"aangeraden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Ander maatwerk in verband met gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Mappen aanmaken in de persoonlijke map van alle gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Met het volgende script kan de systeembeheerder een map aanmaken in de persoonlijke map van elke gebruiker en instellen wie de eigenaar " -"ervan is en welke toegangsrechten gelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder " -"\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"In het onderstaande voorbeeld wordt in de persoonlijke map een map 'taken' aangemaakt, met leerkrachten als groepseigenaar en met 2770 " -"als toegangsrechten. Een student kan dan zijn taak inleveren door zijn bestand te bewaren in deze map en leerkrachten kunnen in die taak " -"hun commentaar toevoegen omdat ze schrijfrechten hebben." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"taken\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"de map $home_path/$home/$shared_folder bestaat al.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir mappen werden aangemaakt.\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Een aparte server voor het opslaan van bestanden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Volg dit stappenplan om een server op te zetten, bedoeld voor het opslaan van de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers en van wellicht nog " -"andere gegevensbestanden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting " -"started</emphasis> chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Voeg met behulp van GOsa² een nieuw systeem van het type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> toe, zoals geschetst werd in het " -"hoofdstuk <emphasis role=\"strong\">Aan de slag</emphasis> van deze handleiding." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the " -"new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"In dit voorbeeld gebruiken we 'nas-server.intern' als naam voor de server. Eens 'nas-server.intern' geconfigureerd werd, moet u " -"controleren of de exportpunten van NFS op de nieuwe opslagserver geëxporteerd worden naar de betrokken subnetten en machines:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or " -"single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.)" -msgstr "" -"Hier heeft iedere machine op het hoofdnetwerk toegang tot het exportpunt /storage. (Men kan het recht op toegang tot NFS-exports ook " -"beperken tot die machines die lid zijn van de groep netgroup of tot individuele adressen, zoals gebeurt in het bestand tjener:/etc/" -"exports )." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Voeg in LDAP met betrekking tot 'nas-server.intern' automount-informatie toe om toe te laten dat alle clients op hun verzoek automatisch " -"het nieuwe export-punt kunnen aankoppelen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an " -"editor." -msgstr "" -"Dit kunt u niet doen met behulp van GOsa², aangezien een module voor automount er in ontbreekt. U moet in de plaats ldapvi gebruiken en " -"de vereiste LDAP-objecten aanmaken met behulp van die tekstbewerker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a " -"wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Van zodra de editor actief is, voegt u de volgende LDAP-objecten toe aan het einde van het document. (Het \"/&\"-gedeelte in het " -"laatste LDAP-object is een jokerteken dat staat voor alle exports van 'nas-server.intern'. Hierdoor vervalt de noodzaak om elk " -"individueel aankoppelpunt op te lijsten in LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"\n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -"\n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Voeg de relevante gegevens toe in het bestand tjener.intern:/etc/fstab. Dit is nodig omdat tjener.intern geen gebruik maakt van automount " -"om de kans op het ontstaan van eindeloze lussen van aankoppelingen te vermijden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Maak de aankoppelingsmappen aan met behulp van het commando <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, voer de overeenkomstige aanpassingen " -"in '/etc/fstab' door en geef de opdracht <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> om de nieuwe bronnen aan te koppelen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory " -"using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Gebruikers zouden nu in staat moeten zijn om rechtstreeks toegang te hebben tot de bestanden op 'nas-server.intern' door gewoon naar de " -"map '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' te gaan met behulp van om het even welke toepassing op elk werkstation of elke LTSP thin-client of LTSP-" -"server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "De mogelijkheid inperken om zich via ssh aan te melden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Er bestaan verschillende mogelijkheden om toegang via ssh in te perken. Sommige ervan worden hier opgesomd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Bij een opstelling zonder LTSP-clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line " -"to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to " -"ssh into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Indien er geen gebruik gemaakt wordt van LTSP-clients, bestaat een eenvoudige oplossing erin een nieuwe groep aan te maken (bijvoorbeeld " -"<computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput>) en een regel toe te voegen in het bestand /etc/ssh/sshd_config op de computer. Enkel " -"leden van de groep <computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput> zullen dan de toelating hebben om zich van om het even waar via ssh op " -"de computer aan te melden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Een dergelijke situatie beheren is heel eenvoudig met GOsa:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level (where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Maak een groep <computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput> aan in het basisniveau (waar al andere groepen die te maken hebben met " -"systeembeheer, zoals <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> te vinden zijn)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen aan de nieuwe groep <computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/sshd_config." -msgstr "Voeg de regel <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> toe in het bestand /etc/ssh/sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Geef de opdracht <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Bij een opstelling met LTSP-clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh " -"setup has been changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"Bij een standaardinstelling van LTSP gebruiken schijfloze clients geen ssh-verbindingen. Na het wijzigen van de ssh-instellingen volstaat " -"het bijwerken van het SquashFS-image op de betrokken LTSP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"X2Go thin clients gebruiken ssh-verbindingen met de betrokken LTSP-server. Daarom is hier een andere benadering die gebruik maakt van " -"PAM, nodig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Activeer pam_access.so in het bestand /etc/pam.d/sshd van de LTSP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other " -"users only from the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Stel /etc/security/access.conf in om toestemming te geven aan (bijvoorbeeld) gebruikers alice, jane, bob en john om van overal een " -"verbinding via ssh te maken en aan alle andere gebruikers enkel vanuit de interne netwerken. Dit doet u door de volgende regels toe te " -"voegen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone " -"connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Indien enkel voorbehouden LTSP-servers gebruikt worden, kunt u het netwerk 10.0.0.0/8 weglaten om de mogelijkheid uit te schakelen dat " -"men zich intern via ssh aanmeldt. Noteer dat iemand die zijn computer aankoppelt op een gereserveerd netwerk van LTSP-clients meteen ook " -"toegang heeft tot de LTSP-server via ssh." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Een noot over meer complexe opstellingen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated " -"DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal ssh " -"login." -msgstr "" -"Indien er X2Go-clients aangekoppeld zouden zijn op het hoofdnetwerk 10.0.0.0/8 zouden de zaken zelfs nog gecompliceerder worden. Wellicht " -"is het dan enkel mogelijk om te verhinderen dat men zich intern via ssh aanmeldt door gebruik te maken van een gesofisticeerde DHCP-" -"configuratie (in LDAP), waarbij de zogenaamde 'vendor-class-identifier' gecontroleerd wordt, in combinatie met een passende PAM " -"configuratie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "HowTo's in verband met de grafische werkomgeving" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Een grafische werkomgeving instellen voor meerdere talen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Om meerdere talen te ondersteunen moeten de volgende commando's uitgevoerd worden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Voer (als systeembeheerder) het commando <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> uit en kies de gewenste talen (de " -"UTF-8-varianten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "Voer als systeembeheerder de volgende commando's uit om de betrokken pakketten te installeren:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. " -"GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top " -"of Lightdm whithout a language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Gebruikers kunnen dan via de beeldschermbeheerder LightDM hun taal kiezen vooraleer ze zich aanmelden. Dit geldt voor Xfce, LXDE en LXQt. " -"GNOME en KDE hanteren allebei hun eigen interne hulpmiddelen voor het configureren van taal en regio en u moet deze gebruiken bij deze " -"grafische werkomgevingen. MATE gebruikt bovenop Lightdm het aanmeldvenster Arctica, zonder de mogelijkheid om een taal te kiezen. Voer " -"het commando <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> uit om het standaardaanmeldvenster van Lightdm te krijgen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Dvd's afspelen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to " -"use it, you can build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian package; make sure " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"U heeft libdvdcss nodig om de meeste commerciële dvd's te kunnen afspelen. Om redenen van wettelijke aard zit het niet in Debian (Edu). " -"Indien u het rechtsgeldig mag gebruiken, kunt u lokaal uw eigen pakketten bouwen met behulp van het Debian pakket <computeroutput>libdvd-" -"pkg</computeroutput>. Zorg ervoor dat u de pakketbron <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> geactiveerd heeft in het bestand " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Beantwoord de vragen van debconf en voer dan het commando <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> uit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Tekensets met lettertekens in handschrift" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice " -"handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines." -msgstr "" -"Het pakket <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (dat standaard geïnstalleerd wordt) installeert de tekenset 'Abecedario'. Deze " -"tekenset met lettertekens in handschrift vinden kinderen leuk. De tekenset bevat verschillende varianten om met kinderen te gebruiken: " -"gestippeld of met lijnen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "HowTo's voor netwerkclients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Een inleiding in thin clients en schijfloze werkstations" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is <emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "Een algemene term voor zowel thin-clients als schijfloze werkstations is <emphasis>LTSP-client</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "Sinds Bullseye verschilt LTSP aanzienlijk van de vorige versies. Dit betreft zowel installatie als onderhoud." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This " -"happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Een belangrijk verschil is dat het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations nu standaard gegenereerd wordt vanuit het bestandssysteem " -"van de LTSP-server. Op een gecombineerde server gebeurt dit bij de eerste opstart en dit kan enige tijd in beslag nemen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Thin clients maken niet langer deel uit van LTSP. Debian Edu maakt gebruik van X2Go om nog steeds het gebruik van thin clients te kunnen " -"ondersteunen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at " -"installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"In het geval van een aparte of aanvullende LTSP-server is de vereiste informatie voor het opzetten van de LTSP-clientomgeving niet " -"volledig op het ogenblik van de installatie. Het instellen kan worden uitgevoerd zodra het systeem is toegevoegd met GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP " -"server</emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg voor informatie over LTSP in het algemeen de <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepagina</ulink>. Op systemen met het " -"profiel <emphasis>LTSP-server</emphasis> geeft <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> meer informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat het hulpmiddel <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> van LTSP zorgvuldig moet gebruikt worden. Het commando <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> zou er bijvoorbeeld niet in slagen het SquashFS-image te genereren in het geval van Debian machines (deze hebben " -"standaard een aparte /boot-partitie), het commando <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> zou er niet in slagen het iPXE-menu correct " -"te genereren (wegens de ondersteuning van Debian Edu voor thin clients) en <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> zou het opstarten " -"van LTSP-clients volledig verknoeien." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It is used to setup and " -"configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"computeroutput> or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to " -"facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> is een script dat de commando's <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp kernel</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> bundelt. Het wordt gebruikt om ondersteuning " -"voor schijfloze werkstations en thin clients in te stellen en te configureren(zowel 64-bits als 32-bits pc's). Zie <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> of de inhoud van het script om te zien hoe het werkt. Alle configuratie zit vervat in het script " -"zelf (via zogenaamde HERE documenten) om locatiespecifieke aanpassingen te vergemakkelijken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis>:" -msgstr "Voorbeelden van hoe u het bundel-script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> kunt gebruiken:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image " -"(server filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> werkt het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations " -"bij (bestandssysteem van de server)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-" -"bit thin client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creëert ondersteuning voor " -"schijfloze werkstations en voor 64-bits thin clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support " -"(chroot and SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creëert ook nog ondersteuning voor 32-bits thin " -"clients (chroot en SquashFS-image)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also <emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are " -"available options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR " -"in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Behalve <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (kleinste thin client-systeem) zijn ook <emphasis>display</emphasis> en <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> " -"mogelijke opties. Het type <emphasis>display</emphasis> biedt een afsluitknop, het type <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> voert Firefox ESR " -"uit in zogenaamde kiosk modus op de client zelf (meer lokaal RAM en CPU-vermogen zijn nodig, maar er is een geringere belasting van de " -"server)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It " -"makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like " -"menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified." -msgstr "" -"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> is een bundel-script voor <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Het zorgt ervoor dat het bestand /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe specifiek is voor Debian Edu. De opdracht moet worden " -"uitgevoerd nadat items in verband met iPXE (zoals menu-wachttijd of standaard opstartinstellingen) in de sectie [server] van /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf zijn gewijzigd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput>. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case " -"related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> is een bundel-script voor <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput>. Het zorgt ervoor dat een initrd gegenereerd wordt dat specifiek is voor dit toepassingsgebied (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " -"en dat dan verplaatst wordt naar de map die voor dat toepassingsgebied bedoeld is. Het commando moet worden uitgevoerd nadat de sectie " -"[clients] in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf werd gewijzigd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool " -"shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> is een vervanging voor het hulpmiddel <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</" -"emphasis> dat met LTSP5 geleverd wordt. Het wordt gebruikt om commando's uit te voeren in een gespecificeerde LTSP-chroot (zoals bijv. " -"installeren, opwaarderen en verwijderen van pakketten)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Schijfloos werkstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. " -"Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings " -"are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low " -"maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Een schijfloos werkstation voert alle programmatuur lokaal uit. De clientmachine start rechtstreeks op vanaf de LTSP-server zonder " -"gebruik te maken van een lokale harde schijf. Programmatuur wordt beheerd en onderhouden op de LTSP-server, maar wordt op het schijfloos " -"werkstation uitgevoerd. Persoonlijke mappen en systeeminstellingen worden eveneens op de server opgeslagen. Het systeem van schijfloze " -"werkstations is een uitstekende manier om oudere (maar nog krachtige) hardware te (her)gebruiken tegen een even lage onderhoudskost als " -"het geval is bij thin clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa²." -msgstr "In tegenstelling tot werkstations functioneren schijfloze werkstations zonder dat men ze dient toe te voegen met GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-client</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " -"this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Een thin-clientinstallatie stelt een gewone PC in staat om te functioneren als een (X-)terminal, waarbij alle programmatuur op de LTSP-" -"server uitgevoerd wordt. Het betekent dat een dergelijke machine opstart via PXE zonder gebruik te maken van een lokale harde schijf op " -"de client en dat de LTSP-server een krachtige computer moet zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware." -msgstr "Debian Edu ondersteunt nog steeds het gebruik van thin clients om het gebruik van zeer oude hardware mogelijk te maken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): " -"Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Aangezien Thin clients X2Go gebruiken, moeten gebruikers beeldsamenstelling uitschakelen om weergave-artefacten te voorkomen. In het " -"standaardgeval (Xfce grafische werkomgeving): Instellingen -> Vensterbeheerder bijstellen -> Beeldsamensteller." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Fabrieksprogrammatuur voor LTSP-clients</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for " -"troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware " -"has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd." -msgstr "" -"Het opstarten van de LTSP-client zal niet lukken als de netwerkkaart van de client niet-vrije fabrieksprogrammatuur vereist. Een PXE-" -"installatie kan gebruikt worden om problemen op te sporen bij het opstarten van een machine over het netwerk. Indien het " -"installatiesysteem van Debian klaagt over het feit dat bestand XXX.bin ontbreekt, betekent dit dat niet-vrije fabrieksprogrammatuur " -"toegevoegd moet worden aan het initrd van de LTSP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Ga op de LTSP-server als volgt te werk:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Verzamel vooreerst informatie over firmware-pakketten; geef daarvoor de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Bepaal welk pakket moet geïnstalleerd worden voor de netwerkkaart(en). Hoogstwaarschijnlijk zal dit firmware-linux zijn. Geef daarvoor de " -"opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "Werk het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations bij; geef daarvoor de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "In het geval er X2Go thin-clients gebruikt worden, geeft u de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "en ga te werk volgens de gebruikersinformatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run:" -msgstr "Werk daarna het SquashFS-image bij; bijvoorbeeld, voor de chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 gebruikt u het commando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "De keuze van het type LTSP-client" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and " -"another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Elke LTSP-server heeft twee netwerkkaarten. Een ervan is geconfigureerd binnen het hoofdsubnet 10.0.0.0/8 (dat met de hoofdserver gedeeld " -"wordt). De andere netwerkkaart geeft vorm aan een lokaal subnet (een apart subnet voor elke LTSP-server)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After " -"waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"In beide gevallen kan men in het iPXE-menu <emphasis>schijfloos werkstation</emphasis> of <emphasis>thin client</emphasis> kiezen. Na 5 " -"seconden wachten zal de machine opstarten als schijfloos werkstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. " -"A timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the " -"changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Het standaard opstartmenu-item en de standaard wachttijd kunnen beide worden geconfigureerd in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" -"computeroutput>. Een waarde van <emphasis>-1</emphasis> voor de wachttijd wordt gebruikt om het menu te verbergen. Voer het commando " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> uit om de wijzigingen door te voeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Gebruik een verschillend LTSP clientnetwerk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or " -"if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be " -"used as well. Edit the file <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use " -"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"Het standaard LTSP clientnetwerk is 192.168.0.0/24 als een computer geïnstalleerd wordt met behulp van het profiel LTSP-server. Indien er " -"zeer veel LTSP-clients in gebruik zijn of indien verschillende LTSP-servers tegelijk een chroot-omgeving voor i386 en voor amd64 moeten " -"aanbieden, kan ook het tweede vooraf ingestelde netwerk 192.168.1.0/24 gebruikt worden. Bewerk het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/network/" -"interfaces</computeroutput> en pas de instellingen voor eth1 in die zin aan. Gebruik <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> of om het " -"even welke andere editor voor LDAP om de instellingen voor DNS en DHCP na te kijken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Voeg een LTSP-chroot toe om 32-bits client-PC's te ondersteunen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Om de chroot en het SquashFS-image te creëren geeft u de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details about thin client types." -msgstr "Zie <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> voor details over thin-clienttypes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "De configuratie van een LTSP-client" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Geef de opdracht <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> om een zicht te krijgen op de beschikbare configuratieopties. U kunt deze " -"ook online raadplegen: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Voeg configuratie-items toe aan de sectie [clients] van /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. Om de veranderingen door te voeren geeft u de opdracht:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Geluid op LTSP-clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients." -msgstr "LTSP thin-clients doen beroep op genetwerkte audio om audio van de server te laten doorgeven aan de clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "Schijfloze werkstations onder LTSP verwerken audio lokaal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Toegang krijgen tot USB-sticks en cd's/dvd's" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access " -"to the content as on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Indien gebruikers een USB-stick of een dvd/cd plaatsen in een schijfloos werkstation, verschijnt een overeenkomstig pictogram op het " -"bureaublad, waardoor toegang tot de inhoud mogelijk is zoals op een werkstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon " -"as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the " -"content shows up in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer gebruikers een USB-stick in een X2Go thin client van het type bare (standaardinstallatie gecombineerde server) plaatsen, wordt " -"het medium aangekoppeld zodra op het bestaande mappictogram op het Xfce-bureaublad wordt gedubbelklikt. Afhankelijk van de media-inhoud " -"kan het enige tijd duren voordat de inhoud verschijnt in bestandsbeheer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Een waarschuwing in verband met verwijderbare media en LTSP-servers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client " -"desktops. Remote users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer USB-sticks en andere verwijderbare media in een LTSP-server worden geplaatst, wordt het bijbehorende mappictogram weergegeven op " -"de desktops van LTSP-thin clients. Externe gebruikers hebben toegang tot de bestanden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Printers gebruiken die met LTSP-clients verbonden zijn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported)." -msgstr "Koppel de printer aan de LTSP-clientcomputer (zowel USB- als parallelle poort worden ondersteund)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "Configureer de LTSP-client met GOsa² om een vast IP-adres te gebruiken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network " -"printer type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver. Selecteer " -"netwerkprinter, type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (voor alle printers ongeacht merk of model) en stel " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> in als de URI van de verbinding." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "De PXE-instellingen wijzigen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation " -"for easier LTSP integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE staat voor Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu gebruikt nu de implementatie <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> " -"voor een eenvoudigere LTSP-integratie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Het PXE-menu configureren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. " -"It allows some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement " -"values." -msgstr "" -"Het item in het iPXE-menu betreffende systeeminstallaties wordt gegenereerd met behulp van het script <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Het is mogelijk om bepaalde instellingen ervan te overschrijven door een bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> aan te maken met vervangende waarden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "De PXE-installatie configureren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-" -"server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To " -"avoid these questions, the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> can be modified to provide " -"preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional debconf values." -msgstr "" -"De PXE-installatie zal de instellingen voor taal, toetsenbordindeling en spiegelserver overnemen uit de bij het installeren van de " -"hoofdserver meegegeven instellingen. De overige vragen (over profiel, deelname aan het meten van de populariteit van programmatuur, " -"schijfindeling en beheerderswachtwoord) zullen in de loop van de installatie wel gesteld worden. Om deze vragen te voorkomen, kunt u het " -"bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> aanpassen, zodat het de door u vooraf gekozen " -"antwoorden kan doorgeven aan de overeenkomstige waarden van debconf. Enkele voorbeelden van beschikbare waarden voor debconf kunt u " -"vinden in de commentaarregels van het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Zodra u " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> gebruikt om de installatie-omgeving voor PXE opnieuw aan te maken, zullen uw " -"wijzigingen echter verloren gaan. Om waarden voor debconf te laten toevoegen aan het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> tijdens dit proces van opnieuw aanmaken van de installatie-omgeving voor PXE met <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, moet u een bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> " -"creëren met daarin de door u gewenste bijkomende waarden voor debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Installation</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"U vindt bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen van PXE-installaties in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installatie</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Een eigen pakketbron gebruiken bij PXE-installaties" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Voeg u aan het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> iets toe in de zin van het " -"voorbeeld hieronder om ook een eigen pakketbron te kunnen gebruiken:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#voeg een pakketbron van example.org toe\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string pakketbron met programmatuur afkomstig van example\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> once." -msgstr "en geef dan eenmaal de opdracht <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen aanpassen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is intended for use just after installation on the " -"main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"Het pakket debian-edu-config bevat een hulpmiddel waarmee u het netwerk 10.0.0.0/8 in iets anders kunt wijzigen. Kijk eens naar " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Het is bedoeld om vlak na de installatie van de " -"hoofdserver gebruikt te worden met het oog op het aanpassen van LDAP en van de andere bestanden die bijgewerkt moeten worden om het " -"subnet te wijzigen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are " -"already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Weet dat kiezen voor een van de subnets die reeds elders in Debian Edu gebruikt worden, niet zal werken. 192.168.1.0/24 en 192.168.1.0/24 " -"staan reeds ingesteld als netwerken voor de LTSP clients. Omschakelen naar deze subnetwerken maakt het manueel bewerken van " -"configuratiebestanden om er de items uit te halen die er tweemaal in voorkomen, onvermijdelijk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in " -"the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so " -"would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to " -"be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Er bestaat geen gemakkelijke manier om de domeinnaam van DNS te wijzigen. Het toch doen maakt het aanpassen van de structuur van LDAP en " -"van meerdere bestanden in het bestandssysteem van de hoofdserver noodzakelijk. Er bestaat ook geen eenvoudige manier om de computernaam " -"en de DNS-naam van de hoofdserver (tjener.intern) te veranderen. Ook hiervoor zouden veranderingen nodig zijn in LDAP, in bestanden op de " -"hoofdserver en in het bestandssysteem van de client. En in de beide gevallen zouden ook de instellingen van Kerberos veranderd moeten " -"worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Extern Bureaublad (Remote Desktop)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</" -"emphasis> packages." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u kiest voor het profiel LTSP-server of het profiel gecombineerde server, worden ook de pakketten <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> en " -"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP " -"server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and " -"connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp maakt gebruik van het protocol Remote Desktop (bureaublad op een andere computer) om aan de clientcomputer een extern grafisch " -"aanmeldscherm aan te bieden. Dit laat gebruikers van Microsoft Windows toe om zonder het installeren van bijkomende programmatuur toch " -"een verbinding te maken met een LTSP-server waarop het programma xrdp draait. Er wordt dan op de Windowscomputer gewoon een verbinding " -"geactiveerd via 'Extern bureaublad' en de gebruiker kan zich aanmelden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "Bijkomend kan xrdp ook een verbinding maken met een VNC-server of een andere RDP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp wordt zonder ondersteuning voor geluid geleverd; om de nodige modules te compileren zou u het volgende script kunnen gebruiken." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script om de PulseAudio-modules voor xrd\n" -" # te compileren / hercompileren.\n" -" # De uitvoerder ervan moet root of lid van de sudo-groep zijn.\n" -" # Ook moet /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -" # een geldige deb-src-regel bevatten.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"FOUT: U moet root of lid van de sudo-groep zijn.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"FOUT: Zorg voor een deb-src-regel in /etc/apt/sources.list.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Broncode en bouwvereisten ophalen:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # Voor pulseaudio moet enkel 'configure' gebeuren:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Aanpassen van de Makefile voor de pulseaudio-modules\n" -" # (het absoluut pad is vereist)\n" -" # en bouwen van de pulseaudio-modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Modules kopiëren naar de map voor Pulseaudio-modules,\n" -" # rechten aanpassen.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Herstarten van xrdp, nu met ondersteuning voor geluid.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC " -"running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" -"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go maakt het mogelijk om vanaf een pc met Linux, Windows of macOS over een verbinding met lage of hoge bandbreedte toegang te hebben " -"tot een grafische werkomgeving op de LTSP-server. Daarvoor is op de client-computer extra software vereist. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende " -"informatie de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">wiki van X2Go</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat u best het pakket <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> verwijdert van de LTSP-server als u X2Go gebruikt. Zie <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Beschikbare clients voor verbinding met een extern bureaublad" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> wordt standaard geïnstalleerd en ondersteunt zowel RDP als VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - de eenvoudigste manier om een koppeling te maken met een Windows terminalserver. Een pakket met een alternatieve client is " -"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Een VNC-client (Virtual Network Computer) geeft vanop afstand toegang tot Skolelinux. Een pakket met een alternatieve client is " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to " -"connect to running sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is een grafische client voor het X2Go-systeem (niet standaard geïnstalleerd). U kunt dit " -"programma gebruiken om een verbinding te maken met een actieve sessie of om een nieuwe sessie te starten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Draadloze clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" -"edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP " -"and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See " -"<ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"De server <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> kan worden gebruikt om veilige netwerkverbindingen tot stand te brengen. Om dit te laten werken " -"moet u de pakketten <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> en <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> installeren op de hoofdserver en het commando " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> uitvoeren om een basale locatiespecifieke " -"configuratie te genereren. Op deze manier worden zowel de EAP-TTLS/PAP als de PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methode ingeschakeld. Alle configuratie zit " -"vervat in het script zelf om site-specifieke aanpassingen te vergemakkelijken. Raadpleeg de <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/" -"\">homepagina van freeRADIUS</ulink> voor details." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Extra configuratie is nodig om" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "toegangspunten in/uit te schakelen via een <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (gedeeld geheim) (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "draadloze toegang toe te staan/te weigeren met behulp van LDAP-groepen (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "toegangspunten samen te voegen in speciale groepen (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most " -"important: users need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. " -"This way the password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Apparaten van eindgebruikers moeten correct worden geconfigureerd, deze apparaten moeten met een pincode zijn beveiligd voor het gebruik " -"van EAP (802.1x)-methoden. En het belangrijkste: gebruikers moeten worden opgeleid om het freeradius CA-certificaat op hun apparaten te " -"installeren om er zeker van te zijn dat ze verbinding maken met de juiste server. Op deze manier kan het wachtwoord niet worden " -"achterhaald in het geval van een kwaadwillende server. Het locatiespecifieke certificaat is beschikbaar op het interne netwerk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices running Linux)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (voor apparaten van eindgebruikers met Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer " -"script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS " -"specific tools are needed to create the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Houd er rekening mee dat het configureren van apparaten voor eindgebruikers een echte uitdaging zal zijn vanwege de verscheidenheid aan " -"apparaten. Voor Windows-apparaten kan een installatiescript worden gemaakt, voor Apple-apparaten een mobileconfig-bestand. In beide " -"gevallen kan het freeRADIUS CA-certificaat worden geïntegreerd, maar er zijn OS-specifieke gereedschappen nodig om de scripts te maken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "Een Windows-machine machtiging verlenen aan de hand van Debian Edu-identificatiegegevens met behulp van de LDAP-plug-in pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "De gebruiker pGina toevoegen in Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search " -"inside of LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Om pGina (of een andere auth-service-applicatie van derden) te kunnen gebruiken, moet u een speciaal gebruikersaccount hebben dat wordt " -"gebruikt bij het zoeken in LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/gosa\"/> website." -msgstr "" -"Voeg een bijzondere gebruiker, bijv. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> met wachtwoord <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, toe op de " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> website." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "De pGina-afsplitsing installeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Download en installeer pGina 3.9.9.12 zoals gebruikelijke software. Let erop dat de LDAP-plug-in blijft staan in de plug-inmap van pGina:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "c:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "pGina configureren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636." -msgstr "Gezien de instellingen van Debian Edu gebruikt de verbinding met LDAP SSL via poort 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "Dus de noodzakelijke instellingen in een pGina LDAP-plugin zijn de volgende" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "(deze worden opgeslagen in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Hoofdgedeelte van de LDAP-plug-in" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (of iets anders met \"spatie\" als scheidingsteken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (voor de SSL-verbinding)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Timeout: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (selectievakje aanvinken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (selectievakje niet aanvinken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (selectievakje niet aanvinken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session)" -msgstr "(\"pguser\" is een gebruiker die zich in LDAP kan authenticeren om te zoeken in Users (gebruikers) bij een inlogsessie)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Search Passwords: pwd.777 (dit is het wachtwoord van \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Het blok Authentication" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Het tabblad Bind:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (selectievakje aanvinken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Het blok Authorization" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (selectievakje aanvinken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (selectievakje niet aanvinken, facultatief)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Pluginselectie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (enkel twee selectievakjes aanvinken)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Pluginvolgorde" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Informatiebronnen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see " -"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide " -"shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba is nu geconfigureerd als <emphasis>autonome server</emphasis> met moderne SMB2/SMB3-ondersteuning en met de functie delen van " -"gebruikersmappen ingeschakeld. Zie <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver. Op deze manier " -"kunnen gebruikers zonder beheerdersrechten gedeelde mappen aanbieden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "Omdat Samba het onveilige SMB1-protocol heeft laten vallen, is de optie om Samba in te stellen als PDC in NT4-stijl verdwenen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb." -"conf.edu-site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Voor locatiespecifieke wijzigingen moet u /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site kopiëren naar de map /etc/samba. De instellingen " -"in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> zullen die in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis> overschrijven." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen zijn standaard alleen-lezen. Dit kan gewijzigd worden in <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Samba-wachtwoorden worden opgeslagen met behulp van <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> en worden bijgewerkt voor het geval een " -"wachtwoord wordt gewijzigd met GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Om het Samba-account van een gebruiker tijdelijk uit te schakelen geeft u de opdracht <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <gebruikersnaam>" -"</computeroutput>, en met het commando <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> kunt u het terug activeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for " -"'students'." -msgstr "" -"Met het commando <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver schakelt de functie " -"mappen delen uit voor 'studenten'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Toegang tot bestanden via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, " -"Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, " -"also known as LAN access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-" -"plore</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Verbindingen met de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker en met extra locatiespecifieke gedeelde mappen (wanneer deze geconfigureerd zijn) " -"zijn mogelijk voor apparaten met Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS of Windows. Andere apparaten, zoals op Android gebaseerde " -"apparaten, hebben een bestandsbeheerder met SMB2 / SMB3-ondersteuning nodig, ook wel LAN-toegang genoemd. <ulink url=\"https://play." -"google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> of <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler." -"com/android.htm\">Total Commander met LAN plug-in</ulink> zou een goede keuze kunnen zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to " -"access the home directory." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> of <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<gebruikersnaam></" -"computeroutput> om toegang tot de persoonlijke map te hebben." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "HowTo's in verband met leren en onderrichten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running <computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> " -"(as root)." -msgstr "" -"Alle pakketten van Debian die in dit onderdeel vermeld worden, kunt u installeren door (als systeembeheerder) de opdracht " -"<computeroutput>apt install <pakket></computeroutput> te geven." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Onderricht in programmeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending " -"on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details " -"(maybe to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development " -"packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is een meta-pakket dat een " -"heleboel programmeerhulpmiddelen vereist. Merk op dat bijna 2 GiB vereist is als dit pakket geïnstalleerd wordt. Raadpleeg voor " -"bijkomende informatie (eventueel om slechts enkele pakketten te installeren) de pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">ontwikkelingspakketten van Debian Edu</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Leerlingen opvolgen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' " -"activities in your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Waarschuwing</emphasis>: zorg ervoor dat u goed geïnformeerd bent over de wettelijke bepalingen in verband met " -"het opvolgen en beperken van de activiteiten van uw computergebruikers in uw rechtsgebied." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org" -"\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Sommige scholen gebruiken controlehulpmiddelen zoals <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> of <ulink " -"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> om hun studenten te superviseren. Bekijk ook de <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.epoptes.org\">Homepagina van Epoptes</ulink> en de <ulink url=\"https://www.veyon.io\">Homepagina van Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "De netwerktoegang voor leerlingen beperken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Sommige scholen maken gebruik van <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> of <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> om de toegang tot het Internet te beperken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "HowTo's voor gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Wachtwoorden wijzigen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Iedere gebruiker zou zijn of haar wachtwoord moeten wijzigen via GOsa². Om dit te doen, moet men een browser gebruiken en naar " -"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput> gaan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² gebruiken om een wachtwoord te wijzigen garandeert dat de wachtwoorden voor Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) en " -"Samba identiek zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba " -"and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Het wijzigen van een wachtwoord met PAM functioneert ook aan de aanmeldingsprompt van GDM, maar dit past enkel het Kerberos-wachtwoord " -"aan, en niet het wachtwoord voor Samba en GOsa² (LDAP). Indien u dus uw wachtwoord wijzigde aan de aanmeldingsprompt, zou u het zeker ook " -"moeten wijzigen via GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Autonome Java-toepassingen uitvoeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime." -msgstr "Autonome Java-toepassingen worden automatisch ondersteund door OpenJDK, een omgeving voor het uitvoeren van javatoepassingen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Het gebruik van e-mail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow " -"mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the " -"local situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Alle gebruikers kunnen binnen het interne netwerk e-mail versturen en ontvangen. Certificaten worden voorzien om met TLS beveiligde " -"verbindingen mogelijk te maken. Om het gebruik van e-mail buiten het interne netwerk mogelijk te maken, moet de systeembeheerder de " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> configureren overeenkomstig de lokale situatie. Die configuratie bijwerken begint bij " -"de opdracht <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is " -"<ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Elke gebruiker die Thunderbird wenst te gebruiken, moet het op de volgende manier configureren. Voor een gebruiker met de gebruikersnaam " -"jdoe, is het interne e-mailadres <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Start Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Klik op 'Deze stap overslaan en mijn bestaande e-mail gebruken'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Voer uw e-mailadres in" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Voer uw wachtwoord niet in, aangezien het 'single sign on'-systeem van Kerberos gebruikt zal worden" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Klik op 'Doorgaan'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Voor IMAP en SMTP moeten de instellingen telkens 'STARTTLS' en 'Kerberos/GSSAPI' zijn. Pas ze aan als dit niet automatisch gedetecteerd " -"wordt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Klik op 'Klaar'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Meewerken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Meewerken op lokaal vlak" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and " -"users exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Momenteel bestaan er lokale teams in Noorwegen, Duitsland, de regio Extremadura in Spanje, Taiwan en Frankrijk. 'Individuele' medewerkers " -"en gebruikers zijn er in Griekenland, Nederland, Japan en op nog andere plaatsen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"Het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Support\">ondersteuning</link> bevat uitleg en koppelingen naar lokale hulpbronnen, aangezien " -"<emphasis>meewerken</emphasis> en <emphasis>ondersteunen</emphasis> twee kanten zijn van dezelfde medaille." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Wereldwijd meewerken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different " -"subjects." -msgstr "" -"Op internationaal vlak hebben we ons georganiseerd in meerdere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> die " -"werken op verschillende thema's." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for " -"communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we " -"meet each other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New contributors</ulink> should read our " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"In de meeste gevallen fungeert de <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">mailinglijst voor ontwikkelaars</ulink> als ons " -"belangrijkste communicatiemedium, maar eens per maand hebben we een IRC-vergadering op #debian-edu op irc.debian.org en zelfs ook, " -"weliswaar minder frequent, echte vergaderingen waarop we elkaar persoonlijk ontmoeten. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"NewContributor\">Nieuwe medewerkers</ulink> zouden onze <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/> moeten lezen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian." -"net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Een goede manier om te weten wat er gebeurt op het vlak van de ontwikkeling van Debian Edu, is zich inschrijven voor de <ulink url=" -"\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">mailinglijst voor broncodeaanpassingen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Bugs rapporteren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and " -"feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config" -"\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</" -"ulink> for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu gebruikt het <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bugvolgsysteem</ulink> (Bug Tracking System - BTS) van Debian. Bekijk " -"bestaande bugrapporten en functieverzoeken of maak er nieuwe aan. Rapporteer alle bugs tegen het pakket <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Kijk eens naar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#" -"\">Hoe Bugs Rapporteren</ulink> voor meer informatie over het rapporteren van bugs in Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Auteurs van documentatie en vertalers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the " -"text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Dit document heeft uw hulp nodig! Eerst en vooral is het op dit moment nog niet af. Terwijl u het leest, zult u merken dat er op " -"verschillende plaatsen in de tekst nog FIXMEs staan. Indien u toevallig (een beetje) kennis mocht hebben over wat daar uitgelegd moet " -"worden, overweeg dan alstublieft om uw kennis met ons te delen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"De broncode van de tekst is een wiki die eenvoudig met behulp van een webbrowser bewerkt kan worden. Ga gewoon naar <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> en u kunt zomaar beginnen mee te werken. Noot: u heeft wel een gebruikersaccount " -"nodig om de pagina's te bewerken: eerst moet u <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">een wiki-gebruikersaccount " -"aanmaken</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this " -"document can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</link> of this book. Please consider helping the " -"translation effort of this book!" -msgstr "" -"Een heel goede andere manier om mee te werken en gebruikers te helpen, is door programmatuur en documentatie te vertalen. Informatie over " -"hoe dit document te vertalen, is te vinden in het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Translations\">vertalingen</link> van dit boek. Overweeg " -"alstublieft om te helpen bij het vertalen van dit boek!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Ondersteuning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Ondersteuning op vrijwillige basis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "in het Engels" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - mailinglijst voor het bieden van ondersteuning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu op irc.debian.org - Een IRC-kanaal dat hoofdzakelijk gaat over ontwikkeling; verwacht niet om er onmiddellijke ondersteuning " -"te krijgen, al komt het regelmatig voor dat dit toch gebeurt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "in het Noors" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux op irc.debian.org - IRC-kanaal ter ondersteuning van Noorse gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "in het Duits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - mailinglijst voor het bieden van ondersteuning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - Officiële voorstelling in het Duits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de op irc.debian.org - IRC-kanaal ter ondersteuning van Duitse gebruikers" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "in het Frans" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - mailinglijst voor het bieden van ondersteuning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Professionele ondersteuning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp" -"\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Een lijst van bedrijven die professionele ondersteuning bieden vindt u op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/" -"ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit in Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit voor Debian Edu 11 met codenaam Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Veranderingen aan het installatieproces" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian Bullseye. Voor meer details kunt u terecht bij de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe grafische vormgeving die gebaseerd is op het <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">thema Homeworld</" -"ulink>, de standaard grafische vormgeving voor Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " -"profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for " -"diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"Het installatieprogramma van Debian biedt niet langer ondersteuning voor het opzetten van een LTSP-chroot. In het geval van een " -"installatie van een gecombineerde server (profiel 'Hoofdserver' + 'LTSP-server') gebeurt het opzetten van thin clientondersteuning " -"(waarvoor nu X2Go gebruikt wordt) op het einde van de installatie. Het genereren van het SquashFS-image voor ondersteuning van schijfloze " -"clients (vanuit het bestandssysteem van de server) gebeurt bij de eerste opstart." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " -"available from the main server." -msgstr "" -"Voor afzonderlijke LTSP-servers moeten beide stappen worden uitgevoerd via een hulpmiddel na de eerste opstart binnen het interne netwerk " -"wanneer voldoende informatie van de hoofdserver beschikbaar is." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Bijwerkingen van programmatuur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Alles wat nieuw is in Debian 11 Bullseye, bijvoorbeeld:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux kernel versie 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" -msgstr "Grafische werkomgevingen KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Gereedschapskist voor het onderwijs GCompris versie 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Programma voor muziekcreatie Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Bullseye stelt meer 59.000 pakketten ter beschikking, klaar voor installatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " -"notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over Debian 11 Bullseye kunt u vinden in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes" -"\">opmerkingen bij de uitgave</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Documentatie en bijwerkingen van vertalingen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens de installatie is de pagina over de keuze van profielen beschikbaar in 29 talen, waarvan er 22 een volledige vertaling bieden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " -"Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">handleiding van Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> is volledig " -"vertaald naar het Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het Italiaans, het Japans, het Noorse Bokmål, het Portugees (Portugal) en het " -"Vereenvoudigd Chinees." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Er bestaan gedeeltelijk vertaalde versies in het Deens en het Spaans." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Andere veranderingen vergeleken met de vorige uitgave" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the " -"certificate bundle for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Verbeterde ondersteuning voor TLS/SSL op het interne netwerk. Op clients is het basiscertificaat voor de 'Debian Edu-CA' nu opgenomen in " -"de certificatenbundel voor het hele systeem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe en volledig herschreven LTSP, waarbij ondersteuning voor thin clients weggevallen is. Thin clients worden nu met X2Go ondersteund." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "Netboot, het opstarten over het netwerk, wordt aangeboden met iPXE in plaats van PXELINUX om compatibel te zijn met LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Nu wordt de map <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> gebruikt als basis voor het opstarten over het netwerk in plaats van <emphasis>/var/lib/" -"tftpboot</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium." -msgstr "DuckDuckGo wordt gebruikt als standaard zoekmachine voor zowel Firefox ESR als Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "Chromium gebruikt de interne website in plaats van Google als standaard startpagina." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically." -msgstr "Op schijfloze werkstations is het Kerberos TGT na het inloggen automatisch beschikbaar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "Nieuw gereedschap toegevoegd om freeRADIUS in te stellen met ondersteuning voor zowel de methode EAP-TTLS/PAP als PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone." -msgstr "Samba wordt geconfigureerd als 'autonome server' met ondersteuning voor SMB2/SMB3; toetreden tot het domein is verdwenen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"De GOsa²-webinterface toont geen vermeldingen in verband met Samba, omdat Samba-accountgegevens niet langer in LDAP worden opgeslagen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode)." -msgstr "Voor PXE installaties wordt de grafische modus van het installatieprogramma van Debian gebruikt (in plaats van de tekstmodus)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "Centrale CUPS printserver ipp.intern, gebruikers die behoren tot de groep printer-admins, mogen CUPS beheren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "Het beheer van Icinga via de webinterface kan enkel gebeuren door de eerste gebruiker." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Bekende problemen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "kijk op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">de statuspagina van Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Auteursrechten en auteurs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " -"2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " -"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim " -"Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), " -"Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer " -"(2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. " -"Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Dit document werd geschreven door de volgende auteurs, bij wie ook de auteursrechten berusten: Holger Levsen (2007-2022), Petter " -"Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), " -"Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), " -"Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B " -"Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) en Serhii Horichenko (2022). Het " -"document werd uitgegeven onder de licentie GPL2 of een latere versie. Geniet ervan!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it under the same " -"conditions</emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Mocht u er inhoud aan toevoegen, <emphasis role=\"strong\">doe dit dan alstublieft enkel voor zover u er zelf de auteur van bent. U dient " -"die inhoud ook onder dezelfde voorwaarden vrij te geven</emphasis>! Voeg hier vervolgens uw naam toe en geef de inhoud vrij onder de " -"licentie 'GPL v2 of enige latere versie'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Vertalingen van dit document" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"De handleiding van Debian Edu Bullseye is volledig vertaald naar het Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het Italiaans, het Japans, het " -"Noorse Bokmål, het Portugees (Portugal) en het Vereenvoudigd Chinees." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "Op Weblate wordt gewerkt aan vertalingen naar het Pools, het Roemeens, het Zweeds en het Traditioneel Chinees." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "Er bestaat een <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">onlineoverzicht van alle vertalingen</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Hoe dit document vertalen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Gebruik PO-bestanden voor het vertalen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Zoals het geval is voor vele projecten van vrije programmatuur, worden vertalingen van dit document bijgehouden in PO-bestanden. In het " -"bestand <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations</computeroutput> kunt u meer " -"informatie vinden over het vertaalproces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Online vertalen met behulp van een webbrowser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" -"debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Sommige vertaalteams hebben beslist om de vertaling via Weblate te maken. Zie <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> voor bijkomende informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Gelieve ons eventuele problemen te rapporteren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Bijlage A - De GNU Algemene Gebruikerslicentie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see " -"the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > en anderen. " -"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk over <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Auteursrechten</link> voor de volledige lijst van personen bij wie de " -"auteursrechten berusten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Bijlage B - nog geen Debian Edu live cd/dvd's voor Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "Momenteel zijn er geen Debian Edu Live CD/DVD's voor Bullseye beschikbaar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Functionaliteit van het image voor een autonome computer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Bureaublad van XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Alle pakketten voor het profiel autonome computer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Alle pakketten specifiek voor een draagbare computer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Functionaliteit van het image voor een werkstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Alle pakketten voor het profiel werkstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Vertalingen en regionale ondersteuning activeren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is " -"the locale name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the " -"desired keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Om een specifieke vertaling te activeren moet u opstarten met de optie <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, waarbij ll_CC." -"UTF-8 staat voor de door u gewenste lokalisatie. Om een specifieke toetsenbordindeling te activeren, moet u de optie " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> gebruiken, waarbij KB staat voor de door u gewenste toetsenbordindeling. Hierna volgt een lijst " -"van veel gebruikte lokalisatiecodes:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Taal (Regio)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Code voor het taalgebied</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Toetsenbordindeling</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Noors Bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Noors Nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Duits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Frans (Frankrijk)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Grieks (Giekenland)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japans" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Noordelijk Sami (Noorwegen)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales " -"are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/" -"share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Een volledige lijst van taalgebiedcodes vindt u in het bestand <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, maar enkel de " -"UTF-8-versies van de taalgebiedcodes worden ondersteund door de live-images. Toch zijn niet voor alle taalgebieden vertalingen " -"geïnstalleerd. De benamingen voor de toetsenbordindeling vindt u in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Goed om te weten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "Het wachtwoord voor de gebruiker is 'user'; voor de systeembeheerder (root) werd geen wachtwoord ingesteld." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Bekende problemen met het image" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Bijlage C - Functionaliteit in oudere uitgaven" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit voor Debian Edu 10+edu0, codenaam Buster, uitgebracht op 06-07-2019" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are " -"official Debian images." -msgstr "" -"Dit is de eerste maal dat er installatie-images voor Debian Edu beschikbaar zijn op <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>. Het zijn " -"dus officiële Debian-images." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian Buster. Voor meer details kunt u terecht bij de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/buster/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the " -"default artwork for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe grafische vormgeving die gebaseerd is op het <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">thema " -"futurePrototype</ulink>, de standaard grafische vormgeving voor Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Nieuwe standaard grafische werkomgeving Xfce (ter vervanging van KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see " -"<ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vernieuwd configuratiebeheer CFEngine (het niet-onderhouden pakket cfengine2 werd vervangen door cfengine3). dit is een ingrijpende " -"aanpassing. Bekijk voor meer details <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">de officiële CFEngine documentatie</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "De architectuur van de LTSP-chroot is nu standaard die van de server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Alles wat nieuw is in Debian 10 Buster, bijvoorbeeld:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux kernel versie 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "Desktopomgevingen KDE Plasma Werkomgeving 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR en Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Gereedschapskist voor het onderwijs GCompris versie 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Programma voor muziekcreatie Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster stelt meer 57.000 pakketten ter beschikking, klaar voor installatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release " -"notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over Debian 10 Buster kunt u vinden in de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">opmerkingen " -"bij de uitgave</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully " -"translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Bijgewerkte vertalingen van de sjablonen die in het installatieprogramma gebruikt worden. Deze sjablonen zijn nu in 76 talen beschikbaar, " -"waarvan er 31 volledig vertaald zijn. De pagina voor het selecteren van de profielen is in 29 talen beschikbaar, waarvan er 19 volledig " -"vertaald zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"De handleiding van Debian Edu Buster is volledig vertaald naar het Frans, het Duits, het Italiaans, het Deens, het Nederlands, het Noorse " -"Bokmål en het Japans." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "Er bestaan gedeeltelijk vertaalde versies in het Pools, het Spaans, het Vereenvoudigd Chinees en het Traditioneel Chinees." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "Met het BD ISO-image is het opnieuw mogelijk om offline installaties uit te voeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are available. None of them is installed by " -"default." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn nieuwe, aan het onderwijsniveau gekoppelde, metapakketten beschikbaar: <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</" -"emphasis>. Geen van hen wordt standaard geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Sommige pakketten, die eerder behoren tot het voorschoolse niveau of tot het basisonderwijs (zoals <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> en <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) worden niet langer sttandaard " -"geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those educational packages that are actually wanted. See the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"Locatiespecifieke modulaire installatie. Het is voortaan mogelijk om enkel die educatieve pakketten te installeren die effectief gewenst " -"worden. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/Installation#Modular_installation" -"\">installatie</ulink> voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Locatiespecifieke meertalige ondersteuning. Zie het hoofdstuk <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Grafische werkomgeving</ulink> voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 wordt aangeboden als nieuwe keuzemogelijkheid bij het selecteren van de grafische werkomgeving." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Nieuw GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis> (voor wachtwoordbeheer)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "Uit de web-interface van GOsa² werden de onbruikbare opties verwijderd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Er is een nieuwe netgroep beschikbaar om systemen die behoren tot de netgroep <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-host</emphasis>, van een " -"automatische opstart uit te sluiten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nieuw hulpmiddel Standardskriver (Standaard printer). Zie het hoofdstuk <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/HowTo/Administration#Standardskriver\">Beheer</ulink> voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nieuw hulpmiddel Desktop-autoloader. Dit zorgt voor prestatieverbetering bij schijfloze LTSP-clients. Zie het hoofdstuk <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">Netwerk-clients</ulink> voor meer " -"informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate is used to sign server certificates and user home directories " -"are configured to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need " -"to allow insecure connections." -msgstr "" -"Verbeterde ondersteuning voor TLS/SSL binnen het interne netwerk. Er wordt een RootCA-certificaat gebruikt om servercertificaten te " -"ondertekenen en de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers worden geconfigureerd om dit te accepteren bij het aanmaken van het account. " -"Behalve Firefox ESR kunnen nu ook Chromium en Konqueror HTTPS gebruiken zonder onveilige verbindingen te moeten toelaten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Het commando <emphasis>ssh</emphasis> met Kerberos-ondersteuning. Binnen het interne netwerk is voor ssh-verbindingen niet langer een " -"wachtwoord vereist. Om dit voor de systeembeheerder te activeren, moet deze eerste het commando<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> " -"uitvoeren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS met Kerberos-ondersteuning. Het is nu mogelijk om de toegang tot de persoonlijke map meer te beveiligen. Zie het hoofdstuk <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Beheer</ulink> voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes " -"easier." -msgstr "" -"Het configuratiebestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> met voorbeelden werd toegevoegd om " -"locatiespecifieke aanpassingen makkelijker te maken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes " -"easier." -msgstr "" -"Het configuratiebestand <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</computeroutput> met voorbeelden werd toegevoegd om " -"locatiespecifieke aanpassingen makkelijker te maken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP " -"database just like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might also be useful to make site specific changes " -"easier." -msgstr "" -"Een nieuw hulpmiddel, <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-scratch</computeroutput>. Het maakt het mogelijk " -"om de LDAP-database opnieuw te genereren, zoals deze was onmiddellijk na de installatie van de hoofdserver. Dit gereedschap zou ook " -"nuttig kunnen zijn om het maken van locatiespecifieke aanpassingen te vergemakkelijken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related packages are now installed on all systems with Profile " -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Nu <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> beschikbaar is in Debian worden de ermee verband houdende pakketten automatisch geïnstalleerd op alle " -"systemen met het profiel <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped upstream." -msgstr "De ontwikkelaars van de browser Firefox ESR hebben de ondersteuning voor het uitvoeren van Java-applets weggelaten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "Ondersteuning voor het niet-vrije flash werd weggelaten uit de browser Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> " -"chapter for more information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Zoals dit het geval was voor de release van Stretch, wordt in Debian 10 het pakket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " -"niet standaard geïnstalleerd. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Onderhoud</ulink> voor bijkomende informatie over beveiligingsbijwerkingen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit voor Debian Edu 9+edu0, codenaam Stretch, uitgebracht op 17-06-2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian Stretch. Voor meer details kunt u terecht bij de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/stretch/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" profile." -msgstr "Het profiel 'Thin-clientserver' kreeg de nieuwe naam 'LTSP-Server'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default " -"artwork for Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe illustraties die gebaseerd zijn op het <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">thema 'soft Waves'</" -"ulink>, de standaardillustraties voor Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Alles wat nieuw was in Debian 9 Stretch, bijvoorbeeld:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux kernel versie 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "Desktopomgevingen KDE Plasma Werkomgeving 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others see this manual." -msgstr "De KDE Plasma Werkomgeving wordt standaard geïnstalleerd; raadpleeg deze handleiding om een van de andere te kiezen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR en Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "De naam van Iceweasel werd opnieuw veranderd naar Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "De naam van Icedove werd opnieuw veranderd naar Thunderbird en wordt nu standaard geïnstalleerd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Gereedschapskist voor het onderwijs GCompris versie 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Programma voor muziekcreatie Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Stretch stelt meer 50.000 pakketten ter beschikking, klaar voor installatie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release " -"notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over Debian 9 Stretch kunt u vinden in de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">opmerkingen " -"bij de uitgave</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Bijgewerkte vertalingen van de sjablonen die in het installatieprogramma gebruikt worden. Deze sjablonen zijn nu in 29 talen beschikbaar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"De handleiding van Debian Edu Stretch is volledig vertaald naar het Duits, het Frans, het Italiaans, het Nederlands, het Noors Bokmål en " -"het Japans. De Japanse vertaling is nieuw in Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "Er bestaan gedeeltelijk vertaalde versies in het Spaans, het Pools en het Vereenvoudigd Chinees." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga vervangt Nagios als monitoringsysteem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle vervangt ksnapshot als schermafdrukgereedschap." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "De vrije flash-player gnash is terug van weggeweest." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and " -"shutdown messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth wort standaard geïnstalleerd en geactiveerd, behalve voor de profielen 'Hoofdserver' en 'Minimaal'. U krijgt de opstart- en " -"afsluitmeldingen te zien als u op de ESC-toets drukt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using " -"GOsa² or an LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Bij de opwaardering vanuit Jessie moet de databank van LDAP aangepast worden. De waarde 'tjener' van sudoHost moet veranderd worden in " -"'tjener.intern' met behulp van GOsa² of een LDAP-editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, " -"although some i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"De zuivere i586-processor wordt niet langer ondersteund door de uitgave voor 32-bits PC's (gekend als de Debian architectuur i386). " -"Voortaan is de i686 het ondersteunde basismodel, hoewel sommige i586-processoren (bijv. de 'AMD Geode') wel nog ondersteund blijven." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 " -"minutes if a system with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Op nieuwe installaties wordt door Debian 9 'unattended upgrades' (onbemand opwaarderen - voor beveiligingsupdates) standaard geactiveerd. " -"Bij een systeem dat nog niet lang opgestart is kan dit het gevolg hebben dat het opnieuw afsluiten ervan ongeveer 15 minuten kan duren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be " -"regenerated (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP gebruikt nu NBD in plaats van NFS als basisbestandssysteem. Na iedere verandering aan een LTSP-chroot moet het ermee verband " -"houdende NBD-image opnieuw gegenereerd worden (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) opdat de wijzigingen van kracht zouden " -"worden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are no longer allowed." -msgstr "Het wordt niet langer toegestaan dat eenzelfde gebruiker gelijktijdig aangemeld is op een LTSP-server en een LTSP thin-client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Historische informatie over oudere uitgaven" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "De volgende releases van Debian Edu stammen uit een nog verder verleden:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, codenaam Jessie, uitgebracht op 02-07-2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, codenaam Wheezy, uitgebracht op 28-09-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 codenaam 'Squeeze', uitgebracht op 03-03-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 codenaam 'Squeeze', uitgebracht op 11-03-2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 codenaam 'Lenny', uitgebracht op 05-10-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 codenaam 'Lenny', uitgebracht op 08-02-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu '3.0r1 Terra', uitgebracht op 05-12-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu '3.0r0 Terra', uitgebracht op 22-07-2007. De release is gebaseerd op Debian 4.0 Etch, uitgebracht op 08-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06." -msgstr "Debian Edu 2.0, uitgebracht op 14-03-2006. De release is gebaseerd op Debian 3.1 Sarge, uitgebracht op 06-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "Debian Edu '1.0 Venus', uitgebracht op 20-06-2004. De release is gebaseerd op Debian 3.0 Woody, uitgebracht op 19-07-2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Een volledig en gedetailleerd overzicht van alle oude releases is te vinden in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C van de handleiding voor Jessie</ulink>. Raadpleeg anders de handleidingen bij de " -"verschillende uitgaven op de pagina met <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">handleidingen</ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data publikacji; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Tłumaczenie:</emphasis> -2016, 2017, 2020, 2021 Stanisław Stefan Krukowski -2019 Wiktor Wandachowicz -2019 Adrian Bystrek -2020, 2021 Michal Biesiada -2021, 2022 WaldiS - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pl.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8182 +0,0 @@ -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Polish (Debian Edu Documentation)\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-04-29 15:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: WaldiS <sto@tutanota.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/pl/>\n" -"Language: pl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " -"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.12.1\n" - -# type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "pl" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Podręcznik Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Data publikacji:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Podręcznik dla Debiana Edu 11 Nazwa kodowa Bullseye" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logo Instalatora Debiana Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "To jest podręcznik dla wydania Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"Wersja na <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> jest wersją wiki. Jest ona często aktualizowana." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Tłumaczenia</link> są częścią pakietu " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>. Pakiet można zainstalować " -"na serwerze WWW. Jest on również dostępny <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "O Debianie Edu i Skolelinuksie" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux jest dystrybucją Linuksa opartą na Debianie, która " -"zapewnia środowisko całkowicie skonfigurowanej sieci szkolnej. Implementuje " -"ona podejście klient-serwer. Serwery i klienci są <emphasis>elementami " -"oprogramowania</emphasis>, które oddziałują na siebie nawzajem. Serwery " -"dostarczają informacji wymaganych przez klientów do działania. Kiedy serwer " -"jest zainstalowany na jednej maszynie, a jego klient na innej, same maszyny " -"są określane jako serwer i klient, przez rozszerzenie koncepcji." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Rozdziały opisujące <link linkend=\"Requirements\">wymagania sprzętowe i " -"wymagania sieci komputerowej</link> oraz <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architekturę</link>, zawierają podstawowe szczegóły " -"dotyczące środowiska." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji głównego serwera wszystkie usługi potrzebne do szkolnej sieci " -"komputerowej są zainstalowane i skonfigurowane, a system jest gotowy do " -"użycia. Muszą być tylko dodane maszyny i użytkownicy poprzez GOsa², wygodny " -"interfejs użytkownika oparty na stronach WWW, lub dowolny inny edytor LDAP. " -"Przygotowane jest też środowisko rozruchu sieciowego używające PXE, <ulink " -"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> tak, aby po wstępnej instalacji z " -"głównego serwera - za pomocą płyty CD, płyty Blu-ray lub napędu wymiennego " -"USB - mogły być zainstalowane wszystkie inne maszyny poprzez sieć " -"komputerową; dotyczy to także \"stacji roboczych roaming\" (są to stacje " -"robocze, które można zabrać ze sobą poza sieć szkolną, zwykle laptopy i " -"netbooki). Rozruch PXE dotyczy też maszyn bezdyskowych, takich jak " -"tradycyjne cienkie klienty (ang. thin clients)." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"W domyślnej konfiguracji \"pulpitowej\" zawartych jest wiele programów " -"edukacyjnych, takich jak GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege i " -"Scratch. Konfigurację domyślną można łatwo i prawie bez końca rozszerzać za " -"pomocą universum Debiana." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Trochę historii i dlaczego dwie nazwy" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> jest dystrybucją " -"Linuksa stworzoną przez projekt Debian Edu. Jako dystrybucja Debiana typu " -"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Pure Blends</ulink> " -"jest ona oficjalnym podprojektem <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org\">Debiana</ulink>." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Dla twojej szkoły oznacza to, że Skolelinux jest wersją Debiana zapewniającą " -"gotowe środowisko całkowicie skonfigurowanej, szkolnej sieci komputerowej." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Projekt Skolelinux został założony w Norwegii 2 lipca 2001 roku — mniej " -"więcej w tym samym czasie, gdy Raphaël Hertzog rozpoczął Debian-Edu we " -"Francji. Od 2003 roku oba projekty są ze sobą złączone, lecz nazwy " -"pozostały. \"Skole\" i (Debian-)\"Education\", to po prostu dwa, dobrze " -"zrozumiałe terminy w tych regionach." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Obecnie, ten system jest w użyciu w wielu krajach na świecie." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Architektura" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Sieć komputerowa" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje architekturę sieci komputerowej i usługi " -"dostarczane za pomocą instalacji Skolelinux." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Topologia sieci komputerowej Debiana Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Rysunek jest szkicem przykładowej topologii sieci komputerowej. Domyślna " -"konfiguracja sieci Skolelinux zakłada, że jest jeden (i tylko jeden) serwer " -"główny, natomiast pozwala ona włączyć w sieć zarówno zwykłe stacje robocze, " -"jak i serwery LTSP (z podłączonymi cienkimi klientami i /lub bezdyskowymi " -"stacjami roboczymi). Ilość stacji roboczych może być tak duża lub tak mała, " -"jak tylko można chcieć (zaczynając od żadnej, a kończąc na bardzo dużej ich " -"liczbie). To samo dotyczy serwerów LTSP, z których każdy jest w oddzielnej " -"sieci tak, aby ruch sieciowy pomiędzy klientami a serwerem LTSP nie miał " -"wpływu na resztę usług sieciowych. LTSP jest szczegółowo wyjaśnione w <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">powiązanym rozdziale HowTo</link>." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Powód, dla którego może być tylko jeden główny serwer w każdej szkolnej " -"sieci jest następujący: serwer główny dostarcza DHCP, a w sieci tylko jedna " -"maszyna może obsługiwać DHCP; możliwe jest przeniesienie usług z głównego " -"serwera na inną maszynę (inne maszyny) poprzez zainstalowanie określonej " -"usługi na tej maszynie, a następnie poprzez aktualizację konfiguracji DNS i " -"wskazanie aliasu DNS dla tej usługi na właściwy komputer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Aby uprościć standardową instalację Skolelinuksa, połączenie internetowe " -"biegnie poprzez oddzielny router, zwany także bramą. Zobacz rozdział <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router internetowy</link>, aby " -"dowiedzieć się szczegółów o takiej bramie, jeśli nie można skonfigurować " -"istniejącej bramy." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Domyślne ustawienia sieci" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP na głównym serwerze obsługuje sieć 10.0.0.0/8, dostarczając menu " -"rozruchowego PXE, w którym można wybrać czy zainstalować nowy serwer /stację " -"roboczą, dokonać rozruchu cienkiego klienta lub bezdyskowej stacji roboczej, " -"uruchomić memtest, czy też dokonać rozruchu z lokalnego dysku twardego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Zostało to zaprojektowane do modyfikacji; szczegóły znajdziesz w <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">rozdziale HowTo</link>." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP na serwerach LTSP obsługuje tylko dedykowaną sieć na drugim interfejsie " -"(192.168.0.0/24 i 192.168.1.0/24 są opcjami wstępnie skonfigurowanymi). " -"Powinno to być rzadko zmieniane." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Konfiguracja wszystkich podsieci jest przechowywana w LDAP." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Serwer główny" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Sieć komputerowa Skolelinuksa potrzebuje jednego serwera głównego (zwanego " -"też \"tjener\", co w języku norweskim także oznacza \"serwer\"), który " -"domyślnie ma adres IP 10.0.2.2 i jest instalowany poprzez wybranie profilu " -"Serwera Głównego. Możliwe jest także (lecz nie wymagane) wybranie i " -"zainstalowanie profilu Serwer LTSP i profilu stacja robocza, które mogą być " -"profilami dodatkowymi do profilu Głównego Serwera." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Usługi uruchamiane na serwerze głównym" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Za wyjątkiem kontroli cienkich klientów, wszystkie usługi są początkowo " -"zainstalowane na jednym komputerze centralnym (serwerze głównym). Z powodów " -"wydajnościowych serwer /-y LTSP powinien /powinny być oddzielną maszyną " -"(chociaż możliwe jest zainstalowanie zarówno profilu Głównego Serwera, jak i " -"profilu Serwera LTSP na tej samej maszynie). Wszystkie usługi są " -"przydzielonymi, dedykowanymi nazwami DNS i są wyłącznie oferowane poprzez " -"IPv4. Przydzielona nazwa DNS ułatwia przeniesienie indywidualnych usług z " -"serwera głównego na inną maszynę poprzez proste zatrzymanie usługi na " -"głównym serwerze i zmianę konfiguracji DNS do punktu nowego umiejscowienia " -"usługi (która, oczywiście, powinna być wcześniej zainstalowana na tej " -"maszynie)." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Aby zapewnić bezpieczeństwo, wszystkie połączenia, w których hasła " -"transmitowane są poprzez sieć, są zaszyfrowane, a więc żadne hasła nie są " -"przesyłane poprzez sieć w postaci \"czystego\" tekstu." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Poniżej znajduje się tabela usług, które są domyślnie zainstalowane w sieci " -"Skolelinux i nazwy DNS dla każdej usługi. Tam, gdzie to możliwe, wszystkie " -"pliki konfiguracyjne odnoszą się do usługi za pomocą nazwy (bez nazwy " -"domeny). W ten sposób ułatwia się szkołom albo zmianę domeny (jeśli mają " -"własną domenę DNS) lub zmianę używanych adresów IP." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela usług</emphasis>" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opis usługi</emphasis>" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nazwa zwyczajowa</emphasis>" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nazwa usługi DNS</emphasis>" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Logowanie scentralizowane (ang. Centralised Logging)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "Rsyslog" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "Syslog" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Usługa nazw domenowych (ang. Domain Name Service)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domena" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "" -"Automatyczna sieciowa konfiguracja maszyn (ang. Automatic Network " -"Configuration of Machines)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "Bootps" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Synchronizacja zegara (ang. Clock Synchronisation)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "Ntp" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "" -"Katalogi domowe poprzez sieciowy system plików (ang. Home Directories via " -"Network File System)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "katalogi domowe" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Elektroniczny urząd pocztowy (ang. Electronic Post Office)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP / Dovecot" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "urząd pocztowy (ang. postoffice)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Usługa katalogowa (ang. Directory Service)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "Open LDAP" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "Ldap" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administracja użytkownika (ang. User Administration)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa ²" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Serwer WWW" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache /PHP" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Centralna kopia zapasowa (ang. Central Backup)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "Sl-backup, Slbackup-php" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "kopia zapasowa (ang. backup)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Pamięć podręczna WWW (ang. Web Cache)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "Webcache" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Drukowanie (ang. Printing)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "Ipp" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Bezpieczne logowanie zdalne (ang. Secure Remote Login)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "Open SSH" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguracja automatyczna (ang. Automatic Configuration)" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CF Engine" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "Cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Serwer /-y LTSP" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "Ltsp" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Nadzór maszyny i usług z raportowaniem błędów oraz historia na WWW. " -"Raportowanie błędów za pomocą e-mail" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga i Podsumowanie witryny" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "podsumowanie witryny" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Pliki osobiste dla każdego użytkownika są przechowywane w katalogach home, " -"które są dostępne za pomocą serwera. Katalogi home są dostępne ze wszystkich " -"maszyn. Dzięki temu, użytkownicy mają dostęp do tych samych plików " -"niezależnie od tego, której maszyny używają. Serwer posiada \"agnostyczny\" " -"system operacyjny: oferuje dostęp poprzez NFS dla klientów Uniksa, a poprzez " -"SMB2/SMB3 dla innych klientów." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Poczta elektroniczna jest domyślnie skonfigurowana tylko do dostarczania " -"lokalnego (tj. w obrębie szkoły), chociaż dostarczanie e-mail do szerszego " -"Internetu może być także skonfigurowane, jeśli szkoła ma stałe łącze " -"internetowe. Klienty są tak skonfigurowane, aby dostarczały e-mail do " -"serwera (przy użyciu 'smarthost'), a użytkownicy mogą mieć<link " -"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">dostęp do swojej osobistej poczty " -"elektronicznej</link> poprzez IMAP." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Wszystkie usługi są dostępne przy użyciu tej samej nazwy użytkownika i tego " -"samego hasła, dzięki centralnej bazie danych użytkowników, która służy do " -"uwierzytelniania i autoryzacji." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Aby zwiększyć wydajność przy często odwiedzanych witrynach internetowych, " -"używany jest pośrednik WWW (ang. web proxy), który zapisuje pliki w lokalnej " -"pamięci podręcznej (Squid). W połączeniu z blokowaniem ruchu sieciowego w " -"routerze umożliwia to również kontrolę dostępu do Internetu na " -"poszczególnych maszynach." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Konfiguracja sieci dla klientów jest wykonywana automatycznie za pomocą " -"DHCP. Wszystkie rodzaje klientów mogą być podłączane do prywatnej podsieci " -"10.0.0.0/8, w której dostaną odpowiednie adresy IP; klienty LTSP powinny być " -"podłączane do odpowiadającego im serwera LTSP poprzez oddzielną podsieć " -"192.168.0.0/24 (ma to zapewnić sytuację, w której ruch sieciowy cienkich " -"klientów nie będzie kolidował z resztą usług sieci)." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Zainstalowane jest scentralizowane logowanie tak, aby wszystkie maszyny " -"wysyłały swoje komunikaty syslog do serwera. Usługa syslog jest " -"zainstalowana w ten sposób, aby akceptowała komunikaty przychodzące " -"wyłącznie z sieci lokalnej." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Domyślnie, serwer DNS jest zainstalowany z domeną tylko do użytku lokalnego " -"(*.intern) aż do czasu, gdy zainstalowana zostanie rzeczywista " -"(\"zewnętrzna\") domena DNS. Serwer DNS jest zainstalowany jako serwer DNS z " -"pamięcią podręczną tak, aby wszystkie maszyny w sieci mogły go używać jako " -"głównego Serwera DNS." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Uczniowie i nauczyciele mają możliwość publikowania witryn internetowych. " -"Serwer WWW dostarcza mechanizmów do uwierzytelniania użytkowników i do " -"ograniczania dostępu do indywidualnych stron i podkatalogów dla pewnych " -"użytkowników i grup. Użytkownicy będą mieli możliwość tworzenia dynamicznych " -"stron WWW, gdy serwer WWW będzie programowalny po stronie serwera." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Informacje o użytkownikach i maszynach mogą być zmieniane w jednym, " -"centralnym miejscu. Możliwy jest też automatyczny dostęp do wszystkich " -"komputerów w sieci. Aby to osiągnąć, zainstalowano scentralizowany katalog " -"serwera. Ten katalog będzie posiadał informacje o użytkownikach, grupach " -"użytkowników, maszynach i grupach maszyn. Aby uniknąć pomyłek ze strony " -"użytkowników — nie będzie żadnych różnic pomiędzy grupami plików, listami " -"dyskusyjnymi i grupami w sieci. Takie podejście zakłada, że grupy maszyn, " -"które mają tworzyć grupy sieciowe, będą używać takiej samej przestrzeni " -"nazw, jak grupy użytkowników i list dyskusyjnych." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Administracja usług i użytkowników będzie odbywać się głównie poprzez WWW " -"zgodnie z ustanowionymi standardami, dobrze funkcjonującymi w przeglądarkach " -"WWW, które są częścią Skolelinuksa. Delegowanie pewnych zadań dla " -"indywidualnych użytkowników lub grup użytkowników będzie możliwe za pomocą " -"systemów administracji." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Różne maszyny potrzebują zsynchronizowanych zegarów, aby uniknąć problemów z " -"NFS i uprościć problemy z ich debugowaniem. Aby to osiągnąć, serwer " -"Skolelinux jest zainstalowany jako serwer lokalny protokołu czasu sieciowego " -"(ang. local Network Time Protocol — NTP), a wszystkie stacje robocze i " -"klienty są zainstalowane tak, aby synchronizowały się z tym serwerem. Sam " -"serwer powinien synchronizować zegar via NTP z maszynami w Internecie, aby " -"zapewnić poprawny czas dla całej sieci." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Drukarki mogą być podłączone, zależnie od potrzeb, albo bezpośrednio do " -"głównej sieci, albo do serwera, albo do stacji roboczej lub do serwera LTSP. " -"Dostęp do drukarek może być kontrolowany poprzez poszczególnych użytkowników " -"w zależności od grupy, do której należy użytkownik. Tego typu podłączenia " -"można osiągnąć poprzez zastosowanie kwot i kontroli dostępu do drukarek." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Serwer /serwery LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Sieć komputerowa Skolelinuksa może mieć wiele serwerów LTSP, które są " -"instalowane poprzez wybranie profilu Serwera LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Serwery LTSP są zainstalowane tak, aby otrzymywać syslog od cienkich " -"klientów i stacji roboczych, oraz aby przekazywać te komunikaty dalej, do " -"centralnego odbiorcy syslog." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Proszę zauważyć:" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Bezdyskowe stacje robocze LTSP używają obecnie programów zainstalowanych na " -"serwerze." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Główny system plików klienta jest udostępniany za pomocą NFS. Po każdej " -"modyfikacji serwera LTSP należy ponownie wygenerować odpowiedni obraz; " -"należy uruchomić <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> na serwerze LTSP." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Cienkie klienty" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta pozwala zwykłym komputerom PC funkcjonować " -"jako (X-)terminale. Oznacza to, że maszyna uruchamia się bezpośrednio z " -"serwera za pomocą PXE, bez użycia lokalnego dysku twardego klienta. " -"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta używa teraz X2Go, ponieważ LTSP przestało być " -"wspierane." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Cienki klient jest dobrym sposobem na wykorzystanie bardzo starych " -"(najczęściej 32-bitowych) maszyn, ponieważ efektywnie uruchamiają wszystkie " -"programy na serwerze LTSP. Działa to w następujący sposób: usługa " -"wykorzystuje DHCP i TFTP do połączenia się z siecią i uruchomienia komputera " -"z sieci. Następnie z serwera LTSP montowany jest system plików za pomocą " -"NFS, a na końcu uruchamiany jest klient X2Go." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Bezdyskowe stacje robocze" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Bezdyskowa stacja robocza uruchamia całe oprogramowanie na komputerze bez " -"lokalnie zainstalowanego systemu operacyjnego. Oznacza to, że maszyny " -"klienckie uruchamiają się przez PXE bez uruchamiania oprogramowania " -"zainstalowanego na lokalnym dysku twardym." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Bezdyskowe stacje robocze są doskonałym sposobem na zastosowanie mocnego " -"sprzętu komputerowego, przy takim samym niskim koszcie utrzymania, jak przy " -"cienkich klientach. Oprogramowanie jest administrowane i zarządzane na " -"serwerze bez żadnej potrzeby lokalnej instalacji oprogramowania na " -"klientach. Katalogi domowe i ustawienia systemowe są także przechowywane na " -"serwerze." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Klienty sieciowe" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Termin „klienci sieciowi” jest używany w tym podręczniku zarówno w " -"odniesieniu do cienkich klientów, jak i bezdyskowych stacji roboczych, a " -"także do komputerów z systemem macOS lub Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administracja" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Wszystkie maszyny Linux, zainstalowane za pomocą instalatora Skolelinux, " -"będzie można administrować z komputera centralnego, najprawdopodobniej z " -"serwera. Możliwe będzie logowanie do wszystkich maszyn poprzez SSH, aby mieć " -"do nich pełny dostęp administracyjny. Jako administrator root konieczne " -"będzie uruchamianie <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>, aby uzyskać " -"Kerberos TGT." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Wszystkie informacje o użytkownikach są utrzymywane w katalogu LDAP. " -"Aktualizacje kont użytkowników są wykonywane z tej bazy danych, która jest " -"używana przez klienty do uwierzytelniania użytkowników." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalacja" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Obecnie dostępne są dwa rodzaje obrazów nośników instalacyjnych: netinst i " -"BD. Oba obrazy mogą być również uruchamiane z przenośnych pamięci USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Celem jest to, aby zainstalować serwer — za jednym razem — z dowolnego typu " -"nośnika, a także wszystkie inne klienty poprzez sieć, za pomocą rozruchu " -"sieciowego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Tylko obraz netinstall potrzebuje dostępu do Internetu podczas instalacji." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja nie powinna zadawać żadnych pytań, za wyjątkiem pytań o pożądany " -"język, lokalizację, klawiaturę i profil maszyny (serwer główny, stacja " -"robocza, LTSP, ...). Wszystkie inne konfiguracje będą instalowane " -"automatycznie z rozsądnymi wartościami tak, aby można je było po instalacji " -"zmienić, z centralnego miejsca, przez administratora systemu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguracja dostępu do systemu plików" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Każde konto użytkownika Skolelinuksa jest przypisane do jednej z sekcji " -"systemu plików na serwerze plików. Ta sekcja (katalog domowy) zawiera pliki " -"konfiguracji użytkownika, dokumenty, wiadomości e-mail i strony WWW. " -"Niektóre pliki powinny być zainstalowane tak, aby inni użytkownicy systemu " -"mogli mieć do nich dostęp, do niektórych powinien być swobodny dostęp z " -"Internetu tak, aby każdy mógł je odczytać, a do jeszcze innych powinien mieć " -"dostęp tylko dany użytkownik — posiadacz konta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Aby upewnić się, że wszystkie dyski, używane przez katalogi użytkownika, " -"mają unikalne nazwy albo, że katalogi współdzielone posiadają również (na " -"wszystkich komputerach) tego rodzaju nazwy, katalogi można zamontować jako " -"<computeroutput> /skole/host/katalog</computeroutput>. Początkowo, utworzony " -"jest jeden katalog na serwerze, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" -"computeroutput>, w którym są utworzone wszystkie konta użytkowników. " -"Następnie, można utworzyć (w razie potrzeby) więcej katalogów, aby " -"dostosować poszczególne grupy użytkowników do określonych wzorców " -"użytkowania." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Aby włączyć wspóldzielony dostęp do plików w zwykłym systemie uprawnień " -"UNIX, użytkownicy muszą należeć do dodatkowych grup współdzielonych (takich " -"jak np. \"studenci\"), jak też do podstawowej grupie osobistej, do której " -"domyśnie należą. Jeśli użytkownicy mają odpowiednio ustawione umask (ang. " -"user mask — polecenie interfejsu POSIX, które odpowiada za ograniczanie praw " -"dostępu) w ten sposób, aby nowe pozycje były dostępne w oparciu o " -"przynależność grupową (002 lub 007), i jeśli katalogi, na których pracują " -"użytkownicy, mają ustawione setgid (atrybuty plików oraz katalogów, " -"pozwalające na uruchamianie pliku wykonywalnego z prawami właściciela /grupy " -"tego pliku), to wynikiem tego jest kontrolowane współdzielenie plików " -"pomiędzy członkami grupy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"Początkowe ustawienia dostępu do nowo utworzonych plików są kwestią " -"polityki. Domyślną wartością umask dla Debiana jest 022 (nie umożliwia to " -"dostępu do grupy zgodnie z opisem powyżej), ale Debian Edu używa domyślnej " -"wartości 002. Oznacza to, że pliki są tworzone z dostępem do odczytu dla " -"wszystkich, co może być później usunięte przez bezpośrednie działanie " -"użytkownika. Można to alternatywnie zmienić, modyfikując <computeroutput>/" -"etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) do umask 007 co oznacza, że " -"dostęp do odczytu jest początkowo zablokowany. Aby udostępnić pliki — " -"niezbędne będzie działanie użytkownika. Pierwsze podejście zachęca do " -"dzielenia się wiedzą i sprawia, że system staje się bardziej przejrzysty, " -"podczas gdy druga metoda zmniejsza ryzyko rozprzestrzenienia się " -"niechcianych informacji poufnych. Problem z pierwszym rozwiązaniem polega na " -"tym, że nie jest widoczne dla użytkowników to, czy materiały przez nich " -"tworzone będą dostępne dla innych. Użytkownicy mogą to wykryć jedynie " -"sprawdzając katalogi innych użytkowników i upewniając się, że ich pliki są " -"dla innych czytelne. Problem z drugim rozwiązaniem polega na tym, że " -"prawdopodobnie tylko niewiele osób zechce udostępnić swoje pliki, nawet " -"jeśli nie zawierają one poufnych informacji, a treści w nich zawarte nie są " -"użyteczne dla ciekawskich użytkowników. (którzy chcą dowiedzieć się, jak " -"inni rozwiązują poszczególne problemy — zazwyczaj związane z konfiguracją)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Wymagania" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Są różne sposoby instalowania Skolelinuksa. Można go zainstalować po prostu " -"jako samodzielny komputer PC typu desktop lub jako rozwiązanie o zasięgu " -"regionalnym dla wielu szkół, działające centralnie. Ta elastyczność jest " -"przyczyną wielkich różnic w konfiguracji składników sieciowych, serwerów i " -"maszyn klienckich." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Wymagania sprzętowe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Cele różnych profili są wyjaśnione w rozdziale <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architektura sieciowa</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli zamierza się użyć LTSP, proszę spojrzeć na stronę wiki <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP " -"Hardware Requirements</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Komputery uruchamiane za pomocą Debiana Edu / Skolelinux muszą mieć albo " -"procesory 32-bitowe (architektura Debiana 'i386', najstarsze obsługiwane " -"procesory tej klasy to 686) lub procesory x86 64-bitowe (architektura " -"Debiana 'amd64')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Możliwe są cienkie klienty posiadające tylko 256 MB RAM z procesorem " -"pracującym z częstotliwością 400 MHz, chciaż zalecana jest większa ilość RAM " -"i szybsze procesory." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Dla stacji roboczych, bezdyskowych stacji roboczych i systemów " -"autonomicznych — 1500 MHz i 1024 MB pamięci RAM to bezwzględne minimum. Aby " -"uruchomić współczesne przeglądarki internetowe i pakiet biurowy LibreOffice " -"zalecane jest 2048 MB pamięci RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" -"Minimalne wymagania przestrzeni dyskowej zależą od profilu, który jest " -"zainstalowany:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"połączenie serwera głównego z serwerem LTSP: 70 GB (oraz dodatkowa " -"przestrzeń dla kont użytkowników)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "serwer LTSP : 40 GB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "stacja robocza lub oddzielna maszyna: 30 GB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Serwery LTSP, jeśli używają domyślnej architektury sieciowej, potrzebują " -"dwóch kart sieciowych:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 jest podłączony do głównej sieci (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 służy do obsługi klientów LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Laptopy to przenośne stacje robocze, a więc mają te same wymagania, jak te " -"stacje." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Sprzęt, o którym wiadomo, że działa prawidłowo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Lista przetestowanego sprzętu komputerowego jest dostępna na <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Ta lista nie jest " -"kompletna" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/>jest próbą " -"udokumentowania tego, jak zainstalować, skonfigurować i używać Debiana na " -"konkretnym sprzęcie komputerowym. Dzięki temu, potencjalne osoby, które chcą " -"kupić sprzęt komputerowy mogą się zorientować, czy jest on wspierany przez " -"Debiana, a istniejący właściciele takiego sprzętu mogą się dowiedzieć, jak " -"najlepiej go wykorzystać." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Wymagania dotyczące konfiguracji sieci" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Konfiguracja domyślna" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Podczas używania domyślnej architektury sieci komputerowej, mają " -"zastosowanie następujące reguły:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Potrzebny jest dokładnie jeden serwer główny, tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "W głównej sieci można mieć setki stacji roboczych." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"W głównej sieci może być wiele serwerów LTSP; dwie różne podsieci są " -"wstępnie skonfigurowane w LDAP (DNS, DHCP), można też ich więcej dodać." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"W każdej sieci serwera LTSP można mieć setki cienkich klientów i/lub " -"bezdyskowych stacji roboczych." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Można mieć setki innych maszyn, które będą miały przypisane dynamiczne " -"adresy IP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Aby uzyskać dostęp do Internetu — potrzebny będzie router/brama (zobacz " -"poniżej)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Router internetowy" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Aby podłączyć się do Internetu potrzebny jest, na zewnętrznym interfejsie, " -"router/brama. Jest on uruchamiany na adresie IP 10.0.0.1 z netmask 255.0.0.0 " -"na interfejsie wewnętrznym." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Router nie powinien uruchamiać serwera DHCP. Może uruchamiać serwer DNS, " -"chociaż to nie jest potrzebne i nie będzie wykorzystywane." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"W przypadku, gdy jest już router, ale nie można go skonfigurować tak, jak to " -"należy zrobić (lub jak jest niedozwolone z powodów technicznych), to starszy " -"komputer z dwoma interfejsami sieciowymi może być przekształcony w bramę " -"pomiędzy istniejącą siecią a siecią Debiana Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Prosty sposób, aby zainstalować Debiana Edu na komputerze; wybierz 'Minimal' " -"jako profil podczas instalacji." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji, uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> co " -"spowoduje następujące zmiany:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Dostosuj plik /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Zmień na stałe nazwę hosta na 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Usuń zbędne skrypty." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Włącz przekierowanie IP i NAT do sieci 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Zainstaluj zaporę sieciową (opcjonalnie)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli potrzebujesz czegoś dla routera wbudowanego lub dla punktu " -"dostępowego, zalecamy użycie <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" -"ulink>, chociaż możesz też użyć oryginalnego firmware. Używanie oryginalnego " -"firmware jest łatwiejsze, natomiast używanie OpenWRT daje ci więcej opcji do " -"wyboru i większą kontrolę. Sprawdź strony internetowe OpenWRT, gdzie jest " -"lista wspieranego sprzętu <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Możliwe jest użycie innej konfiguracji sieci (istnieje <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">udokumentowana procedura</" -"ulink> innej konfiguracji), lecz jeśli nie jesteś zmuszony do wykonania tego " -"na istniejącej infrastrukturze sieciowej, zalecamy tego nie robić — lepiej " -"pozostać przy architekturze <link linkend=\"Architecture\">domyślnej</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Instalacja i opcje pobierania" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Gdzie znaleźć dodatkowe informacje" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Zalecamy, aby przeczytać lub przynajmniej przyjrzeć się <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">uwagom do wydania Debiana " -"Bullseye</ulink>, przed rozpoczęciem instalacji systemu do użytku " -"produkcyjnego. Więcej informacji na temat wydania Debiana Bullseye można " -"znaleźć w jego <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" -"Daj proszę szansę Debianowi Edu/Skolelinux i wypróbuj go, a wszystko to, o " -"czym pisaliśmy poprzednio — powinno po prostu zadziałać." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Zaleca się jednak przeczytanie rozdziałów o <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">wymaganiach sprzętowych i sieciowych</link> oraz o " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architekturze</link>, przed instalacją " -"serwera głównego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Upewnij się, że przeczytałeś także rozdział <link " -"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">rozpoczynający</link> ten podręcznik, ponieważ " -"jest tam wyjaśnione, jak się zalogować po raz pierwszy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Pobierz medium instalacyjne dla Debiana Edu 11+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 lub i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> to nazwy dwóch architektur Debiana dla CPU x86, obie są lub " -"zostały zbudowane przez firmy AMD, Intel i innych producentów. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> to architektura 64-bitowa, natomiast " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> to architektura 32-bitowa. Obecnie, " -"nowe instalacje powinny być wykonane przy użyciu <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> powinna być używana " -"tylko dla starszego sprzętu komputerowego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "obrazy netinst iso dla amd64 lub i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Obraz netinst iso może być użyty do instalacji z płyt CD/DVD i dysków " -"wymiennych USB. Obrazy netinst iso są dostępne dla dwóch architektur " -"Debiana: dla amd64 oraz dla i386. Jak sama nazwa wskazuje, do instalacji " -"niezbędny jest dostęp do Internetu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "Po wydaniu Bullseye te obrazy będą dostępne do pobrania z:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "obrazy BD iso dla i386 lub amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Obraz ISO ma wielkość około 5 GB i można go użyć do instalacji na maszynach " -"amd64 lub i386, także bez dostępu do Internetu. Podobnie jak obraz netinst — " -"można go również zainstalować na dyskach wymiennych USB, jeśli mają one " -"odpowiednią ilość wolnej przestrzeni dyskowej." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Weryfikacja plików pobranego obrazu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Szczegółowe instrukcje do weryfikacji tych obrazów są częścią <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Źródła" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Źródła są dostępne w archiwum Debiana w zwykłych lokalizacjach, kilka mediów " -"jest połączonych na <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" -"current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Instalowanie Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Gdy zdecydujesz się na instalację Debiana Edu, to masz do wyboru kilka " -"opcji. Nie obawiaj się — nie jest ich zbyt dużo. Wykonaliśmy 'dobrą robotę' " -"ukrywając złożoność Debiana podczas instalacji i w trakcie jego użytkowania. " -"Jednakże, Debian Edu jest Debianem, więc jeśli chcesz, możesz wybierać do " -"woli spośród 57 000 pakietów, oraz spośród około miliona opcji " -"konfiguracyjnych. Nasze ustawienia domyślne powinny świetnie się sprawdzić u " -"większości użytkowników. Proszę zauważyć: jeśli zamierza się użyć LTSP, to " -"warto wybrać 'lekkie' środowisko pulpitu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Scenariusz instalacji głównego serwera" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Typowa szkolna lub domowa sieć komputerowa z dostępem do Internetu poprzez " -"router dostarczajacy DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja głównego serwera jest możliwa, ale po restarcie nie będzie " -"dostępu do Internetu (ze względu na podstawowy interfejs sieciowy IP " -"10.0.2.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Zobacz: Rozdział <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router " -"internetowy</link>, aby dowiedzieć się, jak ustawić bramę, jeśli nie można " -"skonfigurować bramy już istniejącej." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Połącz wszystkie składniki tak, jak to pokazane jest w Rozdziale <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architektura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Serwer główny powinien mieć połączenie internetowe tak szybko, jak tylko " -"zostanie ponownie uruchomiony w poprawnym środowisku." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Typowa szkolna lub instytucjonalna sieć komputerowa, podobna do poniższej, " -"lecz z wymaganym użyciem proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Dodaj 'debian-edu-expert' do wiersza poleceń jadra; zobacz dalej, aby " -"dowiedzieć się szczegółów na temat tego, jak to wykonać." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Trzeba zastanowić się nad dodatkowymi kwestiami, związanymi z dołączeniem " -"serwera proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Sieć z routerem/bramą IP 10.0.0.1/8 (która nie dostarcza serwera DHCP) i " -"dostępu do Internetu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Jak tylko zawiedzie automatyczna konfiguracja sieci (ze względu na brakujący " -"DHCP), wybierz ręczną konfigurację sieci." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Wprowadź 10.0.2.2/8 jako IP hosta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Wprowadź 10.0.0.1 IP bramy" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Wprowadź 8.8.8.8 jako nazwę serwera IP, chyba że znasz lepszą" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Serwer główny powinien działać po pierwszym uruchomieniu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Offline (bez połączenia internetowego):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Użyj obrazu BD ISO." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Upewnij się, że wszystkie kable sieciowe (rzeczywiste/wirtualne) są " -"odłączone." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz 'Nie konfiguruj teraz sieci' (po tym, jak zawiódł DHCP konfigurujący " -"sieć, a ty wcisnąłeś 'Kontynuuj')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Zaktualizuj system, jak tylko go urochomisz w poprawnym środowisku, z " -"dostępem do Internetu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Środowiska graficzne" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Dostępnych jest kilka środowisk graficznych:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce ma trochę wiekszy footprint niż LXDE, lecz bardzo dobrą obsługę języków " -"(106 języków narodowych)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"Zarówno KDE, jak i GNOME mają dobrą obsługę języków narodowych, lecz zbyt " -"duży 'odcisk palca' (ang. footprint), zarówno dla starszych komputerów, jak " -"i dla klientów LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon to lżejsza alternatywa dla środowiska GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE jest lżejszy od trzech powyższych, ale brakuje mu dobrego wsparcia " -"językowego dla kilku krajów." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE ma najmniejszy footprint, i obsługuje 35 jezyków." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt to lekkie środowisko graficzne (obsługa języków podobna do LXDE) z " -"bardziej nowoczesnym wyglądem (oparte na Qt, podobnie jak KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu jako projekt międzynarodowy wybrał Xfce jako domyślne środowisko " -"graficzne; zobacz poniżej, jak ustawić inny." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Instalacja modułowa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Podczas instalacji systemu z podłączonym profilem <emphasis>Stacja robocza</" -"emphasis>instalowanych jest wiele programów odnoszących się do edukacji. Aby " -"zainstalować tylko profil podstawowy, usuń – przed uruchomieniem instalacji " -"– parametr wiersza poleceń jądra <emphasis>pulpit=xxxx</emphasis>. Pozwala " -"to na zainstalowanie systemu specyficznego dla witryny i może być " -"wykorzystane do przyspieszenia instalacji testowych. Spójrz poniżej, jak to " -"się robi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Proszę zauważyć: jeśli chcesz później zainstalować środowisko pulpitu, to " -"nie używaj meta-pakietów Debian Edu, takich jak np. <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</" -"ulink>, ponieważ to mogłoby pociągnąć za sobą instalację wszystkich " -"programów związanych z edukacją. Zainstaluj raczej np. <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. W " -"tym przypadku, można zainstalować jeden lub więcej meta-pakietów związanych " -"z nowymi poziomami nauczania w szkołach <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Więcej szczegółów na temat meta-pakietów Debian Edu, zobacz stronę: <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Przegląd pakietów</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Typy i opcje instalacji" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Rozruchowe menu Instalatora na sprzęcie 64-bitowym</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bitowy Instalator menu rozruchowego" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalacja graficzna</emphasis> stosuje instalator " -"GTK, w którym można używać myszy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> używa trybu tekstowego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opcje zaawansowane ></emphasis> udostępniają " -"pod-menu, w których można wybrać bardziej szczegółowe opcje." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pomoc</emphasis> udostępnia trochę wskazówek na " -"temat tego, jak używać instalatora. Spójrz na poniższe zrzuty ekranu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Zrzut ekranu 1, dla opcji zaawansowanych Instalatora 64-bitowego" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> prowadzi z powrotem do menu " -"głównego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> daje dostęp do " -"wszystkich możliwych pytań za pomocą wskaźnika myszy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> sprawia, że to " -"medium instalacyjne staje się dyskiem ratunkowym w sytuacji zagrożenia " -"niepowodzeniem instalacji." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> potrzebuje " -"pliku 'preseed'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> daje dostęp do " -"wszystkich możliwych pytań w trybie tekstowym." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> tryb tekstowy; sprawia, że " -"to medium instalacyjne staje sie dyskiem ratunkowyn w przypadku zagrożenia " -"niepowodzeniem instalacji." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalacja zautomatyzowana</emphasis> tryb " -"tekstowy; potrzebny plik preseed." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Ekran pomocy</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Ekran pomocy Instalatora" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Ten ekran pomocy nie potrzebuje dodatkowego wyjaśniania. Włącza on klawisze " -"<F>- na klkawiaturze, w celu uzyskania bardziej szczegółowej pomocy na " -"temat opisanych kwestii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Dodanie lub zmiana parametrów rozruchu podczas instalacji</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " -#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " -#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"W obu przypadkach, opcje rozruchu mogą być edytowane poprzez naciśnięcie " -"klawisza TAB w menu rozruchowym. Ten zrzut ekranu pokazuje wiersz poleceń " -"dla <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalacji w trybie graficznym</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Opcje edycji wiersza poleceń" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Można zastosować istniejącą usługę sieciową proxy HTTP, aby przyśpieszyć " -"instalację profilu serwera głównego z płyty CD. Dodaj np. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput>, " -"jako dodatkowy parametr rozruchu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli już zainstalowałeś /-aś na maszynie profil serwera głównego, to dalsze " -"instalacje powinny być wykonane via PXE, ponieważ to automatycznie zastosuje " -"proxy serwera głównego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Aby zainstalować środowisko pulpitu<emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> zamiast domyślnego środowiska pulpitu <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, zamień wyrażenie <computeroutput>xfce</" -"computeroutput> wyrażeniem <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> w " -"parametrze <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE " -"Plasma</emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, zastosuj " -"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"A jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Proces instalacji" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Pamiętaj o <link linkend=\"Requirements\">wymaganiach systemowych</link> i " -"upewnij się, że masz przynajmniej dwie kary sieciowe (NICs), jeśli planujesz " -"instalację serwera LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Wybierz język (dla instalacji i zainstalowanego systemu)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz lokalizację, która powinna być zwykle lokalizacją twojego miejsca " -"zamieszkania." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz ustawienia klawiszy na klawiaturze (zwykle są to domyślne ustawienia " -"dla twojego kraju)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Wybierz profil /-e z następującej listy:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer Główny</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"To jest główny serwer (tjener) dla Twojej szkoły, zapewniający wszystkie " -"usługi wstępnie skonfigurowane do działania po wyjęciu z pudełka. Musisz " -"zainstalować tylko jeden serwer główny na szkołę! Ten profil nie zawiera " -"graficznego interfejsu użytkownika. Jeśli chcesz mieć graficzny interfejs " -"użytkownika, wybierz opcję Stacja robocza lub Serwer LTSP jako dodatek do " -"tego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stacja robocza</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"Komputer uruchamiający się z lokalnego dysku twardego i uruchamiający " -"wszystkie programy i urządzenia lokalnie, jak zwykły komputer, z wyjątkiem " -"tego, że logowania użytkowników są uwierzytelniane przez serwer główny, na " -"którym przechowywane są pliki użytkowników i ich profile." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"To samo co stacja robocza, ale umożliwia uwierzytelnianie przy użyciu " -"buforowanych danych uwierzytelniających, co oznacza, że może być używany " -"poza siecią szkolną. Pliki i profile użytkowników są przechowywane na dysku " -"lokalnym. W przypadku notebooków i laptopów z jednym użytkownikiem należy " -"wybrać ten profil, a nie \"Stacja robocza\" lub \"Samodzielny\", jak " -"sugerowano we wcześniejszych wersjach." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"Serwer cienkiego klienta (i robocza stacja bezdyskowa) nazywany jest " -"serwerem LTSP. Klienty uruchamiają się bez dysków twardych i działają na " -"oprogramowaniu z tego serwera. Taki komputer potrzebuje dwóch interfejsów " -"sieciowych, dużo pamięci, a – idealnie – więcej niż jeden procesor lub rdzeń " -"procesora. Zobacz rozdział o <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">klientach " -"sieciowych</link>, aby dowiedzieć się więcej o tym temacie. Wybranie tego " -"profilu włącza także profil stacji roboczej (nawet jeśli nie jest wybrany) - " -"serwer LTSP może również być używany jako stacja robocza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Autonomiczny</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Zwykły komputer, który może funkcjonować bez głównego serwera (tzn. nie musi " -"być w sieci komputerowej). Dotyczy to także laptopów." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Ten profil zainstaluje podstawowe pakiety i skonfiguruje maszynę tak, aby ją " -"zintegrować z siecią Debian Edu, lecz bez żadnych usług i aplikacji. Jest " -"to użyteczne dla pojedynczych usług przeniesionych z głównego serwera." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Profile <emphasis role=\"strong\">serwera głównego</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">stacja roboczej</emphasis> i <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">serwera LTSP</emphasis> są wstępnie wybrane. Te profile mogą " -"być zainstalowane razem na jednej maszynie, jeśli chcesz zainstalować tzw. " -"<emphasis>połączony serwer główny</emphasis>. Oznacza to, że serwer główny " -"będzie serwerem LTSP, i że może być stosowany także jako stacja robocza. " -"Jest to wybór domyślny, ponieważ zakładamy, ze większość ludzi go wybierze. " -"Proszę zauważyć, że aby serwer połączony lub serwer LTSP, po instalacji, " -"wypełniał należycie swoją rolę – muszą być zainstalowane w maszynie dwie " -"karty sieciowe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Powiedz ”tak” lub ”nie” dla partycjonowania automatycznego. Bądź świadomy, " -"że odpowiedź ”tak” zniszczy na dyskach twardych wszystkie dane! Z drugiej " -"strony, odpowiedź ”nie” będzie wymagać więcej pracy - będziesz musiał /-a " -"upewnić się, że pożądane partycje zostaną utworzone i ze będą wystarczająco " -"duże." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Proszę powiedzieć ”tak”, aby przekazać informacje do <ulink url=\"https://" -"popcon.debian.org/\"/>. Dzięki temu dowiemy się, które pakiety są popularne " -"i powinny być utrzymane w przyszłych wydaniach. Chociaż nie musisz tego " -"robić, w ten prosty sposób możesz nam pomóc." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Poczekaj. Jeśli wybrane profile zawierają serwer LTSP, to wtedy instalator, " -"pod koniec instalacji, zużyje dość dużo czasu, podczas ”Ukończenie " -"instalacji - Uruchomienie debian-edu-profile-udeb…”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Po podaniu hasła root, będziesz poproszony o utworzenie konta zwykłego " -"użytkownika ”do zadań nie-administracyjnych”. To konto dla Debiana Edu jest " -"bardzo ważne: jest to konto, którego będziesz używać do zarządzania siecią " -"Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Hasło dla tego użytkownika <emphasis role=\"strong\">musi</emphasis>mieć " -"długość<emphasis role=\"strong\">przynajmniej 5 znaków</emphasis>, i " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">musi różnić się</emphasis> od <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">nazwy użytkownika</emphasis> - w innym przypadku zalogowanie " -"się będzie niemożliwe (nawet jeśli krótsze hasło, a także hasło pasujące do " -"nazwy użytkownika, będzie zaakceptowane przez instalator)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Poczekaj ponownie w przypadku <emphasis>łączonego serwera głównego</" -"emphasis> po ponownym uruchomieniu systemu. Wytworzenie obrazu SquashFS dla " -"bezdyskowych stacji roboczych zajmie dość dużo czasu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"W przypadku oddzielnego serwera LTSP instalacja bezdyskowej stacji roboczej " -"i/lub cienkiego klienta potrzebuje pewnych kroków w trybie ręcznym. Więcej " -"szczegółów, zob. rozdział: <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Klienty sieciowe " -"- Jak-To-Zrobić</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Uwagi na temat pewnych cech" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Uwaga na temat notebooków" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Najprawdopodobniej będziesz chciał /-a zastosować profil 'Stacja robocza " -"roaming' (zobacz poniżej). Bądź świadomy /-a tego, że wszystkie dane są " -"przechowywane lokalnie (a więc, zabezpiecz sobie trochę dodatkowego czasu na " -"utworzenie kopii zapasowych), a dane uwierzytelniające logowania są w " -"pamięci podręcznej (a więc, po zmianie hasła loginy mogą wymagać twojego " -"starego hasła, jeśli twój laptop nie jest podłączony do sieci komputerowej, " -"a ty logujesz się nowym hasłem)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Uwaga na temat instalacji obrazów na podręcznych dyskach przenośnych USB / " -"płytach Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji obrazu z przenośnego dysku USB / płyty Blu-ray, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> będziesz miał źródła " -"zawarte tylko na tym obrazie. Jeśli masz połączenie z Internetem, to gorąco " -"zalecamy dodanie następujących wierszy, aby zainstalować dostępne " -"aktualizacje bezpieczeństwa:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Uwaga na temat instalacji z płyty CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja netinst (która jest typem instalacji, dostarczonej na naszej " -"płycie CD) ściągnie pewne pakiety z CD, a resztę z sieci. Ilość pakietów " -"ściągniętych z sieci różni się zależnie od profilu, lecz zwykle jest " -"mniejsza niż 1 gigabajt (chyba że wybierzesz instalację wszystkich możliwych " -"graficznych środowisk pulpitu). Jak tylko zainstalujesz serwer główny " -"(niezależnie od tego, czy jest to 'czysty' serwer główny, czy serwer combi), " -"dalsza instalacja użyje serwera proxy, aby uniknąć sytuacji, w której " -"pobierany będzie wielokrotnie ten sam pakiet z sieci." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "" -"Instalacja przy użyciu przenośnych pamięci USB zamiast płyt CD / Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Możliwe jest bezpośrednie skopiowanie obrazu CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> na dyski przenośne USB (znane też jako \"pamięci USB\") i " -"wystartowanie z nich systemu. Wykonaj po prostu polecenie, takie jak " -"poniższe, dostosowując do swoich potrzeb nazwę pliku i urządzenia:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Aby określić wartość X, uruchom to polecenie przed włożeniem i wyjęciem " -"urządzenia USB:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Proszę zauważyć, że kopiowanie zajmie trochę czasu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Zależnie od tego, jaki obraz wybierzesz, dysk przenośny USB będzie się " -"zachowywał podobnie jak płyta CD lub Blu-ray." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Instalacja i uruchamianie poprzez sieć, za pomocą PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Dla tej metody instalacji wymagane jest, abyś miał /-a uruchomiony serwer " -"główny. Gdy klienty uruchamiają się poprzez sieć, wyświetlane jest menu iPXE " -"oraz opcje wyboru uruchamiania. Jeśli instalacja PXE nie powiedzie się i " -"pojawi się z komunikat błędu 'brakuje pliku XXX.bin' to wtedy – " -"najprawdopodobniej – karta sieciowa klienta wymaga oprogramowania " -"sprzętowego non-free. W tym przypadku musi zostać zmodyfikowany plik initrd " -"Instalatora Debiana. Można to osiągnąć poprzez wykonanie na serwerze " -"polecenia: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" -"addfirmware</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Tak wygląda menu iPXE tylko z profilem <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwera-" -"Głównego</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Tak wygląda menu iPXE tylko z profilem <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwera-" -"Głównego</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ta konfiguracja pozwala także bezdyskowym stacjom roboczym i cienkim " -"klientom na uruchamianie ich z głównej sieci komputerowej. Odmiennie niż " -"stacje robocze i oddzielne serwery LTSP, bezdyskowe stacje robocze nie musza " -"być dodawane do LDAP za pomocą GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Więcej informacji na temat klientów sieciowych można znaleźć w rozdziale " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Klienty sieciowe HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja PXE używa wstępnie przygotowanego pliku debian-installer, który " -"można zmodyfikować tak, aby zażądał więcej plików podczas instalacji." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Wiersz, taki jak ten, trzeba dodać do <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install." -#| "cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/etc/" -#| "debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files can " -#| "be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid " -#| "more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this " -#| "is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" -#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " -#| "files." -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"Podczas instalacji PXE stosowane są wstępnie skonfigurowane pliki, " -"znajdujące się w <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" -"computeroutput>, oraz w <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput>. Te pliki można zmodyfikować tak, aby " -"dostosować instalację poprzez sieć komputerową do własnych potrzeb. Dzięki " -"temu można uniknąć dodatkowych pytań związanych z tego rodzaju instalacją. " -"Innym sposobem dostosowania instalacji jest dostarczenie dodatkowych " -"ustawień, zawartych w plikach <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat.local</computeroutput>, a następnie uruchomienie " -"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, aby " -"zaktualizować wytworzone w ten sposób pliki." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -#| "org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</" -#| "ulink>." -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Więcej informacji można znależć w <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/stretch/installmanual\">podręczniku Instalatora Debiana</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Aby wyłączyć lub zmienić użycie serwera proxy podczas instalacji poprzez " -"PXE, trzeba poddać edycji wiersze, zawierające <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> i " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> w pliku " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput>. Aby wyłączyć stosowanie proxy podczas instalacji, trzeba " -"umieścić znak '#' przed pierwszymi dwoma wierszami, i usunąć tę część z " -"wiersza ostatniego \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" -"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" -#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" -#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -#| "environment are examples of such settings." -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Niektórych ustawień nie można wstępnie skonfigurować, gdyż są one potrzebne " -"jeszcze przed wstępną konfiguracją. Są one skonfigurowane w argumentach " -"rozruchowych, opartych na PXELINUX, dostępnych z <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/" -"debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>. Ustawienia języka, klawiatury i " -"środowiska pulpitu są przykładami takich ustawień." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Obrazy dostosowane" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Pulpit Xfce" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Witamy w Cienkim Kliencie" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Logowanie do cienkiego klienta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Rozpocznij" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Minimalne kroki aby zacząć" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji, pierwsze rzeczy które potrzebujesz do zrobienia jako " -"użytkownik to:" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Podwyższenie wersji serwera głównego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administracja NIS Netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Edycja danych użytkownika" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Ustaw hasła" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Szczegóły hosta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Zmodyfikuj hosta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Szukaj i usuń maszyny" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Zmiana wielkości partycji</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blokowanie dostępu do Internetu</emphasis> " -"(netblock-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Drukarki sieciowe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Domyślna konfiguracja w Debian Edu polega na utrzymywaniu synchronizacji " -"zegarów na wszystkich maszynach, ale niekoniecznie na ich poprawności. NTP " -"służy do aktualizacji czasu. Zegary będą domyślnie synchronizowane z " -"zewnętrznym źródłem. Może to spowodować, że komputery będą utrzymywać " -"otwarte zewnętrzne połączenie internetowe, jeśli jest ono tworzone podczas " -"używania." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli korzystasz z dialup lub ISDN i płacisz za minutę, powinieneś zmienić " -"to ustawienie domyślne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Rozszerzanie pełnych partycji" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Utrzymanie slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Więcej informacji na temat dostosowywania Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Podwyższanie wersji" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Proszę przeczytać w całości ten rozdział i rozdział <link " -"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Nowe cechy w Bullseye</link> przed podwyższeniem " -"wersji systemu operacyjnego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Upewnij się, że przeczytałeś także informacje o bieżącym wydaniu Debiana " -"Stabilnego w jego <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Podwyższenia wersji z Debiana Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Podwyższenie wersji serwera głównego" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Zastosuj i dostosuj konfigurację:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"instalacja cf-agent -v -D\n" -"ponowne uruchomienie usługi squid" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Pobierz nowe grafiki Debian Edu Homeworld:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Dostosuj panel konfiguracyjny Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Aktualizowanie stacji roboczej" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer Główny</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Używanie aktualizacji stabilnych (ang. stable-updates)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Howto Administracji zaawansowanej" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(jako root na serwerze głównym)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(jako pierwszy użytkownik w Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Czcionki pisma ręcznego" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Porady dla klientów w sieci" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Wprowadzenie do cienkich klientów i bezdyskowych stacji roboczych" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Jednym z podstawowych terminów, zarówno dla cienkich klientów, jak i dla " -"bezdyskowych stacji roboczych jest <emphasis>klient LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta pozwala zwykłym komputerom PC funkcjonować " -"jako (X-)terminale. Oznacza to, że maszyna uruchamia się bezpośrednio z " -"serwera za pomocą PXE, bez użycia lokalnego dysku twardego klienta. " -"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta używa teraz X2Go, ponieważ LTSP przestało być " -"wspierane." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Klienty bezprzewodowe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation" -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Instalacja" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Main server" -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Serwer główny" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> używa trybu tekstowego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> używa trybu tekstowego." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opis usługi</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Sources" -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Źródła" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Obsługa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Wsparcie oparte na wolontariuszach" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "w języku angielskim" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Listy firm dostarczających wsparcie profesjonalne dostępne są na witrynie " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Nowe cechy w Debianie Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 11 Nazwa kodowa: Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nowa wersja debian-installer z Debiana Bullseye — więcej szczegółów, zobacz " -"jego: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">podręcznik instalacji</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Więcej informacji na temat Debiana 11 Bullseye można znaleźć w <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">uwagach do " -"wydania</ulink> i w <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"zobacz: <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" -"Bullseye#\">strona statusu Debiana Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Prawa autorskie i autorzy" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Francuski (Francja)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "pl" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Grecki (Grecja)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japoński" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Warto wiedzieć" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "Hasło dla użytkownika to \"user\"; root jeszcze nie ma hasła." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 10+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Buster, wydanego 2019-07-06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Więcej szczegółów na temat nowej wersji debian-installer z Debiana Buster, " -"zobacz <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">podręcznik instalacji</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Więcej informacji na temat wydania Debiana Buster można znaleźć w <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">uwagi do wydania</" -"ulink> i w <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 9+edu0 Nazwa kodowa Stretch wydanego 2017-06-17" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" -"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 8+edu0 Nazwa kodowa Jessie wydanego 2016-07-02." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Wheezy, wydany 2013-09-28." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Nazwa kodowa \"Squeeze\", wydany 2013-03-03." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Nazwa kodowa \"Squeeze\", wydany 2012-03-11." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Nazwa kodowa \"Lenny\", wydany 2010-10-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Nazwa kodowa \"Lenny\", wydany 2010-02-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" -#~ "emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer Główny</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aby zainstalować wybrane środowisko pulpitu (zamiast domyślnego), " -#~ "naciśnij klawisz TAB i wyedytuj opcje uruchamiania jądra (tak, jak to " -#~ "wyjaśniono powyżej)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Począwszy od Bullseye, LTSP różni się znacznie od poprzednich wersji. " -#~ "Dotyczy to zarówno konfiguracji, jak i konserwacji. Główną różnicą jest " -#~ "to, że obraz SquashFS dla bezdyskowych stacji roboczych jest teraz " -#~ "generowany z systemu plików serwera LTSP. Ponadto cienkie klienty nie są " -#~ "już obsługiwane." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sieciowy serwer urządzenia blokowego (ang. Network Block Device Server)" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "Zażądaj CD / DVD za pomocą poczty elektronicznej" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Użytkownikom bez szybkiego połączenia internetowego możemy zaoferować " -#~ "płytę CD lub DVD; koszt takiej płyty to jedynie jej cena jednostkowa za " -#~ "sztukę oraz koszt wysyłki. Wystarczy tylko wysłać e-mail do <ulink " -#~ "url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink>, a wtedy omówimy " -#~ "szczegóły związane z opłatą (za przesyłkę i media instalacyjne)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pamiętaj, aby w e-mail'u załączyć adres, na który ma być przesłana płyta " -#~ "CD lub DVD." - -# type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian " -#~ "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu, inaczej Skolelinux, jest dystrybucją Linuksa opartą na " -#~ "Debianie, dostarczającą gotowego środowiska całkowicie skonfigurowanej, " -#~ "szkolnej sieci komputerowej." - -#~ msgid "After the installation:" -#~ msgstr "Po instalacji:" - -#~ msgid "As an option install a firewall and / or a traffic shaping tool." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jako opcję, zainstaluj firewall i/lub narzędzie kształtujące ruch " -#~ "sieciowy." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/post-up/d' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-nameservers 10.0.2.2' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-domain intern' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/fetch-ldap-cert\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/network/if-up.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-name,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-search,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat\n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/post-up/d' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-nameservers 10.0.2.2' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-domain intern' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/fetch-ldap-cert\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/network/if-up.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-name,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-search,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat\n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" - -#~ msgid "Desktop choice" -#~ msgstr "Wybór Pulpitu" - -#~ msgid "Be happy" -#~ msgstr "Ciesz się" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" - -#~ msgid "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" -#~ msgstr "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" - -#~ msgid "Getting Started" -#~ msgstr "Rozpocznij" - -#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">WARUNKI KOŃCOWE</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "./images/i.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/i.png" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#~ msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgid "./images/idea.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgid "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#~ msgid "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -# type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#~ msgid "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#~ msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" - -# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#~ msgid "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/filterbox.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/filterbox.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/reset_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/reset_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgid "./images/list_groups.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wersja na <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Stretch\"/> jest wersją wiki i jest często aktualizowana." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wersja na <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Stretch\"/> jest wersją wiki i jest często aktualizowana." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wersja na <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Stretch\"/> jest wersją wiki i jest często aktualizowana." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wersja na <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Stretch\"/> jest wersją wiki i jest często aktualizowana." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wersja na <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Stretch\"/> jest wersją wiki i jest często aktualizowana." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wersja na <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -#~ "Stretch\"/> jest wersją wiki i jest często aktualizowana." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgid "./images/sad.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6930 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data de publicação:; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> -2021 José Vieira -2021-2022 Barbara Tostes -2021 Paulo Henrique de Lima Santana -2021, 2023 Fred Maranhão -2021 Mario Gerson Miranda Magno Junior -2021 Thiago Pezzo -2024 Gabriel Francisco -2024 Rafael Fontenelle -2024 Reberti Carvalho Soares -2024 Ricardo Berlim Fonseca - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-br.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9597 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-24 13:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/pt_BR/>\n" -"Language: pt-br\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt-BR" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu/Skolelinux 11 Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Data de publicação:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 11 denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logotipo do instalador do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Este manual é para a versão Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"A versão em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> é uma wiki e é atualizada frequentemente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"As <link linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link> fazem parte do pacote " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> que pode ser instalado num " -"servidor web e está disponível <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">on-line</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Sobre o Debian Edu e Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu, também conhecido como Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Debian " -"que implementa uma abordagem cliente-servidor, disponibilizando um ambiente " -"de rede escolar completamente configurado. Servidores e clientes são " -"<emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> – programas, no caso – que " -"interagem entre si. Os servidores fornecem informações requeridas pelos " -"clientes para estes poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa " -"máquina e o seu cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são " -"chamadas de servidor e cliente, por extensão do conceito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " -"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitetura</link> contêm informação básica sobre o modelo usado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Se a rede física estiver montada, após a instalação de um servidor principal " -"(programa) num computador (o servidor físico), ficam definidos todos os " -"serviços do sistema operacional necessários a uma rede escolar e o sistema " -"fica pronto para ser utilizado. É apenas necessário registrar no sistema os " -"utilizadores e as máquinas da rede, através do GOsa² (uma interface Web de " -"fácil utilização) ou qualquer outro editor LDAP. Também foi preparado um " -"ambiente de boot pela rede usando PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment)/<ulink " -"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> (uma implementação do PXE), pelo que, " -"após a instalação inicial do software servidor principal (no servidor " -"principal físico) a partir de CD, disco Blu-ray ou pen USB, o sistema pode " -"ser instalado através da rede em todas as outras máquinas, incluindo as " -"\"estações de trabalho itinerantes\" (aquelas que podem ser retiradas da " -"rede da escola, geralmente computadores portáteis). Além disso, todas as " -"máquinas podem iniciar via PXE/iPXE da mesma forma que as estações de " -"trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes (thin clients)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida da área de trabalho inclui várias aplicações " -"educativas, como o GeoGebra, o Kalzium, o KGeography, o GNU Solfege e o " -"Scratch, conjunto que pode ser facilmente e quase infinitamente aumentado " -"via universo Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Alguma história e o porquê de dois nomes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux</ulink> " -"é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " -"distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink>, é um subprojeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org" -"\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Isto significa que o Skolelinux é uma versão do Debian composta de forma a " -"constituir um modelo pronto para uso de uma rede escolar completamente " -"configurada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Na mesma " -"época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu na França. Em 2003 os projetos " -"foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respetivos países – " -"significando, respetivamente, Escola e Educação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Hoje o sistema está em uso em vários países por todo o mundo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arquitetura" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Esta seção descreve a arquitetura de rede e os serviços fornecidos por uma " -"instalação Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "A topologia da rede do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"A figura é um esboço da topologia de rede assumida como padrão. A " -"configuração predefinida de uma rede Skolelinux assume que existe um (e " -"apenas um) servidor principal, enquanto permite a inclusão tanto de estações " -"de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " -"estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " -"pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " -"vale para os servidores LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project), estando cada " -"um deles numa rede separada para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " -"servidor LTSP não afete os demais serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado em " -"detalhe no respectivo capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"" -">instruções</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"A razão para que só possa haver um servidor principal em cada rede escolar é " -"que o servidor principal permite a configuração dinâmica de hospedeiros, " -"através do protocolo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), e em cada " -"rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. É possível transferir a execução de " -"serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas; para o fazer, é " -"necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina e, em seguida, " -"atualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador (\"alias\") do " -"DNS desse serviço para o computador certo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"A ligação à Internet é feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, " -"também chamado intermediário (gateway), para que a configuração padrão do " -"Skolelinux possa ser mais simples do que seria de outra forma. Ver o " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador de " -"Internet (router)</link> para informação de como instalar um encaminhador " -"intermediário, se não for possível reconfigurar conforme necessário um " -"encaminhador já existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "A configuração padrão da rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"O DHCP no servidor principal serve a rede 10.0.0.0/8, fornecendo um menu de " -"inicialização PXE onde se pode escolher entre instalar um novo servidor ou " -"uma nova estação de trabalho, iniciar um cliente dependente ou uma estação " -"de trabalho sem disco, executar o memtest (teste da(s) memória(s)), ou " -"iniciar a partir do disco rígido local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informações, ver o capítulo de <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respetivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"Nos servidores LTSP, o que o DHCP faz é apenas servir uma rede dedicada (sub-" -"rede) na segunda interface (as opções 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 estão " -"pré-configuradas) e raramente necessita ser alterado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "A configuração de todas as sub-redes é guardada no LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (também chamado \"tjener" -"\", termo norueguês que significa \"servidor\") que por predefinição tem o " -"endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado selecionando o perfil Servidor Principal. " -"É possível (mas não necessário) selecionar e instalar na mesma máquina " -"também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " -"Servidor Principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Serviços rodando no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Com exceção do controle dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços são " -"inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). Por " -"razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) (embora " -"seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor LTSP no " -"mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS específico e " -"todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído facilita a " -"transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para um " -"computador diferente, simplesmente parando o serviço no servidor principal e " -"alterando a configuração do DNS, apontando para a nova localização da " -"execução do serviço (que deve primeiro ser configurada nesse computador, é " -"claro)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir a segurança, todas as ligações em que as senhas são " -"transmitidas pela rede são encriptadas, de modo que nenhuma senha é enviada " -"pela rede como texto simples." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Abaixo está uma tabela dos serviços que são configurados por predefinição " -"numa rede Skolelinux e o nome DNS de cada serviço. Se for possível, todos os " -"arquivos de configuração irão referir-se ao serviço pelo nome (sem o nome de " -"domínio), facilitando assim às escolas a mudança de domínio (se tiverem um " -"domínio DNS próprio) ou dos endereços IP que utilizam." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela de serviços</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrição do serviço</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome comum</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Registro centralizado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Serviço de nome de domínio (DNS)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domínio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configuração automática de rede de máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronização de relógio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Diretórios pessoais via sistema de arquivos de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB/NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Correio Eletrônico" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice (correios)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Serviço de diretório" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administração de usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Servidor web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Backup Central" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Cache web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Impressão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Login remoto seguro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração automática" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Vigilância de máquinas e serviços com relatório de erros, além de estado e " -"histórico na web. Relatório de erros por e-mail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Os arquivos pessoais dos utilizadores são guardados nos respectivos " -"diretórios de utilizador (pastas pessoais), que são disponibilizados pelo " -"servidor. Os diretórios de utilizador são acessíveis a partir de todas as " -"máquinas, dando aos utilizadores acesso aos mesmos arquivos (aos seus " -"arquivos), independentemente da máquina que utilizem. O servidor é neutro " -"relativamente a sistemas operacionais, proporcionando acesso via NFS a " -"clientes do tipo Unix e via SMB2/SMB3 a outros clientes (windows, mac, etc.)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o e-mail é configurado para entrega local (ou seja, na escola) " -"apenas, embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio pela Internet, se a " -"escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os clientes são configurados " -"para entregar e-mail ao servidor (usando 'smarthost'), acedendo os " -"utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">ao seu correio pessoal</" -"link> através de IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Todos os serviços são acessíveis usando o mesmo nome de usuário e respectiva " -"senha, graças à base de dados central de usuários para a autenticação e " -"autorização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Para aumentar o desempenho em sites visitados frequentemente é usado um " -"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda arquivos localmente. Além " -"de bloquear o tráfego web no encaminhador (router), isto também permite " -"controlar o acesso à Internet nas máquinas, individualmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"A configuração da rede nos clientes é feita automaticamente usando DHCP. " -"Todos os tipos de clientes podem ser ligados à sub-rede privada 10.0.0.0/8, " -"obtendo endereços IP correspondentes; os clientes LTSP devem ser ligados ao " -"servidor LTSP correspondente através da sub-rede separada 192.168.0.0/24 " -"(isto garante que o tráfego de rede dos clientes LTSP não interfere com o " -"resto dos serviços de rede)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"O acesso centralizado é configurado de forma que todas as máquinas enviem as " -"suas mensagens syslog para o servidor. O serviço syslog é configurado de " -"forma a apenas aceitar mensagens recebidas da rede local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o servidor DNS é configurado com um domínio apenas para uso " -"interno (*.intern), até que um domínio DNS real (\"externo\") possa ser " -"configurado. O servidor DNS é configurado como servidor DNS de cache para " -"que todas as máquinas da rede possam utilizá-lo como servidor DNS principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Alunos e professores podem publicar websites. O servidor web fornece " -"mecanismos para autenticar utilizadores e para limitar o acesso a páginas e " -"subdiretórios individuais a certos usuários e grupos. Os utilizadores " -"poderão criar páginas web dinâmicas, já que o servidor web será programável " -"no lado do servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"A informação sobre usuários e máquinas é alterada num local central e é " -"tornada acessível a todos os computadores da rede automaticamente. Para " -"conseguir isso, é configurado um servidor de diretório centralizado. O " -"diretório terá informações sobre os utilizadores, grupos de utilizadores, " -"máquinas e grupos de máquinas. Para evitar confusão entre utilizadores, não " -"haverá diferença entre grupos de arquivos e grupos de rede. Isto implica que " -"os grupos de computadores que irão formar grupos de rede utilizarão o mesmo " -"espaço de nomes que os grupos de usuários." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"A administração dos serviços e usuários será principalmente feita através da " -"web e seguirá padrões estabelecidos, funcionando bem nos navegadores web que " -"fazem parte do Skolelinux. A delegação de certas tarefas a usuários " -"individuais ou grupos de usuários será possível através dos sistemas de " -"administração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar certos problemas com o NFS e para tornar a resolução dos " -"problemas mais simples, os computadores necessitam de relógios sincronizados " -"entre si. Para conseguir a sincronização, o servidor Skolelinux é " -"configurado como um servidor local de Network Time Protocol (NTP) e todas as " -"estações de trabalho e clientes são configurados para se sincronizarem com o " -"servidor. O próprio servidor deve sincronizar o seu relógio através de NTP " -"com computadores na Internet, garantindo assim que toda a rede tenha a hora " -"correta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"As impressoras são ligadas onde for conveniente, seja diretamente na rede " -"principal, seja a um servidor, estação de trabalho ou servidor LTSP. O " -"acesso às impressoras pode ser controlado para usuários individuais de " -"acordo com os grupos a que pertencem; isto será conseguido através da " -"utilização de quotas e controle de acesso para impressoras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux pode ter muitos servidores LTSP, que são instalados ao " -"ser selecionado o perfil Servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Os servidores LTSP são configurados para receberem o syslog de clientes " -"dependentes e de estações de trabalho, e encaminharem essas mensagens para o " -"destinatário central do syslog." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Observe:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP usam os programas instalados no servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de arquivos raiz do cliente é disponibilizado através do NFS. Após " -"cada modificação no servidor LTSP a imagem relacionada tem que ser gerada " -"novamente; executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Clientes dependentes (thin clients)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' permite que PCs comuns funcionem como " -"terminais (do X). Isto significa que a máquina inicia diretamente do " -"servidor, usando o PXE, sem usar o disco rígido do computador cliente. A " -"configuração de clientes dependentes é feita agora pelo X2Go, uma vez que o " -"LTSP deixou de ter essa funcionalidade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes são uma boa maneira de ainda ser feito uso de " -"computadores muito antigos (a maioria de 32 bits), pois eles executam " -"eficazmente todos os programas no servidor LTSP. Isto funciona da seguinte " -"forma: o serviço usa o DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) para se " -"ligar à rede e o TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) para iniciar a partir " -"da rede; em seguida, é montado o sistema de arquivos a partir do servidor " -"LTSP utilizando NFS; finalmente, é iniciado o cliente X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Estações de trabalho sem disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Uma estação de trabalho sem disco executa todo o software no próprio " -"computador, apesar de não ter um sistema operacional instalado localmente. " -"Isto significa que os computadores clientes iniciam via PXE, sem executarem " -"software instalado num disco rígido local (mas sim no servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de ser utilizado " -"equipamento potente com o mesmo baixo custo de manutenção dos clientes " -"dependentes. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor, sem a " -"necessidade de software instalado localmente nos clientes. A pasta pessoal " -"de cada usuário (os diretórios de usuário) e as configurações do sistema " -"para cada um também são guardadas no servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Clientes em rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"O termo \"clientes em rede\" é usado neste manual para se referir tanto a " -"clientes dependentes como a estações de trabalho sem disco, assim como a " -"computadores com sistemas operacionais MacOS ou Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administração" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Todas as máquinas GNU/Linux que são instaladas com o instalador Skolelinux " -"serão administráveis a partir de um computador central, muito provavelmente " -"o servidor. Será possível fazer login em todos via SSH e assim ter acesso " -"total às máquinas. É necessário executar primeiro <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput>, como root, para obter um TGT (ticket-granting ticket) do " -"Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Toda a informação dos usuários é mantida num diretório LDAP. As atualizações " -"das contas de utilizador são feitas nesta base de dados, que é utilizada " -"pelos clientes para autenticação do utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Atualmente existem dois tipos de imagens para suportes de instalação: " -"netinst e BD. Ambas as imagens podem também ser carregadas a partir de " -"pendrives via USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"O objetivo é haver a possibilidade de fazer uma única instalação do sistema " -"como servidor, usando qualquer tipo de suporte, e, a partir do servidor, com " -"inicialização pela rede, instalar o sistema em todos os outros computadores " -"(clientes) através da rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Apenas a imagem netinstall necessita de acesso à Internet durante a " -"instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"A instalação não deve fazer solicitações, com exceção do idioma desejado, " -"localização, teclado e perfil do computador (Servidor principal, Estação de " -"trabalho, Servidor LTSP, ...). Todas as outras configurações são " -"estabelecidas automaticamente com valores razoáveis, para serem alteradas a " -"partir de uma localização central pelo administrador do sistema, após a " -"instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de acesso ao sistema de arquivos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"A cada conta de usuário do Skolelinux é atribuída uma secção do sistema de " -"arquivos no servidor de arquivos. Esta seção (diretório home) contém os " -"arquivos de configuração do usuário, documentos, e-mail e páginas web. " -"Alguns dos arquivos devem ser configurados para ter acesso de leitura para " -"outros usuários no sistema, alguns devem ser legíveis por todos na Internet " -"e alguns não devem ser acessíveis para leitura por ninguém, exceto pelo " -"usuário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que todos os discos usados para diretórios de usuários ou " -"diretórios compartilhados possam ser identificados de forma única em todos " -"os computadores da instalação, os discos podem ser montados como " -"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. É criado " -"inicialmente um diretório no servidor de arquivos, <computeroutput>/skole/" -"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, no qual são criadas todas as contas de " -"usuários. Posteriormente podem ser criados mais diretórios, quando " -"necessário, para acomodar determinados grupos de usuários ou determinados " -"padrões de uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir o acesso compartilhado a arquivos que usem o sistema normal de " -"permissões UNIX, é necessário que os usuários, além de estarem no grupo " -"pessoal primário a que pertencem por predefinição, estejam também em grupos " -"compartilhados suplementares (p. ex. \"estudantes\"). Se os usuários tiverem " -"uma máscara apropriada (002 ou 007) para tornar os itens recém-criados " -"acessíveis a grupos e se os diretórios em que eles estiverem trabalhando " -"estiverem configurados para fazer com que os arquivos assumam a mesma " -"entidade detentora que o grupo, o resultado é o compartilhamento controlado " -"de arquivos entre os membros de um grupo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"As configurações iniciais de acesso a arquivos recém-criados são uma questão " -"de opção. A máscara (umask) predefinida do Debian é 022 (que não permite " -"acesso de grupo como descrito acima), mas o Debian Edu usa 002 como " -"predefinição - significando que os arquivos são criados com acesso de " -"leitura para todos os utilizadores, acesso esse que pode ser removido " -"posteriormente por uma ação explícita do criador do arquivo. Isto pode ser " -"alterado (editando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" -"computeroutput>) para uma máscara de 007 - significando que o acesso de " -"leitura dos arquivos é inicialmente vedado, necessitando de uma ação do " -"usuário para os tornar acessíveis. A primeira abordagem encoraja o " -"compartilhamento de conhecimento e torna o coletivo mais transparente, " -"enquanto que a segunda diminui o risco de disseminação indesejada de " -"informação sensível. O problema com a primeira opção é que não é claro para " -"os usuários que o material que criam fica acessível a todos os outros " -"usuários. Só o conseguem perceber inspecionando os diretórios dos outros " -"usuários e vendo que os seus arquivos podem ser lidos. O problema com a " -"segunda opção é que provavelmente poucas pessoas tornarão os seus arquivos " -"acessíveis a outros, mesmo que não contenham informação sensível e o " -"conteúdo seja útil para usuários curiosos, que querem perceber como outros " -"resolveram problemas específicos (normalmente problemas de configuração)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Há várias possibilidades para uma solução Skolelinux. Desde a instalação " -"apenas num PC autônomo até a instalação em muitas escolas geridas de forma " -"centralizada como solução regional. Contudo, esta flexibilidade implica uma " -"enorme diferença entre opções no que respeita à configuração dos componentes " -"de rede, servidores e máquinas clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos de hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp" -"%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento para " -"LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu/Skolelinux pode ser instalado em computadores de 32 bits " -"(arquitetura Debian 'i386', para processadores 686 e superiores) ou em " -"computadores de 64 bit (arquitetura Debian 'amd64', para processadores x86)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"É possível usar clientes dependentes com apenas 256 MiB de RAM e 400 MHz de " -"frequência, embora seja recomendado o uso de mais RAM e processadores mais " -"rápidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Em clientes autônomos (fat clients) - isto é, estações de trabalho, estações " -"de trabalho sem disco - e computadores independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 " -"MHz de frequência são os requisitos mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar " -"navegadores web modernos e LibreOffice são recomendados pelo menos 2048 MiB " -"de RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "O espaço em disco mínimo necessário depende do perfil a instalar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"espaço combinado servidor principal + servidor LTSP: 60 GiB (mais espaço " -"adicional para contas de utilizador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "estação de trabalho ou computador independente: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Os servidores LTSP precisam de duas placas de rede ao utilizarem a " -"arquitetura de rede predefinida:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "a eth0 está ligada à rede principal (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "a eth1 é usada para servir clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Os computadores portáteis são estações de trabalho móveis, por isso têm os " -"mesmos requisitos que as estações de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Computadores identificados como funcionando com o sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de incluir " -"todos os modelos que funcionam com o sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> é um esforço " -"para documentar a forma de instalar, configurar e usar o Debian em alguns " -"computadores específicos, permitindo a potenciais compradores saberem que " -"esses computadores aceitam o Debian e aos detentores de computadores " -"listados saberem como obter o máximo dos seus equipamentos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Requisitos para configuração de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Configuração padrão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Quando for usada a arquitetura de rede predefinida, aplicam-se as seguintes " -"regras:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "É necessário um, apenas um, servidor principal, o \"tjener\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Pode haver centenas de estações de trabalho na rede principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver muitos servidores LTSP na rede principal; estão pré-configuradas " -"duas sub-redes diferentes (DNS, DHCP) no LDAP e podem ser adicionadas mais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver centenas de clientes dependentes (thin clients) e/ou estações de " -"trabalho sem disco em cada rede de servidores LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver centenas de outras máquinas, sendo-lhes atribuídos endereços IP " -"dinâmicos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Para acesso à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um conversor " -"(gateway) (ver abaixo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Encaminhador (router) de Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Para ligação à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um " -"conversor (gateway) ligado à Internet na interface externa e usando o " -"endereço IP 10.0.0.1 com a máscara de rede 255.0.0.0 na interface interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"O encaminhador não deve ser ligado a um servidor DHCP; pode ser ligado a um " -"servidor DNS, embora isso não seja necessário – não será utilizado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Caso esteja disponível um encaminhador, mas o mesmo não possa ser " -"configurado conforme necessário (por a pessoa não ter permissões para o " -"fazer ou por razões técnicas, por exemplo), um computador antigo com duas " -"interfaces de rede pode ser transformado em conversor entre a rede existente " -"e a rede do Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Uma maneira simples é instalar o Debian Edu neste computador; durante a " -"instalação selecionar 'Mínimo' como perfil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> ; " -"serão efetuadas as seguintes alterações:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Alterar o arquivo /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Alterar o hostname definitivamente para 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Remover scripts supérfluos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Ativar o encaminhamento IP e da NAT para a rede 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Instalação de uma barreira [firewall] (opcional)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for necessário usar algum equipamento como encaminhador (embedded) ou " -"como ponto de acesso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=" -"\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " -"equipamento também possa ser usado, é claro. Usar o firmware original é mais " -"fácil; usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e controle. Consultar as páginas web do " -"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um procedimento " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infraestrutura de rede existente " -"não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que seja usada a " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link> predefinida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Opções de instalação e download" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Onde encontrar informação adicional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Bullseye</ulink> antes " -"de começar a instalação de um sistema. Há mais informação sobre o lançamento " -"do Debian Bullseye no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Experimente o Debian Edu/Skolelinux. Está pronto para funcionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se, porém, ler os capítulos sobre <link linkend=\"Requirements" -"\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> antes de começar a instalação de um " -"servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Deve também ser lido o capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros " -"Passos</link> deste manual, pois nele se explica como fazer login no sistema " -"pela primeira vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Baixe a mídia de instalação do Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquiteturas Debian para CPUs x86; " -"ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " -"arquitetura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e " -"a<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje as instalações " -"devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. A " -"arquitetura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas para " -"computadores antigos (começaram a ser vendidos computadores de 64bit em 2003 " -"e deixaram de ser vendidos computadores de 32bit por volta de 2010). A " -"arquitetura i386 pode ser usada em máquinas de 64bit, mas a amd64 não pode " -"ser usada em máquinas de 32bit)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "Imagens iso netinst para amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"A imagem iso netinst pode ser usada para instalação a partir de CD/DVD e " -"pendrives USB flash e está disponível para duas arquiteturas Debian: amd64 " -"ou i386. Como o nome indica, para a instalação é necessário acesso à " -"Internet ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Assim que o Bullseye for lançado, estas imagens estarão disponíveis para " -"transferência a partir de:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Imagens iso BD para i386 ou amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Esta imagem ISO tem aproximadamente 5 GB e pode ser usada para instalação em " -"máquinas amd64 ou i386, também sem acesso à Internet. Como a imagem netinst, " -"esta imagem pode ser instalada em unidades USB flash ou em discos de tamanho " -"suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verificação dos arquivos de imagem baixados" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Instruções detalhadas para verificação dessas imagens constam das <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Fontes ou origens das imagens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"As imagens estão disponíveis no arquivo Debian nos locais habituais; " -"diversas mídias possuem links em <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Instalando o Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Ao fazer uma instalação do Debian Edu, há algumas opções a fazer. Mas não " -"são muitas. Foi feito um bom trabalho de ocultação das complexidades " -"internas do Debian, quer durante a instalação quer no uso do sistema. Ainda " -"assim, porque o Debian Edu é essencialmente um sistema Debian, beneficia da " -"possibilidade de usar os mais de 57.000 pacotes do Debian e de milhares de " -"opções de configuração. No entanto, as predefinições são adequadas para a " -"maioria dos usuários. NOTA: se for para usar o LTSP, escolha um ambiente de " -"área de trabalho leve." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Cenários de instalação do servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de rede escolar ou doméstica com acesso à Internet através de um " -"encaminhador com DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"A instalação de um servidor principal é possível, mas após reiniciar não " -"haverá acesso à Internet (devido ao IP 10.0.2.2/8 da interface de rede " -"primária)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador " -"(router) para Internet</link> para informação de ligação e configuração de " -"um conversor (gateway), se não for possível configurar um já em uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"O servidor principal deve ter ligação à Internet uma vez iniciado pela " -"primeira vez no ambiente correto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de rede escolar ou institucional, semelhante à mencionada acima, mas " -"requerendo o uso de um intermediário (proxy)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar 'debian-edu-expert' à linha de comando do núcleo (kernel); ver " -"mais abaixo instruções de como fazer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Devem ser atendidas algumas solicitações adicionais, incluindo a relacionada " -"com o servidor intermediário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Rede com encaminhador/conversor IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que não tem servidor DHCP) e " -"acesso à Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Assim que a configuração automática da rede falhar (devido à falta de DHCP), " -"escolher a configuração manual da rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.2.2/8 como IP do hospedeiro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.0.1 como IP do conversor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"Introduzir 8.8.8.8 como IP do servidor de nomes, a menos que outro se aplique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "" -"O servidor principal deve funcionar de imediato após a primeira " -"inicialização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Sem ligação à Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Usar a imagem ISO BD." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar que todos os cabos de rede (reais/virtuais) estão desligados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'Não configurar a rede neste momento' (depois de o DHCP não ter " -"configurado a rede e de ter sido pressionado 'Continuar')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Atualizar o sistema uma vez iniciado pela primeira vez no ambiente correto " -"com acesso à Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Ambientes de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Estão disponíveis vários ambientes de trabalho:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"O Xfce tem uma dimensão ligeiramente maior do que o LXDE, mas tem um bom " -"suporte linguístico (106 idiomas)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"O KDE e o GNOME têm ambos um bom suporte linguístico, mas são demasiado " -"pesados, tanto para os computadores mais antigos como para os clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "O Cinnamon é uma alternativa ao GNOME, sendo mais leve." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"O MATE é mais leve que os três acima, mas não possui um bom suporte " -"linguístico para vários países." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "O LXDE é o de menor dimensão e está disponível em 35 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"O LXQt é um ambiente de trabalho leve (tem disponibilidade de idiomas " -"semelhante ao LXDE) com um aspecto mais moderno (é baseado em Qt, tal como o " -"KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"O projeto Debian Edu, sendo um projeto internacional, optou pelo Xfce como " -"ambiente de trabalho predefinido; ver abaixo como definir um ambiente " -"diferente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Instalação modular" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Ao instalar um sistema com perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis> " -"incluído, são instalados muitos programas relacionados com a educação. Para " -"instalar apenas o perfil básico, remover o parâmetro de linha de comando " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> do núcleo (kernel) antes de iniciar a " -"instalação; ver abaixo informação de como isto é feito. Isto permite " -"instalar um sistema específico para cada caso e pode ser usado para acelerar " -"instalações de teste." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho posteriormente, não usar os meta-" -"pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> porque " -"eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com educação; em " -"vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Pode ser instalado um " -"ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível escolar " -"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> conforme o caso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian Edu</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Tipos de instalação e opções" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Menu de inicialização (boot) do instalador em equipamento de 64 " -"bits</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "Menu de inicialização do instalador de 64 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">instalação gráfica</emphasis> utiliza o " -"instalador construído em GTK, que permite a utilização do mouse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalar</emphasis> utiliza o instalador em modo " -"de texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opções avançadas ></emphasis> apresenta um " -"submenu com mais opções." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ajuda</emphasis> dá algumas dicas sobre como " -"usar o instalador; ver a captura de tela abaixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Tela de opções avançadas 1 do instalador de 64 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Voltar atrás...</emphasis> traz de volta o menu " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica especializada</emphasis> " -"apresenta todas as possibilidades de configuração; pode ser usado o mouse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo gráfico de recuperação</emphasis> faz com " -"que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de recuperação, se surgirem " -"problemas graves." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica automática</emphasis> precisa " -"de um arquivo de pré-configuração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação especializada</emphasis> apresenta " -"todas as possibilidades de configuração em modo texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo de recuperação</emphasis> modo texto; faz com " -"que este meio de instalação se torne um disco de recuperação para tarefas de " -"emergência." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação automatizada</emphasis> em modo " -"texto; precisa de um arquivo de pré-configuração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Não use a <computeroutput>Instalação gráfica especializada</computeroutput> " -"ou <computeroutput>Instalação especializada</computeroutput>, use " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> como um parâmetro " -"adicional do kernel em casos excepcionais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Tela de ajuda</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Tela de ajuda do instalador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Esta tela de Ajuda é autoexplicativa e ativa as teclas <F>- no teclado " -"para ajuda mais detalhada sobre os tópicos descritos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Adicionar ou alterar parâmetros de inicialização para instalações</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Em ambos os casos, as opções de inicialização podem ser editadas " -"pressionando a tecla TAB (modo BIOS) ou a tecla E (modo UEFI) no menu de " -"inicialização (boot); a captura de tela mostra a linha de comando para " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser usado um serviço intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede para " -"acelerar a instalação do perfil do servidor principal a partir do CD. " -"Adicionar, por exemplo, <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> como parâmetro de inicialização " -"adicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Após o perfil do servidor principal ser instalado numa máquina, as " -"instalações seguintes devem ser feitas via PXE, pois isso usará " -"automaticamente o proxy do servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"E para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Processo de instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Ter presente os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de sistema</" -"link> ; para configurar um servidor LTSP são necessárias pelo menos duas " -"placas de rede (NICs) ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Escolher um idioma (para usar na instalação e no sistema instalado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Escolher uma localização; normalmente será a região correspondente ao local " -"onde você estiver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Escolher um layout de teclado (o predefinido para o país geralmente é " -"adequado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Escolher o(s) perfil(s), da seguinte lista:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Este é o servidor principal (tjener) da escola, que fornece todos os " -"serviços, pré-configurados para funcionarem de imediato. Deve ser instalado " -"apenas um servidor principal por escola! Este perfil não inclui uma " -"interface gráfica de utilizador. Para uso de uma interface gráfica de " -"utilizador, além deste perfil deve ser selecionado também um dos perfis " -"Estação de trabalho ou Servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"É um computador de rede que inicia a partir de seu próprio disco rígido e " -"executa todos os programas e gera os dispositivos localmente, como um " -"computador comum independente. Exceto os acessos dos usuários, que são " -"autenticados pelo servidor principal, e a localização dos arquivos dos " -"usuários e do perfil do ambiente de trabalho de cada usuário, também " -"guardados no servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho itinerante (Roaming " -"workstation)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"O mesmo que uma estação de trabalho, mas capaz de autenticação usando " -"credenciais em cache, o que significa que o computador pode ser usado fora " -"da rede escolar. Os arquivos e perfis dos usuários são guardados no disco " -"local. Para portáteis de usuário único deve ser selecionado este perfil e " -"não 'Estação de trabalho' ou 'Standalone', ao contrário do que era sugerido " -"em versões anteriores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco), é " -"chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " -"servidor que os clientes sem disco rígido (clientes do servidor de janelas X " -"ou, abreviadamente, terminais do X) iniciam e executam os programas a partir " -"deste servidor. Este computador precisa de duas interfaces de rede, muita " -"memória e, idealmente, mais do que um processador ou núcleo. Ver o capítulo " -"sobre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link> para mais " -"informações sobre este assunto. A escolha deste perfil ativa também o perfil " -"Estação de trabalho (mesmo que não esteja selecionado) - um servidor LTSP " -"pode sempre ser usado também como estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente (Standalone)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"O computador comum, que funciona sem estar ligado a um servidor (ou seja, " -"não precisa de estar na rede). Inclui os computadores portáteis." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínimo</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Este perfil instala os pacotes base e configura a máquina para se integrar " -"na rede Debian Edu, mas sem instalar quaisquer serviços ou aplicações. É " -"útil como plataforma para serviços específicos transferidos manualmente do " -"servidor principal para outro computador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Caso usuários comuns possam usar tal sistema, ele precisa ser adicionado " -"usando GOsa² (semelhante a uma estação de trabalho) e o pacote libpam-krb5 " -"precisa ser instalado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes perfis podem ser " -"instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um servidor principal " -"chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa que o servidor " -"principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado como " -"estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assume que esta " -"será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem " -"funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado ou a " -"servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Escolher \"sim\" ou \"não\" quanto ao particionamento automático. Esteja " -"ciente de que dizer \"sim\" destruirá todos os dados nos discos rígidos! " -"Escolher \"não\", por outro lado, exigirá mais trabalho - é necessário " -"confirmar que as partições necessárias existem (se não, têm que ser criadas) " -"e são de tamanho suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipe do Debian Edu saber " -"que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros lançamentos. " -"Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Aguardar. Se os perfis selecionados incluírem o servidor LTSP, o instalador " -"irá demorar algum tempo no final, \"Finalizando a instalação - Executando o " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Após a introdução da senha de root (administrador do computador, e não da " -"rede), será solicitada a criação de uma conta de utilizador normal (do " -"computador) \"para tarefas não-administrativas\". Para o Debian Edu esta " -"conta é muito importante: é esta a conta usada para a gestão da rede " -"Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " -"um comprimento mínimo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">nome de usuário</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado acesso " -"ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha correspondente " -"ao nome de usuário sejam aceitas pelo instalador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"No caso de um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis> esperar " -"novamente após reiniciar. O sistema irá demorar algum tempo para gerar a " -"imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " -"trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " -"adicionais a serem feitas pelo operador. Para mais informações, ver o " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</" -"link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Notas sobre algumas características" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Uma nota sobre computadores portáteis (notebooks)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"O mais provável é que o perfil escolhido seja 'Estação de trabalho " -"itinerante' (ver acima). Esteja ciente de que todos os dados são guardados " -"localmente, isto é, no próprio portátil (portanto, é necessário algum " -"cuidado extra em fazer cópias de segurança), e as credenciais de acesso são " -"guardadas em cache (portanto, após uma alteração da senha, a entrada pode " -"requerer a senha antiga se o computador não tiver sido ligado à rede e feito " -"o acesso com a nova senha)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de unidades USB flash/imagens de disco " -"Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Terminada a instalação a partir da unidade flash USB/imagem de disco Blu-" -"ray, o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " -"conterá apenas fontes (repositórios origem) constantes nessa imagem. Se for " -"possível ligar o computador à Internet, sugerimos fortemente adicionar as " -"seguintes linhas a ele para que as atualizações de segurança disponíveis " -"possam ser instaladas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main\n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Uma instalação netinst (o tipo de instalação que o CD fornece) irá buscar " -"alguns pacotes ao CD e o resto à rede. A quantidade de pacotes transferidos " -"da rede varia de perfil para perfil, mas fica abaixo de um gigabyte (a menos " -"que sejam instalados todos os ambientes de trabalho possíveis). Uma vez " -"instalado o servidor principal (não importando se é um servidor principal " -"puro ou um servidor combinado), a instalação seguinte usará o intermediário " -"para evitar transferir da rede o mesmo pacote várias vezes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Instalação usando pendrives USB em vez de discos de CD/Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"É possível copiar diretamente uma imagem <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> de CD/BD para unidades flash USB (também conhecidas como " -"\"pendrives\") e iniciar a partir destas. Basta executar um comando como " -"este, alterando os nomes do arquivo e do dispositivo de acordo com a " -"situação:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Para determinar o valor de X, execute este comando antes e depois do " -"dispositivo USB ter sido inserido:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Observe que a cópia levará algum tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"A unidade USB flash funcionará como um CD ou como um disco Blu-ray, conforme " -"a imagem usada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Instalação e inicialização através da rede via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Para este método de instalação é necessário um servidor principal em " -"execução. Quando os clientes iniciam através da rede, é exibido um menu do " -"iPXE com opções de seleção do instalador e de inicialização. Se a instalação " -"através do PXE falhar com uma mensagem de erro dizendo que falta um arquivo " -"XXX.bin, muito provavelmente a placa de rede do cliente requer firmware não " -"livre. Neste caso, o initrd do instalador do Debian tem de ser modificado. " -"Isso pode ser conseguido através da execução, no servidor, do comando: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Esta configuração também permite que estações de trabalho sem disco e " -"clientes dependentes iniciem a partir da rede principal. Ao contrário das " -"estações de trabalho e servidores LTSP separados, as estações de trabalho " -"sem disco não precisam de ser adicionadas ao LDAP, com GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser encontrada mais informações sobre clientes de rede no capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modificar instalações PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE usa um arquivo debian-installer pré-configurado, que pode " -"ser modificado para solicitar a instalação de mais pacotes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Tem que ser adicionada a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> uma linha como a seguinte" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE usa o arquivo de pré-configuração em <computeroutput> /etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput>. Este arquivo pode " -"ser alterado para ajustar a pré-configuração usada durante a instalação, " -"para evitar mais solicitações durante a instalação pela rede. Outra maneira " -"de o conseguir é introduzir configurações extras em <computeroutput> /etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf </computeroutput> e <computeroutput> /etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> e executar " -"<computeroutput> /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall </computeroutput> para " -"atualizar os arquivos gerados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informações podem ser encontradas no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar ou alterar o uso do intermediário ao instalar via PXE, têm " -"que ser alteradas as linhas contendo <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> em " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput>. Para desativar o uso de um intermediário ao instalar, " -"colocar '#' no início de cada uma das duas primeiras linhas, e remover da " -"última a parte \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; " -"</computeroutput>\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Algumas definições não podem ser pré-configuradas porque são necessárias " -"antes do arquivo de pré-configuração ser baixado. Idioma, layout de teclado " -"e ambiente de trabalho são exemplos de tais definições. Se você quiser " -"alterar tais configurações, edite o arquivo de menu iPXE <computeroutput>/" -"srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> no servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Imagens personalizadas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " -"bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " -"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " -"definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"É necessário apenas criar um arquivo de pré-configuração com as opções a " -"usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompor o " -"CD/DVD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Tour de capturas de tela" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"A instalação em modo de texto ou em modo gráfico é funcionalmente idêntica - " -"apenas a aparência é diferente. O modo gráfico permite utilizar o mouse e, " -"claro, parece muito melhor e mais moderno. A menos que o equipamento " -"apresente problemas no uso do modo gráfico, não há razão para não o usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Segue-se uma sequência de capturas de tela da instalação em modo gráfico de " -"um servidor principal de 64 bits + estação de trabalho + instalação do " -"servidor LTSP, incluindo também a sequência após a primeira inicialização do " -"servidor principal ou de uma inicialização por PXE num computador da rede " -"cliente LTSP (tela de sessão de cliente dependente (thin client) - e tela de " -"login após ter sido escolhida uma sessão no painel à direita)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "Login Lightdm no tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce e Navegador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce Desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Welcome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeiros passos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Passos mínimos para começar a usar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Durante a instalação do servidor principal, foi criada uma primeira conta de " -"usuário. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por \"primeiro usuário" -"\". Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do diretório home estão " -"definidas para 700 (pelo que é necessário executar <computeroutput>chmod o+x " -"~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas web pessoais), podendo o " -"primeiro usuário usar <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> para passar para " -"root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver a informação sobre a configuração de acesso ao sistema de arquivos <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">específico do " -"Debian Edu </link> antes de adicionar usuários; ajustar a política do site, " -"se necessário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, as primeiras coisas a fazer como primeiro usuário são:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Faça login no servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adicione usuários com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adicionar estações de trabalho com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"A adição de usuários e estações de trabalho está descrita abaixo; então, por " -"favor, leia este capítulo completamente. Cobre a execução correta dos passos " -"mínimos, assim como outras ações que provavelmente terão que ser executadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Há mais informações em outras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bullseye</link> deve ser lido por quem " -"estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " -"substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Atualizações</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " -"usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " -"Internet, é necessário indicar ao servidor DNS o uso deste servidor como seu " -"\"expedidor\" (forwarder). Atualizar /etc/bind/named.conf.options " -"especificando o endereço IP do servidor DNS a usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"O capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Instruções</link> contém mais dicas e " -"truques, assim como respostas a algumas perguntas frequentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Vários serviços em execução no servidor principal podem ser geridos através " -"de uma interface de gestão da web. Esses serviços são descritos abaixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introdução ao GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de gestão baseada na Web que ajuda a gerenciar " -"algumas partes importantes da instalação Debian Edu. Com o GOsa² podem ser " -"executadas ações (adicionar, modificar ou eliminar) nestas áreas principais:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Administração de Grupos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administração de grupos NIS Netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Administração de máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Administração de DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Administração do DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Para acessar o GOsa² é necessário o servidor principal do Skolelinux e um " -"sistema (cliente) com um navegador web instalado, que pode ser o próprio " -"servidor principal se este tiver sido instalado como servidor combinado " -"(perfis Servidor Principal + Servidor LTSP + Estação de Trabalho)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Se foi instalado um perfil de servidor principal puro (provavelmente por " -"acidente) e não está disponível um cliente com um navegador web, é fácil " -"instalar um ambiente de trabalho mínimo no servidor principal usando esta " -"sequência de comandos num terminal como primeiro usuário (o usuário criado " -"durante a instalação do servidor principal):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"A partir de um navegador web, usar o URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"para aceder ao GOsa² e iniciar sessão como primeiro usuário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Se estiver usando uma nova máquina Debian Edu Bullseye, o certificado do " -"site web será reconhecido pelo navegador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Caso contrário, aparecerá uma mensagem de erro sobre o certificado SSL estar " -"errado. Se o usuário estiver seguro de que no momento é o único usuário na " -"rede, basta-lhe permitir que o navegador aceite o certificado, podendo " -"ignorar o erro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Acesso ao GOsa² e Visão geral" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "" -"Página de visão geral do GOsa² após fazer login como o primeiro usuário" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Depois de fazer login no GOsa², você verá a página de visão geral do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Nesta página pode ser escolhida uma tarefa no menu ou clique em qualquer um " -"dos ícones de tarefa. Para a navegação, é recomendada a utilização do menu " -"do lado esquerdo da tela, uma vez que ficará visível em todas as páginas de " -"administração disponibilizadas pelo GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"No Debian Edu, a informação relativa a contas, grupos e sistemas é guardada " -"num diretório LDAP. Estes dados são usados não apenas pelo servidor " -"principal, mas também pelas estações de trabalho (sem disco), servidores " -"LTSP e outras máquinas na rede. Com o LDAP, os dados das contas de alunos, " -"professores, etc. só precisam ser inseridos uma vez. Após a informação ter " -"sido fornecida no LDAP, estará disponível em todos os sistemas em toda a " -"rede Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de administração que utiliza o LDAP para guardar a " -"sua informação e disponibilizar uma estrutura hierárquica do departamento. A " -"cada \"departamento\" podem ser adicionadas contas de usuários, grupos, " -"sistemas, netgroups, etc. Dependendo da estrutura da instituição, a " -"estrutura de departamentos no GOsa²/LDAP pode ser usada para transferir a " -"estrutura organizacional para a árvore de dados do LDAP do servidor " -"principal do Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu atualmente oferece " -"dois \"departamentos\": Professores e Alunos, mais o nível base da árvore " -"LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento \"Alunos\", " -"as dos professores ao departamento \"Professores\"; os sistemas (servidores, " -"estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " -"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" -"Administração Avançada</link> deste manual encontra-se um exemplo de como " -"criar usuários em grupos por anos, com diretórios home comuns para cada " -"grupo.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo da tarefa que você deseja trabalhar (gerenciar usuários, " -"gerenciar grupos, gerenciar sistemas, etc.), o GOsa² apresenta a você uma " -"visão diferente sobre o departamento selecionado (ou o nível de base)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de usuários com GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Primeiro, clique em \"Usuários\" no menu de navegação esquerdo. O lado " -"direito da tela mudará para mostrar uma tabela com as pastas do departamento " -"para \"Alunos\" e \"Professores\" e a conta do Administrador GOsa² (o " -"primeiro usuário criado). Acima desta tabela, você pode ver um campo chamado " -"<emphasis> Base </emphasis> que permite que você navegue por sua estrutura " -"em árvore (mova o mouse sobre essa área e um menu suspenso aparecerá) e " -"selecione uma pasta base para as suas operações pretendidas (por exemplo, " -"adicionar um novo usuário)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Adicionando usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ao lado desse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu \"Ações\". Mover o " -"mouse sobre este item fará aparecer um submenu; no menu, selecionar \"Criar" -"\" e depois \"Usuário\". O assistente de criação de usuários guiará o " -"processo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"O mais importante a adicionar é o modelo (novo aluno ou novo professor) e o " -"nome real do usuário (ver imagem)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Conforme você segue o assistente, verá que GOsa² gera um nome de usuário " -"automaticamente com base no nome real. Ele escolhe automaticamente um nome " -"de usuário que ainda não existe, portanto, vários usuários com o mesmo nome " -"completo não são um problema. Observe que GOsa² pode gerar nomes de usuário " -"inválidos se o nome completo contiver caracteres não ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Se você não gostar do nome de usuário gerado, você pode selecionar outro " -"nome de usuário oferecido na caixa suspensa, mas você não tem uma escolha " -"livre aqui no assistente. (Se quiser editar o nome de usuário proposto, abra " -"<computeroutput> /etc/gosa/gosa.conf </computeroutput> com um editor e " -"adicione <computeroutput> allowUIDProposalModification = \"true\" </" -"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional para a \"definição de local\".)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Quando o assistente for concluído, você verá a tela GOsa² para seu novo " -"objeto de usuário. Use as guias na parte superior para verificar os campos " -"preenchidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter sido criado o usuário (por enquanto não é necessário " -"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão \"Ok" -"\" no canto inferior direito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Como último passo, o GOsa² pede uma senha para o novo utilizador. Introduzir " -"a senha escolhida duas vezes e depois clicar em \"Definir senha\" no canto " -"inferior direito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Alguns caracteres podem não ser permitidos como parte da senha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Se tudo correu bem, o novo usuário aparecerá na tabela da lista de usuários. " -"Agora deve ser possível entrar com esse nome de usuário em qualquer máquina " -"da rede que tenha o sistema Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Pesquisar, modificar e excluir usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Caixa de filtrar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Para modificar ou eliminar um usuário, utilizar o GOsa² para consultar a " -"lista de usuários no sistema. No meio da tela pode ser aberta a caixa " -"\"Filtro\", uma ferramenta de pesquisa do GOsa². Não sendo conhecida a " -"localização exata da conta de usuário na árvore, mudar para o nível base da " -"árvore GOsa²/LDAP e procurar aí, marcando a opção \"Procurar em subárvores\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar a caixa \"Filtro\", os resultados aparecerão imediatamente no " -"centro do texto, na visualização da lista de tabelas. Cada linha representa " -"uma conta de usuário e os itens mais à direita em cada linha são pequenos " -"ícones que possibilitam as seguintes ações: editar usuário, bloquear conta, " -"definir senha e remover usuário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Aparecerá uma nova página onde poderá ser modificada diretamente a " -"informação relativa ao usuário, alterada a senha do usuário e modificar a " -"lista de grupos aos quais o usuário pertence." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Editando dados do usuário" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Definir senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Os alunos podem alterar suas próprias senhas fazendo login no GOsa² com seus " -"próprios nomes de usuário. Para facilitar o acesso do GOsa², uma entrada " -"chamada Gosa é fornecida no menu Sistema (ou Configurações do sistema) da " -"área de trabalho. Um aluno conectado verá uma versão mínima do GOsa² que só " -"permite o acesso à planilha de dados da conta do próprio aluno e ao diálogo " -"para definir a senha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Os professores conectados com seus próprios nomes de usuário têm privilégios " -"especiais no GOsa². Eles têm uma visão mais privilegiada do GOsa² e podem " -"alterar as senhas de todas as contas de alunos. Isso pode ser muito útil " -"durante a aula." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Para definir administrativamente uma nova senha para um usuário" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "procure o usuário a ser modificado, conforme explicado acima" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"clique no símbolo da chave no final da linha em que o nome de usuário é " -"mostrado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "na página seguinte você pode definir uma nova senha escolhida por você" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Definir senha de usuário" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Atenção às implicações de segurança, se usadas " -"senhas fáceis de adivinhar! </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento avançado de usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"É possível criar usuários em massa com GOsa² usando um arquivo CSV, que pode " -"ser criado com qualquer bom software de planilha (por exemplo " -"<computeroutput> localc </computeroutput>). No mínimo, as entradas para os " -"seguintes campos devem ser fornecidas: uid, sobrenome (sn), nome (givenName) " -"e senha. Certifique-se de que não haja entradas duplicadas no campo uid. " -"Observe que a verificação de duplicatas deve incluir entradas uid já " -"existentes no LDAP (que podem ser obtidas executando <computeroutput> getent " -"passwd | grep tjener / home | cut -d \":\" -f1 </computeroutput> na linha de " -"comando)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Estas são as diretrizes de formato para esse arquivo CSV (GOsa² é bastante " -"intolerante com elas):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Usar \",\" (uma vírgula) como separador de campo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Não usar aspas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"O arquivo CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">não deve</emphasis> conter uma linha " -"de cabeçalho (do tipo que normalmente contém os nomes das colunas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"A ordem dos campos não é relevante e pode ser definida no GOsa² durante a " -"importação em massa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Os passos da importação em massa são:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "clicar na ligação \"Gestor do LDAP\" no menu de navegação, à esquerda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "clicar no separador \"Importar\" na tela à direita" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"navegue em seu disco local e selecione um arquivo CSV com a lista de " -"usuários a serem importados" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"escolha um modelo de usuário disponível que deve ser aplicado durante a " -"importação em massa (como NewTeacher ou NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "clique no botão \"Importar\" no canto inferior direito" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"É uma boa ideia fazer alguns testes primeiro, de preferência usando um " -"arquivo CSV com alguns usuários fictícios, que podem ser excluídos " -"posteriormente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"O mesmo se aplica ao módulo de gerenciamento de senhas, que permite " -"redefinir muitas senhas usando um arquivo CSV ou regenerar novas senhas para " -"usuários pertencentes a uma subárvore LDAP especial." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Redefinir senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de Grupo com GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "criar grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" -"O gerenciamento de grupos é muito semelhante ao gerenciamento de usuários." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Você pode inserir um nome e uma descrição por grupo. Certifique-se de " -"escolher o nível correto na árvore LDAP ao criar um novo grupo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar usuários a um grupo recém-criado leva você de volta à lista de " -"usuários, onde provavelmente gostaria de usar a caixa de filtro para " -"localizar usuários. Verifique também o nível da árvore do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Os grupos inseridos no gerenciamento de grupo também são grupos unix " -"regulares, então você também pode usá-los para permissões de arquivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de Máquina com GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"O gerenciamento de máquina basicamente permite que você gerencie todos os " -"dispositivos em rede em sua rede Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao " -"diretório LDAP usando GOsa² tem um nome de host, um endereço IP, um endereço " -"MAC e um nome de domínio (que geralmente é \"interno\"). Para uma descrição " -"mais completa da arquitetura Debian Edu, veja o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\"> arquitetura </link> deste manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Quando ligados ao <emphasis> servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " -"estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " -"imediato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através do " -"GOsa². Internamente, são gerados tanto um Kerberos Principal (como que uma " -"<emphasis>conta</emphasis>) específico da máquina, quanto um arquivo keytab " -"relacionado (contendo uma chave usada como <emphasis>senha</emphasis>); o " -"arquivo keytab tem que estar presente na estação de trabalho para ser capaz " -"de montar os diretórios pessoais dos utilizadores. Reiniciar a máquina " -"adicionada, fazer login no sistema através dela, como root, e executar " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Para criar um arquivo Principal e keytab para um sistema <emphasis> já " -"configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, fazer login no servidor principal " -"como root e executar" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Observe: </emphasis> a criação de keytab de host é " -"possível para sistemas do tipo <emphasis> estações de trabalho </emphasis>, " -"<emphasis> servidores </emphasis> e <emphasis> terminais </emphasis> mas não " -"para aqueles do tipo <emphasis> netdevices </emphasis>. Consulte o capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> Como fazer de clientes de rede </link> " -"para obter as opções de configuração de NFS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar uma máquina, use o menu principal do GOsa², sistemas, " -"adicionar. Você pode usar um endereço IP/hostname (nome do hospedeiro) do " -"espaço de endereço pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Atualmente, existem apenas " -"dois endereços fixos predefinidos: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.1 (gateway). " -"Os endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 ou " -"4000 hosts) são reservados para DHCP e são atribuídos dinamicamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"No GOsa², para atribuir um endereço IP estático a um hospedeiro com o " -"endereço MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 é necessário introduzir o endereço MAC, o " -"nome do hospedeiro e o IP; em alternativa pode ser clicado o botão " -"<computeroutput>Propor IP</computeroutput> que mostrará o primeiro endereço " -"fixo livre em 10.0.0.0/8, provavelmente algo como 10.0.0.0.2 se a primeira " -"máquina for adicionada desta forma. É boa prática planejar antes de " -"executar: por exemplo, pode ser usado 10.0.0.x com x>10 e x<50 para " -"servidores, e x>100 para estações de trabalho. Não esquecer de ativar o " -"sistema recém-adicionado. Com a exceção do servidor principal, todos os " -"sistemas terão um ícone correspondente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Se as máquinas iniciarem como clientes dependentes/estações de trabalho sem " -"disco ou forem instaladas usando qualquer um dos perfis de rede, pode ser " -"usado o script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> para " -"adicionar automaticamente máquinas ao GOsa². Para máquinas simples " -"funcionará de imediato; para máquinas com mais de um endereço mac tem que " -"ser indicado o que for para usar; <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" -"computeroutput> mostra a informação de utilização. Notar que os endereços IP " -"mostrados após o uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput> pertencem à faixa de IPs dinâmicos. Esses sistemas podem ser " -"modificados para se adequarem à sua rede: renomeie cada novo sistema, ative " -"DHCP e DNS, adicione-o aos grupos de rede (veja a imagem abaixo para grupos " -"de rede recomendados), reinicie o sistema depois. As capturas de tela a " -"seguir mostram como isso fica na prática:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Lista de sistemas GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Detalhes do host (hospedeiro)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modificar host (hospedeiro)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Adicionar grupo de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Um cronjob atualizando o DNS é executado a cada hora; <computeroutput> su -c " -"ldap2bind </computeroutput> pode ser usado para acionar a atualização " -"manualmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Pesquisar e excluir máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Pesquisar e excluir máquinas é bastante semelhante a pesquisar e excluir " -"usuários, de modo que as informações não se repetem aqui." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modificar as máquinas existentes / Gerenciamento de grupos de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de adicionar uma máquina à árvore do LDAP usando o GOsa², as " -"propriedades podem ser modificadas usando a funcionalidade de busca e " -"clicando no nome da máquina (assim como com os usuários)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"O formato dessas entradas do sistema é semelhante ao que você já conhece ao " -"modificar as entradas do usuário, mas os campos têm significados diferentes " -"neste contexto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, adicionar uma máquina a um <computeroutput>Grupo de Rede</" -"computeroutput> não modifica as permissões de acesso a arquivos ou de " -"execução de comandos para aquela máquina nem os usuários com acesso naquela " -"máquina; em vez disso, restringe os serviços que a máquina pode usar no " -"servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"A instalação padrão inclui os <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Atualmente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput> " -"é usada para:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Redimensionar partições </emphasis> (fsautoresize-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu neste grupo redimensionam automaticamente as " -"partições LVM que ficarem sem espaço." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Desligar máquinas à noite</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts e shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo serão desligadas automaticamente à noite " -"para economizar energia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestão de impressoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu destes grupos irão eliminar automaticamente todas as " -"filas de impressão, todas as noites, e reativar qualquer fila de impressão " -"desativada a cada hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Acesso à Internet Bloqueado</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo só se podem ligar a máquinas da rede " -"local. Em conjunto com restrições no proxy da web, isto poderá ser usado " -"durante os exames, por exemplo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de impressora" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"Para gerenciamento centralizado das impressoras, apontar o navegador web " -"para <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão " -"CUPS normal, onde podem ser adicionadas/eliminadas/modificadas as " -"impressoras e onde pode ser limpa a fila de impressão. Por predefinição só é " -"dada permissão ao primeiro usuário; mas isso pode ser alterado adicionando " -"utilizadores ao grupo <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> do " -"GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Use impressoras conectadas a estações de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> é instalado por predefinição nos " -"sistemas com o perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Editar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> desta " -"forma (impressora USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " -"impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " -"URI de ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Impressoras de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se desativar todos os recursos de auto-propaganda nas impressoras " -"de rede usadas. Em vez disso, atribua um endereço IP fixo com GOsa² e " -"configure-os como impressoras de rede <computeroutput> AppSocket/HP " -"JetDirect </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"A configuração padrão no Debian Edu mantém os relógios de todas as máquinas " -"sincronizados, mas não necessariamente com a hora certa. É usado o NTP para " -"atualizar a hora. Os relógios são sincronizados com uma fonte externa por " -"predefinição. Isso pode fazer com que as máquinas mantenham a ligação " -"externa à Internet aberta se a ligação for criada durante a sincronização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"No caso das ligações por linha telefônica convencional ou RDIS, com o " -"serviço cobrado ao minuto, é recomendado alterar a configuração padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " -"modificar o arquivo /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando (\"#\") " -"no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (ficam " -"desativadas). Depois disso, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, executando " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. Para testar " -"se uma máquina está usando as fontes externas do relógio, executar " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Estendendo partições completas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " -"partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para estender essas " -"partições, execute <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </" -"computeroutput> como root. Consulte o HowTo \"Como redimensionar partições\" " -"no <link linkend=\"Administration\"> capítulo HowTo de administração </link> " -"para obter mais informações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Manutenção" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Atualização do software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esta seção explica como usar o <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Usar o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> é simples. Para atualizar um " -"sistema através da linha de comando, é necessária a execução de dois " -"comandos, como root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que " -"atualiza as listas de pacotes disponíveis) e <computeroutput>apt full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput> (que atualiza os pacotes para os quais haja uma " -"atualização disponível)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"Também é uma boa ideia atualizar usando a localidade C para obter saída em " -"inglês que, em casos de problemas, tem mais probabilidade de produzir " -"resultados em mecanismos de pesquisa." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Na atualização do pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " -"os arquivos de configuração do Cfengine podem ser alterados. Executar " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> para " -"verificar se foi esse o caso. Para aplicar as modificações, executar " -"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Após serem feitas atualizações do servidor LTSP é importante executar " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput>, para manter a imagem SquashFS para clientes sem disco em " -"sincronia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Após uma atualização para uma nova versão pontual de um sistema com perfil " -"<emphasis>Servidor principal</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Servidor LTSP</" -"emphasis>, tem que ser executado o <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> para atualizar o ambiente de instalação PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Também é boa prática instalar os pacotes <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e " -"configurá-los para enviarem correio para um endereço usado diariamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez por dia o <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enviará por " -"correio uma mensagem de notificação dos pacotes que possam ser atualizados. " -"O programa não instala os pacotes atualizados, mas descarrega-os (geralmente " -"à noite), para que não seja necessário aguardar pela transferência quando " -"for executado o comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"A instalação automática de atualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta que " -"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja instalado " -"e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O programa <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> pode enviar " -"novas entradas de registro de alterações por e-mail, ou em alternativa exibi-" -"las no terminal se executado <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Mantenha-se informado sobre as atualizações de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima, é " -"uma boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis atualizações de segurança " -"para pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é seguir a lista de discussão <ulink " -"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-" -"announce mailinglist</ulink>. Esta tem a vantagem de também apresentar em " -"que é que consta a atualização de segurança. O lado negativo (comparado com " -"a execução do<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que a lista também " -"inclui informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não estão instalados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Para gerenciamento de cópias de segurança, abrir <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/> no navegador da web. Notar que este site tem que ser " -"acessado via SSL, uma vez que requer a senha de root. Se for tentado sem o " -"uso de SSL, o acesso falhará." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Nota: o site só funcionará se for permitido temporariamente o acesso de root " -"por ssh no servidor de cópias de segurança (servidor principal 'tjener' por " -"predefinição)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o servidor (tjener) faz cópias de segurança de " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e de LDAP em /" -"skole/backup, que está sob a LVM. Se só for pretendido ter cópias de " -"segurança da informação (para o caso de alguma coisa ser inadvertidamente " -"apagada) esta configuração será adequada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Esteja ciente de que esse esquema de backup não o protege de discos rígidos " -"com defeito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Para fazer cópias de segurança dos dados num servidor externo, num " -"dispositivo de fita ou em outro disco rígido, é necessário modificar um " -"pouco a configuração existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Para restaurar uma pasta completa, a melhor opção é usar a linha de comando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home/utilizador</" -"computeroutput> relativo a determinada<computeroutput><data></" -"computeroutput> na pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home_<data></" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Para restaurar um arquivo específico, terá de ser selecionado o arquivo (e a " -"versão) a partir da interface web, e transferido apenas esse arquivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar cópias de segurança mais antigas, escolher \"Manutenção\" no " -"menu da página de cópias de segurança e selecionar a captura mais antiga a " -"manter:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Manutenção do slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Monitoramento de Servidor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição do " -"estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " -"administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " -"dos problemas do sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"A lista de máquinas monitoradas pelo Munin é gerada automaticamente, com " -"base na lista de máquinas (hosts) que mandam relatórios ao sitesummary. " -"Todos os hospedeiros com o pacote munin-node instalado são registrados para " -"monitoramento pelo Munin. Normalmente, demora um dia desde que uma máquina é " -"instalada até ao início do monitoramento pelo Munin, por causa da ordem em " -"que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para acelerar o " -"processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> " -"como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o servidor " -"principal). Isto irá atualizar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin." -"conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O conjunto de medições coletadas é gerado automaticamente em cada máquina " -"usando o programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> que " -"sonda os plugins disponíveis em <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</" -"computeroutput> e cria links simbólicos para os relevantes em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Informações sobre o Munin estão disponíveis em <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"O sistema e serviço de monitoramento Icinga está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços monitorados " -"é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo sistema de " -"resumo do site (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor Principal e " -"Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitoramento completo, enquanto as estações de " -"trabalho e os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitoramento simples. Para " -"permitir o monitoramento completo de uma estação de trabalho, instalar o " -"pacote <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na própria " -"estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o Icinga não envia e-mail. Isto pode ser alterado " -"substituindo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-emaill</computeroutput> no arquivo " -"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"O arquivo de configuração do Icinga usado é <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. A tarefa agendada do sitesummary gera o " -"arquivo <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" -"computeroutput> com a lista de hospedeiros (hosts) e serviços a serem " -"monitorados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Podem ser colocadas verificações adicionais do Icinga no arquivo " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" -"computeroutput> para serem incluídas no arquivo gerado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" -"\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Avisos comuns do Icinga e como lidar com eles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Aqui estão as instruções sobre como lidar com os avisos mais comuns do " -"Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"A partição (/usr/ no exemplo) está muito cheia. Há basicamente duas maneiras " -"de lidar com isso: (1) remover alguns arquivos ou (2) aumentar o tamanho da " -"partição. Se a partição for /var/, limpar o cache APT executando " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> pode remover alguns arquivos. Se " -"houver mais espaço disponível no grupo de volumes do LVM, executar o " -"programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> para " -"alargar as partições pode ajudar. Para executar este programa " -"automaticamente a cada hora, a máquina (host) em questão pode ser adicionado " -"ao grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis novos pacotes para atualização de pacotes instalados. Os " -"pacotes críticos são normalmente correções de segurança. Para fazer a " -"atualização, executar 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' num " -"terminal, como root, ou fazer login no sistema via ssh e fazer o mesmo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Quem tiver confiança em que o Debian gere as novas versões dos pacotes de " -"forma segura, pode evitar a ação de atualização manual, configurando o " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> (atualizações não " -"vigiadas) para atualização automática, todas as noites, de todos os pacotes " -"atualizáveis. Isto não irá atualizar os chroots LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"O núcleo (kernel) em execução é mais antigo do que o núcleo mais recente " -"instalado e é necessário reiniciar o computador para passar a ser usado o " -"núcleo mais recente instalado. Normalmente, isto é bastante urgente, já que " -"os novos núcleos são disponibilizados no Debian Edu normalmente para " -"corrigir problemas de segurança." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"As filas de impressão no CUPS têm muitos trabalhos pendentes. Isto acontece " -"muito provavelmente devido a uma impressora ficar indisponível. Filas de " -"impressão desativadas são ativadas a cada hora em máquinas (hosts) do grupo " -"de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>; " -"portanto, para tais máquinas não deve ser necessária nenhuma ação manual. As " -"filas de impressão são descartadas todas as noites nas máquinas do grupo de " -"rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Se uma " -"máquina tiver muitos trabalhos em fila, pode ser adicionada a um ou a ambos " -"os grupos de rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Resumo do site" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"O resumo do site (sitesummary) é usado para coletar informação de cada " -"computador e enviá-la para o servidor central. A informação coletada fica " -"disponível em <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" -"computeroutput>. Estão disponíveis scripts em <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" -"sitesummary/</computeroutput> para gerar relatórios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Um relatório simples do sitesummary, sem informação detalhada, está " -"disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Há alguma documentação sobre o sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Mais informações sobre personalização do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Mais informações sobre a personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " -"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Atualizações" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de ler este guia de atualização, ter presente que as atualizações dos " -"servidores são efetuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">O Debian Edu/Skolelinux vem SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA, na medida " -"do permitido pela lei aplicável.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Novas funcionalidades no Bullseye</link> antes de tentar atualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Notas gerais sobre atualização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Atualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " -"fácil. Mas no que diz respeito ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco " -"mais complicado, pois nós modificamos os arquivos de configuração de forma " -"que não deveríamos. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados " -"abaixo. (Ver o bug do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#" -"\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o Debian Edu " -"deverá modificar os arquivos de configuração)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Em geral, a atualização dos servidores é mais difícil do que a das estações " -"de trabalho; e o servidor principal é o mais difícil de atualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que após a atualização tudo funciona como funcionava antes, a " -"atualização deve ser testada em um ou mais sistemas de teste configurados da " -"mesma forma que as máquinas de produção. Neles a atualização pode ser " -"testada sem riscos e pode ser confirmado que tudo funciona como previsto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " -"Debian Stable no respectivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Também poderá ser sensato esperar um pouco e continuar a usar por mais " -"algumas semanas a versão instalada, aguardando que outros testem a " -"atualização e documentem quaisquer problemas com que se deparem. A versão " -"instalada do Debian Edu receberá apoio contínuo ainda durante algum tempo " -"após a publicação da nova versão. Mas quando o Debian <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessar o apoio à versão anterior</" -"ulink>, o Debian Edu também cessará, necessariamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Atualizações a partir do Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Preparação contra contingências: testar a atualização a partir da versão " -"Buster num ambiente de teste ou ter cópias de segurança, para que a situação " -"inicial possa ser reposta quer em termos de funcionamento quer em termos de " -"dados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Notar que o procedimento que se segue se aplica a uma instalação padrão do " -"servidor principal Debian Edu (ambiente de trabalho xfce, perfis Servidor " -"Principal, Estação de Trabalho, Servidor LTSP). (Para uma ideia geral sobre " -"a atualização do Debian Buster para Bullseye, ver: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"Não usar diretamente o X (o servidor gráfico do sistema operacional), usar " -"um console virtual, faça login como root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Se o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> der erro, tentar corrigir o erro e/" -"ou executar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e depois " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> mais uma vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Atualizando o servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Começar por garantir que o sistema instalado (o Buster) está atualizado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Limpar a cache do pacote:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Preparar e iniciar a atualização para Bullseye (nova entrada de segurança):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: prepare-se para ler muitas INFORMAÇÕES; pressione <" -"enter> para rolar para baixo, <q> para deixar o paginador (programa " -"de leitura de páginas em console). Toda a informação será enviada para root " -"para que possa ser lida novamente (usando <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ou " -"<emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Ler atentamente todas as informações do debconf (configuração do debian); " -"escolher \"manter a versão local atualmente instalada\", a menos que " -"indicado de forma diferente abaixo; na maioria dos casos, pressionar enter é " -"o indicado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "reiniciar serviços: Escolher sim." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "openssh-server: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Escolher S." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"servidor Samba e utilitários: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente " -"instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "servidores Kerberos: Introduzir 'kerberos' e apertar 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Aplicar e ajustar a configuração:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Instalar e configurar a interface web do Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>; " -"escolher sempre <emphasis role=\"strong\">Não</emphasis> se solicitado pelo " -"debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Obter as novas imagens Homeworld do Debian Edu:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # a menos que se queira manter as imagens do Buster como alternativa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Ajustar a configuração do painel Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com o novo LTSP e alterações relacionadas; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # para remover alterações já não necessárias\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # para remover o diretório base tftp já não usado\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # primeira solicitação: manter ''tftp'' como conta do sistema; segunda: alterar o diretório TFTP de root para ''/srv/tftp''\n" -"# terceira: manter o endereço e a porta; última: digitar ''--secure'' como opção adicional \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # limpar o diretório base LTSP antigo\n" -"# Os passos seguintes demoram a ser executados.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # se for pretendida interoperabilidade com clientes dependentes de 64-Bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # se for pretendida interoperabilidade com clientes dependentes de 32-Bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # para criar imagem de estação de trabalho sem disco a partir do sistema de arquivos do servidor\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # para adicionar arquivos de instalação PXE e respectivos itens de menu iPXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Lidar com a mudança para iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Criar um arquivo <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> com o seguinte conteúdo:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, executar <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> para aplicar " -"as alterações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modificar mais algumas configurações de DHCP no LDAP, por exemplo, usando um " -"editor como o ldapvi. Certifique-se de que as entradas relacionadas ao DHCP " -"correspondem às contidas no arquivo <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</" -"emphasis>. As inscrições em questão são:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Lidar com as alterações do GOsa - usar o novo arquivo gosa.conf, alterar o " -"acesso LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Procurar adminPassword e snapshotAdminPassword em /etc/gosa/gosa.conf e " -"substituir $GOSAPWD pela senha aleatória encontrada em /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig para essas entradas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com alterações no tipo de encriptação Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com as alterações no Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar a conta Samba do primeiro usuário: <computeroutput> smbpasswd -a " -"< primeiro nome de usuário> </computeroutput>. Depois de o usuário " -"alterar a senha, será criada a respetiva conta Samba." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Verificar se o sistema atualizado funciona:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Reiniciar; fazer login como primeiro usuário e testar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "se a interface GOsa² está funcionando," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "se é possível ligar clientes e estações de trabalho LTSP," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"se é possível adicionar/remover membros a um grupo de rede de um sistema," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "se é possível enviar e receber e-mail interno," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "se é possível gerenciar impressoras," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "e se outros elementos específicos da escola estão funcionando." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Atualizando uma estação de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Executar todos os procedimentos básicos como no servidor principal, sem " -"executar os procedimentos que não são necessários. Se ainda não estiver " -"configurada, configurar a máquina para usar o Kerberos na montagem de " -"diretórios de usuário (pastas pessoais); ver o capítulo de <link linkend=" -"\"GettingStarted\">primeiros passos</link> para mais informações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Atualização a partir de instalações antigas do Debian Edu/Skolelinux " -"(anteriores ao Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Para atualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário atualizar " -"primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Buster, antes de poderem ser " -"seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa atualização são dadas " -"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Buster</ulink> sobre como atualizar para Buster a " -"partir da versão anterior, Stretch. Da mesma forma, o manual do Stretch " -"descreve como atualizar a partir do Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Instruções" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\"> administração geral</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administração " -"avançada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Desktop\">o ambiente de trabalho</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ensino e aprendizagem</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Users\">usuários</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Instruções para administração geral" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Os capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros passos</link> e " -"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenção</link> descrevem como começar a " -"usar o Debian Edu e como fazer o trabalho básico de manutenção. As " -"instruções neste capítulo têm algumas dicas e truques mais \"avançados\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Histórico de configuração: rastreio de /etc/ utilizando o sistema de " -"controle da versão git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os arquivos em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de versão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Isto torna possível ver quando um arquivo é adicionado, alterado ou " -"removido, assim como o que foi alterado se o arquivo em causa for um arquivo " -"de texto. O repositório git é guardado em <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"A cada hora, quaisquer novas alterações são automaticamente registradas; o " -"histórico de configuração pode ser extraído e consultado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o histórico, é usado o comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput>. Para ver as diferenças entre dois momentos no tempo, pode " -"ser usado um comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Para mais informações, ver os resultados de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Lista de comandos úteis:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Exemplos de utilização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Num sistema recém-instalado, tentar este comando para ver todas as " -"alterações feitas desde que o sistema foi instalado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Para ver que arquivos não são atualmente rastreados e os que não estão " -"atualizados:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Para submeter manualmente um arquivo, para você não ter que esperar até uma " -"hora:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionar partições" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"No Debian Edu, todas as partições que não a partição <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> estão em volumes lógicos LVM. Com os núcleos (kernels) " -"Linux, desde a versão 2.6.10, é possível estender as partições estando elas " -"montadas. Encolher partições ainda tem de ser feito com as partições " -"desmontadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"É uma boa prática evitar a criação de partições muito grandes (mais de, " -"digamos, 20GiB), devido ao tempo que demora a execução do " -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> sobre elas ou a restaurá-las a partir " -"de cópias de segurança, se for necessário. É melhor, se for possível, criar " -"várias partições menores em vez de uma partição muito grande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"É disponibilizado o script de ajuda <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> para facilitar a extensão de partições cheias. Quando " -"invocado, o script lê a configuração a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" -"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput>. Propõe então estender as partições que tenham muito pouco " -"espaço livre, de acordo com as regras estabelecidas nestes arquivos. Se " -"executado sem argumentos, mostrará apenas os comandos necessários à extensão " -"do sistema de arquivos. É necessário o argumento <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> para que estes comandos para extensão do sistema de arquivos " -"sejam realmente executados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"O script é executado automaticamente a cada hora em cada cliente listado no " -"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Quando a partição utilizada pelo intermediário (proxy) Squid é " -"redimensionada, o valor para o tamanho do cache em <computeroutput>etc/squid/" -"squid.conf</computeroutput> também tem que ser atualizado. É disponibilizado " -"o script de ajuda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" -"update-cachedir</computeroutput> para fazer essa operação automaticamente, " -"verificando o tamanho atual da partição <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" -"computeroutput> e configurando o Squid para usar 80% desse valor como " -"tamanho de cache." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Gerenciamento de volumes lógicos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " -"redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais sobre " -"o LVM em <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Gerenciamento " -"de volumes lógicos</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Para estender manualmente um volume lógico, basta indicar no comando " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> o tamanho pretendido para esse " -"volume. Por exemplo, para estender home0 para 30GiB usar os seguintes " -"comandos:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Para estender home0 em mais 30GiB, inserir um '+' (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Usando o ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> é " -"uma ferramenta para editar base de dados LDAP com um editor de texto normal " -"no terminal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "É necessário executar o seguinte:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Nota: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará o editor predefinido, " -"qualquer que ele seja. Executando <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> na linha de comando é possível configurar o ambiente para " -"obter um clone do vi como editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um objeto LDAP usando o ldapvi, usar o número da sequência do " -"objeto com a linha <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> antes do novo objeto " -"LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> é uma ferramenta muito " -"poderosa. É necessário cuidado redobrado para que a base de dados LDAP não " -"seja corrompida. Este aviso aplica-se também ao JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS \"Kerberizado\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Usar o Kerberos para fazer o NFS montar pastas de usuário é uma " -"funcionalidade de segurança. A partir da versão Bullseye, os clientes LTSP " -"não funcionam sem o Kerberos. São suportados os níveis <emphasis>krb5</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " -"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticação Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" -"emphasis> significa verificação de integridade e <emphasis>p</emphasis> " -"verificação de privacidade, ou seja, criptografia); a carga, tanto no " -"servidor quanto na estação de trabalho, aumenta com o nível de segurança; o " -"nível <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> é uma boa opção e foi escolhido como padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Como alterar o padrão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "faça login como root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"execute <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, procure " -"por <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e substitua por <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>, conforme for pretendido." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"edite <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput>: e ajuste " -"essas entradas conforme:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "executar <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esta ferramenta permite estabelecer a impressora predefinida, dependendo da " -"localização, da máquina ou do grupo a que pertença. Para mais informações, " -"ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"O arquivo de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> tem de ser fornecido pelo administrador; ver " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> como exemplo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, uma interface gráfica LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Para trabalhar com a base de dados LDAP usando uma interface gráfica, " -"experimentar o pacote <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que é " -"instalado por padrão. Para obter acesso de escrita, conecte-se desta forma:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, uma ferramenta de linha de comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> é uma pequena " -"ferramenta de linha de comando para criar usuários LDAP e definir as suas " -"senhas no Kerberos. É muito útil, sobretudo para testes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Usar stable-updates (atualizações estáveis)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Desde 2011, com a versão Squeeze, o Debian passou a incluir na <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">suite stable-updates</ulink> os " -"pacotes anteriormente mantidos em volatile.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Embora seja possível usar a funcionalidade de atualizações estáveis (stable-" -"updates) diretamente, isso não é necessário: estas são enviadas para a suíte " -"estável regularmente quando são feitas as versões pontuais estáveis, o que " -"acontece aproximadamente a cada dois meses." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Usando backports para instalar software mais recente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque prefere a estabilidade do Debian, " -"distribuição que funciona muito bem. Mas tem um problema: às vezes o " -"software está um pouco mais desatualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " -"backports.debian.org entra em cena." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Pacotes backports são pacotes recompilados do Debian testing " -"(principalmente) e do Debian unstable (em poucos casos apenas – por exemplo, " -"atualizações de segurança), para que funcionem sem novas bibliotecas (sempre " -"que possível) numa distribuição Debian estável como a Debian Edu. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Recomenda-se que sejam escolhidos pacotes específicos de " -"acordo com as necessidades, e que não sejam usados todos os pacotes " -"backports disponíveis.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "O uso de pacotes backports é simples. Executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Após o que os pacotes backports são facilmente instaláveis: o seguinte " -"comando irá instalar uma versão backport do <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Backports são atualizados automaticamente (se disponíveis), assim como " -"outros pacotes. Como o arquivamento normal, os backports têm três seções: " -"principal (main), contrib e non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Atualização com um CD ou imagem similar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Para atualizar de uma versão para outra (por exemplo, de Bullseye 11.1 para " -"11.2) sem ligação à Internet, apenas com mídias físicas, seguir estes passos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Inserir o CD / DVD / Disco blu-ray / pendrive USB e executar o comando apt-" -"cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Para citar a página man do apt-cdrom (8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"O apt-cdrom é usado para adicionar um novo CD-ROM à lista de fontes " -"disponíveis do APT. Identifica a estrutura do disco, pode corrigir vários " -"possíveis erros de gravação e verifica os arquivos de índice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"É necessário usar o apt-cdrom para adicionar CDs ao sistema APT. Esta ação " -"não pode ser executada manualmente. Além disso, quando forem usados " -"conjuntos multi-CD, cada disco tem que ser inserido e verificado " -"separadamente para prevenir possíveis falhas de gravação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Em seguida, executar estes dois comandos para atualizar o sistema:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Limpeza automática de processos remanescentes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> é um script em perl que aniquila " -"trabalhos em segundo plano. Trabalhos em segundo plano são definidos como " -"processos pertencentes a usuários que não estão atualmente em sessão na " -"máquina. É executado por uma tarefa agendada (cron job) uma vez por hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Instalação automática de atualizações de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> é um pacote " -"(programa) Debian que instala automaticamente as atualizações de segurança " -"(e outras). Se instalado, o pacote é pré-configurado para instalar " -"automaticamente as atualizações de segurança. Os registros de alterações " -"(logs) estão disponíveis em <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; também podem sempre ser consultados os arquivos " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/" -"log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Encerramento automático de máquinas durante a noite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"É possível poupar energia e dinheiro desligando automaticamente as máquinas " -"clientes à noite e voltando a ligá-las novamente pela manhã. O pacote " -"(programa) <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenta desligar " -"cada máquina de hora a hora a partir das 16:00, mas não as desligará se " -"parecerem estar em utilização. Em cada máquina, o programa tenta passar " -"informação à BIOS para ligar a máquina por volta das 07:00 da manhã e o " -"servidor principal vai tentar ligar todas as máquinas a partir das 06:30 " -"enviando pacotes wake-on-lan. Estes horários podem ser alterados nos " -"separadores de agendamento (crontabs) das máquinas individuais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" -"Algumas considerações a se levar em conta ao estabelecer este procedimento:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes não devem ser desligados quando alguém os está usando. Isto é " -"assegurado pela verificação do resultado de <computeroutput>who</" -"computeroutput> e, como caso especial, pela verificação de que o comando de " -"ligação ssh funciona com os clientes dependentes X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar queimar os fusíveis elétricos / disparar os disjuntores, é boa " -"prática garantir que os clientes não iniciem todos ao mesmo tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Há dois métodos diferentes para reativar os clientes. Um usa um recurso da " -"BIOS e requer um relógio interno funcional e com a hora certa, assim como " -"uma placa-mãe e uma versão da BIOS compatíveis com o <computeroutput>nvram-" -"wakeup</computeroutput>; o outro requer que os clientes sejam compatíveis " -"com o wake-on-lan e que o servidor tenha informação sobre todos os clientes " -"a serem reativados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Como configurar o encerramento à noite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar " -"<computeroutput>touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput> ou adicionar o nome do host (ou seja, o resultado de " -"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede " -"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A adição de host ao grupo de rede no LDAP pode " -"ser feita usando a ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Os " -"clientes podem precisar de ter o wake-on-lan configurado na BIOS. É " -"importante também que os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores (routers) " -"utilizados entre o servidor wake-on-lan (wol) e os clientes passem os " -"pacotes WOL para os clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. " -"Alguns comutadores não passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela " -"ARP do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar o wake-on-lan no servidor, adicionar os clientes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, com uma " -"linha por cliente, primeiro o endereço IP, seguido pelo endereço MAC " -"(endereço ethernet), separado por um espaço; ou criar um script " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " -"para gerar a lista de clientes em tempo real." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Um exemplo <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> para uso com o sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Se o grupo de rede for usado para ativar o desligar à noite nos clientes, " -"uma alternativa é este script usar a ferramenta netgroup do pacote " -"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Acessar servidores Debian-Edu localizados atrás de um firewall" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Para acessar a partir da Internet a máquinas protegidas por um firewall, " -"considerar a instalação do pacote <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. " -"Este pacote pode ser usado para configurar um túnel SSH para uma máquina " -"ligada à Internet. O servidor por trás da barreira/firewall fica acessível a " -"partir dessa máquina através do túnel SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Instalação de máquinas adicionais para serviços, para a distribuição da " -"carga e sua consequente redução no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Na instalação predefinida, todos os serviços são executados no servidor " -"principal (tjener). Para simplificar a transferência da execução de alguns " -"serviços para outra máquina, está disponível o perfil de instalação " -"<emphasis>Mínimo</emphasis>. A instalação do sistema com este perfil numa " -"máquina que faça parte da rede Debian Edu, fará com que a máquina fique sem " -"qualquer serviço em execução (até que lhe seja atribuído algum)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Estes são os passos necessários para configurar uma máquina dedicada a " -"alguns serviços:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"instalar o perfil <emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> usando a opção de " -"inicialização <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "instalar os pacotes correspondentes ao serviço" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configurar o serviço" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "desativar o serviço no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "atualizar o DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Guias (HowTos) de wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Instruções de administração avançada" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "Neste capítulo são descritas tarefas de administração avançada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Customizações do usuário com GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Criar usuários em grupos por ano" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"Neste exemplo pretende-se criar usuários em grupos por ano, com diretórios " -"home comuns para cada grupo (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). Pretende-se criar " -"os usuários através da importação de CSV." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis> (como root no servidor principal) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Criar os diretórios de grupo por ano que forem necessários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro usuário no GOsa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Departamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Menu principal: ir para 'Estrutura de diretórios', clicar no departamento " -"'Alunos'. O campo 'Base' deve mostrar '/Alunos'. No campo 'Ações' da caixa " -"suspensa, escolher 'Criar' / 'Departamento'. Preencher os valores dos campos " -"Nome (2024) e Descrição (alunos formados em 2024), deixar o campo Base como " -"está (deve ser '/Alunos'). Guardar clicando em 'Ok'. Agora o novo " -"departamento (2024) deve aparecer abaixo de /Alunos. Clicar para abrir." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'Grupos' no menu principal; 'Ações'/Criar/Grupo. Introduzir o nome " -"do grupo (deixar 'Base' como está, deve ser /Alunos/2024) e pressionar 'Ok' " -"para salvar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Modelo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'usuários' no menu principal. No campo Base, mudar para 'Alunos'. " -"Deve aparecer uma entrada <computeroutput>Novo Aluno</computeroutput>; " -"clique para abrir. Este é o modelo 'alunos', não é um usuário. Uma vez que " -"terá de ser criado um modelo com base neste (para poder ser feita a " -"importação csv), deve ser tomada nota de todas as entradas que aparecem nos " -"separadores Genéricos e POSIX, talvez fazendo capturas de tela, para que as " -"informações necessárias ao novo modelo possam ser preparadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Agora, mudar para /Students/2024 no campo Base; escolher Criar/Modelo e " -"começar a preencher com os valores desejados, primeiro na aba Genérico " -"(adicionar também o novo grupo 2024 em Grupos, também); depois adicionar a " -"conta POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importar usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de CSV; é recomendável testá-lo " -"com alguns usuários." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Outras personalizações do usuário" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Criação de pastas nos diretórios home de todos os usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Com este script, o administrador pode criar uma pasta no diretório pessoal " -"de cada usuário e definir permissões de acesso e propriedade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"No exemplo abaixo com grupo=professores e permissões=2770 um usuário pode " -"entregar um trabalho guardando o arquivo na pasta \"trabalhos\", à qual os " -"professores têm acesso de escrita para poderem fazer comentários." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Usar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Seguir estes passos para configurar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado, " -"para diretórios home dos usuários e possivelmente outros dados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " -"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " -"configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " -"do novo servidor de armazenamento são exportados para as sub-redes ou " -"máquinas a que se apliquem:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -"Export list for nas-server:\n" -"/storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Neste caso tudo o que estiver na rede principal tem acesso ao export /" -"storage. (Isto pode ser restringido a grupos de rede ou a endereços IP " -"específicos para limitar o acesso ao NFS como é feito no arquivo tjener:/etc/" -"exports.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar informação de montagem automática sobre o 'nas-server.intern' no " -"LDAP, para permitir que todos os clientes montem automaticamente a nova " -"exportação requerida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Isto não pode ser feito através do GOsa², porque falta um módulo para " -"montagem automática. Em vez disso, usar o ldapvi e adicionar os objetos LDAP " -"necessários usando um editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Quando o editor aparecer, adicionar os objetos LDAP seguintes na parte " -"inferior do documento. (A parte \"/&\" no último objeto LDAP é um " -"carácter polivalente que corresponde a tudo o que o 'nas-server.intern' " -"exporta, evitando a necessidade de listar pontos de montagem individuais no " -"LDAP)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens sucessivamente " -"falhadas:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Criar os diretórios de pontos de montagem usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>; editar '/etc/fstab' como adequado e executar " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar os novos recursos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Agora, os usuários devem poder acessar diretamente os arquivos em 'nas-" -"server.intern', bastando abrir o diretório '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' " -"utilizando qualquer aplicação em qualquer estação de trabalho, cliente " -"enxuto LTSP ou servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Restringir o acesso de login por ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Há várias formas de restringir o acesso por ssh. Seguem-se algumas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configuração sem clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Se não forem usados clientes LTSP, uma solução simples é criar um novo grupo " -"(digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e adicionar uma linha ao " -"arquivo /etc/ssh/sshd_config da máquina. Os membros do grupo " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>, e apenas eles, poderão então " -"entrar na máquina via ssh a partir de qualquer lugar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Gerenciar este caso através do GOsa é bastante simples:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Criar um grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> no nível base (onde " -"já aparecem outros grupos relacionados, com a gestão do sistema, como " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar usuários ao novo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configuração com clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida de cliente LTSP sem disco não faz uso de ligações " -"ssh. Basta atualizar a imagem SquashFS no servidor LTSP respectivo, após a " -"configuração do ssh ter sido alterada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes X2Go utilizam ligações ssh com o servidor LTSP " -"respectivo. Então, é necessária uma abordagem diferente, utilizando o PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Ativar pam_access.so no arquivo /etc/pam.d/sshd do servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configurar o arquivo /etc/security/access.conf para permitir ligações a " -"partir de qualquer lugar para (por exemplo) os usuários alice, jane, bob e " -"john, e para todos os outros usuários somente a partir das sub-redes " -"internas, adicionando estas linhas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Se apenas forem utilizados servidores LTSP dedicados, a rede 10.0.0.0/8 " -"poderá ser descartada para desativar o acesso interno via ssh. Nota: alguém " -"que ligue a sua máquina a qualquer rede de clientes LTSP dedicada também " -"terá acesso ao(s) servidor(es) LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Uma nota para situações mais complexas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Se os clientes X2Go estiverem ligados à rede principal 10.0.0.0/8, as coisas " -"serão ainda mais complicadas e talvez apenas uma sofisticada configuração de " -"DHCP (em LDAP), verificando o identificador do fornecedor (vendor-class-" -"identifier) juntamente com a configuração PAM apropriada, permita desativar " -"o acesso interno por ssh." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Instruções para o ambiente de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Preparar um ambiente de trabalho multilíngue" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Para usar vários idiomas, são necessárias estas ações:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " -"root) e escolher os idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Executar estes comandos como root para instalar os pacotes necessários:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Com os ambientes de trabalho Xfce, LXDE e LXQt, os usuários podem então " -"escolher o idioma através do gerenciador de tela LightDM (apresenta-se como " -"tela de entrada), antes de logarem no sistema. Os ambientes GNOME e KDE vêm " -"ambos com as suas próprias ferramentas internas de configuração de " -"localização (região e idioma), pelo que devem ser estas as usadas. O " -"ambiente MATE usa a tela de entrada Arctica sobre o LightDM, sem um seletor " -"de idioma. Executar <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> para obter a tela de entrada do Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Reproduzir DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para reproduzir a maioria dos DVDs comerciais é necessária a biblioteca " -"libdvdcss. Por razões legais, esta não vem incluída no Debian (Edu). Se do " -"ponto de vista legal o uso estiver autorizado, podem ser construídos pacotes " -"localmente usando o pacote Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput>; garantir que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " -"esteja ativado em <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Atender às solicitações do debconf e executar <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Fontes manuscritas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que é instalado de " -"origem) instala a fonte \"Abecedario\", uma boa fonte manuscrita para " -"crianças. A fonte tem várias formas para uso por crianças: pontilhada e com " -"linhas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Instruções para clientes numa rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introdução a clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Um termo genérico para clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco " -"é <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"Começando com Bullseye, o LTSP é bem diferente das versões anteriores. Isso " -"diz respeito tanto à configuração quanto à manutenção." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Como uma diferença principal, a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho " -"sem disco agora é gerada a partir do sistema de arquivos do servidor LTSP " -"por padrão. Isso acontece em um servidor combinado na primeira " -"inicialização, levando algum tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Thin clients não fazem mais parte do LTSP. O Debian Edu usa o X2Go para " -"ainda suportar o uso de thin client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"No caso de um servidor LTSP separado ou adicional, as informações " -"necessárias para configurar o ambiente do cliente LTSP não estão completas " -"no momento da instalação. A configuração pode ser feita uma vez que o " -"sistema tenha sido adicionado com GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o site do <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil <emphasis>servidor " -"LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> dá mais " -"informações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Observe que a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> do LTSP deve ser usada " -"com cuidado. Por exemplo, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " -"falharia ao gerar a imagem SquashFS no caso de máquinas Debian (estas têm " -"uma partição /boot separada por padrão), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> falharia ao gerar o menu iPXE corretamente (devido ao " -"suporte a thin client do Debian Edu), e <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> atrapalharia completamente a inicialização do cliente LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> é " -"um script wrapper para <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Ele é usado para configurar e configurar estações de " -"trabalho sem disco e suporte para thin client (PC de 64 bits e 32 bits). " -"Veja <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> ou o " -"conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. Toda a configuração está contida " -"no próprio script (documentos AQUI) para facilitar os ajustes específicos do " -"site." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Exemplos de como usar o script wrapper <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> atualiza a imagem SquashFS da estação de trabalho sem disco " -"(sistema de arquivos do servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> cria uma estação de trabalho sem disco e " -"suporte para thin client de 64 bits." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> cria suporte adicional para thin client de 32 bits (imagem " -"chroot e SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Além da opção <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (o sistema cliente dependente mais " -"básico), também estão disponíveis as opções <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Os clientes dependentes do tipo " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> têm um botão de desligar, enquanto que os do " -"tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> executam o Firefox ESR em modo quiosque no " -"próprio cliente (é necessária mais memória RAM local e mais potência de CPU, " -"mas reduz a carga no servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " -"script wrapper para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Ele garante " -"que o arquivo /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe seja específico do Debian Edu. O " -"comando precisa ser executado após os itens relacionados ao menu iPXE (como " -"tempo limite do menu ou configurações de inicialização padrão) na seção /etc/" -"ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] terem sido modificados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> é " -"um script wrapper para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Ele " -"garante que um initrd específico do caso de uso (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " -"seja gerado e então movido para o diretório relacionado ao caso de uso. O " -"comando precisa ser executado depois que a seção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[clients] for modificada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> é " -"um substituto para a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> fornecida " -"com o LTSP5. Ele é usado para executar comandos em um chroot LTSP " -"especificado (como, por exemplo, instalar, atualizar e remover pacotes)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho sem disco</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho sem disco executam todo o software localmente. As " -"máquinas não têm um disco rígido local e iniciam diretamente do servidor " -"LTSP. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor LTSP, mas é executado " -"nas estações de trabalho sem disco. Os diretórios pessoais e as " -"configurações do sistema também são armazenados no servidor. As estações de " -"trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de reutilizar hardware antigo " -"(mas poderoso) com os mesmos baixos custos de manutenção típicos dos " -"clientes dependentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ao contrário das estações de trabalho sem disco, as estações de trabalho " -"funcionam sem necessidade de serem adicionadas através do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente dependente</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração de 'thin client' (cliente dependente) permite que um PC " -"comum funcione como um (X-)terminal, onde todos os softwares são executados " -"no servidor LTSP. Isso significa que esta máquina inicializa via PXE sem " -"usar um disco rígido cliente local e que o servidor LTSP precisa ser uma " -"máquina poderosa." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu ainda suporta o uso de clientes dependentes, para permitir o " -"uso de computadores muito antigos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Como clientes leves usam X2Go, os usuários devem desabilitar composição para " -"evitar artefatos de display. No caso padrão, (área de trabalho Xfce): " -"Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"O boot (inicialização) do cliente LTSP falha se a interface de rede do " -"cliente exigir um firmware não livre. Pode ser usada uma instalação PXE para " -"resolver problemas de inicialização pela rede de uma máquina; se o " -"Instalador do Debian indicar que está em falta um arquivo XXX.bin, então tem " -"que ser adicionado o firmware não-livre ao initrd do servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Proceda assim no servidor LTSP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Primeiro obtenha informações sobre pacotes de firmware, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Decida qual pacote deve ser instalado para a(s) interface(s) de rede, " -"provavelmente será firmware-linux, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Atualize a imagem do SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "Caso sejam usados thin clients X2Go, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "e prossiga de acordo com as informações de uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, atualize a imagem do SquashFS; por exemplo. para o chroot /srv/" -"ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Seleção do tipo de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Cada servidor LTSP tem duas interfaces ethernet: uma configurada na sub-rede " -"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (que é partilhada com o servidor principal), e outra " -"formando uma sub-rede local (uma sub-rede separada para cada servidor LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Em ambos os casos, pode ser escolhido <emphasis>estação de trabalho sem " -"disco</emphasis> ou <emphasis>cliente dependente</emphasis> a partir do menu " -"iPXE. Após 5 segundos de espera, a máquina arrancará como estação de " -"trabalho sem disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"O item de menu de inicialização padrão do iPXE e seu tempo limite padrão " -"podem ser configurados em <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" -"computeroutput>. Um valor de tempo limite de <emphasis>-1</emphasis> é usado " -"para ocultar o menu. Execute <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" -"computeroutput> para que as alterações tenham efeito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Usar uma rede de clientes LTSP diferente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"Se uma máquina for instalada usando o perfil LTSP, a rede cliente LTSP " -"192.168.0.0/24 é a predefinida. Se forem utilizados muitos clientes LTSP ou " -"se servidores LTSP diferentes tiverem de servir tanto ambientes chroot i386 " -"como amd64, a segunda rede pré-configurada, a 192.168.1.0/24, também pode " -"ser utilizada. Editar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" -"computeroutput> e ajustar as configurações da eth1 conforme necessário. Use " -"o <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ou qualquer outro editor LDAP para " -"verificar as configurações DNS e DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Adicionar o LTSP chroot para suportar clientes de PCs de 32 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Para criar a imagem chroot e SquashFS, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Veja <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -"detalhes sobre os tipos de thin client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ter uma visão " -"das opções de configuração disponíveis. Ou leia a informação online: <ulink " -"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Adicione itens de configuração à seção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. Para " -"que as alterações entrem em vigor, execute:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Som em clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes LTSP usam áudio em rede para passar o áudio do servidor para os " -"clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "As estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP tratam o áudio localmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Acesso a unidades USB e a CD-ROMs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Quando os usuários inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD / CD-ROM numa estação " -"de trabalho sem disco, aparece um ícone na área de trabalho, permitindo " -"acesso ao conteúdo como em uma estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Quando os usuários inserem uma unidade USB em um cliente leve X2Go de tipo " -"simples (instalação de servidor combinado padrão), as unidades se montam " -"quando se faz duplo-clique no ícone da pasta na área de trabalho Xfce. " -"Dependendo do conteúdo multimídia, pode passar algum tempo até que o " -"conteúdo apareça no gerenciador de arquivos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Um aviso sobre mídias removíveis em servidores LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Quando inseridas em um servidor LTSP, as unidades USB e outras mídias " -"removíveis fazem com que o ícone da pasta relacionada apareça nas áreas de " -"trabalho de clientes LTSP. Usuários remotos podem acessar os arquivos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilizar impressoras ligadas a clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Ligar a impressora à máquina cliente LTSP (são suportados tanto a porta USB " -"como a porta paralela)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Configurar o cliente LTSP através do GOsa² para utilizar um endereço IP fixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configure a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolha o tipo de " -"impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e configure " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " -"conexão URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modificar a configuração do PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE é o acrônimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Pré-" -"execução). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurar o menu PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"O item de menu do iPXE relativo às instalações do sistema é gerado usando o " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Este script " -"permite que algumas configurações sejam substituídas usando o arquivo " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com valores " -"de substituição." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurar a instalação PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE assumirá o idioma, o esquema do teclado e as configurações " -"do espelho (mirror) a partir das configurações usadas na instalação do " -"servidor principal, e as outras questões serão feitas durante a instalação " -"(perfil, participação no popcon, particionamento e senha de root). Para " -"evitar essas perguntas, o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> pode ser modificado para fornecer respostas " -"pré-selecionadas aos valores do debconf. Alguns exemplos de valores do " -"debconf podem ser consultados em <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Suas alterações serão perdidas assim que " -"for usado o <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para " -"recriar o ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar itens do debconf a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " -"durante a recriação através do <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>, adicione o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> com os valores debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mais informações sobre modificar instalações PXE podem ser encontradas no " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalação</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Adicionar repositórios personalizados a instalações PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um repositório personalizado, adicione a <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> algo como:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"e em seguida execute <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> uma vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Alterar as definições de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"O pacote debian-edu-config inclui uma ferramenta que ajuda a mudar a rede de " -"10.0.0.0/8 para outra. Ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Destina-se a ser usado logo após a " -"instalação no servidor principal, para atualizar o LDAP e outros arquivos " -"que têm de ser editados para alterar a sub-rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Notar que mudar para uma das sub-redes já usadas por outros elementos no " -"Debian Edu não irá funcionar. As sub-redes 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 " -"já estão configuradas como redes clientes LTSP. A mudança para estas sub-" -"redes requer a edição manual dos ficheiros de configuração para remover " -"entradas duplicadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Não há forma fácil de alterar o nome de domínio DNS. Alterá-lo exigiria " -"mudanças tanto na estrutura LDAP como em vários arquivos no sistema de " -"arquivos do servidor principal. Também não há forma fácil de alterar o nome " -"da máquina e o nome DNS do servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para isso, " -"também seriam necessárias alterações no LDAP e nos arquivos do servidor " -"principal e do sistema de arquivos do cliente. A configuração do Kerberos " -"também teria de ser alterada, em ambos os casos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Área de trabalho remota" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Escolher o perfil Servidor LTSP ou o perfil Servidor combinado faz instalar " -"também os pacotes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e <emphasis>x2goserver</" -"emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"O Xrdp utiliza o Protocolo Remote Desktop para apresentar uma tela de acesso " -"gráfico a um cliente remoto. Os usuários do Microsoft Windows podem se " -"conectar ao servidor LTSP executando o xrdp sem instalar software adicional " -"- iniciam simplesmente uma ligação remota de área de trabalho na sua máquina " -"Windows e estabelecem a conexão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente, o xrdp pode se conectar a um servidor VNC ou a outro " -"servidor RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"O Xrdp vem sem suporte de som; para compilar os módulos necessários pode ser " -"usado este script." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"O X2Go permite acessar um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " -"tanto através de conexões de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " -"banda, a partir de um PC com Linux, Windows ou MacOS. É necessário software " -"adicional no lado do cliente. Para mais informações, consultar o wiki <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Clientes de área de trabalho remota disponíveis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> é instalado por padrão e é " -"capaz de RDP e VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - a maneira mais fácil de acessar o servidor de terminal Windows. Um " -"pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dá acesso ao Skolelinux " -"remotamente. Um pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> é um cliente gráfico para o " -"sistema X2Go (não instalado de origem). Pode ser utilizado para conectar a " -"sessões em execução e para iniciar novas sessões." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Clientes sem fio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"O servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> pode ser usado para estabelecer " -"conexões de rede seguras. Para isto funcionar, instale os pacotes " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> no servidor " -"principal e execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-" -"freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " -"específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, ambos os métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP " -"e PEAP-MSCHAPV2 são ativados. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " -"script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " -"informações, veja <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">o site do " -"FreeRADIUS</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "É necessária configuração adicional para" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"ativar/desativar pontos de acesso através de uma <emphasis>chave secreta " -"partilhada</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/customers.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"permitir/negar o acesso sem fios utilizando grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"usuarios)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"combinar pontos de acesso em grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Os dispositivos de usuário final têm de ser configurados corretamente; estes " -"dispositivos têm de ser protegidos por PIN para uso com o EAP (802.1x). E " -"mais importante: os usuários precisam ser alertados para instalarem o " -"certificado freeradius CA nos seus dispositivos, para terem a certeza de que " -"se ligam ao servidor correto. Desta forma, a senha não pode ser capturada no " -"caso de contato com um servidor malicioso. O certificado específico do site " -"está disponível na rede interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (dispositivos Linux de " -"usuário final)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Notar que a configuração de dispositivos de usuário final é um verdadeiro " -"desafio, devido à variedade de dispositivos existentes. Para dispositivos " -"Windows pode ser criado um script de instalação e para dispositivos Apple um " -"arquivo mobileconfig. O certificado freeRADIUS CA pode ser integrado em " -"ambos os casos, mas são necessárias ferramentas específicas do SO para criar " -"os scripts." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autorizar a máquina Windows com as credenciais do Debian Edu usando a " -"extensão LDAP pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Adicionando usuário pGina no Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Para poder utilizar pGina (ou qualquer outra aplicação de serviço de " -"autenticação de terceiros) deve ter uma conta de usuário especial utilizada " -"na busca no LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar un usuário especial, p.ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> com senha<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, em <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"gosa\"/> website." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Instalar fork do pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Baixe e instale pGina 3.9.9.12 como software habitual. Leve em conta que o " -"plugin LDAP persiste na pasta de plugins do pGina:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurar pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Tendo em conta a configuração do Debian Edu, a conexão LDAP utiliza SSL pela " -"porta 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" -"Portanto, a configuração necessária em uma conexão pGina LDAP vem a seguir" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estes se armazenam em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Seção principal do plugin LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (ou qualquer " -"outro com \"espaço\" como separador)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "Porta LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (para conexão SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Estouro de tempo: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</emphasis> (marcar a caixa de " -"seleção)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (não marque a caixa de " -"seleção)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validar o Certificado do Servidor: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (" -"não marcar a caixa de verificação)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"buscar no DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" é um usuário para autenticar no LDAP para buscar usuários na " -"sessão de autenticação)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Senha de busca: pwd.777 (esta é a senha do \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Bloco de autenticação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Aba Bind:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Permitir senhas vazias: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Buscar por DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</emphasis> (marcar a caixa de " -"seleção)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Filtro de busca: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Bloco de autorização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Padrão: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Negar quando autenticação LDAP falhar: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</" -"emphasis> (marcar a caixa de seleção)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir quando o servir estiver indisponível: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">NÃO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa de seleção, opcional)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Seleção de plugins" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "LDAP: Autenticação [v], Autorização [v], Roteador[v], Alterar senha [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Máquina local: Autenticação [v], Roteador [v] (marcar apenas as duas caixas " -"de seleção)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordem dos plugins" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Autenticação: LDAP, Máquina local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Roteador: LDAP, Máquina local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Fontes:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "O Samba no Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"O Samba está agora configurado como servidor independente <emphasis></" -"emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e compartilhamento de usuários " -"ativados; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" -"computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os usuários não " -"administradores podem efetuar compartilhamentos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que o Samba deixou de usar o protocolo inseguro SMB1, deixou de " -"haver a opção de configurar o Samba como PDC no estilo NT4." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/smb.conf.edu-site para o diretório /etc/samba. As configurações em " -"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> substituirão as contidas em " -"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, os diretórios 'home' de usuários (as pastas pessoais) são " -"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/smb.conf." -"edu-site </emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"As senhas do Samba são guardadas usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" -"computeroutput> e são atualizadas no caso de uma senha ser alterada através " -"do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar temporariamente a conta Samba de um usuário, executar " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nome de usuário></computeroutput>; para " -"reativar, executar <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <nome de " -"usuário></computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> no servidor principal desativa os compartilhamentos de " -"usuário para 'alunos'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Acessar arquivos via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"As conexões aos diretórios dos usuários e compartilhamentos adicionais " -"específicos de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para dispositivos " -"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " -"dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gerenciador de " -"arquivos com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink " -"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\"> X-plore</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander com plutin LAN</ulink> podem " -"ser boas opções." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<usuario></computeroutput> ou " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<usuario></computeroutput> para acessar o " -"diretório pessoal de um usuário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Instruções para ensino e aprendizagem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Todos os pacotes Debian mencionados nesta seção podem ser instalados " -"executando <computeroutput>apt install <nome-do-pacote></" -"computeroutput> (como root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Ensino de Programação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta pacote que 'depende' de um " -"grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este meta pacote " -"ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para mais " -"informações (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar a " -"página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian " -"Edu pacotes de Desenvolvimento</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Acompanhamento dos alunos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " -"legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos usuários de " -"computadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controle, como o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sites do <ulink url=" -"\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Restringir o acesso dos alunos à rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir o acesso à " -"Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Instruções para os usuários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Alterar senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Cada usuário deve alterar a sua senha através do GOsa². Para isso, basta " -"usar um navegador e ir a <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Usar o GOsa² para alterar a senha garante que as senhas para o Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), para o LDAP (userPassword) e para o Samba " -"(sambaNTPassword) sejam a mesma." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Também é possível alterar senhas usando o PAM na chamada de acesso do GDM " -"(tela em modo de texto); mas isso não se aplica ao Samba nem ao GOsa² " -"(LDAP), no caso aplica-se apenas ao Kerberos. Portanto, depois de uma " -"alteração de senha na chamada de acesso em modo de texto, você também terá " -"que fazer a alteração através do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Executar aplicações java autônomas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"As aplicações Java autônomas funcionam de imediato com o ambiente runtime " -"OpenJDK Java." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Usando e-mail" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Todos os usuários podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; são " -"fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para permitir o " -"correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o servidor " -"de correio <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à situação " -"local, começando com um <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Todos os usuários que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de configurar da forma " -"que se segue. Para um usuário com nome de jdoe o endereço de e-mail interno " -"é <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Iniciar o Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Ignorar e usar o meu endereço de e-mail existente'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Introduzir o endereço de e-mail a ser usado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Não introduzir a senha, pois será utilizado o acesso único do Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Continuar'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Para IMAP e SMTP, as configurações devem ser 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; " -"se não forem detectadas automaticamente, introduzir manualmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Concluído'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuir" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuir localmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Atualmente há equipes locais na Noruega, Alemanha, região da Extremadura na " -"Espanha, Taiwan e França. Há contribuidores e usuários \"isolados\" na " -"Grécia, nos Países Baixos, no Japão e em outros países." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"O <link linkend=\"Support\">capítulo de apoio </link> tem explicações e " -"ligações para recursos localizados, já que <emphasis>contribuição</emphasis> " -"e <emphasis>apoio</emphasis> são as duas faces da mesma moeda." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuir globalmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"A nível internacional, o projeto Debian Edu / Skolelinux está organizado em " -"várias <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">equipes</" -"ulink> que trabalham em diferentes temas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"> " -"lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o principal meio de " -"comunicação entre os membros, embora haja reuniões mensais do IRC em #debian-" -"edu no irc.debian.org e até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros " -"presenciais, onde os membros se encontram pessoalmente. <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\"> Novos contribuidores</ulink> " -"devem ler <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Uma boa forma de acompanhar o desenvolvimento do Debian Edu é subscrever na " -"lista de correio <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Reportar bugs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Bugs do Debian <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver comunicações " -"de bugs existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou criar novas comunicações. " -"Comunicar todos os bugs com referência ao pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Ver em <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report " -"Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre comunicação de deficiências no " -"Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Redatores e tradutores de documentação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Este documento precisa da sua ajuda! Antes de mais, ainda não está " -"terminado: se o ler, irá notar vários FIXMEs inseridos no texto. Se por " -"acaso souber (um pouco) do que precisa de ser explicado em qualquer deles, " -"por favor, considere compartilhar os seus conhecimentos conosco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"O texto original é um wiki e pode ser editado com um simples navegador da " -"web. Basta ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> e é possível contribuir facilmente. Nota: é necessária uma " -"conta de usuário para editar as páginas; tem de ser criado primeiro <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">um usuário do wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os usuários é através da tradução de " -"software e documentação. Informação sobre como traduzir este documento pode " -"ser encontrada no capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</" -"link>. Por favor, considere ajudar no esforço de tradução deste livro!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Apoio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Apoio baseado em voluntários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "Em inglês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - lista de e-mails para " -"suporte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"Canal IRC #debian-edu em irc.debian.org, principalmente relacionado a " -"desenvolvimento; não espere suporte em tempo real, embora isso aconteça com " -"frequência" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "Em norueguês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux em irc.debian.org - Canal IRC para apoiar usuários noruegueses" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "Em alemão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de e-" -"mails para suporte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - representação oficial alemã" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de em irc.debian.org - Canal IRC para apoiar usuários alemães" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "Em francês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - lista de e-" -"mails para suporte" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Apoio profissional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Listas de empresas que fornecem suporte profissional estão disponíveis em " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu 11, denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Alterações na instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian Bullseye; para mais informações, " -"consultar o <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld</ulink>, o tema predefinido do " -"Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"O Instalador Debian deixou de aceitar a configuração chroot LTSP. No caso de " -"uma instalação de servidor combinado (perfis 'Servidor principal' + " -"'Servidor LTSP'), a configuração para suporte de clientes dependentes (agora " -"usando o X2Go) acontece no final da instalação. A geração da imagem SquashFS " -"para suporte de clientes sem disco (a partir do sistema de arquivos do " -"servidor) é feita no primeiro boot (primeira inicialização)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"Para servidores LTSP separados, ambos os passos têm que ser feitos através " -"de uma ferramenta, após o primeiro boot na rede interna quando estiver " -"disponível informação suficiente a partir do servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Atualizações de software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 11 Bullseye, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Bullseye tem mais de 59000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informações sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " -"lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Atualizações de documentação e tradução" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Na instalação, a página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, " -"dos quais 22 estão totalmente traduzidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e " -"Chinês Simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para dinamarquês e espanhol." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Outras alterações por comparação com a versão anterior" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Melhor suporte a TLS/SSL na rede interna. Nos clientes, o certificado de " -"raiz para o Debian Edu-CA está incluído no pacote de certificados para todo " -"o sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Novo LTSP, reescrito do zero, deixando de suportar clientes dependentes. Os " -"clientes dependentes são agora suportados utilizando o X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"O boot pela rede (Netboot) é feito utilizando o iPXE em vez do PXELINUX, " -"para estar em conformidade com o LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"O diretório <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> é agora usado como base do " -"netboot, em vez do diretório <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"O DuckDuckGo é usado como motor de busca predefinido nos navegadores Firefox " -"ESR e Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"O Chromium usa o site web interno como página inicial padrão, em vez do " -"Google." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Nas estações de trabalho sem disco, o Kerberos TGT está automaticamente " -"disponível após o acesso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Adicionada nova ferramenta para configurar o freeRADIUS com suporte para EAP-" -"TTLS / PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"O Samba é configurado como \"servidor autônomo\" com suporte para SMB2/SMB3; " -"deixou de haver a junção ao domínio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"A interface web GOsa² não mostra entradas relacionadas com o Samba porque os " -"dados da conta Samba deixaram de ser guardados em LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"É usado o modo gráfico do Instalador Debian para instalações PXE (em vez do " -"modo de texto)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"O servidor de impressão central CUPS é ipp.intern; os usuários pertencentes " -"ao grupo printer-admins têm permissão para administrar o CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"A administração do Icinga através da interface web está restrita ao primeiro " -"usuário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Problemas conhecidos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"consultar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\"> " -"a página de estado do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Direitos de Autor e Autores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Este documento foi escrito e está protegido por direitos de autor por Holger " -"Levsen (2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, " -"2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut " -"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " -"(2015) e Serhii Horichenko (2022) e é publicado sob licença GPL2 ou qualquer " -"versão posterior. Divirta-se!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Se adicionar conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">, por favor, faça-" -"o apenas se for o autor do conteúdo adicionado. Tem de o publicar nas mesmas " -"condições do manual</emphasis>! Em seguida, adicione aqui o seu nome e " -"mencione a publicação sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traduções deste documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye está totalmente traduzido para Holandês, " -"Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e Chinês " -"Simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"No Weblate, estão em andamento traduções para polaco, romeno, sueco e chinês " -"tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -"\">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Como traduzir este documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Traduzir utilizando os arquivos PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " -"mantidas em arquivos PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " -"processo de tradução usando esses arquivos em <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" -"debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Traduzir on-line utilizando um navegador da Web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Algumas equipes de tradução decidiram traduzir via Weblate. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Solicita-se que quaisquer problemas sejam comunicados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Apêndice A - A Licença Pública Geral GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e outros; consultar o capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Direitos de autor</link> para ver a lista " -"completa dos detentores de direitos autorais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Apêndice B - (ainda não há CD/DVDs Debian Edu Live para o Bullseye)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Os CD/DVDs Debian Edu Live para Bullseye não estão disponíveis no momento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Especificidades das imagens autônomas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Ambiente de trabalho XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes do perfil autônomo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes da equipe de desenvolvimento para portátil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Especificidades da imagem para Estação de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes do perfil de Estação de Trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Ativação de traduções e definições regionais" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Para ativar uma tradução específica, dar boot usando " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, substituindo ll_CC." -"UTF-8 pelo nome da localização (locale) desejada. Para ativar um determinado " -"esquema de teclado, usar a opção de boot <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> onde KB é o código do esquema de teclado pretendido. Eis uma " -"lista de códigos locais comumente usados:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Idioma (Região) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Código</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Layout do teclado</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norueguês (Bokmål)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norueguês (Nynorsk)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Alemão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Francês (França)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Grego (Grécia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japonês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Sami do Norte (Noruega)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Está disponível uma lista completa de códigos de localização em " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, mas apenas os " -"códigos UTF-8 são suportados pelas imagens executáveis. No entanto, nem " -"todas as localizações têm traduções instaladas. Os nomes dos esquemas de " -"teclado podem ser encontrados em /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Coisas para saber" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "A senha do usuário é \"user\"; o root não tem senha definida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Problemas conhecidos no uso da imagem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Apêndice C - Recursos em versões mais antigas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu 10+edu0, denominado Buster, lançado em " -"2019-07-06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Pela primeira vez estão disponíveis as imagens de instalação do Debian Edu " -"em <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>; portanto estas são imagens " -"oficiais do Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do debian-installer usada no Debian Buster; para mais informação " -"consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype</ulink>, o tema " -"predefinido do Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "O Xfce é o novo ambiente de trabalho predefinido (substituindo o KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nova gestão de configuração do CFEngine (substituição do pacote não mantido " -"cfengine2 pelo cfengine3); trata-se de uma alteração importante, pelo que " -"deve ser lida <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">a documentação " -"oficial do CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "A arquitetura do chroot LTSP predefinida é agora a do servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 10 Buster, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR e Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Buster inclui mais de 57000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 10 Buster nas <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Atualizações de tradução para os modelos utilizados no instalador. Estes " -"modelos estão agora disponíveis em 76 idiomas, dos quais 31 estão totalmente " -"traduzidos. A página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, dos " -"quais 19 estão totalmente traduzidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Buster está totalmente traduzido para francês, " -"alemão, italiano, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês Bokmål, português e " -"japonês." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para polaco, espanhol, chinês " -"simplificado e chinês tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "A imagem BD ISO pode ser novamente usada para instalações offline." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis novos meta-pacotes <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis> (educação, pré-escola), <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis> (educação, ensino básico, primeiro ciclo), <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> (educação, ensino básico, segundo e terceiro " -"ciclos) e <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> (educação, ensino " -"secundário). Nenhum deles é instalado por padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Alguns pacotes dos níveis da pré-escola e da escola primária (como " -"<emphasis> gcompris-qt </emphasis>, <emphasis> childsplay </emphasis>, " -"<emphasis> tuxpaint </emphasis> e <emphasis> tuxmath </emphasis>) não são " -"mais instalados por padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Instalação modular específica do local. Agora é possível instalar apenas os " -"pacotes educativos pretendidos. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo de " -"instalação <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Suporte multilíngue específico do local. Para mais informação ver o capítulo " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Ambiente de trabalho</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"O LXQt 0.14 é oferecido como uma nova escolha para o ambiente de desktop." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Novo Plugin para o GOsa² <emphasis>Gerenciamento de senhas</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "As opções não utilizáveis foram removidas da interface web GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Disponível novo grupo de rede para excluir sistemas pertencentes ao grupo de " -"rede <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> (desativar à noite) " -"daqueles a serem ativados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta Standardkriver (impressora padrão). Para mais informação, " -"ver o capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/HowTo/Administration#Standardskriver\">Administração</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta Desktop-autoloader. Permite melhorias de desempenho para " -"clientes sem disco LTSP. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">Clientes de rede</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Suporte TLS/SSL melhorado dentro da rede interna. É utilizado um certificado " -"RootCA para assinar certificados de servidor; os diretórios home do " -"utilizador são configurados para aceitarem o certificado no momento da " -"criação de conta; além do Firefox ESR, também o Chromium e o Konqueror podem " -"agora utilizar HTTPS sem terem que permitir ligações inseguras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis> 'Kerberizado'. Deixou de ser necessária uma senha " -"para ligações dentro da rede interna; o root tem que executar " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> primeiro, para ativar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS 'Kerberizado'. Agora é possível usar um acesso mais seguro ao diretório " -"home. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS" -"\">Administração</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Adicionado o arquivo de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com exemplos para facilitar as alterações " -"específicas de cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Adicionado o arquivo de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-" -"client.conf</computeroutput> com exemplos para facilitar as alterações " -"específicas de cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Permite gerar de novo a base de dados LDAP " -"para o estado em que ficou logo após a instalação do servidor principal. A " -"ferramenta também pode ser útil para facilitar as mudanças específicas de " -"cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Com o <emphasis>Servidor X2Go</emphasis> agora disponível no Debian, os " -"respetivos pacotes são agora instalados em todos os sistemas com o perfil " -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Descartada a funcionalidade de execução de applets Java no navegador Firefox " -"ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"O suporte para flash não livre foi abandonado do navegador Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Como acontecia antes do Debian 9 Stretch, o Debian 10 não instala de origem " -"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>. Para mais " -"informação sobre atualizações de segurança, ver o capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Manutenção</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu 9+edu0, denominado Stretch, lançado " -"em 17-06-2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do debian-installer, retirada do Debian Stretch. Para mais " -"informação, consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"O perfil \"Thin-Client-Server\" foi renomeado para perfil \"LTSP-Server\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\"</ulink>, o tema predefinido " -"para o Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que era novo no Debian 9 Stretch, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"O KDE Plasma Workspace é instalado por padrão; para instalar um dos outros " -"consultar a seção respectiva do manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR e Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "O Iceweasel foi re-renomeado como Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"O Icedove foi re-renomeado como Thunderbird e agora é instalado por padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Stretch inclui mais de 50000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 9 Stretch nas <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Atualizações de tradução para os modelos utilizados no instalador. Estes " -"modelos estão agora disponíveis em 29 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Stretch está totalmente traduzido para alemão, " -"francês, italiano, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês Bokmål e japonês. A " -"tradução em japonês foi recentemente adicionada ao Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para espanhol, polaco e chinês " -"simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "O Icinga substitui o Nagios como ferramenta de monitorização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" -"O kde-spectacle substitui o ksnapshot como ferramenta de captura de tela." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "O reprodutor de flash livre gnash está de volta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"O Plymouth é instalado e ativado por padrão, exceto para os perfis 'Servidor " -"Principal' e 'Mínimo'; pressionar ESC permite visualizar as mensagens de " -"boot/inicialização e encerramento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Após a atualização a partir do Jessie, a base de dados LDAP tem de ser " -"ajustada. O valor sudoHost 'tjener' tem de ser substituído por 'tjener." -"intern' usando o GOsa² ou um editor LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"O suporte a PCs de 32-bit (conhecido como a arquitetura Debian i386) deixou " -"de abranger processadores i586 simples. A nova base de suporte é a " -"arquitetura de processadores i686, embora alguns processadores i586 (por " -"exemplo, o \"AMD Geode\") continuem a ser suportados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"O Debian 9 permite atualizações não vigiadas (para atualizações de " -"segurança) por predefinição para novas instalações. Isto pode causar um " -"atraso de cerca de 15 minutos, se um sistema com um baixo valor para tempo " -"em funcionamento (uptime) for desligado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"O LTSP agora usa NBD em vez de NFS para o sistema de arquivos raiz. Após " -"cada alteração a um chroot LTSP, a imagem NBD relacionada deve ser " -"regenerada (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) para que as " -"alterações tenham efeito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Já não são permitidos acessos simultâneos do mesmo usuário no servidor LTSP " -"e no cliente dependente de LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Informação histórica sobre versões mais antigas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Anteriormente foram lançadas as seguintes versões do Debian Edu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, denominado Jessie, lançado em 02-07-2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, denominado Wheezy, lançado em 28-09-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 03-03-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 11-03-2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 05-10-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 08-02-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", lançado em 05-12-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" lançado em 22-07-2007. Baseado no Debian 4.0 Etch " -"lançado em 08-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, lançado em 14-03-2006. Baseado no Debian 3.1 Sarge, lançado " -"em 06-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" lançado em 2004-06-20. Baseado no Debian 3.0 Woody " -"lançado em 2002-07-19." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " -"e detalhada das versões mais antigas; ou ver os manuais das respetivas " -"versões na página <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">manuais das diferentes versões</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quando os usuários inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM num cliente " -#~ "dependente X2Go, o dispositivo é automaticamente montado e é possível " -#~ "acessar navegando na pasta respectiva no ambiente de trabalho Xfce." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se os usuários remotos aceitarem a ação da janela emergente ou utilizarem " -#~ "o pmount no console/terminal, podem até montar os dispositivos removíveis " -#~ "e acessar arquivos." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho diferente do ambiente padrão, " -#~ "pressione TAB e edite as opções de inicialização (boot) do núcleo " -#~ "(kernel) (como explicado acima)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A partir do Bullseye, o LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores, " -#~ "tanto na configuração como na manutenção. Uma das principais diferenças, " -#~ "é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco é agora " -#~ "gerada a partir do sistema de arquivos do servidor LTSP. Além disso, os " -#~ "clientes dependentes já não são suportados." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)cria suporte a clientes dependentes " -#~ "de 64 bits." - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "Neste caso, executar os seguintes comandos no servidor LTSP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Primeiro, obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware disponíveis.\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Perceber qual é o pacote adequado à(s) interface(s) de rede.\n" -#~ "# Muito provavelmente será firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Atualizar a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Execute " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -#~ "informações sobre tipos de clientes thin client." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>, especialmente " -#~ "qualquer <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis> separado ou " -#~ "adicional" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "fazer login como root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "Firefox-ESR 78.9 and Chromium 89.0" -#~ msgstr "Firefox-ESR 78.9 e Chromium 89.0" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "base-passwd: Choose Yes." -#~ msgstr "base-passwd: Escolher sim." - -#~ msgid "To avoid a possible squid file permission pitfall, run" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para evitar um possível problema nas permissões do arquivo squid, executar" - -#~ msgid "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" -#~ msgstr "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore an error message about the <emphasis>icingadb</emphasis> existence." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ignorar uma mensagem de erro sobre a existência da <emphasis>icingadb</" -#~ "emphasis>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -#~ msgstr "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "Servidor de dispositivos de blocos de rede" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - " -#~ "support mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/admin-discuss\"/> - " -#~ "support mailing list" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data de publicação; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> -2020 Diogo Marques -2020-2021 Silvério Santos -2020-2021, 2023-2024 José Vieira - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt-pt.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9730 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-15 15:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Vieira <jvieira33@sapo.pt>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Portugal) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/pt_PT/>\n" -"Language: pt-pt\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt-PT" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu / Skolelinux 11 Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Data de publicação:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 11 denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logótipo do instalador do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Este manual é para a versão Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"A versão em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> é uma wiki e é atualizada frequentemente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"As <link linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link> fazem parte do pacote " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> que pode ser instalado num " -"servidor web e está disponível <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">on-line</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Sobre o Debian Edu ou Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu, também designado Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Debian que " -"implementa uma abordagem cliente-servidor, disponibilizando um ambiente de " -"rede informática escolar completamente configurado. Servidores e clientes " -"são <emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> – programas, no caso – que " -"interagem entre si: os servidores fornecem informações requeridas pelos " -"clientes para estes poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa " -"máquina e o seu cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são " -"chamadas de servidor e cliente, por extensão do conceito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " -"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitetura</link> contêm informação básica sobre o modelo usado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Se a rede física estiver montada, após a instalação de um servidor principal " -"(programa) num computador (o servidor físico), ficam definidos todos os " -"serviços do sistema operativo necessários a uma rede escolar e o sistema " -"fica pronto para ser utilizado. É apenas necessário registar no sistema os " -"utilizadores e as máquinas da rede, através do GOsa² (uma interface Web de " -"fácil utilização) ou qualquer outro editor LDAP. Também foi preparado um " -"ambiente de arranque pela rede usando PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment)/" -"<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> (an implementation of PXE), " -"pelo que, após a instalação inicial do software servidor principal (no " -"servidor principal físico) a partir de CD, disco Blu-ray ou pen USB, o " -"sistema pode ser instalado através da rede em todas as outras máquinas, " -"incluindo as \"estações de trabalho itinerantes\" (aquelas que podem ser " -"retiradas da rede da escola, geralmente computadores portáteis). Além disso, " -"todas as máquinas podem arrancar via PXE/iPXE da mesma forma que as estações " -"de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes (thin clients)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida da área de trabalho inclui várias aplicações " -"educativas, como o GeoGebra, o Kalzium, o KGeography, o GNU Solfege e o " -"Scratch, conjunto que pode ser facilmente e quase infinitamente aumentado " -"via universo Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Alguma história e o porquê de dois nomes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</" -"ulink> é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " -"distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Isto significa que o Skolelinux é uma versão do Debian composta de forma a " -"constituir um modelo pronto a usar de uma rede escolar completamente " -"configurada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Pela " -"mesma época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu em França. Em 2003 os " -"projetos foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respetivos países – " -"significando, respetivamente, Escola e Educação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Hoje o sistema está em uso em vários países por todo o mundo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arquitetura" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Esta secção descreve a arquitetura de rede e os serviços fornecidos por uma " -"instalação Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "A topologia da rede Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"A figura é um esboço da topologia de rede assumida como padrão. A " -"configuração predefinida de uma rede Skolelinux assume que existe um (e " -"apenas um) servidor principal, enquanto permite a inclusão tanto de estações " -"de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " -"estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " -"pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " -"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada (" -"redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " -"servidor LTSP não afete os restantes serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado em " -"detalhe no capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> " -"respectivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"A razão para que só possa haver um servidor principal em cada rede escolar é " -"que o servidor principal permite a configuração dinâmica de hospedeiros, " -"através do protocolo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), e em cada " -"rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. No entanto, é possível transferir a " -"execução de serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas. " -"Para o fazer, é necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina " -"e, de seguida, atualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador (" -"\"alias\") DNS desse serviço para a dita máquina." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a ligação à Internet é " -"feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, também chamado conversor " -"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"" -">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como preparar um " -"conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um já " -"existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "A configuração da rede predefinida" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"O DHCP no servidor principal serve a rede 10.0.0.0/8, disponibilizando um " -"menu de arranque PXE com as opções de instalar um novo servidor ou uma nova " -"estação de trabalho, fazer arrancar um cliente dependente ou uma estação de " -"trabalho sem disco, executar o memtest (teste do(s) módulo(s)) de memória, " -"ou arrancar a partir do disco rígido local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informação, ver o capítulo de <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respetivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"Nos servidores LTSP, o que o DHCP faz é apenas servir uma rede dedicada (sub-" -"rede) na segunda interface (as opções 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 estão " -"pré-configuradas), o que raramente necessita de ser alterado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "A configuração de todas as sub-redes é guardada no LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (também chamado \"tjener" -"\", termo norueguês que significa \"servidor\") que por predefinição tem o " -"endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado selecionando o perfil Servidor Principal. " -"É possível (mas não necessário) selecionar e instalar na mesma máquina " -"também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " -"Servidor Principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Serviços executados no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Com exceção do controlo dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços de rede " -"são inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). " -"Por razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) (" -"embora seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor " -"LTSP no mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS " -"específico e todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído " -"facilita a transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para " -"um computador diferente. Basta parar o serviço no servidor principal e " -"alterar a configuração DNS, apontando para a nova localização da execução do " -"serviço (que deve primeiro ser configurada no computador de destino, " -"evidentemente)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir a segurança, são encriptadas todas as ligações em que as " -"senhas são transmitidas pela rede, de modo que nenhuma senha é enviada pela " -"rede como texto em claro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Abaixo está uma tabela dos serviços que são configurados por predefinição " -"numa rede Skolelinux e o nome DNS de cada serviço. Se for possível, todos os " -"ficheiros de configuração irão referir-se ao serviço pelo nome (sem o nome " -"de domínio), facilitando assim às escolas a mudança de domínio (se tiverem " -"um domínio DNS próprio) ou dos endereços IP que utilizam." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela de serviços</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrição do serviço</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Designação comum</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Registo de eventos centralizado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Serviço de nome de domínio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configuração de rede automática das máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Diretórios de utilizador via Network File System" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Central de correio eletrónico" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Serviço de diretório" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administração de utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Servidor de web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Central de cópias de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Cache de web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Impressão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Acesso remoto seguro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração automática" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Vigilância de máquinas e serviços com comunicação de erros, assim como " -"estado e histórico na web. Comunicação de erros por correio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Os ficheiros de cada utilizador são guardados nos respetivos diretórios de " -"utilizador (pastas pessoais), que são disponibilizados pelo servidor. Os " -"diretórios de utilizador são acedíveis a partir de todas as máquinas, dando " -"aos utilizadores acesso aos mesmos ficheiros (aos seus ficheiros), qualquer " -"que seja a máquina que utilizem. O servidor é neutro relativamente a " -"sistemas operativos, proporcionando acesso via NFS a clientes do tipo Unix e " -"via SMB2/SMB3 a outros clientes (Windows, MacOS, etc.)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o correio é configurado para entrega local apenas (ou " -"seja, na rede da escola), embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio " -"pela Internet, se a escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os " -"clientes são configurados para entregar correio ao servidor (usando " -"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\"" -">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Todos os serviços são acedíveis usando o mesmo nome de utilizador e " -"respetiva senha, graças à base de dados central de utilizadores para a " -"autenticação e autorização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Para aumentar o desempenho em sítios visitados com frequência é usado um " -"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda ficheiros na sua cache (" -"cache local). Além de bloquear o tráfego web no encaminhador, isto também " -"permite controlar o acesso das máquinas à Internet, individualmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"A configuração da ligação à rede nos clientes é feita automaticamente, " -"usando o DHCP. Todos os tipos de clientes podem ser ligados à sub-rede " -"privada 10.0.0.0/8, obtendo endereços IP correspondentes; os clientes LTSP " -"devem ser ligados ao servidor LTSP correspondente através da sub-rede " -"separada 192.168.0.0/24 (isto garante que o tráfego de rede dos clientes " -"LTSP não interfere com o resto dos serviços de rede)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"O registo de eventos centralizado é configurado de forma a que todas as " -"máquinas enviem as suas mensagens syslog para o servidor. O serviço syslog é " -"configurado de forma a apenas aceitar mensagens recebidas da rede local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o servidor DNS é configurado com um domínio para uso " -"interno apenas (*.intern); posteriormente pode ser configurado um domínio " -"DNS real (\"externo\"). É configurado como servidor DNS de cache, para que " -"todas as máquinas da rede o possam utilizar como servidor DNS principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Alunos e professores podem publicar sítios web. O servidor web disponibiliza " -"mecanismos para autenticar utilizadores e para limitar a certos utilizadores " -"e grupos o acesso a páginas e sub-diretórios individuais. Os utilizadores " -"podem criar páginas web dinâmicas, já que o servidor de web é programável no " -"lado do servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"A informação sobre utilizadores e máquinas é alterada num local central e é " -"automaticamente tornada acessível a todos os computadores da rede. Para " -"conseguir isso, é configurado um servidor de diretório centralizado. O " -"diretório terá informação sobre os utilizadores, grupos de utilizadores, " -"máquinas e grupos de máquinas. Para evitar a confusão dos utilizadores, não " -"haverá qualquer diferença entre grupos de ficheiros e grupos de rede. Isto " -"implica que os grupos de computadores que irão formar grupos de rede " -"utilizarão o mesmo espaço de nomes que os grupos de utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"A administração dos serviços e dos utilizadores é feita principalmente " -"através da web e segue padrões estabelecidos, funcionando bem nos " -"navegadores web que fazem parte do Skolelinux. Através dos sistemas de " -"administração, é possível a delegação de certas tarefas em utilizadores " -"individuais ou grupos de utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar certos problemas com o NFS e para tornar a resolução dos " -"problemas mais simples, os computadores necessitam de relógios sincronizados " -"entre si. Para conseguir a sincronização, o servidor Skolelinux é " -"configurado como servidor local de Network Time Protocol (NTP) e todas as " -"estações de trabalho e clientes são configurados para se sincronizarem com o " -"servidor. O servidor, por seu lado, deve sincronizar o seu relógio com " -"computadores na Internet através do NTP, garantindo assim que toda a rede " -"tenha a hora correta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"As impressoras são ligadas onde for conveniente, seja diretamente na rede " -"principal, seja a um servidor, estação de trabalho ou servidor LTSP. O " -"acesso às impressoras pode ser controlado para utilizadores individuais de " -"acordo com os grupos a que pertencem; isto será conseguido através da " -"utilização de quotas e controlo de acesso para impressoras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux pode ter muitos servidores LTSP, que são instalados ao " -"ser selecionado o perfil Servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Os servidores LTSP são configurados para receberem o syslog de clientes " -"dependentes e de estações de trabalho, e encaminharem essas mensagens para o " -"destinatário central do syslog." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Notar que:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP usam os programas instalados no servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de ficheiros raiz do cliente é disponibilizado através do NFS. " -"Após cada modificação no servidor LTSP a imagem relacionada tem que ser " -"gerada novamente; executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Clientes dependentes (thin clients)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' permite que PCs comuns funcionem como " -"terminais (do X). Isto significa que a máquina arranca diretamente do " -"servidor, usando o PXE, sem usar o disco rígido do computador cliente. A " -"configuração de clientes dependentes é feita agora pelo X2Go, uma vez que o " -"LTSP deixou de ter essa funcionalidade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes são uma boa maneira de ainda ser feito uso de " -"computadores muito antigos (a maioria de 32 bits), pois eles executam " -"eficazmente todos os programas no servidor LTSP. Isto funciona da seguinte " -"forma: o serviço usa o DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) para se " -"ligar à rede e o TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) para arrancar a " -"partir da rede; em seguida, é montado o sistema de ficheiros a partir do " -"servidor LTSP utilizando NFS; finalmente, é iniciado o cliente X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Estações de trabalho sem disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Uma estação de trabalho sem disco executa todo o software no próprio " -"computador, apesar de não ter um sistema operativo instalado localmente. " -"Isto significa que os computadores clientes arrancam via PXE, sem executarem " -"software instalado num disco rígido local (mas sim no servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de ser utilizado " -"equipamento potente com o mesmo baixo custo de manutenção dos clientes " -"dependentes. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor, sem a " -"necessidade de software instalado localmente nos clientes. A pasta pessoal " -"de cada utilizador (os diretórios de utilizador) e as configurações do " -"sistema para cada um também são guardadas no servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Clientes em rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"O termo \"clientes em rede\" é usado neste manual para se referir tanto a " -"clientes dependentes como a estações de trabalho sem disco, assim como a " -"computadores com sistemas operativos MacOS ou Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administração" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Todos os sistemas que forem instalados com o instalador do Skolelinux são " -"administráveis a partir de um computador central, muito provavelmente o " -"servidor. Será possível aceder a todos via SSH e assim ter acesso total às " -"máquinas. É necessário executar primeiro <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput>, como root, para obter um TGT (ticket-granting ticket) do " -"Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Toda a informação dos utilizadores é mantida num diretório LDAP. As " -"atualizações das contas de utilizador são feitas nesta base de dados, que é " -"utilizada pelos clientes para autenticação do utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Atualmente existem dois tipos de imagens para suportes de instalação: " -"netinst e BD (Blue-Ray Disc). Ambas as imagens podem também ser carregadas a " -"partir de pens USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"O objetivo é haver a possibilidade de fazer uma única instalação do sistema " -"como servidor, usando qualquer tipo de suporte, e, a partir do servidor, com " -"arranque pela rede, instalar o sistema em todos os outros computadores " -"(clientes) através da rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Apenas a imagem netinstall necessita de acesso à Internet durante a " -"instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"A instalação não deve fazer solicitações, com exceção do idioma desejado, " -"localização, teclado e perfil do computador (Servidor principal, Estação de " -"trabalho, Servidor LTSP, ...). Todas as outras configurações são " -"estabelecidas automaticamente com valores razoáveis, para serem alteradas a " -"partir de uma localização central pelo administrador do sistema, após a " -"instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"A cada conta de utilizador do Skolelinux é atribuída uma secção do sistema " -"de ficheiros no servidor de ficheiros. Esta secção (diretório home) contém " -"os ficheiros de configuração do utilizador, documentos, e-mail e páginas " -"web. Alguns dos ficheiros devem ser configurados para ter acesso de leitura " -"para outros utilizadores no sistema, alguns devem ser legíveis por todos na " -"Internet e alguns não devem ser acessíveis para leitura por ninguém, exceto " -"pelo utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que todos os discos usados para diretórios de utilizador ou " -"diretórios partilhados possam ser identificados de forma única em todos os " -"computadores da instalação, os discos podem ser montados como " -"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. É criado " -"inicialmente um diretório no servidor de ficheiros, <computeroutput>/skole/" -"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, no qual são criadas todas as contas de " -"utilizador. Posteriormente podem ser criados mais diretórios, quando " -"necessário para acomodar determinados grupos de utilizadores ou determinados " -"padrões de uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir o acesso partilhado a ficheiros que usem o sistema normal de " -"permissões UNIX, é necessário que os utilizadores, além de estarem no grupo " -"pessoal primário a que pertencem por predefinição, estejam também em grupos " -"partilhados suplementares (p. ex. \"estudantes\"). Se os utilizadores " -"tiverem uma máscara apropriada (002 ou 007) para tornar os itens recém-" -"criados acessíveis a grupos e se os diretórios em que eles estiverem a " -"trabalhar estiverem configurados para fazer com que os ficheiros assumam a " -"mesma entidade detentora que o grupo, o resultado é a partilha controlada de " -"ficheiros entre os membros de um grupo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"As configurações iniciais de acesso a ficheiros recém-criados são uma " -"questão de opção. A máscara (umask) predefinida do Debian é 022 (que não " -"permite acesso de grupo como descrito acima), mas o Debian Edu usa 002 como " -"predefinição - significando que os ficheiros são criados com acesso de " -"leitura para todos os utilizadores, acesso esse que pode ser removido " -"posteriormente por uma acção explícita do criador do ficheiro. Isto pode ser " -"alterado (editando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" -"computeroutput>) para uma máscara de 007 - significando que o acesso de " -"leitura dos ficheiros é inicialmente vedado, necessitando de uma acção do " -"utilizador para os tornar acessíveis. A primeira abordagem encoraja a " -"partilha de conhecimento e torna o colectivo mais transparente, enquanto que " -"a segunda diminui o risco de disseminação indesejada de informação sensível. " -"O problema com a primeira opção é que não é claro para os utilizadores que o " -"material que criam fica acessível a todos os outros utilizades. Só o " -"conseguem perceber inspecionando os diretórios dos outros utilizadores e " -"vendo que os seus ficheiros podem ser lidos. O problema com a segunda opção " -"é que provavelmente poucas pessoas tornarão os seus ficheiros acessíveis a " -"outros, mesmo que não contenham informação sensível e o conteúdo seja útil " -"para utilizadores curiosos, que querem perceber como outros resolveram " -"problemas específicos (normalmente problemas de configuração)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Há várias possibilidades para uma solução Skolelinux. Desde a instalação " -"apenas num PC autónomo até à instalação em muitas escolas geridas de forma " -"centralizada como solução regional. Contudo, esta flexibilidade implica uma " -"enorme diferença entre opções no que respeita à configuração dos componentes " -"de rede, servidores e máquinas clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos de equipamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp" -"%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento para " -"LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu / Skolelinux pode ser instalado em computadores de 32 bit " -"(arquitectura Debian 'i386', para processadores 686 e superiores) ou em " -"computadores de 64 bit (arquitectura Debian 'amd64', para processadores x86)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"É possível usar clientes dependentes com apenas 256 MiB de RAM e 400 MHz de " -"frequência, embora seja recomendado o uso de mais RAM e processadores mais " -"rápidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Em clientes autónomos (fat clients) - isto é, estações de trabalho, estações " -"de trabalho sem disco - e computadores independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 " -"MHz de frequência são os requisitos mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar " -"navegadores web modernos e LibreOffice são recomendados pelo menos 2048 MiB " -"de RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "O espaço em disco mínimo necessário depende do perfil a instalar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"espaço combinado servidor principal + servidor LTSP: 60 GiB (mais espaço " -"adicional para contas de utilizador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "estação de trabalho ou computador independente: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Os servidores LTSP precisam de duas placas de rede ao utilizarem a " -"arquitetura de rede predefinida:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "a eth0 está ligada à rede principal (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "a eth1 é usada para servir clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Os computadores portáteis são estações de trabalho móveis, por isso têm os " -"mesmos requisitos que as estações de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Computadores identificados como funcionando com o sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de incluir " -"todos os modelos que funcionam com o sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> é um esforço " -"para documentar a forma de instalar, configurar e usar o Debian em alguns " -"computadores específicos, permitindo a potenciais compradores saberem que " -"esses computadores aceitam o Debian e aos detentores de computadores " -"listados saberem como obter o máximo dos seus equipamentos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Requisitos para configuração de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Configuração predefinida" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Quando for usada a arquitetura de rede predefinida, aplicam-se as seguintes " -"regras:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "É necessário um, apenas um, servidor principal, o \"tjener\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Pode haver centenas de estações de trabalho na rede principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver muitos servidores LTSP na rede principal; estão pré-configuradas " -"duas sub-redes diferentes (DNS, DHCP) no LDAP e podem ser adicionadas mais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver centenas de clientes dependentes (thin clients) e/ou estações de " -"trabalho sem disco em cada rede de servidores LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver centenas de outras máquinas, sendo-lhes atribuídos endereços IP " -"dinâmicos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Para acesso à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um conversor " -"(gateway) (ver abaixo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Encaminhador (router) de Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Para ligação à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um " -"conversor (gateway) ligado à Internet na interface externa e usando o " -"endereço IP 10.0.0.1 com a máscara de rede 255.0.0.0 na interface interna, ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"O encaminhador não deve ser ligado a um servidor DHCP; pode ser ligado a um " -"servidor DNS, embora isso não seja necessário – não será utilizado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Caso esteja disponível um encaminhador, mas o mesmo não possa ser " -"configurado conforme necessário (por a pessoa não ter permissões para o " -"fazer ou por razões técnicas, por exemplo), um computador antigo com duas " -"interfaces de rede pode ser transformado em conversor entre a rede existente " -"e a rede do Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Uma maneira simples é instalar o Debian Edu neste computador; durante a " -"instalação selecionar 'Mínimo' como perfil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> ; " -"serão efectuadas as seguintes alterações:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Alterar o ficheiro /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Alterar o nome de hospedeiro definitivamente para 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Remover scripts supérfluos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Ativar o encaminhamento IP e da NAT para a rede 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Instalação de uma barreira [firewall] (opcional)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for necessário usar algum equipamento como encaminhador (embedded) ou " -"como ponto de acessso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=" -"\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " -"equipamento também possa ser usado, é claro. Usar o firmware original é mais " -"fácil; usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e controlo. Consultar as páginas web do " -"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um procedimento " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" -"\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de rede existente " -"não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que seja usada a " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> predefinida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Opções de instalação e transferência" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Onde encontrar informação adicional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Bullseye</ulink> antes " -"de começar a instalação dum sistema. Há mais informação sobre o lançamento " -"do Debian Bullseye no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Experimente o Debian Edu/Skolelinux. Está pronto a funcionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se vivamente que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de começar a instalação " -"dum servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Deve também ser lido o capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros " -"Passos</link> deste manual, pois nele se explica como aceder ao sistema pela " -"primeira vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Descarregar a imagem de instalação do Debian Edu 11, denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquiteturas Debian para CPUs x86; " -"ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " -"arquitectura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e " -"a<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje as instalações " -"devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. A " -"arquitectura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas " -"para computadores antigos (começaram a ser vendidos computadores de 64bit em " -"2003 e deixaram de ser vendidos computadores de 32bit por volta de 2010). A " -"arq. i386 pode ser usada em máquinas de 64bit, mas a arq. amd64 não pode ser " -"usada em máquinas de 32bit)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "Imagens iso netinst para amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"A imagem iso netinst pode ser usada para instalação a partir de CD/DVD e pen " -"USB flash e está disponível para duas arquiteturas Debian: amd64 ou i386. " -"Como o nome indica, para a instalação é necessário acesso à Internet ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Assim que o Bullseye for lançado, estas imagens estarão disponíveis para " -"transferência a partir de:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Imagens iso BD para i386 ou amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Esta imagem ISO tem aproximadamente 5 GB e pode ser usada para instalação em " -"máquinas amd64 ou i386, também sem acesso à Internet. Como a imagem netinst, " -"esta imagem pode ser instalada em unidades USB flash ou em discos de tamanho " -"suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verificação dos ficheiros de imagem transferidos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Instruções detalhadas para verificação dessas imagens constam das <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.pt.html#verify\">P&R do CD Debian</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Fontes ou origens das imagens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"As imagens estão disponíveis no arquivo Debian nos locais habituais; há " -"ligações para imagens para vários em <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/" -"cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Instalar o Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Ao fazer uma instalação do Debian Edu, há algumas opções a fazer. Mas não " -"são muitas. Foi feito um bom trabalho de ocultação das complexidades " -"internas do Debian, quer durante a instalação quer no uso do sistema. Ainda " -"assim, porque o Debian Edu é essencialmente um sistema Debian, beneficia da " -"possibilidade de usar os mais de 57.000 pacotes do Debian e de milhares de " -"opções de configuração. No entanto, as predefinições são adequadas para a " -"maioria dos utilizadores. NOTA: se for para usar o LTSP, deve ser escolhido " -"um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Cenários de instalação do servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de rede escolar ou doméstica com acesso à Internet através de um " -"encaminhador com DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"A instalação de um servidor principal é possível, mas após reiniciar não " -"haverá acesso à Internet (devido ao IP 10.0.2.2/8 da interface de rede " -"primária)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador " -"(router) para Internet</link> para informação de ligação e configuração de " -"um conversor (gateway), se não for possível configurar um já em uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"O servidor principal deve ter ligação à Internet uma vez iniciado pela " -"primeira vez no ambiente correcto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de rede escolar ou institucional, semelhante à mencionada acima, mas " -"requerendo o uso de um intermediário (proxy)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar 'debian-edu-expert' à linha de comando do núcleo (kernel); ver " -"mais abaixo instruções de como fazer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Devem ser atendidas algumas solicitações adicionais, incluindo a relacionada " -"com o servidor intermediário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Rede com encaminhador/conversor IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que não tem servidor DHCP) e " -"acesso à Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Assim que a configuração automática da rede falhar (devido à falta de DHCP), " -"escolher a configuração manual da rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.2.2/8 como IP do hospedeiro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.0.1 como IP do conversor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"Introduzir 8.8.8.8 como IP do servidor de nomes, a menos que outro se aplique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "" -"O servidor principal deve funcionar de imediato após o primeiro arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Sem ligação à Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Usar a imagem ISO para BD (Blue-ray Disc)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar que todos os cabos de rede (reais/virtuais) estão desligados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'Não configurar a rede neste momento' (depois de o DHCP não ter " -"configurado a rede e de ter sido pressionado 'Continuar')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Atualizar o sistema uma vez iniciado pela primeira vez no ambiente correcto " -"com acesso à Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Ambientes de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Estão disponíveis vários ambientes de trabalho:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"O Xfce tem uma dimensão ligeiramente maior do que o LXDE, mas tem um bom " -"suporte linguístico (106 idiomas)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"O KDE e o GNOME têm ambos um bom suporte linguístico, mas são demasiado " -"pesados, tanto para os computadores mais antigos como para os clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "O Cinnamon é uma alternativa ao GNOME, sendo mais ligeiro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"O MATE é mais ligeiro do que os três acima, mas não possui um bom suporte " -"linguístico para vários países." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "O LXDE é o de menor dimensão e está disponível em 35 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"O LXQt é um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro (tem disponibilidade de idiomas " -"semelhante ao LXDE) com um aspecto mais moderno (é baseado em Qt, tal como o " -"KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"O projeto Debian Edu, sendo um projeto internacional, optou pelo Xfce como " -"ambiente de trabalho predefinido; ver abaixo como definir um ambiente " -"diferente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Instalação modular" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Ao instalar um sistema com perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis> " -"incluído, são instalados muitos programas relacionados com a educação. Para " -"instalar apenas o perfil básico, remover o parâmetro de linha de comando " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> do núcleo (kernel) antes de iniciar a " -"instalação; ver abaixo informação de como isto é feito. Isto permite " -"instalar um sistema específico para cada caso e pode ser usado para acelerar " -"instalações de teste." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho posteriormente, não usar os meta-" -"pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> porque " -"eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com educação; em " -"vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Pode ser instalado um " -"ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível escolar " -"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> conforme o caso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian Edu</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Tipos e opções de instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Menu de arranque do instalador em equipamento de 64 bits</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bit Installer boot menu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica</emphasis> utiliza o " -"instalador construído em GTK, que permite a utilização do rato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalar</emphasis> utiliza o instalador em modo " -"de texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opções avançadas ></emphasis> apresenta um " -"submenu com mais opções." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ajuda</emphasis> dá algumas dicas sobre como " -"usar o instalador; ver a captura de ecrã abaixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Voltar atrás...</emphasis> traz de volta o menu " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica especializada</emphasis> " -"apresenta todas as possiblidades de configuração; pode ser usado o rato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo gráfico de recuperação</emphasis> faz com " -"que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de recuperação, se surgirem " -"problemas graves." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica automática</emphasis> precisa " -"de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação especializada</emphasis> apresenta " -"todas as possiblidades de configuração em modo de texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo de recuperação</emphasis> modo de texto; faz " -"com que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de recuperação, se " -"emergirem problemas graves." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação automatizada</emphasis> em modo de " -"texto precisa de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Não usar a <computeroutput>Instalação gráfica especializada</computeroutput> " -"ou <computeroutput>Instalação especializada</computeroutput>; em casos " -"excecionais usar antes <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> " -"como parâmetro adicional do núcleo (kernel)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Ecrã de ajuda</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Installer help screen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Este ecrã de Ajuda é auto-explicativo e activa as teclas <F>- no " -"teclado para ajuda mais detalhada sobre os tópicos descritos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Adicionar ou alterar parâmetros de arranque para instalações</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Em ambos os casos, as opções de arranque podem ser editadas pressionando a " -"tecla TAB (modo BIOS) ou a tecla E (modo UEFI) no menu de arranque; a " -"captura de ecrã mostra a linha de comando para <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Instalação gráfica</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Edit command line options" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser usado um serviço intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede para " -"acelerar a instalação do perfil do servidor principal a partir do CD. " -"Adicionar, por exemplo, <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> como parâmetro de arranque " -"adicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Após o perfil do servidor principal ser instalado numa máquina, as " -"instalações seguintes devem ser feitas via PXE, uma vez que será utilizdor " -"automaticamente o intermediário do servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"E para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Processo de instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Ter presente os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de sistema</" -"link> ; para configurar um servidor LTSP são necessárias pelo menos duas " -"placas de rede (NICs) ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Escolher um idioma (a usar na instalação e no sistema instalado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Escolher uma localização; normalmente será a região correspondente ao sítio " -"onde se estiver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Escolher um esquema de teclado (o predefinido para o país geralmente é " -"adequado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Escolher o(s) perfil(s), da seguinte lista:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Este é o servidor principal (tjener) da escola, que fornece todos os " -"serviços, pré-configurados para funcionarem de imediato. Deve ser instalado " -"apenas um servidor principal por escola! Este perfil não inclui uma " -"interface gráfica de utilizador. Para uso duma interface gráfica de " -"utilizador, além deste perfil deve ser selecionado também um dos perfis " -"Estação de trabalho ou Servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"É um computador de rede que arranca a partir de seu próprio disco rígido e " -"executa todos os programas e gere os dispositivos localmente, como um " -"computador comum independente. Exceptuam-se os acessos dos utilizadores, que " -"são autenticados pelo servidor principal, e a localização dos ficheiros dos " -"utilizadores e do perfil do ambiente de trabalho de cada utilizador, também " -"guardados no servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho itinerante (Roaming " -"workstation)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"O mesmo que uma estação de trabalho, mas capaz de autenticação usando " -"credenciais em cache, o que significa que o computador pode ser usado fora " -"da rede escolar. Os ficheiros e perfis dos utilizadores são guardados no " -"disco local. Para portáteis de utilizador único deve ser selecionado este " -"perfil e não 'Estação de trabalho' ou 'Standalone', ao contrário do que era " -"sugerido em versões anteriores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco), é " -"chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " -"servidor que os clientes sem disco rígido (clientes do servidor de janelas X " -"ou, abreviadamente, terminais do X) arrancam e executam os programas a " -"partir deste servidor. Este computador precisa de duas interfaces de rede, " -"muita memória e, idealmente, mais do que um processador ou núcleo. Ver o " -"capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link> para " -"mais informação sobre este assunto. A escolha deste perfil activa também o " -"perfil Estação de trabalho (mesmo que não esteja selecionado) - um servidor " -"LTSP pode sempre ser usado também como estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente (Standalone)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"O computador comum, que funciona sem estar ligado a um servidor (ou seja, " -"não precisa de estar na rede). Inclui os computadores portáteis." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínimo</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Este perfil instala os pacotes base e configura a máquina para se integrar " -"na rede Debian Edu, mas sem instalar quaisquer serviços ou aplicações. É " -"útil como plataforma para serviços específicos transferidos manualmente do " -"servidor principal para outro computador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Caso os utilizadores comuns possam usar tal sistema, o mesmo tem de ser " -"adicionado através do GOsa² (como uma estação de trabalho) e tem de ser " -"instalado o pacote libpam-krb5." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes perfis podem ser " -"instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um servidor principal " -"chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa que o servidor " -"principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado como " -"estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assumime que " -"esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem " -"funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado ou a " -"servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Escolher \"sim\" ou \"não\" quanto ao particionamento automático. Ter " -"presente que escolher \"sim\" destruirá todos os dados nos discos rígidos! " -"Escolher \"não\", por outro lado, exigirá mais trabalho - é necessário " -"confirmar que as partições necessárias existem (se não, têm que ser criadas) " -"e são de tamanho suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink url=" -"\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu saber " -"que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros lançamentos. " -"Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Aguardar. Se os perfis selecionados incluirem o servidor LTSP, o instalador " -"irá demorar algum tempo no final, \"A finalizar a instalação - a executar o " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Após a introdução da senha de root (administrador do computador, e não da " -"rede), será solicitada a criação duma conta de utilizador normal (do " -"computador) \"para tarefas não-administrativas\". Para o Debian Edu esta " -"conta é muito importante: é esta a conta usada para a gestão da rede " -"Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " -"um comprimento mínimo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">nome de utilizador</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado " -"acesso ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " -"correspondente ao nome de utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"No caso de um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis> esperar " -"novamente após reiniciar. O sistema irá demorar algum tempo a gerar a imagem " -"SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " -"trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " -"adicionais a efectuar pelo operador. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Notas sobre algumas especificidades" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Uma nota sobre computadores portáteis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"O mais provável é que o perfil escolhido seja 'Estação de trabalho " -"itinerante' (ver acima). Ter presente que todos os dados são guardados " -"localmente, isto é, no próprio portátil (portanto é necessário algum cuidado " -"extra em fazer cópias de segurança), e as credenciais de acesso são " -"guardadas na cache (portanto, após uma alteração da senha, a entrada pode " -"requerer a senha antiga se o computador não tiver sido ligado à rede e feito " -"o acesso com a nova senha)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de unidades USB flash / imagens de disco " -"Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Terminada a instalação a partir da unidade flash USB / imagem de disco Blu-" -"ray, o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " -"conterá apenas fontes (repositórios origem) constantes nessa imagem. Se for " -"possível ligar o computador à Internet, sugere-se vivamente que sejam " -"acrescentadas as seguintes linhas ao ficheiro, para que as atualizações de " -"segurança disponíveis possam ser instaladas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Uma instalação netinst (o tipo de instalação que o CD fornece) irá buscar " -"alguns pacotes ao CD e o resto à rede. A quantidade de pacotes transferidos " -"da rede varia de perfil para perfil, mas fica abaixo de um gigabyte (a menos " -"que sejam instalados todos os ambientes de trabalho possíveis). Uma vez " -"instalado o servidor principal (não importando se é um servidor principal " -"puro ou um servidor combinado), a instalação seguinte usará o intermediário " -"para evitar transferir da rede o mesmo pacote várias vezes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Instalação usando pendrives USB em vez de discos CD / Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"É possível copiar diretamente uma imagem <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> de CD/BD para unidades flash USB (também conhecidas como " -"\"pendrives\" ou \"pens USB\") e arrancar a partir destas. Basta executar um " -"comando como este, alterando os nomes do ficheiro e do dispositivo de acordo " -"com a situação:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Para identificar o valor de X em sdX, executar este comando antes e depois " -"de o dispositivo USB ter sido inserido (a informação estará na diferença):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "A cópia demorará algum tempo a ser efectuada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"A unidade USB flash funcionará como um CD ou como um disco Blu-ray, conforme " -"a imagem usada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Instalação e arranque através da rede via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Para este método de instalação é necessário um servidor principal em " -"execução. Quando os clientes arrancam através da rede, é exibido um menu do " -"iPXE com opções de seleção do instalador e de arranque. Se a instalação " -"através do PXE falhar com uma mensagem de erro a dizer que falta um ficheiro " -"XXX.bin, muito provavelmente a placa de rede do cliente requer firmware não " -"livre. Neste caso, o initrd do instalador do Debian tem de ser modificado. " -"Isso pode ser conseguido através da execução, no servidor, do comando: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Esta configuração também permite que estações de trabalho sem disco e " -"clientes dependentes arranquem a partir da rede principal. Ao contrário das " -"estações de trabalho e servidores LTSP separados, as estações de trabalho " -"sem disco não precisam de ser adicionadas ao LDAP, com GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre clientes de rede no capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modificar instalações PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE usa um ficheiro debian-installer pré-configurado, que pode " -"ser modificado para solicitar a instalação de mais pacotes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Tem que ser adicionada a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> uma linha como a seguinte" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE usa o ficheiro pré-configurado (preseeding file) " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Este ficheiro pode ser alterado para ajustar a pré-configuração usada " -"durante a instalação, para evitar mais solicitações ao instalar pela rede. " -"Outra forma de conseguir isto é fornecer definições extra em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> e executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> para atualizar os ficheiros gerados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"" -">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink> disponibiliza informação adicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar ou alterar o uso do intermediário ao instalar via PXE, têm " -"que ser alteradas as linhas contendo <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> em " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput>. Para desativar o uso de um intermediário ao instalar, " -"colocar '#' no início de cada uma das duas primeiras linhas, e remover da " -"última a parte \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; " -"</computeroutput>\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Algumas definições não podem ser pré-configuradas, porque são necessárias " -"antes de o ficheiro de pré-configuração ser descarregado. O idioma, a " -"disposição do teclado e o ambiente de trabalho são exemplos de tais " -"definições. Para alterar as predefinições, editar o ficheiro do menu iPXE " -"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> no servidor " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Imagens personalizadas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " -"bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " -"modular e outras caracgterísticas interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " -"definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"É apenas necessário criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração com as opções a " -"usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompor o " -"CD/DVD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Sequência de capturas de ecrã" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"A instalação em modo de texto ou em modo gráfico é funcionalmente idêntica - " -"apenas a aparência é diferente. O modo gráfico permite utilizar o rato e, " -"claro, tem um aspecto muito mais apelativo e moderno. A menos que o " -"equipamento apresente problemas no uso do modo gráfico, não há razão para " -"não o usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Segue-se uma sequência de capturas de ecrã da instalação em modo gráfico de " -"um servidor principal de 64 bits + estação de trabalho + instalação do " -"servidor LTSP, incluindo também a sequência após o primeiro arranque do " -"servidor principal ou de um arranque por PXE num computador da rede cliente " -"LTSP (ecrã de sessão de cliente dependente (thin client) - e ecrã de acesso " -"após ter sido escolhida uma sessão no painel à direita)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "tjener Lightdm Login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce and Browser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce Desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Welcome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeiros passos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Passos mínimos a dar para começar a usar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Durante a instalação do servidor principal, foi criada uma primeira conta de " -"utilizador. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por \"primeiro " -"utilizador\". Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do diretório home " -"estão definidas para 700 (pelo que é necessário executar " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas " -"web pessoais), podendo o primeiro utilizador usar <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> para passar para root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver a informação sobre a configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">específico " -"do Debian Edu </link> antes de adicionar utilizadores; ajustar a política do " -"site, se necessário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, as primeiras coisas a fazer como primeiro utilizador são:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Aceder ao servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adicionar estações de trabalho com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"A adição de utilizadores e estações de trabalho está descrita abaixo, pelo " -"que este capítulo deve ser lido até ao fim. Cobre a execução correcta dos " -"passos mínimos, assim como outras acções que provavelmente terão de ser " -"executadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bullseye</link> deve ser lido por quem " -"estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " -"substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Atualizações</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " -"usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " -"Internet, é necessário indicar ao servidor DNS o uso deste servidor como seu " -"\"expedidor\". Atualizar /etc/bind/named.conf.options especificando o " -"endereço IP do servidor DNS a usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"O capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Instruções</link> contém mais dicas e " -"truques, assim como respostas a algumas perguntas frequentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Vários serviços em execução no servidor principal podem ser geridos através " -"de uma interface de gestão da web. Esses serviços são descritos abaixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introdução ao GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de gestão baseada na Web que ajuda a gerir algumas " -"partes importantes da instalação Debian Edu. Com o GOsa² podem ser " -"executadas acções (adicionar, modificar ou eliminar) nestas áreas principais:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Administração de Grupos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administração de grupos NIS Netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Administração de máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Administração de DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Administração do DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Para aceder ao GOsa² é necessário o servidor principal do Skolelinux e um " -"sistema (cliente) com um navegador web instalado, que pode ser o próprio " -"servidor principal se este tiver sido instalado como servidor combinado " -"(perfis Servidor Principal + Servidor LTSP + Estação de Trabalho)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Se foi instalado um perfil de servidor principal puro (provavelmente por " -"acidente) e não está disponível um cliente com um navegador web, é fácil " -"instalar um ambiente de trabalho mínimo no servidor principal usando esta " -"seqüência de comandos num terminal como primeiro utilizador (o utilizador " -"criado durante a instalação do servidor principal):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"A partir de um navegador web, usar o URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"para aceder ao GOsa² e iniciar sessão como primeiro utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Se estiver a ser usanda uma nova máquina Debian Edu Bullseye, o certificado " -"do sítio web será reconhecido pelo navegador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Caso contrário, aparecerá uma mensagem de erro sobre o certificado SSL estar " -"errado. Se o utilizador estiver seguro de que no momento é o único " -"utilizador na rede, basta-lhe permitir que o navegador aceite o certificado, " -"podendo ignorar o erro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Acesso ao GOsa² e Página inicial" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Quando o GOsa² é acedido, apresenta a página inicial." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Nesta página pode ser escolhida uma tarefa no menu ou clicado qualquer um " -"dos ícones de tarefa. Para a navegação, é recomendada a utilização do menu " -"do lado esquerdo do ecrã, uma vez que ficará visível em todas as páginas de " -"administração disponibilizadas pelo GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"No Debian Edu, a informação relativa a contas, grupos e sistemas é guardada " -"num diretório LDAP. Estes dados são usados não apenas pelo servidor " -"principal, mas também pelas estações de trabalho (sem disco), servidores " -"LTSP e outras máquinas na rede. Com o LDAP, os dados das contas de alunos, " -"professores, etc. só precisam ser inseridos uma vez. Após a informação ter " -"sido fornecida no LDAP, estará disponível em todos os sistemas em toda a " -"rede Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de administração que utiliza o LDAP para guardar a " -"sua informação e disponibilizar uma estrutura hierárquica do departamento. A " -"cada \"departamento\" podem ser adicionadas contas de utilizador, grupos, " -"sistemas, netgroups, etc. Dependendo da estrutura da instituição, a " -"estrutura de departamentos no GOsa²/LDAP pode ser usada para transferir a " -"estrutura organizacional para a árvore de dados do LDAP do servidor " -"principal do Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Presentemente, uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu inclui " -"dois \"departamentos\" (Professores e Alunos) mais o nível base da árvore " -"LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento \"Alunos\", " -"as dos professores ao departamento \"Professores\"; os sistemas (servidores, " -"estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " -"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" -"Administração Avançada</link> deste manual pode encontra-se um exemplo de " -"como criar utilizadores em grupos por anos, com diretórios home comuns para " -"cada grupo.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo das tarefas a efectuar (gerir utilizadores, gerir grupos, gerir " -"sistemas, etc.) a vista apresentada pelo GOsa² sobre o departamento " -"selecionado (ou o nível base) difere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores através do GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Primeiro, clicar em \"Utilizadores\" no menu de navegação à esquerda. O lado " -"direito do ecrã mudará, passando a mostrar uma tabela com pastas de " -"departamento para \"Alunos\" e \"Professores\" e a conta do Administrador do " -"GOsa² (o primeiro utilizador criado). Acima desta tabela há um campo chamado " -"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> que permite navegar através da estrutura em árvore " -"(mover o rato sobre essa área fará aparecer um menu suspenso) e selecionar " -"uma pasta base para as operações pretendidas (por exemplo, adicionar um novo " -"utilizador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ao lado desse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu \"Ações\". Mover o " -"rato sobre este item fará aparecer um submenu; no menu, selecionar \"Criar\" " -"e depois \"Utilizador\". O assistente de criação de utilizadores guiará o " -"processo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"O mais importante a adicionar é o modelo (novo aluno ou novo professor) e o " -"nome real do utilizador (ver imagem)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Se for seguido o assistente, ver-se-á que o GOsa² gera automaticamente um " -"nome de utilizador com base no nome real introduzido. Para cada novo " -"utilizador, o GOsa² gera automaticamente um nome de utilizador que ainda não " -"exista, pelo que não há problema se houver vários utilizadores que tenham o " -"mesmo nome real. Notar que o GOsa² pode gerar nomes de utilizador inválidos " -"se o nome real contiver caracteres não-ASCII (caracteres com acento, " -"cedilha, etc.)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Se o nome de utilizador gerado não for pretendido, pode ser seleccionado " -"outro nome de utilizador sugerido na caixa suspensa; mas não há escolha " -"livre aqui no assistente. (Para editar o nome de utilizador proposto, abrir " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> com um editor e " -"adicionar <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional à \"definição de localização\".)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Quando o processo através do assistente chega ao fim, é apresentado o ecrã " -"do GOsa² para o uma nova entrada de utilizador. Utilizar os separadores no " -"topo para ver os campos já preenchidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter sido criado o utilizador (por enquanto não é necessário " -"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão \"Ok" -"\" no canto inferior direito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Como último passo, o GOsa² pede uma senha para o novo utilizador. Introduzir " -"a senha escolhida duas vezes e depois clicar em \"Definir senha\" no canto " -"inferior direito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Alguns caracteres podem não ser permitidos como parte da senha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Se tudo correr bem, o novo utilizador aparecerá na tabela da lista de " -"utilizadores. Agora deve ser possível entrar com esse nome de utilizador em " -"qualquer máquina da rede que tenha o sistema Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Buscar, modificar e eliminar utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Caixa de filtrar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Para modificar ou eliminar um utilizador, utilizar o GOsa² para consultar a " -"lista de utilizadores no sistema. No meio do ecrã pode ser aberta a caixa " -"\"Filtro\", uma ferramenta de pesquisa do GOsa². Não sendo conhecida a " -"localização exata da conta de utilizador na árvore, mudar para o nível base " -"da árvore GOsa²/LDAP e procurar aí, marcando a opção \"Procurar em sub-" -"árvores\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar a caixa \"Filtro\", os resultados aparecerão imediatamente no " -"centro do texto, na visualização da lista de tabelas. Cada linha representa " -"uma conta de utilizador e os itens mais à direita em cada linha são pequenos " -"ícones que possibilitam as seguintes ações: editar utilizador, bloquear " -"conta, definir senha e remover utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Aparecerá uma nova página onde poderá ser modificada diretamente a " -"informação relativa ao utilizador, alterada a senha do utilizador e " -"modificada a lista de grupos aos quais o utilizador pertence." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Editing user data" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Definir senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Os alunos podem alterar suas próprias senhas acedendo ao GOsa² com os seus " -"próprios nomes de utilizador. Para facilitar o acesso ao GOsa², no menu " -"Sistema (ou Configurações do Sistema) da área de trabalho é disponibilizada " -"uma entrada chamada Gosa. A um aluno que tenha entrado será apresentada uma " -"versão muito mínima do GOsa², que só permite o acesso à ficha da própria " -"conta do aluno e à caixa de diálogo de definição de senha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Os professores têm privilégios especiais no GOsa². Têm uma vista do GOsa² " -"mais completa e podem alterar as senhas de todas as contas dos alunos. Isto " -"pode ser muito útil durante as aulas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Para definir administrativamente uma nova senha para um utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "procurar o utilizador a ser modificado, como explicado acima" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"clicar no ícone 'chave', no final da linha em que é mostrado o nome de " -"utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "na página seguinte pode ser definida uma nova senha" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Set user password" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Atenção às implicações de segurança, se usadas " -"senhas fáceis de adivinhar! </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Gestão avançada de utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Com o GOsa² é possível criar utilizadores em massa usando um ficheiro CSV, " -"que pode ser criado com qualquer bom software de folhas de cálculo (por " -"exemplo <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). No mínimo, devem ser " -"preenchidos os seguintes campos: uid, apelido(s) (sn), primeiro(s) nome(s) " -"(givenName) e senha. Confirmar que não existem entradas duplicadas no campo " -"uid. Notar que a verificação de duplicados deve incluir as entradas uid já " -"existentes no LDAP (que podem ser obtidas executando <computeroutput>getent " -"passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> na linha de " -"comando)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Estas são as diretrizes de formato para tal ficheiro CSV (o GOsa² é bastante " -"exigente em relação às mesmas):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Usar \",\" (uma vírgula) como separador de campo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Não usar aspas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"O ficheiro CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">não deve</emphasis> conter uma " -"linha de cabeçalho (do tipo que normalmente contém os nomes das colunas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"A ordem dos campos não é relevante e pode ser definida no GOsa² durante a " -"importação em massa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Os passos da importação em massa são:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "clicar na ligação \"Gestor do LDAP\" no menu de navegação, à esquerda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "clicar no separador \"Importar\" no ecrã à direita" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"selecionar um ficheiro CSV com a lista de utilizadores a serem importados, " -"procurando no disco local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"escolher um modelo de utilizador a ser usado durante a importação em massa " -"(como NovoProfessor ou NovoAluno)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "clicar no botão \"Importar\" no canto inferior direito" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"É boa prática fazer primeiro alguns testes, de preferência usando um " -"ficheiro CSV com alguns utilizadores fictícios, que possa depois ser apagado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"O mesmo se aplica ao módulo de gestão de senhas, que permite redefinir " -"muitas senhas, usando um ficheiro CSV, ou gerar novamente novas senhas para " -"utilizadores pertencentes a uma sub-árvore especial do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Reset passwords" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de Grupos através do GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "criar grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "A gestão de grupos é muito semelhante à gestão de utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Podem ser introduzidos um nome e uma descrição por grupo. Ao criar um novo " -"grupo, confirmar que é escolhido o nível certo na árvore do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar utilizadores a um grupo recentemente criado leva de volta à lista " -"de utilizadores, onde provavelmente faz sentido usar a caixa de filtro para " -"encontrar utilizadores. Confirmar também o nível na árvore do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Os grupos inseridos na gestão de grupos são grupos normais unix, pelo que " -"também podem ser usados para gerir permissões de ficheiros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de Máquinas através do GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"A gestão de máquinas basicamente permite gerir todos os dispositivos na rede " -"Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao diretório LDAP através do GOsa² tem " -"um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio " -"(que normalmente é \"interno\"). Para uma descrição mais completa da " -"arquitetura Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">Arquitetura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Quando ligados ao <emphasis> servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " -"estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " -"imediato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através do " -"GOsa². Internamente, são gerados tanto um Kerberos Principal (como que uma " -"<emphasis>conta</emphasis>) específico da máquina, quanto um ficheiro keytab " -"relacionado (contendo uma chave usada como <emphasis>senha</emphasis>); o " -"ficheiro keytab tem que estar presente na estação de trabalho para ser capaz " -"de montar os diretórios pessoais dos utilizadores. Reiniciar a máquina " -"adicionada, aceder ao sistema através dela, como root, e executar " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Para criar um Principal e ficheiro keytab para um sistema <emphasis> já " -"configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, aceder ao servidor principal como " -"root e executar" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nota:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro keytab do " -"hospedeiro é possível para <emphasis>estações de trabalho</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servidores</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminais</emphasis>, mas não " -"para <emphasis>dispositivos de rede</emphasis>. Para opções de configuração " -"NFS ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes " -"de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar uma máquina, usar o menu principal do GOsa², sistemas, " -"adicionar. Pode ser utilizado um endereço IP/nome de hospedeiro a partir do " -"espaço de endereços pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Atualmente, existem apenas " -"dois endereços fixos pré-definidos: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.0.1 " -"(gateway). Os endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente " -"10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 hospodeiros) são reservados para o DHCP e são " -"atribuídos dinamicamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"No GOsa², para atribuir um endereço IP estático a um hospedeiro com o " -"endereço MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 é necessário introduzir o endereço MAC, o " -"nome do hospedeiro e o IP; em alternativa pode ser clicado o botão " -"<computeroutput>Propor IP</computeroutput> que mostrará o primeiro endereço " -"fixo livre em 10.0.0.0/8, provavelmente algo como 10.0.0.0.2 se a primeira " -"máquina for adicionada desta forma. É boa prática planear antes de executar: " -"por exemplo, pode ser usado 10.0.0.x com x>10 e x<50 para servidores, " -"e x>100 para estações de trabalho. Não esquecer de ativar o sistema recém-" -"adicionado. Com a exceção do servidor principal, todos os sistemas terão um " -"ícone correspondente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Se as máquinas arrancarem como clientes dependentes/estações de trabalho sem " -"disco ou forem instaladas usando qualquer um dos perfis de rede, pode ser " -"usado o script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> para " -"adicionar automaticamente máquinas ao GOsa². Para máquinas simples " -"funcionará de imediato; para máquinas com mais de um endereço mac tem que " -"ser indicado o que for para usar; <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" -"computeroutput> mostra a informação de utilização. Notar que os endereços IP " -"mostrados após o uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput> pertencem à faixa de IPs dinâmicos. Estes sistemas podem de " -"seguida ser modificados para se adequarem à rede: renomear da novo sistema, " -"ativar o DHCP e o DNS, adicionar aos grupos de rede (ver na captura de ecrã " -"abaixo os grupos de rede recomendados) e reiniciar o sistema. As capturas " -"deecrã seguintes mostram o resultado na prática:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "GOsa² systems listing" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Host details" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modify host" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Add netgroup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"A todas as horas é executado um cronjob (tarefa calendarizada) que atualiza " -"o DNS; pode ser usado o comando <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> para acionar a atualização manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Procurar e eliminar máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Procurar e eliminar máquinas é bastante semelhante a procurar e eliminar " -"utilizadores, pelo que não se repete a informação aqui." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modificar as máquinas existentes / Gestão de grupos de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de adicionar uma máquina à árvore do LDAP usando o GOsa², as " -"propriedades podem ser modificadas usando a funcionalidade de busca e " -"clicando no nome da máquina (como com os utilizadores)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"O formato destas entradas do sistema é semelhante ao das entradas de " -"utilizador, mas neste contexto os campos requerem informação diferente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, adicionar uma máquina a um <computeroutput>Grupo de Rede</" -"computeroutput> não modifica as permissões de acesso a ficheiros ou de " -"execução de comandos para aquela máquina nem os utilizadores com acesso " -"naquela máquina; em vez disso, restringe os serviços que a máquina pode usar " -"no servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"A instalação padrão inclui os <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Atualmente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput> " -"é usada para:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Redimensionar partições </emphasis> (fsautoresize-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu neste grupo redimensionam automaticamente as " -"partições LVM que ficarem sem espaço." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Desligar máquinas à noite</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts e shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo serão desligadas automaticamente à noite " -"para economizar energia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestão de impressoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu destes grupos irão eliminar automaticamente todas as " -"filas de impressão, todas as noites, e re-activar qualquer fila de impressão " -"desactivada a cada hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Acesso à Internet Bloqueado</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo só se podem ligar a máquinas da rede " -"local. Em conjunto com restrições no intermediário de web, isto poderá ser " -"usado durante os exames, por exemplo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Gestão de Impressoras" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"Para gestão centralizada das impressoras, apontar o navegador web para " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão CUPS " -"normal, onde podem ser adicionadas/eliminadas/modificadas as impressoras e " -"onde pode ser limpa a fila de impressão. Por predefinição só é dada " -"permissão ao primeiro utilizador; mas isso pode ser alterado adicionando " -"utilizadores ao grupo <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> do " -"GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Utilização de impressoras ligadas a estações de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> é instalado por predefinição nos " -"sistemas com o perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> desta " -"forma (impressora USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " -"impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " -"URI de ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Impressoras de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"É recomendado que sejam desativadas todas as funcionalidades de auto-" -"publicitação nas impressoras usadas na rede. Em vez disso, atribuir um " -"endereço IP fixo através do GOsa² e configurar as impressoras como " -"<computeroutput>impressoras de rede AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida no Debian Edu mantém os relógios de todas as " -"máquinas sincronizados, mas não necessariamente com a hora certa. É usado o " -"NTP para atualizar a hora. Os relógios são sincronizados com uma fonte " -"externa por predefinição. Isso pode fazer com que as máquinas mantenham a " -"ligação externa à Internet aberta, não a fechem, se a ligação for criada " -"durante a sincronização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"No caso das ligações por linha telefónica convencional ou RDIS, com o " -"serviço cobrado ao minuto, é recomendado alterar a configuração predefinida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " -"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando (\"#" -"\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (ficam " -"desativadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, executando " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. Para testar " -"se uma máquina está usando as fontes externas do relógio, executar " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Expandir partições cheias" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " -"partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para expandir essas " -"partições, executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" -"computeroutput> como root. Para mais informação, ver as instruções de " -"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de administração</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Manutenção" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Atualização do software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Nesta secção é explicado o uso do comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Usar o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> é simples. Para atualizar um " -"sistema através da linha de comando, é necessária a execução de dois " -"comandos, como root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que " -"atualiza as listas de pacotes disponíveis) e <computeroutput>apt full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput> (que atualiza os pacotes para os quais haja uma " -"atualização disponível)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"É uma boa prática fazer a atualização usando a localização C (C locale) para " -"obter resultados em inglês, pois em caso de surgirem problemas é mais " -"provável que os motores de busca encontrem informação relevante com base nos " -"resultados obtidos." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Na atualização do pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " -"os ficheiros de configuração do Cfengine podem ser alterados. Executar " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> para " -"verificar se foi esse o caso. Para aplicar as modificações, executar " -"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Após serem feitas atualizações do servidor LTSP é importante executar " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput>, para manter a imagem SquashFS para clientes sem disco em " -"sincronia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Após uma atualização para uma nova versão pontual de um sistema com perfil " -"<emphasis>Servidor principal</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Servidor LTSP</" -"emphasis>, tem que ser executado o <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> para atualizar o ambiente de instalação PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Também é boa prática instalar os pacotes <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e " -"configurá-los para enviarem correio para um endereço usado diariamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez por dia o <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enviará por " -"correio uma mensagem de notificação dos pacotes que possam ser atualizados. " -"O programa não instala os pacotes atualizados, mas descarrega-os (geralmente " -"à noite), para que não seja necessário aguardar pela transferência quando " -"for executado o comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"A instalação automática de atualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta que " -"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja instalado " -"e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O programa <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> pode enviar " -"novas entradas de registo de alterações por correio, ou em alternativa exibi-" -"las no terminal se executado <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Monitorizar as atualizações de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima, é " -"uma boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis atualizações de segurança " -"para pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é seguir a lista de discussão <ulink " -"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-" -"announce mailinglist</ulink>. Esta tem a vantagem de também apresentar em " -"que é que consta a atualização de segurança. O lado negativo (comparado com " -"a execução do<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que a lista também " -"inclui informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não estão instalados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gestão de cópias de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Para gestão de cópias de segurança, abrir <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-" -"php\"/> no navegador da web. Notar que este sítio tem que ser acedido via " -"SSL, uma vez que requer a senha de root. Se for tentado sem o uso de SSL, o " -"acesso falhará." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Nota: o sítio só funcionará se for permitido temporariamente o acesso de " -"root por ssh no servidor de cópias de segurança (servidor principal 'tjener' " -"por predefinição)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o servidor (tjener) faz cópias de segurança de " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e de LDAP em /" -"skole/backup, que está sob a LVM. Se só for pretendido ter cópias de " -"segurança da informação (para o caso de alguma coisa ser inadvertidamente " -"apagada) esta configuração será adequada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Ter presente que esta modalidade de cópias segurança não protege contra " -"falhas nos discos rígidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Para fazer cópias de segurança dos dados num servidor externo, num " -"dispositivo de fita ou noutro disco rígido, é necessário modificar um pouco " -"a configuração existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Para restaurar uma pasta completa, a melhor opção é usar a linha de comando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home/utilizador</" -"computeroutput> relativo a determinada<computeroutput><data></" -"computeroutput> na pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home_<data></" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Para restaurar um ficheiro específico, terá de ser selecionado o ficheiro (e " -"a versão) a partir da interface de web, e transferido apenas esse ficheiro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar cópias de segurança mais antigas, escolher \"Manutenção\" no " -"menu da página de cópias de segurança e selecionar a captura mais antiga a " -"manter:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Monitorização do Servidor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição do " -"estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " -"administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " -"dos problemas do sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"A lista de máquinas monitorizadas pelo Munin é gerada automaticamente, com " -"base na lista de hospedeiros que dão informação ao sitesummary (resumo do " -"sítio). Todos os hospedeiros com o pacote munin-node instalado são " -"registados para monitorização pelo Munin. Normalmente, demora um dia desde " -"que uma máquina é instalada até ao início da monitorazação pelo Munin, por " -"causa da ordem em que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para " -"acelerar o processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" -"computeroutput> como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o " -"servidor principal). Isto irá atualizar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/" -"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O conjunto de medições coletadas é gerado automaticamente em cada máquina " -"usando o programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> que " -"sonda os acrescentos (plugins) disponíveis a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e liga os relevantes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> (através de atalhos " -"symlink)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Informação sobre o Munin em <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"O sistema e serviço de monitorização Icinga está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " -"monitorizados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo " -"sistema de resumo do sítio (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor " -"Principal e Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitorização completa, enquanto as " -"estações de trabalho e os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitorização " -"simples. Para permitir a monitorização completa numa estação de trabalho, " -"instalar o pacote <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na " -"própria estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o Icinga não envia correio. Isto pode ser alterado " -"substituindo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> na estação de " -"trabalho, e por <computeroutput>notify-by-emaill</computeroutput> no " -"ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"O ficheiro de configuração do Icinga usado é <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. A tarefa agendada do sitesummary gera o " -"ficheiro <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" -"computeroutput> com a lista de hospedeiros e serviços a serem monitorizados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Podem ser colocadas verificações adicionais do Icinga no ficheiro " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" -"computeroutput> para serem incluídas no ficheiro gerado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" -"\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Avisos comuns do Icinga e como lidar com eles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Seguem-se instruções sobre como lidar com os avisos mais comuns do Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"A partição (/usr/ no exemplo) está muito cheia. Há basicamente duas maneiras " -"de lidar com isso: (1) remover alguns ficheiros ou (2) aumentar o tamanho da " -"partição. Se a partição for /var/, purgar a cache do APT executando " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> pode remover alguns ficheiros. Se " -"houver mais espaço disponível no grupo de volumes do LVM, executar o " -"programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> para " -"alargar as partições pode ajudar. Para executar este programa " -"automaticamente a cada hora, o hospedeiro em questão pode ser adicionado ao " -"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis novos pacotes para atualização de pacotes instalados. Os " -"pacotes críticos são normalmente correções de segurança. Para fazer a " -"atualização, executar 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' num " -"terminal, como root, ou aceder ao sistema via ssh e fazer o mesmo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Quem tiver confiança em que o Debian gere as novas versões dos pacotes de " -"forma segura, pode evitar a ação de atualização manual, configurando o " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> (atualizações não " -"vigiadas) para atualização automática, todas as noites, de todos os pacotes " -"atualizáveis. Isto não irá atualizar os chroots LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"O núcleo (kernel) em execução é mais antigo do que o núcleo mais recente " -"instalado e é necessário reiniciar o computador para passar a ser usado o " -"núcleo mais recente instalado. Normalmente, isto é bastante urgente, já que " -"os novos núcleos são disponibilizados no Debian Edu normalmente para " -"corrigir problemas de segurança." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"As filas de impressão no CUPS têm muitos trabalhos pendentes. Isto acontece " -"muito provavelmente devido a uma impressora ficar indisponível. Filas de " -"impressão desativadas são ativadas a cada hora em hospedeiros do grupo de " -"rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>; " -"portanto, para tais hospedeiros não deve ser necessária nenhuma ação manual. " -"As filas de impressão são descartadas todas as noites nos hospedeiros do " -"grupo de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. " -"Se um hospedeiro tiver muitos trabalhos em fila de espera, pode ser " -"adicionado a um ou a ambos os grupos de rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"O programa sitesummary é usado para coligir informação de cada computador e " -"enviá-la para o servidor central. A informação coligida fica disponível em " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Estão " -"disponíveis scripts em <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" -"computeroutput> para gerar relatórios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Um relatório simples do sitesummary, sem informação detalhada, está " -"disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Há alguma documentação sobre o sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " -"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Atualizações" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de ler este guia de atualização, ter presente que as atualizações dos " -"servidores são efetuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">O Debian Edu/Skolelinux vem SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA, na medida " -"do permitido pela lei aplicável.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Novas funcionalidades no Bullseye</link> antes de tentar atualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Notas gerais sobre atualização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Actualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " -"fácil. Mas no que respeita ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco mais " -"complicado, pois os ficheiros de configuração são modificamos de formas que " -"não deveriam ser usadas. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados " -"abaixo. (Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " -"Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Em geral, a atualização dos servidores é mais difícil do que a das estações " -"de trabalho; e o servidor principal é o mais difícil de atualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que após a atualização tudo funciona como funcionava antes, a " -"atualização deve ser testada num ou mais sistemas de teste configurados da " -"mesma forma que as máquinas de uso normal. Nesse sistema ou sistemas, a " -"atualização pode ser testada sem riscos e pode ser confirmado que tudo " -"funciona como previsto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " -"Debian Stable no respetivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Também poderá ser sensato esperar um pouco e continuar a usar por mais " -"algumas semanas a versão instalada, aguardando que outros testem a " -"atualização e documentem quaisquer problemas com que se deparem. A versão " -"instalada do Debian Edu receberá apoio contínuo ainda durante algum tempo " -"após a publicação da nova versão. Mas quando o Debian <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessar o apoio à versão anterior</" -"ulink>, o Debian Edu também cessará, necessariamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Atualizações a partir do Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Preparação contra contingências: testar a atualização a partir da versão " -"Buster num ambiente de teste ou ter cópias de segurança, para que a situação " -"inicial possa ser reposta quer em termos de funcionamento quer em termos de " -"dados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Notar que o procedimento que se segue se aplica a uma instalação padrão do " -"servidor principal Debian Edu (ambiente de trabalho xfce, perfis Servidor " -"Principal, Estação de Trabalho, Servidor LTSP). (Para uma ideia geral sobre " -"a atualização do Debian Buster para Bullseye, ver: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"Não usar diretamente o X (o servidor de grafismos do sistema operativo), " -"usar uma consola virtual, acedendo como root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Se o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> der erro, tentar corrigir o erro e/" -"ou executar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e depois " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> mais uma vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Atualização do servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Começar por garantir que o sistema instalado (o Buster) está atualizado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Limpar a cache do pacote:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Preparar e iniciar a atualização para Bullseye (nova entrada de segurança):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: será apresentada muita INFORMAÇÃO que é importante ler; " -"premir <introduzir> (enter) para rolar para baixo, <q> para " -"deixar o paginador (programa de leitura de páginas em consola). Toda a " -"informação será enviada para root para que possa ser lida novamente (usando " -"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Ler atentamente todas as informações do debconf (configuração do debian); " -"escolher \"manter a versão local atualmente instalada\", a menos que " -"indicado de forma diferente abaixo; na maioria dos casos, premir introduzir " -"(enter) é o indicado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "reiniciar serviços: Escolher 'sim'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "openssh-server: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Escolher S." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"servidor Samba e utilitários: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente " -"instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "servidores Kerberos: Introduzir 'kerberos' e premir 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Aplicar e ajustar a configuração:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Instalar e configurar a interface web do Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>; " -"escolher sempre <emphasis role=\"strong\">Não</emphasis> se solicitado pelo " -"debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Obter as novas imagens Homeworld do Debian Edu:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # a menos que se queira manter as imagens do Buster como alternativa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Ajustar a configuração do painel do Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com o novo LTSP e alterações relacionadas; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # para remover alterações já não necessárias\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # para remover o diretório base tftp já não usado\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # primeira solicitação: manter ''tftp'' como conta do sistema; segunda: alterar o diretório TFTP de root para ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # terceira: manter o endereço e o porto; última: introduzir ''--secure'' como opção adicional \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # limpar o diretório base LTSP antigo\n" -"# Os passos seguintes demoram a ser executados.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # se for pretendida interoperabilidade com clientes dependentes de 64-Bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # se for pretendida interoperabilidade com clientes dependentes de 32-Bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # para criar imagem de estação de trabalho sem disco a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # para adicionar ficheiros de instalação PXE e respectivos itens de menu iPXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Lidar com a mudança para iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Criar um ficheiro <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> com o seguinte conteúdo:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, executar <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> para aplicar " -"as alterações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modificar mais algumas configurações de DHCP no LDAP, por exemplo, usando um " -"editor como o ldapvi. Confirmar que as entradas relacionadas com o DHCP " -"correspondem às contidas no ficheiro <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</" -"emphasis>. As entradas em questão são:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Lidar com as alterações do GOsa - usar o novo ficheiro gosa.conf, alterar o " -"acesso LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Procurar adminPassword e snapshotAdminPassword em /etc/gosa/gosa.conf e " -"substituir $GOSAPWD pela senha aleatória encontrada em /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig para essas entradas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com alterações no tipo de encriptação Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com as alterações no Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar a conta Samba do primeiro utilizador: <computeroutput> smbpasswd -" -"a < primeiro nome de utilizador> </computeroutput>. Depois de o " -"utilizador alterar a senha, será criada a respetiva conta Samba." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Verificar se o sistema atualizado funciona:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Reiniciar; aceder como primeiro utilizador e testar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "se a interface GOsa² está a funcionar," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "se é possível ligar clientes e estações de trabalho LTSP," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"se é possível adicionar/remover membros a um grupo de rede de um sistema," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "se é possível enviar e receber correio interno," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "se é possível gerir impressoras," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "e se outros elementos específicos da escola estão a funcionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Atualização de uma estação de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Executar todos os procedimentos básicos como no servidor principal, sem " -"executar os procedimentos que não são necessários. Se ainda não estiver " -"configurada, configurar a máquina para usar o Kerberos na montagem de " -"diretórios de utilizador (pastas pessoais); ver o capítulo de <link linkend=" -"\"GettingStarted\">primeiros passos</link> para mais informação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Atualização de instalações Debian Edu / Skolelinux antigas (anteriores ao " -"Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Para atualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário atualizar " -"primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Buster, antes de poderem ser " -"seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa atualização são dadas " -"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Buster</ulink> sobre como atualizar para Buster a " -"partir da versão anterior, Stretch. Da mesma forma, o manual do Stretch " -"descreve como atualizar a partir do Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Instruções" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\"> administração geral</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administração " -"avançada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Desktop\">o ambiente de trabalho</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ensino e aprendizagem</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Users\">utilizadores</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Instruções para administração geral" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Os capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros passos</link> e " -"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenção</link> descrevem como começar a " -"usar o Debian Edu e como fazer o trabalho básico de manutenção. As " -"instruções neste capítulo têm algumas dicas e truques mais \"avançados\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Histórico de configuração: rastreio de /etc/ utilizando o sistema de " -"controlo da versão git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os ficheiros em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de versão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Isto torna possível ver quando um ficheiro é adicionado, alterado ou " -"removido, assim como o que foi alterado se o ficheiro em causa for um " -"ficheiro de texto. O repositório git é guardado em <computeroutput>/etc/.git/" -"</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"A cada hora, quaisquer novas alterações são automaticamente registadas; o " -"histórico de configuração pode ser extraído e consultado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o histórico, é usado o comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput>. Para ver as diferenças entre dois momentos no tempo, pode " -"ser usado um comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Para mais informação, ver os resultados de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Lista de comandos úteis:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Exemplos de utilização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Num sistema recém-instalado, tentar este comando para ver todas as " -"alterações feitas desde que o sistema foi instalado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Para ver os ficheiros que não são atualmente rastreados e que não estão " -"atualizados:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Para submeter manualmente um ficheiro, para não ter que esperar até uma hora:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionar partições" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"No Debian Edu, todas as partições que não a partição <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> estão em volumes lógicos LVM. Com os núcleos (kernels) " -"Linux, desde a versão 2.6.10, é possível estender as partições estando elas " -"montadas. Encolher partições ainda tem de ser feito com as partições " -"desmontadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"É uma boa prática evitar a criação de partições muito grandes (mais de, " -"digamos, 20GiB), devido ao tempo que demora a execução do " -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> sobre elas ou a restaurá-las a partir " -"de cópias de segurança, se for necessário. É melhor, se for possível, criar " -"várias partições menores em vez de uma partição muito grande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"É disponibilizado o script de ajuda <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> para facilitar a extensão de partições cheias. Quando " -"invocado, o script lê a configuração a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" -"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput>. Propõe então estender as partições que tenham muito pouco " -"espaço livre, de acordo com as regras estabelecidas nestes ficheiros. Se " -"executado sem argumentos, mostrará apenas os comandos necessários à extensão " -"do sistema de ficheiros. É necessário o argumento <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> para que estes comandos para extensão do sistema de " -"ficheiros sejam realmente executados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"O script é executado automaticamente a cada hora em cada cliente listado no " -"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Quando a partição utilizada pelo intermediário (proxy) Squid é " -"redimensionada, o valor para o tamanho da cache em <computeroutput>etc/squid/" -"squid.conf</computeroutput> também tem que ser atualizado. É disponibilizado " -"o script de ajuda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" -"update-cachedir</computeroutput> para fazer essa operação automaticamente, " -"verificando o tamanho atual da partição <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" -"computeroutput> e configurando o Squid para usar 80% desse valor como " -"tamanho da cache." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Gestão de volumes lógicos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " -"redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais sobre " -"o LVM em <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Gestão de " -"volumes lógicos</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Para estender manualmente um volume lógico, basta indicar no comando " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> o tamanho pretendido para esse " -"volume. Por exemplo, para estender home0 para 30GiB usar os seguintes " -"comandos:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Para estender home0 em mais 30GiB, inserir um '+' (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Usar o ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> é " -"uma ferramenta para editar a base de dados LDAP com um editor de texto " -"normal no terminal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "É necessário executar o seguinte:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Nota: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará o editor predefinido, " -"qualquer que ele seja. Executando <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> na linha de comando é possível configurar o ambiente para " -"obter um clone do vi como editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um objeto LDAP usando o ldapvi, usar o número da sequência do " -"objeto com a linha <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> antes do novo objeto " -"LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> é uma ferramenta muito " -"poderosa. É necessário cuidado redobrado para que a base de dados LDAP não " -"seja corrompida. Este aviso aplica-se também ao JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS \"Kerberizado\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Usar o Kerberos para fazer o NFS montar diretórios de utilizador (pastas " -"pessoais) é uma funcionalidade de segurança. A partir da versão Bullseye, os " -"clientes LTSP não funcionam sem o Kerberos. São suportados os níveis " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticação Kerberos, " -"<emphasis>i</emphasis> significa verificação de integridade e <emphasis>p</" -"emphasis> verificação de privacidade, ou seja, encriptação); a carga, tanto " -"no servidor quanto na estação de trabalho, aumenta com o nível de segurança; " -"o nível <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> é uma boa opção e foi escolhido como " -"predefinição." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Como alterar a predefinição" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "aceder como root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"executar <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, procurar " -"por <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e substituir por <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>, conforme for pretendido." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"editar <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> e ajustar " -"as seguintes entradas em conformidade:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "executar <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esta ferramenta permite estabelecer a impressora predefinida, dependendo da " -"localização, da máquina ou do grupo de pertença. Para mais informação, ver " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"O ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> tem de ser fornecido pelo administrador; ver " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> como exemplo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, uma interface gráfica LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Para trabalhar com a base de dados LDAP usando uma interface gráfica, " -"experimentar o pacote <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que é " -"instalado por predefinição. Para obter acesso de escrita, ligar-se desta " -"forma:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, uma ferramenta de linha de comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> é uma pequena " -"ferramenta de linha de comando para criar utilizadores LDAP e definir as " -"suas senhas no Kerberos. É muito útil, sobretudo para testes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Usar stable-updates (actualizações estáveis)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Desde 2011, com a versão Squeeze, o Debian passou a incluir na <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">suite stable-updates</ulink> os " -"pacotes anteriormente mantidos em volatile.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Embora seja possível usar a funcionalidade de actualizações estáveis (stable-" -"updates) diretamente, isso não é necessário: estas são enviadas para a suite " -"estável regularmente quando são feitas as versões pontuais estáveis, o que " -"acontece aproximadamente a cada dois meses." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" -"Utilização de pacotes retroportados (backports) para instalar software mais " -"recente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque prefere a estabilidade do Debian, " -"distribuição que funciona muito bem. Mas tem um problema: às vezes o " -"software está um pouco mais desatualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " -"backports.debian.org entra em cena." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Pacotes retroportados (backports) são pacotes recompilados do Debian testing " -"(principalmente) e do Debian unstable (em poucos casos apenas – por exemplo, " -"atualizações de segurança), para que funcionem sem novas bibliotecas (sempre " -"que possível) numa distribuição Debian estável como a Debian Edu. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Recomenda-se que sejam escolhidos pacotes específicos de " -"acordo com as necessidades, e que não sejam usados todos os pacotes " -"retroportados disponíveis.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "O uso de pacotes retroportados é simples. Executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Após o que os pacotes retroportados são facilmente instaláveis: o seguinte " -"comando irá instalar uma versão retroportada do <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes retroportados são automaticamente atualizados (se disponíveis) da " -"mesma forma que os outros pacotes. Tal como o arquivo normal, o arquivo " -"backports (retroportados) têm três secções: main, contrib e non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Atualização com um CD ou imagem similar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Para atualizar de uma versão para outra (por exemplo, de Bullseye 11.1 para " -"11.2) sem ligação à Internet, apenas por meios físicos, seguir estes passos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Insirir o CD / DVD / Disco blu-ray / pen USB e executar o comando apt-cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Da página man do apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"O apt-cdrom é usado para adicionar um novo CD-ROM à lista de fontes " -"disponíveis nos APTs. Identifica a estrutura do disco, pode corrigir vários " -"possíveis erros de gravação e verifica os ficheiros de índice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"É necessário usar o apt-cdrom para adicionar CDs ao sistema APT. Esta ação " -"não pode ser axecutada manualmente. Além disso, quando forem usados " -"conjuntos multi-CD, cada disco tem que ser inserido e digitalizado " -"separadamente para prevenir possíveis falhas de gravação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Em seguida, executar estes dois comandos para atualizar o sistema:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Limpeza automática de processos remanescentes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> é um script em perl que aniquila " -"trabalhos em segundo plano. Trabalhos em segundo plano são definidos como " -"processos pertencentes a utilizadores que não estão atualmente em sessão na " -"máquina. É executado por uma tarefa agendada (cron job) uma vez por hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Instalação automática de atualizações de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> é um pacote " -"(programa) Debian que instala automaticamente as atualizações de segurança " -"(e outras). Se instalado, o pacote é pré-configurado para instalar " -"automaticamente as atualizações de segurança. Os registos de alterações " -"(logs) estão disponíveis em <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; também podem sempre ser consultados os ficheiros " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/" -"log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Encerramento automático de máquinas durante a noite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"É possível poupar energia e dinheiro desligando automaticamente as máquinas " -"clientes à noite e voltando a ligá-las novamente pela manhã. O pacote " -"(programa) <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenta desligar " -"cada máquina de hora a hora a partir das 16:00, mas não as desligará se " -"parecerem estar em utilização. Em cada máquina, o programa tenta passar " -"informação ao BIOS para ligar a máquina por volta das 07:00 da manhã e o " -"servidor principal vai tentar ligar todas as máquinas a partir das 06:30 " -"enviando pacotes wake-on-lan. Estes horários podem ser alterados nos " -"separadores de agendamento das máquinas individuais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Algumas considerações a ter em conta ao estabelecer este procedimento:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes não devem ser desligados quando alguém os está a usar. Isto é " -"assegurado pela verificação do resultado de <computeroutput>who</" -"computeroutput> e, como caso especial, pela verificação de que o comando de " -"ligação ssh funciona com os clientes dependentes X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar queimar os fusíveis eléctricos / disparar os disjuntores, é boa " -"prática garantir que os clientes não arranquem todos ao mesmo tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Há dois métodos diferentes para reativar os clientes. Um usa um recurso do " -"BIOS e requer um relógio interno funcional e com a hora certa, assim como " -"uma placa-mãe e uma versão do BIOS compatíveis com o <computeroutput>nvram-" -"wakeup</computeroutput>; o outro requer que os clientes sejam compatíveis " -"com o wake-on-lan e que o servidor tenha informação sobre todos os clientes " -"a serem reativados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Como configurar o encerramento à noite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar " -"<computeroutput>touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput> ou adicionar o nome de hospedeiro (ou seja, o resultado de " -"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede " -"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A adição de hospedeiros ao grupo de rede no " -"LDAP pode ser feita usando a ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput>. Os clientes podem precisar de ter o wake-on-lan configurado " -"no BIOS. É importante também que os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores " -"(routers) utilizados entre o servidor wake-on-lan (wol) e os clientes passem " -"os pacotes WOL para os clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. " -"Alguns comutadores não passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela " -"ARP do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Para ativar o wake-on-lan no servidor, adicionar os clientes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, com uma " -"linha por cliente, primeiro o endereço IP, seguido pelo endereço MAC " -"(endereço ethernet), separado por um espaço; ou criar um script " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " -"para gerar a lista de clientes em tempo real." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Um exemplo <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> para uso com o sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Se o grupo de rede for usado para ativar o desligar à noite nos clientes, " -"uma alternativa é este script usar a ferramenta netgroup do pacote " -"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "" -"Aceder a servidores Debian-Edu localizados protegidos por uma barreira " -"(firewall)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Para aceder a partir da Internet a máquinas protegidas por uma barreira " -"(firewall), considerar a instalação do pacote <computeroutput>autossh</" -"computeroutput>. Este pacote pode ser usado para configurar um túnel SSH " -"para uma máquina ligada à Internet. O servidor por trás da barreira/firewall " -"fica acessível a partir dessa máquina através do túnel SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Instalação de máquinas adicionais para serviços, para a distribuição da " -"carga e sua consequente redução no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Na instalação predefinida, todos os serviços são executados no servidor " -"principal (tjener). Para simplificar a transferência da execução de alguns " -"serviços para outra máquina, está disponível o perfil de instalação " -"<emphasis>Mínimo</emphasis>. A instalação do sistema com este perfil numa " -"máquina que faça parte da rede Debian Edu, levará a que a máquina fique sem " -"qualquer serviço em execução (até que lhe seja atribuído algum)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Estes são os passos necessários para configurar uma máquina dedicada a " -"alguns serviços:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"instalar o perfil <emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> usando a opção de arranque " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "instalar os pacotes correspondentes ao serviço" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configurar o serviço" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "desativar o serviço no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "atualizar o DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Instruções de administração avançada" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "Neste capítulo são descritas tarefas de administração avançada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores com o GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Criar utilizadores em grupos por ano" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"Neste exemplo pretende-se criar utilizadores em grupos por ano, com " -"diretórios home comuns para cada grupo (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). " -"Queremos criar os utilizadores através da importação de CSV." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis> (como root no servidor principal) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Criar os diretórios de grupo por ano que forem necessários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador, no GOsa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Departamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Menu principal: ir para 'Estrutura de diretórios', clicar no departamento " -"'Alunos'. O campo 'Base' deve mostrar '/Alunos'. No campo 'Ações' da caixa " -"suspensa, escolher 'Criar' / 'Departamento'. Preencher os valores dos campos " -"Nome (2024) e Descrição (alunos formados em 2024), deixar o campo Base como " -"está (deve ser '/Alunos'). Guardar clicando em 'Ok'. Agora o novo " -"departamento (2024) deve aparecer abaixo de /Alunos. Clicar para abrir." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'Grupos' no menu principal; 'Ações'/Criar/Grupo. Introduzir o nome " -"do grupo (deixar 'Base' como está, deve ser /Alunos/2024) e premir 'Ok' para " -"guardar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Modelo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'utilizadores' no menu principal. No campo Base, mudar para " -"'Alunos'. Deve aparecer uma entrada <computeroutput>Novo Aluno</" -"computeroutput>; premir para abrir. Este é o modelo 'alunos', não é um " -"utilizador. Uma vez que terá de ser criado um modelo com base neste (para " -"poder ser feita a importação csv), deve ser tomada nota de todas as entradas " -"que aparecem nos separadores Genéricos e POSIX, talvez fazendo capturas de " -"ecrã, para que as informações necessárias ao novo modelo possam ser " -"preparadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Agora, mudar para /Alunos/2024 no campo Base; escolher Criar/Modelo e " -"começar a preencher com os valores desejados, primeiro no separador Genérico " -"(adicionar também o novo grupo 2024 em Pertença a Grupos); depois adicionar " -"a conta POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importar utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de CSV; é recomendável testá-lo " -"com alguns utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Outras ações" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Criação de pastas nos diretórios home de todos os utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Com este script, o administrador pode criar uma pasta no diretório pessoal " -"de cada utilizador e definir permissões de acesso e de detenção." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"No exemplo abaixo com grupo=professores e permissões=2770 um utilizador pode " -"entregar um trabalho guardando o ficheiro na pasta \"trabalhos\", à qual os " -"professores têm acesso de escrita para poderem fazer comentários." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Usar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Seguir estes passos para configurar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado, " -"para diretórios home dos utilizadores e possivelmente outros dados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " -"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " -"configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " -"do novo servidor de armazenamento são exportados para as sub-redes ou " -"máquinas a que se apliquem:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Neste caso tudo o que estiver na rede principal tem acesso ao /" -"armazenamento. (Isto pode restringido à pertença a grupos de rede ou a " -"endereços IP específicos para limitar o acesso ao NFS como é feito no " -"ficheiro tjener:/etc/exports.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar informação de montagem automática sobre o 'nas-server.intern' no " -"LDAP, para permitir que todos os clientes montem automaticamente a nova " -"exportação a pedido." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Isto não pode ser feito através do GOsa², porque falta um módulo para " -"montagem automática. Em vez disso, usar o ldapvi e adicionar os objetos LDAP " -"necessários usando um editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Quando o editor aparecer, adicionar os objetos LDAP seguintes na parte " -"inferior do documento. (A parte \"/&\" no último objeto LDAP é um " -"carácter polivalente que corresponde a tudo o que o 'nas-server.intern' " -"exporta, evitando a necessidade de listar pontos de montagem individuais no " -"LDAP)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque tjener." -"intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens sucessivamente " -"falhadas:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Criar os diretórios de pontos de montagem usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>; editar '/etc/fstab' como adequado e executar " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar os novos recursos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Agora, os utilizadores devem poder aceder diretamente aos ficheiros em 'nas-" -"server.intern', bastando abrir o diretório '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' " -"utilizando qualquer aplicação de gestão/exploração de ficheiros em qualquer " -"estação de trabalho, cliente dependente LTSP ou servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Restringir acesso por ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Há várias formas de restringir o acesso por ssh. Seguem-se algumas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Situação sem clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Se não forem usados clientes LTSP, uma solução simples é criar um novo grupo " -"(digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e adicionar uma linha ao " -"ficheiro /etc/ssh/sshd_config da máquina. Os membros do grupo " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>, e apenas eles, poderão então " -"entrar na máquina via ssh a partir de qualquer lugar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Gerir este caso através do GOsa é bastante simples:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Criar um grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> no nível base (onde " -"já aparecem outros grupos relacionados, com a gestão do sistema, como " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar utilizadores ao novo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Situação com clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida de cliente LTSP sem disco não faz uso de ligações " -"ssh. Basta atualizar a imagem SquashFS no servidor LTSP respetivo, após a " -"configuração do ssh ter sido alterada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes X2Go utilizam ligações ssh com o servidor LTSP " -"respetivo. Por conseguinte, é necessária uma abordagem diferente, utilizando " -"o PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Ativar pam_access.so no ficheiro /etc/pam.d/sshd do servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configurar o ficheiro /etc/security/access.conf para permitir ligações a " -"partir de qualquer lugar para (por exemplo) os utilizadores alice, jane, bob " -"e john, e para todos os outros utilizadores somente a partir das sub-redes " -"internas, adicionando estas linhas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Se apenas forem utilizados servidores LTSP dedicados, a rede 10.0.0.0/8 " -"poderá ser descartada, para desativar o acesso interno via ssh. Nota: alguém " -"que ligue a sua máquina a qualquer rede de clientes LTSP dedicada também " -"terá acesso ao(s) servidor(es) LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Uma nota para situações mais complexas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Se os clientes X2Go estiverem ligados à rede principal 10.0.0.0/8, as coisas " -"serão ainda mais complicadas e talvez apenas uma sofisticada configuração de " -"DHCP (em LDAP), verificando o identificador do fornecedor (vendor-class-" -"identifier) juntamente com a configuração PAM apropriada, permita desativar " -"o acesso interno por ssh." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Instruções para o ambiente de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Preparar um ambiente de trabalho multilingue" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Para usar vários idiomas, são necessárias estas acções:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " -"root) e escolher os idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Executar estes comandos como root para instalar os pacotes necessários:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Com os ambientes de trabalho Xfce, LXDE e LXQt, os utilizadores podem então " -"escolher o idioma através do gestor de ecrã LightDM (apresenta-se como ecrã " -"de entrada), antes de acederem ao sistema. Os ambientes GNOME e KDE vêm " -"ambos com as suas próprias ferramentas internas de configuração de " -"localização (região e idioma), pelo que devem ser estas as usadas. O " -"ambiente MATE usa o ecrã de entrada Arctica sobre o LightDM, sem um seletor " -"de idioma. Executar <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> para obter o ecrã de entrada do Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Reproduzir DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para reproduzir a maioria dos DVDs comerciais é necessária a biblioteca " -"libdvdcss. Por razões legais, esta não vem incluída no Debian (Edu). Se do " -"ponto de vista legal o uso estiver autorizado, podem ser construídos pacotes " -"localmente usando o pacote Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput>; garantir que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " -"esteja ativado em <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Atender às solicitações do debconf e executar <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Fontes de caligrafia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que é instalado de " -"origem) instala a fonte \"Abecedario\", uma boa fonte de caligrafia para " -"crianças. A fonte tem várias formas para uso por crianças: pontilhada e com " -"linhas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Instruções para clientes numa rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introdução a clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Um termo genérico para clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco " -"é <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"A partir do Bullseye, o LTSP é diferente das versões anteriores, tanto no " -"que diz respeito à configuração como à manutenção." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Uma das principais diferenças é o facto de a imagem SquashFS para estações " -"de trabalho sem disco ser agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do " -"servidor LTSP, por predefinição. Isto acontece no primeiro arranque dos " -"servidores combinados, demorando algum tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"O LTSP deixou de incluir clientes dependentes. O Debian Edu usa o X2Go para " -"continuar a suportar o uso de clientes dependentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"No caso de um servidor LTSP separado ou adicional, a informação necessária " -"para a configuração do ambiente do cliente LTSP não está completa na altura " -"da instalação. A configuração pode ser feita depois de o sistema ter sido " -"adicionado com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil <emphasis>servidor " -"LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> dá mais " -"informação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Notar que a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> deve ser utilizada com " -"cuidado. Por exemplo, o comando <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> não gera a imagem SquashFS em máquinas Debian (estas têm uma " -"partição /boot separada por predefinição), o comando <computeroutput>ltsp " -"ipxe</computeroutput> não gera o menu iPXE corretamente (devido ao suporte a " -"clientes dependentes do Debian Edu) e o comando <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> vai descontrolar completamente o arranque do cliente LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> é " -"um script invólucro (wrapper script) de <computeroutput>ltsp image</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. É usado para montar e configurar " -"estações de trabalho sem disco e clientes dependentes (tanto em PCs de 64-" -"Bit como de 32-Bit). Executar <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"computeroutput> ou analisar o conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. " -"Toda a configuração é contida no próprio script (documentos AQUI) para " -"facilitar ajustes específicos de cada rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Exemplos de como usar o script invólucro <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis> em vez da ferramenta ltsp:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> actualiza a imagem SquashFS da estação de trabalho sem disco " -"(sistema de ficheiros do servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> cria suporte a estações de trabalho sem " -"disco e a clientes dependentes de 64 bits." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> cria suporte adicional a clientes dependentes de 32 bits (" -"chroot e imagem SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Além da opção <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (o sistema cliente dependente mais " -"básico), também estão disponíveis as opções <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Os clientes dependentes do tipo " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> têm um botão de desligar, enquanto que os do " -"tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> executam o Firefox ESR em modo quiosque no " -"próprio cliente (é necessária mais memória RAM local e mais potência de CPU, " -"mas reduz a carga no servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " -"script envelope (script wrapper) para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Esta ferramenta assegura que o ficheiro /srv/tftp/ltsp/" -"ltsp.ipxe seja específico do Debian Edu. O comando tem de ser executado " -"sempre que seja alterado qualquer item relativo ao menu iPXE (como o tempo " -"máximo de exposição do menu ou as definições de arranque predefinidas) na " -"secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [servidor]." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> é " -"um script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " -"Garante que um initrd específico de um tipo de utilização (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" -"ltsp.img) seja gerado e movido para o diretório do tipo de utilização " -"respetivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da secção /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf [clients] ter sido modificada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> é " -"um substituto para a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> que vem com " -"o LTSP5. É usada para executar comandos num chroot LTSP específico (como por " -"exemplo instalar, atualizar e remover pacotes)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho sem disco</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho sem disco executam todo o software localmente. As " -"máquinas não têm um disco rígido local e arrancam diretamente do servidor " -"LTSP. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor LTSP, mas é executado " -"nas estações de trabalho sem disco. Os diretórios pessoais e as " -"configurações do sistema também são armazenados no servidor. As estações de " -"trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de reutilizar hardware antigo " -"(mas poderoso) com os mesmos baixos custos de manutenção típicos dos " -"clientes dependentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ao contrário das estações de trabalho sem disco, as estações de trabalho " -"funcionam sem necessidade de serem adicionadas através do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente dependente</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' (thin client) permite que um PC comum " -"funcione como se fosse apenas um terminal (do X), sendo todo o software " -"executado no servidor LTSP. Isto significa que esta máquina arranca via PXE " -"sem utilizar o seu disco como disco rígido cliente local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu ainda suporta o uso de clientes dependentes, para permitir o " -"uso de computadores muito antigos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que os clientes dependentes usam o X2Go, os utilizadores devem " -"desativar a composição para evitar o aparecimento de distorções de imagem. " -"No caso padrão (ambiente de trabalho Xfce): Definições -> Ajustes do " -"Gestor de Janelas -> Compositor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"O arranque do cliente LTSP falha se a interface de rede do cliente exigir um " -"firmware não livre. Pode ser usada uma instalação PXE para resolver " -"problemas de arranque pela rede de uma máquina; se o Instalador do Debian " -"indicar que está em falta um ficheiro XXX.bin, então tem que ser adicionado " -"o firmware não-livre ao initrd do servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Proceder da seguinte forma no servidor LTSP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Primeiro obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Instalar o pacote compatível com a(s) interface(s) de rede (muito " -"provavelmente será o firmware-linux); executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Atualizar a imagem do SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "No caso de serem usados clientes dependentes X2Go, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "e continuar de acordo com a informação de utilização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Seguidamente, atualizar a imagem SquashFS; p. ex. para o 'chroot' /srv/ltsp/" -"x2go-bare-amd64, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Seleção do tipo de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Cada servidor LTSP tem duas interfaces ethernet: uma configurada na sub-rede " -"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (que é partilhada com o servidor principal), e outra " -"formando uma sub-rede local (uma sub-rede separada para cada servidor LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Em ambos os casos, pode ser escolhido <emphasis>estação de trabalho sem " -"disco</emphasis> ou <emphasis>cliente dependente</emphasis> a partir do menu " -"iPXE. Após 5 segundos de espera, a máquina arrancará como estação de " -"trabalho sem disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"O item predefinido do menu de arranque iPXE e o respetivo tempo limite de " -"espera podem ser configurados em <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" -"computeroutput>. O valor de espera <emphasis>-1</emphasis> é usado para " -"ocultar o menu. Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" -"computeroutput> para aplicar as alterações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Usar uma rede de clientes LTSP diferente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"Se uma máquina for instalada usando o perfil LTSP, a rede cliente LTSP " -"192.168.0.0/24 é a predefinida. Se forem utilizados muitos clientes LTSP ou " -"se servidores LTSP diferentes tiverem de servir tanto ambientes chroot i386 " -"como amd64, a segunda rede pré-configurada, a 192.168.1.0/24, também pode " -"ser utilizada. Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" -"computeroutput> e ajustar as configurações da eth1 conforme necessário. Use " -"o <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ou qualquer outro editor LDAP para " -"verificar as configurações DNS e DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Adicionar chroot LTSP para suportar clientes de PC de 32 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Para criar o chroot e a imagem SquashFS, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -"informação sobre os tipos de cliente dependente (thin client)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ter uma visão " -"das opções de configuração disponíveis. Ou ler a informação online: <ulink " -"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar itens de configuração à secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. Para " -"aplicar as alterações, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Som em clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes LTSP usam áudio em rede para passar o áudio do " -"servidor para os clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "As estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP gerem o áudio localmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Acesso a unidades USB e a CD-ROMs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM numa " -"estação de trabalho (sem disco), aparece um ícone na área de trabalho, que " -"permite o acesso ao conteúdo da unidade como numa estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB num cliente dependente X2Go " -"do tipo \"bare\" (instalação de servidor combinado predefinida), a unidade é " -"montada quando é feito duplo-clique no ícone de pasta na área de trabalho " -"Xfce. Dependendo do conteúdo da unidade, o conteúdo pode demorar a aparecer " -"no gestor de ficheiros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Um aviso sobre meios amovíveis em servidores LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Quando inseridos em servidores LTSP, as unidades USB e outros meios " -"amovíveis levam ao aparecimento do respetivo ícone de pasta nas áreas da " -"trabalho dos clientes dependentes LTSP. Utilizadores remotos podem aceder " -"aos ficheiros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilizar impressoras ligadas a clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Ligar a impressora à máquina cliente LTSP (são suportados tanto o porto USB " -"como porto paralelo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Configurar o cliente LTSP através do GOsa² para utilizar um endereço IP fixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " -"impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e " -"configurar <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" -"computeroutput> como URI de ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modificar a configuração do PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE é o acrónimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Execução Pré-" -"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurar o menu PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"O item de menu do iPXE relativo às instalações do sistema é gerado usando o " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Este script " -"permite que algumas configurações sejam substituídas usando o ficheiro " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com valores " -"de substituição." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurar a instalação PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE assumirá o idioma, o esquema do teclado e as configurações " -"do espelho (mirror) a partir das configurações usadas na instalação do " -"servidor principal; os outros elementos de configuração serão solicitados " -"durante a instalação (perfil, participação em popcon, particionamento e " -"senha de root). Para evitar estas solicitações, o ficheiro <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> pode ser " -"modificado para fornecer respostas pré-selecionadas aos itens do debconf. " -"Alguns exemplos de itens do debconf podem ser consultados em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. As alterações serão perdidas assim que for usado o " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para recriar o " -"ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar itens do debconf a <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> durante a " -"recriação através do <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, " -"adicionar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install." -"dat.local</computeroutput> com os itens debconf a adicionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre a modificação " -"de instalações PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Adicionar repositórios a instalações PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um repositório, adicionar a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> algo como:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"e de seguida executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> uma vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Alterar as definições de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"O pacote debian-edu-config inclui uma ferramenta que ajuda a mudar a rede de " -"10.0.0.0/8 para outra. Ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Destina-se a ser usado logo após a " -"instalação no servidor principal, para atualizar o LDAP e outros ficheiros " -"que têm de ser editados para alterar a subrede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Notar que mudar para uma das sub-redes já usadas por outros elementos no " -"Debian Edu não resulta. As sub-redes 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 já " -"estão configuradas como redes clientes LTSP. A mudança para estas sub-redes " -"requer a edição manual dos ficheiros de configuração para remover entradas " -"duplicadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Não há forma fácil de alterar o nome de domínio DNS. Alterá-lo exigiria " -"mudanças tanto na estrutura LDAP como em vários ficheiros no sistema de " -"ficheiros do servidor principal. Também não há forma fácil de alterar o nome " -"do hospedeiro e o nome DNS do servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para isso, " -"também seriam necessárias alterações no LDAP e nos ficheiros do servidor " -"principal e do sistema de ficheiros do cliente. A configuração do Kerberos " -"também teria de ser alterada, em ambos os casos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Área de trabalho remota" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Escolher o perfil Servidor LTSP ou o perfil Servidor combinado faz instalar " -"também os pacotes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e <emphasis>x2goserver</" -"emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"O Xrdp utiliza o Remote Desktop Protocol para apresentar um ecrã de acesso " -"gráfico a um cliente remoto. Os utilizadores do Microsoft Windows podem " -"ligar-se ao servidor LTSP executando o xrdp sem instalar software adicional " -"- iniciam simplesmente uma ligação remota de área de trabalho na sua máquina " -"Windows e estabelecem a ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente, o xrdp pode ligar-se a um servidor VNC ou a outro servidor " -"RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"O Xrdp vem sem suporte de som; para compilar os módulos necessários pode ser " -"usado este script." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"O X2Go permite aceder a um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " -"tanto através de ligações de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " -"banda, a partir de um PC com Linux, Windows ou MacOS. É necessário software " -"adicional no lado do cliente. Para mais informação consultar o wiki <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Clientes de área de trabalho remota disponíveis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> é instalado de origem e é " -"capaz de RDP e VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - a maneira mais fácil de aceder ao servidor de terminal Windows. Um " -"pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dá acesso ao Skolelinux " -"remotamente. Um pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> é um cliente gráfico para o " -"sistema X2Go (não instalado de origem). Pode ser utilizado para ligação a " -"sessões em execução e para iniciar novas sessões." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Clientes sem fio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"O servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> pode ser usado para estabelecer " -"ligações de rede seguras. Para isto funcionar, instalar os pacotes " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> no servidor " -"principal e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/setup-" -"freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " -"específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, são ativados ambos os métodos " -"EAP-TTLS/PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " -"script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\"> o sítio do " -"FreeRADIUS</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "É necessária configuração adicional para" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"ativar/desativar pontos de acesso através de uma <emphasis>chave secreta " -"partilhada</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/customers.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"permitir/negar o acesso sem fios utilizando grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"utilizadores)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"combinar pontos de acesso em grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Os dispositivos de utilizador final têm de ser configurados corretamente; " -"estes dispositivos têm de ser protegidos por PIN para uso con o EAP " -"(802.1x). E mais importante: os utilizadores precisam de ser alertados para " -"instalarem o certificado freeradius CA nos seus dispositivos, para terem a " -"certeza de que se ligam ao servidor correto. Desta forma, a senha não pode " -"ser capturada no caso de contacto com um servidor malicioso. O certificado " -"específico do sítio está disponível na rede interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (dispositivos Linux de " -"utilizador final)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Notar que a configuração de dispositivos de utilizador final é um verdadeiro " -"desafio, devido à variedade de dispositivos existentes. Para dispositivos " -"Windows pode ser criado um script de instalação e para dispositivos Apple um " -"ficheiro mobileconfig. O certificado freeRADIUS CA pode ser integrado em " -"ambos os casos, mas são necessárias ferramentas específicas do SO para criar " -"os scripts." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autorizar o uso do acrescento pGina para LDAP em máquinas Windows com " -"credenciais Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Adicionar utilizador pGina no Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Para haver a possibilidade de usar o acrescento (plugin) pGina (acrescento " -"ao LDAP) - ou qualquer outra aplicação de terceiros de autenticação e " -"autorização de serviços - é necessário ter uma conta de utilizador especial " -"usada nas buscas dentro do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um utilizador especial, p. ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink url=\"https" -"://www/gosa\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Descarregar e instalar o pGina 3.9.9.12 como software comum. Confirmar que a " -"pasta 'Plugins' do pGina contém o acrescento 'pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll':" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurar o pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Nas configurações do Debian Edu considerar que a ligação ao LDAP usa SSL " -"pelo porto 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "As definições necessárias ao acrescento pGina para LDAP estão abaixo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estão guardadas em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\\\SOFTWARE\\\\pGina3.fork\\\\Plugins" -"\\\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Secção principal do acrescento para LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"Hospedeiro(s) LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (mais " -"qualquer outro, com \"espaço\" como separador)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "Porto LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (para ligação SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Tempo limite: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Iniciar TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validar o Certificado do Servidor: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (" -"não marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" é um utilizador específico de acesso ao LDAP para busca de " -"utilizadores numa sessão)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Senha de busca: pwd.777 (esta é a senha do \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Bloco de autenticação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Separador Bind:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Permitir senha vazia: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Filtro de busca: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Bloco de autorização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Predefinição: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Negar quando a autenticação LDAP falhar: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</" -"emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir quando o servir estiver indisponível: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/" -"NO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa, opcional)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Seleção do acrescento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Autenticação [v], Autorização [v], Conversor[v], Alterar senha [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Máquina local: Autenticação [v], Conversor [v] (marcar apenas as duas caixas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordem dos acrescentos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Autenticação: LDAP, Máquina local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Conversor: LDAP, Máquina local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Fontes:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "O Samba no Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"O Samba está agora configurado como servidor independente <emphasis></" -"emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e partilhas de utilizadores " -"ativadas; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" -"computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os utilizadores não " -"administradores podem efectuar partilhas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que o Samba deixou de usar o protocolo inseguro SMB1, deixou de " -"haver a opção de configurar o Samba como PDC no estilo NT4." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/smb.conf.edu-site para o diretório /etc/samba. As configurações em " -"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> substituirão as contidas em " -"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, os diretórios de utilizador (as pastas pessoais) são " -"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/smb.conf." -"edu-site </emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"As senhas do Samba são guardadas usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" -"computeroutput> e são atualizadas no caso de uma senha ser alterada através " -"do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, executar " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>; para " -"reativar, executar<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> no servidor principal desativa as partilhas de utilizador " -"para 'alunos'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Aceder a ficheiros via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"As ligações aos diretórios dos utilizadores e a partilhas adicionais " -"específicas de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para dispositivos " -"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " -"dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gestor de ficheiros " -"com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink url=" -"\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\"> X-plore</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> podem " -"ser boas opções." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>tjener<utilizador></computeroutput> ou " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<utilizador></computeroutput> para aceder " -"ao diretório pessoal de um utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Instruções para ensino e aprendizagem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Todos os pacotes Debian mencionados nesta secção podem ser instalados " -"executando <computeroutput>apt install <nome-do-pacote></" -"computeroutput> (como root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Ensino de Programação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que 'depende' de um " -"grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este meta-pacote " -"ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para mais informação " -"(talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar a página <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu " -"Development</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Acompanhamento dos alunos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " -"legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos utilizadores " -"de computadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controlo, como o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink url=" -"\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Restringir o acesso dos alunos à rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir o acesso à " -"Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Instruções para os utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Alterar senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Cada utilizador deve alterar a sua senha através do GOsa². Para isso, basta " -"usar um navegador e ir a <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Usar o GOsa² para alterar a senha garante que as senhas para o Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), para o LDAP (userPassword) e para o Samba " -"(sambaNTPassword) sejam a mesma." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Também é possível alterar senhas usando o PAM na chamada de acesso do GDM " -"(ecrã em modo de texto); mas isso não se aplica ao Samba nem ao GOsa² " -"(LDAP), no caso aplica-se apenas ao Kerberos. Portanto, depois de uma " -"alteração de senha na chamada de acesso em modo de texto, é recomendado " -"fazer a alteração também através do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Executar aplicações java autónomas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"As aplicações Java autónomas funcionam de imediato com o ambiente runtime " -"OpenJDK Java." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Usar o correio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Todos os utilizadores podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; " -"são fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para " -"permitir o correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o " -"servidor de correio<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " -"situação local, começando pelo <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" -"config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Todos os utilizadores que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de o configurar da " -"forma que se segue. Para um utilizador com nome de utilizador jdoe o " -"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Iniciar o Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Ignorar e usar o meu endereço existente'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Introduzir o endereço a ser usado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Não introduzir a senha, pois será utilizado o acesso único do Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Continuar'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Para IMAP e SMTP, as configurações devem ser 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos / " -"GSSAPI'; se não forem detetadas automaticamente, introduzir manualmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Concluído'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuir" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuir localmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Presentemente há equipas locais na Noruega, Alemanha, região da Extremadura " -"em Espanha, Taiwan e França. Há contribuidores e utilizadores \"isolados\" " -"na Grécia, nos Países Baixos, no Japão e noutros países." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"O <link linkend=\"Support\">capítulo de apoio </link> tem explicações e " -"ligações para recursos localizados, já que <emphasis>contribuição</emphasis> " -"e <emphasis>apoio</emphasis> são as duas faces da mesma moeda." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuir globalmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"A nível internacional, o projeto Debian Edu / Skolelinux está organizado em " -"várias <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">equipas</" -"ulink> que trabalham em diferentes temas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"> " -"lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o principal meio de " -"comunicação entre os membros, embora haja reuniões mensais do IRC em #debian-" -"edu no irc.debian.org e até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros " -"presenciais, onde os membros se encontram pessoalmente. <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\"> Novos contribuidores</ulink> " -"devem ler <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Uma boa forma de acompanhar o desenvolvimento do Debian Edu é subscrever a " -"lista de correio <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Comunicar deficiências" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " -"comunicações de deficiências existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou " -"criar novas comunicações. Comunicar todas as deficiências com referência ao " -"pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" -"edu-config</ulink>. Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre " -"comunicação de deficiências no Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Redatores e tradutores de documentação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Este documento precisa da sua ajuda! Antes de mais, ainda não está " -"terminado: se o ler, irá notar vários FIXMEs inseridos no texto. Se por " -"acaso souber (um pouco) do que precisa de ser explicado em qualquer deles, " -"por favor, considere partilhar os seus conhecimentos connosco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"O texto original é um wiki e pode ser editado com um simples navegador da " -"web. Basta ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> e é possível contribuir facilmente. Nota: é necessária uma " -"conta de utilizador para editar as páginas; tem de ser criado primeiro " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">um utilizador do " -"wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os utilizadores é através da tradução " -"de software e documentação. Informação sobre como traduzir este documento " -"pode ser encontrada no capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"Translations" -"\">traduções</link>. Por favor, considere ajudar no esforço de tradução " -"deste livro!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Apoio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Apoio baseado em voluntários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "Em inglês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "Em norueguês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "Em alemão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "Em francês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Apoio profissional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu, denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Alterações na instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian Bullseye; para mais informação, " -"consultar o manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld</ulink>, o tema predefinido do " -"Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"O Instalador Debian deixou de aceitar a configuração chroot LTSP. No caso de " -"uma instalação de servidor combinado (perfis 'Servidor principal' + " -"'Servidor LTSP'), a configuração para suporte de clientes dependentes (agora " -"usando o X2Go) acontece no final da instalação. A geração da imagem SquashFS " -"para suporte de clientes sem disco (a partir do sistema de ficheiros do " -"servidor) é feita no primeiro arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"Para servidores LTSP separados, ambos os passos têm que ser feitos através " -"de uma ferramenta, após o primeiro arranque na rede interna quando estiver " -"disponível informação suficiente a partir do servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Atualizações de software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 11 Bullseye, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Bullseye tem mais de 59000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " -"lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Atualizações de documentação e tradução" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Na instalação, a página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, " -"dos quais 22 estão totalmente traduzidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e " -"Chinês Simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para dinamarquês e espanhol." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Outras alterações por comparação com a versão anterior" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Melhor suporte a TLS/SSL na rede interna. Nos clientes, o certificado de " -"raiz para o Debian Edu-CA está incluído no pacote de certificados para todo " -"o sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Novo LTSP, reescrito do zero, deixando de suportar clientes dependentes. Os " -"clientes dependentes são agora suportados utilizando o X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"O Arranque pela rede (Netboot) é feito utilizando o iPXE em vez do PXELINUX, " -"para estar em conformidade com o LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"O diretório <emphasis> / srv / tftp </emphasis> é agora usado como base do " -"netboot, em vez do diretório <emphasis> / var / lib / tftpboot </emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"O DuckDuckGo é usado como motor de busca predefinido nos navegadores Firefox " -"ESR e Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"O Chromium usa o sítio web interno como página inicial padrão, em vez do " -"Google." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Nas estações de trabalho sem disco, o Kerberos TGT está automaticamente " -"disponível após o acesso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Adicionada nova ferramenta para configurar o freeRADIUS com suporte para EAP-" -"TTLS / PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"O Samba é configurado como \"servidor autónomo\" com suporte para SMB2/SMB3; " -"deixou de haver a junção ao domínio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"A interface web GOsa² não mostra entradas relacionadas com o Samba porque os " -"dados da conta Samba deixaram de ser guardados em LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"É usado o modo gráfico do Instalador Debian para instalações PXE (em vez do " -"modo de texto)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"O servidor de impressão central CUPS é ipp.intern; os utilizadores " -"pertencentes ao grupo printer-admins têm permissão para administrar o CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"A administração do Icinga através da interface web está restrita ao primeiro " -"utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Problemas conhecidos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"consultar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\"> " -"a página de estado do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Direitos de Autor e Autores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Este documento foi escrito e protegido por direitos de autor por Holger " -"Levsen (2007-2021), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, " -"2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007) , Knut " -"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " -"(2015) e Serhii Horichenko (2022) e é publicado sob licença GPL2 ou qualquer " -"versão posterior. Usufrua!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Se adicionar conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">, por favor, faça-" -"o apenas se for o autor do conteúdo adicionado. Tem de o publicar nas mesmas " -"condições do manual</emphasis>! Em seguida, adicione aqui o seu nome e " -"mencione a publicação sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traduções deste documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye está totalmente traduzido para Holandês, " -"Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e Chinês " -"Simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"No Weblate, estão em andamento traduções para polaco, romeno, sueco e chinês " -"tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -"\">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Como traduzir este documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Traduzir utilizando os ficheiros PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " -"mantidas em ficheiros PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " -"processo de tradução usando esses ficheiros em <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Traduzir on-line utilizando um navegador da Web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Algumas equipas de tradução decidiram traduzir via Weblate. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Solicita-se que quaisquer problemas sejam comunicados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Apêndice A - A Licença Pública Geral GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e outros; consultar o capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Direitos de autor</link> para ver a lista " -"completa dos detentores de direitos de autor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Apêndice B - (ainda não há CD/DVDs Debian Edu Live para o Bullseye)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Os CD/DVDs Debian Edu Live para Bullseye não estão disponíveis de momento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Especificidades das imagens autónomas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Ambiente de trabalho XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes do perfil autónomo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes da equipa de desenvolvimento para portátil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Especificidades da imagem de Estação de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes do perfil de Estação de Trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Ativação de traduções e definições regionais" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Para ativar uma tradução específica, arrancar utilizando a opção de arranque " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, substituindo ll_CC." -"UTF-8 pelo nome da localização (locale) desejada. Para ativar um determinado " -"esquema de teclado, usar a opção de arranque <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> onde KB é o código do esquema de teclado pretendido. Eis uma " -"lista de códigos locais comumente usados:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Idioma (Região) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Código</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Esquema do teclado</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norueguês (Bokmål)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norueguês (Nynorsk)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Alemão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Francês (França)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Grego (Grécia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japonês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Sami do Norte (Noruega)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Está disponível uma lista completa de códigos de localização em " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, mas apenas os " -"códigos UTF-8 são suportados pelas imagens executáveis. No entanto, nem " -"todas as localizações têm traduções instaladas. Os nomes dos esquemas de " -"teclado podem ser encontrados em /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "A saber" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "A senha do utilizador é \"user\"; o root não tem senha definida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Problemas conhecidos no uso da imagem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Apêndice C - Aspetos salientes de versões mais antigas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu 10+edu0, denominado Buster, lançado em " -"2019-07-06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Pela primeira vez estão disponíveis as imagens de instalação do Debian Edu " -"em <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>; portanto estas são imagens " -"oficiais do Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do debian-installer usado no Debian Buster; para mais informação " -"consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype</ulink>, o tema " -"predefinido do Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "O Xfce é o novo ambiente de trabalho predefinido (substituindo o KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nova gestão de configuração CFEngine (substituição do pacote não mantido " -"cfengine2 pelo cfengine3); trata-se de uma alteração importante, pelo que " -"deve ser lida <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">a documentação " -"oficial do CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "A arquitetura do chroot LTSP predefinida é agora a do servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 10 Buster, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR e Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Buster inclui mais de 57000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 10 Buster nas <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Atualizações de tradução para os modelos utilizados no instalador. Estes " -"modelos estão agora disponíveis em 76 idiomas, dos quais 31 estão totalmente " -"traduzidos. A página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, dos " -"quais 19 estão totalmente traduzidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Buster está totalmente traduzido para francês, " -"alemão, italiano, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês Bokmål, português e " -"japonês." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para polaco, espanhol, chinês " -"simplificado e chinês tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "A imagem BD ISO pode ser novamente usada para instalações offline." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis novos meta-pacotes <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis> (educação, pré-escola), <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis> (educação, ensino básico, primeiro ciclo), <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> (educação, ensino básico, segundo e terceiro " -"ciclos) e <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> (educação, ensino " -"secundário). Nenhum deles é instalado de origem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Alguns pacotes dos níveis da pré-escola e da escola primária (como " -"<emphasis> gcompris-qt </emphasis>, <emphasis> childsplay </emphasis>, " -"<emphasis> tuxpaint </emphasis> e <emphasis> tuxmath </emphasis>) não são " -"mais instalados de origem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Instalação modular específica do local. Agora é possível instalar apenas os " -"pacotes educativos pretendidos. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo de " -"instalação <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Suporte multilingue específico do local. Para mais informação ver o capítulo " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Ambiente de trabalho</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 como nova opção para o ambiente de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Novo acrescento (plugin) para o GOsa² <emphasis>Gestão de senhas </emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "As opções não utilizáveis foram removidas da interface web GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Disponível novo grupo de rede para excluir sistemas pertencentes ao grupo de " -"rede <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> (desativar à noite) " -"daqueles a serem ativados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta Standardkriver (impressora predefinida). Para mais " -"informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Standardskriver\">Administração</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta Desktop-autoloader. Permite melhorias de desempenho para " -"clientes sem disco LTSP. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">Clientes de rede</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Suporte TLS/SSL melhorado dentro da rede interna. É utilizado um certificado " -"RootCA para assinar certificados de servidor; os diretórios home do " -"utilizador são configurados para aceitarem o certificado no momento da " -"criação de conta; além do Firefox ESR, também o Chromium e o Konqueror podem " -"agora utilizar HTTPS sem terem que permitir ligações inseguras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis> 'Kerberizado'. Deixou de ser necessária uma senha " -"para ligações dentro da rede interna; o root tem que executar " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> primeiro, para ativar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS 'Kerberizado'. Agora é possível usar um acesso mais seguro ao diretório " -"home. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS" -"\">Administração</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Adicionado o ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com exemplos para facilitar as alterações " -"específicas de cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Adicionado o ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-" -"client.conf</computeroutput> com exemplos para facilitar as alterações " -"específicas de cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Permite gerar de novo a base de dados LDAP " -"para o estado em que ficou logo após a instalação do servidor principal. A " -"ferramenta também pode ser útil para facilitar as mudanças específicas de " -"cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Com o <emphasis>Servidor X2Go</emphasis> agora disponível no Debian, os " -"respetivos pacotes são agora instalados em todos os sistemas com o perfil " -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Descartada a funcionalidade de execução de applets Java no navegador Firefox " -"ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"O suporte para flash não livre foi abandonado do navegador Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Como acontecia antes do Debian 9 Stretch, o Debian 10 não instala de origem " -"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>. Para mais " -"informação sobre atualizações de segurança, ver o capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Manutenção</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu 9+edu0, denominado Stretch, lançado " -"em 17-06-2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do debian-installer, retirada do Debian Stretch. Para mais " -"informação, consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"O perfil \"Thin-Client-Server\" foi renomeado para perfil \"LTSP-Server\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\"> \"soft Waves\"</ulink>, o tema predefinido " -"para o Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que era novo no Debian 9 Stretch, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"O KDE Plasma Workspace é instalado por predefinição; para instalar um dos " -"outros consultar a secção respectiva do manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR e Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "O Iceweasel foi renomeado como Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"O Icedove foi renomeado como Thunderbird e agora é instalado de origem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Stretch inclui mais de 50000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 9 Stretch nas <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Atualizações de tradução para os modelos utilizados no instalador. Estes " -"modelos estão agora disponíveis em 29 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Stretch está totalmente traduzido para alemão, " -"francês, italiano, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês Bokmål e japonês. A " -"tradução em japonês foi recentemente adicionada ao Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para espanhol, polaco e chinês " -"simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "O Icinga substitui o Nagios como ferramenta de monitorização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" -"O kde-spectacle substitui o ksnapshot como ferramenta de captura de ecrã." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "O reprodutor de flash livre gnash está de volta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"O Plymouth é instalado e ativado de origem, excepto para os perfis 'Servidor " -"Principal' e 'Mínimo'; pressionar ESC permite visualizar as mensagens de " -"arranque e encerramento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Após a atualização a partir do Jessie, a base de dados LDAP tem de ser " -"ajustada. O valor sudoHost 'tjener' tem de ser substituído por 'tjener." -"intern' usando o GOsa² ou um editor LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"O suporte a PCs de 32-bit (conhecido como a arquitetura Debian i386) deixou " -"de abranger processadores i586 simples. A nova base de suporte é a " -"arquitetura de processadores i686, embora alguns processadores i586 (por " -"exemplo, o \"AMD Geode\") continuem a ser suportados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"O Debian 9 permite atualizações não vigiadas (para atualizações de " -"segurança) por predefinição para novas instalações. Isto pode causar um " -"atraso de cerca de 15 minutos, se um sistema com um baixo valor para tempo " -"em funcionamento (uptime) for desligado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"O LTSP agora usa NBD em vez de NFS para o sistema de ficheiros raiz. Após " -"cada alteração a um chroot LTSP, a imagem NBD relacionada deve ser " -"regenerada (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) para que as " -"alterações tenham efeito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Já não são permitidos acessos simultâneos do mesmo utilizador no servidor " -"LTSP e no cliente dependente de LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Informação histórica sobre versões mais antigas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Anteriormente foram lançadas as seguintes versões do Debian Edu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, denominado Jessie, lançado em 02-07-2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, denominado Wheezy, lançado em 28-09-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 03-03-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 11-03-2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 05-10-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 08-02-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", lançado em 05-12-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" lançado em 22-07-2007. Baseado no Debian 4.0 Etch " -"lançado em 08-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, lançado em 14-03-2006. Baseado no Debian 3.1 Sarge, lançado " -"em 06-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" lançado em 20-06-2004. Baseado no Debian 3.0 Woody " -"lançado em 19-07-2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " -"e detalhada das versões mais antigas; ou ver os manuais das respetivas " -"versões na página <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">manuais das diferentes versões</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM num " -#~ "cliente dependente X2Go, o dispositivo é automaticamente montado e é " -#~ "possível aceder-lhe navegando na pasta respetiva no ambiente de trabalho " -#~ "Xfce." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se os utilizadores remotos aceitarem a acção da janela emergente ou " -#~ "utilizarem o pmount na consola/terminal, podem até montar os dispositivos " -#~ "amovíveis e aceder aos ficheiros." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho diferente do ambiente predefinido, " -#~ "premir TAB e editar as opções de arranque do núcleo (kernel) (como " -#~ "explicado acima)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No Bullseye, o LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores, no que " -#~ "respeita tanto à configuração como à manutenção. Uma das principais " -#~ "diferenças, é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco é " -#~ "agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor LTSP. Além " -#~ "disso, os clientes dependentes já não são suportados." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)cria suporte a clientes dependentes " -#~ "de 64 bits." - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "Neste caso, executar os seguintes comandos no servidor LTSP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Primeiro, obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware disponíveis.\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Perceber qual é o pacote adequado à(s) interface(s) de rede.\n" -#~ "# Muito provavelmente será firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Atualizar a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Executar " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -#~ "informação sobre tipos de clientes dependentes." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>, especialmente " -#~ "qualquer <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis> separado ou " -#~ "adicional" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "aceder como root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "Firefox-ESR 78.9 and Chromium 89.0" -#~ msgstr "Firefox-ESR 78.9 e Chromium 89.0" - -#~ msgid "base-passwd: Choose Yes." -#~ msgstr "senha-base: Escolher 'sim'." - -#~ msgid "To avoid a possible squid file permission pitfall, run" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para evitar um possível problema nas permissões do ficheiro squid, " -#~ "executar" - -#~ msgid "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" -#~ msgstr "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore an error message about the <emphasis>icingadb</emphasis> existence." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ignorar uma mensagem de erro sobre a existência da <emphasis>icingadb</" -#~ "emphasis>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -#~ msgstr "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "Servidor Network Block Device" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "Solicitar um CD / DVD por correio" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para quem não tenha uma ligação rápida à Internet, disponibiliza-se um CD " -#~ "ou DVD pelo custo do CD ou DVD mais os portes de envio. Basta enviar um " -#~ "pedido para <ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</" -#~ "ulink> e acerta-se a forma de pagamento (dos portes e do produto)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Não esquecer de incluir no pedido o endereço para o qual o CD ou DVD deve " -#~ "ser enviado." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, " -#~ "Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese and Japanese are available. " -#~ "Incomplete translations exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. " -#~ "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" -#~ "edu-doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estão disponíveis traduções deste documento para alemão, italiano, " -#~ "francês, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês bokmål, português e japonês. " -#~ "Existem traduções incompletas para espanhol, polaco e chinês " -#~ "simplificado. Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -#~ "debian-edu-doc/\"> visão geral online das traduções incluídas </ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian " -#~ "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O Debian Edu, também conhecido como Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Linux " -#~ "baseada no Debian que fornece um modelo de rede informática escolar, já " -#~ "completamente configurada e pronta para uso, implementando uma abordagem " -#~ "servidor-cliente. Servidores e clientes são programas que interagem entre " -#~ "si. Os servidores fornecem informação requerida pelos clientes para " -#~ "poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa máquina e o seu " -#~ "cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são referidas como o " -#~ "servidor e o cliente, por extensão do conceito." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>clonar git https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " -#~ "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the " -#~ "Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your " -#~ "option) any later version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este programa é um software livre; Pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo " -#~ "sob os termos da GNU - Licença Pública Geral, publicada pela Free " -#~ "Software Foundation; a versão 2 da licença ou (a seu critério) qualquer " -#~ "versão mais recente." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but " -#~ "WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of " -#~ "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General " -#~ "Public License for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este programa é distribuído na esperança de que seja útil, mas 'SEM " -#~ "QUALQUER GARANTIA'; sem sequer a garantia implícita de 'COMERCIALIZAÇÃO' " -#~ "ou 'ADEQUAÇÃO DE UM OBJETIVO ESPECÍFICO'. Consulte a GNU - Licença " -#~ "Pública Geral para mais detalhes." - -#~ msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE" -#~ msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE" - -#~ msgid "Version 2, June 1991" -#~ msgstr "Versão 2, junho de 1991" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin " -#~ "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to " -#~ "copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but " -#~ "changing it is not allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Direitos de Autor (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 " -#~ "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, EUA. Todos têm a " -#~ "permissão para copiar e distribuir cópias textuais deste documento da " -#~ "licença, mas a sua alteração não é permitida." - -#~ msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION" -#~ msgstr "TERMOS E CONDIÇÕES PARA CÓPIA, DISTRIBUIÇÃO E MODIFICAÇÃO" - -#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">FIM DOS TERMOS E CONDIÇÕES</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "./images/i.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/i.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\"/>" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"/>" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\"/>" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" - -#~ msgid "Translation copyright and authors" -#~ msgstr "Autores e Direitos de Autor de Tradução" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:23-Tjener-Login.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data de publicação; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> -2021, 2024 José Vieira -2021 Silvério Santos -2023-2024 Fred Maranhão - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.pt.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9643 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-15 15:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: José Vieira <jvieira33@sapo.pt>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/pt/>\n" -"Language: pt\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu / Skolelinux 11 Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Data de publicação:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 11, denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logótipo do instalador do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Este manual é para a versão Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"A versão em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> é uma wiki e é actualizada frequentemente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"As <link linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link> fazem parte do pacote " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> que pode ser instalado num " -"servidor web e está disponível <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">on-line</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Sobre o Debian Edu ou Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu, também designado Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Debian que " -"implementa uma abordagem cliente-servidor, disponibilizando um ambiente de " -"rede informática escolar completamente configurado. Servidores e clientes " -"são <emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> – programas, no caso – que " -"interagem entre si: os servidores fornecem informações requeridas pelos " -"clientes para estes poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa " -"máquina e o seu cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são " -"chamadas de servidor e cliente, por extensão do conceito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " -"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">arquitectura</link> contêm informação básica sobre o modelo usado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Se a rede física estiver montada, após a instalação de um servidor principal " -"(programa) num computador (o servidor físico), ficam definidos todos os " -"serviços do sistema operativo necessários a uma rede escolar e o sistema " -"fica pronto para ser utilizado. É apenas necessário registar no sistema os " -"utilizadores e as máquinas da rede, através do GOsa² (uma interface Web de " -"fácil utilização) ou qualquer outro editor LDAP (Light Directory Access " -"Protocol). Também é preparado um ambiente de arranque pela rede usando PXE " -"(Preboot eXecution Environment)/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> (an implementation of PXE), pelo que, após a instalação inicial do " -"software servidor principal (no servidor principal físico) a partir de CD, " -"disco Blu-ray ou pen USB, o sistema pode ser instalado através da rede em " -"todas as outras máquinas, incluindo as \"estações de trabalho itinerantes" -"\" (aquelas que podem ser retiradas da rede da escola, geralmente " -"computadores portáteis). Além disso, todas as máquinas podem arrancar via " -"PXE/iPXE da mesma forma que as estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes " -"dependentes (thin clients)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida da área de trabalho inclui várias aplicações " -"educativas, como o GeoGebra, o Kalzium, o KGeography, o GNU Solfege e o " -"Scratch, conjunto que pode ser facilmente e quase infinitamente aumentado " -"via universo Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Alguma história e o porquê de dois nomes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</" -"ulink> é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " -"distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Isto significa que o Skolelinux é uma versão do Debian composta de forma a " -"constituir um modelo pronto a usar de uma rede escolar completamente " -"configurada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Pela " -"mesma época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu em França. Em 2003 os " -"projetos foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respectivos países " -"– significando, respectivamente, Escola e Educação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Hoje o sistema está em uso em vários países por todo o mundo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arquitectura" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Esta secção descreve a arquitectura de rede e os serviços de rede " -"disponibilizados nas instalações Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "A topologia da rede Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"A figura é um esboço da topologia de rede assumida como padrão. A " -"configuração predefinida de uma rede Skolelinux assume que existe um (e " -"apenas um) servidor principal, enquanto permite a inclusão tanto de estações " -"de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " -"estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " -"pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " -"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada (" -"redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " -"servidor LTSP não afecte os restantes serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado " -"em detalhe no capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> " -"respectivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"A razão para que só possa haver um servidor principal em cada rede escolar é " -"que o servidor principal permite a configuração dinâmica de hospedeiros, " -"através do protocolo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), e em cada " -"rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. No entanto, é possível transferir a " -"execução de serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas. " -"Para o fazer, é necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina " -"e, de seguida, actualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador (" -"\"alias\") DNS desse serviço para a dita máquina." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a ligação à Internet é " -"feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, também chamado conversor " -"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"" -">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como preparar um " -"conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um já " -"existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "A configuração de rede predefinida" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"O DHCP no servidor principal serve a rede 10.0.0.0/8, disponibilizando um " -"menu de arranque PXE com as opções de instalar um novo servidor ou uma nova " -"estação de trabalho, fazer arrancar um cliente dependente ou uma estação de " -"trabalho sem disco, executar o memtest (teste do(s) módulo(s)) de memória, " -"ou arrancar a partir do disco rígido local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informação, ver o capítulo de <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respectivo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"Nos servidores LTSP, o que o DHCP faz é apenas servir uma rede dedicada (sub-" -"rede) na segunda interface (as opções 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 estão " -"pré-configuradas), o que raramente necessita de ser alterado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "A configuração de todas as sub-redes é guardada no LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (também chamado \"tjener" -"\", termo norueguês que significa \"servidor\") que por predefinição tem o " -"endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado seleccionando o perfil Servidor " -"Principal. É possível (mas não necessário) seleccionar e instalar na mesma " -"máquina também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " -"Servidor Principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Serviços executados no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Com excepção do controlo dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços de rede " -"são inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). " -"Por razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) (" -"embora seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor " -"LTSP no mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS " -"específico e todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído " -"facilita a transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para " -"um computador diferente. Basta parar o serviço no servidor principal e " -"alterar a configuração DNS, apontando para a nova localização da execução do " -"serviço (que deve primeiro ser configurada no computador de destino, " -"evidentemente)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir a segurança, são encriptadas todas as ligações em que as " -"senhas são transmitidas pela rede, de modo que nenhuma senha é enviada pela " -"rede como texto em claro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Abaixo está uma tabela dos serviços que são configurados por predefinição " -"numa rede Skolelinux e o nome DNS de cada serviço. Se for possível, todos os " -"ficheiros de configuração irão referir-se ao serviço pelo nome (sem o nome " -"de domínio), facilitando assim às escolas a mudança de domínio (se tiverem " -"um domínio DNS próprio) ou dos endereços IP que utilizam." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela de serviços</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrição do serviço</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Designação comum</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Registo de eventos centralizado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Serviço de nome de domínio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configuração de rede automática das máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronização do Relógio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Directórios de utilizador via Network File System" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Central de correio electrónico" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Serviço de directório" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administração de utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Servidor de web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Central de cópias de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Cache de web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Impressão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Acesso remoto seguro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração automática" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Vigilância de máquinas e serviços com comunicação de erros, assim como " -"estado e histórico na web. Comunicação de erros por correio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Os ficheiros de cada utilizador são guardados nos respectivos directórios de " -"utilizador (pastas pessoais), que são disponibilizados pelo servidor. Os " -"directórios de utilizador são acedíveis a partir de todas as máquinas, dando " -"aos utilizadores acesso aos mesmos ficheiros (aos seus ficheiros), qualquer " -"que seja a máquina que utilizem. O servidor é neutro relativamente a " -"sistemas operativos, proporcionando acesso via NFS a clientes do tipo Unix e " -"via SMB2/SMB3 a outros clientes (Windows, MacOS, etc.)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o correio é configurado para entrega local apenas (ou " -"seja, na rede da escola), embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio " -"pela Internet, se a escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os " -"clientes são configurados para entregar correio ao servidor (usando " -"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\"" -">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Todos os serviços são acedíveis usando o mesmo nome de utilizador e " -"respectiva senha, graças à base de dados central de utilizadores para a " -"autenticação e autorização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Para aumentar o desempenho em sítios visitados com frequência é usado um " -"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda ficheiros na sua cache (" -"cache local). Além de bloquear o tráfego web no encaminhador, isto também " -"permite controlar o acesso das máquinas à Internet, individualmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"A configuração da ligação à rede nos clientes é feita automaticamente, " -"usando o DHCP. Todos os tipos de clientes podem ser ligados à sub-rede " -"privada 10.0.0.0/8, obtendo endereços IP correspondentes; os clientes LTSP " -"devem ser ligados ao servidor LTSP correspondente através da sub-rede " -"separada 192.168.0.0/24 (isto garante que o tráfego de rede dos clientes " -"LTSP não interfere com o resto dos serviços de rede)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"O registo de eventos centralizado é configurado de forma a que todas as " -"máquinas enviem as suas mensagens syslog para o servidor. O serviço syslog é " -"configurado de forma a apenas aceitar mensagens recebidas da rede local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o servidor DNS é configurado com um domínio para uso " -"interno apenas (*.intern); posteriormente pode ser configurado um domínio " -"DNS real (\"externo\"). É configurado como servidor DNS de cache, para que " -"todas as máquinas da rede o possam utilizar como servidor DNS principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Alunos e professores podem publicar sítios web. O servidor web disponibiliza " -"mecanismos para autenticar utilizadores e para limitar a certos utilizadores " -"e grupos o acesso a páginas e sub-directórios individuais. Os utilizadores " -"podem criar páginas web dinâmicas, já que o servidor de web é programável no " -"lado do servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"A informação sobre utilizadores e máquinas é alterada num local central e é " -"automaticamente tornada acessível a todos os computadores da rede. Para " -"conseguir isso, é configurado um servidor de directório centralizado. O " -"directório terá informação sobre os utilizadores, grupos de utilizadores, " -"máquinas e grupos de máquinas. Para evitar a confusão dos utilizadores, não " -"haverá qualquer diferença entre grupos de ficheiros e grupos de rede. Isto " -"implica que os grupos de computadores que irão formar grupos de rede " -"utilizarão o mesmo espaço de nomes que os grupos de utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"A administração dos serviços e dos utilizadores é feita principalmente " -"através da web e segue padrões estabelecidos, funcionando bem nos " -"navegadores web que fazem parte do Skolelinux. Através dos sistemas de " -"administração, é possível a delegação de certas tarefas em utilizadores " -"individuais ou grupos de utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar certos problemas com o NFS e para tornar a resolução dos " -"problemas mais simples, os computadores necessitam de relógios sincronizados " -"entre si. Para conseguir a sincronização, o servidor Skolelinux é " -"configurado como servidor local de Network Time Protocol (NTP) e todas as " -"estações de trabalho e clientes são configurados para se sincronizarem com o " -"servidor. O servidor, por seu lado, deve sincronizar o seu relógio com " -"computadores na Internet através do NTP, garantindo assim que toda a rede " -"tenha a hora correcta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"As impressoras são ligadas onde for conveniente, seja directamente na rede " -"principal, seja a um servidor, estação de trabalho ou servidor LTSP. O " -"acesso às impressoras pode ser gerido para utilizadores individuais de " -"acordo com os grupos a que pertencem; isto é conseguido através da " -"utilização de quotas e controlo de acesso a impressoras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Uma rede Skolelinux pode ter muitos servidores LTSP; são instalados " -"seleccionando o perfil Servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Os servidores LTSP são configurados para receberem o syslog de clientes " -"dependentes e de estações de trabalho e encaminharem essas mensagens para o " -"destinatário central do syslog." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Notar que:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"As Estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP usam os programas instalados no " -"servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de ficheiros raiz do cliente é disponibilizado através do NFS. " -"Após cada modificação no servidor LTSP a imagem respectiva tem de ser gerada " -"novamente; executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Clientes dependentes (thin clients)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' permite que PCs comuns funcionem como " -"terminais (do X). Isto significa que a máquina arranca directamente do " -"servidor LTSP, usando o PXE – não usando o disco rígido do computador " -"cliente, portanto. A configuração de clientes dependentes é feita pelo X2Go, " -"pois o LTSP deixou de ter essa funcionalidade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes são uma boa maneira de ainda ser feito uso de " -"computadores muito antigos (a maioria de 32 bits), pois eles executam " -"eficazmente todos os programas no servidor LTSP. Isto funciona da seguinte " -"forma: o serviço usa o DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) para se " -"ligar à rede e o TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) para arrancar a " -"partir da rede; em seguida, é montado o sistema de ficheiros a partir do " -"servidor LTSP utilizando o NFS; finalmente, é iniciado o cliente X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Estações de trabalho sem disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Uma estação de trabalho sem disco executa todo o software no próprio " -"computador, apesar de não ter um sistema operativo instalado. Isto significa " -"que as máquinas cliente arrancam via PXE, sem executarem software instalado " -"num disco rígido próprio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de ser utilizado " -"equipamento potente com o mesmo baixo custo de manutenção dos clientes " -"dependentes. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor, sem a " -"necessidade de software instalado localmente nos clientes. As pastas " -"pessoais (directórios de utilizador) e as configurações do sistema também " -"são guardadas no servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Clientes em rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"O termo \"clientes em rede\" é usado neste manual para se referir tanto a " -"clientes dependentes como a estações de trabalho sem disco, assim como a " -"computadores com sistemas operativos MacOS ou Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administração" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Todas as máquinas Linux cujos sistemas operativos sejam instalados com o " -"instalador do Skolelinux são administráveis a partir de um computador " -"central, muito provavelmente o servidor. Será possível aceder a todas via " -"SSH e assim ter acesso total às máquinas. É necessário executar primeiro " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>, como root, para obter um TGT (ticket-" -"granting ticket) do Kerberos (protocolo de autenticação)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Toda a informação dos utilizadores é mantida num directório LDAP. As " -"actualizações das contas de utilizador são feitas nesta base de dados, que é " -"utilizada pelos clientes para autenticação do utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"Presentemente existem dois tipos de imagens ISO de instalação: netinst e BD " -"(Blue-ray Disc). Ambas as imagens podem também arrancar directamente a " -"partir de unidades USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"O objetivo é ser possível instalar o sistema num computador como servidor, " -"usando qualquer tipo de suporte, e, a partir do servidor, com arranque pela " -"rede, instalar o sistema em todos os outros computadores (clientes) através " -"da rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Apenas a imagem netinstall necessita de acesso à Internet durante a " -"instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"A instalação não deve requerer intervenção do utilizador, com excepção da " -"escolha do idioma desejado, da localização, do teclado e do perfil do " -"computador (Servidor principal, Estação de trabalho, Servidor LTSP, ...). " -"Todas as outras configurações são estabelecidas automaticamente com valores " -"razoáveis, para serem alteradas a partir de uma localização central pelo " -"administrador do sistema, após a instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"A cada conta de utilizador do Skolelinux é atribuída uma secção do sistema " -"de ficheiros no servidor de ficheiros. Esta secção (directório do " -"utilizador / pasta pessoal) contém os ficheiros de configuração, os " -"documentos, o correio e as páginas web do utilizador. Alguns dos ficheiros " -"devem ser configurados para darem acesso de leitura a outros utilizadores no " -"sistema, alguns a todos na Internet e alguns não devem dar acesso de leitura " -"a ninguém, exceto ao próprio utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que todos os discos usados para directórios de utilizador ou " -"directórios partilhados possam ser identificados de forma única em todos os " -"computadores da instalação, os discos podem ser montados como " -"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. É criado " -"inicialmente um directório no servidor de ficheiros, <computeroutput>/skole/" -"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, no qual são criadas todas as contas de " -"utilizador. Posteriormente, quando necessário, podem ser criados mais " -"directórios para acomodar determinados grupos de utilizadores ou " -"determinados padrões de uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir o acesso partilhado a ficheiros que usem o sistema normal de " -"permissões UNIX, é necessário que os utilizadores, além de estarem no grupo " -"pessoal primário a que pertencem por predefinição, estejam também em grupos " -"partilhados suplementares (p. ex. \"alunos\"). Se os utilizadores tiverem " -"uma máscara apropriada (umask 002 ou 007) para tornar os itens recém-criados " -"acessíveis a grupos e se os directórios em que eles estiverem a trabalhar " -"estiverem configurados (com o setgid) para fazer com que os ficheiros " -"assumam correctamente a detenção pelo grupo, o resultado é a partilha " -"controlada de ficheiros entre os membros de um grupo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"As definições iniciais de acesso a ficheiros recém-criados são uma questão " -"de opção. A máscara (umask) predefinida do Debian é 022 (que não permite " -"acesso de grupo como descrito acima), mas o Debian Edu usa a 002 como " -"predefinição – significando que os ficheiros são criados com acesso de " -"leitura para todos os utilizadores, o qual pode ser removido posteriormente " -"por uma acção explícita do criador do ficheiro. Isto pode ser alterado (" -"editando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) para " -"uma máscara 007 – significando que o acesso de leitura dos ficheiros é " -"inicialmente vedado, necessitando de uma acção do utilizador para os tornar " -"acessíveis. A primeira abordagem encoraja a partilha de conhecimento e torna " -"o colectivo mais transparente, enquanto que a segunda diminui o risco de " -"disseminação indesejada de informação sensível. O problema com a primeira " -"opção é que não é claro para os utilizadores que o material que criam fica " -"acessível a todos os outros utilizadores. Só o conseguem perceber " -"consultando os directórios dos outros utilizadores e vendo que os seus " -"ficheiros podem ser lidos. O problema com a segunda opção é que " -"provavelmente poucas pessoas tornarão os seus ficheiros acessíveis a outros, " -"mesmo que não contenham informação sensível e o conteúdo seja útil para " -"utilizadores interessados, que querem perceber como outros resolveram " -"problemas específicos (normalmente problemas de configuração)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Há várias possibilidades de estruturação de sistemas Skolelinux. Desde a " -"instalação apenas num PC autónomo, até à instalação em muitas escolas " -"geridas de forma centralizada, como solução regional. Contudo, esta " -"flexibilidade implica uma enorme diferença entre opções no que respeita à " -"configuração dos componentes de rede, servidores e máquinas clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos de equipamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo sobre a " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se houver a intenção de usar o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de " -"equipamento para LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu / Skolelinux pode ser instalado em computadores com " -"processadores x86 de 32 bit (arquitectura Debian 'i386', para processadores " -"686 e superiores) ou de 64 bit (arquitectura Debian 'amd64')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"É possível usar clientes dependentes com apenas 256 MiB de RAM e 400 MHz de " -"frequência, embora seja recomendado o uso de mais RAM e processadores mais " -"rápidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Para estações de trabalho, estações de trabalho sem disco e computadores " -"independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 MHz de frequência são os requisitos " -"mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar navegadores web modernos e o LibreOffice é " -"recomendado pelo menos 2048 MiB de RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "O espaço em disco mínimo necessário depende do perfil a instalar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"servidor principal combinado + servidor LTSP: 60 GiB (mais espaço adicional " -"para contas de utilizador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "estação de trabalho ou computador independente: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Os servidores LTSP precisam de duas placas de rede ao utilizarem a " -"arquitectura de rede predefinida:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "a eth0 está ligada à rede principal (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "a eth1 é usada para servir clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Os computadores portáteis são estações de trabalho móveis, por isso têm os " -"mesmos requisitos que as estações de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Computadores identificados como compatíveis com o sistema" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de incluir " -"todos os modelos que funcionam com o sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"A informação em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> " -"é um esforço para documentar a forma de instalar, configurar e usar o Debian " -"em alguns computadores específicos, permitindo a potenciais compradores " -"saberem se os computadores que pretendem são compatíveis com o Debian e aos " -"detentores de computadores listados saberem como obter o máximo rendimento " -"dos seus equipamentos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Requisitos para montar uma rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Configuração predefinida" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Quando for usada a arquitectura de rede predefinida, aplicam-se as seguintes " -"regras:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "É necessário um, apenas um, servidor principal, o \"tjener\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Pode haver centenas de estações de trabalho na rede principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver muitos servidores LTSP na rede principal; estão pré-configuradas " -"duas sub-redes diferentes (DNS e DHCP) no LDAP e podem ser adicionadas mais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver centenas de clientes dependentes e/ou estações de trabalho sem " -"disco em cada rede de servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Pode haver centenas de outras máquinas, sendo-lhes atribuídos endereços IP " -"dinâmicos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Para acesso à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um conversor " -"(gateway) (ver abaixo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Encaminhador (router) de Internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Para ligação à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um " -"conversor (gateway) ligado à Internet na interface externa e usando o " -"endereço IP 10.0.0.1 com a máscara de rede 255.0.0.0 na interface interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"O encaminhador não deve usar um servidor DHCP; pode usar um servidor DNS, " -"embora isso não seja necessário, pois não será utilizado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Caso esteja disponível um encaminhador, mas o mesmo não possa ser " -"configurado conforme necessário (por a pessoa não ter permissões para o " -"fazer ou por razões técnicas, por exemplo), um computador antigo com duas " -"interfaces de rede pode ser transformado em conversor entre a rede existente " -"e a rede do Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Uma maneira simples é instalar o Debian Edu neste computador; durante a " -"instalação seleccionar 'Mínimo' como perfil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> ; " -"serão efectuadas as seguintes alterações:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Alteração do ficheiro /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Alteração do nome de hospedeiro definitivamente para 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Remoção de scripts supérfluos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Activação do encaminhamento IP e da NAT para a rede 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Instalação de uma barreira [firewall] (opcional)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Se for necessário algo para ser usado como encaminhador ou ponto de acesso " -"incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=\"https://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do equipamento também " -"possa ser usado, evidentemente. Usar o firmware original é mais fácil, mas " -"usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e mais controlo. Consultar as páginas web do " -"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">equipamento compatível</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedimento " -"documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de rede existente " -"não o exigir, recomenda-se que essa possibilidade não seja considerada e que " -"seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> " -"predefinida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Opções de instalação e de obtenção de imagens de instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Onde encontrar informação adicional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Bullseye</ulink> antes " -"de começar a instalação dum sistema. Há mais informação sobre o lançamento " -"do Debian Bullseye no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu/Skolelinux está pronto a funcionar, pelo que pode ser " -"facilmente experimentado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"É recomendado, no entanto, que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre " -"a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de começar a " -"instalação dum servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Deve também ser lido o capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros " -"Passos</link>, deste manual, pois nele se explica como aceder ao sistema " -"pela primeira vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Descarregar a imagem de instalação do Debian Edu 11, denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquitecturas Debian para CPUs x86; " -"ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " -"arquitectura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e a " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje em dia, as " -"instalações devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " -"A arquitectura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas " -"para computadores antigos (começaram a ser vendidos computadores de 64bit em " -"2003 e deixaram de ser vendidos computadores de 32bit por volta de 2010; a " -"arq. i386 pode ser usada em máquinas de 64bit, mas a arq. amd64 não pode ser " -"usada em máquinas de 32bit)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "Imagens iso netinst para amd64 ou i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"A imagem iso netinst pode ser usada para instalação a partir de CD/DVD e pen " -"USB flash e está disponível para duas arquitecturas Debian: amd64 ou i386. " -"Como o nome indica, para a instalação é necessário acesso à Internet ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"Assim que o Bullseye for lançado, estas imagens estarão disponíveis para " -"transferência a partir de:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Imagens iso BD para i386 ou amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Esta imagem ISO tem aproximadamente 5 GB e pode ser usada para instalação em " -"máquinas amd64 ou i386, também sem acesso à Internet. Como a imagem netinst, " -"esta imagem pode ser instalada em unidades USB flash ou em discos de tamanho " -"suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verificação de integridade dos ficheiros de imagem transferidos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Instruções detalhadas para verificação dessas imagens constam das <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.pt.html#verify\">P&R do CD Debian</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Origens das imagens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"As imagens estão disponíveis no arquivo Debian nos locais habituais; há " -"vários meios ligados a <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" -"current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Instalar o Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Ao fazer uma instalação do Debian Edu, há algumas opções a fazer. Mas não " -"são muitas. Foi feito um bom trabalho de ocultação das complexidades " -"internas do Debian, quer durante a instalação quer no uso do sistema. Ainda " -"assim, porque o Debian Edu é essencialmente um sistema Debian, beneficia da " -"possibilidade de usar os mais de 57.000 pacotes do Debian e de milhares de " -"opções de configuração. No entanto, as predefinições são adequadas para a " -"maioria dos utilizadores. NOTA: se for para usar o LTSP, deve ser escolhido " -"um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Cenários de instalação do servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de rede escolar ou doméstica com acesso à Internet através de um " -"encaminhador com DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"A instalação de um servidor principal é possível, mas após reiniciar não " -"haverá acesso à Internet (devido ao IP 10.0.2.2/8 da interface de rede " -"primária)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador " -"(router) de Internet</link> para informação de ligação e configuração de um " -"conversor (gateway), se não for possível configurar um já em uso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo sobre a <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\">arquitectura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"O servidor principal deve ter ligação à Internet uma vez iniciado pela " -"primeira vez no ambiente correcto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Exemplo de rede escolar ou institucional, semelhante à mencionada acima, mas " -"requerendo o uso de um intermediário (proxy)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar 'debian-edu-expert' à linha de comando do núcleo (kernel); ver " -"mais abaixo instruções de como fazer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Devem ser atendidas algumas solicitações adicionais, incluindo a relacionada " -"com o servidor intermediário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Rede com encaminhador/conversor IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que não tem servidor DHCP) e " -"acesso à Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Quando a configuração automática da rede falhar (devido à falta do DHCP), " -"escolher a configuração manual da rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.2.2/8 como IP do hospedeiro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.0.1 como IP do conversor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"Introduzir 8.8.8.8 como IP do servidor de nomes, a menos que outro se aplique" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "" -"O servidor principal deve funcionar de imediato após o primeiro arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Sem ligação à Internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Usar a imagem ISO de BD." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Confirmar que todos os cabos de rede (reais/virtuais) estão desligados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'Não configurar a rede neste momento' (depois de o DHCP não ter " -"configurado a rede e de ter sido pressionado 'Continuar')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Actualizar o sistema uma vez iniciado pela primeira vez no ambiente correcto " -"com acesso à Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Ambientes de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Estão disponíveis vários ambientes de trabalho:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"O Xfce é ligeiramente mais pesado do que o LXDE, mas tem um bom suporte " -"linguístico (106 idiomas)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"O KDE e o GNOME têm ambos um bom suporte linguístico, mas são demasiado " -"pesados, tanto para os computadores mais antigos como para os clientes LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "O Cinnamon é uma alternativa mais ligeira ao GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"O MATE é mais ligeiro do que os três acima, mas não possui um bom suporte " -"linguístico para vários idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "O LXDE é o mais ligeiro e está disponível em 35 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"O LXQt é um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro (tem disponibilidade de idiomas " -"semelhante ao LXDE) com um aspecto mais moderno (é baseado em Qt, tal como o " -"KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu, sendo um projeto internacional, optou pelo Xfce como ambiente " -"de trabalho predefinido; ver abaixo como definir um ambiente diferente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Instalação modular" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Ao instalar um sistema com perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis> " -"incluído, são instalados muitos programas relacionados com a educação. Para " -"instalar apenas o perfil básico, remover o parâmetro de linha de comando " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> do núcleo (kernel) antes de iniciar a " -"instalação; ver abaixo como isto é feito. Isto permite instalar um sistema " -"específico para cada caso e pode ser usado para acelerar instalações de " -"teste." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho posteriormente, não usar os meta-" -"pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> porque " -"eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com educação; em " -"vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Pode ser instalado um " -"ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível escolar " -"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> conforme o caso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian Edu</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Tipos e opções de instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Menu de arranque do instalador em equipamento de 64 bits</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bit Installer boot menu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install / Instalação gráfica</" -"emphasis> utiliza o instalador construído em GTK, que permite a utilização " -"do rato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install / Instalar</emphasis> utiliza o instalador " -"em modo de texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options / Opções avançadas ></" -"emphasis> apresenta um submenu com mais opções." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Help / Ajuda</emphasis> dá algumas dicas sobre " -"como usar o instalador; ver a captura de ecrã abaixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back.. / Voltar atrás..</emphasis> traz de volta o " -"menu principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install / Instalação gráfica " -"especializada</emphasis> apresenta todas as possibilidades de configuração; " -"pode ser usado o rato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode / Modo gráfico de " -"recuperação</emphasis> faz com que o disco de instalação seja usado como " -"disco de recuperação, se surgirem problemas graves." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install / Instalação gráfica " -"automatizada</emphasis> precisa de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install / Instalação especializada</" -"emphasis> apresenta todas as possiblidades de configuração em modo de texto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode / Modo de recuperação</emphasis> em " -"modo de texto faz com que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de " -"recuperação, se emergirem problemas graves." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install / Instalação automatizada</" -"emphasis> em modo de texto precisa de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Não usar a <computeroutput>Instalação gráfica especializada</computeroutput> " -"ou <computeroutput>Instalação especializada</computeroutput>; em casos " -"excepcionais usar antes <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> " -"como parâmetro adicional do núcleo (kernel)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Ecrã de Ajuda</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Ecrã de ajuda do instalador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Este ecrã de Ajuda é auto-explicativo e activa as teclas <F>- no " -"teclado, para ajuda mais detalhada sobre os tópicos descritos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Adicionar ou alterar parâmetros de arranque para instalações</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Em ambos os casos, as opções de arranque podem ser editadas pressionando a " -"tecla TAB (modo BIOS) ou a tecla E (modo UEFI) no menu de arranque; a " -"captura de ecrã mostra a linha de comando para <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Instalação gráfica</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Edit command line options" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser usado um serviço intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede para " -"acelerar a instalação do perfil do servidor principal a partir do CD. " -"Adicionar, por exemplo, <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> como parâmetro de arranque " -"adicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Após o perfil do servidor principal ser instalado numa máquina, as " -"instalações seguintes devem ser feitas via PXE, uma vez que será utilizado " -"automaticamente o intermediário do servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" -"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"E para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Processo de instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Ter presente os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de sistema</link>; " -"para configurar um servidor LTSP são necessárias pelo menos duas placas de " -"rede (NICs)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Escolher um idioma (a usar na instalação e no sistema instalado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Escolher uma localização; normalmente deve corresponder à localidade onde se " -"estiver." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Escolher um esquema de teclado (o predefinido para o país geralmente é " -"adequado)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Escolher o(s) perfil(s):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Este é o servidor principal (tjener) da escola, que disponibiliza todos os " -"serviços pré-configurados para funcionarem de imediato. Deve ser instalado " -"apenas um servidor principal por escola! Este perfil não inclui uma " -"interface gráfica de utilizador. Para uso duma interface gráfica de " -"utilizador, além deste perfil deve ser seleccionado também um dos perfis " -"Estação de trabalho ou Servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"É um computador de rede que arranca a partir do próprio disco rígido e " -"executa todos os programas e gere localmente os dispositivos acoplados, como " -"um computador comum independente, à excepção dos acessos dos utilizadores, " -"que são autenticados pelo servidor principal, onde estão localizados os " -"ficheiros dos utilizadores e o perfil do ambiente de trabalho de cada " -"utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho itinerante</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"O mesmo que uma estação de trabalho, mas capaz de autenticação usando " -"credenciais em cache, o que significa que o computador pode ser usado fora " -"da rede escolar. Os ficheiros e perfis dos utilizadores são guardados no " -"disco local. Para portáteis de utilizador único deve ser seleccionado este " -"perfil e não 'Estação de trabalho' ou 'Independente', ao contrário do que " -"era sugerido em versões anteriores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco) é " -"chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " -"servidor que os clientes sem disco rígido (clientes do servidor de janelas X " -"ou, abreviadamente, terminais do X) arrancam e executam os programas. Este " -"computador precisa de duas interfaces de rede, muita memória e, idealmente, " -"mais do que um processador ou mais do que um núcleo (core). Ver o capítulo " -"sobre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link> para mais " -"informação sobre este assunto. A escolha deste perfil activa também o perfil " -"Estação de trabalho (mesmo que não esteja seleccionado) – um servidor LTSP " -"pode sempre ser usado também como estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"O computador comum, que funciona sem estar ligado a um servidor (ou seja, " -"não precisa de estar na rede). Inclui os computadores portáteis." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínimo</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Este perfil instala os pacotes base e configura a máquina para se integrar " -"na rede Debian Edu, mas sem instalar quaisquer serviços ou aplicações. É " -"útil como plataforma para serviços específicos transferidos manualmente do " -"servidor principal para outro computador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Caso os utilizadores normais devam poder usar alguma sistema instalado com " -"tal perfil, o mesmo tem de ser adicionado através do GOsa² (de forma " -"semelhante a uma estação de trabalho) e tem de ser instalado o pacote libpam-" -"krb5." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-seleccionados. Estes perfis podem ser " -"instalados em conjunto numa máquina para constituir um servidor principal " -"chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa que o servidor " -"principal será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado como estação de " -"trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assume que esta será a " -"opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem funcionais, as " -"máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado e a servidores LTSP têm " -"que ter duas placas de rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Escolher «sim» ou «não» quanto ao particionamento automático. Ter presente " -"que escolher «sim» destruirá todos os dados nos discos rígidos! Escolher " -"«não», por outro lado, exigirá mais trabalho – é necessário confirmar que as " -"partições necessárias existem (se não, têm de ser criadas) e são de tamanho " -"suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Solicita-se a opção pelo «sim» ao envio de informação para <ulink url=\"https" -"://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu saber que " -"pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros lançamentos. Embora " -"não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Aguardar. Se os perfis seleccionados incluirem o servidor LTSP, o instalador " -"irá demorar algum tempo no final, \"A finalizar a instalação - a executar o " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Após a introdução da senha de root (administrador do computador, e não da " -"rede), será solicitada a criação duma conta de utilizador normal (do " -"computador) «para tarefas não-administrativas». No Debian Edu esta conta é " -"muito importante: é esta a conta usada para a gestão da rede Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " -"no mínimo <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis role=\"strong\">nome " -"de utilizador</emphasis> – caso contrário não será dado acesso ao sistema (" -"mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha correspondente ao nome de " -"utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"No caso de um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis> esperar " -"novamente após reiniciar. O sistema irá demorar algum tempo a gerar a imagem " -"SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " -"trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " -"adicionais a efectuar pelo operador. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Notas sobre algumas especificidades" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Uma nota sobre computadores portáteis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"O mais provável é que o perfil escolhido seja «Estação de trabalho " -"itinerante / Roaming workstation» (ver acima). Ter presente que todos os " -"dados são guardados localmente, isto é, no próprio portátil (portanto é " -"necessário algum cuidado extra em fazer cópias de segurança) e as " -"credenciais de acesso são guardadas na cache (portanto, após uma alteração " -"da senha, o acesso pode ter de ser feito com a senha antiga se o computador " -"não tiver sido ligado à rede e feito o acesso com a nova senha)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de unidades USB flash (pen-USB) / " -"imagens de disco Blu-ray (BD)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Terminada a instalação a partir da pen-USB / imagem de disco Blu-ray, o " -"ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> conterá " -"apenas origens (repositórios origem) constantes nessa imagem. Se for " -"possível ligar o computador à Internet, sugere-se vivamente que sejam " -"acrescentadas as seguintes linhas ao ficheiro, para que as actualizações de " -"segurança disponíveis possam ser instaladas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Uma instalação netinst (o tipo de instalação que o CD fornece) irá buscar " -"alguns pacotes ao CD e o resto à rede. A quantidade de pacotes transferidos " -"da rede varia de perfil para perfil, mas fica abaixo de um gigabyte (a menos " -"que sejam instalados todos os ambientes de trabalho possíveis). Uma vez " -"instalado o servidor principal (não importando se é um servidor principal " -"puro ou um servidor combinado), a instalação seguinte usará o intermediário " -"para evitar transferir da rede o mesmo pacote várias vezes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Instalação usando unidades USB flash em vez de discos CD / BD (Blu-ray)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"É possível copiar diretamente uma imagem <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> de CD/BD para unidades flash USB (também conhecidas como " -"\"pendrives\" ou \"pens USB\") e arrancar a partir destas. Basta executar um " -"comando como este, alterando os nomes do ficheiro e do aparelho conforme a " -"situação:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Para identificar o valor de X (em sdX), executar o comando seguinte antes e " -"depois de a unidade USB ter sido inserida (a informação estará na diferença):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "A cópia demorará algum tempo a ser efectuada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"A unidade USB funcionará como um CD ou como um disco Blu-ray, conforme a " -"imagem que for usada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Instalação e arranque através da rede via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Para este método de instalação é necessário um servidor principal em " -"execução. Quando os clientes arrancam através da rede, é exibido um menu do " -"iPXE com opções de selecção do instalador e de arranque. Se a instalação " -"através do PXE falhar com uma mensagem de erro a dizer que falta um ficheiro " -"XXX.bin, muito provavelmente a placa de rede do cliente requer firmware não " -"livre. Neste caso, o initrd do instalador do Debian tem de ser modificado. " -"Isso pode ser conseguido através da execução, no servidor, do comando: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Esta configuração também permite que estações de trabalho sem disco e " -"clientes dependentes arranquem a partir da rede principal. Ao contrário das " -"estações de trabalho e servidores LTSP separados, as estações de trabalho " -"sem disco não precisam de ser adicionadas ao LDAP com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre clientes de rede no capítulo <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modificar instalações PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE usa um ficheiro debian-installer pré-configurado, que pode " -"ser modificado para solicitar a instalação de mais pacotes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Tem que ser adicionada a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> uma linha como a seguinte" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE usa o ficheiro pré-configurado (preseeding file) " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Este ficheiro pode ser alterado para ajustar a pré-configuração usada " -"durante a instalação, para evitar mais solicitações ao instalar pela rede. " -"Outra forma de conseguir isto é fornecer definições extra em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> e executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> para actualizar os ficheiros gerados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"" -">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink> disponibiliza informação adicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar ou alterar o uso do intermediário ao instalar via PXE, têm " -"que ser alteradas as linhas contendo <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> em " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput>. Para desactivar o uso de um intermediário ao instalar, " -"colocar '#' no início de cada uma das duas primeiras linhas e remover da " -"última a parte \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; " -"</computeroutput>\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Algumas definições não podem ser pré-configuradas, porque são necessárias " -"antes de o ficheiro de pré-configuração ser descarregado. O idioma, a " -"disposição do teclado e o ambiente de trabalho são exemplos de tais " -"definições. Para alterar as predefinições, editar o ficheiro do menu iPXE " -"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> no servidor " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Imagens personalizadas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " -"bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " -"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " -"definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"É apenas necessário criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração com as opções a " -"usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompor o " -"CD/DVD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Sequência de capturas de ecrã" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"A instalação em modo de texto ou em modo gráfico é funcionalmente idêntica – " -"apenas a aparência é diferente. O modo gráfico permite utilizar o rato e, " -"claro, tem um aspecto muito mais apelativo e moderno. A menos que o " -"equipamento apresente problemas no uso do modo gráfico, não há razão para " -"não o usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Segue-se uma sequência de capturas de ecrã da instalação em modo gráfico de " -"um servidor principal de 64 bits + estação de trabalho + instalação do " -"servidor LTSP, incluindo também a sequência após o primeiro arranque do " -"servidor principal ou de um arranque por PXE num computador da rede cliente " -"LTSP (ecrã de sessão de cliente dependente – e ecrã de acesso após ter sido " -"escolhida uma sessão no painel à direita)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "tjener Lightdm Login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce and Browser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce Desktop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Welcome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Thin-Client-Login" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeiros passos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Passos mínimos a dar para começar a usar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Durante a instalação do servidor principal foi criada uma primeira conta de " -"utilizador. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por «primeiro " -"utilizador». Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do directório home " -"estão definidas como 700 (pelo que é necessário executar " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas " -"web pessoais), podendo o primeiro utilizador usar <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> para actuar como root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Ver a informação sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">configuração do acesso ao sistema de " -"ficheiros</link> específica do Debian Edu antes de adicionar utilizadores; " -"ajustar às normas da instituição, se necessário." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, as primeiras coisas a fazer como primeiro utilizador são:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Aceder ao servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adicionar estações de trabalho com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"A adição de utilizadores e estações de trabalho está descrita abaixo, pelo " -"que este capítulo deve ser lido até ao fim. Cobre a execução correcta dos " -"passos mínimos, assim como outras acções que provavelmente terão de ser " -"executadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Bullseye</link> deve ser lido por quem " -"estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " -"substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " -"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">actualizações</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " -"usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " -"Internet, é necessário indicar ao servidor DNS o uso deste outro servidor " -"como seu «expedidor». Actualizar /etc/bind/named.conf.options especificando " -"o endereço IP do servidor DNS a usar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"O capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Instruções</link> contém mais dicas e " -"truques, assim como respostas a algumas perguntas frequentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Há vários serviços em execução no servidor principal que podem ser geridos " -"através de uma interface de gestão da web. Esses serviços são descritos " -"abaixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introdução ao GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de gestão baseada na Web que ajuda a gerir algumas " -"partes importantes da instalação Debian Edu. Com o GOsa² podem ser " -"executadas acções (adicionar, modificar ou eliminar) nestas áreas principais:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Administração de Grupos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administração NIS de grupos de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Administração de máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Administração do DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Administração do DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Para aceder ao GOsa² é necessário o servidor principal do Skolelinux e um " -"sistema (cliente) com um navegador web instalado, que pode ser o próprio " -"servidor principal se este tiver sido instalado como servidor combinado " -"(perfis Servidor Principal + Servidor LTSP + Estação de Trabalho)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Se foi instalado um perfil de servidor principal puro (provavelmente por " -"engano) e não está disponível um cliente com um navegador web, é fácil " -"instalar um ambiente de trabalho mínimo no servidor principal usando esta " -"seqüência de comandos num terminal como primeiro utilizador (o utilizador " -"criado durante a instalação do servidor principal):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"A partir de um navegador da web, usar o URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/" -"> para aceder ao GOsa² e iniciar sessão como primeiro utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Se estiver a ser usada uma nova máquina Debian Edu Bullseye, o certificado " -"do sítio web será reconhecido pelo navegador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Caso contrário, aparecerá uma mensagem de erro sobre o certificado SSL estar " -"errado. Se o utilizador estiver seguro de que no momento é o único " -"utilizador na rede, basta-lhe permitir que o navegador aceite o certificado, " -"podendo ignorar o erro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Acesso ao GOsa² e Página inicial" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Página inicial do GOsa² após acesso como primeiro utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Quando o GOsa² é acedido, apresenta a página inicial." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Nesta página pode ser escolhida uma tarefa no menu ou clicado qualquer um " -"dos ícones de tarefa. Para a navegação, é recomendada a utilização do menu " -"do lado esquerdo do ecrã, uma vez que ficará visível em todas as páginas de " -"administração disponibilizadas pelo GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"No Debian Edu, a informação relativa a contas, grupos e sistemas é guardada " -"num directório LDAP. Estes dados são usados não apenas pelo servidor " -"principal, mas também pelas estações de trabalho (sem disco), servidores " -"LTSP e outras máquinas na rede. Com o LDAP, os dados das contas de alunos, " -"professores, etc. só têm de ser inseridos uma vez. Após a informação ter " -"sido fornecida ao LDAP, estará disponível em todos os sistemas em toda a " -"rede Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de administração que usa o LDAP para guardar a sua " -"informação e disponibilizar uma estrutura hierarquizada em departamentos. A " -"cada «departamento» podem ser adicionadas contas de utilizador, grupos, " -"sistemas, grupos de rede, etc. Dependendo da estrutura da instituição, a " -"estrutura de departamentos no GOsa²/LDAP pode ser usada para transferir a " -"estrutura organizacional para a árvore de dados do LDAP do servidor " -"principal do Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Presentemente, uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu inclui " -"dois «departamentos» (Professores e Alunos), mais o nível base da árvore " -"LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento «Alunos», " -"as dos professores ao departamento «Professores»; os sistemas (servidores, " -"estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " -"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções / " -"Administração Avançada</link> deste manual encontra-se um exemplo de como " -"criar utilizadores em grupos por anos, com directórios home comuns para cada " -"grupo.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo das tarefas a efectuar (gerir utilizadores, gerir grupos, gerir " -"sistemas, etc.), a vista apresentada pelo GOsa² sobre o departamento " -"seleccionado (ou o nível base) difere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores através do GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Primeiro, clicar em «Utilizadores» no menu de navegação à esquerda. O lado " -"direito do ecrã mudará, passando a mostrar uma tabela com pastas de " -"departamento para «Alunos» e «Professores» e a conta do Administrador do " -"GOsa² (o primeiro utilizador criado). Acima desta tabela há um campo chamado " -"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> que permite navegar através da estrutura em árvore " -"(mover o rato sobre essa área fará aparecer um menu suspenso) e seleccionar " -"uma pasta base para as operações pretendidas (por exemplo, adicionar um novo " -"utilizador)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Junto a esse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu «Acções». Mover o rato " -"sobre este item fará aparecer um sub-menu; no menu, seleccionar «Criar» e " -"depois «Utilizador». O assistente de criação de utilizadores guiará o " -"processo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"O mais importante a adicionar é o modelo (novo aluno ou novo professor) e o " -"nome real do utilizador (ver imagem)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Seguido os passos do assistente vê-se que o GOsa² gera automaticamente um " -"nome de utilizador com base no nome real introduzido. Para cada novo " -"utilizador, o GOsa² gera automaticamente um nome de utilizador que ainda não " -"exista, pelo que haver vários utilizadores com o mesmo nome real não causa " -"problemas. Notar, por outro lado, que o GOsa² pode gerar nomes de utilizador " -"inválidos se o nome real contiver caracteres não-ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Se o nome de utilizador gerado não for pretendido, pode ser seleccionado " -"outro nome de utilizador sugerido na caixa suspensa; mas não há escolha " -"livre aqui no assistente. Para editar o nome de utilizador proposto, abrir " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> com um editor e " -"adicionar <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional à \"definição de localização\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Quando o processo através do assistente chega ao fim, é apresentado o ecrã " -"do GOsa² para o uma nova entrada de utilizador. Utilizar os separadores no " -"topo para ver os campos já preenchidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter sido criado o utilizador (por enquanto não é necessário " -"preencher os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão «Ok» no " -"canto inferior direito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Como último passo, o GOsa² pede uma senha para o novo utilizador. Introduzir " -"duas vezes a senha escolhida e depois clicar em «Definir senha» no canto " -"inferior direito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Alguns caracteres podem não ser permitidos como parte da senha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Se tudo correr bem, o novo utilizador aparecerá na tabela Lista de " -"utilizadores. Agora deve ser possível entrar com esse nome de utilizador em " -"qualquer máquina da rede que tenha o sistema Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Buscar, modificar e eliminar utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Caixa Filtro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Para modificar ou eliminar uma conta de utilizador, utilizar o GOsa² para " -"consultar a lista de utilizadores no sistema. No meio do ecrã pode ser " -"aberta a caixa «Filtro», uma ferramenta de pesquisa do GOsa². Se não for " -"conhecida a localização exata da conta de utilizador na árvore, mudar para o " -"nível base da árvore GOsa²/LDAP e procurar aí, marcando a opção «Procurar em " -"sub-árvores»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Ao utilizar a caixa «Filtro», os resultados aparecerão imediatamente no " -"centro do texto, na visualização da tabela Lista. Cada linha representa uma " -"conta de utilizador e os itens mais à direita em cada linha são pequenos " -"ícones que possibilitam as seguintes acções: editar utilizador, bloquear " -"conta, definir senha e remover utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Aparecerá uma nova página onde poderá ser modificada directamente a " -"informação relativa ao utilizador, alterada a senha do utilizador e " -"modificada a lista de grupos aos quais o utilizador pertence." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Editar dados de utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Definir senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Os alunos podem alterar as suas senhas acedendo ao GOsa² com os seus nomes " -"de utilizador do Debian Edu. Para facilitar o acesso ao GOsa², no menu " -"Sistema (ou Definições do Sistema) da área de trabalho é disponibilizada uma " -"entrada chamada Gosa. A um aluno que tenha acedido ao GOsa² será apresentada " -"uma versão mínima deste sistema, que só permite o acesso aos dados da conta " -"do próprio aluno e à caixa de diálogo de definição de senha." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Os professores têm privilégios especiais no GOsa². Têm uma vista do GOsa² " -"mais completa e podem alterar as senhas de todas as contas dos alunos. Isto " -"pode ser muito útil durante as aulas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Para definir administrativamente uma nova senha para um utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "procurar o utilizador a ser modificado, como explicado acima" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"clicar no ícone 'chave', no final da linha em que é mostrado o nome de " -"utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "na página seguinte pode ser definida uma nova senha" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Definir senha de utilizador" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Atenção às implicações de segurança, se usadas " -"senhas fáceis de adivinhar! </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Gestão avançada de utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Com o GOsa² é possível criar utilizadores em massa usando um ficheiro CSV, " -"que pode ser criado com qualquer bom software de folhas de cálculo (por " -"exemplo <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). No mínimo, devem ser " -"preenchidos os seguintes campos: uid (userID), apelido(s) (surName), " -"primeiro(s) nome(s) (givenName) e senha. Confirmar que não existem entradas " -"duplicadas na coluna uid. Notar que a verificação de duplicados deve incluir " -"as entradas uid já existentes no LDAP (que podem ser vistas executando " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> na linha de comando)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Estas são as directrizes de formato para o ficheiro CSV (o GOsa² é bastante " -"rígido relativamente às mesmas):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Usar \",\" como separador de campo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Não usar as aspas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"O ficheiro CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">não deve</emphasis> ter uma linha " -"de cabeçalho (do tipo que normalmente contém os nomes das colunas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"A ordem dos campos não é relevante e pode ser definida no GOsa² durante a " -"importação em massa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Os passos da importação em massa são:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "clicar na ligação \"Gestor do LDAP\" no menu de navegação, à esquerda" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "clicar no separador \"Importar\" no ecrã à direita" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"Procurar no disco local e seleccionar o ficheiro CSV com a lista de " -"utilizadores a serem importados" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"escolher um modelo de utilizador a ser usado durante a importação em massa " -"(p. ex. NovoProfessor ou NovoAluno)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "clicar no botão \"Importar\" no canto inferior direito" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"É boa prática fazer primeiro alguns testes, de preferência usando um " -"ficheiro CSV com alguns utilizadores fictícios, que possam depois ser " -"apagados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"O mesmo se aplica ao módulo de gestão de senhas, que permite redefinir " -"muitas senhas, usando um ficheiro CSV, ou gerar novamente novas senhas para " -"utilizadores pertencentes a uma sub-árvore especial do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Redefinir senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de Grupos através do GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "criar grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "A gestão de grupos é muito semelhante à gestão de utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Podem ser introduzidos um nome e uma descrição por grupo. Ao criar um novo " -"grupo, confirmar que é escolhido o nível certo na árvore do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar utilizadores a um grupo recentemente criado leva de volta à lista " -"de utilizadores, onde provavelmente será útil usar a caixa de filtro para " -"encontrar utilizadores. Confirmar também o nível na árvore do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Os grupos inseridos na gestão de grupos são grupos normais unix, pelo que " -"também podem ser usados para gerir as permissões dos ficheiros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de Máquinas através do GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"A gestão de máquinas basicamente permite gerir todos os equipamentos na rede " -"Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao diretório LDAP através do GOsa² tem " -"um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio (" -"que normalmente é «intern»). Para uma descrição mais completa da arquitetura " -"Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitectura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Quando é usado um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " -"estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " -"imediato." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através da " -"própria máquina, com o o GOsa². Internamente, são gerados tanto um Principal " -"do Kerberos (como que uma <emphasis>conta</emphasis>) específico da máquina, " -"quanto um ficheiro keytab relacionado (contendo uma chave usada como " -"<emphasis>senha</emphasis>); o ficheiro keytab tem que estar presente na " -"estação de trabalho para ser capaz de montar os directórios de utilizador (" -"pastas pessoais). Reiniciar o sistema adicionado, aceder ao mesmo como root " -"e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -"keytab</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Para criar um Principal e um ficheiro keytab para um sistema <emphasis>já " -"configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, aceder ao servidor principal como " -"root e executar" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nota:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro keytab do " -"hospedeiro é possível para sistemas do tipo <emphasis>estação de trabalho</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>servidor</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminal</emphasis>, " -"mas não para os do tipo <emphasis>equipamento de rede (netdevice)</" -"emphasis>. Para opções de configuração NFS ver o capítulo <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar uma máquina, usar o menu principal do GOsa², sistemas, " -"adicionar. Pode ser utilizado um endereço IP/nome de hospedeiro a partir do " -"espaço de endereços pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Actualmente, existem apenas " -"dois endereços fixos pré-definidos: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.0.1 " -"(gateway). Os endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente " -"10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 hospodeiros) são reservados para o DHCP e são " -"atribuídos dinamicamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"No GOsa², para atribuir um endereço IP estático a um hospedeiro com o " -"endereço MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 é necessário introduzir o endereço MAC, o " -"nome do hospedeiro e o IP; em alternativa pode ser clicado o botão " -"<computeroutput>Propor IP</computeroutput> que mostrará o primeiro endereço " -"fixo livre em 10.0.0.0/8, provavelmente algo como 10.0.0.0.2 se a primeira " -"máquina for adicionada desta forma. É boa prática planear antes de executar: " -"por exemplo, pode ser usado 10.0.0.x com x>10 e x<50 para servidores, " -"e x>100 para estações de trabalho. Não esquecer de activar o sistema " -"recém-adicionado. Com a excepção do servidor principal, todos os sistemas " -"terão um ícone correspondente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Se as máquinas arrancarem como clientes dependentes ou estações de trabalho " -"sem disco ou forem instaladas usando qualquer um dos perfis de rede, pode " -"ser usado o script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> " -"para adicionar automaticamente máquinas ao GOsa². Para máquinas simples " -"funcionará de imediato; para máquinas com mais de um endereço mac tem de ser " -"indicado o que for para usar; o comando <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " -"-h</computeroutput> mostra informação de como o script deve ser usado. Notar " -"que os endereços IP mostrados após o uso de " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> pertencem à faixa de " -"IPs dinâmicos. Estes sistemas podem de seguida ser modificados para se " -"adequarem à rede: renomear cada novo sistema, activar o DHCP e o DNS, " -"adicionar aos grupos de rede (ver na captura de ecrã abaixo os grupos de " -"rede recomendados) e reiniciar o sistema. As capturas de ecrã seguintes " -"mostram um exemplo prático:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Lista de sistemas no GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Informação de hospedeiros" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modificar hospedeiro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Adicionar grupo de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"A todas as horas é executado uma tarefa calendarizada (cronjob) que " -"actualiza o DNS; pode ser usado o comando <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> para accionar a actualização manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Procurar e eliminar máquinas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Procurar e eliminar máquinas é bastante semelhante a procurar e eliminar " -"utilizadores, pelo que a informação não é repetida aqui." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modificar as máquinas existentes / Gestão de grupos de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ser adicionada uma máquina à árvore do LDAP usando o GOsa², as " -"propriedades podem ser modificadas usando a funcionalidade de busca e " -"clicando no nome da máquina (como com os utilizadores)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"O formato destas entradas do sistema é semelhante ao das entradas de " -"utilizador, mas neste caso os campos requerem informação diferente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, adicionar uma máquina a um <computeroutput>Grupo de Rede</" -"computeroutput> não modifica as permissões de acesso a ficheiros ou de " -"execução de comandos para aquela máquina nem os utilizadores com acesso " -"naquela máquina; em vez disso, restringe os serviços que a máquina pode usar " -"no servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"A instalação padrão inclui os <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"Presentemente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>NetGroup (Grupo de rede)</" -"computeroutput> é usada para:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionar partições</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu neste grupo redimensionam automaticamente as " -"partições LVM que ficarem cheias." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Desligar máquinas à noite</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts e shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo serão desligadas automaticamente à noite " -"para economizar energia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestão de impressoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu destes grupos irão eliminar automaticamente todas as " -"filas de impressão, todas as noites, e reactivar qualquer fila de impressão " -"desactivada, a cada hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Acesso à Internet bloqueado</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo só se podem ligar a máquinas da rede " -"local. Em conjunto com restrições no intermediário de web, isto poderá ser " -"usado durante os exames, por exemplo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Gestão de Impressoras" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"Para gestão centralizada das impressoras, apontar o navegador web para " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão CUPS " -"normal, onde podem ser adicionadas/eliminadas/modificadas as impressoras e " -"onde pode ser limpa a fila de impressão. Por predefinição, só é dada " -"permissão ao primeiro utilizador; mas isso pode ser alterado adicionando " -"utilizadores ao grupo <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> do " -"GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Utilização de impressoras ligadas a estações de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> é instalado por predefinição nos " -"sistemas com o perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> desta " -"forma (impressora USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " -"impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " -"URI de ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Impressoras de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"É recomendado que sejam desactivadas todas as funcionalidades de auto-" -"publicitação nas impressoras usadas na rede. Em vez disso, atribuir um " -"endereço IP fixo através do GOsa² e configurar as impressoras como " -"impressoras de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida no Debian Edu mantém os relógios de todas as " -"máquinas sincronizados, mas não necessariamente com a hora certa. É usado o " -"NTP para actualizar a hora. Os relógios são sincronizados com uma fonte " -"externa por predefinição. Isso pode fazer com que as máquinas mantenham a " -"ligação externa à Internet aberta, não a fechem, se a ligação for criada " -"durante a sincronização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"No caso das ligações por linha telefónica convencional ou RDIS, com o " -"serviço cobrado ao minuto, é recomendado alterar a configuração predefinida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " -"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando (\"#\")" -" no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (que assim " -"ficam desactivadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, " -"executando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " -"Para testar se uma máquina está usando as origens externas de relógio, " -"executar <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Expandir partições cheias" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " -"partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para expandir essas " -"partições, executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" -"computeroutput> como root. Para mais informação, ver as instruções de " -"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de administração</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Manutenção" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Actualização do software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Nesta secção é explicado o uso do comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Usar o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> é muito simples. Para actualizar " -"um sistema através da linha de comando, é necessária a execução de dois " -"comandos, como root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que " -"actualiza as listas de pacotes disponíveis por comparação com os " -"repositórios de origem) e <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (" -"que actualiza os pacotes para os quais haja uma actualização disponível)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"É uma boa prática fazer a actualização usando a localização C (C locale) " -"para obter resultados em inglês, pois em caso de surgirem problemas é mais " -"provável que os motores de busca encontrem informação relevante com base nos " -"resultados obtidos." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Na sequência da actualização do pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" -"computeroutput>, podem ficar disponíveis ficheiros de configuração do " -"Cfengine alterados relativamente aos do sistema. Executar <computeroutput>ls " -"-ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> para verificar se foi esse " -"o caso. Para aplicar as alterações, executar <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Após serem feitas actualizações do servidor LTSP é importante executar " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput>, para manter a imagem SquashFS para clientes sem disco em " -"sincronia." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Após uma actualização para uma nova versão pontual (point release) de um " -"sistema com perfil <emphasis>Servidor principal</emphasis> ou " -"<emphasis>Servidor LTSP</emphasis>, tem que ser executado o comando " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para actualizar o " -"ambiente de instalação PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Também é boa prática instalar os pacotes <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e " -"configurá-los para enviarem correio para um endereço usado com frequência." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez por dia o <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enviará por e-" -"mail uma mensagem de notificação dos pacotes que possam ser actualizados. O " -"programa não instala os pacotes actualizados, mas descarrega-os (geralmente " -"à noite), para que não seja necessário aguardar pela transferência quando " -"for executado o comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"A instalação automática de actualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta " -"que o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja " -"instalado e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O programa <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> pode enviar " -"novas entradas de registo de alterações por e-mail, ou em alternativa exibi-" -"las no terminal, se executado <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Monitorizar as actualizações de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima, é " -"uma boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis actualizações de segurança " -"para pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é seguir a lista de discussão <ulink " -"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-" -"announce mailinglist</ulink>. Esta tem a vantagem de também apresentar em " -"que é que consta a actualização de segurança. O lado negativo (comparado com " -"a execução do<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que a lista também " -"inclui informação sobre actualizações de pacotes que não estão instalados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gestão de cópias de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Para gestão de cópias de segurança, abrir <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-" -"php\"/> no navegador da web. Notar que este sítio tem que ser acedido via " -"SSL, uma vez que requer a senha de root. Se for tentado sem o uso de SSL, o " -"acesso falhará." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Nota: o sítio só funcionará se for permitido temporariamente o acesso de " -"root por ssh no servidor de cópias de segurança (servidor principal 'tjener' " -"por predefinição)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o servidor (tjener) faz cópias de segurança de " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e de LDAP em /" -"skole/backup, que está sob a LVM. Se só for pretendido ter cópias de " -"segurança da informação (para o caso de alguma coisa ser inadvertidamente " -"apagada) esta configuração será adequada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Ter presente que esta modalidade de cópias segurança não protege contra " -"falhas nos discos rígidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Para fazer cópias de segurança dos dados num servidor externo, num aparelho " -"de fita ou noutro disco rígido, é necessário modificar um pouco a " -"configuração existente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Para restaurar uma pasta completa, a melhor opção é usar a linha de comando:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> relativo a <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> na " -"pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Para restaurar um ficheiro específico, terá de ser seleccionado o ficheiro " -"(e a versão) a partir da interface de web, e transferido apenas esse " -"ficheiro." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar cópias de segurança mais antigas, escolher \"Manutenção\" no " -"menu da página de cópias de segurança e seleccionar a captura mais antiga a " -"manter:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Monitorização do Servidor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição do " -"estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " -"administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " -"dos problemas do sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"A lista de máquinas monitorizadas pelo Munin é gerada automaticamente, com " -"base na lista de hospedeiros que dão informação ao sitesummary (resumo do " -"sítio). Todos os hospedeiros com o pacote munin-node instalado são " -"registados para monitorização pelo Munin. Normalmente, demora um dia desde " -"que uma máquina é instalada até ao início da monitorazação pelo Munin, por " -"causa da ordem em que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para " -"acelerar o processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" -"computeroutput> como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o " -"servidor principal). Isto irá actualizar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/" -"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O conjunto de medições colectadas é gerado automaticamente em cada máquina " -"usando o programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> que " -"sonda os acrescentos (plugins) disponíveis a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e liga os relevantes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> (através de atalhos " -"symlink)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Informação sobre o Munin em <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de monitorização de sistemas e serviços Icinga está disponível em " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " -"monitorizados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações colectadas pelo " -"sistema sitesummary. As máquinas com perfis Servidor Principal e Servidor " -"LTSP são alvo de monitorização completa, enquanto as estações de trabalho e " -"os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitorização simples. Para permitir a " -"monitorização completa numa estação de trabalho, instalar o pacote " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na própria estação de " -"trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, o Icinga não envia correio. Isto pode ser alterado " -"substituindo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> na estação de " -"trabalho, e por <computeroutput>notify-by-emaill</computeroutput> no " -"ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"O ficheiro de configuração do Icinga usado é <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. A tarefa agendada do sitesummary gera o " -"ficheiro <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" -"computeroutput> com a lista de hospedeiros e serviços a serem monitorizados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Podem ser colocadas verificações adicionais do Icinga no ficheiro " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" -"computeroutput> para serem incluídas no ficheiro gerado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" -"\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Avisos comuns do Icinga e como lidar com eles" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Seguem-se instruções sobre como lidar com os avisos mais comuns do Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"A partição (/usr/ no exemplo) está muito cheia. Há basicamente duas maneiras " -"de lidar com isso: (1) remover alguns ficheiros ou (2) aumentar o tamanho da " -"partição. Se a partição for /var/, purgar a cache do APT executando " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> pode remover alguns ficheiros. Se " -"houver mais espaço disponível no grupo de volumes do LVM, executar o " -"programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> para " -"alargar as partições pode ajudar. Para executar este programa " -"automaticamente a todas as horas, o hospedeiro em questão pode ser " -"adicionado ao grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis novos pacotes para actualização de pacotes instalados. Os " -"pacotes críticos são normalmente correcções de segurança. Para fazer a " -"actualização, executar 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' num " -"terminal, como root, ou aceder ao sistema via ssh e fazer o mesmo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Quem tiver confiança em que o Debian gere as novas versões dos pacotes de " -"forma segura, pode evitar a acção de actualização manual, configurando o " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> (actualizações não " -"vigiadas) para actualização automática, todas as noites, de todos os pacotes " -"actualizáveis. Isto não irá actualizar os chroots LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"O núcleo (kernel) em execução é mais antigo do que o núcleo mais recente " -"instalado e é necessário reiniciar o computador para passar a ser usado o " -"núcleo mais recente instalado. Por regra, isto é bastante urgente, já que " -"normalmente os novos núcleos são incluídos no Debian Edu para corrigir " -"problemas de segurança." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"As filas de impressão no CUPS têm muitos trabalhos pendentes. Isto acontece " -"muito provavelmente devido a uma impressora ficar indisponível. Filas de " -"impressão desactivadas são activadas a todas as horas nos hospedeiros do " -"grupo de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>;" -" portanto, para tais hospedeiros não deve ser necessária nenhuma ação " -"manual. As filas de impressão são descartadas todas as noites nos " -"hospedeiros do grupo de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" -"computeroutput>. Se um hospedeiro tiver muitos trabalhos em fila de espera, " -"pode ser adicionado a um ou a ambos os grupos de rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"O programa sitesummary é usado para coligir informação de cada computador e " -"enviá-la para o servidor central. A informação coligida fica disponível em " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Em " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> há scripts que podem " -"ser usados para gerar relatórios." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Um relatório simples do sitesummary, sem informação detalhada, está " -"disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Há alguma documentação sobre o sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " -"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Actualizações" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de ler este guia de actualização, ter presente que as actualizações " -"dos servidores são efectuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">O Debian Edu/Skolelinux vem SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA, " -"na medida do permitido pela lei aplicável.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Novas funcionalidades no Bullseye</link> antes de tentar actualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Notas gerais sobre actualização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Actualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " -"fácil. Mas no que respeita ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco mais " -"complicado, pois os ficheiros de configuração são modificamos de formas não " -"convencionais. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados abaixo. (" -"Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" -"311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " -"Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Em geral, a actualização dos servidores é mais difícil do que a das estações " -"de trabalho; e o servidor principal é o mais difícil de actualizar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Para garantir que após a actualização tudo funciona como funcionava antes, a " -"actualização deve ser testada num ou mais sistemas de teste configurados da " -"mesma forma que as máquinas de uso normal. Nesse sistema ou sistemas, a " -"actualização pode ser testada sem riscos e pode ser confirmado que tudo " -"funciona como previsto." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " -"Debian Stable no respectivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Também poderá ser sensato esperar um pouco e continuar a usar por mais " -"algumas semanas a versão instalada, aguardando que outros testem a " -"actualização e documentem quaisquer problemas com que se deparem. A versão " -"instalada do Debian Edu receberá apoio contínuo ainda durante algum tempo " -"após a publicação da nova versão. Mas quando o Debian <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessar o apoio à versão anterior</" -"ulink>, o Debian Edu também cessará, necessariamente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Actualizações a partir do Debian Edu 10 Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Preparação contra contingências: testar a actualização a partir da versão " -"Buster num ambiente de teste ou ter cópias de segurança, para que a situação " -"inicial possa ser reposta quer em termos de funcionamento quer em termos de " -"dados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Notar que o procedimento que se segue se aplica a uma instalação padrão do " -"servidor principal Debian Edu (ambiente de trabalho xfce, perfis Servidor " -"Principal, Estação de Trabalho, Servidor LTSP). (Para uma ideia geral sobre " -"a actualização do Debian Buster para Bullseye, ver: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"Não usar directamente o X (o servidor de grafismo do sistema operativo), " -"usar uma consola virtual, acedendo como root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Se o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> der erro, tentar corrigir o erro e/" -"ou executar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e depois " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> mais uma vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Actualização do servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Começar por garantir que o sistema instalado (o Bullseye) está actualizado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Limpar a cache do pacote:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Preparar e iniciar a actualização para Bullseye (nova entrada de segurança):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: será apresentada muita INFORMAÇÃO que é importante ler; " -"premir <introduzir> (enter) para rolar para baixo, <q> para " -"deixar o paginador (programa de leitura de páginas em consola). Toda a " -"informação será enviada para root para que possa ser lida novamente (usando " -"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Ler atentamente todas as informações do debconf (configuração do debian); " -"escolher \"manter a versão local actualmente instalada\", a menos que " -"indicado de forma diferente abaixo; na maioria dos casos, premir introduzir " -"(enter) é o indicado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "restart services: Escolher sim." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: Escolher 'keep the local version currently installed / " -"manter a versão local presentemente instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Escolher S." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"Samba server and utilities / servidor e utilitários Samba: Escolher 'keep " -"the local version currently installed / manter a versão local presentemente " -"instalada'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Kerberos servers: Introduzir 'kerberos' e premir 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Escolher N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Aplicar e ajustar a configuração:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Instalar e configurar a interface web do Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>; " -"escolher sempre <emphasis role=\"strong\">Não</emphasis> se solicitado pelo " -"debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Obter as novas imagens Homeworld do Debian Edu:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # a menos que se queira manter as imagens do Buster como alternativa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Ajustar a configuração do painel do Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com o novo LTSP e alterações relacionadas; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # para remover alterações já não necessárias\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # para remover o directório base tftp já não usado\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # primeira solicitação: manter ''tftp'' como conta do sistema; segunda: alterar o directório TFTP de root para ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # terceira: manter o endereço e o porto; última: introduzir ''--secure'' como opção adicional \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # limpar o directório base LTSP antigo\n" -"# Os passos seguintes demoram a ser executados.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # se for pretendida interoperabilidade com clientes dependentes de 64-Bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # se for pretendida interoperabilidade com clientes dependentes de 32-Bit\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # para criar imagem de estação de trabalho sem disco a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # para adicionar ficheiros de instalação PXE e respectivos itens de menu iPXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Lidar com a mudança para iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"Criar um ficheiro <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> com o seguinte conteúdo:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, executar <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> para aplicar " -"as alterações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modificar mais algumas configurações de DHCP no LDAP, por exemplo, usando um " -"editor como o ldapvi. Confirmar que as entradas relacionadas com o DHCP " -"correspondem às contidas no arquivo <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</" -"emphasis>. As entradas em questão são:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Lidar com as alterações do GOsa – usar o novo ficheiro gosa.conf, alterar o " -"acesso LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Procurar adminPassword e snapshotAdminPassword em /etc/gosa/gosa.conf e " -"substituir $GOSAPWD pela senha aleatória encontrada em /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig para essas entradas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com alterações no tipo de encriptação Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Lidar com as alterações no Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar a conta Samba do primeiro utilizador: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a " -"< primeiro nome de utilizador></computeroutput>. Depois de o " -"utilizador alterar a senha, será criada a respectiva conta Samba." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Verificar se o sistema actualizado funciona:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Reiniciar; aceder como primeiro utilizador e testar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "se a interface GOsa² está a funcionar," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "se é possível ligar clientes LTSP e estações de trabalho," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"se é possível adicionar/remover a pertença de um sistema a um grupo de rede," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "se é possível enviar e receber correio interno," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "se é possível gerir impressoras," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "e se outros elementos específicos da escola estão a funcionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Actualização de uma estação de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Executar todos os procedimentos básicos como no servidor principal, sem " -"executar os procedimentos que não são necessários. Se ainda não estiver " -"configurada, configurar a máquina para usar o Kerberos na montagem de " -"directórios de utilizador (pastas pessoais); ver o capítulo de <link linkend=" -"\"GettingStarted\">primeiros passos</link> para mais informação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Actualização de instalações Debian Edu / Skolelinux antigas (anteriores ao " -"Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Para actualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário actualizar " -"primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Buster, antes de poderem ser " -"seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa actualização são dadas " -"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#" -"\">Manual do Debian Edu Buster</ulink> sobre como actualizar para Buster a " -"partir da versão anterior, Stretch. Da mesma forma, o manual do Stretch " -"descreve como actualizar a partir do Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Instruções" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\"> administração geral</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administração " -"avançada</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para o <link linkend=\"Desktop\">ambiente de trabalho</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Instruções para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ensino e aprendizagem</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Users\">utilizadores</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Instruções para administração geral" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Os capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros passos</link> e " -"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenção</link> descrevem como começar a " -"usar o Debian Edu e como fazer o trabalho básico de manutenção. As " -"instruções neste capítulo têm algumas dicas e truques mais \"avançados\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Histórico de configuração: rastreio de /etc/ utilizando o sistema de " -"controlo da versão git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os ficheiros em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de versão." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Isto torna possível ver quando um ficheiro é adicionado, alterado ou " -"removido, assim como a alteração, se o ficheiro em causa for um ficheiro de " -"texto. O repositório git é guardado em <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"A cada hora, quaisquer novas alterações são automaticamente registadas; o " -"histórico de configuração pode ser extraído e consultado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o histórico, é usado o comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput>. Para ver as diferenças entre dois momentos no tempo, pode " -"ser usado um comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Para mais informação, ver o resultado de <computeroutput>man " -"etckeeper</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Lista de comandos úteis:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Exemplos de utilização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Num sistema recém-instalado, tentar este comando para ver todas as " -"alterações feitas desde que o sistema foi instalado:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Para ver os ficheiros que presentemente não são rastreados e que não estão " -"actualizados:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Para submeter manualmente um ficheiro e assim não ter que esperar até uma " -"hora:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionar partições" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"No Debian Edu, todas as partições que não a partição <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> estão em volumes lógicos LVM. Com os núcleos (kernels) " -"Linux, desde a versão 2.6.10, é possível estender as partições estando elas " -"montadas. Encolher partições ainda tem de ser feito com as partições " -"desmontadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"É boa prática evitar a criação de partições muito grandes (mais de, digamos, " -"20GiB), devido ao tempo que demora a execução do <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> sobre elas ou a restaurá-las a partir de cópias de " -"segurança, se for necessário. É melhor, se for possível, criar várias " -"partições menores em vez de uma partição muito grande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"É disponibilizado o script auxiliar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> para facilitar a extensão de partições cheias. Quando " -"invocado, o script lê a configuração a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" -"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput>. Sugere então estender as partições que tenham muito pouco " -"espaço livre, de acordo com as regras estabelecidas nestes ficheiros. Se " -"executado sem argumentos, mostrará apenas os comandos necessários à extensão " -"do sistema de ficheiros. É necessário o argumento <computeroutput>-n</" -"computeroutput> para que estes comandos para extensão do sistema de " -"ficheiros sejam realmente executados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"O script é executado automaticamente a cada hora em cada cliente listado no " -"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Quando a partição utilizada pelo intermediário (proxy) Squid é " -"redimensionada, o valor para o tamanho da cache em <computeroutput>etc/squid/" -"squid.conf</computeroutput> também tem que ser actualizado. É " -"disponibilizado o script de ajuda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> para fazer essa operação " -"automaticamente, verificando o tamanho actual da partição <computeroutput>/" -"var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> e configurando o Squid para usar 80% desse " -"valor como tamanho da cache." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Gestão de volumes lógicos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " -"redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais " -"informação sobre o LVM em <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/" -"\">Gestão de volumes lógicos</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Para estender manualmente um volume lógico, basta indicar no comando " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> o tamanho pretendido para esse " -"volume. Por exemplo, para estender home0 para 30GiB usar os seguintes " -"comandos:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Para estender home0 em mais 30GiB, inserir um '+' (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Usar o ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> é " -"uma ferramenta para editar a base de dados LDAP com um editor de texto " -"normal no terminal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "É necessário executar o seguinte:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Nota: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará o editor predefinido, " -"qualquer que ele seja. Executando <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> na linha de comando é possível configurar o ambiente para " -"obter um clone do vi como editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um objeto LDAP usando o ldapvi, usar o número da sequência do " -"objeto com a linha <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> antes do novo objeto " -"LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> é uma ferramenta muito " -"poderosa. É necessário cuidado redobrado para que a base de dados LDAP não " -"seja corrompida. Este aviso aplica-se também ao JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS \"Kerberizado\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Usar o Kerberos para fazer o NFS montar directórios de utilizador (pastas " -"pessoais) é uma funcionalidade de segurança. A partir da versão Bullseye, os " -"clientes LTSP não funcionam sem o Kerberos. São suportados os níveis " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticação Kerberos, " -"<emphasis>i</emphasis> significa verificação de integridade e <emphasis>p</" -"emphasis> verificação de privacidade, ou seja, encriptação); a carga, tanto " -"no servidor quanto na estação de trabalho, aumenta com o nível de segurança; " -"o nível <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> é uma boa opção e foi escolhido como " -"predefinição." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Como alterar a predefinição" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "aceder como root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"executar <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, procurar " -"por <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e substituir por <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>, conforme for pretendido." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"editar <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> e ajustar " -"as seguintes entradas em conformidade:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "executar <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver (Impressora predefinida)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Esta ferramenta permite estabelecer a impressora predefinida, dependendo da " -"localização, da máquina ou do grupo de pertença. Para mais informação, ver " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"O ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> tem de ser fornecido pelo administrador; ver " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> como exemplo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, uma interface gráfica LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Para trabalhar com a base de dados LDAP usando uma interface gráfica, " -"experimentar o pacote <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que é " -"instalado por predefinição. Para obter acesso de escrita, ligar-se desta " -"forma:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, uma ferramenta de linha de comando" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> é uma pequena " -"ferramenta de linha de comando para criar utilizadores LDAP e definir as " -"suas senhas no Kerberos. É muito útil sobretudo para testes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Usar stable-updates (actualizações estáveis)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Desde 2011, com a versão Squeeze, o Debian passou a incluir na <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">suite stable-updates</ulink> os " -"pacotes anteriormente mantidos em volatile.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Embora seja possível usar directamente a funcionalidade de actualizações " -"estáveis (stable-updates), isso não é necessário: quando são feitas as " -"versões pontuais estáveis estas são enviadas para a suite estável, o que " -"acontece regularmente, aproximadamente a cada dois meses." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" -"Utilização de pacotes retro-portados (backports) para instalar software mais " -"recente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque opta pela estabilidade do Debian. A " -"distribuição funciona muito bem, mas tem um problema: às vezes o software " -"está um pouco mais desactualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " -"backports.debian.org entra em cena." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Pacotes retro-portados (backports) são pacotes recompilados do Debian " -"testing (principalmente) e do Debian unstable (em poucos casos apenas – por " -"exemplo, actualizações de segurança), para que funcionem sem novas " -"bibliotecas (sempre que possível) numa distribuição Debian estável como a " -"Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Recomenda-se que sejam escolhidos " -"pacotes específicos de acordo com as necessidades, e que não sejam usados " -"todos os pacotes retro-portados disponíveis.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "" -"A instalação de pacotes retro-portados é simples. Primeiro, executar (dois " -"passos):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes retro-portados são agora facilmente instaláveis; o seguinte " -"comando irá instalar uma versão retroportada do <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes retro-portados são automaticamente actualizados (se disponíveis) " -"da mesma forma que os outros pacotes. Tal como o arquivo normal, o arquivo " -"backports têm três secções: main, contrib e non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Actualização com um CD ou imagem similar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Para actualizar de uma versão para outra (por exemplo, de Bullseye 11.1 para " -"11.2) sem ligação à Internet, apenas por meios físicos, seguir estes passos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Inserir o CD / DVD / Disco blu-ray / unidade USB e executar o comando apt-" -"cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Da página man do apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"O apt-cdrom é usado para adicionar um novo CD-ROM à lista APTs de origens " -"disponíveis. Identifica a estrutura do disco, pode corrigir vários possíveis " -"erros de gravação e verifica os ficheiros de índice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"É necessário usar o apt-cdrom para adicionar CDs ao sistema APT. Esta acção " -"não pode ser executada manualmente. Além disso, quando forem usados " -"conjuntos multi-CD, cada disco tem que ser inserido e digitalizado " -"separadamente para prevenir possíveis falhas de gravação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Em seguida, executar estes dois comandos para actualizar o sistema:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Limpeza automática de processos remanescentes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> é um script em perl que aniquila " -"trabalhos em segundo plano. Trabalhos em segundo plano são definidos como " -"processos pertencentes a utilizadores que não estão actualmente em sessão na " -"máquina. É executado por uma tarefa agendada (cron job) uma vez por hora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Instalação automática de actualizações de segurança" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> é um programa (e " -"pacote) Debian que instala automaticamente as actualizações de segurança (e " -"outras). Se instalado, o pacote é pré-configurado para instalar " -"automaticamente as actualizações de segurança. Os registos de alterações " -"(logs) estão disponíveis em <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/" -"</computeroutput>; também podem sempre ser consultados os ficheiros " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/" -"log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Encerramento automático de máquinas durante a noite" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"É possível poupar energia e dinheiro desligando automaticamente as máquinas " -"clientes à noite e voltando a ligá-las novamente pela manhã. O pacote " -"(programa) <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenta desligar " -"cada máquina de hora a hora a partir das 16:00, mas não as desligará se " -"parecerem estar em utilização. Em cada máquina, o programa tenta passar " -"informação ao BIOS para ligar a máquina por volta das 07:00 da manhã e o " -"servidor principal vai tentar ligar todas as máquinas a partir das 06:30 " -"enviando pacotes wake-on-lan. Estes horários podem ser alterados nos " -"separadores de agendamento das máquinas individuais." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Algumas considerações a ter em conta ao estabelecer este procedimento:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes não devem ser desligados quando alguém os está a usar. Isto é " -"assegurado pela verificação do resultado de <computeroutput>who</" -"computeroutput> e, como caso especial, pela verificação de que o comando de " -"ligação ssh funciona com os clientes dependentes X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar queimar os fusíveis / disparar os disjuntores eléctricos, é boa " -"prática garantir que os clientes não arranquem todos ao mesmo tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Há dois métodos diferentes para reactivar os clientes. Um usa um recurso do " -"BIOS e requer um relógio interno funcional e com a hora certa, assim como " -"uma placa-mãe e uma versão do BIOS compatíveis com o <computeroutput>nvram-" -"wakeup</computeroutput>; o outro requer que os clientes sejam compatíveis " -"com o wake-on-lan e que o servidor tenha informação sobre todos os clientes " -"a serem reactivados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Como configurar o shutdown-at-night (encerramento à noite)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar " -"<computeroutput>touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput> ou adicionar o nome de hospedeiro (ou seja, o resultado de " -"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede " -"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A adição de hospedeiros ao grupo de rede no " -"LDAP pode ser feita usando a ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput>. Os clientes podem precisar de ter o wake-on-lan configurado " -"no BIOS. É importante também que os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores " -"(routers) utilizados entre o servidor wake-on-lan (wol) e os clientes passem " -"os pacotes WOL para os clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. " -"Alguns comutadores não passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela " -"ARP do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Para activar o wake-on-lan no servidor, adicionar os clientes a " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, com uma " -"linha por cliente, primeiro o endereço IP, seguido pelo endereço MAC " -"(endereço ethernet), separado por um espaço; ou criar um script " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " -"para gerar a lista de clientes em tempo real." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Um exemplo de script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> para uso com o sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"Se o grupo de rede for usado para activar o desligar à noite nos clientes, " -"uma alternativa é este script usar a ferramenta netgroup do pacote " -"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Aceder a servidores Debian-Edu protegidos por uma barreira (firewall)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Para aceder a partir da Internet a máquinas protegidas por uma barreira, " -"considerar a instalação do pacote <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. " -"Este pacote pode ser usado para configurar um túnel SSH para uma máquina " -"ligada à Internet. O servidor por trás da barreira fica acessível a partir " -"dessa máquina através do túnel SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Instalação de máquinas adicionais para serviços, para a distribuição da " -"carga e sua consequente redução no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Na instalação predefinida, todos os serviços são executados no servidor " -"principal (tjener). Para simplificar a transferência da execução de alguns " -"serviços para outra máquina, está disponível o perfil de instalação " -"<emphasis>Mínimo</emphasis>. A instalação do sistema com este perfil numa " -"máquina que faça parte da rede Debian Edu, levará a que a máquina fique sem " -"qualquer serviço em execução (até que lhe seja atribuído algum)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Estes são os passos necessários para configurar uma máquina dedicada a " -"alguns serviços:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"instalar o perfil <emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> usando a opção de arranque " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "instalar os pacotes correspondentes ao serviço" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configurar o serviço" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "desactivar o serviço no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "actualizar o DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) no servidor principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Instruções de administração avançada" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "Neste capítulo são descritas tarefas de administração avançada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores com o GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Criar utilizadores em grupos por ano" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"Neste exemplo pretende-se criar utilizadores em grupos por ano, com " -"directórios home comuns para cada grupo (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). " -"Pretende-se criar os utilizadores através da importação de ficheiro(s) csv." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como root no servidor principal)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Criar os directórios de grupo por ano que forem necessários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador, no GOsa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Departamento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Menu principal: ir para 'Estrutura de diretórios', clicar no departamento " -"'Alunos'. O campo 'Base' deve mostrar '/Alunos'. No campo 'Ações' da caixa " -"suspensa, escolher 'Criar' / 'Departamento'. Preencher os valores dos campos " -"Nome (2024) e Descrição (alunos formados em 2024), deixar o campo Base como " -"está (deve ser '/Alunos'). Guardar clicando em 'Ok'. Agora o novo " -"departamento (2024) deve aparecer abaixo de /Alunos. Clicar para abrir." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Grupo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'Grupos' no menu principal; 'Ações'/Criar/Grupo. Introduzir o nome " -"do grupo (deixar 'Base' como está, deve ser /Alunos/2024) e premir 'Ok' para " -"guardar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Modelo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Escolher 'utilizadores' no menu principal. No campo Base, mudar para " -"'Alunos'. Deve aparecer uma entrada <computeroutput>Novo Aluno</" -"computeroutput>; premir para abrir. Este é o modelo 'alunos', não é um " -"utilizador. Uma vez que terá de ser criado um modelo com base neste (para " -"poder ser feita a importação csv), deve ser tomada nota de todas as entradas " -"que aparecem nos separadores Genéricos e POSIX, talvez fazendo capturas de " -"ecrã, para que as informações necessárias ao novo modelo possam ser " -"preparadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Agora, mudar para /Alunos/2024 no campo Base; escolher Criar/Modelo e " -"começar a preencher com os valores desejados, primeiro no separador Genérico " -"(adicionar também o novo grupo 2024 em Pertença a Grupos); depois adicionar " -"a conta POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importar utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de ficheiro csv; é recomendável " -"testá-lo com alguns utilizadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Outras acções" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "" -"Criação de pastas nas pastas pessoais (directórios home) de todos os " -"utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Com este script, o administrador pode criar uma pasta no directório home de " -"cada utilizador e definir permissões de acesso e de detenção." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"No exemplo abaixo, com grupo=professores e permissões=2770, um utilizador " -"pode entregar um trabalho guardando o ficheiro na pasta \"trabalhos\", à " -"qual os professores têm acesso de escrita para poderem fazer comentários." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"+#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists." -"\\n" -"\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Usar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Seguir estes passos para configurar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado, " -"para pastas pessoais (directórios home) dos utilizadores e possivelmente " -"outros dados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " -"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " -"configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " -"do novo servidor de armazenamento são exportados para as sub-redes ou " -"máquinas a que se apliquem:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Neste caso tudo o que estiver na rede principal tem acesso ao /" -"armazenamento. (Isto pode ser restringido à pertença a grupos de rede ou a " -"endereços IP específicos para limitar o acesso ao NFS como é feito no " -"ficheiro tjener:/etc/exports.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar informação de montagem automática sobre o 'nas-server.intern' no " -"LDAP, para permitir que todos os clientes montem automaticamente a nova " -"exportação a pedido." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Isto não pode ser feito através do GOsa², porque falta um módulo para " -"montagem automática. Em vez disso, usar o ldapvi e adicionar os objetos LDAP " -"necessários usando um editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Quando o editor aparecer, adicionar os objetos LDAP seguintes na parte " -"inferior do documento. (A parte \"/&\" no último objeto LDAP é um " -"carácter polivalente que corresponde a tudo o que o 'nas-server.intern' " -"exporta, evitando a necessidade de listar pontos de montagem individuais no " -"LDAP)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " -"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática (para evitar montagens " -"sucessivamente falhadas):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Criar os directórios de pontos de montagem usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>; editar '/etc/fstab' como adequado e executar " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar os novos recursos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Agora, os utilizadores devem poder aceder directamente aos ficheiros em 'nas-" -"server.intern', bastando abrir o directório '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' " -"utilizando qualquer aplicação de gestão/exploração de ficheiros em qualquer " -"estação de trabalho, cliente dependente LTSP ou servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Restringir acesso por ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Há várias formas de restringir o acesso por ssh. Seguem-se algumas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Situação sem clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Se não forem usados clientes LTSP, uma solução simples é criar um novo grupo " -"(digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e adicionar uma linha ao " -"ficheiro /etc/ssh/sshd_config da máquina. Os membros do grupo " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>, e apenas eles, poderão então " -"entrar na máquina via ssh a partir de qualquer lugar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Gerir este caso através do GOsa é bastante simples:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Criar um grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> no nível base (onde " -"já aparecem outros grupos relacionados com a gestão do sistema, como " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar utilizadores ao novo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Situação com clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"A configuração predefinida de cliente LTSP sem disco não faz uso de ligações " -"ssh. Basta actualizar a imagem SquashFS no servidor LTSP respectivo, após a " -"configuração do ssh ter sido alterada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes X2Go utilizam ligações ssh com o servidor LTSP " -"respectivo. Por conseguinte, é necessária uma abordagem diferente, " -"utilizando o PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Activar pam_access.so no ficheiro /etc/pam.d/sshd do servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configurar o ficheiro /etc/security/access.conf para permitir ligações a " -"partir de qualquer lugar para (por exemplo) os utilizadores alice, jane, bob " -"e john, e para todos os outros utilizadores somente a partir das sub-redes " -"internas, adicionando estas linhas:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"Se apenas forem utilizados servidores LTSP dedicados, a rede 10.0.0.0/8 " -"poderá ser descartada, para desactivar o acesso interno via ssh. Nota: " -"alguém que ligue a sua máquina a qualquer rede de clientes LTSP dedicada " -"também terá acesso ao(s) servidor(es) LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Uma nota para situações mais complexas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Se os clientes X2Go estiverem ligados à rede principal 10.0.0.0/8, as coisas " -"serão ainda mais complicadas e talvez apenas uma sofisticada configuração de " -"DHCP (em LDAP), verificando o identificador do fornecedor (vendor-class-" -"identifier) juntamente com a configuração PAM apropriada, permita desactivar " -"o acesso interno por ssh." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Instruções para o ambiente de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Preparar um ambiente de trabalho multilingue" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Para usar vários idiomas, são necessárias estas acções:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " -"root) e escolher os idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Executar estes comandos como root para instalar os pacotes necessários:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Com os ambientes de trabalho Xfce, LXDE e LXQt, os utilizadores podem então " -"escolher o idioma através do gestor de ecrã LightDM (apresenta-se como ecrã " -"de entrada), antes de acederem ao sistema. Os ambientes GNOME e KDE vêm " -"ambos com as suas próprias ferramentas internas de configuração de " -"localização (região e idioma), pelo que devem ser estas as usadas. O " -"ambiente MATE usa o ecrã de entrada Arctica sobre o LightDM, sem um seletor " -"de idioma. Executar <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> para obter o ecrã de entrada do Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Reproduzir DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Para reproduzir a maioria dos DVDs comerciais é necessária a biblioteca " -"libdvdcss. Por razões legais, esta não vem incluída no Debian (Edu). Se do " -"ponto de vista legal o uso estiver autorizado, podem ser construídos pacotes " -"localmente usando o pacote Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput>; garantir que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " -"esteja activado em <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Atender às solicitações do debconf e executar <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Fontes de caligrafia" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que é instalado de " -"origem) instala a fonte \"Abecedario\", uma boa fonte de caligrafia para " -"crianças. A fonte tem várias formas para uso por crianças: pontilhada e com " -"linhas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Instruções para clientes numa rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introdução a clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Um termo genérico para clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco " -"é <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"O actual LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores ao Bullseye. Isto " -"no que diz respeito a configuração e manutenção." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Uma diferença principal é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho " -"sem disco é agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor LTSP " -"por predefinição. Isto acontece no primeiro arranque de servidores " -"combinados, demorando algum tempo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"O LTSP já não inclui clientes dependentes. O Debian Edu usa o X2Go para " -"continuar a suportar o uso de clientes dependentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"No caso de um servidor LTSP separado ou adicional, a informação necessária " -"para a configuração do ambiente do cliente LTSP não está completa na altura " -"da instalação. A configuração pode ser feita depois de o sistema ter sido " -"adicionado com o GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Para informação sobre o LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil <emphasis>servidor " -"LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> dá mais " -"informação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Notar que a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> deve ser utilizada com " -"cuidado. Por exemplo, o comando <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> não gera a imagem SquashFS em máquinas Debian (estas têm uma " -"partição /boot separada por predefinição), o comando <computeroutput>ltsp " -"ipxe</computeroutput> não gera o menu iPXE corretamente (devido ao suporte a " -"clientes dependentes do Debian Edu) e o comando <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> vai descontrolar completamente o arranque do cliente LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> é " -"um script invólucro (wrapper script) de <computeroutput>ltsp image</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. É usado para montar e configurar " -"estações de trabalho sem disco e clientes dependentes (tanto em PCs de 64-" -"Bit como de 32-Bit). Executar <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"computeroutput> ou analisar o conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. " -"Toda a configuração é contida no próprio script (documentos AQUI) para " -"facilitar ajustes específicos de cada rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Exemplos de como usar o script invólucro <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis> em vez da ferramenta ltsp:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> actualiza a imagem SquashFS da estação de trabalho sem disco " -"(sistema de ficheiros do servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> cria suporte a estações de trabalho sem " -"disco e a clientes dependentes de 64 bits." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> cria suporte adicional a clientes dependentes de 32 bits (" -"chroot e imagem SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Além da opção <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (o sistema cliente dependente mais " -"básico), também estão disponíveis as opções <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Os clientes dependentes do tipo " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> têm um botão de desligar, enquanto que os do " -"tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> executam o Firefox ESR em modo quiosque no " -"próprio cliente (é necessária mais memória RAM local e mais potência de CPU, " -"mas reduz a carga no servidor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " -"script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Garante " -"que o ficheiro /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe é específico do Debian Edu. O " -"comando só deve ser executado depois dos itens relacionados do menu do iPXE (" -"como tempo limite do menu ou as definições de arranque predefinidas) na " -"secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] terem sido modificados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> é " -"um script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " -"Garante que um initrd específico de um tipo de utilização (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" -"ltsp.img) seja gerado e movido para o diretório do tipo de utilização " -"respectivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da seçcão /etc/ltsp/" -"ltsp.conf [clients] ser modificada." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> é " -"um substituto para a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> que vem com " -"o LTSP5. É usada para executar comandos num LTSP chroot específico (como por " -"exemplo instalar, actualizar e remover pacotes)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho sem disco</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"As estações de trabalho sem disco executam todo o software localmente. As " -"máquinas não têm um disco rígido local e arrancam directamente do servidor " -"LTSP. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor LTSP, mas é executado " -"nas estações de trabalho sem disco. Os directórios de utilizador (pastas " -"pessoais) e as configurações do sistema também são armazenados no servidor. " -"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de reutilizar " -"hardware antigo (mas poderoso) com os mesmos baixos custos de manutenção dos " -"clientes dependentes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ao contrário das estações de trabalho, as estações de trabalho sem disco " -"funcionam sem necessidade de serem adicionadas através do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente dependente</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Uma configuração 'thin client' (cliente dependente) permite que um PC comum " -"funcione como se fosse apenas um terminal (do X), com todo o software a ser " -"executado no servidor LTSP. Isto significa que esta máquina arranca via PXE " -"sem utilizar o disco rígido do cliente local e que o servidor LTSP tem que " -"ser uma máquina potente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu ainda suporta o uso de clientes dependentes, para permitir o " -"uso de computadores muito antigos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que os clientes dependentes usam o X2Go, os utilizadores devem " -"desactivar a composição para evitar o aparecimento de distorções de imagem. " -"No caso padrão (ambiente de trabalho Xfce): Definições -> Ajustes do " -"Gestor de Janelas -> Compositor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"O arranque do cliente LTSP falha se a sua interface de rede exigir um " -"firmware não-livre. Pode ser usada uma instalação PXE para resolver " -"problemas de arranque de uma máquina pela rede; se o Instalador do Debian " -"indicar que está em falta um ficheiro XXX.bin, então tem que ser adicionado " -"o firmware não-livre ao initrd do servidor LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Proceder da seguinte forma no servidor LTSP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Primeiro obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Instalar o pacote compatível com a(s) interface(s) de rede (muito " -"provavelmente será o firmware-linux); executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Atualizar a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco; executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "No caso de serem usados clientes ligeiros X2Go, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "e continuar de acordo com a informação de utilização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Seguidamente, actualizar a imagem SquashFS; p. ex. para o 'chroot' /srv/ltsp/" -"x2go-bare-amd64, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Selecção do tipo de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Cada servidor LTSP tem duas interfaces ethernet: uma configurada na sub-rede " -"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (que é partilhada com o servidor principal), e outra " -"formando uma sub-rede local (uma sub-rede separada por cada servidor LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Em ambos os casos, pode ser escolhido <emphasis>estação de trabalho sem " -"disco</emphasis> ou <emphasis>cliente dependente</emphasis> a partir do menu " -"iPXE. Após 5 segundos de espera, a máquina arrancará como estação de " -"trabalho sem disco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"O item predefinido do menu de arranque iPXE e o respectivo tempo limite de " -"espera podem ser configurados em <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" -"computeroutput>. O valor de espera <emphasis>-1</emphasis> é usado para " -"ocultar o menu. Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" -"computeroutput> para aplicar as alterações." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Usar uma rede de clientes LTSP diferente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"Se uma máquina for instalada usando o perfil LTSP, a rede cliente LTSP 192." -"168.0.0/24 é a predefinida. Se forem utilizados muitos clientes LTSP ou se " -"servidores LTSP diferentes tiverem de servir tanto ambientes chroot i386 " -"como amd64, a segunda rede pré-configurada, a 192.168.1.0/24, também pode " -"ser utilizada. Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" -"computeroutput> e ajustar as definições da eth1 conforme necessário. Usar o " -"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ou qualquer outro editor LDAP para " -"verificar as configurações DNS e DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Adicionar chroot LTSP para suporte de clientes PC de 32 bits" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Para criar o chroot e a imagem SquashFS, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -"informação sobre os tipos de cliente dependente (thin client)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configuração de cliente LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ver as opções " -"de configuração disponíveis. Ou ler a informação online: <ulink url=\"https" -"://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar itens de configuração à secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. Para " -"aplicar as alterações, executar:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Som em clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Os clientes dependentes LTSP usam áudio em rede para passar o áudio do " -"servidor para os clientes." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "As estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP gerem o áudio localmente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Acesso a unidades USB e a CD-ROMs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM numa " -"estação de trabalho (sem disco), aparece um ícone na área de trabalho, que " -"permite o acesso ao conteúdo da unidade como numa estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB num cliente ligeiro X2Go do " -"tipo \"bare\" (instalação predefinida do servidor combinado), a unidade é " -"montada quando é feito um duplo-clique no ícone de pasta na área de trabalho " -"Xfce. Dependendo do conteúdo da unidade, pode demorar algum tempo até que o " -"mesmo apareça no gestor de ficheiros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Um aviso sobre meios amovíveis em servidores LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Quando inseridos em servidores LTSP, as unidades USB e outros meios " -"amovíveis levam ao aparecimento do respectivo ícone de pasta nas áreas da " -"trabalho dos clientes dependentes LTSP. Utilizadores remotos podem aceder " -"aos ficheiros." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilizar impressoras acopladas a clientes LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Acoplar a impressora à máquina cliente LTSP (são suportados tanto o porto " -"USB como porto paralelo)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" -"Configurar o cliente LTSP através do GOsa² para utilizar um endereço IP fixo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " -"impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e " -"configurar <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" -"computeroutput> como URI de ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modificar a configuração do PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE é o acrónimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Execução Pré-" -"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurar o menu PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"O item de menu do iPXE relativo às instalações do sistema é gerado usando o " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Este script " -"permite que algumas configurações sejam substituídas usando o ficheiro " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com valores " -"de substituição." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurar a instalação PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"A instalação PXE assumirá o idioma, o esquema do teclado e as configurações " -"do espelho (mirror) a partir das configurações usadas na instalação do " -"servidor principal; os outros elementos de configuração serão solicitados " -"durante a instalação (perfil, participação em popcon, particionamento e " -"senha de root). Para evitar estas solicitações, o ficheiro <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> pode ser " -"modificado para fornecer respostas pré-seleccionadas aos itens do debconf. " -"Alguns exemplos de itens do debconf podem ser consultados em " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. As alterações serão perdidas assim que for usado o " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para recriar o " -"ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar itens do debconf a <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> durante a " -"recriação através do <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, " -"adicionar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install." -"dat.local</computeroutput> com os itens debconf a adicionar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" -"\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre a modificação " -"de instalações PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Adicionar repositórios a instalações PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Para adicionar um repositório, adicionar a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> algo como:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"e de seguida executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> uma vez." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Alterar as definições de rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"O pacote debian-edu-config inclui uma ferramenta que ajuda a mudar a rede de " -"10.0.0.0/8 para outra. Ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Destina-se a ser usada logo após a " -"instalação no servidor principal, para actualizar o LDAP e outros ficheiros " -"que têm de ser editados para alterar a sub-rede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Notar que mudar para uma das sub-redes já usadas por outros elementos no " -"Debian Edu não resulta. As sub-redes 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 já " -"estão configuradas como redes de clientes LTSP. A mudança para estas sub-" -"redes requer a edição manual dos ficheiros de configuração para remover " -"entradas duplicadas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Não há forma fácil de alterar o nome de domínio DNS. Alterá-lo exigiria " -"mudanças tanto na estrutura LDAP como em vários ficheiros no sistema de " -"ficheiros do servidor principal. Também não há forma fácil de alterar o nome " -"do hospedeiro e o nome DNS do servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para isso, " -"também seriam necessárias alterações no LDAP e nos ficheiros do servidor " -"principal e do sistema de ficheiros do cliente. A configuração do Kerberos " -"também teria de ser alterada, em ambos os casos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Área de trabalho remota" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Escolher o perfil Servidor LTSP ou o perfil Servidor combinado faz instalar " -"também os pacotes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e <emphasis>x2goserver</" -"emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"O Xrdp utiliza o Remote Desktop Protocol para apresentar um ecrã de acesso " -"gráfico num cliente remoto. Os utilizadores de Microsoft Windows podem ligar-" -"se ao servidor LTSP executando o xrdp sem instalar software adicional - " -"iniciam simplesmente uma ligação remota de área de trabalho na sua máquina " -"Windows e estabelecem a ligação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente, o xrdp pode ligar-se a um servidor VNC ou a outro servidor " -"RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"O Xrdp vem sem suporte de som; para compilar os módulos necessários pode ser " -"usado este script." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"O X2Go permite aceder a um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " -"tanto através de ligações de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " -"banda, a partir de um PC com Linux, Windows ou MacOS. É necessário software " -"adicional no lado do cliente. Para mais informação consultar o wiki <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink url=" -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Clientes de área de trabalho remota disponíveis" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> é instalado de origem e é " -"capaz de RDP e VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) – a maneira mais fácil de aceder ao servidor " -"de terminal Windows. Um pacote cliente alternativo é " -"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"O cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dá acesso ao Skolelinux " -"remotamente. Um pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"O <computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> é um cliente gráfico para o " -"sistema X2Go (não instalado de origem). Pode ser utilizado para ligação a " -"sessões em execução e para iniciar novas sessões." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Clientes sem fio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"O servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> pode ser usado para estabelecer " -"ligações de rede seguras. Para funcionar, instalar os pacotes " -"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> no servidor " -"principal e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " -"específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, ambos os métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP " -"e PEAP-MSCHAPV2 são activados. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " -"script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\"> o sítio do " -"FreeRADIUS</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "É necessária configuração adicional para" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"activar/desactivar pontos de acesso através de uma <emphasis>chave secreta " -"partilhada</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/customers.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"permitir/negar o acesso sem fios utilizando grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"utilizadores)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"combinar pontos de acesso em grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Os aparelhos de utilizador final têm de ser configurados corretamente; estes " -"aparelhos têm de ser protegidos por PIN para uso con o EAP (802.1x). E mais " -"importante: os utilizadores precisam de ser alertados para instalarem o " -"certificado freeradius CA nos seus dispositivos, para terem a certeza de que " -"se ligam ao servidor correto. Desta forma, a senha não pode ser capturada no " -"caso de contacto com um servidor malicioso. O certificado específico do " -"sítio está disponível na rede interna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (para equipamentos " -"Linux de utilizador final)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Notar que a configuração de equipamentos de utilizador final é um verdadeiro " -"desafio, devido à variedade de equipamentos existentes. Para equipamentos " -"Windows pode ser criado um script de instalação e para equipamentos Apple um " -"ficheiro mobileconfig. O certificado freeRADIUS CA pode ser integrado em " -"ambos os casos, mas são necessárias ferramentas específicas do SO para criar " -"os scripts." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autorizar o uso do acrescento pGina em máquinas Windows com credenciais " -"Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Adicionar utilizador pGina no Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Para ter a possibilidade de usar o acrescento (plugin) pGina (acrescento ao " -"LDAP) - ou qualquer outra aplicação de terceiros de autenticação e " -"autorização de serviços - é necessário ter uma conta de utilizador especial " -"usada nas buscas dentro do LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um utilizador especial, p. ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink url=\"https" -"://www/gosa\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Descarregar e instalar o pGina 3.9.9.12 como software comum. Confirmar que a " -"pasta 'Plugins' do pGina contém o acrescento 'pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll':" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurar o pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Nas configurações do Debian Edu considerar que a ligação ao LDAP usa SSL " -"pelo porto 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "As definições necessárias ao acrescento do pGina para LDAP estão abaixo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(estão guardadas em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Secção principal do acrescento para LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"Hospedeiro(s) LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (mais " -"qualquer outro, com \"espaço\" como separador)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "Porto LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (para ligação SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Tempo limite: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Iniciar TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/NO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validar o certificado do servidor: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/NO</" -"emphasis> (não marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" é um utilizador específico de acesso ao LDAP para busca de " -"utilizadores numa sessão)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Senha de busca: pwd.777 (esta é a senha do \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Bloco de autenticação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Separador Bind:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Permitir senha vazia: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/NO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Filtro de busca: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Bloco de autorização" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Predefinição: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir/Allow</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Negar quando a autenticação LDAP falha: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</" -"emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir quando o servidor está inatingível: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/" -"NO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa, opcional)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Selecção do acrescento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Autenticação [v], Autorização [v], Conversor[v], Mudar a senha [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Máquina local: Autenticação [v], Conversor [v] (marcar apenas duas caixas)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordem dos acrescentos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Autenticação: LDAP, Máquina Local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Conversor: LDAP, Máquina Local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Fontes:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "O Samba no Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"O Samba está agora configurado como <emphasis>servidor independente</" -"emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e partilhas de utilizadores " -"activadas; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" -"computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os utilizadores não " -"administradores podem efectuar partilhas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez que o Samba deixou de usar o protocolo inseguro SMB1, deixou de " -"haver a opção de configurar o Samba como PDC ao estilo NT4." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site para o directório /etc/samba. As " -"definições em <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> substituirão as " -"contidas em <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Por predefinição, os directórios home (pastas de utilizador) são somente de " -"leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site " -"</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"As senhas do Samba são guardadas usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" -"computeroutput> e são actualizadas no caso de uma senha ser alterada através " -"do GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, executar " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>; para " -"reactivar, executar<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> no servidor principal desactiva as partilhas de utilizador " -"para 'alunos'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Aceder a ficheiros via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"As ligações aos diretórios dos utilizadores e a partilhas adicionais " -"específicas de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para aparelhos " -"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " -"dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gestor de ficheiros " -"com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink url=" -"\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" -"www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> podem " -"ser boas opções." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Executar <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<utilizador></computeroutput> ou " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<utilizador></computeroutput> para aceder " -"ao directório pessoal de um utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Instruções para ensino e aprendizagem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Todos os pacotes Debian mencionados nesta secção podem ser instalados " -"executando <computeroutput>apt install <nome-do-pacote></" -"computeroutput> (como root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Ensino de Programação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"O pacote <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que " -"depende de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " -"meta-pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " -"mais informação (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " -"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\"" -">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Monitorização dos alunos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " -"legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos utilizadores " -"de computadores." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controlo, como o <ulink url=\"https://" -"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink url=" -"\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io" -"\">Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Restringir o acesso dos alunos à rede" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir o acesso à " -"Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Instruções para os utilizadores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Alterar senhas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Cada utilizador deve alterar a sua senha através do GOsa². Para isso, basta " -"usar um navegador e ir a <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Usar o GOsa² para alterar a senha garante que as senhas para o Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), para o LDAP (userPassword) e para o Samba " -"(sambaNTPassword) sejam a mesma." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Alterar senhas usando o PAM também é possível no ponto de acesso do GDM; mas " -"isto actualiza apenas a senha do Kerberos e não as senhas do Samba e do " -"GOsa² (LDAP). Portanto, depois de uma alteração de senha no ponto de acesso, " -"é recomendado alterá-la igualmente pelo GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Executar aplicações Java autónomas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"As aplicações Java autónomas funcionam de imediato com o runtime OpenJDK " -"Java." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Usar o correio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Todos os utilizadores podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; " -"são fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para " -"permitir o correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o " -"servidor de correio<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " -"situação concreta, começando pelo <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Todos os utilizadores que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de o configurar da " -"forma que se segue. Para um utilizador com nome de utilizador jdoe o " -"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Iniciar o Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Ignorar e usar o meu endereço existente'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Introduzir o endereço a ser usado" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "Não introduzir a senha, pois será utilizado o acesso único do Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Continuar'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Para IMAP e SMTP, as configurações devem ser 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; " -"se não forem detectadas automaticamente, introduzir manualmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Clicar em 'Concluído'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuir" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuir localmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Presentemente há equipas locais na Noruega, Alemanha, região da Extremadura " -"em Espanha, Taiwan e França. Há contribuidores e utilizadores \"isolados\" " -"na Grécia, nos Países Baixos, no Japão e noutros países." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"O <link linkend=\"Support\">capítulo de apoio</link> tem explicações e " -"ligações para recursos localizados, já que <emphasis>contribuição</emphasis> " -"e <emphasis>apoio</emphasis> são as duas faces da mesma moeda." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuir globalmente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"A nível internacional, o projeto Debian Edu / Skolelinux está organizado em " -"várias <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">equipas</" -"ulink> que trabalham em diferentes temas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o principal meio de " -"comunicação entre os membros, embora haja reuniões mensais no IRC em #debian-" -"edu no irc.debian.org e até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros " -"presenciais, onde os membros se encontram pessoalmente. <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">Novos contribuidores</ulink> " -"devem ler <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Uma boa forma de acompanhar o desenvolvimento do Debian Edu é inscrever-se " -"na lista de correio <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Comunicar deficiências" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " -"comunicações de deficiências existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou " -"criar novas comunicações. Comunicar todas as deficiências com referência ao " -"pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" -"edu-config</ulink>. Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre " -"comunicação de deficiências no Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Redactores e tradutores de documentação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"A equipa do Debian Edu precisa de ajuda neste documento! Desde logo, o " -"documento ainda não está terminado: quem o ler, irá notar vários CORRIGIR/" -"FIXME inseridos no texto.Pede-se a quem souber (um pouco) do que precisa de " -"ser explicado em qualquer deles, que considere partilhar os seus " -"conhecimentos connosco." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"O texto original é um wiki e pode ser editado com um simples navegador da " -"web. Basta ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> e é possível contribuir facilmente. Nota: é necessária uma " -"conta de utilizador para editar as páginas; tem de ser criado primeiro " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">um utilizador do " -"wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os utilizadores é através da tradução " -"de software documentação. No capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"Translations\"" -">traduções</link> está disponível informação sobre como traduzir este " -"documento. Pedimos que considere ajudar no esforço de tradução deste livro!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Apoio" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Apoio baseado em voluntários" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "em inglês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "em norueguês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "em alemão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "Em francês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Apoio profissional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Novos recursos para o Debian Edu 11 denominado Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Alterações na instalação" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian Bullseye; para mais informação, " -"consultar o manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld</ulink>, o tema predefinido do " -"Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"O Instalador Debian deixou de aceitar a configuração chroot LTSP. No caso de " -"uma instalação de servidor combinado (perfis 'Servidor principal' + " -"'Servidor LTSP'), a configuração para suporte de clientes dependentes (agora " -"usando o X2Go) acontece no final da instalação. A geração da imagem SquashFS " -"para suporte de clientes sem disco (a partir do sistema de ficheiros do " -"servidor) é feita no primeiro arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"Para servidores LTSP separados, ambos os passos têm que ser feitos através " -"de uma ferramenta, após o primeiro arranque na rede interna quando estiver " -"disponível informação suficiente a partir do servidor principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Actualizações de software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 11 Bullseye; por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Editor de música Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Bullseye tem mais de 59 000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " -"lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Actualizações de documentação e tradução" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Na instalação, a página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, " -"dos quais 22 apresentam traduções completas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\"" -">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " -"Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português " -"e Chinês Simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para dinamarquês e castelhano." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Outras alterações por comparação com a versão anterior" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Melhor suporte para TLS/SSL na rede interna. Nos clientes, o certificado de " -"raiz para o Debian Edu-CA está incluído no pacote de certificados para todo " -"o sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Novo LTSP, reescrito do zero, deixando de suportar clientes dependentes. Os " -"clientes dependentes são agora suportados utilizando o X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"O Arranque pela rede (Netboot) é feito utilizando o iPXE em vez do PXELINUX, " -"para estar em conformidade com o LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"O directório <emphasis> / srv / tftp </emphasis> é agora usado como base do " -"arranque pela rede, em vez do directório <emphasis> / var / lib / tftpboot " -"</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"O DuckDuckGo é usado como motor de busca predefinido nos navegadores Firefox " -"ESR e Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"O Chromium usa o sítio web interno, em vez do Google, como página inicial " -"predefinida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Nas estações de trabalho sem disco, o Kerberos TGT está automaticamente " -"disponível após o acesso." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Adicionada nova ferramenta para configurar o freeRADIUS com suporte para EAP-" -"TTLS / PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"O Samba é configurado como \"servidor autónomo\" com suporte para SMB2/SMB3; " -"deixou de haver a junção ao domínio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"A interface web GOsa² não mostra entradas relacionadas com o Samba porque os " -"dados da conta Samba deixaram de ser guardados no LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"É usado o modo gráfico do Instalador Debian para instalações PXE (em vez do " -"modo de texto)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"O servidor de impressão central CUPS é ipp.intern; os utilizadores " -"pertencentes ao grupo printer-admins têm permissão para administrar o CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"A administração do Icinga através da interface web está restrita ao primeiro " -"utilizador." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Problemas conhecidos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"consultar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\"> " -"a página de estado do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Direitos de autor e autores" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Este documento foi escrito e protegido por direitos de autor por Holger " -"Levsen (2007-2021), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, " -"2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007) , Knut " -"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " -"(2015) e Serhii Horichenko (2022) e é publicado sob licença GPL2 ou qualquer " -"versão posterior. Usufrua!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Se for adicionado conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">, isso deve " -"ser feito apenas pelo autor do conteúdo adicionado. O conteúdo adicionado " -"tem de ser publicado nas mesmas condições do manual</emphasis>! Adicionar o " -"nome do autor a esta lista e mencionar que a publicação é feita sob a " -"licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traduções deste documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye está totalmente traduzido para Holandês, " -"Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português e Chinês " -"Simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"No Weblate, estão em andamento traduções para polaco, romeno, sueco e chinês " -"tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" -"\">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Instruções sobre como traduzir este documento" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Traduzir utilizando ficheiros PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " -"mantidas em ficheiros PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " -"processo de tradução usando esses ficheiros em <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Traduzir em linha utilizando um navegador da Web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Algumas equipas de tradução decidiram traduzir via Weblate. Para mais " -"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" -"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Solicita-se que quaisquer problemas sejam comunicados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Apêndice A – A Licença Pública Geral GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e outros; consultar o capítulo " -"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Direitos de autor</link> para ver a lista " -"completa dos detentores de direitos de autor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Apêndice B – (ainda não há CD/DVDs Debian Edu Live para o Bullseye)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Os CD/DVDs Debian Edu Live para Bullseye não estão disponíveis de momento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Especificidades das imagens autónomas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Ambiente de trabalho XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes do perfil autónomo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes da equipa de desenvolvimento para portátil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Especificidades da imagem de Estação de trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Todos os pacotes do perfil de Estação de Trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Activação de traduções e definições regionais" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Para activar uma tradução específica, arrancar utilizando a opção de " -"arranque <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>, onde ll_CC." -"UTF-8 é o nome da localização (locale) desejada. Para activar um determinado " -"esquema de teclado, usar a opção de arranque <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> onde KB é o código do esquema de teclado pretendido. Eis uma " -"lista de códigos locais comumente usados:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Idioma (Região) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Código</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Esquema do teclado</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norueguês (Bokmål)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norueguês (Nynorsk)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Alemão" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Francês (França)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Grego (Grécia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japonês" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Sami do Norte (Noruega)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Está disponível uma lista completa de códigos de localização em " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, mas apenas os " -"códigos UTF-8 são suportados pelas imagens executáveis. No entanto, nem " -"todas as localizações têm traduções instaladas. Os nomes dos esquemas de " -"teclado podem ser encontrados em /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "A saber" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "A senha do utilizador é \"user\"; o root não tem senha definida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Problemas conhecidos no uso da imagem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Apêndice C – Aspectos salientes de versões mais antigas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu 10+edu0, denominado Buster, lançado em " -"2019-07-06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Pela primeira vez estão disponíveis as imagens de instalação do Debian Edu " -"em <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>; portanto estas são imagens " -"oficiais do Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do debian-installer usado no Debian Buster; para mais informação " -"consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype</ulink>, o tema " -"predefinido do Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "O Xfce é o novo ambiente de trabalho predefinido (substituindo o KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Nova gestão de configuração CFEngine (substituição do pacote não mantido " -"cfengine2 pelo cfengine3); trata-se de uma alteração importante, pelo que " -"deve ser lida <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">a documentação " -"oficial do CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "A arquitectura do chroot LTSP predefinida é agora a do servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 10 Buster, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR e Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Buster inclui mais de 57000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 10 Buster nas <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Actualizações de tradução para os modelos utilizados no instalador. Estes " -"modelos estão agora disponíveis em 76 idiomas, dos quais 31 estão totalmente " -"traduzidos. A página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, dos " -"quais 19 estão totalmente traduzidos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Buster está totalmente traduzido para francês, " -"alemão, italiano, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês Bokmål e japonês." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para polaco, espanhol, chinês " -"simplificado e chinês tradicional." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "A imagem BD ISO pode ser novamente usada para instalações offline." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Estão disponíveis novos meta-pacotes <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis> (educação, pré-escola), <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis> (educação, ensino básico, primeiro ciclo), <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> (educação, ensino básico, segundo e terceiro " -"ciclos) e <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> (educação, ensino " -"secundário). Nenhum deles é instalado de origem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Alguns pacotes dos níveis da pré-escola e da escola primária (como " -"<emphasis> gcompris-qt </emphasis>, <emphasis> childsplay </emphasis>, " -"<emphasis> tuxpaint </emphasis> e <emphasis> tuxmath </emphasis>) não são " -"mais instalados de origem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Instalação modular específica do local. Agora é possível instalar apenas os " -"pacotes educativos pretendidos. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo de " -"instalação <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\"></ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Suporte multilingue específico do local. Para mais informação ver o capítulo " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Ambiente de trabalho</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 como nova opção para o ambiente de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Novo acrescento (plugin) para o GOsa² <emphasis>Gestão de senhas</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "As opções não utilizáveis foram removidas da interface web GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Disponível novo grupo de rede para excluir sistemas pertencentes ao grupo de " -"rede <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> (desactivar à noite) " -"daqueles a serem ativados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta Standardkriver (impressora predefinida). Para mais " -"informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Standardskriver\">Administração</" -"ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta Desktop-autoloader. Permite melhorias de desempenho para " -"clientes sem disco LTSP. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">Clientes de rede</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Suporte TLS/SSL melhorado dentro da rede interna. É utilizado um certificado " -"RootCA para assinar certificados de servidor; os directórios home do " -"utilizador são configurados para aceitarem o certificado no momento da " -"criação de conta; além do Firefox ESR, também o Chromium e o Konqueror podem " -"agora utilizar HTTPS sem terem que permitir ligações inseguras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis> 'kerberizado'. Deixou de ser necessária uma senha " -"para ligações dentro da rede interna; o root tem que executar " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> primeiro, para activar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS 'kerberizado'. Agora é possível usar um acesso mais seguro ao directório " -"home. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS" -"\">Administração</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Adicionado o ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com exemplos para facilitar as alterações " -"específicas de cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Adicionado o ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-" -"client.conf</computeroutput> com exemplos para facilitar as alterações " -"específicas de cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Nova ferramenta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Permite gerar de novo a base de dados LDAP " -"para o estado em que ficou logo após a instalação do servidor principal. A " -"ferramenta também pode ser útil para facilitar as mudanças específicas de " -"cada local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Com o <emphasis>Servidor X2Go</emphasis> agora disponível no Debian, os " -"respectivos pacotes são agora instalados em todos os sistemas com o perfil " -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Descartada a funcionalidade de execução de applets Java no navegador Firefox " -"ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"O suporte para flash não livre foi abandonado do navegador Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Como acontecia antes do Debian 9 Stretch, o Debian 10 não instala de origem " -"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>. Para mais " -"informação sobre actualizações de segurança, ver o capítulo <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Manutenção</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu 9+edu0, denominado Stretch, lançado " -"em 17-06-2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Nova versão do debian-installer, retirada do Debian Stretch. Para mais " -"informação, consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"O perfil \"Thin-Client-Server\" foi renomeado para perfil \"LTSP-Server\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\"> \"soft Waves\"</ulink>, o tema predefinido " -"para o Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Tudo o que era novo no Debian 9 Stretch, por exemplo:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"O KDE Plasma Workspace é instalado por predefinição; para instalar um dos " -"outros, consultar a secção respectiva do manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR e Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "O Iceweasel foi renomeado como Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"O Icedove foi renomeado como Thunderbird e agora é instalado de origem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"O Debian Stretch inclui mais de 50000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mais informação sobre o Debian 9 Stretch nas <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">manual de " -"instalação</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Actualizações de tradução para os modelos utilizados no instalador. Estes " -"modelos estão agora disponíveis em 29 idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"O Manual do Debian Edu Stretch está totalmente traduzido para alemão, " -"francês, italiano, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês Bokmål e japonês. A " -"tradução em japonês foi recentemente adicionada ao Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para espanhol, polaco e chinês " -"simplificado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "O Icinga substitui o Nagios como ferramenta de monitorização." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" -"O kde-spectacle substitui o ksnapshot como ferramenta de captura de ecrã." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "O reprodutor de flash livre gnash está de volta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"O Plymouth é instalado e activado de origem, excepto para os perfis " -"'Servidor Principal' e 'Mínimo'; pressionar ESC permite visualizar as " -"mensagens de arranque e encerramento." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"Após a actualização a partir do Jessie, a base de dados LDAP tem de ser " -"ajustada. O valor sudoHost 'tjener' tem de ser substituído por 'tjener." -"intern' usando o GOsa² ou um editor LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"O suporte a PCs de 32-bit (conhecido como a arquitectura Debian i386) deixou " -"de abranger processadores i586 simples. A nova base de suporte é a " -"arquitectura de processadores i686, embora alguns processadores i586 (por " -"exemplo, o \"AMD Geode\") continuem a ser suportados." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"O Debian 9 permite actualizações não vigiadas (para actualizações de " -"segurança) por predefinição para novas instalações. Isto pode causar um " -"atraso de cerca de 15 minutos, se um sistema com um baixo valor para tempo " -"em funcionamento (uptime) for desligado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"O LTSP agora usa NBD em vez de NFS para o sistema de ficheiros raiz. Após " -"cada alteração a um chroot LTSP, a imagem NBD relacionada deve ser " -"regenerada (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) para que as " -"alterações tenham efeito." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Já não são permitidos acessos simultâneos do mesmo utilizador no servidor " -"LTSP e no cliente dependente de LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Informação histórica sobre versões mais antigas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Anteriormente foram lançadas as seguintes versões do Debian Edu :" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, denominado Jessie, lançado em 02-07-2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, denominado Wheezy, lançado em 28-09-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 03-03-2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 11-03-2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 05-10-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 08-02-2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", lançado em 05-12-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" lançado em 22-07-2007. Baseado no Debian 4.0 Etch " -"lançado em 08-04-2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, lançado em 14-03-2006. Baseado no Debian 3.1 Sarge, lançado " -"em 06-06-2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" lançado em 20-06-2004. Baseado no Debian 3.0 Woody " -"lançado em 19-07-2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " -"e detalhada das versões mais antigas; ou ver os manuais das respectivas " -"versões na página <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">manuais das diferentes versões</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM num " -#~ "cliente dependente X2Go, o dispositivo é automaticamente montado e é " -#~ "possível aceder-lhe navegando na pasta respectiva no ambiente de trabalho " -#~ "Xfce." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se os utilizadores remotos aceitarem a ação da janela emergente ou " -#~ "utilizarem o pmount na consola/terminal, podem até montar os aparelhos " -#~ "amovíveis e aceder aos ficheiros." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho diferente do predefinido, premir " -#~ "TAB e editar as opções de arranque do núcleo (kernel) (como explicado " -#~ "acima)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No Bullseye, o LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores, no que " -#~ "respeita tanto à configuração como à manutenção. Uma das principais " -#~ "diferenças, é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco é " -#~ "agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor LTSP. Além " -#~ "disso, os clientes dependentes já não são suportados." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" -#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)cria suporte a clientes dependentes " -#~ "de 64 bits." - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "Neste caso, executar os seguintes comandos no servidor LTSP." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Primeiro, obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware disponíveis\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Perceber qual é pacote adequado à(s) interface(s) de rede. \n" -#~ "# Muito provavelmente será firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <nome-do-pacote>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Actualizar a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Executar " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " -#~ "informação sobre tipos de clientes dependentes." - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>, especialmente " -#~ "qualquer <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis> separado ou " -#~ "adicional" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "aceder como root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "Firefox-ESR 78.9 and Chromium 89.0" -#~ msgstr "Firefox-ESR 78.9 e Chromium 89.0" - -#~ msgid "base-passwd: Choose Yes." -#~ msgstr "base-passwd: Escolher yes." - -#~ msgid "To avoid a possible squid file permission pitfall, run" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para evitar um possível problema nas permissões do ficheiro squid, " -#~ "executar" - -#~ msgid "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" -#~ msgstr "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore an error message about the <emphasis>icingadb</emphasis> existence." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ignorar uma mensagem de erro sobre a existência da <emphasis>icingadb</" -#~ "emphasis>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -#~ msgstr "cp /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf_non-edu /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "Servidor de aparelhos de blocos pela rede" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "Solicitar um CD / DVD por correio" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para quem não tenha uma ligação rápida à Internet, disponibiliza-se um CD " -#~ "ou DVD pelo custo do CD ou DVD mais os portes de envio. Basta enviar um " -#~ "pedido para <ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</" -#~ "ulink> e acerta-se a forma de pagamento (dos portes e do produto)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Não esquecer de incluir no pedido o endereço postal para o qual o CD ou " -#~ "DVD deve ser enviado." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, " -#~ "Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese and Japanese are available. " -#~ "Incomplete translations exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. " -#~ "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" -#~ "edu-doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estão disponíveis traduções deste documento para alemão, italiano, " -#~ "francês, dinamarquês, holandês, norueguês bokmål, português e japonês. " -#~ "Existem traduções incompletas para espanhol, polaco e chinês " -#~ "simplificado. Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -#~ "debian-edu-doc/\"> visão geral online das traduções incluídas </ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data publicării; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Traducere:</emphasis> -2019 Catalin Ene -2021 Guilherme Fernandes Neto -2022 Florin Voicu -2023-2025 Remus-Gabriel Chelu - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ro.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9988 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-10 16:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Remus-Gabriel Chelu <remusgabriel.chelu@disroot.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/ro/>\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < " -"20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "ro" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Manualul Debian Edu / Skolelinux 11 Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Data publicării:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual pentru Debian Edu 11 nume în cod Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Logo-ul programului de instalare Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Acesta este manualul pentru versiunea Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"Versiunea de la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> este în format „wiki” și este actualizată frecvent." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Traducerile</link> fac parte din pachetul " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> care poate fi instalat pe un " -"server web și este disponibil <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Despre Debian Edu și Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu, cunoscut și ca Skolelinux, este o distribuție Linux bazată pe " -"Debian care oferă un mediu „ca scos din cutie” al unei rețele școlare " -"complet configurate. Aceasta implementează o abordare client-server. " -"Serverele și clienții sunt <emphasis>piese de software</emphasis> care " -"interacționează între ele. Serverele furnizează informațiile necesare " -"clienților pentru a funcționa. Atunci când un server este instalat pe o " -"mașină, iar clientul său pe o altă mașină, mașinile în sine sunt denumite " -"server și client, prin extensie a conceptului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Capitolele despre <link linkend=\"Requirements\">cerințele echipamentului și " -"de rețea</link> și despre <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arhitectură</link> " -"conțin detalii de bază pentru proiectarea sistemului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"După instalarea unui server principal, toate serviciile necesare pentru o " -"rețea școlară sunt configurate, iar sistemul este gata de utilizare. Doar " -"utilizatorii și mașinile trebuie să fie adăugate prin GOsa², o interfață web " -"confortabilă sau orice alt editor LDAP. De asemenea, a fost pregătit un " -"mediu de pornire prin rețea folosind PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\"" -">iPXE</ulink>, astfel încât, după instalarea inițială a serverului principal " -"de pe CD, disc Blu-ray sau unitate flash USB, toate celelalte mașini pot fi " -"instalate prin rețea, inclusiv „stațiile de lucru itinerante (în roaming)” (" -"cele care pot fi scoase din rețeaua școlii, de obicei laptopuri sau netbook-" -"uri). De asemenea, mașinile pot fi pornite prin PXE/iPXE ca stații de lucru " -"fără disc sau clienți lejeri." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Multe aplicații educative cum ar fi GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege și Scratch sunt incluse în configurația implicită a mediului de " -"birou; lista aplicațiilor poate fi lărgită cu ușurință datorită universului " -"de aplicații Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Un pic de istorie și de ce două nume" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"este o distribuție Linux creată de către proiectul Debian Edu . Ca " -"distribuție <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" -"ulink>, este un subproiect oficial al <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\"" -">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Aceasta înseamnă că Skolelinux este o distribuție Debian care oferă un mediu " -"„ca scos din cutie” pentru o rețea școlară complet configurată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Proiectul Skolelinux din Norvegia a fost fondat pe 2 iulie 2001 și " -"aproximativ în aceeași perioadă Raphaël Hertzog a inițiat Debian-Edu în " -"Franța. Din 2003, cele două proiecte au fuzionat, dar cele două nume au " -"rămas. „Skole” și (Debian-) „Education” sunt de fapt doi termeni bine " -"cunoscuți în aceste regiuni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "În prezent, sistemul este utilizat în mai multe țări din întreaga lume." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arhitectura" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Această secțiune a documentului descrie arhitectura rețelei și serviciile " -"furnizate de o instalare Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Topologia rețelei Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Diagrama de mai sus este o schemă a topologiei presupuse a rețelei. " -"Configurația implicită a unei rețele Skolelinux presupune că există un " -"singur server principal, care permite în același timp includerea atât a " -"stațiilor de lucru normale, cât și a serverelor LTSP (cu clienți lejeri și/" -"sau stații de lucru fără discuri asociate). Numărul de stații de lucru poate " -"fi oricât de mare sau de mic doriți (începând de la niciunul până la foarte " -"multe). Același lucru este valabil și pentru serverele LTSP, fiecare dintre " -"acestea aflându-se pe o rețea separată, astfel încât traficul dintre clienți " -"și serverul LTSP să nu afecteze restul serviciilor de rețea. LTSP este " -"explicat în detaliu în capitolul din <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"" -">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link> aferent." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Motivul pentru care nu poate exista decât un singur server principal în " -"fiecare rețea școlară este acela că serverul principal furnizează DHCP și nu " -"poate exista decât o singură mașină care să facă acest lucru în fiecare " -"rețea. Este posibil să se mute serviciile de pe serverul principal pe alte " -"mașini prin configurarea serviciului pe o altă mașină și actualizarea " -"ulterioară a configurației DNS, indicând aliasul DNS pentru serviciul " -"respectiv către calculatorul potrivit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a simplifica configurarea standard a Skolelinux, conexiunea la " -"Internet trece printr-un router separat, numit și poartă de acces sau " -"pasarelă. Consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Requirements--" -"Internet_router\">Router Internet</link> pentru detalii despre cum să " -"configurați o astfel de poartă de acces în cazul în care nu este posibilă " -"configurarea uneia existente în funcție de necesități." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Configurația implicită a rețelei" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP de pe serverul principal deservește rețeaua 10.0.0.0/8, oferind un " -"meniu de pornire PXE în care puteți alege dacă doriți să instalați un nou " -"server/stație de lucru, să porniți un client lejer sau o stație de lucru " -"fără disc, să executați «memtest» sau să porniți de pe discul dur local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Acesta este conceput pentru a fi modificat; pentru detalii, consultați " -"capitolul din <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din " -"rețea</link> aferent." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP pe serverele LTSP deservește doar o rețea dedicată pe cea de-a doua " -"interfață (192.168.0.0/24 și 192.168.1.0/24 sunt opțiunile preconfigurate) " -"și rareori ar trebui să fie nevoie de modificarea acestora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Configurația tuturor subrețelelor este stocată în LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Serverul principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"O rețea Skolelinux are nevoie de un server principal (numit și „tjener”, " -"care în norvegiană înseamnă „server”) care, în mod implicit, are adresa IP " -"10.0.2.2 și este instalat prin selectarea profilului „Server principal”. " -"Este posibil (dar nu este obligatoriu) să selectați și să instalați și " -"profilurile „Server LTSP” și „Stație de lucru” în plus față de profilul „" -"Server principal”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Servicii disponibile pe serverul principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Cu excepția controlului clienților lejeri, toate serviciile sunt configurate " -"inițial pe un calculator central (serverul principal). Din motive de " -"performanță, serverul (sau serverele LTSP) ar trebui să fie separate (deși " -"este posibil să se instaleze atât profilul serverului principal, cât și cel " -"al serverului LTSP pe aceeași mașină). Tuturor serviciilor li se alocă un " -"nume DNS dedicat și sunt oferite exclusiv prin IPv4. Numele DNS alocat " -"facilitează mutarea serviciilor individuale de pe serverul principal pe o " -"altă mașină, prin simpla oprire a serviciului de pe serverul principal și " -"modificarea configurației DNS pentru a indica noua locație a serviciului (" -"care trebuie să fie configurată mai întâi pe acea mașină, desigur)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a asigura securitatea, toate conexiunile prin care parolele sunt " -"transmise prin rețea sunt criptate, astfel încât nici o parolă nu este " -"trimisă prin rețea ca text în clar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Mai jos este un tabel cu serviciile care sunt configurate în mod implicit " -"într-o rețea Skolelinux și numele DNS al fiecărui serviciu. Dacă este " -"posibil, toate fișierele de configurare se vor referi la serviciu după nume (" -"fără numele de domeniu), facilitând astfel schimbarea de către școli fie a " -"domeniului lor (dacă au un domeniu DNS propriu), fie a adreselor IP pe care " -"le utilizează." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabelul serviciilor</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descriere</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nume uzual</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Numele serviciului DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Jurnalizare centralizată" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Serviciul de nume de domeniu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domeniu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Configurarea automată a rețelei de calculatoare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronizarea ceasurilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Directoare personale prin intermediul sistemului de fișiere de rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "directoare personale (home)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Poșta electronică" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "oficiul poștal (postoffice)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Serviciul de director" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Administrarea utilizatorilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Server web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Copii de rezervă centralizate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Cache web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Imprimarea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Autentificare la distanță securizată" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Configurare automată" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Server(i) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Supravegherea mașinilor și a serviciilor cu raportare a erorilor, plus " -"starea și istoricul pe web. Raportarea erorilor prin poșta electronică" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga și Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Fișierele personale ale fiecărui utilizator sunt stocate în directoarele " -"personale ale acestora, care sunt făcute disponibile de către server. " -"Directoarele personale sunt accesibile de pe toate mașinile, oferind " -"utilizatorilor acces la aceleași fișiere indiferent de mașina pe care o " -"folosesc. Serverul este agnostic față de sistemele de operare, oferind acces " -"prin NFS pentru clienții Unix și prin SMB2/SMB3 pentru ceilalți clienți." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, poșta electronică este configurată să livreze mesajele în " -"rețeaua locală (adică în interiorul școlii), deși se poate configura " -"livrarea de mesaje în Internet dacă școala are o conexiune permanentă la " -"Internet. Clienții sunt configurați să livreze corespondența către server (" -"folosind „smarthost”), iar utilizatorii pot <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">accesa corespondența personală</link> prin IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Toate serviciile sunt accesibile folosind același nume de utilizator și " -"aceeași parolă, datorită bazei de date centralizate a utilizatorilor care " -"gestionează autentificarea și autorizarea." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a crește performanța pe siturile accesate frecvent, se utilizează un " -"proxy web care stochează fișierele la nivel local (Squid). Împreună cu " -"blocarea traficului web în router, acest lucru permite, de asemenea, " -"controlul accesului la Internet pe fiecare mașină în parte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Configurarea rețelei pe clienți se face automat cu ajutorul serviciului " -"DHCP. Toate tipurile de clienți pot fi conectate la subrețeaua privată 10.0.0" -".0.0/8 și vor primi adrese IP corespunzătoare; clienții LTSP trebuie " -"conectați la serverul LTSP corespunzător prin intermediul subrețelei " -"separate 192.168.0.0/24 (aceasta pentru a se asigura că traficul de rețea al " -"clienților LTSP nu interferează cu restul serviciilor de rețea)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Jurnalizarea centralizată este configurată astfel încât toate mașinile să " -"trimită mesajele „syslog” către server. Serviciul «syslog» este configurat " -"astfel încât să accepte numai mesajele primite din rețeaua locală." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, serverul DNS este configurat cu un domeniu destinat " -"exclusiv uzului intern (*.intern), până când poate fi configurat un domeniu " -"DNS real („extern”). Serverul DNS este configurat ca server DNS cu " -"prestocarea numelor de domeniu (cu cache), astfel încât toate mașinile din " -"rețea să îl poată utiliza ca server DNS principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Elevii și profesorii au posibilitatea de a publica situri web. Serverul web " -"oferă mecanisme de autentificare a utilizatorilor și de limitare a accesului " -"la pagini individuale și subdirectoare pentru anumiți utilizatori și " -"grupuri. Utilizatorii vor avea posibilitatea de a crea pagini web dinamice, " -"deoarece serverul web va fi programabil pe partea de server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Informațiile privind utilizatorii și mașinile pot fi modificate într-o " -"singură locație centrală și sunt accesibile în mod automat tuturor " -"calculatoarelor din rețea. Pentru a realiza acest lucru, se înființează un " -"server de directoare centralizat. Directorul va conține informații despre " -"utilizatori, grupuri de utilizatori, mașini și grupuri de mașini. Pentru a " -"evita confuzia utilizatorilor, nu va exista nicio diferență între grupurile " -"de fișiere și grupurile de rețea. Aceasta implică faptul că grupurile de " -"mașini care vor forma grupurile de rețea vor utiliza același spațiu de nume " -"ca și grupurile de utilizatori." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Administrarea serviciilor și a utilizatorilor se va face în principal prin " -"intermediul internetului și respectă standardele stabilite, funcționând bine " -"în navigatoarele web care fac parte din Skolelinux. Sistemele de " -"administrare vor permite delegarea anumitor sarcini către utilizatori " -"individuali sau grupuri de utilizatori." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a evita anumite probleme cu NFS și pentru a simplifica depanarea " -"problemelor, diferitele mașini din rețea au nevoie de sincronizarea " -"ceasurilor. Pentru a realiza acest lucru, serverul Skolelinux este " -"configurat ca server local NTP (Network Time Protocol), iar toate stațiile " -"de lucru și clienții sunt configurați pentru a se sincroniza cu serverul. " -"Serverul însuși trebuie să-și sincronizeze ceasul prin NTP cu mașinile din " -"internet, asigurându-se astfel că întreaga rețea are ora corectă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Imprimantele sunt conectate acolo unde este convenabil, fie direct la " -"rețeaua principală, fie conectate la un server, la o stație de lucru sau la " -"un server LTSP. Accesul la imprimante poate fi controlat pentru utilizatorii " -"individuali în funcție de grupurile din care fac parte; acest lucru se va " -"realiza prin utilizarea cotelor și a controlului accesului la imprimante." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Serverul LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"O rețea Skolelinux poate avea mai multe servere LTSP care sunt instalate " -"selecționând profilul „Server LTSP”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Serverele LTSP sunt configurate pentru a primi jurnalele de sistem (syslog) " -"de la clienții lejeri și stațiile de lucru și pentru a retransmite aceste " -"mesaje către destinatarul central de jurnalizare «syslog»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Rețineți că:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"Stațiile de lucru fără disc LTSP utilizează programele instalate pe server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Sistemul de fișiere rădăcină al clientului este furnizat prin NFS. După " -"fiecare modificare a serverului LTSP, imaginea aferentă trebuie generată din " -"nou; executați <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> pe serverul LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Clienți lejeri" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"O configurație de client lejer permite PC-urilor obișnuite să funcționeze ca " -"terminale (X). Aceasta înseamnă că mașina pornește direct de la server " -"folosind PXE, fără a utiliza discul dur local al clientului. Configurația de " -"client lejer utilizează acum X2Go, deoarece LTSP a eliminat suportul pentru " -"această funcționalitate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Clienții lejeri sunt o modalitate bună de a utiliza în continuare mașini " -"foarte vechi (în general pe 32 de biți), deoarece acestea rulează efectiv " -"toate programele de pe serverul LTSP. Acest lucru funcționează după cum " -"urmează: serviciul utilizează DHCP și TFTP pentru a se conecta la rețea și " -"pentru a porni din rețea. Apoi, sistemul de fișiere este montat de pe " -"serverul LTSP folosind NFS și, în final, este pornit clientul X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Stații de lucru fără disc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"O stație de lucru fără disc rulează toate programele de pe PC fără un sistem " -"de operare instalat local. Aceasta înseamnă că mașinile client pornesc prin " -"PXE fără a rula software-ul instalat pe un disc dur local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Stațiile de lucru fără discuri reprezintă o modalitate excelentă de a " -"utiliza echipamente puternice cu aceleași costuri de întreținere reduse ca " -"și în cazul clienților lejeri. Software-ul este administrat și întreținut pe " -"server, fără a fi nevoie de software instalat local pe clienți. De asemenea, " -"directoarele personale și configurările de sistem sunt stocate pe server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Clienți din rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Termenul „clienți din rețea” este utilizat în acest manual pentru a se " -"referi atât la clienții lejeri, cât și la stațiile de lucru fără disc, " -"precum și la calculatoarele care rulează MacOS sau Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administarea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Toate mașinile Linux care sunt instalate cu programul de instalare " -"Skolelinux vor putea fi administrate de pe un calculator central, cel mai " -"probabil de pe server. Va fi posibilă conectarea la toate mașinile prin SSH, " -"având astfel acces complet la acestea. Ca root trebuie să se ruleze mai " -"întâi <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> pentru a obține un tichet " -"(„ticket-granting ticket”: TGT) Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Toate informațiile despre utilizatori sunt păstrate într-un director LDAP. " -"Actualizările conturilor de utilizator se fac în raport cu această bază de " -"date, care este utilizată de clienți pentru autentificarea utilizatorilor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"În prezent, există două tipuri de imagini media de instalare: netinst (" -"instalare prin rețea) și BD (Block Device). Ambele imagini pot fi pornite și " -"de pe brelocuri de memorie USB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Scopul este acela de a putea instala o singură dată un server de pe orice " -"tip de suport și de a instala toți ceilalți clienți din rețea prin pornirea " -"din rețea." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Numai imaginea de instalare prin rețea, „netinst” are nevoie de acces la " -"internet în timpul instalării." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea nu ar trebui să pună nicio întrebare, cu excepția limbii dorite, " -"a locației, a aranjamentului tastaturii și a profilului mașinii (server " -"principal, stație de lucru, server LTSP, ...). Toate celelalte configurări " -"vor fi stabilite automat cu valori rezonabile, urmând a fi modificate dintr-" -"o locație centrală de către administratorul de sistem după efectuarea " -"instalării." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea accesului la sistemul de fișiere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Fiecărui cont de utilizator Skolelinux i se atribuie o secțiune a sistemului " -"de fișiere de pe serverul de fișiere. Această secțiune (director personal) " -"conține fișierele de configurare, documentele, corespondența electronică și " -"paginile web ale utilizatorului. Unele dintre fișiere ar trebui să fie " -"configurate pentru a avea acces de citire pentru alți utilizatori de pe " -"sistem, unele ar trebui să poată fi citite de oricine din Internet, iar " -"altele nu ar trebui să fie accesibile pentru citire decât utilizatorului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a vă asigura că toate discurile care sunt utilizate pentru directoare " -"de utilizator sau directoare partajate pot fi denumite în mod unic pe toate " -"calculatoarele din sistemul Skolelinux, acestea pot fi montate ca " -"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Inițial, pe " -"serverul de fișiere este creat un director, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0/</computeroutput>, în care sunt create toate conturile de utilizator. " -"Ulterior, pot fi create mai multe directoare, atunci când este necesar, " -"pentru a găzdui anumite grupuri de utilizatori sau anumite modele de " -"utilizare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a permite accesul partajat la fișiere în cadrul sistemului normal de " -"permisiuni UNIX, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupuri specifice " -"suplimentare (cum ar fi „elevi ”), precum și din grupul primar personal în " -"care se află în mod implicit (clasa, școala). Dacă utilizatorii au o valoare " -"adecvată a parametrului „umask” pentru a face ca elementele nou create să " -"fie accesibile în grup (002 sau 007) și dacă directoarele în care lucrează " -"au bitul „setgid” activat pentru a se asigura că fișierele moștenesc " -"proprietatea corectă asupra grupului, rezultatul este o partajare controlată " -"a fișierelor între membrii unui grup." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"Configurațiile inițiale de acces pentru fișierele nou create sunt o " -"chestiune de politică de sistem. Valoarea implicită a parametrului umask în " -"Debian este 022 (care nu ar permite accesul în grup, așa cum este descris " -"mai sus), dar Debian Edu folosește valoarea implicită 002 - ceea ce înseamnă " -"că fișierele sunt create cu acces de citire pentru toată lumea, care poate " -"fi eliminat ulterior printr-o acțiune explicită a utilizatorului. Acest " -"lucru poate fi schimbat alternativ (prin editarea <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/" -"common-session</computeroutput>) la o valoare umask de 007 - ceea ce " -"înseamnă că accesul la citire este inițial blocat, fiind necesară o acțiune " -"a utilizatorului pentru a le face accesibile. Prima abordare încurajează " -"schimbul de cunoștințe și face ca sistemul să fie mai transparent, în timp " -"ce a doua metodă scade riscul de răspândire nedorită a informațiilor " -"sensibile. Problema primei soluții este că utilizatorii nu sunt conștienți " -"de faptul că materialele pe care le creează vor fi accesibile tuturor " -"celorlalți utilizatori. Aceștia pot detecta acest lucru doar inspectând " -"directoarele altor utilizatori și constatând că fișierele lor sunt " -"accesibile pentru citire. Problema celei de-a doua soluții este că puțini " -"sunt cei care își vor face fișierele accesibile, chiar dacă acestea nu " -"conțin informații sensibile, iar conținutul ar fi util pentru utilizatorii " -"curioși care doresc să afle cum au rezolvat alții anumite probleme (de " -"obicei, probleme de configurare)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Cerințe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Există diferite moduri de a configura (de a pune în practică) o soluție " -"Skolelinux. Aceasta poate fi instalată pe un singur PC independent sau poate " -"fi o soluție la nivel regional în mai multe școli, operată la nivel central. " -"Această flexibilitate face o mare diferență în ceea ce privește configurarea " -"componentelor de rețea, a serverelor și a mașinilor client." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Cerințe hardware" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Scopul diferitelor profile este explicat în capitolul<link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">Arhitectura rețelei</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Dacă intenționați să utilizați LTSP, aruncați o privire la pagina wiki " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\"" -">Pagina wiki referitoare la cerințele hardware LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Calculatoarele pe care rulează Debian Edu / Skolelinux trebuie să aibă " -"procesoare x86 pe 32 de biți (arhitectura Debian „i386”, cele mai vechi " -"procesoare acceptate sunt cele din clasa 686) sau pe 64 de biți (arhitectura " -"Debian „amd64”)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Clienții lejeri pot funcționa cu doar 256 Mio de memorie RAM și frecvența " -"procesorului de 400 MHz, deși se recomandă mai multă memorie RAM și " -"procesoare mai rapide." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Pentru stațiile de lucru, stațiile de lucru fără disc și sistemele autonome, " -"1500 MHz pentru procesor și 1024 Mio pentru memoria RAM sunt cerințele " -"minime absolute. Pentru rularea navigatorilor web moderni și a LibreOffice " -"se recomandă cel puțin 2048 Mio de memorie RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "Spațiul minim necesar pe disc depinde de profilul care este instalat:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"pentru o combinație server principal + server LTSP: 60Gio (plus spațiu " -"suplimentar pentru conturile utilizatorilor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "server LTSP: 40 Gio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "stație de lucru sau sistem autonom: 30 Gio." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"Serverele LTSP au nevoie de două plăci de rețea atunci când se utilizează " -"arhitectura de rețea implicită:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 este conectată la rețeaua principală (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 este utilizată pentru deservirea clienților LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Laptopurile sunt stații de lucru mobile, deci au aceleași necesități ca și " -"stațiile de lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Calculatoare compatibile" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"O listă cu calculatoarele testate este furnizată în pagina <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Această listă nu este nici pe " -"departe completă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> este un efort de " -"a documenta cum se instalează, se configurează și se utilizează Debian pe un " -"anumit tip de calculatoare, permițând potențialilor cumpărători să știe dacă " -"calculatoarele respective sunt acceptate, iar proprietarilor actuali să știe " -"cum să obțină cele mai bune rezultate de la aceste calculatoare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Cerințe pentru configurarea rețelei" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Configurația implicită" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" -"Atunci când se utilizează arhitectura de rețea implicită, se aplică aceste " -"reguli:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Este necesara instalarea unui singur server principal, tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Puteți avea sute de stații de lucru în rețeaua principală." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Puteți avea o mulțime de servere LTSP în rețeaua principală; două subrețele " -"diferite sunt preconfigurate (DNS, DHCP) în LDAP, putând fi adăugate mai " -"multe." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Puteți avea sute de clienți lejeri și/sau stații de lucru fără disc pe " -"fiecare rețea de servere LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Puteți avea sute de alte mașini cărora li se vor atribui adrese IP dinamice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a avea acces la internet aveți nevoie de un router/punct de acces " -"(pasarelă); a se vedea mai jos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Router-ul internet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Pentru conectarea la Internet este necesar un router/punct de acces(pasarelă)" -", conectat la internet pe interfața externă și care rulează la adresa IP " -"10.0.0.1 cu masca de rețea 255.0.0.0 pe interfața internă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Router-ul nu trebuie să ruleze un server DHCP, dar poate rula un server DNS, " -"deși acesta nu este necesar și nu va fi utilizat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care aveți deja un router, dar nu îl puteți configura așa cum " -"este necesar (de exemplu, pentru că nu aveți permisiunea de a face acest " -"lucru sau din motive tehnice), un calculator mai vechi cu două interfețe de " -"rețea poate fi transformat într-o poartă de legătură între rețeaua existentă " -"și cea Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"O modalitate simplă este de a instala Debian Edu pe acest computer; " -"selectați „Minimal” ca profil în timpul instalării." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"După instalare, rulați comanda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> care " -"va face următoarele modificări:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Ajustează fișierul „/etc/network/interfaces”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Schimbă permanent numele gazdei în „gateway\" (punct de acces)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Elimină scripturile de prisos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Activează redirecționarea IP și NAT pentru rețeaua 10.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Instalează un paravan de protecție (opțional)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți nevoie de ceva pentru un router încorporat sau un punct de acces, " -"vă recomandăm să folosiți <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" -"ulink>, deși, desigur, puteți folosi și firmware-ul original. Utilizarea " -"firmware-ului original este mai ușoară; utilizarea OpenWRT vă oferă mai " -"multe opțiuni și control. Consultați paginile web OpenWRT pentru o listă cu " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">dispozitivele " -"compatibile</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este posibil să folosiți o configurație de rețea diferită (există o <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedură " -"documentată</ulink> pentru a face acest lucru), dar dacă nu sunteți forțat " -"să faceți acest lucru de o infrastructură de rețea existentă, se recomandă " -"să nu faceți acest lucru și să păstrați configurația de la <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">arhitectura de rețea</link> implicită." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Opțiuni de descărcare și instalare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Unde puteți găsi informații suplimentare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vă recomandăm să citiți sau cel puțin să aruncați o privire la <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notele de lansare " -"pentru Debian Bullseye</ulink> înainte de a începe să instalați un sistem " -"pentru utilizarea în producție. Există mai multe informații despre versiunea " -"Debian Bullseye disponibile în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" -"Încercați Debian Edu/Skolelinux, acesta pur și simplu trebuie să funcționeze." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Se recomandă, totuși, citirea capitolelor despre <link linkend=\"Requirements" -"\">cerințele hardware și de rețea</link> și despre <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\" >arhitectură</link> înainte de a începe să instalați un " -"server principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Nu uitați să citiți, de asemenea, capitolul <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\"" -">Primii pași</link> din acest manual, deoarece acesta explică cum să " -"accesați sistemul pentru prima dată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Descărcați mediul de instalare pentru Debian Edu 11, nume în cod Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 sau i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> și <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> sunt numele a două arhitecturi Debian pentru procesoare x86, " -"ambele sunt sau au fost construite de AMD, Intel și alți producători. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> este o arhitectură pe 64 de biți, iar " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> este o arhitectură pe 32 de biți. " -"Instalațiile noi de astăzi ar trebui să se facă folosind " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> ar trebui să fie folosit numai pentru calculatoare mai vechi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "imagini netinst iso pentru amd64 sau i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Imaginea iso netinst poate fi utilizată pentru instalarea de pe CD/DVD și de " -"pe unități flash USB și este disponibilă pentru două arhitecturi Debian: " -"amd64 sau i386. După cum sugerează și numele, pentru instalare este necesar " -"accesul la internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"În momentul în care Bullseye va fi lansat, aceste imagini vor fi disponibile " -"pentru descărcare la:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "Imagini BD (bluray disk) pentru i386 sau amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Această imagine ISO are o dimensiune de aproximativ 5 Go și poate fi " -"utilizată pentru instalarea pe mașini amd64 sau i386, de asemenea fără acces " -"la internet. La fel ca imaginea netinst, poate fi instalată pe unități flash " -"USB sau pe suporturi de disc de dimensiuni suficiente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verificarea fișierelor de imagine descărcate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O descriere detailata de verificare a acestor imagini face parte din <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD " -"FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Surse" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Sursele sunt disponibile din arhiva Debian în locațiile obișnuite, mai multe " -"medii sunt prezentate pe <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" -"current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Instalarea Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Atunci când instalați Debian Edu, aveți câteva opțiuni din care puteți " -"alege. Nu vă fie teamă; nu sunt multe. Am făcut o treabă bună în a ascunde " -"complexitatea Debian în timpul instalării și dincolo de aceasta. Cu toate " -"acestea, Debian Edu este Debian și, dacă doriți, există mai mult de 57.000 " -"de pachete din care puteți alege și un miliard de opțiuni de configurare. " -"Pentru majoritatea utilizatorilor noștri, configurările noastre implicite ar " -"trebui să fie bune. Vă rugăm să rețineți: dacă se intenționează să se " -"utilizeze LTSP, alegeți un mediu de birou „ușor”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Scenarii de instalare a serverului principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Rețea tipică de școală sau de casă cu acces la internet prin intermediul " -"unui router care oferă DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea unui server principal este posibilă, dar după repornire nu va " -"exista acces la internet (din cauza interfeței principale de rețea IP 10.0.2." -"2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router " -"de internet</link> pentru detalii despre cum să configurați o poartă/punct " -"de acces în cazul în care nu este posibilă configurarea uneia existente în " -"funcție de necesități." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Conectați toate componentele așa cum se arată în capitolul <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture--Network\" >Arhitectura</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Serverul principal trebuie să aibă conexiune la internet după ce a fost " -"pornit prima dată în mediul corect." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Rețea școlară sau instituțională tipică, similară cu cea de mai sus, dar " -"care necesită utilizarea unui proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați opțiunea „debian-edu-expert” în linia de comandă a nucleului; " -"consultați mai jos pentru detalii despre cum se face acest lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Trebuie să se răspundă la câteva întrebări suplimentare, inclusiv cea legată " -"de serverul proxy." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Rețea cu router/poartă de acces IP 10.0.0.1/8 (care nu oferă un server DHCP) " -"și acces la internet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care configurarea automată a rețelei eșuează (din cauza lipsei " -"DHCP), alegeți configurarea manuală a rețelei." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Introduceți 10.0.2.2/8 ca adresă IP a gazdei" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Introduceți 10.0.0.1 ca adresă IP a porții de acces(pasarelei)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" -"Introduceți 8.8.8.8 ca adresă IP a serverului de nume, dacă nu știți o altă " -"adresă mai bună" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Serverul principal ar trebui să funcționeze imediat după prima pornire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Fără linie (fără conexiune la internet):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Utilizați imaginea BD ISO." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că toate cablurile de rețea (reale/virtuale) sunt deconectate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți „Nu se configurează rețeaua în acest moment” (după ce DHCP a eșuat " -"să configureze rețeaua și ați apăsat butonul «Continuați»)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Actualizați sistemul după ce l-ați pornit prima dată în mediul corect, cu " -"acces la Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Medii de birou" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Sunt disponibile mai multe medii de birou:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce are o dimensiune puțin mai mare decât LXDE, dar un suport lingvistic " -"foarte bun (106 limbi)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"Atât KDE, cât și GNOME au un suport lingvistic bun, dar au o dimensiune prea " -"mare atât pentru calculatoarele mai vechi, cât și pentru clienții LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon este o alternativă mai lejeră pentru GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE este mai ușor decât cele trei de mai sus, dar îi lipsește un suport " -"lingvistic bun pentru mai multe țări." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE are cea mai mică dimensiune și are suport pentru 35 de limbi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt este un mediu de birou lejer (suport lingvistic similar cu LXDE) cu un " -"aspect mai modern (bazat pe Qt, la fel precum KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu, ca proiect internațional, a ales să folosească Xfce ca mediu de " -"birou implicit; vedeți mai jos cum să alegeți un mediu de birou diferit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Instalarea modulară" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"La instalarea unui sistem cu profilul <emphasis>Stație de lucru</emphasis> " -"inclus, sunt instalate o mulțime de programe legate de educație. Pentru a " -"instala doar profilul de bază, eliminați parametrul de linie de comandă " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> din nucleu înainte de a începe instalarea; " -"consultați mai jos pentru detalii despre cum se face acest lucru. Acest " -"lucru permite instalarea unui sistem specific unui sit și ar putea fi " -"utilizat pentru a accelera instalările de testare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"De reținut: Dacă doriți să instalați ulterior un mediu de birou, nu folosiți " -"meta-pachetele Debian Edu, cum ar fi de exemplu <ulink url=\"https://packages" -".debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink>, " -"deoarece acestea ar include toate programele legate de educație; mai degrabă " -"instalați de exemplu <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" -"mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Unul sau mai multe dintre noile " -"meta-pachete legate de nivelul școlar <emphasis>educație-preșcolară</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>educație-primară</emphasis>, <emphasis>educație-" -"secundară</emphasis>, <emphasis>educație-liceu</emphasis> ar putea fi " -"instalate pentru a corespunde cazului de utilizare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Pentru mai multe detalii despre meta-pachetele Debian Edu, consultați pagina " -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Prezentare generală a " -"pachetelor Debian Edu</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Tipuri și opțiuni de instalare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Meniul de pornire al programului de instalare pe echipamente pe 64 " -"de biți</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "Meniul de pornire al programului de instalare pe 64 de biți" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Instalarea în modul grafic</emphasis> utilizează " -"programul de instalare GTK, în care puteți utiliza mouse-ul." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalare</emphasis>utilizează modul text." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opțiuni avansate ></emphasis> oferă un submeniu " -"cu opțiuni mai detaliate pentru a alege." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ajutor</emphasis> oferă unele indicații privind " -"utilizarea programului de instalare; a se vedea captura de ecran de mai jos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Opțiuni avansate ale programului de instalare pe 64 de biți (ecranul 1)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Înapoi..</emphasis> permite revenirea la meniul " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalare grafică în mod expert</emphasis> oferă " -"acces la toate întrebările disponibile, utilizabilă cu mouse-ul." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modul de recuperare grafică</emphasis> face ca " -"acest mediu de instalare să devină un disc de recuperare pentru sarcini de " -"salvare în caz de probleme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalarea automată în mod grafic</emphasis> " -"necesită un fișier de preconfigurare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Instalarea în mod expert</emphasis> oferă acces " -"la toate întrebările disponibile în modul text." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modul de recuperare</emphasis> în modul text; face " -"ca acest mediu de instalare să devină un disc de recuperare pentru sarcini " -"de salvare în caz de probleme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalarea automată</emphasis> în modul text; " -"necesită un fișier de preconfigurare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Nu folosiți <computeroutput>Instalarea grafică în modul expert</" -"computeroutput> sau <computeroutput>Instalarea în modul expert</" -"computeroutput>, folosiți în schimb <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</" -"computeroutput> ca un parametru adițional pentru nucleu, în cazuri " -"excepționale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Ecran de ajutor</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Ecranul de ajutor al programului de instalare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Acest ecran de Ajutor este autoexplicativ și permite utilizarea tastelor " -"<F>- de pe tastatură pentru a obține ajutor mai detaliat cu privire la " -"subiectele descrise." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Adăugați sau modificați parametrii de pornire pentru " -"instalări</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"În ambele cazuri, opțiunile de pornire pot fi editate prin apăsarea tastei " -"«TAB» (modul BIOS) sau a tastei «E» (modul UEFI) în meniul de pornire; " -"captura de ecran prezintă linia de comandă pentru <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Modul de instalare grafică</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Editarea opțiunilor liniei de comandă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Puteți utiliza un serviciu proxy HTTP existent în rețea pentru a accelera " -"instalarea profilului de server principal de pe CD. Adăugați, de exemplu, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> ca " -"parametru de pornire suplimentar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Dacă ați instalat deja profilul serverului principal pe o mașină, " -"instalațiile ulterioare ar trebui să se facă prin PXE, deoarece acesta va " -"utiliza automat proxy-ul serverului principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> " -"în locul mediului de birou implicit <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" -"emphasis>, înlocuiți <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> cu " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> în parametrul " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a instala în schimb mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis>, utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a se instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" -"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> " -"utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Și pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Procesul de instalare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Revizuiți <link linkend=\"Requirements\" >Cerințele sistemului</link> și " -"asigurați-vă că aveți cel puțin două plăci de rețea (NIC) dacă intenționați " -"să configurați un server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Alegeți o limbă (pentru instalare și pentru sistemul instalat)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți o regiune geografică care, în mod normal, ar trebui să fie cea în " -"care locuiți." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți aranjamentul de taste pentru tastatură (cel implicit al țării este " -"de obicei o alegere bună)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Alegeți profilul (profilurile) din lista de mai jos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Acesta este serverul principal (tjener) al școlii dumneavoastră, care oferă " -"toate serviciile preconfigurate pentru a funcționa „ca scos din cutie” " -"(perfect!). Trebuie să instalați un singur server principal pentru fiecare " -"școală! Acest profil nu include o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul. Dacă " -"doriți o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul, atunci selectați profilul «" -"Stație de lucru» sau «Server LTSP» în plus față de acesta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"Un calculator care pornește de pe discul dur local și care rulează toate " -"programele și dispozitivele la nivel local, ca un calculator obișnuit, cu " -"excepția faptului că autentificarea utilizatorilor se face de către serverul " -"principal, unde sunt stocate fișierele utilizatorilor și profilele de birou " -"ale acestora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru itinerantă (în roaming)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"La fel ca și stația de lucru, dar este capabilă să se autentifice folosind " -"credențiale stocate în cache, ceea ce înseamnă că poate fi utilizată în " -"afara rețelei școlare. Fișierele și profilurile utilizatorilor sunt stocate " -"pe discul local. Pentru notebook-urile și laptop-urile cu un singur " -"utilizator trebuie selectat acest profil și nu «Stație de lucru» sau " -"«Autonom», așa cum se sugera în versiunile anterioare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Un server de client lejer (și o stație de lucru fără disc) se numește server " -"LTSP. Clienții fără discuri dure pornesc și rulează software-ul de pe acest " -"server. Acest calculator are nevoie de două interfețe de rețea, de multă " -"memorie și, în mod ideal, de mai mult de un procesor sau nucleu. Consultați " -"capitolul despre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\" >Clienți din rețea</link> " -"pentru mai multe informații pe această temă. Alegerea acestui profil " -"activează, de asemenea, profilul de stație de lucru (chiar dacă acesta nu " -"este selectat) - un server LTSP poate fi utilizat întotdeauna și ca stație " -"de lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Calculator autonom</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"Un calculator obișnuit care poate funcționa fără un server principal (adică " -"nu trebuie să se afle în rețea). Include laptop-urile." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Acest profil va instala pachetele de bază și va configura mașina pentru a se " -"integra în rețeaua Debian Edu, dar fără servicii și aplicații. Este util ca " -"platformă pentru servicii unice mutate manual de pe serverul principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care utilizatorii obișnuiți trebuie să poată utiliza un astfel " -"de sistem, acesta trebuie adăugat folosind GOsa² (similar unei stații de " -"lucru) și trebuie instalat pachetul „libpam-krb5”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Profilele <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Server LTSP</emphasis> sunt preselecționate. Aceste profile pot fi " -"instalate toate pe o singură mașină dacă se dorește instalarea unui așa " -"numit <emphasis>server principal combinat</emphasis>. Aceasta înseamnă că " -"serverul principal o să fie și server LTSP, și va fi utilizat de asemenea ca " -"stație de lucru. Aceasta este alegerea implicită, deoarece considerăm că " -"majoritatea oamenilor vor dori acest lucru. Notă: rețineți că trebuie să " -"aveți două plăci de rețea instalate pe calculatorul care urmează să fie " -"instalat ca server principal combinat sau ca server LTSP pentru a fi util " -"după instalare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Răspundeți „da” sau „nu” la partiționarea automată. Rețineți că dacă " -"răspundeți „da” veți distruge toate datele de pe discurile dure! Pe de altă " -"parte, dacă răspundeți „nu”, veți avea nevoie de mai multă muncă - va trebui " -"să vă asigurați că partițiile necesare sunt create și sunt suficient de mari." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să răspundeți „da” la trimiterea de informații la <ulink url=\"https" -"://popcon.debian.org/\"/> pentru a ne permite să știm ce pachete sunt " -"populare și care ar trebui păstrate pentru versiunile viitoare. Deși nu " -"sunteți obligat să o faceți, este o modalitate simplă de a ne ajuta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Așteptați. Dacă profilurile selectate includ serverul LTSP, atunci programul " -"de instalare va întârzia ceva timp la final, «Se finalizează instalarea - Se " -"execută debian-edu-profile-udeb...»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați introdus parola de root, vi se va cere să creați un cont de " -"utilizator normal „pentru sarcini neadministrative”. Pentru Debian Edu, " -"acest cont este foarte important: este contul pe care îl veți folosi pentru " -"a gestiona rețeaua Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Parola pentru acest utilizator <emphasis role=\"strong\">trebuie</emphasis> " -"să aibă o lungime de <emphasis role=\"strong\">cel puțin 5 caractere</" -"emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"strong\">trebuie să fie diferită</emphasis> de " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">numele de utilizator</emphasis> - în caz contrar, " -"conectarea nu va fi posibilă (chiar dacă o parolă mai scurtă și, de " -"asemenea, o parolă care se potrivește cu numele de utilizator vor fi " -"acceptate de programul de instalare)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Așteptați din nou în cazul unui <emphasis>server principal combinat</" -"emphasis> după repornirea sistemului. Își va petrece destul de mult timp " -"generând imaginea SquashFS pentru stațiile de lucru fără disc." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"În cazul unui server LTSP separat, configurarea stației de lucru fără disc ș" -"i/sau a clientului lejer necesită câteva etape manuale. Pentru detalii, " -"consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru " -"clienții din rețea</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Note privind unele caracteristici" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Notă asupra mașinilor „notebook”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Cel mai probabil, veți dori să utilizați profilul „Stație de lucru " -"itinerante (în roaming)” (a se vedea mai sus). Fiți conștient de faptul că " -"toate datele sunt stocate la nivel local (deci aveți grijă sporită la " -"copiile de rezervă) și că datele de autentificare sunt stocate în memoria " -"cache (deci, după o schimbare de parolă, este posibil ca autentificările să " -"necesite vechea parolă dacă nu ați conectat laptopul la rețea și nu v-ați " -"autentificat cu noua parolă)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"Notă privind instalarea imaginilor din unități flash USB / discuri Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"După ce instalați imaginea de pe unitatea flash USB / discul Blu-ray, " -"fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> va conține " -"numai sursele din acea imagine. Dacă aveți o conexiune la internet, vă " -"sugerăm cu tărie să adăugați următoarele linii la aceasta, astfel încât să " -"poată fi instalate actualizările de securitate disponibile:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Notă cu privire la instalările de pe CD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"O instalare „netinst” (care este tipul de instalare oferit de CD-ul nostru) " -"va prelua unele pachete de pe CD și restul din Internet. Cantitatea de " -"pachete preluate din Internet variază de la un profil la altul, dar rămâne " -"sub un gigaoctet (cu excepția cazului în care alegeți să instalați toate " -"mediile de lucru posibile). După ce ați instalat serverul principal (" -"indiferent dacă este un server principal pur sau un server combinat, nu " -"contează), instalarea ulterioară va utiliza proxy-ul său pentru a evita " -"descărcarea aceluiași pachet de mai multe ori din Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Instalare utilizând unități flash USB în loc de discuri CD/Blu-Ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Este posibil să copiați direct o imagine CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> pe unitățile flash USB (cunoscute și sub numele de „stick-" -"uri USB”) și să porniți de pe acestea. Este suficient să executați o comandă " -"precum aceasta, adaptând doar numele fișierului și al dispozitivului la " -"nevoile dumneavoastră:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/" -"sdX</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a determina valoarea X, executați această comandă înainte și după ce " -"s-a introdus dispozitivul USB:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să rețineți că procesul de copiere va dura ceva timp." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"În funcție de imaginea pe care o alegeți, unitatea flash USB se va comporta " -"la fel ca un CD sau un disc Blu-ray." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Instalarea și pornirea din rețea prin PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Pentru această metodă de instalare este necesar să aveți un server principal " -"în funcțiune. Atunci când clienții pornesc prin rețea, este afișat un meniu " -"iPXE cu opțiunile de instalare și de selectare a programului de pornire. " -"Dacă instalarea PXE eșuează cu un mesaj de eroare care susține că lipsește " -"un fișier XXX.bin, atunci cel mai probabil placa de rețea a clientului " -"necesită un firmware non-liber. În acest caz, initrd-ul instalatorului " -"Debian trebuie modificat. Acest lucru poate fi realizat prin executarea " -"comenzii: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware " -"</computeroutput> pe server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE doar cu profilul <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE cu profilul <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Această configurație permite, de asemenea, ca stațiile de lucru fără disc și " -"clienții lejeri să fie porniți din rețeaua principală. Spre deosebire de " -"stațiile de lucru și de serverele LTSP separate, stațiile de lucru fără disc " -"nu trebuie adăugate la LDAP cu GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre clienții din rețea pot fi găsite în capitolul " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modificarea instalărilor PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea PXE utilizează un fișier de preconfigurare al programului de " -"instalare Debian, care poate fi modificat pentru a solicita instalarea de " -"pachete suplimentare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"O linie ca cea de mai jos trebuie să fie adăugată în fișierul " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string pachetul-meu-extra / pachetele-mele-extra" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea PXE utilizează fișierul de preconfigurare <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Acest fișier poate " -"fi modificat pentru a ajusta preconfigurarea utilizată în timpul instalării, " -"pentru a evita mai multe întrebări la instalarea prin rețea. O altă " -"modalitate de a realiza acest lucru este de a furniza parametri suplimentari " -"în <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> și " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> și de a rula <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput> pentru a actualiza fișierele generate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manualul programului de instalare " -"Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a dezactiva sau modifica utilizarea proxy-ului la instalarea prin " -"PXE, liniile care conțin <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> și <computeroutput>preseed/" -"early_command</computeroutput> din fișierul <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install. dat </computeroutput> trebuie să fie " -"modificate. Pentru a dezactiva utilizarea unui proxy la instalare, puneți " -"„#” în fața primelor două linii și eliminați partea „<computeroutput>export " -"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>” din ultima." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Unele configurații nu pot fi preconfigurate deoarece sunt necesare înainte " -"de descărcarea fișierului de preconfigurare. Limba, aranjamentul tastaturii " -"și mediul de birou sunt exemple de astfel de configurații. Dacă doriți să " -"modificați parametrii impliciți, editați fișierul de meniu iPXE " -"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> din serverul " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Imagini personalizate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Crearea de CD-uri, DVD-uri sau discuri Blu-ray personalizate poate fi destul " -"de ușoară, deoarece folosim <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">Programul de instalare Debian</ulink>, care are un format " -"modular și alte caracteristici interesante. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\" >Preconfigurarea</ulink> vă permite să " -"definiți răspunsurile la întrebările adresate în mod normal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Așadar, tot ce trebuie să faceți este să creați un fișier de preconfigurare " -"cu răspunsurile dvs. (acest lucru este descris în apendicele manualului " -"Programului de instalare Debian) și <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompilați CD/DVD-ul</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Turul capturilor de ecran" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea în modul text și cea în modul grafic sunt identice din punct de " -"vedere funcțional - doar aspectul este diferit. Modul grafic oferă " -"posibilitatea de a utiliza un mouse și, desigur, arată mult mai frumos și " -"mai modern. Cu excepția cazului în care echipamentul are probleme cu modul " -"grafic, nu există niciun motiv pentru a nu-l utiliza." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Așadar, iată un tur cu capturi de ecran printr-o instalare grafică pe 64 de " -"biți a serverului principal + stație de lucru + server LTSP și modul cum " -"arată la prima pornire a serverului principal și la o pornire PXE în rețeaua " -"de clienți LTSP (ecranul sesiunii de client lejer - și ecranul de conectare " -"după ce s-a făcut clic pe sesiune)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "Autentificare Lightdm pe tjener" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce și navigator web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Mediul de birou Xfce" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Ecranul de bun venit al Clientului-lejer (thin)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Ecranul de autentificare al Clientului-lejer (thin)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primii pași" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Minimul de pași pentru a începe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"În timpul instalării serverului principal a fost creat un prim cont de " -"utilizator. În textul următor, acest cont va fi denumit „primul utilizator”. " -"Acest cont este special, deoarece permisiunile pentru directorul personal " -"sunt stabilite la 700 (deci <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> " -"este necesar pentru a face accesibile paginile web personale), iar primul " -"utilizator poate folosi <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> pentru a " -"deveni root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Consultați informațiile specifice Debian Edu <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">configurarea accesului la sistemul de " -"fișiere</link> înainte de a adăuga utilizatori; ajustați la politica sitului " -"dumneavoastră dacă este necesar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"După instalare, primele lucruri pe care trebuie să le faceți ca prim " -"utilizator sunt:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Autentificați-vă pe server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adăugați utilizatori cu GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Adăugați stații de lucru cu GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Adăugarea utilizatorilor și a stațiilor de lucru este descrisă în detaliu " -"mai jos, așa că vă rugăm să citiți acest capitol în întregime. Acesta " -"acoperă modul în care se execută corect acești pași minimi, precum și alte " -"lucruri pe care probabil că toată lumea va trebui să le facă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Există informații suplimentare disponibile în altă parte în acest manual: " -"capitolul <link linkend=\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Bullseye</link> " -"ar trebui să fie citit de toți cei care sunt familiarizați cu versiunile " -"anterioare. Iar pentru cei care fac înnoirea de la o versiune anterioară, " -"asigurați-vă că ați citit capitolul <link linkend=\"Upgrades\"" -">Înnoiri</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care traficul DNS generic este blocat în afara rețelei " -"dumneavoastră și trebuie să utilizați un anumit server DNS pentru a căuta " -"gazde de Internet, trebuie să indicați serverului DNS să utilizeze acest " -"server ca „expeditor”. Actualizați fișierul „/etc/bind/named.conf.options” " -"și specificați adresa IP a serverului DNS care trebuie utilizat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"Capitolul <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Ghiduri</link> conține mai multe sfaturi, " -"trucuri și unele răspunsuri la întrebările frecvente." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Există mai multe servicii care rulează pe serverul principal și care pot fi " -"gestionate prin intermediul unei interfețe de gestionare web. Vom descrie " -"mai jos fiecare serviciu în parte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introducere în GOsa ²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² este un instrument de gestionare cu o interfață web care vă ajută să " -"gestionați unele părți importante ale configurației Debian Edu. Cu GOsa² " -"puteți gestiona (adăuga, modifica sau șterge) aceste grupuri principale:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Administrarea grupurilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Administrarea grupurilor de rețea NIS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Administrarea echipamentelor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Administrare DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Administrare DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Pentru accesul GOsa² aveți nevoie de serverul principal Skolelinux și de un " -"sistem (client) cu un navigator web instalat, care poate fi chiar serverul " -"principal, dacă a fost instalat ca un așa-numit server combinat (cu profile " -"de: server principal + server LTSP + stație de lucru)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Dacă ați instalat (probabil din greșeală) un profil de server principal pur " -"și nu aveți la îndemână un client cu un navigator web, este ușor să " -"instalați un mediu de birou minimal pe serverul principal folosind această " -"secvență de comenzi într-un shell (non-grafic) ca utilizatorul pe care l-ați " -"creat în timpul instalării serverului principal (primul utilizator):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### după instalare, rulați 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### pentru a vă auntetfica ca „primul utilizator”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Dintr-un navigator web, utilizați adresa URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/" -"> pentru accesul GOsa² și conectați-vă ca prim utilizator." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Dacă utilizați o mașină nouă cu Debian Edu Bullseye, certificatul sitului va " -"fi cunoscut de către navigator." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"În caz contrar, veți primi un mesaj de eroare cu privire la faptul că " -"certificatul SSL este greșit. Dacă știți că sunteți singur în rețea, " -"indicați-i navigatorului să îl accepte și ignorați acest lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Acces la GOsa ² și prezentare generală" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "" -"Pagina de prezentare generală GOsa² după autentificarea ca prim utilizator" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "După conectarea la GOsa ², veți vedea pagina de prezentare a GOsa ²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"În continuare, puteți alege o sarcină din meniu sau puteți face clic pe " -"oricare dintre pictogramele sarcinilor din pagina de prezentare generală. " -"Pentru navigare, se recomandă utilizarea meniului din partea stângă a " -"ecranului, deoarece acesta va rămâne vizibil acolo pe toate paginile de " -"administrare oferite de GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"În Debian Edu, contul, grupul și informațiile de sistem sunt stocate într-un " -"director LDAP. Aceste date sunt utilizate nu numai de către serverul " -"principal, dar și de stațiile de lucru (fără disc), serverele LTSP și " -"celelalte mașini din rețea. Cu LDAP, informațiile de cont despre elevi, " -"profesori, etc. trebuie să fie introduse doar o singură dată. După ce " -"informațiile au fost furnizate în LDAP, informațiile vor fi disponibile " -"pentru toate sistemele din întreaga rețea Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² este un instrument de administrare care utilizează LDAP pentru a stoca " -"informațiile și pentru a oferi o structură ierarhică a departamentelor. La " -"fiecare „departament” se pot adăuga conturi de utilizator, grupuri, sisteme, " -"grupuri de rețea etc. În funcție de structura instituției , puteți utiliza " -"structura de departamente din GOsa²/LDAP pentru a transfera structura " -"organizațională în arborele de date LDAP al serverului principal Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"O instalare implicită a serverului principal Debian Edu oferă în prezent " -"două „departamente”: Profesori și Elevi, plus nivelul de bază al arborelui " -"LDAP. Conturile de elevi sunt destinate să fie adăugate la departamentul " -"„Elevi”, iar cele de profesori la departamentul „Profesori ”; sistemele (" -"servere, stații de lucru, imprimante etc.) sunt în prezent adăugate la " -"nivelul de bază. Găsiți propria schemă pentru personalizarea acestei " -"structuri (puteți găsi un exemplu despre cum să creați utilizatori în " -"grupuri de ani, cu directoare de domiciliu comune pentru fiecare grup în " -"capitolul <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Ghiduri de administrare avansată</link> din " -"acest manual)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"În funcție de sarcina la care doriți să lucrați (gestionarea utilizatorilor, " -"gestionarea grupurilor, gestionarea sistemelor etc.), GOsa² vă prezintă o " -"perspectivă diferită asupra departamentului selectat (sau a nivelului de " -"bază)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestionarea utilizatorilor cu GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Mai întâi, faceți clic pe „Utilizatori” în meniul de navigare din stânga. " -"Partea dreaptă a ecranului se va schimba pentru a afișa un tabel cu dosare " -"de departamente pentru „Elevi” și „Profesori”, și contul administratorului " -"GOsa² (primul utilizator creat). Deasupra acestui tabel puteți vedea un câmp " -"numit <emphasis>Bază</emphasis> care vă permite să navigați prin structura " -"arborescentă (deplasați mouse-ul pe zona respectivă și va apărea un meniu " -"derulant) și să selectați un dosar de bază pentru operațiunile pe care le " -"intenționați (de exemplu, adăugarea unui nou utilizator)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Adăugarea utilizatorilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Alături de acest element de navigare în arbore puteți vedea meniul „Acțiuni”" -". Treceți mouse-ul peste acest element și pe ecran apare un submeniu; " -"alegeți aici „Creați” și apoi „Utilizator”. Veți fi ghidat de asistentul de " -"creare a utilizatorului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Cel mai important lucru care trebuie adăugat este șablonul (nou-elev sau nou-" -"profesor) și numele complet al utilizatorului (a se vedea imaginea)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Pe măsură ce urmați asistentul, veți vedea că GOsa² generează automat un " -"nume de utilizator bazat pe numele real. Acesta alege automat un nume de " -"utilizator care nu există încă, astfel încât mai mulți utilizatori cu " -"același nume complet nu reprezintă o problemă. Rețineți că GOsa² poate " -"genera nume de utilizator nevalide dacă numele complet conține caractere non-" -"ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu vă place numele de utilizator generat, puteți selecta un alt nume de " -"utilizator oferit în căsuța derulantă, dar nu aveți posibilitatea de a alege " -"liber aici, în cadrul asistentului; (dacă doriți să puteți modifica numele " -"de utilizator propus, deschideți fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa." -"conf</computeroutput> cu un editor și adăugați " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> ca " -"opțiune suplimentară la „location definition”)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"După ce asistentul a terminat, vi se prezintă ecranul GOsa² pentru noul dvs. " -"obiect de utilizator. Utilizați filele din partea superioară pentru a " -"verifica câmpurile completate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"După ce ați creat utilizatorul (nu este nevoie să personalizați câmpurile pe " -"care asistentul le-a lăsat goale pentru moment), faceți clic pe butonul „Ok” " -"din colțul din dreapta jos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Ca ultim pas, GOsa² va cere o parolă pentru noul utilizator. Introduceți-o " -"de două ori și apoi faceți clic pe «Stabiliți parola» în colțul din dreapta " -"jos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Este posibil ca unele caractere să nu fie permise ca parte a parolei." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Dacă totul a decurs bine, puteți vedea acum noul utilizator în tabelul cu " -"lista de utilizatori. Acum ar trebui să puteți să vă conectați cu acest nume " -"de utilizator pe orice mașină Skolelinux din rețeaua dumneavoastră." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Căutare, modificare și ștergere de utilizatori" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Caseta de filtrare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a modifica sau a șterge un utilizator, utilizați GOsa² pentru a " -"răsfoi lista de utilizatori din sistem. În mijlocul ecranului puteți " -"deschide caseta „Filtrare”, un instrument de căutare oferit de GOsa². Dacă " -"nu cunoașteți locația exactă a contului de utilizator în arborele dvs., " -"treceți la nivelul de bază al arborelui GOsa²/LDAP și căutați acolo cu " -"opțiunea marcată „Căutare în subarbori”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Atunci când se utilizează caseta „Filtrare”, rezultatele vor apărea imediat " -"în mijlocul textului în vizualizarea tabelului listă. Fiecare linie " -"reprezintă un cont de utilizator, iar elementele aflate cel mai la dreapta " -"pe fiecare linie sunt mici pictograme care vă oferă acțiuni: editare " -"utilizator, blocare cont, configurare parolă și eliminare utilizator." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"Va apărea o nouă pagină în care puteți modifica direct informațiile despre " -"utilizator, puteți schimba parola utilizatorului și puteți modifica lista de " -"grupuri din care face parte utilizatorul." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Editarea datelor utilizatorului" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Configurarea parolelor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Elevii își pot schimba propriile parole conectându-se la GOsa² cu propriile " -"nume de utilizator. Pentru a ușura accesul la GOsa², în meniul Sistem (sau " -"Configurări de sistem) de pe birou este prevăzută o intrare numită «Gosa». " -"Unui elev conectat i se va prezenta o versiune foarte redusă a GOsa² care " -"permite doar accesul la fișa de date a contului propriu și la dialogul de " -"stabilire a parolei." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Profesorii conectați sub propriul nume de utilizator au privilegii speciale " -"în GOsa². Aceștia beneficiază de o vizualizare mai privilegiată a GOsa² și " -"pot schimba parolele pentru toate conturile elevilor. Acest lucru poate fi " -"foarte util în timpul orelor de curs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a stabili în mod administrativ o nouă parolă pentru un utilizator" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "" -"se caută utilizatorul care urmează să fie modificat, așa cum s-a explicat " -"mai sus" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" -"faceți clic pe simbolul cheie de la sfârșitul liniei în care este afișat " -"numele de utilizator" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"pe pagina prezentată ulterior puteți stabili o nouă parolă aleasă de " -"dumneavoastră" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Stabilirea parolei utilizatorului" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atenție la implicațiile de securitate datorate " -"parolelor ușor de ghicit!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Gestionarea avansată a utilizatorilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"Este posibilă crearea în masă a utilizatorilor cu GOsa² prin utilizarea unui " -"fișier CSV, care poate fi creat cu orice software bun de foaie de calcul (de " -"exemplu <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Trebuie furnizate cel " -"puțin intrări pentru următoarele câmpuri: identificator utilizator (uid), " -"numele de familie (sn), prenumele (givenName) și parola. Asigurați-vă că nu " -"există intrări duplicate în câmpul uid. Vă rugăm să rețineți că verificarea " -"dublurilor trebuie să includă intrările uid deja existente în LDAP (care pot " -"fi obținute prin executarea comenzii <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep " -"tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> în linia de comandă)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" -"Acestea sunt instrucțiunile de format pentru un astfel de fișier CSV (GOsa² " -"este destul de intolerant în privința acestora):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Utilizați „,” ca separator de câmpuri" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Nu folosiți ghilimele" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"Fișierul CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">nu trebuie să conțină</emphasis> o " -"linie de titlu (de tipul celei care conține în mod normal numele coloanelor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"Ordinea câmpurilor nu este relevantă și poate fi definită în GOsa² în timpul " -"importului în masă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Etapele de import în masă sunt următoarele:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "faceți clic pe rubrica „LDAP Manager” din meniul de navigare din stânga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "faceți clic pe fila „Import” din ecranul din dreapta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"răsfoiți discul local și selectați un fișier CSV cu lista de utilizatori " -"care urmează a fi importați" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"alegeți un șablon de utilizator disponibil care trebuie aplicat în timpul " -"importului în masă (cum ar fi Nou-profesor sau Nou-student)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "faceți clic pe butonul „Import” din colțul din dreapta jos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Este o idee bună să faceți mai întâi câteva teste, de preferință folosind un " -"fișier CSV cu câțiva utilizatori fictivi, care pot fi șterși ulterior." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Același lucru este valabil și pentru modulul de gestionare a parolelor, care " -"permite redefinirea unui număr mare de parole folosind un fișier CSV sau " -"generarea de noi parole pentru utilizatorii care aparțin unui subarbore LDAP " -"special." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Redefinirea parolelor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Gestionarea grupurilor cu GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "creare grup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "Gestionarea grupurilor este foarte similară cu cea a utilizatorilor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Puteți introduce un nume și o descriere pentru fiecare grup. Asigurați-vă că " -"alegeți nivelul corect în arborele LDAP atunci când creați un nou grup." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Adăugarea utilizatorilor la un grup nou creat vă duce înapoi la lista de " -"utilizatori, unde cel mai probabil doriți să utilizați caseta de filtrare " -"pentru a găsi utilizatori. Verificați, de asemenea, nivelul arborelui LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Grupurile introduse în gestionarea grupurilor sunt, de asemenea, grupuri " -"unix obișnuite, astfel încât le puteți utiliza și pentru permisiunile de " -"fișiere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Administrarea mașinilor cu GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Administrarea mașinilor vă permite, în principiu, să administrați toate " -"dispozitivele conectate în rețea din rețeaua dumneavoastră Debian Edu. " -"Fiecare mașină adăugată în directorul LDAP cu ajutorul GOsa² are un nume de " -"gazdă, o adresă IP, o adresă MAC și un nume de domeniu (care este de obicei " -"„intern”). Pentru o descriere mai completă a arhitecturii Debian Edu, " -"consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Architecture\" >Arhitectura</link> din " -"acest manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Stațiile de lucru fără disc și clienții lejeri funcționează „ca scoși din " -"cutie” în cazul unui <emphasis>server principal combinat</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Stațiile de lucru cu discuri (inclusiv serverele LTSP separate) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">trebuie</emphasis> să fie adăugate cu GOsa². În spatele " -"scenei, se generează atât un fișier Kerberos Principal (un fel de " -"<emphasis>cont</emphasis>) specific mașinii, cât și un fișier „keytab” " -"aferent (care conține o cheie utilizată ca <emphasis>parolă</emphasis>); " -"fișierul „keytab” trebuie să fie prezent pe stația de lucru pentru a putea " -"monta directoarele personale ale utilizatorilor. După ce sistemul adăugat a " -"fost repornit, conectați-vă la acesta ca root și rulați comanda " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" -"keytab</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea fișierul Kerberos Principal și keytab pentru un sistem " -"<emphasis>deja configurat cu GOsa²</emphasis>, conectați-vă pe serverul " -"principal ca root și rulați" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <nume-gazdă> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rețineți:</emphasis> crearea de keytab gazdă este " -"posibilă pentru sistemele de tip <emphasis>stații de lucru</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servere</emphasis> și <emphasis>terminale</emphasis>, dar nu și " -"pentru cele de tip <emphasis>dispozitive de rețea</emphasis>. Consultați " -"capitolul <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din " -"rețea</link> pentru opțiunile de configurare NFS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga un echipament, se va utiliza meniul principal GOsa², " -"sisteme, adăugați. Se poate utiliza o adresă IP / nume din spațiul de adrese " -"preconfigurat 10.0.0.0/8. În prezent, există doar două adrese fixe " -"predefinite: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) și 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Adresele de la " -"10.0.16.20 la 10.0.31.254 (aproximativ 10.0.16.0/20 sau 4000 de nume) sunt " -"rezervate DHCP și sunt alocate dinamic." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a atribui o adresă IP statică unei gazde cu adresa MAC 52:54:00:12:34:" -"10 în GOsa², trebuie să introduceți adresa MAC, numele gazdei și adresa IP; " -"alternativ, puteți face clic pe butonul <computeroutput>Propune IP</" -"computeroutput>, care va afișa prima adresă fixă liberă din 10.0.0.0/8, cel " -"mai probabil ceva precum 10.0.0.2, dacă adăugați prima mașină în acest mod. " -"Poate fi mai bine să vă gândiți mai întâi la rețeaua dumneavoastră: de " -"exemplu, ați putea folosi 10.0.0.x cu x>10 și x<50 pentru servere și " -"x>100 pentru stațiile de lucru. Nu uitați să activați sistemul abia " -"adăugat. Cu excepția serverului principal, toate sistemele vor avea apoi o " -"pictogramă corespunzătoare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care mașinile au pornit precum clienți lejeri/stații de lucru " -"fără disc sau au fost instalate utilizând oricare dintre profilurile de " -"rețea, scriptul <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> poate " -"fi utilizat pentru a adăuga automat mașinile la GOsa². Pentru mașinile " -"simple va funcționa din start, pentru mașinile cu mai multe adrese mac " -"trebuie aleasă cea utilizată efectiv, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " -"-h</computeroutput> arată informațiile de utilizare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că " -"adresele IP afișate după utilizarea <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" -"computeroutput> aparțin domeniului IP dinamic. Aceste sisteme pot fi apoi " -"modificate pentru a se potrivi rețelei dumneavoastră: redenumiți fiecare " -"sistem nou, activați DHCP și DNS, adăugați-l la grupurile de rețea (" -"consultați captura de ecran de mai jos pentru grupurile de rețea recomandate)" -", reporniți sistemul după aceea. Următoarele capturi de ecran arată cum " -"arată acest lucru în practică:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id " -"ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Listarea echipamentelor cu GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Detalii despre echipment" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modificare gazdă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Adăugare grup de rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"O sarcină programată (cronjob) de actualizare a DNS rulează la fiecare oră; " -"comanda <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> poate fi utilizată " -"pentru a declanșa actualizarea manuală." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Căutare și Ștergere echipamente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Căutarea și ștergerea echipamentelor este destul de similară cu căutarea și " -"ștergerea utilizatorilor, astfel încât informațiile nu se repetă aici." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modificarea mașinilor existente / Gestionarea grupurilor de rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"După adăugarea unei mașini în arborele LDAP cu ajutorul GOsa², puteți " -"modifica proprietățile acesteia folosind funcționalitatea de căutare și " -"făcând clic pe numele mașinii (la fel ca în cazul utilizatorilor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Formatul acestor intrări de sistem este similar cu cel pe care îl cunoașteți " -"deja din modificarea intrărilor de utilizator, dar câmpurile au semnificații " -"diferite în acest context." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"De exemplu, adăugarea unei mașini la un <computeroutput>Grup de rețea</" -"computeroutput> nu modifică permisiunile de acces la fișiere sau de " -"executare a comenzilor pentru acea mașină sau pentru utilizatorii conectați " -"la acea mașină; în schimb, restricționează serviciile pe care acea mașină le " -"poate utiliza pe serverul principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Instalarea implicită furnizează <computeroutput>Grupuri de " -"rețea</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"În prezent, funcționalitatea <computeroutput>Grup de rețea</computeroutput> " -"este utilizată pentru:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionarea partițiilor</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Mașinile Debian Edu din acest grup vor redimensiona automat partițiile LVM " -"care rămân fără spațiu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Decuplarea (oprirea) mașinilor pe timp de noapte</" -"emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts și shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-" -"blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a economisi energie echipamentele Debian Edu din acest grup se vor " -"opri automat noaptea." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Administrarea imprimantelor</emphasis> (cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts și cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Mașinile Debian Edu din aceste grupuri vor goli automat toate cozile de " -"imprimare în fiecare noapte și vor reactiva orice coadă de imprimare " -"dezactivată la fiecare oră." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocarea accesului la Internet</emphasis> " -"(netblock-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Echipamentele Debian edu din acest grup vor avea permisiunea de a se conecta " -"numai la mașini din rețeaua locală. Combinat cu restricții proxy web, acest " -"lucru ar putea fi utilizat în timpul examenelor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Gestionarea imprimantelor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"Pentru administrarea centralizată a imprimantelor, direcționați-vă " -"navigatorul web către <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Aceasta este " -"interfața normală de gestionare CUPS, unde puteți adăuga/elimina/modifica " -"imprimantele și puteți curăța coada de imprimare. În mod implicit, doar " -"primul utilizator este autorizat, dar acest lucru poate fi modificat prin " -"adăugarea de utilizatori la grupul GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-" -"admins</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Utilizarea imprimantelor atașate la stațiile de lucru" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Pachetul <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> este instalat în mod implicit pe un " -"sistem cu profilul <emphasis>Stație de lucru</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Modificați <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> astfel (" -"imprimantă USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; alegeți tipul de imprimantă de rețea " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (pentru toate " -"imprimantele, indiferent de marcă sau model) și setați " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ca " -"adresă URI de conectare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Imprimante de rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"Se recomandă să dezactivați toate funcțiile de auto-publicitate în " -"imprimantele de rețea utilizate. În schimb, atribuiți-le o adresă IP fixă cu " -"GOsa² și configurați-le ca imprimante de rețea <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " -"JetDirect</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Sincronizarea ceasului" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Configurația implicită în Debian Edu este de a menține ceasurile de pe toate " -"mașinile sincronizate, dar nu neapărat corecte. Serviciul NTP este utilizat " -"pentru a actualiza ora. În mod implicit, ceasurile vor fi sincronizate cu o " -"sursă externă. Acest lucru poate face ca mașinile să mențină deschisă " -"conexiunea externă la Internet dacă aceasta este creată atunci când este " -"utilizată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Dacă utilizați un serviciu dial-up sau ISDN și plătiți la minut, trebuie să " -"modificați această opțiune implicită." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a dezactiva sincronizarea cu un ceas extern, trebuie modificat " -"fișierul „/etc/ntp.conf” de pe serverul principal. Adăugați semnele de " -"comentariu („#”) în fața intrărilor <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>. " -"După aceasta, serverul NTP trebuie repornit prin rularea comenzii " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> ca root. Pentru a testa " -"dacă o mașină folosește sursele de ceas externe, rulați comanda " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Extinderea partițiilor complete" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Din cauza unei posibile erori în partiționarea automată, este posibil ca " -"unele partiții să fie prea pline după instalare. Pentru a extinde aceste " -"partiții, rulați <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> " -"ca root. Consultați Ghidul „Redimensionarea partițiilor” din capitolul <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Ghidul de administrare</link> pentru mai multe " -"informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Întreținere" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Actualizarea software-ului" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Această secțiune explică modul de utilizare al comenzii <computeroutput>apt " -"full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Utilizarea <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> este foarte simplă. Pentru a " -"actualiza un sistem trebuie să executați două comenzi în linia de comandă ca " -"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (care actualizează listele " -"de pachete disponibile) și <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(care actualizează pachetele pentru care este disponibilă o actualizare)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"De asemenea, este o idee bună să faceți actualizarea folosind configurația " -"regională „locale C” (adică, stabilirea parametrului LC_ALL, la C; de exp. " -"cu «export LC_ALL=C») pentru a obține rezultate în limba engleză, care, în " -"caz de probleme, are mai multe șanse de a produce rezultate în motoarele de " -"căutare." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"După actualizarea pachetului <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" -"computeroutput>, este posibil să fie disponibile fișiere de configurare " -"„Cfengine” modificate. Rulați <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/" -"debian-edu/</computeroutput> pentru a verifica dacă acesta este cazul. " -"Pentru a aplica modificările, rulați <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D " -"installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Este important să rulați <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> după actualizările serverului LTSP " -"pentru a menține imaginea SquashFS pentru clienții fără discuri în " -"sincronizare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"După o actualizare de lansare punctuală a unui sistem cu profilul " -"<emphasis>Server principal</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Server LTSP</emphasis>, " -"este necesar să se execute comanda <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> pentru a actualiza mediul de instalare PXE." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"De asemenea, este o idee bună să instalați <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> și <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> și să le " -"configurați pentru a trimite corespondența la o adresă pe care o citiți." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vă va notifica o dată pe zi prin e-" -"mail despre orice pachet care poate fi actualizat. Nu instalează aceste " -"actualizări, dar le descarcă (de obicei în timpul nopții), astfel încât nu " -"trebuie să așteptați descărcarea atunci când executați comanda " -"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea automată a actualizărilor se poate face cu ușurință dacă se " -"dorește, este nevoie doar ca pachetul <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> să fie instalat și configurat așa cum este descris în pagina " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> vă poate trimite noile " -"intrări din registrul de modificări prin e-mail sau, alternativ, le poate " -"afișa în terminal atunci când executați <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Țineți-vă la curent cu actualizările de securitate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Rularea programului <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> așa cum este " -"descris mai sus este o modalitate bună de a afla când sunt disponibile " -"actualizări de securitate pentru pachetele instalate. O altă modalitate de a " -"fi informat cu privire la actualizările de securitate este să vă abonați la " -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Lista de " -"difuzare a anunțurilor de securitate (Debian security-announce)</ulink>, " -"care are avantajul de a vă informa, de asemenea, despre ce este vorba în " -"actualizările de securitate. Dezavantajul (în comparație cu <computeroutput" -">cron-apt</computeroutput>) este că include și informații despre actualizări " -"pentru pachete care nu sunt instalate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Gestionarea copiilor de rezervă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Pentru gestionarea copiilor de rezervă, direcționați-vă navigatorul către " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Rețineți că trebuie să accesați " -"acest site prin SSL, deoarece acolo trebuie să introduceți parola root. Dacă " -"încercați să accesați acest site fără a utiliza SSL, această încercare va " -"eșua." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Notă: site-ul va funcționa numai dacă permiteți temporar autentificarea SSH " -"root pe serverul pentru copiile de rezervă, care este serverul principal " -"(tjener.intern) în mod implicit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, „tjener” va face copii de rezervă pentru <computeroutput>/" -"skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> și LDAP în /skole/backup, care " -"se află sub LVM. Dacă doriți doar să aveți copii de rezervă ale unor lucruri " -"(în cazul în care le ștergeți), această configurație ar trebui să fie bună " -"pentru dumneavoastră." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Rețineți că această schemă de copii de rezervă nu vă protejează împotriva " -"defecțiunilor discurilor dure." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să faceți o copie de rezervă a datelor dvs. pe un server extern, " -"pe un dispozitiv de bandă sau pe un alt disc dur, va trebui să modificați " -"puțin configurația existentă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să restaurați un dosar complet, cea mai bună opțiune este să " -"utilizați linia de comandă:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <datele-dorite> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<datele-dorite>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Această comandă va lăsa conținutul din <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/" -"user</computeroutput> pentru <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> " -"în dosarul <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<datele-" -"dorite></computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să restaurați un singur fișier, atunci ar trebui să puteți " -"selecta fișierul (și versiunea) din interfața web și să descărcați numai " -"acel fișier." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să scăpați de copiile de rezervă mai vechi, alegeți „Întreținere”" -" din meniul de pe pagina de copii de rezervă și selectați cea mai veche " -"imagine instantanee pe care să o păstrați:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Întreținere slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Monitorizarea serverului" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Sistemul Munin de raportare a evoluției stării sistemului monitorizat este " -"disponibil la <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Acesta oferă grafice de " -"măsurare a stării sistemului pe o bază zilnică, săptămânală, lunară și " -"anuală și oferă administratorului de sistem ajutor atunci când caută blocaje " -"și sursa problemelor din sistem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Lista de mașini monitorizate cu ajutorul Munin este generată automat, pe " -"baza listei de gazde care raportează la „sitesummary”. Toate gazdele care au " -"instalat pachetul munin-node sunt înregistrate pentru monitorizarea Munin. " -"În mod normal, va dura o zi de la instalarea unei mașini până la începerea " -"monitorizării Munin, din cauza ordinii în care sunt executate lucrările " -"cron. Pentru a accelera procesul, rulați <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-" -"munin</computeroutput> ca root pe serverul sitesummary (în mod normal, " -"serverul principal). Aceasta va actualiza fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/" -"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Setul de măsurători care se colectează este generat automat pe fiecare " -"mașină cu ajutorul programului <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" -"computeroutput>, care sondează modulele disponibile din <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> și creează legături simbolice cu cele " -"relevante în <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Informații despre Munin sunt disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Icinga monitorizează sistemul și serviciile și este disponibil la <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Setul de mașini și servicii care sunt " -"monitorizate este generat automat folosind informațiile colectate de " -"sistemul „sitesummary”. Mașinile cu profilul Server principal și Server LTSP " -"primesc monitorizare completă, în timp ce stațiile de lucru și clienții " -"lejeri primesc monitorizare simplă. Pentru a activa monitorizarea completă " -"pe o stație de lucru, instalați pachetul <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" -"computeroutput> pe stația de lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, Icinga nu trimite e-mailuri. Acest lucru poate fi schimbat " -"prin înlocuirea <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> cu " -"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> și <computeroutput" -">notify-by-email</computeroutput> în fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Fișierul de configurare Icinga utilizat este <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Serviciul de programare al sarcinilor, " -"cron-job al sitesummary generează fișierul <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> cu lista de gazde și " -"servicii care trebuie monitorizate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Verificările Icinga suplimentare pot fi puse în fișierul <computeroutput>/" -"var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> pentru a le " -"include în fișierul generat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Informații despre Icinga sunt disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> sau în pachetul <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Avertizări comune Icinga și cum să le gestionați" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Iată instrucțiuni privind modul de gestionare a celor mai frecvente " -"avertismente Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Partiția (/usr/ în exemplu) este prea plină. În general, există două " -"modalități de a rezolva această problemă: (1) eliminarea unor fișiere sau (2)" -" creșterea dimensiunii partiției. În cazul în care partiția este /var/, " -"curățarea spațiului de prestocare (cache) al APT prin apelarea " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> ar putea elimina unele fișiere. " -"Dacă există mai mult spațiu disponibil în grupul de volume LVM, ar putea fi " -"de ajutor rularea programului <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> pentru a extinde partițiile. Pentru a rula acest program " -"automat la fiecare oră, gazda în cauză poate fi adăugată la grupul de rețea " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Sunt disponibile pachete noi pentru actualizări. Cele critice sunt, în mod " -"normal, corecții de securitate. Pentru a face actualizarea, rulați «apt " -"upgrade && apt full-upgrade» ca root într-un terminal sau conectați-" -"vă prin SSH pentru a face același lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu doriți să actualizați manual pachetele și aveți încredere că Debian " -"va face o treabă bună cu noile versiuni, puteți configura <computeroutput" -">unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> pentru a actualiza automat toate " -"pachetele noi în fiecare noapte. Acest lucru nu va actualiza chroot-urile " -"LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Nucleul care rulează este mai vechi decât cel mai nou nucleu instalat și " -"este necesară o repornire pentru a activa cel mai nou nucleu instalat. În " -"mod normal, acest lucru este destul de urgent, deoarece în mod normal apar " -"noi nuclee în Debian Edu pentru a rezolva probleme de securitate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"Cozile de așteptare a imprimantelor din CUPS au o mulțime de lucrări în " -"așteptare. Cel mai probabil, acest lucru se datorează unei imprimante " -"indisponibile. Cozile de imprimare dezactivate sunt activate la fiecare oră " -"pe gazdele care sunt membre ale grupului de rețea <computeroutput>cups-queue-" -"autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, deci pentru astfel de gazde nu ar " -"trebui să fie necesară nicio acțiune manuală. Cozile de imprimare sunt " -"golite în fiecare noapte pe gazdele care sunt membre ale grupului de rețea " -"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Dacă o gazdă " -"are multe lucrări în coada de așteptare, luați în considerare adăugarea " -"acestei gazde la unul sau la ambele grupuri de rețea." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Programul «sitesummary» este utilizat pentru a colecta informații de la " -"fiecare computer și a le trimite la serverul central. Informațiile colectate " -"sunt disponibile în <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" -"computeroutput>. Scripturile din <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" -"computeroutput> sunt disponibile pentru a genera rapoarte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Un raport simplu de la «sitesummary», fără detalii, este disponibil la " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Ceva documentație despre Sitesummary este disponibilă la <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Mai multe informații despre personalizarea Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre personalizarea Debian Edu, utile pentru " -"administratorii de sistem pot fi găsite în capitolul <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Ghidul de administrare</link> și în capitolul <link " -"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Ghidul de administrare avansată</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Actualizări" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Înainte de a citi acest ghid de actualizare, vă rugăm să rețineți că " -"actualizările făcute pe serverele de producție se efectuează pe propriul " -"risc. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux vine cu ABSOLUT NICI O " -"GARANȚIE, în măsura permisă de legea aplicabilă.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să citiți complet acest capitol și capitolul <link linkend=" -"\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Bullseye</link> din acest manual înainte " -"de a încerca să faceți actualizarea." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Note generale privind actualizarea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Actualizarea Debian de la o distribuție la alta este în general destul de " -"ușoară. Pentru Debian Edu, acest lucru este, din păcate, puțin mai " -"complicat, deoarece modificăm fișierele de configurare în moduri în care nu " -"ar trebui. Cu toate acestea, am documentat pașii necesari mai jos; (" -"consultați eroarea Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\"" -">311188</ulink> pentru mai multe informații despre modul în care Debian Edu " -"ar trebui să modifice fișierele de configurare)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"În general, actualizarea serverelor este mai dificilă decât cea a stațiilor " -"de lucru, iar serverul principal este cel mai dificil de actualizat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să vă asigurați că, după actualizare, totul funcționează ca " -"înainte, ar trebui să testați actualizarea pe un sistem de testare sau pe " -"sisteme configurate în același mod ca și mașinile de producție. Acolo puteți " -"testa actualizarea fără riscuri și puteți vedea dacă totul funcționează așa " -"cum trebuie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că citiți, de asemenea, informațiile despre versiunea actuală a " -"distribuției Debian Stabile în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"stable/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"De asemenea, ar putea fi înțelept să așteptați puțin și să continuați să " -"rulați vechea versiune stabilă timp de câteva săptămâni, pentru ca alții să " -"poată testa actualizarea și să documenteze orice probleme pe care le " -"întâmpină. Vechea versiune stabilă a Debian Edu va beneficia de suport " -"continuu pentru o perioadă de timp după următoarea versiune Stabilă, dar " -"atunci când Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#" -"lifespan\">încetează suportul pentru versiunea stabilă veche</ulink>, Debian " -"Edu va face în mod necesar același lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Actualizarea de la Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"Fiți pregătiți: asigurați-vă că ați testat actualizarea de la Buster într-un " -"mediu de testare sau că aveți copii de rezervă pregătite pentru a putea " -"reveni la starea anterioară." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să rețineți că următoarea rețetă se aplică la o instalare implicită " -"a serverului principal Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, profilele Server principal, " -"Stație de lucru, Server LTSP); (pentru o prezentare generală privind " -"actualizarea de la Buster la Bullseye, consultați: <ulink url=\"https://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"Nu folosiți X (un mediu grafic), folosiți o consolă virtuală, conectați-vă " -"ca root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Dacă <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> se termină cu o eroare, încercați " -"să o remediați și/sau rulați <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " -"și apoi <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> încă o dată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Actualizarea serverului principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Începeți prin a vă asigura că sistemul actual este actualizat:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Curățați spațiul de prestocare (cache) al pachetelor:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Pregătiți și începeți actualizarea la Bullseye (noua intrare de securitate):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/" -"sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # opțional (pentru a obține ieșirea (mesajelor) în " -"limba engleză)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: fiți pregătiți pentru o mulțime de NOUTĂȚI de citit; " -"apăsați <return> pentru a derula în jos, <q> pentru a părăsi " -"paginatorul. Toate informațiile vor fi trimise prin poșta electronică la " -"rădăcină, astfel încât să le puteți citi din nou (folosind <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> sau <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Citiți cu atenție toate informațiile din «debconf», alegeți „păstrați " -"versiunea locală instalată în prezent”, cu excepția cazului în care se " -"specifică altfel mai jos; în majoritatea cazurilor, este suficient să " -"apăsați tasta «Enter»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "repornire servicii: Alegeți „da”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: Alegeți „păstrați versiunea locală instalată în prezent”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Alegeți Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" -"Server Samba și utilități: Alegeți „păstrați versiunea locală instalată în " -"prezent”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Servere Kerberos: Introduceți „kerberos” și apăsați butonul «OK»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Alegeți N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Alegeți N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/muninin/munin.conf: Alegeți N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Se aplică și se ajustează configurația:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Instalarea și configurarea interfeței web Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Rulați <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, " -"alegeți întotdeauna <emphasis role=\"strong\" >Nu</emphasis> dacă vi se cere " -"de către «debconf»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Rulați <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Obțineți noua ilustrație (temă) „Homeworld” a Debian Edu:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # cu excepția cazului în care " -"ilustrația Buster ar trebui păstrată ca alternativă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Ajustați configurația panoului Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Adaptarea la noul LTSP și la modificările aferente:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # pentru a elimina configurările care nu " -"mai sunt necesare\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # pentru a elimina directorul de bază " -"tftp care nu mai este utilizat\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # prima solicitare: păstrați „tftp” " -"drept cont de sistem, a doua: schimbați directorul rădăcină TFTP la „/srv/" -"tftp”.\n" -" # a treia: păstrați adresa și portul, " -"ultima: introduceți „--secure” ca opțiune suplimentară. \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # curățați (eliminați) vechiul director " -"de bază LTSP\n" -"# Următorii pași vor necesita un timp de execuție destul de lung.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type " -"bare # dacă se dorește suport pentru clienți lejeri pe 64 de biți\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type " -"bare # dacă se dorește suport pentru clienți lejeri pe 32 de biți\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # pentru a crea " -"imaginea unei stații de lucru fără disc din sistemul de fișiere al " -"serverului\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # pentru a adăuga " -"fișiere de instalare iPXE și elemente de meniu iPXE aferente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Gestionați trecerea la iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "Creați un fișier <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> cu următorul conținut:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Apoi rulați <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-" -"access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> pentru " -"a aplica modificările." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Modificați mai mulți parametri DHCP în LDAP, de exemplu, folosind un editor " -"precum «ldapvi». Asigurați-vă că, intrările legate de DHCP corespund celor " -"conținute în fișierul <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis>. " -"Intrările în cauză sunt:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 " -"cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=" -"no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00." -"intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01." -"intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Gestionați modificările GOsa - utilizați noul gosa.conf, reparați accesul " -"LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # copie de rezervă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # " -"fișier gosa.conf nou" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Căutați «adminPassword» și «snapshotAdminPassword» în „/etc/gosa/gosa.conf” " -"și înlocuiți «$GOSAPWD» cu parola aleatorie găsită în „/etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig» pentru aceste intrări." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Execută <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Rulați <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Gestionați modificările tipului de criptare Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Rulați <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Gestionați modificările din Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați contul Samba al primului utilizator: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a " -"<first username></computeroutput>. Odată ce utilizatorii își schimbă " -"parola, contul Samba aferent va fi creat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Verificați dacă sistemul actualizat funcționează:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Reporniți; conectați-vă ca prim utilizator și testați" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "dacă interfața GOsa² funcționează," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "dacă se pot conecta clienții și stațiile de lucru LTSP," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" -"dacă se poate adăuga/elimina apartenența unui grup de rețea dintr-un sistem," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "dacă se poate trimite și primi e-mail intern," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "dacă se pot gestiona imprimantele," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "și dacă alte lucruri specifice sitului funcționează." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Actualizarea unei stații de lucru" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Faceți toate lucrurile de bază ca pe serverul principal și fără a face " -"lucrurile care nu sunt necesare. Dacă nu ați făcut-o încă, configurați " -"mașina pentru a utiliza Kerberos pentru montarea directoarelor personale, " -"consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">primii pași</link> " -"pentru detalii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"Actualizări de la instalări Debian Edu / Skolelinux mai vechi (înainte de " -"Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a actualiza de la orice versiune mai veche, va trebui să faceți mai " -"întâi actualizarea la versiunea Debian Edu bazată pe Buster, înainte de a " -"putea urma instrucțiunile de mai sus. Instrucțiunile sunt oferite în <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual " -"pentru Debian Edu Buster</ulink> despre cum să actualizați la Buster de la " -"versiunea anterioară, Stretch. De asemenea, manualul Stretch descrie cum se " -"face actualizarea de la Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Ghiduri" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Administration\">administrare generală</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Administration\">administrare avansată</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Administration\">mediul de birou</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clienți din rețea</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "Ghid pentru <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">predare și învățare</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Users\">utilizatori</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru administrarea generală" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Capitolele <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\" >Primii pași</link> și <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Întreținere</link> descriu cum să începeți să " -"utilizați Debian Edu și cum să efectuați lucrările de întreținere de bază. " -"Ghidurile din acest capitol au câteva sfaturi și trucuri mai „avansate”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Istoricul configurației: urmărirea modificărilor din directorul „/etc/” " -"folosind sistemul de control al versiunilor Git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"Utilizând <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, toate fișierele din " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sunt urmărite utilizând <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> ca sistem de control al versiunilor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Acest lucru face posibilă vizualizarea momentului în care un fișier este " -"adăugat, modificat și eliminat, precum și a ceea ce a fost modificat dacă " -"fișierul este un fișier text. Depozitul git este stocat în <computeroutput>/" -"etc/.git/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"La fiecare oră, orice modificare este înregistrată automat, permițând " -"extragerea și revizuirea istoricului configurației." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a consulta istoricul, se utilizează comanda <computeroutput>etckeeper " -"vcs log</computeroutput>. Pentru a verifica diferențele dintre două puncte " -"în timp, se poate utiliza o comandă precum <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " -"diff </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Consultați ieșirea comenzii <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> " -"pentru mai multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Listă cu comenzi utile:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Exemple de utilizare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"Pe un sistem proaspăt instalat, încercați acest lucru pentru a vedea toate " -"modificările efectuate de la instalarea sistemului:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Vedeți ce fișiere nu sunt urmărite în prezent și care nu sunt actualizate:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a confirma manual un fișier, deoarece nu doriți să așteptați timp de " -"o oră:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Redimensionarea partițiilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"În Debian Edu, toate partițiile, în afară de partiția <computeroutput>/boot/" -"</computeroutput>, se află pe volume logice LVM. În cazul nucleelor Linux " -"începând cu versiunea 2.6.10, este posibilă extinderea partițiilor în timp " -"ce acestea sunt montate. Micșorarea partițiilor trebuie să se facă în " -"continuare în timp ce partiția este demontată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"Este o idee bună să evitați să creați partiții foarte mari (peste, să zicem, " -"20Gio), din cauza timpului necesar pentru a rula <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> pe ele sau pentru a le restaura din copia de rezervă dacă " -"este nevoie. Este mai bine, dacă este posibil, să creați mai multe partiții " -"mai mici decât una foarte mare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"Scriptul de ajutor <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"este furnizat pentru a facilita extinderea partițiilor complete, pline. " -"Atunci când este invocat, acesta citește configurația din <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> și " -"<computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. Apoi propune " -"extinderea partițiilor cu spațiu liber prea mic, conform regulilor furnizate " -"în aceste fișiere. Dacă este rulat fără argumente, va afișa doar comenzile " -"necesare pentru a extinde sistemul de fișiere. Argumentul " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> este necesar pentru a executa efectiv " -"aceste comenzi de extindere a sistemelor de fișiere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Scriptul este executat automat la fiecare oră pe fiecare client listat în " -"grupul de rețea <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Atunci când partiția utilizată de proxy-ul Squid este redimensionată, " -"valoarea pentru dimensiunea cache-ului din <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid." -"conf</computeroutput> trebuie, de asemenea, să fie actualizată. Scriptul " -"ajutător <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" -"cachedir</computeroutput> este furnizat pentru a face acest lucru în mod " -"automat, verificând dimensiunea curentă a partiției din <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> și configurând Squid pentru a utiliza 80% din " -"aceasta ca dimensiune a spațiului de prestocare al datelor (cache)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Administrarea volumelor logice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Administrarea volumelor logice („Logical Volume Management”: LVM) permite " -"redimensionarea partițiilor în timp ce acestea sunt montate și utilizate. " -"Puteți afla mai multe despre LVM din articolul <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp." -"org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a extinde manual un volum logic, trebuie doar să indicați comenzii " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> cât de mare doriți să crească " -"acesta. De exemplu, pentru a extinde home0 la 30Gio, utilizați următoarele " -"comenzi:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Pentru a extinde home0 cu încă 30Gio, introduceți un „+” (-L+30G)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Folosind ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> este " -"un instrument care permite editarea bazei de date LDAP cu un editor de text " -"normal în linia de comandă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Trebuie să se execute următoarea comandă:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Notă: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> va folosi oricare editor ce " -"este configurat drept editorul implicit. Executând comanda " -"<computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> în promptul shell-ului se " -"poate configura mediul pentru a obține o clonă «vi» ca editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga un obiect LDAP utilizând «ldapvi», utilizați numărul de " -"ordine al obiectului cu șirul <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> în fața " -"noului obiect LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Avertisment: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> este un instrument " -"foarte puternic. Aveți grijă și nu stricați baza de date LDAP, același " -"avertisment este valabil și pentru JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "NFS „Kerberizat” (cu Kerberos)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Utilizarea Kerberos pentru NFS pentru a monta directoare personale este o " -"caracteristică de securitate. Începând cu Bullseye, clienții LTSP nu vor " -"funcționa fără Kerberos. Sunt acceptate nivelurile <emphasis>krb5</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> și <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " -"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> înseamnă autentificare Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" -"emphasis> reprezintă verificarea integrității și <emphasis>p</emphasis> " -"pentru confidențialitate, adică criptare); sarcina atât a serverului, cât și " -"a stației de lucru crește odată cu nivelul de securitate, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> este o alegere bună și a fost aleasă ca implicită." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Cum să modificați valoarea implicită" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "conectați-vă ca root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"rulați <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, căutați " -"șirul <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> și înlocuiți-l cu <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> sau <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"editați <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> și " -"ajustați aceste intrări în mod corespunzător:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "rulați comanda <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Acest instrument permite definirea imprimantei implicite în funcție de " -"locație, mașină sau apartenența la un grup. Pentru mai multe informații, " -"consultați <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Fișierul de configurare <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> trebuie să fie furnizat de către administrator, a se vedea " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> ca exemplu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, o interfață grafică pentru LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă preferați o interfață grafică pentru a lucra cu baza de date LDAP, " -"consultați pachetul <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, care este " -"instalat în mod implicit. Pentru a obține acces de scriere conectați-vă " -"astfel:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, un instrument de linie de comandă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> este un mic instrument " -"în linie de comandă pentru a crea utilizatori LDAP și a seta parolele " -"acestora în Kerberos. Totuși, este util mai ales pentru testare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Utilizarea actualizărilor stabile, „stable-updates”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Începând cu versiunea Squeeze din 2011, Debian a inclus pachete menținute " -"anterior în volatile.debian.org, în <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Deși puteți utiliza direct „stable-updates”, nu trebuie să o faceți: " -"actualizările stabile, „stable-updates” sunt introduse în suita stabilă în " -"mod regulat atunci când sunt lansate versiuni stabile, ceea ce se întâmplă " -"aproximativ o dată la două luni." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" -"Utilizarea retro-portărilor, „backports” pentru a instala software mai nou" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Rulați Debian Edu pentru că preferați stabilitatea Debian Edu. Funcționează " -"foarte bine; există doar o singură problemă: uneori software-ul este puțin " -"mai învechit decât vă place. Aici este unde intervine backports.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Retro-portările sunt pachete recompilate din ramurile Debian testare, " -"„testing” (în cea mai mare parte) și Debian instabilă, „unstable” (în câteva " -"cazuri, de exemplu actualizări de securitate), astfel încât vor rula fără " -"biblioteci noi (acolo unde acest lucru este posibil) pe o distribuție Debian " -"stabilă precum Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vă recomandăm să " -"alegeți retro-portările individuale care se potrivesc nevoilor dumneavoastră " -"și să nu folosiți toate retro-portările disponibile acolo.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Utilizarea retro-portărilor este simplă:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/" -"apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"După care se pot instala cu ușurință pachetele retro-portate, următoarea " -"comandă va instala o versiune retro-portată a <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"Retro-portările sunt actualizate automat (dacă sunt disponibile) la fel ca " -"și alte pachete. La fel ca arhiva normală, retro-portările au trei secțiuni: " -"„main” (principală), „contrib” (contribuitori) și „non-free” (non-liberă)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Efectuarea actualizării cu un CD sau o imagine similară" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să actualizați de la o versiune la alta (de exemplu, de la " -"Bullseye 11.1 la 11.2), dar nu aveți conectivitate la internet, ci doar " -"suporturi fizice, urmați acești pași:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Introduceți CD-ul / DVD-ul / discul Blu-ray / unitatea flash USB și " -"utilizați comanda «apt-cdrom»:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Pentru a cita din pagina de manual apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"«apt-cdrom» este utilizat pentru a adăuga un nou CD-ROM la lista de surse " -"disponibile a APT. «apt-cdrom» se ocupă de determinarea structurii discului, " -"precum și de corectarea câtorva posibile defecțiuni și de verificarea " -"fișierelor index." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Este necesar să folosiți «apt-cdrom» pentru a adăuga CD-uri la sistemul APT, " -"nu se poate face manual. În plus, fiecare disc dintr-un set de mai multe CD-" -"uri trebuie introdus și scanat separat pentru a ține cont de eventualele " -"erori de inscripționare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Apoi rulați aceste două comenzi pentru a actualiza sistemul:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Curățarea automată a proceselor reziduale" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> este un script perl care elimină " -"sarcinile de lucru din fundal. Lucrările din fundal sunt definite ca fiind " -"procese care aparțin unor utilizatori care nu sunt în acel moment conectați " -"la mașină. Este rulat de „cron-job” o dată pe oră." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Instalarea automată a actualizărilor de securitate" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> este un pachet Debian " -"care va instala automat actualizările de securitate (și altele). Dacă este " -"instalat, pachetul este preconfigurat pentru a instala actualizările de " -"securitate. Jurnalele sunt disponibile în <computeroutput>/var/log/" -"unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; de asemenea, există întotdeauna " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> și <computeroutput>/var/" -"log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Oprirea automată a mașinilor în timpul nopții" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Este posibil să se economisească energie și bani prin oprirea automată a " -"mașinilor clienților pe timp de noapte și repornirea lor dimineața. Pachetul " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> va încerca să oprească " -"mașina în fiecare oră, de la ora 16:00 după-amiaza, dar nu o va opri dacă se " -"pare că are utilizatori. Va încerca să îi spună BIOS-ului să pornească " -"mașina în jurul orei 07:00 dimineața, iar serverul principal va încerca să " -"pornească mașinile începând cu ora 06:30 prin trimiterea de pachete „Wake-on-" -"LAN” (trezrea prin rețea). Aceste ore pot fi modificate în fișierele " -"„crontabs” ale mașinilor individuale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" -"Trebuie avute în vedere unele considerații atunci când se face acest lucru:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Clienții nu ar trebui să fie opriți (deconectați) atunci când cineva îi " -"folosește. Acest lucru este asigurat prin verificarea ieșirii din " -"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> și, ca un caz special, prin verificarea " -"faptului că pentru conectarea SSH, comanda definită funcționează cu clienții " -"lejeri X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a evita arderea siguranțelor electrice, este bine să vă asigurați că " -"nu toți clienții pornesc în același timp." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Există două metode diferite disponibile pentru a trezi clienții. Una " -"utilizează o funcție BIOS și necesită un ceas hardware funcțional și corect, " -"precum și o placă de bază și o versiune de BIOS acceptate de <computeroutput" -">nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; cealaltă necesită ca mașinile-client să aibă " -"suport pentru „Wake-on-LAN”, iar serverul să știe despre toți clienții care " -"trebuie treziți." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "" -"Cum să configurați „shutdown-at-night” (oprirea calculatoarelor în timpul " -"nopți)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"Pe clienții care ar trebui să se deconecteze pe timp de noapte, modificați " -"fișierul<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput>, sau adăugați numele de gazdă (adică rezultatul ieșirii " -"comenzii «<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>» rulate pe client) la " -"grupul de rețea „shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Adăugarea gazdelor la grupul de " -"rețea în LDAP se poate face cu ajutorul instrumentului web " -"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Clienții ar putea avea nevoie ca " -"serviciul „Wake-on-LAN” să fie configurat în BIOS. De asemenea, este " -"important ca dispozitivele comutatoare de rețea și routerele utilizate între " -"serverul Wake-on-LAN și clienți să transmită pachetele WOL către clienți " -"chiar dacă aceștia sunt opriți. Unele comutatoare nu reușesc să transmită " -"pachetele către clienții care lipsesc din tabelul ARP al comutatorului, ceea " -"ce blochează pachetele WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa serviciul Wake-on-LAN pe server, adăugați clienții în " -"fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, cu " -"câte o linie pentru fiecare client, mai întâi adresa IP, urmată de adresa " -"MAC (adresa ethernet), separate prin câte un spațiu; sau creați un script " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " -"pentru a genera lista de clienți din mers." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Iată un exemplu de <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> pentru utilizare cu sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"O alternativă în cazul în care «netgroup» este utilizat pentru a activa " -"serviciul „shutdown-at-night” pe clienți este acest script care utilizează " -"instrumentul «netgroup» din pachetul <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "" -"Accesați serverele Debian Edu aflate în spatele unui paravan de protecție" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a accesa din Internet mașinile aflate în spatele unui paravan de " -"protecție, aveți în vedere instalarea pachetului <computeroutput>autossh</" -"computeroutput>. Acesta poate fi utilizat pentru a configura un tunel SSH " -"către o mașină din Internet la care aveți acces. De la acea mașină, puteți " -"accesa serverul din spatele paravanului de protecție prin intermediul " -"tunelului SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"Instalarea de mașini de servicii suplimentare pentru a distribui sarcina de " -"pe serverul principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"În instalarea implicită, toate serviciile rulează pe serverul principal, " -"tjener. Pentru a simplifica mutarea unora pe o altă mașină, este disponibil " -"un profil de instalare <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. Instalarea cu acest " -"profil va conduce la o mașină, care face parte din rețeaua Debian Edu, dar " -"care nu are (încă) niciun serviciu în funcțiune." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Aceștia sunt pașii necesari pentru a configura o mașină dedicată unor " -"servicii:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"instalați profilul <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> folosind opțiunea de pornire " -"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "instalați pachetele pentru serviciul dorit" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "configurați serviciul" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "dezactivați serviciul de pe serverul principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "actualizați DNS (via LDAP/GOsa2) pe serverul principal" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Ghiduri din situl wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Ghiduri de administrare avansată" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "În acest capitol sunt descrise sarcinile avansate de administrare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Personalizarea utilizatorilor cu GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Creați utilizatori în grupuri după ani, „Year Groups”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"În acest exemplu, dorim să creăm utilizatori pe grupe de ani, cu directoare " -"comune pentru fiecare grupă (home0/2024, home0/2025, home0/2026, etc.). " -"Dorim să creăm utilizatorii prin import csv." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(ca root pe serverul principal) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Creați directoarele necesare pentru grupele de ani" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(ca prim utilizator în GOsa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Departament" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Meniul principal: mergeți la „Structura directoarelor”, faceți clic pe " -"departamentul „Elevi”. Câmpul „Bază” ar trebui să afișeze „/Elevi”. Din " -"caseta derulantă „Acțiuni”, alegeți „Creare”/„Departament”. Completați " -"valorile pentru câmpurile Nume (2024) și Descriere ( elevii care absolvă în " -"2024), lăsați câmpul Bază așa cum este (ar trebui să fie „/Elevi”). Salvați " -"fișierul făcând clic pe butonul «Ok». Acum, noul departament (2024) ar " -"trebui să apară sub /Elevi. Faceți clic pe el." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Grup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți „Grupuri” din meniul principal; „Acțiuni”/Creare/Grup. Introduceți " -"numele grupului (lăsați „Bază” așa cum este, ar trebui să fie /Elevi/2024) " -"și apăsați butonul «Ok» pentru a-l salva." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Șablon" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți „utilizatori” din meniul principal. Schimbați la „Elevi” în câmpul " -"Bază. Ar trebui să apară o intrare <computeroutput>NewStudent</" -"computeroutput>, faceți clic pe ea. Acesta este șablonul „elevi”, nu un " -"utilizator real. Deoarece va trebui să creați un astfel de șablon (pentru a " -"putea utiliza importul csv pentru structura dvs.) pe baza acestuia, " -"observați toate intrările care apar în filele Generic și POSIX, poate faceți " -"capturi de ecran pentru a avea informații pregătite pentru noul șablon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Acum schimbați /Elevi/2024 în câmpul Bază; alegeți Creare/Șablon și începeți " -"să completați valorile dorite, mai întâi fila Generic (adăugați noul grup " -"2024 la Apartenența la grup, de asemenea), apoi adăugați contul POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importare utilizatori" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Alegeți noul șablon atunci când efectuați importul csv; se recomandă " -"testarea acestuia cu câțiva utilizatori." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Alte personalizări ale utilizatorului" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Crearea de dosare în directoarele personale ale tuturor utilizatorilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Cu ajutorul acestui script, administratorul poate crea un dosar în " -"directorul personal al fiecărui utilizator și poate stabili permisiunile de " -"acces și proprietarul." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"În exemplul de mai jos, cu group=profesori și permisiuni=2770, un utilizator " -"poate preda o temă salvând fișierul în dosarul „teme”, unde profesorii au " -"acces de scriere pentru a putea face comentarii." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #stabiliți proprietarul și grupul corect\n" -" #\"nume utilizator\" = \"nume grup\" = \"nume dosar\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"dosarul $home_path/$home/$shared_folder există deja.\\n" -"\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"Au fost create $created_dir (de) dosare\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Utilizați un server de stocare dedicat" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Urmați acești pași pentru a configura un server de stocare dedicat pentru " -"directoarele personale ale utilizatorilor și, eventual, pentru alte date." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați un nou sistem de tip <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " -"folosind GOsa², așa cum este descris în capitolul <emphasis role=\"strong\" " -">Primii pași</emphasis> din acest manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"Acest exemplu utilizează „nas-server.intern” ca nume de server. După ce „nas-" -"server.intern” este configurat, verificați dacă punctele de export NFS de pe " -"noul server de stocare sunt exportate către subrețele sau mașinile relevante:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"Aici, tot ceea ce se află în rețeaua de bază are acces la exportul " -"„/stocare”; (acest lucru ar putea fi restricționat în funcție de apartenența " -"la un grup de rețea sau de adrese IP unice pentru a limita accesul NFS, așa " -"cum se face în fișierul „tjener:/etc/exports”)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați informații de montare automată despre „nas-server.intern” în LDAP " -"pentru a permite tuturor clienților să monteze automat noul export la cerere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Acest lucru nu se poate face folosind GOsa², deoarece lipsește un modul " -"pentru automontare. În schimb, utilizați ldapvi și adăugați obiectele LDAP " -"necesare folosind un editor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " -"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Când apare editorul, adăugați următoarele obiecte LDAP în partea de jos a " -"documentului; (partea „/&” din ultimul obiect LDAP este un caracter " -"joker care se potrivește cu tot ceea ce exportă „nas-server.intern”, " -"eliminând necesitatea de a lista punctele de montare individuale în LDAP)." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-" -"server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -" -"fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-" -"server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"Adăugați intrările relevante în „tjener.intern:/etc/fstab”, deoarece „tjener." -"intern” nu utilizează automontarea pentru a evita buclele de montare:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Creați directoarele punctului de montare folosind <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, editați fișierul „/etc/fstab” în mod corespunzător și " -"rulați <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> pentru a monta noile " -"resurse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Acum, utilizatorii ar trebui să poată accesa fișierele de pe „nas-server." -"intern” direct prin simpla accesare a directorului „/tjener/nas-server/" -"storage/” utilizând orice aplicație pe orice stație de lucru, client lejer " -"LTSP sau server LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Restricționați accesul de autentificare SSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"Există mai multe moduri de a restricționa autentificarea SSH, unele sunt " -"enumerate aici." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configurare fără clienți LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu se utilizează clienți LTSP, o soluție simplă este crearea unui nou " -"grup (de exemplu <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) și adăugarea " -"unei linii în fișierul „/etc/ssh/sshd_config” al mașinii. Numai membrii " -"grupului <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> vor avea apoi permisiunea " -"de a intra prin ssh în mașină de oriunde." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Gestionarea acestui caz cu GOsa este destul de simplă:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Creați un grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> la nivelul de bază (" -"unde apar deja alte grupuri legate de gestionarea sistemului, cum ar fi " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați utilizatori în noul grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> la „/etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Executați comanda <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Configurație cu clienți LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"Configurația implicită a clientului fără disc LTSP nu utilizează conexiuni " -"SSH. Este suficientă actualizarea imaginii SquashFS pe serverul LTSP " -"respectiv după ce configurația SSH a fost modificată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Clienții lejeri X2Go utilizează conexiuni SSH la serverul LTSP aferent. Prin " -"urmare, este necesară o abordare diferită care să utilizeze PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" -"Activați pam_access.so în fișierul „/etc/pam.d/sshd” al serverului LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Configurați „/etc/security/access.conf” pentru a permite conexiuni pentru " -"utilizatorii (de exemplu) alice, jane, bob și john de oriunde și pentru toți " -"ceilalți utilizatori numai din rețelele interne, adăugând aceste linii:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care se utilizează numai servere LTSP dedicate, rețeaua 10.0.0.0/" -"8 ar putea fi eliminată pentru a dezactiva accesul intern de conectare SSH. " -"Notă: cineva care își conectează calculatorul la rețelele de clienți LTSP " -"dedicate va obține acces SSH și la serverele LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "O notă pentru configurații mai complexe" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"În cazul în care clienții X2Go ar fi conectați la rețeaua de bază 10.0.0.0/" -"8, lucrurile ar fi și mai complicate și poate doar o configurație DHCP " -"sofisticată (în LDAP) care să verifice identificatorul de clasă al " -"furnizorului împreună cu o configurație PAM corespunzătoare ar permite " -"dezactivarea conectării SSH interne." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru mediul de birou" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Configurați un mediu de birou în mai multe limbi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a facilita suportul mai multe limbi, aceste comenzi trebuie să fie " -"rulate:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Rulați <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (ca root) " -"și alegeți limbile dorite (variantele UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "Rulați aceste comenzi ca root pentru a instala pachetele aferente:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Utilizatorii vor putea apoi să aleagă limba prin intermediul gestionarului " -"de afișare LightDM înainte de a se autentifica; acest lucru este valabil " -"pentru Xfce, LXDE și LXQt. GNOME și KDE au propriile instrumente interne de " -"configurare a regiunii și a limbii; folosiți-le pe acestea. MATE utilizează " -"sistemul de întâmpinare Arctica pe lângă LightDM, fără un selector de limbă. " -"Rulați <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> pentru a " -"obține sistemul de întâmpinare LightDM standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Redarea DVD-urilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Biblioteca „libdvdcss” este necesară pentru a reda majoritatea DVD-urilor " -"comerciale. Din motive legale, nu este inclusă în Debian (Edu). Dacă aveți " -"permisiunea legală de a o folosi, vă puteți construi propriile pachete " -"locale folosind pachetul Debian <computeroutput>libdvdvd-" -"pkg</computeroutput>; asigurați-vă că arhiva <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> este activată în <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Răspundeți la întrebările «debconf», apoi rulați <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Fonturi pentru „scris de mână”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Pachetul <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (care este instalat în " -"mod implicit) instalează fontul „Abecedario”, care este un font de scris de " -"mână pentru copii. Fontul are mai multe forme pentru a fi folosit cu copiii: " -"cu puncte, și cu linii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introducere la clienții lejeri (thin) și stațiile de lucru fără disc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Un termen generic atât pentru clienții lejeri cât și pentru stațiile de " -"lucru fără disc este <emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"Începând cu Bullseye, LTSP este foarte diferit de versiunile anterioare. " -"Acest lucru se referă atât la configurare, cât și la întreținere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Ca o diferență principală, imaginea SquashFS pentru stațiile de lucru fără " -"disc este acum generată în mod implicit din sistemul de fișiere al " -"serverului LTSP. Acest lucru se întâmplă pe un server combinat la prima " -"pornire, ceea ce durează ceva timp." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Clienții lejeri nu mai fac parte din LTSP. Debian Edu folosește X2Go pentru " -"a permite în continuare utilizarea clienților lejeri." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"În cazul unui server LTSP separat sau suplimentar, informațiile necesare " -"pentru configurarea mediului client LTSP nu sunt complete în momentul " -"instalării. Configurarea se poate face după ce sistemul a fost adăugat cu " -"GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Pentru informații despre LTSP în general, consultați <ulink url=\"https" -"://ltsp.org\">Pagina principală a LTSP</ulink>. Pe sistemele cu profil " -"<emphasis>Server LTSP</emphasis>, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " -"oferă mai multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Rețineți că instrumentul <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> din LTSP trebuie utilizat " -"cu atenție. De exemplu, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> nu ar " -"reuși să genereze imaginea SquashFS în cazul mașinilor Debian (acestea au o " -"partiție „/boot” separată în mod implicit), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> nu ar reuși să genereze corect meniul iPXE (din cauza " -"suportului pentru clienți lejeri al Debian Edu), iar <computeroutput>ltsp " -"initrd</computeroutput> ar încurca complet pornirea clienților LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> " -"este un script de învăluire pentru <computeroutput>ltsp image</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> și " -"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Se utilizează pentru a instala " -"și configura stația de lucru fără disc și suportul pentru clienți lejeri (" -"atât pentru PC-uri de 64 de biți, cât și de 32 de biți). Consultați " -"<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> sau conținutul " -"scriptului pentru a vedea cum funcționează. Toată configurația este " -"conținută în scriptul însuși (documente AICI) pentru a facilita ajustările " -"specifice sitului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Exemple de utilizare a scriptului de învăluire <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-" -"install</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> actualizează imaginea SquashFS a stației de lucru fără disc (" -"sistemul de fișiere al serverului)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creează o stație de lucru fără disc și " -"suport pentru clienți lejeri pe 64 de biți." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creează un suport suplimentar pentru clienți lejeri pe 32 de " -"biți (chroot și imaginea SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"În afară de <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (cel mai mic sistem de client lejer), " -"sunt disponibile și <emphasis>display</emphasis> și <emphasis>desktop</" -"emphasis>. Tipul <emphasis>display</emphasis> oferă un buton de închidere, " -"tipul <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> rulează Firefox ESR în modul kiosk pe " -"clientul propriu-zis (este necesară mai multă memorie RAM locală și putere " -"CPU, dar sarcina serverului este redusă)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> este " -"un script de învăluire pentru <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. " -"Acesta se asigură că fișierul „/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe” este specific " -"Debian Edu. Comanda trebuie să fie executată după ce au fost modificate " -"elementele legate de meniul iPXE (cum ar fi timpul de afișare al meniului " -"sau valorile implicite de pornire) din secțiunea /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " -"[server]." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " -"este un script de învăluire pentru <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput>. Acesta se asigură că este generat un initrd specific " -"cazului de utilizare (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) și apoi mutat în directorul " -"aferent cazului de utilizare. Comanda trebuie să fie executată după ce " -"secțiunea /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] a fost modificată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " -"este un înlocuitor pentru instrumentul <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " -"livrat cu LTSP5. Acesta este utilizat pentru a executa comenzi într-un " -"chroot LTSP specificat (cum ar fi, de exemplu, instalarea, actualizarea și " -"eliminarea pachetelor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru fără disc</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"O stație de lucru fără disc rulează toate programele local. Mașinile client " -"pornesc direct de pe serverul LTSP, fără un disc dur local. Software-ul este " -"administrat și întreținut pe serverul LTSP, dar rulează pe stațiile de lucru " -"fără disc. De asemenea, directoarele personale și configurările de sistem " -"sunt stocate pe server. Stațiile de lucru fără disc sunt o modalitate " -"excelentă de reutilizare a echipamentelor mai vechi (dar puternice) cu " -"aceleași costuri de întreținere reduse ca în cazul clienților lejeri." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Spre deosebire de stațiile de lucru, stațiile de lucru fără disc " -"funcționează fără a fi nevoie să le adăugați cu GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Client lejer (thin)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"O configurație de client lejer permite unui PC obișnuit să funcționeze ca un " -"terminal (X), în care tot software-ul rulează pe serverul LTSP. Acest lucru " -"înseamnă că această mașină pornește prin PXE fără a utiliza un disc dur " -"local al clientului și că serverul LTSP trebuie să fie o mașină puternică." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu suportă în continuare utilizarea de clienți lejeri pentru a " -"permite utilizarea de echipamente foarte vechi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Deoarece clienții lejeri utilizează X2Go, utilizatorii trebuie să " -"dezactiveze compunerea pentru a evita producerea de erori de afișare. În " -"cazul implicit (mediul desktop Xfce): Configurări -> Ajustări ale " -"administratorului de ferestre -> Compozitor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware client LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"Pornirile clienților LTSP vor eșua dacă interfața de rețea a clientului " -"necesită un firmware care nu este liber. O instalare PXE poate fi utilizată " -"pentru a rezolva problemele legate de pornirea prin rețea a unei mașini; " -"dacă programul de instalare Debian se plânge de lipsa unui fișier XXX.bin, " -"atunci trebuie adăugat un firmware non-liber la initrd-ul serverului LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Procedați astfel pe serverul LTSP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Pentru a obține mai întâi informații despre pachetele firmware, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Decideți ce pachet trebuie instalat pentru interfața (interfețele) de rețea, " -"cel mai probabil acesta va fi firmware-linux, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" -"Actualizați imaginea SquashFS pentru stațiile de lucru fără disc, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "În cazul în care se utilizează clienți lejeri X2Go, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "și procedați în conformitate cu informațiile de utilizare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Apoi actualizați imaginea SquashFS; de exemplu, pentru chroot-ul „/srv/ltsp/" -"x2go-bare-amd64”, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Selectarea tipului de client LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Fiecare server LTSP are două interfețe ethernet: una configurată în sub-" -"rețeaua principală 10.0.0.0/8 (care este partajată cu serverul principal) și " -"alta care formează o sub-rețea locală (o sub-rețea separată pentru fiecare " -"server LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"În ambele cazuri, <emphasis>stația de lucru fără disc</emphasis> sau " -"<emphasis> clientul lejer</emphasis> pot fi alese din meniul iPXE. După 5 " -"secunde de așteptare, mașina va porni ca stație de lucru fără disc." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"Elementul implicit din meniul de pornire iPXE și timpul de așteptare " -"implicit al acestuia pot fi configurate în <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp." -"conf</computeroutput>. O valoare de timp de așteptare de <emphasis>-1</" -"emphasis> este utilizată pentru a ascunde meniul. Rulați <computeroutput" -">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> pentru ca modificările să intre în " -"vigoare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Utilizați o rețea diferită pentru clienții LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 este rețeaua client LTSP implicită în cazul în care o mașină " -"este instalată utilizând profilul LTSP. În cazul în care se folosesc mulți " -"clienți LTSP sau dacă servere LTSP diferite trebuie să deservească atât " -"medii chroot i386, cât și amd64, se poate folosi și cea de-a doua rețea " -"preconfigurată 192.168.1.0/24. Modificați fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/" -"network/interfaces</computeroutput> și ajustați parametrii eth1 în mod " -"corespunzător. Utilizați <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> sau orice " -"alt editor LDAP pentru a inspecta configurația DNS și DHCP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Adăugați LTSP chroot pentru a permite clienți PC pe 32 de biți" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Pentru a crea chroot-ul și imaginea SquashFS, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Consultați ieșirea comenzii <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"computeroutput> pentru detalii despre tipurile de clienți lejeri (thin)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea clientului LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Rulați <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> pentru a arunca o " -"privire la opțiunile de configurare disponibile. Sau citiți-o din internet: " -"<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Adăugați elemente de configurare în secțiunea /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. " -"Pentru ca modificările să intre în vigoare, rulați:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Sunet cu clienții LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Clienții lejeri LTSP utilizează audio prin rețea pentru a transmite audio de " -"la server la clienți." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "" -"Stațiile de lucru fără disc LTSP gestionează partea audio la nivel local." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Accesul la unități USB și CD-ROM-uri/DVD-uri" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Atunci când utilizatorii introduc o unitate USB sau un DVD / CD-ROM într-o " -"stație de lucru fără disc, pe birou apare o pictogramă corespunzătoare, care " -"permite accesul la conținut ca la o stație de lucru." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"Atunci când utilizatorii introduc o unitate USB într-un client lejer X2Go de " -"tip „bare” (instalare implicită a serverului combinat), suportul este montat " -"imediat ce se face dublu clic pe pictograma dosarului existent pe biroul " -"Xfce. În funcție de conținutul media, ar putea dura ceva timp până când " -"conținutul apare în managerul de fișiere." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Un avertisment cu privire la mediile detașabile pe serverele LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Atunci când sunt introduse într-un server LTSP, unitățile USB și alte " -"suporturi amovibile determină apariția pictogramei dosarului aferent pe " -"birourile clienților lejeri LTSP. Utilizatorii de la distanță pot accesa " -"fișierele." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Utilizarea imprimantelor atașate la clienții LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Atașați imprimanta la calculatorul client LTSP (sunt acceptate atât portul " -"USB, cât și portul paralel)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "Configurați clientul LTSP cu GOsa² pentru a utiliza o adresă IP fixă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> de pe serverul principal; alegeți tipul de " -"imprimantă de rețea <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (" -"pentru toate imprimantele, indiferent de marcă sau model) și definiți " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> ca " -"adresă URI de conexiune." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modificarea configurației PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE înseamnă Preboot eXecution Environment (mediu de execuție înainte de " -"pornire). Debian Edu folosește acum implementarea <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> pentru o integrare mai ușoară a LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configurarea meniului PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"Elementul de meniu iPXE referitor la instalările de sistem este generat cu " -"ajutorul scriptului <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. " -"Acesta permite ca unele configurări să fie înlocuite folosind fișierul " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> cu valori " -"de înlocuire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configurarea instalării PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"Instalarea PXE va moșteni configurările de limbă, de aranjament al " -"tastaturii și de oglindă de la cele utilizate la instalarea serverului " -"principal, iar celelalte întrebări vor fi adresate în timpul instalării (" -"profil, participare popcon, partiționare și parolă root). Pentru a evita " -"aceste întrebări, fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> poate fi modificat pentru a oferi răspunsuri " -"preselectate la valorile debconf. Câteva exemple de valori debconf " -"disponibile sunt deja comentate în <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Modificările dvs. vor fi pierdute " -"de îndată ce <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> este " -"utilizat pentru a recrea mediul de instalare PXE. Pentru a adăuga valori " -"debconf la <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> în timpul recreării cu <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adăugați fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> cu valorile " -"dvs. debconf suplimentare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre modificarea instalărilor PXE pot fi găsite în " -"capitolul <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\"" -">Instalare</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Adăugarea unui depozit personalizat pentru instalări PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga un depozit personalizat, adăugați ceva asemănător cu aceasta " -"în fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#adăugați depozitul local al proiectelor skole\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian " -"stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"și apoi rulați <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> o dată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Modificarea parametrilor de rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"Pachetul debian-edu-config vine cu un instrument care ajută la schimbarea " -"rețelei de la 10.0.0.0/8 la altceva. Aruncați o privire la <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Acesta " -"este destinat utilizării imediat după instalare pe serverul principal, " -"pentru a actualiza LDAP și alte fișiere care trebuie editate pentru a " -"schimba subrețeaua." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Rețineți că schimbarea la una dintre subrețelele deja utilizate în altă " -"parte în Debian Edu nu va funcționa. 192.168.0.0/24 și 192.168.1.0/24 sunt " -"deja configurate ca rețele client LTSP. Schimbarea la aceste subrețele va " -"necesita editarea manuală a fișierelor de configurare pentru a elimina " -"intrările duplicate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Nu există o modalitate ușoară de a schimba numele de domeniu DNS. Schimbarea " -"acestuia ar necesita modificări atât în structura LDAP, cât și în mai multe " -"fișiere din sistemul de fișiere al serverului principal. De asemenea, nu " -"există o modalitate ușoară de a schimba numele de gazdă și DNS al serverului " -"principal (tjener.intern). Pentru a face acest lucru ar necesita, de " -"asemenea, modificări ale LDAP și ale fișierelor din sistemul de fișiere al " -"serverului principal și al clientului. În ambele cazuri, ar trebui să se " -"modifice și configurația Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Mediu de birou la distanță" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Alegerea profilului de server LTSP sau a profilului de server combinat " -"instalează, de asemenea, pachetele <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> și " -"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp utilizează protocolul de birou la distanță („Remote Desktop Protocol”: " -"RDP) pentru a prezenta o autentificare grafică unui client la distanță. " -"Utilizatorii Microsoft Windows se pot conecta la serverul LTSP pe care " -"rulează xrdp fără a instala software suplimentar - ei pur și simplu pornesc " -"o conexiune de birou la distanță (Remote Desktop Connection) pe calculatorul " -"lor Windows și se conectează." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"În plus, xrdp se poate conecta la un server VNC sau la un alt server RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp vine fără suport pentru sunet; pentru a compila modulele necesare poate " -"fi folosit acest script." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script pentru a compila / recompila modulele xrdp PulseAudio.\n" -" # Apelantul trebuie să fie root sau un membru al grupului sudo.\n" -" # De asemenea, fișierul „/etc/apt/sources.list” trebuie să conțină o linie " -"deb-src validă.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"EROARE: Trebuie să fiți root sau membru al grupului sudo.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"EROARE: Asigurați-vă că fișierul „/etc/apt/sources.list” conține " -"o linie deb-src.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' " -"pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' " -"xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Obține sursele și construiește dependențele:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # Pentru pulseaudio \"configure\" aceasta, este tot ce este necesar:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Ajustează modulele pulseaudio Makefile (se necesită ruta absolută)\n" -" # și construiește modulele pulseaudio.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copiază modulele în directorul de module Pulseaudio, ajustează " -"permisiunile.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Repornește xrdp, acum cu sunetul activat.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go vă permite să accesați un birou grafic pe serverul LTSP atât prin " -"conexiuni cu lățime de bandă mică, cât și prin conexiuni cu lățime de bandă " -"mare, de pe un PC care rulează Linux, Windows sau macOS. Este necesar un " -"software suplimentar pe partea de client, consultați <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> " -"pentru mai multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să rețineți că pachetul <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> ar " -"trebui cel mai bine să fie eliminat de pe serverul LTSP dacă se utilizează " -"X2Go, consultați <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\"" -">890517</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Clienți de birou la distanță disponibili" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> este instalat în mod implicit " -"și este capabil de a lucra cu protocoalele RDP și VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - cel mai simplu mod de a accesa serverul terminal Windows. Un pachet " -"client alternativ este <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Clientul VNC (Virtual Network Computer) permite accesul la Skolelinux de la " -"distanță. Un pachet client alternativ este " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> este un client grafic pentru " -"sistemul X2Go (nu este instalat în mod implicit). Îl puteți utiliza pentru a " -"vă conecta la sesiunile în curs de desfășurare și pentru a începe sesiuni " -"noi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Clienți fără fir (wireless)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"Serverul <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> ar putea fi utilizat pentru a oferi " -"conexiuni de rețea securizate. Pentru ca acesta să funcționeze, instalați " -"pachetele <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> și <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> pe " -"serverul principal și rulați <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> pentru a genera o " -"configurație de bază, specifică sitului. În acest fel, sunt activate atât " -"metodele EAP-TTLS/PAP, cât și PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toată configurația este " -"conținută în scriptul propriu-zis pentru a facilita ajustările specifice " -"sitului. Consultați <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">pagina principală " -"a freeRADIUS</ulink> pentru detalii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Este necesară o configurare suplimentară pentru a" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"activa/dezactiva punctele de acces prin intermediul unui <emphasis>secret " -"partajat</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"permite/neagă accesul fără fir folosind grupuri LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"combina punctele de acces în grupuri dedicate (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Dispozitivele utilizatorilor finali trebuie să fie configurate " -"corespunzător, aceste dispozitive trebuie să fie protejate prin PIN pentru " -"utilizarea metodelor EAP (802.1x). De asemenea, utilizatorii ar trebui să " -"fie educați să instaleze certificatul CA freeradius pe dispozitivele lor " -"pentru a fi siguri că se conectează la serverul potrivit. În acest fel, " -"parola lor nu poate fi prinsă în cazul unui server rău intenționat. " -"Certificatul specific sitului este disponibil în rețeaua internă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (pentru dispozitive de " -"utilizator final care rulează Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să rețineți faptul că, din cauza diversității dispozitivelor, " -"configurarea dispozitivelor utilizatorilor finali va fi o adevărată " -"provocare. Pentru dispozitivele Windows ar putea fi creat un script de " -"instalare, iar pentru dispozitivele Apple un fișier mobileconfig. În ambele " -"cazuri, certificatul freeRADIUS CA poate fi integrat, dar sunt necesare " -"instrumente specifice sistemului de operare pentru a crea scripturile." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Autorizarea mașinii Windows cu acreditările Debian Edu folosind modulul " -"pGina LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Adăugarea utilizatorului pGina în Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a avea posibilitatea de a utiliza pGina (sau orice altă aplicație de " -"servicii de autentificare terță parte) trebuie să aveți un cont de " -"utilizator special utilizat în căutarea în cadrul LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Adăugați un utilizator special, de exemplu <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" -"emphasis> cu parola <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, în situl web <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/gosa\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Instalarea variantei bifurcate a pGina (pGina fork)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" -"Descărcați și instalați pGina 3.9.9.12 ca software obișnuit. Fiți atenți ca " -"pluginul LDAP să persiste în dosarul cu module al pGina:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Configurați pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" -"Având în vedere configurările Debian Edu, conexiunea la LDAP folosește SSL " -"prin portul 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "Deci, configurările necesare într-un plugin LDAP pGina sunt următoarele" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(acestea sunt stocate în HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Secțiunea principală a modulului LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis>\t# Gazda " -"(gazdele) LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (sau orice " -"altă adresă cu „spațiu” ca separator)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> \t# Portul LDAP (pentru " -"conexiune SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Timeout: 10\t# Timpul de așteptare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</emphasis>\t# Utilizați SSL da/nu (" -"marcați căsuța de selectare pentru „da”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# Utilizați Start TLS da/" -"nu (nu marcați caseta de selectare pentru „nu”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# " -"Utilizați Validarea certificatului serverului: da/nu (nu marcați caseta de " -"selectare pentru „nu”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>\t# " -"Căutarea în DN (nume distincte)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(„pguser” este un utilizator care trebuie autentificat în LDAP pentru a " -"căuta utilizatori într-o sesiune de conectare)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" -"Search Password: pwd.777\t# Parola de căutare (aceasta este parola lui " -"„pguser”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Blocul de autentificare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Bind Tab (Fila Bind):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>\t# Permiteți " -"parole goale: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA/NU → YES/NO</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</emphasis>\t# Căutare pentru DN " -"da/nu (marcați căsuța de selectare pentru „da”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>\t# Filtrul de căutare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Blocul de autorizare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>\t# Implicit: <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Permiteți</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</emphasis>" -"\t# Refuză atunci când autentificarea LDAP eșuează: da/nu (marcați căsuța de " -"selectare pentru „da”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# " -"Permite atunci când serverul este inaccesibil: da/nu (nu marcați caseta de " -"selectare pentru „nu”)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Selecție module" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -"\t# Marcați căsuțele corespunzătoare a: Authentication, Authorization și " -"Gateway, lăsând nemarcată cea a Change Password" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v]\t# Marcați căsuțele " -"corespunzătoare a: Authentication și Gateway" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Ordine module" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" -"Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine\t# Autentificare: LDAP, Local Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" -"Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine\t# Punct de acces (pasarelă): LDAP, Local " -"Machine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Surse:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba în Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba este acum configurat ca <emphasis>server autonom</emphasis> cu suport " -"SMB2/SMB3 modern și partajări de utilizator (usershares) activate, " -"consultați <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> " -"pe serverul principal. În acest fel, utilizatorii care nu sunt " -"administratori sunt abilitați să furnizeze partaje." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Deoarece Samba a renunțat la protocolul nesigur SMB1, opțiunea de a " -"configura Samba ca PDC de tip NT4 a dispărut." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Pentru modificări specifice sitului, copiați „/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"smb.conf.edu-site” în directorul „/etc/samba”. Configurările din " -"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> le vor înlocui pe cele conținute în " -"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, directoarele personale sunt numai pentru citire. Acest " -"lucru poate fi modificat în <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Parolele Samba sunt stocate folosind <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" -"computeroutput> și sunt actualizate în cazul în care o parolă este schimbată " -"folosind GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a dezactiva temporar contul Samba al unui utilizator, rulați " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nume-utilizator></computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <nume-utilizator></computeroutput> îl va " -"reactiva." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Rularea <computeroutput>chown root:profesori /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> pe serverul principal va dezactiva „usershares” pentru " -"„elevi”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Accesarea fișierelor prin intermediul Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Conexiunile la directorul personal al unui utilizator și la partaje " -"suplimentare specifice sitului (dacă sunt configurate) sunt posibile pentru " -"dispozitivele care rulează Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS sau " -"Windows. Alte dispozitive, cum ar fi cele bazate pe Android, necesită un " -"manager de fișiere cu suport SMB2/SMB3, cunoscut și ca acces LAN. <ulink url=" -"\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames." -"Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> sau <ulink url=\"https://www." -"ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> ar putea " -"fi o alegere bună." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Utilizați <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> sau " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> pentru a " -"accesa directorul principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru predare și învățare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Toate pachetele Debian menționate în această secțiune pot fi instalate prin " -"rularea <computeroutput>apt install <pachetul-dorit></computeroutput> (" -"ca root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Predare programare software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">" -"stable/education-development</ulink> este un meta-pachet care depinde de o " -"mulțime de instrumente de programare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că este nevoie de " -"aproape 2 Gio de spațiu pe disc dacă este instalat acest pachet. Pentru mai " -"multe detalii (poate pentru a instala doar câteva pachete), consultați " -"pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian " -"Edu Development packages</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Monitorizarea elevilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Avertisment</emphasis>: asigurați-vă că știți care " -"este statutul legilor privind monitorizarea și restricționarea activităților " -"utilizatorilor de calculatoare în jurisdicția dumneavoastră." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Unele școli folosesc instrumente de control precum <ulink url=\"https" -"://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> sau <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " -"pentru a-și supraveghea elevii. Consultați de asemenea: <ulink url=\"https" -"://epoptes.org\" >Pagina principală a Epoptes</ulink> și <ulink url=\"https" -"://veyon.io\">Pagina principală a Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Restricționarea accesului elevilor la rețea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Unele școli folosesc <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> sau <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> pentru a restricționa accesul la " -"internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Ghiduri pentru utilizatori" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Schimbarea parolelor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Fiecare utilizator ar trebui să își schimbe parola cu ajutorul GOsa². Pentru " -"a face acest lucru, este suficient să utilizați un navigator și să accesați " -"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Utilizarea GOsa² pentru a schimba parola asigură că parolele pentru Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) și Samba sunt identice." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Schimbarea parolelor cu ajutorul PAM funcționează și la promptul de " -"conectare GDM, dar aceasta va actualiza doar parola Kerberos, nu și parola " -"Samba și GOsa² (LDAP). Așadar, după ce v-ați schimbat parola la solicitarea " -"de conectare, ar trebui să o schimbați și folosind GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Rularea de aplicații Java independente" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Aplicațiile Java independente sunt compatibile cu mediul de execuție Java " -"OpenJDK și rulează „ca scoase din cutie” în acesta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Utilizarea poștei electronice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Toți utilizatorii pot trimite și primi corespondență electronică în cadrul " -"rețelei interne; sunt furnizate certificate pentru a permite conexiuni " -"securizate TLS. Pentru a permite corespondența în afara rețelei interne, " -"administratorul trebuie să configureze serverul de poștă electronică " -"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> pentru a se adapta la situația " -"locală, începând cu <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Fiecare utilizator care dorește să utilizeze Thunderbird trebuie să îl " -"configureze după cum urmează. Pentru un utilizator cu numele de utilizator " -"adibaciul, adresa de e-mail internă este <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice." -"intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Porniți Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe „Sar acest pas și folosesc adresa mea existentă”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Introduceți adresa dvs. de poștă electronică" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"Nu introduceți parola, deoarece se va utiliza autentificarea unică Kerberos." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul «Continuare»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Atât pentru IMAP, cât și pentru SMTP, configurările trebuie să fie „STARTTLS”" -" și „Kerberos/GSSAPI”; ajustați-le dacă nu sunt detectate automat." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul «Gata»." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Contribuiți" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Contribuiți local" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"În prezent, există echipe locale în Norvegia, Germania, regiunea Extremadura " -"din Spania, Taiwan și Franța. Există contribuitori și utilizatori „izolați” " -"în Grecia, Olanda, Japonia și în alte țări." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"Capitolul <link linkend=\"Support\">asistență</link> conține explicații și " -"trimiteri către resurse regionale, deoarece <emphasis>contribuire</emphasis> " -"și <emphasis>asistență</emphasis> sunt două fețe ale aceleiași monede." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Contribuiți la nivel global" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"La nivel internațional suntem organizați în diverse <ulink url=\"https://wiki" -".debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">echipe</ulink> care lucrează pe diferite teme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"În cea mai mare parte a timpului, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/" -"debian-edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> este principalul nostru mijloc " -"de comunicare, deși avem întâlniri lunare pe IRC pe #debian-edu pe " -"irc.debian.org și chiar, mai rar, întâlniri reale, unde ne întâlnim " -"personal. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\" " -">Noii contribuitori</ulink> ar trebui să citească pagina noastră <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O modalitate bună de a afla ce se întâmplă în dezvoltarea Debian Edu este să " -"vă abonați la <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" -"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Raportarea erorilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu utilizează <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Sistemul " -"de urmărire a erorilor (BTS)</ulink> al Debian. Vizualizați rapoartele de " -"erori și cererile de caracteristici existente sau creați altele noi. Vă " -"rugăm să raportați toate problemele împotriva pachetului <ulink url=\"https" -"://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. " -"Aruncați o privire la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -"BugReports#\">Cum să raportați erorile</ulink> pentru mai multe informații " -"despre raportarea erorilor în Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Redactori și traducători de documentație" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Acest document are nevoie de ajutorul dvs.! În primul rând, acesta nu este " -"încă terminat: dacă îl citiți, veți observa diverse „FIXME” în text. Dacă se " -"întâmplă să știți (un pic) ce trebuie explicat acolo, vă rugăm să luați în " -"considerare posibilitatea de a ne împărtăși cunoștințele dumneavoastră." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Sursa textului este un wiki și poate fi editată cu un simplu navigator web. " -"Este suficient să accesați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> și puteți contribui cu ușurință. Notă: este " -"necesar un cont de utilizator pentru a edita paginile; trebuie să <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">creați mai întâi un utilizator " -"wiki</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"Un alt mod foarte bun de a contribui și de a ajuta utilizatorii este " -"traducerea de software și documentație. Informații despre cum să traduceți " -"acest document pot fi găsite în <link linkend=\"Translations\">capitolul " -"traduceri</link> al acestei cărți. Vă rugăm să luați în considerare " -"posibilitatea de a contribui la efortul de traducere a acestei cărți!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Asistență" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Asistență bazată pe voluntariat" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "în limba engleză" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - lista de " -"corespondență pentru asistență" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu pe irc.debian.org - Canal IRC, în mare parte legat de dezvoltare;" -" nu vă așteptați la asistență în timp real, chiar dacă se întâmplă frecvent." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "în limba norvegiană" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux pe irc.debian.org - Canal IRC pentru a oferi asistență " -"utilizatorilor norvegieni" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "în limba germană" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de " -"corespondență pentru asistență" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - reprezentanța oficială germană" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de pe irc.debian.org - Canal IRC pentru a oferi asistență " -"utilizatorilor germani" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "în limba franceză" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - lista de " -"corespondență pentru asistență" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Asistență profesională" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Listele de companii care oferă asistență profesională sunt disponibile la " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Noi caracteristici în Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Noi caracteristici pentru Debian Edu 11 nume în cod Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Modificări ale instalării" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Noua versiune a programului de instalare Debian pentru Debian Bullseye, " -"consultați <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink> pentru mai multe detalii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"O nouă ilustrație bazată pe tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Tema Homeworld</ulink>, ilustrația implicită " -"pentru Debian 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" -"Programul de instalare Debian nu mai oferă suport pentru configurarea LTSP " -"chroot. În cazul unei instalări de server combinat (profilurile „Server " -"principal” + „Server LTSP”), configurarea suportului pentru clienții lejeri (" -"care utilizează acum X2Go) se face la sfârșitul instalării. Generarea " -"imaginii SquashFS pentru suportul de client fără disc (din sistemul de " -"fișiere al serverului) se face la prima pornire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" -"În cazul serverelor LTSP separate, ambii pași trebuie să se facă prin " -"intermediul unui instrument după prima pornire în interiorul rețelei " -"interne, atunci când sunt disponibile suficiente informații de la serverul " -"principal." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Actualizări de software" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Tot ceea ce este nou în Debian 11 Bullseye, de exemplu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Nucleul Linux 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Mediile de birou: KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Setul de instrumente educaționale GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Creatorul de muzică Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye include mai mult de 59000 de pachete disponibile pentru " -"instalare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre Debian 11 Bullseye sunt furnizate în <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notele de lansare</" -"ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Actualizări ale documentației și traducerilor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"În timpul instalării, pagina de alegere a profilului este disponibilă în 29 " -"de limbi, dintre care 22 sunt traduse integral." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\" " -">Manualul Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> este tradus în întregime în olandeză, " -"franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, norvegiană Bokmål, portugheză " -"(Portugalia) și chineză simplificată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Există versiuni parțial traduse pentru limbile daneză și spaniolă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Alte modificări față de versiunea precedentă" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Suport îmbunătățit pentru TLS/SSL în rețeaua internă. Pe clienți, " -"certificatul rădăcină pentru Debian Edu-CA se află în pachetul de " -"certificate pentru întregul sistem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Noul LTSP, rescris de la zero, renunță la suportul pentru clienți lejeri. " -"Clienții lejeri sunt acum oferiți cu ajutorul X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"Pornirea din rețea este furnizată folosind iPXE în loc de PXELINUX pentru a " -"fi în conformitate cu LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Directorul <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> este acum folosit ca bază pentru " -"pornirea din rețea în loc de <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"DuckDuckGo este utilizat ca motor de căutare implicit atât pentru Firefox " -"ESR, cât și pentru Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Chromium utilizează situl web intern în loc de Google ca pagină de pornire " -"implicită." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"Pe stațiile de lucru fără disc, TGT-ul (tichetul) Kerberos este disponibil " -"automat după conectare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"A fost adăugat un nou instrument pentru a configura freeRADIUS cu suport " -"pentru ambele metode EAP-TTLS/PAP și PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"Samba este configurat ca „server autonom”, cu suport pentru SMB2/SMB3; nu " -"mai există unirea la domeniu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Interfața web GOsa² nu afișează intrările legate de Samba, deoarece datele " -"contului Samba nu mai sunt stocate în LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" -"Modul grafic al programului de instalare Debian este utilizat pentru " -"instalările PXE (în loc de modul text)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"În serverul central de imprimare CUPS ipp.intern, utilizatorii care aparțin " -"grupului „printer-admins” au voie să administreze CUPS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"Administrarea Icinga prin intermediul interfeței web este limitată la primul " -"utilizator." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Probleme cunoscute" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"consultați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\"" -">pagina de stare a Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Drepturi de autor și autori" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Acest document este scris și protejat prin drepturi de autor de către Holger " -"Levsen (2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, " -"2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut " -"Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " -"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " -"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (" -"2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " -"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " -"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " -"(2015) și Serhii Horichenko (2022) și este publicat sub licența GPL2 sau " -"orice versiune ulterioară. Distracție plăcută!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"Dacă adăugați conținut la acesta, <emphasis role=\"strong\">vă rugăm să o " -"faceți numai dacă sunteți autorul. Trebuie să îl eliberați în aceleași " -"condiții</emphasis>! Apoi adăugați numele dvs. aici și eliberați-l sub " -"licența „GPL v2 sau orice versiune ulterioară”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Traduceri ale acestui document" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Manualul Debian Edu Bullseye este tradus integral în olandeză, franceză, " -"germană, italiană, japoneză, norvegiană Bokmål, portugheză (Portugalia) și " -"chineză simplificată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Pe Weblate, se lucrează în prezent la traducerile în poloneză, română, " -"suedeză și chineză tradițională." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Există disponibilă o <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -"debian-edu-doc/\">listă detaliată a pachetelor de traduceri</ulink>, " -"actualizată frecvent." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Cum să traduceți acest document" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Traduceți folosind fișiere PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"La fel ca în multe proiecte de software liber, traducerile acestui document " -"sunt păstrate în fișiere PO. Mai multe informații despre acest proces pot fi " -"găsite în <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" -"buster-manual-translations</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Traduceți on-line utilizând un navigator web" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Unele echipe lingvistice au decis să traducă prin Weblate. Consultați <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" -"debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> pentru mai multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Vă rugăm să semnalați orice problemă." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Apendice A - Licența publică generală GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Drepturi de autor © 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger" -"@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > și alții, consultați " -"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Drepturi de autor și autori</link> pentru lista " -"completă a deținătorilor de drepturi de autor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "" -"Apendice B - încă nu există CD-uri/DVD-uri Debian Edu Live pentru Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"CD-urile/DVD-urile Debian Edu Live pentru Bullseye nu sunt disponibile în " -"acest moment." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Caracteristici ale imaginii pentru Mașinile autonome" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Mediul de birou Xfce" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Toate pachetele din profilul Calculator autonom" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Toate pachetele din sarcina de laptop" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Caracteristici ale imaginii pentru Stațiile de lucru" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Toate pachetele din profilul Stație de lucru" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Activarea traducerilor și a suportului regional" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa o traducere specifică, porniți folosind " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> ca opțiune de pornire, " -"unde ll_CC.UTF-8 este numele configurației regionale pe care o doriți. " -"Pentru a activa o anumită configurație de tastatură, utilizați opțiunea " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput>, unde KB este configurația de " -"tastatură dorită. Iată o listă de coduri regionale utilizate în mod obișnuit:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Limbă (Regiune)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Valoare locală</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Aranjamentul tastaturii</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norvegiană Bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norvegiană Nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Germană" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Franceză (Franța)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Greacă (Grecia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japoneză" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Sami de Nord (Norvegia)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"O listă completă a codurilor regionale este disponibilă în <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, dar numai codurile regionale UTF-" -"8 sunt acceptate de imaginile „live”. Totuși, nu toate configurațiile " -"regionale au instalate traduceri. Denumirile de aranjamente de tastatură pot " -"fi găsite în /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Lucruri care trebuie știute" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" -"Parola pentru utilizator este „user”; root nu are nicio parolă stabilită." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Probleme cunoscute cu imaginea" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Apendice C - Caracteristici din versiunile mai vechi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Noi caracteristici pentru Debian Edu 10+edu0 nume în cod Buster lansat la 06." -"07.2019" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"Aceasta este prima dată când imaginile de instalare Debian Edu sunt " -"disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, deci acestea " -"sunt imagini Debian oficiale." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Noua versiune a programului de instalare debian-installer de la Debian " -"Buster, consultați <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink> pentru mai multe detalii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"O nouă ilustrație bazată pe <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">Tema futurePrototype (prototipul-viitorului)</" -"ulink>, ilustrația implicită pentru Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Noul mediu de birou implicit Xfce (care înlocuiește KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Noua gestionare a configurației CFEngine (înlocuirea pachetului cfengine2, " -"care nu este menținut, cu cfengine3); aceasta este o schimbare majoră, " -"pentru detalii consultați <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\"" -">documentația oficială CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "Arhitectura chrootului LTSP este acum implicită la cea a serverului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Tot ceea ce este nou în Debian 10 Buster, de exemplu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Nucleul Linux 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Mediile de birou: KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR și Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Setul de instrumente educaționale GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Creatorul de muzică Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Buster include mai mult de 57000 de pachete disponibile pentru " -"instalare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre Debian 10 Buster sunt furnizate în <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">notele de lansare</" -"ulink> și în <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"Actualizări de traducere pentru șabloanele utilizate în programul de " -"instalare. Aceste șabloane sunt acum disponibile în 76 de limbi, dintre care " -"31 sunt complet traduse. Pagina de alegere a profilului este disponibilă în " -"29 de limbi, dintre care 19 sunt complet traduse." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Manualul Debian Edu Buster este tradus integral în franceză, germană, " -"italiană, daneză, olandeză, norvegiană Bokmål și japoneză." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Există versiuni parțial traduse pentru poloneză, spaniolă, chineză " -"simplificată și chineză tradițională." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" -"Imaginea BD ISO poate fi utilizată din nou pentru instalări fără conexiune " -"(offline)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Sunt disponibile noile meta-pachete legate de nivelul școlar <emphasis" -">educație-preșcolar</emphasis>, <emphasis>educație-primară</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>educație-secundară</emphasis> și <emphasis>educație-liceu</" -"emphasis>. Niciuna dintre ele nu este instalată în mod implicit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Unele pachete care aparțin mai degrabă nivelului preșcolar sau primar (cum " -"ar fi <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> sau <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) nu mai sunt " -"instalate în mod implicit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Instalare modulară specifică locului. Acum este posibil să se instaleze " -"numai acele pachete educaționale care sunt efectiv dorite. Consultați " -"capitolul <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Buster/Installation#Modular_installation\">instalare</ulink> pentru mai " -"multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Suport multilingvistic specific sitului. Consultați capitolul <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop" -"#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Mediu de birou</ulink> pentru " -"mai multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 este oferit ca o nouă alegere pentru mediul desktop." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Noul modul GOsa² <emphasis>Gestionarea parolelor</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "Opțiunile inutilizabile au fost eliminate din interfața web GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Nou grup de rețea disponibil pentru a exclude sistemele aparținând grupului " -"de rețea <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> de la trezire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Instrument nou Standardskriver (imprimantă implicită). Consultați capitolul " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\" >Administrare</ulink> pentru mai multe " -"informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Instrument nou Desktop-autoloader. Acesta permite îmbunătățirea " -"performanțelor pentru clienții fără disc LTSP. Consultați capitolul <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\" >Clienți din rețea</ulink> pentru mai " -"multe informații." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"Suport îmbunătățit pentru TLS/SSL în interiorul rețelei interne. Un " -"certificat RootCA este utilizat pentru a semna certificatele de server, iar " -"directoarele personale ale utilizatorilor sunt configurate pentru a-l " -"accepta la crearea contului; pe lângă Firefox ESR, Chromium și Konqueror pot " -"utiliza acum HTTPS fără a fi nevoie să permită conexiuni nesigure." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Conectare<emphasis>ssh</emphasis> Kerberizată (cu kerber). Nu mai este " -"nevoie de o parolă pentru conexiunile în interiorul rețelei interne; root " -"trebuie să ruleze mai întâi <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> pentru a " -"o activa." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"NFS Kerbeizat. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"A fost adăugat fișierul de configurare <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> cu exemple pentru a face mai ușoare " -"modificările specifice sitului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"A fost adăugat fișierul de configurare <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-" -"client.conf</computeroutput> cu exemple pentru a facilita modificările " -"specifice sitului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Instrument nou <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Acesta permite generarea din nou a bazei de " -"date LDAP exact așa cum a fost imediat după instalarea serverului principal. " -"Instrumentul ar putea fi util, de asemenea, pentru a face mai ușor " -"modificările specifice sitului." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Cu <emphasis>Serverul X2Go</emphasis> acum disponibil în Debian, pachetele " -"aferente sunt acum instalate pe toate sistemele cu profilul <emphasis>Server-" -"LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"Suportul pentru rularea miniaplicațiilor Java în navigatorul Firefox ESR a " -"fost abandonat în amonte." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"Suportul pentru Flash non-liber a fost eliminat din navigatorul Firefox ESR." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Ca și înainte de Stretch, Debian 10 nu instalează pachetul <computeroutput" -">unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> în mod implicit, consultați capitolul " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Întreținere</ulink> pentru mai multe " -"informații despre actualizările de securitate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Noi caracteristici pentru Debian Edu 9+edu0 nume în cod Stretch lansat la 17." -"06.2017" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Noua versiune a programului de instalare debian-installer de la Debian " -"Stretch consultați <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink> pentru mai multe detalii." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Profilul „Server-client lejer” a fost redenumit în profilul „Server LTSP”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"O nouă ilustrație bazată pe <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"Tema soft Waves\"</ulink>, ilustrația implicită pentru " -"Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Tot ceea ce a fost nou în Debian 9 Stretch, de exemplu:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Nucleul Linux 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Mediile de birou: KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"Mediul de birou KDE Plasma Workspace este instalat în mod implicit; pentru a " -"alege unul dintre celelalte, consultați acest manual." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR și Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel a fost re-redenumit în Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove a fost re-redenumit în Thunderbird și este acum instalat în mod " -"implicit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Setul de instrumente educaționale GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Creatorul de muzică Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch include mai mult de 50000 de pachete disponibile pentru " -"instalare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Mai multe informații despre Debian 9 Stretch sunt furnizate în <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">notele de lansare</" -"ulink> și în <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Actualizări de traducere pentru șabloanele utilizate în programul de " -"instalare. Aceste șabloane sunt acum disponibile în 29 de limbi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Manualul Debian Edu Stretch este tradus integral în germană, franceză, " -"italiană, daneză, olandeză, norvegiană Bokmål și japoneză. Traducerea în " -"japoneză a fost adăugată recent pentru Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Există versiuni parțial traduse pentru limbile spaniolă, poloneză și chineză " -"simplificată." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga înlocuiește Nagios ca instrument de monitorizare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle înlocuiește ksnapshot ca instrument de captură de ecran." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Playerul flash gratuit gnash a revenit din nou." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth este instalat și activat în mod implicit, cu excepția profilurilor „" -"Server principal” și „Minimal”; apăsarea tastei «ESC» permite vizualizarea " -"mesajelor de pornire și de oprire." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"La actualizarea de la Jessie, baza de date LDAP trebuie să fie ajustată. " -"Valoarea sudoHost „tjener” trebuie înlocuită cu „tjener.intern” folosind " -"GOsa² sau un editor LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"Suportul pentru PC-uri pe 32 de biți (cunoscut sub numele de arhitectura " -"Debian i386) nu mai acoperă acum un simplu procesor i586. Noua bază de " -"referință este i686, deși unele procesoare i586 (de exemplu, \"AMD Geode\") " -"vor fi în continuare acceptate." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 permite actualizări nesupravegheate (pentru actualizări de " -"securitate) în mod implicit pentru noile instalări. Acest lucru ar putea " -"cauza o întârziere de aproximativ 15 minute dacă un sistem cu o valoare " -"scăzută a timpului de funcționare este oprit." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP utilizează acum NBD în loc de NFS pentru sistemul de fișiere rădăcină. " -"După fiecare modificare unică a unui chroot LTSP, imaginea NBD aferentă " -"trebuie regenerată (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) " -"pentru ca modificările să intre în vigoare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Nu mai sunt permise autentificările simultane ale aceluiași utilizator pe " -"serverul LTSP și pe clientul lejer LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Informații istorice despre versiunile mai vechi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Următoarele versiuni Debian Edu au fost lansate în trecut:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 nume în cod Jessie, lansată la data de 02.07.2016." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 nume în cod Wheezy, lansată la data de 28.09.2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 nume în cod Squeeze, lansată la data de 03.03.2013." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 nume în cod „Squeeze”, lansată la data de 11.03.2012." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 nume în cod „Lenny”, lansată la data de 05.10.2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian 5.0.4+edu0 nume în cod Lenny, lansată la data de 08.02.2010." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 3.0r1 nume în cod Terra, lansată la data de 05.12.2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 3.0r0 Terra lansată la data de 22.07.2007; bazată pe versiunea " -"Debian 4.0 Etch lansată la data de 08.04.2007." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, lansată la data de 14.03.2006; bazată pe versiunea Debian " -"3.1 Sarge lansată la data de 06.06.2005." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 1.0 Venus, lansată la data de 20.06.2004; bazată pe versiunea " -"Debian 3.0 Woody lansată la data de 19.07.2002." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"O prezentare completă și detaliată despre versiunile mai vechi este " -"conținută în <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Jessie/AppendixC\">Anexa C din manualul Jessie</ulink>; sau consultați " -"manualele versiunilor aferente pe pagina <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">manuale de versiuni</ulink>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pentru a instala un alt mediu de birou în locul celui implicit, apăsați " -#~ "TAB și editați opțiunile de încărcare a nucleului (cum ar fi cele " -#~ "explicate mai sus)." - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":-)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Acesta este meniul PXE pe o instalare cu profilul <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">server principal </emphasis> si profilul <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">server LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "Server pentru Network Block Device" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "Cererea unu CD/DVD prin posta" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~| "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~| "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~| "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pentru cei fara o conexiune internet de mare viteza, putem oferi " -#~ "trimitera unui CD sau DVD la costul unui CD sau DVD plus costurile de " -#~ "livrare. Trimiteti un e-mail la adresa <ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux." -#~ "no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> si vom discuta de detaliile de plata " -#~ "(pentru expediere si support)." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nu uitati sa includti adresa la care se doreste experiderea prin posta a " -#~ "CD-ului sau DVD-ului." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian " -#~ "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian EDU, cunoscut de asemenea sub denumirea de Skolelinux, este o " -#~ "distributie Debian ce pune la dispozitie o retea scolara complet " -#~ "configurata." - -#~ msgid "After the installation:" -#~ msgstr "Dupa instalrea lui procedati dupa cum urmeaza:" - -#~ msgid "As an option install a firewall and / or a traffic shaping tool." -#~ msgstr "Instalati in firewall si/sau un controler de trafic." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~| " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~| " #\n" -#~| " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~| " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~| " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~| " echo 'netmask 255.0.0.0' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~| " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~| " hostname > /etc/hostname \n" -#~| " service networking stop\n" -#~| " service networking start\n" -#~| " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat \n" -#~| " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~| " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~| " #apt update\n" -#~| " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~| " # or\n" -#~| " #apt install ufw\n" -#~| " #apt install wondershaper" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/post-up/d' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-nameservers 10.0.2.2' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-domain intern' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/fetch-ldap-cert\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/network/if-up.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-name,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-search,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat\n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'netmask 255.0.0.0' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname \n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat \n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" - -#~ msgid "Desktop choice" -#~ msgstr "Alegerea interfetei de birou" - -#~ msgid "Be happy" -#~ msgstr "Să fii fericit" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " -#~| "Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> " -#~| "profiles:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " -#~ "Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> " -#~ "profiles:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Acesta este meniul PXE pe o instalare cu profilul <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">server principal </emphasis> si profilul <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">server LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be " -#~ "used directly without this step." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Adăugarea stațiilor de lucru cu GOsa ². Clientii lejeri si statiile de " -#~ "lucru fara disc pot fi utilizate direct fără acest pas." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to " -#~ "check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the " -#~ "group later on." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Grupul Samba corespunzător nu este creat in mod implicit . Dacă acesta " -#~ "opțiune pentru grupul Samba nu a fost aleasa in timpul creării grupului, " -#~ "ea se poate modifica ulterior." - -#~ msgid "Group Management on the command line" -#~ msgstr "Gestionare grupului in linia de comandă" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n" -#~| "net groupmap list\n" -#~| "\n" -#~| "# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n" -#~| "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP" -#~| "\"\\\n" -#~| " comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n" -#~ " comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Afisare lista cu corespondentele grupurilor intre UNIX si Windows↵\n" -#~ "net groupmap list↵\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# Adaugare grupuri noi sau care nu exista in diverse motive\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP" -#~ "\"\\↵\n" -#~ "· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected " -#~ "to the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">can</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Când sunt conectate la rețeaua principală stațiile de lucru fără discuri " -#~ "și clienții lejeri funcționează fără probleme atunci . Doar stațiile de " -#~ "lucru <emphasis role=\"strong\">trebuie </emphasis> adăugate cu GOsa², " -#~ "dar toate vor <emphasis role=\"strong\">functiona </emphasis>." - -#~ msgid "winstation-hosts" -#~ msgstr "winstation-hosts" - -#~ msgid "NFS." -#~ msgstr "NFS." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the " -#~ "workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts " -#~ "within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts " -#~ "<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS " -#~ "shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of " -#~ "machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to " -#~ "use static IP addresses from LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Directoarele de tip \"home\" sunt exportate de serverul principal pentru " -#~ "a fi montate de stațiile de lucru și serverele LTSP. Din motive de " -#~ "securitate, numai echipamentele care fac parte din <computeroutput> " -#~ "NetGroups </computeroutput> workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and " -#~ "server-hosts pot monta directoarele partajate NFS. Deci este destul de " -#~ "important să se configureze în mod corespunzător aceste tipuri de mașini " -#~ "în arborele LDAP folosind GOsa² și ca ele sa utilizeze adrese IP statice " -#~ "din LDAP." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², " -#~| "or your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless " -#~| "workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be " -#~| "configured." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², " -#~ "or your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless " -#~ "workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be " -#~ "configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Este importanta configurarea corecta a stațiilor de lucru și serverelor " -#~ "LTSP cu GOsa². In caz contrar utilizatorii nu vor putea accesa " -#~ "directoarele personale. Stațiile de lucru fără discuri și clienții lejeri " -#~ "nu trebuiesc configurate deoarce nu folosesc NFS." - -#~ msgid "fs-autoresize" -#~ msgstr "fs-autoresize" - -#~ msgid "shutdown at night" -#~ msgstr "oprire pe timp de noapte" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag " -#~| "(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows " -#~| "systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host " -#~| "to the LDAP tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host " -#~| "to the domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the " -#~| "Skolelinux network see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~| "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration" -#~| "\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag " -#~ "(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows " -#~ "systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host " -#~ "to the LDAP tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to " -#~ "the domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the " -#~ "Skolelinux network see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> " -#~ "chapter of this manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "O altă parte importantă a configurației mașinii este flagul „gazdă " -#~ "Samba” (în zona „Informații despre gazdă”). Dacă se intenționeaza " -#~ "adăugarea de sisteme Windows la domeniul Skolelinux Samba, trebuie " -#~ "adăugată gazda Windows în arborele LDAP și setarea acestui flag pentru a " -#~ "se putea adauga aceasta gazdă Windows la domeniu. Pentru mai multe " -#~ "informații despre adăugarea gazdelor Windows la rețeaua Skolelinux, " -#~ "consultați capitolul <link linkend = \"NetworkClients - " -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration\"> " -#~ "Gid Clienti de retea </link> capitolul acestui manual." - -#~ msgid "./images/i.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/i.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/idea.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/idea.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~| "\"/>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~| "\"/>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/\"/" -#~ ">" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~| "\"/>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/" -#~| "\"/>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/\"/" -#~ ">" - -#~ msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgid "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/03-select_your_location.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgid "./images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgid "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/filterbox.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/filterbox.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/change_password_administratively.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/reset_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/reset_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/list_groups.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/list_groups.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~| "\"/>" -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/\"/" -#~ ">" - -#~ msgid "./images/sad.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/sad.png" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Utgivningsdatum; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Översättning:</emphasis> -2020-2021, 2023 Luna Jernberg - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.sv.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8364 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-10 12:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: bittin1ddc447d824349b2 <bittin@reimu.nl>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/sv/>\n" -"Language: sv\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "en" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Utgivningsdatum:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Manual för Debian Edu 11 Kodnamn Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu installationsprogram logotyp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Detta är manualen för Debian Edu 11 Bullseye-utgåvan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"Versionen på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> är en wiki och uppdateras ofta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Översättningar</link> är en del av " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> paketet som kan installeras " -"på en webbserver samt är tillgänglig <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Om Debian Edu och Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu som också kallas Skolelinux är en Linux distribution baserad på " -"Debian som tillhandahåller en färdig miljö med ett helt konfigurerat " -"skolnätverk. Det implementerar en klient-server-metod. Servrar och klienter " -"är <emphasis>delar av programvara</emphasis> som interagerar med varandra. " -"Servrar tillhandahåller information som krävs av klienter för att fungera. " -"När en server är installerad på en maskin och dess klient på en annan dator, " -"kallas själva maskinerna för servern och klienten, i en förlängning av " -"konceptet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Dessa kapitel som handlar om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hårdvaru och " -"nätverkskrav</link> och om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> " -"innehåller grundläggande miljödetaljer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"Efter installation av en huvudserver sätts alla tjänster som behövs för ett " -"skolnätverk upp och systemet är redo att användas. Endast användare och " -"maskiner behöver läggas till via GOsa², ett bekvämt webbgränssnitt eller " -"någon annan LDAP-redigerare. En nätuppstartsmiljö med PXE/<ulink url=\"https" -"://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> har också förberetts, så efter initial " -"installation av huvudservern från CD, Blu-ray-skiva eller USB-flashenhet kan " -"alla andra maskiner kan installeras via nätverket, detta inkluderar \"roaming" -"-arbetsstationer\" (sådana som kan tas bort från skolans nätverk, vanligtvis " -"bärbara datorer eller netbooks). Maskiner kan också startas upp via PXE/iPXE " -"som disklösa arbetsstationer eller tunna klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Flera utbildningsprogram som GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege och " -"Scratch är inkluderade i standardinstallationen för skrivbordet, som enkelt " -"och nästan oändligt kan utökas via Debians universumet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Lite historia och varför två namn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"är en Linux-distribution skapad av Debian Edu-projektet. Som en <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\"> Debian Ren Blandning </ulink> distribution " -"det är ett officiellt <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"underprojekt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Vad detta betyder för din skola är att Skolelinux är en version av Debian " -"som erbjuder en out-of-the-box-miljö för ett helt konfigurerat skolnätverk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux projektet i Norge grundades den 2 juli 2001 och ungefär samtidigt " -"startade Raphaël Hertzog Debian-Edu i Frankrike. Sedan 2003 är båda " -"projekten förenade, men båda namnen stannade. \"Skole\" och (Debian-)" -"\"Education\" är bara två välförstådda termer i dessa regioner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Idag används systemet i flera länder runt om i världen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arkitektur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Nätverk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Det här avsnittet av dokumentet beskriver nätverksarkitekturen och " -"tjänsterna som tillhandahålls av en Skolelinux installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Debian Edu nätverkstopologi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Figuren är en skiss över den antagna nätverkstopologin. " -"Standardinställningen för ett Skolelinux nätverk förutsätter att det finns " -"en (och bara en) huvudserver, samtidigt som det tillåter inkludering av både " -"normala arbetsstationer och LTSP-servrar (med tillhörande tunna klienter och/" -"eller disklösa arbetsstationer). Antalet arbetsstationer kan vara så stort " -"eller litet som du vill (med början från ingen till många). Detsamma gäller " -"för LTSP-servrarna, som var och en är på ett separat nätverk så att trafiken " -"mellan klienterna och LTSP-servern inte påverkar resten av " -"nätverkstjänsterna. LTSP förklaras i detalj i <link linkend=\"NetworkClients" -"\">det relaterade Hur man gör</link>-kapitlet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Anledningen till att det bara kan finnas en huvudserver i varje skolnätverk " -"är att huvudservern tillhandahåller DHCP, och det kan bara finnas en maskin " -"som gör det i varje nätverk. Det är möjligt att flytta tjänster från " -"huvudservern till andra maskiner genom att ställa in tjänsten på en annan " -"dator, och därefter uppdatera DNS konfigurationen, peka DNS-aliaset för den " -"tjänsten till rätt dator." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"För att förenkla standardinställningen av Skolelinux körs " -"internetanslutningen över en separat router, även kallad gateway. Se " -"kapitlet <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetrouter</" -"link> för detaljer om hur man konfigurerar en sådan gateway om det inte är " -"möjligt att konfigurera en befintlig efter behov." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Standardnätverkets inställningar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP på huvudservern betjänar nätverket 10.0.0.0/8 och tillhandahåller en " -"PXE uppstarstmeny där du kan välja om du vill installera en ny server/" -"arbetsstation, starta en tunn klient eller en disklös arbetsstation, köra " -"memtest eller starta från den lokala hårddisken." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Detta är designat för att kunna modifieras; för detaljer se <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">det relaterade Hur gör man</link> kapitelet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP på LTSP-servrarna betjänar endast ett dedikerat nätverk på det andra " -"gränssnittet (192.168.0.0/24 och 192.168.1.0/24 är förkonfigurerade " -"alternativ) och bör sällan behöva ändras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Konfigurationen för alla subnät lagras i LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Huvudserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Ett Skolelinux-nätverk behöver en huvudserver (även kallad \"tjener\" som är " -"norska och betyder \"server\") som per standard har IP-adressen 10.0.2.2 och " -"installeras genom att välja huvudserverprofilen. Det är möjligt (men inte " -"nödvändigt) att även välja och installera LTSP Server- och Workstation-" -"profilerna utöver huvudserverprofilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Tjänster som körs på huvudservern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"Med undantag för kontrollen av de tunna klienterna är alla tjänster initialt " -"uppsatta på en central dator (huvudserver). Av prestandaskäl bör " -"LTSP-servern/servrarna vara separata (även om det är möjligt att installera " -"både huvudserver och LTSP-serverprofilerna på samma maskin). Alla tjänster " -"tilldelas ett dedikerat DNS-namn och erbjuds exklusivt över IPv4. Det " -"tilldelade DNS-namnet gör det enkelt att flytta enskilda tjänster från " -"huvudservern till en annan maskin genom att helt enkelt stoppa tjänsten på " -"huvudservern och ändra DNS-konfigurationen så att den pekar på den nya " -"platsen för tjänsten (som bör ställas in på den maskinen först, förstås)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"För att säkerställa säkerheten är alla anslutningar där lösenord överförs " -"över nätverket krypterade, så inga lösenord skickas över nätverket som " -"vanlig text." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Nedan finns en tabell över de tjänster som är inställda som standard i ett " -"Skolelinux-nätverk och DNS-namnet för varje tjänst. Om möjligt kommer alla " -"konfigurationsfiler att referera till tjänsten med namn (utan domännamn) " -"vilket gör det enkelt för skolor att ändra antingen sin domän (om de har en " -"egen DNS-domän) eller de IP-adresser de använder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabell över tjänster</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjänste beskrivningar</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vanligt namn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS tjänstnamn</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Centraliserad loggning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Domännamnstjänst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domän" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Automatiskt nätverks konfiguration av maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Klocksynkronisering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Hemkataloger via nätverksfilsystem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "hem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Elektroniskt post kontor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Katalogtjänst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Användar administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Webbserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Central säkerhetskopiering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Webbcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Utskrifter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Säker fjärrinloggning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP Server/Servrar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Maskin och serviceövervakning med felrapportering, plus status och historik " -"på webben. Felrapportering via e-post" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga och Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"Personliga filer för varje användare lagras i deras hemkataloger, som görs " -"tillgängliga av servern. Hemkataloger är tillgängliga från alla maskiner, " -"vilket ger användare tillgång till samma filer oavsett vilken maskin de " -"använder. Servern är operativsystemagnostisk och erbjuder åtkomst via NFS " -"för Unix klienter och via SMB2/SMB3 för andra klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Som standard är e-post inställd för lokal leverans (dvs. inom skolan), även " -"om e-postleverans till det bredare Internet kan ställas in om skolan har en " -"permanent internetanslutning. Klienter är inställda på att leverera e-post " -"till servern (med 'smart värd'), och användare kan <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">få åtkomst till sin personliga e-post</link> via IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Alla tjänster är tillgängliga med samma användarnamn och lösenord, tack vare " -"den centrala användardatabasen för autentisering och auktorisering." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"För att öka prestandan på ofta besökta webbplatser används en webbproxy som " -"cachar filer lokalt (Squid). I samband med blockering av webbtrafik i " -"routern möjliggör detta även kontroll av internetåtkomst på enskilda " -"maskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Nätverkskonfiguration på klienterna görs automatiskt med DHCP. Alla typer av " -"klienter kan anslutas till det privata 10.0.0.0/8-subnätet och kommer att få " -"rätt antal IP-adresser; LTSP-klienter bör anslutas till motsvarande LTSP-" -"server via det separata subnätet 192.168.0.0/24 (detta är för att " -"säkerställa att nätverkstrafiken för LTSP-klienterna inte stör resten av " -"nätverkstjänsterna)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Centraliserad loggning är inställd så att alla maskiner skickar sina syslog " -"meddelanden till servern. Syslog tjänsten är inställd så att den endast " -"accepterar inkommande meddelanden från det lokala nätverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Som standard är DNS-servern konfigurerad med en domän endast för internt " -"bruk (*.intern), tills en riktig (\"extern\") DNS-domän kan konfigureras. " -"DNS-servern är inställd som en cachande DNS-server så att alla maskiner i " -"nätverket kan använda den som huvud-DNS-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Elever och lärare har möjlighet att publicera webbplatser. Webbservern " -"tillhandahåller mekanismer för autentisering av användare och för att " -"begränsa åtkomst till enskilda sidor och underkataloger för vissa användare " -"och grupper. Användare kommer att ha möjlighet att skapa dynamiska " -"webbsidor, eftersom webbservern kommer att vara programmerbar på serversidan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Information om användare och maskiner kan ändras på en central plats och " -"görs automatiskt tillgänglig för alla datorer i nätverket. För att uppnå " -"detta ställs en centraliserad katalogserver upp. Katalogen kommer att ha " -"information om användare, användargrupper, maskiner och grupper av maskiner. " -"För att undvika användarförvirring kommer det inte att vara någon skillnad " -"mellan filgrupper och nätverksgrupper. Detta innebär att grupper av maskiner " -"som ska bilda nätverksgrupper kommer att använda samma namnutrymme som " -"användargrupper." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Administrering av tjänster och användare kommer huvudsakligen att ske via " -"webben, och följa etablerade standarder, fungera väl i de webbläsare som är " -"en del av Skolelinux. Delegering av vissa uppgifter till enskilda användare " -"eller användargrupper kommer att möjliggöras av administrationssystemen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"För att undvika vissa problem med NFS, och för att göra det enklare att " -"felsöka problem, behöver de olika maskinerna synkroniserade klockor. För att " -"uppnå detta ställs Skolelinux servern in via en lokal NTP server (Network " -"Time Protocol), och alla arbetsstationer och klienter är inställda för att " -"synkronisera med servern. Servern själv bör synkronisera sin klocka via NTP " -"mot maskiner på Internet, vilket säkerställer att hela nätverket har rätt " -"tid." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"Skrivare ansluts där det är lämpligt, antingen direkt till huvudnätverket " -"eller anslutna till en server, arbetsstation eller LTSP-server. Tillgången " -"till skrivare kan styras för enskilda användare beroende på vilka grupper de " -"tillhör; detta kommer att uppnås genom att använda kvot och åtkomstkontroll " -"för skrivare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP server/servrar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Ett Skolelinux nätverk kan ha många LTSP servrar, vilka kommer att " -"installeras genom att välja LTSP-serverprofilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"LTSP-servrarna är inställda för att ta emot syslog från tunna klienter och " -"arbetsstationer och vidarebefordra dessa meddelanden till den centrala " -"syslog mottagaren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Vänligen notera:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" -"LTSP disklösa arbetsstationer använder de program som är installerade på " -"servern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Klientens rootfilsystem tillhandahålls med NFS. Efter varje modifiering av " -"LTSP-servern måste den relaterade avbilden återskapas; kör <computeroutput" -">debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> på LTSP-" -"servern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Tunna klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"En tunn klientinstallation gör att vanliga datorer kan fungera som (X-)" -"terminaler. Detta innebär att maskinen startar direkt från servern med PXE " -"utan att använda den lokala klientens hårddisk. Den tunna klienten använder " -"nu X2Go, eftersom LTSP har tappat stödet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Tunna klienter är ett bra sätt att fortfarande göra väldigt gamla (mest " -"32-bitars) maskiner användbara eftersom de effektivt kör alla program på " -"LTSP-servern. Detta fungerar enligt följande: tjänsten använder DHCP och " -"TFTP för att ansluta till nätverket och starta från nätverket. Därefter " -"monteras filsystemet från LTSP-servern med hjälp av NFS, och slutligen " -"startas X2Go-klienten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Disklösa arbetsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"En disklös arbetsstation kör all programvara på datorn utan ett lokalt " -"installerat operativsystem. Detta innebär att klientdatorer startar via PXE " -"utan att köra programvara installerad på en lokal hårddisk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"Diskfria arbetsstationer är ett utmärkt sätt att använda kraftfull hårdvara " -"med samma låga underhållskostnad som med tunna klienter. Programvara " -"administreras och underhålls på servern utan behov av lokal installerad " -"programvara på klienterna. Hemkataloger och systeminställningar lagras också " -"på servern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Klienter i nätverk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"Termen \"nätverksklienter\" används i den här handboken för att hänvisa till " -"både tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer, såväl som datorer som kör " -"macOS eller Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Administrering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Alla Linux-maskiner som är installerade med Skolelinux " -"installationsprogrammet kommer att kunna administreras från en central " -"dator, troligen servern. Det kommer att vara möjligt att logga in på alla " -"maskiner via SSH, och därigenom ha full tillgång till maskinerna. Som root " -"måste man köra <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> först för att få en " -"Kerberos TGT." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"All användarinformation lagras i en LDAP-katalog. Uppdateringar av " -"användarkonton görs mot denna databas, som används av klienterna för " -"användarautentisering." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"För närvarande finns det två typer av installationsmediabilder: netinst och " -"BD. Båda avbilderna kan också startas från USB-minnen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Målet är att kunna installera en server från vilken typ av medium som helst " -"på en gång, och installera alla andra klienter över nätverket genom att " -"starta upp från nätverk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" -"Endast nätinstallationsavbildningen behöver åtkomst till Internet under " -"installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Installationen bör inte ställa några frågor, med undantag för önskat språk, " -"plats, tangentbord och maskinprofil (Huvudserver, Arbetsstation, LTSP " -"Server, ...). All annan konfiguration kommer att ställas in automatiskt med " -"rimliga värden, för att ändras från en central plats av " -"systemadministratören efter installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Filsystemåtkomst konfiguration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Varje Skolelinux användarkonto är tilldelad en del av filsystemet på " -"filservern. Denna sektion (hemkatalog) innehåller användarens " -"konfigurationsfiler, dokument, e-post och webbsidor. Vissa av filerna bör " -"ställas in så att de har läsbehörighet för andra användare på systemet, " -"några ska vara läsbara av alla på Internet och vissa ska inte vara " -"tillgängliga för läsning av någon annan än användaren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"För att säkerställa att alla diskar som används för användarkataloger eller " -"delade kataloger kan namnges unikt på alla datorer i installationen, kan de " -"monteras som <computeroutput>/skole/värd/katalog/</computeroutput>. " -"Inledningsvis skapas en katalog på filservern, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0/</computeroutput>, där alla användarkonton skapas. Fler kataloger kan " -"sedan skapas när det behövs för att tillgodose särskilda användargrupper " -"eller särskilda användningsmönster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"För att möjliggöra delad åtkomst till filer under det normala UNIX-" -"behörighetssystemet måste användarna vara i kompletterande delade grupper (" -"som \"studenter\") såväl som den personliga primära gruppen som de är i som " -"standard. Om användare har en lämplig umask för att göra nyskapade objekt " -"grupptillgängliga (002 eller 007), och om katalogerna de arbetar i är setgid " -"för att säkerställa att filerna ärver rätt gruppägande, är resultatet " -"kontrollerad fildelning mellan medlemmar i en grupp." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"De initiala åtkomstinställningarna för nyskapade filer är en policyfråga. " -"Debians standardumask är 022 (vilket inte skulle tillåta gruppåtkomst som " -"beskrivits ovan), men Debian Edu använder standardvärdet 002 - vilket " -"betyder att filer skapas med läsbehörighet för alla, som senare kan tas bort " -"genom explicit användaråtgärd. Detta kan alternativt ändras (genom att " -"redigera <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) till en " -"umask på 007 - vilket betyder att läsåtkomsten initialt är blockerad, vilket " -"kräver användaråtgärder för att göra de tillgängliga. Den första metoden " -"uppmuntrar kunskapsdelning och gör systemet mer transparent, medan den andra " -"metoden minskar risken för oönskad spridning av känslig information. " -"Problemet med den första lösningen är att det inte är uppenbart för " -"användarna att materialet de skapar kommer att vara tillgängligt för alla " -"andra användare. De kan bara upptäcka detta genom att inspektera andra " -"användares kataloger och se att deras filer är läsbara. Problemet med den " -"andra lösningen är att få människor sannolikt gör sina filer tillgängliga, " -"även om de inte innehåller känslig information och innehållet skulle vara " -"till hjälp för nyfikna användare som vill lära sig hur andra har löst " -"särskilda problem (vanligtvis konfigurationsproblem) ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Krav" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Det finns olika sätt att ställa in en Skolelinux lösning. Det kan " -"installeras på bara en fristående dator eller som en regionsövergripande " -"lösning på många skolor som drivs centralt. Denna flexibilitet gör en enorm " -"skillnad för konfigurationen av nätverkskomponenter, servrar och " -"klientmaskiner." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Hårdvaru krav" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Syftet med de olika profilerna förklaras i <link linkend=\"Architecture\"" -">nätverksarkitektur</link> kapitlet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Om LTSP är tänkt att användas, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian" -".org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisidan för LTSP " -"Hårdvarukrav</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Datorerna som kör Debian Edu / Skolelinux måste ha antingen 32-bitars " -"(Debian-arkitektur 'i386', äldsta processorer som stöds är 686-klassade " -"sådana) eller 64-bitars (Debian-arkitektur 'amd64') x86-processorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Tunna klienter med endast 256 MiB RAM och 400 MHz är inte omöjliga, även om " -"mer RAM och snabbare processorer rekommenderas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"För arbetsstationer, disklösa arbetsstationer och fristående system är 1500 " -"MHz och 1024 MiB RAM de absoluta minimumkraven. För att köra moderna " -"webbläsare och LibreOffice rekommenderas minst 2048 MiB RAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "Minimumkraven för diskutrymme beror på profilen som är installerad:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"kombinerad huvudserver + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus ytterligare utrymme för " -"användarkonton)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP server: 40 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "arbetsstation eller fristående: 30 GiB." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" -"LTSP-servrar behöver två nätverkskort när de använder " -"standardnätverksarkitekturen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 är ansluten till huvudnätverket (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 används för att betjäna LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" -"Bärbara datorer är flyttbara arbetsstationer, så de har samma krav som " -"arbetsstationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Hårdvara som är känd för att fungera" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"En lista över testad hårdvara finns på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Denna lista är inte helt komplett" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> är ett försök " -"att dokumentera hur man installerar, konfigurerar och använder Debian på " -"viss specifik hårdvara, så att potentiella köpare kan veta om den hårdvaran " -"stöds och befintliga ägare att veta hur man får ut det bästa av den " -"hårdvaran." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Krav för nätverksinstallation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "När du använder standardnätverksarkitekturen gäller dessa regler:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Du behöver exakt en huvudserver, tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Du kan ha hundratals arbetsstationer på huvudnätverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ha många LTSP-servrar på huvudnätverket; två olika subnät är " -"förkonfigurerade (DNS, DHCP) i LDAP, fler kan läggas till." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ha hundratals tunna klienter och/eller disklösa arbetsstationer på " -"varje LTSP-servernätverk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ha hundratals andra maskiner som kommer att ha dynamiska IP-adresser " -"tilldelade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "För åtkomst till Internet behöver du en router/gateway (se nedan)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Internet router" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"En router/gateway, ansluten till Internet på det externa gränssnittet och " -"som körs på IP -adressen 10.0.0.1 med nätmask 255.0.0.0 på det interna " -"gränssnittet, behövs för att ansluta till Internet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"Routern ska inte köra en DHCP-server, den kan köra en DNS -server, även om " -"detta inte behövs och inte kommer att användas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Om du redan har en router men inte kan konfigurera den efter behov (t.ex. " -"för att du inte får göra det, eller av tekniska skäl), kan en äldre dator " -"med två nätverksgränssnitt förvandlas till en gateway mellan det befintliga " -"nätverket och en med Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Ett enkelt sätt är att installera Debian Edu på den här datorn; välj " -"'Minimal' som profil under installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Efter installationen, kör <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <ja|nej></computeroutput> vilket " -"kommer att göra följande ändringar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Justera filen/etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Ändra värdnamn permenant till 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Ta bort överflödiga skript." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Aktivera IP-vidarebefordran och NAT för 10.0.0.0/8-nätverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Installera en brandvägg (valfritt)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Om du behöver något för en inbäddad router eller åtkomstpunkt rekommenderar " -"vi att du använder <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, även " -"om du naturligtvis också kan använda den ursprungliga fasta programvaran. " -"Det är lättare att använda den ursprungliga fasta programvaran; att använda " -"OpenWRT ger dig fler valmöjligheter och kontroll. Kontrollera OpenWRT " -"webbsidorna för en lista över <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">hårdvara som stöds</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Det är möjligt att använda en annan nätverkskonfiguration (det finns en " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\"" -">dokumenterad procedur</ulink> för att göra detta), men om du är inte " -"tvingas göra detta av en befintlig nätverksinfrastruktur, så rekommenderar " -"vi att du inte gör det och rekommenderar att du stannar med standard <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">nätverksarkitekturenr</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Alternativ för installation och nedladdning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Var hittar du ytterligare information" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Vi rekommenderar att du läser eller åtminstone tar en titt på <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Versionsfakta för " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> innan du börjar installera ett system för " -"produktionsanvändning. Det finns mer information om Debian Bullseye utgåvan " -"tillgänglig i dess <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Prova Debian Edu/Skolelinux, det borde bara fungera." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Det rekommenderas dock att du läser kapitlen om <link linkend=\"Requirements" -"\">krav på hårdvara och nätverk</link> och om <link linkend=\"Architecture\"" -">arkitekturen</link> innan du börjar installera en huvudserver ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"Var noga med att också läsa kapitlet <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">komma " -"igång\"> för att komma igång</link> med denna handbok, eftersom det " -"förklarar hur du loggar in för första gången." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Ladda ner installationsmediet för Debian Edu 11 Kodnamn Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 eller i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> är namnen på de två Debian-arkitekturer för x86-processorer, " -"båda är eller har byggts av AMD, Intel och andra tillverkare. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> är en 64-bitars arkitektur och " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> är en 32-bitars arkitektur. Nya " -"installationer idag bör göras med <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> bör endast användas för gammal " -"hårdvara." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "netinst iso-avbilder för amd64 eller i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"netinst iso-avbilden kan användas för installation från CD/DVD och USB-" -"minnen och är tillgänglig för två Debian-arkitekturer: amd64 eller i386. Som " -"namnet antyder krävs internetåtkomst för installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "" -"När Bullseye har släppts kommer dessa avbilder att finnas tillgängliga för " -"nedladdning från:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "BD iso-avbilder för i386 eller amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Denna ISO-avbild är cirka 5 GB stor och kan användas för installation av " -"amd64- eller i386-maskiner, även utan tillgång till Internet. Liksom netinst-" -"avbilden kan det installeras på USB-minne eller diskmedia av tillräcklig " -"storlek." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Verifiering av nedladdade avbildsfiler" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Detaljerade instruktioner för att verifiera dessa avbilder är en del av " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD " -"FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Källor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Källor är tillgängliga från Debians arkiv på de vanliga platserna, fler " -"media är länkade på <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" -"current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Installera Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"När du gör en Debian Edu installation, så har du några olika val att välja " -"från. Var inte rädd; det finns inte många. Vi har gjort ett bra jobb med att " -"dölja komplexiteten i Debian under installationen och därefter. Debian Edu " -"är dock Debian, och om du vill finns det mer än 57 000 paket att välja " -"mellan och en miljard konfigurationsalternativ. För majoriteten av våra " -"användare bör våra standardinställningar vara bra. Observera: om LTSP är " -"avsedd att användas, välj en lättviktig skrivbordsmiljö." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Scenarier för huvudserverinstallation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" -"Vanligt nätverk för skola eller hem med internetåtkomst via en router som " -"tillhandahåller DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Installation av en huvudserver är möjlig, men efter omstart kommer det inte " -"att finnas någon internetåtkomst (på grund av primärt nätverksgränssnitt IP " -"10.0.2.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Se <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> " -"kapitelet för detaljer om hur man ställer in en gateway om det inte är " -"möjligt att konfigurera en befintlig efter behov." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Anslut alla komponenter som visas i <link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\"" -">arkitektur</link> kapitlet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"Huvudservern bör ha Internetanslutning när den startat för första gången i " -"rätt miljö." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" -"Vanliga institutions eller skolnätverk, liknande det ovan, men med " -"proxyanvändning krävs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" -"Lägg till 'debian-edu-expert' till kärnans kommandorad; se vidare nedan för " -"detaljer om hur detta går till." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" -"Några ytterligare frågor måste besvaras, inklusive proxyserverrelaterade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"Nätverk med router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (som inte tillhandahåller en DHCP-" -"server) och internetåtkomst:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" -"Så snart den automatiska nätverkskonfigurationen misslyckas (på grund av att " -"DHCP saknas), välj manuell nätverkskonfiguration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Ange 10.0.2.2/8 som värd IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Ange 10.0.0.1 som gateway IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Ange 8.8.8.8 som namnserver IP om du inte vet bättre" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Huvudservern bör fungera som den ska efter den första uppstarten." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Offline (ingen Internetanslutning):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Använd BD ISO-avbild." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "Se till att alla (riktiga/virtuella) nätverkskablar är urkopplade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Välj \"Konfigurera inte nätverket just nu\" (efter att DHCP misslyckats med " -"att konfigurera nätverk och du tryckte på \"Fortsätt\")." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Uppdatera systemet när det startat för första gången i rätt miljö med " -"Internetåtkomst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljöer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Flera skrivbordsmiljöer finns tillgängliga:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" -"Xfce har ett något större fotavtryck än LXDE men ett mycket bra språkstöd (" -"106 språk)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE och GNOME har båda bra språkstöd, men för stort fotavtryck för både " -"äldre datorer och för LTSP-klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon är ett lättare alternativ till GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" -"MATE är lättare än de tre ovan, men saknar bra språkstöd för flera länder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE har det minsta fotavtrycket och stöder 35 språk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt är en lätt skrivbordsmiljö (språkstöd liknande LXDE) med ett modernare " -"utseende och känsla (baserat på Qt precis som KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu som ett internationellt projekt har valt att använda Xfce som " -"standard skrivbordsmiljö; se nedan hur du ställer in en annan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Modulär installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"När du installerar ett system med profilen <emphasis>Arbetsstation</" -"emphasis> inkluderad, installeras många utbildningsrelaterade program. För " -"att bara installera den grundläggande profilen, ta bort " -"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kärnans kommandoradsparameter innan du " -"startar installationen; se vidare nedan för detaljer om hur detta går till. " -"Detta gör att man kan installera ett platsspecifikt system och kan användas " -"för att påskynda testinstallationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"Vänligen uppmärksamma: Om du vill installera en skrivbordsmiljö efteråt, " -"använd inte Debian Edu metapaket som tex <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian" -".org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"eftersom att dessa kommer att installera om alla utbildningsrelaterade " -"program; installera hellre t.ex. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink> istället. Ett eller " -"flera av de nya skolnivårelaterade metapaketen <emphasis>education-" -"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>ducation-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis" -">education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</" -"emphasis> kan installeras för att matcha användningsfallet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"För detaljer om Debian Edu-metapaket, se sidan <ulink url=\"https://blends." -"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">översikt över Debian Edu-paket</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Installationstyper och alternativ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Installationsprogrammets startmeny på 64-bitars hårdvara</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-bitars installationsprogram uppstartsmeny" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk installation</emphasis> använder GTK " -"installationsprogram där du kan använda musen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installera</emphasis> använder textläge." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Avancerade alternativ></emphasis> ger en " -"undermeny med mer detaljerade alternativ att välja." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hjälp</emphasis> ger några tips om hur du använder " -"installationsprogrammet; se skärmdump nedan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64-bitar installationsprogram avancerade alternativ skärm 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tillbaka...</emphasis> Låter dig återgå till " -"huvudmenyn." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk expertinstallation</emphasis> ger dig " -"åtkomst till alla tillgängliga frågor, musen kan användas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafiskt räddningsläge</emphasis> gör detta " -"installationsmedium till en räddningsskiva för nödsituationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk automatiserad installation</emphasis> " -"behöver en förinställnings fil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expertinstallation</emphasis> ger dig åtkomst till " -"alla tillgängliga frågor i textläge." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Räddningsläge</emphasis> textläge; gör detta " -"installationsmedium till en räddningsskiva för nödsituationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automatiserad installation</emphasis> textläge, " -"behöver en förinställnings fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Använd inte <computeroutput>Grafisk expert installation</computeroutput> " -"eller <computeroutput>Expertinstallation</computeroutput>, använd " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> istället som en " -"ytterligare kärnparameter i undantagsfall." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Hjälpskärm</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Installationsprogram hjälpskärm" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Denna hjälpskärm är självförklarande och aktiveras genom att trycka på " -"<F>-tangenter på tangentbordet för att få mer detaljerad hjälp om de " -"ämnen som beskrivs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Lägg till eller ändra startparametrar för installationer</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"I båda fallen kan uppstarstalternativ redigeras genom att trycka på TAB-" -"tangenten (BIOS-läge) eller E-tangenten (UEFI-läge) i startmenyn; " -"skärmdumpen visar kommandoraden för <emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk " -"installation</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Redigera kommandoradsalternativ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Du kan använda en befintlig HTTP-proxytjänst på nätverket för att påskynda " -"installationen av huvudserverprofilen från CD. Lägg till t.ex. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> som " -"en extra startparameter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Om du redan har installerat huvudserverprofilen på en maskin bör ytterligare " -"installationer göras via PXE, eftersom detta automatiskt använder proxyn för " -"huvudservern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"För att installera <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> " -"skrivbordsmiljön istället för standard <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" -"emphasis> skrivbordsmiljö, ersätt <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> med " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> i parametern " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" -"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" -"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" -"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" -"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Och för att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" -"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Installationsprocessen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Kom ihåg <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system kraven</link> och se till att " -"du har minst två nätverkskort (NIC) om du planerar att sätta upp en LTSP-" -"server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Välj ett språk (för installationen och det installerade systemet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "Välj en plats som normalt borde vara den plats där du bor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "Välj en tangentbordskarta (landets standard är oftast bra)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Välj profil(er) från följande lista:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Detta är huvudservern (tjener) för din skola som tillhandahåller alla " -"tjänster som är förkonfigurerade för att fungera direkt. Du måste installera " -"endast en huvudserver per skola! Denna profil innehåller inget grafiskt " -"användargränssnitt. Om du vill ha ett grafiskt användargränssnitt, välj " -"Arbetsstation eller LTSP Server utöver detta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbetsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"En dator som startar från sin lokala hårddisk och kör all programvara och " -"alla enheter lokalt som en vanlig dator, förutom att användarinloggningar " -"autentiseras av huvudservern, där användarnas filer och skrivbordsprofil " -"lagras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbetsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Samma som en arbetsstation men kan autentiseras med hjälp av cachade " -"referenser, vilket innebär att den kan användas utanför skolans nätverk. " -"Användarnas filer och profiler lagras på den lokala disken. För en enskild " -"användares bärbara dator och andra bärbara datorer ska denna profil väljas " -"och inte 'Arbetsstation' eller 'Fristående' som föreslagits i tidigare " -"utgåvor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"En tunn klient (och disklös arbetsstation) server kallas en LTSP-server. " -"Klienter utan hårddiskar startar och kör programvara från denna server. Den " -"här datorn behöver två nätverksgränssnitt, mycket minne och helst mer än en " -"processor eller kärna. Se kapitlet om <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"" -">nätverksanslutna klienter</link> för mer information om detta ämne. Om du " -"väljer den här profilen aktiveras även arbetsstationsprofilen (även om den " -"inte är vald) - en LTSP-server kan också alltid användas som arbetsstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Fristående</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"En vanlig dator som kan fungera utan en huvudserver (det vill säga att den " -"inte behöver vara i nätverket). Inkluderar bärbara datorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"Den här profilen kommer att installera baspaketen och konfigurera maskinen " -"för att integreras i Debian Edu-nätverket, men utan några tjänster och " -"program. Den är användbar som en plattform för enstaka tjänster som manuellt " -"flyttas ut från huvudservern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Om vanliga användare ska kunna använda ett sådant system, måste det läggas " -"till genom att använda GOsa² (liknande en arbetsstation) och paketet libpam-" -"krb5 måste installeras." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Profilerna <emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Arbetsstation</emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> är förvalda. Dessa profiler kan installeras på en maskin " -"tillsammans om du vill installera en så kallad <emphasis>kombinerad " -"huvudserver</emphasis>. Detta innebär att huvudservern kommer att vara en " -"LTSP-server och även användas som en arbetsstation. Detta är standardvalet, " -"eftersom vi antar att de flesta kommer att vilja ha det. Observera att du " -"måste ha 2 nätverkskort installerade i en maskin som ska installeras som en " -"kombinerad huvudserver eller som en LTSP-server för att bli användbar efter " -"installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Säg \"ja\" eller \"nej\" till automatisk partitionering. Var medveten om att " -"om du säger \"ja\" förstörs all data på hårddiskarna! Att säga \"nej\" å " -"andra sidan kommer att kräva mer arbete och du måste se till att de " -"nödvändiga partitionerna skapas och är tillräckligt stora." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"Säg gärna \"ja\" till att skicka information till <ulink url=\"https://popcon" -".debian.org/\"/> för att vi ska kunna veta vilka paket som är populära och " -"bör behållas för framtida utgåvor. Även om du inte behöver, är det ett " -"enkelt sätt för dig att hjälpa till." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Vänta. Om de valda profilerna inkluderar LTSP Server kommer " -"installationsprogrammet att tillbringa ganska lång tid i slutet, \"Avsluta " -"installationen - Kör debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"Efter att ha angett root lösenordet kommer du att bli ombedd att skapa ett " -"normalt användarkonto \"för icke-administrativa uppgifter\". För Debian Edu " -"är detta konto mycket viktigt: det är kontot du kommer att använda för att " -"hantera Skolelinux nätverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Lösenordet för denna användare <emphasis role=\"strong\">måste</emphasis> ha " -"en längd på <emphasis role=\"strong\">minst 5 tecken</emphasis> och " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">måste skilja sig</emphasis> från <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">användarnamnet</emphasis> - annars kommer inloggning inte att " -"vara möjlig (även om ett kortare lösenord och även ett lösenord som matchar " -"användarnamnet kommer att accepteras av installationsprogrammet)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"Vänta igen i händelse av<emphasis>kombinerad huvudserver</emphasis> efter " -"att ha startat om systemet. Det kommer att spendera ganska lång tid på att " -"generera SquashFS-avbilder för disklösa arbetsstationer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"I händelse av en separat LTSP-server, den disklösa arbetsstationen och/eller " -"installationen av den tunna klienten behöver några manuella steg. Mer " -"information finns i kapitlet <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Hur gör du för " -"nätverksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Anmärkningar om vissa egenskaper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "En anmärkning om bärbara datorer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Troligtvis kommer du att vilja använda profilen 'Roaming arbetsstation' (se " -"ovan). Var medveten om att all data lagras lokalt (så var extra försiktig " -"med säkerhetskopior) och inloggningsuppgifter cachelagras (så efter en " -"lösenordsändring kan inloggningar kräva ditt gamla lösenord om du inte har " -"anslutit din bärbara dator till nätverket och loggat in med nytt lösenord)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" -"En anmärkning om USB flash-enheter / Blu-ray skivavbildning installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Efter att du har installerat från USB-flashminne/Blu-ray-avbilden kommer " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> endast att innehålla " -"källor från den avbilden. Om du har en Internetanslutning rekommenderar vi " -"starkt att du lägger till följande rader så att tillgängliga " -"säkerhetsuppdateringar kan installeras:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "En anmärkning om CD installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"En netinst-installation (vilket är den typ av installation som vår CD " -"tillhandahåller) kommer att hämta vissa paket från CD:n och resten från " -"nätet. Mängden paket som hämtas från nätet varierar från profil till profil " -"men håller sig under en gigabyte (såvida du inte väljer att installera alla " -"möjliga skrivbordsmiljöer). När du väl har installerat huvudservern (om du " -"installerar en ren huvudserver eller kombiserver spelar ingen roll), kommer " -"ytterligare installation att använda dess proxy för att undvika att ladda " -"ner samma paket flera gånger från nätet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Installation med USB-minnen istället för CD/Blu-ray-skivor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"Det är möjligt att direkt kopiera en CD/BD <computeroutput>." -"iso</computeroutput>-avbild till USB-flash enheter (även kända som \"USB-" -"stickor\") och starta från dem. Kör helt enkelt ett kommando som detta, " -"anpassa bara fil och enhetsnamnet efter dina behov:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" -"För att fastställa värdet på X, kör det här kommandot före och efter att USB-" -"enheten har satts i:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Observera att kopieringen tar ganska lång tid." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Beroende på vilken avbild du väljer kommer USB-minnet att fungera precis som " -"en CD- eller Blu-ray-skiva." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Installation och uppstart över nätverket via PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"För att använda denna installationsmetod krävs att du har en körande " -"huvudserver. När klienter startar via nätverket visas en iPXE-meny med " -"installations och uppstartsalternativ. Om PXE-installationen misslyckas med " -"ett felmeddelande som hävdar att en XXX.bin-fil saknas, kräver troligen " -"klientens nätverkskort icke-fri fast programvara. I det här fallet måste " -"Debian Installationsprogrammets initrd ändras. Detta kan uppnås genom att " -"utföra kommandot: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" -"addfirmware </computeroutput> på servern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut endast med <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">HuvudServer</emphasis>-profilen endast:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "bredd=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut med <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profilen:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Denna inställning tillåter också att disklösa arbetsstationer och tunna " -"klienter kan startas upp på huvudnätverket. Till skillnad från " -"arbetsstationer och separata LTSP-servrar behöver disklösa arbetsstationer " -"inte läggas till i LDAP med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mer information om nätverksklienter finns i kapitlet <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Hur gör man för nätverksklienter</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Modifiera PXE installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installationen använder en debian-installer förinställd fil, som kan " -"modifieras för att be om fler paket att installera." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"En rad som följande måste läggas till <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"PXE-installationen använder förinställningsfil <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Denna fil kan ändras " -"för att justera förinställningen som används under installationen, för att " -"undvika fler frågor vid installation över nätet. Ett annat sätt att uppnå " -"detta är att tillhandahålla extra inställningar i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </computeroutput> och att köra " -"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> för att " -"uppdatera de genererade filerna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Ytterligare information finns i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">manualen för Debian installationsprogrammet</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"För att inaktivera eller ändra användningen av proxy vid installation via " -"PXE, raderna som innehåller <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> och " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> i " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> måste ändras. För att inaktivera användningen av en proxy " -"vid installation, sätt '#' framför de två första raderna och ta bort delen \"" -"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>" -"\" från den sista." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Vissa inställningar kan inte förinställas eftersom de behövs innan " -"förinställningsfilen laddas ned. Språk, tangentbordslayout och " -"skrivbordsmiljö är exempel på sådana inställningar. Om du vill ändra " -"standardinställningarna, redigera iPXE-menyfilen <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/" -"ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> på huvudservern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Anpassade avbilder" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"Att skapa anpassade CD-, DVD- eller Blu-ray-skivor kan vara ganska enkelt " -"eftersom vi använder <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\"" -">Debians installationsprogram</ulink>, som har en modulär design och andra " -"trevliga funktioner. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" -"Preseed\">Förinställning</ulink> låter dig definiera svar på de frågor som " -"normalt ställs." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Så allt du behöver göra är att skapa en förinställningsfil med dina svar (" -"detta beskrivs i bilagan till Debian Installations-manualen) och <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">modifera om CD/" -"DVD:n</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Skärmdumpstur" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Textläget och den grafiska installationen är funktionellt identiska - bara " -"utseendet är annorlunda. Det grafiska läget ger möjlighet att använda en " -"mus, och ser naturligtvis mycket snyggare och modernare ut. Om inte " -"hårdvaran har problem med det grafiska läget, finns det ingen anledning att " -"inte använda den." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "XFCE och Webbläsare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce skrivbord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Tunn-klient-välkommen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Tunn-klient-inloggning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Kom igång" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Minsta steg för att komma igång" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Under installationen av huvudservern så kommer ett första användarkonto att " -"skapas. I följande text kommer detta konto att hänvisas till som \"första " -"användaren\". Det här kontot är speciellt, eftersom hemkatalogbehörigheten " -"är inställd på 700 (så <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> behövs " -"för att göra personliga webbsidor tillgängliga), och den första användaren " -"kan använda <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> för att bli root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" -"Efter installationen är de första sakerna du behöver göra den första " -"användaren:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Logga in på servern." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Lägg till användare med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Lägg till arbetsstationer med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Lägga till användare och arbetsstationer beskrivs i detalj nedan, så läs " -"detta kapitel fullständigt. Det täcker hur man utför dessa minimala steg " -"korrekt samt andra saker som alla förmodligen kommer att behöva göra." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Det finns ytterligare information tillgänglig på andra ställen i denna " -"manual: <link linkend=\"Features\">Nya funktioner i Bullseye</link> kapitlet " -"bör läsas av alla som är bekanta med tidigare utgåvor. Och för de som " -"uppgraderar från en tidigare version, se till att läsa kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Uppgraderingar</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Om generisk DNS-trafik blockeras från ditt nätverk och du behöver använda " -"någon specifik DNS-server för att söka upp internetvärdar, måste du tala om " -"för DNS-servern att använda denna server som sin \"sändare\". Uppdatera /etc/" -"bind/named.conf.options och ange IP-adressen för den DNS-server som ska " -"användas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"Det länkade <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Hur man gör </link> kapitlet innehåller " -"fler tips och tricks och några vanligt ställda frågor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"Det finns flera tjänster som körs på huvudservern som kan hanteras via ett " -"webbhanteringsgränssnitt. Vi kommer att beskriva varje tjänst nedan." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Introduktion till GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² är ett webbaserat hanteringsverktyg som hjälper till att hantera några " -"viktiga delar av din Debian Edu-installation. Med GOsa² kan du hantera (" -"lägga till, ändra eller ta bort) dessa huvudgrupper:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Gruppadministration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "NIS Nätgrupp administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Maskinadministration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "DNS administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "DHCP administration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"För GOsa²-åtkomst behöver du Skolelinux huvudserver och ett (klient)system " -"med en webbläsare installerad som kan vara själva huvudservern om den " -"installerades som en så kallad kombinerad server (Huvudserver + LTSP-server +" -" arbetsstationsprofiler)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"Om du (förmodligen av misstag) installerade en ren huvudserver profil och " -"inte har en klient med en webbläsare till hands, är det enkelt att " -"installera ett minimalt skrivbord på huvudservern med hjälp av denna " -"kommandosekvens i ett (icke-grafiskt) skal som den användare du skapade " -"under huvudserverns installation (första användaren):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### efter installationen, kör 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### logga in som den första användaren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"Från en webbbläsare använd webbadress <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> för " -"GOsa² åtkomst, och logga in som den första användaren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Om du använder en ny Debian Edu Bullseye-maskin kommer webbplatscertifikatet " -"att kännas till av webbläsaren." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"Annars får du ett felmeddelande om att SSL-certifikatet är fel. Och om du " -"vet att du är ensam i ditt nätverk, berätta bara för webbläsaren att " -"acceptera det och ignorera detta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "GOsa2 Login plus översikt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "GOsa² översiktssida efter inloggning som första användaren" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Efter att ha loggat till GOsa² kommer du att se översiktssidan för GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"I Debian Edu lagras konto, grupp- och systeminformation i en LDAP-katalog. " -"Dessa data används inte bara av huvudservern utan också av (disklösa) " -"arbetsstationer, LTSP-servrarna och andra maskiner i nätverket. Med LDAP " -"behöver kontoinformation om elever, lärare etc. endast anges en gång. Efter " -"att informationen har tillhandahållits i LDAP kommer informationen att vara " -"tillgänglig för alla system i hela Skolelinux-nätverket." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Användarhantering med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Lägg till användare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Det viktigaste att lägga till är mallen (newstudent eller newteacher) och " -"det fullständiga namnet på din användare (se bild)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Vissa tecken är kanske inte tillåtna som en del av lösenordet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"Om allt gick bra kan du nu se den nya användaren i användarlistan. Du bör nu " -"kunna logga in med det användarnamnet på vilken Skolelinux-maskin som helst " -"i ditt nätverk." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Sök, modifiera och ta bort användare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Filterbox" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"En ny sida kommer att dyka upp där du direkt kan ändra information om " -"användaren, ändra användarens lösenord och ändra listan över grupper som " -"användaren tillhör." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Redigera användardata" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Ställ in lösenord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Eleverna kan ändra sina egna lösenord genom att logga in på GOsa² med sina " -"egna användarnamn. För att underlätta åtkomsten av GOsa² finns en post som " -"heter Gosa i skrivbordets systemmeny (eller systeminställningar). En " -"inloggad student kommer att presenteras med en mycket minimal version av " -"GOsa² som endast tillåter åtkomst till studentens eget kontodatablad och " -"till dialogrutan för inställning av lösenord." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Lärare som är inloggade under sina egna användarnamn har speciella " -"privilegier i GOsa². Då visas en mer privilegierad vy av GOsa² och lärare " -"kan ändra lösenorden för alla studentkonton. Detta kan vara mycket praktiskt " -"under lektion." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "För att administrativt ställa in ett nytt lösenord för en användare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "sök efter användaren som ska modifieras, enligt förklaringen ovan" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "klicka på nyckelsymbolen i slutet av raden där användarnamnet visas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" -"på sidan som visas senare kan du ställa in ett nytt lösenord som du själv " -"valt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Ställ in användarlösenord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Se upp för säkerhetskonsekvenser på grund av " -"lösenord som är lätta att gissa!</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Avancerad användarhantering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Använd ',' som fältavskiljare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Använd inte citattecken" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"CSV filen <emphasis role=\"strong\">får inte</emphasis> innehålla en " -"rubrikrad (av den sort som normalt innehåller kolumnnamn)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" -"Ordningen på fälten är inte relevant och kan definieras i GOsa² under " -"massimporten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Massimportstegen är:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "klicka på fliken \"Importera\" på skärmen till höger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" -"bläddra på din lokala disk och välj en CSV-fil med listan över användare som " -"ska importeras" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"välj en tillgänglig användarmall som ska tillämpas under massimport (som " -"NewTeacher eller NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "klicka på knappen \"Importera\" i det nedre högra hörnet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"Det är en bra idé att göra några tester först, helst med en CSV-fil med " -"några fiktiva användare, som kan raderas senare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Detsamma gäller för lösenordshanteringsmodulen, som gör det möjligt att " -"återställa många lösenord med en CSV-fil eller att återskapa nya lösenord " -"för användare som tillhör ett speciellt LDAP-underträd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Återställa lösenord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Grupphantering med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "skapa grupp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "Hanteringen av grupper är mycket lik hanteringen av användare." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ange ett namn och en beskrivning per grupp. Se till att du väljer " -"rätt nivå i LDAP-trädet när du skapar en ny grupp." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Genom att lägga till användare i en nyskapad grupp kommer du tillbaka till " -"användarlistan, där du förmodligen vill använda filter rutan för att hitta " -"användare. Kontrollera LDAP-trädnivån också." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Grupperna som anges i grupphanteringen är också vanliga unix-grupper, så du " -"kan använda dem för filbehörigheter också." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Maskinhantering med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vänligen notera:</emphasis> skapande av " -"värdtangenter är möjligt för system av typen <emphasis>arbeitsstationer</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>servrar</emphasis> och <emphasis>terminaler</emphasis> " -"men inte för de av typen <emphasis>nätenheter</emphasis>. Se kapitlet <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Hur gör du för nätverksklienter</link> för NFS-" -"konfigurationsalternativ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"För att lägga till en maskin, använd GOsa² huvudmenyn, system, lägg till. Du " -"kan använda en IP-adress/värdnamn från det förkonfigurerade adressutrymmet 10" -".0.0.0/8. För närvarande finns det bara två fördefinierade fasta adresser: " -"10.0.2.2 (tjener) och 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Adresserna från 10.0.16.20 till " -"10.0.31.254 (ungefär 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4000 värdar) är reserverade för DHCP " -"och tilldelas dynamiskt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"För att tilldela en värd med MAC-adressen 52:54:00:12:34:10 en statisk IP-" -"adress i GOsa² måste du ange MAC-adressen, värdnamnet och IP-adressen; " -"alternativt kan du klicka på knappen <computeroutput>Föreslå ip</" -"computeroutput> som kommer att visa den första lediga fasta adressen i 10.0.0" -".0/8, troligen ungefär 10.0.0.2 om du lägger till den första maskinen på " -"detta sätt. Det kan vara bättre att först tänka på ditt nätverk: till " -"exempel kan du använda 10.0.0.x med x>10 och x<50 för servrar och x>" -"100 för arbetsstationer. Glöm inte att aktivera det nyss tillagda systemet. " -"Med undantag för huvudservern kommer då alla system att ha en matchande ikon." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Värddetaljer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Modifera värd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Lägg till en nätgrupp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"Ett cronjob som uppdaterar DNS körs varje timme; <computeroutput>su -c " -"ldap2bind</computeroutput> kan användas för att utlösa uppdateringen " -"manuellt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Sök och ta bort maskiner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" -"Att söka efter och ta bort maskiner är ganska likt att söka efter och ta " -"bort användare, så att den information kommer inte upprepas här." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Modifera existerande maskiner / Nätgruppshantering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Efter att ha lagt till en maskin i LDAP-trädet med GOsa² kan du ändra dess " -"egenskaper med hjälp av sökfunktionen och klicka på maskinnamnet (som du " -"skulle göra med användare)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"Formatet på dessa systemposter liknar det du redan känner från att ändra " -"användarposter, men fälten betyder olika saker i detta sammanhang." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "alla-värdar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ändra storlek på partitioner</emphasis> " -"(fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i den här gruppen kommer automatiskt att ändra storlek " -"på LVM-partitioner som får ont om utrymme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stänga av maskiner på natten</emphasis> (shutdown-" -"at-night-hosts och shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i denna grupp stängs automatiskt av på natten för att " -"spara energi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hantera skrivare</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts och cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i dessa grupper kommer automatiskt att tömma alla " -"utskriftsköer varje natt och återaktivera alla inaktiverade utskriftsköer " -"varje timme." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blockera internetåtkomst</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu-maskiner i den här gruppen kommer endast att tillåtas ansluta " -"till maskiner på det lokala nätverket. I kombination med " -"webbproxybegränsningar kan detta användas under prov." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Skrivarhantering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"För centraliserad skrivarhantering peka din webbläsare till <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Detta är det normala CUPS-" -"hanteringsgränssnittet där du kan lägga till/ta bort/ändra dina skrivare och " -"kan rensa upp i utskriftskön. Som standard är endast den första användaren " -"tillåten, men detta kan ändras genom att lägga till användare i gruppen " -"GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Använd skrivare anslutna till arbetsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"Paketet <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> är installerat som standard på ett " -"system med <emphasis>Arbetsstation</emphasis> profilen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"Redigera <computeroutput>etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> så här (USB-" -"skrivare):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurera skrivaren med webbgränssnittet <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; välj nätverksskrivartyp <computeroutput>" -"AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (för alla skrivare oavsett märke " -"eller modell) och ställ in <computeroutput>socket://<workstation " -"ip>:9100</computeroutput> som anslutnings-URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Nätverksskrivare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Klocksynkronisering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Standardkonfigurationen i Debian Edu är att hålla klockorna på alla maskiner " -"synkrona men inte nödvändigtvis korrekta. NTP används för att uppdatera " -"tiden. Klockorna kommer att synkroniseras med en extern källa som standard. " -"Detta kan göra att maskiner håller den externa Internetanslutningen öppen om " -"den skapas när den används." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" -"Om du använder uppringd uppkoppling eller ISDN och betalar per minut, vill " -"du ändra denna standardinställning." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"För att inaktivera synkronisering med en extern klocka måste filen /etc/" -"ntp.conf på huvudservern ändras. Lägg till kommentar (\"#\") markeringar " -"framför <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-posterna. Efter detta måste " -"NTP-servern startas om genom att köra <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> som root. För att testa om en maskin använder de externa " -"klockkällorna, kör <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Underhåll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Uppdatering av programvara" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Denna sektion förklarar hur man använder <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Att använda <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> är verkligen enkelt. För " -"att uppdatera ett system måste du utföra två kommandon på kommandoraden som " -"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (som uppdaterar listorna " -"över tillgängliga paket) och <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput> (som uppgraderar paketen för vilka en uppgradering är " -"tillgänglig)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Efter att ha uppgraderat paketet <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" -"computeroutput> kan ändrade Cfengine-konfigurationsfiler vara tillgängliga. " -"Kör <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> för " -"att kontrollera om så är fallet. För att tillämpa ändringarna, kör " -"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Det är viktigt att köra <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> efter LTSP-serveruppgraderingar " -"för att hålla SquashFS-avbilden för disklösa klienters meny synkroniserad." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"Efter en punktutgivningsuppgradering av ett system med profilen " -"<emphasis>Huvudserver</emphasis> eller <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> " -"måste <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> köras för att " -"uppdatera PXE:s installationsmiljö." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Det är också en bra idé att installera <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput> och <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> och " -"konfigurera dem för att skicka e-post till en adress du läser." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> kommer att meddela dig en gång om " -"dagen via e-post om eventuella paket som kan uppgraderas. Den installerar " -"inte dessa uppgraderingar, men laddar ner dem (vanligtvis på natten), så du " -"behöver inte vänta på nedladdningen när du gör <computeroutput>apt full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Automatisk installation av uppdateringar kan göras enkelt om så önskas, det " -"behöver bara att paketet <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> är installerat och konfigurerat som enligt beskrivningen på " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kan skicka nya " -"ändringsloggposter till dig via e-post, eller alternativt visa dem i " -"terminalen när du kör <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Håll dig själv informerad om säkerhets uppdateringar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Att köra <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> som beskrivet ovan är ett " -"bra sätt att lära sig när säkerhetsuppdateringar är tillgängliga för " -"installerade paket. Ett annat sätt att hålla sig informerad om " -"säkerhetsuppdateringar är att prenumerera på <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian" -".org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce e-postlistan</" -"ulink>, som har fördelen att också berätta vad säkerhetsuppdateringen " -"handlar om. Nackdelen (jämfört med <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>)" -" är att den även innehåller information om uppdateringar för paket som inte " -"är installerade." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Backuphantering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"För säkerhetskopieringshantering peka din webbläsare till <ulink url=\"https" -"://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Observera att du måste komma åt denna sida via SSL, " -"eftersom du måste ange root-lösenordet där. Om du försöker komma åt den här " -"sidan utan att använda SSL kommer det att misslyckas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"Observera: sajten fungerar bara om du tillfälligt tillåter ssh root-" -"inloggning på säkerhetskoperings-servern (huvudservern 'tjener' som " -"standard)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Som standard säkerhetskopierar tjener <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> och LDAP till /skole/backup som ligger under LVM. " -"Om du bara vill ha reservkopior av saker (ifall du tar bort dem) borde denna " -"inställning vara bra för dig." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" -"Var medveten om att det här säkerhetskopieringsschemat inte skyddar dig från " -"trasiga hårddiskar." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill säkerhetskopiera din skolas data till en extern server, en " -"bandenhet eller annan hårddisk måste du ändra den befintliga konfigurationen " -"lite." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Om du vill återställa en komplett mapp är det bästa alternativet att använda " -"kommandoraden:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Detta lämnar innehållet från <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> för <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> i mappen " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill återställa en enskild fil bör du kunna välja filen (och versionen)" -" från webbgränssnittet och bara ladda ner den filen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Om du vill bli av med äldre säkerhetskopior, välj \"Underhåll\" i menyn på " -"säkerhetskopieringssidan och välj den äldsta ögonblicksbilden att behålla:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php Underhåll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Serverövervakning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Munins trendrapporteringssystem är tillgängligt från <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/munin/\"/>. Den tillhandahåller systemstatusmätningsdiagram på en " -"daglig, veckovis, månads och årsbasis, och ger systemadministratören hjälp " -"när han letar efter flaskhalsar och källa till systemproblem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Information om Munin är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Som standard skickar Icinga inte e-post. Detta kan ändras genom att ersätta " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-e-mail</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>notify-by-e-mail</" -"computeroutput> i filen <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Extra Icinga-kontroller kan läggas i filen <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> för att få dem " -"inkluderade i den genererade filen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Information om Icinga finns tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> eller i paketet <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Vanliga Icinga varningar och hur man hanterar dem" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" -"Här finns instruktioner om hur du hanterar de vanligaste Icinga-varningarna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK KRITISK - ledigt utrymme: /usr 309 MB (5% inode = 47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" -"APT KRITISK: 13 paket tillgängliga för uppgradering (13 viktiga " -"uppdateringar)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Nya paket är tillgängligt för uppgraderingar. De kritiska är vanligtvis " -"säkerhetsfixar. För att uppgradera, kör 'apt upgrade && apt full-" -"upgrade' som root i en terminal eller logga in via ssh för att göra detsamma." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Om du inte vill uppgradera paket manuellt och lita på att Debian gör ett bra " -"jobb med nya versioner, kan du konfigurera <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> för att automatiskt uppgradera alla nya paket " -"varje natt. Detta kommer inte att uppgradera LTSP chroots." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"VARNING-omstart krävs: kör kärnan= 2.6.32-37.81.0, installerad kärna= " -"2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Den körande kärnan är äldre än den senast installerade kärnan, och en " -"omstart krävs för att aktivera den senast installerade kärnan. Detta är " -"normalt ganska brådskande, eftersom nya kärnor normalt dyker upp i Debian " -"Edu för att fixa säkerhetsproblem." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "VARNING: CUPS köstorlek - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Mer information om Debian Edu-anpassningar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Uppgraderingar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Innan du läser denna uppgraderingsguide, observera att liveuppdateringar av " -"dina produktionsservrar utförs på egen risk.\n" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux levereras med ABSOLUT INGEN " -"GARANTI, i den utsträckning det är tillåtet enligt tillämplig lag.\n" -"</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Allmän information om uppgradering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "Använd inte X, använd en virtuell konsol, logga in som root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Uppgradera huvudservern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Börja med att se till att det nuvarande systemet är uppdaterat:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Tillämpa och justera konfiguration:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "cf-agent -I -D installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"kör <computeroutput>usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Kontrollera om det uppgraderade systemet fungerar:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Starta om; logga in som första användare och testa" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "om man kan skicka och ta emot interna mejl," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "om man kan hantera skrivare," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Uppgradera en arbetsstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Lista på användbara kommandon:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Användningsexempel" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"På ett nyinstallerat system, försök med detta för att se alla ändringar som " -"gjorts sedan systemet installerades:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" -"Se vilka filer som för närvarande inte spåras och vilka som inte är " -"uppdaterade:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Ändra storlek på partitioner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Skriptet körs automatiskt varje timme på varje klient listad i " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> nätgruppen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Logisk volymhantering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Logisk volymhantering (LVM) möjliggör storleksändring av partitionerna medan " -"de är monterade och används. Du kan lära dig mer om LVM från <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM Hur gör man</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Använda ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi </ulink> är " -"ett verktyg för att redigera LDAP-databasen med en vanlig textredigerare på " -"kommandoraden." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Följande måste utföras:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Varning: <computeroutput>ldapvi </computeroutput> är ett mycket kraftfullt " -"verktyg. Var försiktig och ha inte sönder LDAP-databasen, samma varning " -"gäller för JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "Kerberiserad NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Hur man ändrar standard" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "logga in som root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"redigera <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> och " -"justera dessa poster därefter:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskrivare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Detta verktyg gör det möjligt att ställa in standardskrivaren beroende på " -"plats, maskin eller gruppmedlemskap. För mer information, se " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsfilen <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg </" -"computeroutput> måste tillhandahållas av admin, se <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> som " -"ett exempel." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, ett LDAP GUI" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Om du föredrar ett GUI att arbeta med LDAP-databasen, kolla in paketet " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer </computeroutput>, som installeras som standard. " -"För att få skrivåtkomst anslut så här:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, ett kommandoradsverktyg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Använda stabila-uppdateringar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "Använda backports för att installera nyare programvara" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Du kör Debian Edu eftersom du föredrar stabiliteten hos Debian Edu. Det går " -"jättebra; det finns bara ett problem: ibland är programvaran lite mer " -"föråldrad än du vill. Det är här backports.debian.org kliver in." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Att använda backports är enkelt:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ buster-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Uppgradering med CD eller liknande avbild" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" -"Sätt in CD / DVD / Blu-ray skiva / USB-minne och använd kommandot apt-cdrom:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "För att citera apt-cdrom(8) man sidan:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Kör sedan dessa två kommandon för att uppgradera systemet:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Automatisk rensning av kvarvarande processer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Automatisk installation av säkerhetsuppdateringar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Automatisk avstängning av maskiner under natten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Få tillgång till Debian-Edu-servrar som ligger bakom en brandvägg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"För att komma åt maskiner bakom en brandvägg från Internet, överväg att " -"installera paketet <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Det kan " -"användas för att sätta upp en SSH-tunnel till en maskin på Internet som du " -"har tillgång till. Från den maskinen kan du komma åt servern bakom " -"brandväggen via SSH-tunneln." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" -"Detta är de steg som krävs för att konfigurera en maskin som är avsedd för " -"vissa tjänster:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "installera paketen för tjänsten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "konfigurera tjänsten" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "inaktivera tjänsten på huvudservern" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "uppdatera DNS (vis LDAP/GOsa²) på huvud-server" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Hur man gör guider från wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Avancerad administration hur man gör" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "I detta kapitel beskrivs avancerade administrationsuppgifter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Användaranpassningar med GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Skapa användare i årskurser" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"I det här exemplet vill vi skapa användare i årskurser, med gemensamma " -"hemkataloger för varje grupp (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). Vi vill skapa " -"användarna genom csv-import." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(som root på huvudservern</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Gör de nödvändiga årgångskatalogerna" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(som första användare i Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Avdelning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Grupp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Mall" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Importera användare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Välj din nya mall när du gör csv-import; att testa den med några få " -"användare rekommenderas." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Andra användaranpassningar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Skapa mappar i alla användares hemkataloger" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"Med detta skript kan administratören skapa en mapp i varje användares " -"hemkatalog och ställa in åtkomstbehörigheter och ägande." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Använd en dedikerad lagringsserver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Utför dessa steg för att konfigurera en dedikerad lagringsserver för " -"användarhemkataloger och eventuellt annan data." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Begränsa åtkomst till ssh-inloggning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Det finns flera sätt att begränsa ssh-inloggning, några listas här." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Installation utan LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Lägg till användare i den nya gruppen <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Lägg till <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> till /etc/" -"ssh/sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Exekvera <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Installation med LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Aktivera pam_access.so i LTSP-serverns /etc/pam.d/sshd-fil." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Konfigurera /etc/security/access.conf för att tillåta anslutningar för " -"(exempel)användare alice, jane, bob och john överallt och för alla andra " -"användare endast från de interna nätverken genom att lägga till dessa rader:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Hur man gör för skrivbordet" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Konfigurera en skrivbordsmiljö med flera språk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Kör <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (som root) och " -"välj språk (UTF-8-varianter)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "Kör dessa kommandon som root för att installera de relaterade paketen:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Spela DVD-skivor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"libdvdcss behövs för att spela de flesta kommersiella DVD-skivor. Av " -"juridiska skäl ingår det inte i Debian (Edu). Om du lagligen har tillåtelse " -"att använda det kan du bygga dina egna lokala paket genom att använda dig av " -"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian paketet; se till att " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> är aktiverat i <computeroutput>/etc/" -"apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Svara på debconf-frågorna och kör sedan <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Handskriftsteckensnitt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"Paketet <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (vilket är installerat " -"som standard) installerar teckensnittet \"Abecedario\" vilket är ett fint " -"handstilstypsnitt för barn. Teckensnittet har flera former som kan användas " -"med barn: prickade och med linjer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Hur man gör för nätverksanslutna klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Introduktion till tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"En generisk term för både tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer är " -"<emphasis>LTSP klient</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"Från och med Bullseye är LTSP ganska annorlunda från de tidigare " -"versionerna. Detta gäller både installation och underhåll." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Tunna klienter är inte längre en del av LTSP. Debian Edu använder X2Go för " -"att fortfarande stödja användning av tunna klienter." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"För information om LTSP rent generellt, se <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\"" -">hemsidan</ulink>. På system med <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> profilen, " -"<computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput>tillhandahåller mer information." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Exempel på hur man använder wrapper-skript <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-" -"instal</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Disklös arbetsstation</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Till skillnad från arbetsstationer körs disklösa arbetsstationer utan att " -"behöva lägga till dem med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tunn klient</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu stöder fortfarande användningen av tunna klienter för att " -"möjliggöra användningen av mycket gammal hårdvara." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP klient fastprogramvara</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Fortsätt så här på LTSP-servern:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "Historisk information om äldre versioner" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "Uppdatera SquashFS-avbilden för disklösa arbetsstationer, kör:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "Om X2Go tunna klienter används, kör:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "och fortsätt enligt användningsinformationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Uppdatera sedan SquashFS-avbilden; t.ex. för /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, kör:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Val av LTSP-klienttyp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Varje LTSP-server har två ethernet gränssnitt: ett konfigurerat i 10.0.0.0/8-" -"subnätet (som delas med huvudservern) och ett annat som bildar ett lokalt " -"subnät (ett separat subnät för varje LTSP-server)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Använd ett annat LTSP-klientnätverk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Lägg till LTSP chroot för att stödja 32-bitars PC-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "För att skapa chroot och SquashFS avbild, kör:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Se <computeroutput>man-debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> för detaljer " -"om tunna klient typer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "LTSP klient konfiguration" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Kör <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> för att ta en titt på " -"tillgängliga konfigurationsalternativ. Eller läs den online: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Lägg till konfigurationsobjekt i avsnittet /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [klienter]. " -"För att ändringarna ska träda i kraft, kör:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Ljud med LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"LTSP tunna klienter använder nätverksljud för att överföra ljud från servern " -"till klienterna." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP disklösa arbetsstationer hanterar ljud lokalt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Åtkomst till USB-enheter och CD-ROM/DVD-skivor" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"När användare sätter in en USB-enhet eller DVD/CD-ROM i en disklös " -"arbetsstation, visas en motsvarande ikon på skrivbordet, vilket ger tillgång " -"till innehållet som på en arbetsstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "En varning om borttagbara media på LTSP-servrar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Använd skrivare kopplade till LTSP-klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Anslut skrivaren till LTSP-klientmaskinen (både USB och parallellport stöds)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "Konfigurera LTSP-klienten med GOsa2 för att använda en fast IP-adress." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Modifiera PXE-inställningarna" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Konfigurera PXE-menyn" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Konfigurera PXE-installationen" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"Mer information om hur man modiferar PXE installationer kan hittas i <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installations</link> " -"kapitlet." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Lägga till ett anpassat förråd för PXE-installationer" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"För att lägga till anpassade arkiv lägg till något som detta till " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"och kör sedan <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> en gång." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Ändra nätverksinställningar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Fjärrskrivbord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Välja LTSP-serverprofilen eller den kombinerade serverprofilen installerar " -"också <emphasis>xrdp </emphasis> och <emphasis>x2goserver " -"</emphasis>-paketen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Dessutom kan xrdp ansluta till en VNC-server eller en annan RDP-server." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Tillgängliga fjärrskrivbordsklienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> är installerat som standard och " -"kan prata RDP och VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - det enklaste sättet att komma åt Windows terminalserver. Ett " -"alternativt klientpaket är <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"VNC-klient (Virtual Network Computer) ger åtkomst till Skolelinux på " -"distans. Ett alternativt klientpaket är " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient </computeroutput> är en grafisk klient för X2Go-" -"systemet (inte installerat som standard). Du kan använda den för att ansluta " -"till körande sessioner och starta nya." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Trådlösa klienter" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Ytterligare konfiguration behövs för att" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"aktivera/inaktivera åtkomstpunkter via en <emphasis> delad hemlighet </" -"emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"tillåt/neka trådlös åtkomst med hjälp av LDAP-grupper (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"kombinera åtkomstpunkter till dedikerade grupper (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (för slutanvändare som " -"kör Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Konfigurera pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(dessa lagras i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b" -"-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Val av LTSP-klienttyp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (för SSL-anslutning)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Timeout: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Använd SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">JA</emphasis> (kryssa i kryssrutan)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Starta TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis> (kryssa inte i " -"kryssrutan)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Validera servercertifikat: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis> (kryssa " -"inte i kryssrutan)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" är en användare som ska autentiseras i LDAP för att söka " -"användare i en inloggningssession)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Söklösenord: pwd.777 (detta är \"pguser\"-lösenordet)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Autentisering block" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Tillåt tomma lösenord: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Fristående</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Sökfilter: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Auktoriseringsblockering" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Standard: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Tillåt</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Neka när LDAP-autentisering misslyckas: <emphasis role=\"strong\">JA</" -"emphasis> (kryss i kryssrutan)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Tillåt när servern inte kan nås: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis> (" -"kryssa inte i kryssrutan, valfritt)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Val av LTSP-klienttyp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" -"LDAP: Verifiering [v], Auktorisering [v], Gateway[v], Ändra lösenord [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Autentisering: LDAP, lokal maskin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, lokal maskin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Källor:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Som standard är hemkataloger skrivskyddade. Detta kan ändras i <emphasis>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Samba-lösenord lagras med <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> och " -"uppdateras om ett lösenord ändras med GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Att köra <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> på huvudservern kommer att inaktivera användardelning för " -"'studenter'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Åtkomst till filer via Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Använd <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<användarnamn></computeroutput> " -"eller <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<användarnamn></computeroutput> för " -"att komma åt hemkatalogen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Alla Debian-paket som nämns i denna sektion kan installeras genom att köra " -"<computeroutput>apt install<paket></computeroutput> (som root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Övervakning av elever" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Begränsa elevernas nätverksåtkomst" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Vissa skolor använder <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable/e2guardian#\" >e2guardian</ulink> för att begränsa " -"internetåtkomst." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Ändra lösenord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Varje användare ska ändra sitt lösenord genom att använda GOsa2. För att " -"göra det, använd bara en webbläsare och gå till <computeroutput>https://www/" -"gosa/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"Använda GOsa2 för att ändra lösenordet säkerställer att lösenord för " -"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) och Samba är desamma." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Ändra lösenord med PAM fungerar också på GDM inloggningsprompten, men detta " -"kommer bara att uppdatera Kerberos lösenord, och inte Samba och GOsa2 (LDAP) " -"lösenord. Så efter att du ändrat ditt lösenord på inloggningsprompten, bör " -"du verkligen ändra det med GOsa2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Kör fristående Java-program" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Använda email" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Starta Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Skriv in din mailadress" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"Ange inte ditt lösenord eftersom Kerberos enkel inloggning kommer att " -"användas" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Klicka på 'Fortsätt'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"För både IMAP och SMTP bör inställningarna vara ”STARTTLS” och ”Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI”; justera om de inte upptäcks automatiskt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Klicka på 'Klar'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Bidra" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Bidra lokalt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Bidra globalt" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Rapportera buggar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Dokumentationsförfattare och översättare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Support" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Volontärbaserad support" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "på Engelska" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailinglista" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "på Norska" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal för att stödja norska användare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "på Tyska" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - officiell Tysk representation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal för att stödja tyska användare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "på Franska" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " -"mailinglista" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Professionell support" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Installationsändringar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Programuppdateringar" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Allt som är nytt i Debian 11 Bullseye, t.ex:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux kärna 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "" -"Skrivbordsmiljöer KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Utbildningsverktygslåda GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Musikskaparen Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Bullseye innehåller mer än 59000 paket tillgängliga för installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Uppdateringar av dokumentation och översättning" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Under installationen är profilvalssidan tillgänglig på 29 språk, varav 22 är " -"helt översatta." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Delvis översatta versioner finns för danska och spanska." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Andra förändringar jämfört med föregående version" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" -"DuckDuckGo används som standardsökleverantör för både Firefox ESR och " -"Chromium." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Chromium använder den interna webbplatsen istället för Google som standard " -"startsida." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" -"På disklösa arbetsstationer är Kerberos TGT tillgänglig efter inloggning " -"automatiskt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Nytt verktyg har lagts till för att konfigurera freeRADIUS med stöd för både " -"EAP-TTLS/PAP och PEAP-MSCHAPV2-metoder." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Kända fel" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Upphovsrätt och författare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Översättningar av detta dokument" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Bullseye Manual är helt översatt till nederländska, franska, " -"tyska, italienska, japanska, norska bokmål, portugisiska (Portugal) och " -"förenklad kinesiska." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"På Weblate pågår arbete med översättningar till polska, rumänska, svenska " -"och traditionella kinesiska." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Översätt online med en webbläsare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Vissa språkteam har bestämt sig för att översätta via Weblate. Se <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> för mer information." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "XFCE skrivbord" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Aktivera översättningar och regionalt stöd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Språk (Region)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tangentbordslayout</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Norska bokmål" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Norska nynorsk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Tyska" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Franska (Frankrike)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Grekiska (Grekland)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Japanska" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Norra Sami (Norge)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Saker att veta" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Bilaga C - Funktioner i äldre versioner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Ny standard skrivbordsmiljö Xfce (ersätter KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Allt som är nytt i Debian 10 Buster, t.ex:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux kärna 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Skrivbordsmiljöer KDE Plasma Arbetsmiljö 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR och Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Utbildningsverktygslåda GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Musikskaparen Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Buster innehåller mer än 57000 paket tillgängliga för installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Buster Manual är helt översatt till franska, tyska, italienska, " -"danska, nederländska, norska bokmål och japanska." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvis översatta versioner finns för polska, spanska, förenklad kinesiska " -"och traditionella kinesiska." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 erbjuds som ett nytt val för skrivbordsmiljön." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Nya funktioner för Debian Edu 9+edu0 Kodnamn Stretch släpptes 2017-06-17" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Allt som var nytt i Debian 9 Stretch, t.ex:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux kärna 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR och Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel har bytt namn till Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove har bytt namn till Thunderbird och är nu installerat som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Utbildningsverktygslåda GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Musikskaparen Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch innehåller mer än 50000 paket tillgängliga för installation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Stretch Manual är helt översatt till tyska, franska, italienska, " -"danska, nederländska, norska bokmål och japanska. Den japanska " -"översättningen tillkom nyligen för Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Delvis översatta versioner finns för spanska, polska och förenklad kinesiska." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga ersätter Nagios som övervakningsverktyg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle ersätter ksnapshot som skärmdumpverktyg." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Historisk information om äldre versioner" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Kodnamn \"Squeeze\", släppt 2013-03-03." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Kodnamn \"Squeeze\", släppt 2012-03-11." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-10-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-02-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", släppt 2007-12-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" släppt 2007-07-22. Baserad på Debian 4.0 Etch " -"släppt 2007-04-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, släppt 2006-03-14. Baserad på Debian 3.1 Sarge släppt " -"2005-06-06." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Baserad på Debian 3.0 Woody " -"släppt 2002-07-19." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "logga in som root." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "kör <computeroutput>usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "Be happy" -#~ msgstr "Var glad" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" - -#~ msgid "winstation-hosts" -#~ msgstr "winstation-hosts" - -#~ msgid "NFS." -#~ msgstr "NFS." - -#~ msgid "fs-autoresize" -#~ msgstr "fs-autoresize" - -#~ msgid "shutdown at night" -#~ msgstr "stäng av på natten" - -#~ msgid "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" -#~ msgstr "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" - -#~ msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" -#~ msgstr "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read about it: run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot cat /usr/share/doc/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader/README.Debian</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Läs om det: kör <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot cat /usr/share/doc/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader/README.Debian</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "kör <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor>/etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "kör <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot<editor> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" - -#~ msgid "Getting Started" -#~ msgstr "Kom igång" - -#~ msgid "Domain Membership" -#~ msgstr "Domän Medlemskap" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" - -#~ msgid "./images/i.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/i.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/idea.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/idea.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-bd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/03-select_your_location.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/filterbox.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/filterbox.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/change_password_administratively.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/reset_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/reset_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/list_groups.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/list_groups.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Joining_a_Windows_Client_or_Server_to_a_Domain\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Joining_a_Windows_Client_or_Server_to_a_Domain\"/>" - -#~ msgid "./images/sad.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/sad.png" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=தேதியை வெளியிடுங்கள்; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">சொற்பொழிவு:</emphasis> -2025 தமிழ்நேரம் -2025 Anonymous - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.ta.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9049 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-08 06:23+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wolfgang Schweer <wschweer@arcor.de>\n" -"Language-Team: Tamil <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/ta/>\n" -"Language: ta\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -#, fuzzy -msgid "en" -msgstr "என்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU / SCOLELINUX புல்செய் 11 கையேடு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "தேதியை வெளியிடுங்கள்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 11 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புல்செய் கையேடு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU நிறுவி லோகோ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "டெபியன் எட் 11 புல்செய் வெளியீட்டிற்கான கையேடு இது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bullseye\"/" -"> இல் உள்ள பதிப்பு ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் அடிக்கடி புதுப்பிக்கப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள்\"> மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் </link> <coutheroutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-டாக் </computerOutput> தொகுப்பின் ஒரு பகுதியாகும், இது ஒரு வெப்சர்வரில் " -"நிறுவப்படலாம், மேலும் இது கிடைக்கிறது <ulink முகவரி = \"https: // " -"சென்கின்ச்.டெபியன்.நெட்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "டெபியன் எட் மற்றும் ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பற்றி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் அக்கா ச்கோலெலினக்ச் என்பது டெபியனை அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட ஒரு லினக்ச் " -"விநியோகமாகும், இது முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி வலையமைப்பின் பெட்டி சூழலை வழங்குகிறது" -". இது கிளையன்ட்-சர்வர் அணுகுமுறையை செயல்படுத்துகிறது. சேவையகங்களும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> மென்பொருள் துண்டுகள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருவருக்கொருவர் தொடர்பு கொள்கிறார்கள். " -"சேவையகங்கள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் செயல்பட தேவையான தகவல்களை வழங்குகின்றன. ஒரு இயந்திரத்தில் ஒரு" -" சேவையகம் மற்றும் அதன் கிளையண்டில் வேறு கணினியில் நிறுவப்பட்டால், இயந்திரங்கள் சேவையகம் " -"மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் என குறிப்பிடப்படுகின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " -"details." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்\"> வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணைய தேவைகள் </இணைப்பு> மற்றும் " -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு\"> கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> பற்றிய அத்தியாயங்கள் அடிப்படை " -"சூழல் விவரங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவிய பிறகு, பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குத் தேவையான அனைத்து " -"சேவைகளும் அமைக்கப்பட்டு கணினி பயன்படுத்த தயாராக உள்ளது. பயனர்கள் மற்றும் இயந்திரங்கள் " -"மட்டுமே கோசா, வசதியான வலை-யுஐ அல்லது வேறு எந்த எல்.டி.ஏ.பி எடிட்டர் வழியாக சேர்க்கப்" -"பட வேண்டும். Pxe/<ulink முகவரி = \"https://ipxe.org/\"> ipxe </ulink> ஐப் " -"பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு நெட்பூட்டிங் சூழல் தயாரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, எனவே குறுவட்டு, ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் " -"அல்லது யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் டிரைவிலிருந்து முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை ஆரம்ப நிறுவிய பிறகு மற்" -"ற எல்லா இயந்திரங்களையும் பிணையம் வழியாக நிறுவலாம், இதில் \"ரோமிங் பணிநிலையங்கள்\" (பள்ளி" -" நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து பறிக்கக்கூடியவை, பொதுவாக மடிக்கணினிகள் அல்லது நெட்புக்குகள்) அடங்கும்" -". மேலும், இயந்திரங்களை PXE/IPXE வழியாக வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் அல்லது மெல்லிய " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களாக துவக்கலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"சியோசெப்ரா, கல்சியம், கேசியோகிராஃபி, குனு சோல்பேச் மற்றும் கீறல் போன்ற பல கல்வி " -"பயன்பாடுகள் இயல்புநிலை டெச்க்டாப் அமைப்பில் சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, அவை டெபியன் யுனிவர்ச் வழியாக " -"எளிதாகவும் கிட்டத்தட்ட முடிவில்லாமல் நீட்டிக்கப்படலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "சில வரலாறு மற்றும் ஏன் இரண்டு பெயர்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " -"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " -"subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://blends.debian.org/edu\"> டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச் </" -"Ulink> என்பது டெபியன் EDU திட்டத்தால் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட லினக்ச் விநியோகமாகும். ஒரு <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://blends.debian.org\"> டெபியன் தூய கலவை </ulink> வழங்கல் இது " -"ஒரு அதிகாரப்பூர்வ <ulink முகவரி = \" > துணை திட்டம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"உங்கள் பள்ளிக்கு இதன் பொருள் என்னவென்றால், ச்கோலெலினக்ச் என்பது டெபியனின் பதிப்பாகும், இது " -"முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி-நெட்வொர்க்கின் பெட்டி சூழலை வழங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"நோர்வேயில் ச்கோலெலினக்ச் திட்டம் சூலை 2, 2001 அன்று நிறுவப்பட்டது, அதே நேரத்தில் ரபால் " -"எர்ட்சாக் பிரான்சில் டெபியன்-எட்டு தொடங்கினார். 2003 முதல் இரண்டு திட்டங்களும் ஒன்றுபட்டுள்" -"ளன, ஆனால் இரண்டு பெயர்களும் தங்கியிருந்தன. \"ச்கோல்\" மற்றும் (டெபியன்-) \"கல்வி\" இந்த " -"பிராந்தியங்களில் நன்கு புரிந்துகொள்ளப்பட்ட இரண்டு சொற்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "இன்று இந்த அமைப்பு உலகெங்கிலும் பல நாடுகளில் பயன்பாட்டில் உள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "கட்டிடக்கலை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "பிணையம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"ஆவணத்தின் இந்த பகுதி ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நிறுவல் வழங்கிய பிணைய கட்டமைப்பு மற்றும் சேவைகளை " -"விவரிக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -#, fuzzy -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU பிணையம் டோபாலசி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"இந்த எண்ணிக்கை கருதப்பட்ட பிணையம் டோபாலசியின் ஓவியமாகும். ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கின் " -"இயல்புநிலை அமைப்பு ஒன்று (மற்றும் ஒரே ஒரு) முக்கிய சேவையகம் இருப்பதாகக் கருதுகிறது, " -"அதே நேரத்தில் சாதாரண பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் (தொடர்புடைய மெல்லிய " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும்/அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுடன்) சேர்க்க அனுமதிக்கிறது. " -"பணிநிலையங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை நீங்கள் விரும்பும் அளவுக்கு பெரியதாகவோ அல்லது சிறியதாகவோ " -"இருக்கலாம் (எதுவுமில்லை. எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களுக்கும் இதுவே செல்கிறது, அவை ஒவ்வொன்றும்" -" ஒரு தனி நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ளன, இதனால் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்திற்கும் " -"இடையிலான போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளை பாதிக்காது. எல்.டி.எச்.பி <இணைப்பு " -"இணைப்பு = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> தொடர்புடைய அவ் டோ </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் விரிவாக " -"விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"ஒவ்வொரு பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் ஒரு முக்கிய சேவையகம் மட்டுமே இருக்க முடியும் என்பதற்கான " -"காரணம், முதன்மையான சேவையகம் DHCP ஐ வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் ஒவ்வொரு நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் ஒரு " -"இயந்திரம் மட்டுமே அவ்வாறு செய்ய முடியும். மற்றொரு கணினியில் சேவையை அமைப்பதன் மூலம் " -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து பிற இயந்திரங்களுக்கு சேவைகளை நகர்த்தவும், பின்னர் டிஎன்எச் " -"உள்ளமைவைப் புதுப்பிக்கவும், அந்த சேவைக்கான டிஎன்எச் மாற்றுப்பெயரை சரியான கணினியில் " -"சுட்டிக்காட்டவும் முடியும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"ச்கோலெலினக்சின் நிலையான அமைப்பை எளிமைப்படுத்துவதற்காக, இணைய இணைப்பு ஒரு தனி திசைவி " -"மீது இயங்குகிறது, இது கேட்வே என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"தேவைகள்-internet_router\"> இணைய திசைவி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும் " -"விவரங்களுக்கு இதுபோன்ற நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்பது தேவைக்கேற்ப ஏற்கனவே உள்ளதை " -"உள்ளமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "இயல்புநிலை பிணைய அமைப்பு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள டி.எச்.சி.பி 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை வழங்குகிறது, இது ஒரு" -" புதிய சேவையகம்/பணிநிலையத்தை நிறுவலாமா, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத " -"பணிநிலையத்தை துவக்க வேண்டுமா, மெம்டெச்ட்டை இயக்கலாமா அல்லது உள்ளக ஆர்டில் இருந்து " -"துவக்கலாமா என்பதை நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யலாம் வட்டு." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"இது மாற்றியமைக்க வடிவமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது; விவரங்களுக்கு, <இணைப்பு இணைப்பை = " -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> தொடர்புடையது எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களில் உள்ள டி.எச்.சி.பி இரண்டாவது இடைமுகத்தில் ஒரு பிரத்யேக " -"நெட்வொர்க்கை மட்டுமே வழங்குகிறது (192.168.0.0/24 மற்றும் 192.168.1.0/24 முன் " -"கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள்) மற்றும் எப்போதாவது மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "அனைத்து சப்நெட்டுகளின் உள்ளமைவும் LDAP இல் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "முதன்மை சேவையகம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு ச்கோலிலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்குக்கு ஒரு முக்கிய சேவையகம் தேவை (\"டிசெனர்\" என்றும் " -"அழைக்கப்படுகிறது, இது நோர்வே மற்றும் \"சேவையகம்\" என்று பொருள்) இயல்புநிலைக்கு ஐபி " -"முகவரி 10.0.2.2 ஐக் கொண்டுள்ளது மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் " -"மூலம் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது. முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்திற்கு கூடுதலாக எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரங்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து நிறுவுவது சாத்தியம் (ஆனால் " -"தேவையில்லை)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயங்கும் சேவைகள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் கட்டுப்பாட்டைத் தவிர, அனைத்து சேவைகளும் ஆரம்பத்தில் ஒரு நடு " -"கணினியில் (பிரதான சேவையகம்) அமைக்கப்படுகின்றன. செயல்திறன் காரணங்களுக்காக, எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"சேவையகம் (எச்) தனித்தனியாக இருக்க வேண்டும் (பிரதான சேவையகம் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவை" -"யக சுயவிவரங்கள் இரண்டையும் ஒரே கணினியில் நிறுவ முடியும் என்றாலும்). அனைத்து சேவைகளும் " -"ஒரு பிரத்யேக டி.என்.எச்-பெயர் ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, மேலும் அவை ஐபிவி 4 க்கு மேல் " -"பிரத்தியேகமாக வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. ஒதுக்கப்பட்ட டிஎன்எச் பெயர் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " -"சேவையை நிறுத்தி, சேவையின் புதிய இருப்பிடத்தை சுட்டிக்காட்ட டிஎன்எச் உள்ளமைவை மாற்றுவதன் " -"மூலம், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து வேறு இயந்திரத்திற்கு தனிப்பட்ட சேவைகளை நகர்த்துவதை " -"எளிதாக்குகிறது (இது அமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும் அந்த இயந்திரத்தில் முதலில், நிச்சயமாக)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"பாதுகாப்பை உறுதிப்படுத்த, பிணையத்தில் கடவுச்சொற்கள் அனுப்பப்படும் அனைத்து இணைப்புகளும் " -"குறியாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளன, எனவே பிணையத்தில் கடவுச்சொற்கள் எதுவும் எளிய உரையாக " -"அனுப்பப்படவில்லை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கில் இயல்புநிலையாக அமைக்கப்பட்ட சேவைகளின் அட்டவணை மற்றும் ஒவ்வொரு " -"சேவையின் டிஎன்எச் பெயரும் கீழே உள்ளது. முடிந்தால், அனைத்து உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளும் சேவையை " -"பெயரால் (டொமைன் பெயர் இல்லாமல்) குறிக்கும், இதனால் பள்ளிகள் தங்கள் களத்தை மாற்றுவதை " -"எளிதாக்குகின்றன (அவற்றில் சொந்த டிஎன்எச் டொமைன் இருந்தால்) அல்லது அவர்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் ஐபி " -"முகவரிகள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> சேவைகளின் அட்டவணை </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பணி விளக்கம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பொதுவான பெயர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> டிஎன்எச் பணி பெயர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட பதிவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "சிச்லாக்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "டொமைன் பெயர் பணி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "டி.என்.எச் (பிணைப்பு)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "டொமைன்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "இயந்திரங்களின் தானியங்கி பிணைய உள்ளமைவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "டி.எச்.சி.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "துவக்கங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "கடிகார ஒத்திசைவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "என்.டி.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "என்.டி.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "பிணையம் கோப்பு முறைமை வழியாக வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "homes" -msgstr "வீடுகள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "மின்னணு தபால் அலுவலகம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "Imap (dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "அஞ்சல் அலுவலகம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "அடைவு பணி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenlDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "பயனர் நிர்வாகம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "Type2" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "வலை சேவையகம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "அப்பாச்சி/பி.எச்.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "மைய காப்புப்பிரதி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "SL-Backup, Slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "backup" -msgstr "காப்புப்பிரதி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "வெப் கேச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "பதிலாள் (ச்க்விட்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "வெப் கேச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "அச்சிடுதல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "கோப்பைகள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ஐபிபி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "பாதுகாப்பான தொலை உள்நுழைவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "திறந்தபாஓடு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "பாஓடு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "தானியங்கி உள்ளமைவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "Cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "LTSP சேவையகம்/கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"பிழை அறிக்கையிடலுடன் இயந்திரம் மற்றும் பணி கண்காணிப்பு, மற்றும் வலையில் நிலை மற்றும் " -"வரலாறு. மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் பிழை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "முனின், சிசுமரி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "தளங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"ஒவ்வொரு பயனருக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் அவற்றின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன, அவை " -"சேவையகத்தால் கிடைக்கின்றன. வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் எல்லா இயந்திரங்களிலிருந்தும் அணுகக்கூடியவை, " -"பயனர்களுக்கு எந்த இயந்திரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தினாலும் அதே கோப்புகளுக்கு அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது. " -"சேவையகம் அஞ்ஞானத்தை இயக்குகிறது, யூனிக்ச் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான NFS வழியாகவும், பிற " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான SMB2/SMB3 வழியாகவும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" -"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலையாக உள்ளக விநியோகத்திற்காக மின்னஞ்சல் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (அதாவது பள்ளிக்குள்) " -"மட்டுமே, பள்ளியில் நிரந்தர இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால் பரந்த இணையத்திற்கு மின்னஞ்சல் வழங்கல் " -"அமைக்கப்படலாம். சேவையகத்திற்கு அஞ்சலை வழங்க வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கிறார்கள் " -"('ச்மார்டோச்ட்' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி), மற்றும் பயனர்கள் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பயனர்கள்-using_email\"> IMAP மூலம் தங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட அஞ்சலை </link> ஐ அணுகலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"ஒரே பயனர்பெயர் மற்றும் கடவுச்சொல்லைப் பயன்படுத்தி அனைத்து சேவைகளும் அணுகக்கூடியவை, ஏற்பு " -"மற்றும் அங்கீகாரத்திற்காக நடு பயனர் தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு நன்றி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"அடிக்கடி அணுகப்பட்ட தளங்களில் செயல்திறனை அதிகரிக்க உள்நாட்டில் (ச்க்விட்) கோப்புகளை " -"தற்காலிகமாக சேமிக்கும் வலை பதிலாள். திசைவியில் வலை-போக்குவரத்தைத் தடுப்பதோடு இணைந்து " -"இது தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களில் இணைய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தவும் உதவுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் பிணைய உள்ளமைவு DHCP ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே செய்யப்படுகிறது. அனைத்து" -" வகையான வாடிக்கையாளர்களையும் தனியார் 10.0.0.0/8 சப்நெட்டுடன் இணைக்கலாம் மற்றும் ஐபி " -"முகவரிகளின்படி பெறலாம்; எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் தனி சப்நெட் 192.168.0.0/24 " -"வழியாக தொடர்புடைய எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட வேண்டும் (இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பிணைய போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளில் தலையிடாது என்பதை உறுதி " -"செய்வதாகும்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக ஒரு உண்மையான (\"வெளிப்புற\") டிஎன்எச் டொமைனை அமைக்கும் வரை, உள் பயன்பாட்டிற்கு " -"மட்டுமே (*. இன்டர்ன்) ஒரு டொமைனுடன் டிஎன்எச் சேவையகம் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. டிஎன்எச் சேவையகம் " -"கேச்சிங் டிஎன்எச் சேவையகமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, இதனால் பிணையத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து " -"இயந்திரங்களும் அதை முக்கிய டிஎன்எச் சேவையகமாகப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"சேவைகள் மற்றும் பயனர்களின் நிர்வாகம் முக்கியமாக வலை வழியாக இருக்கும், மேலும் நிறுவப்பட்ட " -"தரங்களைப் பின்பற்றி, ச்கோலெலினக்சின் ஒரு பகுதியாக இருக்கும் வலை உலாவிகளில் சிறப்பாக " -"செயல்படுகிறது. தனிப்பட்ட பயனர்கள் அல்லது பயனர் குழுக்களுக்கு சில பணிகளை " -"பிரதிநிதித்துவப்படுத்துவது நிர்வாக அமைப்புகளால் சாத்தியமாகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"NFS உடன் சில சிக்கல்களைத் தவிர்ப்பதற்கும், பிழைத்திருத்த சிக்கல்களை எளிதாக்குவதற்கும், " -"வெவ்வேறு இயந்திரங்களுக்கு ஒத்திசைக்கப்பட்ட கடிகாரங்கள் தேவை. இதை அடைய ச்கோலெலினக்ச் " -"சேவையகம் உள்ளக பிணையம் நேர நெறிமுறையாக (என்.டி.பி) சேவையகமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, " -"மேலும் சேவையகத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்க அனைத்து பணிநிலையங்களும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் " -"அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர். சேவையகம் அதன் கடிகாரத்தை இணையத்தில் உள்ள இயந்திரங்களுக்கு எதிராக " -"என்.டி.பி வழியாக ஒத்திசைக்க வேண்டும், இதனால் முழு நெட்வொர்க்குக்கும் சரியான நேரம் இருப்பதை" -" உறுதி செய்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"அச்சுப்பொறிகள் நேரடியாக முதன்மையான நெட்வொர்க்கில் வசதியான இடங்களில் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, " -"அல்லது சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம் அல்லது எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. " -"அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான அணுகலை அவர்கள் சேர்ந்த குழுக்களின்படி தனிப்பட்ட பயனர்களுக்கு " -"கட்டுப்படுத்தலாம்; அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான ஒதுக்கீடு மற்றும் அணுகல் கட்டுப்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்துவதன் " -"மூலம் இது அடையப்படும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"கிளையன்ட் ரூட் கோப்பு முறைமை NFS ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி வழங்கப்படுகிறது. எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"சேவையகத்திற்கு ஒவ்வொரு மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு தொடர்புடைய படத்தை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க வேண்டும்; " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் </compateOutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நிறுவியுடன் நிறுவப்பட்ட அனைத்து லினக்ச் இயந்திரங்களும் ஒரு நடு " -"கணினியிலிருந்து நிர்வகிக்கப்படும், பெரும்பாலும் சேவையகம். பாஓடு வழியாக அனைத்து " -"இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்நுழைய முடியும், இதன் மூலம் இயந்திரங்களுக்கு முழு அணுகல் இருக்கும். ரூட்" -" ஒன் <கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> கினிட் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> ஐ இயக்க வேண்டும், முதலில் கெர்பரோச் " -"டிசிடியைப் பெற வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"விரும்பிய மொழி, இருப்பிடம், விசைப்பலகை மற்றும் இயந்திர சுயவிவரம் (பிரதான சேவையகம், " -"பணிநிலையம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம், ...) தவிர்த்து நிறுவல் எந்த கேள்விகளையும் " -"கேட்கக்கூடாது. மற்ற அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் நியாயமான மதிப்புகளுடன் தானாகவே அமைக்கப்படும், " -"நிறுவலுக்கு பின்னர் கணினி நிர்வாகியால் மைய இடத்திலிருந்து மாற்றப்படும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"பயனர் கோப்பகங்கள் அல்லது பகிரப்பட்ட கோப்பகங்களுக்காகப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அனைத்து வட்டுகளையும் " -"நிறுவலில் உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளிலும் தனித்துவமாக பெயரிட முடியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த, " -"அவை <couthoututput>/skole/Host/Directory/</postomeroutput> என ஏற்றப்படலாம். " -"ஆரம்பத்தில், கோப்பு சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு அடைவு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது, " -"<couthoututput>/ச்கோல்/டிசெனர்/ஓம் 0/</computerOutput>, இதில் அனைத்து பயனர் " -"கணக்குகளும் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன. குறிப்பிட்ட பயனர் குழுக்கள் அல்லது குறிப்பிட்ட பயன்பாட்டு " -"வடிவங்களுக்கு இடமளிக்க தேவைப்படும்போது கூடுதல் கோப்பகங்கள் உருவாக்கப்படலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளுக்கான ஆரம்ப அணுகல் அமைப்புகள் கொள்கையின் சேதி. டெபியன் " -"இயல்புநிலை உமாச்க் 022 (இது மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டபடி குழு அணுகலை அனுமதிக்காது), ஆனால் " -"டெபியன் எட் 002 இன் இயல்புநிலையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது - அதாவது அனைவருக்கும் வாசிப்பு " -"அணுகலுடன் கோப்புகள் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன, பின்னர் அவை வெளிப்படையான பயனர் செயலால் " -"அகற்றப்படலாம். இதை மாற்றாக மாற்றலாம் (<couthoututput> /etc/pam.d/common-session </" -"cotomeronoutput> ஐ திருத்துவதன் மூலம்) 007 இன் umask க்கு - அதாவது வாசிப்பு அணுகல் " -"ஆரம்பத்தில் தடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, அவற்றை அணுகக்கூடிய பயனர் நடவடிக்கை தேவைப்படுகிறது. முதல் " -"அணுகுமுறை அறிவு பகிர்வை ஊக்குவிக்கிறது, மேலும் கணினியை மிகவும் வெளிப்படையானதாக " -"ஆக்குகிறது, அதேசமயம் இரண்டாவது முறை முக்கியமான தகவல்களை தேவையற்ற முறையில் பரப்பும் " -"அபாயத்தை குறைக்கிறது. முதல் தீர்வின் சிக்கல் என்னவென்றால், பயனர்கள் அவர்கள் உருவாக்கும் பொருள் " -"மற்ற எல்லா பயனர்களுக்கும் அணுகக்கூடியது என்பது தெளிவாகத் தெரியவில்லை. மற்ற பயனர்களின் " -"கோப்பகங்களை ஆய்வு செய்வதன் மூலமும், அவற்றின் கோப்புகள் படிக்கக்கூடியவை என்பதைக் காண்பதன் " -"மூலமும் மட்டுமே அவர்கள் இதைக் கண்டறிய முடியும். இரண்டாவது தீர்வின் சிக்கல் என்னவென்றால், சில " -"நபர்கள் தங்கள் கோப்புகளை அணுகக்கூடியதாக மாற்றலாம், அவற்றில் முக்கியமான தகவல்கள் " -"இல்லாவிட்டாலும், மற்றவர்கள் குறிப்பிட்ட சிக்கல்களை எவ்வாறு தீர்த்துள்ளனர் என்பதை அறிய விரும்பும்" -" ஆர்வமுள்ள பயனர்களுக்கு உள்ளடக்கம் உதவியாக இருக்கும் (பொதுவாக உள்ளமைவு சிக்கல்கள்) ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"வெவ்வேறு சுயவிவரங்களின் நோக்கம் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டிடக்கலை\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு " -"</இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்றால், <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/ltsp/ltsp%20hardware%20Requirements\"> LTSP வன்பொருள்" -" தேவைகள் விக்கி பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பாருங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"பணிநிலையங்கள், வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் முழுமையான அமைப்புகள், 1500 மெகா எர்ட்ச் " -"மற்றும் 1024 எம்ஐபி ரேம் ஆகியவை குறைந்தபட்ச குறைந்தபட்ச தேவைகள். நவீன வெப் ப்ரோசர்கள் மற்றும்" -" லிப்ரேஃபிசை இயக்குவதற்கு குறைந்தது 2048 MIB ரேம் பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "" -"ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம் + எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்: 60 கிப் (பயனர் கணக்குகளுக்கா" -"ன கூடுதல் இடம்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"சோதிக்கப்பட்ட வன்பொருளின் பட்டியல் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/hardware/\"/> இல் வழங்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. இந்த " -"பட்டியல் கிட்டத்தட்ட முழுமையடையவில்லை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/installingdebianon\"/> என்பது சில " -"குறிப்பிட்ட வன்பொருளில் டெபியனை எவ்வாறு நிறுவுவது, உள்ளமைப்பது மற்றும் பயன்படுத்துவது " -"என்பதை ஆவணப்படுத்தும் முயற்சியாகும், மேலும் அந்த வன்பொருள் ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறதா மற்றும் " -"இருக்கும் உரிமையாளர்களா என்பதை அறிய சாத்தியமான வாங்குபவர்களுக்கு அனுமதிக்கிறது அந்த " -"வன்பொருளிலிருந்து சிறந்ததை எவ்வாறு பெறுவது என்பதை அறிய." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "உங்களுக்கு சரியாக ஒரு முக்கிய சேவையகம் தேவை, டிசெனர்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"உங்களிடம் ஏற்கனவே ஒரு திசைவி இருந்தால், அதை தேவைக்கேற்ப கட்டமைக்க முடியவில்லை என்றால் " -"(எ.கா. அவ்வாறு செய்ய அனுமதிக்கப்படாததால், அல்லது தொழில்நுட்ப காரணங்களுக்காக), இரண்டு " -"பிணைய இடைமுகங்களைக் கொண்ட பழைய கணினியை ஏற்கனவே உள்ள நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு இடையில் நுழைவாயிலா" -"க மாற்றலாம் மற்றும் டெபியன் எடு ஒன்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"இந்த கணினியில் டெபியன் EDU ஐ நிறுவுவது ஒரு எளிய வழி; நிறுவலின் போது சுயவிவரமாக " -"'குறைந்தபட்சம்' என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு, <கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"கருவிகள்/கட்டமைத்தல்-எட்டு-வாய்வழி-ஃபைர்வால் & lt; ஆம் | இல்லை & gt;" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "/Etc/network/interfaces கோப்பை சரிசெய்யவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "ஓச்ட்பெயரை நிரந்தரமாக 'கேட்வே' என மாற்றவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "மிதமிஞ்சிய ச்கிரிப்ட்களை அகற்று." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஐபி பகிர்தல் மற்றும் NAT ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "ஃபயர்வாலை நிறுவவும் (விரும்பினால்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" -"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"உட்பொதிக்கப்பட்ட திசைவி அல்லது அணுகல் புள்ளிக்கு உங்களுக்கு ஏதாவது தேவைப்பட்டால், <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://openwrt.org\"> OpenWRT </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம்" -", நிச்சயமாக நீங்கள் அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரைப் பயன்படுத்துவது " -"எளிதானது; OpenWRT ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உங்களுக்கு கூடுதல் தேர்வுகள் மற்றும் கட்டுப்பாட்டை " -"வழங்குகிறது. <Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\"> ஆதரிக்கப்பட்" -"ட வன்பொருள் </Ulink> இன் பட்டியலுக்கு OpenWRT வலைப்பக்கங்களை சரிபார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"வேறு பிணையம் அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும் (ஒரு <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/changeipsubnet\"> ஆவணப்படுத்தப்பட்ட " -"செயல்முறை </ulink> ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிணையம் உள்கட்டமைப்பால் இதைச் செய்ய வேண்டிய கட்டாயத்தில் " -"இல்லை, அவ்வாறு செய்வதற்கு எதிராக நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், மேலும் இயல்புநிலை <இணைப்பு " -"இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> உடன் இருக்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes " -"for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for " -"production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release " -"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> " -"டெபியன் புல்செய் </ulink> க்கான வெளியீட்டு குறிப்புகளை நீங்கள் ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவத் " -"தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் படிக்க அல்லது பார்க்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம். விளைவாக்கம் பயன்பாட்டிற்கு. " -"டெபியன் புல்செய் வெளியீட்டைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " -"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"இருப்பினும், <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்\"> வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணைய தேவைகள் </இணைப்பு> " -"மற்றும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு\"> கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> பற்றிய அத்தியாயங்களைப் " -"படிக்க பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"முதன்முறையாக எவ்வாறு உள்நுழைவது என்பதை விளக்குவதால், இந்த கையேட்டின் </இணைப்பு> " -"அத்தியாயத்தையும் <இணைப்பு சென்டர் = \"தொடங்குதல்\"> படிக்க மறக்காதீர்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 11 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புல்செய் நிறுவல் ஊடகத்தைப் பதிவிறக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> AMD64 </sputersoutput> மற்றும் <couthoututput> i386 </" -"posteraututput> ஆகியவை x86 சிபியு களுக்கான இரண்டு டெபியன் கட்டமைப்புகளின் பெயர்கள், " -"இரண்டும் AMD, இன்டெல் மற்றும் பிற உற்பத்தியாளர்களால் உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <coutheroutput> " -"AMD64 </coutterOutput> என்பது 64-பிட் கட்டமைப்பு மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> I386 </" -"thersoututput> என்பது 32-பிட் கட்டமைப்பாகும். புதிய நிறுவல்கள் இன்று <Couthoututput> " -"AMD64 </posteraututput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்யப்பட வேண்டும். <couthoututput> i386 </" -"computerOutput> பழைய வன்பொருளுக்கு மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"நெட்இன்ச்ட் ஐஎச்ஓ படத்தை சிடி/டிவிடி மற்றும் யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்களிலிருந்து நிறுவ " -"பயன்படுத்தலாம் மற்றும் இது இரண்டு டெபியன் கட்டமைப்புகளுக்கு கிடைக்கிறது: AMD64 அல்லது " -"I386. பெயர் குறிப்பிடுவது போல, நிறுவலுக்கு இணைய அணுகல் தேவைப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "புல்செய் வெளியானதும் இந்த படங்கள் பதிவிறக்கம் செய்யப்படும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "I386 அல்லது AMD64 க்கான BD ISO படங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"இந்த ஐஎச்ஓ படம் தோராயமாக 5 சிபி பெரியது மற்றும் இணையத்தை அணுகாமல் AMD64 அல்லது I386 " -"இயந்திரங்களை நிறுவுவதற்கு பயன்படுத்தலாம். நெட்இன்ச்ட் படத்தைப் போலவே இது யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் " -"டிரைவ்கள் அல்லது போதுமான அளவு வட்டு மீடியாவில் நிறுவப்படலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"இந்த படங்களை சரிபார்ப்பதற்கான விரிவான வழிமுறைகள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/cd/faq/index.en.html#verify\"> டெபியன்-சிடி கேள்விகள் " -"</ulink> இன் ஒரு பகுதியாகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"வழக்கமான இடங்களில் டெபியன் காப்பகத்திலிருந்து ஆதாரங்கள் கிடைக்கின்றன, பல ஊடகங்கள் <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஒரு டெபியன் EDU நிறுவலைச் செய்யும்போது, தேர்வு செய்ய உங்களுக்கு சில விருப்பங்கள் உள்" -"ளன. பயப்பட வேண்டாம்; பல இல்லை. நிறுவலிலும் அதற்கு அப்பாலும் டெபியனின் சிக்கலை மறைக்கும் " -"ஒரு நல்ல வேலையை நாங்கள் செய்துள்ளோம். இருப்பினும், டெபியன் EDU டெபியன், நீங்கள் விரும்பினால்" -" 57,000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகள் தேர்வு செய்யப்படுகின்றன மற்றும் ஒரு பில்லியன் உள்ளமைவு " -"விருப்பங்கள் உள்ளன. எங்கள் பயனர்களில் பெரும்பாலோருக்கு, எங்கள் இயல்புநிலைகள் நன்றாக இருக்க " -"வேண்டும். தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்றால், இலகுரக " -"டெச்க்டாப் சூழலைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்-இன்டர்நெட் ரூட்டர்\"> இணைய திசைவி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் " -"பார்க்கவும் விவரங்களுக்கு ஒரு நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்றால், ஏற்கனவே உள்ளதை " -"தேவைக்கேற்ப கட்டமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டமைப்பு-நெட்வொர்க்\"> கட்டமைப்பு </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் " -"காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து கூறுகளையும் இணைக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "" -"The main சேவையகம் should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the சரியான environment." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"சுயவிவரம் <வலியுறுத்தல்> பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சேர்க்கப்பட்ட ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவும் " -"போது, கல்வி தொடர்பான நிறைய திட்டங்கள் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளன. அடிப்படை சுயவிவரத்தை மட்டும் நிறு" -"வ, நிறுவலைத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் <prasis> டெச்க்டாப் = xxxx </prasision> கர்னல் கட்டளை " -"வரி பரமை அகற்று; இது எவ்வாறு செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க. " -"இது ஒரு தள குறிப்பிட்ட அமைப்பை நிறுவ அனுமதிக்கிறது மற்றும் சோதனை நிறுவல்களை " -"விரைவுபடுத்த பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: நீங்கள் பின்னர் டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ விரும்பினால், எ.கா. <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\"> " -"கல்வி-டெச்க்டாப்-மேட் </Ulink> ஏனெனில் இவை கல்வி தொடர்பான அனைத்து திட்டங்களிலும் இழுக்கும்;" -" மாறாக எ.கா. <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\"> அதற்கு பதிலாக " -"பணி-மேட்-டெச்க்டாப் </ulink>. புதிய பள்ளி அளவிலான மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது " -"அதற்கு மேற்பட்டவை <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-பிரதிநிதி </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கல்வி-பிரைமரி ச்கூல் </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-இடைநிலை பள்ளி </வலியுறுத்தல்" -">, <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி- பயன்பாட்டு வழக்குடன் பொருந்துமாறு உயர்நிலைப் பள்ளி </VISTASIS> " -"நிறுவப்படலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்கள் பற்றிய விவரங்களுக்கு, <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/tasks/\"> டெபியன் EDU தொகுப்புகள் கண்ணோட்டம் " -"</ulink> பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> 64-பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் </VISTRASIS>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை நிறுவல் </VISTRASIS> GTK நிறுவியைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகிறது, அங்கு நீங்கள் சுட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறையைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> மேம்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள் & gt; </veriasis> தேர்வு செய்" -"ய விரிவான விருப்பங்களைக் கொண்ட துணை மெனுவை வழங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> உதவி </வலியுறுத்தல்> நிறுவியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான " -"சில குறிப்புகளைத் தருகிறது; கீழே உள்ள ச்கிரீன்சாட்டைக் காண்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> மீண்டும் .. </VISTARISS> முதன்மையான மெனுவுக்கு " -"மீண்டும் கொண்டு வருகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </VISTARISS> கிடைக்கக்கூடி" -"ய அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது, சுட்டி பயன்படுத்தக்கூடியது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை மீட்பு முறை </வலியுறுத்தல்> இந்த நிறுவல் ஊடகம்" -" அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை தானியங்கி நிறுவல் </VIRSISS> ஒரு முன் " -"கோப்பு தேவை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறையில் " -"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> மீட்பு முறை </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறை; இந்த " -"நிறுவல் ஊடகம் அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> தானியங்கி நிறுவல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> உரை பயன்முறை; ஒரு" -" முன் கோப்பு தேவை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"</ComputerOutput> வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computerOutput> அல்லது " -"<couthoututput> வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computerOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், " -"<coutheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட் </computerOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> உதவி திரை </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"இந்த உதவித் திரை சுயமாக விளக்குகிறது மற்றும் விவரிக்கப்பட்ட தலைப்புகளில் மேலும் விரிவான " -"உதவியைப் பெறுவதற்கு விசைப்பலகையில் & lt; f & gt; -கீசை செயல்படுத்துகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> நிறுவல்களுக்கான துவக்க அளவுருக்களைச் சேர்க்கவும் அல்லது மாற்றவும் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"இரண்டு நிகழ்வுகளிலும், துவக்க பட்டியலில் தாவல் விசை (பயாச் பயன்முறை) அல்லது மின் விசை (" -"UEFI பயன்முறை) ஐ அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் துவக்க விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்தலாம்; திரைக்காட்சி " -"<வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> வரைகலை நிறுவலுக்கான கட்டளை வரியைக் காட்டுகிறது " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "கட்டளை வரி விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்தவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"குறுவட்டிலிருந்து முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவுவதை விரைவுபடுத்த நெட்வொர்க்கில் " -"ஏற்கனவே உள்ள HTTP பதிலாள் சேவையைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். எ.கா. <couthoutput> மிரர்/http/" -"proxy = http: //10.0.2.2: 3128 </toutheroutput> கூடுதல் துவக்க அளவுருவாக." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே ஒரு கணினியில் முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவியிருந்தால், மேலும் " -"நிறுவல்கள் PXE வழியாக செய்யப்பட வேண்டும், ஏனெனில் இது தானாகவே முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் " -"ப்ராக்சியைப் பயன்படுத்தும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"ச்ட்ராங்\"> எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலுக்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> க்னோம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலை நிறுவ, <கணினி வெளியீடு> xfce </sputersoutput> > க்னோம் </computerOutput> " -"<couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = xfce </coteratututput> அளவுருவில்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"அதற்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"strong\"> LXDE </stravisision> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலை நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = எல்எக்ச்.டி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"அதற்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> LXQT </VISTICASIS> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை " -"நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = LXQT </coutterOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை " -"நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = கே.டி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"அதற்கு பதிலாக <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> இலவங்கப்பட்டை </வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழலை நிறுவ, <couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = இலவங்கப்பட்டை </computenOutput> ஐப் " -"பயன்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> மேட் </VISTARISS> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " -"<couthoututput> டெச்க்டாப் = மேட் </computeerOutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"தேவைகள்\"> கணினி தேவைகள் </link> ஐ நினைவில் வைத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள், " -"மேலும் நீங்கள் ஒரு LTSP சேவையகத்தை அமைக்க திட்டமிட்டால் குறைந்தது இரண்டு பிணைய அட்டைகள் (" -"NIC கள்) இருப்பதை உறுதிசெய்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> ரோமிங் பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " -"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " -"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " -"workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு மெல்லிய வாங்கி (மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம்) சேவையகம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் " -"என்று அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. ஆர்ட் டிரைவ்கள் இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இந்த சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " -"மென்பொருளை துவக்கி இயக்குகிறார்கள். இந்த கணினிக்கு இரண்டு பிணைய இடைமுகங்கள், நிறைய " -"நினைவகம் மற்றும் ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட செயலி அல்லது கோர் தேவை. இந்த விசயத்தைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் " -"தகவலுக்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </இணைப்பு> பற்றி" -"ய அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். இந்த சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரத்தையும் " -"செயல்படுத்துகிறது (அது தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்படாவிட்டாலும் கூட) - ஒரு எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் " -"எப்போதும் பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> தனித்தன்மை </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> குறைந்தபட்சம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"இந்த சுயவிவரம் அடிப்படை தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி, டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஒருங்கிணைக்க " -"இயந்திரத்தை உள்ளமைக்கும், ஆனால் எந்த சேவைகளும் பயன்பாடுகளும் இல்லாமல். முதன்மையான " -"சேவையகத்திலிருந்து கைமுறையாக நகர்த்தப்பட்ட ஒற்றை சேவைகளுக்கான தளமாக இது பயனுள்ளதாக " -"இருக்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " -"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " -"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " -"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " -"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல் " -"பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = " -"\"வலுவான\"> எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சுயவிவரங்கள் முன்னரே " -"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"என அழைக்கப்படுவதை நீங்கள் நிறுவ விரும்பினால் இந்த சுயவிவரங்களை ஒரு கணினியில் ஒன்றாக நிறு" -"வ முடியும். இதன் பொருள் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகமாக இருக்கும், மேலும் " -"இது ஒரு பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படும். இது இயல்புநிலை தேர்வு, ஏனென்றால் பெரும்பாலா" -"ன மக்கள் அதை விரும்புவார்கள் என்று நாங்கள் கருதுகிறோம். ஒரு கணினியில் 2 பிணையம் கார்டுகள் " -"நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக " -"அல்லது நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகமாக நிறுவப்பட " -"உள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " -"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " -"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"எதிர்கால வெளியீடுகளுக்கு எந்த தொகுப்புகள் பிரபலமாக உள்ளன என்பதை அறிய அனுமதிக்க, " -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> க்கு தகவல்களைச் சமர்ப்பிக்க \"ஆம்\"" -" என்று சொல்லுங்கள். நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியதில்லை என்றாலும், நீங்கள் உதவ இது ஒரு எளிய " -"வழியாகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"காத்திருங்கள். தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட சுயவிவரங்களில் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் இருந்தால், நிறுவி " -"முடிவில் சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடுவார், " -"\"நிறுவலை முடித்தல்-டெபியன்-எட்டு-சுயவிவர-ஆடெப் இயக்குதல் ...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " -"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " -"will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"இந்த பயனருக்கான கடவுச்சொல் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> கட்டாயம் </VISTRASIS> இன் " -"நீளம் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> குறைந்தது 5 எழுத்துக்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வேறுபட வேண்டும் < /வலியுறுத்தல்> <வலியுறுத்தல் " -"பாத்திரத்திலிருந்து = \"வலுவான\"> பயனர்பெயர் </வலியுறுத்தல்> - இல்லையெனில் உள்நுழைவு " -"சாத்தியமில்லை (குறுகிய கடவுச்சொல் மற்றும் பயனர்பெயருடன் பொருந்தக்கூடிய கடவுச்சொல் " -"நிறுவியால் ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்படும்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்த பிறகு <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> ஏற்பட்டால் மீண்டும் காத்திருங்கள். இது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்காக " -"ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்க சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தின் போது, வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும்/அல்லது மெல்லிய " -"கிளையன்ட் அமைப்புக்கு சில கையேடு படிகள் தேவை. விவரங்களுக்கு, <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்/ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் படத்திலிருந்து நீங்கள் நிறுவிய பிறகு, " -"<Couthoututput> /etc/apt/sources.list </coutterOutput> அந்த படத்திலிருந்து " -"ஆதாரங்களை மட்டுமே கொண்டிருக்கும். உங்களிடம் இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால், பின்வரும் வரிகளைச் " -"சேர்க்க நாங்கள் கடுமையாக பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், இதனால் கிடைக்கக்கூடிய பாதுகாப்பு " -"புதுப்பிப்புகளை நிறுவ முடியும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ புல்செய் மெயின்\n" -" deb http://security.debian.org புல்செய்-பாதுகாப்பு மெயின்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு நெட்இன்ச்ட் நிறுவல் (இது எங்கள் சிடி வழங்கும் நிறுவலின் வகை) குறுவட்டு மற்றும் மீதமுள்ள " -"வலையிலிருந்து சில தொகுப்புகளைப் பெறும். நிகரத்திலிருந்து பெறப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளின் அளவு " -"சுயவிவரத்திலிருந்து சுயவிவரத்திற்கு மாறுபடும், ஆனால் ஒரு சிகாபைட்டுக்கு கீழே இருக்கும் " -"(சாத்தியமான அனைத்து டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்களையும் நிறுவ நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யாவிட்டால்). நீங்கள் " -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவியதும் (தூய முதன்மையான சேவையகம் அல்லது காம்பி-சேவையகம் ஒரு" -" பொருட்டல்லவா), மேலும் நிறுவல் அதன் ப்ராக்சியைப் பயன்படுத்தி அதே தொகுப்பை வலையிலிருந்து " -"பல முறை பதிவிறக்குவதைத் தவிர்க்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு குறுவட்டு/பி.டி <கணினி வெளியீடு> .iso </putheroutput> படத்தை யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச்" -" டிரைவ்களுக்கு (\"யூ.எச்.பி ச்டிக்குகள்\" என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது) நேரடியாக நகலெடுத்து " -"அவற்றிலிருந்து துவக்க முடியும். இது போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை வெறுமனே இயக்கவும், உங்கள் " -"தேவைகளுக்கு கோப்பு மற்றும் சாதன பெயரை மாற்றியமைக்கவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-xxx.iso & gt; /dev/sdx " -"</computerOutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<coutheroutput> lsblk -p </computerOutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"இந்த நிறுவல் முறைக்கு உங்களிடம் இயங்கும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் இருக்க வேண்டும். பிணையம் " -"வழியாக வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் துவக்கும்போது, நிறுவி மற்றும் துவக்க தேர்வு விருப்பங்களுடன் கூடி" -"ய IPXE பட்டியல் காட்டப்படும். ஒரு XXX.BIN கோப்பைக் கோரும் பிழை செய்தியுடன் PXE நிறுவல் " -"தோல்வியுற்றால், அநேகமாக கிளையண்டின் பிணைய அட்டைக்கு இல்லாத ஃபார்ம்வேர் தேவைப்படுகிறது. இந்" -"த வழக்கில் டெபியன் நிறுவியின் INITRD மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். கட்டளையை இயக்குவதன் மூலம் " -"இதை அடைய முடியும்: <couthoututput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/pxe-" -"addfirmware </coutheroutput> சேவையகத்தில்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"IPXE பட்டியல் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </VIRSASIS> " -"சுயவிவரம் மட்டும் இப்படித்தான் தெரிகிறது:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "அகலம் = 400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"IPXE பட்டியல் <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> LTSP சேவையகம் </VIRSASIS> சுயவிவரம்:" -" சுயவிவரம்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <லிங்க் லிங்க்ட்இன் = " -"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்டின்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் காணலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"பின்வருவனவற்றைப் போன்ற ஒரு வரியை <Couthoututput> tjener: /etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat </coutnoututput> இல் சேர்க்க வேண்டும்" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/string my-extra-package (கள்) சேர்க்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"PXE நிறுவல் <coutenoutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"coutnoututput> ஐ முன்னரே பயன்படுத்தும் கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. வலையில் நிறுவும் போது" -" கூடுதல் கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, நிறுவலின் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் முன்னறிவிப்பை சரிசெய்ய இந்" -"த கோப்பை மாற்றலாம். இதை அடைவதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி <coutheroutput> /etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf </posterautput> மற்றும் <couteroutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local இல் கூடுதல் அமைப்புகளை வழங்குவது. உருவாக்கப்பட்ட " -"கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க </computerOutput> மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு>/USR/SBIN/DEBIN-" -"EDU-PXEINSTALL </coteratututput> ஐ இயக்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"மேலதிக தகவல்களை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"> டெபியன் நிறுவியின் " -"கையேடு </ulink> இல் காணலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"PXE வழியாக நிறுவும் போது ப்ராக்சியின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க அல்லது மாற்ற, <Coutroututput> " -"மிரர்/HTTP/ப்ராக்சி </compatenoutput>, <couthoututput> மிரர்/FTP/ப்ராக்சி </" -"computerOutput> மற்றும் <coutroutututput> /computerOutput> <couteroutput> " -"tjener: /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </coutnoututput> மாற்றப்பட " -"வேண்டும். நிறுவும் போது ப்ராக்சியின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க, முதல் இரண்டு வரிகளுக்கு முன்னால் '#" -"' ஐ வைத்து, \"<couthoututput> ஏற்றுமதி http_proxy =\" http: // webCache: 3128 " -"\"; கடைசி ஒன்று." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"சில அமைப்புகளை முன்னெடுக்க முடியாது, ஏனெனில் அவை முன்னுரிமை கோப்பு பதிவிறக்கம் " -"செய்யப்படுவதற்கு முன்பு தேவைப்படுகின்றன. மொழி, விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பு மற்றும் டெச்க்டாப் " -"சூழல் அத்தகைய அமைப்புகளுக்கு எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள். இயல்புநிலை அமைப்புகளை மாற்ற விரும்பினால்" -", முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் IPXE பட்டியல் கோப்பைத் திருத்தவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"தனிப்பயன் குறுந்தகடுகள், டிவிடிகள் அல்லது ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க்குகளை உருவாக்குவது மிகவும் " -"எளிதானது, ஏனெனில் நாம் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/\"> டெபியன் நிறுவி </Ulink>, பிற நல்" -"ல நற்பொருத்தங்கள். <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/preseed\"> முன்னுரிமை </Ulink> " -"பொதுவாகக் கேட்கப்படும் கேள்விகளுக்கான பதில்களை வரையறுக்க உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" -"DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"எனவே நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியது உங்கள் பதில்களுடன் ஒரு முன் கோப்பை உருவாக்குவதுதான் (இது " -"டெபியன் நிறுவி கையேட்டின் பிற்சேர்க்கையில் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது) மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/modify/cd\" > குறுவட்டு/டிவிடி </" -"ulink> ஐ ரீச்டர் செய்யுங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"எனவே ஒரு வரைகலை 64 -பிட் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் + பணிநிலையம் + எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக " -"நிறுவல் மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் முதல் துவக்கத்தையும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் " -"நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஒரு பிஎக்ச்இ துவக்கத்தையும் (மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அமர்வு திரை - மற்றும் " -"உள்நுழைவுத் திரை மூலம் திரைக்காட்சி சுற்றுப்பயணம் இங்கே உள்ளது வலதுபுறத்தில் அமர்வு " -"சொடுக்கு செய்யப்பட்ட பிறகு)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-INSTALLER_64BIT_BOOT_MENU.PNG" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-SELECT_A_LANGUAGE.PNG" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_debian_edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-பங்கேற்பு_இன்_இ_பேக்கேச்_சேச்_சர்வி_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21 நிறுவல்-நிறுவல் முழுமையானது" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "LightDM உள்நுழைவுக்கு பணி செய்கிறது" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "XFCE மற்றும் உலாவி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE டெச்க்டாப்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "மெல்லிய-கிளையன்ட்-வார்ப்பு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட்-லாசின்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும் போது முதல் பயனர் கணக்கு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது. பின்வரும் " -"உரையில் இந்த கணக்கு \"முதல் பயனர்\" என்று குறிப்பிடப்படும். வீட்டு அடைவு இசைவு 700 ஆக " -"அமைக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதால் இந்த கணக்கு சிறப்பு வாய்ந்தது (எனவே <couthoutput> CHMOD O+x ~ </" -"computerOutput> தனிப்பட்ட வலைப்பக்கங்களை அணுகுவதற்கு தேவைப்படுகிறது), முதல் பயனர் " -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> சுடோ </பயன்படுத்தலாம் computerOutput> ரூட் ஆக." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU குறிப்பிட்ட <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"கட்டிடக்கலை-FILE_SYSTEM_ACCESS_CONFIGURATION\"> பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு முன் கோப்பு " -"முறைமை அணுகல் உள்ளமைவு </இணைப்பு> பற்றிய தகவல்களைப் பார்க்கவும்; தேவைப்பட்டால் உங்கள் " -"தளத்தின் கொள்கையை சரிசெய்யவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " -"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"இந்த கையேட்டில் வேறு இடங்களில் கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் உள்ளன: <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"அம்சங்கள்\"> " -"புல்செய் </இணைப்பு> இல் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள் முந்தைய வெளியீடுகளை நன்கு அறிந்த அனைவராலும் " -"படிக்க வேண்டும். முந்தைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தப்படுபவர்களுக்கு, <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"மேம்படுத்தல்கள்\"> மேம்படுத்தல்கள் </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் படிக்க உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு லிங்க்ட்இன் = \"எப்படி\"> எப்படி </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயம் கூடுதல் உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் " -"மற்றும் தந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் அடிக்கடி கேட்கப்படும் சில கேள்விகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் (அநேகமாக தற்செயலாக) ஒரு தூய மெயின்-சர்வர் சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவியிருந்தால், வலை " -"உலாவி எளிதான கிளையன்ட் இல்லையென்றால், இந்த கட்டளை வரிசையை ஒரு (கிராஃபிகல் அல்லாத) " -"செல்லில் பயன்படுத்தி முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் குறைந்தபட்ச டெச்க்டாப்பை நிறுவுவது எளிது " -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் நிறுவலின் போது நீங்கள் உருவாக்கிய பயனராக (முதல் பயனர்):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt Update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm கல்வி-மெனச்\n" -" ### நிறுவிய பின், 'sudo பணி lightdm start' ஐ இயக்கவும்\n" -" ### முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைக" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு வலை உலாவியில் இருந்து கோசா அணுகலுக்காக முகவரி <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/gosa\"/> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும், முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைக." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஒரு புதிய டெபியன் எட் புல்செய் இயந்திரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள் என்றால், தள சான்றிதழ் " -"உலாவியால் அறியப்படும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " -"this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை டெபியன் EDU முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவல் தற்போது இரண்டு \"துறைகளை\" " -"வழங்குகிறது: ஆசிரியர்கள் மற்றும் மாணவர்கள், மற்றும் LDAP மரத்தின் அடிப்படை நிலை. மாணவர் " -"கணக்குகள் \"மாணவர்கள்\" துறை, ஆசிரியர்கள் \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" துறையில் சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும்; " -"அமைப்புகள் (சேவையகங்கள், பணிநிலையங்கள், அச்சுப்பொறிகள் போன்றவை) தற்போது அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் " -"சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்த கட்டமைப்பைத் தனிப்பயனாக்க உங்கள் சொந்த திட்டத்தைக் கண்டறியவும். ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"முதலில், இடது வழிசெலுத்தல் பட்டியலில் \"பயனர்கள்\" என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. \"மாணவர்கள்\" " -"மற்றும் \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" மற்றும் கோசா நிர்வாகியின் கணக்கு (முதல் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்) " -"ஆகியவற்றிற்கான துறை கோப்புறைகளுடன் ஒரு அட்டவணையைக் காண்பிக்க திரையின் வலது புறம் மாறும்" -". இந்த அட்டவணைக்கு மேலே நீங்கள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> அடிப்படை </VISTRASIS> எனப்படும் ஒரு " -"புலத்தைக் காணலாம், இது உங்கள் மரக் கட்டமைப்பின் வழியாக செல்ல உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது (உங்கள் " -"சுட்டியை அந்த பகுதிக்கு மேல் நகர்த்தவும், கீழ்தோன்றும் பட்டியல் தோன்றும்) மற்றும் உங்களுக்காக " -"ஒரு அடிப்படை கோப்புறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் நோக்கம் கொண்ட செயல்பாடுகள் (எ.கா. புதிய " -"பயனரைச் சேர்ப்பது)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்பெயர் உங்களுக்கு பிடிக்கவில்லை என்றால், கீழ்தோன்றும் பெட்டியில் வழங்கப்படும் " -"மற்றொரு பயனர்பெயரை நீங்கள் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம், ஆனால் உங்களிடம் வழிகாட்டியில் இலவச தேர்வு இல்லை" -". . \"இருப்பிட வரையறை\" க்கு.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> கடவுச்சொற்களை யூகிக்க எளிதானது காரணமாக " -"பாதுகாப்பு தாக்கங்களை எச்சரிக்கவும்! </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"காபிம கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் GOSA² உடன் பயனர்களை பெருமளவில் உருவாக்க முடியும், " -"இது எந்தவொரு நல்ல விரிதாள் மென்பொருளையும் உருவாக்கலாம் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக " -"<couthoututput> localc </coutterOutput>). குறைந்த பட்சம், பின்வரும் புலங்களுக்கான " -"உள்ளீடுகள் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும்: UID, கடைசி பெயர் (SN), முதல் பெயர் (Givenname) மற்றும் " -"கடவுச்சொல். UID புலத்தில் நகல் உள்ளீடுகள் எதுவும் இல்லை என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள். " -"நகல்களுக்கான காசோலையில் ஏற்கனவே இருக்கும் UID உள்ளீடுகள் LDAP இல் இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை " -"நினைவில் கொள்க (இது <couthoututput> Getent Passwd | grep tjener/home | கட் -டி " -"\":\" -f1 </computerOutput> கட்டளை வரியில் செயல்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் பெறலாம்) ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"காபிம கோப்பு <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> செய்யக்கூடாது </VISTARISS> ஒரு " -"தலைப்பு வரியைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும் (பொதுவாக நெடுவரிசை பெயர்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கும் " -"வரிசையில்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"கடவுச்சொல் மேலாண்மை தொகுதிக்கு இது பொருந்தும், இது ஒரு காபிம கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி நிறை" -"ய கடவுச்சொற்களை மீட்டமைக்க அனுமதிக்கிறது அல்லது சிறப்பு LDAP துணைக்குழுவைச் சேர்ந்த " -"பயனர்களுக்கான புதிய கடவுச்சொற்களை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க அனுமதிக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"உங்கள் டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்து பிணையம் சாதனங்களையும் நிர்வகிக்க இயந்திர " -"மேலாண்மை அடிப்படையில் உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது. GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் " -"சேர்க்கப்படும் ஒவ்வொரு இயந்திரமும் ஓச்ட்பெயர், ஒரு ஐபி முகவரி, ஒரு MAC முகவரி மற்றும் ஒரு" -" டொமைன் பெயர் (இது பொதுவாக \"இன்டர்ன்\") உள்ளது. டெபியன் எட் கட்டமைப்பின் முழுமையான " -"விளக்கத்திற்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"கட்டிடக்கலை\"> கட்டிடக்கலை </இணைப்பு> இந்த கையேட்டின் " -"அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஒருங்கிணைந்த " -"முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> விசயத்தில் பெட்டிக்கு வெளியே செயல்படுகிறார்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " -"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" -"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " -"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " -"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"வட்டுகளுடன் பணிநிலையங்கள் (தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் உட்பட) <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = " -"\"வலுவான\"> கோசா உடன் சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும். திரைக்குப் பின்னால், ஒரு இயந்திரம் குறிப்பிட்ட " -"கெர்பரோச் முதன்மை (வகை <வலியுறுத்தல்> கணக்கு </வலியுறுத்தல்>) மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய கீடாப் " -"கோப்பு (<வலியுறுத்தல்> கடவுச்சொல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> எனப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒரு விசையைக் " -"கொண்டுள்ளது) உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது; பயனர்களின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களை ஏற்றுவதற்கு KEYTAB கோப்பு " -"பணிநிலையத்தில் இருக்க வேண்டும். சேர்க்கப்பட்ட கணினி மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டவுடன், அதில் ரூட்டா" -"க உள்நுழைந்து <கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/நகல்-ஓச்ட்-கீட்டாப்" -" </compateOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு கணினிக்கான முதன்மை மற்றும் கீட்டாப் கோப்பை உருவாக்க <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஏற்கனவே கோசா </" -"VIRSISASIS> உடன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ரூட் என உள்நுழைந்து " -"இயக்கவும்" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: </வலியுறுத்தல்> வகை " -"அமைப்புகளுக்கு புரவலன் கீடாப் உருவாக்கம் சாத்தியமாகும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> பணிநிலையங்கள் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> சேவையகங்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"முனையங்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஆனால் வகை <வலியுறுத்தல்> நெட்டெவிச் </VISTRASIS> க்கு அல்ல. " -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </இணைப்பு> NFS " -"உள்ளமைவு விருப்பங்களுக்கான அத்தியாயம் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு கணினியைச் சேர்க்க, கோசா முதன்மை பட்டியல், அமைப்புகள், சேர் பயன்படுத்தவும். முன் " -"கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட முகவரி இடத்திலிருந்து 10.0.0.0/8 இலிருந்து ஐபி முகவரி/ஓச்ட்பெயரைப் " -"பயன்படுத்தலாம். தற்போது இரண்டு முன் வரையறுக்கப்பட்ட நிலையான முகவரிகள் மட்டுமே உள்ளன: " -"10.0.2.2 (டிசெனர்) மற்றும் 10.0.0.1 (கேட்வே). 10.0.16.20 முதல் 10.0.31.254 வரை " -"(தோராயமாக 10.0.16.0/20 அல்லது 4000 ஓச்ட்கள்) முகவரிகள் DHCP க்காக ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, " -"அவை மாறும் வகையில் ஒதுக்கப்படுகின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"மேக் முகவரியுடன் ஒரு ஓச்டை ஒதுக்க 52: 54: 00: 12: 34: 10 கோசாவில் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி " -"முகவரி நீங்கள் MAC முகவரி, ஓச்ட்பெயர் மற்றும் ஐபி உள்ளிட வேண்டும்; மாற்றாக நீங்கள் </" -"computerOutput> முன்மொழிய ஐபி </computerOutput> பொத்தானைக் சொடுக்கு செய்யலாம், இது " -"முதல் இலவச நிலையான முகவரியை 10.0.0.0/8 இல் காண்பிக்கும், இது முதல் இயந்திரத்தை இந்த " -"வழியில் சேர்த்தால் 10.0.0.2 போன்றவை. உங்கள் நெட்வொர்க்கைப் பற்றி முதலில் சிந்திப்பது நல்லது: " -"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, சேவையகங்களுக்கு ஃச் & சிடி; 10 மற்றும் ஃச் & எல்.டி; 50 உடன் 10.0.0.x " -"ஐப் பயன்படுத்தலாம், மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களுக்கு ஃச் & gt; 100. இப்போது சேர்க்கப்பட்ட அமைப்பை " -"செயல்படுத்த மறக்காதீர்கள். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தைத் தவிர அனைத்து அமைப்புகளும் பொருந்தக்கூடி" -"ய ஐகானைக் கொண்டிருக்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"இயந்திரங்கள் மெல்லிய கிளையண்டுகள்/வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களாக துவக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் அல்லது " -"பிணையம் செய்யப்பட்ட எந்த சுயவிவரங்களையும் பயன்படுத்தி நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தால், " -"<portenoutput> SiteSummary2ldapdhcp </computerOutput> ச்கிரிப்டை GOSA² க்கு " -"இயந்திரங்களை தானாக சேர்க்க பயன்படுத்தலாம். எளிய இயந்திரங்களுக்கு இது பெட்டியிலிருந்து " -"வெளியேறும், ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட MAC முகவரிகளைக் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்களுக்கு உண்மையில் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும், <couthoututput> தளங்கள்ம்ம் 2ldapdhcp -h " -"</cuterinoutput> பயன்பாட்டு தகவலைக் காட்டுகிறது. <couthoututput> " -"Sitesummary2ldapdhcp </coteratutput> இன் பயன்பாட்டிற்குப் பிறகு காட்டப்பட்ட ஐபி " -"முகவரிகள் மாறும் ஐபி வரம்பிற்கு சொந்தமானது என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. இந்த அமைப்புகள் உங்கள் " -"நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஏற்றவாறு மாற்றியமைக்கப்படலாம்: ஒவ்வொரு புதிய கணினியையும் மறுபெயரிடுங்கள்" -", DHCP மற்றும் DNS ஐ செயல்படுத்துதல், அதை நெட் குழுமங்களில் சேர்க்கவும் (பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்ட " -"நெட் குழுமங்களுக்கு கீழே உள்ள திரை சாட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்), பின்னர் கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் " -"செய்யுங்கள். இது நடைமுறையில் எப்படி இருக்கிறது என்பதை பின்வரும் திரை சாட்கள் காட்டுகின்றன:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"ரூட்@tjener: ~# SITESUMMARY2LDAPDHCP -A -I ஈதர் -22: 11: 33: 44: 55: ff\n" -" தகவல்: AM-2211334455FF.INTERN க்கான GOSA இயந்திரத்தை உருவாக்கவும் [10.0.16.21] ஐடி" -" ஈதர் -22: 11: 33: 44: 55: ff.\n" -"\n" -" இந்த மாற்றங்களை நீங்கள் செயல்படுத்த விரும்பினால் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும், மற்றும் bor c c.\n" -"\n" -" LDAP உடன் Cn = admin, OU = LDAP- அணுகல், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = SKOLE, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = " -"SCOLELINUX, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = NO\n" -" கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிடவும்: ********\n" -" ரூட்@tjener: ~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு க்ரோன்சோப் புதுப்பிக்கும் டி.என்.எச் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் இயங்குகிறது; <couthoutput> " -"su -c ldap2bind </coteratututput> புதுப்பிப்பை கைமுறையாக தூண்ட பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஒரு இயந்திரத்தை <couthoututput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் சேர்ப்பது </" -"compatenOutput> அந்த இயந்திரத்திற்கான கோப்பு அணுகல் அல்லது கட்டளை செயல்பாட்டு அனுமதிகளை" -" மாற்றாது அல்லது அந்த கணினியில் உள்நுழைந்த பயனர்கள்; அதற்கு பதிலாக உங்கள் முதன்மையான " -"சேவையகத்தில் இயந்திரம் பயன்படுத்தக்கூடிய சேவைகளை இது கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை நிறுவல் <Couthoututput> NetGroups </coteratututput> ஐ வழங்குகிறது" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "" -"தற்போது <coutheroutput> நெட் குழுமம் </computerOutput> செயல்பாடு " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> மறுஅளவிடுதல் பகிர்வுகள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"(fsaouteresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தம் இயந்திரங்கள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"(இரவு-இரவு-ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் இரவில்-வேக்கப்-ஓச்ட்-பிளாக் பட்டியலில் பணிநிறுத்தம் மற்றும் " -"பணிநிறுத்தம்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> அச்சுப்பொறிகளை நிர்வகித்தல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"(கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்ச் மற்றும் கப்-கியூ-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இணைய அணுகலைத் தடுப்பது </வலியுறுத்தல்> (நெட் " -"பிளாக்-ஓச்ட்ச்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"இந்த குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் EDU இயந்திரங்கள் உள்ளக நெட்வொர்க்கில் மட்டுமே இயந்திரங்களுடன் இணைக்" -"க அனுமதிக்கப்படும். வலை பதிலாள் கட்டுப்பாடுகளுடன் இணைந்து இது தேர்வுகளின் போது " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " -"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " -"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " -"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" -"computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அச்சுப்பொறி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் வலை உலாவியை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: //www.intern: 631\"/> இது சாதாரண கோப்பை மேலாண்மை இடைமுகமாகும், அங்கு " -"நீங்கள் உங்கள் அச்சுப்பொறிகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம்/நீக்கலாம்/மாற்றலாம் மற்றும் அச்சிடும் வரிசையை தூய்மை " -"செய்யலாம். முன்னிருப்பாக முதல் பயனர் மட்டுமே அனுமதிக்கப்படுகிறது, ஆனால் பயனர்களை கோசா " -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> அச்சுப்பொறி-அட்மின்ச் </computeerOutput> குழுவில் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் இதை " -"மாற்ற முடியும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> P910nd </prasisis> தொகுப்பு <வலியுறுத்தல்> பணிநிலையம் </VISTARISS> " -"சுயவிவரத்துடன் ஒரு கணினியில் இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"<ComputerOutput>/etc/default/p910nd </coteratututput> ஐத் திருத்து (யூ.எச்.பி " -"அச்சுப்பொறி):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"வலை இடைமுகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அச்சுப்பொறியை உள்ளமைக்கவும் பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறி வகை <கணினி " -"வெளியீடு> AppSocket/HP செட் டைரக்ட் </compatenOutput> (பிராண்ட் அல்லது மாதிரியைப் " -"பொருட்படுத்தாமல் அனைத்து அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கும்) மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> சாக்கெட்: // & lt;" -" பணிநிலைய ஐபி & சிடி;" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" -"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் அனைத்து தன்வய விளம்பர அம்சங்களையும் முடக்க " -"பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது. அதற்கு பதிலாக, GOSA² உடன் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியை ஒதுக்கி" -", அவற்றை <CouthOutput> AppSocket/HP செட் டைரக்ட் </compateOutput> பிணையம் " -"அச்சுப்பொறிகளாக உள்ளமைக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இல் இயல்புநிலை உள்ளமைவு அனைத்து இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்ள கடிகாரங்களை ஒத்திசைவா" -"க வைத்திருப்பது, ஆனால் சரியானதல்ல. நேரத்தை புதுப்பிக்க என்டிபி பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. " -"கடிகாரங்கள் இயல்பாக வெளிப்புற மூலத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்கப்படும். இது இயந்திரங்கள் வெளிப்புற இணை" -"ய இணைப்பு பயன்படுத்தப்படும்போது உருவாக்கப்பட்டால் அதைத் திறந்து வைக்கக்கூடும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"வெளிப்புற கடிகாரத்துடன் ஒத்திசைவை முடக்க, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் /etc/ntp.conf கோப்பு" -" மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும். <couthoutput> சேவையகம் </compateOutput> உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு முன்னால் " -"கருத்து (\"#\") மதிப்பெண்களைச் சேர்க்கவும். இதற்குப் பிறகு, <couthoututput> பணி என்டிபி" -" மறுதொடக்கம் </computerOutput> ஐ ரூட் ஆக இயக்குவதன் மூலம் என்டிபி சேவையகத்தை " -"மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும். ஒரு இயந்திரம் வெளிப்புற கடிகார மூலங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறதா " -"என்பதை சோதிக்க, <Couthoututput> NTPQ -C LPEER </couteroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"தானியங்கி பகிர்வு மூலம் சாத்தியமான பிழை காரணமாக, நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு சில பகிர்வுகள் " -"மிகவும் நிரம்பியிருக்கலாம். இந்த பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க, <Couthoutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எஃப்.எச்.ஏ. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> நிர்வாகம் அவ்" -" டோ அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> இல் உள்ள \"மறுஅளவிடுதல்கள்\" பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"இந்த பிரிவு <Couthoututput> APT முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </compaterOutput> ஐ எவ்வாறு " -"பயன்படுத்துவது என்பதை விளக்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"<porteroutput> apt </couteroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உண்மையில் எளிமையானது. ஒரு " -"கணினியைப் புதுப்பிக்க நீங்கள் கட்டளை வரியில் இரண்டு கட்டளைகளை ரூட் என இயக்க வேண்டும்: " -"<couthoututput> apt புதுப்பிப்பு </putheroutput> (இது கிடைக்கக்கூடிய தொகுப்புகளின் " -"பட்டியல்களைப் புதுப்பிக்கிறது) மற்றும் <couthoututput> apt full-UPGRADE </" -"coutterOutput> (இது மேம்படுத்துகிறது மேம்படுத்தல் கிடைக்கும் தொகுப்புகள்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "Lc_all = c apt முழு -மேம்படுத்தல் -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<portheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> தொகுப்பை மேம்படுத்திய பிறகு" -", மாற்றப்பட்ட சிஃபெங்கின் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகள் கிடைக்கக்கூடும். <couthoututput> ls -ltr/" -"etc/cfengine3/debian -edu/</sputersoutput> ஐ இயக்கவும். மாற்றங்களைப் பயன்படுத்த, " -"<couthoututput> lc_all = c cf -agent -d நிறுவல் </compateOututput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"<coutheroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> ஐ இயக்குவது முதன்மை, எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக மேம்படுத்தல்களுக்குப் பிறகு" -" வட்டு இல்லாத கிளையண்ட்ச் மெனுவிற்கான ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை ஒத்திசைவில் வைத்திருக்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல்> எல்.டி.எச்.பி " -"சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சுயவிவரம், <couthoututput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-பிஎக்ச்இன்ச்டால் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> நிறுவல் சூழல்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> cron-apt </coteratutput> மற்றும் <couthoututput> apt-" -"listchanges </couthoututput> ஐ நிறுவுவதும், நீங்கள் படிக்கும் முகவரிக்கு அஞ்சலை அனுப்" -"ப உள்ளமைப்பதும் நல்லது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> Cron-apt </compatenOutput> மேம்படுத்தக்கூடிய எந்தவொரு தொகுப்பையும் " -"பற்றி மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக ஒரு நாளைக்கு ஒரு முறை உங்களுக்கு அறிவிக்கும். இது இந்த " -"மேம்பாடுகளை நிறுவாது, ஆனால் அவற்றைப் பதிவிறக்குகிறது (வழக்கமாக இரவில்), எனவே நீங்கள் " -"<couthoututput> AP முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </compatenOutput> செய்யும்போது பதிவிறக்கத்திற்கா" -"க காத்திருக்க வேண்டியதில்லை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"புதுப்பிப்புகளின் தானியங்கி நிறுவலை விரும்பினால் எளிதாக செய்ய முடியும், இதற்கு <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/unattenteduprigrades இல் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி " -"நிறுவப்பட்டு கட்டமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> APT-listchanges </coutheroutput> உங்களுக்கு புதிய சேஞ்ச்லாக் " -"உள்ளீடுகளை மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது <கணினி வெளியீடு> APT </cotersoutput> ஐ " -"இயக்கும் போது அவற்றை முனையத்தில் மாற்றலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி <கணினி வெளியீடு> CRON-APT </coteratutput> ஐ இயக்குவது " -"நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளுக்கு பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள் கிடைக்கும்போது கற்றுக்கொள்ள ஒரு " -"சிறந்த வழியாகும். பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகளைப் பற்றி அறிந்து கொள்வதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி, " -"<ulink முகவரி = \"http://lists.debian.org/debian-cecurity-anounce/\"> டெபியன் " -"பாதுகாப்பு-வெளியீட்டு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> க்கு குழுசேர்வது. பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்பு " -"என்ன என்பதை உங்களுக்குக் கூறுகிறது. எதிர்மறையானது (<couthoututput> Cron-apt </" -"coutterOutput> உடன் ஒப்பிடும்போது) நிறுவப்படாத தொகுப்புகளுக்கான புதுப்பிப்புகள் பற்றிய " -"தகவல்களும் இதில் அடங்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"காப்புப்பிரதி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் உலாவியை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/slbackup-php\"/> க்கு சுட்டிக்காட்டவும். இந்த தளத்தை நீங்கள் SSL வழியா" -"க அணுக வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் அங்கு ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட " -"வேண்டும். SSL ஐப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் இந்த தளத்தை அணுக முயற்சித்தால் அது தோல்வியடையும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"குறிப்பு: காப்புப்பிரதி சேவையகத்தில் பாஓடு ரூட் உள்நுழைவை தற்காலிகமாக அனுமதித்தால் " -"மட்டுமே தளம் செயல்படும் (முன்னிருப்பாக முதன்மையான சேவையகம் 'டிசெனர்')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக டிசெனர் <கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்>/ச்கோல்/டிசெனர்/ஓம் 0 </porterututput>, " -"<couthoututput>/etc/</putheroutput>, <couthoutput>/root/.svk </" -"coutnoututput> மற்றும் LDAP க்கு/ச்கோல்/காப்புப்பிரதி ஆகியவற்றை காப்புப் பிரதி எடுப்பார் " -"இது எல்விஎம் கீழ் உள்ளது. நீங்கள் விசயங்களின் உதிரி நகல்களை மட்டுமே வைத்திருக்க விரும்பினால் " -"(நீங்கள் அவற்றை நீக்கினால்) இந்த அமைப்பு உங்களுக்கு நன்றாக இருக்க வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff -backup -r <dath> \\\n" -" /பள்ளி/காப்புப்பிரதி/வேலைக்காரன்/பள்ளி/வேலைக்காரன்/வீட்டு 0/பயனர் \\\n" -" /பள்ளி/வேலைக்காரன்/முகப்பு 0/பயனர்_ <தேதி>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"இது <Couthoutput>/skole/Tjener/Home0/USER </computerOutput> <portenoutput> & " -"lt; தேதி & Gt; </computerOutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"முனின் போக்கு அறிக்கையிடல் அமைப்பு <ulink முகவரி = \"https: // www/munin/\"/> " -"இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது. இது நாள்தோறும், வாராந்திர, மாதாந்திர மற்றும் ஆண்டு அடிப்படையில் " -"கணினி நிலை அளவீட்டு வரைபடங்களை வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் இடையூறுகள் மற்றும் கணினி சிக்கல்களின்" -" மூலத்தைத் தேடும்போது கணினி நிர்வாகிக்கு உதவியை வழங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"MUNin ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் இயந்திரங்களின் பட்டியல் தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது" -", இது தளங்களுக்கு புகாரளிக்கும் ஓச்ட்களின் பட்டியலின் அடிப்படையில். நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்பு " -"முனின்-முனை கொண்ட அனைத்து ஓச்ட்களும் முனின் கண்காணிப்புக்காக பதிவு செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளன. CRON " -"வேலைகள் செயல்படுத்தப்படும் கட்டளை காரணமாக, முனின் கண்காணிப்பு தொடங்கும் வரை இது ஒரு " -"இயந்திரத்திலிருந்து நிறுவப்படும் ஒரு நாள் ஆகும். செயல்முறையை விரைவுபடுத்த, " -"<couthoututput> தளங்கள் கட்டம்-புதுப்பிப்பு-முனின் </computerOutput> ஐ தள சேவையகத்தில்" -" (பொதுவாக முதன்மையான சேவையகம்) ரூட்டாக இயக்கவும். இது <Couthoututput> /etc/munin/" -"munin.conf </coteratututput> கோப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"சேகரிக்கப்படும் அளவீடுகளின் தொகுப்பு ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"முனின்-நோட்-கன்ஃபிகர் </compatenOutput> நிரலைப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது" -", இது <Coutroutput>/usr/share/munin/செருகுநிரல்கள்/</computenoutput> இலிருந்து " -"கிடைக்கும் செருகுநிரல்களை ஆய்வு செய்கிறது தொடர்புடையவற்றை <Couthoututput>/etc/munin/" -"செருகுநிரல்கள்/</compaterOutput> க்கு ஒத்திசைக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"முனின் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/> " -"இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"ஐசிங்கா அமைப்பு மற்றும் பணி கண்காணிப்பு <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/icingaweb2/\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது. தள அமைப்பால் சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட " -"தகவல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் சேவைகளின் தொகுப்பு தானாகவே " -"உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது. சுயவிவர மெயின்-சர்வர் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சர்வர் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்கள் " -"முழு கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகின்றன, அதே நேரத்தில் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்" -" எளிய கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகிறார்கள். பணிநிலையத்தில் முழு கண்காணிப்பை இயக்க, பணிநிலையத்தில் " -"<couthoututput> நாகியோச்-என்ஆர்பி-சர்வர் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக ஐசிங்கா மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்பாது. <porthy-oututput> அறிவிப்பு-ஒன்றுமில்லாத </" -"computerOutput> ஐ <portenoutput> ஓச்ட்-நோட்டிஃபை-பை-எமெயில் </computerOutput> " -"மற்றும் <couthoututput> அறிவிப்பு-பை-எமெயில் </computerOutput> உடன் மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் " -"இதை மாற்றலாம் < computerOutput> /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg " -"</coteratututput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஐசிங்கா உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <Couthoututput> /etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg </coutheroutput>. தளமாடர் கிரான் வேலை <couthoututput> /var/lib/" -"sitesumary/icinga-generated.cfg </coterututput> ஐ கண்காணிக்க ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் " -"சேவைகளின் பட்டியலுடன் உருவாக்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"கூடுதல் ஐசிங்கா காசோலைகளை <கணினி வெளியீடு> /var/lib/sitesumary/icinga-" -"generated.cfg.post </computerOutput> கோப்பில் வைக்கலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"ஐசிங்கா பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> அல்லது " -"<couteroutput> ஐசிங்கா-டாக் </computerOutput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"பகிர்வு (/ usr/ எடுத்துக்காட்டில்) மிகவும் நிரம்பியுள்ளது. இதைக் கையாள பொதுவாக இரண்டு " -"வழிகள் உள்ளன: (1) சில கோப்புகளை அகற்று அல்லது (2) பகிர்வின் அளவை அதிகரிக்கவும். " -"பகிர்வு/var/என்றால், <couthoututput> apt clean </couteroutput> ஐ அழைப்பதன் மூலம் " -"APT தற்காலிக சேமிப்பை சுத்தப்படுத்துவது சில கோப்புகளை அகற்றக்கூடும். எல்விஎம் தொகுதிக் " -"குழுவில் அதிக இடம் கிடைத்தால், பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க </compaterOutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எஃப்.எச்.ஏ.டி.இ.எச்.ஐ.எச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> நிரலை இயக்குகிறது. ஒவ்வொரு " -"மணி நேரத்திற்கும் தானாகவே இந்த நிரலை இயக்க, கேள்விக்குரிய ஓச்டை <Couthoututut> " -"fsaouteresize- ஓச்ட்கள் </compateOututput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் சேர்க்கலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"மேம்படுத்தல்களுக்கு புதிய தொகுப்பு கிடைக்கிறது. முக்கியமானவை பொதுவாக பாதுகாப்பு " -"திருத்தங்கள். மேம்படுத்த, APT மேம்படுத்தல் & & ஒரு முனையத்தில் மூலமாக முழு " -"மேம்படுத்தல் 'அல்லது பாஓடு வழியாக உள்நுழைக." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"புதிய பதிப்புகளுடன் ஒரு நல்ல வேலையைச் செய்ய நீங்கள் தொகுப்புகளை கைமுறையாக மேம்படுத்தவும்" -", டெபியனை நம்பவும் விரும்பவில்லை என்றால், ஒவ்வொரு இரவும் அனைத்து புதிய தொகுப்புகளையும் " -"தானாக மேம்படுத்த <கணினி வெளியீடு> குறிப்பிடப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </compateOutput> ஐ " -"உள்ளமைக்கலாம். இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்சை மேம்படுத்தாது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"கோப்பைகளில் உள்ள அச்சுப்பொறி வரிசைகள் நிறைய வேலைகள் நிலுவையில் உள்ளன. கிடைக்காத " -"அச்சுப்பொறி காரணமாக இது பெரும்பாலும் இருக்கலாம். <porthedput> " -"கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள் </compateOutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் " -"ஓச்ட்களில் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் முடக்கப்பட்ட அச்சு வரிசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, எனவே இதுபோன்ற " -"ஓச்ட்களுக்கு எந்த கையேடு நடவடிக்கை தேவையில்லை. <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்ச் </compateOutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் " -"புரவலர்களில் ஒவ்வொரு இரவும் அச்சு வரிசைகள் காலியாகின்றன. ஒரு ஓச்டுக்கு அவர்களின் " -"வரிசையில் நிறைய வேலைகள் இருந்தால், இந்த ஓச்டை இந்த நெட் குழுமங்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது " -"இரண்டிலும் சேர்ப்பதைக் கவனியுங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலிருந்தும் தகவல்களைச் சேகரித்து நடு சேவையகத்திற்கு சமர்ப்பிக்க தளங்கள் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட தகவல்கள் <Couthoututput>/var/lib/sitesummary/" -"உள்ளீடுகள்/</computerOutput> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன. <couthoututput>/USR/LIB/SITESUMMARY/" -"</sputersoutput> இல் உள்ள ச்கிரிப்ட்கள் அறிக்கைகளை உருவாக்க கிடைக்கின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"எந்த விவரங்களும் இல்லாமல் தளங்களிலிருந்து ஒரு எளிய அறிக்கை <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www/sidesummary/\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"தளங்களில் சில ஆவணங்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/sitesummary\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " -"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " -"chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"கணினி நிர்வாகிகளுக்கு பயனுள்ள டெபியன் EDU தனிப்பயனாக்கங்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை " -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> மற்றும் <இணைப்பு " -"இணைப்பு = \"மேம்பட்டது நிர்வாகம்\"> மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> இல் " -"காணலாம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " -"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"இந்த மேம்படுத்தல் வழிகாட்டியைப் படிப்பதற்கு முன், உங்கள் தயாரிப்பு சேவையகங்களுக்கான நேரடி " -"புதுப்பிப்புகள் உங்கள் சொந்த ஆபத்தில் மேற்கொள்ளப்படுகின்றன என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. " -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பொருந்தக்கூடிய சட்டத்தால் " -"அனுமதிக்கப்பட்ட அளவிற்கு முற்றிலும் உத்தரவாதத்துடன் வருகிறது. </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"தயவுசெய்து இந்த அத்தியாயத்தைப் படிக்கவும், <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"அம்சங்கள்\"> புல்செய் " -"</இணைப்பு> இந்த கையேட்டின் அத்தியாயம் மேம்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கும் முன் புதிய அம்சங்களைப் " -"படியுங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு விநியோகத்திலிருந்து அடுத்த விநியோகத்திற்கு டெபியனை மேம்படுத்துவது பொதுவாக " -"எளிதானது. டெபியன் EDU ஐப் பொறுத்தவரை இது துரதிர்ச்டவசமாக சற்று சிக்கலானது, ஏனெனில் " -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளை நாம் செய்யக்கூடாத வழிகளில் மாற்றியமைக்கிறோம். எவ்வாறாயினும், தேவையான " -"படிகளை கீழே ஆவணப்படுத்தியுள்ளோம். ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"பொதுவாக, சேவையகங்களை மேம்படுத்துவது பணிநிலையங்களை விட மிகவும் கடினம், மேலும் " -"முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மேம்படுத்த மிகவும் கடினம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"தற்போதைய டெபியன் நிலையான வெளியீட்டைப் பற்றிய தகவல்களை அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> இல் படிக்க உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"சற்று காத்திருப்பதும், சில வாரங்களுக்கு பழையதாக இயங்குவதும் புத்திசாலித்தனமாக இருக்கலாம்" -", இதன் மூலம் மற்றவர்கள் மேம்படுத்தலை சோதித்து, அவர்கள் அனுபவிக்கும் ஏதேனும் சிக்கல்களை " -"ஆவணப்படுத்தலாம். டெபியன் EDU இன் பழைய வெளியீடு அடுத்த நிலையான வெளியீட்டிற்குப் பிறகு சி" -"ல காலத்திற்கு தொடர்ச்சியான ஆதரவைப் பெறும், ஆனால் டெபியன் <Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> பழைய நீங்களுக்கான ஆதரவை " -"நிறுத்துகிறது </ ULINK>, டெபியன் EDU அதையே செய்ய வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "டெபியன் எடு பச்டரிடமிருந்து மேம்படுத்தல்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"தயாராக இருங்கள்: சோதனைச் சூழலில் பச்டரிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தலை நீங்கள் சோதித்திருக்கிறீர்கள் " -"என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள் அல்லது திரும்பிச் செல்ல காப்புப்பிரதிகள் தயாராக உள்ளீர்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை டெபியன் EDU முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவலுக்கு (டெச்க்டாப் = எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ, " -"சுயவிவரங்கள் முதன்மையான சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்) பின்வரும் செய்முறை" -" பொருந்தும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> apt </coteratutput> பிழையுடன் முடிந்தால், அதை சரிசெய்ய " -"முயற்சிக்கவும்/அல்லது <கணினி வெளியீடு> apt -f நிறுவல் </compateututput> பின்னர் ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"பொருத்தமான புதுப்பிப்பு\n" -" முழு மேம்படுத்தல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "தொகுப்பு தற்காலிக சேமிப்பை தூய்மை செய்யுங்கள்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "பொருத்தமான தூய்மையான" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"புல்செய் (புதிய பாதுகாப்பு நுழைவு) க்கு மேம்படுத்தலைத் தயாரித்து தொடங்கவும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/puster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -" sed -i 's#/டெபியன்-பாதுகாப்பு புல்செய்/புதுப்பிப்புகள்#புல்செய்-பாதுகாப்பு#g' /etc/" -"apt/sources.list\n" -" LC_ALL = C # விரும்பினால் (ஆங்கில வெளியீட்டைப் பெற) ஏற்றுமதி\n" -" பொருத்தமான புதுப்பிப்பு\n" -" முழு மேம்படுத்தல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"APT-LIST- மாற்றங்கள்: படிக்க நிறைய செய்திகளுக்கு தயாராக இருங்கள்; & lt; திரும்பவும் & " -"gt; கீழே உருட்ட, & lt; Q & gt; பேசரை விட்டு வெளியேற. எல்லா தகவல்களும் ரூட் அனுப்பும், " -"இதன் மூலம் நீங்கள் அதை மீண்டும் படிக்க முடியும் (<வலியுறுத்தல்> மெயில்எக்ச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல்> மட் </வலியுறுத்தல்>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "சேவைகளை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யுங்கள்: ஆம் என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: ஒய்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" -"கெர்பரோச் சேவையகங்கள்: 'கெர்பரோச்' ஐ உள்ளிட்டு 'சரி' என்பதைத் தாக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf -agent -v -d நிறுவல்\n" -" பணி ச்க்விட் மறுதொடக்கம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "ஐசிங்கா 2 வலை இடைமுகத்தை அமைத்து உள்ளமைக்கவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"ஐசிங்கா 2-ஐடோ-மைச் கியூஎல் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அடூட்> ஐ நிறுவவும் <couthoututput> apt, " -"டெப்கான்ஃப் கேட்டால் எப்போதும் <வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> இல்லை </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஐத் " -"தேர்வுசெய்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/EDU-ICINGA-SETUP </" -"coutheroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "புதிய டெபியன் எட் ஓம்வொர்ல்ட் கலைப்படைப்புகளைப் பெறுங்கள்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-ஆர்ட்வொர்க்-ஓம்வொர்ல்ட் நிறுவவும்\n" -" பச்டர் கலைப்படைப்புகளை மாற்றாக வைக்காவிட்டால், பொருத்தமான பர்ச் " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-ஆர்ட்வொர்க்-பச்டர் #" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "XFCE பேனல் உள்ளமைவை சரிசெய்யவும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -" mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/" -"default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "புதிய எல்.டி.எச்.பி மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய மாற்றங்களைச் சமாளிக்கவும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"RM -F/ETC/இயல்புநிலை/TFTPD -HPA # இனி தேவையில்லை மாற்றங்களை அகற்ற\n" -" RM -RF/VAR/LIB/TFTPBOOT # இனி பயன்படுத்தாத TFTP அடிப்படை கோப்பகத்தை அகற்ற\n" -" DPKG-RECONFIGURE -P குறைந்த TFTPD-HPA # முதல் வரியில்: கணினி கணக்காக '' TFTP '' " -"ஐ வைத்திருங்கள், இரண்டாவது: TFTP ரூட் கோப்பகத்தை ''/srv/tftp '' என மாற்றவும்\n" -" # மூன்றாவது: முகவரி மற்றும் துறைமுகத்தை வைத்திருங்கள், கடைசியாக: கூடுதல் விருப்பமாக " -"''-பாதுகாப்பான '' உள்ளிடவும்\n" -" பணி TFTPD-HPA மறுதொடக்கம்\n" -" RM -RF /OPT /LTSP # CLEANUP OLD LTSP அடிப்படை அடைவு\n" -" # அடுத்த படிகளுக்கு சில சாவுஒறுப்பு நேரம் தேவைப்படும்.\n" -" டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் --ஆர்க் ஏஎம்டி 64-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் 64-பிட் மெல்லிய " -"கிளையன்ட் உதவி விரும்பினால்\n" -" டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் --ஆர்ச் i386-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் இல்லை மெல்லிய_ டைப் " -"வெற்று # 32-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் உதவி விரும்பப்பட்டால்\n" -" டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் # சேவையகத்தின் கோப்பு " -"முறைமையிலிருந்து வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலைய படத்தை உருவாக்க\n" -" PXE நிறுவல் கோப்புகள் மற்றும் தொடர்புடைய IPXE பட்டியல் உருப்படிகளைச் சேர்க்க " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-பிஎக்ச்இன்ச்டால் #" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "IPXE க்கு நகர்த்துவதை சமாளிக்கவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "" -"பின்வரும் உள்ளடக்கத்துடன் ஒரு கோப்பை <வலியுறுத்தல்> ipxe.ldif </Virsasis> ஐ " -"உருவாக்கவும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn = dhcp, cn = tjener, ou = சேவையகங்கள், OU = அமைப்புகள், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = " -"skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelenux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = no\n" -" சேஞ்ச் டைப்: மாற்றியமைக்கவும்\n" -" சேர்: dhcpoption\n" -" Dhcpoption: விண்வெளி IPXE\n" -" DHCPOPTION: IPXE-ENCAP-OPTS குறியீடு 175 = IPXE ஐ இணைக்கிறது\n" -" dhcpoption: ipxe.menu குறியீடு 39 = கையொப்பமிடாத முழு எண் 8\n" -" DHCPOPTION: IPXE.NO-PXEDHCP குறியீடு 176 = கையொப்பமிடாத முழு எண் 8\n" -" dhcpoption: வளைவு குறியீடு 93 = கையொப்பமிடாத முழு எண் 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"மாற்றங்களைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கு <tapadd -zd 'cn = admin, ou = ldap -access, " -"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelenux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = no' -w -f " -"ipxe.ldif </cotunoutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"LDAP இல் இன்னும் சில DHCP அமைப்புகளை மாற்றவும், எ.கா. LDAPVI போன்ற எடிட்டரைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துதல். DHCP தொடர்பான உள்ளீடுகள் <overisis> /etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif </" -"stravisis> கோப்பில் உள்ளவற்றுடன் பொருந்துகின்றன என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள். " -"சம்பந்தப்பட்ட உள்ளீடுகள்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 சி.என் = இன்டர்ன், சி.என் = டி.எச்.சி.பி, சி.என்.\n" -" 83 cn = subnet00.intern, cn = dhcp, cn = tjener, or = சேவையகங்கள், OR = " -"அமைப்புகள், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelenux\n" -" 85 cn = subnet01.intern, cn = dhcp, cn = tjener, or = சேவையகங்கள், OR = " -"அமைப்புகள், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skoolelenux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"கோசா மாற்றங்களைச் சமாளிக்கவும் - புதிய gosa.conf ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும், LDAP அணுகலை " -"சரிசெய்யவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # காப்புப்பிரதி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # புதி" -"ய Gosa.conf கோப்பு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"/Etc/gosa/gosa.conf இல் adminpassword மற்றும் snapshotadminpassword ஐத் தேடி, அந்" -"த உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig இல் காணப்படும் சீரற்ற கடவுச்சொல்லுடன் $ " -"GOSAPWD ஐ மாற்றவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<couthoutput> gosa-encrypt-passwords </couteroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> பணி அப்பாச்சி 2 மறுதொடக்கம் </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "கெர்பரோச் குறியாக்க வகை மாற்றங்களைச் சமாளிக்கவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> பணி KRB5-KDC மறுதொடக்கம் </compateOututput> ஐ இயக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "சம்பா மாற்றங்களைச் சமாளிக்கவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"முதல் பயனரின் சம்பா கணக்கைச் சேர்க்கவும்: <couthoututput> smbpasswd -a & lt; முதல் " -"பயனர்பெயர் & gt; </computerOutput>. பயனர்கள் தங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றியதும், தொடர்புடை" -"ய சம்பா கணக்கு உருவாக்கப்படும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலும், தேவையில்லாத காரியங்களைச் செய்யாமலும் போன்ற அனைத்து அடிப்படை " -"விசயங்களையும் செய்யுங்கள். இன்னும் செய்யாவிட்டால், வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களை ஏற்றுவதற்கு கெர்பரோசைப் " -"பயன்படுத்த இயந்திரத்தை உள்ளமைக்கவும், விவரங்களுக்கு <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"wetsstarted\"> " -"தொடங்குதல் </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "" -"பழைய டெபியன் EDU / SKOLELINUX நிறுவல்களிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தல்கள் (பச்டருக்கு முன்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"எந்தவொரு பழைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்தும் மேம்படுத்த, மேலே வழங்கப்பட்ட வழிமுறைகளைப் " -"பின்பற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு, நீங்கள் முதலில் பச்டர் அடிப்படையிலான டெபியன் EDU வெளியீட்டிற்கு " -"மேம்படுத்த வேண்டும். அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/buster#\"> டெபியன் எடு பச்டர் " -"</Ulink> க்கான கையேடு முந்தைய வெளியீட்டில் இருந்து பச்டருக்கு எவ்வாறு மேம்படுத்துவது " -"என்பது பற்றி. அதேபோல் நீட்டிக்க கையேடு செச்சியிலிருந்து எவ்வாறு மேம்படுத்துவது என்பதை " -"விவரிக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"நிர்வாகம்\"> பொது நிர்வாகம் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு சென்டர் = \"மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம்\"> மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"டெச்க்டாப்\"> தி டெச்க்டாப் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "" -"<லிங்க் லிங்க்ட்இன் = \"பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள்\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"சம்பா\"> சம்பா </ இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்புக்கான ஓவ்டோச் = \"டீச்சண்ட்லியர்ன்\"> கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கற்றல் </இணைப்பு>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "" -"<இணைக்கப்பட்ட லிங்க்ட்இன் = \"பயனர்கள்\"> பயனர்கள் </இணைப்பு> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"getstarted\"> தொடங்குதல் </இணைப்பு> மற்றும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பராமரிப்பு\"> பராமரிப்பு </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயங்கள் டெபியன் EDU உடன் எவ்வாறு தொடங்குவது" -" மற்றும் அடிப்படை பராமரிப்பு பணிகளை எவ்வாறு செய்வது என்பதை விவரிக்கின்றன. இந்த " -"அத்தியாயத்தில் உள்ள அவ்டோச் இன்னும் சில \"மேம்பட்ட\" உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் தந்திரங்களைக் " -"கொண்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"உள்ளமைவு வரலாறு: கண்காணிப்பு / போன்றவை / அறிவிலி பதிப்பு கட்டுப்பாட்டு முறையைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துதல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> etckeeper </putheroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி, <ulyink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\"> அறிவிலி </ulink> பதிப்பு கட்டுப்பாட்டு அமைப்பாக." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"இது ஒரு கோப்பு சேர்க்கப்பட்டு, மாற்றப்பட்டு அகற்றப்படும் போது, கோப்பு ஒரு உரை கோப்பாக " -"இருந்தால் என்ன மாற்றப்பட்டது என்பதைக் காணலாம். அறிவிலி களஞ்சியம் <Couthoutput> /etc/" -".git/</sputersoutput> இல் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"வரலாற்றைப் பார்க்க, <couthoututput> முதலியன பகஅ பதிவு </computerOutput> கட்டளை " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. சரியான நேரத்தில் இரண்டு புள்ளிகளுக்கு இடையிலான வேறுபாடுகளைச் " -"சரிபார்க்க, <couthoututput> போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை முதலியன வி.சி.எச் டிஃப் </" -"computerOutput> பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <portenoutput> Man etckeeper </couthoututput> இன் வெளியீட்டைக் " -"காண்க." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"ETCKEEPER பகஅ பதிவு\n" -" முதலியன வி.சி.எச் நிலை\n" -" etckeeper பகஅ diff\n" -" முதலியன வி.சி.எச் சேர்க்கவும்.\n" -" etckeeper பகஅ commit -a\n" -" மனிதன் முதலியன" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "ETCKEEPER பகஅ பதிவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "முதலியன வி.சி.எச் நிலை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper பகஅ commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இல், <couthoututput>/boot/</spoterututput> பகிர்வு தவிர அனைத்து " -"பகிர்வுகளும் தர்க்கரீதியான எல்விஎம் தொகுதிகளில் உள்ளன. பதிப்பு 2.6.10 முதல் லினக்ச் " -"கர்னல்களுடன், பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது நீட்டிக்க முடியும். பகிர்வு கணக்கிடப்படாத நிலையில் " -"பகிர்வுகள் சுருங்கி இன்னும் நடக்க வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> fsck </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்க நேரம் எடுக்கும் அல்லது தேவை ஏற்பட்டால் " -"அவற்றை காப்புப்பிரதியில் இருந்து மீட்டெடுப்பதற்கு நேரம் எடுக்கும் என்பதால், மிகப் பெரிய " -"பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவதைத் தவிர்ப்பது நல்லது. முடிந்தால், மிகப் பெரியதை விட பல சிறிய " -"பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவது நல்லது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"முழு பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிப்பதை எளிதாக்குவதற்காக உதவி ச்கிரிப்ட் <coutheroutput> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எஃப்.எச்.ஏ.டி.இ.எச்.ஐ.எச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்யூட்> வழங்கப்படுகிறது. " -"செயல்படுத்தப்படும்போது, <கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsauteresizetab </posterautututput>, <couthoututput>/site/etc/" -"fsautoresizetab </coterututput> மற்றும் <coutsutoututput>/etcautoresizetetab " -"<fsautoreSizettab <fsautoreSizetab < /கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்>. இந்த கோப்புகளில் வழங்கப்பட்ட " -"விதிகளின்படி, பகிர்வுகளை மிகக் குறைந்த இடத்துடன் நீட்டிக்க இது முன்மொழிகிறது. எந்த " -"வாதங்களும் இல்லாமல் இயங்கினால், அது கோப்பு முறைமையை நீட்டிக்க தேவையான கட்டளைகளை மட்டுமே " -"காண்பிக்கும். கோப்பு முறைமைகளை நீட்டிக்க இந்த கட்டளைகளை உண்மையில் செயல்படுத்த உரையாடல் </" -"computerOutput> -n </computerOutput> தேவை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutututput> fsaouteresize- ஓச்ட்கள் </compateOutput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் " -"பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ள ஒவ்வொரு கிளையண்டிலும் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரத்திலும் ச்கிரிப்ட் தானாகவே " -"செயல்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"ச்க்விட் பதிலாள் பயன்படுத்தும் பகிர்வு மறுஅளவிடப்பட்டால், <couthoututput> etc/sklow/" -"squid.conf </coteratutput> இல் உள்ள கேச் அளவுக்கான மதிப்பு புதுப்பிக்கப்பட வேண்டும். " -"எல்பர் ச்கிரிப்ட் <கணினி " -"வெளியீடு>/யுஎச்ஆர்/சேர்/டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக்/கருவிகள்/ச்க்விட்-அப்-அப்-டேட்-காச்செடிர் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> இதை தானாகவே செய்ய வழங்கப்படுகிறது, இது <கணினி வெளியீடு/ச்குவிட் " -"ஆகியவற்றின் தற்போதைய பகிர்வு அளவை சரிபார்க்கிறது /</computerOutput> மற்றும் ச்க்விட் " -"இவற்றில் 80% ஐ அதன் தற்காலிக சேமிப்பு அளவாகப் பயன்படுத்த கட்டமைத்தல்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"தருக்க தொகுதி மேலாண்மை (எல்விஎம்) பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது மற்றும் பயன்பாட்டில் இருக்கும்போது" -" மறுஅளவிடுவதை செயல்படுத்துகிறது. <Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.tldlp.org/howto/lvm-howto/\"> எல்விஎம் அவ்டோ </ulink> இலிருந்து " -"எல்விஎம் பற்றி மேலும் அறியலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு தர்க்கரீதியான அளவை கைமுறையாக நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் <couthoututput> lvextend </" -"coteratutput> கட்டளையிட்டதை நீங்கள் எவ்வளவு பெரியதாக வளர விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்று " -"சொல்லுங்கள். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, Mood0 முதல் 30Gib வரை நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் பின்வரும் கட்டளைகளைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"LVEXTEND -L30G/DEV/VG_SYSTEM/SCHOOL+SESTANT+HOME0\n" -" மறுஅளவிடுதல் 2fs/dev/vg_system/school+sewant+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "கூடுதல் 30GIB ஆல் Home0 ஐ நீட்டிக்க, நீங்கள் ஒரு '+' (-l+30G) செருகவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\"> ldapvi </" -"ulink> என்பது கட்டளை வரிசையில் ஒரு சாதாரண உரை எடிட்டருடன் LDAP தரவுத்தளத்தைத் " -"திருத்துவதற்கான ஒரு கருவியாகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap -conf -zd '(cn = admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"குறிப்பு: <couthoututput> LDAPVI </computerOutput> இயல்புநிலை எடிட்டர் எதைப் " -"பயன்படுத்தும். <கணினி வெளியீடு> ஏற்றுமதி எடிட்டர் = விம் </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்குவதன்" -" மூலம் செல் வரியில் ஒருவர் VI நகலியை எடிட்டராகப் பெற சூழலை உள்ளமைக்க முடியும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"LDAPVI ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி LDAP பொருளைச் சேர்க்க, புதிய LDAP பொருளின் முன் சரம் </" -"compateOutput> சேர் </computenOutput> உடன் பொருள் வரிசை எண்ணைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"எச்சரிக்கை: <couthoututput> LDAPVI </computerOutput> மிகவும் சக்திவாய்ந்த " -"கருவியாகும். கவனமாக இருங்கள், எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவுத்தளத்தை குழப்ப வேண்டாம், அதே எச்சரிக்கை " -"JXPLORER க்கு பொருந்தும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"மவுண்ட் ஓம் டைரக்டரிகளுக்கு என்.எஃப்.எச் -க்கு கெர்பரோசைப் பயன்படுத்துவது ஒரு பாதுகாப்பு " -"அம்சமாகும். புல்செயைப் பொறுத்தவரை, எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் கெர்பரோச் இல்லாமல் வேலை " -"செய்ய மாட்டார்கள். நிலைகள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> KRB5 </saptionas>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> KRB5I </" -"saptionas> மற்றும் <overiss> KRB5p </pricasis> ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன (<overiss> KRB5 " -"</traisiss> என்றால் கெர்பரோச் ஏற்பு, <வலியுறுத்தல்> நான் </வலியுறுத்தல் > தனியுரிமைக்கா" -"க ஒருமைப்பாடு சோதனை மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> ப </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஆகியவற்றைக் குறிக்கிறது, " -"அதாவது குறியாக்கம்); சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்கள் இரண்டிலும் சுமை பாதுகாப்பு மட்டத்துடன்" -" அதிகரிக்கிறது, <வலியுறுத்தல்> KRB5I </VISTRASIS> ஒரு நல்ல தேர்வாகும், மேலும் இது " -"இயல்புநிலையாக தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<Couthoutput> ldapvi -zd '(cn = admin)' </computenOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும், " -"<iverasis> sec = krb5i </stravisis> ஐத் தேடுங்கள், அதை <overisis> sec = krb5 </" -"prasision> அல்லது <overisis> sec உடன் மாற்றவும் = krb5p </Virsasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> /etc/exports.d/edu.exports </couteroutputs> ஐத் திருத்தி அதற்கேற்" -"ப இந்த உள்ளீடுகளை சரிசெய்யவும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -".\n" -" ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<couthoututput> exportfs -r </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"இருப்பிடம், இயந்திரம் அல்லது குழு உறுப்பினர்களைப் பொறுத்து இயல்புநிலை அச்சுப்பொறியை அமைக்" -"க இந்த கருவி அனுமதிக்கிறது. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு, <couthoututput> /usr/share/doc/" -"standardskriver/readme.md </couteroutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <coutomoutput> /etc/standardskriver.cfg </stunersoutput> " -"நிர்வாகியால் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும், <couthoututut> /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" -"examples/standardskriver.cfg </portenoutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"LDAP தரவுத்தளத்துடன் பணிபுரிய நீங்கள் ஒரு GUI ஐ விரும்பினால், இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்ட " -"<Couthoututput> Jxplorer </coteratututput> தொகுப்பைப் பாருங்கள். இது போன்ற எழுதும் " -"அணுகல் இணைப்பைப் பெற:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"புரவலன்: ldap.intern\n" -" போர்ட்: 636\n" -" பாதுகாப்பு நிலை: SSL + பயனர் + கடவுச்சொல்\n" -" பயனர் டி.என்: சி.என் = நிர்வாகி, ஓ = எல்.டி.ஏ.பி-அணுகல், டி.சி = ச்கோல், டி.சி = " -"ச்கோலெலினக்ச், டி.சி = இல்லை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "எல்.டி.ஏ.பி-கிரியேட்டச்-கே.ஆர்.பி, ஒரு கட்டளை-வரி கருவி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<coutheroutput> LDAP-MEATEUESER-KRB </compateOututput> என்பது LDAP பயனர்களை " -"உருவாக்கி அவர்களின் கடவுச்சொற்களை கெர்பரோசில் அமைக்க ஒரு சிறிய கட்டளை வரி கருவியாகும். " -"சோதனைக்கு இது பெரும்பாலும் பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"2011 ஆம் ஆண்டில் கசக்கி வெளியானதிலிருந்து, டெபியன் முன்பு Ulatile.debian.org இல் " -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/stableupdates\"> ச்டேபிள்-அப்டேட்ச் சூட் " -"</ulink> இல் பராமரிக்கப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் சோதனை (பெரும்பாலும்) மற்றும் டெபியன் நிலையற்ற (சில சந்தர்ப்பங்களில், எ.கா. " -"பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள்) ஆகியவற்றிலிருந்து பின்னடைவுகள் மறுசீரமைக்கப்படுகின்றன, எனவே " -"அவை டெபியன் எட் போன்ற நிலையான டெபியன் விநியோகத்தில் புதிய நூலகங்கள் இல்லாமல் (இது எங்கு " -"வேண்டுமானாலும்) இயங்கும். <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு ஏற்ற " -"தனிப்பட்ட பின்னடைவுகளை எடுக்க நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், அங்கு கிடைக்கும் அனைத்து " -"பின்னணிகளையும் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"எதிரொலி \"டெப் http://deb.debian.org/debian/ ballseye-backports main\" >> /" -"etc/apt/sources.list\n" -" பொருத்தமான புதுப்பிப்பு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"அதன் பிறகு ஒருவர் பின்னணி தொகுப்புகளை எளிதாக நிறுவ முடியும், பின்வரும் கட்டளை " -"<overisis> டக்ச்டைப் </VISTRASIS> இன் பின்னடைவு பதிப்பை நிறுவும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt நிறுவு -t புல்செய் -பேக்போர்ட்ச் டக் டைப்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"நீங்கள் ஒரு பதிப்பிலிருந்து இன்னொரு பதிப்பிற்கு மேம்படுத்த விரும்பினால் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக " -"புல்செய் 11.1 முதல் 11.2 வரை) ஆனால் உங்களிடம் இணைய இணைப்பு இல்லை, இயற்பியல் ஊடகங்கள் " -"மட்டுமே, இந்த படிகளைப் பின்பற்றவும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom கூட்டு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> கில்லர் </computerOutput> என்பது ஒரு பெர்ல் ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும், இது பின்னணி" -" வேலைகளில் இருந்து விடுபடுகிறது. தற்போது கணினியில் உள்நுழையாத பயனர்களுக்கு சொந்தமான " -"செயல்முறைகளாக பின்னணி வேலைகள் வரையறுக்கப்படுகின்றன. இது ஒரு மணி நேரத்திற்கு ஒரு முறை " -"கிரான் வேலையால் இயக்கப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> கவனிக்கப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </compaterOutput> என்பது ஒரு டெபியன் " -"தொகுப்பு ஆகும், இது தானாகவே பாதுகாப்பு (மற்றும் பிற) மேம்படுத்தல்களை நிறுவும். " -"நிறுவப்பட்டால், பாதுகாப்பு மேம்பாடுகளை நிறுவ தொகுப்பு முன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. பதிவுகள்" -" <CouterOutput>/var/log/கவனிக்கப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள்/</computenOutput> இல் " -"கிடைக்கின்றன; மேலும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"கிளையன்ட் இயந்திரங்களை தானாகவே இரவில் மற்றும் காலையில் மீண்டும் அணைப்பதன் மூலம் ஆற்றலையும் " -"பணத்தையும் மிச்சப்படுத்த முடியும். தொகுப்பு <கணினி வெளியீடு> சட் டவுன்-அட்-நைட் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் பிற்பகல் 16:00 மணி முதல் இயந்திரத்தை அணைக்க " -"முயற்சிக்கும், ஆனால் பயனர்களைக் கொண்டிருப்பதாகத் தோன்றினால் அதை அணைக்காது. காலையில் 07:00 " -"மணியளவில் இயந்திரத்தை இயக்க பயோசிடம் சொல்ல முயற்சிக்கும், மேலும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் 06:" -"30 முதல் இயந்திரங்களை இயக்க முயற்சிக்கும். இந்த நேரங்களை தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களின் " -"க்ரோண்டாப்களில் மாற்றலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"யாராவது அவற்றைப் பயன்படுத்தும்போது வாடிக்கையாளர்களை மூடக்கூடாது. </Computenoutput> " -"WHO </coteratututput> இலிருந்து வெளியீட்டைச் சரிபார்ப்பதன் மூலம் இது உறுதி " -"செய்யப்படுகிறது, மேலும் ஒரு சிறப்பு விசயமாக, X2GO மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களுடன் பணிபுரி" -"ய பாஓடு இணைப்பு கட்டளையை சரிபார்க்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களை எழுப்ப இரண்டு வெவ்வேறு முறைகள் உள்ளன. ஒருவர் பயாச் அம்சத்தைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகிறார், மேலும் வேலை செய்யும் மற்றும் சரியான வன்பொருள் கடிகாரம் தேவைப்படுகிறது" -", அத்துடன் <couthoututput> என்விஆர்ஏஎம்-வேக்கப் </computerOutput> ஆல் ஆதரிக்கப்படும் ஒரு" -" மதர்போர்டு மற்றும் பயாச் பதிப்பு தேவைப்படுகிறது; மற்றொன்று வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு " -"வேக்-ஆன்-லானுக்கு ஆதரவைப் பெற வேண்டும், மேலும் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டிய அனைத்து " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றியும் சேவையகம் தெரிந்து கொள்ள வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"இரவில் அணைக்க வேண்டிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், <கணினி வெளியீடு>/etc/" -"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/இரவு-இரவு </computerOutput> ஐத் தொடவும், அல்லது ஓச்ட்பெயரைச் " -"சேர்க்கவும் (அதாவது, '<couthututput> uname -n இலிருந்து வெளியீடு </" -"computerOutput> 'கிளையண்டில்) நெட் குழுமத்திற்கு \"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு-ஓச்ட்கள்\". LDAP " -"இல் NETGROUP இல் ஓச்ட்களைச் சேர்ப்பது <Couthoututput> GoSa² </posterautput> வலை " -"கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்ய முடியும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பயாசில் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டும். " -"வேக்-ஆன்-லான் சேவையகத்திற்கும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் இடையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் சுவிட்சுகள் " -"மற்றும் திசைவிகள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அணைக்கப்பட்டாலும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு WOL பாக்கெட்டுகளை " -"அனுப்பும் என்பதும் முதன்மை. சில சுவிட்சுகள் சுவிட்சில் உள்ள ARP அட்டவணையில் காணாமல் போன " -"வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பாக்கெட்டுகளை அனுப்பத் தவறிவிடுகின்றன, மேலும் இது WOL " -"பாக்கெட்டுகளைத் தடுக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"சேவையகத்தில் வேக்-ஆன்-லானை இயக்க, வாடிக்கையாளர்களை <couthoututput>/etc/" -"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் </computenoutput>, ஒரு கிளையண்டிற்கு ஒரு வரியுடன்" -", முதலில் ஐபி முகவரி, அதைத் தொடர்ந்து MAC முகவரி (ஈதர்நெட் முகவரி ), ஒரு இடத்தால் " -"பிரிக்கப்படுகிறது; அல்லது பறக்கும்போது வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பட்டியலை உருவாக்க ஒரு ச்கிரிப்ட்" -" <couthoututput>/etc/shutown-at-great-at-இரவு/கிளையண்ட்ச்-செனரேட்டர் </" -"computenOutput> ஐ உருவாக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"தளங்களுடன் பயன்படுத்த ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு இங்கே <couthoututput>/etc/" -"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்-செனரேட்டர் </computerOutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" பாதை =/usr/sbin: $ பாதை\n" -" ஏற்றுமதி பாதை\n" -" தளங்கள் -நோட்ச் -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு மாற்று வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தத்தை செயல்படுத்த நெட் குழுமம் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <கணினி வெளியீடு> ng-utils </posterautput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து நெட் " -"குழுமம் கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி இந்த ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும்:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" பாதை =/usr/sbin: $ பாதை\n" -" ஏற்றுமதி பாதை\n" -" நெட் குழுமம் -எச் சட் டவுன்-அட்-நைட்-ஓச்ட்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "ஃபயர்வாலுக்கு பின்னால் அமைந்துள்ள டெபியன்-ஈ.டி.யு சேவையகங்களை அணுகவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"இணையத்திலிருந்து ஒரு ஃபயர்வாலுக்குப் பின்னால் இயந்திரங்களை அணுக, <couthoututput> " -"autoshh </coutterOutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள். நீங்கள் அணுகக்கூடிய " -"இணையத்தில் ஒரு கணினியில் ஒரு பாஓடு சுரங்கப்பாதையை அமைக்க இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அந்த " -"கணினியிலிருந்து, ஃபயர்வாலின் பின்னால் உள்ள சேவையகத்தை பாஓடு சுரங்கப்பாதை வழியாக " -"அணுகலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து சுமைகளை பரப்புவதற்கு கூடுதல் பணி இயந்திரங்களை நிறுவுதல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை நிறுவலில், அனைத்து சேவைகளும் முதன்மையான சேவையகமான டிசெனரில் இயங்குகின்றன. " -"சிலவற்றை மற்றொரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு நகர்த்துவதை எளிதாக்க, <வலியுறுத்தல்> குறைந்தபட்ச " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> நிறுவல் சுயவிவரம் உள்ளது. இந்த சுயவிவரத்துடன் நிறுவுவது ஒரு " -"இயந்திரத்திற்கு வழிவகுக்கும், இது டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கின் ஒரு பகுதியாகும், ஆனால் அதில் " -"எந்த சேவைகளும் இயங்கவில்லை (இன்னும்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"<gratis> minimal </prasisis> சுயவிவரத்தை <வலியுறுத்தல்> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட் </" -"veriasis> துவக்க-விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி நிறுவவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் சேவையை முடக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் DNS (LDAP/GOSA² வழியாக) புதுப்பிக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> (பிரதான சேவையகத்தின் வேராக) </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல்> (கோசாவில் முதல் பயனராக) </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"முதன்மையான மெனுவிலிருந்து 'பயனர்களை' தேர்வு செய்யவும். அடிப்படை துறையில் 'மாணவர்களாக' " -"மாற்றவும். ஒரு நுழைவு <porteroutput> நியூச்டடென்ட் </computenOutput> காண்பிக்கப்பட " -"வேண்டும், அதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. இது 'மாணவர்கள்' வார்ப்புரு, உண்மையான பயனர் அல்ல. இதுபோன்ற " -"ஒரு வார்ப்புருவை உருவாக்க வேண்டியிருப்பதால் (உங்கள் கட்டமைப்பிற்கு காபிம இறக்குமதியைப் " -"பயன்படுத்த முடியும்) இந்த அடிப்படையில், பொதுவான மற்றும் POSIX தாவல்களில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் " -"அனைத்து உள்ளீடுகளையும் கவனியுங்கள், புதிய வார்ப்புருவுக்கு தகவல்களைத் தயாரிக்க திரை " -"சாட்களை எடுத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள் ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/பின்/பாச்\n" -" home_path = \"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" பகிரப்பட்ட_போல்டர் = \"பணிகள்\"\n" -" அனுமதிகள் = \"2770\"\n" -" created_dir = 0\n" -" $ (ls $ home_path) இல் வீட்டிற்கு; செய்\n" -" என்றால் [! -d \"$ home_path/$ home/$ shared_folder\"]; பின்னர்\n" -" mkdir $ home_path/$ home/$ shared_folder\n" -" Chmod $ அனுமதிகள் $ home_path/$ home/$ shared_folder\n" -" #சரியான உரிமையாளர் மற்றும் குழுவை அமைக்கவும்\n" -" #\"பயனர்பெயர்\" = \"குழு பெயர்\" = \"கோப்புறை பெயர்\"\n" -" பயனர் = $ வீடு\n" -" குழு = ஆசிரியர்கள்\n" -" Chown $ பயனர்: $ குழு $ home_path/$ home/$ shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+= 1))\n" -" வேறு\n" -" எக்கோ -இ \"கோப்புறை $ home_path/$ home/$ shared_folder ஏற்கனவே உள்ளது. \\ n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" முடிந்தது\n" -" எதிரொலி \"$ created_dir கோப்புறைகள் உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"இந்த கையேட்டின் </வலியுறுத்தல்> அத்தியாயத்தில் கோடிட்டுக் காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளபடி gosa² ஐப் " -"பயன்படுத்தி <portenoutput> சேவையகம் </computerOutput> வகை வகையின் புதிய அமைப்பைச் " -"சேர்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"ரூட்@வேலைக்காரன்: ~# showmount -e nas -server\n" -" NAS சேவையகத்திற்கான ஏற்றுமதி பட்டியல்:\n" -" /சேமிப்பு 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" ரூட்@வேலைக்காரன்: ~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> ldapvi --ldap -conf -zd '(cn = admin)' -b ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், " -"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = ச்கோல், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை " -"</coutterOutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"ஆசிரியர் காண்பிக்கும் போது, ஆவணத்தின் அடிப்பகுதியில் பின்வரும் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி பொருள்களைச் " -"சேர்க்கவும். ." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"cn = nas-server, ou = auto.skole, ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, " -"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelenux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்\n" -" ஆப்செக்ட் கிளாச்: ஆட்டோமவுண்ட்\n" -" சி.என்: நாச்-சர்வர்\n" -" தானியங்கு தகவல்: -fstype = autofs -timeout = 60 ldap: ou = auto.nas -server, " -"ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelenux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம்" -" = no\n" -"\n" -" OU = ஆட்டோ\n" -" ஆப்செக்ட் கிளாச்: மேல்\n" -" ஆப்செக்ட் கிளாச்: ஆட்டோமவுண்ட்மேப்\n" -" OU: Auto.NAS-SERVER\n" -"\n" -" Cn =/, ou = auto.nas-server, ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, " -"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelenux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்\n" -" ஆப்செக்ட் கிளாச்: ஆட்டோமவுண்ட்\n" -" சி.என்: /\n" -" தானியங்கு தகவல்: -fstype = nfs, tcp, rsize = 32768, wsize = 32768, rw, intr, " -"hard, nodev, nosuid, noatime nas -server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> mkdir </posteratutput>, திருத்து '/etc/fstab' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி மவுண்ட்" -" பாயிண்ட் கோப்பகங்களை உருவாக்கி, புதிய வளங்களை ஏற்ற <கணினி வெளியீடு> மவுண்ட் -A </" -"putheroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "பாஓடு உள்நுழைவு அணுகலை கட்டுப்படுத்தவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "" -"பாஓடு உள்நுழைவைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த பல வழிகள் உள்ளன, சில இங்கே பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் யாரும் பயன்படுத்தப்படாவிட்டால், ஒரு புதிய குழுவை " -"உருவாக்குவதே ஒரு எளிய தீர்வு (<couthoututput> sshusers </sputersoutput> என்று " -"சொல்லுங்கள்) மற்றும் இயந்திரத்தின்/etc/ssh/sshd_config கோப்பில் ஒரு வரியைச் சேர்ப்பது. " -"<porteroutput> Sshusers </couthoututput> குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள் மட்டுமே எல்லா " -"இடங்களிலிருந்தும் கணினியில் பாஓடு க்கு அனுமதிக்கப்படுவார்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் ஒரு குழுவை <computerOutput> sshusers </sputerututput> ஐ " -"உருவாக்கவும் (ஏற்கனவே <couthoutput> கோசா-அட்மின்ச் </computerOutput> போன்ற பிற கணினி" -" மேலாண்மை தொடர்பான குழுக்கள்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "புதிய குழுவில் பயனர்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> allowgroups sshusers </couteroutput> க்கு/etc/ssh/sshd_config ஐச்" -" சேர்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "<couthoututput> பணி பாஓடு மறுதொடக்கம் </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"இயல்புநிலை LTSP டிச்க்லெச் கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு பாஓடு இணைப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தாது. பாஓடு " -"அமைப்பு மாற்றப்பட்ட பிறகு தொடர்புடைய LTSP சேவையகத்தில் ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தைப் புதுப்பிக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"X2GO மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் தொடர்புடைய LTSP சேவையகத்திற்கு பாஓடு இணைப்புகளைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துகின்றனர். எனவே பாம் ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி வேறுபட்ட அணுகுமுறை தேவை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+: ஆலிச் சேன் பாப் சான்: எல்லாம்\n" -" +: அனைத்தும்: 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -" -: அனைத்தும்: அனைத்தும்\n" -" #" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், உள் எச்.எச்.எச் " -"உள்நுழைவு அணுகலை முடக்க 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை கைவிடலாம். குறிப்பு: தனது பெட்டியை " -"பிரத்யேக எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் பிணையம் (எச்) உடன் இணைக்கும் ஒருவர் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்" -" (எச்) க்கும் எச்.எச்.எச் அணுகலைப் பெறுவார்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"ஃச் 2 சிஓ வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் முதுகெலும்பு பிணையம் 10.0.0.0/8 உடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், " -"விசயங்கள் இன்னும் சிக்கலானதாக இருக்கும், மேலும் ஒரு அதிநவீன டி.எச்.சி.பி அமைப்பு " -"(எல்.டி.ஏ.பி-யில்) மட்டுமே விற்பனையாளர்-கிளாச்-அடையாளங்காட்டியை பொருத்தமான பிஏஎம் " -"உள்ளமைவுடன் சரிபார்க்கும் உள் எச்.எச்.எச்.எச். உள்நுழைவு." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "பல மொழிகளை ஆதரிக்க இந்த கட்டளைகளை இயக்க வேண்டும்:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு இடங்களை இயக்கவும் </compaterOutput> (ரூட் என) " -"மற்றும் மொழிகளை (UTF-8 வகைகள்) தேர்வு செய்யவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"பொருத்தமான புதுப்பிப்பு\n" -" /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -" /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"பயனர்கள் உள்நுழைவதற்கு முன் லைட் டிஎம் காட்சி மேலாளர் வழியாக மொழியைத் தேர்வுசெய்ய " -"முடியும்; இது XFCE, LXDE மற்றும் LXQT க்கு பொருந்தும். க்னோம் மற்றும் கே.டி.இ இரண்டும் " -"அவற்றின் சொந்த உள் பகுதி மற்றும் மொழி உள்ளமைவு கருவிகளுடன் வருகின்றன, இவற்றைப் " -"பயன்படுத்துங்கள். மேட் ஒரு மொழி தேர்வாளருக்கு லைட் டிஎம் மேல் ஆர்க்டிகா வாழ்த்துப் பணியாளரைப்" -" பயன்படுத்துகிறார். பங்கு லைட் டிஎம் வாழ்த்து கொள்ள APT தூய்மைப்படுத்தல் ஆர்க்டிகா-வாழ்த்துக்கள்" -" </compateOututput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"பெரும்பாலான வணிக டிவிடிகளை விளையாடுவதற்கு LIBDVDCSS தேவை. சட்ட காரணங்களுக்காக இது " -"டெபியன் (EDU) இல் சேர்க்கப்படவில்லை. இதைப் பயன்படுத்த நீங்கள் சட்டப்பூர்வமாக அனுமதிக்கப்பட்டால்" -", <couthoututput> libdvd-pkg </posteratutput> டெபியன் தொகுப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் " -"சொந்த உள்ளக தொகுப்புகளை உருவாக்கலாம்; <couthoutput> பங்களிப்பு </computerOutput> " -"<couteroutput> /etc/apt/sources.list </coutterOutput> இல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதை " -"உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"பொருத்தமான புதுப்பிப்பு\n" -" appt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"டெப்கான்ஃப் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதிலளிக்கவும், பின்னர் <couthoututput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு " -"libdvd-pkg </couteroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"தொகுப்பு <couthoututput> fonts-linex </coutheroutput> (இது இயல்பாக " -"நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது) எழுத்துருவை \"அபெசெடாரியோ\" நிறுவுகிறது, இது குழந்தைகளுக்கான நல்" -"ல கையெழுத்து எழுத்துரு. எழுத்துரு குழந்தைகளுடன் பயன்படுத்த பல வடிவங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளது: " -"புள்ளியிடப்பட்ட, மற்றும் வரிகளுடன்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான ஒரு பொதுவான சொல் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாங்கி </வலியுறுத்தல்>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp." -"org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" -"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"பொதுவாக LTSP பற்றிய தகவலுக்கு, <ulink முகவரி = \"https://ltsp.org\"> LTSP " -"முகப்புப்பக்கம் </Ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும். <tosival> LTSP சேவையகம் </VISTRASIS> " -"சுயவிவரம் கொண்ட கணினிகளில், <couthoututput> man ltsp </couteroutput> கூடுதல் " -"தகவல்களை வழங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி -யிலிருந்து <வலியுறுத்தல்> எல்.டி.எச்.பி </வலியுறுத்தல்> கருவி கவனமாகப் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, <tosomoutput> LTSP படம் " -"/< /computerOutput> டெபியன் இயந்திரங்களின் விசயத்தில் ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்கத் தவறும்" -" (இவை இயல்பாக ஒரு தனி /துவக்க பகிர்வைக் கொண்டுள்ளன), <couthoututput> LTSP IPXE </" -"cuterinoutput> உருவாக்கத் தவறும் IPXE பட்டியல் சரியாக (டெபியன் EDU இன் மெல்லிய " -"கிளையன்ட் உதவி காரணமாக), மற்றும் <couthoututput> LTSP INITRD </coteratututput> " -"LTSP கிளையன்ட் துவக்கத்தை முழுவதுமாக குழப்பிவிடும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கருவி <கணினி வெளியீடு> எல்.டி.எச்.பி இமேச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அவுட்புட்>, <coutomoutput> " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐட் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அவுட்புட்> மற்றும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> எல்.டி.எச்.பி ipxe </" -"coutheroutput>. வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை (64-பிட் மற்றும்" -" 32-பிட் பிசி இரண்டும்) அமைக்கவும் கட்டமைக்கவும் இது பயன்படுகிறது. <couthoututput> மேன்" -" டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> அல்லது ச்கிரிப்ட் உள்ளடக்கத்தைப் " -"பார்க்கவும். தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் (இங்கே " -"ஆவணங்கள்) உள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ரேப்பர் ச்கிரிப்டை எவ்வாறு பயன்படுத்துவது <overisis> " -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </வலியுறுத்தல்>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலைய ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை (சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமை) " -"புதுப்பிக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் --thin_type " -"Bad </coutnoututput> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையத்தையும் 64-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவையும்" -" உருவாக்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் --ஆர்ச் I386 --thin_type Bad </" -"coutnoututput> கூடுதல் 32-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை உருவாக்குகிறது (க்ரூட் மற்றும் " -"ச்குவாச்ஃப் படம்)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> வெற்று </வலியுறுத்தல்> (மிகச்சிறிய மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் சிச்டம்) தவிர, " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> காட்சி </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"ஆகியவை கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விருப்பங்கள். <overiss> காட்சி </VISTRASIS> வகை ஒரு " -"பணிநிறுத்தம் பொத்தானை வழங்குகிறது, <வலியுறுத்தல்> டெச்க்டாப் </வலியுறுத்தல்> வகை " -"கிளையண்டில் கியோச்க் பயன்முறையில் ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆரை இயக்குகிறது (மேலும் உள்ளக ரேம் " -"மற்றும் சிபியு ஆற்றல் தேவை, ஆனால் சேவையக சுமை குறைக்கப்பட்டது)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-ஐபிஎக்ச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கருவி என்பது <tateroutput> எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐபிஎக்ச் </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> க்கான ரேப்பர் " -"ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும். /Srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe கோப்பு டெபியன் EDU குறிப்பிட்டதாக இருப்பதை " -"இது உறுதி செய்கிறது. /Etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [சேவையகம்] பிரிவில் ஐபிஎக்ச்இ பட்டியல் " -"தொடர்பான உருப்படிகள் (மெனு நேரம் முடிந்தது அல்லது இயல்புநிலை துவக்க அமைப்புகள் போன்றவை) " -"மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட பிறகு கட்டளை இயக்கப்பட வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"strong\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ட்ரிடி </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கருவி <கணினி வெளியீடு> எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐஎன்டிஆர்டி </கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்> க்கான ரேப்பர் " -"ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு குறிப்பிட்ட initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " -"உருவாக்கப்பட்டு பின்னர் பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு தொடர்பான கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகர்த்தப்படுவதை " -"உறுதிசெய்கிறது. /Etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்] பிரிவு மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட " -"பிறகு கட்டளை இயக்கப்பட வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"<முக்கியத்துவம் வாய்ந்த ரோல் = \"வலுவான\"> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சி.ஆர்.ஓ.டி " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> கருவி என்பது எல்.டி.எச்.பி 5 உடன் அனுப்பப்பட்ட <tasp> " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி-செரூட் </வலியுறுத்தல்> கருவிக்கு மாற்றாக உள்ளது. இது ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்டில் கட்டளைகளை இயக்க பயன்படுகிறது (எ.கா. நிறுவுதல், மேம்படுத்துதல் " -"மற்றும் தொகுப்புகளை அகற்றுதல் போன்றவை)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"A diskless workstation runs அனைத்தும் software locally. The client machines " -"boot directly இருந்து the LTSP சேவையகம் without a local hard drive. Software " -"is administered and maintained on the LTSP சேவையகம், but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. வீடு கோப்பகங்கள் and மண்டலம் அமைப்புகள் அரே stored on the சேவையகம் too. " -"Diskless workstations அரே an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) " -"வன்பொருள் with the same low maintenance costs அச் with thin clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations ஓடு without any need பெறுநர் கூட்டு " -"them with GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC பெறுநர் சார்பு அச் an (X-)terminal, " -"where அனைத்தும் software runs on the LTSP சேவையகம். This means that this " -"machine boots வழிமம் PXE without using a local client hard ஓட்டு and that the " -"LTSP சேவையகம் needs பெறுநர் be a powerful machine." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients பெறுநர் enable the use of " -"very old hardware." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, பயனர்கள் should முடக்கு compositing பெறுநர் avoid " -"காட்சி artefacts. In the இயல்புநிலை case (Xfce desktop environment): அமைப்புகள் " -"-> சாளரம் Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் ஃபார்ம்வேர் </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's பிணையம் இடைமுகம் requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE நிறுவல் can be used க்கு troubleshooting problems with " -"netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains பற்றி a missing " -"XXX.bin கோப்பு then non-free firmware has பெறுநர் be added பெறுநர் the LTSP " -"server's initrd." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "First get செய்தி பற்றி firmware packages, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt புதுப்பிப்பு && apt தேடல் ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Decide which தொகுப்பு has பெறுநர் be installed க்கு the பிணையம் interface(s), " -"பெரும்பாலானவை probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q ஃபார்ம்வேர் -லினக்ச் நிறுவவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "புதுப்பிப்பு the SquashFS படம் க்கு diskless workstations, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation ஆம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "In case X2Go thin clients அரே used, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "and proceed according பெறுநர் the usage information." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Then புதுப்பிப்பு the SquashFS image; e.g. க்கு the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp படம் x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "LTSP client வகை தேர்வு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Each LTSP சேவையகம் has two தூயவெளியம், தூயவெளி வலை interfaces: one configured " -"in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and " -"another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet க்கு each LTSP server)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen இருந்து the iPXE menu. After waiting க்கு 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot அச் diskless workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" -"The இயல்புநிலை iPXE boot பட்டியல் item and it's இயல்புநிலை timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout மதிப்பு of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used பெறுநர் மறை the menu. ஓடு " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> க்கு the changes பெறுநர் " -"take effect." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Use a different LTSP client பிணையம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the இயல்புநிலை LTSP client பிணையம் if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients அரே used or if different " -"LTSP சேவையகங்கள் should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the " -"second preconfigured பிணையம் 192.168.1.0/24 could be used அச் well. தொகு the " -"கோப்பு <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust " -"the eth1 அமைப்புகள் accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> " -"or any மற்றொன்று LDAP திருத்தி பெறுநர் inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "கூட்டு LTSP chroot பெறுநர் support 32-bit-PC clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "பெறுநர் create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "Debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bad" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> க்கு details " -"பற்றி thin client types." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "LTSP client உள்ளமைவு" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"ஓடு <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> பெறுநர் have a look at " -"available உள்ளமைவு options. Or read it online: <ulink url=" -"\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"கூட்டு உள்ளமைவு items பெறுநர் the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. க்கு " -"the changes பெறுநர் take effect, run:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "டெபியன்-எட்டு-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ட்ரிடி" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio பெறுநர் கணவாய் audio இருந்து the சேவையகம் " -"பெறுநர் the clients." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP diskless workstations கைப்பிடி audio locally." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Access பெறுநர் USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"When பயனர்கள் செருகவும் a USB ஓட்டு or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, " -"a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access பெறுநர் the " -"content அச் on a workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" -"When பயனர்கள் செருகவும் a USB ஓட்டு into an X2Go thin client of வகை bare (" -"default combined சேவையகம் installation), the ஊடகம் is mounted அச் soon அச் the " -"existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the " -"ஊடகம் content it might take some time until the content shows மேலே in the " -"கோப்பு manager." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "A எச்சரிக்கை பற்றி removable ஊடகம் on LTSP சேவையகங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"When inserted into an LTSP சேவையகம், USB drives and மற்றொன்று removable ஊடகம் " -"cause the related folder icon பெறுநர் appear on LTSP thin client desktops. " -"Remote பயனர்கள் can access the files." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Use printers attached பெறுநர் LTSP clients" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Attach the அச்சுப்பொறி பெறுநர் the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel " -"துறைமுகம் அரே supported)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² பெறுநர் use a fixed IP address." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Configure the அச்சுப்பொறி using the விரலிடைத் தோல் இடைமுகம் " -"<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; " -"choose பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறி வகை <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" -"computeroutput> (for அனைத்தும் printers regardless of brand or model) and கணம் " -"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> அச் " -"connection URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE stands க்கு Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation க்கு easier LTSP " -"ஒருங்கிணைப்பு." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Configuring the PXE பட்டியல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"The iPXE பட்டியல் item concerning மண்டலம் installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some அமைப்புகள் பெறுநர் be overridden using the கோப்பு <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with மாற்று values." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Configuring the PXE நிறுவல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"The PXE நிறுவல் will inherit the language, keyboard மனையமைவு and mirror " -"அமைப்புகள் இருந்து the அமைப்புகள் used when installing the main-server, and the " -"மற்றொன்று கேள்விகள் will be asked during நிறுவல் (profile, popcon participation, " -"partitioning and மூலம் password). பெறுநர் avoid these questions, the கோப்பு " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " -"can be மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட பெறுநர் provide preselected பதில்கள் பெறுநர் debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values அரே already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost அச் soon அச் <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used பெறுநர் recreate the PXE-installation environment. " -"பெறுநர் பிற்சேர் debconf values பெறுநர் <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, கூட்டு the கோப்பு " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> with your additional debconf values." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"PXE நிறுவல்களை மாற்றியமைப்பது பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"நிறுவல்-மாற்றியமைக்கும்_பெக்ச்_இன்ச்டாலேசன்ச்\"> நிறுவல் </இணைப்பு> அத்தியாயத்தில் காணலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"தனிப்பயன் களஞ்சியத்தைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு இதுபோன்ற ஒன்றை <couthoututput> /etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </putersoutput> இல் சேர்க்கவும்::" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#ச்கோல் உள்ளக களஞ்சியத்தை திட்டமிட்டுள்ளது\n" -" d-i apt-setup/local1/reposition சரம் http://example.org/debian நிலையான " -"முதன்மையான பங்களிப்பு இலவசம் அல்ல\n" -" d-i apt-setup/local1/கருத்து சரம் எடுத்துக்காட்டு மென்பொருள் களஞ்சியம்\n" -" d-i apt-setup/local1/மூல பூலியன் உண்மை\n" -" d-i apt-setup/local1/key சரம் http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"பின்னர் <Couthoutput>/USR/SBIN/DEBIAN-EDU-PXEINSTALL </ கணினி வெளியீடு> ஐ ஒரு " -"முறை இயக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் தொகுப்பு ஒரு கருவியுடன் வருகிறது, இது நெட்வொர்க்கை 10.0.0.0/8 " -"இலிருந்து வேறு ஏதாவது மாற்ற உதவுகிறது. <couthoututput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/சப்நெட்-சேஞ்ச் </computeerOutput> ஐப் பாருங்கள். முதன்மையா" -"ன சேவையகத்தில் நிறுவிய பின்னரும் பயன்படுத்த, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் சப்நெட்டை மாற்ற திருத்த " -"வேண்டிய பிற கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க இது பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"டிஎன்எச் டொமைன் பெயரை மாற்ற எளிதான வழி இல்லை. இதை மாற்றுவதற்கு எல்.டி.ஏ.பி கட்டமைப்பு " -"மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமையில் பல கோப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் மாற்றங்கள் தேவைப்படும்" -". முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் (Tjener.intern) புரவலன் மற்றும் டிஎன்எச் பெயரை மாற்ற எளிதான " -"வழி இல்லை. அவ்வாறு செய்ய எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் கோப்பு " -"முறைமையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கான மாற்றங்களும் தேவைப்படும். இரண்டு சந்தர்ப்பங்களிலும் கெர்பரோச் " -"அமைப்பையும் மாற்ற வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக சுயவிவரம் அல்லது ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஃச் 2 கோசர்வர் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> தொகுப்புகளையும் நிறுவுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "" -"எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ஒலி உதவி இல்லாமல் வருகிறது; தேவையான தொகுதிகளை தொகுக்க இந்த ச்கிரிப்டைப் " -"பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/பின்/பாச்\n" -" # எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி பல்சியுடியோ தொகுதிகளை தொகுக்க / மீண்டும் தொகுக்க ச்கிரிப்ட்.\n" -" # அழைப்பாளர் வேர் அல்லது சுடோ குழுவின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்க வேண்டும்.\n" -" # மேலும், /etc/apt/sources.list சரியான டெப்-எச்ஆர்சி வரியைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும்.\n" -" கணம் -e\n" -" என்றால் [[$ uid -ne 0]]; பின்னர்\n" -" என்றால்! குழுக்கள் | egrep -q sudo; பின்னர்\n" -" எதிரொலி \"பிழை: நீங்கள் ரூட் அல்லது ஒரு சுடோ குழு உறுப்பினராக இருக்க வேண்டும்.\"\n" -" வெளியேறு 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" என்றால்! egrep -q ^deb -src /etc/apt/sources.list; பின்னர்\n" -" எதிரொலி \"பிழை: /etc/apt/sources.list ஒரு டெப்-எச்ஆர்சி வரியைக் கொண்டிருப்பதை " -"உறுதிசெய்க.\"\n" -" வெளியேறு 1\n" -" fi\n" -" Tmp = $ (mktemp -d)\n" -" Bulse_upstream_version = " -"\"$ (dpkg -query -w -f = '$ {மூல: மேலோடை -பதிப்பு}' பல்சீடியோ)\"\n" -" Xrdp_upstream_version = " -"\"$ (dpkg -query -w -f = '$ {மூல: மேலோடை -பதிப்பு}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q புதுப்பிப்பு\n" -" # ஆதாரங்களைப் பெறுங்கள் மற்றும் சார்புகளை உருவாக்குங்கள்:\n" -" sudo apt -q நிறுவு dpkg -dev\n" -" சிடி $ டி.எம்.பி.\n" -" apt -q மூல பல்சியுடியோ xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q quild -dep pullaudio xrdp\n" -" # பல்சியுடியோ 'உள்ளமைவு' என்பது தேவைப்படுவது எல்லாம்:\n" -" குறுவட்டு பல்சியுடியோ- $ துடிப்பு_அப்ச்ட்ரீம்_்வெர்சன்/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # துடிப்பு தொகுதிகள் மேக்ஃபைலை சரிசெய்யவும் (முழுமையான பாதை தேவை)\n" -" # மற்றும் பல்சியுடியோ தொகுதிகளை உருவாக்குங்கள்.\n" -" குறுவட்டு $ tmp/xrdp- $ xrdp_upstream_version/sesman/sansrv/துடிப்பு/\n" -" sed -i 's/^துடிப்பு/#துடிப்பு/' மேக்ஃபைல்\n" -" sed -i \"/#wulse_dir/a \\\n" -" Wulse_dir = $ tmp/pulseaudio- $ bulse_upstream_version \"மேக்ஃபைல்\n" -" உருவாக்கு\n" -" # தொகுதிகளை பல்சியுடியோ தொகுதிகள் கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கவும், உரிமைகளை " -"சரிசெய்யவும்.\n" -" sudo cp *.so/usr/lib/துடிப்பு- $ bulse_upstream_version/தொகுதிகள்/\n" -" sudo chmod 644/usr/lib/wulse- $ bulse_upstream_version/தொகுதிகள்/தொகுதி-xrdp*" -"\n" -" # எக்ச்ஆர்டிபியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யுங்கள், இப்போது ஒலி இயக்கப்பட்டிருக்கும்.\n" -" sudo பணி xrdp மறுதொடக்கம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:" -"x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"லினக்ச், சாளரங்கள் அல்லது மேகோச் இயங்கும் பிசியிலிருந்து குறைந்த அலைவரிசை மற்றும் உயர் " -"அலைவரிசை இணைப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு வரைகலை டெச்க்டாப்பை அணுக " -"x2go உங்களுக்கு உதவுகிறது. கிளையன்ட் பக்கத்தில் கூடுதல் மென்பொருள் தேவைப்படுகிறது, " -"<ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\"> x2go விக்கி </" -"ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"X2GO பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <tosoutput> கொலையாளி </computerOutput> தொகுப்பு LTSP " -"சேவையகத்தில் சிறந்ததை அகற்ற வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\"> 890517 </ulink >." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<couthoutput> freerdp-x11 </computerOutput> இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது மற்றும்" -" இது RDP மற்றும் VNC க்கு திறன் கொண்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - சாளரங்கள் டெர்மினல் சேவையகத்தை அணுக எளிதான வழி. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு " -"<couteroutput> rdesktop </computenOutput> ஆகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"வி.என்.சி வாங்கி (மெய்நிகர் பிணையம் கணினி) ச்கோலெலினக்ச் தொலைதூரத்தில் அணுகலை " -"வழங்குகிறது. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு <couterOutput> XVNCViewer </" -"coteratututput> ஆகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<couthoututput> x2goclient </computerOutput> என்பது X2GO அமைப்புக்கான வரைகலை " -"வாங்கி ஆகும் (இயல்பாக நிறுவப்படவில்லை). இயங்கும் அமர்வுகளுடன் இணைக்கவும், புதியவற்றைத் " -"தொடங்கவும் இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"பாதுகாப்பான பிணையம் இணைப்புகளை வழங்க <Priasis> ஃப்ரீராடியச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> சேவையகம் " -"பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். இது வேலை செய்ய, <வலியுறுத்தல்> ஃப்ரீராடியச் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் " -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> WINBIND </porsisis> முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி " -"<கணினி வெளியீடு>/USR/SHARE/DEBIAN-EDU-CONFIG/கருவிகள்/அமைவு-ஃப்ரீராடியச் -சர்வர் </" -"computerOutput> ஒரு அடிப்படை, தள குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளமைவை உருவாக்க. இந்த வழியில், " -"EAP-TTLS/PAP மற்றும் PEAP-MSCHAPV2 முறைகள் இரண்டும் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. தள குறிப்பிட்ட " -"மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் உள்ளன. விவரங்களுக்கு <Ulink முகவரி" -" = \"https://freeradius.org/\"> ஃப்ரீரடியச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> பகிரப்பட்ட மறைபொருள் </வலியுறுத்தல்> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"clients.conf) வழியாக அணுகல் புள்ளிகளை இயக்கவும்/முடக்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"இறுதி பயனர் சாதனங்கள் சரியாக உள்ளமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும், இந்த சாதனங்கள் EAP (802.1x) " -"முறைகளைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கு முள் பாதுகாக்கப்பட வேண்டும். மற்றும் மிக முக்கியமானது: பயனர்கள்" -" தங்கள் சாதனங்களில் ஃப்ரீராடியச் CA சான்றிதழை நிறுவ சரியான சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்படுவதற்கு" -" கல்வி கற்க வேண்டும். தீங்கிழைக்கும் சேவையகத்தின் போது கடவுச்சொல்லை இந்த வழியில் பிடிக்க " -"முடியாது. தள குறிப்பிட்ட சான்றிதழ் உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் கிடைக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (லினக்ச் இயங்கும் " -"இறுதி பயனர் சாதனங்களுக்கு)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (லினக்ச், ஆண்ட்ராய்டு)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https: //www.intern/freeradius-cader\"/> (MACOS, ஐஇமு, " -"ஐபாடோச், விண்டோச்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "ஒரு சிறப்பு பயனரைச் சேர்க்கவும், எ.கா." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" -"சி: \\ நிரல் கோப்புகள் \\ pgina.fork \\ செருகுநிரல்கள் \\ pgina.plugin.ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3." -"fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP புரவலன் (கள்): <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> 10.0.2.2 </VISTRASIS> " -"(அல்லது வேறு எவரும் பிரிப்பானாக \"விண்வெளி\" உடன்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP போர்ட்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> 636 </VIRCESISS> (SSL இணைப்புக்கு)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"SSL ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> ஆம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> (டிக் " -"தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"TLS ஐத் தொடங்கு: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> இல்லை </VIRSISASIS> " -"(தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"சேவையக சான்றிதழை சரிபார்க்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> இல்லை " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"தேடல் டி.என்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> uid = pguser, ou = மக்கள், OU = " -"மாணவர்கள், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை" -" </saptissis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"வெற்று கடவுச்சொற்களை அனுமதிக்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இல்லை " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"டி.என் தேடு: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> ஆம் </வலியுறுத்தல்> (டிக் " -"தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"தேடல் வடிகட்டி: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> (& (uid =%u) (objectClass " -"= நபர்)) </VIRSASIS>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "இயல்புநிலை: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> இசைவு </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.ஏ.பி ஏற்பு தோல்வியுற்றால் மறுக்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> ஆம் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"சேவையகம் அணுக முடியாததாக இருக்கும்போது அனுமதிக்கவும்: <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = " -"\"வலுவான\"> இல்லை </வலியுறுத்தல்> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம், விரும்பினால்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"சாம்பா இப்போது நவீன SMB2/SMB3 உதவி மற்றும் பயனர்கள் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதன் மூலம் <overisis> " -"முழுமையான சேவையகம் </VISTARISS> என கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் " -"<couthoututput> /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf </putersoutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும். " -"இந்த வழியில் நிர்வாகிகள் அல்லாத பயனர்கள் பங்குகளை வழங்க இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"பாதுகாப்பற்ற SMB1 நெறிமுறையை சம்பா கைவிட்டதால், சாம்பா ஐ NT4-பாணி PDC ஆக அமைப்பதற்கா" -"ன விருப்பம் இல்லாமல் போய்விட்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களுக்கு, /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site/etc/" -"samba கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கவும். <iverasis> smb.conf.edu-site </pricasis> இல் உள்" -"ள அமைப்புகள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> Smb-debian-edu.conf </traisiss> இல் உள்ளவற்றை மேலெழுதும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"இயல்பாக, வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மட்டுமே படிக்கப்படுகின்றன. இதை <overisis> /etc/samba/" -"smb.conf.edu-site </saptivasis> இல் மாற்றலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"சாம்பா கடவுச்சொற்கள் <CouterOutput> SMBPASSWD </couteroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " -"சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன, மேலும் GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கடவுச்சொல் மாற்றப்பட்டால் புதுப்பிக்கப்படும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"ஒரு பயனரின் சம்பா கணக்கை தற்காலிகமாக முடக்க, <கணினி வெளியீடு> SMBPASSWD -D & LT; " -"பயனர்பெயர் & gt;" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"<கணினி வெளியீடு> சவுன் ரூட்: முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ஆசிரியர்கள்/var/lib/samba/" -"Usershares </coutheroutput> ஐ இயக்குகிறது 'மாணவர்களுக்கான' பயனர்கள் முடக்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"லினக்ச், ஆண்ட்ராய்டு, மேகோச், ஐஓஎச், ஐபாடோச், குரோம் ஓஎச் அல்லது சாளரங்கள் இயங்கும் " -"சாதனங்களுக்கு பயனரின் வீட்டு அடைவு மற்றும் கூடுதல் தள குறிப்பிட்ட பங்குகள் " -"(கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டால்) இணைப்புகள் சாத்தியமாகும். ஆண்ட்ராய்டு அடிப்படையிலான பிற சாதனங்களுக்கு " -"SMB2/SMB3 ஆதரவுடன் கோப்பு மேலாளர் தேவைப்படுகிறார், இது LAN அணுகல் என்றும் " -"அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <ulink முகவரி = \"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" -"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.xplore& ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "வீட்டு கோப்பகத்தை அணுக </gt; \\ & gt;" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"இந்த பிரிவில் குறிப்பிடப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து டெபியன் தொகுப்புகளையும் <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"பொருத்தமாக நிறுவுவதன் மூலம் & lt; தொகுப்பு & gt; </computerOutput> (ரூட்) இயக்குவதன்" -" மூலம் நிறுவலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" -"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " -"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " -"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " -"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian." -"org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\"" -"> நிலையான/கல்வி-மேம்பாடு </Ulink> என்பது நிறைய நிரலாக்க கருவிகளைப் பொறுத்து ஒரு " -"மேவு தொகுப்பு ஆகும். இந்த தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட்டால் கிட்டத்தட்ட 2 வட்டு இடத்தின் கிப் தேவை " -"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு (ஒரு சில தொகுப்புகளை மட்டுமே நிறுவ), " -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/taskment\"> டெபியன் EDU " -"மேம்பாட்டு தொகுப்புகள் </ulink> பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> எச்சரிக்கை </வலியுறுத்தல்>: உங்கள் அதிகார வரம்பில் " -"கணினி பயனர்களின் செயல்பாடுகளை கண்காணித்தல் மற்றும் கட்டுப்படுத்துவது பற்றிய சட்டங்களின் நிலை" -" உங்களுக்குத் தெரியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\"> " -"எபோப்ட்ச் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/ " -"போன்ற கட்டுப்பாட்டு கருவிகளைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன /வேயோன்-கான்ஃபிகுரேட்டர்#\"> தங்கள் " -"மாணவர்களை மேற்பார்வையிட வேயோன் </ulink>. மேலும் காண்க: <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://epoptes.org\"> எபோப்ட்ச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://veyon.io\"> வீயோன் முகப்புப்பக்க </ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\"" -"> ச்க்விட்கார்ட் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\" > E2Guardian </Ulink> இணை" -"ய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் கோசா பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் அவளை அல்லது அவரது கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்ற வேண்டும்" -". அவ்வாறு செய்ய, ஒரு உலாவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி <கணினி வெளியீடு> https: // www/gosa/</" -"sputersoutput> க்குச் செல்லவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"அனைத்து பயனர்களும் உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குள் அஞ்சல்களை அனுப்பலாம் மற்றும் பெறலாம்; டி.எல்.எச் " -"பாதுகாப்பான இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்க சான்றிதழ்கள் வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு வெளியே" -" அஞ்சலை அனுமதிக்க, நிர்வாகி உள்ளக நிலைமைக்கு ஏற்றவாறு மெயில்சர்வர் <கணினி வெளியீடு> " -"exim4 </coterututput> ஐ உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டும், <கணினி வெளியீடு> DPKG-RECONFIGURE " -"EXIM4-CONFIG </cotomeroutput> இல் தொடங்குகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " -"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"தண்டர்பேர்டைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் அதை பின்வருமாறு கட்டமைக்க வேண்டும். " -"பயனர்பெயர் JDOE உடன் ஒரு பயனருக்கு உள் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரி <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"mailto: jdoe@postoffice.intern\"> jdoe@postoffice.intern </ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "உள்நாட்டில் பங்களிக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"தற்போது நோர்வே, செர்மனியில் உள்ளக அணிகள் உள்ளன, ச்பெயினில் எக்ச்ட்ரெமதுராவின் பிராந்தியமான " -"தைவான் மற்றும் பிரான்ச். \"தனிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட\" பங்களிப்பாளர்கள் மற்றும் பயனர்கள் கிரேக்கம், " -"நெதர்லாந்து, சப்பான் மற்றும் பிற இடங்களில் உள்ளனர்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"<இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"ஆதரவு\"> உதவி அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> உள்ளூர்மயமாக்கப்பட்ட வளங்களுக்கா" -"ன விளக்கங்கள் மற்றும் இணைப்புகள் உள்ளன, ஏனெனில் <வலியுறுத்தல்> பங்களிப்பு </வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> உதவி </வலியுறுத்தல்> ஆகியவை ஒரே நாணயத்தின் இரண்டு பக்கங்களாகும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "உலகளவில் பங்களிக்கவும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"பன்னாட்டு அளவில் நாங்கள் பல்வேறு <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/teams/\"> அணிகள் </ulink> வெவ்வேறு பாடங்களில்" -" பணிபுரிகிறோம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" -"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"பெரும்பாலான நேரங்களில், <ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"" -"> உருவாக்குபவர் அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> தகவல்தொடர்புக்கான எங்கள் முக்கிய ஊடகம், இருப்பினும்" -" #டெபியன்- இல் மாதாந்திர ஐ.ஆர்.சி கூட்டங்கள் உள்ளன. Irc.debian.org இல் EDU மற்றும், " -"குறைவான அடிக்கடி, உண்மையான கூட்டங்கள், அங்கு நாம் ஒருவருக்கொருவர் நேரில் சந்திக்கிறோம். " -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/newcontributor\"> புதிய " -"பங்களிப்பாளர்கள் </ulink> எங்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/archivepolicy\"/> ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU இன் வளர்ச்சியில் என்ன நடக்கிறது என்பதை அறிய ஒரு சிறந்த வழி <ulink முகவரி " -"= \"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-" -"commits\" > மெயிலிங் கிளிச்ட்டை செய்யுங்கள் </ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் டெபியன் <ulink முகவரி = \"http://www.debian.org/bugs/\"> பிழை " -"கண்காணிப்பு அமைப்பு (BTS) </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார். ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிழை அறிக்கைகள் " -"மற்றும் அம்ச கோரிக்கைகளைக் காண்க அல்லது புதியவற்றை உருவாக்கவும். <Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\"> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </" -"ulink> தொகுப்புக்கு எதிரான அனைத்து பிழைகளையும் தெரிவிக்கவும். டெபியன் EDU இல் பிழை " -"அறிக்கையிடல் குறித்த கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <ULINK முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/bugreports#\"> பிழைகளைப் புகாரளிப்பது" -" எப்படி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"உரையின் மூலமானது ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் ஒரு எளிய வெப் ப்ரோசர் மூலம் திருத்தலாம். <Ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bullseye/\"/> க்குச்" -" செல்லுங்கள், நீங்கள் எளிதாக பங்களிக்க முடியும். குறிப்பு: பக்கங்களைத் திருத்த ஒரு பயனர் " -"கணக்கு தேவை; நீங்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/userpreferences\"" -"> ஒரு விக்கி பயனரை உருவாக்க வேண்டும் </ulink> முதலில்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"மென்பொருள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்களை மொழிபெயர்ப்பதன் மூலம் பங்களிப்பதற்கும் பயனர்களுக்கு உதவுவதற்கும் " -"மற்றொரு சிறந்த வழி. இந்த ஆவணத்தை எவ்வாறு மொழிபெயர்ப்பது என்பது பற்றிய தகவல்களை இந்த " -"புத்தகத்தின் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = \"மொழிபெயர்ப்பு\"> மொழிபெயர்ப்பு அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> இல்" -" காணலாம். இந்த புத்தகத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்பு முயற்சிக்கு உதவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள்!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - உதவி அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"IRC.Debian.org இல் #டெபியன் -எட்டு - ஐ.ஆர்.சி சேனல், பெரும்பாலும் வளர்ச்சி " -"தொடர்புடையது; நிகழ்நேர ஆதரவை அடிக்கடி நடந்தாலும் எதிர்பார்க்க வேண்டாம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-jerman\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் " -"பட்டியல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<alink முகவரி = \"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - அதிகாரப்பூர்வ செர்மன் " -"பிரதிநிதித்துவம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் " -"பட்டியல்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"தொழில்முறை ஆதரவை வழங்கும் நிறுவனங்களின் பட்டியல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/help/professionalhelp\"/> இலிருந்து " -"கிடைக்கின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "டெபியன் எடு புல்சேயில் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 11 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புல்செய் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் புல்ல்சேயில் இருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> ஐ மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/homeworld#\"> " -"ஓம்வொர்ல்ட் கருப்பொருள் </ulink>, டெபியன் 11 புல்செய்க்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "டெபியன் 11 புல்செய், எ.கா." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் 11 புல்செய் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டு குறிப்புகள்" -" </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https: // www .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புல்செய்/இன்ச்ட்ராமேனுவல் \"> நிறுவல் கையேடு " -"</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, " -"French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) " -"and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bullseye#\"" -"> டெபியன் எட் புல்செய் கையேடு </ulink> டச்சு, பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, " -"நோர்வே போக்மால், போர்ட்டுகியூச் ஆகியோருக்கு முழுமையாக மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (போர்ச்சுகல்)" -" மற்றும் எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<overisis>/srv/tftp </prasisis> அடைவு இப்போது <varasis>/var/lib/tftpboot </" -"prasisis> க்கு பதிலாக நெட்பூட் தளமாக பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/status/bullseye#\"> " -"டெபியன் எடு புல்செய் நிலை பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"இந்த ஆவணம் ஓல்கர் லெவ்சன் (2007-2022), பெட்டர் ரெய்ன்ஓல்ட்சென் (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, " -"2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), டேனியல் எச் (2007), பேட்ரிக் வின்னெர்ட்ச் (2007)" -" . . GPL2 அல்லது எந்த LATS பதிப்பும். மகிழுங்கள்!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"அதில் உள்ளடக்கத்தை நீங்கள் சேர்த்தால், <வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவானது\"> நீங்கள் ஆசிரியராக " -"இருந்தால் மட்டும் அவ்வாறு செய்யுங்கள். அதே நிபந்தனைகளின் கீழ் நீங்கள் அதை வெளியிட வேண்டும் " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>! உங்கள் பெயரை இங்கே சேர்த்து \"சிபிஎல் வி 2 அல்லது பின்னர் எந்த பதிப்பு\" " -"உரிமத்தின் கீழ் வெளியிடுங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எடு புல்செய் கையேடு டச்சு, பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, நோர்வே போக்மால்" -", போர்த்துகீசிய (போர்ச்சுகல்) மற்றும் எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீனர்களுக்கு முழுமையாக " -"மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"வெப்லேட்டில், போலந்து, ருமேனிய, ச்வீடிச் மற்றும் பாரம்பரிய சீனர்களுக்கான மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளுக்கு" -" வேலை நடந்து வருகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> " -"நிகழ்நிலை கண்ணோட்டம் அனுப்பப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளின் </ulink> உள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"பல இலவச மென்பொருள் திட்டங்களைப் போலவே, இந்த ஆவணத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளும் PO கோப்புகளில் " -"வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. செயல்முறையைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <Couthoututput> /usr/share/" -"doc/debian-edu-doc/readme.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations </" -"posteratutput> இல் காணலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " -"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" -"edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"சில மொழி குழுக்கள் வலைபெயர்ப்பு வழியாக மொழிபெயர்க்க முடிவு செய்துள்ளன. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு" -" <ulink முகவரி = \"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-oucumentation/debian-edu-pullseye/\" ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "பின் இணைப்பு A - குனு பொது பொது உரிமம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"பதிப்புரிமை (இ) 2007-2018 ஓல்கர் லெவ்சன் & lt; <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"mailto: holger@layer-acht.org\"> holger@layer-acht.org </ulink> & gt; " -"மற்றவர்கள், பதிப்புரிமை உரிமையாளர்களின் முழு பட்டியலுக்கும் <இணைப்பு இணைப்பு = " -"\"பதிப்புரிமை\"> பதிப்புரிமை அத்தியாயம் </இணைப்பு> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "" -"பின் இணைப்பு B - புல்செய்சுக்கு இதுவரை டெபியன் எட் லைவ் சிடி/டிவிடிகள் இல்லை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "" -"புல்செய்க்கான டெபியன் எட் லைவ் சிடி/டிவிடிகள் இந்த நேரத்தில் கிடைக்கவில்லை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "முழுமையான படத்தின் நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "XFCE டெச்க்டாப்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "முழுமையான சுயவிவரத்திலிருந்து அனைத்து தொகுப்புகளும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "மடிக்கணினி பணியிலிருந்து அனைத்து தொகுப்புகளும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "பணிநிலையம் படத்தின் நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரத்திலிருந்து அனைத்து தொகுப்புகளும்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் மற்றும் பிராந்திய ஆதரவை செயல்படுத்துகிறது" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்பை செயல்படுத்த, <couthoututput> மொழி = ll_cc.utf-8 </" -"putheroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி துவக்க விருப்பமாக, அங்கு ll_cc.utf-8 என்பது நீங்கள் " -"விரும்பும் இருப்பிடப் பெயராகும். கொடுக்கப்பட்ட விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பை செயல்படுத்த, KB என்பது" -" விரும்பிய விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பாக இருக்கும் <coutherOutput> keyb = kb </" -"coterutoutput> விருப்பத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும். பொதுவாகப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் லோகேல் " -"குறியீடுகளின் பட்டியல் இங்கே:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> மொழி (பகுதி) </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> லோகேல் மதிப்பு </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<வலியுறுத்தல் பங்கு = \"வலுவான\"> விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பு </வலியுறுத்தல்>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "நார்வேசியன் பொக்மால்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_no.utf-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "இல்லை" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "நார்வேசியன் நியூநார்ச்க்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_no.utf-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "செர்மன்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_de.utf-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "of" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "பிரஞ்சு (பிரான்ச்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_fr.utf-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "கிரேக்கம் (கிரீச்)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "EL_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "அவர்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "சப்பானியர்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "i_jp.utf-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "சே.பி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "வடக்கு கடவுள் (நோர்வே)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "மார்பகம்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "இல்லை (ச்மி)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"லோகேல் குறியீடுகளின் முழுமையான பட்டியல் <Couthoututput>/usr/share/i18n/supported " -"</compatenOutput> இல் கிடைக்கிறது, ஆனால் யுடிஎஃப் -8 இடங்கள் மட்டுமே நேரடி படங்களால் " -"ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன. எல்லா இடங்களுக்கும் மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் நிறுவப்படவில்லை. விசைப்பலகை " -"தளவமைப்பு பெயர்களை/usr/share/keymaps/amd64/இல் காணலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "தெரிந்து கொள்ள வேண்டிய பொருள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "பயனருக்கான கடவுச்சொல் \"பயனர்\"; ரூட் கடவுச்சொல் தொகுப்பு இல்லை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "படத்துடன் அறியப்பட்ட சிக்கல்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "பின் இணைப்பு சி - பழைய வெளியீடுகளில் நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 10+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் பச்டர் 2019-07-06 க்கான புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU நிறுவல் படங்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/> இல் " -"கிடைப்பது இதுவே முதல் முறை, இதனால் இவை அதிகாரப்பூர்வ டெபியன் படங்கள்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் பச்டரில் இருந்து டெபியன்-இன்ச்டாலரின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> ஐ மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/futureprototyteg#\"> எதிர்கால " -"புரோட்டோடைப் கருப்பொருள் </Ulink> ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட புதிய கலைப்படைப்பு, டெபியன் 10 " -"பச்டருக்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "புதிய இயல்புநிலை டெச்க்டாப் சூழல் xfce (KDE ஐ மாற்றுகிறது)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"புதிய cfengine உள்ளமைவு மேலாண்மை (Cfengine3 உடன் Cfengine2 ஐ மாற்றியமைக்காத " -"தொகுப்பு Cfengine2 ஐ மாற்றுகிறது); இது ஒரு பெரிய மாற்றமாகும், விவரங்களுக்கு <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://docs.cfengine.com\"> அதிகாரப்பூர்வ Cfengine ஆவணங்கள் </Ulink> " -"ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்டின் கட்டமைப்பு இப்போது சேவையகத்திற்கு இயல்புநிலையாகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "டெபியன் 10 பச்டர், எ.கா." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "லினக்ச் கர்னல் 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா பணியிடம் 5.14, க்னோம் 3.30, எக்ச்எஃப்இ 4.12, " -"எல்எக்ச்.டி.இ 0.99.2, மேட் 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "பயர்பாக்ச் 60.7 ஈ.எச்.ஆர் மற்றும் குரோமியம் 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "லிப்ரேபிச் 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "கல்வி கருவிப்பெட்டி GCOMPRIS 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "இசை உருவாக்கியவர் ரோச்கார்டன் 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "வகை 2.7" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் பச்டர் நிறுவலுக்கு 57000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் 10 பச்டர் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டுக் குறிப்புகள் " -"</ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http: // wwwwwwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/பச்டர்/இன்ச்ட்ராமேனுவல் \"> நிறுவல் கையேடு" -" </ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"நிறுவியில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் வார்ப்புருக்களுக்கான மொழிபெயர்ப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள். இந்த " -"வார்ப்புருக்கள் இப்போது 76 மொழிகளில் கிடைக்கின்றன, அவற்றில் 31 முழுமையாக " -"மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. சுயவிவர தேர்வு பக்கம் 29 மொழிகளில் கிடைக்கிறது, அவற்றில் 19 " -"முழுமையாக மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எடு பச்டர் கையேடு பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், டேனிச், டச்சு, நோர்வே போக்மால் " -"மற்றும் சப்பானிய மொழிகளுக்கு முழுமையாக மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"மெருகூட்டப்பட்ட, ச்பானிச், எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன மற்றும் பாரம்பரிய சீனர்களுக்கு ஓரளவு " -"மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்ட பதிப்புகள் உள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "BD ISO படத்தை மீண்டும் இணைப்பில்லாத நிறுவல்களுக்கு பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"புதிய பள்ளி நிலை தொடர்பான மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்கள் <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-பிரதிநிதி " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-பிரைமரிசூல் </வலியுறுத்தல்>, <வலியுறுத்தல்> " -"கல்வி-அசெண்டரி ச்கூல் </வலியுறுத்தல்> மற்றும் <வலியுறுத்தல்> கல்வி-உயர்நிலைப் பள்ளி " -"</வலியுறுத்தல்> கிடைக்கிறது. அவை எதுவும் இயல்பாக நிறுவப்படவில்லை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"பாலர் அல்லது முதன்மை பள்ளி நிலைக்கு சொந்தமான சில தொகுப்புகள் (<வலியுறுத்தல்> gcompris-" -"Qt </saptivas>, <overisis> குழந்தைகளின் விளையாட்டு </VIRSASIS>, <oprasis> " -"டக்ச்பைண்ட் </VORSISASIN> அல்லது <வலியுறுத்தல்> டக்ச்மாத் </UNSASIS>) இயல்புநிலையாக இனி " -"நிறுவப்படவில்லை." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"தள குறிப்பிட்ட மட்டு நிறுவல். உண்மையில் விரும்பிய அந்த கல்வித் தொகுப்புகளை மட்டுமே நிறுவ " -"முடியும். மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/dobianedu/" -"documentation/documentation/bustallation/installation#modular_installation\"" -"> அத்தியாயம் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"தளம் குறிப்பிட்ட பல மொழி உதவி. <Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"debianedu/documentation/buster/howto/desktop#set_u_u_multi-" -"language_desktop_enveronment\"> டெச்க்டாப் </ulink> அத்தியாயம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQT 0.14 டெச்க்டாப் சூழலுக்கு புதிய தேர்வாக வழங்கப்படுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "புதிய கோசா-ப்ளூசின் <வலியுறுத்தல்> கடவுச்சொல் மேலாண்மை </வலியுறுத்தல்>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "" -"கோசா வலை இடைமுகத்திலிருந்து பயன்படுத்த முடியாத விருப்பங்கள் அகற்றப்பட்டுள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"<வலியுறுத்தல்> சட்-டவுன்-அட்-நைட்-ஓச்ட்கள் </VIRCE> நெட் குரூப் எழுந்திருப்பதைத் தவிர்ப்பதற்கு" -" புதிய நெட் குழுமம் கிடைக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"புதிய கருவி ச்டாண்டார்ட்ச்கிரைவர் (இயல்புநிலை அச்சுப்பொறி). மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <ulink " -"முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/dobianedu/documentation/documentation/" -"buster/howto/adminastry#standardskriver\"> அத்தியாயம் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"புதிய கருவி டெச்க்டாப்-ஆட்டோலோடர். இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி வட்டு இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான " -"செயல்திறன் மேம்பாடுகளை அனுமதிக்கிறது. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <ulink முகவரி = \"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/dobianedu/documentation/documentation/bustor/howto/" -"networkclients#desktop_autoloader\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குள் மேம்படுத்தப்பட்ட TLS/SSL உதவி. சேவையக சான்றிதழ்களில் கையெழுத்திட " -"ரூட்கா சான்றிதழ் பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது மற்றும் கணக்கு உருவாக்கும் நேரத்தில் அதை ஏற்றுக்கொள்ள " -"பயனர் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன; பயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆரைத் தவிர, குரோமியம் மற்றும் " -"கொங்குவரர் இப்போது பாதுகாப்பற்ற இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்க வேண்டிய அவசியமின்றி HTTPS ஐப் " -"பயன்படுத்தலாம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"கெர்பரைச் <வலியுறுத்தல்> எச்.எச்.எச் </வலியுறுத்தல்>. உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள இணைப்புகளுக்கு " -"கடவுச்சொல் இனி தேவையில்லை; ரூட் <கணினி வெளியீடு> கினிட் </computerOutput> ஐ இயக்க " -"வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"கெர்பரைச் என்.எஃப்.எச். இப்போது மிகவும் பாதுகாப்பான வீட்டு அடைவு அணுகலைப் பயன்படுத்த " -"முடியும், <ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/" -"buster/howto/adminastrication#kerberized_nfs\"> நிர்வாகம் </ulink> அத்தியாயம் " -"செய்தி." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <coutomoutput> /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf </" -"coutheroutput> ஐ தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்குவதற்கான எடுத்துக்காட்டுகளுடன் " -"சேர்க்கப்பட்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <coutomoutput> /etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf </" -"computerOutput> தளங்களை குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்குவதற்கான எடுத்துக்காட்டுகளுடன் " -"சேர்க்கப்பட்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"புதிய கருவி <கணினி வெளியீடு>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/கருவிகள்/EDU-LDAP-" -"FROM-SCRATCH </compatenOutput>. முக்கிய சேவையக நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு இருந்ததைப் " -"போலவே எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவுத்தளத்தை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க இது அனுமதிக்கிறது. தள குறிப்பிட்ட " -"மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்குவதற்கு கருவி பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<verisis> x2go சேவையகம் </Vistrasis> இப்போது டெபியனில் கிடைக்கிறது, தொடர்புடைய " -"தொகுப்புகள் இப்போது அனைத்து அமைப்புகளிலும் சுயவிவரம் <tospasis> ltsp-server </" -"practiss> உடன் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "" -"பயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆர் உலாவியில் சாவா ஆப்லெட்களை இயக்குவதற்கான உதவி மேல்நோக்கி கைவிடப்பட்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "" -"ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆர் உலாவியில் இருந்து இலவசமற்ற ஃபிளாச் உதவி கைவிடப்பட்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"இது நீட்டிப்பதற்கு முன்பே இருந்ததைப் போலவே, டெபியன் 10 <portenoutput> " -"கவனிக்கப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </computerOutput> தொகுப்பை இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவவில்லை " -"/பராமரிப்பு#புதுப்பித்தல்_தே_சாஃப்ட்வேர் \"> பராமரிப்பு </ulink> பாதுகாப்பு மேம்பாடுகள் " -"பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு அத்தியாயம்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் EDU 9+EDU0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் நீட்சி 2017-06-17 க்கான புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன்-இன்ச்டாலரின் புதிய பதிப்பு டெபியன் ச்ட்ரெட்சிலிருந்து, அதன் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/strect/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </" -"ulink> ஐ மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"\"மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட்-சர்வர்\" சுயவிவரம் \"எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சர்வர்\" சுயவிவரத்திற்கு " -"மறுபெயரிடப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/softwaves#\"> " -"\"மென்மையான அலைகள்\" கருப்பொருள் </ulink> ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட புதிய கலைப்படைப்பு, " -"டெபியன் 9 நீட்டிப்புக்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "டெபியன் 9 நீட்டிப்பில் புதியதாக இருந்த அனைத்தும், எ.கா:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "லினக்ச் கர்னல் 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா பணியிடம் 5.8, க்னோம் 3.22, எக்ச்எஃப்இ 4.12, எல்எக்ச்.டி" -".இ 0.99.2, மேட் 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "" -"கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா பணியிடம் இயல்பாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது; மற்றவர்களில் ஒருவரைத் தேர்வுசெய்ய இந்" -"த கையேட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "பயர்பாக்ச் 45.9 ஈ.எச்.ஆர் மற்றும் குரோமியம் 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "ஐச்வீசல் பயர்பாக்சுக்கு மீண்டும் பிரதிநிதித்துவம் செய்யப்பட்டார்!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"ஐசெடோவ் தண்டர்பேர்டுக்கு மீண்டும் பதிலளிக்கப்பட்டார், இப்போது இயல்பாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "லிப்ரிஆஃபிச் 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "கல்வி கருவிப்பெட்டி GCOMPRIS 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "இசை உருவாக்கியவர் ரோச்கார்டன் 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "வகை 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் நீட்டிப்பில் நிறுவலுக்கு 50000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகள் உள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink " -"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் 9 நீட்சி பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டு குறிப்புகள் " -"</ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"http: // wwwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/நீட்சி/நிறுவல் மனிதர் \"> நிறுவல் கையேடு " -"</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"நிறுவியில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் வார்ப்புருக்களுக்கான மொழிபெயர்ப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள். இந்த " -"வார்ப்புருக்கள் இப்போது 29 மொழிகளில் கிடைக்கின்றன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"டெபியன் எட் நீட்டிப்பு கையேடு செர்மன், பிரஞ்சு, இத்தாலியன், டேனிச், டச்சு, நோர்வே போக்மால் " -"மற்றும் சப்பானிய மொழிகளுக்கு முழுமையாக மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. சப்பானிய மொழிபெயர்ப்பு " -"புதிதாக நீட்டிக்க சேர்க்கப்பட்டது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"ஓரளவு மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்ட பதிப்புகள் ச்பானிச், போலிச் மற்றும் எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீனர்களுக்கு " -"உள்ளன." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "ஐசிங்கா நாகியோசை கண்காணிப்பு கருவியாக மாற்றுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "KDE-SPECTACLE KSNAPSHOT ஐ திரைக்காட்சி கருவியாக மாற்றுகிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "இலவச ஃப்ளாச் பிளேயர் க்னாச் மீண்டும் திரும்பி வந்துள்ளார்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"'முதன்மையான சேவையகம்' மற்றும் 'குறைந்தபட்ச' சுயவிவரங்களைத் தவிர, பிளைமவுத் இயல்புநிலையா" -"க நிறுவப்பட்டு செயல்படுத்தப்படுகிறது; துவக்க மற்றும் பணிநிறுத்தம் செய்திகளைக் காண தப்பி ஐ " -"அழுத்த அனுமதிக்கிறது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"செச்சியிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தப்பட்டவுடன் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவு தளத்தை சரிசெய்ய வேண்டும். சுடோச்ட் " -"மதிப்பு 'டிசெனர்' கோசா அல்லது எல்.டி.ஏ.பி எடிட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தி 'tjener.intern' உடன் " -"மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"32-பிட் பிசி உதவி (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை I386 என அழைக்கப்படுகிறது) இப்போது ஒரு எளிய " -"i586 செயலியை உள்ளடக்காது. புதிய அடிப்படை I686 ஆகும், இருப்பினும் சில I586 செயலிகள் " -"(எ.கா. \"AMD சியோட்\") ஆதரிக்கப்படும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"புதிய நிறுவல்களுக்கு இயல்பாகவே கவனிக்கப்படாத மேம்படுத்தல்களை (பாதுகாப்பு " -"புதுப்பிப்புகளுக்கு) டெபியன் 9 செயல்படுத்துகிறது. குறைந்த நேர மதிப்புள்ள ஒரு அமைப்பு " -"இயக்கப்பட்டால் இது சுமார் 15 நிமிடங்கள் தாமதத்தை ஏற்படுத்தக்கூடும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி இப்போது ரூட் கோப்பு முறைமைக்கு என்.எஃப்.எச் -க்கு பதிலாக என்.பி.டி. " -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்டில் ஒவ்வொரு மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு, தொடர்புடைய என்.பி.டி படத்தை " -"மீளுருவாக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும் (<tosomeroutput> எல்.டி.எச்.பி-அப்-டேட்-இமேச் " -"</கம்ப்யூட்டர்அட்புட்>) மாற்றங்கள் நடைமுறைக்கு வர வேண்டும்." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி மெல்லிய கிளையண்டில் ஒரே பயனரின் ஒரே நேரத்தில்" -" உள்நுழைவுகள் இனி அனுமதிக்கப்படாது." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " -"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"பழைய வெளியீடுகளைப் பற்றிய முழுமையான மற்றும் விரிவான கண்ணோட்டம் <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/jessie/appendixc\"> செச்சி " -"கையேட்டின் பிற்சேர்க்கை சி </ulink>; அல்லது <ulink முகவரி = " -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation\"> வெளியீட்டு கையேடுகள் பக்கம் " -"</ulink> இல் தொடர்புடைய வெளியீட்டு கையேடுகளைப் பார்க்கவும்." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Дата опублікування; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">Переклад:</emphasis> -2023-2024 Serhii Horichenko -2024 Hotripak - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.uk.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,8172 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-22 14:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Serhii Horichenko <m@sgg.im>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" -"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/uk/>\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> -msgid "en" -msgstr "uk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> -msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Посібник до Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "Дата опублікування:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Посібник до Debian Edu 11 з кодовою назвою Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Логотип інсталятора Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "Це настанови для випуску Debian Edu 11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated " -"frequently." -msgstr "" -"Версія за адресою <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Bullseye\"/> є вікі та часто оновлюється." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> " -"package which can be installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" -"debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Переклади</link> є частиною пакунка " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>, який можна встановити на " -"веб-сервері і який доступний <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" -"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">онлайн</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "Інформація про Debian Edu та Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a " -"completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are <emphasis>pieces " -"of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. " -"When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred " -"to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu — також відомий як Skolelinux — дистрибутив Linux, оснований на " -"Debian, який забезпечує з коробки повне налаштування шкільної мережі. Він " -"реалізує клієнт-серверну схему. Сервери та клієнти — <emphasis>елементи ПЗ</" -"emphasis>, які працюють один з одним. Сервери надають інформацію, необхідну " -"клієнтам для функціонування. Коли один комп'ютер налаштований як сервер, а " -"інший як клієнт, вони відповідно до концепції називаються сервером та " -"клієнтом." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"Розділи про <link linkend=\"Requirements\">вимоги до обладнання та мережі</" -"link> та про <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру</link> містять " -"основні відомості про середовище." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be " -"used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting " -"environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial " -"installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the " -"network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops " -"or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення головного сервера всі служби, необхідні для шкільної " -"мережі, будуть налаштовані та система буде готовою до використання. За " -"допомогою зручного веб-інтерфейсу GOsa², або будь-якого іншого редактора " -"LDAP потрібно додати лише користувачів та комп'ютери. Також було " -"підготовлено середовище для мережевого завантаження за допомогою PXE/<ulink " -"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, тому після початкової інсталяції " -"головного сервера з CD, Blu-ray диска або USB-флешки всі інші комп'ютери " -"можуть бути встановлені через мережу, включаючи \"роумінгові/переносимі " -"робочі станції\" (ті, які можна виносити за межі шкільної мережі, такі як " -"ноутбуки або нетбуки). Крім того, комп'ютери можна завантажувати через PXE/" -"iPXE як бездискові робочі станції або як тонкі клієнти." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the " -"default desktop setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"Декілька освітніх програм, таких як GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege та Scratch, вже включені до типової конфігурації робочого столу, яку " -"можна легко і майже нескінченно розширювати за допомогою екосистеми Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "Деяка історія і чому дві назви" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> is a Linux distribution created by the " -"Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is an " -"official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"- дистрибутив Linux, створений проектом Debian Edu. Як дистрибутив <ulink " -"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> він є офіційним " -"підпроектом <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a " -"completely configured school-network." -msgstr "" -"Для Вашої школи це означає, що Skolelinux — це версія Debian, яка надає готове середовище для повністю налаштованої " -"шкільної комп’ютерної мережі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-" -"Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)\"Education\" are " -"just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Проєкт Skolelinux заснований 2 липня 2001 у Норвегії та приблизно в цей самий час Raphaël Hertzog заснував у Франції " -"Debian-Edu. У 2003 році проєкти об'єдналися, але обидві назви використовуються паралельно. \"Skole\" та " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" — два зрозумілих у цих регіонах терміни." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "Сьогодні система використовується у декількох країнах світу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Архітектура" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Мережа" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "" -"Ця частина документа описує мережеву архітектуру та сервіси, отримані після " -"встановлення Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Топологія мережі Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is " -"one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with " -"associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want " -"(starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the " -"traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in " -"detail in <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Малюнок є ескізом уявної топології комп’ютерної мережі. Стандартне " -"налаштування мережі Skolelinux передбачає наявність одного (і тільки одного) " -"головного сервера, але дозволяє включати в мережу як звичайні робочі " -"станції, так і сервери LTSP (з під'єднаними тонкими клієнтами та/або " -"бездисковими робочими станціями). Кількість робочих станцій може бути як " -"великою так і малою, або взагалі нульовою — залежно від Ваших бажань. Те " -"саме стосується серверів LTSP, кожен з яких знаходиться в окремій мережі, " -"тому мережевий трафік між клієнтами та сервером LTSP не впливає на решту " -"мережевих служб. LTSP докладно описано у <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"" -">відповідному розділі HowTo</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and " -"there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other " -"machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the " -"DNS alias for that service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"Причина, чому в кожній шкільній мережі може бути лише один головний сервер, полягає в тому, що головний сервер " -"забезпечує DHCP, і лише одна машина в мережі може обслуговувати DHCP; можна перенести служби з головного сервера на " -"інші комп'ютери, встановивши на них певні служби, а після оновлення конфігурації DNS, вказавши псевдонім DNS для цієї " -"служби на відповідний комп’ютер." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called " -"gateway. See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for details how to set " -"up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Для спрощення стандартного встановлення Skolelinux, Інтернет надається через " -"окремий роутер, який також називають шлюзом. Якщо немає можливості " -"налаштувати наявний шлюз, можете детально ознайомитися про налаштування у " -"розділі <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"" -">Інтернет-роутер</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "Стандартне налаштування мережі" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to " -"install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP на головному сервері обслуговує мережу 10.0.0.0/8, забезпечуючи меню завантаження PXE, де можна вибрати, що " -"робити: встановити новий сервер/робочу станцію, завантажити тонкий клієнт чи бездискову робочу станцію, запустити " -"memtest чи завантажитися з локального жорсткого диска." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Це залишено для майбутніх змін; подробиці див. у відповідному <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">розділі настанов</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are " -"preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"DHCP на серверах LTSP обслуговує лише виділену мережу на другому інтерфейсі (192.168.0.0/24 та 192.168.1.0/24 є " -"попередньо налаштованими параметрами), але це потрібно змінювати рідко." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "Конфігурація усіх підмереж зберігається в LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "Головний сервер" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is Norwegian and means \"server\") which per " -"default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not " -"required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"Для мережі Skolelinux потрібен один головний сервер (так званий \"tjener\", " -"що з норвезької означає \"сервер\"), який типово має IP-адресу 10.0.2.2 та " -"встановлюється з обранням профілю Головний сервер. На додачу до профілю " -"Головного сервера можна (але не обов'язково) також вибрати та встановити " -"профілі Сервер LTSP, Робоча станція." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "Сервіси, які працюють на головному сервері" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the " -"main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the " -"Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are " -"offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to " -"a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to " -"the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course)." -msgstr "" -"За винятком керування тонкими клієнтами, усі служби спочатку встановлюються на одному центральному комп’ютері " -"(головному сервері). З міркувань продуктивності сервери LTSP повинні бути окремими комп'ютерами (хоча на одній машині " -"можна інсталювати як профіль Master Server, так і профіль LTSP Server). Усім службам надані окремі імена DNS і вони " -"пропонуються виключно через IPv4. Призначене ім’я DNS дозволяє легко переміщувати окремі служби з основного сервера на " -"інші комп'ютери, просто зупиняючи службу на основному сервері та змінюючи конфігурацію DNS на точку нового розташування " -"служби (що, звичайно, повинно бути встановлено на цій машині до того)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are " -"sent over the network as plain text." -msgstr "" -"Для забезпечення безпеки усі з’єднання, де через мережу передаються паролі, вони шифруються, тому жоден пароль не " -"надсилається через мережу у вигляді звичайного тексту." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. " -"If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for " -"schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено таблицю служб, стандартно встановлених у мережі Skolelinux та імена DNS для кожної служби. Якщо це " -"можливо, усі конфігураційні файли посилаються на службу за назвою (без імені домену). Це полегшує школам або зміну " -"домену (якщо вони мають власний домен DNS), або зміну IP-адрес, які вони використовують." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Таблиця служб</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Опис служби</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Звичайна назва</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Назва служби DNS</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "Централізоване журналювання" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "Служба доменних імен" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "домен" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "Автоматична мережева конфігурація машин" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "Синхронізація годинника" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "Домашні Директорії через Мережеву Файлову Систему" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "домашні каталоги" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "Електронний поштамт" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice (пошта)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "Служба каталогів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "Керування користувачами" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Вебсервер" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "Центральна резервна копія" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup (рез.копія)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Вебкеш" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Проксі (Squid)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "Друк" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "CUPS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "Безпечний Дистанційний Вхід" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Автоматична конфігурація" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "Сервер/-и LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "" -"Спостереження за машиною та службами зі звітами про помилки, а також станом та історією в Інтернеті. Звіти про помилки " -"електронною поштою" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga та Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home " -"directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they " -"are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for " -"other clients." -msgstr "" -"Особисті файли кожного користувача зберігаються в їх домашніх каталогах, доступ до яких можливий через сервер. Домашні " -"каталоги доступні з усіх машин. Завдяки цьому користувачі мають доступ до тих самих файлів незалежно від того, яку " -"машину вони використовують. Сервер має \"агностичну\" операційну систему: він пропонує доступ через NFS для клієнтів " -"Unix і через SMB2/SMB3 для інших клієнтів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider " -"Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> " -"through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Стандартно електронна пошта налаштована лише для локальної доставки (тобто всередині школи), хоча, якщо у школи є " -"постійне з'єднання з інтернет, можна налаштувати доставку по всьому інтернету. Клієнти налаштовані доставляти пошту на " -"сервер (використовуючи \"smarthost\"), а користувачі можуть <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">мати доступ до " -"особистої пошти</link> через IMAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for " -"authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки центральній базі користувачів для аутентифікації та авторизації усі служби доступні з використанням тих самих " -"логінів та паролів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In " -"conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Для підвищення продуктивності на часто відвідуваних сайтах використовується веб-проксі, який тимчасово зберігає файли " -"локально (Squid). У поєднанні з блокуванням мережевого трафіку в маршрутизаторі це також дозволяє контролювати доступ " -"до інтернету на окремих машинах." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the " -"private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding " -"LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients " -"doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"Конфігурація мережі на клієнтах виконується автоматично за допомогою DHCP. Усі типи клієнтів можуть бути під'єднані до " -"приватної підмережі 10.0.0.0/8 і отримають відповідні IP-адреси. Клієнти LTSP мають бути під'єднані до відповідного " -"сервера LTSP через окрему підмережу 192.168.0.0/24 (це необхідно для того, щоб мережевий трафік клієнтів LTSP не " -"заважав решті мережевих служб)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set " -"up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"Централізоване журналювання налаштоване так, що усі машини надсилають свої syslog-повідомлення на сервер. Службу " -"системного журналу syslog налаштовано так, що вона приймає вхідні повідомлення лише з локальної мережі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS " -"domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as " -"the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"Стандартно сервер DNS налаштований з доменом лише для внутрішнього користування (*.intern), допоки не буде налаштований " -"реальний (\"зовнішній\") домен DNS. Сервер DNS налаштований як сервер DNS із кешуванням, щоби усі машини в мережі могли " -"його використовувати як головний сервер DNS." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, " -"and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability " -"to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"Учні та вчителі мають можливість створення вебсторінок. Вебсерер надає механізми для аутентифікації користувачів та " -"обмеження доступу до особистих сторінок та підкаталогів певних користувачів та груп. Користувачі матимуть можливість " -"створення динамічних вебсторінок — за умови такого програмування вебсервера на серверному боці." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on " -"the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have " -"information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any " -"difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network " -"groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"Інформацію про користувачів та машини можна змінювати в одному центральному місці і це забезпечує доступ до всіх " -"комп'ютерів у мережі. Для цього встановлено централізований сервер каталогів. Цей каталог буде містити інформацію про " -"користувачів, групи користувачів, машини та групи машин. Для уникнення плутанини користувачів, немає жодної різниці між " -"файловими групами та мережевими групами. Такий підхід передбачає, що групи машин, які мають сформувати мережеві групи, " -"використовуватимуть той самий простір імен, що й групи користувачів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in " -"the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will " -"be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"Адміністрування служб та користувачів здійснюватиметься переважно через вебінтерфейс відповідно до встановлених " -"стандартів, які добре працюють у веб-браузерах, які є частиною Skolelinux. Делегування певних завдань окремим " -"користувачам або групам користувачів буде можливе через системи адміністрування." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need " -"synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and " -"all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock " -"via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time." -msgstr "" -"Для уникнення проблем з NFS та спрощення у розв'язанні проблем, різні машини повинні мати синхронізований час. Для " -"досягнення цього, сервер Skolelinux встановлюється як локальний сервер мережевого протоколу часу (NTP) і всі робочі " -"станції та клієнти налаштовуються для синхронізації з цим сервером. Для забезпечення правильного часу для всієї мережі, " -"сам сервер повинен синхронізувати свій час через NTP з машинами в інтернеті." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation " -"or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this " -"will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers." -msgstr "" -"Принтери можуть бути під'єднаними, в залежності від потреб, напряму до головної мережі або до сервера, робочої станції " -"або ж до сервера LTSP. Доступ до принтерів можна забезпечити для окремих користувачів відповідно до груп, до яких " -"користувачі належать. Ці типи підключень можна забезпечити за допомогою квот та контролю доступу до принтерів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "Сервер(и) LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "Мережа Skolelinux може мати безліч серверів LTSP, які встановлюються через вибір профілю Сервер LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the " -"central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"Сервери LTSP налаштовуються для отримання журналу syslog від тонких клієнтів та робочих станцій з пересиланням цих " -"повідомлень центральному збирачу системних журналів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "Будь ласка, зауважте:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "Бездискові робочі станції LTSP використовують програми, встановленні на сервері." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to " -"be re-generated; run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> on the LTSP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Коренева файлова система клієнта забезпечена за допомогою NFS. Після кожної модифікації сервера LTSP відповідний образ " -"потрібно створити повторно; виконайте на сервері LTSP <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation " -"yes</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "Тонкі клієнти" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from " -"the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has " -"dropped support." -msgstr "" -"Конфігурація тонкого клієнта дозволяє звичайним ПК працювати як (X-)термінали. Це означає, що машина завантажується " -"безпосередньо з сервера за допомогою PXE, без використання локального жорсткого диска на боці клієнта. Налаштування " -"тонкого клієнта тепер використовує X2Go, оскільки LTSP більше не підтримується." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs " -"on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the " -"network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"Тонкий клієнт — гарний спосіб використання дуже старих (зазвичай 32-розрядних) машин, оскільки вони запускають усі " -"програми на сервері LTSP. Це працює так: служба використовує DHCP та TFTP для під'єднання до мережі й завантаження з " -"мережі. Потім з сервера LTSP за допомогою NFS монтується файлова система і, нарешті, запускається клієнт X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "Бездискові робочі станції" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client " -"machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"Бездискова робоча станція запускає все ПЗ на ПК без локальної операційної системи. Це означає, що клієнтські машини " -"завантажуються через PXE без запуску програмного забезпечення, встановленого на локальному жорсткому диску." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin " -"clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the " -"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too." -msgstr "" -"Бездискові робочі станції є чудовим способом використання потужного заліза з такими ж низькими витратами на " -"обслуговування, як і з тонкими клієнтами. Програмне забезпечення адмініструється та підтримується на сервері без " -"необхідності встановлення локального програмного забезпечення на клієнтах. Домашні каталоги та системні налаштування " -"також зберігаються на сервері." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "Мережеві клієнти" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well " -"as computers running macOS or Windows." -msgstr "" -"Термін \"мережеві клієнти\" використовується в цьому посібнику для позначення як тонких клієнтів, так і бездискових " -"робочих станцій, а також комп’ютерів під керуванням macOS або Windows." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "Адміністрування" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, " -"most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the " -"machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"Усі машини Linux, встановлені з інсталятором Skolelinux, можна буде адмініструвати з центрального комп’ютера, швидше за " -"все, з сервера. Можна буде увійти на всі машини через SSH і таким чином отримати повний доступ до машин. Для отримання " -"Kerberos TGT, потрібно спочатку запустити <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> як root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is " -"used by the clients for user authentication." -msgstr "" -"Уся користувацька інформація зберігається в каталозі LDAP. Оновлення облікових записів користувачів здійснюється на " -"основі цієї бази даних, яка використовується клієнтами для автентифікації користувачів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB " -"sticks." -msgstr "Зараз існує два типи інсталяційних образів: netinst та BD. Обидва образи також можна завантажити з USB-флешки." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network " -"by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"Мета полягає в тому, щоб мати можливість один раз встановити сервер з будь-якого типу носія, а потім встановити через " -"мережу усіх інших клієнтів, завантажуючись з мережі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "Під час встановлення лише образ netinstall вимагає доступу до інтернету." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard and machine " -"profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"Під час інсталяції не повинно виникати жодних запитань, за винятком бажаної " -"мови, місця розташування, клавіатури та профілю машини (головний сервер, " -"робоча станція, LTSP-сервер, ...). Всі інші конфігурації будуть встановлені " -"автоматично з розумними значеннями, які будуть змінені з центрального місця " -"системним адміністратором після інсталяції." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "Конфігурація доступу до файлової системи" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) " -"contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read " -"access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be " -"accessible for reading by anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"Кожному обліковому запису користувача Skolelinux призначається частина файлової системи на файловому сервері. Цей " -"розділ (домашній каталог) містить конфігураційні файли користувача, документи, електронну пошту та вебсторінки. Для " -"деяких файлів має бути встановлено доступ для читання для інших користувачів у системі, деякі мають бути доступні для " -"читання всім в інтернеті, а деякі не повинні бути доступні для читання нікому, крім користувача." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the " -"computers in the installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. " -"Initially, one directory is created on the file server, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which " -"all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user " -"groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"Щоб переконатися, що всі диски, які використовуються для каталогів користувачів або спільних каталогів, можуть мати " -"унікальні назви на всіх комп’ютерах під час встановлення, їх можна приєднати як <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Спочатку на файловому сервері створюється один каталог, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" -"computeroutput>, у якому створюються усі облікові записи користувачів. У разі потреби можна створити більше каталогів " -"для певних груп користувачів або певних шаблонів використання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared " -"groups (such as \"students\") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an " -"appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in " -"are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the " -"members of a group." -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення спільного доступу до файлів у звичайній системі дозволів UNIX, користувачі повинні входити до додаткових " -"спільних груп (наприклад, \"студенти\"), а також до особистої первинної групи, до якої вони належать стандартно. Якщо " -"користувачі мають відповідну umask для створення нових елементів, доступних для груп (002 або 007), і якщо каталоги, з " -"якими вони працюють, мають setgid (атрибути файлів та каталогів, які дозволяють запускати виконуваний файл з правами " -"власника файлу/групи), результатом є контрольований спільний доступ до файлів між членами групи." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which " -"would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created " -"with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed " -"(by editing <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is " -"initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, " -"and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive " -"information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create " -"will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that " -"their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files " -"accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who " -"want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues)." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування початкового доступу для щойно створених файлів є питанням політики. Значення umask для Debian типово " -"становить 022 (це не дозволяє груповий доступ, як описано вище), але Debian Edu використовує типове значення 002, що " -"означає, що файли створюються з доступом на читання для всіх, який пізніше можна видалити прямою дією користувача. Це " -"також можна змінити (редагуванням <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) на umask 007, що означає, " -"що доступ для читання на початку заблоковано. Перший підхід заохочує обмін знаннями та робить систему більш прозорою, " -"тоді як другий метод знижує ризик розповсюдження небажаної конфіденційної інформації. Проблема першого рішення полягає " -"в тому, що користувачі не бачать, чи будуть створені ними матеріали доступні іншим. Користувачі можуть виявити це, лише " -"перевіривши каталоги інших користувачів і переконавшись, що їх файли доступні для читання. Проблема з другим рішенням " -"полягає в тому, що дуже мало людей, ймовірно, захочуть поділитися своїми файлами, навіть якщо вони не містять " -"конфіденційної інформації, а вміст у них не є корисним для допитливих користувачів, які б хотіли дізнатися, як інші " -"розв'язують певні проблеми (зазвичай пов'язані з проблемами конфігурації)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "Вимоги" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a " -"region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration " -"of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"Існують різні способи встановлення Skolelinux. Його можна встановити на одному окремому ПК або як регіональне рішення " -"для багатьох шкіл, яке працює централізовано. Ця гнучкість має величезне значення для налаштування мережевих " -"компонентів, серверів та клієнтських машин." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "Вимоги до апаратного забезпечення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "Призначення різних профілів пояснюється в розділі про <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру мережі</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware" -"%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Якщо планується використовувати LTSP, перегляньте <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware" -"%20Requirements\">вікі-сторінку з описом вимог до обладнання LTSP</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported " -"processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"Комп'ютери, на яких працює Debian Edu / Skolelinux, повинні мати 32-розрядні (архітектура Debian \"i386\", найстаріші " -"підтримувані процесори — процесори класу 686) або 64-розрядні (архітектура Debian \"amd64\") процесори x86." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"Можливі тонкі клієнти лише з 256 МБ оперативної пам'яті та частотою 400 МГц, хоча рекомендується мати більше " -"оперативної пам’яті та швидші процесори." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum " -"requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Для робочих станцій, бездискових робочих станцій і автономних систем 1500 МГц та 1024 МБ оперативної пам’яті є " -"абсолютними мінімальними вимогами. Для роботи сучасних веббраузерів та LibreOffice рекомендовано мати принаймні 2048 МБ " -"оперативної пам’яті." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "Мінімальні вимоги щодо вільного місця на диску залежать від встановленого профілю:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." -msgstr "" -"комбінований головний сервер + LTSP сервер: 60 ГіБ (плюс додаткове місце для " -"акаунтів користувача)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "сервер LTSP: 40 ГБ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "робоча станція або окремий ПК: 30 ГБ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture:" -msgstr "При використанні стандартної мережевої архітектури серверам LTSP потрібні дві мережеві карти:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 під'єднано до основної мережі (10.0.0.0/8)," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "eth1 використовується для обслуговування клієнтів LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations." -msgstr "Ноутбуки є переносними робочими станціями, тому до них пред'являються ті самі вимоги, що й до робочих станцій." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "Обладнання, про яке відомо, що воно працює" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is " -"not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"Список протестованого апаратного забезпечення наведено за адресою <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Цей список далеко не " -"повний" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to document how to install, configure and use " -"Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners " -"to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> — це спроба документування як встановлювати, налаштовувати " -"та використовувати Debian на деякому особливому обладнанні, щоби допомогти потенційним покупцям дізнатися чи " -"підтримується те чи інше обладнання та допомогти теперішнім власникам отримати максимум від наявного обладнання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "Вимоги для налаштування мережі" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "Стандартне налаштування" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "Під час використання стандартної мережевої архітектури застосовуються такі правила:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "Вам потрібен лише один головний сервер, tjener." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "Ви можете мати сотні робочих станцій в головній мережі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, " -"more can be added." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете мати багато серверів LTSP в основній мережі; у LDAP попередньо налаштовані дві різні підмережі (DNS, DHCP), " -"можна також додати ще." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network." -msgstr "У кожній мережі серверів LTSP Ви можете мати сотні тонких клієнтів та/або бездискових робочих станцій." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned." -msgstr "Ви можете мати сотні інших машин, яким будуть призначені динамічні IP-адреси." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "Для доступу до інтернету Вам потрібен маршрутизатор(роутер)/шлюз (див. нижче)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "Інтернет-маршрутизатор" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with " -"netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Для підключення до інтернету потрібен маршрутизатор/шлюз, підключений до інтернету на зовнішньому інтерфейсі та " -"налаштований з IP-адресою 10.0.0.1 та маскою мережі 255.0.0.0 на внутрішньому інтерфейсі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"DHCP не повинен працювати на маршрутизаторі, але на ньому може працювати служба DNS, хоча це не потрібно і не " -"використовуватиметься." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or " -"for technical reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing " -"network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у Вас вже є маршрутизатор, але Ви не можете налаштувати його належним " -"чином (наприклад, через те, що Вам не дозволено це робити, або з технічних " -"причин), старий комп'ютер з двома мережевими інтерфейсами можна перетворити " -"на шлюз між наявною мережею та мережею Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"Простий спосіб — встановити Debian Edu на цей комп'ютер; під час " -"встановлення виберіть \"Мінімальний\" як профіль." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|" -"no></computeroutput> which will make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput>, який " -"внесе наступні зміни:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "Налаштуйте файл /etc/network/interfaces." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "Змініть ім'я комп'ютера на постійне 'gateway'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "Видаліть зайві скрипти." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "Увімкніть IP-переадресацію та NAT для мережі 10.0.0.0/8." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "Встановіть брандмауер (опціонально)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org" -"\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; " -"using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"openwrt.org/toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Вам щось потрібно для вбудованого маршрутизатора або точки доступу, ми рекомендуємо використовувати <ulink url=" -"\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, хоча, звичайно, Ви також можете користуватися оригінальною прошивкою — це " -"простіше. Користування OpenWRT дає більше налаштувань та контролю. Перегляньте вебсторінки OpenWRT та ознайомтеся зі " -"списком <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">підтримуваного обладнання</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" -"ChangeIpSubnet\">documented procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network " -"infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">network architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"Можна використовувати іншу мережеву конфігурацію (як це зробити описано у <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">задокументованій процедурі</ulink>), але якщо Ви не вимушені це робити з наявною " -"мережевою інфраструктурою, ми радимо утриматися від цього та залишатися у стандартній <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">мережевій архітектурі</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "Варіанти встановлення та завантаження" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "Де шукати додаткову інформацію" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production use. There " -"is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Ми рекомендуємо Вам прочитати або хоча би переглянути <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">нотатки до випуску Debian " -"Bullseye</ulink> перед тим, як розпочнете встановлення системи для " -"промислового використання. Додаткову інформацію про випуск Debian Bullseye " -"можна знайти у його <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">посібнику зі встановлення</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "Будь ласка, дайте Debian Edu/Skolelinux шанс і спробуйте, — все повинно працювати." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</" -"link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to install a main server." -msgstr "" -"Як би не було, перед початком встановлення головного сервера, ми дуже радимо прочитати розділи про <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">вимоги до обладнання та мережі</link> та про <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> chapter of this manual, as it explains " -"how to log in for the first time." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що Ви також ознайомилися з розділом цієї настанови про <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">початок роботи</" -"link>, — там описано як увійти в систему вперше." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "" -"Завантажити інсталяційний носій для Debian Edu 11 з кодовою назвою Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 або i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> are the names of two Debian " -"architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " -"should only be used for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> - назви двох архітектур Debian для процесорів x86, обидві " -"були розроблені AMD, Intel та іншими виробниками. <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput> - 64-розрядна архітектура, а <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> - 32-розрядна архітектура. Нові інсталяції сьогодні слід " -"виконувати з використанням <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> слід використовувати лише для старого " -"обладнання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "iso-образи netinst для amd64 або i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian " -"architectures: amd64 or i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Образ netinst iso можна використовувати для встановлення з CD/DVD та USB " -"флеш-накопичувачів і він доступний для двох архітектур Debian: amd64 або " -"i386. Як випливає з назви, для встановлення потрібен доступ до Інтернету." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from:" -msgstr "" -"Як тільки Bullseye вийде у світ, ці образи будуть доступні для завантаження:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "BD iso образи для i386 або amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without " -"access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"Цей ISO-образ має розмір приблизно 5 ГБ і може бути використаний для " -"встановлення на комп'ютери з архітектурою amd64 або i386, навіть без доступу " -"до Інтернету. Як і образ netinst, його можна встановити на флешку або " -"дисковий носій достатнього розміру." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "Перевірка завантажених файлів образів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en." -"html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Докладні інструкції щодо перевірки цих образів є частиною <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "Джерела" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://" -"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Вихідний код доступний в архіві Debian у звичайних місцях, посилання на деякі медіа наведено на <ulink url=\"https://" -"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "Встановлення Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We " -"have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is " -"Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the " -"majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight " -"desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"Коли Ви встановлюєте Debian Edu, у Вас є кілька варіантів на вибір. Не " -"бійтеся; їх не так багато. Ми добре попрацювали над тим, щоби приховати " -"складність Debian під час встановлення та після нього. Однак, Debian Edu - " -"це Debian, і якщо Ви хочете, у ньому є понад 57 000 пакунків на вибір і " -"мільярд варіантів додаткових налаштувань. Для більшості наших користувачів " -"стандартні налаштування мають бути прийнятними. Зверніть увагу: якщо Ви " -"плануєте використовувати LTSP, оберіть полегшене середовище робочого столу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "Сценарії встановлення головного сервера" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP:" -msgstr "Типова шкільна або домашня мережа з доступом до інтернету через маршрутизатор з DHCP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network " -"interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"Встановлення головного сервера можливе, але після перезавантаження доступ до інтернету буде відсутній (через основний " -"мережевий інтерфейс IP 10.0.2.2/8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for details how to set up a " -"gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатися, як налаштувати шлюз (якщо неможливо налаштувати наявний як потрібно), див. розділ <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Інтернет-маршрутизатор</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "З'єднайте усі компоненти, як показано в розділі <link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">архітектура</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time in the correct environment." -msgstr "Головний сервер після першого завантаження в правильному середовищі повинен мати підключення до інтернету." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required." -msgstr "Типова мережа школи чи установи подібна до наведеної вище, але з обов’язковим використанням проксі-сервера." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done." -msgstr "Додайте \"debian-edu-expert\" до командного рядка ядра; подробиці про те, як це робиться, див. нижче." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included." -msgstr "Необхідно відповісти на деякі додаткові запитання, включно з проксі-сервером." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "Мережа з маршрутизатором/шлюзом IP 10.0.0.1/8 (без DHCP) і доступом до інтернету:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "Коли автоматичне налаштування мережі не працює (через відсутність DHCP), обирайте налаштування мережі вручну." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "Введіть 10.0.2.2/8 як IP хоста" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "Введіть 10.0.0.1 як IP шлюзу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "Введіть 8.8.8.8 як IP-адресу сервера DNS, якщо не знаєте кращого" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "Головний сервер після першого завантаження повинен просто працювати." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "Офлайн (без з'єднання з інтернетом):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "Скористайтеся ISO-образом BD." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "Переконайтеся, що всі (реальні/віртуальні) мережеві кабелі від'єднані." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed " -"'Continue')." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"Зараз мережу не налаштовувати\" (після того, як DHCP не вдалося налаштувати мережу і Ви натиснули " -"\"Продовжити\")." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access." -msgstr "Після першого завантаження в правильному середовищі з доступом до інтернету оновіть систему." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "Графічні середовища" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "Деякі доступні графічні середовища:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages)." -msgstr "Xfce займає дещо більший об’єм за LXDE, але має дуже гарну мовну підтримку (106 мов)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE та GNOME мають гарну мовну підтримку, але досить великий розмір як для старих комп'ютерів, так і для клієнтів LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon є легшою альтернативою GNOME." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries." -msgstr "MATE легше за три вищезгадані, але не має гарної мовної підтримки для кількох країн." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE має найменший розмір і підтримує 35 мов." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on " -"Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt — це полегшене графічне середовище (мовна підтримка подібна до LXDE) із сучаснішим виглядом (на основі Qt, як і " -"KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set " -"a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu як міжнародний проєкт вирішив користуватися графічним середовищем Xfce. Нижче можете переглянути, як " -"встановити інше." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "Модульна інсталяція" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> included, a lot of education related programs " -"are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel command line " -"param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a " -"site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"Під час встановлення системи з профілем <emphasis>Робоча станція</emphasis> " -"встановлюється багато освітніх програм. Щоб установити лише базовий профіль, " -"видаліть параметр командного рядка ядра <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> " -"перед встановленням (детальніше про те, як це робиться, див. нижче). Це " -"дозволяє інсталювати систему, підлаштовану під певне місце та може " -"прискорити тестові встановлення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. " -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> because these " -"would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" -"mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages " -"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the use case." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте: якщо Ви хочете згодом встановити середовище робочого столу, не " -"використовуйте метапакети Debian Edu такі як <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink>, " -"оскільки вони потягнуть за собою всі програми, пов'язані з освітою; " -"натомість встановіть, наприклад, <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. Один або декілька " -"нових метапакетів, пов'язаних зі шкільним рівнем <emphasis>освіта-дошкільна</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>освіта-початкова школа</emphasis>, <emphasis>освіта-" -"середня школа</emphasis>, <emphasis>освіта-старша школа</emphasis>, можуть " -"бути встановлені відповідно до варіанту використання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu " -"packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"Докладніше про мета-пакети Debian Edu див. на сторінці <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Огляд " -"пакетів Debian Edu</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "Типи та варіанти інсталяцій" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Меню завантаження інсталятора на 64-бітному обладнанні</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64-бітне меню завантаження інсталятора" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічне встановлення</emphasis> використовує інсталятор GTK, де можна використовувати мишу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Встановлення</emphasis> використовує текстовий режим." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Розширені параметри ></emphasis> відкриває підменю з більш детальними варіантами вибору." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Довідка</emphasis> містить деякі підказки щодо використання програми встановлення; див. " -"знімок екрана нижче." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "Екран 1 додаткових параметрів 64-розрядної програми встановлення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Назад..</emphasis> повертає до головного меню." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Експертне графічне встановлення</emphasis> надає доступ до всіх доступних запитань з " -"використанням миші." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency " -"tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічний режим відновлення</emphasis> робить цей інсталяційний носій диском відновлення для " -"екстрених завдань." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a preseed file." -msgstr "Для <emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічної автоматичної інсталяції</emphasis> потрібен файл \"preseed\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Експертне встановлення</emphasis> надає доступ до всіх доступних запитань у текстовому режимі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for " -"emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Режим відновлення</emphasis> в текстовому режимі робить цей інсталяційний носій аварійним " -"диском для екстрених завдань." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a preseed file." -msgstr "" -"Для <emphasis role=\"strong\">Автоматичного встановлення</emphasis> в текстовому режимі потрібен файл \"preseed\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>Expert install</" -"computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"Не використовуйте <computeroutput>Графічне експертне встановлення</" -"computeroutput> чи <computeroutput>Експертне встановлення</computeroutput> — " -"краще у виняткових випадках використовуйте як додатковий параметр ядра " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Екран допомоги</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "Екран довідки інсталятора" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on " -"the topics described." -msgstr "" -"Цей екран допомоги не потребує додаткових пояснень і дозволяє для отримання більш докладної довідки з описаних тем " -"використовувати на клавіатурі функціональні клавіші <F>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Додавання або зміна параметрів завантаження під час встановлення</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot " -"menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"В обох випадках параметри завантаження можна редагувати натисканням клавіші " -"TAB (режим BIOS) або клавіші E (режим UEFI) у меню завантаження; на " -"скриншоті показано командний рядок для <emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічного " -"встановлення</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "Редагувати опції командного рядка" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the main server profile from " -"CD. Add e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете використати наявний у мережі HTTP-проксі-сервіс, щоб пришвидшити " -"інсталяцію основного профілю сервера з компакт-диска. Додайте, наприклад, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> як " -"додатковий параметр завантаження." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as " -"this will automatically use the proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви вже встановили профіль головного сервера на комп'ютері, подальші " -"інсталяції слід виконувати через PXE, оскільки при цьому буде автоматично " -"використовуватися проксі головного сервера." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop environment instead of the default <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"Для встановлення графічного середовища <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> замість стандартного <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, замініть у <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> параметр <computeroutput>xfce</" -"computeroutput> на <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, використовуйте " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, використовуйте " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use " -"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, " -"використовуйте <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use " -"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, використовуйте " -"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop environment instead, use " -"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"І щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, використовуйте " -"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "Процес встановлення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and make sure you have at least two network " -"cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Пам'ятайте про <link linkend=\"Requirements\">системні вимоги</link> та переконайтеся, що у Вас є принаймні дві " -"мережеві карти (NICs), якщо плануєте встановити сервер LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "Виберіть мову (для встановлення та встановленої системи)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "Виберіть місце, яке зазвичай має бути місцем Вашого проживання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури (зазвичай підходить стандартна для країни)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "Виберіть один або декілька профілів з наступного списку:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Головний сервер</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must " -"install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a " -"graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"Це головний сервер (tjener) для Вашої школи, який надає з коробки попередньо налаштовані для роботи усі служби. Ви " -"повинні встановити лише один головний сервер на школу! Цей профіль не містить графічного інтерфейсу. Якщо Вам потрібен " -"графічний інтерфейс, виберіть Workstation (робочу станцію) або Сервер LTSP на додаток до цього." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Робоча станція</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, " -"except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored." -msgstr "" -"Комп'ютер, завантажується зі свого локального жорсткого диска та запускає все програмне забезпечення та пристрої " -"локально, як звичайний комп’ютер, за винятком того, що авторизація користувачів проходить автентифікацію на головному " -"сервері, де зберігаються файли користувачів та їх робочі профілі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Переносна робоча станція</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school " -"network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile " -"should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"Те саме, що робоча станція, але з можливістю автентифікації за допомогою кешованих облікових даних, тобто її можна " -"використовувати за межами шкільної мережі. Файли та профілі користувачів зберігаються на локальному диску. Для " -"однокористувацьких ноутбуків потрібно вибрати саме цей профіль, а не \"Робочу станцію\" чи \"Автономний\", як " -"пропонувалося у попередніх версіях." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Сервер LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run " -"software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one " -"processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information " -"on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP " -"server can always be used as a workstation, too." -msgstr "" -"Сервер тонкого клієнта (та бездискової робочої станції) називається сервером LTSP. Клієнти без жорстких дисків " -"завантажуються та запускають програмне забезпечення з цього сервера. Цьому комп'ютеру потрібні два мережеві інтерфейси, " -"багато пам'яті та, в ідеалі, більше одного процесора чи ядра. Для більш докладної інформації щодо цього перегляньте " -"розділ <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">мережеві клієнти</link>. Вибір цього профілю також увімкне профіль робочої " -"станції (навіть якщо його не вибрано) — сервер LTSP також завжди можна використовувати як робочу станцію." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Автономний</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes " -"laptops." -msgstr "" -"Звичайний комп'ютер, який може працювати без головного сервера (тобто йому не обов'язково бути в мережі). Включно з " -"ноутбуками." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Мінімальний</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but " -"without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main-" -"server." -msgstr "" -"Цей профіль встановить базові пакунки і налаштує машину для інтеграції у " -"мережу Debian Edu, але без жодних служб і програм. Це корисно як " -"платформа для окремих сервісів, які вручну переміщуються з головного сервера." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) " -"and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Для того щоби звичайні користувачі могли використовувати таку систему, її потрібно додати через GOsa² (так само як " -"робочу станцію) і встановити пакет libpam-krb5." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine " -"together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " -"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want " -"it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined " -"main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"Профілі <emphasis role=\"strong\">Головного сервера</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong\">Робочої станції</emphasis> та " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Сервера LTSP</emphasis> вибрані попередньо. Якщо Ви хочете встановити так званий " -"<emphasis>комбінований головний сервер</emphasis>, ці профілі можна встановити на одній машині разом. Це означає, що " -"головний сервер буде LTSP-сервером і також буде використовуватися як робоча станція. Це стандартний вибір, оскільки ми " -"припускаємо, що більшість людей цього захоче. Будь ласка, зверніть увагу, що на машині, яка буде встановлена як " -"комбінований головний сервер або як сервер LTSP, і щоб вона була корисною після встановлення, на ній повинно бути 2 " -"мережеві карти." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! " -"Saying \"no\" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are " -"created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"Скажіть \"так\" чи \"ні\" автоматичному розділенню. Майте на увазі, що відповідь \"так\" знищить усі дані на жорстких " -"дисках! З іншого боку, якщо сказати \"ні\", буде потрібно попрацювати більше — Вам потрібно буде переконатися, що " -"створені усі необхідні розділи та вони достатньо великі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which " -"packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to " -"help." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, скажіть \"так\", щоб надіслати інформацію на <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, — це допоможе нам " -"знати, які пакунки є популярними та які слід зберегти для майбутніх версій. Хоча це не обов’язково, це гарний спосіб " -"допомогти." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, " -"\"Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"Зачекайте. Якщо вибрані профілі включають LTSP Server, то програма " -"встановлення витратить досить багато часу на завершення: \"Завершення " -"встановлення - Запуск debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For " -"Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"Після введення пароля root Вам буде запропоновано створити звичайний " -"обліковий запис користувача \"для неадміністративних завдань\". Для Debian " -"Edu цей обліковий запис дуже важливий, оскільки Ви будете його " -"використовувати для керування мережею Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at " -"least 5 characters</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password " -"matching the username will be accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"Пароль для цього користувача <emphasis role=\"strong\">повинен</emphasis> бути довжиною <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">принаймні 5 символів</emphasis> і <emphasis role=\"strong\">має відрізнятися </emphasis> від <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">імені користувача</emphasis> інакше вхід буде неможливим (навіть якщо програма встановлення прийме коротший пароль, " -"а також пароль, який збігається з іменем користувача)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some " -"time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"У випадку <emphasis>комбінованого головного сервера</emphasis> зачекайте знову після перезавантаження системи — " -"потрібно більше часу для створення образу SquashFS для бездискових робочих станцій." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For " -"details, see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"У разі окремого сервера LTSP для налаштування бездискової робочої станції та/або тонкого клієнта потрібні деякі " -"маніпуляції. Докладніше див. у розділі <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Інструкції для мережевих клієнтів</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "Нотатки щодо деяких характеристик" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "Примітка щодо ноутбуків" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored " -"locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may " -"require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"Швидше за все, Ви захочете використовувати профіль \"Переносна робоча станція\" (див. вище). Майте на увазі, що всі " -"дані зберігаються локально (тому особливо потурбуйтеся щодо резервних копій), а облікові дані для входу зберігаються в " -"кеш-пам’яті (тому після зміни пароля для входу може ще знадобитися Ваш старий пароль, якщо Ви не під'єднували свій " -"ноутбук до мережі та не входили в систему з новим паролем)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "Примітка щодо встановлення образів на флешку USB або диск Blu-ray" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " -"will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following " -"lines to it so that available security updates can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення з флешки USB або диска Blu-ray <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> буде містити " -"лише джерела з цього образу. Якщо у Вас є підключення до інтернету, ми настійно радимо додати до нього такі рядки, щоб " -"можна було встановити доступні оновлення безпеки:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "Примітка щодо встановлення з компакт-диска" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the " -"rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a " -"gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server " -"(whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid " -"downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"Під час встановлення netinst (саме такий тип встановлення передбачено на " -"нашому компакт-диску) деякі пакунки буде отримано з компакт-диску, а решту — " -"з мережі. Обсяг пакунків, отриманих з мережі, залежить від профілю, але " -"залишається меншим за гігабайт (якщо Ви не вирішите встановити всі можливі " -"графічні середовища). Після встановлення головного сервера (не має значення, " -"чи це буде чистий головний сервер, чи комбінований), подальше встановлення " -"використовуватиме його проксі для уникнення завантаження одного і того ж " -"пакунка з мережі кілька разів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "Установка за допомогою USB-флешок замість CD / Blu-ray дисків" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as " -"\"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your " -"needs:" -msgstr "" -"Можна безпосередньо скопіювати образ CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> на флеш-накопичувачі USB (також відомі як \"флешки\") і " -"завантажитися з них. Просто виконайте команду на зразок цієї, лише " -"адаптувавши назву файлу та пристрою до своїх потреб:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/" -"sdX</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted:" -msgstr "Щоб визначити значення X, виконайте цю команду до та після того, як USB-пристрій буде вставлено:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "Зверніть увагу, що копіювання займе деякий час." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від того, який образ Ви виберете, флеш-накопичувач USB працюватиме так само як компакт-диск або диск Blu-ray." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "Встановлення та завантаження через мережу з PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an " -"iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message " -"claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this " -"case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"Для цього методу встановлення потрібно, щоб у Вас працював головний сервер. " -"Коли клієнти завантажуються через мережу, відображається меню iPXE з " -"варіантами вибору інсталятора та завантаження. Якщо встановлення PXE " -"завершується помилкою з повідомленням про відсутність файлу XXX.bin, то, " -"скоріш за все, мережева карта клієнта потребує невільної (nonfree) прошивки. " -"У цьому випадку необхідно змінити initrd програми встановлення Debian. Це " -"можна зробити, виконавши на сервері команду: <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"Так виглядає меню iPXE лише для профілю <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "ширина=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "Так виглядає меню iPXE із профілем <emphasis role=\"strong\">Сервер LTSP</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and " -"separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Це налаштування також дозволяє завантажувати бездискові робочі станції та тонкі клієнти в основній мережі. На відміну " -"від робочих станцій і окремих серверів LTSP, бездискові робочі станції не потрібно додавати до LDAP за допомогою GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</" -"link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Додаткову інформацію про мережевих клієнтів можна знайти в розділі <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Настанови щодо " -"мережевих клієнтів</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "Зміна установок PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"Інсталяція PXE використовує підготований файл preseed інсталятора debian, який можна змінити для запиту для " -"встановлення додаткових пакетів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"До <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> потрібно додати рядок, подібний " -"до наступного" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string Мої_додаткові_пакети" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions " -"when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " -"files." -msgstr "" -"Встановлення PXE використовує попередньо налаштований файл <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. Його можна змінити для попередніх налаштувань, щоб уникнути додаткових запитань під час встановлення " -"через мережу. Ще один спосіб досягти цього — надати додаткові параметри у <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>, після чого " -"для оновлення згенерованих файлів виконати <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of " -"the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Додаткову інформацію можна знайти у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">посібнику з встановлення Debian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" -"computeroutput> in <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> need to be " -"changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"Щоб вимкнути або змінити використання проксі під час інсталяції з PXE, рядки, що містять <computeroutput>mirror/http/" -"proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" -"computeroutput> у <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> потрібно " -"змінити. Щоб вимкнути використання проксі під час встановлення, поставте \"#\" перед першими двома рядками та видаліть " -"з останнього частину \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard " -"layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE " -"menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"Деякі параметри не можна записати наперед, оскільки вони потрібні перед завантаженням файлу з попередніми " -"налаштуваннями. Наприклад, це мова, розкладка клавіатури та графічне середовище. Якщо Ви хочете змінити стандартні " -"налаштування, відредагуйте файл меню iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> на головному " -"сервері." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "Власні образи" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianInstaller/\">Debian Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally " -"asked." -msgstr "" -"Створення власних компакт-дисків, DVD-дисків або дисків Blu-ray може бути досить простим, оскільки ми використовуємо " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Інсталятор Debian</ulink>, який має модульну схему та інші " -"чудові властивості. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Попереднє налаштування (Preseeding)</" -"ulink> дозволяє визначати наперед відповіді на запитання, які будуть поставлені." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian " -"Installer manual) and <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Отже, все, що Вам потрібно зробити, це створити попередній файл із Вашими відповідями (це описано в додатку до настанов " -"інсталятора Debian) та <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">переробити CD/DVD</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "Перегляд скріншотів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The " -"graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it." -msgstr "" -"Текстовий режим і графічне встановлення функціонально ідентичні — відрізняється лише зовнішній вигляд. Графічний режим " -"дозволяє використовувати мишу та насправді виглядає набагато приємніше і сучасніше. Якщо апаратне забезпечення не має " -"проблем із графічним режимом, немає причин не використовувати його." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it " -"looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and " -"login screen after the session on the right has been clicked)." -msgstr "" -"Отже, ось скриншоти графічної 64-бітної інсталяції Головний сервер + Робоча " -"станція + Сервер LTSP і як це виглядає при першому завантаженні головного " -"сервера і завантаженні PXE в мережі клієнта LTSP (екран сеансу тонкого " -"клієнта - і екран входу в систему після натискання на сеанс праворуч)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "tjener Lightdm Вхід" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce та Браузер" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce Робочий стіл" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до тонкого клієнта" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "Вхід до тонкого клієнта" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Розпочинаємо" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "Мінімальні кроки для початку" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be " -"referenced as \"first user\". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can " -"use <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"Під час встановлення головного сервера був створений обліковий запис першого користувача. Далі у тексті цей обліковий " -"запис буде згадуватися як \"перший користувач\". Цей обліковий запис — особливий, оскільки дозвіл на домашній каталог " -"встановлено як 700 (через це, для того, щоб зробити особисті вебсторінки доступними, потрібно виконати " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput>). Крім того, перший користувач може користуватися командою " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput>, щоб стати root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">file " -"system access configuration</link> before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж додавати користувачів, перегляньте інформацію про спеціальну <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">конфігурацію доступу до файлової системи</link> для Debian Edu та за потреби " -"відкоригуйте політику свого сайту." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "Після встановлення, найперше, що Вам потрібно зробити як першому користувачеві:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "Увійдіть на сервер." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "Додайте користувачів з GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "Додайте робочі станції з GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to " -"perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"Додавання користувачів і робочих станцій детально описано нижче, тому прочитайте цей розділ повністю. У ньому описано, " -"як правильно виконати ці мінімальні кроки, а також інші речі, які, ймовірно, доведеться зробити кожному." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from " -"a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Додаткову інформацію можна знайти в інших частинах цього посібника: розділ " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">Нові можливості в Bullseye</link> варто прочитати " -"всім, хто знайомий з попередніми версіями. А для тих, хто оновлюється з " -"попереднього випуску, обов'язково прочитайте розділ <link linkend=\"Upgrades" -"\">Оновлення</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet " -"hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options " -"and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"Якщо загальний DNS-трафік у Вашій мережі заблоковано, а Вам потрібно використовувати певний DNS-сервер для пошуку " -"інтернет-хостів, Вам потрібно сказати DNS-серверу використовувати цей сервер як \"пересильний\" (\"forwarder\"). " -"Оновіть /etc/bind/named.conf.options і вкажіть IP-адресу DNS-сервера, яку потрібно використовувати." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "Розділ <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> містить більше порад і підказок, а також деякі поширені запитання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll " -"describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"На головному сервері працює декілька служб (сервісів), якими можна керувати через вебінтерфейс. Нижче ми опишемо кожну " -"службу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "Знайомство з GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you " -"can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² — це вебінструмент для керування, який допомагає керувати деякими важливими частинами налаштування Вашого Debian " -"Edu. За допомогою GOsa² Ви можете керувати (додавати, змінювати або видаляти) цими основними групами:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "Адміністрування групи" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "Адміністрування мережевої групи NIS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "Адміністрування комп'ютера" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "Адміністрування DNS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "Адміністрування DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be " -"the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation " -"profiles)." -msgstr "" -"Для доступу до GOsa² Вам потрібен головний сервер Skolelinux та (клієнтська) система зі встановленим веббраузером, який " -"сам може бути головним сервером, якщо його встановлено як так званий комбінований сервер (профілі головного сервера + " -"сервера LTSP + робочої станції)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, " -"it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the " -"user you created during the main server's installation (first user):" -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви (можливо, випадково) встановили чистий профіль головного сервера і " -"не маєте під рукою клієнта з веб-браузером, легко встановити мінімальний " -"робочий стіл на головному сервері, використовуючи цю послідовність команд у " -"(неграфічній) оболонці від імені користувача, якого Ви створили під час " -"встановлення головного сервера (перший користувач):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### після встановлення, запустити 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### увійти, як перший користувач" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"У веббраузері для доступу до GOsa² скористайтеся URL-адресою <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> та увійдіть як перший " -"користувач." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви використовуєте нову машину Debian Edu Bullseye, сертифікат сайту " -"буде відомий браузеру." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your " -"network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"В іншому випадку Ви отримаєте повідомлення про неправильний сертифікат SSL. Якщо Ви знаєте, що Ви у своїй мережі зараз " -"єдиний користувач, просто скажіть браузеру прийняти це та далі ігнорувати." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "Вхід у GOsa² та огляд" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "Сторінка огляду GOsa² після входу від імені першого користувача" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "Після входу у GOsa² Ви побачите сторінку огляду GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we " -"recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages " -"offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Далі Ви можете вибрати завдання в меню або натиснути будь-яку іконку завдання на оглядовій сторінці. Для навігації " -"радимо користуватися меню в лівій частині екрана, оскільки воно залишатиметься видимим на всіх сторінках " -"адміністрування GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the " -"main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, " -"account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided " -"in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"У Debian Edu дані про обліковий запис, групу та систему зберігаються в каталозі LDAP. Ці дані використовуються не лише " -"головним сервером, але й (бездисковими) робочими станціями, серверами LTSP та іншими машинами в мережі. Дякуючи LDAP, " -"облікову інформацію про студентів, викладачів тощо потрібно вводити лише один раз. Після збереження інформації в LDAP " -"вона буде доступна для усіх систем всієї мережі Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department " -"structure. To each \"department\" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational " -"structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² — це інструмент адміністрування, який використовує LDAP для зберігання інформації та створення ієрархічної " -"структури відділу. До кожного \"відділу\" (або підрозділу/департаменту) Ви можете додати облікові записи користувачів, " -"груп, систем, мережевих груп тощо. Залежно від ієрархії у Вашій установі Ви можете використовувати функціонал структури " -"відділу в GOsa²/LDAP для відтворення своєї організаційної структури в дереві даних LDAP головного сервера Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two \"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the " -"base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" department, teachers to the " -"\"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with " -"common home directories for each group in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"Стандартна інсталяція головного сервера Debian Edu забезпечує два \"відділи\": викладачів та студентів, а також базовий " -"рівень дерева LDAP. Студентські облікові записи потрібно додавати у відділ \"Студенти\", а викладачів у відділ " -"\"Викладачі\". Системи (сервери, робочі станції, принтери тощо) наразі додано до базового рівня. Знайдіть свою власну " -"схему налаштування цієї структури. (Ви можете знайти у цій настанові в розділі <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/Досвідчене адміністрування</link> приклад створення користувачів у річних групах із " -"загальними домашніми каталогами для кожної групи.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you " -"with a different view on the selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від завдання, над яким Ви хочете працювати (керування користувачами, керування групами, керування системами " -"тощо), GOsa² надає Вам різний вигляд вибраного відділу (або базового рівня)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Керування користувачами з GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with " -"department folders for \"Students\" and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created " -"user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your " -"tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your " -"intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку натисніть \"Користувачі\" в лівому навігаційному меню. У правій частині екрана з'явиться таблиця з теками " -"відділу для \"Студентів» та \"Викладачів\", та обліковим записом адміністратора GOsa² (першого створеного користувача). " -"Над цією таблицею Ви зможете побачити поле з назвою <emphasis>База</emphasis>, яке дозволяє Вам переміщатися по " -"структурі (наведіть вказівник миші на цю область — з'явиться додаткове меню) і вибирати базову теку для Ваших " -"запланованих операцій (наприклад, додавання нового користувача)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "Додавання користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu " -"appears on screen; choose \"Create\" here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"Поруч із навігацією по структурі Ви можете побачити меню \"Дії\". Наведіть курсор миші на цей пункт і на екрані " -"з'явиться підменю; виберіть тут \"Створити\", а потім \"Користувач\". Далі майстер Вас проведе по пунктах для створення " -"користувача." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "" -"Найважливіше, що потрібно додати, — це шаблон (новий студент newstudent або новий вчитель newteacher) та повне ім'я " -"Вашого користувача (див. зображення)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It " -"automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. " -"Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"Дотримуючись вказівок майстра, Ви побачите, що GOsa² генерує ім'я користувача автоматично на основі справжнього імені. " -"Він автоматично вибирає ім'я користувача, яке ще не існує, тому кілька користувачів з однаковим повним іменем не буде " -"проблемою. Зауважте, що GOsa² може генерувати помилкові імена користувачів, якщо повне ім'я містить символи, відмінні " -"від ASCII." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not " -"have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open <computeroutput>/etc/" -"gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" -"computeroutput> as an additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"Якщо Вам з якихось причин не подобається згенероване ім'я користувача, Ви можете вибрати інше ім’я користувача, " -"запропоноване у додатковому списку, але у Вас немає вільного вибору у майстрі. (Якщо хочете мати можливість редагувати " -"запропоноване ім'я користувача, відкрийте в текстовому редакторі <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> " -"та додайте <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> як додаткову опцію до \"визначення " -"розташування\"/\"location definition\".)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top " -"to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"Коли майстер завершить роботу, Ви побачите екран GOsa² з даними нового користувача. Для перевірки заповнених полів " -"користуйтеся вкладками вгорі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" " -"button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"Після створення користувача (не обов'язково налаштовувати поля, які майстер залишив порожніми), натисніть у нижньому " -"правому куті кнопку \"ОК\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click \"Set password\" in " -"the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"На останньому кроці GOsa² запитає пароль для нового користувача. Введіть його двічі, а потім натисніть у нижньому " -"правому куті \"Встановити пароль\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "Деякі символи в паролі використовувати не можна." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that " -"username on any Skolelinux machine within your network." -msgstr "" -"Якщо все пройшло добре, Ви можете побачити нового користувача в таблиці користувачів. Тепер з новим логіном Ви зможете " -"входити у своїй мережі на будь-якій машині Skolelinux." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "Пошук, зміна та видалення користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "Фільтри" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may " -"open the \"Filter\" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in " -"your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees" -"\"." -msgstr "" -"Для зміни або видалення користувача в системі перегляньте список користувачів з GOsa². У центрі екрана Ви можете " -"відкрити вікно \"Фільтр\", інструмент пошуку від GOsa². Якщо Ви точно не знаєте розташування свого облікового запису у " -"дереві, перейдіть на базовий рівень дерева GOsa²/LDAP та виконайте там пошук з параметром \"Пошук у піддеревах\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every " -"line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions " -"for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"Під час використання вікна \"Фільтр\" результати з’являться одразу посередині тексту у вигляді таблиці. Кожен рядок " -"відповідає обліковому запису користувача, а крайні праві елементи кожного рядка — це маленькі символи, які пропонують " -"Вам такі дії: редагування користувача, блокування облікового запису, встановлення пароля та вилучення користувача." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and " -"modify the list of groups the user belongs to." -msgstr "" -"З'явиться нова сторінка, де Ви зможете змінити інформацію про користувача, змінити його пароль та змінити список груп, " -"до яких він належить." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "Зміна даних користувача" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "Встановіть паролі" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of " -"GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be " -"presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to " -"the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"Студенти можуть змінити власні паролі, увійшовши в GOsa² зі своїми власними іменами користувачів. Для полегшення " -"доступу до GOsa², на робочому столі у системному меню (або у параметрах системи) є пункт під назвою \"Gosa\". Студент, " -"який увійшов у систему, зможе побачити мінімальну версію GOsa², яка надає доступ лише до таблиці з даними власного " -"облікового запису студента та до діалогу встановлення пароля." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of " -"GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"Викладачі, які увійшли з власними іменами користувачів, мають особливі права в GOsa². Вони мають більш привілейований " -"доступ до GOsa² і можуть змінювати паролі всіх облікових записів студентів. Це може бути дуже зручно під час уроку." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "Для адміністративного встановлення нового пароля користувачеві" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "знайдіть користувача, якого потрібно редагувати, за наданими вище вказівками" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "у рядку з іменем користувача натисніть в кінці символ ключа" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself" -msgstr "на наступній сторінці Ви можете встановити новий пароль, обраний Вами" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "Встановіть пароль користувача" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Остерігайтеся наслідків для безпеки через паролі, " -"які легко вгадуються! </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "Досвідчене керування користувачами" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet " -"software (for example <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the following fields have to be " -"provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could " -"be obtained by executing <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> on the " -"command line)." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою файлу CSV GOsa² дозволяє масово створювати користувачів. Цей файл можна створити за допомогою будь-якого " -"ПЗ для роботи з електронними таблицями (наприклад, <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Необхідно вказати " -"принаймні записи для таких полів: uid, прізвище (sn), ім'я (givenName) та пароль (password). Переконайтеся, що в полі " -"uid немає дублів. Зверніть увагу, що перевірка на наявність дублів має включати вже наявні записи uid у LDAP (які можна " -"отримати, виконавши у командному рядку <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them):" -msgstr "Ознайомтесь з форматуванням такого файлу CSV (GOsa² ставиться до цього досить прискіпливо):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "Як роздільник використовуйте \",\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "Не використовуйте лапки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains " -"the column names)" -msgstr "" -"Файл CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">не повинен</emphasis> містити рядок заголовка (який зазвичай містить назви стовпців)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import" -msgstr "Порядок полів нерелевантний і може бути визначений у GOsa² під час масового імпорту" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "Кроки для масованого імпорту:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "натисніть зліва у навігаційному меню посилання \"Менеджер LDAP\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "натисніть на екрані ліворуч вкладку \"Імпорт\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported" -msgstr "перегляньте свій локальний диск і виберіть файл CSV зі списком користувачів, який потрібно імпортувати" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "" -"виберіть доступний шаблон користувачів, який потрібно застосувати під час масового імпорту (наприклад, NewTeacher або " -"NewStudent)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "натисніть у нижньому правому куті кнопку \"Імпорт\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted " -"later." -msgstr "" -"Було б добре провести спочатку деякі тести, бажано з використанням файлу CSV, в якому будуть лише кілька вигаданих " -"користувачів, які можна пізніше видалити." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-" -"generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"Те ж саме стосується модуля керування паролями, який дозволяє скинути багато " -"паролів за допомогою CSV-файлу або заново згенерувати нові паролі для " -"користувачів, що належать до спеціального піддерева LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "Скиньте паролі" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Керування групами з GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "створити групу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "Керування групами дуже схоже на керування користувачами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when " -"creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете ввести назву та опис для кожної групи. Під час створення нової групи переконайтеся, що Ви вибрали правильний " -"рівень у LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the " -"filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"Додавання користувачів до новоствореної групи повертає Вас до списку користувачів, де Ви, ймовірно, захочете " -"скористатися вікном фільтра для пошуку користувачів. Також перевірте рівень дерева LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "" -"Групи, введені в керуванні групами, також є звичайними групами unix, тож Ви можете їх також використовувати для " -"дозволів на файли." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "Керування машинами з GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added " -"to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually " -"\"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Керування машинами в основному дозволяє керувати всіма мережевими пристроями у Вашій мережі Debian Edu. Кожен " -"комп'ютер, доданий до каталогу LDAP за допомогою GOsa², має ім’я хосту, IP-адресу, MAC-адресу та доменне ім'я (зазвичай " -"\"intern\"). Для більш докладного опису архітектури Debian Edu див. розділ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Архітектура</" -"link> цієї настанови." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Бездискові робочі станції та тонкі клієнти у випадку <emphasis>комбінованого головного сервера</emphasis> працюють \"з " -"коробки\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with " -"GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) and a " -"related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " -"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log " -"into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Робочі станції з дисками (включно з окремими серверами LTSP) <emphasis role=\"strong\">потрібно</emphasis> додавати з " -"GOsa². За лаштунками генеруються як специфічний для машини Kerberos Principal (щось на зразок <emphasis>облікового " -"запису</emphasis>), так і відповідний файл keytab (містить ключ, який використовується як <emphasis>пароль</emphasis>). " -"Файл keytab має бути присутнім на робочій станції, щоб мати можливість приєднувати домашні каталоги користувачів. Після " -"перезавантаження доданої системи увійдіть до неї як root і виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main " -"server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити Principal та файл keytab для <emphasis>вже налаштованої з GOsa²</emphasis> системи, увійдіть на головний " -"сервер як root та виконайте" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is possible for systems of type " -"<emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, <emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for those of " -"type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for " -"NFS configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Зверніть увагу:</emphasis> створення keytab для хоста можливе для систем типів " -"<emphasis>робочі станції</emphasis>, <emphasis>сервери</emphasis> та <emphasis>термінали</emphasis>⁣, але не для " -"пристроїв типу <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Щоб дізнатися про параметри конфігурації NFS, перегляньте розділ <link " -"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Настанови для мережевих клієнтів</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured " -"address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 " -"(gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and " -"are assigned dynamically." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати машину, скористайтеся головним меню GOsa², системи, додати. Ви " -"можете використовувати IP-адресу/ім'я хоста з попередньо налаштованого " -"адресного простору 10.0.0.0/8. Наразі існує лише дві попередньо визначені " -"фіксовані адреси: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) та 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Адреси від " -"10.0.16.20 до 10.0.31.254 (приблизно 10.0.16.0/20 або 4000 хостів) " -"зарезервовані для DHCP і призначаються динамічно." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, " -"the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> button which " -"will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 " -"and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the " -"exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon." -msgstr "" -"Щоб призначити хосту з MAC-адресою 52:54:00:12:34:10 статичну IP-адресу в GOsa², Вам потрібно ввести MAC-адресу, ім'я " -"хоста та IP; або Ви можете натиснути кнопку <computeroutput>Запропонувати IP (Propose ip)</computeroutput>, яка покаже " -"першу вільну фіксовану адресу у 10.0.0.0/8, швидше за все, щось на кшталт 10.0.0.2, якщо додасте першу машину таким " -"чином. Можливо, краще спочатку подумати про свою мережу: наприклад, Ви б могли використовувати 10.0.0.x з x>10 та " -"x<50 для серверів і x>100 для робочих станцій. Не забудьте активувати щойно додану систему. За винятком основного " -"сервера, усі системи матимуть відповідний значок." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked " -"profiles, the <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to automatically add machines to " -"GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used " -"one has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> shows usage information. Please note, " -"that the IP addresses shown after usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the dynamic " -"IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add " -"it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following " -"screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо машини завантажувалися як тонкі клієнти/бездискові робочі станції або були встановлені за допомогою будь-якого з " -"мережевих профілів, для автоматичного додавання машин до GOsa² можна використовувати скрипт " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>. Для простих машин це працюватиме одразу, для машин із кількома " -"MAC-адресами потрібно вибрати фактично використовувану, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"показує інформацію про використання. Зверніть увагу, що IP-адреси, які відображаються після використання " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>, належать до динамічного діапазону IP. Ці системи можна змінити " -"пізніше відповідно до Вашої мережі: перейменувати кожну нову систему, активувати DHCP та DNS, додати її до мережевих " -"груп (рекомендовані мережеві групи див. на знімку екрана нижче), і потім перезавантажити систему. Наступні знімки " -"екрана показують, як це виглядає на практиці:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"інфо: Створити GOsa машину для am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id " -"ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Введіть пароль, якщо хочете активувати ці зміни, і ^c, щоб скасувати.\n" -" \n" -"Під'єднання до LDAP в якості cn=admin,ou=ldap-" -"access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"ввести пароль: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "Список систем GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "Деталі хосту" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "Змініть хост" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "Додайте мережеву групу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> can be used to trigger the " -"update manually." -msgstr "" -"Завдання для оновлення DNS запускається щогодини; для оновлення вручну можна " -"виконати команду <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "Пошук та видалення машин" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not " -"repeated here." -msgstr "Пошук з видаленням машин дуже схожий на пошук з видаленням користувачів, тому ця інформація тут не повторюється." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "Редагування наявних машин / Керування мережевими групами" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and " -"clicking on the machine name (as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"Після додавання машини через GOsa² до дерева LDAP Ви можете змінити її " -"властивості через пошук та натискання на назві машини (так само як з " -"користувачами)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields " -"mean different things in this context." -msgstr "" -"Формат цих системних записів подібний до вже відомого Вам з редагування записів користувача, але в цьому контексті поля " -"означають різні речі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> does not modify the file access or command " -"execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that " -"machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, додавання комп'ютера до <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"не змінює дозволи на доступ до файлів або виконання команд для цього " -"комп'ютера або користувачів, які увійшли на цей комп'ютер; натомість воно " -"обмежує служби, які цей комп'ютер може використовувати на Вашому головному " -"сервері." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Стандартна інсталяція створює <computeroutput>мережеві групи " -"(NetGroups)</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "all-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is used for:" -msgstr "Наразі функціональність <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> використовується для:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Зміна розміру розділів</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space." -msgstr "Комп'ютери Debian Edu у цій групі автоматично змінюватимуть розміри розділів LVM, де закінчується місце." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-" -"hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Вимикати машини вночі</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts та shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-" -"blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy." -msgstr "Машини Debian Edu у цій групі вимикатимуться вночі автоматично для економії енергії." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Керування принтерами</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts та cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled " -"print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"Машини Debian Edu у цих групах щовечора автоматично очищатимуть усі черги друку та щогодини повторно вмикатимуть будь-" -"яку вимкнену чергу друку." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Блокування доступу до інтернету</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web " -"proxy restrictions this might be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"Машинам Debian Edu у цій групі буде дозволено підключатися до машин лише у " -"локальній мережі. У поєднанні з обмеженнями веб-проксі це може бути " -"використано під час іспитів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "Керування принтерами" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the " -"normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By " -"default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-" -"admins</computeroutput> group." -msgstr "" -"Для централізованого керування принтерами перейдіть у веббраузері до <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Це " -"звичайний інтерфейс керування CUPS, за допомогою якого Ви можете додавати/видаляти/змінювати свої принтери та очищати " -"чергу друку. Стандартно, це дозволено лише першому користувачу, але це можна змінити, додавши користувачів до групи " -"GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "Використовуйте принтери, під'єднані до робочих станцій" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Пакет <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> встановлений з профілем <emphasis>Робоча станція</emphasis> у системі стандартно." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB printer):" -msgstr "Відредагуйте <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> таким чином (принтер USB):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network " -"printer type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers regardless of brand or model) " -"and set <computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте принтер за допомогою вебінтерфейсу <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput>; виберіть тип " -"мережевого принтера <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (для усіх принтерів, незалежно від марки чи " -"моделі) та встановіть <computeroutput>socket://<IP комп'ютера>:9100</computeroutput> як URI підключення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "Мережеві принтери" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP " -"address with GOsa² and configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> network printers." -msgstr "" -"Рекомендується вимкнути у використовуваних мережевих принтерах усі функції самореклами. Натомість призначте фіксовану " -"IP-адресу за допомогою GOsa² та налаштуйте їх як мережеві принтери <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" -"computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "Синхронізація годинника" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. " -"NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause " -"machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Типова конфігурація Debian Edu передбачає синхронізацію годинників на всіх " -"машинах, але це не обов'язково є правильним. Для оновлення часу " -"використовується протокол NTP. Стандартно годинник буде синхронізовано із " -"зовнішнім джерелом. Це може призвести до того, що комп'ютери залишатимуть " -"зовнішнє інтернет-з'єднання відкритим, якщо воно було створено під час " -"використання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви використовуєте комутоване з'єднання або ISDN і платите похвилинно, Вам потрібно змінити це стандартне " -"налаштування." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add " -"comment (\"#\") marks in front of the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP server needs " -"to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using " -"the external clock sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Для вимкнення синхронізації із зовнішнім годинником потрібно на головному " -"сервері змінити файл /etc/ntp.conf. Додайте на початку записів " -"<computeroutput>server</computeroutput> символ коментаря (\"#\"). Після " -"цього потрібно перезапустити сервер NTP, виконавши з привілеями root команду " -"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput>. Для перевірки, чи " -"використовує машина зовнішні ресурси часу, виконайте <computeroutput>ntpq -c " -"lpeer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "Розширення повних розділів (партицій)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend " -"these partitions, run <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See the \"Resizing " -"Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Маючи ризик збою з використанням автоматичного розподілу, деякі розділи " -"після встановлення можуть бути майже повністю зайнятими. Для розширення " -"(збільшення) цих розділів виконайте від імені root команду <computeroutput" -">debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>. Ви можете ознайомитися з " -"деталями у частині \"Перерозподіл розділів\" <link linkend=\"Administration\"" -">настанови про адміністрування</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "Обслуговування" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "Оновлення ПЗ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Цей розділ пояснює як використовувати <computeroutput>apt full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the " -"command line as root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of available packages) and " -"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"Використання <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> доволі просте. Для " -"оновлення системи Вам потрібно виконати дві команди від імені root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (оновлення списку доступних " -"пакетів) та <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (оновлення " -"доступних для оновлення пакетів)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to " -"produce results in search engines." -msgstr "" -"Буде добре також в разі виникнення проблем робити оновлення з використанням " -"локалі C – для отримання результатів англійською мовою – це допоможе " -"отримати результати для зручного пошуку рішення в інтернет." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> package, changed Cfengine configuration files " -"might be available. Run <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check if this is the " -"case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Після оновлення пакета <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " -"можливо буде потрібно змінити конфігураційні файли Cfengine. Для перевірки " -"виконайте команду <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</" -"computeroutput>. Для підтвердження змін, виконайте <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C " -"cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP " -"server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"Важливо виконати <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> після оновлення сервера LTSP, щоб " -"зберегти синхронізацію образу SquashFS для меню бездискових клієнтів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to update the PXE installation " -"environment." -msgstr "" -"Після оновлення релізу системи з <emphasis>Головним сервером</emphasis> або " -"з профілем <emphasis>Сервер LTSP</emphasis>, потрібно оновити інсталяційне " -"оточення PXE командою <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</" -"computeroutput> and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"Також буде корисним встановити <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> та " -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> і налаштувати через них " -"надсилання ел.пошти на адресу, яку Ви читаєте." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. " -"It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the " -"download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> буде Вам сповіщати ел.поштою раз " -"на день про можливі оновлення пакетів. Цей інструмент не оновлює нічого, але " -"отримує ці оновлення (зазвичай вночі), щоб Вам не було потрібно очікувати, " -"коли Ви запустите <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> package to be installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Якщо є бажання, можна налаштувати автоматичне оновлення. Для цього лише " -"потрібно встановити пакет <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" -"computeroutput> та налаштувати його, як описано на сторінці <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" -"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively " -"display them in the terminal when running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Програма <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> може надсилати Вам " -"ел.поштою записи про оновлення або під час виконання <computeroutput>apt</" -"computeroutput> виводити їх у терміналі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "Залишайтеся поінформованими щодо оновлень безпеки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are " -"available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the <ulink url=" -"\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -"computeroutput>) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"Запуск <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>, як описано вище, є хорошим " -"способом дізнатися, коли доступні оновлення безпеки для встановлених " -"пакунків. Інший спосіб бути в курсі оновлень безпеки - підписатися на <ulink " -"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-" -"announce list</ulink>, який має перевагу в тому, що він також повідомляє про " -"те, про що йдеться в оновленні безпеки. Недоліком (порівняно з " -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) є те, що він також містить " -"інформацію про оновлення для пакунків, які не встановлено." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "Керування резервним копіюванням" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to " -"access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using " -"SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"Для керування резервним копіюванням перейдіть у веббраузері на <ulink url=" -"\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Зверніть увагу, що Вам потрібно на цю " -"сторінку заходити з SSL, оскільки буде потрібно вводити пароль root. Якщо " -"спробуєте зайти без SSL, буде помилка." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' by " -"default)." -msgstr "" -"Примітка: сайт працюватиме, лише якщо Ви тимчасово дозволите ssh root на " -"резервному сервері (типово основний сервер 'tjener')." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. If you " -"only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"Стандартно tjener виконує резервне копіювання <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" -"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> і LDAP до каталогу /skole/" -"backup, який знаходиться у LVM. Якщо Ви хочете мати лише запасні копії " -"файлів (на випадок, якщо Ви їх видалите), це налаштування Вам підійде." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives." -msgstr "" -"Майте на увазі, що ця схема резервного копіювання не захищає Вас від збою " -"жорстких дисків." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the " -"existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви хочете створити резервну копію своїх даних на зовнішньому сервері, " -"стрімері або на іншому жорсткому диску, Вам буде потрібно трішки змінити " -"наявну конфігурацію." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви хочете відновити весь каталог, найкращим буде використання " -"командного рядка:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> for <computeroutput><" -"date></computeroutput> in the folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Це залишить зміст <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> " -"за <computeroutput><дату></computeroutput> у каталозі <computeroutput>/" -"skole/tjener/home0/user_<дата></computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web " -"interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви хочете відновити один файл, Вам потрібно вказати файл (та версію) у " -"вебінтерфейсі та отримати лише цей файл." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest " -"snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви хочете позбутися старіших резервних копій, виберіть в меню на " -"сторінці резервного копіювання пункт \"Обслуговування\" та найстаріший " -"знімок, який потрібно зберегти:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "Обслуговування slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "Моніторинг сервера" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. It provides system status " -"measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when " -"looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"Система звітів Munin доступна за адресою <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/" -">. Вона надає графіки контролю стану системи на щоденній, щотижневій, " -"місячній та річній основі та допомагає системному адміністратору під час " -"пошуку вузьких місць і джерел системних проблем." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to " -"sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally " -"take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are " -"executed. To speed up the process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as root on the " -"sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" -"computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"Список комп'ютерів, які відстежуються за допомогою Munin, створюється " -"автоматично на основі списку хостів, які повідомляються у sitesummary. Усі " -"хости з встановленим пакетом munin-node зареєстровані для моніторингу Munin. " -"Зазвичай після встановлення Munin на машину до початку моніторингу минає " -"один день — через порядок виконання завдань cron. Щоб пришвидшити цей " -"процес, виконайте на сервері sitesummary (зазвичай це основний сервер) від " -"імені root команду <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" -"computeroutput>. Це оновить файл <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin." -"conf</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-" -"configure</computeroutput> program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</" -"computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Набір вимірювань, що збираються, автоматично генерується на кожній машині за " -"допомогою програми <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>, " -"яка перевіряє плагіни з <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</" -"computeroutput> та створює відповідні символічні посилання у " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Інформацію про Мунін можна отримати за посиланням <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Icinga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines " -"and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The " -"machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients " -"receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" -"computeroutput> package on the workstation." -msgstr "" -"Програма Icinga — для моніторингу системи та сервісів — доступна за адресою " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Перелік машин та служб, які " -"відстежуються, автоматично генерується з загальної зібраної системної " -"інформації. Машини з профілем \"Головний сервер\" та \"Сервер LTSP\" " -"отримують повний моніторинг, а робочі станції та тонкі клієнти — простий. " -"Для увімкнення повного моніторингу на робочій станції на ній потрібно " -"встановити пакет <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" -"computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Стандартно Icinga не надсилає електронні листи. Це можна змінити, замінивши " -"у файлі <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" -"computeroutput> параметри <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> " -"на <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> та <computeroutput" -">notify-by-email</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary " -"cron job generates <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> with the list of hosts " -"and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Використовується конфігураційний файл Icinga <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Завдання Cron збору загальної системної " -"інформації генерує <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated." -"cfg</computeroutput> зі списком хостів та служб для моніторингу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" -"computeroutput> to get them included in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"Додаткові перевірки Icinga для включення їх у згенерований файл можна " -"розмістити у файлі <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg." -"post</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-" -"doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"Інформація про Icinga доступна на <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> " -"або в пакеті <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "Поширені попередження Icinga та як з ними поводитися" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "Деякі настанови щодо найпоширеніших попереджень Icinga." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - вільне місце: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files " -"or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume " -"group, running the program <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the partitions might " -"help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the " -"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Розділ (/usr/ у прикладі) заповнений. Загалом існує два варіанти що з цим " -"робити: (1) видалити деякі файли або (2) збільшити розмір розділу. Якщо це " -"розділ /var/, можна видалити деякі файли командою очищення кешу APT " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>. Якщо в групі томів LVM є більше " -"місця, для розширення розділів можна виконати <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Для автоматичного запуску цієї програми " -"щогодини можна додати до мережевої групи <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> відповідний хост." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "" -"APT CRITICAL: для оновлення доступні 13 пакетів (13 критичних оновлень)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade " -"&& apt full-upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"Нові пакети доступні для оновлення. Критично важливими зазвичай є " -"виправлення безпеки. Щоб оновити систему, запустіть \"apt upgrade " -"&& apt full-upgrade\" від імені користувача root у терміналі або " -"увійдіть до системи за допомогою ssh, щоб зробити те саме." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will " -"not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви не бажаєте оновлювати пакунки вручну й довіряєте Debian, що він " -"добре справлятиметься з новими версіями, можете налаштувати <computeroutput" -">unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> для автоматичного оновлення щоночі " -"усіх нових пакунків. Це не оновить chroots LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"УВАГА! Потрібне перезавантаження: запущене ядро = 2.6.32-37.81.0, " -"встановлене ядро = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed " -"kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues." -msgstr "" -"Запущене ядро старіше за останнє встановлене ядро, і для активації " -"останнього встановленого ядра необхідне перезавантаження. Зазвичай це досить " -"терміново, оскільки нові ядра зазвичай з’являються в Debian Edu для " -"виправлення проблем безпеки." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "УВАГА: розмір черги CUPS - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled " -"print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every " -"night on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup. If a host " -"have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"У чергах принтерів CUPS є багато незавершених завдань. Швидше за все це " -"через недоступність принтера. Вимкнені черги друку вмикаються щогодини на " -"хостах-учасниках мережевої групи <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput>, тому для таких хостів не потрібно виконувати ручні " -"дії. Щоночі на хостах-учасниках мережевої групи <computeroutput>cups-queue-" -"autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> черги друку очищуються. Якщо хост має " -"багато завдань у своїй черзі, подумайте про додавання цього хоста до однієї " -"або обох мережевих груп." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Короткий опис сайту" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information " -"collected is available in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in <computeroutput>/" -"usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary використовується для збору інформації з кожного комп’ютера та " -"передачі її на центральний сервер. Зібрана інформація доступна у " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Для " -"створення звітів, у каталозі <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" -"computeroutput> є скрипти." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Простий звіт з sitesummary без будь-яких деталей доступний за посиланням " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Деяка документація по sitesummary доступна за посиланнями <ulink url=\"http" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "Більше інформації про налаштування Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced " -"administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"Додаткову інформацію про налаштування Debian Edu, корисну для системних " -"адміністраторів, можна знайти в <link linkend=\"Administration\">розділі " -"\"Адміністрування\"</link> та в <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\"" -">розділі \"Розширене адміністрування\"</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "Оновлення версій" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own " -"risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by " -"applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж читати цей посібник з оновлення, зверніть увагу, що оновлення Ваших " -"робочих серверів виконуються на Ваш власний ризик. <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Debian Edu/Skolelinux постачається АБСОЛЮТНО БЕЗ ЖОДНИХ ГАРАНТІЙ в межах, " -"дозволених чинним законодавством.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual " -"completely before attempting to upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, повністю прочитайте цей розділ і розділ <link linkend=\"Features" -"\">Нові можливості у Bullseye</link> цього посібника, перш ніж намагатися " -"оновити систему." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "Загальні нотатки з оновлення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit " -"more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps " -"below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian " -"Edu should modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"Оновлення Debian з одного випуску до наступного зазвичай досить просте. Для " -"Debian Edu це, на жаль, дещо складніше, оскільки ми змінюємо файли " -"конфігурації у власний спосіб. Проте ми задокументували необхідні кроки " -"нижче. (Щоб дізнатися більше, як у Debian Edu повинні змінюватися файли " -"конфігурацій див. інформацію про помилку Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -"debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main-server is the most difficult to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"Загалом, модернізувати сервери складніше, ніж робочі станції, і найскладніше " -"модернізувати головний сервер." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system " -"or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if " -"everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви хочете бути впевненими, що після оновлення все запрацює як раніше, " -"радимо Вам спочатку перевірити оновлення на тестовій системі або системах, " -"налаштованих так само як Ваші робочі машини. Там Ви зможете без ризику " -"перевірити оновлення та переглянути чи все працює належним чином." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/releases/stable/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що Ви не забули також прочитати інформацію про поточний " -"випуск Debian Stable у його <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" -"stable/installmanual\">настанові зі встановлення</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the " -"upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support " -"for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan" -"\">ceases support for Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"Також було б розумно трохи почекати та продовжити роботу зі \"старим та " -"надійним\" (Oldstable) ще на кілька тижнів, поки інші перевірять оновлення " -"та задокументують будь-які проблеми, які у них виникають. Випуск Oldstable " -"Debian Edu отримуватиме підтримку ще деякий час після наступного стабільного " -"(Stable) випуску, але коли Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"security/faq#lifespan\">припинить підтримку Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu " -"обов’язково зробить те саме." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "Оновлення з Debian Edu Buster" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test environment or have backups ready to be able " -"to go back." -msgstr "" -"Будьте готові: переконайтеся, що Ви перевірили оновлення з Buster у " -"тестовому середовищі або створили резервні копії, щоб мати змогу відновитися " -"назад." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles " -"Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що наведений нижче рецепт стосується типового встановлення " -"головного сервера Debian Edu (стільниця=xfce, профілі Головний сервер, " -"Робоча станція, Сервер LTSP). (Загальний огляд щодо оновлення Buster до " -"Bullseye див: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\"/>)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "" -"Не використовуйте X (графічний інтерфейс), — використовуйте віртуальну " -"консоль, увійдіть як root." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f " -"install</computeroutput> and then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"Якщо <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> завершує роботу з помилкою, " -"спробуйте виправити її та/або запустіть <computeroutput>apt -f install</" -"computeroutput>, а потім ще раз <computeroutput>apt -y full-" -"upgrade</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "Оновлення головного сервера" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "Почніть з перевірки, чи поточна система оновлена:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "Очистити кеш пакунка:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "" -"Підготуйте та запустіть оновлення до Bullseye (новий запис у системі " -"безпеки):" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/" -"sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (для отримання висновку англійською мовою)" -"\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the " -"pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> or " -"<emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes: будьте готові прочитати багато НОВИН; натисніть " -"<return> для прокрутити вниз, <q> для виходу з пейджера. Усю " -"інформацію буде надіслано root'у, щоб Ви могли прочитати її ще раз (за " -"допомогою <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> або <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently " -"below; in most cases hitting return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"Уважно прочитайте всю інформацію про debconf, виберіть \"зберігати поточну " -"встановлену локальну версію\", якщо нижче не вказано інше; у більшості " -"випадків достатньо натискання return." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "перезапуск сервісів: Обрати Так." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"openssh-server: Виберіть \"зберігати поточну встановлену локальну версію\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Обрати Y." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "" -"Сервер та утиліти Samba: Виберіть \"зберігати поточну встановлену локальну " -"версію\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "Сервери Kerberos: Введіть 'kerberos' і натисніть 'OK'." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/slapd: Обрати N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Обрати N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Обрати N." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "Збережіть та налаштуйте конфігурацію:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "Встановлення та налаштування веб-інтерфейсу Icinga2:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</" -"emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, " -"завжди вибирайте <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ні</emphasis>, якщо debconf " -"запитає про це." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"Запустити <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" -"setup</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "Отримати нове зображення Debian Edu Homeworld:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # якщо тільки роботи Бастера не " -"повинні бути збережені як альтернатива" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "Налаштуйте конфігурацію панелі Xfce:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "Впоратися з новим LTSP та пов'язаними з ним змінами:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # видалити непотрібні модифікації\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # щоб видалити не використовуваний " -"базовий каталог tftp\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system " -"account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one:" -" enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # очистити старий базовий каталог LTSP\n" -"# Наступні кроки потребують певного часу на виконання.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type " -"bare # якщо потрібна підтримка 64-розрядних тонких клієнтів\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type " -"bare # якщо потрібна підтримка 32-розрядних тонких клієнтів\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # створити бездисковий " -"образ робочої станції з файлової системи сервера\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # щоб додати " -"інсталяційні файли PXE і пов'язані з ними пункти меню iPXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "Впоратися з переходом на iPXE:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "Створіть файл <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> з наступним вмістом:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</" -"computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"Потім виконайте <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-" -"access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> для " -"застосування змін." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. Make sure, DHCP related entries match those " -"contained in the <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" -"Змініть деякі інші параметри DHCP в LDAP, наприклад, за допомогою редактора, " -"такого як ldapvi. Переконайтеся, що записи, пов'язані з DHCP, відповідають " -"тим, що містяться у файлі <emphasis>/etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis>. " -"Відповідні записи:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 " -"cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=" -"no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00." -"intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01." -"intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" -"Впорайтеся зі змінами в GOsa - використовуйте новий gosa.conf, виправте " -"доступ до LDAP:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password " -"found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig for those entries." -msgstr "" -"Пошук adminPassword і snapshotAdminPassword в /etc/gosa/gosa.conf і замініть " -"$GOSAPWD випадковим паролем, знайденим в /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig для цих " -"записів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Запуск <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Запуск <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "Впоратися зі зміною типу шифрування Kerberos:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "Запуск <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "Впоратися зі змінами Samba:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first username></computeroutput>. Once users change " -"their password, the related Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" -"Додайте перший обліковий запис Samba користувача: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -" -"a <first username></computeroutput>. Щойно користувачі змінять пароль, " -"буде створено відповідний обліковий запис Samba." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "Перевірте, чи працює оновлена система:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "Перезавантажтеся, увійдіть як перший користувач та перевірте" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "чи працює графічний інтерфейс GOsa²," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "чи з'єднуються клієнти LTSP та робочі станції," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "чи можна додати систему до мережевої групи або вилучити з групи," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "чи можна надсилати та отримувати внутрішню ел.пошту," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "чи можна керувати принтерами," - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "та чи працюють інші особливі для сайту/сервера речі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "Оновлення робочої станції" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things not needed. If not yet done, configure the " -"machine to use Kerberos for mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</link> " -"chapter for details." -msgstr "" -"Виконуйте всі основні дії, як на головному сервері, і не робіть того, що не " -"потрібно. Якщо цього ще не зроблено, налаштуйте машину на використання " -"Kerberos для монтування домашніх каталогів, див. розділ <link linkend=" -"\"GettingStarted\">початок роботи</link> для отримання детальної інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "Оновлення зі старих версій Debian Edu / Skolelinux (перед Buster)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster based Debian Edu release first, before you " -"can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous " -"release, Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"Щоб оновитися з будь-якого старого випуску, Вам потрібно спочатку оновитися " -"до випуску Debian Edu на основі Buster, перш ніж Ви зможете слідувати " -"наведеним вище інструкціям. Інструкції, наведені у <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Посібнику з використання Debian " -"Edu Buster</ulink>, — про те, як оновити Buster з попереднього випуску, " -"Stretch. Аналогічно, у посібнику зі Stretch описано, як оновитися з Jessie." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "Настанови HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTo для <link linkend=\"Administration\">загального адміністрування</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</link>" -msgstr "" -"HowTo для <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">розширеного " -"адміністрування</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"Desktop\">стільниці</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">мережевих клієнтів</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">викладання та навчання</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"Users\">користувачів</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "HowTo для загального адміністрування" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> " -"chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this " -"chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"Розділи <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Початок роботи</link> та <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Обслуговування</link> описують, як розпочати роботу " -"з Debian Edu та як виконувати основну роботу з обслуговування. Настанови в " -"цьому розділі містять деякі більш професійні поради та підказки." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "" -"Історія конфігурації: відстеження /etc/ за допомогою системи контролю версій " -"git" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> усі файли у " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> відстежуються з <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> як система контролю версій." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a " -"text file. The git repository is stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Це дає змогу побачити, коли файл додано, змінено та вилучено, а також що " -"було змінено, якщо файл текстовий. Репозиторій git зберігається у " -"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "" -"Щогодини будь-які зміни записуються автоматично, що дозволяє витягувати та " -"переглядати історію конфігурацій." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> is used. To check the " -"differences between two points in time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> can be used." -msgstr "" -"Для перегляду історії використовується команда <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " -"log</computeroutput>. Щоб перевірити різницю між двома моментами часу, " -"можна скористатися командою типу <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff " -"</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Для отримання додаткової інформації перегляньте результат команди " -"<computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "Список корисних команд:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "Приклади використання" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed:" -msgstr "" -"У щойно встановленій системі, щоб побачити всі зміни, внесені після " -"встановлення, спробуйте це:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "Перегляньте, які файли зараз не відстежуються та які не оновлені:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "Для ручного commit'у файлу, якщо не хочете очікувати до години:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "Зміна розміру розділів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM " -"volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking " -"partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted." -msgstr "" -"У Debian Edu всі розділи, крім <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>, " -"знаходяться на логічних томах LVM. З ядром Linux, починаючи з версії 2.6.10, " -"можна збільшувати розділи коли вони приєднані/змонтовані. Але зменшення " -"розділів поки що можливе лише коли розділ не змонтовано." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run " -"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if " -"possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one." -msgstr "" -"Бажано уникати створення дуже великих розділів (понад, скажімо, 20 ГБ), тому " -"що для запуску <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> для них або їх " -"відновлення з резервної копії, якщо виникне така необхідність, буде потрібен " -"додатковий час. Краще, якщо це можливо, створювати кілька менших розділів, " -"ніж один дуже великий." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> is provided to make it easier to extend full " -"partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the " -"rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file " -"system. The argument <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the " -"file systems." -msgstr "" -"Для полегшення розширення/збільшення заповнених розділів є допоміжний скрипт " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Під час запуску " -"він зчитує конфігурацію з <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> та з <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"Потім пропонується розширити розділи з надто малим вільним простором " -"відповідно до правил, наданих у цих файлах. Якщо запустити без аргументів, " -"будуть показані лише команди, необхідні для розширення файлової системи. " -"Аргумент <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> потрібен для фактичного " -"виконання цих команд для розширення файлових систем." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"Скрипт виконується автоматично щогодини на кожному клієнті, зазначеному в " -"мережевій групі <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid." -"conf</computeroutput> needs to be updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size " -"of <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size." -msgstr "" -"Коли розділ, який використовується проксі-сервером Squid, змінюється, " -"значення розміру кешу в розділі <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" -"computeroutput> також потребує оновлення. Допоміжний скрипт " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" -"computeroutput> виконує це автоматично, перевіряючи поточний розмір розділу " -"за допомогою <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> і " -"налаштувавши Squid на використання 80% від цього обсягу в якості кешу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "Керування логічними томами" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more " -"about LVM from the <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Керування логічними томами (LVM) дозволяє змінювати розміри розділів коли " -"вони змонтовані та використовуються. Дізнатися більше про LVM Ви можете з " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Настанов до LVM</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you " -"want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands:" -msgstr "" -"Для збільшення логічного тому вручну, просто вкажіть команді " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput>, до якого розміру Ви хочете його " -"збільшити. Наприклад, щоб розширити home0 до 30 ГБ, потрібно використати " -"такі команди:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "Щоб розширити home0 на додаткові 30ГіБ, потрібно вставити '+' (-L+30G)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "Використання ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a " -"normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> — це " -"інструмент для редагування бази даних LDAP у командному рядку у звичайному " -"текстовому редакторі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "Потрібно виконати наступне:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the default editor. By executing " -"<computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi " -"clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"Нотатка: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> використовуватиме " -"стандартний редактор. Виконуючи <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> у командному рядку, можна призначити редактором у середовищі " -"клон vi." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in " -"front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати об'єкт LDAP за допомогою ldapvi, використовуйте порядковий номер " -"об'єкта з рядком <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> перед новим об'єктом " -"LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP " -"database, same warning applies for JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"Увага: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> — дуже потужний інструмент. " -"Будьте обережні та не зіпсуйте базу даних LDAP; те саме попередження " -"стосується JXplorer." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "Керберизований (Kerberized) NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without " -"Kerberos. The levels <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> are supported " -"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the " -"security level, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"Використання Kerberos для NFS для монтування домашніх каталогів є елементом " -"безпеки. Починаючи з Bullseye, клієнти LTSP не працюватимуть без Kerberos. " -"Рівні <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> та " -"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> підтримувані (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> означає " -"автентифікацію Kerberos, <emphasis>i</emphasis> означає перевірку цілісності " -"та <emphasis>p</emphasis> для конфіденційності, тобто шифрування); зі " -"збільшенням рівня безпеки зростає навантаження як на сервер, так і на робочу " -"станцію, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> є гарним вибором тому він обраний типово." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "Як змінити стандартні значення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Головний сервер</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "вхід від імені root" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it " -"with <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"виконайте <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, знайдіть " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> та замініть на <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> " -"або на <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"змініть <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> та " -"налаштуйте відповідно ці записи:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Стандартний принтер (Standardskriver)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, " -"see <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Цей інструмент дозволяє встановити типовий принтер залежно від місця " -"розташування, машини чи належності до групи. Для отримання додаткової " -"інформації перегляньте <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README." -"md</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as an example." -msgstr "" -"Файл конфігурації <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> " -"має надати адміністратор, див. для прикладу <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" -"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer, графічний інтерфейс LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, " -"which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви віддаєте перевагу графічному інтерфейсу для роботи з базою даних " -"LDAP, ознайомтеся з пакетом <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, який " -"типово встановлений. Щоб отримати доступ на запис, під'єднайтеся так:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"хост: ldap.intern\n" -"порт: 636\n" -"Рівень безпеки: ssl + user + password\n" -"Домен користувача: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, інструмент командного рядка" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line tool to create LDAP users and set their " -"passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> невеликий інструмент " -"командного рядка для створення користувачів LDAP і встановлення їхніх " -"паролів у Kerberos. Це корисно здебільшого для тестування." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "Використання стабільних оновлень (stable-updates)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly maintained in volatile.debian.org in the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Починаючи з випуску Squeeze у 2011 році, Debian включив пакунки, які раніше " -"підтримувалися на volatile.debian.org, в <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly " -"when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"Хоча Ви можете використовувати stable-updates безпосередньо, це не " -"обов’язково: stable-updates регулярно додаються у стабільний пакет, коли " -"виходять стабільні випуски, що у свою чергу відбувається приблизно кожні два " -"місяці." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "" -"Використання бекпортів (backports) для встановлення новішого програмного " -"забезпечення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: " -"sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"Ви працюєте з Debian Edu через її стабільність. Вона працює чудово; є лише " -"одна проблема: іноді програмне забезпечення трохи старіше, ніж Вам би " -"хотілося. Тут на допомогу приходить backports.debian.org." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security " -"updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like " -"Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not " -"to use all backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Бекпорти — це перекомпільовані пакети тестової версії Debian (здебільшого) " -"та нестабільної (лише в кількох випадках, наприклад, в оновленні безпеки), " -"тому вони працюватимуть без нових бібліотек (усюди, де це можливо) у " -"стабільному дистрибутиві Debian, як-от Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">Ми радимо Вам вибрати окремі бекпорти, які відповідають Вашим потребам, та " -"не використовувати усі доступні.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "Користуватися бекпортами просто:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/" -"apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of " -"<emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Після чого можна легко інсталювати \"бекпортові\" пакети, наприклад, команда " -"встановить \"бекпортову\" версію <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has " -"three sections: main, contrib and non-free." -msgstr "" -"Backports оновлюються автоматично (якщо доступні) разом з іншими пакетами. " -"Як і звичайний архів, backports має три секції: main, contrib та non-free." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "Оновлення з CD або подібного образу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have " -"Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви хочете оновитися з однієї версії до іншої (наприклад, з Bullseye " -"11.1 до 11.2), але у Вас немає підключення до Інтернету, а є лише фізичний " -"носій, виконайте наступні кроки:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command:" -msgstr "" -"Вставте диск CD / DVD / Blu-ray / флешку USB та виконайте apt-cdrom команду:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "Щоб відкрити довідкову (man) сторінку apt-cdrom(8):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the " -"structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom використовується для додавання нового компакт-диска до списку " -"доступних джерел APT. apt-cdrom визначає структуру диска, а також виправляє " -"кілька можливих помилок запису та перевіряє файли індексу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a " -"multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати компакт-диски до системи APT, необхідно використовувати apt-" -"cdrom, і це не можна зробити вручну. Крім того, щоб врахувати можливі " -"помилки запису, кожен диск з набору з декількох CD потрібно вставляти та " -"сканувати окремо." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "Потім, для оновлення системи, виконайте ці дві команди:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "Автоматичне очищення від залишків процесів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined " -"as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> — це скрипт на perl, який усуває " -"фонові завдання. Фонові завдання визначаються як процеси, які належать " -"користувачам, які зараз не ввійшли в систему. Він запускається через cron " -"раз на годину." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "Автоматичне встановлення оновлень безпеки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package which will install security (and other) " -"upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available " -"in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg." -"log</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> — це пакет Debian, який " -"автоматично встановлює оновлення безпеки та інших програм. Якщо встановлено, " -"пакет попередньо налаштовано для встановлення оновлень безпеки. Журнали " -"доступні в <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; " -"також завжди є <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> та " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "Автоматичне відключення машин на ніч" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the " -"morning. The package <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the machine every hour on " -"the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS " -"to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by " -"sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"Можна заощадити енергію та гроші, автоматично вимикаючи клієнтські машини на " -"ніч і вмикаючи їх вранці. Пакунок <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput> намагатиметься вимикати машину щогодини, починаючи з 16:00, " -"але не вимикатиме її, якщо здаватиметься, що на ній є користувачі. Він " -"спробує вказати BIOS увімкнути комп'ютер близько 07:00 ранку, а головний " -"сервер спробує увімкнути комп'ютери з 06:30, надсилаючи пакети wake-on-lan. " -"Цей час можна змінити в кронтабах окремих машин." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "Налаштовуючи це, потрібно дещо мати на увазі:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from " -"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with X2Go " -"thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Клієнти не повинні вимикатися, коли хтось ними користується. Це " -"забезпечується перевіркою виводу з <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, і, " -"як окремий випадок, перевірка роботи команди з'єднання ssh з тонкими " -"клієнтами X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Для уникнення перегорання електричних запобіжників, радимо переконатися, що " -"всі клієнти не запускаються одночасно." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and " -"correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the " -"clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"Існує два різних способи розбудити клієнти. Один з них використовує " -"функцію BIOS і потребує робочого та правильного апаратного годинника, а " -"також материнської плати та версії BIOS, що підтримується <computeroutput" -">nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; інший вимагає, щоб клієнти мали підтримку " -"wake-on-lan, а сервер знав про всіх клієнтів, яких потрібно розбудити." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "Як налаштувати shutdown-at-night (вимкнення на ніч)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" -"computeroutput>, or add the hostname (that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the " -"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan configured in the BIOS. It " -"is also important that the switches and routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are " -"missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"На клієнтах, які мають вимикатися на ніч, торкніться <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, або додайте ім'я хоста " -"(тобто вивід з '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' на клієнті) до " -"мережевої групи \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Додавання хостів в мережеву " -"групу в LDAP можна виконати за допомогою команди <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> веб інструмента. Клієнтам може знадобитися налаштування wake-" -"on-lan у BIOS. Також важливо, щоб комутатори та маршрутизатори, які " -"використовуються між сервером wake-on-lan і клієнтами, передавали пакети WOL " -"клієнтам, навіть якщо клієнти вимкнені. Деякі комутатори не передають " -"клієнтам пакети, які відсутні в ARP-таблиці комутатора, і це блокує пакети " -"WOL." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</" -"computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> to generate the " -"list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"Щоб увімкнути wake-on-lan на сервері, додайте клієнтів до <computeroutput>/" -"etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, з одним рядком для кожного " -"клієнта, спочатку IP-адреса, потім MAC-адреса (Ethernet-адреса), через " -"пробіл; або створіть скрипт <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> генерувати список клієнтів на льоту." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"Приклад <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> для використання з sitesummary:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool " -"from the <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"По іншому, якщо для активації нічного вимкнення (shutdown-at-night) на " -"клієнтах використовується мережева група, є скрипт з пакету <computeroutput" -">ng-utils</computeroutput> для використання інструменту мережевої групи:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "Доступ до серверів Debian-Edu, розташованих за брандмауером" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package <computeroutput>autossh</" -"computeroutput>. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати з інтернету доступ до машин за брандмауером, подумайте про " -"встановлення <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Його можна " -"використовувати для налаштування SSH-тунелю до комп’ютера в інтернеті, до " -"якого у Вас є доступ. З цієї машини Ви можете отримати доступ до сервера за " -"брандмауером через тунель SSH." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-server" -msgstr "" -"Встановлення додаткових сервісних машин для розподілу навантаження з " -"основного сервера" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, tjener. To simplify moving some to another " -"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead " -"to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"Стандартно всі служби працюють на головному сервері, tjener. Щоб спростити " -"перенесення деяких з них на іншу машину, існує <emphasis>мінімальний</" -"emphasis> профіль встановлення. Встановлення з цим профілем створить машину, " -"яка буде частиною мережі Debian Edu, але на якій не буде запущено жодної " -"служби (поки що)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "Необхідні кроки для налаштування машини, призначеної для деяких служб:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"встановіть <emphasis>мінімальний</emphasis> профіль за допомогою параметра " -"завантаження <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "встановіть необхідні для служби/сервісів пакети" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "налаштуйте служби/сервіси" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "вимкнути сервіс на головному сервері" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "оновити DNS (через LDAP/GOsa²) на головному сервеві" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "Настанови з wiki.debian.org" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "Настанови з розширеного адміністрування" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "У цьому розділі описані розширені завдання адміністрування." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "Налаштування користувачів з GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "Створення користувачів у річних групах" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, " -"home0/2026, etc). We want to create the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі ми хочемо створити користувачів у річних групах зі " -"спільними домашніми каталогами для кожної групи (home0/2024, home0/2026 тощо)" -". Ми хочемо створити користувачів через імпорт CSV." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(як root на головному сервері) </emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "Створіть структуру необхідних річних груп" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>(як перший користувач у Gosa)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "Підрозділ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From " -"the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students " -"graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " -"(2024) should show up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"Головне меню: перейдіть до \"Структури довідника\", виберіть підрозділ " -"\"Студенти\". У полі \"Основа\" має бути \"/Студенти\". У спадному вікні " -"\"Дії\" виберіть \"Створити\"/\"Підрозділ\". Заповніть значення для полів " -"\"Назва\" (2024) та \"Опис\" (студенти, які закінчують навчання у 2024 році)" -", залиште поле \"Основа\" як є (має бути \"/Студенти\"). Збережіть це, " -"натиснувши \"ОК\". Тепер новий підрозділ (2024) має з’явитися під \"/" -"Студентами\". Клацніть там." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "Група" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /" -"Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"Групи\" у головному меню; \"Дії\"/Створити/Групувати. Введіть " -"назву групи (залиште \"Основу\" як є, має бути /Students/2024) та натисніть " -"\"ОК\" для збереження." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "Шаблон" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</" -"computeroutput> should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create " -"such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in " -"the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"У головному меню виберіть \"користувачі\". Змініть в полі \"Основа\" на " -"\"Студенти\". Має з’явитися запис <computeroutput>NewStudent</" -"computeroutput>, натисніть його. Це шаблон \"студенти\", а не реального " -"користувача. Оскільки Вам доведеться створювати на його основі такий шаблон (" -"щоб мати можливість імпортувати CSV у Вашій структурі), зверніть увагу на " -"всі записи на вкладках Generic та POSIX, можливо, зробіть знімки екрана, щоб " -"мати інформацію для нового шаблону." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first " -"the Generic tab (add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"Тепер змініть на /Students/2024 у полі Base (Основа); виберіть \"Створити/" -"Шаблон\" та почніть заповнювати потрібні значення, спочатку вкладку " -"\"Загальне\" (додайте також свою нову групу 2024 у \"Членство в групі\"), а " -"потім додайте обліковий запис POSIX." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "Імпорт користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Під час імпорту CSV виберіть новий шаблон, радимо протестувати його з " -"кількома користувачами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "Інші налаштування користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "Створення тек у домашніх каталогах усіх користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and " -"ownership." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього скрипту адміністратор може створювати теки в домашніх " -"каталогах усіх користувачів та встановлювати права доступу та права " -"власності." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file " -"to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"У наведеному нижче прикладі з group=teachers та permissions=2770 користувач " -"може подати завдання, зберігши файл у теці \"assignments\", де вчителям " -"надається доступ на запис, щоб мати можливість робити коментарі." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\" #завдання\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #вкажіть правильного власника та групу\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists." -"\\n" -"\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir каталоги створені\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "Використання окремого сервера для збереження" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте ці кроки для налаштування виділеного сервера зберігання для " -"домашніх каталогів користувачів і, можливо, інших даних." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Getting started</emphasis> chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"Додайте нову систему типу <computeroutput>сервер</computeroutput> з GOsa², " -"як описано в розділі <emphasis role=\"strong\">Початок роботи</emphasis> " -"цієї настанови." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS " -"export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі використовується ім'я сервера \"nas-server.intern\". Після " -"налаштування \"nas-server.intern\" перевірте, чи точки експорту NFS на " -"новому сервері зберігання експортовані до відповідних підмереж або машин:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup " -"membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.)" -msgstr "" -"Усе в магістральній мережі отримує доступ до експорту /storage. (Для " -"обмеження доступу NFS як це робиться у файлі tjener:/etc/exports, це можна " -"обмежити членством у мережевій групі або окремими IP-адресами.)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export " -"on request." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дозволити усім клієнтам монтувати автоматично нове експортування за " -"запитом, додайте інформацію про автомонтування \"nas-server.intern\" у LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required " -"LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"Це неможливо зробити за допомогою GOsa², оскільки відсутній модуль для " -"автоматичного монтування. Натомість використовуйте ldapvi та додайте " -"необхідні об’єкти LDAP за допомогою редактора." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " -"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The \"/&\" part in the " -"last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual " -"mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"Коли з’явиться редактор, додайте наступні об’єкти LDAP в кінці документа. (" -"Частина \"/&\" в останньому об’єкті LDAP є символом заміни, що " -"відповідає всьому експорту \"nas-server.intern\", усуваючи необхідність " -"перераховувати окремі точки монтування в LDAP.)" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-" -"server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -" -"fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-" -"server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting " -"loops:" -msgstr "" -"Для уникнення циклів монтування додайте відповідні записи у tjener.intern:/" -"etc/fstab, оскільки tjener.intern не використовує автомонтування:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run " -"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"Для монтування нових ресурсів створіть з <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput> каталоги для точок монтування, відредагуйте відповідно \"/" -"etc/fstab\" та виконайте <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/" -"storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"Тепер користувачі повинні мати прямий доступ до файлів на \"nas-server." -"intern\" просто відвідавши каталог \"/tjener/nas-server/storage/\" за " -"допомогою будь-якої програми на будь-якій робочій станції, тонкому клієнті " -"LTSP або сервері LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "Заборонити доступ до ssh входу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "Існує декілька способів обмежити вхід до ssh, деякі з них наведено тут." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "Налаштування без клієнтів LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) " -"and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the <computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнти LTSP не використовуються, простим рішенням буде створити нову " -"групу (напр. <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) та додати рядок до " -"файлу /etc/ssh/sshd_config на машині. Таким чином під'єднуватися до машини " -"за протоколом SSH буде дозволено лише учасникам групи " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "Керувати у такій ситуації через GOsa досить просто:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level (where already other system management " -"related groups like <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"Створіть групу <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> на основному рівні (" -"де вже видно інші групи, пов’язані з керуванням системою, наприклад " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Додайте користувачів до нової групи " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"Додайте <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> до /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "Виконайте <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Встановлення з клієнтами LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP " -"server after the ssh setup has been changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"Типовий бездисковий клієнт LTSP не використовує ssh-з'єднання. Оновлення " -"образу SquashFS на відповідному LTSP-сервері після зміни налаштувань ssh " -"буде достатнім." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"Тонкі клієнти X2Go використовують ssh-з'єднання з відповідним LTSP-" -"сервером. Тому потрібен інший підхід з використанням PAM." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "Увімкніть pam_access.so у файлі /etc/pam.d/sshd на сервері LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere " -"and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб дозволити підключення для (наприклад) користувачів alice, jane, bob та " -"john з будь-якого місця, а для всіх інших користувачів лише з внутрішніх " -"мереж, налаштуйте /etc/security/access.conf, додавши ці рядки:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal ssh login access. " -"Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP server(s) as " -"well." -msgstr "" -"Якщо використовуються лише виділені LTSP-сервери, мережу 10.0.0.0/8 можна " -"відключити, щоб вимкнути внутрішній доступ до входу за допомогою ssh. " -"Примітка: той, хто підключить свою скриньку до виділеної клієнтської мережі " -"LTSP, також отримає доступ по ssh до сервера(ів) LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "Примітка для складніших встановлень" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only " -"a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration " -"would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнти X2Go були підключені до магістральної мережі 10.0.0.0/8, все " -"було б ще складніше, і, можливо, тільки складне налаштування DHCP (в LDAP) з " -"перевіркою ідентифікатора класу виробника разом з відповідною конфігурацією " -"PAM дозволило б відключити внутрішній вхід в ssh." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "Настанови до стільниці" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "Налаштування багатомовного графічного середовища" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "Для підтримки декількох мов потрібно запустити ці команди:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (як root)" -" та виберіть мови (варіанти UTF-8)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб установити відповідні пакунки, виконайте ці команди від імені " -"користувача root:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, " -"LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE " -"uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"Після цього користувачі зможуть вибрати мову за допомогою менеджера дисплеїв " -"LightDM перед входом у систему; це стосується Xfce, LXDE та LXQt. GNOME та " -"KDE постачаються з власними внутрішніми інструментами конфігурації регіонів " -"та мов, скористайтеся ними. MATE використовує привітання Arctica поверх " -"Lightdm без вибору мови. Запустіть <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-" -"greeter</computeroutput>, щоб отримати стокову програму Lightdm." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "Відтворення DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are " -"legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> " -"Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Для відтворення більшості комерційних DVD потрібен libdvdcss. З юридичних " -"причин його не включено до Debian (Edu). Якщо Вам юридично дозволено " -"використовувати його, Ви можете створити власні локальні пакунки за " -"допомогою пакета Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>, але " -"переконайтеся, що у <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " -"увімкнено <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput>." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Дайте відповіді на запитання debconf, а потім виконайте <computeroutput>dpkg-" -"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "Рукописні шрифти" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed by default) installs the font \"Abecedario" -"\" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines." -msgstr "" -"Пакет <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (який стандартно " -"встановлено) встановлює шрифт \"Abecedario\" — гарний рукописний шрифт для " -"дітей. Шрифт має декілька форм для занять з дітьми: крапками та пунктирними " -"лініями." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "Настанови для мережевих клієнтів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "Знайомство з тонкими клієнтами та бездисковими робочими станціями" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is <emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Одним з основних термінів для тонких клієнтів та бездискових робочих станцій " -"є <emphasis>клієнт LTSP</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" -"Починаючи з Bullseye, LTSP значно відрізняється від попередніх версій. Це " -"стосується як налаштування, так і обслуговування." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system " -"by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" -"Основною відмінністю є те, що образ SquashFS для бездискових робочих станцій " -"генерується тепер типово з файлової системи сервера LTSP. Це відбувається на " -"комбінованому сервері під час першого завантаження, що займає деякий час." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage." -msgstr "" -"Тонкі клієнти більше не є частиною LTSP. Debian Edu використовує X2Go для " -"продовження підтримки у використанні тонкого клієнта." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment " -"isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"У разі окремого або додаткового сервера LTSP необхідна для налаштування " -"клієнтського середовища LTSP інформація не є повною під час встановлення. " -"Налаштування можна виконати, коли у систему буде додано GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with " -"<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати загальну інформацію про LTSP, відвідайте <ulink url=\"https" -"://ltsp.org\">домашню сторінку LTSP</ulink>. У системах із профілем " -"<emphasis>сервер LTSP</emphasis> більше інформації надає <computeroutput>man " -"ltsp</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines " -"(these have a separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> would fail to generate " -"the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> " -"would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що інструментом <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> від LTSP слід " -"користуватися обережно. Наприклад, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" -"computeroutput> не зможе створити образ SquashFS у випадку з машинами на " -"Debian (вони типово мають окремий розділ /boot), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> не зможе правильно створити меню iPXE (через підтримку " -"тонкого клієнта Debian Edu), а <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> " -"повністю зіпсує завантаження клієнта LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp " -"image</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It " -"is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See " -"<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it works. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" -"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> — це " -"скрипт оболонки для <computeroutput>образу ltsp</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. Він використовується для встановлення та налаштування " -"бездискових робочих станцій та для підтримки тонких клієнтів (обох платформ —" -" 64-Bit та 32-Bit). Як це працює подивіться у <computeroutput>man debian-edu-" -"ltsp-install</computeroutput> або у складі скрипту. Усе конфігурування, для " -"полегшення налаштувань на сайті, містяться безпосередньо у самому скрипті (" -"документи ТУТ)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"Приклади використання скрипту <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation " -"SquashFS image (server filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> оновлює образ SquashFS бездискової робочої станції (серверна " -"файлова система)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless " -"workstation and 64-bit thin client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> створює підтримку бездискових робочих " -"станцій та 64-розрядних тонких клієнтів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin " -"client support (chroot and SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> створює додаткову підтримку 32-розрядних тонких клієнтів (" -"chroot та образ SquashFS)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also <emphasis>display</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power " -"required, but server load reduced)." -msgstr "" -"Окрім <emphasis>bare (голої)</emphasis> системи (найменшої системи для " -"тонких клієнтів), також доступні параметри <emphasis>display (дисплей)</" -"emphasis> та <emphasis>desktop (стаціонарний комп’ютер)</emphasis>. Тип " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> пропонує кнопку вимкнення, тип " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> запускає Firefox ESR у режимі кіоску на самому " -"клієнті (потрібно більше локальної оперативної пам’яті та потужності ЦП, але " -"навантаження на сервер зменшене)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be " -"run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] " -"section have been modified." -msgstr "" -"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> — " -"скрипт оболонки для <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Це гарантує, " -"що файл /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe стосується Debian Edu. Цю команду потрібно " -"виконати після того, як у розділі [server] файлу /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf буде " -"змінено пункти, пов’язані з меню iPXE (наприклад, тайм-аут меню або " -"стандартні параметри завантаження)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp " -"initrd</computeroutput>. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then " -"moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section " -"has been modified." -msgstr "" -"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> — " -"скрипт оболонки для <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Він " -"перевіряє, що створений для відповідного використання initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" -"ltsp.img) переміщений до відповідного каталогу. Цю команду потрібно виконати " -"після того, як буде змінено розділ [clients] у файлі /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</" -"emphasis> tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, " -"upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" -"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> — " -"заміна <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis>, який постачається з LTSP5. Він " -"використовується для виконання команд у відповідному LTSP chroot (наприклад, " -"встановлення, оновлення та видалення пакетів)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Бездискова робоча станція</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a " -"local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. " -"Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of " -"reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"Бездискова робоча станція запускає все програмне забезпечення локально. " -"Клієнтські машини завантажуються безпосередньо з сервера LTSP без локального " -"жорсткого диска. Програмне забезпечення адмініструється та підтримується на " -"сервері LTSP, але працює на бездискових робочих станціях. Домашні каталоги " -"та налаштування системи також зберігаються на сервері. Бездискові робочі " -"станції — чудовий спосіб повторного використання старого (але потужного) " -"обладнання з такими ж низькими витратами на обслуговування, як і тонкі " -"клієнти." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"На відміну від робочих станцій, бездискові робочі станції працюють без " -"необхідності їх додавання до GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Тонкий клієнт</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. " -"This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be " -"a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування тонкого клієнта дозволяє звичайному ПК функціонувати як (X-)" -"термінал, де все програмне забезпечення працює на сервері LTSP. Це означає, " -"що ця машина завантажується через PXE без використання локального жорсткого " -"диска, а сервер LTSP повинен бути потужною машиною." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu все ще підтримує використання тонких клієнтів для використання " -"дуже старого обладнання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce " -"desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" -"Оскільки тонкі клієнти використовують X2Go, для уникнення артефактів " -"зображення користувачі повинні вимкнути компонування. У стандартному " -"налаштуванні (графічне середовище Xfce): Налаштування -> Твіки (Tweaks) " -"Window Manager -> Компонувач (Compositor)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Клієнтська прошивка LTSP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be " -"used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin " -"file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd." -msgstr "" -"Завантаження клієнта LTSP не вдасться, якщо мережевому інтерфейсу клієнта " -"потрібен \"не вільний\" (non-free) драйвер. Встановлення PXE можна " -"використовувати для розв'язання проблем із завантаженням машин з мережі. " -"Якщо інсталятор Debian скаржиться на відсутність файлу XXX.bin, тоді до " -"initrd сервера LTSP потрібно додати \"не вільний\" драйвер." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "Виконайте на сервері LTSP такі дії:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "" -"Спочатку, для отримання інформації про пакети мікропрограм (драйверів) " -"запустіть:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" -"Вирішіть, який пакет потрібно встановити для мережевого інтерфейсу " -"(інтерфейсів), швидше за все, це буде firmware-linux, запустіть:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "Оновіть образ SquashFS для бездискових робочих станцій, виконавши:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "Якщо використовуються тонкі клієнти X2Go, виконайте:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "і продовжуйте відповідно до настанов про використання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run:" -msgstr "" -"Потім оновіть образ SquashFS, напр. для chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "Вибір типу клієнта LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the " -"main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"Кожен сервер LTSP має два інтерфейси Ethernet: один налаштований у головній " -"підмережі 10.0.0.0/8 (яка є спільною з головним сервером), а інший утворює " -"локальну підмережу (окрему для кожного сервера LTSP)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE " -"menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" -"Обидва варіанти — чи <emphasis>бездискова робоча станція</emphasis>, чи " -"<emphasis>тонкий клієнт</emphasis> — можна вибрати в меню iPXE. Після " -"очікування протягом 5 секунд машина завантажиться як бездискова робоча " -"станція." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" -"computeroutput>. A timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-" -"ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Стандартний пункт меню завантаження iPXE та типовий час очікування можна " -"налаштувати у <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. Значення " -"часу очікування <emphasis>-1</emphasis> використовується для приховування " -"меню. Щоб зміни набули чинності виконайте <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-" -"ipxe</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "Використання іншої клієнтської мережі LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP " -"clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" -"computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any other LDAP " -"editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 — це стандартна клієнтська мережа LTSP, якщо машина " -"встановлена з використанням профілю LTSP. Якщо використовується багато " -"клієнтів LTSP або якщо середовища chroot i386 та amd64 повинні обслуговувати " -"різні сервери LTSP, можна також використовувати другу попередньо налаштовану " -"мережу 192.168.1.0/24. Відредагуйте файл <computeroutput>/etc/network/" -"interfaces</computeroutput> і налаштуйте відповідно параметри eth1. Для " -"перевірки конфігурації DNS та DHCP використовуйте <computeroutput>ldapvi</" -"computeroutput> або будь-який інший редактор LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "Додайте LTSP chroot для підтримки 32-розрядних клієнтів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "Щоб створити chroot та образ SquashFS виконайте:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"Щодо інформації про типи тонких клієнтів перегляньте <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "Конфігурація клієнта LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it " -"online: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Для перегляду доступних параметрів конфігурації виконайте " -"<computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> або прочитайте онлайн: <ulink " -"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" -"Додайте до розділу [clients] у /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf елементи конфігурації. " -"Щоб зміни набрали чинності, виконайте:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "Звук із клієнтами LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients." -msgstr "" -"Тонкі клієнти LTSP використовують мережеве аудіо для передачі аудіо з " -"сервера до клієнтів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "Бездискові робочі станції LTSP обробляють звук локально." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "Доступ до дисків USB та CD-ROM/DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, " -"allowing access to the content as on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"Коли користувачі вставляють накопичувачі USB або DVD/CD-ROM у бездискову " -"робочу станцію, на робочому столі з'являються відповідні значки, які " -"дозволяють отримати доступ до вмісту, як на звичайному ПК." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media " -"is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it " -"might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Коли користувачі вставляють накопичувачі USB у тонкі клієнти X2Go типу bare (" -"стандартне об'єднане встановлення сервера), носії під'єднуються після " -"подвійного клацання на значок наявної на робочому столі Xfce теки. Залежно " -"від вмісту файлів може знадобитися деякий час для відображення у файловому " -"менеджері." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "Попередження про переносні носії на серверах LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP " -"thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"Коли накопичувачі USB та інші переносні носії приєднуються до сервера LTSP, " -"на робочих столах тонких клієнтів LTSP з'являються відповідні піктограми " -"тек. Віддалені користувачі можуть отримати доступ до файлів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "Використання принтерів, підключених до клієнтів LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported)." -msgstr "" -"Під'єднайте принтер до клієнтської машини LTSP (підтримуються як USB, так і " -"паралельні порти)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "Налаштуйте клієнта LTSP з GOsa² використовувати фіксовану IP-адресу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main " -"server; choose network printer type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as " -"connection URI." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте принтер, використовуючи вебінтерфейс <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> на головному сервері; виберіть тип мережевого " -"принтера <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (для всіх " -"принтерів незалежно від марки чи моделі) та встановіть " -"<computeroutput>socket://<IP клієнта LTSP>:9100</computeroutput> як " -"з'єднання URI." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "Зміна налаштувань PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> " -"implementation for easier LTSP integration." -msgstr "" -"PXE означає Передзавантажувальне робоче середовище (Preboot eXecution " -"Environment). Для простішої інтеграції LTSP Debian Edu використовує тепер " -"реалізацію <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "Налаштування меню PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput>. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall." -"conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"Пункт меню iPXE, що стосується встановлення системи, створюється скриптом " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. З файлом " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> зі " -"значеннями заміни можна перевизначати деякі параметри." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "Налаштування встановлення PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when " -"installing the main-server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, " -"partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of " -"available debconf values are already commented in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>. Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> is used to " -"recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the " -"file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional debconf " -"values." -msgstr "" -"Встановлення PXE успадкує мову, розкладку клавіатури та налаштування " -"дзеркала від налаштувань, використаних під час встановлення головного " -"сервера, а інші питання будуть задані під час встановлення (профіль, участь " -"у popcon, розбиття на розділи та пароль root). Щоб уникнути цих питань, файл " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " -"можна змінити так, щоб він надавав попередньо вибрані відповіді на значення " -"debconf. Деякі приклади доступних значень debconf вже прокоментовано у " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Ваші зміни буде втрачено, щойно <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> буде використано для відтворення середовища встановлення " -"PXE.Щоб додати значення debconf до <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> під час відновлення за допомогою " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, додайте файл " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> з додатковими значеннями debconf." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"Додаткову інформацію про зміну інсталяцій PXE можна знайти в розділі <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\"" -">Встановлення/інсталяція</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "Додавання власного репозиторію для інсталяцій PXE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб додати власний репозиторій, додайте щось подібне до " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat." -"local</computeroutput>:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian " -"stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Приклад репозиторію " -"програмного забезпечення\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"та виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" -"pxeinstall</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "Зміна мережевих налаштувань" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. " -"Have a look at <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is intended for " -"use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the " -"subnet." -msgstr "" -"Пакет debian-edu-config має інструмент, який допомагає змінити мережу з 10.0." -"0.0/8 на іншу. Перегляньте <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Він призначений для оновлення LDAP та " -"інших файлів, які необхідно редагувати для зміни підмережі, для використання " -"одразу після інсталяції на головному сервері." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and " -"192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of " -"configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що зміна на одну з підмереж, які вже десь використовуються у " -"Debian Edu, не спрацює. Підмережі 192.168.0.0/24 та 192.168.1.0/24 вже " -"налаштовані як клієнтські мережі LTSP. Для видалення задубльованих записів " -"перехід на ці підмережі вимагатиме ручного редагування конфігураційних " -"файлів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and " -"several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main " -"server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file " -"system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"Не існує простого способу змінити доменне ім'я DNS. Його зміна вимагатиме " -"внесення змін як до структури LDAP, так і до кількох файлів у основній " -"файловій системі сервера. Також немає простого способу змінити хост і DNS-" -"ім'я головного сервера (tjener.intern). Для цього також знадобляться зміни " -"в LDAP і файлах у файловій системі головного і клієнтського серверів. В " -"обох випадках налаштування Kerberos також потрібно буде змінити." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "Віддалений робочий стіл" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> packages." -msgstr "" -"Вибір профілю сервера LTSP або комбінованого серверного профілю інсталює " -"також пакети <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> та <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can " -"connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop " -"Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp використовує протокол віддаленого робочого стола для представлення " -"графічного входу на віддаленому клієнту. Користувачі Microsoft Windows " -"можуть під'єднуватися до сервера LTSP, на якому працює xrdp, без " -"встановлення додаткового програмного забезпечення — вони просто ініціюють " -"підключення до віддаленого робочого стола на своєму комп’ютері з Windows і " -"під'єднуються." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "" -"Окрім того, xrdp може під'єднуватися до сервера VNC або до іншого сервера " -"RDP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this script could be used." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp постачається без звукової підтримки; для компіляції необхідних модулів " -"можна використати цей скрипт." - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Скрипт для компіляції? / перекомпілювати модулі xrdp PulseAudio.\n" -" # Абонент повинен мати права користувача root або бути членом групи sudo.\n" -" # Також, /etc/apt/sources.list повинен містити коректний рядок deb-src.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ПОМИЛКА: Вам потрібно мати права користувача root або бути " -"членом групи sudo.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ПОМИЛКА: Переконайтеся, що /etc/apt/sources.list містить рядок " -"deb-src.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' " -"pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' " -"xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Отримайте вихідні коди та створіть залежності:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # Для pulseaudio 'configure' - це все, що потрібно:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Відкоригуйте Makefile модулів pulseaudio (потрібен абсолютний шлях)\n" -" # і створіть модулі pulseaudio.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Скопіюйте модулі в каталог модулів Pulseaudio, налаштуйте права.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Перезапуск xrdp, тепер з увімкненим звуком.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth " -"connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go дає змогу отримати доступ до графічного робочого столу на сервері LTSP " -"через з’єднання з будь-якою швидкістю — низькою чи високою — з ПК під " -"керуванням Linux, Windows або macOS. На боці клієнта потрібне додаткове ПЗ. " -"Більше зможете дізнатися з <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" -"doc:installation:x2goclient\">вікі X2Go</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go " -"is used, see <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що якщо використовується X2Go, пакет <computeroutput>killer</" -"computeroutput> на сервері LTSP краще видалити (див. <ulink url=\"https" -"://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "Доступні клієнти віддаленого робочого столу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> встановлений типово та " -"підтримує RDP й VNC." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP - найпростіший спосіб доступу до термінального сервера Windows. " -"Альтернативним клієнтським пакунком є " -"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Клієнт VNC (Virtual Network Computer) надає віддалений доступ до " -"Skolelinux. Альтернативним клієнтським пакунком є " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You " -"can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> — це графічний клієнт для " -"системи X2Go (типово не встановлений). Ви можете використовувати його для " -"під'єднання до запущених сеансів та запуску нових." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "Бездротові клієнти" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, " -"install the <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and run " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site " -"specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is " -"contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the " -"freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" -"Сервер <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> можна використовувати для організації " -"безпечних мережевих з’єднань. Щоб це працювало, інсталюйте на головному " -"сервері пакети <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> та <emphasis>winbind</" -"emphasis> та виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"setup-freeradius -server</computeroutput> для створення базової конфігурації " -"для конкретного сайту/сервера. Щоб полегшити коригування для конкретного " -"сайту будуть увімкнуті обидва протоколи — EAP-TTLS/PAP та PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Уся " -"конфігурація міститься в самому скрипті. Більш докладно на <ulink url=\"https" -"://freeradius.org/\">домашній сторінці freeRADIUS</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "Додаткова конфігурація, потрібна для" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" -"активування/вимкнення точок доступу через <emphasis>спільний секрет (shared " -"secret)</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" -"дозволу/заборони бездротового доступу через групи LDAP(/etc/freeradius/3.0/" -"users)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" -"об'єднання точок доступу у виділені групи (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) " -"methods. And most important: users need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " -"sure to connect to the right server. This way the password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site " -"specific certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" -"Пристрої кінцевих користувачів повинні бути налаштовані належним чином, ці " -"пристрої повинні бути захищені PIN-кодом для використання методів EAP (802." -"1x). І найголовніше: потрібно навчити користувачів встановлювати сертифікат " -"freeradius CA на свої пристрої, щоб бути впевненими, що вони підключаються " -"до потрібного сервера. Таким чином, пароль не може бути перехоплений у " -"випадку зловмисного сервера. Сертифікат для конкретного сайту доступний у " -"внутрішній мережі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (для кінцевих " -"пристроїв користувачів на Linux)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows " -"devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA " -"certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що налаштування кінцевих пристроїв користувачів буде " -"справжньою проблемою через різноманітність пристроїв. Для пристроїв Windows " -"можна створити інсталяційний скрипт, для пристроїв Apple — файл " -"mobileconfig. В обох випадках можна інтегрувати сертифікат CA freeRADIUS, " -"але для створення скриптів потрібні спеціальні інструменти ОС." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" -"Авторизуйте машину Windows за допомогою облікових даних Debian Edu та " -"доповнення pGina LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Додавання користувача pGina у Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account " -"used in search inside of LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб мати можливість користуватися pGina (або будь-якою іншою " -"програмою-сервісом для автентифікації сторонніми сервісами) Вам потрібно " -"мати особливий обліковий засіб для пошуку всередині LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> website." -msgstr "" -"Додайте на вебсайті <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> окремого користувача, " -"напр. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> з паролем <emphasis>pwd." -"777</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "Встановлення pGina fork" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin " -"folder:" -msgstr "" -"Завантажте на ПК та встановіть pGina 3.9.9.12 як звичайне ПЗ. Зверніть " -"увагу, що доповнення LDAP зберігається у теці доповнень pGina:" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "Налаштування pGina" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636." -msgstr "" -"Враховуючи налаштування Debian Edu, підключення до LDAP використовує SSL на " -"порту 636." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "Отже, необхідні налаштування в доповненні pGina LDAP наведені нижче" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" -"(вони зберігаються у HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "Головний розділ доповнення LDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP Хост(и): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (або будь-які " -"інші з розділенням через \"пробіл\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "LDAP порт: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (для з'єднань SSL)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "Таймаут: 10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Використання SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте " -"позначку)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Ініціювати TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</emphasis> (не ставте позначку)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Перевірка серверного сертифіката: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</emphasis> (" -"не ставте позначку)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Пошук DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session)" -msgstr "" -"(\"pguser\" — обліковий запис для автентифікації у LDAP для пошуку " -"користувачів під час входу у систему)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "Пошуковий пароль: pwd.777 (це пароль облікового запису \"pguser\")" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "Блок автентифікації" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "Вкладка прив'язки:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "Дозволити порожні паролі: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "Шукати DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте позначку)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Пошуковий фільтр: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "Блок авторизації" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "Типово: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Дозволити</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" -"Заборонити у разі помилки автентифікації LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\"" -">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте позначку)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" -"Дозволити в разі недоступності сервера: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</" -"emphasis> (не ставте позначку; необов'язковий пункт)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "Вибір доповнень (плагінів)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "LDAP: Автентифікація [v], Авторизація [v], Шлюз[v], Зміна пароля [_]" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" -"Локальна машина: Автентифікація [v], Шлюз [v] (поставте лише дві позначки)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "Порядок доповнень" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Автентифікація: LDAP, Локальна машина" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "Шлюз: LDAP, Локальна машина" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "Джерела:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Samba у Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, " -"see <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-admin users are " -"enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" -"Samba зараз налаштована як <emphasis>окремий сервер</emphasis> з підтримкою " -"сучасних SMB2/SMB3 та увімкненими загальними теками користувачів, див. " -"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> на головному " -"сервері. У такий спосіб звичайні користувачі (не адміни) можуть надавати " -"теки у спільний доступ." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" -"Оскільки Samba відмовилася від небезпечного протоколу SMB1, можливість " -"налаштувати Samba як PDC у стилі NT4 зникла." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The " -"settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</" -"emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Для змін, пов’язаних із сайтом, скопіюйте /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb." -"conf.edu-site до каталогу /etc/samba. Налаштування у <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> замінять ті, що містяться у <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Типово домашні каталоги доступні лише для читання. Це можна змінити у " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> and are updated in case a password is " -"changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Паролі Samba зберігаються з <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> та " -"оновлюються (в разі необхідності зміни паролів) через GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"Для тимчасового вимкнення облікового запису користувача у Samba виконайте " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <логін користувача></computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <логін користувача></computeroutput> " -"знову його увімкне." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</computeroutput> on the main server will disable " -"usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"Виконання <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> на головному сервері деактивує користувацькі загальні теки " -"(usershares) для \"students\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "Доступ до файлів через Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices " -"running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based ones require a file " -"manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" -"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android." -"htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Для пристроїв на Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS або Windows " -"можливе з’єднання з домашнім каталогом користувача та додатковими спільними " -"ресурсами сайту (якщо налаштовано). Для інших пристроїв, скажімо на базі " -"Android, потрібен файловий менеджер з підтримкою SMB2/SMB3, також відомий як " -"доступ до локальної мережі (LAN). <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/" -"apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" -"ulink> або <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total " -"Commander з плагіном LAN</ulink> можуть бути вдалим вибором." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></" -"computeroutput> to access the home directory." -msgstr "" -"Для доступу до домашнього каталогу використовуйте <computeroutput>\\\\tjener" -"\\<username></computeroutput> або <computeroutput>smb://tjener/" -"<username></computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "Настанови щодо викладання та навчання" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running <computeroutput>apt install <package></" -"computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"Усі пакунки Debian, згадані у цьому розділі, можна встановити командою " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (від імені " -"root)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "Навчання програмуванню" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta " -"package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package " -"is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" -"edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">" -"stable/education-development</ulink> — це метапакет, який залежить від " -"багатьох інструментів для програмування. Зверніть, будь ласка, увагу, що для " -"встановлення цього пакета потрібно майже 2 ГБ дискового простору. Більше " -"інформації (можливо, щоб встановити лише деякі пакети) знайдете на сторінці " -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Пакунки для " -"розробки Debian Edu</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "Моніторинг учнів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and " -"restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Попередження</emphasis>: переконайтеся, що Ви " -"знаєте у своїй юрисдикції стан законів про моніторинг та обмеження дій " -"користувачів комп’ютерів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or " -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. See " -"also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Деякі школи використовують інструменти контролю, такі як <ulink url=\"https" -"://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> або <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>, " -"щоб контролювати своїх учнів. Відвідайте також <ulink url=\"https://epoptes." -"org\">Домашню сторінку Epoptes</ulink> та <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\"" -">Домашню сторінку Veyon</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "Обмеження мережевого доступу учням" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"Деякі навчальні заклади для обмеження доступу в інтернет використовують " -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</" -"ulink> або <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\"" -">e2guardian</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "Настанови для користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "Зміна паролів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to " -"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Кожен користувач повинен змінити свій пароль через GOsa². Для цього потрібно " -"відкрити веббраузер та перейти на <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/" -"</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba " -"are the same." -msgstr "" -"Використання GOsa² для зміни пароля дає впевненість, що паролі для Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) та Samba — будуть однакові." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, " -"and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should " -"also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Зміна паролів через PAM працює також під час входу GDM, але це оновлює лише " -"пароль Kerberos (паролі для Samba та GOsa² (LDAP) залишаються без змін). " -"Таким чином, після зміни пароля на вході у систему, Вам все одно потрібно " -"буде його змінити через GOsa²." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "Запуск окремих програм на Java" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime." -msgstr "" -"Окремі програми на Java підтримуються \"з коробки\" пакетом OpenJDK Java " -"runtime." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "Використання ел.пошти" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured " -"connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver " -"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"exim4-config</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Усі користувачі можуть надсилати та отримувати листи всередині внутрішньої " -"мережі; сертифікати надаються для забезпечення захищених з’єднань TLS. Щоб " -"дозволити пошту назовні, адміністратор повинен налаштувати поштовий сервер " -"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> відповідно до локальної ситуації, " -"починаючи з <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal " -"email address is <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Кожен користувач, який хоче використовувати Thunderbird, повинен налаштувати " -"його наступним чином. Для користувача з іменем користувача jdoe внутрішня " -"адреса ел.пошти буде <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\"" -">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "Запустіть Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "Натисніть \"Пропустити та використати мою наявну електронну адресу\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "Напишіть свою адресу ел.пошти" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "" -"Не вказуйте пароль, оскільки буде використовуватися пароль \"єдиного входу\" " -"(SSO) Kerberos" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "Натисніть \"Продовжити\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"Для IMAP, як і для SMTP, параметри повинні бути \"STARTTLS\" та \"Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI\"; налаштуйте, якщо не визначено автоматично" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "Натисніть \"Готово\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "Співпраця" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "Зробити внесок локально" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" " -"contributors and users exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Наразі локальні команди існують у Норвегії, Німеччині, регіоні Естремадура в " -"Іспанії, Тайвані та Франції. \"Ізольовані\" дописувачі та користувачі " -"існують у Греції, Нідерландах, Японії та інших країнах." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and links to localised resources, as " -"<emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and <emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"Розділ <link linkend=\"Підтримка\">підтримки</link> містить пояснення та " -"посилання на локалізовані ресурси, оскільки <emphasis>зробити внесок</" -"emphasis> і <emphasis>підтримка</emphasis> - це два боки однієї медалі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "Зробити внесок глобально" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> " -"working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"На міжнародному рівні ми організовані в різні <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">команди</ulink>, які працюють над різними " -"темами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main " -"medium for communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, less " -"frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"NewContributor\">New contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy" -"\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Здебільшого, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">список " -"розсилки розробників</ulink> є нашим основним засобом спілкування, хоча ми " -"проводимо щомісячні IRC-зустрічі на #debian-edu на irc.debian.org і навіть, " -"рідше, реальні зустрічі, де ми зустрічаємося один з одним особисто. <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">Новим " -"контрибуторам</ulink> варто прочитати наш <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://" -"alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Гарним спосіб дізнатися, що відбувається в розробці Debian Edu — це " -"підписатися на <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" -"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">чинний список розсилки</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "Звіт про помилки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing " -"bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu використовує систему відстеження помилок Debian <ulink url=\"http" -"://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Перегляньте " -"існуючі звіти про помилки та запити на покращення або створіть нові. Будь " -"ласка, повідомляйте про всі вади у пакунку <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Погляньте на <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Як повідомити " -"про вади</ulink> для отримання додаткової інформації про повідомлення про " -"вади у Debian Edu." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "Автори ти перекладачі документації" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various " -"FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your " -"knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"Цьому документу потрібна Ваша допомога! По-перше, він ще не закінчений: якщо " -"Ви його прочитаєте, то помітите у тексті різні FIXME (\"виправ мене\"). Якщо " -"Ви раптом знаєте (хоча б трішки), що потрібно ще пояснити, поділіться своїми " -"знаннями з нами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit " -"the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"Джерелом тексту є вікі, і його можна редагувати за допомогою простого веб-" -"браузера. Просто перейдіть за посиланням <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> і Ви зможете легко зробити свій " -"внесок. Примітка: для редагування сторінок потрібен обліковий запис; " -"спочатку потрібно <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\"" -">створити користувача вікі</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how " -"to translate this document can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</link> of this book. " -"Please consider helping the translation effort of this book!" -msgstr "" -"Ще один дуже гарний спосіб зробити внесок і допомогти користувачам – це " -"переклад програмного забезпечення та документації. Інформацію про те, як " -"перекласти цей документ, можна знайти в <link linkend=\"Translations\"" -">розділі про переклади</link> цієї книги. Будь ласка, подумайте про допомогу " -"в перекладі цієї книги!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Підтримка" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "Волонтерська підтримка" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "англійською" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - список розсилки " -"підтримки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it " -"frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC-канал, здебільшого пов'язаний з " -"розробкою; не очікуйте підтримки в режимі реального часу, хоча це часто " -"трапляється" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "норвезькою" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux на irc.debian.org - канал IRC для підтримки норвезьких " -"користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "німецькою" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - список " -"розсилки підтримки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - офіційне представництво " -"Німеччини" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "" -"#skolelinux.de на irc.debian.org - канал IRC для підтримки німецьких " -"користувачів" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "французькою" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - список розсилки " -"підтримки" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "Професійна підтримка" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Списки компаній, які надають професійну підтримку, доступні на <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Нові можливості в Debian Edu Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Нові можливості для Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "Зміни в інсталяції" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Нова версія Debian Installer від Debian Bullseye, див. <ulink url=\"https" -"://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">інструкцію з " -"встановлення</ulink> для більш детальної інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, " -"the default artwork for Debian 11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"Нове оформлення на основі <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Теми Homeworld</ulink>, стандартне оформлення для Debian " -"11 Bullseye." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main " -"server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at " -"first boot." -msgstr "" -"Інсталятор Debian більше не підтримує налаштування chroot LTSP. У разі " -"комбінованого встановлення сервера (профілі \"Головний сервер\" + \"Сервер " -"LTSP\") підтримка тонких клієнтів (тепер із використанням X2Go) " -"налаштовується наприкінці інсталяції. Створення образу SquashFS для " -"підтримки бездискових клієнтів (з файлової системи сервера) виконується під " -"час першого завантаження." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when " -"enough information is available from the main server." -msgstr "" -"Для окремих серверів LTSP обидва кроки потрібно виконувати за допомогою " -"інструменту після першого завантаження у внутрішній мережі, коли на " -"головному сервері є достатньо інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "Оновлення програмного заперечення" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Все, що є новим у Debian 11 Bullseye, наприклад:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Ядро Linux 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" -msgstr "" -"Графічні середовища KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1." -"24" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "Освітній комплекс GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "Програма для створення музики Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Bullseye містить понад 59000 доступних для встановлення пакетів." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Більш детальну інформацію про Debian 11 Bullseye можна знайти у <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">документації до " -"випуску</ulink> та <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">посібнику зі встановлення</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "Оновлення документації та перекладу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Під час встановлення сторінка вибору профілю доступна 29 мовами, з яких 22 — " -"повністю перекладені." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is " -"fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\"" -">Посібник Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> повністю перекладено нідерландською, " -"французькою, німецькою, італійською, японською, норвезькою (букмолом), " -"португальською (Португалія) та спрощеною китайською." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "Існують частково перекладені версії для данської та іспанської мов." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "Інші зміни у порівнянні з попереднім випуском" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located " -"inside the certificate bundle for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"Покращена підтримка TLS/SSL у внутрішній мережі. На клієнтах кореневий " -"сертифікат для Debian Edu-CA розташований у пакеті сертифікатів для всієї " -"системи." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"Новий LTSP, переписаний з нуля, припиняється підтримка тонких клієнтів. " -"Тонкі клієнти тепер підтримуються через X2Go." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "" -"Netboot (завантаження з мережі) забезпечується з використанням iPXE замість " -"PXELINUX — для сумісності з LTSP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</" -"emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Тепер як основа для мережевого завантаження замість <emphasis>/var/lib/" -"tftpboot</emphasis> використовується каталог <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium." -msgstr "У Firefox ESR та Chromium стандартна пошукова служба тепер DuckDuckGo." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "" -"Тепер початкова сторінка у Chromium це внутрішній вебсайт замість Google." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically." -msgstr "" -"На бездискових робочих станціях Kerberos TGT доступний автоматично після " -"входу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"Додано новий інструмент для налаштування freeRADIUS із підтримкою EAP-TTLS/" -"PAP та PEAP-MSCHAPV2." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone." -msgstr "" -"Samba налаштована як \"автономний сервер\" з підтримкою SMB2/SMB3; " -"приєднання до домену зникло." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Вебінтерфейс GOsa² не показує записи, пов’язані з Samba, оскільки дані " -"облікових записів Samba більше не зберігаються в LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode)." -msgstr "" -"Для встановлення PXE використовується графічний режим інсталятора Debian (" -"замість текстового)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"Центральний сервер друку CUPS ipp.intern, адміністрування CUPS дозволено " -"користувачам, які належать до групи printer-admins." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "" -"Адміністрування Icinga через вебінтерфейс обмежено для першого користувача." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "Відомі проблеми" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"див. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\"" -">сторінку статусу Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "Авторські права та автори" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, " -"2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter " -"(2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " -"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), " -"Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian " -"(2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes " -"(2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"Цей документ написаний і захищений авторським правом Хольгером Левсеном " -"(2007-2022), Петтером Райнхольдценом (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, " -"2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Даніелем Гессом (2007), Патріком Віннерцем (2007), " -"Кнутом Йрвіном (2007), Ральфом Гезелленсеттером (2007), Ронні Аасеном (2007)" -", Мортеном Вернером Форсбрінгом (2007), Б'ярном Нільсеном (2007, 2008), " -"Найджелом Баркером (2007), Джозет Л. Редрехо Родрігес (2007), Джон Білдой " -"(2007), Йоакім Зееберг (2008), Юрґен Ляйбнер (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), " -"Одед Наве (2009), Філіп Хюбнер (2009, 2010), Андреас Мундт (2010), Олів'є " -"Вітрат (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B " -"Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard " -"Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) та Сергій Горіченко (2022) і випускається " -"на умовах GPL2 або будь-якої пізнішої версії. Насолоджуйтесь!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it " -"under the same conditions</emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later version\" " -"licence." -msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви додаєте до нього вміст, <emphasis role=\"strong\">робіть це, лише " -"якщо Ви є автором. Вам потрібно його опублікувати за тих же умов</emphasis>! " -"Потім додайте тут своє ім’я та опублікуйте його під ліцензією \"GPL v2 або " -"будь-якої новішої версії\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "Переклади цього документу" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, " -"Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Посібник Debian Edu Bullseye повністю перекладено голландською, французькою, " -"німецькою, італійською, японською, норвезькою бокмоль, португальською " -"(Португалія) та спрощеною китайською мовами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"На Weblate триває робота над перекладами польською, румунською, шведською та " -"традиційною китайською мовами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online overview of shipped " -"translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Існує <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\"" -">онлайн-огляд відправлених перекладів</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "Як перекладати цей документ" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "Переклад з використанням файлів PO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the " -"process can be found in <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"Як і в багатьох проєктах вільного програмного забезпечення, переклади цього " -"документа зберігаються у PO-файлах. Докладнішу інформацію про процес можна " -"знайти у <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" -"buster-manual-translations</computeroutput>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "Переклад онлайн у веббраузері" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-" -"edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Деякі мовні команди вирішили перекладати через Weblate. Див. <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" -"debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> для більш детальної інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "Будь ласка, повідомляйте про будь-які проблеми." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "Додаток A – Загальна публічна ліцензія GNU" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> " -"> and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > та інші, див. <link linkend=" -"\"CopyRight\">Розділ про авторське право</link> для повного списку власників " -"авторських прав." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "Додаток B - поки що немає Debian Edu Live CD/DVD для Bullseye" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "Debian Edu Live CD/DVD для Bullseye наразі недоступні." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "Особливості образу Standalone" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "Робочий стіл XFCE" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "Всі пакунки з профіля Standalone" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "Всі пакунки із завдання ноутбука" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "Особливості образу Workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "Всі пакунки з профіля Workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "Активація перекладів та регіональна підтримка" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, " -"where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the <computeroutput>keyb=KB</" -"computeroutput> option where KB is the desired keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати певний переклад, завантажтеся, використовуючи " -"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> як параметр " -"завантаження, де ll_CC.UTF-8 — це назва потрібної Вам локалі. Щоб " -"активувати певну розкладку клавіатури, скористайтеся командою " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput>, де KB - бажана розкладка " -"клавіатури. Ось список найпоширеніших локальних кодів:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Мова (Регіон)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Значення локалі</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Розкладка клавіатури</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "Норвезький Бокмоль" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "ні" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "Норвезький Нюнорск" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "Німецька" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "нім" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "Французька (Франція)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "фр" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "Грецька (Греція)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "Японська" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "яп" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "Північні саами (Норвегія)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only " -"the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard " -"layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"Повний список кодів локалей доступний у <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/" -"SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, але живі зображення підтримують лише локалі UTF-" -"8. Однак не у всіх локалізаціях встановлені переклади. Назви розкладок " -"клавіатури можна знайти у каталозі /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "Що треба знати" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "" -"Пароль для користувача - \"user\"; для користувача root пароль не " -"встановлено." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "Відомі проблеми із зображенням" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "Додаток C - Функції у попередніх версіях" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "" -"Випущено нові можливості у Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster 2019-07-06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, " -"thus these are official Debian images." -msgstr "" -"Це перший раз, коли інсталяційні образи Debian Edu доступні за адресою " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, тому вони є офіційними образами " -"Debian." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Нова версія debian-installer від Debian Buster, див. <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">посібник зі встановлення</ulink> " -"для більш детальної інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype " -"theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"Нове оформлення на основі теми <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype</ulink>, типового " -"оформлення для Debian 10 Buster." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "Нове стандартне середовище робочого столу Xfce (замінює KDE)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major " -"change, for details see <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Нове керування конфігурацією CFEngine (заміна пакета cfengine2, що не " -"підтримується, на cfengine3); це суттєва зміна, докладніше див. <ulink url=" -"\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">офіційну документацію CFEngine</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "Архітектура LTSP chroot тепер типово відповідає серверній." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Все, що з'явилося в Debian 10 Buster, наприклад:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux kernel 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"Робочі середовища KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR та Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "Освітній інструментарій GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "Музичний творець Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster містить понад 57000 пакунків, доступних для встановлення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" -"releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Докладнішу інформацію про Debian 10 Buster наведено у <ulink url=\"http://www" -".debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">документації до випуску</ulink> " -"та <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\"" -">посібнику зі встановлення</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 76 languages, of " -"which 31 are fully translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully translated." -msgstr "" -"Оновлення перекладу для шаблонів, що використовуються в інсталяторі. Зараз " -"ці шаблони доступні 76 мовами, 31 з яких повністю перекладено. Сторінка " -"вибору профілю доступна 29 мовами, 19 з яких повністю перекладені." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and " -"Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Посібник Debian Edu Buster повністю перекладено французькою, німецькою, " -"італійською, данською, голландською, норвезькою, норвезьким бокмолом та " -"японською мовами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Частково перекладені версії існують для польської, іспанської, спрощеної " -"китайської та традиційної китайської мов." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "Образ BD ISO можна знову використовувати для офлайн-інсталяцій." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are available. " -"None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Доступні нові метапакети, пов'язані зі шкільним рівнем: <emphasis>дошкільна " -"освіта</emphasis>, <emphasis>початкова школа</emphasis>, <emphasis>середня " -"школа</emphasis> та <emphasis>старша школа</emphasis>. Жоден з них не " -"встановлений стандартно." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer installed " -"by default." -msgstr "" -"Деякі пакунки, які радше належать до дошкільного або початкового рівня (" -"наприклад, <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> або <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) " -"більше не встановлюються в стандартному наборі." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those educational packages that are actually " -"wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/Installation#Modular_installation" -"\">installation</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Модульна інсталяція для конкретного місця. Тепер можна встановити лише ті " -"навчальні пакети, які дійсно потрібні. Дивіться розділ <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/Installation#" -"Modular_installation\">встановлення</ulink> для отримання додаткової " -"інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Багатомовна підтримка для конкретного сайту. Дивіться розділ <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop" -"#Set_up_a_multi-language_desktop_environment\">Робочий стіл</ulink> для " -"отримання додаткової інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "LXQt 0.14 пропонується як новий вибір для настільного середовища." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Новий плагін GOsa² <emphasis>Управління паролями</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "З веб-інтерфейсу GOsa² було видалено непотрібні опції." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from " -"being woken up." -msgstr "" -"Доступна нова мережева група для виключення пробудження систем, що належать " -"до мережевої групи <emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"Новий інструмент Standardskriver (Стандартний принтер). Дивіться розділ " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Адміністрування</ulink> для отримання " -"додаткової інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter " -"for more information." -msgstr "" -"Новий інструмент автозавантаження робочого столу. Це дозволяє підвищити " -"продуктивність бездискових клієнтів LTSP. Дивіться розділ <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#" -"Desktop_autoloader\">Мережеві клієнти</ulink> для отримання додаткової " -"інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate is used to sign server certificates and user " -"home directories are configured to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium and Konqueror " -"can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure connections." -msgstr "" -"Покращена підтримка TLS/SSL у внутрішній мережі. Сертифікат RootCA " -"використовується для підпису серверних сертифікатів, а домашні каталоги " -"користувачів налаштовуються на його отримання під час створення облікового " -"запису; Окрім Firefox ESR, Chromium та Konqueror тепер можуть " -"використовувати HTTPS без необхідності дозволяти незахищені з'єднання." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for connections inside the internal network; root " -"needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Керберизований <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. Пароль більше не потрібен для " -"з'єднань у внутрішній мережі; root має спочатку виконати " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>, щоб увімкнути його." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Керберизована МФС. Тепер можна використовувати безпечніший доступ до " -"домашнього каталогу, див. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Адміністрування</" -"ulink> для отримання додаткової інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with examples to make site " -"specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Додано конфігураційний файл <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> з прикладами для полегшення внесення змін на конкретних " -"сайтах." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</computeroutput> with examples to make site " -"specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Додано конфігураційний файл <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client." -"conf</computeroutput> з прикладами, щоб полегшити внесення змін для " -"конкретного сайту." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-" -"generate the LDAP database just like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might also be " -"useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"Новий інструмент <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-" -"from-scratch</computeroutput>. Це дозволяє повторно згенерувати базу даних " -"LDAP такою, якою вона була одразу після встановлення основного сервера. " -"Інструмент також може бути корисним для полегшення внесення змін на " -"конкретному сайті." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related packages are now installed on all systems " -"with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Оскільки <emphasis>X2Go сервер</emphasis> тепер доступний у Debian, " -"відповідні пакунки тепер встановлено на всіх системах з профілем <emphasis" -">LTSP-Server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped upstream." -msgstr "" -"Підтримка запуску Java-аплетів у браузері Firefox ESR була припинена в " -"попередніх версіях." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "З браузера Firefox ESR вилучено підтримку невільної флеш-пам'яті." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " -"package by default, see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"Як і до Stretch, Debian 10 типово не встановлює пакунок <computeroutput" -">unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, див. розділ <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/Maintenance#Updating_the_software\"" -">Обслуговування</ulink> для отримання додаткової інформації про покращення " -"безпеки." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "" -"Нові особливості для Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"Нова версія debian-installer з Debian Stretch, див. <ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">інструкцію зі встановлення</" -"ulink> для більш детальної інформації." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" profile." -msgstr "" -"Профіль \"Тонкий клієнт-сервер\" було перейменовано на профіль \"LTSP-" -"сервер\"." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</" -"ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Нове оформлення на основі теми <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\"</ulink>, типового оформлення " -"для Debian 9 Stretch." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Все, що було новим у Debian 9 Stretch, наприклад:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"Робочі середовища KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others see this manual." -msgstr "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace встановлена типово; щоб встановити іншу, див. цей " -"посібник." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR та Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel було повторно перейменовано на Firefox!" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Icedove перейменовано на Thunderbird і тепер буде встановлюватися типово." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "Навчальний інструментарій GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "Музичний творець Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "" -"Debian Stretch містить понад 50000 пакунків, доступних для встановлення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Більш детальну інформацію про Debian 9 Stretch можна знайти у <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">документації до " -"випуску</ulink> та <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">посібнику зі встановлення</ulink>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "" -"Оновлення перекладу для шаблонів, що використовуються в інсталяторі. Зараз " -"ці шаблони доступні 29 мовами." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and " -"Japanese. The Japanese translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Посібник Debian Edu Stretch повністю перекладено німецькою, французькою, " -"італійською, данською, голландською, норвезькою, норвезьким бокмолом та " -"японською мовами. Для Stretch нещодавно було додано переклад японською мовою." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Частково перекладені версії існують для іспанської, польської та спрощеної " -"китайської мов." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga замінює Nagios як інструмент моніторингу." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "" -"kde-spectacle замінює ksnapshot як інструмент для створення знімків екрана." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "Безкоштовний флеш-плеєр gnash знову повертається." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC " -"allows to view boot and shutdown messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth встановлено та активовано типово, за винятком профілів \"Основний " -"сервер\" та \"Мінімальний\"; натискання ESC дозволяє переглянути " -"повідомлення про завантаження та вимкнення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost value 'tjener' has to be replaced with " -"'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"При оновленні з Jessie база даних LDAP повинна бути скоригована. Значення " -"sudoHost 'tjener' має бути замінено на 'tjener.intern' за допомогою GOsa² " -"або редактора LDAP." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer covers a plain i586 processor. The new " -"baseline is the i686, although some i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"Підтримка 32-розрядних ПК (відомих як архітектура Debian i386) більше не " -"поширюється на звичайні процесори i586. Новою базовою лінією є i686, хоча " -"деякі процесори i586 (наприклад, \"AMD Geode\") залишаться підтримуватися." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for new installations. This might cause a delay " -"of about 15 minutes if a system with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"У Debian 9 для нових встановлень стандартно увімкнено автоматичне оновлення (" -"для оновлень безпеки). Це може спричинити затримку близько 15 хвилин, якщо " -"система вимикається з коротким часом роботи." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD " -"image must be regenerated (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP тепер використовує NBD замість NFS для кореневої файлової системи. " -"Після кожної окремої зміни кореня LTSP відповідний образ NBD слід " -"регенерувати (<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>), щоб зміни " -"набули чинності." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are no longer allowed." -msgstr "" -"Одночасні входи одного і того ж користувача на LTSP-сервер і LTSP-тонкий " -"клієнт більше не дозволяються." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "Історична інформація про попередні випуски" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "Випуски Debian Edu, які були створені в минулому:" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 з кодовою назвою Jessie випущений 2016-07-02." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 з кодовою назвою Wheezy випущений 2013-09-28." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 з кодовою назвою Squeeze, випущений 2013-03-03." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 з кодовою назвою Squeeze, випущений 2012-03-11." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 з кодовою назвою Lenny, випущений 2010-10-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 з кодовою назвою Lenny, випущений 2010-02-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 3.0r1 Terra, випущений 2007-12-05." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 3.0r0 Terra випущений 2007-07-22. Базується на Debian 4.0 Etch, " -"випущеному 2007-04-08." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, випущений 2006-03-14. Базується на Debian 3.1 Sarge, " -"випущеному 2005-06-06." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 1.0 Venus випущений 2004-06-20. Базується на Debian 3.0 Woody, " -"випущеному 2002-07-19." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release manuals on the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Повний і детальний огляд попередніх випусків міститься у <ulink url=\"https" -"://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">Додатку C " -"посібника Jessie</ulink>; або перегляньте відповідні настанови до випусків/" -"релізів на <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\"" -">сторінці настанов до випусків</ulink>." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3680 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd"><article lang="en"><articleinfo><title>Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 ManualPublish date: -
-Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - -Debian Edu Installer Logo - -This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release. - -The version at is a wiki and updated frequently. - -Translations are part of the debian-edu-doc package which can be installed on a webserver, and is available online. - -
- -
-About Debian Edu and Skolelinux - -Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. - -The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic environment details. - -After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. - -Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe. - - -
-Some history and why two names - -Debian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. - -What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. - -The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. - -Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. - -
-
-
- - -Architecture - -
- - -Network - -This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. - -The Debian Edu network topology - -The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. - -The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. - -In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. - - -
-The default network setup - -DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. - -This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. - -DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. - -The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP. - -
- -
-Main server - -A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile. - -
- -
-Services running on the main server - -With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). - -To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. - -Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. - -Table of services - - Service description - - Common name - - DNS service name - - Centralised Logging - - rsyslog - - syslog - - Domain Name Service - - DNS (BIND) - - domain - - Automatic Network Configuration of Machines - - DHCP - - bootps - - Clock Synchronisation - - NTP - - ntp - - Home Directories via Network File System - - SMB / NFS - - homes - - Electronic Post Office - - IMAP (Dovecot) - - postoffice - - Directory Service - - OpenLDAP - - ldap - - User Administration - - GOsa² - - --- - - Web Server - - Apache/PHP - - www - - Central Backup - - sl-backup, slbackup-php - - backup - - Web Cache - - Proxy (Squid) - - webcache - - Printing - - CUPS - - ipp - - Secure Remote Login - - OpenSSH - - ssh - - Automatic Configuration - - CFEngine - - cfengine - - LTSP Server/s - - LTSP - - ltsp - - Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email - -Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary - - sitesummary - -Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. - -By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. - -All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. - -To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. - -Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). - -Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. - -By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. - -Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. - -Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. - -Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. - -In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. - -Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers. - -
- -
-LTSP server(s) - -A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. - -The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. - -Please note: - - - -LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. - - -The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server. - -
- -
-Thin clients - -A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. - -Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started. - -
- -
-Diskless workstations - -A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. - -Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. - -
- -
-Networked clients - -The term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows. - -
-
- -
-Administration - -All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. - -All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication. - - -
-Installation - -Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. - -The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. - -Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. - -The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation. - -
- -
- - - -File system access configuration - -Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. - -To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. - -To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. - -The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). - -
-
-
-
- - -Requirements - -There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines. - - -
-Hardware requirements - -The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. - - If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. - - - -The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. - - -Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. - - -For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. - - -The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: - - - -combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). - - -LTSP server: 40 GiB. - - -workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. - - -LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: - - - -eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), - - -eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. - - -Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations. - -
- -
-Hardware known to work - -A list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete - - is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware. - -
-
- -
-Requirements for network setup - - -
-Default Setup - -When using the default network architecture, these rules apply: - - - -You need exactly one main server, the tjener. - - -You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. - - -You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. - - -You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. - - -You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. - - -For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below). - -
- -
- - - -Internet router - -A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. - -The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. - -In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. - -A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as profile during installation. - -After installation, run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no> which will make the following changes: - - - -Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file. - - -Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'. - - -Remove superfluous scripts. - - -Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network. - - -Install a firewall (optional). - -If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. - -It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. - -
-
-
- - -Installation and download options - - -
-Where to find additional information - -We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Bullseye before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available in its installation manual. - -Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. :-) - -It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. - - Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time. - -
- -
-Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - - -
-amd64 or i386 - -amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for old hardware. - -
- -
-netinst iso images for amd64 or i386 - -The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the installation. - -Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from: - - - - - - - - -
- -
-BD iso images for i386 or amd64 - -This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. - -Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from: - - - - - - - - -
- -
-Verification of downloaded image files - -Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ. - -
- -
-Sources - -Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on - -
-
- -
-Installing Debian Edu - -When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment. - - -
-Main server installation scenarios - - -Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: - - - -Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). - - -See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. - - -Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. - - -The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time in the correct environment. - - -Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. - - - -Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. - - -Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. - - -Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: - - - -As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. - - - -Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP - - -Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP - - -Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better - - -The main server should just work after the first boot. - - -Offline (no Internet connection): - - - -Use the BD ISO image. - - -Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. - - -Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). - - -Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access. - -
- -
-Desktop environments - -Several desktop environments are available: - - - -Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). - - -KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. - - -Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. - - -MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. - - -LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. - - -LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). - -Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one. - -
- -
-Modular installation - - - -When installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. - - -Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-mate because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-mate-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. - - -For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page. - -
- -
-Installation types and options - -Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - -64-bit Installer boot menu - - Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. - - Install uses text mode. - - Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose. - -Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. - -64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 - - Back.. brings back to the main menu. - -Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. - - Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. - - Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. - - Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. - - Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. - - Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. - - Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. - -Help screen - -Installer help screen - - This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. - -Add or change boot parameters for installations - -In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for Graphical install. - - Edit command line options - - - -You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. - - -If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. - - -To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. - - -To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. - - -To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. - - -To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. - - -To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. - - -And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate. - -
- -
-The installation process - -Remember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. - - - -Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). - - -Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. - - -Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). - - -Choose profile(s) from the following list: - - - -Main Server - - -This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. - - -Workstation - - -A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. - - -Roaming workstation - - -Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. - - -LTSP Server - - -A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. - - -Standalone - - -An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. - - -Minimal - - -This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main-server. - - In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. - -The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. - - -Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. - - -Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. - - -Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb..." - - -After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. - - The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). - - -Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. - - -In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter. - -
- -
-Notes on some characteristics - - -
-A note on notebooks - -Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password). - -
- -
-A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs - -After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed: - -
- -
-A note on CD installs - -A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net. - -
-
- -
-Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs - -It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD .iso image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: - -sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX - -To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: - -lsblk -p - -Please note that copying will take quite some time. - -Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc. - -
- -
-Installation and booting over the network via PXE - -For this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware on the server. - -This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main-Server profile only: - -width=400 - -This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: - -width=400 - -This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². - -More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter. - -
- -
- - - -Modifying PXE installations - -The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. - -A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat - -The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. - -Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. - -To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. - -Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server. - -
- -
-Custom images - -Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. - -So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD. - -
-
- -
-Screenshot tour - -The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. - -So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). - -01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png - -02-select_a_language.png - -03-select_your_location.png - -04-Configure_the_keyboard.png - -05-Detect_network_hardware.png - -06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png - -07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png - -08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png - -09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png - -10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png - -11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png - -12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png - -13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png - -14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png - -21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png - -tjener Lightdm Login - -Xfce and Browser - -Xfce Desktop - -Thin-Client-Welcome - -Thin-Client-Login - -
-
-
- - -Getting started - - -
-Minimum steps to get started - -During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. - -See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. - -After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: - - -Log into the server. - - -Add users with GOsa². - - -Add workstations with GOsa². - -Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. - -There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Bullseye chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. - - If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. - -The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions. - - -
-Services running on the main server - -There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below. - -
-
- -
-Introduction to GOsa² - -GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: - - - -User Administration - - -Group Administration - - -NIS Netgroup Administration - - -Machine Administration - - -DNS Administration - - -DHCP Administration - -For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). - -If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): - -From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. - - - -If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. - - -Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that. - - -
-GOsa² Login plus Overview - -GOsa² overview page after login as the first user - -After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². - -Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². - -In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. - -GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. - -A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) - -Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level). - -
-
- -
-User Management with GOsa² - -First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user). - - -
-Adding users - -Next to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. - - - -The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). - - -As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. - - -If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) - - -When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. - -After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. - -As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. - -If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network. - -
- -
-Search, modify and delete users - -Filterbox - -To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". - -When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. - -A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. - -Editing user data - -
- -
-Set passwords - -The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. - -Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. - -To administratively set a new password for a user - - -search for the user to be modified, as explained above - - -click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in - - -on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself - -Set user password - -Beware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords! - -
- -
-Advanced user management - -It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). - -These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): - - - -Use "," as field separator - - -Do not use quotes - - -The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) - - -The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import - -The mass import steps are: - - -click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left - - -click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right - - -browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported - - -choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) - - -click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner - -It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. - -Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. - -Reset passwords - -
-
- -
-Group Management with GOsa² - -create group - -create group - -The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. - -You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. - -Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. - -The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too. - -
- -
-Machine Management with GOsa² - -Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. - -Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. - -Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. - -To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run - ]]> -Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. - -To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. - -To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. - -If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: - -GOsa² systems listing - -Host details - -Modify host - -Add netgroup - -A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually. - - -
-Search and delete machines - -Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here. - -
- -
-Modify existing machines / Netgroup management - -After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). - -The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. - -For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-server. - -The default installation provides the NetGroups - - - -all-hosts - - -cups-queue-autoflush-hosts - - -cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts - - -fsautoresize-hosts - - -ltsp-server-hosts - - -netblock-hosts - - -printer-hosts - - -server-hosts - - -shutdown-at-night-hosts - - -shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist - - -workstation-hosts - -Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: - - - -Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) - - -Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. - - -Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) - - -Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. - - -Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) - - -Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. - - -Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) - - -Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams. - -
-
-
- -
-Printer Management - -For centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group. - - -
-Use printers attached to workstations - -The package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. - - - -Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): - - - -P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" - - -P910ND_START=1 - - -Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI. - -
- -
-Network printers - -It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers. - -
-
- -
-Clock synchronisation - -The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. - - If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. - -To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer. - -
- -
-Extending full partitions - -Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. - -
-
- - -Maintenance - - -
-Updating the software - -This section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. - -Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). - -It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. - - After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. - - It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync. - - After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. - -It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. - -cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. - -Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. - -apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt. - - -
-Keep yourself informed about security updates - -Running cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed. - -
-
- -
-Backup Management - -For backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. - - Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default). - -By default tjener will back up /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. - - Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. - -If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. - -If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: - \ - /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \ - /skole/tjener/home0/user_]]> -This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> - -If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. - -If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: - -slbackup-php Maintenance - -
- -
-Server Monitoring - - -
-Munin - -The Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. - -The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. - -The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. - -Information about Munin is available from . - -
- -
-Icinga - -Icinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. - -By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. - -The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. - -Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. - -Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package. - - -
-Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them - -Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings. - - -
-DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%): - -The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. - -
- -
-APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates). - -New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same. - -If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots. - -
- -
-WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0 - -The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues. - -
- -
-WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61 - -The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups. - -
-
-
- -
-Sitesummary - -Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. - -A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from . - -Some documentation on sitesummary is available from - -
-
- -
-More information about Debian Edu customisations - -More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter - -
-
-
- - -Upgrades - - Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. - -Please read this chapter and the New features in Bullseye chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade. - - -
-General notes on upgrading - -Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) - -In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. - -If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. - -Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. - -It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same. - -
- -
-Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster - - Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. - -Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: ) - -Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. - -If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again. - - -
-Upgrading the main server - - - -Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date: - - - -Cleanup the package cache: - - - -Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry): - - - -apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). - - -Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. - - - -restart services: Choose Yes. - - -openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. - - -/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y. - - -Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. - - -Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'. - - -/etc/default/slapd: Choose N. - - -/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N. - - -/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N. - - -Apply and adjust configuration: - - - -Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface: - - - -Run apt install icinga2-ido-mysql, always choose No if asked by debconf. - - -Run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup - - -Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork: - - - -Adjust Xfce panel configuration: - - - -Cope with new LTSP and related changes: - - - -Cope with move to iPXE: - -Create a file ipxe.ldif with the following content: - -Then run ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif to apply the changes. - -Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the /etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif file. Entries concerned are: - - -Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access: - - - -cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup - - -cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new gosa.conf file - - -Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig for those entries. - - -rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets - - -Run gosa-encrypt-passwords - - -Run service apache2 restart - - -Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes: - - - -sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf - - -Run service krb5-kdc restart - - -Cope with Samba changes: - - - -Add first user's Samba account: smbpasswd -a <first username>. Once users change their password, the related Samba account will be created. - - -Check if the upgraded system works: - -Reboot; log in as first user and test - - - -if the GOsa² gui is working, - - -if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, - - -if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, - - -if one can send and receive internal email, - - -if one can manage printers, - - -and if other site specific things are working. - -
- -
-Upgrading a workstation - -Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for mounting home directories, see the getting started chapter for details. - -
-
- -
-Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster) - -To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Buster about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie. - -
-
-
- - -HowTo - - - -HowTos for general administration - - -HowTos for advanced administration - - -HowTos for the desktop - - -HowTos for networked clients - - -HowTos for Samba - - -HowTos for teaching and learning - - -HowTos for users - -
-
- - -HowTos for general administration - -The Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks. - - -
-Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system - -Using etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. - -This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. - -Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. - -To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. - -See the output of man etckeeper for more information. - -List of useful commands: - - -
-Usage examples - -On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: - -See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date: - -To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour: - -
-
- -
-Resizing Partitions - -In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the /boot/ partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted. - -It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run fsck on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. - -The helper script debian-edu-fsautoresize is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from /usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab, /site/etc/fsautoresizetab and /etc/fsautoresizetab. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument -n is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the file systems. - -The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. - -When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in etc/squid/squid.conf needs to be updated as well. The helper script /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of /var/spool/squid/ and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size. - - -
-Logical Volume Management - -Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the LVM HowTo. - -To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the lvextend command how large you want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands: - -To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G) - -
-
- -
-Using ldapvi - -ldapvi is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline. - -The following needs to be executed: - -Note: ldapvi will use whatever is the default editor. By executing export EDITOR=vim in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor. - -To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the string add in front of the new LDAP object. - - Warning: ldapvi is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for JXplorer. - -
- -
-Kerberized NFS - -Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels krb5, krb5i and krb5p are supported (krb5 means Kerberos authentication, i stands for integrity check and p for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, krb5i is a good choice and has been chosen as default. - - -
-How to change the default - -Main server - - - -login as root - - -run ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)', search for sec=krb5i and replace it with sec=krb5 or sec=krb5p. - - -edit /etc/exports.d/edu.exports and adjust these entries accordingly: - - - -run exportfs -r - -
-
- -
-Standardskriver - -This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md. - -The configuration file /etc/standardskriver.cfg has to be provided by the admin, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg as an example. - -
- -
-JXplorer, an LDAP GUI - -If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the jxplorer package, which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this: - -
- -
-ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool - -ldap-createuser-krb is a small command line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly useful for testing, though. - -
- -
-Using stable-updates - -Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly maintained in volatile.debian.org in the stable-updates suite. - -While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months. - -
- -
-Using backports to install newer software - -You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in. - -Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there. - -Using backports is simple: -> /etc/apt/sources.list -apt-get update]]> -After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of tuxtype: - -Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-free. - -
- -
-Upgrading with a CD or similar image - -If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps: - -Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command: - -To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page: - - -apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files. - -It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns. - -Then run these two commands to upgrade the system: - -
- -
-Automatic cleanup of leftover processes - -killer is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour. - -
- -
-Automatic installation of security upgrades - -unattended-upgrades is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in /var/log/unattended-upgrades/; also, there are always /var/log/dpkg.log and /var/log/apt/. - -
- -
-Automatic shutdown of machines during the night - -It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package shutdown-at-night will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines. - -Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up: - - - -The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from who, and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with X2Go thin clients. - - -To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time. - - -There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by nvram-wakeup; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up. - - -
-How to set up shutdown-at-night - -On clients that should turn off at night, touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night, or add the hostname (that is, the output from 'uname -n' on the client) to the netgroup "shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the GOsa² web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets. - -To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator to generate the list of clients on the fly. - -Here is an example /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator for use with sitesummary: - -An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package: - -
-
- -
-Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall - -To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel. - -
- -
-Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-server - -In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). - -These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: - - - -install the minimal profile using the debian-edu-expert boot-option - - -install the packages for the service - - -configure the service - - -disable the service on main-server - - -update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server - -
- -
-HowTos from wiki.debian.org - - -FIXME: The HowTos from are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
-
- - -Advanced administration howto - -In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described. - - -
-User Customisations with GOsa² - -
- - -Create Users in Year Groups - -In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. - -(as root on the main server) - - - -Make the necessary year group directories - -mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024 - -(as first user in Gosa) - - - -Department - -Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show up below /Students. Click it. - - - -Group - -Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it. - - - -Template - -Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. - -Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. - - - -Import users - -Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended. - -
-
- -
-Other User Customisations - - -
-Creating folders in the home directories of all users - -With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. - -In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. - -
-
- -
-Use a dedicated storage server - -Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data. - - - -Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the Getting started chapter of this manual. - - -This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines: - -Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.) - - -Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request. - - -This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor. - -ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no - -When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.) - - -Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: - - -Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. - -Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server. - -
- -
-Restrict ssh login access - -There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here. - - -
-Setup without LTSP clients - -If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. - -Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple: - - - -Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). - - -Add users to the new group sshusers. - - -Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. - - -Execute service ssh restart. - -
- -
-Setup with LTSP clients - -The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been changed is enough. - -X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. - - - -Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. - - -Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: - -If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP server(s) as well. - -
- -
-A note for more complex setups - -If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login. - -
-
-
-
- - -HowTos for the desktop - - -
-Set up a multi-language desktop environment - -To support multiple languages these commands need to be run: - - - -Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). - - -Run these commands as root to install the related packages: - -Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock Lightdm greeter. - -
- -
-Playing DVDs - -libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. - -Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg. - -
- -
-Handwriting fonts - -The package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. - -
-
-
- - -HowTos for networked clients - - -
-Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations - -One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. - - Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. - - - -As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. - - -Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. - - -In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². - -For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. - -Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. - -The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. - -Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: - - - -debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). - - -debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. - - -debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). - -Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). - -The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. - -The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. - -The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). - -Diskless workstation - -A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. - -Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². - -Thin client - -A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. - -Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. - - Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. - -LTSP client firmware - -LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. - -Proceed like this on the LTSP server: - - -First get information about firmware packages, run: - - -Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: - - -Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: - - -In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: - - -and proceed according to the usage information. - -Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run: - - -
-LTSP client type selection - -Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). - -In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. - -The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect. - -
- -
-Use a different LTSP client network - -192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration. - -
- -
-Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients - -To create chroot and SquashFS image, run: - -See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types. - -
- -
-LTSP client configuration - -Run man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: - -Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run: - -
- -
-Sound with LTSP clients - -LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. - -LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally. - -
- -
-Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs - -When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. - -When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager. - - -
-A warning about removable media on LTSP servers - -When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files. - -
-
- -
-Use printers attached to LTSP clients - - - -Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). - - -Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. - - -Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI. - -
-
- -
-Modifying the PXE setup - -PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration. - - -
-Configuring the PXE menu - -The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values. - -
- -
-Configuring the PXE installation - -The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. - -More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter. - -
- -
-Adding a custom repository for PXE installations - -For adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: - -and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once. - -
-
- -
-Changing network settings - -The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. - - Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. - -There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. - -
- -
-Remote Desktop - -Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages. - - -
-Xrdp - -Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. - -Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. - -Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this script could be used. - -
- -
-X2Go - -X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. - -Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517. - -
- -
-Available Remote Desktop clients - - - -freerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. - - - -RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. - - -VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. - - -x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones. - -
-
- -
-Wireless clients - -The freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. - -Additional configuration is needed to - - - -enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). - - -allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). - - -combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) - - End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. - - - - (for end user devices running Linux) - - - (Linux, Android) - - - (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) - -Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts. - -
- -
-Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin - - -
-Adding pGina user in Debian Edu - -To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. - -Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website. - -
- -
-Install pGina fork - -Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder: - -
- -
-Configure pGina - -Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. - -So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below - - (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7). - - -
-LDAP Plugin main section - - - -LDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) - - -LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) - - -Timeout: 10 - - -Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) - - -Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) - - -Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) - - -Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no - - -("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) - - -Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password) - -
- -
-Authentication block - -Bind Tab: - - - -Allow Empty Passwords: NO - - -Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) - - -Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person)) - -
- -
-Authorization block - - - -Default: Allow - - -Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) - - -Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional) - -
- -
-Plugin Selection - - - -LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] - - -Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes) - -
- -
-Plugin Order - - - -Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine - - -Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine - -Sources: - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
-
-
-
- - -Samba in Debian Edu - -Samba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. - -As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba as NT4-style PDC is gone. - -For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. - -Please note: - - - -By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. - - -Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². - - -To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. - - -Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'. - - -
-Accessing files via Samba - -Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. - -Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. - -
-
-
- - -HowTos for teaching and learning - -All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root). - - -
-Teaching Programming - -stable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page. - -
- -
-Monitoring pupils - - Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. - -Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage. - -
- -
-Restricting pupils' network access - -Some schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. - -
-
-
- - -HowTos for users - - -
-Changing passwords - -Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. - -Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. - -Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa². - -
- -
-Running standalone Java applications - -Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime. - -
- -
- - - -Using email - -All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. - -Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern. - -
- -
-Thunderbird - - - -Start Thunderbird - - -Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' - - -Enter your email address - - -Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used - - -Click 'Continue' - - -For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically - - -Click 'Done' - -
-
- -
-Contribute - - -
-Contribute locally - -Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. "Isolated" contributors and users exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. - -The support chapter has explanations and links to localised resources, as contribute and support are two sides of the same coin. - -
- -
-Contribute globally - -Internationally we are organised into various teams working on different subjects. - -Most of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. New contributors should read our . - -A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist. - -
- -
-Report bugs - -Debian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu. - -
- -
-Documentation writers and translators - -This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various -FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. - -The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you need to create a wiki user first. - -Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! - -
-
-
- - -Support - - -
-Volunteer based support - - -
-in English - - - - - - - - support mailing list - - -#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens :-) - -
- -
-in Norwegian - - - -#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users - -
- -
-in German - - - - - support mailing list - - - - official German representation - - -#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users - -
- -
-in French - - - - - support mailing list - -
-
- -
-Professional support - -Lists of companies providing professional support are available from . - -
-
-
- - -New features in Debian Edu Bullseye - - -
-New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - - -
-Installation changes - - - -New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its installation manual for more details. - - -New artwork based on the Homeworld theme, the default artwork for Debian 11 Bullseye. - - -The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot. - -For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from the main server. - -
- -
-Software updates - - - -Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg: - - - -Linux kernel 5.10 - - -Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24 - - -LibreOffice 7.0 - - -Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0 - - -Music creator Rosegarden 20.12 - - -LTSP 21.01 - - -Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. - - - -More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. - -
- -
-Documentation and translation updates - - - -During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. - - -The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. - - - -Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish. - -
- -
-Other changes compared to the previous release - - - -Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle for the whole system. - - -New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go. - - -Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP. - - -The /srv/tftp directory is now used as netboot base instead of /var/lib/tftpboot. - - -After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. - - -DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium. - - -Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage. - - -On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically. - - -New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods. - - -Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone. - - -The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP. - - -Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode). - - -Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS. - - -Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user. - -
- -
-Known issues - - - -see the Debian Edu Bullseye status page. - -
-
-
- -
- - -Translations of this document - -The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. - -Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish. - -On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, Swedish and Traditional Chinese. - -There is an online overview of shipped translations. - - -
-HowTo translate this document - - -
-Translate using PO files - -As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations. - -
- -
-Translate online using a web browser - -Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. - -Please report any problems. - -
-
-
- -
-Appendix A - The GNU General Public License - - -
-Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye - -Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright chapter for the full list of copyright owners. - -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. - -
- -
-GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - -Version 2, June 1991 - -Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - -
- -
-TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - -0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - -1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - -2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - -a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - -b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. - -c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. - -3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - -a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - -b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - -c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - -4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. - -5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. - -6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. - -7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. - -8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - -9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. - -10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - -NO WARRANTY - -11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - -12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - -END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - -
-
- -
-Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet - - Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment. - - -
-Features of the Standalone image - - - -XFCE desktop - - -All packages from the Standalone profile - - -All packages from the laptop task - -
- -
-Features of the Workstation image - - - -XFCE desktop - - -All packages from the Workstation profile - - -All packages from the laptop task - -
- -
-Activating translations and regional support - -To activate a specific translation, boot using locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the keyb=KB option where KB is the desired keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes: - - Language (Region) - - Locale value - - Keyboard layout - - Norwegian Bokmål - - nb_NO.UTF-8 - - no - - Norwegian Nynorsk - - nn_NO.UTF-8 - - no - - German - - de_DE.UTF-8 - - de - - French (France) - - fr_FR.UTF-8 - - fr - - Greek (Greece) - - el_GR.UTF-8 - - el - - Japanese - - ja_JP.UTF-8 - - jp - - Northern Sami (Norway) - - se_NO - - no(smi) - -A complete list of locale codes is available in /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/. - -
- -
-Stuff to know - - - -The password for the user is "user"; root has no password set. - -
- -
-Known issues with the image - - - - There are no images yet - -
-
- -
-Appendix C - Features in older releases - - -
-New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06 - - -
-Installation changes - - - -This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at , thus these are official Debian images. - - -New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its installation manual for more details. - - -New artwork based on the futurePrototype theme, the default artwork for Debian 10 Buster. - - -New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE). - - -New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see the official CFEngine documentation. - - -The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one. - -
- -
-Software updates - - - -Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg: - - - -Linux kernel 4.19 - - -Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20 - - -Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0 - - -LibreOffice 6.1 - - -Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95 - - -Music creator Rosegarden 18.12 - - -GOsa 2.74 - - -LTSP 5.18 - - -Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation. - - - -More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. - -
- -
-Documentation and translation updates - - - -Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully translated. - - -The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. - - - -Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese. - -
- -
-Other changes compared to the previous release - - - -The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again. - - -New school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool and education-highschool are available. None of them is installed by default. - - -Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like gcompris-qt, childsplay, tuxpaint or tuxmath) are no longer installed by default. - - -Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those educational packages that are actually wanted. See the installation chapter for more information. - - -Site specific multi-language support. See the Desktop chapter for more information. - - -LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment. - - -New GOsa²-Plugin Password Management. - - -Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface. - - -New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the shut-down-at-night-hosts netgroup from being woken up. - - -New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the Administration chapter for more information. - - -New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP diskless clients. See the NetworkClients chapter for more information. - - -Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure connections. - - -Kerberized ssh. A password isn't needed anymore for connections inside the internal network; root needs to run kinit first to enable it. - - -Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, see the Administration chapter for more information. - - -Added configuration file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with examples to make site specific changes easier. - - -Added configuration file /etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf with examples to make site specific changes easier. - - -New tool /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-scratch. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might also be useful to make site specific changes easier. - - -With X2Go server now available in Debian, the related packages are now installed on all systems with Profile LTSP-Server. - - -Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped upstream. - - -Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser. - - -Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the unattended-upgrades package by default, see the Maintenance chapter for more information about security upgrades. - -
-
- -
-New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17 - - -
-Installation changes - - - -New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its installation manual for more details. - - -The "Thin-Client-Server" profile has been renamed to "LTSP-Server" profile. - - -New artwork based on the "soft Waves" theme, the default artwork for Debian 9 Stretch. - -
- -
-Software updates - - - -Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg: - - - -Linux kernel 4.9 - - -Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16 - - - -KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others see this manual. - - -Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59 - - - -Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox! :-) - - -Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default. - - -LibreOffice 5.2.6 - - -Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10 - - -Music creator Rosegarden 16.06 - - -GOsa 2.7.4 - - -LTSP 5.5.9 - - -Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation. - - - -More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. - -
- -
-Documentation and translation updates - - - -Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 29 languages. - - -The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese translation was newly added for Stretch. - - - -Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. - -
- -
-Other changes compared to the previous release - - - -Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool. - - -kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool. - - -The free flash player gnash is back again. - - -Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown messages. - - -Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an LDAP editor. - - -The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some i586 processors (e.g. the "AMD Geode") will remain supported. - - -Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system with a low uptime value is powered off. - - -LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated (ltsp-update-image) for the changes to take effect. - - -Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are no longer allowed. - -
-
- -
-Historic information about older releases - -The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: - - - -Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. - - -Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. - - -Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. - - -Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. - - -Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. - - -Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. - - -Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. - - -Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. - - -Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. - - -Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. - - -Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. - -A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. - -
-
-
diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=出版日期; endboundary=
- -翻译: -2016-2022 Ma Yong -2017 Boyuan Yang -2017 Roy Zhang -2020 EldersJavas -2020 wdggg -2020 Tao Wang -2021 Liu Tao -2021 Cube Kassaki -2021 Jingxuan -2022 Hugel -2024 Hong Hao -2024 Lucka -2024 SWfeiyu - - diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.po 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-cn.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,10875 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-29 13:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-23 20:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: SWfeiyu <2013162616@qq.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (Simplified) \n" -"Language: zh-cn\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" - -#. type: Attribute 'lang' of:
-msgid "en" -msgstr "zh-cn" - -#. type: Content of:
-msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 Manual" -msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Bullseye 11 手册" - -#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> -msgid "Publish date:" -msgstr "出版日期：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu 11 别名 Bullseye 的手册" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" -msgstr "Debian Edu 安装程序的 Logo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release." -msgstr "这是 Debian Edu 11 Bullseye 发行版的手册。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." -msgstr "" -"这是 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/" -"> 上的维基版并且时常更新。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">Translations</link> are part of the " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> package which can be " -"installed on a webserver, and is available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins." -"debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Translations\">翻译</link>是 <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</" -"computeroutput> 软件包的一部分，可以安装在 web 服务器上，并且能够<ulink url=" -"\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">在线</ulink>使用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" -msgstr "关于 Debian Edu 和 Skolelinux" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " -"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " -"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " -"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " -"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " -"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " -"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " -"extension of the concept." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 又名 Skolelinux 是一个基于 Debian 的 Linux 发行版，它提供了一个完" -"整配置的学校网络的开箱即用环境。 它实现了客户端-服务器方法。 服务器和客户端是" -"相互交互的<emphasis>软件</emphasis>。 服务器提供客户端运行所需的信息。 当服务" -"器安装在一台机器上，而它的客户端安装在另一台机器上时，通过这个概念的扩展，机" -"器本身被称为服务器和客户端。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " -"requirements</link> and about the <link linkend=\"Architecture" -"\">architecture</link> contain basic environment details." -msgstr "" -"关于<link linkend=\"Requirements\">硬件与网络需求</link>以及关于<link " -"linkend=\"Architecture\">架构</link>的相关章节包含了基本环境的细节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network " -"are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need " -"to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A " -"netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</" -"ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main " -"server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be " -"installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones that " -"can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). " -"Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin " -"clients." -msgstr "" -"主服务器安装之后学校网络所需的所有服务就已建立而系统也准备好使用。仅是用户和" -"机器需要通过一个友好的 Web 用户界面，GOsa²，或者任何其他的 LDAP 编辑器来添" -"加。一个使用 PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>的网络引导环境" -"也已准备就绪，那么最初从 CD，蓝光光盘或者 USB 闪存安装了主服务器之后就可以通" -"过网络安装所有其他的机器，这包括“漫游工作站”（这个可以脱离学校的网络，通常是" -"笔记本电脑或是上网本）而且 PXE 引导无硬盘的机器就如同传统的瘦客户机。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " -"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be " -"extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." -msgstr "" -"一系列教育应用程序如 GeoGebra，Kalzium，KGeography，GNU Solfege 和 Scratch 已" -"包含在默认桌面设置中，这可以通过 Debian 体系轻松而几乎无限地扩展。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Some history and why two names" -msgstr "部分历史及为何使用两个名称" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink url=" -"\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it is " -"an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> subproject." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " -"是一个由 Debian Edu 项目创建的 Linux 发行版。它作为 <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> 发行版是正式的 <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> 子项目。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " -"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" -"network." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux 是提供开箱即用的完全配置学校网络环境的 Debian 版而用于你的学校的方" -"法。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " -"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " -"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and " -"(Debian-)\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." -msgstr "" -"Skolelinux 项目在 2001 年 7 月 2 日启动于挪威而大约在同时 Raphaël Hertzog 在" -"法国开始了 Debian-Edu。直到 2003 年两个项目合为一体，而维持了两者的名" -"称。\"Skole\" 和 (Debian-)\"Education\" 在这些范围中正是两个好领会的措辞。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." -msgstr "现在世界上的几个地区在使用这个系统。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "结构" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network" -msgstr "网络" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " -"provided by a Skolelinux installation." -msgstr "文档的这部分叙述 Skolelinux 安装所提供的网络架构和服务。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" -msgstr "Debian Edu 网络拓扑" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " -"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " -"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " -"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " -"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " -"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " -"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " -"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " -"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"这是张假定的网络拓扑草图。Skolelinux 网络默认设置假定有一个（而且仅是一个）主" -"服务器，同时可以包含常规的工作站和 LTSP 服务器（与瘦客户机和/或无盘工作站相" -"关）。工作站的数量可以是任意多少（从一个都没有到有很多）。LTSP 服务器也一样，" -"每一个在独立网络上的 LTSP 服务器与其客户机之间的通信不会影响其他的网络服务。" -"LTSP 的详细说明在<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">相关的 HowTo</link> 章节" -"里。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " -"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " -"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " -"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " -"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " -"service to the right computer." -msgstr "" -"在每个学校网络中仅能有一个主服务器的原因是主服务器提供 DHCP，因而在每一网络中" -"只能一台机器在工作。能够从主服务器向其他机器迁移服务而该服务在另一机器上就" -"绪，随后更新 DNS 配置，为服务指出 DNS 别名到正确的计算机。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " -"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " -"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " -"existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"为了简化 Skolelinux 的标准设置，其互联网连接运行在一个单独的路由器上，也称为" -"网关。参阅<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">互联网路由器</link>" -"章节对于如何设置还不能根据需要配置现有网关的细节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The default network setup" -msgstr "缺省网络设置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " -"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " -"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " -"hard disk." -msgstr "" -"DHCP 在主服务器上为 10.0.0.0/8 网络工作，提供可以选择安装新服务器/工作站，运" -"行内存测试，或者从本地硬盘引导的 PXE 引导菜单。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"修改这个设计；相关细节，参阅<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">相关的 HowTo</" -"link> 章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " -"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " -"should seldom need to be changed." -msgstr "" -"在第二个接口（默认预设选项是 192.168.0.0/24 和 192.168.1.0/24）的 LTSP 服务器" -"上的 DHCP 仅用于的专用网络并极少需要改动。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." -msgstr "在 LDAP 中所含有的所有子网配置。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server" -msgstr "主服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which is " -"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " -"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " -"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " -"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." -msgstr "" -"一个 Skolelinux 网络需要一个主服务器（也称作 \"tjener\" 是挪威语“服务器”的意" -"思）预先缺省 IP 地址为 10.0.2.2 并由选择主服务器配置文件 (profile) 而安装。除" -"了主服务器profile之外还能（但不依赖）选择并安装 LTSP 服务器和工作站配置文件 " -"(profile)。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Services running on the main server" -msgstr "运行在主服务器上的服务" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " -"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " -"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " -"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " -"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " -"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " -"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " -"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " -"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " -"course)." -msgstr "" -"除了瘦客户机的管理之外，所有的服务最初设置在一台中央计算机上（主服务器）。为" -"了性能的原因，LTSP 服务器将要分开来（不过在同一机器上可以安装主服务器和 LTSP " -"服务器两者的配置文件）。所有服务分配了专用 DNS 名称并且只在 IPv4 上提供。分配" -"的 DNS 名称使其容易地从主服务器迁移单独的服务到不同的机器，简单地在主服务器上" -"关闭该服务，而后变更 DNS 配置指向该服务的新位置（当然，首先要在这台机器上设" -"置）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " -"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " -"text." -msgstr "" -"通过网络传输的密码是encrypted保证所有连接安全，那样没有密码是作为普通文本通过" -"网络发送。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " -"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " -"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " -"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " -"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." -msgstr "" -"以下是在 Skolelinux 网络中缺省设置的服务及其每一服务的 DNS 名称的列表。如有可" -"能所有配置文件会以名称（无域名）关联到服务于是易于学校改变或者它们的域（如果" -"它们有自己的 DNS 域）或是它们所使用的 IP 地址。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">服务列表</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">服务描述</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">普通名称</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS 服务名称</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Centralised Logging" -msgstr "中央日志" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "rsyslog" -msgstr "rsyslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "syslog" -msgstr "syslog" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Domain Name Service" -msgstr "域名服务" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DNS (BIND)" -msgstr "DNS (BIND)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "domain" -msgstr "domain" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" -msgstr "机器的自动网络配置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "DHCP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "bootps" -msgstr "bootps" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Clock Synchronisation" -msgstr "时钟同步" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "NTP" -msgstr "NTP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ntp" -msgstr "ntp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" -msgstr "通过网络文件系统的主目录" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "SMB / NFS" -msgstr "SMB / NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "homes" -msgstr "homes" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Electronic Post Office" -msgstr "电子邮局" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" -msgstr "IMAP（Dovecot）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "postoffice" -msgstr "postoffice" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Directory Service" -msgstr "目录服务" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenLDAP" -msgstr "OpenLDAP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ldap" -msgstr "ldap" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "User Administration" -msgstr "用户管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa²" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "---" -msgstr "---" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Server" -msgstr "Web 服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Apache/PHP" -msgstr "Apache/PHP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "www" -msgstr "www" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Central Backup" -msgstr "中央备份" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" -msgstr "sl-backup，slbackup-php" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "backup" -msgstr "backup" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Web Cache" -msgstr "Web 缓存" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Proxy (Squid)" -msgstr "Proxy（Squid）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "webcache" -msgstr "webcache" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Printing" -msgstr "打印" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CUPS" -msgstr "通用UNIX 打印系统（CUPS）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ipp" -msgstr "ipp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Secure Remote Login" -msgstr "安全远程登录" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "OpenSSH" -msgstr "OpenSSH" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ssh" -msgstr "ssh" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "自动配置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "CFEngine" -msgstr "CFEngine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "cfengine" -msgstr "cfengine" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP Server/s" -msgstr "（若干） LTSP 服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "LTSP" -msgstr "LTSP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ltsp" -msgstr "ltsp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "" -"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " -"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" -msgstr "以错误报告监视机器和服务，和 Web 上的Status与历史。由电子邮件报告错误" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" -msgstr "Munin, Icinga 和 Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "sitesummary" -msgstr "sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " -"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " -"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " -"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " -"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." -msgstr "" -"每个用户的个人文件保存在他们的主目录中，由服务器使之可用。主目录可从所有计算" -"机访问，让用户无论使用哪台计算机而可以存取同一文件。服务器无关操作系统，对于 " -"Unix 客户端通过 NFS 而对于其他客户端则通过 SMB2/SMB3 提供访问。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " -"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " -"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " -"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email" -"\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." -msgstr "" -"只预设电子邮件本地投递设置（如在学校内），但如果学校有固定互联网连接那么可以" -"设置投递电子邮件到更广的互联网。客户端设置为投递电子邮件到服务器（使" -"用‘smarthost’），而用户可以通过 IMAP <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">读" -"取他们的个人邮件</link>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " -"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." -msgstr "" -"所有服务使用同一个用户名和密码可以进入，得益于中央用户数据库的验证和授权。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " -"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " -"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " -"machines." -msgstr "" -"使用 web 代理在本地 (Squid) 贮存文件在经常访问的位置提升性能。还能在单独的机" -"器上一同做路由上限制的 web 流量与互联网访问的控制。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " -"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " -"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " -"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " -"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " -"the rest of the network services)." -msgstr "" -"客户端的网络配置是使用 DHCP 自动完成的。所有类型的客户端可以连接到私有的 " -"10.0.0.0/8 子网并且将获得协商 IP 地址；LTSP 客户机将会通过独立的 " -"192.168.0.0/24 子网（这是保证 LTSP 客户机的网络流量不干扰到其他的网络服务）连" -"接到相配合的 LTSP 服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " -"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " -"incoming messages from the local network." -msgstr "" -"中央日志为所有机器发送日志信息到服务器而设置。日志服务设置仅为接收从本地网络" -"到来的信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*." -"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " -"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " -"can use it as the main DNS Server." -msgstr "" -"缺省的 DNS 服务器仅用内部域 (*.intern) 设置，直到实在的（“外部的”）DNS 域可以" -"被设置。该 DNS 服务器为其网络上的所有机器可以用其作为主 DNS 服务器而设置作为" -"缓存 DNS 服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " -"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " -"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " -"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " -"programmable on the server side." -msgstr "" -"学生和教师有能力发布网站。该 web 服务器提供认证用户的程序，并对某用户和组群限" -"制访问个人页面。作为 web 服务器能在服务器一侧安排，而用户将有能力创作有力的网" -"页。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " -"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " -"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " -"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " -"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " -"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " -"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." -msgstr "" -"有关用户和计算机的信息可以在一处中央位置被更改，让网络上的所有计算机可以自动" -"访问。为此要设置集中式目录服务器。该目录将含有用户，用户组，计算机和计算机组" -"的信息。为避免用户混淆，文件组和网络组之间没有任何区别。这意味着构成网络组的" -"计算机组将使用与用户组相同的名称空间。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " -"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " -"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " -"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." -msgstr "" -"服务和用户的管理将主要通过 web，并按照确定的标准，在 Skolelinux 的组件 web 浏" -"览器中良好运作。代表委派个别用户或用户组使具有管理系统的能力。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " -"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " -"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " -"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " -"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " -"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " -"time." -msgstr "" -"为了避免 NFS 的某个难题，而使之较简单地排除问题，彼此分别的机器需要同步时钟。" -"Skolelinux 服务器设置为本地网络时间协议 (NTP) 服务器的实现，所有工作站和客户" -"端设置与服务器同步。服务器自己将通过互联网的 NTP 上游机器同步它的时钟，以此保" -"证整个网络有准确时间。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " -"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " -"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " -"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " -"printers." -msgstr "" -"打印机便于连接，或是直接连到主网，或者连接到服务器，工作站抑或 LTSP 服务器。" -"打印机的使用可由单独的用户按照他们所属组来控制；这将由打印机的使用限额和使用" -"控制做到。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP server(s)" -msgstr "LTSP 服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " -"selecting the LTSP Server profile." -msgstr "" -"一个 Skolelinux 网络上可以有许多 LTSP 服务器，这是由选择 LTSP 服务器的设定而" -"安装的。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " -"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." -msgstr "" -"LTSP 服务器设置接收来自瘦客户端和工作站的日志，并转递这些信息到中央日志接受" -"者。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Please note:" -msgstr "请留意：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." -msgstr "LTSP 无盘工作站是使用安装在服务器上的程序。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " -"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"客户端根文件系统是使用 NFS 提供的。每次修改 LTSP 服务器之后要重新生成相关映" -"像；在 LTSP 服务器上运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Thin clients" -msgstr "瘦客户端" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " -"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " -"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " -"because LTSP has dropped support." -msgstr "" -"瘦客户机设置使普通PC可以作为(X-)终端运行。这意味着机器直接从服务器上使用PXE启" -"动，无需使用本地客户端硬盘。瘦客户机现在使用X2Go设置，因为LTSP已经停止对它维" -"护与更新。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " -"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " -"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " -"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " -"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." -msgstr "" -"瘦客户机是一个很好的方法，因为它们可以有效地在 LTSP 服务器上运行所有的程序，" -"所以仍然可以利用非常老的机器（主要是32位）。其工作原理如下：服务使用 DHCP 和 " -"TFTP 连接到网络并从网络启动。接下来，使用 NFS 从 LTSP 服务器上挂载文件系统，" -"最后启动 X2Go 客户端。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Diskless workstations" -msgstr "无盘工作站" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " -"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " -"without running software installed on a local hard drive." -msgstr "" -"无盘工作站在个人计算机上运行所有软件而没有在本地安装操作系统。这意味客户端机" -"器直接通过 PXE 引导，而运行的软件没有安装在本地硬盘驱动器上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " -"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " -"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " -"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too." -msgstr "" -"在费与瘦客户端一样低的维护成本来使用强大的硬件方面，无盘工作站是极佳的方法。" -"软件在服务器上管理和维护，而不需要在客户端本地安装软件。主目录和系统设置也保" -"存在服务器上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Networked clients" -msgstr "网络客户端" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " -"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " -"Windows." -msgstr "" -"手册中使用的术语“网络客户端”涉及瘦客户端和无盘工作站，还有运行着 macOS 或 " -"Windows 的计算机。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Administration" -msgstr "管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " -"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " -"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " -"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" -"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." -msgstr "" -"可以从中央计算机，大概是服务器来管理所有用 Skolelinux 安装程序安装的 Linux 机" -"器。其通过 SSH 将能登录到所有的机器，从而完全访问这些机器。作为 root 自己首先" -"需要运行 <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> 来获得 Kerberos TGT。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " -"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"所有用户信息保留在 LDAP 目录中。用户帐号的更新对照这个数据库，用于客户端的用" -"户验证。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " -"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." -msgstr "" -"目前有两种安装媒体映像：网络安装和蓝光光盘。这两个映像也都可以从 U 盘引导。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " -"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." -msgstr "" -"力求一旦能从任何类型的媒体安装服务器，而由网络引导在网络上安装其他客户端。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." -msgstr "仅是网络安装镜像在安装的时候需要访问互联网。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " -"language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, " -"LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with " -"reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system " -"administrator subsequent to the installation." -msgstr "" -"除了想要的语言，位置，键盘和计算机配置（主服务器，工作站，LTSP 服务器，……）之" -"外，安装不会问到任何问题。所有其他配置以合理值自动设置，安装之后由系统管理员" -"从中央位置更改。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "File system access configuration" -msgstr "文件系统存取配置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " -"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " -"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " -"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " -"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " -"anyone but the user." -msgstr "" -"每个 Skolelinux 用户帐号在文件服务器上分配使用文件系统的一部分。这部分（主目" -"录）包含用户的配置文件，电子文件和网页。一些文件会被设置为系统上其他用户读" -"取，一些会是互联网上每个人可读，而一些除该用户之外不会为任何人读取。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " -"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " -"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" -"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " -"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " -"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " -"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." -msgstr "" -"保证用户目录或共享目录使用的所有磁盘在安装中可以跨越所有计算机被唯一命名，它" -"们可以被作为 <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput> 被挂载。" -"最初，在文件服务器上创建的是一个目录， <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" -"computeroutput>，所有的用户帐号在那里创建。在需要提供特别的用户组或特别的用途" -"模式时更多的目录能在那时被创建。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " -"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " -"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " -"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " -"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " -"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " -"sharing between the members of a group." -msgstr "" -"在标准 UNIX 许可系统下能够共享存取文件，用户需要附加到共享组（如 \"students" -"\"）而他们缺省是在个人基本组。如果用户有适当的umask来新建组权限项（002 或 " -"007），而如果工作在setgid目录保证文件继承正确的组所有者，效果是组成员之间共享" -"管理文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " -"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " -"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " -"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " -"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " -"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " -"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " -"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " -"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " -"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " -"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " -"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " -"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " -"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " -"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " -"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " -"issues)." -msgstr "" -"对新建文件的初始存取设置是一个方针问题。Debian 缺省umask是 022 （那会不允许组" -"权限为described above），而 Debian Edu 使用缺省 022 - 导致创建的文件对于所有" -"的人有读权限，那可以稍迟由明确用户行为消除。这可以选择改变（编辑 " -"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>）为 007 的umask - " -"导致首先阻止读权限，制定他们的权限是必要的用户行为。这第一个接近促进知识的共" -"享，并使系统更透明，而第二个方法降低不想要敏感信息散布的风险。第一个方案的问" -"题是用户不清楚他们建立的资料会对所有其他用户有访问权限。他们可能仅由查看其他" -"用户的目录发现看到能辨认为他们的文件。第二个方法具有的问题是少数人适合制定他" -"们的文件权限，即使如果他们不包含敏感信息而其内容会帮助到想要得知其他解答个人" -"问题的好打听用户（典型的配置争议）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "需求" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " -"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " -"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " -"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." -msgstr "" -"这是设置 Skolelinux 方案的不同方法。它可以被安装在一台单独应用的个人计算机" -"上，或作为许多学校操作中心的整体方案。这个灵活性制定了网络部件，服务器和客户" -"端机器的极为不同的配置。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware requirements" -msgstr "硬件需求" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"不同设定的目的在<link linkend=\"Architecture\">网络架构</link>一章中解释。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements " -"wiki page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"如果计划使用 LTSP，需要看 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp" -"%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP 硬件需求 wiki 页面</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " -"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " -"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." -msgstr "" -"运行 Debian Edu / Skolelinux 的计算机必须有或是 32 位（Debian 架构 'i386'，最" -"陈旧被支持的处理器是 686 级）或者 64 位（Debian 架构 'amd64'）x86 处理器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " -"and faster processors are recommended." -msgstr "" -"瘦客户端能够仅有 256 MiB RAM 而且是 400 MHz 的处理器，但推荐用更多的 RAM 和更" -"快的处理器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " -"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " -"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." -msgstr "" -"对于工作站，无盘工作站和独立使用的系统，1500 MHz 及 1024 MiB 的内存绝对是最低" -"限度的需求。为运行最新的 web 浏览器和 LibreOffice 建议至少是 2048 MiB 的内" -"存。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" -msgstr "最低限度的磁盘空间需求取决于所安装的设定：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user " -"accounts)." -msgstr "组合主服务器 + LTSP 服务器：60 GiB（加上使用者帐户的额外空间）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." -msgstr "LTSP 服务器：40 GiB。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." -msgstr "工作站或独立系统：30 GiB。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " -"architecture:" -msgstr "LTSP 服务器在使用缺省网络架构时需要两个网卡：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," -msgstr "eth0 连接到主网（10.0.0.0/8），" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." -msgstr "使用 eth1 为 LTSP 客户端服务。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " -"workstations." -msgstr "笔记本电脑是可移动的工作站，因此它们有同工作站一样的需求。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Hardware known to work" -msgstr "所知工作的硬件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" -msgstr "" -"测试的硬件的列表提供在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Hardware/\"/>。这个列表远不完整" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " -"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " -"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " -"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> 努力将如何在一些" -"特定硬件上安装、配置和使用 Debian 记入文档，，让可能的购买者知道硬件是否被支" -"持，并且让现有的所有者知道如何让硬件达到最佳性能。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Requirements for network setup" -msgstr "网络设置需求" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Default Setup" -msgstr "缺省设置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" -msgstr "当使用缺省的网络架构时，这些规则适用：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." -msgstr "你需要的正是主服务器，tjener。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." -msgstr "你在主网上可以有上百工作站。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " -"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." -msgstr "" -"在主网络上可以有许多 LTSP 服务器；两个分开的子网是在 LDAP 中预先配置的（DNS，" -"DHCP），还可以再添加。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " -"LTSP server network." -msgstr "在每一个 LTSP 服务器网络上可以有上百的瘦客户端和/或无盘工作站。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " -"assigned." -msgstr "可以有上百的其他机器会有充裕的 IP 地址来分配。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." -msgstr "为了访问互联网你需要一个路由/网关（参看下面）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Internet router" -msgstr "互联网路由" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " -"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " -"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." -msgstr "" -"路由/网关，在外部接口连接到互联网并在网络掩码 255.0.0.0 的 IP 地址 10.0.0.1 " -"的内部接口运行，需要连接到互联网。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " -"this is not needed and will not be used." -msgstr "" -"路由将不运行 DHCP 服务器，它可以运行 DNS 服务器，但这是不需要的而且也不会被使" -"用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed " -"(eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an " -"older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway " -"between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." -msgstr "" -"已经有路由器但无法根据需要进行配置（如因不允许那样做，即工艺的原因）的情况" -"下，一台有两个网络接口的较旧计算机可以改成现有网络和 Debian Edu 网络之间的网" -"关。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as " -"profile during installation." -msgstr "" -"一个简单的方法是在这台计算机上安装 Debian Edu；在安装时选择‘Minimal’的设定。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> which will " -"make the following changes:" -msgstr "" -"安装后，运行<computeroutput> / usr / share / debian-edu-config / tools / " -"configure-edu-gateway --firewall < yes | no > </computeroutput>，将进行" -"以下更改：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." -msgstr "调整 /etc/network/interfaces 文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." -msgstr "将主机名永久修改为“gateway”。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." -msgstr "删除多余脚本." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." -msgstr "为 10.0.0.0/8 网络启用 IP 转发和 NAT。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." -msgstr "安装防火墙（可选）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " -"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " -"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " -"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " -"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start" -"\">supported hardware</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"如果需要嵌入式路由器或访问点设备的话，推荐使用 <ulink url=\"http://openwrt." -"org\">OpenWRT</ulink>，当然也可以使用原先的固件。使用原先的固件更容易；使用 " -"OpenWRT 会给你更多选择和控制权。请查看 OpenWRT 网页来找到<ulink url=\"http://" -"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">支持的硬件</ulink>的列表。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " -"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " -"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " -"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " -"architecture</link>." -msgstr "" -"能够使用不同的网络设置（有个 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">归档的过程</ulink> 来做这件事），但如果不以现有的网络" -"基础结构勉强去做，那么推荐不要那么做，并推荐维持缺省状态的 <link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">网络结构</link>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Installation and download options" -msgstr "安装和下载选项" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Where to find additional information" -msgstr "在哪里找到另外的信息" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes for " -"Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system for production " -"use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available " -"in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"在开始安装一个用于生产的系统之前，推荐阅读，或至少要看看 <ulink url=\"http://" -"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Debian Bullseye 发行说明</" -"ulink>。有关 Debian Bullseye 发行版的更多信息可以在其<ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中获得。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." -msgstr "请尝试一下 Debian Edu/Skolelinux，应该能行。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid ":-)" -msgstr ":-)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link linkend=" -"\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about the " -"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " -"install a main server." -msgstr "" -"不过，建议在开始安装主服务器之前阅读有关<link linkend=\"Requirements\">硬件和" -"网络需求</link>以及<link linkend=\"Architecture\">架构</link>的章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" -"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " -"time." -msgstr "" -"还要务必阅读本手册的<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">入门</link>一章，因为那" -"说明了第一次如何登录。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "下载 Debian Edu 11 代号 Bullseye 的安装媒体" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 或 i386" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " -"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " -"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " -"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" -"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " -"for old hardware." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> 是针对 x86 CPU 的两种 Debian 架构名称，两者由 AMD，抑或 " -"Intel 和其他厂商制造。<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> 是 64-bit 架构" -"而 <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> 是 32-bit 架构。现在新的安装将使用 " -"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>。<computeroutput>i386</" -"computeroutput> 仅会用于旧硬件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" -msgstr "amd64 或 i386 的网络安装 iso 映像" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " -"drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the " -"name implies, internet access is required for the installation." -msgstr "" -"网络安装 iso 映像可以用于从 CD/DVD 和 USB 闪存驱动器安装并且有两个 Debian 架" -"构：amd64 或 i386。顾名思义，安装需要访问互联网。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download " -"from:" -msgstr "在 Bullseye 发布后这些映像将可以下载自：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "BD iso images for i386 or amd64" -msgstr "i386 或 amd64 的蓝光光盘 iso 映像" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation " -"of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the " -"netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of " -"sufficient size." -msgstr "" -"这个 ISO 映像大约 5 GB 大并用于安装 amd64 或 i386 的机器，也无需访问互联网。" -"它像网络安装映像一样可以被置于 USB 闪存或足够大的盘体介质中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" -msgstr "已下载映像文件的校验" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD " -"常见问答集</ulink>的一部分对于验证这些映像有详细说明。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sources" -msgstr "源代码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " -"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" -"release/current/source/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"源代码从通常位置的 Debian 档案来获得，系列媒介链接在 <ulink url=\"http://get." -"debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Installing Debian Edu" -msgstr "安装 Debian Edu" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " -"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " -"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " -"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose " -"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " -"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " -"a lightweight desktop environment." -msgstr "" -"在你安装 Debian Edu 时，你有一些要选择的选项。不要畏惧；那不多。我们很好地做" -"到隐藏安装期间及以外 Debian 的复杂性。无论如何，Debian Edu 就是 Debian，而你" -"如果需要这里有超过 57,000 个软件包来选择和亿万配置选项。对于我们的大多数用" -"户，我们的缺省配置将是高质量的。请注意：如果有意用LTSP的话，请选择一个轻型桌" -"面环境。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Main server installation scenarios" -msgstr "主要服务器安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " -"providing DHCP:" -msgstr "通过提供 DHCP 的路由器访问互联网的典型学校或家庭网络：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " -"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." -msgstr "" -"可以安装一台主服务器，但重新启动后将不能访问互联网（由于主网络接口 IP " -"10.0.2.2/8）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" -"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " -"configure an existing one as needed." -msgstr "" -"如果不能根据需要配置现有的网关就参阅<link linkend=\"Requirements--" -"Internet_router\">互联网路由器</link>章节如何设置网关的细节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"像在<link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">架构</link>一章里展示的那样连接全" -"部组件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time " -"in the correct environment." -msgstr "主服务器在正确环境下第一次启动就会有互联网连接。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " -"proxy use required." -msgstr "典型的学校或机构网络，类似于上述，但需要使用代理。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " -"details how this is done." -msgstr "添加‘debian-edu-expert’到内核命令行；参阅后续细节来做。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " -"included." -msgstr "必须回答一些附加问题，包括讲到的代理服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " -"server) and Internet access:" -msgstr "" -"网络由 IP 为 10.0.0.1/8 的路由器/网关（那不提供 DHCP 服务器）而访问互联网：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " -"choose manual network configuration." -msgstr "一旦自动网络配置失败（由于未发现 DHCP），就选择手工网络配置。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" -msgstr "输入 10.0.2.2/8 作为主机 IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" -msgstr "输入 10.0.0.1 作为网关 IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" -msgstr "如果不知道更合适的就输入 8.8.8.8 作为域名服务器 IP" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." -msgstr "主服务器将在第一次启动之后正常工作。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" -msgstr "离线（无网络连接）：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use the BD ISO image." -msgstr "使用蓝光光盘 ISO 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." -msgstr "核实所有（真实/虚拟）网线插头被拔出。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " -"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." -msgstr "选择‘现在不进行网络设置’（在 DHCP 配置网络失败并按下‘继续’之后）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with " -"Internet access." -msgstr "在互联网联通的正确环境下第一次启动就更新系统。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Desktop environments" -msgstr "桌面环境" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" -msgstr "有几种桌面环境可用：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " -"support (106 languages)." -msgstr "Xfce 的负载比 LXDE 略大但有非常好的语言支持（106 种语言）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " -"both older computers and for LTSP clients." -msgstr "" -"KDE 和 GNOME 都有很好的语言支持，但对于比较陈旧的计算机和 LTSP 客户机都是重" -"负。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." -msgstr "Cinnamon 是 GNOME 的一个轻量级替代。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " -"for several countries." -msgstr "MATE 比上面三个轻巧，但对一些地区缺少良好的语言支持。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." -msgstr "LXDE 有着最小的负载而支持 35 种语言。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " -"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." -msgstr "" -"LXQt 是一款具有更新颖外观和体验（就像 KDE 一样基于 Qt）的轻量级桌面环境（语言" -"支持类似于 LXDE）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " -"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 作为一个国际项目而选择使用了 Xfce 作为默认桌面环境；参阅下面如何来" -"设置一个不同的桌面环境。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modular installation" -msgstr "模块化安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " -"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " -"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " -"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " -"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " -"and could be used to speed up test installations." -msgstr "" -"安装配置文件为<emphasis>工作站（Workstation）</emphasis>的系统时，会安装许多" -"与教育相关的程序。要仅安装基本配置文件，请在开始安装之前删除" -"<emphasis>desktop=XXXX</emphasis>kernel命令行参数；有关如何执行此操作的详细信" -"息，请参阅下文。这允许安装一个特定于站点的系统，并可以用来加速测试安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " -"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages." -"debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> " -"because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e." -"g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school level related " -"meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the " -"use case." -msgstr "" -"请注意：如果想要在其后安装桌面环境，不要使用会引入全部教育相关程序有如 " -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#" -"\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> 的 Debian Edu 元软件包；例如可以改为安装 " -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-" -"mate-desktop</ulink>。一个或更多新的相关学级的元软件包 <emphasis>education-" -"preschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>，" -"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-" -"highschool</emphasis> 将会配合使用情况而安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" -"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"有关 Debian Edu 综合软件包的详细情况，请看 <ulink url=\"https://blends." -"debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu 软件包概览</ulink>页。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation types and options" -msgstr "安装类型和选项" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>在 64 位硬件上的安装程序引导菜单</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" -msgstr "64 位安装程序引导菜单" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " -"installer where you can use the mouse." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> 使用图形界面安装程序而" -"你可以使用鼠标。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." -msgstr "使用文本模式<emphasis role=\"strong\">安装</emphasis>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " -"with more detailed options to choose." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">进阶选项></emphasis> 给予更多详细选项来选择的子" -"菜单。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " -"installer; see screenshot below." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> 给予所使用的安装程序的一些提示；参" -"看以下的屏幕快照。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" -msgstr "64 位安装程序高级选项屏幕快照 1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> 返回到主菜单。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " -"to all available questions, mouse usable." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> 在图形模式中给" -"予访问所有的问题，适用鼠标。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> 让这个安装介质成为" -"紧急任务的救援盘。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> 需要preseed" -"文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " -"available questions in text mode." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> 给予访问在文本模式中所有" -"的问题。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " -"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> 文本模式；让这个安装介质成为" -"紧急任务的救援盘。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " -"preseed file." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> 文本模式；需要预置文" -"件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " -"exceptional cases." -msgstr "" -"不使用 <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> 或者 " -"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>，在特殊情况下改用 " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> 作为附加的内核参数。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Installer help screen" -msgstr "安装程序帮助界面的屏幕快照" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " -"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." -msgstr "" -"帮助屏幕是自己说明并能用键盘上的 <F>-键获得更多题目解释中的细节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS " -"mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the " -"command line for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"在这两种情况中，在引导菜单中按 TAB 键（BIOS 模式）或 E 键（UEFI " -"模式）可以编辑引导选项；屏幕截图展示了 <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical " -"install</emphasis> 的命令行。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Edit command line options" -msgstr "编辑命令行选项" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " -"installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> as " -"an additional boot parameter." -msgstr "" -"可以使用网络上存在的 HTTP 代理服务来加快从 CD 安装预配置的主服务器。添加如 " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> 作为" -"附加的引导参数。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further " -"installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the " -"proxy of the main server." -msgstr "" -"如果在一台机器上已经安装了主服务器的设置，后续的安装应通过 PXE 完成，因为这将" -"自动使用主服务器代理。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " -"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " -"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" -"computeroutput> parameter." -msgstr "" -"要安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> 桌面环境来替换默认的 " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> 桌面环境，在 " -"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> 中用 <computeroutput>gnome</" -"computeroutput> 替换 <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> 参数。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " -"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " -"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " -"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " -"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " -"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"而改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " -"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "The installation process" -msgstr "安装过程" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " -"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " -"up an LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"如果计划设置一个 LTSP 服务器的话，请记住<link linkend=\"Requirements\">系统要" -"求</link>确保有至少有两块网卡（NIC）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." -msgstr "选择一种语言（对于本安装及安装后的系统）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." -msgstr "选择一个区域那通常是你生活的地方。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." -msgstr "选择键盘布局（缺省的地区通常很好）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" -msgstr "从以下列表中选择各设定：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" -"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " -"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " -"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " -"addition to this one." -msgstr "" -"这是为学校提供所有服务的预配置“开箱即可工作”的主服务器（tjener）。每一个学校" -"只可安装一台主服务器！这个预配置不包括图形用户界面。如果需要图形用户界面，此" -"时在这里选择工作站或 LTSP 服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">工作站</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " -"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " -"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " -"are stored." -msgstr "" -"一台计算机从它的本地硬盘驱动器引导，并且如一台普通的计算机本地驱动运行全部软" -"件，只是由主服务器认证用户登录，那里储存着用户的文件和桌面profile。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">漫游工作站</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " -"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " -"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " -"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " -"suggested in earlier releases." -msgstr "" -"同于工作站但能够使用贮藏资格认证，意味这可以在学校外的网络中使用。用户的文件" -"和profile保存在本地硬盘上。对于单一的用户notebook和laptop在较早的发布版中建议" -"不选择“工作站”或“独立安装”。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " -"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " -"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " -"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on this " -"subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if " -"it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, " -"too." -msgstr "" -"瘦客户机（和无盘工作站）服务器，也称为 LTSP 服务器。客户端没有硬盘驱动器而是" -"从服务器引导和运行软件。这台计算机需要两个网卡，大量的内存，适合更多的处理器" -"或多核心。这个主题更多的信息参阅关于<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户" -"端</link>的章节。选择这个配置也启用了工作站配置（甚至并没有选择） - LTSP 服务" -"器也总是可以作为工作站使用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">独立安装</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " -"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." -msgstr "" -"普通的计算机可以不以主服务器运转（那是，它不需要在网络中）。包括笔记本。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">最小安装</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " -"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " -"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " -"out from the main-server." -msgstr "" -"这一设定安装基本软件包并配置该机器融入 Debian Edu 网络，但没有任何服务和应" -"用。其用作从主服务器手工移出单个服务的平台。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " -"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " -"needs to be installed." -msgstr "如果普通用户能够使用类似的系统，则需要使用GOsa²（类似于工作站）添加它" -"，并且需要安装libpam-krb5软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" -"emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one " -"machine together if you want to install a so called <emphasis>combined main " -"server</emphasis>. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and " -"also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume " -"most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards " -"installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main " -"server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation." -msgstr "" -"预先选择<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>、<emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">工作站</emphasis>和<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</" -"emphasis>配置文件。如果想要安装一台所谓的<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>上" -"的话，那么把这些配置文件可以一起安装在一台机器上。这意味着这台主服务器会是 " -"LTSP 服务器，并且也用作工作站。这是默认选择，因为我们设想大多数人以后会想要" -"它。请注意，必须将两块网卡安装在以后作为组合主服务器或者作为 LTSP 服务器使用" -"的机器上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying \"yes" -"\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other hand " -"will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " -"partitions are created and are big enough." -msgstr "" -"对自动分区说“是”或者“不”。要意识到说“是”将摧毁硬盘驱动器上的全部数据！而" -"说“不”会依赖更多工作 - 你要保证需要的分区已经建立并且足够大。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://popcon." -"debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be " -"kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way " -"for you to help." -msgstr "" -"请对提交信息到 <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> 说“是”来允许我们知" -"道那些软件包的流行度并将其保持到将来的发布中。尽管不必这样做，这却是你所做帮" -"助的简单方法。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " -"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " -"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" -msgstr "" -"等待。如果所选配置包含 LTSP 服务器而后安装程序在最后会花相当的时间，“完成安" -"装 - 运行 debian-edu-profile-udeb...”" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " -"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " -"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " -"network." -msgstr "" -"给出 root 密码之后，你会被询问创建“非管理任务”的常规用户帐号。这是 Debian " -"Edu 非常重要的帐号：你要使用这个帐号管理 Skolelinux 网络。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " -"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible (even " -"though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be " -"accepted by the installer)." -msgstr "" -"用户的密码<emphasis role=\"strong\">必须</emphasis>具有<emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">至少 5 个字符</emphasis>的长度并且和<emphasis role=\"strong\">用户" -"名</emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">必须不相似</emphasis> -- 否则登录不会" -"被认可（尽管安装程序会接受较短的密码还有和用户名相似的密码）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " -"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " -"image for diskless workstations." -msgstr "" -"若是<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>重启系统后还需等待。这将花费相当长的时间" -"生成无盘工作站的 SquashFS 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " -"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"若是独立的 LTSP 服务器，无盘工作站和/或瘦客户端的设置需要一些手工的步骤。相关" -"细节，参见<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户端 HowTo</link> 章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Notes on some characteristics" -msgstr "一些典型的注意事项" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on notebooks" -msgstr "一个在笔记本上的注意事项" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " -"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " -"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " -"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " -"to the network and logged in with the new password)." -msgstr "" -"最合适你要使用的“漫游工作站”prolile（参看上面）。要知道所有数据保存在本地（那" -"在备份上要用一些额外的任务）并储存登录证书（那么密码变更之后，如果你没有连接" -"你的笔记本到网络并以新密码登录过可能依赖你的旧密码登录）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" -msgstr "USB 闪存盘 / 蓝光光盘映像安装的一个注意点" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " -"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " -"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " -"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " -"can be installed:" -msgstr "" -"在从 USB 闪存盘 / 蓝光光盘映像安装之后，<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput> 只会包含来自那个映像的源。如果有互联网连接，我们强烈建" -"议在其中添加如下数行而可获得安装安全更新：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" -msgstr "" -"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye main \n" -"deb http://security.debian.org bullseye-security main" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note on CD installs" -msgstr "CD 安装的一个说明" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " -"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " -"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " -"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " -"environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-" -"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " -"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." -msgstr "" -"网络安装（那是我们的 CD 所提供的安装类型）会从 CD 中取出一些软件包而其余的从" -"网上取得。从网上取得的软件包数量从profile到profile而变化但维持在低于" -"gigabyte（除非你选择安装所有可用的桌面）。一旦你安装了主服务器（无论单纯的主" -"服务器或组合服务器不成问题），其后的安装会使用它自己的代理来避免从网上多次下" -"载相同的软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" -msgstr "安装使用 USB 闪存驱动器来取代 CD / 蓝光光盘" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" -"computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") and " -"boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file " -"and device name to your needs:" -msgstr "" -"能够直接拷贝一个 CD/BD<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> 映像到 USB 闪存驱" -"动器（也叫作“U 盘”）并从其引导。简单地执行像这样的一个命令，只是改写自己需要" -"的文件和设备名称：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " -"device has been inserted:" -msgstr "在插入 USB 设备后而运行该命令之前，要确定这个 X 的值：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" -msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." -msgstr "请注意拷贝将会用相当长的时间。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " -"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." -msgstr "取决于你选择了哪个镜像，USB 闪存驱动器会表现得就像 CD 或者蓝光光盘。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" -msgstr "通过 PXE 在网络上安装和引导" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " -"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " -"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " -"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " -"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " -"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </" -"computeroutput> on the server." -msgstr "" -"对于这个安装方法，需要你运行主服务器。当客户端通过主网引导时，显示一个有安装" -"程序和引导选项的新 iPXE 菜单。如果 PXE 安装失败，错误信息声明 XXX.bin 文件丢" -"失，那么最可能的是，客户端网卡需要非自由固件。在这种情况下，Debian 安装程序" -"的 initrd 必需被修改。这可以在服务器上执行命令： <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> 来完成。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" -"Server</emphasis> profile only:" -msgstr "" -"这是只有<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis> 配置文件的 iPXE 菜单的" -"样子：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "width=400" -msgstr "width=400" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " -"Server</emphasis> profile:" -msgstr "" -"这是使用 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>配置的 iPXE 菜单外" -"观：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " -"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " -"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"这个设置也允许无盘工作站和瘦客户端在主网络上引导。不像工作站和独立的 LTSP 服" -"务器，无盘工作站不必添加到具有 GOsa² 的LDAP中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"更多关于网络客户端的信息可以在 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network " -"clients HowTo</link> 章中被找到。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modifying PXE installations" -msgstr "修改 PXE 安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " -"modified to ask for more packages to install." -msgstr "" -"PXE 安装使用 debian 安装程序 preseed 文件，那可以被修改来询问安装更多的软件" -"包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"类似随后的一行需要添加到 <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" -"edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" -msgstr "d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " -"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " -"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " -"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" -"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> to update the generated files." -msgstr "" -"PXE 安装使用 <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" -"computeroutput>和在 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install." -"dat</computeroutput> 中的预置文件。这些文件可以更改，在安装过程中调整使用的预" -"置，来避免在通过网络安装时更多的问题。另一个实现的方法是在 <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>/etc/" -"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> 中提供附加的设" -"置，并运行 <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " -"来更新已生成的文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"进一步的信息可以在 <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">Debian 安装手册</ulink>里找到。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " -"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " -"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " -"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" -"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " -"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " -"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" -"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." -msgstr "" -"要禁止或变更通过 PXE 安装时代理的使用，在 <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> 中包含 " -"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>mirror/" -"ftp/proxy</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" -"computeroutput> 的数行需要被改变。要禁止安装时代理的使用，在最初两行的前面放" -"置 '#'，并从其末尾移除 \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" -"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" 部分。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " -"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " -"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " -"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" -"computeroutput> on the main server." -msgstr "" -"一些设置不能预置，因为预置文件被下载之前就已需要这些设置了。这些在来自 " -"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>的基于 " -"PXElinux 的引导参数中配置。语言，键盘布局和桌面是上述设置的实例。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Custom images" -msgstr "定制镜像" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " -"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" -"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." -msgstr "" -"创建定制的 CD，DVD 或蓝光光盘会因为使用了 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian 安装程序</ulink>而相当容易，它有模块化设计及其" -"它很好的特性。<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">" -"预置</ulink> 对通常提出的问题允许确定答案。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " -"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/DVD</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"因此所有需要做的是用你的答案（这个在 Debian 安装程序手册的附录里叙述）和 " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">重新录制 CD/" -"DVD</ulink> 来创建预置文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Screenshot tour" -msgstr "屏幕快照观览" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " -"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " -"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " -"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " -"it." -msgstr "" -"文本方式和图形安装有相同的功能 - 仅是外观不同。图形方式提供使用鼠标的机会，自" -"然看着最宜人并且更新颖。除非用图形方式硬件有困难，那没有理由不使用它。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " -"Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of " -"the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " -"session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " -"clicked)." -msgstr "" -"这里是通过一个图形化的 64 位主服务器 + 工作站 + LTSP 服务器安装的截屏过程，以" -"及在主服务器第一次引导时所看到的样子，和 LTSP 客户端网络上引导的 PXE（瘦客户" -"端会话屏幕——在右侧的会话被点击后的登录屏幕）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -msgstr "01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "02-select_a_language.png" -msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "03-select_your_location.png" -msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -msgstr "08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -msgstr "10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -msgstr "11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -msgstr "12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -msgstr "13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -msgstr "14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -msgstr "21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" -msgstr "tjener Lightdm 登录" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce and Browser" -msgstr "Xfce 和浏览器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Xfce Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce 桌面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" -msgstr "瘦客户端欢迎页面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Thin-Client-Login" -msgstr "瘦客户端登录" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "开始" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Minimum steps to get started" -msgstr "开始的最少步骤" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " -"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " -"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " -"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " -"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" -"computeroutput> to become root." -msgstr "" -"在主服务器安装时创建了第一个使用者帐户。该帐户在下文将被称为“第一用户”。这个" -"帐户是特殊的，因为其主目录权限设置为 700（因此需要 <computeroutput>chmod o+x " -"~</computeroutput> 以使个人网页可访问），而且第一用户可以使用 " -"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> 成为 root。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " -"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." -msgstr "" -"请在添加用户前参阅有关 Debian Edu 具体的<link linkend=\"Architecture--" -"File_system_access_configuration\">文件系统访问配置</link>信息；如有需要请调" -"整站点策略。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" -msgstr "安装之后，作为首用户的你需要做的第一件事是：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Log into the server." -msgstr "登录到主服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users with GOsa²." -msgstr "用 GOsa² 添加用户。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." -msgstr "使用 GOsa² 添加工作站。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " -"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " -"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." -msgstr "" -"在下面详细讲述添加用户和工作站，请完整阅读这章。包括如何正确进行这些最少步骤" -"以及，每个人大概会需要做的其他材料。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " -"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should be " -"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " -"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link linkend=" -"\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." -msgstr "" -"在本手册的其他部分可以获得更多的信息：熟悉先前发布版的人应该阅读 <link " -"linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye 中的新特性</link>这一章。而为了从先前的发布版升" -"级，一定要阅读<link linkend=\"Upgrades\">升级</link>这一章。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " -"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " -"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/named.conf." -"options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." -msgstr "" -"如果普通的 DNS 流量阻塞你的外部网络而你需要使用某个特定的 DNS 服务器来查找互" -"联网主机，你需要告知这个 DNS 服务器作为它的“转发器”来使用这一服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " -"and some frequently asked questions." -msgstr "" -"这里的 <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> 一章涵盖了更多的提示和技巧以及一" -"些经常被问及的问题。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " -"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." -msgstr "" -"可以通过一个 web 管理界面管理运行在主要服务器上的几个服务。我们会在下面叙述每" -"一个。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" -msgstr "GOsa² 简介" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " -"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " -"delete) these main groups:" -msgstr "" -"GOsa² 是一个可以帮助管理你的 Debian Edu 设置的一些重要部分的基于 web 的管理工" -"具。使用 GOsa² 你可以管理（添加，修改，或者删除）这些主要的组：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group Administration" -msgstr "组管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" -msgstr "NIS 网络组管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Machine Administration" -msgstr "计算机管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DNS Administration" -msgstr "DNS 管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "DHCP Administration" -msgstr "DHCP 管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " -"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " -"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " -"Workstation profiles)." -msgstr "" -"为了访问 GOsa² 需要 Skolelinux 主服务器和安装了 web 浏览器的（客户端）系统，" -"如果是作为所谓的组合服务器（主服务器 + LTSP 服务器 + 工作站配置）来安装的话，" -"可以是主服务器自身。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " -"don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal " -"desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) " -"shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first " -"user):" -msgstr "" -"如果（大概意外地）安装了一个纯主服务器 profile 而没有一个便于使用的 web 浏览" -"器的客户端，作为这一主服务器安装时创建的用户（第一个用户）在（非图形）shell " -"中使用这个命令序列在该主服务器上安装一个最小桌面是容易的：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo apt update\n" -" $ sudo apt install task-desktop-xfce lightdm education-menus\n" -" ### after installation, run 'sudo service lightdm start'\n" -" ### login as first user" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " -"access, and log in as the first user." -msgstr "" -"从一个 web 浏览器中使用这个 URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> 来访问 " -"GOsa²，并作为首用户登录。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " -"will be known by the browser." -msgstr "" -"如果是在使用一台新的 Debian Edu Bullseye 机器，该站点证书会被浏览器识别。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " -"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " -"accept it and ignore that." -msgstr "" -"否则，你将收到有关 SSL 证书有误的错误消息。如果你知道是独自在你的网络上，就告" -"诉浏览器接受它并忽略那个。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" -msgstr "GOsa² 登录和概览" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" -msgstr "作为首用户登录 GOsa² 后的概览页面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." -msgstr "在 GOsa² 登录之后你会看到 GOsa² 的概览页面。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " -"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " -"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " -"pages offered by GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"接下来，你可以在菜单里选择一个任务或者在综览页面中点击任何任务图标。为了导" -"航，我们建议使用屏幕左侧的菜单，它将保持显示在所有 GOsa² 所提供的管理页面中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " -"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " -"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " -"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " -"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " -"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." -msgstr "" -"在 Debian Edu 中，账户，组，和系统信息保存在一个 LDAP 目录里。这个数据不仅用" -"于主服务器，而且也用于网络中的（无盘）工作站，LTSP 服务器和其他机器。用 " -"LDAP，有关学生，教师，等等的账户信息仅需要输入一次。之后由 LDAP 提供信息，在" -"整个 Skolelinux 网络中的所有系统可用该信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " -"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " -"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " -"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" -"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " -"the Debian Edu main server." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² 是一种使用 LDAP 来存储其信息并提供分层的部门结构的管理工具。你可以为每" -"个“部门”添加使用者账户，组，系统，网络组，等等。取决于你所设计的结构，你可以" -"用 GOsa²/LDAP 中的部门结构迁移你的组织结构进入 Debian Edu 主服务器的 LDAP 数" -"据树中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " -"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " -"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " -"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " -"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " -"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " -"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " -"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups" -"\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of this manual.)" -msgstr "" -"默认的 Debian Edu 主服务器的安装目前提供两个“部门”：教师的和学生的，加上 " -"LDAP 树的基本层。学生账户会加入“Students”部门，教师加入“Teachers”部门；系统" -"（服务器，Skolelinux 工作站，Windows 机器，打印机等）目前加入到基本层。寻找自" -"己定制这一结构的方案。（在本手册的 <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" -"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/高级管理</link>一章中，可以找到如何在具有" -"共同主目录的年级组中创建用户的示例。）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " -"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " -"selected department (or the base level)." -msgstr "" -"根据你要处理的任务（管理用户，管理组，管理系统等），GOsa² 会在所选部门（或基" -"础层）上呈现不同的视图。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "使用 GOsa² 管理用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " -"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " -"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " -"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" -"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " -"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " -"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." -msgstr "" -"首先，点击左边导航菜单中的“Users”。屏幕右侧会转为显示一个" -"有“Students”和“Teachers”的部门文件夹以及 GOsa² 管理员（第一个被创建的用户）账" -"户的列表。这个表的上方可以看到一个名为 <emphasis>Base</emphasis> 的字段而允许" -"通过树状结构导航（鼠标移动到该区域上就会呈现一个下拉菜单）并为需要的操作（例" -"如添加一个新用户）选择一个基本文件夹。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding users" -msgstr "添加用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " -"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " -"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." -msgstr "" -"接下来你可以在树状导航项目中看到“操作”菜单。在这一项上面移动你的鼠标一个子菜" -"单呈现在屏幕上；选择其中的“创建”，而后是“用户”。你将由用户创建向导来指导。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " -"and the full name of your user (see image)." -msgstr "最重要的是添加模板（新学生或新教师）和你的用户的全名（见图）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " -"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " -"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " -"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " -"contains non-ASCII characters." -msgstr "" -"当你跟随向导时，你将看到 GOsa² 根据真实姓名自动生成用户名。它自动选择一个尚不" -"存在的用户名，那么有相同全名的多类用户不是问题。注意如果全名中包含非 ASCII 字" -"节 GOsa² 可能生成无效的用户名。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " -"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " -"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " -"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " -"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" -msgstr "" -"如果你不喜欢生成的用户名，你可以在下拉框中选择其他用户名，但你在向导中没有自" -"由选择。（如果你想要能够编辑提议的用户名，用一个编辑器打开 <computeroutput>/" -"etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> 并添加 " -"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput>作为附" -"加选项到 \"location definition\"。）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " -"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." -msgstr "" -"在向导完成后，你将看到新用户对象的 GOsa² 屏幕。使用上端的标签检查全部字段。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " -"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"创建用户后（无需自定义字段，向导现在已经为空），点击右下角的“确定”按钮。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " -"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." -msgstr "" -"作为最后一步，GOsa² 会询问新用户的密码。键入两次之后点击右下角的“设置密码”。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." -msgstr "某些字符可能不被允许作为密码的一部分。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " -"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " -"within your network." -msgstr "" -"如果一切顺利，你现在可以在用户列表中看到新用户。你现在能以那个新用户名登录你" -"的网络中的任何 Skolelinux 机器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search, modify and delete users" -msgstr "搜索，修改和删除用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Filterbox" -msgstr "过滤器栏" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " -"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " -"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " -"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " -"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." -msgstr "" -"要修改或删除用户，使用 GOsa² 浏览在你的系统中的用户列表。在屏幕中部你能够打" -"开“过滤”框，一个由 GOsa² 提供的搜索工具。如果你不知道你的用户账户在树状结构中" -"的确切位置，转变 GOsa²/LDAP 树的基本层并以“在子树中搜索”选项标记搜索。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " -"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " -"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " -"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." -msgstr "" -"当使用“Filter”框时，结果将立即出现在表格列表视图中的文本中间。每一行代表一个" -"用户账户而在每行右边最远的项目是供操作的小图标：编辑用户，锁定账户，设置密" -"码，和删除用户。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " -"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " -"belongs to." -msgstr "" -"将会显示一个新页面，你可以在哪里直接修改有关用户的信息，更改用户的密码和修改" -"用户所属的组列表。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Editing user data" -msgstr "编辑用户数据" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Set passwords" -msgstr "设置密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " -"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " -"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " -"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " -"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." -msgstr "" -"学生可以使用自己的用户名登录 GOsa² 来更改自己的密码。在桌面系统（或系统设置）" -"菜单提供的易于访问的 GOsa² 入口，称为 Gosa。一个已登录的学生会被显示在一个很" -"小版本的 GOsa² 中，仅允许访问这个学生自己的账户数据表单以及设置密码对话框。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " -"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " -"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." -msgstr "" -"以自己的用户名登录的教师在 GOsa² 中有特殊的权限。显示更多的 GOsa² 特权视图，" -"并可以更改所有学生账户的密码。这应该非常适合年级期间。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" -msgstr "以管理方式为用户设置新密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" -msgstr "搜索要修改的用户，如上所述" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" -msgstr "点击用户名所在行尾的钥匙符号" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " -"yourself" -msgstr "在随后提供的页面上，你可以设置自己选择的新密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Set user password" -msgstr "设置用户密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " -"guess passwords!</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">谨防蕴含易于猜测密码的安全！</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Advanced user management" -msgstr "提高的用户管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " -"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " -"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " -"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " -"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " -"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " -"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " -"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" -"computeroutput> on the command line)." -msgstr "" -"可以通过使用 CSV 文件用 GOsa² 大量创建用户，可以使用任何好的电子表格软件（例" -"如， <computeroutput> localc </computeroutput> ）。至少，为随后的字段输入提" -"供：uid，姓，名字和密码。确定在 uid 字段中没有重复的记录。请注意应该检查重复" -"的 LDAP 中已经存在的 uid 记录（由在命令行中执行 <computeroutput>getent " -"passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> 而得到）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " -"intolerant about them):" -msgstr "上述 CSV 文件格式指标（GOsa² 对之相当不容）：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" -msgstr "使用“，”作为字段分隔符" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Do not use quotes" -msgstr "不要使用引号" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " -"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" -msgstr "" -"CSV 文件<emphasis role=\"strong\">不必</emphasis>包含一个标题行（通常包含分类" -"的列名）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " -"the mass import" -msgstr "这些字段的顺序是不相关的，可以在 GOsa² 批量导入期间被定义" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "The mass import steps are:" -msgstr "批量导入的步骤是：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" -msgstr "点击左侧导航菜单中的“LDAP 管理器”链接" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" -msgstr "点击屏幕右侧的“导入”标签" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " -"imported" -msgstr "浏览本地磁盘，并选择要导入的有用户列表的 CSV 文件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " -"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" -msgstr "选择在批量导入期间应用的可用用户模板（如NewTeacher或NewStudent）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" -msgstr "点击右下角的“导入”按钮" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " -"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." -msgstr "" -"首先做一些测试是一个好主意，最好使用带有几个虚构用户的 CSV 文件，稍后可以删" -"除。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot " -"of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " -"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." -msgstr "" -"同样地应用密码管理模块，其允许使用 CSV 文件重置大量密码或者为属于特殊 LDAP 子" -"树的用户重新生成新密码。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Reset passwords" -msgstr "重设密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "用 GOsa² 管理用户组" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "create group" -msgstr "创建组" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." -msgstr "组管理与用户管理非常相似。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " -"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." -msgstr "" -"你可以输入每个组的名称和描述。确定在创建新组时选择 LADP 树中右侧水平位置。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " -"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " -"LDAP tree level, too." -msgstr "" -"添加用户到新创建的组会带你返回用户列表，你最有可能使用过滤器框来查找用户。也" -"会检查 LDAP 树层。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " -"you can use them for file permissions too." -msgstr "组管理中输入的组也是常规的 unix 组，因此也可以将它们用于文件权限。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" -msgstr "用 GOsa² 管理机器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " -"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " -"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " -"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " -"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"机器管理基本上允许你管理 Debian Edu 网络中的所有联网设备。使用 GOsa² 添加到 " -"LDAP 目录的每台机器有一个主机名，一个 IP 地址，一个 MAC 地址和一个域名（通常" -"是“内部”）。完整的 Debian Edu 结构的描述参阅本手册的<link linkend=" -"\"Architecture\">结构</link>一章。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " -"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"无盘工作站和瘦客户端在<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>实例中开箱即可工作。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis role=" -"\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a " -"machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</emphasis>) " -"and a related keytab file (containing a key used as <emphasis>password</" -"emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the " -"workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added " -"system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " -"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" -msgstr "" -"要为<emphasis>已配置了 GOsa2</emphasis>的系统创建主体和密钥表文件，请以 root " -"用户登录主服务器并运行" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " -"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " -"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link linkend=" -"\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">请注意：</emphasis> 主机密钥表可以用于类型 " -"<emphasis> 工作站</emphasis>、<emphasis>服务器</emphasis>和<emphasis>终端</" -"emphasis>的系统，但类型为 <emphasis> netdevices</emphasis>的系统系统无法创建" -"主机密钥表。有关 NFS 配置选项，请参阅 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> 网络" -"客户端 HowTo</link> 章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP " -"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " -"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " -"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " -"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " -"dynamically." -msgstr "" -"要添加机器，请使用 GOsa² 主菜单，系统，添加。你可以从预配置地址空间 " -"10.0.0.0/8 中使用一个 IP 地址/主机名。目前只有两个预定义固定地址：10.0.2.2 " -"(tjener) 和 10.0.0.1（网关）。从 10.0.16.20 到 10.0.31.254（粗略的 " -"10.0.16.0/20 即 4000 主机）地址为 DHCP 和动态分配保留。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " -"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " -"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" -"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " -"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " -"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " -"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " -"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " -"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " -"icon." -msgstr "" -"要在 GOsa² 中分配具有 MAC 地址为 52:54:00:12:34:10 的一个静态 IP 地址你需要输" -"入这个 MAC 地址，主机名和其 IP；抑或可以点击<computeroutput>建议 ip</" -"computeroutput> 按钮将在 10.0.0.0/8 中显示第一个自由的固定地址，如果以这种方" -"式添加第一台机器，最有可能的是 10.0.0.2。应最好考虑有关你的网络：例如你将为服" -"务器而使用 x>10 和 x<50 的 10.0.0.x，而对于工作站 x>100。不要忽略激" -"活已正确添加的系统。除主服务器之外所有系统将在那时有一个相关的图标。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " -"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " -"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " -"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " -"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " -"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " -"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " -"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " -"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " -"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " -"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" -msgstr "" -"如果机器已经作为瘦客户机/无盘工作站启动或者已经安装使用任何的联网设定，" -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> 脚本可以用于自动向 " -"GOsa² 添加机器。对于简单的机器如是就会工作，对于具有多个 mac 地址的机器必须选" -"择实际使用的一个地址，<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" -"computeroutput> 显示使用信息。请注意，应用 " -"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> 后显示的 IP 地址属于动" -"态 IP 范围。而后可以修改这些系统来适合于自己的网络：重命名每个新系统，激活 " -"DHCP 和 DNS，将其添加到网络组（对于推荐的网络组参见下面的屏幕快照），然后重新" -"启动系统。以下的屏幕快照显示了在实际中的所见：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -" \n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -" \n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff\n" -"info: Create GOsa machine for am-2211334455ff.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-22:11:33:44:55:ff.\n" -"\n" -"Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.\n" -"\n" -"Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"enter password: ********\n" -"root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "GOsa² systems listing" -msgstr "GOsa² 系统列表" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Host details" -msgstr "主机细目" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Modify host" -msgstr "修改主机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "Add netgroup" -msgstr "添加网络组" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." -msgstr "" -"cronjob 更新 DNS 每小时运行一次; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" -"computeroutput> 可用以手动触发更新。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Search and delete machines" -msgstr "搜索和删除机器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " -"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." -msgstr "搜索和删除机器与搜索和删除用户非常相似，因此这里不再重复信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" -msgstr "修改现有机器/网络组管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " -"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " -"(as you would with users)." -msgstr "" -"使用 GOsa² 添加一台机器到 LDAP 树中之后，你可以修改其属性使用搜索功能并在计算" -"机名称上点击 （与用户那样）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " -"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " -"context." -msgstr "" -"这些系统的条目格式类似于一个你已经从修改用户条目所知道的，但在上下文间字段意" -"味不同的事情。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " -"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " -"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " -"services that machine can use on your main-server." -msgstr "" -"例如，将机器添加到 <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> 不修改该机器或登" -"录到该机器的用户的文件访问或命令执行权限；而是限制机器可以在主服务器上使用的" -"服务。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "默认安装提供<computeroutput>网络组</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "all-hosts" -msgstr "所有主机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" -msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" -msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" -msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "netblock-hosts" -msgstr "netblock-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "printer-hosts" -msgstr "printer-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "server-hosts" -msgstr "server-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" -msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "workstation-hosts" -msgstr "workstation-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " -"used for:" -msgstr "当前<computeroutput> NetGroup </computeroutput>功能用于：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">重新调整分区大小</emphasis>（fsautoresize-hosts）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " -"that run out of space." -msgstr "这一组中的 Debian Edu 机器将自动调整运行空间不足的 LVM分 区大小。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">夜间关机</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts and " -"shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " -"save energy." -msgstr "这一组的 Debian Edu 机器将在夜晚自动关闭以节省能源。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" -"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">管理打印机</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts " -"and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " -"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." -msgstr "" -"这些组当中的 Debian Edu 机器将每天晚上自动刷新所有打印队列，并且每小时重新启" -"用任何禁用的打印队列。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" -"hosts)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">平常名称</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " -"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " -"be used during exams." -msgstr "" -"这组中的 Debian Edu 机器将只被允许连接到本地网络上的机器。结合 web 代理限制应" -"被用在考试期间。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Printer Management" -msgstr "打印机管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management interface " -"where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing " -"queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by " -"adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> " -"group." -msgstr "" -"对于集中式打印机管理，Web 浏览器指向 <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/" -">。这是正常的 CUPS 管理界面，您可以在其中添加/删除/修改打印机并清理打印队列。" -"默认情况下，只允许第一个用户，但可以通过将用户添加到 GOsa2 <computeroutput> " -"打印机管理员 </computeroutput> 组来更改此内容。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" -msgstr "使用连在工作站上的打印机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " -"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." -msgstr "" -"在设定为<emphasis>工作站</emphasis>的系统中默认安装了 <emphasis>p910nd</" -"emphasis> 软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " -"printer):" -msgstr "" -"如此编辑 <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> （USB 打印" -"机）：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" -msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "P910ND_START=1" -msgstr "P910ND_START=1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<" -"workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"配置打印机使用 web 界面 <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" -"computeroutput>；选择网络打印机类型 <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" -"computeroutput>（对于所有打印机不理会商标或型号）并设置 " -"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> 作为连" -"接 URI。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Network printers" -msgstr "网络打印机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " -"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " -"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " -"network printers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Clock synchronisation" -msgstr "时钟同步" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " -"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " -"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " -"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " -"is created when used." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 中的默认配置为保持所有机器上的时钟同步，但时钟未必准确。NTP 用于更" -"新时间。默认情况下，时钟将与外部源进行同步。如果在使用时创建，这会使机器保持" -"外网连接打开。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " -"default setting." -msgstr "如果您使用拨号或 ISDN ，且按分钟付费，您可能想要改变该默认设定。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " -"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " -"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " -"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" -"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " -"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"要禁用与外部时钟的同步，需要修改主服务器和所有客户端以及 LTSP chroot 上的 /" -"etc/ntp.conf 文件。在 <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> 记录前添加注释 " -"(\"#\") 标记。这之后，NTP 服务器需要以 root 运行 <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/" -"ntp restart</computeroutput> 来重启。如果机器使用外部时钟源要测试，运行 " -"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Extending full partitions" -msgstr "扩展占满的分区" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " -"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " -"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more information." -msgstr "" -"由于自动分区可能出现的错误，安装后某些分区可能太满了。要扩充这些分区，以 " -"root 身份运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>。参" -"看<link linkend=\"Administration--Resizing_Partitions\">如何管理章节</link>中" -"如何“重新分划分区大小”的更多信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Maintenance" -msgstr "维护" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Updating the software" -msgstr "更新软件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "本节介绍如何使用 <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " -"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " -"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " -"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " -"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." -msgstr "" -"使用 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 真的很容易。如果要更新系统，只需要" -"以 root 身份在命令行中执行两个命令：<computeroutput>apt update</" -"computeroutput>（更新可用软件包的列表）和 <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>（对可以升级的软件包进行升级）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " -"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " -"engines." -msgstr "" -"升级使用 C locale 来获得英语输出也是个好主意那若出现难题更可能在搜索引擎中产" -"生答案。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" -msgstr "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " -"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " -"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " -"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" -"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"升级 <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> 软件包之后， " -"Cfengine 配置文件可能有所变化。运行 <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/" -"debian-edu/</computeroutput> 来检查是否是这个情况。要应用该变化，运行 " -"<computeroutput>cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" -"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " -"the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." -msgstr "" -"在LTSP 服务器升级之后运行 <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> 来保" -"留无盘客户端同步中的 SquashFS 映像是重要的。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " -"update the PXE installation environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " -"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " -"send mail to an address you are reading." -msgstr "" -"安装 <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>apt-" -"listchanges</computeroutput> 并配置它们来发送邮件到你正在阅读的地址也是一个好" -"主意。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " -"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " -"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " -"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 每天通过电子邮件通知你有关可升级的" -"任何软件包。它不安装这些升级，但下载它们（通常在夜间），那么当执行 " -"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> 时不必等待下载。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " -"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " -"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"如果希望能够轻松完成更新的自动安装，只需要按照 <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> 上" -"所述安装和配置 <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> 软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " -"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " -"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> 可以通过电子邮件来发送新的变" -"更日志记录，抑或选择运行 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 时在终端中显示" -"它们。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" -msgstr "保留你自己的安全更新相关信息" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " -"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " -"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" -"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " -"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " -"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " -"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." -msgstr "" -"作为上文所述运行 <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 是获知已安装软件包" -"安全更新的一个好方法。另一个保留相关安全更新通知的方法是订阅 <ulink url=" -"\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian 安全通告邮件列表" -"</ulink>，那也有益于告诉你有关的安全更新。其缺点（对照 <computeroutput>cron-" -"apt</computeroutput>）是也包含未安装软件包的相关更新信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Backup Management" -msgstr "备份管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " -"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " -"site without using SSL it will fail." -msgstr "" -"为了备份管理指示浏览器到 <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>。请注意需" -"要通过 SSL 访问这个站点，因为要在那里输入 root 密码。如果尝试不用 SSL 来访问" -"该站点将会失败。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the " -"backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." -msgstr "" -"注意：如果暂时允许 ssh root 登录备份服务器（默认为主服务器‘tjener’）该站点只" -"会工作。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. " -"If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) " -"this setup should be fine for you." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下 tjener 将备份 <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" -"computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/" -"root/.svk</computeroutput> 和 LDAP 到 LVM 下的 /skole/backup。如果你仅想要有" -"事物的备用复本（以防万一你删除它们）这个设置会很适合你。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " -"drives." -msgstr "要意识到这一备份方案不能从失灵的硬盘保护你。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " -"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." -msgstr "" -"如果你想要备份你的数据到外部服务器，磁带设备或者另一个硬盘你将需要修改这个存" -"在的配置一点点。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " -"command-line:" -msgstr "如果您想恢复整个文件夹，最佳选择是使用如下命令行：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" -msgstr "" -"$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\\n" -" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n" -" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " -"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"这将在 <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" -"computeroutput> 文件夹中留下来自 <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" -"computeroutput> 对于 <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> 的内容" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " -"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." -msgstr "" -"如果您想恢复单个文件，您可以从网络界面上选择该文件（以及版本），并下载该文" -"件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " -"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" -msgstr "" -"如果要清除较旧的备份，在备份页面的菜单中选择“维护”并选择要保留的最早的快照：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> -msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" -msgstr "slbackup-php 维护" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Server Monitoring" -msgstr "服务器监视" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Munin" -msgstr "Munin" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " -"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " -"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." -msgstr "" -"从 <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/> 可得到 Munin 趋势报告系统。它提供基于" -"一天，星期，月和每年的系统监测曲线图，并且当系统管理员在查找瓶颈及系统问题根" -"源时给以帮助。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " -"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " -"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " -"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " -"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " -"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " -"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " -"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." -msgstr "" -"使用 Munin 监控的机器列表，是根据报告到 sitesummary 的主机列表自动生成的。" -"Munin 监控所有安装了 munin-node 软件包的主机。从安装机器直到 Munin 监控启动正" -"常地要一天，因为执行 cron 排序的工作。要加速这个过程，以 root 在 sitesummary " -"服务器（正常是主服务器）上运行 <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" -"computeroutput>。这将更新 <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" -"computeroutput> 文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " -"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " -"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"收集的一组测量数据是在使用 <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" -"computeroutput> 程序的每台机器上自动生成而那些探测器插件从 <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> 可以得到并符号链接相关的那些到 " -"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" -"monitoring.org/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Munin 的相关信息，可参见<ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Icinga" -msgstr "Inciga" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" -"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " -"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " -"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " -"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " -"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " -"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " -"workstation." -msgstr "" -"Icinga 系统和服务监控可从 <ulink url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/> 得到。这组自动" -"生成被监控机器和服务使用 sitesummary 系统汇集的信息。有主服务器和 LTSP 服务器" -"配置的机器受到完全的监控，同时工作站和瘦客户端受到简单的监控。要在工作站上启" -"用完全监控，在该工作站上安装 <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" -"computeroutput> 软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " -"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" -"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"在默认情况下 Icinga 不发送电子邮件。这可以在 <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> 中用 <computeroutput>host-" -"notify-by-email</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" -"computeroutput> 替换 <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> 来改" -"变。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" -"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " -"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." -msgstr "" -"Icinga 配置文件使用的是 <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</" -"computeroutput>。sitesummary cron job 生成有主机和服务监控列表的 " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " -"in the generated file." -msgstr "" -"额外的 Icinga 检查可以在 <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" -"generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> 文件中设置将其包含在生成的文件里。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga." -"com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> package." -msgstr "" -"有关 Icinga 的信息可以从 <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> 或者在 " -"<computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> 软件包中获得。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" -msgstr "一般的 Icinga 通知以及如何处理它们" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." -msgstr "以下是如何处理最常见的 Icinga 警告的说明。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" -msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " -"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " -"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " -"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " -"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " -"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " -"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" -"computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"该分区（示例中的 /usr/）太满。这一般有两个方法来处理：（1）移除一些文件或者" -"（2）增加该分区的大小。如果该分区是 /var/，那么通过调用 <computeroutput>apt " -"clean</computeroutput> 来清理 APT 缓存可以移除一些文件。如果在 LVM 卷组中有更" -"多空间可以获得，那么运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" -"computeroutput> 程序可以帮助扩展该分区。要在每天自动运行这个程序，可以将提及" -"的主机添加到 <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> 网络组。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." -msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " -"security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " -"as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." -msgstr "" -"新软件包可用于升级。重要的通常是安全修复。要升级，以 root 身份在终端或者通过 " -"ssh 登录，来运行 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade'。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " -"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " -"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." -msgstr "" -"如果不想手工升级软件包并且信任 Debian 对于新版本所做的优秀工作，可以配置 " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> 在每个夜晚自动升级所有新" -"软件包。这将不会升级 LTSP chroot。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" -msgstr "" -"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " -"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " -"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " -"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"运行中的内核比最新安装的内核旧，需要重启来激活最新安装的内核。这通常相当急" -"迫，作为新内核通常显示在 Debian Edu 修正的安全发布中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" -msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " -"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " -"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" -"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " -"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " -"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " -"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " -"host to one or both of these netgroups." -msgstr "" -"CUPS 中打印机队列有大量未处理任务。这最可能是因为打印机不可用。" -"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput> 网络组成员的主" -"机每小时启用已禁用的打印列队，所以对于这样的主机不需要手动操作。" -"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> 网络组成员的主机" -"每天夜间清空打印列队。如果一台主机在其列队中有大量任务，考虑添加该主机到这两" -"个网络组或其中之一。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sitesummary" -msgstr "Sitesummary" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " -"to the central server. The information collected is available in " -"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " -"generate reports." -msgstr "" -"Sitesummary 用于从每台计算机收集信息并将其提交给中央服务器。这一汇集的信息可" -"从 <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput> 中获得。" -"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> 中的脚本可以得到生成的" -"报告。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " -"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." -msgstr "" -"一个来自 sitesummary 的没有任何细节的简单报告可以从 <ulink url=\"https://www/" -"sitesummary/\"/> 获得。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" -msgstr "" -"一些关于 sitesummary 的文档可从 <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/> 获得" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" -msgstr "更多有关 Debian Edu 定制的信息" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " -"administrators can be found in the <link linkend=\"Administration" -"\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the <link linkend=" -"\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</link>" -msgstr "" -"更多有关 Debian Edu 定制的信息可以在<link linkend=\"Administration\">如何管理" -"章节</link>和<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高级管理如何做章节</" -"link>中找到" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades" -msgstr "升级" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " -"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong" -"\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent " -"permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"在阅读这一升级指南前，请注意真实升级你的生产服务器完全承担你自己的风险。" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux 完全无担保，由适用法律许可范" -"围。</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " -"Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" -"请在试图升级前完整阅读本手册的这一章和 <link linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye 的" -"新面貌</link> 一章。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "General notes on upgrading" -msgstr "升级的一般说明" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " -"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " -"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " -"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should " -"modify configuration files.)" -msgstr "" -"升级 Debian 从一个发行版到下一个通常相当容易。遗憾的是对于 Debian Edu 还不能" -"真正在方法上修改配置文件。（参阅 Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian." -"org/311188#\">311188</ulink> 的更多信息）。升级仍然是能够做到的但是可能依赖一" -"些工作。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -"and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." -msgstr "一般来说，服务器的升级比工作站更难，并且主服务器最难升级。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " -"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " -"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " -"and see if everything works as it should." -msgstr "" -"如果希望保证升级之后一切和之前一样工作，应该在和生产机器系统配置方法相同的测" -"试系统上测试升级。在那里可以没有风险地测试升级并检查是否所有工作如其所愿。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " -"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"确定也要阅读 Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" -"installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中有关其当前稳定发布版的信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " -"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " -"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " -"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " -"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." -msgstr "" -"保持运行旧的稳定版数周长而等待一段时间也是明智的，那样其他人可以测试升级，并" -"将他们经历的任何问题归档。Debian Edu 的旧稳定版在接下来的稳定版发布之后会受到" -"继续支持一段时间，但当 Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/" -"faq#lifespan\">终止对旧稳定版的支持</ulink>时，Debian Edu 必然会同样做。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" -msgstr "从 Debian Edu Stretch 升级" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " -"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." -msgstr "" -"预备：确实已经在测试环境中测试了从 Buster 升级，或者有准备好的备份能够去恢" -"复。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " -"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " -"Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: " -"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" -msgstr "" -"请注意下列方法适用于默认的 Debian Edu 主服务器安装（desktop=xfce，设定主服务" -"器，工作站，LTSP 服务器）。（对于从 Buster 到 Bullseye 升级的一般概述，请参" -"阅：<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." -msgstr "不要使用 X，使用虚拟控制台，以 root 登录。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " -"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." -msgstr "" -"如果 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 有错误而结束，尝试修正和/或运行 " -"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> 然后再一次 " -"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading the main server" -msgstr "升级主服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" -msgstr "首先确保当前系统是最新的：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cleanup the package cache:" -msgstr "清理软件包仓库：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt clean" -msgstr "apt clean" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" -msgstr "准备并开始升级到 Bullseye（新的安全条目）：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" -msgstr "" -"sed -i 's/buster/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"sed -i 's#/debian-security bullseye/updates# bullseye-security#g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"export LC_ALL=C # 可选（使输出为英语）\n" -"apt update\n" -"apt full-upgrade" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <" -"return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " -"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." -msgstr "" -"apt-list-changes：准备好阅读大量的消息；按 <return> 向下滚动，<" -"q> 离开这一页面。所有消息会被邮递给 root 而可以再次阅读（使用 " -"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> 或者 <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " -"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " -"return will be fine." -msgstr "" -"认真地阅读所有 debconf 信息，选择 ‘keep your currently-installed version’ 除" -"非在下面有不同的规定；大多数情况点回车就好了。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." -msgstr "restart services：选择 yes。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." -msgstr "openssh-server：选择“保持当前安装的本地版本”。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y." -msgstr "/etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf:：Choose Y。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " -"installed'." -msgstr "Samba服务器和实用程序:选择“保持当前安装的本地版本”." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "/etc/default/slapd: Choose N." -msgstr "/etc/default/ldap2zone：选择 Y。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "/etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" -msgstr "应用和调整配置：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"cf-agent -v -D installation\n" -"service squid restart" -msgstr "cf-agent -I -D installation" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface:" -msgstr "设置并配置 Icinga2 web 界面：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>, always " -"choose <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis> if asked by debconf." -msgstr "" -"运行 <computeroutput>apt install icinga2-ido-mysql</computeroutput>，如果 " -"debconf 询问就总是选择 <emphasis role=\"strong\">No</emphasis>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" -"computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"运行 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -"computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork:" -msgstr "获得新的 Debian Edu Bullseye 插图：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # unless Buster artwork should be kept as an alternative" -msgstr "" -"apt install debian-edu-artwork-homeworld\n" -"apt purge debian-edu-artwork-buster # 除非 Buster 插图作为另一可选用而保留" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adjust Xfce panel configuration:" -msgstr "应用和调整配置：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" -msgstr "" -"rm -f /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.cfsaved\n" -"mv /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml.dpkg-new /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel/default.xml" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cope with new LTSP and related changes:" -msgstr "LDAP 相关变化" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"rm -f /etc/default/tftpd-hpa # to remove no longer needed modifications\n" -"rm -rf /var/lib/tftpboot # to remove no longer used tftp base directory\n" -"dpkg-reconfigure -p low tftpd-hpa # first prompt: keep ''tftp'' as system account, second: change TFTP root directory to ''/srv/tftp''\n" -" # third: keep address and port, last one: enter ''--secure'' as additional option \n" -"service tftpd-hpa restart\n" -"rm -rf /opt/ltsp # cleanup old LTSP base directory\n" -"# The next steps will need quite some execution time.\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 64-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no thin_type bare # if 32-Bit thin client support is wanted\n" -"debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes # to create diskless workstation image from the server's file system\n" -"debian-edu-pxeinstall # to add PXE installation files and related iPXE menu items" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with move to iPXE:" -msgstr "处理移动到 iPXE：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a file <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> with the following content:" -msgstr "创建有如下内容的 <emphasis>ipxe.ldif</emphasis> 文件：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" -msgstr "" -"dn: cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"changetype: modify\n" -"add: dhcpOption\n" -"dhcpOption: space ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe-encap-opts code 175 = encapsulate ipxe\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.menu code 39 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: ipxe.no-pxedhcp code 176 = unsigned integer 8\n" -"dhcpOption: arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Then run <computeroutput>ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif</computeroutput> to apply the changes." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. " -"Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the <emphasis>/etc/" -"ldap/gosa-server.ldif</emphasis> file. Entries concerned are:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -"85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup" -msgstr "cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # 备份" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new " -"gosa.conf file" -msgstr "" -"cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # 新" -"的 gosa.conf 文件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -"and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf." -"orig for those entries." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" -msgstr "rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Run <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" -msgstr "运行 <computeroutput>gosa-encrypt-passwords</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "运行 <computeroutput>service apache2 restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" -msgstr "运行 <computeroutput>service krb5-kdc restart</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Cope with Samba changes:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add first user's Samba account: <computeroutput>smbpasswd -a <first " -"username></computeroutput>. Once users change their password, the related " -"Samba account will be created." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" -msgstr "检查升级系统是否正常工作：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" -msgstr "重启；以首个用户登录并测试" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," -msgstr "如果 GOsa² 图形用户界面正在工作，" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," -msgstr "如果能够连接 LTSP 客户端和工作站，" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," -msgstr "如果可以添加/删除系统的网络组成员资格，" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," -msgstr "如果可以发送和接收内部电子邮件，" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "if one can manage printers," -msgstr "如果可以管理打印机，" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and if other site specific things are working." -msgstr "如果其他网站特定的事正在工作。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading a workstation" -msgstr "升级工作站" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things " -"not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for " -"mounting home directories, see the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting " -"started</link> chapter for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" -msgstr "从较旧的 Debian Edu / Skolelinux 安装（Buster 之前）升级" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " -"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " -"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu Buster</" -"ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. " -"Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." -msgstr "" -"要从任何旧版本升级，首先需要升级到基于 Buster 的 Debian Edu 版本，然后才能按" -"照上述说明进行操作。在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster#\">Debian Edu Buster 手册</ulink>中给出了有关如何从先前" -"的发布版，Stretch 升级到 Buster 的说明。同样 Stretch 手册叙述了如何从 Jessie " -"升级。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTo" -msgstr "HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Administration\">一般管理</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" -"link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高级管理</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Desktop\">桌面</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户端</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">教学</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" -msgstr "<link linkend=\"Users\">用户</link> HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for general administration" -msgstr "一般管理 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " -"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " -"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " -"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">起步</link>和<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">" -"维护</link>章节讲述 Debian Edu 如何开始以及如何做基本的维护工作。在这一章的叙" -"述中有更多“进一步”的提示和技巧。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" -msgstr "配置的历史：使用 git 版本控制系统跟踪 /etc/" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." -msgstr "" -"使用 <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/etc/</" -"computeroutput>中的所有文件使用<ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</" -"ulink>作为版本控制系统来跟踪。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " -"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " -"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"这可以查看文件何时添加，更改和删除，以及文件如果是文本文件时发生的改变。这个 " -"git 存储信息的仓库是在 <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput> 中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " -"history to be extracted and reviewed." -msgstr "每个小时，任何更改都会自动记录，从而允许提取和审核配置历史记录。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" -"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " -"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " -"can be used." -msgstr "" -"在该历史中查看，使用 <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> 命" -"令。检查两个时间点之间的差异，可以使用如 <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff</" -"computeroutput> 的命令。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " -"information." -msgstr "更多的信息参看 <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> 的输出。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "List of useful commands:" -msgstr "常用命令列表：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" -msgstr "" -"etckeeper vcs log\n" -"etckeeper vcs status\n" -"etckeeper vcs diff\n" -"etckeeper vcs add .\n" -"etckeeper vcs commit -a\n" -"man etckeeper" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Usage examples" -msgstr "用法示例" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " -"system was installed:" -msgstr "在新安装的系统上，尝试从系统安装后看到所做的所有更改：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs log" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs log" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" -msgstr "查看目前哪些文件没有被跟踪而哪些文件不是最新的：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs status" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs status" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" -msgstr "因为不想等待一小时，而要手工提交文件：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" -msgstr "etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Resizing Partitions" -msgstr "调整分区大小" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" -"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " -"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " -"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " -"unmounted." -msgstr "" -"在 Debian Edu 中，除了 <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> 分区之外的所有" -"分区是在逻辑 LVM 卷上。从 Linux 内核 2.6.10 以来，可以在它们被挂载时扩展分" -"区。缩减分区仍然需要在该分区被卸载时发生。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " -"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " -"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " -"very large one." -msgstr "" -"避免创建非常大的分区（如，20GiB），因为在其上运行 <computeroutput>fsck</" -"computeroutput> 或者当需要从备份恢复它们时需要时间。最好，如果可能，创建比一" -"个很大分区较小的若干分区。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " -"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " -"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " -"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " -"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " -"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " -"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " -"commands to extend the file systems." -msgstr "" -"提供了助理脚本 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> 使其" -"更易于扩展占满的分区。当应用时，它从 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/site/etc/" -"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" -"computeroutput> 得到配置信息。它依照这些文件中提供的值，在出现太小的自由空间" -"时建议扩展分区。当不用参数运行它时，将仅显示该命令需要扩展这个文件系统。需要" -"参数 <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> 来实际执行这些命令扩展这个文件系统。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " -"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." -msgstr "" -"这个脚本每小时在列于 <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> 网络" -"组中的每个客户端被自动执行。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " -"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " -"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" -"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " -"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" -"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " -"its cache size." -msgstr "" -"当调整 Squid 代理所使用的分区大小时，还需要更新 <computeroutput>etc/squid/" -"squid.conf</computeroutput> 中缓存大小的值。提供的这个助理脚本 " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" -"computeroutput> 自动去做，检查当前分区 <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" -"computeroutput> 的大小并配置 Squid 使用其 80% 作为它的缓存大小。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Logical Volume Management" -msgstr "逻辑卷管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " -"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"逻辑卷管理 (LVM) 能够使分区被挂载并在使用时重新分划大小。可以从 <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink> 中学到更多有关 " -"LVM 的信息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " -"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " -"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " -"commands:" -msgstr "" -"简单地指令 <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> 命令需要增加多大来手动扩" -"展一个逻辑卷。例如，使用下述命令来扩展 home0 到 30GiB：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" -msgstr "" -"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n" -"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" -msgstr "通过附加 30GiB 来扩展 home0，插入一个“+”（-L+30G）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using ldapvi" -msgstr "使用 ldapvi" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " -"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> 是一个" -"在命令行中以常规文本编辑器编辑 LDAP 数据库的工具。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following needs to be executed:" -msgstr "下面需要执行：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" -msgstr "ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " -"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" -"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " -"a vi clone as editor." -msgstr "" -"注意：<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> 会使用任何默认编辑器。在 shell " -"中执行 <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> 使之可以配置成仿 " -"vi 作为编辑器的环境。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the " -"string <computeroutput>add</computeroutput> in front of the new LDAP object." -msgstr "" -"用 ldapvi 添加 LDAP 对象，使用带有字符串的对象序列号<computeroutput>加</" -"computeroutput>在新的 LDAP 对象的前面。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " -"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " -"JXplorer." -msgstr "" -"提醒：<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> 是一个强有力的工具。当心而不弄" -"乱 LDAP 数据库，同样的提醒适用于 JXplorer。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Kerberized NFS" -msgstr "Kerberized NFS" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As " -"of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " -"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" -"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " -"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " -"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " -"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" -"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." -msgstr "" -"对于 NFS 使用 Kerberos 来挂载主目录是安全的特性。如 Bullseye，LTSP 客户端没" -"有 Kerberos 就不工作。<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>、<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis>和" -"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis>的水平被支持（<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>意味着 " -"Kerberos 身份验证，<emphasis>i</emphasis>代表整体性检测，而<emphasis>p</" -"emphasis> 代表隐私，也就是加密）；服务器和工作站上的负载都随着安全水平而增" -"加，<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis>是个好的选择，并且已经被默认选择。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to change the default" -msgstr "如何更改默认的" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "login as root" -msgstr "作为 root 登录" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" -"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"运行 <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>，查找 " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> 并将其替换为 <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> 或 " -"<emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " -"these entries accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"编辑 <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>：由此调整 /srv/* 的这些现" -"有项目：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" -msgstr "" -"/srv/nfs4 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,fsid=0,crossmnt,no_subtree_check)\n" -"/srv/nfs4/home0 gss/krb5i(rw,sync,no_subtree_check)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" -msgstr "运行 <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Standardskriver" -msgstr "Standardskriver" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " -"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"这一工具允许就位置，机器，或者组成员设置默认打印机。关于更多信息，参阅 " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" -"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" -"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " -"an example." -msgstr "" -"其配置文件 <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> 由管理员" -"提供，参看 <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/" -"standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> 作为一个示例。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" -msgstr "JXplorer，一个 LDAP 图形用户界面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " -"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " -"default. To get write access connect like this:" -msgstr "" -"如果希望使用图形用户界面来处理 LDAP 数据库，查看 <computeroutput>jxplorer</" -"computeroutput> 软件包，默认情况下已安装。要获得写访问连接像这样：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -msgstr "" -"host: ldap.intern\n" -"port: 636\n" -"Security level: ssl + user + password\n" -"User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" -msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb，一个命令行工具" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " -"tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly " -"useful for testing, though." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> 是一个在 Kerberos 里创" -"建 LDAP 用户和设置其密码的小命令行工具。虽然，几乎是用于测试。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using stable-updates" -msgstr "使用 stable-updates" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly " -"maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates suite</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"自 2011 年 Squeeze 发布以来，Debian 已经在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian." -"org/StableUpdates\">stable-updates 套件</ulink>里包含了以前在 volatile." -"debian.org 中维护的软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " -"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " -"done, which roughly happens every two months." -msgstr "" -"虽然可以直接使用 stable-updates，但不需要：当稳定版点发布完成时 stable-" -"updates 定期推送到稳定版套件，这大约发生在每两个月。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using backports to install newer software" -msgstr "使用 backports 安装较新的软件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " -"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " -"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." -msgstr "" -"运行 Debian Edu 是选择了它的稳定。Debian Edu 运行得令人满意；这正是一个难题：" -"有时候你喜欢的软件有一点儿过时。这里介入了 backports.debian.org。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " -"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " -"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " -"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " -"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " -"backports available there.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Backports 是从 Debian 测试版（大部分）和 Debian 不稳定版（仅在几个事例中，例" -"如安全更新）重新编译的软件包，那么它们在如 Debian Edu 的稳定 Debian 发布版上" -"将不以新的库文件运行（各个是可以的）。<emphasis role=\"strong\">我们建议选出" -"适合自己需要的个别 backports，而不要使用在这里可用的所有 backports。</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Using backports is simple:" -msgstr "使用 backports 是简单的：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ bullseye-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" -msgstr "" -"echo \"deb http://deb.debian.org/debian/ buster-backports main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -"apt-get update" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " -"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" -"其后可以容易地安装那一个 backported 软件包，下面的命令将安装 backported 版本" -"的 <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "apt install -t bullseye-backports tuxtype" -msgstr "apt install -t buster-backports tuxtype" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " -"Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-" -"free." -msgstr "" -"就像其他软件包一样自动更新 backports （如果可用）。像常规的软件库，backports " -"有三个部分：main，contrib 和 non-free。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" -msgstr "用 CD 或类似的映像升级" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " -"Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " -"physical media, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" -"如果要从一个版本升级到另一个版本（例如从 Bullseye 11.1 升级到 11.2），但没有" -"互联网连接，仅有物理媒介，那么采用这些步骤：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " -"command:" -msgstr "插入 CD / DVD / 蓝光光盘 / USB 闪存驱动器并使用 apt-cdrom 命令：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt-cdrom add" -msgstr "apt-cdrom add" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" -msgstr "引用 apt-cdrom（8）手册页：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" -"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " -"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." -msgstr "" -"apt-cdrom 用于添加新的 CD-ROM 到 APT 可用源列表。apt-cdrom 负责测定盘片的结构" -"而且校正一些可能存在的刻录错误并核对索引文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " -"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " -"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." -msgstr "" -"必须用 apt-cdrom 将光盘添加到 APT 系统，而不能以手工完成。并且一套多光盘中的" -"每一片必须分别插入并检查以指出可能存在的刻录错误。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" -msgstr "然后运行这两个命令来升级系统：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" -msgstr "自动清理剩余的进程" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " -"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " -"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " -"once an hour." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> 是一个结束后台作业的 perl 脚本。后台" -"作业被定义为属于当前未登录到机器用户的进程。这是每个小时运行一次的 cron 作" -"业。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" -msgstr "安全升级的自动安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " -"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " -"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " -"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" -"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" -"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> 是一个会自动安装安全（和" -"其他）升级的 Debian 软件包。如已安装，该软件包已预配置来安装安全升级。其日志" -"在 <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput> 里获得；而" -"且，一直是 <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> 和 " -"<computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" -msgstr "夜间自动关机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " -"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " -"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " -"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " -"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " -"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to " -"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can " -"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." -msgstr "" -"能够通过自动在晚间关闭客户机器而在早晨恢复来节约能量和金钱。这个软件包从下午 " -"16:00 每小时的整点会试图关闭机器，但不会关闭似乎有用户的。在早晨 7:00 左右会" -"尝试告诉 BIOS 打开机器，而主服务器会尝试从 06:30 由发送局域网数据包来打开机" -"器。这些时间可以在单独机器的时间计划中被改变。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" -msgstr "当在设置这个时应当记住的一些因素：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " -"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " -"and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with " -"X2Go thin clients." -msgstr "" -"当有人在使用客户端的时候其不应被关闭。这由检查输出来自<computeroutput>谁</" -"computeroutput>来确保，而作为特殊的情况，对同 LTSP 瘦客户端工作的 LDM ssh 连" -"接命令进行检查。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " -"clients do not start at the same time." -msgstr "为了避免使保险丝熔断，最好确保所有的客户机不要同时启动。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " -"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " -"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" -"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, " -"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." -msgstr "" -"有两个不同的方法唤醒客户端。一个是使用 BIOS 功能而依赖工作着的准确硬件时钟，" -"而且是由 <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput> 支持的主板和 BIOS 版" -"本；另一个依赖客户端对局域网唤醒有所支持，而服务器知道有关所有需要被唤醒的客" -"户端。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" -msgstr "如何设置夜间关机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " -"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " -"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " -"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" -"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " -"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " -"used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL " -"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " -"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " -"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." -msgstr "" -"在夜晚应该关闭的客户端，与 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-" -"at-night</computeroutput> 相关，或添加主机名（那，是从客户端 " -"‘<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>’ 输出的）到网络组 “shutdown-at-" -"night-hosts”。可以使用 <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> web 工具完成向 " -"LDAP 中的网络组添加主机。客户端可能需要 BIOS 中有网络唤醒的配置。还重要的是即" -"使客户端已被关闭局域网唤醒服务器和客户端之间所使用的交换机和路由器还会向客户" -"端传送 WOL 包。一些交换机向交换机上 ARP 表中缺失的客户端传递包失败，而这阻塞 " -"WOL 包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" -"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " -"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " -"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" -"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." -msgstr "" -"启用服务器上的 wake-on-lan，添加客户端到 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" -"night/clients</computeroutput>，每一行一个，第一个是 IP 地址，随后是 MAC 地址" -"（网卡地址），分隔以空格；或者创建一个即时生成客户端列表的脚本 " -"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" -msgstr "" -"这个 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" -"computeroutput> 是与 sitesummary 一同使用的示例：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" sitesummary-nodes -w" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " -"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" -"utils</computeroutput> package:" -msgstr "" -"如果用 netgroup 来激活客户端 shutdown-at-night 的另一种选择是这一脚本使用来" -"自 <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> 软件包的 netgroup 工具：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/sh\n" -" PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH\n" -" export PATH\n" -" netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" -msgstr "访问处于防火墙背后的 Debian-Edu 服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " -"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " -"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " -"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " -"tunnel." -msgstr "" -"要从互联网上访问防火墙背后的机器，考虑安装 <computeroutput>autossh</" -"computeroutput> 软件包。它可以用来建立一个 SSH 隧道到一台你可以访问到的互联网" -"上的机器。从该机器，可以通过 SSH 隧道访问防火墙背后的服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" -"server" -msgstr "为从主服务器分散负载而安装额外的服务机器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " -"tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " -"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing with " -"this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " -"network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." -msgstr "" -"在默认安装中，所有服务是在主服务器 tjener 上运行。为简化移动某服务到另一机" -"器，可以用到 <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> 安装配置。以这一配置安装会让一台机" -"器是 Debian Edu 网络的一部分，但（还）未运行任何服务。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" -msgstr "设置一台专用于某些服务的机器所需要的步骤：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the <emphasis>debian-" -"edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" -msgstr "" -"使用 <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> 引导选项安装 <emphasis>minimal</" -"emphasis> 配置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "install the packages for the service" -msgstr "安装用于服务的软件包" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "configure the service" -msgstr "配置服务" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "disable the service on main-server" -msgstr "禁用主服务器上的服务" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" -msgstr "在主服务器上更新 DNS（通过 LDAP/GOsa²）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" -msgstr "源自 wiki.debian.org 的 HowTo 文档" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Advanced administration howto" -msgstr "如何进行高级管理" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." -msgstr "在这章里叙述了高级管理任务。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" -msgstr "使用 GOsa² 定制用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" -msgstr "在年级组中创建用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " -"directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create " -"the users by csv import." -msgstr "" -"在这个例子里，我们需要沿着每个组的共有主目录（home0/2014，home0/2015，等）创" -"建年级组中的用户。我们需要由 csv 导入来创建用户。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>（作为在主服务器上的 root 用户</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" -msgstr "创建必需的年级组目录" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" -msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>（作为 Gosa 中的第一个用户）</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Department" -msgstr "部门" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " -"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " -"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields " -"(students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" -"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show " -"up below /Students. Click it." -msgstr "" -"主菜单：往 ‘Directory structure’ 点 ‘Students’ 部门。‘Base’ 字段应显示 ‘/" -"Students’。从下拉框 ‘Actions’ 选择 ‘Create’/‘Department’。填入 Name（2014）" -"和 Description 字段（students graduating in 2014）的值，忽略 Base 字段像是" -"（应该是 ‘/Students’）。点 ‘Ok’ 保存。现在新的部门（2014）应该在 /Students 之" -"下显示。点击它。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Group" -msgstr "组" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " -"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." -msgstr "" -"从主菜单选择 ‘Groups’；‘Actions’/Create/Group。输入组名称（‘Base’ 原样保留，" -"应该是 /Students/2014）并点击 ‘Samba group’ 左侧的复选框。‘Ok’ 保存。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Template" -msgstr "模板" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " -"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " -"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " -"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " -"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " -"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." -msgstr "" -"从主菜单选择 ‘users’。在 Base 字段改为 ‘Students’。应该出现一个 " -"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> 条目，点击它。这是 ‘students’ 模" -"板，不是真正的用户。因为需要基于这一个来创建这一类的模板（能够使用 csv 导入自" -"己的结构），留意显示在 Generic，POSIX 和 Samba 选项卡内所有条目，可能需要准备" -"有关新模板信息的屏幕快照。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " -"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " -"2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." -msgstr "" -"现在更改 Base 字段内为 /Students/2014；选择 Create/Template 并开始填写想要的" -"值，首先 Generic 选项卡（还要在 Group Membership 下面添加新的 2014 组），然后" -"添加 POSIX 和 Samba 帐户。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Import users" -msgstr "导入用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " -"is recommended." -msgstr "在进行 csv 导入时选择自己的新模板；建议用一些用户进行测试。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Other User Customisations" -msgstr "其他的用户设定" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" -msgstr "在所有用户的主目录中创建文件夹" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " -"directory and set access permissions and ownership." -msgstr "" -"管理者用这个脚本可以在每个用户的主目录里创建文件夹并设置访问权限和所有者。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " -"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " -"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." -msgstr "" -"在下面显示带有 group=teachers 和 permissions=2770 的范例中一个用户可以通过向" -"给予教师写权限而能作注释的 “assignments” 文件夹保存该文件来提交一个指定任务。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"\n" -" shared_folder=\"assignments\"\n" -" permissions=\"2770\"\n" -" created_dir=0\n" -" for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n" -" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n" -" mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" #set the right owner and group\n" -" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n" -" user=$home\n" -" group=teachers\n" -" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n" -" ((created_dir+=1))\n" -" else\n" -" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n" -" fi\n" -" done\n" -" echo \"$created_dir folders have been created\"" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" -msgstr "使用一个专用的存储服务器" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " -"directories and possibly other data." -msgstr "需要这些步骤为用户主目录和合理的其他数据设置专门的存储服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " -"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " -"chapter of this manual." -msgstr "" -"使用 GOsa² 添加新类型的系统<computeroutput>server</computeroutput>，如在本手" -"册的<emphasis role=\"strong\">开始</emphasis>章节所概述的。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server." -"intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage " -"server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" -msgstr "" -"这个示例使用 ‘nas-server.intern’ 作为服务器名称。配置 ‘nas-server.intern’ 之" -"后，检查新存储服务器上的 NFS 导出点是否被导出到相关子网或机器：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" -msgstr "" -"root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server\n" -" Export list for nas-server:\n" -" /storage 10.0.0.0/8\n" -" root@tjener:~#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " -"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " -"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " -"file.)" -msgstr "" -"在这里主干网上的一切被授予对 /storage 导出的访问权限。（这可以像 tjener:/etc/" -"exports 文件中所做限制网络组成员或单个 IP 地址限定 NFS 访问权限。）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " -"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." -msgstr "" -"添加了关于 LDAP 中 'nas-server.intern' 的自动挂载信息，允许所有用户根据需要自" -"动挂载新的 export。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " -"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." -msgstr "" -"不能使用 GOsa² 来完成，因为自动挂载的模块没有了。取而代之的是，使用 ldapvi 并" -"使用编辑器来添加需要的 LDAP 对象。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole," -"dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " -"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " -"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " -"individual mount points in LDAP.)" -msgstr "" -"当编辑器出现时，将后面的 LDAP 对象添加到文档的底部。（上一个 LDAP 对象中的\"/" -"&\" 部分是匹配于'nas-server.intern'导出的每一部分的通配符，去掉了对列出 " -"LDAP 中各个过载点的需要。）" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" -msgstr "" -"add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: nas-server\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" \n" -" add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: top\n" -" objectClass: automountMap\n" -" ou: auto.nas-server\n" -" \n" -" add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no\n" -" objectClass: automount\n" -" cn: /\n" -" automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " -"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" -msgstr "" -"在 tjener.intern:/etc/fstab 中添加相关条目，因为 tjener.intern 不能用 " -"automount 来避免挂载循环：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" -"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " -"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." -msgstr "" -"使用 <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput> 创建挂载点目录，以合适的方式编辑 " -"‘/etc/fstab’ 并运行 <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> 来挂载新资源。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " -"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " -"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." -msgstr "" -"通过使用任何工作站、 LTSP瘦客户端和 LTSP服务器上的任何应用，新用户应该能够通" -"过只访问 '/tjener/nas-server/storage/'文件夹，来访问 'nas-server.intern' 上的" -"文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restrict ssh login access" -msgstr "限制 ssh 登录访问" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." -msgstr "一些限制 ssh 登录的方法，在这里列出一些。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" -msgstr "无 LTSP 客户端的设置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " -"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " -"into the machine from everywhere." -msgstr "" -"如果不适用 LTSP 客户端，那么简单的解决方案是创建新的用户组（也就是说" -"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>）并且在机器的 /etc/ssh/sshd_config " -"文件中添加行。然后只有<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>用户组的成员被" -"允许从任何地方 ssh 到机器上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" -msgstr "以 GOsa 管理这种情况相当简单：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " -"(where already other system management related groups like " -"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." -msgstr "" -"在基本层级（与用户组相关的其它系统管理，像 <computeroutput>gosa-admins</" -"computeroutput>在，这里显示出来）上建立用户组<computeroutput>sshusers</" -"computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." -msgstr "添加用户到新组 <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config." -msgstr "" -"添加 <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> 到 /etc/ssh/" -"sshd_config。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." -msgstr "执行 <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" -msgstr "有 LTSP 客户端的设置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update " -"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been " -"changed is enough." -msgstr "" -"默认的 LTSP 客户机设置使用 ssh 连接到 LTSP 服务器。那么需要使用 PAM 的不同方" -"法。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So " -"a different approach using PAM is needed." -msgstr "" -"默认的 LTSP 客户机设置使用 ssh 连接到 LTSP 服务器。那么需要使用 PAM 的不同方" -"法。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." -msgstr "在 LTSP 服务器的 /etc/pam.d/sshd 文件中开启 pam_access.so。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " -"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " -"the internal networks by adding these lines:" -msgstr "" -"配置 /etc/security/access.conf 添加这几行允许（示范）用户 alice，jane，bob " -"和 john 从各处以及所有用户从内网连接：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" -msgstr "" -"+ : alice jane bob john : ALL\n" -"+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24\n" -"- : ALL : ALL\n" -"#" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " -"dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his " -"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP " -"server(s) as well." -msgstr "" -"如果只使用专用的 LTSP 服务器，可以脱离 10.0.0.0/8 网络来禁用内部 ssh 登录访" -"问。注意：有人连接着他的分隔区域到专用 LTSP 客户端网络也会获得 ssh 访问 LTSP " -"服务器。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A note for more complex setups" -msgstr "更多复杂设置的说明" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " -"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " -"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " -"configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." -msgstr "" -"如果 LTSP 客户端连接到 主干网 10.0.0.0/8 上（组合服务器或 LTSP 集群设置），那" -"么事情甚至更复杂，并且可能只有具有适当的PAM配置来检查 vendor-class-identifier" -"的尖端 DHCP 设置（在 LDAP 中），才会允许禁止互联网 ssh 登录。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for the desktop" -msgstr "桌面 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" -msgstr "设置多语言桌面环境" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" -msgstr "支持多种语言需要运行这些命令：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " -"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." -msgstr "" -"运行 <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> （作为 root）" -"并选择语言（UTF-8 变体）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" -msgstr "作为 root 运行这些命令来安装相关软件包：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/install-task-pkgs\n" -"/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/improve-desktop-l10n" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " -"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " -"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " -"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a " -"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" -"computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." -msgstr "" -"然后用户会在登录之前能够通过 LightDM 显示管理器选择语言；这应用到 Xfce，LXDE " -"和 LXQt。GNOME 和 KDE 两者有自己内部的地区和语言配置工具，使用这些。MATE 在 " -"Lightdm 的上方使用没有语言选择项的 Arctica 欢迎界面。运行 " -"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> 得到常用的 " -"Lightdm 欢迎界面。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Playing DVDs" -msgstr "播放 DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " -"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " -"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" -"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"libdvdcss 为播放大部分商业 DVD 所需要。因为法律的原因其不能包含在 Debian " -"(Edu) 里。如果法律允许你使用它，可以使用 <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput> Debian 软件包创建你自己的本地软件包；确定 " -"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> 在 <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</computeroutput> 中启用。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" -msgstr "" -"apt update\n" -"apt install libdvd-pkg" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " -"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"回答 debconf 的提问，然后运行 <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</" -"computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Handwriting fonts" -msgstr "手写字体" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " -"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " -"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " -"with lines." -msgstr "" -"软件包 <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> （默认安装）安装一个好的" -"儿童手写字体 “Abecedario” 字体。这个字体有儿童所使用的一些字形：虚线。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for networked clients" -msgstr "网络客户端 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" -msgstr "瘦客户机和无盘工作站介绍" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " -"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>LTSP 客户端</emphasis> 是瘦客户机和无盘工作站两者的一个统称。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " -"This concerns both setup and maintenance." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " -"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " -"combined server at first boot, taking some time." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " -"support thin client usage." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " -"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " -"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org" -"\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> " -"profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " -"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " -"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " -"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " -"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" -"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " -"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" -"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " -"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " -"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " -"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " -"to facilitate site specific adjustments." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" -"emphasis>:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " -"filesystem)." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> 更新无盘工作站 SquashFS 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" -"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " -"client support." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" -"computeroutput> 更新无盘工作站 SquashFS 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" -"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " -"SquashFS image)." -msgstr "" -"运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 重新生成 NBD 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " -"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " -"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " -"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " -"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " -"reduced)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " -"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " -"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " -"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " -"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " -"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " -"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " -"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " -"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " -"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " -"install, upgrade and remove packages)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">无盘工作站</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " -"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " -"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " -"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " -"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " -"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." -msgstr "" -"无盘工作站在本地运行所有软件。客户端机器直接从 LTSP 服务器启动而没有本地硬" -"盘。软件是在 LTSP 服务器上管理和维护，但运行在无盘工作站上。主目录和系统设置" -"也保存在服务器上。无盘工作站如同瘦客户机一样，是以低维护成本再利用旧的（但功" -"能强大的）硬件的极佳方法。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " -"with GOsa²." -msgstr "不像工作栈，无盘工作站无需用 GOsa² 添加它们来运行。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">瘦客户机</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " -"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " -"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " -"server needs to be a powerful machine." -msgstr "" -"瘦客户机设置使普通 PC 能具有（图形）终端的功能，所有的软件运行在 LTSP 服务器" -"上。这是机器通过 PXE 启动而不使用本地客户机硬驱的方法。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " -"old hardware." -msgstr "Debian Edu 仍然支持让非常老旧的硬件得以使用的瘦客户机应用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " -"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -" -"> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 客户端固件</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" -"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " -"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " -"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " -"initrd." -msgstr "" -"如果客户端网卡接口依赖非自由固件，则 LTSP 客户端引导会失败。PXE 安装可以用于" -"对网络启动的机器进行故障检测；如果 Debian 安装程序提示未找到 XXX.bin 文件，那" -"么非自由固件必须添加到 LTSP 服务器的 initrd 中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" -msgstr "运行在主服务器上的服务" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" -msgstr "旧版本的历史信息" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt update && apt search ^firmware-" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " -"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "apt -y -q install firmware-linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware -h" -msgstr "/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/gosa-modify-host <hostname> <IP>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " -"chroot, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "ltsp image x2go-bare-amd64" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client type selection" -msgstr "LTSP 客户机类型选择" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " -"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " -"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." -msgstr "" -"每一 LTSP 服务器有两个网卡接口：一个已配置在主 10.0.0.0/8 子网（那是与主服务" -"器共用的），而另一个构成本地子网（每一 LTSP 服务器的单独子网）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " -"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " -"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " -"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " -"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " -"take effect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" -msgstr "使用不同的 LTSP 客户机网络" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " -"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " -"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " -"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " -"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " -"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." -msgstr "" -"192.168.0.0/24 是使用 LTSP 设定所安装机器的默认 LTSP 客户端网络。如果使用很" -"多 LTSP 客户端抑或如果不同的 LTSP 服务器要为 i386 和 amd64 两者的 chroot 环境" -"提供服务还可以使用第二个预先配置的 192.168.1.0/24 网络。编辑 " -"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> 并相应调整 eth1 的设" -"置。使用 <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> 或者任何其他 LDAP 编辑器来检" -"查 DNS 和 DHCP 的配置。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" -msgstr "增添 LTSP chroot 来支持 32 位的电脑客户端" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" -msgstr "创建 chroot 和 SquashFS 映像，运行：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -"about thin client types." -msgstr "" -"运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 重新生成 NBD 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "LTSP client configuration" -msgstr "LTSP 客户端配置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " -"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" -"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" -msgstr "" -"运行<computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput>来看看可用的配置选项。或在" -"线阅读：<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " -"the changes to take effect, run:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "debian-edu-ltsp-initrd" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" -msgstr "LTSP 客户端的声音" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " -"clients." -msgstr "LTSP 瘦客户端使用网络化的音频，将音频从服务器传递到客户端上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." -msgstr "LTSP 无盘工作站在本地操纵音频。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" -msgstr "易于访问 USB 驱动器和 CD-ROM/DVD" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " -"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " -"on a workstation." -msgstr "" -"当用户插入 USB 驱动器或者 DVD / CD-ROM 到（无盘）工作站时，出现的弹窗询问如何" -"使用它，就像在任何其他标准安装上的一样。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " -"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " -"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " -"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " -"manager." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" -msgstr "有关 LTSP 服务器上可移动媒体的提醒" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " -"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " -"users can access the files." -msgstr "" -"提示：当插入到 LTSP 服务器 USB 驱动器和可移动媒体时致使在远程 LTSP 客户端上弹" -"出消息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" -msgstr "使用连接在 LTSP 客户机上的打印机" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " -"are supported)." -msgstr "连接打印机到 LTSP 客户端机器（USB 和并口两者都支持）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://www." -"intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer type " -"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " -"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " -"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." -msgstr "" -"在主服务器上使用 web 界面 <computeroutput>https://www:631</computeroutput> 配" -"置该打印机；选择网络打印机类型 <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" -"computeroutput>（对所有打印机不理会牌子或型号）并设 <computeroutput>socket://" -"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> 作为连接 URI。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" -msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" -msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " -"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " -"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." -msgstr "" -"PXE 的配置是使用 <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 脚本" -"生成的。其允许不理会一些现有设置而使用 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> 文件带有的替换值。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" -msgstr "配置 PXE 安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " -"settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the " -"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " -"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " -"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " -"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " -"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " -"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " -"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" -"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" -"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" -"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " -"debconf values." -msgstr "" -"PXE 安装将从安装主服务器时所使用的设置继承语言，键盘布局和镜像设置，在安装期" -"间还会问到其他问题（设定，流行度参与，分区和 root 密码）。要避免这些提问，可" -"以修改 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> 文件来提供预先选择回答的 debconf 值。有一些示例 debconf 值已" -"经在 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput> 里做了注释。一旦使用 <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> 重建 PXE 安装环境那么所做的变更就会消失。在用 " -"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 重建时附加 debconf 值" -"到 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" -"computeroutput>，添加带有附加 debconf 值的 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" -"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> 文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " -"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " -"chapter." -msgstr "" -"更多有关修改 PXE 安装的信息可以在<link linkend=\"Installation--" -"Modifying_PXE_installations\">安装</link>一章中找到。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" -msgstr "添加 PXE 安装的定制仓库" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" -"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" -msgstr "" -"为所加的定制仓库添加像这样的内容到 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" -"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>：" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" -msgstr "" -"#add the skole projects local repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true\n" -"d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" -"computeroutput> once." -msgstr "" -"然后运行 <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 一" -"次。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing network settings" -msgstr "改变网络设置" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " -"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" -"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " -"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " -"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." -msgstr "" -"debian-edu-config 软件包带有一个工具帮助从 10.0.0.0/8 网络改为其他网络。看一" -"看 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</" -"computeroutput>。这是为安装主服务器之后就使用而设计的，更新 LDAP 并需要编辑其" -"他文件来变更这个子网。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " -"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " -"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " -"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." -msgstr "" -"注意变更一个在 Debian Edu 其他位置已经使用的子网会不工作。192.168.0.0/24 和 " -"192.168.1.0/24 已经设置为 LTSP 客户端网络。变更这些子网会依赖配置文件的手工编" -"辑来移除重复的项目。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " -"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " -"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " -"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " -"changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " -"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." -msgstr "" -"更改 DNS 域名是不容易的方面。更改它将需要在主服务器文件系统上既更改 LDAP 结构" -"又更改一系列文件。更改主服务器（tjener.intern）的 host 和 DNS 名称也是不容易" -"的方面。要那么做还需要更改主服务器上的 LDAP 和一些文件与客户端文件系统。在两" -"种情况中 Kerberos 的设置也要被更改。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Remote Desktop" -msgstr "远程桌面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " -"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"选择 LTSP 服务器配置文件或组合服务器配置文件也要安装<emphasis>xrdp</emphasis>" -"和<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>软件包。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Xrdp" -msgstr "Xrdp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " -"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " -"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " -"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." -msgstr "" -"Xrdp 使用远程桌面协议将图形登录界面展示在远程客户端上。微软 Windows用户可以运" -"行 xrdp 而不用安装另外的软件，来连接到 LTSP 服务器上——只是在 Windows 机器上启" -"动远程桌面连接，并连接即可。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." -msgstr "此外，xrdp 可以连接到 VNC 服务器或另一台 RDP 服务器上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this " -"script could be used." -msgstr "Xrdp 不带有声音支持；为了编译所需的模块，可以使用这个脚本。" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" -msgstr "" -"#!/bin/bash\n" -" # Script to compile / recompile xrdp PulseAudio modules.\n" -" # The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group.\n" -" # Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.\n" -" set -e\n" -" if [[ $UID -ne 0 ]] ; then \n" -" if ! groups | egrep -q sudo ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: You need to be root or a sudo group member.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" fi\n" -" if ! egrep -q ^deb-src /etc/apt/sources.list ; then\n" -" echo \"ERROR: Make sure /etc/apt/sources.list contains a deb-src line.\"\n" -" exit 1\n" -" fi\n" -" TMP=$(mktemp -d)\n" -" PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' pulseaudio)\"\n" -" XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION=\"$(dpkg-query -W -f='${source:Upstream-Version}' xrdp)\"\n" -" sudo apt -q update\n" -" # Get sources and build dependencies:\n" -" sudo apt -q install dpkg-dev\n" -" cd $TMP\n" -" apt -q source pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" sudo apt -q build-dep pulseaudio xrdp\n" -" # For pulseaudio 'configure' is all what is needed:\n" -" cd pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/\n" -" ./configure\n" -" # Adjust pulseaudio modules Makefile (needs absolute path)\n" -" # and build the pulseaudio modules.\n" -" cd $TMP/xrdp-$XRDP_UPSTREAM_VERSION/sesman/chansrv/pulse/\n" -" sed -i 's/^PULSE/#PULSE/' Makefile\n" -" sed -i \"/#PULSE_DIR/a \\\n" -" PULSE_DIR = $TMP/pulseaudio-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION\" Makefile\n" -" make\n" -" # Copy modules to Pulseaudio modules directory, adjust rights.\n" -" sudo cp *.so /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/\n" -" sudo chmod 644 /usr/lib/pulse-$PULSE_UPSTREAM_VERSION/modules/module-xrdp*\n" -" # Restart xrdp, now with sound enabled.\n" -" sudo service xrdp restart" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "X2Go" -msgstr "X2Go" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " -"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " -"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" -"X2Go 能够从运行着 Linux，Windows 或 macOS 的个人计算机通过低带宽抑或高带宽连" -"接访问 LTSP 服务器上的图形桌面。在客户端一侧需要附加的软件，更多信息参阅 " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient" -"\">X2Go wiki</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " -"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" -"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"请注意，如果使用 X2Go，<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput>软件包应该从 " -"LTSP 服务器上移除，请参见<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#" -"\">890517</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" -msgstr "可用的远程桌面客户端" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " -"capable of RDP and VNC." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput>默认安装，并且能够使用 RDP 和 " -"VNC。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " -"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"RDP ——访问 Windows 终端服务器最容易的方式。可用来代替的客户端软件包是 " -"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " -"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"VNC 客户端（虚拟网络计算机）远程访问 Skolelinux。另外的客户端包是 " -"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " -"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " -"sessions and start new ones." -msgstr "" -"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> 是 X2Go 系统的图形客户端（默认不" -"安装）。可以用它连接到运行着的会话并启动新的。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Wireless clients" -msgstr "无线客户端" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " -"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " -"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" -"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " -"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " -"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " -"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " -"homepage</ulink> for details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" -"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " -"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users " -"need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their " -"devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password " -"can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific " -"certificate is available on the internal network." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " -"running Linux)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/>（对应于运行 Linux 的最" -"终用户设备）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/>（Linux、Android）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " -"Windows)" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/>（macOS、iOS、iPadOS、" -"Windows）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " -"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " -"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " -"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " -"the scripts." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "" -"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Debian Edu 中的 Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" -"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " -"LDAP." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " -"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Install pGina fork" -msgstr "安装" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " -"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: CDATA -#, no-wrap -msgid "C:\\Program Files\\pGina.fork\\Plugins\\pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Configure pGina" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " -"636." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"(these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins" -"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" -msgstr "LTSP 客户机类型选择" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " -"with \"space\" as a separator)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" -msgstr "使用文本模式<emphasis role=\"strong\">安装</emphasis>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Timeout: 10" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">独立安装</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" -msgstr "使用文本模式<emphasis role=\"strong\">安装</emphasis>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " -"tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Search DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students," -"dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " -"session)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authentication block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Bind Tab:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">最小安装</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">独立安装</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" -"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">漫游工作站</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Authorization block" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">最小安装</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" -"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " -"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Plugin Selection" -msgstr "LTSP 客户机类型选择" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Plugin Order" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "Sources:" -msgstr "源代码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" -msgstr "Debian Edu 中的 Samba" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " -"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" -"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" -"admin users are enabled to provide shares." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba " -"as NT4-style PDC is gone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" -"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" -"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-edu." -"conf</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " -"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " -"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"Samba 密码用 <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> 保存并且如果用 GOsa² " -"变更密码时被更新。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " -"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <" -"username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." -msgstr "" -"要临时禁用一个用户的 Samba 帐号，运行 <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <" -"username></computeroutput>，<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username>" -"</computeroutput> 会再启用它。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" -"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." -msgstr "" -"在主服务器上运行 <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" -"usershares</computeroutput> 将会禁止对于‘students’的用户共享。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Accessing files via Samba" -msgstr "通过 Samba 存取文件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " -"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " -"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based " -"ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN " -"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com." -"lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN plugin</" -"ulink> might be a good choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"使用 <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> 或者 " -"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> 访问主目录。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" -msgstr "教学与学习 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " -"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." -msgstr "" -"这节中提到的所有 Debian 软件包可以由运行 <computeroutput>apt install <软件" -"包></computeroutput> （作为 root）来安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Teaching Programming" -msgstr "教学工作程序" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package depending on a lot " -"of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed " -"if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few " -"packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" -"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> page." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#" -"\">stable/education-development</ulink> 是一个得到程序工具的元软件包。请注意" -"如果安装这个软件包大概需要 2 GiB 的磁盘空间。有关更多细节（也许只安装几个软件" -"包），参阅 <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development" -"\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> 页面。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Monitoring pupils" -msgstr "监察学生" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " -"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " -"your jurisdiction." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"strong\">提醒</emphasis>：确知自己在管辖权限内有关监视和约束" -"计算机用户活动的法律地位。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" -"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian." -"org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise their students. " -"See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and " -"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"一些学校使用像<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#" -"\">Epoptes</ulink>或<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-" -"configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>的工具来监督学生。请参见：<ulink url=\"https://" -"epoptes.org\">Epoptes 主页</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon 主" -"页</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" -msgstr "约束学生的网络访问" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." -msgstr "" -"一些学校用 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" -"\">Squidguard</ulink> 或者 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" -"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> 限制互联网的访问。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "HowTos for users" -msgstr "用户 HowTo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Changing passwords" -msgstr "修改密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " -"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"每个用户应该使用 GOsa² 变更自己的密码。要那么做，只是用浏览器前往 " -"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " -"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." -msgstr "" -"使用 GOsa² 变更密码确保了 Kerberos （krbPrincipalKey），LDAP （userPassword）" -"与 Samba （sambaNTPassword 和 sambaLMPassword）的密码是相同的。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " -"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " -"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " -"really should also change it using GOsa²." -msgstr "" -"使用 PAM 变更密码也在 GDM 登录提示下工作，但这仅会更新 Kerberos 密码，而不是 " -"Samba 和 GOsa² （LDAP）密码。所以在登录提示变更自己的密码后，实际上也应该用 " -"GOsa² 来变更它。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Running standalone Java applications" -msgstr "运行独立 Java 应用程序" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " -"Java runtime." -msgstr "现成的 OpenJDK Java 运行时支持独立的 Java 应用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Using email" -msgstr "使用电子邮件" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " -"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " -"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " -"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " -"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"所有用户可以在内网内部发送和接收邮件；提供证书允许 TLS 保护连接。允许邮件超出" -"内网范围，管理员需要配置邮件服务器 <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> 适" -"合本地状况，以 <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" -"computeroutput> 开始。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " -"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink url=" -"\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"每个希望使用 Thunderbird 的用户需要像下面那样配置它。对于一个用户名为 jdoe 的" -"用户的内部邮件地址是 <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" -"\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Thunderbird" -msgstr "Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Start Thunderbird" -msgstr "启动 Thunderbird" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" -msgstr "点击‘略过并使用我的现有电子邮件’" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Enter your email address" -msgstr "输入自己的电子邮件地址" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" -msgstr "因为 Kerberos 会使用单点登录而不用输入密码" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Continue'" -msgstr "点击‘继续’" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" -"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" -msgstr "" -"对于 IMAP 和 SMTP 两者的设置应该是 ‘STARTTLS’ 和 ‘Kerberos/GSSAPI’；如未能自" -"动检测则进行调整" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Click 'Done'" -msgstr "点击‘完成’" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Contribute" -msgstr "贡献" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute locally" -msgstr "地区贡献" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of " -"Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. \"Isolated\" contributors and users " -"exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"当前在挪威、德国、西班牙埃斯特雷马杜拉地区、台湾地区和法国有本地团队。在希" -"腊、尼德兰、日本和其他地区有“单独的”贡献者和用户。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> has explanations and " -"links to localised resources, as <emphasis>contribute</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>support</emphasis> are two sides of the same coin." -msgstr "" -"<link linkend=\"Support\">支持</link>一章有解释说明并链接到地方资源，作为" -"<emphasis>贡献</emphasis>和<emphasis>支持</emphasis>是同一硬币的两面。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Contribute globally" -msgstr "世界贡献" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Internationally we are organised into various <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">teams</ulink> working on different subjects." -msgstr "" -"在国际上，我们组成各种<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/" -"\">团队</ulink>，来从事不同的项目。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" -"\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " -"though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and " -"even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. " -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New " -"contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." -msgstr "" -"大多数时间，<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">开发者邮件列表" -"</ulink>是我们交流的主要媒介，虽然我们在 irc.debian.org 的 #debian-edu 上有每" -"月的 IRC 会议，而且还有但并不经常的真实聚会，在那里我们彼此亲身相识。<ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">新贡献者</ulink>要阅" -"读我们的 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " -"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" -"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"正好在 Debian Edu 开发中学习的好方法是订阅<ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth." -"debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">提交的邮件列表</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Report bugs" -msgstr "报告错误" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " -"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " -"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " -"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" -"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " -"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation writers and translators" -msgstr "文档作者和翻译者" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " -"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " -"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " -"sharing your knowledge with us." -msgstr "" -"这一文档需要你的帮助！最重要的是，文档尚未完成：如果阅读文档，会注意到文本中" -"有许多 FIXME。如果你正好知道（一点儿）需要在这讲解的，请同我们分享你的知识。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " -"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" -"Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed " -"to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." -msgstr "" -"文本的来源是一个维基，并且可以用简单的 web 浏览器来编辑。仅前往 <ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> 就可以很容易" -"地做贡献。提示：编辑这些页面需要一个用户账号；首先需要<ulink url=\"http://" -"wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">创建一个维基用户</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " -"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " -"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" -"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " -"book!" -msgstr "" -"另一个非常好的贡献途径是通过翻译软件和文档来帮助用户。如何翻译本文档的信息可" -"以在本书的<link linkend=\"Translations\">翻译一章</link>中找到。请考虑协助本" -"书的翻译努力！" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Support" -msgstr "支持" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Volunteer based support" -msgstr "基于无偿的支持" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in English" -msgstr "英语方面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - 支持邮件列表" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " -"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" -msgstr "" -"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC 频道，主要涉及开发；尽管时常活跃但不预计" -"做实时支持" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in Norwegian" -msgstr "挪威语方面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" -msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC 频道支持挪威语用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in German" -msgstr "德语方面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " -"mailing list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - 支持邮件列表" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - official German representation" -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.de\"/> - 正式德语代表" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" -msgstr "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC 频道支持德语用户" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "in French" -msgstr "法语方面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " -"list" -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - 支持邮件列表" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Professional support" -msgstr "专业支持" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." -msgstr "" -"从 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/> " -"可得到提供专业支持的公司列表。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu Bullseye 中的新面貌" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" -msgstr "Debian Edu 11 别名 Bullseye 的新面貌" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Installation changes" -msgstr "安装变化" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"出自 Debian Bullseye 的新版 Debian 安装器，更多细节参阅其 <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " -"11 Bullseye." -msgstr "" -"基于 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#" -"\">futurePrototype 主题</ulink>的新美术作品，是 Debian 10 Buster 的默认插图。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a " -"combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), " -"setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the " -"installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support " -"(from the server's file system) is done at first boot." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first " -"boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from " -"the main server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Software updates" -msgstr "软件更新" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" -msgstr "Debian 11 Bullseye 中新的内容的插图，例如：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" -msgstr "Linux 内核 5.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " -"1.24" -msgstr "KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24 桌面环境" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" -msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" -msgstr "教育工具箱 GCompris 1.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" -msgstr "音乐创作软件 Rosegarden 20.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 21.01" -msgstr "LTSP 21.01" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Bullseye 包含超过 59000 个软件包可用于安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"更多有关 Debian 11 Bullseye 的信息在 <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>里提供。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Documentation and translation updates" -msgstr "文档和翻译更新" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " -"which 22 are fully translated." -msgstr "安装期间的配置选项页面有 29 种语言可用，其中 22 种已完全翻译。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to Dutch, French, " -"German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and " -"Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye 手册</ulink>已完全翻译成荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、" -"日语、挪威书面语、葡萄牙语（葡萄牙）和简体中文。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." -msgstr "有部分翻译的丹麦语和西班牙语文本。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" -msgstr "与之前发布版本相比的其他更改" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " -"certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle " -"for the whole system." -msgstr "" -"内网上改进的 TLS/SSL 支持。在客户端，Debian Edu-CA 认证的根用户位于整个系统的" -"认证的 bundle 内。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " -"clients are now supported using X2Go." -msgstr "" -"新的 LTSP，从草图开始重写，去除了瘦客户端支持。现在使用 X2Go 来支持瘦客户端。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP." -msgstr "用 iPXE 替代 PXELINUX 来提供网络引导以符合 LTSP。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " -"instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"现在使用 <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> 目录作为网络引导基础而取代 " -"<emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " -"Chromium." -msgstr "DuckDuckGo 被用为 Firefox ESR 和 Chromium 两者的默认搜索提供者。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." -msgstr "Chromium 用内部网站代替 Google 作为默认起始页。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " -"automatically." -msgstr "在无盘工作站上，Kerberos TGT 可在自动登录后使用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and " -"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." -msgstr "" -"添加具有 EAP-TTLS/PAP 和 PEAP-MSCHAPV2 方式支持的 freeRADIUS 设置新工具。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " -"domain joining is gone." -msgstr "Samba 被配置为具有 SMB2/SMB3 支持的‘独立服务器’；以完成域连接。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " -"account data are no longer stored in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"GOsa² web 界面不显示 Samba 相关条目是因为 Samba 帐户数据不再存储在 LDAP 中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of " -"text mode)." -msgstr "PXE 安装使用 Debian 安装器的图形模式（取代文本模式）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins " -"group are allowed to administrate CUPS." -msgstr "" -"中央 CUPS 打印服务器 ipp.intern，允许属于 printer-admins 组的用户管理 CUPS。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user." -msgstr "Icinga 只限于第一个用户通过 web 界面管理。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "已知问题" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " -"Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"参看 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#" -"\">Debian Edu Bullseye 现状页面</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Copyright and authors" -msgstr "版权与作者" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), " -"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " -"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " -"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " -"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " -"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " -"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " -"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " -"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " -"Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii " -"Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" -msgstr "" -"本文档由 Holger Levsen (2007-2020), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, " -"2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick " -"Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen " -"(2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel " -"Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim " -"Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh " -"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " -"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " -"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2020), Bernhard Hammes " -"(2012) 和 Joe Hansen (2015) 撰写并持有版权，并且在 GPL2 或更新版本下发行。请" -"尽情享用！" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " -"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " -"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " -"version\" licence." -msgstr "" -"如果您向它添加内容，<emphasis role=\"strong\">请只在您是作者的情况下来进行。" -"您需要在相同的条件下发行</emphasis>！然后将您的姓名添加在这里，并在“GPL v2 或" -"更新版本”的许可下发行。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Translations of this document" -msgstr "本文档的翻译" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, " -"Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified " -"Chinese." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Bullseye 手册被完全翻译为荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、日语、挪威" -"书面语和简体中文。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, " -"Swedish and Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "部分翻译版本为波兰语、西班牙语、简体中文和繁体中文。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "" -"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" -"doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "HowTo translate this document" -msgstr "如何翻译本文档" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate using PO files" -msgstr "使用 PO 文件来翻译" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " -"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " -"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" -"manual-translations</computeroutput>." -msgstr "" -"像许多自由软件项目一样，本文档的翻译记录在 PO 文件里。关于这一步骤的更多信息" -"可以在 <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" -"buster-manual-translations</computeroutput> 中找到。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> -msgid "Translate online using a web browser" -msgstr "使用 web 浏览器在线翻译" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink url=" -"\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-" -"bullseye/\"/> for more information." -msgstr "" -"某些语言协作组决定通过 Weblate 来翻译。更多信息参阅 <ulink url=\"https://" -"hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/" -">。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> -msgid "Please report any problems." -msgstr "请报告任何问题。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" -msgstr "附录 A - GNU 通用公共许可证" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" -"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " -"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " -"copyright owners." -msgstr "" -"版权 (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht." -"org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > 及其他人，版权所有者的完整列表请参见" -"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">版权章节</link> 。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet" -msgstr "附件 B —— 还没有 Bullseye 的Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> -msgid "Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment." -msgstr "Bullseye 的Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs 这是还不可用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Standalone image" -msgstr "单独映像的特点" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "XFCE desktop" -msgstr "XFCE 桌面" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Standalone profile" -msgstr "来自单独配置文件的所有软件包" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the laptop task" -msgstr "来自笔记本任务的所有软件包" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Features of the Workstation image" -msgstr "工作站镜像的特点" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "All packages from the Workstation profile" -msgstr "来自工作站配置文件的所有软件包" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Activating translations and regional support" -msgstr "激活翻译与地区支持" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC." -"UTF-8</computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale " -"name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the " -"<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> option where KB is the desired " -"keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:" -msgstr "" -"为了激活特定的语言，使用<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput>作" -"为启动选项来启动，其中 ll_CC.UTF-8 是您想要的地区名称。为了激活给定的键盘布" -"局，使用<computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput>选项，其中 KB 是想要的键盘布" -"局。这里是通常使用的地区代码列表：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region)</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">语言（区域）</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">地区值</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">键盘布局</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Bokmål" -msgstr "挪威书面语" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no" -msgstr "no" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk" -msgstr "新挪威语（Nynorsk）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8" -msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "German" -msgstr "德语" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de_DE.UTF-8" -msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "de" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "French (France)" -msgstr "法语（法国）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8" -msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "fr" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Greek (Greece)" -msgstr "希腊语（希腊）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el_GR.UTF-8" -msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "el" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Japanese" -msgstr "日语" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8" -msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "jp" -msgstr "jp" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)" -msgstr "北萨米语（挪威）" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "se_NO" -msgstr "se_NO" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> -msgid "no(smi)" -msgstr "no(smi)" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/" -"i18n/SUPPORTED</computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by " -"the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The " -"keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/." -msgstr "" -"地区代码的完整列表在<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</" -"computeroutput>中可以得到，但只有 UTF-8 地区会被活动映像支持。然而，不是所有" -"的地区都安装了翻译语言。键盘布局可以在 /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/ 中找到。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Stuff to know" -msgstr "需要直到的东西" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The password for the user is \"user\"; root has no password set." -msgstr "用户的密码是“user”；根用户没有设置密码。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Known issues with the image" -msgstr "关于映像的已知问题" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> -msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" -msgstr "附件 C——旧发布版本中的特点" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06" -msgstr "2019 年 07 月 06 日发行的 Debian Edu 10+edu0 代号 Buster 的新特性" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"This is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at " -"<ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/>, thus these are official Debian " -"images." -msgstr "" -"这是 <ulink url=\"https://cdimage.debian.org\"/> 上首次提供 Debian Edu 安装映" -"像，因此这些是官方的 Debian 映像。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">installation manual</" -"ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"出自 Debian Buster 的新版 debian-installer，更多细节参阅其 <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default artwork " -"for Debian 10 Buster." -msgstr "" -"基于 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#" -"\">futurePrototype 主题</ulink>的新美术作品，是 Debian 10 Buster 的默认插图。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE)." -msgstr "新的默认桌面环境 Xfce（取代 KDE）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package " -"cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see <ulink " -"url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">the official CFEngine documentation</" -"ulink>." -msgstr "" -"新的 CFEngine 配置管理（用 cfengine3 代替未维护的软件包 cfengine2）；这是主要" -"的更改，细节请参见 <ulink url=\"https://docs.cfengine.com\">官方 CFEngine 文" -"档</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one." -msgstr "LTSP chroot 的架构现在默认是服务器的那个。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" -msgstr "Debian 10 Buster 中所有新的部分，例如：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.19" -msgstr "Linux 内核 4.19" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" -msgstr "" -"桌面环境 KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE " -"1.20" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0" -msgstr "Firefox 60.7 ESR 和 Chromium 73.0" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" -msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95" -msgstr "教育工具箱 GCompris 0.95" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" -msgstr "音乐创作软件 Rosegarden 18.12" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.74" -msgstr "GOsa 2.74" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.18" -msgstr "LTSP 5.18" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Buster 包括超过 58000 个软件包用于安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</ulink> " -"and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual" -"\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"更多有关 Debian 10 Buster 的信息在 <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/buster/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"http://www." -"debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>里提供。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The " -"profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully " -"translated." -msgstr "" -"在安装中使用的模板的语言更新。这些模板现在有 76 种语言可用，其中 31 种被完全" -"翻译。配置文件选择页有 29 种语言可用，其中 19 种被完全翻译。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, " -"Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Buster 手册被完全翻译为法语、德语、意大利语、丹麦语、荷兰语、挪威" -"书面语和日语。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and " -"Traditional Chinese." -msgstr "部分翻译版本为波兰语、西班牙语、简体中文和繁体中文。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again." -msgstr "BD ISO 镜像再次可以用于离线安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" -"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis> and <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> are " -"available. None of them is installed by default." -msgstr "" -"新的学校层次相关的功能包集<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>、" -"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>、<emphasis>education-" -"secondaryschool</emphasis>和<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>可用。但" -"它们都不被默认安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like " -"<emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>, <emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> or <emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>) are no longer " -"installed by default." -msgstr "" -"一些更属于学前或小学水平的软件包（像 <emphasis>gcompris-qt</emphasis>、" -"<emphasis>childsplay</emphasis>、<emphasis>tuxpaint</emphasis> 或 " -"<emphasis>tuxmath</emphasis>）不再默认安装了。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those " -"educational packages that are actually wanted. See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">installation</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"特定网站的模块的安装。现在能够只安装真正需要的教育软件包。更多信息请参见" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Installation#Modular_installation\">安装</ulink>章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Site specific multi-language support. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -"debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">Desktop</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"每个网站的多语言支持。更多信息参阅<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/Desktop#Set_up_a_multi-" -"language_desktop_environment\">桌面</ulink>章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment." -msgstr "提供了桌面环境的一个新选择 LXQt 0.14。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>Password Management</emphasis>." -msgstr "New GOsa²-Plugin <emphasis>密码管理</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface." -msgstr "不可用的选项已经从 GOsa² 的网站界面上删除了。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the <emphasis>shut-" -"down-at-night-hosts</emphasis> netgroup from being woken up." -msgstr "" -"新的网络组可用于从一唤醒就排除属于<emphasis>shut-down-at-night-hosts</" -"emphasis>网络组的系统 。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the <ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">Administration</ulink> chapter for more " -"information." -msgstr "" -"新的工具 Standardskriver（默认打印机）。更多信息请参见<ulink url=\"https://" -"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Standardskriver\">管理</ulink>章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP " -"diskless clients. See the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -"Documentation/Buster/HowTo/NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader" -"\">NetworkClients</ulink> chapter for more information." -msgstr "" -"新工具 Desktop-autoloader。它允许 LTSP 无盘客户端的性能提高。更多信息请参见" -"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"NetworkClients#Desktop_autoloader\">网络客户端</ulink>章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate " -"is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured " -"to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium " -"and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure " -"connections." -msgstr "" -"内部网络内改进的 TLS/SSL 支持。RootCA 证书用于签署服务器证书，并且配置用户主" -"目录在账户创建时接受；除了 Firefox ESR，现在 Chromium 和 Konqueror 也使用 " -"HTTPS 而不需要允许不安全的链接。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>. A password isn't needed anymore for " -"connections inside the internal network; root needs to run " -"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> first to enable it." -msgstr "" -"Kerberized <emphasis>ssh</emphasis>。在内部网络的连接不再需要密码；根用户需要" -"首先运行<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>来允许它。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, " -"see the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"HowTo/Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">Administration</ulink> chapter for " -"more information." -msgstr "" -"Kerberized NFS。现在能够使用更安全的主目录访问，更多信息请参见<ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/HowTo/" -"Administration#Kerberized_NFS\">管理</ulink>章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"用示例添加配置文件 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" -"computeroutput> 让站点的特定变更很容易。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Added configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> with examples to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"用示例添加配置文件 <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</" -"computeroutput> 让站点的特定变更很容易。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New tool <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just " -"like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might " -"also be useful to make site specific changes easier." -msgstr "" -"新的工具<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-" -"scratch</computeroutput>。允许重新生成 LDAP 数据库，就像主服务器刚刚安装后。" -"工具还使网站特定的更改更容易。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"With <emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> now available in Debian, the related " -"packages are now installed on all systems with Profile <emphasis>LTSP-" -"Server</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>X2Go server</emphasis> 现在在 Debian 中可用，相关的软件包以配置文件" -"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>安装在所有系统上。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped " -"upstream." -msgstr "在Firefox ESR 浏览器中运行 Java 小程序的支持已经在上游就被去掉了。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser." -msgstr "对非免费 flash 的支持已经从 Firefox ESR 浏览器中去掉了。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the " -"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package by default, see " -"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">Maintenance</ulink> chapter for more " -"information about security upgrades." -msgstr "" -"像在 Stretch 之前的情况一样，Debian 10 不默认安装<computeroutput>unattended-" -"upgrades</computeroutput>软件包，安全升级的更多信息请参见<ulink url=" -"\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster/" -"Maintenance#Updating_the_software\">维护</ulink>章节。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" -msgstr "2017-06-17 发行的 Debian Edu 9+edu0 代号 Stretch 的新面貌" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">installation " -"manual</ulink> for more details." -msgstr "" -"对于来自 Debian Stretch 的新版 debian-installer，更多细节参阅它的<ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The \"Thin-Client-Server\" profile has been renamed to \"LTSP-Server\" " -"profile." -msgstr "“Thin-Client-Server”配置文件已经重命名为“LTSP-Server”配置文件。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -"Themes/softWaves#\">\"soft Waves\" theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " -"Debian 9 Stretch." -msgstr "" -"新的图片基于<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/softWaves#" -"\">“soft Waves”主题</ulink>，Debian 9 Stretch 的默认图片。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Everything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg:" -msgstr "Debian 9 Stretch 中所有新的部分，例如：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" -msgstr "Linux 内核 4.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " -"0.99.2, MATE 1.16" -msgstr "" -"桌面环境 KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE " -"1.16" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others " -"see this manual." -msgstr "默认安装 KDE Plasma Workspace；为了选择其他的一个请参见本手册。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59" -msgstr "Firefox 45.9 ESR 和 Chromium 59" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox!" -msgstr "Iceweasel 已经更名为 Firefox！" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default." -msgstr "Icedove 已经更名为 Thunderbird，并且现在默认安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LibreOffice 5.2.6" -msgstr "LibreOffice 5.2.6" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10" -msgstr "教育工具箱 GCompris 15.10" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 16.06" -msgstr "音乐创作软件 Rosegarden 16.06" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "GOsa 2.7.4" -msgstr "GOsa 2.7.4" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "LTSP 5.5.9" -msgstr "LTSP 5.5.9" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation." -msgstr "Debian Stretch 包括超过 50000 个软件包用于安装。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the <ulink url=" -"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/releasenotes\">release notes</" -"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/" -"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 Stretch 的更多信息提供在<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" -"stretch/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" -"releases/stretch/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates " -"are now available in 29 languages." -msgstr "安装中使用的模板的语言更新。这些模板现在有 29 种语言可用。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, " -"Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese " -"translation was newly added for Stretch." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu Stretch手册被完全翻译为德语、法语、意大利语、丹麦语、荷兰语、挪威" -"书面语和日语。日语新添加到 Stretch 版本中。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese." -msgstr "部分翻译版本为西班牙语、波兰语和简体中文。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Icinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool." -msgstr "Icinga 代替 Nagios 作为监控工具。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool." -msgstr "kde-spectacle 代替 ksnapshot 作为截屏工具。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "The free flash player gnash is back again." -msgstr "免费的 flash 播放器又回来了。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' " -"and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"Plymouth 被默认安装并激活，除了 '主服务器' 和 '最小' 配置文件；按 ESC 键可以" -"查看启动和关机消息。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost " -"value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an " -"LDAP editor." -msgstr "" -"从 Jessie 升级时，LDAP 数据库必须调整。必须使用 GOsa² 或 LDAP 编辑器将 " -"sudoHost 值 'tjener' 更改为 'tjener.intern'。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer " -"covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some " -"i586 processors (e.g. the \"AMD Geode\") will remain supported." -msgstr "" -"32 位 PC 支持（作为 Debian 架构 i386 而被知道）不再涵盖 plain i586 处理器。新" -"的基线是 i686，尽管一些 i586 处理器（例如 “AMD Geode”）仍保持被支持。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for " -"new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system " -"with a low uptime value is powered off." -msgstr "" -"Debian 9 对于新安装默认允许无人看管的升级（对于安全升级）。如果具有低的开机时" -"间的系统被关闭，那么这会导致大约 15 min 的延迟。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single " -"change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated " -"(<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput>) for the changes to take " -"effect." -msgstr "" -"LTSP 现在使用 NBD 代替 NFS 作为根文件系统。在对 LTSP chroot 进行每一个单独更" -"改后，为了是更改生效，有关的 NBD 映像必须再次生成（<computeroutput>ltsp-" -"update-image</computeroutput>）。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are " -"no longer allowed." -msgstr "不再允许相同用户同时登录 LTSP 服务器和 LTST 瘦客户端。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> -msgid "Historic information about older releases" -msgstr "旧版本的历史信息" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" -msgstr "以下是从前所做的更多 Debian Edu 发行版：" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." -msgstr "2016 年 07 月 02 日发行的 Debian Edu 8+edu0 代号 Jessie。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." -msgstr "发布于 2013 年 09 月 28 日的 Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 代号 Wheezy。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 代号 \"Squeeze\"，发布于 2013-03-03。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." -msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 代号 \"Squeeze\"，发布于 2012-03-11。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 代号 \"Lenny\"，发布于 2010-10-05。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." -msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 代号 \"Lenny\"，发布于 2010-02-08。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." -msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\"，发布于 2007-12-05。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " -"released 2007-04-08." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" 发布于 2007-07-22。基于发布于 2007-04-08 的 " -"Debian 4.0 Etch。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " -"2005-06-06." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu 2.0，发布于2006-03-14。基于 2005-06-06 发布的 Debian 3.1 Sarge。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -msgid "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " -"released 2002-07-19." -msgstr "" -"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" 发布于 2004-06-20。基于 2002-07-19 发布的 Debian " -"3.0 Woody。" - -#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> -msgid "" -"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " -"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC" -"\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related release " -"manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation" -"\">release manuals page</ulink>." -msgstr "" -"在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" -"AppendixC\">Jessie 手册的附录 C</ulink> 里包含了有关较早发行版完整而详细的概" -"述；或参阅<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">发行" -"手册页面</ulink>上相关的发行手册。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " -#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " -#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "当用户将 U 盘或 DVD / CD-ROM 插入 X2Go 瘦客户端时，媒体被自动挂载，并且能" -#~ "够在 Xfce 桌面上访问它，来浏览有关的文件夹了。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " -#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果远程用户收到弹窗通知或者从控制台使用 pmount，甚至可以挂载可移动设备并" -#~ "访问其文件。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " -#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "若要安装你所选择的桌面环境而不是默认的，按 tab 键并编辑内核引导选项 （像上" -#~ "文）。" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " -#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " -#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " -#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " -#~ "supported." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "从 Bullseye 开始，LTSP 与以前的版本非常不同。这有关设置和维护。主要的区别" -#~ "是，用于无盘工作站的 SquashFS 映像现在从 LTSP 服务器我呢见系统生成。同样瘦" -#~ "客户端不再被默认支持。" - -#~ msgid "In this case execute the following commands on the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "这个情况在 LTSP 服务器上执行以下命令。" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations.\n" -#~ "debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# First get information about firmware packages\n" -#~ "apt update && apt search ^firmware-\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Decide which package has to be installed for the network " -#~ "interface(s). \n" -#~ "# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.\n" -#~ "apt -y -q install <package name>\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory and update the " -#~ "SqushFS image.\n" -#~ "ltsp image /" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" -#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " -#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " -#~ "about thin client types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</" -#~ "computeroutput>（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</" -#~ "computeroutput>）重新创建 chroot。" - -#~ msgid "(!)" -#~ msgstr "(!)" - -#~ msgid ":)" -#~ msgstr ":)" - -#~ msgid "/!\\" -#~ msgstr "/!\\" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " -#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">工作站</emphasis>，特别是任何分离或另外 " -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "login as root." -#~ msgstr "作为 root 登录。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "运行 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" -#~ "computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid ":(" -#~ msgstr ":(" - -#~ msgid "Firefox-ESR 78.9 and Chromium 89.0" -#~ msgstr "Firefox-ESR 78.9 和 Chromium 89.0" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "base-passwd: Choose Yes." -#~ msgstr "restart services：选择 yes。" - -#~ msgid "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" -#~ msgstr "rm -f /etc/squid/conf.d/debian-edu.conf" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "60 cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "81 cn=intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "83 cn=subnet00.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "85 cn=subnet01.intern,cn=dhcp,cn=tjener,ou=servers,ou=systems,dc=skole," -#~ "dc=skolelinux,dc=no" - -#~ msgid "Network Block Device Server" -#~ msgstr "网络块设备服务器" - -#~ msgid "NBD" -#~ msgstr "NBD" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - support " -#~ "mailing list" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/bruker\"/> - 支持邮件列" -#~ "表" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - " -#~ "mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://lists.skolelinux.org/listinfo/linuxiskolen\"/> - 在挪" -#~ "威的开发成员组织的邮件列表（FRISK）" - -#~ msgid "Request a CD / DVD by mail" -#~ msgstr "以邮件请求 CD / DVD" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For those without a fast Internet connection, we can offer a CD or DVD " -#~ "sent for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to " -#~ "<ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> and we " -#~ "will discuss the payment details (for shipping and media)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "对于那些没有快速互联网连接，我们可以按 CD 或 DVD 以及运输的费用提供 CD 或 " -#~ "DVD 的发送。只要发送电子邮件到 <ulink url=\"mailto:cd@skolelinux.no" -#~ "\">cd@skolelinux.no</ulink> 我们就会商量支付细节（运输和媒体）。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD to be sent to in " -#~ "the email." -#~ msgstr "记着在发送你需要 CD 或 DVD 的电子邮件中包含地址。" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Versions of this document translated into German, Italian, French, " -#~ "Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese and Japanese are available. " -#~ "Incomplete translations exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese. " -#~ "There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" -#~ "edu-doc/\">online overview of shipped translations</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "本文档已有翻译成德语，意大利语，法语，丹麦语，荷兰语，挪威布克莫尔语以及日" -#~ "语的版本。存在不完整的西班牙语，波兰语和简体中文翻译。这里是<ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">已收录翻译的在" -#~ "线综览</ulink>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian " -#~ "providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school " -#~ "network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu 亦称 Skolelinux，是基于 Debian 的 Linux 发布版，提供了完全配置" -#~ "好的学校网络的开箱即用的环境。" - -#~ msgid "After the installation:" -#~ msgstr "安装之后：" - -#~ msgid "As an option install a firewall and / or a traffic shaping tool." -#~ msgstr "作为可选项，还可以安装防火墙和/或流量控制工具。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # Turn a system with profile 'Minimal' into a gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/post-up/d' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-nameservers 10.0.2.2' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-domain intern' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/fetch-ldap-cert\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/network/if-up.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-name,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-search,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat\n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # You might want a firewall (shorewall or ufw) and traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # or\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "#!/bin/sh\n" -#~ " # 将系统配置文件'Minimal'应用于gateway/firewall. \n" -#~ " #\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/auto eth0/auto eth0 eth1/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/eth1/ s/dhcp/static/' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " sed -i '/post-up/d' /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'address 10.0.0.1' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-nameservers 10.0.2.2' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " echo 'dns-domain intern' >> /etc/network/interfaces\n" -#~ " hostname -b gateway\n" -#~ " hostname > /etc/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/hostname\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/dhcp/dhclient-exit-hooks.d/fetch-ldap-cert\n" -#~ " rm -f /etc/network/if-up.d/wpad-proxy-update\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-name,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " sed -i 's/domain-search,//' /etc/dhcp/dhclient-debian-edu.conf\n" -#~ " service networking stop\n" -#~ " service networking start\n" -#~ " sed -i 's#NAT=#NAT=\"10.0.0.0/8\"#' /etc/default/enable-nat\n" -#~ " service enable-nat restart\n" -#~ " # 您可能需要安装firewall(shorewall或ufw) 和 traffic shaping.\n" -#~ " #apt update\n" -#~ " #apt install shorewall\n" -#~ " # 或者\n" -#~ " #apt install ufw\n" -#~ " #apt install wondershaper" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If LTSP diskless clients are used the above steps need to be done inside " -#~ "the LTSP chroot as well. LDM supports all desktop environments. First use " -#~ "<emphasis>Preferences</emphasis> to choose the language, then login." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果使用 LTSP 无盘客户端则上述步骤还需要在该 LTSP chroot 内部完成。LDM 支" -#~ "持所有桌面环境。首先使用 <emphasis>Preferences</emphasis> 选择语言，然后登" -#~ "录。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix " -#~ "ICA client HowTo</ulink> to access Windows terminal server from " -#~ "Skolelinux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix " -#~ "ICA client HowTo</ulink> 从 Skolelinux 访问 Windows 终端服务器。" - -#~ msgid "Desktop choice" -#~ msgstr "桌面选择" - -#~ msgid "Be happy" -#~ msgstr "祝愉快" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " -#~ "Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> " -#~ "profiles:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这是具有<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>和 <emphasis role=" -#~ "\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>配置文件的 iPXE 菜单的样子：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add workstations with GOsa² - thin-client and diskless workstation can be " -#~ "used directly without this step." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "以 GOsa² 添加工作站 - 瘦客户端和无盘工作站可以直接使用而不用这个步骤。" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png}}" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to " -#~ "check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the " -#~ "group later on." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "默认下，不能创建合适的 Samba 组。如果你在组创建时忽略了检查 Samba 组选项，" -#~ "可以在之后修改该组。" - -#~ msgid "Group Management on the command line" -#~ msgstr "命令行上的组管理" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# List existing group mapping between UNIX and Windows groups.\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ " \n" -#~ "# Add your new or otherwise missing groups:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n" -#~ " comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# 列出UNIX和Windows组之间现有的组映射\n" -#~ "net groupmap list\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "# 添加一个新的或缺少的组:\n" -#~ "net groupmap add unixgroup=NEW_GROUP type=domain ntgroup=\"NEW_GROUP\"\\\n" -#~ " comment=\"DESCRIPTION OF NEW GROUP\"" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected " -#~ "to the main network. Only workstations with disks <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa², but all <emphasis role=\"strong" -#~ "\">can</emphasis>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "当连接到主网络时，无盘工作站和瘦客户端开箱即可工作。仅是有磁盘的工作站" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">需要</emphasis>用 GOsa² 添加，但所有的都" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">可以</emphasis>。" - -#~ msgid "winstation-hosts" -#~ msgstr "winstation-hosts" - -#~ msgid "NFS." -#~ msgstr "NFS。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the " -#~ "workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts " -#~ "within the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts " -#~ "<computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> can mount the exported NFS " -#~ "shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of " -#~ "machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to " -#~ "use static IP addresses from LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "主目录由主服务器导出被工作站和 LTSP 服务器挂载。由于安全原因，仅工作站主" -#~ "机，ltsp 服务器主机和服务器主机在内的主机<computeroutput>网络组</" -#~ "computeroutput>可以挂载导出的共享 NFS。那么记住在 LDAP 树中所配置这些正确" -#~ "的机器种类以及配置从 LDAP 里所使用的静态 IP 地址是相当重要的。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remember to configure workstations and LTSP servers properly with GOsa², " -#~ "or your users won't be able to access their home directories. Diskless " -#~ "workstations and thin clients don't use NFS, so they don't need to be " -#~ "configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "记着用 GOsa² 正确地配置工作站和 LTSP 服务器，否则你的用户将无法访问他们的" -#~ "主目录。无盘工作站和瘦客户端不使用 NFS，那么它们不需要被配置。" - -#~ msgid "fs-autoresize" -#~ msgstr "fs-autoresize" - -#~ msgid "shutdown at night" -#~ msgstr "夜晚关机" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag " -#~ "(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows " -#~ "systems to the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host " -#~ "to the LDAP tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to " -#~ "the domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the " -#~ "Skolelinux network see the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> " -#~ "chapter of this manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "机器配置的另一个重要部分是“Samba 主机”标志（在“主机信息”区域）。如果需要将" -#~ "现有的 Windows 系统添加到 Skolelinux Samba 域添中，需要将 Windows 主机添加" -#~ "到 LDAP 树中，并设置这个标志能够将 Windows 主机加入到域中。有关将 Windows " -#~ "主机添加到 Skolelinux 网络的更多信息，请参看本手册的 <link linkend=" -#~ "\"NetworkClients--Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network\">HowTo/" -#~ "NetworkClients</link> 一章。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-config" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt full-upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-config" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The username is <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> and the " -#~ "default password is <computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>. For " -#~ "security reasons, avoid using the same password as root. To change the " -#~ "password you can run the following command as root:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这个用户名是 <computeroutput>icingaadmin</computeroutput> 而其默认密码是 " -#~ "<computeroutput>skolelinux</computeroutput>。出于安全原因，避免使用与 " -#~ "root 相同的密码。可以作为 root 运行以下命令来变更密码：" - -#~ msgid "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" -#~ msgstr "htpasswd /etc/icinga/htpasswd.users icingaadmin" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure you have enough disk space. On both <emphasis>/usr</emphasis> " -#~ "and <emphasis>/var</emphasis> about 5 GiB free space will be needed " -#~ "temporarily. See the related <link linkend=\"Administration\">manual " -#~ "chapter</link> for more information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "确保有足够的磁盘空间。<emphasis>/usr</emphasis> 和 <emphasis>/var</" -#~ "emphasis> 两者临时会需要大约 5 GiB 的自由空间。更多的信息参阅相关的<link " -#~ "linkend=\"Administration--Resizing_Partitions\">手册章节</link>。" - -#~ msgid "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" -#~ msgstr "apt install debian-edu-artwork-bullseye" - -#~ msgid "After reboot, do some more cleanup:" -#~ msgstr "重新启动后，再进行一些清理：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-4.19.0-*\n" -#~ "apt purge linux-headers-4.19.0-*\n" -#~ "apt --purge autoremove" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-4.19.0-*\n" -#~ "apt purge linux-headers-4.19.0-*\n" -#~ "apt --purge autoremove" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the " -#~ "things not needed." -#~ msgstr "像在主服务器上做所有基本的事情而不用做不需要的事情。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For new systems added with GOsa², Kerberos host keytab files are " -#~ "generated automatically." -#~ msgstr "对于以 GOsa² 添加的新系统，自动生成 Kerberos 主机密钥表文件。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See the <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink> for details." -#~ msgstr "细节请参见<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP 主页</ulink>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the main subnet the complete PXE menu is provided; the separate subnet " -#~ "for each LTSP server allows only diskless and thin LTSP client selection." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在主子网上提供了完整的 PXE 菜单；每个 LTSP 服务器的单独子网仅允许选择无盘" -#~ "和瘦 LTSP 客户机。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could " -#~ "be started as diskless workstation or thin client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "使用默认主要子网上的 10.0.0.0/8 上的默认 PXE 菜单，机器可以作为无盘工作站" -#~ "或瘦客户端来启动。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE " -#~ "boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file " -#~ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</computeroutput> can " -#~ "be created with content similar to this:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PXE 安装选项是有默认任何人能 PXE 启动机器。要密码保护 PXE 安装选项，可以创" -#~ "建一个 <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> 文件含有类似这样的内容：" - -#~ msgid "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" -#~ msgstr "MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired " -#~ "password." -#~ msgstr "这个密码 hash 要用一个想要的密码 MD5 hash 代替。" - -#~ msgid "LTSP in detail" -#~ msgstr "LTSP 细节" - -#~ msgid "Desktop autoloader" -#~ msgstr "桌面自动加载程序" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This tool preloads the default Desktop environment (and programs of your " -#~ "choice). It is only useful for diskless clients. The setup is site " -#~ "specific, also some technical skills are required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这个工具预先装入默认的桌面环境（和您选择的程序）。它只对无盘客户端有用。设" -#~ "置是网站特定的，还需要一些技术技巧。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read about it: run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot cat /usr/share/doc/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader/README.Debian</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "其相关阅读：运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot cat /usr/share/doc/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader/README.Debian</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least two files need to be edited. Available <editor> choices " -#~ "are: vi, nano, mcedit." -#~ msgstr "至少需要编辑两个文件。可选择的<编辑器>有：vi，nano，mcedit。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <编辑器> /etc/cron.d/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "run <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <editor> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot <编辑器> /etc/default/desktop-" -#~ "autoloader</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the setup is complete, update the NBD image running " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> and test it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果设置完成，运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 更" -#~ "新 NBD 映像并测试。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the LTSP client to use a fixed IP, see <computeroutput>man ltsp." -#~ "conf</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "配置 LTSP 客户端来使用固定 IP，请参见<computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network" -#~ msgstr "将 Windows 机器连接到网络上" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be " -#~ "joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main server, " -#~ "enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also " -#~ "authenticates the users during the login." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "对于 Windows 客户端，Windows 域名“SKOLELINUX”可以被加入。安装在主服务器上" -#~ "的特殊服务 Samba，允许 Windows 客户端存储配置文件和用户数据，以及用户登录" -#~ "时的身份验证。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in " -#~ "the <link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Bullseye Samba Howto</link>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "用 Windows 客户端加入域，需要<link linkend=\"Samba\">Debian Edu Bullseye " -#~ "Samba Howto</link>中描述的步骤。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and " -#~ "logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could " -#~ "take some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local " -#~ "cache in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on the " -#~ "main server instead) and save files into the H: volume rather than under " -#~ "\"My Documents\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Windows 每次登录和注销将同步域用户的资料。根据资料中存储了多少数据，会需要" -#~ "一定的时间。要减少所需时间，关闭诸如浏览器的本地缓存（可以改为使用安装在主" -#~ "服务器上的 Squid 代理缓存）并保存文件到 H: 卷而不是 “My Documents” 之下。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please read the information provided on the Samba wiki about supported " -#~ "Windows versions, needed registry patches and other procedures before " -#~ "proceeding." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "请阅读在 Samba 维基上提供的有关 Windows 版本支持信息，在继续进行之前需要注" -#~ "册补丁和其他步骤。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/" -#~ "Required_Settings_for_Samba_NT4_Domains\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Samba has been fully prepared for use as an NT4-style domain controller. " -#~ "After a machine has joined the domain, this machine can be fully managed " -#~ "with GOsa²." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Samba 为用户完全准备好像一个 NT4 风格的域管理器。一台机器加入该域后，用 " -#~ "GOsa² 可以完全管理这台机器。" - -#~ msgid "Getting Started" -#~ msgstr "开始" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main " -#~ "server and also a Debian Edu workstation. We presume that you have " -#~ "already created some users that can login and use the Debian Edu " -#~ "workstation. We also presume that you have a Windows workstation at hand, " -#~ "so you can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows " -#~ "machine." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "本文档假设已安装了 Debian Edu 主服务器还有 Debian Edu 工作站。假定已经创建" -#~ "了一些可以登录并使用 Debian Edu 工作站的用户。也假定手头上有 Windows 工作" -#~ "站，那么可以测试从一台 Windows 机器访问 Debian Edu 主服务器。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After installation of the Debian Edu main server the Samba host \\" -#~ "\\TJENER should be visible in your Windows Network Neighbourhood. Debian " -#~ "Edu's Windows domain is SKOLELINUX. Use a Windows machine (or a Linux " -#~ "system with smbclient) to browse your Windows/Samba network environment." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "安装 Debian Edu 主服务器之后 Samba 主机 \\\\TJENER 会在 Windows 网上邻居中" -#~ "看到。Debian Edu 的 Windows 域是 SKOLELINUX。用 Windows 机器（或者有 " -#~ "smbclient 的 Linux 系统）来浏览 Windows/Samba 网络环境。" - -#~ msgid "START -> Run command" -#~ msgstr "开始 -> 运行" - -#~ msgid "enter \\\\TJENER and press return" -#~ msgstr "输入 \\\\TJENER 并按回车" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share " -#~ "on \\\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for " -#~ "printing under Unix/Linux (CUPS queues)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "-> 一个 Windows Explorer 窗口将会打开并显示在 \\\\TJENER 中的网络登录共" -#~ "享，也许还有已经在 Unix/Linux (CUPS queues) 下配置打印的打印机。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Student and teacher user accounts that have been configured via GOsa² " -#~ "should be able to authenticate against \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER" -#~ "\\<username> and access their home directories even with Windows " -#~ "machines <emphasis role=\"strong\">not</emphasis> joined to the Windows " -#~ "SKOLELINUX domain." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "通过 GOsa² 配置学生和教师帐户将能对照 \\\\TJENER\\HOMES 或 \\\\TJENER" -#~ "\\<用户名> 来验证并访问他们的主目录即使有 Windows 机器<emphasis " -#~ "role=\"strong\">未</emphasis>加入 Windows SKOLELINUX 域。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter \\\\TJENER\\HOMES or \\\\TJENER\\<username> and press return" -#~ msgstr "输入 \\\\TJENER\\HOMES 或 \\\\TJENER\\<用户名> 并按回车" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "enter your login credentials (username, password) in the authentication " -#~ "dialog window that appears" -#~ msgstr "在出现的验证对话窗口中输入登录证明（用户名，密码）" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show files and folders in " -#~ "your Debian Edu home directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "-> 一个 Windows Explorer 窗口将会打开并显示用户在 Debian Edu 主目录里的" -#~ "文件和文件夹。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default only the [homes] and the [netlogon] shares are exported; " -#~ "further share examples for students and teachers can be found in " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on your " -#~ "Debian Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "默认仅输出 [homes] 和 [netlogon] 共享；更多的学生和教师共享示例可以在 " -#~ "Debian Edu 主服务器的 <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput> 里找到。" - -#~ msgid "Domain Membership" -#~ msgstr "域成员" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows " -#~ "workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian " -#~ "Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要使用 TJENER 上的 Samba 作为域管理器，网络的 Windows 工作站要加入由 " -#~ "Debian Edu 主服务器提供的 SKOLELINUX 域。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\\Administrator " -#~ "account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current " -#~ "main purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To " -#~ "enable this account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during " -#~ "main server installation) and run this command:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "首先要做的事是启用 SKOLELINUX\\Administrator 帐户。该帐户不计划为日常工作" -#~ "使用；其现在的主要目的是向 SKOLELINUX 域添加 Windows 机器。要使该帐户作为" -#~ "第一个用户（安装主服务器期间创建）登录到 TJENER 并运行这个命令：" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password of SKOLELINUX\\Administrator has been preconfigured during " -#~ "the main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when " -#~ "authenticating as SKOLELINUX\\Administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这个 SKOLELINUX\\Administrator 密码在主服务器安装时被预先配置了。当证明为 " -#~ "SKOLELINUX\\Administrator 时请使用系统的 root 帐户。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the " -#~ "SKOLELINUX\\Administrator account again:" -#~ msgstr "一旦完成管理工作就得再次禁用 SKOLELINUX\\Administrator 帐户：" - -#~ msgid "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" -#~ msgstr "$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator" - -#~ msgid "Windows hostname" -#~ msgstr "Windows 主机名" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the " -#~ "SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS " -#~ "host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and " -#~ "cannot be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this " -#~ "machine)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要让需要在 SKOLELINUX 域中使用的 Windows 机器有名称。如果没有，首先重命名" -#~ "（然后重启）。Windows 机器的 NetBIOS 主机名以后会在 GOsa² 中使用并且在这里" -#~ "不能更改（没有粉碎该机器的域成员）。" - -#~ msgid "First Domain Logon" -#~ msgstr "第一次域登录" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user " -#~ "profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has " -#~ "joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are " -#~ "run:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu 提供一些脚本在第一次登录时预配置 Windows 用户的配置文件。在首次" -#~ "登录到加入 SKOLELINUX 域的 Windows 工作站时运行以下任务：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that " -#~ "with Mozilla Firefox on Windows" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "拷贝用户的 Firefox 设定到单独的位置并用 Windows 上的 Mozilla Firefox 注册" - -#~ msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox" -#~ msgstr "在 Firefox 中设置 Web 代理和起始页" - -#~ msgid "set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE" -#~ msgstr "在 IE 中设置 Web 代理和起始页" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens " -#~ "Windows Explorer on double-click" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "添加 MyHome 图标到桌面指向驱动器 H: 而且在双击下打开 Windows 资源管理器" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, " -#~ "please refer to the <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> " -#~ "folder on your Debian Edu main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "其他任务在每次登录时运行。有关的更多信息，请查阅 Debian Edu 主服务器上的 " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon</computeroutput> 文件夹。" - -#~ msgid "To get full Epoptes support, these steps are required." -#~ msgstr "要获得全部的 Epoptes 支持，需要这些步骤。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# Run on a combi server (and on each additional LTSP server):\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install epoptes\n" -#~ "ltsp image /" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Run on a combi server (and on each additional LTSP server):\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install epoptes\n" -#~ "ltsp image /" - -#~ msgid "Obtaining a Kerberos ticket to read email on diskless workstations" -#~ msgstr "获得 Kerberos 证书在无盘工作站上阅读电子邮件" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by " -#~ "default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. " -#~ "Enter your password and the ticket will be granted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果工作在无盘工作站上，默认没有 Kerberos TGT。要获得一个，在系统托盘上点" -#~ "击证书按钮。输入密码就会承认该证书。" - -#~ msgid "The debian-installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore." -#~ msgstr "debian-installer 不再支持 LTSP chroot 设置了。" - -#~ msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 0.97" -#~ msgstr "教育工具箱 GCompris 0.97" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Salsa project " -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要提交翻译需要是 Salsa 的 <computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput> 项目" -#~ "成员。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> source " -#~ "using ssh access: <computeroutput>git clone git@salsa.debian.org:debian-" -#~ "edu/debian-edu-doc.git</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "然后签出 <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> 源代码使用 ssh 访" -#~ "问：<computeroutput>git clone git@salsa.debian.org:debian-edu/debian-edu-" -#~ "doc.git</computeroutput>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you only want to translate, you need to check out only a few files " -#~ "from Git (which can be done anonymously). Please file a bug against the " -#~ "debian-edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <ulink url=\"https://" -#~ "bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">bugreport</ulink>. See <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://bugs.debian.org\">instructions on how to submit bugs</ulink> " -#~ "for more information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果只是想要做翻译，仅需从 Git 签出少数文件（这是可以匿名进行的）。请提交" -#~ "相关 debian-edu-doc 软件包的错误并附上 PO 文件到<ulink url=\"http://bugs." -#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-doc\">错误报告</ulink>。更多信息参阅<ulink url=" -#~ "\"http://bugs.debian.org\">如何提交错误的说明</ulink>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can check out the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> " -#~ "source anonymously with the following command (you need to have the " -#~ "<computeroutput>git</computeroutput> package installed for this to work):" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "可以用以下命令（需要安装 <computeroutput>git</computeroutput> 软件包来工" -#~ "作）匿名签出 <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> 源代码：" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then edit the file <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-buster/debian-" -#~ "edu-buster-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> (replacing $CC with your " -#~ "language code). There are many tools for translating available; we " -#~ "suggest using <computeroutput>lokalize</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "然后编辑 <computeroutput>documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-" -#~ "bullseye-manual.$CC.po</computeroutput> 文件（用你的语言编码替换 $CC）。有" -#~ "许多工具可以用来进行翻译；我们建议使用 <computeroutput>lokalize</" -#~ "computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights " -#~ "to do so) or send the file to the bugreport." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "然后或直接提交该文件到 Git （如有那样做的权限）抑或发送该文件到错误报告。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To update your local copy of the repository use the following command " -#~ "inside the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> directory:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> 目录内使用以下命令更新" -#~ "文件库的本地副本：" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-" -#~ "translations to find information how to create a new PO file for your " -#~ "language if there isn't one yet, and how to update translations." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "阅读 /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bullseye-manual-" -#~ "translations 来了解如何创建一个这里还没有的语言的新 PO 文件，和如何更新翻" -#~ "译。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't " -#~ "translate any string which contains \" FIXME\"." -#~ msgstr "请留意这一手册仍在开发中，那就不要翻译任何含有 ” FIXME” 的字符串。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Basic information about Salsa (the host where our Git repository is " -#~ "located) and Git is available at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "Salsa\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "有关 Salsa（我们的 Git 仓库设置于该主机）和 Git 的基本信息可在 <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://wiki.debian.org/Salsa\"/> 获得。" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are new to Git, look at the <ulink url=\"https://git-scm.com/book" -#~ "\">Pro Git</ulink> book; it has a chapter on the <ulink url=\"https://git-" -#~ "scm.com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository" -#~ "\">recording changes to the repository</ulink>. Also you might want to " -#~ "look at the <computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> package that provides a " -#~ "GUI for Git." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果对 Git 不熟悉，查阅<ulink url=\"http://git-scm.com/book\">专业 Git</" -#~ "ulink> 书籍；有一章<ulink url=\"http://git-scm.com/book/en/Git-Basics-" -#~ "Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository\">代码库记录变化</ulink>。也可能需要看" -#~ "一看 <computeroutput>gitk</computeroutput> 软件包所提供的 Git 图形界面。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text.\n" -#~ "Translations are available at https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/" -#~ "gpl-2.0-translations.html." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "译者注意：这里无需翻译 GPL 许可证文本。\n" -#~ "在 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0-translations.html 上" -#~ "有译本。" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/i.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/idea.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/idea.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/idea.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/smile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/smile.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/alert.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/alert.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "\"/>" - -#~ msgid "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01c-Installer_help.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/02-select_a_language.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/02-select_a_language.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/03-select_your_location.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/03-select_your_location.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "./images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/23-Tjener-Login.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa2_overview.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa2_overview.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/filterbox.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/filterbox.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/edit_user.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/edit_user.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/change_password_administratively.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/change_password_administratively.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/reset_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/reset_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/create_group.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/create_group.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/list_groups.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/list_groups.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" - -#~ msgid "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\"/>" -#~ msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/zh_CN/DebianEdu\"/>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" -#~| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " -#~| "artwork for Debian 10 Buster." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "FIXME: artwork theme * New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki." -#~ "debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</" -#~ "ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 11 Bullseye." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "基于 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" -#~ "futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype 主题</ulink>的新美术作品，是 Debian 10 " -#~ "Buster 的默认插图。" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:23-Tjener-Login.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:23-Tjener-Login.png}}" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png}}" - -#~ msgid "Java" -#~ msgstr "Java" - -#~ msgid "Thin clients are using the programs installed on the server." -#~ msgstr "瘦客户端正在使用安装在服务器上的程序。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For LTSP clients a more lightweight desktop environment should be used; " -#~ "this can be set at installation time, see the <link linkend=" -#~ "\"Installation--Desktop_choice\">Installation chapter</link> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "对于 LTSP 客户机应该使用更轻量级的桌面环境；这可以在安装时设置，详情请参阅" -#~ "<link linkend=\"Installation--Desktop_choice\">安装章节</link>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For diskless workstations the terms \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat " -#~ "clients\" or \"half-thick clients\" are also used. For the sake of " -#~ "clarity this manual sticks to the term \"diskless workstations\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "对于无盘工作站还使用的说法是 \"stateless workstations\", \"lowfat clients" -#~ "\" 或者 \"half-thick clients\"。为了清晰起见本手册定名为 \"diskless " -#~ "workstations\"。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "At least 12 GiB RAM for 30 thin clients and 20 GiB RAM for 50-60 thin " -#~ "clients are recommended for the main and LTSP server profiles." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "建议用于 30 瘦客户机的主服务器和 LTSP 服务器配置至少 12 GiB 的内存而对于 " -#~ "50-60 瘦客户机则为 20 GiB。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Swapping over the network is automatically enabled for LTSP clients; the " -#~ "swap size is 512 MiB, and if you need more you can tune this by editing " -#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</computeroutput> on tjener to set " -#~ "the SIZE variable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "为 LTSP 客户端网络上的交换能是自动的；交换区大小是 512 MiB，而如果你需要更" -#~ "大可以通过编辑 tiener 服务器上的 <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput> 设置 SIZE 变化量来调整。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If your diskless workstations have hard drives, it is recommended to use " -#~ "them for swap as it is a lot faster than network swapping." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果你的无盘工作站有硬盘驱动器，建议使用它们作为比网络交换快不少的交换区。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On workstations with little RAM the spell checker might cause LibreOffice " -#~ "to hang if the swap space is also too small. If this happens frequently " -#~ "the spell checker can be disabled by system administrators." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "有小内存的工作站如果交换空间也太小也许因 LibreOffice 的拼写检查而挂起。如" -#~ "果这经常发生可以由系统管理员禁用拼写检查。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients (192.168.0.0/24 as default), but " -#~ "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network" -#~ "\">others are possible</link>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "eth1 用于 LTSP 客户端的服务（192.168.0.0/24 作为缺省），但 <link linkend=" -#~ "\"NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network\">others are " -#~ "possible</link>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "An excellent database of hardware supported by Debian is online at <ulink " -#~ "url=\"http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "一个优秀的 Debian 所支持的硬件数据库在线于 <ulink url=\"http://kmuto.jp/" -#~ "debian/hcl/\"/>。" - -#~ msgid "Notes on LTSP Server installations using only Thin-Clients" -#~ msgstr "仅用于瘦客户端的 LTSP 服务器安装的注意事项" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Providing the kernel boot parameter <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-" -#~ "client</computeroutput> makes it possible to skip one step which converts " -#~ "the LTSP chroot from a thin-client chroot into a combined thin-client/" -#~ "diskless workstation chroot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "提供的内核引导参数 <computeroutput>edu-skip-ltsp-make-client</" -#~ "computeroutput> 可以跳过将 LTSP chroot 从瘦客户机 chroot 转换成组合瘦客户" -#~ "机/无盘工作站 chroot 的这个步骤。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin " -#~ "client chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, " -#~ "which can be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut " -#~ "down the installation time considerably." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这适用于某状况，例如如果你需要一个单纯的瘦客户端 chroot 抑或如果在另一服务" -#~ "器上已有的无盘 chroot，那可以被同步。对这些状况略过这步会减少相当的安装时" -#~ "间。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Except for the longer installation time there is no harm in always " -#~ "creating combined chroots, which is why this is done by default." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在重复创建组合 chroot 中除了较长的安装时间外没有损害，那就是为什么由缺省完" -#~ "成。" - -#~ msgid "Installation over the network (PXE) and booting diskless clients" -#~ msgstr "通过网络安装 (PXE) 并引导无盘客户端" - -#~ msgid "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" - -#~ msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" -#~ msgstr "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" - -#~ msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" -#~ msgstr "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" - -#~ msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" -#~ msgstr "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" -#~ msgstr "12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" - -#~ msgid "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" -#~ msgstr "12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/13-Install+the+base+system.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/14-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "14-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "14-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/17-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgstr "17-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png" - -#~ msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png" -#~ msgstr "18-Build LTSP chroot.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" - -#~ msgid "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" -#~ msgstr "19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png" - -#~ msgid "20-Finish_the_Installation.png" -#~ msgstr "20-Finish_the_Installation.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgstr "22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" -#~ msgstr "28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" - -#~ msgid "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png" - -#~ msgid "Diskless Workstation Login" -#~ msgstr "无盘工作站登录" - -#~ msgid "Debian Edu Xfce desktop" -#~ msgstr "Debian Edu Xfce 桌面" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For general information on GOsa² have a look at: <ulink url=\"https://oss." -#~ "gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "对于总体上的 GOsa² 信息请参看：<ulink url=\"https://oss.gonicus.de/labs/" -#~ "gosa/wiki/documentation\"/>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C ltsp-chroot apt-get update\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C ltsp-chroot -m apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-config\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-" -#~ "config\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels # If a new kernel was installed\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C ltsp-chroot apt-get update\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "LC_ALL=C ltsp-chroot -m apt-get upgrade -y\n" -#~ "cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-config\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m cf-agent -D installation # On upgrades of debian-edu-" -#~ "config\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels # If a new kernel was installed\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is important to run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-kernels</" -#~ "computeroutput> if a new kernel was installed in the LTSP chroot, to keep " -#~ "the kernel and kernel modules in sync. The kernel is handed out via TFTP " -#~ "when the machine does PXE boot, and the kernel modules are fetched from " -#~ "the LTSP chroot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果在 LTSP chroot 中安装了新内核，运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-" -#~ "kernels</computeroutput> 来保持内核与内核模块同步是重要的。当机器做 PXE 引" -#~ "导时内核通过 TFTP 分发，而内核模块来自 LTSP chroot。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> to re-generate the " -#~ "NBD image(s)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 重新生成 NBD 映" -#~ "像。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To upgrade the LTSP chroot, one can use <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-" -#~ "get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>. On " -#~ "64-bit servers, one will have to add <computeroutput>-a i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> as an argument to ltsp-chroot. It is a good idea to " -#~ "update the chroot when updating the host system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要升级 LTSP chroot，可以使用 <computeroutput>ltsp-chroot apt-get update " -#~ "&& ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</computeroutput>。在 64 位服务器" -#~ "上，将需要添加 <computeroutput>-a i386</computeroutput> 作为一个参数到 " -#~ "ltsp-chroot。在升更新这一主系统时更新该 chroot 是个好主意。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " -#~ "and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. The diskless " -#~ "machines are easy, as their chroot environment can be deleted and " -#~ "recreated, if you haven't modified it. If you have, the chroot is " -#~ "basically a workstation chroot anyway, so rather easy to upgrade." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "一般来说，升级服务器比工作站更加困难，主服务器是最难升级的。无盘机器是容易" -#~ "的，如果未修改过作为它们的 chroot 环境，可以删除并重建它。如果有，这个 " -#~ "chroot 基本上相当工作站 chroot，如此也相当容易升级。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt purge atftpd # needed because tftpd will be installed\n" -#~ "apt install libcurl4 # needed to replace libcurl3\n" -#~ "apt install apache2 # needed first to avoid additional work later on\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "export LC_ALL=C # optional (to get English output)\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt purge atftpd # needed because tftpd will be installed\n" -#~ "apt install libcurl4 # needed to replace libcurl3\n" -#~ "apt install apache2 # needed first to avoid additional work later on\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "ntp: Choose N." -#~ msgstr "ntp：选择 N。" - -#~ msgid "Enable PHP 7.3 support:" -#~ msgstr "启用 PHP 7.3 支持：" - -#~ msgid "Adjust GOsa² access (changed encryption method):" -#~ msgstr "整理 GOsa² 访问（改变加密方法）：" - -#~ msgid "backup /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig" -#~ msgstr "备份 /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "replace the long (hashed) password in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with the short " -#~ "(random) password from /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig (for both " -#~ "<emphasis>adminPassword</emphasis> and <emphasis>snapshotAdminPassword</" -#~ "emphasis>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "用来自 /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig 的短（随机）密码代替 /etc/gosa/gosa.conf " -#~ "里的长（哈希）密码（对于 <emphasis>adminPassword</emphasis> 和 " -#~ "<emphasis>snapshotAdminPassword</emphasis> 两者）" - -#~ msgid "Upgrading LTSP chroots" -#~ msgstr "升级 LTSP chroot" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make sure you have enough disk space. LTSP uses Network Block Device " -#~ "(NBD). The NBD image file size is about 4 GiB (default installation). If " -#~ "the image is updated, another 4 GiB for a temporary file are needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "确保有充足的磁盘空间。LTSP 使用网络块设备（NBD）。NBD 镜像文件大小大约是 " -#~ "4 GiB（默认安装）。如果更新该镜像，需要为临时文件再多加 4 GiB。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Also please note that the default LTSP architecture was i386 for Stretch. " -#~ "See below how to create a chroot for 64-bit-PCs (amd64)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "也请注意 Stretch 的默认 LTSP 架构是 i386。看下面如何创建 64 位 PC（amd64）" -#~ "的 chroot。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/bullseye/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -f install\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/bullseye/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt update\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -f install\n" -#~ "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt -y full-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "Cleaning up:" -#~ msgstr "清理：" - -#~ msgid "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt --purge autoremove" -#~ msgstr "ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt --purge autoremove" - -#~ msgid "Update LTSP support on the server side:" -#~ msgstr "在服务器端更新 LTSP 支持：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-sshkeys\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ltsp-update-kernels\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-sshkeys\n" -#~ "ltsp-update-image" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To save disk space, <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image -n</computeroutput> " -#~ "could be used instead; see <computeroutput>man ltsp-update-image</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "为节省磁盘空间，可改为使用 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image -n</" -#~ "computeroutput>；参阅 <computeroutput>man ltsp-update-image</" -#~ "computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "Recreating an LTSP chroot" -#~ msgstr "重建 LTSP chroot" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot could also be recreated. The new " -#~ "chroot will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations. " -#~ "Please note: As of Bullseye, the LTSP chroot arch defaults to the one " -#~ "used for the server side." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 LTSP 服务器上还可以重新创建 LTSP chroot。新的 chroot 仍将支持瘦客户端和" -#~ "无盘工作站两者。请注意：从 Bullseye 开始，LTSP chroot 架构默认适应服务器侧" -#~ "的架构。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Remove <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput> (or " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>, depending on your " -#~ "setup). If you have enough diskspace, consider backing it up." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "移除 <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386</computeroutput>（或 <computeroutput>/" -#~ "opt/ltsp/amd64</computeroutput>，取决于你的设置）。如果有充裕的磁盘空间，" -#~ "考虑备份它。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --help</computeroutput> and " -#~ "<computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --extra-help</computeroutput> for more " -#~ "information about options. The file <emphasis>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client." -#~ "conf</emphasis> contains some useful (commented) options." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "有关选项的更多信息参看 <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --help</" -#~ "computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --extra-help</" -#~ "computeroutput>。<emphasis>/etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf</emphasis> 文" -#~ "件包含一些有用的（解释）选项。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Recreate the chroot by running <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client</" -#~ "computeroutput> as root." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "作为 root 来运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client</computeroutput> 重建 " -#~ "chroot。" - -#~ msgid "Add additional LTSP chroot to support 64-bit-PC clients" -#~ msgstr "添加另外的 LTSP chroot 来支持 64 位 PC 客户机" - -#~ msgid "At least 20 GiB additional disk space on /opt is required." -#~ msgstr "/opt 需要至少 20 GiB 另外的磁盘空间。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run \"ltsp-build-client --arch amd64\" to create chroot and NBD image." -#~ msgstr "运行 “ltsp-build-client --arch amd64” 来创建 chroot 和 NBD 映像。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use \"ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\" to replace <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> with <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> (dhcp " -#~ "statements in LDAP for one dedicated network)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "使用 “ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'” 替换 <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " -#~ "为 <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>（在专用网络 LDAP 中 dhcp 说" -#~ "明）。" - -#~ msgid "Run \"service isc-dhcp-server restart\"." -#~ msgstr "运行 “service isc-dhcp-server restart”。" - -#~ msgid "Edit /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf (set ltsparch=amd64)." -#~ msgstr "编辑 /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf（设置 ltsparch=amd64）。" - -#~ msgid "Run 'debian-edu-pxeinstall' to regenerate the PXE menu." -#~ msgstr "运行 ‘debian-edu-pxeinstall’ 来重新生成 PXE 菜单。" - -#~ msgid "Run 'service nbd-service restart' to serve the new NBD file." -#~ msgstr "运行 ‘service nbd-service restart’ 来应用新的 NBD 文件。" - -#~ msgid "Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²" -#~ msgstr "在主服务器上安装图形环境来使用 GOsa²" - -#~ msgid "How to enable it" -#~ msgstr "如何使用" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt-get update\n" -#~ "apt-get upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt-get update\n" -#~ "apt-get upgrade" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Default for new Debian Edu Bullseye installations: LTSP clients are using " -#~ "the same architecture as the LTSP server, i.e. 64-bit-PC (aka amd64) or " -#~ "32-bit-PC (aka i386)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "默认的新 Debian Edu Bullseye 安装：LTSP 客户端使用与 LTSP 服务器相同的架" -#~ "构，即 64-bit-PC（又称 amd64）或 32-bit-PC（又称 i386）。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please keep in mind to use the correct architecture for all commands " -#~ "referred to below." -#~ msgstr "请记住对于下面提到的所有命令要使用正确的架构。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless " -#~ "workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin " -#~ "client. The related LTSP parameter is <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</" -#~ "computeroutput> with the default value 300. So if (for example) the " -#~ "clients should only boot as diskless workstations if they have 1 GB RAM, " -#~ "add <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</computeroutput> to lts.conf " -#~ "(or set this in LDAP). Unlike workstations diskless workstations run " -#~ "without any need to add them with GOsa², because LDM is used to login and " -#~ "connect to the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LTSP 定义 320MB 作为无盘工作站 RAM 的默认最小总量。如果 RAM 总量小于此，该" -#~ "机器会作为瘦客户机启动。相关 LTSP 参数 <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</" -#~ "computeroutput> 是以 300 为默认值。那么假如（作为示例）虽然有 1 GB RAM 的" -#~ "客户机仅作为无盘工作站启动，添加 <computeroutput>FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</" -#~ "computeroutput> 到 lts.conf （或者在 LDAP 中设置这个）。不同于工作站无盘工" -#~ "作站的运行无任何需要通过 GOsa² 添加，因为是使用 LDM 登录并连接到 LTSP 服务" -#~ "器。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As a shorter alternative -- installing all available firmware and " -#~ "updating the tftpboot directory -- you could execute:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "作为另一种简略的选择 -- 安装所有可以获得的固件并升级 tftpboot 目录 -- 可以" -#~ "执行：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could " -#~ "be started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in " -#~ "the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if " -#~ "the amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client " -#~ "subnet should run as thin clients, the following has to be done." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在主子网 10.0.0.0/8 上使用默认 PXE 菜单，一台机器会作为无盘工作站或瘦客户" -#~ "机启动。默认在单独子网 192.168.0.0/24 上的客户端如果内存总量充足就会作为无" -#~ "盘工作站运行。如果需要这一 LTSP 客户端子网中的所有客户端作为瘦客户机运行，" -#~ "以下是所要做的。" - -#~ msgid "Changing the PXE menu on a combined (main and LTSP) server" -#~ msgstr "在组合（主和 LTSP）服务器上更改 PXE 菜单" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and " -#~ "other alternatives. The file <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux." -#~ "cfg/default</computeroutput> is used by default if no other file in that " -#~ "directory matches the client, and out of the box it is set to link to " -#~ "<computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "PXE 菜单允许 LTSP 客户端，安装程序和其他可选的网络引导。如果因为目录匹配客" -#~ "户端没有其他文件默认使用 <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/" -#~ "default</computeroutput> 文件，而开箱即用设置链接到 <computeroutput>/var/" -#~ "lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting " -#~ "the full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果所有客户端要引导为无盘工作站而不是接收完整的 PXE 菜单，由改变这个符号" -#~ "链接可以使之生效：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink " -#~ "like this:" -#~ msgstr "如果换成所有客户端引导为瘦客户机，像这样更改这个符号链接：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "See also the PXELINUX documentation at <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor." -#~ "com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/> ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "还要参阅 <ulink url=\"http://syslinux.zytor.com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX\"/" -#~ "> 上的 PXELINUX 文档。" - -#~ msgid "Separate main and LTSP server" -#~ msgstr "分开的主服务器和 LTSP 服务器" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up " -#~ "a separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "对于性能和安全的考虑可能希望设置不担任 LTSP 服务器工作的分隔开的主服务器。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8) " -#~ "network, when the main server is not a combined server, follow these " -#~ "steps:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在主服务器不是组合服务器时主（10.0.0.0/8）网上要具有为无盘工作站提供服务" -#~ "的 ltspserver00，按照这些步骤做：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "copy <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> to the same directory on the main server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "复制 <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> 到主服务器上的相同目录。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "edit <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following " -#~ "example uses 10.0.2.10 for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main " -#~ "network:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "编辑 <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> 使用 ltspserver00 的 IP 地址；下面的示例使用主网上 " -#~ "ltspserver00 的 IP 地址 10.0.2.10：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "set the symlink in <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> on the main server to point to <computeroutput>/var/lib/" -#~ "tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在主服务器上的 <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</" -#~ "computeroutput> 中设置符号链接指向 <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "As an alternative, you could use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, " -#~ "search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "作为另一个选择，可以使用 <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>，搜索 " -#~ "‘next server tjener’ 并用 ltspserver00 取代 tjener。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In case LTSP server and chroot are 64-bit-PC, it is still possible to " -#~ "support older 32-bit systems. At least 20 GiB additional disk space on /" -#~ "opt would be required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 LTSP 服务器和 chroot 是 64 位的个人计算机实例中，仍然是可以支持比较老" -#~ "的 32 位系统。在 /opt 上将会需要至少 20 GiB 的额外磁盘空间。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --arch i386</computeroutput> to " -#~ "create chroot and NBD image." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-build-client --arch i386</computeroutput> 来创" -#~ "建 chroot 和 NBD 映像。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> to replace " -#~ "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> (dhcp statements in LDAP for one dedicated network)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "使用 <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> 来替换 " -#~ "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> 成为 <computeroutput>i386</" -#~ "computeroutput> （在一个专用网络的 LDAP 中的 dhcp 声明）。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>service nbd-server restart</computeroutput> to serve " -#~ "the new NBD file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "运行 <computeroutput>service nbd-server restart</computeroutput> 来满足新" -#~ "的 NBD 文件。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure specific LTSP clients with particular features, you can add " -#~ "settings in LDAP or edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts." -#~ "conf</computeroutput>. Please note that <computeroutput>ltsp-update-" -#~ "image</computeroutput> has to be run after each change to lts.conf. The " -#~ "image update isn't needed if lts.conf is copied to the /var/lib/tftpboot/" -#~ "ltsp/amd64/ directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "以个别的特性配置具体的 LTSP 客户端，可以在 LDAP 中增添设置或者编辑 " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput> 文件。请注" -#~ "意 lts.conf 的每个改动之后要运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</" -#~ "computeroutput>。如果 lts.conf 复制到了 /var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/amd64/ 目录" -#~ "则不需要更新映像。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add " -#~ "something like this:" -#~ msgstr "示例：要让瘦客户机 ltsp010 使用 1280x1024 的解析度，添加类似这样：" - -#~ msgid "Force all LTSP clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment" -#~ msgstr "使所有的 LTSP 客户机使用 LXDE 作为默认桌面环境" - -#~ msgid "Load-balancing LTSP servers" -#~ msgstr "负载均衡 LTSP 服务器" - -#~ msgid "Part 3" -#~ msgstr "第 3 部分" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure this machine to run a printer in lts.conf (default location: " -#~ "<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>), see the " -#~ "LTSP manual <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html#printer</" -#~ "computeroutput> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在 lts.conf（默认位置：<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/amd64/etc/lts.conf</" -#~ "computeroutput>）中配置这台机器来运转打印机，细节参阅 LTSP 手册 " -#~ "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html#printer</" -#~ "computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "Use NFS instead of NBD" -#~ msgstr "用 NFS 替换 NBD" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To speed up customizing and testing an LTSP chroot NFS could be used." -#~ msgstr "NFS 可以用来加快定制和测试 LTSP chroot。" - -#~ msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment" -#~ msgstr "升级 LTSP 环境" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly " -#~ "often, to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. " -#~ "To upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "经常适当用新软件包升级 LTSP 环境的益处，是使得有安全修正和改进。要升级，作" -#~ "为 root 用户在每个 LTSP 服务器中运行这些命令：" - -#~ msgid "Installing additional software in the LTSP environment" -#~ msgstr "在 LTSP 环境中安装另外的软件" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the " -#~ "installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要为 LTSP 客户机安装另外的软件必需在 LTSP 服务器的 chroot 内部进行安装。" - -#~ msgid "Joining a domain" -#~ msgstr "加入域" - -#~ msgid "Volume control" -#~ msgstr "音量控制" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "On other machines (workstations, LTSP servers, and diskless " -#~ "workstations), <computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> or " -#~ "<computeroutput>alsamixer</computeroutput> can be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "在其他机器上（工作站，LTSP 服务器，以及无盘工作站），可以使用 " -#~ "<computeroutput>kmix</computeroutput> 或 <computeroutput>alsamixer</" -#~ "computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "read the release announcement on www.debian.org: <ulink url=\"https://www." -#~ "debian.org/News/2016/20160702.en.html\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie — " -#~ "a complete Linux solution for your school</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "阅读 www.debian.org 上的发行公告：<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" -#~ "News/2016/20160702.en.html\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie — a complete " -#~ "Linux solution for your school</ulink>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "New version of debian-installer from Debian Jessie, see <ulink url=" -#~ "\"http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">installation " -#~ "manual</ulink> for more details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Jessie 的新版 debian-installer，更多细节参阅<ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>。" - -#~ msgid "new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.8" -#~ msgstr "新的可选桌面环境：MATE 1.8" - -#~ msgid "User visible changes" -#~ msgstr "使用者看得到的变化" - -#~ msgid "Other changes" -#~ msgstr "其他变化" - -#~ msgid "More information on even older releases" -#~ msgstr "关于旧发行版本的更多信息" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More information on even older (pre-)releases can be found at <ulink url=" -#~ "\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "即使更老的（预）发行版的很多信息可以在 <ulink url=\"http://developer." -#~ "skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html\"/> 里找到。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "All the Bullseye images are still under development - check <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye\"/> if you are unsure " -#~ "whether Bullseye has officially been released." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "所有这些 Bullseye 映像仍在开发中 - 如果不确知 Bullseye 是否正式发布请查阅 " -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye\"/>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The main target group in Norway initially were schools serving the 6-16 " -#~ "years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around " -#~ "the world, with most installations in Norway, Spain, Germany and France." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "起初在挪威的主要目标群体是学校适合 6-16 岁年龄组。现在这个系统在世界上的一" -#~ "些国家使用，大多数安装在挪威，西班牙，德国和法国。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In case you are looking for a complete router firewall solution capable " -#~ "of running on an old PC, we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org" -#~ "\">IPCop</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</" -#~ "ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果你正寻找一个能够运行在旧个人电脑上的完善的路由防火墙方案，我们推荐 " -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop</ulink> 或 <ulink url=\"http://" -#~ "www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw</ulink>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/amd64/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/amd64/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso debian-edu-" -#~ "testing-amd64-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/amd64/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-amd64-netinst.iso debian-edu-" -#~ "testing-amd64-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "and" -#~ msgstr "和" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/weekly-builds/i386/iso-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso\">debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst." -#~ "iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/i386/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso debian-edu-testing-" -#~ "i386-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress cdimage.debian.org::cdimage/weekly-" -#~ "builds/i386/iso-cd/debian-edu-testing-i386-netinst.iso debian-edu-testing-" -#~ "i386-netinst.iso</computeroutput>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This image does not yet work, see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" -#~ "DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这个图像还未完工，见 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#~ "Status/Bullseye\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations." -#~ msgstr "源代码可以从通常位置的 Debian 仓库获得。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "mount /media/cdrom\n" -#~ "apt-cdrom add -m" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "mount /media/cdrom\n" -#~ "apt-cdrom add -m" - -#~ msgid "To install it run the following command as root:" -#~ msgstr "要安装它，以 root 身份运行以下命令：" - -#~ msgid "apt-get install killer" -#~ msgstr "apt-get install killer" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "More information about network clients can be found in the <link linkend=" -#~| "\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The use of LXDE as default on LTSP clients can be forced; see <link " -#~ "linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "更多关于网络客户端的信息可以在 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network " -#~ "clients HowTo</link> 章中被找到。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Please note one difference between <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> " -#~| "and <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> in Stretch: By default " -#~| "<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> keeps downloaded packages, " -#~| "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> removes them from the cache (after " -#~| "successful installation)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please note one difference between <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> " -#~ "and <computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput>: By default " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> keeps downloaded packages, " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> removes them from the cache (after " -#~ "successful installation)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "请注意在 Stretch 中 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 和 " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> 之间的一个区别：默认下 " -#~ "<computeroutput>apt-get</computeroutput> 保留下载的软件包，" -#~ "<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 从仓库移除它们（在成功安装之后）。" - -#~ msgid "You will see some prompts about package configurations:" -#~ msgstr "你将看到有关包配置的一些提示：" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "You will see some prompts about package configurations:" -#~ msgid "FIXME: list promps about package configuration here." -#~ msgstr "你将看到有关包配置的一些提示：" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "To enable LDAP connection, renew the server certificate:" -#~ msgid "To enable LDAP connection, renew the server certificate:" -#~ msgstr "要启用 LDAP 连接，更新服务器证书：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "rm /etc/ldap/ssl/ldap-server-pubkey.pem\n" -#~ "service nslcd stop\n" -#~ "service fetch-ldap-cert restart\n" -#~ "service nslcd start" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "rm /etc/ldap/ssl/ldap-server-pubkey.pem\n" -#~ "service nslcd stop\n" -#~ "service fetch-ldap-cert restart\n" -#~ "service nslcd start" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" -#~ msgid "./images/27-Tjener-XFCE_Desktop.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">32-bit install options ></emphasis> allows a " -#~ "32-bit installation on 64-bit hardware." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 32位的安装选项> </emphasis>允许在64位的硬件" -#~ "上进行32位的安装。" - -#~ msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 32-bit Hardware</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis>在 32 位硬件上的安装程序启动引导菜单</emphasis>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/01b-Installer_32bit_boot_menu.png" - -#~ msgid "Explanations are similar to those for 64-bit hardware." -#~ msgstr "与 64 位硬件的说明类似。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/BD_command_line.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:BD_command_line.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/BD_command_line.png" - -#~ msgid "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png}}" -#~ msgstr "05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png}}" -#~ msgstr "06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "17-Select_and_install_software.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:17-Select_and_install_software.png}}" -#~ msgstr "17-Select_and_install_software.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "18-Build LTSP chroot.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:18-Build LTSP chroot.png}}" -#~ msgstr "18-Build LTSP chroot.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "{{attachment:23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png}}" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</" -#~| "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and " -#~| "configure them to send mail to an address you are reading." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Run <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>cf-" -#~ "agent -I -D installation</computeroutput> (as root) to install the " -#~ "related packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "安装 <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>apt-" -#~ "listchanges</computeroutput> 并配置它们来发送邮件到你正在阅读的地址也是一" -#~ "个好主意。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> desktop " -#~| "instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop instead, " -#~ "use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "替代安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> 桌面，使用 " -#~ "<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "LTSP" -#~ msgid "LTSP XXX" -#~ msgstr "LTSP" - -#~ msgid "Let us know you exist" -#~ msgstr "让我们知道你的存在" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of " -#~ "contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this " -#~ "motivates us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu 用户遍及世界各处。一个很容易的贡献方式是让我们知道你在用 " -#~ "Debian Edu —— 这非常激励我们因而已经是有价值的贡献。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the " -#~ "system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about " -#~ "where the users of the distribution are located. Please let us know " -#~ "about your installation, by registering in this database. To register " -#~ "your school, <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" -#~ "ReferenceSchools\">use this web form</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Debian Edu 项目提供一个学校和系统用户数据库来帮助用户彼此相识，也有一个目" -#~ "的是发布用户位置。请通过在这个数据库中登记，让我们知道有关你的安装。" -#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">使用 " -#~ "web 表格</ulink>，来登记你的学校。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0-" -#~| "USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-11-USB.iso" -#~ "\">debian-edu-11-USB.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso</ulink>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/" -#~| "debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso ./debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-11-USB.iso ./debian-edu-11-USB.iso </computeroutput>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<computeroutput>rsync -v --progress ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/" -#~ "debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso ./debian-edu-9+edu0-USB.iso </computeroutput>" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in " -#~| "syslinux point to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-server " -#~| "option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from the " -#~| "terminal server." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is designed to be modified - that is, you can have the NFS-root in " -#~ "syslinux pointing to one of the LTSP servers or change the DHCP next-" -#~ "server option (stored in LDAP) to have clients directly boot via PXE from " -#~ "the terminal server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "这是被修改的设计 - 那是，你可以有 NFS-root 在 syslinux 中指向 LTSP 服务器" -#~ "之一即转为 DHCP 相邻服务器选项（包含在 LDAP 中）来从终端机服务器通过 PXE " -#~ "直接引导客户端。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project " -#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. If your Alioth username " -#~ "differs from your local one, create or edit <computeroutput>~/.ssh/" -#~ "config</computeroutput>. Add a config block like this:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "要提交你的翻译你需要是 Alioth 项目 <computeroutput>debian-edu</" -#~ "computeroutput> 的成员。如果你的 Alioth 用户名不同于你的本地的，创建或编" -#~ "辑 <computeroutput>~/.ssh/config</computeroutput>。添加一个配置块例如这" -#~ "个：" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop " -#~| "instead, add <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> to the kernel " -#~| "boot parameters." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop instead, " -#~ "use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>. (Recommended if LTSP " -#~ "is intended to be used.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "替代安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> 桌面，加入 " -#~ "<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> 到内核引导参数。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " -#~ "connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian " -#~ "with both a modem and an ISDN connection; however, no attempt is made to " -#~ "make such a setup work out of the box for Skolelinux (the setup needed to " -#~ "adjust the default situation to this should be documented separately)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "为了简化 Skolelinux 的标准设置，互联网连接在单独的路由上运行。既能够以调制" -#~ "解调器也能以 ISDN 连接设置 Debian；然而，不要尝试做 Skolelinux 开箱即用的" -#~ "如上设置工作（该设置需要调整其缺省状况而这将分开提供文档）。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Even more information about the Debian Stretch release is available in " -#~| "its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual" -#~| "\">installation manual</ulink>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Even more information about the Debian Bullseye release is available in " -#~ "its <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual" -#~ "\">installation manual</ulink>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "还有更多关于 Debian Stretch 发行版的信息可以在其<ulink url=\"http://www." -#~ "debian.org/releases/stretch/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中获得。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Log into the server - with the root account you cannot log in graphically." -#~ msgstr "登录到服务器 - 用 root 帐号你不能在图形登录。" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "# First, adjust for a changed profile name:\n" -#~| "sed -i 's/Thin-Client-Server/LTSP-Server/' /etc/debian-edu/config\n" -#~| "# Then it's best to use the new default mirror:\n" -#~| "sed -i 's/http.debian.net/deb.debian.org/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~| "# Finally, replace jessie with stretch.\n" -#~| "sed -i 's/jessie/stretch/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~| "apt update\n" -#~| "apt full-upgrade" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "# First, adjust for a changed profile name:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/Thin-Client-Server/LTSP-Server/' /etc/debian-edu/config\n" -#~ "# Then it's best to use the new default mirror:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/http.debian.net/deb.debian.org/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "# Finally, replace stretch with bullseye.\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/stretch/bullseye/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# First, adjust for a changed profile name:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/Thin-Client-Server/LTSP-Server/' /etc/debian-edu/config\n" -#~ "# Then it's best to use the new default mirror:\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/http.debian.net/deb.debian.org/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "# Finally, replace jessie with stretch.\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/jessie/stretch/g' /etc/apt/sources.list\n" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt full-upgrade" - -#~ msgid "Upgrading LTSP chroots (default arch i386)" -#~ msgstr "升级 LTSP chroot（默认架构 i386）" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "$ sudo apt-get update\n" -#~ " $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal firefox-esr xorg\n" -#~ " # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n" -#~ " $ startx" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "$ sudo apt-get update\n" -#~ " $ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal firefox-esr xorg\n" -#~ " # after installation, start a graphical session for the first user \n" -#~ " $ startx" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "{{attachment:Installer_help.png}}" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa2_overview.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:Installer_help.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:filterbox.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:edit_user.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:create_group.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:pxe-tjener.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "{{attachment:Installer_help.png}}" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:list_groups.png}}" -#~ msgstr "{{attachment:Installer_help.png}}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" -#~ msgid "{{attachment:gosa_systems_list.png}}" -#~ msgstr "./images/gosa_systems_list.png" - -#~ msgid "32-bit Installer boot menu" -#~ msgstr "32 位安装程序的启动引导菜单" - -#~ msgid "./images/pxe-tjener.png" -#~ msgstr "./images/pxe-tjener.png" - -#~ msgid "KDE Desktop and Menu" -#~ msgstr "KDE 桌面和菜单" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "icinga-cgi: Provide icingaadmin's password (same as used for nagiosadmin)." -#~ msgstr "icinga-cgi: 提供 icingaadmin 的密码 (与用于 nagiosadmin 的相同)。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuring Kerberos Authentication: Enter <computeroutput>kerberos</" -#~ "computeroutput> as hostname." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "配置 Kerberos 身份验证：输入 <computeroutput>Kerberos</computeroutput> 作" -#~ "为主机名。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configuring icinga-common: Use external commands with Icinga: Choose <" -#~ "Yes>." -#~ msgstr "配置 icing-common：在 Icinga 中使用外部命令：选择 <Yes>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "tftp (etc/inetd.conf): Choose <Yes>. (See atftpd bug <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://bugs.debian.org/789667#\">789667</ulink>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "tftp (etc/inetd.conf)：选择 <Yes>。（参看 atftpd bug <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://bugs.debian.org/789667#\">789667</ulink>）" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "service squid stop # This usually takes some time!\n" -#~ "rm -rf /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "umount /var/spool/squid3\n" -#~ "sed -i 's#spool/squid3#spool/squid#' /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "mv /var/spool/squid3 /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "mount -a\n" -#~ "rm /etc/squid3 -rf\n" -#~ "rm /etc/default/squid3 -rf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "service squid stop # This usually takes some time!\n" -#~ "rm -rf /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "umount /var/spool/squid3\n" -#~ "sed -i 's#spool/squid3#spool/squid#' /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "mv /var/spool/squid3 /var/spool/squid\n" -#~ "mount -a\n" -#~ "rm /etc/squid3 -rf\n" -#~ "rm /etc/default/squid3 -rf" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\n" -#~ "(Enter root password.)\n" -#~ "Search for 'sudoHost :tjener', replace 'tjener' with 'tjener.intern'\n" -#~ "(Enter 'y' to modify the LDAP data base.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'\n" -#~ "(Enter root password.)\n" -#~ "Search for 'sudoHost :tjener', replace 'tjener' with 'tjener.intern'\n" -#~ "(Enter 'y' to modify the LDAP data base.)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "service autofs stop\n" -#~ "cfengine-debian-edu -D installation\n" -#~ "rm /etc/apache2/conf-enabled/nagios3.conf\n" -#~ "a2dismod userdir\n" -#~ "ln -s /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.load /etc/apache2/mods-" -#~ "available/debian-edu-userdir.load\n" -#~ "a2enmod debian-edu-userdir\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/udp4/udp/' /etc/inetd.conf # Debian Bug #789667 (atftpd)\n" -#~ "service squid start\n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "service autofs stop\n" -#~ "cfengine-debian-edu -D installation\n" -#~ "rm /etc/apache2/conf-enabled/nagios3.conf\n" -#~ "a2dismod userdir\n" -#~ "ln -s /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.load /etc/apache2/mods-" -#~ "available/debian-edu-userdir.load\n" -#~ "a2enmod debian-edu-userdir\n" -#~ "sed -i 's/udp4/udp/' /etc/inetd.conf # Debian Bug #789667 (atftpd)\n" -#~ "service squid start\n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" - -#~ msgid "Install renamed metapackages:" -#~ msgstr "安装重命名的 metapackages：" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install education-networked-common\n" -#~ "apt install education-ltsp-server # Only if profile 'LTSP-Server' is " -#~ "installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt update\n" -#~ "apt install education-networked-common\n" -#~ "apt install education-ltsp-server # Only if profile 'LTSP-Server' is " -#~ "installed." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 \n" -#~ "apt purge debian-edu-artwork-lines # Only if not wanted as an " -#~ "alternative theme.\n" -#~ "dpkg -P php5-imagick # Package might not be installed " -#~ "in all cases.\n" -#~ "rm -rf /etc/php5" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt purge linux-image-3.16.0-4-amd64 \n" -#~ "apt purge debian-edu-artwork-lines # Only if not wanted as an " -#~ "alternative theme.\n" -#~ "dpkg -P php5-imagick # Package might not be installed " -#~ "in all cases.\n" -#~ "rm -rf /etc/php5" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "a2enmod php7.0 \n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "a2enmod php7.0 \n" -#~ "service apache2 restart" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is explained in more detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration" -#~ "\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> chapter of this manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "更详细的解释在本手册的 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients--" -#~ "Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration" -#~ "\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> 一章中。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from " -#~ "the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, " -#~ "it suffices to edit the server configuration and let the automation " -#~ "distribute the changes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "我们使用 cfengine 来编辑配置文件。这些文件从服务器更新到客户端。为了改变客" -#~ "户端配置，其能满足编辑服务器配置并使之自动分发变化。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "CD.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "CD.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-CD.iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso</ulink>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-" -#~ "USB.iso\">debian-edu-9+edu0~a0-USB.iso</ulink>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The ordering of the network cards after installation might differ from " -#~ "the ordering during installation. The wanted ordering can be achieved by " -#~ "editing <computeroutput>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</" -#~ "computeroutput>: Usually <emphasis>if this happens</emphasis>, you will " -#~ "want to replace eth0 with eth1 and eth1 with eth0; a reboot is needed for " -#~ "the changes to take effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "安装之后的网卡顺序可能与安装期间的顺序不同。由编辑 <computeroutput>/etc/" -#~ "udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</computeroutput> 实现其想要的顺序：通" -#~ "常<emphasis>这如果出现了</emphasis>，你将需要以 eth1 代替 eth0 或以 eth0 " -#~ "代替 eth1；需要重新启动使这个变化生效。" - -#~ msgid "LTSP server(s) (Thin client server(s))" -#~ msgstr "LTSP 服务器（瘦客户端服务器）" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> uses the " -#~ "amd64 GTK installer where you can use the mouse." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical install</emphasis> 使用 amd64 " -#~ "图形界面安装程序你可以使用鼠标。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> gives access " -#~ "to all available questions in text mode on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit expert install</emphasis> 在 amd64 文本模" -#~ "式中给予访问所有的问题。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -#~ "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit rescue mode</emphasis> 使这个安装介质成" -#~ "为 amd64 紧急任务救援盘。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> needs a " -#~ "preseed file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit automated install</emphasis> 需要preseed" -#~ "文件。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " -#~ "install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks with a graphical " -#~ "GTK look." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> 使这个安装介质" -#~ "成为可视图形界面的紧急任务救援盘。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> " -#~ "gives access to all available questions in graphical mode on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical expert install</emphasis> 给予 " -#~ "amd64 图形模式的所有问题的访问。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes " -#~ "this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks on amd64 " -#~ "with a graphical GTK look." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical rescue mode</emphasis> 使这个安" -#~ "装介质成为 amd64 可视图形界面的紧急任务救援盘。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> " -#~ "needs a preseed file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">64 bit graphical automated install</emphasis> 需" -#~ "要preseed文件。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The multi-architecture USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image defaults to " -#~ "using amd64-installgui on 64-bit x86 machines, and installgui on 32-bit " -#~ "x86 machines." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "多架构 USB 闪存 / 蓝光盘镜像缺省在 64-bit x86 机器上使用 amd64-" -#~ "installgui，而在 32-bit x86 机器上是 installgui。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multi-architecture " -#~ "image, that would be <computeroutput>amd64-install</computeroutput>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果你需要以多架构镜像引导 amd64 文本模式，那会是 <computeroutput>amd64-" -#~ "install</computeroutput>。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Likewise you can choose <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> " -#~ "to get the GUI version on amd64." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "同样地你可以选择 <computeroutput>amd64-expertgui</computeroutput> 得到 " -#~ "amd64 版的图形用户界面。" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multi-arch image on an amd64 " -#~ "machine you need to manually select <computeroutput>install</" -#~ "computeroutput> (text mode) or <computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> " -#~ "(graphical mode)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果你需要在 amd64 机器上用多架构镜像引导 i386 模式你需要手动选择 " -#~ "<computeroutput>install</computeroutput> （文本模式）或 " -#~ "<computeroutput>expertgui</computeroutput> （图形模式）。" - -#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-Client-Server</emphasis>" -#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">瘦客户端</emphasis>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First of all, this profile name is confusing for historic reasons. " -#~ "Currently this profile actually installs an LTSP server environment for " -#~ "thin-clients and for diskless workstations. Debian bug <ulink url=" -#~ "\"https://bugs.debian.org/588510#\">588510</ulink> has been filed to " -#~ "change the name of the profile into a better suited one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "首先，这个profile名称由于历史原因是含糊的。当前这个profile实际为瘦客户端和" -#~ "无盘工作站安装 LTSP 服务器环境。Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs." -#~ "debian.org/588510#\">588510</ulink> 是被提交的这个profile名称更改为更合适" -#~ "的一个。" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-tw.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-tw.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-tw.add 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/debian-edu-bullseye-manual.zh-tw.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=發布日期; endboundary=<section> -<literallayout> -<emphasis role="strong">翻譯:</emphasis> -2019 Louies - -</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/fixme-status.txt debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/fixme-status.txt --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/fixme-status.txt 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/fixme-status.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -FIXME: The HowTos from <ulink url="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"/> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) -==================== -1 FIXMEs left to fix -==================== Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01a-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01b-Installer_64bit_command_line.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01c-Installer_help.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/01c-Installer_help.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/30-Main-Server-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/alert.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/alert.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/change_password_administratively.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/change_password_administratively.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/create_group.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/create_group.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/25-Thin-Client-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/25-Thin-Client-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/change_password_administratively.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/change_password_administratively.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/create_group.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/create_group.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/edit_user.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/edit_user.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/filterbox.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/filterbox.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa2_overview.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa2_overview.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_edit_host.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_edit_host.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_host_details.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_host_details.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_list.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/gosa_systems_list.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/list_groups.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/list_groups.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/reset_passwords.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/reset_passwords.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/slbackup-php_maintenance.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/de/slbackup-php_maintenance.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/edit_user.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/edit_user.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/es/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/filterbox.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/filterbox.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/slbackup-php_maintenance.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/fr/slbackup-php_maintenance.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa2_overview.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa2_overview.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_list.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/gosa_systems_list.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/i.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/i.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/idea.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/idea.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/it/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/list_groups.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/list_groups.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nb-no/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/25-Thin-Client-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/25-Thin-Client-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/nl/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/pt-pt/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/reset_passwords.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/reset_passwords.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/sad.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/sad.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/smile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/images/smile.png differ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/po4a.cfg debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/po4a.cfg --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/po4a.cfg 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/po4a.cfg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -[po_directory] . - -[type: docbook] debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml \ - pot_in:debian-edu-bullseye-manual-stripped.xml \ - $lang:$lang.xml \ - add_$lang:?./$lang.add \ - opt:"-o nodefault='<inlinemediaobject>' -o untranslated='<inlinemediaobject>' -M UTF-8 -k 15" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-bullseye-manual.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC '-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN' 'http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd'><article><articleinfo><title>DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/AllInOne12020-02-13 14:08:14WolfgangSchweerWIP: starting to work on Debian Edu Bullseye documentation as a copy with s/buster/bullseye/ and some other adjustments
Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename BullseyeDebian Edu Installer Logo This is the manual for the Debian Edu 11 Bullseye release. The version at is a wiki and updated frequently. Translations are part of the debian-edu-doc package which can be installed on a webserver, and is available online.
About Debian Edu and SkolelinuxDebian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic environment details. After installation of a main server all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe.
Some history and why two namesDebian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. CategoryPermalink
Architecture
NetworkThis section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. The Debian Edu network topology The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed.
The default network setupDHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP.
Main serverA Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile.
Services running on the main serverWith the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. Table of services Service description Common name DNS service name Centralised Logging rsyslog syslog Domain Name Service DNS (BIND) domain Automatic Network Configuration of Machines DHCP bootps Clock Synchronisation NTP ntp Home Directories via Network File System SMB / NFS homes Electronic Post Office IMAP (Dovecot) postoffice Directory Service OpenLDAP ldap User Administration GOsa² --- Web Server Apache/PHP www Central Backup sl-backup, slbackup-php backup Web Cache Proxy (Squid) webcache Printing CUPS ipp Secure Remote Login OpenSSH ssh Automatic Configuration CFEngine cfengine LTSP Server/s LTSP ltsp Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary sitesummary Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers.
LTSP server(s)A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. Please note: LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server.
Thin clientsA thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started.
Diskless workstationsA diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too.
Networked clientsThe term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows.
AdministrationAll the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication.
InstallationCurrently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation.
File system access configurationEach Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). CategoryPermalink
RequirementsThere are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines.
Hardware requirementsThe purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. (!) If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). LTSP server: 40 GiB. workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations.
Hardware known to workA list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete :) is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware.
Requirements for network setup
Default SetupWhen using the default network architecture, these rules apply: You need exactly one main server, the tjener. You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below).
Internet routerA router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' as profile during installation. After installation, run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no> which will make the following changes: Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file. Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'. Remove superfluous scripts. Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network. Install a firewall (optional). If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. CategoryPermalink
Installation and download options
Where to find additional informationWe recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Bullseye before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye release available in its installation manual. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. :-) It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. /!\ Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time.
Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye
amd64 or i386amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for old hardware.
netinst iso images for amd64 or i386The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the installation. Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from:
BD iso images for i386 or amd64This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for download from:
Verification of downloaded image filesDetailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ.
SourcesSources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on
Installing Debian EduWhen you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment.
Main server installation scenariosTypical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first time in the correct environment. Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better The main server should just work after the first boot. Offline (no Internet connection): Use the BD ISO image. Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment with Internet access.
Desktop environmentsSeveral desktop environments are available: Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one.
Modular installationWhen installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-mate because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-mate-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page.
Installation types and optionsInstaller boot menu on 64-bit Hardware 64-bit Installer boot menu Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. Install uses text mode. Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose.Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. 64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 Back.. brings back to the main menu.Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. /!\ Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. Help screen Installer help screen This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. Add or change boot parameters for installations In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key (BIOS mode) or the E key (UEFI mode) in the boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for Graphical install. Edit command line options You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate.
The installation processRemember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). Choose profile(s) from the following list: Main Server This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. Workstation A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. Roaming workstation Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. LTSP Server A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. Standalone An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. Minimal This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main-server. In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. :) Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb..." After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. /!\ The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Notes on some characteristics
A note on notebooksMost likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password).
A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installsAfter you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed:
A note on CD installsA netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server (whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net.
Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discsIt is possible to directly copy a CD/BD .iso image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: sudo cat debian-edu-amd64-XXX.iso > /dev/sdX To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: lsblk -p Please note that copying will take quite some time. Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc.
Installation and booting over the network via PXEFor this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware on the server. This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main-Server profile only: width=400 This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: width=400 This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Modifying PXE installationsThe PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server.
Custom imagesCreating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD.
Screenshot tourThe text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). 01-Installer_64bit_boot_menu.png 02-select_a_language.png 03-select_your_location.png 04-Configure_the_keyboard.png 05-Detect_network_hardware.png 06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png 07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png 08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png 09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png 10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png 11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png 12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png 13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png 14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png 21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png tjener Lightdm Login Xfce and Browser Xfce Desktop Thin-Client-Welcome Thin-Client-Login CategoryPermalink
Getting started
Minimum steps to get startedDuring installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: Log into the server. Add users with GOsa². Add workstations with GOsa². Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Bullseye chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. /!\ If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions.
Services running on the main serverThere are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below.
Introduction to GOsa²GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: User Administration Group Administration NIS Netgroup Administration Machine Administration DNS Administration DHCP Administration For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that.
GOsa² Login plus OverviewGOsa² overview page after login as the first user After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level).
User Management with GOsa²First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user).
Adding usersNext to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. /!\ Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network.
Search, modify and delete usersFilterbox To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. Editing user data
Set passwordsThe students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. To administratively set a new password for a user search for the user to be modified, as explained above click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself Set user password Beware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords!
Advanced user managementIt is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): Use "," as field separator Do not use quotes The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import The mass import steps are: click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. Reset passwords
Group Management with GOsa²create group create group The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too.
Machine Management with GOsa²Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run ]]>Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: GOsa² systems listing Host details Modify host Add netgroup A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually.
Search and delete machinesSearching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here.
Modify existing machines / Netgroup managementAfter adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-server. The default installation provides the NetGroups all-hosts cups-queue-autoflush-hosts cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts fsautoresize-hosts ltsp-server-hosts netblock-hosts printer-hosts server-hosts shutdown-at-night-hosts shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist workstation-hosts Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams.
Printer ManagementFor centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group.
Use printers attached to workstationsThe package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" P910ND_START=1 Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Network printersIt is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers.
Clock synchronisationThe default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. /!\ If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer.
Extending full partitionsBecause of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. CategoryPermalink
Maintenance
Updating the softwareThis section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. /!\ After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. /!\ It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync. /!\ After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt.
Keep yourself informed about security updatesRunning cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed.
Backup ManagementFor backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. /!\ Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default). By default tjener will back up /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. /!\ Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: \ - /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \ - /skole/tjener/home0/user_]]>This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: slbackup-php Maintenance
Server Monitoring
MuninThe Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. Information about Munin is available from .
IcingaIcinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package.
Common Icinga warnings and how to handle themHere are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings.
DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup.
APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates).New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same. If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots.
WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues.
WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups.
SitesummarySitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from . Some documentation on sitesummary is available from
More information about Debian Edu customisationsMore information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter CategoryPermalink
Upgrades/!\ Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Please read this chapter and the New features in Bullseye chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade.
General notes on upgradingUpgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade. If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same.
Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster/!\ Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to Bullseye upgrade, see: ) Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again.
Upgrading the main serverStart by making sure the current system is up-to-date: Cleanup the package cache: Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry): apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. restart services: Choose Yes. openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. /etc/plymouth/plymouthd.conf: Choose Y. Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. Kerberos servers: Enter 'kerberos' and hit 'OK'. /etc/default/slapd: Choose N. /etc/cups/cups-files.conf: Choose N. /etc/munin/munin.conf: Choose N. Apply and adjust configuration: Setup and configure the Icinga2 web interface: Run apt install icinga2-ido-mysql, always choose No if asked by debconf. Run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup Get the new Debian Edu Homeworld artwork: Adjust Xfce panel configuration: Cope with new LTSP and related changes: Cope with move to iPXE: Create a file ipxe.ldif with the following content: Then run ldapadd -ZD 'cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no' -W -f ipxe.ldif to apply the changes. Modify some more DHCP settings in LDAP, e.g. using an editor like ldapvi. Make sure, DHCP related entries match those contained in the /etc/ldap/gosa-server.ldif file. Entries concerned are: Cope with GOsa changes - use new gosa.conf, fix LDAP access: cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.buster # backup cp /usr/share/debian-edu-config/gosa.conf.template /etc/gosa/gosa.conf # new gosa.conf file Search for adminPassword and snapshotAdminPassword in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf and replace $GOSAPWD with the random password found in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig for those entries. rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets Run gosa-encrypt-passwords Run service apache2 restart Cope with Kerberos encryption type changes: sed -i 's/supported_enctypes/#supported_enctypes/' /etc/krb5kdc/kdc.conf Run service krb5-kdc restart Cope with Samba changes: Add first user's Samba account: smbpasswd -a <first username>. Once users change their password, the related Samba account will be created. Check if the upgraded system works: Reboot; log in as first user and test if the GOsa² gui is working, if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if one can send and receive internal email, if one can manage printers, and if other site specific things are working.
Upgrading a workstationDo all the basic things like on the main-server and without doing the things not needed. If not yet done, configure the machine to use Kerberos for mounting home directories, see the getting started chapter for details.
Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Buster about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie. CategoryPermalink
HowToHowTos for general administration HowTos for advanced administration HowTos for the desktop HowTos for networked clients HowTos for Samba HowTos for teaching and learning HowTos for users CategoryPermalink
HowTos for general administrationThe Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks.
Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control systemUsing etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. See the output of man etckeeper for more information. List of useful commands:
Usage examplesOn a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date: To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:
Resizing PartitionsIn Debian Edu, all partitions other than the /boot/ partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted. It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run fsck on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. The helper script debian-edu-fsautoresize is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from /usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab, /site/etc/fsautoresizetab and /etc/fsautoresizetab. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument -n is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the file systems. The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in etc/squid/squid.conf needs to be updated as well. The helper script /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of /var/spool/squid/ and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size.
Logical Volume ManagementLogical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the LVM HowTo. To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the lvextend command how large you want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands: To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)
Using ldapvildapvi is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline. The following needs to be executed: Note: ldapvi will use whatever is the default editor. By executing export EDITOR=vim in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor. To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the string add in front of the new LDAP object. /!\ Warning: ldapvi is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for JXplorer.
Kerberized NFSUsing Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. As of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels krb5, krb5i and krb5p are supported (krb5 means Kerberos authentication, i stands for integrity check and p for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, krb5i is a good choice and has been chosen as default.
How to change the defaultMain server login as root run ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)', search for sec=krb5i and replace it with sec=krb5 or sec=krb5p. edit /etc/exports.d/edu.exports and adjust these entries accordingly: run exportfs -r
StandardskriverThis tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md. The configuration file /etc/standardskriver.cfg has to be provided by the admin, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg as an example.
JXplorer, an LDAP GUIIf you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the jxplorer package, which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this:
ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line toolldap-createuser-krb is a small command line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly useful for testing, though.
Using stable-updatesSince the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly maintained in volatile.debian.org in the stable-updates suite. While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months.
Using backports to install newer softwareYou are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in. Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there. Using backports is simple: > /etc/apt/sources.list -apt-get update]]>After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of tuxtype: Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and non-free.
Upgrading with a CD or similar imageIf you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps: Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command: To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page: apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files. It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns. Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:
Automatic cleanup of leftover processeskiller is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour.
Automatic installation of security upgradesunattended-upgrades is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in /var/log/unattended-upgrades/; also, there are always /var/log/dpkg.log and /var/log/apt/.
Automatic shutdown of machines during the nightIt is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package shutdown-at-night will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines. Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up: The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from who, and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work with X2Go thin clients. To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time. There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by nvram-wakeup; the other requires clients to have support for wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up.
How to set up shutdown-at-nightOn clients that should turn off at night, touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night, or add the hostname (that is, the output from 'uname -n' on the client) to the netgroup "shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the GOsa² web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets. To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator to generate the list of clients on the fly. Here is an example /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator for use with sitesummary: An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package:
Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewallTo access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel.
Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-serverIn the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: install the minimal profile using the debian-edu-expert boot-option install the packages for the service configure the service disable the service on main-server update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server
HowTos from wiki.debian.orgFIXME: The HowTos from are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) CategoryPermalink
Advanced administration howtoIn this chapter advanced administration tasks are described.
User Customisations with GOsa²
Create Users in Year GroupsIn this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. (as root on the main server) Make the necessary year group directories mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024 (as first user in Gosa) Department Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2024) should show up below /Students. Click it. Group Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it. Template Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. Import users Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended.
Other User Customisations
Creating folders in the home directories of all usersWith this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments.
Use a dedicated storage serverTake these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data. Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the Getting started chapter of this manual. This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines: Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.) Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request. This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor. ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.) Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server.
Restrict ssh login accessThere are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here.
Setup without LTSP clientsIf no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple: Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). Add users to the new group sshusers. Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Execute service ssh restart.
Setup with LTSP clientsThe default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup has been changed is enough. X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the LTSP server(s) as well.
A note for more complex setupsIf X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for the desktop
Set up a multi-language desktop environmentTo support multiple languages these commands need to be run: Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). Run these commands as root to install the related packages: Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock Lightdm greeter.
Playing DVDslibdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg.
Handwriting fontsThe package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for networked clients
Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstationsOne generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. (!) Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). Diskless workstation A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². Thin client A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. (!) Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. LTSP client firmware LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. Proceed like this on the LTSP server: First get information about firmware packages, run: Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: and proceed according to the usage information. Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run:
LTSP client type selectionEach LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect.
Use a different LTSP client network192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration.
Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clientsTo create chroot and SquashFS image, run: See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types.
LTSP client configurationRun man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run:
Sound with LTSP clientsLTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally.
Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDsWhen users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager.
A warning about removable media on LTSP serversWhen inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files.
Use printers attached to LTSP clientsAttach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Modifying the PXE setupPXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration.
Configuring the PXE menuThe iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values.
Configuring the PXE installationThe PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter.
Adding a custom repository for PXE installationsFor adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once.
Changing network settingsThe debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. /!\ Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too.
Remote DesktopChoosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages.
XrdpXrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile the required modules this script could be used.
X2GoX2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517.
Available Remote Desktop clientsfreerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones.
Wireless clientsThe freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. Additional configuration is needed to enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) (!) End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: users need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. (for end user devices running Linux) (Linux, Android) (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts.
Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin
Adding pGina user in Debian EduTo have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website.
Install pGina forkDownload and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:
Configure pGinaConsidering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7).
LDAP Plugin main sectionLDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) Timeout: 10 Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no ("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password)
Authentication blockBind Tab: Allow Empty Passwords: NO Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))
Authorization blockDefault: Allow Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional)
Plugin SelectionLDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)
Plugin OrderAuthentication: LDAP, Local Machine Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine Sources: CategoryPermalink
Samba in Debian EduSamba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. As Samba has dropped the insecure SMB1 protocol, the option to setup Samba as NT4-style PDC is gone. For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. Please note: By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'.
Accessing files via SambaConnections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android based ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for teaching and learningAll Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root).
Teaching Programmingstable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page.
Monitoring pupils/!\ Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage.
Restricting pupils' network accessSome schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for users
Changing passwordsEvery user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa².
Running standalone Java applicationsStandalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime.
Using emailAll users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern.
ThunderbirdStart Thunderbird Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' Enter your email address Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used Click 'Continue' For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically Click 'Done' CategoryPermalink
Contribute
Contribute locallyCurrently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, the region of Extremadura in Spain, Taiwan and France. "Isolated" contributors and users exist in Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere. The support chapter has explanations and links to localised resources, as contribute and support are two sides of the same coin.
Contribute globallyInternationally we are organised into various teams working on different subjects. Most of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. New contributors should read our . A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist.
Report bugsDebian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu.
Documentation writers and translatorsThis document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you need to create a wiki user first. Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! CategoryPermalink
Support
Volunteer based support
in English - support mailing list #debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens :-)
in Norwegian#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users
in German - support mailing list - official German representation #skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users
in French - support mailing list
Professional supportLists of companies providing professional support are available from . CategoryPermalink
New features in Debian Edu Bullseye
New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its installation manual for more details. New artwork based on the Homeworld theme, the default artwork for Debian 11 Bullseye. The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot.For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after first boot inside the internal network when enough information is available from the main server.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg: Linux kernel 5.10 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24 LibreOffice 7.0 Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0 Music creator Rosegarden 20.12 LTSP 21.01 Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish.
Other changes compared to the previous releaseImproved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate bundle for the whole system. New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin clients are now supported using X2Go. Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with LTSP. The /srv/tftp directory is now used as netboot base instead of /var/lib/tftpboot. After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and Chromium. Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage. On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login automatically. New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods. Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; domain joining is gone. The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba account data are no longer stored in LDAP. Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead of text mode). Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS. Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first user.
Known issuessee the Debian Edu Bullseye status page. CategoryPermalink
Copyright and authorsThis document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015) and Serhii Horichenko (2022) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! If you add content to it, please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions! Then add your name here and release it under the "GPL v2 or any later version" licence. CategoryPermalink
Translations of this documentThe Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese (Portugal) and Simplified Chinese. Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish. On Weblate, work is in progress for translations to Polish, Romanian, Swedish and Traditional Chinese. There is an online overview of shipped translations.
HowTo translate this document
Translate using PO filesAs in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-manual-translations.
Translate online using a web browserSome language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. Please report any problems. CategoryPermalink
Appendix A - The GNU General Public License
Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename BullseyeCopyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright chapter for the full list of copyright owners. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSEVersion 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS CategoryPermalink
Appendix B - no Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye yet/!\ Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Bullseye are not available at the moment.
Features of the Standalone imageXFCE desktop All packages from the Standalone profile All packages from the laptop task
Features of the Workstation imageXFCE desktop All packages from the Workstation profile All packages from the laptop task
Activating translations and regional supportTo activate a specific translation, boot using locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To activate a given keyboard layout, use the keyb=KB option where KB is the desired keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes: Language (Region) Locale value Keyboard layout Norwegian Bokmål nb_NO.UTF-8 no Norwegian Nynorsk nn_NO.UTF-8 no German de_DE.UTF-8 de French (France) fr_FR.UTF-8 fr Greek (Greece) el_GR.UTF-8 el Japanese ja_JP.UTF-8 jp Northern Sami (Norway) se_NO no(smi) A complete list of locale codes is available in /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/amd64/.
Stuff to knowThe password for the user is "user"; root has no password set.
Known issues with the image/!\ There are no images yet :( CategoryPermalink
Appendix C - Features in older releases
New features for Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06
Installation changesThis is the first time Debian Edu installation images are available at , thus these are official Debian images. New version of debian-installer from Debian Buster, see its installation manual for more details. New artwork based on the futurePrototype theme, the default artwork for Debian 10 Buster. New default desktop environment Xfce (replacing KDE). New CFEngine configuration management (replacing unmaintained package cfengine2 with cfengine3); this is a major change, for details see the official CFEngine documentation. The architecture of the LTSP chroot now defaults to the server one.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg: Linux kernel 4.19 Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20 Firefox 60.7 ESR and Chromium 73.0 LibreOffice 6.1 Educational toolbox GCompris 0.95 Music creator Rosegarden 18.12 GOsa 2.74 LTSP 5.18 Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesTranslation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 76 languages, of which 31 are fully translated. The profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 19 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Buster Manual is fully translated to French, German, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. Partly translated versions exist for Polish, Spanish, Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese.
Other changes compared to the previous releaseThe BD ISO image can be used for offline installations again. New school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool and education-highschool are available. None of them is installed by default. Some packages rather belonging to preschool or primaryschool level (like gcompris-qt, childsplay, tuxpaint or tuxmath) are no longer installed by default. Site specific modular installation. It is now possible to install only those educational packages that are actually wanted. See the installation chapter for more information. Site specific multi-language support. See the Desktop chapter for more information. LXQt 0.14 is offered as a new choice for the desktop environment. New GOsa²-Plugin Password Management. Unusable options have been removed from the GOsa² web interface. New netgroup available to exclude systems belonging to the shut-down-at-night-hosts netgroup from being woken up. New tool Standardskriver (Default printer). See the Administration chapter for more information. New tool Desktop-autoloader. It allows performance improvements for LTSP diskless clients. See the NetworkClients chapter for more information. Improved TLS/SSL support inside the internal network. A RootCA certificate is used to sign server certificates and user home directories are configured to accept it at account creation time; besides Firefox ESR, also Chromium and Konqueror can now use HTTPS without the need to allow insecure connections. Kerberized ssh. A password isn't needed anymore for connections inside the internal network; root needs to run kinit first to enable it. Kerberized NFS. It is now possible to use more secure home directory access, see the Administration chapter for more information. Added configuration file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with examples to make site specific changes easier. Added configuration file /etc/ltsp/ltsp-build-client.conf with examples to make site specific changes easier. New tool /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-ldap-from-scratch. It allows to re-generate the LDAP database just like it has been right after the main server installation. The tool might also be useful to make site specific changes easier. With X2Go server now available in Debian, the related packages are now installed on all systems with Profile LTSP-Server. Support for running Java applets in the Firefox ESR browser has been dropped upstream. Support for nonfree flash has been dropped from the Firefox ESR browser. Like it has been before Stretch, Debian 10 doesn't install the unattended-upgrades package by default, see the Maintenance chapter for more information about security upgrades.
New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17
Installation changesNew version of debian-installer from Debian Stretch, see its installation manual for more details. The "Thin-Client-Server" profile has been renamed to "LTSP-Server" profile. New artwork based on the "soft Waves" theme, the default artwork for Debian 9 Stretch.
Software updatesEverything which was new in Debian 9 Stretch, eg: Linux kernel 4.9 Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.8, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.16 KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others see this manual. Firefox 45.9 ESR and Chromium 59 Iceweasel has been re-renamed to Firefox! :-) Icedove has been re-renamed to Thunderbird and is now installed by default. LibreOffice 5.2.6 Educational toolbox GCompris 15.10 Music creator Rosegarden 16.06 GOsa 2.7.4 LTSP 5.5.9 Debian Stretch includes more than 50000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 9 Stretch is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesTranslation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates are now available in 29 languages. The Debian Edu Stretch Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese. The Japanese translation was newly added for Stretch. Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified Chinese.
Other changes compared to the previous releaseIcinga replaces Nagios as monitoring tool. kde-spectacle replaces ksnapshot as screenshot tool. The free flash player gnash is back again. Plymouth is installed and activated by default, except for the 'Main Server' and 'Minimal' profiles; pressing ESC allows to view boot and shutdown messages. Upon upgrade from Jessie the LDAP data base has to be adjusted. The sudoHost value 'tjener' has to be replaced with 'tjener.intern' using GOsa² or an LDAP editor. The 32-bit PC support (known as the Debian architecture i386) now no longer covers a plain i586 processor. The new baseline is the i686, although some i586 processors (e.g. the "AMD Geode") will remain supported. Debian 9 enables unattended upgrades (for security updates) by default for new installations. This might cause a delay of about 15 minutes if a system with a low uptime value is powered off. LTSP now uses NBD instead of NFS for the root filesystem. After each single change to an LTSP chroot, the related NBD image must be regenerated (ltsp-update-image) for the changes to take effect. Concurrent logins of the same user on LTSP server and LTSP thin client are no longer allowed.
Historic information about older releasesThe following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. CategoryPermalink
CategoryPermalink
\ No newline at end of file Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.odg and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/source/Debian_Edu_Network_Bullseye.odg differ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/version debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/version --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/version 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/version 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -11 diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/Makefile debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/Makefile --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/Makefile 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/Makefile 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# +# configuration here: +# +url=https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/ +name=debian-edu-trixie-manual +legacy=no +VERSION:=$(shell cat version) +DEBIAN_EDU_DOC_TITLE=Debian\ Edu\ /\ Skolelinux\ $(VERSION)\ Trixie\ Manual +path1=DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie +path2='\/DebianEdu\/Documentation\/' +export + +include ../common/Makefile.common diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +README for translators of the debian-edu-trixie-manual +-------------------------------------------- + + +Before you start: +----------------- + +Basic information about Salsa (the host where our Git repository is located) +and Git is available at https://wiki.debian.org/Salsa. + +To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Salsa project +'Debian Edu'. + +Then check out the debian-edu-doc source using ssh access: + +$ git clone git@salsa.debian.org:debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git + +If you only want to translate, you need to check out only a few files from Git +(which can be done anonymously). Please file a bug against the debian-edu-doc +package and attach the compressed PO file to the bugreport, for already existing +bug reports,see: + +https://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc + +For instructions on how to submit bugs, see: + +https://www.debian.org/Bugs/ + +You can check out the debian-edu-doc source anonymously with the following +command (you need to have the git package installed for this to work): + +$ git clone https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git + +Then edit the file documentation/debian-edu-trixie-manual.$CC.po (replacing $CC with your +language code). There are many tools for translating available, e.g. Lokalize +or Poedit. + +Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to do +so) or add the file to the bugreport. + +To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside +the debian-edu-doc directory: + +$ git pull + +Install the build dependencies of the package plus some extra packages (which +are needed for working on the translations, the package itself builds fine +without them): + +sudo apt build-dep debian-edu-doc +sudo apt install po4a texlive-latex-recommended texlive-latex-extra \ +texlive-fonts-recommended texlive-fonts-extra dblatex wget libxml2-utils + +Please note: pdflatex depends on ($texlive-packages | $tetex-packages) - we +need the texlive packages. + +For the following commands it's assumed you're in the current directory: +debian-edu-doc/documentation/debian-edu-trixie + + + +How to start a translation +-------------------------- + +Simply copy the POT file as a PO file: + +$ cp debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # create a new Danish PO file +$ git add debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # add it to the VCS +$ vi debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # better use Lokalize or Poedit +$ LINGUA=da make xml # check the build and rewrap the PO file +$ git commit debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # commit the new translation for the first time +$ git push # update the remote repository + + +How to update the translations +------------------------------ + +Update the translations every time before you start translating some new +strings: + +$ git pull # update from the VCS, maybe someone else translated + # something or the English source was updated +$ vi debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # again, better use Lokalize or Poedit +$ LINGUA=da make xml # check the build and rewrap the PO file +$ git diff debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # check the differences from the previous file +$ git commit debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po # commit changes to your local repository +$ git push # update the remote repository + + + +How to build the HTML, PDF and EPUB versions. +--------------------------------------------- + +$ make html pdf epub # build all versions for all translations. + +Even faster for a single language, e.g. Danish: +$ LINGUA=da make html # build only the Danish translation in HTML. + +You can also build the PDF: +$ LINGUA=da make pdf # build only the Danish translation in PDF. +The English pictures will be used for this test build, but localized images +will be used during the actual build process (if they exist). + +Build the EPUB, too: +$ LINGUA=da make epub # build only the Danish translation in PDF. +Existing localized images will replace English ones. + +Cleaning up after having checked that things are okay: +$ make clean + +Translating notes +----------------- + +Don't translate URLs - be careful: some wiki-URLs might be harder to notice +they are URLs. + +To "translate" images, add them to the VCS into the images/$CC/ directory, where +$CC is your language. They will be picked up automatically. + +If you spot errors in the English version or see how it could be improved, +please do contribute to the English version too. Just edit the wiki at +https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/ - a user account +is needed to edit these pages, so you will probably need to create a wiki +user first (via the login link). + +If you cannot commit your work to the VCS directly, please file a bug against +the debian-edu-doc package, see https://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc. Compress +the PO file using gzip and attach the file to the bugreport. Instructions how +to submit bugs are available at https://bugs.debian.org + + +-- Holger Levsen, holger@debian.org, last updated: 2020-08-23 diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,3152 @@ +
Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie ManualPublish date: +
+Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie + +Debian Edu Installer Logo + +This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release. + +The source at is a wiki and updated frequently. + +Updated translations are available online. + +
+ +
+About Debian Edu and Skolelinux + +Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. + +The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design details. + +After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. + +Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe. + + +
+Some history and why two names + +Debian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. + +What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. + +The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. + +Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. + +
+
+
+ + +Architecture + +
+ + +Network + +This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. + +The Debian Edu network topology + +The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. + +The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. + +In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. + + +
+The default network setup + +DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. + +This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. + +DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. + +The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP. + +
+ +
+Main server + +A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile. + +
+ +
+Services running on the main server + +With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). + +To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. + +Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. + +Table of services + + Service description + + Common name + + DNS service name + + Centralised Logging + + rsyslog + + syslog + + Domain Name Service + + DNS (BIND) + + domain + + Automatic Network Configuration of Machines + + DHCP + + bootps + + Clock Synchronisation + + NTP + + ntp + + Home Directories via Network File System + + SMB / NFS + + homes + + Electronic Post Office + + IMAP (Dovecot) + + postoffice + + Directory Service + + OpenLDAP + + ldap + + User Administration + + GOsa² + + --- + + Web Server + + Apache/PHP + + www + + Central Backup + + sl-backup, slbackup-php + + backup + + Web Cache + + Proxy (Squid) + + webcache + + Printing + + CUPS + + ipp + + Secure Remote Login + + OpenSSH + + ssh + + Automatic Configuration + + CFEngine + + cfengine + + LTSP Server/s + + LTSP + + ltsp + + Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email + +Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary + + sitesummary + +Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. + +By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. + +All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. + +To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. + +Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). + +Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. + +By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. + +Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. + +Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. + +Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. + +In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. + +Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers. + +
+ +
+LTSP server(s) + +A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. + +The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. + +Please note: + + + +LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. + + +The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server. + +
+ +
+Thin clients + +A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. + +Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started. + +
+ +
+Diskless workstations + +A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. + +Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. + +
+ +
+Networked clients + +The term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows. + +
+
+ +
+Administration + +All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. + +All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication. + + +
+Installation + +Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. + +The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. + +Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. + +The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation. + +
+ +
+ + + +File system access configuration + +Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. + +To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. + +To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. + +The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). + +
+
+
+
+ + +Requirements + +There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines. + + +
+Hardware requirements + +The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. + + If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. + + + +The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. + + +Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. + + +For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. + + +The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: + + + +combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). + + +LTSP server: 40 GiB. + + +workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. + + +minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB. + + +LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: + + + +eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), + + +eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. + + +Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations. + +
+ +
+Hardware known to work + +A list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete. + + is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware. + +
+
+ +
+Requirements for network setup + + +
+Default Setup + +When using the default network architecture, these rules apply: + + + +You need exactly one main server. + + +You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. + + +You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. + + +You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. + + +You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. + + +For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below). + +
+ +
+ + + +Internet router + +A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. + +The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. + +In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. See installation documentation for a simple way to install and set up a Debian machine using debian-edu-router-config. + +If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. + +It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. + +
+
+
+ + +Installation and download options + + +
+Where to find additional information + +We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Trixie before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release available in its installation manual. + +Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. + +It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. + +Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time. + +
+ +
+Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie + + +
+amd64 or i386 + +amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version to provide the i386 architecture. + +
+ +
+netinst iso image for amd64 + +The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the installation. + +This image is available for download from: + + + + + +
+ +
+BD iso image for amd64 + +This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. + +This image is available for download from: + + + + + +
+ +
+Verification of downloaded image files + +Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ. + +
+ +
+Sources + +Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on + +
+
+ +
+Installing Debian Edu + +When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment. + + +
+Main server installation scenarios + + +Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: + + + +Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). + + +See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. + + +Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. + + +The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time in the correct environment. + + +Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. + + + +Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. + + +Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. + + +Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: + + + +As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. + + + +Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP + + +Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP + + +Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better + + +The main server should just work after the first boot. + + +Offline (no Internet connection): + + + +Use the BD ISO image. + + +Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. + + +Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). + + +Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with Internet access. + +
+ +
+Desktop environments + +Several desktop environments are available: + + + +Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). + + +KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. + + +Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. + + +MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. + + +LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. + + +LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). + +Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one. + +
+ +
+Modular installation + + + +When installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. + + +Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-xfce because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-xfce-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. + + +For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page. + +
+ +
+Installation types and options + +Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode + +64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) + + Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. + + Install uses text mode. + + Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose. + +Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. + +64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 + + Back.. brings back to the main menu. + +Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. + + Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. + + Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. + + Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. + + Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. + + Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. + + Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. + +Help screen + +Installer help screen + + This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. + +Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode + +64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode) + +Add or change boot parameters for installations + +In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB or E key in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for Graphical install. + + Edit command line options (BIOS mode) + + Edit command line options (UEFI mode) + + + +You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the Main Server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. + + +If you have already installed the Main Server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. + + +To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. + + +To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. + + +To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. + + +To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. + + +To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. + + +And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate. + +
+ +
+The installation process + +Remember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. + + + +Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). + + +Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. + + +Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). + + +Choose profile(s) from the following list: + + + +Main Server + + +This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. + + +Workstation + + +A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. + + +Roaming workstation + + +Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. + + +LTSP Server + + +A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. + + +Standalone + + +An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. + + +Minimal + + +This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main server. + + In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. + +The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. + + +Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. + + +Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. + + +Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...". + + +After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. + + The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). + + +Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. + + +In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter. + +
+ +
+ + + +Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router + +The debian-edu-router-config package simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an interactive configuration process where the necessary information is obtained through a series of dialogues. + +In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since Debian Edu installations are not supported by debian-edu-router-config. + +Install the debian-edu-router-config package using + + +Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored for now. + +For the configuration process following the installation of debian-edu-router-config, physical access to the computer is required. + +The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more information about the network hardware + + +can be used. + +Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from /etc/network/interfaces or files in /etc/network/interfaces.d/ and un-configure the two interfaces using + + +The actual configuration process is started with + + +Selecting the uif configuration method + +Confirmation for setting up uif + +When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. + +Allowing ping in uif + +Allowing traceroute in uif + +Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. + +Enabling IP packet forwarding + +Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding. + +Available network setup methods + +Selecting the network setup method + +Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are already connected or not. + +Selecting the uplink interface + +Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network. + +Selecting internal networks + +Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single internal network select "Education" here. + +Enabling use of VLANs + +Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure select no here. + +Selecting supported IP versions + +Select "IPv4" here. + +Selecting networks which require a static IP address + +Select "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network requires a static IP address. + +Setting a static IP address for the internal network + +Set 10.0.0.1/8 as the static IP address for the internal network "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks. + +Enabling NAT for networks + +Enable NAT for the internal network. + +Enabling internet access for networks + +Enable internet access for internal networks. + +Setting up reverse NAT explained + +Setting up reverse NAT + +If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the gateway can be configured using the following dialog. + +Enabling SSH access for networks + +Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. + +Configuring the SSH port + +Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. + +Enabling DHCP for networks + +Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. + +Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router Menu. + +SSH configuration + +If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing c in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration. + +
+ +
+Notes on some characteristics + + +
+A note on notebooks + +Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password). + +
+ +
+A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs + +After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed: + + +
+ +
+A note on CD installs + +A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net. + +
+
+ +
+Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs + +It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: + + +To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: + + +Please note that copying will take quite some time. + +Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc. + +
+ +
+Installation and booting over the network via PXE + +For this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: + + +on the server. + +This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main Server profile only: + +The iPXE menu without LTSP entries + +This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: + +The iPXE menu with LTSP entries + +This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². + +More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter. + +
+ +
+ + + +Modifying PXE installations + +The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. + +A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat + + +The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. + +Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. + +To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. + +Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server. + +
+ +
+Custom images + +Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. + +So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD. + +
+
+ +
+Screenshot tour + +The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. + +So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). + +64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) + +Select a language + +Select your location + +Configure the keyboard + +Detect network hardware + +Configure network manually + +Configure IP address + +Configure gateway + +Configure nameserver + +Choose Debian Edu profile + +Use the automatic partitioning tool: no + +Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes + +Participate in the package usage survey: no + +Participate in the package usage survey: yes + +Set password for the root user + +Set full name for the first user + +Set user name for the first user + +Set password for the first user + +Installation complete + +Lightdm Login screen + +Xfce Desktop showing Browser window + +Xfce Desktop screen + +Thin-Client-Welcome screen + +Thin-Client-Login screen + +
+
+
+ + +Getting started + + +
+Minimum steps to get started + +During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. + +See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. + +After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: + + +Log into the server. + + +Add users with GOsa². + + +Add workstations with GOsa². + +Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. + +There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Trixie chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. + + If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. + +The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions. + + +
+Services running on the main server + +There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below. + +
+
+ +
+Introduction to GOsa² + +GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: + + + +User Administration + + +Group Administration + + +NIS Netgroup Administration + + +Machine Administration + + +DNS Administration + + +DHCP Administration + +For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). + +If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure Main Server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): + + +From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. + + + +If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. + + +Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that. + + +
+GOsa² Login plus Overview + +GOsa² overview page after login as the first user + +After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². + +Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². + +In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. + +GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. + +A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) + +Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level). + +
+
+ +
+User Management with GOsa² + +First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user). + + +
+Adding users + +Next to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. + + + +The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). + + +As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. + + +If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) + + +When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. + +After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. + +As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. + +If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network. + +
+ +
+Search, modify and delete users + +Filterbox + +To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". + +When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. + +A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. + +Editing user data + +
+ +
+Set passwords + +The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. + +Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. + +To administratively set a new password for a user + + +search for the user to be modified, as explained above + + +click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in + + +on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself + +Set user password + +Be aware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords! + +
+ +
+Advanced user management + +It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). + +These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): + + + +Use "," as field separator + + +Do not use quotes + + +The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) + + +The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import + +The mass import steps are: + + +click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left + + +click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right + + +browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported + + +choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) + + +click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner + +It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. + +Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. + +Reset passwords + + +
+Adding users from the command line + +User accounts can also be added from the command line using the ldap-createuser-krb5 tool, see the documentation in the Administration HowTo + +
+
+
+ +
+Group Management with GOsa² + +create group + +list groups + +The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. + +You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. + +Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. + +The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too. + +
+ +
+Machine Management with GOsa² + +Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. + +Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. + +Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. + +To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run + + +Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. + +To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the machine is expected to be a valid unqualified hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. + +To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. + +If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: + + +GOsa² systems listing + +Host details + +Modify host + +Add netgroup + +A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually. + + +
+Search and delete machines + +Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here. + +
+ +
+Modify existing machines / Netgroup management + +After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). + +The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. + +For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main server. + +The default installation provides the NetGroups + + + +all-hosts + + +cups-queue-autoflush-hosts + + +cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts + + +fsautoresize-hosts + + +ltsp-server-hosts + + +netblock-hosts + + +printer-hosts + + +server-hosts + + +shutdown-at-night-hosts + + +shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist + + +workstation-hosts + +Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: + + + +Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) + + +Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. + + +Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) + + +Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. + + +Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) + + +Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. + + +Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) + + +Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams. + +
+
+
+ +
+Printer Management + +For centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group. + + +
+Use printers attached to workstations + +The package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. + + + +Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): + + + +P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" + + +P910ND_START=1 + + +Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI. + +
+ +
+Network printers + +It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers. + +
+
+ +
+Clock synchronisation + +The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. + + If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. + +To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer. + +
+ +
+Extending full partitions + +Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. + +
+
+ + +Maintenance + + +
+Updating the software + +This section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. + +Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). + +It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. + + +After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. + +It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync. + +After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. + +It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. + +cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. + +Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. + +apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt. + + +
+Keep yourself informed about security updates + +Running cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed. + +
+
+ +
+Backup Management + +For backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. + + Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default. + +By default, backups of /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. + + Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. + +If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. + +If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: + + +This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> + +If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. + +If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: + +slbackup-php Maintenance + +
+ +
+Server Monitoring + + +
+Munin + +The Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. + +The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. + +The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. + +Information about Munin is available from . + +
+ +
+Icinga + +Icinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. + +By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. + +The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. + +Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. + +Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package. + + +
+Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them + +Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings. + + +
+DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%): + +The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. + +
+ +
+APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates). + +New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do the same. + +If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots. + +
+ +
+WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0 + +The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues. + +
+ +
+WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61 + +The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups. + +
+
+
+ +
+Sitesummary + +Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. + +A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from . + +Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from + +
+
+ +
+More information about Debian Edu customisations + +More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter + +
+
+
+ + +Upgrades + + Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. + +Please read this chapter and the New features in Trixie chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade. + + +
+General notes on upgrading + +Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) + +In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade. + +If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. + +Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. + +It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same. + +
+ +
+Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm + + Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. + +Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: ) + +Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. + +If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again. + + +
+Upgrading the main server + + + +Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date: + + + + +Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie: + + + + +apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). + + +Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. + + + +restart services: Choose yes. + + +Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. + + +openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. + + +Apply and adjust configuration: + + + + +Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients. Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the prime256v1 curve. RSA-2048 itself remains supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See !44 and !40 for further technical information. + + +Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The archive contains private keys and must be kept secure. + + + +This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root CA must be distributed to all clients again, using /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert on the clients. + + +To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive: + + +Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients. + + +Check if the upgraded system works: + +Reboot; log in as first user and test + + + +if the GOsa² gui is working, + + +if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, + + +if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, + + +if one can send and receive internal email, + + +if one can manage printers, + + +and if other site specific things are working. + +
+ +
+Upgrading a workstation + +Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things not needed. + +
+
+ +
+Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm) + +To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Bookworm about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, Bullseye. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTo + + + +HowTos for general administration + + +HowTos for advanced administration + + +HowTos for the desktop + + +HowTos for networked clients + + +HowTos for Samba + + +HowTos for teaching and learning + + +HowTos for users + +
+
+ + +HowTos for general administration + +The Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks. + + +
+Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system + +Using etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. + +This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. + +Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. + +To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. + +See the output of man etckeeper for more information. + +List of useful commands: + + + +
+Usage examples + +On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: + + +See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date: + + +To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour: + + +
+
+ +
+Resizing Partitions + +In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the /boot/ partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted. + +It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run fsck on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. + +The helper script debian-edu-fsautoresize is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from /usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab, /site/etc/fsautoresizetab and /etc/fsautoresizetab. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument -n is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the file systems. + +The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. + +When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in etc/squid/squid.conf needs to be updated as well. The helper script /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of /var/spool/squid/ and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size. + + +
+Logical Volume Management + +Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the LVM HowTo. + +To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the lvextend command how large you want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands: + + +To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G). + +
+
+ +
+Using ldapvi + +ldapvi is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline. + +The following needs to be executed: + + +Note: ldapvi will use whatever is the default editor. By executing export EDITOR=vim in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor. + + Warning: ldapvi is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for JXplorer. + +
+ +
+Kerberized NFS + +Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels krb5, krb5i and krb5p are supported (krb5 means Kerberos authentication, i stands for integrity check and p for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, krb5i is a good choice and has been chosen as default. + + +
+How to change the default + +Main server + + + +login as root + + +run ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)', search for sec=krb5i and replace it with sec=krb5 or sec=krb5p. + + +edit /etc/exports.d/edu.exports and adjust these entries accordingly: + + + + +run exportfs -r. + +
+
+ +
+Standardskriver + +This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md. + +The configuration file /etc/standardskriver.cfg has to be provided by the admin, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg as an example. + +
+ +
+JXplorer, an LDAP GUI + +If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the jxplorer package, which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this: + + +
+ +
+ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users + +ldap-createuser-krb is a small command line tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows: + + +All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the first gosaDepartment from LDAP which is likely skole and for regular users usually not what you want, so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. Teachers or Students. After entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator password, ldap-createuser-krb5 will create the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot shows an example invocation to create a user account named harhir for a teacher whose full name is "Harry Hirsch": + + +
+ +
+Using stable-updates + +While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months. + +
+ +
+Using backports to install newer software + +You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in. + +Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there. + +Using Backports is simple: + + +After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of tuxtype: + + +Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-free and non-free-firmware. + +
+ +
+Upgrading with a CD or similar image + +If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie 13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps: + +Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command: + + +To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page: + + +apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files. + +It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns. + +Then run these two commands to upgrade the system: + + +
+ +
+Automatic cleanup of leftover processes + +killer is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour. + +
+ +
+Automatic installation of security upgrades + +unattended-upgrades is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in /var/log/unattended-upgrades/; also, there are always /var/log/dpkg.log and /var/log/apt/. + +
+ +
+Automatic shutdown of machines during the night + +It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package shutdown-at-night will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines. + +Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up: + + + +The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from who, and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with X2Go thin clients. + + +To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time. + + +There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by nvram-wakeup; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up. + + +
+How to set up shutdown-at-night + +On clients that should turn off at night, touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night, or add the hostname (that is, the output from 'uname -n' on the client) to the netgroup "shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the GOsa² web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets. + +To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator to generate the list of clients on the fly. + +Here is an example /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator for use with sitesummary: + + +An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package: + + +
+
+ +
+Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall + +To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel. + +
+ +
+Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main server + +In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, hostname tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). + +These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: + + + +choose the Minimal profile during installation + + +install the packages for the service + + +configure the service + + +disable the service on the main server + + +update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server + +
+ +
+HowTos from wiki.debian.org + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+ + +Advanced administration howto + +In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described. + + +
+User Customisations with GOsa² + +
+ + +Create Users in Year Groups + +In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. + +(as root on the main server) + + + +Make the necessary year group directories + +mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026 + +(as first user in Gosa) + + + +Department + +Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields (students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show up below /Students. Click it. + + + +Group + +Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it. + + + +Template + +Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. + +Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. + + + +Import users + +Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended. + +
+
+ +
+Other User Customisations + + +
+Creating folders in the home directories of all users + +With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. + +In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. + + +
+
+ +
+Use a dedicated storage server + +Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data. + + + +Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the Getting started chapter of this manual. + + +This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines: + + +Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.) + + +Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request. + + +This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor. + +ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no + +When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.) + + + +Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: + + +Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. + +Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server. + +
+ +
+Restrict SSH login access + +There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here. + + +
+Setup without LTSP clients + +If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. + +Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple: + + + +Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). + + +Add users to the new group sshusers. + + +Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. + + +Execute service ssh restart. + +
+ +
+Setup with LTSP clients + +The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been changed is enough. + +X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. + + + +Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. + + +Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: + + +If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP server(s) as well. + +
+ +
+A note for more complex setups + +If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login. + +
+
+
+
+ + +HowTos for the desktop + + +
+Set up a multi-language desktop environment + +To support multiple languages these steps need to be done: + + + +Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). + + +Run these commands as root to install the related packages: + + + +Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock LightDM greeter. + +
+ +
+Playing DVDs + +libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. + + +Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg. + +
+ +
+Handwriting fonts + +The package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTos for networked clients + + +
+Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations + +One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. + + Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. + + + +As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. + + +Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. + + +In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². + +For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. + +Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. + +The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. + +Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: + + + +debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). + + +debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. + + +debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). + +Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). + +The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. + +The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. + +The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). + +Diskless workstation + +A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. + +Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². + +Thin client + +A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. + +Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. + + Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. + +LTSP client firmware + +LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. + +Proceed like this on the LTSP server: + + +First get information about firmware packages, run: + + + +Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: + + + +Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: + + + +In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: + + + +and proceed according to the usage information. + +Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run: + + + +
+LTSP client type selection + +Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). + +In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. + +The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect. + +
+ +
+Use a different LTSP client network + +192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration. + +
+ +
+Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients + +To create chroot and SquashFS image, run: + + +See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types. + +
+ +
+LTSP client configuration + +Run man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: + +Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run: + + +
+ +
+Sound with LTSP clients + +LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. + +LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally. + +
+ +
+Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs + +When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. + +When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager. + + +
+A warning about removable media on LTSP servers + +When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files. + +
+
+ +
+Use printers attached to LTSP clients + + + +Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). + + +Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. + + +Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI. + +
+
+ +
+Modifying the PXE setup + +PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration. + + +
+Configuring the PXE menu + +The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values. + +
+ +
+Configuring the PXE installation + +The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. + +More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter. + +
+ +
+Adding a custom repository for PXE installations + +For adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: + + +and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once. + +
+
+ +
+Changing network settings + +The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. + + Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. + +There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/43). + +
+ +
+Remote Desktop + +Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages. + + +
+Xrdp + +Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. + +Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. + +Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line. + + +
+ +
+X2Go + +X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. + +Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517. + +
+ +
+Available Remote Desktop clients + + + +freerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. + + + +RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. + + +VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. + + +x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones. + +
+
+ +
+Wireless clients + +The freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. + +Additional configuration is needed to + + + +enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). + + +allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). + + +combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) + + End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. + + + + (for end user devices running Linux) + + + (Linux, Android) + + + (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) + +Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts. + +
+ +
+Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin + + +
+Adding pGina user in Debian Edu + +To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. + +Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website. + +
+ +
+Install pGina fork + +Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder: + + +
+ +
+Configure pGina + +Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. + +So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below + + (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7). + + +
+LDAP Plugin main section + + + +LDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) + + +LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) + + +Timeout: 10 + + +Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) + + +Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) + + +Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) + + +Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no + + +("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) + + +Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password) + +
+ +
+Authentication block + +Bind Tab: + + + +Allow Empty Passwords: NO + + +Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) + + +Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person)) + +
+ +
+Authorization block + + + +Default: Allow + + +Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) + + +Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional) + +
+ +
+Plugin Selection + + + +LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] + + +Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes) + +
+ +
+Plugin Order + + + +Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine + + +Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine + +Sources: + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+
+
+ + +Samba in Debian Edu + +Samba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. + +For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. + +Please note: + + + +By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. + + +Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². + + +To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. + + +Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'. + + +
+Accessing files via Samba + +Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. + +Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTos for teaching and learning + +All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root). + + +
+Teaching Programming + +stable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page. + +
+ +
+Monitoring pupils + + Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. + +Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage. + +
+ +
+Restricting pupils' network access + +Some schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTos for users + + +
+Changing passwords + +Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. + +Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. + +Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa². + +
+ +
+Running standalone Java applications + +Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime. + +
+ +
+ + + +Using email + +All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. + +Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern. + +
+ +
+Thunderbird + + + +Start Thunderbird + + +Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' + + +Enter your email address + + +Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used + + +Click 'Continue' + + +For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically + + +Click 'Done' + +
+
+ +
+Contribute + + +
+Contribute online + +Most of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. + +A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist. + +
+ +
+Report bugs + +Debian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu. + +
+ +
+Documentation writers and translators + +This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various +FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. + +The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to create a wiki user account first. + +Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! + +
+
+
+ + +Support + + +
+Volunteer based support + + +
+in English + + + + - support mailing list + + +#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens. + +
+ +
+in Norwegian + + + +#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users + +
+ +
+in German + + + + - support mailing list + + +#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users + +
+ +
+in French + + + + - support mailing list + +
+
+ +
+Professional support + +Lists of companies providing professional support are available from . + +
+
+
+ + +New features in Debian Edu Trixie + + +
+New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie + + +
+Installation changes + + + +New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its installation manual for more details, + + + +including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. + + +New artwork based on the Ceratopsian theme, the default artwork for Debian 13 trixie. + +
+ +
+Software updates + + + +Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg: + + + +Linux kernel 6.12 + + +Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 + + +LibreOffice 7.4 + + +GOsa² 2.8 + + +Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0 + + +Music creator Rosegarden 24.12 + + +LTSP 23.02 + + +Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. + + + +More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. + +
+ +
+Documentation and translation updates + + + +During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. + + +The Debian Edu Trixie Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and Ukrainian. + +
+ +
+Known issues + + + +see the Debian Edu Trixie status page. + +
+
+
+ +
+ + +Translations of this document + +There is an online overview of packaged translations, updated frequently. + + +
+HowTo translate this document + + +
+Translate using PO files + +As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations. + +
+ +
+Translate online using a web browser + +Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. + +Please report any problems. + +
+
+
+ +
+Appendix A - The GNU General Public License + + +
+Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie + +Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright for the full list of copyright owners. + + + +
+
+ +
+Appendix B - Features in older releases + + +
+New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm + + +
+Installation changes + + + +New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its installation manual for more details, + + + +including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. + + +New artwork based on the Emerald theme, the default artwork for Debian 12 bookworm. + +
+ +
+Software updates + + + +Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg: + + + +Linux kernel 6.1 + + +Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 + + +LibreOffice 7.4 + + +GOsa² 2.8 + + +Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1 + + +Music creator Rosegarden 22.12 + + +LTSP 23.01 + + +Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation. + + + +More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. + +
+ +
+Documentation and translation updates + + + +During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. + + +The Debian Edu Bookworm Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian. + +
+ +
+Known issues + + + +see the Debian Edu Bookworm status page. + +
+
+ +
+Historic information about older releases + +The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: + + + +Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14. + + +Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06. + + +Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17. + + +Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. + + +Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. + + +Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. + + +Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. + + +Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. + + +Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. + + +Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. + + +Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. + + +Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. + + +Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. + +A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. + +
+
+
diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Udgivelsesdato; endboundary=
+ +Oversættelse: +2012-2016, 2019, 2026 Joe Hansen + + diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.da.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8230 @@ +# Danish translation debian-edu-bullseye-manual. +# Copyright (C) 2019 debian-edu-bullseye-manual & nedenstående oversættere. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-bullseye-manual package. +# Joe Hansen , 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2019. +# +# chapter -> kapitel +# howtos -> hjælp, artikel +# workstation -> arbejdsstation +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-bullseye-manual\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-25 18:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Joe Hansen \n" +"Language-Team: Danish \n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of:
+msgid "en" +msgstr "da" + +#. type: Content of:
+#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Udgivelsesdato:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 12 kodenavn bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Debian Edu Installer Logo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Dette er manualen for Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) udgivelsen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Versionen på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm\"/> er en wiki og opdateres ofte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Opdateret oversættelser er tilgængelige <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Om Debian Edu og Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlerne om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">udstyrs- og netværkskrav</link> " +"og <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitekturen</link> indeholder " +"grundlæggende miljødetaljer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Efter installation af en hovedserver er alle tjenester krævet for et sat op " +"og systemet er klar til brug. Kun brugere og maskiner skal tilføjes via " +"GOsa², en komfortabel netbrugerflade eller enhvert andet LDAP-" +"redigeringsprogram. Et netopstartsprogram der bruger PXE/<ulink " +"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> er også blevet forberedt, så efter " +"oprindelig installation af hovedserveren via cd, blue-ray- eller usb-drev " +"kan alle andre maskiner installeres via netværket, dette inkluderer »roaming " +"workstations« (installationer som kan fjernes fra skolenetværket, normalt " +"bærbare computere) samt PXE/iPXE-opstart for maskiner uden diske såsom " +"traditionelle tynde klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Flere undervisningsprogrammer såsom GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege og Scratch er inkluderet i skrivebordets standardopsætning, som nemt " +"kan udvides, næsten uendeligt via Debianuniverset." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Lidt historik og hvorfor projektet har to navne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"er en Linuxdistribution oprettet af projektet Debian Edu. Som en <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink>-distribution er " +"det et officielt underprojekt af <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"For din skole betyder dette, at Skolelinux er en version af Debian, som " +"tilbyder et ud af boksen-miljø for et fuldstændig konfigureret skolenetværk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Projektet Skolelinux blev grundlagt i Norge den 2. juli 2001 og omkring " +"samme tidspunkt startede Raphaël Hertzog Debian-Edu i Frankrig. Siden 2003 " +"er projekterne forenet, men bevarede begge navne. »Skole« og " +"(Debian-)»Education« er velintegrerede termer i begge regioner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "I dag bruges systemet i flere lande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arkitektur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Netværk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Dette afsnit af dokumentationen beskriver netværksarkitekturen og " +"tjenesterne tilbudt af en Skolelinuxdistribution." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Debian Edu-netværkstopologi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Figuren er en tegning af den forventede netværkstopologi. " +"Standardopsætningen for et Skolelinuxnetværk antager, at der er en (og kun " +"en) hovedserver, som tillader inkludering af både normale arbejdsstationer " +"og servere for tynde klienter (med associerede tynde klienter og/eller " +"diskløse arbejdsstationer). Antallet af arbejdsstationer kan være så stort " +"eller småt som du ønsker (startende fra ingen til en helt masse). Det samme " +"gælder for LTSP-serverne, som hver for sig er på et adskilt netværk, så at " +"trafikken mellem klienterne og LTSP-serven ikke påvirker resten af " +"netværkstjenesterne. LTSP er forklaret i detaljer i afsnittet <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">den forbundne hjælp</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Årsagen til, at der kun kan være en hovedserver i hvert skolenetværk er at " +"hovedserveren tilbyder DHCP, og der kan kun være en maskine til dette i " +"hvert netværk. Det er muligt at flytte tjenester fra hovedserveren til andre " +"maskiner ved at opsætte tjenesten på en anden maskine, og efterfølgende " +"opdatere DNS-konfigurationen, pegende DNS-aliasset for den tjeneste til den " +"korrekte computer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"For at forenkel opsætningen af Skolelinux, så afvikles internetforbindelsen " +"over en separat ruter, også kaldt adgangspunkt. se kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetruter</link> for detaljer " +"om opsætning af sådant et adgangspunkt, hvis det ikke er muligt at " +"konfigurere en eksisterende som krævet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Netværkets standardopsætning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCPD på hovedserveren betjener 10.0.0.0/8-netværket, der tilbyder en PXE-" +"opstartsmenu, hvor du kan vælge hvorvidt der skal installeres en ny server/" +"arbejdsstation, startes en tynd klient eller diskløs arbejdsstation op, " +"køres hukommelsestest (memtest), eller startes op fra den lokale harddisk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Dette er designet til at kunne ændres; for detaljer, se <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">det relevante vejledningskapitel</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCPD på LTSP-serverne betjener kun et dedikeret netværk på den 2. " +"grænseflade (192.168.0.0/24 og 192.168.1.0/24 er prækonfigurerede " +"indstillinger) og der vil sjældent være behov for at ændre dette." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Konfigurationen af alle undernet gemmes i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Hovedserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Et netværk for Skolelinux kræver en hovedserver (også kaldt for »tjener« som " +"er norsk og betyder »server«), der som standard har IP-adressen 10.0.2.2 og " +"installeres ved at vælge profilen for hovedserveren. Det er muligt (men ikke " +"krævet) også at vælge og installere profilerne for LTSP-serveren og " +"arbejdsstationen udover profilen for hovedserveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Tjenester der kører på hovedserveren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Med undtagelse af kontrollen af tynde klienter, så opsættes alle tjenester " +"oprindeligt på en central computer (hovedserveren). Af ydelsesårsager skal " +"LTSP-serverne være separate maskiner (det er dog muligt at installere " +"profilerne for både hovedserveren og LTSP-serveren på den samme maskine). " +"Alle tjenester allokerer et dedikeret DNS-navn og tilbydes eksklusivt over " +"IPv4. Det allokerede DNS-navn gør det nemt at flytte individuelle tjenester " +"fra hovedserveren til en anden maskine, ved at stoppe tjenesten på " +"hovedserveren, ændre DNS-konfigurationen til at pege på den nye placering " +"for tjenesten (som selvfølgelig først skal opsættes på den maskine)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"For at øge sikkerheden er alle forbindelser hvor adgangskoder transmitteres " +"over netværket krypteret, så at ingen adgangskoder sendes over netværket som " +"klartekst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Nedenfor er en tabel over tjenesterne, der som standard er opsat i et " +"netværk for Skolelinux og DNS-navnet for hver tjeneste. Hvis muligt vil alle " +"konfigurationsfiler referere til tjenesten ved navn (uden domænenavnet) " +"hvilket gør det nemt for skoler at ændre enten deres domæne (hvis de har et " +"eget DNS-domæne) eller IP-adresserne de bruger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestetabel</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestebeskrivelse</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Almindeligt navn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-tjenestenavn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Centraliseret logning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Tjeneste for domænenavn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domæne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Automatisk netværkskonfiguration af maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Ursynkronisering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Hjemmemapper via netværksfilsystem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "hjem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Elektronisk postkontor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postkontor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Mappetjeneste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Brugeradministration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Internetserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Central sikkerhedskopiering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "sikkerhedskopiering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Internetmellemlager" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "internetmellemlager" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Udskrivning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Sikker ekstern logind" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP-servere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Maskine og tjenesteovervågelse med fejlrapportering, plus status og historik " +"på internettet. Fejlrapportering via e-post" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga og sideoversigt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "siteoversigt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Personlige filer for hver bruger gemmes i deres hjemmemapper, som er gjort " +"tilgængelige af serveren. Hjemmemapper kan tilgås fra alle maskiner, og give " +"brugere adgang til de samme filer uanset hvilken maskine de bruger. Serveren " +"fungerer systemagnostisk, tilbydende adgang via NFS for Unixklienter, SMB " +"for Windows- og Macintoshklienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Som standard sættes posten kun op for lokal levering (dvs. indenfor skolen), " +"dog kan e-postlevering til det større internet sættes op, hvis skolen har en " +"permanent internetforbindelse. Klienter opsættes til at levere post til " +"serveren (med brug af »smarthost«), og brugere kan <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">tilgå deres personlige post</link> via IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Alle tjenester kan tilgås med brug af det samme brugernavn og adgangskode, " +"takket være den centrale brugerdatabase for godkendelse og autorisation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"For at øge ydelsen på ofte tilgåede sider så bruges en internetproxy til at " +"mellemlagre filer lokalt (Squid). Sammen med blokering af internettrafik i " +"routeren giver dette også kontrol over internetadgang på individuelle " +"maskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Netværkskonfiguration på klienterne udføres automatisk med brug af DHCP. " +"Alle klienttyper kan forbindes til det private undernet 10.0.0.0/8, og vil " +"få tilsvarende IP-adresser; LTSP-klienter skal forbinde til den tilsvarende " +"LTSP-server via det separate undernet 192.168.0.0/24 (dette for at sikre at " +"netværkstrafik fra LTPS-klienterne ikke påvirker resten af " +"netværkstjenesterne)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Centraliseret logning sættes op så at alle maskiner sender deres syslog-" +"beskeder til serveren. Syslog-tjenesten sættes op så at den kun accepterer " +"indgående beskeder fra det lokale netværk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Som standard sættes DNS-serveren op med et domæne kun for intern brug " +"(*.intern), indtil et reelt (»external«) DNS-domæne kan sættes op. DNS-" +"serveren sættes op som Caching DNS-server, så at alle maskiner på netværket " +"kan bruge den som DNS-hovedserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Studerende og lærere har mulighed for at udgive internetsider. " +"Internetserveren tilbyder mekanismer for godkendelse af brugere, og " +"begrænsning af adgang til individuelle sider og undermapper for bestemte " +"brugere og grupper. Brugere vil have mulighed for at oprette dynamiske " +"internetsider, da internetserveren vil være programmerbar på serversiden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Information om brugere og maskiner kan ændres på en central placering, og " +"gøres tilgængelig for alle computere på netværket automatisk. For at opnå " +"dette sættes en centraliseret mappeserver op. Mappen vil have information om " +"brugere, brugergrupper, maskiner og grupper af maskiner. For at undgå " +"brugerforvirring vil der ikke være nogen forskel mellem filgrupper, " +"postlister og netværksgrupper. Dette medfører at grupper af maskiner, som " +"skal udgøre netværksgrupper vil bruge det samme navnerum som brgergrupper." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Administration af tjenester og brugere vil hovedsagelig foregå via " +"internettet, og følge etablerede standarder, der fungerer godt i " +"internetbrowsere som er en del af Skolelinux. Delegeringen af bestemte " +"opgaver til individuelle brugere eller brugergruppper kan gøres muligt via " +"administrationssystemerne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"For at undgå bestemte problemer med NFS, og gøre det nemmere at fejlsøge, " +"skal de forskellige maskiner have synkroniserede ure. For at få dette sættes " +"serveren for Skolelinux op som en lokal Network Time Protocol-server (NTP). " +"Selve serveren skal synkronisere sit ur via NTP mod maskiner på internettet, " +"og dermed sikre at hele netværket har den korrekt tidsangivelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Printere forbindes hvor det er passende, enten direkte til hovednetværket, " +"eller forbundet til en server, arbejdsstation eller LTSP-server. Adgang til " +"printere kan kontrolleres for individuelle brugere jævnfør den gruppe de " +"tilhører; dette vil blive opnået ved at bruge kvoter og adgangskontrol for " +"printere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP-servere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Et netværk for Skolelinux kan have mange LTSP-servere, som installeres ved " +"at vælge LTSP-serverprofilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"LTSP-serverne sættes op til at modtage syslog fra de tynde klienter og " +"arbejdsstationer, og videresender disse beskeder til den centrale syslog-" +"modtager." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Bemærk venligst:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Diskløse arbejdsstationer bruger programmerne installeret i serverens LTSP " +"chroot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Klientens rodfilsystem tilbydes via NBD (netværksblokenhed). Efter hver " +"ændring til LTSP-chroot'en skal det forbundne NBD-aftryk genoprettes; kør " +"<computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> på LTSP-serveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Tynde klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"En opsætning for tynde klienter muliggør at normale pc'er kan fungere som " +"(X-)terminaler. Dette betyder at maskinen starter op fra en diskette eller " +"direkte fra serveren med brug af network-PROM (eller PXE) uden at bruge den " +"lokale klients harddisk. Den brugte opsætning for tynde klienter kommer fra " +"Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Tynde klienter er en god måde at gøre brug af ældre, svagere maskiner, da de " +"effektivt kører alle programmer på LTSP-serveren. Dette virker på følgende " +"måde: Tjenesten bruger DHCP og TFTP til at forbinde til netværket og " +"opstarte fra netværket. Derefter monteres filsystemet fra LTSP-serveren via " +"NBD, og endelig startes X-vinduessystemet. Visningshåndteringen (LDM) " +"forbinder til LTSP-serveren via SSH med X-videresendelse. På denne måde " +"bliver alle data krypteret på netværket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Diskløse arbejdsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"En diskløs arbejdsstation kører alle programmer på pc'en uden et lokalt " +"installeret operativsystem. Dette betyder, at klientmaskiner opstarter " +"direkte fra serverens harddisk uden at køre programmer installeret på en " +"lokal harddisk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Diskløse arbejdsstationer er en glimrende måde at genbruge ældre (men " +"funktionsrigt) udstyr med den samme lave vedligeholdelsesomkostning som " +"tynde klienter har. Programmer administreres og vedligeholdes på serveren " +"uden brug af lokalt installerede programmer på klienterne. Hjemmemapper og " +"systemindstillinger gemmes også på serveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Netværksklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Termen »netværksklienter« bruges i denne manual til at referere til både " +"tynde klienter og diskløse arbejdsstationer, samt computere der kører macOS " +"eller Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Alle Linuxmaskinerne, som er installeret via Skolelinux-" +"installationsprogrammet, vil kunne administreres fra en central computer, " +"højst sandsynlig serveren. Det vil være muligt at logge ind på alle maskiner " +"via SSH, og dermed have fuld adgang til maskinerne. Som administrator skal " +"man afvikle <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> først for at få en " +"Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Al brugerinformation opbevares i en LDAP-mappe. Opdateringer af " +"brugerkontoer udføres mod denne database, som bruges af klienter for " +"brugergodkendelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Aktuelt er der to typer af installationsmedier: netinst og BD. Begge aftryk " +"kan også indlæses fra USB-drev." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Formålet er at være i stand til at installere en server fra ethvert medie og " +"installere alle andre klienter over netværket ved at starte op fra netværket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Kun netinstall-aftrykket kræver adgang til internettet under installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Installationen skal ikke spørge om noget, med undtagelse af det ønskede " +"sprog (f.eks. norsk bokmål, nynorsk, samisk) og maskinprofil (hovedserver, " +"arbejdsstation, LTSP-server). Den øvrige konfiguration vil blive opsat " +"automatisk med fornuftige værdier, som kan ændres fra centralt hold af " +"systemadministratoren efter installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Adgangskonfiguration for filsystem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Hver brugerkonto i Skolelinux tildeles et afsnit af filsystemet på " +"filserveren. Dette afsnit (hjemmemappen) indeholder brugerens " +"konfigurationsfiler, dokumenter, e-post og internetsider. Nogle af filerne " +"bør gives læseadgang for andre brugere på systemet, nogle skal kunne læses " +"af alle på internettet, og nogle skal ikke kunne tilgås for læsning af andre " +"end brugeren selv." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"For at sikre at alle diske som bruges for hjemmemapper eller delte mapper er " +"unikt navngivet på tværs af alle computere i installationen, kan de monteres " +"som <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Som start " +"oprettes en mappe på filserveren, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" +"computeroutput>, hvor alle brugerkontoerne oprettes. Yderligere mapper kan " +"så oprettes, når der skal tilpasses til specifikke brugergruppper eller " +"specifikke forbrugsmønstre." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"For at aktivere adgang til filer under det normale UNIX-rettighedssystem, så " +"skal brugere være i supplementært delte grupper (såsom »studenter«) samt den " +"personlige primære gruppe de er i som standard. Hvis brugere har en passende " +"umask til at gøre nyoprettede punkter adgangsbare for grupper (002 eller " +"007), og hvis mapperne de arbejder i er setgid for at sikre at filerne arver " +"det korrekte gruppeejerskab, er resultatet kontrolleret fildeling mellem " +"medlemmer af en gruppe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Den oprindelige adgangsindstilling for netop oprettede filer er et " +"politikspørgsmål. Den normale umask for Debian er 022 (som ikke tillader " +"gruppeadgang som beskrevet ovenfor), men Debian Edu bruger en standard på " +"002 - hvilket betyder at filer oprettes med læseadgang for alle, hvilket " +"senere kan fjernes med en eksplicit brugerhandling. Dette kan ændres (ved at " +"redigere <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) til en " +"umask på 007 - hvilket betyder at læseadgang er blokeret, og at en " +"brugerhandling skal udføres for at gøre dem tilgængelige. Den første metode " +"opmuntrer til vidensdeling, og gør systemet mere gennemsigtigt, hvor den " +"anden metode formindsker risikoen for uønsket spredning af ømtålelig " +"information. Problemet med den første løsning er at det ikke er indlysende " +"for brugerne, at materialet de opretter vil være tilgængeligt for alle andre " +"brugere. De kan kun se dette ved at kigge i andre brugeres mapper og der se " +"at deres filer også er læsbare. Problemet med den anden løsning er at få " +"personer vil gøre deres filer læsbare også selv om de ikke indeholder " +"ømtålelig information og at indholdet ville have været nyttig for andre " +"brugere, som ønsker at lære hvordan andre har løst specifikke problemer " +"typisk konfigurationsproblemer)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Krav" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Der er forskellige måder at opsætte en løsning med Skolelinux. Den kan " +"installeres på en enkelt uafhængig pc, eller som en regionudbredt løsning på " +"mange skoler der håndteres centralt. Denne fleksibilitet gør en stor forskel " +"for konfigurationen af netværkskomponenter, servere og klientmaskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Krav til udstyret" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Formålet med forskellige profiler er forklaret i kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">netværksarkitektur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hvis LTSP skal bruges, så tag et kig på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisiden med LTSP-udstyrskrav</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Computerne der afvikler Debian Edu/Skolelinux skal have enten 32-bit " +"(Debianstruktur »i386«, ældste understøttede processorer er 686) eller 64-" +"bit (Debianarkitektur »amd64«) x86-processorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Tynde klienter kan køre på så lidt som 256 MiB RAM og 400 MHz, dog anbefales " +"mere RAM og hurtigere processorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"For arbejdsstationer, diskløse arbejdsstationer og uafhængige systemer, er " +"1500 MHz og 1024 MiB RAM minimumskrav. For afvikling af moderne " +"internetbrowsere og LibreOffice anbefales 2048 MiB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "Kravet for minimal diskplads afhænger af profilen som installeres:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"kombineret hovedserver + LTSP-server: 60 GiB (plus yderligere plads til " +"brugerkonti)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP-server: 40 GiB" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "arbejdsstation eller uafhængig: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "minimal netværksmaskininstallation: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"LTSP-servere skal have to netværkskort når netværkets standardarkitektur " +"bruges:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 er forbundet til hovednetværket (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 bruges for LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Bærbare har de samme krav som arbejdsstationer da de bare er flytbare " +"arbejdsstationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Udstyr som vides at fungere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"En liste over testet udstyr kan ses på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Denne liste er ikke fuldstændig" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> er en indsats " +"for at dokumentere, hvordan du skal installere, konfigurere og bruge Debian " +"på specifikt udstyr, hvilket giver potentielle købere viden omkring om " +"udstyret er understøttet og eksisterende ejere kan få det bedste ud af deres " +"udstyr." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Krav for netværksopsætning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Standardopsætning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Når der bruges standardarkitekturen for netværket, så gælder disse regler:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Du skal kun have en hovedserver, tjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Du kan have hundredvis af arbejdsstationer på hovednetværket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Du kan have en masse LTSP-servere på hovednetværket; to forskellige undernet " +"er prækonfigurerede i LDAP (DNS, DHCP) i LDAP, flere kan tilføjes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Du kan have hundredvis af tynde klienter og/eller diskløse arbejdsstationer " +"på hvert LTSP-servernetværk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Du kan have hundredvis af andre maskiner, som vil have dynamiske IP-adresser " +"tildelt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"For adgang til internettet skal du bruge en router/gateway (se nedenfor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Internetrouter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"En router/gateway forbundet med internettet på den eksterne grænseflade og " +"kørende på IP-adressen 10.0.0.1 med netmaske 255.0.0.0 på den interne " +"grænseflade, er krævet for at forbinde til internettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Routeren skal ikke køre en DHCP-server, den kan køre en DNS-server, dog er " +"dette ikke krævet og vil ikke blive brugt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du skal bruge noget for en indlejret router eller adgangspunkt så " +"anbefaler vi brugen af <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>. " +"Du kan selvfølgelig også bruge den oprindelige firmware. Brug af den " +"oprindelige firmware er nemmere; brugen af OpenWRT giver dig flere " +"valgmuligheder og kontrol. Kontroller OpenWRT's internetsider for en liste " +"over <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">understøttet udstyr</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det er muligt at bruge en anden netværksopsætning (der er en <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">dokumenteret " +"procedure</ulink> for dette), men hvis du ikke er tvunget til at gøre dette " +"på grund af en eksisternede netværksinfrastruktur, så anbefaler vi ikke " +"dette, men at du bevarer den standardmæssige <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">netværksarkitektur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Indstillinger for installation og hentning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Hvor finder jeg yderligere information" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vi anbefaler, at du læser eller i det mindste tager et kig på <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne for Debian Bullseye</ulink> før du begynder " +"installation af et system for produktionsbrug. Der er yderligere information " +"om Debian Bullseyes udgivelse i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Giv Debian Edu/Skolelinux et forsøg, et bør bare virke." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Det anbefales at læse kapitlerne om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">udstyrs- " +"og netværkskrav</link> og det om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</" +"link> før installation på en hovedserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Husk at læse kapitlet <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">kom i gang</link> i " +"denne manual, da kapitlet forklarer hvordan du logger ind den første gang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Hent installationsmediet for Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinst ISO-aftryk for amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Cd'en for netinstallation, som også kan bruges for installation fra USB-" +"drev, er egnet for installation på amd64- og i386-maskiner. Som navnet " +"antyder er internetadgang krævet for installationen. Den er tilgængelig via" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinst ISO-aftryk for amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"ISO-aftrykket for flere arkitekturer er ca. 5 GB og kan bruges for " +"installation på amd64- og i386-maskiner, også uden adgang til internettet. " +"Som aftrykket netinst kan det installeres på USB-flashdrev eller diskmedier " +"med tilstrækkelig størrelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Kilder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installation af Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Når du foretager en installation af Debian Edu, så har du nogle få " +"indstillinger at vælge mellem. Lad det ikke afskrække dig; der er ikke " +"mange. Vi har gjort et godt stykke arbejde med at skjule kompleksiteten i " +"Debian under installationen og efterfølgende. Debian Edu er dog en " +"Debianvariant, og hvis du ønsker det, så er der mere end 57.000 pakker at " +"vælge mellem og en milliard konfigurationsindstillinger. For hovedparten af " +"vores brugere, bør vores standarder være okay. Bemærk venligst: Hvis LTSP " +"skal bruges, så vælge et let skrivebordsmiljø." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Installationsscenarier for hovedserveren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Typisk skole- eller hjemmenetværk med internetadgang via en ruter, der " +"tilbyder DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Installation af en hovedserver er muligt, men efter genstart vil der ikke " +"være internetadgang (på grund af den primære netværksgrænseflade-IP " +"10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Se kapitlet <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetruter</" +"link> for detaljer om hvordan et adgangspunkt opsættes, hvis det ikke er " +"muligt at konfigurere et eksisterende et som krævet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Forbind alle komponenter som vist i kapitlet <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">arkitektur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Hovedserveren skal have internetforbindelse når startet første gang i det " +"korrekte miljø." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Typisk skole- eller institutionsnetværk, svarende til den overfor, men med " +"krævet proxybrug." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Tilføj »debian-edu-expert« til kernekommandolinjen; se mere nedenfor for " +"detaljer om hvordan dette gøres." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Nogle yderligere spørgsmål skal besvares, de proxyserverrelaterede " +"inkluderet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Netværk med ruter/adgangspunkt IP 10.0.0.1/8 (som ikke tilbyder en DHCP-" +"server) og internetadgang:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Så snart den automatiske netværkskonfiguration fejler (på grund af manglende " +"DHCP), så vælg manuel netværkskonfiguration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Indtast 10.0.2.2/8 som værts-IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Indtast 10.0.0.1 som adgangspunkt-IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Indtast 8.8.8.9 som navneserver-IP med mindre du ved bedre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Hovedserveren bør fungere efter den første opstart." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Frakoblet (ingen internetforbindelse):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Brug BD ISO-aftrykket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Sikr dig at alle (reelle/virtuelle) netværkskabler er koblet fra." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Vælg »Konfigurer ikke netværket på dette tidspunkt« (efter DHCP fejlede i at " +"konfigurere netværket og du trykkede på »Fortsæt«)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Opdater systemet når startet op første gang i det korrekte miljø med " +"internetadgang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Nyt standardskrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Nyt standardskrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce har et lidt større ressourceforbrug end LXDE men en rigtig god " +"sprogunderstøttelse (106 sprog)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE og GNOME har begget god sprogunderstøttelse, men et for stort " +"ressourceforbrug for både ældre computere og for LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE har lavere ressourceforbrug end de to ovenstående, men mangler god " +"sprogunderstøttelse for flere lande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE har det laveste ressourceforbrug og understøtter 35 sprog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt er et simpelt skrivebord (sprogunderstøttelse svarende til LXDE) med et " +"mere moderne udseende (baseret på Qt ligesom KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu som et internationalt projekt har valgt at bruge Xfce som " +"standardskrivebordet; se nedenfor for at vælge et andet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Modulopbygget installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Når et system installeres med profilen <emphasis>Arbejdsstation</emphasis> " +"inkluderet, så installeres en masse undervisningsrelaterede programmer. For " +"kun at installere den grundlæggende profil, fjern " +"kernekommandolinjeparameteren <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> før start af " +"installationen; se yderligere nedenfor for detaljer om hvordan dette gøres. " +"Dette tillader en at installere et sidespecifikt system og kan bruges til at " +"øge hastigheden for testinstallationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk venligst: Hvis du ønsker at installere et skrivebord efterfølgende, " +"så brug ikke Debian Edu-metapakkerne såsom <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</" +"ulink> da disse vil hente alle undervisningsrelaterede programmer; installer " +"i stedet for f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" +"mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. En eller flere af de nye " +"skoleniveaurelaterede metapakker <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis> <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan " +"installeres for at matche brugstilfældet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se siden <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoverblik</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Installationstyper og indstillinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Installationsopstartsmenu på 64-bit udstyr</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64-bit installationsopstartsmenu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk installation</emphasis> bruger GTK-" +"installationsprogrammet, hvor du kan bruge musen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installationen</emphasis> bruger teksttilstand." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Avancerede indstillinger ></emphasis> har en " +"undermenu med flere detaljerede indstillinger at vælge fra." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hjælp</emphasis> har nogle fif til brugen af " +"installationsprogrammet; se skærmbillede nedenfor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-bit installation - avanceret indstillingsskærm 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tilbage ...</emphasis> gå til hovedmenuen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk ekspertinstallation</emphasis> giver " +"adgang til alle tilgængelige spørgsmål; musen kan anvendes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk redningstilstand</emphasis> omdanner dette " +"installationsmedie til en redningsdisk i tilfælde af nedbrud." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk automatisk installation</emphasis> kræver " +"en forudfyldt fil (preseed)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ekspertinstallation</emphasis> giver adgang til " +"alle tilgængelige spørgsmål i teksttilstand." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redningstilstand</emphasis> i teksttilstand; dette " +"gør installationsmediet til en redningsdisk i tilfælde af nedbrud." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automatisk installation</emphasis> i " +"teksttilstand; kræver en forhåndskonfigurationsfil (preseed)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afslutter med en fejl, så prøv at " +"rette den og/eller køre <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> og " +"så <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Hjælpeskærm</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Installation - hjælpeskærm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Hjælpeskærmen er selvforklarende og aktiverer <F>-tasterne på " +"tastaturet for yderligere hjælp om de beskrevne emner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Installationsopstartsmenu på 64-bit udstyr</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64-bit installationsopstartsmenu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tilføj eller ændr opstartsparametre for installation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"I begge tilfælde, kan opstartsindstillinger redigeres ved at trykke på TAB-" +"tasten i opstartsmenuen; skærmbilledet viser kommandolinjen for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Grafisk installation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Rediger kommandolinjens indstillinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Rediger kommandolinjens indstillinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Du kan bruge en eksisterende HTTP-proxytjeneste på netværket til at " +"fremrykke installationen af en hovedserverprofil fra cd. Tilføj " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> som " +"en yderligere opstartsparameter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du allerede har installeret hovedserverprofilen på en maskine, så kan " +"yderligere installationer udføres via PXE, da dette automatisk vil bruge " +"proxyen for hovedserveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " +"stedet for <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>-skrivebordet så erstat " +"<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> i <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>-parameteren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " +"stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " +"stedet, så brug<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>-" +"skrivebordet i stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>-skrivebordet " +"i stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For at installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>-skrivebordet i " +"stedet, så brug <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Installationsprocessen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Husk <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> og sikr dig " +"at du har mindst to netværkskort (NIC'er) hvis du planlægger at opsætte en " +"LTSP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Vælg et sprog (for installationen og det installerede system)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Vælg en placering som normalt er der hvor du bor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "Vælg et tastaturlayout (landets standard er normalt et okay valg)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Vælg profiler fra den følgende liste:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Dette er hovedserveren (tjener) for din skole, der tilbyder alle tjenester " +"prækonfigureret til at virke ud af boksen. Du kan kun installere en " +"hovedserver per skole! Denne profil inkluderer ikke en grafisk brugerflade. " +"Hvis du ønsker en grafisk brugerflade, så vælg Arbejdsstation eller LTSP-" +"server udover denne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbejdsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"En computer der starter op fra sin egen lokale harddisk, og kører alle " +"programmer og enheder lokalt som en ordinær computer, undtaget at " +"brugerlogind godkendes af hovedserveren, hvor brugernes filer og " +"skrivebordsprofil gemmes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Svarer til arbejdsstation men kan godkende med brug af mellemlagret " +"akkreditiver, hvilket betyder at den kan bruges uden for skolens netværk. " +"Brugernes filer og profiler gemmes på den lokale disk. Bærbare computere bør " +"vælge denne profil og ikke »Arbejdsstation« eller »Uafhængig« som foreslået " +"i tidligere udgivelser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Server for tynde klienter (og diskløse arbejdsstationer) også kaldt for en " +"LTSP-server. Klienter uden harddiske starter op og kører programmer fra " +"denne server. Denne computer kræver to netværkskort, en masse hukommelse, og " +"ideelt mere end en processor eller kerne. Se kapitlet om <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netværksklienter</link> for yderligere " +"information om dette emne. Valg af denne profil aktiverer også " +"arbejdsstationsprofilen (selv hvis den ikke er valgt) - en LTSP-server kan " +"altid bruges som arbejdsstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Uafhængig</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"En ordinær computer som kan fungere uden en hovedserver (det vil sige, at " +"den ikke skal være på netværket). Inkluderer bærbare computere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Denne profil vil installere basispakkerne og konfigurere maskinen til at " +"integrere sig i Debian Edu-netværket, men uden nogen tjenester og " +"programmer. Den er brugbar som platform for enkelte tjenesters manuelle " +"flytning væk fra hovedserveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profilerne <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Arbejdsstation</emphasis> og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" +"server</emphasis> forhåndsvælges. Disse profiler kan installeres på en " +"maskine sammen, hvis du ønsker at installere en såkaldt <emphasis>kombineret " +"hovedserver</emphasis>. Dette medfører, at hovedserveren vil være en LTSP-" +"server og også vil blive brugt som en arbejdsstation. Dette er " +"standardvalget, da vi antager at folk vil installere <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients\">via " +"PXE</link> efterfølgende. Bemærk venligst at du skal have 2 netværkskort " +"installeret på en maskine, som skal installeres som en kombineret " +"hovedserver eller som en LTSP-server for at være brugbar efter " +"installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Sig »ja« (yes) eller »nej« (nej) til automatisk partitionering. Vær " +"opmærksom på at »ja« vil slette alle data på harddiskene! »Nej« vil på den " +"anden side kræve mere arbejde - du skal så sikre dig, at de krævede " +"partitioner oprettes og er store nok." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Sig venligst »ja« (yes) til at indsende information til <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> så vi ved hvilke pakker der er populære og derfor " +"skal bevares i fremtidige versioner. Selvom det ikke er et krav, er det en " +"nem måde at hjælpe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Vent. Hvis de valgte profiler inkluderer LTSP-serveren, så vil " +"installationsprogrammet bruge ret lang tid i slutningen, »Finishing the " +"installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter angivelse af root-adgangskoden (administratoradgangskoden) vil du " +"blive bedt om at oprette en normal brugerkonto »for ikkeadministrative " +"opgaver«. For Debian Edu er denne konto meget vigtig: Det er kontoen du vil " +"bruge til at håndtere Skolelinux-netværket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Den valgte adgangskode for denne bruger <emphasis role=\"strong\">skal</" +"emphasis> have en længde på <emphasis role=\"strong\">mindst 5 tegn</" +"emphasis> - ellers vil logind ikke være muligt. (Og det selv om en kortere " +"adgangskode vil blive accepteret af installationsprogrammet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information om netværksklienter kan findes i kapitlet om <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Sådan fungerer netværksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"og kør så <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " +"en gang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Det er også en god ide at installere <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> og " +"konfigurere dem til at sende post til en adresse du følger løbende med på." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Konfigurationen af alle undernet gemmes i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Tilgængelige klienter for fjernskrivebord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Aktiver IP-videresendelse og NAT for 10.0.0.0/8-netværket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Bemærkninger om nogle karakteristika" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "En bemærkning om bærbare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Højst sandsynlig vil du ønske at bruge profilen »Roaming workstation« (se " +"ovenfor). Vær opmærksom på at alle data gemmes lokalt (så lav nogle ekstra " +"sikkerhedskopier) og logindakkreditiver mellemlagres (så efter en ændring af " +"adgangskode, kan logind kræve din gamle adgangskode, såfremt du ikke har " +"forbundet din bærbare til netværket og logget ind med din nye adgangskode)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "En kort bemærkning om installationer via USB-drev/blue-ray-aftryk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Efter du har installeret fra USB-drevet/blue-ray-aftrykket, vil " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> kun indeholde " +"bestemte kilder fra aftrykket. Hvis du har en internetforbindelse, så " +"anbefaler vi kraftigt at tilføje de følgende linjer til listen, så at " +"tilgængelige sikkerhedsopdateringer kan blive installeret:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "En bemærkning om cd-installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"En netinstallation (som er typen vores cd tilbyder) vil hente nogle pakker " +"fra cd'en og resten fra nettet. Antallet af pakker hentet fra nettet " +"varierer fra profil til profil men forbliver under en gigabyte (med mindre " +"du vælger at installere alle de tilgængelige skriveborde). Når først du har " +"installeret hovedserveren (om det er den rene hovedserver eller " +"kombinationsserveren har ingen betydning), så vil yderligere installation " +"bruge dens proxy for at undgå at hente den samme pakke flere gange fra " +"nettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Installation med brug af USB-drev i stedet for cd'er/blue-ray-diske" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Er det muligt direkte at kopiere <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput>-" +"aftrykket til et USB-drev og starte op fra dem. Udfør en kommando som denne, " +"tilpas fil- og enhedsnavne til dine behov:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Afhængig af hvilket aftryk du vælger, så vil USB-drevet opføre sig på samme " +"måde som en cd eller blue-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"For denne installationsmetode er det krævet, at du har en kørende " +"hovedserver. Når klienter starter op via hovednetværket, vises en iPXE-menu " +"med installationsprogram og indstillinger for opstartsvalg. Hvis PXE-" +"installationen fejler med en fejlbesked der siger at en XXX.bin-fil mangler, " +"er det mest sandsynlig at klientens netværkskort kræver en firmware som ikke " +"er fri. I dette tilfælde skal Debianinstallationsprogrammets initrd ændres. " +"Dette kan opnås ved at køre kommandoen: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" +"edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> på serveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "Log ind på serveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Det er sådan her at iPXE-menuen ser ud kun med profilen for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">hovedserveren</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Opsætning uden LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Det er sådan her at iPXE-menuen ser ud kun med profilen for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">hovedserveren</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Opsætning med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Denne opsætning tillader at diskløse arbejdsstationer og tynde klienter kan " +"startes op fra hovednetværket. Til forskel fra arbejdsstationer skal " +"diskløse arbejdsstationer ikke tilføjes til LDAP med GOsa², men kan blive " +"det, for eksempel hvis du ønsker at fremtvinge brugen af værtsnavnet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information om netværksklienter kan findes i kapitlet om <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Sådan fungerer netværksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Ændring af PXE-installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen bruger en forudfyldt fil (preseed) for " +"debianinstallationsprogrammet, som kan ændres til at spørge om hvilke pakker " +"der skal installeres." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"En linje som den følgende skal tilføjes til <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen bruger <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/" +"install.cfg</computeroutput> og den forudfyldte fil (preseed) i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Disse filer kan ændres til at justere presseding brugt under installation, " +"for at undgå flere spørgsmål ved installation over nettet. En anden måde at " +"opnå dette på er at tilbyde ekstra indstillinger i <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> og at køre " +"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for at " +"opdatere de oprettede filer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information kan findes i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manualen for " +"Debianinstallationsprogrammet</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"For at deaktivere eller ændre brugen af proxyen når der installeres via PXE, " +"så skal linjerne der indeholder <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> og " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> i " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> ændres. For at deaktivere brugen af en proxy når der " +"installeres så placer »#« forrest i de to linjer og fjern delen " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" fra den sidste." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Nogle indstillinger kan ikke preseedes da de er krævet før den forudfyldte " +"fil (preseed) er hentet. Disse konfigureres i de PXELINUX-baserede " +"argumenter tilgængelige fra <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +"install.cfg</computeroutput>. Sprog, tastaturlayout og skrivebord er " +"eksempler på sådanne indstillinger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Tilpassede aftryk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Oprettelse af tilpassede cd'er, dvd'er eller blue-ray-diske kan være ret " +"nemt, da vi bruger <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"\">installationsprogrammet for Debian</ulink>, som har et modulært design og " +"andre gode funktioner. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> giver dig mulighed for at definere svar på " +"spørgsmål som normalt stilles." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Så alt du skal gøre er at oprette en forudfyldt fil (preseed) med dine svar " +"(dette er beskrevet i appendikset i manualen for " +"Debianinstallationsprogrammet) og <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">genskriv cd'en/dvd'en</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Visning af skærmbilleder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Teksttilstanden og den grafiske installation er funktionelt identisk - kun " +"fremtoningen er forskellig. Den grafiske tilstand tilbyder muligheden for at " +"bruge musen, og ser selvfølgelig pænere og mere moderne ud. Med mindre at " +"udstyret har problemmer med den grafiske tilstand, så er der ingen grund til " +"ikke at bruge den." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Så her er en visning af skærmbillederne for en hovedserver + arbejdsstation " +"+ LTSP-server under installationen og hvordan det ser ud ved den første " +"opstart af tjener, en PXE-opstart på arbejdsstationsnetværket og LTSP-" +"klientnetværket:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "konfigurer tjenesten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Angiv adgangskoder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installationsændringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "tjener Lightdm-logind" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Xfce-skrivebord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Tynde klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Tynde klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Kom i gang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Minimumstrin for at komme i gang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Under installation af hovedserveren blev en første brugerkonto oprettet. I " +"den følgende tekst vil denne konto blive refereret som »første bruger«. " +"Denne konto er speciel, da der ikke er en Sambakonto (kan tilføjes via " +"GOsa²), tilladelsen for hjemmemappen sættes til 700 (så " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> er krævet for at gøre " +"personlige hjemmesider tilgængelige), og den første bruger kan bruge " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> til at blive root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Se informationen om konfiguration af Debian Edu-specifik <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">filsystemadgang</" +"link> før tilføjelse af brugere; juster til din sidens politik hvis krævet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen er den første ting, du skal udføre, som første bruger:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Log ind på serveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Tilføj brugere med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Tilføj brugere med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Tilføjelse af brugere og arbejdsstationer er beskrevet i detaljer nedenfor, " +"så læs venligst dette kapitel helt færdigt. Det dækker hvordan " +"minimumstrinene udføres korrekt samt andre oplysninger som alle sikkert har " +"brug for." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Der er yderligere information tilgængelig andre steder i denne manual: " +"Kapitlet <link linkend=\"Features\">Nye funktioner i Bullseye</link> kan " +"læses af alle som er bekendt med tidligere udgivelser. Og for dem som " +"opgraderer fra en tidligere udgivelse, så husk at læse kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Opgraderinger</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Hvis generisk DNS-trafik blokeres fra netværket og du skal bruge en specifik " +"DNS-server til at slå internetværter op, så skal du fortælle DNS-serveren, " +"at den skal bruge denne server som sin »forwarder«. Opdater /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options og specificer IP-adressen for den benyttede DNS-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlet <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Hjælp</link> dækker flere fif og ideer og " +"nogle ofte stillede spørgsmål." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Der er flere tjenester kørende på hovedserveren, som kan håndteres via en " +"håndteringsgrænseflade for nettet. Vi beskriver hver tjeneste nedenfor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introduktion til GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² er et internetbaseret håndteringsværktøj, som hjælper med at håndtere " +"nogle vigtige dele af din opsætning for Debian Edu. Med GOsa² kan du " +"håndtere (tilføje, ændre eller slette) disse hovedgrupper:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Gruppeadministration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administrator for NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Maskineadministration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "DNS-administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "DHCP-administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"For GOsa²-adgang skal du have Skolelinux' hovedserveren og et (klient) " +"system med en internetbrowser installeret, som kan være selve hovedserveren, " +"hvis den blev installeret som en såkaldt kombineret server (hovedserver + " +"LTSP-server + arbejdsstation). Hvis det ovenfor nævnte ikke er tilgængeligt, " +"så se: <link linkend=\"Administration--" +"Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-" +"\">Installation af et grafisk miljø på hovedserveren for brug med GOsa²</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du (sikkert ved et tilfælde) installerede en ren hovedserverprofil og " +"ikke har en klient med en internetbrowser ved hånden, så er det nemt at " +"installere et lille skrivebord på hovedserveren med brug af denne " +"kommandosekvens i en (ikke grafisk) skal med brugeren du oprettede under " +"hovedserverens installation (første bruger):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Fra en internetbrowser så brug adressen <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"for adgang til GOsa², og log ind som den første bruger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du bruger en ny Debian Edu Bullseye-maskine, så vil sidecertifikatet " +"være kendt af browseren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Ellers vil du se en fejlbesked om at SSL-certifikatet er forkert. Hvis du " +"ved, at du er alene på netværket, så bare giv browseren besked om, at du " +"accepterer den og ignorer beskeden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa²-logind samt overblik" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "GOsa²-overblikside efter logind som den første bruger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Efter at du er logget ind i GOsa² får du vist overblikssiden for GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Du kan nu vælge en opgave i menuen eller klikke på en af opgaveikonerne på " +"overblikssiden. For navigering anbefaler vi at bruge menuen i venstre side " +"af skærmen, da den vil forblive synlig på alle administrationssider i GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"I Debian Edu gemmes konto-, gruppe- og systeminformation i en LDAP-mappe. " +"Disse data bruges ikke kun af hovedserveren, men også af (diskløse) " +"arbejdsstationer, LTSP-servere og Windowsmaskiner på netværket. Med LDAP " +"skal kontoinformation om studenter, elever, lærere etc. kun indtastes en " +"gang. Efter at information er blevet leveret til LDAP vil den være " +"tilgængelig på alle systemer i hele netværket for Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² er et administrationsværktøj som bruger LDAP til at gemme sin " +"information og tilbyde en hierarkisk afdelingsstruktur. Til hver »afdeling« " +"(department) kan du tilføje brugerkontoer, grupper, systemer, netgrupper " +"etc. Afhængig af strukturen for din institution, kan du bruge " +"afdelingsstrukturen i GOsa²/LDAP til at overføre din organisationsstruktur " +"til LDAP-datatræet for Debian Edus hovedserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"En standardinstallation af hovedserveren for Debian Edu tilbyder aktuelt to " +"»afdelinger« (departments): Lærere og studenter, plus basisniveauet for LDAP-" +"træet. Studentkontoer skal tilføjes til studenterafdelingen (Students), " +"lærere til lærerafdelingen (Teachers); systemer (servere, arbejdsstationer " +"for Skolelinux, Windowsmaskiner, printere etc.) tilføjes aktuelt til " +"basisniveauet. Find dit egen metode for tilpasning af denne struktur.(Du kan " +"finde et eksempel på hvordan du opretter brugere i årsgrupper, med fælles " +"hjemmemapper for hver gruppe i kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration</link> i denne manual.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Afhængig af opgaven du ønsker at arbejde på (håndtere brugere, håndtere " +"grupper, håndtere systemer etc.) så præsenterer GOsa² dig med en anden " +"visning af den valgte afdeling (eller basisniveauet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Brugerhåndtering med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Klik først på Brugere (Users) i den venstre navigationsmenu. Højresiden af " +"skærmen vil ændre sig og vise en tabel med afdelingsmapper for studenter " +"(Students) og lærere (Teachers) og kontoen for GOsa²-administratoren (den " +"først oprettede bruger). Over denne tabel kan du se et felt kaldt " +"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> som tillader dig at navigere igennem din " +"træstruktur (flyt din mus over det område og en rullegardinsmenu kommer " +"frem) og du kan så vælge en basismappe for dine forventede handlinger " +"(f.eks. tilføjelse af en ny bruger)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Tilføje brugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Ved siden af trænavigeringspunktet kan du se menuen Handlinger (Actions). " +"Flyt din mus over dette punkt og en undermenu kommer frem på skærmen; vælg " +"opret (Create) og så bruger (User). Du vil blive vejledt af guiden for " +"brugeroprettelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Den vigtigste ting at tilføje er skabelonen (newstudent eller newteacher) og " +"det fulde navn for din bruger (se billede)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Efterhånden som du følger guiden vil du se at GOsa² opretter et brugernavn " +"automatisk baseret på det rigtige navn. Guiden vælger automatisk et " +"brugernavn som ikke allerede findes, så flere brugere med det samme fulde " +"navn kommer ikke i problemer. Bemærk at GOsa² kan oprette ugyldige " +"brugernavne hvis det fulde navn indeholder ikke-ASCII-tegn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ikke er glad for det oprettede brugernavn, så kan du vælge et andet " +"brugernavn fra rullegardinet, men du har ikke frit valg her i guiden. (Hvis " +"du ønsker at kunne redigere det foreslåede brugernavn, så åbn " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> med et " +"redigeringsprogram og tilføj " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> som " +"en yderligere valgmulighed i »location definition«)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Når guiden er færdig, så præsenteres du for GOsa²-skærmen for dit nye " +"brugerobjekt. Brug fanebladene øverst for at kontrollere de færdige felter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har oprettet brugeren (intet behov for at tilpasse felterne guiden " +"har efterladt tomme på nuværende tidspunkt), klik på knappen »O.k.« i " +"nederste højre hjørne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Som det sidste trin vil GOsa² spørge om en adgangskode for den nye bruger. " +"Indtast dette dobbelt og klik så på »Angiv adgangskode« i det nederste højre " +"hjørne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Nogle tegn er ikke tilladte i adgangskoden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Hvis alt gik godt, så kan du nu se den nye bruger i tabellen over brugere. " +"Du skulle nu kunne logge ind med det brugernavn på enhver Skolelinuxmaskine " +"i dit netværk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Søg, ændr og slet brugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Filterboks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"For at ændre eller slette en bruger, så brug GOsa² til at gennemse listen " +"over brugere på dit system. I midten af skærmen kan du åbne boksen »Filter«, " +"et søgeværktøj tilbudt af GOsa². Hvis du ikke kender den præcise placering " +"af din brugerkonto i dit træ, så ændr basisniveauet for GOsa²/LDAP-træet og " +"søg med indstillingen »Search in subtrees« (søg i undertræer) markeret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Når der bruges boksen »Filter« vil resultaterne umiddelbart fremkomme i " +"midten af teksten i tabelvisningen. Hver linje repræsenterer en brugerkonto " +"og punkterne yderst til højre på hver linje er små ikoner, som tilbyder dig " +"handlinger: rediger bruger, lås konto, angiv adgangskode og fjern bruger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"En ny side vil vise sig, hvor du direkte kan ændre information om brugeren, " +"ændre adgangskoden for brugeren og ændre listen over grupper som brugeren er " +"medlem af." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Redigering af brugerdata" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Angiv adgangskoder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Studenterne kan ændre deres egne adgangskoder ved at logge ind i GOsa² med " +"deres egne brugernavne. For nemmere administration af GOsa² er et menupunkt " +"kaldt Gosa indbygget i systemmenuen for skrivebordet (eller " +"systemindstillinger. En indlogget student vil blive præsenteret med en meget " +"minimal udgave af GOsa², som kun tillader adgang til studentens eget " +"kontodataark og til dialogen for angiv adgangskode (set-password)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Lærere logget ind under deres egne brugernavne har specielle rettigheder i " +"GOsa². De får en mere priviligeret visning af GOsa², og kan ændre " +"adgangskoderne for alle studentkontoer. Dette kan være meget brugbart i " +"undervisningssituationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Administrativ angivelse af en ny adgangskode for en bruger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "søg efter brugeren der skal ændres, som forklaret ovenfor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "klik på nøglesymbolet i slutningen af linjen hvor brugernavnet vises" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"på den efterfølgende side kan du angive en ny adgangskode valgt af dig selv" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Angiv brugeradgangskode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vær opmærksom på sikkerheden. Undgå adgangskoder " +"der er nemme at gætte!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Avanceret brugerhåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Det er muligt at masseoprette brugere med GOsa² ved at bruge en CSV-fil, som " +"kan oprettes med ethvert godt regnearksprogram (for eksempel " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Som minimum skal poster for de " +"følgende felter udfyldes: uid, efternavn (sn), fornavn (givenName) og " +"adgangskode. Sikr dig at der ikke er ens poster i uid-feltet. Bemærk " +"venligst at for at kontrollere for ens poster skal du inkludere allerede " +"eksisterende uid-poster i LDAP (som kan findes ved at køre " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> på kommandolinjen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Dette er formatvejledningerne for sådan en CSV-fil (GOsa² er ret intolerant " +"vedrørende disse):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Brug »,« som feltadskillelsestegn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Brug ikke anførelsestegn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"CSV-filen <emphasis role=\"strong\">må ikke</emphasis> indeholde en " +"hovedlinje (af den slags som normalt indeholder kolonnenavne)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Rækkefølgen for felterne er ikke relevant, og kan defineres i GOsa² under " +"masseimporten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Trinene for masseimport er:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "klik på henvisningen »LDAP Manager« i navigeringsmenuen til venstre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "klik på fanebladet »Importer« på skærmen til højre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"gennemse din lokale disk og vælg en CSV-fil med listen over brugere der skal " +"importeres" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"vælg en tilgængelig brugerskabelon som skal bruges under masseimport (såsom " +"NewTeacher eller NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "klik på knappen »importer« i det nederste højre hjørne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Det er en god ide at udføre nogle test først, for eksempel med en CSV-fil " +"med nogle få fiktive brugere, som kan slettes senere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Det samme gælder for håndteringsmodulet til adgangskoder, som tillader " +"nulstilling af en masse adgangskoder via en CSV-fil eller at genoprette nye " +"adgangskoder for brugere tilhørende et specielt LDAP-undertræ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Nulstil adgangskoder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "opret gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "opret gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "Håndteringen af grupper er meget lig håndteringen af brugere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Du kan indtaste et navn og en beskrivelse per gruppe. Sikr dig at du vælger " +"det rigtige niveau i LDAP-træet, når du opretter en ny gruppe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Tilføjelse af brugere til en netop oprettet gruppe fører dig tilbage til " +"brugerlisten, hvor du højst sandsynlig har brug for filterboksen for at " +"finde brugere. Kontroller også LDAP-træniveauet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Grupperne indtastet i gruppehåndteringen er også regulære unix-grupper, så " +"du kan også bruge dem til filrettigheder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Maskinhåndtering tillader dig grundlæggende at håndtere alle netværksenheder " +"i dit Debian Edu-netværk. Hver maskine tilføjet til LDAP-mappen med brug af " +"GOsa² har et værtsnavn, en IP-adresse, en MAC-adresse og et domænenavn (som " +"normalt er »intern«). For en mere fyldestgørende beskrivelse af Debian Edu-" +"arkitekturen så se kapitlet <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> " +"i denne manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"For at oprette et for et system allerede konfigureret med GOsa², log ind på " +"hovedserveren som root (administrator) og kør" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bemærk venligst:</emphasis> host keytab-oprettelse " +"er muligt på systemer af typen <emphasis>arbejdsstationer</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servere</emphasis> og <emphasis>terminaler</emphasis> men ikke for " +"typerne <emphasis>netenheder</emphasis>. LTSP-klienter bruger også " +"<emphasis>sshfs</emphasis> til at montere hjemmemapper, så der er intet at " +"gør for diskløse arbejdsstationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"For at tilføje en maskine, så brug GOsa²-hovedmenuen, systemer, tilføj. Du " +"kan bruge en IP-adresse/værtsnavn fra det prækonfigurerede adresserum " +"10.0.0.0/8. Aktuelt er der kun to prædefinerede faste adresser: 10.0.2.2 " +"(tjener) og 10.0.0.1 (adgangspunkt). Adresserne fra 10.0.16.20 til " +"10.0.31.254 (cirka 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4000 værter) er reserverede for DHCP " +"og tildeles dynamisk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"For at tildele en vært med MAC-adressen 52:54:00:12:34:10, en statisk IP-" +"adresse i GOsa², så skal du indtaste MAC-adressen, værtsnavnet og IP'en; " +"alternativt kan du klikke på knappen <computeroutput>Propose ip (foreslå IP</" +"computeroutput>, som vil vise den første frie og faste adresse i 10.0.0.0/8, " +"sikkert noget ligende 10.0.0.2 hvis du tilføjer den første maskine på denne " +"måde. Det kan være bedre først at overveje dit netværk: For eksempel kan du " +"bruge 10.0.0.x med x>10 og x<50 for servere, og x>100 for " +"arbejdsstationer. Glem ikke at aktivere det netop tilføjet system. Med " +"undtagelse af hovedserveren vil alle systemer så have et matchende ikon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis maskinerne er opstartet som tynde klienter/diskløse arbejdsstationer " +"eller er blevet installeret med brug af nogle af netværksprofilerne, kan " +"skriptet <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> bruges til " +"automatisk at tilføje maskiner til GOsa². For simple maskiner vil det " +"fungere med det samme, for maskiner med mere end en mac-adresse skal den " +"faktisk anvendte vælges, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" +"computeroutput> viser brugsinformation. Bemærk venligst at IP-adresserne " +"vist efter brug af <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> " +"tilhører det dynamiske IP-interval. Disse systemer kan så ændres, så de " +"passer til dit netværk: Omdøb hvert nyt system, aktiver DHCP og DNS, tilføj " +"den til netgroups, hvis krævet; genstart systemet efterfølgende. De følgende " +"skærmbilleder viser hvordan dette gøres i praksis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "GOsa²-systemvisning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Værtsdetaljer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Ændr vært" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Tilføj netgruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Et cronjob der opdaterer DNS kører hver time; <computeroutput>su -c " +"ldap2bind</computeroutput> kan bruges til at udløse opdateringen manuelt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Søg og slet maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Søgning efter og sletning af maskiner ligner på mange måder søg efter bruger " +"og sletning af brugere, så den information gentages ikke her." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Ændre eksisterende maskiner / Netgroup-håndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Efter tilføjels af en maskine til LDAP-træet med brug af GOsa² kan du ændre " +"dens egenskaber med brug af søgefunktionaliteten og klik på maskinnavnet " +"(som du ville gøre med brugere)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Formatet for disse systemposter ligner dem du allerede kender fra ændring af " +"brugerposter, men felterne betyder noget andet i denne kontekst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"For eksempel ændrer tilføjelse af en maskine til <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> ikke rettigheder for filadgang eller kommandoudførsel for " +"den maskine eller brugerne logget ind på den maskine; i stedet for så " +"begrænser den tjenesterne som den maskine kan bruge på din hovedserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Standardinstallationen tilbyder <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Aktuelt bruges funktionaliteten for <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> til" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppe vil automatisk ændre størrelse på LVM-" +"partitioner som løber tør for plads." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppe vil automatisk lukke ned om natten for at " +"spare på energiforbruget." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i disse grupper vil automatisk tømme alle " +"udskrivningskøer hver nat, og genaktivere alle deaktiverede udskrivningskøer " +"hver time." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Almindeligt navn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppe vil kun få tilladelse til at forbinde til " +"maskiner på det lokale netværk. Kombineret med begrænsninger for " +"internetproxy kan dette være brugbart ved eksamener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Printerhåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"For printerhåndtering skal du pege din internetbrowser mod <ulink " +"url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Dette er den normale CUPS-håndteringsgrænseflade, " +"hvor du kan tilføje/slette/ændre dine printere og rydde op i printerkøen. " +"Som standard er kun root tilladt, men dette kan ændres: Åbn etc/cups/cups-" +"files.conf med et redigeringsprogram og tilføj en eller flere gyldige " +"gruppenavne, der matcher din sidepolitik til linjen indeholdende " +"<computeroutput>SystemGroup lpadmin</computeroutput>. Eksisterende GOsa²-" +"grupper som kan bruges er <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> og " +"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> (begge med den første bruger " +"som medlem), <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> og " +"<computeroutput>jradmins</computeroutput> (ingen medlemmer efter " +"installation)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Brug printere koblet til arbejdsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Pakken <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> installeres som standard på et system med " +"profilen <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Rediger <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> således (USB " +"printer):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; vælg netværksprintertype " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle printere " +"uanset mærke eller model) og angiv <computeroutput>socket://<workstation " +"ip>:9100</computeroutput> som forbindelses-URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Netværksklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Ursynkronisering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Standardkonfigurationen i Debian Edu er at holde alle ure på alle maskiner " +"synkrone men ikke nødvendigvis korrekte. NTP bruges til at opdatere tiden. " +"Urene vil blive synkroniseret med en ekstern kilde som standard. Dette kan " +"få maskiner til at holde den eksterne internetforbindelse åben hvis den " +"oprettes under brug." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du bruger opkald eller ISDN og betaler per minut, så vil du måske gerne " +"ændre denne standardindstilling." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For at deaktivere synkronisering med et eksternt ur, skal filen /etc/" +"ntp.conf på hovedserveren og alle klienter og LTSP-chroot'er ændres. Tilføj " +"kommentartegn (»#«) foran <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-poster. " +"Derefter skal NTP-serveren genstartes ved at køre <computeroutput>/etc/" +"init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> som administrator (root). For at teste " +"om en maskine bruger de eksterne kilder for uret, så kør " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Udvid partitioner der er fyldt op" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"På grund af en mulig fejl med automatisk partitionering, kan nogle " +"partitioner være fyldt op efter installationen. For at udvide disse " +"partitioner, så kør <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> som administrator (root). Se hjælpen for »Ændr partitioner« " +"i <link linkend=\"Administration--Resizing_Partitions\">kapitlet om hjælp " +"til administrationen</link> for yderligere information." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Vedligeholdelse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Opdatering af programmerne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dette afsnit forklarer hvordan du bruger <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Brug af <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> er meget simpelt. For at " +"opdatere et system skal du køre to kommandoer på kommandolinjen som " +"administrator (root): <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (som " +"opdaterer listen over tilgængelige pakker) og <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (som opgraderer pakkerne hvor en opgradering er " +"tilgængelig)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Det er også en god ide at opgradere via C-sproget for at få engelske uddata " +"i tilfælde af problemer, da det laver resultater der er nemmere at finde i " +"søgemotorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Det er også en god ide at installere <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> og " +"konfigurere dem til at sende post til en adresse du følger løbende med på." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vil give dig besked en gang om " +"dagen via e-post om pakker, som kan opgraderes. Programmet installerer ikke " +"disse opgraderinger, men henter dem ned (normalt om natten), så du ikke skal " +"vente på at de bliver hentet ned, når du udfører <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Automatisk installation af opdateringer kan nemt udføres, det kræver bare at " +"pakken <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> installeres og " +"konfigureres som beskrevet på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kan sende nye " +"ændringslogpunkter til dig via e-post, eller alternativt vise dem i " +"terminalen når der køres <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Hold dig informeret om sikkerhedsopdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Kørsel af <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> som beskrevet ovenfor er " +"en god måde at få information om nye sikkerhedsopdateringer for installerede " +"pakker. En anden måde at være informeret på er at abonnere på <ulink " +"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debians postliste " +"security-announce</ulink>, hvilket har den fordel at du også får information " +"om hvad sikkerhedsopdateringen går ud på. Ulempen (sammenlignet med " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) er. at den også inkluderer " +"information om opdateringer for pakker som ikke er installeret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Sikkerhedshåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"For sikkerhedshåndtering så peg din browser på <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Bemærk venligst at du skal tilgå denne side via SSL, da du " +"skal indtaste adgangskoden for administrator (root) der. Hvis du forsøger at " +"tilgå denne side uden at bruge SSL, så vil forbindelsen fejle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk: siden vil kun fungere hvis du midlertidigt tillade ssh root-logind " +"på sikkerhedskopiserveren (hovedserver »tjener« som standard)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Som standard vil tjener lave sikkerhedskopi af <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" +"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> og LDAP til /skole/backup som er " +"under LVM. Hvis du kun vil have delvise kopier af tingene (i tilfælde af at " +"du sletter dem) så vil denne opsætning virke fint." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Vær opmærksom på at denne sikkerhedskopi ikke beskytter dig mod fejlramte " +"harddiske." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at lave sikkerhedskopiering af dine data til en ekstern " +"server, en båndstation eller en anden harddisk, så skal du ændre den " +"eksisterende konfiguration en lille smule." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at gendanne en fuldstændig mappe, er din bedste løsning at " +"bruge kommandolinjen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Dette vil kopiere indholdet fra <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> i mappen " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at gendanne en enkelt fil, så skal du vælge filen (og " +"versionen) fra internetgrænsefladen og hente kun den fil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at fjerne gamle sikkerhedskopier, så vælg Maintenance " +"(vedligeholdelse) i menuen på siden for sikkerhedskopiering og vælg det " +"ældste øjebliksbillede du ønsker at bevare:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Serverovervågning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Trendrapporteringssystemet Munin er tilgængeligt fra <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/munin/\"/>. Programmet tilbyder målegrafer for systemstatus på en " +"daglig, ugentlig, månedlig og årlig basis, og giver systemadministratoren " +"hjælp, når der skal kontrolleres for flaskehalse og kilden til " +"systemproblemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Listen over maskiner der overvåges med Munin oprettes automatisk, baseret på " +"listen over værter der rapporterer til sitesummary. Alle værter med pakken " +"munin-node installeret registreres for Muninovervågning. Det vil normalt " +"tage en dag fra at en maskine installeres til Munins overvågning starter, på " +"grund af rækkefølgen som cronjob udføres i. For at øge proceshastigheden så " +"kør <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> som " +"administrator (root) på serveren for sitesummary (normalt hovedserveren). " +"Dette vil opdatere filen <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Målesættet som indsamles oprettes automatisk på hver maskine med brug af " +"programmet <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>, som " +"undersøger udvidelsesmodulerne tilgængelige fra <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> og laver symbolske henvisninger for de " +"relevante til <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Information om Munin er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Icinga system- og tjenesteovervågning er tilgængelig fra <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. Maskinsættet og tjenester som overvåges er " +"automatisk oprettet med brug af information indsamlet af systemet " +"sitesummary. Maskinerne med profilen Main-server og LTSP-server modtager " +"fuld overvågning, mens arbejdsstationer og tynde klienter modtager simpel " +"overvågning. For at aktivere fuld overvågning på en arbejdsstation, så " +"installer pakken <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> på " +"arbejdsstationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Som standard sender Icinga ikke e-post. Dette kan ændres ved at erstatte " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> i filen <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Den brugte konfigurationsfil for Icinga er <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cronjobbet for sitesummary opretter " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"med listen over værter og tjenester at overvåge." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Ekstra Icingakontroller kan placeres i filen <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> så de bliver " +"inkluderet i den oprettede fil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Information om icinga er tilgængelig fra pakken <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> eller i <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Gængse Icingaadvarsler og hvordan de skal håndteres" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Her er instruktioner på hvordan du håndterer de mest gængse Icingaadvarsler." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Partitionen (/usr/ i eksemplet) er fyldt op. Der er generelt to måder at " +"håndtere dette på: (1) fjern nogle filer eller (2) øg størrelsen på " +"partitionen. Hvis partitionen er /var/, kan afinstallation af APT-" +"mellemlageret ved at kalde <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> måske " +"fjerne nogle filer. Hvis der er mere plads tilgængelig i LVM-" +"diskenhedsgruppen, så kan kørsel af programmet <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize</computeroutput> måske hjælpe. For at køre dette program " +"automatisk hver time, så kan den omtalte vært tilføjes til netgruppen " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Nye pakker er tilgængelige for opgradering. De kritiske er normalt " +"sikkerhedsmæssige rettelser. For at opgradere så kør »apt-get upgrade " +"&& apt-get dist-upgrade« som administrator (root) i en konsol eller " +"log ind via ssh for at gøre det samme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ikke ønsker at opgradere pakker manuelt og stoler på at Debian gør " +"et godt arbejde med nye versioner, så kan du konfigurere pakken " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> til automatisk at " +"opgradere alle nye pakker hver nat. Dette vil ikke opgradere LTSP-chroot'er." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Den kørende kerne er ældre end den nyeste installerede kerne, og en genstart " +"er krævet for at aktivere den nyeste installerede kerne. Dette er ofte ret " +"vigtigt, da nye kerner normalt dukker op i debian Edu for at rette " +"sikkerhedsmæssige problemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Printerkøerne i CUPS har en masse igangværende job. Dette skyldes højst " +"sandsynlig en utilgængelig printer. Deaktiverede printkøer aktiveres hver " +"time på værter som er medlem af netgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-" +"autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, så for sådanne værter er ingen manuel " +"handling krævet. Printkøerne tømmes hver nat på værter som er medlem af " +"netgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Hvis " +"en vært har en masse job i deres kø, så overvej at tilføje denne vært til en " +"eller begge af disse netgrupper." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary bruges til at indsamle information fra hver computer og indsende " +"informationen til en central server. Den indsamlede information er " +"tilgængelig i <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput>. Skripter i <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> er tilgængelige for rapportudarbejdelser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En simpel rapport fra sitesummary uden nogen detaljer er tilgængelig fra " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Dokumentation for sitesummary er tilgængelig fra <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Yderligere information om Debian Edu-tilpasninger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information om Debian Edu-tilpasninger, der er nyttige for " +"systemadministratorer, kan ses i <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">hjælpeafsnittet Administration</link> og i <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">hjælpeafsnittet avanceret administration</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Opgraderinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Før du læser denne opgraderingsvejledning, så bemærk at live opdateringer " +"til dine produktionsservere udføres på egen risiko. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux har ABSOLUT INGEN GARANTI, inden for " +"lovens rammer.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Læs venligst dette kapitel og kapitlet <link linkend=\"Features\">Nye " +"funktioner i Bullseye</link> i denne manual fuldstændig før du forsøger at " +"opgradere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Generelle bemærkninger om opgradering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Opgradering af Debian fra en distribution til den næste er normalt ret nemt. " +"Dette gælder desværre endnu ikke for Debian Edu, da vi kraftigt ændrer i " +"konfigurationsfilerne på måder vi ikke burde. (Se Debianfejl <ulink " +"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> for yderligere " +"information.) Opgradering er stadig muligt, men kan kræve noget arbejde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at sikre dig at alt virker som før efter opgraderingen, så " +"skal du teste opgraderingen på et testsystem eller systemer konfigureret på " +"samme måde som dine produktionsmaskiner. Der kan du teste opgraderingen uden " +"risiko og se om alt virker, som det skal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Husk også at læse informationen om den aktuelle Debian Stable-udgivelse i " +"dennes <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Det kan også være klogt at vente en smule og stadig køre Oldstable i et par " +"uger længere, så at andre kan teste opgraderingen og dokumentere eventuelle " +"problemer de oplever. Udgivelsen Oldstable for Debian Edu vil fortsat " +"modtage understøttelse i en periode efter den næste Stable-udgivelse, men " +"når Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">standser understøttelse for Oldstable</ulink>, så vil Debian " +"Edu ligeledes stoppe understøttelsen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Opgraderinger fra Debian Edu Buster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Vær forberedt: Vær sikker på at du har testet opgraderingen fra Buster i et " +"testmiljø eller har sikkerhedskopier klar til en gendannelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk venligst at den følgende opskrift gælder for standardinstallationen " +"af Debian Edus hovedserver (desktop=xfce, profiler Main-Server, Workstation, " +"LTSP-server). (For et generelt overblik over buster til bullseye-" +"opgraderingen, se: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "Brug ikke X, brug en virtuel konsol, log ind som root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afslutter med en fejl, så prøv at " +"rette den og/eller køre <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> og " +"så <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Opgrader hovedserveren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Sikr dig at det nuværende system er opdateret:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Forbered og start opgraderingen til Bullseye:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: vær forberedt på at skulle læse en masse NYHEDER; tryk " +"<retur> for at rulle ned, <q> for at forlade tekstfremviseren. " +"Al information vil blive sendt til root, så du kan læse det igen senere " +"(brug <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Læs al debconf-information omhyggeligt, vælg »bevar den lokalt installeret " +"version« med mindre andet er nævnt nedenfor; i de fleste tilfælde vil et " +"tryk på retur være okay." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "genstart tjenester: Vælg ja (yes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Anvend og juster konfiguration:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Kontroller om det opgraderede system fungerer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Genstart; log ind som første bruger og test" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "om Gosa² gui fungerer," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "om man kan forbinde til LTSP-klienter og arbejdsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "om man kan tilføje/fjerne et netgruppemedlemskab af et system," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "om man kan sende og modtage intern e-post," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "om man kan håndtere printere," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "og om andre sidespecifikke ting fungerer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Opgradering af en arbejdsstation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Opgraderinger fra ældre installationer af Debian Edu/Skolelinux (før Buster)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"For at opgradere fra alle ældre udgivelser, så skal du først opgradere til " +"den Buster-baserede Debian Edu, før du kan følge instruktionerne anført " +"ovenfor. Instruktioner kan ses i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">manualen for Debian Edu Buster</ulink> for " +"hvordan der opgraderes til Stretch fra en tidligere udgivelse, Stretch. På " +"samme måde beskriver manualen for Jessie hvordan du opgraderer fra Jessie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generel administration</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Hjælp for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">avanceret administration</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netværksklienter</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Hjælp for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Hjælp for <link linkend=\"Users\">brugere</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Hjælp for generel administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlerne <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Kom i gang</link> og <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Vedligeholdelse</link> beskriver hvordan du kommer i " +"gang med Debian Edu og hvordan du udfører grundlæggende vedligeholdelse. " +"Hjælpen i dette kapitel har nogle mere »avancerede« fif." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationshistorik: Følge /etc/ med brug af versionskontrolsystemet Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Med introduktionen af <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> i Debian " +"Edu Squeeze (tidligere versioner brugte <computeroutput>etcinsvk</" +"computeroutput>, som blev fjernet fra Debian) bliver alle filer i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sporet med <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">git</ulink> som et versionskontrolsystem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dette gør det muligt at se hvornår en fil tilføjes, ændres og fjernes, samt " +"hvad der har ændres sig hvis filen er en tekstfil. Git-arkivet gemmes i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Hver time, bliver alle ændringer automatisk optaget, hvilket tillader at " +"konfigurationshistorik kan udtrækkes og gennemses." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"For at kige på historikken bruges kommandoen <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " +"log</computeroutput>. For at kontrollere forskellene mellem to punkter i et " +"tidsforløb, kan en kommando som <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput> bruges." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Se resultatet af <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for " +"yderligere information." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Liste over brugbare kommandoer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Eksempler på praktisk brug" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"På et netop installeret system, så prøv eventuelt dette for at se alle " +"ændringer udført siden systemet blev installeret:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Se hvilke filer der aktuelt ikke overvåges og hvilke som ikke er opdateret:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"For manuelt at indsende fil, fordi du ikke ønsker at vente op til en time:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Ændring af størrelse på partitioner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"I Debian Edu er alle partitioner udover partitionen <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> på logiske LVM-diskenheder. Med Linuxkerner højere end " +"2.6.10 er det muligt at udvide partitioner mens de er monteret. " +"Formindskelse af partitioner skal stadig foregå mens partitionen ikke er " +"monteret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Det er en god ide at undgå at oprette meget store partitioner (over lad os " +"sige 20 GiB), på grund af den tid det tager at køre <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> på dem eller at genskabe dem fra sikkerhedskopier hvis " +"behovet skulle opstå. Det er bedre, hvis muligt, at oprette flere små " +"partitioner end en meget stor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Hjælpeskriptet <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"tilbydes for at gøre det nemmere at udvide fulde partitioner. Når det " +"igangsættes læser skriptet konfigurationen fra <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" +"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. Skriptet forslår så at udvide partitioner " +"med for lidt ledig plads, jævnfør de regler der er angivet i disse filer. " +"Hvis det køres uden argumenter, vil skriptet kun vise de kommandoer som er " +"krævet for at udvide filsystemet. Arguementet <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> er krævet for rent faktisk at udføre disse kommandoer for at " +"udvide filsystemet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Skriptet køres automatisk hver time på alle klienter angivet i netgruppen " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Når partitionen brugt af Squidproxyen ændrer størrelse, skal værdien for " +"mellemlagerstørrelsen i <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" +"computeroutput> også opdateres. Hjælpeskriptet <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> tilbydes for " +"at gøre dette automatisk, kontrol af den aktuelle partitionsstørrelse af " +"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> og konfiguration af Squid " +"til at bruge 80 % af denne som sin størrelse for mellemlageret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Logisk diskenhedshåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Logisk diskenhedshåndtering (engelsk: Logical Volume Management, forkortet " +"LVM) gør det muligt at ændre størrelse på partitioner mens de er monteret og " +"i brug. Du kan lære mere om LVM i <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/" +"LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM-hjælp</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"For at udvide en logisk diskenhed manuelt så fortæller du bare kommandoen " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> hvilken størrelse, du ønsker, at " +"den skal vokse til. For eksempel for at udvide home0 til 30 GiB, så bruger " +"du de følgende kommandoer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "For at udvide home0 med 30 GiB, så indsætter du »+« (-L+30G)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Brug af ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> er et " +"værktøj til at redigere LDAP-databasen med et normalt " +"tekstredigeringsprogram på kommandolinjen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Det følgende skal køres:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> vil bruge det valgte " +"redigeringsprogram. Ved at køre <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> i skallen kan man konfigurere miljøet til at hente en vi-" +"klon som redigeringsprogram." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Advarsel: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> er et meget funktionsrigt " +"værktøj. Vær forsigtig og ødelæg ikke LDAP-databasen, samme advarsel gælder " +"for JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "Kerberized NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Brug af Kerberos for NFS til at montere hjemmemapper er en " +"sikkerhedsfunktion. Niveauerne <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> og <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> er understøttet (<emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis> betyder Kerberos-godkendelse, <emphasis>i</emphasis> står for " +"integritetskontrol og <emphasis>p</emphasis> for privatliv, dvs. " +"kryptering); belastningen på både server og arbejdsstation øges med " +"sikkerhedsniveauet, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> kan være et godt valg." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "log ind som root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"kør <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, søg efter " +"<emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> og erstat det med <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"rediger <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: udkommenter/juster/" +"kommenter eksisterende poster for /srv/*; sikr dig at de ser således ud:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "kør <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dette værktøj gør det muligt at angive standardprinteren afhængig af sted, " +"maskine eller gruppemedlemskab. For yderligere oplysninger, se " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsfilen <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> skal være installeret af adminsitratoren, se " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> for et eksempel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, en grafisk brugerflade for LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du foretrækker en grafisk brugerflade til arbejdet med LDAP-databasen, " +"så se pakken <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, som installeres som " +"standard. For at få skriveadgang forbindes således:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, et kommandolinjeværktøj" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> er et lille værktøj for " +"kommandolinjen til at oprette LDAP-brugere og angive deres adgangskoder i " +"Kerberos. Den bruges dog hovedsagelig for testformål." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Brug af stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Selvom du kan bruge stable-updates direkte, så er det ikke et krav: stable-" +"updates overføres til programpakken stable med faste intervaller, når " +"punktudgivelserne er klar, hvilket sker cirka hver anden måned." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Brug af backports til at installere nyere programmer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Du kører Debian Edu fordi du fortrækker stabiliteten i Debian Edu. Det " +"fungerer bare; der er kun et lille problem: Nogle gange er programmerne " +"noget ældre end du ville ønske. Det er her backports.debian.org kommer ind i " +"billedet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backporte er rekompilerede pakker fra Debian testing (hovedsagelig) og " +"Debian unstable (kun i nogle få tilfælde, f.eks. sikkerhedsopdateringer), så " +"de vil køre uden nye biblioteker (hvor dette er muligt) på en stabil " +"Debiandistribution såsom Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vi anbefaler " +"at du udvælger de individuelle backporte som passer til dit behov, og ikke " +"at du bruger alle tilgængelige backporte.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bullseye#\">Statussiden for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Hvorefter man nemt kan installere pakker fra backported, den følgende " +"kommando vil installere en backported-version for <emphasis>tuxtype</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backports opdateres automatisk (hvis tilgængelige) ligesom andre pakker. Som " +"det normale arkiv har backports tre afsnit: main, contrib og non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Opgradering med en cd eller lignede aftryk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at opgradere fra en version til den næste (for eksempel fra " +"Bullseye 11.1 til 11.2) men ikke har internetadgang, kun et fysisk medie, så " +"følg disse trin:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "Indsæt cd/dvd/blue-ray/USB-drev og brug kommandoen apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "For at citere manualsiden apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom bruges til at tilføje en ny cdrom til APT's liste over " +"tilgængelige kilder. apt-cdrom bestemmer strukturen for disken samt " +"korrektion af flere mulige fejlbrændinger og verificering af indeksfilerne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Det er nødvendigt at bruge apt-cdrom til at tilføje cd'er til APT-systemet, " +"det kan ikke gøres manuelt. Derudover skal hver disk i et sæt med flere " +"cd'er indsættes og skannes separat for at tage højde for eventuelle " +"fejlbrændinger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Kør så disse to kommandoer for at opgradere systemet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Automatisk oprydning af tilbageværende processer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> er et Perlskript, som fjerner " +"baggrundsjob. Baggrundsjob er defineret som processer, som tilhører brugere " +"som aktuelt ikke er logget ind på maskinen. Det køres som cronjob hver time." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Automatisk installatoin af sikkerhedsopgraderinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> er en Debianpakke som " +"vil installere sikkerhedsopdateringer (og andre) automatisk. Pakken " +"installeres som standard og prækonfigureres til at installere " +"sikkerhedsopdateringer. Loggene er tilgængelige i <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; der er også <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Automatisk nedlukning af maskiner om natten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Det er muligt at spare energi og penge ved automatisk at slukke for " +"klientmaskiner om natten og tænde dem igen om morgenen. Pakken vil forsøge " +"at slutte maskinen hver time i perioden fra 16:00 om aftenen, men vil ikke " +"slukke den såfremt den ser ud til at blive brugt. Pakken vil forsøge at give " +"BIOS'en besked om at tænde maskinen fra 06:30 ved at sende pakkerne wake-on-" +"lan. Disse tidspunkter kan ændres i crontabs for individuelle maskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Der bør foretages nogle overvejelser når dette sættes op:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Klienterne bør ikke lukkes ned når nogen bruger dem. Dette sikres ved at " +"kontrollere uddata fra <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, og som et " +"specielt tilfælde, kontrol af at LDM ssh-forbindelseskommandoen virker med " +"LTSP tynde klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"For at undgå at relæet går, er det en god ide at alle klienterne ikke tænder " +"på samme tidspunkt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Der er to forskellige metoder tilgængelige for at vække klienter. En af " +"disse bruger en BIOS-funktion og kræver et fungerende og korrekt ur på " +"maskinen, samt et bundkort og BIOS-version understøttet af " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; den anden metode kræver at " +"klienter har understøttelse for wake-on-lan, og at serveren kender til alle " +"klienterne der skal startes op." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Sådan sættes shutdown-at-night (nedlukning om natten) op" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"På klienter som bør slukkes om natten, ændr <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, eller tilføj værtsnavnet (dvs. " +"uddata fra <computeroutput>»uname -n«</computeroutput> på klienten) til " +"netgruppen »shutdown-at-night-hosts«. Tilføjelse af værter til netgruppen i " +"LDAP kan udføres med brug af internetværktøjet <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Klienterne skal måske have wake-on-lan konfigureret i " +"BIOS'en. Det er også vigtigt at omskiftere og routere brugt mellem serveren " +"for wake-on-lan og klienterne videresender WOL-pakkerne til klienterne " +"selvom klienterne er slukket. Nogle omskiftere fejler i at videresende " +"pakker til klienter som mangler i ARP-tabellen på omskifteren, og dette " +"blokerer WOL-pakkerne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"For at aktivere wake-on-lan på serveren, så tilføj klienterne til " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, med en " +"linje per klient, IP-adresse først, efterfulgt af MAC-adresse " +"(ethernetadresse), adskilt af et mellemrum; eller opret et skript " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"for løbende at oprette en liste over klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Her er et eksempel <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for brug med sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Et alternativ hvis netgruppen bruges til at aktivere shutdown-at-night på " +"klienter er dette skript som bruger netgruppeværktøjet fra pakken " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Tilgå Debian-Edu-servere placeret bag en brandmur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"For at tilgå maskiner bag en brandmur fra internettet, så overvej at " +"installere pakken <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Den kan bruges " +"til at opsætte en SSH-tunnel til en maskine på internettet, som du har " +"adgang til. Fra den maskine, kan du tilgå serveren bag brandmuren via SSH-" +"tunnelen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Installation af yderligere tjenestemaskiner for spredning af belastningen " +"fra hovedserveren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"I standardinstallationen kører alle tjenester på hovedserveren tjener. For " +"at gøre det enklere at flytte nogle til andre maskiner, er der en " +"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installationsprofil tilgængelig. Installation " +"med denne profil vil føre til en maskine, som er en del af Debian Edu-" +"netværket, men som ikke har nogen tjenester kørende (endnu)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Dette er de krævede trin for at opsætte en maskine dedikeret til udvalgte " +"tjenester:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"installer profilen <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> med opstartsindstillingen " +"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "installer pakkerne for tjenesten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "konfigurer tjenesten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "deaktivere tjenesten på hovedserveren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "opdater DNS (via LDAP/GOsa² på hovedserveren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Hjælp fra wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Avanceret administration - hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "I dette kapitel er avancerede administrationsopgaver beskrevet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Brugertilpasninger med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Opret brugere i årsgrupper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"I dette eksempel ønsker vi at oprette brugere i årsgrupper, med fælles " +"hjemmemapper for hver gruppe (home0/2014, home0/2015 etc.). Vi ønsker at " +"oprette brugerne med csv-import." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(som root på hovedserveren) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Lav de nødvendige årsgruppemapper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(som første bruger i Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Afdeling" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Hovedmenu: gå til »Directory structure«, klik på afdeling »Students«. Feltet " +"»Base« skal vise »/Students«. Fra rullegardinet »Actions« vælges " +"»Create«/»Department«. Udfyld værdierne for Navn (2014) og " +"beskrivelsesfelterne (studenter der graduerer i 2014), lav basisfeltet være " +"uændret (skal være »/Students«). Gem ved at klikke på »Ok«. Nu skal afdeling " +"(2014) være vist oppe under /Students. Klik på den." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Vælg »Grupper« fra hovedmenuen; »Actions«/Create/Group. Indtast gruppenavn " +"(lad »Base« være uændret, skal være /Students/2014) og klik på " +"afkrydsningsboksen til venstre for »Samba group«. »Ok« for at gemme den." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Skabelon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Vælg »brugere« fra hovedmenuen. Ændr til »Students« i basisfeltet. En post " +"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> skal vise sig, klik på den. " +"Dette er skabelonen »students«, ikke en rigtig bruger. Da du skal oprette en " +"sådan skabelon (for at bruge csv-import til din struktur) baseret på denne, " +"så bemærk alle poster der viser sig i fanebladene Generic, POSIX og Samba, " +"tag eventuelt skærmbilleder så du har information klar til den nye skabelon. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Gå nu til /Students/2014 i basisfeltet; vælg Create/Template og udfyld med " +"dine ønskede værdier, først det generiske faneblad (tilføj også din nye 2014-" +"gruppe under Group Membership,), tilføj så POSIX- og Sambakonto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importbrugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Vælg din nye skabelon under udførelse af csv-import; det anbefales at teste " +"den med nogle få brugere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Andre brugertilpasninger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Oprette mapper i hjemmemapperne for alle brugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Med dette skript kan administratoren oprette en mappe i hver brugers " +"hjemmemappe og angive adgangsrettigheder og ejerskab." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"I eksemplet vist nedenfor med gruppe=lærere (group=teachers) og " +"rettigheder=2770 kan en bruger indlevere en opgave ved at gemme filen i " +"mappen »assignments« (opgaver) hvor lærere har fået skriveadgang så de kan " +"lave kommentarer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Brug en dedikeret lagerserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Benyt disse trin til at opsætte en dedikeret lagerserver for brugernes " +"hjemmemappe og muligvis andre data." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Tilføj et nyt system af typen <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> med " +"GOsa² som beskrevet i kapitlet <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--" +"Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Kom i gang</link> i denne manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Dette eksempel bruger »nas-server.intern« som servernavn. Når først »nas-" +"server-intern« er konfigureret, så kontroller om NFS-eksportstederne på den " +"nye lagerserver eksporteres til de relevante undernet eller maskiner:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"her får alt på backbone-netværket adgang til /storage-eksport. (Dette kan " +"begrænses til netgroup-medlemsskab eller enkelte IP-adresser for at begrænse " +"NFS-adgang som det gøres i tjener:/etc/exports-filen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Tilføj automount-information om »nas-server.intern« i LDAP for at alle " +"klienter automatisk montererer den nye eksport ved forespørgsel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Dette kan ikke gøres med GOsa², da et modul for automatisk montering " +"mangler. I stedet kan du bruge ldapvi og tilføje de krævede LDAP-objekter " +"med et redigeringsprogram." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Når redigeringsprogrammet viser sig, så tilføj LDAP-objekterne i bunden af " +"dokumentet. (»&«-delen i det sidste LDAP-objekt er et jokertegn, der " +"matcher alt »nas-server.intern« eksporterer, hvilket fjerner behovet for at " +"opremse individuelle monteringspunkter i LDAP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Tilføj de relevante punkter i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, da tjener.intern " +"ikke bruger automount til at undgå monteringsloop:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Opret monteringsmapperne med <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, " +"rediger »/etc/fstab« på passende vis og kør <computeroutput>mount -a</" +"computeroutput> for at montere de nye ressourcer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Nu bør brugere kunne tilgå filerne på »nas-server.intern« direkte bare ved " +"at besøge mappen »/tjener/nas-server/storage/« via ethvert program på enhver " +"arbejdsstation, LTSP-klient eller LTSP-server og besøge ~/Storage i tilfælde " +"af at en diskløs LTSP-klient anvendes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Begræns ssh-logindadgang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "Der er flere måder at begrænse ssh-logind, nogle er vist her." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Opsætning uden LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Hvis ingen LTSP-klienter bruges er en simpel løsning at oprette en ny gruppe " +"(<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) og at tilføje linjen til " +"maskinens /etc/ssh/sshd_config-fil. Kun medlemmer af gruppen " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> vil have tilladelse til at benytte " +"ssh for at få adgang til maskinen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Håndtering af denne opsætning med GOsa er meget simpel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Opret en gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> på basisniveau " +"(hvor allerede andre sytemhåndteringsrelaterede grupper såsom " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> bliver vist)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Tilføj brugere til den nye gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Tilføj <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> til /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Kør <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Opsætning med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Standardopsætningen for LTSP-klienten bruger ssh-forbindelser til LTSP-" +"serveren. Så en anden fremgangsmåde ved brug af PAM er krævet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Standardopsætningen for LTSP-klienten bruger ssh-forbindelser til LTSP-" +"serveren. Så en anden fremgangsmåde ved brug af PAM er krævet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Aktiver pam_access.so i LTSP-serverens /etc/pam.d/sshd-fil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurer /etc/security/access.conf så forbindelser for (prøve) brugerne " +"alice, jane, bob og john er tilladt fra overalt og for alle andre brugere " +"alene fra de interne netværk ved at tilføje disse linjer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Hvis kun dedikerede LTSP-servere anvendes, kan 10.0.0.0/8-netværket droppes " +"for at deaktivere intern ssh-logindadgang. Bemærk: En person som tilslutter " +"sin boks i de dedikerede LTSP-klientnetværk vil også få ssh-adgang til LTSP-" +"serverne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "En bemærkning vedrørende mere komplekse opsætninger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Hvis LTSP-klienter blev tilføjet til backbone-netværket 10.0.0.0/8 " +"(kombiserver eller LTSP-klyngeopsætning) er tingene endnu mere kompliceret " +"og måske kan kun en sofistikeret DHCP-opsætning (i LDAP), der kontrollerer " +"vendor-class-identifier sammen med passende PAM-konfiguration tillade en " +"deaktivering af intern ssh-logind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Hjælp for skrivebordet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Opsæt et skrivebordsmiljø med flere sprog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "For at understøtte flere sprog skal disse kommandoer afvikles:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Kør <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (som root) og " +"vælg sprogene (UTF-8-varianter)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "Kør disse kommandoer som root for at installere de relevante pakker:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Brugere vil så kunne vælge sproget via skærmhåndterinen Lightdm før de " +"logger ind; dette gælder for Xfce, LXDE og LXQt. GNOME og KDE har begge " +"deres egen intern region- og sprogkonfigurationsværktøjer, brug disse. MATE " +"bruger velkomstskærmen Arctica oven på Lightdm uden en sprogvælger. Kør " +"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> for kun at have " +"velkomstbilledet Lightdm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Afspilning af dvd'er" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss er krævet for at afspille de fleste kommercielle dvd'er. Af " +"juridiske årsager er programmet ikke inkluderet i Debian (Edu). Hvis det er " +"lovligt for dig at bruge programmet, så kan du bygge dine egne lokale pakker " +"via Debianpakken <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>; sikr dig at " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> er aktiveret i <computeroutput>/etc/" +"apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Svar på debconf-spørgsmålene, kør så <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-" +"pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Håndskrevne skrifttyper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Pakken <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (som installeres som " +"standard) installerer skrifttypen »Abecedario« som er en pæn håndskrevet " +"skrifttype for børn. Skrifttypen har flere varianter, som kan bruges af " +"børn: prikket og med linjer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Hjælp for netværksklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introduktion til tynde klienter og diskløse arbejdsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"En generisk terminologi for både tynde kilenter og diskløse arbejdsstationer " +"er <emphasis>LTSP-klient</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP " +"står for Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskløs arbejdsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"En diskløs arbejdsstation kører alle programmer lokalt. Klientmaskinerne " +"igangsættes direkte fra LTSP-serveren uden en lokal harddisk. Programmer " +"administreres og vedligeholdes på LTSP-serveren, men den kører på den " +"diskløse arbejdsstation. Hjemmemapper og systemopsætning gemmes også på " +"serveren. Diskløse arbejdsstationer er en glimrende måde at genbruge ældre " +"(men funktionsrigt) udstyr med den same lave vedligeholdelsesomkostning som " +"tynde klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbejdsstationer kører uden nogen konfiguration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tynd klient</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"En opsætning som tynd klient gør det muligt for en ordinær pc at fungere som " +"en (X-)terminal, hvor alle programmer kører på LTSP-serveren. Dette betyder " +"at denne maskine starter op via PXE uden at bruge en lokal klients harddisk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-klientfirmware</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"Opstart af LTSP-klient vil fejle, hvis klientens netværkskort kræver " +"firmware der ikke er fri. En PXE-installation kan bruges til at fejlsøge " +"problemer med netstart af en maskine; hvis Debians installationsprogram " +"brokker sig over en manglende XXX..bin-fil så skal firmware, der ikke er " +"fri, tilføjes til inditrd'en brugt af LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Historisk information om ældre udgivelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Hver LTSP-server har to ethernetkort: Et konfigureret i hovedundernettet " +"10.0.0.0/8 (som deles med hovedserveren), og en anden der udgør et lokalt " +"undernet 192.168.0.0/24 (et adskilt undernet for hver LTSP-server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Brug et andet LTSP-klientnetværk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 er standardnetværk for LTSP-klienten hvis en maskine " +"installeres via LTSP-profilen. Hvis en masse LTSP-klienter bruges eller hvis " +"forskellige LTSP-klienter skal betjene både i386- og amd64-chrootmiljøer kan " +"det andet prækonfigurerede netværk 192.168.1.0/24 også anvendes. Rediger " +"filen <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> og juster " +"eth1-indstillingerne. Brug <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> eller et " +"andet LDAP-redigeringsprogram til at inspicere DNS- og DHCP-konfigurationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Tilføj LTSP-chroot til at understøtte 32-bit pc-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"og kør så <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " +"en gang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "LTSP-klientkonfiguration i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kør <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> for at se tilgængelige " +"konfigurationsindstillinger (se <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" +"LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detaljerede informationer om LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"LTSP-tynde klienter bruger netværkslyd til at sende lyd fra serveren til " +"klienterne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbejdsstationer håndterer lyd lokalt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Nem adgang til USB-drev og cd-rom'er/dvd'er" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Når brugere indsætter et USB-drev eller en dvd/cdrom til en (diskløs) " +"arbejdsstation, så vises et pop op-vindue på samme måde som i enhver anden " +"normal installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "En advarsel om flytbart medie på LTSP-servere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Advarsel: Når isat en LTSP-server så giver USB-drev og andre eksterne medier " +"pop op-beskeder på eksterne LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Brug printere koblet til LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Kobl printeren til LTSP-klientmaskinen (både USB og parallel port er " +"understøttet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurer printeren via netgrænsefladen <computeroutput>https://www:631</" +"computeroutput> på hovedserveren; vælg netværksprintertype " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle printere " +"uanset mærke eller model) og angiv <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client " +"ip>:9100</computeroutput> som forbindelses-URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-menuen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"PXE-konfigurationen oprettes ved at bruge skriptet <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Den tillader at nogle indstillinger " +"overskrives ved at tilføje en fil <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> med erstatningsværdier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Konfiguration af PXE-installationen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen vil arve sproget, tastaturlayout og spejlindstillinger " +"fra opsætningen brugt under installation af hovedserveren, og de andre " +"spørgsmål der bliver spurgt om under installation (profil, popcon-" +"deltagelse, partitionering og adgangskode for root). For at undgå disse " +"spørgsmål, kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> ændres så den indeholder prævalgte svar for " +"debconf-værdier. Nogle eksempler på tilgængelige debconf-værdier har " +"allerede kommentarer i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. Dine ændringer vil gå tabt så snart at " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> bruges til at " +"genskabe PXE-installationsmiljøet. For at vedhæfte debconf-værdier til " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"under genskabelse med <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>, så tilføj filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> med dine yderligere debconf-værdier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information om ændring af PXE-installationer kan findes i " +"kapitlet <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Tilføjelse af et tilpasset arkiv for PXE-installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"For at tilføje et tilpasset arkiv, så tilføj noget som <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"og kør så <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " +"en gang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Ændre netværksopsætning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Pakken debian-edu-config indeholder et værktøj, som hjælper med at ændre " +"netværket 10.0.0.0/8 til noget andet. Se eventuelt <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Det er lavet " +"for brug lige efter installationen på hovedserveren, for at opdatere LDAP og " +"andre filer, som skal redigeres for at ændre undernettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk at et skifte til en af undernettene allerede brugt andetsteds i " +"Debian Edu ikke vil fungere. 192.168.0.0/24 og 192.168.1.0/24 er allerede " +"opsat som det tynde klient-netværk. Et skifte til disse undernet vil kræve " +"manuel redigering af konfigurationsfilerne for at fjerne duplikate punkter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Der er ingen nem måde at ændre DNS-domænenavnet. Ændring af navnet vil kræve " +"ændringer til både LDAP-strukturen og flere filer i filsystemet for " +"hovedserveren (tjener.intern). At gøre dette vil også kræve ændringer til " +"LDAP og filer i hovedserveren og filsystemet for klienten. I begge tilfælde " +"skal Kerberosopsætningen også ændres." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Fjernskrivebord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Valg af LTSP-servereprofilen eller den kombinerede serverprofil installerer " +"også xrdp, en pakke som bruger protokollen for fjernskrivebord (Remote " +"Desktop Protocol) til at præsentere et grafisk logind for en ekstern klient. " +"Microsoft Windows-brugere kan forbinde til LTSP-serveren ved at køre xrdp " +"uden at installere yderligere programmer - de starter simpelthen en " +"forbindelse via fjernskrivebordet på deres Windowsmaskine og forbinder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Derudover kan xrdp forbinde til en VNC-server eller en anden RDP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Tilgængelige klienter for fjernskrivebord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> installeres som standard og kan " +"RDP og VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - den nemmeste måde at tilgå Windows' terminalserver. En alternativ " +"klientpakke er <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC-klient (Virtual Network Computer) giver adgang til Skolelinux eksternt. " +"En alternativ klientpakke er <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Tynde klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installationen</emphasis> bruger teksttilstand." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installationen</emphasis> bruger teksttilstand." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tynd klient</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbejdsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "LTSP-klienttypemarkering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Kilder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Tilgå filer via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Hjælp for undervisning og læring" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Alle Debianpakkerne på denne side kan installeres ved at køre " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (som root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Undervisning i programmering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> er en metapakke, der " +"afhænger af en masse programmeringsværktøjer. Bemærk venligst at næsten 2 " +"GiB diskplads er krævet hvis denne pakke installeres. For yderligere " +"detaljer (måske for at installere nogle få pakker), se siden for <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu-" +"udviklingspakkerne</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Overvågning af elever" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advarsel</emphasis>: Sikr dig at du kender status " +"for lovgivningen omkring overvågning og begrænsning af computerbrugeres " +"aktiviteter i dit land." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nogle skoler bruger kontrolværktøjer som <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> eller <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> til at overvåge deres studenter. Se også <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes hjemmeside</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.veyon.io\">Veyons hjemmeside</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Begrænsning af elevers netværksadgang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Nogle skoler bruger <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"http://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> til at " +"begrænse internetadgang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Hjælp for brugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Ændre adgangskoder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Hver bruger skal ændre sin adgangskode ved at bruge GOsa². Brug en browser " +"og gå til <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Brugen af GOsa² til at ændre adgangskoden sikrer at adgangskoderne for " +"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) og Samba (sambaNTPassword og " +"sambaLMPassword) er de samme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ændring af adgangskoder med PAM virker også ved GDM-logindet, men dette vil " +"kune opdatere adgangskoden for Kerberos, og ikke adgangskoden for Samba og " +"GOsa² (LDAP). Så efter at du har ændret din adgangskode ved logindet, så " +"skal du også ændre adgangskoden med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Kørsel af uafhængige Javaprogrammer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Uafhængige Javaprogrammer understøttes direkte af kørselstiden OpenJDK Java." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Brug af e-post" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Alle brugere kan sende og modtage post i det interne netværk; certifikater " +"tilbydes til TLS-sikrede forbindelser. For at tillade post uden for det " +"interne netværk skal administratoren konfigurere postserveren " +"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> til den lokale situation, startende " +"med <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hver bruger som ønsker at bruge Thunderbird skal konfigurere programmet " +"således. For en bruger med brugernavnet jdoe er den interne e-postadresse " +"<ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Start Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Klik på »Udelad dette og brug min eksisterende e-post«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Indtast din e-post-adresse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "Indtast ikke en adgangskode da Kerberos' single sig on vil blive brugt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Klik »Fortsæt«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"For både IMAP og SMTP skal indstillingerne være »STARTTLS« og " +"»Kerberos/«GSSAPI«; juster hvis ikke registreret automatisk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Klik »Færdig«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Bidrag" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Bidrag lokalt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"For det meste er <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">udviklernes postliste</ulink> hovedmediet for kommunikation, dog har " +"vi månedlige IRC-møder på #debian-edu på irc.debian.org og også sjældnere " +"personlige møder. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"NewContributor\">Nye bidragydere</ulink> bør læse vores <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"En god måde at lære noget om hvad der sker i udviklingen af Debian Edu er at " +"abonnere på <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">postlisten for indsendelse (commit)</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Importbrugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Dokumentationsforfattere og oversættere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Dette dokument har brug for din hjælp! Først og fremmest, så er det endnu " +"ikke færdig: Hvis du læser igennem vil du bemærke diverse FIXME (RETMIG) i " +"teksten. Hvis du ved noget (bare en smule) om hvad der skal forklares de " +"steder, så overvej at dele din viden med os." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Teksten kommer fra en wiki og kan redigeres med en simpel internetbrowser. " +"Bare gå til <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye/\"/> hvor du nemt kan bidrage. Bemærk: En brugerkonto er krævet for " +"at redigere siderne; du skal oprette en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UserPreferences\">wikibruger</ulink> først." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"En anden god måde at bidrage på og hjælpe brugerne er ved at oversætte " +"programmer og dokumentation. Information om hvordan dette dokument " +"oversættes kan findes i <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">oversættelseskapitlet</link> for denne bog. Overvej " +"venligt at hjælpe med oversættelsesindsatsen for denne bog!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Frivilligt baseret hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "på engelsk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - postlister for hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal, hovedsagelig udviklingsrelateret; " +"forvent ikke svar med det samme, selvom det ofte sker" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "på norsk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal med hjælp for norske brugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "på tysk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - postlister for " +"hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal med hjælp for tyske brugere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "på fransk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - postlister for " +"hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Professionel hjælp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En liste over firmaer der tilbyder professionel hjælp er tilgængelig fra " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nye funktioner i Debian Edu Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Installationsændringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Ny version af debianinstallationsprogrammet fra Debian Bullseye, se <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink> for yderligere detaljer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afslutter med en fejl, så prøv at " +"rette den og/eller køre <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> og " +"så <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Ny grafik baseret på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +"futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-temaet</ulink>, standardgrafikken for " +"Debian 10 Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Programopdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Alt som er nyt i Debian 10 Bullseye, f.eks.:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Skrivebordsmiljøerne KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " +"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 15.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 5.18" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bullseye indeholder cirka 59.000 pakker, som er tilgængelige for " +"installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Opdateringer af dokumentation og oversættelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Oversættelsesopdateringer for skabelonerne brugt i installationsprogrammet. " +"Disse skabeloner er nu tilgængelige på 76 sprog, hvoraf 31 er fuldt oversat. " +"Profilvalgsiden er tilgængelig i 29 sprog, hvoraf 19 er fuldt oversatte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " +"italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Kendte problemstillinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bullseye#\">Statussiden for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Ophavsret og forfattere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Dette dokument er underlagt ophavsretten og skrevet af Holger Levsen (2007, " +"2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " +"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " +"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " +"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " +"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " +"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012) og Joe Hansen (2015). Dokumentet er udgivet under GPL2 eller enhver " +"senere version. God fornøjelse!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du tilføjer indhold, <emphasis role=\"strong\">så gør det kun hvis du " +"selv er forfatteren. Du skal udgive materialet under de samme betingelser</" +"emphasis>! Tilføj derefter dit navn her og udgiv materialet under GPL " +"version 2 eller en senere version." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Oversættelse af dette dokument" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Versionen på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye\"/> er en wiki og opdateres ofte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Hvordan oversættes dette dokument" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Oversæt via PO-filer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Som i mange andre frie programmer håndteres oversættelser af dette dokument " +"i PO-filer. Yderligere information om processen kan findes i " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bullseye-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Oversæt på nettet via en internetbrowser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Nogle sproghold har besluttet at oversætte via Weblate. Se <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-bullseye/\"/> for yderligere oplysninger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Rapporter det venligst hvis du har problemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Appendiks A - The GNU General Public License" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 12 kodenavn bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " +"copyright owners." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Appendiks C - Funktioner i ældre udgivelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Ny version af debianinstallationsprogrammet fra Debian Bullseye, se <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink> for yderligere detaljer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Ny grafik baseret på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +"futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-temaet</ulink>, standardgrafikken for " +"Debian 10 Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Alt som er nyt i Debian 10 Bullseye, f.eks.:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Skrivebordsmiljøerne KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " +"0.99.2, MATE 1.20" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Undervisningsprogrampakken GCompris 15.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 5.18" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Buster indeholder cirka 57.000 pakker, som er tilgængelige for " +"installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " +"italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bullseye#\">Statussiden for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Historisk information om ældre udgivelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Følgende Debian Edu-udgivelser har været lavet tidligere:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "" +"Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Stretch udgivet 2017-06-17" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie udgivet 2016-07-02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" +"Nye funktioner for Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 kodenavn Wheezy udgivet 28-09-2013" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 kodenavn »Squeeze« udgivet 03-03-2012" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 kodenavn »Squeeze« udgivet 11-03-2012" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 kodenavn »Lenny« udgivet 05-10-2010" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 kodenavn »Lenny« udgivet 08-02-2010" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu »3.0r1 Terra« version 05-12-2007" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu »3.0r0 Terra« udgivet 22-07-2007. Baseret på Debian 4.0 Etch " +"udgivet 08-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, udgivet 14-03-2006. Baseret på Debian 3.1 Sarge udgivet " +"06-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu »1.0 Venus« udgivet 20-06-2004. Baseret på Debian 3.0 Woody " +"udgivet 19-07-2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Et fuldstændigt og detaljeret overblik om ældre udgivelser er indeholdt i " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendiks C af Jessiemanualen</ulink>; eller se de relaterede " +"udgivelsesmanualer på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">siden for udgivelsesmanualer</ulink>." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " +#~| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " +#~ "italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Brug af backports er nemt:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ny version af debianinstallationsprogrammet fra Debian Bullseye, se " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installationsmanual</ulink> for yderligere detaljer." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~| "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype theme</ulink>, the default " +#~| "artwork for Debian 10 Bullseye." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ny grafik baseret på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-temaet</ulink>, " +#~ "standardgrafikken for Debian 10 Bullseye." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Linux kernel 4.9" +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linuxkerne version 4.9" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " +#~| "LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøerne KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.30, Xfce 4.12, " +#~ "LXDE 0.99.2, MATE 1.20" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "LibreOffice 6.1" +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 18.12" +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Musikoprettelsesprogrammet Rosegarden 18.12" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "LTSP 5.18" +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 5.18" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yderligere information om Debian 10 Bullseye er tilgængelig i <ulink " +#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "releasenotes\">udgivelsesnoterne</ulink> og <ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installationsmanualen</" +#~ "ulink>." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The Debian Edu Bullseye Manual is fully translated to French, German, " +#~| "Italian, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian Bokmål and Japanese." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Manualen for Debian Edu Bullseye er fuldt oversat til fransk, tysk, " +#~ "italiensk, dansk, hollandsk, norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Partly translated versions exist for Spanish, Polish and Simplified " +#~| "Chinese." +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Delvist oversatte versioner findes for spansk, polsk og forenklet " +#~ "kinesisk." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Andre ændringer sammenlignet med den forrige udgivelse" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it like " +#~| "needed (not allowed to, technical reasons), a system with two network " +#~| "interfaces could be turned into a gateway if the Debian Edu 'Minimal' " +#~| "profile is installed." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I tilfælde af at du allerede har en ruter, men ikke kan konfigurere den " +#~ "som krævet (ikke tilladt på grund af tekniske årsager), kan et system med " +#~ "to netværksgrænseflader omdannes til et adgangspunkt hvis Debian Edu " +#~ "»Minimal«-profilen installeres." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "kør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Juster filen /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Ændr værtsnavnet permanent til »gateway« (adgangspunkt)." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Installation and download options" +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Indstillinger for installation og hentning" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Main server" +#~ msgid "Main section" +#~ msgstr "Hovedserver" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" +#~ "emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedserver</emphasis>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a thin client there " +#~| "is only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is " +#~| "automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the /" +#~| "media/$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced " +#~| "users." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Når brugere indsætter et USB-drev eller en dvd/cdrom i en tynd klient, så " +#~ "er der kun et påmindelsesvindue, der vises i et par sekunder. Mediet " +#~ "monteres automatisk og det kan tilgås ved at gå til mappen /media/$user. " +#~ "Dette er ret så svært for mange uerfarne brugere." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hvis eksterne brugere accepterer pop op'en eller bruger pmount fra " +#~ "konsollen, så kan de endda montere de flytbare enheder og tilgå filerne." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For at installere et skrivebordsmiljø efter dit valg i stedet for " +#~ "standarden, tryk på INDRYK (TAB) og rediger indstillingerne for " +#~ "kerneopstart (som forklaret ovenfor)." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "This is how the PXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +#~| "Server</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis> " +#~| "profiles:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sådan ser PXE-menuen ud med profilerne for <emphasis " +#~ "role=\"strong\">hovedserveren</emphasis> og <emphasis " +#~ "role=\"strong\">LTSP-serveren</emphasis>:" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "log ind som root." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "kør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.add 2026-11-01 13:45:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Publikationsdatum; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Übersetzung:</emphasis> +2007 Holger Levsen +2007 Patrick Winnertz +2007, 2009 Ralf Gesellensetter +2007, 2008, 2009 Roland F. Teichert +2007, 2009, 2011, 2014 Jürgen Leibner +2008, 2010 Ludger Sicking +2008 Kai Hatje +2009 Kurt Gramlich +2009 Franziska Teichert +2009 Philipp Hübner +2009, 2010 Andreas Mundt +2012-2022 Wolfgang Schweer +2024 Andreas Hunkeler +2024 Moonwalk4797 +2025 Blubberland +2026 Hans-Fritz Pommes +2026 Emma peel +2026 Ub.dev + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.de.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8884 @@ +# translation of debian-edu-bookworm-manual.pot to german +# Copyright (C) 2007- 2021 Holger Levsen and others +# Source URL: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/ +# +# Wolfgang Schweer <wschweer@arcor.de>, 2012-2021. +# Andreas B. Mundt <andi.mundt@web.de>, 2009, 2010. +# Holger Levsen <holger@layer-acht.org>, 2007. +# RalfGesellensetter <ralf@skolelinux.de>, 2007, 2009. +# RalfGesellensetter <rages@arcor.de>, 2007. +# Roland F.Teichert <rfteichert@imail.de>, 2007, 2008. +# Jürgen Leibner <juergen.leibner@t-online.de>, 2007. +# Jürgen Leibner <juergen@leibner.eu>, 2007, 2009, 2014. +# Ludger Sicking <ludger.sicking@web.de>, 2008, 2010. +# Kai J. G. Hatje <hatjeki@studi.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>, 2008. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-buster-manual.de\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-04 15:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"ub.dev\" <ub.dev@yahoo.com>\n" +"Language-Team: German <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/de/>\n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.17-dev\n" +"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "de" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Handbuch" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Publikationsdatum:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Handbuch für Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Debian Edu Installierer Logo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Dies ist das Handbuch für das Release Debian Edu 12 Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Die (englischsprachige) Originalversion auf <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm\"/> ist eine Wikiseite, die " +"regelmäßig aktualisiert wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Aktualisierte Übersetzungen sind <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink> verfügbar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Über Debian Edu und Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu alias Skolelinux ist eine Linux-Distribution, die auf Debian " +"basiert und eine Out-of-the-Box-Umgebung eines vollständig konfigurierten " +"Schulnetzwerks bietet. Es implementiert einen Client-Server-Ansatz. Server " +"und Clients sind <emphasis>Softwarebestandteile</emphasis>, die miteinander " +"interagieren. Server stellen Informationen bereit, die von den Clients " +"benötigt werden, um zu funktionieren. Wenn ein Server auf einem Rechner und " +"sein Client auf einem anderen Rechner installiert ist, werden die Rechner " +"selbst in Erweiterung des Begriffs als Server und Client bezeichnet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Die Kapitel über <link linkend=\"Requirements\">Hardware- und " +"Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie über die <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> enthalten grundlegende Details\n" +"zum Systemdesign." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Nach der Installation eines Hauptservers sind alle für ein Schulnetzwerk " +"benötigten Dienste eingerichtet und das System ist sofort einsatzbereit. " +"Lediglich die Benutzer und Maschinen müssen über GOsa², einer komfortablen " +"Webanwendung oder durch einen anderen LDAP-Editor hinzugefügt werden. Eine " +"Netboot-Umgebung unter Verwendung von PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> wurde ebenfalls vorbereitet, so dass nach der " +"Erstinstallation des Hauptservers von CD, Blu-ray-Disc oder USB-Stick alle " +"anderen Maschinen über das Netzwerk installiert werden können, " +"einschließlich \"Roaming Workstations\" (solche, die aus dem Schulnetzwerk " +"herausgenommen werden können, normalerweise Laptops oder Netbooks). Außerdem " +"können Rechner über PXE/iPXE als Diskless Workstations oder Thin Clients " +"gebootet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Mehrere für den Unterricht geeignete Anwendungen wie GeoGebra, Kalzium, " +"KGeography, GNU Solfege und Scratch sind in der Standardversion der " +"graphischen Arbeitsumgebung enthalten, die leicht und fast unbegrenzt durch " +"in Debian verfügbare Pakete erweitert werden kann." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Einiges zur Entstehungsgeschichte und wieso es zwei Namen gibt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.skolelinux.org\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"ist eine Linux-Distribution, die vom Debian Edu-Projekt erstellt wird. Als " +"ein <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">»Debian Pure " +"Blend«</ulink> ist sie ein offizielles Unterprojekt von <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux stellt somit für Ihre Schule eine Version von Debian bereit, die " +"eine gebrauchsfertige Umgebung für ein komplett konfiguriertes Schulnetzwerk " +"bietet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Das norwegische Skolelinux-Projekt wurde am 2.Juli 2001 gegründet; fast " +"gleichzeitig begann in Frankreich Raphaël Hertzog mit Debian-Edu. Seit 2003 " +"sind beide Projekte vereint, die beiden Namen blieben aber. Die " +"Bezeichnungen »Skole« bzw. (Debian-)»Education« sind in beiden Regionen " +"einfach sehr gut bekannt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Heute ist das System in mehreren Ländern der Welt im Einsatz." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architektur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Netzwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt des Dokuments erläutert die Netzwerkstruktur und die " +"Serverdienste einer Skolelinux-Installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Die Struktur des Debian-Edu-Netzwerks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildung skizziert die vorgesehene Netzwerkstruktur. Die " +"Standardeinrichtung eines Skolelinux-Netzwerks setzt genau einen Hauptserver " +"voraus; normale Arbeitsstationen und LTSP-Server (mit ihren zugehörigen Thin " +"Clients und/oder Diskless Workstations) können eingebunden werden. Die " +"Anzahl der Arbeitsstationen kann so groß oder klein sein, wie gewünscht: von " +"keiner bis zu vielen. Gleiches gilt für LTSP-Server, die ihre Thin Clients " +"jeweils auf einem separaten Netzwerk bedienen, so dass der Netzwerkverkehr " +"zwischen den Clients und ihrem LTSP-Server den Rest der Netzwerkdienste " +"nicht stört. Detaillierte Informationen zu LTSP gibt es im <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">entsprechenden Handbuchkapitel</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Der Grund für nur einen Hauptserver in jedem Schulnetzwerk ist, dass der " +"Hauptserver DHCP anbietet. Dies kann immer nur eine Maschine in einem " +"Netzwerk machen. Es ist möglich, Dienste des Hauptservers auf andere " +"Maschinen auszulagern, indem diese Dienste dort aufsetzt werden und die DNS-" +"Konfiguration auf dem Hauptserver so abgeändert wird, dass der DNS-Alias für " +"die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Um die Standardinstallation von Skolelinux einfach zu halten, läuft die " +"Internetverbindung über einen separaten Router, auch Gateway genannt. Das " +"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet-Router</" +"link> enthält Informationen, wie ein solches Gateway aufgesetzt werden kann, " +"wenn ein vorhandener Router keine entsprechende Konfiguration erlaubt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Die Standard-Einrichtung des Netzwerks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Der DHCP-Server auf dem Hauptserver (»tjener«) bedient das Netzwerk " +"10.0.0.0/8; er stellt für das Booten ein PXE-Menü bereit, aus dem ausgewählt " +"werden kann, ob ein neuer Server oder Arbeitsplatzrechner installiert, der " +"Rechner als Thin Client bzw. als Diskless Workstation gestartet, ein " +"Speichertest (Memtest) ausgeführt oder von der lokalen Festplatte gestartet " +"werden soll." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Dies lässt sich ändern; Einzelheiten dazu gibt es im entsprechenden <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> HowTo</link> Kapitel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"Auf den LTSP-Servern bedient der DHCP-Server auf der zweiten Netzwerkkarte " +"ein dediziertes Netzwerk (192.168.0.0/24 und 192.168.1.0/24 sind " +"vorkonfigurierte Optionen); der Dienst sollte nur selten geändert werden " +"müssen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Die Konfiguration aller Subnetze ist in LDAP gespeichert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Hauptserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Ein Skolelinux-Netzwerk benötigt einen Hauptserver (Rechnername »tjener«, " +"was norwegisch ist und »Server« heißt). Dieser hat die vorgegebene IP-" +"Adresse 10.0.2.2 und wird durch Auswahl des Hauptserver-Profils installiert. " +"Es ist möglich (aber nicht notwendig), die Profile des LTSP-Servers und die " +"des Arbeitplatzrechners ergänzend zum Hauptserver-Profil zu installieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Dienste des Hauptservers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Abgesehen von der Versorgung der Thin Clients werden alle Netzwerkdienste " +"von einem zentralen Computer (dem Hauptserver) bereitgestellt. Es ist " +"möglich, das LTSP-Server-Profil ebenfalls auf dem Hauptserver zu " +"installieren (Kombiserver), wovon aber aus Performanzgründen abzuraten ist. " +"Den unterschiedlichen Diensten wird ein festgelegter DNS-Name zugewiesen " +"(IPv4). Dadurch lassen sich einzelne Dienste leicht auf dedizierte Server " +"auslagern: Nachdem der Dienst auf einem anderen Server installiert wurde, " +"wird dieser auf dem Hauptserver abgeschaltet und die DNS-Konfiguration " +"entsprechend angepasst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Aus Sicherheitsgründen werden Passwörter stets verschlüsselt übertragen, so " +"dass keine Klartextpasswörter über das Netzwerk gesendet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Es folgt eine Liste von Diensten, die voreingestellt in einem Skolelinux-" +"Netzwerk eingerichtet werden. Soweit möglich entspricht der DNS-Name dem " +"Dienstnamen in <computeroutput>/etc/services</computeroutput>, sonst wurde " +"die allgemeine Bezeichnung des Dienstes als DNS-Name verwendet. Alle " +"Konfigurationsdateien verwenden möglichst den DNS-Namen (ohne Domäne), um " +"die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabelle der Dienste</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beschreibung des Dienstes</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Üblicher Name</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-Name des Dienstes</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Zentralisierte Systemprotokollierung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Domain-Name-System" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkkonfiguration von Maschinen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Synchronisation der Systemzeit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Home-Verzeichnisse über Netzwerk-Dateisysteme" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Elektronisches Postamt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Verzeichnisdienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Web-Server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Zentrale Datensicherung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Web-Zwischenspeicher" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Drucken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Sicherer Fernzugriff" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Automatische Konfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP-Server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Rechner- und Dienstüberwachung mit Fehlermeldungen, sowie Status und Verlauf " +"(Web-Schnittstelle). Benachrichtigung per E-Mail im Fehlerfall" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga und Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Die persönlichen Dateien eines jeden Nutzers werden im (vom Server " +"bereitgestellten) Home-Verzeichnis gespeichert. Home-Verzeichnisse sind von " +"jedem Rechner aus verfügbar - unabhängig vom Arbeitsplatz, an dem der Nutzer " +"gerade sitzt. Der Server ist betriebssystemunabhängig, der Zugang wird über " +"NFS für Unix-Clients und über SMB2/SMB3 für andere Clients bereitgestellt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Das E-Mail-System ist nur zur lokalen Auslieferung vorkonfiguriert (d.h. " +"innerhalb der Schule). Die E-Mail-Zustellung kann aber, sofern die Schule " +"einen festen Internetzugang hat, so konfiguriert werden, dass E-Mails auch " +"in das Internet ausgeliefert werden. Alle Clients sind so konfiguriert, dass " +"sie ihre E-Mails an den Server (als »Smarthost«) senden. Benutzer können " +"<link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">auf ihre persönlichen E-Mails mittels " +"IMAP zugreifen</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Alle Dienste können mit einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Anmeldename/Kennwort) " +"genutzt werden, da es eine zentrale Datenbank für Authentifizierung und " +"Autorisierung gibt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Um die Leistung bei häufig aufgerufenen Web-Seiten zu steigern, wird ein " +"lokaler Proxy-Server (Squid) benutzt. Angefragte Web-Seiten werden für den " +"wiederholten Zugriff gespeichert. In Verbindung mit der Sperrung des " +"Netzwerkverkehrs durch den Router ermöglicht dies auch die Kontrolle über " +"den Internetzugriff einzelner Maschinen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Die Netzwerkeinrichtung der Client-Rechner erfolgt automatisch mittels DHCP. " +"Alle Client-Typen können mit dem privaten Subnetz 10.0.0.0/8 verbunden " +"werden und bekommen entsprechende IP-Adressen zugeteilt; LTSP-Clients " +"sollten mit dem zugehörigen LTSP-Server über das entsprechende separate " +"Subnetz 192.168.0.0/24 verbunden werden (damit der Netzwerkverkehr der LTSP-" +"Clients nicht den Rest der Netzwerkdienste stört)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Das zentrale Protokollieren von Systemnachrichten ist so konfiguriert, dass " +"alle Maschinen ihre Syslog-Meldungen zum Server übertragen. Der Syslog-" +"Dienst akzeptiert ausschließlich aus dem lokalen Netzwerk eingehende " +"Nachrichten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Der DNS-Server ist voreingestellt mit einer Domain für nur interne Benutzung " +"konfiguriert (*.intern), bis eine richtige (»externe«) DNS-Domain " +"konfiguriert werden kann. Der DNS-Server ist als zwischenspeichernder DNS-" +"Server konfiguriert, so dass alle Maschinen des Netzwerks ihn als Haupt-DNS-" +"Server benutzen können." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Schüler und Lehrer können eigene Webseiten veröffentlichen. Der Webserver " +"bietet Mechanismen zur Authentifizierung von Benutzern und der Einschränkung " +"des Zugriffs auf individuelle Seiten und Unterverzeichnisse für bestimmte " +"Benutzer und Gruppen. Serverseitig steht der Erstellung dynamischer " +"Webseiten nichts im Wege." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Informationen über Benutzer und Maschinen können an zentraler Stelle " +"geändert werden und sind automatisch von allen Maschinen abrufbar. Um dies " +"zu erreichen, ist ein zentraler Verzeichnisserver eingerichtet, der " +"Informationen über Benutzer, Benutzergruppen, Maschinen und »Netgroups« " +"bereitstellt. Um eine Verwirrung des Benutzers zu vermeiden, wird kein " +"Unterschied zwischen Dateigruppen und »Netgroups« gemacht. Da Gruppen von " +"Maschinen die gleichen »Netgroups« teilen müssen, impliziert dies, dass sie " +"den gleichen Namensraum wie Benutzergruppen und Mailinglisten haben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Die Verwaltung von Diensten und Benutzern wird überwiegend webbasiert " +"durchgeführt und folgt dabei etablierten Standards, die mit den in " +"Skolelinux enthaltenen Webbrowsern gut funktionieren. Die Übertragung von " +"bestimmten Aufgaben an individuelle Benutzer oder Benutzergruppen wird vom " +"Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Um bestimmte Probleme mit NFS zu vermeiden und um die Fehlersuche zu " +"vereinfachen, muss die Zeit der verschiedenen Maschinen im Netzwerk " +"synchronisiert werden. Um dies zu gewährleisten, ist der Skolelinux-Server " +"als ein lokaler Netzwerk-Zeitserver (NTP) eingerichtet und alle " +"Arbeitsstationen und Clients sind so konfiguriert, dass sie ihre Uhr mit der " +"des Servers abgleichen. Der Server selbst sollte sich mit NTP über das " +"Internet gegen Zeitserver höherer Ordnung synchronisieren, um " +"sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit hat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Drucker können entweder an das Hauptnetzwerk, an den Server, eine " +"Workstation oder einen LTSP-Server angeschlossen werden. Zugriff auf Drucker " +"kann für bestimmte Benutzer entsprechend ihrer Gruppenzugehörigkeit " +"kontrolliert werden. Dies wird durch die Benutzung von Mengenbegrenzungen " +"und Zugriffskontrolllisten für Drucker erreicht." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP-Server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"In einem Skolelinux-Netzwerk kann es mehrere LTSP-Server geben; die " +"Installation erfolgt durch Auswahl des Profils »LTSP-Server«." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Der LTSP-Server ist so konfiguriert, dass er die Systemmeldungen (Syslog) " +"der Thin Clients empfängt und an den zentralen Systemprotokollierungsdienst " +"des Hauptservers weiterleitet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Bitte beachten:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Diskless Workstations benutzen die auf dem Server installierten Programme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Das Root-Dateisystem des Clients wird mittels NFS bereitgestellt. Nach jeder " +"Veränderung des LTSP-Servers muss das entsprechende Image neu generiert " +"werden; führen Sie dazu <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> auf dem LTSP-Server aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Thin Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Durch Einrichtung als Thin Client kann ein gewöhnlicher Rechner als " +"(X-)Terminal eingesetzt werden. Das heißt, dass diese Maschine via PXE " +"direkt vom Server startet, ohne die lokale Festplatte zu benutzen. Die " +"Einrichtung der Thin Clients verwendet nun X2Go, da LTSP die Unterstützung " +"eingestellt hat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Thin Clients sind ein guter Weg, um sehr alte (hauptsächlich 32-Bit-) " +"Rechner zu verwenden, da alle Programme effektiv auf dem LTSP-Server " +"ausgeführt werden. Dies funktioniert folgendermaßen: Der Dienst benutzt DHCP " +"und TFTP, um dem Client zu ermöglichen, sich mit dem Netzwerk zu verbinden " +"und davon zu starten. Als nächstes wird das Dateisystem mittels NFS vom " +"LTSP-Server eingehängt, und letztlich wird der X2Go-Client gestartet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Diskless Workstations" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Bei einer Diskless Workstation läuft alle Software auf dem Rechner; ein " +"lokal installiertes Betriebssystem ist nicht notwendig. Das heißt, der " +"Rechner startet mittels PXE, ohne auf der lokalen Festplatte installierte " +"Software auszuführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Eine Diskless Workstation ermöglicht es, leistungsfähige Hardware mit ebenso " +"niedrigem Wartungsaufwand wie bei Thin Clients einzusetzen. Die Software " +"wird auf dem Server administriert und gewartet, ohne dass sie auf den " +"Clients installiert werden muss. Ebenso werden Home-Verzeichnisse und " +"Systemeinstellungen auf dem Server bereitgehalten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Netzwerk-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Mit dem Ausdruck »Netzwerk-Clients« werden in dieser Anleitung Thin Clients " +"und Diskless Workstations bezeichnet; gleiches gilt für Computer, die macOS " +"oder Windows verwenden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Alle Linux-Rechner, die mittels Skolelinux-Installer installiert wurden, " +"können von einem zentralen Computer, üblicherweise dem Hauptserver, " +"verwaltet werden. Per SSH ist es möglich, sich auf allen Rechnern anzumelden " +"und damit vollen Zugriff auf die Maschinen zu bekommen. Der Benutzer »root« " +"muss vorher <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> ausführen, um ein " +"Kerberos TGT zu erhalten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Alle Benutzerinformationen werden in einem LDAP-Verzeichnis gespeichert. " +"Aktualisierungen von Benutzerkonten werden in dieser Datenbank durchgeführt, " +"die auch von den Clients zur Authentifizierung der Benutzer verwendet wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Gegenwärtig gibt es zwei Arten von Installationsmedien: »netinst« und »BD«. " +"Beide können auch von einem USB-Stick gebootet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Die Idee ist, einmalig einen Server von irgendeiner Art von Medium und " +"danach alle anderen Clients über das Netzwerk via PXE-Boot installieren zu " +"können." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Nur die Netzwerk-Installer-CD benötigt während der Installation " +"Internetzugang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Die Installation sollte keine Fragen mit Ausnahme von gewünschter Sprache, " +"Standort, Tastaturlayout und Maschinenprofil (Hauptserver, " +"Arbeitsplatzrechner, LTSP-Server) stellen. Alle anderen Einstellungen werden " +"automatisch mit vernünftigen Werten versehen, die vom Systemadministrator " +"von einer zentralen Stelle aus nach der Installation geändert werden können." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Zugriffsrechte auf das Dateisystem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Jedem Skolelinux-Benutzerkonto ist ein Teil des Dateisystems auf dem Server " +"zugeordnet. Dieser Bereich (Home-Verzeichnis) beinhaltet die individuelle " +"Konfiguration, Dokumente, E-Mails und Webseiten des Benutzers. Etliche der " +"Dateien sollten mit Lesezugriff für andere System-Benutzer ausgestattet " +"sein, einige sollten im Internet für jedermann lesbar und manche " +"ausschließlich dem Benutzer selbst zugänglich sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Um sicherzustellen, dass die Benennung aller Festplatten für Home-" +"Verzeichnisse oder gemeinsame Verzeichnisse auf allen installierten " +"Computern einheitlich erfolgt, können die Platten unter <computeroutput>/" +"skole/host/VERZEICHNIS/</computeroutput> eingehängt werden. Zu Beginn wird " +"auf dem Hauptserver nur das Verzeichnis <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/" +"</computeroutput> erstellt, in dem alle Home-Verzeichnisse angelegt werden. " +"Weitere Verzeichnisse können bei Bedarf erstellt werden, um bestimmte " +"Benutzergruppen oder Nutzungsmuster abzubilden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Um den gemeinsamen Zugriff auf Dateien unter Verwendung der normalen UNIX-" +"Berechtigungen zu realisieren, müssen Benutzer zusätzlichen Gruppen (wie " +"»students«) sowie der primären persönlichen Gruppe (per Voreinstellung " +"vorhanden) angehören. Benutzer müssen eine umask von 002 oder 007 haben, um " +"neu erstellten Objekten Gruppenzugriff zu ermöglichen und die betreffenden " +"Verzeichnisse müssen mittels »setgid« so mit Rechten versehen sein, dass " +"Dateien die richtigen Gruppenrechte erben. Unter diesen Bedingungen ist ein " +"kontrollierter gemeinsamer Dateizugriff unter den Mitgliedern einer Gruppe " +"möglich." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Die anfängliche Einstellung der Zugriffsrechte für neu erstellte Dateien ist " +"eine Frage der zugrundeliegenden Philosophie. Debian verwendet die umask 022 " +"als Voreinstellung; damit ist der oben beschriebene Gruppenzugriff nicht " +"möglich. Debian Edu benutzt als Voreinstellung 002 - was Lesezugriff für " +"alle Benutzer auf neu erstellte Dateien bedeutet, der später explizit durch " +"den Benutzer entfernt werden kann. Alternativ kann die umask von 002 durch " +"Editieren der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" +"computeroutput> in 007 geändert werden - damit ist der Lesezugriff zunächst " +"nicht erlaubt und müsste durch den Benutzer später ausdrücklich gesetzt " +"werden. Der erste Ansatz fördert das Teilen von Wissen und macht das System " +"transparenter, wohingegen die zweite Methode das Risiko ungewünschter " +"Verbreitung privater Inhalte senkt. Das Problem mit der ersten Lösung ist, " +"dass es für die Benutzer nicht ersichtlich ist, dass das von ihnen erstellte " +"Material von allen anderen Benutzern lesbar ist. Dies ist nur durch die " +"Untersuchung der Home-Verzeichnisse erkennbar, wo ersichtlich ist, dass die " +"Dateien lesbar sind. Das Problem mit der zweiten Lösung besteht darin, dass " +"wahrscheinlich wenig Leute ihre Dateien lesbar machen möchten, selbst wenn " +"sie keine sensiblen Informationen enthalten, der Inhalt aber hilfreich für " +"neugierige Benutzer sein könnte, die lernen wollen, wie andere Benutzer " +"bestimmte Probleme gelöst haben (typischerweise Konfigurationseinstellungen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Voraussetzungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, eine Skolelinux-Lösung einzurichten. " +"Skolelinux kann einfach auf einem einzelnen PC oder für eine ganze Region " +"mit vielen Schulen (bei zentralisierter Verwaltung) installiert werden. " +"Diese Flexibilität hat große Unterschiede bezüglich der Konfiguration von " +"Netzwerkkomponenten, Servern und Client-Rechnern zur Folge." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Hardwareanforderungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Die Bedeutung der verschiedenen Profile wird im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> erläutert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Falls LTSP zum Einsatz kommen soll, finden Sie auf der (englischsprachigen) " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</" +"ulink> weitere Informationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Rechner, auf denen Debian Edu / Skolelinux installiert werden soll, müssen " +"entweder 32-Bit (Debian-Architektur 'i386', 686-Prozessoren als älteste) " +"oder 64-Bit (Debian-Architektur 'amd64') x86-Prozessoren haben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Thin Clients mit nur 256 MiB RAM und 400 MHz sind möglich, es werden aber " +"mehr RAM und schnellere Prozessoren empfohlen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Für Arbeitsplatzrechner, Diskless Workstations und Einzelplatzrechner sind " +"mindestens 1500 Mhz und 1024 MiB RAM das absolute Minimum. Um moderne " +"Webbrowser und LibreOffice nutzen zu können, werden mindestens 2048 MiB RAM " +"empfohlen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"Die Minimalanforderung für den Plattenplatz hängt vom installierten Profil " +"ab:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"Hauptserver + LTSP-Server + Desktop (falls eine grafische Oberfläche für den " +"Server gewünscht sein sollte): 60 GiB (plus zusätzlicher Platz für " +"Benutzerkonten)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP-Server: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "Arbeitsplatzrechner oder Einzelplatzrechner: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "Minimale netzwerkbasierte Maschine Installation: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"LTSP-Server benötigen zwei Netzwerkkarten, wenn sie die Standard-" +"Netzwerkarchitektur nutzen sollen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 ist verbunden mit dem Hauptnetzwerk (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 wird für LTSP-Clients verwendet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Laptops sind mobile Arbeitsplatzrechner; es gelten daher dieselben " +"Anforderungen wie für Arbeitsplatzrechner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Getestete Hardware" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Eine Liste getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie unter <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Diese Liste ist aber nicht einmal " +"annähernd vollständig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> stellt einen " +"Versuch dar, die Installation, Konfiguration und Benutzung von Debian auf " +"spezieller Hardware zu dokumentieren. Potentielle Käufer oder Eigentümer " +"dieser Hardware können sich ein Bild von eventuell auftretenden Problemen " +"oder besonderer Konfiguration machen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Voraussetzungen für die Einrichtung des Netzwerks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Standardinstallation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Regeln gelten, solange die Standard-Netzwerkarchitektur " +"verwendet wird:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Sie benötigen genau einen Hauptserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "" +"Sie können hunderte von Arbeitsplatzrechnern im Hauptnetzwerk einsetzen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Sie können viele LTSP-Server im Hauptnetzwerk haben. In LDAP sind zwei " +"verschiedene Subnetze vorkonfiguriert (DNS, DHCP), weitere können " +"hinzugefügt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Sie können hunderte von Thin Clients und/oder Diskless Workstations in jedem " +"LTSP-Netzwerk verwenden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Sie können mehrere Hundert weitere Rechner verwenden; diese bekommen ihre IP-" +"Adresse dynamisch zugewiesen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Um den Zugang zum Internet zu ermöglichen, benötigen Sie einen Router/" +"Gateway (siehe unten)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Router (Internet)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Um Internetzugang zu haben, wird ein Router/Gateway benötigt, welcher über " +"die externe Schnittstelle mit dem Internet verbunden ist und auf der " +"internen Schnittstelle die IP-Adresse 10.0.0.1 sowie die Netzmaske 255.0.0.0 " +"hat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Auf dem Router sollte kein DHCP-Server laufen; ein DNS-Server kann laufen, " +"ist aber nicht notwendig und wird auch nicht benutzt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle, dass du noch keinen Router oder dein aktueller Router kann nicht " +"entsprechend konfiguriert werden, jeder Computer, welcher die Anforderungen " +"für eine minimale Debian Installation erfüllt und welcher mindestens zwei " +"Netzwerkschnittstellen hat kann in ein Gateway zwischen deinem bestehenden " +"Netzwerk und dem <link linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> umgewandelt " +"werden. Siehe <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">Installationsdokumentation</" +"link> für einen einfachen Weg, um eine Debian Maschine zu installieren und " +"zu konfigurieren gemäss <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints kann <ulink url=\"https://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> benutzt werden, wobei Sie natürlich auch die " +"Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie " +"mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Eine Liste " +"unterstützter Hardware finden Sie auf der <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">Hardware-Seite von OpenWRT</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich, eine abweichende Netzwerk-Struktur zu verwenden. Wie das " +"geht, ist <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie dazu jedoch nicht " +"aufgrund einer existierenden Netzwerk-Infrastruktur gezwungen sind, ist die " +"Nutzung der <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard-Netzwerkarchitektur</" +"link> zu empfehlen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Installation und Optionen für das Herunterladen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Hinweise auf weitere Informationsquellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system " +#| "for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm " +#| "release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Es wird empfohlen, die <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweise für Debian Bookworm</ulink> vor " +"einer Installation zu lesen - oder zumindest einen Blick darauf zu werfen, " +"bevor Sie ein Produktivsystem installieren. Weitere Informationen über " +"Debian Bookworm enthält die <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bookworm/installmanual.de.html\">Installationsanleitung</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"Bitte probieren Sie Debian Edu / Skolelinux aus, es sollte einfach " +"funktionieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Es wird allerdings empfohlen, die Kapitel über <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">Hardware- und Netzwerkanforderungen</link> sowie " +"über die <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architektur</link> zu lesen, bevor " +"die Installation eines Hauptrechners begonnen wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Bitte unbedingt in diesem Handbuch das Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Erste Schritte</link> lesen, da dort erklärt " +"wird, wie die erste Anmeldung funktioniert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Herunterladen des Installationsmediums für Debian Edu 12, Codename Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 oder i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for very old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> und <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> sind die Namen von zwei Debian-Architekturen für x86-CPUs, " +"beide stammen oder stammten von AMD, Intel und anderen Herstellern. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> ist eine 64-Bit-Architektur und " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> ist eine 32-Bit-Architektur. Neue " +"Installationen sollten heutzutage <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> " +"verwenden. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> sollte nur auf sehr alter " +"Hardware eingesetzt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Netzwerk-Installer-Images für amd64 oder i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Das Netzwerk-Installer-Image kann für die Installation mittels CD/DVD und " +"USB-Stick benutzt werden, es ist für zwei Debian-Architekturen verfügbar: " +"i386- bzw. amd64. Wie der Name schon sagt, ist für die Installation eine " +"Internetverbindung notwendig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for " +#| "download from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Nach der Veröffentlichung von Bookworm werden diese Images hier zum Download " +"zur Verfügung stehen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "BD-ISO-Images für amd64 oder i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Dieses ISO-Image ist etwa 6 GB groß; es eignet sich zur Installation von " +"amd64- oder i386-Maschinen - auch ohne Internetverbindung. Es kann wie das " +"Netzwerk-Installer-Image auf einem USB-Stick oder einer USB-Festplatte " +"geeigneter Größe benutzt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Überprüfung heruntergeladener Image-Dateien" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Eine detaillierte Anleitung für das Überprüfen und die Verwendung dieser " +"Images ist Teil der <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/" +"index.de.html\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Quellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Sources gibt es im Debian-Depot an den üblichen Orten, mehrere Medien sind " +"hier verlinkt: <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/" +"source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Die Installation von Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Debian-Edu-Installation durchführen, haben Sie ein paar " +"Optionen zur Auswahl. Haben Sie keine Angst, es sind nicht viele. Wir haben " +"gute Arbeit geleistet, um die Komplexität von Debian während der " +"Installation und darüber hinaus zu verstecken. Aber Debian Edu ist Debian, " +"und wenn Sie wollen, können Sie aus mehr als 59.000 Paketen und einer " +"Milliarde Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten wählen. Für die Mehrheit unserer " +"Benutzer sollten unsere Standardeinstellungen ausreichen. Bitte beachten " +"Sie: Wenn LTSP verwendet werden soll, wählen Sie eine leichtgewichtige " +"Desktop-Umgebung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Szenarien der Installation eines Hauptservers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Typisches Schul- oder Heimnetzwerk mit Internet-Zugang per Router (mit DHCP):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Die Installation eines Hauptservers ist möglich, aber nach dem Neustart " +"fehlt die Internet-Verbindung (wegen der IP-Adresse 10.0.2.2/8 für die erste " +"Netzwerkschnittstelle)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet-Router</" +"link> enthält Informationen, wie ein solches Gateway aufgesetzt werden kann, " +"wenn ein vorhandener Router keine entsprechende Konfiguration erlaubt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Verbinden Sie alle Komponenten so, wie es dem Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Netzwerk-Architektur</link> zu entnehmen ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Der Hauptserver sollte nach dem ersten Start in der richtigen Umgebung " +"Zugang zum Internet haben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Typisches Netzwerk einer Schule oder Institution (ähnlich wie oben, aber mit " +"dem Zwang, einen Proxy verwenden zu müssen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Den Eintrag 'debian-edu-expert' zur Kernel-Befehlszeile hinzufügen; weiter " +"unten wird erklärt, wie die Bearbeitung vorgenommen wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Einige zusätzliche Fragen sind zu beantworten, darunter die nach dem Proxy-" +"Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Netzwerk mit Router/Gateway-IP-Adresse 10.0.0.1/8 (ohne DHCP-Server) und " +"Internet-Verbindung:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Scheitern der automatischen Einrichtung des Netzwerks (wegen " +"fehlendem DHCP) manuelle Konfiguration auswählen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Als IP-Adresse 10.0.2.2/8 eingeben" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Als Gateway-IP-Adresse 10.0.0.1 eingeben" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Als Nameserver-IP-Adresse 8.8.8.8 eingeben (oder eine bekannte andere)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Der Hauptserver sollte nach dem ersten Start funktionieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Offline (keine Internet-Verbindung):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Das BD-ISO-Image verwenden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Sicherstellen, dass alle (realen/virtuellen) Netzwerkverbindungen gekappt " +"sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"»Netzwerk unkonfiguriert lassen« auswählen (nachdem die automatische " +"Konfiguration gescheitert ist und »Weiter« gewählt wurde)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment " +#| "with Internet access." +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Das System aktualisieren, sobald dieses erstmalig in der richtigen Umgebung " +"mit Internet-Zugang gestartet wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Arbeitsumgebungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Es stehen mehrere Arbeitsumgebungen zur Verfügung:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce hat einen etwas höheren Ressourcenbedarf als LXDE, aber eine sehr gute " +"Sprachunterstützung (106 Sprachen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE und GNOME bieten jeweils eine gute Unterstützung für viele Sprachen, " +"haben aber für ältere Computer und für LTSP-Clients zu hohe " +"Leistungsanforderungen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon ist eine leichtgewichtige Alternative zu GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE ist schlanker als die drei oben genannten, aber es fehlt eine gute " +"Sprachunterstützung für mehrere Länder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE hat den geringsten Ressourcenbedarf und unterstützt 35 Sprachen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt ist eine leichtgewichtige Arbeitsumgebung (Sprachunterstützung ähnlich " +"wie LXDE) mit einem moderneren Look and Feel (basierend auf Qt, genau wie " +"KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Als internationales Projekt hat sich Debian Edu für die Arbeitsumgebung Xfce " +"als Standard entschieden; die Wahl einer Alternative wird weiter unten " +"beschrieben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Modulare Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Installation eines Systems (auch) das Profil " +"<emphasis>Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> enthält, dann werden sehr viele " +"bildungsbezogene Progamme installiert. Um nur das Basissystem zu " +"installieren, muss der Kernel-Befehlszeilen-Parameter " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> vor dem Start der Installation entfernt " +"werden; weiter unten ist beschrieben, wie dies gemacht wird. Auf diese Weise " +"lässt sich ein an die örtlchen Gegebenheiten angepasstes System installieren " +"und auch eine Testinstallation kann so deutlich beschleunigt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten: Falls anschließend eine Arbeitsumgebung installiert werden " +"soll, dann verwenden Sie nicht die Debian-Edu-Metapakete wie z. B. <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-" +"desktop-mate</ulink> (dies würde alle bildungsbezogenen Pakete " +"mitinstallieren), sondern z. B. das Metapaket <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Eines (oder mehrere) der schulstufenbezogenen Metapakete <emphasis>education-" +"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"highschool</emphasis> könnten passend zum Verwendungszweck installiert " +"werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Auf der (englischsprachigen) Seite <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" +"edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> gibt es Informationen zu " +"den Debian-Edu-Metapaketen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Installationsarten und Optionen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Startmenü des Installers auf 64-Bit-Hardware - BIOS-Modus</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64-Bit Installer-Boot-Menü (BIOS-Modus)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> benutzt das " +"graphische Installationsprogramm mit Maus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> verwendet den Textmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> zeigt ein " +"Untermenü mit weiteren Optionen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> zeigt einige Hinweise für die " +"Benutzung des Installationsprogrammes; siehe Screenshot weiter unten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-bit Installer advanced options" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> führt zum Hauptmenü zurück." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> zeigt alle " +"verfügbaren Fragen; Maus ist benutzbar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> verwendet dieses " +"Installationsmedium als Rettungswerkzeug für Notfälle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> benötigt " +"eine Preseed-Datei." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> zeigt alle verfügbaren " +"Fragen für den Textmodus an." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> Textmodus; verwendet dieses " +"Installationsmedium als Rettungswerkzeug für Notfälle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> Textmodus; benötigt " +"eine Preseed-Datei." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie weder <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</" +"computeroutput> noch <computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, " +"sondern verwenden Sie in Ausnahmefällen <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</" +"computeroutput> als zusätzlichen Kernelparameter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Installer help screen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Diese Hilfeseite ist selbsterklärend; mittels der <F>-Tasten können " +"Sie weitergehende Informationen zu den angegebenen Themen bekommen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Startmenü des Installers auf 64-Bit-Hardware - UEFI-Modus</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64-Bit Installer-Boot-Menu (UEFI-Modus)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Boot-Parameter für die Installation ändern oder hinzufügen</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"In beiden Fällen können die Boot-Optionen nach Drücken der <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis>- oder <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis>-" +"Taste im Boot-Menü bearbeitet werden;. Die Screenshots zeigen die " +"Befehlszeile für den Typ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Optionen der Befehlszeile im BIOS-Modus bearbeiten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Optionen der Befehlszeile im UEFI-Modus bearbeiten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Sie können einen vorhandenen HTTP-Proxy-Dienst im Netzwerk verwenden, um die " +"Installation des <emphasis>Hauptserver</emphasis>-Profils von CD zu " +"beschleunigen. Fügen Sie z. B. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> als zusätzlichen Boot-Parameter hinzu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie bereits das »Hauptserver«-Profil auf einer Maschine installiert " +"haben, sollten weitere Installationen mittels PXE erfolgen, da dann " +"automatisch der Proxy des Hauptservers benutzt wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Um die <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis>-Arbeitsumgebung anstatt " +"der standardmäßigen <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce-</emphasis>-" +"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-Arbeitsumgebung " +"zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>-Arbeitsumgebung " +"zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>-" +"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>-" +"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, verwenden Sie " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Und um alternativ die <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>-" +"Arbeitsumgebung zu installieren, verwenden Sie <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Der Installationsprozess" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Denken Sie an die <link linkend=\"Requirements\"> Systemvoraussetzungen</" +"link> und stellen Sie sicher, dass mindestens zwei Netzwerkkarten vorhanden " +"sind, wenn Sie einen LTSP-Server einrichten wollen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Sprache (sowohl für die Installation als auch für das zu " +"installierende System)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie ein Land, welches im Regelfall dasjenige ist, in dem Sie leben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Tastaturbelegung (üblicherweise ist die jeweilige " +"Ländereinstellung das Beste)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Profil (oder mehrere) von dieser Liste:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist der Hauptserver (»tjener«) für Ihre Schule, bei dem alle Dienste " +"vorkonfiguriert sind, damit diese sofort funktionieren. Sie dürfen nur einen " +"Hauptserver pro Schule einrichten! Das Profil enthält keine graphische " +"Arbeitsumgebung. Um letztere zu erhalten, wählen Sie zusätzlich " +"»Arbeitsplatzrechner« oder »LTSP-Server«." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Ein Computer, der von seiner eigenen lokalen Festplatte bootet, und bei dem " +"alle Programme und Geräte lokal laufen, wie bei einem gewöhnlichen Computer. " +"Nur die Benutzeranmeldung erfolgt am Hauptserver, wo die Nutzerdaten und das " +"Arbeitsflächenprofil gespeichert sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobiler Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Wie Arbeitsplatzrechner, aber mit der Fähigkeit, die Authentifizierung " +"mittels gespeicherter Zugangsdaten vorzunehmen - somit auch außerhalb des " +"Schulnetzwerks verwendbar. Benutzerdaten und Profile werden lokal " +"gespeichert. Für Netbooks und Laptops von Einzelbenutzern sollte dieses " +"Profil anstelle der früher empfohlenen Profile »Arbeitsplatzrechner« oder " +"»Einzelplatzrechner« gewählt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-Server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Ein Server für Thin Clients (und Diskless Workstations) wird LTSP-Server " +"genannt. Rechner ohne Festplatte erhalten die Software zum Booten und ihre " +"Programme von diesem Server. Der LTSP-Server benötigt zwei Netzwerkkarten, " +"viel Speicher und idealerweise mehr als einen Prozessor oder Prozessorkern. " +"Schauen Sie sich für mehr Informationen das Kapitel über <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkrechner</link> an. Die Auswahl dieses " +"Profils aktiviert auch das Arbeitsplatzrechner-Profil (auch wenn dieses " +"nicht explizit ausgewählt wird). Ein LTSP-Server kann immer auch als " +"Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Einzelplatzrechner</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Ein gewöhnlicher Computer, der ohne einen Hauptserver funktioniert, " +"insbesondere nicht in ein Netzwerk eingebunden sein muss, Laptops " +"eingeschlossen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Profil installiert die Basispakete und konfiguriert den Rechner so, " +"dass er in das Debian-Edu-Netzwerk integriert werden kann, aber ohne " +"jegliche Dienste und Anwendungen. Es ist nützlich als Plattform für " +"einzelne Dienste, die manuell vom Hauptserver ausgelagert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Damit auch normale Benutzer ein solches System nutzen können, muss es mit " +"GOsa² (ähnlich wie eine Workstation) hinzugefügt und das Paket libpam-krb5 " +"installiert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Die Profile <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> und <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LTSP-Server</emphasis> sind die Voreinstellung. Diese " +"Profile können gleichzeitig auf einer Maschine installiert werden, wenn Sie " +"einen sogenannten <emphasis>Kombiserver</emphasis> haben wollen. Damit ist " +"der Hauptserver gleichzeitig ein LTSP-Server und kann auch als " +"Arbeitsplatzrechner eingesetzt werden. Dies ist die Voreinstellung, da " +"anzunehmen ist, dass dies in der Regel erwünscht ist. Bitte beachten: Eine " +"Maschine, die als »Kombiserver« oder als »LTSP-Server« dienen soll, muss " +"zwei Netzwerkkarten haben, damit sie dem Zweck entsprechend genutzt werden " +"kann." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Bitte »ja« oder »nein« zur automatischen Partitionierung sagen. Beachten " +"Sie, dass Ihre Zustimmung (»ja«) alle Daten auf den Festplatten zerstört! " +"Andererseits erfordert die Ablehnung (»nein«) mehr Arbeit, da Sie alle " +"Partitionen selbst anlegen und dabei auf ausreichende Größe achten müssen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Bitte gestatten Sie die Übertragung von Informationen an <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, damit festgestellt werden kann, welche " +"Pakete populär sind und auch in Zukunft bereitgestellt werden sollten. Damit " +"können Sie auf einfache Art helfen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Warten Sie. Wenn sich das Profil »LTSP-Server« unter den gewählten Profilen " +"befindet, wird das Installationsprogramm am Ende einige Zeit für den Schritt " +"»Beende die Installation - Führe debian-edu-profile-udeb aus ...« benötigen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Nach Eingabe des Passwortes für »root« werden Sie aufgefordert, ein normales " +"Benutzerkonto für nichtadministrative Aufgaben einzurichten. Für Debian Edu " +"ist dieses Konto sehr wichtig: Mit diesem Konto werden Sie das Skolelinux-" +"Netzwerk verwalten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Das Passwort dieses Benutzers <emphasis role=\"strong\">muss</emphasis> eine " +"Länge von <emphasis role=\"strong\">mindestens 5 Zeichen</emphasis> " +"aufweisen und sich <emphasis role=\"strong\">vom Benutzernamen " +"unterscheiden</emphasis>, da das Anmelden sonst nicht möglich ist. (Dies " +"gilt, obwohl vom Installer sowohl kürzere als auch mit dem Benutzernamen " +"übereinstimmende Passwörter akzeptiert werden)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle eines <emphasis>Kombiservers</emphasis> gilt es nach dem Neustart " +"des Systems erneut zu warten. Es wird einige Zeit benötigt, um das SquashFS-" +"Image für Diskless Workstations zu erzeugen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle eines separaten LTSP-Servers erfordert das Einrichten der " +"Unterstützung von Diskless Workstations und/oder von Thin Clients einige " +"manuelle Schritte. Details hierzu finden Sie im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Anleitung für Netzwerk-Clients</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Installiere ein Gateway mit debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +#| "simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +#| "interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +#| "obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Das <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> Paket " +"vereinfacht das Setup von einem Gateway für ein Debian Edu Netzwerk mit " +"Hilfe eines interaktiven Konfigurationsprozess, in dem die benötigten " +"Informationen anhand einer Serie von Dialogen abgefragt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um das zu verwenden, führe eine minimale Debian Installation durch. " +"Versichere dich, den regulären Debian Installer zu verwenden und nicht der " +"Debian Edu Installer, denn die Debian Edu Installationen sind nicht " +"unterstützt vom <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"und dann einmal <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> ausführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Fehlermeldung in Bezug auf die Konfiguration sind zu erwarten und können " +"aktuell ignoriert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Für den Konfigurationsprozess nach der Installation von " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> wird der physische " +"Zugang zu dem Computer benötigt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Die Netzwerkadapter können bereits mit dem entsprechenden Netzwerk verbunden " +"sein, aber das muss nicht so sein. Auf jeden Fall muss klar sein, welcher " +"Adapter mit welchem Netzwerk verbunden wird. Um mehr Informationen über die " +"Netzwerk-Hardware zu bekommen kann" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "verwendet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Es empfiehlt sich auch, <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> und " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu " +"konfigurieren, dass Sie E-Mails an eine von ihnen gelesene Adresse schicken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Die Konfiguration aller Subnetze ist in LDAP gespeichert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Wähle die Netzwerkeinrichtungsmethode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Bestätigung für das Einstellen von uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Wenn nach der uif Firewall Konfigurationsmethode gefragt wird, wähle " +"\"debian-edu-router\". Bestätige, dass du die Firewall für Debian Edu Router " +"einrichten willst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Erlaube traceroute in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Erlaube traceroute in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Entscheide, ob du auf ping und traceroute antworten möchtest. Wenn unsicher, " +"antworte mit Ja, da es für Diagnosezwecke von Netzwerkproblemen hilfreich " +"sein kann." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Aktiviere IP Paketweiterleitung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Bestätige, dass du IP Paketweiterleitung aktivieren möchtest." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Wähle die Netzwerkeinrichtungsmethode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Wähle die Netzwerkeinrichtungsmethode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Als nächstes ordnest du Netzwerk zu den Netzwerkadapter in deinem Router zu, " +"wähle eine der offerierten Optionen abhängig davon, ob dein Netzwerkadapter " +"bereits verbunden ist oder nicht." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Wähle den Uplink-Adapter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Wähle den Adapter, welcher zum Upstream-Netzwerk verbunden ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Wähle interne Netzwerke" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Wähle ein internes Netzwerk, und wenn du unsicher bist und einfach nur ein " +"einzelnes internes Netzwerk möchtest, wähle \"Education\" hier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Aktiviere die Verwendung von VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Wähle, ob VLANs für interne Netzwerke verwendet werden sollen, wenn du " +"unsicher bist, wähle \"Nein\" hier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Wähle die unterstützten IP Versionen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Wähle \"IPv4\" hier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Wähle Netzwerke, welche eine statische IP Adresse verlangen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Setze eine statische IP Adresse für das interne Netzwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Setze <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> als die statische IP " +"Adresse für das interne Netzwerk \"Education\", wenn du der oben erwähnte " +"Empfehlung für interne Netzwerke gefolgt bist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Aktiviere NAT für Netzwerke" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "IP-Forwarding und NAT für das Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/8 einrichten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Aktiviere Internetzugang für Netzwerke" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Aktiviere Internetzugang für interne Netzwerke." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Richte Reverse NAT ein" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Richte Reverse NAT ein" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Wenn du interne Dienste ins Internet stellen willst, kannst du sie mit der " +"beschriebenen Syntax konfigurieren. SSH-Zugriff auf das Gateway kann im " +"folgenden Dialog konfiguriert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Aktiviere SSH-Zugriff für Netzwerke" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Entscheide, für welche Netzwerke du SSH-Zugriff auf das Gateway erlauben " +"willst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfiguration des PXE-Menüs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguriere den SSH-Port, am besten <computeroutput>22</computeroutput>, " +"solange die Konfiguration nicht geändert wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Aktiviere DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Aktiviere DHCP nicht für interne Netzwerke, es wird vom DebianEdu-" +"Hauptserver bereitgestellt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +#| "Router Menu." +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Verbinde die Netzwerk-Schnittstellen falls noch nicht geschehen und starte " +"den Computer neu. Wenn du dich jetzt als root anmeldest solltest du das " +"DebianEdu-Router-Menü sehen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration von LTSP-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Wenn SSH-Zugriff aktiviert ist kann das Gateway aus der Ferne über das Menü " +"konfiguriert werden, das man bei der Anmeldung als root sieht. Wenn du im " +"Hauptmenü <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> drückst, öffnet sich das " +"Konfigurationsmenü, mit dem die ganze Konfiguration oder Teile davon mit " +"denselben Dialogen geändert werden können, die für die Anfangskonfiguration " +"verwendet wurden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Anmerkungen zu einigen Eigenschaften" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zu Notebooks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Sehr wahrscheinlich wollen Sie das Profil »Mobiler Arbeitsplatzrechner« " +"verwenden (s.o.). Bitte beachten Sie, dass alle Daten lokal gespeichert " +"werden (also an Sicherungskopien denken) und dass Anmeldedaten " +"zwischengespeichert werden (weshalb es nach einem Ändern des Passwortes " +"erforderlich sein kann, das alte Passwort zu verwenden, wenn der Laptop " +"nicht mit dem Netzwerk verbunden war und Sie sich auf dem Laptop mit einem " +"neuen Passwort angemeldet haben)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "Ein Hinweis zur Installation mittels »USB-Stick / Blu-ray Disc-Image«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie von einem USB-Stick / Blu-ray-Disc-Image installieren, enthält die " +"Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> nur Quellen von " +"der DVD. Wenn Sie eine Internetverbindung haben, wird dringend empfohlen, " +"die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei hinzuzufügen. Damit stellen Sie sicher, " +"dass (Sicherheits-)Aktualisierungen installiert werden können:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur CD-Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Eine Installation mittels Netzwerk-Installer (Installationsart mit unserer " +"CD) wird einige Pakete von der CD und den Rest aus dem Netz holen. Der " +"Umfang der aus dem Netz geholten Pakete variiert von Profil zu Profil, " +"bleibt aber unter einem Gigabyte (wenn nicht gerade alle möglichen " +"Arbeitsumgebungen gewählt wurden). Sobald der Hauptserver installiert wurde " +"(egal, ob reiner Hauptserver oder Kombiserver), nutzen alle weiteren " +"Installationen dessen Proxy, um das mehrfache Herunterladen desselben Pakets " +"aus dem Netz zu vermeiden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Installation per USB-Stick anstelle von CD / Blu-ray Disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich, ein CD/BD-ISO-Image auf einen USB-Stick zu kopieren und von " +"diesem zu booten. Dazu wird ein Befehl wie der folgende ausgeführt, wobei " +"Datei- und Device-Name angepasst werden müssen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie diesen Befehl vor und nach dem Einstecken des USB-Geräts aus, um " +"den Wert von X zu bestimmen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Bitte beachten Sie, dass das Kopieren einige Zeit in Anspruch nimmt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Je nach gewähltem Image wird sich der USB-Stick wie eine CD oder Blu-ray " +"Disc verhalten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Installation und Booten über das Netzwerk via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Für diese Installationsmethode ist es erforderlich, dass Sie einen laufenden " +"Hauptserver haben. Wenn Clients über das Netzwerk booten, wird ein iPXE-Menü " +"mit Installations- und Boot-Optionen angezeigt. Wenn die PXE-Installation " +"mit einer Fehlermeldung fehlschlägt, die behauptet, dass eine XXX.bin-Datei " +"fehlt, dann benötigt die Netzwerkkarte des Clients höchstwahrscheinlich eine " +"nicht-freie Firmware. In diesem Fall muss die Initrd des Debian-Installers " +"modifiziert werden. Dies kann durch Ausführen des Befehls:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "auf dem Server erreicht werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"So sieht das iPXE-Menü mit dem <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</" +"emphasis> als alleinigem Profil aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Das iPXE-Menü ohne LTSP-Einträge" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"So sieht das iPXE-Menü bei Systemen mit <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" +"Server</emphasis>-Profil aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Das iPXE-Menü mit LTSP-Einträgen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Setup erlaubt es auch, Diskless Workstations und Thin Clients im " +"Hauptnetzwerk zu booten. Im Unterschied zu normalen Arbeitsplatzrechnern " +"müssen Diskless Workstations nicht mittels GOsa² zu LDAP hinzugefügt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mehr Information über Netzwerk-Clients findet sich im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerk-Clients HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "PXE-Installationen modifizieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"Die PXE-Installation benutzt eine Preseed-Datei für das Debian-" +"Installationsprogramm. Diese Datei kann verändert werden, um weitere Pakete " +"zu installieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Dafür muss eine Zeile wie die folgende in die Datei <computeroutput>tjener:/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> eingefügt werden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"Die PXE-Installation verwendet die Voreinstellungsdatei <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Diese Datei kann " +"geändert werden, um die Voreinstellung während der Installation anzupassen " +"und so weitere Fragen bei der Installation über das Netz zu vermeiden. Eine " +"andere Möglichkeit, dies zu erreichen, ist, zusätzliche Einstellungen in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> und " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> vorzunehmen und <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> auszuführen, um die erzeugten Dateien zu " +"aktualisieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie im <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/installmanual\">Handbuch des Debian-Installers</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Um die Benutzung des Proxys während der Installation mittels PXE zu ändern " +"oder zu deaktivieren, müssen die Zeilen <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> und " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in der Datei " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> geändert werden. Um die Benutzung des Proxys während der " +"Installation zu deaktivieren, kommentieren Sie die beiden ersten Zeilen mit " +"'#' aus und entfernen Sie den Teil <computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput> in der letzten Zeile." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Einige Einstellungen können nicht voreingestellt werden, da sie benötigt " +"werden, bevor die Voreinstellungsdatei heruntergeladen wird. Sprache, " +"Tastaturlayout und Desktop-Umgebung sind Beispiele für solche Einstellungen. " +"Wenn Sie die Standardeinstellungen ändern wollen, bearbeiten Sie die iPXE-" +"Menü-Datei <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> auf dem " +"Hauptserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Angepasste Images" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Angepasste CDs, DVDs oder Blu-ray Discs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da " +"der <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian-" +"Installer</ulink> verwendet wird, der ein modulares Design und andere schöne " +"Eigenschaften hat. Mit dem sogenannten <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> können Antworten auf die " +"Standardfragen des Installationsprogramms bereitgestellt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen nur eine Preseed-Datei mit Ihren Antworten erstellen (dies wird " +"im Anhang des Debian-Installers näher beschrieben) und Ihre CD/DVD <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remastern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Screenshots" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Der Text-Modus und die graphische Installation sind bis auf das Aussehen " +"identisch. Der graphische Modus erlaubt die Verwendung einer Maus und sieht " +"natürlich schöner und moderner aus. Solange die Hardware keine Probleme mit " +"der graphischen Darstellung hat, gibt es keinen Grund, diesen Modus nicht zu " +"verwenden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Hier folgt nun eine Serie von Screenshots einer graphischen Installation " +"(Hauptserver, Arbeitsplatzrechner, LTSP-Server im BIOS-Modus); gefolgt von " +"Screenshots nach dem ersten Starten des Hauptservers sowie dem PXE-Start " +"eines Rechners im Netzwerk für LTSP Clients (Thin Client Session-Bildschirm " +"- und Login-Bildschirm nach dem Anklicken der Session auf der rechten Seite)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Eine Sprache wählen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Den Standort wählen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Die Tastatur konfigurieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Netzwerk-Hardware erkennen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Netzwerk manuell konfigurieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "pGina konfigurieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "pGina konfigurieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie den Dienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Debian-Edu-Profil wählen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Das automatische Partitionierungswerkzeug verwenden: nein" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Das automatische Partitionierungswerkzeug verwenden: ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "An der Umfrage zur Paketnutzung teilnehmen: nein" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "An der Umfrage zur Paketnutzung teilnehmen: ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Passwort für den Root-Benutzer festlegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Vollständigen Namen für den ersten Benutzer festlegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Benutzernamen für den ersten Benutzer festlegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Passwort für den ersten Benutzer festlegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installation abgeschlossen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "LightDM-Login" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Xfce Desktop mit Browser-Fenster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Xfce-Desktop-Bildschirm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Thin-Client-Welcome-Bildschirm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Thin-Client-Login-Bildschirm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Erste Schritte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Unbedingt erforderliche erste Schritte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Installation des Hauptservers wurde ein erstes Benutzerkonto " +"angelegt. Im folgenden Text wird dieses Konto als »Erstbenutzer« " +"referenziert. Dieses Konto ist etwas Besonderes, da die Berechtigung für das " +"Home-Verzeichnis auf 700 gesetzt ist (daher ist das Ausführen von " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> erforderlich, um persönliche " +"Webseiten zugänglich zu machen), und der erste Benutzer kann " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> verwenden, um root zu werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie Benutzer hinzufügen, sollten Sie die Informationen über die " +"spezifisch für Debian Edu geltende <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">Konfiguration der Dateiberechtigungen</" +"link> lesen; passen Sie diese gegebenenfalls an die örtlichen Richtlinien an." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Nach der Installation müssen vom Erstbenutzer zuerst folgende Dinge erledigt " +"werden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Am Hauptserver anmelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Benutzerkonten mit GOsa² hinzufügen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Hinzufügen von Arbeitsplatzrechnern mit GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Das Hinzufügen von Benutzern und Arbeitsplatzrechnern wird im Folgenden " +"beschrieben; bitte lesen Sie deshalb das Kapitel vollständig. Es beschreibt " +"die unbedingt notwendigen Schritte sowie all das, was wahrscheinlich für " +"jedes System konfiguriert werden muss." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +#| "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should " +#| "be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +#| "upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +#| "linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Handbuch gibt es noch an anderen Stellen zusätzliche " +"Informationen: Das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Features\">Neue Features in " +"Bookworm</link> sollte von jedem gelesen werden, der mit früheren Releases " +"vertraut ist. Und wer ein Upgrade von einem früheren Release durchführt, " +"sollte auf jeden Fall das Kapitel <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> " +"lesen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk DNS-Anfragen nach außen geblockt werden und ein " +"spezieller DNS-Server für das Nachschlagen von Rechnern im Internet " +"verwendet werden muss, dann muss dieser Server dem DNS-Server als sein " +"»forwarder« bekannt sein. Aktualisieren Sie /etc/bind/named.conf.options, " +"indem Sie die IP-Adresse des zu verwendenden DNS-Servers angeben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Im Kapitel <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> gibt es mehr Tipps und " +"Tricks, sowie Antworten auf häufig gestellte Fragen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt eine Reihe verschiedener Dienste, die auf dem Hauptserver laufen und " +"die über eine Weboberfläche verwaltet werden können. Hier wird jeder " +"einzelne Service beschrieben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Einführung in GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² ist ein webbasiertes Verwaltungswerkzeug, das Ihnen helfen wird, " +"einige wichtige Teile Ihrer Debian-Edu-Installation einzurichten und zu " +"bearbeiten. Mit GOsa² können Sie diese Hauptgruppen warten (hinzufügen, " +"ändern, löschen):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "»NIS Netgroup«-Verwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Maschinenverwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "DNS-Verwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "DHCP-Verwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Um auf GOsa² zugreifen zu können, benötigen Sie den Skolelinux-Hauptserver " +"und ein (Client-)System mit installiertem Webbrowser; dabei kann es sich um " +"den Hauptserver handeln, falls dieser als sogenannter »Kombiserver« " +"(Hauptserver + LTSP-Server + Arbeitsplatzrechner) installiert wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie (wahrscheinlich aus Versehen) ein reines Hauptserver-Profil " +"installiert haben und kein Client mit einem Webbrowser zur Verfügung steht, " +"ist es leicht, eine minimale graphische Arbeitsumgebung auf dem Hauptserver " +"zu installieren; führen Sie dazu die folgenden Befehle in einer Shell als " +"derjenige Benutzer aus, der während der Installation des Hauptservers zuerst " +"angelegt wurde (Erstbenutzer):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie in einem Webbrowser die URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>, " +"um auf GOsa² zuzugreifen; melden Sie sich mit der Kennung des Erstbenutzers " +"an." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " +#| "will be known by the browser." +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen neuen Debian-Edu-Bookworm-Rechner benutzen, wird das " +"Zertifikat der Website dem Browser bekannt sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Andernfalls werden Sie eine Fehlermeldung bezüglich des SSL-Zertifikats " +"erhalten. Falls Sie der Einzige im Netzwerk sind, dann ignorieren Sie den " +"Fehler und weisen Sie Ihren Browser an, das Zertifikat zu akzeptieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa²-Anmeldung und Übersicht" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Übersichtsseite von GOsa² nach der Anmeldung als Erstbenutzer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Nach der Anmeldung in GOsa² erscheint diese Übersichtsseite von GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Jetzt kann eine Aufgabe per Menüeintrag oder Anklicken eines der Symbole auf " +"der Übersichtseite gewählt werden. Für die Navigation wird am besten das " +"Menü auf der linken Seite des Fensters benutzt, da dieses bei allen " +"Administrationsseiten von GOsa² sichtbar bleibt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"In Debian Edu werden die Daten von Benutzern, Gruppen und Systemen in einem " +"LDAP-Verzeichnis gespeichert. Darauf greifen nicht nur der Hauptserver, " +"sondern auch Arbeitsplatzrechner, Diskless Workstations, die LTSP-Server und " +"andere Rechner im Netzwerk zu. So müssen die Informationen über Schüler, " +"Lehrer usw. nur einmal eingegeben werden. Anschließend stehen sie allen " +"Systemen im gesamten Skolelinux-Netzwerk zur Verfügung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² ist ein Verwaltungswerkzeug, das LDAP benutzt, um Informationen zu " +"speichern und eine hierarchisch gegliederte Abteilungsstruktur zur Verfügung " +"zu stellen. Zu jeder »Abteilung« können Sie Benutzerkennungen, Gruppen, " +"Systeme, »NIS Netgroups« usw. hinzufügen. Je nach Struktur Ihrer Institution " +"können Sie die Abteilungsstruktur in GOsa²/LDAP nutzen, um Ihre " +"Organisationsstruktur im LDAP-Baum auf dem Hauptserver von Debian Edu " +"abzubilden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Eine Standardinstallation des Debian-Edu-Hauptservers beinhaltet derzeit " +"zwei »Abteilungen«: Teachers und Students, sowie die Basisebene des LDAP-" +"Baums. Schülerkonten sollten zur »Students«-Abteilung hinzugefügt werden, " +"Lehrerkonten zur »Teachers«-Abteilung; Systeme (Server, Workstations, " +"Drucker usw.) werden derzeit zur Basisebene hinzugefügt. Sie könnten diese " +"Struktur an Ihre Erfordernisse anpassen. (Ein Beispiel für das Anlegen von " +"Benutzern in Jahrgangsgruppen, mit gemeinsamen Home-Verzeichnissen für jede " +"Gruppe, finden Sie im Kapitel <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> dieses " +"Handbuchs)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Je nach zu erledigender Aufgabe (Benutzer verwalten, Gruppen verwalten, " +"Systeme verwalten usw.) zeigt GOsa² eine angepasste Ansicht der betreffenden " +"Abteilung (oder der Basisebene)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung mit GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf »Benutzer« im Navigationsmenü auf der linken Seite. Die " +"rechte Seite des Fensters zeigt dann eine Tabelle mit den Ordnern »Students« " +"und »Teachers« sowie den Account des GOsa²-Administrators (Erstbenutzer). " +"Über dieser Tabelle ist ein (Eingabe-)Feld namens <emphasis>Basis</emphasis> " +"zu sehen; wenn Sie die Maus über dieses Feld bewegen, haben Sie die " +"Möglichkeit, mittels Drop-Down-Menü durch die Baumstruktur zu navigieren und " +"einen Basisordner für vorgesehene Aktionen zu wählen - wie z.B. für das " +"Hinzufügen eines neuen Benutzers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Benutzer hinzufügen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Rechts neben dem Basis-Feld ist das Menü »Aktionen« zu sehen. Beim " +"Überfahren mit der Maus erscheint ein Untermenü; wählen Sie hier »Anlegen«, " +"dann »Benutzer«. Ein Assistent führt Sie durch die nächsten Schritte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Am wichtigsten ist es, die Vorlage (newstudent oder newteacher) und den " +"vollständigen Namen des Benutzers anzugeben (siehe Bild)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Nach einem Klick auf »Fortsetzen« zeigt der Assistent dann die von GOsa² " +"automatisch (aus Vornamen und Namen) generierte Kennung an, wobei eine noch " +"nicht vorhandene Zeichenfolge gewählt wird. Benutzer mit übereinstimmenden " +"Vor- und Nachnamen stellen also kein Problem dar. Bitte beachten: Umlaute " +"und ß werden umgewandelt, andere Nicht-ASCII-Zeichen können jedoch zu " +"ungültigen Kennungen führen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Ihnen die generierte Kennung nicht gefällt, können Sie aus dem Drop-" +"Down-Menü eine andere wählen - eine freie Wahl bietet der Assistent jedoch " +"nicht. (Um den vorgeschlagenen Benutzernamen verändern zu können, öffnen Sie " +"die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> mit einem " +"Editor und fügen <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" +"computeroutput> als zusätzliche Option der »location definition« hinzu.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Generieren der Kennung durch den Assistenten wird eine GOsa²-" +"Übersichtsseite für den neuen Benutzer angezeigt. Sie können durch Klick auf " +"die Reiter den Inhalt aller ausgefüllten Felder kontrollieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Nach Anlegen des Benutzers (es ist nicht notwendig, Einträge in Feldern " +"vorzunehmen, die vom Assistenten leer gelassen wurden) klicken Sie unten " +"rechts auf die Schaltfläche »OK«." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Abschließend fordert GOsa² zur Eingabe eines Passworts für den neuen " +"Benutzer auf. Geben Sie dieses zweimal ein und klicken Sie dann unten rechts " +"auf »Passwort setzen«." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" +"Einige Zeichen könnten als Bestandteil des Passwortes nicht erlaubt sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Wenn alles in Ordnung war, sehen Sie nun den neuen Benutzer in der »Liste " +"der Benutzer«. Es sollte nun möglich sein, sich mit dieser Kennung an einer " +"beliebigen Skolelinux-Maschine in Ihrem Netzwerk anzumelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Benutzer suchen, modifizieren und löschen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Filterbox" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Benutzerkonto zu modifizieren oder zu löschen, verwenden Sie GOsa², " +"um die Benutzerliste auf Ihrem System zu durchsuchen: Auf der Seitenmitte " +"finden Sie die »Filter«-Box, das von GOsa² für die Suche bereitgestellte " +"Werkzeug. Wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, an welcher Stelle sich das " +"Benutzerkonto im Baum befindet, dann wechseln Sie auf die Basisebene des " +"GOsa²/LDAP-Baums; benutzen Sie dort bei aktivierter »Filter«-Option die " +"»Suche in Teilbäumen«." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung der »Filterbox« erscheinen die Ergebnisse unmittelbar in der " +"Liste der Benutzer. Jede Zeile repräsentiert eine Benutzerkennung; am " +"rechten Ende einer Zeile stellen die Symbole Aktionen zur Verfügung: " +"Bearbeiten, Kennung deaktivieren, Passwort setzen, löschen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Es wird eine neue Seite angezeigt, auf der Sie die Informationen, die zu " +"einem Benutzer gehören, modifizieren können; dort kann auch das Passwort und " +"die Zugehörigkeit zu Gruppen geändert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Benutzerdaten bearbeiten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Passwörter setzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Benutzer der Abteilung »Students« können ihr eigenes Passwort ändern, indem " +"sie sich bei GOsa² mit ihrer Kennung anmelden. Um das Auffinden der " +"richtigen Webseite zu erleichtern, steht ein Menüeintrag »System/GOsa« bzw. " +"»Systemeinstellungen/GOsa« zur Verfügung. Nach der Anmeldung wird eine " +"Minimal-Version von GOsa² angezeigt, die ausschließlich Zugang zu den zur " +"Kennung gehörenden Daten und die Möglichkeit zum Ändern des Passworts bietet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Unter ihrer eigenen Kennung angemeldete Benutzer der Abteilung »Teachers« " +"besitzen spezielle Privilegien in GOsa². Ihnen wird eine weitergehende " +"Ansicht von GOsa² geboten, die es ihnen erlaubt, die Passwörter aller " +"Kennungen der Abteilung »Students« zu ändern. Dies könnte sich während des " +"Unterrichts als praktisch erweisen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Neues Benutzerpasswort administrativ setzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "suchen Sie nach dem zu modifizierenden Benutzer wie oben beschrieben" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"klicken Sie auf das Schlüsselsymbol am Ende der zu dem Benutzer gehörenden " +"Zeile" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"auf der anschließend gezeigten Seite können Sie ein selbst gewähltes " +"Passwort setzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Passwort setzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beachten Sie die durch leicht zu erratende " +"Passwörter entstehenden Sicherheitsaspekte!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Nutzerverwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Es ist mittels GOsa² möglich, viele Benutzerkonten auf einmal einzurichten; " +"dazu wird eine CSV-Datei benötigt, die sich mit jeder guten " +"Tabellenkalkulation (wie z.B. <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>) " +"generieren lässt. Es müssen darin im Minimalfall Einträge für die Felder " +"Benutzername (uid), Nachname (sn), Vorname (givenName) und Passwort " +"vorhanden sein. Stellen Sie sicher, dass es im Feld »Benutzername« keine " +"doppelten Einträge gibt. Die Kontrolle auf Duplikate muss auch die bereits " +"in LDAP vorhandenen Benutzernamen einschließen. (Diese können Sie durch " +"Ausführen von <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" " +"-f1</computeroutput> erhalten.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Hier sind die Richtlinien für solch eine CSV-Datei (GOsa² ist in dieser " +"Hinsicht ziemlich intolerant):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Als Feldtrenner \",\" benutzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Keine Anführungszeichen verwenden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Die CSV-Datei darf <emphasis role=\"strong\">keine</emphasis> Titelzeile " +"enthalten (in der gewöhnlicherweise die Spaltennamen stehen)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Die Reihenfolge der Felder ist beliebig; diese kann beim Import in GOsa² " +"festgelegt werden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Die Schritte für den Import massenhafter Kennungen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "klicken Sie auf »LDAP-Manager« im Navigationsmenü auf der linken Seite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "klicken Sie auf den Reiter »Import« im rechten Teil der Seite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"durchsuchen Sie die lokale Festplatte und wählen Sie eine CSV-Datei mit der " +"Liste zu importierender Nutzer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"wählen Sie eine vorhandene Vorlage (wie NewTeacher oder NewStudent), die " +"während des Imports angewandt werden soll" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche »Import« in der oberen rechten Ecke" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Es ist sinnvoll, diesen Vorgang zunächst mit einer CSV-Datei zu testen, die " +"einige fiktive Nutzer enthält. Diese Konten können später wieder gelöscht " +"werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Dies gilt ebenfalls für das Passwort-Management-Modul, das es erlaubt, das " +"Zurücksetzen einer großen Menge von Passwörtern mittels einer CSV-Datei bzw. " +"das Generieren neuer Passwörter für Benutzer, die einem spezifischen LDAP-" +"Zweig zugeordnet sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Passwörter zurücksetzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Benutzer von der Kommandozeile hinzufügen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Benutzerkonten können auch über die Kommandozeile hinzugefügt werden über " +"das Programm <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, siehe " +"dazu die Dokumentation im Abschnitt <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gruppen mit GOsa² verwalten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "Gruppe einrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "create group" +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "Gruppe einrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" +"Die Verwaltung von Gruppen ist derjenigen von Benutzerkonten sehr ähnlich." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Sie können pro Gruppe einen Namen und eine Beschreibung eingeben. Stellen " +"Sie sicher, dass Sie die richtige LDAP-Ebene wählen, wenn Sie die Gruppe " +"anlegen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Das Hinzufügen von Benutzern zu einer neu angelegten Gruppe bringt Sie " +"zurück zur »Liste der Benutzer«; dort können Sie die Filterbox benutzen, um " +"Benutzer herauszusuchen. Überprüfen Sie bitte auch die LDAP-Ebene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Die mittels Gruppenverwaltung eingetragenen Gruppen sind reguläre UNIX-" +"Gruppen; sie können daher zum Setzen von Zugriffsrechten verwendet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Rechnerverwaltung mit GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Mit dem Maschinen-Management können grundsätzlich alle Netzwerkgeräte im " +"Debian-Edu-Netzwerk verwaltet werden. Jedes Gerät, das mittels GOsa² zum " +"LDAP-Verzeichnis hinzugefügt wird, hat einen Namen, eine IP-Adresse, eine " +"MAC-Adresse und einen Domainnamen. Letzterer lautet üblicherweise " +"\"intern\". Eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Debian Edu-Netzwerks ist im " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Kapitel über die Netzwerkstruktur</link> zu " +"finden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Diskless Workstations und Thin Clients funktionieren out-of-the-box im Falle " +"eines <emphasis>Kombiservers</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Arbeitsstationen mit Festplatten (einschließlich separater LTSP-Server) " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">müssen</emphasis> mit GOsa² hinzugefügt werden. " +"Hinter den Kulissen werden sowohl ein maschinenspezifisches Kerberos-" +"Principal (eine Art <emphasis>Konto</emphasis>) als auch eine zugehörige " +"keytab-Datei (mit einem Schlüssel, der als <emphasis>Passwort</emphasis> " +"verwendet wird) erzeugt; die keytab-Datei muss auf der Workstation vorhanden " +"sein, um die Home-Verzeichnisse der Benutzer mounten zu können. Nachdem das " +"hinzugefügte System neu gebootet wurde, melden Sie sich als root an und " +"führen <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput> aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Um Principal und keytab-Datei für ein <emphasis>bereits mit GOsa² " +"konfiguriertes System</emphasis> zu erstellen, melden Sie sich auf dem " +"Hauptserver als root an und führen aus" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bitte beachten:</emphasis> Ein »host keytab« kann " +"für Systeme vom Typ <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, <emphasis>servers</" +"emphasis> und <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> aber nicht für solche vom Typ " +"<emphasis>netdevices</emphasis> erzeugt werden. Siehe das Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Anleitung für Netzwerk-Clients</link> für NFS-" +"Konfigurationsoptionen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Maschine hinzuzufügen, benutzen Sie das GOsa²-Menü, dort »Systeme« " +"und als Aktion »Hinzufügen«. Sie können eine IP aus dem vorkonfigurierten " +"Bereich 10.0.0.0/8 verwenden. Gegenwärtig gibt es nur zwei vordefinierte " +"feste IP-Adressen: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) und 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Die Adressen " +"von 10.0.16.20 bis 10.0.31.254 (etwa 10.0.16.0/20 oder 4000 Rechner) sind " +"für DHCP reserviert und werden dynamisch zugewiesen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Um einem Rechner mit der MAC-Adresse 52:54:00:12:34:10 eine statische IP-" +"Adresse zuzuweisen, müssen Sie die MAC-Adresse, den Rechnernamen und die IP " +"eintragen; alternativ können Sie die Schaltfläche <computeroutput>Schlage IP " +"vor</computeroutput> klicken, wodurch die erste freie feste Adresse aus dem " +"Bereich 10.0.0.0/8 angezeigt wird - höchstwahrscheinlich etwas wie 10.0.0.2, " +"wenn Sie die erste Maschine auf diesem Wege hinzufügen. Es wäre gut, vorher " +"über einen für Ihr Netzwerk geeigneten IP-Bereich nachzudenken: Zum Beispiel " +"könnten Sie 10.0.0.x mit x>10 und x<50 für Server und x>100 für " +"Arbeitsplatzrechner verwenden. Vergessen Sie nicht, das gerade hinzugefügte " +"System zu aktivieren. Mit Ausnahme des Hauptservers wird dann für alle " +"Systeme ein entsprechendes Icon angezeigt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Maschinen als Thin Clients bzw. Diskless Workstations gestartet " +"oder wenn sie unter Verwendung eines der Netzwerkprofile installiert wurden, " +"dann können Sie das Skript <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> verwenden, um diese Maschinen automatisch zu GOsa² " +"hinzuzufügen; für einfache Maschinen funktioniert das ohne weiteres, bei " +"Maschinen mit mehreren MAC-Adressen muss die aktuell benutzte ausgewählt " +"werden, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> zeigt " +"Hilfeinformationen an. Beachten Sie bitte, dass die nach der Benutzung von " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> angezeigten IP-" +"Adressen aus dem dynamischen IP-Bereich stammen. Diese Systeme können " +"anschließend aber so bearbeitet werden, dass sie zu Ihrem Netzwerk passen: " +"Jedes neue System umbenennen, DHCP und DNS aktivieren, zu Netgroups " +"hinzufügen (empfohlene Netgroups dem Screenshot weiter unten entnehmen), das " +"System anschließend neu starten. Einige Bilder zeigen, wie dies in der " +"Praxis erfolgen könnte:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "GOsa² Liste der Systeme" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Host Details" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Host bearbeiten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Netgroup hinzufügen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Stündlich läuft ein Cronjob, der DNS aktualisiert; das Skript " +"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> kann verwendet werden, um " +"die Aktualisierung manuell durchzuführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Suchen und Löschen von Maschinen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Das Suchen und Löschen von Maschinen ist ebenso einfach wie das Suchen und " +"Löschen von Benutzern; deshalb wird die Beschreibung hier nicht wiederholt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modifizieren von eingetragenen Maschinen / Verwalten von »Netgroups«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie mit GOsa² eine Maschine zum LDAP-Verzeichnis hinzugefügt haben, " +"können Sie die Eigenschaften mit Hilfe der Suchfunktion und durch Klicken " +"auf den entsprechenden Eintrag bearbeiten (so, wie Sie es auch mit Benutzern " +"tun)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Die Vorlage, die Sie nach einem Klick auf einen Maschinennamen erreichen, " +"ist einerseits die gleiche, wie Sie es von der Bearbeitung der Benutzer-" +"Einträge her kennen. Andererseits aber haben die Einträge in diesem " +"Zusammenhang eine andere Bedeutung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Das Hinzufügen eines Rechners zu einer <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> ändert beispielsweise nicht die Dateizugriffs- oder " +"Befehlsausführungsberechtigungen für diesen Rechner oder die bei diesem " +"Rechner angemeldeten Benutzer; stattdessen werden die Dienste eingeschränkt, " +"die dieser Rechner auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Die Standardinstallation enthält die <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Derzeit findet die <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>-Funktionalität " +"Verwendung für:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Ändern der Größe von Partitionen</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Bei Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppe werden LVM-Partitionen bei Bedarf " +"automatisch vergrößert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Systeme abends herunterfahren</emphasis> (shutdown-" +"at-night-hosts und shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppe werden über Nacht automatisch " +"heruntergefahren, um Energie zu sparen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Verwaltung von Druckern</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts und cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Die Druckerwarteschlangen auf Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppen werden " +"über Nacht geleert; deaktivierte Druckerwarteschlangen werden stündlich " +"erneut aktiviert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Internetzugang sperren</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Die Debian-Edu-Maschinen dieser Gruppe werden nur mit Maschinen im lokalen " +"Netzwerk Verbindung aufnehmen können. Kombiniert mit Einschränkungen durch " +"den Web-Proxy könnte dies während Prüfungen Verwendung finden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Druckerverwaltung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Für die zentrale Druckerverwaltung wechseln Sie mit Ihrem Webbrowser zu " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Dies ist die normale CUPS-" +"Verwaltungsoberfläche, über die Sie Ihre Drucker hinzufügen/löschen/ändern " +"und die Druckwarteschlange bereinigen können. Standardmäßig ist nur der " +"Erstbenutzer zugelassen, aber dies kann durch Hinzufügen von Benutzern zur " +"GOsa²-Gruppe <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> geändert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "An Arbeitsplatzrechner angeschlossene Drucker verwenden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> ist auf allen Systemen mit dem Profil " +"<emphasis>Arbeitsplatzrechner</emphasis> standardmäßig installiert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> bearbeiten " +"(USB-Drucker):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurieren Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; wählen Sie den Netzwerkdrucker-Typ " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (für alle Drucker " +"gültig, egal welche Marke oder welches Modell) und geben Sie " +"<computeroutput>socket://<Arbeitsplatzrechner-IP>:9100</" +"computeroutput> als Verbindungs-URI ein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Es wird empfohlen, auf einem Netzwerkdrucker alle für das Netzwerk " +"angebotenen Dienste zu deaktivieren. Weisen Sie stattdessen eine feste IP-" +"Adresse mit GOsa² zu und konfigurieren Sie diese Drucker als " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>-Netzwerkdrucker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Zeitsynchronisation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Die Standardkonfiguration in Debian Edu hält die Uhren auf allen Rechnern " +"synchron, aber nicht unbedingt korrekt. NTP wird verwendet, um die Zeit zu " +"aktualisieren. Die Uhren werden standardmäßig mit einer externen Quelle " +"synchronisiert. Dies kann dazu führen, dass die Rechner die externe " +"Internetverbindung offen halten, wenn sie bei der Benutzung hergestellt wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Es ist ratsam, diese Voreinstellung zu ändern, falls eine Einwahl- oder ISDN-" +"Verbindung benutzt und dabei nach Verbindungszeit abgerechnet wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um die Synchronisation mit einer externen Uhr zu deaktivieren, muss die " +"Datei /etc/ntp.conf auf dem Hauptserver geändert werden. Fügen Sie " +"Kommentarzeichen (\"#\") vor den Einträgen <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput> ein. Danach muss der NTP-Server neu gestartet werden, indem " +"Sie <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> als root ausführen. " +"Um zu testen, ob ein Rechner die externen Zeitquellen verwendet, führen Sie " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput> aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Volle Partitionen erweitern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Wegen eines möglichen Fehlers in der automatischen Partitionierung könnten " +"einige Partitionen nach der Installation zu voll sein. Um diese zu " +"erweitern, führen Sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> als Root aus. Mehr Informationen zum Vergrößern und " +"Verkleinern von Partitionen finden Sie unter »Partitionen verändern« im " +"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administrations-HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Wartung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Aktualisieren der Software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt erklärt die Benutzung von <computeroutput>apt -full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Das Werkzeug <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> ist nicht schwer zu " +"bedienen. Um ein System auf den neuesten Stand zu bringen, müssen Sie auf " +"der Befehlszeile nur zwei Befehle als Root ausführen: <computeroutput>apt " +"update</computeroutput> (erneuert die Liste der verfügbaren Pakete von den " +"apt-Quellen) und <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(aktualisiert die installierten Pakete auf die neueste vorhandene Version)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Es ist auch eine gute Idee, während des Upgrades die Locale C zu verwenden, " +"um eine englischsprachige Ausgabe zu erhalten; diese wird in Problemfällen " +"vermutlich bessere Suchmaschinen-Ergebnisse liefern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Upgrade des <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>-" +"Pakets sind möglicherweise geänderte CFEngine-Konfigurationsdateien " +"vorhanden. Führen Sie <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</" +"computeroutput> aus, um zu prüfen, ob dies der Fall ist. Um die Änderungen " +"anzuwenden, führen Sie <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</" +"computeroutput> aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Es ist wichtig, <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> nach LTSP-Server-Upgrades " +"auszuführen, um das SquashFS-Image für Diskless Workstations synchron zu " +"halten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Nach einem Point-Release-Upgrade eines Systems mit <emphasis>Main-Server</" +"emphasis> oder <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>-Profil muss " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> ausgeführt werden, um " +"die PXE-Installationsumgebung zu aktualisieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Es empfiehlt sich auch, <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> und " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> zu installieren und so zu " +"konfigurieren, dass Sie E-Mails an eine von ihnen gelesene Adresse schicken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> informiert Sie einmal am Tag " +"darüber, ob es Pakete gibt, die aktualisiert werden können. Es installiert " +"diese Pakete jedoch nicht, sondern lädt sie nur herunter (meistens in der " +"Nacht), damit sie schon lokal verfügbar sind, wenn Sie <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> ausführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Falls gewünscht, können Aktualisierungen automatisch installiert werden. " +"Dazu muss lediglich das Paket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" +"computeroutput> installiert und so konfiguriert werden, wie es in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> beschrieben ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kann Ihnen neue " +"Änderungsmeldungen per E-Mail schicken oder diese alternativ in einem " +"Terminalfenster anzeigen, wenn <computeroutput>apt</" +"computeroutput>ausgeführt wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Über Sicherheitsaktualisierungen auf dem Laufenden bleiben" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Die Ausführung von <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> (wie oben " +"beschrieben) ist eine gute Möglichkeit, sich über das Vorhandensein " +"aktualisierter Pakete zu informieren. Sie können auch die Mailing-Liste " +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian " +"security-announce</ulink> abonnieren, was den Vorteil hat, auch über den " +"Grund der Aktualisierung informiert zu werden. Nachteilig ist dabei nur, " +"dass im Gegensatz zu <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> auch " +"Informationen über Pakete geliefert werden, die gar nicht installiert sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Um Backups zu verwalten, gehen Sie mit Ihrem Browser auf <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Diese Seite müssen Sie mit SSL aufrufen, " +"da Sie für die Backupverwaltung das Root-Passwort eingeben müssen. Ein " +"Zugriff ohne SSL ist nicht möglich." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Hinweis: Die Seite funktioniert nur, wenn Sie vorübergehend den SSH-Root-" +"Login auf dem Backup-Server erlauben, der standardmäßig der Hauptserver " +"(tjener.intern) ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig werden Sicherungen von <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> und LDAP im Verzeichnis /skole/backup/ " +"gespeichert, das von LVM als separate Partition verwaltet wird. Wenn Sie nur " +"Ersatzkopien von Dingen haben wollen (für den Fall, dass Sie sie löschen), " +"sollte dieses Setup für Sie in Ordnung sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten sich allerdings im Klaren darüber sein, dass diese Art des " +"Backups keinen Schutz vor defekten Festplatten darstellt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie Ihre Daten auf einen externen Server, ein Bandlaufwerk oder eine " +"andere Festplatte sichern wollen, müssen Sie die Konfiguration ein wenig " +"anpassen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Um ein ganzes Verzeichnis wiederherzustellen, nutzen Sie am besten die " +"Befehlszeile:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Dies wird den Inhalt von <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> von <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> im " +"Verzeichnis <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput> ablegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nur eine einzelne Datei wiederherstellen möchten, sollten Sie nur " +"diese Datei (in der entsprechenden Version) in der Web-Schnittstelle " +"auswählen und herunterladen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie ältere Sicherungskopien löschen wollen, dann wählen Sie »Wartung« " +"(Maintenance) im Menü auf der Backup-Seite und wählen dort den ältesten zu " +"bewahrenden Zustand (snapshot):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php Maintenance" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Serverüberwachung (Monitoring)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Das Munin Trend-Reporting-System findet sich unter <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. Es stellt graphische Darstellungen von Systemstatusmessungen zur " +"Verfügung, die in täglicher, wöchentlicher, monatlicher oder jährlicher " +"Ansicht eingesehen werden können und dem Administrator helfen, Engpässe und " +"Systemprobleme aufzuspüren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Die Liste der von Munin überwachten Computer wird automatisch von den an " +"Sitesummery berichtenden Rechnern erstellt. Ein Rechner berichtet an den " +"Server, wenn das Paket »munin-node« installiert ist. Wegen der Reihenfolge " +"der Cronjobs dauert es normalerweise zwei Tage, bevor ein Rechner von Munin " +"registriert wird. Wenn Sie dies beschleunigen wollen, führen Sie " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary-client</computeroutput> als Root auf dem neuen " +"Rechner und anschließend <computeroutput>/etc/cron.daily/sitesummary</" +"computeroutput> (ebenfalls als Root) auf dem Server aus, auf dem Sitesummary " +"läuft (dies ist normalerweise der Hauptserver)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Die Menge der zu sammelnden Messergebnisse wird automatisch auf jeder " +"Maschine generiert; dazu wird das Programm <computeroutput>munin-node-" +"configure</computeroutput> verwendet, das die verfügbaren Plugins in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> überprüft und für " +"die relevanten einen Symlink in <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</" +"computeroutput> setzt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen über Munin gibt es unter <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Die System- und Dienstüberwachung Icinga ist unter <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/> verfügbar. Die Liste der zu überwachenden Maschinen und " +"Dienste wird automatisch aus Informationen des Sitesummary-Systems " +"generiert. Die Rechner mit Hauptserver- und LTSP-Server-Profil werden " +"vollständig kontrolliert. Arbeitsplatzrechner und Thin Clients unterliegen " +"vereinfachter Kontrolle. Zur vollständigen Überwachung von " +"Arbeitsplatzrechnern installieren Sie auf diesen das Paket " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Icinga versendet voreingestellt keine E-Mails. Dies kann geändert werden, " +"indem in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput> der Eintrag <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" +"computeroutput> durch <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> " +"und <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ersetzt wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Die benutzte Icinga-Konfiguration ist <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Der Sitesummary-Cron-Job generiert " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"mit einer Liste von zu überwachenden Rechnern und Diensten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Zusätzliche Icinga-Kontrollen können in der Datei <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> hinzugefügt werden. " +"Sie werden anschließend in der generierten Datei berücksichtigt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informationen über Icinga können unter <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" +"\"/> oder in dem Paket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> gefunden " +"werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Übliche Warnungen von Icinga und wie damit umzugehen ist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Hier sind Anleitungen, wie mit den häufigsten Warnungen von Icinga umzugehen " +"ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Die Partition (im Beispiel /usr/) ist voll. Es gibt im allgemeinen zwei " +"Möglichkeiten, damit umzugehen: (1) einige Dateien löschen oder (2) die " +"Partition vergrößern. Falls die Partition /var/ ist, dann könnte (durch " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>) das Bereinigen des " +"Zwischenspeichers von Apt einige Dateien löschen. Falls in der LVM-" +"Datenträgergruppe noch Platz ist, könnte das Ausführen des Programms " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> zum Vergrößern von " +"Partitionen hilfreich sein. Um dieses Programm automatisch jede Stunde " +"ausführen zu lassen, kann der betreffende Rechner der »Netgroup« " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> hinzugefügt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Neue Pakete sind für Upgrades verfügbar. Bei den kritischen handelt es sich " +"in der Regel um Sicherheitsverbesserungen. Um ein Upgrade durchzuführen, " +"führen Sie <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> als root in einem Terminal aus oder melden Sie sich über SSH " +"an, um dasselbe zu tun." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie keine manuellen Upgrades von Paketen vornehmen wollen und Debian " +"zutrauen, mit neuen Versionen gut umzugehen, dann können Sie " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> so konfigurieren, dass " +"jede Nacht ein automatisches Upgrade neuer Pakete erfolgt. In LTSP-Chroots " +"werden auf diese Weise aber keine Upgrades vorgenommen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Der laufende Kernel ist älter als der neueste installierte Kernel und ein " +"Neustart ist erforderlich, um den neuesten installierten Kernel zu " +"aktivieren. Dies ist normalerweise ziemlich dringend, da neue Kernel in " +"Debian Edu gewöhnlich zur Verfügung gestellt werden, um Sicherheitslücken zu " +"schließen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Die CUPS-Druckerwarteschlangen enthalten viele unerledigte Aufträge. Dies " +"liegt höchstwahrscheinlich an einem nicht verfügbaren Drucker. Auf Rechnern, " +"die der »Netgroup« <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput> angehören, werden inaktive Druckerwarteschlangen jede Stunde " +"neu aktiviert; deshalb sollte für solche Rechner ein manuelles Eingreifen " +"unnötig sein. Auf Rechnern, die der »Netgroup« <computeroutput>cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> angehören, werden alle " +"Druckerwarteschlangen während der Nacht geleert. Sie könnten einen Rechner, " +"der viele Druckaufträge in der Warteschlange hat, einer oder beiden dieser " +"»Netgroups« zuordnen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary wird verwendet, um Informationen aller Rechner zu sammeln und " +"sie zum zentralen Server zu schicken. Die gesammelten Informationen befinden " +"sich in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. " +"Skripte in <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> sind zur " +"Erstellung von Berichten verfügbar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Einen durch Sitesummary erstellten einfachen Bericht gibt es unter <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Eine Dokumentation über Sitesummary ist verfügbar unter <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Weitergehende Informationen über Anpassungen von Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Für Systemadministratoren finden sich Informationen über Anpassungen von " +"Debian Edu im Kapitel <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration-Howto</" +"link> und im Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Fortgeschrittene Administration</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Upgrades" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie diese Anleitung für ein Upgrade lesen, beachten Sie bitte diesen " +"wichtigen Hinweis: Das Upgrade erfolgt auf eigene Gefahr. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\"> Debian Edu/Skolelinux bietet ABSOLUT KEINE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG " +"für Funktionstüchtigkeit und wird auf eigene Gefahr eingesetzt.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features " +#| "in Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " +#| "upgrade." +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Bitte lesen Sie dieses Kapitel sowie das Kapitel <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Neue Features in Bookworm</link> in diesem Handbuch " +"vollständig durch, bevor Sie ein Upgrade versuchen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise zum Upgrade" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Ein Upgrade von Debian von einer Distribution zur nächsten ist im " +"Allgemeinen recht einfach. Für Debian Edu ist dies leider etwas " +"komplizierter, da wir Konfigurationsdateien auf eine Art und Weise " +"verändern, wie es nicht geschehen sollte. Wir haben jedoch die notwendigen " +"Schritte unten dokumentiert. (Siehe Debian-Fehler <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> für weitere Informationen, wie " +"Debian Edu Konfigurationsdateien modifizieren sollte)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Im Allgemeinen ist das Upgrade der Server schwieriger als das von " +"Arbeitplatzrechnern, und der Hauptserver ist am schwierigsten zu " +"aktualisieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie sicher gehen wollen, dass auch nach einem Upgrade noch alles " +"funktioniert, sollten Sie das Upgrade zunächst auf einem Testsystem " +"durchführen, welches genau wie das produktive System konfiguriert ist. So " +"können Sie das Upgrade ohne Risiko ausprobieren und prüfen, ob alles so " +"funktioniert wie es soll." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Bitte lesen Sie auch unbedingt die Informationen über das aktuelle stabile " +"Debian-Release in dessen <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">Installationsanleitung</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Es könnte klug sein, etwas abzuwarten und noch ein paar Wochen lang " +"Oldstable zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen und Probleme " +"dokumentieren können. Debian Oldstable wird noch eine Zeit lang nach " +"Veröffentlichung von »Stable« unterstützt werden, aber wenn Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> die Unterstützung für " +"Oldstable einstellt</ulink>, wird auch Debian Edu die Unterstützung " +"einstellen (müssen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Upgrades von Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a " +#| "test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Achtung: Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie das Upgrade von Bullseye in einer " +"Testumgebung getestet haben oder über Sicherungskopien verfügen, die es " +"ihnen ermöglichen, notfalls wieder zurückzugehen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu " +#| "main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " +#| "Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to " +#| "Bookworm upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten Sie, dass sich das folgende Rezept auf die " +"Standardinstallation eines Debian-Edu-Hauptservers bezieht (desktop=xfce, " +"Profile Hauptserver, Arbeitsplatzrechner, LTSP-Server). (Eine allgemeinere " +"Beschreibung zum Upgrade von Bullseye auf Bookworm finden Sie hier: <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Benutzen Sie keine graphische Arbeitsumgebung; wechseln Sie zu einer " +"virtuellen Konsole und melden Sie sich als root an." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Sollte <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> mit einer Fehlermeldung " +"abbrechen, dann versuchen Sie, den Fehler zu finden und/oder führen Sie " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> und danach " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> erneut aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Upgrade des Hauptservers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Zuerst sicherstellen, dass das gegenwärtige System aktualisiert ist:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Bereiten Sie das Upgrade auf Bookworm vor und starten Sie es:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: Stellen Sie sich darauf ein, eine Menge an NEWS zu lesen; " +"<Return> drücken, um weiter zu blättern, <q> um das " +"Anzeigeprogramm zu beenden. Alle Informationen werden als E-Mail an »root« " +"geschickt, können also (mittels <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> oder " +"<emphasis>mutt</emphasis>) noch einmal gelesen werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie alle Debconf-Informationen sorgfältig durch, wählen Sie »Die " +"momentan installierte Version beibehalten« für die unten gelisteten Fragen " +"(falls nicht anders angegeben); in den meisten Fällen wird das Drücken von " +"»Enter« richtig sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "Services neu starten: »yes« wählen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "Samba Server: »Die momentan installierte Version beibehalten« wählen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: »Die momentan installierte Version beibehalten« wählen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Konfiguration anpassen und anwenden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Kontrollieren, ob das System nach dem Upgrade funktioniert:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Einen Neustart durchführen; als 'Erstbenutzer' anmelden und testen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "ob die GOsa²-Webseite funktioniert," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "ob sich LTSP-Clients und Arbeitsplatzrechner einbinden lassen," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"ob sich die Mitgliedschaft eines Systems zu einer 'Netgroup' hinzufügen/" +"entfernen lässt," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "ob sich interne E-Mail versenden und empfangen lässt," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "ob sich Drucker verwalten lassen," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "und ob andere standortspezifische Dinge funktionieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Upgrade eines Arbeitsplatzrechners" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Erledigen Sie alle grundlegenden Dinge wie auf dem Hauptserver, ohne die " +"nicht benötigten Dinge zu tun." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before " +#| "Bullseye)" +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Aktualisieren von älteren Debian Edu / Skolelinux-Installationen (vor " +"Bullseye)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the " +#| "Bullseye based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the " +#| "instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual " +#| "for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the " +#| "previous release, Buster." +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Um von einer älteren Veröffentlichung zu aktualisieren, müssen Sie zuerst " +"auf die Bullseye-basierte Debian-Edu-Veröffentlichung aktualisieren, bevor " +"Sie die oben beschriebenen Anweisungen befolgen können. Anweisungen werden " +"im <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Manual for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> gegeben, wie man von der " +"vorherigen Veröffentlichung, Buster, auf Bullseye aktualisiert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTos für die <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTos für <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">fortgeschrittene " +"Administration</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTos für <link linkend=\"Desktop\">die graphische Arbeitsumgebung</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerk-Clients</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">Lehren und Lernen</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Users\">Benutzer</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "HowTos für allgemeine Administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Die Kapitel <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Erste Schritte</link> und <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Wartung</link> erklären den Einstieg in den Umgang " +"und die Wartung von Debian Edu. Die HowTos in diesem Kapitel sind Tipps und " +"Tricks für Fortgeschrittene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Änderungen der Konfiguration: /etc/ mit dem Versionskontrollsystem Git " +"verfolgen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Mittels <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> lassen sich alle " +"Änderungen an Dateien in <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> mit Hilfe " +"von <ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> als System für die " +"Versionskontrolle zurückverfolgen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dies ermöglicht es festzustellen, wann eine Datei hinzugefügt, verändert " +"oder entfernt wurde. Im Falle einer Textdatei lässt sich auch feststellen, " +"was geändert wurde. Das Git-Repository befindet sich in <computeroutput>/" +"etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Änderungen werden automatisch stündlich protokolliert; damit ist es möglich, " +"die Entwicklung der Konfiguration zurück zu verfolgen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Um die Entwicklung anzusehen, kann der Befehl <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " +"log</computeroutput> benutzt werden. Um Änderungen zwischen zwei Zeitpunkten " +"einzusehen, kann ein Befehl wie z.B. <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff</" +"computeroutput> verwendet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Rufen Sie <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> auf, um weitere " +"Optionen kennenzulernen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Nützliche Befehle sind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Auf einem neu installierten System alle Änderungen herausfinden, seitdem das " +"System installiert wurde:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Ansehen, welche Dateien gegenwärtig nicht kontrolliert werden und welche " +"nicht auf aktuellem Stand sind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Um eine Datei manuell einzureichen, weil Sie nicht eine Stunde lang warten " +"wollen, verwenden Sie den folgenden Befehl:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Partitionsgrößen verändern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"Mit Ausnahme der <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>-Partition sind alle " +"Partitionen in Debian Edu auf logischen LVM-Datenträgern. Seit dem Linux-" +"Kernel 2.6.10 ist es möglich, Partitionen zu vergrößern, während sie " +"eingehängt sind. Um Partitionen zu verkleinern, müssen diese weiterhin " +"ausgehängt sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Es ist eine gute Idee, das Anlegen sehr großer Partitionen (etwa mehr als 20 " +"GiB) zu vermeiden, weil es sehr lange dauert, um darauf " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> auszuführen oder um sie per Backup " +"wiederherzustellen, wenn das notwendig sein sollte. Falls möglich, ist es " +"besser, statt einer großen mehrere kleine Partitionen zu erstellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Um die Vergrößerung voller Partitionen zu vereinfachen, wird das Skript " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> zur Verfügung " +"gestellt. Es liest die Konfiguration unter <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" +"edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> und <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> ein und schlägt - basierend auf den in diesen Dateien " +"definierten Regeln - die Vergrößerung zu kleiner Partitionen vor. Ohne " +"Argumente aufgerufen gibt es nur die Befehle aus, die zum Vergrößern der " +"Dateisysteme nötig sind. Wenn die Dateisysteme tatsächlich vergrößert werden " +"sollen, muss das Skript mit dem Argument <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> " +"ausgeführt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Das Skript wird stündlich automatisch auf jedem Client der " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>-»Netgroup« ausgeführt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die vom Squid-Proxy verwendete Partition geändert wird, muss der Wert " +"für die Cachegröße in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> " +"ebenfalls aktualisiert werden. Das Hilfsskript <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> wird " +"bereitgestellt, um dies automatisch zu tun, indem es die aktuelle " +"Partitionsgröße von <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> " +"überprüft und Squid so konfiguriert, dass es 80 % davon als Cachegröße " +"verwendet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Verwaltung logischer Datenträger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"»Logical-Volume-Management« (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern, " +"während diese eingehängt sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM " +"finden Sie unter <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM " +"HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Um einen logischen Datentäger zu vergrößern, müssen Sie einfach dem " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> Befehl die Information mitgeben, " +"auf wie viel Sie die Partition vergrößern wollen. Um beispielsweise die " +"Partition home0 auf 30GiB zu vergrößern, verwenden Sie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Um home0 um 30GiB zu vergrößern, fügen Sie ein '+' (-L+30G) hinzu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Verwendung von ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"Mit <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> " +"können Einträge in der LDAP-Datenbank mit einem normalen Texteditor von der " +"Befehlszeile aus editiert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Folgender Befehl muss ausgeführt werden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Bemerkung: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> verwendet den durch die " +"Umgebungsvariable EDITOR als Standard vorgegebenen Editor. Nach Ausführen " +"von beispielsweise <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> wird " +"vim als Editor verwendet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Achtung: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ist ein sehr mächtiges " +"Werkzeug. Verwenden Sie es vorsichtig und richten Sie kein Durcheinander in " +"der LDAP-Datenbank an; dies gilt auch für JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS mittels Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Die Verwendung von Kerberos für NFS zum Einhängen von Heimatverzeichnissen " +"ist eine Sicherheitsfunktion. Arbeitsplatzrechner und LTSP-Clients " +"funktionieren nicht ohne Kerberos. Es werden die Stufen <emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> und <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " +"unterstützt (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> bedeutet Kerberos-Authentifizierung, " +"<emphasis>i</emphasis> steht für Integritätsprüfung und <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> für Datenschutz, d. h. Verschlüsselung); die Belastung sowohl des " +"Servers als auch des Arbeitsplatzrechners steigt mit der Sicherheitsstufe, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> ist eine gute Wahl und wurde als Standard gewählt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Ändern der Voreinstellung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hauptserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "Als »root« anmelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Den Befehl <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> " +"ausführen, nach <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> suchen und dies durch " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> oder <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis> ersetzen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"Die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> " +"bearbeiten und diese Einträge entsprechend anpassen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "führen Sie <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput> aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standarddrucker (»Standardskriver«)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Tool erlaubt es, den Standarddrucker in Abhängigkeit von Ort, " +"Maschine oder Gruppenzugehörigkeit zu setzen. Weitere Informationen stehen " +"in der Datei <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Die Konfigurationsdatei <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> muss durch den Admin erstellt werden, die Datei " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> kann als Beispiel dienen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, ein LDAP-Editor mit graphischer Benutzeroberfläche" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie für die Bearbeitung von Daten in LDAP einen Editor mit graphischer " +"Benutzeroberfläche bevorzugen, dann probieren Sie den standardmäßig " +"installierten <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> aus. Verwenden Sie " +"diese Einträge, um Schreibzugriff zu bekommen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb, ein Werkzeug für die Befehlszeile" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> ist ein kleines " +"Befehlszeilen-Werkzeug, um Benutzerkonten in LDAP anzulegen und deren " +"Kerberos-Passwort zu setzen. Es ist eher für Testzwecke vorgesehen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Alle Parameter außer dem Benutzernamen und dem GECOS-Feld sind optional, " +"letzteres sollte normalerweise den ganzen Namen des Benutzers beinhalten. " +"Sofern nicht angegeben wird das Programm UID und GID automatisch auswählen " +"und den Benutzer keinen zusätzlichen Gruppen hinzufügen. Wenn keine " +"Abteilung angegeben wird, wird das erste <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> " +"von LDAP ausgesucht, was wahrscheinlich <emphasis>skola</emphasis> ist. Das " +"werden Sie für reguläre Benutzer vermutlich nicht wollen. Also sollten Sie " +"einen angemessenen Wert dafür angeben, z.B. <emphasis>Lehrer</emphasis> oder " +"<emphasis>Schüler</emphasis>. Nach der Einstellung des Passworts und der " +"Eingabe des LDAP-Administratorpassworts, wird <computeroutput>ldap-" +"createuser-krb5</computeroutput> das Benutzerkonto im LDAP erstellen, das " +"Kerberos-Passwort festlegen, den persönlichen Ordner erstellen und einen " +"passenden Samba-Benutzer hinzufügen. Das folgende Bildschirmfoto zeigt den " +"Beispielaufruf, um einen Benutzeraccount mit dem Namen " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> für einen Lehrer mit dem vollen " +"Namen \"Harry Hirsch\" zu erstellen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Verwenden von »stable-updates«" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich, aber nicht notwendig, stable-updates direkt zu verwenden: " +"Stable-Updates werden regelmäßig (etwa alle zwei Monate) anlässlich der " +"Veröffentlichung von Stable-Pointreleases in die Stable-Suite übernommen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Mittels Backports neuere Software installieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Sie benutzen Debian Edu, weil Sie seine Stabilität schätzen. Es läuft sehr " +"gut, es gibt nur ein Problem: Manchmal ist eine Software ein wenig mehr " +"veraltet als Ihnen recht ist. Hier kommt backports.debian.org ins Spiel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus Debian-Testing (meistens) und " +"Debian-Unstable (allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere " +"Sicherheitsaktualisierungen), so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das " +"möglich ist) auf einer stabilen Debian-Distribution wie Debian Edu laufen. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Es wird empfohlen, nur diejenigen Backports " +"auszuwählen, die Sie benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen.</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> is simple:" +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Die Verwendung von <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> ist einfach:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Anschießend können Pakete aus Backports einfach installiert werden; der " +"folgende Befehl wird die Backports-Version von <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> " +"installieren:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backports werden (falls verfügbar) automatisch aktualisiert - genauso wie " +"andere Pakete. So wie das normale Depot hat Backports drei Sektionen: main, " +"contrib und non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Upgrade mit einer CD oder einem vergleichbaren Medium" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " +#| "Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " +#| "physical media, follow these steps:" +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie ein Upgrade von einer Version zu einer nächsten (wie z.B. von " +"Bookworm 12.1 auf 12.2) durchführen wollen, aber keine Internetverbindung, " +"nur physikalische Medien haben, dann führen Sie folgende Schritte aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie die CD / DVD / Blu-ray Disc ein oder stecken Sie den USB-Stick ein " +"und benutzen Sie den Befehl apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Zitat aus der Handbuchseite von apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom wird benutzt, um eine neue CD-ROM zu APTs Liste der verfügbaren " +"Quellen hinzuzufügen. apt-cdrom kümmert sich um die Feststellung der " +"Struktur des Mediums, sowie um die Korrektur für mehrere mögliche " +"Fehlbrennungen und prüft die Indexdateien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Es ist notwendig, apt-cdrom zu benutzen, um CDs zum APT-System hinzuzufügen; " +"dies kann nicht manuell erfolgen. Weiterhin muss jedes Medium in einer " +"Zusammenstellung aus mehreren CDs einzeln eingelegt und gescannt werden, um " +"auf mögliche Fehlbrennungen zu testen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Dann sind diese beiden Befehle für das Upgrade auszuführen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Automatisches Aufräumen übrig gebliebener Prozesse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> ist ein Perl-Skript, das " +"Hintergrundprozesse aufräumt. Hintergrundprozesse sind definiert als " +"Prozesse, die zu Nutzern gehören, die zur Zeit nicht am System angemeldet " +"sind. Das Skript wird per Cron-Job einmal in der Stunde ausgeführt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Automatische Installation von Sicherheitsaktualisierungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> ist ein Debian-Paket, " +"das automatisch Sicherheitsaktualisierungen (und andere Aktualisierungen) " +"installieren kann. Falls installiert, ist das Paket so vorkonfiguriert, dass " +"Sicherheitsaktualisierungen erfolgen. Die Log-Dateien gibt es in " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; außerdem " +"gibt es immer <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> und " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Automatisches Herunterfahren von Rechnern während der Nacht" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich, Energie und Geld zu sparen, indem Client-Rechner nachts " +"automatisch ausgeschaltet und morgens wieder eingeschaltet werden. Das Paket " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> versucht, den Rechner ab " +"16:00 Uhr nachmittags zu jeder vollen Stunde auszuschalten, schaltet ihn " +"aber nicht aus, wenn er anscheinend Benutzer hat. Es wird versucht, dem BIOS " +"mitzuteilen, den Rechner um 07:00 Uhr morgens einzuschalten, und der " +"Hauptserver wird versuchen, die Rechner ab 06:30 Uhr durch das Senden von " +"Wake-on-LAN-Paketen einzuschalten. Diese Zeiten können in den Crontabs der " +"einzelnen Rechner geändert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Falls Sie das vorhaben, sollten folgende Punkte beachtet werden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Die Clients sollten nicht abgeschaltet werden, wenn jemand sie benutzt. Dies " +"wird durch die Überprüfung der Ausgabe von <computeroutput>who</" +"computeroutput> sichergestellt, und als Sonderfall wird überprüft, ob der " +"SSH-Verbindungsbefehl mit X2Go-Thin-Clients aktiv ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Um das Herausspringen von Sicherungen zu vermeiden, sollte sichergestellt " +"sein, dass nicht alle Client-Rechner gleichzeitig eingeschaltet werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt zwei Methoden, Client-Rechner aufzuwecken. Eine Methode nutzt eine " +"BIOS-Eigenschaft und setzt eine korrekt arbeitende Hardware-Uhr voraus sowie " +"eine Hauptplatine und eine BIOS-Version, die von <computeroutput>nvram-" +"wakeup</computeroutput> unterstützt wird. Die andere verlangt die " +"Unterstützung von Wake-On-Lan auf allen Client-Rechnern sowie einen Server, " +"der weiß, wie alle Clients aufzuwecken sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Das Herunterfahren in der Nacht einrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie auf Rechnern, die über Nacht abgeschaltet werden sollen, die Datei " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> " +"mit Hilfe von »touch« an - oder fügen Sie die entsprechenden Rechnernamen " +"(wie in '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' angegeben) der " +"»Netgroup« »shutdown-at-night-hosts« hinzu. Das Hinzufügen der Rechner zur " +"»Netgroup« in LDAP kann mit der <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>Webschnittstelle erfolgen. Für diese Rechner muss ggf. im " +"BIOS die Wake-On-Lan-Funktion (WOL) aktiviert werden. Außerdem muss " +"sichergestellt werden, dass alle Router und Switches auch dann WOL-Pakete " +"weiterleiten, wenn die angesprochenen Rechner ausgeschaltet sind. Von " +"einigen Switches ist bekannt, dass sie keine WOL-Pakete weiterleiten, wenn " +"die Empfängeradresse nicht in deren ARP-Tabelle vorhanden ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Um Wake-On-Lan auf dem Server einzuschalten, tragen Sie die Client-Rechner " +"in die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput> " +"ein: Eine Zeile pro Client, zuerst die IP-Adresse, danach die MAC-Adresse " +"(bzw. Ethernet-Adresse), durch Leerzeichen voneinander getrennt. Alternativ " +"können Sie ein Skript <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> schreiben, das eine solche Liste erstellt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Hier sehen Sie ein Beispiel <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput>, das mit sitesummary genutzt werden kann:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn die »Netgroup« benutzt wird, um shutdown-at-night auf den Clients zu " +"aktivieren, ist dieses Skript eine Alternative; es nutzt das Netgroup-" +"Werkzeug aus dem Paket <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Zugriff auf Debian-Edu-Server, die sich hinter einer Firewall befinden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Um Maschinen, die hinter einer Firewall liegen, vom Internet aus erreichen " +"zu können, könnten Sie das Paket <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput> " +"installieren. Dies erlaubt das Einrichten eines SSH-Tunnels zu einer " +"Maschine im Internet, zu der Sie Zugang haben. Von dieser Maschine aus " +"können Sie dann über den SSH-Tunnel den Server hinter der Firewall erreichen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Dienste auf separaten Rechnern zur Entlastung des Hauptservers installieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Standardinstallation laufen alle Dienste auf dem Hauptserver, " +"Hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Um auf einfache Weise einige Dienste " +"auf eine andere Maschine zu verlagern, gibt es das Installationsprofil " +"<emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>. Eine Installation unter Verwendung dieses " +"Profils führt zu einer Maschine, die zum Debian-Edu-Netzwerk gehört, auf der " +"aber (noch) keine Dienste laufen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Diese Schritte sind erforderlich, um eine Maschine für einige Dienste " +"aufzusetzen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "bei der Installation das <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>-Profil wählen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "Installieren Sie die Pakete für den gewünschten Dienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie den Dienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "den Dienst auf dem Hauptserver deaktivieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "den DNS-Dienst (via LDAP/GOsa²) auf dem Hauptserver aktualisieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "HowTo für fortgeschrittene Administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Kapitel werden fortgeschrittene Administrationsaufgaben " +"beschrieben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Angepasste Benutzerverwaltung mit GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Anlegen von Benutzerkonten in Jahrgangsgruppen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +#| "directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to " +#| "create the users by csv import." +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Beispiel sollen Benutzerkonten in Jahrgangsgruppen angelegt " +"werden, mit Home-Verzeichnissen in einem jeweiligen Gruppenverzeichnis " +"(home0/2024, home0/2026 etc.). Die Konten sollen mittels CSV-Import angelegt " +"werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">(als Root auf dem Hauptserver)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Legen Sie das gewünschte Gruppenverzeichnis an" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">(als Erstbenutzer in GOsa²)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Abteilung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. " +#| "The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' " +#| "choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and " +#| "Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as " +#| "is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " +#| "(2024) should show up below /Students. Click it." +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie im Hauptmenü »Verzeichnistruktur«. Klicken Sie auf die Abteilung " +"»Students«. Im Basis-Feld sollte »/Students« angezeigt werden. Wählen Sie " +"aus der »Aktionen«-Box »Anlegen/Abteilung«. Geben Sie Werte in die Felder " +"»Name der Abteilung« (2024) und »Beschreibung« (Abschluss 2024) ein, lassen " +"Sie das Basis-Feld unverändert (es sollte »/Students« zeigen). Klicken Sie " +"zum Speichern auf »OK«. Die neue Abteilung (2024) sollte nun unterhalb von »/" +"Students« angezeigt werden. Klicken Sie darauf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group " +#| "name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie aus dem Hauptmenü »Gruppen«; dann »Aktionen/Anlegen/Gruppe«. " +"Geben Sie den Gruppennamen ein (lassen Sie »Basis« unverändert, es sollte " +"dort »/Students/2024« stehen) und klicken Sie »OK«, um zu speichern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Vorlage" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie aus dem Hauptmenü »Benutzer«. Wechseln Sie im Basis-Feld zu »/" +"Students«. Es sollte dort ein Eintrag <computeroutput>NewStudent</" +"computeroutput> vorhanden sein: klicken Sie darauf. Dies ist die Vorlage " +"»NewStudents«, kein normaler Benutzer. Für den CSV-Import in Ihre " +"Verzeichnisstruktur müssen Sie eine neue Vorlage anlegen, die auf dieser " +"basiert. Notieren Sie sich deshalb alle Einträge in den Feldern der Reiter " +"»Allgemein« und »POSIX«; eventuell Screenshots erstellen, um Informationen " +"für die neue Vorlage verfügbar zu haben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template " +#| "and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your " +#| "new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Wechseln Sie nun im Basis-Feld zu »/Students/2024«; wählen Sie »Anlegen/" +"Vorlage« und beginnen Sie mit dem Eintragen der von Ihnen gewünschen Werte, " +"zuerst unter dem Reiter »Allgemein«, dann »POSIX«-Einstellungen hinzufügen " +"(unter »POSIX« zusätzlich die neu erstellte Gruppe »2024« unter " +"»Gruppenmitgliedschaft« hinzufügen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Benutzerdaten importieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie beim CSV-Import die neue Vorlage aus; ein Test mit einigen " +"Benutzern ist zu empfehlen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Andere Anpassungen für Benutzer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Ordner in den Home-Verzeichnissen aller Nutzer erstellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Mit diesem Skript kann der Administrator einen Ordner im Home-Verzeichnis " +"eines jeden Nutzers erstellen und Zugriffsrechte sowie den Besitzer " +"einstellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"Im Beispiel unten mit group=teachers (die Gruppe Lehrer) und " +"permissions=2770 (die Zugriffsrechte des Ordners für die gemeinsame Ablage) " +"kann ein Nutzer eine Arbeit abgeben, indem er die Datei im Ordner »Arbeiten« " +"speichert. In diesem Ordner besitzen Lehrer (genauer: alle Nutzer in der " +"Gruppe teachers) Schreibrechte, um beispielsweise Kommentare hinzuzufügen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Einen speziellen Dateiserver benutzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie diese Schritte aus, um einen eigenen Dateiserver für das " +"Speichern von Benutzerverzeichnissen - und möglicherweise auch anderen Daten " +"- einzurichten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie GOsa², um ein neues System vom Typ <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput> einzurichten - wie im Kapitel<emphasis role=\"strong\">Erste " +"Schritte</emphasis> dieses Handbuchs beschrieben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"In diesem Beispiel wird 'nas-server.intern' als Servername verwendet. Sobald " +"'nas-server.intern' konfiguriert ist, sollte kontrolliert werden, ob die NFS-" +"Exporte des neuen Dateiservers für die relevanten Subnetze bzw. Rechner zur " +"Verfügung stehen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Hier wird allem auf dem »backbone«-Netzwerk Zugang zum Export »/storage« " +"gewährt. (Um den NFS-Zugang einzuschränken, könnte dies auf die " +"Zugehörigkeit zu einer »netgroup« oder auf einzelne IP-Adressen beschränkt " +"werden - ähnlich, wie dies in der Datei »tjener:/etc/exports« geschieht." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"»automount«-Information für 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP hinzufügen, um allen " +"Clients auf Anforderung das automatische Einhängen zu erlauben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Dies kann nicht mittels GOsa² erfolgen, da dort ein Modul für »automount« " +"fehlt. Verwenden Sie stattdessen »ldapvi« und fügen Sie die erforderlichen " +"LDAP-Objekte mittels Editor hinzu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Sobald der Editor bereit ist, fügen Sie die folgenden LDAP-Objekte am Ende " +"des Dokuments hinzu. (Der Bestandteil \"/&\" im letzten LDAP-Objekt ist " +"ein Platzhalter für alle 'nas-server.intern'-Exporte; damit entfällt das " +"Auflisten individueller Einhängepunkte in LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Hinzufügen relevanter Einträge in der Datei »tjener.intern:/etc/fstab«, da " +"»tjener.intern« zum Vermeiden von Endlosschleifen beim Einhängen kein " +"»automount« verwendet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie die Einhängeverzeichnisse mittels <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput> an, editieren Sie '/etc/fstab' entsprechend und führen Sie " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> aus, um die neuen Ressourcen " +"einzuhängen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Die Benutzer sollten nun Zugang zu den Dateien des Dateiservers 'nas-" +"server.intern' haben, wenn Sie mit einer Anwendung auf das Verzeichnis '/" +"tjener/nas-server/storage/' zugreifen - sei es von einer Workstation, einem " +"LTSP-Thin-Client oder einem LTSP-Server aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Den SSH-Zugang beschränken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt mehrere Wege, den SSH-Zugang zu beschränken; einige sind hier " +"aufgeführt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Setup ohne LTSP-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Falls keine LTSP-Clients verwendet werden, besteht eine einfache Lösung " +"darin, eine neue Gruppe (wie z.B. <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) " +"anzulegen und auf dem Rechner in der Datei /etc/ssh/sshd_config eine Zeile " +"zu ergänzen. Dann könnten sich nur Mitglieder der Gruppe " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> mittels ssh auf der Maschine von " +"überall her anmelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Dieser Fall kann mit GOsa² ziemlich einfach erledigt werden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Legen Sie auf dem Basis-Level eine Gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput> an; dort sind schon einige für das Systemmanagement wichtige " +"Gruppen wie <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> vorhanden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie der neuen Gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> " +"Benutzer hinzu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Ergänzen Sie den Inhalt der Datei /etc/ssh/sshd_config um die Zeile " +"<computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput> ausführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Setup mit LTSP-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Die standardmäßige LTSP-Diskless-Client-Einrichtung verwendet keine SSH-" +"Verbindungen. Es genügt, das SquashFS-Image auf dem entsprechenden LTSP-" +"Server zu aktualisieren, nachdem die SSH-Einrichtung geändert wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"X2Go-Thin-Clients verwenden SSH-Verbindungen zum entsprechenden LTSP-Server. " +"Es ist also ein anderer Ansatz mit PAM erforderlich." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" +"Auf dem LTSP-Server pam_access.so in der Datei /etc/pam.d/sshd aktivieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"In der Datei /etc/security/access.conf den Zugang für die " +"(Beispiel-)Benutzer alice, jane, bob and john von überall her sowie für " +"alle anderen Benutzer nur aus den internen Netzwerken ermöglichen durch " +"Einfügen dieser Zeilen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Das Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/8 könnte aus der Liste entfernt und damit der interne " +"SSH-Zugang verhindert werden, falls dedizierte LTSP-Server Verwendung " +"finden. Hinweis: Jemand, der seinen Rechner mit einem der dedizierten LTSP-" +"Client-Netzwerke verbindet, hat dann auch SSH-Zugang zu dem jeweiligen LTSP-" +"Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Ein Hinweis für kompliziertere Setups" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Wenn X2Go-Clients an das Backbone-Netzwerk 10.0.0.0/8 angeschlossen würden, " +"wären die Dinge noch komplizierter und vielleicht würde nur ein " +"ausgeklügeltes DHCP-Setup (in LDAP), das den Vendor-Class-Identifier prüft, " +"zusammen mit einer entsprechenden PAM-Konfiguration es ermöglichen, den " +"internen SSH-Zugang zu deaktivieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "HowTos für die graphische Arbeitsumgebung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Eine mehrsprachige Arbeitsumgebung einrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Um mehrere Sprachen zu unterstützen, müssen diese Schritte erfolgen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Als Benutzer »root« <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</" +"computeroutput> ausführen und die Sprachen wählen (UTF-8-Varianten)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie dies als »root« aus, um die entsprechenden Pakete zu installieren:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Benutzern wird es dann möglich sein, die Sprache vor dem Anmelden über den " +"LightDM-Displaymanager zu wählen; dies trifft für Xfce, LXDE und LXQt zu. " +"GNOME und auch KDE haben eigene Einstellmöglichkeiten für Region und " +"Sprache; diese sollten benutzt werden. MATE verwendet (zusätzlich zu " +"LightDM) den Arctica-Greeter, der kein Sprachwahlmodul hat. Nach dem " +"Ausführen von <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> ist " +"der normale LightDM-Greeter vorhanden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "DVDs abspielen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Um die meisten kommerziellen DVDs abzuspielen, benötigen Sie das Paket " +"libdvdcss. Dies ist aus rechtlichen Gründen nicht in Debian (Edu) enthalten. " +"Wenn Sie libdvdcss legal verwenden dürfen, können Sie eigene lokale Pakete " +"mittels <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> selbst bauen; dazu muss " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> aktiviert sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Beantworten Sie die Debconf-Fragen und führen Sie dann <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Schreibschrift-Zeichensätze" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (das voreingestellt " +"installiert wird) installiert den Zeichensatz \"Abecedario\", ein schöner " +"Schreibschrift-Zeichensatz für Kinder. Der Zeichensatz beinhaltet " +"verschiedene, für Kinder geeignete Formen: gepunktet oder liniert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "HowTos für Netzwerk-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "" +"Einführung in Thin Clients (auch als Terminals bezeichnet) und Diskless " +"Workstations (Arbeitsplatzrechner ohne Festplatte)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Eine allgemeine Bezeichnung für sowohl Thin Clients wie auch Diskless-" +"Workstations ist <emphasis>LTSP-Client</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Beginnend mit Bullseye unterscheidet sich LTSP deutlich von den vorherigen " +"Versionen. Dies betrifft sowohl die Einrichtung als auch die Wartung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Ein Hauptunterschied besteht darin, dass das SquashFS-Image für Diskless " +"-Workstations nun standardmäßig aus dem LTSP-Server-Dateisystem erzeugt " +"wird. Dies geschieht auf einem Kombi-Server beim ersten Start und nimmt " +"einige Zeit in Anspruch." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Thin Clients sind nicht mehr Teil von LTSP. Debian Edu verwendet X2Go, um " +"die Verwendung von Thin Clients weiterhin zu unterstützen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle eines separaten oder zusätzlichen LTSP-Servers sind die " +"erforderlichen Informationen zur Einrichtung der LTSP-Client-Umgebung zum " +"Zeitpunkt der Installation nicht vollständig. Die Einrichtung kann erfolgen, " +"nachdem das System mit GOsa² hinzugefügt wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Informationen über LTSP im Allgemeinen finden Sie auf der <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP-Homepage</ulink>. Auf Systemen mit " +"<emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>-Profil liefert <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> weitere Informationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten Sie, dass das zu LTSP gehörende Werkzeug <emphasis>ltsp</" +"emphasis> mit Vorsicht verwendet werden muss. Zum Beispiel würde " +"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> das SquashFS-Image bei Debian-" +"Rechnern nicht erzeugen (diese haben standardmäßig eine separate /boot-" +"Partition), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> würde das iPXE-Menü " +"nicht korrekt erzeugen (aufgrund der Thin-Client-Unterstützung von Debian " +"Edu), und <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> würde den Start des " +"LTSP-Clients komplett durcheinander bringen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> Werkzeug " +"ist ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> und <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Es wird verwendet, um Unterstützung für Diskless " +"Workstations und Thin Clients einzurichten und zu konfigurieren (sowohl 64-" +"Bit- als auch 32-Bit-PC). Siehe <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> oder den Inhalt des Skripts, um zu sehen, wie es " +"funktioniert. Die gesamte Konfiguration ist im Skript selbst enthalten (HERE-" +"Dokumente), um standortspezifische Anpassungen zu erleichtern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Beispiele, wie Sie das Wrapper-Skript <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis> verwenden können:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> aktualisiert das SquashFS-Image für Diskless Workstations " +"(vom Server-Dateisystem)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> erstellt Unterstützung für Diskless " +"Workstations und 64-Bit Thin Clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> erstellt zusätzliche 32-Bit-Thin-Client-Unterstützung " +"(Chroot und SquashFS-Image)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Neben <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (kleinstes Thin-Client-System) stehen auch " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> und <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> als Optionen " +"zur Verfügung. Der <emphasis>Display</emphasis>-Typ bietet eine Schaltfläche " +"zum Herunterfahren, der <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis>-Typ führt Firefox ESR " +"im Kiosk-Modus auf dem Client selbst aus (mehr lokaler RAM und CPU-Leistung " +"erforderlich, aber weniger Serverlast)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " +"ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Es stellt " +"sicher, dass die Datei /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe für Debian Edu passend ist. " +"Der Befehl muss ausgeführt werden, nachdem iPXE-Menü-Einträge (wie Menü-" +"Timeout oder Standard-Boot-Einstellungen) in der /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " +"[server] Sektion geändert wurden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " +"ein Wrapper-Skript für <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Es " +"sorgt dafür, dass eine anwendungsspezifische Initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.img) erzeugt und dann in das anwendungsspezifische Verzeichnis " +"verschoben wird. Der Befehl muss ausgeführt werden, nachdem der Abschnitt /" +"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] geändert wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Das <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> Werkzeug ist " +"ein Ersatz für das <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> Werkzeug, das zu LTSP5 " +"gehörte. Es wird verwendet, um Befehle in einem bestimmten LTSP-Chroot " +"auszuführen (wie z.B. Installieren, Upgrade und Entfernen von Paketen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless Workstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Bei einer Diskless Workstation laufen alle Anwendungen lokal. Die Maschine " +"bootet ohne lokale Festplatte direkt vom LTSP-Server. Die Software wird auf " +"dem LTSP-Server administriert und gewartet, läuft aber auf der Diskless " +"Workstation. Ebenso werden Home-Verzeichnisse und Systemeinstellungen auf " +"dem Server gespeichert. Diskless Workstations sind eine hervorragende " +"Möglichkeit zur Wiederverwendung älterer (aber leistungsfähiger) Hardware " +"mit den gleichen geringen Wartungskosten wie bei Thin Clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Im Unterschied zu Arbeitsplatzrechnern benötigen LTSP Diskless Workstations " +"keine Konfiguration in GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin Client</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Ein Thin-Client-Setup ermöglicht es, einen gewöhnlichen PC als (X-)Terminal " +"zu verwenden, wobei die gesamte Software auf dem LTSP-Server läuft. Das " +"bedeutet, dass dieser Rechner über PXE gebootet wird, ohne eine lokale " +"Client-Festplatte zu verwenden, und dass der LTSP-Server ein " +"leistungsstarker Rechner sein muss." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu unterstützt nach wie vor die Verwendung von Thin Clients, um die " +"Nutzung von sehr alter Hardware zu ermöglichen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Da Thin Clients X2Go verwenden, sollten Benutzer das Compositing " +"deaktivieren, um Anzeigeartefakte zu vermeiden. Im Standardfall (Xfce-" +"Desktop-Umgebung): Einstellungen -> Feineinstellungen der " +"Fensterverwaltung -> Komposit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware der LTSP-Clients</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"Der Start von LTSP-Clients wird scheitern, falls für die " +"Netzwerkschnittstelle des Clients Firmware aus »non-free« erforderlich ist. " +"Eine PXE-Installation könnte zur Fehlersuche bei Problemen mit solchen " +"Maschinen verwendet werden: Falls der Debian-Installer wegen fehlender " +"XXX.bin-Dateien abbricht, dann ist es notwendig, die Initrd des LTSP-Servers " +"mit Firmware aus »non-free« zu ergänzen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Gehen Sie auf dem LTSP-Server wie folgt vor:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Rufen Sie zunächst Informationen über Firmware-Pakete ab:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Entscheiden Sie, welches Paket für die Netzwerkschnittstelle(n) installiert " +"werden muss, höchstwahrscheinlich wird dies firmware-linux sein, führen Sie " +"dann aus::" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Aktualisieren Sie das SquashFS-Image für Diskless-Workstations, führen Sie " +"aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" +"Falls X2Go Thin Clients verwendet werden, führen Sie diesen Befehl aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "und verfahren Sie entsprechend den Nutzungsinformationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Aktualisieren Sie dann das SquashFS-Image; führen Sie z.B. für den /srv/ltsp/" +"x2go-bare-amd64 Chroot aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Typ des LTSP-Clients auswählen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Jeder LTSP-Server hat zwei Ethernet-Schnittstellen. Eine ist für das Subnetz " +"10.0.0.0/8 (in dem auch der Hauptserver liegt) konfiguriert. Die andere ist " +"mit einem lokalen Subnetz verbunden. (Jeder LTSP-Server versorgt ein eigenes " +"Subnetz.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"In beiden Fällen kann <emphasis>Diskless Workstation</emphasis> oder " +"<emphasis>Thin Client</emphasis> aus dem iPXE-Menü gewählt werden. Nach " +"einer Wartezeit von 5 Sekunden bootet das Gerät als Diskless Workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Das Standard-Boot-Menüelement und sein Standard-Timeout-Wert können beide in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput> konfiguriert werden. " +"Ein Timeout-Wert von <emphasis>-1</emphasis> wird verwendet, um das Menü " +"nicht anzuzeigen. Führen Sie <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> aus, damit alle Änderungen wirksam werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Ein anderes LTSP-Client-Netzwerk verwenden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 ist das vorgegebene LTSP-Client-Netzwerk, wenn für die " +"Installation einer Maschine das Profil »LTSP-Server« gewählt wird. Falls " +"sehr viele LTSP-Clients betrieben werden oder wenn i386- und amd64-Chroot-" +"Umgebungen von verschiedenen LTSP-Servern zur Verfügung gestellt werden " +"sollen, dann kann auch das zweite vorkonfigurierte Netzwerk 192.168.1.0/24 " +"verwendet werden. Öffnen Sie die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</computeroutput> und passen Sie die Einstellungen für »eth1« " +"entsprechend an. Verwenden Sie <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> oder " +"einen anderen LDAP-Editor, um die DNS- und DHCP-Konfiguration einzusehen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "LTSP-Chroot für 32-Bit-PC-Rechner einrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Um Chroot und SquashFS-Image zu erstellen, führen Sie aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Siehe <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> für " +"Details über Thin Client-Typen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration von LTSP-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie den Befehl <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> aus, um " +"eine Übersicht über verfügbare Optionen zu bekommen. Auch online verfügbar: " +"<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie Konfigurationseinträge zum Abschnitt /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] " +"hinzu. Damit die Änderungen wirksam werden, führen Sie diesen Befehl aus:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Sound auf LTSP-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"LTSP Thin Clients benutzen vernetztes Audio zur Tonweiterleitung vom Server " +"zu den Clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP Diskless Workstations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Zugriff auf USB-Laufwerke und CD-ROMs/DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Benutzer ein USB-Gerät oder eine DVD / CD-ROM an eine Diskless " +"Workstation anschließen, erscheint ein entsprechendes Symbol auf dem Desktop " +"und ermöglicht den Zugriff auf den Inhalt wie auf einer Workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Benutzer ein USB-Gerät an einen X2Go-Thin-Client des Typs bare " +"(standardmäßige Kombiserver-Installation) anschließen, wird das Medium " +"aktiviert, sobald ein Doppelklick auf das vorhandene Ordnersymbol auf dem " +"Xfce-Desktop erfolgt. Je nach Medieninhalt kann es einige Zeit dauern, bis " +"der Inhalt im Dateimanager angezeigt wird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Warnhinweis zu Wechseldatenträgern auf LTSP-Servern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Wenn USB-Geräte und andere Wechseldatenträger in einen LTSP-Server " +"eingesteckt werden, wird das entsprechende Ordnersymbol auf den LTSP-Thin-" +"Client-Desktops angezeigt. Remote-Benutzer können auf die Dateien zugreifen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "An LTSP-Clients angeschlossene Drucker verwenden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Schließen Sie den Drucker an den LTSP-Client-Rechner an (USB- und Parallel-" +"Port möglich)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurieren Sie den LTSP-Client mit GOsa² für die Verwendung einer festen " +"IP-Adresse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Richten Sie den Drucker über die Website <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> auf dem Hauptserver ein; wählen Sie den " +"Netzwerkdrucker-Typ <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(für alle Drucker gültig, egal welche Marke oder welches Modell) und geben " +"Sie <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP-Client-IP>:9100</computeroutput> " +"als Verbindungs-URI ein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Ändern des PXE-Setups" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE steht für Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu verwendet jetzt die " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>-Implementierung, um die " +"LTSP-Integration zu vereinfachen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Konfiguration des PXE-Menüs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"Der iPXE-Menüpunkt zu Systeminstallationen wird mit dem Skript " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> erzeugt. Es erlaubt, " +"dass einige Einstellungen mit in der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> enthaltenen Ersatzwerten überschrieben " +"werden können." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Konfiguration der PXE-Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"Die PXE-Installation wird Sprache, Tastaturlayout und weitere Einstellungen " +"vom Hauptserver übernehmen. Alles andere (Profil, Popcon-Teilnahme, " +"Partitionierung und Root-Passwort) wird während der Installation abgefragt. " +"Um diese Fragen zu vermeiden, kann die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> so modifiziert werden, dass sie " +"vorgegebene Antworten für debconf-Werte bereithält. Einige Beispiele für " +"vorhandene debconf-Werte sind schon kommentiert in <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> vorhanden. Ihre " +"Änderungen werden allerdings verloren gehen, sobald <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> benutzt wird, um die PXE-" +"Installationsumgebung neu zu erzeugen. Um debconf-Werte bei Erzeugung der " +"Umgebung mit <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"einzufügen, kann die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> mit den zusätzlichen debconf-Werten " +"hinzugefügt werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen einer PXE-Installation befinden sich im " +"Kapitel <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Ein eigenes Depot für die PXE-Installation hinzufügen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Um ein eigenes Depot hinzuzufügen, wird <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> beispielsweise um die " +"folgenden Zeilen ergänzt:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"und dann einmal <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> ausführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen ändern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Das Paket debian-edu-config enthält ein Werkzeug, mit dessen Hilfe das " +"Netzwerk von 10.0.0.0/8 in ein anderes geändert werden kann. Sehen Sie sich " +"dazu <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</" +"computeroutput> an. Dieses Skript sollte unmittelbar nach der Installation " +"des Hauptservers ausgeführt werden, um LDAP und andere Dateien zu " +"aktualisieren, die für den Wechsel des Subnetzes bearbeitet werden müssen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten Sie, dass der Wechsel zu einem der bereits von Debian-Edu " +"benutzten Subnetze nicht funktionieren wird. 192.168.0.0/24 und " +"192.168.1.0/24 sind bereits als LTSP-Client-Netzwerke eingerichtet. Ein " +"Wechsel zu diesem Subnetz erfordert manuelles Bearbeiten der Konfiguration " +"zur Beseitigung von Doppeleinträgen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt keinen einfachen Weg, um den DNS-Domain-Namen zu ändern. Dazu wären " +"sowohl an der LDAP-Struktur wie auch an mehreren Dateien auf dem Hauptserver " +"Änderungen erforderlich. Es gibt auch keinen einfachen Weg, um den Host- und " +"DNS-Namen des Hauptservers (tjener.intern) zu ändern. Dazu wären ebenfalls " +"Änderungen in LDAP sowie an Dateien auf dem Hauptserver und auf allen " +"Clients notwendig. In beiden Fällen wären zusätzlich Änderungen an der " +"Kerberos-Konfiguration notwendig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Remote Desktop (Entfernte Arbeitsfläche)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung des Profils »LTSP-Server« und bei Kombiservern werden jeweils " +"auch die Pakete <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> und <emphasis>x2goserver</" +"emphasis> installiert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp verwendet das Remote Desktop Protocol, um für entfernte Clients eine " +"graphische Anmeldung zur Verfügung zu stellen. Benutzer von Microsoft " +"Windows können sich mit einem LTSP-Server (auf dem xrdp läuft) verbinden, " +"ohne zusätzliche Software installieren zu müssen - sie starten einfach eine " +"Remote-Desktop-Verbindung auf ihrer Windows-Maschine und melden sich an." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Zusätzlich kann xrdp die Verbindung zu einem VNC-Server oder einem anderen " +"RDP-Server herstellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp wird ohne Sound-Unterstützung ausgeliefert; um die erforderlichen " +"Module zu kompilieren (oder neu zu kompilieren), kann dieses Skript " +"verwendet werden. Bitte beachten Sie: Der Aufrufer muss root oder ein " +"Mitglied der sudo-Gruppe sein. Außerdem muss /etc/apt/sources.list eine " +"gültige deb-src-Zeile enthalten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Mit X2Go ist es möglich, von einem Rechner mit Linux, Windows oder macOS aus " +"über eine schmal-oder breitbandige Verbindung eine graphische Arbeitsfläche " +"auf dem LTSP-Server zu nutzen. Auf dem Client-PC muss zusätzliche Software " +"installiert werden, weiterführende Informationen gibt es im " +"(englischsprachigen) <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten: Das Paket <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> sollte am " +"besten deinstalliert werden, wenn X2Go auf dem LTSP-Server benutzt wird, " +"siehe Bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Verfügbare Remote-Desktop-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> wird voreingestellt " +"installiert; es unterstützt RDP und VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - der einfachste Weg, um auf einen Windows-Terminal-Server zuzugreifen. " +"Eine Alternative auf der Clientseite ist das Paket <computeroutput>rdesktop</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Ein VNC-Client (Virtual Network Computer) ermöglicht entfernten Zugang zu " +"Skolelinux. Eine Alternative auf der Clientseite ist das Paket " +"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> ist ein graphischer Client für " +"das X2Go-System (nicht standardmäßig installiert). Sie können diesen " +"benutzen, um sich mit laufenden Sitzungen zu verbinden oder neue Sitzungen " +"zu starten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "WLAN-Clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Der <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis>-Server könnte verwendet werden, um " +"sichere Netzwerkverbindungen bereitzustellen. Damit dies funktioniert, " +"installieren Sie die Pakete <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> und " +"<emphasis>winbind</emphasis> auf dem Hauptserver und führen <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> " +"aus, um eine grundlegende, standortspezifische Konfiguration zu erzeugen. " +"Auf diese Weise werden sowohl die Methoden EAP-TTLS/PAP als auch PEAP-" +"MSCHAPV2 bereit gestellt. Die gesamte Konfiguration ist im Skript selbst " +"enthalten, um standortspezifische Anpassungen zu erleichtern. Siehe <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">die freeRADIUS-Homepage</ulink> für Details." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Zusätzliche Konfiguration ist erforderlich, um" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"Zugangspunkte (APs) über ein <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> zu " +"aktivieren/zu deaktivieren (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"den WLAN-Zugriff über LDAP-Gruppen zu erlauben/zu verweigern (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"Zugangspunkte in dedizierten Gruppen zusammenzufassen (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Endbenutzergeräte müssen richtig konfiguriert werden, diese Geräte müssen " +"für die Verwendung von EAP-(802.1x)-Methoden PIN-geschützt sein. Die " +"Benutzer sollten auch dazu angehalten werden, das freeradius CA-Zertifikat " +"auf ihren Geräten zu installieren, um sicher zu sein, dass sie sich mit dem " +"richtigen Server verbinden. Auf diese Weise kann deren Passwort im Falle " +"eines bösartigen Servers nicht abgefangen werden. Das standortspezifische " +"Zertifikat ist im internen Netzwerk verfügbar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (für Endanwendergeräte " +"unter Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Konfiguration von Endgeräten aufgrund der " +"Gerätevielfalt eine echte Herausforderung sein wird. Für Windows-Geräte " +"könnte ein Installer-Skript erstellt werden, für Apple-Geräte eine " +"mobileconfig-Datei. In beiden Fällen kann das freeRADIUS-CA-Zertifikat " +"integriert werden, allerdings werden betriebssystemspezifische Tools zur " +"Erstellung dieser Skripte benötigt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Windows-Rechner mit Debian-Edu-Zugangsdaten unter Verwendung des pGina-LDAP-" +"Plugins autorisieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Hinzufügen eines pGina-Benutzers in Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Um pGina (oder eine andere Autorisierungsservice-Anwendung eines " +"Drittanbieters) nutzen zu können, sollten Sie über ein spezielles " +"Benutzerkonto verfügen, das für die Suche innerhalb von LDAP verwendet wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie einen speziellen Benutzer, z.B. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> mit Passwort <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, mittels <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> hinzu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Den pGina-Fork installieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Laden Sie pGina 3.9.9.12 herunter und installieren Sie die Software wie " +"gewohnt. Achten Sie darauf, dass das LDAP-Plugin im pGina-Plugin-Ordner " +"vorhanden ist:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "pGina konfigurieren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"In Anbetracht der Debian-Edu-Einstellungen muss die Verbindiúng mit LDAP " +"über SSL und Port 636 erfolgen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Die notwendigen Einstellungen in einem pGina-LDAP-Plugin sind wie unten " +"angegeben vorzunehmen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(sie werden unter HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\" +"\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)gespeichert)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "LDAP-Plugin-Einstellungsseite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP-Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> [10.0.3.3] (oder " +"jeder andere mit »Leerzeichen« als Trennzeichen)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (für SSL-Verbindung)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ja</emphasis> (Kontrollkästchen " +"anklicken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> (Kontrollkästchen nicht " +"anklicken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> " +"(Kontrollkästchen nicht anklicken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(»pguser« ist die Benutzerkennung, die in LDAP authentifiziert wird, um " +"Benutzer in einer Anmeldesitzung zu suchen)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Search Password: pwd.777 (dies ist das Passwort von »pguser«)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Authentication block" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Bind Tab:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> (also leer " +"lassen)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ja</emphasis> (Kontrollkästchen " +"anklicken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Authorization block" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ja</emphasis> " +"(Kontrollkästchen anklicken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Nein</emphasis> " +"(Kontrollkästchen nicht anklicken, optional)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Plugin Selection" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (nur zwei Kontrollkästchen " +"anklicken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Plugin Order" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Quellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba ist jetzt als <emphasis>Standalone-Server</emphasis> mit moderner SMB2/" +"SMB3-Unterstützung und aktivierten Usershares konfiguriert, siehe " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> auf dem " +"Hauptserver. Auf diese Weise werden unprivilegierte Benutzer in die Lage " +"versetzt, Freigaben bereitzustellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Für standortspezifische Änderungen kopieren Sie /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site in das Verzeichnis /etc/samba. Die Einstellungen in " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> setzen die in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis> enthaltenen Einstellungen außer Kraft." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig sind die Home-Verzeichnisse schreibgeschützt. Dies kann in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> geändert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Samba-Passwörter werden mittels <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"gespeichert und bei einer Passwortänderung unter Verwendung von GOsa² " +"aktualisiert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Um das Samba-Konto eines Benutzers vorübergehend zu deaktivieren, führen Sie " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput> aus, " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> schaltet es " +"wieder ein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> auf dem Hauptserver ausführen, werden usershares für " +"»students« deaktiviert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Zugriff auf Dateien via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Verbindungen zum Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers und zu zusätzlichen " +"standortspezifischen Freigaben (falls konfiguriert) sind für Geräte mit " +"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS oder Windows möglich. Andere " +"Geräte wie Android-basierte benötigen einen Dateimanager mit SMB2/SMB3-" +"Unterstützung, auch bekannt als LAN-Zugriff. <ulink url=\"https://" +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=de_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> oder " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander mit LAN-" +"Plugin</ulink> könnten eine gute Wahl sein." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<Benutzername></" +"computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<Benutzername></" +"computeroutput>, um auf das Home-Verzeichnis zuzugreifen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Alle auf dieser Seite erwähnten Debian-Pakete können mittels " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (als Root) " +"installiert werden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Programmierung unterrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> ist ein Metapaket, das " +"viele Programmierungs-Werkzeuge installiert. Bitte beachten: Die " +"Installation erfordert fast 2 GiB an zusätzlichem Plattenplatz. Weitere " +"Informationen (um möglicherweise nur einige Pakete zu installieren) stehen " +"auf der englischsprachigen Seite <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/" +"tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> zur Verfügung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Schüler/-innen beobachten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Achtung</emphasis>: Stellen Sie sicher, dass Ihnen " +"die Rechtslage bezüglich der Überwachung und Einschränkung der Aktivitäten " +"von Computerbenutzern klar ist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Einige Schule benutzen Überwachungswerkzeuge wie <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> oder <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink>, um ihre Schüler zu kontrollieren. Siehe auch die: <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> und die <ulink " +"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink> (beide englischsprachig)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Den Netzwerkzugang von Schülern beschränken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Einige Schulen verwenden <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> oder <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink>, um den Zugang " +"zum Internet einzuschränken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "HowTos für Anwender" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Passwörter verändern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Benutzer sollten ihr Passwort mit GOsa² ändern. Dies geht einfach über den " +"Aufruf von <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput> mittels " +"Browser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Die Verwendung von GOsa² zur Änderung des Passworts stellt sicher, dass die " +"Passwörter von Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) und Samba " +"identisch sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Das Ändern von Passwörtern mittels PAM funktioniert auch während der " +"Anmeldung via GDM; allerdings wird so nur das Kerberos-Passwort, aber weder " +"das Passwort für Samba, noch dasjenige für GOsa² (LDAP) aktualisiert. Wenn " +"Sie also Ihr Passwort an der Eingabeaufforderung geändert haben, sollten Sie " +"dies sofort ebenfalls mit GOsa² durchführen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Java-Anwendungen ausführen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Java-Anwendungen werden durch die OpenJDK-Java-Laufzeitumgebung " +"voreingestellt unterstützt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Verwendung von E-Mail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Alle Nutzer können im internen Netzwerk E-Mails senden und empfangen; " +"Zertifikate werden bereitgestellt, um per TLS abgesicherte Verbindungen " +"verwenden zu können. Um E-Mail auch außerhalb des internen Netzwerks zu " +"ermöglichen, muss der Administrator den Mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</" +"computeroutput> den lokalen Gegebenheiten entsprechend anpassen. Das " +"Ausführen von <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput> " +"ist dazu ein erster Schritt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Benutzer, der Thunderbird verwenden will, muss die Konfiguration wie " +"folgt vornehmen (für einen Benutzer mit dem Benutzernamen jdoe lautet die " +"interne E-Mail-Adresse jdoe@postoffice.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird starten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" +"Die Schaltfläche 'Überspringen und meine existierende E-Mail-Adresse " +"verwenden' klicken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Die E-Mail-Adresse eingeben" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Das Passwort nicht eingeben, da Single-Sign-On mittels Kerberos verwendet " +"wird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Auf 'Weiter' klicken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Für IMAP und SMTP sollten die Einstellungen jeweils 'STARTTLS' und 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI sein'; anpassen, falls dies nicht automatisch erkannt wird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Auf 'Fertig' klicken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Arbeiten Sie mit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Online etwas beitragen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"Die meiste Zeit ist die <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">Entwickler-Mailingliste</ulink> unser Hauptkommunikationsmedium, " +"obwohl wir auch #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und manchmal sogar echte " +"Treffen haben, wo wir uns persönlich treffen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Eine gute Möglichkeit, die Entwicklung von Debian Edu zu verfolgen, besteht " +"darin, die (englischsprachige) <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/" +"cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink> zu " +"abonnieren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Fehler berichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu verwendet das Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/" +"\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Sie können bestehende Fehlerberichte " +"und Funktionsanforderungen ansehen oder neue erstellen. Bitte melden Sie " +"alle Fehler gegen das Paket <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-" +"edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die " +"(englischsprachige) Seite <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> für weitere Informationen " +"über das Melden von Fehlern in Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Dokument benötigt Ihre Hilfe! Zuallererst, es ist noch nicht " +"komplett: Beim Lesen werden Sie verschiedentliche FIXMEs in einem Text " +"bemerken. Bitte überlegen Sie, ob Sie Ihre Kenntnisse nicht mit uns teilen " +"wollen, wenn Sie (etwas) über die Thematik des betroffenen Sachverhalts " +"wissen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple " +#| "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user " +#| "account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</" +#| "ulink> first." +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Die Quelle des Textes ist ein Wiki und kann mit einem einfachen Webbrowser " +"bearbeitet werden. Gehen Sie einfach auf <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> und Sie können ganz " +"einfach einen Beitrag leisten. Hinweis: Um die Seiten zu bearbeiten, ist ein " +"Benutzerkonto erforderlich. Möglicherweise müssen Sie zuerst ein <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">Wiki-" +"Benutzerkonto anlegen</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Ein anderer Weg um mitzuwirken und anderen Benutzern zu helfen, ist Software " +"und Dokumentation zu übersetzen. Übersetzungshinweise zu diesem Dokument " +"findet gibt es im Kapitel <link linkend=\"Translations\">Übersetzungen</" +"link> dieses Handbuchs. Bitte helfen Sie beim Übersetzen!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Unterstützung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Unterstützung auf Freiwilligenbasis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "auf Englisch" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - Unterstützungs-" +"Mailingliste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu auf irc.debian.org - IRC-Kanal, hauptsächlich " +"entwicklungsbezogen. Erwarten Sie keine sofortige Hilfe, auch wenn dies " +"manchmal vorkommt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "auf Norwegisch" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC-Kanal zur Unterstützung norwegischer " +"Benutzer/-innen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "auf Deutsch" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - Unterstützungs-" +"Mailingliste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC-Kanal zur Unterstützung deutscher " +"Benutzer/-innen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "auf Französisch" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - Unterstützungs-" +"Mailingliste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Professionelle Unterstützung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Listen von Firmen, die professionelle Unterstützung anbieten, finden Sie " +"unter <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/" +">" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Neuerungen in Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Neuigkeiten für Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Installationsbezogene Änderungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Bookworm, siehe " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">Debian-" +"Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"Sollte <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> mit einer Fehlermeldung " +"abbrechen, dann versuchen Sie, den Fehler zu finden und/oder führen Sie " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> und danach " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> erneut aus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem " +"Standard für Debian 12 Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Aktualisierte Software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Alles, was in Debian 11 Bullseye neu ist, z. B.:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Arbeitsumgebungen KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Lehrprogramme GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Musikprogramm Rosegarden 20.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Bullseye enthält mehr als 59.000 installierbare Pakete." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Information zu Debian 12 bookworm sind in den <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweisen</" +"ulink> und in der <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">Debian-Installationsanleitung</ulink> zu finden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Aktualisierungen von Dokumentation und Übersetzungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Während der Installation ist die Profilauswahlseite in 29 Sprachen " +"verfügbar, von denen 22 vollständig übersetzt sind." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm-Handbuchl</ulink> ist auf Chinesisch " +"(vereinfacht), Dänisch, Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, " +"Japanisch, Norwegisch (Bokmål), Brasilianisches Portugiesisch, Europäisches " +"Portugiesisch und Spanisch übersetzt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Bekannte Probleme" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"siehe <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">die " +"Debian Edu Bookworm Statusseite</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Copyright und Autoren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Dieses Dokument wurde u. a. von folgenden Personen verfasst: Holger Levsen " +"(2007-2022), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " +"2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " +"(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " +"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " +"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " +"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " +"(2015) und Serhii Horichenko (2022). Es ist unter der GPL2 oder einer " +"späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Inhalte hinzufügen wollen: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Bitte nur, " +"wenn Sie auch dessen Autor sind und beabsichtigen, es unter den gleichen " +"Bedingungen zu lizenzieren!</emphasis> Dann fügen Sie hier Ihren Namen hinzu " +"und lizenzieren Sie die Inhalte unter der GPL v2 oder einer späteren Version." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt eine <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">Online-Übersicht der bereitgestellten Übersetzungen</ulink>, die " +"regelmäßig aktualisiert wird." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Unter Verwendung von PO-Dateien übersetzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept " +#| "in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +#| "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-" +#| "manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Wie bei vielen anderen Software-Projekten werden Übersetzungen dieses " +"Dokuments mit PO-Dateien organisiert. Mehr Information über den Prozess " +"finden Sie in <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"bookworm-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Online mittels Web-Browser übersetzen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" +#| "bookworm-manual/\"/> for more information." +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Übersetzungsteams haben sich dazu entschlossen mittels Weblate " +"zu übersetzen. Weitere Informationen gibt es unter <ulink url=\"https://" +"hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Bitte melden Sie Fehler." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU General Public Licence" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Handbuch für Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the " +#| "full list of copyright owners." +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > und andere; die vollständige " +"Liste der Copyright-Inhaber gibt es im <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright-" +"Kapitel</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Anhang B - Neuerungen in älteren Veröffentlichungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Neuigkeiten für Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Bookworm, siehe " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">Debian-" +"Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, dem " +"Standard für Debian 12 Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Alles, was in Debian 12 Bookworm neu ist, z. B.:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Arbeitsumgebungen KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE 1.24" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Lehrprogramme GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Musikprogramm Rosegarden 20.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm enthält mehr als 59000 Pakete, die zur Installation zur " +"Verfügung stehen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Information zu Debian 12 bookworm sind in den <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweisen</" +"ulink> und in der <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">Debian-Installationsanleitung</ulink> zu finden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm-Handbuchl</ulink> ist auf Chinesisch " +"(vereinfacht), Dänisch, Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, " +"Japanisch, Norwegisch (Bokmål), Brasilianisches Portugiesisch, Europäisches " +"Portugiesisch und Spanisch übersetzt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"siehe <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">die " +"Debian Edu Bookworm Statusseite</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Historische Informationen zu älteren Veröffentlichungen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Die folgenden Debian-Edu-Releases gab es davor:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" +"Neuerungen in Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye veröffentlicht am 14.08.2021" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0, Codename Buster veröffentlicht am 06.07.2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch, veröffentlicht am 17.06.2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, Codename Jessie veröffentlicht am 02.07.2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, Codename Wheezy, freigegeben am 28.09.2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, Codename »Squeeze«, freigegeben am 03.03.2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, Codename »Squeeze«, freigegeben am 11.03.2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 »Lenny«, freigegeben am 05.10.2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 »Lenny«, freigegeben am 08.02.2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Ddian Edu »3.0r1-Terra«, freigegeben am 05.12.2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\", freigegeben am 22.7.2007. Basierend auf " +"Debian-4.0 »Etch«, freigegeben am 08.04.2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, freigegeben am14.3. 2006. Basierend auf Debian-3.1, Codename " +"»Sarge«, freigegeben am 06.06.2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\", freigegeben am 20.6.2004. Basierend auf Debian-3.0 " +"»Woody«, freigegeben am 19.07.2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Eine vollständige und detaillierte Übersicht älterer Releases gibt es im " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Anhang C des Jessie-Handbuchs</ulink>; Sie finden die " +"betreffenden Release-Handbücher auch auf der <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">Dokumentations-Übersichtsseite</" +"ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wähle \"Uplink\", wenn dein Upstream Netzwerk eine statische IP Adresse " +#~ "verlangt und, wenn du die Empfehlung oben gefolgt bist bezgl. interne " +#~ "Netzwerke, \"Education\"." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm-Handbuchl</ulink> ist auf Chinesisch " +#~ "(vereinfacht), Dänisch, Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, " +#~ "Italienisch, Japanisch, Norwegisch (Bokmål), Brasilianisches " +#~ "Portugiesisch, Europäisches Portugiesisch und Spanisch übersetzt." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Die Nutzung von Backports ist einfach:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Handbuch für Debian Edu 11 Codename Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neue Version des Debian-Installationsprogramms von Debian Bullseye, siehe " +#~ "dessen <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">Installationsanleitung</ulink> für weitere Informationen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neue graphische Elemente basierend auf dem <ulink url=\"https://" +#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld-Theme</ulink>, " +#~ "dem Standard für Debian 11 (bullseye)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Der Debian-Installer unterstützt die LTSP-Chroot-Einrichtung nicht mehr. " +#~ "Im Falle einer Kombiserver-Installation (Profile »Hauptserver« und »LTSP-" +#~ "Server« ) erfolgt die Einrichtung der Thin-Client-Unterstützung (jetzt " +#~ "unter Verwendung von X2Go) am Ende der Installation. Das Erzeugen des " +#~ "SquashFS-Images für die Diskless-Client-Unterstützung (aus dem " +#~ "Dateisystem des Servers) erfolgt beim ersten Start." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bei separaten LTSP-Servern müssen beide Schritte über ein Tool nach dem " +#~ "ersten Booten innerhalb des internen Netzwerks durchgeführt werden, weil " +#~ "erst dann genügend Informationen vom Hauptserver verfügbar sind." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arbeitsumgebungen KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " +#~ "1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Musikprogramm Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Weitere Information zu Debian 11 Bullseye sind in den <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "releasenotes\">Veröffentlichungshinweisen</ulink> und in der <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Debian-" +#~ "Installationsanleitung</ulink> zu finden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Handbuch</ulink> ist vollständig " +#~ "übersetzt in Niederländisch, Französisch, Deutsch, Italienisch, " +#~ "Japanisch, Norwegisch Bokmål, Portugiesisch (Portugal) und Vereinfachtes " +#~ "Chinesisch." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Teilweise übersetzte Versionen gibt es für Dänisch und Spanisch." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Andere Änderungen im Vergleich zum vorhergehenden Release" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verbesserte Unterstützung für TLS/SSL innerhalb des internen Netzwerks. " +#~ "Auf allen Rechnern ist das Debian Edu Root-CA-Zertifikat im systemweiten " +#~ "Zertifikatspaket enthalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neues LTSP, von Grund auf neu geschrieben, ohne Unterstützung für Thin " +#~ "Clients. Thin Clients werden jetzt mittels X2Go unterstützt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Netboot wird unter Verwendung von iPXE anstelle von PXELINUX " +#~ "bereitgestellt, um mit LTSP konform zu sein." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das Verzeichnis <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> wird jetzt als Netboot-" +#~ "Basis anstelle von <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis> verwendet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo wird als Standardsuchanbieter sowohl für Firefox ESR als auch " +#~ "für Chromium verwendet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chromium verwendet die interne Website anstelle von Google als " +#~ "Standardstartseite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auf Diskless Workstations ist das Kerberos-TGT nach der Anmeldung " +#~ "automatisch verfügbar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein neues Tool zum Einrichten von freeRADIUS mit Unterstützung der beiden " +#~ "Methoden EAP-TTLS/PAP und PEAP-MSCHAPV2 wurde hinzugefügt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba ist als »Standalone-Server« mit Unterstützung für SMB2/SMB3 " +#~ "konfiguriert; es ist nicht mehr möglich, einer Domäne beizutreten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die GOsa²-Web-Oberfläche zeigt keine Samba-bezogenen Einträge mehr an, da " +#~ "die Samba-Kontodaten nicht mehr in LDAP gespeichert werden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Der grafische Modus des Debian-Installers wird nun für PXE-Installationen " +#~ "verwendet (anstelle des Textmodus)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zentraler CUPS-Druckserver ipp.intern; Benutzer, die zur Gruppe »printer-" +#~ "admins« gehören, dürfen CUPS administrieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Icinga-Administration über die Weboberfläche ist auf den Erstbenutzer " +#~ "beschränkt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie bereits einen Router haben, diesen jedoch nicht nach Bedarf " +#~ "konfigurieren können (z.B. weil Sie das nicht dürfen oder aus technischen " +#~ "Gründen), kann ein älterer Computer mit zwei Netzwerkschnittstellen als " +#~ "Gateway zwischen dem bestehenden und dem Debian-Edu-Netzwerk verwendet " +#~ "werden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein einfacher Weg ist, Debian Edu auf diesem Computer zu installieren. " +#~ "Wählen Sie während der Installation »Minimal« als Profil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Führen Sie nach der Installation <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +#~ "config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" +#~ "computeroutput> aus, wodurch die folgenden Änderungen vorgenommen werden:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Die Datei »/etc/network/interfaces« anpassen." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Den Rechnernamen permanent auf »gateway« ändern." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Überflüssige Skripte löschen." + +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Eine Firewall installieren (optional)." + +#~ msgid "Main section" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-Plugin-Hauptseite" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" +#~ "emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis> (also die " +#~ "Checkbox anhaken)</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/" +#~ "GettingStarted#User_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">User Management with " +#~ "GOsa²</ulink>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Benutzerverwaltung mit GOsa²</link>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Benutzer ein USB-Laufwerk an einen X2Go-Thin-Client anschließen oder " +#~ "dort eine DVD/CD-ROM in ein Laufwerk einlegen, dann wird der Datenträger " +#~ "automatisch eingebunden und steht im entsprechenden Ordner auf dem Xfce-" +#~ "Desktop zum Zugriff bereit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn ein entfernter Nutzer das Popup-Fenster entsprechend quittiert oder " +#~ "in der Konsole pmount verwendet, kann er sogar das Gerät einhängen und " +#~ "hat Zugriff auf die Dateien." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um anstelle der Vorgabe eine Arbeitsumgebung Ihrer Wahl zu installieren, " +#~ "drücken Sie TAB und ändern dann die Kernel-Boot-Optionen (wie oben " +#~ "beschrieben)." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Fecha de publicación; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Traducción:</emphasis> +2007 José L. Redrejo Rodríguez +2009-2012, 2015 Rafael Rivas +2010, 2012-2013 Norman Garcia +2021 Adolfo Jayme Barrientos +2021-2023 Eulalio Barbero Espinosa +2022 Javier Serrador +2023-2024 Francisco Javier Carro Orgeira +2024 Rafael Fontenelle +2025 Francisco Serrador +2026 Emma peel + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.es.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8623 @@ +# translation of release-manual.pot to Spanish +# release-manual for debian edu +# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others +# Source URL: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/ +# Copyright (C) 2007 José L. Redrejo Rodríguez <jredrejo@edu.juntaextremadura.net>, 2007. +# <>, 2009, 2010. +# <>, 2010. +# Rafael Ernesto Rivas <tato@debian.org.sv>, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Norman Garcia Aguilar <norman@riseup.net>, 2012, 2013. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-02-25 23:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: emma peel <emma.peel@riseup.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/es/>\n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8 bits\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.16.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "es" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manual de Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Fecha de publicación:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu 13 nombre código trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logotipo del instalador de Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Este es el manual de la versión 13 (trixie) de Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"La versión en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> es un wiki que se actualiza con frecuencia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Las traducciones actualizadas están disponibles <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Sobre Debian Edu y Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, también conocido como Skolelinux, es una distribución Linux " +"basada en Debian que brinda un entorno listo para implantar en una red " +"escolar. Fue pensada para funcionar en un entorno de tipo cliente-servidor. " +"Los servidores y los clientes son <emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> " +"que interactúan entre sí. Los servidores brindan la información que " +"requieren los clientes para funcionar. Cuando se instala un servidor en una " +"máquina y su cliente en otra, ambas se conocen como el servidor y el " +"cliente, por extensión del concepto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Los capítulos sobre <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de hárdware y " +"de red</link> y sobre la <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> " +"contienen los detalles básicos del diseño del sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Tras la instalación de un servidor principal, todos los servicios necesarios " +"para una red escolar están configurados y el sistema está listo para ser " +"utilizado. Sólo hay que añadir usuarios y máquinas a través de GOsa², una " +"cómoda Web-UI o cualquier otro editor LDAP. También se ha preparado un " +"entorno de arranque en red mediante PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink>, de modo que tras la instalación inicial del servidor " +"principal desde un CD, disco Blu-ray o unidad flash USB, se pueden instalar " +"todas las demás máquinas a través de la red, esto incluye las \"estaciones " +"de trabajo itinerantes\" (las que se pueden sacar de la red escolar, " +"normalmente portátiles o netbooks). Además, pueden arrancar las máquinas " +"mediante PXE/iPXE como estaciones de trabajo sin disco o clientes ligeros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Múltiples aplicaciones educativas como GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege y Scratch, se han incluido en el escritorio predeterminado, que se " +"pueden ampliar fácilmente casi ilimitadamente, vía el universo Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Un poco de historia, y el porqué de dos nombres" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"es una distribución de Linux, hecha por el proyecto Debian Edu. Como " +"distribución <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink> es un subproyecto oficial de <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Lo que esto significa, es que Skolelinux es una versión de Debian que " +"proporciona un ambiente \"fuera de lo normal\" de una red escolar " +"completamente configurada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"El proyecto Skolelinux fue fundado en Noruega el 2 de julio de 2001, y casi " +"a la vez Raphaël Hertzog iniciaba el proyecto Debian Edu en Francia. Desde " +"el 2003, ambos proyectos trabajan unidos, aunque se mantienen ambos nombres. " +"«Skole» y (Debian-)«Educativo» son dos términos bien conocidos en estas " +"regiones." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Actualmente, el sistema se utiliza en muchos países por todo el mundo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arquitectura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección del documento describe la arquitectura de red y los servicios " +"proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "La topología de red de Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"La figura es un esquema propuesto de la topología de red. La configuración " +"predeterminada de Skolelinux asume que hay un (y sólo uno) servidor " +"principal, y permite incluir tanto servidores LTSP (con clientes ligeros y/o " +"estaciones sin disco asociados) como estaciones de trabajo. El número de " +"estaciones de trabajo puede ser tan grande o pequeño como se quiera (desde " +"ninguno a muchísimos). Lo mismo para los servidores LTSP, cada uno de los " +"cuales está en una red separada, de forma que el tráfico entre los clientes " +"ligeros y el servidor LTSP no afecte al resto de los servicios de red. LTSP " +"se explica en detalle en el capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">el " +"HowTo relacionado</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"La razón por la que sólo puede haber un servidor principal en cada red es " +"que el servidor principal proporciona DHCP, y sólo puede haber una máquina " +"haciendo eso en cada red. Es posible trasladar servicios del servidor " +"principal a otras máquinas configurando el servicio en otra máquina, y " +"posteriormente, actualizando la configuración de DNS para que apunte al " +"alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Para simplificar la configuración estándar de Skolelinux, la conexión a " +"Internet se ejecuta sobre un router separado, también llamado puerta de " +"entrada. Ver el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Internet router</link> para tener más información sobre " +"cómo configurar una puerta de entrada si no es posible configurar una " +"existente según sea necesario." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "La configuración de red predeterminada" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP en el servidor principal da servicio a la red 10.0.0.0/8, " +"proporcionando un menú de arranque PXE en el que puedes elegir si instalar " +"un nuevo servidor/estación de trabajo, arrancar un cliente ligero o una " +"estación de trabajo sin disco, ejecutar memtest o arrancar desde el disco " +"duro local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Esto está diseñado para modificarse; para más detalles ver el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">el HowTo relacionado</link> ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP en los servidores LTSP sólo sirve para una red dedicada en la segunda " +"interfaz (192.168.0.0/24 y 192.168.1.0/24 son opciones preconfiguradas) y " +"rara vez debería ser necesario cambiarlo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "La configuración de todas las subredes se almacena en LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Una red Skolelinux necesita un servidor principal (también llamado " +"\"tjener\" que significa \"servidor\" en Noruego) que por defecto tenga la " +"dirección IP 10.0.2.2 y se instale seleccionando el perfil del Main Server. " +"Es posible (pero no requerido) seleccionar e instalar también los perfiles " +"de servidor LTSP y estación de trabajo al perfil de servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"A excepción del control de los clientes ligeros, todos los servicios se " +"configuran inicialmente en un ordenador central (el servidor principal). Por " +"razones de rendimiento, los servidores LTSP deben estar separados (aunque es " +"posible instalar los perfiles del Servidor Principal y del Servidor LTSP en " +"la misma máquina). Todos los servicios tienen asignado un nombre DNS " +"dedicado y se ofrecen exclusivamente a través de IPv4. El nombre DNS " +"asignado facilita mover servicios individuales del servidor principal a una " +"máquina diferente, simplemente deteniendo el servicio en el servidor " +"principal, y cambiando la configuración DNS para que apunte a la nueva " +"ubicación del servicio (que, por supuesto, primero se debe configurar en esa " +"máquina)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Para garantizar la seguridad, siempre que se transmitan contraseñas por la " +"red, se hace en canal encriptado. Por tanto, no se envía ninguna contraseña " +"en texto plano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Abajo se encuentra una lista de los servicios que se tienen por defecto en " +"una red Skolelinux, con el nombre del DNS en cada servicio. Si es posible, " +"todos los archivos de configuración se referirán al servicio por su nombre " +"(sin el nombre del dominio), haciendo más fácil para las escuelas el cambio " +"de dominio (si se tiene un dominio DNS) o la dirección IP que utilizan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabla de servicios</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descripción de servicios</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nombre común</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nombre de servicio DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Registros centralizados" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Sistema de Nombre de Dominio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "dominio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configuración automática de equipos en red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "Bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronización de reloj" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Directorios de usuarios vía sistema de archivos de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "inicio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Correo Electrónico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "oficina de correos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Servicio de Directorio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "Protocolo ligero de acceso a directorios (ldap)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administración de usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Servidor Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Copia de seguridad Central" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Caché Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "caché web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Impresión" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Inicio de sesión remoto seguro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración Automática" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Servidor/es LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Vigilancia de máquinas y servicios con notificación de errores, además de " +"estado e historial en la web. Notificación de errores por correo electrónico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga y Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "Resumen del sitio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Cada usuario almacena sus archivos personales en su directorio home que está " +"disponible en el servidor. Los directorios Home son accesibles desde todas " +"las máquinas, dando a los usuarios acceso independientemente del puesto que " +"estén usando. El servidor opera sin importar el sistema operativo, " +"ofreciendo acceso vía NFS para clientes Unix y vía SMB2/SMB3 para otros " +"clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, el correo está configurado para envío local (dentro de la " +"escuela), aunque se puede configurar el envío a todo Internet si la escuela " +"tiene una conexión a Internet fija. Los clientes están configurados para " +"enviar correo al servidor (usando 'smarthost'), y los usuarios pueden <link " +"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">acceder a su correo personal</link> mediante " +"IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Todos los servicios usan el mismo nombre de usuario y contraseña, gracias a " +"la base de datos centralizada para autenticación y autorización de usuarios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Para incrementar el rendimiento al acceder frecuentente a los mismos sitios " +"de internet hay un proxy que cachea localmente los archivos (Squid). Junto " +"al bloqueo de tráfico web en el router este también permite el control de " +"acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"La configuración de red en los clientes se hace automáticamente con DHCP. " +"Los clientes normales reciben direcciones IP en el rango privado 10.0.0.0/8, " +"y los clientes LTSP se conectan a su servidor LTSP mediante la subred " +"separada 192.168.0.0/24 (esto asegura que el tráfico de los clientes LTSP no " +"interfiera con el resto de los servicios de red)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"El registro de sucesos está centralizado, de forma que todas las " +"computadoras envían sus mensajes al servidor. El servicio syslog está " +"configurado para aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, el servidor de DNS está configurado con un dominio para uso " +"interno (*.intern), contra un servidor de DNS real (\"externo\") que puede " +"configurarse. El servidor de DNS actua como un caché de DNS, de forma que " +"todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Los alumnos y profesores pueden publicar sitios web. El servidor web " +"proporciona mecanismos para autenticar los usuarios, y para limitar el " +"acceso a páginas individuales y subdirectorios a ciertos usuarios y grupos. " +"Los usuarios pueden crear páginas web dinámicas, ya que el servidor web " +"puede ejecutar programas del lado del servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"La información sobre los ordenadores y los usuarios se puede cambiar en una " +"ubicación central y es accesible a todos los ordenadores de la red " +"automáticamente. Para conseguirlo, hay un servidor de directorio " +"centralizado. El directorio tendrá información sobre los usuarios, grupos, " +"máquinas y grupos de máquinas. Para evitar confusión entre los usuarios no " +"habrá ninguna diferencia entre los grupos de archivos y grupos de red. Esto " +"implica que los grupos de máquinas que van a estar en grupos de red, usarán " +"el mismo namespace como grupos de usuarios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"La administración de los usuarios y servicios se hace mediante web, y sigue " +"estándares establecidos. Son funcionales en los navegadores que incluye " +"Skolelinux. Es posible delegar algunas tareas a usuarios o grupos de " +"usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar algunos problemas con NFS, y hacer más simple la depuración de " +"errores, es necesario sincronizar los relojes de todas las máquinas. Para " +"lograr esto, el servidor Skolelinux tiene configurado un servidor NTP, y " +"todas las estaciones y clientes se configuran para sincronizar sus relojes " +"con el servidor. El servidor debe sincronizar su propio reloj mediante NTP " +"con alguna de las máquinas disponibles en Internet para asegurarse de que " +"toda la red tenga la hora correcta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Las impresoras se conectan donde sean necesarias, bien directamente en la " +"red, o conectadas a un servidor, estación de trabajo o servidor LTSP El " +"acceso a las impresoras se puede controlar para los usuarios de acuerdo con " +"el grupo al que pertenezcan, y puede hacerse con cuota y control de acceso a " +"las impresoras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Una red Skolelinux puede tener muchos servidores LTSP, que SE pueden " +"instalar seleccionando el perfil servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"EL servidor LTSP está configurado para recibir los registros de los clientes " +"ligeros y reenviarlos al servidor central." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Tener en cuenta:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Las estaciones de trabajo sin disco LTSP utilizan los programas instalados " +"en el servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"El sistema de archivos raíz cliente se proporciona utilizando NFS. Después " +"de cada modificación en el servidor LTSP, la imagen relacionada se tiene que " +"regenerar; ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> en el servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Clientes ligeros" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Una configuración de cliente ligero permite a un PC ordinario funcionar como " +"un terminal (X). Esto significa que la computadora arranca desde el servidor " +"a través de la red usando PXE, sin usar el disco duro local. La " +"configuración de cliente ligero ahora usa X2Go, porque la LTSP ya no tiene " +"soporte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Los clientes ligeros son una buena forma de usar máquinas viejas " +"(principalmente de 32 bit), ya que los programas se ejecutan en el servidor " +"LTSP. Funciona así: El servicio usa DHCP y TFTP para conectarse a la red y " +"arrancar desde la red. Después, se monta el sistema de archivos desde el " +"servidor LTSP usano NFS, y finalmente el cliente de X2Go se inicia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Estaciones sin disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Una estación sin disco, ejecuta todas las aplicaciones localmente, sin " +"necesidad de un S.O instalado. Esto significa que las máquinas cliente " +"arrancan vía PXE sin ejecutar el software instalado en un disco duro local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Las estaciones sin disco son una forma excelente para reutilizar hardware " +"reciente, con el mismo costo bajo de mantenimiento que los clientes ligeros. " +"Las aplicaciones son administradas y mantenidas en el servidor, sin " +"necesidad de instalaciones en los clientes. Los directorios de los usuarios " +"y las configuraciones de sistema son almacenadas en el servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Clientes en red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Se usa el término \"clientes en red\" en este manual para referirse tanto a " +"los clientes ligeros, como las terminales sin disco, o equipos utilizando " +"macOS o Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administración" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Todas las máquinas Linux que se instalan con el instalador de Skolelinux se " +"pueden administrar desde una computadora central, es decir el servidor. Se " +"puede acceder a todas las máquinas por SSH y, por tanto hay acceso completo " +"a todos los puestos. Como root primero es necesario ejecutar " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> para obtener un TGT de Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Toda la información de los usuarios se guarda en un directorio LDAP. Las " +"actualizaciones de las cuentas de usuario se hacen en esta base de datos, " +"que es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Actualmente hay dos medios de instalación: por red y BD. Ambos medios pueden " +"ser cargados desde memorias USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"La idea es poder instalar un servidor desde cualquier medio una sola vez e " +"instalar los demás clientes por la red arrancando a través de la red." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Solo la instalación en red necesita acceso a Internet durante la instalación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"La instalación no debería hacer ninguna pregunta, con la excepción del " +"idioma deseado, ubicación, disposición del teclado y perfil de la máquina " +"(Servidor principal, Estación de trabajo, Servidor LTSP, ...). Todas las " +"demás configuraciones se harán automáticamente con valores razonables, y el " +"administrador del sistema las podrá cambiar desde un sitio centralizado " +"después de la instalación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Cada cuenta de usuario de Skolelinux tiene asignada una sección del sistema " +"de archivos en el servidor de archivos. Esta sección (directorio home) " +"contiene los archivos de configuración del usuario, documentos, correos " +"electrónicos y páginas web. Algunos de los archivos deberían tener acceso de " +"lectura para otros usuarios del sistema, algunos podrían ser de lectura para " +"todos a través de Internet, y algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie " +"que no fuera el usuario." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Para asegurar que todos los discos serán utilizados para directorios de " +"datos de los usuarios o directorios compartidos, pueden poseer nombres " +"únicos entre todas los ordenadores durante la instalación al ser montados " +"como <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Inicialmente, " +"se crea un directorio en el servidor de archivos, <computeroutput>/skole/" +"tjener/home0/</computeroutput> en el que se crean todas las cuentas de " +"usuarios. Se pueden crrear más directorios cuando sea necesario acomodar " +"grupos de usuarios particulares o patrones particulares de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Para habilitar el acceso compartido de archivos según el sistema de permisos " +"de UNIX, los usuarios necesitan estar en un grupo compartido adicional (como " +"\"students\") así como al grupo inicial al que pertenecen de manera " +"predeterminada.Si los usuarios tienen una umask apropiada para hacer " +"artículos de nueva creación y compartir archivos en grupos accesibles (002 o " +"007), y si los directorios en los que están trabajando están configurados " +"para garantizar que los archivos hereden la propiedad del grupo correcta, el " +"resultado es un intercambio de archivos controlado entre los miembros de un " +"grupo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"La configuración de acceso inicial para los archivos recién creados es una " +"cuestión de política. El umask predeterminado de Debian es 022 (que no " +"permitiría acceso a grupos como los ya descritos), pero Debian Edu utiliza " +"uno predeterminado de 002 - lo que significa que los archivos se crean con " +"acceso de lectura para todos, que se pueden eliminar posteriormente por " +"acción explícita del usuario. Esto se puede cambiar alternativamente (por la " +"edición de <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) a un " +"umask de 007 - significa que el acceso leído está bloqueado inicialmente, " +"necesitando la acción del usuario para hacerlo accesible. El primer " +"acercamiento fomenta el intercambio de conocimientos y hace que el sistema " +"resulte más transparente, mientras que el segundo método disminuye el riesgo " +"de propagación no deseada de información sensible. El problema con la " +"primera solución es que no es evidente para los usuarios que el material que " +"crean será accesible a los demás usuarios. Sólo pueden detectar esto " +"inspeccionando los directorios de otros usuarios y viendo que sus archivos " +"son legibles. El problema con la segunda solución es que es probable que " +"pocas personas hagan que sus archivos sean accesibles, incluso si no " +"contienen información sensible y el contenido fuera útil para los usuarios " +"curiosos que quieren aprender cómo otros han resuelto problemas particulares " +"(típicamente problemas de configuración)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Hay diferentes formas de usar una solución Skolelinux. Puede instalarse en " +"un sólo PC o en una amplia región con muchas escuelas operadas centralmente. " +"Esta flexibilidad marca una gran diferencia en la configuración de los " +"componentes de la red, los servidores y las máquinas cliente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos de hardware" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de los diferentes perfiles se explica en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitecturas de red</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si se pretende utilizar LTSP, echar un vistazo a la <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP página wiki de " +"Requisitos de Hardware</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Las computadoras ejecutando Debian Edu / Skolelinux deben tener " +"procesadores, ya sea de 32 bits (Debian arquitectura 'i386', procesadores " +"más antiguos son compatibles 686) o 64 bits (arquitectura Debian «amd64») " +"procesadores x86." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Los clientes ligeros pueden funcionar con 256 MB de RAM y 400 MHZ de " +"procesador, aunque se recomienda más RAM y procesadores de mayor velocidad." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Para estaciones de trabajo, terminales sin disco e instalaciones " +"individuales, PC's con velocidad de 1500 MHz y 1024 Mb de RAM son los " +"requisitos mínimos. Para ejecutar navegadores modernos y LibreOffice se " +"recomienda 2048 Mb de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "El requerimiento mínimo de espacio depende del perfil que se instale:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"servidor principal combinado + servidor LTSP + estación de trabajo (si se " +"desea una interfaz gráfica en el servidor): 60 GiB (más espacio adicional " +"para cuentas de usuario)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40Gb." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "Estación de trabajo, o independiente: 30 Gb." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "instalación mínima de máquinas en red: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Los servidores LTSP necesitan dos tarjetas de red cuando se usa la " +"arquitectura de red por defecto:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 conectada a la red principal (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 se utiliza para servir a los clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Los portátiles son estaciones de trabajo móviles, por lo que tienen los " +"mismos requerimientos de las estaciones de trabajo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Hardware conocido que funciona" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Una lista de hardware testeado esta en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista no está completa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> es un esfuerzo " +"para documentar el proceso de instalación, configuración y uso de Debian en " +"hardware específico. Por lo tanto los potenciales compradores sabrán si su " +"hardware es soportado y los propietarios podrán saber como obtener el máximo " +"de sus equipos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Requerimientos para una instalación de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Configuración por defecto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Se aplican las siguientes reglas cuando se usa la arquitectura de red por " +"defecto:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Necesitas exactamente un servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "" +"Puede tener hasta cientos de estaciones de trabajo en la red principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Puede tener muchos servidores LTSP en la red principal; se preconfiguarn dos " +"subredes diferentes (DNS, DHCP) en LDAP, aunque se pueden agregar más." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Puede tener cientos de clientes ligeros y/o estaciones de trabajo sin disco " +"en cada red de servidores LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Puede tener cientos de otras computadoras que tendrán direcciones IP " +"asignadas de manera dinámica." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a Internet necesita un enrutador/pasarela (ver más abajo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Enrutador de Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario para conectarse a internet un enrutador/pasarela conectado a " +"Internet en la interfaz externa y con la dirección IP 10.0.0.1 y máscara de " +"red 255.0.0.0 en la interfaz interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"El enrutador no debería ejecutar un servidor DHCP, puede ejecutar un " +"servidor DNS, aunque no es necesario y no se usará." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que aún no tenga un enrutador o su enrutador existente no pueda " +"configurarse adecuadamente, cualquier máquina que cumpla los requisitos para " +"una instalación mínima de Debian y que tenga al menos dos interfaces de red " +"puede convertirse en una pasarela entre la red existente y la de Debian Edu. " +"Vea <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">documentación de instalación</link> para una forma sencilla de " +"instalar y configurar una máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si necesita algo para un enrutador empotrado, o un punto de acceso le " +"recomendamos usar <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, así " +"podrá usar también el firmware original. Utilizar el firmware original es " +"más fácil, utilizar OpenWRT le proporciona más opciones y control. Revise la " +"web de OpenwRT para una lista completa del <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Es posible usar una configuración diferente de red (existe un <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">proceso " +"documentado</ulink> para hacer esto), pero si usted no tiene una " +"infraestructura de red preexistente, le recomendamos abstenerse de hacerlo, " +"y mantener la configuración predeterminada de la <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de red</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Instalación y opciones de descarga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Donde encontrar información adicional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que leas o, al menos, eches un vistazo a las <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notas de versión " +"para Debian Trixie</ulink> antes de comenzar a instalar un sistema para uso " +"de producción. Hay más información sobre la versión Debian Trixie disponible " +"en su <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, dale a Debian Edu/Skolelinux una oportunidad, simplemente debe " +"funcionar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Se recomienda, sin embargo, leer los capítulos sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de hardware y red</link> y sobre la " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de comenzar a " +"instalar un servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de leer el capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Iniciando con " +"Debian Edu</link> de este manual, ya que explica como iniciar sesión por " +"primera vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename trixie" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Descargar un medio de instalación para Debian Edu 12 Codename trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 o i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for very old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> son los nombres de dos arquitecturas de Debian para la CPU " +"x86, ambas son o han sido construídas por AMD, Intel y otros fabricantes. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> es una arquitectura de 64-bit e " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> es una arquitectura de 32-bit. En una " +"nueva instalación actualizada usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> solo ha de usarse para hardware " +"antiguo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagen ISO netinst para amd64 o i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Se puede usar la imagen iso de instalación por red para instalar desde un CD/" +"DVD o una tarjeta flash y está disponsible para dos arquitecturas Debian: " +"amd64 o i386. Como dice su nombre, para su instalación se necesita conexión " +"a internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Trixie has been released these images will be available for download " +#| "from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se ha lanzado Trixie estarán disponibles estas imágenes para su " +"descarga desde:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imágenes BD ISO para i386 o amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or " +#| "disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Estas imágenes ISO tienen un tamaño aproximado de 7,5 GB y pueden utilizarse " +"para la instalación en máquinas amd64 o i386, también sin acceso a Internet. " +"Al igual que la imagen netinst, puede utilizarse en memorias USB o discos " +"con un tamaño suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verificación de archivos de imagen descargados" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Las instrucciones detalladas para verificar y usar estas imágenes forma " +"parte de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Fuentes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Los archivos fuentes están disponibles en los lugares habituales de Debian, " +"varios medios están conectados en <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/" +"cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalacion de Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Cuando haces una instalación de Debian Edu, tienes algunas opciones donde " +"elegir. No tengas miedo; no hay muchas. Hemos hecho un buen trabajo para " +"ocultar la complejidad de Debian durante la instalación y más. Sin embargo, " +"Debian Edu es Debian, y si deseas hay más de 59.000 paquetes donde elegir y " +"mil millones de opciones de configuración. Para la mayoría de nuestros " +"usuarios, nuestros valores por defectos deben de ser apropiados. Atención: " +"si se va a usar LTSP, elije un entorno de escritorio ligero." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Escenarios de instalación del servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Típica red escolar o doméstica con acceso a Internet a través de un router " +"que proporciona DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Es posible la instalación de un servidor principal, pero después de " +"reiniciar no habrá acceso a Internet (debido a la interfaz de red principal " +"IP 10.0.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Mirar el capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet " +"router</link> para detalles de cómo configurar una puerta de entrada si no " +"es posible configurar una existente como se necesita." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Conectar todos los componentes tal como se muestra en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">arquitectura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"El servidor principal debe tener conexión a Internet una vez arrancado por " +"primera vez en el entorno correcto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Típica red escolar o institucional, parecida a la anterior, pero " +"requiriéndose uso de proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Añadir 'debian-edu-expert' a la línea de comandos del kernel; ver más abajo " +"para obtener más detalles de cómo se hace esto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Se deben de responder algunas preguntas adicionales, incluída una " +"relacionada con el servidor proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Red con router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que no proporciona un servidor DHCP) y " +"acceso a Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"En cuanto falle la configuración de red automática (debido a la falta de " +"DHCP,) selecciona configuración de red manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Introduce 10.0.2.2/8 como host IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Introduce 10.0.0.1 como gateway IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Introduce 8.8.8.8 como IP de servidor de nombres a menos que sepas más" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "El servidor principal debe funcionar después del primer boot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Fuera de línea (sin conexión a Internet):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Usa la imagen ISO BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrate de que todos los cables de red (real/virtual) estén desconectados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona 'No configurar la red en este momento' (después de que DHCP no " +"configurase la red y presionastes 'Continuar')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Actualiza el sistema una vez arrancado la primera vez en el entorno correcto " +"con acceso a Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Entorno de Escritorio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Están disponibles varios entornos de escritorio:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce tiene una huella ligeramente mayor que LXDE pero muy buen soporte para " +"idiomas (106 idiomas)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE y GNOME tienen un buen soporte de idiomas, pero una huella demasiado " +"grande tanto para ordenadores antiguos como para clientes de LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon es una alternativa más ligera a GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE es más ligero que los tres anteriores, pero carece de un buen apoyo " +"lingüístico para varios países." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE tiene la huella más pequeña y soporta 35 idiomas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt es un entorno de escritorio ligero (con soporte de idiomas similar a " +"LXDE) con un aspecto y sensación más modernos (basado en Qt como KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu como un proyecto internacional ha elegido utilizar Xfce como el " +"entorno de escritorio predeterminado; mira a continuación cómo configurar " +"uno diferente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalación modular" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Al instalar un sistema con perfil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> se " +"instalan muchos programas relacionados con la educación. Para instalar sólo " +"el perfil básico, retira el parámetro de la línea de comandos del kernel " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> antes de comenzar la instalación; consulta " +"más abajo para obtener más información sobre cómo se hace esto. Esto permite " +"instalar un sistema específico del sitio y se puede utilizar para acelerar " +"las instalaciones de prueba." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Ten en cuenta: Si después deseas instalar un entorno de escritorio, no " +"utilices los meta-paquetes de Debian Edu como <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque esto repercutiría en todos los programas relacionados con la " +"educación; mejor instala en su lugar por ejemplo <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> . " +"Se pueden instalar uno o más de los nuevos metapaquetes relacionados con el " +"nivel escolar <emphasis>preescolar</emphasis>, <emphasis>primaria</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>secundaria</emphasis>, <emphasis>bachiller</emphasis> " +"para coincidir con el supuesto de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Para más detalles sobre los metapaquetes Debian Edu, ver la página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</" +"ulink> ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Tipos de instalación y opciones" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menú de arranque del instalador 64 bits de Hardware - modo BIOS</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menú de carga del instalador 64 bit (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"string\">Instalador gráfico</emphasis> usa el instalador " +"GTK en el que puedes usar el ratón." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalar</emphasis> realiza la instalación en modo " +"texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opciones avanzadas ></emphasis> muestra un " +"submenú con opciones más detalladas para elegir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ayuda</emphasis> brinda algunos consejos sobre " +"como usar el instalador; vea la captura de pantalla a continuación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Pantalla 1 opciones avanzadas del instalador 64bit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atrás..</emphasis> lo lleva de nuevo al menú " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación gráfica experta</emphasis> da acceso a " +"todas las opciones disponibles en modo gráfico." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo gráfico de rescate</emphasis> hace que este " +"medio de instalación se convierta en un disco de rescate para tareas de " +"emergencia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación gráfica automática</emphasis> necesita " +"un archivo preconfigurado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación experta</emphasis> da acceso a todas " +"las opciones disponibles en modo texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo de rescate</emphasis> modo texto; hace que " +"este medio de instalación se convierta en un disco de rescate para tareas de " +"emergencia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación automática</emphasis> en modo texto; " +"necesita un archivo preconfigurado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"No usar <computeroutput>Instalación gráfica exoerta</computeroutput> o " +"<computeroutput>instalación de Experto</computeroutput>, usar, en su lugar, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> como un parámetro " +"adicional del kernel en casos excepcionales." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Pantalla de ayuda</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de ayuda del instalador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Está pantalla de ayuda se explica por si sola y habilita las teclas " +"<F> en el teclado para tener ayuda más detallada en los temas " +"descritos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menú de arranque del instalador en hardware de 64 bits - modo " +"UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menú de carga del instalador 64 bit (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Añadir o cambiar los parámetros de boot para las instalaciones</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"En ambos casos, se pueden editar las opciones de arranque pulsando <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> o la tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> en el menú de arranque; la captura muestra la línea de comandos " +"para <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalación grafica</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Editar las opciones de la línea de comandos (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Editar las opciones de la línea de comandos (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Puedes utilizar un servicio proxy HTTP existente en la red para agilizar la " +"instalación del perfil del <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> desde CD. Añade " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> " +"como un parámetro adicional de arranque." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Si ya has instalado el perfil del <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> en un " +"ordenador, se podrían hacer futuras instalaciones vía PXE, ya que utilizará " +"automáticamente el proxy del servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> en " +"lugar del escritorio por defecto <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " +"sustituye <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> en el parámetro <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> en su " +"lugar, usa <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, usa " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, " +"usa <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar el escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, " +"usa <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Y para instalar el entorno de escritorio <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis> en su lugar, usa <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "El proceso de instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Recuerda los <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requerimientos del sistema</" +"link> y asegúrate que tenga al menos dos tarjetas de red (NIC) si planeas " +"configurar un servidor de clientes ligeros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Elige el idioma (para la instalación y el sistema instalado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Elige un lugar que normalmente sería el lugar donde vives." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona una disposición de teclado (la predeterminada para tu país es la " +"mejor opción)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Elige el(los) perfil(es) de la siguiente lista:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Este es el servidor principal (tjener) para tu escuela, el cual provee todos " +"los servicios preconfigurados listos para trabajar. ¡Solo debes instalar un " +"servidor principal por escuela! este perfil no incluye una interfaz gráfica " +"para el usuario. Si deseas una interfaz gráfica, hay que seleccionar la " +"opción de estación de trabajo, o servidor LTSP para agregarla." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Un ordenador que arranca desde su disco duro, y funciona con todos los " +"programas y dispositivos localmente como un ordenador común, pero el usuario " +"será autenticado por el servidor principal, donde se guardan los archivos de " +"los usuarios y las configuraciones para escritorio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation itinerante</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Igual que la estación de trabajo pero capaz de autenticación usando " +"credenciales caché, lo que significa que se puede usar fuera de la red " +"escolar. Los archivos y perfiles de los usuarios se almacenan en el disco " +"local. Para notebooks y portátiles de usuarios individuales se debe " +"seleccionar este perfil y no Workstation o Standalone como se sugería en " +"versiones anteriores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor para clientes ligeros (y estaciones sin disco), también se suele " +"llamar servidor LTSP. Clientes sin disco duro, inician y utilizan " +"aplicaciones desde el servidor. Estos ordenadores necesitan al menos, dos " +"tarjetas de red, mucha memoria e idealmente más de un procesador o núcleo. " +"Ver el capítulo relacionado <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de " +"red</link> para mayor información sobre este tema. Seleccionar este perfil " +"también habilita el perfil de estación de trabajo (aún si no se selecciona), " +"siempre se puede usar un servidor LTSP como estación de trabajo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independiente</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Un ordenador común que puede funcionar sin un servidor (esto quiere decir, " +"que no necesita estar en la red). Incluídos portátiles." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínima</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Este perfil instalará los paquetes básicos y configurará el ordenador para " +"integrarse en la red Debian Edu, pero sin ningún servicio ni aplicaciones. " +"Es útil como plataforma para servicios simples manualmente migrados desde el " +"servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que los usuarios simples puedan usar dicho sistema, debe " +"agregarse usando GOsa² (similar a una estación de trabajo) y debe instalarse " +"el paquete libpam-krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Los perfiles <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estación de trabajo</emphasis> y <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> son preseleccionados. Estos " +"perfiles pueden ser instalados en un mismo ordenador si se desea instalar el " +"llamado <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>. Esto significa " +"que el servidor principal será un servidor LTSP y también se usará como una " +"estación de trabajo. Esta es la opción prederterminada, ya que asumimos que " +"la mayoría de la gente lo querrá. Tener en cuenta que debe tener dos " +"tarjetas de red instalado en la computadora que se va a usar como servidor " +"principal combinado o como servidor de clientes ligeros para que pueda ser " +"útil después de su instalación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione \"si\" o \"no\" para particionamiento automático. Tener claro que " +"al seleccionar sí, ¡se eliminarán todos los datos en el disco duro!, al " +"seleccionar no, se requerirá más trabajo y necesitará que se creen las " +"particiones requeridas y tengan suficiente espacio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, seleccione \"sí\" para enviar información a <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> para permitirnos saber que paquetes son populares y " +"deberían de mantenerse para futuras versiones. No es obligatorio hacerlo, " +"pero es la manera más fácil de colaborar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Espera. Si en los perfiles seleccionados se incluye Servidor LTSP, entonces " +"el instalador tardará un poco mas al final \"Finalizando la instalación - " +"Ejecutando debian'edu'profile'udeb....\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Después de introducir la contraseña de root, pedirá crear una cuenta de " +"usuario normal \"para tareas no administrativas\". Para Debian Edu esta " +"cuenta de usuario es muy importante: es la cuenta que se usará para " +"administrar la red Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"La contraseña para este usuario <emphasis role=\"strong\">debe</emphasis> " +"tener una longitud de <emphasis role=\"strong\">al menos 5 caracteres</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"strong\">y debe ser diferente</emphasis> del " +"nombre de usuario <emphasis role=\"strong\">username</emphasis>, de los " +"contrario, el ingreso al sistema no será posible (aunque el instalador " +"acepte una contraseña menor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Esperar de nuevo en caso de un <emphasis>servidor principal conectado</" +"emphasis> después de reiniciar el sistema. Pasará bastante tiempo generando " +"la imagen SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo sin disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"En caso de un servidor LTSP separado, la configuración de la estación de " +"trabajo sin disco y/o del cliente ligero necesita algunos pasos manuales. " +"Para más detalles, ver el capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo de " +"clientes de red</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Instalación de una pasarela utilizando debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"El paquete <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"simplifica la configuración de una pasarela para una red Debian Edu mediante " +"un proceso de configuración interactivo en el que la información necesaria " +"se obtiene a través de una serie de diálogos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para poder utilizarlo, realice una instalación mínima de Debian. Asegúrese " +"de usar el instalador normal de Debian y no el instalador de Debian Edu, ya " +"que las instalaciones de Debian Edu no son compatibles con " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Instala el paquete <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"utilizando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Los mensajes de error relacionados a la configuración pueden aparecer y " +"pueden ignorarse por ahora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Para el proceso de configuración posterior a la instalación de " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, se requiere un " +"acceso físico al ordenador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Es posible que las interfaces de red ya estén conectadas a las redes " +"correspondientes, pero no es necesario que lo estén. Sin embargo, es " +"necesario saber qué la interfaz se conectará a una red. Para obtener más " +"información sobre el hardware de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "se puede utilizar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Elimina la configuración de las dos interfaces de red que se van a utilizar: " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> o de los archivos " +"de <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> y " +"desconfigure las dos interfaces utilizando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "El proceso de configuración propiamente dicho se inicia con" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selección del método de configuración uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Confirma para configurar uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se le pregunte por el método de configuración del cortafuegos uif " +"elige \"debian-edu-router\". Confirma que deseas configurar el cortafuegos " +"para Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping en uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Permitir traceroute en uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Decide si deseas responder a ping y a traceroute. Si no estás seguro, " +"responde afirmativamente, ya que puede ser útil para diagnosticar los " +"problemas de la red." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Activar el reenvío de los paquetes a la IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confirma que deseas activar el reenvío de los paquetes a la IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Selección del método de configuración de la red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Selección del método de configuración de la red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, asigna redes a las interfaces de la red de tu router, elige " +"una de las opciones ofrecidas dependiendo de si tus interfaces de red ya " +"están conectadas o no." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Selección de la interfaz de enlace ascendente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Selecciona la interfaz que está conectada a la red ascendente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Selección de las redes internas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona una red interna, en caso de que no estés seguro y simplemente " +"desees una única red interna selecciona \"Educación\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Activar el uso de VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona si se deben utilizar VLAN para las redes internas, si no estás " +"seguro selecciona no." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Selección de versiones IP compatibles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Selecciona aquí \"IPv4\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Selecciona las redes que requieren una dirección IP estática" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Configuración de una dirección IP estática para la red interna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Establecer <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> como dirección IP " +"estática para la red interna \"Educación\" si ha seguido la sugerencia " +"anterior sobre las redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Activar NAT para las redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Activar NAT para la red interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Acceso a Internet en la red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Habilitar el acceso a Internet para las redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Configuración del NAT inverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Configuración del NAT inverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Si deseas exponer algún servicio interno a Internet, puedes configurarlo " +"utilizando la sintaxis descrita. Ten en cuenta que el acceso SSH a la " +"pasarela puede configurarse utilizando el siguiente cuadro de diálogo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Habilitar el acceso SSH para las redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "Decide desde qué redes deseas permitir el acceso SSH a la pasarela." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar el puerto SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configura el puerto SSH, este debe ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"si la configuración no ha sido cambiada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Activar DHCP para las redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"No habilite DHCP para las redes internas, será ofrecido por el servidor " +"principal de Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +#| "Router Menu." +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Conecta las interfaces de red si aún no lo has hecho y reinicia el equipo. " +"Ahora, cuando accedas como un root vería el Menú Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configura SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Si se ha habilitado el acceso SSH, la pasarela puede reconfigurarse " +"remotamente a través del menú que se ofrece al iniciar sesión como root. " +"Pulsando <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> en el menú principal se pasa al " +"menú de configuración desde el que se puede cambiar toda o parte de la " +"configuración utilizando el mismo cuadro de diálogo que se utilizó para la " +"configuración inicial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Notas en algunas características" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Nota sobre equipos portátiles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Lo más probable es que desees utilizar el perfil de 'Roaming workstation' " +"(ver arriba). Ten en cuenta que todos los datos se almacenan localmente (así " +"que ten algún cuidado extra con las copias de seguridad) y las credenciales " +"de inicio de sesión están en la caché (así que después de un cambio de " +"contraseña, los logins pueden requerir tu contraseña antigua si no has " +"conectado el portátil a la red y se ha conectado con la nueva contraseña)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "Nota sobre instalaciones con imagen USB / Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar desde una imagen USB / Blu-ray, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> contendrá fuentes de esa imagen. Si tiene " +"conexión a Internet, le sugerimos agregar las siguientes lineas para que las " +"actualizaciones de seguridad disponible se puedan instalar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Nota sobre la instalación en CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Una instalación por red (que es el tipo de instalación que ofrece nuestro " +"CD) tomará algunos paquetes del CD y el resto lo tomará de Internet. La " +"cantidad de paquetes tomados desde la red varia de perfil en perfil pero " +"está por debajo de un gigabyte (al menos que elijas instalar todos los " +"escritorios posibles). Una vez que tienes instalado el servidor principal " +"(ya sea un servidor principal o un servidor combinado), futuras " +"instalaciones usarán el proxy para prevenir la descarga de los mismos " +"paquetes muchas veces desde Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Instalación utilizando memorias USB en lugar de CD / Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Es posible copiar directamente las imágenes CD/BD ISO a una unidad USB " +"(también conocido como \"memoria USB\") y reiniciar desde ellos. Solo " +"ejecuta un comando como este, adaptando el nombre de archivo y dispositivo a " +"tus necesidades:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Para determinar el valor de X, ejecuta este comando antes y después que se " +"haya insertado el dispositivo USB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Ten en cuenta que la copia tardará algún tiempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de la imágen seleccionada, la unidad USB se comportará como un " +"CD o Blu-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Instalación y arranque a través de la red mediante PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Para este método de instalación es necesario que el servidor principal esté " +"encendido. Cuando los clientes arrancan a través de la red principal, " +"aparecerá un menú iPXE con un instalador y opciones de selección de " +"arranque. Si la instalación PXE falla con un mensaje de error mencionando " +"que no encuentra un archivo XXX.bin, lo más probable es que la tarjeta de " +"red del cliente requiera firmware no libre. En este caso se debe modificar " +"el initrd del instalador de Debian. Esto se puede lograr ejecutando el " +"comando :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "en el servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Así es como el menú iPXE se ve solo con el perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "El menú iPXE sin entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Esto es como se ve el menú iPXE con el pérfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "El menú iPXE con entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Esta configuración permite iniciar a las estaciones sin disco y clientes " +"ligeros a través de la red principal. A diferencia de las estaciones de " +"trabajo y servidores LTSP las estaciones de trabajo sin disco no necesitan " +"agregarse a LDAP con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Se puede encontrar más información sobre los clientes de red en el capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de red</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modificar instalaciones PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"La instalación PXE utiliza un archivo de preconfiguración para debian-" +"installer, que se puede modificar y solicitar más paquetes para instalar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Se ha de agregar una línea como esta a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"La instalación PXE utiliza el fichero de preconfiguración <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Este archivo se " +"puede cambiar para ajustar la preconfiguración utilizada durante la " +"instalación, para evitar más preguntas al instalar a través de la red. Otra " +"forma de conseguirlo es proporcionar configuraciones extra en " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> y " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> y ejecutar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para actualizar los ficheros generados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se puede encontrar más información en el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual del instalador Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar o cambiar el uso del proxy cuando instale vía PXE, necesita " +"cambiar las lineas que contengan <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> y " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> en el archivo " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput>. Para desactivar el uso de proxy cuando instale, anteponga " +"el signo '#' al inicio de las primeras dos lineas y elimine " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" de la última linea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Algunas configuraciones no pueden preconfigurarse porque se necesita antes " +"descargar el archivo de preconfiguración. El idioma, la distribución del " +"teclado y el entorno de escritorio son ejemplos de tales configuraciones. Si " +"desea cambiar la configuración predeterminada, edite el archivo de menú iPXE " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> en el servidor " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Imágenes personalizadas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Crear CDs, DVDs o Blu-rays personalizados es bastante fácil, ya que se " +"utilizamos el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian " +"installer</ulink>, que es de diseño modular, y posee otras características " +"útiles. La <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Preconfiguración</ulink> le permite definir las respuestas a las " +"preguntas realizadas regularmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Así que todo lo que necesitas hacer es crear un archivo de preconfiguración " +"con tus respuestas (esto se describe en el apéndice del manual del " +"instalador de Debian) y <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Modify/CD\">remasterizar el CD/DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Paseo de captura de pantalla" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"El modo de texto y modo gráfico de instalación son idénticos, sólo la " +"apariencia es diferente. El modo gráfico ofrece la oportunidad de utilizar " +"un ratón y por supuesto, el modo gráfico se ve mucho mejor y más moderno. A " +"menos que el hardware presente problemas con el modo gráfico, no hay razón " +"para no usarlo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Así que aquí hay una muestra de captura a través de un servidor gráfico " +"principal de 64 bits + estación de trabajo + LTSP Instalación del servidor " +"(en modo BIOS) y cómo se ve en el primer arranque del servidor principal y " +"en el arranque PXE en la red cliente LTSP (pantalla de sesión de cliente " +"ligero - y pantalla de inicio tras la sesión correcta)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Selecciona un idioma" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Selecciona tu ubicación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configuración del teclado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Detectar hardware de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configurar manualmente la red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configurar la dirección IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configurar la puerta de enlace" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configurar el nombre del servidor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Elige el perfil de Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Usar la herramienta de partición automática: no" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Usar la herramienta de partición automática: sí" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Participar en la encuesta sobre el uso de paquetes: no" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Participar en la encuesta sobre el uso de paquetes: sí" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Establecer contraseña para el usuario root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Nombre completo para el primer usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Establecer nombre de usuario para el primer usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Establecer contraseña para el primer usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalación completa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de acceso a Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Escritorio Xfce mostrando la ventana del navegador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de escritorio Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Cliente ligero" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de entrada del Cliente ligero" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Iniciando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Pasos mínimos para iniciar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Durante la instalación del servidor principal, se creó una cuenta de primer " +"usuario. A partir de ahora, esta cuenta aparecerá \"primer usuario\". Esta " +"cuenta es especial, ya que el permiso del directorio home está establecido " +"en 700 (así se necesita <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> para " +"hacer accesibles las páginas web personales), y el primer usuario puede " +"utilizar <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> para convertirse en root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver la información específica sobre Debian Edu <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">configuración de acceso al sistema de " +"archivos</link> antes de añadir usuarios; si es necesario ajústalo a la " +"política de tu sitio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Después de la instalación, las primeras cosas que necesita hacer como " +"usuario son:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Entra en el servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Agregar usuarios con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Agregar estaciones de trabajo con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Como agregar usuarios y estaciones de trabajo se describe con más detalle a " +"continuación. Por favor, lea este capítulo completamente. Abarca como " +"realizar estos pasos mínimos correctamente, además de otras cosas que " +"probablemente todos necesitan hacer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Hay información adicional disponible en otro lugar de este manual: todo el " +"que esté familiarizado con versiones anteriores ha de leerse el capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link>. Y para aquellos " +"que actualizan de una versión anterior, asegúrate de leer el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Si está bloqueado el tráfico genérico DNS fuera de tu red y necesitas " +"utilizar algún servidor DNS específico para buscar hosts de Internet, " +"necesitas decirle al servidor DNS que use este servidor como su " +"\"reenviador\". Actualiza /etc/bind/named.conf.options y especifica la " +"dirección IP del servidor DNS a usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"El capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> describe más trucos, pistas " +"y algunas preguntas de uso frecuente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Hay varios servicios ejecutándose en el servidor principal que se pueden " +"gestionar con una interfaz web. Describiremos estos servicios a continuación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introducción a GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa²es una herramienta de administración web, que le ayudará a administrar " +"algunas de las partes importantes de su configuración de Debian Edu. Podrá " +"administrar (agregar, modificar o eliminar) estos principales grupos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administración de grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administración de usuarios NIS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administración del ordenador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administración DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administración DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a GOsa², necesita el servidor principal Skolelinux y un " +"ordenador con un navegador web, puede ser el mismo servidor principal si se " +"instaló como un servidor combinado (servidor principal + servidor LTSP + " +"estación de trabajo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Si has instalado (probablemente de forma accidental) un perfil de " +"<emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> puro y no tienes un cliente con un servidor " +"web útil, es fácil instalar un escritorio mínimo en el servidor principal " +"utilizando esta secuencia de comandos en la shell (no gráfica) como el " +"usuario que creó durante la instalación del servidor principal (primer " +"usuario):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Desde un navegador web, utilice <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> para " +"acceder a GOsa² e ingrese por primera vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Si estás usando un ordenador nuevo con Debian Edu Trixie, el certificado de " +"seguridad del sitio web será reconocido por el navegador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"En caso contrario, obtendrá un mensaje de error sobre certificado SSL " +"equivocado. Si sabe que solamente usted se encuentra conectado a la red, " +"acepte e ignórelo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Login GOsa² más Overview" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Página overview GOsa² después de iniciar sesión como el primer usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Después de iniciar sesión en GOsa² verás la página de vista general de GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, puedes elegir una tarea en el menú o hacer clic en " +"cualquiera de los iconos de tarea en la página de vista general. Para " +"navegar, recomendamos utilizar el menú del lado izquierdo de la pantalla, ya " +"que se mantendrá visible en todas las páginas de administración ofrecidas " +"por GOsa2." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"En Debian Edu, la información del sistema, grupos y cuentas de usuario se " +"guarda en un directorio de LDAP. Esta información es utilizada no solo por " +"el servidor principal, sino también por las estaciones sin disco, los " +"servidores LTSP y otras máquinas en la red. Con LDAP, solo se necesita " +"ingresar una vez la información sobre estudiantes, docentes y resto. Una vez " +"ingresada la información en LDAP, estará disponible para todos los sistemas " +"en toda la red Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² es una herramienta de administración que usa LDAP para almacenar su " +"información y provee una estructura jerárquica por departamento. Para cada " +"\"departamento\" puede agregar cuentas de usuario, grupos, sistemas, grupos " +"de red y demás. En dependencia de la estructura de su institución, puede " +"usar la estructura en GOsa²/LDAP para transferir su estructura organizativa " +"al árbol de datos LDAP del servidor principal Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Una instalación predeterminada del servidor principal de Debian Edu " +"actualmente proporciona dos \"departamentos\": Profesores y Estudiantes, " +"además del nivel base del árbol LDAP. Las cuentas de estudiantes están " +"destinadas a agregarse al departamento \"Estudiantes\", las de profesores al " +"departamento \"Profesores\"; Los sistemas (servidores, estaciones de " +"trabajo, impresoras, etc.) se agregan actualmente al nivel base. Encuentre " +"su propio esquema para personalizar esta estructura. (Puede encontrar un " +"ejemplo de cómo crear usuarios en grupos por años, con directorios de inicio " +"comunes para cada grupo en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration</link> de este manual.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de la tarea que desee realizar (administrar usuarios, grupos, " +"sistemas, etc) GOsa² le mostrará una vista diferente en el departamento " +"seleccionado (o el nivel básico)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestión de los usuarios con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"En primer lugar, clic en \"Usuarios\" en el menú de navegación de la " +"izquierda. El lado derecho de la pantalla cambiará para mostrar una tabla " +"con las carpetas de departamento para \"Estudiantes\" y \"Maestros\" y la " +"cuenta GOsa² Administrador (el primer usuario creado). Sobre esta tabla se " +"puede ver un campo llamado <emphasis>Base</emphasis> que le permite navegar " +"a través de su estructura de árbol (mueve el ratón sobre esa zona y " +"aparecerá un menú desplegable) y selecciona una carpeta base para tus " +"operaciones previstas (por ejemplo, añadir un nuevo usuario)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Agregar usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Al lado de ese elemento de navegación de árbol se puede ver el menú " +"\"Acciones\". Mueve el ratón sobre este ítem y se mostrará un submenú en la " +"pantalla; selecciona \"Crear\", y luego \"Usuario\". Desde aquí te guiará el " +"asistente de creación de usuarios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Lo más importante es agregar un perfil (nuevoestudiante o nuevoprofesor) y " +"el nombre completo del usuario (ver imágen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Al seguir al asistente, verás que GOsa2 genera automáticamente un nombre de " +"usuario basado en el nombre real. Escoge automáticamente un nombre de " +"usuario que no existe todavía, por lo que varios usuarios con el mismo " +"nombre completo no son un problema. Ten en cuenta que GOsa2 puede generar " +"nombres de usuario inválidos si el nombre completo contiene caracteres no " +"ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Si no te gusta el nombre de usuario generado puedes seleccionar otro nombre " +"de usuario mostrado en el menú desplegable, pero aquí en el asistente no " +"tienes una opción libre. (Si quieres ser capaz de editar el nombre de " +"usuario propuesto, abre <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> " +"con un editor y añade <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" +"computeroutput> como una opción adicional a la \"definición de ubicación\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el asistente ha terminado, aparecerá la pantalla GOsa2 para tu nuevo " +"objeto de usuario. Utiliza las pestañas de la parte superior para comprobar " +"los campos completados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Después de haber creado el usuario (no necesitas personalizar los campos que " +"el asistente ha dejado vacío por ahora), clic en el botón \"Ok\" en la " +"esquina inferior derecha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Como último paso GOsa2 te pedirá una contraseña para el nuevo usuario. " +"Escríbela dos veces y luego clic en \"Fijar contraseña\" en la esquina " +"inferior derecha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "No se permiten algunos caracteres como parte de la contraseña." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Si todo va bien, ahora puedes ver al nuevo usuario en la lista de usuarios. " +"Ahora debes poder conectarte con ese nombre de usuario en cualquier máquina " +"Skolelinux dentro de tu red." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Buscar, modificar y borrar usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Barra con filtro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar o eliminar un usuario, utiliza GOsa2 para navegar por la " +"lista de usuarios en tu sistema. En medio de la pantalla puedes abrir el " +"menú \"Filtro\", una herramienta de búsqueda proporcionada por GOsa2. Si no " +"conoces la ubicación exacta de tu cuenta de usuario en tu árbol, cambia a la " +"base del árbol GOsa2/LDAP y busca allí con la opción \"Buscar en " +"subárboles\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Al utilizar el menú \"Filter\", los resultados aparecerán inmediatamente en " +"el centro del texto en la vista de la lista de tabla. Cada línea representa " +"una cuenta de usuario y los items más alejados a la derecha en cada línea " +"son pequeños iconos que te proporcionan acciones: editar usuario, bloquear " +"cuenta, establecer contraseña y eliminar usuario." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Una nueva página se mostrará donde podrá modificar la información pertinente " +"al usuario directamente, cambiar su contraseña y modificar la lista de " +"grupos a los que pertenece." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Editar datos de usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Establecer contraseñas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Los estudiantes pueden cambiar sus contraseñas ingresando a GOsa² con sus " +"propios usuarios. Para facilitar el acceso a GOsa², aparece un acceso " +"directo llamado Gosa en el menú escritorio (o en configuración del sistema). " +"Una sesión de estudiante tendrá una versión mínima de GOsa² que solamente da " +"acceso a la cuenta de información del usuario y a la opción de cambio de " +"contraseña." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Los profesores que ingresan con sus propios nombres de usuarios, tienen " +"privilegios especiales en GOsa². Ellos poseen una vista con más privilegios " +"y pueden cambiar la contraseña de todas las cuentas de estudiantes. Esto " +"puede ser muy practico durante las clases." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Para establecer una nueva contraseña para el usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" +"Busque el usuario que desea modificar, tal como se explicó anteriormente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"clic en el símbolo de la clave al final de la línea en la que se muestra el " +"nombre de usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente página, puede escribir la nueva contraseña elegida por ti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Establecer contraseña de usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">¡Ten cuidado con las implicaciones en la " +"seguridad, debido a las contraseñas fáciles de imaginar!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Administración avanzada de usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Es posible crear usuarios masivamente con GOsa² usando un archivo CSV, que " +"se puede crear con una hoja de cálculo (<computeroutput>localc</" +"computeroutput> por ejemplo). Se deben proveer, al menos, datos para los " +"siguientes campos: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) y password. " +"Asegúrese de no duplicar datos en el campo uid. Note que la revisión de " +"duplicados debe incluir los registros ya existentes en LDAP (que se puede " +"obtener ejecutando <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut " +"-d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> en la linea de comando)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Estas son las directrices de formato para un archivo CSV (GOsa² es bastante " +"intolerante con ellos):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Use \",\" como separador de campos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "No utilices citas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"El archivo CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">no debe</emphasis> contener un " +"encabezado (del tipo que normalmente contiene los nombres de las columnas)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"El orden de los campos no es relevante, y se puede definir en GOsa² durante " +"la importación masiva" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Los pasos para importe masivo son:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" +"clic en el enlace \"LDAP Manager\" en el menú de navegación a la izquierda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "clic en la pestaña \"Importar\" al lado derecho de la pantalla" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"Busque en el disco local el archivo CSV con la lista de usuarios que desea " +"importar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"seleccionar una plantilla de usuarios disponible que se aplicará durante la " +"importación masiva (como NewTeacher o NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "clic en el botón \"Importar\" en la esquina inferior derecha" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Es una buena idea el hacer alguna prueba antes, de preferencia con un " +"archivo CSV con usuarios ficticios, que se pueden eliminar después." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Lo mismo se aplica al módulo de gestión de contraseñas, que permite " +"restablecer muchas contraseñas usando un archivo CSV o regenerar nuevas " +"contraseñas para usuarios de un subárbol especial de LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Restablecer contraseñas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Añadir usuarios desde la línea de comandos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Las cuentas de usuario también se pueden añadir desde la línea de comandos " +"utilizando la herramienta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>, consulte la documentación en el <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Cómo administrar</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestión de los usuarios con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "crear un grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "enumerar grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "La gestión de grupos es muy similar a la gestión de usuarios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Puedes ingresar un nombre y una descripción por grupo. Asegúrate de elegir " +"el nivel correcto en el árbol LDAP cuando crees un nuevo grupo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Agregar usuarios a un grupo recién creado te vuelve a la lista de usuarios, " +"donde te gustaría posiblemente utilizar el cuadro de filtros para encontrar " +"usuarios. Revisa, también, el nivel del árbol LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Los grupos incluidos en el manejo de grupos, son también grupos regulares de " +"Unix, así que pueden utilizarse también para los permisos de archivos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Administración de equipos con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"La gestión de máquinas básicamente te permite gestionar todos los " +"dispositivos conectados en tu red Debian Edu. Cada máquina agregada al " +"directorio LDAP usando GOsa2 tiene un nombre de host, una dirección IP, una " +"dirección MAC y un nombre de dominio (que suele ser \"interno\"). Para una " +"descripción más completa de la arquitectura Debian Edu ver el capítulo de " +"este manual <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Las estaciones de trabajo sin discos y los clientes ligeros trabajan fuera " +"de la red en el caso de un <emphasis>servidor principal integrado</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Las estaciones de trabajo con discos (incluidos los servidores LTSP " +"separados) <emphasis role=\"strong\">han de</emphasis> ser añadidas con " +"GOsa². En segundo plano, se generan tanto una máquina específica Kerberos " +"Principal (un tipo de <emphasis>cuenta</emphasis>) como un archivo keytab " +"relacionado (conteniendo una clave como <emphasis>contraseña</emphasis>); el " +"archivo keytab necesita estar presente en la estación de trabajo para poder " +"montar el directorio home de los usuarios. Una vez reiniciado el sistema, " +"ingresa en él como root y ejecuta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Para crear un archivo Principal y keytab para un sistema <emphasis>ya " +"configurado con GOsa²</emphasis>, inicia sesión en el servidor principal " +"como root y ejecutar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ten en cuenta que:</emphasis> la creación de " +"teclado host es posible para sistemas de tipo <emphasis>estaciones de " +"trabajo</emphasis>, <emphasis>servidores</emphasis> y <emphasis>terminales</" +"emphasis> pero no para los del tipo <emphasis>dispositivos de red</" +"emphasis>. Lee el capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo clientes " +"de red</link> para las opciones de configuración NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Para añadir una máquina, utilice el menú principal de GOsa², sistemas, " +"añadir. Se espera que el nombre de la máquina sea un nombre de host válido " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">no cualificado</emphasis>, no añada el nombre de " +"dominio aquí. Puede utilizar una dirección IP/nombre de host del espacio de " +"direcciones preconfigurado 10.0.0.0/8. Actualmente sólo hay dos direcciones " +"fijas predefinidas: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) y 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Las direcciones " +"de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 o 4000 hosts) " +"están reservadas para DHCP y se asignan dinámicamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Para asignar un host con la dirección MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 una dirección IP " +"estática en GOsa² tienes que introducir la dirección MAC, el nombre del host " +"y la IP; alternativamente podrías hacer clic en el botón " +"<computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> que mostrará la primera " +"dirección fija libre en 10.0.0.0/8, probablemente algo como 10.0.0.2 si " +"agregas la primera máquina de esta manera. Puede ser mejor pensar primero en " +"tu red: por ejemplo, podrías usar 10.0.0.x con x x>10 y x<50 para " +"servidores, y x>100 para estaciones de trabajo. No te olvides de activar " +"el sistema recién añadido. Con la excepción del servidor principal, todos " +"los sistemas llevan emparejado un icono." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Si las máquinas han arrancado como estaciones de trabajo clientes/sin hd " +"ligeros sin recursos o se han instalado utilizando cualquiera de los " +"perfiles en red, se puede usar el script " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> para agregar " +"automáticamente máquinas a GOsa2. Para máquinas simples funcionará de forma " +"predefinida, para máquinas con más de una dirección mac se tiene que elegir " +"la utilizada, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"muestra la información de uso. Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IP " +"mostradas después del uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> pertenecen al rango IP dinámico. Se pueden modificar estos " +"sistemas para adaptarlos a tu red: renombrar cada nuevo sistema, activar " +"DHCP y DNS, añadirlo a los grupos de red (mira el screenshot para los grupos " +"recomendados), reiniciar el sistema después. Los siguientes volcados de " +"pantalla muestran cómo se ve esto en la práctica:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Relación de sistemas GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Datos de host" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificar el anfitrión" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Añadir grupo de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Un cronjob que actualiza el DNS se ejecuta cada hora; <computeroutput>su -c " +"ldap2bind</computeroutput> se puede usar para activar la actualización " +"manualmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Buscar y eliminar ordenadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Buscar ordenadores para eliminarlos, es bastante similar a buscar usuarios " +"para eliminar, por lo que no se repite la información." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modificar equipos existentes / Gestión del grupo de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Después de añadir una máquina al árbol LDAP utilizando GOsa², puedes " +"modificar sus propiedades utilizando la función de búsqueda y haciendo clic " +"en el nombre de la máquina (como lo harías con los usuarios)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"El formato de estas entradas del sistema es similar al que ya conoces de " +"modificar las entradas del usuario, pero los campos significan cosas " +"diferentes en este contexto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, añadir una máquina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> no modifica los permisos de acceso a archivos o de ejecución " +"de comandos para esa máquina o los usuarios conectados a ella; en cambio, " +"restringe los servicios que esa máquina puede utilizar en su servidor " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"La instalación por defecto proporciona el <computeroutput>Grupo de Red</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Actualmente, la funcionalidad de <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"se usa para:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cambiar el tamaño de las particiones</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Los equipos con Debian Edu en este grupo, automáticamente acondicionarán las " +"particiones LVM que estén próximas a quedarse sin espacio disponible." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Apagar máquinas por la noche</emphasis> (apagar-" +"por-la-noche-hosts y apagar-por-la-noche-despertar-hosts-lista negra)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Los equipos con Debian Edu en este grupo, se apagarán automáticamente por " +"las noches para ahorrar energía." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestión de impresoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts y cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Los equipos con Debian Edu en estos grupos vaciarán automáticamente todas " +"las colas de impresión cada noche, y volverán a habilitar cualquier cola de " +"impresión deshabilitada cada hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bloquear el acceso a Internet</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Las máquinas de Debian Edu en este grupo podrán conectarse a máquinas sólo " +"en la red local. Combinado con las restricciones del proxy web, esto podría " +"utilizarse durante los exámenes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Gestión de impresión" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Para la gestión centralizada de las impresoras, dirige tu navegador web a " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta es la interfaz normal de " +"gestión de las CUPS donde puedes añadir/borrar/modificar tus impresoras y " +"puedes limpiar la cola de impresión. Por defecto sólo se permite al primer " +"usuario, pero esto puede cambiarse añadiendo usuarios al grupo GOsa² " +"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Utilizar las impresoras conectadas a los puestos de trabajo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Se instala por defecto el paquete <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> en un sistema " +"con el perfil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Editar <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> como esta " +"(impresora USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; elegir el tipo de impresora de red " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas las " +"impresoras, independientemente de la marca o el modelo) y establecer " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " +"conexión URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Impresoras en red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Se recomienda desactivar todas las funciones de automáticas en las " +"impresoras de red utilizadas. En su lugar, asigna una dirección IP fija con " +"GOsa² y configúralas como <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" +"computeroutput> impresoras en red." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronización del reloj" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"La configuración por defecto en Debian Edu es mantener los relojes de todas " +"las máquinas sincronizados pero no necesariamente correctos. Se usa NTP para " +"actualizar la hora. Los relojes se sincronizarán con una fuente externa por " +"defecto. Esto puede hacer que las máquinas mantengan la conexión externa a " +"Internet abierta si se crea cuando se utiliza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Si usa conexión dialup o ISDN y paga por minuto, es posible que desee " +"cambiar esta configuración predeterminada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar la sincronización con un reloj externo, es necesario " +"modificar el archivo /etc/ntp.conf en el servidor principal. Añade marcas de " +"comentario (\"#\") delante de las entradas <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput>. Después de esto, el servidor NTP necesita reiniciarse " +"ejecutando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " +"Para probar si una máquina está usando las fuentes de reloj externas, " +"ejecuta <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionando particiones completas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Debido a un posible error con el particionamiento automático, algunas " +"particiones podrían estar demasiado llenas después de la instalación. Para " +"ampliar estas particiones, ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize " +"-n</computeroutput> como root. Para más información ver el HowTo \"Resizing " +"Partitions\" en el <link linkend=\"Administration\">capítulo HowTo " +"administración</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Mantenimiento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Actualizar el software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección explica como usar <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Usar <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> es muy sencillo. Para actualizar " +"un sistema es necesario ejecutar dos órdenes en la línea de comandos como " +"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que actualiza las listas " +"de paquetes disponibles) y <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(que actualiza los paquetes para los que hay una actualización disponible)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"También es una buena idea actualizar utilizando la configuración regional C " +"para obtener una salida en inglés que, en caso de problemas, es más probable " +"que produzca resultados en los motores de búsqueda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Tras actualizar el paquete <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, pueden estar disponibles los archivos de configuración " +"Cfengine modificados. Ejecuta <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-" +"edu/</computeroutput> para comproborar que es así. Para aplicar los cambios, " +"ejecuta <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Es importante ejecutar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> después de las actualizaciones del " +"servidor LTSP para mantener sincronizada la imagen SquashFS para los " +"clientes sin disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Tras una actualización puntual de un sistema con el perfil <emphasis>Main " +"Server</emphasis> o <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> debe ejecutarse para actualizar el entorno " +"de instalación PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"También es buena idea instalar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> y " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> y configurarlos para que " +"envíe correos electrónicos a la dirección que indiques." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> te notificará una vez al día por " +"correo electrónico los paquetes que se pueden actualizar. No instala estas " +"actualizaciones, pero las descarga (normalmente por la noche), así no tienes " +"que esperar la descarga para hacer <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si lo deseas, puedes realizar fácilmente la instalación automática de las " +"actualizaciones, solo necesitas instalar el paquete " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> y configurarlo como se " +"describe en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> puede enviarte las nuevas " +"entradas del changelo por correo electrónico, o, alternativamente, " +"mostrarlos en la terminal al ejecutar <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Mantente informado sobre actualizaciones de seguridad" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Es una buena manera de saber cuándo hay actualizaciones de seguridad " +"disponibles ejecutar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como se ha " +"descrito anteriormente para los paquetes instalados. Otra forma de " +"mantenerse informado sobre las actualizaciones de seguridad es suscribirse a " +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian " +"security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, que tiene la ventaja de indicarle " +"también de qué va la actualización de seguridad. La desventaja (en " +"comparación con <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) es que también " +"incluye información sobre las actualizaciones de los paquetes que no están " +"instalados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Para la gestión de las copias de seguridad, ve con tu navegador a <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Ten en cuenta que necesitas acceder a " +"este sitio a través de SSL, ya que tienes que introducir allí la contraseña " +"de root. Si intentas acceder a este sitio sin usar SSL, fallarás." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Nota: el sitio sólo funcionará si permites temporalmente el inicio de sesión " +"SSH root en el servidor de respaldo, que es el servidor principal " +"(tjener.intern) por defecto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, las copias de seguridad de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> y LDAP se almacenan en el directorio /skole/" +"backup/ que se gestiona como una partición separada por LVM. Si sólo quieres " +"tener copias de repuesto de cosas (en caso de que las borres) esta " +"configuración debería estar bien para ti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Tener en cuenta que este esquema de respaldo no protege de daños en el disco " +"duro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Si quieres hacer una copia de seguridad de tus datos en un servidor externo, " +"un dispositivo de cinta u otro disco duro, tendrás que modificar un poco la " +"configuración existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Si quieres restaurar un directorio, la mejor opción es usar la línea de " +"comandos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Esto pondrá el contenido de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> para <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> en el " +"directorio <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Si desea restablecer un archivo, debería de ser capaz de seleccionar el " +"archivo (y la versión) de la interfaz web y descargar solamente ese archivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Si desea deshacerse de los respaldos viejos, elija \"Maintenance\" en el " +"menú de la página respaldo y seleccione la instantánea más vieja que desee " +"conservar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Mantenimiento de slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Monitorización del servidor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Los informes de Munin están disponible en <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/" +">. Proporciona gráficos de medición del estado del sistema de forma diaria, " +"semanal, mensual y anual, y proporciona al administrador del sistema ayuda a " +"la hora de buscar cuellos de botella y el origen de los problemas del " +"sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"La lista de ordenadores monitoreados por Munin se genera automáticamente, " +"basándose en la lista de hosts reportados a sitesummary. Todos los hosts con " +"el paquete munin-node instalado sen registran para que Munin los monitoree. " +"Normalmente pasará un día desde que se instala el ordenador hasta que Munin " +"inicia el monitoreo, debido a la orden de ejecución de las tareas de cron. " +"Para acelerar el proceso, ejecute <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" +"computeroutput> como root en el servidor sitesummary (generalmente el " +"servidor principal). Esto actualizará el archivo <computeroutput>/etc/munin/" +"munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"El conjunto de mediciones se genera automáticamente en cada ordenador usando " +"el programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>, que " +"prueba los complementos disponibles en <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/" +"plugins/</computeroutput> y vincula simbólicamente los relevantes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Hay información disponible sobre Munin en <ulink url=\"http://" +"munin.monitoring.org/\"/> ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"El sistema y servicio de monitoreo Icinga está disponible en <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Se genera automáticamente la lista de " +"ordenadores y servicios monitoreados con información obtenida por el sistema " +"sitesummary. Los ordenadores con perfil de servidor principal y LTSP-" +"servidor se monitorean completamente, mientras que los clientes ligeros y " +"las estaciones de trabajo se monitorean de forma simple. Para habilitar el " +"monitoreo completo en una estación de trabajo, instala el paquete " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> en la estación de " +"trabajo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto Icinga no envia correos electrónicos. Esto se puede cambiar " +"reemplazando <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> y " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> en el archivo " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"El archivo de configuración de Icinga usado es <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. El cron job de sitesummary genera " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"con la lista de equipos y servicios por monitorear." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Se pueden poner revisiones extras de Icinga en el archivo <computeroutput>/" +"var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> para que se " +"incluyan en el archivo generado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"La información sobre Icinga está disponible en <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> o en el paquete <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Advertencias comunes de Icinga y como manejarlas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Aquí hay instrucciones sobre como manejar las advertencias más comunes de " +"Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - espacio libre: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"La partición (/usr/ en el ejemplo) está llena. Existen dos maneras para " +"resolver esto: (1) elimina algunos archivos o (2) aumenta el tamaño de la " +"partición. Si la partición es /var/, purgando la caché de APT al ejecutarse " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> debería eliminar algunos " +"archivos. Si hay más espacio disponible en el volumen LVM, debería ayudar " +"ejecutar el programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> para aumentar las particiones. Para ejecutar este programa " +"cada hora de forma automática, hay que añadir el host en cuestión al grupo " +"de red <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"APT CRITICAL: 13 paquetes disponibles para upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Hay nuevos paquetes disponibles para actualizar. Los paquetes críticos " +"normalmente son mejoras de seguridad. Para actualizar, ejecuta como root " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> en " +"una consola o ingresa por SSH y haz lo mismo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Si no quieres actualizar paquetes manualmente y confías en que Debian haga " +"un buen trabajo con las nuevas versiones, puedes configurar el paquete " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> para que actualice " +"automáticamente todos los paquetes cada noche. Esto no actualizará los " +"chroot LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reinicio requerido : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"El kernel en ejecución es más viejo que el kernel recién instalado más " +"actual, siendo necesario un reinicio del equipo para ejecutar el kernel " +"recién instalado. Normalmente esto es urgente, ya que los nuevos kernels " +"corrigen fallos de seguridad en Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "AVISO: tamaño de cola CUPS - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Las colas de impresión en CUPS tienen muchos trabajos pendientes. Lo más " +"probable es que esto se deba a una impresora no disponible. Las colas de " +"impresión deshabilitadas se habilitan cada hora en los hosts que son " +"miembros del grupo <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput>, por lo que para estos hosts no debería ser necesaria " +"ninguna acción manual. Las colas de impresión se vacían cada noche en los " +"hosts que son miembros de la red <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Si un host tiene muchos trabajos en su cola, considera " +"añadir este host a uno o ambos de estos grupos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Se usa Sitesummary para obtener información de cada ordenador y enviarla al " +"servidor principal. La información obtenida se encuentra disponible en " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Los scripts " +"están disponibles en <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput>, " +"para generar informes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra disponible un informe simple de Sitesummary sin de talles en " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Hay documentación disponible sobre Sitesummary en <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Se puede encontrar más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu " +"útil para administradores de sistema en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administración</link> y en el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Administración avanzada</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Actualizaciones" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de leer está guía de actualización, ten en cuenta eres responsables de " +"las actualizaciones en tus servidores de producción.<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux no tiene ABSOLUTAMENTE NINGUNA " +"GARANTÍA más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrate de leer completamente el capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nuevas características en Trixie</link> de este manual, " +"antes de intentar una actualización." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Notas generales sobre la actualización" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Actualizar Debian de una distribución a otra es, por lo general, bastante " +"fácil. En el caso de Debian Edu esto es, por desgracia, un poco más " +"complicado, ya que modificamos los archivos de configuración de manera que " +"no deberíamos. Sin embargo, a continuación, hemos documentado los pasos " +"necesarios. (para más información de cómo debe Debian Edu modificar los " +"archivos de configuración ver Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"En general, la actualización de los servidores es más difícil que la de las " +"estaciones de trabajo y el servidor principal es el más difícil de " +"actualizar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Si quiere asegurase de que después de la actualización todo va como antes, " +"debería probarlo en un sistema de pruebas o en un sistema configurado igual " +"que su servidor en producción. Ahí puede probar la actualización sin riesgo " +"y ver si todo funciona como debiera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrate de leer la información sobre la versión de Debian Stable actual en " +"el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"También sería inteligente esperar un poco y seguir con la versión anterior " +"durante algunas semanas más, así que otros prueben la actualización y " +"documenten cualquier problema que experimenten. La versión estable anterior " +"de Debian Edu continuará recibiendo soporte por algún tiempo después de " +"publicarse la siguiente, pero cuando Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cese el soporte de la versión estable " +"antigüa</ulink>, Debian Edu hará igual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Prepárate: asegúrate de haber probado la actualización desde Bookworm en un " +"entorno de prueba o tener un respaldo listo para poder retroceder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Ten en cuenta que la siguiente receta se aplica a una instalación por " +"defecto del servidor principal de Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, profiles Main " +"Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (Para una visión general sobre la " +"actualización de Bookworm a Trixie, consulte: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "No uses X, usa una consola virtual, inicia sesión como root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Si <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> termina con un error, intentar " +"arreglarlo y/o ejecutar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> y a " +"continuación de nuevo <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Actualización del servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Comienza por asegurarte de que el sistema actual está actualizado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Prepara e inicia la actualización de Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: prepárate para leer muchas NEWS; pulsa <return> para " +"desplazarte hacia abajo, <q> para dejar el localizador. Toda la " +"información se enviará por correo a root que puedas volver a leerlas (usando " +"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> o <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Lee toda la información de debconf cuidadosamente, elige 'mantener la " +"versión local actualmente instalada' a menos que se indique lo contrario; en " +"la mayoría de los casos, si se da a return, irá bien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "reiniciar los servicios: Elige sí." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Servidor y utilidades Samba: Elige 'mantener la versión local actualmente " +"instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Elige 'mantener la versión local actualmente instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Aplicar y ajustar la configuración:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Comprueba si el sistema de actualización funciona:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reboot; iniciar la sesión como primer usuario y probar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "si el gui GOsa² funciona," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "si uno es capaz de conectar clientes y estaciones de trabajo LTSP," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"si se puede añadir/eliminar una membresía de grupo de red de un sistema," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "si se puede enviar y recibir correo electrónico interno," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "si uno puede manejar las impresoras," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "y si otras cosas específicas del sitio están funcionando." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Actualizar una estación de trabajo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Hacer todas las cosas básicas como en el servidor principal y sin hacer las " +"cosas no necesarias." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux (antes " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Para mejorar desde cualquier versión anterior, tendrás que mejorar primero a " +"la versión de Debian Edu basada en Bookworm, antes de poder seguir las " +"instrucciones proporcionadas anteriormente. Las instrucciones se dan en el " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual para Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> acerca de como mejorar a " +"Bookworm desde la liberación anterior, Bullseyes.." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Guías" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Guía para <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administración general</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTos para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administración " +"avanzada</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"Desktop\">el escritorio</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes en red</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "Guía para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseñar y aprender</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "HowTos para <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Guías para administración general" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Los capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Comenzando</link> y <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Mantenimiento</link> describen como empezar con " +"Debian Edu y como realizar el trabajo de mantenimiento básico. Las guías en " +"estos capítulos, tienen también trucos y recomendaciones más \"avanzadas\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Historias de configuración: /etc/ usando el sistema de control de versiones " +"git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Usando <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> se siguen todos los " +"archivos en <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> utilizando <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de control de " +"versiones." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esto hace posible ver cuando se agrega, modifica o elimina un archivo, " +"también ver lo que se cambió si el archivo es un archivo de texto. El " +"repositorio de git se guarda en <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Cada hora se registra cualquier cambio, permitiendo tener un histórico de la " +"configuración para extraerse y revisarse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Para ver el historial, se usa el comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput>. Para comprobar las diferencias entre dos puntos en el " +"tiempo, se puede usar un comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Revise la salida de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> para más " +"información." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Lista de comandos útiles:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Ejemplos de uso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"En un sistema recién instalado pruebe esto para ver todos los cambios " +"realizados desde que se instaló el sistema:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Ver que archivos no se están siguiendo, o los que no están actualizados:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Para confirmar manualmente un archivo, porque no quieres esperar hasta una " +"hora:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionando Particiones" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"En Debian Edu, todas las particiones que no sean la partición " +"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> están en volúmenes lógicos LVM. Con " +"los núcleos de Linux desde la versión 2.6.10, es posible extender las " +"particiones mientras están montadas. La reducción de las particiones todavía " +"se tiene que hacer mientras está desmontada la partición." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Es una buena idea evitar la creación de particiones muy grandes (de más de, " +"por ejemplo, 20GiB), debido al tiempo que se tarda en ejecutar " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> en ellas o en restaurarlas desde una " +"copia de seguridad si surge la necesidad. Es mejor, si es posible, crear " +"varias particiones pequeñas que una muy grande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Se proporciona el script de ayuda <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> para facilitar la ampliación de particiones completas. " +"Cuando se invoca, lee la configuración de <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" +"edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> y <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>. A continuación, propone ampliar las particiones con muy " +"poco espacio libre, según las reglas proporcionadas en estos archivos. Si se " +"ejecuta sin argumentos, sólo mostrará los comandos necesarios para ampliar " +"el sistema de archivos. Se necesita el argumento <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> para ejecutar realmente estos comandos para ampliar los " +"sistemas de archivos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"La secuencia de comandos se ejecuta automáticamente cada hora en todos los " +"clientes incluidos en el grupo de red <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"También debe actualizarse el valor del tamaño de la caché en " +"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput>, cuando se " +"redimensiona la partición utilizada por el proxy Squid. Se proporciona el " +"script de ayuda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" +"update-cachedir</computeroutput> para hacer esto automáticamente, " +"comprobando el tamaño actual de la partición de <computeroutput>/var/spool/" +"squid/</computeroutput> y configurando a Squid para usar el 80% de esto como " +"su tamaño de caché." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Gestión de volúmenes lógicos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"La Gestión de Volúmenes Lógicos (LVM) permite redimensionar las particiones " +"mientras están montadas y en uso. Puedes obtener más información sobre LVM " +"en el <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Para extender un volumen lógico de forma manual simplemente le dices al " +"comando <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> el tamaño al que quieres " +"que aumente. Por ejemplo, para ampliar home0 a 30GiB se utilizan los " +"siguientes comandos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Para ampliar home0 en 30GiB más, inserta un '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Usar ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> es " +"una herramienta para editar la base de datos LDAP con un editor de texto en " +"la linea de comandos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Se necesita ejecutar lo siguiente:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Nota: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará el editor de texto " +"predeterminado. Ejecutar <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> " +"en el intérprete de comandos puede configurar el entorno para tener un clon " +"de vi como editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Atención: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> es una herramienta " +"poderosa. Sea cuidadoso y no dañe la base de datos de LDAP, la misma " +"advertencia sirve para JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"El uso de Kerberos para NFS para montar directorios personales es una " +"característica de seguridad. Las estaciones de trabajo y los clientes LTSP " +"no funcionarán sin Kerberos. Los niveles <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> y <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> son compatibles " +"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticación Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" +"emphasis> significa comprobación de la integridad y <emphasis>p</emphasis> " +"por la privacidad, es decir, la codificación); la carga tanto en el servidor " +"como en la estación de trabajo aumenta con el nivel de seguridad, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> es una buena opción y se ha elegido por defecto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Cómo cambiar el valor por defecto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "iniciar sesión como root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ejecuta <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, busca " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> y sustitúyelo con <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> o <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"edita <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> y ajustar " +"estas entradas en consecuencia:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ejecuta <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta permite establecer la impresora por defecto en función de " +"la ubicación, la máquina o la pertenencia a un grupo. Más información en " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"El archivo de configuración <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> lo ha proporcionar admin, ver como ejemplo <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, una interfaz gráfica para LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Si prefieres una GUI para trabajar con la base de datos LDAP, mira el " +"paquete <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que se instala por " +"defecto. Para tener acceso de escritura conéctate así:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, una herramienta de línea de comandos para añadir " +"usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> es una pequeña " +"herramienta de línea de comandos para crear cuentas de usuario, se ejecuta " +"de la siguiente manera:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Todos los argumentos excepto el nombre de usuario y el campo GECOS son " +"opcionales, este último normalmente debe contener el nombre completo del " +"usuario. A menos que se especifique, la herramienta elegirá automáticamente " +"el siguiente UID y GID libres y no asignará ningún grupo adicional al " +"usuario. Si no se especifica un departamento, elegirá el primer " +"<emphasis>departamento</emphasis> de LDAP, que probablemente sea " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> y para usuarios normales no suele ser lo que " +"usted desea, por lo que debería elegir un valor apropiado para el usuario, " +"por ejemplo <emphasis>Profesores</emphasis> o <emphasis>Estudiantes</" +"emphasis>. Tras introducir y confirmar la contraseña e introducir la " +"contraseña de administrador LDAP, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput> creará la cuenta de usuario en LDAP, establecerá la " +"contraseña Kerberos, creará el directorio raíz y añadirá un usuario Samba " +"correspondiente. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra una invocación de " +"ejemplo para crear una cuenta de usuario llamada <computeroutput>harhir</" +"computeroutput> para un profesor cuyo nombre completo es \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Usando stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Aunque puedes utilizar directamente las stable-updates, no tienes por qué " +"hacerlo: las stable-updates se introducen en la suite estable con " +"regularidad cuando se realizan las publicaciones de puntos estables, lo que " +"ocurre aproximadamente cada dos meses." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Usar backports para instalar software más reciente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Estás ejecutando Debian Edu porque prefieres la estabilidad de Debian Edu. " +"Funciona muy bien; sólo hay un problema: a veces el software está un poco " +"más anticuado de lo que te gustaría. Aquí es donde interviene " +"backports.debian.org." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Las backports son paquetes recompilados de Debian testing (en su mayoría) y " +"de Debian unstable (sólo en algunos casos, por ejemplo, actualizaciones de " +"seguridad), así que se ejecutan sin nuevas bibliotecas (siempre que esto sea " +"posible) en una distribución estable de Debian como Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Te recomendamos que elijas los backports individuales que se " +"ajusten a tus necesidades, y no utilices todos los backports disponibles.</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> is simple:" +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "Usar <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> es sencillo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Después de lo cual se pueden instalar fácilmente los paquetes backports, el " +"siguiente comando instalará una versión backport de <emphasis>tuxtype</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Los backports se actualizan automáticamente (si están disponibles) al igual " +"que otros paquetes. Al igual que el archivo normal, los backports tienen " +"tres secciones: main, contrib y non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Actualizar con un CD o similar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Si quieres mejorar desde una versión a otra (por ejemplo, desde Trixie 13.1 " +"a 13.2) pero no tienes conexión a Internet, sólo medios físicos, sigue estos " +"pasos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Inserte el CD/DVD/Disco Blu-ray/Dispositivo USB en la unidad y use el " +"comando apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Para citar el manual de referencia de apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom se utiliza para añadir un disco óptico nuevo a la lista de fuentes " +"disponibles de APT. apt-cdrom examina la estructura del disco, corrige los " +"posibles errores de grabación y verifica los ficheros de índice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Se requiere utilizar apt-cdrom para añadir los discos al sistema APT, no se " +"puede hacer manualmente. Además, debe insertar y analizar cada disco de un " +"conjunto de discos por separado, para poder detectar los posibles errores de " +"grabación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Luego ejecute estos dos comandos para actualizar el sistema:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Limpieza automática de los procesos sobrantes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> es un script hecho en perl que " +"elimina trabajos en segundo plano. Trabajos en segundo plano son definidos " +"como procesos que pertenecen a usuarios que no tienen una sesión activa en " +"la computadora. Se ejecuta cada hora por un cron." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Instalación automática de actualizaciones de seguridad" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> es un paquete de Debian " +"que instalará automáticamente las actualizaciones de seguridad (y otras). Si " +"se instala, el paquete está preconfigurado para instalar actualizaciones de " +"seguridad. Los los están disponibles en <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" +"upgrades/</computeroutput>; también, están disponibles en <computeroutput>/" +"var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> y <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Apagado automático de los ordenadores durante la noche" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Es posible ahorrar energía y dinero apagando automáticamente las máquinas de " +"los clientes por la noche y volviéndolas a encender por la mañana. El " +"paquete <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> intentará apagar " +"la máquina cada hora en punto a partir de las 16:00 de la tarde, pero no la " +"apagará si parece que tiene usuarios. Intentará decirle a la BIOS que " +"encienda la máquina alrededor de las 07:00 de la mañana, y el servidor " +"principal intentará encender las máquinas a partir de las 06:30 enviando " +"paquetes Wake-on-LAN. Se pueden modificar estos tiempos en los crontabs de " +"las máquinas individuales." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" +"Hay que tener en cuenta algunas consideraciones a la hora de configurarlo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Cuando alguien los esté usando, los clientes no deben apagarse. Esto se " +"garantiza comprobando la salida de <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, y " +"como caso especial, comprobando que el comando de conexión SSH funciona con " +"los clientes ligeros X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar que se fundan los fusibles, es conveniente asegurarse de que " +"todos los clientes no se pongan en marcha al mismo tiempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Existen dos métodos diferentes para despertar a los clientes. Uno de ellos " +"utiliza una función de la BIOS y requiere un reloj de hardware correcto y " +"que funcione, así como una placa base y una versión de la BIOS compatibles " +"con <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; el otro requiere que los " +"clientes tengan soporte para Wake-on-LAN, y que el servidor conozca a todos " +"los clientes que hay que despertar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Como configurar shutdown-at-night" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"En clientes que deben apagarse por la noche, tocar <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, o añadir el nombre de " +"host (es decir, la salida de '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>'en " +"el cliente) al grupo \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". La adición de hosts al " +"grupo de red en LDAP se puede hacer utilizando la herramienta de red " +"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Los clientes tal vez necesiten tener " +"Wake-on-LAN configurado en la BIOS. También es importante que los " +"conmutadores y routers utilizados entre el servidor Wake-on-LAN y clientes " +"pasen los paquetes WOL a los clientes incluso si los clientes están " +"apagados. Algunos conmutadores no pasan en paquetes a clientes que están " +"desaparecidos en la mesa ARP en el conmutador, y esto bloquea los paquetes " +"WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Para activar Wake-on-LAN en el servidor, añade los clientes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, con una " +"línea por cliente, primero la dirección IP, seguida de la dirección MAC " +"(dirección ethernet), separada por un espacio; o crea un script " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"para generar la lista de clientes sobre la marcha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Aquí tiene un ejemplo de <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> para usar con sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Una alternativa si se utiliza el grupo de red para activar el shutdown-at-" +"night en los clientes es este script que utiliza la herramienta de grupo del " +"paquete <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Acceso a servidores Debian-Edu situados detrás de un firewall" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a máquinas detrás de un firewall desde Internet, considera " +"instalar el paquete <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Se puede " +"utilizar para configurar un túnel SSH a una máquina en Internet a la que " +"tengas acceso. Desde esa máquina, puedes acceder al servidor detrás del " +"firewall a través del túnel SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Instalación de máquinas de servicio adicionales para repartir la carga del " +"servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"En la instalación predeterminada, todos los servicios están ejecutándose en " +"el servidor principal, hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Para mover " +"algunos servicios a otro ordenador de manera sencilla, existe un perfil " +"<emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> de instalación disponible. Instalar con este " +"perfil llevará a un ordenador, que es parte de la red de Debian Edu, pero " +"que no cuenta con un servicio ejecutándose (todavía)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Estos son los pasos que se deben seguir para configurar un servicio dedicado " +"en un ordenador:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"Selecciona el perfil <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> durante la instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "Instala los paquetes para mantenimiento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "Configura el mantenimiento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "Deshabilita el servicio en el servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "actualiza DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) en el servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "HowTos de wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Howto administración avanzada" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" +"En este capítulo se describen las tareas de la administración avanzada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Personalización de los usuarios con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Crear usuarios en los Grupos Year" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo queremos crear usuarios en grupos por año, con directorios " +"personales comunes para cada grupo (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). Queremos " +"crear los usuarios mediante la importación de csv." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como root en el servidor principal) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Crear los directorios necesario de grupo por año" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primer usuario en Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Departamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menú principal: ir a 'Directory structure', pulse en el apartado 'Students'. " +"El campo 'Base' debería mostrar '/Students'. En el cuadro desplegable " +"\"Actions\" ir a \"Create'/'Department\". Rellenar los valores de los campos " +"Nombre (2026) y Descripción (estudiantes que se gradúan en 2026), dejar el " +"campo Base como está (debería ser '/Students'). Guardar pulsando en 'Ok'. " +"Ahora el nuevo departamento (2026) debería aparecer debajo de /Students. " +"Púlselo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Elije 'Groups' del menú principal; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Escribe el nombre " +"del grupo (deja 'Base' tal cual, debería estar en /Students/2026) y 'OK' " +"para guardar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Planitlla" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Elige \"users\" en el menú principal. Cambia a 'Students' en el campo Base. " +"Debería aparecer una entrada <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> , " +"clic en ella. Esta es la plantilla 'students', no un usuario real. Como " +"tendrás que crear una plantilla de este tipo (para poder usar la importación " +"de csv para tu estructura) basada en esta, observa todas las entradas que " +"aparecen en las pestañas Generic y POSIX, tal vez tome capturas de pantalla " +"para tener la información lista para la nueva plantilla." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Ahora cambia a /Students/2026 en el campo Base; elige Create/Template y " +"comienza a rellenar los valores deseados, primero la pestaña Generic (añade " +"tu nuevo grupo 2026 en Group Membership, también), luego añade la cuenta " +"POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importar usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Elija su nueva plantilla cuando importe el archivo csv; probarlo con pocos " +"usuarios es lo recomendable." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Personalización de otro Usuario" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Crear directorios en el directorio home de los usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Con este script, el administrador puede crear directorios en cada directorio " +"personal de usuario y establecer los permisos de acceso y propiedad." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"En el ejemplo que aparece a continuación con group=teachers y permisos=2770 " +"un usuario puede entregar una tarea guardando el archivo en la carpeta " +"\"assignments\" donde los profesores tienen acceso de escritura para poder " +"hacer comentarios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Utilizar un servidor de almacenamiento dedicado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Sigue estos pasos para configurar un servidor de almacenamiento dedicado " +"para los directorios personales de los usuarios y posiblemente otros datos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Añade un nuevo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"utilizando GOsa² como se indica en el capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeros pasos</emphasis> de este manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo se utiliza 'nas-server.intern' como nombre de servidor. Una " +"vez configurado 'nas-server.intern', comprueba si los puntos de exportación " +"NFS del nuevo servidor de almacenamiento se exportan a las subredes o " +"máquinas correspondientes:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Aquí todo en la red troncal tiene acceso a la exportación de /storage. (Esto " +"podría restringirse a la pertenencia a un grupo o a direcciones IP " +"individuales para limitar el acceso a NFS como se hace en el archivo tjener:/" +"etc/exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Añade información de montaje automático sobre 'nas-server.intern' en LDAP " +"para permitir que todos los clientes monten automáticamente, a petición, la " +"nueva exportación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Esto no se puede hacer con GOsa², porque falta un módulo para el " +"automontaje. En su lugar, utiliza ldapvi y añade los objetos LDAP necesarios " +"utilizando un editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Cuando se muestre el editor, añade los siguientes objetos LDAP en la parte " +"inferior del documento. (La parte \"/&\" en el último objeto LDAP es un " +"comodín que coincide con todo lo que exporta 'nas-server.intern', lo que " +"elimina la necesidad de enumerar puntos de montaje individuales en LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Añade las entradas pertinentes en tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern no utiliza automount para evitar los bucles de montaje:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Crea los directorios del punto de montaje utilizando <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edita '/etc/fstab' como te parezca y ejecuta " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar los nuevos recursos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ahora los usuarios deberían poder acceder directamente a los archivos de " +"'nas-server.intern' con sólo visitar el directorio '/tjener/nas-server/" +"storage/' utilizando cualquier aplicación en cualquier estación de trabajo, " +"cliente ligero LTSP o servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Restringir el acceso por SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Hay varias formas de restringir el inicio de sesión por SSH, algunas se " +"enumeran aquí." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configuración sin clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Si no se utilizan clientes LTSP una solución sencilla es crear un nuevo " +"grupo (digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) y añadir una línea " +"al archivo /etc/ssh/sshd_config de la máquina. Sólo los miembros del grupo " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> podrán entonces hacer ssh en la " +"máquina desde cualquier lugar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Gestionar este caso con GOsa² es bastante sencillo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Crea un grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> en el nivel base " +"(donde ya aparecen otros grupos relacionados con la gestión del sistema como " +"se muestra en <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Añade usuarios al nuevo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Añade <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Ejecuta <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configuración con clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"La configuración por defecto del cliente sin disco LTSP no utiliza " +"conexiones SSH. Basta con actualizar la imagen de SquashFS en el servidor " +"LTSP correspondiente después de cambiar la configuración de SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Los clientes ligeros de X2Go usan conexiones SSH con el servidor LTSP " +"correspondiente. Así que se necesita un enfoque diferente utilizando PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" +"Habilita pam_access.so en el archivo /etc/pam.d/sshd del servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configura /etc/security/access.conf para permitir las conexiones de los " +"usuarios (de ejemplo) alicia, juana, roberto y pedro desde cualquier lugar y " +"para el resto de usuarios sólo desde las redes internas añadiendo estas " +"líneas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Si sólo se utilizan servidores LTSP dedicados, la red 10.0.0.0/8 podría ser " +"eliminada para deshabilitar el acceso interno SSH. Nota: alguien que conecte " +"su caja a la(s) red(es) de cliente LTSP dedicada(s) obtendrá acceso SSH al " +"servidor(es) LTSP también." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Una nota para configuraciones más complejas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Si los clientes del X2Go estuvieran conectados a la red troncal 10.0.0.0/8, " +"las cosas serían aún más complicadas y tal vez sólo una sofisticada " +"configuración de DHCP (en LDAP) comprobando el identificador de clase de " +"proveedor junto con la configuración apropiada de PAM permitiría " +"deshabilitar el inicio de sesión SSH interno." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "HowTos para el escritorio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Configurar un entorno de escritorio multilingüe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Para admitir varios idiomas es necesario realizar estos pasos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Ejecuta <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " +"root) y elige los idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Ejecuta estos comandos como root para instalar los paquetes relacionados:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Los usuarios podrán elegir el idioma a través del gestor de pantalla de " +"LightDM antes de iniciar la sesión; esto se aplica a Xfce, LXDE y LXQt. " +"GNOME y KDE vienen con sus propias herramientas internas de configuración de " +"regiones e idiomas, úsalas. MATE utiliza el greeter de Arctica sobre LightDM " +"sin un selector de idioma. Ejecuta <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-" +"greeter</computeroutput> para obtener el greeter original de LightDM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Reproducir DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Se necesita libdvdcss para reproducir la mayoría de los DVDs comerciales. No " +"está incluído en Debian (Edu) por motivos legales. Si tienes permiso para " +"usarlo, puedes hacer tu propio paquete usando el paquete Debian " +"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>; asegurate " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> de que está activado en " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Responde a las preguntas de debconf y ejecuta <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Fuentes manuscritas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"El paquete <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que se instala por " +"defecto) instala la fuente \"Abecedario\", que es una bonita fuente " +"manuscrita para niños. La fuente tiene varias formas para utilizarse con los " +"niños: punteada, y con líneas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "HowTos para clientes en red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introducción a clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Un término genérico para clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco " +"es <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Comenzando con Bullseye, LTSP es bastante diferente de las versiones " +"anteriores, tanto en la configuración como en el mantenimiento." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Como diferencia principal, la imagen de SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo " +"sin disco ahora se genera desde el sistema de archivos del servidor LTSP por " +"defecto. Esto sucede en un servidor combinado en el primer arranque, lo que " +"lleva algún tiempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Los clientes ligeros ya no forman parte de LTSP. Debian Edu usa X2Go para " +"seguir soportando a los clientes ligeros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"En el caso de un servidor LTSP separado o adicional, la información " +"necesaria para configurar el entorno del cliente LTSP no está completa en el " +"momento de la instalación. Puede realizarse la configuración una vez que el " +"sistema se haya añadido con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para información sobre LTSP en general, ver la <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">página de LTSP</ulink>. En sistemas con perfil <emphasis>servidor " +"LTSP</emphasis>, hay más información en <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Ten en cuenta que la herramienta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> debe utilizarse " +"con cuidado. Por ejemplo, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " +"fallaría al generar la imagen SquashFS en el caso de las máquinas Debian " +"(esta tiene separada la partición /boot por defecto), y <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> no generaría el menú iPXE correctamente (debido al " +"soporte de clientes ligeros de Debian Edu), y <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> estropearía completamente el arranque del cliente LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> " +"es un script envuelto por <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> y <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Se usa para instalar y configurar estaciones de trabajo sin " +"disco y compatibilidad con clientes ligeros tanto PC de 64 como 32 bits). " +"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> o el " +"contenido del script para ver cómo funciona. Toda la configuración se " +"encuentra en el propio script (aquí los documentos) para facilitar los " +"ajustes específicos del sitio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Ejemplos de cómo utilizar el wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-" +"install</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> actualiza la imagen SquashFS de la estación de trabajo sin " +"disco (sistema de archivos del servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> crea soporte para estaciones de trabajo sin " +"disco y clientes ligeros de 64 bits." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> crea un soporte adicional para clientes ligeros de 32 bits " +"(imagen chroot y SquashFS) ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Además de <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (el sistema de cliente ligero más " +"pequeño), también están disponibles las opciones de <emphasis>display</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. El tipo <emphasis>display</" +"emphasis> presenta un botón de apagado, el tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> " +"ejecuta Firefox ESR en modo quiosco en el propio cliente (se requiere más " +"RAM y potencia de CPU local, pero se reduce la carga del servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> es " +"un wrapper script para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Se " +"asegura de que el archivo /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe sea específico de Debian " +"Edu. El comando debe ejecutarse después de que se hayan modificado los " +"elementos relacionados con el menú iPXE (como el tiempo de espera del menú o " +"la configuración de arranque por defecto) en la sección /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " +"[servidor]." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " +"es un wrapper script para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Se " +"asegura de que se genere un caso de uso específico initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.img) y que se traslade al directorio relacionado con el caso de uso. El " +"comando necesita ejecutarse después de que se haya modificado la sección /" +"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"reemplaza a la herramienta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> incluida con " +"LTSP5. Se utiliza para ejecutar comandos en un chroot LTSP específico (como, " +"por ejemplo, instalar, actualizar y eliminar paquetes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estaciones de trabajo sin disco</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Una estación de trabajo sin disco ejecuta todo el software localmente. El " +"equipo cliente arranca directamente desde el servidor LTSP sin un disco duro " +"local. El software se administra y mantiene en el servidor LTSP, pero se " +"ejecuta en las estaciones de trabajo sin disco. También se almacenan en el " +"servidor los directorios Home y la configuración del sistema. Las estaciones " +"de trabajo sin disco son una excelente forma de reutilizar hardware antiguo " +"(pero potente) con los mismos costes bajos de mantenimiento que los clientes " +"ligeros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"A diferencia de las estaciones de trabajo, las estaciones de trabajo sin " +"disco funcionan sin necesidad de añadirlas con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente ligero</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Una configuración de cliente ligero permite que un PC normal funcione como " +"una (X-)terminal, donde todo el software se ejecuta en el servidor LTSP. " +"Esto significa que esta máquina arranca a través de PXE sin utilizar un " +"disco duro local del cliente y que el servidor LTSP debe ser una máquina " +"potente.." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu todavía admite el uso de clientes ligeros para permitir el uso de " +"hardware muy antiguo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Dado que los clientes ligeros usan X2Go, los usuarios deben deshabilitar la " +"composición para evitar artefactos de visualización. En el caso " +"predeterminado (entorno de escritorio Xfce): Configuración -> Ajustes del " +"administrador de ventanas -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"El arranque del cliente LTSP fallará si la interfaz de red del cliente " +"requiere un firmware no libre. Se puede utilizar una instalación PXE para " +"solucionar problemas con el arranque por red de una máquina; si el " +"instalador de Debian se queja de la falta de un fichero XXX.bin, de debe " +"añadir firmware no libre al initrd del servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Proceda así en el servidor LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Primero obtenga información sobre paquetes de firmware, ejecute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Decide qué paquete debe instalarse para la(s) interfaz(es) de red, lo más " +"probable es que sea un firmware-linux, ejecútalo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Actualice la imagen de SquashFS para estaciones de trabajo sin disco, " +"ejecute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "En caso de que se utilicen clientes ligeros X2Go, ejecuta:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "y procede de acuerdo con la información de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Actualiza la imagen de SquashFS; p.ej. para el chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-" +"amd64, ejecuta:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Selección del tipo de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Cada servidor LTSP tiene dos tarjetas de red: una configurada en la subred " +"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (compartida con el servidor principal), y otra que " +"forma una subredlocal (una subred para cada servidor LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Se puede elegir tanto <emphasis>estación sin disco</emphasis> como " +"<emphasis>cliente ligero</emphasis> en el menú iPXE. Tras esperar 5 " +"segundos, la máquina arrancará como estación de trabajo sin disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Se pueden configurar el elemento del menú de arranque y su tiempo de espera " +"ambos por defecto en <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. " +"Se utiliza un valor de tiempo de espera de <emphasis>-1</emphasis> para " +"ocultar el menú. Ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation no</computeroutput> para que los cambios tengan efecto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Utiliza una red cliente LTSP diferente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 es el cliente de red LTSP por defecto si se instala una " +"máquina utilizando el perfil LTSP. Si se utilizan muchos clientes LTSP o si " +"han de servir diferentes servidores LTSP en entornos chroot i386 y amd64 " +"también se puede utilizar la segunda red preconfigurada 192.168.1.0/24. " +"Edita el archivo <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> y " +"ajusta de acuerdo la configuración de eth1. Utiliza <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> o cualquier otro editor LDAP para inspeccionar la " +"configuración de DNS y DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Añade chroot LTSP para soportar clientes de 32 bits-PC" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Para crear una imagen chroot y SquashFS, ejecuta:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para más " +"detalles sobre los tipos de clientes ligeros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Ejecute <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para echar un vistazo " +"a las opciones de configuración disponibles. O léelo en línea: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Añade elementos de configuración a la sección /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " +"[clientes]. Para que los cambios surtan efecto, ejecuta:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Sonido con clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Los clientes ligeros LTSP utilizan el audio en red para pasar el audio del " +"servidor a los clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "Las estaciones de trabajo sin disco LTSP manejan el audio localmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Acceso a dispositivos USB y CD-ROMs/DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Cuando los usuarios insertan una unidad USB o un DVD / CD-ROM en una " +"estación de trabajo sin disco, aparece un icono correspondiente en el " +"escritorio, que permite el acceso al contenido como en una estación de " +"trabajo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Cuando los usuarios insertan una unidad USB en un cliente ligero X2Go de " +"tipo simple (instalación de servidor combinado predeterminado), las unidades " +"se montan en cuanto se hace doble clic en el icono de la carpeta existente " +"en el escritorio de Xfce. Según el contenido multimedia, puede pasar algún " +"tiempo hasta que el contenido aparezca en el gestor de archivos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Advertencia sobre medios removibles en servidores LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Atención: Cuando se insertan en un servidor LTSP unidades USB y otros medios " +"extraíbles, hacen que el icono de la carpeta relacionada aparezca en los " +"escritorios de clientes ligeros LTSP. Los usuarios remotos pueden acceder a " +"los archivos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilizar impresoras conectadas a clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Conecta la impresora al equipo cliente LTSP (se admiten tanto el puerto USB " +"como el paralelo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configura el cliente LTSP con GOsa² para utilizar una dirección fija de IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar la impresora mediante la interfaz web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> en el servidor principal; elegir el tipo de " +"impresora de red <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(para todas las impresoras, independiente de la marca o el modelo) y " +"establece <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" +"computeroutput> como URI de conexión." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modificando instalación de PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE son las siglas de Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu ahora " +"utiliza la implementación <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> " +"para facilitar la integración de LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurar el menú PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"El elemento del menú PXE respectivo a la instalación se genera usando el " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Se permite " +"que algunas configuraciones se reconfiguren utilizando el archivo " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> con los " +"valores que desea reemplazar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurar la instalación de PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"La instalación PXE heredará el idioma, la distribución del teclado y la " +"configuración de la réplica de la configuración utilizada al instalar el " +"servidor principal, y el resto de cuestiones se plantearán durante la " +"instalación (perfil, participación en popcon, partición y contraseña de " +"root). Para evitar estas preguntas, puede modificarse para proporcionar " +"respuestas preseleccionadas a los valores de debconf el fichero " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> . Algunos ejemplos de valores debconf disponibles ya están " +"comentados en <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput>. Tus cambios se perderán tan pronto como se utilice " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para recrear el " +"entorno de instalación PXE. Para añadir valores debconf a <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> durante la " +"recreación con <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, añade " +"el fichero <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> con tus valores debconf adicionales." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Se puede encontrar más información sobre la modificación de las " +"instalaciones PXE en el capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalación</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Agregar un repositorio personalizado para instalaciones PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un repositorio personalizado, agregue algo parecido a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"y luego ejecuta una vez <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Cambiando parámetros de red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"El paquete debian-edu-config viene con una herramienta que ayuda a cambiar " +"la red de 10.0.0.0/8 a otra. Hecha una mirada a <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Está diseñado para " +"usarse justo después de la instalación en el servidor principal, para " +"actualizar LDAP y otros archivos que deben editarse para cambiar la subred." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Tener en cuenta que cambiar a una de las subredes que ya se utilizan en " +"otras partes de Debian Edu no funcionará. 192.168.0.0/24 y 192.168.1.0/24 ya " +"están configurados como redes de clientes LTSP. Para evitar las entradas " +"duplicadas cambiar a estas subredes requerirá la edición manual de los " +"archivos de configuración." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"No hay una manera fácil de cambiar el nombre de dominio DNS. Cambiarlo " +"requeriría cambios tanto en la estructura LDAP como en varios archivos del " +"sistema de archivos del servidor principal. Tampoco hay una manera fácil de " +"cambiar el nombre de host y DNS del servidor principal (tjener.intern). " +"Para hacerlo también habría que cambiar el LDAP y los archivos del sistema " +"de archivos del servidor principal y del cliente. En ambos casos también " +"habría que cambiar la configuración de Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Escritorio remoto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Al elegir el perfil de servidor LTSP o el perfil de servidor combinado, " +"también se instalan los paquetes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> y " +"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp utiliza el Protocolo de Escritorio Remoto para presentar un inicio de " +"sesión gráfico a un cliente remoto. Los usuarios de Microsoft Windows pueden " +"conectarse al servidor LTSP que ejecuta xrdp sin instalar software adicional " +"- simplemente inician una Conexión de Escritorio Remoto en su máquina con " +"Windows y se conectan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "Además, xrdp puede conectarse a un servidor VNC u otro servidor RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp viene sin soporte de sonido; para compilar (o re-compilar) los módulos " +"necesarios se puede utilizar este script. Por favor, ten en cuenta que el " +"usuario debe ser root o un miembro del grupo sudo. Además, /etc/apt/" +"sources.list debe contener una línea deb-src válida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go permite acceder a un escritorio gráfico en el servidor LTSP a través de " +"conexiones de bajo y alto ancho de banda desde un PC con Linux, Windows o " +"macOS. Se necesita software adicional en el cliente, para más información " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hay que tener en cuenta que el paquete <computeroutput>killer</" +"computeroutput> es mejor eliminarlo en el servidor LTSP si se utiliza X2Go, " +"ver <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Clientes de escritorio remoto disponible" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"Se instala por defecto <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> y es " +"capaz de RDP y VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP: la forma más sencilla de acceder al servidor de terminales de Windows. " +"Un paquete de cliente alternativo es <computeroutput>rdesktop</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"El cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) permite acceder a Skolelinux en " +"forma remota. Un paquete de cliente alternativo es " +"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> es un cliente gráfico para el " +"sistema X2Go (no está instalado por defecto). Se puede utilizar para " +"conectarse a sesiones en curso e iniciar otras nuevas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Clientes inalámbricos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"El servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> podría usarse para proporcionar " +"conexiones de red seguras. Para que esto funcione, instale los paquetes " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> y <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> en el " +"servidor principal y ejecute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> para generar una " +"configuración básica específica del sitio. De esta manera, se habilitan " +"tanto los métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP como PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toda la configuración se " +"encuentra en el propio script para facilitar los ajustes específicos del " +"sitio. Ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">la página de inicio de " +"freeRADIUS</ulink> para más información." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Se necesita configuración adicional para" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"activar/desactivar los puntos de acceso mediante un <emphasis>secreto " +"compartido</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"permitir/negar acceso wireless mediante grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"combinar los puntos de acceso en grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Los dispositivos de los usuarios finales deben estar configurados " +"correctamente, estos dispositivos deben estar protegidos por un PIN para el " +"uso de los métodos EAP (802.1x). Los usuarios también han de estar educados " +"para instalar el certificado CA de freeradius en sus dispositivos para estar " +"seguros de conectarse al servidor correcto. De esta manera su contraseña no " +"puede ser capturada en caso de un servidor malicioso. El certificado " +"específico del sitio está disponible en la red interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (para dispositivos de " +"usuarios finales con Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Ten en cuenta que la configuración de los dispositivos de los usuarios " +"finales será un verdadero reto debido a la variedad de dispositivos. Para " +"los dispositivos con Windows se puede crear un script de instalación, con " +"Apple un archivo mobileconfig. En ambos casos se puede integrar el " +"certificado freeRADIUS CA, pero se necesitan herramientas específicas del " +"sistema operativo para crear los scripts." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autorizar la máquina Windows con las credenciales de Debian Edu usando el " +"plugin LDAP pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Añadir usuario pGina en Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Para poder utilizar pGina (o cualquier otra aplicación de servicio de " +"autenticación de terceros) debe tener una cuenta de usuario especial " +"utilizada en la búsqueda en LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Añadir un usuario especial, p.ej <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> " +"con contraseña <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, en el sitio web <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instalar pGina fork" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Descargar e instalar pGina 3.9.9.12 como software habitual. Tener en cuenta " +"que el plugin LDAP persiste en la carpeta de plugins de pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configurar pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Teniendo en cuenta la configuración de Debian Edu, la conexión LDAP utiliza " +"SSL por el puerto 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Por lo tanto, la configuración necesaria en una conexión pGina LDAP viene a " +"continuación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estos se almacenan en " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Sección principal del plugin LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (o cualquier " +"otro con \"espacio\" como separador)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> para conexión SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Tiempo: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SÍ</emphasis> (marcar la casilla de " +"verificación)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Comenzar TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (no marcar la casilla " +"de verificación)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (no " +"marcar la casilla de verificación)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Buscar en DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\"es un usuario para autenticar en LDAP para buscar usuarios en una " +"sesión de inicio)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Contraseña de búsqueda: pwd.777 (es la contraseña de \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Bloqueo de autenticación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Pestaña de Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Permitir Contraseñas Vacías: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Buscar por DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SÍ</emphasis> (marcar la casilla de " +"verificación)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Filtro de búsqueda: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Bloqueo de autorización" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Por defecto: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Negar si falla la autenticación LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SÍ</" +"emphasis> (marcar la casilla de verificación)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Permitir cuando el servidor es inalcanzable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</" +"emphasis> (no marcar la casilla de verificación, opcional)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Elegir el plugin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Autenticación [v], Autorización [v], Puerta de enlace [v], Cambiar " +"contraseña [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Máquina local: Autenticación [v], Puerta de Enlace [v] (marcar solo dos " +"casillas de verificación)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordenar los complementos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Autenticación: LDAP, Máquina Local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Puerta de Enlace: LDAP, Máquina Local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Fuentes:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba en Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba está ahora configurado como <emphasis>servidor independiente</" +"emphasis> con moderno soporte SMB2/SMB3 y usershares habilitados, ver " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> en el " +"servidor principal. De esta manera, los usuarios non-admin están habilitados " +"para compartir recursos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Para cambios específicos del sitio, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site al directorio /etc/samba. La configuración en " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> anulará la contenida en <emphasis>smb-" +"debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, los directorios home son de sólo lectura. Esto se puede cambiar " +"en <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Las contraseñas de Samba se almacenan usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> y en el caso de que se cambie una contraseña se actualizan " +"usando GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar temporalmente la cuenta de Samba de un usuario, ejecutar " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nombre de usuario></computeroutput>, lo " +"volverá a activar <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <nombre de usuario></" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Ejecutando en el servidor principal <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/" +"lib/samba/usershares</computeroutput> desactivará usershares para 'students'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Acceder archivos mediante Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Los dispositivos con Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS o Windows " +"pueden conectarse al directorio principal de un usuario y a recursos " +"compartidos adicionales específicos del sitio (si están configurados). Por " +"ejemplo, los dispositivos basados en Android requieren un gestor de archivos " +"compatible con SMB2/SMB3, también conocido como acceso LAN. <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander con " +"complemento LAN</ulink> pueden ser una buena opción." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Usa <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> o " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> para acceder " +"al directorio home." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "HowTos para enseñar y aprender" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Todos los paquetes de Debian mencionados en esta sección se pueden instalar " +"ejecutando <computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> " +"(como root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Enseñar a programar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> es un meta paquete que " +"depende de muchas herramientas de programación. Tenga en cuenta que se " +"necesitan casi 2 GiB de espacio en disco si se instala este paquete. Para " +"más detalles (tal vez para instalar sólo algunos paquetes), ver la página " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu " +"Development packages</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Seguimiento de alumnos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advertencia</emphasis>: asegúrate de conocer la " +"legislación sobre vigilancia y restricción de las actividades de los " +"usuarios de ordenadores en tu jurisdicción." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Algunas escuelas utilizan herramientas de control como <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> para " +"supervisar a sus estudiantes. Ver también: <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> y <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Restricción de acceso de los alumnos a la red" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Algunas escuelas usan <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir el acceso a Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "HowTos para usuarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Cambio de contraseñas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Casa usuario debería cambiar su contraseña usando GOsa². Para hacerlo, solo " +"usa un navegador web y abre <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"El uso de GOsa² para cambiar la contraseña garantiza que las contraseñas " +"para Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) y Samba sean las mismas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar contraseñas usando PAM funciona también en el prompt de inicio de " +"sesión de GDM, pero esto sólo actualizará la contraseña de Kerberos, y no la " +"de Samba y GOsa² (LDAP). Así que después de cambiar la contraseña en el " +"prompt de inicio de sesión, realmente deberías cambiarla también usando " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Ejecutando aplicaciones de Java independientes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Las aplicaciones independientes de Java son compatibles con el tiempo de " +"ejecución de Java OpenJDK." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Uso del correo electrónico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Todos los usuarios pueden enviar y recibir correos electrónicos en la red " +"interna; se proporcionan certificados para permitir las conexiones seguras " +"TLS. Para permitir el correo fuera de la red interna, el administrador " +"necesita configurar el servidor de correos <computeroutput>exim4</" +"computeroutput> para adaptarse a la situación local, iniciando con " +"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Todo usuario que quiera utilizar Thunderbird ha de configurarlo de la " +"siguiente manera. Para un usuario con username jdoe la dirección de correo " +"electrónico interna es <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Iniciar Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Haz clic en 'Omitir esto y utilizar mi correo electrónico actual'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Introduce tu dirección de correo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"No introduzcas tu contraseña, ya que se utilizará el inicio de sesión único " +"de Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Click en 'Continuar'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Tanto para IMAP como para SMTP la configuración debe ser 'STARTTLS' y " +"'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; ajústala si no se detecta automáticamente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Click en 'Done'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuir" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuir en línea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"La mayor parte del tiempo, la <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">lista de correo de desarrolladores</ulink> es nuestro principal medio " +"de comunicación, aunque también tenemos #debian-edu en irc.debian.org e " +"incluso, a veces, reuniones reales, donde nos conocemos en persona." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Una buena forma de conocer lo que está ocurriendo en el desarrollo de Debian " +"Edu es suscribirse a la <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Informar bugs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu utiliza el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Sistema de " +"seguimiento de errores (BTS)</ulink> de Debian. Ver los informes de errores " +"y peticiones de las herramientas existentes o crea otros nuevos. Por favor, " +"informa de todos los errores del paquete <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Echa un " +"vistazo a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">Cómo informar de errores</ulink> para obtener más información " +"sobre la notificación de errores en Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Documentación para editores y traductores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"¡Este documento necesita de tu ayuda! No está finalizado todavía: si lo " +"lees, notarás varias lineas que dicen POR CORREGIR. Si sabes lo que se " +"necesita corregir, sopesa compartir tu saber con nosotros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"La fuente del texto es una wiki y se puede editar con un simple navegador " +"web. Sólo tienes que ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Trixie/\"/> y podrás contribuir fácilmente. Nota: se necesita " +"una cuenta de usuario para editar las páginas; es posible que tengas que " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">crear una " +"cuenta de usuario wiki</ulink> primero." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Otra forma muy buena de contribuir y ayudar a los usuarios es traduciendo " +"software y documentación. Se puede encontrar información de cómo traducir " +"este documento en este libro <link linkend=\"Translations\">capítulo sobre " +"la traducción</link>. ¡Sopesa ayudar en el esfuerzo de traducir este libro!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Soporte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "en Inglés" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de " +"correo de ayuda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu en irc.debian.org - Canal de IRC, principalmente relacionado con " +"el desarrollo; no esperes soporte en tiempo real aunque ocurre con " +"frecuencia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "en noruego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "#skolelinux en irc.debian.org - canal IRC para soporte en noruego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "en alemán" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de " +"correo de ayuda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "#skolelinux.de en irc.debian.org - canal IRC para soporte en alemán" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "en francés" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - lista de " +"correo de ayuda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Soporte profesional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Las listas de empresas que ofrecen apoyo profesional están disponibles en " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nuevas características en Debin Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nuevas características para Debian-Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Cambios en la instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nueva versión del instalador de Debian de Debian trixie, consulte su <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalación</ulink> para más detalles," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"información sobre <computeroutput>no-free-firmware</computeroutput>, que es " +"una nueva sección además de las conocidas secciones <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> y " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Nuevas ilustraciones basadas en el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, la ilustración por defecto " +"de Debian 13 trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Actualizaciones de software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Todo lo cual es nuevo en Debian 13 Trixie, p. ej.:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Kernel de Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Entornos de Escritorio KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Herramienta educativa GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Creador de música Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Trixie incluye más de 59 000 paquetes disponibles para su instalación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se puede encontrar más información sobre Debian 13 Trixie en las <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notas de " +"publicación</ulink> y el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Durante la instalación, la página de elección de perfil está disponible en " +"29 idiomas, de los cuales 22 están completamente traducidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"El <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Manual del ratón de biblioteca de Debian Edu</ulink> está " +"traducido al alemán, chino simplificado, danés, español, francés, holandés, " +"italiano, japonés, noruego (Bokmål), portugués de Brasil, portugués europeo, " +"rumano y ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Problemas conocidos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"consulte <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">la " +"página de estado de Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Copyright y autores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Este documento ha sido redactado y la propiedad intelectual es de Holger " +"Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), " +"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), " +"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, " +"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy " +"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) y Guido Berhörster " +"(2023) y se publica bajo la GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Que " +"aproveche!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Si añades contenido, <emphasis role=\"strong\">por favor, hazlo sólo si eres " +"el autor. ¡Tienes que liberarlo bajo las mismas condiciones</emphasis>! " +"Entonces añade tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la licencia \"GPL v2 o " +"cualquier versión posterior\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traducciones de este documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Hay un <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">resumen en línea de los paquetes traducidos</ulink>, actualizados " +"frecuentemente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "HowTo cómo traducir este documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Traducir usando archivos PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Como en muchos proyectos de software libre, las traducciones de este " +"documento se guardan en archivos PO. Se puede encontrar más información " +"sobre el proceso en <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/" +"README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Traducir en línea mediante un navegador web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los equipos lingüísticos han decidido traducir a través de " +"Weblate. Para más información consulte <ulink url=\"https://" +"hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Informa de cualquier problema, gracias." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Apéndice A- La Licencia General Pública GPL GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu 13 nombre código Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"© 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > y otros, consulte el <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> para ver la lista completa de " +"propietarios de derechos de autor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Apéndice B - Funciones de las versiones anteriores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nuevas características para Debian-Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nueva versión del instalador de Debian de Debian bookworm, vea su <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalación</ulink> para más detalles," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Nuevas ilustraciones basadas en el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, la ilustración por defecto " +"de Debian 12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Todo lo nuevo en Debian 12 bookworm, por ejemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Kernel de Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Entornos de Escritorio KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Herramienta educativa GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Creador de música Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm incluye más de 64000 paquetes disponibles para su " +"instalación." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se puede encontrar más información sobre Debian 12 Bookworm en las <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/releasenotes\">notas de " +"publicación</ulink> y el <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"El <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual del ratón de biblioteca de Debian Edu</ulink> está " +"traducido al alemán, chino simplificado, danés, español, francés, holandés, " +"italiano, japonés, noruego (Bokmål), portugués de Brasil, portugués europeo, " +"rumano y ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ver <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">la " +"página de estado de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Información histórica sobre versiones anteriores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Se realizaron en el pasado las siguientes versiones de Debian Edu:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" +"Nuevas características en Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye publicada el " +"14/08/2021." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster publicado el 06-07-2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch publicado el 17-06-2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie publicado el 02-07-2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy publicado el 28-09-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\" publicado el 03-03-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\" publicado el 11-03-2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", publicado el 05-10-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", publicado el 08-02-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", publicado el 05-12-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" publicado el 22-07-2007. Basado en Debian 4.0 " +"Etch publicación en 08-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, liberado el 14-03-2006. Basado en Debian 3.1 Sarge publicado " +"el 06-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" publicado el 20-06-2004. Basado en Debian 3.0 Woody " +"plublicado el 19-07-2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Puedes encontrar una descripción completa y detallada de las versiones " +"anteriores en <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C del manual de Jessie</ulink>; o consulta los " +"manuales de versiones en la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">página de manuales de versiones</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecciona \"Enlace ascendente\" si tu red ascendente requiere una " +#~ "dirección IP estática y, si has seguido la sugerencia anterior sobre " +#~ "redes internas, \"Educación\"." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#~| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Manual del ratón de biblioteca de Debian Edu</ulink> está " +#~ "traducido al alemán, chino simplificado, danés, español, francés, " +#~ "holandés, italiano, japonés, noruego (Bokmål), portugués de Brasil, " +#~ "portugués europeo, rumano y ucraniano." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Usar backports es sencillo:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Bullseye, ver el <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manual de " +#~ "instalación</ulink> para más detalles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nueva gráfica basada en el <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">El tema de Homeworld</ulink>, la gráfica por defecto " +#~ "de Debian 11 (Bullseye)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El instalador de Debian ya no admite la configuración chroot de LTSP. En " +#~ "el caso de una instalación combinada de servidor (perfiles \"Servidor " +#~ "principal\" + \"Servidor LTSP\"), la configuración de la compatibilidad " +#~ "con clientes ligeros (ahora con X2Go) se realiza al final de la " +#~ "instalación. La creación de imagen SquashFS para el soporte de clientes " +#~ "sin disco (desde el sistema de archivos del servidor) se realiza en el " +#~ "primer arranque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En el caso de los servidores LTSP independientes, se han de realizar " +#~ "ambos pasos a través de una herramienta tras el primer arranque dentro de " +#~ "la red interna cuando se disponga de suficiente información del servidor " +#~ "principal." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Núcleo de Linux 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Entornos de Escritorio KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Creador de música Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se puede encontrar más información sobre Debian 11 Bullseye en las <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +#~ "publicación</ulink> y el <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalación</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El Manual <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente traducido al " +#~ "holandés, francés, alemán, italiano, japonés, noruego bokmål, portugués " +#~ "(Portugal) y chino simplificado." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Existen versiones parcialmente traducidas al danés y al español." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Otros cambios en comparación con la versión anterior" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se ha mejorado el soporte TLS/SSL en la red interna. En los clientes, el " +#~ "certificado root para Debian Edu-CA se encuentra en el paquete de " +#~ "certificados de todo el sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nuevo LTSP, reescrito desde cero, dejando de lado el soporte de clientes " +#~ "ligeros. Los clientes ligeros están ahora soportados usando X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se produce el arranque en red usando iPXE en lugar de PXELINUX para ser " +#~ "compatible con LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El directorio <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> se usa ahora como arranque " +#~ "de red base en lugar de <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se usa DuckDuckGo como buscador por defecto tanto en Firefox ESR como en " +#~ "Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chromium utiliza el sitio web interno en lugar de Google como página de " +#~ "inicio por defecto." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En las estaciones de trabajo sin disco, el TGT de Kerberos está " +#~ "disponible después del inicio de sesión automáticamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se ha añadido una nueva herramienta para configurar freeRADIUS con " +#~ "soporte para los métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP y PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba está configurado como \"servidor independiente\" con soporte para " +#~ "SMB2/SMB3; ha desaparecido la unión de dominios." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La interfaz web de GOsa² no muestra las entradas relacionadas con Samba " +#~ "porque los datos de las cuentas de Samba ya no se almacenan en LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El modo gráfico del instalador de Debian se utiliza para las " +#~ "instalaciones PXE (en lugar del modo texto)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Servidor de impresión ipp.intern de CUPS central, los usuarios " +#~ "pertenecientes al grupo printer-admins pueden administrar CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Está restringida al primer usuario la administración de Icinga a través " +#~ "de la interfaz web." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En caso de que ya tengas un router pero no puedas configurarlo como se " +#~ "necesita (por ejemplo, porque no se te permite hacerlo, o por razones " +#~ "técnicas), un equipo antiguo con dos interfaces de red se puede convertir " +#~ "en una puerta de entrada entre la red existente y Edu Debian." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una manera sencilla es instalar Debian Edu en este equipo; selecciona " +#~ "'Minimal' como perfil durante la instalación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Después de la instalación ejecuta <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +#~ "config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" +#~ "computeroutput> que efectuará los siguientes cambios:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Ajusta el archivo /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de host permanentemente a la 'gateway'.." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Quitar scripts superfluos." + +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Instala un cortafuegos (opcional)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando los usuarios insertan una unidad USB o un DVD / CD-ROM en un " +#~ "cliente ligero X2Go, el medio se monta automáticamente y es posible " +#~ "acceder a él navegando por la carpeta relacionada en el escritorio Xfce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si los usuarios remotos reconocen la ventana emergente o utilizan pmount " +#~ "desde la consola, pueden incluso montar los dispositivos extraíbles y " +#~ "acceder a los archivos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para instalar un entorno de escritorio de tu elección en lugar del " +#~ "predeterminado, pulsa TAB y edita las opciones de arranque del kernel " +#~ "(como ya se ha explicado anteriormente)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A partir de Bullseye, LTSP es bastante diferente de las versiones " +#~ "anteriores. Esto afecta tanto a la configuración como al mantenimiento. " +#~ "Una de las principales diferencias es que la imagen SquashFS para las " +#~ "estaciones de trabajo sin disco se genera ahora a partir del sistema de " +#~ "archivos del servidor LTSP. Además, los clientes ligeros ya no están " +#~ "soportados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)crea soporte para clientes ligeros " +#~ "de 64 bits." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~ "about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ejecuta <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Lee " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +#~ "detalles sobre este tipo de clientes ligeros." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ejecute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Date de publication; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Traduction:</emphasis> +2008 Christophe Masson +2010, 2024 Olivier Vitrat +2012-2015 Cédric Boutillier +2012, 2021, 2024 Jean-Paul Guilloneau +2012 David Prévot +2012 Thomas Vincent +2019, 2021, 2024 Jean-Pierre Giraud +2009, 2010, 2012, 2019, 2021 The French l10n team +2024 Alan +2026 Éditeur Laruelle +2026 Mathieu CLAVEAU-LUNO + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.fr.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8850 @@ +# French translations for Debian Edu manual / Skolelinux +# +# Christophe Masson <chrs.masson@free.fr>, 2008. +# Olivier Vitrat <ovit.debian@gmail.com>, 2010. +# Cédric Boutillier <boutil@debian.org>, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. +# Jean-Paul Guillonneau <guillonneau.jeanpaul@free.fr>, 2012, 2021. +# David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>, 2012, 2013. +# Thomas Vincent <thomas@vinc-net.fr>, 2012. +# Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>, 2019, 2021, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-12 08:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mathieu CLAVEAU-LUNO <mathieu@mclaveau.fr>\n" +"Language-Team: French <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/fr/>\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.5-dev\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "fr" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Date de publication :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu 13, nom de code trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logo de l’installateur de Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Ceci est le manuel de la version Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"La source disponible à <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Trixie\">https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie</ulink> est un wiki fréquemment mis à jour." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Des traductions à jour sont disponibles <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">en ligne</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "À propos de Debian Edu et Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, aussi connue sous le nom de Skolelinux, est une distribution " +"Debian fournissant un environnement de réseau scolaire complètement " +"configuré. Elle implémente une approche client-serveur. Les serveurs et les " +"clients sont des <emphasis>éléments de logiciel</emphasis> qui interagissent " +"entre eux. Les serveurs fournissent l'information requise par les clients " +"pour fonctionner. Quand un serveur est installé sur une machine et son " +"client sur une machine différente, les machines elles-mêmes sont appelées le " +"serveur et le client, par extension du concept." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Les chapitres sur les <link linkend=\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</" +"link> et sur <link linkend=\"Architecture\">l'architecture</link> " +"fournissent des détails sur la conception du système de base." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Immédiatement après l'installation, un serveur faisant fonctionner tous les " +"services pour le réseau de l'école est configuré, et le système est prêt à " +"être utilisé. Seul l'ajout d'utilisateurs et de stations de travail a besoin " +"d'être effectué au moyen de GOsa², une interface web agréable, ou de " +"n'importe quel autre éditeur LDAP. Un environnement d'amorçage par le réseau " +"avec PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> a aussi été préparé. " +"Ainsi, après l'installation initiale du serveur principal depuis un CD, un " +"disque Blu-ray ou une clé USB, les autres machines pourront être installées " +"par le réseau. Cela inclut aussi bien les stations de travail mobiles (c'est-" +"à-dire celles qui peuvent être retirées du réseau de l'école, habituellement " +"les ordinateurs portables et les mini-ordinateurs). Des machines peuvent " +"aussi être démarrées à l’aide de l’amorçage PXE/iPXE telles des stations de " +"travail sans disque dur ou des clients légers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Plusieurs applications éducatives telles que GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, " +"GNU Solfege et Scratch sont incluses dans la configuration de " +"l'environnement de bureau par défaut. Cette liste peut être facilement et " +"largement étendue grâce à l'univers de Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Historique du projet et raison de la double dénomination" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux</ulink> " +"est une distribution Linux créée par le projet Debian Edu. Elle fait partie " +"de la publication <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure " +"Blend</ulink> en tant que sous-projet <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> officiel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Cela signifie que Skolelinux est une distribution Debian fournissant un " +"environnement de réseau scolaire complètement configuré." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Le projet Skolelinux a été lancé en Norvège le 2 juillet 2001, à peu près au " +"même moment où Raphaël Hertzog démarrait le projet Debian-Edu en France. En " +"2003, les deux projets ont fusionné, mais les deux noms sont restés. " +"« Skole » et (Debian-)« Education » sont deux dénominations bien installées " +"dans ces pays." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "À ce jour, ce système est utilisé dans plusieurs pays du monde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architecture" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Cette section décrit l'architecture du réseau et les services fournis par " +"Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Topologie du réseau Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Le diagramme est un schéma de la topologie supposée du réseau. La " +"configuration par défaut d'un réseau Skolelinux suppose qu'il y a un (et un " +"seul) serveur principal et permet l'accueil à la fois de stations de travail " +"normales et de serveurs LTSP (avec les clients légers ou les stations de " +"travail sans disque associés). Le nombre de stations de travail peut être " +"aussi grand ou petit que vous le souhaitez (d'aucune à beaucoup). De même " +"pour les serveurs LTSP, chacun étant sur un réseau distinct de sorte que le " +"trafic entre les clients et le serveur LTSP n'affecte pas le reste des " +"services du réseau. LTSP est expliqué en détail dans le <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant du manuel</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"La raison pour laquelle il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul serveur principal dans " +"un réseau d'école est que celui-ci fournit DHCP, et il ne peut y avoir " +"qu'une seule machine fournissant ce service sur chaque réseau. Il est " +"possible de déplacer un service depuis le serveur principal vers une autre " +"machine en le configurant sur cette dernière puis en mettant à jour la " +"configuration DNS, en faisant pointer l'alias DNS pour ce service vers " +"l'ordinateur concerné." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Afin de simplifier les réglages de base de Skolelinux, la connexion à " +"Internet s'effectue par un routeur séparé, appelé également passerelle. " +"Consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">routeur Internet</link> pour des détails sur la " +"configuration d'une passerelle s'il n'est pas possible d'en utiliser une " +"existante comme il faut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Configuration réseau par défaut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur DHCP sur le serveur principal dessert le réseau 10.0.0.0/8 en " +"fournissant un menu d'amorçage syslinux (PXE) où vous pouvez choisir " +"d'installer un nouveau serveur ou une station de travail, démarrer un client " +"léger ou une station de travail sans disque, exécuter memtest ou démarrer du " +"disque dur local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Il est conçu pour être modifié : pour plus de détails, consultez le <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> du manuel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur DHCP des serveurs LTSP ne dessert qu'un réseau dédié sur la " +"deuxième interface (192.168.0.0/24 et 192.168.1.0/24 sont les options " +"préconfigurées) et ne devrait pas souvent être modifié." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "La configuration de tous les sous-réseaux est stockée dans LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Serveur principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Un réseau Skolelinux a besoin d'un serveur principal (dont le nom d'hôte est " +"« tjener » qui est le mot norvégien pour « serveur ») qui a par défaut " +"l'adresse IP 10.0.2.2 et qui est installé en sélectionnant le profil de " +"serveur principal. Il est possible (mais non nécessaire) de sélectionner et " +"d'installer également les profils de serveur LTSP et de station de travail " +"en plus du profil de serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Services exécutés sur le serveur principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"À l'exception du contrôle des clients légers, tous les services sont " +"initialement configurés sur un ordinateur central (le serveur principal). " +"Pour des raisons de performances, le(s) serveur(s) LTSP devraient être sur " +"une machine séparée (bien qu'il soit possible d'installer à la fois les " +"profils de serveur principal et de serveur LTSP sur la même machine). Tous " +"les services se voient attribuer un nom DNS et ne sont disponibles que sur " +"IPv4. Le nom DNS attribué permet de déplacer facilement chaque service du " +"serveur central vers une autre machine, simplement en l'arrêtant sur le " +"serveur principal et en changeant la configuration DNS de sorte que l'alias " +"pointe vers la nouvelle machine (sur laquelle il aura été préalablement " +"installé, bien entendu)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Pour des raisons de sécurité, toutes les connexions véhiculant des mots de " +"passe sur le réseau sont chiffrées, de sorte qu'aucun mot de passe " +"n'apparaît en clair sur le réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"L'ensemble des services configurés par défaut sur un réseau Skolelinux est " +"présenté ci-dessous avec le nom DNS associé. Tous les fichiers de " +"configuration font, si possible, référence au service par son nom (sans le " +"nom de domaine), permettant ainsi aux écoles de changer facilement leur " +"domaine (si elles disposent de leur propre domaine DNS) ou leur adresse IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Liste des services</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Description du service</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nom usuel</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nom DNS du service</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Gestion centralisée des journaux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Service de noms de domaine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domaine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configuration réseau automatique des machines" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Répertoires personnels sur un système de fichiers réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB et NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Courrier électronique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Service de répertoire" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administration des utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Serveur web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache et PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Sauvegardes centralisées" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Cache web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Impression" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Connexion sécurisée à distance" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration automatique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Serveur(s) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Surveillance des machines et des services, avec rapport d'erreur, ainsi " +"qu'état et historique sur le web. Rapport d'erreur par courrier électronique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga et Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Les fichiers personnels des utilisateurs sont enregistrés dans leur " +"répertoire personnel, disponible sur le serveur. Les répertoires personnels " +"sont accessibles depuis toutes les machines, donnant accès aux mêmes " +"fichiers, quelle que soit la machine utilisée. Le serveur ignore le système " +"d'exploitation en permettant l'accès grâce à NFS pour les clients UNIX et à " +"l’aide de SMB2/SMB3 pour d’autres clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, le courrier électronique est configuré pour ne délivrer les " +"messages que localement (c'est-à-dire à l'intérieur de l'école), bien qu'il " +"puisse être configuré pour délivrer le courrier sur Internet si " +"l'établissement dispose d'une connexion permanente. Les clients sont " +"configurés pour envoyer leur courrier au serveur (en relais « smarthost ») " +"et les utilisateurs peuvent <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">accéder à " +"leur courrier personnel</link> par IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Tous les services sont accessibles avec les mêmes nom d'utilisateur et mot " +"de passe, grâce à la base de données d'utilisateurs centralisée gérant " +"l'authentification et les autorisations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Pour des raisons de performance sur des sites contactés fréquemment, un " +"mandataire (Squid) met en cache local les fichiers correspondants. Associé " +"au blocage du trafic web par le routeur, cela permet aussi le contrôle de " +"l'accès à Internet sur chaque machine." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"La configuration du réseau sur les clients est effectuée automatiquement à " +"l'aide de DHCP. Tous les types de clients peuvent être connectés et recevoir " +"une adresse IP appartenant au sous-réseau privé 10.0.0.0/8, tandis que les " +"clients légers sont connectés à leur serveur de clients légers sur le sous-" +"réseau 192.168.0.0/24 (cela assure que le trafic réseau des clients légers " +"n'interfère pas avec le reste des services du réseau)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Le système de journal centralisé est configuré de sorte que toutes les " +"machines envoient leur journal système (syslog) au serveur. Seuls les " +"messages provenant du réseau local sont acceptés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, le serveur DNS est configuré avec un domaine réservé à l'usage " +"interne (*.intern), jusqu'à ce qu'un vrai domaine DNS (« externe ») puisse " +"être configuré. Le serveur DNS est configuré en serveur DNS cache, de sorte " +"que toutes les machines du réseau puissent l'utiliser comme serveur DNS " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Les élèves et les enseignants ont la possibilité de publier des sites web. " +"Le serveur web fournit les mécanismes d'authentification des utilisateurs et " +"de limitation de l'accès aux pages individuelles et sous-répertoires à " +"certains utilisateurs ou groupes. Les utilisateurs auront la possibilité de " +"créer des pages web dynamiques, puisque le serveur web sera programmable." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Les informations concernant les utilisateurs et les machines peuvent être " +"modifiées de manière centralisée et sont rendues accessibles automatiquement " +"à tous les ordinateurs du réseau. Pour cela, un serveur de répertoire " +"centralisé est mis en place. Le répertoire détiendra des informations sur " +"les utilisateurs, les groupes d’utilisateurs, les machines et les groupes de " +"machines. Afin de ne pas troubler les utilisateurs, il ne sera pas fait de " +"distinction entre les groupes de fichiers et les groupes réseau. Cela " +"implique que les groupes de machines qui devront constituer des groupes " +"réseau aient le même espace de nommage que les groupes d'utilisateurs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"L'administration des services et des utilisateurs se fera essentiellement " +"par le web et respectera les standards établis, fonctionnant correctement " +"avec les navigateurs web fournis dans Skolelinux. La délégation de certaines " +"tâches à des utilisateurs individuels ou à des groupes d'utilisateurs sera " +"possible par les systèmes d'administration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'éviter certains problèmes avec NFS ou de simplifier la résolution de " +"problèmes, les différentes machines doivent être synchronisées. Pour cela, " +"le serveur Skolelinux est configuré en serveur local NTP (Network Time " +"Protocol) et toutes les stations de travail ainsi que tous les clients sont " +"configurés pour être synchronisés avec le serveur. Le serveur lui-même " +"devrait se synchroniser par NTP à partir de machines sur Internet, assurant " +"ainsi une heure correcte sur tout le réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Les imprimantes sont connectées où cela est le plus pratique, soit " +"directement au réseau principal, soit à un serveur, une station de travail " +"ou un serveur LTSP. L'accès aux imprimantes peut être contrôlé pour les " +"utilisateurs en fonction des groupes auxquels ils appartiennent, par " +"l'intermédiaire de quota et de contrôle d'accès aux imprimantes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Serveur(s) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Un réseau Skolelinux peut avoir plusieurs serveurs LTSP qui sont installés " +"en sélectionnant le profil de serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur LTSP est configuré pour recevoir le journal système (syslog) des " +"clients légers et des stations de travail, et transmettre ces messages au " +"destinataire central des journaux système." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Veuillez noter :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Les stations de travail LTSP sans disque utilisent les programmes installés " +"sur le serveur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Le système de fichiers racine du client est fourni par NFS. Après chaque " +"modification du serveur LTSP, l'image concernée doit être régénérée ; " +"exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> sur le serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Clients légers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"La configuration en client léger permet aux PC ordinaires de fonctionner en " +"terminaux(-X). Cela signifie que la machine s'amorce directement depuis le " +"serveur à l'aide de PXE sans utiliser le disque dur local du client. La " +"configuration de client léger utilise X2Go à cause de l’abandon de sa prise " +"en charge par le projet Linux Terminal Server (LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Les clients légers offrent un bon moyen de toujours utiliser des machines " +"très anciennes (majoritairement en 32 bits), car elles lancent tous les " +"programmes sur le serveur LTSP. Cela fonctionne ainsi : le service utilise " +"DHCP et TFTP pour se connecter au réseau et s'amorcer depuis celui-ci. " +"Ensuite, le système de fichiers est monté depuis le serveur LTSP avec NFS et " +"enfin le client X2Go est démarré." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Stations de travail sans disque dur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Une station de travail sans disque exécute tous les logiciels sur le PC sans " +"système d'exploitation installé en local. Cela signifie que les machines " +"clientes s'amorcent depuis PXE sans exécuter de logiciel installé sur le " +"disque dur local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Les stations de travail sans disque dur sont une excellente façon d’utiliser " +"du matériel puissant avec le même coût réduit de maintenance que les clients " +"légers. Le logiciel est administré et maintenu sur le serveur sans besoin " +"d'installer des logiciels localement sur le client. Les répertoires " +"personnels et les réglages du système sont eux aussi enregistrés sur le " +"serveur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Clients en réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Le terme « clients en réseau » fait référence dans ce manuel à la fois aux " +"clients légers et aux stations de travail sans disque, ainsi qu'aux " +"ordinateurs exécutant macOS ou Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les machines Linux installées avec l'installateur Skolelinux seront " +"administrables depuis un ordinateur central, très probablement le serveur. " +"Il sera possible de se connecter à toutes les machines par SSH et donc " +"d'avoir un accès complet à celles-ci. Il faut, en tant que superutilisateur, " +"d'abord exécuter <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> pour obtenir un " +"ticket Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les informations sur les utilisateurs sont conservées dans un " +"répertoire LDAP. Les comptes des utilisateurs sont mis à jour à partir de " +"cette base de données qui est utilisée par les clients pour authentifier les " +"utilisateurs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Deux types de supports d'installation sont actuellement disponibles : " +"l'image d'installation par le réseau et l'image BD (Block Device). Ces deux " +"images peuvent également être amorcées à partir de clés USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"L'objectif est de pouvoir installer un serveur à partir de n’importe quel " +"support une seule fois, et d'installer tous les autres postes clients par le " +"réseau en amorçant à partir de ce dernier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Seule l'image d'installation par le réseau nécessite un accès Internet " +"pendant l'installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"L'installation ne devrait pas poser de questions, à l'exception de la " +"langue, de la régionalisation, de la disposition du clavier et du profil de " +"la machine (serveur principal, station de travail, serveur LTSP…). Toute " +"autre configuration sera effectuée automatiquement avec des valeurs " +"raisonnables, modifiables de manière centralisée par l'administrateur " +"système après la fin de l'installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'accès au système de fichiers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Une section du système de fichiers du serveur de fichiers est attribuée à " +"chaque compte d'utilisateur Skolelinux. Cette section (répertoire personnel) " +"contient les fichiers de configuration, les documents, courriers " +"électroniques et pages web de l'utilisateur. Certains fichiers devraient " +"être accessibles en lecture par les autres utilisateurs du système, certains " +"devraient l'être par tous sur Internet, et d'autres ne devraient l'être par " +"personne d'autre que l'utilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Afin d'assurer que tous les disques hébergeant les répertoires des " +"utilisateurs ou les répertoires partagés puissent être nommés de manière " +"unique sur tous les ordinateurs installés, ceux-ci peuvent être montés sur " +"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Initialement, un " +"répertoire est créé sur le serveur de fichiers, <computeroutput>/skole/" +"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, sur lequel tous les comptes utilisateurs " +"sont créés. Davantage de répertoires peuvent ensuite être créés si c'est " +"nécessaire afin de s'adapter à des groupes d'utilisateurs ou des cas d'usage " +"particuliers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Pour permettre l'accès partagé aux fichiers dans le système normal de " +"permissions UNIX, les utilisateurs ont besoin d'être dans des groupes " +"d'utilisateurs supplémentaires (tels que « students ») en plus du groupe " +"primaire personnel dans lequel ils sont par défaut. Si des utilisateurs ont " +"un umask approprié pour rendre les éléments nouvellement créés accessibles " +"au groupe (002 ou 007) et si les répertoires dans lesquels ils travaillent " +"ont le paramètre setgid assurant que les fichiers héritent de l'appartenance " +"au bon groupe, alors le partage de fichiers entre les membres d'un groupe " +"est contrôlé." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"L'attribution des droits d'accès initiaux pour les fichiers nouvellement " +"créés est un problème de droits. L'umask par défaut de Debian est 022 (ne " +"donnant pas l'accès au groupe tel que décrit précédemment), mais Debian Edu " +"utilise 002 par défaut, signifiant que les fichiers sont créés avec accès en " +"lecture pour tout le monde, sauf modification ultérieure de l'utilisateur. " +"Ce réglage peut être modifié (en éditant <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-" +"session</computeroutput>) pour un umask de 007, bloquant par défaut l'accès " +"en lecture et nécessitant une action de l'utilisateur pour rendre les " +"fichiers accessibles. La première approche encourage le partage des " +"connaissances et rend le système plus transparent, tandis que la seconde " +"méthode réduit le risque de divulgation involontaire d'informations " +"sensibles. Le problème de la première solution est qu'il n'est pas évident " +"pour les utilisateurs que ce qu'ils créent sera accessible à tous les " +"autres. Ils ne peuvent s'en rendre compte qu'en inspectant le contenu du " +"répertoire des autres utilisateurs et en s'apercevant que leurs fichiers " +"sont lisibles. Le problème de la deuxième solution est que peu " +"d'utilisateurs seront enclins à rendre leurs fichiers accessibles, même " +"s'ils ne contiennent pas d'informations sensibles et même si leur contenu " +"peut s'avérer utile aux utilisateurs curieux, désireux d'apprendre comment " +"d'autres ont résolu des problèmes particuliers (typiquement des problèmes de " +"configuration)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Besoins" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Il existe différentes manières de configurer une solution Skolelinux. Elle " +"peut être installée sur un simple PC autonome ou déployée à grande échelle " +"sur un ensemble d'écoles pilotées de manière centralisée. Cette flexibilité " +"induit de grosses différences dans la configuration des composants réseau, " +"serveurs et machines clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Besoins matériels" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"La signification des différents profils est expliquée dans le chapitre <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture réseau</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"S'il est prévu d'utiliser LTSP, jetez un œil sur la page du wiki sur <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">les " +"besoins matériels de LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Les ordinateurs exécutant Debian Edu/Skolelinux doivent avoir des " +"processeurs x86 à 32 bits (architecture Debian « i386 », les processeurs les " +"plus anciens pris en charge sont les classes 686) ou 64 bits (architecture " +"Debian « amd64 »)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Faire fonctionner des clients légers avec 256 Mio de mémoire vive et une " +"fréquence de 400 MHz est possible. Cependant, plus de mémoire vive et un " +"processeur plus puissant sont recommandés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Pour les stations de travail (avec ou sans disque) ainsi que les systèmes " +"autonomes, 1024 Mio de mémoire vive et une fréquence de processeur de " +"1500 MHz ou plus sont le strict minimum nécessaire. Pour faire fonctionner " +"un navigateur web moderne et LibreOffice, disposer d'au moins 2048 Mio de " +"mémoire vive est recommandé." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "L'espace disque minimal nécessaire dépend du profil installé :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"serveur principal + serveur LTSP + stations de travail (si une interface " +"graphique pour le serveur est désirée) : 60 Gio (plus un espace " +"supplémentaire pour les comptes d'utilisateurs) ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "serveur LTSP : 40 Gio ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "station de travail ou poste autonome : 30 Gio ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "installation minimale d’une machine sur le réseau : 4 Gio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Les serveurs LTSP ont besoin de deux cartes réseau lorsque l'architecture de " +"réseau par défaut est utilisée :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 est reliée au réseau principal (10.0.0.0/8) ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 est utilisée pour servir les clients LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Les ordinateurs portables sont des stations de travail mobiles et ont donc " +"les mêmes spécifications que les stations de travail." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Matériel compatible connu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Une liste du matériel testé est fournie sur <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Cette liste n'est pas exhaustive." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> est une " +"tentative de documenter l'installation, la configuration et l'utilisation de " +"Debian sur des matériels spécifiques. Ainsi, des acheteurs potentiels de " +"matériel informatique sauront si leur matériel est pris en charge et comment " +"tirer les meilleures performances de leur achat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Besoins pour une configuration du réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Configuration par défaut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Quand on utilise l'architecture réseau par défaut, les règles suivantes " +"s'appliquent :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Vous avez besoin d'exactement un serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez avoir des centaines de stations de travail sur le réseau " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez avoir un grand nombre de serveurs LTSP sur le réseau principal. " +"Deux sous-réseaux différents sont préconfigurés (DNS, DHCP) dans LDAP. " +"D'autres peuvent être ajoutés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez avoir des centaines de clients légers et/ou de stations sans " +"disque sur chaque réseau serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez avoir des centaines d'autres machines qui se verront assignées " +"des adresses IP dynamiques." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à Internet, vous avez besoin d'un routeur/passerelle (voir ci-" +"dessous)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Routeur Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Un routeur passerelle, connecté à Internet sur l'interface externe et doté " +"de l'adresse IP 10.0.0.1 avec un masque de sous-réseau 255.0.0.0 sur " +"l'interface interne est nécessaire pour se connecter à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Le routeur ne doit pas exécuter de serveur DHCP. Il peut exécuter un serveur " +"DNS bien que cela ne soit pas nécessaire ni utilisé." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Au cas où vous n'avez pas encore de routeur ou si le routeur que vous avez " +"ne peut pas être configuré convenablement, n'importe quelle machine qui " +"satisfait les exigences d'une installation minimale de Debian et qui possède " +"au moins deux interfaces réseau peut être transformée en passerelle entre le " +"réseau existant et celui de DebianEdu. Consultez la <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">documentation d'installation</link> où vous trouverez une manière " +"simple d'installer et de configurer une machine Debian avec " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez des besoins concernant un routeur embarqué ou un point d'accès, " +"nous vous recommandons d'utiliser <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT " +"</ulink>, bien que vous puissiez bien sûr aussi utiliser le microprogramme " +"initial. L'utilisation du microprogramme initial est plus simple, alors que " +"celle de OpenWRT vous offre plus de choix et de contrôle sur le système. " +"Consultez la liste du <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">matériel géré</ulink> sur les pages web de OpenWRT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'utiliser une configuration réseau différente (il existe " +"une <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">procédure documentée</ulink> pour faire cela. Si vous n'y " +"êtes pas obligé par une infrastructure réseau existante, nous vous le " +"déconseillons et vous recommandons de conserver l'<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture réseau</link> par défaut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Options de téléchargement et d'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Où trouver davantage d'informations" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nous vous recommandons de lire ou au moins de consulter les <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notes de " +"publication de Debian Trixie</ulink> avant de commencer l'installation d'un " +"système en production. Davantage d'informations sur Debian Trixie sont " +"disponibles dans son <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"N’hésitez pas à essayer Debian Edu/Skolelinux, cela devrait fonctionner tout " +"seul." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Il est recommandé malgré tout de lire les chapitres sur <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</link> et sur <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">l'architecture</link> avant de commencer à " +"installer un serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous d'avoir aussi lu le chapitre <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Démarrage rapide</link> du manuel, car il " +"explique comment lancer une session pour la première fois." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename trixie" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Téléchargement d'un média d'installation pour Debian Edu 12 nom de code " +"trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for very old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> sont les noms de deux architectures Debian pour les " +"processeurs x86 qu'ils soient ou aient été construits par AMD, Intel et " +"d'autres fabricants. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> a une " +"architecture 64 bits et <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> une " +"architecture 32 bits. Les nouvelles installations aujourd'hui devraient être " +"réalisées avec <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> ne devrait être utilisé qu'avec du très vieux matériel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "images ISO d'installation par le réseau pour amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"L'image ISO d'installation par le réseau peut être utilisée pour " +"l'installation à partir d'un CD, d'un DVD ou d'une clé USB, et est " +"disponible pour l'installation sur des machines amd64 ou i386. Comme son nom " +"l'indique, un accès à Internet est nécessaire pour l'installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for " +#| "download from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque Bookworm aura été publiée, ces images seront disponibles au " +"téléchargement à partir de :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Images ISO BD pour amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or " +#| "disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"L'image ISO a une taille d'environ 7.5 Gio et peut être utilisée pour " +"l'installation de machines amd64 ou i386, sans accès à Internet. Comme " +"l'image d'installation par le réseau, elle peut être utilisée sur une clé " +"USB ou un disque de taille suffisante." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Vérification des fichiers image téléchargés" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Des instructions détaillées pour vérifier et utiliser ces images font partie " +"de la <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">FAQ de Debian-CD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Sources" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Le code source est disponible depuis l'archive Debian aux emplacements " +"habituels.Un lien existe pour plusieurs supports à l'adresse <ulink " +"url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installer Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'installation de Debian Edu, vous devez faire quelques choix. Mais " +"n'ayez pas peur, il y en a peu. Nous nous sommes attachés à cacher la " +"complexité de Debian durant l'installation et au-delà. Cependant, Debian Edu " +"est une distribution Debian et si vous le voulez, vous pouvez choisir parmi " +"plus de 59 000 paquets et un milliard d'options de configuration. Mais nos " +"choix par défaut conviendront à la plupart des utilisateurs. Veuillez " +"noter : si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser LTSP, choisissez un " +"environnement de bureau léger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Cas de figure d'installation de serveur principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Réseau typique d'école ou domestique avec accès à Internet à travers un " +"routeur fournissant DHCP :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"L'installation d'un serveur principal est possible, mais après le " +"redémarrage il n'y aura pas d'accès à Internet (à cause de l'interface " +"IP 10.0.2.2/8 du réseau primaire)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">routeur Internet</link> pour des détails sur la mise en " +"place d'une passerelle s'il n'est pas possible d'en configurer une comme il " +"faut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Connectez tous les composants comme cela est montré dans le chapitre <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architecture</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur principal devrait bénéficier d'une connexion Internet une fois " +"qu'il est lancé pour la première fois dans un environnement correct." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Réseau typique d'école ou d'institution, semblable au précédent, mais avec " +"l'obligation d'utilisation d'un mandataire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Ajout de « debian-edu-expert » à la ligne de commande du noyau ; voir plus " +"bas comment le faire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Il faut répondre à quelques questions supplémentaires, celles relatives au " +"serveur mandataire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Réseau avec routeur et passerelle IP 10.0.0.1/8 (qui ne fournit pas de " +"serveur DHCP) et accès à Internet :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Dès que la configuration automatique du réseau échoue (à cause de l'absence " +"de DHCP), choisissez la configuration manuelle de réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Entrez 10.0.2.2/8 comme IP de l'hôte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Entrez 10.0.1 comme IP de la passerelle" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Entrez 8.8.8.8 comme IP du serveur de noms à moins que vous en sachiez plus" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Le serveur principal devrait fonctionner après le premier démarrage." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Hors ligne (pas de connexion Internet) :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Utilisez l'image ISO BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que tous les câbles réseau (réels ou virtuels) sont débranchés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez « Ne pas configurer le réseau maintenant » (après l'échec de DHCP " +"pour configurer le réseau et que vous ayez choisi « Continuer »)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment " +#| "with Internet access." +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Mettez à jour le système une fois qu'il est lancé pour la première fois dans " +"un environnement correct avec un accès Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Environnements de bureau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Plusieurs environnements de bureau sont disponibles :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce a une empreinte légèrement plus forte que celle de LXDE, mais une très " +"bonne prise en charge linguistique (106 langues)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE et GNOME bénéficient d'une bonne prise en charge linguistique, mais ont " +"une empreinte trop forte à la fois pour les ordinateurs les plus anciens et " +"les clients LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon est une alternative plus légère à GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE est plus léger que les trois précédents, mais manque d'une prise en " +"charge linguistique satisfaisante pour plusieurs pays." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE a l'empreinte la plus légère et prend en compte 35 langues." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt est un environnement de bureau léger (prise en charge linguistique " +"similaire à LXDE) avec un style plus moderne (basé sur Qt comme KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, en tant que projet international a choisi d'utiliser Xfce comme " +"environnement de bureau par défaut ; voir plus loin comment en configurer un " +"autre." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Installation modulaire" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'installation d'un système qui comprend le profil <emphasis>Station " +"de travail</emphasis>, de nombreux programmes relatifs à l'éducation sont " +"installés. Pour n'installer qu'un profil de base, il faut supprimer le " +"paramètre du noyau en ligne de commande <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> " +"avant de lancer l'installation ; voir plus loin ci-dessous des détails sur " +"comment cela fonctionne. Cela permet d'installer un système spécifique au " +"site et peut être utilisé pour accélérer des installations test." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter : si vous souhaitez installer ensuite un environnement de " +"bureau, n'utilisez pas les métapaquets de Debian Edu comme <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-" +"desktop-xfce</ulink> parce que cela installerait tous les programmes " +"relatifs à l'éducation ; installez plutôt à la place <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stabletask-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> par " +"exemple. Pour répondre aux besoins des utilisateurs, il est possible " +"d'installer un ou plusieurs des nouveaux métapaquets liés au niveau " +"scolaire : <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> ou " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Consultez la page <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">aperçu " +"des paquets Debian Edu</ulink> pour plus de détails sur les métapaquets de " +"Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Types et options d'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de démarrage de l'installateur sur une machine 64 bits — mode " +"BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menu de démarrage de l'installateur 64 bits (mode BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> utilise " +"l'installateur GTK dans lequel vous pouvez utiliser la souris." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> effectue une installation en " +"mode texte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> affiche un sous-" +"menu d'options détaillées à choisir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> donne quelques conseils pour " +"utiliser l'installateur ; voir la copie d'écran ci-dessous." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Options avancées de l'installateur 64 bits (écran 1)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> affiche de nouveau le menu " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> affiche toutes " +"les questions, vous pouvez utiliser la souris." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> transforme le " +"support d'installation en disque de secours pour les cas de détresse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> a besoin " +"d'un fichier de configuration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> affiche toutes les " +"questions en mode texte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> en mode texte ; transforme " +"le support d'installation en disque de secours pour les cas de détresse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> en mode texte ; a " +"besoin d'un fichier de configuration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"N'utilisez pas <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> ou " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, utilisez plutôt " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> comme paramètre " +"supplémentaire du noyau dans des cas exceptionnels." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Écran d'aide</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Écran d'aide de l'installateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Cet écran d'aide intuitif permet aux touches <F> du clavier d'obtenir " +"plus d'explications sur les thèmes développés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de démarrage de l'installateur sur une machine 64 bits — mode " +"UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menu de démarrage de l'installateur 64 bits (mode UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ajouter ou modifier des paramètres de démarrage pour les " +"installations</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'un et l'autre cas, les options de démarrage peuvent être éditées en " +"appuyant sur la <emphasis role=\"strong\">touche tabulation</emphasis> ou la " +"touche <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> dans le menu de démarrage. Les " +"captures d'écran montrent la ligne de commande pour <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Éditer les options en ligne de commande (mode BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Éditer les options en ligne de commande (mode UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utilisez un service mandataire HTTP sur le réseau pour accélérer " +"l'installation du profil de <emphasis>serveur principal</emphasis> à partir " +"du CD. Utilisez par exemple <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> comme paramètre additionnel d'amorçage." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez déjà installé le profil <emphasis>serveur principal</emphasis> " +"sur une machine, les installations futures seront faites à l'aide de PXE, " +"car elles utiliseront automatiquement le mandataire du serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> au lieu de <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " +"l’environnement de bureau par défaut, remplacez <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> par <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> dans le paramètre " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE " +"Plasma</emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pour installer l’environnement de bureau <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis> à la place, utilisez <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Le processus d'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Souvenez-vous des <link linkend=\"Requirements\">besoins matériels</link> et " +"assurez-vous d'avoir au moins deux cartes réseau (NIC) si vous envisagez " +"d'installer un serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Choisissez une langue (pour l'installation et le système installé)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez l'endroit qui devrait normalement être le lieu où vous vivez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez une disposition de clavier (généralement, le choix par défaut du " +"pays convient)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Choisissez le ou les profils de la liste suivante." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"C'est le serveur principal (tjener) pour votre école, il fournit tous les " +"services préconfigurés pour fonctionner sans modification. Vous ne devez " +"installer qu'un seul serveur principal par école ! Ce profil n'inclut pas " +"d'interface graphique. Si vous en voulez une, installez en plus le profil " +"Station de travail ou Serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Un ordinateur s'amorçant depuis son disque dur local, exécutant tous les " +"logiciels et exploitant tous ses périphériques comme un ordinateur " +"ordinaire, mais la connexion de l'utilisateur est authentifiée par le " +"serveur principal, où les fichiers de l'utilisateur et le profil de bureau " +"sont enregistrés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail mobile</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Similaire à une station de travail, mais capable de s'authentifier en " +"utilisant des identifiants en cache, ce qui signifie qu'elle peut être " +"utilisée en dehors du réseau de l'école. Les fichiers et profils des " +"utilisateurs sont gardés sur le disque local. Pour les ordinateurs portables " +"avec un unique utilisateur, ce profil devrait être choisi à la place de " +"« Station de travail » ou « Autonome » comme c'était suggéré dans les " +"versions précédentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Serveur de clients légers (et de stations de travail sans disque), également " +"appelé serveur LTSP. Les clients sans disque dur s'amorcent et exécutent les " +"logiciels depuis ce serveur. Cet ordinateur a besoin de deux interfaces " +"réseau, de beaucoup de mémoire, et, idéalement, de plus d'un processeur ou " +"cœur. Consultez le chapitre à propos des <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clients en réseau</link> pour plus d'informations " +"à ce sujet. En installant ce profil, le profil « station de travail » est " +"également activé (même s'il n'a pas été sélectionné), puisqu'un serveur LTSP " +"peut également être utilisé comme station de travail." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Autonome</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Un ordinateur ordinaire qui peut fonctionner sans serveur principal, c'est-à-" +"dire qui n'a pas besoin d'être sur le réseau. Cela inclut les ordinateurs " +"portables." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Ce profil installera les paquets de base et configurera la machine de sorte " +"qu'elle s'intègre dans le réseau Debian Edu, mais sans aucun service ni " +"application. C'est utile comme plateforme pour des services retirés par vous-" +"même du serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Dans les cas où les utilisateurs ordinaires devraient pouvoir se servir d'un " +"tel système, il doit être ajouté en se servant de GOsa² (comme pour une " +"station de travail) et le paquet libpam-krb5 doit être installé." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Les profils <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail</emphasis> et <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis> sont présélectionnés. Ces profils " +"peuvent être installés ensemble sur une même machine si vous voulez " +"installer un <emphasis>serveur principal combiné</emphasis>. Cela signifie " +"que le serveur principal sera un serveur LTSP ainsi qu'une station de " +"travail. C'est le choix par défaut, puisque nous présumons que c’est ce que " +"la plupart des gens désirent. Notez que deux cartes réseau doivent être " +"installées dans la machine qui sera configurée comme serveur principal " +"combiné ou comme serveur LTSP pour pouvoir l'utiliser après l'installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Répondez « Oui » ou « Non » au partitionnement automatique. Soyez conscient " +"qu'en répondant « Oui », cela détruira toutes les données du disque ! D'un " +"autre côté, répondre « Non » vous demandera plus de travail et il faudra " +"vous assurer que les partitions que vous créez sont assez grosses." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez accepter de soumettre des informations à <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> pour nous permettre de savoir quels paquets sont les " +"plus populaires et devraient être conservés pour les prochaines versions. " +"Bien que ce ne soit pas obligatoire, c'est un moyen facile pour vous de nous " +"aider." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Patientez. Si le profil de serveur LTSP est dans votre liste de choix de " +"profils à installer, l'installateur passera un bon moment à la fin à rester " +"sur le message « Fin de l'installation - Exécution de debian-edu-profile-" +"udeb... »." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir donné le mot de passe du superutilisateur, il vous sera demandé " +"de créer un compte utilisateur normal pour les tâches autres que celles " +"liées à l'administration de la machine. Pour Debian Edu, ce compte est très " +"important : c'est ce compte que vous utiliserez pour gérer le réseau " +"Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Le mot de passe choisi pour cet utilisateur <emphasis role=\"strong\">doit</" +"emphasis> avoir une longueur d'<emphasis role=\"strong\">au moins " +"5 caractères</emphasis> et <emphasis role=\"strong\">doit être différent</" +"emphasis> du <emphasis role=\"strong\">nom d'utilisateur</emphasis>, sinon " +"l'authentification ne sera pas possible (même si un mot de passe plus court " +"et un mot de passe correspondant au nom de l'utilisateur seront acceptés par " +"l'installateur)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Patientez encore dans le cas d’un <emphasis>serveur principal combiné</" +"emphasis> après le redémarrage du système. Cela prend quelque temps pour la " +"création de l’image SquashFS pour les stations de travail sans disque." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas d’un serveur LTSP distinct, les stations de travail sans disque " +"ou les clients légers nécessitent quelques étapes manuelles. Consultez le " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link>chapitre " +"correspondant de ce manuel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Installer une passerelle avec debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +#| "simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +#| "interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +#| "obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"simplifie la configuration d'une passerelle pour un réseau Debian Edu au " +"moyen d'un processus de configuration interactif où les informations " +"nécessaires sont obtenues grâce à une série de dialogues." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Afin de l'utiliser, vous devez effectuer une installation minimale de " +"Debian. Assurez-vous d'utiliser l'installateur normal de Debian et pas " +"l'installateur de Debian Edu dans la mesure où les installations de Debian " +"Edu ne sont pas prises en charge par <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Installez le paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput> en utilisant" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Il devrait y avoir des messages d'erreur concernant la configuration, mais " +"ils peuvent être ignorés pour l'instant." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Un accès physique à l'ordinateur est nécessaire pour le processus de " +"configuration suivant l'installation de <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Les interfaces réseau peuvent être déjà connectées aux réseaux correspondant " +"mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. Néanmoins, il est nécessaire de savoir quel " +"interface sera connectée à quel réseau. Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur " +"le matériel de réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "peut être utilisé." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Retirez la configuration des deux interfaces réseau à utiliser de " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> ou des fichiers " +"présents dans <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> et " +"déconfigurez les deux interfaces en utilisant" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Le processus réel de configuration est lancé avec" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Sélection de la méthode de configuration du réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Confirmation de la configuration d'uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"À la question sur le choix de la méthode de configuration du pare-feu uif " +"choisissez « debian-edu-router ». Confirmez que vous voulez configurez le " +"pare-feu pour le routeur Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Autoriser traceroute dans uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Autoriser traceroute dans uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Décidez si vous voulez répondre à ping et à traceroute. Si vous n'êtes pas " +"sûr, répondez oui, parce que cela peut être utiles pour diagnostiquer des " +"problèmes de réseau.'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Activez la redirection de paquets IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confirmez l'activation de la redirection de paquets IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Sélection de la méthode de configuration du réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Sélection de la méthode de configuration du réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, assignez les réseaux aux interfaces réseaux sur votre routeur, " +"choisissez une des options offertes selon que vos interfaces réseaux sont " +"déjà connectées ou non." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Sélection de l'interface d'uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Sélectionnez l'interface qui est connectée au réseau amont." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Sélection des réseaux internes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez un réseau interne ; au cas où vous n'êtes pas sûr et où vous " +"voulez simplement un seul réseau interne, sélectionnez « Éducation »." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Activation de l'usage de VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez si des VLAN doivent être utilisés pour les réseaux internes ; si " +"vous n'êtes pas sûr, choisissez non." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Sélection des versions d'IP prises en charges" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Sélectionnez ici « IPv4 »" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Sélection des réseaux qui ont besoin d'une adresse IP statique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Configuration d'une adresse IP statique pour le réseau interne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Affectez la valeur <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> comme adresse " +"IP statique au réseau interne  «Éducation » si vous suivez la suggestion ci-" +"dessus pour les réseaux internes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Activation du NAT pour les réseaux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Activation du NAT pour le réseau interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Activation de l'accès des réseaux à Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Activez l'accès des réseaux internes à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Configuration du NAT inverse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Configuration du NAT inverse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez exposer un service interne à l'Internet, vous pouvez le " +"configurer avec la syntaxe décrite. Notez que l'accès SSH à la passerelle " +"peut être configuré avec le dialogue suivant." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Activation de l'accès SSH à des réseaux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Décidez à partir de quels réseaux vous voulez permettre un accès SSH à la " +"passerelle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configuration du port SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurez le port SSH, ce doit être <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> si " +"la configuration n'a pas été modifiée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Activation de DHCP pour les réseaux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"N'activez pas DHCP pour les réseaux internes, il sera fourni par le serveur " +"principal de Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine." +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Connectez les interfaces réseau si vous ne l'avez pas déjà fait et " +"redémarrez la machine." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Si l'accès SSH a été activée, la passerelle peut être reconfigurée à " +"distance au moyen du menu offert lors d'une connexion comme " +"superutilisateur. En appuyant sur la touche <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> dans le menu principal, vous basculez sur le menu de " +"configuration à partir duquel tout ou partie de la configuration peut être " +"modifié avec le même système de dialogues que celui utilisé lors de la " +"configuration initiale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Notes sur quelques particularités" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Note concernant les ordinateurs portables" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Vous voudrez certainement utiliser le profil « Station de travail mobile » " +"(voir plus haut). Gardez à l'esprit que toutes les données sont gardées " +"localement (donc prenez soin de faire des sauvegardes) et que les " +"identifiants de connexion sont en cache (donc après un changement de mot de " +"passe, la connexion pourrait nécessiter votre ancien mot de passe si vous " +"n'avez pas connecté votre ordinateur portable au réseau et ne vous êtes pas " +"authentifié avec le nouveau mot de passe)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Une remarque sur les installations à partir de l'image pour clé USB et " +"disque Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous effectuez l'installation depuis l'image pour clé USB et disque Blu-" +"ray, <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> ne contiendra " +"que les sources de cette image. Si vous avez un accès à Internet, nous vous " +"recommandons fortement d'ajouter les lignes suivantes afin que les mises à " +"jour de sécurité soient disponibles :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Note concernant l'installation depuis un CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Une installation par le réseau (qui est le type d'installation proposée par " +"notre CD) récupérera quelques paquets du CD et le reste depuis Internet. La " +"quantité de paquets à récupérer par le réseau varie d'un profil à l'autre, " +"mais reste inférieure au gigaoctet (sauf si vous choisissez d'installer tous " +"les environnements de bureau possibles). Une fois que vous avez installé le " +"serveur principal (le type de serveur principal — pur ou combiné — cela n'a " +"pas d'importance), l'installation restante utilisera son service mandataire " +"pour éviter de télécharger depuis Internet le même paquet plusieurs fois." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"Installation depuis une clé USB au lieu d'un CD ou d'un disque Blu-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de copier directement les images ISO des CD ou Blu-ray sur " +"une clé USB et de démarrer depuis cette clé. Pour cela, exécutez la commande " +"suivante, en adaptant les noms de fichier et de périphérique à vos besoins :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Pour déterminer la valeur de X, exécutez cette commande avant et après " +"l'insertion du périphérique USB :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Veuillez noter que la copie prendra un bon moment." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"En fonction de l'image que vous choisissez, la clé USB se comportera " +"exactement comme un CD ou un disque Blu-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Installation et amorçage à travers le réseau à l’aide de PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Pour cette méthode d'installation, il est nécessaire d'avoir un serveur " +"principal en cours de fonctionnement. Quand les clients démarrent sur le " +"réseau, un nouveau menu iPXE est affiché avec des options d'installateur et " +"de sélection du démarrage. Si l'installation PXE échoue avec un message " +"d'erreur indiquant qu'un fichier XXX.bin est manquant, il est très probable " +"que la carte réseau du client nécessite un microprogramme (« firmware ») non " +"libre. Dans ce cas, l'image initiale (« initrd ») de l'installateur Debian " +"doit être modifiée, ce qui peut être fait en lançant la commande :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "sur le serveur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi ressemble le menu iPXE avec uniquement le profil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Le menu iXPE sans entrées LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi ressemble le menu iPXE avec le profil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Serveur LTSP</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Le menu iXPE avec des entrées LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Cette configuration permet également d'amorcer des stations de travail sans " +"disque et des clients légers à partir du réseau principal. Contrairement aux " +"stations de travail et aux serveurs LTSP distincts, les stations de travail " +"sans disque n'ont pas besoin d'être ajoutées à LDAP avec GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Des informations supplémentaires sur les clients en réseau sont disponibles " +"dans le <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> de ce " +"manuel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modifier des installations PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"L'installation PXE utilise un fichier de préconfiguration pour " +"l'installateur Debian qui peut être modifié pour ajouter d'autres paquets à " +"installer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Une ligne de ce type doit être ajoutée à <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"L'installation PXE utilise le fichier de préconfiguration <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Ce fichier peut " +"être modifié pour ajuster la préconfiguration utilisée lors de " +"l'installation, c'est-à-dire pour éviter d'autres questions lors de " +"l'installation à travers le réseau. Une autre façon de faire cela est " +"d'ajouter des options supplémentaires dans les fichiers <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> et d'exécuter " +"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> pour mettre " +"à jour les fichiers générés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Davantage d'informations sont disponibles dans le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel de l’installateur " +"Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Pour désactiver ou modifier l'usage du serveur mandataire (« proxy ») lors " +"de l'installation avec PXE, vous devez changer les lignes contenant " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/" +"ftp/proxy</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" +"computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat </computeroutput>. Pour désactiver l'usage du proxy, ajoutez un " +"« # » au début des deux premières lignes mentionnées et enlevez le texte " +"« <computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput> » de la dernière." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Certains paramètres ne peuvent pas être préconfigurés, car ils sont " +"nécessaires avant que le fichier de préconfiguration ne soit téléchargé. La " +"langue, le type de clavier ou d'environnement de bureau sont des exemples de " +"ce type de configuration. Si vous désirez modifier la configuration par " +"défaut, modifiez le fichier du menu d'iXPE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Images personnalisées" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"La création de CD ou de disque Blu-ray personnalisés est assez facile, " +"puisque nous utilisons l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/\">installateur Debian</ulink>, dont la conception est " +"modulaire et qui possède d'autres fonctionnalités intéressantes. L'<ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">installation " +"automatisée</ulink> permet de définir les réponses aux questions posées." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ainsi, vous n'avez qu'à créer un fichier de référence (« preseeding ») avec " +"vos réponses (ce qui est décrit dans l'annexe du manuel de l'installateur " +"Debian) et <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/" +"CD\">recréer les CD ou DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Visite guidée" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"L'installation en mode texte et en mode graphique sont identiques, seule " +"l'apparence diffère. Le mode graphique vous permet d'utiliser la souris et " +"est plus agréable et plus moderne. À moins que votre matériel ne pose des " +"problèmes avec le mode graphique, il n'y a pas de raison de ne pas " +"l'utiliser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Voici la visite guidée montrant l'installation graphique d'un serveur " +"principal 64 bits, d'une station de travail et d'un serveur LTSP (en mode " +"BIOS), ainsi que ce à quoi ressemble le premier démarrage du serveur " +"principal et d’un démarrage PXE sur le réseau des clients LTSP (écrans de " +"session de client léger et écran de connexion après un clic sur la session à " +"droite)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Sélectionner une langue" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Choisir votre localisation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configurer le clavier" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Détecter le matériel réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configurer manuellement le réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configurer l'adresse IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configurer la passerelle" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configurer le serveur de noms." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Choisir le profil Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Utiliser l'outil de partitionnement automatique : non" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Utiliser l'outil de partitionnement automatique : oui" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Participer à l'enquête sur l'utilisation des paquets :non" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Participer à l'enquête sur l'utilisation des paquets :oui" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Définir le mot de passe pour le superutilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Définir le nom complet du premier utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Définir le nom d'utilisateur du premier utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Définir le mot de passe du premier utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installation complète" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Écran de connexion de Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Bureau Xfce montrant la fenêtre du navigateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Écran du bureau Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Écran d'accueil du client léger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Écran de connexion du client léger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Démarrage rapide" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Étapes minimales pour démarrer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Un premier compte d'utilisateur a été créé pendant l'installation du serveur " +"principal. Ce compte sera appelé « premier utilisateur » dans la suite de ce " +"texte. Ce compte est spécial, car les droits du répertoire personnel sont " +"réglés à 700 (il est donc nécessaire d'exécuter la commande " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> pour rendre les pages web " +"personnelles accessibles), et le premier utilisateur peut utiliser " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> pour devenir superutilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Consultez les informations sur la <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">configuration de l'accès au système de " +"fichiers</link> spécifique à Debian Edu avant d’ajouter des utilisateurs ; " +"adaptez-la à la politique de votre site si nécessaire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Après l'installation, les premières choses que vous devez faire en tant que " +"premier utilisateur sont :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Connectez-vous au serveur ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Ajoutez des utilisateurs avec GOsa² ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Ajoutez des stations de travail avec GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"L'ajout d'utilisateurs et de stations de travail est décrit en détail ci-" +"dessous, veuillez lire le chapitre au complet. Il explique comment faire " +"correctement ces étapes minimales ainsi que d'autres choses que tout le " +"monde a probablement besoin de faire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +#| "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should " +#| "be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +#| "upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +#| "linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Des informations complémentaires sont disponibles ailleurs dans ce manuel : " +"le chapitre sur les <link linkend=\"Features\">nouvelles fonctionnalités " +"dans Bookworm</link> devrait être lu par toute personne familière avec des " +"versions précédentes. Les personnes effectuant une mise à niveau depuis une " +"version précédente devraient lire le chapitre sur les <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">mises à niveau</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Si le trafic DNS générique est bloqué hors de votre réseau et que vous avez " +"besoin d'utiliser un serveur DNS particulier pour faire une recherche d'hôte " +"Internet, vous devez configurer le serveur DNS pour utiliser ce serveur " +"particulier comme son transitaire (« forwarder »). Pour cela, mettez à jour /" +"etc/bind/named.conf.options et précisez l'adresse IP du serveur DNS à " +"utiliser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Le chapitre <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Manuels (HowTo)</link> fournit davantage " +"d'astuces et de réponses à des questions courantes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Plusieurs services sont exécutés sur le serveur principal et peuvent être " +"contrôlés par une interface web. Nous décrirons plus bas chacun de ces " +"services." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Présentation de GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² est un outil de gestion reposant sur une interface web qui vous aide à " +"contrôler certains réglages importants de Debian Edu. Avec GOsa², vous " +"pouvez contrôler les groupes principaux suivants (ajout, modification, " +"suppression) :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administration des groupes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administration du groupe réseau NIS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administration des machines" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administration DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administration DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à GOsa², vous avez besoin du serveur principal Skolelinux et " +"d'un système (client) disposant d'un navigateur web qui peut être le serveur " +"principal lui-même s'il est configuré comme un serveur combiné (serveur " +"principal + serveur LTSP + station de travail)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez installé (sans doute accidentellement) un profil de " +"<emphasis>serveur principal</emphasis> brut et vous n'avez pas de client " +"avec un navigateur web à votre disposition, il est facile d'installer un " +"environnement de bureau minimal sur le serveur principal en utilisant cette " +"suite de commandes sur une invite de commande (non graphique) en tant " +"qu'utilisateur créé lors de l'installation du serveur principal (premier " +"utilisateur) :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Depuis un navigateur web, utilisez l'URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"pour accéder à GOsa² et identifiez-vous en tant que premier utilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " +#| "will be known by the browser." +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez une nouvelle machine Debian Edu Bookworm, le certificat du " +"site sera connu du navigateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Autrement, vous obtiendrez un message d'erreur à propos du certificat SSL " +"incorrect. Si vous savez que vous êtes seul sur votre réseau, indiquez " +"seulement à votre navigateur d'accepter et d'ignorer cette erreur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Connexion à GOsa² et aperçu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Page d'aperçu de GOsa² après connexion en tant que premier utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Après connexion à GOsa², vous verrez la page d'aperçu de GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, vous pouvez choisir une tâche dans le menu ou cliquer sur l'icône " +"de la tâche dans la page d'aperçu. Pour la navigation, nous recommandons " +"d'utiliser le menu sur la gauche de l'écran, car il restera visible sur " +"toutes les pages d'administration de GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"Dans Debian Edu, les informations de comptes, de groupes et de systèmes sont " +"enregistrées dans un répertoire LDAP. On y accède non seulement depuis le " +"serveur principal, mais aussi depuis les stations de travail, les serveurs " +"LTSP et les autres machines sur le réseau. Avec LDAP, les informations " +"concernant les étudiants, élèves, professeurs, etc., ne devront être " +"renseignées qu'une seule fois et seront ensuite accessibles depuis tous les " +"systèmes du réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² est un outil d'administration qui utilise LDAP pour stocker ses " +"informations et fournir une structure de département hiérarchique. Pour " +"chaque « département », vous pouvez ajouter des comptes utilisateurs, des " +"groupes, systèmes, réseaux, etc. En fonction de la structure de votre " +"institution, vous pouvez utiliser la structure de département dans GOsa²/" +"LDAP pour transférer votre structure organisationnelle dans l'arbre de " +"données LDAP du serveur principal Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Une installation par défaut du serveur Debian Edu fournit actuellement deux " +"« départements » : Enseignants et Étudiants, en plus du niveau de base de " +"l'arbre LDAP. Les comptes étudiants sont prévus pour être ajoutés au " +"département « Étudiants » et ceux des enseignants dans le département " +"« Enseignants » ; les systèmes (serveurs, stations de " +"travail,imprimantes, etc.) sont actuellement ajoutés dans le niveau de base. " +"À vous de trouver votre propre schéma pour personnaliser cette structure. " +"Vous trouverez un exemple montrant la création d'utilisateurs regroupés par " +"année avec un répertoire personnel commun dans chaque groupe dans le <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">chapitre " +"correspondant</link> de ce manuel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"En fonction de la tâche sur laquelle vous voulez travailler (gérer les " +"utilisateurs, groupes, systèmes, etc.) GOsa² vous présente une vue " +"différente du département sélectionné (ou du niveau de base)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestion des utilisateurs avec GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, cliquez sur « Utilisateurs » dans le menu de navigation de " +"gauche. La partie droite de l'écran va changer pour montrer un tableau " +"contenant les répertoires de départements pour étudiants et enseignants et " +"le compte de l'administrateur de GOsa² (le premier utilisateur créé). Vous " +"pouvez voir au-dessus de ce tableau un champ appelé <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> vous permettant de naviguer dans la structure de l'arbre (survolez " +"cette zone avec la souris pour faire apparaître un menu déroulant) et de " +"choisir un répertoire de base pour vos opérations (par exemple ajouter un " +"utilisateur)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Ajouter des utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"À côté de cet arbre de navigation vous pouvez voir le menu « Actions ». " +"Survolez cet élément avec votre souris et un sous-menu apparaitra à " +"l'écran ;choisissez « Créer », puis « Utilisateur ». Vous serez guidé par " +"l'assistant de création d'utilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"La chose la plus importante à ajouter est le modèle (nouvel étudiant ou " +"nouvel enseignant) et le nom complet de votre utilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"En suivant l'assistant, vous verrez que GOsa² crée automatiquement un " +"identifiant basé sur le nom réel. Il choisit automatiquement un identifiant " +"qui n'existe pas déjà, de façon à ce que plusieurs utilisateurs ayant le " +"même nom ne posent pas de problème. Veuillez noter que GOsa² peut créer des " +"identifiants invalides si le nom complet comprend des caractères non ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Si vous n'aimez pas le nom d'utilisateur créé, vous pouvez choisir un autre " +"nom d'utilisateur parmi ceux proposés dans la boîte de dialogue, mais vous " +"n'avez pas de choix complètement libre dans l'assistant. (Si vous souhaitez " +"pouvoir éditer la proposition du nom d'utilisateur, ouvrez <computeroutput>/" +"etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> avec un éditeur et ajoutez " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> comme " +"option additionnelle à la section « location definition ».)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Quand l'assistant a terminé, l'écran GOsa² du nouvel utilisateur s'affiche. " +"Utilisez les onglets du haut pour vérifier les champs remplis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir créé l'utilisateur (pas besoin de remplir les champs laissés " +"vides par l'assistant pour le moment), cliquez sur le bouton « Ok » dans le " +"coin inférieur droit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Dans la dernière étape, GOsa² va demander le mot de passe du nouvel " +"utilisateur. Tapez-le deux fois puis cliquez sur « Définir le mot de passe » " +"dans le coin inférieur droit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Certains caractères ne peuvent pas être présents dans un mot de passe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Si tout s'est bien passé, vous pouvez maintenant voir le nouvel utilisateur " +"dans le tableau listant les utilisateurs. Vous devriez maintenant être " +"capable de vous connecter avec cet identifiant sur n'importe quelle machine " +"Skolelinux de votre réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Rechercher, modifier et supprimer des utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Boîte de filtre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Pour modifier ou supprimer un utilisateur, utilisez GOsa² pour parcourir la " +"liste des utilisateurs de votre système. Vous trouverez au centre de l'écran " +"la boîte « Filtre », un outil de recherche fourni par GOsa². Si vous ne " +"connaissez pas la localisation exacte de votre identifiant dans votre arbre, " +"allez dans le niveau de base de l'arbre GOsa²/LDAP et faites-y votre " +"recherche en cochant l'option « Chercher dans les sous-arbres »." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Quand la boîte « Filtre » est utilisée, les résultats apparaissent " +"immédiatement au milieu du texte dans la liste de tableau. Chaque ligne " +"représente un identifiant et les éléments tout à droite de chaque ligne sont " +"de petites icônes qui proposent des actions : éditer un utilisateur, " +"verrouiller un compte, définir le mot de passe et supprimer un utilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Une nouvelle page sera affichée et vous pourrez directement y modifier les " +"informations relatives à un utilisateur, changer son mot de passe et " +"modifier la liste des groupes auxquels il appartient." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Modifier les données d'utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Définir les mots de passe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Les étudiants peuvent modifier leur propre mot de passe en se connectant à " +"GOsa² avec leur identifiant. Afin de faciliter l'accès à GOsa², une entrée " +"appelée Gosa est fournie dans le menu « Système » (ou « Paramètres " +"système ») du bureau. Un étudiant connecté aura accès à une version minimale " +"de GOsa² qui ne lui permettra d'accéder qu'aux données de son propre compte " +"et au dialogue de changement de mot de passe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Les enseignants connectés avec leur propre identifiant ont des privilèges " +"spéciaux dans GOsa². Ils ont accès à une version privilégiée de GOsa² et " +"peuvent changer le mot de passe de tous les étudiants. Cela peut s'avérer " +"très pratique durant un cours." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Pour définir un nouveau mot de passe pour un utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "Recherchez l'utilisateur à modifier tel qu'expliqué ci-dessus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur la clé à la fin de la ligne sur laquelle se trouve l'utilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"Sur la page présentée, vous pouvez définir un nouveau mot de passe choisi " +"par vous-même." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Définir le mot de passe utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention aux brèches de sécurité dues à des mots " +"de passe trop faciles à deviner !</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Gestion avancée des utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de créer massivement des utilisateurs avec GOsa² en " +"utilisant un fichier CSV qui peut être créé avec n'importe quel bon tableur " +"(par exemple <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Au minimum, les " +"données pour les champs suivants doivent être fournies : identifiant " +"utilisateur (« uid »), nom de famille (« sn »), prénom (« givenName ») et un " +"mot de passe. Assurez-vous qu'il n'y a pas d'entrées en double dans le champ " +"« uid ». Veuillez noter que cette vérification de l'absence de doublons doit " +"aussi prendre en compte les entrées « uid » déjà existantes dans LDAP (qui " +"peuvent être obtenues en exécutant <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep " +"tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> sur la ligne de commande)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Voici les directives de format pour un tel fichier CSV (GOsa² est plutôt " +"intransigeant avec eux) :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Utilisez « , » comme séparateur de champs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Ne pas utiliser de guillemets" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">ne doit pas</emphasis> contenir de " +"ligne d'en-tête (du genre qui contient normalement les noms des colonnes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"L'ordre des champs n'est pas important et peut être défini dans GOsa² durant " +"l'import par lot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Les étapes de la création par lot sont :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "Cliquez sur le lien « Gérer l'annuaire » dans le menu de gauche." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet « CSV Import » dans l'écran de droite." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"Parcourez votre disque local et sélectionnez un fichier CSV avec la liste " +"des utilisateurs devant être importés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"Choisissez un modèle utilisateur disponible qui devrait être appliqué durant " +"l'import par lot (comme nouvel enseignant ou nouvel étudiant)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton « Importer » dans le coin inférieur droit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Il est conseillé de faire un test au préalable, de préférence avec un " +"fichier CSV contenant quelques utilisateurs fictifs qui pourront être " +"supprimés par la suite." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"La même chose s'applique au module de gestion de mots de passe, qui permet à " +"l'aide d'un fichier CSV de redéfinir une série de mots de passe ou de " +"générer de nouveaux mots de passe pour des utilisateurs appartenant à un " +"sous-arbre LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Redéfinir les mots de passe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Ajouter des utilisateurs en ligne de commande" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Des comptes d'utilisateur peuvent être aussi être ajoutés en ligne de " +"commande avec l'outil <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, " +"voir la documentation dans le <link linkend=\"Administration\">Manuel " +"d'administration</link>'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestion des groupes avec GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "Créer un groupe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "create group" +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "Créer un groupe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "La gestion des groupes est semblable à celle des utilisateurs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez entrer un nom et une description par groupe. Assurez-vous de " +"choisir le bon niveau dans l'arbre LDAP lors de la création d'un nouveau " +"groupe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"L'ajout d'utilisateurs à un groupe nouvellement créé vous ramène à la liste " +"des utilisateurs, où vous voudrez probablement utiliser la boîte de filtre " +"pour trouver des utilisateurs. Vérifiez également le niveau de l'arbre LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Les groupes créés par l'outil d'administration de groupes sont aussi des " +"groupes Unix classiques, si bien que vous pouvez vous appuyer sur eux pour " +"créer les permissions d'accès aux fichiers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestion de machines avec GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Avec la gestion de machines, vous pouvez administrer simplement tous les " +"systèmes ayant une adresse IP située sur votre réseau Debian Edu. Toutes les " +"machines ajoutées au répertoire LDAP à l'aide de GOsa² disposent d'un nom " +"d'hôte, d'une adresse IP, d'une adresse MAC et d'un nom de domaine qui est " +"habituellement « intern ». Pour une description plus approfondie de " +"l'architecture de Debian Edu, consultez le chapitre <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Architecture</link> de ce manuel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Les stations de travail sans disque et les clients légers sont prêts à " +"l’emploi dans le cas d’un <emphasis>serveur principal combiné</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Les stations de travail avec disque (y compris les serveurs LTSP distincts) " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">doivent</emphasis> être ajoutées avec GOsa². En " +"arrière-plan, à la fois un Kerberos Principal spécifique à la machine (une " +"espèce de <emphasis>compte</emphasis>) et un fichier keytab (table de clés) " +"associé (contenant une clé utilisée comme <emphasis>mot de passe</emphasis>) " +"sont générés. Le fichier keytab doit être présent sur la station de travail " +"pour pouvoir monter les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs. Une fois " +"que le système ajouté a été redémarré, connectez-vous en tant que " +"superutilisateur et exécutez <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un Principal et le fichier keytab pour un système <emphasis>déjà " +"configuré par GOsa²</emphasis>, connectez-vous en tant que superutilisateur " +"au serveur principal et exécutez la commande" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention :</emphasis> la création de la table des " +"clés de l'hôte est possible pour les systèmes de type <emphasis>station de " +"travail</emphasis>, les <emphasis>serveurs</emphasis> et les " +"<emphasis>terminaux</emphasis>, mais pas pour ceux de type " +"<emphasis>périphérique réseau</emphasis>. Consultez le <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">chapitre correspondant</link> pour les options de " +"configuration NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une machine, utilisez le menu principal de GOsa², Systèmes, " +"Créer. Le nom de la machine doit un nom d'hôte <emphasis role=\"strong\">non " +"qualifié</emphasis> valable ; n'ajoutez pas ici le nom de domaine. Vous " +"pouvez utiliser la plage d'adresses préconfigurées 10.0.0.0/8. Actuellement, " +"il y a seulement deux adresses prédéfinies : 10.0.2.2 (tjener) et 10.0.0.1 " +"(gateway). Les adresses de 10.0.16.20 à 10.0.31.254 (à peu près 10.0.16.0/20 " +"ou 4000 hôtes) sont réservées pour DHCP et sont attribuées dynamiquement." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Pour affecter une adresse IP statique à un hôte d'adresse MAC " +"52:54:00:12:34:10 dans GOsa², vous devez entrer l'adresse MAC, le nom et " +"l'adresse IP ; sinon vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton " +"<computeroutput>Proposer une adresse ip</computeroutput> qui indiquera la " +"première adresse libre dans 10.0.0.0/8, probablement quelque chose comme " +"10.0.0.1 si vous ajoutez la première machine de cette façon. Mieux vaut " +"d'abord réfléchir à votre réseau : par exemple, vous pourriez utiliser " +"10.0.0.x avec x>10 et x<50 pour les serveurs, et x>100 pour les " +"stations de travail. N'oubliez pas d'activer le système fraîchement ajouté. " +"À l'exception du serveur principal tous les systèmes auront alors une icône " +"qui leur correspond." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Si les machines ont démarré comme clients légers ou stations de travail sans " +"disque, ou ont été installées en utilisant n'importe quel profil réseau, le " +"script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> permet " +"d'ajouter automatiquement des machines dans GOsa². Pour des machines simples " +"cela fonctionnera sans modification. Pour les machines avec plus d'une " +"adresse mac, il faudra choisir celle qui est réellement utilisée, et " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> affiche un message " +"d'aide. Notez que l'adresse IP indiquée après l'utilisation de " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> appartient à la plage " +"d'adresses IP dynamiques. Néanmoins ces systèmes peuvent ensuite être " +"modifiés pour s'adapter à votre réseau. Renommez chaque nouveau système, " +"activez le DHCP et le DNS, ajoutez-le aux groupes réseaux si besoin " +"(regardez les captures d'écrans ci-dessous pour les groupes réseaux " +"recommandés) et redémarrez après le système. Les captures d'écrans suivantes " +"montrent à quoi ça ressemble en pratique." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Liste des systèmes dans GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Renseignements sur le système" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modification du système" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Ajout de groupe réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Une mise à jour automatique se fait toutes les heures ; <computeroutput>su " +"-c ldap2bind</computeroutput> peut être utilisé pour déclencher une mise à " +"jour manuelle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des machines" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"La recherche et la suppression de machines sont assez semblables à celles " +"d'un utilisateur, par conséquent ce ne sera pas développé ici." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modification de machines existantes et gestion des groupes réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir ajouté une machine à l'arbre LDAP grâce à GOsa², vous pouvez " +"modifier ses propriétés en utilisant l'outil de recherche et en cliquant sur " +"le nom de la machine (comme vous le feriez pour un utilisateur)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Le format de ces entrées de système est semblable à celui que vous " +"connaissez déjà pour avoir modifié les propriétés d'un utilisateur, " +"cependant les informations ont un sens différent dans ce contexte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, ajouter une machine à un <computeroutput>groupe réseau " +"(NetGroup)</computeroutput> ne modifie pas les droits d'accès aux fichiers " +"ou d'exécution de commandes pour cette machine ou les utilisateurs connectés " +"à cette machine ; il s'agit plutôt de restreindre les services que la " +"machine peut utiliser sur le serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"L'installation par défaut fournit les <computeroutput>groupes réseau</" +"computeroutput> (NetGroups)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Actuellement, la fonctionnalité de <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"est utilisée pour :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionnement de partitions</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Les machines Debian Edu dans ce groupe redimensionneront automatiquement " +"leurs partitions LVM si elles manquent d'espace." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Extinction des machines la nuit</emphasis> " +"(shutdown-at-night-hosts et shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Les machines Debian Edu dans ce groupe s'éteindront automatiquement la nuit " +"pour économiser de l'énergie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestion des imprimantes</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts et cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Les machines Debian Edu dans ces groupes purgeront automatiquement toutes " +"les files d'attente chaque nuit et relanceront toutes les heures les files " +"d'impression désactivées." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocage de l’accès à Internet</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Les machines Debian Edu dans ce groupe ne seront autorisées à se connecter " +"qu'à des machines du réseau local. Associé avec des restrictions du " +"mandataire web, cela peut être utilisé durant les examens." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Gestion des imprimantes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Pour la gestion centralisée des imprimantes, pointez votre navigateur web " +"sur l'adresse <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. C'est l'interface " +"normale de gestion du serveur d'impression CUPS, dans laquelle vous pouvez " +"ajouter, supprimer et modifier vos imprimantes et nettoyer la file d'attente " +"pour l'impression. Par défaut, seul le premier utilisateur est autorisé à " +"faire ces changements, mais cela peut être modifié en ajoutant des " +"utilisateurs au groupe <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> de " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Utilisation des imprimantes attachées aux stations de travail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> est installé par défaut dans un " +"système avec le profil <emphasis>Station de travail</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Éditez ainsi <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> " +"(imprimante USB) :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurez l'imprimante en utilisant l'interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>. Choisissez le type d'imprimante réseau " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (pour toutes les " +"imprimantes, quels que soient la marque et le modèle) et entrez " +"<computeroutput>socket://<ip station de travail>:9100</computeroutput> " +"comme URI de connexion." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Imprimantes en réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Il est recommandé de désactiver toutes les fonctionnalités d’auto-promotion " +"dans les imprimantes réseau utilisées. Assignez-leur plutôt une adresse IP " +"fixe avec GOsa² et configurez-les comme imprimantes réseau " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"La configuration par défaut dans Debian Edu garde les horloges de toutes les " +"machines synchronisées, mais pas nécessairement à l'heure exacte. NTP est " +"utilisé pour mettre à jour l'heure. Par défaut, les horloges seront " +"synchronisées avec une source externe. Par conséquent, les machines " +"pourraient conserver la connexion ouverte si elles sont configurées avec " +"Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez un modem téléphonique ou ISDN et payez à la minute, vous " +"voudrez changer ce paramètre par défaut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pour désactiver la synchronisation avec une horloge externe, le fichier /etc/" +"ntp.conf sur le serveur principal doit être modifié. Ajoutez des symboles de " +"commentaire « # » devant les entrées <computeroutput>serveur</" +"computeroutput>. Après cela, le serveur NTP doit être redémarré en exécutant " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> en tant que " +"superutilisateur. Pour tester si le serveur utilise les sources d'horloges " +"externes, exécutez <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Étendre les partitions pleines" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"À cause d'un bogue dans le partitionnement automatique, certaines partitions " +"peuvent être trop remplies après l'installation. Pour étendre ces " +"partitions, exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> en tant que superutilisateur. Consultez le manuel " +"« Redimensionnement de partition » dans le chapitre d'<link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link> pour plus " +"d'informations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Maintenance" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Mise à jour des logiciels" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Cette section explique comment utiliser <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Utiliser <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> est vraiment simple. Pour " +"mettre à niveau un système, vous devez exécuter deux commandes en tant que " +"superutilisateur : <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (mise à jour " +"des listes de paquets disponibles) et <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> (mise à niveau des paquets pour lesquels une mise à niveau " +"est disponible)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"C'est aussi une bonne idée d'utiliser les paramètres régionaux C " +"(« locale ») pour la mise à niveau, afin d'obtenir des messages en anglais " +"ce qui, en cas de problème, a plus de chance d'obtenir des résultats dans " +"les moteurs de recherche." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Après la mise à niveau du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, des fichiers de configuration modifiés de Cfengine " +"pourraient être disponibles. Exécutez la commande <computeroutput>ls -ltr /" +"etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> pour vérifier si c'est le cas. " +"Pour appliquer les modifications, exécutez la commande " +"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Il est important d’exécuter <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> après les mises à niveau de " +"serveur LTSP pour conserver l’image SquashFS pour la liste des clients sans " +"disque synchronisée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Après une mise à niveau intermédiaire d'un système avec un profil " +"<emphasis>Serveur principal</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Serveur LTSP</emphasis>, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> a besoin d'être " +"exécuté pour mettre à jour l'environnement d'installation PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Par ailleurs, il est judicieux d'installer <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> et de " +"les configurer pour envoyer des courriers électronique à une adresse que " +"vous consulterez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vous signalera une fois par jour " +"par courrier électronique quels paquets peuvent être mis à niveau. Ce " +"mécanisme n'installe pas les mises à niveau, mais les télécharge " +"(généralement la nuit), de sorte que vous n'aurez pas besoin d'attendre la " +"fin du téléchargement quand vous lancerez <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si vous le souhaitez, l'installation des mises à jour peut être rendue " +"automatique, simplement en installant et en configurant le paquet " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> comme décrit sur la " +"page <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> peut vous envoyer par " +"courrier électronique les nouvelles entrées des journaux de modifications, " +"ou bien les afficher dans un terminal lorsque la commande " +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> est utilisée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Restez informé des mises à jour de sécurité" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Exécuter <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> tel que décrit plus haut " +"est une bonne façon de savoir lorsque des mises à jour de sécurité sont " +"disponibles pour les paquets installés. Une autre façon de se tenir informé " +"sur les mises à jour de sécurité est de s'inscrire à la liste de diffusion " +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian " +"security-announce</ulink> qui indique également quel est l'objet de cette " +"mise à jour de sécurité. L'inconvénient (par rapport à <computeroutput>cron-" +"apt</computeroutput>) est qu'elle diffuse également des informations sur des " +"mises à jour de paquets qui ne sont pas installés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Pour la gestion des sauvegardes, faites pointer votre navigateur sur <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Veuillez noter que vous devez accéder à " +"ce site par SSL, puisque le mot de passe du superutilisateur devra être " +"saisi. En l'absence de chiffrement par SSL, la tentative d'accès échouera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Remarque : le site ne fonctionnera que si vous permettez temporairement la " +"connexion du superutilisateur par SSH sur le serveur de sauvegarde qui est " +"le serveur principal par défaut (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les sauvegardes de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> et LDAP sont stockées dans le répertoire /skole/" +"backup/, qui est géré comme une partition séparée de LVM. Si vous souhaitez " +"seulement avoir des copies (en cas d'effacement), cette configuration " +"devrait suffire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Soyez conscient que cette sauvegarde ne protège pas d'une panne de disque " +"dur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez sauvegarder vos données sur un serveur externe, un lecteur " +"de bande magnétique ou un autre disque dur, vous devrez légèrement modifier " +"la configuration actuelle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez restaurer un répertoire complet, votre meilleure option est " +"d'utiliser la ligne de commande :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Cela mettra le contenu de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> du <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> dans le " +"répertoire <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez restaurer un seul fichier, vous devriez pouvoir le " +"sélectionner (ainsi que la version) à partir de l'interface web, et ne " +"télécharger que ce fichier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez vous débarrasser des anciennes sauvegardes, choisissez " +"« Maintenance » dans le menu de la page des sauvegarde et choisissez le " +"dernier instantané à garder :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Maintenance de slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Surveillance des serveurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Le système de rapport Munin est disponible depuis <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. Il présente graphiquement des mesures de l'état du système de " +"manière quotidienne, hebdomadaire, mensuelle et annuelle, et il apporte de " +"l'aide à l'administrateur système pour identifier des goulots d'étranglement " +"et la cause de problèmes du système." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"La liste des machines surveillées à l'aide de Munin est créée " +"automatiquement à partir de la liste des hôtes faisant des rapports à " +"sitesummary. Tous les hôtes sur lesquels le paquet munin-node est installé " +"sont enregistrés pour être surveillés par Munin. Normalement, la " +"surveillance par Munin commencera un jour après l'installation d'une " +"machine, en raison de l'ordre d'exécution des tâches planifiées par cron. " +"Afin d'accélérer le processus, lancez <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-" +"munin</computeroutput> en tant que superutilisateur sur le serveur " +"sitesummary (normalement, le serveur principal). Cette commande mettra à " +"jour le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"L'ensemble des mesures collectées est créé automatiquement sur chaque " +"machine grâce au programme « munin-node-configure » qui sonde les greffons " +"disponibles dans <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> " +"et crée des liens symboliques dans <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</" +"computeroutput> pour les greffons pertinents." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Des informations sur le système Munin sont disponibles depuis <ulink " +"url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Icinga, l'outil de surveillance du système et des services, est disponible " +"depuis le site <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. La liste des " +"machines et services surveillés est automatiquement générée en utilisant " +"l'information collectée par le système sitesummary. Les machines ayant le " +"profil Serveur principal et Serveur LTSP ont une surveillance plus complète " +"que les stations de travail et les clients légers. Pour activer une " +"surveillance complète pour une station de travail, installez-y le paquet " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, Icinga n'envoie pas de courrier électronique. Ce comportement " +"peut être modifié en remplaçant <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</" +"computeroutput> par <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> et " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> dans le fichier " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Le fichier de configuration utilisé par Icinga est <computeroutput>/etc/" +"icinga/sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. La tâche cron sitesummary génère un " +"fichier <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> contenant la liste des hôtes et services à surveiller." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Des validations supplémentaires pour Icinga peuvent être ajoutées au fichier " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" +"computeroutput> afin de les inclure dans le fichier généré." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Davantage d'informations sur le système Icinga sont disponibles sur <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> ou dans le paquet <computeroutput>icinga-" +"doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Avertissements courants d'Icinga et comment les gérer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Voici les instructions à suivre pour gérer les avertissements les plus " +"courants de Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"La partition (/usr/ dans l'exemple) est pleine. Il existe en général deux " +"façons de gérer cela. La première consiste à supprimer quelques fichiers et " +"la seconde à augmenter la taille de la partition. Si la partition concernée " +"est /var/, purger le cache d'APT en appelant <computeroutput>apt clean</" +"computeroutput> devrait supprimer quelques fichiers. S'il reste de la place " +"disponible sur le groupe de volume LVM, exécuter le programme " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> pour agrandir la " +"partition devrait aider. Pour lancer ce programme automatiquement toutes les " +"heures, l'hôte concerné peut être ajouté au groupe réseau " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"De nouveaux paquets sont disponibles pour la mise à niveau. Les paquets " +"critiques sont normalement des corrections de sécurité. Pour mettre à " +"niveau, lancez <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> en tant que superutilisateur dans un terminal ou en vous " +"connectant par SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne voulez pas mettre les paquets à niveau vous-même et que vous " +"faites confiance à Debian pour faire du bon travail avec les nouvelles " +"versions, vous pouvez configurer <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" +"computeroutput> pour mettre à niveau automatiquement tous les nouveaux " +"paquets chaque nuit. Cela ne mettra pas à jour les chroots LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Le noyau en cours d'utilisation est plus ancien que le noyau installé le " +"plus récent et un redémarrage est nécessaire pour activer ce nouveau noyau. " +"C'est normalement plutôt urgent puisque les nouveaux noyaux apparaissent " +"dans Debian Edu pour corriger des problèmes de sécurité." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Les files d'attente d'impression de CUPS ont beaucoup de tâches en attente. " +"C'est très probablement dû à une imprimante indisponible. Les files " +"d'attente d'impression désactivées sont activées toutes les heures sur les " +"hôtes du groupe réseau <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput>, donc aucune action manuelle n'est nécessaire pour ces " +"hôtes. Les files d'attente d'impression sont vidées toutes les nuits pour " +"les hôtes du groupe réseau <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Si un hôte a beaucoup de tâche en attente dans sa file, " +"vous devriez l'ajouter à au moins un de ces deux groupes réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary est utilisé pour collecter de l'information depuis chaque " +"ordinateur et l'envoyer au serveur central. L'information collectée est " +"disponible dans <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput>. Les scripts dans <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> permettent de générer des rapports." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Un rapport simple provenant de Sitesummary sans détail est disponible sur " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Des informations sur Sitesummary sont disponibles sur <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "" +"Informations supplémentaires à propos des modifications particulières à " +"Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Des informations supplémentaires sur les personnalisations de Debian Edu, " +"utiles aux administrateurs système, sont disponibles dans les chapitres " +"d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link> et d'<link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administration avancée</link> ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Mises à jour" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Avant d'expliquer le processus de mise à niveau, nous attirons votre " +"attention sur le fait que son exécution sur un serveur en production se fera " +"à vos risques et périls. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux est " +"disponible sans ABSOLUMENT AUCUNE GARANTIE, tel que permis par les lois en " +"vigueur.</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features " +#| "in Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " +#| "upgrade." +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez lire en entier ce chapitre et le chapitre <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nouvelles fonctionnalités dans Debian Edu Bookworm</" +"link> avant de débuter la mise à niveau de vos systèmes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Notes à propos de la mise à niveau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Mettre à jour Debian d'une distribution à la suivante est généralement assez " +"facile. C'est malheureusement un peu plus compliqué pour Debian Edu, car " +"nous modifions les fichiers de configuration d'une façon que nous ne " +"devrions pas. Néanmoins, nous avons documenté les étapes nécessaires ci-" +"dessous. (Consultez le bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188\">311188</ulink> pour plus d'informations – en anglais – sur la " +"manière dont Debian Edu doit modifier les fichiers de configuration.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"En général, la mise à niveau des serveurs est plus difficile que celle des " +"stations de travail et celle du serveur principal est la plus difficile." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez être certain que tout fonctionnera de la même manière après " +"la mise à niveau, vous devriez appliquer celle-ci sur un serveur de test ou " +"de configuration identique à votre serveur de production. Vous pourrez ainsi " +"vous assurer sans risque que tout fonctionne correctement." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous de lire également les informations à propos de la version " +"stable actuelle de Debian dans son <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/stable/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Par ailleurs, il peut être judicieux d'attendre et de laisser tourner " +"l'ancienne version stable pendant quelques semaines supplémentaires, de " +"sorte que d'autres puissent tester la mise à niveau et documenter les " +"problèmes rencontrés. L'ancienne version stable de Debian Edu recevra une " +"prise en charge continue pendant encore quelques temps après la sortie de la " +"nouvelle version stable, mais quand Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessera la prise en charge de " +"l'ancienne stable</ulink>, Debian Edu devra faire de même." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Mises à jour depuis Debian Edu Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a " +#| "test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Soyez prêt : assurez-vous d'avoir testé la mise à niveau à partir de " +"Bullseye dans un environnement de test ou bien d'avoir des sauvegardes " +"prêtes à repartir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu " +#| "main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " +#| "Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to " +#| "Bookworm upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter que la recette suivante s'applique à une installation de " +"serveur principal de Debian Edu (bureau Xfce, profils Serveur principal, " +"Station de travail, Serveur LTSP). Pour un aperçu global de la mise à niveau " +"de Bullseye à Bookworm, consultez <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"N'utilisez pas le serveur X, utilisez une console virtuelle, connectez-vous " +"en tant que superutilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Si <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> termine avec une erreur, essayez de " +"la corriger et/ou de lancer <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput>, " +"puis à nouveau <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Mettez à niveau le serveur principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Commencez par vous assurer que le système actuel est à jour :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Préparer et démarrer la mise à niveau vers Bookworm :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes : soyez prêt à lire beaucoup d'INFORMATIONS ; appuyez sur " +"<retour> pour les faire défiler, <q> pour quitter l'afficheur. " +"Toutes les informations seront envoyées par courriel au superutilisateur, " +"ainsi, il sera possible de les relire ultérieurement avec <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Lisez attentivement toutes les informations debconf, choisissez « garder la " +"version locale installée actuellement » sauf indication contraire ci-" +"dessous. Dans la plupart des cas, appuyer sur entrée sera suffisant." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "Redémarrez les services : choisir oui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Serveur et utilitaires Samba : choisir « garder la version locale installée " +"actuellement »." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server : choisir « garder la version locale installée actuellement »." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Appliquer la configuration et l'ajuster :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Vérifier que le système mis à niveau fonctionne :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Redémarrez ; connectez vous comme premier utilisateur et testez" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "si l'interface graphique de GOsa² fonctionne," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "" +"s'il est possible de se connecter aux clients LTSP et aux stations de " +"travail," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"s'il est possible d'ajouter ou de retirer l'appartenance à un groupe réseau " +"d'un système," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "s'il est possible d'envoyer et de recevoir des courriels internes," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "s'il est possible de gérer les imprimantes," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "et si d'autres éléments propres au site fonctionnent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Mise à jour d'une station de travail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Faire toutes les opérations de base comme sur le serveur principal et sans " +"faire les opérations non nécessaires" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before " +#| "Bullseye)" +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Mises à jour depuis des installations antérieures de Debian Edu/Skolelinux " +"(avant Bullseye)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the " +#| "Bullseye based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the " +#| "instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual " +#| "for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the " +#| "previous release, Buster." +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Pour mettre à niveau à partir de toute autre version plus ancienne, vous " +"devez d'abord mettre à niveau vers la version Bullseye de Debian Edu avant " +"de pouvoir suivre les instructions fournies ci-dessus. La façon de migrer " +"est décrite dans le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manuel pour Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> qui " +"contient les instructions pour mettre à niveau vers Bullseye à partir de la " +"version précédente, Buster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Manuels (HowTo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administration avancée</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Desktop\">le bureau</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Manuels sur <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">les clients en réseau</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Manuels pour <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseigner et apprendre</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Users\">les utilisateurs</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Manuels d'administration générale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Les chapitres <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Démarrage rapide</link> et " +"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> décrivent comment prendre " +"en main Debian Edu et comment effectuer le travail de maintenance de base. " +"Les manuels de ce chapitre décrivent des astuces « avancées »." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Historique de configuration : suivre les changements de /etc/ en utilisant " +"le système de gestion de versions Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Avec l'utilisation de <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, tous les " +"fichiers situés dans <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sont suivis en " +"utilisant le système de gestion de versions <ulink url=\"https://www.git-" +"scm.com/\">Git</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Cela permet de voir quand un fichier est ajouté, modifié ou supprimé, ainsi " +"que de voir ce qui a changé dans le fichier si celui-ci est un fichier " +"texte. Le dépôt Git est stocké dans <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les heures, les changements sont automatiquement enregistrés, ce qui " +"permet l'extraction et la consultation de l'historique de configuration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Pour consulter l'historique, utilisez la commande <computeroutput>etckeeper " +"vcs log</computeroutput>. Pour vérifier les différences entre deux moments " +"dans le temps, vous pouvez utiliser une commande du genre " +"<computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez consulter la sortie de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput> pour des informations plus détaillées." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Liste de commandes utiles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Exemples d'utilisation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Sur un système récemment installé, lancez cette commande pour voir tous les " +"changements effectués depuis l'installation :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Pour voir les fichiers qui actuellement ne sont pas suivis ou qui ne sont " +"pas à jour :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Pour soumettre vous-même un fichier, parce que vous ne souhaitez pas " +"attendre jusqu'à une heure :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionner les partitions" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"Dans Debian Edu, toutes les partitions autres que <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> sont sur des volumes logiques LVM. Depuis la version 2.6.10 " +"du noyau Linux, il est possible d'étendre des partitions alors qu'elles sont " +"montées. La réduction d'une partition doit toujours être effectuée lorsque " +"celle-ci est démontée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Il est judicieux d'éviter de créer de très grandes partitions (par exemple " +"au-delà de 20 Gio), à cause du temps que prend l'exécution de " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> sur celles-ci ou la restauration " +"depuis une sauvegarde, si cela s'avérait nécessaire. Il est préférable, si " +"possible, de créer plusieurs petites partitions plutôt qu'une seule très " +"grande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Le script<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> est fourni " +"afin de faciliter l'extension de partitions pleines. Celui-ci lit la " +"configuration depuis <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. À " +"partir des règles décrites dans ces fichiers, il propose d'étendre les " +"partitions ne disposant que de peu de place libre. S'il est appelé sans " +"argument, il affiche seulement les commandes permettant d'étendre le système " +"de fichiers. Le paramètre <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> est requis " +"pour effectuer réellement l'opération." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Le script est exécuté automatiquement toutes les heures sur chaque client du " +"groupe réseau <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous redimensionnez la partition utilisée par le mandataire Squid, la " +"taille du cache dans le fichier <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" +"computeroutput> doit également être modifiée. Le script <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> " +"effectue cela pour vous automatiquement, en vérifiant la taille actuelle de " +"la partition de <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> et en " +"configurant Squid pour utiliser 80 % de la taille comme taille du cache." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Gestion d'un volume logique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"La Gestion des Volumes Logiques (LVM) permet de redimensionner les " +"partitions lorsqu'elles sont montées et en cours d'utilisation. Vous pouvez " +"en apprendre davantage sur LVM en consultant le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Manuel LVM</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Pour étendre un volume logique vous-même, indiquez simplement la taille que " +"vous souhaitez atteindre à la commande <computeroutput>lvextend</" +"computeroutput>. Par exemple, pour étendre home0 jusqu'à 30 Gio, utilisez " +"les commandes suivantes :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Pour ajouter 30 Gio à home0, insérez un « + » (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Utilisation de ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> est " +"un outil pour éditer la base de données LDAP à l'aide d'un éditeur de texte " +"en ligne de commande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Vous devez exécuter ceci :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Note : <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> utilisera l'éditeur par " +"défaut, quel qu'il soit. En exécutant <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> sur la ligne de commande, vous pouvez configurer " +"l'environnement pour utiliser un clone de vi comme éditeur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Attention : <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> est un outil très " +"puissant. Utilisez-le avec précaution pour ne pas endommager la base de " +"données LDAP. Le même avertissement s'applique à JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS avec Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation de Kerberos pour NFS afin de monter des répertoires home est " +"une fonctionnalité de sécurité. Les stations de travail et les clients LTSP " +"ne fonctionnent plus sans Kerberos. Les niveaux <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> et <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> sont pris en charge " +"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> signifie authentification Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" +"emphasis> représente une vérification d'intégrité et <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis>,la protection des données personnelles, c'est-à-dire le " +"chiffrement) ; en fonction du niveau de sécurité, la charge augmente à la " +"fois sur le serveur et sur les stations de travail, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> est un bon choix et a été choisi comme niveau de sécurité par " +"défaut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Comment modifier le niveau de sécurité par défaut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serveur principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "connectez-vous en tant que superutilisateur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"exécutez <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, " +"recherchez <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> et remplacez le par " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"éditez le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</" +"computeroutput> et ajustez les entrées en conséquence :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "exécutez <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Cet outil permet de définir l'imprimante par défaut en fonction de " +"l'emplacement, de la machine ou de l'appartenance à un groupe. Pour plus " +"d'informations, lire <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Le fichier de configuration <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> doit être fourni par l'administrateur, voir <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput>comme exemple." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, une interface graphique à LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous préférez une interface graphique pour manipuler la base de données " +"LDAP, regardez du côté du paquet <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, " +"qui est installé par défaut. Pour obtenir l'accès en écriture, connectez-" +"vous comme ceci :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, un outil en ligne de commande pour ajouter des " +"utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> est un petit utilitaire " +"en ligne de commande pour créer des comptes utilisateur, il est invoqué " +"comme suit :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Tous les arguments sont optionnels sauf le nom d'utilisateur et le champ " +"GECOS, ce dernier contient habituellement le nom complet de l'utilisateur. " +"Sauf spécification contraire, l'outil prendra automatiquement les UID et GID " +"suivants libres et n'ajoutera pas de groupes supplémentaires à " +"l'utilisateur. Si aucun département n'est donné, il prendra le premier " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> à partir de LDAP qui est probablement " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> et pour les utilisateurs ordinaires " +"habituellement pas ce que vous souhaitez, aussi vous devrez choisir une " +"valeur adaptée à l'utilisateur, par exemple <emphasis>Enseignants</emphasis> " +"ou <emphasis>Élèves</emphasis>. Après avoir entré et confirmé le mot de " +"passe et entré le mot de passe de l'administrateur de LDAP, " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> créera le compte " +"utilisateur dans LDAP, définira le mot de passe de Kerberos, créer le " +"répertoire home et ajoutera un utilisateur Samba correspondant. L'écran " +"suivant montre un exemple d'invocation pour la création d'un compte " +"utilisateur nommé <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> pour un enseignant " +"dont le nom complet est « Harry Hirsch » :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Utilisation de stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Bien que vous puissiez utiliser les dépôts stable-updates directement, vous " +"n'y êtes pas obligé : les mises à jour de stable-updates sont régulièrement " +"poussées vers la distribution stable lors des mises à jour intermédiaires, " +"ce qui arrive environ tous les deux mois." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" +"Utilisation des rétroportages pour installer des logiciels plus récents" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Vous utilisez Debian Edu parce que vous appréciez sa stabilité. Elle " +"fonctionne très bien, il y a juste un problème : parfois, les logiciels sont " +"un peu plus anciens que vous ne le souhaiteriez. C'est là qu'intervient " +"backports.debian.org." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Les paquets rétroportés (« backports ») sont recompilés depuis la version de " +"test (principalement) et la version instable de Debian (dans certains cas " +"seulement, par exemple dans le cas de mises à jour de sécurité), de sorte " +"qu'ils pourront s'exécuter sans nouvelles bibliothèques (autant que " +"possible) sur une distribution stable de Debian telle que Debian Edu. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nous vous recommandons de n'installer que les " +"paquets rétroportés qui correspondent vraiment à vos besoins, et de ne pas " +"utiliser tous ceux qui sont disponibles.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> is simple:" +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "Utiliser <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> est simple:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Après cette étape, il est possible d'installer facilement des paquets " +"rétroportés. La commande suivante installera la version rétroportée de " +"<emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Les rétroportages sont mis à jour automatiquement (s'ils sont disponibles) " +"comme les autres paquets. Tout comme l'archive principale, l'archive des " +"paquets rétroportés comporte trois sections : main, contrib et non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Mettre à jour avec un CD ou une image similaire" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " +#| "Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " +#| "physical media, follow these steps:" +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez mettre à niveau d'une version à une autre (par exemple de " +"Bookworm 12.1 à 12.2), mais que vous ne possédez pas de connexion Internet, " +"mais seulement un support physique, suivez ces étapes :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Insérez le CD, DVD, disque Blu-ray ou périphérique USB et utilisez la " +"commande apt-cdrom :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "D'après la page de manuel d'apt-cdrom(8) :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom est utilisé pour ajouter un nouveau CD à la liste de sources APT " +"disponibles. apt-cdrom s'occupe de déterminer la structure du disque ainsi " +"que de corriger plusieurs problèmes de gravure possibles et de vérifier les " +"fichiers d'index." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Vous devez utiliser apt-cdrom pour ajouter des CD au système APT, vous ne " +"pouvez pas le faire vous-même. De plus, chaque disque faisant partie d'un " +"ensemble de plusieurs disques doit être inséré et balayé par le logiciel " +"indépendamment pour prévenir certains problèmes de gravure." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Exécutez ensuite ces deux commandes pour mettre à niveau le système :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Nettoyage automatique des processus résiduels" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> est un script Perl qui se débarrasse " +"des processus d'arrière-plan. Ce sont des processus qui appartiennent à des " +"utilisateurs qui ne sont plus connectés à la machine. Il est exécuté par " +"l'outil cron toutes les heures." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Installation automatique des mises à niveau de sécurité" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> est un paquet Debian " +"qui installera (entre autres) les mises à niveau de sécurité " +"automatiquement. S'il est installé, le paquet est préconfiguré pour " +"installer les mises à niveau de sécurité. Les journaux de mises à niveau " +"sont disponibles dans <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput> ; il y a toujours aussi <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Arrêt automatique des machines la nuit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'économiser de l'énergie et de l'argent en éteignant " +"automatiquement les clients la nuit, et en les rallumant le matin. Le paquet " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tentera d'éteindre la " +"machine toutes les heures à partir de 16 h 00, sauf si des utilisateurs sont " +"connectés. Il essayera également d'indiquer au BIOS d'allumer les machines " +"vers 7 h 00 du matin, et le serveur principal tentera d'allumer les machines " +"à partir de 6 h 30 en utilisant les paquets Wake-on-LAN. Les heures peuvent " +"être modifiées dans les crontabs de chaque machine." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Il y a quelques considérations à prendre en compte en faisant cela :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Les clients ne devraient pas être éteints si quelqu'un est en train de les " +"utiliser. La sortie de la commande <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, et, " +"dans certains cas, la recherche de la connexion SSH depuis des clients " +"légers X2Go, permettent de faire cela." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Pour éviter de faire sauter les fusibles, il est bon de s'assurer que tous " +"les clients ne démarrent pas en même temps." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Deux méthodes différentes sont disponibles pour réveiller les clients. L'une " +"utilise une fonctionnalité du BIOS et requiert une horloge matérielle " +"fonctionnelle et correcte, ainsi qu'une carte mère et une version de BIOS " +"gérées par <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>. L'autre façon " +"nécessite que les clients prennent en charge le réveil par le réseau (« Wake-" +"on-LAN ») et que le serveur connaisse la liste des clients à réveiller." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Comment configurer shutdown-at-night" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Sur les clients qui doivent être éteints la nuit, éditez <computeroutput>/" +"etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> ou ajoutez le nom " +"d'hôte (c'est-à-dire la sortie de la commande <computeroutput>uname -n</" +"computeroutput> exécutée sur le client) au groupe réseau « shutdown-at-night-" +"hosts ». Ajouter des hôtes au groupe réseau dans LDAP peut se faire avec " +"l'outil web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Les clients ont besoin " +"d'avoir la fonctionnalité de réveil par réseau (« Wake-on-LAN ») configurée " +"dans le BIOS. Il est également important que les commutateurs et routeurs " +"utilisés entre le serveur Wake-on-LAN et les clients soient capables de " +"passer les paquets WOL aux clients même si ceux-ci sont éteints. Certains " +"commutateurs ne sont pas capables de passer les paquets aux clients qui ne " +"sont pas présents dans leur table ARP, ce qui bloque les paquets WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer Wake-on-LAN sur le serveur, ajoutez les clients au fichier " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, une ligne " +"par client, l'adresse IP en premier, l'adresse MAC (adresse ethernet) " +"ensuite, avec un espace entre les deux, ou bien créez un script " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"pour générer la liste de clients à la volée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Voici un exemple <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> à utiliser avec sitesummary :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Si le groupe réseau est utilisé pour activer shutdown-at-night sur les " +"clients, il est possible d'utiliser ce script en utilisant l'utilitaire " +"netgroup du paquet <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Accéder à un serveur Debian Edu situé derrière un pare-feu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à des machines derrière un pare-feu depuis Internet, vous " +"pouvez installer le paquet <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Il peut " +"être utilisé pour préparer un tunnel SSH vers une machine à laquelle vous " +"avez accès. À partir de cette machine, vous pouvez accéder au serveur " +"derrière le pare-feu via le tunnel SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Installer d'autres machines fournissant un service additionnel pour " +"décharger le serveur principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'installation par défaut, tous les services tournent sur le serveur " +"principal dont le nom d'hôte est <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Pour " +"simplifier le déplacement d'un service vers une autre machine, il existe un " +"profil d'installation <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. L'installation de ce " +"profil donnera une machine faisant partie du réseau Debian Edu, mais " +"n'exécutant aucun service (pour le moment)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Voici les étapes à suivre pour configurer une machine dédiée à certains " +"services :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"choisissez le profil <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> durant l'installation ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "installez les paquets requis pour le service ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configurez le service ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "désactivez le service sur le serveur principal ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "" +"mettez à jour le DNS (à l'aide de LDAP/GOsa²) sur le serveur principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Manuel d'administration avancée" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "Dans ce chapitre, des tâches d'administration avancées sont décrites." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Personnalisation des utilisateurs avec GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Création d'utilisateurs dans des groupes par année" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +#| "directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to " +#| "create the users by csv import." +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, les utilisateurs créés seront groupés par année, avec un " +"répertoire personnel commun pour chaque groupe (home0/2024, " +"home0/2026, etc.). Les utilisateurs seront créés par importation au format " +"CSV." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>(en tant que superutilisateur sur le serveur principal)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Créez les répertoires des groupes par année dont vous avez besoin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(en tant que premier utilisateur dans Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Département" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. " +#| "The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' " +#| "choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and " +#| "Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as " +#| "is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " +#| "(2024) should show up below /Students. Click it." +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menu principal : allez dans « Structure de l'annuaire », cliquez sur le " +"département « Students ». Dans le champ « Base » devrait être affiché « /" +"Students ». Depuis la boîte de dialogue « Actions », choisissez « Créer » " +"puis « Département ». Remplissez les valeurs pour les champs « Nom » (2024) " +"et « Description » (étudiants de la promotion 2024), laissez le champ " +"« Base » tel quel (il devrait valoir « /Students »). Sauvegardez en cliquant " +"sur « OK ». Maintenant, le nouveau département (2024) devrait s'afficher en " +"dessous de /Students. Cliquez dessus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Groupe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group " +#| "name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez « Groupes » depuis le menu principal, puis « Actions », " +"« Créer », « Groupe ». Entrez un nom de groupe (laissez le champ « Base » " +"tel quel, il devrait valoir /Students/2024) et cliquez sur « OK » pour " +"sauvegarder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Modèle" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez « Utilisateurs » dans le menu principal. Changez pour " +"« Students » dans le champ « Base ». Une entrée <computeroutput>NewStudent</" +"computeroutput> devrait s'afficher. Cliquez dessus. Il s'agit du modèle pour " +"les étudiants et non d'un vrai utilisateur. Comme vous devez créer un tel " +"modèle (afin de pouvoir importer au format CSV les données pour votre " +"structure) en se basant sur celui-ci, notez bien les entrées affichées dans " +"les onglets « Informations » et « POSIX ». Faites même des captures d'écran " +"pour avoir des informations prêtes pour le nouveau modèle." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template " +#| "and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your " +#| "new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant changez pour /Students/2024 dans le champ Base . Choisissez " +"« Créer », « Modèle » et commencez à remplir les valeurs choisies, d'abord " +"dans l'onglet « Informations » (ajoutez aussi votre nouveau groupe 2024 dans " +"le champ « Appartenance au groupe »), puis ajoutez le compte POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importation d'utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Choisissez votre nouveau modèle lors de l'importation CSV. Effectuer d'abord " +"un test avec un petit nombre d'utilisateurs est recommandé." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Autres personnalisations d'utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Créer un répertoire dans le répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Grâce à ce script, l'administrateur peut créer un répertoire dans le " +"répertoire personnel de chaque utilisateur et en modifier les permissions et " +"droits d'accès." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, avec group=teachers et permissions=2770 un " +"utilisateur peut remettre un devoir en déposant le fichier dans le " +"répertoire « assignments » dans lequel les professeurs ont des droits " +"d'écriture pour pouvoir donner des commentaires." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Utiliser un serveur dédié pour le stockage" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Suivez les étapes suivantes pour configurer un serveur dédié pour le " +"stockage des répertoires personnels et éventuellement d'autres données." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez un nouveau système de type <computeroutput>serveur</computeroutput> " +"depuis GOsa², comme indiqué dans le chapitre <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Démarrage rapide</emphasis> de ce manuel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Cet exemple utilise « serveur-nas.intern » comme nom du serveur. Une fois " +"que « serveur-nas.inter » est configuré, vérifiez si les répertoires " +"partagés par NFS sur le nouveau serveur de stockage sont exportés sur les " +"sous-réseaux et les machines adéquats :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Ici, tout ce qui est connecté au réseau principal a accès au répertoire " +"partagé /storage. Cela pourrait être restreint par une appartenance à un " +"groupe réseau ou des adresses IP particulières pour limiter l'accès NFS, " +"comme ce qui est fait dans le fichier tjener:/etc/exports." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez des informations d'automontage pour « serveur-nas.intern » dans LDAP " +"afin d'autoriser tous les clients à monter automatiquement les nouveaux " +"répertoires partagés sur demande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Cela ne peut pas être fait à partir de GOsa², car il n'y a pas de module " +"d'automontage. À la place, utilisez ldapvi et ajoutez les objets LDAP " +"nécessaires avec un éditeur de texte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque l'éditeur s'affiche, ajoutez les objets LDAP suivants à la fin du " +"document. La partie « /& » dans le dernier objet LDAP est un joker pour " +"correspondre avec tous les répertoires partagés de « serveur-nas.inter », ce " +"qui évite de devoir faire la liste de tous les points de montage dans LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez les entrées correspondantes dans tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, car " +"tjener.intern n'utilise pas automount, pour éviter les boucles de montage :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"créez les répertoires de point de montage avec la commande " +"<computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, éditez et modifiez le fichier « /etc/" +"fstab » selon vos besoins et lancez <computeroutput>mount -a</" +"computeroutput> pour monter les nouveaux répertoires partagés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant les utilisateurs devraient être capables d'accéder aux fichiers " +"sur « serveur-nas.intern » directement, juste en visitant le répertoire « /" +"tjener/nas-server/storage/ » avec n'importe quelle application, depuis une " +"station de travail, un client léger LTSP ou un serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Restriction de l'accès SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Il y a plusieurs façons de limiter la connexion par SSH. En voici quelques " +"unes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configuration sans clients légers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Si aucun client léger n'est utilisé, une solution simple est de créer un " +"nouveau groupe (comme <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) et " +"d'ajouter une ligne dans le fichier /etc/ssh/sshd_config du serveur SSH. " +"Seuls les membres du groupe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> seront " +"autorisés à se connecter par SSH à ce serveur depuis n'importe où." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Gérer cette situation avec GOsa est assez simple :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"créez un groupe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> au niveau de base " +"(où apparaissent déjà tous les autres groupes de gestion du système tels que " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez les utilisateurs au nouveau groupe <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> au fichier /" +"etc/ssh/sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Exécutez <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configuration avec clients légers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"La configuration par défaut d'un client LTSP sans disque n'utilise pas de " +"connexions SSH. Mettre à jour l'image SquashFS sur le serveur LTSP associé, " +"après la modification de la configuration de SSH, est suffisant." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Les clients légers X2Go utilisent des connexions SSH au serveur LTSP " +"correspondant. Une approche différente, utilisant les modules " +"d'authentification PAM, est nécessaire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Activez pam_access.so dans le fichier /etc/pam.d/sshd du serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configurez /etc/security/access.conf pour autoriser les connexions pour " +"certains utilisateurs (par exemple alice, jane, bob et john) depuis " +"n'importe où, et n'autoriser les autres utilisateurs que sur les réseaux " +"locaux en ajoutant ces lignes :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Si uniquement des serveurs LTSP dédiés sont utilisés, le réseau 10.0.0.0/8 " +"peut être oublié pour désactiver la connexion par SSH en interne. Remarque : " +"quelqu'un qui connecterait son ordinateur sur le réseau dédié aux clients " +"légers obtiendrait la possibilité de se connecter aussi par SSH au serveur " +"LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Une remarque pour les configurations plus complexes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Si les clients X2Go sont attachés sur le réseau principal 10.0.0.0/8, les " +"affaires se compliquent encore et peut-être que seule une configuration DHCP " +"sophistiquée (en LDAP) vérifiant les identifiants de type ou de fabricant " +"couplée avec une configuration PAM adéquate permettraient de désactiver la " +"connexion SSH en interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Mise en place d'un environnement de bureau multilingue" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" +"Pour prendre en charge plusieurs langues, ces étapes sont nécessaires :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Exécutez <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (en tant " +"que superutilisateur) et choisir les langues (variantes UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Exécutez ces commandes en tant que superutilisateur pour installer les " +"paquets connexes :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs pourront choisir la langue avec le gestionnaire d'affichage " +"LightDM avant de se connecter ; cela s'applique à Xfce, LXDE et LXQt. GNOME " +"et KDE ont tous les deux leurs propres outils de configuration interne de la " +"région et de la langue, utilisez-les. MATE utilise le programme d'accueil " +"Arctica au-dessus de LightDM sans choix de langage. Exécutez " +"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> pour obtenir le " +"programme d'accueil ordinaire de LightDM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Lire des DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss est nécessaire pour lire la plupart des DVD du commerce. Pour des " +"raisons légales, cette bibliothèque n'est pas incluse dans Debian (Edu). Si " +"la loi vous y autorise, vous pouvez construire vos propres paquets locaux " +"avec le paquet Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> ; assurez-" +"vous que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> est activé dans " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Répondez aux questions de debconf, puis exécutez <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Polices scripturales" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Le paquet <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (installé par défaut) " +"installe la police « Abecedario » qui est une belle police scripturale pour " +"les enfants. Elle possède plusieurs variantes à utiliser avec les enfants : " +"pointillé et avec des lignes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Manuels pour les clients en réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introduction aux clients légers et stations de travail sans disque dur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Un terme générique pour les clients légers et les stations de travail sans " +"disque dur est <emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"À partir de Bullseye, LTSP est assez différent des versions précédentes. " +"Cela concerne aussi bien la configuration que la maintenance.'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Parmi les différences principales, l'image SquashFS pour les stations de " +"travail sans disque est maintenant générée à partir du système de fichiers " +"par défaut du serveur LTSP. Cela se produit sur un serveur combiné au " +"premier démarrage, et prend un peu de temps." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Les clients légers ne font plus partie de LTSP. Debian Edu utilise X2Go pour " +"continuer à prendre en charge l'utilisation des clients légers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas d'un serveur LTSP distinct ou supplémentaire, les informations " +"requises pour configurer l'environnement d'un client LTSP ne sont pas " +"complètes au moment de l'installation. La configuration peut se faire une " +"fois que la machine a été ajoutée par GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Pour des informations sur LTSP en général, consultez la <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">page d'accueil de LTSP</ulink>. Sur les systèmes avec un profil " +"<emphasis>serveur LTSP</emphasis>, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " +"fournit plus d'informations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Attention, l'outil <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis>, fourni par LTSP, doit être " +"utilisé avec précautions. Par exemple, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> pourrait échouer à générer l'image SquashFS dans le cas de " +"machines Debian (elles ont, par défaut, une partition /boot distincte), " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> pourrait échouer à créer le menu " +"d'iPXE correctement (du fait de la prise en charge des clients légers de " +"Debian Edu) et <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> pourrait " +"perturber totalement le démarrage du client LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> est un " +"script d'enveloppe pour <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> et <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Il est utilisé pour installer et configurer la prise en " +"charge des stations de travail sans disque et des clients légers (des PC " +"64 bits et 32 bits). Voir <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> ou le contenu du script pour découvrir comment il " +"fonctionne. L'ensemble de la configuration est fourni dans le script lui-" +"même (documents « ici-même ») pour faciliter les ajustements propres au site." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Exemples sur comment utiliser le script d'enveloppe <emphasis>debian-edu-" +"ltsp-install</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> met à jour l'image de station de travail sans disque " +"SquashFS (système de fichiers du serveur)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> crée la prise en charge d'une station de " +"travail sans disque et d'un client léger 64 bits." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> crée la prise en charge d'un client léger 32 bits " +"supplémentaire (image chroot et SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"En plus de <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (le plus petit système de client " +"léger), les options <emphasis>display</emphasis> et <emphasis>desktop</" +"emphasis> sont disponibles. Le type <emphasis>display</emphasis> offre un " +"bouton d'extinction, le type <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> exécute " +"Firefox ESR en mode kiosque sur le client lui-même (plus de RAM locale et un " +"processeur plus puissant sont nécessaires, mais la charge du serveur est " +"réduite)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> est un " +"script d'enveloppe pour <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Il " +"garantit que le fichier /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe est spécifique à Debian " +"Edu. Il faut que la commande soit exécutée après que les éléments liés au " +"menu iPXE (comme le délai du menu ou la configuration par défaut du " +"démarrage) dans la section /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] ont été modifiés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> est un " +"script d'enveloppe pour <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Il " +"garantit qu'un initrd spécifique au cas d'usage (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " +"est généré puis déplacé dans le répertoire lié au cas d'usage. Il faut que " +"la commande soit exécutée après que la section /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] " +"a été modifiée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"L'outil <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> est un " +"substitut de l'outil <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> fourni par LTSP5. Il " +"est utilisé pour exécuter les commandes dans un chroot LTSP spécifié (par " +"exemple, installer, mettre à jour et supprimer des paquets)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Station de travail sans disque dur</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Une station de travail sans disque dur exécute tous les logiciels " +"localement. Les machines clientes s'amorcent directement à partir du serveur " +"LTSP sans avoir besoin d'un disque dur local. Les logiciels sont administrés " +"et maintenus sur le serveur LTSP, mais s'exécutent sur les stations de " +"travail sans disque dur. Les répertoires personnels et les paramètres " +"système sont également stockés sur le serveur. Ce type de machine est une " +"excellente façon de réutiliser du matériel ancien (mais puissant) avec le " +"même coût réduit de maintenance que les clients légers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"À la différence des stations de travail, les stations de travail sans disque " +"fonctionnent sans qu'il soit besoin de les ajouter à GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Client léger</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"La configuration en client léger permet à un PC ordinaire de fonctionner en " +"terminal(-X), tous les logiciels étant exécutés sur le serveur LTSP. Cela " +"signifie que cette machine s'amorce à l'aide de PXE sans utiliser le disque " +"dur local du client et que le serveur LTSP doit être une machine puissante." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu prend encore en charge l'utilisation de clients légers pour " +"permettre l'utilisation de matériel très ancien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Comme les clients légers utilisent X2Go, les utilisateurs doivent désactiver " +"la composition pour éviter des artefacts d'affichage. Dans le cas par " +"défaut, (l'environnement de bureau Xfce) : Paramètres -> Peaufinage des " +"fenêtres -> Compositeur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">microprogramme des clients légers</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"L'amorçage du client LTSP échouera si l'interface réseau du client nécessite " +"un microprogramme (« firmware ») non libre. Une installation PXE peut être " +"utilisée pour diagnostiquer les problèmes d'amorçage par réseau d'une " +"machine. Si l'installateur Debian se plaint d'un fichier XXX.bin manquant, " +"alors un microprogramme non libre doit être ajouté à l'image initiale " +"(« initrd ») du serveur LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Procédez comme cela sur le serveur LTSP :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" +"Récupérez d'abord des informations sur les paquets de microprogrammes en " +"exécutant :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Décidez quel paquet doit être installé pour le(s) interface(s) réseau, ce " +"sera très probablement le paquet firmware-linux, en exécutant :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Mettez à jour l'image SquashFS pour les stations de travail sans disque en " +"exécutant :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "Dans le cas d'utilisation des clients légers X2Go, exécutez :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "Agissez selon les informations d'utilisation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Mettez à jour ensuite l'image SquashFS ; par exemple pour le chroot /srv/" +"ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 en exécutant :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Sélection du type de client léger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Chaque serveur LTSP possède deux interfaces réseau, une est configurée dans " +"le sous-réseau 10.0.0.0/8 (partagé avec le serveur principal), et l'autre " +"forme un sous-réseau local (ce sous-réseau est distinct pour chaque serveur " +"LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Dans les deux cas, <emphasis>station de travail sans disque</emphasis> ou " +"<emphasis>client léger</emphasis> peut être choisi dans le menu d'iPXE. " +"Après une attente de 5 secondes, la machine démarrera en tant que station de " +"travail sans disque." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"L'entrée de menu de démarrage iPXE par défaut et son délai d'attente par " +"défaut peuvent être configurés dans <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" +"computeroutput>. Une valeur de délai de <emphasis>-1</emphasis> est utilisée " +"pour cacher le menu. Exécutez <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> pour que les modifications prennent effet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Utiliser un réseau différent pour les clients légers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 est par défaut le réseau des clients légers si une machine " +"est installée en utilisant le profil LTSP. Si une quantité importante de " +"clients LTSP sont utilisés ou si différents serveurs LTSP doivent servir des " +"chroot i386 et amd64 simultanément, le deuxième réseau préconfiguré " +"192.168.1.0/24 peut être aussi utilisé. Éditez le fichier <computeroutput>/" +"etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> et ajustez les réglages de " +"l'interface eth1 en conséquence. Utilisez <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> ou un autre éditeur LDAP pour vérifier la configuration DNS " +"et DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Ajouter un chroot LTSP pour prendre en charge les clients PC 32 bits" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Pour créer un chroot et une image SquashFS, exécutez :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Voir <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> pour des " +"détails sur les types de clients légers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configuration des clients LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Exécutez <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> pour avoir un aperçu " +"sur les options de configuration disponibles, lisez le fichier en ligne : " +"<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez des éléments de configuration à la section [clients] de /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf. Pour que les modifications prennent effet, exécutez :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Le son avec les clients LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Les clients légers LTSP utilisent un réseau audio pour transmettre l'audio " +"du serveur aux clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "Les stations de travail LTSP sans disque gèrent l'audio localement." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Accès aux disques USB et aux CD ou DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Quand les utilisateurs insèrent un disque USB, un CD ou un DVD dans une " +"station de travail sans disque dur, l'icône correspondante apparaît sur le " +"bureau permettant d'accéder au contenu comme sur une station de travail." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Quand les utilisateurs insèrent un disque USB dans un client léger X2Go de " +"type nu (installation par défaut d'un serveur combiné), le périphérique est " +"monté dès que l'on a fait un double clic sur l'icône du dossier existante du " +"bureau Xfce. Selon le contenu du périphérique, cela peut prendre un certain " +"temps avant que ce contenu apparaisse dans le gestionnaire de fichier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "" +"Avertissement à propos des périphériques amovibles sur les serveurs LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous insérez un disque USB ou tout autre périphérique amovible dans un " +"serveur LTSP, l’icône du dossier correspondant apparaît sur le bureau des " +"clients légers LTSP. Les utilisateurs distants peuvent accéder aux fichiers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilisation des imprimantes attachées aux clients LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Reliez l'imprimante au client LTSP (les connexions par un port USB ou " +"parallèle sont prises en charge)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configurez le client LTSP avec GOsa² pour utiliser des adresses IP fixes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurez l'imprimante en utilisant l'interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal. Choisissez le type " +"d'imprimante réseau <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(pour toutes les imprimantes, quels que soient la marque et le modèle) et " +"entrez <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client IP>:9100</computeroutput> " +"comme URI de connexion." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modifier la configuration de PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE signifie Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu utilise désormais " +"l'implémentation d'<ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> pour " +"une intégration plus aisée avec LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurer le menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"L'entrée de menu d'iPXE concernant les installations du système est générée " +"en utilisant le script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>. Il peut écraser certains paramètres en utilisant le fichier " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> contenant " +"de nouvelles valeurs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurer l'installation PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"L'installation PXE héritera de la langue, du plan de clavier et des " +"paramètres des miroirs depuis les paramètres utilisés lors de l'installation " +"du serveur principal, et les autres questions seront posées lors de " +"l'installation (profil, participation au concours de popularité des paquets, " +"partitionnement et mot de passe du superutilisateur). Pour éviter ces " +"questions, vous pouvez modifier le fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> et fournir des réponses par " +"défaut à debconf. Vous trouverez des exemples de valeurs possibles dans le " +"fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput>. Vos changements seront perdus dès que " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> sera utilisé pour " +"recréer l'environnement d'installation PXE. Pour ajouter des valeurs de " +"debconf au fichier <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> pendant la recréation avec " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, ajoutez le fichier " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> avec vos propres valeurs de debconf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Des informations supplémentaires sur la modification des clients en réseau " +"sont disponibles dans le <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">chapitre de ce manuel sur l'installation</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Ajout d'un dépôt personnalisé pour les installations PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un dépôt personnalisé, ajoutez quelque chose au fichier " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> comme ceci :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"puis exécutez la commande <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Modifier les paramètres réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"debian-edu-config est fourni avec un outil qui permet de changer le réseau " +"de 10.0.0.0/8 à un autre, et qui s'appelle <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" +"edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Il est prévu pour être " +"utilisé juste après l'installation sur le serveur principal, afin de mettre " +"à jour LDAP et les autres fichiers qui doivent être édités pour changer le " +"sous-réseau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Notez que changer le sous-réseau pour un autre déjà utilisé ailleurs dans " +"Debian Edu ne fonctionnera pas. 192.168.0.0/24 et 192.168.1.0/24 sont déjà " +"réglés pour être les réseaux des clients LTSP. Changer pour ces sous-réseaux " +"demandera d'éditer manuellement les fichiers de configuration afin de " +"supprimer les entrées en double." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Il n'y a pas de moyen simple de changer le nom de domaine DNS. Le changer " +"impliquerait des modifications à la fois dans la structure LDAP et dans " +"plusieurs fichiers dans le système de fichiers du serveur principal. Il n'y " +"a non plus pas de moyen simple de changer le nom d'hôte et DNS du serveur " +"principal (tjener.intern). Ce changement demanderait aussi des modifications " +"de LDAP et de fichiers des systèmes de fichiers du serveur principal et des " +"clients. Dans les deux cas, le paramétrage de Kerberos devrait aussi être " +"modifié." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Bureaux distants" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Le choix du profil de serveur LTSP ou de serveur combiné entraîne aussi " +"l'installation des paquets <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> et " +"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp utilise le protocole de bureau distant (« Remote Desktop Protocol » ou " +"« RDP ») pour présenter une interface de connexion graphique à un client " +"distant. Les utilisateurs de Microsoft Windows peuvent se connecter à un " +"serveur LTSP faisant fonctionner xrdp sans logiciel supplémentaire : ils " +"peuvent simplement démarrer une connexion à un bureau distant depuis leur " +"machine Windows, et se connecter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"De plus, xrdp peut se connecter à un serveur VNC ou à un autre serveur RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp est fournit sans prise en charge du son ; ce script peut être utilisé " +"pour compiler ou recompiler les modules nécessaires. Attention, l'appelant " +"doit être superutilisateur ou appartenir au groupe sudo. Le fichier /etc/apt/" +"sources.list doit aussi contenir un ligne deb-src valable." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go permet d'accéder à un bureau graphique sur le serveur LTSP aussi bien " +"avec des connexions à bande passante faible ou élevée à partir d'un PC sous " +"Linux, Windows ou macOs. Un logiciel supplémentaire est nécessaire côté " +"client, consultez le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">wiki x2go</ulink> pour plus d'informations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter qu'il conviendrait de supprimer le paquet " +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> sur le serveur LTSP si X2Go est " +"utilisé ; voir le rapport de bogue Debian nº <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Clients de bureaux distants disponibles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> est installé par défaut et peut " +"utiliser les protocoles RDP et VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - la manière la plus simple d'accéder à un serveur de terminal Windows. " +"Un client alternatif est fourni par le paquet <computeroutput>rdesktop</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Les clients VNC (Virtual Network Computer) donnent accès à Skolelinux à " +"distance. Un client alternatif est fourni par le paquet " +"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> est un client graphique pour le " +"système X2Go (pas installé par défaut). Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour vous " +"connecter à des sessions en cours ou démarrer de nouvelles sessions." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Clients de réseau sans fil" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> peut être utilisé pour fournir " +"des connexions réseau sûres. Pour cette tâche, installez les paquets " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> et <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> sur le " +"serveur principal et exécutez <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> pour générer une " +"configuration de base propre au site. De cette manière, les méthodes EAP-" +"TTLS/PAP et PEAP-MSCHAPV2 sont toutes les deux activées. L'ensemble de la " +"configuration est fournie dans le script lui-même pour faciliter des " +"réglages propres au site. Voir la <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/" +"\">page d’accueil de freeRADIUS</ulink> pour plus de détails." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Une configuration supplémentaire est nécessaire pour :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"activer et désactiver les points d'accès au moyen d'un <emphasis>secret " +"partagé</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf) ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"accepter ou refuser l'accès en utilisant des groupes LDAP (/etc/freeradius/" +"3.0/users) ;" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"réunir des points d'accès dans des groupes dédiés (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Les équipements des utilisateurs finaux doivent être configurés correctement " +"et doivent être protégés par code confidentiel pour utiliser les méthodes du " +"protocole EAP (802.1x). Les utilisateurs doivent être formés à " +"l'installation du certificat d'autorité (CA) freeRADIUS sur leurs " +"équipements pour s'assurer d'être connectés au bon serveur. De cette " +"manière, le mot de passe ne peut pas être dérobé par un serveur malveillant. " +"Le certificat propre au site est disponible sur le réseau local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (pour les équipements " +"d'utilisateur final fonctionnant avec Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter que la configuration des équipements des utilisateurs finaux " +"sera un vrai défi dû à leur grande variété. Pour les équipements Windows, un " +"script d'installation pourrait être créé, et un fichier mobileconfig pour " +"les appareils d'Apple. Dans les deux cas, le certificat CA freeRADIUS peut " +"être intégré, mais les outils propres au système d'exploitation sont " +"nécessaires pour créer les scripts." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autoriser les machines Windows avec les identifiants de Debian Edu en " +"utilisant le greffon LDAP pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Ajout d'un utilisateur pGina dans Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Pour avoir la capacité d'utiliser pGina (ou n'importe quelle autre " +"application de service d'authentification tiers) vous devez avoir un compte " +"d'utilisateur spécial utilisé dans les recherches dans LDAP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Ajouter un utilisateur spécial, par exemple <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> avec le mot de passe <emphasis>pwd.777</" +"emphasis> sur le site web <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Installation d'un « fork » pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Télécharger et installer pGina 3.9.9.12 comme une programme habituel. Tenez " +"compte du fait que le greffon LDAP persiste dans le dossier du greffon " +"pGina :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configuration de pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Compte tenu de la configuration de Debian Edu, la connexion à LDAP utilise " +"SSL par le port 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Ainsi, les réglages nécessaires d'un greffon LDAP pGina sont ci-dessous" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(ils sont stockés dans " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Section principale du greffon LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"Hôte(s) LDAP : <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (ou n'importe " +"quel autre avec un « espace » comme séparateur)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"Port LDAP : <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (pour une connexion SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Délai : 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Utiliser SSL : <emphasis role=\"strong\">OUI</emphasis> (cocher la case)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Démarrer TLS : <emphasis role=\"strong\">NON</emphasis> (ne pas cocher la " +"case)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Valider le certificat du serveur : <emphasis role=\"strong\">NON</emphasis> " +"(ne pas cocher la case)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"DN de recherche : <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(« pguser » est un utilisateur pour s'authentifier dans LDAP pour chercher " +"des utilisateurs dans une session d'authentification)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" +"Mot de passe de recherche : pwd.777 (c'est le mot de passe de « pguser »)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Bloc d'authentification" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Onglet de Bind :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Permettre les mots de passe vides : <emphasis role=\"strong\">NON</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Recherche de DN : <emphasis role=\"strong\">OUI</emphasis> (cocher la case)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Filtre de recherche : <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Bloc d’autorisation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Par défaut : <emphasis role=\"strong\">Autoriser</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Refuser quand l'authentification LDAP échoue : <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">OUI</emphasis> (cocher la case)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Autoriser quand un serveur est inaccessible : <emphasis role=\"strong\">NON</" +"emphasis> (ne pas cocher de case, optionnel)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Sélection du greffon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP : Authentification [v], Autorisation [v], Passerelle[v], Changement de " +"mot de passe [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Machine Locale : Authentification [v], Passerelle[v] (cocher seulement deux " +"cases)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordre des greffons" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Authentification : LDAP, Machine locale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Passerelle : LDAP, Machine locale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Sources :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba dans Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba est maintenant configuré comme un <emphasis>serveur autonome</" +"emphasis> avec la prise en charge moderne de SMB2 et SMB3 activés et des " +"partages utilisateur (usershare) activés, consultez <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal. De " +"cette manière, les utilisateurs non administrateurs sont autorisés à offrir " +"des partages." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Pour des modifications propres au site, copiez /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site dans le répertoire /etc/samba. Les réglages de " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> surchargeront ceux fournis par " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les répertoires personnels sont en lecture seule. Cela peut être " +"modifié dans <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Les mots de passe de Samba sont stockés en utilisant avec " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> et sont mis à jour si un mot de " +"passe est modifié avec GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Pour désactiver temporairement un compte d'utilisateur Samba, exécutez " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, et " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> le réactivera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"L'exécution de <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" +"usershares</computeroutput> sur le serveur principal désactivera les " +"partages (usershares) pour les « étudiants »" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Accéder aux fichiers par Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"La connexion au répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur et à des partages " +"supplémentaires spécifiques au site (s'ils sont configurés) sont possibles " +"avec des équipements fonctionnant avec Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Chrome OS ou Windows. Par exemple, les équipements basés sur Android ont " +"besoin d'un gestionnaire de fichiers prenant en charge SMB2 ou SMB3, appelé " +"aussi accès LAN. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander avec le " +"greffon LAN</ulink> peuvent être un bon choix." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> ou " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> pour accéder " +"au répertoire personnel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Manuels pour enseigner et apprendre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Tous les paquets Debian mentionnés sur cette page peuvent être installés en " +"exécutant la commande <computeroutput>apt install <paquet></" +"computeroutput> (en tant que superutilisateur)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Enseigner la programmation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> est un méta-paquet qui " +"dépend de nombreux outils de programmation. Veuillez noter que presque 2 Gio " +"d'espace disque sont nécessaires lorsque ce paquet est installé. Pour plus " +"de détails (notamment pour n'installer que quelques paquets), consultez la " +"page <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Paquets " +"de développement de Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Surveillance des élèves" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attention</emphasis> : renseignez-vous sur les " +"textes légaux locaux régissant la surveillance et la restriction de " +"l'activité informatique des utilisateurs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Certains établissements utilisent des outils de contrôle tels que <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou " +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-" +"configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> pour superviser leurs étudiants. Consultez " +"aussi les pages d'accueil de <ulink url=\"https://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes</" +"ulink> et de <ulink url=\"https://www.veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Restriction de l'accès des élèves au réseau" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Certaines écoles utilisent <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> pour restreindre l'accès à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Manuels pour les utilisateurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Changer les mots de passe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Chaque utilisateur devrait changer son mot de passe avec GOsa². Pour cela, " +"utilisez un navigateur et rendez-vous à l'adresse <computeroutput>https://" +"www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Utiliser GOsa² pour changer son mot de passe assure que les mots de passe " +"pour Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) et Samba sont " +"identiques." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Le changement de mot de passe en utilisant PAM fonctionne aussi à l'écran de " +"connexion GDM. Mais seul le mot de passe Kerberos sera mis à jour. Ceux de " +"Samba et GOsa² (LDAP) resteront inchangés. Donc, après avoir changé votre " +"mot de passe à l'invite de connexion, vous devriez vraiment le changer aussi " +"avec GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Exécuter des applications Java indépendantes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Les applications indépendantes Java sont prises en charge par défaut par " +"l'environnement d'exécution Java OpenJDK." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Utilisation du courrier électronique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Tous les utilisateurs peuvent recevoir et envoyer des courriers " +"électroniques sur le réseau local ; des certificats sont fournis pour " +"permettre des connexions TLS sécurisées. Pour autoriser l'envoi et la " +"réception de courriers électroniques à l'extérieur du réseau local, " +"l'administrateur doit configurer le serveur de courrier " +"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> selon les besoins. " +"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput> est la " +"première étape dans cette direction." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Tout utilisateur qui souhaiterait utiliser Thunderbird doit le configurer " +"comme indiqué ci-dessous. Pour un utilisateur avec le login toto, l'adresse " +"email interne est <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:toto@postoffice.intern\">toto@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Lancer Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Cliquez « Passer cette étape et utiliser mon adresse existante »" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Entrez votre adresse email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Ne tapez pas votre mot de passe, car l'authentification unique Kerberos sera " +"utilisée." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Cliquez sur « Continuer »" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Pour à la fois IMAP et SMTP, les réglages devraient être « STARTTLS » et " +"« Kerberos/GSSAPI » – à ajuster si non détectés automatiquement" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Cliquez sur « Terminé »" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuer en ligne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"La <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">liste de diffusion des " +"développeurs</ulink> est la plupart du temps notre moyen de communication " +"privilégié, bien que nous nous retrouvions aussi sur le canal #debian-edu de " +"irc.debian.org et même, parfois, lors de réunions réelles où nous nous " +"rencontrons en personne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Une bonne façon d'apprendre ce qui se passe dans le développement de Debian " +"Edu consiste à s'inscrire à la <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/" +"cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">liste de diffusion des " +"modifications</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Rapporter des bogues" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu utilise le <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS) – système de suivi de bogues</ulink> de Debian. Il " +"permet de voir les rapports de bogue existants et les requêtes de " +"fonctionnalités, et de créer de nouveaux bogues. Veuillez rapporter tous les " +"bogues à l'encontre de <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" +"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Regardez <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">comment faire un rapport de " +"bogue</ulink> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de rapporter les " +"bogues dans Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Auteurs de la documentation et traducteurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Ce document a besoin de votre aide ! Tout d'abord, il n'est pas encore " +"terminé : si vous le lisez, vous remarquerez divers FIXME dans le texte. Si " +"par hasard vous connaissez (un peu) ce dont il est question, veuillez " +"partager vos connaissances." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple " +#| "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user " +#| "account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</" +#| "ulink> first." +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Le source du texte est un wiki et peut être édité avec un simple navigateur " +"web. Faites-le pointer sur <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> et vous pourrez contribuer facilement. Note : un " +"compte utilisateur est requis pour modifier les pages ; vous pouvez avoir " +"besoin d'abord de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\">créer un compte utilisateur sur le wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Une autre très bonne façon de contribuer et d'aider les utilisateurs " +"consiste à traduire un logiciel ou de la documentation. Des informations sur " +"la façon de traduire ce document sont disponibles au chapitre <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">Traductions</link> de ce livre. S'il vous plaît, " +"participez à l'effort de traduction de ce livre !" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Assistance" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Assistance fournie par des bénévoles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "En anglais" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> — assistance par liste " +"de diffusion" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu sur irc.debian.org — canal IRC, centré principalement sur le " +"développement, n'attendez pas une aide en temps réel même si cela arrive " +"souvent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "En norvégien" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux sur irc.debian.org — canal IRC pour l'assistance des " +"utilisateurs norvégiens" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "En allemand" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> — assistance par " +"liste de diffusion" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de sur irc.debian.org — canal IRC pour l'assistance des " +"utilisateurs allemands" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "En français" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> — assistance par " +"liste de diffusion" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Assistance professionnelle" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Des listes d'entreprises proposant une assistance professionnelle sont " +"disponibles depuis <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/" +"ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nouvelles fonctionnalités dans Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nouvelles fonctionnalités pour Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Changements dans l'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details," +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Bookworm. Consultez le <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel " +"d'installation</ulink> pour plus de détails," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"dont des informations sur <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput> " +"qui est une nouvelle section en plus des sections bien connues, " +"<computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> et <computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#| "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " +#| "12 bookworm." +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Nouveau thème graphique basé sur le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">thème Emerald</ulink>, le thème graphique par " +"défaut de Debian 12 Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Mises à jour des logiciels" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Toutes les nouveautés de Debian 11 Busllseye, comme :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Noyau Linux version 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +#| "1.26" +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Environnements de bureau KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, " +"MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Boîte à outils éducative GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Créateur de musique Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bullseye contient plus de 59 000 paquets prêts à être installés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian 12 Bookworm sont disponibles " +"dans les <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Mises à jour des documentations et des traductions" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Pendant l'installation, la page de choix de profil est disponible en " +"29 langues dont 22 sont entièrement traduites." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">manuel de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> est traduit entièrement en " +"allemand, chinois simplifié, danois, espagnol, français, italien, japonais, " +"néerlandais, norvégien (Bokmål), portugais européen, portugais brésilien, " +"roumain et ukrainien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Problèmes connus" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Consultez la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">page d'état de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Droits d'auteur et auteurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +#| "Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, " +#| "2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " +#| "(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " +#| "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José " +#| "L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +#| "Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp " +#| "Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), " +#| "Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David " +#| "Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe " +#| "Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and " +#| "is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Ce document a été écrit (droits d'auteur) par Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " +"2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " +"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " +"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " +"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " +"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) et Guido Berhörster (2023), et est distribué sous GPL2 ou " +"toute version ultérieure. Profitez-en !" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Si vous enrichissez son contenu, <emphasis role=\"strong\">veuillez ne le " +"faire que si vous êtes l'auteur des ajouts. Vous devez les distribuer sous " +"les mêmes conditions</emphasis> ! Ensuite, ajoutez votre nom ici et " +"distribuez-les sous licence GPL, version 2 ou ultérieure." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traductions de ce document" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez consulter la <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" +"debian-edu-doc/\">vue en ligne des traductions empaquetées</ulink>, mise à " +"jour fréquemment." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Comment traduire ce document" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Traduire en utilisant des fichiers PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept " +#| "in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +#| "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-" +#| "manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Les traductions de ce document sont conservées dans des fichiers PO comme " +"pour de nombreux projets de logiciel libre, lisez <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations</" +"computeroutput> pour plus d'informations à ce propos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Traduction en ligne avec un navigateur web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" +#| "bookworm-manual/\"/> for more information." +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des équipes de traduction ont décidé de traduire avec Weblate. " +"Voir <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/\"/> pour plus d'informations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Veuillez signaler tout problème." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Annexe A — La Licence Publique Générale GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu 12 nom de code Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the " +#| "full list of copyright owners." +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Droits d'auteur (C) 2007-2021 à Holger Levsen < <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > et " +"autres, consultez le chapitre <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Droits d'auteur</" +"link> pour la liste complète des détenteurs des droits d'auteur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Annexe B — Fonctionnalités dans les publications précédentes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nouvelles fonctionnalités pour Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Bookworm. Consultez le <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel " +"d'installation</ulink> pour plus de détails," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Nouveau thème graphique basé sur le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">thème Emerald</ulink>, le thème graphique par " +"défaut de Debian 12 Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Toutes les nouveautés de Debian Bookworm 12, comme :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Noyau Linux version 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Environnements de bureau KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, " +"MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Boîte à outils éducative GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Créateur de musique Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm contient plus de 64 000 paquets prêts à être installés." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian 12 Bookworm sont disponibles " +"dans les <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">manuel de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> est traduit entièrement en " +"allemand, chinois simplifié, danois, espagnol, français, italien, japonais, " +"néerlandais, norvégien (Bokmål), portugais européen, portugais brésilien, " +"roumain et ukrainien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Consultez la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">page d'état de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Historique des versions plus anciennes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Les versions suivantes de Debian Edu ont été publiées précédemment :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" +"Nouvelles fonctionnalités de Debian Edu 11 Bullseye, publiée le 17 août 2021" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 10+edu0 Buster, nom de code « Buster », publiée le 6 juillet 2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0, nom de code « Stretch », publiée le 17 juin 2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 8.0+edu0, nom de code « Jessie », publiée le 2 juillet 2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, nom de code « Wheezy », publiée le 28 septembre 2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, nom de code « Squeeze », publiée le 3 mars 2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, nom de code « Squeeze », publiée le 11 mars 2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, nom de code « Lenny », publiée le 5 octobre 2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, nom de code « Lenny », publiée le 8 février 2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu « 3.0r1 Terra », publiée le 5 décembre 2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu « 3.0r0 Terra », publiée le 22 juillet 2007. Basée sur Debian 4.0 " +"Etch, publiée le 8 avril 2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, publiée le 14 mars 2006. Basée sur Debian 3.1 Sarge, publiée " +"le 6 juin 2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu « 1.0 Venus », publiée le 20 juin 2004. Basée sur Debian 3.0 " +"Woody, publiée le 19 juillet 2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Un aperçu détaillé et complet des versions plus anciennes est fourni dans " +"l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Annexe C du manuel de Jessie</ulink> ; vous pouvez aussi " +"consulter les manuels des versions concernées sur la page des <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">manuels de " +"publication</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sélectionnez « Uplink » (liaison montante) si votre réseau amont requiert " +#~ "une adresse IP statique et, si vous suivez la suggestion ci-dessus, " +#~ "sélectionnez « Éducation »." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#~| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">manuel de Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> est traduit entièrement " +#~ "en allemand, chinois simplifié, danois, espagnol, français, italien, " +#~ "japonais, néerlandais, norvégien (Bokmål), portugais européen, portugais " +#~ "brésilien, roumain et ukrainien." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "L'utilisation des paquets rétroportés est simple :" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu 12 nom de code Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nouvelle version de l'installateur Debian de Bullseye. Consultez le " +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">manuel d'installation</ulink> pour plus de détails." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nouveau thème graphique basé sur le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +#~ "DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">thème Homeworld</ulink>, le thème graphique " +#~ "par défaut de Debian 11 Bullseye." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'installateur Debian ne prend plus en charge la configuration du chroot " +#~ "LTSP. Dans le cas d'une installation d'un serveur combiné (profils " +#~ "« Serveur principal » + « Serveur LTSP »), la configuration de la prise " +#~ "en charge d'un client léger (maintenant avec X2Go) survient à la fin de " +#~ "l'installation. La création de l'image SquashFS pour la prise en charge " +#~ "du client sans disque (à partir du système de fichiers du serveur) est " +#~ "réalisée au premier démarrage." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour des serveurs LTSP distincts, deux étapes doivent être réalisées avec " +#~ "un outil après le premier démarrage dans le réseau local quand " +#~ "suffisamment d'informations sont disponibles depuis le serveur principal." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Noyau Linux version 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Environnements de bureau KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 10, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Créateur de musique Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Des informations supplémentaires sur Debian 11 Bullseye sont disponibles " +#~ "dans les <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "releasenotes\">notes de publication</ulink> et le <ulink url=\"https://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">manuel d'installation</" +#~ "ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">manuel de Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> est traduit entièrement " +#~ "en allemand, français, italien, japonais, néerlandais, norvégien Bokmål, " +#~ "portugais (PT) et chinois simplifié." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Des traductions partielles existent en danois et en espagnol." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Autres changements depuis la dernière publication" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prise en charge de TLS/SSL améliorée sur le réseau local. Sur les " +#~ "clients, le certificat racine de Debian Edu-CA est placé dans le paquet " +#~ "de certificats de l'ensemble du système." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nouveau LTSP, réécrit à partir de zéro, abandonnant la prise en charge " +#~ "des clients légers. Ils sont maintenant pris en charge par X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amorçage par le réseau fourni par l'utilisation d'iPXE à la place de " +#~ "PXELINUX pour être compatible à LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le répertoire <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> est maintenant utilisé comme " +#~ "base de l'amorçage par le réseau à la place de <emphasis>/var/lib/" +#~ "tftpboot</emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo est utilisé comme outil de recherche par défaut par " +#~ "Firefox ESR et Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chromium utilise la page interne du site web comme page d'accueil plutôt " +#~ "que Google." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sur les stations de travail sans disque, un ticket (TGT) de Kerberos est " +#~ "disponible automatiquement après la connexion." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un nouvel outil a été ajouté pour configurer freeRADIUS avec la prise en " +#~ "charge des deux méthodes EAP-TTLS/PAP et PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba est configuré comme « serveur autonome » avec la prise en charge de " +#~ "SMB2 et SMB3 ; la possibilité de rejoindre un domaine a disparu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'interface web de GOsa² ne montre plus d'entrées relatives à Samba, " +#~ "parce que les données du compte Samba ne sont plus stockées dans LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "C'est le mode graphique de l'installateur Debian qui est utilisé pour les " +#~ "installations PXE (à la place du mode texte)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ipp.intern central pour le serveur d’impression CUPS, les utilisateurs " +#~ "appartenant au groupe printer-admins ont l'autorisation d'administrer " +#~ "CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'administration d'Icinga avec l'interface web est limitée au premier " +#~ "utilisateur." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Tanggal publikasi; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Terjemahan:</emphasis> +2022 Adi Nugroho +2023 Rangga Dwi Prasetyo +2024 Misaka +2024-2025 Andika Triwidada +2025-2026 Arif Budiman + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.id.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8238 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-10-11 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Arif Budiman <arifpedia@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/id/>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.1.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "id" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Panduan Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Tanggal publikasi:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Panduan untuk Debian Edu 13 dengan nama sandi trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logo Installer Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Ini adalah panduan untuk rilis Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Sumber di <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> adalah wiki dan diperbarui secara berkala." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Terjemahan mutakhir tersedia secara <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">daring</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Tentang Debian Edu dan Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu alias Skolelinux merupakan distribusi Linux berbasis Debian yang " +"menyediakan lingkungan jaringan sekolah yang terkonfigurasi secara lengkap. " +"Debian Edu mengimplementasikan pendekatan klien-peladen. Peladen dan klien " +"adalah <emphasis>bagian dari software</emphasis> yang berinteraksi satu sama " +"lain. Peladen menyediakan informasi yang dibutuhkan klien untuk berfungsi. " +"Saat peladen diinstall di satu mesin dan klien di mesin yang lain, mesin-" +"mesin tersebut disebut sebagai peladen dan klien, sebagai perpanjangan dari " +"konsep tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Bab tentang <link linkend=\"Requirements\">kebutuhan perangkat keras dan " +"jaringan</link> dan tentang <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur</link> " +"berisi penjelasan tentang desain sistem dasar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Setelah instalasi pada mesin utama, semua layanan yang dibutuhkan untuk " +"jaringan sekolah telah diatur dan sistem siap dipakai. Hanya pengguna dan " +"mesin yang perlu ditambahkan via GOsa², sebuah Web-UI yang nyaman, atau " +"penyunting LDAP lainnya. Lingkungan netboot menggunakan PXE/<ulink " +"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> juga telah disiapkan, sehingga " +"setelah instalasi awal peladen utama dari CD, keping Blu-ray atau drive " +"flash USB semua mesin lainnya dapat di-install lewat jaringan, ini termasuk " +"\"roaming workstation\" (mesin yang dapat dibawa pergi dari jaringan " +"sekolah, biasanya laptop atau netbook). Selain itu, mesin dapat di-booting " +"lewat PXE/iPXE sebagai workstation diskless atau thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa aplikasi pembelajaran seperti GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege dan Scratch telah termasuk di dalam instalasi lingkungan desktop " +"default, yang bisa diperluas dengan mudah dan hampir tidak terbatas lewat " +"jagat Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Sedikit sejarah dan mengapa ada dua nama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"adalah distribusi Linux yang dibuat oleh tim Debian Edu. Sebagai distribusi " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink>, Debuan " +"Edu merupakan subproyek resmi dari <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Artinya bagi sekolah Anda adalah bahwa Skolelinux adalah versi Debian yang " +"menyediakan lingkungan jaringan sekolah yang sepenuhnya terkonfigurasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Proyek Skolelinux di Norwegia didirikan pada tanggal 2 Juli 2001 dan sekitar " +"waktu yang sama Raphaël Hertzog memulai Debian-Edu di Perancis. Sejak tahun " +"2003 kedua proyek tersebut digabungkan, namun kedua nama tersebut tetap " +"bertahan. \"Skole\" dan (Debian-) \"Pendidikan\" hanyalah dua istilah yang " +"dipahami dengan baik di wilayah ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Saat ini sistem tersebut digunakan di beberapa negara di dunia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arsitektur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Bagian dokumen ini menjelaskan arsitektur jaringan dan layanan yang " +"disediakan oleh suatu instalasi Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Topologi jaringan Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Gambar tersebut merupakan sketsa topologi jaringan yang diasumsikan. " +"Pengaturan default jaringan Skolelinux mengasumsikan bahwa ada satu (dan " +"hanya satu) server utama, sekaligus mengizinkan penyertaan stasiun kerja " +"normal dan server LTSP (dengan klien tipis terkait dan/atau stasiun kerja " +"tanpa disk). Jumlah workstation bisa sebanyak atau sesedikit yang Anda " +"inginkan (mulai dari tidak ada hingga banyak). Hal yang sama berlaku untuk " +"server LTSP, masing-masing berada pada jaringan terpisah sehingga lalu " +"lintas antara klien dan server LTSP tidak mempengaruhi layanan jaringan " +"lainnya. LTSP dijelaskan secara rinci di <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Alasan mengapa hanya ada satu server utama di setiap jaringan sekolah adalah " +"karena server utama menyediakan DHCP, dan hanya ada satu mesin yang " +"melakukan hal tersebut di setiap jaringan. Dimungkinkan untuk memindahkan " +"layanan dari server utama ke mesin lain dengan menyiapkan layanan di mesin " +"lain, dan kemudian memperbarui konfigurasi DNS, mengarahkan alias DNS untuk " +"layanan itu ke komputer yang tepat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menyederhanakan penyiapan standar Skolelinux, koneksi Internet " +"dijalankan melalui router terpisah, disebut juga gateway. Lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">router Internet</link> untuk " +"rincian cara menyiapkan gateway tersebut jika tidak memungkinkan untuk " +"mengonfigurasi gateway yang sudah ada sesuai kebutuhan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Penyiapan jaringan baku" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP di server utama melayani jaringan 10.0.0.0/8, menyediakan menu boot PXE " +"di mana Anda dapat memilih apakah akan memasang suatu server/workstation " +"baru, mem-boot thin client, atau workstation tanpa disk, menjalankan " +"memtest, atau mem-boot dari hard disk lokal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ini dirancang untuk dimodifikasi; untuk detailnya, lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo terkait</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP pada server LTSP hanya melayani jaringan terdedikasi pada antarmuka " +"kedua (192.168.0.0/24 dan 192.168.1.0/24 adalah opsi yang telah " +"dikonfigurasi sebelumnya) dan jarang perlu diubah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Konfigurasi semua subnet disimpan dalam LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Jaringan Skolelinux membutuhkan satu server utama (nama host \"tjener\" yang " +"merupakan bahasa Norwegia dan berarti \"server\") yang secara baku memiliki " +"alamat IP 10.0.2.2 dan dipasang dengan memilih profil Server Utama. Mungkin " +"(tetapi tidak diperlukan) untuk juga memilih dan memasang profil LTSP Server " +"dan Workstation selain profil Server Utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Layanan yang berjalan di server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Dengan pengecualian pengendalian thin client, seluruh layanan awalnya diatur " +"di satu komputer pusat (server utama). Demi alasan performa, server LTSP " +"sebaiknya terpisah (meskipun memungkinkan untuk menginstal profil Server " +"Utama dan Server LTSP pada mesin yang sama). Setiap layanan dialokasikan " +"nama DNS khusus dan hanya ditawarkan melalui IPv4. Pengalokasian nama DNS " +"ini memudahkan pemindahan layanan individu dari server utama ke mesin lain. " +"Caranya cukup dengan menghentikan layanan di server utama, lalu mengubah " +"konfigurasi DNS untuk menunjuk ke lokasi baru layanan tersebut (yang tentu " +"saja harus diatur terlebih dahulu pada mesin tersebut)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Untuk memastikan keamanan, semua koneksi di mana kata sandi dikirimkan " +"melalui jaringan akan dienkripsi, sehingga tidak ada kata sandi yang " +"dikirimkan melalui jaringan sebagai teks biasa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Di bawah ini adalah tabel layanan yang diatur secara default dalam jaringan " +"Skolelinux beserta nama DNS dari masing-masing layanan. Jika memungkinkan, " +"semua file konfigurasi akan merujuk pada layanan dengan nama (tanpa nama " +"domain), sehingga memudahkan sekolah untuk mengubah baik domain mereka (jika " +"mereka memiliki domain DNS sendiri) maupun alamat IP yang mereka gunakan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabel layanan</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Deskripsi layanan</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nama umum</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nama layanan DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Pencatatan Log Terpusat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Layanan Nama Domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan Otomatis untuk Mesin-mesin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sinkronisasi Jam" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Direktori rumah melalui Sistem Berkas Jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Kantor Pos Elektronik" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Layanan Direktori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi Pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Server Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Pencadangan Terpusat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Singgahan Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proksi (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Pencetakan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Login Jarak Jauh Aman" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Otomatis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Server LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Pemantauan Mesin dan Layanan dengan Pelaporan Kesalahan, ditambah Status dan " +"Riwayat di Web. Pelaporan Kesalahan melalui email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga, dan Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Berkas pribadi untuk setiap pengguna disimpan di direktori home mereka, yang " +"disediakan oleh server. Direktori home dapat diakses dari semua mesin, " +"sehingga pengguna dapat mengakses berkas yang sama terlepas dari mesin mana " +"yang mereka gunakan. Server ini bersifat netral terhadap sistem operasi, " +"menyediakan akses melalui NFS untuk klien Unix dan melalui SMB2/SMB3 untuk " +"klien lain." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Secara default, email dikonfigurasi untuk pengiriman lokal (yaitu di dalam " +"sekolah) saja, meskipun pengiriman email ke Internet yang lebih luas dapat " +"dikonfigurasi jika sekolah memiliki koneksi Internet permanen. Klien " +"dikonfigurasi untuk mengirim email ke server (menggunakan ‘smarthost’), dan " +"pengguna dapat <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">mengakses email pribadi " +"mereka</link> melalui IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Semua layanan dapat diakses menggunakan nama pengguna dan kata sandi yang " +"sama, berkat basis data pengguna terpusat untuk otentikasi dan otorisasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Untuk meningkatkan kinerja pada situs-situs yang sering diakses, digunakan " +"proxy web yang menyimpan file secara lokal (Squid). Bersama dengan " +"pemblokiran lalu lintas web di router, hal ini juga memungkinkan " +"pengendalian akses Internet pada masing-masing perangkat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasi jaringan pada klien dilakukan secara otomatis menggunakan DHCP. " +"Semua jenis klien dapat terhubung ke subnet pribadi 10.0.0.0/8 dan akan " +"mendapatkan alamat IP yang sesuai; klien LTSP harus terhubung ke server LTSP " +"yang sesuai melalui subnet terpisah 192.168.0.0/24 (ini untuk memastikan " +"bahwa lalu lintas jaringan klien LTSP tidak mengganggu layanan jaringan " +"lainnya)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Pencatatan terpusat telah dikonfigurasi sehingga semua mesin mengirimkan " +"pesan syslog mereka ke server. Layanan syslog telah dikonfigurasi sehingga " +"hanya menerima pesan masuk dari jaringan lokal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Secara default, server DNS dikonfigurasi dengan domain untuk penggunaan " +"internal saja (*.intern), hingga domain DNS eksternal yang sebenarnya dapat " +"dikonfigurasi. Server DNS dikonfigurasi sebagai server DNS cache sehingga " +"semua mesin di jaringan dapat menggunakannya sebagai server DNS utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Siswa dan guru memiliki kemampuan untuk mempublikasikan situs web. Server " +"web menyediakan mekanisme untuk autentikasi pengguna, serta untuk membatasi " +"akses ke halaman dan subdirektori tertentu bagi pengguna dan grup tertentu. " +"Pengguna akan memiliki kemampuan untuk membuat halaman web dinamis, karena " +"server web akan dapat diprogram di sisi server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Informasi tentang pengguna dan mesin dapat diubah di satu lokasi pusat, dan " +"secara otomatis diakses oleh semua komputer di jaringan. Untuk mencapai hal " +"ini, disiapkan server direktori terpusat. Direktori tersebut akan berisi " +"informasi tentang pengguna, grup pengguna, mesin, dan grup mesin. Untuk " +"menghindari kebingungan pengguna, tidak akan ada perbedaan antara grup file " +"dan grup jaringan. Hal ini berarti bahwa grup mesin yang akan membentuk grup " +"jaringan akan menggunakan namespace yang sama dengan grup pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Pengelolaan layanan dan pengguna akan dilakukan secara utama melalui web, " +"dan mengikuti standar yang telah ditetapkan, serta berfungsi dengan baik " +"pada peramban web yang merupakan bagian dari Skolelinux. Delegasi tugas " +"tertentu kepada pengguna individu atau kelompok pengguna akan dimungkinkan " +"melalui sistem administrasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menghindari masalah tertentu dengan NFS dan memudahkan proses " +"debugging, semua mesin perlu memiliki jam yang sinkron. Untuk mencapai hal " +"ini, server Skolelinux dikonfigurasi sebagai server Network Time Protocol " +"(NTP) lokal, dan semua workstation dan klien dikonfigurasi untuk " +"menyinkronkan jam mereka dengan server tersebut. Server itu sendiri harus " +"menyinkronkan jamnya melalui NTP dengan mesin-mesin di Internet, sehingga " +"memastikan seluruh jaringan memiliki waktu yang benar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Printer dihubungkan di tempat yang nyaman, baik langsung ke jaringan utama, " +"atau dihubungkan ke server, workstation, atau server LTSP. Akses ke printer " +"dapat dikontrol untuk pengguna individu sesuai dengan grup yang mereka " +"ikuti; hal ini akan dicapai dengan menggunakan kuota dan kontrol akses untuk " +"printer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Server LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Jaringan Skolelinux dapat memiliki banyak server LTSP, yang diinstal dengan " +"memilih profil Server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Server LTSP dikonfigurasi untuk menerima pesan syslog dari thin clients dan " +"workstations, dan meneruskan pesan-pesan ini ke penerima syslog pusat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Harap dicatat:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Workstation LTSP tanpa disk menggunakan program yang diinstal di server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Sistem file akar klien disediakan menggunakan NFS. Setelah setiap perubahan " +"pada server LTSP, citra terkait harus dihasilkan ulang; jalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> pada server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Thin client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Pengaturan thin client memungkinkan PC biasa berfungsi sebagai (X-)terminal. " +"Artinya, mesin tersebut boot langsung dari server menggunakan PXE tanpa " +"menggunakan hard drive lokal. Pengaturan thin client kini menggunakan X2Go, " +"karena LTSP telah menghentikan dukungan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Klien tipis (thin clients) merupakan cara yang baik untuk tetap memanfaatkan " +"mesin-mesin yang sangat tua (kebanyakan 32-bit) karena semua program " +"dijalankan secara efektif di server LTSP. Prosesnya berlangsung sebagai " +"berikut: layanan ini menggunakan DHCP dan TFTP untuk terhubung ke jaringan " +"dan melakukan booting dari jaringan. Selanjutnya, sistem file di-mount dari " +"server LTSP menggunakan NFS, dan akhirnya klien X2Go dimulai." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Workstation tanpa disk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Sebuah workstation tanpa disk menjalankan semua perangkat lunak di PC tanpa " +"sistem operasi yang diinstal secara lokal. Ini berarti bahwa mesin klien " +"melakukan booting melalui PXE tanpa menjalankan perangkat lunak yang " +"diinstal di hard drive lokal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Workstation tanpa disk adalah cara yang sangat baik untuk menggunakan " +"perangkat keras bertenaga tinggi dengan biaya pemeliharaan yang sama rendah " +"seperti pada thin clients. Perangkat lunak dikelola dan dipelihara di server " +"tanpa perlu menginstal perangkat lunak lokal di klien. Direktori pengguna " +"dan pengaturan sistem juga disimpan di server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Klien jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Istilah “klien terhubung jaringan” digunakan dalam manual ini untuk merujuk " +"pada baik thin clients maupun workstation tanpa disk, serta komputer yang " +"menjalankan sistem operasi macOS atau Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Semua mesin Linux yang diinstal menggunakan penginstal Skolelinux dapat " +"dikelola dari komputer pusat, kemungkinan besar server. Pengguna dapat masuk " +"ke semua mesin melalui SSH dan dengan demikian memiliki akses penuh ke mesin-" +"mesin tersebut. Sebagai root, pengguna perlu menjalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> terlebih dahulu untuk mendapatkan " +"Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Semua informasi pengguna disimpan dalam direktori LDAP. Pembaruan akun " +"pengguna dilakukan pada basis data ini, yang digunakan oleh klien untuk " +"otentikasi pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Saat ini terdapat dua jenis citra media instalasi: netinst dan BD. Kedua " +"citra tersebut juga dapat di-boot dari flash disk USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Tujuan utamanya adalah dapat menginstal server dari berbagai jenis media " +"sekali saja, dan menginstal semua klien lainnya melalui jaringan dengan cara " +"booting dari jaringan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Hanya citra instalasi jaringan yang memerlukan akses ke Internet selama " +"proses instalasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan tidak boleh menanyakan apa pun, kecuali bahasa yang diinginkan, " +"lokasi, tata letak keyboard, dan profil mesin (Server Utama, Workstation, " +"Server LTSP, …). Semua konfigurasi lainnya akan disetel secara otomatis " +"dengan nilai yang wajar, dan dapat diubah dari lokasi pusat oleh " +"administrator sistem setelah pemasangan selesai." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi akses sistem berkas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Setiap akun pengguna Skolelinux diberi alokasi ruang pada sistem berkas di " +"server berkas. Ruang ini (direktori home) berisi berkas konfigurasi " +"pengguna, dokumen, email, dan halaman web. Beberapa berkas harus diatur agar " +"dapat diakses oleh pengguna lain di sistem, beberapa harus dapat diakses " +"oleh semua orang di Internet, dan beberapa tidak boleh diakses untuk dibaca " +"oleh siapa pun kecuali pengguna itu sendiri." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Untuk memastikan bahwa semua disk yang digunakan untuk direktori pengguna " +"atau direktori bersama dapat diberi nama secara unik di seluruh komputer " +"dalam instalasi, disk-disk tersebut dapat di-mount sebagai <computeroutput>/" +"skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Awalnya, satu direktori dibuat di " +"server file, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, di mana " +"semua akun pengguna dibuat. Direktori tambahan dapat dibuat sesuai kebutuhan " +"untuk mengakomodasi kelompok pengguna tertentu atau pola penggunaan tertentu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengaktifkan akses bersama ke berkas dalam sistem izin UNIX standar, " +"pengguna harus menjadi anggota grup bersama tambahan (seperti “students”) " +"serta grup utama pribadi yang secara default mereka miliki. Jika pengguna " +"memiliki umask yang sesuai untuk membuat item baru dapat diakses oleh grup " +"(002 atau 007), dan jika direktori yang mereka gunakan telah disetel dengan " +"setgid untuk memastikan berkas mewarisi kepemilikan grup yang benar, " +"hasilnya adalah berbagi berkas yang terkontrol di antara anggota grup." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Pengaturan akses awal untuk file yang baru dibuat merupakan bagian dari " +"kebijakan. Pengaturan umask default Debian adalah 022 (yang tidak " +"mengizinkan akses grup seperti yang dijelaskan di atas), tetapi Debian Edu " +"menggunakan pengaturan default 002 - artinya file dibuat dengan akses baca " +"untuk semua orang, yang dapat dihapus kemudian melalui tindakan pengguna " +"secara eksplisit. Ini dapat diubah secara alternatif (dengan mengedit " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) menjadi umask " +"007 - artinya akses baca awalnya diblokir, sehingga memerlukan tindakan " +"pengguna untuk membuatnya dapat diakses. Pendekatan pertama mendorong " +"berbagi pengetahuan dan membuat sistem lebih transparan, sedangkan metode " +"kedua mengurangi risiko penyebaran informasi sensitif yang tidak diinginkan. " +"Masalah dengan solusi pertama adalah bahwa pengguna tidak menyadari bahwa " +"materi yang mereka buat akan dapat diakses oleh semua pengguna lain. Mereka " +"hanya dapat mendeteksinya dengan memeriksa direktori pengguna lain dan " +"melihat bahwa file mereka dapat dibaca. Masalah dengan solusi kedua adalah " +"sedikit orang yang kemungkinan akan membuat file mereka dapat diakses, " +"bahkan jika file tersebut tidak mengandung informasi sensitif dan kontennya " +"akan bermanfaat bagi pengguna yang ingin belajar bagaimana orang lain telah " +"menyelesaikan masalah tertentu (biasanya masalah konfigurasi)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Persyaratan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Ada berbagai cara untuk mengimplementasikan solusi Skolelinux. Sistem ini " +"dapat diinstal pada satu komputer standalone, atau sebagai solusi regional " +"yang diterapkan di banyak sekolah yang dikelola secara terpusat. " +"Fleksibilitas ini sangat memengaruhi konfigurasi komponen jaringan, server, " +"dan mesin klien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Kebutuhan perangkat keras" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Tujuan dari profil-profil yang berbeda dijelaskan dalam bab <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur jaringan</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jika LTSP akan digunakan, silakan lihat halaman wiki Persyaratan Hardware " +"LTSP di <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Komputer yang menjalankan Debian Edu / Skolelinux harus menggunakan prosesor " +"x86 dengan arsitektur 32 bit (arsitektur Debian ‘i386’, prosesor tertua yang " +"didukung adalah kelas 686) atau 64 bit (arsitektur Debian ‘amd64’)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Klien tipis dengan hanya 256 MiB RAM dan 400 MHz dimungkinkan, meskipun " +"disarankan untuk menggunakan RAM yang lebih besar dan prosesor yang lebih " +"cepat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Untuk workstation, workstation tanpa disk, dan sistem mandiri, 1500 MHz dan " +"1024 MiB RAM merupakan persyaratan minimum mutlak. Untuk menjalankan browser " +"web modern dan LibreOffice, disarankan menggunakan setidaknya 2048 MiB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "Persyaratan ruang disk minimum bergantung pada profil yang diinstal:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"gabungan server utama + server LTSP + workstation (Jika GUI di server yang " +"diinginkan): 60 GiB (ditambah ruang tambahan untuk akun pengguna)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "Server LTSP: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "workstation atau mandiri: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "instalasi mesin jaringan minimal: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Server LTSP memerlukan dua kartu jaringan saat menggunakan arsitektur " +"jaringan default:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 terhubung ke jaringan utama (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 digunakan untuk melayani klien LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Laptop adalah stasiun kerja portabel, sehingga memiliki persyaratan yang " +"sama dengan stasiun kerja." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Perangkat keras yang diketahui berfungsi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Daftar perangkat keras yang telah diuji tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Daftar ini belum lengkap." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> adalah upaya " +"untuk mendokumentasikan cara menginstal, mengonfigurasi, dan menggunakan " +"Debian pada perangkat keras tertentu, sehingga calon pembeli dapat " +"mengetahui apakah perangkat keras tersebut didukung dan pemilik yang sudah " +"ada dapat mengetahui cara memaksimalkan kinerja perangkat keras tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Persyaratan untuk penyiapan jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Penyiapan Baku" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Saat menggunakan arsitektur jaringan default, aturan-aturan berikut berlaku:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Anda memerlukan tepat satu server utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Anda dapat memiliki ratusan workstation di jaringan utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memiliki banyak server LTSP di jaringan utama; dua subnet yang " +"berbeda telah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya (DNS, DHCP) di LDAP, dan lebih banyak " +"subnet dapat ditambahkan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memiliki ratusan thin client dan/atau workstation tanpa disk pada " +"setiap jaringan server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memiliki ratusan mesin lain yang akan diberikan alamat IP dinamis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses Internet, Anda memerlukan router/gateway (lihat di bawah)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Router internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Sebuah router/gateway yang terhubung ke Internet melalui antarmuka eksternal " +"dan berjalan pada alamat IP 10.0.0.1 dengan netmask 255.0.0.0 pada antarmuka " +"internal, diperlukan untuk terhubung ke Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Router tidak boleh menjalankan server DHCP, namun dapat menjalankan server " +"DNS, meskipun hal ini tidak diperlukan dan tidak akan digunakan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda belum memiliki router atau router yang ada tidak dapat " +"dikonfigurasi sesuai kebutuhan, maka mesin apa pun yang memenuhi persyaratan " +"untuk instalasi Debian minimal dan memiliki setidaknya dua antarmuka " +"jaringan dapat diubah menjadi gerbang antara jaringan yang ada dan jaringan " +"Debian Edu. Lihat <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">dokumentasi instalasi</link> " +"untuk cara sederhana menginstal dan mengonfigurasi mesin Debian menggunakan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda membutuhkan sesuatu untuk router tertanam atau access point, kami " +"merekomendasikan menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" +"ulink>, meskipun tentu saja Anda juga dapat menggunakan firmware asli. " +"Menggunakan firmware asli lebih mudah; menggunakan OpenWRT memberikan Anda " +"lebih banyak pilihan dan kontrol. Periksa halaman web OpenWRT untuk daftar " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">perangkat keras yang " +"didukung</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menggunakan konfigurasi jaringan yang berbeda (ada <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">prosedur yang " +"didokumentasikan</ulink> untuk melakukannya), tetapi jika Anda tidak " +"diharuskan melakukannya oleh infrastruktur jaringan yang sudah ada, kami " +"menyarankan agar Anda tidak melakukannya dan tetap menggunakan arsitektur " +"jaringan default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur jaringan</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Opsi instalasi dan unduhan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Di mana menemukan informasi tambahan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Kami menyarankan agar Anda membaca atau setidaknya melihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">catatan rilis " +"Debian Trixie</ulink> sebelum memulai instalasi sistem untuk penggunaan " +"produksi. Informasi lebih lanjut tentang rilis Debian Trixie tersedia dalam " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">panduan " +"instalasi</ulink>-nya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Silakan coba Debian Edu/Skolelinux, seharusnya berfungsi dengan baik." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Disarankan, bagaimanapun, untuk membaca bab-bab tentang <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">persyaratan hardware dan jaringan</link> dan " +"tentang <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur</link> sebelum memulai " +"proses instalasi server utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Pastikan Anda juga membaca bab <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting " +"Started</link> dari manual ini, karena bab tersebut menjelaskan cara " +"melakukan login untuk pertama kalinya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Unduh media instalasi Debian Edu 13 dengan nama kode trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 atau i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> dan <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> adalah nama dua arsitektur Debian untuk CPU x86. Keduanya " +"diproduksi atau pernah diproduksi oleh AMD, Intel, dan produsen lainnya. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> merupakan arsitektur 64-bit, " +"sedangkan <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> merupakan arsitektur 32-bit. " +"Instalasi baru saat ini sebaiknya menggunakan <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> hanya sebaiknya " +"digunakan untuk perangkat keras yang sangat lama. Debian Edu 12 dengan nama " +"kode bookworm merupakan versi terakhir yang menyediakan arsitektur " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Citra ISO netinst untuk amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Citra ISO netinst dapat digunakan untuk instalasi dari CD/DVD dan flashdisk " +"USB serta tersedia untuk arsitektur Debian amd64. Sesuai namanya, instalasi " +"ini memerlukan akses Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Citra ini tersedia untuk diunduh dari:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Citra ISO BD untuk amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Citra ISO ini berukuran sekitar 17 GB dan dapat digunakan untuk instalasi " +"pada komputer amd64, termasuk tanpa akses Internet. Seperti citra netinst, " +"citra ini dapat digunakan pada flashdisk USB atau media cakram dengan " +"kapasitas yang memadai." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verifikasi berkas citra yang diunduh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Petunjuk rinci untuk memverifikasi dan menggunakan citra-citra ini merupakan " +"bagian dari <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Sumber" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Sumber-sumber tersedia dari arsip Debian di lokasi-lokasi biasa, beberapa " +"media terhubung di <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Memasang Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Saat Anda melakukan instalasi Debian Edu, Anda memiliki beberapa opsi untuk " +"dipilih. Jangan khawatir; tidak banyak pilihan yang tersedia. Kami telah " +"berhasil menyembunyikan kompleksitas Debian selama proses instalasi dan " +"setelahnya. Namun, Debian Edu adalah Debian, dan jika Anda ingin, ada lebih " +"dari 59.000 paket yang dapat dipilih dan miliaran opsi konfigurasi. Bagi " +"sebagian besar pengguna kami, pengaturan default kami seharusnya sudah " +"cukup. Perhatikan: jika LTSP akan digunakan, pilihlah lingkungan desktop " +"yang ringan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Skenario instalasi server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Jaringan sekolah atau rumah tangga yang umum dengan akses Internet melalui " +"router yang menyediakan layanan DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan server utama dimungkinkan, tetapi setelah reboot, akses Internet " +"tidak akan tersedia (karena alamat IP antarmuka jaringan utama 10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Lihat bab <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router Internet</" +"link> untuk detail cara mengatur gateway jika tidak mungkin mengonfigurasi " +"gateway yang sudah ada sesuai kebutuhan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Hubungkan semua komponen seperti yang ditunjukkan dalam bab <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">arsitektur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Server utama harus terhubung ke Internet setelah di-boot untuk pertama " +"kalinya di lingkungan yang benar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Jaringan sekolah atau lembaga yang khas, serupa dengan yang di atas, tetapi " +"dengan penggunaan proxy yang diwajibkan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan ‘debian-edu-expert’ ke baris perintah kernel; lihat bagian di " +"bawah ini untuk detail cara melakukannya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa pertanyaan tambahan harus dijawab, termasuk yang berkaitan dengan " +"server proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Jaringan dengan router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (yang tidak menyediakan server " +"DHCP) dan akses Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Segera setelah konfigurasi jaringan otomatis gagal (karena tidak ada DHCP), " +"pilih konfigurasi jaringan manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Masukkan 10.0.2.2/8 sebagai IP host" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Masukkan 10.0.0.1 sebagai IP gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Masukkan 8.8.8.8 sebagai alamat IP server nama kecuali Anda tahu yang lebih " +"baik" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "" +"Server utama seharusnya sudah berfungsi dengan baik setelah booting pertama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Offline (tanpa koneksi internet):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Gunakan citra ISO BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Pastikan semua kabel jaringan (fisik/virtual) telah dicabut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Pilih ‘Jangan konfigurasi jaringan saat ini’ (setelah DHCP gagal " +"mengonfigurasi jaringan dan Anda menekan ‘Lanjutkan’)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Perbarui sistem setelah sistem di-boot untuk pertama kalinya di lingkungan " +"yang benar dengan akses internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Lingkungan desktop" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Beberapa lingkungan desktop tersedia:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce memiliki ukuran yang sedikit lebih besar daripada LXDE, tetapi memiliki " +"dukungan bahasa yang sangat baik (106 bahasa)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE dan GNOME keduanya memiliki dukungan bahasa yang baik, tetapi memiliki " +"footprint yang terlalu besar untuk komputer lama dan klien LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon adalah alternatif yang lebih ringan daripada GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE lebih ringan daripada ketiga yang di atas, tetapi tidak memiliki " +"dukungan bahasa yang baik untuk beberapa negara." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE memiliki ukuran yang paling kecil dan mendukung 35 bahasa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt adalah lingkungan desktop ringan (dukungan bahasa serupa dengan LXDE) " +"dengan tampilan dan nuansa yang lebih modern (berbasis Qt, sama seperti KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu sebagai proyek internasional telah memilih Xfce sebagai " +"lingkungan desktop default; lihat di bawah ini cara mengatur yang berbeda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalasi modular" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Saat menginstal sistem dengan profil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> yang " +"disertakan, banyak program terkait pendidikan akan diinstal. Untuk " +"menginstal hanya profil dasar, hapus parameter baris perintah kernel " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> sebelum memulai instalasi; lihat bagian di " +"bawah ini untuk detail cara melakukannya. Hal ini memungkinkan penginstalan " +"sistem yang disesuaikan dengan lokasi tertentu dan dapat digunakan untuk " +"mempercepat penginstalan uji coba." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Perhatikan: Jika Anda ingin menginstal lingkungan desktop setelahnya, jangan " +"gunakan paket meta Debian Edu seperti misalnya <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> karena paket-paket ini akan menginstal semua program terkait " +"pendidikan; sebaliknya, instal misalnya <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> " +"sebagai gantinya. Satu atau lebih dari paket meta tingkat sekolah baru " +"seperti <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> dapat diinstal sesuai dengan " +"kebutuhan penggunaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang paket meta Debian Edu, lihat halaman " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Ringkasan Paket Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Jenis dan opsi instalasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu boot penginstal pada perangkat keras 64-bit - Mode BIOS</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menu boot penginstal 64-bit (mode BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi grafis</emphasis> menggunakan penginstal " +"GTK di mana Anda dapat menggunakan mouse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instal</emphasis> menggunakan mode teks." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opsi Lanjutan ></emphasis> menampilkan sub menu " +"dengan opsi yang lebih rinci untuk dipilih." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Bantuan</emphasis> memberikan beberapa petunjuk " +"tentang cara menggunakan penginstal; lihat tangkapan layar di bawah ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Layar Opsi Lanjutan Penginstal 64-bit 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Kembali..</emphasis> kembali ke menu utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi ahli grafis</emphasis> memberikan akses " +"ke semua pertanyaan yang tersedia, dapat digunakan dengan mouse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mode penyelamatan grafis</emphasis> membuat media " +"instalasi ini menjadi disk penyelamatan untuk tugas darurat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi otomatis grafis</emphasis> memerlukan " +"berkas preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pemasangan oleh ahli</emphasis> memberikan akses " +"ke semua pertanyaan yang tersedia dalam mode teks." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mode penyelamatan</emphasis> mode teks; menjadikan " +"media instalasi ini sebagai disk penyelamatan untuk tugas darurat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pemasangan otomatis</emphasis> dalam mode teks; " +"memerlukan berkas preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Jangan gunakan <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> " +"atau <computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, gunakan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> sebagai parameter kernel " +"tambahan dalam kasus-kasus khusus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Layar Bantuan</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Layar bantuan pemasang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Layar Bantuan ini bersifat self-explanatory dan memungkinkan penggunaan " +"tombol <F> pada keyboard untuk mendapatkan bantuan lebih rinci " +"mengenai topik-topik yang dijelaskan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu boot penginstal pada perangkat keras 64-bit - Mode UEFI</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menu boot penginstal 64-bit (mode UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tambahkan atau ubah parameter boot untuk instalasi</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, opsi boot dapat diedit dengan menekan tombol " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> di menu boot; tangkapan layar menunjukkan baris perintah untuk " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalasi Grafis</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Edit opsi baris perintah (mode BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Mengedit opsi baris perintah (mode UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat menggunakan layanan proxy HTTP yang sudah ada di jaringan untuk " +"mempercepat proses instalasi profil <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> dari " +"CD. Tambahkan misalnya <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> sebagai parameter boot tambahan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda telah menginstal profil <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> pada " +"sebuah mesin, instalasi selanjutnya harus dilakukan melalui PXE, karena ini " +"akan secara otomatis menggunakan proxy dari server utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> sebagai pengganti lingkungan desktop default <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, ganti <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> " +"dengan <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> pada parameter " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dan untuk menginstal lingkungan desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis> sebagai gantinya, gunakan <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Proses instalasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ingat <link linkend=\"Requirements\">persyaratan sistem</link> dan pastikan " +"Anda memiliki setidaknya dua kartu jaringan (NIC) jika Anda berencana untuk " +"mengonfigurasi server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Pilih bahasa (untuk proses instalasi dan sistem yang diinstal)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Pilih lokasi yang biasanya merupakan lokasi tempat Anda tinggal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Pilih tata letak keyboard (tata letak default negara biasanya sudah cukup)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Pilih profil (profil-profil) dari daftar berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server Utama</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Ini adalah server utama (server) untuk sekolah Anda yang menyediakan semua " +"layanan yang telah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya untuk digunakan langsung. Anda " +"harus menginstal hanya satu server utama per sekolah! Profil ini tidak " +"termasuk antarmuka pengguna grafis. Jika Anda ingin antarmuka pengguna " +"grafis, pilih Workstation atau LTSP Server selain profil ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Komputer yang melakukan booting dari hard drive lokalnya, dan menjalankan " +"semua perangkat lunak dan perangkat secara lokal seperti komputer biasa, " +"kecuali bahwa login pengguna diverifikasi oleh server utama, di mana file " +"dan profil desktop pengguna disimpan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stasiun kerja yang dapat dipindahkan</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Sama seperti workstation, tetapi mampu melakukan otentikasi menggunakan " +"kredensial yang disimpan, artinya dapat digunakan di luar jaringan sekolah. " +"Berkas dan profil pengguna disimpan di disk lokal. Untuk notebook dan laptop " +"pengguna tunggal, profil ini harus dipilih dan bukan ‘Workstation’ atau " +"‘Standalone’ seperti yang disarankan dalam rilis sebelumnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Server thin client (dan workstation tanpa disk) disebut server LTSP. Klien " +"tanpa hard drive melakukan booting dan menjalankan perangkat lunak dari " +"server ini. Komputer ini memerlukan dua antarmuka jaringan, banyak memori, " +"dan idealnya lebih dari satu prosesor atau inti. Lihat bab tentang <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">klien jaringan</link> untuk informasi lebih " +"lanjut tentang topik ini. Memilih profil ini juga mengaktifkan profil " +"workstation (meskipun tidak dipilih) - server LTSP juga dapat digunakan " +"sebagai workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mandiri</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Komputer biasa yang dapat beroperasi tanpa server utama (artinya, tidak " +"perlu terhubung ke jaringan). Termasuk laptop." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Profil ini akan menginstal paket dasar dan mengonfigurasi mesin untuk " +"terintegrasi ke dalam jaringan Debian Edu, tetapi tanpa layanan atau " +"aplikasi apa pun. Profil ini berguna sebagai platform untuk layanan tunggal " +"yang dipindahkan secara manual dari server utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Jika pengguna biasa ingin dapat menggunakan sistem tersebut, sistem tersebut " +"perlu ditambahkan menggunakan GOsa² (seperti workstation) dan paket libpam-" +"krb5 perlu diinstal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profil <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server Utama</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, dan <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server " +"LTSP</emphasis> telah dipilih secara default. Profil-profil ini dapat " +"diinstal pada satu mesin secara bersamaan jika Anda ingin menginstal yang " +"disebut <emphasis>server utama gabungan</emphasis>. Ini berarti server utama " +"akan berfungsi sebagai server LTSP dan juga digunakan sebagai workstation. " +"Ini adalah pilihan default, karena kami mengasumsikan kebanyakan orang akan " +"menginginkannya. Harap diperhatikan bahwa Anda harus memiliki 2 kartu " +"jaringan yang terpasang pada mesin yang akan diinstal sebagai server utama " +"gabungan atau sebagai server LTSP agar dapat berfungsi dengan baik setelah " +"instalasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Pilih “ya” atau “tidak” untuk pembagian partisi otomatis. Perlu diingat " +"bahwa memilih ‘ya’ akan menghapus semua data di hard drive! Di sisi lain, " +"memilih “tidak” akan memerlukan lebih banyak pekerjaan - Anda harus " +"memastikan bahwa partisi yang diperlukan telah dibuat dan ukurannya cukup " +"besar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Silakan katakan “ya” untuk mengirimkan informasi ke <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> agar kami dapat mengetahui paket-paket mana yang " +"populer dan harus dipertahankan untuk rilis mendatang. Meskipun Anda tidak " +"diwajibkan, ini adalah cara sederhana bagi Anda untuk membantu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Tunggu. Jika profil yang dipilih termasuk LTSP Server, maka penginstal akan " +"membutuhkan waktu cukup lama di akhir proses, “Menyelesaikan instalasi - " +"Menjalankan debian-edu-profile-udeb...”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Setelah memasukkan kata sandi root, Anda akan diminta untuk membuat akun " +"pengguna biasa “untuk tugas-tugas non-administratif”. Untuk Debian Edu, akun " +"ini sangat penting: ini adalah akun yang akan Anda gunakan untuk mengelola " +"jaringan Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Kata sandi untuk pengguna ini <emphasis role=\"strong\">harus</emphasis> " +"memiliki panjang minimal <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 karakter</emphasis> dan " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">harus berbeda</emphasis> dari <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nama pengguna</emphasis> - jika tidak, login tidak akan " +"mungkin dilakukan (meskipun kata sandi yang lebih pendek dan juga kata sandi " +"yang sama dengan nama pengguna akan diterima oleh penginstal)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Tunggu lagi jika terjadi <emphasis>server utama gabungan</emphasis> setelah " +"sistem di-reboot. Proses ini akan memakan waktu cukup lama untuk " +"menghasilkan citra SquashFS untuk workstation tanpa disk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Jika menggunakan server LTSP terpisah, pengaturan workstation tanpa disk dan/" +"atau thin client memerlukan beberapa langkah manual. Untuk detailnya, lihat " +"bab <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Panduan Pengguna Jaringan</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Menginstal gateway menggunakan debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> memudahkan " +"pengaturan gateway untuk jaringan Debian Edu melalui proses konfigurasi " +"interaktif, di mana informasi yang diperlukan diperoleh melalui serangkaian " +"dialog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menggunakan fitur ini, lakukan instalasi Debian minimal. Pastikan Anda " +"menggunakan penginstal Debian standar dan bukan penginstal Debian Edu, " +"karena instalasi Debian Edu tidak didukung oleh <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Instal paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"menggunakan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Pesan kesalahan yang berkaitan dengan konfigurasi diharapkan dan dapat " +"diabaikan untuk saat ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Untuk proses konfigurasi setelah instalasi <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" +"config</computeroutput>, akses fisik ke komputer diperlukan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Antarmuka jaringan mungkin sudah terhubung ke jaringan yang sesuai, tetapi " +"tidak harus demikian. Namun, penting untuk mengetahui antarmuka mana yang " +"akan terhubung ke jaringan mana. Untuk mendapatkan informasi lebih lanjut " +"tentang perangkat keras jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "dapat dipakai." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Hapus konfigurasi dua antarmuka jaringan yang akan digunakan dari " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> atau berkas-berkas " +"di <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> dan " +"nonaktifkan konfigurasi dua antarmuka tersebut menggunakan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Proses konfigurasi sebenarnya dimulai dengan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Memilih metode konfigurasi uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Konfirmasi untuk pengaturan uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Ketika ditanya tentang metode konfigurasi firewall UIF, pilih “debian-edu-" +"router”. Pastikan Anda ingin mengonfigurasi firewall untuk Debian Edu " +"Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Mengizinkan ping di uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Mengizinkan traceroute di uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Tentukan apakah Anda ingin merespons ping dan traceroute. Jika ragu, jawab " +"dengan “ya” karena hal ini dapat berguna untuk mendiagnosis masalah jaringan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan penerusan paket IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Konfirmasikan bahwa Anda ingin mengaktifkan penerusan paket IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Metode konfigurasi jaringan yang tersedia" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Memilih metode penyiapan jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Selanjutnya, atur jaringan ke antarmuka jaringan di router Anda, pilih salah " +"satu opsi yang ditawarkan tergantung pada apakah antarmuka jaringan Anda " +"sudah terhubung atau belum." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Memilih antarmuka uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Pilih antarmuka yang terhubung ke jaringan hulu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Memilih jaringan internal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Pilih jaringan internal. Jika Anda tidak yakin dan hanya ingin memilih satu " +"jaringan internal, pilih “Pendidikan” di sini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan penggunaan VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Pilih apakah VLAN akan digunakan untuk jaringan internal. Jika Anda tidak " +"yakin, pilih “Tidak” di sini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Memilih versi IP yang didukung" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Pilih \"IPv4\" di sini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Memilih jaringan yang memerlukan alamat IP statis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" +"Pilih \"Education\" jika Anda mengikuti saran sebelumnya mengenai jaringan " +"internal. Anda juga dapat memilih 'Uplink', tetapi hanya jika jaringan hulu " +"Anda memerlukan alamat IP statis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Menetapkan alamat IP statis untuk jaringan internal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Atur <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> sebagai alamat IP statis " +"untuk jaringan internal “Education” jika Anda mengikuti saran di atas " +"mengenai jaringan internal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan NAT untuk jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Aktifkan NAT untuk jaringan internal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan akses internet untuk jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Aktifkan akses internet untuk jaringan internal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Penjelasan konfigurasi reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Menyiapkan NAT terbalik" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin mengekspos layanan internal ke internet, Anda dapat " +"mengonfigurasinya menggunakan sintaks yang dijelaskan. Perhatikan bahwa " +"akses SSH ke gateway dapat dikonfigurasi menggunakan dialog berikut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan akses SSH untuk jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Tentukan jaringan mana yang ingin Anda izinkan untuk mengakses SSH ke " +"gateway." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi port SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan port SSH, ini seharusnya <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"jika konfigurasi belum diubah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Mengaktifkan DHCP untuk jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Jangan mengaktifkan DHCP untuk jaringan internal, karena layanan tersebut " +"akan disediakan oleh server utama Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Hubungkan antarmuka jaringan jika Anda belum melakukannya, lalu mulai ulang " +"komputer. Setelah masuk sebagai root, Anda akan melihat Menu Router Debian " +"Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Jika akses SSH telah diaktifkan, gateway dapat dikonfigurasi ulang secara " +"jarak jauh melalui menu yang ditampilkan saat masuk sebagai root. Dengan " +"menekan tombol <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> di menu utama, Anda akan " +"beralih ke menu konfigurasi, di mana seluruh atau sebagian konfigurasi dapat " +"diubah menggunakan sistem dialog yang sama yang digunakan untuk konfigurasi " +"awal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Catatan tentang beberapa karakteristik" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Catatan tentang buku catatan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Kemungkinan besar Anda akan ingin menggunakan profil ‘Roaming workstation’ " +"(lihat di atas). Perlu diingat bahwa semua data disimpan secara lokal (jadi " +"pastikan untuk melakukan cadangan data dengan hati-hati) dan kredensial " +"login disimpan dalam cache (jadi setelah mengubah kata sandi, login mungkin " +"memerlukan kata sandi lama jika Anda belum menghubungkan laptop ke jaringan " +"dan login dengan kata sandi baru)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "Catatan tentang instalasi citra USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Setelah Anda menginstal dari USB flash drive / citra Blu-ray, berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> hanya akan berisi " +"sumber dari citra tersebut. Jika Anda memiliki koneksi internet, kami sangat " +"menyarankan untuk menambahkan baris-baris berikut ke berkas tersebut agar " +"pembaruan keamanan yang tersedia dapat diinstal:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Catatan tentang instalasi CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan netinst (yang merupakan jenis pemasangan yang disediakan oleh CD " +"kami) akan mengunduh beberapa paket dari CD dan sisanya dari internet. " +"Jumlah paket yang diunduh dari internet bervariasi tergantung pada profil " +"yang dipilih, tetapi tetap di bawah satu gigabyte (kecuali jika Anda memilih " +"untuk menginstal semua lingkungan desktop yang tersedia). Setelah Anda " +"menginstal server utama (baik server utama murni maupun server kombinasi), " +"instalasi selanjutnya akan menggunakan proxy server tersebut untuk " +"menghindari pengunduhan paket yang sama berulang kali dari internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan menggunakan flash drive USB sebagai pengganti CD / Blu-ray disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat langsung menyalin citra ISO CD/BD ke drive USB (juga dikenal " +"sebagai “USB stick”) dan booting dari sana. Cukup jalankan perintah seperti " +"ini, dengan menyesuaikan nama file dan perangkat sesuai kebutuhan Anda:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Untuk menentukan nilai X, jalankan perintah ini sebelum dan setelah " +"perangkat USB dimasukkan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa proses penyalinan akan memakan waktu cukup lama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Tergantung pada citra yang Anda pilih, USB flash drive akan berfungsi " +"seperti CD atau Blu-ray disc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Pemasangan dan booting melalui jaringan menggunakan PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Untuk metode instalasi ini, Anda diharuskan memiliki server utama yang " +"sedang berjalan. Saat klien melakukan booting melalui jaringan, menu iPXE " +"dengan opsi pemilih penginstal dan booting akan ditampilkan. Jika instalasi " +"PXE gagal dengan pesan kesalahan yang menyatakan file XXX.bin hilang, maka " +"kemungkinan besar kartu jaringan klien memerlukan firmware non-bebas. Dalam " +"hal ini, initrd Installer Debian harus dimodifikasi. Hal ini dapat dilakukan " +"dengan menjalankan perintah:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "pada server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Inilah tampilan menu iPXE dengan profil <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> saja:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Menu iPXE tanpa entri LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Inilah tampilan menu iPXE dengan profil <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Menu iPXE dengan entri LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Pengaturan ini juga memungkinkan workstation tanpa disk dan thin client " +"untuk di-boot di jaringan utama. Berbeda dengan workstation dan server LTSP " +"terpisah, workstation tanpa disk tidak perlu ditambahkan ke LDAP dengan " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang klien jaringan dapat ditemukan di bab <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Panduan Klien Jaringan</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Mengubah instalasi PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"Instalasi PXE menggunakan berkas preseed Debian-Installer, yang dapat " +"dimodifikasi untuk meminta paket tambahan yang akan diinstal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Baris seperti berikut ini perlu ditambahkan ke <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"Instalasi PXE menggunakan berkas preseeding <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Berkas ini dapat diubah untuk " +"menyesuaikan pengaturan preseeding yang digunakan selama instalasi, guna " +"menghindari pertanyaan tambahan saat melakukan instalasi melalui jaringan. " +"Cara lain untuk mencapai hal ini adalah dengan menyediakan pengaturan " +"tambahan di <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"dan <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>, serta menjalankan <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> untuk memperbarui berkas yang dihasilkan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut dapat ditemukan dalam <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">panduan pemasang Debian</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menonaktifkan atau mengubah penggunaan proxy saat menginstal melalui " +"PXE, hapus atau ubah baris yang berisi <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> dan " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> dalam " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> perlu diubah. Untuk menonaktifkan penggunaan proxy saat " +"menginstal, tambahkan ‘#’ di depan dua baris pertama, dan hapus bagian " +"“<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>” dari baris terakhir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa pengaturan tidak dapat disiapkan sebelumnya karena pengaturan " +"tersebut diperlukan sebelum berkas prasetel diunduh. Bahasa, tata letak " +"keyboard, dan lingkungan desktop adalah contoh pengaturan semacam itu. Jika " +"Anda ingin mengubah pengaturan default, edit berkas menu iPXE " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> di server utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Image ubahan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Membuat CD, DVD, atau Blu-ray kustom dapat dilakukan dengan mudah karena " +"kami menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"\">Penginstal Debian</ulink>, yang memiliki desain modular dan fitur-fitur " +"lain yang berguna. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> memungkinkan Anda untuk mendefinisikan jawaban " +"atas pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang biasanya diajukan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jadi, yang perlu Anda lakukan hanyalah membuat berkas preseeding dengan " +"jawaban Anda (hal ini dijelaskan dalam lampiran manual Debian Installer) dan " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">mengedit " +"ulang CD/DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Tur cuplikan layar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Mode teks dan mode grafis secara fungsional identik - perbedaannya hanya " +"terletak pada tampilan. Mode grafis memungkinkan penggunaan mouse, dan tentu " +"saja tampilannya jauh lebih menarik dan modern. Kecuali jika perangkat keras " +"mengalami masalah dengan mode grafis, tidak ada alasan untuk tidak " +"menggunakannya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Berikut ini adalah tur tangkapan layar melalui instalasi server utama 64-bit " +"grafis + workstation + server LTSP (dalam mode BIOS) dan tampilan saat " +"booting pertama kali pada server utama serta booting PXE pada jaringan klien " +"LTSP (layar sesi klien tipis - dan layar login setelah sesi di sebelah kanan " +"diklik)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Pilih suatu bahasa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Pilih lokasi Anda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi papan ketik" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Mendeteksi perangkat keras jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi jaringan secara manual" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi alamat IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Mengonfigurasi server nama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Pilih profil Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Gunakan alat pembagian otomatis: tidak" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Gunakan alat pembagian otomatis: ya" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Ikuti survei penggunaan paket: tidak" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Ikuti survei penggunaan paket: ya" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Atur kata sandi untuk pengguna root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Tentukan nama lengkap untuk pengguna pertama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Tentukan nama pengguna untuk pengguna pertama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Atur kata sandi untuk pengguna pertama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalasi selesai" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Layar Masuk Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Desktop Xfce menampilkan jendela browser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Layar Desktop Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Layar Selamat Datang Thin-Client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Layar Masuk Klien Tipis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Memulai" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Langkah-langkah minimal untuk memulai" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Selama proses instalasi server utama, akun pengguna pertama dibuat. Dalam " +"teks berikut, akun ini akan disebut sebagai “pengguna pertama”. Akun ini " +"bersifat khusus, karena izin direktori home diatur ke 700 (sehingga perintah " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> diperlukan agar halaman web " +"pribadi dapat diakses), dan pengguna pertama dapat menggunakan " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> untuk menjadi root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Lihat informasi tentang konfigurasi akses sistem berkas khusus Debian Edu " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">konfigurasi " +"akses sistem berkas</link> sebelum menambahkan pengguna; sesuaikan dengan " +"kebijakan situs Anda jika diperlukan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Setelah instalasi, hal-hal pertama yang perlu Anda lakukan sebagai pengguna " +"pertama adalah:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Masuk ke server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Tambahkan pengguna dengan GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Tambahkan stasiun kerja dengan GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Penambahan pengguna dan workstation dijelaskan secara rinci di bawah ini, " +"jadi silakan baca bab ini secara keseluruhan. Bab ini mencakup cara " +"melakukan langkah-langkah minimum ini dengan benar serta hal-hal lain yang " +"kemungkinan besar akan dibutuhkan oleh semua orang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ada informasi tambahan yang tersedia di bagian lain dari manual ini: bab " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">Fitur Baru di Trixie</link> harus dibaca oleh " +"semua orang yang sudah familiar dengan versi sebelumnya. Dan bagi yang " +"melakukan pembaruan dari versi sebelumnya, pastikan untuk membaca bab <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Pembaruan</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Jika lalu lintas DNS umum diblokir dari jaringan Anda dan Anda perlu " +"menggunakan server DNS tertentu untuk mencari host internet, Anda perlu " +"memberitahu server DNS untuk menggunakan server ini sebagai “forwarder”-" +"nya. Perbarui berkas /etc/bind/named.conf.options dan tentukan alamat IP " +"server DNS yang akan digunakan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Bab <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Cara</link> membahas lebih banyak tips dan trik " +"serta beberapa pertanyaan yang sering diajukan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Ada beberapa layanan yang berjalan di server utama yang dapat dikelola " +"melalui antarmuka manajemen web. Kami akan menjelaskan masing-masing layanan " +"di bawah ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Pengantar GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² adalah alat manajemen berbasis web yang membantu mengelola beberapa " +"bagian penting dari pengaturan Debian Edu Anda. Dengan GOsa², Anda dapat " +"mengelola (menambahkan, mengubah, atau menghapus) kelompok-kelompok utama " +"berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi Grup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi Mesin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administrasi DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses GOsa², Anda memerlukan server utama Skolelinux dan sistem " +"klien yang dilengkapi dengan peramban web yang terinstal. Sistem klien ini " +"dapat berupa server utama itu sendiri jika diinstal sebagai server gabungan " +"(Server Utama + Server LTSP + Profil Workstation)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda (mungkin secara tidak sengaja) menginstal profil <emphasis>Main " +"Server</emphasis> murni dan tidak memiliki klien dengan browser web yang " +"tersedia, Anda dapat dengan mudah menginstal desktop minimal di server utama " +"menggunakan urutan perintah berikut dalam shell non-grafis sebagai pengguna " +"yang Anda buat selama proses instalasi server utama (pengguna pertama):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Dari browser web, gunakan URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> untuk " +"mengakses GOsa², dan masuk sebagai pengguna pertama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda menggunakan mesin Debian Edu Trixie yang baru, sertifikat situs " +"akan dikenali oleh browser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Jika tidak, Anda akan mendapatkan pesan kesalahan tentang sertifikat SSL " +"yang salah. Jika Anda yakin bahwa Anda sendirian di jaringan Anda, cukup " +"beritahu browser untuk menerimanya dan abaikan pesan tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa² Login plus Ringkasan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Halaman ringkasan GOsa² setelah login sebagai pengguna pertama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Setelah masuk ke GOsa², Anda akan melihat halaman ringkasan GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Selanjutnya, Anda dapat memilih tugas dari menu atau mengklik salah satu " +"ikon tugas di halaman ringkasan. Untuk navigasi, kami merekomendasikan " +"menggunakan menu di sisi kiri layar, karena menu tersebut akan tetap " +"terlihat di semua halaman administrasi yang disediakan oleh GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"Di Debian Edu, informasi akun, grup, dan sistem disimpan dalam direktori " +"LDAP. Data ini tidak hanya digunakan oleh server utama, tetapi juga oleh " +"workstation (tanpa disk), server LTSP, dan mesin lain di jaringan. Dengan " +"LDAP, informasi akun tentang siswa, guru, dll., hanya perlu dimasukkan " +"sekali. Setelah informasi disediakan di LDAP, informasi tersebut akan " +"tersedia untuk semua sistem di seluruh jaringan Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² adalah alat administrasi yang menggunakan LDAP untuk menyimpan " +"informasinya dan menyediakan struktur departemen hierarkis. Pada setiap " +"“departemen”, Anda dapat menambahkan akun pengguna, grup, sistem, netgroup, " +"dan sebagainya. Tergantung pada struktur institusi Anda, Anda dapat " +"menggunakan struktur departemen di GOsa²/LDAP untuk mentransfer struktur " +"organisasi Anda ke dalam pohon data LDAP server utama Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan server utama Debian Edu default saat ini menyediakan dua " +"“departemen”: Guru dan Siswa, serta tingkat dasar pohon LDAP. Akun siswa " +"dimaksudkan untuk ditambahkan ke departemen ‘Siswa’, guru ke departemen " +"“Guru”; sistem (server, workstation, printer, dll.) saat ini ditambahkan ke " +"tingkat dasar. Tentukan skema Anda sendiri untuk menyesuaikan struktur ini. " +"(Anda dapat menemukan contoh cara membuat pengguna dalam kelompok tahun, " +"dengan direktori home bersama untuk setiap kelompok, di bab <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration</link> dari manual ini.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Tergantung pada tugas yang ingin Anda kerjakan (mengelola pengguna, " +"mengelola grup, mengelola sistem, dll.), GOsa² menampilkan tampilan yang " +"berbeda pada departemen yang dipilih (atau tingkat dasar)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dengan GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Pertama, klik “Pengguna” di menu navigasi kiri. Bagian kanan layar akan " +"berubah menampilkan tabel dengan folder departemen untuk ‘Mahasiswa’ dan " +"“Guru” serta akun Administrator GOsa² (pengguna pertama yang dibuat). Di " +"atas tabel ini, Anda akan melihat bidang bernama <emphasis>Base</emphasis> " +"yang memungkinkan Anda menavigasi struktur pohon (gerakkan kursor mouse Anda " +"ke area tersebut dan menu drop-down akan muncul) serta memilih folder dasar " +"untuk operasi yang diinginkan (misalnya, menambahkan pengguna baru)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Menambahkan pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Di sebelah item navigasi pohon tersebut, Anda dapat melihat menu “Aksi”. " +"Arahkan kursor mouse Anda ke item ini, dan submenu akan muncul di layar; " +"pilih ‘Buat’ di sini, lalu “Pengguna”. Anda akan dipandu oleh wizard " +"pembuatan pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Hal terpenting yang perlu ditambahkan adalah template (newstudent atau " +"newteacher) dan nama lengkap pengguna Anda (lihat citra)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Saat Anda mengikuti panduan, Anda akan melihat bahwa GOsa² secara otomatis " +"menghasilkan nama pengguna berdasarkan nama asli. Sistem ini secara otomatis " +"memilih nama pengguna yang belum ada, sehingga pengguna dengan nama lengkap " +"yang sama tidak menjadi masalah. Perlu diperhatikan bahwa GOsa² dapat " +"menghasilkan nama pengguna yang tidak valid jika nama lengkap mengandung " +"karakter non-ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda tidak menyukai nama pengguna yang dihasilkan, Anda dapat memilih " +"nama pengguna lain yang ditawarkan dalam kotak drop-down, tetapi Anda tidak " +"memiliki pilihan bebas di sini dalam wizard. (Jika Anda ingin dapat mengedit " +"nama pengguna yang diusulkan, buka <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</" +"computeroutput> dengan editor dan tambahkan " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=“true”</computeroutput> sebagai " +"opsi tambahan pada “definisi lokasi”.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Setelah penyihir selesai, Anda akan disajikan dengan layar GOsa² untuk objek " +"pengguna baru Anda. Gunakan tab di bagian atas untuk memeriksa bidang yang " +"telah diisi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Setelah Anda membuat pengguna (tidak perlu menyesuaikan bidang yang " +"ditinggalkan kosong oleh wizard untuk saat ini), klik tombol “Ok” di pojok " +"kanan bawah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Sebagai langkah terakhir, GOsa² akan meminta kata sandi untuk pengguna baru. " +"Ketik kata sandi tersebut dua kali, lalu klik “Set password” di pojok kanan " +"bawah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa karakter mungkin tidak diperbolehkan sebagai bagian dari kata sandi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Jika semuanya berjalan lancar, Anda sekarang dapat melihat pengguna baru di " +"tabel daftar pengguna. Anda sekarang dapat masuk menggunakan nama pengguna " +"tersebut di semua mesin Skolelinux dalam jaringan Anda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Cari, ubah, dan hapus pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Kotak Filter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Untuk memodifikasi atau menghapus pengguna, gunakan GOsa² untuk menelusuri " +"daftar pengguna di sistem Anda. Di tengah layar, Anda dapat membuka kotak " +"“Filter”, alat pencarian yang disediakan oleh GOsa². Jika Anda tidak " +"mengetahui lokasi tepat akun pengguna Anda dalam pohon, ubah ke tingkat " +"dasar pohon GOsa²/LDAP dan cari di sana dengan opsi yang ditandai “Cari di " +"subpohon”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Saat menggunakan kotak “Filter”, hasil akan langsung muncul di tengah teks " +"pada tampilan daftar tabel. Setiap baris mewakili akun pengguna, dan ikon-" +"ikon kecil di bagian paling kanan setiap baris menyediakan tindakan yang " +"dapat Anda lakukan: edit pengguna, kunci akun, atur kata sandi, dan hapus " +"pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Halaman baru akan muncul di mana Anda dapat langsung mengubah informasi " +"tentang pengguna, mengganti kata sandi pengguna, dan mengubah daftar grup " +"yang diikuti oleh pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Mengedit data pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Menyetel kata sandi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Mahasiswa dapat mengubah kata sandi mereka sendiri dengan masuk ke GOsa² " +"menggunakan nama pengguna mereka sendiri. Untuk memudahkan akses ke GOsa², " +"disediakan entri bernama Gosa di menu Sistem (atau Pengaturan Sistem) pada " +"desktop. Seorang mahasiswa yang telah masuk akan disajikan dengan versi " +"minimal dari GOsa² yang hanya memungkinkan akses ke lembar data akun " +"mahasiswa tersebut dan ke dialog pengaturan kata sandi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Guru yang masuk menggunakan nama pengguna mereka sendiri memiliki hak " +"istimewa di GOsa². Mereka dapat melihat tampilan yang lebih lengkap di GOsa² " +"dan dapat mengubah kata sandi untuk semua akun siswa. Hal ini dapat sangat " +"berguna selama pelajaran." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengatur kata sandi baru secara administratif untuk seorang pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "cari pengguna yang akan dimodifikasi, seperti yang dijelaskan di atas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "klik pada simbol kunci di ujung baris tempat nama pengguna ditampilkan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"pada halaman yang ditampilkan selanjutnya, Anda dapat mengatur kata sandi " +"baru yang Anda pilih sendiri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Atur kata sandi pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Waspadalah terhadap implikasi keamanan akibat " +"penggunaan kata sandi yang mudah ditebak!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Pengelolaan pengguna tingkat lanjut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat membuat pengguna secara massal menggunakan GOsa² dengan file CSV, " +"yang dapat dibuat menggunakan perangkat lunak spreadsheet apa pun (misalnya " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Setidaknya, entri untuk bidang-" +"bidang berikut harus disediakan: uid, nama belakang (sn), nama depan " +"(givenName), dan kata sandi. Pastikan tidak ada entri duplikat di bidang " +"uid. Perhatikan bahwa pemeriksaan duplikat harus mencakup entri uid yang " +"sudah ada di LDAP (yang dapat diperoleh dengan menjalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d“:” -f1</" +"computeroutput> di baris perintah)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Ini adalah pedoman format untuk file CSV semacam ini (GOsa² cukup ketat " +"dalam hal ini):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Gunakan “,” sebagai pemisah kolom" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Jangan gunakan tanda kutip" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Berkas CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">tidak boleh</emphasis> mengandung baris " +"header (seperti yang biasanya berisi nama kolom)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Urutan bidang tidak relevan dan dapat didefinisikan di GOsa² selama proses " +"impor massal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Langkah-langkah impor massal adalah:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "klik tautan “LDAP Manager” di menu navigasi sebelah kiri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "klik tab “Import” di layar sebelah kanan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"telusuri disk lokal Anda dan pilih berkas CSV yang berisi daftar pengguna " +"yang akan diimpor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"pilih templat pengguna yang tersedia yang akan diterapkan selama impor " +"massal (seperti NewTeacher atau NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "klik tombol “Import” di pojok kanan bawah" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Sebaiknya lakukan beberapa tes terlebih dahulu, idealnya menggunakan file " +"CSV dengan beberapa pengguna fiktif, yang dapat dihapus nanti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Hal yang sama berlaku untuk modul manajemen kata sandi, yang memungkinkan " +"pengguna untuk mereset banyak kata sandi menggunakan berkas CSV atau " +"menghasilkan kata sandi baru untuk pengguna yang tergabung dalam subtree " +"LDAP khusus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Setel ulang kata sandi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Menambahkan pengguna melalui baris perintah" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Akun pengguna juga dapat ditambahkan melalui baris perintah menggunakan alat " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, lihat dokumentasi di " +"<link linkend=\"Administration\">Panduan Administrasi</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Kelompok dengan GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "buat grup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "daftar kelompok" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "Pengelolaan grup sangat mirip dengan pengelolaan pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Anda dapat memasukkan nama dan deskripsi per grup. Pastikan Anda memilih " +"tingkat yang tepat dalam pohon LDAP saat membuat grup baru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Menambahkan pengguna ke grup yang baru dibuat akan membawa Anda kembali ke " +"daftar pengguna, di mana Anda kemungkinan besar ingin menggunakan kotak " +"filter untuk mencari pengguna. Periksa juga tingkat pohon LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Kelompok yang dimasukkan ke dalam manajemen kelompok juga merupakan kelompok " +"Unix biasa, jadi Anda dapat menggunakannya untuk izin file juga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Mesin dengan GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Pengelolaan mesin pada dasarnya memungkinkan Anda untuk mengelola semua " +"perangkat yang terhubung dalam jaringan Debian Edu Anda. Setiap mesin yang " +"ditambahkan ke direktori LDAP menggunakan GOsa² memiliki nama host, alamat " +"IP, alamat MAC, dan nama domain (yang biasanya “intern”). Untuk penjelasan " +"yang lebih lengkap tentang arsitektur Debian Edu, lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arsitektur</link> dalam manual ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Workstation tanpa disk dan thin client dapat beroperasi secara langsung " +"tanpa konfigurasi tambahan dalam kasus <emphasis>server utama terpadu</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Workstation dengan disk (termasuk server LTSP terpisah) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">harus</emphasis> ditambahkan dengan GOsa². Di balik layar, " +"baik Kerberos Principal yang spesifik untuk mesin (sejenis <emphasis>akun</" +"emphasis>) maupun berkas keytab terkait (yang berisi kunci yang digunakan " +"sebagai <emphasis>kata sandi</emphasis>) dihasilkan; berkas keytab tersebut " +"harus ada di stasiun kerja agar dapat mem-mount direktori home pengguna. " +"Setelah sistem yang ditambahkan di-reboot, masuk sebagai root dan jalankan " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Untuk membuat berkas Principal dan keytab pada sistem yang <emphasis>sudah " +"dikonfigurasi dengan GOsa²</emphasis>, masuk ke server utama sebagai root " +"dan jalankan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Perhatikan:</emphasis> Pembuatan host keytab " +"dimungkinkan untuk sistem jenis <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis>, dan <emphasis>terminals</emphasis>, tetapi " +"tidak untuk sistem jenis <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Lihat bab <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Panduan Pengaturan Klien Jaringan</link> untuk " +"opsi konfigurasi NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menambahkan mesin, gunakan menu utama GOsa², sistem, tambah. Nama " +"mesin diharapkan berupa nama host yang valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">tanpa " +"domain</emphasis>, jangan tambahkan nama domain di sini. Anda dapat " +"menggunakan alamat IP/nama host dari ruang alamat yang telah dikonfigurasi " +"sebelumnya 10.0.0.0/8. Saat ini hanya ada dua alamat tetap yang telah " +"didefinisikan sebelumnya: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) dan 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Alamat " +"dari 10.0.16.20 hingga 10.0.31.254 (sekitar 10.0.16.0/20 atau 4000 host) " +"disediakan untuk DHCP dan dialokasikan secara dinamis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menetapkan alamat IP statis pada host dengan alamat MAC " +"52:54:00:12:34:10 di GOsa², Anda harus memasukkan alamat MAC, nama host, dan " +"alamat IP; atau Anda dapat mengklik tombol <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> yang akan menampilkan alamat statis pertama yang tersedia di " +"10.0.0.0/8, kemungkinan besar seperti 10.0.0.2 jika Anda menambahkan mesin " +"pertama dengan cara ini. Mungkin lebih baik mempertimbangkan jaringan Anda " +"terlebih dahulu: misalnya, Anda dapat menggunakan 10.0.0.x dengan x>10 " +"dan x<50 untuk server, and x>100 untuk workstation. Jangan lupa " +"mengaktifkan sistem yang baru ditambahkan. Kecuali server utama, semua " +"sistem akan memiliki ikon yang sesuai." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Jika mesin-mesin telah di-boot sebagai thin clients/diskless workstations " +"atau diinstal menggunakan salah satu profil jaringan, skrip " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> dapat digunakan untuk " +"secara otomatis menambahkan mesin ke GOsa². Untuk mesin sederhana, skrip ini " +"akan berfungsi secara langsung. Untuk mesin dengan lebih dari satu alamat " +"MAC, alamat MAC yang sebenarnya digunakan harus dipilih. Perintah " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> menampilkan " +"informasi penggunaan. Harap diperhatikan, bahwa alamat IP yang ditampilkan " +"setelah penggunaan <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> " +"termasuk dalam rentang IP dinamis. Sistem-sistem ini dapat dimodifikasi " +"sesuai dengan jaringan Anda: ganti nama setiap sistem baru, aktifkan DHCP " +"dan DNS, tambahkan ke netgroups (lihat tangkapan layar di bawah untuk " +"netgroups yang direkomendasikan), dan reboot sistem setelahnya. Tangkapan " +"layar berikut menunjukkan bagaimana hal ini terlihat dalam praktik:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Daftar sistem GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Rincian tuan rumah" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Ubah host" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Tambahkan netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Sebuah cronjob yang memperbarui DNS dijalankan setiap jam; perintah " +"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> dapat digunakan untuk " +"memicu pembaruan secara manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Cari dan hapus mesin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Mencari dan menghapus mesin cukup mirip dengan mencari dan menghapus " +"pengguna, sehingga informasi tersebut tidak diulang di sini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modifikasi mesin yang sudah ada / Pengelolaan Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Setelah menambahkan mesin ke pohon LDAP menggunakan GOsa², Anda dapat " +"mengubah propertinya menggunakan fungsi pencarian dan mengklik nama mesin " +"(seperti yang Anda lakukan pada pengguna)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Format entri sistem ini mirip dengan yang sudah Anda kenal dari pengeditan " +"entri pengguna, tetapi kolom-kolom tersebut memiliki arti yang berbeda dalam " +"konteks ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Misalnya, menambahkan mesin ke dalam <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> tidak mengubah izin akses file atau eksekusi perintah untuk " +"mesin tersebut atau pengguna yang masuk ke mesin tersebut; sebaliknya, hal " +"ini membatasi layanan yang dapat digunakan oleh mesin tersebut pada server " +"utama Anda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Instalasi default menyediakan <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Saat ini, fungsi <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> digunakan untuk:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mengubah ukuran partisi</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup ini akan secara otomatis menyesuaikan ukuran " +"partisi LVM yang kehabisan ruang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Matikan mesin pada malam hari</emphasis> (shutdown-" +"at-night-hosts dan shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup ini akan secara otomatis dimatikan pada malam " +"hari untuk menghemat energi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pengelolaan printer</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts dan cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup-grup ini akan secara otomatis menghapus semua " +"antrian cetak setiap malam, dan mengaktifkan kembali antrian cetak yang " +"dinonaktifkan setiap jam." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pemblokiran akses internet</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Mesin Debian Edu dalam grup ini hanya diizinkan terhubung ke mesin yang " +"berada di jaringan lokal. Bersama dengan pembatasan proxy web, hal ini dapat " +"digunakan selama ujian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Manajemen Pencetak" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengelola printer secara terpusat, arahkan browser web Anda ke <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Ini adalah antarmuka pengelolaan CUPS " +"standar di mana Anda dapat menambahkan/menghapus/mengubah printer Anda dan " +"membersihkan antrian cetak. Secara default, hanya pengguna pertama yang " +"diizinkan, tetapi ini dapat diubah dengan menambahkan pengguna ke grup GOsa² " +"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Gunakan printer yang terhubung ke workstation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Paket <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> diinstal secara default pada sistem dengan " +"profil <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> seperti ini " +"(printer USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan printer menggunakan antarmuka web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; pilih jenis printer jaringan " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (untuk semua printer " +"tanpa memandang merek atau model) dan atur <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> sebagai URI koneksi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Pencetak jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Disarankan untuk menonaktifkan semua fitur iklan mandiri pada printer " +"jaringan yang digunakan. Sebagai gantinya, berikan alamat IP statis " +"menggunakan GOsa² dan konfigurasikan printer tersebut sebagai printer " +"jaringan <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sinkronisasi jam" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasi default di Debian Edu adalah menjaga agar jam pada semua mesin " +"tetap sinkron, tetapi tidak selalu akurat. NTP digunakan untuk memperbarui " +"waktu. Jam akan disinkronkan dengan sumber eksternal secara default. Hal " +"ini dapat menyebabkan mesin tetap menjaga koneksi Internet eksternal tetap " +"terbuka jika koneksi tersebut dibuat saat digunakan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda menggunakan dial-up atau ISDN dan membayar per menit, Anda ingin " +"mengubah pengaturan default ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menonaktifkan sinkronisasi dengan jam eksternal, berkas /etc/ntp.conf " +"pada server utama perlu dimodifikasi. Tambahkan tanda komentar (“#”) di " +"depan entri <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>. Setelah itu, server NTP " +"perlu di-restart dengan menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>service ntp " +"restart</computeroutput> sebagai root. Untuk menguji apakah suatu mesin " +"menggunakan sumber jam eksternal, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>ntpq -c " +"lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Memperluas partisi penuh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Karena kemungkinan adanya bug pada pembagian partisi otomatis, beberapa " +"partisi mungkin menjadi terlalu penuh setelah instalasi. Untuk memperluas " +"partisi-partisi ini, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> sebagai root. Lihat panduan \"Mengubah " +"Ukuran Partisi\" di <link linkend=\"Administration\">bab Panduan " +"Administrasi</link> untuk informasi lebih lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Pemeliharaan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Memperbarui perangkat lunak" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Bagian ini menjelaskan cara menggunakan <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Menggunakan <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> sangatlah mudah. Untuk " +"memperbarui sistem, Anda perlu menjalankan dua perintah di baris perintah " +"sebagai root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (yang memperbarui " +"daftar paket yang tersedia) dan <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> (yang memperbarui paket-paket yang memiliki pembaruan " +"tersedia)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Sebaiknya juga melakukan pembaruan menggunakan locale C untuk mendapatkan " +"output dalam bahasa Inggris, yang dalam kasus masalah lebih mungkin " +"menghasilkan hasil yang lebih baik di mesin pencari." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Setelah meng-upgrade paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, berkas konfigurasi Cfengine yang telah diubah mungkin " +"tersedia. Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-" +"edu/</computeroutput> untuk memeriksa apakah hal ini terjadi. Untuk " +"menerapkan perubahan, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D " +"installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Penting untuk menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> setelah pembaruan server LTSP " +"untuk menjaga agar citra SquashFS untuk klien tanpa disk tetap sinkron." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Setelah melakukan pembaruan versi minor pada sistem dengan profil " +"<emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> atau <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, " +"perintah <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> perlu " +"dijalankan untuk memperbarui lingkungan instalasi PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Juga disarankan untuk menginstal <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"dan <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> dan mengonfigurasinya " +"agar mengirim email ke alamat yang Anda baca." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> akan memberitahu Anda setiap hari " +"melalui email tentang paket-paket yang dapat diperbarui. Ia tidak menginstal " +"pembaruan ini, tetapi mendownloadnya (biasanya pada malam hari), sehingga " +"Anda tidak perlu menunggu proses download saat melakukan <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan pembaruan secara otomatis dapat dilakukan dengan mudah jika " +"diinginkan, hanya perlu menginstal dan mengonfigurasi paket " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> sesuai dengan panduan " +"yang tercantum di <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> dapat mengirimkan entri " +"changelog baru kepada Anda melalui email, atau menampilkannya di terminal " +"saat menjalankan <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Tetaplah terinformasi tentang pembaruan keamanan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Menjalankan <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> seperti yang " +"dijelaskan di atas adalah cara yang baik untuk mengetahui kapan pembaruan " +"keamanan tersedia untuk paket yang terinstal. Cara lain untuk tetap " +"terinformasi tentang pembaruan keamanan adalah dengan berlangganan ke <ulink " +"url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">daftar distribusi " +"email Debian security-announce</ulink>, yang juga memberi tahu Anda tentang " +"apa yang menjadi fokus pembaruan keamanan tersebut. Kekurangannya " +"(dibandingkan dengan <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) adalah bahwa " +"daftar tersebut juga mencakup informasi tentang pembaruan untuk paket yang " +"tidak terinstal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Manajemen Cadangan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengelola cadangan, arahkan browser Anda ke <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Perhatikan bahwa Anda harus mengakses situs ini melalui " +"SSL, karena Anda perlu memasukkan kata sandi root di sana. Jika Anda mencoba " +"mengakses situs ini tanpa menggunakan SSL, akses akan gagal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Catatan: Situs ini hanya akan berfungsi jika Anda mengizinkan login root SSH " +"secara sementara pada server cadangan, yang secara default adalah server " +"utama (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Secara default, cadangan dari <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput>, dan LDAP disimpan di direktori /skole/backup/, " +"yang dikelola sebagai partisi terpisah oleh LVM. Jika Anda hanya ingin " +"memiliki salinan cadangan dari file-file tersebut (jika Anda menghapusnya), " +"pengaturan ini seharusnya sudah cukup untuk Anda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Perlu diketahui bahwa skema cadangan ini tidak melindungi Anda dari " +"kegagalan hard drive." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin mencadangkan data Anda ke server eksternal, perangkat pita, " +"atau hard drive lain, Anda perlu sedikit mengubah konfigurasi yang ada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin memulihkan folder secara utuh, opsi terbaik adalah " +"menggunakan baris perintah:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Ini akan memindahkan konten dari <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> untuk <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> ke " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin memulihkan satu file, Anda harus dapat memilih file (dan " +"versinya) dari antarmuka web, dan mengunduh hanya file tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin menghapus cadangan yang lebih lama, pilih “Pemeliharaan” di " +"menu pada halaman cadangan dan pilih snapshot tertua yang ingin Anda simpan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php Pemeliharaan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Pemantauan Server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Sistem pelaporan tren Munin tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/" +">. Sistem ini menyediakan grafik pengukuran status sistem secara harian, " +"mingguan, bulanan, dan tahunan, serta membantu administrator sistem dalam " +"mengidentifikasi bottleneck dan sumber masalah sistem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Daftar mesin yang dipantau menggunakan Munin dihasilkan secara otomatis, " +"berdasarkan daftar host yang melaporkan ke sitesummary. Semua host yang " +"memiliki paket munin-node terinstal akan terdaftar untuk pemantauan Munin. " +"Proses ini biasanya memakan waktu satu hari sejak mesin diinstal hingga " +"pemantauan Munin dimulai, karena urutan eksekusi tugas cron. Untuk " +"mempercepat proses, jalankan perintah <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-" +"munin</computeroutput> sebagai root di server sitesummary (biasanya server " +"utama). Ini akan memperbarui berkas <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Kumpulan pengukuran yang dikumpulkan dihasilkan secara otomatis pada setiap " +"mesin menggunakan program <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" +"computeroutput>, yang memeriksa plugin yang tersedia di <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> dan membuat tautan simbolis untuk " +"plugin yang relevan ke <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Informasi tentang Munin tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Pemantauan sistem dan layanan Icinga tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/>. Daftar mesin dan layanan yang dipantau dihasilkan secara " +"otomatis menggunakan informasi yang dikumpulkan oleh sistem sitesummary. " +"Mesin dengan profil Main-server dan LTSP-server menerima pemantauan penuh, " +"sementara workstation dan thin client menerima pemantauan sederhana. Untuk " +"mengaktifkan pemantauan penuh pada workstation, instal paket " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> pada workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Secara default, Icinga tidak mengirim email. Hal ini dapat diubah dengan " +"mengganti <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> dengan " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> dan " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> dalam berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Berkas konfigurasi Icinga yang digunakan adalah <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Tugas cron sitesummary menghasilkan " +"berkas <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> yang berisi daftar host dan layanan yang akan dipantau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Pengecekan tambahan Icinga dapat ditambahkan ke berkas <computeroutput>/var/" +"lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> agar dimasukkan " +"ke dalam berkas yang dihasilkan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informasi tentang Icinga tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/" +"> atau dalam paket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Peringatan umum Icinga dan cara mengatasinya" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Berikut ini adalah petunjuk tentang cara menangani peringatan Icinga yang " +"paling umum." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK KRITIS - ruang kosong: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Partisi (/usr/ dalam contoh) terlalu penuh. Secara umum, ada dua cara untuk " +"menangani hal ini: (1) menghapus beberapa file atau (2) memperbesar ukuran " +"partisi. Jika partisi adalah /var/, membersihkan cache APT dengan " +"menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> mungkin " +"dapat menghapus beberapa file. Jika masih ada ruang kosong yang tersedia di " +"grup volume LVM, menjalankan program <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize</computeroutput> untuk memperluas partisi mungkin dapat " +"membantu. Untuk menjalankan program ini secara otomatis setiap jam, host " +"yang bersangkutan dapat ditambahkan ke grup jaringan " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT KRITIS: 13 paket tersedia untuk pembaruan (13 pembaruan kritis)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Paket baru tersedia untuk pembaruan. Pembaruan kritis biasanya berupa " +"perbaikan keamanan. Untuk melakukan pembaruan, jalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"sebagai root di terminal atau masuk melalui SSH untuk melakukan hal yang " +"sama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda tidak ingin melakukan pembaruan paket secara manual dan " +"mempercayai Debian untuk melakukan pembaruan versi baru dengan baik, Anda " +"dapat mengonfigurasi <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"untuk secara otomatis memperbarui semua paket baru setiap malam. Ini tidak " +"akan memperbarui LTSP chroots." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"PERINGATAN - Diperlukan reboot: kernel yang sedang berjalan = " +"2.6.32-37.81.0, kernel yang terpasang = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Kernel yang sedang berjalan lebih lama daripada kernel terbaru yang " +"diinstal, dan reboot diperlukan untuk mengaktifkan kernel terbaru yang " +"diinstal. Hal ini biasanya cukup mendesak, karena kernel baru biasanya " +"muncul di Debian Edu untuk memperbaiki masalah keamanan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "PERINGATAN: Ukuran antrian CUPS - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Antrian printer di CUPS memiliki banyak pekerjaan yang tertunda. Hal ini " +"kemungkinan besar disebabkan oleh printer yang tidak tersedia. Antrian " +"printer yang dinonaktifkan akan diaktifkan kembali setiap jam pada host yang " +"menjadi anggota grup jaringan <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput>, sehingga untuk host-host tersebut tidak diperlukan tindakan " +"manual. Antrian cetak dikosongkan setiap malam pada host yang menjadi " +"anggota grup jaringan <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Jika suatu host memiliki banyak pekerjaan dalam " +"antriannya, pertimbangkan untuk menambahkan host tersebut ke salah satu atau " +"kedua grup jaringan ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary digunakan untuk mengumpulkan informasi dari setiap komputer dan " +"mengirimkannya ke server pusat. Informasi yang dikumpulkan tersedia di " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Skrip di " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> tersedia untuk " +"menghasilkan laporan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Laporan sederhana dari Sitesummary tanpa detail apa pun tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Beberapa dokumentasi tentang Sitesummary tersedia di <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Informasi lebih lanjut tentang penyesuaian Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang penyesuaian Debian Edu yang berguna bagi " +"administrator sistem dapat ditemukan di bab <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Panduan Administrasi</link> dan di bab <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Panduan Administrasi Lanjutan</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Peningkatan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Sebelum membaca panduan pembaruan ini, harap diperhatikan bahwa pembaruan " +"langsung pada server produksi Anda dilakukan atas risiko Anda sendiri. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux disediakan TANPA JAMINAN " +"APAPUN, sejauh diizinkan oleh hukum yang berlaku.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Silakan baca bab ini dan bab <link linkend=\"Features\">Fitur Baru di " +"Trixie</link> dalam manual ini secara menyeluruh sebelum mencoba melakukan " +"pembaruan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Catatan umum tentang pembaruan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Memperbarui Debian dari satu distribusi ke distribusi berikutnya umumnya " +"cukup mudah. Namun, untuk Debian Edu, hal ini sayangnya sedikit lebih rumit " +"karena kami memodifikasi berkas konfigurasi dengan cara yang seharusnya " +"tidak dilakukan. Namun, kami telah mendokumentasikan langkah-langkah yang " +"diperlukan di bawah ini. (Lihat bug Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> untuk informasi lebih lanjut " +"tentang cara Debian Edu seharusnya memodifikasi berkas konfigurasi.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Secara umum, melakukan pembaruan pada server lebih sulit daripada pada " +"workstation, dan server utama adalah yang paling sulit untuk diperbarui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin memastikan bahwa setelah pembaruan semuanya berfungsi " +"seperti sebelumnya, Anda sebaiknya menguji pembaruan tersebut pada sistem " +"uji atau sistem yang dikonfigurasi sama dengan mesin produksi Anda. Di sana, " +"Anda dapat menguji pembaruan tanpa risiko dan memastikan semuanya berfungsi " +"sebagaimana mestinya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Pastikan juga untuk membaca informasi tentang rilis Debian Stable saat ini " +"dalam <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink>-nya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Mungkin juga bijaksana untuk menunggu sebentar dan terus menggunakan " +"Oldstable selama beberapa minggu lagi, sehingga orang lain dapat menguji " +"pembaruan dan mendokumentasikan masalah apa pun yang mereka alami. Rilis " +"Oldstable Debian Edu akan terus mendapatkan dukungan untuk beberapa waktu " +"setelah rilis Stable berikutnya, tetapi ketika Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">menghentikan dukungan untuk " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu juga harus melakukan hal yang sama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Pembaruan dari Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Siapkan diri Anda: pastikan Anda telah menguji pembaruan dari Bookworm di " +"lingkungan uji coba atau telah menyiapkan cadangan agar dapat kembali ke " +"versi sebelumnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa resep berikut berlaku untuk instalasi server utama " +"Debian Edu default (desktop=xfce, profil Server Utama, Workstation, Server " +"LTSP). (Untuk citraan umum mengenai pembaruan dari Bookworm ke Trixie, " +"lihat: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "Jangan gunakan X, gunakan konsol virtual, masuk sebagai root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Jika <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> berakhir dengan kesalahan, coba " +"perbaiki dan/atau jalankan <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " +"dan kemudian <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> sekali " +"lagi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Peningkatan server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Mulailah dengan memastikan sistem saat ini sudah diperbarui:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Siapkan dan mulai proses pembaruan ke Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: bersiaplah untuk banyak berita yang harus dibaca; tekan " +"<return> untuk menggulir ke bawah, <q> untuk keluar dari pager. " +"Semua informasi akan dikirim ke root sehingga Anda dapat membacanya kembali " +"(menggunakan <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> atau <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Baca semua informasi debconf dengan seksama, pilih ‘pertahankan versi lokal " +"yang saat ini terpasang’ kecuali dinyatakan lain di bawah ini; dalam " +"kebanyakan kasus, menekan tombol Enter akan cukup." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "mulai ulang layanan: Pilih Ya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Server Samba dan utilitas: Pilih ‘pertahankan versi lokal yang saat ini " +"terinstal’." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Pilih ‘pertahankan versi lokal yang saat ini terpasang’." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Terapkan dan sesuaikan konfigurasi:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" +"Sertifikat yang dihasilkan oleh rilis Debian Edu terdahulu tidak memiliki " +"ekstensi X.509 yang diperlukan oleh OpenSSLv3 dan <emphasis role=\"strong\">" +"tidak kompatibel dengan klien Debian Edu 13 atau yang lebih baru</emphasis>. " +"Oleh karena itu, administrator yang meningkatkan versi server utama secara " +"manual harus membuat ulang sertifikat tersebut menggunakan pengaturan bawaan " +"sertifikat yang diperkenalkan dalam Debian Edu 13. Algoritma kunci bawaan " +"telah diubah menjadi ECDSA menggunakan kurva <computeroutput>prime256v1</" +"computeroutput>. Namun, OpenSSLv3 tetap mendukung RSA-2048. Lihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"44\">!44</ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-" +"edu-config/-/merge_requests/40\">!40</ulink> untuk informasi teknis lebih " +"lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" +"Namun, sebelum melanjutkan, cadangkan berkas sertifikat yang ada. Arsip " +"tersebut berisi kunci privat dan harus disimpan dengan aman." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tindakan ini mengganti CA akar Debian Edu. CA akar " +"yang baru harus didistribusikan kembali ke semua klien dengan menjalankan " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</" +"computeroutput> pada klien.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "Untuk memulihkan berkas sertifikat di sisi server dari arsip:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" +"Pemulihan arsip hanya memulihkan berkas sertifikat di sisi server. Tindakan " +"ini tidak membatalkan distribusi CA akar yang baru ke klien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Periksa apakah sistem yang telah diperbarui berfungsi:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reboot; masuk sebagai pengguna pertama dan uji coba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "jika antarmuka pengguna GOsa² berfungsi," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "jika seseorang dapat menghubungkan klien LTSP dan workstation," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"jika seseorang dapat menambahkan/menghapus keanggotaan netgroup dari suatu " +"sistem," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "jika seseorang dapat mengirim dan menerima email internal," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "jika seseorang dapat mengelola printer," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "" +"dan jika hal-hal lain yang spesifik untuk situs tersebut berfungsi dengan " +"baik." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Meningkatkan spesifikasi workstation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Lakukan semua hal dasar seperti di server utama dan hindari melakukan hal-" +"hal yang tidak diperlukan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Peningkatan dari instalasi Debian Edu / Skolelinux yang lebih lama (sebelum " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan pembaruan dari versi lama mana pun, Anda perlu melakukan " +"pembaruan terlebih dahulu ke versi Debian Edu berbasis Bookworm sebelum " +"dapat mengikuti petunjuk yang diberikan di atas. Petunjuk tentang cara " +"melakukan upgrade ke Bookworm dari rilis sebelumnya, Bullseye, dapat " +"ditemukan di <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual untuk Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Cara" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Administration\">administrasi umum</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">pengelolaan lanjutan</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Desktop\">desktop</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">klien jaringan</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">pengajaran dan pembelajaran</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Panduan untuk <link linkend=\"Users\">pengguna</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Panduan untuk administrasi umum" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Bab <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Memulai</link> dan <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Pemeliharaan</link> menjelaskan cara memulai " +"menggunakan Debian Edu dan cara melakukan pekerjaan pemeliharaan dasar. " +"Panduan praktis dalam bab ini berisi beberapa tips dan trik yang lebih " +"“lanjutan”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Riwayat konfigurasi: melacak /etc/ menggunakan sistem kontrol versi Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Menggunakan <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, semua file di " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> dilacak menggunakan <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> sebagai sistem kontrol versi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Hal ini memungkinkan untuk melihat kapan sebuah file ditambahkan, diubah, " +"dan dihapus, serta apa yang diubah jika file tersebut adalah file teks. " +"Repositori Git disimpan di <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Setiap jam, setiap perubahan secara otomatis dicatat, memungkinkan riwayat " +"konfigurasi diekstraksi dan ditinjau." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Untuk melihat riwayat, perintah <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> digunakan. Untuk memeriksa perbedaan antara dua titik waktu, " +"perintah seperti <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> dapat " +"digunakan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Lihat output dari <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> untuk " +"informasi lebih lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Daftar perintah yang berguna:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Contoh penggunaan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Pada sistem yang baru diinstal, coba lakukan ini untuk melihat semua " +"perubahan yang telah dilakukan sejak sistem diinstal:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Lihat file mana yang saat ini tidak dilacak dan mana yang tidak diperbarui:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Untuk melakukan commit file secara manual, karena Anda tidak ingin menunggu " +"hingga satu jam:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Mengubah Ukuran Partisi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"Di Debian Edu, semua partisi kecuali partisi <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> berada di volume LVM logis. Dengan kernel Linux versi 2.6.10 " +"ke atas, partisi dapat diperluas saat partisi tersebut terpasang. " +"Pengurangan ukuran partisi masih harus dilakukan saat partisi tersebut tidak " +"terpasang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Disarankan untuk menghindari pembuatan partisi yang sangat besar (misalnya, " +"lebih dari 20GiB), karena waktu yang dibutuhkan untuk menjalankan " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> pada partisi tersebut atau untuk " +"memulihkannya dari cadangan jika diperlukan. Lebih baik, jika memungkinkan, " +"membuat beberapa partisi yang lebih kecil daripada satu partisi yang sangat " +"besar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Skrip bantu <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"disediakan untuk memudahkan perluasan partisi penuh. Saat dijalankan, skrip " +"ini membaca konfigurasi dari <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, dan <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"Skrip ini kemudian mengusulkan untuk memperluas partisi yang memiliki ruang " +"kosong terlalu sedikit, sesuai dengan aturan yang tercantum dalam berkas-" +"berkas tersebut. Jika dijalankan tanpa argumen, program ini hanya akan " +"menampilkan perintah yang diperlukan untuk memperluas sistem berkas. Argumen " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> diperlukan untuk benar-benar menjalankan " +"perintah-perintah tersebut guna memperluas sistem berkas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Skrip dijalankan secara otomatis setiap jam pada setiap klien yang terdaftar " +"dalam grup jaringan <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Ketika partisi yang digunakan oleh proxy Squid diubah ukurannya, nilai " +"ukuran cache dalam berkas <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" +"computeroutput> juga perlu diperbarui. Skrip bantu <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> " +"disediakan untuk melakukan ini secara otomatis, dengan memeriksa ukuran " +"partisi saat ini dari <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> dan " +"mengonfigurasi Squid untuk menggunakan 80% dari ukuran tersebut sebagai " +"ukuran cache-nya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Pengelolaan Volume Logis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Manajemen Volume Logis (LVM) memungkinkan Anda untuk mengubah ukuran partisi " +"saat partisi tersebut sedang terpasang dan digunakan. Anda dapat mempelajari " +"lebih lanjut tentang LVM dari <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-" +"HOWTO/\">Panduan LVM</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Untuk memperluas volume logis secara manual, Anda cukup memberi tahu " +"perintah <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> seberapa besar Anda ingin " +"volume tersebut diperluas. Misalnya, untuk memperluas home0 menjadi 30GiB, " +"gunakan perintah berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" +"Untuk memperluas home0 dengan tambahan 30GiB, Anda memasukkan ‘+’ (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Menggunakan ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> " +"adalah alat untuk mengedit basis data LDAP menggunakan editor teks biasa di " +"baris perintah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Hal-hal berikut perlu dilaksanakan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Catatan: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> akan menggunakan editor " +"default yang tersedia. Dengan menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>export " +"EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> di prompt shell, pengguna dapat mengonfigurasi " +"lingkungan agar menggunakan klon vi sebagai editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Peringatan: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> adalah alat yang sangat " +"kuat. Hati-hati dan jangan merusak basis data LDAP, peringatan yang sama " +"berlaku untuk JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS yang di-Kerberize" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Menggunakan Kerberos untuk NFS dalam mem-mount direktori home adalah fitur " +"keamanan. Workstation dan klien LTSP tidak akan berfungsi tanpa Kerberos. " +"Tingkat <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis>, dan " +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> didukung (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> berarti " +"otentikasi Kerberos, <emphasis>i</emphasis> berarti pemeriksaan integritas, " +"dan <emphasis>p</emphasis> berarti privasi, yaitu enkripsi); beban pada " +"server dan workstation meningkat seiring dengan tingkat keamanan, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> adalah pilihan yang baik dan telah dipilih " +"sebagai default." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Cara mengubah pengaturan default" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server utama</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "masuk sebagai root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"jalankan perintah <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD ‘(cn=admin)’</computeroutput>, " +"cari <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> dan ganti dengan <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> atau <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"edit berkas <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> dan " +"sesuaikan entri-entri berikut sesuai kebutuhan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "jalankan <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Penulis Standar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk mengatur printer default berdasarkan " +"lokasi, mesin, atau keanggotaan grup. Untuk informasi lebih lanjut, lihat " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Berkas konfigurasi <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> " +"harus disediakan oleh admin, lihat <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> sebagai contoh." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, antarmuka grafis LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda lebih suka menggunakan antarmuka grafis (GUI) untuk bekerja dengan " +"basis data LDAP, coba paket <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, yang " +"sudah terpasang secara default. Untuk mendapatkan akses tulis, sambungkan " +"seperti ini:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb5, alat baris perintah untuk menambahkan pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> adalah alat baris " +"perintah kecil untuk membuat akun pengguna, yang dijalankan sebagai berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Semua argumen kecuali nama pengguna dan bidang GECOS bersifat opsional, dan " +"bidang GECOS biasanya harus berisi nama lengkap pengguna. Kecuali ditentukan " +"lain, alat ini akan memilih UID dan GID yang tersedia secara otomatis dan " +"tidak akan menugaskan grup tambahan kepada pengguna. Jika tidak ada " +"departemen yang diberikan, alat ini akan memilih departemen pertama " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> dari LDAP, yang kemungkinan besar adalah " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>, dan untuk pengguna biasa biasanya bukan yang " +"Anda inginkan, jadi Anda harus memilih nilai yang sesuai untuk pengguna, " +"misalnya <emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. " +"Setelah memasukkan dan mengonfirmasi kata sandi serta memasukkan kata sandi " +"administrator LDAP, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"akan membuat akun pengguna di LDAP, mengatur kata sandi Kerberos, membuat " +"direktori home, dan menambahkan pengguna Samba yang sesuai. Screenshot " +"berikut menunjukkan contoh perintah untuk membuat akun pengguna bernama " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> untuk seorang guru dengan nama " +"lengkap “Harry Hirsch”:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Menggunakan pembaruan stabil" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Meskipun Anda dapat menggunakan stable-updates secara langsung, Anda tidak " +"perlu melakukannya: stable-updates secara rutin dimasukkan ke dalam paket " +"stable saat rilis stabil dilakukan, yang biasanya terjadi setiap dua bulan " +"sekali." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Menggunakan backports untuk menginstal perangkat lunak yang lebih baru" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Anda menggunakan Debian Edu karena Anda lebih menyukai stabilitas Debian " +"Edu. Sistem ini berjalan dengan baik; hanya ada satu masalah: terkadang " +"perangkat lunak sedikit lebih usang dari yang Anda inginkan. Di sinilah " +"backports.debian.org berperan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports adalah paket yang dikompilasi ulang dari Debian testing (sebagian " +"besar) dan Debian unstable (hanya dalam beberapa kasus, misalnya pembaruan " +"keamanan), sehingga paket-paket ini dapat dijalankan tanpa perpustakaan baru " +"(di mana pun hal ini memungkinkan) pada distribusi Debian yang stabil " +"seperti Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Kami merekomendasikan Anda " +"untuk memilih backports individu yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan Anda, dan " +"tidak menggunakan semua backports yang tersedia di sana.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</" +"ulink> cukup mudah:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Setelah itu, Anda dapat dengan mudah menginstal paket backported. Perintah " +"berikut akan menginstal versi backported dari <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Paket backports diperbarui secara otomatis jika pembaruan tersedia, sama " +"seperti paket lainnya. Seperti arsip reguler, backports memiliki empat " +"bagian: main, contrib, non-free, dan non-free-firmware." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Memperbarui dengan CD atau citra serupa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda ingin melakukan pembaruan dari satu versi ke versi lain (misalnya " +"dari Trixie 13.1 ke 13.2) tetapi tidak memiliki koneksi internet dan hanya " +"memiliki media fisik, ikuti langkah-langkah berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Masukkan CD/DVD/Blu-ray disc/USB flash drive dan gunakan perintah apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Seperti yang disebutkan dalam halaman manual apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom digunakan untuk menambahkan CD-ROM baru ke daftar sumber yang " +"tersedia di APT. apt-cdrom bertanggung jawab untuk menentukan struktur disk, " +"memperbaiki beberapa kemungkinan kesalahan pembakaran, dan memverifikasi " +"berkas indeks." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menambahkan CD ke sistem APT, diperlukan penggunaan apt-cdrom, hal ini " +"tidak dapat dilakukan secara manual. Selain itu, setiap disk dalam set multi-" +"CD harus dimasukkan dan dipindai secara terpisah untuk mengantisipasi " +"kemungkinan kesalahan pembakaran." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Kemudian jalankan dua perintah berikut untuk memperbarui sistem:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Pembersihan otomatis proses yang tersisa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> adalah skrip Perl yang menghapus " +"tugas latar belakang. Tugas latar belakang didefinisikan sebagai proses yang " +"dimiliki oleh pengguna yang saat ini tidak masuk ke sistem. Skrip ini " +"dijalankan oleh tugas cron setiap jam." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Pemasangan otomatis pembaruan keamanan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> adalah paket Debian " +"yang akan menginstal pembaruan keamanan (dan pembaruan lainnya) secara " +"otomatis. Jika diinstal, paket ini telah dikonfigurasi secara default untuk " +"menginstal pembaruan keamanan. Catatan log tersedia di <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; selain itu, selalu ada " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> dan <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Pemadaman otomatis mesin pada malam hari" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Mungkin untuk menghemat energi dan uang dengan mematikan mesin klien secara " +"otomatis pada malam hari dan menyalakannya kembali pada pagi hari. Paket " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> akan mencoba mematikan " +"mesin setiap jam pada pukul 16:00 sore, tetapi tidak akan mematikannya jika " +"sepertinya ada pengguna. Paket ini akan mencoba memberi tahu BIOS untuk " +"menyalakan mesin sekitar pukul 07:00 pagi, dan server utama akan mencoba " +"menyalakan mesin mulai pukul 06:30 dengan mengirimkan paket Wake-on-LAN. " +"Waktu-waktu ini dapat diubah di crontabs masing-masing mesin." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Beberapa hal yang perlu diperhatikan saat mengatur hal ini:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Klien tidak boleh dimatikan saat sedang digunakan oleh seseorang. Hal ini " +"dijamin dengan memeriksa output dari <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"dan sebagai kasus khusus, memeriksa perintah koneksi SSH untuk bekerja " +"dengan klien tipis X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menghindari meledaknya sekring listrik, disarankan agar semua klien " +"tidak memulai secara bersamaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Ada dua metode berbeda yang tersedia untuk membangunkan klien. Salah " +"satunya menggunakan fitur BIOS dan memerlukan jam hardware yang berfungsi " +"dengan baik dan benar, serta motherboard dan versi BIOS yang didukung oleh " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; yang lainnya memerlukan klien " +"untuk mendukung Wake-on-LAN, dan server harus mengetahui semua klien yang " +"perlu dibangunkan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Cara mengatur shutdown pada malam hari" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Pada klien yang harus dimatikan pada malam hari, sentuh <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, atau tambahkan nama " +"host (yaitu output dari ‘<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>’ pada " +"klien) ke grup jaringan “shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Menambahkan host ke " +"netgroup di LDAP dapat dilakukan menggunakan alat web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Klien mungkin perlu mengonfigurasi Wake-on-LAN di BIOS. " +"Penting juga agar switch dan router yang digunakan antara server Wake-on-LAN " +"dan klien dapat meneruskan paket WOL ke klien meskipun klien dalam keadaan " +"mati. Beberapa switch gagal meneruskan paket ke klien yang tidak terdaftar " +"dalam tabel ARP di switch, dan hal ini menghalangi paket WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengaktifkan Wake-on-LAN pada server, tambahkan klien ke berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, dengan satu " +"baris per klien, alamat IP terlebih dahulu, diikuti oleh alamat MAC (alamat " +"Ethernet), dipisahkan oleh spasi; atau buat skrip <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> untuk menghasilkan " +"daftar klien secara otomatis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Berikut adalah contoh <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> untuk digunakan dengan sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Alternatif jika netgroup digunakan untuk mengaktifkan shutdown-at-night pada " +"klien adalah skrip ini yang menggunakan alat netgroup dari paket " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Akses server Debian Edu yang berada di belakang firewall" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Untuk mengakses mesin di balik firewall dari Internet, pertimbangkan untuk " +"menginstal paket <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Paket ini dapat " +"digunakan untuk mengatur terowongan SSH ke mesin di Internet yang dapat Anda " +"akses. Dari mesin tersebut, Anda dapat mengakses server di balik firewall " +"melalui terowongan SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Menginstal mesin layanan tambahan untuk membagi beban dari server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Dalam instalasi default, semua layanan berjalan di server utama dengan nama " +"host <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Untuk memudahkan pemindahan beberapa " +"layanan ke mesin lain, tersedia profil instalasi <emphasis>minimal</" +"emphasis>. Menginstal dengan profil ini akan menghasilkan mesin yang menjadi " +"bagian dari jaringan Debian Edu, tetapi belum menjalankan layanan apa pun " +"(untuk saat ini)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Berikut adalah langkah-langkah yang diperlukan untuk menyiapkan mesin yang " +"didedikasikan untuk beberapa layanan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "pilih profil <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> selama proses instalasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "instal paket-paket untuk layanan tersebut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "konfigurasikan layanan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "nonaktifkan layanan pada server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "perbarui DNS (melalui LDAP/GOsa²) pada server utama" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Panduan dari wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Panduan administrasi tingkat lanjut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "Dalam bab ini dijelaskan tugas-tugas administrasi tingkat lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Penyesuaian Pengguna dengan GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Buat Pengguna dalam Kelompok Tahun" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"Dalam contoh ini, kami ingin membuat pengguna dalam kelompok tahun, dengan " +"direktori utama yang sama untuk setiap kelompok (home0/2026, home0/2028, " +"dll). Kami ingin membuat pengguna tersebut melalui impor CSV." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(sebagai root di server utama) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Buat direktori kelompok tahun yang diperlukan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /sekolah/server/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(sebagai pengguna pertama di Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Departemen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menu utama: buka ‘Struktur direktori’, klik departemen ‘Mahasiswa’. Bidang " +"‘Base’ harus menampilkan ‘/Students’. Dari kotak drop-down ‘Aksi’, pilih " +"‘Buat’/'Departemen'. Isi nilai untuk bidang Nama (2026) dan Deskripsi " +"(mahasiswa lulus pada tahun 2026), biarkan bidang Dasar tetap seperti semula " +"(harus ‘/Students’). Simpan dengan mengklik ‘Ok’. Sekarang departemen baru " +"(2026) harus muncul di bawah /Students. Klik departemen tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Pilih ‘Grup’ dari menu utama; ‘Aksi’/Buat/Grup. Masukkan nama grup (biarkan " +"‘Base’ tetap seperti aslinya, harus /Students/2026) dan klik ‘Ok’ untuk " +"menyimpannya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Templat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Pilih ‘pengguna’ dari menu utama. Ubah menjadi ‘Students’ di bidang Base. " +"Entri <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> seharusnya muncul, klik " +"entri tersebut. Ini adalah templat ‘students’, bukan pengguna sungguhan. " +"Karena Anda harus membuat templat semacam ini (untuk dapat menggunakan impor " +"CSV pada struktur Anda) berdasarkan templat ini, perhatikan semua entri yang " +"muncul di tab Generic dan POSIX, mungkin ambil tangkapan layar untuk " +"menyiapkan informasi untuk templat baru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Sekarang ubah ke /Students/2026 di bidang Base; pilih Create/Template dan " +"mulai isi nilai yang diinginkan, pertama tab Generic (tambahkan grup 2026 " +"baru di bawah Group Membership), lalu tambahkan akun POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Impor pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Pilih templat baru Anda saat melakukan impor CSV; disarankan untuk " +"mengujinya dengan beberapa pengguna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Penyesuaian Lain oleh Pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Membuat folder di direktori utama semua pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Dengan skrip ini, administrator dapat membuat folder di direktori home " +"masing-masing pengguna dan mengatur izin akses serta kepemilikan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"Dalam contoh di bawah ini dengan group=teachers dan permissions=2770, " +"seorang pengguna dapat mengumpulkan tugas dengan menyimpan file ke folder " +"“assignments”, di mana guru diberikan akses tulis untuk dapat memberikan " +"komentar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Gunakan server penyimpanan khusus" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Ikuti langkah-langkah berikut untuk menyiapkan server penyimpanan khusus " +"untuk direktori pengguna dan mungkin data lainnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan sistem baru bertipe <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"menggunakan GOsa² sesuai dengan yang dijelaskan dalam bab <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> dari manual ini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Contoh ini menggunakan ‘nas-server.intern’ sebagai nama server. Setelah ‘nas-" +"server.intern’ dikonfigurasi, periksa apakah titik ekspor NFS pada server " +"penyimpanan baru telah diekspor ke subnet atau mesin yang relevan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Di sini, semua perangkat di jaringan backbone diberikan akses ke ekspor /" +"storage. (Hal ini dapat dibatasi berdasarkan keanggotaan netgroup atau " +"alamat IP tunggal untuk membatasi akses NFS, seperti yang dilakukan dalam " +"berkas tjener:/etc/exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan informasi automount untuk ‘nas-server.intern’ di LDAP agar semua " +"klien dapat secara otomatis menghubungkan ekspor baru saat diminta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Hal ini tidak dapat dilakukan menggunakan GOsa², karena modul untuk " +"automount tidak tersedia. Sebagai gantinya, gunakan ldapvi dan tambahkan " +"objek LDAP yang diperlukan menggunakan editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD ‘(cn=admin)’ -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Ketika editor muncul, tambahkan objek LDAP berikut di bagian bawah dokumen. " +"(Bagian “/&” pada objek LDAP terakhir adalah karakter wildcard yang " +"cocok dengan semua yang diekspor oleh ‘nas-server.intern’, sehingga tidak " +"perlu mencantumkan titik mount individu dalam LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan entri yang relevan di tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, karena " +"tjener.intern tidak menggunakan automount untuk menghindari loop mounting:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Buat direktori titik mount menggunakan <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit ‘/etc/fstab’ sesuai kebutuhan, dan jalankan " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> untuk menghubungkan sumber daya " +"baru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Sekarang pengguna seharusnya dapat mengakses file di ‘nas-server.intern’ " +"secara langsung dengan hanya mengunjungi direktori ‘/tjener/nas-server/" +"storage/’ menggunakan aplikasi apa pun di workstation mana pun, klien tipis " +"LTSP, atau server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Batasi akses login SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Ada beberapa cara untuk membatasi akses login SSH, beberapa di antaranya " +"tercantum di sini." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Pengaturan tanpa klien LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Jika tidak ada klien LTSP yang digunakan, solusi sederhana adalah membuat " +"grup baru (misalnya <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) dan " +"menambahkan baris ke berkas /etc/ssh/sshd_config pada mesin tersebut. Hanya " +"anggota grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> yang diizinkan untuk " +"melakukan SSH ke mesin tersebut dari mana saja." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Mengelola kasus ini dengan GOsa² cukup sederhana:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Buat grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> di tingkat dasar (di " +"mana grup-grup lain yang terkait dengan manajemen sistem seperti " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> sudah ada)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan pengguna ke grup baru <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> ke /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Konfigurasi dengan klien LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Pengaturan klien LTSP tanpa disk default tidak menggunakan koneksi SSH. " +"Cukup perbarui citra SquashFS pada server LTSP terkait setelah pengaturan " +"SSH telah diubah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Klien tipis X2Go menggunakan koneksi SSH ke server LTSP terkait. Oleh " +"karena itu, diperlukan pendekatan yang berbeda menggunakan PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Aktifkan pam_access.so dalam berkas /etc/pam.d/sshd pada server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan berkas /etc/security/access.conf untuk mengizinkan koneksi " +"bagi pengguna contoh alice, jane, bob, dan john dari mana saja, dan bagi " +"semua pengguna lain hanya dari jaringan internal dengan menambahkan baris-" +"baris berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Jika hanya menggunakan server LTSP khusus, jaringan 10.0.0.0/8 dapat " +"dinonaktifkan untuk menonaktifkan akses login SSH internal. Catatan: " +"Seseorang yang menghubungkan perangkatnya ke jaringan klien LTSP khusus akan " +"mendapatkan akses SSH ke server LTSP tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Catatan untuk pengaturan yang lebih kompleks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Jika klien X2Go terhubung ke jaringan backbone 10.0.0.0/8, situasinya akan " +"menjadi lebih rumit dan mungkin hanya konfigurasi DHCP yang canggih (di " +"LDAP) yang memeriksa vendor-class-identifier bersama dengan konfigurasi PAM " +"yang sesuai yang memungkinkan untuk menonaktifkan login SSH internal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Panduan Penggunaan untuk Desktop" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Mengatur lingkungan desktop multibahasa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" +"Untuk mendukung beberapa bahasa, langkah-langkah berikut perlu dilakukan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> " +"(sebagai root) dan pilih bahasa-bahasa (varian UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah-perintah ini sebagai root untuk menginstal paket-paket " +"terkait:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Pengguna kemudian dapat memilih bahasa melalui manajer tampilan LightDM " +"sebelum masuk; hal ini berlaku untuk Xfce, LXDE, dan LXQt. GNOME dan KDE " +"keduanya dilengkapi dengan alat konfigurasi wilayah dan bahasa internal " +"mereka sendiri, gunakan alat-alat tersebut. MATE menggunakan Arctica greeter " +"di atas LightDM tanpa pilihan bahasa. Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>apt " +"purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> untuk mendapatkan LightDM greeter " +"bawaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Memutar DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss diperlukan untuk memutar sebagian besar DVD komersial. Karena " +"alasan hukum, paket ini tidak disertakan dalam Debian (Edu). Jika Anda " +"diizinkan secara hukum untuk menggunakannya, Anda dapat membangun paket " +"lokal Anda sendiri menggunakan paket Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>; pastikan <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"diaktifkan dalam <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jawab pertanyaan debconf, lalu jalankan <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Fonta tulisan tangan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Paket <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (yang diinstal secara " +"default) menginstal font “Abecedario”, yang merupakan font tulisan tangan " +"yang bagus untuk anak-anak. Font ini memiliki beberapa varian yang dapat " +"digunakan untuk anak-anak: bergaris titik, dan bergaris." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Panduan untuk klien yang terhubung ke jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Pengantar tentang thin clients dan workstation tanpa disk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Istilah umum untuk both thin clients dan diskless workstations adalah " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Mulai dari Bullseye, LTSP cukup berbeda dari versi-versi sebelumnya. Hal ini " +"berlaku baik untuk proses instalasi maupun pemeliharaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Sebagai perbedaan utama, citra SquashFS untuk workstation tanpa disk kini " +"dihasilkan secara default dari sistem file server LTSP. Proses ini terjadi " +"pada server gabungan saat booting pertama kali dan memakan waktu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Klien tipis tidak lagi menjadi bagian dari LTSP. Debian Edu menggunakan X2Go " +"untuk tetap mendukung penggunaan klien tipis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Jika menggunakan server LTSP terpisah atau tambahan, informasi yang " +"diperlukan untuk mengonfigurasi lingkungan klien LTSP tidak lengkap pada " +"saat instalasi. Pengaturan dapat dilakukan setelah sistem ditambahkan dengan " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Untuk informasi umum tentang LTSP, lihat halaman utama LTSP di <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. Pada sistem dengan profil " +"<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis>, perintah <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> menyediakan informasi lebih lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa alat <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> dari LTSP harus " +"digunakan dengan hati-hati. Misalnya, perintah <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> akan gagal menghasilkan citra SquashFS pada mesin Debian " +"(yang secara default memiliki partisi /boot terpisah), <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> akan gagal menghasilkan menu iPXE dengan benar (karena " +"dukungan thin client Debian Edu), dan <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> akan mengacaukan proses booting klien LTSP sepenuhnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> adalah " +"skrip pembungkus untuk <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>, dan <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Alat ini digunakan untuk mengonfigurasi dan menyiapkan " +"dukungan workstation tanpa disk dan thin client (baik 64-Bit maupun 32-Bit " +"PC). Lihat <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> atau " +"isi skrip untuk melihat cara kerjanya. Semua konfigurasi terdapat dalam " +"skrip itu sendiri (HERE documents) untuk memudahkan penyesuaian sesuai " +"kebutuhan situs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Contoh cara menggunakan skrip pembungkus <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> memperbarui citra SquashFS workstation tanpa disk (sistem " +"berkas server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> membuat workstation tanpa disk dan dukungan " +"klien tipis 64-bit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> Menambahkan dukungan klien tipis 32-bit tambahan (chroot dan " +"citra SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Selain <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (sistem thin client terkecil), opsi " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> dan <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> juga tersedia. " +"Tipe <emphasis>display</emphasis> menyediakan tombol shutdown, sedangkan " +"tipe <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> menjalankan Firefox ESR dalam mode kiosk " +"di klien itu sendiri (membutuhkan lebih banyak RAM dan daya CPU lokal, " +"tetapi beban server berkurang)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> adalah skrip " +"pembungkus untuk <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Skrip ini " +"memastikan bahwa berkas /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe sesuai dengan spesifikasi " +"Debian Edu. Perintah ini harus dijalankan setelah item menu iPXE (seperti " +"waktu tunggu menu atau pengaturan boot default) di bagian [server] berkas /" +"etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf telah dimodifikasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> adalah " +"skrip pembungkus untuk <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Alat " +"ini memastikan bahwa initrd yang spesifik untuk kasus penggunaan (/srv/tftp/" +"ltsp/ltsp.img) dihasilkan dan kemudian dipindahkan ke direktori yang terkait " +"dengan kasus penggunaan tersebut. Perintah ini harus dijalankan setelah " +"bagian [clients] dalam berkas /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf telah dimodifikasi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Alat <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> adalah " +"pengganti untuk alat <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> yang disertakan dalam " +"LTSP5. Alat ini digunakan untuk menjalankan perintah dalam lingkungan chroot " +"LTSP yang ditentukan (seperti misalnya menginstal, memperbarui, dan " +"menghapus paket)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation tanpa disk</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Stasiun kerja tanpa disk menjalankan semua perangkat lunak secara lokal. " +"Mesin klien boot langsung dari server LTSP tanpa menggunakan hard drive " +"lokal. Perangkat lunak dikelola dan dipelihara di server LTSP, tetapi " +"dijalankan di stasiun kerja tanpa disk. Direktori pengguna dan pengaturan " +"sistem juga disimpan di server. Stasiun kerja tanpa disk merupakan cara yang " +"sangat baik untuk memanfaatkan kembali hardware lama (tetapi bertenaga) " +"dengan biaya pemeliharaan yang sama rendah seperti pada thin clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Berbeda dengan workstation biasa, workstation tanpa disk dapat beroperasi " +"tanpa perlu menambahkan GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Klien tipis</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Pengaturan thin client memungkinkan komputer biasa berfungsi sebagai " +"terminal (X-), di mana semua perangkat lunak dijalankan pada server LTSP. " +"Hal ini berarti mesin ini melakukan booting melalui PXE tanpa menggunakan " +"hard drive lokal, dan server LTSP harus merupakan mesin yang bertenaga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu masih mendukung penggunaan thin client untuk memungkinkan " +"penggunaan perangkat keras yang sangat tua." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Karena thin clients menggunakan X2Go, pengguna disarankan untuk " +"menonaktifkan fitur compositing untuk menghindari artefak tampilan. Pada " +"pengaturan default (lingkungan desktop Xfce): Pengaturan -> Pengaturan " +"Pengelola Jendela -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware klien LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"Proses booting klien LTSP akan gagal jika antarmuka jaringan klien " +"memerlukan firmware non-bebas. Instalasi PXE dapat digunakan untuk " +"troubleshooting masalah booting jaringan pada mesin; jika Penginstal Debian " +"mengeluh tentang file XXX.bin yang hilang, maka firmware non-bebas harus " +"ditambahkan ke initrd server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Lakukan langkah-langkah berikut pada server LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Pertama, dapatkan informasi tentang paket firmware, jalankan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Tentukan paket mana yang harus diinstal untuk antarmuka jaringan, " +"kemungkinan besar ini adalah firmware-linux, jalankan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "Perbarui citra SquashFS untuk workstation tanpa disk, jalankan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "Jika menggunakan klien tipis X2Go, jalankan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "dan ikuti petunjuk penggunaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Kemudian perbarui citra SquashFS; misalnya, untuk chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-" +"amd64, jalankan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Pemilihan jenis klien LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Setiap server LTSP memiliki dua antarmuka Ethernet: satu dikonfigurasi dalam " +"subnet utama 10.0.0.0/8 (yang dibagikan dengan server utama), dan yang lain " +"membentuk subnet lokal (subnet terpisah untuk setiap server LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, <emphasis>stasiun kerja tanpa disk</emphasis> " +"atau <emphasis>klien tipis</emphasis> dapat dipilih dari menu iPXE. Setelah " +"menunggu selama 5 detik, mesin akan boot sebagai stasiun kerja tanpa disk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Item menu boot iPXE default dan waktu tunggu defaultnya dapat dikonfigurasi " +"di <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. Nilai waktu tunggu " +"<emphasis>-1</emphasis> digunakan untuk menyembunyikan menu. Jalankan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> agar perubahan berlaku." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Gunakan jaringan klien LTSP yang berbeda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 adalah jaringan klien LTSP default jika mesin diinstal " +"menggunakan profil LTSP. Jika banyak klien LTSP digunakan atau jika server " +"LTSP yang berbeda harus melayani lingkungan chroot i386 dan amd64, jaringan " +"yang telah dikonfigurasi sebelumnya 192.168.1.0/24 juga dapat digunakan. " +"Edit berkas <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> dan " +"sesuaikan pengaturan eth1 sesuai kebutuhan. Gunakan <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> atau editor LDAP lainnya untuk memeriksa konfigurasi DNS dan " +"DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Tambahkan LTSP chroot untuk mendukung klien PC 32-bit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Untuk membuat chroot dan citra SquashFS, jalankan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Lihat <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> untuk " +"detail tentang jenis thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi klien LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Jalankan perintah <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> untuk " +"melihat opsi konfigurasi yang tersedia. Atau baca secara online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan item konfigurasi ke bagian [clients] dalam berkas /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf. Untuk menerapkan perubahan, jalankan perintah berikut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Suara dengan klien LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Klien tipis LTSP menggunakan audio jaringan untuk mentransmisikan audio dari " +"server ke klien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "Workstation LTSP tanpa disk menangani audio secara lokal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Akses ke drive USB dan CD-ROM/DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Ketika pengguna memasukkan drive USB atau DVD/CD-ROM ke dalam Diskless " +"Workstation, ikon yang sesuai akan muncul di desktop, memungkinkan akses ke " +"konten tersebut seperti pada workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Ketika pengguna memasukkan drive USB ke dalam X2Go thin client tipe bare " +"(instalasi server gabungan default), media tersebut akan di-mount segera " +"setelah ikon folder yang sudah ada di desktop Xfce diklik dua kali. " +"Tergantung pada konten media, mungkin memerlukan waktu hingga konten " +"tersebut muncul di pengelola file." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Peringatan tentang media yang dapat dilepas pada server LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Ketika dimasukkan ke dalam server LTSP, drive USB dan media removable " +"lainnya menyebabkan ikon folder terkait muncul di desktop klien tipis LTSP. " +"Pengguna jarak jauh dapat mengakses file-file tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Gunakan printer yang terhubung ke klien LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Hubungkan printer ke mesin klien LTSP (baik port USB maupun port paralel " +"didukung)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan klien LTSP dengan GOsa² untuk menggunakan alamat IP statis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan printer menggunakan antarmuka web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> pada server utama; pilih jenis printer " +"jaringan <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (untuk " +"semua printer tanpa memandang merek atau model) dan atur " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> " +"sebagai URI koneksi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Mengubah pengaturan PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE merupakan singkatan dari Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu kini " +"menggunakan implementasi <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> " +"untuk integrasi LTSP yang lebih mudah." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Konfigurasi menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"Menu item iPXE yang berkaitan dengan instalasi sistem dihasilkan menggunakan " +"skrip <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Menu ini " +"memungkinkan beberapa pengaturan untuk diubah menggunakan berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> dengan " +"nilai pengganti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Konfigurasi instalasi PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"Pemasangan PXE akan mewarisi pengaturan bahasa, tata letak keyboard, dan " +"pengaturan cermin dari pengaturan yang digunakan saat menginstal server " +"utama, dan pertanyaan-pertanyaan lain akan diajukan selama proses pemasangan " +"(profil, partisipasi popcon, pembagian partisi, dan kata sandi root). Untuk " +"menghindari pertanyaan-pertanyaan ini, berkas <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> dapat dimodifikasi untuk " +"memberikan jawaban yang telah dipilih sebelumnya untuk nilai-nilai debconf. " +"Beberapa contoh nilai debconf yang tersedia sudah dikomentari di " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Perubahan Anda akan hilang begitu <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> digunakan untuk membuat ulang lingkungan instalasi PXE. " +"Untuk menambahkan nilai debconf ke <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> selama proses pembuatan ulang dengan " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, tambahkan berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> dengan nilai debconf tambahan Anda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang memodifikasi instalasi PXE dapat ditemukan di " +"bab <link linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalasi</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Menambahkan repositori kustom untuk instalasi PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Untuk menambahkan repositori kustom, tambahkan baris berikut ke berkas " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"dan kemudian jalankan <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> sekali." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Mengubah pengaturan jaringan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Paket debian-edu-config dilengkapi dengan alat yang membantu dalam mengubah " +"jaringan dari 10.0.0.0/8 menjadi konfigurasi lain. Lihat <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Alat ini " +"dirancang untuk digunakan segera setelah instalasi pada server utama, guna " +"memperbarui LDAP dan berkas-berkas lain yang perlu diedit untuk mengubah " +"subnet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Perhatikan bahwa mengganti ke salah satu subnet yang sudah digunakan di " +"tempat lain dalam Debian Edu tidak akan berfungsi. 192.168.0.0/24 dan " +"192.168.1.0/24 sudah diatur sebagai jaringan klien LTSP. Mengganti ke subnet-" +"subnet ini akan memerlukan pengeditan manual berkas konfigurasi untuk " +"menghapus entri yang duplikat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Tidak ada cara mudah untuk mengubah nama domain DNS. Perubahan tersebut " +"memerlukan perubahan pada struktur LDAP dan beberapa berkas dalam sistem " +"berkas server utama. Tidak ada pula cara mudah untuk mengubah nama host dan " +"nama DNS server utama (tjener.intern). Tindakan tersebut juga memerlukan " +"perubahan pada LDAP serta berkas dalam sistem berkas server utama dan klien. " +"Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, konfigurasi Kerberos juga harus diubah. ` Secara " +"bawaan, komputer/klien pada jaringan Debian Edu mungkin diizinkan mengakses " +"jaringan meskipun tidak terdaftar sebagai sistem di GOsa². Jika hanya klien " +"terdaftar yang boleh diizinkan, gunakan opsi HTTP_HOST dalam RewriteRule " +"pada konfigurasi apache2, bukan SERVER_ADDRESS yang tidak valid (lihat " +"permintaan penggabungan ini untuk perinciannya: <computeroutput>https://" +"salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/43</" +"computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Akses Jarak Jauh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Memilih profil server LTSP atau profil server gabungan juga akan menginstal " +"paket <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> dan <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp menggunakan Protokol Desktop Jarak Jauh (Remote Desktop Protocol) untuk " +"menampilkan antarmuka login grafis kepada klien jarak jauh. Pengguna " +"Microsoft Windows dapat terhubung ke server LTSP yang menjalankan xrdp tanpa " +"perlu menginstal perangkat lunak tambahan - mereka cukup memulai Koneksi " +"Desktop Jarak Jauh (Remote Desktop Connection) di mesin Windows mereka dan " +"terhubung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Selain itu, xrdp dapat terhubung ke server VNC atau server RDP lainnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp tidak dilengkapi dengan dukungan suara; untuk mengompilasi (atau " +"mengompilasi ulang) modul yang diperlukan, skrip ini dapat digunakan. " +"Perhatikan: Pengguna harus memiliki hak akses root atau menjadi anggota grup " +"sudo. Selain itu, berkas /etc/apt/sources.list harus mengandung baris deb-" +"src yang valid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go memungkinkan Anda mengakses desktop grafis pada server LTSP melalui " +"koneksi bandwidth rendah maupun tinggi dari PC yang menjalankan Linux, " +"Windows, atau macOS. Perangkat lunak tambahan diperlukan di sisi klien, " +"lihat <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> untuk informasi lebih lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa paket <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " +"sebaiknya dihapus dari server LTSP jika X2Go digunakan, lihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Klien Remote Desktop yang tersedia" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> diinstal secara default dan " +"mendukung RDP dan VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - cara termudah untuk mengakses server terminal Windows. Paket klien " +"alternatif adalah <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Klien VNC (Virtual Network Computer) memungkinkan akses ke Skolelinux secara " +"remote. Paket klien alternatif adalah <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> adalah klien grafis untuk sistem " +"X2Go (tidak diinstal secara default). Anda dapat menggunakannya untuk " +"terhubung ke sesi yang sedang berjalan dan memulai sesi baru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Klien nirkabel" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Server <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> dapat digunakan untuk menyediakan " +"koneksi jaringan yang aman. Untuk mengaktifkannya, instal paket " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> dan <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> pada server " +"utama, lalu jalankan perintah <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> untuk menghasilkan " +"konfigurasi dasar yang disesuaikan dengan situs. Dengan cara ini, metode EAP-" +"TTLS/PAP dan PEAP-MSCHAPV2 diaktifkan. Semua konfigurasi terdapat dalam " +"skrip itu sendiri untuk memudahkan penyesuaian khusus situs. Lihat <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">halaman utama freeRADIUS</ulink> untuk " +"detailnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Konfigurasi tambahan diperlukan untuk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"aktifkan/nonaktifkan titik akses melalui <emphasis>rahasia bersama</" +"emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"izinkan/tolak akses nirkabel menggunakan grup LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"gabungkan titik akses ke dalam grup khusus (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Perangkat pengguna akhir perlu dikonfigurasi dengan benar. Perangkat-" +"perangkat ini harus dilindungi dengan PIN untuk penggunaan metode EAP " +"(802.1x). Pengguna juga perlu diberi edukasi untuk menginstal sertifikat CA " +"Freeradius pada perangkat mereka agar dapat terhubung ke server yang benar. " +"Dengan cara ini, kata sandi mereka tidak akan tertangkap jika terhubung ke " +"server yang berbahaya. Sertifikat khusus situs tersedia di jaringan internal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (untuk perangkat " +"pengguna akhir yang menjalankan Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Harap diperhatikan bahwa konfigurasi perangkat pengguna akhir akan menjadi " +"tantangan yang nyata karena keragaman perangkat yang ada. Untuk perangkat " +"Windows, skrip penginstal dapat dibuat, sedangkan untuk perangkat Apple, " +"file mobileconfig dapat digunakan. Dalam kedua kasus tersebut, sertifikat CA " +"freeRADIUS dapat diintegrasikan, namun alat khusus sistem operasi diperlukan " +"untuk membuat skrip-skrip tersebut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Mengotorisasi mesin Windows menggunakan kredensial Debian Edu dengan plugin " +"pGina LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Menambahkan pengguna pGina di Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Untuk dapat menggunakan pGina (atau aplikasi layanan otentikasi pihak ketiga " +"lainnya), Anda harus memiliki akun pengguna khusus yang digunakan untuk " +"pencarian di dalam LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Tambahkan pengguna khusus, misalnya <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> dengan kata sandi <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, di situs web " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instal cabang pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Unduh dan instal pGina 3.9.9.12 seperti perangkat lunak biasa. Perhatikan " +"bahwa plugin LDAP tetap berada di folder plugin pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Konfigurasikan pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Mengingat pengaturan Debian Edu, koneksi ke LDAP menggunakan SSL melalui " +"port 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Pengaturan yang diperlukan dalam plugin LDAP pGina adalah sebagai berikut" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(ini disimpan di " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Bagian Utama Plugin LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"Host LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (atau yang lain " +"dengan “spasi” sebagai pemisah)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"Port LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (untuk koneksi SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Waktu habis: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Gunakan SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YA</emphasis> (centang kotak centang)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Mulai TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</emphasis> (jangan centang kotak " +"centang)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validasi Sertifikat Server: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</emphasis> " +"(jangan centang kotak centang)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Cari DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(“pguser” adalah pengguna yang digunakan untuk autentikasi di LDAP guna " +"mencari pengguna dalam sesi login)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Kata Sandi Pencarian: pwd.777 (ini adalah kata sandi “pguser”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Blok otentikasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Tab Pengikatan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Izinkan Kata Sandi Kosong: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Cari DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YA</emphasis> (centang kotak centang)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Filter Pencarian: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Blok otorisasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Izinkan</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Tolak saat otentikasi LDAP gagal: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YA</emphasis> " +"(centang kotak centang)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Izinkan saat server tidak dapat diakses: <emphasis role=\"strong\">TIDAK</" +"emphasis> (jangan centang kotak centang, opsional)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Pemilihan Plugin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "LDAP: Otentikasi [v], Otorisasi [v], Gerbang [v], Ubah Kata Sandi [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Mesin Lokal: Otentikasi [v], Gerbang [v] (centang hanya dua kotak centang)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Plugin Pesanan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Otentikasi: LDAP, Mesin Lokal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gerbang: LDAP, Mesin Lokal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Sumber:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba di Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba sekarang dikonfigurasi sebagai <emphasis>server mandiri</emphasis> " +"dengan dukungan SMB2/SMB3 modern dan fitur usershares diaktifkan, lihat " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> pada server " +"utama. Dengan cara ini, pengguna non-admin dapat menyediakan berbagi file." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Untuk perubahan spesifik situs, salin berkas /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site ke direktori /etc/samba. Pengaturan dalam " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> akan menggantikan pengaturan yang " +"terdapat dalam <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Secara default, direktori home bersifat read-only. Pengaturan ini dapat " +"diubah di <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Kata sandi Samba disimpan menggunakan <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> dan diperbarui jika kata sandi diubah menggunakan GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menonaktifkan sementara akun Samba pengguna, jalankan perintah " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>. Perintah " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> akan " +"mengaktifkannya kembali." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" +"usershares</computeroutput> pada server utama akan menonaktifkan usershares " +"untuk ‘students’." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Mengakses file melalui Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Koneksi ke direktori pengguna dan ke berbagi situs tambahan (jika " +"dikonfigurasi) dimungkinkan untuk perangkat yang menjalankan Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS, atau Windows. Misalnya, perangkat berbasis " +"Android memerlukan pengelola file dengan dukungan SMB2/SMB3, yang juga " +"dikenal sebagai akses LAN. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" +"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" +"ulink> atau <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total " +"Commander dengan plugin LAN</ulink> mungkin merupakan pilihan yang baik." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Gunakan <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> atau " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> untuk " +"mengakses direktori utama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Panduan Praktis untuk Pengajaran dan Pembelajaran" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Semua paket Debian yang disebutkan dalam bagian ini dapat diinstal dengan " +"menjalankan perintah <computeroutput>apt install <package></" +"computeroutput> (sebagai root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Mengajar Pemrograman" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> adalah paket meta yang " +"bergantung pada banyak alat pemrograman. Harap diperhatikan bahwa hampir 2 " +"GiB ruang disk diperlukan jika paket ini diinstal. Untuk detail lebih lanjut " +"(mungkin untuk menginstal hanya beberapa paket), lihat halaman <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Paket Pengembangan " +"Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Pemantauan siswa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Peringatan</emphasis>: Pastikan Anda mengetahui " +"status peraturan perundang-undangan mengenai pemantauan dan pembatasan " +"aktivitas pengguna komputer di yurisdiksi Anda." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa sekolah menggunakan alat kontrol seperti <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> atau <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " +"untuk mengawasi siswa mereka. Lihat juga: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">" +"Situs Web Epoptes</ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Situs Web " +"Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Membatasi akses jaringan siswa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Beberapa sekolah menggunakan <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> atau <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> untuk membatasi " +"akses Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Panduan untuk pengguna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Mengganti kata sandi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Setiap pengguna diharuskan mengganti kata sandinya menggunakan GOsa². Untuk " +"melakukannya, cukup gunakan browser dan kunjungi <computeroutput>https://www/" +"gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Menggunakan GOsa² untuk mengubah kata sandi memastikan bahwa kata sandi " +"untuk Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword), dan Samba sama." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Mengubah kata sandi menggunakan PAM juga berfungsi di prompt login GDM, " +"tetapi ini hanya akan memperbarui kata sandi Kerberos, dan bukan kata sandi " +"Samba dan GOsa² (LDAP). Jadi, setelah Anda mengubah kata sandi di prompt " +"login, Anda sebaiknya juga mengubahnya menggunakan GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Menjalankan aplikasi Java yang berdiri sendiri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Aplikasi Java mandiri didukung secara langsung oleh runtime Java OpenJDK." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Menggunakan email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Semua pengguna dapat mengirim dan menerima email di dalam jaringan internal; " +"sertifikat disediakan untuk memungkinkan koneksi yang diamankan dengan TLS. " +"Untuk memungkinkan pengiriman email di luar jaringan internal, administrator " +"perlu mengonfigurasi server email <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> " +"sesuai dengan situasi lokal, dimulai dengan perintah <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Setiap pengguna yang ingin menggunakan Thunderbird perlu mengonfigurasinya " +"sebagai berikut. Untuk pengguna dengan nama pengguna jdoe, alamat email " +"internalnya adalah <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Burung Petir" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Buka Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Klik ‘Lewati ini dan gunakan alamat email yang sudah ada’" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Masukkan alamat email Anda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Jangan masukkan kata sandi Anda karena Kerberos single sign-on akan digunakan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Klik ‘Lanjutkan’" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Untuk IMAP dan SMTP, pengaturan yang harus digunakan adalah ‘STARTTLS’ dan " +"‘Kerberos/GSSAPI’; sesuaikan jika tidak terdeteksi secara otomatis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Klik ‘Selesai’" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Berpartisipasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Berpartisipasi secara online" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"Sebagian besar waktu, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">daftar milis pengembang</ulink> adalah sarana komunikasi utama kami, " +"meskipun kami juga memiliki #debian-edu di irc.debian.org dan bahkan, kadang-" +"kadang, pertemuan langsung, di mana kami bertemu secara langsung." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Cara yang baik untuk mengetahui perkembangan terbaru dalam pengembangan " +"Debian Edu adalah dengan berlangganan ke <ulink url=\"https://alioth-" +"lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">daftar " +"distribusi commit</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Laporkan bug" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu menggunakan Sistem Pelacakan Bug (BTS) Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. " +"Lihat laporan bug yang ada dan permintaan fitur, atau buat yang baru. " +"Silakan laporkan semua bug terhadap paket <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Lihat " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Cara " +"Melaporkan Bug</ulink> untuk informasi lebih lanjut tentang pelaporan bug di " +"Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Penulis dan penerjemah dokumentasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Dokumen ini membutuhkan bantuan Anda! Yang terpenting, dokumen ini belum " +"selesai: jika Anda membacanya, Anda akan menemukan berbagai FIXME di dalam " +"teks. Jika Anda kebetulan mengetahui (sedikit) apa yang perlu dijelaskan di " +"sana, mohon pertimbangkan untuk berbagi pengetahuan Anda dengan kami." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Sumber teks ini adalah wiki dan dapat diedit menggunakan browser web biasa. " +"Cukup kunjungi <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> dan Anda dapat berkontribusi dengan mudah. Catatan: Akun " +"pengguna diperlukan untuk mengedit halaman; Anda mungkin perlu <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">membuat akun " +"pengguna wiki</ulink> terlebih dahulu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Cara lain yang sangat baik untuk berkontribusi dan membantu pengguna adalah " +"dengan menerjemahkan perangkat lunak dan dokumentasi. Informasi tentang cara " +"menerjemahkan dokumen ini dapat ditemukan di <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">bab terjemahan</link> dari buku ini. Mohon " +"pertimbangkan untuk membantu upaya terjemahan buku ini!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Dukungan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Dukungan berbasis sukarelawan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "dalam bahasa Inggris" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - Daftar milis dukungan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu di irc.debian.org - Saluran IRC, sebagian besar berkaitan dengan " +"pengembangan; jangan harapkan dukungan real-time meskipun hal itu sering " +"terjadi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "dalam bahasa Norwegia" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux di irc.debian.org - Saluran IRC untuk mendukung pengguna Norwegia" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "dalam bahasa Jerman" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - Daftar milis " +"dukungan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de di irc.debian.org - Saluran IRC untuk mendukung pengguna " +"Jerman" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "dalam bahasa Perancis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - Daftar milis " +"dukungan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Dukungan profesional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Daftar perusahaan yang menyediakan dukungan profesional tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Fitur baru di Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Fitur baru untuk Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Perubahan instalasi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Versi baru Debian Installer dari Debian Trixie, lihat panduan instalasinya " +"di <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink> untuk detail lebih lanjut," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"termasuk informasi tentang <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</" +"computeroutput>, yang merupakan bagian baru selain bagian yang sudah dikenal " +"seperti <computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput>, dan <computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Karya seni baru berdasarkan tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian</ulink>, karya seni default " +"untuk Debian 13 Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Pembaruan perangkat lunak" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Semua yang baru di Debian 13 Trixie, misalnya:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Kernel Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Lingkungan desktop KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Kotak Alat Pendidikan GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Pembuat musik Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Trixie mencakup lebih dari 59.000 paket yang tersedia untuk diinstal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Debian 13 Trixie tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">catatan rilis</" +"ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Pembaruan dokumentasi dan terjemahan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Selama proses instalasi, halaman pemilihan profil tersedia dalam 29 bahasa, " +"di mana 22 di antaranya telah diterjemahkan sepenuhnya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Manual Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> telah diterjemahkan ke dalam " +"bahasa Mandarin Sederhana, Denmark, Belanda, Prancis, Jerman, Italia, " +"Jepang, Norwegia (Bokmål), Portugis Brasil, Portugis Eropa, Spanyol, " +"Rumania, dan Ukraina." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Masalah yang diketahui" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"lihat <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Trixie#\">halaman status Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Hak cipta dan penulis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Dokumen ini ditulis dan dilindungi hak cipta oleh Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) dan Guido Berhörster (2023) dan dirilis di bawah lisensi " +"GPL2 atau versi selanjutnya. Selamat menikmati!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Jika Anda menambahkan konten ke dalamnya, <emphasis role=\"strong\">silakan " +"lakukan hal tersebut hanya jika Anda adalah penulisnya. Anda harus " +"merilisnya dengan syarat yang sama</emphasis>! Kemudian tambahkan nama Anda " +"di sini dan rilisnya di bawah lisensi “GPL v2 atau versi selanjutnya”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Terjemahan dokumen ini" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Tersedia <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">ringkasan online tentang terjemahan yang dikemas</ulink>, yang diperbarui " +"secara berkala." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Bagaimana cara menerjemahkan dokumen ini" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Terjemahkan menggunakan berkas PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Seperti pada banyak proyek perangkat lunak bebas, terjemahan dokumen ini " +"disimpan dalam berkas PO. Informasi lebih lanjut tentang proses ini dapat " +"ditemukan di <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"trixie-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Terjemahkan secara online menggunakan peramban web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Sebagian besar tim bahasa telah memutuskan untuk melakukan terjemahan " +"melalui Weblate. Lihat <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" +"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/> untuk informasi lebih lanjut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Silakan laporkan masalah apa pun." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Lampiran A - Lisensi Umum Publik GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual untuk Debian Edu 13 Nama Kode Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Hak Cipta (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > dan lainnya, lihat <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Hak Cipta</link> untuk daftar lengkap pemilik hak " +"cipta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Lampiran B - Fitur pada versi sebelumnya" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Fitur baru untuk Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Versi baru Debian Installer dari Debian Bookworm, lihat panduan instalasinya " +"di <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink> untuk detail lebih lanjut," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Karya seni baru berdasarkan tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald</ulink>, tema default untuk Debian 12 " +"Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Semua yang baru di Debian 12 Bookworm, misalnya:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Kernel Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Lingkungan desktop KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Kotak Alat Pendidikan GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Pembuat musik Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm mencakup lebih dari 64.000 paket yang tersedia untuk " +"diinstal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Debian 12 Bookworm tersedia di <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">catatan rilis</" +"ulink> dan <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">panduan instalasi</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Panduan Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> telah diterjemahkan ke dalam " +"bahasa Mandarin Sederhana, Denmark, Belanda, Prancis, Jerman, Italia, " +"Jepang, Norwegia (Bokmål), Portugis Brasil, Portugis Eropa, Spanyol, " +"Rumania, dan Ukraina." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"lihat <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">halaman status Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Informasi historis tentang rilis sebelumnya" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Rilis Debian Edu berikut ini telah dirilis lebih awal:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 dengan nama sandi Bullseye dirilis pada 14 Agustus 2021." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 dengan nama sandi Buster dirilis pada 6 Juli 2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 dengan nama kode Stretch dirilis pada 17 Juni 2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 dengan nama kode Jessie dirilis pada 2 Juli 2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 dengan nama kode Wheezy dirilis pada 28 September 2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, nama kode “Squeeze”, dirilis pada 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, nama kode “Squeeze”, dirilis pada 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, nama kode “Lenny”, dirilis pada 5 Oktober 2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, nama kode “Lenny”, dirilis pada 8 Februari 2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu “3.0r1 Terra”, dirilis pada 5 Desember 2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu “3.0r0 Terra” dirilis pada 22 Juli 2007. Berbasis pada Debian 4.0 " +"Etch yang dirilis pada 8 April 2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, dirilis pada 14 Maret 2006. Berbasis pada Debian 3.1 Sarge " +"yang dirilis pada 6 Juni 2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu “1.0 Venus” dirilis pada 20 Juni 2004. Berbasis pada Debian 3.0 " +"Woody yang dirilis pada 19 Juli 2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ringkasan lengkap dan rinci tentang rilis sebelumnya terdapat dalam <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Lampiran C dari manual Jessie</ulink>; atau lihat manual rilis " +"terkait di halaman <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">manual rilis</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilih “Uplink” jika jaringan upstream Anda memerlukan alamat IP statis " +#~ "dan, jika Anda mengikuti saran di atas untuk jaringan internal, pilih " +#~ "“Education”." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data di pubblicazione; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Traduzione:</emphasis> +2007-2021 Claudio Carboncini +2013, 2014 Beatrice Torracca + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.it.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8880 @@ +# Italian translation of debian-edu-wheezy-manual.po +# release-manual for debian edu +# Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen and others +# Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2021, 2023. +# Beatrice Torracca <beatricet@libero.it>, 2013, 2014. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-wheezy-manual\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-24 15:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: claudio <claudio.carboncini@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n" +"Language: it\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 22.12.3\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "it" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Data di pubblicazione:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 11 Nome in codice bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logo dell'Installer Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Questa è il manuale per la versione 12 (bookworm) di Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"La versione su <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm\"/> è un wiki che viene modificato frequentemente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Le traduzioni aggiornate sono disponibili <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Debian Edu e Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux è una distribuzione Linux basata su Debian che " +"fornisce un ambiente per una rete scolastica completamente configurata out-" +"of-the box. Implementa un approccio client-server. Server e client sono " +"<emphasis>pezzi di software</emphasis> che interagiscono tra loro. I server " +"forniscono le informazioni richieste dai client per funzionare. Quando un " +"server è installato su una macchina e il suo client su una macchina diversa, " +"le macchine stesse sono chiamate server e client, per estensione del " +"concetto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"I capitoli sui <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisiti hardware e rete </" +"link> e sull'<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</link> contengono " +"dettagli di base sulla progettazione del sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Dopo l'installazione di un server principale, sono configurati tutti i " +"servizi necessari per la rete scolastica e il sistema è pronto per essere " +"usato. Solo utenti e macchine devono essere aggiunti usando GOsa², una " +"comoda interfaccia Web, o da un qualsiasi altro editor LDAP. È stato anche " +"preparato un ambiente di avvio in rete usando PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, così dopo l'installazione iniziale del server " +"principale da CD, disco Blu-ray o chiavetta USB tutte le altre macchine " +"possono essere installate via rete, comprese le \"postazioni mobili (roaming)" +"\" (macchine che possono essere scollegate dalla rete della scuola, " +"generalmente laptop o netbook). Inoltre, le macchine possono essere avviate " +"via PXE/iPXE come workstation senza disco o thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Diverse applicazioni didattiche come GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege e Scratch sono incluse nella configurazione predefinita del desktop, " +"che può essere facilmente estesa e quasi all'infinito attraverso l'universo " +"Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Un po' di storia e il perché di due nomi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"è una distribuzione Linux sviluppata dal progetto Debian Edu. Come " +"distribuzione <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink> è un sottoprogetto ufficiale <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Questo significa per una scuola che Skolelinux è una versione di Debian che " +"mette a disposizione un sistema pronto all'uso per una rete completamente " +"configurata per la scuola." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Il progetto Skolelinux è stato fondato in Norvegia il 2 luglio 2001 e circa " +"nello stesso tempo Raphaël Hertzog iniziò Debian-Edu in Francia. Dal 2003 i " +"due progetti si sono uniti, ma sono rimasti entrambi i nomi. \"Skole\" e " +"(Debian-)\"Education\" sono solo termini molto conosciuti in questi paesi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Oggi la distribuzione è usata in altri paesi del mondo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architettura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "La rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Questa sezione del documento descrive l'architettura della rete e i servizi " +"messi a disposizione dalla installazione di Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "La topologia della rete Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"La figura rappresenta uno schema della topologia di rete. La configurazione " +"predefinita di una rete Skolelinux presuppone un (e solo uno) server " +"principale, e permette l'inclusione di normali workstation e server LTSP " +"(con thin-client associati e/o workstation senza disco). Il numero delle " +"workstation può essere più o meno grande (da nessuna a molte). Lo stesso " +"vale per i server LTSP, ognuno dei quali ha una propria rete separata in " +"modo tale che il traffico tra i client e il server LTSP non influenzi il " +"resto dei servizi di rete. LTSP è spiegato in dettaglio nel capitolo del " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">relativo HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"La ragione per cui può essere presente un solo server principale in ogni " +"rete di scuola è che questo server fornisce il servizio DHCP e può esserci " +"una sola macchina che lo fa in ogni rete. È possibile trasferire i servizi " +"dal server principale a altre macchine, impostando il servizio su un'altra " +"macchina e modificando la configurazione del DNS di conseguenza, in modo che " +"l'alias del DNS per quel servizio punti alla macchina giusta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Per semplificare la configurazione standard di Skolelinux, la connessione " +"Internet viene eseguita su un router separato, detto anche gateway. Vedere " +"il capitolo sul <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">router " +"Internet</link> per maggiori informazioni su come configurare un gateway se " +"non è possibile configurarne uno esistente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "La configurazione predefinita della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP nel server Tjener gestisce la rete 10.0.0.0/8, fornendo tramite PXE-" +"Boot un menu syslinux dove si può scegliere di installare un nuovo server/" +"workstation, avviare un thin-client o una workstation senza dischi, eseguire " +"memtest o avviare dall'hard disk locale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Questo è stato progettato per essere modificato; per i dettagli, vedere il " +"capitolo del <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> relativo HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"Il DHCP nei server LTSP è usato solo per una rete dedicata sulla seconda " +"interfaccia. (192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 sono le opzioni " +"preconfigurate) e raramente occorre cambiarla." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "La configurazione di tutte le sottoreti è archiviata in LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Una rete Skolelinux ha bisogno di un solo server principale (\"tjener\" che " +"è la traduzione norvegese di \"server\") che ha in modo predefinito " +"l'indirizzo IP 10.0.2.2 e che è installato selezionando il profilo \"Main " +"Server\". È possibile (ma non necessario) selezionare e installare anche i " +"profili LTSP Server e workstation in aggiunta al profilo per il server " +"principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Con l'eccezione del controllo dei thin-client, tutti i servizi sono " +"inizialmente configurati su un computer centrale (il server principale). Per " +"ragioni di prestazioni, i server LTSP dovrebbero essere macchine diverse dal " +"server principale (anche se è possibile installare il server principale e i " +"server LTSP sulla stessa macchina). Tutti i servizi hanno un nome-DNS " +"dedicato e vengono forniti solamente via IPv4. I nomi DNS rendono facile il " +"trasferimento di servizi dal server principale ad altre macchine, " +"semplicemente fermando il servizio sul server principale e cambiando la " +"configurazione DNS in modo che punti alla nuova posizione del servizio (che " +"naturalmente dovrebbe essere prima installato sulla macchina scelta)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Per ragioni di sicurezza tutte le connessioni che trasmettono password sulla " +"rete sono cifrate e perciò nessuna password è inviata nella rete come testo " +"in chiaro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Nella tabella sottostante sono elencati i servizi che sono configurati in " +"modo predefinito in una rete Skolelinux con il nome DNS di ogni servizio. " +"Tutti i file di configurazione si riferiranno, se possibile, al servizio " +"attraverso il nome DNS (senza il nome del dominio), così che le scuole " +"possano cambiare dominio (se hanno un proprio dominio DNS) o indirizzo IP " +"facilmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabella dei servizi</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrizione del servizio</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome comune</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS del servizio</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Log centralizzato" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Servizio dei nomi di dominio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configurazione automatica della rete per le macchine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Directory home via Network File System" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Sistema di posta elettronica" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Servizio di directory" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Server web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Backup centrale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Cache web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Stampa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Login remoto sicuro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione automatica" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP Server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Controllo delle macchine e dei servizi con segnalazione degli errori, più lo " +"stato e cronologia su web. Segnalazione degli errori attraverso la posta " +"elettronica" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Ogni utente archivia i suoi file personali nella sua directory home messa a " +"disposizione dal server. Le cartelle home sono disponibili da tutte le " +"macchine dando la possibilità di accedere agli stessi file indipendentemente " +"dalla macchina da cui ci si collega. Il server è indipendente dal sistema " +"operativo e utilizza NFS per i client Unix e SMB2/SMB3 per gli altri client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"In modo predefinito la posta elettronica è impostata solo per la consegna in " +"locale (cioè all'interno della scuola), sebbene la spedizione di e-mail " +"verso Internet può essere configurata se la scuola ha una connessione " +"Internet permanente. I client sono predisposti per spedire la posta al " +"server (usando \"smarthost\"), e gli utenti possono <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">accedere alle loro email</link> attraverso IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Tutti i servizi sono accessibili usando gli stessi nome utente e password in " +"quanto il database di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Per incrementare le prestazioni sui siti più frequentati è usato un proxy " +"web (Squid) che archivia i file localmente. Insieme con il blocco del " +"traffico nel router ciò permette il controllo dell'accesso a Internet per le " +"singole macchine." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione di rete dei client è fatta automaticamente con l'uso di " +"DHCP.Tutti i tipi di client possono essere connessi alla sottorete privata " +"10.0.0.0/8 e ricevere indirizzi IP corrispondenti, mentre i client LTSP sono " +"connessi al corrispondente server LTSP con la sottorete separata " +"192.168.0.0/24 (questo assicura che il traffico di rete dei client LTSP non " +"interferisca con il resto dei servizi di rete)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Il servizio centralizzato di log è configurato in modo che tutte le macchine " +"mandino i loro messaggi di syslog al server. Il servizio syslog è " +"predisposto in modo da accettare solamente i messaggi provenienti dalla rete " +"locale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"In modo predefinito il server DNS è configurato con un dominio solamente per " +"uso interno (*.intern) fino a che non viene impostato un dominio DNS reale " +"(\"esterno\"). Il server DNS è configurato come un server DNS con cache in " +"modo che tutte le macchine della rete possano usarlo come server DNS " +"principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Allievi e insegnanti hanno la possibilità di pubblicare pagine web. Il " +"server web dispone di meccanismi per autenticare gli utenti e limitare " +"l'accesso a singole pagine e sottodirectory a determinati utenti e gruppi. " +"Gli utenti avranno la possibilità di creare pagine web dinamiche, dato che " +"c'è la possibilità di programmare dal lato server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Le informazioni sugli utenti e sulle macchine possono essere modificate " +"centralmente e rese automaticamente accessibili a tutte le macchine della " +"rete. A questo scopo è configurato un server di directory centralizzato. La " +"directory archivierà le informazioni su utenti, gruppi di utenti, macchine e " +"gruppi di macchine. Per evitare confusioni nell'utente, non ci sarà " +"differenza tra gruppi per i file e gruppi di rete. Questo implica che i " +"gruppi di macchine che formeranno i gruppi di rete useranno lo stesso spazio " +"dei nomi dei gruppi di utenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"L'amministrazione dei servizi e degli utenti avverrà principalmente via web " +"e seguirà gli standard comuni, funzionando bene nei browser che sono inclusi " +"in Skolelinux. La delega di alcuni compiti a singoli utenti o gruppi di " +"utenti sarà resa possibile attraverso i sistemi di amministrazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Per evitare alcuni problemi con NFS e rendere più semplice il debug dei " +"problemi, l'orario deve essere sincronizzato sulle diverse macchine. Per " +"questo il server Skolelinux è configurato come server Network Time Protocol " +"(NTP) locale e tutte le macchine e i client sono impostati per sincronizzare " +"il loro orologio con quello del server. Il server a sua volta dovrebbe " +"sincronizzare il proprio orologio in Internet, così da assicurare che " +"l'intera rete abbia l'ora esatta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Le stampanti vengono collegate dove più comodo, direttamente alla rete " +"principale o ad un server, workstation o server LTSP. L'accesso alle " +"stampanti può essere controllato per i singoli utenti in base ai gruppi ai " +"quali appartengono e realizzato usando il controllo delle quote e degli " +"accessi per le stampanti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Una rete Skolelinux può avere diversi server LTSP che sono installati " +"selezionando il profilo LTSP Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"I server LTSP sono configurati per ricevere il syslog dai thin-client e " +"workstation e inoltrare questi messaggi al syslog principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Attenzione:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "Le workstation senza dischi usano programmi installati nel server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Il filesystem di root dei client viene realizzato usando NFS. Dopo ogni " +"modifica al server LTSP l'immagine relativa deve essere rigenerata; " +"eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> sul server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Thin-client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione dei thin-client permette a un PC di funzionare come un " +"terminale (X). Questo significa che la macchina si avvia direttamente dal " +"server utilizzando PXE senza usare il disco fisso locale. Il setup del thin " +"client ora usa X2Go perché LTSP ha abbandonato il supporto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"I thin-client sono un modo ottimo per usare ancora macchine molto vecchie " +"(per lo più a 32 bit) in quanto tutti i programmi girano sul server LTSP. " +"Questo funziona come segue: il servizio usa DHCP e TFTP per connettersi alla " +"rete e si inizializza dalla rete stessa. In seguito il file system è montato " +"usando NFS dal server LTSP e da ultimo parte X2Go client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Workstation senza dischi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Le workstation senza dischi eseguono tutto il software nel PC senza avere " +"installato localmente alcun sistema operativo. Questo vuol dire che le " +"macchine si avviano direttamente via PXE senza eseguire alcun software " +"installato su un disco fisso locale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Le workstation senza dischi sono un modo eccellente di utilizzare hardware " +"potente con lo stesso basso costo di manutenzione dei thin-client. Il " +"software è amministrato e mantenuto sul server senza la necessità di " +"installare alcun software sui client. Anche le directory home e le " +"configurazioni del sistema sono archiviate sul server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Client di rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Il termine \"client di rete\" è usato in questo manuale per riferirsi ai " +"thin-client, alle workstation senza dischi e a tutti i computer che hanno " +"come sistema operativo macOS o Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Tutte le macchine Linux che sono installate usando l'installatore di " +"Skolelinux saranno amministrabili da un computer centrale, probabilmente il " +"server. Sarà possibile fare il login su tutte le macchine via SSH e avere " +"il pieno accesso alle macchine. Come root si deve eseguire prima " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> per avere Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Tutte le informazioni degli utenti sono in una directory LDAP. Le modifiche " +"degli utenti sono fatte in questo database che è usato dai client per " +"l'autenticazione degli utenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Attualmente ci sono due tipi di supporti di installazione: netinst e BD. " +"Entrambe le immagini possono essere avviate anche da penna USB. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"L'obiettivo è quello di essere in grado di installare una sola volta un " +"server da un qualsiasi tipo di dispositivo per poi installare tutti gli " +"altri client dalla rete mediante l'avvio di rete." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Solo l'immagine netinstall ha bisogno di accedere a Internet durante " +"l'installazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione non dovrebbe fare alcuna domanda, con l'eccezione della " +"lingua desiderata, localizzazione, layout della tastiera e del profilo della " +"macchina (server principale, workstation, server LTSP, …). Tutte le altre " +"configurazioni saranno impostate automaticamente con parametri ragionevoli " +"che l'amministratore di sistema può eventualmente cambiare da una postazione " +"centralizzata una volta terminata l'installazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione dell'accesso al file system" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Ad ogni account utente Skolelinux è assegnata una parte del file system sul " +"file server. Questa parte (la directory home) contiene i file di " +"configurazione, i documenti, le email e le pagine web dell'utente. Alcuni di " +"questi file dovrebbero essere configurati in sola lettura per gli altri " +"utenti del sistema, altri leggibili da tutti via Internet, altri ancora " +"dovrebbero essere accessibili solo all'utente stesso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Per essere sicuri che tutti i dischi usati per le directory dell'utente e " +"per le directory condivise abbiano un nome unico per tutti i computer " +"durante l'installazione, possono essere montati come <computeroutput>/skole/" +"host/directory/</computeroutput>. Inizialmente viene creata una sola " +"directory sul file server: <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" +"computeroutput> in cui vengono messi tutti gli account utente. Altre " +"directory possono essere create quando è necessario, per adattarsi a gruppi " +"particolari di utenti o particolari esigenze di utilizzo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Per consentire l'accesso ai file condivisi con il normale sistema di " +"permessi UNIX, gli utenti devono essere inseriti in gruppi condivisi " +"supplementari (come \"studenti\"), oltre al proprio gruppo primario " +"personale di cui fanno parte in modo predefinito. Se gli utenti hanno una " +"umask appropriata per creare nuovi elementi accessibili al gruppo (002 o " +"007) e le directory su cui lavorano hanno il bit setgid impostato per " +"assicurare che i file ereditino il gruppo proprietario corretto, il " +"risultato è una condivisione di file controllata tra i membri di un gruppo. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Le impostazioni iniziali di accesso per i nuovi file creati dipendono dalla " +"politica usata. La umask predefinita di Debian è 022 (che non permetterebbe " +"l'accesso di gruppo come descritto sopra), quella di Debian Edu, invece usa " +"002, che significa che i file sono creati con possibilità di lettura per " +"tutti, con la possibilità di rimuoverla in seguito con un'azione specifica " +"dell'utente. Ciò può essere in alternativa cambiato (modificando " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) con una umask " +"007, che significa che la possibilità di lettura è inizialmente impedita, ed " +"è necessaria un'azione dell'utente per renderla accessibile. Il primo metodo " +"incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e rende il sistema più " +"trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio della diffusione non " +"voluta di informazioni sensibili. Il problema con la prima soluzione è che " +"non è evidente per l'utente che il materiale che crea sarà accessibile a " +"tutti. Può accorgersene solo ispezionando le directory degli altri utenti e " +"vedendo che tutti i file sono leggibili. Il problema con la seconda " +"soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno rendere accessibile in " +"lettura i propri file e se questi non contengono informazioni sensibili il " +"loro contenuto potrebbe essere utile per gli utenti che vogliono imparare a " +"risolvere problemi che già altri hanno risolto (in genere problemi di " +"configurazione)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisiti tecnici" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Ci sono molti modi per configurare una soluzione Skolelinux. Può essere " +"installato su un'unica macchina o su una grande rete regionale fatta da più " +"scuole e gestita centralmente. Per questa varietà di configurazioni c'è una " +"grande differenza su come impostare i componenti di rete, server e macchine " +"client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Requisiti hardware" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Lo scopo dei diversi profili è spiegato nella sezione sulla <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura della rete</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se si intende usare LTSP consultare la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">pagina wiki Requisiti Hardware LTSP</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"I computer su cui eseguire Debian Edu / Skolelinux devono aver processori a " +"32 bit (Architettura Debian 'i386', i processori più vecchi supportati sono " +"quelli della classe 686) o a 64 bit (architettura Debian 'amd64') con " +"processori x86." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"I thin client con solo 256 MiB di RAM e con un processore a 400 MHz possono " +"funzionare, sebbene maggiore RAM e processori più veloci sono raccomandati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Per le workstation senza dischi e per i sistemi standalone sono richiesti " +"come minimo 1500 MHz e 1024 MiB di RAM. Per l'esecuzione dei più recenti " +"browser web e per LibreOffice sono consigliati almeno 2048 MiB di RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"I requisiti di spazio minimo di disco dipendono dal profilo che si è " +"installato:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"main server + LTSP server + workstation (se si desidera un'interfaccia " +"grafica sul server): 60 GiB (più spazio aggiuntivo per gli account utente)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP server: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "workstation o standalone: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "installazione minima di macchine in rete: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"i server LTSP devono avere due schede di rete quando si usa l'architettura " +"di rete predefinita:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 connessa alla rete principale (10.0.0.0/8)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 è usata per servire i client LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"I laptop sono workstation mobili richiedono quindi gli stessi requisiti " +"delle workstation. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Hardware che funziona" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Un elenco di hardware testato è fornito da <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Questa lista non è affatto completa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> è uno sforzo per " +"documentare come installare, configurare e usare Debian su hardware " +"specifico, permettendo ai potenziali acquirenti di sapere se quell'hardware " +"è supportato e ai proprietari attuali di sapere come ottenere il meglio da " +"quell'hardware." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Requisiti per la configurazione della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Setup di default" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa l'architettura di rete predefinita, si applicano queste regole:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Occorre avere un solo server principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Si possono avere centinaia di workstation sulla rete principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Si possono avere molti server LTSP sulla rete principale: due diverse " +"sottoreti sono preconfigurate (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP e altre possono essere " +"aggiunte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Si possono avere centinaia di thin-client e/o workstation senza dischi su " +"ogni rete del server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Si possono avere centinaia di altre macchine che hanno un indirizzo IP " +"dinamico assegnato" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Per avere accesso a Internet c'è bisogno di un router/gateway (vedere più " +"avanti)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Router Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Per connettersi a Internet sono necessari: un router/gateway, connesso a " +"Internet sull'interfaccia esterna e con l'indirizzo IP 10.0.0.1 con maschera " +"di rete 255.0.0.0 sull'interfaccia interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Il router non dovrebbe essere un server DHCP, anche se è possibile che sia " +"un server DNS, anche se questo non è necessario e non sarà utilizzato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot " +#| "be set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +#| "minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +#| "can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the <link " +#| "linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link> one. See <link " +#| "linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +#| "router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install " +#| "and set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" +#| "config</computeroutput>." +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso in cui non si disponga già di un router o il router esistente non " +"possa essere configurato correttamente, qualsiasi macchina che soddisfi i " +"requisiti per un'installazione Debian minima e che abbia almeno due " +"interfacce di rete può essere utilizzata come gateway tra la rete esistente " +"e la rete <link linkend=\"DebianEdu\">DebianEdu</link>. Vedere <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">documentazione di installazione</link>per un modo semplice di " +"installare e configurare una macchina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se si ha bisogno di qualcosa per un router integrato o un access point si " +"raccomanda di usare <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, " +"anche se naturalmente si può usare il firmware originale. Usare il firmware " +"originale è più facile, ma OpenWRT dà la possibilità di maggiori opzioni e " +"controlli. Verificare sulle pagine web di OpenWRT la lista di <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">hardware supportati</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"È possibile usare una diversa configurazione di rete, seguendo questa <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedura " +"documentata</ulink>, ma se non si è costretti a farlo da un'infrastruttura " +"di rete esistente, è sconsigliato farlo e conviene attenersi alla <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura di rete</link> predefinita." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Installare e scaricare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes for Debian Bookworm</ulink> before you start installing a system " +#| "for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bookworm " +#| "release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si raccomanda di leggere o almeno dare uno sguardo alle <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">note di rilascio per Debian " +"Bookworm </ulink> prima di cominciare a installare un sistema funzionante. " +"Ulteriori informazioni sul rilascio di Debian Bookworm sono disponibili nel " +"suo <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manuale d'installazione</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Si prega di provare Debian Edu/Skolelinux, dovrebbe funzionare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Si raccomanda, tuttavia, di leggere i capitoli relativi a <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\" >hardware e requisiti di rete</link> e alla <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</link> prima di iniziare a installare " +"un server principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Assicurarsi di leggere il capitolo <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Iniziare</link> di questo manuale, che spiega " +"come autenticarsi la prima volta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Scaricare il supporto di installazione per Debian Edu 12 nome in codice " +"Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 o i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for very old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> sono i nomi delle due architetture Debian per CPU x86, " +"entrambe sono o sono state costruite per AMD, Intel e altri produttori. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> è un'architettura a 64-bit e " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is un'architettura a 32-bit. " +"Attualmente le installazioni andrebbero eseguite usando " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> dovrebbe essere usato solo per hardware molto vecchio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "immagine iso netinst per amd64 o i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"L'immagine iso netinst può essere usata per l'installazione da CD/DVD e " +"unità flash USB ed è disponibile per due architetture Debian: amd64 o i386. " +"Come suggerisce il nome, per l'installazione è richiesto l'accesso a " +"Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for " +#| "download from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Una volta che Bookworm è stato rilasciato queste immagini saranno " +"disponibili per il download:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "immagini BD iso per amd64 o i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or " +#| "disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Questa immagine ISO è grande circa 7,5 GB e può essere usata per " +"l'installazione di macchine amd64 o i386 anche senza la connessione a " +"internet. Come l'immagine netinst può essere utilizzata su unità flash USB o " +"su un disco di grandezza sufficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verifica dei file immagine scaricati" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Istruzioni dettagliate per la verifica e l'uso di queste immagini sono parte " +"di <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Sorgenti:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"I sorgenti sono disponibili negli archivi Debian nelle consuete posizioni, " +"più supporti sono disponibili su <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installare Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Quando si fa un'installazione Debian Edu ci sono poche opzioni tra cui " +"scegliere. Non ci si deve preoccupare, non sono molte. Abbiamo dedicato " +"molte energie per nascondere la complessità di Debian durante e dopo " +"l'installazione. Comunque, Debian Edu è una Debian, e se si vuole si può " +"scegliere tra più di 59.000 pacchetti e un bilione di opzioni di " +"configurazione. Per la maggioranza degli utenti però, le opzioni predefinite " +"dovrebbero andar bene. Nota bene: se si intende utilizzare LTSP, scegliere " +"un ambiente desktop leggero." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Scenari di installazione del server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Rete scolastica o domestica con accesso a Internet tramite un router che " +"fornisce DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione di un server principale è possibile, ma dopo il riavvio non " +"ci sarà accesso a Internet (per l'interfaccia di rete primaria con IP " +"10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Vedere il capitolo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">router " +"Internet</link> per dettagli sulla configurazione di un gateway, se non è " +"possibile configurarne uno esistente, come richiesto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Collegare tutti i componenti come mostrato nel capitolo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architettura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first " +#| "time in the correct environment." +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Il server principale dovrebbe avere una connessione Internet la prima volta " +"che si avvia nell'ambiente corretto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Rete scolastica o istituzionale, simile a quella di cui sopra, ma con l'uso " +"del proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere 'debian-edu expert' alla riga di comando del kernel; vedere più " +"avanti per dettagli su come farlo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Alcune domande aggiuntive devono essere soddisfatte, come ad esempio quella " +"relativa al server proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Rete con router/gateway con IP 10.0.0.1/8 (che non fornisce un server DHCP) " +"e accesso a Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Non appena la configurazione automatica della rete non riesce (a causa della " +"mancanza di DHCP), scegliere la configurazione di rete manuale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Inserire 10.0.2.2/8 come host IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Inserire 10.0.0.1 come IP del gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Inserire 8.8.8.8 come indirizzo IP del nameserver a meno che non se ne " +"conosca di meglio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Il server principale dovrebbe funzionare subito dopo il primo avvio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Offline (senza collegamento Internet):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Utilizzare l'immagine iso BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Assicurarsi che tutti i cavi di rete (reali/virtuali) siano scollegati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere 'Non configurare la rete in questo momento' (dopo che il DHCP non " +"è riuscito a configurare la rete e premere 'Continua')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment " +#| "with Internet access." +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Aggiornare il sistema una volta che si avvia per la prima volta " +"nell'ambiente corretto con accesso a Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Ambienti desktop" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Diversi ambienti desktop sono disponibili:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce ha un ingombro leggermente maggiore rispetto a LXDE ma un supporto " +"molto buono per le lingue (106 lingue)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE e GNOME hanno entrambi un buon supporto linguistico, ma sono troppo " +"ingombranti sia per i computer meno recenti che per i client LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon è un'alternativa più leggera a GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE è più leggero dei tre precedenti, ma manca di un buon supporto " +"linguistico per diversi paesi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE ha il minor ingombro e supporta 35 lingue." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt è un desktop leggero (con un supporto linguistico simile a LXDE) con un " +"aspetto più moderno (basato su Qt proprio come KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu come progetto internazionale ha scelto di usare Xfce come " +"ambiente desktop predefinito; vedere sotto come impostarne uno diverso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Installazione modulare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Quando si installa un sistema con il profilo <emphasis>Workstation</" +"emphasis> incluso vengono installati molti programmi educativi. Per " +"installare solo il profilo di base, rimuovere il parametro della riga di " +"comando del kernel <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> prima di iniziare " +"l'installazione; vedere più avanti per i dettagli su come si fa. Questo " +"permette di installare un sistema specifico e potrebbe essere usato per " +"velocizzare le installazioni di test." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Nota: se si vuole installare in seguito un desktop, non usare il meta-" +"pacchetto Debian Edu come ad esempio <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> perché... questo potrebbe installare tutti i programmi relativi " +"all'istruzione, invece di <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Uno o più meta-packages " +"relativi ai nuovi livelli scolastici come <emphasis>education-preschool</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis> <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> " +"potrebbero essere installati per adattarsi al contesto d'uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Per maggiori informazioni sui meta-pacchetti Debian Edu, vedere la pagina " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages " +"overview</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Tipi di installazione e opzioni" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu di avvio dell'installatore su hardware a 64-bit - BIOS mode</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menu di avvio dell'installazione 64-bit (BIOS mode)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> per usare " +"l'installatore GTK in cui si può usare il mouse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> usa il modo testo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> porta a un sotto " +"menu con maggiori opzioni da scegliere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> dà alcuni suggerimenti " +"sull'utilizzo dell'installazione; vedere le schermate sotto. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Schermata 1 delle opzioni avanzate dell'installazione a 64 bit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> riporta al menu principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> dà accesso a " +"tutte le domande disponibili in modalità grafica." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> permette di " +"utilizzare questo supporto di installazione come disco di ripristino per le " +"attività di emergenza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> ha bisogno " +"di un file di preconfigurazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> dà accesso a tutte le " +"domande disponibili in modalità testuale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> modo testo permette di " +"utilizzare questo supporto di installazione come disco di ripristino per le " +"attività di emergenza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> modo testo; ha " +"bisogno di un file di preconfigurazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Non usare <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> o " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, usare invece " +"<computeroutput> debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> come parametro " +"aggiuntivo del kernel in casi eccezionali." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Schermate di aiuto</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Schermata di aiuto dell'installatore" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Questa schermata di aiuto si spiega da sé e con i tasti <F> sulla " +"tastiera permette di ottenere una guida più dettagliata sugli argomenti " +"descritti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu di avvio dell'installatore su hardware a 64-bit - UEFI mode</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menu di avvio dell'installazione 64-bit (UEFI mode)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Aggiungere o modificare i parametri di avvio per le installazioni</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"In entrambi i casi le opzioni di avvio possono essere modificate premendo il " +"tasto <emphasis role=\"strong\">Tab</emphasis> o il tasto <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> nel menu di avvio; la schermata mostra la riga " +"di comando per l'<emphasis role=\"strong\">installazione grafica</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Modifica delle opzioni della riga di comando (BIOS mode)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Modifica delle opzioni della riga di comando (UEFI mode)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Si può utilizzare un servizio proxy HTTP esistente sulla rete per " +"velocizzare l'installazione del profilo del <emphasis>server principale</" +"emphasis> dal CD. Aggiungere ad esempio <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> come parametro addizionale di " +"avvio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Se si è già installato il profilo del <emphasis>server principale</emphasis> " +"su una macchina, ulteriori installazioni dovrebbero essere fatte via PXE, in " +"quanto questo utilizzerà automaticamente il proxy del server principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Per installare il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> al " +"posto del desktop di default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " +"sostituire <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> con <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> nel parametro <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, " +"usare <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, " +"usare <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis>, usare <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per installare invece il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis>, usare <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per installare il desktop <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, usare " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Il processo d'installazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ricordarsi i <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisiti di sistema</link> e " +"assicurarsi di avere almeno due schede di rete (NIC) se si si desidera " +"installare un server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Scegliere una lingua (per l'installazione e per il sistema da usare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere un paese che normalmente dovrebbe essere il luogo in cui si vive." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere una disposizione di tastiera (in genere quella predefinita per il " +"proprio paese va bene)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Scegliere il profilo dal seguente elenco:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Questo è il server principale (tjener) per la scuola e mette a disposizione " +"tutti i servizi preconfigurati e pronti all'uso. Si deve installare un solo " +"server principale per ogni scuola! Questo profilo non include un'interfaccia " +"grafica. Se si vuole un'interfaccia grafica selezionare in aggiunta al " +"profilo, anche il profilo Workstation o LTSP Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Il computer si avvia dal suo hard disk locale, e esegue tutto il software e " +"le periferiche installate localmente, come un normale computer, ma il login " +"dell'utente è autenticato attraverso il server principale dove sono " +"archiviati i file e il desktop dell'utente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation mobili</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Lo stesso della workstation, ma capace di autenticare l'utente usando " +"credenziali in cache, questo significa che si può usare fuori dalla rete " +"della scuola. I file degli utenti e i loro profili sono archiviati nel disco " +"della macchina. Il singolo utente con notebook e laptop dovrebbe selezionare " +"questo profilo e non il profilo \"Workstation\" o \"Standalone\" come " +"suggerito nei precedenti rilasci." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"I server di thin-client (e workstation senza dischi) sono chiamati anche " +"server LTSP. I client che non hanno disco si avviano e eseguono il software " +"attraverso questo server. Questo computer ha bisogno di due schede di rete, " +"molta memoria e sarebbe ideale se ci fosse più di un processore. Consultare " +"il capitolo sui <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client di rete</link> per " +"maggiori informazioni. Scegliendo questo profilo si carica anche il profilo " +"workstation (anche se non è selezionato), un server LTSP può sempre essere " +"usato come una workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Un computer normale che può funzionare senza un server di principale (cioè " +"non occorre che sia nella rete). Include i laptop." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Questo profilo installerà i pacchetti di base e la macchina sarà configurata " +"per essere integrata in una rete Debian Edu, ma senza servizi e " +"applicazioni. È utile come piattaforma per singoli servizi trasferiti " +"manualmente dal server principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso in cui gli utenti comuni debbano essere in grado di utilizzare tale " +"sistema, è necessario aggiungerlo utilizzando GOsa² (simile a una " +"workstation) e installare il pacchetto libpam-krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"I profili <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> sono preselezionati. Questi profili possono essere " +"installati insieme su una macchina se si vuole avere un cosiddetto " +"<emphasis>server principale combinato</emphasis>. Questo vuol dire che il " +"server principale sarà anche un server LTSP e potrà essere usato come una " +"workstation. Questa è la scelta predefinita, dal momento che si pensa che la " +"maggioranza delle persone la desideri. Notare che occorre installare 2 " +"schede di rete nella macchina che funzionerà da server principale combinato " +"o come server LTSP, che saranno utili dopo l'installazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Rispondere \"yes\" o \"no\" per il partizionamento automatico. Occorre " +"essere consapevoli del fatto che se si risponde \"yes\" vengono distrutti " +"tutti i dati sui dischi! Se si risponde \"no\" questo richiederà più lavoro: " +"sarà necessario assicurarsi che le partizioni necessarie vengano create e " +"siano grandi abbastanza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Per favore scegliere \"yes\" per mandare informazioni a <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/> e permetterci di sapere quali pacchetti sono " +"popolari e dovrebbero essere mantenuti nei rilasci futuri. Questo non è " +"obbligatorio, ma è un modo semplice per aiutarci." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Aspettare, se il server LTSP è tra i profili selezionati, allora " +"l'installazione rimarrà per un tempo piuttosto lungo alla fine nella fase " +"\"Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver dato la password di root, verrà chiesto di creare un utente " +"normale \"per le attività non amministrative\". Per Debian Edu questo " +"account è molto importante: è l'account che verrà utilizzato per gestire la " +"rete Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"La password prescelta per questo utente <emphasis role=\"strong\">deve</" +"emphasis> avere una lunghezza di <emphasis role=\"strong\">almeno 5 " +"caratteri</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"strong\">deve essere diversa</" +"emphasis> dal <emphasis role=\"strong\">nome utente</emphasis> altrimenti il " +"login non sarà possibile (anche se una password più breve e una password che " +"corrisponda al nome utente sarà accettata dal programma di installazione)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Aspettare ancora nel caso di un <emphasis>server principale combinato</" +"emphasis> dopo aver riavviato il sistema. Passerà un bel po' di tempo per " +"generare l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso di un server LTSP separato, la configurazione della workstation " +"senza disco e/o del thin client richiede alcuni passaggi manuali. Per " +"maggiori informazioni vedere il capitolo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> " +"HowTo per i client di rete</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Installare un gateway con debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +#| "simplifies the the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +#| "interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +#| "obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Il pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"semplifica la configurazione di un gateway per una rete Debian Edu " +"attraverso un processo di configurazione interattivo in cui le informazioni " +"necessarie sono ottenute attraverso una serie di dialoghi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per utilizzarlo, eseguire un'installazione minima di Debian. Assicurarsi di " +"usare il normale programma di installazione Debian e non quello di Debian " +"Edu, poiché le installazioni Debian Edu non sono supportate da " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput> usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"I messaggi di errore relativi alla configurazione sono previsti e possono " +"essere ignorati per il momento." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Per il processo di configurazione successivo dell'installazione di " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, è necessario " +"l'accesso fisico al computer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Le interfacce di rete possono essere già collegate alle reti appropriate, ma " +"non è necessario che lo siano. Tuttavia, è necessario sapere quale " +"interfaccia sarà collegata a quale rete. Per avere maggiori informazioni " +"sull'hardware della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "può essere usato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Rimuovere la configurazione delle due interfacce di rete da <computeroutput>/" +"etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> o i file in <computeroutput>/etc/" +"network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> e riconfigurare le due interfacce " +"usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Il processo di configurazione effettivo viene avviato con" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selezionare il metodo di configurazione della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Conferma per la configurazione di uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Quando viene chiesto il metodo di configurazione del firewall uif, scegliere " +"\"debian-edu-router\". Confermare che si vuole configurare il firewall per " +"Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Consentire traceroute in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Consentire traceroute in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Decidere se si vuole rispondere a ping e traceroute. Se non si è sicuri, " +"rispondere affermativamente, poiché può essere utile per diagnosticare i " +"problemi di rete." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Abilitare l'inoltro dei pacchetti IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confermare che si desidera attivare l'inoltro dei pacchetti IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Selezionare il metodo di configurazione della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Selezionare il metodo di configurazione della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Quindi, assegnare le reti alle interfacce di rete del router, scegliendo una " +"delle opzioni proposte a seconda che le interfacce di rete siano già " +"collegate o meno." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Selezionare l'interfaccia uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Selezionare l'interfaccia collegata alla rete principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Selezionare le reti interne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare una rete interna; nel caso in cui non si sia sicuri e si voglia " +"semplicemente una singola rete interna, selezionare qui \" Education\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Abilitare l'uso delle VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Selezionare se le VLAN devono essere utilizzate per le reti interne; se non " +"si è sicuri, selezionare no." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Selezionare le versioni IP supportate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Selezionare qui \"IPv4\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Selezionare le reti che richiedono un indirizzo IP statico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Impostare un indirizzo IP statico per la rete interna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Impostare <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> come indirizzo IP " +"statico per la rete interna \"Education\" se si è seguito il suggerimento " +"precedente sulle reti interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Abilitare NAT per le reti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Abilitare NAT per la rete interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Abilitare l'accesso a Internet per le reti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Abilitare l'accesso a Internet per le reti interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Impostare il reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Impostare il reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera fornire qualsiasi servizio interno a Internet, è possibile " +"configurarlo utilizzando la sintassi descritta. Si noti che l'accesso SSH " +"al gateway può essere configurato utilizzando la seguente finestra di " +"dialogo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Abilitare l'accesso SSH per le reti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "Decidere da quali reti si vuole consentire l'accesso SSH al gateway." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurare la porta SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurare la porta SSH, che dovrebbe essere la <computeroutput>22</" +"computeroutput> se la configurazione non è stata modificata." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Abilitare il DHCP per le reti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Non abilitare il DHCP per le reti interne, che sarà fornito dal server " +"principale di Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine." +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Collegare le interfacce di rete, se non lo si è già fatto, e riavviare la " +"macchina." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se è stato abilitato l'accesso SSH, il gateway può essere riconfigurato da " +"remoto tramite il menu offerto quando si accede come root. Premendo " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> nel menu principale si passa al menu di " +"configurazione dal quale è possibile modificare tutta o parte della " +"configurazione utilizzando lo stesso sistema di dialogo usato per la " +"configurazione iniziale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Note su alcune caratteristiche" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Una nota sui notebook" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Molto probabilmente si vuole utilizzare il profilo \"Roaming workstation\" " +"(vedere sopra). Occorre essere consapevoli che tutti i dati sono memorizzati " +"in locale (perciò porre più attenzione nei backup) e le credenziali di " +"accesso vengono memorizzate nella cache (la \"vecchia\" password può essere " +"necessaria per eseguire il login se non si è collegato il portatile alla " +"rete e non si è fatto ancora il login con la nuova password)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Una nota sull'installazione dell'immagine da flash drive USB / Blu-ray disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Se si installa da un'immagine su flash drive USB / Blu-ray disc, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> conterrà come " +"sorgente solo quella immagine. Se si ha un collegamento Internet si " +"raccomanda caldamente di aggiungere le seguenti righe al file in modo da " +"avere disponibili e installare gli aggiornamenti di sicurezza:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione netinst (che è il tipo di installazione che il nostro CD " +"fornisce) prenderà alcuni pacchetti dal CD e il resto dalla rete. " +"L'ammontare dei pacchetti da scaricare varia da profilo a profilo, ma rimane " +"al di sotto di un gigabyte (a meno che non si scelga di installare tutti i " +"possibili desktop). Una volta installato il server principale (se solo il " +"server principale oppure un server combinato non ha importanza), le " +"installazioni successive utilizzeranno il suo proxy per evitare di scaricare " +"lo stesso pacchetto dalla rete più volte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Installazione da flash drive USB al posto di CD /Blu-ray disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"È possibile copiare direttamente l'immagine ISO di un CD/BD su unità flash " +"USB (dette anche \"chiavette USB\") e avviarla da esse. È sufficiente " +"eseguire un comando come questo, adattando il nome del file e del " +"dispositivo alle proprie esigenze:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Per determinare il valore di X, eseguire questo comando prima e dopo " +"l'inserimento del dispositivo USB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Si prega di notare che la copia richiederà un po' di tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"A seconda dell'immagine scelta, la penna USB si comporterà esattamente come " +"un CD o Blu-ray disc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Installazione e avvio da rete via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Per questo metodo di installazione è necessario avere un server principale " +"in esecuzione. Quando i client si avviano dalla rete principale, viene " +"visualizzato un menu iPXE con opzioni per la selezione dell'installatore e " +"dell'avvio. Se l'installazione PXE fallisce con un messaggio di errore che " +"indica che un file XXX.bin è mancante, allora molto probabilmente la scheda " +"di rete del client richiede un firmware non libero. In questo caso deve " +"essere modificato l'initrd dell'installatore Debian. Questo può essere fatto " +"con il comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "sul server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Così appare il menu iPXE solo con il profilo <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Il menu iPXE senza elementi LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Così appare il menu iPXE solo con il profilo <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "iPXE con elementi LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Questa configurazione permette anche di avviare workstation senza dischi e " +"thin-client sulla rete principale. A differenza delle workstation e server " +"separati LTSP, le workstation senza dischi non devono essere aggiunte a LDAP " +"con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Maggiori informazioni sui client della rete possono essere trovati nella " +"sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo per i client di rete</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modificare le installazioni PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione PXE utilizza un file di preconfigurazione per l'installatore " +"Debian. Questo file può essere modificato per installare più pacchetti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Bisogna aggiungere una riga come la seguente a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione PXE usa i file di preconfigurazione in <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Questo file può " +"essere cambiato per adattare la preconfigurazione usata durante " +"l'installazione, per esempio per evitare più domande quando si installa la " +"rete. Un'altra possibilità per ottenere la stessa cosa è inserire " +"impostazioni aggiuntive in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" +"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> e eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/" +"debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> per aggiornare i file generati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Maggiori informazioni si possono trovare nel <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manuale dell'installazione " +"di Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Per disabilitare o cambiare le impostazioni del proxy quando si installa via " +"PXE, le righe contenenti <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>preseed/" +"early_command</computeroutput> in <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> devono essere cambiate. Per " +"disabilitare l'uso del proxy quando si installa, mettere un carattere '#' " +"davanti alla prime due righe ed eliminare la parte \"<computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" dall'ultima." + +# " davanti alla prima delle due righe, e rimuovere \"<computeroutput>export xhttp_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\";</computeroutput>\" nella seconda." +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Alcune configurazioni non possono essere preselezionate in quanto sono " +"necessarie prima che il file di installazione sia caricato. La lingua, la " +"disposizione di tastiera e il desktop sono esempi di queste impostazioni. Se " +"si desidera modificare le impostazioni predefinite, modificare il file del " +"menu iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> sul " +"server principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Immagini personalizzate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Creare una versione personalizzata del CD, DVD o Blu-ray è possibile " +"abbastanza facilmente, usando l'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/\">installatore Debian</ulink>, che ha un progetto modulare " +"e altre interessanti caratteristiche. L'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">uso di preconfigurazione</ulink> permette di " +"definire le risposte alle domande normalmente richieste." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Quello che è necessario è creare un file di preconfigurazione con le " +"risposte personalizzate (tutto questo è descritto nell'appendice del manuale " +"dell'installatore Debian) e <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">rimasterizzare il CD/DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Screenshot" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"La modalità testuale e l'installazione grafica sono identiche, solo " +"l'aspetto è diverso. La modalità grafica permette l'uso del mouse e, " +"naturalmente appare più bella e moderna. A meno che non si abbiano problemi " +"con l'hardware, non vi è alcun motivo per non usare la modalità grafica. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Qui sotto ci sono più schermate sulla installazione grafica Main-Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server (in BIOS mode) e come questa appare al primo avvio " +"del server principale e un avvio PXE sulla rete client LTSP (schermata della " +"sessione thin client e schermata di login dopo che la sessione sulla destra " +"è stata cliccata)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Scelta della lingua" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Selezionare la posizione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configurare la tastiera" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Rilevare l'hardware di rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configurare la rete manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configurare l'indirizzo IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configurare il gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configurare il nameserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Scegliere il profilo Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Usare lo strumento di partizionamento automatico: no" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Usare lo strumento di partizionamento automatico: yes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Partecipare al rilevamento sull'utilizzo dei pacchetti: no" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Partecipare al rilevamento sull'utilizzo dei pacchetti: yes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Impostare la password per l'utente root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Inserire il nome completo per il primo utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Inserire il nome dell'utente per il primo utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Inserire la password per il primo utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installazione completa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Schermata di accesso a Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Il desktop Xfce mostra la finestra del browser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Schermata del desktop Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Schermata di benvenuto per thin-client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Schermata di accesso al thin client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Iniziare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "I passi essenziali per iniziare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Durante l'installazione del server principale un primo account è stato " +"creato. Nel resto del documento questo account sarà denominato \"primo " +"utente\". Questo account è speciale in quanto i permessi per la directory " +"home sono impostati a 700 (<computeroutput> chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> " +"per rendere accessibili le pagine web personali) e il primo utente può usare " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> per diventare root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Vedere le informazioni specifiche su Debian Edu per la <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">configurazione " +"per l'accesso al file system</link> prima di aggiungere utenti; se " +"necessario, adeguarsi alla politica del sito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Dopo l'installazione, le prime cose che si devono fare come primo utente " +"sono:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Accedere al server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Aggiungere utenti con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Aggiungere workstation con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Come aggiungere utenti e workstation è descritto in dettaglio sotto, occorre " +"leggere questo capitolo completamente. Il capitolo descrive come fare i " +"passi essenziali correttamente così come altri accorgimenti che " +"probabilmente tutti dovrebbero prendere in considerazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +#| "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bookworm</link> chapter should " +#| "be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +#| "upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +#| "linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ci sono altre informazioni disponibili in questo manuale: il capitolo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nuove funzionalità in Bookworm</link> dovrebbe essere " +"letto da tutti coloro che hanno familiarità con le precedenti versioni. " +"Occorre leggere il capitolo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Aggiornamenti</link> " +"per quelli che aggiornano da una versione precedente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Se il traffico generico del DNS è bloccato nella vostra rete e si usano " +"alcuni specifici server DNS per navigare, occorre dire al server DNS di " +"usare il server utilizzato come proprio \"forwarder\". Occorre quindi " +"aggiornare le opzioni di /etc/bind/named.conf e specificare l'indirizzo IP " +"del server DNS da utilizzare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"La sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo</link> descrive altri " +"accorgimenti e trucchi e alcune risposte alle domande frequenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Ci sono diversi servizi attivi sul server principale che possono essere " +"gestiti attraverso l'interfaccia web. Di seguito viene descritto ogni " +"servizio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introduzione a GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² è uno strumento di amministrazione basato su un'interfaccia web che " +"aiuterà ad amministrare alcune parti importanti della configurazione di " +"Debian Edu. Con GOsa² si possono amministrare (aggiungere, modificare, " +"cancellare) questi gruppi principali:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione dei Netgroup NIS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Amministrazione DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Per accedere a GOsa² occorre avere un server principale Skolelinux e un " +"sistema (client) con un browser web installato che può essere il server " +"principale stesso se è stato installato come server combinato (main server + " +"server LTSP + workstation)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Se si è installato (probabilmente per sbaglio) solo il profilo " +"<emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> non si ha a disposizione un browser web. È " +"facile installare un desktop minimale nel server principale utilizzando " +"questa sequenza di comandi in una shell (non grafica) come primo utente " +"(creato durante l'installazione del server principale):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Da un browser web usare questo URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> per " +"l'accesso a GOsa², collegandosi come primo utente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bookworm machine, the site certificate " +#| "will be known by the browser." +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"In caso si usi una nuova macchina Debian Edu Bookworm, il certificato sarà " +"riconosciuto dal browser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Negli altri casi si riceverà un messaggio di errore per il certificato SSL. " +"Se si sa di essere soli nella rete basta dire al browser di accettarlo e " +"ignorare il messaggio. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Accesso a GOsa² e pagina iniziale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Pagina di GOsa² dopo il login come primo utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Dopo che ci si è collegati a GOsa² si vedrà la pagina iniziale di GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Successivamente, è possibile scegliere un'azione nel menu o fare clic su una " +"delle icone della pagina iniziale. Per la navigazione, si consiglia di " +"utilizzare il menu a sinistra dello schermo, in quanto questo rimarrà " +"visibile su tutte le pagine di amministrazione di GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"In Debian Edu le informazioni sugli account, i gruppi e il sistema sono " +"archiviate in una directory LDAP. Questi dati non sono usati solo dal server " +"principale, ma anche dalle workstation (senza disco), dai server LTSP e " +"dalle macchine nella rete. Con LDAP le informazioni degli studenti, " +"insegnanti, etc. devono essere inserite una sola volta. Dopo aver fornito le " +"informazioni in LDAP, le stesse saranno disponibili su tutti i sistemi della " +"rete Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Gosa² è uno strumento di amministrazione che usa LDAP per memorizzare le " +"informazioni e fornire una struttura gerarchica di dipartimenti. Per ogni " +"\"dipartimento\" è possibile aggiungere account utenti, gruppi, sistemi, " +"gruppi di rete, ecc. A seconda della struttura della vostra istituzione, è " +"possibile utilizzare la struttura del dipartimento in Gosa²/LDAP per " +"trasferire la struttura organizzativa della scuola in un albero dati LDAP " +"del server principale di Debian Edu. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Un'installazione predefinita del server principale di Debian Edu offre " +"attualmente due \"dipartimenti\": Teachers e Students, oltre il livello base " +"dell'albero LDAP. Gli account degli studenti sono destinati ad essere " +"aggiunti al dipartimento \"Students\", gli insegnanti al dipartimento " +"\"Teachers\", i sistemi (server, workstation etc.) sono attualmente aggiunti " +"al livello di base. Questa struttura può essere personalizzata in base alle " +"proprie esigenze. (Si può trovare un esempio su come creare utenti per " +"gruppi di anni, con home directory comuni per ogni gruppo nella sezione " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration</link> di questo manuale)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"A seconda dell'azione su cui si desidera lavorare (gestire utenti, gestire " +"gruppi, gestire sistemi, etc.) Gosa² presenta una schermata diversa per il " +"dipartimento selezionato (o per il livello di base)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Per prima cosa si clicca su \"Users\" nel menu di navigazione a sinistra. La " +"parte destra dello schermo cambia e si vede una tabella con le cartelle dei " +"dipartimenti \"Students\" e \"Teachers\" e l'account di Amministratore di " +"Gosa² (il primo utente creato). Sopra questa tabella c'è un campo chiamato " +"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> che permette di navigare attraverso la struttura " +"ad albero (occorre spostare il mouse su quella zona e appare un menu a " +"discesa) e selezionare una cartella di base per le operazioni che si " +"intendono fare (ad esempio aggiungere un nuovo utente)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Aggiungere utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Accanto alla navigazione ad albero c'è il menu \"Actions\". Spostare il " +"mouse su questa voce e un sottomenu appare sullo schermo, scegliere " +"\"Create\" e poi \"User\". Ci sarà una procedura guidata che aiuterà nella " +"creazione dell'utente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"La cosa più importante da fare è inserire il modello (NewStudent o " +"NewTeacher) il nome completo dell'utente (vedere la figura)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Seguendo la procedura guidata si vedrà che GOsa² genererà un nome utente " +"automaticamente in base al nome reale. GOsa² sceglie automaticamente un nome " +"utente che ancora non esiste, così più utenti con lo stesso nome avranno un " +"nome utente diverso. Si noti che GOsa² può generare nomi utente non validi " +"se il nome completo contiene caratteri non ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Se non piace il nome utente generato è possibile selezionarne un altro " +"indicato nella casella a discesa, anche se nella procedura guidata non si " +"può fare una libera scelta. (Per modificare il nome utente proposto, aprire " +"con un editor <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> e " +"aggiungere <computeroutput> allowUIDProposalModification = \"true\" </" +"computeroutput> come opzione aggiuntiva alla \"location definition\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Quando la procedura guidata è terminata, viene presentata la schermata di " +"GOsa² per l'oggetto nuovo utente. Utilizzare le schede in alto, per " +"verificare i campi compilati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver creato l'utente (per ora non è necessario personalizzare i campi " +"che la procedura guidata ha lasciato vuoti), fare clic sul pulsante \"Ok\" " +"in basso a destra." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Come ultimo passo GOsa² chiederà una password per il nuovo utente. Digitare " +"la password due volte, quindi fare clic su \"Set password\" in basso a " +"destra." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Alcuni caratteri non sono permessi nella password." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Se tutto è andato bene, ora è possibile vedere il nuovo utente nella tabella " +"degli utenti. Ora si dovrebbe essere in grado di accedere con quel nome " +"utente su qualsiasi macchina Skolelinux all'interno della rete." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Cercare, modificare e cancellare utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Il riquadro dei filtri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Se occorre modificare o cancellare un utente si usa GOsa² per vedere " +"l'elenco degli utenti nel proprio sistema. In alto a sinistra dello schermo, " +"si trova il riquadro \"Filter\", uno strumento di ricerca fornito da GOsa². " +"Se non si conosce esattamente dove si trova l'account nell'albero, occorre " +"spostarsi nel livello di base dell'albero di GOsa²/LDAP e cercare con " +"l'opzione chiamata: \"[x] Cerca in subtrees\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Quando si usa il riquadro \"Filter\", i risultati appariranno immediatamente " +"in mezzo al testo nell'elenco della tabella. Ogni riga rappresenta un " +"account utente e gli elementi più a destra di ogni riga sono piccole icone " +"che forniscono le azioni necessarie: modificare utente, bloccare l'account, " +"impostare la password e rimuovere l'utente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Verrà mostrata una nuova pagina in cui si possono modificare direttamente le " +"informazioni dell'utente come cambiare la password o modificare la lista dei " +"gruppi ai quali appartiene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Modificare i dati utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Impostare le password" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Gli studenti possono cambiare la propria password accedendo a GOsa² con i " +"loro nomi utente. Per facilitare l'accesso a GOsa², è presente un'icona " +"denominata Gosa nel desktop e nel menu di sistema (o Impostazioni di " +"sistema). La versione di GOsa² per uno studente che vi accede è davvero " +"minimale permettendo solo l'accesso ai propri dati di account e alla " +"possibilità di cambiare la password." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Gli insegnanti hanno privilegi speciali in GOsa². Essi hanno una vista " +"privilegiata di GOsa² e possono cambiare la password per tutti gli studenti. " +"Questo può essere molto utile in classe. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Per configurare una nuova password per l'utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "cercare l'utente che si vuole modificare, come spiegato sopra" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "cliccare sul simbolo della chiave alla fine della riga del nome utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"nella pagina che si presenta è possibile impostare una nuova password a " +"propria scelta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Configurare la password dell'utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione alle implicazioni per la sicurezza " +"dovute alla facilità di indovinare le password.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Gestione avanzata degli utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"È possibile creare una grande quantità di utenti con GOsa² utilizzando un " +"file CSV, che può essere creato con un buon foglio di calcolo (per esempio " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Occorre inserire almeno i seguenti " +"campi: uid, cognome (sn), nome (givenName) e password. Assicurarsi che non " +"ci siano voci duplicate nel campo uid. Occorre controllare anche di non " +"duplicare uid esistenti in LDAP (questi possono essere ottenuti eseguendo " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> da terminale)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Qui ci sono le indicazioni su come creare un file CSV (GOsa² è abbastanza " +"intollerante con questi file):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Usare \",\" come separatore di campo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Non usare le virgolette" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Il file CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">non deve</emphasis> contenere una riga " +"di intestazione (che in genere contiene i nomi delle colonne)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"L'ordine dei campi non è rilevante, questo può essere definito in Gosa² " +"durante l'importazione di massa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Le operazioni per l'importazione di massa sono:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" +"clic sul collegamento \"LDAP Manager\" nel menu di navigazione sulla " +"sinistra " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "clic sulla scheda \"Import\" sulla destra dello schermo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"navigare sul disco locale e selezionare il file CSV con l'elenco degli " +"utenti da importare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"scegliere uno dei modelli disponibili per gli utenti che deve essere " +"applicato durante l'importazione di massa (come NewTeacher o NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante \"Import\" nell'angolo in basso a destra" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"È una buona idea fare qualche test prima, meglio con un file CSV che " +"contiene pochi utenti fittizi che potranno essere cancellati più tardi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Lo stesso vale per il modulo di gestione delle password, che permette di " +"resettare molte password utilizzando un file CSV o di rigenerare nuove " +"password per gli utenti appartenenti a uno speciale sottoalbero LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Resettare le password" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Aggiungere utenti dalla riga di comando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +#| "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +#| "documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration--ldap-createuser-" +#| "krb5.2C_a_command-line_tool_for_adding_users\">Administration HowTo</link>" +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Gli account utente possono essere aggiunti anche dalla riga di comando " +"utilizzando lo strumento <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>; vedere la documentazione nella sezione <link " +"linkend=\"Administration--ldap-createuser-krb5.2C_a_command-" +"line_tool_for_adding_users\">Administration HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "creare il gruppo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "create group" +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "creare il gruppo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "La gestione dei gruppi è molto simile a quella degli utenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"È possibile inserire un nome e una descrizione per ogni gruppo. Assicurarsi " +"di scegliere il giusto livello nella struttura LDAP quando si crea un nuovo " +"gruppo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Se si aggiungono utenti a un gruppo appena creato si torna alla lista degli " +"utenti, dove si può utilizzare il riquadro di filtro per trovare utenti. " +"Controllare anche il livello dell'albero LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"I gruppi inseriti attraverso la gestione dei gruppi sono gruppi regolari " +"unix, così possono essere usati anche per i permessi dei file." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"L'amministrazione delle macchine permette in pratica di gestire tutti i " +"dispositivi nella propria rete Debian Edu. Ogni macchina aggiunta alla " +"directory LDAP con GOsa² ha un nome, un indirizzo IP, un indirizzo MAC e un " +"nome di dominio (che in genere è \"intern\"). Per una descrizione più " +"completa dell'architettura di Debian Edu consultare la sezione <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Le workstation senza disco e i thin client funzionano out-of-the-box nel " +"caso di un <emphasis>server principale combinato</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Le workstation con disco (compresi i server LTSP separati) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">devono</emphasis> essere aggiunte con GOsa². Dietro le " +"quinte, vengono generati sia un Kerberos Principal (una specie di " +"<emphasis>account</emphasis>) specifico della macchina che un file keytab " +"correlato (contenente una chiave usata come <emphasis>password</emphasis>); " +"il file keytab deve essere presente sulla workstation per poter montare le " +"home directory degli utenti. Una volta che il sistema aggiunto è stato " +"riavviato, accedervi come root ed eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-" +"edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Per crearne Kerberos Principal e il file keytab per un sistema <emphasis>già " +"configurato con GOsa²</emphasis>, effettuare il login sul server principale " +"come root ed eseguire" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione:</emphasis> la creazione di host keytab " +"è possibile per sistemi di tipo <emphasis>workstation</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>server</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminali</emphasis> ma non per " +"quelli di tipo <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Vedere il capitolo<link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> per le opzioni di " +"configurazione di NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere una macchina, utilizzare il menu principale di GOsa², " +"systems, add. Il nome della macchina deve essere un nome host valido " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">non qualificato</emphasis>, non aggiungere il nome " +"di dominio. È possibile utilizzare un indirizzo IP/hosnamet dallo spazio " +"indirizzi preconfigurato 10.0.0.0/8. Attualmente esistono solo due indirizzi " +"fissi predefiniti: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Gli indirizzi da " +"10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (circa 10.0.16.0/20 o 4000 host) sono riservati al " +"DHCP e vengono assegnati dinamicamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Per assegnare a un host con l'indirizzo MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 un indirizzo " +"statico in GOsa² occorre inserire l'indirizzo MAC, il nome dell'host e l'IP; " +"in alternativa è possibile cliccare sul pulsante <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> che mostrerà il primo indirizzo fisso libero in 10.0.0.0/8, " +"molto probabilmente qualcosa di simile a 10.0.0.2 se si aggiunge la prima " +"macchina in questo modo. Sarebbe meglio pensare prima a un intervallo adatto " +"per la rete: per esempio si potrebbe usare 10.0.0.x con x>10 e x<50 " +"per i server e x>100 per le workstation. Non dimenticarsi di attivare il " +"sistema appena aggiunto. Con l'eccezione del server principale tutti i " +"sistemi saranno visualizzati con un'icona." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Se le macchine sono avviate come thin-client/workstation senza dischi o sono " +"state installate usando uno dei profili di rete, lo script " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> può essere usato per " +"aggiungere automaticamente macchine a GOsa². Per macchine semplici " +"funzionerà out of the box, per macchine con più di un mac address quello " +"scelto attualmente deve essere usato, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " +"-h</computeroutput> mostra le informazioni di utilizzo. Notare che gli " +"indirizzi IP dopo l'uso di <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> appartengono all'intervallo dinamico degli IP. Questi " +"sistemi possono poi essere modificati per adattarsi alla vostra rete: " +"rinominare ogni nuovo sistema, attivare DHCP e DNS, aggiungerlo ai gruppi di " +"rete (vedere la seguente schermata per i gruppi di rete consigliati), " +"occorre dopo riavviare il sistema. Le seguenti schermate mostrano come " +"stanno le cose in pratica:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Elenco dei sistemi di GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Dettagli dell'host" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificare host" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Aggiungere gruppi di rete (netgroup)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Un compito cron di aggiornamento del DNS viene eseguito ogni ora il comando; " +"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> può essere utilizzato per " +"attivare manualmente l'aggiornamento." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Cercare e cancellare le macchine è simile a cercare e cancellare utenti e la " +"procedura qui non viene ripetuta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione dei Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver aggiunto una macchina all'albero LDAP usando GOsa², si può " +"modificarne le proprietà usando la funzione di ricerca e cliccando sulla " +"macchina desiderata (come per gli utenti)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Il formato di queste voci di sistema è simile a quello che già è stato visto " +"per modificare le voci degli utenti, ma i campi significano cose diverse in " +"questo contesto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Per esempio, quando si aggiunge una macchina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> non si modificano i permessi di accesso ai file o di " +"esecuzione di comandi per quella macchina o per gli utenti che si collegano " +"da essa, ma si limitano invece i servizi che tale macchina può usare sul " +"server principale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"L'installazione predefinita mette a disposizione i seguenti " +"<computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Al momento la funzionalità <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> è usata " +"per" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ridimensionamento delle partizioni</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Le macchine Debian Edu che appartengono a questo gruppo automaticamente " +"adatteranno le partizioni LVM che sono diventate insufficienti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Spegnere le macchine di notte</emphasis> (shutdown-" +"at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Le macchine Debian Edu in questo gruppo si spegneranno automaticamente la " +"notte per risparmiare energia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestire le stampanti</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Le macchine Debian Edu in questi gruppi svuoteranno le code di stampa ogni " +"notte e riattiveranno ogni coda di stampa disabilitata ogni ora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocco dell'accesso a Internet</emphasis> " +"(netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Alle macchine Debian Edu di questo gruppo sarà consentita solo la " +"connessione alla rete locale. In combinazione con le restrizioni dei proxy " +"web potrebbero essere utilizzate durante gli esami." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Per l'amministrazione delle stampanti ci si collega con il browser web a " +"<ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Quella che appare è la consueta " +"interfaccia di gestione di CUPS in cui si può aggiungere/cancellare/" +"modificare le proprie stampanti e pulire le code di stampa. Questo è " +"consentito di default solo al primo utente, ma questa condotta può essere " +"modificata: aggiungendo utenti con GOsa² al gruppo <computeroutput>printer-" +"admins</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Utilizzare stampanti collegate alle workstation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Il pacchetto <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> è installato di default su un " +"sistema con il profilo <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Modificare <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> come questo " +"(stampante USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurare la stampante utilizzando l'interfaccia web " +"<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> sul server " +"principale; scegliere tipo della stampante di rete <computeroutput>AppSocket/" +"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (per tutte le stampanti indipendentemente " +"dalla marca o dal modello) e impostare come collegamento URI " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Stampanti di rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Si raccomanda di disabilitare tutte le funzioni self-advertising nelle " +"stampanti di rete utilizzate. Invece, occorre assegnare un indirizzo IP " +"fisso con GOsa² e configurarle come stampanti di rete con " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione predefinita in Debian Edu è di avere gli orologi in tutte " +"le macchine sincronizzati, ma non necessariamente con l'orario corretto. Il " +"servizio NTP è usato per aggiornare l'orario. Gli orologi saranno " +"sincronizzati in modo predefinito con una sorgente esterna. Questo può " +"lasciare aperta una connessione esterna Internet se è creata quando usata." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Se si usa dialup o ISDN e si paga a minuto, si può cambiare l'impostazione " +"predefinita." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Per disabilitare la sincronizzazione con un orologio esterno occorre " +"modificare il file /etc/ntp.conf nel server principale. Aggiungere un " +"commento (\"#\") di fronte alle righe con <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput>. In seguito il server NTP deve essere riavviato con " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> come root. Per " +"controllare se il server sta usando un orologio esterno eseguire " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Allargare le partizioni piene" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"A causa di un possibile bug nel partizionamento automatico, alcune " +"partizioni possono risultare piene dopo l'installazione. Per aumentare le " +"partizioni piene eseguire come root <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize " +"-n</computeroutput>. Per maggiori informazioni vedere l'HowTO su come " +"ridimensionare le partizioni nel <link linkend=\"Administration\">capitolo " +"degli howto di amministrazione</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenzione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Aggiornare il software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Questa sezione spiega come usare <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"L'uso di <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> è molto semplice. Per " +"aggiornare il sistema occorre eseguire due comandi da terminale come root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (aggiorna l'elenco dei pacchetti " +"disponibili) e <computeroutput>apt upgrade</computeroutput> (aggiorna i " +"pacchetti che hanno un aggiornamento disponibile)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"È anche una buona idea aggiornare usando il C locale per ottenere l'output " +"in inglese che in caso di problemi ha maggiori probabilità di produrre " +"risultati nei motori di ricerca." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dopo aver aggiornato il pacchetto<computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, è possibile che siano disponibili file di configurazione di " +"Cfengine modificati. Eseguire <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-" +"edu/</computeroutput> per verificare se è questo il caso. Per applicare le " +"modifiche, eseguire <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"É importante eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> dopo gli aggiornamenti del server " +"LTSP per mantenere sincronizzata l'immagine SquashFS per i client senza " +"disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Dopo un aggiornamento point release di un sistema con profilo <emphasis>Main " +"Server</emphasis> o <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> deve essere eseguito per aggiornare " +"l'ambiente di installazione PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Una buona idea è anche installare <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e configurarli in modo " +"che mandino email ad un indirizzo che si legge regolarmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> notifica una volta al giorno via " +"email, quali pacchetti sono disponibili per l'aggiornamento. Questo " +"programma non li installa, ma li scarica (di solito di notte), così da non " +"dovere aspettare, quando si lancia <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti può essere eseguita " +"facilmente se lo si desidera. Si ha solo bisogno del pacchetto " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, installato e " +"configurato come descritto in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> può inviare via posta " +"elettronica le nuove voci nel file changelog, o in alternativa le mostra nel " +"terminale quando si esegue <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Tenersi informati sugli aggiornamenti di sicurezza " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Eseguire <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> come è stato descritto " +"sopra è un buon modo per sapere che per un pacchetto è disponibile un " +"aggiornamento di sicurezza. Un altro modo per essere informati sugli " +"aggiornamenti di sicurezza è l'iscrizione alla <ulink url=\"https://" +"lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">mailing-list Debian security-" +"announce</ulink>, che ha il vantaggio di spiegare cosa l'aggiornamento " +"riguardi. Il lato negativo (confrontato con <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput>) è che vengono date anche informazioni su pacchetti che non " +"sono stati installati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gestione dei backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Per l'amministrazione dei backup occorre puntare il browser a <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Occorre fare attenzione che si deve " +"accedere a questo indirizzo via SSL, dopo aver inserito la password di root. " +"Se si prova a collegarsi a questo sito senza usare SSL fallirà." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Nota: il sito funziona solo se si consente temporaneamente l'accesso root a " +"SSH sul server di backup, che per impostazione predefinita è il server " +"principale (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, i backup di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" +"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e LDAP sono archiviati nella " +"directory /skole/backup/, gestita come partizione separata da LVM. Se si " +"desidera avere solo copie di backup (in caso di cancellazione), questa " +"configurazione dovrebbe andare bene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Attenzione che questo backup non protegge dalla rottura degli hard disk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Se si vuol fare il backup dei dati su un server esterno, su una periferica a " +"nastro o su un altro hard disk occorre modificare un poco la configurazione " +"esistente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole ripristinare un'intera cartella, la scelta migliore è usare il " +"seguente comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Questo lascerà il contenuto di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> dalla <computeroutput><data></computeroutput> nella " +"cartella <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole ripristinare un singolo file, si dovrebbe essere in grado di " +"selezionare il file (e la versione) attraverso l'interfaccia web e scaricare " +"solo quel file." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera eliminare vecchi backup, scegliere \"Maintenance\" nel menu " +"della pagina di backup e selezionare l'istantanea più vecchia da conservare:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenzione di slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Monitorare il server" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Il monitoraggio di sistema di Munin è disponibile su <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/munin/\"/>. Il sistema permette di verificare graficamente lo stato del " +"sistema giornalmente, settimanalmente, mensilmente e annualmente, e permette " +"all'amministratore del sistema di avere un aiuto per individuare i colli di " +"bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"L'elenco delle macchine controllate da Munin è generato automaticamente " +"sulla base dell'elenco degli host riportato da sitesummary. Tutti gli host " +"che hanno installato il pacchetto munin-node sono controllati da Munin. " +"Normalmente bisogna aspettare un giorno dall'installazione di una macchina " +"prima che parta il monitoraggio di Munin a causa dell'ordine in cui vengono " +"eseguiti i compiti di cron. Per velocizzare il processo occorre eseguire " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> come root sul " +"server di sitesummary (normalmente il server principale). Questo aggiornerà " +"il file <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"L'insieme delle misurazioni raccolte viene generato automaticamente su " +"ciascuna macchina usando il programma <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" +"computeroutput>, che esplora i plugin disponibili da <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e crea i collegamenti simbolici " +"rilevanti in <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Maggiori informazioni su Munin sono disponibili a <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Il monitoraggio di sistemi e servizi Icinga è disponibile su <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. L'insieme di macchine e servizi oggetto del " +"monitoraggio viene generato automaticamente usando le informazioni raccolte " +"da sitesummary. Le macchine con il profilo di Main-server e LTSP server " +"hanno un monitoraggio completo, mentre le workstation e thin client hanno un " +"monitoraggio più limitato. Per consentire un controllo completo su una " +"workstation, installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" +"computeroutput> sulla workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"In modo predefinito Icinga non invia email. Questo può essere cambiato " +"sostituendo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> con " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> nel file <computeroutput>/" +"etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Il file di configurazione di Icinga è <computeroutput>/etc/Icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Il cron di sitesummary genera " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"con la lista delle macchine e dei servizi controllati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Controlli extra di Icinga possono essere inseriti nel file <computeroutput>/" +"var/sitesummary/lib/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> per " +"includerli nel file prodotto. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema Icinga sono disponibili al sito <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> o nel pacchetto <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Avvisi comuni di Icinga e come gestirli" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Ecco le istruzioni su come gestire gli avvertimenti più comuni di Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"La partizione (/usr/ nell'esempio) è troppo piena. In generale ci sono due " +"modi per gestire questo: (1) cancellare qualche file o (2) aumentare la " +"grandezza della partizione. Se la partizione è /var/, eliminando la cache " +"APT eseguendo <computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> si potrebbero " +"eliminare alcuni file. Se c'è ancora spazio nel gruppo di volumi di LVM, " +"potrebbe aiutare eseguire il programmma <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize</computeroutput> per estendere le partizioni. Per eseguire il " +"programma ogni ora, l'host in oggetto potrebbe essere aggiunto al netgroup " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Nuovi pacchetti sono disponibili per gli aggiornamenti. Quelli critici sono " +"normalmente correzioni di sicurezza. Per l'aggiornamento, eseguire come root " +"in un terminale <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> o accedere via SSH per fare lo stesso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Se non si desidera aggiornare manualmente dei pacchetti dando fiducia a " +"Debian di fare il lavoro per noi con le nuove versioni, è possibile " +"configurare <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> per " +"installare l'aggiornamento automatico di tutti i nuovi pacchetti ogni notte. " +"Questo non aggiornerà i chroot di LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Il kernel in esecuzione è precedente al nuovo kernel installato, e un " +"riavvio è necessario per attivare il nuovo kernel installato. Questo è " +"normalmente abbastanza urgente, i nuovi kernel normalmente sono utilizzati " +"in Debian Edu per risolvere problemi di sicurezza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Le code di stampa di CUPS hanno moltissimi di lavori in sospeso. Questo " +"probabilmente è dovuto ad una stampante non disponibile. Le code di stampa " +"disabilitate vengono riabilitate ogni ora sulle macchine che fanno parte del " +"netgroup <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, " +"perciò per tali macchine non dovrebbe essere necessaria alcuna azione " +"manuale. Le code di stampa vengono svuotate ogni sera sugli host che sono " +"membro del netgroup <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Se una macchina ha un sacco di lavori nella coda di stampa, " +"prendere in considerazione l'aggiunta di questa macchina in uno o in " +"entrambi di questi gruppi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary è usato per archiviare le informazioni da ogni computer e " +"sottoporle al server centrale. Le informazioni archiviate sono disponibili " +"in <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. In " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> sono disponibili " +"script per generare rapporti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Un semplice report di Sitesummary senza ogni dettaglio è disponibile " +"all'indirizzo <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Altra documentazione su Sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Maggiori informazioni per personalizzare Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Maggiori informazioni sulla personalizzazione di Debian Edu utile per gli " +"amministratori di sistema possono essere in <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> e in <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto chapter</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Aggiornamenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Prima di leggere questa guida per l'aggiornamento bisogna dire che " +"l'aggiornamento in un server funzionante è fatto a proprio rischio. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux viene offerto ASSOLUTAMENTE " +"SENZA GARANZIA, secondo l'uso di legge.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features " +#| "in Bookworm</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " +#| "upgrade." +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo e il capitolo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nuove caratteristiche in Bookworm</link> prima di " +"cominciare a fare l'aggiornamento del sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Indicazioni generali sull'aggiornamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"L'aggiornamento di Debian da una distribuzione alla successiva è piuttosto " +"facile. Per Debian Edu è un po' più complicato, perché i file di " +"configurazione vengono modificati non come si dovrebbe. (Vedere il bug " +"Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> per " +"maggiori informazioni su come Debian Edu dovrebbe modificare i file di " +"configurazione)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"In generale, l'aggiornamento dei server è più difficile di quello delle " +"workstation e il server principale è il più difficile da aggiornare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole essere sicuri che ogni cosa funzioni dopo l'aggiornamento, prima " +"si dovrebbe vedere se l'aggiornamento funziona in un sistema di test " +"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo. In questo modo si può " +"testare l'aggiornamento senza rischi e vedere se tutto funziona come " +"dovrebbe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Occorre leggere le informazioni su Debian Stable nel suo <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual\">manuale di " +"installazione</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Sarebbe anche saggio aspettare un po' per rendere effettivo l'aggiornamento " +"e far funzionare per qualche settimana la Oldstable, in modo che altri " +"possano testare l'aggiornamento e documentare problemi. Debian Edu Oldstable " +"continuerà a ricevere supporto per ancora qualche tempo, ma quando Debian " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cesserà il " +"supporto per Oldstable</ulink>, anche Debian Edu farà altrettanto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bullseye in a " +#| "test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Essere preparati: essere sicuri di avere provato l'aggiornamento da Bullseye " +"in un ambiente di test o avere il backup per poter tornare indietro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu " +#| "main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " +#| "Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bullseye to " +#| "Bookworm upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Bisogna fare attenzione in quanto la seguente procedura si applica " +"all'installazione di default del server principale Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, " +"profili Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (Per una panoramica generale " +"sull'aggiornamento da Bullseye a Bookworm, vedere: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "Non usare X, ma una console virtuale e collegarsi come root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Se <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> termina con errori, provare a " +"risolverli eseguendo <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e poi " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> ancora una volta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Aggiornare il server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Iniziare assicurandosi che il sistema attuale sia aggiornato:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bookworm:" +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Preparare e avviare l'aggiornamento a Bookworm:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: essere pronti a leggere un sacco di notizie; premere " +"<return> per scorrere verso il basso, <q> per lasciare la " +"pagina. Tutte le informazioni saranno mandata per posta a root in modo da " +"poterle rileggere (usando <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> o <emphasis>mutt</" +"emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Occorre leggere con attenzione tutte le informazioni di debconf, scegliere " +"'keep the local version currently installed' a meno che non sia indicato " +"diversamente in seguito: nella maggior parte dei casi funzionerà." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services: scegliere yes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba server e utility: Scegliere 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Scegliere 'keep the local version currently installed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Applicare e regolare la configurazione:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Verificare se il sistema aggiornato funziona:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Riavviare: accedi come primo utente e prova" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "se la gui di GOsa² sta funzionando," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "se si è in grado di collegare client LTSP e workstation," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "se si può aggiungere/rimuovere un membro di un gruppo di sistema," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "se si può inviare e ricevere posta elettronica interna," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "se si possono gestire le stampanti," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "e se altre cose specifiche del sito stanno funzionando." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Aggiornamento di una workstation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Eseguire tutte le operazioni di base come sul server principale e senza fare " +"le cose non necessarie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before " +#| "Bullseye)" +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux precedenti (prima di " +"Bullseye)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the " +#| "Bullseye based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the " +#| "instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manual " +#| "for Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bullseye from the " +#| "previous release, Buster." +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Per aggiornare da una release precedente, è necessario aggiornare alla " +"release Debian Edu basata su Bullseye, prima di poter seguire le istruzioni " +"indicate sopra. Le istruzioni sono contenute nel <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\">Manuale per Debian Edu " +"Bullseye</ulink> su come aggiornare a Bullseye dalla versione precedente, " +"Buster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione avanzata</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Users\">utenti</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Le sezioni <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Iniziare</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenzione</link> descrivono come partire con la " +"distribuzione Debian Edu e come fare il lavoro di manutenzione di base. Gli " +"HowTo in questa sezione contengono accorgimenti e trucchi più \"avanzati\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Cronologia della configurazione: tenere traccia di /etc/ usando il sistema " +"di controllo delle versioni Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Con l'uso di <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, tutti i file in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sono tracciati usando <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> come sistema di controllo delle " +"versioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Questo rende possibile vedere quando un file è aggiunto, cambiato e rimosso, " +"e cosa è cambiato se il file è un file di testo. Il repository git è " +"archiviato in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Ogni ora tutte le modifiche vengono registrate automaticamente, permettendo " +"di estrarre e rivedere la cronologia della configurazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Per vedere la cronologia, si usa il comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " +"log</computeroutput>. Per verificare le differenze tra due date, si può " +"usare un comando come <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Vede l'output di <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> per maggiori " +"informazioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Esempi di uso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"In un sistema installato recentemente proviamo a vedere quali cambiamenti " +"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Per vedere quali file non sono attualmente tracciati e quali non sono " +"aggiornati:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "Per fare il commit manuale di un file, senza aspettare un'ora:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"Le partizioni in Debian Edu sono volumi logici LVM, tranne la partizione " +"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>. Con i kernel Linux dalla versione " +"2.6.10, è possibile estendere la partizione mentre questa è montata. Per " +"restringere le partizioni occorre ancora che queste non siano montate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"È una buona idea evitare partizioni troppo grandi (con più di 20GiB), in " +"quanto occorre molto tempo per eseguire <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> o se è necessario fare il ripristino di un backup. È meglio " +"se possibile creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Per rendere più facile estendere una partizione piena, è a disposizione lo " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Quando lo " +"si richiama, lo script legge la configurazione da <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" +"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab " +"</computeroutput>. Propone di estendere le partizioni con troppo poco spazio " +"libero, in base alle regole fornite in questi file. Senza argomenti mostrerà " +"solo i comandi necessari per estendere il file system. L'opzione " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> è necessaria per estendere " +"effettivamente il file system." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Lo script è eseguito automaticamente ogni ora su tutti i client indicati nel " +"netgroup <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Quando si ridimensiona la partizione utilizzata dal proxy Squid, deve essere " +"aggiornato anche il valore della dimensione della cache in " +"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput>. Lo script di aiuto " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" +"computeroutput> è messo a disposizione per rendere questo processo " +"automatico, controllando la grandezza della partizione corrente di " +"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> e configurando Squid in " +"modo che usi l'80% di questa partizione come sua cache." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) permette di estendere le partizioni mentre " +"sono montate e in uso. Si può imparare di più su LVM in <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Per estendere un volume logico manualmente si può semplicemente eseguire il " +"comando <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> e indicare quanto grande " +"debba diventare. Per esempio, per estendere home0 a 30GB si usa il seguente " +"comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Per aggiungere 30GiB a home0, si deve inserire un '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Usare ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> è uno " +"strumento per modificare il database LDAP con un editor di testi da riga di " +"comando." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "È necessario eseguire il seguente comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Nota: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> userà l'editor predefinito. " +"Eseguendo <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> nel prompt di " +"shell si può configurare l'ambiente per avere un clone vi come editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Attenzione: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> è uno strumento molto " +"potente. Fare attenzione a non rovinare tutto il database LDAP, lo stesso " +"vale per JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS Kerberizzato" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"L'utilizzo di Kerberos per NFS per montare le directory home è una " +"caratteristica di sicurezza. Workstation ei client LTSP non funzionano senza " +"Kerberos. I livelli <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> sono supportati (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> " +"significa autenticazione Kerberos, <emphasis>i</emphasis> sta per controllo " +"di integrità e <emphasis>p</emphasis> per la privacy, cioè crittografia); il " +"carico sia per il server che per le workstation aumenta con il livello di " +"sicurezza, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> è una buona scelta ed è stato " +"utilizzato come predefinito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Come cambiare l'impostazione predefinita" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "effettuare il login come root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"eseguire <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, cercare " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e sostituirlo con <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> o <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"modificare <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> e di " +"conseguenza sistemare queste voci:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "eseguire <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Questo strumento consente di impostare la stampante predefinita in base alla " +"collocazione, al computer o all'appartenenza ad un gruppo. Per ulteriori " +"informazioni, vedere <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Il file di configurazione <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> deve essere rilasciato dall'amministratore, vedere " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> come esempio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, una GUI per LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Se si preferisce un'interfaccia grafica per lavorare con il database LDAP, " +"si può provare il pacchetto <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> " +"installato in modo predefinito. Per ottenere l'accesso in scrittura " +"collegarsi usando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, uno strumento a riga di comando per aggiungere utenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> è un piccolo strumento " +"a riga di comando per la creazione di account utente; viene richiamato come " +"segue:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the " +#| "latter usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified " +#| "the too will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign " +#| "any additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will " +#| "pick the first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is " +#| "likely <emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what " +#| "you want, so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +#| "<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +#| "entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +#| "password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will " +#| "create the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the " +#| "home directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following " +#| "screenshot shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +#| "<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher hose full name is " +#| "\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Tutti gli argomenti, eccetto il nome utente e il campo GECOS, sono " +"opzionali; quest'ultimo di solito dovrebbe contenere il nome completo " +"dell'utente. Se non specificato, too sceglierà automaticamente il prossimo " +"UID e GID libero e non assegnerà alcun gruppo aggiuntivo all'utente. Se non " +"viene indicato alcun dipartimento, verrà scelto il primo " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> da LDAP, che probabilmente è " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> e per gli utenti normali di solito non è quello " +"che si desidera, quindi si dovrebbe scegliere un valore appropriato per " +"l'utente, ad esempio <emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> o <emphasis>Students</" +"emphasis>. Dopo aver inserito e confermato la password e aver inserito la " +"password di amministratore LDAP, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput> creerà l'account utente in LDAP, imposterà la password " +"Kerberos, creerà la home directory e aggiungerà un utente Samba " +"corrispondente. La seguente schermata mostra un esempio di richiesta di " +"creazione di un account utente chiamato <computeroutput>harhir</" +"computeroutput> per un insegnante il cui nome completo è \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Usare stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Sebbene sia possibile utilizzare direttamente stable-updates, non è " +"necessario: con stable-updates gli aggiornamenti sono inseriti dentro la " +"suite stable regolarmente quando vengono fatti gli aggiornamenti minori, " +"cosa che avviene circa ogni due mesi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Usare backports.debian.org per installare software recente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Si è scelta Debian Edu per la sua stabilità. Funziona alla grande, ma c'è " +"solo un problema: alcuni software diventano obsoleti rispetto a come si " +"vorrebbe. Backports.debian.org serve per risolvere questo problema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"I backport sono pacchetti ricompilati da Debian testing (nella maggior " +"parte) e da Debian unstable (in pochi casi, per esempio per gli " +"aggiornamenti di sicurezza), in modo da essere eseguiti senza nuove librerie " +"(dove è possibile) su una distribuzione Debian stabile come Debian Edu. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Si consiglia di selezionare singoli backport che " +"si adattano alle proprie esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport " +"disponibili.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"vedere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">la " +"pagina di stato per Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Dopo di che si può installare pacchetti backport facilmente, il comando " +"seguente installerà una versione backport di <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backport viene aggiornato automaticamente (se disponibile), proprio come " +"altri pacchetti. Come un archivio normale, backport ha tre sezioni: main, " +"contrib e non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Aggiornamento da CD o immagine simile" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " +#| "Bookworm 12.1 to 12.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " +#| "physical media, follow these steps:" +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Se si vuole aggiornare da una versione a un'altra (per esempio da Bookworm " +"12.1 a 12.2) ma non si ha collegamento Internet, ma solo un supporto fisico, " +"bisogna procedere come segue:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Inserire il CD/ DVD / Blu-ray disc / drive flash USB e usare il comando apt-" +"cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Citando la pagina di manuale apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom è usato per aggiungere un nuovo CD-ROM alla lista delle fonti " +"disponibili per APT. apt-cdrom si prende cura di determinare la struttura " +"del disco e anche di correggere possibili errori di masterizzazione e di " +"verificare i file indice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere dei CD al sistema APT è necessario usare apt-cdrom, in quanto " +"ciò non può essere fatto manualmente. Inoltre ogni disco in un insieme di " +"più CD deve essere inserito e scansionato separatamente per tenere conto di " +"possibili errori di masterizzazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Eseguire questi due comandi per aggiornare il sistema:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Pulitura automatica dei processi pendenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> è uno script perl che si sbarazza " +"dei processi sullo sfondo. I processi sullo sfondo sono definiti come " +"processi che appartengono a utenti che non sono al momento collegati. Viene " +"eseguito attraverso cron una volta all'ora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Installazione automatica degli aggiornamenti di sicurezza" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> è un pacchetto Debian " +"che installerà aggiornamenti di sicurezza (e altro) automaticamente. Se " +"installato, il pacchetto è preconfigurato per installare aggiornamenti di " +"sicurezza. I log sono disponibili in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" +"upgrades/</computeroutput>; inoltre, ci sono sempre <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Spegnimento automatico delle macchine nella notte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"È possibile risparmiare energia e denaro, spegnendo i client di notte e " +"riaccendendoli automaticamente la mattina. Il pacchetto " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenterà di spegnere la " +"macchina ogni ora dalle 16:00 del pomeriggio, senza spegnerle se il computer " +"sembra avere utenti. Cercherà di dire al BIOS di accendere la macchina " +"intorno alle 07:00 del mattino e il server principale tenterà di accendere i " +"computer dalle 06:30 utilizzando i pacchetti Wake-on-LAN. Gli orari possono " +"essere modificati nei crontab nelle singole macchine. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Alcuni consigli da seguire quando si decide di fare questo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"I client non dovrebbero spegnersi quando sono usati da qualcuno. Questo " +"viene garantito controllando l'output di <computeroutput>who</" +"computeroutput> e, come caso particolare, controllando se il comando di " +"connessione SSH funziona con i thin-client X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Per evitare di bruciare i fusibili elettrici è una buona idea esser sicuri " +"che non tutti i client si accendano allo stesso tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Ci sono due metodi disponibili per attivare i client. Il primo usa una " +"caratteristica del BIOS e richiede un corretto e funzionante orologio di " +"sistema e una scheda madre con BIOS supportato da <computeroutput>nvram-" +"wakeup</computeroutput>; l'altro richiede che i client supportino il Wake-on-" +"LAN e che il server sia a conoscenza di tutti i client che devono essere " +"attivati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Come impostare lo spegnimento notturno" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Sui client che dovrebbero spegnersi di notte, usare touch su " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> o " +"aggiungere il nome dell'host (cioè l'output che si ottiene da " +"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' nel client) al netgroup " +"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Per aggiungere host al netgroup in LDAP si può " +"usare lo strumento web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. I client " +"potrebbero avere bisogno di avere Wake-on-LAN configurato nel BIOS. Ancora, " +"è importante che gli switch e i router usati tra il server Wake-on-LAN e i " +"client passino pacchetti WOL ai client anche se i client sono spenti. Alcuni " +"switch non riescono a passare i pacchetti ai client che non sono presenti " +"nella tabella ARP sullo switch e questo blocca i pacchetti WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Per abilitare Wake-on-LAN sul server, aggiungere i client a <computeroutput>/" +"etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, con una riga per ogni " +"client, l'indirizzo IP per primo e l'indirizzo MAC (indirizzo ethernet) " +"separati da uno spazio, o creare uno script in <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-" +"at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> per generare l'elenco dei client " +"al volo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Un esempio di <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> per l'utilizzo con sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Se si usa il netgroup un'alternativa per l'attivazione di shutdown-at-night " +"sui clients è data da questo script con l'uso degli strumenti di netgroup " +"dal pacchetto <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Accedere ai server Debian Edu che si trovano dietro un firewall" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Per accedere a macchine protette con un firewall da Internet, è " +"consigliabile installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>autossh</" +"computeroutput>. Può essere utilizzato per istituire un tunnel SSH ad una " +"macchina in Internet a cui si ha accesso. Da quella macchina, è possibile " +"accedere al server dietro il firewall tramite tunnel SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Installare servizi aggiuntivi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del " +"server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"In una installazione predefinita, tutti i servizi sono in esecuzione sul " +"server principale, nome dell'host <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Per " +"semplificare il trasferimento di alcuni su un'altra macchina, vi è un " +"profilo di installazione <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. Installare con questo " +"profilo porterà a una macchina, che è parte della rete Debian Edu, ma che " +"non ha alcun servizio (ancora) attivato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Questi sono i passi necessari per configurare una macchina dedicata ad " +"alcuni servizi:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"scegliete il profilo <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> durante l'installazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "installare i pacchetti per il servizio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configurare il servizio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "aggiornare il DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) sul server principale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Howto di amministrazione avanzata" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" +"In questa sezione sono descritte le operazioni di amministrazione avanzate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Personalizzazione degli utenti con GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Creare utenti in gruppi per ogni anno" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +#| "directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to " +#| "create the users by csv import." +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"In questo esempio vogliamo creare utenti in gruppi per ogni anno, con home " +"directory comuni per ogni gruppo (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc.). Gli utenti " +"saranno creati importando un file csv." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(come root sul server principale) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Creare le directory di gruppo per ogni anno" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(come primo utente in Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Dipartimento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. " +#| "The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' " +#| "choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and " +#| "Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as " +#| "is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " +#| "(2024) should show up below /Students. Click it." +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menu principale: andare in \"Directory structure\", clic su dipartimento " +"\"Students\". Il campo \"Base\" dovrebbe visualizzare \"/Students\". Dalla " +"casella \"Actions\" scegliere \"Create\"/\"Department\". Inserire i valori " +"per Name (2024) e nel campo Description (studenti iscritti nel 2024), " +"lasciare il campo Base così com'è (dovrebbe essere \"/Students\"). Salvare " +"facendo clic su \"Ok\". Ora il nuovo dipartmento (2024) dovrebbe essere " +"visualizzato sotto /Students. Fare clic su di esso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Gruppo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group " +#| "name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere \"Groups\" dal menu principale; \"Actions\"/Create/Group. Inserire " +"il nome del gruppo (lcasciare \"Base\" così com'è, dovrebbe essere /Students/" +"2024) e 'Ok' per salvarlo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Modello di desktop" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere 'users' dal menu principale. Cambiare a \"Students\" nel campo " +"Base. Si dovrebbe vedere la voce <computeroutput>NewStuden'</" +"computeroutput>, cliccarci sopra. Questo è il modello per gli studenti, non " +"un utente reale. Si dovrebbe creare un modello basato su questo (per poter " +"usare l'importazione da csv per la propria struttura) perciò prestare " +"attenzione a tutte le voci nelle schede Generic e POSIX magari catturando " +"screenshot per avere informazioni utili per il nuovo modello." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template " +#| "and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your " +#| "new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Ora cambiare a /Students/2024 nel campo Base; scegliere Create/Template e " +"cominciare a riempire con i valori desiderati, prima la scheda Generic " +"(aggiungere il nuovo gruppo 2024 anche sotto il Group Membership), poi " +"aggiungere l'account POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importare utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Scegliere il nuovo modello quando si importa il csv; conviene provarlo con " +"pochi utenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Altre personalizzazioni utente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Creare cartelle nelle directory home di tutti gli utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Con questo script l'amministratore può creare una cartella in tutte le " +"directory home degli utenti e impostare permessi e proprietà." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"Nell'esempio mostrato sotto con il gruppo=teachers e i permessi=2770 un " +"utente può consegnare un compito salvando il file nella cartella " +"\"assignments\" dove gli insegnanti hanno accesso di scrittura per fare " +"commenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Utilizzare uno storage server dedicato" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Fare questi passaggi per configurare un server storage dedicato per le home " +"directory utente e per altri dati." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere un nuovo sistema tipo <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> con " +"GOsa² come indicato nella capitolo <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting " +"started</emphasis> di questo manuale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Questo esempio usa come nome del server \"nas-server.intern\". Una volta " +"configurato \"nas-server.intern\", controllare se i punti di esportazione di " +"NFS nello storage server contengono rilevanti to sottoreti o macchine:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"In questo esempio l'accesso all'esportazione di /storage è consentito nella " +"rete backbone. (Per restringere l'accesso a NFS si potrebbe limitarlo al " +"netgroup di appartenenza o al singolo indirizzo IP, come si è fatto in " +"tjener :/etc/exports)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere le informazioni di automount in LDAP per \"nas-server.intern\" in " +"modo da consentire a tutti i client di montarlo automaticamente su richiesta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Questo non si può fare con GOsa², perché non c'è il modulo per automount. " +"Occorre utilizzare ldapvi e aggiungere gli oggetti LDAP necessari usando un " +"editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Nell'editor aggiungere i seguenti oggetti LDAP in fondo al documento. (\"/" +"&\" nell'ultimo oggetto LDAP è un metacarattere che permette di " +"esportare ogni cosa di \"nas-server.intern\", eliminando la necessità di " +"elencare singoli punti di montaggio in LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere le voci pertinenti in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, perché, per " +"evitare loop di montaggio, tjener.intern non usa automount:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Creare le directory da montare usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>e modificare come necessario \"/etc/fstab\" ed eseguire " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> per montare le nuove risorse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ora gli utenti dovrebbero essere in grado di accedere ai file su \"nas-" +"server.intern\" direttamente nella directory \"/tjener/nas-server/storage/\" " +"utilizzando qualsiasi applicazione su qualunque workstation, LTSP thin " +"client o server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Limitare l'accesso al login SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Ci sono diversi modi per limitare il login SSH, alcuni dei quali sono " +"elencati qui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Setup senza client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Se non vengono usati client LTSP una soluzione semplice è quella di creare " +"un nuovo gruppo (per esempio <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e " +"aggiungere una riga al file /etc/ssh/sshd_config della macchina. Solo ai " +"membri del gruppo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> sarà permesso di " +"utilizzare ssh nella macchina dappertutto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "La gestione di questo caso con GOsa è abbastanza semplice:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Creare un gruppo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> al livello di " +"base (dove ci sono già altri gruppi di amministrazione di sistema come " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere utenti al nuovo gruppo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Eseguire <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Setup con client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione predefinita del client senza disco LTSP utilizza connessioni " +"SSH. È sufficiente aggiornare l'immagine SquashFS sul relativo server LTSP " +"dopo che la configurazione SSH è stata modificata." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"I thin client X2Go usano connessioni SSH al relativo server LTSP. Quindi è " +"necessario un approccio diverso usando PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Permettere pam_access.so nel file /etc/pam.d/sshd nei server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configurare /etc/security/access.conf per consentire le connessioni per gli " +"utenti (esempio)alice, jane, bob e john ovunque e per tutti gli altri utenti " +"solo dareti interne aggiungendo queste righe:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Se sono utilizzati solo server LTSP dedicati, la rete 10.0.0.0/8 potrebbe " +"essere disabilitata per il login SSH interno. Nota: qualcuno che collega la " +"sua box alla rete dei client dedicata LTSP avrà accesso SSH ai server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Una nota per configurazioni più complesse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Se i client X2Go sono stati collegati alla rete backbone 10.0.0.0/8, sarebbe " +"ancora più complicato e forse solo una configurazione DHCP sofisticata (in " +"LDAP) con il controllo del vendor-class-identifier insieme a una " +"configurazione PAM appropriata permetterebbe di disabilitare il login SSH " +"interno." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "HowTo per il desktop" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Creazione di un ambiente desktop multilingue" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Per supportare più lingue è necessario eseguire questi passaggi:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Eseguire <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (come " +"root) e scegliere le lingue (varianti UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "Eseguire questi comandi come root per installare i relativi pacchetti:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Gli utenti potranno quindi scegliere la lingua tramite il display manager di " +"LightDM prima di effettuare il login; questo vale per Xfce, LXDE e LXQt. " +"GNOME e KDE hanno i loro strumenti interni di configurazione della regione e " +"della lingua, si consiglia di usarli. MATE usa il greeter Arctica senza un " +"selezionatore di lingua. Eseguire <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> per avere LightDM greeter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Riprodurre DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss è necessaria per vedere la maggioranza dei DVD commerciali. Per " +"ragioni legali non è inclusa in Debian (Edu). Se si ha il permesso legale di " +"usarla si possono costruire i pacchetti locali usando il pacchetto Debian " +"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>; assicurarsi " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> sia attivato in <computeroutput>/" +"etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Rispondere alle domande di debconf, quindi eseguire <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Tipi di carattere calligrafici" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Il pacchetto <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (installato in " +"modo predefinito) installa il tipo di carattere \"Abecedario\" che ha una " +"grafia bella per i bambini. Il tipo di carattere ha diverse forme da usare " +"con i bambini: punteggiate e con linee." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "HowTo per i client della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introduzione ai thin-client e alle workstation senza dischi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Un termine generico per entrambi i thin-client e le workstation senza dischi " +"è <emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"A partire da Bullseye, LTSP è molto diverso dalle versioni precedenti. " +"Questo riguarda sia la configurazione che la manutenzione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Come differenza principale, l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza " +"disco viene ora generata dal file system del server LTSP per impostazione " +"predefinita. Questo avviene su un server combinato al primo avvio e richiede " +"un po' di tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"I thin client non fanno più parte di LTSP. Debian Edu utilizza X2Go per " +"supportare l'uso dei thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso di un server LTSP separato o aggiuntivo, le informazioni necessarie " +"per impostare l'ambiente client LTSP non sono complete al momento " +"dell'installazione. La configurazione può essere fatta una volta che il " +"sistema è stato aggiunto con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Per informazioni su LTSP in generale, vedere la <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">homepage di LTSP</ulink>. sui sistemi con il profilo " +"<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> , <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " +"fornisce maggiori informazioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Tenere presente che lo strumento <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> di LTSP deve " +"essere usato con attenzione. Per esempio, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> non riuscirebbe a generare l'immagine SquashFS in caso di " +"macchine Debian (queste hanno una partizione /boot separata per default), " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> non riuscirebbe a generare " +"correttamente il menu iPXE (a causa del supporto thin client di Debian Edu) " +"e <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> rovinerebbe completamente " +"l'avvio del client LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> è " +"un wrapper script per <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Viene usato per impostare e configurare il supporto per " +"workstation senza disco e thin client (entrambi a 64-Bit e 32-Bit PC). " +"Consultare <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> o il " +"contenuto dello script per analizzare come funziona. Tutta la configurazione " +"è contenuta nello script stesso (QUI i documenti) per semplificare le " +"impostazioni specifiche del sito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Esempi di come usare il wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> aggiorna l'immagine SquashFS di workstation senza disco " +"(filesystem del server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> crea il supporto per workstation senza disco " +"e thin client a 64 bit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> crea un ulteriore supporto thin client a 32 bit (immagine " +"chroot e SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Oltre a <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (il più piccolo sistema per thin client), " +"sono opzioni disponibili anche <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Il tipo <emphasis>display</emphasis> offre un " +"pulsante di spegnimento, il tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> esegue Firefox " +"ESR in modalità kiosk sul client stesso (occorre più RAM locale e potenza di " +"CPU, ma c'è un carico del server ridotto)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> è uno " +"script wrapper per <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Controlla che " +"il file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe sia specifico per Debian Edu. Il comando " +"deve essere eseguito dopo che le voci del menu iPXE (come il timeout del " +"menu o le impostazioni di avvio predefinite) nella sezione [server] in /etc/" +"ltsp/ltsp.conf sono state modificate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> è " +"uno script wrapper per <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " +"Controlla che venga generato un initrd specifico per il caso d'uso (/srv/" +"tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) e poi spostato nella directory relativa al caso d'uso. " +"Il comando deve essere eseguito dopo che la sezione [clients] in /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf è stata modificata." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Lo strumento <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"sostituisce lo strumento <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> presente in LTSP5. " +"È usato per eseguire comandi in una chroot LTSP indicata (come ad esempio " +"installare, aggiornare e rimuovere pacchetti)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation senza dischi</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Una workstation senza dischi esegue tutto il software localmente. Le " +"macchine client si avviano direttamente dal server LTSP senza un hard disk " +"locale. Il software è amministrato e mantenuto sul server LTSP, ma è " +"eseguito nelle workstation senza dischi. Anche le directory home e la " +"configurazione del sistema sono archiviate sul server. Le workstation senza " +"dischi sono un modo eccellente di riusare hardware più datato (ma più " +"potente) con gli stessi bassi costi di manutenzione dei thin-client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"A differenza delle workstation, le workstation senza disco funzionano senza " +"bisogno di aggiungerle con GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-client</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione del thin-client permette a un PC di funzionare come un " +"terminale (X) dove tutto il software viene eseguito nel server LTSP. Questo " +"significa che la macchina si inizializza via PXE senza usare il disco fisso " +"locale e che il server LTSP deve essere una macchina potente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu supporta ancora il funzionamento dei thin client per permettere " +"l'uso di hardware molto vecchio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Dato che i thin client utilizzano X2Go, gli utenti dovrebbero disabilitare " +"il compositing per evitare artefatti di visualizzazione. Nel caso " +"predefinito (ambiente desktop Xfce): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks " +"-> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware del client LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"L'avvio dei client LTSP fallirà se la scheda di rete del client richiede " +"firmware non libero. Una installazione PXE può essere usata per risolvere i " +"problemi; se l'installazione Debian lamenta la mancanza di un file XXX.bin, " +"allora il firmware non-free deve essere aggiunto alla initrd dei server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Procedere in questo modo sul server LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" +"Innanzitutto, per ottenere informazioni sui pacchetti del firmware, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Stabilite quale pacchetto deve essere installato per le interfacce di rete; " +"molto probabilmente si tratta di firmware-linux, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Aggiornare l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza disco, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "Se si utilizzano i thin client X2Go, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "e procedere secondo le informazioni d'uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Quindi aggiornare l'immagine SquashFS; ad esempio, per la chroot /srv/ltsp/" +"x2go-bare-amd64, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Selezione del tipo di client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Ogni server LTSP ha due schede di rete ethernet, una è configurata nella " +"sottorete principale 10.0.0.0/8 (condivisa con il server principale) e " +"l'altra che forma una sottorete locale (una sottorete separata per ogni " +"server LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Si può scegliere sia <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> o " +"<emphasis>thin client</emphasis> dal menu iPXE. Dopo aver atteso 5 secondi, " +"la macchina si avvierà come workstation senza disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Il valore predefinito del menu di avvio iPXE e il suo timeout possono essere " +"entrambi configurati in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" +"computeroutput>. Un valore di timeout di <emphasis>-1</emphasis> è usato per " +"nascondere il menu. Eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> per rendere effettivi i cambiamenti." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Utilizzare una diversa rete per client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"La rete predefinita per la rete dei client LTSP è 192.168.0.0/24 se una " +"macchina è installata usando il profilo LTSP. Se sono usati molti client " +"LTSP o se diversi server LTSP dovrebbero far funzionare sia i386 che amd64 " +"si potrebbe utilizzare l'ambiente chroot della seconda rete preconfigurata " +"192.168.1.0/24. Modificare il file <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"computeroutput> e regolare il settaggio di eth1 di conseguenza. Usare " +"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> o ogni altro editor LDAP per " +"ispezionare la configurazione DNS e DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Aggiungere una chroot LTSP per il supporto di client PC a 32 bit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Per creare chroot e l'immagine SquashFS, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Vedere <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> per i " +"dettagli sui tipi di thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione dei client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Eseguire <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> per dare un'occhiata " +"alle opzioni disponibili della configurazione. O leggerlo online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere elementi di configurazione alla sezione [clients] di /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf. Per rendere effettive le modifiche, eseguire:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Suono nei client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"I thin client LTSP usano networked audio to pass audio from the server to " +"the clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "Le workstation senza dischi LTSP gestiscono l'audio localmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Accesso a drive USB e CDROM/DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Quando gli utenti inseriscono un drive USB o un DVD/CDROM in una workstation " +"senza dischi, sul desktop viene visualizzata un'icona corrispondente, che " +"consente di accedere al contenuto come su una workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Quando gli utenti inseriscono un'unità USB in un thin client X2Go di tipo " +"bare (installazione predefinita del server combinato), il supporto viene " +"montato non appena si fa doppio clic sull'icona della cartella esistente sul " +"desktop Xfce. A seconda del contenuto del supporto, potrebbe essere " +"necessario un po' di tempo prima che il contenuto venga visualizzato nel " +"file manager." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Un avvertimento sui supporti rimovibili sui server LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Quando vengono inserite in un server LTSP, le unità USB e altri supporti " +"rimovibili fanno apparire l'icona della relativa cartella sui desktop dei " +"thin client LTSP. Gli utenti remoti possono accedere ai file." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilizzare stampanti collegate ai client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Collegare la stampante al client LTSP (USB e porta parallela sono " +"supportate)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configurare client LTSP con GOsa² per utilizzare un indirizzo IP fisso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurare la stampante utilizzando l'interfaccia web " +"<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> sul server " +"principale; scegliere tipo della stampante di rete <computeroutput>AppSocket/" +"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (per tutte le stampanti indipendentemente " +"dalla marca o dal modello) e impostare come collegamento URI " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modificare il menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE significa Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu ora usa " +"l'implementazione <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> per una " +"più facile integrazione con LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurare il menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"La voce di menu iPXE riguardante le installazioni di sistema è generata " +"utilizzando lo script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>. Alcune impostazioni possono essere sovrascritte usando il " +"file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> con i " +"valori da rimpiazzare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurare l'installazione di PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"L'installazione di PXE erediterà la lingua, la disposizione della tastiera e " +"le sue impostazioni rifletteranno le impostazioni utilizzate durante " +"l'installazione del server principale, e le altre domande saranno poste " +"durante l'installazione (profilo, partecipazione a popcon, il " +"partizionamento e la password di root). Per evitare queste domande, il file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"può essere modificato per fornire risposte preselezionate ai valori di " +"debconf. Alcuni esempi di valori di debconf disponibili sono commentati in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"I cambiamenti fatti saranno persi appena <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> verrà usato per ricreare l'ambiente di " +"installazione di PXE. Per aggiungere i valori di debconf a <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> durante la " +"ricreazione con <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, " +"aggiungere il file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> con i propri valori aggiuntivi per " +"debconf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Maggiori informazioni sulla modifica dell installazione PXE possono essere " +"trovati nella sezione <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installazione</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Aggiungere un repository personalizzato per installazioni PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Per aggiungere un repository personalizzato inserire qualcosa come questo in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"ed eseguire poi <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> una volta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Cambiare la configurazione della rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Il pacchetto debian-edu-config ha uno strumento che aiuta a cambiare la rete " +"da 10.0.0.0/8 a qualcos'altro. Dare un'occhiata a <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Il pacchetto va " +"utilizzato subito dopo l'installazione sul server principale, per aggiornare " +"i file LDAP e gli alitri file che devono essere modificati quando si cambia " +"la sottorete." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Si noti che la modifica di una delle sottoreti già utilizzate in Debian Edu " +"non funzionerà. 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 sono già impostate come reti " +"per i thin-client. La modifica di queste sottoreti richiederà la modifica " +"manuale dei file di configurazione per rimuovere le voci duplicate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Non vi è un modo semplice per cambiare il nome del dominio DNS. La modifica " +"comporterebbe cambiamenti sia alla struttura LDAP che a diversi file nel " +"file system del server principale. Non c'è neanche un modo semplice per " +"modificare l'host e nome DNS del server principale (tjener.intern). Anche " +"per questo occorrerebbe fare modifiche in LDAP e a file nel server " +"principale e dei client. In entrambi i casi anche la configurazione Kerberos " +"dovrebbe essere modificata." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Desktop remoto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Scegliendo il profilo server LTSP o il profilo server combinato si " +"installano anche i pacchetti <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp usa il protocollo Remote Desktop per presentare un login grafico per un " +"client remoto. Gli utenti di Microsoft Windows si possono connettere al " +"server LTSP eseguendo xrdp senza installare software aggiuntivo - possono " +"avviare una Remote-Desktop-Connection sulla macchina Windows e connettersi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "Inoltre, xrdp può connettersi a un server VNC o a un altro server RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp viene fornito senza supporto audio; per compilare (o ricompilare) i " +"moduli necessari si può usare questo script. Nota bene: il richiedente deve " +"essere root o un membro del gruppo sudo. Inoltre, /etc/apt/sources.list deve " +"contenere una riga deb-src valida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go consente di accedere a un desktop grafico sul server LTSP sia su " +"connessioni a bassa che ad alta banda da un PC con Linux, Windows o macOS. È " +"necessario un software aggiuntivo dal lato client, vedere <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go " +"wiki</ulink> per maggiori informazioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Si prega di notare che il pacchetto <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " +"sarebbe meglio rimuoverlo sul server LTSP, se si utilizza X2Go, vedere " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Client disponibili per il desktop remoto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> è installato in modo " +"predefinito ed è utilizzabile con RDP e VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP; è il modo più facile per accedere a un server di terminale Windows. Un " +"pacchetto per un client alternativo è <computeroutput>rdesktop</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Il clent VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dà l'accesso a Skolelinux da remoto. " +"Un pacchetto per un client alternativo i è <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> è un client grafico per il " +"sistema X2Go (non installato di default). Si può usare per connettersi alle " +"sessioni in esecuzione e iniziare nuove sessioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Client wireless" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Il server <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> potrebbe essere usato per fornire " +"connessioni di rete sicure. Per farlo funzionare, installare i pacchetti " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> sul server " +"principale ed eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +"setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> per generare una configurazione di " +"base specifica del sito. In questo modo, entrambi i metodi EAP-TTLS/PAP e " +"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 sono abilitati. Tutta la configurazione è contenuta nello " +"script stesso per facilitare le regolazioni specifiche del sito. Vedi <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">homepage di freeRADIUS</ulink> per i " +"dettagli." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "È necessaria una configurazione aggiuntiva per" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"abilitare/disabilitare gli access point tramite un <emphasis>shared secret</" +"emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"consentire/negare l'accesso wireless usando i gruppi LDAP (/etc/freeradius/" +"3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"riunire gli access point in gruppi dedicati (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"I dispositivi dell'utente finale devono essere configurati correttamente, " +"questi dispositivi devono essere protetti da PIN per l'uso dei metodi EAP " +"(802.1x). Gli utenti dovrebbero anche essere educati a installare il " +"certificato freeradius CA sui loro dispositivi per essere sicuri di " +"connettersi al server giusto. In questo modo la loro password non può essere " +"catturata da un server malevolo. Il certificato specifico del sito è " +"disponibile sulla rete interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (per i dispositivi " +"dell'utente finale che eseguono Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Notare che la configurazione dei dispositivi dell'utente finale sarà una " +"vera sfida a causa della varietà dei dispositivi. Per i dispositivi Windows " +"potrebbe essere creato uno script di installazione, per i dispositivi Apple " +"un file mobileconfig. In entrambi i casi il certificato freeRADIUS CA può " +"essere integrato, ma sono necessari strumenti specifici del sistema " +"operativo per creare gli script." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autorizzare la macchina Windows con le credenziali di Debian Edu usando il " +"plugin LDAP di pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Aggiungere l'utente pGina in Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Per poter utilizzare pGina (o qualsiasi altra applicazione di servizio di " +"autenticazione di terze parti) è necessario disporre di un account utente " +"speciale utilizzato per la ricerca all'interno di LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Aggiungere un utente speciale, ad esempio <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> con password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, sul sito web <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Installare il fork pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Scaricare e installare pGina 3.9.9.12 come il solito software. Prestare " +"attenzione che il plugin LDAP persista nella cartella dei plugin di pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configurare pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"In base alle impostazioni di Debian Edu, la connessione a LDAP utilizza la " +"porta 636 con SSL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Le impostazioni necessarie in un plugin LDAP di pGina sono quindi le seguenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(queste sono memorizzate in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Sezione principale del plugin LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (o qualsiasi altro " +"con \"spazio\" come separatore)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (per connessione SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (spuntare la casella di " +"controllo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (non spuntare la casella " +"di controllo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (non " +"spuntare la casella di controllo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" è un utente da autenticare in LDAP per cercare gli utenti in una " +"sessione di login)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Search Password: pwd.777 (è la password di \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Blocco di autenticazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Bind Tab:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (spuntare la casella " +"di controllo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Blocco di autorizzazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (spuntare la casella di controllo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(non spuntare la casella di controllo, opzionale)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Selezione dei plugin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (spuntare solo le prime due " +"caselle di controllo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordine dei plugin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Sorgenti:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba è ora configurato come <emphasis>server autonomo</emphasis> con " +"supporto moderno SMB2/SMB3 e usershares abilitato, consultare " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> sul server " +"principale. In questo modo gli utenti non amministratori possono fornire " +"condivisioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Per modifiche specifiche al sito, copiare /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site nella directory /etc/samba. Le impostazioni in " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> sovrascriveranno quelle riportate in " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, le directory home sono di sola lettura. Questo " +"può essere modificato in <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Le password di Samba sono memorizzate usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> e sono aggiornate nel caso in cui una password venga " +"cambiata usando GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Per disabilitare temporaneamente l'account Samba di un utente, eseguire " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>, mentre " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> lo " +"riabiliterà." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Se si esegue <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> sul server principale si disabilita le usershares per gli " +"'studenti'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "L'accesso ai file tramite Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +#| "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +#| "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android " +#| "based ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as " +#| "LAN access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +#| "id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with " +#| "LAN plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Le connessioni alla home directory di un utente e alle condivisioni " +"aggiuntive specifiche del sito (se configurate) sono possibili per i " +"dispositivi con Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS o Windows. " +"Altri dispositivi come quelli basati su Android richiedono un file manager " +"con supporto SMB2/SMB3, noto anche come accesso LAN. <ulink url=\"https://" +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=it_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander con " +"plugin LAN</ulink> potrebbero essere una buona scelta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Usare <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> o " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> per accedere " +"alla home directory." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Tutti i pacchetti Debian in questa sezione possono essere installati " +"eseguendo <computeroutput>apt install <pacchetto></computeroutput> " +"(come root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Teaching Programming" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> è un meta pacchetto che " +"di pende da molti strumenti di programmazione. Attenzione che è necessario " +"almeno 2 GiB di spazio nel disco se questo pacchetto viene installato. Pe " +"maggiori informazioni (forse è necessario installarne solo alcuni), vedere " +"la pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione</emphasis>: assicurarsi di conoscere lo " +"stato della legislazone del proprio paese sul controllo delle attività degli " +"utenti di computer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Alcune scuole usano strumenti di controllo come <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> per " +"supervisionare i propri studenti. Vedere anche: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.epoptes.org\">Homepage di Epoptes</ulink> e <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Homepage di Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Alcune scuole usano <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> per limitare l'accesso a Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "HowTo per gli utenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Cambiare password" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Ogni utente dovrebbe cambiare la sua password utilizzando GOsa². Per fare " +"questo, basta usare un browser e collegarsi a <computeroutput>https://www/" +"gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"L'uso di GOsa² per cambiare la password garantisce che le password di " +"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) e di Samba siano le stesse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Il cambio delle password con l'uso di PAM funziona al prompt di login GDM, " +"ma questo aggiornerà solo la password di Kerberos e non quelle di Samba e " +"GOsa² (LDAP). Così dopo aver cambiato al prompt di login la password, si " +"deve cambiarla anche utilizzando GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Eseguire applicazioni Java autonome" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Le applicazioni Java indipendenti sono supportate senza bisogno di alcun " +"intervento dal runtime Java OpenJDK." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Usare la posta elettronica" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Tutti gli utenti possono mandare e ricevere posta all'interno della rete: " +"vengono forniti certificati per consentire le connessioni TLS protette. Per " +"poter inviare e ricevere posta elettronica al di fuori della rete interna, " +"l'amministratore deve configurare il server di posta <computeroutput>exim4</" +"computeroutput> in base alla situazione locale, eseguendo " +"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ogni utente che vuol utilizzare Thunderbird ha bisogno di configurarlo come " +"segue. Per un utente con username jdoe l'indirizzo email interno è <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Avviare Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Click su 'Skip this and use my existing email'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Inserire il proprio indirizzo email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "Non inserire la password, dato che sarà utilizzata quella di Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Click su 'Continue'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Per IMAP e SMTP le impostazioni devono essere 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; sistemare il tutto se non viene rilevato automaticamente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Click su 'Done'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuire" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuire online" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"La mailing list <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">degli " +"sviluppatori</ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche " +"se abbiamo anche #debian-edu su irc.debian.org e anche, a volte, veri e " +"propri meeting, dove ci incontriamo di persona." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Un buon modo per sapere ciò che sta accadendo nello sviluppo di Debian Edu è " +"iscriversi alla <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">mailing list commit</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Segnalare bug" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu usa <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking " +"System (BTS)</ulink> di Debian. Vedere le segnalazioni di bug e le richieste " +"di funzionalità esistenti o crearne di nuove. Si prega di segnalare tutti i " +"bug per il pacchetto <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" +"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Vedere <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Come segnalare i bug</ulink> " +"per maggiori informazioni sulla segnalazione di bug in Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Questo documento ha bisogno del vostro aiuto! Prima di tutto non è ancora " +"finito: se lo avete letto avete visto numerosi FIXME all'interno del testo. " +"Se sapete (anche solo un po') ciò che andrebbe spiegato in quei punti, " +"considerate l'idea di condividere la vostra conoscenza con noi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple " +#| "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user " +#| "account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</" +#| "ulink> first." +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Il sorgente del testo è un wiki e può essere modificato con il browser web, " +"occorre collegarsi a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Bookworm/\"/> e si può contribuire facilmente. Nota: è " +"necessario un account per modificare le pagine e potrebbe essere necessario " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">creare prima un " +"account per l'utente wiki</ulink>. " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Un altro modo per contribuire e aiutare gli utenti è tradurre il software e " +"la documentazione. Informazioni su come tradurre questo documento possono " +"essere trovate nella <link linkend=\"Translations\">sezione traduzione</" +"link> di questo libro. Cercate di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di " +"questo libro!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Supporto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "in inglese" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - mailing list di " +"supporto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu su irc.debian.org; canale IRC, quasi sempre relativo allo " +"sviluppo: non aspettarsi un supporto in tempo reale anche se spesso questo " +"accade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "in norvegese" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux su irc.debian.org - canale IRC per aiutare utenti norvegesi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "in tedesco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - mailing list " +"di supporto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de su irc.debian.org - canale IRC per supportare gli utenti " +"tedeschi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "in francese" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - mailing list " +"di supporto" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Supporto professionale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"L'elenco delle ditte che offrono un supporto professionale è disponibile a " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche per Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Cambiamenti nell'installazione" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details," +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Per le nuove versioni di installazione di Debian bookworm, vedere per " +"maggiori dettagli il <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"comprese le informazioni su <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</" +"computeroutput>, che è una nuova sezione in aggiunta alle ben note sezioni " +"<computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#| "Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian " +#| "12 bookworm." +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"La nuova grafica basata sul <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, è quella di default per Debian 12 " +"bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Aggiornamenti software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian 11 Bullseye, ad esempio:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux kernel 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +#| "1.26" +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambienti di desktop: KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bullseye comprende più di 59000 pacchetti disponibili per " +"l'installazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bookworm/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Altre informazioni su Debian 12 Bookworm sono disponibili nelle <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">note di " +"rilascio</ulink> e nel <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Aggiornamenti della documentazione e delle traduzioni" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Durante l'installazione la pagina di scelta del profilo è disponibile in 29 " +"lingue, di cui 22 completamente tradotte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brasilian Portuguese, European Portuguese and Spanish." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Il <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manuale Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> è tradotto in cinese " +"semplificato, danese, olandese, francese, tedesco, italiano, giapponese, " +"(bokmål) norvegese, portoghese brasiliano e spagnolo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Problemi noti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"vedere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">la " +"pagina di stato per Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Copyright e autori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2023), " +#| "Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, " +#| "2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " +#| "(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " +#| "Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José " +#| "L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +#| "Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp " +#| "Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), " +#| "Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David " +#| "Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe " +#| "Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and " +#| "is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Questo documento è scritto e protetto da copyright da Holger Levsen " +"(2007-2023), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " +"2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin " +"(2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner " +"Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. " +"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +"Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " +"(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2022), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen " +"(2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster (2023) ed è rilasciato " +"sotto licenza GPL2 o qualsiasi versione successiva. Buon divertimento!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Se si aggiungono contenuti a questo documento, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">farlo solo se si è l'autore. Occorre rilasciarlo alle stesse " +"condizioni </emphasis>! Poi inserire il proprio nome qui e rilasciarlo sotto " +"licenza \"GPL v2 o successiva\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Esiste un <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\" > riepilogo online delle traduzioni fornite</ulink>, aggiornato " +"frequentemente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Tradurre utilizzando i file PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept " +#| "in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +#| "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-" +#| "manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Le traduzioni di questo documento sono in file PO come la maggioranza dei " +"progetti di software libero. Maggiori informazioni sul processo di " +"traduzione possono essere trovate in <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-" +"edu-doc/README.debian-edu-bookworm-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Tradurre online utilizzando un browser web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" +#| "bookworm-manual/\"/> for more information." +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Alcuni gruppi di traduzione hanno deciso di tradurre tramite Weblate. Vedere " +"<ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/" +"bookworm-manual/\"/> per maggiori informazioni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Riportare qualsiasi tipo di problema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Appendix A - La GNU Public Licence" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 11 Nome in codice bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the " +#| "full list of copyright owners." +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e altri, vedere il <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> per l'elenco completo dei proprietari " +"del copyright." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Appendice B - Caratteristiche delle versioni precedenti" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche per Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Per le nuove versioni di installazione di Debian bookworm, vedere per " +"maggiori dettagli il <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"La nuova grafica basata sul <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, è quella di default per Debian 12 " +"bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Tutto ciò che è nuovo in Debian 12 bookworm, ad esempio:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kernel 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambienti di desktop: KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Software educativo GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm comprende più di 64000 pacchetti disponibili per " +"l'installazione." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Altre informazioni su Debian 12 Bookworm sono disponibili nelle <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">note di " +"rilascio</ulink> e nel <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brasilian Portuguese, European Portuguese and Spanish." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Il <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manuale Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> è tradotto in cinese " +"semplificato, danese, olandese, francese, tedesco, italiano, giapponese, " +"(bokmål) norvegese, portoghese brasiliano e spagnolo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"vedere <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">la " +"pagina di stato per Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Informazioni storiche sulle versioni ancora più vecchie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Le seguenti versioni Debian Edu sono ancora più vecchie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14" +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" +"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 11nome in codice Bullseye rilasciata il " +"14-08-2021" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster rilasciato il 06-07-2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch rilasciata il 17-06-2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" +"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 8.0+edu0 nome in codice Jessie " +"rilasciata il 2-07-2016" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" +"Nuove caratteristiche in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 nome in codice Wheezy " +"rilasciata il 28-09-2013" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 nome in codice \"Squeeze\" rilasciata il 3-3-2013" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 nome in codice \"Squeeze\" rilasciata l'11-03-2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 nome in codice \"Lenny\" rilasciata il 5-10-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 nome in codice \"Lenny\" rilasciata l'8-02-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", rilasciata il 5-12-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" rilasciata il 22-07-2007. Basata su Debian 4.0 " +"Etch rilasciata l'8-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, rilasciata il 14-03-2006. Basata su Debian 3.1 Sarge " +"rilasciata il 6-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" rilasciata il 20-06-2004. Basata su Debian 3.0 " +"Woody rilasciata il 19-07-2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Una panoramica completa e dettagliata sulle vecchie versioni è contenuta " +"nell'<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendice C del manuale di Jessie</ulink>; o vedere i manuali " +"delle relative versioni sui <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">manuali delle versioni</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare \"Uplink\" se la rete a monte richiede un indirizzo IP " +#~ "statico e, se si è seguito il suggerimento precedente sulle reti interne, " +#~ "\" Education\"." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brasilian Portuguese, European Portuguese and " +#~| "Spanish." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Manuale Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> è tradotto in cinese " +#~ "semplificato, danese, olandese, francese, tedesco, italiano, giapponese, " +#~ "(bokmål) norvegese, portoghese brasiliano e spagnolo." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Usare i backport è semplice:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manuale per Debian Edu 12 Nome in codice Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per le nuove versioni di installazione di Debian bullseye, vedere per " +#~ "maggiori dettagli il <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La nuova grafica basata sul <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +#~ "DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">tema Homeworld</ulink>, è quella di default " +#~ "per Debian 11 bullseye." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'installatore Debian non supporta più la configurazione chroot LTSP. Nel " +#~ "caso di un'installazione combinata di server (profili \"Main server\" + " +#~ "\"LTSP server\"), l'impostazione del supporto thin client (usando ora " +#~ "X2Go) avviene alla fine dell'installazione. La generazione dell'immagine " +#~ "SquashFS per il supporto dei client senza disco (dal file system del " +#~ "server) viene fatta al primo avvio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per i server LTSP separati, entrambi i passi devono essere fatti tramite " +#~ "uno strumento dopo il primo avvio all'interno della rete interna quando " +#~ "sono disponibili abbastanza informazioni dal server principale." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux kernel 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ambienti di desktop: KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Editor musicale Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Altre informazioni su Debian 11 bullseye sono disponibili nelle <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">note di " +#~ "rilascio</ulink> e nel <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manuale di installazione</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Manuale Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> è completamente tradotto " +#~ "in olandese, francese, italiano, giapponese, bokmål norvegese, portoghese " +#~ "(PT) e cinese semplificato." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Ci sono versioni parzialmente tradotte in danese e spagnolo." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Altre modifiche rispetto alla versione precedente" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Migliorato il supporto TLS/SSL sulla rete interna. Sui client, il " +#~ "certificato di root per Debian Edu-CA si trova all'interno del pacchetto " +#~ "di certificati per l'intero sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il nuovo LTSP, riscritto da zero, abbandona il supporto per i thin " +#~ "client. I thin client sono ora supportati grazie a X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Netboot è fornito usando iPXE invece di PXELINUX per essere compatibile " +#~ "con LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La directory <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> è ora usata come base di " +#~ "avvio di rete invece di <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo è usato come provider di ricerca predefinito sia per Firefox " +#~ "ESR che per Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chromium usa il sito interno invece di Google come pagina iniziale " +#~ "predefinita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sulle workstation senza disco, il TGT Kerberos è disponibile " +#~ "automaticamente dopo il login." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aggiunto un nuovo strumento per impostare freeRADIUS con supporto per " +#~ "entrambi i metodi EAP-TTLS/PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba è configurato come 'server autonomo' con supporto per SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "l'unione al dominio è stata eliminata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'interfaccia web di GOsa² non mostra le voci relative a Samba perché i " +#~ "dati degli account Samba non sono più memorizzati in LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La modalità grafica del Debian Installer è usata per le installazioni PXE " +#~ "(invece della modalità testo)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel server di stampa centrale CUPS ipp.intern, gli utenti appartenenti al " +#~ "gruppo printer-admins sono autorizzati ad amministrare CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'amministrazione di Icinga tramite l'interfaccia web è limitata al primo " +#~ "utente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel caso in cui si disponga già di un router ma non si riesca a " +#~ "configurarlo (ad esempio perché non autorizzati a farlo, o per motivi " +#~ "tecnici), un vecchio computer con due schede di rete può essere " +#~ "trasformato in un gateway tra la rete esistente e quella Debian Edu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un modo semplice è installare Debian Edu su questo computer; selezionare " +#~ "'Minimal' come profilo durante l'installazione." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dopo l'installazione eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +#~ "config/tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></" +#~ "computeroutput> che apporterà le seguenti modifiche:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Aggiustare il file /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Cambiare il nome dell'host permanentemente a 'gateway'." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Rimuovere gli script superflui." + +#~| msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Installare un firewall (opzionalmente)." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Main server" +#~ msgid "Main section" +#~ msgstr "Server principale" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" +#~ "emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando gli utenti inseriscono un componente USB o un DVD / CDROM in un " +#~ "thin client X2Go, il supporto è automaticamente montato ed è possibile " +#~ "accedervi sfogliando la relativa cartella sul desktop Xfce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando un utente remoto vede la finestra a comparsa o usa pmount da " +#~ "console, può montare i dispositivi rimovibili e accedere ai file." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per installare un altro ambiente desktop al posto di quello di default, " +#~ "premere TAB e modificare le opzioni di avvio del kernel (come spiegato " +#~ "sopra)." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~| "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~| "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~| "about thin client types." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run the following command: " +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +#~ "computeroutput>. See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +#~ "computeroutput> for details about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eseguire <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Vedere " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> per dettagli " +#~ "sui tipi di thin client." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A partire da Bullseye, LTSP è molto diverso dalle versioni precedenti. " +#~ "Questo riguarda sia la configurazione che la manutenzione. Come " +#~ "differenza principale, l'immagine SquashFS per le workstation senza disco " +#~ "è ora generata dal file system del server LTSP. Inoltre, i thin client " +#~ "non sono più supportati." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> ( ri)crea il supporto per i thin client a " +#~ "64 bit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, soprattutto ogni " +#~ "separato o addizionale <emphasis role=\"strong\">server LTSP</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "login come root" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "eseguire <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=公開日; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">翻訳:</emphasis> +2016, 2017 victory +2019, 2021 hoxp18 + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ja.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,9090 @@ +# translation of debian-edu-stretch-manual.pot to Japanese +# Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Holger Levsen and others +# Source URL: https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Stretch/ +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. +# victory <victory.deb@gmail.com> 2016-2017 +# hoxp18 <hoxp18@noramail.jp> 2019-2021 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-stretch\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-06-18 23:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: hoxp18 <hoxp18@noramail.jp>\n" +"Language-Team: Japanese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/ja/>\n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 3.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm マニュアル" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "公開日:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 コード名 12 Bookworm のマニュアル" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Debian Edu インストーラーの画面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "このマニュアルは Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) リリース用です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/12 Bookworm\"/> " +"の wiki でこの文書のバージョンは頻繁に更新されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Debian Edu と Skolelinux について" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu (別名 Skolelinux) は Debian を元にしたディストリビューションで、学" +"校ネットワークシステムをすぐに構築できるよう設定されています。クライアント・" +"サーバーの実装様式で、サーバーやクライアントは協調して動作する <emphasis>数々" +"のソフトウェア</emphasis> で構成されます。各サーバーがそのクライアントの機能" +"に必要な情報を提供します。サーバーがインストールされているハードウェア機材 " +"(マシン) とクライアントのマシンが異なる場合には、その概念の延長上、それらのマ" +"シン自体をそれぞれサーバーやクライアントと呼びます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +#| "requirements</link> and about the <link " +#| "linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " +#| "details." +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"基本的な環境構成の情報は<link linkend=\"Architecture\">全体の構成</link>の章" +"と、 <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ハードウェア要件の章とネットワーク設定の" +"要件</link>の章にあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "After installation of a main server all services needed for a school " +#| "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +#| "machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other " +#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +#| "ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial " +#| "installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive " +#| "all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes " +#| "\"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school " +#| "network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via " +#| "PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients." +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"学校サーバーのインストールが完了した時点で、学校ネットワークに必要となるサー" +"ビスは全て準備されシステムは利用可能になります。あとはユーザーやマシンをウェ" +"ブ UI の GOsa² や他の LDAP エディタで設定するだけです。PXE や <ulink " +"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> を利用するネットワーク経由での起動環境" +"も準備できています。つまり CD や Blu-ray ディスクあるいは USB ドライブなどか" +"ら主サーバーの初期インストールが完了した後は、他のマシンは全てネットワーク経" +"由でインストールできるのです。これには「ローミングワークステーション」(通常" +"ノート PC やネットブックで、学校ネットワークから切り離しても使えるもの) も含" +"まれます。従来のシンクライアント等のディスクレスマシン向けの PXE/iPXE ブート" +"機能も含みます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +#| "Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can " +#| "be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"GeoGebra、Kalzium、KGeography、GNU Solfege や Scratch などの教育向けアプリ" +"ケーションはデスクトップ環境に標準で収録されています。Debian で利用できる他の" +"アプリケーションなどの追加は容易です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "簡単な歴史と名前が 2 つある理由" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"は Debian Edu プロジェクトで制作されている Linux ディストリビューションです。" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> ディストリ" +"ビューションのひとつであり、公式の <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> サブプロジェクトです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"つまり Debian Edu / Skolelinux は学校ネットワークシステムを手早く構築できる " +"Debian の一派生バージョンなのです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"経緯として、2001 年 7 月 2 日にノルウェーで Skolelinux プロジェクトが創設さ" +"れ、同時期に Raphaël Hertzog さんがフランスで Debian-Edu を始めました。2003 " +"年に 2 つのプロジェクトは名前を残した形で統合しました。「Skole」も " +"「(Debian-) Education」もそれぞれの地域でわかりやすい語だったからです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "今や世界的に広まり、複数の国でこのシステムは利用されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "全体の構成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "ネットワーク構成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"この節では Skolelinux の全体像や提供するネットワーク構成とサービスについて説" +"明します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Debian Edu のネットワーク接続形態" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"図はネットワーク接続形態の例です。Debian Edu / Skolelinux のデフォルトでは、" +"ネットワークに通常のワークステーションや LTSP サーバー (それと関係するシンク" +"ライアントやディスクレスワークステーション) は複数想定されています。ただし" +"「主サーバーは 1 つだけ」です。ワークステーションの数はお好みで設定できます " +"(無くてもいいですし、多数でも大丈夫です)。LTSP サーバーについても同様で、それ" +"ぞれが別のネットワークを構成するため、クライアントと LTSP サーバーの間の通信" +"が他のネットワークサービスに悪影響を及ぼすことはありません。LTSP の詳細は " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">別の章の HowTo</link> をご覧ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーが学校ネットワークごとに 1 台だけというのは、主サーバーが DHCP を提" +"供するという技術的な理由です (ネットワーク中に 1 台のマシンだけが可能です)。" +"サービスを主サーバーから他のマシンに移動させることは可能です。別のマシンで" +"サービスを提供させた上で、そのサービスがそのコンピューターにあることを示す " +"DNS エイリアスを設定することで実現できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux の標準設定では、構成を単純で分かりやすくするために、インターネット" +"との通信は「ゲートウェイ」と呼ばれる独立したルーターを経由します。 <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">インターネットルーターの章</link> " +"で「ゲートウェイ」の構築方法やお手持ちのものを流用できるかを解説しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "デフォルトのネットワーク設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーの DHCP は 10.0.0.0/8 ネットワークを提供し、PXE ブートによる 新しい" +"サーバーやワークステーションのインストール、シンクライアントやディスクレス" +"ワークステーションの起動、memtest の実行、ローカルハードディスクからのブート" +"等を選択できるようになっています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ただしこれらは個別対応のために修正できる設計です。詳細は <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">関連するHOWTO</link> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"LTSP サーバーの DHCP は 2 つの専用ネットワーク ( 192.168.0.0/24 と " +"192.168.1.0/24 が初期設定です) だけを対象とします。これを変更する必要は滅多に" +"ありません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "サブネットの設定は全て LDAP に格納されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "主サーバー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which " +#| "is Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +#| "10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +#| "possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server " +#| "and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux ネットワークには主サーバー \"main server\" ( \"tjener\"とも呼ばれ" +"ますがこれはノルウェー語で「サーバー」という意味です) が 1 台必要です。デフォ" +"ルトでは「主サーバー」のプロファイルにてインストールされたマシンで IP アドレ" +"ス 10.0.2.2 が割り当てられます。「主サーバー」のプロファイルに加えて 「LTSP " +"サーバー」 や「ワークステーション」のプロファイルを選択してインストールするこ" +"とも可能です (必須ではありません)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "主サーバーで動作するサービス" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアントの制御を例外として、初期設定ではサービスは全て主サーバーに設" +"定されます。性能の低下を防ぐため、 LTSP サーバーは複数あるべきです (同一のマ" +"シンに「主サーバー」と「 LTSP サーバー」のプロファイルを両方インストールする" +"ことは可能です)。専用の DNS 名が全サービスに割り当てられますが、IPv4 だけで提" +"供されます。DNS 名を割り当てられているので、個々のサービスを主サーバーから異" +"なるマシンに移動するのは簡単です。単純に主サーバーのサービスを止めて、その" +"サービスを提供する新しいマシンを参照するように DNSの 設定を変更するだけです " +"(もちろん最初にそのサービス用のマシンを準備しないといけません)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"セキュリティ確保のため、ネットワークでパスワードを送る接続は全て暗号化されて" +"います。平文のままのパスワードがネットワークに送られることはありません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"以下は Skolelinux ネットワークにデフォルトで用意されるサービスと、それぞれの " +"DNS 名を示した表です。設定ファイルでは可能な限りサービスを全て DNS 名 (ドメイ" +"ン名は含めません) で参照しているため、学校で利用しているドメイン名 (DNS のド" +"メインを独自に持っている場合) や IP アドレスを変更するのは容易です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">サービスの一覧</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">サービスの説明</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">技術名称やパッケージ名</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS サービス名</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "中央ログ収集" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "ドメイン名サービス" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "自動ネットワーク設定機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "時刻の同期" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "ネットワーク経由のホームディレクトリ提供" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "電子メール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "ディレクトリサービス" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "ユーザーの管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "ウェブサーバー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "中央バックアップ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "ウェブキャッシュ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "プロキシ (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "印刷" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "安全なリモートログイン" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "自動設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP サーバー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"マシン及びサービスの監視、エラー報告や状態の確認、履歴のウェブでの確認、電子" +"メールでのエラー報告" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin、Icinga、Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"各ユーザーのファイルはサーバー上のそれぞれのホームディレクトリに保存されま" +"す。ホームディレクトリにはどのマシンからもアクセス可能です。ユーザーはどのマ" +"シンからでも同一のファイルにアクセスできます。サーバーはオペレーティングシス" +"テム毎に柔軟に対応します。Unix クライアント向けには NFS、 他のクライアント向" +"けには SMB2/SMB3 を経由したアクセスを提供します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"メールはデフォルトでローカル配送 (つまり学校内) だけが使えるように設定されま" +"す。学校に専用のインターネット回線がある場合には、インターネットへメールを送" +"信することも可能です。クライアントのメールは (「スマートホスト」を使って) " +"サーバーに送信される設定になり、ユーザーは IMAP 経由で<link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">個人のメールにアクセス</link>できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"中央ユーザーデータベースで認証及び承認を行うため、どのサービスにも同一のユー" +"ザー名とパスワードを使ってアクセスできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"校内からのアクセスが多いウェブサイトへのアクセス速度の改善とトラフィック集中" +"の回避のため、ウェブプロキシサーバー (Squid) を利用します。ルーターでのウェブ" +"関連の通信ブロックと組み合わせれば、マシン個別にインターネットアクセスを管理" +"できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"クライアントのネットワーク設定は DHCP を使って自動的に行われます。通常のクラ" +"イアントは全てプライベート用のサブネット 10.0.0.0/8 に接続され、それに応じた" +"IPアドレスが割り当てられます。一方でシンクライアントは、担当する LTSP サー" +"バーに別のサブネット 192.168.0.0/24 を経由して接続します (このためLTSP クライ" +"アントのネットワーク通信が他のネットワークサービスに悪影響を与えることはあり" +"ません)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"中央ログ収集機能が設定され、全てのマシンは各々の syslog メッセージをログサー" +"バーに送るように設定されます。syslog サービスはローカルネットワーク内部から来" +"るメッセージだけを受け付けるように設定されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"DNS サーバーはデフォルトでは、実際 (外部) の DNS ドメインを設定しない限り、学" +"校ネットワーク内部でのみ利用するドメイン *.intern と設定されます。DNS サー" +"バーはキャッシュ機能も設定されるため、性能面を気にせずネットワーク上の全マシ" +"ンでメインの DNS サーバーとして利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"生徒や教員はウェブサイトを公開できます。ユーザー認証機能や、ページやサブディ" +"レクトリへのアクセスを特定のユーザーやグループに制限する機能は、ウェブサー" +"バーが提供します。サーバーサイドプログラミング機能もあるため、ユーザーは動的" +"なウェブページも作成できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーやマシンの情報は中央管理で一括変更でき、自動的にネットワーク上の全コ" +"ンピュータに反映されます。これには中央ディレクトリサーバーが用いられます。" +"ディレクトリはユーザーやユーザーグループ、マシン、マシングループの情報を持つ" +"ことになります。混乱を避けるためファイルグループとネットワークグループに違い" +"は全くありません。ネットワークグループを構成するマシン群は同一の名前空間を利" +"用するということです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"サービスやユーザーの管理は主にウェブ経由で、標準的な手順に沿って行います。" +"Skolelinux に収録されているウェブブラウザで実行できます。管理システムから特定" +"のタスクについて、個々のユーザーやユーザーグループに権限を委譲することもでき" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"NFS に特有の問題を回避し、問題発生時の解決を容易にするため、各マシンは時刻同" +"期が必要になります。 Skolelinux サーバーはローカルの Network Time Protocol " +"(NTP) サーバーとして設定されており、全てのワークステーションやクライアントの" +"時刻は同期されます。ネットワーク全体での正確な同期時刻を確保するため、サー" +"バー自体もインターネットから NTP 経由で時刻を同期するようにしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"プリンターは都合のいい場所でメインのネットワークに直接接続するか、ネットワー" +"ク内のサーバー、ワークステーション、あるいは LTSP サーバーに接続します。プリ" +"ンターへのアクセスは個々のユーザーの所属グループ毎に制御できます。これはプリ" +"ンターに対するクォータ設定とアクセス制御で実装しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP サーバー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux ネットワークには多数の LTSP サーバーが設定できます。「LTSP サー" +"バー」のプロファイルを用いてインストールします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"LTSP サーバーは syslog をシンクライアントやワークステーションから受け取り、中" +"央ログ収集サーバーに送るように設定されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "注意：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"LTSP ディスクレスワークステーションは、サーバーにインストールされたプログラム" +"を利用します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"LTSP クライアントのルートファイルシステムは NFS で構成されます。LTSP 環境を変" +"更した後には関連するイメージを更新するため LTSP サーバーで " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> を実行してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "シンクライアント" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアントの設定を用いると一般的な PC を (X-) 端末として機能させること" +"もできます。つまりマシンはローカルのハードドライブを利用せず、PXE を使って" +"サーバーから直接起動します。シンクライアント機能は X2Go を用いています (LTSP " +"の対応がなくなったため)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアントを用いると 32 ビットマシンのような古いものも活用できます。プ" +"ログラムは全て LTSP サーバーで効率的に実行されるためです。仕組みは次のように" +"なっています。まず DHCP と TFTP を使ってネットワーク構築がされシンクライアン" +"トがネットワーク経由で起動します。次に LTSP サーバーのファイルシステムが NFS " +"経由でマウントされます。最後に X2Go クライアントが起動します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "ディスクレスワークステーション" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"ディスクレスワークステーションではソフトウェアは全て、PC それぞれにインストー" +"ルされたオペレーティングシステムを使わずに動作します。クライアントマシンは " +"PXE 経由で起動するので、それぞれのローカルドライブにインストールされたソフト" +"ウェアは使われません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"ディスクレスワークステーションは高性能なハードウェアを、シンクライアント並に" +"低い保守コストで活用できる優れた手段です。ソフトウェアの保守管理はサーバーで" +"行われますので各クライアント側でソフトウェアを保守する必要はありません。ホー" +"ムディレクトリやシステム設定もサーバーに保管されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "ネットワーククライアント" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルでは「ネットワーククライアント」という用語はシンクライアントと" +"ディスクレスワークステーションの両方と、 macOS や Windows で動作しているコン" +"ピュータを意味します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux インストーラによりインストールされる Linux マシンはすべて、中央コ" +"ンピュータ、ほとんどの場合は主サーバーから管理できます。SSH を経由して全マシ" +"ンへのログインでき、すべてのマシンへの完全なアクセスが可能です。ただし root " +"権限を得るには <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> を実行して Kerberos " +"TGT を得る必要があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"ユーザー情報は全て LDAP ディレクトリに保管されます。ユーザーアカウントの更新" +"はこのデータベースに対して行われ、クライアントのユーザー認証にもこれが利用さ" +"れます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "インストール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"インストール用メディアのイメージは現在 netinst イメージ と BD イメージの 2 種" +"類があります。どちらのイメージも USB メモリなどからでも起動できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"任意のメディアからサーバーを一旦インストールしてしまえば、他のクライアントは" +"全てネットワークからブートし、ネットワーク経由でインストールできるようにする" +"のが狙いです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"netinst イメージはインストール時にインターネットへのアクセスが必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of " +#| "desired language, location, keyboard and machine profile (Main Server, " +#| "Workstation, LTSP Server, ...). All other configuration will be set up " +#| "automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central " +#| "location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"インストール過程での質問事項はあまりありません。言語と地域、キーボードの種" +"類、それとマシンのプロファイル (「主サーバー」、「ワークステーション」、" +"「LTSP サーバー」等) 程度です。ほとんどの設定項目は自動的に設定され、インス" +"トール後にシステム管理者が中央から変更することになります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "ファイルシステムのアクセス設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux のユーザーアカウントには、ファイルサーバー上のファイルシステムが割" +"り当てられます。それ (ホームディレクトリ) にはユーザーの設定ファイルや文書、" +"メール、ウェブページが保存されます。システム上の他のユーザーも読むことができ" +"るファイル、インターネットの誰からでも読み取れるファイル、そのユーザー以外の" +"誰からも読み取れないファイルなど、アクセス権限は設定管理してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーディレクトリや共有ディレクトリに利用する全てのディスクに関して、イン" +"ストールしたシステムの全コンピューターの間で一意の固有名でアクセスできるよう" +"にするため、<computeroutput>/skole/ホスト/ディレクトリ/</computeroutput> とし" +"てマウントする方法があります。初期状態では単一のディレクトリ " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput> がファイルサーバーに作" +"成され、ユーザーアカウントは全てそこに作成されます。特定のユーザーグループや" +"使い方によって、必要に応じてディレクトリを追加することもできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"通常の UNIX 権限を利用してファイルへの共有アクセスができるようにするために" +"は、ユーザーはそれぞれ個人がデフォルトで属する基本グループに加えて、追加で共" +"有グループ (例えば \"students\" グループ) にも属する必要があります。新しく作" +"成される項目をユーザーのグループからもアクセスできるように、適切な umask " +"(002 や 007) を設定し、作業ディレクトリが setgid されていてファイルが正しいグ" +"ループ権限を引き継ぐようになっていれば、グループメンバー間での制御されたファ" +"イル共有ができます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"新しく作成されるファイルの初期アクセス設定は、ポリシーの問題です。Debian のデ" +"フォルト umask は 022 (上記で説明したようにグループからのアクセスを許可しな" +"い) ですが、 Debian Edu では 002 をデフォルトとしています。つまりファイルは誰" +"からも読み取れる状態で作成され、後からユーザーが介入して操作すれば削除もでき" +"るということです。代わりに (<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" +"computeroutput> を編集することで) umask を 007 にすることも可能です。この場合" +"は、読み取りアクセスをまずブロックしておき、必要な場合にはユーザーによる操作" +"で読み取れるようにするという方法です。前者は知識の共有を奨励し、システムをよ" +"り透過的にするのに対し、後者は秘密情報が意図せず読み取られてしまう危険性を減" +"らせます。前者の問題は、自分が作成したものが他のあらゆるユーザーからアクセス" +"できる点が、ユーザーにとってわかりにくいことです。他のユーザーのディレクトリ" +"を調べたときに他人のファイルを読めてしまうことからしか、この問題に気づけない" +"かもしれません。一方で後者の問題は、秘密情報の有無を問わず、自分のファイルを" +"他人にもアクセスできるようにわざわざ設定する人は少ないでしょうから、特定の問" +"題 (主に設定の問題) を他の人がどのように解決しているのかなどを、他のユーザー" +"が調べようとしても役に立たない点です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "要件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux ソリューションの導入方法は複数あります。単一のPCだけにインストール" +"することも、地域にあるいくつもの学校を中央から運営するようにもできます。柔軟" +"性があるので、ネットワーク構成要素やサーバー、クライアントマシンの設定は大き" +"く変えることができます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "ハードウェア要件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"様々なプロファイルの目的については<link linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク" +"構成</link>の章で説明しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"LTSP をご利用の場合は <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP ハードウェア要件の wiki ページ</ulink> " +"をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu / Skolelinux を実行するコンピュータとして、32 ビット時代のかなり古" +"いプロセッサーを搭載しているものか (Debian アーキテクチャー名は i386 で、" +"i686 クラスまでのプロセッサです)、 または最近の 64 ビット対応 x86 プロセッ" +"サー (Debian アーキテクチャー名は amd64) が必要になります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアントは DRAM が 256 MiB で 400 MHz 程度のプロセッサーでも動作はし" +"ますが、現実的にはより多くの DRAM とより高速なプロセッサーを搭載したマシンを" +"推奨します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"「ワークステーション」「ディスクレスワークステーション」や「スタンドアロン」" +"プロファイルのシステムのマシンには、1,500 MHz 以上で動作する CPU と、1,024 " +"MiB 以上の DRAM が絶対必要となります。最近のウェブブラウザや LibreOffice を使" +"う場合には、2,048 MiB 以上の DRAM を推奨します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"要求される最小ディスク容量はインストールするプロファイルにより異なります:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for " +#| "user accounts)." +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"「主サーバー」 +「 LTSP サーバー」の複合プロファイルの場合: 60 GiB (更にユー" +"ザーアカウント用の容量も必要です)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "「LTSP サーバー」プロファイル: 40 GiB 以上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "" +"「ワークステーション」や「スタンドアロン」プロファイル：30 GiB は必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのネットワーク構成で利用する場合、LTSP サーバーにはネットワークカー" +"ドが 2 つ必要です:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 はメインネットワーク (10.0.0.0/8) に接続します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 は LTSP クライアント用ネットワークに使用します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"ノート PC はモバイルワークステーションなので、要件は「ワークステーション」プ" +"ロファイルと同一です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "動作確認済みのハードウェア" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete" +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"テスト済みハードウェアの一覧を <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> で提供してはいますが、完全ではありません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> は Debian を特定" +"のハードウェアにインストール、設定、利用する方法を記録した成果です。そういっ" +"たハードウェアの導入を考えている方がサポート状況を確認したり、既に所有してい" +"るハードウェアを最大限活用する方法を探すことに利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "ネットワーク設定の要件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "デフォルト設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "デフォルトのネットワーク構成で利用する場合は以下のようになります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "主サーバ ー、tjener が「ひとつだけ」必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "ワークステーションは中心ネットワークに数百台も配置可能です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"中心ネットワークには多数の LTSP サーバーも配置できます。LDAP では 2 つ (DNS、" +"DHCP) のサブネットが事前設定されていますが、更に追加することもできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアントやディスクレスワークステーションは、各 LTSP サーバーのネット" +"ワークに数百台は配置可能です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"その他のマシンも、動的 IP アドレスの割り当てになりますが、数百台配置可能で" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"インターネットへのアクセスにはルーターやゲートウェイが必要です (以下参照)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "インターネットルーター" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"インターネットへの接続には、外部インターフェイスがインターネットに接続してい" +"て、内部インターフェイスにIPアドレス 10.0.0.1、ネットマスク netmask " +"255.0.0.0 を設定できるルーターかゲートウェイが必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"ルーターで DHCP サーバーを動作させるべきではありません。DNS サーバーを動作さ" +"せることはできますが、その必要はなく、また利用もされません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ルーターやアクセスポイントのファームウェアには <ulink url=\"https://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> も利用できます。もとのファームウェアでもちろん" +"構いませんしそれが容易です。OpenWRT を用いるとより仔細に設定管理できます。対" +"応機器は OpenWRT のウェブページにある <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/" +"toh/start\">supported hardware</ulink> でご確認ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"異なるネットワーク設定も可能ではあります (手順は <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">Change subnet in Debian " +"Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> にあります)。ただ、貴校の既存のネットワーク構成の都" +"合でやらざるを得ないのでなければ、異なる設定にするよりもデフォルトの <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク構成</link> にしておくことを勧めます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "インストールとダウンロードの選択肢" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "追加情報のありか" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system " +#| "for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye " +#| "release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"実際に運用環境のシステムをインストールを始める前に、<ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">Debian Bullseyeリリースノート" +"</ulink> をまずはご一読ください。Debian Bullseye に関する詳細な情報は <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Bullseye のイン" +"ストールマニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "ぜひ Debian Edu/Skolelinux をご検討ください。お役に立ちます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーのインストールを始める前に、まずは <link linkend=\"Requirements\">" +"ハードウェアとネットワークの要件</link> と、<link linkend=\"Architecture\">全" +"体的な構成</link> についての章をご一読ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルの <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">さあ始めよう</link> の章も" +"必ず読んでください。初めてのログインについて説明しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 Bullseye 用インストールメディアのダウンロード" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 もしくは i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> も <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> のどちらも Debian の x86 CPU のアーキテクチャ名で、AMD や " +"Intel などが開発してきたものです。 <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> は " +"64 ビットアーキテクチャで、<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> は 32 ビット" +"アーキテクチャとなります。新規にご利用の場合は <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput> を前提にしてください。 <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " +"は古いコンピューターのご利用にのみ用いてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "i386 及び amd64 用の netinst ISO イメージ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"netinst ISO イメージは i386 と amd64 のマシンへのインストールのどちらにも対応" +"しています。CD や DVD、USB フラッシュドライブなどからのインストールに利用でき" +"ます。netinst イメージを用いる場合、インストールにはインターネットへのアクセ" +"スが必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for " +#| "download from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Bullseye のリリースイメージは以下からダウンロードできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "i386 及び amd64 用の netinst ISO イメージ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives " +#| "or disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"この ISO イメージは 約 5 GiB もありますが、 インターネットへの接続無しに " +"amd64 や i386 マシンへのインストールが可能です。netinst イメージと同様に十分" +"なサイズの USB フラッシュドライブやディスクメディアで使えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "ダウンロードしたイメージの検証" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" +#| "ulink>." +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"イメージ検証の詳細な手順については、<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/" +"faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "ソース" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ソースコードは通常の Debian アーカイブと同様に様々な方法で入手できます。" +"<ulink url=\"http://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Debian Edu のインストール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +#| "from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of " +#| "hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. " +#| "However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 " +#| "packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the " +#| "majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP " +#| "is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment." +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu のインストールを行う際には、いくつか選択すべきことがあります。それ" +"ほど多くはありません。インストールにおける複雑な過程は大幅に簡素化できていま" +"す。なんにせよ Debian Edu は Debian であり、57,000 超のパッケージが利用できま" +"すし、数多くの設定オプションがあります。想定される大半の利用者にはデフォルト" +"が適しています。ただし LTSP をご検討される場合は軽量なデスクトップ環境を選ん" +"でください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "主サーバーのインストールの場合" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"ルーターの DHCP 機能を利用した、一般的な学校やご家庭でのインターネットアクセ" +"ス:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーのインストールは可能ですが、再起動後のインターネットアクセスに留意" +"点があります (主ネットワークの IP アドレスが 10.0.2.2/8 になるためです)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"お手持ちのルーターをゲートウェイとして設定できない場合は別の方法がありますの" +"で、<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">インターネットルーター</" +"link> の章をご覧ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"すべての機材は <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ネットワーク構成</link> の章で" +"説明しているように接続してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first " +#| "time in the correct environment." +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーは一度正しい手順で設定して起動した後はインターネットと接続されてい" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"典型的な学校や組織のネットワークで、上の例に似ているもののプロキシサーバーが" +"必要な場合。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"カーネルコマンドラインで 'debian-edu-expert' を加えることになります。詳細は後" +"述します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "プロキシサーバー関係の質問などが追加され、必須項目になります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"DHCP サーバー機能を持たないルーターで IP 10.0.0.1/8 に構成されたネットワーク" +"で、インターネット接続がある場合。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク設定が DHCP 機能の欠落によって失敗し次第、手動でのネットワーク設" +"定を行うことになります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "ホストIP には 10.0.2.2/8 を設定します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "ゲートウェイIP には 10.0.0.1 を設定します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "代案がない場合は 8.8.8.8 をネームサーバーの IP として入力します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "以上の設定で、主サーバーは初回起動後に正常に動作するはずです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "オフライン(インターネット接続がない) 場合:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "ISO イメージには BD を利用します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"(実物も仮想も含めて) あらゆるネットワークケーブルが接続されていないことを確認" +"します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク設定時の DHCP で失敗の表示が出て、「続ける」を押した後、「今は" +"ネットワークを設定しない」を選びます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment " +#| "with Internet access." +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"インターネット接続のある環境でシステムを起動した後に、システムを更新してくだ" +"さい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "デスクトップ環境" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "デスクトップ環境の選択肢:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce はやや LXDE より大きな構成ですが、106 カ国語の言語対応が整っています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE と GNOME は言語サポートが充実していますが、古いコンピューターや LTSP クラ" +"イアントには重い構成になります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon は GNOME の軽量版として扱えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE は上の 3 つよりも軽量に動作しますが、言語対応が若干不足しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE は一番軽量な構成で、35 ヶ国語をサポートしています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt は軽量なデスクトップ環境で (言語サポートは LXDE 並み) より見た目と使い勝" +"手が向上しています (KDE 同様に Qt をベースにしています)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu は国際的プロジェクトなので Xfce を標準デスクトップ環境にしていま" +"す。他のものに変更する場合は次の章をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "インストールにおけるモジュラー構成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"システムを<emphasis>「ワークステーション」プロファイル</emphasis>ありでインス" +"トールした場合、教育関連のプログラムが多くインストールされます。基本的な構成" +"でのみインストールするには、<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> をカーネルコマ" +"ンドラインから外した状態でインストールしてください。詳細は後述します。この手" +"法を利用することで個別対応したシステムの構築や、テストインストールのスピード" +"向上が図れます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, " +#| "don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-" +#| "mate</ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; " +#| "rather install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" +#| "mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new " +#| "school level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</" +#| "emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " +#| "<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +#| "highschool</emphasis> could be installed to match the use case." +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"注意：もしデスクトップ環境を後からインストールしたい場合、Debian-Edu のメタ" +"パッケージ (<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> など) は使わないでください。教" +"育向けプログラムが全てインストールされてしまいます。代わりに <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-" +"desktop</ulink> などをインストールしてください。初等から高等レベルごとの教育" +"向けのメタパッケージは <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>、" +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>、<emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>、<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> があ" +"り、必要に応じてインストールしていただけます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu メタパッケージの詳細は、<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" +"edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "インストール方法と選択肢" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>64 ビットハードウェアでのインストーラブートメニュー</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64 ビットインストーラのブートメニュー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>は GTK を利用したインス" +"トーラで、マウスを利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ではテキストモードを使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> にはもっと詳細なオ" +"プションを選択できるサブメニューがあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> でインストーラの使用に関するいくら" +"かのヒントを提供します。以下のスクリーンショットを見てください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64 ビットインストーラの Advanced options 画面 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> を選択するとメインメニューに戻り" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> では全ての項目" +"を設定でき、マウスも使えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> により、このインス" +"トール用メディアは緊急時用のレスキューディスクとして使えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> には " +"preseed ファイルが必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> ではテキストモードで全て" +"の項目を設定できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> ではテキストモードで、このイ" +"ンストール用メディアを緊急時用のレスキューディスクとして使えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> のテキストモードには " +"preseed ファイルが必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " +#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " +#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> でエラーが生じた場合は、まず " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> を実行してみて、" +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> をもう一度実行してみてく" +"ださい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ヘルプ画面</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "インストーラのヘルプ画面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"このヘルプ画面は自己説明的になっていて、キーボードの <F数字> キーを押す" +"と、説明されている項目についてもっと詳細なヘルプを得られるようになっていま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>64 ビットハードウェアでのインストーラブートメニュー</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64 ビットインストーラのブートメニュー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>インストール時のブートパラメータの追加や変更</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " +#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " +#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"どちらの場合もブートメニューで TAB キーを押すとブートオプションを編集できるよ" +"うになっています。以下のスクリーンショットは <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> 用のコマンドラインの例です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit command line options" +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "コマンドラインオプションの編集" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit command line options" +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "コマンドラインオプションの編集" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +#| "installation of the main server profile from CD. Add e.g. " +#| "<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +#| "as an additional boot parameter." +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク上の既存の HTTP プロキシサービスを利用すると CD からの主サーバー" +"プロファイルのインストールを高速化できます。例えば、ブートパラメーターに " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> を追" +"加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, " +#| "further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically " +#| "use the proxy of the main server." +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"既にマシンに「主サーバー」プロファイルをインストール済みの場合は、以後のイン" +"ストールは PXE を経由して行うべきです。この方法では主サーバーのプロキシを自動" +"的に利用します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"標準の <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> デスクトップではなく " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするに" +"は、カーネルのブートパラメータ <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> " +"の <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> を <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> に置き換えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするには " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput> を使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするには " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput> を使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールす" +"るには <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput> を使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールする" +"には <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput> を使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> デスクトップをインストールするには " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput> を使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "インストールの手順" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"LTSP サーバーの利用を検討する際は <link linkend=\"Requirements\">システム要件" +"</link> とネットワークカード (NIC) が 2 つ以上あることを必ず確認してくださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "言語を選択します (インストール時とインストールしたシステム)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "国や地域を選択します。通常はあなたがお住みの国や地域です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"キーボードの種類を選択します。「国や地域」と基本的には同じです (もし英語表示" +"でインストールする場合でも日本語キーボードを利用する場合には \"Japanese\" " +"キーボードレイアウトを選択してください)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "以下のリストからプロファイルを選択します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「主サーバー (Main server)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"このプロファイルが学校向けの全サービスを設定済みでそのまま主サーバー " +"(tjener) として使えるものです。学校のネットワークには主サーバーを「 1 台だ" +"け」インストールする必要があります。このプロファイルには GUI は収録されていま" +"せん。GUI が必要であればこれに加えて「ワークステーション」か 「LTSP サー" +"バー」のプロファイルも選択してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「ワークステーション (Workstation)」プロファイル</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"一般的なコンピューターと同様に、それぞれのハードドライブからブートし、ソフト" +"ウェアやデバイスは全てローカルにあるものが利用されます。異なる点は、ユーザー" +"ログインの認証が主サーバーで行われる点と、ユーザーのファイルやデスクトップ設" +"定が置かれている場所も主サーバーであるという点です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " +"workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"ワークステーションと同じですが、認証にキャッシュされた資格情報が利用できま" +"す。つまり学校ネットワーク外でも利用できます。ユーザーのファイルや設定はロー" +"カルディスクに保存されます。シングルユーザー向けのノート PC では、以前のリ" +"リースで提案していた 「ワークステーション」 や 「スタンドアロン」 ではなく、" +"このプロファイルを選択してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「LTSP サーバー (LTSP Server)」プロファイル</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアント (ディスクレスワークステーションも含む) 用のサーバーで、LTSP " +"サーバーと呼ばれます。ハードドライブを持たないクライアントはブートとソフト" +"ウェアの実行をこのサーバーから行えます。このコンピュータには 2 つのネットワー" +"クインターフェイス、大量のメモリ、それに理想的には複数のプロセッサまたはマル" +"チコア CPU が必要になります。これらの詳細については、<link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント</link>の章を見てくださ" +"い。このプロファイルを選択すると「ワークステーション」プロファイルも有効にな" +"ります (選択有無を問わず)。LTSP サーバーはワークステーションとしても使えると" +"いうことです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">「スタンドアロン (Standalone)」プロファイル</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーが無くても利用できる、普通のコンピュータです。つまり学内ネットワー" +"クにある必要がありません。ノートPC などが該当します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +#| "integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +#| "applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually " +#| "moved out from the main-server." +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"このプロファイルではベースとなるパッケージをインストールし、そのマシンを " +"Debian Edu ネットワークと連携するように設定しますが、サービスやアプリケーショ" +"ンはインストールされません。主サーバーから単一サービスを移動する場合やゲート" +"ウェイの基盤として有用です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"「<emphasis role=\"strong\">主サーバー</emphasis>」と「<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ワークステーション</emphasis>」と「<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LTSP サーバー</emphasis>」のプロファイルは事前選択されていま" +"す。<emphasis>複合主サーバー</emphasis> としてインストールする場合にこの 3 つ" +"のプロファイルを 1 つのマシンにインストールします。つまり主サーバーが LTSP " +"サーバーでもあり、ワークステーションとしても利用できるというものです。多数の" +"利用者の利便にかなうと思われるためデフォルトの構成となっています。複合主サー" +"バーや LTSP サーバーとしてインストールして運用する場合にはそのマシンにネット" +"ワークカードが 2 つないといけないことに注意してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"自動でパーティション設定するか、「yes」か「no」で答えます。「yes」と答えた場" +"合は「ハードドライブにあるデータはすべて壊れる」ことに注意してください！" +"「no」と答え、自動で設定しない場合は少々作業が必要となります。その場合は、必" +"要なパーティションが作成されていて、かつ十分な容量があることを確認してくださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> への情報送信の確認時に「yes」とし" +"て頂ければ将来のリリースに役立つパッケージ調査データが送信されます。必須では" +"ありませんが簡単にご支援頂ける手段です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer " +#| "will spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - " +#| "Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"もし「LTSP サーバー」のプロファイルも選択した場合、最後の処理画面でかなりの時" +"間がかかることになりますので、ご留意ください:「インストールを終了しています " +"- debian-edu-profile-udeb を実行しています...」" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"[注意] root パスワードの設定の後に「管理作業以外の用途向け」に通常のユーザー" +"アカウントを作成するかが質問されます。Debian Edu ではこのアカウントが非常に重" +"要で、Skolelinux ネットワークの管理に用います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"この「最初のユーザー」のパスワードは、長さが <emphasis role=\"strong\">最低 " +"5 文字あり</emphasis> かつ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ユーザー名と異なる必要が" +"あります</emphasis>。5 文字未満やユーザー名と一致するようなパスワードを設定し" +"てしまった場合は、ログインが不可能になります (インストーラーはそういったパス" +"ワードを許容してしまいます)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>複合主サーバー</emphasis> の再起動後はディスクレスワークステーショ" +"ン用の SquashFS イメージ作成のため、時間を要する場合があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"LTSP サーバーを分離する構成ではディスクレスワークステーションやシンクライアン" +"トの構成時に手動での設定が必要になります。詳細は <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント HowTo</link> をご覧くださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +#| "computeroutput> once." +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"それから <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を" +"一度実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +#| "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and " +#| "configure them to send mail to an address you are reading." +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>apt-" +"listchanges</computeroutput> をインストールしてご利用中のアドレスにメールを送" +"るように設定することもできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "サブネットの設定は全て LDAP に格納されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "利用できるリモートデスクトップクライアント" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "10.0.0.0/8 への IP フォワーディングと NAT を有効にします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "PXE メニューの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "いくつかの注意事項" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "ノート PC でのインストールに関する注意" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"ほぼ確実に「ローミングワークステーション」プロファイル (上記参照) を利用する" +"のが良いでしょう。ただしデータは全てローカルに保存されるので、バックアップに" +"関して別途考慮が必要になります。またログイン資格情報もキャッシュされるため、" +"パスワードを変更した後に新しいパスワードでネットワークにログインしていない" +"ノート PC では、古いパスワードでのログインが要求される可能性があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"USB フラッシュドライブ / Blu-ray ディスクイメージでのインストールに関する注意" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"USBフラッシュドライブ / Blu-ray ディスクイメージからのインストール後の " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> には、そのイメージから" +"の (アップデートやインストールに関する) 情報しか書かれていません。インター" +"ネット接続が使える場合には、セキュリティ更新のため以下の行をぜひ追加してくだ" +"さい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "CDでのインストールに関する注意" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD " +#| "provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. " +#| "The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to " +#| "profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all " +#| "possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main-server " +#| "(whether a pure main-server or combi-server does not matter), further " +#| "installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package " +#| "several times from the net." +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"netinst でのインストール (私たちの CD が提供しているインストール方法です) で" +"は一部のパッケージを CD から、残りはインターネットから取得します。インター" +"ネットから取得するパッケージの量はプロファイルによっても異なりますが、(あらゆ" +"るデスクトップをインストールするような選択をしない限り) 1 GiB 程度になりま" +"す。主サーバー (純粋な主サーバーなのか、他のプロファイルを組み合わせた複合主" +"サーバーかは問わず) のインストール後にはそのプロキシが利用されるので、同一の" +"パッケージを何度もインターネットからダウンロードすることはありません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"CD / Blu-ray ディスクの代わりに USB フラッシュドライブを利用したインストール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" +#| "computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") " +#| "and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the " +#| "file and device name to your needs:" +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"CD や BD 用の <computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> イメージを USB フラッシュ" +"ドライブ (USB メモリ) にそのままコピーしてブートできるようになりました。以下" +"のようなコマンドを実行します。ファイル名やデバイス名は必要に応じて調整してく" +"ださい:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"デバイス名の X は、USB デバイスの挿入前後に次のコマンドを実行してご確認くださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "書き込みにはかなりの時間を要することがあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"選択したイメージにより、USB フラッシュドライブは CD や Blu-ray ディスクのよう" +"に動作します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "PXE によるネットワーク経由でのインストールと起動" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +#| "server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer " +#| "and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with " +#| "an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably " +#| "the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the " +#| "Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by " +#| "executing the command: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +#| "pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> on the server." +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"このインストール方法には動作している主サーバーが必要です。クライアントがメイ" +"ンネットワーク経由でブートする際には iPXE メニューでインストールや起動オプ" +"ションが表示されます。XXX.bin ファイルが欠けている (XXX.bin file is missing) " +"というエラーメッセージで PXE インストールが失敗した場合は、大抵の場合クライア" +"ントのネットワークカードが nonfree のファームウェアを必要としています。この場" +"合は Debian インストーラーの initrd を変更しないといけません。その場合には" +"サーバーで <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" +"addfirmware </computeroutput> を実行してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log into the server." +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "主サーバーにログインします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main-" +#| "Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"「<emphasis role=\"strong\">主サーバー</emphasis>」プロファイルだけの場合の " +"iPXE メニューはこのようなものです:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "LTSP クライアント無しでの準備" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"「<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP サーバー</emphasis>」プロファイルが含まれる" +"場合には iPXE メニューはこうなります:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"この設定では中心ネットワークでディスクレスワークステーションやシンクライアン" +"トのブートもできます。ワークステーションや独立した LTSP サーバーとは異なり、" +"ディスクレスワークステーションは GOsa² を利用して LDAP に追加する必要はありま" +"せん。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーククライアントについてのさらなる情報は <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント HowTo</link> の章にありま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "PXE インストールの調整" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"PXE インストールでは debian-installer の preseed ファイルを利用しています。こ" +"のファイルを変更することでパッケージをもっとインストールさせるようにできま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"以下のような行を次のファイルに追加してください: <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +#| "install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/" +#| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files " +#| "can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to " +#| "avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve " +#| "this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" +#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " +#| "files." +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"PXE インストールは <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" +"computeroutput> と preseed ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> を使用します。これらをインストール時" +"に調整することでネットワーク経由インストール時の質問事項を削減できます。別の" +"手段として同様のことが次のステップで可能です。<computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> で追加事項を構成し " +"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を実行して更" +"新します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"さらなる情報は <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">Debian インストーラのマニュアル</ulink> にあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"PXE を経由したインストールでプロキシを変更あるいは無効化するには " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> 中の <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>、" +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput>、<computeroutput>preseed/" +"early_command</computeroutput> を含む行を変更する必要があります。インストール" +"時にプロキシの利用を無効化するには最初の 2 行の冒頭に「#」を付加し、最後の行" +"から <computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput> の部分を削除します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" +#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +#| "environment are examples of such settings." +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"preseed ファイルがダウンロードされる前の項目は preseed ファイルで設定できない" +"ものがあります。それらを設定するには <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +"install.cfg</computeroutput> で PXELINUX ベースのブート引数を調整します。こう" +"いった設定の例として言語やキーボードレイアウト、デスクトップ環境があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "独自イメージ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"CD、DVD、Blu-ray の独自ディスク作成は、モジュール設計の優れた <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian インストーラ</ulink> " +"を利用しているため簡単に行えます。<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseed</ulink> で通常質問される項目の回答を事前に" +"定義できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"必要なことは preseed ファイルを作成して回答を設定 (これは Debian インストーラ" +"マニュアルの付録で説明されています) し、<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">CD/DVD を作り直す</ulink> だけです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "スクリーンショットツアー" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"テキストモードとグラフィカルモードのインストールは機能的には同等です - 異なる" +"のは見た目だけです。グラフィカルモードではマウスを使う機会があり、当然見た目" +"もはるかに良くずっと現代的になります。ハードウェアに問題があってグラフィカル" +"モードを使えないということでもなければこちらを使わない理由はありません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +#| "Workstation + LTSP Server installation and how it looks at the first boot " +#| "of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client " +#| "session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been " +#| "clicked)." +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"以下は「主サーバー」と「ワークステーション」 と「 LTSP サーバー」のプロファイ" +"ルを 64 ビットのグラフィカルモードでインストールした主サーバーの最初のブート" +"と、PXE ブートにおける LTSP クライアントのスクリーンショットです (シンクライ" +"アントセッションの開始とその後):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "02-select_a_language.png" +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "03-select_your_location.png" +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "05-Detect_network_hardware.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "configure the service" +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "サービスを設定します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set passwords" +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "パスワード設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation changes" +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "インストールの変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "tjener Lightdm Login" +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "主サーバー Lightdm ログイン画面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Xfce デスクトップ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome" +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "シンクライアントウェルカム画面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Thin-Client-Login" +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "シンクライアントのログイン画面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "さあ始めよう" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "開始までの最小手順" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーのインストール時に「最初のユーザーアカウント」を作成しました。以下" +"の文ではこのアカウントを「最初のユーザー」とします。このアカウントは特別なア" +"カウントです。ホームディレクトリ権限は 700 にセットされます (そのため個人の" +"ウェブページにアクセスできるようにするには <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</" +"computeroutput> が必要です)。そして「最初のユーザー」は " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> を使って root になれます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーを追加する前に、 Debian Edu に特有の情報について <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\"> ファイルシステム" +"のアクセス設定</link> を読んでください。運用ポリシーに応じて設定は調整してく" +"ださい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "インストール後に「最初のユーザー」としてまずやらないといけないこと:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "主サーバーにログインします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "GOsa² でユーザーを追加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "GOsa² でワークステーションを追加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーやワークステーションの追加については以下で詳細に説明しています。この" +"章は必ず、全て読んでください。最小限の手順を正しく行う方法や、ほとんどの場合" +"で必要となるその他の事項についても触れています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +#| "<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Bullseye</link> chapter should " +#| "be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +#| "upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +#| "linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"このマニュアルには他にも多くの情報があります。前のリリースをご利用の方も " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">Bullseyeの新機能</link> の章をご一読ください。前の" +"リリースからアップグレードする場合は <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">アップグレー" +"ド</link> の章を、必ず読んでください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"もしも一般的な DNS 通信がブロックされているネットワークをご利用の場合には、イ" +"ンターネット上のホスト参照に特定の DNS サーバーを利用せざるを得ないことがあり" +"ます。その場合はその DNS サーバーに対して、このサーバーが「転送サーバー " +"(forwarder)」だということを通知する必要があります。/etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options ファイルを編集して、利用する DNS サーバーの IP アドレスを" +"指定してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> の章ではさらなるコツやヒント、そしてよく" +"ある質問への回答も記載しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーで動作しているサービスのいくつかは、ウェブ経由でも管理できます。以" +"下で各サービスについて説明していきます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² の紹介" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² はウェブベースの管理ツールで Debian Edu の基幹管理が可能です。GOsa² は" +"次の主要項目の管理 (追加、変更、削除) ができます:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "グループ管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "NIS ネットグループ管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "マシンの管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "DNS 管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "DHCP 管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² へのアクセスには Skolelinux の主サーバーと、ウェブブラウザがインストー" +"ルされた (クライアント) システムが必要です。後者については複合サーバー (「主" +"サーバー」と「 LTSP サーバー」と「ワークステーション」のプロファイル) として" +"インストールされた主サーバーならそれで大丈夫です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " +#| "don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a " +#| "minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-" +#| "graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's " +#| "installation (first user):" +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"(誤って) 「主サーバー」プロファイルだけでインストールしてしまい、ウェブブラウ" +"ザを利用できるクライアントがない場合は次の方法が簡単でしょう。主サーバーのイ" +"ンストール中に作成した「最初のユーザー」 で、(グラフィカルではない) シェルか" +"ら以下のコマンドを順に実行して、主サーバーに最小構成のデスクトップをインス" +"トールします:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² へのアクセスにはウェブブラウザからURL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/" +"> にアクセスし、「最初のユーザー」としてログインします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are using a new Debian Edu Bullseye machine, the site certificate " +#| "will be known by the browser." +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"新しい Debian Edu Bullseye マシンでは、サイトの証明書はブラウザに設定されてい" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"そうでない場合は SSL 証明書が不正だというエラーメッセージが表示されます。ネッ" +"トワークに第三者がいなくて信頼できる状態なら、エラーは無視してブラウザにその" +"証明書を設定してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa² のログインと概観" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "最初のユーザーとしてログインした後の GOsa² の概観ページ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "GOsa² へのログイン後、GOsa² の概観ページが表示されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"タスクはメニュー選択したり、あるいは概要ページのタスクアイコンをクリックして" +"選択できます。基本的には画面左側のメニューをお勧めします。GOsa² の全ての管理" +"ページで利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ではアカウントやグループ、システム情報は LDAP ディレクトリに保存さ" +"れています。このデータは主サーバーだけでなく、ネットワーク上の (ディスクレ" +"ス) ワークステーションや LTSP サーバー、その他のマシンでも使用されます。生徒" +"や教員等についてのアカウントも一度 LDAP に設定するだけで利用できます。 LDAP " +"に設定された情報は Skolelinux ネットワーク全体の全てのシステムから利用できる" +"ようになります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² は、部門 (department) などの階層構造の情報管理を LDAP の利用で実現して" +"います。各「部門」毎にユーザーアカウントやグループ、システム、ネットグループ" +"等を追加できます。個別の組織の構造次第ではありますが、GOsa²/LDAP の階層構造を" +"使って貴校の組織構造を Debian Edu 主サーバーの LDAP データツリーに反映させる" +"こともできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでインストールした場合、Debian Edu 主サーバーには教員 (Teachers) と" +"生徒 (Students) の 2 つの部門と LDAP のベースツリーが設定されます。生徒のアカ" +"ウントは「Students」部門に、教員は「Teachers」部門に追加することになります。" +"システム (サーバー、Skolelinux ワークステーション、プリンタ等) は現在ベースレ" +"ベルに追加することになります。この構成については学校に合う方法をご検討くださ" +"い (例えば年次グループにユーザーを作成して各グループに共通のホームディレクト" +"リを与える方法がこのマニュアルの <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> にありま" +"す)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"処理したいタスク毎に (ユーザー管理、グループ管理、システム、管理等) GOsa² は" +"選択されている部門 (やそのベースレベル) に応じた表示をします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² によるユーザー管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"まず、左側のナビゲーションメニューにある「Users」をクリックします。画面の右側" +"が「Students」や「Teachers」の部門フォルダーの表と GOsa² の Administrator (最" +"初に作成したユーザー) のアカウントの表示に変わります。この表の上に " +"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> というフィールドが表示されます。マウスをその部分に" +"移動させると、ドロップダウンメニューがツリー構造状に表示されます。そこから行" +"いたい操作 (例えば新しいユーザーの追加) の対象となるフォルダーを選択してくだ" +"さい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "ユーザーの追加" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"ツリーのナビゲーション項目の隣に「Actions」メニューが表示されます。マウスをこ" +"の項目の上に移動させると、画面にサブメニューが表示されます。「Create」を選ん" +"で、そして「User」を選択してください。ユーザー作成ウイザードに進みます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"ここで最も重要なのはテンプレート (newstudent や newteacher) とユーザーのフル" +"ネーム (画像参照) です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"ウイザードに従って進めると GOsa² は実名を基にしてユーザー名を自動生成します。" +"まだ存在しないユーザー名ですら自動的に生成するため、フルネームが同一のユー" +"ザーが複数いても問題にはなりません。ただし、(日本人名のような) 非アスキー文字" +"を含むフルネームでは GOsa² は無効なユーザー名を生成する可能性がありますので、" +"ご注意ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"生成されたユーザー名では不都合な場合は、ドロップダウンメニューで別のユーザー" +"名候補を選択できますが、ウイザードではユーザー名を自由に設定することはできま" +"せん。(提示されたユーザー名を変更するには、エディタで <computeroutput>/etc/" +"gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> を開き、「location definition」の追加オプショ" +"ンとして <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" +"computeroutput> を追加します。)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"ウイザードを完了させると、GOsa² は新しいユーザーの情報を表示します。上部のタ" +"ブを使って内容を確認してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"ユーザー作成後 (ウイザードで入力を促さなかった項目についてはこの段階で変更す" +"る必要はありません)、右下の隅にある「Ok」ボタンをクリックします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"最終段階として GOsa² は新しいユーザーのパスワードを聞いてきます。2 回入力して" +"右下の隅にある「Set password」ボタンをクリックしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "パスワードには使えない文字があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"問題が生じなければ、ユーザーの一覧表に新しいユーザーが表示され、そのネット" +"ワーク内の任意の Skolelinux マシンにそのユーザー名でログインできるようになっ" +"ています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "ユーザーの検索、変更、削除" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "検索枠" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーを変更、削除するには GOsa² を使ってシステム上のユーザ一覧を表示しま" +"す。画面中央辺りに「Filter」という枠があります。これは GOsa² が提供している検" +"索ツールです。ユーザアカウントがツリーのどこにあるのかわからない場合は GOsa²/" +"LDAP ツリーの Base レベルに移動させてから「Search in subtrees」オプションを" +"使って検索します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"「Filter」枠を操作したら、すぐに表の一覧ビュー中央の表示に反映されます。各行" +"に1つのユーザーアカウントを表示し、各行の一番右側にはユーザーの編集、アカウン" +"トのロック、パスワード設定、ユーザー削除といった操作のアイコンが並びます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーに関する情報を直接変更できる新しいページが表示されます。ユーザーのパ" +"スワードを変更し、ユーザーの所属グループ一覧を変更します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "ユーザーデータの編集" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "パスワード設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"生徒は自分のユーザー名で GOsa² にログインして各自でパスワードを変更できます。" +"GOsa² へのアクセスの利便のため、デスクトップのシステム (またはシステム設定) " +"メニューに 「Gosa」 という項目があります。ログインした生徒に対しては最小限の" +"バージョンの GOsa² が提示されます。生徒自身のアカウントデータとパスワード設定" +"ダイアログへのアクセスだけができるようになっています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² において、自身のユーザー名でログインした教員には、特別な権限がありま" +"す。より権限のある GOsa² のビューが表示され、全生徒のアカウントのパスワードを" +"変更できます。これは授業で非常に便利かもしれません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "管理作業でユーザーの新しいパスワードを設定するには、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "上記で説明しているようにして変更するユーザーを検索し、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "ユーザー名が表示されている行の最後辺りにある鍵の絵をクリックします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "次に表示されるページでそのユーザーの新しいパスワードを設定できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "ユーザーパスワードの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " +#| "guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">推測しやすいパスワードはセキュリティへ悪影響を及ぼ" +"しますので注意してください!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "高度なユーザー管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² では CSV ファイルを利用して、ユーザーを大量に作成することもできます。" +"CSV ファイルは自分の使いやすいスプレッドシートソフトウェア (例えば " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput> ) 等により作成できます。最低限必要な" +"項目はユーザー ID、姓、名、パスワードです。同一のユーザー ID が複数回出てこな" +"いことを確認してください。その際、既存の LDAP の uid (これはコマンドラインで " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> を実行すれば取得できます) も必ず確認してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"CSV ファイル等のデータ形式について指針があります (GOsa² はデータ形式について" +"はかなり厳しいです):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "項目間の区切り文字には半角の「,」を使ってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "引用符「"」は使わないでください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"CSV ファイルにヘッダ行 (通常、項目名などを記述している行) を含めては " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">いけません</emphasis> 。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "項目の順に指定はなく、GOsa² で大量インポートを行う際に定義できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "大量インポートの手順:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "左のナビゲーション項目にある「LDAP Manager」リンクをクリックします" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "画面右側にある「Import」タブをクリックします" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"インポートするユーザ一覧を収録している CSV ファイルをローカルディスクから選択" +"します" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"ユーザーテンプレートから大量インポートに適用させるものを選択します " +"( NewTeacher や NewStudent 等)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "右下の隅にある「Import」ボタンをクリックします" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"最初にいくらかテストをしておくと良いでしょう。架空のユーザーを使った CSV ファ" +"イルを使って、後で削除してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a " +#| "lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for " +#| "users belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"パスワード管理の項目でも同様です。CSV ファイルを使った多量のパスワードのリ" +"セットや、特別な LDAP サブツリーに属するユーザーのパスワードの再設定が行えま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "パスワードの再設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² によるグループ管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "グループ作成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "create group" +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "グループ作成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "グループ管理はユーザー管理とかなり似ています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"グループごとに名前と説明を入力できます。新しいグループを作成する際、LDAP ツ" +"リーの正しいレベルを選択していることを確認してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"新しく作成したグループにユーザーを追加するには、ユーザーの一覧に戻ります。ほ" +"ぼ確実に「filter」枠を使ってユーザーを探すのが良いでしょう。ここでも LDAP ツ" +"リーのレベルを確認してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"グループ管理で入力したグループは通常の unix グループでもあります。そのため、" +"ファイルの権限管理にも利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² によるマシン管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"マシン管理では基本的に Debian Edu ネットワークに接続されている全てのマシンを" +"管理できます。GOsa² を利用して LDAP ディレクトリに追加したマシンには全てにホ" +"スト名、IP アドレス、MAC アドレス、ドメイン名 (通常 \"intern\") が付加されま" +"す。Debian Edu 構成の全面的な説明についてはこのマニュアルの<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">全体の構成</link>の章を参照してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>複合メインサーバー</emphasis> ではディスクレスワークステーションと" +"シンクライアントはそのまま利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ディスク搭載ワークステーション (独立した LTSP サーバーを含む) は<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">必ず</emphasis> GOsa² で登録します。その過程でマシン固有の " +"Kerberos プリンシパル (<emphasis>アカウント</emphasis> の類) と関連する " +"keytab ファイル (<emphasis>パスワード</emphasis> として利用される鍵情報を保" +"持) が生成されます。keytab ファイルはユーザーのホームディレクトリをマウントす" +"るためにワークステーション上に必要です。ファイルを設置後に再起動して root と" +"してログインし <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +"keytab</computeroutput> を実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>既に GOsa² で設定済み</emphasis> のシステム向けのプリンシパルと " +"keytab を生成するには、主サーバーに root としてログインして以下を実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">注意: </emphasis> ホストの keytab 生成が可能なシス" +"テムタイプは <emphasis>workstation</emphasis>、<emphasis>servers</emphasis>、" +"そして <emphasis>terminal</emphasis> の形式のみで、<emphasis>netdevices</" +"emphasis> は含みません。<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライア" +"ント HowTo</link> に NFS 設定オプションを記載しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an " +#| "IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. " +#| "Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 " +#| "(tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to " +#| "10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP " +#| "and are assigned dynamically." +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"マシンを追加するには、GOsa² メインメニュー、システム、追加と進みます。事前設" +"定済みのアドレス空間 10.0.0.0/8 にある IPアドレス/ホスト名を利用できます。現" +"在事前定義されている固定アドレスは 10.0.2.2 (tjener) と 10.0.0.1 (ゲートウェ" +"イ) の 2 つだけです。10.0.16.20 から 10.0.31.254 までのアドレス (ほぼ " +"10.0.16.0/20 あるいは 4,000 ホスト) は DHCP 向けに予約済みで動的に割り当てら" +"れます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² で MAC アドレス 52:54:00:12:34:10 のホストに固定 IP アドレスを割り当て" +"るには、MAC アドレス、ホスト名、IP アドレスを設定する必要があります。" +"<computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> ボタンをクリックすると " +"10.0.0.0/8 の範囲内の最初の固定空きアドレスを表示します。この方法で初めてマシ" +"ンを追加した場合は 10.0.0.2 のようなアドレスになるでしょう。まずネットワーク" +"構成について考えておいてください: 例えば 10.0.0.x で x が 10 から 50 はサー" +"バー用、100 以上はワークステーション用などです。追加したシステムの有効化を忘" +"れないでください。そうすると主サーバーを例外として、他の全システムで適切なア" +"イコンが表示されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"マシンがシンクライアント/ディスクレスワークステーションとしてブートされている" +"場合や、ネットワークを利用するプロファイルを使ってインストールされた場合に" +"は、<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> スクリプトを利用す" +"ることでマシンを GOsa² に自動的に追加できます。単純な構成のマシンの場合はその" +"まま使えます。MAC アドレスが複数あるマシンでは、実際にそのネットワークで使っ" +"ているアドレスを選択してください。<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" +"computeroutput> で使い方に関して解説しています。" +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> の使用後に表示される IP" +"アドレスは、動的に割り当てる (DHCP) 範囲内のアドレスであることを確認してくだ" +"さい。システムは後でネットワーク構成に合わせ、新しいシステムの名前を変更した" +"り、DHCP や DNS を有効化したり、また必要に応じてネットグループ(以下のスクリー" +"ンショットをご参照ください)の追加などです。それらの操作後にはシステムを再起動" +"してください。以下のスクリーンショットのような操作手順になります:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "GOsa² のシステム一覧表示" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "ホスト詳細" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "ホストの変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "ネットグループの追加" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"DNS を更新する cron ジョブは毎時動作します。<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> を使うと手作業で更新させることもできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "マシンの検索、削除" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"マシンの検索や削除はユーザーの検索や削除とかなり似ていますので、省略します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "既存マシンの変更 / NetGroup の管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² を使って LDAP ツリーにマシンを追加した後、(ユーザーの管理と同様に) 検索" +"機能を使ってマシン名をクリックするとマシンの属性を変更できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"このシステム項目の構成は既に見てきたユーザー項目の変更と似ていますが、この文" +"脈では別の意味になります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +#| "computeroutput> does not modify the file access or command execution " +#| "permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; " +#| "instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-" +#| "server." +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"例えば <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> へのマシン追加は、ファイルへ" +"のアクセス権限やそのマシンでのコマンドの実行権限、そのマシンにログインした" +"ユーザーについて変更するわけではありません。ここではそのマシンから利用でき" +"る、主サーバーのサービスを制限します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでインストールした環境の <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "<computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> 機能の現状の用途" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">パーティションサイズの変更</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts) " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"このグループの Debian Edu マシンは LVM パーティションの容量が足りなくなると自" +"動的にサイズを変更します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">夜間のマシンシャットダウン</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts と shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"このグループの Debian Edu マシンは節電のため、夜間は自動的に電源を落としま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">プリンタの管理</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts 及び cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"このグループの Debian Edu マシンは印刷キューを毎晩自動的に空にし、毎時無効化" +"された印刷キューがあれば再有効化します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">インターネットアクセス制限</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +#| "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this " +#| "might be used during exams." +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"このグループの Debian Edu マシンはローカルネットワーク上のマシンにのみ接続を" +"許可されます。試験期間にウェブプロキシによる制限と組み合わせて利用すると有用" +"かもしれません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "プリンタ管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"プリンタの一元管理にはブラウザから <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/> に" +"アクセスしてください。一般的な CUPS 管理画面と同様にプリンタの追加・削除・変" +"更や印刷キューの掃除が可能です。デフォルトでは「最初のユーザー」のみが権限を" +"持ちますが、GOsa² でユーザーを <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> グループに登録することで調整できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "ワークステーションに接続されたプリンターの利用方法" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> は<emphasis>ワークステーション</emphasis>のプロ" +"ファイルを含めた場合、システムに自動的にインストールされているパッケージで" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> を次のように編集します " +"(USB 接続プリンターの場合):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーのウェブインターフェイス <computeroutput>https://www:631</" +"computeroutput> からプリンタを設定します。 (メーカーブランドや型番に関わら" +"ず) ネットワークプリンタの <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" +"computeroutput> を選択して、接続 URI に <computeroutput>socket://<ワークス" +"テーションのIPアドレス>:9100</computeroutput> を設定してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "ネットワークプリンタ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークプリンタの自動発見機能は無効にすることをおすすめします。その代わ" +"りに GOsa² で固定 IP アドレスを設定して <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " +"JetDirect</computeroutput> ネットワークプリンタとして設定します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "時刻の同期" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +#| "machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update " +#| "the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by " +#| "default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet " +#| "connection open if it is created when used." +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu のデフォルト設定では全マシンの時計を同期させるようになっています" +"が、必ずしも正確だとは限りません。時刻の同期には NTP を利用します。時計はデ" +"フォルトで外部ソースと同期します。そのため、同期の際に外部インターネット接続" +"処理を伴う場合は、マシンがインターネットに接続したままになる可能性がありま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"ダイヤルアップや ISDN による従量課金制の接続では、このデフォルト設定から変更" +"したい場合があるかもしれません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"外部の時刻との同期を無効にするには主サーバーの /etc/ntp.conf ファイルを編集し" +"ます。<computeroutput>server</computeroutput> の項目の前に \"#\" を加えてコメ" +"ントアウトし、NTP サーバーを root で <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> を実行して再起動します。外部時刻ソースを使っているか確認する" +"には <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput> を実行してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "パーティション全体の拡張" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"自動パーティショニングに不具合がある場合などに、一部のパーティションでインス" +"トール後に空き容量が不足することがあります。そういったパーティションを拡張す" +"るには root で <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> を" +"実行します。さらなる情報については、<link linkend=\"Administration\">管理一" +"般 HowTo</link> の章の「パーティションサイズの変更」を見てください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "保守" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "ソフトウェアの更新" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"この節では <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> の使い方を説明し" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> の使い方は実に単純です。システムを更新す" +"るのに必要なのは root でコマンドラインから 2 つのコマンド、" +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (利用可能パッケージ一覧を更新) " +"と <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (アップグレードが利用で" +"きるようになったパッケージをアップグレード) を実行するだけです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"ロケールに \"C\" を使ってアップグレードし、英語での出力を確保しておくこともご" +"検討ください。問題発生時の検索エンジン利用で役に立つことがあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> の更新後は、Cfengine の設" +"定ファイルが変更されていることがあります。<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/" +"cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> を実行してご確認ください。変更を反映す" +"る場合は、 <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</" +"computeroutput> を実行してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +#| "diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to " +#| "keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients menu in sync." +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"LTSP サーバーのアップグレード後は <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> を実行してディスクレスクライアント" +"用の SquashFS イメージを同期する必要があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>主サーバー</emphasis> か <emphasis>LTSP サーバー</emphasis> プロ" +"ファイルを含むシステムのリリースアップグレード時には <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を実行して PXE 環境を更新する必要があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>apt-" +"listchanges</computeroutput> をインストールしてご利用中のアドレスにメールを送" +"るように設定することもできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> は一日一度、アップグレードできる" +"パッケージについてメールで通知します。アップグレードをインストールはしません" +"が (通常夜間に) ダウンロードするため、<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> 実行時の待ち時間を短縮できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"自動で更新のインストールを行うことも簡単にできます。" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> パッケージをインストール" +"して <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> の説明に従っ" +"て設定するだけです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> で新しい changelog を電子" +"メールに送ったり <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 実行時に端末画面に表示" +"させたりすることができます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "セキュリティ更新に関する通知を受け取り続ける" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +#| "good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +#| "packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +#| "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +#| "announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +#| "benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The " +#| "downside (compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that " +#| "it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't " +#| "installed." +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"前述の通り <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> を利用するのは、インス" +"トール済みパッケージのセキュリティ更新を知るのによい方法です。セキュリティ更" +"新の通知を受け取り続ける別の方法として <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/" +"debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce メーリングリスト</" +"ulink> への参加があります。この場合セキュリティ更新の内容もわかるのがよい点で" +"すが、(<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> と比較して) インストールして" +"いないパッケージの更新情報も通知されるのが難点です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "バックアップ管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"バックアップを管理するにはブラウザで <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/" +"> にアクセスします。このサイトへのアクセスには SSL を経由する必要があります。" +"root パスワードを入力する必要があるためです。SSL 無しでのアクセスはできませ" +"ん。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on " +#| "the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"注意: このサイトは SSH での root ログインを一時的に許可しているバックアップ" +"サーバー (デフォルトでは主サーバー 'tjener') でのみ利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +#| "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +#| "root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the " +#| "LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete " +#| "them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトで主サーバー tjener は <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput> と <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> と " +"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> と LDAP を LVM にある /skole/" +"backup にバックアップします。(削除してしまった場合等の) 予備として複製を持っ" +"ておきたいだけであれば、この設定で良いでしょう。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"この方法ではハードドライブの物理的な故障に対するバックアップにはなりません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"データを外部サーバーやテープ機器、別のハードドライブにバックアップしたい場合" +"には既存の設定を多少変更する必要があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"フォルダー全体を復旧させたい場合はコマンドラインを利用するのが最善の選択とな" +"ります:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"これは <computeroutput><日付></computeroutput> の <computeroutput>/" +"skole/tjener/home0/ユーザー名</computeroutput> の内容を <computeroutput>/" +"skole/tjener/home0/ユーザー名_<日付></computeroutput> フォルダーに残し" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"復旧させたいのがファイル 1 つだけなら、ウェブインターフェイスからファイル (と" +"バージョン) を選択してそのファイルだけをダウンロードできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"古いバックアップを消してしまいたい場合は、バックアップページのメニューから" +"「Maintenance」を選択して残しておく最古のスナップショットを選択します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php の保守" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "サーバー監視" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/> から Munin 傾向報告システムを利用できま" +"す。システム状態の測定結果を日、週、月、年単位でグラフにして提供し、障害やシ" +"ステム問題の原因を探しているシステム管理者を支援します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Munin により監視されるマシン一覧は sitesummary に報告しているホスト一覧から自" +"動的に生成されます。munin-node パッケージがインストールされているホストは全" +"て Munin による監視対象に登録されます。cron ジョブの実行順のため、導入された" +"マシンが Munin の監視対象に入るまでに通常 1 日かかります。短縮するためには、" +"sitesummary のサーバー (通常は主サーバー) で <computeroutput>sitesummary-" +"update-munin</computeroutput> を root で実行します。<computeroutput>/etc/" +"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> ファイルが更新されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"収集される測定結果は <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> プ" +"ログラムを利用している各マシンで自動的に生成します。このプログラムは " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> から利用できるプラ" +"グインから <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> に作成された" +"シンボリックリンクを探すようになっています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" +#| "monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Munin についての情報は <ulink url=\"http://muninmonitoring.org/\"/> にありま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Icinga によるシステム及びサービス監視は <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/> から利用できます。監視対象のマシンやサービスは sitesummary シ" +"ステムが収集した情報から自動的に生成されます。主サーバーや LTSP サーバーのプ" +"ロファイルのマシンは完全な監視情報を受け取りますが、ワークステーションやシン" +"クライアントのマシンが受け取るのは簡素な監視情報となります。ワークステーショ" +"ンでも完全な監視情報を受け取るようにするには <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-" +"server</computeroutput> パッケージをインストールしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは Icinga はメールを送りません。これは <computeroutput>/etc/" +"icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> ファイルの " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> を <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> 置き換えることで変更できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"利用される Icinga 設定ファイルは <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput> です。sitesummary の cron ジョブは監視するホ" +"スト及びサービスの一覧を収録する <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-" +"generated.cfg</computeroutput> を生成します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"ファイル <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" +"computeroutput> に Icinga によるチェック対象を追加すると生成されるファイルに" +"収録されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Icinga についての情報は <ulink url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> や " +"<computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> パッケージにあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Icinga の一般的な警告とその対処方法" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "Icinga の最も一般的な警告とその対処手順を示します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"当該パーティション (例では /usr/) の容量不足です。一般的な対処方法は 2 つあり" +"ます: (1) ファイルをいくらか削除するか (2) パーティションサイズを大きくするか" +"です。パーティションが /var/ の場合は <computeroutput>apt clean</" +"computeroutput> を実行して APT のキャッシュファイルを削除できるかもしれませ" +"ん。LVM volume group に空き容量がある場合は <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize</computeroutput> を実行してパーティション拡張も可能です。当該ホ" +"ストを <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> ネットグループに追" +"加するとこのプログラムを毎時自動的に実行させられます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +#| "security fixes. To upgrade, run 'apt upgrade && apt full-" +#| "upgrade' as root in a terminal or log in via ssh to do the same." +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"更新可能なパッケージが利用できます。大抵 critical とされるものはセキュリティ" +"更新です。アップグレードするには 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade' " +"を root 端末か ssh 経由で実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"パッケージのアップグレードを手作業で行いたくなく、Debian による新しいバージョ" +"ンの作業を信頼する場合、<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"パッケージをインストールして自動的に毎晩全て新しいパッケージにアップグレード" +"するように設定できます。これは LTSP chroot のアップグレードは行いません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"実行中のカーネルが最新のインストール済みカーネルより古い状態です。最新のイン" +"ストール済みカーネルを有効化するには再起動が必要です。Debian Edu では新しい" +"カーネルは通常セキュリティ問題を修正するためのものなので、これは相応に緊急性" +"があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"CUPS の印刷キューに保留となっているジョブが多数あります。これは恐らくプリンタ" +"の不具合が原因です。<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput> ネットグループ内のホストでは無効な印刷キューを毎時有効にする" +"ため手作業による介入は必要ないはずです。<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts</computeroutput> ネットグループ内のホストでは印刷キューを毎晩空にしま" +"す。キューに多くのジョブがあるホストが存在する場合は、こういったネットグルー" +"プにそのホストを追加することを検討してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"各コンピュータでの情報収集と中央サーバへの送信に sitesummary を利用していま" +"す。収集した情報は <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput> から利用できるようになっています。<computeroutput>/usr/lib/" +"sitesummary/</computeroutput> にあるスクリプトを利用して報告を生成できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/> で sitesummary のシンプルなレポート" +"が利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"sitesummary 関連の文書は <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/SiteSummary\"/> にあります" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Debian Edu の独自化に関するさらなる情報" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"システム管理者にとって有用となる Debian Edu のカスタム化に関しては次の章をご" +"覧になってください: <link linkend=\"Administration\">管理一般 Howto の章</" +"link> や <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高度な管理 Howto の章</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "アップグレード" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"このアップグレードガイドを読む前に、実運用しているサーバーを稼働状態で更新す" +"るということはご自身の責任であることを確認してください。<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux は法で認められている最大範囲内で、一切" +"の責任を負いません。</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features " +#| "in Bullseye</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to " +#| "upgrade." +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"アップグレードは、必ずこの章とこのマニュアルの <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye の新機能</link> の章を完全に把握してから挑んで" +"ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "アップグレードに関する一般的な注意" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Debian 自体をあるリリースから次のリリースにアップグレードするのは通常簡単なの" +"ですが、Debian Edu では設定ファイルに手を加えている都合上、残念ながら若干複雑" +"になります (Debian バグ情報 <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> に Debian Edu ではどのようにすべきかの経緯などの情報" +"があります)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +#| "and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"一般的にサーバーのアップグレードはワークステーションより困難で、主サーバーが" +"最も困難です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"アップグレード後に確実に全て以前と同じように動作するようにするには、テスト用" +"システムか運用環境のマシンと同じように設定したシステムでアップグレードをテス" +"トすべきです。そうすることでリスク無くアップグレードをテストし、全て動作すべ" +"きように動作するか確認できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian stable リリース自体についても <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" +"releases/stable/installmanual\">インストールマニュアル</ulink> をかならずご一" +"読ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"なお oldstable での運用を何週間か延長してしばらく待つ選択肢もあります。その間" +"に他の方がアップグレードを検証して何か問題があれば言及できるということになり" +"ます。Debian Edu の oldstable リリースは次の stable リリース後もしばらくはサ" +"ポートが続けられますが、Debian が <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" +"security/faq#lifespan\">oldstable のサポートを終了</ulink>すると Debian Edu " +"でもサポート終了となります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Buster" +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Debian Edu buster からアップグレードする場合" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Buster in a test " +#| "environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"必ず事前に準備をしてください。テスト環境で buster からのアップグレードを試し" +"てからにするか、元に戻せるように事前のバックアップを完了してから実行してくだ" +"さい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu " +#| "main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " +#| "Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to " +#| "Bullseye upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"以下の方法はデフォルトでインストールした Debian Edu 主サーバー (desktop=xfce " +"でプロファイルは主サーバー、ワークステーション、LTSP サーバー) を前提にしてい" +"ることに注意してください。(一般的な素のDebian Buster から Bullseye へのアップ" +"グレードについては、<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"releasenotes\"/>をご一読ください。)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "X を使用せずに、仮想コンソールを使って root でログインしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> でエラーが生じた場合は、まず " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> を実行してみて、" +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> をもう一度実行してみてく" +"ださい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "主サーバーをアップグレードします" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "まず、システムが最新版に更新されていることを確認します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Bullseye (new security entry):" +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Bullseye へのアップグレードの準備と実行 (security パスの変更点):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: 読むべき NEWS が大量に生じることを覚悟してください。ペー" +"ジャーのスクロールを進めるには <Enter> を、終了させるには <q> を" +"押します。root アカウントにはすべての情報が送信されるので、後で読むこともでき" +"ます。その場合は <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> や <emphasis>mutt</emphasis> など" +"のメール閲覧ソフトを利用してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"debconf の情報を全て注意深く読み、以下で特に言及していない限り「現在インス" +"トールされているローカルバージョンを維持 ('keep the local version currently " +"installed')」を選択してください。ほとんどの場合「Enter」を押せばいいはずで" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services: \"yes\" を選択します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba server and utilities: 'keep the local version currently installed' を選" +"択します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: 'keep the local version currently installed' を選択します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "設定の適用と調整:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "アップグレードしたシステムが機能するか確認します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "再起動して「最初のユーザー」としてログインし、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "GOsa² GUI が機能しているか、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "LTSP クライアントやワークステーションに接続できるか、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "システムのネットグループのメンバーを追加/削除できるか、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "内部メールを送受信できるか、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "プリンターを管理できるか、" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "その他サイト特有の事項について機能するかテストしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "ワークステーションのアップグレード" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Buster)" +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu / Skolelinux の (buster より古い) 旧バージョンからのアップグレード" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " +#| "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +#| "provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +#| "Buster</ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, " +#| "Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"古いリリースからアップグレードする場合、まず Buster ベースの Debian Edu リ" +"リースにアップグレードする必要があります。前述した Bullseye へのアップグレー" +"ドは「その後に」行ってください。 Stretch から Buster へのアップグレード方法に" +"ついては <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Buster#\">Debian Edu Buster マニュアル</ulink> に記載してあります。同様に " +"Stretch 版のマニュアルでは Jessie からのアップグレード方法を説明しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Administration\">管理一般</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高度な管理</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Desktop\">デスクトップ</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ネットワーククライアント</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">クラスルーム</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Users\">ユーザー</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "管理一般 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">さあ始めよう</link> と <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">保守</link> の章で、Debian Edu で最初にすべきことや基" +"本的な保守作業の方法について説明しています。この章の HowTo ではより「高度な」" +"ヒントや技をいくらか提示します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "設定履歴: バージョン管理システム git を使って /etc/ を追跡" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> を使うと <computeroutput>/etc/</" +"computeroutput> 以下の全ファイルを <ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/" +"\">Git</ulink> を使ってバージョン管理できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"これにより、ファイルの削除や変更、削除がいつ行われたのか、そしてファイルがテ" +"キストファイルの場合はその変更点を確認できるようになります。git リポジトリは " +"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput> に置かれます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"毎時、変更があれば自動的に記録され、設定の履歴を取り出して確認できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +#| "computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +#| "time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +#| "can be used." +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"履歴を調べるにはコマンド <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> " +"を使います。ある時点とある時点の間の差分を確認するには " +"<computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> のようなコマンドを使いま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"さらなる情報については <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> の出力" +"を見てください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "有用なコマンド一覧:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "使用例" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"新しくインストールされたシステムではこれを実行して、システムがインストールさ" +"れてから行われた全変更を見られるか試してみましょう:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"どのファイルが追跡されていないのかと、どれが最新でないのかを確認します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"最大 1 時間待つことになるので、手作業でファイルをコミットするには次のコマンド" +"を実行してください:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "パーティションのサイズ変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu では <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> パーティション以外の" +"パーティションは全て LVM 論理ボリュームです。Linux カーネルのバージョン " +"2.6.10 以降から、パーティションをマウントしたままサイズを拡張できるようになっ" +"ています。パーティションの縮小についてはパーティションをマウントしていない状" +"態で行う必要があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> の実行時間と、バックアップから復旧が必" +"要になった場合の所要時間の観点から、大きすぎるパーティション (例えば 20 GiB " +"超) は作らないほうがよいでしょう。可能なかぎり、巨大なパーティションよりも小" +"さなパーティションを複数作成する方が良いということです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"パーティション全体の拡張を容易にするために、補助スクリプト " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> があります。これを実" +"行すると、 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>、 <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>、 <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> から" +"設定を読み込みます。ファイルから提供された規則をもとに、空き領域が少なすぎる" +"パーティションの拡張を提案します。引数無しで実行すると何もせず、ファイルシス" +"テムを拡張するのに必要なコマンドを表示します。提示されたコマンドを実際に実行" +"してファイルシステムを拡張する場合には、引数 <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> が必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"このスクリプトは <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> ネットグ" +"ループ一覧にある全クライアントでは毎時自動的に実行されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for " +#| "cache size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs " +#| "to be updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +#| "debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is " +#| "provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of " +#| "<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid " +#| "to use 80% of this as its cache size." +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Squid プロキシにより利用されているパーティションのサイズを変更した場合は、" +"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> のキャッシュサイズも更" +"新する必要があります。補助スクリプト <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> を使えば、現在の " +"<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> のパーティションサイズを自" +"動的に確認し、Squid がその 80% をキャッシュのサイズとして利用するように設定で" +"きます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "LVM 論理ボリューム管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ストレージを LVM (Logical Volume Management) で管理することでパーティション " +"(論理ボリューム) のサイズ変更がマウントしたままでも可能です。詳細は <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink> をご覧くださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"論理ボリュームを手動で拡張したい場合は、<computeroutput>lvextend</" +"computeroutput> コマンドで増やしたい大きさを指示してください。例えば「home0 " +"のサイズを 30 GiB にする」にはコマンド:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" +"を実行します。「home0 に 30 GiB を追加する」場合は「+」を使います (-L+30G)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "ldapvi の利用" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> はコマ" +"ンドライン上で普通のテキストエディタを利用して LDAP データベースを編集する" +"ツールです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "以下を実行します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"注意: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> はデフォルトに設定されているエ" +"ディタを利用します。シェルプロンプトで <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> を実行するとエディタに vi クローンを使う環境に設定できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"警告: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> は非常に強力なツールなので、不" +"注意で LDAP データベースを破壊しかねません。JXplorer についても同様です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "Kerberos 対応 NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +#| "As of Bullseye, LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +#| "<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and " +#| "<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means " +#| "Kerberos authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity " +#| "check and <emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load " +#| "on both server and workstation increases with the security level, " +#| "<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as " +#| "default." +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos を使って NFS でホームディレクトリを安全にマウントすることができま" +"す。セキュリティレベルは <emphasis>krb5</emphasis> と <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> と <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> がサポートされています。" +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> は Kerberos V5 認証のことで、<emphasis> \"i\" </" +"emphasis> は完全性保護を加えたもの、<emphasis> \"p\" </emphasis> は暗号化も加" +"えたもの意味します。セキュリティレベルに伴い、サーバーとワークステーションの" +"両方でコンピューターへの負荷は増加します。<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> がその面" +"を考慮してデフォルトになっています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "デフォルト設定の変更方法" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">主サーバー</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "rootとしてログインする" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> を実行し " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> を検索して <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> や " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis> に変更します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: adjust these existing " +#| "entries for /srv/* accordingly:" +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput> で /srv/* の該当箇所をそれぞれ" +"修正します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput> を実行" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"このツールは使用場所やコンピューター、あるいはグループメンバーに基づいて規定" +"のプリンターを設定します。詳細については <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput> をご覧ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"設定ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> を管理" +"者が準備する必要があります。いくつかの例が <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> にありますの" +"で、参考にしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "LDAP GUI環境 JXplorer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"LDAP データベースについて GUI で作業する方が良ければ " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> パッケージについて調べてみてくださ" +"い。これはデフォルトでインストールされています。次のようにして書き込みできる" +"ように接続します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "コマンドラインツール ldap-createuser-krb" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command " +#| "line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's " +#| "mostly useful for testing, though." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> は小さなコマンドライン" +"ツールで、LDAP ユーザーを作成してそのパスワードを Kerberos で設定する処理を行" +"います。これが有用なのは主にテストですが。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "stable-updates の利用" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"stable-updates を直接利用することもできますが、必須ではありません: stable-" +"updates は stable ポイントリリースの際に取り込まれます。これは大体 2 か月ごと" +"に行われます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "backports を利用した、より新しいソフトウェアのインストール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"安定性のために Debian Edu を選択して頂けたなら、大変喜ばしく思います。ただ" +"し、問題が一つだけあります。ソフトウェアがご希望のものよりも少々古くなってい" +"ることがあることです。ここで backports の出番です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"backports で扱うのは Debian の testing (ほとんどの場合) や Debian の " +"unstable (例えばセキュリティ更新等、一部の状況でのみ) のパッケージを再コンパ" +"イルしたものであるため、(それが可能な限り) 新しいライブラリを必要とせず " +"Debian Edu 等の安定版 Debian ディストリビューションで動作します。<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">利用可能なバックポートを全て使うのではなく、必要に応じて個々" +"のバックポートだけをご利用されることを勧めます。</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">Debian Edu " +"Bullseyeの状況</ulink> のページをご参照ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"この後はバックポートされたパッケージを簡単にインストールできます。以下のコマ" +"ンドではバックポートされたバージョンの <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> をインス" +"トールします:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"backports のパッケージは他のパッケージと全く同じように (利用可能になれば) 自" +"動的に更新されます。通常のアーカイブと同様 backports には main と contrib と " +"non-free の 3 つのセクションがあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "CD などのイメージを用いたアップグレード" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from " +#| "Bullseye 11.1 to 11.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only " +#| "physical media, follow these steps:" +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"インターネット接続がない状況で新たなバージョンへアップグレード (例えば " +"Bullseye 11.1 から 11.2 へ) するには、物理メディアを次の要領で使用できます: " + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"CD / DVD / Blu-ray ディスク / USB フラッシュドライブなどを差し込んでマウント" +"し、apt-cdrom コマンドを実行します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "apt-cdrom(8) man ページから引用:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom は利用可能な取得元として、APT のリストに新しい CD-ROM を追加するの" +"に使用します。apt-cdrom は、ディスクの構造を測定します。また、焼き損じを可能" +"な限り補正し、インデックスファイルの確認を行います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"APT システムに手作業で CD を追加するのは難しいため、apt-cdrom が必要になりま" +"す。その上、複数の CD のディスクを 1 枚づつ、焼き損じを補正できるか評価しなけ" +"ればなりません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "それからコマンドを 2 つ実行し、システムをアップグレードします:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "自動での残存プロセスの掃除" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> は現在マシンにログインしていないユー" +"ザーに属するプロセスを取り除く perl スクリプトです。cron により毎時実行されま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "セキュリティ更新の自動インストール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> はセキュリティその他の更" +"新を自動的にインストールする Debian パッケージで、セキュリティ更新などをする" +"ように設定されます。自動更新時のログは <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" +"upgrades/</computeroutput> で参照できます。もちろん <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> と <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput> " +"でも確認できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "夜間の自動マシンシャットダウン" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +#| "machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +#| "<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off " +#| "the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will " +#| "not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS " +#| "to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server " +#| "will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan packets. " +#| "These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"夜間から早朝にクライアントマシンを自動的に停止させて省エネ運用することが可能" +"です。<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> パッケージは 午後 " +"16:00 以降は毎時ユーザーが利用していないマシンを適時停止します。その際に " +"BIOS で翌朝 07:00 に起動するようにします。主サーバーは Wake on Lan パケットを" +"送信して 06:30 に起動を試みます。時刻はマシン毎の crontabs で個別に調整できま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "この設定にあたって留意しておくべき事項:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +#| "ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +#| "and as a special case, checking for the ssh connection command to work " +#| "with X2Go thin clients." +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"誰かが利用中のクライアントマシンはシャットダウンするわけにはいきませんので、" +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> コマンドの出力をご確認ください。また特殊" +"なケースとして X2Go シンクライアントの利用状況を ssh 接続コマンドの状況でも確" +"認してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"電源ブレーカーが落ちないように、全クライアントを同時に起動しないようにしてく" +"ださい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +#| "BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well " +#| "as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-" +#| "wakeup</computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for " +#| "wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be " +#| "woken up." +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"クライアントを起動させる方法は 2 種類あります。1 つ目は BIOS の機能ですが、" +"ハードウェアクロックが正常に動作している必要があります。マザーボードとその" +"バージョンの BIOS が <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput> に対応して" +"いることも必要です。もう一方ではクライアントが Wake-on-Lan に対応していること" +"と、起動させる必要のある全クライアントの情報がサーバーにあることが必要です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night の設定方法" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +#| "shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +#| "(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on " +#| "the client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to " +#| "the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +#| "computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " +#| "configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and " +#| "routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the " +#| "WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some " +#| "switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP " +#| "table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"夜間に電源を落としておきたいクライアントで <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> を作成するか、ホスト名 (クライアント" +"での <computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput> の出力) をネットグループ " +"shutdown-at-night-hosts に追加します。<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> " +"ウェブツールを利用して LDAP のネットグループにホストを追加できます。クライア" +"ント側の BIOS で Wake-on-Lan (WOL) の設定を行う必要があるかもしれません。クラ" +"イアントの電源が落とされている状態でも WOL サーバーからの経路にあるスイッチや" +"ルーターが WOL パケットを該当するクライアントまで伝送できることも要件です。ス" +"イッチによっては ARP テーブルにないクライアントへパケットを渡せない場合があ" +"り、その場合は WOL パケットがブロックされてしまいます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/" +#| "etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, " +#| "IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated " +#| "by a space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/" +#| "clients-generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the " +#| "fly." +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"サーバーで Wake-on-LAN を有効化するには、 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/clients</computeroutput> にクライアントを追加します。クライアントごと" +"に 1 行ずつ、IP アドレス、空白、MAC アドレス (イーサネットアドレス) の順で記" +"載します。クライアント一覧をその場で生成する <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-" +"at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> スクリプトを作成する方法もありま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"sitesummary と併せて使う場合の <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/" +"clients-generator</computeroutput> の例です:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"クライアントでネットグループを使って shutdown-at-night を有効化している場合の" +"代替として、<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> パッケージのネットグ" +"ループツールを利用するこのスクリプトがあります:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "ファイアウォールの先に置かれている Debian-Edu サーバへのアクセス" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"インターネットからファイアウォールの先にあるマシンへアクセスするには " +"<computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput> パッケージのインストールを検討してく" +"ださい。これを利用して自分のアクセスできるインターネット上のマシンへの SSH ト" +"ンネルを用意できます。そのマシンから SSH トンネルを経由してファイアウォールの" +"先のサーバにアクセスできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" +#| "server" +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "サービスマシンの追加による主サーバーの負荷分散" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " +#| "tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " +#| "<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing " +#| "with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " +#| "network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのインストールでは、サービスはすべて「主サーバー (tjener) 」で実行" +"されます。別のマシンへの一部サービスの移行を単純にするため「<emphasis>最小 " +"(Minimal)</emphasis>」インストール用プロファイルを利用します。このプロファイ" +"ルでインストールすると、Debian Edu ネットワークの一部ではあるものの、サービス" +"を何も実行していないマシンが作れます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "一部のサービスでは、専用マシンを用意するのに必要となる手順があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the " +#| "<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> ブートオプションを使って「<emphasis>最" +"小 (Minimal)</emphasis>」プロファイルをインストールします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "サービスを行うパッケージをインストールします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "サービスを設定します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "disable the service on main-server" +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "主サーバーで行っている当該サービスを停止します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "主サーバで (LDAP/GOsa² 経由で) DNS を更新します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "wiki.debian.org の HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "高度な管理 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "この章では高度な管理タスクについて説明します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² によるユーザーの独自設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "年次グループ内のユーザー作成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +#| "directories for each group (home0/2024, home0/2026, etc). We want to " +#| "create the users by csv import." +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"この例では年次別に共通のホームディレクトリ (home0/2024, home0/2026, 等) を持" +"つ年次ユーザーを作成します。ユーザーは CSV のインポートで作成します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(主サーバーの root で) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "必要な年次グループのディレクトリを作成します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2024" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(Gosa の「最初のユーザー」として)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "部門 (Department)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. " +#| "The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' " +#| "choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2024) and " +#| "Description fields (students graduating in 2024), leave the Base field as " +#| "is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department " +#| "(2024) should show up below /Students. Click it." +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"メインメニュー: 「Directory structure」に移動し、「Students」部門をクリックし" +"ます。「Base」欄には「/Students」が表示されているはずです。「Actions」ドロッ" +"プボックスから「Create」「Department」を選択します。名前 (2024) と説明 (2024 " +"年卒業の生徒) の値を埋め、「Base」欄はそのまま (「/Students」のはずです) にし" +"ます。「Ok」をクリックして保存します。これで新しい部門 (2024) が「/Students」" +"の下に表示されるようになったはずです。それをクリックします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "グループ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group " +#| "name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2024) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"メインメニュー「Actions/Create/Group」から「Groups」を選択します。グループ名" +"を入力して (「Base」はそのまま、「/Students/2024」とします) 「Ok」をクリック" +"して保存します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "テンプレート" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"「users」をメインメニューで選択し、Base 欄を「Students」に変更します。新しい" +"「<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput>」エントリーが表示されるので、ク" +"リックしてください。これは「students」テンプレートで、実際のユーザーではあり" +"ません。(CSV ファイルでのインポートができるにように) こういったテンプレートを" +"作る必要があります。「Generic」と「POSIX」タブに表示される項目は新しいテンプ" +"レートを作るときにスクリーンショットを撮っておいてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Now change to /Students/2024 in the Base field; choose Create/Template " +#| "and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your " +#| "new 2024 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"次に Base 項目を「/Students/2024」にします。「Create/Template」を選んで、" +"「Generic」タブの項目から値を設定し (「2024」グループを「Group Membersip」で" +"も作ります) その後に POSIX アカウントを追加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "ユーザーのインポート" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"CSV をインポートする際に新しいテンプレートを選択します。少数のユーザーを使っ" +"てテストしておくことを勧めます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "その他のユーザー独自設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "全ユーザーのホームディレクトリ内へのディレクトリ作成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"このスクリプトでは管理者が各ユーザーのホームディレクトリ内にディレクトリを作" +"成してアクセス権限と所有権をセットできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"group=teachers と permissions=2770 を指定する以下の例では、ユーザーはファイル" +"を「assignment」ディレクトリに保存することでその課題を提出でき、教員側はその" +"ディレクトリに書き込みアクセス権限が与えられているためコメントを加えることが" +"できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "ストレージ専用サーバーの利用" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"以下の手順でユーザーのホームディレクトリや他のデータを置ける、専用のストレー" +"ジサーバーを設定できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"新しいシステム区分の <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> を追加には、この" +"マニュアルの <emphasis role=\"strong\">さあ始めよう</emphasis> の章で説明して" +"いるように GOsa² を使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"この例では nas-server.intern をサーバー名としています。nas-server.intern の設" +"定が出来たら、新しいストレージサーバーを指す NFS エクスポートが適切なサブネッ" +"トやマシンにエクスポートされているか確認します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"この例ではバックボーンネットワークの全てが /storage エクスポートへのアクセス" +"を許されています。(これは tjener:/etc/exports ファイルで行うのと同様にネット" +"グループメンバー権や IP アドレスで制限することで NFS へのアクセスを限定できま" +"す。)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"nas-server.intern についての自動マウント情報を LDAP に追加し、全クライアント" +"からリクエストにより新しいエクスポートを自動的にマウントできるようにします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"これは GOsa² では自動マウント用モジュールが欠けているためできません。代わり" +"に ldapvi を利用し、エディタを使って必要な LDAP 項目を追加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"エディタが起動したら、ファイルの末尾に以下の LDAP 項目を追加します。 (最後の " +"LDAP 項目の\"/&\" は全ての nas-server.intern エクスポートにマッチするワイ" +"ルドカードで、これにより LDAP 中の個々のマウントポイントを列挙する必要がなく" +"なります。)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"tjener.intern はマウントのループを避けるため自動マウントを利用しないので、" +"tjener.intern:/etc/fstab に関連する項目を追加します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput> でマウントするディレクトリを作成し、/" +"etc/fstab を適切に編集したら <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> を実行" +"して新しいリソースをマウントします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"これでユーザーは nas-server.intern 上のファイルに /tjener/nas-server/" +"storage/ ディレクトリから任意のアプリケーションでアクセスが可能になります。" +"ワークステーションか LTSP シンクライアントか LTSP サーバーかは不問です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restrict ssh login access" +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "SSH ログインアクセスの制限" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "SSH のログインを制限する方法は複数ありますが、一部を提示します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "LTSP クライアント無しでの準備" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"LTSP クライアントを使っていない場合の簡単な方法は新しいグループ (例えば " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) を作成してそのマシンの /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config ファイルに 1 行追記します。<computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput> グループのメンバーだけが任意のマシンからの SSH 接続を許可され" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "GOsa で管理する方法はかなり簡単です:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Base レベル (既に <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> 等、他のシステ" +"ム管理関連のグループがあるはずです) にグループ <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput> を作成します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"新しいグループ <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> にユーザーを追加しま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"/etc/ssh/sshd_config に <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</" +"computeroutput> を追加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput> を実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use ssh connections. " +#| "Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the ssh setup " +#| "has been changed is enough." +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは LTSP ディスクレスクライアントは SSH を使いません。LTSP サー" +"バーでの ssh 設定を終えた後に SquashFS イメージを更新すれば大丈夫です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "X2Go thin clients are using ssh connections to the related LTSP server. " +#| "So a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"X2Go シンクライアントは LTSP サーバーへの接続に SSH を使います。そのため PAM " +"を利用した別の方法が必要となります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" +"LTSP サーバの /etc/pam.d/sshd ファイルで pam_access.so を有効化します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"(例では) ユーザー alice、jane、bob、john はどこからでも、他のユーザーはすべて" +"内部ネットワークからの接続だけを許すように /etc/security/access.conf を設定し" +"ます:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +#| "dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting " +#| "his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to " +#| "the LTSP server(s) as well." +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"特定の LTSP サーバーしか使わない場合は 10.0.0.0/8 ネットワークを外して内部 " +"ssh ログインアクセスを無効化することもできます。注意: 誰かがその LTSP クライ" +"アントネットワークにコンピュータを接続する場合は LTSP サーバーへの SSH アクセ" +"スが可能です。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "更に複雑な場合のセットアップでの注意点" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +#| "would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup " +#| "(in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate " +#| "PAM configuration would allow to disable internal ssh login." +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"もし X2Go クライアントが基幹ネット 10.0.0.0/8 に接続される状況では話が更に複" +"雑です。その場合にも内部からの ssh ログインを無効化するには (LDAP 内の) DHCP " +"設定をうまくやってベンダークラス識別子を検証させて、かつ PAM の適切な設定を組" +"み合わせるしかないと思われます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "デスクトップ HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "多国語対応デスクトップ環境のセットアップ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "多国語対応するには、次の手順を行ってください:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> を root で実行し、" +"必要な言語を選びます (UTF-8 のものにしてください)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "以下のコマンドを root で実行して必要なパッケージをインストールします:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +#| "manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +#| "KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +#| "tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of Lightdm " +#| "whithout a language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-" +#| "greeter</computeroutput> to get the stock Lightdm greeter." +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーは LightDM ディスプレイマネージャーでログインする前に利用する言語を選" +"択できるようになっています。Xfce、LXDE、LXQt も同様です。GNOME と KDE に関し" +"ては、それぞれ「地域と言語」の設定と言語設定のツールがあるので、それらを利用" +"してください。MATE では「Arctica greeter」が LightDM の言語設定を阻害してしま" +"うので、<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> で標準の " +"LightDM に設定してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "DVD の再生" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ほとんどの商用 DVD の再生に libdvdcss が必要です。法的な理由からこれは " +"Debian (Edu) には収録されていません。これの利用を法的に許されている場合は " +"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian パッケージを利用できます。" +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> で " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> が有効になっていることを確認してくだ" +"さい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"debconf の質問に答え、<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> を実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "手書きフォント" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (デフォルトでインス" +"トールされます) は子供向けの楽しい手書きフォント「Abecedario」をインストール" +"します。このフォントには点線のものや基準線が付加されたものなど複数の形式があ" +"ります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "ネットワーククライアント HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "シンクライアント及びディスクレスワークステーションについて" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアントとディスクレスワークステーションの両方を指す用語として " +"<emphasis>LTSP クライアント</emphasis> を用います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server required information " +#| "for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation " +#| "time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"独立した、あるいは追加の LTSP サーバーが必要な場合、LTSP クライアント環境を設" +"定するために要する情報はインストール時には足りません。そういった設定はシステ" +"ムが Gosa² で追加された後に可能になります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"LTSP の一般的な情報は <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP ホームページ</" +"ulink> をご覧ください。<emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis> プロファイルを含むシ" +"ステムに関しては <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> で詳細をご確認くだ" +"さい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool has to be used " +#| "carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " +#| "would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines " +#| "(these have a separate /boot partition by default), and " +#| "<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> would fail to generate the " +#| "iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support)." +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"くれぐれも <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> ツールの利用にはご注意ください。例えば " +"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> は (独立した /boot があるため) " +"Debian マシンでは SquashFS イメージ生成に失敗します。また " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> も iPXE メニューの正しい生成ができ" +"ません (Debian Edu のシンクライアントサポートの都合上)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a wrapper script " +#| "for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp " +#| "kernel</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. " +#| "It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation support; in " +#| "addition thin clients (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC) are supported using " +#| "X2Go. See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or " +#| "the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in " +#| "the script itself (here documents) to facilitate site specific " +#| "adjustments." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> は <computeroutput>ltsp image</" +"computeroutput> と <computeroutput>ltsp kernel</computeroutput> と " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> のラッパースクリプトです。ディスク" +"レスワークステーションを構築するのに利用できます。シンクライアント (64 ビッ" +"ト 32 ビット PC 両方) は X2Go を用いて実現しています。どのように動作するよう" +"になっているかは <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> やスクリプト自身をご参照ください。あらゆる設定項目はスクリプ" +"ト自身のヒアドキュメントに記載しているので、個別の調整対応時にご利用くださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +#| "emphasis> instead:" +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"代わりに <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> ラッパーを用いる例:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +#| "computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"ディスクレスワークステーションの SquashFS イメージ更新には " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --dist bullseye --" +#| "thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit " +#| "thin client support." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"ディスクレスワークステーションと 64 ビットシンクライアント対応には " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64 --dist bullseye --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#| "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates " +#| "additional 32-bit thin client support." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"更に 32 ビットシンクライアント対応をするには <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-" +"install --arch i386 --diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>bare</emphasis> (最小限のシンクライアント) オプション部位は " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> や <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> も指定できます。" +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> はシャットダウンボタンを、<emphasis>desktop</" +"emphasis> は Firefox ESR をキオスクモードでクライアント自体に実行させます (そ" +"の分メモリと CPU が必要になりますが、サーバーの負担は減ります)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ディスクレスワークステーション</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"ディスクレスワークステーションはローカルで全てのソフトを動作させます。クライ" +"アントとして LTSP サーバーから自身のハードドライブなしで起動します。ソフト" +"ウェアの管理保守は LTSP サーバー上ですが、その実行はディスクレスワークステー" +"ション上です。ホームディレクトリとシステムの設定はサーバー上に保存します。" +"ディスクレスワークステーションは古くてもパワフルなハードウェア資源をシンクラ" +"イアント並の低い保守コストで運用するのに適しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ワークステーションとは異なり、ディスクレスワークステーションは GOsa² で追加す" +"る必要がありません。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">シンクライアント</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an " +#| "(X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " +#| "this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive." +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"シンクライアント構成を用いると普通の PC を LTSP サーバー上であらゆるソフト" +"ウェアが動作する(X-)端末として利用できます。この場合マシンは自身のハードドラ" +"イブを利用せず PXE 経由で起動します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu はかなり古いハードウェアでのシンクライアントもサポートしています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP クライアントのファームウェア</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"クライアントのネットワークカードが non-free ファームウェアを必要とする場合は " +"LTSP クライアントのブートは失敗します。マシンのネットワークブートに関わる問題" +"の解決に PXE インストールを利用できます。XXX.bin ファイルが欠けていると " +"Debian インストーラが訴えている場合、LTSP サーバーの initrd に non-free " +"ファームウェアを追加することになります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "更に古いリリースについての情報" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの種類の選択" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"各 LTSP サーバーにはイーサネットインターフェイスが 2 つあります。1 つ目は中心" +"側の 10.0.0.0/8 サブネット (主サーバーとつながっているネットワーク) で、もう " +"1 つは別のローカルサブネット (各 LTSP サーバーごとに分離されているサブネッ" +"ト) を構成します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"いずれからも <emphasis>ディスクレスワークステーション</emphasis> と " +"<emphasis>シンクライアント</emphasis> を iPXE メニューで選択できます。5 秒の" +"タイムアウト後にはディスクレスワークステーションとして起動します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The default boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +#| "configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +#| "timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no</" +#| "computeroutput> for any changes to take effect." +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのブートメニューもタイムアウトのどちらも <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf</computeroutput> ファイルで設定できます。タイムアウトに " +"<emphasis>-1</emphasis> を使うとメニューが非表示になります。設定変更後には " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no</" +"computeroutput> を実行してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "異なる LTSP クライアントネットワークの利用" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"「LTSP サーバー」のプロファイルを使ってインストールしたマシンでは、デフォルト" +"の LTSP クライアントネットワークは 192.168.0.0/24 になっています。LTSP クライ" +"アントを多数抱えている、あるいは異なる LTSP サーバーで i386 と amd64 の " +"chroot 環境を両方とも提供する場合、もう 1 つの設定済みネットワーク " +"192.168.1.0/24 を同様に使うこともできます。ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/" +"network/interfaces</computeroutput> を編集して eth1 設定を適切に調整します。" +"DNS や DHCP の設定を調べるには <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> その他" +"任意の LDAP エディタを利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "32 ビットクライアント向けの LTSP chroot 環境の追加方法" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64</computeroutput> " +#| "creates 64-bit diskless workstation support." +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"64 ビットのディスクレスワークステーション対応を追加するには " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch amd64</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"設定オプションについては <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> をご" +"覧ください。オンラインでも参照できます: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/" +"ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントのオーディオ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"LTSP シンクライアントはネットワークオーディオを利用してサーバーからクライアン" +"トにオーディオを配信します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP ディスクレスワークステーションは音声をローカルで扱います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "USB メモリや CD、DVD への簡単なアクセス" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " +#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " +#| "in any other normal installation." +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーが (ディスクレス) ワークステーションに USB メモリや DVD / CD-ROM ドラ" +"イブを繋いだ場合は、一般的なデスクトップ環境と同様にポップアップウィンドウが" +"出てどう処理するかの質問がでます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "LTSP サーバーの脱着可能メディアについての警告" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " +#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"警告: LTSP サーバーマシンに USB メモリなどの脱着可能メディアを繋いだ場合は、" +"リモートの LTSP クライアントにポップアップメッセージが出てしまいます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントに接続されたプリンターの利用" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"LTSP クライアントマシンにプリンターを接続します (USB とパラレルポートをサポー" +"トしています)。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "GOsa² で 対象の LTSP クライアントに固定 IP アドレスを設定します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"プリンタを <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> 経由で主" +"サーバーで設定していきます。ネットワークプリンタ <computeroutput>AppSocket/" +"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> を選び (メーカーや型番問わず) " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> を接続" +"先 URI として利用します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "PXE メニューの変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE は Preboot eXecution Environment の意味で Debian Edu は <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> 実装を使って LTSP 統合を行っていま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "PXE メニューの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"システムインストールに関する iPXE メニュー項目は <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> が生成します。いくつかの項目は <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> ファイルで上書きできます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "PXE インストールの設定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and " +#| "mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, " +#| "and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, " +#| "popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these " +#| "questions, the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +#| "install.dat</computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected " +#| "answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are " +#| "already commented in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +#| "install.dat</computeroutput>. Your changes will be lost as soon as " +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> is used to " +#| "recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to " +#| "<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +#| "computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +#| "pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +#| "www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +#| "debconf values." +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"PXE インストールでは言語やキーボードレイアウト、ミラーの設定を主サーバーイン" +"ストール時の設定から引き継ぎ、他 (プロファイル、popcon への参加、パーティショ" +"ン、root パスワード) はインストール時に質問します。インストール時の質問を避け" +"るには、ファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> を編集して、debconf 値の自動設定を提供します。利用可能な一部" +"の debconf 値の例は、<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> のコメントに書かれています。変更は " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を使って PXE インス" +"トール環境を再作成した時点で失われます。<computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> での再作成時に debconf 値を <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> に付加するには、追加" +"の debconf 値を指定したファイル <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> を追加します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"PXE インストールの変更についての詳しい情報は <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">インストール</link> の章にあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "PXE インストール用の独自リポジトリの追加" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"独自リポジトリを追加するには以下のような行を <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> に追加します:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"それから <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> を" +"一度実行します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "ネットワーク設定の変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"debian-edu-config パッケージには 10.0.0.0/8 から別のネットワークへの変更を支" +"援するツールが付属しています。<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput> をご覧になってください。これは主サーバー" +"インストール直後に使うもので、サブネット変更目的に更新する必要がある LDAP や" +"その他のファイルを調整します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"既に Debian Edu が利用しているサブネットへの変更はできません。192.168.0.0/24 " +"と 192.168.1.0/24 は既に LTSP クライアントネットワーク用に使用しています。こ" +"の範囲のネットワークに変更した場合は、設定ファイルを手作業で編集して重なった" +"項目を削除する必要があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"DNS のドメイン名は、簡単には変更できません。ドメイン名の変更には LDAP 構造と" +"主サーバーのファイルシステムにある複数のファイルを変更する必要があります。主" +"サーバーのホスト名と DNS 名 (tjener.intern) を簡単に変更する方法もありませ" +"ん。それには LDAP と主サーバーのファイルに加えて、クライアントファイルシステ" +"ムにも変更が必要となります。どちらの場合も、Kerberos の設定も変更する必要があ" +"ります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "リモートデスクトップ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"「LTSPサーバー」プロファイルや複合サーバープロファイルは、<emphasis>xrdp</" +"emphasis> と <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> パッケージもインストールします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp パッケージは RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) を利用して、リモートクライア" +"ントにグラフィカルなログイン画面を提供します。Microsoft Windows のユーザーは" +"追加ソフトウェアをインストールすることなく xrdp の動作している LTSP サーバー" +"に接続できます。 Windows マシンから Remote Desktop Connection を起動して接続" +"するだけです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "さらに、xrdp は VNC サーバやその他の RDP サーバに接続できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go は LTSP サーバーへの GUI デスクトップアクセスソフトです。回線容量の大小" +"は問いません。接続元としては Linux が動作している PC、Windows、macOS が使えま" +"す。ただしクライアント側でソフトの追加が必要になりますので、<ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go " +"wiki</ulink> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"注意点として、X2Go を利用する場合には LTSP サーバーから " +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> パッケージを削除すべきです。Debian バ" +"グ報告サイトで <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink> " +"をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "利用できるリモートデスクトップクライアント" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> はデフォルトでインストールされ、" +"RDP と VNC の機能を持っています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - Windows ターミナルサーバにアクセスする最も簡単な方法です。代替クライア" +"ントのパッケージには <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput> があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC (Virtual Network Computer、仮想ネットワークコンピュータ) クライアントはリ" +"モートから Skolelinux にアクセスする手段を提供します。代替クライアントのパッ" +"ケージには <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput> があります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> は X2Go システム用の GUI クライア" +"ントです (デフォルトではインストールされません)。 既存のセッションへの接続と" +"新しいセッションの接続に使えます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "無線接続クライアント" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide " +#| "secure network connections. For this to work, install the " +#| "<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages " +#| "on the main server and run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#| "setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site " +#| "specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 " +#| "methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself " +#| "to facilitate site specific adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> for details." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> サーバーを用いると安全な接続が利用できます。" +"まず <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> と <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> パッケー" +"ジを主サーバーにインストールし、<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> で雛形を生成します。EAP-TTLS/PAP と " +"PEAP-MSCHAPV2 が有効になっています。個別対応で設定調整する項目に関しては上記" +"スクリプト自身に記載しています。詳細は <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/" +"\">the freeRADIUS homepage</ulink> もご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "加えて次の項目が要設定となります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"アクセスポイントでの <emphasis>共通鍵 (shared secret)</emphasis> 接続の有効/" +"無効 (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"LDAP グループを使った無線アクセスの許可/拒否 (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"アクセスポイントを専用のグループで管理 (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +#| "PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. And most important: " +#| "users need to be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on " +#| "their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way the " +#| "password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site " +#| "specific certificate is available on the internal network." +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"エンドユーザーの機器は EAP (802.1x) 利用のため PIN 保護設定が必要です。最も重" +"要な点は、利用者全員に freeradius CA 証明書を各々のデバイスにインストールする" +"ことがサーバーへの正規接続に必須であることを徹底することです。そうしないと悪" +"意あるサーバーにパスワードが漏洩しかねません。個別の証明書は学校ネット内部で" +"取得できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (Linux 端末用)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux や Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS や iOS や " +"iPadOS や Windows 用)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"機器が多種多様であるため、こういったユーザー端末での設定は困難を伴います。" +"Windows 向けにはインストールスクリプト、Apple のデバイス向けには " +"mobileconfig ファイルが生成可能で、共に freeRADIUS CA 証明書を統合できます" +"が、個別の OS でのツール利用が必要になります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Debian Edu の Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "インストール" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの種類の選択" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ではテキストモードを使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ではテキストモードを使います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">シンクライアント</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " +"workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> 「ローミングワークステーション (Roaming " +"workstation)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイル</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "LTSP クライアントの種類の選択" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sources" +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "ソース" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Debian Edu の Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba は <emphasis>スタンドアロンサーバー (standalone server)</emphasis> とし" +"て SMB2/SMB3 対応になりユーザー共有機能 (usershare) が有効になっています。 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> を主サーバー" +"でご確認ください。管理者でないユーザーでも share モードが利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"設定にはまず /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site ファイルを /etc/" +"samba ディレクトリにコピーしてください。<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</" +"emphasis> 内の設定項目が <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis> の内容を上" +"書きします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトではホームディレクトリは読み取り専用です。これを変更する場合は " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> で設定してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Samba パスワードは <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> で保存管理され " +"GOsa² でパスワード変更時に更新されます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"一時的にユーザーの Samba アカウントを停止する場合は " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput> を、再開するに" +"は <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></computeroutput> を実行して" +"ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"主サーバーで <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> とすれば 'students' でのユーザー共有機能 (usershare) を無効に" +"できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "ファイルへの Samba 経由のアクセス" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +#| "shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +#| "macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. Other devices like Android " +#| "based ones require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as " +#| "LAN access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +#| "id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with " +#| "LAN plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーのホームディレクトリや個別での追加共有 (有効時) への接続は Linux、" +"Android、macOS、iOS、iPadOS、Chrome OS、Windows から可能です。Android 端末な" +"どではLAN アクセス用の SMB2/SMB3 対応 ファイルマネージャーなどが必要です。" +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> や " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> などが利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"ホームディレクトリへのアクセスには <computeroutput>\\" +"\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> か <computeroutput>smb://tjener/" +"<username></computeroutput> を用います。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "クラスルーム HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"この節で説明している Debian パッケージは全て (root で) <computeroutput>apt " +"install <パッケージ></computeroutput> を実行することでインストールでき" +"ます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "プログラミングを教える" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> は無数のプログラミングソ" +"フトをインストールするためのメタパッケージです。ディスク空き容量として 2 GiB " +"は必要になることを前提としてください。詳細については (あるいは一部のパッケー" +"ジのみをインストールしたい場合などは) <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" +"edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> をご覧くださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "生徒の監視" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">警告</emphasis>: 貴校の法務管轄においてコンピュー" +"ターユーザーの活動を監視したり制限したりすることに関するので、必ず法務の確認" +"をしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"生徒の監視に <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> や <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> を使用している学校もあるとのこと" +"です。<ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> と <ulink " +"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink> をご参照ください。[訳注: 日本" +"国内法規などを確認してはおりません。専門家にご確認ください。]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "生徒のネットワークアクセスの制限" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</" +"ulink> や <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> でインターネットアクセス制限は (技術的には) " +"可能です。[訳注: 日本国内法規などを確認してはおりません。専門家にご確認くださ" +"い。]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "ユーザー向け HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "パスワード変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーパスワードの変更には GOsa² を使ってください。ブラウザを使って " +"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput> にアクセスします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +#| "(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword) are " +#| "the same." +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"パスワード変更には GOsa² を用いてください。そうすることで Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey) と LDAP (userPassword) と Samba (sambaNTPassword) の一貫性" +"が保てます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"PAM や GDM ログインプロンプトでのパスワード変更もできますが、その場合 " +"Kerberos パスワードだけが更新され、Samba と GOsa² (LDAP) のパスワードは以前の" +"ままです。そのため、ログインプロンプトでパスワードを変更した場合は GOsa² での" +"変更も必ず行うようにしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "単体 Java アプリケーションの実行" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"単体 Java アプリケーションは OpenJDK Java ランタイムによりそのままでサポート" +"しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "電子メールの利用" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ユーザーは学校内ネットワーク内では全員が電子メールの送受信ができます。セキュ" +"リティ確保のため TLS で接続されます。そのためのデジタル証明証も提供されます。" +"学内ネットワークの外へも電子メールを許可する場合は、管理者は " +"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> メールサーバーを適切な設定にする必要が" +"あります。その際は<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput> の実行からまず行ってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Thunderbird を使いたいユーザーは以下のように設定する必要があります。ユーザー" +"名が jdoe のユーザーの内部メールアドレスは <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink> となりま" +"す。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird を起動します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "「これをスキップし、既存のメールを使用する」をクリックします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "メールアドレスを入力します。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Kerberos のシングルサインオンを利用するため、パスワードは入力しないでくださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "「続ける」をクリックします。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"IMAP でも SMTP でも設定では「STARTTLS」と「Kerberos/GSSAPI」を選択します。自" +"動的に検出されない場合は調整してください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "「完了」をクリックします" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "貢献" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contribute locally" +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "地域での貢献" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +#| "edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for " +#| "communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on #debian-edu on " +#| "irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings, where we meet " +#| "each other in person. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "NewContributor\">New contributors</ulink> should read our <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"主な連絡方法は <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">Debian Edu " +"開発者メーリングリスト</ulink> です。他に毎月 irc.debian.org #debian-edu チャ" +"ンネルで IRC 会議もあり、時にはオフラインでの会合もあります。Wiki の <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">New contributors</" +"ulink> と <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/> を" +"ご覧ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian Eduの開発状況などを知るには <ulink url=\"https://alioth-" +"lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">debian-edu-" +"commits メーリングリスト</ulink> に参加していただくのがよいでしょう。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "バグ報告" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +#| "Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +#| "requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +#| "config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +#| "DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +#| "information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu は Debian 同様に <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink> を使用しています。既存のバグ報告の確認、機能の" +"リクエスト、新規バグ報告などは同様に行えます。ただ Debian Edu のバグ報告は " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink> を対象パッケージとして行ってください。<ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> に" +"Debian Edu におけるバグ報告の詳細を記載しています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "文書の著者及び翻訳者" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"この文書には支援が必要です! 最も重要なのはまだ完成していないということです: " +"読んでみると文中に FIXME がいくつもあることがわかるでしょう。説明する必要があ" +"るのは何なのか (少しでも) わかってしまったなら、知識の共有を検討してくださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple " +#| "webbrowser. Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user " +#| "account is needed to edit the pages; you need to <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> first." +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"この文書のソースは wiki でウェブブラウザから編集が可能になっています。<ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> から簡単" +"に貢献できます。ただユーザーアカウントが必要なので、 <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user</ulink> で作成してくださ" +"い。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"ユーザー支援と貢献の別の手段としてはソフトウェア及び文書の翻訳が挙がります。" +"翻訳についての情報はこの文書の <link linkend=\"Translations\">翻訳の章</" +"link> にあります。翻訳へのご支援をご検討頂ければ幸いです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "サポート" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "ボランティアベースのサポート" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "英語" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - サポートメーリングリス" +"ト" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; " +#| "do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"irc.debian.org の #debian-edu - 主に開発向け IRC チャネル。リアルタイムサポー" +"トは行われることがあるかもしれませんが期待しないでください" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "ノルウェー語" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"irc.debian.org の #skolelinux - ノルウェー語ユーザーサポート用 IRC チャネル" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "ドイツ語" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +#| "mailing list" +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - サポートメーリン" +"グリスト" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"irc.debian.org の #skolelinux.de - ドイツ語ユーザーサポート用 IRC チャネル" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "フランス語" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +#| "mailing list" +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - サポートメーリン" +"グリスト" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "商業的なプロのサポート" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Lists of companies providing professional support are available from " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"商業的なプロフェッショナルによるサポートをしている会社などのリストは<ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>にあります。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu bullseye の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 bullseye の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "インストールの変更" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " +#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Debian Bullseye の新しいのインストーラーについては <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Debian Bullseye インストール" +"マニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " +#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " +#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> でエラーが生じた場合は、まず " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> を実行してみて、" +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> をもう一度実行してみてく" +"ださい。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#| "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#| "Debian 11 Bullseye." +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"アートワークが <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +"Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink> になりました。Debian 11 Bullseye のデ" +"フォルトです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "ソフトウェアの更新" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 11 Bullseye, eg:" +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Debian 11 bullseye での更新:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux カーネル 5.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#| "MATE 1.24" +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"デスクトップ環境: KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GOsa²" +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "教育用ツール集 GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "音楽作成ツール Rosegarden 20.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP 21.01" +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Bullseye includes more than 59000 packages available for " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Bullseye では 59,000 以上ものパッケージが利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian 10 Bullseye についてさらなる情報は、<ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink>　" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インス" +"トールマニュアル</ulink> で提供されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "文書や翻訳の更新" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"インストーラーではプロファイル選択までは 29 カ国語の翻訳があり、22 カ国語で完" +"全に翻訳されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#| "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#| "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#| "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアル</ulink> はオランダ語、フランス" +"語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、日本語、ノルウェー語 (ボークモール) 、ポルトガル" +"語、簡体字中国語に翻訳されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "既知の問題" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">Debian Edu " +"Bullseyeの状況</ulink> のページをご参照ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "著作権と著者" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, " +#| "2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019), Petter " +#| "Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, " +#| "2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), " +#| "Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring " +#| "(2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo " +#| "Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen " +#| "Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner " +#| "(2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant " +#| "Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot " +#| "(2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, " +#| "2019), Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is released under " +#| "the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"この文書は以下の方々により執筆され、著作権の対象となっています。Holger " +"Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, " +"2018, 2019)、 Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, " +"2010, 2012, 2014)、Daniel Heß (2007)、Patrick Winnertz (2007)、Knut Yrvin " +"(2007)、Ralf Gesellensetter (2007)、Ronny Aasen (2007)、Morten Werner " +"Forsbring (2007)、Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008)、Nigel Barker (2007)、José L. " +"Redrejo Rodríguez (2007)、John Bildoy (2007)、Joakim Seeberg (2008)、Jürgen " +"Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014)、Oded Naveh (2009)、Philipp Hübner " +"(2009, 2010)、Andreas Mundt (2010)、Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012)、Vagrant " +"Cascadian (2010)、Mike Gabriel (2011)、Justin B Rye (2012)、David Prévot " +"(2012)、Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019)、" +"Bernhard Hammes (2012)、Joe Hansen (2015)。GPL v2 とそれ以降のバージョンでラ" +"イセンスされています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"追加する内容は<emphasis role=\"strong\">自分で書いたものだけにしてください。" +"同一条件の下でリリースする必要があります</emphasis>! それから自分の名前を追加" +"し、「v2 以降の任意のバージョンの GPL」ライセンスの下でリリースしてください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "この文書の翻訳" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye\"/> の " +"wiki でこの文書のバージョンは頻繁に更新されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "この文書の翻訳方法" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "POファイルを使った翻訳" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept " +#| "in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +#| "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" +#| "manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"多くのフリーソフトウェアと同様に、本文書の翻訳版はPOファイル形式です。詳細に" +"ついては <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"bullseye-manual-translations</computeroutput> ファイルをご覧ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "ウェブブラウザを使ったオンラインでの翻訳" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +#| "edu-bullseye/\"/> for more information." +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"言語チームによっては Weblate 経由で翻訳している場合があります。さらなる情報に" +"ついては <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-bullseye/\"/> を見てください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "どんな問題でも報告して頂ければ幸いです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "付録A - GNU General Public License" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 コード名 12 Bookworm のマニュアル" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> " +#| "for the full list of copyright owners." +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> for the full list of " +"copyright owners." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "付録 C- 過去のリリースの機能について" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 bullseye の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New version of debian-installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " +#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Debian Bullseye の新しいのインストーラーについては <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">Debian Bullseye インストール" +"マニュアル</ulink> をご覧になってください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#| "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#| "Debian 11 Bullseye." +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"アートワークが <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +"Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink> になりました。Debian 11 Bullseye のデ" +"フォルトです。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Bullseye, eg:" +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Debian 10 Bullseye で一新されたものは、例えば以下のものです:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux カーネル 5.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#| "MATE 1.24" +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"デスクトップ環境: KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 1.0" +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "教育用ツール集 GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "音楽作成ツール Rosegarden 20.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP 21.01" +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Buster では 57,000 以上ものパッケージが利用できます。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 10 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Debian 10 Bullseye についてさらなる情報は、<ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink>　" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インス" +"トールマニュアル</ulink> で提供されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#| "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#| "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#| "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアル</ulink> はオランダ語、フランス" +"語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、日本語、ノルウェー語 (ボークモール) 、ポルトガル" +"語、簡体字中国語に翻訳されています。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">the " +#| "Debian Edu Bullseye status page</ulink>." +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bullseye#\">Debian Edu " +"Bullseyeの状況</ulink> のページをご参照ください。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "更に古いリリースについての情報" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "以下の Debian Edu はかなり古いリリースです:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" +"2016年7月2日にリリースされた Debian Edu 8+edu0 コード名 Jessie の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" +"2016年7月2日にリリースされた Debian Edu 8+edu0 コード名 Jessie の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "2017年6月17日にリリースされた Debian Edu 9+edu0 Stretch の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02" +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" +"2016年7月2日にリリースされた Debian Edu 8+edu0 コード名 Jessie の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28" +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" +"2013年9月28日にリリースされた Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 コード名 Wheezy の新機能" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "2013年3月3日にリリースされた Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 コード名 Squeeze。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "2012年3月11日にリリースされた Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 コード名 Squeeze。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "2010年10月5日にリリースされた Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 コード名 Lenny 。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "2010年2月8日にリリースされた Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 コード名 Lenny 。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "2007年12月5日にリリースされた Debian Edu 3.0r1 Terra。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"2007年4月8日にリリースされた Debian 4.0 Etch を元に、2007年7月22日にリリース" +"された Debian Edu 「3.0r0 Terra」。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"2005年6月6日にリリースされた Debian 3.1 Sargeを ベースに、2006年3月14日にリ" +"リースされた Debian Edu 2.0。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"2002年7月19日にリリースされた Debian 3.0 Woody ベースに、2004年6月20日にリ" +"リースされた Debian Edu 1.0 Venus。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"以前のリリースの完全な詳細情報ページは <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</" +"ulink> にあります。あるいは <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">リリースマニュアル</ulink> で関連しているものをご覧ください。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~| "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~| "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアル</ulink> はオランダ語、フラン" +#~ "ス語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、日本語、ノルウェー語 (ボークモール) 、ポルトガ" +#~ "ル語、簡体字中国語に翻訳されています。" + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "backports の利用は簡単です:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Debian Edu 11 コード名 Bullseye のマニュアル" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "New version of Debian Installer from Debian Bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian bullseye 自体のインストールに関しては <ulink url=\"https://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</" +#~ "ulink> をご覧ください。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~| "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~| "Debian 11 Bullseye." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "アートワークが <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +#~ "Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink> になりました。Debian 11 Bullseye のデ" +#~ "フォルトです。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian インストーラーは LTSP chroot をサポートしなくなりました。複合サー" +#~ "バーのインストール ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' プロファイル) においては" +#~ "シンクライアント対応 (X2Go に変更しています) が最終段階で生じます。ディス" +#~ "クレスワークステーション用の SquashFS イメージの生成 (サーバーのファイルシ" +#~ "ステムを元にするようになりました) は初回起動時に実行されます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "分離 LTSP サーバーでは両方とも学校ネットワーク内での初回起動後、主サーバー" +#~ "から必要な情報が揃ってから実行されます。" + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux カーネル 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "デスクトップ環境: KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE " +#~ "1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "音楽作成ツール Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "More information about Debian 11 Bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~| "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian 11 Bullseye の詳細に関しては <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +#~ "releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">リリースノート</ulink> と <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">インストー" +#~ "ルマニュアル</ulink> もご確認ください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye のマニュアル</ulink> はオランダ語、フラン" +#~ "ス語、ドイツ語、イタリア語、日本語、ノルウェー語 (ボークモール) 、ポルトガ" +#~ "ル語、簡体字中国語に翻訳されています。" + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "デンマーク語とスペイン語の部分的な翻訳版もあります。" + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "前のリリースからの他の変更点" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ルーターはあるけれども、必要な設定ができない (権限を持っていないとか、技術" +#~ "的な理由等) 場合には、ネットワークインターフェイスを 2 つ備えたシステムに " +#~ "Debian Edu の「最小 (Minimal)」プロファイルをインストールして「ゲートウェ" +#~ "イ」にできます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian Eduインストール中に「最小」プロファイルを選び、次の設定をするだけで" +#~ "す。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "インストール完了後に <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +#~ "configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> を実行し" +#~ "て以下の調整を行います:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "/etc/network/interfaces を調整します。" + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "ホスト名は 'gateway' に固定します。" + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "不要なスクリプトを削除します。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Install a firewall (optional)." +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "ファイアーウォールを設定します (任意です)。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Main server" +#~ msgid "Main section" +#~ msgstr "主サーバー" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" +#~ "emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">「主サーバー (Main server)」プロファイル</" +#~ "emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ユーザーが USB メモリや DVD / CD-ROM ドライブを X2Go シンクライアントに繋" +#~ "いだ場合は自動的にマウントされて Xfce デスクトップの該当するフォルダからア" +#~ "クセスできる状態になります。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "リモートユーザーがそのポップアップ経由で承認するか、コンソールから pmount " +#~ "すると、そのユーザーがそのデバイスをマウントできてファイルにアクセスできて" +#~ "しまいます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "デフォルト以外のデスクトップ環境をインストールするには TAB キーを押して" +#~ "カーネルブートオプションを (前述のように) 編集します。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~| "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~| "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~| "about thin client types." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run the following command: " +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +#~ "computeroutput>. See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +#~ "computeroutput> for details about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput> を実行してくださ" +#~ "い。thin_type などの詳細は <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +#~ "computeroutput> をご覧ください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "bullseye 以降の LTSP は以前のものと大きく異なります。初期設定と保守の双方" +#~ "で注意点があります。第一にディスクレスワークステーション用に SquashFS イ" +#~ "メージが LTSP サーバーのファイルシステムを元に生成されるようになっていま" +#~ "す。またシンクライアントのサポートが無くなりました。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "64 ビットシンクライアント対応の (再) 設定には <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +#~ "ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ワークステーション</emphasis> や、独立・追加し" +#~ "た <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP サーバー</emphasis> では" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "root としてログインします。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput> を実行します。" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=ວັນທີເຜີຍແຜ່; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">ການແປ:</emphasis> +2026 Bone NI + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.lo.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7655 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-04 00:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Bone NI <bounkirdni@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/lo/>\n" +"Language: lo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.9\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "lo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "ຄູ່ມື Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "ວັນທີເຜີຍແຜ່:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "ຄູ່ມືສຳລັບ Debian Edu 13 ລະຫັດພັດທະນາ Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "ໂລໂກ້ຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "ນີ້ແມ່ນຄູ່ມືສຳລັບ Debian Edu 13 (trixie) ລຸ້ນອອກໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> ແມ່ນວິກິ ແລະ ມີການອັບເດດເລື້ອຍໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳແປທີ່ອັບເດດແລ້ວແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງ <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" +"debian-edu-doc/\">ແບບອອນລາຍ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "ກ່ຽວກັບ Debian Edu ແລະ Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ຫຼື Skolelinux ແມ່ນລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ Linux ທີ່ອີງໃສ່ Debian " +"ໂດຍໃຫ້ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມທີ່ພ້ອມໃຊ້ງານທັນທີສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການກຳນົດຄ່າຢ່າງສົມບູນ. " +"ມັນໃຊ້ຮູບແບບການເຮັດວຽກແບບ ເຄື່ອງແມ່ຂ່າຍ-ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ (client-server). ເຊີເວີ ແລະ ຄລາຍແອນ " +"ແມ່ນ <emphasis>ຊອບແວ</emphasis> ທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຮ່ວມກັນ. " +"ເຊີເວີຈະໃຫ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຄລາຍແອນຕ້ອງການເພື່ອເຮັດວຽກ. ເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີໄວ້ໃນເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ ແລະ " +"ຄລາຍແອນໄວ້ໃນອີກເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ, ຕົວເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີເອງກໍຈະຖືກເອີ້ນວ່າ ເຊີເວີ ແລະ ຄລາຍແອນ " +"ຕາມແນວຄວາມຄິດນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"ບົດກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການດ້ານຮາດແວ ແລະ ເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link> " +"ແລະ ກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link> ຈະມີລາຍລະອຽດ " +"ການອອກແບບລະບົບພື້ນຖານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກແລ້ວ, ການບໍລິການທັງໝົດທີ່ຈຳເປັນສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າ ແລະ ລະບົບ " +"ກໍພ້ອມທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ງານ. ພຽງແຕ່ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີຜ່ານ GOsa², ເຊິ່ງເປັນ Web-UI ທີ່ສະດວກ, ຫຼື " +"ຕົວແກ້ໄຂ LDAP ອື່ນໆ. ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມການບູດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍໃຊ້ PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +"ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> ກໍໄດ້ຖືກກຽມໄວ້ແລ້ວ, ດັ່ງນັ້ນຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈາກ CD, ແຜ່ນ " +"Blu-ray ຫຼື USB flash drive, ເຄື່ອງອື່ນໆທັງໝົດສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໄດ້, ລວມທັງ " +"\"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບໂຣມມິງ\" (ເຄື່ອງທີ່ສາມາດນຳອອກໄປນອກເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນໄດ້, ສ່ວນຫຼາຍແມ່ນ ແລັບທັອບ ຫຼື " +"ເນັດບຸກ). ນອກຈາກນີ້, ເຄື່ອງຍັງສາມາດບູດຜ່ານ PXE/iPXE ໃນຮູບແບບສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ຫຼື " +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນເພື່ອການສຶກສາຫຼາຍຢ່າງເຊັ່ນ GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege ແລະ " +"Scratch ແມ່ນຖືກລວມເຂົ້າໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, " +"ເຊິ່ງສາມາດຂະຫຍາຍອອກໄປໄດ້ຢ່າງງ່າຍດາຍ ແລະ ບໍ່ມີຂີດຈຳກັດຜ່ານຄັງຊອບແວຂອງ Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "ປະຫວັດຄວາມເປັນມາບາງສ່ວນ ແລະ ເປັນຫຍັງຈຶ່ງມີສອງຊື່" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"ແມ່ນລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ Linux ທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍໂຄງການ Debian Edu. ໃນຖານະທີ່ເປັນການແຈກຢາຍແບບ " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink>, ມັນຈຶ່ງເປັນ " +"ໂຄງການຍ່ອຍຢ່າງເປັນທາງການຂອງ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງທີ່ໝາຍເຖິງສຳລັບໂຮງຮຽນຂອງທ່ານແມ່ນ Skolelinux ເປັນເວີຊັນຂອງ Debian ທີ່ສະໜອງ " +"ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການກຳນົດຄ່າຢ່າງສົມບູນ ແລະ ພ້ອມໃຊ້ງານທັນທີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"ໂຄງການ Skolelinux ໃນປະເທດນອກແວ ໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງຕັ້ງຂຶ້ນໃນວັນທີ 2 ກໍລະກົດ 2001 ແລະ ໃນເວລາດຽວກັນ " +"Raphaël Hertzog ກໍໄດ້ເລີ່ມ Debian-Edu ໃນປະເທດຝຣັ່ງ. ຕັ້ງແຕ່ປີ 2003 ເປັນຕົ້ນມາ, ທັງສອງ " +"ໂຄງການໄດ້ລວມເຂົ້າກັນ, ແຕ່ທັງສອງຊື່ຍັງຄົງຢູ່. \"Skole\" ແລະ (Debian-) \"Education\" " +"ແມ່ນພຽງແຕ່ສອງຄຳສັບທີ່ເຂົ້າໃຈກັນດີໃນພາກພື້ນເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ ລະບົບນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໃນຫຼາຍປະເທດທົ່ວໂລກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "ເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"ພາກສ່ວນນີ້ຂອງເອກະສານຈະອະທິບາຍກ່ຽວກັບສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍ ແລະ ການບໍລິການຕ່າງໆ " +"ທີ່ໃຫ້ໂດຍການຕິດຕັ້ງ Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "ໂຄງສ້າງເຄືອຂ່າຍ (Topology) ຂອງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ຮູບພາບນີ້ແມ່ນແຜນຜັງຂອງໂຄງສ້າງເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ໄດ້ກຳນົດໄວ້. ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux " +"ສົມມຸດວ່າ ມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກພຽງແຕ່ເຄື່ອງດຽວເທົ່ານັ້ນ, ໃນຂະນະທີ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ລວມເອົາທັງສະຖານີວຽກປົກກະຕິ ແລະ " +"ເຊີເວີ LTSP (ພ້ອມກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ/ຫຼື ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ). ຈຳນວນ " +"ສະຖານີວຽກສາມາດມີຫຼາຍ ຫຼື ໜ້ອຍຕາມທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ (ຕັ້ງແຕ່ບໍ່ມີເລີຍ ຈົນເຖິງມີຫຼາຍໆ). ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນກັບເຊີເວີ " +"LTSP, ເຊິ່ງແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງຈະຢູ່ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ ເພື່ອບໍ່ໃຫ້ການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ ລະຫວ່າງຄລາຍແອນ ແລະ " +"ເຊີເວີ LTSP ສົ່ງຜົນກະທົບຕໍ່ການບໍລິການເຄືອຂ່າຍອື່ນໆ. LTSP ຖືກອະທິບາຍ ຢ່າງລະອຽດໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"ເຫດຜົນທີ່ມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກໄດ້ພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວໃນແຕ່ລະເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນກໍຄື ເຊີເວີຫຼັກເປັນຜູ້ໃຫ້ບໍລິການ DHCP, ແລະ " +"ສາມາດມີພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ນີ້ໃນແຕ່ລະເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະຍ້າຍການບໍລິການ " +"ຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກໄປຫາເຄື່ອງອື່ນ ໂດຍການຕັ້ງຄ່າການບໍລິການນັ້ນໃນອີກເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ, ແລ້ວຈຶ່ງອັບເດດ ການກຳນົດຄ່າ DNS " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຊື່ DNS ຂອງການບໍລິການນັ້ນຊີ້ໄປຫາເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງ Skolelinux ງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ, ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຈະຜ່ານຣາວເຕີແຍກ " +"ຕ່າງຫາກ, ເຊິ່ງເອີ້ນວ່າ ເກດເວ (gateway). ເບິ່ງບົດ <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">ຣາວເຕີອິນເຕີເນັດ</link> ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວດັ່ງກ່າວ " +"ຫາກບໍ່ສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າ ຣາວເຕີທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວຕາມທີ່ຕ້ອງການໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈະໃຫ້ບໍລິການໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ 10.0.0.0/8, ໂດຍສະໜອງເມນູບູດ PXE ເຊິ່ງທ່ານ " +"ສາມາດເລືອກໄດ້ວ່າຈະຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີ/ສະຖານີວຽກໃໝ່, ບູດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ຫຼື ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ, " +"ເຮັດວຽກ memtest, ຫຼື ບູດຈາກຮາດດິສພາຍໃນເຄື່ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ຖືກອອກແບບມາໃຫ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້; ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP ໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP ຈະໃຫ້ບໍລິການສະເພາະເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນອິນເຕີເຟດທີສອງເທົ່ານັ້ນ " +"(192.168.0.0/24 ແລະ 192.168.1.0/24 ແມ່ນທາງເລືອກທີ່ຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າ) ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ຄ່ອຍມີຄວາມຈຳເປັນທີ່ຈະຕ້ອງປ່ຽນແປງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງທຸກໆເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍ (subnet) ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນ LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux ຕ້ອງການເຊີເວີຫຼັກເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງ (ຊື່ໂຮສແມ່ນ \"tjener\" ເຊິ່ງເປັນພາສານອກແວ " +"ແປວ່າ \"ເຊີເວີ\") ເຊິ່ງໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຈະມີທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແມ່ນ 10.0.2.2 ແລະ ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໂດຍການເລືອກ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ " +"Main Server. ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ (ແຕ່ບໍ່ບັງຄັບ) ທີ່ຈະເລືອກ ແລະ ຕິດຕັ້ງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP Server ແລະ " +"Workstation ເພີ່ມເຕີມເຂົ້າກັບໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Main Server ນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "ການບໍລິການຕ່າງໆທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"ຍົກເວັ້ນການຄວບຄຸມເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ, ການບໍລິການທັງໝົດຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນຄອມພິວເຕີ " +"ສູນກາງເຄື່ອງດຽວ (ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ). ເພື່ອປະສິດທິພາບ, ເຊີເວີ LTSP ຄວນແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ " +"(ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າຈະສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງທັງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Main Server ແລະ LTSP Server ໃນເຄື່ອງດຽວກັນໄດ້ກໍຕາມ). " +"ທຸກໆການບໍລິການຈະຖືກກຳນົດຊື່ DNS ສະເພາະ ແລະ ໃຫ້ບໍລິການຜ່ານ IPv4 ເທົ່ານັ້ນ. ຊື່ DNS " +"ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ເຮັດໃຫ້ງ່າຍຕໍ່ການຍ້າຍການບໍລິການແຕ່ລະຢ່າງຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກໄປຫາເຄື່ອງອື່ນ, ໂດຍພຽງແຕ່ " +"ຢຸດການບໍລິການໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ແລະ ປ່ຽນການກຳນົດຄ່າ DNS ໃຫ້ຊີ້ໄປຫາບ່ອນໃໝ່ຂອງການບໍລິການ " +"(ເຊິ່ງແນ່ນອນວ່າຕ້ອງໄດ້ຕັ້ງຄ່າໃນເຄື່ອງນັ້ນກ່ອນ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຄວາມປອດໄພ, ທຸກໆການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ທີ່ມີການສົ່ງລະຫັດຜ່ານຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍຈະຖືກເຂົ້າລະຫັດ, " +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນຈຶ່ງບໍ່ມີການສົ່ງລະຫັດຜ່ານຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນຮູບແບບຂໍ້ຄວາມທຳມະດາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"ລຸ່ມນີ້ແມ່ນຕາຕະລາງການບໍລິການທີ່ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux ແລະ ຊື່ DNS " +"ຂອງແຕ່ລະການບໍລິການ. ຖ້າເປັນໄປໄດ້, ໄຟລ໌ການກຳນົດຄ່າທັງໝົດຈະອ້າງອີງເຖິງການບໍລິການດ້ວຍຊື່ " +"(ໂດຍບໍ່ມີຊື່ໂດເມນ) ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໂຮງຮຽນສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໂດເມນຂອງຕົນເອງ ຫຼື ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ທີ່ໃຊ້ໄດ້ງ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຕາຕະລາງການບໍລິການ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ລາຍລະອຽດການບໍລິການ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຊື່ທົ່ວໄປ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຊື່ບໍລິການ DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "ການບັນທຶກລັອກແບບລວມສູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "ການບໍລິການຊື່ໂດເມນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍອັດຕະໂນມັດສຳລັບເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "ການປັບເວລາໃຫ້ກົງກັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຜ່ານລະບົບໄຟລ໌ເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "ຫ້ອງການໄປສະນີອີເລັກໂທຣນິກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "ການບໍລິການໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "ເວັບເຊີເວີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "ການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນແບບລວມສູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "ເວັບແຄຊ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "ພຣັອກຊີ (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "ການພິມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໄລຍະໄກແບບປອດໄພ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕາມເຄື່ອງ ແລະ ການບໍລິການ ພ້ອມລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ, ລວມທັງສະຖານະ ແລະ ປະຫວັດເທິງເວັບ. " +"ລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດຜ່ານອີເມລ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga ແລະ Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ສ່ວນຕົວສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ (home directories), ເຊິ່ງ " +"ເຊີເວີເປັນຜູ້ໃຫ້ບໍລິການ. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ຈາກທຸກໆເຄື່ອງ, ເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສາມາດ " +"ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ດຽວກັນໄດ້ ບໍ່ວ່າເຂົາເຈົ້າຈະໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງໃດກໍຕາມ. ເຊີເວີຮອງຮັບລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ ທີ່ຫຼາກຫຼາຍ, " +"ໂດຍໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງຜ່ານ NFS ສຳລັບຄລາຍແອນ Unix ແລະ ຜ່ານ SMB2/SMB3 ສຳລັບຄລາຍແອນອື່ນໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ອີເມລຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ສົ່ງພາຍໃນທ້ອງຖິ່ນ (ພາຍໃນໂຮງຮຽນ) ເທົ່ານັ້ນ, " +"ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າການສົ່ງອີເມລໄປຫາອິນເຕີເນັດພາຍນອກສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ ຫາກໂຮງຮຽນມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ " +"ອິນເຕີເນັດແບບຖາວອນ. ຄລາຍແອນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ສົ່ງເມລໄປຫາເຊີເວີ (ໂດຍໃຊ້ 'smarthost'), ແລະ " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສາມາດ <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">ເຂົ້າເຖິງເມລສ່ວນຕົວຂອງເຂົາເຈົ້າ</link> " +"ຜ່ານ IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"ທຸກໆການບໍລິການສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ລະຫັດຜ່ານດຽວກັນ, ຍ້ອນມີ " +"ຖານຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ໃຊ້ສູນກາງສຳລັບການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ ແລະ ການກຳນົດສິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເພີ່ມປະສິດທິພາບໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເວັບໄຊທີ່ໃຊ້ເລື້ອຍໆ, ຈຶ່ງມີການໃຊ້ເວັບພຣັອກຊີທີ່ ເກັບແຄຊ໌ໄຟລ໌ໄວ້ໃນທ້ອງຖິ່ນ " +"(Squid). ຮ່ວມກັບການບລັອກການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເວັບໃນຣາວເຕີ, " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ຍັງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດຄວບຄຸມການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໃນແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແມ່ນເຮັດໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໂດຍໃຊ້ DHCP. ຄລາຍແອນທຸກປະເພດ " +"ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍສ່ວນຕົວ 10.0.0.0/8 ແລະ ຈະໄດ້ຮັບທີ່ຢູ່ IP ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ; ສ່ວນຄລາຍແອນ LTSP " +"ຄວນເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີ LTSP ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍແຍກ 192.168.0.0/24 " +"(ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງຄລາຍແອນ LTSP ຈະບໍ່ໄປລົບກວນ ການບໍລິການເຄືອຂ່າຍອື່ນໆ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"ການບັນທຶກລັອກແບບລວມສູນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເພື່ອໃຫ້ທຸກໆເຄື່ອງສົ່ງຂໍ້ຄວາມ syslog ໄປຫາເຊີເວີ. ການບໍລິການ syslog " +"ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຮັບຂໍ້ຄວາມທີ່ສົ່ງມາຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ເຊີເວີ DNS ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າດ້ວຍໂດເມນສຳລັບໃຊ້ພາຍໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ (*.intern), " +"ຈົນກວ່າຈະມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດເມນ DNS ຈິງ (\"ພາຍນອກ\"). ເຊີເວີ DNS ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນ ເຊີເວີ DNS ແບບແຄຊ໌ " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ທຸກໆເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍສາມາດໃຊ້ເປັນເຊີເວີ DNS ຫຼັກໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"ນັກຮຽນ ແລະ ຄູສາມາດເຜີຍແຜ່ເວັບໄຊໄດ້. ເວັບເຊີເວີມີກົນໄກສຳລັບການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນຜູ້ໃຊ້, ແລະ " +"ສຳລັບການຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງແຕ່ລະໜ້າ ແລະ ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຍ່ອຍໃຫ້ກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ກຸ່ມ ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້. " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະສາມາດສ້າງເວັບໄຊແບບໄດນາມິກໄດ້ ເນື່ອງຈາກເວັບເຊີເວີສາມາດ ຂຽນໂປຣແກຣມໄດ້ຈາກຝັ່ງເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໃນບ່ອນສູນກາງດຽວ, ແລະ " +"ຈະຖືກເຮັດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ໂດຍທຸກໆຄອມພິວເຕີໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ. ເພື່ອບັນລຸ ສິ່ງນີ້, " +"ຈຶ່ງມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີໄດເຣັກທໍຣີແບບລວມສູນ. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຈະມີຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ ຜູ້ໃຊ້, ກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້, ເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ " +"ແລະ ກຸ່ມຂອງເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ. ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນຄວາມສັບສົນ ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້, ຈະບໍ່ມີຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງລະຫວ່າງກຸ່ມໄຟລ໌ ແລະ " +"ກຸ່ມເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ສິ່ງນີ້ໝາຍເຖິງ ກຸ່ມຂອງເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ຈະສ້າງເປັນກຸ່ມເຄືອຂ່າຍຈະໃຊ້ພື້ນທີ່ຊື່ (namespace) " +"ດຽວກັນກັບກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"ການຈັດການການບໍລິການ ແລະ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ຈະຜ່ານເວັບ, ແລະ ເປັນໄປຕາມມາດຕະຖານທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້, " +"ເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ດີໃນເວັບບຣາວເຊີທີ່ເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງ Skolelinux. ການມອບໝາຍວຽກບາງຢ່າງ " +"ໃຫ້ກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນ ຫຼື ກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຜ່ານລະບົບການຈັດການ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນບັນຫາບາງຢ່າງກັບ NFS, ແລະ ເພື່ອໃຫ້ງ່າຍຕໍ່ການກວດສອບບັນຫາ, ເຄື່ອງຕ່າງໆ " +"ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການປັບເວລາໃຫ້ກົງກັນ. ເພື່ອບັນລຸສິ່ງນີ້, ເຊີເວີ Skolelinux ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນ ເຊີເວີ " +"Network Time Protocol (NTP) ພາຍໃນ, ແລະ ສະຖານີວຽກ ແລະ ຄລາຍແອນທັງໝົດ " +"ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຊິງໂຄຣໄນຊ໌ເວລາກັບເຊີເວີ. ເຊີເວີເອງຄວນຊິງໂຄຣໄນຊ໌ເວລາກັບເຄື່ອງ ໃນອິນເຕີເນັດຜ່ານ NTP " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທັງເຄືອຂ່າຍມີເວລາທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງພິມຈະຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ໃນບ່ອນທີ່ສະດວກ, ບໍ່ວ່າຈະເປັນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ໂດຍກົງກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ, ຫຼື ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີ, " +"ສະຖານີວຽກ ຫຼື ເຊີເວີ LTSP. ການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງພິມສາມາດ " +"ຄວບຄຸມໄດ້ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນຕາມກຸ່ມທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າສັງກັດ; ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍການໃຊ້ ໂຄຕ້າ (quota) ແລະ " +"ການຄວບຄຸມການເຂົ້າເຖິງສຳລັບເຄື່ອງພິມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux ສາມາດມີເຊີເວີ LTSP ໄດ້ຫຼາຍເຄື່ອງ, ເຊິ່ງຕິດຕັ້ງໄດ້ໂດຍການເລືອກ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP " +"Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີ LTSP ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຮັບ syslog ຈາກເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ ສະຖານີວຽກ, " +"ແລ້ວສົ່ງຂໍ້ຄວາມເຫຼົ່ານີ້ໄປຫາຜູ້ຮັບ syslog ສູນກາງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ LTSP ແມ່ນໃຊ້ໂປຣແກຣມທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"ລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຮາກ (root filesystem) ຂອງຄລາຍແອນແມ່ນໃຫ້ບໍລິການໂດຍໃຊ້ NFS. ຫຼັງຈາກການ " +"ປ່ຽນແປງແຕ່ລະຄັ້ງໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP, ອິເມຈ (image) ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງຈະຕ້ອງຖືກສ້າງໃໝ່; ໃຫ້ແລ່ນຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ (Thin clients)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ PC ທຳມະດາສາມາດເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ເປັນ (X-)terminals ໄດ້. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຄື່ອງຈະບູດໂດຍກົງຈາກເຊີເວີໂດຍໃຊ້ PXE ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຮາດດິສ ໃນເຄື່ອງ. " +"ປັດຈຸບັນການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງໃຊ້ X2Go, ເນື່ອງຈາກ LTSP ໄດ້ເລີກຮອງຮັບແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີໃນການນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງເກົ່າໆ (ສ່ວນຫຼາຍແມ່ນ 32-ບິດ) " +"ເພາະວ່າພວກມັນຈະແລ່ນໂປຣແກຣມທັງໝົດໃນເຊີເວີ LTSP. ມັນເຮັດວຽກດັ່ງນີ້: ບໍລິການ ຈະໃຊ້ DHCP ແລະ " +"TFTP ເພື່ອເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ ແລະ ບູດຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ຈາກນັ້ນ, ລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຈະຖືກເມົານ໌ (mount) " +"ຈາກເຊີເວີ LTSP ໂດຍໃຊ້ NFS, ແລະ ສຸດທ້າຍ ຄລາຍແອນ X2Go ກໍຈະເລີ່ມເຮັດວຽກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ (Diskless workstations)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສຈະແລ່ນຊອບແວທັງໝົດໃນເຄື່ອງ PC ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງມີລະບົບປະຕິບັດການ ຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນເຄື່ອງ. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍຈະບູດຜ່ານ PXE ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງ ແລ່ນຊອບແວທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນຮາດດິສພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີເລີດໃນການນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວທີ່ມີປະສິດທິພາບສູງ ໂດຍມີຄ່າໃຊ້ຈ່າຍ " +"ໃນການບຳລຸງຮັກສາຕໍ່າຄືກັນກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ. ຊອບແວຈະຖືກຈັດການ ແລະ ບຳລຸງຮັກສາ ຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີ " +"ໂດຍບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີຊອບແວຕິດຕັ້ງຢູ່ໃນຄລາຍແອນ. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ ແລະ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລະບົບກໍຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນເຊີເວີຄືກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳວ່າ \"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ\" ທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນຄູ່ມືນີ້ ໝາຍເຖິງທັງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ " +"ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ, ລວມທັງຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ໃຊ້ macOS ຫຼື Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "ການບໍລິຫານຈັດການ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງ Linux ທັງໝົດທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງດ້ວຍຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Skolelinux ຈະສາມາດຈັດການໄດ້ຈາກ ຄອມພິວເຕີສູນກາງ, " +"ເຊິ່ງສ່ວນຫຼາຍແມ່ນເຊີເວີ. ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບທຸກໆເຄື່ອງ ຜ່ານ SSH, ແລະ " +"ເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງໄດ້ຢ່າງສົມບູນ. ໃນຖານະ root ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງແລ່ນ <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> ກ່ອນເພື່ອຮັບ Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ໃຊ້ທັງໝົດຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ LDAP. ການອັບເດດບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ແມ່ນເຮັດຜ່ານ ຖານຂໍ້ມູນນີ້, " +"ເຊິ່ງຄລາຍແອນຈະໃຊ້ສຳລັບການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"ປັດຈຸບັນມີອິເມຈສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງສອງປະເພດ: netinst ແລະ BD. ທັງສອງອິເມຈ ສາມາດບູດຈາກ USB sticks " +"ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"ເປົ້າໝາຍຄືການສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຈາກສື່ປະເພດໃດກໍໄດ້ພຽງຄັ້ງດຽວ, ແລະ ຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ຄລາຍແອນອື່ນໆທັງໝົດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍການບູດຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "ສະເພາະອິເມຈ netinstall ເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ຕ້ອງການການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງບໍ່ຄວນມີການຖາມຄຳຖາມໃດໆ, ຍົກເວັ້ນພາສາທີ່ຕ້ອງການ, ສະຖານທີ່, ຜັງແປ້ນພິມ ແລະ " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຂອງເຄື່ອງ (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). " +"ການກຳນົດຄ່າອື່ນໆທັງໝົດຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດດ້ວຍຄ່າທີ່ເໝາະສົມ, " +"ເຊິ່ງຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ຈາກບ່ອນສູນກາງຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງລະບົບໄຟລ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"ບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ Skolelinux ແຕ່ລະບັນຊີຈະຖືກກຳນົດສ່ວນຂອງລະບົບໄຟລ໌ໃນໄຟລ໌ເຊີເວີ. ສ່ວນນີ້ (ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ) " +"ຈະມີໄຟລ໌ການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້, ເອກະສານ, ອີເມລ ແລະ ໜ້າເວັບ. " +"ບາງໄຟລ໌ຄວນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໃນລະບົບສາມາດອ່ານໄດ້, ບາງໄຟລ໌ ຄວນໃຫ້ທຸກຄົນໃນອິນເຕີເນັດອ່ານໄດ້, ແລະ " +"ບາງໄຟລ໌ກໍບໍ່ຄວນໃຫ້ໃຜອ່ານໄດ້ເລີຍ ນອກຈາກຕົວຜູ້ໃຊ້ເອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າດິສທັງໝົດທີ່ໃຊ້ສຳລັບໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຜູ້ໃຊ້ ຫຼື ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີທີ່ໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັນ " +"ສາມາດຕັ້ງຊື່ໃຫ້ບໍ່ຊ້ຳກັນໃນທຸກໆຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງ, ພວກມັນສາມາດຖືກເມົານ໌ເປັນ <computeroutput>/skole/" +"host/directory/</computeroutput>. ໃນເບື້ອງຕົ້ນ, ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີໜຶ່ງຈະຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃນໄຟລ໌ເຊີເວີ, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, " +"ເຊິ່ງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ທັງໝົດຈະຖືກສ້າງໄວ້ໃນນັ້ນ. ຈາກນັ້ນສາມາດສ້າງ " +"ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ເມື່ອຈຳເປັນເພື່ອຮອງຮັບກຸ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ສະເພາະ ຫຼື ຮູບແບບການໃຊ້ງານສະເພາະ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ຮ່ວມກັນພາຍໃຕ້ລະບົບສິດຂອງ UNIX ປົກກະຕິ, ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງ " +"ຢູ່ໃນກຸ່ມທີ່ໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັນເພີ່ມເຕີມ (ເຊັ່ນ \"students\") ນອກເໜືອຈາກກຸ່ມຫຼັກສ່ວນຕົວ ທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າຢູ່ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ. " +"ຖ້າຜູ້ໃຊ້ມີ umask ທີ່ເໝາະສົມເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ສິ່ງທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃໝ່ ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ໂດຍກຸ່ມ (002 ຫຼື 007), ແລະ " +"ຖ້າໄດເຣັກທໍຣີທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ ຖືກຕັ້ງເປັນ setgid " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄຟລ໌ຈະສືບທອດຄວາມເປັນເຈົ້າຂອງກຸ່ມທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, " +"ຜົນທີ່ໄດ້ກໍຄືການແບ່ງປັນໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຖືກຄວບຄຸມລະຫວ່າງສະມາຊິກໃນກຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງເລີ່ມຕົ້ນສຳລັບໄຟລ໌ທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃໝ່ແມ່ນຂຶ້ນກັບນະໂຍບາຍ. umask ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງ Debian " +"ແມ່ນ 022 (ເຊິ່ງຈະບໍ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງກຸ່ມດັ່ງທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍຂ້າງເທິງ), ແຕ່ Debian Edu " +"ໃຊ້ຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນແມ່ນ 002 - ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າໄຟລ໌ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍໃຫ້ ທຸກຄົນສາມາດອ່ານໄດ້, " +"ເຊິ່ງສາມາດຖອນອອກໄດ້ພາຍຫຼັງໂດຍການກະທຳຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ເອງ. ອີກທາງເລືອກໜຶ່ງສາມາດປ່ຽນໄດ້ (ໂດຍການແກ້ໄຂ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) ໃຫ້ເປັນ umask 007 " +"- ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງເພື່ອອ່ານຈະຖືກບລັອກໄວ້ໃນເບື້ອງຕົ້ນ, ແລະ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕ້ອງເປັນຜູ້ເປີດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງເອງ. " +"ວິທີທຳອິດສົ່ງເສີມການແບ່ງປັນຄວາມຮູ້, ແລະ ເຮັດໃຫ້ລະບົບມີຄວາມໂປ່ງໃສຫຼາຍຂຶ້ນ, " +"ໃນຂະນະທີ່ວິທີທີສອງຈະຊ່ວຍຫຼຸດຜ່ອນຄວາມສ່ຽງ ຂອງການແຜ່ກະຈາຍຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ລະອຽດອ່ອນໂດຍບໍ່ຕັ້ງໃຈ. " +"ບັນຫາຂອງວິທີທຳອິດຄືຜູ້ໃຊ້ ອາດຈະບໍ່ຮູ້ວ່າສິ່ງທີ່ເຂົາເຈົ້າສ້າງຂຶ້ນນັ້ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໆທຸກຄົນສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້. " +"ພວກເຂົາສາມາດຮູ້ໄດ້ກໍຕໍ່ເມື່ອໄປກວດເບິ່ງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນ ແລະ ເຫັນວ່າໄຟລ໌ ຂອງເຂົາເຈົ້າສາມາດອ່ານໄດ້. " +"ສ່ວນບັນຫາຂອງວິທີທີສອງຄືມີໜ້ອຍຄົນທີ່ຈະເປີດ ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ຂອງຕົນ, " +"ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າໄຟລ໌ນັ້ນຈະບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ລະອຽດອ່ອນ ແລະ " +"ເນື້ອໃນຈະເປັນປະໂຫຍດຕໍ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນທີ່ຢາກຮຽນຮູ້ວິທີແກ້ໄຂບັນຫາບາງຢ່າງ (ໂດຍສະເພາະ ບັນຫາການກຳນົດຄ່າ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂອງລະບົບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"ມີຫຼາຍວິທີໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Skolelinux. ມັນສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງໃນ PC ເຄື່ອງດຽວແບບ Standalone, ຫຼື " +"ເປັນວິທີການແກ້ໄຂໃນລະດັບພາກພື້ນສຳລັບຫຼາຍໆໂຮງຮຽນທີ່ດຳເນີນການແບບລວມສູນ. " +"ຄວາມຢືດຢຸ່ນນີ້ເຮັດໃຫ້ເກີດຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງຢ່າງຫຼວງຫຼາຍຕໍ່ການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງອຸປະກອນເຄືອຂ່າຍ, ເຊີເວີ ແລະ " +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການດ້ານຮາດແວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ຈຸດປະສົງຂອງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຕ່າງໆແມ່ນໄດ້ຖືກອະທິບາຍໄວ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກມີຈຸດປະສົງທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ LTSP, ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໄປເບິ່ງທີ່ໜ້າ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການດ້ານຮາດແວຂອງ LTSP ໃນວິກິ</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"ຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ແລ່ນ Debian Edu / Skolelinux ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ໂປຣເຊດເຊີ x86 ແບບ 32 ບິດ " +"(ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian 'i386', ໂປຣເຊດເຊີເກົ່າສຸດທີ່ຮອງຮັບຄືລະດັບ 686) ຫຼື ແບບ 64 ບິດ " +"(ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian 'amd64')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງທີ່ມີ RAM ພຽງ 256 MiB ແລະ 400 MHz ກໍສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້, ແຕ່ແນະນຳໃຫ້ມີ RAM " +"ຫຼາຍຂຶ້ນ ແລະ ໂປຣເຊດເຊີທີ່ໄວກວ່າ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບສະຖານີວຽກ, ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ແລະ ລະບົບ Standalone, 1500 MHz ແລະ RAM 1024 MiB " +"ແມ່ນຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂັ້ນຕ່ຳສຸດ. ສຳລັບການແລ່ນເວັບບຣາວເຊີສະໄໝໃໝ່ ແລະ LibreOffice ແນະນຳໃຫ້ມີ RAM " +"ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ 2048 MiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງໃນດິສຂັ້ນຕ່ຳແມ່ນຂຶ້ນກັບໂປຣໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ + ເຊີເວີ LTSP + ສະຖານີວຽກ (ຫາກຕ້ອງການ GUI ໃນເຊີເວີ): 60 GiB " +"(ບວກກັບພື້ນທີ່ເພີ່ມເຕີມສຳລັບບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "ສະຖານີວຽກ ຫຼື Standalone: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "ເຊີເວີ LTSP ຕ້ອງການກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍສອງໃບ ເມື່ອໃຊ້ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 ໃຊ້ສຳລັບໃຫ້ບໍລິການຄລາຍແອນ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "ແລັບທັອບແມ່ນສະຖານີວຽກທີ່ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍໄດ້, ດັ່ງນັ້ນພວກມັນຈຶ່ງມີຄວາມຕ້ອງການຄືກັນກັບສະຖານີວຽກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "ຮາດແວທີ່ຢືນຢັນແລ້ວວ່າໃຊ້ງານໄດ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍຊື່ຮາດແວທີ່ຜ່ານການທົດສອບແລ້ວແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. ລາຍຊື່ນີ້ຍັງບໍ່ທັນສົມບູນເທື່ອ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> " +"ແມ່ນຄວາມພະຍາຍາມໃນການ ບັນທຶກວິທີການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ກຳນົດຄ່າ ແລະ ນຳໃຊ້ Debian " +"ໃນຮາດແວສະເພາະບາງຢ່າງ, ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຜູ້ທີ່ອາດຈະຊື້ໄດ້ຮູ້ວ່າຮາດແວນັ້ນຮອງຮັບຫຼືບໍ່ ແລະ ໃຫ້ເຈົ້າຂອງທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ " +"ໄດ້ຮູ້ວິທີນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວນັ້ນໃຫ້ເກີດປະໂຫຍດສູງສຸດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "ຄວາມຕ້ອງການສຳລັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "ເມື່ອໃຊ້ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ກົດເກົ່ານີ້ຈະຖືກນຳໃຊ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການເຊີເວີຫຼັກພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "ທ່ານສາມາດມີສະຖານີວຽກຫຼາຍຮ້ອຍເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດມີເຊີເວີ LTSP ໄດ້ຫຼາຍເຄື່ອງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ; ສອງເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງກັນ " +"ແມ່ນຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າ (DNS, DHCP) ໃນ LDAP, ແລະ ສາມາດເພີ່ມໄດ້ອີກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດມີເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ ແລະ/ຫຼື ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ຫຼາຍຮ້ອຍເຄື່ອງ ໃນແຕ່ລະເຄືອຂ່າຍເຊີເວີ " +"LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "ທ່ານສາມາດມີເຄື່ອງອື່ນໆອີກຫຼາຍຮ້ອຍເຄື່ອງທີ່ຈະໄດ້ຮັບທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບໄດນາມິກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "ສຳລັບການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ ທ່ານຕ້ອງການຣາວເຕີ/ເກດເວ (ເບິ່ງດ້ານລຸ່ມ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "ຣາວເຕີອິນເຕີເນັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"ຣາວເຕີ/ເກດເວ ທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບອິນເຕີເນັດໃນອິນເຕີເຟດພາຍນອກ ແລະ ເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ທີ່ ທີ່ຢູ່ IP 10.0.0.1 ດ້ວຍ " +"netmask 255.0.0.0 ໃນອິນເຕີເຟດພາຍໃນ, ແມ່ນຈຳເປັນສຳລັບການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"ຣາວເຕີບໍ່ຄວນແລ່ນເຊີເວີ DHCP, ມັນສາມາດແລ່ນເຊີເວີ DNS ໄດ້, ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າສິ່ງນີ້ ຈະບໍ່ຈຳເປັນ ແລະ " +"ຈະບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ກໍຕາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານຍັງບໍ່ມີຣາວເຕີ ຫຼື ຣາວເຕີທີ່ມີຢູ່ບໍ່ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາມນັ້ນໄດ້, " +"ເຄື່ອງໃດກໍຕາມທີ່ຜ່ານຄວາມຕ້ອງການສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ ແລະ ມີອິນເຕີເຟດ " +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍຢ່າງໜ້ອຍສອງອັນ ສາມາດປ່ຽນເປັນເກດເວລະຫວ່າງເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຢູ່ ແລະ ເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu ໄດ້. " +"ເບິ່ງ <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">ເອກະສານການຕິດຕັ້ງ</link> ສຳລັບວິທີງ່າຍໆໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງ Debian ໂດຍໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການບາງຢ່າງສຳລັບ embedded router ຫຼື accesspoint ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າແນ່ນອນວ່າທ່ານ ຍັງສາມາດໃຊ້ " +"firmware ດັ້ງເດີມໄດ້. ການໃຊ້ firmware ດັ້ງເດີມແມ່ນງ່າຍກວ່າ; ແຕ່ການໃຊ້ OpenWRT ຈະໃຫ້ທາງເລືອກ " +"ແລະ ການຄວບຄຸມຫຼາຍກວ່າ. ກວດເບິ່ງເວັບໄຊ OpenWRT ສຳລັບລາຍຊື່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">ຮາດແວທີ່ຮອງຮັບ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງອອກໄປ (ມີ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">ຂັ້ນຕອນທີ່ມີການບັນທຶກໄວ້</ulink> " +"ເພື່ອເຮັດສິ່ງນີ້), ແຕ່ຫາກທ່ານບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກບັງຄັບໂດຍໂຄງສ້າງເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ, ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ຫຼີກເວັ້ນ ແລະ " +"ແນະນຳໃຫ້ທ່ານໃຊ້ຕາມ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link> " +"ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "ທາງເລືອກໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ການດາວໂຫຼດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "ບ່ອນທີ່ສາມາດຊອກຫາຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ທ່ານອ່ານ ຫຼື ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍເບິ່ງຜ່ານ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/releasenotes\">ໝາຍເຫດການອອກລຸ້ນ (release notes) ສຳລັບ Debian " +"Trixie</ulink> ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະເລີ່ມຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບ ເພື່ອໃຊ້ງານຈິງ. ມີຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບລຸ້ນ Debian " +"Trixie ຢູ່ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink> ຂອງມັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "ກະລຸນາລອງໃຊ້ Debian Edu/Skolelinux, ມັນຄວນຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ທັນທີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ, ແນະນຳໃຫ້ອ່ານບົດກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການ " +"ດ້ານຮາດແວ ແລະ ເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link> ແລະ ກ່ຽວກັບ <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link> ກ່ອນທີ່ຈະເລີ່ມຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າລືມອ່ານບົດ <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">ການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃຊ້ງານ</link> ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້, " +"ເພາະມັນຈະອະທິບາຍວິທີການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເປັນຄັ້ງທຳອິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "ດາວໂຫຼດສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງສຳລັບ Debian Edu 13 ລະຫັດພັດທະນາ trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 ຫຼື i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> ແມ່ນຊື່ຂອງສອງສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian ສຳລັບ CPU x86, ທັງສອງ ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍ " +"AMD, Intel ແລະ ຜູ້ຜະລິດອື່ນໆ. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳແບບ 64-ບິດ ແລະ <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳແບບ 32-ບິດ. ການຕິດຕັ້ງໃໝ່ໃນປັດຈຸບັນຄວນເຮັດໂດຍໃຊ້ <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. ສ່ວນ <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> " +"ຄວນໃຊ້ກັບຮາດແວທີ່ເກົ່າຫຼາຍໆເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "ອິເມຈ ISO ແບບ netinst ສຳລັບ amd64 ຫຼື i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"ອິເມຈ ISO ແບບ netinst ສາມາດໃຊ້ສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກ CD/DVD ແລະ USB flash drives ແລະ " +"ມີໃຫ້ສຳລັບສອງສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ Debian: amd64 ຫຼື i386. ຕາມຊື່ຂອງມັນ, " +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບນີ້ຕ້ອງມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "ເມື່ອ Trixie ຖືກເຜີຍແຜ່ແລ້ວ, ອິເມຈເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະມີໃຫ້ດາວໂຫຼດຈາກ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "ອິເມຈ ISO ແບບ BD ສຳລັບ amd64 ຫຼື i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"ອິເມຈ ISO ເຫຼົ່ານີ້ມີຂະໜາດປະມານ 7.5 GB ແລະ ສາມາດໃຊ້ຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງ amd64 ຫຼື i386 ໄດ້ " +"ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ. ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັບອິເມຈ netinst, ມັນສາມາດໃຊ້ໃນ USB flash drives " +"ຫຼື ສື່ບັນທຶກຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ມີຂະໜາດພຽງພໍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "ການກວດສອບຄວາມຖືກຕ້ອງຂອງໄຟລ໌ອິເມຈທີ່ດາວໂຫຼດມາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳແນະນຳຢ່າງລະອຽດສຳລັບການກວດສອບ ແລະ ການໃຊ້ອິເມຈເຫຼົ່ານີ້ແມ່ນເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງ <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "ຊອຣ໌ສໂຄ້ດ (Sources)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ຊອຣ໌ສໂຄ້ດມີໃຫ້ຈາກຄັງເກັບຂອງ Debian ໃນບ່ອນປົກກະຕິ, ສື່ຕ່າງໆມີລິ້ງຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອທ່ານທຳການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu, ທ່ານຈະມີທາງເລືອກບໍ່ເທົ່າໃດຢ່າງໃຫ້ເລືອກ. ບໍ່ຕ້ອງກັງວົນ; " +"ມັນບໍ່ໄດ້ມີຫຼາຍເກີນໄປ. ພວກເຮົາໄດ້ພະຍາຍາມປົກປິດຄວາມຊັບຊ້ອນ ຂອງ Debian ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ " +"ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ. ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ, Debian Edu ກໍຄື Debian, ແລະ ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການ " +"ມັນກໍມີແພັກເກັດໃຫ້ເລືອກຫຼາຍກວ່າ 59,000 ແພັກເກັດ ແລະ ທາງເລືອກການກຳນົດຄ່າອີກມະຫາສານ. " +"ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່, ຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງພວກເຮົາກໍຖືວ່າພຽງພໍແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ: ຫາກມີຈຸດປະສົງ ທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ " +"LTSP, ໃຫ້ເລືອກສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບທີ່ມີນ້ຳໜັກເບົາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "ຮູບແບບການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "ເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນ ຫຼື ເຮືອນທົ່ວໄປທີ່ມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດຜ່ານຣາວເຕີ ທີ່ໃຫ້ບໍລິການ DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກແມ່ນສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້, ແຕ່ຫຼັງຈາກບູດເຄື່ອງໃໝ່ຈະບໍ່ມີ ການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ (ເນື່ອງຈາກ IP " +"ຂອງອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກແມ່ນ 10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງບົດ <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">ຣາວເຕີອິນເຕີເນັດ</link> " +"ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວ ຫາກບໍ່ສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າຣາວເຕີທີ່ມີຢູ່ຕາມທີ່ຕ້ອງການໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອຸປະກອນທັງໝົດຕາມທີ່ສະແດງໃນບົດ <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "ເຊີເວີຫຼັກຄວນຈະມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດເມື່ອບູດເປັນຄັ້ງທຳອິດໃນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "ເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນ ຫຼື ສະຖາບັນທົ່ວໄປ, ຄ້າຍຄືກັບດ້ານເທິງ, ແຕ່ຕ້ອງມີການໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມ 'debian-edu-expert' ໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ kernel (kernel command line); " +"ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດວິທີການເຮັດຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "ຕ້ອງຕອບຄຳຖາມເພີ່ມເຕີມບາງຢ່າງ, ລວມທັງຄຳຖາມທີ່ກ່ຽວກັບເຊີເວີພຣັອກຊີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຣາວເຕີ/ເກດເວ IP 10.0.0.1/8 (ເຊິ່ງບໍ່ມີເຊີເວີ DHCP) ແລະ ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໄດ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"ທັນທີທີ່ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍອັດຕະໂນມັດຫຼົ້ມເຫຼວ (ເນື່ອງຈາກບໍ່ມີ DHCP), ໃຫ້ເລືອກການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "ປ້ອນ 10.0.2.2/8 ເປັນ IP ຂອງໂຮສ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "ປ້ອນ 10.0.0.1 ເປັນ IP ຂອງເກດເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "ປ້ອນ 8.8.8.8 ເປັນ IP ຂອງເນມເຊີເວີ (nameserver) ຫາກທ່ານບໍ່ມີອັນອື່ນທີ່ດີກວ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "ເຊີເວີຫຼັກຄວນຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ທັນທີຫຼັງຈາກບູດຄັ້ງທຳອິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "ອອຟລາຍ (ບໍ່ມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "ໃຊ້ອິເມຈ BD ISO." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "ກວດເບິ່ງໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າສາຍເຄືອຂ່າຍທັງໝົດ (ຈິງ/ສະເມືອນ) ຖືກຖອດອອກແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ 'ຢ່າຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນເວລານີ້' (ຫຼັງຈາກ DHCP ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼົ້ມເຫຼວ ແລະ ທ່ານກົດ 'ສືບຕໍ່')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "ອັບເດດລະບົບເມື່ອບູດຄັ້ງທຳອິດໃນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງທີ່ມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "ມີຫຼາຍສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບໃຫ້ເລືອກ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "Xfce ໃຊ້ຊັບພະຍາກອນຫຼາຍກວ່າ LXDE ເລັກໜ້ອຍ ແຕ່ຮອງຮັບພາສາໄດ້ດີຫຼາຍ (106 ພາສາ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE ແລະ GNOME ທັງສອງຮອງຮັບພາສາໄດ້ດີ, ແຕ່ໃຊ້ຊັບພະຍາກອນຫຼາຍເກີນໄປ ສຳລັບທັງຄອມພິວເຕີເກົ່າ ແລະ " +"ຄລາຍແອນ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon ແມ່ນທາງເລືອກທີ່ເບົາກວ່າ GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "MATE ແມ່ນເບົາກວ່າສາມຢ່າງຂ້າງເທິງ, ແຕ່ຍັງຂາດການຮອງຮັບພາສາທີ່ດີສຳລັບຫຼາຍປະເທດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE ໃຊ້ຊັບພະຍາກອນໜ້ອຍທີ່ສຸດ ແລະ ຮອງຮັບ 35 ພາສາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt ແມ່ນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບທີ່ມີນ້ຳໜັກເບົາ (ຮອງຮັບພາສາຄ້າຍກັບ LXDE) " +"ພ້ອມກັບຮູບລັກສະນະທີ່ທັນສະໄໝກວ່າ (ອີງໃສ່ Qt ຄືກັນກັບ KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ໃນຖານະໂຄງການລະດັບສາກົນ ໄດ້ເລືອກໃຊ້ Xfce ເປັນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ; " +"ເບິ່ງວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນອັນອື່ນຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບແຍກສ່ວນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບທີ່ລວມເອົາໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> ນຳ, " +"ໂປຣແກຣມທີ່ກ່ຽວກັບການສຶກສາຈຳນວນຫຼາຍຈະຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງ. ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະເພາະໂປຣໄຟລ໌ພື້ນຖານ, ໃຫ້ຖອນພາຣາມິເຕີ " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> ໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ kernel ກ່ອນເລີ່ມການຕິດຕັ້ງ; " +"ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດວິທີເຮັດຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ. ສິ່ງນີ້ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດ ຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບສະເພາະບ່ອນ ແລະ " +"ສາມາດໃຊ້ເພື່ອເລັ່ງການຕິດຕັ້ງເພື່ອທົດສອບໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ: ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບພາຍຫຼັງ, ຢ່າໃຊ້ meta-packages ຂອງ " +"Debian Edu ເຊັ່ນ <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</ulink> " +"ເພາະມັນຈະດຶງເອົາໂປຣແກຣມການສຶກສາທັງໝົດມາ; ແຕ່ໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງເຊັ່ນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> " +"ແທນ. ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງ meta-packages ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບລະດັບ ການສຶກສາໃໝ່ໜຶ່ງຢ່າງ ຫຼື ຫຼາຍກວ່າເຊັ່ນ " +"<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> ໃຫ້ກົງກັບການໃຊ້ງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດກ່ຽວກັບ meta-packages ຂອງ Debian Edu, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໜ້າ <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">ພາບລວມຂອງແພັກເກັດ Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "ປະເພດ ແລະ ທາງເລືອກໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງໃນຮາດແວ 64-ບິດ - ໂໝດ BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ 64-ບິດ (ໂໝດ BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> ໃຊ້ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງແບບກຣາຟິກ " +"ທີ່ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ເມົາສ໌ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> ໃຊ້ໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ (text mode)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> ຈະສະແດງເມນູຍ່ອຍ " +"ພ້ອມທາງເລືອກທີ່ລະອຽດກວ່າໃຫ້ເລືອກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> ໃຫ້ຄຳແນະນຳບາງຢ່າງກ່ຽວກັບການໃຊ້ ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ; " +"ເບິ່ງພາບໜ້າຈໍດ້ານລຸ່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍທາງເລືອກຂັ້ນສູງຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ 64-ບິດ ໜ້າທີ 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> ກັບຄືນໄປຫາເມນູຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> ໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງ " +"ທຸກຄຳຖາມທີ່ມີ, ສາມາດໃຊ້ເມົາສ໌ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> ເຮັດໃຫ້ສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງນີ້ " +"ກາຍເປັນແຜ່ນກູ້ໄພສຳລັບວຽກງານສຸກເສີນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> ຕ້ອງການໄຟລ໌ " +"preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> ໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງທຸກຄຳຖາມທີ່ມີ " +"ໃນໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> ໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ; ເຮັດໃຫ້ສື່ການຕິດຕັ້ງນີ້ " +"ກາຍເປັນແຜ່ນກູ້ໄພສຳລັບວຽກງານສຸກເສີນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> ໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ; ຕ້ອງການໄຟລ໌ " +"preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າໃຊ້ <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> ຫຼື " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, ແຕ່ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> ແທນ ເປັນພາຣາມິເຕີ kernel " +"ເພີ່ມເຕີມໃນກໍລະນີພິເສດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ໜ້າຈໍຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"ໜ້າຈໍຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອນີ້ອະທິບາຍໃນຕົວມັນເອງ ແລະ ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ປຸ່ມ <F> ໃນແປ້ນພິມ " +"ເພື່ອຮັບການຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອທີ່ລະອຽດກວ່າກ່ຽວກັບຫົວຂໍ້ທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍໄວ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງໃນຮາດແວ 64-ບິດ - ໂໝດ UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "ເມນູບູດຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ 64-ບິດ (ໂໝດ UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>ເພີ່ມ ຫຼື ປ່ຽນພາຣາມິເຕີການບູດສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ໃນທັງສອງກໍລະນີ, ທາງເລືອກການບູດສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ໂດຍການກົດປຸ່ມ <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ຫຼື <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> " +"ໃນເມນູບູດ; ພາບໜ້າຈໍສະແດງບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງສຳລັບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical " +"install</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "ແກ້ໄຂທາງເລືອກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ (ໂໝດ BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "ແກ້ໄຂທາງເລືອກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ (ໂໝດ UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ບໍລິການ HTTP ພຣັອກຊີທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍເພື່ອເລັ່ງການຕິດຕັ້ງ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main " +"Server</emphasis> ຈາກ CD. ເພີ່ມເຊັ່ນ: <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> ເປັນພາຣາມິເຕີການບູດເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກທ່ານໄດ້ຕິດຕັ້ງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> ໃນເຄື່ອງໜຶ່ງແລ້ວ, " +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງຄັ້ງຕໍ່ໄປຄວນເຮັດຜ່ານ PXE, ເພາະມັນຈະໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> ແທນທີ່ " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> ທີ່ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ໃຫ້ປ່ຽນ " +"<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> ເປັນ <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> ໃນພາຣາມິເຕີ <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> ແທນ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> ແທນ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> " +"ແທນ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> ແທນ, " +"ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ແລະ ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> ແທນ, " +"ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "ຂະບວນການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າລືມກວດເບິ່ງ <link linkend=\"Requirements\">ຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂອງລະບົບ</link> ແລະ " +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານມີກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍ (NIC) ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍສອງໃບ ຫາກທ່ານວາງແຜນຈະຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີ LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "ເລືອກພາສາ (ສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ສຳລັບລະບົບທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "ເລືອກສະຖານທີ່ ເຊິ່ງປົກກະຕິຄວນຈະແມ່ນບ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານອາໄສຢູ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "ເລືອກຜັງແປ້ນພິມ (ຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງປະເທດມັກຈະໃຊ້ໄດ້ດີ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "ເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຈາກລາຍຊື່ຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server (ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (tjener) ສຳລັບໂຮງຮຽນຂອງທ່ານ ເຊິ່ງໃຫ້ບໍລິການທັງໝົດທີ່ຖືກ " +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າໃຫ້ພ້ອມໃຊ້ງານທັນທີ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກພຽງເຄື່ອງດຽວຕໍ່ໜຶ່ງໂຮງຮຽນ! " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ລວມເອົາສ່ວນຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ແບບກຣາຟິກ (GUI). ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການ GUI, ໃຫ້ເລືອກ " +"Workstation ຫຼື LTSP Server ເພີ່ມເຕີມຈາກອັນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation (ສະຖານີວຽກ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"ຄອມພິວເຕີທີ່ບູດຈາກຮາດດິສພາຍໃນ, ແລະ ແລ່ນຊອບແວ ແລະ ອຸປະກອນທັງໝົດໃນເຄື່ອງ ຄືກັບຄອມພິວເຕີທົ່ວໄປ, " +"ຍົກເວັ້ນແຕ່ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະຖືກຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ ໂດຍເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ເຊິ່ງເປັນບ່ອນເກັບໄຟລ໌ ແລະ " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເດັສທັອບຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation (ສະຖານີວຽກແບບໂຣມມິງ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"ຄືກັນກັບສະຖານີວຽກ ແຕ່ສາມາດຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນໂດຍໃຊ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເກັບໄວ້ໃນແຄຊ໌ (cached credentials), " +"ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າສາມາດໃຊ້ນອກເຄືອຂ່າຍໂຮງຮຽນໄດ້. ໄຟລ໌ ແລະ ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ " +"ໃນດິສພາຍໃນເຄື່ອງ. ສຳລັບໂນ້ດບຸກ ແລະ ແລັບທັອບທີ່ມີຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນດຽວ ຄວນເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ ແລະ ບໍ່ແມ່ນ " +"'Workstation' ຫຼື 'Standalone' ຕາມທີ່ເຄີຍແນະນຳໃນລຸ້ນກ່ອນໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server (ເຊີເວີ LTSP)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີສຳລັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ (ແລະ ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ) ເອີ້ນວ່າ ເຊີເວີ LTSP. " +"ຄລາຍແອນທີ່ບໍ່ມີຮາດດິສຈະບູດ ແລະ ແລ່ນຊອບແວຈາກເຊີເວີນີ້. ຄອມພິວເຕີເຄື່ອງນີ້ " +"ຕ້ອງການອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍສອງອັນ, ໜ່ວຍຄວາມຈຳຫຼາຍ, ແລະ ຖ້າຈະໃຫ້ດີຄວນມີ ຫຼາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງໂປຣເຊດເຊີ ຫຼື " +"ຄໍຣ໌ (core). ເບິ່ງບົດກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ</" +"link> ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ. ການເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ຍັງຈະເປີດໃຊ້ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ workstation ນຳ " +"(ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າຈະບໍ່ໄດ້ເລືອກກໍຕາມ) - ເຊີເວີ LTSP ສາມາດໃຊ້ເປັນສະຖານີວຽກໄດ້ສະເໝີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone (ເຄື່ອງດ່ຽວ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"ຄອມພິວເຕີທົ່ວໄປທີ່ສາມາດເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (ນັ້ນຄື ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງ ຢູ່ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ). " +"ລວມທັງແລັບທັອບ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal (ແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດພື້ນຖານ ແລະ ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງໃຫ້ລວມເຂົ້າໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu, " +"ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ມີການບໍລິການ ຫຼື ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນໃດໆ. ມັນມີປະໂຫຍດ " +"ໃນຖານະເປັນແພລັດຟອມສຳລັບການບໍລິການດ່ຽວໆທີ່ຖືກຍ້າຍອອກມາຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທົ່ວໄປຄວນຈະສາມາດໃຊ້ລະບົບດັ່ງກ່າວໄດ້, ມັນຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການ ເພີ່ມໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² " +"(ຄ້າຍກັບສະຖານີວຽກ) ແລະ ຕ້ອງຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດ libpam-krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> ແມ່ນຖືກເລືອກໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າແລ້ວ. ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເຫຼົ່ານີ້ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງ ໃນເຄື່ອງດຽວກັນໄດ້ " +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕິດຕັ້ງສິ່ງທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ <emphasis>ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ (combined main server)</" +"emphasis>. ນີ້ໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈະເປັນທັງເຊີເວີ LTSP ແລະ ໃຊ້ເປັນສະຖານີວຽກນຳ. ນີ້ແມ່ນ " +"ທາງເລືອກເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ເພາະພວກເຮົາສົມມຸດວ່າຄົນສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ຕ້ອງການແບບນັ້ນ. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ " +"ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງມີກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍ 2 ໃບຕິດຕັ້ງໃນເຄື່ອງທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງເປັນເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ ຫຼື ເປັນເຊີເວີ LTSP " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ງານໄດ້ຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ \"yes\" (ແມ່ນ) ຫຼື \"no\" (ບໍ່) ສຳລັບການແບ່ງພາກສ່ວນດິສອັດຕະໂນມັດ (automatic " +"partitioning). ໃຫ້ລະວັງວ່າການເລືອກ \"yes\" ຈະທຳລາຍຂໍ້ມູນທັງໝົດໃນຮາດດິສ! ໃນທາງກົງກັນຂ້າມ, " +"ການເລືອກ \"no\" ຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ເຮັດວຽກເພີ່ມເຕີມ - ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າພາກສ່ວນດິສ (partitions) " +"ທີ່ຈຳເປັນໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ ແລະ ມີຂະໜາດໃຫຍ່ພໍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາເລືອກ \"yes\" ເພື່ອສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນໄປຫາ <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ພວກເຮົາຮູ້ວ່າແພັກເກັດໃດທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບຄວາມນິຍົມ ແລະ ຄວນເກັບໄວ້ສຳລັບລຸ້ນ ໃນອະນາຄົດ. " +"ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າທ່ານບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເຮັດ, ແຕ່ມັນກໍເປັນວິທີງ່າຍໆທີ່ທ່ານຈະຊ່ວຍໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"ລໍຖ້າ. ຫາກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ທີ່ເລືອກລວມມີ LTSP Server, ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຂ້ອນຂ້າງດົນ ໃນຕອນທ້າຍ, " +"\"ກຳລັງສິ້ນສຸດການຕິດຕັ້ງ - ກຳລັງແລ່ນ debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກກຳນົດລະຫັດຜ່ານ root ແລ້ວ, ທ່ານຈະຖືກຖາມໃຫ້ສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ທົ່ວໄປ " +"\"ສຳລັບວຽກງານທີ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນການບໍລິຫານ\". ສຳລັບ Debian Edu ບັນຊີນີ້ແມ່ນ ສຳຄັນຫຼາຍ: " +"ມັນແມ່ນບັນຊີທີ່ທ່ານຈະໃຊ້ເພື່ອຈັດການເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"ລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ນີ້ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຕ້ອງ</emphasis> ມີຄວາມຍາວ <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ 5 ຕົວອັກສອນ</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ຕ້ອງແຕກຕ່າງ</emphasis> ຈາກ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ " +"(username)</emphasis> - ຖ້າບໍ່ດັ່ງນັ້ນຈະບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໄດ້ (ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າລະຫັດຜ່ານທີ່ສັ້ນກວ່າ ຫຼື " +"ລະຫັດຜ່ານທີ່ກົງກັບຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະຖືກຍອມຮັບໂດຍຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງກໍຕາມ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"ລໍຖ້າອີກຄັ້ງໃນກໍລະນີຂອງ <emphasis>ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ (combined main server)</emphasis> " +"ຫຼັງຈາກບູດລະບົບໃໝ່. ມັນຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຂ້ອນຂ້າງດົນໃນການສ້າງອິເມຈ SquashFS ສຳລັບສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ເປັນເຊີເວີ LTSP ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ, ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ແລະ/ຫຼື ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ " +"ຈະຕ້ອງມີຂັ້ນຕອນການເຮັດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງບາງຢ່າງ. ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງເກດເວໂດຍໃຊ້ debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກັດ <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu ງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ ຜ່ານຂະບວນການ ການກຳນົດຄ່າແບບໂຕ້ຕອບ " +"ເຊິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຈຳເປັນຈະໄດ້ຮັບຜ່ານຊຸດຂອງກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມໂຕ້ຕອບ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອທີ່ຈະນຳໃຊ້ມັນ, ໃຫ້ທຳການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ແບບຕ່ຳສຸດ (minimal). ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າ ໃຊ້ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian " +"ປົກກະຕິ ແລະ ບໍ່ແມ່ນຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu ເພາະວ່າ ການຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian Edu ບໍ່ຖືກຮອງຮັບໂດຍ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດ <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> ໂດຍໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງຂໍ້ຜິດພາດກ່ຽວກັບການກຳນົດຄ່າແມ່ນເປັນເລື່ອງປົກກະຕິ ແລະ ສາມາດຂ້າມໄປກ່ອນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບຂະບວນການກຳນົດຄ່າຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>, ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີໂດຍກົງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"ອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍອາດຈະຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງແລ້ວ ຫຼື ຍັງບໍ່ທັນໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກໍໄດ້. ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ, " +"ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຮູ້ວ່າອິນເຕີເຟດໃດຈະຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍໃດ. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບຮາດແວເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "ສາມາດຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"ລຶບການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍສອງອັນທີ່ຈະໃຊ້ຈາກ <computeroutput>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</computeroutput> ຫຼື ໄຟລ໌ໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/network/" +"interfaces.d/</computeroutput> ແລະ ຍົກເລີກການກຳນົດຄ່າຂອງສອງອິນເຕີເຟດນັ້ນໂດຍໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "ຂະບວນການກຳນົດຄ່າຕົວຈິງຈະເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "ການເລືອກວິທີການກຳນົດຄ່າ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "ການຢືນຢັນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຖືກຖາມກ່ຽວກັບວິທີການກຳນົດຄ່າໄຟວໍ uif ໃຫ້ເລືອກ \"debian-edu-router\". " +"ຢືນຢັນວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕັ້ງຄ່າໄຟວໍສຳລັບ Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "ການອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ ping ໃນ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "ການອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ traceroute ໃນ uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"ຕັດສິນໃຈວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການຕອບສະໜອງຕໍ່ ping ແລະ traceroute ຫຼືບໍ່. ຫາກບໍ່ແນ່ໃຈ ໃຫ້ຕອບ yes " +"ເພາະມັນເປັນປະໂຫຍດໃນການກວດສອບບັນຫາເຄືອຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ IP packet forwarding" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "ຢືນຢັນວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ IP packet forwarding." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "ການເລືອກວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "ການເລືອກວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"ຕໍ່ໄປ, ກຳນົດເຄືອຂ່າຍໃຫ້ກັບອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍໃນຣາວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ, ເລືອກໜຶ່ງໃນ ທາງເລືອກທີ່ມີໃຫ້ " +"ຂຶ້ນຢູ່ກັບວ່າອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແລ້ວຫຼືບໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "ການເລືອກອິນເຕີເຟດ uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "ເລືອກອິນເຕີເຟດທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຂາອອກ (upstream network)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "ການເລືອກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ, ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ແນ່ໃຈ ແລະ ຕ້ອງການພຽງເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນດຽວ ໃຫ້ເລືອກ " +"\"Education\" ຢູ່ບ່ອນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "ເລືອກວ່າຄວນໃຊ້ VLANs ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນຫຼືບໍ່, ຫາກທ່ານບໍ່ແນ່ໃຈໃຫ້ເລືອກ no ຢູ່ບ່ອນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "ການເລືອກເວີຊັນ IP ທີ່ຮອງຮັບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "ເລືອກ \"IPv4\" ຢູ່ບ່ອນນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "ການເລືອກເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ຕ້ອງການທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ (static)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າ <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> ເປັນທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ສຳລັບ " +"ເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ \"Education\" ຫາກທ່ານເຮັດຕາມຄຳແນະນຳຂ້າງເທິງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ NAT ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "ເປີດໃຊ້ງານ NAT ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຫ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໄດ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "ເປີດໃຫ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການເປີດການບໍລິການພາຍໃນໃດໆສູ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ ທ່ານສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າໄດ້ " +"ໂດຍໃຊ້ໄວຍາກອນທີ່ອະທິບາຍໄວ້. ໝາຍເຫດວ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ໄປຫາເກດເວ " +"ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ໃນກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມໂຕ້ຕອບຖັດໄປ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "ຕັດສິນໃຈວ່າຈະອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍໃດສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ໄປຫາເກດເວໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າພອດ SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"ກຳນົດຄ່າພອດ SSH, ເຊິ່ງຄວນຈະແມ່ນ <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"ຫາກຍັງບໍ່ທັນມີການປ່ຽນແປງການກຳນົດຄ່າ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "ການເປີດໃຊ້ງານ DHCP ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"ຢ່າເປີດໃຊ້ງານ DHCP ສຳລັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ, ເພາະມັນຈະຖືກໃຫ້ບໍລິການໂດຍ ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເຟດເຄືອຂ່າຍຫາກທ່ານຍັງບໍ່ທັນໄດ້ເຮັດ ແລະ ບູດເຄື່ອງໃໝ່. ດຽວນີ້, ເມື່ອທ່ານເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍ " +"root ທ່ານຄວນຈະເຫັນເມນູ Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "ການກຳນົດຄ່າ SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"ຫາກການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ຖືກເປີດໃຊ້ງານ, ເກດເວຈະສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າໃໝ່ຈາກໄລຍະໄກໄດ້ " +"ຜ່ານເມນູທີ່ມີໃຫ້ເມື່ອເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍ root. ການກົດ <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> " +"ໃນເມນູຫຼັກຈະສະຫຼັບໄປຫາເມນູການກຳນົດຄ່າ ເຊິ່ງສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງການກຳນົດຄ່າ ທັງໝົດ ຫຼື " +"ບາງສ່ວນໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ລະບົບໂຕ້ຕອບດຽວກັນກັບທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນຕອນເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບຄຸນລັກສະນະບາງຢ່າງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບໂນ້ດບຸກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"ສ່ວນຫຼາຍທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງການໃຊ້ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ 'Roaming workstation' (ເບິ່ງດ້ານເທິງ). " +"ໃຫ້ລະວັງວ່າຂໍ້ມູນທັງໝົດຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນເຄື່ອງ (ດັ່ງນັ້ນຄວນເອົາໃຈໃສ່ເລື່ອງການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນເປັນພິເສດ) ແລະ " +"ຂໍ້ມູນການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນແຄຊ໌ (ດັ່ງນັ້ນຫຼັງຈາກປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ, " +"ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບອາດຈະຍັງຕ້ອງໃຊ້ລະຫັດຜ່ານເກົ່າ ຫາກທ່ານຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແລັບທັອບ ເຂົ້າກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍ ແລະ " +"ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກອິເມຈ USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກອິເມຈ USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc ແລ້ວ, <computeroutput>/" +"etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> ຈະມີພຽງແຕ່ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ ຈາກອິເມຈນັ້ນເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ຫາກທ່ານມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ, ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳຢ່າງຍິ່ງ " +"ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມບັນທັດຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພທີ່ມີຢູ່ໄດ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງຈາກ CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບ netinst (ເຊິ່ງເປັນປະເພດການຕິດຕັ້ງທີ່ CD ຂອງພວກເຮົາໃຫ້) ຈະດຶງເອົາບາງແພັກເກັດຈາກ " +"CD ແລະ ສ່ວນທີ່ເຫຼືອຈາກອິນເຕີເນັດ. ຈຳນວນແພັກເກັດ ທີ່ດຶງຈາກເນັດຈະແຕກຕ່າງກັນໄປຕາມແຕ່ລະໂປຣໄຟລ໌ " +"ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ເກີນໜຶ່ງກິກາໄບ (ຍົກເວັ້ນທ່ານເລືອກຕິດຕັ້ງທຸກສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບທີ່ມີ). ເມື່ອທ່ານຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແລ້ວ (ບໍ່ວ່າຈະເປັນເຊີເວີຫຼັກລ້ວນໆ ຫຼື ເຊີເວີແບບລວມ), ການຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ຄັ້ງຕໍ່ໄປຈະໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີຂອງມັນເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນການດາວໂຫຼດແພັກເກັດເດີມຊ້ຳຫຼາຍຄັ້ງຈາກເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງໂດຍໃຊ້ USB flash drives ແທນ CD / Blu-ray discs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນໄປໄດ້ທີ່ຈະສຳເນົາອິເມຈ CD/BD ISO ໄປຫາ USB flash drives ໂດຍກົງ (ຫຼື ທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ \"USB " +"sticks\") ແລະ ບູດຈາກພວກມັນ. ພຽງແຕ່ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງແບບນີ້, ໂດຍປັບຊື່ໄຟລ໌ ແລະ " +"ຊື່ອຸປະກອນຕາມຄວາມຕ້ອງການຂອງທ່ານ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອລະບຸຄ່າຂອງ X, ໃຫ້ແລ່ນຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ກ່ອນ ແລະ ຫຼັງຈາກສຽບອຸປະກອນ USB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າການສຳເນົາຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຂ້ອນຂ້າງດົນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "ຂຶ້ນຢູ່ກັບວ່າທ່ານເລືອກອິເມຈໃດ, USB flash drive ຈະເຮັດວຽກຄືກັນກັບ CD ຫຼື Blu-ray disc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ການບູດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍໂດຍໃຊ້ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບວິທີການຕິດຕັ້ງນີ້ ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກຢູ່. ເມື່ອຄລາຍແອນບູດ ຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍ, ເມນູ " +"iPXE ພ້ອມທາງເລືອກຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ ແລະ ການບູດຈະຖືກສະແດງຂຶ້ນ. ຫາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE " +"ຫຼົ້ມເຫຼວພ້ອມຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງຂໍ້ຜິດພາດວ່າໄຟລ໌ XXX.bin ຫາຍໄປ, " +"ເປັນໄປໄດ້ສູງວ່າກາດເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງຄລາຍແອນຕ້ອງການ nonfree firmware. ໃນກໍລະນີນີ້ initrd " +"ຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການແກ້ໄຂ. ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍການໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "ຢູ່ໃນເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນຮູບລັກສະນະຂອງເມນູ iPXE ເມື່ອມີພຽງໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</" +"emphasis> ເທົ່ານັ້ນ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "ເມນູ iPXE ທີ່ບໍ່ມີລາຍການ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນຮູບລັກສະນະຂອງເມນູ iPXE ເມື່ອມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "ເມນູ iPXE ທີ່ມີລາຍການ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່ານີ້ຍັງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສະຖານີວຽກແບບບໍ່ມີດິສ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງສາມາດບູດ ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກໄດ້. " +"ຕ່າງຈາກສະຖານີວຽກ ແລະ ເຊີເວີ LTSP ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ, ສະຖານີວຽກ ແບບບໍ່ມີດິສບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນ " +"LDAP ດ້ວຍ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ວິທີການເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ (HowTo)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "ການແກ້ໄຂການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ preseed ຂອງ debian-installer, ເຊິ່ງສາມາດແກ້ໄຂ " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກັດເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"ຕ້ອງເພີ່ມບັນທັດຄ້າຍຄືກັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ເຂົ້າໃນ <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ preseeding <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. ໄຟລ໌ນີ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງເພື່ອປັບຄ່າ preseeding " +"ທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນຄຳຖາມເພີ່ມເຕີມເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານເນັດ. ອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງກໍຄືການກຳນົດ " +"ຄ່າເພີ່ມເຕີມໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"ແລະ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> ແລ້ວແລ່ນ <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອອັບເດດໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືຂອງຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອປິດໃຊ້ງານ ຫຼື ປ່ຽນການໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີເມື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE, ບັນທັດທີ່ມີ <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> " +"ແລະ <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> ໃນ " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງ. ເພື່ອປິດການໃຊ້ພຣັອກຊີໃນຕອນຕິດຕັ້ງ, ໃຫ້ໃສ່ '#' ໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ " +"ສອງບັນທັດທຳອິດ, ແລະ ຖອນສ່ວນ \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" +"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" ອອກຈາກບັນທັດສຸດທ້າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"ບາງການຕັ້ງຄ່າບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດ preseed ໄດ້ ເພາະມັນຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ກ່ອນທີ່ໄຟລ໌ preseeding " +"ຈະຖືກດາວໂຫຼດ. ພາສາ, ຜັງແປ້ນພິມ ແລະ ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ ແມ່ນຕົວຢ່າງຂອງ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າດັ່ງກ່າວ. " +"ຫາກທ່ານຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ໃຫ້ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ເມນູ iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "ອິເມຈທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ (Custom images)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"ການສ້າງ CD, DVD ຫຼື Blu-ray discs ທີ່ກຳນົດເອງສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ງ່າຍເພາະພວກເຮົາໃຊ້ <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian Installer</ulink>, " +"ເຊິ່ງມີການອອກແບບແບບແຍກສ່ວນ ແລະ ຄຸນສົມບັດທີ່ດີອື່ນໆ. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> " +"ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານສາມາດກຳນົດຄຳຕອບສຳລັບຄຳຖາມທີ່ມັກຈະຖືກຖາມໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນສິ່ງທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງເຮັດຄືສ້າງໄຟລ໌ preseeding ພ້ອມຄຳຕອບຂອງທ່ານ " +"(ເຊິ່ງມີອະທິບາຍໄວ້ໃນພາກຜະໜວກຂອງຄູ່ມືຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian) ແລະ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">ສ້າງແຜ່ນ CD/DVD ໃໝ່ (remaster)</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "ພາບທົວໜ້າຈໍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບໂໝດຂໍ້ຄວາມ ແລະ ແບບກຣາຟິກແມ່ນມີໜ້າທີ່ຄືກັນ - ຕ່າງແຕ່ຮູບລັກສະນະ ພາຍນອກເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ໂໝດກຣາຟິກຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ເມົາສ໌ໄດ້, ແລະ ແນ່ນອນວ່າມັນເບິ່ງສວຍງາມ ແລະ ທັນສະໄໝກວ່າ. " +"ຍົກເວັ້ນແຕ່ຮາດແວຈະມີບັນຫາກັບໂໝດກຣາຟິກ, ບໍ່ມີເຫດຜົນໃດ ທີ່ຈະບໍ່ໃຊ້ມັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ແມ່ນພາບທົວໜ້າຈໍຜ່ານການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບກຣາຟິກ 64-ບິດ ຂອງ Main Server + Workstation + LTSP " +"Server (ໃນໂໝດ BIOS) ແລະ ຮູບລັກສະນະເມື່ອບູດເຊີເວີຫຼັກເປັນຄັ້ງທຳອິດ ແລະ ການບູດ PXE " +"ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຄລາຍແອນ LTSP (ໜ້າຈໍເຊສຊັນຂອງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບບາງ - ແລະ ໜ້າຈໍເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ " +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ໄດ້ກົດເລືອກເຊສຊັນທາງດ້ານຂວາ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "ເລືອກພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "ເລືອກສະຖານທີ່ຂອງທ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າແປ້ນພິມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "ກວດຫາຮາດແວເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຢູ່ IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເກດເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເນມເຊີເວີ (nameserver)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "ເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "ໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືແບ່ງພາກສ່ວນອັດຕະໂນມັດ: no (ບໍ່)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "ນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືຈັດແບ່ງພື້ນທີ່ຈັດເກັບຂໍ້ມູນອັດຕະໂນມັດ: ແມ່ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "ເຂົ້າຮ່ວມການສຳຫຼວດການນຳໃຊ້ແພັກເກດ: ບໍ່" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "ເຂົ້າຮ່ວມການສຳຫຼວດການນຳໃຊ້ແພັກເກດ: ແມ່ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຊື່ເຕັມສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງສຳເລັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເດັສທອບ Xfce ສະແດງໜ້າຕ່າງບຣາວເຊີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເດັສທອບ Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍຍິນດີຕ້ອນຮັບ Thin-Client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "ໜ້າຈໍເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ Thin-Client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນການນຳໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "ຂັ້ນຕອນຂັ້ນຕ່ຳເພື່ອເລີ່ມຕົ້ນນຳໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ. ໃນເນື້ອຫາຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ ບັນຊີນີ້ຈະຖືກອ້າງອີງໃນນາມ " +"\"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ\". ບັນຊີນີ້ມີຄວາມພິເສດ, ເນື່ອງຈາກການອະນຸຍາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໂຟນເດີຫຼັກ (home directory) " +"ຖືກຕັ້ງເປັນ 700 (ດັ່ງນັ້ນ ຈຶ່ງຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ໜ້າເວັບສ່ວນຕົວສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້), ແລະ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດສາມາດໃຊ້ <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອກາຍເປັນ root ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">ການກຳນົດຄ່າການເຂົ້າເຖິງລະບົບໄຟລ໌</link> " +"ສະເພາະຂອງ Debian Edu ກ່ອນທີ່ຈະເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້; ປັບປ່ຽນຕາມນະໂຍບາຍຂອງສະຖານທີ່ທ່ານຖ້າຈຳເປັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "ຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ສິ່ງທຳອິດທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງເຮັດໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດຄື:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ດ້ວຍ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "ເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງວຽກ (workstations) ດ້ວຍ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງວຽກແມ່ນມີລາຍລະອຽດຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້, ກະລຸນາອ່ານບົດນີ້ໃຫ້ລະອຽດ. " +"ມັນຄອບຄຸມວິທີການປະຕິບັດຂັ້ນຕອນຂັ້ນຕ່ຳເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຢ່າງຖືກຕ້ອງ ລວມທັງສິ່ງອື່ນໆ ທີ່ທຸກຄົນອາດຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ເຮັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"ມີຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມຢູ່ໃນພາກສ່ວນອື່ນຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້: ບົດ <link linkend=\"Features\">ຄຸນສົມບັດໃໝ່ໃນ " +"Trixie</link> ແມ່ນຄວນອ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ທີ່ຄຸ້ນເຄີຍກັບລຸ້ນກ່ອນໜ້ານີ້. ແລະ ສຳລັບຜູ້ທີ່ກຳລັງອັບເກຣດຈາກລຸ້ນກ່ອນ, " +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄດ້ອ່ານບົດ <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">ການອັບເກຣດ</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າການຮັບສົ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ DNS ທົ່ວໄປຖືກບລັອກອອກຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ເຊີເວີ DNS " +"ສະເພາະໃດໜຶ່ງ ເພື່ອຄົ້ນຫາໂຮສທ໌ອິນເຕີເນັດ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກເຊີເວີ DNS ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເຊີເວີນີ້ເປັນ \"forwarder\". " +"ໃຫ້ອັບເດດໄຟລ໌ /etc/bind/named.conf.options ແລະ ລະບຸທີ່ຢູ່ IP ຂອງເຊີເວີ DNS ທີ່ຈະນຳໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"ບົດ <link linkend=\"HowTo\">ວິທີການ (HowTo)</link> ຈະລວມເຖິງເຄັດລັບຕ່າງໆ ແລະ " +"ຄຳຖາມທີ່ພົບເລື້ອຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"ມີຫຼາຍບໍລິການທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ເທິງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ເຊິ່ງສາມາດຈັດການໄດ້ຜ່ານໜ້າຕ່າງການຈັດການເວັບ. " +"ພວກເຮົາຈະອະທິບາຍແຕ່ລະບໍລິການຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "ການແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືຈັດການຜ່ານເວັບທີ່ຊ່ວຍຈັດການພາກສ່ວນສຳຄັນຕ່າງໆ ໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Debian Edu " +"ຂອງທ່ານ. ດ້ວຍ GOsa² ທ່ານສາມາດຈັດການ (ເພີ່ມ, ແກ້ໄຂ ຫຼື ລຶບ) ກຸ່ມຫຼັກເຫຼົ່ານີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການກຸ່ມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການ NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການ DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "ການຈັດການ DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການເຂົ້າເຖິງ GOsa² ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Skolelinux ແລະ ລະບົບ (ລູກຄ່າຍ) " +"ທີ່ມີບຣາວເຊີຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ ເຊິ່ງອາດຈະເປັນຕົວເຊີເວີຫຼັກເອງ ຖ້າມັນຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງເປັນເຊີເວີແບບລວມ (Main Server + " +"LTSP Server + Workstation profiles)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານ (ອາດຈະໂດຍບັງເອີນ) ຕິດຕັ້ງສະເພາະໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ມີເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ມີບຣາວເຊີ, ມັນງ່າຍທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງເດັສທອບແບບຂັ້ນຕ່ຳເທິງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ໂດຍໃຊ້ຊຸດຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ໃນເຊວ " +"(ແບບບໍ່ມີກຣາຟິກ) ໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ທ່ານສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"ຈາກບຣາວເຊີ ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງ GOsa², ແລະ " +"ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "ຖ້າທ່ານກຳລັງໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu Trixie ໃໝ່, ໃບຢັ້ງຢືນເວັບໄຊຈະຖືກຮັບຮູ້ໂດຍບຣາວເຊີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າບໍ່ດັ່ງນັ້ນ, ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບຂໍ້ຄວາມຂໍ້ຜິດພາດກ່ຽວກັບໃບຢັ້ງຢືນ SSL ທີ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. " +"ຖ້າທ່ານແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານຢູ່ຄົນດຽວໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ, ພຽງແຕ່ບອກບຣາວເຊີໃຫ້ຍອມຮັບ ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ຕ້ອງສົນໃຈຂໍ້ຄວາມນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ GOsa² ແລະ ພາບລວມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "ໜ້າພາບລວມ GOsa² ຫຼັງຈາກເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "ຫຼັງຈາກເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ GOsa² ແລ້ວ ທ່ານຈະເຫັນໜ້າພາບລວມຂອງ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານສາມາດເລືອກວຽກໃນເມນູ ຫຼື ຄລິກໄອຄອນວຽກໃດໜຶ່ງໃນໜ້າພາບລວມ. ສຳລັບການນຳທາງ, " +"ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເມນູຢູ່ເບື້ອງຊ້າຍຂອງໜ້າຈໍ, ເພາະມັນຈະສະແດງຢູ່ບ່ອນນັ້ນສະເໝີໃນທຸກໆ ໜ້າການຈັດການທີ່ " +"GOsa² ມີໃຫ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"ໃນ Debian Edu, ຂໍ້ມູນບັນຊີ, ກຸ່ມ ແລະ ລະບົບແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ LDAP. " +"ຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໂດຍເຊີເວີຫຼັກເທົ່ານັ້ນ, ແຕ່ຍັງຖືກໃຊ້ໂດຍເຄື່ອງວຽກ (diskless), ເຊີເວີ LTSP ແລະ " +"ເຄື່ອງອື່ນໆ ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ. ດ້ວຍ LDAP, ຂໍ້ມູນບັນຊີຂອງນັກຮຽນ, ຄູອາຈານ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ ແມ່ນປ້ອນພຽງແຕ່ຄັ້ງດຽວ. " +"ຫຼັງຈາກຂໍ້ມູນຖືກບັນທຶກເຂົ້າໃນ LDAP ແລ້ວ, ຂໍ້ມູນນັ້ນຈະສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້ກັບທຸກລະບົບໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Skolelinux " +"ທັງໝົດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືການຈັດການທີ່ໃຊ້ LDAP ເພື່ອເກັບຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ສະໜອງໂຄງສ້າງຜະແນກແບບລຳດັບຂັ້ນ. " +"ໃນແຕ່ລະ \"ຜະແນກ\" ທ່ານສາມາດເພີ່ມບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້, ກຸ່ມ, ລະບົບ, ເນັດກຣຸບ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ. " +"ອີງຕາມໂຄງສ້າງຂອງສະຖາບັນຂອງທ່ານ, ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ໂຄງສ້າງຜະແນກໃນ GOsa²/LDAP " +"ເພື່ອປ່ຽນໂຄງສ້າງອົງກອນຂອງທ່ານ ໃຫ້ກາຍເປັນຜັງຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP ຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu ແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນປັດຈຸບັນມີສອງ \"ຜະແນກ\": ຄູ (Teachers) ແລະ " +"ນັກຮຽນ (Students), ລວມທັງລະດັບພື້ນຖານຂອງຜັງ LDAP. " +"ບັນຊີນັກຮຽນແມ່ນມີຈຸດປະສົງເພື່ອເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນຜະແນກ \"Students\", ຄູອາຈານໃສ່ຜະແນກ \"Teachers\"; " +"ສ່ວນລະບົບຕ່າງໆ (ເຊີເວີ, ເຄື່ອງວຽກ, ເຄື່ອງພິມ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ) ໃນປັດຈຸບັນແມ່ນຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນລະດັບພື້ນຖານ. " +"ທ່ານສາມາດອອກແບບຮູບແບບການປັບແຕ່ງໂຄງສ້າງນີ້ດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ. (ທ່ານສາມາດເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງວິທີສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕາມກຸ່ມປີ, " +"ໂດຍມີໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຮ່ວມກັນສຳລັບແຕ່ລະກຸ່ມໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"ອີງຕາມວຽກທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການເຮັດ (ຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້, ຈັດການກຸ່ມ, ຈັດການລະບົບ ແລະ ອື່ນໆ) GOsa² " +"ຈະສະແດງມຸມມອງທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງກັນໃນຜະແນກທີ່ເລືອກ (ຫຼື ລະດັບພື້ນຖານ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້ດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"ກ່ອນອື່ນ, ໃຫ້ຄລິກທີ່ \"Users\" ໃນເມນູນຳທາງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ. ເບື້ອງຂວາຂອງໜ້າຈໍຈະປ່ຽນເປັນຕາຕະລາງ " +"ທີ່ສະແດງໂຟນເດີຜະແນກ \"Students\" ແລະ \"Teachers\" ແລະ ບັນຊີຂອງຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ GOsa² " +"(ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ). ຢູ່ເທິງຕາຕະລາງນີ້ ທ່ານຈະເຫັນຊ່ອງທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ <emphasis>Base</emphasis> " +"ເຊິ່ງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານນຳທາງຜ່ານໂຄງສ້າງຜັງ (ເລື່ອນເມົາສ໌ໄປບໍລິເວນນັ້ນແລ້ວເມນູແບບເລື່ອນລົງຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນ) ແລະ " +"ເລືອກໂຟນເດີພື້ນຖານສຳລັບການດຳເນີນການຂອງທ່ານ (ເຊັ່ນ: ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"ຖັດຈາກລາຍການນຳທາງຜັງນັ້ນ ທ່ານຈະເຫັນເມນູ \"Actions\". ໃຫ້ເລື່ອນເມົາສ໌ໄປໃສ່ລາຍການນີ້ " +"ແລ້ວເມນູຍ່ອຍຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນ; ເລືອກ \"Create\" ແລະ ຈາກນັ້ນເລືອກ \"User\". " +"ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການແນະນຳໂດຍຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງການສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງທີ່ສຳຄັນທີ່ສຸດທີ່ຕ້ອງເພີ່ມຄືແມ່ແບບ (newstudent ຫຼື newteacher) ແລະ ຊື່ເຕັມຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຂອງທ່ານ " +"(ເບິ່ງຮູບ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"ໃນຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານປະຕິບັດຕາມຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງ, ທ່ານຈະເຫັນວ່າ GOsa² ສ້າງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃຫ້ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໂດຍອີງໃສ່ຊື່ແທ້. " +"ມັນຈະເລືອກຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ມີຢູ່ໃນລະບົບ, ດັ່ງນັ້ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ຫຼາຍຄົນທີ່ມີຊື່ເຕັມຄືກັນຈຶ່ງບໍ່ມີບັນຫາ. ໝາຍເຫດ: GOsa² " +"ອາດຈະສ້າງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ໃຊ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ ຖ້າຊື່ເຕັມມີຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນ ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານບໍ່ມັກຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ ທ່ານສາມາດເລືອກຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນທີ່ມີໃຫ້ໃນກ່ອງເລື່ອນລົງ, " +"ແຕ່ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດພິມຊື່ໄດ້ຕາມໃຈມັກໃນຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງນີ້. (ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການແກ້ໄຂຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຖືກສະເໜີ, ໃຫ້ເປີດ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> ດ້ວຍຕົວແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ ແລ້ວເພີ່ມ " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> " +"ເປັນຕົວເລືອກເພີ່ມເຕີມໃນ \"location definition\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງເຮັດວຽກສຳເລັດ, ທ່ານຈະເຫັນໜ້າຈໍ GOsa² ສຳລັບວັດຖຸຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່ຂອງທ່ານ. ໃຊ້ແທັບ (tabs) " +"ຢູ່ດ້ານເທິງເພື່ອທົດສອບຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນຕ່າງໆ ທີ່ຖືກຕື່ມໃສ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ແລ້ວ (ຍັງບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງປັບແຕ່ງຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງປະຫວ່າງໄວ້ໃນຕອນນີ້), ໃຫ້ຄລິກທີ່ປຸ່ມ " +"\"Ok\" ຢູ່ມຸມລຸ່ມຂວາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"ເປັນຂັ້ນຕອນສຸດທ້າຍ GOsa² ຈະຖາມຫາລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່. ໃຫ້ພິມລະຫັດຜ່ານສອງຄັ້ງ ແລ້ວຄລິກ \"Set " +"password\" ຢູ່ມຸມລຸ່ມຂວາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "ຕົວອັກສອນບາງຕົວອາດຈະບໍ່ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ໃຊ້ໃນລະຫັດຜ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທຸກຢ່າງຮຽບຮ້ອຍດີ, ຕອນນີ້ທ່ານຈະເຫັນຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃໝ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້. " +"ຕອນນີ້ທ່ານຄວນຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ນັ້ນໃນເຄື່ອງ Skolelinux ໃດກໍໄດ້ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "ການຄົ້ນຫາ, ແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "ກ່ອງກອງຂໍ້ມູນ (Filterbox)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂ ຫຼື ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ GOsa² ເພື່ອເບິ່ງລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ. ຢູ່ກາງໜ້າຈໍທ່ານສາມາດເປີດກ່ອງ " +"\"Filter\", ເຊິ່ງແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືຄົ້ນຫາທີ່ GOsa² ມີໃຫ້. ຖ້າທ່ານບໍ່ຮູ້ຕຳແໜ່ງທີ່ແນ່ນອນຂອງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນຜັງ, " +"ໃຫ້ປ່ຽນໄປທີ່ລະດັບພື້ນຖານຂອງຜັງ GOsa²/LDAP ແລະ ຄົ້ນຫາຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນໂດຍເລືອກຕົວເລືອກ \"Search in " +"subtrees\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອໃຊ້ກ່ອງ \"Filter\", ຜົນການຄົ້ນຫາຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນທັນທີໃນຕາຕະລາງລາຍຊື່. " +"ແຕ່ລະແຖວສະແດງເຖິງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ໄອຄອນນ້ອຍໆ ຢູ່ທາງເບື້ອງຂວາສຸດຂອງແຕ່ລະແຖວແມ່ນຄຳສັ່ງຕ່າງໆ: " +"ແກ້ໄຂຜູ້ໃຊ້, ລັອກບັນຊີ, ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ ແລະ ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"ໜ້າໃໝ່ຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນ ເຊິ່ງທ່ານສາມາດແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້ໂດຍກົງ, ປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ " +"ແກ້ໄຂລາຍຊື່ກຸ່ມທີ່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ນັ້ນເປັນສະມາຊິກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "ການແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"ນັກຮຽນສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງຕົນເອງໄດ້ ໂດຍການເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ GOsa² ດ້ວຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຂອງພວກເຂົາເອງ. " +"ເພື່ອຄວາມສະດວກໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງ GOsa², ມີລາຍການທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ Gosa ຢູ່ໃນເມນູ System (ຫຼື System " +"settings) ຂອງເດັສທອບ. ນັກຮຽນທີ່ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຈະເຫັນ GOsa² ລຸ້ນທີ່ມີຂໍ້ຈຳກັດ " +"ເຊິ່ງອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງສະເພາະ ຂໍ້ມູນບັນຊີຂອງຕົນເອງ ແລະ ໜ້າຕ່າງການຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານເທົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"ຄູອາຈານທີ່ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບດ້ວຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຂອງຕົນເອງຈະມີສິດພິເສດໃນ GOsa². ພວກເຂົາຈະເຫັນມຸມມອງ GOsa² " +"ທີ່ມີສິດຫຼາຍກວ່າ ແລະ ສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບບັນຊີນັກຮຽນທັງໝົດໄດ້. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ມີປະໂຫຍດຫຼາຍໃນລະຫວ່າງການຮຽນການສອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "ເພື່ອຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ໃຫ້ກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນຖານະຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "ຄົ້ນຫາຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຕ້ອງການແກ້ໄຂ, ຕາມທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍໄວ້ຂ້າງເທິງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ສັນຍະລັກຮູບກະແຈຢູ່ທ້າຍແຖວທີ່ສະແດງຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "ໃນໜ້າທີ່ປາກົດຂຶ້ນຕໍ່ມາ ທ່ານສາມາດຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ຕາມທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກເອງໄດ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ໃຫ້ລະວັງຜົນກະທົບດ້ານຄວາມປອດໄພທີ່ເກີດຈາກການໃຊ້ລະຫັດຜ່ານທີ່ເດົາໄດ້ງ່າຍ!</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້ແບບຂັ້ນສູງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍພ້ອມກັນດ້ວຍ GOsa² ໂດຍການໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ CSV, ເຊິ່ງສາມາດສ້າງໄດ້ດ້ວຍ " +"ຊອບແວສະເປຣດຊີດໃດກໍໄດ້ (ຕົວຢ່າງ <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). ຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ, " +"ຕ້ອງມີຂໍ້ມູນສຳລັບຊ່ອງເຫຼົ່ານີ້: uid, ນາມສະກຸນ (sn), ຊື່ (givenName) ແລະ ລະຫັດຜ່ານ. " +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນຊ້ຳກັນໃນຊ່ອງ uid. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າການກວດສອບຂໍ້ມູນຊ້ຳຕ້ອງລວມເຖິງ uid " +"ທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວໃນ LDAP (ເຊິ່ງສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໂດຍການໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>getent passwd | " +"grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> ໃນເທິມິນອລ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "ນີ້ແມ່ນຄຳແນະນຳຮູບແບບສຳລັບໄຟລ໌ CSV ດັ່ງກ່າວ (GOsa² ຂ້ອນຂ້າງເຂັ້ມງວດກັບເລື່ອງນີ້):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "ໃຊ້ \",\" ເປັນຕົວຂັ້ນຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "ຫ້າມໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄຳເວົ້າ (quotes)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຈະຕ້ອງບໍ່ມີ</emphasis> ແຖວຫົວຂໍ້ (ແຖວທີ່ປົກກະຕິມີຊື່ຄໍລຳ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "ລຳດັບຂອງຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນແມ່ນບໍ່ສຳຄັນ, ແລະ ສາມາດກຳນົດໄດ້ໃນ GOsa² ໃນລະຫວ່າງການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ມູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "ຂັ້ນຕອນການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ມູນຈຳນວນຫຼາຍຄື:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ລິ້ງ \"LDAP Manager\" ໃນເມນູນຳທາງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ແທັບ \"Import\" ໃນໜ້າຈໍເບື້ອງຂວາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "ຄົ້ນຫາໃນດິສກ໌ຂອງເຄື່ອງທ່ານ ແລະ ເລືອກໄຟລ໌ CSV ທີ່ມີລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຈະນຳເຂົ້າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກແມ່ແບບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ມີຢູ່ ເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ໃນລະຫວ່າງການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ມູນ (ເຊັ່ນ NewTeacher ຫຼື NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "ຄລິກທີ່ປຸ່ມ \"Import\" ຢູ່ມຸມລຸ່ມຂວາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະທົດສອບກ່ອນ, ໂດຍໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ CSV ທີ່ມີຜູ້ໃຊ້ສົມມຸດສອງສາມຄົນ " +"ເຊິ່ງສາມາດລຶບຖິ້ມໄດ້ໃນພາຍຫຼັງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນກັບໂມດູນການຈັດການລະຫັດຜ່ານ, ເຊິ່ງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍໄດ້ " +"ໂດຍການໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ CSV ຫຼື ສ້າງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຢູ່ໃນຜັງຍ່ອຍ LDAP ທີ່ກຳນົດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານໃໝ່" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈາກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ (command line)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"ບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ຍັງສາມາດເພີ່ມໄດ້ຈາກບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງໂດຍໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມື <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-" +"krb5</computeroutput>, ເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້ໃນ <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">ວິທີການຈັດການ (Administration HowTo)</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການຈັດການກຸ່ມດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "ສ້າງກຸ່ມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "ລາຍຊື່ກຸ່ມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "ການຈັດການກຸ່ມແມ່ນຄ້າຍຄືກັນຫຼາຍກັບການຈັດການຜູ້ໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດປ້ອນຊື່ ແລະ ຄຳອະທິບາຍສຳລັບແຕ່ລະກຸ່ມ. ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານເລືອກລະດັບທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງໃນຜັງ LDAP " +"ເມື່ອສ້າງກຸ່ມໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ເຂົ້າໃນກຸ່ມທີ່ສ້າງໃໝ່ຈະພາທ່ານກັບໄປທີ່ລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້, ເຊິ່ງທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງການໃຊ້ ກ່ອງກອງຂໍ້ມູນ " +"(filter box) ເພື່ອຄົ້ນຫາຜູ້ໃຊ້. ໃຫ້ກວດເບິ່ງລະດັບຜັງ LDAP ນຳດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"ກຸ່ມທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າໃນການຈັດການກຸ່ມຍັງເປັນກຸ່ມ Unix ປົກກະຕິ, ດັ່ງນັ້ນທ່ານຈຶ່ງສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ພວກມັນ " +"ໃນການກຳນົດສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ໄດ້ນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີໂດຍພື້ນຖານແລ້ວຈະຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານຈັດການອຸປະກອນເຄືອຂ່າຍທັງໝົດໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian " +"Edu ຂອງທ່ານ. ທຸກໆ ເຄື່ອງທີ່ຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ LDAP ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² ຈະມີຊື່ໂຮສທ໌, ທີ່ຢູ່ IP, ທີ່ຢູ່ " +"MAC ແລະ ຊື່ໂດເມນ (ເຊິ່ງປົກກະຕິແມ່ນ \"intern\"). ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ " +"Debian Edu ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງບົດ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">ສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ</link> ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງວຽກແບບ Diskless ແລະ thin clients ສາມາດໃຊ້ງານໄດ້ທັນທີໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ເປັນ " +"<emphasis>ເຊີເວີຫຼັກແບບລວມ (combined main server)</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງວຽກທີ່ມີດິສກ໌ (ລວມທັງເຊີເວີ LTSP ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ) <emphasis role=\"strong\">ຈະຕ້ອງ</" +"emphasis> ຖືກເພີ່ມດ້ວຍ GOsa². ໃນເບື້ອງຫຼັງ, ທັງ Kerberos Principal ທີ່ສະເພາະກັບເຄື່ອງ " +"(ຄ້າຍຄືກັບ <emphasis>ບັນຊີ</emphasis>) ແລະ ໄຟລ໌ keytab ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ (ເຊິ່ງມີຄີທີ່ໃຊ້ເປັນ " +"<emphasis>ລະຫັດຜ່ານ</emphasis>) ຈະຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນ; ໄຟລ໌ keytab ຕ້ອງມີຢູ່ໃນເຄື່ອງວຽກເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດ " +"mount ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້. ເມື່ອລະບົບທີ່ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໄປຖືກເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃໝ່ແລ້ວ, ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມ root " +"ແລະ ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +"keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອສ້າງ Principal ແລະ ໄຟລ໌ keytab ສຳລັບລະບົບທີ່ <emphasis>ໄດ້ກຳນົດຄ່າດ້ວຍ GOsa² ໄວ້ແລ້ວ</" +"emphasis>, ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຊີເວີຫຼັກໃນນາມ root ແລະ ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດ:</emphasis> ການສ້າງ host keytab " +"ແມ່ນເປັນໄປໄດ້ສຳລັບລະບົບປະເພດ <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> " +"ແຕ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນສຳລັບປະເພດ <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. ເບິ່ງບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> ສຳລັບຕົວເລືອກການກຳນົດຄ່າ " +"NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເມນູຫຼັກຂອງ GOsa², systems, add. ຊື່ຂອງເຄື່ອງຄວນເປັນຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ແບບ " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ບໍ່ລະບຸໂດເມນ (unqualified)</emphasis> ທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, " +"ຫ້າມໃສ່ຊື່ໂດເມນຢູ່ທີ່ນີ້. ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ທີ່ຢູ່ IP/ຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ຈາກຊ່ວງທີ່ຢູ່ 10.0.0.0/8 ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ກ່ອນແລ້ວ. " +"ໃນປັດຈຸບັນມີພຽງສອງທີ່ຢູ່ຄົງທີ່ທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ຄື: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) ແລະ 10.0.0.1 (gateway). " +"ທີ່ຢູ່ຕັ້ງແຕ່ 10.0.16.20 ຫາ 10.0.31.254 (ປະມານ 10.0.16.0/20 ຫຼື 4000 ໂຮສທ໌) " +"ແມ່ນຖືກຈອງໄວ້ສຳລັບ DHCP ແລະ ຈະຖືກກຳນົດໃຫ້ແບບໄດນາມິກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ມີທີ່ຢູ່ MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 ມີທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ໃນ GOsa², ທ່ານຕ້ອງປ້ອນທີ່ຢູ່ MAC, " +"ຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ ແລະ IP; ຫຼື ທ່ານອາດຈະຄລິກປຸ່ມ <computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput> " +"ເິ່ງຈະສະແດງທີ່ຢູ່ຄົງທີ່ທຳອິດທີ່ຫວ່າງ ໃນ 10.0.0.0/8, ເຊິ່ງອາດຈະເປັນ 10.0.0.2 " +"ຖ້າທ່ານເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງທຳອິດດ້ວຍວິທີນີ້. ມັນອາດຈະດີກວ່າຖ້າທ່ານວາງແຜນ ເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານກ່ອນ: " +"ຕົວຢ່າງທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ 10.0.0.x ໂດຍທີ່ x>10 ແລະ x<50 ສຳລັບເຊີເວີ, ແລະ x>100 " +"ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງວຽກ. ຢ່າລືມເປີດໃຊ້ງານ (activate) ລະບົບທີ່ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃໝ່. ລະບົບທັງໝົດ (ຍົກເວັ້ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ) " +"ຈະມີໄອຄອນທີ່ກົງກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີຖືກບູດເປັນ thin clients/diskless workstations ຫຼື ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໂດຍໃຊ້ " +"ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເຄືອຂ່າຍໃດໜຶ່ງ, ສາມາດໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບ <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງເຂົ້າໃນ GOsa² ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ. " +"ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງທົ່ວໄປມັນຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ທັນທີ, ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີທີ່ຢູ່ MAC ຫຼາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງ ທ່ານຕ້ອງເລືອກອັນທີ່ໃຊ້ແທ້, " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> ຈະສະແດງຂໍ້ມູນການນຳໃຊ້. " +"ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າທີ່ຢູ່ IP ທີ່ສະແດງຫຼັງຈາກໃຊ້ <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> ແມ່ນຢູ່ໃນຊ່ວງ IP ແບບໄດນາມິກ. " +"ລະບົບເຫຼົ່ານີ້ສາມາດຖືກແກ້ໄຂໃຫ້ເໝາະສົມກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງທ່ານ: ປ່ຽນຊື່ແຕ່ລະລະບົບໃໝ່, ເປີດໃຊ້ DHCP ແລະ " +"DNS, ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນ netgroups (ເບິ່ງຮູບສະແດງໜ້າຈໍລຸ່ມນີ້ ສຳລັບ netgroups ທີ່ແນະນຳ), " +"ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນລະບົບໃໝ່. ຮູບສະແດງໜ້າຈໍຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ສະແດງໃຫ້ເຫັນ ວິທີການປະຕິບັດຕົວຈິງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "ລາຍຊື່ລະບົບ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "ລາຍລະອຽດໂຮສທ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "ແກ້ໄຂໂຮສທ໌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "ເພີ່ມ netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"ມີ cronjob ທີ່ອັບເດດ DNS ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ; ສາມາດໃຊ້ <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອສັ່ງໃຫ້ອັບເດດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "ການຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ລຶບເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"ການຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ລຶບເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີແມ່ນຄ້າຍຄືກັນຫຼາຍກັບການຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ລຶບຜູ້ໃຊ້, ດັ່ງນັ້ນຈຶ່ງຈະບໍ່ກ່າວຊ້ຳໃນທີ່ນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "ການແກ້ໄຂເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີຢູ່ / ການຈັດການ Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງເຂົ້າໃນຜັງ LDAP ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² ແລ້ວ, ທ່ານສາມາດແກ້ໄຂຄຸນສົມບັດຂອງມັນ " +"ໂດຍໃຊ້ຟັງຊັນຄົ້ນຫາ ແລະ ຄລິກທີ່ຊື່ເຄື່ອງ (ຄືກັນກັບທີ່ທ່ານເຮັດກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"ຮູບແບບຂອງລາຍການລະບົບເຫຼົ່ານີ້ແມ່ນຄ້າຍຄືກັບທີ່ທ່ານຮູ້ຈັກແລ້ວຈາກການແກ້ໄຂລາຍການຜູ້ໃຊ້, " +"ແຕ່ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນຈະມີຄວາມໝາຍແຕກຕ່າງກັນໃນບໍລິບົດນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຢ່າງ: ການເພີ່ມເຄື່ອງເຂົ້າໃນ <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"ບໍ່ໄດ້ໝາຍເຖິງການແກ້ໄຂ ສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ ຫຼື ການຣັນຄຳສັ່ງສຳລັບເຄື່ອງນັ້ນ ຫຼື ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຄື່ອງນັ້ນ; " +"ແຕ່ມັນເປັນການຈຳກັດບໍລິການທີ່ເຄື່ອງນັ້ນສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຈະມີ <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> ດັ່ງນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts (ທຸກໂຮສທ໌)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ລ້າງຄິວເຄື່ອງພິມອັດຕະໂນມັດ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປີດໃຊ້ຄິວເຄື່ອງພິມຄືນໃໝ່ອັດຕະໂນມັດ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ປັບຂະໜາດລະບົບໄຟລ໌ອັດຕະໂນມັດ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຊີເວີ LTSP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ຖືກບລັອກເຄືອຂ່າຍ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຄື່ອງພິມ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຊີເວີ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ປິດເຄື່ອງໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist (ບັນຊີດຳໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ບໍ່ໃຫ້ປຸກຕື່ນຕອນກາງຄືນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts (ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນເຄື່ອງວຽກ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ ຟັງຊັນ <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ສຳລັບ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມນີ້ຈະປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ LVM ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດເມື່ອພື້ນທີ່ໃກ້ຈະເຕັມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການປິດເຄື່ອງໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-" +"hosts ແລະ shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມນີ້ຈະປິດເຄື່ອງໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນເພື່ອປະຢັດພະລັງງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມ</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts ແລະ cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະລຶບຄິວການພິມທັງໝົດໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຄືນ, ແລະ " +"ເປີດໃຊ້ງານຄິວການພິມທີ່ຖືກປິດໄວ້ຄືນໃໝ່ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ການບລັອກການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ</emphasis> (netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງ Debian Edu ໃນກຸ່ມນີ້ຈະໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄື່ອງພາຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍທ້ອງຖິ່ນເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ເມື່ອໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັບການຈຳກັດເວັບພຣັອກຊີ, ສິ່ງນີ້ອາດຈະຖືກນຳໃຊ້ໃນລະຫວ່າງການສອບເສັງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມແບບລວມສູນ ໃຫ້ເປີດບຣາວເຊີໄປທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.intern:631\"/>. ນີ້ຄືໜ້າຕ່າງການຈັດການ CUPS ປົກກະຕິ ເຊິ່ງທ່ານສາມາດເພີ່ມ/ລຶບ/ແກ້ໄຂ " +"ເຄື່ອງພິມຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ສາມາດລ້າງຄິວການພິມໄດ້. ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນມີພຽງຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດ, " +"ແຕ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໂດຍການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ເຂົ້າໃນກຸ່ມ <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> ຂອງ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "ການໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງພິມທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄື່ອງວຽກ (workstations)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນລະບົບທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ " +"<emphasis>Workstation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> ດັ່ງນີ້ (ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງພິມ " +"USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"ກຳນົດຄ່າເຄື່ອງພິມໂດຍໃຊ້ໜ້າຕ່າງເວັບ <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" +"computeroutput>; ເລືອກປະເພດເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍ <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " +"JetDirect</computeroutput> (ສຳລັບທຸກເຄື່ອງພິມໂດຍບໍ່ສົນໃຈຍີ່ຫໍ້ ຫຼື ລຸ້ນ) ແລະ ຕັ້ງ " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ເປັນ " +"connection URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"ແນະນຳໃຫ້ປິດຄຸນສົມບັດການປະກາດຕົວເອງ (self-advertising) ທັງໝົດໃນເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ໃຊ້. " +"ແທນທີ່ຈະເຮັດແນວນັ້ນ, ໃຫ້ກຳນົດທີ່ຢູ່ IP ຄົງທີ່ດ້ວຍ GOsa² ແລະ ກຳນົດຄ່າພວກມັນເປັນ ເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍແບບ " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "ການຊິ້ງໂຄໄນເວລາ (Clock synchronisation)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"ການກຳນົດຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໃນ Debian Edu ຄືການເຮັດໃຫ້ໂມງໃນທຸກເຄື່ອງກົງກັນ ແຕ່ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຖືກຕ້ອງສະເໝີໄປ. " +"NTP ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອອັບເດດເວລາ. ໂມງຈະຖືກຊິ້ງໂຄໄນກັບແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນພາຍນອກໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ອາດເຮັດໃຫ້ເຄື່ອງເປີດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດພາຍນອກໄວ້ຕະຫຼອດ " +"ຖ້າຫາກມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເມື່ອມີການໃຊ້ງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "ຖ້າທ່ານໃຊ້ dialup ຫຼື ISDN ແລະ ຈ່າຍຄ່າບໍລິການເປັນນາທີ, ທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນການຕັ້ງຄ່ານີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອປິດການຊິ້ງໂຄໄນກັບໂມງພາຍນອກ, ຕ້ອງແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ /etc/ntp.conf ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ. " +"ໃຫ້ຕື່ມເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄອມເມັ້ນ (\"#\") ທາງໜ້າລາຍການ <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput>. ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ, ຕ້ອງ restart ເຊີເວີ NTP ໂດຍການຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root. " +"ເພື່ອທົດສອບວ່າເຄື່ອງກຳລັງໃຊ້ແຫຼ່ງເວລາພາຍນອກຫຼືບໍ່, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "ການຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນທີ່ເຕັມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"ເນື່ອງຈາກອາດມີບັກໃນການຈັດແບ່ງພາທິຊັນອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ບາງພາທິຊັນອາດຈະເຕັມເກີນໄປຫຼັງຈາກການຕິດຕັ້ງ. " +"ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນເຫຼົ່ານີ້, ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root. ເບິ່ງວິທີການ \"ການປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ\" ໃນ <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">ບົດວິທີການຈັດການ</link> ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "ການອັບເດດຊອບແວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ພາກສ່ວນນີ້ອະທິບາຍວິທີການໃຊ້ <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"ການນຳໃຊ້ <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> ແມ່ນງ່າຍຫຼາຍ. ເພື່ອອັບເດດລະບົບ " +"ທ່ານຕ້ອງຣັນສອງຄຳສັ່ງ ໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງໃນນາມ root: <computeroutput>apt update</" +"computeroutput> (ເຊິ່ງຈະອັບເດດລາຍຊື່ແພັກເກດທີ່ມີ) ແລະ <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (ເຊິ່ງຈະອັບເກຣດແພັກເກດທີ່ມີລຸ້ນໃໝ່ກວ່າ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະອັບເກຣດໂດຍໃຊ້ C locale ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງຜົນເປັນພາສາອັງກິດ " +"ເຊິ່ງໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ມີບັນຫາ ຈະສາມາດຄົ້ນຫາວິທີແກ້ໄຂໃນ Search Engine ໄດ້ງ່າຍກວ່າ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກອັບເກຣດແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " +"ອາດຈະມີໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ Cfengine ທີ່ປ່ຽນແປງ. ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/" +"cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> ເພື່ອທົດສອບ. ເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ, ໃຫ້ຣັນ " +"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"ມັນສຳຄັນທີ່ຈະຕ້ອງຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> ຫຼັງຈາກອັບເກຣດເຊີເວີ LTSP ເພື່ອໃຫ້ " +"SquashFS image ສຳລັບ diskless clients ຊິ້ງກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກການອັບເກຣດແບບ point release ຂອງລະບົບທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> ຫຼື <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis>, ຕ້ອງຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> ເພື່ອອັບເດດສະພາບແວດລ້ອມການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"ມັນຍັງເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງ <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> ແລ້ວກຳນົດຄ່າໃຫ້ພວກມັນສົ່ງເມວ " +"ໄປຫາທີ່ຢູ່ອີເມວທີ່ທ່ານໃຊ້ເປັນປະຈຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ຈະແຈ້ງເຕືອນທ່ານມື້ລະຄັ້ງຜ່ານອີເມວກ່ຽວກັບ " +"ແພັກເກດທີ່ສາມາດອັບເກຣດໄດ້. ມັນຈະບໍ່ຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເກຣດເຫຼົ່ານີ້ເອງ, ແຕ່ມັນຈະດາວໂຫຼດໄວ້ " +"(ປົກກະຕິແມ່ນຕອນກາງຄືນ), ດັ່ງນັ້ນທ່ານຈຶ່ງບໍ່ຕ້ອງລໍຖ້າການດາວໂຫຼດເມື່ອທ່ານຣັນ <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ງ່າຍຖ້າຕ້ອງການ, ພຽງແຕ່ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"ກຳນົດຄ່າຕາມທີ່ອະທິບາຍໄວ້ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> ສາມາດສົ່ງລາຍການການປ່ຽນແປງ " +"(changelog) ໃໝ່ ໃຫ້ທ່ານຜ່ານອີເມວ, ຫຼື ສະແດງຜົນໃນເທິມິນອລເມື່ອຣັນ <computeroutput>apt</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "ຕິດຕາມຂ່າວສານກ່ຽວກັບການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"ການຣັນ <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ຕາມທີ່ໄດ້ອະທິບາຍໄວ້ຂ້າງເທິງແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີ " +"ທີ່ຈະຮູ້ວ່າເມື່ອໃດມີການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພສຳລັບແພັກເກດທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້. ອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງຄືການສະໝັກ ລາຍຊື່ຜູ້ຮັບເມວ " +"(mailinglist) <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/" +"\">Debian security-announce</ulink>, " +"ເຊິ່ງມີຂໍ້ດີຄືຈະບອກລາຍລະອຽດວ່ານັ້ນແມ່ນການອັບເດດກ່ຽວກັບຫຍັງ. ຂໍ້ເສຍ (ເມື່ອທຽບກັບ " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) ແມ່ນມັນຈະລວມເອົາຂໍ້ມູນການອັບເດດສຳລັບ " +"ແພັກເກດທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ໄດ້ຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການຈັດການການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ ໃຫ້ເປີດບຣາວເຊີໄປທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-" +"php\"/>. ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງເຂົ້າເຖິງເວັບໄຊນີ້ຜ່ານ SSL, ເນື່ອງຈາກທ່ານຕ້ອງປ້ອນລະຫັດຜ່ານ " +"root ຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນ. ຖ້າທ່ານພະຍາຍາມເຂົ້າເຖິງໂດຍບໍ່ໃຊ້ SSL ມັນຈະບໍ່ສຳເລັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"ໝາຍເຫດ: ເວັບໄຊຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ກໍຕໍ່ເມື່ອທ່ານອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບ SSH ດ້ວຍ root ຊົ່ວຄາວ " +"ໃນເຊີເວີສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ, ເຊິ່ງໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນແມ່ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນຂອງ <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> ແລະ LDAP ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ /skole/backup/ " +"ເຊິ່ງຖືກຈັດການເປັນພາທິຊັນແຍກຕ່າງຫາກໂດຍ LVM. ຖ້າທ່ານພຽງແຕ່ຕ້ອງການມີສຳເນົາໄວ້ກັນເສຍ " +"(ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານລຶບພວກມັນຖິ້ມ), ການຕັ້ງຄ່ານີ້ກໍພຽງພໍແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "ໃຫ້ຮູ້ໄວ້ວ່າຮູບແບບການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ປ້ອງກັນທ່ານຈາກກໍລະນີທີ່ຮາດດິສກ໌ເພພັງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນໄປຍັງເຊີເວີພາຍນອກ, ອຸປະກອນເທບ ຫຼື ຮາດດິສກ໌ໜ່ວຍອື່ນ " +"ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງແກ້ໄຂການກຳນົດຄ່າທີ່ມີຢູ່ເລັກນ້ອຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການກູ້ຄືນໂຟນເດີທັງໝົດ, ວິທີທີ່ດີທີ່ສຸດແມ່ນການໃຊ້ບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະນຳເອົາເນື້ອຫາຈາກ <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> " +"ຂອງວັນທີ <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> ໄປໄວ້ໃນໂຟນເດີ " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການກູ້ຄືນພຽງໄຟລ໌ດຽວ, ທ່ານຄວນຈະສາມາດເລືອກໄຟລ໌ (ແລະ ເວີຊັນ) ຈາກໜ້າຕ່າງເວັບ ແລະ " +"ດາວໂຫຼດພຽງໄຟລ໌ນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການລຶບການສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນເກົ່າໆ ອອກ, ໃຫ້ເລືອກ \"Maintenance\" ໃນເມນູ ຂອງໜ້າສຳຮອງຂໍ້ມູນ " +"ແລະ ເລືອກ snapshot ທີ່ເກົ່າທີ່ສຸດທີ່ຕ້ອງການເກັບໄວ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕາມກວດກາເຊີເວີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"ລະບົບລາຍງານແນວໂນ້ມ Munin ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ຈາກ <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. " +"ມັນສະໜອງກຣາຟວັດແທກສະຖານະຂອງລະບົບເປັນລາຍວັນ, ລາຍອາທິດ, ລາຍເດືອນ ແລະ ລາຍປີ, ແລະ " +"ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບຊອກຫາຈຸດຄໍຂວດ (bottlenecks) ແລະ ສາເຫດຂອງບັນຫາໃນລະບົບ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍຊື່ເຄື່ອງທີ່ຖືກຕິດຕາມດ້ວຍ Munin ແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ ໂດຍອີງຕາມລາຍຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ ທີ່ລາຍງານໄປຍັງ " +"sitesummary. ທຸກໆ ໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ munin-node ຈະຖືກລົງທະບຽນ ສຳລັບການຕິດຕາມຂອງ " +"Munin. ປົກກະຕິຈະໃຊ້ເວລາໜຶ່ງມື້ຫຼັງຈາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງ ຈົນກວ່າ Munin ຈະເລີ່ມຕິດຕາມ, " +"ເນື່ອງຈາກລຳດັບການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ cron jobs. ເພື່ອເລັ່ງຂະບວນການນີ້, ໃຫ້ຣັນ " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root ໃນເຊີເວີ " +"sitesummary (ປົກກະຕິແມ່ນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ). ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະອັບເດດໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/munin/" +"munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຊຸດຂອງການວັດແທກທີ່ຖືກເກັບກຳແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ ໂປຣແກຣມ " +"<computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> ເຊິ່ງຈະກວດສອບປລັກອິນ ທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນ " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> ແລະ ສ້າງ symlink " +"ອັນທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງໄປຍັງ <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ Munin ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕາມລະບົບ ແລະ ບໍລິການ Icinga ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"icingaweb2/\"/>. ລາຍຊື່ເຄື່ອງ ແລະ " +"ບໍລິການທີ່ຖືກຕິດຕາມແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໂດຍໃຊ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເກັບກຳ ໂດຍລະບົບ sitesummary. " +"ເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ Main-server ແລະ LTSP-server ຈະໄດ້ຮັບການຕິດຕາມແບບເຕັມຮູບແບບ, " +"ໃນຂະນະທີ່ເຄື່ອງວຽກ ແລະ thin clients ຈະໄດ້ຮັບການຕິດຕາມແບບພື້ນຖານ. " +"ເພື່ອເປີດການຕິດຕາມແບບເຕັມຮູບແບບ ໃນເຄື່ອງວຽກ, ໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>nagios-" +"nrpe-server</computeroutput> ໃນເຄື່ອງວຽກນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ Icinga ຈະບໍ່ສົ່ງອີເມວ. ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໂດຍການປ່ຽນ <computeroutput>notify-by-" +"nothing</computeroutput> ເປັນ <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ໃນໄຟລ໌ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ Icinga ທີ່ໃຊ້ຄື <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</" +"computeroutput>. sitesummary cron job ຈະສ້າງໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> ເຊິ່ງມີລາຍຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ ແລະ " +"ບໍລິການທີ່ຈະຕິດຕາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເພີ່ມການກວດສອບ Icinga ເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ໃນໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/" +"icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ພວກມັນຖືກລວມເຂົ້າໃນໄຟລ໌ທີ່ສ້າງຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ Icinga ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> ຫຼື " +"ໃນແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "ຄຳເຕືອນທົ່ວໄປຂອງ Icinga ແລະ ວິທີການຈັດການ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "ນີ້ແມ່ນຄຳແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບວິທີການຈັດການກັບຄຳເຕືອນ Icinga ທີ່ພົບເລື້ອຍທີ່ສຸດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - ພື້ນທີ່ຫວ່າງ: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"ພາທິຊັນ (/usr/ ໃນຕົວຢ່າງ) ເຕັມເກີນໄປ. ໂດຍທົ່ວໄປມີສອງວິທີໃນການຈັດການ: (1) ລຶບບາງໄຟລ໌ອອກ ຫຼື " +"(2) ເພີ່ມຂະໜາດຂອງພາທິຊັນ. ຖ້າພາທິຊັນຄື /var/, ການລ້າງແຄຊ໌ APT ໂດຍໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> ອາດຈະຊ່ວຍລຶບໄຟລ໌ບາງສ່ວນໄດ້. ຖ້າມີພື້ນທີ່ຫວ່າງ " +"ໃນກຸ່ມວໍລຸ່ມ LVM, ການຣັນໂປຣແກຣມ <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນອາດຈະຊ່ວຍໄດ້. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໂປຣແກຣມນີ້ເຮັດວຽກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ " +"ຊົ່ວໂມງ, ສາມາດເພີ່ມໂຮສທ໌ນັ້ນເຂົ້າໃນ netgroup <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: ມີ 13 ແພັກເກດທີ່ສາມາດອັບເກຣດໄດ້ (13 ການອັບເດດທີ່ສຳຄັນ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"ມີແພັກເກດໃໝ່ທີ່ພ້ອມສຳລັບການອັບເກຣດ. ອັນທີ່ສຳຄັນປົກກະຕິແລ້ວແມ່ນການແກ້ໄຂດ້ານຄວາມປອດໄພ. " +"ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດ, ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> ໃນນາມ root ໃນເທິມິນອລ ຫຼື ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບຜ່ານ SSH ເພື່ອເຮັດແບບດຽວກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານບໍ່ຕ້ອງການອັບເກຣດແພັກເກດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ ແລະ ເຊື່ອໝັ້ນວ່າ Debian ຈະຈັດການເວີຊັນໃໝ່ໄດ້ດີ, " +"ທ່ານສາມາດກຳນົດຄ່າ <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດ ທຸກແພັກເກດໃໝ່ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຄືນ. ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະບໍ່ອັບເກຣດ LTSP chroots." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - ຕ້ອງເປີດເຄື່ອງໃໝ່ : ເຄີເນລທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກ = 2.6.32-37.81.0, ເຄີເນລທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງ = " +"2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"ເຄີເນລທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກແມ່ນເກົ່າກວ່າເຄີເນລໃໝ່ທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້, ແລະ ຕ້ອງມີການ reboot " +"ເພື່ອເປີດໃຊ້ເຄີເນລໃໝ່ສຸດ. ສິ່ງນີ້ປົກກະຕິແລ້ວແມ່ນເລື່ອງດ່ວນ, ເນື່ອງຈາກເຄີເນລໃໝ່ ມັກຈະຖືກປ່ອຍອອກມາໃນ " +"Debian Edu ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂບັນຫາຄວາມປອດໄພ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: ຂະໜາດຄິວ CUPS - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"ຄິວເຄື່ອງພິມໃນ CUPS ມີວຽກທີ່ຄ້າງຢູ່ຫຼາຍ. ສິ່ງນີ້ອາດເກີດຈາກເຄື່ອງພິມທີ່ໃຊ້ງານບໍ່ໄດ້. " +"ຄິວການພິມທີ່ຖືກປິດຈະຖືກເປີດໃຊ້ງານທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງໃນໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນສະມາຊິກຂອງ netgroup " +"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, " +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນສຳລັບໂຮສທ໌ເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ຕ້ອງເຮັດຫຍັງດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ. ຄິວການພິມຈະຖືກລ້າງໃຫ້ຫວ່າງທຸກໆ " +"ຄືນໃນໂຮສທ໌ທີ່ເປັນສະມາຊິກຂອງ netgroup <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. ຖ້າໂຮສທ໌ມີວຽກຄ້າງໃນຄິວຫຼາຍ, ໃຫ້ພິຈາລະນາເພີ່ມໂຮສທ໌ນັ້ນເຂົ້າໃນໜຶ່ງ ຫຼື ທັງສອງ " +"netgroups ນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອເກັບກຳຂໍ້ມູນຈາກແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງຄອມພິວເຕີ ແລະ ສົ່ງໄປຍັງເຊີເວີກາງ. " +"ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເກັບກຳໄດ້ແມ່ນມີຢູ່ໃນ <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput>. ມີສະຄຣິບໃນ <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງລາຍງານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍງານແບບງ່າຍໆ ຈາກ Sitesummary ທີ່ບໍ່ມີລາຍລະອຽດຫຼາຍແມ່ນສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ເອກະສານບາງສ່ວນກ່ຽວກັບ Sitesummary ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບການປັບແຕ່ງ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບການປັບແຕ່ງ Debian Edu ທີ່ມີປະໂຫຍດສຳລັບຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ ສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນ <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">ບົດວິທີການຈັດການ</link> ແລະ <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">ບົດວິທີການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"ກ່ອນທີ່ຈະອ່ານຄູ່ມືການອັບເກຣດນີ້, ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າການອັບເດດສົດໆ ໄປຍັງເຊີເວີທີ່ໃຊ້ງານຈິງ " +"ແມ່ນຄວາມສ່ຽງຂອງທ່ານເອງ. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux " +"ບໍ່ມີການຮັບປະກັນໃດໆ ທັງໝົດ, ພາຍໃຕ້ຂອບເຂດທີ່ກົດໝາຍອະນຸຍາດ.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາອ່ານບົດນີ້ ແລະ ບົດ <link linkend=\"Features\">ຄຸນສົມບັດໃໝ່ໃນ Trixie</link> " +"ຂອງຄູ່ມືນີ້ໃຫ້ລະອຽດກ່ອນທີ່ຈະພະຍາຍາມອັບເກຣດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດທົ່ວໄປກ່ຽວກັບການອັບເກຣດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"ການອັບເກຣດ Debian ຈາກເວີຊັນໜຶ່ງໄປຍັງເວີຊັນຖັດໄປໂດຍທົ່ວໄປແລ້ວແມ່ນຂ້ອນຂ້າງງ່າຍ. ແຕ່ສຳລັບ Debian " +"Edu ມັນອາດຈະມີຄວາມຊັບຊ້ອນກວ່າເລັກນ້ອຍ ເນື່ອງຈາກພວກເຮົາມີການແກ້ໄຂ " +"ໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າໃນຮູບແບບທີ່ບໍ່ຄວນເຮັດ. ແນວໃດກໍຕາມ ພວກເຮົາໄດ້ບັນທຶກຂັ້ນຕອນທີ່ຈຳເປັນໄວ້ລຸ່ມນີ້. (ເບິ່ງ " +"Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> " +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບວິທີທີ່ Debian Edu ຄວນແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍທົ່ວໄປແລ້ວ, ການອັບເກຣດເຊີເວີແມ່ນຍາກກວ່າເຄື່ອງວຽກ ແລະ ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ແມ່ນພາກສ່ວນທີ່ອັບເກຣດຍາກທີ່ສຸດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການຄວາມໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າຫຼັງຈາກອັບເກຣດແລ້ວທຸກຢ່າງຈະເຮັດວຽກຄືເກົ່າ, " +"ທ່ານຄວນທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດໃນລະບົບທົດສອບ ຫຼື ລະບົບທີ່ຕັ້ງຄ່າຄືກັນກັບເຄື່ອງທີ່ໃຊ້ງານຈິງ. " +"ຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນທ່ານສາມາດທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ມີຄວາມສ່ຽງ ແລະ " +"ເບິ່ງວ່າທຸກຢ່າງເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ຕາມທີ່ຄວນຈະເປັນຫຼືບໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄດ້ອ່ານຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບລຸ້ນ Debian Stable ປັດຈຸບັນໃນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink> ຂອງມັນນຳດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"ມັນອາດຈະເປັນການດີຖ້າຈະລໍຖ້າຈັກໜ້ອຍ ແລະ ໃຊ້ Oldstable ຕໍ່ໄປອີກສອງສາມອາທິດ, " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຄົນອື່ນໄດ້ທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດ ແລະ ບັນທຶກບັນຫາຕ່າງໆ ທີ່ພວກເຂົາພົບ. Debian Edu ລຸ້ນ " +"Oldstable ຈະຍັງໄດ້ຮັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນຕໍ່ໄປອີກໄລຍະໜຶ່ງຫຼັງຈາກ ລຸ້ນ Stable ໃໝ່ຖືກປ່ອຍອອກມາ, ແຕ່ເມື່ອ " +"Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">ຢຸດການສະໜັບສະໜູນ Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu " +"ກໍຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເຮັດແບບດຽວກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດຈາກ Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"ການກຽມຕົວ: ໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານໄດ້ທົດສອບການອັບເກຣດຈາກ Bookworm ໃນສະພາບແວດລ້ອມທົດສອບ ຫຼື " +"ມີຂໍ້ມູນສຳຮອງທີ່ພ້ອມຈະກູ້ຄືນກັບໄປໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາໝາຍເຫດວ່າວິທີການຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ໃຊ້ກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ Debian Edu ແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ (desktop=xfce, " +"profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). " +"(ສຳລັບພາບລວມທົ່ວໄປກ່ຽວກັບການອັບເກຣດຈາກ Bookworm ເປັນ Trixie, ເບິ່ງໄດ້ທີ່: <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "ຫ້າມໃຊ້ X (GUI), ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ virtual console ແລະ ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມ root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າ <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> ເຮັດວຽກບໍ່ສຳເລັດ ແລະ ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ, " +"ໃຫ້ພະຍາຍາມແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ/ຫຼື ຣັນ <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> ແລ້ວຣັນ " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> ອີກຄັ້ງໜຶ່ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍການກວດສອບວ່າລະບົບປັດຈຸບັນໄດ້ຮັບການອັບເດດແລ້ວ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "ກຽມຕົວ ແລະ ເລີ່ມການອັບເກຣດເປັນ Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: ກຽມຕົວອ່ານຂ່າວສານ (NEWS) ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍ; ກົດ <return> " +"ເພື່ອເລື່ອນລົງ, ກົດ <q> ເພື່ອອອກ. ຂໍ້ມູນທັງໝົດຈະຖືກສົ່ງເມວໄປຫາ root ເພື່ອໃຫ້ທ່ານອ່ານຄືນໄດ້ " +"(ໂດຍໃຊ້ <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ຫຼື <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"ອ່ານຂໍ້ມູນ debconf ທັງໝົດຢ່າງລະອຽດ, ເລືອກ 'keep the local version currently " +"installed' ຍົກເວັ້ນຈະມີການລະບຸໄວ້ແຕກຕ່າງຈາກນີ້ຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້; ໃນກໍລະນີສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ ການກົດ return ແມ່ນໃຊ້ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services: ເລືອກ yes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba server and utilities: ເລືອກ 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "openssh-server: ເລືອກ 'keep the local version currently installed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "ນຳໃຊ້ ແລະ ປັບແຕ່ງການກຳນົດຄ່າ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "ກວດສອບວ່າລະບົບທີ່ອັບເກຣດແລ້ວເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ຫຼືບໍ່:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reboot; ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດ ແລະ ທົດສອບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "ຖ້າ GOsa² GUI ເຮັດວຽກໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ LTSP clients ແລະ workstations ໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດເພີ່ມ/ລຶບ ສະມາຊິກ netgroup ຂອງລະບົບໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດສົ່ງ ແລະ ຮັບອີເມວພາຍໃນໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "ຖ້າສາມາດຈັດການເຄື່ອງພິມໄດ້," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "ແລະ ສິ່ງອື່ນໆ ທີ່ສະເພາະກັບເວັບໄຊນັ້ນເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ຫຼືບໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດເຄື່ອງວຽກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "ປະຕິບັດຂັ້ນຕອນພື້ນຖານທັງໝົດຄືກັນກັບໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ແລະ ຂ້າມສິ່ງທີ່ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດຈາກ Debian Edu / Skolelinux ລຸ້ນເກົ່າ (ກ່ອນ Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດຈາກລຸ້ນເກົ່າໃດກໍຕາມ, ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງອັບເກຣດເປັນ Debian Edu ລຸ້ນ Bookworm ກ່ອນ, " +"ຈຶ່ງຈະສາມາດປະຕິບັດຕາມຄຳແນະນຳຂ້າງເທິງໄດ້. ມີຄຳແນະນຳໃນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">ຄູ່ມືສຳລັບ Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> ກ່ຽວກັບວິທີອັບເກຣດເປັນ Bookworm ຈາກລຸ້ນກ່ອນໜ້າ (Bullseye)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTo)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Administration\">ການຈັດການທົ່ວໄປ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">ການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Desktop\">ເດັສທອບ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">ລູກຄ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ການຮຽນ-ການສອນ</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບ <link linkend=\"Users\">ຜູ້ໃຊ້</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "ວິທີການສຳລັບການຈັດການທົ່ວໄປ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"ບົດ <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">ການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນນຳໃຊ້</link> ແລະ <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ</link> ອະທິບາຍວິທີເລີ່ມຕົ້ນກັບ Debian Edu ແລະ " +"ວິທີການບຳລຸງຮັກສາພື້ນຖານ. ວິທີການໃນບົດນີ້ ຈະມີເຄັດລັບ ແລະ ເຕັກນິກທີ່ \"ຂັ້ນສູງ\" ຂຶ້ນຕື່ມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "ປະຫວັດການກຳນົດຄ່າ: ການຕິດຕາມ /etc/ ໂດຍໃຊ້ລະບົບຄວບຄຸມເວີຊັນ Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"ການນຳໃຊ້ <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, ໄຟລ໌ທັງໝົດໃນ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> ຈະຖືກຕິດຕາມໂດຍໃຊ້ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> ເປັນລະບົບຄວບຄຸມເວີຊັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ເຮັດໃຫ້ສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ວ່າເມື່ອໃດໄຟລ໌ຖືກເພີ່ມ, ປ່ຽນແປງ ຫຼື ລຶບອອກ, ລວມທັງເບິ່ງໄດ້ວ່າ " +"ມີຫຍັງປ່ຽນແປງແດ່ຖ້າໄຟລ໌ນັ້ນເປັນໄຟລ໌ຂໍ້ຄວາມ. git repository ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນ <computeroutput>/" +"etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ, ການປ່ຽນແປງຕ່າງໆ ຈະຖືກບັນທຶກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ເຮັດໃຫ້ສາມາດດຶງ " +"ປະຫວັດການກຳນົດຄ່າມາເບິ່ງຄືນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເບິ່ງປະຫວັດ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput>. " +"ເພື່ອສົມທຽບຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງລະຫວ່າງສອງຊ່ວງເວລາ, ສາມາດໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງເຊັ່ນ <computeroutput>etckeeper " +"vcs diff </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງຜົນການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> " +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "ລາຍຊື່ຄຳສັ່ງທີ່ມີປະໂຫຍດ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "ຕົວຢ່າງການນຳໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "ໃນລະບົບທີ່ຕິດຕັ້ງໃໝ່, ລອງໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ເພື່ອເບິ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດທີ່ເກີດຂຶ້ນຕັ້ງແຕ່ຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "ເບິ່ງວ່າໄຟລ໌ໃດທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກຕິດຕາມ ແລະ ໄຟລ໌ໃດທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ທັນເປັນເວີຊັນຫຼ້າສຸດ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອ commit ໄຟລ໌ດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ (ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ຕ້ອງການລໍຖ້າຮອບອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "ການປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"ໃນ Debian Edu, ພາທິຊັນທັງໝົດຍົກເວັ້ນພາທິຊັນ <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນຢູ່ໃນວໍລຸ່ມ LVM. ດ້ວຍເຄີເນລ Linux ຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວີຊັນ 2.6.10 ເປັນຕົ້ນມາ, ທ່ານສາມາດຂະຫຍາຍ " +"ພາທິຊັນໃນຂະນະທີ່ພວກມັນກຳລັງຖືກ mount ຢູ່ໄດ້. ແຕ່ການຫຼຸດຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນຍັງຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງ " +"ເຮັດໃນຂະນະທີ່ພາທິຊັນນັ້ນບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກ mount." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະຫຼີກເວັ້ນການສ້າງພາທິຊັນທີ່ໃຫຍ່ເກີນໄປ (ຕົວຢ່າງ: ຫຼາຍກວ່າ 20GiB), " +"ເນື່ອງຈາກມັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ເວລາດົນໃນການຣັນ <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> ຫຼື ໃນການກູ້ຄືນ " +"ຈາກຂໍ້ມູນສຳຮອງເມື່ອຈຳເປັນ. ມັນຈະດີກວ່າຖ້າສ້າງພາທິຊັນຍ່ອຍຫຼາຍໆ ອັນແທນທີ່ຈະເປັນອັນດຽວທີ່ໃຫຍ່ຫຼາຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"ມີສະຄຣິບຊ່ວຍ <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອເຮັດໃຫ້ການຂະຫຍາຍ ພາທິຊັນທີ່ເຕັມນັ້ນງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ. ເມື່ອຖືກຮຽກໃຊ້, ມັນຈະອ່ານການກຳນົດຄ່າຈາກ " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> " +"ແລະ <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"ຈາກນັ້ນມັນຈະສະເໜີໃຫ້ຂະຫຍາຍພາທິຊັນທີ່ມີພື້ນທີ່ຫວ່າງໜ້ອຍເກີນໄປ ຕາມກົດທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນໄຟລ໌ເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ຖ້າຣັນໂດຍບໍ່ມີອາຄິວເມັ້ນ (arguments), ມັນຈະສະແດງພຽງແຕ່ຄຳສັ່ງທີ່ຈຳເປັນໃນການຂະຫຍາຍລະບົບໄຟລ໌. " +"ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> ເພື່ອສັ່ງໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນແທ້ໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"ສະຄຣິບນີ້ຈະຖືກຣັນໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງໃນທຸກລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ມີລາຍຊື່ໃນ netgroup " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອພາທິຊັນທີ່ໃຊ້ໂດຍ Squid proxy ຖືກປັບຂະໜາດ, ຄ່າຂອງ cache size ໃນ " +"<computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> ກໍຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການອັບເດດນຳ. " +"ມີສະຄຣິບຊ່ວຍ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" +"cachedir</computeroutput> ເພື່ອເຮັດສິ່ງນີ້ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ, " +"ໂດຍມັນຈະກວດສອບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນປັດຈຸບັນຂອງ <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" +"computeroutput> ແລະ ກຳນົດຄ່າໃຫ້ Squid ໃຊ້ 80% ຂອງພື້ນທີ່ນັ້ນເປັນຂະໜາດແຄຊ໌." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "ການຈັດການວໍລຸ່ມແບບໂລຈິກ (LVM)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດປັບຂະໜາດພາທິຊັນໄດ້ໃນຂະນະທີ່ພວກມັນ ກຳລັງຖືກ " +"mount ແລະ ໃຊ້ງານຢູ່. ທ່ານສາມາດຮຽນຮູ້ເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບ LVM ໄດ້ຈາກ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍວໍລຸ່ມແບບໂລຈິກດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ, ທ່ານພຽງແຕ່ບອກຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>lvextend</" +"computeroutput> ວ່າຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ມັນໃຫຍ່ເທົ່າໃດ. ຕົວຢ່າງ: ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍ home0 ເປັນ 30GiB " +"ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "ເພື່ອຂະຫຍາຍ home0 ຕື່ມອີກ 30GiB, ໃຫ້ໃສ່ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> " +"ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມື ສຳລັບແກ້ໄຂຖານຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP ດ້ວຍຕົວແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຄວາມປົກກະຕິໃນບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "ຕ້ອງຣັນຄຳສັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"ໝາຍເຫດ: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> " +"ຈະໃຊ້ຕົວແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ທີ່ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງລະບົບ. ໂດຍການຣັນ <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊວ ທ່ານສາມາດ ກຳນົດຄ່າໃຫ້ໃຊ້ vim ເປັນຕົວແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳເຕືອນ: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືທີ່ມີອຳນາດຫຼາຍ. " +"ໃຫ້ລະມັດລະວັງ ແລະ ຢ່າເຮັດໃຫ້ຖານຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP ເພພັງ, ຄຳເຕືອນນີ້ຍັງລວມເຖິງການໃຊ້ JXplorer ນຳດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS ທີ່ໃຊ້ Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"ການໃຊ້ Kerberos ສຳລັບ NFS ເພື່ອ mount ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກແມ່ນຄຸນສົມບັດດ້ານຄວາມປອດໄພ. ເຄື່ອງວຽກ " +"ແລະ LTSP clients ຈະເຮັດວຽກບໍ່ໄດ້ຖ້າບໍ່ມີ Kerberos. ລະດັບທີ່ຮອງຮັບຄື <emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " +"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> ໝາຍເຖິງການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" +"emphasis> ໝາຍເຖິງການກວດສອບຄວາມຖືກຕ້ອງຂອງຂໍ້ມູນ (integrity check) ແລະ <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> ໝາຍເຖິງຄວາມເປັນສ່ວນຕົວ ຫຼື ການເຂົ້າລະຫັດ); ພາລະຂອງທັງເຊີເວີ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງວຽກຈະເພີ່ມຂຶ້ນ " +"ຕາມລະດັບຄວາມປອດໄພ, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> ແມ່ນທາງເລືອກທີ່ດີ ແລະ " +"ຖືກເລືອກໃຫ້ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "ວິທີການປ່ຽນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ເຊີເວີຫຼັກ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບໃນນາມ root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ຣັນ <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, ຄົ້ນຫາ " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> ແລ້ວປ່ຽນເປັນ <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> ຫຼື " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"ປັບປ່ຽນລາຍການເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຕາມຄວາມເໝາະສົມ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ຣັນ <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver (ເຄື່ອງພິມມາດຕະຖານ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມືນີ້ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງພິມເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໂດຍອີງຕາມສະຖານທີ່, ເຄື່ອງ, ຫຼື ຄວາມເປັນສະມາຊິກກຸ່ມ. " +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ, ເບິ່ງ <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"ໄຟລ໌ກຳນົດຄ່າ <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> " +"ຕ້ອງຖືກກຳນົດໂດຍຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ, ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງໄດ້ທີ່ <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, ໜ້າຕ່າງກຣາຟິກສຳລັບ LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານມັກໃຊ້ໜ້າຕ່າງກຣາຟິກ (GUI) ເພື່ອເຮັດວຽກກັບຖານຂໍ້ມູນ LDAP, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງແພັກເກດ " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, ເຊິ່ງຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງໄວ້ເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ. " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ສິດໃນການຂຽນຂໍ້ມູນ ໃຫ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb5, ເຄື່ອງມືບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງສຳລັບການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> " +"ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືບັນທັດຄຳສັ່ງຂະໜາດນ້ອຍ ເພື່ອສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້, ມັນຖືກຮຽກໃຊ້ດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"ອາຄິວເມັ້ນທັງໝົດຍົກເວັ້ນຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ຊ່ອງ GECOS ແມ່ນສາມາດເລືອກໃສ່ຫຼືບໍ່ກໍໄດ້, ຊ່ອງ GECOS " +"ປົກກະຕິແລ້ວຄວນມີຊື່ເຕັມຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້. ຖ້າບໍ່ໄດ້ລະບຸ, ເຄື່ອງມືຈະເລືອກ UID ແລະ GID " +"ທີ່ຫວ່າງຖັດໄປໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ ແລະ ຈະບໍ່ກຳນົດກຸ່ມເພີ່ມເຕີມໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້. ຖ້າບໍ່ໄດ້ລະບຸຜະແນກ (department), " +"ມັນຈະເລືອກ <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> ອັນທຳອິດ ຈາກ LDAP ເຊິ່ງອາດຈະແມ່ນ " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> ແລະ ປົກກະຕິແລ້ວບໍ່ແມ່ນສິ່ງທີ່ທ່ານ ຕ້ອງການສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທົ່ວໄປ, " +"ດັ່ງນັ້ນທ່ານຄວນເລືອກຄ່າທີ່ເໝາະສົມ ເຊັ່ນ <emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> ຫຼື " +"<emphasis>Students</emphasis>. ຫຼັງຈາກປ້ອນ ແລະ ຢືນຢັນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ລວມທັງປ້ອນລະຫັດຜ່ານ " +"ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ LDAP ແລ້ວ, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"ຈະສ້າງບັນຊີ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນ LDAP, ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ Kerberos, ສ້າງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ, ແລະ ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ Samba " +"ທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ. ຮູບສະແດງໜ້າຈໍຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ສະແດງຕົວຢ່າງການຮຽກໃຊ້ເພື່ອສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊື່ " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> ສຳລັບຄູອາຈານທີ່ຊື່ເຕັມວ່າ \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"ເຖິງວ່າທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ stable-updates ໄດ້ໂດຍກົງ, ແຕ່ທ່ານບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເຮັດແນວນັ້ນ: stable-" +"updates ຈະຖືກສົ່ງເຂົ້າໄປໃນ stable suite ເປັນປະຈຳເມື່ອມີການປ່ອຍ stable point releases " +"ເຊິ່ງປົກກະຕິຈະເກີດຂຶ້ນທຸກໆ ສອງເດືອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ backports ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງຊອບແວທີ່ໃໝ່ກວ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານກຳລັງໃຊ້ Debian Edu ເພາະທ່ານມັກຄວາມສະຖຽນຂອງມັນ. ມັນເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ດີຫຼາຍ; ແຕ່ມີບັນຫາດຽວຄື: " +"ບາງຄັ້ງຊອບແວອາດຈະເກົ່າກວ່າທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການເລັກນ້ອຍ. ນີ້ຄືຈຸດທີ່ backports.debian.org ເຂົ້າມາຊ່ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports ແມ່ນແພັກເກດທີ່ຖືກຄອມພາຍໃໝ່ຈາກ Debian testing (ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່) ແລະ Debian " +"unstable (ໃນບາງກໍລະນີ ເຊັ່ນ ການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ), ເພື່ອໃຫ້ພວກມັນສາມາດຣັນໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ " +"ໄລບຣາຣີໃໝ່ (ເທົ່າທີ່ເປັນໄປໄດ້) ເທິງ Debian ລຸ້ນ stable ເຊັ່ນ Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ພວກເຮົາແນະນຳໃຫ້ທ່ານເລືອກສະເພາະ backports ທີ່ທ່ານຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ແທ້ໆ, ແລະ " +"ບໍ່ຄວນໃຊ້ທຸກ backports ທີ່ມີຢູ່ທີ່ນັ້ນ.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> ແມ່ນງ່າຍດາຍ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນທ່ານກໍສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດຈາກ backport ໄດ້ຢ່າງງ່າຍດາຍ, ຄຳສັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"<emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis> ເວີຊັນ backport:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backports ຈະຖືກອັບເດດໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ (ຖ້າມີ) ຄືກັນກັບແພັກເກດອື່ນໆ. ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັບບ່ອນເກັບໄຟລ໌ປົກກະຕິ, " +"backports ມີສາມພາກສ່ວນຄື: main, contrib ແລະ non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "ການອັບເກຣດດ້ວຍ CD ຫຼື ໄຟລ໌ອິເມຈທີ່ຄ້າຍຄືກັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານຕ້ອງການອັບເກຣດຈາກເວີຊັນໜຶ່ງໄປຫາອີກເວີຊັນໜຶ່ງ (ຕົວຢ່າງ: ຈາກ Trixie 13.1 ເປັນ 13.2) " +"ແຕ່ທ່ານບໍ່ມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ, ມີພຽງແຜ່ນ CD/DVD, ໃຫ້ປະຕິບັດຕາມຂັ້ນຕອນນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "ໃສ່ແຜ່ນ CD / DVD / Blu-ray ຫຼື USB flash drive ແລ້ວໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "ຂໍອ້າງອີງຈາກໜ້າຄູ່ມື (man page) ຂອງ apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom ຖືກນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອເພີ່ມ CD-ROM ໃໝ່ເຂົ້າໃນລາຍຊື່ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນຂອງ APT. apt-cdrom " +"ຈະຈັດການກວດສອບໂຄງສ້າງຂອງແຜ່ນ ລວມທັງແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ອາດເກີດຈາກການເຜົາແຜ່ນ ແລະ " +"ກວດສອບຄວາມຖືກຕ້ອງຂອງໄຟລ໌ດັດສະນີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ apt-cdrom ເພື່ອເພີ່ມ CD ເຂົ້າໃນລະບົບ APT, ບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດດ້ວຍຕົນເອງໄດ້. ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, " +"ແຕ່ລະແຜ່ນໃນຊຸດທີ່ມີຫຼາຍ CD ຈະຕ້ອງຖືກໃສ່ ແລະ ສະແກນແຍກກັນ ເພື່ອປ້ອງກັນຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ອາດເກີດຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "ຈາກນັ້ນຣັນສອງຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ເພື່ອອັບເກຣດລະບົບ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "ການລ້າງໂປຣເຊສທີ່ຄ້າງຢູ່ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບ perl ທີ່ເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ກຳຈັດວຽກໃນພື້ນຫຼັງ " +"(background jobs). ວຽກໃນພື້ນຫຼັງຄືໂປຣເຊສທີ່ເປັນຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ເຂົ້າສູ່ລະບົບເຄື່ອງຢູ່ໃນຂະນະນັ້ນ. " +"ມັນຈະຖືກຣັນໂດຍ cron job ທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> ແມ່ນແພັກເກດ Debian ທີ່ " +"ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ (ແລະ ອື່ນໆ) ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ. ຖ້າຕິດຕັ້ງແລ້ວ, " +"ແພັກເກດຈະຖືກກຳນົດຄ່າໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງການອັບເດດຄວາມປອດໄພ. ສາມາດເບິ່ງບັນທຶກ (logs) ໄດ້ທີ່ " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ ຍັງມີ " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput> ຢູ່ສະເໝີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "ການປິດເຄື່ອງອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"ທ່ານສາມາດປະຢັດພະລັງງານ ແລະ ເງິນໄດ້ໂດຍການປິດເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ ແລະ " +"ເປີດຄືນໃນຕອນເຊົ້າ. ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> " +"ຈະພະຍາຍາມປິດເຄື່ອງທຸກໆ ຊົ່ວໂມງຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວລາ 16:00 ໂມງແລງ, ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ປິດເຄື່ອງ ຖ້າມີຜູ້ໃຊ້ງານຢູ່. " +"ມັນຈະພະຍາຍາມບອກ BIOS ໃຫ້ເປີດເຄື່ອງໃນເວລາປະມານ 07:00 ໂມງເຊົ້າ, ແລະ " +"ເຊີເວີຫຼັກຈະພະຍາຍາມເປີດເຄື່ອງຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວລາ 06:30 ໂມງ ໂດຍການສົ່ງແພັກເກດ Wake-on-LAN. " +"ເວລາເຫຼົ່ານີ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໃນ crontab ຂອງແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "ບາງສິ່ງທີ່ຄວນຄຳນຶງເຖິງເມື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າລະບົບນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍບໍ່ຄວນຖືກປິດເມື່ອມີຄົນກຳລັງໃຊ້ງານຢູ່. ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະຖືກກວດສອບໂດຍການເບິ່ງ ຜົນຂອງຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, ແລະ ໃນກໍລະນີພິເສດ, ຈະກວດສອບຄຳສັ່ງການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ " +"SSH ເພື່ອໃຫ້ເຮັດວຽກຮ່ວມກັບ X2Go thin clients ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນບັນຫາຟິວໄຟຟ້າຂາດ, ມັນເປັນຄວາມຄິດທີ່ດີທີ່ຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າ ລູກຄ່າຍທັງໝົດບໍ່ໄດ້ເລີ່ມວຽກພ້ອມກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"ມີສອງວິທີໃນການປຸກເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍໃຫ້ຕື່ນ. ວິທີໜຶ່ງຄືການໃຊ້ຄຸນສົມບັດຂອງ BIOS ເຊິ່ງຕ້ອງອາໄສ " +"ໂມງຂອງຮາດແວທີ່ເຮັດວຽກຢ່າງຖືກຕ້ອງ, ລວມທັງເມນບອດ ແລະ ເວີຊັນ BIOS ທີ່ຮອງຮັບໂດຍ " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; ສ່ວນອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງຄືການໃຫ້ລູກຄ່າຍຮອງຮັບ " +"Wake-on-LAN, ແລະ ເຊີເວີຕ້ອງຮູ້ຈັກລູກຄ່າຍທັງໝົດທີ່ຕ້ອງການຈະປຸກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "ວິທີການຕັ້ງຄ່າ shutdown-at-night" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"ໃນເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ປິດໃນຕອນກາງຄືນ, ໃຫ້ສ້າງໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> (ໃຊ້ຄຳສັ່ງ touch), ຫຼື ເພີ່ມຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ " +"(ຜົນຈາກຄຳສັ່ງ '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' ໃນເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍ) ເຂົ້າໃນ " +"netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". ການເພີ່ມໂຮສທ໌ເຂົ້າໃນ netgroup ໃນ LDAP " +"ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືເວັບ <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. " +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຄ່າຍອາດຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ກຳນົດຄ່າ Wake-on-LAN ໃນ BIOS. ສິ່ງທີ່ສຳຄັນອີກຢ່າງໜຶ່ງຄື ສະວິດ ແລະ " +"ເຣົາເຕີ ທີ່ຢູ່ລະຫວ່າງເຊີເວີ Wake-on-LAN ແລະ ລູກຄ່າຍ ຈະຕ້ອງສົ່ງຕໍ່ແພັກເກດ WOL ໄປຫາລູກຄ່າຍໄດ້ " +"ເຖິງວ່າລູກຄ່າຍຈະປິດຢູ່ກໍຕາມ. ສະວິດບາງລຸ້ນອາດຈະບໍ່ສົ່ງຕໍ່ແພັກເກດ ໄປຫາລູກຄ່າຍທີ່ບໍ່ມີຢູ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງ ARP " +"ຂອງສະວິດ, ເຊິ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ແພັກເກດ WOL ຖືກບລັອກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເປີດໃຊ້ Wake-on-LAN ໃນເຊີເວີ, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມລາຍຊື່ລູກຄ່າຍໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-" +"at-night/clients</computeroutput>, ໂດຍໃຫ້ມີໜຶ່ງແຖວຕໍ່ໜຶ່ງລູກຄ່າຍ, ໃສ່ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ກ່ອນ, " +"ຕາມດ້ວຍທີ່ຢູ່ MAC, ຂັ້ນດ້ວຍຊ່ອງຫວ່າງ; ຫຼື ສ້າງສະຄຣິບ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/clients-generator</computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງລາຍຊື່ລູກຄ່າຍແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"ນີ້ຄືຕົວຢ່າງ <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> ສຳລັບໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັບ sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"ອີກທາງເລືອກໜຶ່ງ ຖ້າໃຊ້ netgroup ເພື່ອເປີດໃຊ້ shutdown-at-night ໃນລູກຄ່າຍ " +"ແມ່ນການໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບນີ້ຮ່ວມກັບເຄື່ອງມື netgroup ຈາກແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>ng-utils</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຊີເວີ Debian Edu ທີ່ຢູ່ເບື້ອງຫຼັງໄຟວໍ (firewall)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄື່ອງທີ່ຢູ່ເບື້ອງຫຼັງໄຟວໍຈາກອິນເຕີເນັດ, ໃຫ້ພິຈາລະນາຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ " +"<computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. ມັນສາມາດໃຊ້ເພື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າ SSH tunnel " +"ໄປຫາເຄື່ອງໃນອິນເຕີເນັດທີ່ທ່ານສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້. ຈາກເຄື່ອງນັ້ນ, ທ່ານຈະສາມາດ " +"ເຂົ້າເຖິງເຊີເວີທີ່ຢູ່ເບື້ອງຫຼັງໄຟວໍຜ່ານ SSH tunnel ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງບໍລິການເພີ່ມເຕີມເພື່ອລະບາຍພາລະຈາກເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"ໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ, ທຸກບໍລິການຈະຣັນຢູ່ເທິງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ທີ່ມີຊື່ໂຮສທ໌ວ່າ <emphasis>tjener</" +"emphasis>. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການຍ້າຍບາງບໍລິການໄປຍັງເຄື່ອງອື່ນນັ້ນງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ, ຈຶ່ງມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ການຕິດຕັ້ງແບບ " +"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> ໃຫ້ເລືອກ. ການຕິດຕັ້ງດ້ວຍໂປຣໄຟລ໌ນີ້ຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ໄດ້ເຄື່ອງ " +"ທີ່ເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງເຄືອຂ່າຍ Debian Edu ແຕ່ຍັງບໍ່ທັນມີບໍລິການໃດໆ ຣັນຢູ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "ນີ້ຄືຂັ້ນຕອນທີ່ຈຳເປັນໃນການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງທີ່ອຸທິດສຳລັບບາງບໍລິການໂດຍສະເພາະ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "ເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດສຳລັບບໍລິການນັ້ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "ກຳນົດຄ່າບໍລິການ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "ປິດບໍລິການນັ້ນໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "ອັບເດດ DNS (ຜ່ານ LDAP/GOsa²) ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ຈາກ wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "ວິທີການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "ໃນບົດນີ້ຈະອະທິບາຍເຖິງວຽກງານການຈັດການຂັ້ນສູງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "ການປັບແຕ່ງຜູ້ໃຊ້ດ້ວຍ GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "ການສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕາມກຸ່ມປີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"ໃນຕົວຢ່າງນີ້ ພວກເຮົາຕ້ອງການສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕາມກຸ່ມປີ, ໂດຍມີໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຮ່ວມກັນ ສຳລັບແຕ່ລະກຸ່ມ " +"(home0/2026, home0/2028, ແລະ ອື່ນໆ). ພວກເຮົາຕ້ອງການ ສ້າງຜູ້ໃຊ້ໂດຍການນຳເຂົ້າໄຟລ໌ CSV." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(ໃນນາມ root ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "ສ້າງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີກຸ່ມປີທີ່ຈຳເປັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(ໃນນາມຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຳອິດໃນ Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "ຜະແນກ (Department)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"ເມນູຫຼັກ: ໄປທີ່ 'Directory structure', ຄລິກຜະແນກ 'Students'. ຊ່ອງ 'Base' ຄວນສະແດງ '/" +"Students'. ຈາກກ່ອງ 'Actions' ໃຫ້ເລືອກ 'Create'/'Department'. ປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນໃນຊ່ອງ Name " +"(2026) ແລະ Description (ນັກຮຽນທີ່ຈົບການສຶກສາໃນປີ 2026), ປະຊ່ອງ Base ໄວ້ຄືເກົ່າ (ຄວນເປັນ " +"'/Students'). ບັນທຶກໂດຍການຄລິກ 'Ok'. ຕອນນີ້ຜະແນກໃໝ່ (2026) ຈະປາກົດຂຶ້ນພາຍໃຕ້ /" +"Students. ໃຫ້ຄລິກທີ່ມັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "ກຸ່ມ (Group)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ 'Groups' ຈາກເມນູຫຼັກ; 'Actions'/Create/Group. ປ້ອນຊື່ກຸ່ມ (ປະຊ່ອງ 'Base' ໄວ້ຄືເກົ່າ, " +"ຄວນເປັນ /Students/2026) ແລະ ກົດ 'Ok' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "ແມ່ແບບ (Template)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"ເລືອກ 'ຜູ້ໃຊ້' (users) ຈາກເມນູຫຼັກ. ປ່ຽນເປັນ 'ນັກຮຽນ' (Students) ໃນຊ່ອງ Base. ລາຍການ " +"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> ຄວນຈະປະກົດຂຶ້ນ, ໃຫ້ຄລິກໃສ່ມັນ. " +"ນີ້ແມ່ນແມ່ແບບຂອງ 'ນັກຮຽນ', ບໍ່ແມ່ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ຕົວຈິງ. ເນື່ອງຈາກທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ສ້າງແມ່ແບບດັ່ງກ່າວ " +"(ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ການນຳເຂົ້າ csv ສຳລັບໂຄງສ້າງຂອງທ່ານ) ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ແມ່ແບບນີ້, " +"ໃຫ້ສັງເກດທຸກລາຍການທີ່ປະກົດຂຶ້ນໃນແຖບ Generic ແລະ POSIX, ບາງທີອາດຈະຕ້ອງຖ່າຍພາບໜ້າຈໍ " +"ເພື່ອເກັບຂໍ້ມູນໄວ້ໃຫ້ພ້ອມ ສຳລັບການສ້າງແມ່ແບບໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"ບັດນີ້ໃຫ້ປ່ຽນເປັນ /Students/2026 ໃນຊ່ອງ Base; ເລືອກ ສ້າງ/ແມ່ແບບ (Create/Template) ແລະ " +"ເລີ່ມປ້ອນຄ່າທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ, ທຳອິດແມ່ນແຖບ Generic (ເພີ່ມກຸ່ມ 2026 ໃໝ່ຂອງທ່ານ ເຂົ້າໃນ Group " +"Membership ນຳ), ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ເພີ່ມບັນຊີ POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "ນຳເຂົ້າຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "ເລືອກແມ່ແບບໃໝ່ຂອງທ່ານເມື່ອເຮັດການນຳເຂົ້າ csv; ແນະນຳໃຫ້ທົດສອບກັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈຳນວນໜ້ອຍໜຶ່ງກ່ອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "ການປັບແຕ່ງຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໆ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "ການສ້າງໂຟນເດີໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ (home directories) ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ທັງໝົດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"ດ້ວຍສະຄຣິບນີ້ ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບສາມາດສ້າງໂຟນເດີໃນໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ແຕ່ລະຄົນ ແລະ " +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງລວມທັງຄວາມເປັນເຈົ້າຂອງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"ໃນຕົວຢ່າງທີ່ສະແດງຢູ່ລຸ່ມນີ້ ດ້ວຍ group=teachers ແລະ permissions=2770 ຜູ້ໃຊ້ " +"ສາມາດສົ່ງວຽກມອບໝາຍໄດ້ ໂດຍການບັນທຶກໄຟລ໌ລົງໃນໂຟນເດີ \"assignments\" " +"ເຊິ່ງຄູອາຈານຈະໄດ້ຮັບສິດໃນການຂຽນ ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຫ້ຄຳຄິດເຫັນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "ນຳໃຊ້ເຊີເວີເກັບຂໍ້ມູນສະເພາະ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"ປະຕິບັດຕາມຂັ້ນຕອນເຫຼົ່ານີ້ ເພື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີເກັບຂໍ້ມູນສະເພາະ ສຳລັບໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ " +"ອາດຈະລວມເຖິງຂໍ້ມູນອື່ນໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມລະບົບໃໝ່ປະເພດ <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa² " +"ຕາມທີ່ໄດ້ລະບຸໄວ້ໃນບົດ <emphasis role=\"strong\">ການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນນຳໃຊ້</emphasis> ຂອງຄູ່ມືເຫຼັ້ມນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຢ່າງນີ້ໃຊ້ 'nas-server.intern' ເປັນຊື່ເຊີເວີ. ເມື່ອ 'nas-server.intern' ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າແລ້ວ, " +"ໃຫ້ກວດເບິ່ງວ່າຈຸດສົ່ງອອກ NFS (NFS export points) ໃນເຊີເວີເກັບຂໍ້ມູນໃໝ່ " +"ໄດ້ຖືກສົ່ງອອກໄປຫາເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍ ຫຼື ເຄື່ອງທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງແລ້ວຫຼືບໍ່:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"ໃນບ່ອນນີ້ ທຸກຢ່າງໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ (backbone network) ຈະໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງ /storage. " +"(ສິ່ງນີ້ສາມາດຈຳກັດໃຫ້ສະເພາະສະມາຊິກ netgroup ຫຼື ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ດຽວ ເພື່ອຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ NFS " +"ຄືກັບທີ່ເຮັດໃນໄຟລ໌ tjener:/etc/exports)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມຂໍ້ມູນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອັດຕະໂນມັດ (automount) ກ່ຽວກັບ 'nas-server.intern' ໃນ LDAP " +"ເພື່ອອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍທັງໝົດທຳການ mount ຈຸດສົ່ງອອກໃໝ່ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດເມື່ອມີການຮ້ອງຂໍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"ສິ່ງນີ້ບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa², ເພາະວ່າຍັງຂາດໂມດູນສຳລັບ automount. ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ ldapvi ແທນ " +"ແລະ ເພີ່ມອອບເຈັກ LDAP ທີ່ຈຳເປັນໂດຍໃຊ້ໂປຣແກຣມແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຄວາມ (editor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອປ່ອງຢ້ຽມແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຄວາມປະກົດຂຶ້ນ, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມອອບເຈັກ LDAP ຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ໃສ່ທາງລຸ່ມສຸດຂອງເອກະສານ. (ສ່ວນ \"/" +"&\" ໃນອອບເຈັກ LDAP ສຸດທ້າຍແມ່ນ wild card ທີ່ກົງກັບທຸກຢ່າງທີ່ 'nas-server.intern' " +"ສົ່ງອອກ, ເຮັດໃຫ້ບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງລະບຸລາຍການ mount point ແຕ່ລະອັນໃນ LDAP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມລາຍການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງໃນ tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, ເພາະວ່າ tjener.intern ບໍ່ໄດ້ໃຊ້ " +"automount ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນການເກີດ mounting loops:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"ສ້າງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ mount point ໂດຍໃຊ້ <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, ແກ້ໄຂ '/" +"etc/fstab' ຕາມຄວາມເໝາະສົມ ແລະ ຣັນ <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອ mount ຊັບພະຍາກອນໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"ບັດນີ້ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄວນຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ໃນ 'nas-server.intern' ໄດ້ໂດຍກົງ ພຽງແຕ່ເຂົ້າໄປທີ່ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ " +"'/tjener/nas-server/storage/' ໂດຍໃຊ້ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນໃດກໍໄດ້ ໃນເຄື່ອງເວີກສະເຕຊັນ, LTSP thin " +"client ຫຼື LTSP ເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "ຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງການລັອກອິນຜ່ານ SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "ມີຫຼາຍວິທີໃນການຈຳກັດການລັອກອິນ SSH, ບາງວິທີໄດ້ລະບຸໄວ້ຢູ່ທີ່ນີ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າໂດຍບໍ່ມີເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າບໍ່ມີການໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP, ວິທີແກ້ໄຂທີ່ງ່າຍດາຍແມ່ນການສ້າງກຸ່ມໃໝ່ (ເຊັ່ນ " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) ແລະ ເພີ່ມແຖວຂໍ້ຄວາມລົງໃນໄຟລ໌ /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config ຂອງເຄື່ອງ. ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ, ສະເພາະສະມາຊິກໃນກຸ່ມ <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput> ເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ຈະໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ ssh ເຂົ້າເຄື່ອງໄດ້ຈາກທຸກບ່ອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "ການຈັດການກໍລະນີນີດ້ວຍ GOsa² ແມ່ນຂ້ອນຂ້າງງ່າຍດາຍ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"ສ້າງກຸ່ມ <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> ໃນລະດັບພື້ນຖານ " +"(ບ່ອນທີ່ມີກຸ່ມທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບການຈັດການລະບົບອື່ນໆ ເຊັ່ນ <computeroutput>gosa-admins</" +"computeroutput> ປະກົດຢູ່ແລ້ວ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ເຂົ້າໃນກຸ່ມໃໝ່ <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມ <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> ລົງໃນ /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າພ້ອມກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ແບບບໍ່ມີດິດ (diskless) ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານແມ່ນບໍ່ໄດ້ໃຊ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ SSH. " +"ພຽງແຕ່ທຳການອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ ຫຼັງຈາກປ່ຽນການຕັ້ງຄ່າ SSH " +"ກໍພຽງພໍແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ X2Go thin client ແມ່ນໃຊ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ SSH ໄປຫາ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ. ດັ່ງນັ້ນ " +"ຈຶ່ງຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໃຊ້ວິທີການອື່ນໂດຍຜ່ານ PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "ເປີດນຳໃຊ້ pam_access.so ໃນໄຟລ໌ /etc/pam.d/sshd ຂອງ LTSP ເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າ /etc/security/access.conf ເພື່ອອະນຸຍາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ (ຕົວຢ່າງ) alice, jane, " +"bob ແລະ john ຈາກທຸກບ່ອນ ແລະ ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ອື່ນໆທັງໝົດ ໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດ້ສະເພາະຈາກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ " +"ໂດຍການເພີ່ມແຖວເຫຼົ່ານີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້ານຳໃຊ້ສະເພາະ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ, ເຄືອຂ່າຍ 10.0.0.0/8 ອາດຈະຖືກຍົກເລີກ " +"ເພື່ອປິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ຈາກພາຍໃນ. ໝາຍເຫດ: ຜູ້ໃດກໍຕາມທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຄື່ອງຂອງຕົນເອງ " +"ເຂົ້າກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ໂດຍກົງ ກໍຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ SSH ຂອງ LTSP ເຊີເວີໄດ້ເຊັ່ນກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "ໝາຍເຫດສຳລັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຊັບຊ້ອນກວ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ X2Go ຖືກເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍຫຼັກ 10.0.0.0/8, ສິ່ງຕ່າງໆຈະຊັບຊ້ອນຂຶ້ນກວ່າເກົ່າ ແລະ " +"ອາດຈະຕ້ອງໃຊ້ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ DHCP ທີ່ລະອຽດ (ໃນ LDAP) ເພື່ອກວດສອບ vendor-class-identifier " +"ຮ່ວມກັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າ PAM ທີ່ເໝາະສົມ ເພື່ອປິດການລັອກອິນ SSH ຈາກພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບເດັສທັອບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບແບບຫຼາຍພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອຮອງຮັບຫຼາຍພາສາ, ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງປະຕິບັດຕາມຂັ້ນຕອນເຫຼົ່ານີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"ຣັນ <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (ໃນນາມ root) " +"ແລະ ເລືອກພາສາຕ່າງໆ (ແບບ UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງເຫຼົ່ານີ້ໃນນາມ root ເພື່ອຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"ຫຼັງຈາກນັ້ນ ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈະສາມາດເລືອກພາສາຜ່ານ LightDM display manager ກ່ອນການລັອກອິນ; ສິ່ງນີ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້ກັບ " +"Xfce, LXDE ແລະ LXQt. ສຳລັບ GNOME ແລະ KDE ແມ່ນມີເຄື່ອງມືຕັ້ງຄ່າ ພາກພື້ນ ແລະ ພາສາ " +"ພາຍໃນຂອງຕົນເອງ, ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ. MATE ໃຊ້ Arctica greeter ເທິງ LightDM " +"ເຊິ່ງບໍ່ມີບ່ອນເລືອກພາສາ. ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໄດ້ໜ້າຈໍທັກທາຍ LightDM ແບບມາດຕະຖານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "ການຫຼິ້ນແຜ່ນ DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss ແມ່ນຈຳເປັນສຳລັບການຫຼິ້ນແຜ່ນ DVD ທາງການຄ້າສ່ວນໃຫຍ່. ດ້ວຍເຫດຜົນທາງດ້ານກົດໝາຍ, " +"ມັນຈຶ່ງບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກລວມເຂົ້າໃນ Debian (Edu). ຖ້າທ່ານໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດຕາມກົດໝາຍໃຫ້ໃຊ້ວຽກມັນໄດ້, " +"ທ່ານສາມາດສ້າງແພັກເກດທ້ອງຖິ່ນຂອງທ່ານເອງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> ຂອງ Debian; ກວດສອບໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າໄດ້ເປີດໃຊ້ <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> ໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " +"ແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຕອບຄຳຖາມຂອງ debconf, ຈາກນັ້ນຣັນ <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "ຟອນລາຍມື (Handwriting fonts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> " +"(ເຊິ່ງຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງມາໃຫ້ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ) ຈະຕິດຕັ້ງຟອນ \"Abecedario\" " +"ເຊິ່ງເປັນຟອນລາຍມືທີ່ສວຍງາມສຳລັບເດັກນ້ອຍ. ຟອນນີ້ມີຫຼາຍຮູບແບບເພື່ອໃຊ້ກັບເດັກນ້ອຍ: ແບບຈ້ຳເມັດ ແລະ " +"ແບບມີເສັ້ນບັນທັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "ແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບ thin clients ແລະ diskless workstations" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ຄຳສັບລວມທີ່ໃຊ້ເອີ້ນທັງ thin clients ແລະ diskless workstations ແມ່ນ <emphasis>LTSP " +"client</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"ເລີ່ມຕັ້ງແຕ່ເວີຊັນ Bullseye ເປັນຕົ້ນມາ, LTSP ແມ່ນມີຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງຈາກເວີຊັນກ່ອນໆຂ້ອນຂ້າງຫຼາຍ. " +"ສິ່ງນີ້ລວມເຖິງທັງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ແລະ ການບຳລຸງຮັກສາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນຢ່າງໜຶ່ງແມ່ນ ອິເມຈ SquashFS ສຳລັບ diskless workstations " +"ໃນເວລານີ້ແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນຈາກລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຂອງ LTSP ເຊີເວີໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ. ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະເກີດຂຶ້ນໃນເຊີເວີແບບລວມ " +"(combined server) ເມື່ອມີການບູດເຄື່ອງຄັ້ງທຳອິດ, ເຊິ່ງຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຄາວໜຶ່ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Thin clients ບໍ່ໄດ້ເປັນສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງ LTSP ອີກຕໍ່ໄປ. Debian Edu ໃຊ້ X2Go " +"ເພື່ອຍັງຄົງຮອງຮັບການນຳໃຊ້ thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ມີການແຍກ LTSP ເຊີເວີ ຫຼື ມີເຊີເວີເພີ່ມເຕີມ, ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຈຳເປັນສຳລັບ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສະພາບແວດລ້ອມ " +"LTSP client ຈະຍັງບໍ່ທັນສົມບູນໃນເວລານຳຕິດຕັ້ງ. ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ລະບົບຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າດ້ວຍ " +"GOsa² ແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນທົ່ວໄປກ່ຽວກັບ LTSP, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກຂອງ " +"LTSP</ulink>. ໃນລະບົບທີ່ມີໂປຣໄຟລ໌ <emphasis>LTSP server</emphasis>, ຄຳສັ່ງ " +"<computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> ຈະໃຫ້ຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> ຈາກ LTSP " +"ຈະຕ້ອງຖືກນຳໃຊ້ຢ່າງລະມັດລະວັງ. ຕົວຢ່າງ, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " +"ອາດຈະບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງອິເມຈ SquashFS ໄດ້ ໃນກໍລະນີຂອງເຄື່ອງ Debian (ເນື່ອງຈາກເຄື່ອງເຫຼົ່ານີ້ມີພາກສ່ວນ /" +"boot ແຍກຕ່າງຫາກໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> " +"ອາດຈະສ້າງເມນູ iPXE ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ (ຍ້ອນການຮອງຮັບ thin client ຂອງ Debian Edu), ແລະ " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> ອາດຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ການບູດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP " +"ເພພັງໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> " +"ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບຄອບ ສຳລັບ <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. ມັນຖືກໃຊ້ເພື່ອຕັ້ງຄ່າການຮອງຮັບ diskless workstation ແລະ thin client " +"(ທັງແບບ PC 64-Bit ແລະ 32-Bit). ເບິ່ງ <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-" +"install</computeroutput> ຫຼື ເນື້ອໃນຂອງສະຄຣິບ ເພື່ອເບິ່ງວິທີການເຮັດວຽກ. " +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທັງໝົດແມ່ນລວມຢູ່ໃນຕົວສະຄຣິບເອງ (ເອກະສານ HERE) " +"ເພື່ອຄວາມສະດວກໃນການປັບແຕ່ງຕາມແຕ່ລະສະຖານທີ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "ຕົວຢ່າງການນຳໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບຄອບ <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> ອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS ຂອງ diskless workstation (ລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຂອງເຊີເວີ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> ສ້າງການຮອງຮັບ diskless workstation ແລະ thin " +"client ແບບ 64-bit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> ສ້າງການຮອງຮັບ thin client ແບບ 32-bit ເພີ່ມເຕີມ (chroot ແລະ ອິເມຈ " +"SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"ນອກຈາກແບບ <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (ລະບົບ thin client ທີ່ນ້ອຍທີ່ສຸດ) ແລ້ວ, " +"ຍັງມີຕົວເລືອກ <emphasis>display</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> " +"ໃຫ້ເລືອກອີກດ້ວຍ. ປະເພດ <emphasis>display</emphasis> ຈະມີປຸ່ມປິດເຄື່ອງໃຫ້, ສ່ວນປະເພດ " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> ຈະຣັນ Firefox ESR ໃນໂໝດ kiosk ຢູ່ເທິງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍເອງ " +"(ເຊິ່ງຕ້ອງການ RAM ແລະ CPU ທ້ອງຖິ່ນຫຼາຍຂຶ້ນ, ແຕ່ຈະຊ່ວຍຫຼຸດພາລະຂອງເຊີເວີລົງ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບຄອບ " +"ສຳລັບ <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. ມັນຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າໄຟລ໌ /srv/tftp/" +"ltsp/ltsp.ipxe ແມ່ນຖືກກຳນົດມາສະເພາະສຳລັບ Debian Edu. ຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຣັນ " +"ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ມີການປ່ຽນແປງລາຍການທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບເມນູ iPXE (ເຊັ່ນ ເວລາລໍຖ້າເມນູ ຫຼື ການຕັ້ງຄ່າການບູດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ) " +"ໃນສ່ວນ [server] ຂອງ /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " +"ແມ່ນສະຄຣິບຄອບ ສຳລັບ <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. ມັນຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າ " +"initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) ທີ່ຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນແມ່ນກົງກັບກໍລະນີການນຳໃຊ້ ແລະ " +"ຖືກຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງ. ຄຳສັ່ງນີ້ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຣັນ ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ມີການປ່ຽນແປງ ໃນສ່ວນ [clients] " +"ຂອງ /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"ແມ່ນສິ່ງທີ່ມາແທນ ເຄື່ອງມື <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> ທີ່ມາພ້ອມກັບ LTSP5. " +"ມັນຖືກໃຊ້ເພື່ອຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ ໃນ LTSP chroot ທີ່ລະບຸໄວ້ (ເຊັ່ນ ການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ການອັບເກຣດ ແລະ " +"ການຖອນແພັກເກດ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ເວີກສະເຕຊັນແບບບໍ່ມີດິດ (Diskless workstation)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Diskless workstation ຈະຣັນຊອບແວທັງໝົດຢູ່ໃນເຄື່ອງທ້ອງຖິ່ນ. ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍຈະບູດ ໂດຍກົງຈາກ LTSP " +"ເຊີເວີ ໂດຍບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີຮາດດິດໃນເຄື່ອງ. ຊອບແວຈະຖືກຈັດການ ແລະ ບຳລຸງຮັກສາຢູ່ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ, " +"ແຕ່ຈະຖືກປະມວນຜົນຢູ່ໃນ diskless workstation. ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ (home directories) ແລະ " +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລະບົບກໍຈະຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນເຊີເວີເຊັ່ນກັນ. Diskless workstation " +"ແມ່ນວິທີທີ່ດີເລີດໃນການນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວເກົ່າ (ແຕ່ຍັງມີປະສິດທິພາບ) ຄືນໃໝ່ ໂດຍມີຄ່າໃຊ້ຈ່າຍໃນການບຳລຸງຮັກສາຕ່ຳ " +"ຄືກັນກັບ thin clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Diskless workstation ຈະເຮັດວຽກໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນ GOsa² " +"ຄືກັບເຄື່ອງເວີກສະເຕຊັນທົ່ວໄປ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ທິນໄຄລແອນ (Thin client)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ thin client ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ PC ທົ່ວໄປສາມາດເຮັດວຽກເປັນ (X-)terminal ໄດ້, " +"ເຊິ່ງຊອບແວທັງໝົດຈະຖືກຣັນຢູ່ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ. ນັ້ນໝາຍຄວາມວ່າເຄື່ອງນີ້ຈະບູດຜ່ານ PXE " +"ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຮາດດິດທ້ອງຖິ່ນ ແລະ LTSP ເຊີເວີກໍຕ້ອງເປັນເຄື່ອງທີ່ມີປະສິດທິພາບສູງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "Debian Edu ຍັງຄົງຮອງຮັບການນຳໃຊ້ thin client ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ຮາດແວທີ່ເກົ່າຫຼາຍໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"ເນື່ອງຈາກ Thin client ໃຊ້ X2Go, ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄວນປິດການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ compositing " +"ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນບັນຫາການສະແດງຜົນທີ່ຜິດພາດ. ໃນກໍລະນີມາດຕະຖານ (Xfce): ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ (Settings) " +"-> ປັບແຕ່ງຕົວຈັດການປ່ອງຢ້ຽມ (Window Manager Tweaks) -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ເຟີມແວຂອງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP (LTSP client firmware)</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"ການບູດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ຈະບໍ່ສຳເລັດ ຖ້າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ ຕ້ອງການເຟີມແວແບບ non-" +"free. ການຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE ສາມາດໃຊ້ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂບັນຫາ ໃນການບູດຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍ; ຖ້າຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian " +"ແຈ້ງເຕືອນວ່າຂາດໄຟລ໌ XXX.bin, ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງເພີ່ມເຟີມແວ non-free ເຂົ້າໃນ initrd ຂອງ LTSP " +"ເຊີເວີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "ໃຫ້ດຳເນີນການດັ່ງນີ້ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "ທຳອິດໃຫ້ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບແພັກເກດເຟີມແວ ໂດຍຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"ຕັດສິນໃຈວ່າຈະຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດໃດສຳລັບອຸປະກອນເຄືອຂ່າຍ, ເຊິ່ງສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ແລ້ວຈະແມ່ນ firmware-linux, " +"ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "ອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS ສຳລັບ diskless workstations ໂດຍຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ມີການນຳໃຊ້ X2Go thin clients, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "ແລະ ດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ຕາມຂໍ້ມູນການນຳໃຊ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ອັບເດດອິເມຈ SquashFS; ຕົວຢ່າງ ສຳລັບ /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, " +"ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "ການເລືອກປະເພດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"LTSP ເຊີເວີແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງມີສອງອິນເຕີເຟສອີເທີເນັດ: ອັນໜຶ່ງຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍຫຼັກ 10.0.0.0/8 " +"(ເຊິ່ງໃຊ້ຮ່ວມກັບເຊີເວີຫຼັກ), ແລະ ອີກອັນໜຶ່ງແມ່ນສ້າງເປັນເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍທ້ອງຖິ່ນ " +"(ເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍແຍກຕ່າງຫາກສຳລັບ LTSP ເຊີເວີແຕ່ລະເຄື່ອງ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"ໃນທັງສອງກໍລະນີ, ທ່ານສາມາດເລືອກ <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> ຫຼື " +"<emphasis>thin client</emphasis> ໄດ້ຈາກເມນູ iPXE. ຫຼັງຈາກລໍຖ້າ 5 ວິນາທີ, " +"ເຄື່ອງຈະບູດເຂົ້າເປັນ diskless workstation ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍການບູດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນຂອງເມນູ iPXE ແລະ ເວລາລໍຖ້າ ສາມາດຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. ຫາກຕັ້ງຄ່າເວລາລໍຖ້າເປັນ <emphasis>-1</emphasis> " +"ຈະເປັນການເຊື່ອງເມນູ. ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການປ່ຽນແປງມີຜົນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ອື່ນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 ແມ່ນເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ ຫາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຄື່ອງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP. " +"ຖ້າມີເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ຈຳນວນຫຼາຍ ຫຼື ຖ້າຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງກັນບໍລິການທັງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມ " +"chroot ແບບ i386 ແລະ amd64, ກໍສາມາດໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍ 192.168.1.0/24 " +"ທີ່ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້ກ່ອນແລ້ວໄດ້ເຊັ່ນກັນ. ໃຫ້ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"computeroutput> ແລະ ປັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າ eth1 ຕາມຄວາມເໝາະສົມ. ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> ຫຼື ໂປຣແກຣມແກ້ໄຂ LDAP ອື່ນໆ ເພື່ອກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າ DNS ແລະ DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "ເພີ່ມ LTSP chroot ເພື່ອຮອງຮັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ PC ແບບ 32-bit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "ເພື່ອສ້າງ chroot ແລະ ອິເມຈ SquashFS, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງ <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> " +"ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດ ກ່ຽວກັບປະເພດຂອງ thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ຣັນ <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> ເພື່ອເບິ່ງຕົວເລືອກການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ທີ່ມີໃຫ້. " +"ຫຼື ອ່ານທາງອອນລາຍໄດ້ທີ່: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມລາຍການການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຂົ້າໃນສ່ວນ [clients] ຂອງ /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການປ່ຽນແປງມີຜົນ, ໃຫ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "ລະບົບສຽງກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "LTSP thin clients ໃຊ້ລະບົບສຽງຜ່ານເຄືອຂ່າຍເພື່ອສົ່ງສຽງຈາກເຊີເວີໄປຫາເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP diskless workstations ຈັດການລະບົບສຽງພາຍໃນເຄື່ອງໂດຍກົງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ແລະ CD-ROM/DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຽບ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ຫຼື ໃສ່ແຜ່ນ DVD / CD-ROM ເຂົ້າໃນ Diskless Workstation, " +"ໄອຄອນທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງຈະປະກົດຂຶ້ນເທິງໜ້າຈໍເດັສທັອບ, ເຊິ່ງຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົ້າເຖິງເນື້ອໃນ ໄດ້ຄືກັນກັບໃນເຄື່ອງເວີກສະເຕຊັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຽບ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ເຂົ້າໃນ X2Go thin client ປະເພດ bare (ການຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"ເຊີເວີແບບລວມມາດຕະຖານ), ອຸປະກອນຈະຖືກ mount ທັນທີທີ່ຄລິກສອງບາດໃສ່ ໄອຄອນໂຟນເດີທີ່ມີຢູ່ເທິງໜ້າຈໍ " +"Xfce. ເນື້ອໃນອາດຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຄາວໜຶ່ງ ກວ່າຈະປະກົດຂຶ້ນໃນຕົວຈັດການໄຟລ໌ ຂຶ້ນຢູ່ກັບປະລິມານຂໍ້ມູນໃນອຸປະກອນນັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "ຄຳເຕືອນກ່ຽວກັບອຸປະກອນເກັບຂໍ້ມູນແບບຖອດໄດ້ໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"ເມື່ອສຽບ USB ໄດຣຟ໌ ຫຼື ອຸປະກອນເກັບຂໍ້ມູນອື່ນໆ ເຂົ້າໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ, " +"ມັນຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ໄອຄອນໂຟນເດີທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງປະກົດຂຶ້ນເທິງໜ້າຈໍເດັສທັອບຂອງ LTSP thin client. " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຈາກໄລຍະໄກຈະສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງພິມທີ່ຕໍ່ກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "ຕໍ່ເຄື່ອງພິມເຂົ້າກັບເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP (ຮອງຮັບທັງພອດ USB ແລະ ພອດຂະໜານ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ໃນ GOsa² ໃຫ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ (fixed IP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"ຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄື່ອງພິມໂດຍຜ່ານເວັບອິນເຕີເຟສ <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ; ເລືອກປະເພດເຄື່ອງພິມເຄືອຂ່າຍເປັນ <computeroutput>AppSocket/" +"HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (ສຳລັບເຄື່ອງພິມທຸກລຸ້ນໂດຍບໍ່ສົນໃຈຍີ່ຫໍ້) ແລະ ຕັ້ງຄ່າ connection " +"URI ເປັນ <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "ການປັບແຕ່ງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE ຫຍໍ້າມາຈາກ Preboot eXecution Environment. ປັດຈຸບັນ Debian Edu ໃຊ້ <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບ LTSP ງ່າຍຂຶ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເມນູ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍການໃນເມນູ iPXE ທີ່ກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕັ້ງລະບົບແມ່ນຖືກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໂດຍໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບ " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. ມັນອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ຂຽນທັບ " +"ບາງການຕັ້ງຄ່າໄດ້ ໂດຍໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" +"computeroutput> ພ້ອມກັບຄ່າໃໝ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າການຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"ການຕິດຕັ້ງຜ່ານ PXE ຈະຮັບເອົາການຕັ້ງຄ່າພາສາ, ຮູບແບບຄີບອດ ແລະ ຄັງເກັບຊອບແວ (mirror) " +"ມາຈາກການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ໃຊ້ຕອນຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ, ສ່ວນຄຳຖາມອື່ນໆ ຈະຖືກຖາມໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ (ໂປຣໄຟລ໌, " +"ການມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມໃນ popcon, ການແບ່ງພາດທິຊັນ ແລະ ລະຫັດຜ່ານ root). ເພື່ອຫຼີກເວັ້ນຄຳຖາມເຫຼົ່ານີ້, " +"ທ່ານສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອໃຫ້ຄຳຕອບທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າແກ່ຄ່າ debconf. ຕົວຢ່າງບາງອັນຂອງຄ່າ debconf " +"ທີ່ມີໃຫ້ ໄດ້ຖືກໃສ່ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄຳເຫັນ (comment) ໄວ້ແລ້ວໃນໄຟລ໌ດັ່ງກ່າວ. ການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານ " +"ຈະຖືກລຶບອອກທັນທີ ຫາກມີການໃຊ້ <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງສະພາບແວດລ້ອມການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ຄືນໃໝ່. ເພື່ອເພີ່ມຄ່າ debconf ລົງໃນ " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"ໃນລະຫວ່າງການສ້າງຄືນໃໝ່ດ້ວຍ <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມໄຟລ໌ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> ພ້ອມກັບຄ່າ debconf ເພີ່ມເຕີມຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບການປັບແຕ່ງການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE ໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">ການຕິດຕັ້ງ " +"(Installation)</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຄັງເກັບຊອບແວ (repository) ເອງ ສຳລັບການຕິດຕັ້ງ PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການເພີ່ມຄັງເກັບຊອບແວເອງ, ໃຫ້ເພີ່ມຂໍ້ຄວາມລັກສະນະນີ້ລົງໃນ <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"ແລ້ວຣັນ <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> ໜຶ່ງຄັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "ການປ່ຽນການຕັ້ງຄ່າເຄືອຂ່າຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ debian-edu-config ມາພ້ອມກັບເຄື່ອງມືທີ່ຊ່ວຍໃນການປ່ຽນເຄືອຂ່າຍຈາກ 10.0.0.0/8 " +"ເປັນຄ່າອື່ນ. ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-" +"change</computeroutput>. ມັນມີໄວ້ສຳລັບໃຊ້ທັນທີຫຼັງຈາກຕິດຕັ້ງເຊີເວີຫຼັກແລ້ວ, ເພື່ອອັບເດດ LDAP ແລະ " +"ໄຟລ໌ອື່ນໆ ທີ່ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການແກ້ໄຂເພື່ອປ່ຽນເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍ (subnet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"ໝາຍເຫດ: ການປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍທີ່ຖືກໃຊ້ຢູ່ໃນບ່ອນອື່ນຂອງ Debian Edu ແລ້ວ ແມ່ນຈະໃຊ້ການບໍ່ໄດ້. " +"192.168.0.0/24 ແລະ 192.168.1.0/24 ໄດ້ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນເຄືອຂ່າຍເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ LTSP ແລ້ວ. " +"ການປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ເຄືອຂ່າຍຍ່ອຍເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ແກ້ໄຂໄຟລ໌ການຕັ້ງຄ່າດ້ວຍຕົນເອງ ເພື່ອລຶບລາຍການທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນອອກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"ບໍ່ມີວິທີທີ່ງ່າຍໃນການປ່ຽນຊື່ໂດເມນ DNS. ການປ່ຽນມັນຈະຕ້ອງໄດ້ປ່ຽນທັງໂຄງສ້າງ LDAP ແລະ " +"ໄຟລ໌ຫຼາຍໆອັນໃນລະບົບໄຟລ໌ຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ. ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນ, ບໍ່ມີວິທີທີ່ງ່າຍ ໃນການປ່ຽນຊື່ໂຮສ໌ (host) ແລະ ຊື່ " +"DNS ຂອງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ (tjener.intern). ການເຮັດແນວນັ້ນກໍຈະຕ້ອງມີການປ່ຽນແປງໃນ LDAP ແລະ " +"ໄຟລ໌ຕ່າງໆ ໃນທັງເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ແລະ ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ. ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, ໃນທັງສອງກໍລະນີ, ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Kerberos " +"ກໍຈະຕ້ອງຖືກປ່ຽນແປງນຳ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "ເດັສທັອບໄລຍະໄກ (Remote Desktop)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"ການເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ LTSP ເຊີເວີ ຫຼື ໂປຣໄຟລ໌ເຊີເວີແບບລວມ ຈະທຳການຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ <emphasis>xrdp</" +"emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> ໃຫ້ພ້ອມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp ໃຊ້ Remote Desktop Protocol ເພື່ອສະແດງໜ້າຈໍລັອກອິນແບບກຣາຟິກໃຫ້ແກ່ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍໄລຍະໄກ. " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ Microsoft Windows ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ LTSP ເຊີເວີທີ່ຣັນ xrdp " +"ໄດ້ໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງຕິດຕັ້ງຊອບແວເພີ່ມເຕີມ - ພຽງແຕ່ເປີດ Remote Desktop Connection ໃນເຄື່ອງ Windows " +"ແລ້ວທຳການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, xrdp ຍັງສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ VNC ເຊີເວີ ຫຼື RDP ເຊີເວີອື່ນໆ ໄດ້ອີກດ້ວຍ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp ບໍ່ໄດ້ມາມີການຮອງຮັບລະບົບສຽງໃນຕົວ; ເພື່ອຄອມໄພລ໌ (ຫຼື ຄອມໄພລ໌ຄືນໃໝ່) ໂມດູນທີ່ຈຳເປັນ " +"ກໍສາມາດໃຊ້ສະຄຣິບນີ້ໄດ້. ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ: ຜູ້ຣັນຄຳສັ່ງຈະຕ້ອງເປັນ root ຫຼື ເປັນສະມາຊິກໃນກຸ່ມ sudo. " +"ນອກຈາກນັ້ນ, ໄຟລ໌ /etc/apt/sources.list ຈະຕ້ອງມີແຖວ deb-src ທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go ຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ທ່ານສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງເດັສທັອບແບບກຣາຟິກໃນ LTSP ເຊີເວີ ຜ່ານທັງການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ທີ່ມີແບນວິດ " +"(bandwidth) ຕ່ຳ ແລະ ສູງ ຈາກ PC ທີ່ຣັນ Linux, Windows ຫຼື macOS. " +"ຝັ່ງເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີ ຊອບແວເພີ່ມເຕີມ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/" +"doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> ສຳລັບຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ຫາກມີການໃຊ້ X2Go, ແພັກເກດ <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " +"ຄວນຈະຖືກຖອນອອກຈາກ LTSP ເຊີເວີ, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ Remote Desktop ທີ່ມີໃຫ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງມາໃຫ້ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ ແລະ " +"ສາມາດໃຊ້ໄດ້ທັງ RDP ແລະ VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - ວິທີທີ່ງ່າຍທີ່ສຸດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງ Windows terminal server. ແພັກເກດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍ " +"ທາງເລືອກອື່ນແມ່ນ <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) ໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງ Skolelinux ຈາກໄລຍະໄກ. " +"ແພັກເກດເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍທາງເລືອກອື່ນແມ່ນ <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບກຣາຟິກສຳລັບລະບົບ " +"X2Go (ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກຕິດຕັ້ງມາໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ). ທ່ານສາມາດໃຊ້ມັນເພື່ອເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊດຊັນ (session) " +"ທີ່ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກຢູ່ ຫຼື ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນເຊດຊັນໃໝ່ກໍໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "ເຄື່ອງລູກຂ່າຍແບບໄຮ້ສາຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"ເຊີເວີ <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> " +"ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ເພື່ອໃຫ້ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຄືອຂ່າຍທີ່ມີຄວາມປອດໄພ. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສິ່ງນີ້ເຮັດວຽກໄດ້, ໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດ " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> ແລະ <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ " +"ແລ້ວຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-" +"freeradius-server</computeroutput> ເພື່ອສ້າງການຕັ້ງຄ່າພື້ນຖານສະເພາະສຳລັບສະຖານທີ່ຂອງທ່ານ. " +"ດ້ວຍວິທີນີ້, ທັງ EAP-TTLS/PAP ແລະ PEAP-MSCHAPV2 ຈະຖືກເປີດນຳໃຊ້. " +"ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທັງໝົດແມ່ນລວມຢູ່ໃນຕົວສະຄຣິບເອງ ເພື່ອຄວາມສະດວກໃນການປັບແຕ່ງ. ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກຂອງ freeRADIUS</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າເພີ່ມເຕີມເພື່ອ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"ເປີດ/ປິດ ຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ (access points) ໂດຍຜ່ານ <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/" +"etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"ອະນຸຍາດ/ປະຕິເສດ ການເຂົ້າເຖິງແບບໄຮ້ສາຍໂດຍໃຊ້ກຸ່ມ LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "ລວມຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຂົ້າເປັນກຸ່ມສະເພາະ (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"ອຸປະກອນຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຸດທ້າຍ (End user devices) ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຮັບການຕັ້ງຄ່າຢ່າງຖືກຕ້ອງ, " +"ອຸປະກອນເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຈະຕ້ອງຖືກປົກປ້ອງດ້ວຍ PIN ສຳລັບການໃຊ້ວິທີ EAP (802.1x). " +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄວນໄດ້ຮັບການແນະນຳໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງ CA certificate ຂອງ freeradius ໃນອຸປະກອນຂອງຕົນ " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າໄດ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ວິທີນີ້ຈະຊ່ວຍບໍ່ໃຫ້ລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງພວກເຂົາ " +"ຖືກລັກໄປໄດ້ໃນກໍລະນີທີ່ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບເຊີເວີທີ່ບໍ່ຫວັງດີ. ໃບຮັບຮອງ (certificate) ສະເພາະ " +"ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (ສຳລັບອຸປະກອນທີ່ຣັນ Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າອຸປະກອນຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຸດທ້າຍຈະເປັນສິ່ງທີ່ທ້າທາຍຫຼາຍ " +"ເນື່ອງຈາກຄວາມຫຼາກຫຼາຍຂອງອຸປະກອນ. ສຳລັບ Windows ອາດຈະຕ້ອງສ້າງສະຄຣິບຕິດຕັ້ງ, ສ່ວນອຸປະກອນ " +"Apple ອາດຈະຕ້ອງໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ mobileconfig. ທັງສອງກໍລະນີ ສາມາດລວມເອົາ CA certificate ຂອງ " +"freeRADIUS ເຂົ້າໄປໄດ້, ແຕ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມື ສະເພາະຂອງແຕ່ລະລະບົບປະຕິບັດການເພື່ອສ້າງສະຄຣິບເຫຼົ່ານັ້ນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "ການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນເຄື່ອງ Windows ດ້ວຍບັນຊີ Debian Edu ໂດຍໃຊ້ປັກອິນ pGina LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "ການເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ pGina ໃນ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ pGina (ຫຼື ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນຈາກພາຍນອກອື່ນໆ), ທ່ານຄວນຈະມີບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ພິເສດ " +"ເພື່ອໃຊ້ໃນການຄົ້ນຫາພາຍໃນ LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"ເພີ່ມຜູ້ໃຊ້ພິເສດ, ເຊັ່ນ <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> ພ້ອມກັບ ລະຫັດຜ່ານ " +"<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, ໃນເວັບໄຊ <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "ຕິດຕັ້ງ pGina fork" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"ດາວໂຫຼດ ແລະ ຕິດຕັ້ງ pGina 3.9.9.12 ຄືກັບຊອບແວທົ່ວໄປ. ໃຫ້ສັງເກດວ່າ ປັກອິນ LDAP " +"ຈະຢູ່ໃນໂຟນເດີປັກອິນຂອງ pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອງ Debian Edu, ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ LDAP ຈະໃຊ້ SSL ຜ່ານພອດ 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "ດັ່ງນັ້ນ ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ຈຳເປັນໃນປັກອິນ pGina LDAP ຈຶ່ງມີດັ່ງລຸ່ມນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(ຄ່າເຫຼົ່ານີ້ຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນ " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "ສ່ວນຫຼັກຂອງປັກອິນ LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (ຫຼື ຄ່າອື່ນໆ ໂດຍໃຊ້ " +"\"ຍະຫວ່າງ\" ເປັນຕົວຂັ້ນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (ສຳລັບການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແບບ SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (ໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (ບໍ່ຕ້ອງໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(ບໍ່ຕ້ອງໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "(\"pguser\" ແມ່ນຜູ້ໃຊ້ສຳລັບຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນໃນ LDAP ເພື່ອຄົ້ນຫາຜູ້ໃຊ້ໃນເຊດຊັນການລັອກອິນ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Search Password: pwd.777 (ນີ້ແມ່ນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງ \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "ບລັອກການຢືນຢັນຕົວຕົນ (Authentication block)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "ແຖບ Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (ໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "ບລັອກການອະນຸຍາດ (Authorization block)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (ໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(ບໍ່ຕ້ອງໝາຍຕິກໃນຊ່ອງ, ເປັນທາງເລືອກ)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "ການເລືອກປັກອິນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (ໝາຍຕິກພຽງສອງຊ່ອງນີ້)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "ລຳດັບຂອງປັກອິນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "ແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba ໃນ Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"ປັດຈຸບັນ Samba ຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າເປັນ <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> ທີ່ຮອງຮັບ SMB2/" +"SMB3 ແບບໃໝ່ ແລະ ເປີດນຳໃຊ້ usershares, ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-" +"debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ. ວິທີນີ້ຈະຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ບໍ່ແມ່ນຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບ " +"ສາມາດສ້າງການແບ່ງປັນໄຟລ໌ (shares) ໄດ້." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບການປ່ຽນແປງສະເພາະບ່ອນ, ໃຫ້ກ່າຍ /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site " +"ໄປໄວ້ທີ່ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີ /etc/samba. ການຕັ້ງຄ່າໃນ <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> " +"ຈະຂຽນທັບຄ່າທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນ <emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍມາດຕະຖານ, ໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ອ່ານໄດ້ຢ່າງດຽວ (read only). ສິ່ງນີ້ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງໄດ້ໃນ " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ລະຫັດຜ່ານ Samba ຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໂດຍໃຊ້ <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> ແລະ " +"ຈະຖືກອັບເດດເມື່ອມີການປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຜ່ານ GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"ເພື່ອປິດການໃຊ້ງານບັນຊີ Samba ຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊົ່ວຄາວ, ໃຫ້ຣັນ <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d " +"<username></computeroutput>, ແລະ ຣັນ <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> ເພື່ອເປີດນຳໃຊ້ອີກຄັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"ການຣັນຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> ໃນເຊີເວີຫຼັກ ຈະເປັນການປິດ usershares ສຳລັບ 'ນັກຮຽນ' (students)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງໄຟລ໌ຜ່ານ Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແລະ ການແບ່ງປັນໄຟລ໌ເພີ່ມເຕີມ (ຫາກມີການຕັ້ງຄ່າໄວ້) " +"ແມ່ນສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຈາກອຸປະກອນທີ່ຣັນ Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS ຫຼື " +"Windows. ຕົວຢ່າງ: ອຸປະກອນ Android ຕ້ອງການຕົວຈັດການໄຟລ໌ທີ່ຮອງຮັບ SMB2/SMB3 ຫຼື ທີ່ເອີ້ນວ່າ LAN " +"access. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ຫຼື " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander ພ້ອມປັກອິນ " +"LAN</ulink> ອາດຈະເປັນທາງເລືອກທີ່ດີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"ໃຊ້ <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> ຫຼື " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> " +"ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງໄດເຣັກທໍຣີຫຼັກ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບການຮຽນ-ການສອນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"ແພັກເກດ Debian ທັງໝົດທີ່ກ່າວເຖິງໃນສ່ວນນີ້ ສາມາດຕິດຕັ້ງໄດ້ໂດຍການຣັນ <computeroutput>apt " +"install <package></computeroutput> (ໃນນາມ root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "ການສອນຂຽນໂປຣແກຣມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> ແມ່ນເມຕາແພັກເກດ (meta " +"package) ທີ່ລວມເອົາເຄື່ອງມືການຂຽນໂປຣແກຣມໄວ້ຫຼວງຫຼາຍ. ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ " +"ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງມີເນື້ອທີ່ວ່າງໃນດິດປະມານ 2 GiB ຫາກຕິດຕັ້ງແພັກເກດນີ້. ສຳລັບລາຍລະອຽດເພີ່ມເຕີມ (ຫຼື " +"ຫາກຕ້ອງການຕິດຕັ້ງພຽງບາງແພັກເກດ), ໃຫ້ເບິ່ງທີ່ໜ້າ <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/" +"edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "ການຕິດຕາມເບິ່ງນັກຮຽນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">ຄຳເຕືອນ</emphasis>: ໃຫ້ກວດສອບໃຫ້ແນ່ໃຈວ່າທ່ານ " +"ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ກົດໝາຍກ່ຽວກັບການຕິດຕາມ ແລະ ການຈຳກັດກິດຈະກຳຂອງຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄອມພິວເຕີ " +"ໃນຂອບເຂດອຳນາດສານຂອງທ່ານ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ບາງໂຮງຮຽນໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືຄວບຄຸມ ເຊັ່ນ <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ຫຼື <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> ເພື່ອເບິ່ງແຍງນັກຮຽນຂອງພວກເຂົາ. " +"ເບິ່ງເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ທີ່: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກ Epoptes</ulink> ແລະ " +"<ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">ເວັບໄຊຫຼັກ Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "ການຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງເຄືອຂ່າຍຂອງນັກຮຽນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"ບາງໂຮງຮຽນໃຊ້ <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ຫຼື <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> ເພື່ອຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງອິນເຕີເນັດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "ວິທີການ (HowTos) ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "ການປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຸກຄົນຄວນປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງຕົນເອງໂດຍໃຊ້ GOsa². ໂດຍການໃຊ້ບຣາວເຊີ ເຂົ້າໄປທີ່ " +"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"ການໃຊ້ GOsa² ເພື່ອປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ຈະຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ໝັ້ນໃຈວ່າລະຫັດຜ່ານສຳລັບ Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) ແລະ Samba ແມ່ນອັນດຽວກັນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"ການປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານໂດຍໃຊ້ PAM ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ທີ່ໜ້າລັອກອິນ GDM ເຊັ່ນກັນ, " +"ແຕ່ສິ່ງນີ້ຈະອັບເດດສະເພາະລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງ Kerberos ເທົ່ານັ້ນ, ໂດຍບໍ່ອັບເດດ ລະຫັດຜ່ານຂອງ Samba ແລະ " +"GOsa² (LDAP). ດັ່ງນັ້ນ ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ຢູ່ໜ້າລັອກອິນແລ້ວ, ທ່ານຄວນຈະເຂົ້າໄປປ່ຽນໃນ GOsa² " +"ຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "ການຣັນແອັບພລິເຄຊັນ Java ແບບສະແຕນອາໂລນ (standalone)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"ແອັບພລິເຄຊັນ Java ແບບສະແຕນອາໂລນ ແມ່ນໄດ້ຮັບການຮອງຮັບມາແລ້ວໂດຍ OpenJDK Java runtime." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "ການນຳໃຊ້ ອີເມລ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຸກຄົນສາມາດສົ່ງ ແລະ ຮັບເມລພາຍໃນເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນໄດ້; ມີການຈັດກຽມໃບຮັບຮອງ (certificates) " +"ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແບບປອດໄພ TLS ໄດ້. ເພື່ອໃຫ້ສາມາດໃຊ້ເມລນອກເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນໄດ້, " +"ຜູ້ດູແລລະບົບຈະຕ້ອງຕັ້ງຄ່າເຊີເວີເມລ <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> " +"ໃຫ້ເໝາະສົມກັບສະຖານະການ, ໂດຍເລີ່ມຈາກຄຳສັ່ງ <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທຸກຄົນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຊ້ Thunderbird ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຕັ້ງຄ່າດັ່ງນີ້. ສຳລັບຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ມີຊື່ jdoe, ທີ່ຢູ່ອີເມລພາຍໃນແມ່ນ " +"<ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "ເປີດ Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "ຄລິກ 'Skip this and use my existing email'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "ປ້ອນທີ່ຢູ່ອີເມລຂອງທ່ານ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງປ້ອນລະຫັດຜ່ານ ເພາະຈະມີການໃຊ້ Kerberos single sign on" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "ຄລິກ 'Continue'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"ສຳລັບທັງ IMAP ແລະ SMTP, ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຄວນຈະເປັນ 'STARTTLS' ແລະ 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; " +"ໃຫ້ປັບປ່ຽນເອງຫາກລະບົບບໍ່ກວດພົບໃຫ້ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "ຄລິກ 'Done'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "ການມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "ມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມທາງອອນລາຍ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"ໂດຍສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ແລ້ວ, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">ເມລລິງລີສ໌ຂອງນັກພັດທະນາ</ulink> ແມ່ນຊ່ອງທາງຫຼັກໃນການສື່ສານຂອງພວກເຮົາ, " +"ນອກຈາກນັ້ນພວກເຮົາຍັງມີຊ່ອງ #debian-edu ໃນ irc.debian.org ແລະ " +"ບາງຄັ້ງກໍມີການນັດພົບປະກັນຕົວຈິງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ວິທີທີ່ດີໃນການຕິດຕາມຄວາມເຄື່ອນໄຫວຂອງການພັດທະນາ Debian Edu ແມ່ນການສະໝັກຮັບຂໍ້ມູນຈາກ <ulink " +"url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-" +"commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "ລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ (bugs)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ໃຊ້ລະບົບ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">ຕິດຕາມຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ " +"(BTS)</ulink> ຂອງ Debian. ທ່ານສາມາດເບິ່ງລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ, ການຮ້ອງຂໍຟີເຈີໃໝ່ ຫຼື " +"ສ້າງລາຍງານໃໝ່ກໍໄດ້. ກະລຸນາລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທັງໝົດທີ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບແພັກເກດ <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. " +"ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">ວິທີການລາຍງານຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "ຜູ້ຂຽນເອກະສານ ແລະ ຜູ້ແປພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"ເອກະສານນີ້ຕ້ອງການຄວາມຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຈາກທ່ານ! ກ່ອນອື່ນໝົດ, ມັນຍັງບໍ່ທັນສຳເລັດສົມບູນ: ຖ້າທ່ານອ່ານເບິ່ງ, " +"ທ່ານຈະເຫັນຈຸດທີ່ໝາຍວ່າ FIXME ຢູ່ໃນຫຼາຍບ່ອນ. ຖ້າທ່ານມີຄວາມຮູ້ ກ່ຽວກັບສິ່ງທີ່ຄວນຈະອະທິບາຍໃນບ່ອນນັ້ນ, " +"ກະລຸນາແບ່ງປັນຄວາມຮູ້ຂອງທ່ານໃຫ້ພວກເຮົາ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"ຕົ້ນສະບັບຂອງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ແມ່ນຢູ່ໃນ wiki ແລະ ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ງ່າຍໆຜ່ານບຣາວເຊີ. ພຽງແຕ່ເຂົ້າໄປທີ່ <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/\"/> " +"ທ່ານກໍສາມາດຮ່ວມແກ້ໄຂໄດ້. ໝາຍເຫດ: ທ່ານຕ້ອງມີບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂໜ້າເວັບ; ທ່ານອາດຈະຕ້ອງ <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">ສ້າງບັນຊີຜູ້ໃຊ້ wiki</" +"ulink> ກ່ອນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"ອີກວິທີໜຶ່ງທີ່ດີຫຼາຍໃນການຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຜູ້ໃຊ້ ແມ່ນການແປພາສາຊອບແວ ແລະ ເອກະສານ. " +"ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບວິທີການແປເອກະສານນີ້ ສາມາດເບິ່ງໄດ້ໃນບົດ <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">ການແປພາສາ (translations)</link> ຂອງປຶ້ມເຫຼັ້ມນີ້. " +"ກະລຸນາພິຈາລະນາຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອໃນວຽກງານການແປປຶ້ມເຫຼັ້ມນີ້!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "ການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "ການສະໜັບສະໜູນໂດຍອາສາສະໝັກ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "ພາສາອັງກິດ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - ເມລລິງລີສ໌ " +"ສຳລັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu ໃນ irc.debian.org - ຊ່ອງ IRC, ສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ກ່ຽວຂ້ອງກັບການພັດທະນາ; " +"ບໍ່ຄວນຄາດຫວັງການຕອບກັບແບບທັນທີ (real-time) ເຖິງແມ່ນວ່າມັນຈະເກີດຂຶ້ນເລື້ອຍໆກໍຕາມ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "ພາສານໍເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "#skolelinux ໃນ irc.debian.org - ຊ່ອງ IRC ສຳລັບຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຜູ້ໃຊ້ພາສານໍເວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "ພາສາເຢຍລະມັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - ເມລລິງລີສ໌ " +"ສຳລັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "#skolelinux.de ໃນ irc.debian.org - ຊ່ອງ IRC ສຳລັບຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອຜູ້ໃຊ້ພາສາເຢຍລະມັນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "ພາສາຝຣັ່ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - ເມລລິງລີສ໌ " +"ສຳລັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "ການສະໜັບສະໜູນແບບມືອາຊີບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"ລາຍຊື່ບໍລິສັດທີ່ໃຫ້ການສະໜັບສະໜູນແບບມືອາຊີບ ແມ່ນມີຢູ່ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "ຟີເຈີໃໝ່ໃນ Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "ຟີເຈີໃໝ່ສຳລັບ Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "ການປ່ຽນແປງໃນການຕິດຕັ້ງ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ເວີຊັນໃໝ່ຈາກ Debian trixie, ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"ລວມທັງຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບ <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"ເຊິ່ງເປັນສ່ວນໃໝ່ ທີ່ເພີ່ມເຂົ້າມາຈາກສ່ວນ <computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> ແລະ <computeroutput>non-free</" +"computeroutput> ທີ່ຄຸ້ນເຄີຍກັນດີ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"ງານສິນລະປະ (artwork) ໃໝ່ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, ເຊິ່ງເປັນຮູບແບບມາດຕະຖານສຳລັບ " +"Debian 13 trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "ການອັບເດດຊອບແວ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "ທຸກສິ່ງທີ່ໃໝ່ໃນ Debian 13 trixie, ຕົວຢ່າງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux kernel 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "ຊຸດເຄື່ອງມືການສຶກສາ GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "ໂປຣແກຣມສ້າງດົນຕີ Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Trixie ລວມມີແພັກເກດຫຼາຍກວ່າ 59,000 ແພັກເກດ ທີ່ພ້ອມໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບ Debian 13 Trixie ໄດ້ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">ບັນທຶກປະຈຳເວີຊັນ</ulink> ແລະ " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "ການອັບເດດເອກະສານ ແລະ ການແປພາສາ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"ໃນລະຫວ່າງການຕິດຕັ້ງ, ໜ້າການເລືອກໂປຣໄຟລ໌ແມ່ນມີໃຫ້ໃນ 29 ພາສາ, ເຊິ່ງໃນນັ້ນ 22 " +"ພາສາແມ່ນຖືກແປຄົບຖ້ວນແລ້ວ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"ຄູ່ມື <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> ໄດ້ຮັບການແປເປັນພາສາຈີນຕົວຫຍໍ້, ແດນິສ, " +"ດັດຊ໌, ຝຣັ່ງ, ເຢຍລະມັນ, ອີຕາລີ, ຍີ່ປຸ່ນ, ນໍເວ (Bokmål), ປອກຕຸຍການ (ບຣາຊິນ), ປອກຕຸຍການ " +"(ເອີຣົບ), ສະເປນ, ໂຣມາເນຍ ແລະ ອູແກຣນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "ບັນຫາທີ່ພົບ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Trixie#\">ໜ້າສະຖານະຂອງ Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "ລິຂະສິດ ແລະ ຜູ້ຂຽນ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"ເອກະສານນີ້ຖືກຂຽນ ແລະ ຖືລິຂະສິດໂດຍ Holger Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen " +"(2001-2014) ແລະ ທ່ານອື່ນໆ, ແລະ ຖືກເຜີຍແຜ່ພາຍໃຕ້ສັນຍາອະນຸຍາດ GPL2 ຫຼື ເວີຊັນທີ່ໃໝ່ກວ່າ. " +"ຂໍໃຫ້ມີຄວາມສຸກ!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"ຖ້າທ່ານເພີ່ມເນື້ອໃນໃສ່, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ກະລຸນາເຮັດແນວນັ້ນກໍຕໍ່ເມື່ອທ່ານເປັນຜູ້ຂຽນເອງເທົ່ານັ້ນ. " +"ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງເຜີຍແຜ່ເນື້ອໃນດັ່ງກ່າວພາຍໃຕ້ເງື່ອນໄຂດຽວກັນ</emphasis>! ຈາກນັ້ນໃຫ້ເພີ່ມຊື່ຂອງທ່ານໃສ່ທີ່ນີ້ " +"ແລະ ເຜີຍແຜ່ພາຍໃຕ້ສັນຍາອະນຸຍາດ \"GPL v2 ຫຼື ເວີຊັນທີ່ໃໝ່ກວ່າ\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "ການແປພາສາຂອງເອກະສານນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"ມີ <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">ພາບລວມທາງອອນລາຍຂອງການແປພາສາທີ່ຖືກບັນຈຸເປັນແພັກເກດ</ulink>, ເຊິ່ງຈະຖືກອັບເດດເລື້ອຍໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "ວິທີການແປເອກະສານນີ້" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "ການແປໂດຍໃຊ້ໄຟລ໌ PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ເຊັ່ນດຽວກັນກັບໂຄງການຊອບແວເສລີອື່ນໆ, ການແປພາສາຂອງເອກະສານນີ້ແມ່ນຖືກເກັບໄວ້ໃນໄຟລ໌ PO. " +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບຂັ້ນຕອນການແປໄດ້ໃນ <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-" +"edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "ການແປທາງອອນລາຍໂດຍຜ່ານບຣາວເຊີ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"ທີມງານແປພາສາສ່ວນໃຫຍ່ໄດ້ຕັດສິນໃຈແປຜ່ານ Weblate. ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "ກະລຸນາລາຍງານຫາກພົບບັນຫາໃດໆ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "ພາກຜະໜວກ A - ສັນຍາອະນຸຍາດສາທາລະນະທົ່ວໄປຂອງ GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "ຄູ່ມືສຳລັບ Debian Edu 13 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"ລິຂະສິດ (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > ແລະ ທ່ານອື່ນໆ, ເບິ່ງທີ່ <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">ລິຂະສິດ</link> ສຳລັບລາຍຊື່ເຈົ້າຂອງລິຂະສິດທັງໝົດ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "ພາກຜະໜວກ B - ຟີເຈີໃນເວີຊັນເກົ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "ຟີເຈີໃໝ່ສຳລັບ Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"ຕົວຕິດຕັ້ງ Debian ເວີຊັນໃໝ່ຈາກ Debian bookworm, ເບິ່ງລາຍລະອຽດໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"ງານສິນລະປະໃໝ່ໂດຍອີງໃສ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/" +"Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, ເຊິ່ງເປັນຮູບແບບມາດຕະຖານສຳລັບ Debian 12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "ທຸກສິ່ງທີ່ໃໝ່ໃນ Debian 12 bookworm, ຕົວຢ່າງ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kernel 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"ສະພາບແວດລ້ອມເດັສທັອບ KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "ຊຸດເຄື່ອງມືການສຶກສາ GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "ໂປຣແກຣມສ້າງດົນຕີ Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Bookworm ລວມມີແພັກເກດຫຼາຍກວ່າ 64,000 ແພັກເກດ ທີ່ພ້ອມໃຫ້ຕິດຕັ້ງ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີມກ່ຽວກັບ Debian 12 Bookworm ໄດ້ໃນ <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">ບັນທຶກປະຈຳເວີຊັນ</ulink> ແລະ " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">ຄູ່ມືການຕິດຕັ້ງ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"ຄູ່ມື <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> ໄດ້ຮັບການແປເປັນພາສາຈີນຕົວຫຍໍ້, ແດນິສ, " +"ດັດຊ໌, ຝຣັ່ງ, ເຢຍລະມັນ, ອີຕາລີ, ຍີ່ປຸ່ນ, ນໍເວ (Bokmål), ປອກຕຸຍການ (ບຣາຊິນ), ປອກຕຸຍການ " +"(ເອີຣົບ), ສະເປນ, ໂຣມາເນຍ ແລະ ອູແກຣນ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ເບິ່ງທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">ໜ້າສະຖານະຂອງ Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "ຂໍ້ມູນປະຫວັດສາດກ່ຽວກັບເວີຊັນເກົ່າ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "ລຸ້ນຂອງ Debian Edu ທີ່ຖືກເຜີຍແຜ່ໃນອະດີດມີດັ່ງນີ້:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Bullseye ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Buster ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Stretch ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2017-06-17." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Jessie ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2016-07-02." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ Wheezy ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2013-09-28." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Squeeze\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Squeeze\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Lenny\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 ຊື່ລະຫັດ \"Lenny\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2010-02-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2007-12-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2007-07-22. ພັດທະນາຈາກ Debian 4.0 Etch " +"ທີ່ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2007-04-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2006-03-14. ພັດທະນາຈາກ Debian 3.1 Sarge ທີ່ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ " +"2005-06-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2004-06-20. ພັດທະນາຈາກ Debian 3.0 Woody " +"ທີ່ເຜີຍແຜ່ເມື່ອ 2002-07-19." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"ສາມາດເບິ່ງພາບລວມທີ່ຄົບຖ້ວນ ແລະ ລະອຽດກ່ຽວກັບເວີຊັນເກົ່າໆ ໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/AppendixC\">ພາກຜະໜວກ C ຂອງຄູ່ມື " +"Jessie</ulink>; ຫຼື ເບິ່ງຄູ່ມືຂອງແຕ່ລະເວີຊັນໄດ້ທີ່ <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation\">ໜ້າຄູ່ມືປະຈຳເວີຊັນ</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ເລືອກ \"Uplink\" ຫາກເຄືອຂ່າຍຂາອອກຂອງທ່ານຕ້ອງການທີ່ຢູ່ IP ແບບຄົງທີ່ ແລະ, " +#~ "ຫາກທ່ານເຮັດຕາມຄຳແນະນຳຂ້າງເທິງກ່ຽວກັບເຄືອຂ່າຍພາຍໃນ, ໃຫ້ເລືອກ \"Education\"." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Utgivelsesdato; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Oversettelse:</emphasis> +2007, 2012, 2014-2021 Petter Reinholdtsen +2007-2009 Håvard Korsvoll +2008 Tore Skogly +2010 Ole-Anders Andreassen +2010 Jan Roar Rød +2014, 2016, 2017 Ole-Erik Yrvin +2014-2017 Ingrid Yrvin +2014 Hans Arthur Kielland Aanesen +2014 Knut Yrvin +2014 FourFire Le'bard +2014 Stefan Mitchell-Lauridsen +2014 Ragnar Wisløff +2018-2021 Allan Nordhøy + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nb-no.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8770 @@ +# Translation of debian-edu-jessie-manual.nb.po. The translation team +# maintain this translation using +# https://www.transifex.com/projects/p/debian-edu-doc/ . Please +# update it there instead of editing this file directly. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. +# +# Translators: +# Petter Reinholdtsen <pere@hungry.com>, 2007,2012,2014-2015 +# Alexander Alemayhu <alexander.alemayhu@googlemail.com>, 2015 +# FourFire Le'bard <FourFire@rocketmail.com>, 2014 +# Hans Arthur Kielland Aanesen <hans@eprforum.no>, 2014 +# Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll@gmail.com>, 2007-2009 +# Ingrid Yrvin <iyrvin@hagan.no>, 2014-2015 +# Jan Roar Roed <janroed@gmail.com>, 2010 +# Knut Yrvin <knut.yrvin@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Ole-Erik Yrvin <oeyrvin@hagan.no>, 2014 +# Ole-Anders Andreassen <olea@skolelinux.no>, 2010 +# Ragnar Wisløff <ragnar@wisloff.no>, 2014 +# Stefan Mitchell-Lauridsen <stefan@eprforum.no>, 2014 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-13 18:37+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy <epost@anotheragency.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-" +"edu-documentation/bookworm-manual/nb_NO/>\n" +"Language: nb-no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.9-dev\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "nb" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Utgivelseshåndbok" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Utgivelsesdato:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Utgivelseshåndbok for Debian Edu 12 kodenavn bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Skolelinux-installasjonslogo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Dette er utgivelseshåndboken for Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) versjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Versjonen på <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm\"/> er en wikiside, og oppdateres ofte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Oppdaterte oversettelser er tilgjengelige <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">på nett</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Om Debian Edu og Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +#| "requirements</link> and about the <link " +#| "linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic environment " +#| "details." +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlene om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">maskinvare og nettverkskrav</" +"link>og om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> inneholder " +"grunnlegende miljøvariabler." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "After installation of a main server all services needed for a school " +#| "network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +#| "machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other " +#| "LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://" +#| "ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial " +#| "installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive " +#| "all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes " +#| "\"roaming workstations\" (ones that can be taken away from the school " +#| "network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via " +#| "PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients." +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Etter installasjonen av en skoletjener er alle tjenester som trengs for et " +"skolenettverk satt opp og systemet er klart til bruk. Bare brukere og " +"maskiner må legges til via GOsa², et komfortabelt vev-brukergrensesnitt, " +"eller med en hvilken som helst annen LDAP-redigerer. Et oppstartsmiljø som " +"bruker <ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> er også gjort klart, så " +"etter første installasjon av hovedtjeneren fra CD, Blu-ray-plate eller en " +"USB-minnepenn, kan alle andre maskiner installeres via nettverket, medregnet " +"mobile arbeidsstasjoner (de som kan flyttes ut fra skolens nettverk, " +"vanligvis bærbare datamaskiner eller nettbrett), samt PXE/iPXE-oppstart for " +"diskløse maskiner som tradisjonelle tynnklienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +#| "Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop setup, which can " +#| "be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Flere pedagogiske programmer som GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege " +"og Scratch er inkludert i det forvalgte skrivebordsoppsettet, som kan " +"utvides enkelt og nesten uendelig via Debian-universet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Litt historie og hvorfor to navn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> er en Linux-" +"distribusjon som er laget av prosjektet Debian Edu. Som en <ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">ren Debian-tilpasset</ulink> " +"distribusjon er den et offisielt underprosjekt i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"For din skole betyr dette at Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian GNU/Linux, " +"og gir skolen din et IT-system ferdig oppsatt og tilpasset skoler." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux-prosjektet i Norge ble stiftet 2. juli 2001, omtrent på samme tid " +"som Raphaël Hertzog startet Debian-Edu i Frankrike. Fra 2003 er begge " +"prosjekter samlet, og begge navn videreført. «Skole» og (Debian-)«Education» " +"er to godt forståtte begreper i de berørte regionene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "I dag er systemet i bruk i flere land rundt om i verden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arkitektur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Nettverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Denne delen av dokumentet beskriver nettverksarkitekturen og tjenester som " +"Skolelinux-installasjonen tilbyr." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Nettverket Debian Edu sitt oppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Figuren er en skisse over det forventede nettverksoppsettet (topologien). " +"Standardoppsettet til et Skolelinux-nettverk forventer at det er en (og bare " +"en) hovedtjener, men det er tillatt å legge til både normale " +"arbeidsstasjoner og LTSP-tjenere (med tilhørende tynnklienter og/eller " +"lagringsløse arbeidsstasjoner). Antallet arbeidsstasjoner kan være stort " +"eller lite alt etter behovet (fra null til veldig mange). Det samme gjelder " +"for LTSP-tjenere. Hver enkelt LTSP-tjener er på et adskilt nettverk slik at " +"nettverkstrafikken mellom LTSP-klienter og LTSP-tjenere ikke forstyrrer " +"resten av nettverkstjenestene. En detaljert forklaring om LTSP er " +"tilgjengelig i det <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">tilhørende " +"veiledningskapittelet</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Grunnen til at det bare kan være en hovedtjener i hvert skolenettverk, er at " +"hovedtjeneren tilbyr DHCP, og det kan bare være en maskin som gjør det i et " +"nettverk. Det er mulig å flytte tjenester fra hovedtjeneren til andre " +"maskiner ved å sette opp tjenesten på en annen maskin, og så oppdatere DNS-" +"oppsettet slik at DNS-aliaset for den tjenesten peker til rett maskin." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"For å forenkle det vanlige oppsettet av Skolelinux, kjører " +"internettilkoblingen oven en egen ruter, også kalt portner. Sjekk <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">internettruter</link>-kapitlet for " +"flere detaljer om hvordan man setter opp en slik portner hvis det ikke er " +"mulig å sette opp en eksisterende som ønsket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Standard nettverksoppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP på hovedtjener betjener 10.0.0.0/8-nettverket, som gir en PXE-" +"oppstartsmeny der du kan velge om du vil installere en ny tjener/" +"arbeidsstasjon, sette opp en ny klient eller en arbeidsstasjon uten disk, " +"kjøre memtest, eller velge oppstart fra den lokale harddisken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Dette er utformet for å kunne endres, for detaljer, se <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients--Configuring_the_PXE_menu\">relatert " +"veiledningskapittel</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP på LTSP-tjenere håndterer bare et angitt nettverk med et annet " +"brukergrensesnitt (192.168.0.0/24 og 192.168.1.0/24 er forhåndskonfigurerte " +"valg) og trenger sjelden å bli endret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Oppsettet av alle undernett lagres i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Hovedtjener" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A Skolelinux network needs one main server (also called \"tjener\" which " +#| "is Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +#| "10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +#| "possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server " +#| "and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Et Skolelinux-nett trenger en hovedtjener (også kalt «tjener»), som har " +"standard IP-adresse 10.0.2.2., og som installeres ved å velge «tjener»-" +"profilen. Det er mulig (men ikke nødvendig) å velge og installere LTSP-" +"tjener- og arbeidsstasjonsprofiler i tillegg til hovedtjenerprofilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Med unntak av kontrollen med tynnklienter, er alle tjenester i " +"utgangspunktet satt opp på en sentral maskin (hovedtjener). Av hensyn til " +"ytelsen bør LTSP-tjener(e) være en egen maskin (selv om det er mulig å " +"installere profilene for både hovedtjener og LTSP-tjener på samme maskin). " +"Alle tjenester er gitt et eget DNS-navn, og blir tilbudt over IPv4. Det " +"tilknyttede DNS-navnet gjør det enkelt å flytte individuelle tjenester fra " +"hovedtjeneren til en annen maskin, ved ganske enkelt stoppe tjenesten på " +"hovedtjeneren, og endre DNS-oppsettet til å peker til den nye plasseringen " +"av tjenesten (som selvfølgelig må settes opp på den maskinen i forkant)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"For å ta vare på sikkerheten er alle tilkoplinger der passord blir overført " +"over nettverket kryptert. Slik blir ingen passord i klartekst sendt over " +"nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Under er en liste over tjenester som er satt opp som standard i et " +"Skolelinux-nettverk, og DNS-navnet for hver tjeneste. Alle oppsettsfiler " +"vil, hvis det er mulig, referere til tjenesten ved hjelp av navnet (uten " +"domenenavnet). Dette gjør det enkelt for skoler å enten bytte domenet (hvis " +"de har eget DNS-domene), eller IP-adressene de bruker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabell over tjenester</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestebeskrivelse</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vanlig navn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjenestenavn i DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Sentralisert logging" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Domenenavntjeneste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett for maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Hjemmeområder på nettverksfilsystem (SMB/NFS) [homes]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Elektronisk postkontor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postkontor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Katalogtjeneste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Webtjener" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Sentral sikkerhetskopi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "sikkerhetskopi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Web-mellomlager" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Utskrift" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Sikker ekstern pålogging" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Automatisk oppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP-tjener(e)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Maskin- og tjenesteovervåkning med feilrapportering, pluss status og " +"historie på nettet. Feilrapportering via e-post" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga og Site-summary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Hver bruker lagrer sine egne filer i sin egen hjemmemappe, som er gjort " +"tilgjengelig fra tjeneren. Hjemmemapper er tilgjengelig fra alle maskiner, " +"noe som gir brukerne tilgang til de samme filene uansett hvilken maskin de " +"bruker. Tjeneren bryr seg ikke om hvilket operativsystem den tilbyr sine " +"filer for, NFS for Unix-klienter, SMB for Windows og Macintosh-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Som standard er e-post satt opp med bare lokal leveranse (f.eks. innen " +"skolen). Men e-postlevering til resten av Internett kan settes opp dersom " +"skolen har en permanent fast Internett-tilkopling. Klienter er satt opp til " +"å levere e-post til tjeneren (ved bruk av «smarthost»), og brukere kan <link " +"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">få tilgang til sin personlige e-post</link> " +"gjennom IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Alle tjenester er tilgjengelig ved bruk av samme brukernavn og passord, på " +"grunn av den sentrale brukerdatabasen for autentisering og autorisering." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"For å øke ytelsen på sider som ofte blir besøkt blir det brukt en " +"mellomtjener (proxy) som mellomlagrer filer lokalt (Squid). I tillegg til å " +"kontrollere Internett-trafikk i ruteren gjør dette det også mulig å " +"kontrollere Internett-tilgang på individuelle maskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Klientenes nettverksoppsett gjøres automatisk ved hjelp av DHCP. Alle typer " +"klienter kan kobles til det private subnettet 10.0.0.0/8 og vil få " +"samsvarende adresser. LTSP-klienter bør kobles til den tilhørende LTSP-" +"tjeneren via det separate subnettet 192.168.0.0/24 (dette er for å sikre at " +"nettverkstrafikk til og fra LTSP-klienter ikke forstyrrer resten av " +"nettverkstjenestene)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Sentralisert logging er satt opp slik at alle maskiner sender sine Syslog-" +"meldinger til tjeneren. Syslog-tjenesten er satt opp slik at den bare " +"aksepterer innkommende meldinger fra det lokale nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Som standard er DNS-tjeneren satt opp med et domene bare for internt bruk " +"(*.intern) fram til et ekte («eksternt») DNS-domene kan settes opp. DNS-" +"tjeneren er satt opp som en mellomlagrende DNS-tjener slik at alle maskiner " +"på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Elever og lærere har mulighet til å publisere nettsider. Webtjeneren tilbyr " +"mekanismer for autentisering av brukere, og for begrenset tilgang til " +"individuelle sider og undermapper til visse brukere og grupper. Brukere vil " +"ha mulighet til å lage dynamiske nettsider, siden webtjeneren vil være " +"programmerbar på tjenersiden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Informasjon om brukere og maskiner kan endres fra et sentralt sted, og det " +"blir gjort tilgjengelig til alle maskinene på nettverket automatisk. For å " +"oppnå dette er en sentralisert katalogtjener satt opp. Katalogen vil ha " +"informasjon om brukere, brukergrupper, maskiner og grupper av maskiner. For " +"å hindre brukerforvirring vil det ikke være noen forskjell mellom " +"filgrupper, e-postlister og nettverksgrupper. Dette betyr at grupper av " +"maskiner som må være nettverksgrupper, har det samme navneområdet som " +"brukergrupper og e-postlister." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Administrasjon av tjenester vil i stor grad bli gjort via nettet, og følge " +"etablerte standarder. Det fungerer bra i nettlesere som følger med i " +"Skolelinux. Delegering av ulike oppgaver til individuelle brukere eller " +"brukergrupper er mulig i administrasjonssystemet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"For å hindre visse problemer med NFS, og for å gjøre det enkelt å " +"identifisere problemer, så må klokkene på maskinene synkroniseres. For å " +"oppnå dette er Skolelinux-tjeneren satt opp som lokal NTP-tjener (Network " +"Time Protocol), og alle arbeidsstasjonene og klienter er satt opp til å " +"synkronisere klokkene sine med tjeneren. Tjeneren selv bør synkronisere seg " +"selv med NTP mot maskiner på Internett, for dermed å sikre at hele " +"nettverket har riktig tid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Skrivere tilkoples der det er ønskelig, enten direkte på nettverket eller " +"koblet til en tjener, arbeidsstasjon eller LTSP-tjener. Tilgang til skrivere " +"kan kontrolleres for individuelle brukere i henhold til gruppen de tilhører. " +"Dette blir oppnådd ved hjelp av kvoter og tilgangskontroll til skrivere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP-tjener(e)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Et Skolelinux-nett kan ha mange LTSP-tjenere, som installeres ved å velge " +"LTSP-tjener-profilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"LTPS er satt opp til å motta syslog fra tynnklient- og arbeidsstasjoner, og " +"videresende disse meldingene til den sentrale mottakeren av syslogmeldinger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Merk deg:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk bruker programmene installert på tjenerens " +"LTSP-chroot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Klientens rotfilsystem tilbys ved bruk av NBD (Nettverksblokkenhet). Etter " +"hver endring av LTSP-chroot relatert til NBD-avbildningen, må det " +"regenereres; kjør <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> på LTSP-" +"tjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Tynnklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Et tynnklientoppsett gjør det mulig for vanlige PC-er å fungere som " +"(X-)terminaler. Dette betyr at maskinen starter opp direkte fra tjeneren " +"uten bruk av lokal harddisk i klienten. Tynnklientoppsettet som er brukt er " +"Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Tynnklienter er en bra måte å bruke gamle, trege datamaskiner siden de " +"egentlig kjører alle programmene på LTSP-tjeneren. Dette fungerer som " +"følger: Tjenesten bruker DHCP og TFTP for å kople seg til nettverket og " +"starte opp fra nettverket. Det neste er at filsystemet blir tilknyttet " +"(montert) fra LTSP-tjeneren ved å bruke NBD. Til slutt startes X Windows-" +"systemet. Skjermhåndtereren (LDM) kopler seg til LTSP-tjeneren via SSH med " +"X-forwarding (videresending). På denne måte blir all data kryptert i " +"nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"En arbeidsstasjon uten harddisk kjører all programvare på PC-en uten noe " +"lokalt installert operativsystem. Dette betyr at klientmaskinen starter opp " +"direkte fra tjeneren sin harddisk uten å kjøre programvare som er installert " +"lokalt på harddisken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er en utmerket måte til å gjenbruke eldre (men " +"kraftig) maskinvare med samme lave vedlikeholdskostnader som tynne klienter. " +"Programvare administreres og vedlikeholdes på serveren uten behov for lokalt " +"installert programvare på klientene. Hjemmemapper og systeminnstillinger er " +"også lagret på serveren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Nettverksklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Begrepet «nettverksklienter» blir brukt i denne manualen for å referere både " +"til tynnklienter og arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk, i tillegg til maskiner " +"som kjører MacOS eller Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Alle Linux-maskinene som er installert ved hjelp av en Skolelinux-installer " +"vil være satt opp til å administreres fra en sentral maskin, mest trolig " +"tjeneren. Det vil være mulig å logge inn på alle maskiner ved hjelp av SSH, " +"og dermed ha full tilgang til maskinene. Som root må en kjøre " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> først for å få en Kerberos-TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"All brukerinformasjon ligger i en LDAP-katalog. Oppdateringer av " +"brukerinformasjon blir gjort mot denne databasen, og blir brukt av klientene " +"til autentisering." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Foreløpig er det to typer installasjonsmedier: NettInstall (CD) og fler-" +"arkitekturs USB flash-disk. Begge installasjonsmetoder kan også startes fra " +"en USB-minnepenn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Målet er å gjøre det mulig å installere en tjener fra et slags medium kun én " +"gang, og så installere klienter over nettverket ved å starte opp alle andre " +"maskiner fra nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Bare nettinstallasjonsvarianten trenger Internett-tilgang under " +"installasjonen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Installasjonen skal ikke stille noen spørsmål, med unntak av ønsket språk " +"(f.eks. norsk bokmål, nynorsk, samisk) og maskinprofil (hovedtjener, " +"arbeidsstasjon, tynnklienttjener). Alt annet oppsett vil bli gjort " +"automatisk med fornuftige verdier, som kan endres av systemadministratoren " +"etter installasjonen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Oppsett av tilgang til filsystem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Hver brukerkonto i Skolelinux har tildelt et område på filsystemet til " +"filtjeneren. Dette området (hjemmeområdet) inneholder brukerens " +"oppsettsfiler, dokumenter, e-post og nettsider. Noen av filene settes slik " +"at andre brukere på systemet har lesetilgang, noen er slik at alle på " +"Internett har tilgang, og noen settes slik at ingen andre enn brukeren kan " +"lese dem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"For å sikre at alle disker som blir brukt for brukerområder eller delte " +"områder kan gis unike navn over alle maskinene i installasjonen, så er de " +"montert som <computeroutput>/skole/vert/katalog</computeroutput>. I " +"utgangspunktet er en katalog opprettet på filtjeneren, <computeroutput>/" +"skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, der alle brukerkontoer opprettes. " +"Flere kataloger kan så bli opprettet ved behov for å tilfredsstille visse " +"brukergrupper eller visse bruksmåter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"For å aktivere delt tilgang til filene under vanlig tilgangskontrollsystem " +"for UNIX, trenger brukerne å være i delte grupper (for eksempel " +"«studenter»), samt i den personlige primærgruppen som de er i som standard. " +"Hvis brukere har en passende umask for å gjøre nyopprettede filer " +"tilgjengelig for gruppens brukere (002 eller 007), og hvis de katalogene de " +"jobber i er i setgid (Set Group ID) for å sikre at filene arver korrekt " +"gruppe-eierskap, er resultatet en kontrollert fildeling mellom medlemmene i " +"en gruppe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Rettighetsinnstillingene for nylagde filer er et spørsmål om grunnleggende " +"valg. Debians standard umask er 022 (som ikke vil tillate gruppe-adgang som " +"beskrevet ovenfor, men Debian Edu bruker 002 som standard, som betyr at " +"filene lages med lesetilgang for alle, noe som senere kan fjernes med en " +"eksplisitt handling fra brukerens side. Dette kan alternativt endres (ved å " +"redigere <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) til en " +"umask på 007 - som betyr at leseaksess i utgangspunktet er blokkert, og " +"krever en brukerinngripen for å gjøre dem tilgjengelige. Den første " +"tilnærmingen fremelsker kunnskapsdeling, og gjør systemet mer gjennomsiktig, " +"mens den andre metoden reduserer risikoen for uønsket spredning av sensitiv " +"informasjon. Problemet med den første metoden er at det ikke er innlysende " +"for brukerne at alt materialet de lager vil være tilgjengelig for alle andre " +"brukere. Dette blir synlig bare ved inspeksjon av andre brukeres " +"hjemmeområder, der man kan se at filene er lesbare. Problemet med den andre " +"metoden er at det er lite sannsynlig at brukere gjør sine filer " +"tilgjengelige, selv om de ikke inneholder sensitiv informasjon, og innholdet " +"ville være til hjelp for andre brukere som vil lære hvordan andre løser et " +"problem (typisk oppsettsproblemer)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Systemkrav" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Det er forskjellige måter å sette opp en Skolelinux-løsning på. Det kan " +"installeres på bare én selvstendig maskin, eller på mange maskiner i en " +"stor region med flere skoler og sentral drifting. Denne variasjonen i " +"maskinpark og nettverkstopologi gjør en enorm forskjell på hvordan ting blir " +"satt opp med tanke på nettverkskomponenter, tjenere og klientmaskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Maskinvarekrav" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Egenskapene til de ulike profilene forklares i kapittelet <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">nettverksarkitektur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hvis LTSP skal brukes, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisiden med maskinvarekrav for LTSP</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Datamaskinene som bruker Skolelinux må enten ha x86-prosessorer som er 32-" +"bit (Debian-arkitektur «i386», eldste støttede prosessorer er de i 686-" +"klassen), eller 64-bit (Debian-arkitektur «AMD64»)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Tynne klienter med bare 256 MiB RAM og 400 MHz er mulig, men mer RAM og " +"raskere prosessorer anbefales." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"For arbeidsstasjoner, tynnklienter og frittstående systemer, er 1500 MHz og " +"1024 MiB RAM absolutte minimumskrav. For å kjøre moderne nettlesere og " +"LibreOffice anbefales minst 2048 MiB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"Minimumskravet til lagerplass avhenger av hvilken profil som er installert:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"Kombinert hovedtjener + LTSP-tjener: 70 GiB. (pluss ytterligere plass for " +"brukerkontoer)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP-tjener: 50 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon eller frittstående: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"LTSP-tjenere trenger to nettverkskort ved bruk av standard " +"nettverksarkitektur:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 koblet til hovednettverket (10.0.0.0/23)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 brukes for betjening av LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Bærbare laptoper er bevegelige arbeidsstasjoner, og har de samme krav som " +"arbeidsstasjoner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Maskinvare som er bekreftet å virke" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"En liste over testet maskinvare kan finnes på <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Denne listen er på ingen måte " +"komplett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> er et forsøk på å " +"dokumentere hvordan man installerer, konfigurerer og bruker Debian på " +"enkelte spesielle typer maskinvare. Slik kan potensielle kjøpere av " +"maskinvaren se om det er støtte for den, og eksisterende eiere få lære " +"hvordan de får mest mulig ut av den aktuelle maskinvaren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Krav for nettverksoppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Standard oppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Når man bruker standard oppsett for nettverksarkitekturen, så brukes disse " +"reglene:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You need exactly one main server, the tjener." +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Du trenger bare en hovedtjener, omtalt som tjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Man kan ha hundrevis av arbeidsstasjoner på hovednettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Man kan ha mange LTSP-tjenere på hovednettverket: To forskjellige undernett " +"er konfigurert i forkant (DNS, DHCP) i LDAP, men flere kan legges til." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Man kan ha hundrevis av tynnklienter og/eller diskløse arbeidsstasjoner på " +"hvert nettverk med en LTSP-tjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Man kan ha hundrevis av andre maskiner som vil få tildelt dynamisk IP-" +"adresse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"For å få tilgang til Internett så trenger man en ruter/gateway (se under)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Internett-ruter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"En ruter/gateway tilkoplet Internett på det eksterne grensesnittet, og som " +"kjører på IP-adressen 10.0.0.1 med nettmaske 255.0.0.0 på det interne " +"grensesnittet, er nødvendig for å få tilgang til Internett." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Ruteren skal ikke kjøre på en DHCP-tjener. Den kan kjøre på en DNS-tjener, " +"selv om dette ikke er nødvendig, og den ikke brukes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du trenger en innebygd ruter eller tilgangsspunkt, anbefaler vi å bruke " +"<ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, selv om du selvsagt kan " +"bruke standard firmware (fastvare). Bruk av standard firmware er enklere, " +"mens bruk av OpenWRT gir deg flere valgmuligheter og bedre kontroll. Sjekk " +"OpenWRTs nettsider for en oversikt over <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/" +"toh/start\">støttet maskinvare</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det er mulig å bruke et annet nettverksoppsett. Dette er den <ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">dokumenterte " +"fremgangsmåte</ulink> for å gjøre dette. Hvis du ikke er tvunget til å gjøre " +"dette på grunn av en eksisterende infrastruktur for nettverket, så anbefaler " +"vi å ikke gjøre det, og heller bruke standard <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">nettverksarkitektur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Installasjon og nedlastingsvalg" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Hvor finner man mer informasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#| "notes for Debian Bullseye</ulink> before you start installing a system " +#| "for production use. There is more information about the Debian Bullseye " +#| "release available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vi anbefaler å lese, eller i det minste, ta en kikk på <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">utgivelsesnotatene for " +"Debian Bullseye</ulink> før du starter å installere et system for bruk i " +"produksjon. Det er mer informasjon Debian Bullseye-utgaven tilgjengelig fra " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">dens " +"installasjonshåndbok</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Gi Debian Edu/Skolelinux en sjanse, det burde virke uten videre." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Det er derimot anbefalt, å lese kapitlene om <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">maskinvare og nettverkskrav</link> og om <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitekturen</link> før du starter på installasjon " +"av en hovedtjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Sørg for også å ha lest <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started " +"(komme i gang)</link>-kapittelet i denne manual, siden det beskriver hvordan " +"man logger inn for første gang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Last ned et installasjonsmedium for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn «Bullseye»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> er navnene på de to Debian-arkitekturene for x86-CPU-er. " +"Begge har vært og blir laget av AMD, Intel og andre produsenter. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> er en 64-bits arkitektur og " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> er en 32-bits arkitektur. Nye " +"installasjoner bør i dag bruke <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> bør kun brukes på eldre maskinvare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinstall ISO-avtrykk for amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"ISO for nettinstallasjon kan også brukes til installasjon fra CD/DVD og USB-" +"minnepinner, og er egnet til å installere på amd64- eller i386-maskiner. Som " +"navnet sier, kreves Internett-tilgang for installasjonen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Bullseye has been released these images will be available for " +#| "download from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Når Bullseye har blitt sluppet vil disse avtrykkene kunne lastes ned fra:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinstall ISO-avtrykk for amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This ISO image is approximately 5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be installed on USB flash drives " +#| "or disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"ISO-avtrykket er på omtrent 5 GiB og kan brukes til installasjon av " +"forskjellige amd64- eller i386-maskiner, også uten tilgang til Internett. " +"Som med nettinnstallasjonsbildet kan det legges inn på USB-minnepinner eller " +"diskmedier med tilstrekkelig plass." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Bekreftelse av nedlastede avtrykksfiler" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Detailed instructions for verifying these images are part of the <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" +#| "ulink>." +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Detaljert instruks for bekreftelse av disse avtrykkene er å finne i <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD O-S-S</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Kildekode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kildekode er tilgjengelig fra Debian-arkivet, se <ulink url=\"https://" +"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/> for " +"nedlastingsalternativer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installasjon av Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +#| "from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of " +#| "hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. " +#| "However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 57,000 " +#| "packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the " +#| "majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP " +#| "is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment." +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Når du gjør en installasjon av en Debian Edu, har du noen få valg du må " +"gjøre, men vær ikke redd; det er ikke mange. Vi har gjort en god jobb med å " +"gjemme kompleksiteten til Debian under installasjonen og videre. Likevel, " +"Debian Edu er Debian, og hvis du vil, så er det mer enn 57.000 pakker å " +"velge mellom, og millioner av oppsettsmuligheter, men for de fleste brukere " +"så skal forvalgsoppsettet være greit. Merk at hvis LTSP skal brukes er det " +"lurt å velge et lettvekts-skrivebordsmiljø." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Scenarier for hovedtjenerinstallasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Typisk skole- eller hjemmenettverk med Internett-tilgang via ruter som " +"tilbyr DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Installasjon av en hovedtjener er mulig, men etter en omstart vil det ikke " +"være noen internettilgang (på grunn av primært nettverksgrensesnitts-IP " +"10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Se <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">internettruter</link>-" +"kapitlet for detaljer om hvordan man setter opp en portner hvis det ikke er " +"mulig å sette opp en eksisterende som ønsket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Koble sammen alle komponentene slik vist i <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">arkitektur</link>-kapittelet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first " +#| "time in the correct environment." +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Hovedtjeneren bør ha en internettilknytning når den først er startet opp i " +"rett miljø." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Typisk skole- eller institusjons-nettverk, lignende det overfor, men som " +"krever bruk av mellomtjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Legg til 'debian-edu-expert' til kjernekommandolinjen. Se lenger ned for " +"detaljer om hvordan dette gjøres." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "Noen ytterligere spørsmål må besvares, inkludert om mellomtjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Nettverk med ruter/portner IP 10.0.0.1/8 (som ikke angir en DHCP-tjener) og " +"internettilgang:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Så snart det automatiske nettverksoppsettet kneler (på grunn av manglende " +"DHCP), velg manuelt nettverksoppsett." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Skriv inn 10.0.2.2/8 som verts-IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Skriv inn 10.0.0.1 som portner-IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Skriv inn 8.8.8.8 som navnetjener-IP, med mindre du vet en bedre verdi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Hovedtjeneren bør virke etter første omstart." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Frakoblet (ingen internettilkobling):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Bruk BD ISO-avbildningen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Forsikre deg om at alle (ekte-/virtuelle-) nettverkskabler er trukket ut." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Velg \"Ikke sett opp nettverket nå\" (etter at DHCP har gitt opp å sette opp " +"nettverket og du har trykket \"Fortsett\")." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment " +#| "with Internet access." +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Oppdater systemet når det har startet opp i rett miljø med internettilgang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Nytt forvalgt skrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Nytt forvalgt skrivebordsmiljø Xfce (erstatter KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce krever litt mer enn LXDE, men har derimot veldig god språkstøtte (106 " +"språk)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"Både KDE og GNOME har god språkstøtte, men krever for mye til å brukes på " +"gamle maskiner og med LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE er lettere enn de to ovenfor, men mangler god språkstøtte for mange " +"land. (Dog fortreffelig på bokmål.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE har lavest ressurskrav, og støtter 35 språk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt er en lettvekts skrivebordsomgivelse (språkstøtten er lik den for LXDE) " +"med et mer moderne utseende (basert på Qt akkurat som KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu som et internasjonalt prosjekt har valgt Xfce som forvalgt " +"skrivebord; sjekk nedenfor hvordan du velger noe annet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Modulær installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Når du installerer et system med profilen <emphasis>arbeidsstasjon</" +"emphasis>, følger det med mange utdanningsrelaterte programmer. For å kun " +"installere den grunnleggende profilen, fjern <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</" +"emphasis> kjærnekommandolinjeparameteret før du starter installasjonen; " +"sjekk nedenfor for detaljer om hvordan dette gjøres. Dette tillater " +"installasjon av system tilpasset dets omgivelser, og kan brukes for å spare " +"tid på testinstallasjoner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Merk: Hvis du ønsker å installere et skrivebord etterpå, ikke bruk Debian " +"Edu-metapakker som f.eks. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</ulink> fordi disse drar " +"inn alle utdanningsrelaterte programmer. Installer heller f.eks. <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">mate-desktop-" +"environment</ulink>. Én eller flere av de nye skolenivå-relaterte " +"metapakkene <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis> " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan installeres for å passe " +"tiltenkt bruk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"For detaljer om Debian Edu-metapakker, se <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu-pakkeoversikten</ulink> page." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Installasjonstyper og valg" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Installasjonsoppstartsmeny på 64-bit maskinvare</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64-bit installasjonsoppstartsmeny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> bruker en GTK-" +"installasjon hvor du kan bruke musen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> bruker tekstmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> viser en " +"undermeny med flere detaljerte alternativer å velge mellom." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gir noen hint til bruk av " +"installasjonsprosessen; se skjermbildekopi nedenfor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-bit installer avanserte alternativer skjermbilde 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> bringer deg tilbake til " +"hovedmenyen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gir tilgang " +"til alle tilgjengelige spørsmål, brukbar for mus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> gjør dette " +"installasjonsmediet til en redningsdisk for nødsituasjonsoppgaver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> trenger en " +"«forhåndsutfyllings»-fil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gir tilgang til alle " +"tilgjengelige spørsmål i klartekst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> tekstmodus: gjør dette " +"installasjonsmediet til en redningsdisk for nødsituasjonsoppgaver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis>-tekstmodus: trenger " +"en «forhåndsutfyllings»-fil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " +#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " +#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> avsluttes med en feil, forsøk å " +"rette den og/eller kjør <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput>, og " +"så igjen<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Hjelpeskjerm</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Installasjonshjelpeskjerm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Denne hjelpeskjermen er selvforklarende, og gjør <F>-tastene på " +"tastaturet i stand til å gi mer detaljert hjelp om de aktuelle emnene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware</emphasis>" +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Installasjonsoppstartsmeny på 64-bit maskinvare</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu" +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64-bit installasjonsoppstartsmeny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Legge til eller endre oppstartsparametre for installasjoner</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB key in the " +#| "boot menu; the screenshot shows the command line for <emphasis " +#| "role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"I begge tilfelle kan oppstartsalternativer redigeres ved å trykke på TAB-" +"tasten i oppstartsmenyen; Skjermbildet viser kommandolinjen for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit command line options" +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Endre kommandolinjevalg" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit command line options" +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Endre kommandolinjevalg" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Du kan bruke en eksisterende HTTP-mellomtjener i nettverket for å fremskynde " +"installasjonen av hovedtjenerprofilen fra en CD. Legg til f.eks. " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> som " +"ekstra oppstartsparameter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you have already installed the main server profile on a machine, " +#| "further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically " +#| "use the proxy of the main server." +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du allerede har installert profilen til hovedtjeneren på en maskin, " +"skal videre installasjoner gjøres via PXE, da denne automatisk vil bruke " +"mellomlageret i hovedtjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"For å installere skrivebordsmiljøet <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> i stedet for det forhåndsvalgte <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" +"emphasis>, erstatt <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> med " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput>-parameteret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>-skrivebordsmiljø " +"i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>-skrivebordsmiljø " +"i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>-" +"skrivebordsmiljø i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>-" +"skrivebordsmiljø i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For å installere <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>-skrivebordsmiljø " +"i stedet, bruk <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Installasjonsprosessen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Husk <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link>, og pass på " +"at du har minst to nettverkskort (NIC-er) hvis du planlegger å sette opp en " +"LTSP-tjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Velg et språk (for installasjonen og det installerte systemet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Velg et sted som vanligvis er stedet du bor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Velg profil(er) fra denne listen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedtjener</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Dette er hovedtjeneren (tjener) for din skole som sørger for at alle " +"tjenestene virker med en gang. Dette fordi de er forhåndskonfigurert. Du må " +"bare installere en hovedtjener pr. skole! Denne profilen inkluderer ikke noe " +"grafisk brukergrensesnitt. Hvis du ønsker et grafisk brukergrensesnitt, " +"velger du en arbeidsstasjon eller LTSP-tjener i tillegg til denne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"En maskin som starter opp fra sin egen harddisk, og som kjører all " +"programvare og alle maskinvareenheter lokalt som en vanlig maskin. Men " +"brukeren logger inn og autentiseres av hovedtjeneren, der brukerens filer og " +"skrivebordsoppsett er lagret." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Samme som arbeidsstasjonen, men i stand til å autentisere ved bruk av bufret " +"legitimasjon, som betyr at den kan brukes utenfor skolenettverket. Brukerens " +"filer og profiler blir lagret på den lokale disken. Bærbare PC-er skal velge " +"denne profilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LSTP-tjener</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Tynnklienttjener (og tjener for diskløse arbeidsstasjoner) kalles en LTSP-" +"tjener. Klienter uten harddisk starter opp og kjører programvare fra denne " +"tjeneren. Denne datamaskinen trenger to nettverks brukergrensesnitt, mye " +"minne, og ideelt sett mer enn en prosessor eller prosessorkjerne. Se " +"kapittel om <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link> for " +"mer informasjon om dette tema. Å velge tynnklientprofilen aktiverer også " +"arbeidsstasjonsprofilen (selv om den ikke er valgt), og en LTSP-tjener kan " +"alltid brukes som en arbeidsstasjon også." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Frittstående</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"En vanlig maskin som kan fungere uten en hovedtjener. Dvs. den trenger ikke " +"være inne på nettverket. Denne profilen passer bra for bærbare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +#| "integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +#| "applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually " +#| "moved out from the main-server." +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Denne profilen vil installere grunnpakkene og sette opp maskinen slik at den " +"blir integrert i Debian Edu-nettverket, men uten noen tjenester og " +"applikasjoner. Den er nyttig som en plattform for enkle tjenester som man " +"flytter manuelt ut fra hovedtjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profilene til <emphasis role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong \">arbeidsstasjon</emphasis> og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" +"tjener</emphasis>-profiler er forhåndsvalgt. Disse profilene kan installeres " +"sammen på en maskin hvis du ønsker å installere en såkalt " +"<emphasis>kombinert hovedtjener</emphasis>. Da vil hovedtjeneren være både " +"en tjener for en LTSP-tjener, og kan brukes som en arbeidsstasjon. Dette er " +"forhåndsvalgt, fordi vi regner med at de fleste ønsker dette. Vær oppmerksom " +"på at du må ha to nettverkskort installert i en maskin som skal være en " +"kombinert hovedtjener, eller være en LTSP-tjener for å komme til nytte etter " +"installasjonen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Vær klar over at hvis du svarer ja, vil du slette alle data på harddiskene! " +"Svarer du derimot nei, vil det kreve mer arbeid. I tillegg må man være " +"sikker på at de nødvendige partisjoner både er laget, og at de har nok plass." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Velg gjerne ja for å sende informasjon til <ulink url=\"http://" +"popcon.skolelinux.org/\"/>for å tillate oss å få tilsendt informasjon om " +"hvilke pakker som er populære, og som bør beholdes i fremtidige utgivelser - " +"dette er selvfølgelig frivillig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer " +#| "will spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - " +#| "Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"" +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Vent. Hvis den valgte profilen omfatter en LTSP-tjener, vil installasjonen " +"ta en del tid mot slutten, «Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-" +"profile-udeb...» (Fullfører installasjonen - Kjører debian-edu-profil-ude...)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Etter å ha satt root-passordet (rotpassordet), blir du bedt om å lage en " +"vanlig brukerkonto «for ikke-administrative oppgaver». For Debian Edu er " +"denne kontoen svært viktig: Denne skal du bruke til å administrere " +"Skolelinux-nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Passordet for denne brukeren <emphasis role=\"strong\">må</emphasis> ha en " +"lengde på <emphasis role=\"strong\">minst fem - 5 tegn </emphasis> og " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">må være forskjellig</emphasis> fra <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">brukernavnet</emphasis> - ellers vil ikke innlogging være " +"mulig (selv om et kortere passord blir godkjent av installereren)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mer info om nettverksklienter kan man finne i avsnittet <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +#| "computeroutput> once." +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"En linje slik som dette må legges til i <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +#| "computeroutput> and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and " +#| "configure them to send mail to an address you are reading." +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Det er også en god idé å installere <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput>, og " +"sette dem opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Oppsettet av alle undernett lagres i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "LTSP-klientoppsett i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Tilgjengelige klienter for skrivebordsomgivelse via nett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Aktivere IP-videresending og NAT for 10.0.0.0/8-nettverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "LTSP-klientoppsett i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Noter om noen egenskaper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "En kommentar om bærbare maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Sannsynligvis vil du bruke profilen «Vandrende arbeidsstasjon» (se ovenfor). " +"Vær oppmerksom på at alle data er lagret lokalt (så vær ekstra oppmerksom på " +"å ta sikkerhetskopier), og påloggingsinformasjonen blir lagret (så etter en " +"endring i passord, kan pålogginger kreve ditt gamle passord hvis du ikke har " +"knyttet din bærbare til nettverket, og logget inn med det nye passordet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"En merknad om USB-minnepinne- / Blu-ray-installasjon med flerarkitektur-" +"diskbilder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du installerer fra en USB minnepinne, vil <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> bare inneholde kilder fra minnepinnen. Hvis du " +"har en Internett-tilkopling, anbefaler vi på det sterkeste å legge til disse " +"linjene til denne filen, slik at tilgjengelige (sikkerhets)oppdateringer kan " +"installeres:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "En kommentar om CD-installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"En nettbasert installasjon (som er den type installasjon vår CD gir) vil " +"hente noen pakker fra CD-en, og de øvrige fra nettet. Mengden av pakker fra " +"nettet vil variere fra profil til profil, men holder seg under en gigabyte " +"(med mindre du velger å installere alle skrivebordsalternativene). Når du " +"har installert hovedtjeneren (enten det er en ren hovedtjener eller en " +"kombinasjonstjener), vil videre installasjon bruke sin mellomtjener til å " +"unngå å laste ned den samme pakken flere ganger fra nettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"Installasjon ved bruk av USB-minnepinne i stedet for CD eller Blu-ray-plate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" +#| "computeroutput> image to USB flash drives (also known as \"USB sticks\") " +#| "and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the " +#| "file and device name to your needs:" +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Etter Squeeze-utgivelsen er det mulig å direkte kopiere CD/DVD/BD " +"<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> bilder til en USB-minnepinne, og " +"starte derfra. Det er enkelt å kjøre en slik kommando, når du tilpasser fil- " +"og enhetsnavn til dine behov:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"For å bestemme verdien av X, kjør denne kommandoen før og etter en USB-enhet " +"har blitt koblet til:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Kopiering vil ta sin tid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Avhengig av hvilket bilde du velger, vil USB-minnepinnen oppføre seg som en " +"CD eller Blu-ray-disk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Installasjon og oppstart over nettverk med PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Denne installasjonsmåten krever en hovedtjener som er i gang. Når klientene " +"starter via hovednettet, vil en ny PXE-meny med installer og oppstartsvalg " +"vises. Hvis PXE-installasjonen mislykkes med en feilmelding som sier at en " +"XXX.bin-fil mangler, er det mest sannsynlige at tynnklientens nettverkskort " +"krever et ikke-fritt fastprogram. I så fall må Debian Installers Initrd " +"endres. Dette kan gjøres med denne kommandoen på tjeneren: <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput>.\n" +"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Log into the server." +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "Logg inn på tjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man kun har <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</emphasis> tilgjengelig:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Oppsett uten LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man kun har <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</emphasis> tilgjengelig:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Dette oppsettet tillater også diskløse arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienter å " +"bli startet opp eller «booted» på hovednettet. Ulikt arbeidsstasjoner " +"trenger ikke diskløse arbeidsstasjoner å bli lagt til LDAP med GOsa², men " +"kan hvis ønskelig, f.eks. hvis du ønsker å påtvinge et eget vertsnavn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mer info om nettverksklienter kan man finne i avsnittet <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modifisering av PXE-installasjoner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installasjon bruker en «Debian-installer forhåndsutfyllings»fil, og " +"denne filen kan modifiseres til å spørre etter flere pakker som skal " +"installeres." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"En linje slik som dette må legges til i <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installasjon bruker filene <computeroutput>/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/" +"install.cfg</computeroutput> og forhåndsutfyllingsfilen i <computeroutput> /" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Disse filene kan " +"endres for å justere rekkefølgen brukt under installasjon, f.eks. for å " +"hindre flere spørsmål når man installerer over nettet. En annen mulighet for " +"å oppnå det samme er å sørge for ekstra innstillinger i <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>, og å kjøre " +"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å " +"oppdatere de genererte filene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "www.debian.org/releases/Bullseye/installmanual\">manual of the Debian " +#| "Installer</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mer informasjon kan man finne i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bullseye/installmanual\"> manualen til Debian Installer</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"For å slå av eller endre bruken av proxy når du innstallerer fra PXE, må " +"linjene som inneholder <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>preseed/" +"early_command</computeroutput> i<computeroutput> tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> endres. For å slå av bruken av proxy " +"når du installerer, sett \"#\" foran de første to linjene, og fjern " +"\"<computeroutput>export xhttp_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\";</" +"computeroutput>\" delen fra den siste linjen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Noen innstillinger kan ikke bli forhåndsutfylt med forhåndsutfyllingsfil da " +"de trengs i forkant av at forhåndsutfyllingsfilen lastes ned. Disse er satt " +"opp i PXElinux-baserte oppstart-argumenter tilgjengelig fra <computeroutput>/" +"var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>. Språk, " +"tastaturoppsett og skrivebord er eksempler på slike innstillinger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Tilpassede bilder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Å lage tilpassede CD-er, DVD-er eller Blu-ray-plater kan være ganske enkelt " +"siden vi bruker <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"\">Debian Installer</ulink>, som bygger på moduler og andre fine funksjoner. " +"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Forhåndsutfylling</ulink> tillater deg å fastlegge svar på de " +"spørsmålene som vanligvis stilles." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Så alt du trenger å gjøre er å lage en forhåndsutfyllingsfil med svarene " +"dine (dette er beskrevet i vedlegget til Debian Installer-manualen), " +"og<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\"> lage " +"(remaster) CD/DVD-en</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Skjermbilder av installasjonen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Tekstmodus og grafisk installasjon er identisk med tanke på innhold, kun " +"utseendet er forskjellig, samt at man kan bruke mus ved grafisk " +"installasjon. Den grafiske installasjonen ser selvfølgelig bedre og mer " +"moderne ut. Hvis maskinvaren er i stand til å vise det grafiske " +"installasjonsgrensesnittet, er det all grunn til å bruke dette." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Disse skjermbildene gir en gjennomgang av en grafisk 64-bit hovedtjener + " +"arbeidsstasjon + LTSP-tjenerinstallasjon, og hvordan det ser ut ved første " +"oppstart av hovedtjeneren, en PXE-start både på arbeidsstasjonens nettverk " +"og på LTSP-klientnettverket:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "02-select_a_language.png" +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "03-select_your_location.png" +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "07-Detect_network_hardware.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "configure the service" +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Sette opp tjenesten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set passwords" +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Sett passord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation changes" +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installasjonsendringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "KDM-innlogging på tjener" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "KDE-skrivebord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Tynnklienttjener(e)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Tynnklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Komme i gang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Minimumssteg for å komme i gang" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Under installasjonen av hovedtjeneren ble den første brukerkontoen " +"opprettet. I den følgende teksten blir denne kontoen referert til som " +"«førstebrukeren». Denne kontoen er spesiell, ettersom det ikke er noen Samba-" +"konto (kan legges til via GOsa²), er hjemmekatalogtillatelsen satt til 700. " +"(Derfor er <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> nødvendig for å " +"gjøre personlige nettsider tilgjengelige), og førstebrukeren kan bruke " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> for å bli rot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Se informasjonen om Debian Edu-spesifikke <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">oppsett av filsystemtilgang</link> før " +"brukere legges til. Oppsett for filsystemtilgang kan tilpasses lokale regler " +"hvis det ønskes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Etter installasjonen, de første tingene du trenger å gjøre som den første " +"brukeren er:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Logg inn på tjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Legg til brukere med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Legg til brukere med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Å legge til brukere og arbeidsstasjoner er beskrevet i detalj nedenfor, så " +"vær vennlig å les dette kapittelet fullstendig. Her vises hvordan disse " +"minimumsskrittene utføres riktig, men også annet stoff som alle kan trenge å " +"utføre." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ytterligere informasjon finnes andre steder i denne håndboken: Kapittelet om " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">Nye funksjoner i Buster</link> bør leses av alle " +"som kjenner forrige utgivelse godt. For dem som oppgraderer fra en tidligere " +"versjon er det viktig å lese kapittelet om <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">oppgradering</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Hvis generell DNS-trafikk er blokkert ut fra nettverket ditt, og du må bruke " +"en spesifikk DNS-tjener for å slå opp Internett-maskiner, så må du be DNS-" +"tjeneren til å bruke denne tjener som sin «forwarder». Oppdater /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options, og spesifiser IP-adressen til DNS-tjeneren som må brukes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link>-kapittelet dekker tips og triks samt " +"hyppige stilte spørsmål." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Det er flere tjenester som kjører på hovedtjener som kan håndteres via et " +"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introduksjon til GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² er et nettbasert administrasjonsverktøy som vil hjelpe deg å håndtere " +"en del viktige ting i Debian Edu-oppsettet ditt. Du kan håndtere disse " +"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "NIS Nettgruppeadministrator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "DNS-administrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "DHCP-administrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"For tilgang til GOsa² trenger du Skolelinux-hovedtjeneren, og et (klient) " +"system med en nettleser installert som kan bli hoverdtjeneren selv hvis den " +"var installert som en såkalt kombinerttjener (hoved-, LTSP-tjener- + " +"arbeidsstasjonsprofiler)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and " +#| "don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a " +#| "minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-" +#| "graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's " +#| "installation (first user):" +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du (sannsynligvis ved et uhell) har installert en ren " +"hovedtjenerprofil, og ikke har en klient med en nettleser for hånden, er det " +"enkelt å installere et minimalt skrivebord på hovedtjeneren ved hjelp av " +"denne kommandosekvensen i et (ikke-grafisk) skall som brukeren du opprettet " +"under installasjonen av hovedtjeneren (førstebruker):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Legg inn nettadressen <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> i en nettleser for å " +"få tilgang til GOsa², og logg inn som det første brukeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du bruker en ny maskin med Skolelinux/Debian Edu Bullseye, skal " +"nettstedssertifikatet allerede være på plass, og du vil ikke få noe " +"spørsmål om dette." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Hvis ikke, får du en feilmelding om at SSL-sertifikatet er feil. Hvis du " +"vet at du er alene på ditt nettverk, kan du be nettleseren din om å " +"akseptere det, og ignorere meldingen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa² Login pluss oversikt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "GOsa² oversiktsside etter innlogging, som den første brukeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Etter å ha logget inn i GOsa², vil du se oversiktssiden til GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Deretter kan du velge en oppgave i menyen, eller klikke på en av " +"oppgaveikonene på oversiktssiden. For navigering anbefaler vi å bruke menyen " +"på venstre side av skjermen, ettersom den blir synlig på alle " +"administrasjonssidene som ligger inne i GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"I Debian Edu er kontoinformasjon lagret i en LDAP-katalog. Disse dataene " +"blir brukt ikke bare av hovedtjeneren , men også av (diskløse) " +"arbeidsstasjoner, LTSP-tjenere og Windows-maskiner i nettverket. Med LDAP, " +"trenger kontoinformasjon om elever, lærere og andre bare å legges inn en " +"gang. Etter at informasjon har blitt gitt i LDAP, vil informasjonen være " +"tilgjengelig for alle systemer på hele Skolelinux-nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² er et administrasjonsverktøy som bruker LDAP til å lagre informasjon " +"og gi en hierarkisk avdelingsstruktur. Til hver «avdeling» kan du legge til " +"brukerkontoer, grupper, systemer, nettgrupper etc. Avhengig av strukturen i " +"institusjonen, kan du gjenspeile denne strukturen i LDAPs datatre på Debian " +"Edus hovedtjener ved hjelp av GOsa²/LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"En standard Debian Edu-hovedtjenerinstallasjon gir i dag to «avdelinger»: " +"Lærere og studenter, pluss basisnivået LDAP-treet. Studentkontoer er ment " +"lagt til «Studenter»-avdelingen, lærere til «Lærere»-avdelingen; systemer " +"(servere, Skolelinux-arbeidsstasjoner, Windows-maskiner, skrivere etc.) er " +"for tiden lagt til basisnivået. Finn ditt eget opplegg for tilpasning til " +"denne strukturen. (Du finner et eksempel på hvordan du oppretter brukere i " +"årsklasser, med felles hjemmekatalog for hver gruppe i <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster//HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration#User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">HowTo/" +"AdvancedAdministration</ulink>-kapittelet i denne manualen.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Avhengig av oppgaven som du vil jobbe med (administrere brukere, " +"administrere grupper, administrere systemer, etc.), presenterer GOsa² deg " +"for et annet syn på den valgte avdelingen (eller basenivået)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med Lwat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Først klikker du på «Brukere» («Users») i venstre navigasjonsmeny. Høyre " +"side av skjermen vil endres for å vise en tabell med avdelingsmapper for " +"«Studenter» («Students») og «Lærere» («Teachers»), og kontoen til GOsa² " +"Super-Administrator (den brukeren som først ble opprettet). Ovenfor denne " +"tabellen kan du se feltet <emphasis>Base</emphasis> som lar deg navigere " +"gjennom trestrukturen din (beveg musen over området, og en rullegardinmeny " +"vises), og for å velge en basismappe for de planlagte oppgaver (for eksempel " +"legge til en ny bruker)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Legge til brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Ved siden av treet navigasjonselementet kan du se «Handlinger»-menyen " +"(«Actions» menu). Beveg musen over denne, og en undermeny vises på skjermen; " +"velg «Opprett» («Create») her, og deretter «Bruker» («User»). Du blir " +"veiledet av brukerveiviseren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Den viktigste tingen å legge til er malen (newstudent eller newteacher) det " +"fulle navnet for din bruker (se bildet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Når du følger veiviseren, vil du se at GOsa² genererer et brukernavn " +"automatisk basert på det virkelige navnet. Den velger automatisk et " +"brukernavn som ikke finnes ennå, slik at flere brukere med det samme navnet/" +"hele navnet, ikke er et problem. Merk at GOsa² kan generere ugyldige " +"brukernavn hvis hele navnet inneholder ikke-ASCII-tegn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ikke liker det genererte brukernavn, kan du velge et annet " +"brukernavn som tilbys i drop-down boksen («rullegardinboksen»), men du har " +"ikke et fritt valg her i veiviseren. (Hvis du ønsker å være i stand til å " +"redigere/endre det foreslåtte brukernavnet, åpne<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/" +"gosa.conf</computeroutput> med en redaktør, og legg til " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=«true»</computeroutput> som et " +"ekstra alternativ til «location-definisjonen».)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Når veiviseren er ferdig, blir du presentert med GOsa²-skjermen for det nye " +"brukerobjektet. Bruk fanene øverst for å sjekke de ferdige feltene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Etter at du har opprettet brukeren (ikke nødvendig å tilpasse feltet " +"veiviseren som er tomt nå), klikk på «OK»-knappen i nederste høyre hjørne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Som det siste trinnet vil GOsa² be om et passord for den nye brukeren. Skriv " +"det inn to ganger, og deretter «Angi passord» i nederste høyre hjørne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Noen tegn er kanskje ikke tillatt som del av passordet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Hvis alt gikk bra, kan du nå se den nye brukeren i brukerliste-tabellen. Du " +"skal nå kunne logge inn med brukernavnet på en Skolelinux-maskin i " +"nettverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Filterboks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"For å endre eller slette en bruker, bruk GOsa² til å bla gjennom listen over " +"brukere på systemet. På midten av skjermen kan du åpne «Filter»-boksen, et " +"søkeverktøy levert av GOsa². Hvis du ikke vet den nøyaktige plasseringen av " +"din brukerkonto i treet ditt, endre til basisnivået av GOsa²/LDAP-treet, og " +"søk der med alternativet merket «Søk i undertrær»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Når du bruker «Filter»-boksen, vil resultatene umiddelbart vises i midten av " +"teksten i tabellen listevisning. Hver linje representerer en brukerkonto, og " +"elementene lengst til høyre på hver linje er små ikoner som viser hva du kan " +"gjøre: endre bruker, lås konto, sett passord, og fjern bruker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"En ny side vil dukke opp der du direkte kan endre informasjonen om en " +"bruker, endre passordet til brukeren, og endre listen over grupper som " +"brukeren tilhører." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Redigerer brukerdata" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Sett passord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Studentene kan endre passordet sitt ved å logge inn i GOsa² med sitt eget " +"brukernavn. For å lette tilgangen til GOsa² er en oppføring som heter GOsa i " +"desktop (skrivebordets) System (eller System-innstillinger)-menyen. En " +"student som er innlogget vil bli presentert for en svært minimal versjon av " +"GOsa² som bare gir tilgang til studentens eget konto-datablad, og til " +"dialogboksen sett-passord (set password)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Lærere logget inn under sine egne brukernavn har spesielle privilegier i " +"GOsa². De har mer omfattende rettigheter i GOsa², og kan endre passord for " +"alle studentkonti. Dette kan være svært nyttig i timene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "For å administrativt gi en bruker et nytt passord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "Søk etter brukeren, som skal modifiseres, som beskrevet ovenfor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "Klikk på nøkkelsymbolet ved slutten av linjen som brukernavn er vist i" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"På den påfølgende siden kan du sette et nytt passord som du selv velger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Sett brukerpassord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beware of security implications due to easy to " +#| "guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan nå sette det passordet du selv vil ha, så lenge det er minst 5 tegn " +"langt. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vær klar over sikkerhetsrisikoen som kan " +"medfølge muligheten for passord som er lett å gjette seg til!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Avansert brukerhåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Det er mulig å opprette mange brukere med GOsa² ved hjelp av en CSV-fil som " +"kan lages med ethvert godt regnearkprogram (for eksempel " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Oppføringer for følgende felt må i " +"det minste oppgis: UID, etternavn (sn), fornavn (givenName) og passord. Pass " +"på at det ikke er noen dupliserte oppføringer i UID- feltet. Vær oppmerksom " +"på at når du kontrollerer om det er duplikater, må allerede eksisterende UID-" +"oppføringer i LDAP sjekkes (som kan oppnås ved å utføre <computeroutput> " +"getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut-d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> på " +"kommandolinjen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Dette er format for retningslinjene slik som CSV-fil (GOsa² er ganske " +"intolerant når det gjelder disse):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Bruk \",\" som feltskille" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Ikke bruk hermetegn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"CSV-filen <emphasis role=\"strong\">må ikke</emphasis> inneholde en " +"topptekstlinje (av den typen som vanligvis inneholder kolonnenavnene)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Rekkefølgen av feltene er ikke relevant, og kan defineres i GOsa² under " +"masseimport" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Stegene for masseimport er:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "Klikk på «LDAP Manager»-lenken i navigasjonsmenyen til venstre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "Klikk på «Import»-fanen i skjermen til høyre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"Bla gjennom lokal disk, og velg en CSV-fil med en liste over brukere som " +"skal importeres" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"Velg en tilgjengelig brukermal som skal brukes under masseimport/" +"overføringer (som NewTeacher eller NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "Klikk på «Import»-knappen i nederste høyre hjørne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Det er lurt å teste først med en CSV-fil med noen få fiktive brukere som kan " +"slettes senere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Same applies to the password management module, which allows to reset a " +#| "lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for " +#| "users belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Det samme gjelder for passordstyringsmodulen, som lar en nullstille mange " +"passord ved å bruke en CSV-fil eller ved å lage nye passord til brukerne som " +"hører til i et bestemt deltre i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Tilbakestill passord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "lag gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "create group" +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "lag gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "Administrasjonen av grupper er svært lik administrasjonen av brukere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Du kan skrive inn et navn og en beskrivelse for hver gruppe. Pass på at du " +"velger riktig nivå i LDAP-treet når du oppretter en ny gruppe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du legger til brukere i en nyopprettet gruppe, kommer du tilbake til " +"brukerlisten. Det er her du mest sannsynlig ønsker å bruke filterboksen for " +"å finne brukere. Sjekk LDAP-trenivået også." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Gruppene du legger til i gruppehåndteringen er også vanlige UNIX-grupper, så " +"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Med maskinadministrasjon kan du administrere alle nettverksenhetene i ditt " +"Debian Edu-nettverk. Hver eneste maskin som legges til i LDAP-katalogen med " +"GOsa² har et vertsnavn, en IP-adresse, en MAC-adresse og et domenenavn som " +"vanligvis er «intern». For en mer grundig beskrivelse av arkitekturen i " +"Debian Edu, se <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link>-kapittelet " +"i denne manualen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"For å opprette et med GOsa², for et allerede oppsatt system, logg inn på " +"hovedtjeneren som root, og kjør" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Merk:</emphasis> vertsnøkkelfilopprettelse er " +"mulig for systemer av typen <emphasis>arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>tjenere</emphasis> og <emphasis>terminaler</emphasis>, men ikke " +"for <emphasis>nettenheter</emphasis>. I tillegg bruker LTSP-klienter " +"<emphasis>sshfs</emphasis> for å montere hjemmemapper, slik at det ikke er " +"noe å gjøre for diskløse arbeidsstasjoner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an " +#| "IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. " +#| "Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 " +#| "(tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to " +#| "10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP " +#| "and are assigned dynamically." +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"For å legge til en maskin bruker GOsa² hovedmenyen, systemer, legge til. Du " +"kan bruke en IP-adresse/vertsnavn fra det forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet " +"10.0.0.0/8. Foreløpig er det bare to forhåndsdefinerte faste adresser: " +"10.0.2.2 (tjener) og 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Adressene fra 10.0.16.20 til " +"10.0.31.254 (omtrent 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4000 verter) er reservert for DHCP, " +"og tildeles dynamisk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"For å tildele en vert med MAC-adresse 52:54:00:12:34:10 en statisk IP-" +"adresse i GOsa², trenger du bare å skrive inn MAC-adressen, vetsnavnet og IP-" +"en; alternativt kan du klikke på <computeroutput>Propose ip</computeroutput>-" +"knappen som vil vise den første frie faste adressen i 10.0.0.0/8, mest " +"sannsynlig noe som 10.0.0.2 hvis du legger til den første maskinen på denne " +"måten. Det kan være bedre å først tenke rundt nettverket: For eksempel kan " +"du bruke 10.0.0.x med x>10 og x<50 for tjenere, og x>100 for " +"arbeidsstasjoner. Ikke glem å aktivere det nettopp tilføyde systemet. Med " +"unntak av hovedtjeneren vil alle systemer da ha et matchende ikon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis maskinene har startet som tynne klienter/diskløse arbeidsstasjoner, " +"eller har blitt installert ved hjelp av noen av nettverksprofilene, som " +"<computeroutput> sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>-skript kan brukes til " +"automatisk å legge maskiner til GOsa². For enkle maskiner vil det fungere ut " +"av boksen. For maskiner med mer enn en mac-adresse, må den som faktisk " +"brukes velges, <computeroutput> sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h </computeroutput> " +"viser informasjon om bruken. Vær oppmerksom på at IP-adressene som vises " +"etter bruk av <computeroutput> sitesummary2ldapdhcp </computeroutput> " +"tilhører det dynamiske IP-området. Disse systemene kan deretter endres for å " +"passe til nettverket ditt; endre navn på hvert nytt system, aktivere DHCP og " +"DNS, legge den til nettgrupper (se skjermbilder lenger ned for anbefalte " +"nettgrupper). Hvis det er nødvendig; start systemet på nytt etterpå. " +"Følgende skjermbilder viser hvordan dette ser ut i praksis:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Systemopplisting i GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Maskindetaljer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Endre maskindetaljer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Legg til nettgruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"En cron-jobb oppdaterer DNS en gang i timen. Benytt kommandoen " +"<computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> for å kjøre oppdateringen " +"manuelt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Søk og slett maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Søk etter, og slette maskiner er ganske likt søking og sletting av brukere, " +"så den informasjonen blir ikke gjentatt her." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Endre eksisterende maskiner / nettgruppehåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Etter å ha lagt til en maskin til LDAP-treet ved bruk av LWAT, kan du endre " +"maskinens egenskaper ved å bruke søkefunksjonaliteten og klikke på den " +"oppføringen du vil endre (slik du ville gjort med brukere)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Skjemaet som du får ved å klikke på en maskinlenke er på en måte likt det du " +"allerede kjenner fra redigering av brukeroppføringer. På en annen måte har " +"informasjonen andre betydninger i denne konteksten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +#| "computeroutput> does not modify the file access or command execution " +#| "permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; " +#| "instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main-" +#| "server." +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"For eksempel, å legge en maskin til en <computeroutput>NetGroup</" +"computeroutput> vil ikke endre rettighetene en maskin (eller brukerne som er " +"logget inn på maskinen) har til filer eller programmer på tjeneren. Det er " +"mer det at det begrenser tjenestene en maskin kan bruke på hovedtjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Se på koden i <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for å få " +"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Maskiner med Skolelinux/Debian Edu i denne gruppen vil automatisk justere " +"størrelsen på LVM-partisjoner som får for liten plass." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts og cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Maskiner med Skolelinux/Debian Edu i denne gruppen vil automatisk slå seg av " +"om natten for å spare energi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts og cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Maskiner med Skolelinux/Debian Edu i denne gruppen vil automatisk slå seg av " +"om natten for å spare energi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vanlig navn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +#| "only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this " +#| "might be used during exams." +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i denne gruppen vil få lov til å koble til maskiner bare " +"på det lokale nettverket. Kombinert med web proxy-begrensninger kan dette " +"brukes under eksamen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Skriverhåndtering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"For skriverhåndtering legg din nettleser til <ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/" +">. Dette er det normale CUPS administrasjonsgrensesnittet der du kan legge " +"til/slette/endre skriverne dine, og kan rydde opp i utskriftskøen. Som " +"standard er bare rot (root) tillatt, men dette kan endres: Åpne /etc/cups/" +"cups-files.conf med en redigerer, og legg til ett eller flere gyldige " +"gruppenavn som passer til nettstedets policy, til linjen med inneholdet " +"<computeroutput> SystemGroup lpadmin</computeroutput>. Eksisterende GOsa²-" +"grupper som kan brukes er <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> og " +"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> (begge har den først " +"opprettede brukeren som medlem), <computeroutput>teachers</computeroutput> " +"og <computeroutput>jradmins</computeroutput> (ingen medlemmer etter " +"installasjonen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Å bruke skrivere koblet til arbeidsstasjoner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Pakken <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> er installert som forvalg på et system " +"med <emphasis>Arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>sprofil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Rediger <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> som dette (USB-" +"skriver):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; velg type nettverkskriver; " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle skrivere " +"uavhengig av merke eller modell), og sett <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som URI-forbindelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Nettverksklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +#| "machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update " +#| "the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by " +#| "default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet " +#| "connection open if it is created when used." +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Standardoppsettet i Debian Edu er å holde klokkene på alle maskiner " +"synkronisert, men ikke nødvendigvis korrekt. NTP blir brukt for å oppdatere " +"tiden. Klokkene blir ikke synkronisert av en ekstern kilde med " +"standardoppsettet. Dette for å hindre systemer med en oppringtforbindelse " +"mot Internett fra å være tilkoplet nettet hele tiden. Dette ble satt opp " +"slik etter at en skole oppdaget at ISDN-forbindelsen deres var tilkoplet " +"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du bruker oppringt eller ISDN, og betaler for tid brukt, så ønsker du å " +"endre dette forvalgte oppsettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"For å slå på synkronisering med en ekstern klokke, må filen /etc/ntp.conf på " +"hovedtjener redigeres. Kommentartegnene foran <computeroutput>server</" +"computeroutput>-oppføringene må fjernes. Etter dette må NTP-tjeneren startes " +"på nytt ved å kjøre <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/ntp restart</computeroutput> " +"som rot. For å teste om tjeneren bruker den eksterne klokkekilden, kan du " +"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Utvide hele partisjoner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"På grunn av en feil i den automatiske partisjoneringen, kan noen partisjoner " +"bli for fulle etter installasjon. For å utvide de fulle partisjonene, kjør " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> som rot. Se " +"veiledningen for «Endre størrelse på partisjon» i kapittelet <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer " +"informasjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Vedlikehold" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Denne delen forklarer hvordan man skal bruke <computeroutput>apt-get " +"upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Å bruke <computeroutput>aptitude</computeroutput> er ganske enkelt. For å " +"oppdatere systemet må du kjøre to kommandoer på kommandolinja som root " +"(rot): <computeroutput>aptitude update</computeroutput> (oppdaterer lista " +"over tilgjengelige pakker) og <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</" +"computeroutput> (oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Da Debian Edu bruker libpam-tmpdir, sette en pr. bruker TMP-katalogen, er " +"det en god idé å kjøre apt-get uten TMP- og TMPDIR-variablene angitt i LTSP-" +"kommando. Det er også en god idé å oppgradere ved hjelp av C locale for å " +"få et kjent resultat og sortering, selv om å gjøre en forskjell, gir feil i " +"en programpakke." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Etter å ha oppgradert <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>-" +"pakke, kan det hende endrede Cfengine-oppsettsfiler er tilgjengelige. Kjør " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> for å " +"sjekke at dette er tilfelle. For å utføre endringene, kjør " +"<computeroutput>cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Det er viktig å kjøre <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> etter at " +"LTSP-tjeneren oppgraderes for sørge for at SquashFS-avbildningen for " +"diskløse klienter er synkronisert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Det er også en god idé å installere <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput>, og " +"sette dem opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vil gi deg melding en gang om " +"dagen via e-post hvilke pakker som trenger en oppdatering. Den installerer " +"ikke oppdateringene, men laster dem ned (vanligvis om natten), så du ikke " +"trenger å vente på nedlastingen når du kjører <computeroutput>aptitude " +"upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Automatisk installasjon av oppdateringer kan gjøres enkelt hvis det er " +"ønskelig. Det trengs bare at <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" +"computeroutput>-pakken blir satt opp ifølge beskrivelsen her: <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>. I nye installasjoner aktiveres nye " +"sikkerhetsoppdateringer som standard." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Ellers erstatt <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> med " +"<computeroutput>AMD64</computeroutput> eller <computeroutput>PowerPC</" +"computeroutput> som det passer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Hold deg oppdatert vedrørende sikkerhetsoppdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +#| "good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +#| "packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +#| "subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +#| "announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +#| "benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The " +#| "downside (compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that " +#| "it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't " +#| "installed." +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Å kjøre <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> som beskrevet over, er en " +"god måte for å finne hvilke pakker som har sikkerhetsfikser tilgjengelig. En " +"annen måte å holde seg oppdatert på, er å abonnere på e-postlisten <ulink " +"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-" +"announce</ulink>, her får man også informasjon om hva " +"sikkerhetsoppdateringen dreier seg om. Ulempen (sammenlignet med " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) er at det også inkluderes " +"infomasjon om pakker som ikke er installert på systemet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"For å håndtere sikkerhetskopier går du med nettleseren til adressen <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Vær oppmerksom på at du trenger tilgang " +"til dette nettstedet via SSL, ettersom du må skrive inn root-passordet der. " +"Hvis du prøver å få tilgang til dette nettstedet uten å bruke SSL, vil det " +"mislykkes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on " +#| "the backup server (main server 'tjener' by default)." +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Merk: nettstedet vil kun virke hvis du midlertidig tillater root-innlogging " +"via ssh på sikkerhetskopi-teneren (i utgangspunktet hovedtjeneren 'tjener')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "By default tjener will back up <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +#| "computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +#| "root/.svk</computeroutput> and LDAP to /skole/backup which is under the " +#| "LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete " +#| "them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Som standard vil tjener ta sikkerhetskopi av <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" +"home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> og LDAP til /skole/backup, som " +"er et LVM-område. Hvis du bare vil ha ting lagret to ganger (hvis du sletter " +"noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Vær oppmerksom på at denne sikkerhetskopieringsmekanismen ikke beskytter deg " +"mot harddisker som går i stykker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du vil sikkerhetskopiere dine data til en ekstern tjener, en tape-" +"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet litt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker å gjenopprette en komplett folder, anbefales det å bruke " +"kommandolinja:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Dette vil legge innholdet fra <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> fra <computeroutput><dato></computeroutput> i mappa " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<dato></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker å gjenopprette en enkelt fil, skal dette kunne gjøres ved å " +"velge fila (og versjon) fra webgrensesnittet, for så å laste ned bare den " +"fila." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker å kvitte deg med eldre sikkerhetskopier, velg «Vedlikehold» i " +"menyen på sikkerhetskopi-siden, og velg å beholde det eldste øyeblikksbildet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php Vedlikehold" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Trendrapportsystemet Munin er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. Det viser grafer for systemstatus på en daglig, ukentlig, " +"månedlig og årlig basis. Dette gir systemadministrator hjelp til å se etter " +"flaskehalser og kilden for systemproblemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Listen over maskiner som blir overvåket ved hjelp av Munin blir generert " +"automatisk basert på listen over tjenere som rapporterer til Sitesummary. " +"Alle tjenere med pakken Munin-node installert, blir registrert for " +"overvåking av Munin. Det vil vanligvis gå ett døgn fra en maskin blir " +"installert til monitorering starter på grunn av rekkefølgen til Cron-" +"jobbene. For å fart på denne prosessen kan du kjøre " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> som rot på " +"Sitesummary-tjeneren (vanligvis hovedtjeneren). Dette vil oppdatere " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>-filen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Det innsamlede settet med målinger blir automatisk generert på hver enkelt " +"maskin som bruker programmet <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" +"computeroutput>, som søker etter tilgjengelige programtillegg fra " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> og symlinker de " +"som passer til <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"http://munin-" +#| "monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Informasjon om Munin er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Nagios system- og tjenesteovervåkning er tilgjengelig fra <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/>. Utvalget av maskiner og tjenester som blir " +"overvåket er automatisk generert etter informasjon innsamlet av Sitesummary-" +"systemet. Maskinene som kjører profilene hovedtjener og LTSP-tjener blir " +"fullstendig overvåket, mens arbeidsstasjoner og tynnklienter vil få en " +"enklere overvåkning. For å slå på full overvåkning av en arbeidsstasjon " +"installer <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>-pakken på " +"arbeidsstasjonen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Som standard fra Debian- Edu 3.0r1 så sender ikke Icinga ut e-post. Dette " +"kan endres ved å bytte ut <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> " +"med <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> og " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> i fila <computeroutput>/etc/" +"icinga/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Nagiosoppsettsfilen - filen som brukes er <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cron-jobben i Sitesummary genererer " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"med listen over verter og tjenester som skal overvåkes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Ekstra Icinga-kontroller kan legges inn i filen <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> for å få dem " +"inkludert i den genererte filen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informasjon om Icinga-systemet er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.icinga.org/\"/>, eller i pakken <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Felles Icinga-varsler, og hvordan de skal behandles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Her er instruksjoner om hvordan du skal håndtere de mest vanlige Icinga-" +"advarsler." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK-KRITISK - ledig plass: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Partisjonen (/usr/ i eksempelet) er for full. Det finnes generelt to måter å " +"håndtere dette på: (1) Fjerne noen filer, eller (2) Øke størrelsen på " +"partisjon. Hvis partisjonen er /var/, sletting APT-cache med<computeroutput> " +"apt-get clean </computeroutput> fjerner kanskje noen filer. Hvis det er mer " +"plass tilgjengelig i LVM-volumgruppen, kan programmet<computeroutput> " +"debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> forlenge partisjoner. For å kjøre " +"dette programmet automatisk hver time, kan verten det gjelder legges til " +"nettgruppen <computeroutput> fsautoresize-hosts </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"APT-KRITISK: 13 pakker tilgjengelig for oppgradering (13 kritiske " +"oppdateringer)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Ny pakke er tilgjengelig for oppgraderinger. De kritiske er normalt " +"sikkerhetsfikser. For å oppgradere kjør \"apt-get upgrade && apt-get " +"dist-upgrade\" som rot i en terminal, eller logge inn via SSH for å gjøre " +"det samme. På LTSP-tjenere, husk også å oppdatere LTSP-chrooten " +"med<computeroutput> ltsp-chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-" +"get upgrade </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ikke ønsker å oppgradere pakker manuelt, og stoler på at Debian gjør " +"en god jobb med nye versjoner, kan du sette opp pakken " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput>, til å automatisk " +"oppgradere alle nye pakker hver natt. Dette vil ikke oppgradere LTSP-" +"chrooter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"ADVARSEL: Omstart nødvendig: Kjerne i bruk = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installert " +"kjerne = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Kjernen som brukes er eldre enn den nyeste installerte kjernen, og omstart " +"må til for å aktivere den nyest installerte kjernen. Dette vil normalt haste " +"en del, fordi nye kjerner i Debian Edu bidrar til å løse sikkerhetsproblemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "ADVARSEL: CUPS køstørrelse - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Skriverkøene i CUPS har mange jobber som venter. Dette er mest sannsynlig på " +"grunn av at skriver ikke er tilgjengelig. Deaktiverte utskriftskøer blir " +"aktivert hver time på vertene som er med i nettgruppen <computeroutput>cups-" +"queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>. For slike verter bør ikke manuell " +"handling være nødvendig. Utskriftskøene blir tømt hver kveld for vertene som " +"er med i nettgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Hvis en vert har mange jobber i sin kø, vurder å legge " +"slike verter inn i en eller begge nettgrupper." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary (Site Summary) brukes til å samle informasjon fra alle " +"datamaskiner i nettverket, og sender dette til en sentral tjener. " +"Informasjonen som er samlet er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput> . Skript som finnes i <computeroutput>/" +"usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> muliggjør generering av ulike " +"rapporter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A simple report from sitesummary without any details is available from " +#| "<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En enkel rapport fra Sitesummary er tilgjenglig fra <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Noe dokumentasjon for Sitesummary er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Mer informasjon om ulike måter å tilpasse Debian Edu/Skolelinux på" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Mer informasjon om nyttige tilpasninger i Debian Edu for " +"systemadministratorer finnes i <link linkend=\"Administration\">kapittelet " +"om Administrasjonsoppskrifter</link> og i <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">kapittelet om Avanserte " +"administrasjonsoppskrifter</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Oppgraderinger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Før du leser denne oppgraderingsveiledningen, så vær oppmerksom på at du " +"gjør dette på en tjener i drift på egen risiko. <emphasis " +"role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux kommer med ABSOLUTT HELT UTEN GARANTI, i " +"det omfang som er tillatt av relevante lover.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Vær snill og les hele dette kapittelet og <link linkend=\"Features\">New " +"features in Buster</link> før du starter med å oppgradere systemet ditt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Generelle betraktninger om oppgradering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Oppgradering av Debian fra en distro (distribution) til en annen er generelt " +"enkelt. For Debian Edu er det ikke så enkelt ennå da vi har kraftig " +"modifisert konfigurasjonsfiler på måter vi ikke skulle gjort (se Debian bug " +"<ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/311188\">311188</ulink> for mer info.) " +"Oppgradering er fremdeles mulig, men krever mye arbeid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +#| "and the main-server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Generelt er oppgradering av tjenere vanskeligere enn arbeidsstasjoner, og " +"hovedtjeneren er den vanskeligste å oppgradere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du vil være sikker på at alt fungerer som før etter oppgraderingen, så " +"bør du teste oppgraderingen på en testtjener, som er satt opp på samme måte " +"som tjeneren som er i drift. Der kan du teste oppgraderingen uten risiko, og " +"se om alt fungerer som det skal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Pass på å også lese informasjonen om gjeldende stabile Debian-utgave " +"tilgjengelig fra <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Det kan også være lurt å vente litt, og kjøre Sarge noen uker lenger, slik " +"andre kan teste oppgraderingen, erfare problemer og dokumentere dem. Debian " +"Edu Sarge vil fortsatt få støtte en stund ennå. Men når Debian <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">avslutter støtten for " +"Sarge</ulink>, vil Debian Edu også måtte gjøre det. Dette var forventet å " +"skje i april 2008." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu Stretch" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Vær oppmerksom: Sørg for at du har testet oppgraderingen fra Stretch i et " +"testmiljø, eller at du har sikkerhetskopiering tilgjengelig, for å kunne gå " +"tilbake ved eventuelle problemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu " +#| "main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, " +#| "Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Buster to " +#| "Bullseye upgrade, see: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#| "bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Vær oppmerksom på at følgende oppskrift gjelder en standard Debian Edu-" +"hovedtjenerinstallasjon (desktop=xfce, profilene Hovedtjener, " +"Arbeidsstasjon, LTSP-tjener). (For en generell oversikt over oppgradering " +"fra Buster til Bullseye, se: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bullseye/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "Ikke bruk X, bruk et virtuellt konsoll og logg inn som root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> avsluttes med en feil, forsøk å " +"rette den og/eller kjør <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput>, og " +"så igjen<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Oppgrader hovedtjeneren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Begynn med å sikre at gjeldende system er oppdatert:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Forberede og starte oppgraderingen til Buster:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: Vær forberedt på å lese mange NEWS-oppføringer; trykk " +"<return> for å rulle nedover, <q> for å forlate sideinndeleren. " +"All info vil bli sendt på e-post til root, slik at du kan lese det igjen " +"(ved bruk av <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Les all debconf-informasjon nøye, velg «behold den lokale versjonen som er " +"installert» med mindre noe annet er beskrevet under; I de fleste tilfeller " +"bruk bare «return»-tasten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "restart services: Choose Yes." +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "omstart av tjenester: Velg ja." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Aktiver og juster oppsett:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Sjekk om det oppgraderte systemet virker:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Start på nytt, logg inn som første bruker for å teste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "om GOsa² -grensesnittet fungerer," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "Hvis man er i stand til å koble LTSP-klienter og arbeidsstasjoner," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"Hvis man kan legge til eller fjerne et nettgruppe-medlemskap i et system," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "Hvis man kan sende og motta intern e-post," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "Hvis man kan administrere skrivere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "og hvis andre nettstedsspesifikke ting virker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Oppgradering av en arbeidsstasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Gjør alle de grunnleggende tingene som på hovedtjeneren, og uten å gjøre " +"ting som ikke trengs. Og gjør så dette i tillegg." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner (før Stretch)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Buster " +#| "based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +#| "provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Buster#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +#| "Buster</ulink> about how to upgrade to Buster from the previous release, " +#| "Stretch. Likewise the Stretch manual describes how to upgrade from Jessie." +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"For å oppgradere fra enhver eldre utgave må du først oppgradere til den " +"Buster-baserte Debian Edu-utgivelsen før du kan følge instruksjonene " +"ovenfor. Instruksjonene om hvordan du oppgraderer til Stretch fra den " +"tidligere Jessie er gitt i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Buster#\">Håndboken for Debian EduBuster</ulink> om hvordan " +"man oppgraderer fra Buster fra forrige utgave, Stretch. På samme måte " +"beskriver Stretch-håndboken hvordan man oppgraderer fra Jessie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Veiledning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Oppskrifter for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generell administrasjon</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">avansert " +"administrasjon</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlene <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Komme i gang</link> og <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Vedlikehold</link> beskriver hvordan komme i gang " +"med Debian Edu, og hvordan grunnleggende vedlikehold fungerer. Veiledningene " +"i dette kapittelet er allerede «avanserte» tips og triks." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the git version control system" +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "Versjonssporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av SVK versjonskontrollsystem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Ved bruk av <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> spores alle filer i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> ved bruk av <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> som system for versjonskontroll." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dette gjør det mulig å se når en fil er lagt til, endret eller fjernet. Hvis " +"det er en tekstfil som er endret, så kan man se endringene. SVK-repository " +"er lagret i <computeroutput>~root/.svk/</computeroutput>. Hver time blir " +"alle endringer automatisk registrert, noe som gjør det mulig å trekke ut " +"konfigurasjonshistorikken for å se på den." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Alle endringer blir automatisk tatt vare på hver time. Det gjør at " +"konfigurasjonshistorien kan hentes ut for senere gjennomgang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +#| "computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +#| "time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +#| "can be used." +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"For å se historien brukes kommandoen <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput>. For å sjekke forskjellen mellom to tidspunkter kan en " +"kommando som denne brukes: <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Se på koden i <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm</computeroutput> for " +"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Eksempel på bruk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"I et nyinstallert system kan du prøve dette for å se alle endringer som er " +"gjort siden systemet ble installert:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "Se hvilke filer som nå ikke er sporet, og som ikke er oppdatert:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"De fleste partisjoner i Debian Edu er logiske dataområder (LVM). Det er kun " +"<computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>-partisjonen som ikke er det. Med " +"Debian/Squeeze-utgivelsen av Skolelinux/Debian Edu, er det mulig å utvide " +"partisjoner mens de er montert. Dette er en egenskap i Linux-kjernen siden " +"versjon 2.6.10. Krymping av partisjoner må fortsatt skje mens partisjonen er " +"avmontert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Det er en god idé å unngå å lage svært store partisjoner (med over, for " +"eksempel. 20 GiB), fordi tiden det tar å kjøre <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> på dem, eller å gjenskape dem fra sikkerhetskopier hvis " +"dette skulle bli nødvendig. Det er bedre, hvis mulig, å lage flere mindre " +"partisjoner enn en svært stor en." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"For å gjøre det enklere å utvide fulle partisjoner så finnes skriptet " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresiz</computeroutput>. Når det blir kjørt, " +"leser det oppsettet fra <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"Basert på reglene i disse filene foreslår det utvidelse av partisjoner med " +"for lite ledig plass. Uten argument, så vil det bare skrive ut kommandoene " +"som trengs for å utvide filsystemet. Argumentet <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Skriptet utføres automatisk hver time på hver klient listet i nettgruppen " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for " +#| "cache size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs " +#| "to be updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +#| "debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is " +#| "provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of " +#| "<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid " +#| "to use 80% of this as its cache size." +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Når man endrer størrelsen på partisjonen som brukes av Squid proxyen, så må " +"størrelsen på mellomlager (cache) i <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" +"computeroutput> oppdateres i tillegg. For å hjelpe til med dette så kjøres " +"skriptet <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" +"cachedir</computeroutput> automatisk. Det sjekker at nåværende størrelse på " +"partisjon til <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput>, og " +"konfigurerer Squid til å bruke 80 % av dette som mellomlager (cache)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Håndtering av logiske dataområder (LVM) gjør det mulig å endre størrelse på " +"partisjoner mens de er montert og i bruk. Du kan lære mer om LVM i <ulink " +"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"For å utvide et logisk volum manuelt forteller du ganske enkelt " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput>-kommandoen hvor stort du vil det " +"skal vokse til. For eksempel, for å utvide home0 til 30 GiB kan du bruke " +"følgende kommandoer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)" +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "For å utvide home0 med 30 GiB i tillegg, setter du inn «+» (-L+30G)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> er et " +"verktøy for å redigere LDAP databasen med en vanlig tekstredigerer fra " +"kommandolinjen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Følgende må utføres:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Merk: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> vil bruke det som måtte være " +"standard editor (standardredigeringsprogram). Ved å kjøre " +"<computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> i skallets kommandolinje " +"kan man konfigurere miljøet for å få en vi-klone som editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"NB: lokale enheter med <computeroutput>ltspfs</computeroutput> vil ikke " +"fungere lenger uten LDM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "Kerberisert NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Bruk av Kerberos for NFS for å montere hjemmemapper er en " +"sikkerhetsfunksjon. Nivåene <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> og <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> støttes (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> " +"betyr Kerberos-identitetsbekreftelse, <emphasis>i</emphasis> står for " +"integritetssjekk, og <emphasis>p</emphasis> for personvern, altså " +"kryptering); last på tjeneren eller arbeidsstasjonen øker for hvert " +"sikkerhetsnivå <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> kan være et godt valg." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Hvordan endre forvalget" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedtjener</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "logg inn som root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"kjør <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, søk etter " +"<emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> og erstatt det med <emphasis>sec=krb5i</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"rediger <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>: Avkommenter/juster/" +"kommenter eksisterende oppføringer for /srv/*; forsikre deg om at de ser " +"slik ut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dette verktøyet tillater valg av forvalgt skriver, avhangig av plassering, " +"maskin, eller gruppemedlemskap. For mer info, se <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Nagiosoppsettsfilen - filen som brukes er <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cron-jobben i Sitesummary genererer " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"med listen over verter og tjenester som skal overvåkes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, en LDAP GUI" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du foretrekker et grafisk grensesnitt for å jobbe med LDAP-databasen, " +"ta en titt på <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>-pakken, som er " +"tilgjengelig ut av boksen. For å få skrivetilgang, koble til på denne måten:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ldap-createuser-krb, a command-line tool" +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "Ldap-createuser-krb, et kommandolinjeverktøy" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command " +#| "line tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's " +#| "mostly useful for testing, though." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> er et lite " +"kommandolinjeverktøy til å lage LDAP-brukere og sette passordene deres i " +"Kerberos. Det er likevel mest brukbart for testing." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Bruk av stabile oppdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Selv om du kan bruke stable-updates direkte, trenger du det ikke; stable-" +"updates blir lagt inn i den stabile utgaven regelmessig når stabile " +"versjoner blir laget, noe som grovt sett skjer hver annen måned." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Å bruke backports til å installere nyere programvare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Du kjører Debian Edu, fordi du foretrekker stabiliteten til Debian Edu. Det " +"kjører fint, det er bare ett problem: Av og til er programvaren mer utdatert " +"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports er pakker fra Debian testing (for det meste) og Debian unstable (i " +"noen få tilfeller, f.eks. sikkerhetsoppdateringer), som er kompilert for " +"Debian stable. Du vil derfor ikke trenge nye bibliotek (så langt det er " +"mulig) på en stabil Debian-distribusjon som Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Vi anbefaler deg til bare å plukke ut enkeltpakker som " +"passer til dine behov, og ikke bruke alle pakkene som er tilgjengelig i " +"backports.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster#\">the " +"Debian Edu Buster status page</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Så kan man lett installere tilbakeførte pakker (backports). Den følgende " +"kommando vil installere en tilbakeflyttet versjon av <emphasis>tuxtype</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Tilbakeførte pakker (backports) blir automatisk oppdatert (hvis " +"tilgjengelige) akkurat som andre pakker. Som i det normale arkivet, har " +"tilbakeførte pakker tre seksjoner: Main, contrib og non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Oppgradering med en CD eller tilsvarende bilde" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du vil oppgradere fra en versjon til en annen (for eksempel fra Buster " +"10.1+edu0 to 10.3+edu1) og du mangler Internett-forbindelse, men har fysiske " +"medier; følg disse skrittene:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Sett inn en CD/DVD/Blu-ray-plate/USB-minnepenn, monter den og bruk apt-cdrom-" +"kommandoen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "For å sitere apt-cdrom(8) manualsiden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"APT-cdrom brukes til å legge til en ny CD-ROM til APT-ens liste over " +"tilgjengelige kilder. APT-cdrom fastlegger strukturen på platen så vel som å " +"korrigere for ulike, mulige feilbrenninger, og for å verifisere filindeksen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Det er nødvendig å bruke APT-cdrom for å legge CD-er til APT-systemet. Det " +"kan ikke gjøres for hånd. Videre må hver disk i et CD-sett settes inn og " +"skannes separat for å forhindre mulige feilbrenninger." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Deretter, kjør disse to kommandoene for å oppgradere systemet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Automatisk opprydding av prosesser som er til overs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> er et perl-skript som fjerner " +"bakgrunnsprosesser. Dette er prosesser som hører til brukere som ikke lenger " +"er logget inn på en maskin. Killer kjøres av Cron en gang i timen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Automatisk installasjon av sikkerhetsoppdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> er en Debian-pakke som " +"automatisk vil installere sikkerhets- (og andre) oppdateringer. Pakker er " +"installert ut av boksen og forhåndsoppsatt til å installere " +"sikkerhetsoppdateringer. Loggene er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>. I tillegg er en sjekke " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> og <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Automatisk nedstengning av maskiner for natten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Det er mulig å spare energi og penger ved automatisk å slå av klientmaskiner " +"om kvelden og på igjen om morgenen. Programpakken vil forsøke å slå av " +"maskinen hver time på klokkeslaget fra 16.00 om ettermiddagen, men vil ikke " +"slå den av hvis den synes å ha brukere. Fra 07.00 om morgenen vil den " +"forsøke å få BIOS til å slå på maskinen, og hovedtjeneren vil forsøke å slå " +"på maskinene fra 06.30 ved å sende «Wake-on-Lan»-pakker (WoL). Disse tidene " +"kan forandres i crontab-ene på den enkelte maskin." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Det er noen vurderinger man må gjøre før man gjør dette:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Klienten må ikke slås av på et tidspunkt når de brukes. Dette gjør man ved å " +"sjekke resultatet av <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, og så sjekke om " +"kommandoen for LDM SSH fungerer på klientene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"For å unngå at sikringer går, så er det en god idé å sørge for at ikke alle " +"klientene starter på samme tid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +#| "BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well " +#| "as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-" +#| "wakeup</computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for " +#| "wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be " +#| "woken up." +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Det er tilgjengelig to ulike metoder for å vekke opp klientene igjen. En " +"bruker en funksjon i BIOS, og forutsetter at maskivareklokker er i drift og " +"rett. I tillegg så må hovedkort og BIOS-versjon være støttet av " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>. Den andre måten krever en " +"tjener som har info om alle klienter som skal vekkes og har støtte for Wake-" +"on-Lan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Slik setter du opp shutdown-at-night" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +#| "shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +#| "(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on " +#| "the client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to " +#| "the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +#| "computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have wake-on-lan " +#| "configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and " +#| "routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients will pass the " +#| "WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some " +#| "switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP " +#| "table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"På klienter som skal slås av om natten, trykker du på: <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shut down-at-night</computeroutput>, eller legger til " +"vertsnavnet (det vil si resultatet av «<computeroutput>uname -n</" +"computeroutput>» på tjeneren) til nettgruppen «shutdown-at-night-hosts». Å " +"legge til verter til nettgruppen i LDAP kan gjøres med å bruke nettverktøyet " +"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Klientene trenger kanskje å ha Wake-" +"on-Lan satt opp i BIOS. Det er også viktig at svitsjer og rutere som brukes " +"mellom Wake-on-Lan-tjener og klienter vil la WoL-pakker passere til " +"klientene, selv om klientene er slått av. Noen svitsjer klarer ikke å sende " +"pakker videre til klienter som mangler i ARP-tabellen i vekslere, og det " +"blokkerer WoL-pakker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/" +#| "etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, " +#| "IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated " +#| "by a space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/" +#| "clients-generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the " +#| "fly." +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"For å aktivere Wake-on-LAN på tjeneren legg til klienter til " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>. En linje " +"pr. klient, IP-adressen først, og MAC-adressen (ethernet-adressen) neste, " +"med mellomrom mellom, eller lag et skript <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/clients-generator</computeroutput> for å generere listen av klienter " +"raskt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Her er et eksempel på <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> for bruk sammen med Sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Et alternativ hvis nettgruppen er brukt for å aktivere shutdown-at-night på " +"klienter, er dette skriptet som bruker nettgruppeverktøyet fra " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>-pakken:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Debian-Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Tilgang til Skolelinux-tjeneren fra utsiden av en brannmur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"For å få tilgang til maskiner bak en brannvegg fra Internett, vurder å " +"installere pakken: <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Den kan brukes " +"til å sette opp en SSH-tunnel til en maskin på Internett som du har tilgang " +"til. Fra den maskinen, kan du få tilgang til en tjener bak brannveggen via " +"SSH-tunnelen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from main-" +#| "server" +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenester for å avlaste hovedtjeneren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "In the default installation, all services are running on the main-server, " +#| "tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a " +#| "<emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile available. Installing " +#| "with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu " +#| "network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet)." +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"I standardinstallasjonen kjøres alle tjenestene på hovedtjeneren; «tjener». " +"For å forenkle flytting til en annen maskin er det en <emphasis>minimal</" +"emphasis> installasjonsprofil tilgjengelig. Installasjon av denne profilen " +"vil lede til en maskin som er en del av Debian Edu-nettverket, men som ikke " +"kjører noen tjenester (ennå)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Disse skrittene kreves for å sette opp en maskin som skal utføre noen/" +"bestemte tjenester:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "install the <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profile using the " +#| "<emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> boot-option" +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"Installer <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> profilen ved å bruke <emphasis>debian-" +"edu-expert</emphasis> oppstartsvalget" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "Installer pakkene for tjenesten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "Sette opp tjenesten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "disable the service on main-server" +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "Slå av tjenesten på hovedtjeneren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on main-server" +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "Oppdater DNS på hovedtjeneren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Avansert administrasjon, oppskrifter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "Dette kapittelet beskriver avanserte administratoroppgaver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med Lwat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Lage brukere i årsgrupper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"I dette eksemplet vil vi lage brukere i årsgrupper, med felles hjemmemapper " +"for hver gruppe (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc). Vi vil lage brukere ved å " +"importere CSV-er." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(som rot på hovedtjeneren) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Lage de nødvendige årsgruppe-mapper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(som første bruker i Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Avdeling" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Hovedmeny: Gå til «Directory structure», klikk på «Students» department. " +"«Base»-feltet bør vise «/Students». Fra nedtrekksmenyen «Actions», velg " +"«Create»/«Department». Fyll inn verdiene for navn (2014) og " +"beskrivelsefeltene (students graduating in 2014), la Base-feltet stå urørt " +"(skal være «/Students»). Lagre ved å klikke «Ok». Nå vil det nye department " +"(2014) vises nedenfor under /Students. Klikk på det." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Gruppe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Velg «Groups» fra hovedmenyen «Actions»/Create/Group. Velg «group name» (la " +"«Base» stå som det er, det skal være /Students/2014), og kryss av i boksen " +"til venstre for «Samba group» «Ok» for å lagre." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Mal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Velg «users» fra hovedmenyen. Skift til «Students» i Base-feltet (Base " +"field). Inngangen <computeroutput>«NewStudent»</computeroutput> skal vises, " +"klikk på den. Dette er «studentens» mal, ikke en virkelig bruker. Ettersom " +"du må lage en slik mal (for å kunne importere CSV-er i opplegget) basert på " +"denne. Legg merke til innganger som vises i Generic, POSIX og Samba-fanene. " +"Ta muligens skjermbilder for å ha informasjonen klar for den nye malen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Nå endre til /Studenter/2014 i Base-feltet; Velg Create/Template og start " +"innfylling av de ønskede verdier, først Generic tabulatoren (legg din nye " +"2014 gruppe under Gruppe Medlemskap også), legg deretter til POSIX og Samba " +"konto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importer brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Velg din nye mal når du importerer CSV-er. Det anbefales å teste med noen få " +"brukere først." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Andre brukertilpasninger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Oppretter en mappe på alle brukeres hjemmeområde" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Med dette skriptet kan administrator opprette en mappe på hver brukers " +"hjemmeområde, og sette tilgangsrettigheter og eierskap." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"I eksemplet nedenfor med gruppe=teachers (gruppe-lærere) og " +"tillatelser=2770, kan en bruker levere inn en oppgave ved å lagre fila i " +"mappa «oppgaver» («assignments») der lærerne har fått skrivetilgang slik at " +"de kan legge til kommentarer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Bruke en øremerket tjener til lagring" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Ta disse skrittene for å sette opp en tjener avsatt til oppgaven med å lagre " +"brukerhjemmemapper og mulige andre data." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Å legge til et nytt system for <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> ved å " +"bruke GOsa² som beskrevet i <link linkend=\"GettingStarted--" +"Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-\">Getting started</link>-kapittelet i " +"denne håndboken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Dette eksemplet bruker «nas-server.intern» som tjenernavn. Så snart «nas-" +"server.intern» er satt opp, sjekk om NFS export points (NFS-eksportpunkter) " +"på den nye lagringstjeneren er flyttet til de relevante undernett eller " +"maskiner:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Her har alt på stamnettet fått tilgang til eksporteringen av /storage " +"(lagringen). (Dette kan være begrenset til medlemskap i nettgruppen, eller " +"enkeltstående IP-adresser for å begrense NFS-adgang, slik det er gjort i " +"filen tjener:/etc/exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Legg til automont informasjon om «nas-server.intern» i LDAP for å tillate " +"alle klienter å automatisk montere ny eksport på forespørsel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Dette kan ikke gjøres med GOsa², fordi det mangler en modul for automount. " +"Bruk isteden Ldapvi , og tilføy de nødvendige LDAP-objekter ved å bruke en " +"tekstbehandler." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Når tekstbehandleren kommer opp, legg til følgende LDAP-objekter på bunnen " +"av dokumentet. ( «/&» -delen i det siste LDAP-objektet er en joker som " +"matcher alt «nas-server.intern» eksporterer, og fjerner behovet for å liste " +"individuelle mount points (monteringspunkter) i LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Legg til relevante oppføringer i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, fordi " +"tjener.intern ikke bruker automonter for å unngå monteringssløyfer:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Lag monteringspunktkataloger ved å bruke <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, rediger «/etc/fstab» som passende, og kjør " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> for å montere de nye ressursene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Nå skal brukerne kunne få tilgang til filene på «nas-server.intern» direkte " +"bare ved å besøke «/tjener/nas-server/lagring/»-katalogen ved hjelp av en " +"hvilken som helst app på alle arbeidsstasjoner, LTSP-tynnklient eller LTSP-" +"tjener, og besøke ~/Storage når en LTSP diskløs klient brukes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restrict ssh login access" +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Begrense nettadgang for elever" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here." +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "Det er flere måter å begrense SSH-innlogging. Noen er listet opp her." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Oppsett uten LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Hvis ingen LTSP-klienter er i bruk, så er en enkel løsning å lage en ny " +"gruppe (la oss si <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>), og så å legge " +"til en linje til filen over maskiner /etc/ssh/sshd_config . Bare medlemmer " +"i gruppen <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> vil kunne logge seg på " +"med SSH fra andre maskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:" +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Håndtering av dette tilfellet er ganske enkelt med GOsa:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Lag en gruppe <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> på basenivået (hvor " +"allerede de andre systemadministrasjonsrelaterte grupper som " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> viser seg)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>git pull</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Legg <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> til /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Standard LTSP-oppsett for klienter bruker SSH-oppkobling til LTSP-tjener. " +"Derfor trengs en annen bruk av PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Standard LTSP-oppsett for klienter bruker SSH-oppkobling til LTSP-tjener. " +"Derfor trengs en annen bruk av PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Skru på pam_access.so i LTSP-serverens fil /etc/pam.d/sshd ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Sett opp /etc/security/access.conf til å tillate oppkoblinger for (eksempel) " +"brukere alice, jane, bob og john for alle, og alle andre brukere bare for " +"internt nettverk ved å legge til disse tre linjene:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +#| "dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone connecting " +#| "his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to " +#| "the LTSP server(s) as well." +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Hvis bare dedikerte LTSP-tjenere brukes, kan 10.0.0.0/8-nettverket droppes " +"ved å skru av innlogging fra intern SSH. Merk: Om noen plugger inn en maskin " +"i det dedikerte LTS-klientnett(et), får de SSH-tilgang til LTSP-tjenere(n) " +"også." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "En merknad for mer kompliserte oppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Om LTSP-klientene ble satt opp i stamnettet 10.0.0.8/8 (oppsett med " +"kombinert tjener eller LTSP-klynge), så blir ting enda mer komplisert som " +"tillater å slå av intern SSH-login med et sofistikert DHCP-oppsett (i LDAP) " +"som sjekker produsent-klasse-identifikator sammen med passende PAM-" +"konfigurasjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Sett opp et flerspråklig skrivebordsmiljø" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To support multiple languages these commands need to be run:" +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "For å støtte flere språk må disse kommandoene kjøres:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Kjør <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (som root) og " +"velg språkene (UTF-8 -varianter)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "Kjør disse kommandoene som root for å installere de relaterte pakkene:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Brukere vil så kunne velge språket via LightDM-skjermbehandleren før " +"innlogging; dette gjelder Xfce, LXDE og LXQt. GNOME og KDE kommer begge med " +"egne steds og språksspesifikke verktøy, bruk disse. MATE bruker Arctica-" +"hilseren på toppen av LightDM, uten en språkvelger. Kjør <computeroutput>apt " +"purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> for forvalgt LightDM-hilser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Avspilling av DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss er nødvendig for å spille de fleste kommersielle DVD-er. Av " +"juridiske årsaker er den ikke inkludert i Debian (Edu). Hvis du har lov til " +"å bruke den, kan du bygge dine egne lokale pakker ved hjelp av " +"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian-pakken. Kontroller at " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> er aktivert i <computeroutput>/etc/" +"apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Svar på debconf-spørsmålene, kjør så <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-" +"pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Håndskrevne fonter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Pakken <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput>, (som er installert som " +"standard), installerer skrifttypen «Abecedario» som er en fin " +"håndskriftsskrifttype for barn. Denne skrifttypen har flere varianter som " +"kan bli brukt med barn: Prikket, og med linjer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introduksjon til tynne klienter og diskløse arbeidsstasjoner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"En fellesbetegnelse for både tynne klienter og diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>. <ulink url=\"http://ltsp.org\">LTSP is the " +"Linux Terminal Server Project</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " +"PXE-menyen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " +"PXE-menyen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"Gjenopprett chrooten ved å kjøre <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch " +"i386</computeroutput> (eller <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</" +"computeroutput>) som rot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Diskløs arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"En diskløs arbeidsstasjon kjører all programvare lokalt. Klientmaskinene " +"starter direkte fra LTSP-serveren uten en lokal harddisk. Programvare " +"administreres og vedlikeholdes på LTSP-serveren (inne i LTSP-chrooten), men " +"den kjører på den diskløse arbeidsstasjon. Hjemmekataloger og " +"systeminnstillinger er også lagret på serveren. Diskløse arbeidsstasjoner er " +"en utmerket løsning for å gjenbruke eldre (men kraftig) maskinvare med samme " +"lave vedlikeholdskostnader som tynne klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbeidsstasjoner kjører uten noen konfigurasjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an " +#| "(X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that " +#| "this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive." +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Et tynnklientoppsett gjør det mulig for vanlige PC-er å fungere som en " +"(X-)terminal. Dette betyr at maskinen starter opp uten bruk av lokal " +"harddisk i klienten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"En LTSP-klientoppstart vil mislykkes hvis klientens grensesnitt krever en " +"ikke-fri fastvare. En PXE installasjon kan brukes til å feilsøke problemer " +"med å starte maskinen fra nettet; hvis Debian Installer klager på en " +"manglende XXX.bin-fil, må ufri fastvare legges til i LTSP-klientens initrd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Providing the repository on the main server" +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Å sørge for kildebrønnen på hovedtjener" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Velg type installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Hver LTSP-tjener har to ethernet-kort: Ett er satt opp på 10.0.2.0/23 " +"subnettet (som er delt med hovedtjeneren), og det andre lager et lokalt " +"192.168.0.0/24 delnett (dette delnettet er et separat delnett for hver LTSP-" +"tjener)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Bruk et annet nettverksoppsett for LTSP-tynnklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 er standard LTSP-tjenernettverk hvis maskinen er installert " +"med LTSP-profilen. Hvis mange LTSP-klienter brukes, eller hvis forskjellige " +"LTSP-tjenere skal betjene både i386 og AMD64 chroot-miljø, kan det andre " +"nettoppsettet også brukes: 192.168.1.0/24. Rediger filen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput>, og juster eth1-innstillingene i " +"tråd med dette. Bruk <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput>, eller en " +"annen LDAP-tekstredigerer for å se igjennom DNS- og DHCP-oppsettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Legg til LTSP-chroot for å støtte 32-biters PC-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å regenerere " +"PXE-menyen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "LTSP-klientoppsett i LDAP (og lts.conf)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kjør <computeroutput>man lts.conf</computeroutput> for å se tilgjengelige " +"konfigurasjonsalternativer (se <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/ltsp/" +"LTSPManual.html</computeroutput> for detaljert informasjon om LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Tynne LTSP-klienter bruker nettverkslyd for å sende lyd fra tjeneren til " +"klientene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP-diskløse arbeidsstasjoner håndterer lyd lokalt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Easy access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Enkel tilgang til USB-enheter og CD-ROM-er/DVD-er" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into a (diskless) " +#| "workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like " +#| "in any other normal installation." +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Når brukere setter en USB-disk eller DVD/CD i en (diskløs) arbeidsstasjon, " +"spretter det opp et vindu med spørsmål om hva du vil gjøre, akkurat som på " +"andre installasjoner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "En liten advarsel om flyttbare medier på LTSP-tjenere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable " +#| "media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients." +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"ADVARSEL: Når en USB-penn blir satt inn i en LTSP-tjener, så fører dette til " +"at det spretter opp et vindu på alle LTSP-klienter slik at innholdet vises." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Å bruke skrivere koblet til LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Koble skriveren til LTSP-klientmaskinen (både USB og parallellport fungerer)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Sett opp skriveren med nettgrensesnittet <computeroutput>https://www:631</" +"computeroutput> på hovedtjeneren; velg type nettverkskriver; " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for alle skrivere " +"uavhengig av merke eller modell), og sett <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " +"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> som URI-forbindelse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Konfigurering av PXE-menyen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"PXE-konfigurasjonen er generert ved å bruke <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput>-skriptet. Det tillater at noen innstillinger " +"blir overstyrt ved bruk av erstatningsverdier i filen <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Modifisering av PXE-installasjonen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and " +#| "mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, " +#| "and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, " +#| "popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these " +#| "questions, the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +#| "install.dat</computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected " +#| "answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are " +#| "already commented in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +#| "install.dat</computeroutput>. Your changes will be lost as soon as " +#| "<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> is used to " +#| "recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to " +#| "<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +#| "computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +#| "pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +#| "www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +#| "debconf values." +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installasjonen vil arve språket, tastaturoppsettet og speile " +"innstillinger fra innstillingene som er brukt når man installerte " +"hovedtjener. Andre spørsmål som stilles under installasjonen; popcon " +"deltagelse, partisjonering og root passord. For å unngå disse spørsmålene " +"kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> bli laget med DebConf-verdiene for å utføre de forvalgte " +"svarene. Noen eksempler på DebConf-verdier er tilgjengelig i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Endringene dine vil forsvinne hver gang <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> brukes til å lage PXE-installasjonsomgivelsen på " +"nytt. For å legge til debconf-verdier på slutten av <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> når den gjenskapes " +"med <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> kan du legge inn " +"dine ekstra debconf-verdier i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mer info om nettverksklienter kan man finne i avsnittet <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Legge til en egendefinert pakkebrønn for PXE-installasjoner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"For å legge til et tilpasset arkiv legg inn noe slikt som dette i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"En linje slik som dette må legges til i <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Endre nettverksoppsett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Pakken debian-edu-config kommer med et verktøy som hjelper til med å endre " +"nettverket fra 10.0.0.0/8 til et annet. Se på <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Den er beregnet for " +"bruk rett etter installasjon på hovedtjener for å oppdatere LDAP og andre " +"filer som må redigeres for å endre subnettet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Merk at endring til ett av de subnett som allerede brukes andre steder i " +"Debian Edu, ikke vil fungere. 192.168.1.0/24 er allerede satt opp som " +"tynnklientnett. Å endre til dette subnettet krever manuell redigering av " +"konfigurasjonsfiler for å fjerne doble oppføringer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Det er ingen enkel måte for å endre DNS-domenenavnet. Det ville kreve " +"endringer i både LDAP-strukturen, og flere filer i hovedserverens filsystem. " +"Det er heller ingen enkel måte å endre vert- og DNS-navnet til hovedtjeneren " +"(tjener.intern). Å gjøre det ville også kreve endringer i LDAP, og filer i " +"hovedserveren og i klientfilsystemet. I begge tilfeller ville også Kerberos " +"oppsett måtte endres." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Skrivebordsomgivelse via nett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Valg av LTSP-tjenerprofil, eller kombinert tjenerprofil installerer også " +"<emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> og <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> -pakkene." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Ved å velge LTSP-tjenerprofilen eller den kombinerte tjenerprofilen, " +"installeres XRDP, en pakke som bruker Remote Desktop Protocol for å " +"presentere en grafisk login for en ekstern klient. Microsoft Windows-brukere " +"kan koble til LTSP-tjeneren som kjører XRDP uten å installere ekstra " +"programvare - de bare starter en Remote Desktop Connection (en ekstern " +"skrivebordstilkobling) på deres Windows-maskin, og kobler til." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"I tillegg kan XRDP koble seg til en VNC-tjener, eller en annen RDP-tjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go lar deg få tilgang til et grafisk skrivebord på LTSP-tjeneren på både " +"trege og raske tilknttninger fra en PC som kjører Linux, Windows eller " +"macOS. Ytterligere programvare trengs på klientsiden, se <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go-" +"wikien</ulink> for mer info." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Fjerne diversion; postinst fra (Remove diversion; the postinst from) " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> ser ut til å gjøre det " +"for sent (Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/779641#\">779641</" +"ulink>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Tilgjengelige klienter for skrivebordsomgivelse via nett" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> er installert som standard, og " +"håndterer RDP og VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - den enkleste måte å koble til Windows-terminaltjener. Det er bare å " +"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC-klienter (Virtuell Nettverksmaskin) gir tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra. " +"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> er en grafisk klient for X2Go-" +"systemet (ikke installert som forvalg). Du kan bruke den til å koble til " +"kjørende økter og starte nye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Tynnklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installasjon av Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Velg type installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> bruker tekstmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> bruker tekstmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tynnklient</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vandrende arbeidsstasjon</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Velg type installasjon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sources" +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Kildekode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installasjon av Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Kopier mappen <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> fra <computeroutput>/var/" +"lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> på ltspserver00 til samme mappe som på " +"hovedtjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Tilgang til filer via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Kopier mappen <computeroutput>ltsp</computeroutput> fra <computeroutput>/var/" +"lib/tftpboot</computeroutput> på ltspserver00 til samme mappe som på " +"hovedtjeneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Alle Debian-pakker nevnt i denne sesjonen kan installeres ved å kjøre " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (som rot)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Programmeringsundervisning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> er en metapakke som har " +"avhengigheter på en rekke programmeringsverktøy. Merk at det trengs nesten " +"2 GiB med diskplass hvis denne pakken installeres. For flere detaljer " +"(kanskje for å kun installere noen få av pakkene), se siden for <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu " +"Development-pakker</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Overvåkning av elever" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: overvåkning av mennesker kan " +"være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Noen skoler benytter styringsverktøy som <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> for å styre sine " +"elever. Se også nettsidene til <ulink url=\"http://www.epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"hjemmeside</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Begrense nettadgang for elever" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Noen skoler bruker <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/dansguardian#\">Dansguardian</ulink> for å " +"begrense Internett-tilgangen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Veiledninger for brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Endre passord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Enhver bruker bør bytte sitt passord ved å bruke GOsa². For å gjøre dette, " +"bruk en nettleser og besøk <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Brukes GOsa² for å endre passordet, sørger man for at passordene for " +"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) og Samba (sabmaNTPassword og " +"sambaLMPassword) er de samme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Å endre passord ved hjelp av PAM virker også i GDM login ledetekst, men " +"dette vil bare oppdatere Kerberos passord, og ikke Samba og GOsa² (LDAP) " +"passord. Så etter at du har byttet passord i login ledeteksten, bør du " +"egentlig også endre den ved hjelp GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Kjøre frittstående Java-programmer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Frittstående Java-applikasjoner er støttet rett ut av boksen med pakken " +"OpenJDK Java Runtime." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Bruk av e-post" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Alle brukere kan sende og motta e-post på det interne nettverket; " +"sertifikater tilbys for å tillate sikring av forbindelsene med TLS. Hvis du " +"vil tillate e-post utenfor dette, må administratoren sette opp e-" +"posttjeneren <computeroutput> exim4 </computeroutput> med passende " +"innstillinger. En kan starte med <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Alle brukere som ønsker å bruke Thunderbird må konfigurere den som følger. " +"For en bruker med brukernavn jdoe er den interne e-postadressen: <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Start Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" +"Klikk «Skip this and use my existing email» (hopp over dette, og bruk min " +"eksisterende e-post)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Skriv inn din e-postadresse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "Skriv ikke inn passordet da Kerberos single sign-on blir brukt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Klikk «Continue»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"For både IMAP og SMTP bør innstillingene være «STARTTLS» og «Kerberos / " +"GSSAPI»; juster hvis det ikke oppdages automatisk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Klikk «Done»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Bidra" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contribute locally" +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Bidra lokalt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">E-postlisten for " +"utviklere</ulink> er for det meste den viktigste kommunikasjonskanalen. Vi " +"har også månedlige møter på IRC på #debian-edu på irc.oftc.net, og noen " +"ganger i året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger.<ulink url = \"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">Nye bidragsytere </ulink>bør lese " +"vår <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"En fin måte å få med seg hva som foregår i utviklingen av Debian Edu er å " +"melde seg på <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Importer brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Dokumentasjonsforfattere og oversettere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Dette dokumentet trenger din hjelp! For det første, så er det ikke ferdig " +"ennå: Hvis du leser det, så vil du se flere FIXME i teksten. Hvis du vet " +"litt om emnet og hva som må forklares der, er det fint om du vil dele " +"kunnskapen din med oss." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Kilden for teksten er en Wiki, og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det " +"er bare å gå til <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Buster/\"/>, og der kan du enkelt bidra. Merknad: En brukerkonto trengs for " +"å redigere sidene, så du må opprette en <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/" +"UserPreferences\">wikibruker</ulink> først." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"En annen god måte å bidra på er å hjelpe brukere ved å oversette programvare " +"og dokumentasjon. Informasjon om hvordan oversette dette dokumentet kan du " +"finne i <link linkend=\"Translations\">oversettelsekapittelet</link> av " +"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Støtte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "På engelsk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - e-postliste for " +"brukerstøtte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; " +#| "do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens" +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu på irc.oftc.org - IRC-kanal, for det meste utviklingsrelatert, " +"ikke forvent sanntidssupport, selv om det hender av og til" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "På norsk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.oftc.net - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "På tysk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - støtte e-" +"postliste" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de på irc.oftc.net - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "På fransk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +#| "mailing list" +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - e-postliste for " +"support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Profesjonell support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Liste over bedrifter som tilbyr profesjonell support er tilgjengelig fra " +"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features in Debian Edu Bullseye" +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 11 kodenavn «Bullseye»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Installasjonsendringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Om ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Buster, se <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">håndboken til Debian " +"Installer</ulink> for flere detaljer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to " +#| "fix it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and " +#| "then <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"Hvis <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> avsluttes med en feil, forsøk å " +"rette den og/eller kjør <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput>, og " +"så igjen<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-drakten</ulink>, den nye visuelle " +"forvalgsprofilen på Debian 10 Buster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Programvareoppdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian 10 Buster. For eksempel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " +"0.53, MATE 1.20" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GOsa²" +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Opplæringsverktøykassen GCompris 15.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 18.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 5.18" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Buster omfatter mer enn 58000 pakker, klare for installasjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" +#| "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Dokumentasjons- og oversettelsesoppdateringer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Profilvalgssiden er tilgjengelig på 29 språk, hvorav 19 har fullstendig " +"oversettelsesdekning." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " +"norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Kjente problemer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster#\">the " +"Debian Edu Buster status page</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Åndsverksrettigheter og forfattere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Dette dokumentet er skrevet og kopibeskyttet av Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, " +"2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), Petter " +"Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), " +"Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf " +"Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), " +"Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez " +"(2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, " +"2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018), Bernhard Hammes (2012) " +"og Joe Hansen (2015), og er utgitt under GPL2 eller alle senere versjoner. " +"Nyt!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du legger til innhold, <emphasis role=\"strong\">så bare gjør det hvis " +"du er forfatteren av innholdet og planlegger å gi det ut under samme " +"betingelser</emphasis>! Så legger du navnet ditt til her, og gir det ut i " +"henhold til GPL v2 eller enhver senere versjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The version at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bullseye\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Versjonen på <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye\"/> er en wikiside, og oppdateres ofte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Oversett ved bruk av PO-filer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept " +#| "in PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +#| "<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" +#| "manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Som i mange prosjekter innen fri programvare, er oversettelser av dette " +"dokumentet plassert i PO-filer. Mer informasjon om prosessen finnes i " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-buster-" +"manual-translations </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Oversett i en nettleser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Noen språk-lag har bestemt seg for å oversette via Weblate. Se <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-buster/\"/> for mer info." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Vær så snill å gi tilbakemelding om eventuelle problemer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Utgivelseshåndbok for Debian Edu 12 kodenavn bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Copyright (C) 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +#| "url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > " +#| "and others, see the <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright chapter</link> " +#| "for the full list of copyright owners." +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Opphavsrett © 2007-2018 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > og andre, se <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">opphavsrettskapitlet</link> for den fulle listen med " +"personer med opphavsrett." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Appendix C - Features in older releases" +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Appendix C - Funksjoner i eldre utgivelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New features for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 11 kodenavn «Bullseye»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Om ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Buster, se <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">håndboken til Debian " +"Installer</ulink> for flere detaljer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-drakten</ulink>, den nye visuelle " +"forvalgsprofilen på Debian 10 Buster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 10 Buster, eg:" +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Alt som er nytt i Debian 10 Buster. For eksempel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, LXDE " +"0.53, MATE 1.20" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Opplæringsverktøykassen GCompris 15.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 18.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 5.18" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Debian Buster includes more than 57000 packages available for " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Buster omfatter mer enn 57000 pakker, klare for installasjon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "More information about Debian 10 Buster is provided in the <ulink " +#| "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">release notes</" +#| "ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +#| "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " +"norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Buster#\">the " +"Debian Edu Buster status page</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Følgende tidligere Debian Edu-utgivelser ble utviklet ytterligere:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie utgitt 2016-07-02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn Jessie utgitt 2016-07-02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "New features for Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17" +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 9+edu0 kodenavn Stretch utgitt 2017-06-17" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 8+edu0 kodenavn «Jessie» utgitt 2016-07-02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" +"Nye egenskaper i Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Kodenavn Wheezy utgitt 2013-09-28." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 kodenavn \"Squeeze\", gitt ut 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", utgitt 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", utgitt 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", utgitt 2010-02-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", utgitt 2007-12-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" utgitt 2007-07-22. Basert på Debian 4.0 Etch " +"utgitt 2007-04-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, utgitt 2006-03-14. Basert på Debian 3.1 Sarge utgitt " +"2005-06-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu «1.0 Venus» utgave 2004-06-20. Basert på Debian 3.0 Woody, gitt " +"ut 2002-07-19." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"En komplett og detaljert oversikt om eldre utgivelser finnes i <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; Eller se de relaterte " +"håndbokutgivelser på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " +#~ "norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Bruk av backports er enkelt:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye" +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Utgivelseshåndbok for Debian Edu 11 kodenavn Bullseye" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om ny versjon av Debian-installer fra Debian Buster, se <ulink " +#~ "url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/installmanual\">håndboken til " +#~ "Debian Installer</ulink> for flere detaljer." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ny visuell profil basert på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +#~ "DebianArt/Themes/futurePrototype#\">futurePrototype-drakten</ulink>, den " +#~ "nye visuelle forvalgsprofilen på Debian 10 Buster." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux kernel 4.9" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøene KDE Plasma Workspace 5.14, GNOME 3.22, Xfce 4.12, " +#~ "LXDE 0.53, MATE 1.20" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 6.1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Musikkskaperen Rosegarden 18.12" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 5.18" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mer informasjon om Debian 10 Buster kan man finne i <ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">utgavenotatene</ulink> og " +#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +#~ "installmanual\">installasjonshåndboken</ulink>." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skolelinux-manualen er fullt oversatt til tysk, italiensk, nederlandsk, " +#~ "norsk bokmål og japansk." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Delvis oversatte versjoner finnes for spansk, polsk og forenklet kinesisk." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Andre endringer sammenlignet med den forrige utgivelsen" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Forbedret TLS/SSL-støtte inne i lokalnettverket. På klientene, er " +#~ "rotsertifikatet for Debian Edu-sertifikatsmyndigheten å finne i " +#~ "sertifikatsknippet for hele systemet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ny LTSP, omskrevet fra bunnen av, noe som dropper tynnklientstøtte. " +#~ "Tynnklienter støttes nå ved bruk av X2Go." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hvis du allerede har en ruter, men er ikke i stand til å konfigurere den " +#~ "som ønsket (ikke lov til, av tekniske årsaker), kan et system med to " +#~ "nettverksgrensesnitt bli omgjort til en port om Debian Edu «Minimal»-" +#~ "profilen er installert." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En enkel måte er å installere Skolelinux på denne datamaskinen ved å " +#~ "velge profilen «Minimal» under installasjon." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "kjør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Justere /etc/network/interfaces-filen (grensesnittsfilen)." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Endre vertsnavnet permanent til «gateway» (inngangsporten)." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Fjern overflødige skript." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Installasjon og nedlastingsvalg" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Main server" +#~ msgid "Main section" +#~ msgstr "Hovedtjener" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" +#~ "emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hovedtjener</emphasis>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Når brukere setter inn en USB-enhet eller DVD/CD-ROM i en tynnklient, vil " +#~ "det ikke dukke opp en dialogboks slik de er vant til fra sitt vanlige " +#~ "skrivebord. I stedet blir den automatisk montert, og brukerne må da " +#~ "navigere til mappa /media/$user. Dette er ganske vanskelig for mange " +#~ "uerfarne brukere." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Når andre brukere ser vinduet som spretter opp, så kan de montere USB-" +#~ "pennen og bla gjennom innholdet med full tilgang." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Slik installerer du et skrivebordsmiljø etter ditt valg i stedet for det " +#~ "forvalgte, trykk TAB og rediger valgene for oppstart av kjernen (som " +#~ "forklart ovenfor)." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run the following command: " +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +#~ "computeroutput>. See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +#~ "computeroutput> for details about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gjenopprett chrooten ved å kjøre <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch " +#~ "i386</computeroutput> (eller <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch " +#~ "amd64</computeroutput>) som rot." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Slik ser PXE-menyen ut når man har <emphasis role=\"strong\">hovedtjener</" +#~ "emphasis>- og <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-tjener</emphasis>-profilene:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "logg inn som root." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "kjør <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fra og med Bullseye har LTSP endret seg vesentlig fra tidligere " +#~ "versjoner. Dette med hensyn til både oppsett og vedlikehold. Som " +#~ "hovedforskjell, blir nå SquashFS-avbildningen for diskløse " +#~ "arbeidsstasjoner generert fra LTSP-tjenerfilsystemet. I tillegg støttes " +#~ "ikke lenger tynnklienter som forvalg." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kjør <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> for å " +#~ "regenerere PXE-menyen." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Publicatiedatum; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Vertaling:</emphasis> +2014-2026 Frans Spiesschaert + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.nl.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8504 @@ +# Translation into Dutch of the Debian Edu Trixie 13 manual. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the debian-edu-doc package. +# Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>, 2014-2026. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-trixie-manual\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-edu-doc@packages.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-21 21:10+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n" +"Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 3.6\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "nl" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Handleiding Debian Edu/Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Publicatiedatum:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Handleiding voor Debian Edu 13, codenaam trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logo van het installatieprogramma van Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Dit is de handleiding voor de uitgave van Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"De (Engelstalige) wikipagina <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Trixie\"/> vormt de broncode voor deze handleiding en wordt " +"regelmatig bijgewerkt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">Online</ulink> zijn bijgewerkte vertalingen beschikbaar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Over Debian Edu en Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, ook bekend als Skolelinux, is een op Debian gebaseerde Linux-" +"distributie die een kant-en-klare omgeving biedt van een volledig " +"geconfigureerd schoolnetwerk. Er wordt een client-serverbenadering " +"toegepast. Servers en clients zijn <emphasis>stukjes software</emphasis> die " +"met elkaar in interactie zijn. Servers leveren informatie die clients nodig " +"hebben om te kunnen functioneren. Wanneer een server op een bepaalde machine " +"geïnstalleerd is en zijn client op een andere machine, wordt naar deze " +"machines ook verwezen als de server en de client, bij wijze van uitbreiding " +"van het concept." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"De hoofdstukken over <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware- en " +"netwerkvereisten</link> en over de <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> bevatten basisinformatie over " +"het systeemontwerp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Na de installatie van een hoofdserver worden alle diensten die in een " +"schoolnetwerk nodig zijn, ingesteld en is het systeem klaar voor gebruik. " +"Enkel gebruikers en apparatuur moeten toegevoegd worden via GOsa², een " +"handige webinterface, of via een andere LDAP-editor. Er werd ook voorzien in " +"een omgeving die opstarten over het netwerk mogelijk maakt met behulp van " +"PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>. Nadat u de hoofdserver " +"met behulp van een cd, een blu-rayschijf of een USB-stick hebt " +"geïnstalleerd, kunnen daardoor alle overige computers via het netwerk " +"geïnstalleerd worden. Dit geldt ook voor mobiele werkstations (zoals laptops " +"en netbooks die men uit het schoolnetwerk weg kan nemen). Computers in het " +"netwerk kunnen ook opstarten via PXE/iPXE als schijfloze computers of thin " +"clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Diverse educatieve toepassingen, zoals GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege en Scratch, maken deel uit van de standaard grafische werkomgeving. " +"Deze kan eenvoudig en bijna onbegrensd uitgebreid worden met in Debian " +"beschikbare softwarepakketten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Ontstaansgeschiedenis en verantwoording voor een dubbele naam" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is een Linuxdistributie die door het Debian Edu project gemaakt wordt. Als " +"een zogenaamde <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink>-distributie (een gebruiksklaar geheel van Debian pakketten) is het " +"een officieel deelproject van <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Dit betekent dat Skolelinux voor uw school een versie van Debian maakt die " +"een gebruiksklare omgeving biedt voor een volledig geconfigureerd " +"schoolnetwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Op 2 juli 2001 ging in Noorwegen het Skolelinux project van start en " +"ongeveer gelijktijdig begon Raphaël Hertzog in Frankrijk met Debian-Edu. " +"Sinds 2003 zijn beide projecten één gemaakt, maar beide benamingen bleven " +"behouden. 'Skole' en (Debian-)'Education' zijn in de betrokken landen immers " +"goed ingeburgerde termen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "" +"Op dit ogenblik wordt het systeem gebruikt in verschillende landen over de " +"hele wereld." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architectuur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Het netwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Dit hoofdstuk behandelt de netwerkarchitectuur en de diensten die door een " +"installatie van Skolelinux geboden worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Netwerktopologie van Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"De afbeelding schetst het schema van de veronderstelde netwerktopologie. De " +"standaardopstelling van een Skolelinux netwerk veronderstelt dat er één (en " +"slechts één) hoofdserver is, die het mogelijk maakt om zowel gewone " +"werkstations als LTSP-servers (met de ermee verbonden thin clients en/of " +"schijfloze werkstations) toe te voegen. Het aantal werkstations kan zo groot " +"of zo klein zijn als u wenst (gaande van nul tot zeer veel). Hetzelfde geldt " +"voor de LTSP-servers, die elk op een apart netwerk zitten, zodat het verkeer " +"tussen de clients en de LTSP-server de andere netwerkdiensten niet hindert. " +"Een gedetailleerde uitleg over LTSP is te vinden in <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-hoofdstuk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"De reden waarom er in elk schoolnetwerk slechts één hoofdserver kan zijn, " +"ligt in het feit dat de hoofdserver DHCP aanbiedt. Per netwerk mag slechts " +"één machine dat doen. Het is mogelijk om bepaalde diensten van de " +"hoofdserver naar andere machines te verplaatsen door die dienst op een " +"andere machine te installeren en te configureren. Nadien moet de DNS-" +"configuratie daaraan aangepast worden, zodat de DNS-alias voor die dienst " +"naar de juiste computer verwijst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Om de standaard opstelling van Skolelinux eenvoudig te houden, verloopt de " +"verbinding met het internet over een afzonderlijke router, ook gateway " +"geheten. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> voor informatie over hoe u een " +"dergelijke gateway kunt opzetten als het niet mogelijk blijkt om een " +"bestaand exemplaar passend te configureren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "De standaard netwerkconfiguratie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP op de hoofdserver bedient het netwerk 10.0.0.0/8 en biedt er een PXE-" +"opstartmenu aan, waarbij u kunt kiezen uit: een nieuwe server/werkstation " +"installeren, een thin client of een schijfloos werkstation opstarten, " +"memtest uitvoeren, of opstarten vanaf de lokale harde schijf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Dit is zo ontworpen dat het aangepast kan worden. Raadpleeg voor details " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">het betreffende HowTo</link>-hoofdstuk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP op de LTSP-servers bedient via de tweede netwerkkaart enkel een " +"gereserveerd netwerk (192.168.0.0/24 en 192.168.1.0/24 zijn de vooraf " +"geconfigureerde opties). Slechts uitzonderlijk zal men hieraan iets moeten " +"veranderen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "De configuratie van alle subnetwerken ligt in LDAP opgeslagen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Hoofdserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Een netwerk van Skolelinux heeft één hoofdserver (met 'tjener' als " +"computernaam, wat Noors is voor 'server') die standaard het IP-adres " +"10.0.2.2 heeft en geïnstalleerd wordt door te kiezen voor het profiel " +"Hoofdserver (Main Server). Het is mogelijk (maar niet vereist) om naast het " +"profiel hoofdserver ook de profielen LTSP-server en werkstation te " +"selecteren en te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "De diensten op de hoofdserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Behalve het beheer van de thin clients, worden initieel alle diensten " +"geïnstalleerd op één centrale computer (de hoofdserver). Met het oog op " +"prestatiebevordering is het aangewezen dat de LTSP-server(s) op (een) aparte " +"computer(s) staat/staan (hoewel het mogelijk is om zowel het profiel " +"hoofdserver als het profiel LTSP-server op één en dezelfde computer te " +"installeren). Alle diensten krijgen een eigen DNS-naam toegewezen en worden " +"exclusief over IPv4 aangeboden. De toegewezen DNS-naam maakt het eenvoudig " +"om individuele diensten van de hoofdserver te verplaatsen naar een andere " +"computer. Daarvoor dient u gewoon die dienst op de hoofdserver te stoppen en " +"de DNS-configuratie zodanig aan te passen dat naar de nieuwe locatie van de " +"dienst gewezen wordt (uiteraard moet die dienst eerst op die andere machine " +"geïnstalleerd worden)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Uit veiligheidsoverwegingen worden alle verbindingen waarover wachtwoorden " +"verzonden worden, versleuteld. Geen enkel wachtwoord wordt als klare tekst " +"over het netwerk verzonden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Hieronder vindt u een tabel met alle diensten die standaard geïnstalleerd " +"worden in een netwerk van Skolelinux en hun respectieve DNS-naam. Zo " +"mogelijk verwijst elk configuratiebestand via zijn naam (met weglating van " +"de domeinnaam) naar de dienst waaraan het gekoppeld is. Deze benadering " +"maakt het voor scholen gemakkelijk om wijzigingen aan te brengen aan hun " +"domeinnaam (als ze over een eigen DNS-domein beschikken) of aan de IP-" +"adressen die ze gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Tabel met de diensten</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Beschrijving van de dienst</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gebruikelijke naam</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS-naam van de dienst</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Centraal logboek" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Systeem van domeinnamen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Automatische netwerkconfiguratie van machines" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Synchronisatie van de systeemtijd" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen via een netwerkbestandssysteem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Elektronische post" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Registerdienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Webserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Centrale reservekopie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Afdrukken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Veilig aanmelden over het netwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Automatische configuratie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP-server/s" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Toezicht op diensten en machines met foutmeldingen, evenals status en " +"geschiedenis op het web. Foutrapportage per e-mail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga en Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"De persoonlijke bestanden van iedere gebruiker worden in diens persoonlijke " +"map opgeslagen. De server stelt die persoonlijke mappen ter beschikking, " +"zodat men er vanop elke machine toegang toe heeft. Zo hebben gebruikers " +"toegang tot dezelfde bestanden, ongeacht de machine die ze gebruiken. De " +"server werkt systeemonafhankelijk en geeft gebruikers op Unix clients via " +"NFS toegang tot hun bestanden, terwijl gebruikers op andere clients via SMB2/" +"SMB3 toegang tot hun bestanden krijgen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Standaard werd de mailserver ingesteld om enkel lokale post te bedelen, dit " +"wil zeggen binnen de school. Nochtans kan de server ook ingesteld worden om " +"postbedeling over het internet toe te laten indien de school over een " +"permanente internetverbinding beschikt. Clients worden geconfigureerd om e-" +"mail bij de server af te leveren (via 'smarthost'), en gebruikers kunnen " +"<link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">hun persoonlijke e-mail raadplegen</" +"link> via IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Alle diensten kunnen gebruikt worden met dezelfde gebruikersnaam en " +"hetzelfde wachtwoord, dankzij de centrale gegevensbank voor authenticatie en " +"autorisatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Om een beter prestatieniveau te bereiken, slaat een proxy-server vaak " +"bezochte webpagina's lokaal op (Squid). In combinatie met de mogelijkheid om " +"via de router bepaalde webtrafiek te blokkeren, biedt dit kansen om controle " +"te houden over de toegang tot het internet van individuele machines." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"De netwerkconfiguratie van de clientcomputers gebeurt automatisch met behulp " +"van DHCP. Alle types clients kunnen verbonden worden met het private subnet " +"10.0.0.0/8 en zullen een overeenkomstig IP-adres toegewezen krijgen; LTSP-" +"clients moeten verbonden worden met hun overeenkomstige LTSP-server via het " +"afzonderlijke subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (dit is om te kunnen garanderen dat het " +"netwerkverkeer van de LTSP-clients niet interfereert met de overige " +"netwerkdiensten)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"De centrale logboekdienst is zo geconfigureerd dat alle machines hun " +"systeemlogboekberichten (syslog) naar de server zenden. De " +"systeemlogboekdienst is ingesteld om enkel inkomende berichten van het " +"lokale netwerk te aanvaarden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"De standaardinstelling van de DNS-server gaat uit van een domein dat " +"uitsluitend intern gebruikt wordt (*.intern), totdat een echt ('extern') " +"domein geconfigureerd kan worden. De DNS-server werkt als een cacheserver " +"voor DNS, waardoor alle machines van het netwerk hem kunnen gebruiker als " +"hun DNS-hoofdserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Leerlingen en leerkrachten krijgen de mogelijkheid om een website te " +"publiceren. De webserver beschikt over mechanismen voor de authenticatie van " +"gebruikers en voor het reserveren van de toegang tot bepaalde webpagina's of " +"tot bepaalde submappen voor bepaalde gebruikers of gebruikersgroepen. Voor " +"gebruikers is het mogelijk om dynamische webpagina's te maken, aangezien de " +"webserver in functie daarvan programmeerbaar is." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Informatie over gebruikers en machines kan op één centrale plaats aangepast " +"worden, en wordt automatisch toegankelijk gemaakt voor alle computers op het " +"netwerk. In functie hiervan wordt een centrale registerdienst ontplooid. Het " +"register bevat informatie over gebruikers, over gebruikersgroepen, over " +"machines en over groepen van machines. Om bij gebruikers geen verwarring te " +"zaaien, worden bestandsgroepen en netwerkgroepen op geen enkele manier " +"verschillend behandeld. Dit heeft tot gevolg dat groepen van computers die " +"samen een netwerkgroep vormen, dezelfde naamruimte gebruiken als " +"gebruikersgroepen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Het beheer van diensten en gebruikers gebeurt hoofdzakelijk via het web en " +"volgt daarbij vastgelegde standaarden die goed functioneren in de met " +"Skolelinux meegeleverde webbrowsers. Het administratiesysteem laat toe om " +"bepaalde taken te delegeren naar individuele gebruikers of naar " +"gebruikersgroepen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Om mogelijke problemen met NFS te voorkomen en om het oplossen ervan te " +"vergemakkelijken, moet de klok op elke machine gesynchroniseerd zijn. Daarom " +"fungeert de Skolelinux-server als een NTP-server (Network Time Protocol) " +"voor het lokale netwerk. Van hun kant worden alle werkstations en " +"clientcomputers ingesteld om hun klok met die van de server te " +"synchroniseren. De server zelf tracht zijn eigen klok via NTP te " +"synchroniseren met machines op het internet. Dit garandeert een correcte " +"tijdsaanduiding binnen het ganse netwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Printers kunnen geplaatst worden waar dit het meest praktisch is. Ze kunnen " +"ofwel rechtstreeks op het hoofdnetwerk aangesloten worden of aangekoppeld " +"worden aan een server, een werkstation of een LTSP-server. Het recht van " +"individuele gebruikers om toegang te hebben tot een printer, kan ingesteld " +"worden op basis van de groepen waartoe zij behoren. Dit wordt geregeld via " +"het instellen van een quotaregeling en toegangscontrole voor printers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP-server(s)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Een netwerk van Skolelinux kan veel LTSP-servers bevatten, welke " +"geïnstalleerd worden door het profiel LTSP-server te selecteren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"De LTSP-servers staan ingesteld om systeemlogboekberichten (syslog) te " +"ontvangen van thin clients en werkstations en om die door te sturen naar de " +"centrale systeemlogboekdienst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Merk op:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"LTSP-schijfloze-werkstations gebruiken de op de server geïnstalleerde " +"programma's." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Het basisbestandssysteem van de clients wordt via NFS aangeboden. Na elke " +"wijziging aan de LTSP-server moet het betreffende image opnieuw gegenereerd " +"worden. Voer daarvoor op de LTSP-server het commando <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> uit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Thin-clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Een thin-clientopstelling laat toe om eenvoudige PC's te gebruiken als " +"(X-)terminals. Dit houdt in dat de machine rechtstreeks wordt opgestart " +"vanaf de server met behulp van PXE zonder gebruik te maken van de lokale " +"harde schijf van de client. De thin-clientopstelling gebruikt nu X2Go, omdat " +"ondersteuning door LTSP weggevallen is." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Thin clients zijn een goede manier om gebruik te maken van zeer oude " +"(meestal 32-bits) machines, aangezien alle programma's die zij gebruiken op " +"de LTSP-server uitgevoerd worden. Dit gaat als volgt in zijn werk: de dienst " +"maakt gebruik van DHCP and TFTP om een netwerkverbinding te realiseren en " +"over het netwerk op te starten. Nadien wordt vanaf de LTPS-server met NFS " +"het bestandssysteem aangekoppeld, en tenslotte wordt de X2Go client gestart." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Schijfloze werkstations" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Een schijfloos werkstation voert alle programma's uit op de PC, evenwel " +"zonder dat er lokaal een besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd is. Dit houdt in " +"dat clientcomputers opstarten via PXE zonder op een lokale harde schijf " +"geïnstalleerde software uit te voeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem van schijfloze werkstations is een excellente manier om " +"krachtige hardware te gebruiken met een even lage onderhoudskost als met " +"thin clients. Software wordt beheerd en onderhouden op de server en er dient " +"op de clientcomputers geen software geïnstalleerd te worden. Persoonlijke " +"mappen en systeeminstellingen worden eveneens op de server opgeslagen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Netwerkclients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"De term 'netwerkclients' wordt in deze handleiding gebruikt om zowel te " +"verwijzen naar thin clients als naar schijfloze werkstations en naar " +"computers die onder Mac OS of onder Windows draaien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Beheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Alle Linuxmachines die met behulp van het installatiesysteem van Skolelinux " +"geïnstalleerd werden, kunnen vanaf een centrale computer, meestal de " +"centrale server, beheerd worden. Het is dan mogelijk om zich via SSH bij " +"alle machines aan te melden en er volledige toegang toe te krijgen. Als " +"systeembeheerder moet men eerst <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> " +"uitvoeren om een Kerberos TGT te bekomen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Alle gebruikersgegevens worden bijgehouden in een LDAP-register. " +"Aanpassingen aan gebruikersaccounts worden in die gegevensbank ingevoerd. " +"Clientcomputers doen er beroep op voor de authenticatie van gebruikers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installatie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Momenteel zijn er twee soorten installatiemedia-images: netinst en BD. Beide " +"images kunnen ook opgestart worden vanaf een USB-stick." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Het is de bedoeling dat men eenmaal met behulp van om het even welk " +"installatiemedium een server installeert en dat alle andere clients over het " +"netwerk geïnstalleerd worden door ze vanaf het netwerk te laten opstarten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Enkel bij het netinstall cd-image heeft men toegang tot het internet nodig " +"tijdens het installatieproces." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens de installatie moet geen enkele vraag beantwoord worden, met " +"uitzondering van de gewenste taal, locatie, toetsenbordindeling en " +"machineprofiel (hoofdserver, werkstation, LTSP-server, ...). De rest van de " +"configuratie wordt automatisch ingesteld op aannemelijke waarden. Na " +"installatie kan de systeembeheerder deze instellingen zo nodig aanpassen " +"vanaf een centrale plaats." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van de toegang tot het bestandssysteem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Aan ieder gebruikersaccount van Skolelinux wordt een deel van het " +"bestandssysteem op de bestandsserver toegewezen. Dit deel (de persoonlijke " +"map) bevat de configuratiebestanden, de documenten, de e-mails en de " +"webpagina's van die gebruiker. Sommige van die bestanden moeten ook door de " +"andere gebruikers op het systeem gelezen kunnen worden, sommige moeten door " +"iedereen op het internet gelezen kunnen worden en sommige mogen enkel door " +"de gebruiker zelf gelezen kunnen worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Om een unieke naam te kunnen garanderen voor alle schijven die gebruikt " +"worden voor de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers of voor de gedeelde mappen " +"en die verspreid kunnen zijn over de verschillende computers van het " +"schoolnetwerk, kan men ze aankoppelen als <computeroutput>/skole/host/" +"directory/ (d.w.z. /skole/computernaam/mapnaam/) </computeroutput>. Tijdens " +"de installatie wordt op de bestandsserver initieel één map gemaakt, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, waaronder alle " +"persoonlijke mappen aangemaakt worden. Extra mappen kunnen naar behoefte " +"aangemaakt worden, naargelang de noden van specifieke gebruikersgroepen of " +"van specifieke vormen van gebruik." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Opdat een gedeeld gebruik van bestanden binnen het in UNIX gangbare systeem " +"van gebruiksrechten mogelijk zou zijn, moeten gebruikers deel uitmaken van " +"bijkomende gemeenschappelijke groepen (zoals 'studenten') naast de primaire " +"persoonlijke groep waartoe ze standaard behoren. Indien voor gebruikers een " +"passende umask (002 of 007) geldt, waardoor de nieuwe bestanden die zij " +"aanmaken, voor hun groep toegankelijk gemaakt worden, en indien voor de " +"mappen waarin zij werken de setgid bit ingesteld staat, waardoor de " +"bestanden erin aan de juiste groep toegewezen worden, krijgt men een " +"gecontroleerd systeem van bestandsdeling tussen de leden van een welbepaalde " +"groep." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Welke de initiële toegangsrechten van een nieuw aangemaakt bestand zijn, is " +"een kwestie van beleidskeuzes. In Debian is de umask standaard 022 (hetgeen " +"groepstoegang zoals hiervoor beschreven onmogelijk zou maken). Debian Edu " +"daarentegen gebruikt een umask van 002. Dit betekent dat bestanden " +"aangemaakt worden met leesrechten voor iedereen. Die kunnen nadien teniet " +"gedaan worden mits uitdrukkelijke actie door de gebruiker. Deze gang van " +"zaken kan bijgestuurd worden (door in het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/" +"common-session</computeroutput>) de umask op 007 te zetten. Dit houdt in: " +"initieel geen leestoegang en de gebruiker moet actie ondernemen om zijn " +"bestanden leesbaar te maken voor iedereen. De eerste benadering moedigt het " +"delen van kennis aan en maakt het systeem transparanter, terwijl de tweede " +"benadering het risico op het verspreiden van gevoelige informatie " +"vermindert. Het zwakke punt van de eerste benadering is dat het voor de " +"gebruiker niet duidelijk is dat het materiaal dat hij aanmaakt, voor alle " +"andere gebruikers toegankelijk is. Hij kan dit enkel ontdekken door te gaan " +"kijken in de persoonlijke mappen van andere gebruikers en vast te stellen " +"dat hij die bestanden kan inkijken. Bij de tweede benadering bestaat het " +"zwakke punt erin dat slechts weinig mensen geneigd zullen zijn om hun " +"bestanden voor anderen open te stellen, zelfs al bevatten die geen gevoelige " +"informatie en zou hun inhoud nuttig kunnen zijn om de nieuwsgierigheid te " +"prikkelen van gebruikers naar hoe anderen bepaalde problemen opgelost hebben " +"(in het bijzonder de aanpak inzake configuraties)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Vereisten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux biedt keuze uit verschillende mogelijke opstellingen. Het kan " +"geïnstalleerd worden op slechts één autonome computer, maar het kan ook een " +"grootschalige centraal beheerde oplossing bieden aan een groep scholen in " +"een bepaalde regio. Deze flexibiliteit vertaalt zich in grote verschillen " +"inzake de configuratie van netwerkcomponenten, servers en clientmachines." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Vereisten inzake apparatuur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"De betekenis van de verschillende profielen werd verduidelijkt in het " +"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Architectuur van het netwerk</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Indien het de bedoeling is om gebruik te maken van LTSP, raadpleeg dan de " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wiki-pagina over hardwarevereisten voor " +"LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"De computers met Debian Edu / Skolelinux moeten ofwel een 32-bits (Debian " +"architectuur 'i386' met als oudste nog ondersteunde processors die uit de " +"klasse 686) of een 64-bits (Debian architectuur 'amd64') processor van het " +"type x86 hebben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Een thin-client kan al functioneren met slechts 256 MiB RAM en een " +"processorsnelheid van 400 MHz, hoewel meer RAM en een snellere processor " +"aanbevolen worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Voor werkstations, schijfloze werkstations en autonome systemen gelden als " +"absolute minimumvereisten: 1500 MHz en 1024 MiB RAM. Om een moderne " +"webbrowser en LibreOffice te kunnen gebruiken, wordt minstens 2048 MiB RAM " +"aanbevolen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"De minimale benodigde schijfruimte is afhankelijk van het geïnstalleerde " +"profiel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"combinatie van hoofdserver + LTSP-server + werkstation (als er een GUI op de " +"server gewenst wordt): 60 GiB. (plus extra opslagruimte voor " +"gebruikersaccounts)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP-server: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "werkstations en autonome computers: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "installatie van een minimale netwerkmachine: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Als men de standaardarchitectuur voor het netwerk aanhoudt, moet men LTSP-" +"servers uitrusten met twee netwerkkaarten:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 is verbonden met het hoofdnetwerk (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 wordt gebruikt om LTSP-clients te bedienen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Laptops zijn mobiele werkstations. Voor hen gelden dus dezelfde vereisten " +"als voor werkstations." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Compatibele apparatuur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst met geteste apparatuur vindt u op <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Deze lijst is evenwel verre van " +"volledig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"Op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> worden de " +"resultaten gebundeld van inspanningen om te documenteren hoe men op bepaalde " +"specifieke apparatuur Debian kan installeren, configureren en gebruiken. " +"Potentiële kopers van dergelijke apparatuur kunnen zo vooraf nagaan of deze " +"ondersteund wordt, en bezitters ervan hoe ze er optimaal gebruik van kunnen " +"maken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Vereisten voor de netwerkopstelling" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Standaardopstelling" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u zich houdt aan de standaard netwerkarchitectuur, gelden de " +"volgende regels:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Er moet exact één hoofdserver zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "" +"Er kunnen honderden werkstations aangesloten worden op het hoofdnetwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"U kunt veel LTSP-servers aansluiten op het hoofdnetwerk. In LDAP werden twee " +"verschillende subnetten vooraf geconfigureerd (DNS, DHCP) en er kunnen er " +"nog meer aan toegevoegd worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Elke LTSP server ondersteunt een subnetwerk waarop honderden thin clients en/" +"of schijfloze werkstations aangesloten kunnen worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"U kunt daarnaast nog gebruik maken van honderden andere machines waaraan een " +"dynamisch IP-adres toegekend zal worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Om toegang te krijgen tot het internet moet u gebruik maken van een router/" +"gateway (zie hierna)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Internet router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Een router/gateway wiens externe netwerkkaart verbonden wordt met het " +"internet en wiens interne netwerkkaart het IP-adres 10.0.0.1 met netmask " +"255.0.0.0 toegewezen krijgt, is noodzakelijk om een internetverbinding tot " +"stand te brengen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"De router mag niet fungeren als DHCP-server. Er mag een DNS-server op " +"draaien, al is dit niet nodig. Hij zal trouwens niet gebruikt worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Als u nog geen router heeft of als ue bestaande router niet goed kan worden " +"ingesteld, kan elke machine die voldoet aan de eisen voor een minimale " +"Debian-installatie en die ten minste twee netwerkinterfaces heeft, worden " +"omgevormd tot een gateway tussen het bestaande netwerk en dat van Debian " +"Edu. Raadpleeg de <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">installatiedocumentatie</" +"link> voor een eenvoudige manier om een Debian-machine te installeren en in " +"te stellen met behulp van <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Indien u iets zoekt voor een ingebouwd type router of toegangspunt, raden we " +"u <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink> aan, hoewel u er " +"uiteraard ook de originele firmware op kunt laten staan. De originele " +"firmware gebruiken is eenvoudiger; OpenWRT gebruiken geeft u meer " +"keuzemogelijkheden en meer controle. Op de website van OpenWRT kunt u een " +"lijst vinden van <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">ondersteunde hardware</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Het is mogelijk om een andere netwerkopstelling te gebruiken (er bestaat een " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">vastgelegde werkwijze</ulink> om dit te doen), maar indien " +"u niet gedwongen wordt door een reeds bestaande netwerkinfrastructuur om dit " +"te doen, raden we u dit af en bevelen wij u aan om het bij de standaard " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">netwerkarchitectuur</link> te houden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Installatie- en downloadopties" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Waar u bijkomende informatie kunt vinden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Alvorens u begint met het installeren van een systeem voor " +"productiedoeleinden, raden we u aan eerst de <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">Notities bij de release van " +"Debian Trixie</ulink> te lezen of er op zijn minst eens naar te kijken. Meer " +"informatie over de uitgave van Trixie is te vinden in de <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"Probeer Debian Edu/Skolelinux maar gerust uit. Het werkt gewoon vanzelf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Het verdient evenwel aanbeveling om de hoofdstukken over <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware- en netwerkvereisten</link> en over de " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</link> te lezen voor u een " +"hoofdserver begint te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Zorg er ook voor om het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">aan de " +"slag</link> van deze handleiding te lezen, want daarin staat uitgelegd hoe u " +"zich voor de eerste maal bij het systeem moet aanmelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "De installatiemedia voor Debian Edu 13, codenaam trixie, downloaden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 of i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> zijn de namen van twee Debian-architecturen voor de x86-" +"CPU's. Allebei worden of werden gemaakt door AMD, Intel en andere " +"fabrikanten. <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is een 64-bits " +"architectuur en <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> een 32-bits " +"architectuur. Tegenwoordig moeten nieuwe installaties gebeuren met " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> moet enkel nog gebruikt worden voor zeer oude hardware. " +"Debian Edu 12, met de codenaam bookworm, was de laatste versie waarin de " +"architectuur <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> werd ondersteund." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinst iso-image voor amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Het netinst iso-image kan gebruikt worden voor een installatie vanaf cd/dvd " +"of vanaf USB-stick. Het is beschikbaar voor de Debian-architectuur amd64. " +"Zoals uit de naam af te leiden valt, is toegang tot het internet nodig voor " +"de installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Dit image kan gedownload worden van:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "BD iso-image voor amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Dit ISO-image is ongeveer 17 GB groot en kan gebruikt worden voor het " +"installeren van amd64-computers, ook zonder internettoegang. Net als het " +"netinst-image kan het op een USB-stick of op een schijf met voldoende " +"opslagcapaciteit gebruikt worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verifiëren van de gedownloade image-bestanden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Een onderdeel van de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD " +"FAQ</ulink> bevat gedetailleerde instructies voor het verifiëren en het " +"gebruiken van deze images." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Broncode" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"De broncode kunt u vinden in het Debian-archief op de gebruikelijke " +"locaties. Er is een link naar verschillende media beschikbaar op <ulink " +"url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Debian Edu installeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u een installatie van Debian Edu uitvoert, heeft u enkele " +"keuzemogelijkheden. Wees niet bevreesd. Het zijn er niet veel. We hebben " +"veel geïnvesteerd om de complexiteit van Debian tijdens de installatie en " +"nadien verborgen te houden. Niettemin, Debian Edu is Debian, en indien u dit " +"wenst, heeft u de keuze uit meer dan 59.000 pakketten en een miljard " +"configuratieopties. Voor de meerderheid van onze gebruikers zouden de " +"standaardinstellingen moeten voldoen. Merk op: kies voor een lichtgewicht " +"grafische werkomgeving, indien u zinnens bent LTSP te gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Scenario's voor de installatie van de hoofdserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Een gangbaar school- of thuisnetwerk met internettoegang via een router die " +"DHCP aanbiedt:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"De installatie van een hoofdserver is mogelijk, maar na het herstarten zal " +"er geen internettoegang zijn (dit omdat het IP-adres van de eerste " +"netwerkkaart 10.0.2.2/8 is)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> voor informatie over het opzetten " +"van een gateway als het niet mogelijk is om een bestaand exemplaar volgens " +"de vereisten te configureren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Verbind alle componenten zoals geïllustreerd wordt in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architectuur</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"De hoofdserver zou toegang tot het internet moeten hebben nadat hij voor de " +"eerste keer opgestart werd in de correcte omgeving." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Een gangbaar netwerk voor een school of een instelling, vergelijkbaar met " +"dat hiervoor, maar waarbij het gebruik van een proxy vereist is." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Voeg 'debian-edu-expert' toe aan de commandoregel van de kernel. Zie hierna " +"voor meer informatie over hoe u dit doet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Enkele bijkomende vragen moeten beantwoord worden, met inbegrip van die " +"welke betrekking heeft op de proxyserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Netwerk met een router/gateway met IP-adres 10.0.0.1/8 (die niet voorziet in " +"een DHCP-server) en internettoegang:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Van zodra de automatisch netwerkconfiguratie mislukt (omdat er geen DHCP " +"is), kiest u voor de handmatige netwerkconfiguratie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Geef 10.0.2.2/8 op als IP-adres van de computer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Geef 10.0.0.1 op als IP-adres van de gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Geef 8.8.8.8 op als IP-adres van de naamserver, tenzij u het adres kent" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Na de eerste opstart zou de hoofdserver gewoon moeten functioneren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Offline (zonder internettoegang):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Gebruik het BD ISO-image." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat alle (echte/virtuele) netwerkkabels losgekoppeld zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Kies 'Het netwerk nu niet configureren' (nadat DHCP er niet in slaagde het " +"netwerk te configureren en u op 'Doorgaan' drukte)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Werk het systeem bij nadat u het voor de eerste keer opstartte in de " +"correcte omgeving met internettoegang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Grafische werkomgevingen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Er zijn verschillende grafische werkomgevingen beschikbaar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce heeft een voetafdruk die lichtjes groter is dan die van LXDE, maar " +"biedt een zeer goede taalondersteuning (106 talen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE en GNOME hebben beide een goede taalondersteuning, maar hebben een te " +"zware voetafdruk voor oudere computers en voor LTSP-clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon is een lichter alternatief voor GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE is lichter dan de drie voorgaande, maar voor verschillende landen " +"ontbreekt een goede taalondersteuning." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "" +"LXDE heeft de kleinste voetafdruk en biedt ondersteuning voor 35 talen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt is een lichtgewicht grafische werkomgeving (met een vergelijkbare " +"taalondersteuning als LXDE) die moderner oogt en aanvoelt (gebaseerd op Qt " +"net zoals KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Als internationaal project heeft Debian Edu ervoor gekozen Xfce te gebruiken " +"als standaard grafische werkomgeving. Zie hierna hoe u er een andere kunt " +"instellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Modulaire installatie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Indien u een systeem installeert met het profiel <emphasis>Werkstation</" +"emphasis>, dan worden een heleboel programma's voor het onderwijs " +"geïnstalleerd. Wilt u enkel het basisprofiel installeren, verwijder dan de " +"kernel-commandoregelparameter <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> voor u met " +"de installatie begint. Zie hieronder voor verdere details over hoe dit moet " +"gebeuren. Dit laat toe om een locatiespecifiek systeem te installeren en kan " +"gebruikt worden om testinstallaties te versnellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: indien u nadien een grafische werkomgeving wenst te installeren, " +"gebruik dan niet de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu, zoals bijvoorbeeld <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-" +"desktop-xfce</ulink>, aangezien deze alle onderwijsgerelateerde programma's " +"zullen installeren. Kies eerder voor het installeren van bijvoorbeeld <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-" +"desktop</ulink>. Eventueel kunnen een of meer van de nieuwe aan het schoolse " +"niveau gekoppelde meta-pakketten (<emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>) " +"geïnstalleerd worden om aan de specifieke gebruikscontext tegemoet te komen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Raadpleeg voor details over de meta-pakketten van Debian Edu de <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">overzichtspagina van pakketten " +"van Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Installatietypes en downloadopties" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Opstartmenu van het installatieprogramma op 64-bits hardware - " +"BIOS-modus</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Opstartmenu van het 64-bits installatieprogramma (BIOS-modus)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> gebruikt het " +"grafische GTK-installatieprogramma waarin u de muis kunt gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> gebruikt de tekstmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> biedt een sub-" +"menu met meer uitgebreide keuzemogelijkheden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> geeft aanwijzingen bij het gebruik " +"van het installatieprogramma. Zie de schermafdrukken hieronder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "" +"Scherm 1 met opties voor gevorderden van het 64-bits installatieprogramma" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brengt u terug naar het " +"hoofdmenu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> legt alle " +"beschikbare vragen voor; de muis kan gebruikt worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> doet dit " +"installatiemedium als een reparatie-cd fungeren, zodat u noodbewerkingen " +"kunt uitvoeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> heeft een " +"bestand nodig waarmee een aantal configuratieopties aan het " +"installatieprogramma doorgegeven worden. De grafische modus wordt gebruikt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> legt alle beschikbare " +"vragen voor en gebruikt de tekstmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> tekstmodus; doet dit " +"installatiemedium als een reparatie-cd fungeren, zodat u noodbewerkingen " +"kunt uitvoeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> tekstmodus; heeft een " +"bestand nodig waarmee een aantal configuratieopties aan het " +"installatieprogramma doorgegeven worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> of " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput> niet. Gebruik in de plaats " +"daarvan <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> als extra kernel-" +"parameter in uitzonderlijke gevallen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Hulpscherm</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Hulpscherm van het installatieprogramma" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Dit hulpscherm vraagt geen nadere uitleg. Het maakt de <F>-toetsen van " +"het toetsenbord actief om meer uitgebreide hulp te krijgen in verband met " +"het behandelde onderwerp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Opstartmenu van het installatieprogramma op 64-bits hardware - " +"UEFI-modus</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Opstartmenu van het 64-bits installatieprogramma (UEFI-modus)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Opstartparameters voor installaties toevoegen of wijzigen</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"In beide gevallen kunt u de opstartopties van het installatiesysteem " +"bewerken door in het opstartmenu op de <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</" +"emphasis>-toets of de <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis>-toets te " +"drukken. Op de schermafdrukken ziet u de commandoregel van de <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Grafische installatie</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Opties voor de commandoregel bewerken (BIOS-modus)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Opties voor de commandoregel bewerken (UEFI-modus)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een bestaande HTTP proxydienst op het netwerk gebruiken om de " +"installatie van het <emphasis>hoofdserver</emphasis>-profiel vanaf een cd te " +"versnellen. Geef bijvoorbeeld <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128/</computeroutput> als bijkomende opstartparameter op." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Indien u op een machine de installatie van het <emphasis>hoofdserver</" +"emphasis>-profiel reeds voltooid heeft, moet u de andere installaties via " +"PXE laten verlopen. Zo wordt automatisch de proxydienst van de hoofdserver " +"gebruikt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Om de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> te " +"installeren in plaats van de standaard grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, moet u in de parameter " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> vervangen door <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE " +"Plasma</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u <computeroutput>desktop=kde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"En om in plaats daarvan de grafische werkomgeving <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> te installeren, gebruikt u " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Het installatieproces" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Houd rekening met de <link linkend=\"Requirements\">systeemvereisten</link> " +"en zorg ervoor dat er minstens twee netwerkkaarten (NIC's) aanwezig zijn, " +"indien u van plan bent om een LTSP-server te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Kies een taal (voor de installatie en voor het geïnstalleerd systeem)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Kies een plaats. Meestal is dit de plaats waar u woont." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Kies een toetsenbordindeling (meestal is de standaard toetsenbordindeling " +"voor uw land oké)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Kies (een) profiel(en) uit de volgende lijst:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Dit is de hoofdserver (tjener) van uw school, waarop alle diensten klaar " +"voor gebruik vooraf geconfigureerd worden. U mag slechts één hoofdserver per " +"school installeren! Dit profiel voorziet niet in een grafische " +"gebruikersomgeving. Indien u wel een grafische gebruikersomgeving wenst op " +"de hoofdserver, dan dient u bijkomend het profiel werkstation of LTSP-server " +"te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Werkstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een computer die, zoals een gewone computer, opstart vanaf de lokale " +"harde schijf, alle programma's lokaal uitvoert en alle apparaten vanaf de " +"lokale computer aanspreekt. Enkel de authenticatie van de gebruikers gebeurt " +"door de hoofdserver en daarop worden ook hun bestanden en de configuratie " +"van hun werkomgeving opgeslagen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobiel werkstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Is hetzelfde als een werkstation, maar is in staat om authenticatie uit te " +"voeren met behulp van lokaal opgeslagen verificatie-informatie, zodat het " +"ook buiten het schoolnetwerk gebruikt kan worden. De bestanden van de " +"gebruiker en de configuratie van diens werkomgeving worden op de lokale " +"harde schijf bewaard. In tegenstelling tot het advies dat we in eerdere " +"uitgaven van Skolelinux gaven, moet u voor persoonlijke notebooks en laptops " +"dit profiel kiezen en niet het profiel 'werkstation' of het profiel " +"'autonome computer'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Een server voor thin-clients (en schijfloze werkstations) wordt LTSP-server " +"genoemd. Clients zonder harde schijf starten op en voeren programma's uit " +"vanaf deze server. Deze computer moet twee netwerkkaarten hebben, veel " +"geheugen en idealiter meer dan één processor of meerdere processorkernen. " +"Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk over <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netwerkclients</link> voor meer informatie. " +"Indien u dit profiel kiest, wordt ook automatisch het profiel werkstation " +"geactiveerd (zelfs als u het niet expliciet selecteert) - een LTSP-server " +"kan steeds ook als werkstation dienst doen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Autonome computer</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Een gewone computer die geen hoofdserver nodig heeft om te kunnen " +"functioneren. Hij heeft dus geen netwerk nodig. Ook geschikt voor laptops." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimaal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Met dit profiel worden enkel de pakketten van het basissysteem geïnstalleerd " +"en wordt de machine nadien geconfigureerd om deel uit te maken van het " +"netwerk van Debian Edu. Er worden geen diensten en geen toepassingssoftware " +"op geïnstalleerd. Een computer met een dergelijk profiel is nuttig om dienst " +"te doen als platform voor afzonderlijke diensten die men van de hoofdserver " +"manueel daarnaartoe verhuist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer gewone gebruikers een dergelijk systeem zouden moeten kunnen " +"gebruiken, moet het worden toegevoegd met GOsa² (naar analogie met een " +"werkstation) en moet het libpam-krb5-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"De profielen <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Werkstation</emphasis> en <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" +"server</emphasis> staan voorgeselecteerd. Deze profielen kunnen samen op één " +"machine geïnstalleerd worden indien u een zogenaamde <emphasis>gecombineerde " +"hoofdserver</emphasis> wilt installeren. Dit betekent dat de hoofdserver " +"tegelijk ook een LTSP-server zal zijn en als werkstation gebruikt kan " +"worden. Dit staat ingesteld als standaardkeuze, omdat we ervan uitgaan dat " +"de meeste mensen dit wensen. Denk eraan dat een machine die als " +"gecombineerde hoofdserver of als LTSP-server dienst zal doen over 2 " +"netwerkkaarten moet beschikken om na installatie bruikbaar te zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Kies 'ja' of 'neen' bij de vraag in verband met automatische schijfindeling. " +"Weet dat 'ja' antwoorden alle gegevens op de harde schijf wist! 'Neen' " +"antwoorden anderzijds, brengt meer werk met zich mee. U zult er op moeten " +"toezien dat de benodigde partities aangemaakt worden en groot genoeg zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Wij hebben graag dat u 'ja' antwoordt op de vraag of informatie mag " +"doorgestuurd worden naar <ulink url=\"http://popcon.debian.org/\"/>. Dit " +"laat ons toe om een beter inzicht te verwerven in welke pakketten populair " +"zijn en zeker behouden moeten blijven in toekomstige uitgaves. U bent er " +"uiteraard niet toe verplicht, maar u kunt er ons op een eenvoudige manier " +"mee helpen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Heb wat geduld. Indien het profiel LTSP-server een van de geselecteerde " +"profielen is, zal het installatiesysteem op het einde behoorlijk wat tijd " +"nodig hebben bij de melding 'De installatie afronden - Bezig met het " +"uitvoeren van debian-edu-profile-udeb...'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u het beheerderswachtwoord hebt ingevoerd, zal men u vragen om een " +"gebruikersaccount aan te maken 'voor andere taken dan die van " +"systeembeheer'. Voor Debian Edu is dit een zeer belangrijk account: met dit " +"account zult u het netwerk van Skolelinux beheren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Het wachtwoord van deze gebruiker <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet minstens 5 " +"tekens</emphasis> lang zijn en <emphasis role=\"strong\">moet verschillen</" +"emphasis> van de <emphasis role=\"strong\">gebruikersnaam</emphasis> - " +"anders wordt zich aanmelden onmogelijk (ook al zal het installatieprogramma " +"een korter wachtwoord en een wachtwoord dat identiek is aan de " +"gebruikersnaam aanvaarden)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Wacht na het herstarten van het systeem opnieuw in het geval van een " +"<emphasis>gecombineerde hoofdserver</emphasis>. Het zal behoorlijk wat tijd " +"kosten om het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations te genereren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"In het geval van een afzonderlijke LTSP-server, vereisen de instellingen " +"voor schijfloze werkstations en/of thin clients enkele handmatige stappen. U " +"vindt bijkomende informatie in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Een gateway installeren met behulp van debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"vereenvoudigt het opzetten van een gateway voor een Debian Edu-netwerk via " +"een interactief configuratieproces waarbij de noodzakelijke informatie wordt " +"verkregen via een reeks dialogen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om er gebruik van te maken, moet u een minimale Debian-installatie " +"uitvoeren. Zorg ervoor dat u het gewone Debian-installatieprogramma gebruikt " +"en niet het installatieprogramma van DebianEdu, aangezien DebianEdu-" +"installaties niet worden ondersteund door <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Installeer het pakket <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput> met behulp van" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"U kunt foutmeldingen met betrekking tot de configuratie verwachten en deze " +"kunnen voorlopig worden genegeerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Voor het configuratieproces na de installatie van <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput> is fysieke toegang tot de computer vereist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"De netwerkinterfaces kunnen al verbonden zijn met de overeenkomstige " +"netwerken, maar dat hoeft niet. Het is echter noodzakelijk om te weten welke " +"interface met welk netwerk verbonden zal zijn. Om meer informatie over de " +"netwerkhardware te verkrijgen, kan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "worden gebruikt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Verwijder de configuratie van de twee te gebruiken netwerkinterfaces uit " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> of uit bestanden in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d</computeroutput> en maak de " +"configuratie van de twee interfaces ongedaan met behulp van" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Het eigenlijke configuratieproces wordt gestart met" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "De uif-configuratiemethode selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Bevestiging voor het instellen van uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Kies \"debian-edu-router\" wanneer gevraagd wordt naar de " +"configuratiemethode voor de uif-firewall. Bevestig dat u de firewall wilt " +"instellen voor Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Ping toestaan in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Traceroute toestaan in uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Bepaal of u wil reageren op ping en traceroute. Als u het niet zeker weet, " +"antwoord dan met ja, omdat dit nuttig kan zijn voor het diagnosticeren van " +"netwerkproblemen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Het doorsturen van IP-pakketten inschakelen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Bevestig dat u het doorsturen van IP-pakketten wilt inschakelen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Beschikbare methoden voor het instellen van het netwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "De netwerkinstallatiemethode selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Wijs vervolgens netwerken toe aan de netwerkinterfaces in uw router. Kies " +"een van de aangeboden opties, afhankelijk van het feit of je " +"netwerkinterfaces al verbonden zijn of niet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "De uplink-interface selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Selecteer de interface die is verbonden met het bovenstroomse netwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Interne netwerken selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer een intern netwerk. Als u het niet zeker weet en gewoon een enkel " +"intern netwerk wilt, selecteer dan hier \"Onderwijs\" (Education)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Gebruik van VLAN's mogelijk maken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer of VLAN's moeten worden gebruikt voor interne netwerken. Als u het " +"niet zeker weet, selecteert u hier nee." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Ondersteunde IP-versies selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Selecteer hier \"IPv4\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Netwerken selecteren die een statisch IP-adres vereisen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer \"Onderwijs\" (Education) als u de bovenstaande aanbeveling voor " +"interne netwerken hebt opgevolgd, en eventueel ook ‘Uplink’, maar alleen als " +"uw bovenstrooms netwerk een statisch IP-adres vereist." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Een statisch IP-adres instellen voor het interne netwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Stel <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> in als het statische IP-" +"adres voor het interne netwerk \"Onderwijs\" als u de bovenstaande suggestie " +"op interne netwerken hebt gevolgd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "NAT inschakelen voor netwerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Schakel NAT in voor het interne netwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Internettoegang voor netwerken mogelijk maken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Schakel internettoegang in voor interne netwerken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Uitleg over het instellen van reverse NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Reverse NAT instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Als u interne diensten zichtbaar wilt maken voor het internet, dan kunt u " +"die configureren met behulp van de beschreven syntaxis. Merk op dat SSH-" +"toegang tot de gateway geconfigureerd kan worden met behulp van het volgende " +"dialoogvenster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "SSH-toegang voor netwerken inschakelen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Bepaal vanaf welke netwerken u SSH-toegang tot de gateway wilt toestaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "De SSH-poort configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configureer de SSH-poort. Deze moet <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> zijn " +"als de configuratie niet is gewijzigd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "DHCP inschakelen voor netwerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Schakel DHCP niet in voor de interne netwerken. Dit zal worden aangeboden " +"door de hoofdserver van DebianEdu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Sluit de netwerkinterfaces aan als u dat nog niet heeft gedaan en start de " +"machine opnieuw op. Wanneer u nu inlogt als root, zou u het Debian Edu " +"Router Menu moeten zien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "SSH-configuratie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Als SSH-toegang is ingeschakeld, kan de gateway op afstand opnieuw worden " +"geconfigureerd via het menu dat wordt aangeboden bij het inloggen als root. " +"Als u in het hoofdmenu op <computeroutput>c</computeroutput> drukt, gaat u " +"naar het configuratiemenu van waaruit de configuratie geheel of gedeeltelijk " +"kan worden gewijzigd met hetzelfde dialoogsysteem dat werd gebruikt voor de " +"initiële configuratie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Aantekeningen bij enkele specifieke kenmerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Een aantekening over notebooks" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Meest voor de hand liggend is dat u hiervoor het profiel 'Mobiel " +"werkstation' kiest (zie eerder). U dient wel te weten dat alle gegevens " +"lokaal bewaard worden. (Besteed dus extra zorg aan backups). Er wordt ook " +"lokaal een spiegelkopie met de aanmeldingsinformatie bijgehouden. (Indien u " +"dus uw wachtwoord wijzigt op het schoolnetwerk, zult u op uw laptop nog " +"steeds uw oude wachtwoord moeten gebruiken, totdat u uw laptop opnieuw " +"aansluit op het schoolnetwerk en u daar aanmeldt met uw nieuwe wachtwoord.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Een opmerking bij installaties met het image voor USB-stick / blu-rayschijf" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Na een installaties met het image voor USB-stick / blu-rayschijf, zal het " +"bestand <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> enkel dat " +"medium vermelden als pakketbron. Indien u over een internetverbinding " +"beschikt, raden we u ten stelligste aan om aan het bestand de volgende " +"regels toe te voegen, zodat eventuele veiligheidsupdates toegepast kunnen " +"worden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Een aantekening bij installaties via cd" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Een netinst-installatie (het type installatie dat onze cd aanbiedt) haalt " +"sommige pakketten op van de cd en de rest van het net. Hoeveel pakketten er " +"via het net opgehaald worden varieert naargelang het gekozen profiel, maar " +"het volume blijft beneden 1 gigabyte (tenzij u gekozen heeft om alle " +"mogelijke grafische werkomgevingen te installeren). Eens u de hoofdserver " +"geïnstalleerd heeft (of het een pure hoofdserver of een combiserver is, " +"maakt niet uit), zal voor de installatie van andere computers gebruik " +"gemaakt worden van diens proxyserver en zo vermijden dat hetzelfde pakket " +"verschillende keren gedownload wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Installaties vanaf een USB-stick en niet vanaf een cd / blu-rayschijf" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Het is mogelijk om een ISO-image voor cd/BD rechtstreeks te kopiëren naar " +"een USB-stick (ook soms aangeduid met de term 'USB flash drive') en hiervan " +"op te starten. Geef eenvoudigweg volgende opdracht, waarbij u de " +"bestandsnaam en de naam aanpast aan uw specifieke situatie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Om de waarde van X te bepalen, moet u het volgende commando uitvoeren voor " +"en na het plaatsen van het USB-apparaat in de USB-poort:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Merk op dat het kopiëren heel wat tijd in beslag zal nemen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van het gebruikte image, zal de USB-stick zich gedragen als een " +"cd of een blu-rayschijf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Installeren en opstarten over het netwerk via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Deze installatiemethode vereist dat u een werkende hoofdserver heeft. " +"Wanneer clients over het netwerk opstarten, wordt een iPXE-menu getoond met " +"installatie- en opstartopties. Indien de installatie via PXE mislukt met de " +"foutmelding dat het bestand XXX.bin ontbreekt, dan is de meest " +"waarschijnlijke oorzaak te vinden in het feit dat voor het functioneren van " +"de netwerkkaart van de client niet-vrije fabrieksprogrammatuur nodig is. In " +"een dergelijk geval moet het initrd van het installatieprogramma van Debian " +"aangepast worden. Dit doet u door het uitvoeren van de volgende opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "op de server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u koos voor een <emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis> met " +"uitsluitend het hoofdserverprofiel, ziet het menu van iPXE er zo uit:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Het iPXE-menu zonder LTSP-items" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Met het profiel van <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>, ziet " +"het menu van iPXE er zo uit:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Het iPXE-menu met LTSP-items" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Een dergelijke opstelling laat toe om ook schijfloze werkstations en thin " +"clients over het hoofdnetwerk op te starten. Anders dan het geval is bij " +"werkstations en afzonderlijke LTSP-servers, moet u schijfloze werkstations " +"niet ingeven in LDAP met GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"U vindt bijkomende informatie over netwerkclients in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "PXE-installaties aanpassen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"Een PXE-installatie geeft via een bestand een aantal configuratieopties door " +"aan het installatieprogramma van Debian. Dit bestand met configuratieopties " +"kan aangepast worden om de installatie van bijkomende pakketten te vragen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Voeg aan het bestand <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> een regel toe in de zin van" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"Een PXE-installatie gebruikt het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> dat de voorgeprogrammeerde " +"configuratieopties bevat. Door dit bestand te bewerken kunt u het " +"voorgeprogrammeerde installatieproces beïnvloeden en op die manier vermijden " +"dat u bij een installatie over het netwerk een groter aantal vragen moet " +"beantwoorden. U kunt dit effect ook nog op een andere manier bereiken, " +"namelijk door extra instellingen op te nemen in de bestanden " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> en " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>. Nadien moet u de opdracht <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> uitvoeren om de gegenereerde bestanden bij " +"te werken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Bijkomende informatie vindt u in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">handleiding bij het installatieprogramma van " +"Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Om de proxyserver uit te schakelen of diens gedrag aan te passen bij een " +"installatie via PXE, moet u in het bestand <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> de regels met " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/" +"ftp/proxy</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" +"computeroutput> aanpassen. Om het gebruik van een proxyserver uit te " +"schakelen, zet u een '#' aan het begin van de eerste twee regels en moet u " +"het gedeelte met de tekst '<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" +"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>' wissen in de laatste regel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Sommige instellingen kunnen niet voorgeprogrammeerd worden omdat het " +"installatieprogramma ze al nodig heeft vooraleer het bestand met " +"voorgeprogrammeerde opties opgehaald wordt. Taalkeuze, toetsenbordindeling " +"en grafische werkomgeving zijn voorbeelden van dergelijke instellingen. " +"Indien u de standaardinstellingen wilt wijzigen, moet u op de hoofdserver " +"het bestand voor het iPXE-menu <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> bewerken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Images op maat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Zelf een installatie-cd, -dvd of -blu-ray-schijf op maat aanmaken hoeft " +"helemaal niet moeilijk te zijn, aangezien we het <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">installatieprogramma van Debian</ulink> " +"gebruiken met zijn modulair ontwerp en nog andere fijne eigenschappen. In " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">een bestand " +"met voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties</ulink> kunt u de antwoorden " +"meegeven op vragen die u anders tijdens het installatieproces zouden gesteld " +"worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Het enige wat u dus moet doen is een bestand maken met uw " +"voorgeprogrammeerde configuratieopties (hoe u dit doet, wordt uitgelegd in " +"de bijlage bij de installatiehandleiding voor Debian) en <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">uw eigen cd/dvd op " +"maat</ulink> aanmaken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Rondleiding langs enkele schermafdrukken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Een installatie in tekstmodus is functioneel identiek aan een installatie in " +"grafische modus. Ze verschillen enkel van uitzicht. In de grafische modus " +"kunt u de muis gebruiken en natuurlijk ziet die er ook mooier en moderner " +"uit. Tenzij de apparatuur problemen zou geven, is er geen enkele reden om de " +"grafische modus niet te gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Hier volgt dus een rondleiding langs enkele schermafdrukken van een 64-bits " +"grafische installatie van Hoofdserver + Werkstation + LTSP-server (in BIOS-" +"modus), van het scherm dat u te zien krijgt als u de hoofdserver voor het " +"eerst opstart, en van het scherm dat u ziet bij het opstarten via PXE van " +"een computer op het netwerk voor LTSP-clients (scherm van een thin-" +"clientsessie - en login-scherm nadat rechts de sessie aangeklikt werd)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Een taal selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Uw locatie selecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Het toetsenbord configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Netwerkhardware detecteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Netwerk handmatig configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "IP-adres configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Gareway configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Nameserver configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Toe te passen Debian Edu profiel(en) kiezen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "De automatische schijfindeling gebruiken: neen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "De automatische schijfindeling gebruiken: ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Meewerken aan het onderzoek naar het gebruik van pakketten: neen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Meewerken aan het onderzoek naar het gebruik van pakketten: ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Wachtwoord voor de root-gebruiker instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "De volledige naam van de eerste gebruiker instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "De gebruikersnaam van de eerste gebruiker instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Het wachtwoord voor de eerste gebruiker instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installatie is voltooid" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Lightdm-aanmeldscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "XFCE grafische werkomgeving met browservenster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Xfce grafische werkomgeving" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Thin-client-welkomstscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Thin-client-loginscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Aan de slag" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Wat u zeker moet doen om aan de slag te kunnen gaan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens de installatie van de hoofdserver heeft u een eerste " +"gebruikersaccount aangemaakt. In het vervolg zullen we die 'de eerste " +"gebruiker' noemen. Het gaat om een speciaal account, omdat de " +"gebruiksrechten van zijn persoonlijke map ingesteld werden op 700 (daarom " +"moet hij de opdracht <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> geven om " +"zijn persoonlijke webpagina's toegankelijk te maken), en omdat hij de " +"mogelijkheid heeft om via het commando <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> " +"systeembeheerder te worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Raadpleeg de informatie over de voor Debian Edu specifieke <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">configuratie van " +"de bestandssysteemtoegang</link> voor u begint met het toevoegen van " +"gebruikers. Pas ze zo nodig aan overeenkomstig het beleid op uw locatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"De eerste dingen die u als eerste gebruiker te doen staan na de installatie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Inloggen op de server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen met GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Werkstations toevoegen met GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Hierna gaan we meer in detail in op het toevoegen van gebruikers en " +"werkstations. Lees dus alstublieft dit hoofdstuk volledig. Het beschrijft " +"hoe u deze onontbeerlijke stappen op een correcte manier kunt zetten, en het " +"behandelt ook nog andere taken die iedereen wellicht zal moeten uitvoeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Elders in deze handleiding is hierover meer informatie te vinden: iedereen " +"die vertrouwd is met eerdere uitgaven zou het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nieuwe functionaliteit in Trixie</link> moeten lezen. " +"En wie van een eerdere versie opwaardeert, moet zeker het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Opwaarderingen</link> lezen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Indien het algemeen uitgaand DNS-verkeer voor uw netwerk geblokkeerd wordt " +"en indien u een specifieke DNS-server nodig heeft om internetadressen op te " +"zoeken, dient u de DNS-server de instructie te geven om die server te " +"gebruiken als zijn 'verzender' (forwarder). Pas daartoe het bestand " +"<computeroutput>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</computeroutput> aan en vermeld " +"daarin het IP-adres van de DNS-server die gebruikt moet worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> geeft nog meer handige " +"wenken en behandelt ook enkele veel voorkomende vragen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Op de hoofdserver zijn verschillende diensten actief die via een handige " +"webinterface beheerd kunnen worden. Hierna behandelen we elk van deze " +"diensten afzonderlijk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Inleiding in GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² is een op het web gebaseerd hulpmiddel voor het beheer van een aantal " +"belangrijke onderdelen van uw configuratie van Debian Edu. Met GOsa² doet u " +"het beheer (toevoegen, wijzigen of verwijderen) van de volgende hoofdgroepen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Het beheer van groepen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Het beheer van de NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Het beheer van machines" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Het DNS-beheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Het DHCP-beheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Om het programma GOsa² te kunnen gebruiken is de hoofdserver van Skolelinux " +"nodig en een (client)systeem waarop een webbrowser geïnstalleerd staat. Dit " +"kan de hoofdserver zelf zijn indien u hem als een zogenaamde gecombineerde " +"server (hoofdserver + LTSP-server + werkstation) hebt geïnstalleerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Indien u (misschien onbedoeld) een zuiver <emphasis>hoofdserver</emphasis>-" +"profiel geïnstalleerd heeft en niet onmiddellijk een clientcomputer met een " +"webbrowser bij de hand hebt, kunt u er gemakkelijk een minimale grafische " +"werkomgeving op installeren. Als eerste gebruiker (de gebruiker die u " +"aanmaakte tijdens de installatie van de hoofdserver) geeft u daartoe aan de " +"commandoregel in een (niet-grafische) shell de volgende reeks opdrachten:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Geef uw webbrowser het volgende adres (URL) op: <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"gosa\"/>. Dit opent het toegangsscherm voor GOsa². Meld u daar aan als de " +"eerste gebruiker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Indien u een vers geïnstalleerde computer met Debian Edu Trixie gebruikt, " +"zal de browser het certificaat van de site kennen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Anders krijgt u een foutmelding over een ongeldig SSL-certificaat. Indien u " +"er zeker van bent dat u op dat ogenblik de enige gebruiker bent op het " +"netwerk, kunt u de browser gerust opdragen de foutmelding te negeren en het " +"certificaat te accepteren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Zich aanmelden bij GOsa² en de overzichtspagina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Overzichtspagina van GOsa² na het aanmelden als de eerste gebruiker" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u zich bij GOsa² aangemeld heeft, krijgt u de overzichtspagina van het " +"programma." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Vervolgens kunt u in het menu of via het aanklikken van een icoon op de " +"overzichtspagina een taak kiezen. Voor navigatiedoeleinden raden we u het " +"gebruik aan van het menu aan de linkerkant van het scherm, aangezien dat " +"zichtbaar blijft zolang u met de beheerstaken bezig bent, ongeacht op welke " +"specifieke pagina van GOsa² u zich bevindt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"In Debian Edu wordt informatie over accounts, groepen en systemen opgeslagen " +"in een register van LDAP. Deze gegevens worden niet enkel door de " +"hoofdserver gebruikt, maar ook door de (schijfloze) werkstations, de LTSP-" +"servers en andere machines op het netwerk. Dankzij LDAP moeten de " +"accountgegevens van studenten, leerkrachten, enz., slechts eenmaal ingevoerd " +"worden. Nadat de gegevens in LDAP ingevoerd zijn, staat die informatie ter " +"beschikking van alle systemen op het volledige Skolelinux-netwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² is een hulpmiddel voor beheerders dat gebruik maakt van LDAP om " +"informatie op te slaan en in een hiërarchisch opgebouwde departementale " +"structuur te ordenen. Binnen elk 'departement' kunt u gebruikersaccounts, " +"groepen, systemen, netgroepen, enzoverder toevoegen. Rekening houdend met de " +"organisatiestructuur van uw instelling, kunt u gebruik maken van het " +"departementaal gestructureerde GOsa²/LDAP om die organisatiestructuur over " +"te nemen in de gegevensboom van LDAP op de hoofdserver van Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Een standaardinstallatie van een hoofdserver van Debian Edu kent momenteel, " +"naast het basale niveau van de LDAP-boomstructuur, twee 'departementen': " +"Leerkrachten en Studenten. Het is de bedoeling om de accounts voor studenten " +"in het departement 'Studenten' aan te maken en die voor leerkrachten in het " +"departement 'Leerkrachten'; systemen (servers, werkstations, printers, " +"enzovoort) worden momenteel ingevoerd op het basisniveau. U kunt zelf een " +"structuurschema ontwikkelen om deze structuur aan uw eigen behoeften aan te " +"passen. (In het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Howto/Systeembeheer voor gevorderden</link> " +"van deze handleiding wordt bij wijze van voorbeeld uitgelegd hoe u " +"gebruikers in jaargroepen kunt indelen met voor iedere groep met de groep " +"gedeelde persoonlijke mappen.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van de taak waaraan u wenst te werken (gebruikersbeheer, " +"groepsbeheer, machinebeheer, enzovoort), zal GOsa² u een aangepast zicht " +"geven op het gekozen departement (of op het basale niveau)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer met GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Klik eerst op 'Users' (Gebruikers) in het linker navigatiemenu. De " +"rechterzijde van het scherm wijzigt en toont nu een tabel met de mappen " +"'Students' (Studenten) en 'Teachers' (Leerkrachten) en het account van " +"beheerder van GOsa² (de eerst aangemaakte gebruiker). Boven deze tabel ziet " +"u een veld met de naam <emphasis>Base</emphasis>. Hiermee kunt u navigeren " +"in de boomstructuur (beweeg de muis over die plaats en u krijgt een " +"uitklapmenu) en kunt u een basismap kiezen voor de geplande werkzaamheden " +"(bijvoorbeeld een nieuwe gebruiker toevoegen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Naast dit navigatie-item uit de boomstructuur ziet u het menu 'Actions' " +"(Acties). Beweeg de muis over dit item en op het scherm wordt een submenu " +"zichtbaar; kies hier 'Create' (Aanmaken) en vervolgens 'User' (Gebruiker). " +"De assistent begeleidt u bij het aanmaken van het gebruikersaccount." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"De belangrijkste in te voeren gegevens zijn het te gebruiken sjabloon " +"(newstudent (nieuwe student) of newteacher (nieuwe leerkracht)) en de " +"volledige naam van de nieuwe gebruiker (zie de afbeelding)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Terwijl u voortgaat in de assistent, zult u merken dat GOsa² een " +"gebruikersnaam heeft aangemaakt, afgeleid van de echte naam van de " +"gebruiker. Het programma maakte automatisch een gebruikersnaam aan die nog " +"niet in gebruik is. Dit betekent dat meerdere gebruikers met een volledig " +"identieke naam geen enkel probleem vormen voor GOsa². Wees wel attent voor " +"het feit dat GOsa² soms een ongeldige gebruikersnaam aanmaakt in het geval " +"de echte naam niet-ASCII tekens bevat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Indien u niet gelukkig bent met de aangemaakte gebruikersnaam, kunt u in het " +"uitklappend kader een ander voorstel kiezen. Maar u hebt hier in de " +"assistent niet de mogelijkheid om vrij een gebruikersnaam te kiezen (indien " +"u de mogelijkheid wenst te hebben om de voorgestelde gebruikersnaam te " +"bewerken, moet u in een editor het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/" +"gosa.conf</computeroutput> openen en de regel " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> " +"toevoegen als bijkomende optie in de sectie 'location definition'.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Als u de assistent doorlopen heeft, toont GOsa² u een scherm met de fiche " +"van de nieuwe gebruiker. Gebruik de tabbladen bovenaan om de ingevulde " +"velden na te kijken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u de nieuwe gebruiker heeft aangemaakt, klikt u op de knop 'Ok' in de " +"rechterbenedenhoek. (Op dit ogenblik moet u zich nog geen zorgen maken over " +"de velden die door de assistent niet ingevuld werden.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Als laatste stap zal GOsa² u om een wachtwoord voor de nieuwe gebruiker " +"vragen. Tik het tweemaal in en klik dan op de knop 'Set password' " +"(Wachtwoord instellen) in de rechterbenedenhoek." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" +"Bepaalde lettertekens kunnen niet toegestaan zijn voor gebruik in een " +"wachtwoord." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Als alles naar behoren verliep, kunt u de nieuwe gebruiker nu zien staan in " +"de tabel die de lijst van gebruikers weergeeft. Vanaf nu is het mogelijk om " +"zich met die gebruikersnaam op uw netwerk aan te melden vanaf elke machine " +"van Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Opzoeken, wijzigen en verwijderen van gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Filterkader" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Om een gebruiker te wissen of zijn gegevens aan te passen, bladert u met " +"GOsa² door de lijst van gebruikers op uw systeem. In het midden van uw " +"scherm kunt u het 'Filter'-kader openen. Dit is een zoekinstrument van " +"GOsa². Indien u zich de exacte plaats van de gebruiker binnen uw " +"boomstructuur niet meer herinnert, daalt u af naar het basisniveau van de " +"GOsa²/LDAP boomstructuur en voert u daar de zoekopdracht in met als " +"aangevinkte optie 'Search in subtrees' (zoeken in sub-bomen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Als u het 'Filter'-kader gebruikt, wordt het resultaat onmiddellijk " +"zichtbaar middenin de tekst met de uitdraai van de tabel. Iedere regel stelt " +"een gebruikersaccount voor en de meest rechtse items op iedere regel zijn " +"kleine icoontjes die mogelijke acties symboliseren: de gegevens van deze " +"gebruiker bewerken, het account blokkeren, een wachtwoord instellen en de " +"gebruiker verwijderen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"U krijgt een nieuw scherm, waarin u de informatie over de gebruiker " +"rechtstreeks kunt bewerken, zijn wachtwoord kunt wijzigen en wijzigingen " +"kunt aanbrengen in de lijst van groepen waarvan hij lid is." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens bewerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Wachtwoorden instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Studenten kunnen hun eigen wachtwoord wijzigen door zich met hun eigen " +"gebruikersnaam bij GOsa² aan te melden. Om de toegang tot GOsa² te " +"vergemakkelijken is een item Gosa te vinden in het menu Systeem (of " +"Systeeminstellingen) van het bureaublad. Een aangemelde student krijgt een " +"heel minimale versie van GOsa² te zien, die hem enkel toegang verschaft tot " +"de gegevens betreffende zijn eigen account en tot het dialoogvenster " +"wachtwoord instellen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Leerkrachten die zich met hun eigen account aanmelden bij GOsa² hebben " +"bijzondere rechten. Ze krijgen een meer uitgebreide versie van GOsa² te zien " +"en kunnen het wachtwoord van alle studenten wijzigen. Dit kan erg handig " +"zijn tijdens de les." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Als beheerder een nieuw wachtwoord instellen voor een gebruiker" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" +"zoek, zoals hiervoor uitgelegd, de gebruiker op wiens wachtwoord gewijzigd " +"moet worden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"op het einde van de regel waarin u de gebruikersnaam terugvindt, klikt u op " +"het symbool van de sleutel" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"op het scherm dat daarop verschijnt, kunt u een nieuw door uzelf gekozen " +"wachtwoord instellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Een gebruikerswachtwoord aanmaken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Wees u bewust van de mogelijke veiligheidsrisico's " +"bij het gebruiken van gemakkelijk te raden wachtwoorden!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Met GOsa² is het mogelijk om in een keer een heleboel gebruikersaccounts aan " +"te maken door middel van een CSV-bestand, dat u kunt aanmaken met behulp van " +"elk goed rekenbladprogramma (bijvoorbeeld <computeroutput>localc</" +"computeroutput>). De gegevens van minstens de volgende velden moeten " +"ingevuld worden: gebruikersidentificatie (uid), familienaam (sn), voornaam " +"(givenName) en wachtwoord. Draag er zorg voor dat er geen uid-velden zijn " +"met identieke inhoud. Daarbij moet u ook rekening houden met de inhoud van " +"de reeds in LDAP aanwezige uid-velden (een overzicht daarvan kunt u krijgen " +"door aan de commandoregel de opdracht <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep " +"tjener/home | cut -d':' -f1</computeroutput> in te geven)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Zo een CSV-bestand moet het volgende formaat hebben (wat dat betreft " +"gedraagt GOsa² zich niet echt tolerant):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Gebruik ',' als scheidingsteken tussen velden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Gebruik geen aanhalingstekens" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Het CSV-bestand <emphasis role=\"strong\">mag geen</emphasis> kopregel " +"bevatten (waarin gewoonlijk de kolomnamen staan)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"De volgorde van de velden heeft geen belang. De velden kunnen gedefinieerd " +"worden op het ogenblik dat u de gegevens in GOsa² importeert" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Het importeren omvat volgende stappen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" +"klik in het linkernavigatiemenu op de link naar 'LDAP tools' (LDAP-" +"hulpmiddelen)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "klik in het rechterscherm op het tabblad 'Import' (Importeren)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"blader door uw lokale harde schijf en selecteer het CSV-bestand met de lijst " +"van te importeren gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"kies uit de beschikbare sjablonen datgene wat bij het importeren gebruikt " +"moet worden (bijvoorbeeld NewTeacher (Nieuwe Leerkracht) of NewStudent " +"(Nieuwe Student))" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "klik in de rechterbenedenhoek op de knop 'Import' (Importeren)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"U doet er goed aan eerst een test te doen met een CSV-bestand waarmee u " +"enkele fictieve gebruikers aanmaakt, die u nadien terug kunt verwijderen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Hetzelfde geldt voor de module voor wachtwoordbeheer, die het mogelijk maakt " +"om een heleboel wachtwoorden opnieuw in te stellen met behulp van een CSV-" +"bestand of om nieuwe wachtwoorden te genereren voor gebruikers die behoren " +"tot een bijzondere onderafdeling binnen LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Wachtwoorden herinstellen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen via de commandoregel" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Gebruikersaccounts kunnen ook via de commandoregel toegevoegd worden met het " +"hulpmiddel <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>; raadpleeg " +"de documentatie in de <link linkend=\"Administration\">HowTo voor " +"beheerders</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Het beheer van groepen met GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "een groep aanmaken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "groepen weergeven" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" +"Het beheer van groepen is erg vergelijkbaar met het beheer van gebruikers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Per groep kunt u een naam en een omschrijving ingeven. Zorg ervoor om in de " +"LDAP-boom het juiste niveau te kiezen wanneer u een nieuwe groep aanmaakt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Om gebruikers toe te voegen aan een nieuw aangemaakte groep, moet u " +"terugkeren naar de lijst van gebruikers. Daar zult u naar alle " +"waarschijnlijkheid het filterkader gebruiken om gebruikers te selecteren. " +"Let ook op het niveau binnen de LDAP-boom." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Groepen aangemaakt met groepsbeheer, zijn reguliere unix-groepen. U kunt ze " +"dus ook gebruiken voor het beheer van bestandsrechten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Het beheer van machines met GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Via het beheer van machines kunt u in uw netwerk van Debian Edu gewoonweg " +"alle met het netwerk verbonden apparaten beheren. Elke machine die u met " +"GOsa² toevoegt aan het register van LDAP heeft een naam, een IP-adres, een " +"MAC-adres en een domeinnaam (gewoonlijk is dat 'intern'). Voor een meer " +"volledige beschrijving van de architectuur van het netwerk van Debian Edu, " +"verwijzen we naar het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architectuur</" +"link> in deze handleiding." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"In het geval van een <emphasis>gecombineerde hoofdserver</emphasis> werken " +"schijfloze werkstations en thin clients vanzelf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Werkstations met een harde schijf (met inbegrip van LTSP-servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">moeten</emphasis> toegevoegd worden met GOsa². Achter de " +"schermen wordt zowel een machine-specifieke Kerberos Principal (een soort " +"<emphasis>account</emphasis>) als een bijbehorend keytab-bestand (met een " +"sleutel die als <emphasis>wachtwoord</emphasis> wordt gebruikt) gegenereerd; " +"het keytab-bestand moet op het werkstation aanwezig zijn om de persoonlijke " +"mappen van gebruikers te kunnen aankoppelen. Nadat het toegevoegde systeem " +"opnieuw opgestart werd, moet u zich er als systeembeheerder op aanmelden en " +"het commando <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +"keytab</computeroutput> uitvoeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Om een Principal en een keytab-bestand aan te maken voor een systeem dat " +"<emphasis>reeds met GOsa² geconfigureerd is</emphasis>, moet u als " +"systeembeheerder inloggen op de hoofdserver en het volgende commando " +"uitvoeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opmerking:</emphasis> het creëren van een keytab " +"voor het systeem is mogelijk voor systemen van het type " +"<emphasis>werkstation</emphasis>, <emphasis>server</emphasis> of " +"<emphasis>terminal</emphasis>, maar niet voor deze van het type " +"<emphasis>netdevice</emphasis> (netwerkapparaat). Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo voor netwerkclients</link> voor NFS-" +"configuratieopties." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Om een machine toe te voegen, gebruikt u het hoofdmenu van GOsa² en daarin " +"kiest u achtereenvolgens systeem, toevoegen. Er wordt verwacht dat de naam " +"van de machine een geldige <emphasis role=\"strong\">niet-gekwalificeerde</" +"emphasis> computernaam is. Voeg hier niet de domeinnaam toe. U kunt een IP-" +"adres/computernaam gebruiken uit het vooraf geconfigureerde adresbereik " +"10.0.0.0/8. Momenteel gebruiken we slechts twee vooraf gedefinieerde vaste " +"adressen: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) en 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Het adresbereik van " +"10.0.16.20 tot 10.0.31.254 (ruwweg het bereik 10.0.16.0/20 of 4000 " +"computers) zijn gereserveerd voor DHCP en worden dynamisch toegewezen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Om een apparaat met een MAC-adres 52:54:00:12:34:10 in GOsa² een vast IP-" +"adres toe te kennen, moet u het MAC-adres ingeven, evenals de computernaam " +"en het IP-adres. U kunt ook de knop <computeroutput>IP voorstellen</" +"computeroutput> aanklikken, waarop u het eerste vrije adres in het bereik " +"10.0.0.0/8 voorgesteld wordt. Voor de eerste machine die u op deze wijze " +"toevoegt, zal dat hoogstwaarschijnlijk 10.0.0.2 zijn. Het is goed om u eerst " +"een idee te vormen over uw netwerk. U kunt bijvoorbeeld het bereik 10.0.0.x " +"met x>10 en x<50 voorbehouden voor servers, en x>100 voor " +"werkstations. Vergeet niet het zopas toegevoegde apparaat te activeren. Met " +"uitzondering van de hoofdserver zal het programma aan alle apparaten een " +"passend icoon koppelen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Als de machines opgestart werden als thin-clients of schijfloze werkstations " +"of geïnstalleerd werden met een van de genetwerkte profielen, kunt u het " +"script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> gebruiken om " +"deze machines automatisch in GOsa² in te voeren. Voor eenvoudige machines " +"werkt dit vanzelf. Voor machines met meer dan één mac-adres moet datgene wat " +"daadwerkelijk gebruikt wordt, gekozen worden. De opdracht " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> toont informatie " +"over het gebruik. Merk op dat de IP-adressen die u te zien krijgt na het " +"gebruik van <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>, binnen " +"het bereik van de dynamische IP-adressen vallen. Nadien kunt u evenwel deze " +"systemen aanpassen om ze beter te doen aansluiten bij de behoeften van uw " +"netwerk: u kunt ze zo nodig hernoemen, u kunt DHCP en DNS activeren en u " +"kunt ze desgewenst aan netgroepen toevoegen (zie de schermafdruk hieronder " +"voor de aanbevolen netgroepen). Nadien moet u het systeem herstarten. De " +"volgende schermafdrukken tonen hoe dit eruit ziet in de praktijk:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Een lijst van systemen in GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Gegevens over een computer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Een computer aanpassen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Een netgroep toevoegen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Elk uur wordt een cronjob uitgevoerd om de DNS-informatie te actualiseren. " +"Het commando <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> laat u toe om " +"zelf de actualisering uit te lokken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Machines zoeken en verwijderen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Machines zoeken en verwijderen gelijkt erg op gebruikers zoeken en " +"verwijderen, zodat het niet nodig is om hier nogmaals op in te gaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Bestaande machines wijzigen / Beheer van netgroepen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u met behulp van GOsa² een machine hebt ingevoerd in de boomstructuur " +"van LDAP, kunt u de kenmerken ervan wijzigen. U gebruikt daarvoor de " +"zoekfunctie en klikt vervolgens op de naam van de machine (net zoals u bij " +"gebruikers zou doen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Het model dat voor de registratie van systemen gebruikt wordt, is " +"gelijkaardig aan dat voor het bewerken van kenmerken van gebruikers, wat u " +"reeds kent. Alleen hebben de velden in deze context een andere betekenis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Een machine toevoegen aan een <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"(Netgroep) bijvoorbeeld, verandert voor die machine of voor de gebruikers " +"die er zich op aanmelden, niets aan hun rechten op toegang tot bestanden en " +"aan hun permissie om bepaalde opdrachten uit te voeren. Het legt daarentegen " +"beperkingen op met betrekking tot de diensten die deze machine op de " +"hoofdserver kan aanspreken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"De volgende <computeroutput>NetGroups</computeroutput> (Netgroepen) worden " +"aangemaakt door de standaardinstallatie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Momenteel gebruiken we deze <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput>-" +"functionaliteit voor:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">De grootte van partities te wijzigen</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Bij plaatsgebrek wordt de grootte van LVM-partities automatisch aangepast " +"voor machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groep behoren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Computers 's nachts uit te zetten</emphasis> " +"(shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groep behoren, zullen 's nachts " +"automatisch uitgezet worden om energie te besparen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Printers te beheren</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groepen behoren maken iedere nacht " +"automatisch alle printerwachtrijen leeg en herstellen ieder uur de onklaar " +"geraakte printerwachtrijen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Internettoegang te blokkeren</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Machines van Debian Edu die tot deze groep behoren, krijgen enkel de " +"toelating om verbinding te maken met machines op het lokale netwerk. Tijdens " +"examens kan deze functionaliteit nuttig zijn in combinatie met restricties " +"van de web-proxyserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Printerbeheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Voor een gecentraliseerd printerbeheer gaat u met uw webbrowser naar het " +"adres <ulink url=\"https://www:631\"/>. Dit is de normale interface voor het " +"beheer van CUPS. Hiermee kunt u printers toevoegen/verwijderen/wijzigen en " +"de printerwachtrijen opschonen. Standaard mag enkel de eerste gebruiker deze " +"taken uitvoeren, maar dit kan aangepast worden door gebruikers toe te voegen " +"aan de GOsa²-groep <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Printers gebruiken die met werkstations verbonden zijn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Op een systeem met het profiel <emphasis>Werkstation</emphasis> wordt " +"standaard het pakket <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> geïnstalleerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Bewerk <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> zoals hieronder " +"(USB printer):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\" -f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>. Selecteer netwerkprinter, type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (voor alle printers " +"ongeacht merk of model) en stel <computeroutput>socket://<werkstation-" +"ip>:9100</computeroutput> in als de URI van de verbinding." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Netwerkprinters" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Het is aanbevolen om alle functies om zichzelf aan te dienen uit te " +"schakelen bij de gebruikte netwerkprinters. Wijs in plaats daarvan een vast " +"IP-adres toe met GOsa² en configureer ze als <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " +"JetDirect</computeroutput> netwerkprinters." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Kloksynchronisatie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu staat standaard ingesteld op het synchroon houden van de klok van " +"alle machines op het netwerk. Maar dit houdt niet noodzakelijk in dat de " +"tijd ook juist is. Om de tijd te actualiseren wordt NTP gebruikt. Standaard " +"worden de klokken gesynchroniseerd met een externe tijdsbron. Dit kan er toe " +"leiden dat machines de internetverbinding die ze daarvoor geopend hebben, " +"blijven open houden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Indien u een inbelverbinding of een ISDN-verbinding gebruikt en per minuut " +"betaalt, moet u deze standaardinstelling aanpassen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om synchronisatie met een externe klok uit te schakelen, moet u op de " +"hoofdserver het bestand /etc/ntp.conf aanpassen. Plaats een commentaarteken " +"('#') voor de <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-items. Nadien moet u " +"de NTP-server herstarten door als systeembeheerder de opdracht " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> te geven. Om te weten " +"of een machine tijdsinformatie opvraagt bij een externe klok, gebruikt u de " +"opdracht <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Volle partities groter maken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Ten gevolge van een mogelijke bug in de automatische schijfindeling, kunnen " +"sommige partities te vol zijn na installatie. Om die partities groter te " +"maken, gebruikt u als systeembeheerder het commando <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie " +"de HowTo 'De grootte van partities aanpassen' in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Systeembeheer HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Onderhoud" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Programmatuur bijwerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Deze paragraaf legt het gebruik van <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> uit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Het gebruik van <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is echt eenvoudig. Om " +"een systeem bij te werken geeft u als systeembeheerder aan de commandoregel " +"twee opdrachten: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (om de lijst " +"van beschikbare pakketten bij te werken) en <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (om pakketten waarvoor een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is, op te waarderen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Het is ook zinvol om tijdens het proces van opwaarderen het taalgebied in te " +"stellen op C, wat voor een uitvoer in het Engels zorgt. In geval er zich " +"problemen voordeden, heeft u zo bij het zoeken met een zoekmachine meer kans " +"om resultaten te bekomen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Na de opwaardering van het pakket <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, kunnen er gewijzigde Cfengine configuratiebestanden " +"beschikbaar zijn. Voer <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</" +"computeroutput> uit om na te gaan of dit het geval is. Om de wijzigingen toe " +"te passen, moet u het commando <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D " +"installation</computeroutput> uitvoeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Na een opwaardering van de LTSP-server is het belangrijk om het commando " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> uit te voeren om het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze clients " +"gesynchroniseerd te houden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Na een opwaardering naar een tussenrelease van een systeem met het profiel " +"<emphasis>Hoofdserver</emphasis> of <emphasis>LTSP-Server</emphasis>, moet u " +"het commando <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " +"uitvoeren om de PXE-installatieomgeving bij te werken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"U doet er ook goed aan om <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> en " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> te installeren en ze zo te " +"configureren dat ze e-mail verzenden naar een adres waarvan u de berichten " +"regelmatig leest." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Eens per dag zal <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> u via e-mail " +"inlichten over pakketten die opgewaardeerd kunnen worden. Het waardeert ze " +"niet zelf op, maar gaat ze wel zelf ophalen (meestal 's nachts). Zo moet u " +"niet wachten tot ze opgehaald zijn wanneer u de opdracht <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> uitvoert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Indien u dit verkiest, kunt u het systeem gemakkelijk zelf automatisch de " +"nodige opwaarderingen laten uitvoeren. Daarvoor dient u enkel het pakket " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> te installeren en te " +"configureren, zoals uiteengezet wordt in <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kan u via e-mail " +"de toevoegingen aan het logboek changelog opsturen, of ze u anders in het " +"terminalvenster tonen bij het uitvoeren van de opdracht <computeroutput>apt</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Op de hoogte blijven van beveiligingsbijwerkingen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> zoals hiervoor " +"uitgelegd, is een goede manier om op de hoogte te blijven van beschikbare " +"beveiligingsbijwerkingen voor op het systeem geïnstalleerde pakketten. Een " +"andere manier om daarover op de hoogte te blijven is zich abonneren op de " +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/" +"\">mailinglijst Debian security-announce</ulink>. Dit heeft het voordeel dat " +"u ook weet wat de beveiligingsbijwerking precies inhoudt. Het nadeel " +"(vergeleken met <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is dat u ook " +"geïnformeerd wordt over bijwerkingen voor pakketten die niet geïnstalleerd " +"zijn op uw systeem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Reservekopieën beheren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Voor het beheer van reservekopieën gaat u met de browser naar het adres " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Denk eraan dat u deze site via " +"SSL moet benaderen, aangezien u er het beheerderswachtwoord moet invoeren. " +"Een verbinding tot stand brengen met dat adres zonder gebruik te maken van " +"SSL lukt niet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Noot: de site zal enkel functioneren als u tijdelijk toelaat dat de " +"systeembeheerder zich met SSH aanmeldt op de server voor reservekopieën, " +"welke standaard de hoofdserver (tjener.intern) is." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Standaard worden reservekopieën van <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> en LDAP opgeslagen in de map /skole/backup, die " +"als aparte partitie wordt beheerd door LVM. Indien u genoeg heeft aan een " +"reservekopie van die bestanden (voor het geval u er een zou wissen), dan " +"sluit deze standaardinstelling aan bij uw behoeften." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"U dient te beseffen dat dit model van reservekopieën maken geen bescherming " +"biedt tegen gegevensverlies ten gevolge van een kapotte harde schijf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Indien u de reservekopieën wilt bewaren op een externe server, op een " +"bandstation (tape drive) of op een andere harde schijf, dan moet u de " +"bestaande configuratie wat aanpassen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u ineens een hele map wilt terugzetten, dan gebruikt u best de " +"volgende opdracht aan de commandoregel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Dit plaatst de inhoud van <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> van <computeroutput><datum></computeroutput> in de map " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<datum></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Indien u slechts één enkel bestand wenst terug te zetten, dan kunt u dat " +"bestand (in de passende versie) met behulp van de webinterface selecteren en " +"terughalen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u oudere reservekopieën wenst te wissen, kies dan in het menu op de " +"webpagina van de back-updienst het item 'Maintenance' (Onderhoud). Geef " +"vervolgens op welke de oudste back-up is die u wenst te behouden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php-onderhoud" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Servers opvolgen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Munin, het systeem voor het opvolgen van tendensen, bevindt zich op het " +"webadres <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Het geeft meetresultaten weer " +"in verband met de toestand van het systeem, opgemaakt per dag, per week, per " +"maand, of op jaarbasis. Het biedt de systeembeheerder ook hulp bij het " +"zoeken naar de oorzaak van knelpunten of problemen in het systeem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van machines die opgevolgd worden met Munin wordt automatisch " +"gegenereerd op basis van de lijst van computers die rapporteren aan " +"sitesummary. Alle computers waarop het pakket munin-node geïnstalleerd werd, " +"worden opgenomen in het opvolgingssysteem van Munin. Normaal gezien verloopt " +"er een dag tussen de installatie van een machine en het moment waarop de " +"opvolging ervan door Munin begint. Dit houdt verband met de volgorde waarin " +"crontaken uitgevoerd worden. Om dit proces te versnellen geeft u op de " +"sitesummary-server (gewoonlijk de hoofdserver) als systeembeheerder de " +"opdracht <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput>. Daardoor " +"wordt het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> " +"geactualiseerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Welk geheel van metingen uitgevoerd moet worden, wordt op elke machine " +"automatisch gegenereerd met het programma <computeroutput>munin-node-" +"configure</computeroutput>, dat nagaat welke plug-ins er in <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> aanwezig zijn en dan een " +"symbolische koppeling maakt in <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</" +"computeroutput> naar die welke relevant zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Meer informatie over Munin is te vinden op <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Icinga, een gereedschap voor het opvolgen van diensten en systemen, is te " +"vinden op <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Welke machines en " +"diensten opgevolgd worden, wordt automatisch gegenereerd op basis van de " +"informatie die door het sitesummary-systeem verzameld wordt. Machines met " +"het profiel Hoofdserver of LTSP-server krijgen een volledige opvolging. " +"Werkstations en thin clients krijgen een eenvoudige opvolging. Om voor een " +"bepaald werkstation een volledige opvolging mogelijk te maken moet u er het " +"pakket <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> op installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Standaard zal Icinga geen e-mailberichten versturen. Dit kan veranderd " +"worden door de tekst <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> in " +"het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput> te vervangen door <computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> en <computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Het configuratiebestand van Icinga is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. De crontaak sitesummary genereert het " +"bestand <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> dat een lijst bevat van op te volgen machines en diensten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Aan het bestand <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> kunt u bijkomende controles toevoegen " +"welke door Icinga moeten uitgevoerd worden, zodat ze ook toegevoegd worden " +"aan het gegenereerde bestand." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informatie over Icinga vindt u op <ulink url=\"http://www.icinga.com/\"/> of " +"in het pakket <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Gebruikelijke waarschuwingen door Icinga en hoe ermee om te gaan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Hier volgen instructies voor de manier waarop u met de meest voorkomende " +"waarschuwingen van Icinga moet omgaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"De partitie (/usr/ in het geval van het voorbeeld) is te vol. In het " +"algemeen zijn er twee mogelijkheden om hiermee om te gaan: (1) een aantal " +"bestanden wissen, of (2) de partitie groter maken. Indien het de partitie /" +"var/ betreft, kunt u een aantal bestanden wissen door de cache van APT leeg " +"te maken. Hiervoor gebruikt u de opdracht <computeroutput>apt clean</" +"computeroutput>. Indien er nog ruimte beschikbaar is in de groep van " +"schijven die door LVM beheerd worden, kunt u grotere partities bekomen met " +"het programma <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Om " +"er voor te zorgen dat dit programma ieder uur automatisch uitgevoerd wordt, " +"voegt u de computer in kwestie toe aan de netgroep " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn nieuwe pakketten voor opwaardering beschikbaar. De cruciale ervan " +"zijn meestal beveiligingsupdates. Om de opwaardering door te voeren geeft u " +"in een terminalvenster als systeembeheerder de opdracht <computeroutput>apt " +"upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>. U kunt zich ook via " +"SSH aanmelden en vervolgens dezelfde opdracht geven." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Indien u verkiest om pakketten niet manueel op te waarderen en erop " +"vertrouwt dat Debian goed zal omgaan met nieuwere versies van pakketten, " +"kunt u het pakket <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"instellen op het iedere nacht automatisch opwaarderen van alle pakketten met " +"recentere versies. Maar LTSP-chroots worden hiermee niet opgewaardeerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"De kernel die momenteel gebruikt wordt is ouder dan degene die meest recent " +"geïnstalleerd werd, De computer moet opnieuw opgestart worden om de meest " +"recente kernel te activeren. Gewoonlijk is dit behoorlijk dringend, omdat " +"een nieuwe kernelversie normaal gezien aan Debian Edu toegevoegd wordt om " +"bepaalde beveiligingsproblemen op te lossen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Er staan een hoop printeropdrachten te wachten in de wachtrij van CUPS. Een " +"niet beschikbare printer Is meestal de oorzaak. Onklaar geraakte " +"printerwachtrijen worden ieder uur opnieuw in gebruik gesteld op computers " +"die lid zijn van de netgroep <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Voor die computers is normaal gesproken geen manuele " +"tussenkomst vereist, Op computers die lid zijn van de netgroep " +"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> worden " +"printerwachtrijen iedere nacht leeggemaakt. Het is het overwegen waard om " +"een computer met een lange printerwachtrij aan een van beide groepen toe te " +"voegen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary wordt gebruikt om de informatie die op iedere computer verzameld " +"wordt, naar de hoofdserver te sturen. De verzamelde informatie staat in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Met de " +"scripts in <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> kunnen " +"rapporten opgemaakt worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Een eenvoudig rapport van Sitesummary zonder details kan geraadpleegd worden " +"op <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Documentatie over Sitesummary is te vinden op <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen van Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Systeembeheerders kunnen nuttige bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen " +"van Debian Edu vinden in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Howto/Systeembeheer</link> en in het hoofdstuk " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Howto/Systeembeheer voor " +"gevorderden</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Opwaarderingen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Een belangrijke waarschuwing voor u begint met het lezen van deze " +"handleiding bij opwaarderingen: ogenblikkelijke bijwerkingen aan " +"productieservers voert u volledig op eigen risico uit. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux wordt u geleverd met ABSOLUUT GEEN " +"ENKELE GARANTIE, voor zover dit toegestaan is binnen de van toepassing " +"zijnde wetgeving.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Gelieve dit hoofdstuk en het hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Features\">Nieuwe " +"functionaliteit in Trixie</link> in deze handleiding eerst helemaal te lezen " +"alvorens aan een poging tot opwaarderen te beginnen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Algemene opmerkingen over opwaarderingen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Meestal verloopt het opwaarderen van Debian van één uitgave naar de volgende " +"redelijk gemakkelijk. Jammer genoeg verloopt dit voor Debian Edu nog iets " +"gecompliceerder, omdat we configuratiebestanden aanpassen op een manier die " +"eigenlijk niet aangewezen is. Wij hebben echter de nodige stappen hieronder " +"gedocumenteerd. (Meer informatie over hoe Debian Edu configuratiebestanden " +"zou moeten wijzigen, vindt u in het bugrapport nummer <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> van Debian.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Over het algemeen is het opwaarderen van de servers moeilijker dan het " +"opwaarderen van de werkstations en de opwaardering van de hoofdserver is het " +"moeilijkst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Indien u er zeker van wilt zijn dat na de opwaardering alles nog zal werken " +"als voordien, moet u de opwaardering uittesten op een testsysteem dat u op " +"dezelfde manier geconfigureerd heeft als uw machines die u voor " +"productiedoeleinden gebruikt. Op een testsysteem kunt u de opwaardering " +"zonder enig risico uittesten en zien of alles naar behoren functioneert." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Leest u zeker ook de informatie over de huidige stabiele uitgave van Debian " +"in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink> ervoor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Het kan ook verstandig zijn om nog even te wachten met opwaarderen en nog " +"een aantal weken de voorlaatste stabiele uitgave (Oldstable) te blijven " +"gebruiken. Anderen kunnen intussen het opwaarderen uittesten en de problemen " +"die ze tegenkomen, documenteren. De voorlaatste stabiele uitgave (Oldstable) " +"van Debian Edu blijven we trouwens ondersteunen gedurende een zekere tijd na " +"het uitbrengen van de daaropvolgende stabiele uitgave (Stable), maar op het " +"ogenblik dat Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">stopt met het ondersteunen van Oldstable</ulink>, moet Debian " +"Edu noodzakelijkerwijs hetzelfde doen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Opwaarderen vanaf Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Zorg dat u goed voorbereid bent: test zeker eerst een opwaardering vanaf " +"Bookworm uit in een testomgeving of hou reservekopieën klaar, zodat u zo " +"nodig naar de oorspronkelijke situatie kunt terugkeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat de volgende procedure van toepassing is voor een " +"standaardinstallatie van de hoofdserver van Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, " +"profielen Hoofdserver, Werkstation en LTSP-server). (Raadpleeg voor een " +"algemeen overzicht over het opwaarderen vanuit Bookworm naar Trixie <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Werk niet in een grafische omgeving, gebruik een virtuele console, meld u " +"aan als systeembeheerder (root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Mocht <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> afgesloten worden met een " +"foutmelding, probeer die dan te verhelpen en/of voer het commando " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> uit en vervolgens nogmaals " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "De hoofdserver opwaarderen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Begin met er voor te zorgen dat het huidige systeem up-to-date is:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Bereid de opwaardering naar Trixie voor en start ze:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: bereid u voor op veel te lezen NIEUWS; druk op " +"<enter> om naar beneden te scrollen, op <q> om het " +"pagineringsprogramma te verlaten. Alle informatie zal naar de " +"systeembeheerder (root) verzonden worden, zodat u deze opnieuw kunt lezen " +"(met behulp van <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> of <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Lees aandachtig alle informatie van debconf, kies 'behoud de momenteel " +"geïnstalleerde lokale versie' tenzij hieronder anders aangegeven wordt; in " +"de meeste gevallen zal op de return-toets drukken volstaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services (diensten herstarten): kies yes (ja)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba-server en hulpprogramma's: kies 'de momenteel geïnstalleerde lokale " +"versie behouden'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: kies 'de momenteel geïnstalleerde lokale versie behouden'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Pas de configuratie aan en pas ze toe:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" +"Certificaten die zijn gegenereerd door oudere Debian Edu-versies beschikken " +"niet over de X.509-uitbreidingen die vereist zijn voor OpenSSLv3 en zijn " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">niet compatibel met Debian Edu 13+-clients</" +"emphasis>. Beheerders die de hoofdserver handmatig upgraden, moeten deze " +"daarom opnieuw genereren met behulp van de standaardcertificaatinstellingen " +"die in Debian Edu 13 zijn geïntroduceerd. Het standaard sleutelalgoritme is " +"gewijzigd naar ECDSA met gebruikmaking van de <computeroutput>prime256v1</" +"computeroutput>-curve. RSA-2048 zelf wordt echter nog steeds ondersteund " +"door OpenSSLv3. Zie <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-" +"edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> en <ulink url=\"https://" +"salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/40\">!40</" +"ulink> voor meer technische informatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" +"Maak echter een back-up van de bestaande certificaatbestanden voordat u " +"verdergaat. Het archief bevat privésleutels en moet veilig worden gehouden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Dit vervangt de Debian Edu-root-CA. De nieuwe root-" +"CA moet opnieuw naar alle clients worden gedistribueerd, door het commando " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</" +"computeroutput> uit te voeren op de clients.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" +"Om de certificaatbestanden aan de kant van de server te herstellen vanuit " +"het archief:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" +"Bij het herstellen van het archief worden alleen de certificaatbestanden aan " +"de kant van de server hersteld. De distributie van de nieuwe root-CA naar " +"clients wordt hierdoor niet ongedaan gemaakt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Ga na of het opgewaardeerde systeem werkt:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Herstart; log in als eerste gebruiker en test" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "of de grafische gebruikersomgeving van GOsa² werkt," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "of LTSP-clients en werkstations verbinding kunnen maken," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"of u een systeem kunt toevoegen aan een netgroep en het ook terug kunt " +"verwijderen," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "of u interne e-mail kunt verzenden en ontvangen," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "of u printers kunt beheren," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "en of andere locatiespecifieke zaken werken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Een werkstation opwaarderen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Doe alle basiszaken zoals op de hoofdserver en zonder de dingen te doen die " +"niet nodig zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Opwaarderingen van oudere installaties van Debian Edu / Skolelinux (voor " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Om een opwaardering uit te voeren vanuit een oudere uitgave, moet u eerst " +"opwaarderen naar de uitgave van Debian Edu die gebaseerd is op Bookworm. " +"Vervolgens kunt u de hierboven gegeven instructies opvolgen. In de <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Handleiding voor Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> vindt u de " +"instructies om naar Bookworm op te waarderen vanuit de eerdere uitgave, " +"Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"Administration\">algemeen systeembeheer</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">systeembeheer voor " +"gevorderden</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo's in verband met <link linkend=\"Desktop\">de grafische werkomgeving</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">netwerkclients</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "HowTo's in verband met <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo's in verband met <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">leren en " +"onderrichten</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "HowTo's voor <link linkend=\"Users\">gebruikers</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "HowTo's voor algemeen systeembeheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"De hoofdstukken <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Aan de slag</link> en <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Onderhoud</link> beschrijven hoe u aan de slag kunt " +"gaan met Debian Edu en hoe u de eenvoudige onderhoudstaken uitvoert. De " +"howto's uit dit hoofdstuk bevatten een aantal tips en wenken voor " +"'gevorderden'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"De historiek van configuratie-instellingen: wijzigingen in /etc/ opvolgen " +"met behulp van Git, een systeem voor versiebeheer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Met <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> worden de wijzigingen in al " +"de bestanden uit de map <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> opgevolgd met " +"behulp van <ulink url=\"http://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink>, een systeem " +"voor versiebeheer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dit maakt het mogelijk om te zien wanneer een bestand toegevoegd werd of " +"gewijzigd of verwijderd. En als het om een tekstbestand gaat, kunt u ook " +"opvolgen wat er precies in gewijzigd werd, De plaats waar git zijn gegevens " +"bewaart is <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Ieder uur worden alle wijzigingen automatisch opgeslagen. Dit laat toe om de " +"historiek van configuratiebestanden op te halen en te onderzoeken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Om naar de geschiedenis van veranderingen te kijken, gebruikt men het " +"commando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput>. Om de " +"verschillen tussen twee welbepaalde tijdstippen te onderzoeken, kunt u een " +"opdracht als <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Lees de uitvoer van de opdracht <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput> voor meer informatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Een lijst van nuttige opdrachten:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Voorbeelden uit de praktijk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Om op een recent geïnstalleerd systeem te bekijken welke wijzigingen er " +"doorgevoerd werden sinds de installatie, gebruikt u deze opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Om na te gaan welke bestanden momenteel niet opgevolgd worden en welke niet " +"bijgewerkt zijn, gebruikt u de opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Om de wijzigingen aan een bestand (resolv.conf in het voorbeeld) manueel " +"vast te leggen, omdat u er geen volledig uur meer op kunt wachten, geeft u " +"de opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "De grootte van partities aanpassen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"Behalve de partitie <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> zijn alle andere " +"partities LVM logische gegevensdragers. Sinds versie 2.6.10 van de " +"Linuxkernel, is het mogelijk om partities te vergroten terwijl ze " +"aangekoppeld zijn. Om partities kleiner te kunnen maken, moeten ze nog " +"steeds eerst afgekoppeld worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Het is aan te raden om geen al te grote partities aan te maken (laten we " +"zeggen groter dan 20 GB), omwille van de tijd die dan nodig is om op hen de " +"opdracht <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> uit te voeren of om een " +"veiligheidskopie terug te zetten mocht het ooit nodig blijken. Indien de " +"mogelijkheid bestaat, is het beter meerdere kleinere partities te maken dan " +"één heel erg grote." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Het script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> staat " +"ter beschikking als een hulpmiddel om het u gemakkelijker te maken om volle " +"partities uit te breiden.Het leest de configuratie uit de bestanden " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> " +"en <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> wanneer het " +"opgestart wordt. Het script stelt dan voor om partities met te weinig vrije " +"ruimte uit te breiden overeenkomstig de richtlijnen uit de ingelezen " +"bestanden. Als men het script uitvoert zonder opties, zal het enkel de " +"commando's die nodig zijn om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden, tonen. Het " +"script heeft de optie <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> nodig om die " +"commando's ook effectief uit te voeren en de bestandssystemen uit te breiden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Op elke clientcomputer die opgenomen is in de netgroep " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>, wordt het script ieder " +"uur automatisch uitgevoerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Als de grootte van de partitie die gebruikt wordt door de Squid-proxy, " +"aangepast wordt, moet ook de waarde aangepast worden van de cachegrootte in " +"het bestand <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput>. Het " +"hulpmiddel dat deze taak automatisch kan uitvoeren is het script " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" +"computeroutput>. Het gaat de actuele grootte na van de " +"partitie<computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> en stelt Squid in " +"om 80% van die ruimte voor zijn cache te gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Het beheer van logische gegevensdragers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem van 'Logical Volume Management' (LVM) laat toe om de grootte van " +"partities aan te passen terwijl ze aangekoppeld en in gebruik zijn. U kunt " +"meer te weten komen over LVM op de webpagina <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Om een logische gegevensdrager manueel groter te maken, moet u gewoon aan de " +"opdracht <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> laten weten welke grootte " +"u wenst. Om bijvoorbeeld de grootte van home0 uit te breiden tot 30 GB " +"gebruikt u de volgende commando's:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Om aan home0 30GiB extra toe te wijzen, voegt u een '+' toe (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Het gebruik van ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is " +"een hulpmiddel om aan de commandoregel met een gewone teksteditor de " +"database van LDAP te bewerken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "U moet de volgende opdracht geven:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> de editor zal gebruiken " +"die op het systeem ingesteld staat als standaardeditor. Door vooraf aan de " +"prompt van de shell de opdracht <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> uit te voeren, configureert men zijn eigen werkomgeving " +"zodanig dat men een kloon van vi als editor kan gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Wees gewaarschuwd: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is een zeer " +"krachtig hulpmiddel. Wees voorzichtig en draag er zorg voor om geen puinhoop " +"te maken van de LDAP-database. Eenzelfde waarschuwing is ook op zijn plaats " +"voor JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS met Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik maken van Kerberos voor NFS om de persoonlijke mappen aan te " +"koppelen is een veiligheidsfunctionaliteit. Zonder Kerberos zullen " +"werkstations en LTSP-clients niet functioneren. De niveaus <emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> en <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> worden " +"ondersteund (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> betekent Kerberos-authenticatie, " +"<emphasis>i</emphasis> staat voor integriteitscontrole en <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> voor privacy, d.w.z. encryptie); de belasting voor zowel server " +"als werkstation neemt toe met het veiligheidsniveau. Kiezen voor " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> is goed en dit werd als standaard ingesteld." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Aanpassen van de standaardinstelling" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hoofdserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "inloggen als systeembeheerder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"het commando <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput> " +"uitvoeren, zoeken naar <emphasis>sec=sys</emphasis> en dit vervangen door " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/exports/edu.exports</computeroutput> " +"bewerken en deze vermeldingen dienovereenkomstig aanpassen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "het commando <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput> uitvoeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Dit hulpmiddel laat toe om een standaardprinter in te stellen, afhankelijk " +"van de locatie, van de computer of van een groepslidmaatschap. Raadpleeg " +"voor meer informatie <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"De beheerder moet in het configuratiebestand <computeroutput>/etc/" +"standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> voorzien. Een voorbeeld kunt u vinden " +"in het bestand <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/" +"standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, een grafische gebruikersinterface voor LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u een grafische gebruikersinterface verkiest om met de database van " +"LDAP te werken, probeer dan eens het pakket <computeroutput>jxplorer</" +"computeroutput> uit, dat standaard geïnstalleerd wordt. Om met " +"schrijfrechten toegang te krijgen, maakt u als volgt de verbinding:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, een hulpmiddel om gebruikers toe te voegen aan de " +"commandoregel" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is een klein " +"hulpmiddeltje om aan de commandoregel gebruikersaccounts aan te maken; het " +"wordt als volgt aangeroepen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Alle argumenten behalve de gebruikersnaam en het GECOS-veld zijn optioneel; " +"dit laatste moet meestal de volledige naam van de gebruiker bevatten. Tenzij " +"anders aangegeven zal het hulpmiddel automatisch de volgende vrije UID en " +"GID kiezen en geen extra groepen aan de gebruiker toewijzen. Als er geen " +"departement wordt opgegeven, wordt het eerste <emphasis>gosaDepartment</" +"emphasis> uit LDAP gekozen, wat waarschijnlijk <emphasis>skole</emphasis> is " +"en voor gewone gebruikers meestal niet is wat u zoekt; dus u moet een " +"geschikte waarde kiezen voor de gebruiker, bijv. <emphasis>Teachers</" +"emphasis> (Leerkrachten) of <emphasis>Students</emphasis> (Studenten). Na " +"het invoeren en het bevestigen van het wachtwoord en het invoeren van het " +"LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord, zal <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput> het gebruikersaccount in LDAP aanmaken, het Kerberos-" +"wachtwoord instellen, de persoonlijke map aanmaken en een overeenkomstige " +"Samba-gebruiker toevoegen. De volgende schermafbeelding toont een voorbeeld " +"van een aanroep om een gebruikersaccount aan te maken met de naam " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> voor een leraar wiens volledige naam " +"\"Harry Hirsch\" is:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Het gebruik van 'stable-updates'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Hoewel u rechtstreeks gebruik kunt maken van stable-updates, is dit niet " +"strikt noodzakelijk. Op gezette tijden, namelijk telkens bij het uitbrengen " +"van een actualisering (een zogenaamde point release) van de stabiele " +"uitgave, wat ruwweg om de twee maanden gebeurt, worden de pakketten uit " +"stable-updates naar de suite van de stabiele uitgave verplaatst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Meer recente programmatuur installeren met backports" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"U gebruikt Debian Edu omdat u de stabiliteit ervan waardeert. Het werkt " +"fantastisch. Er is alleen een klein probleem: soms is bepaalde programmatuur " +"wat meer verouderd dan u het zou wensen. Dat is het punt waarop " +"backports.debian.org in beeld komt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports zijn pakketten uit de testsuite (meestal) of de onstabiele suite " +"(in enkele gevallen, zoals beveiligingsbijwerkingen) van Debian die opnieuw " +"gecompileerd werden, zodat ze ook kunnen werken binnen een stabiele versie " +"van Debian, zoals Debian Edu, en zonder gebruik te maken van nieuwere " +"bibliotheken (in de mate van het mogelijke). <emphasis role=\"strong\">We " +"raden u aan om enkel die paar backports te installeren die echt bij uw " +"behoeften aansluiten en niet alle backports die beschikbaar zijn.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> gebruiken " +"is eenvoudig:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Nadien is het zeer eenvoudig om pakketten uit backports te installeren. Met " +"het volgende commando installeert u de versie van <emphasis>tuxtype</" +"emphasis> uit backports:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Pakketten uit backports worden net als andere pakketten automatisch " +"geüpdatet (als er een update beschikbaar is). Zoals het gewone archief, " +"bestaat ook backports uit vier secties: main, contrib, non-free en non-free-" +"firmware." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Opwaarderen met behulp van een cd of een gelijksoortig image" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u wenst op te waarderen van een versie naar een andere (bijvoorbeeld " +"van Trixie 12.1 naar 12.2), maar geen internettoegang heeft en enkel over " +"fysieke media beschikt, gaat u als volgt te werk:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Plaats de cd / dvd / blu-rayschijf / USB-stick in het station en gebruik het " +"commando apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Het volgende is een citaat uit de man-pagina van apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom wordt gebruikt om een nieuwe cd-schijf toe te voegen aan de lijst " +"van voor APT beschikbare bronnen. apt-cdrom is in staat om zelf uit te maken " +"wat de structuur is van de schijf, het kan ook verschillende soorten " +"problemen ondervangen die met het branden van de schijf verband houden en " +"het zal eveneens de indexbestanden controleren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Het is noodzakelijk om apt-cdrom te gebruiken om nieuwe cd's toe te voegen " +"aan het systeem van APT. Dit kan niet manueel gebeuren. Bij een set van " +"meerdere cd's moet u tevens iedere cd afzonderlijk in het station plaatsen " +"en hem laten controleren om met mogelijke fouten bij het branden rekening te " +"kunnen houden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "" +"Geef vervolgens de volgende twee opdrachten om het systeem op te waarderen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Het automatisch opruimen van processen die niet meer in gebruik zijn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is een perl-script dat " +"achtergrondtaken opruimt. Achtergrondtaken zijn processen die toebehoren aan " +"gebruikers die op dat moment niet aangemeld zijn op de machine. Het script " +"wordt ieder uur vanuit een cron-opdracht uitgevoerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Beveiligingsbijwerkingen automatisch installeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is een pakket in Debian " +"dat beveiligings- (en andere) bijwerkingen automatisch installeert. Indien " +"het pakket geïnstalleerd wordt, is het vooraf geconfigureerd om " +"beveiligingsbijwerkingen te installeren. De logbestanden zijn te vinden in " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>. En er is " +"natuurlijk ook nog altijd <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> " +"en <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Machines 's nachts automatisch uitzetten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"U kunt energie en geld besparen door clientmachines 's avonds uit te zetten " +"en 's ochtends terug op te starten. Vanaf 16.00 uur in de namiddag zal het " +"pakket <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> elk uur op het uur " +"proberen om de machine uit te zetten. Maar het zal dat niet doen als blijkt " +"dat de machine nog in gebruik is. Het zal trachten aan het BIOS de opdracht " +"te geven om de machine rond 7.00 uur 's ochtends terug op te starten, en de " +"hoofdserver zal vanaf 06.30 uur proberen om machines op te starten door hen " +"wake-on-LAN-pakketten te sturen. Deze tijdstippen kunnen aangepast worden " +"door de crontabs van de individuele machines te wijzigen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Als u zoiets opzet, moet u met enkele zaken rekening houden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Het mag niet gebeuren dat clients uitgezet worden als er iemand op aan het " +"werken is. Om dit te kunnen garanderen moet de uitvoer van het commando " +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> nagekeken worden, en als een bijzonder " +"geval moet u controleren op het SSH-verbindingscommando als met X2Go thin-" +"clients gewerkt wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Om te vermijden dat de zekeringen van de elektriciteit zouden smelten, doet " +"u er goed aan om er voor te zorgen dat niet alle clients gelijktijdig " +"opstarten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Er staan u twee manieren ter beschikking om clients te activeren. De ene " +"manier gebruikt een functie van het BIOS en een vereiste hiervoor is dat de " +"klok van het apparaat correct werkt en dat het moederbord en de BIOS-versie " +"ondersteund worden door <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>. De " +"andere methode vereist dat de clients wake-on-LAN ondersteunen en dat de " +"server op de hoogte is van welke clients via deze methode aangezet moeten " +"worden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Het systeem opzetten om computers 's nachts uit te schakelen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Ofwel geeft u de opdracht <computeroutput>touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/" +"shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> op de clients die 's nachts uitgezet " +"moeten worden, ofwel voegt u de naam van de computer (dat is de uitvoer van " +"het commando <computeroutput>'uname -n'</computeroutput> op de client) toe " +"aan de netgroep 'shutdown-at-night-hosts'. Computers toevoegen aan die " +"netgroep in LDAP doet u met het webhulpmiddel <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Het kan nodig zijn om bij de clients in het BIOS de " +"functionaliteit wake-on-LAN te configureren. Het is ook belangrijk dat de " +"switches en routers die tussen de wake-on-LAN-server en de clients geplaatst " +"staan, de WOL-pakketten op een correcte manier aan de clients doorgeven, ook " +"al zijn de clients uitgeschakeld. Sommige switches kunnen geen pakketten " +"doorgeven aan clients die ontbreken in de ARP-tabel van de switch, hetgeen " +"een blokkade opwerpt voor de WOL-pakketten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Om op de server wake-on-LAN in te stellen, voegt u de clients toe aan de " +"lijst <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>. U " +"gebruikt voor elke client een aparte regel in het bestand. Op die regel komt " +"eerst het IP-adres en dan het MAC-adres (ethernet-adres), van elkaar " +"gescheiden door een spatie. U kunt ook het script <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> aanmaken om de lijst " +"van clients op het moment zelf te laten genereren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Hier is een voorbeeld van het script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/" +"clients-generator</computeroutput> dat gebruik maakt van sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Indien de netgroep gebruikt wordt om shutdown-at-night op de clients te " +"activeren, vormt het volgende script een alternatief. Het maakt gebruik van " +"het netgroephulpmiddel uit het pakket <computeroutput>ng-utils</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "" +"Toegang krijgen tot servers van Debian Edu die zich achter een firewall " +"bevinden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Om vanaf het internet toegang te krijgen tot machines die zich achter een " +"firewall bevinden, kunt u het pakket <computeroutput>autossh</" +"computeroutput> installeren. Het kan gebruikt worden om een SSH-tunnel aan " +"te leggen naar een machine op het internet waar u toegang toe heeft. Vanaf " +"die machine kunt u dan over de SSH-tunnel toegang krijgen tot de server " +"achter de firewall." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "Bijkomende servermachines installeren om de hoofdserver te ontlasten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Volgens de standaardopstelling draaien alle diensten op de hoofdserver met " +"als computernaam <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Om het overplaatsen van " +"sommige van die diensten naar een andere machine te vergemakkelijken, kunt u " +"gebruik maken van het installatieprofiel <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. Een " +"installatie uitvoeren met dit profiel geeft als resultaat een machine die " +"wel deel uitmaakt van het netwerk van Debian Edu, maar waarop (dan) nog geen " +"enkele service draait." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"De volgende bewerkingen moet u uitvoeren om een machine te installeren die " +"tot taak heeft sommige diensten te leveren:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"kies tijdens de installatie voor het profiel <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "installeer de pakketten die nodig zijn voor de dienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configureer de dienst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "schakel op de hoofdserver die dienst uit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "werk (via LDAP/GOsa²) DNS op de hoofdserver bij" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "HowTo's van wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Howto over systeembeheer voor gevorderden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" +"In dit hoofdstuk behandelen we een aantal taken van systeembeheer voor " +"gevorderden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer op maat met GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Gebruikersgroepen per jaartal aanmaken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"In dit voorbeeld willen we gebruikersgroepen maken per jaartal met met de " +"groep gedeelde persoonlijke mappen (home0/2026, home0/2028, enz.). We willen " +"de gebruikers aanmaken via het importeren van een csv-bestand." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(als systeembeheerder op de hoofdserver) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Maak de benodigde jaartalmappen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(als eerste gebruiker in Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Afdeling" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Kies in het hoofdmenu 'Directory structure' (Registerstructuur) en klik de " +"afdeling 'Students' (Studenten) aan. In het veld 'Base' (Basis) hoort '/" +"Students' (Studenten) te staan. In het uitklapkader 'Actions' (Acties) kiest " +"u 'Create'/'Department' (Aanmaken/Afdeling). Geef waarden in voor de velden " +"Name (Naam) (2026) en Description (Beschrijving) (studenten die in 2026 " +"afstuderen), laat het veld Base (Basis) ongewijzigd (daar zou '/Students' " +"(Studenten) moeten staan). Bewaar door op 'Ok' te klikken. Nu zou de nieuwe " +"afdeling (2026) zichtbaar moeten zijn onder /Students. Klik er op." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Groep" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Kies in het hoofdmenu 'Groups' (Groepen) en kies vervolgens 'Actions'/Create/" +"Group (Acties/Groep aanmaken). Voer een naam in voor de groep (laat 'Base' " +"zoals het is, zou moeten zijn /Students/2026) en klik op 'Ok' om te bewaren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Sjabloon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Kies 'users' (gebruikers) in het hoofdmenu. Ga nu in het veld Base naar " +"'Students'. Nu zou een item <computeroutput>'NewStudent'</computeroutput> " +"(NieuweStudent) zichtbaar moeten worden. Klik het aan. Dit is het sjabloon " +"voor 'studenten', geen echte gebruiker. U zult aan de hand van dit voorbeeld " +"een gelijkaardig sjabloon moeten aanmaken (om de gegevens in uw " +"registerstructuur te kunnen importeren via een csv-bestand). Noteer daarom " +"alle items die u ziet staan in de tabbladen Generic en POSIX of maak er een " +"schermafdruk van om de informatie voor het nieuwe sjabloon bij de hand te " +"hebben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Schakel nu in het Base-veld om naar /Students/2026. Kies Create/Template " +"(Aanmaken/Sjabloon) en begin met het ingeven van de gewenste waarden, eerst " +"voor het tabblad Generic (Algemeen) (voeg ook uw nieuwe groep 2026 toe aan " +"het veld Group Membership (Groepslidmaatschap) en voeg nadien het POSIX-" +"account toe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Gebruikers importeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Kies uw nieuw sjabloon bij het uitvoeren van de gegevensimport vanuit uw csv-" +"bestand. Eerst een test doen met enkele gebruikers wordt aangeraden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Ander maatwerk in verband met gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Mappen aanmaken in de persoonlijke map van alle gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Met het volgende script kan de systeembeheerder een map aanmaken in de " +"persoonlijke map van elke gebruiker en instellen wie de eigenaar ervan is en " +"welke toegangsrechten gelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"In het onderstaande voorbeeld wordt in de persoonlijke map een map 'taken' " +"aangemaakt, met leerkrachten als groepseigenaar en met 2770 als " +"toegangsrechten. Een student kan dan zijn taak inleveren door zijn bestand " +"te bewaren in deze map en leerkrachten kunnen in die taak hun commentaar " +"toevoegen omdat ze schrijfrechten hebben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Een aparte server voor het opslaan van bestanden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Volg dit stappenplan om een server op te zetten, bedoeld voor het opslaan " +"van de persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers en van wellicht nog andere " +"gegevensbestanden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Voeg met behulp van GOsa² een nieuw systeem van het type " +"<computeroutput>server</computeroutput> toe, zoals geschetst werd in het " +"hoofdstuk <emphasis role=\"strong\">Aan de slag</emphasis> van deze " +"handleiding." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"In dit voorbeeld gebruiken we 'nas-server.intern' als naam voor de server. " +"Eens 'nas-server.intern' geconfigureerd werd, moet u controleren of de " +"exportpunten van NFS op de nieuwe opslagserver geëxporteerd worden naar de " +"betrokken subnetten en machines:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Hier heeft iedere machine op het hoofdnetwerk toegang tot het exportpunt /" +"storage. (Men kan het recht op toegang tot NFS-exports ook beperken tot die " +"machines die lid zijn van de groep netgroup of tot individuele adressen, " +"zoals gebeurt in het bestand tjener:/etc/exports )." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Voeg in LDAP met betrekking tot 'nas-server.intern' automount-informatie toe " +"om toe te laten dat alle clients op hun verzoek automatisch het nieuwe " +"export-punt kunnen aankoppelen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Dit kunt u niet doen met behulp van GOsa², aangezien een module voor " +"automount er in ontbreekt. U moet in de plaats ldapvi gebruiken en de " +"vereiste LDAP-objecten aanmaken met behulp van die tekstbewerker." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Van zodra de editor actief is, voegt u de volgende LDAP-objecten toe aan het " +"einde van het document. (Het \"/&\"-gedeelte in het laatste LDAP-object " +"is een jokerteken dat staat voor alle exports van 'nas-server.intern'. " +"Hierdoor vervalt de noodzaak om elk individueel aankoppelpunt op te lijsten " +"in LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Voeg de relevante gegevens toe in het bestand tjener.intern:/etc/fstab. Dit " +"is nodig omdat tjener.intern geen gebruik maakt van automount om de kans op " +"het ontstaan van eindeloze lussen van aankoppelingen te vermijden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Maak de aankoppelingsmappen aan met behulp van het commando " +"<computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput>, voer de overeenkomstige aanpassingen " +"in '/etc/fstab' door en geef de opdracht <computeroutput>mount -a</" +"computeroutput> om de nieuwe bronnen aan te koppelen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers zouden nu in staat moeten zijn om rechtstreeks toegang te hebben " +"tot de bestanden op 'nas-server.intern' door gewoon naar de map '/tjener/nas-" +"server/storage/' te gaan met behulp van om het even welke toepassing op elk " +"werkstation of elke LTSP thin-client of LTSP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "De mogelijkheid inperken om zich via SSH aan te melden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Er bestaan verschillende mogelijkheden om toegang via SSH in te perken. " +"Sommige ervan worden hier opgesomd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Bij een opstelling zonder LTSP-clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Indien er geen gebruik gemaakt wordt van LTSP-clients, bestaat een " +"eenvoudige oplossing erin een nieuwe groep aan te maken (bijvoorbeeld " +"<computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput>) en een regel toe te voegen " +"in het bestand /etc/ssh/sshd_config op de computer. Enkel leden van de groep " +"<computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput> zullen dan de toelating " +"hebben om zich van om het even waar via ssh op de computer aan te melden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Een dergelijke situatie beheren met GOsa² is heel eenvoudig:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Maak een groep <computeroutput>sshgebruikers</computeroutput> aan in het " +"basisniveau (waar al andere groepen die te maken hebben met systeembeheer, " +"zoals <computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> te vinden zijn)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers toevoegen aan de nieuwe groep <computeroutput>sshgebruikers</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Voeg de regel <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> toe in " +"het bestand /etc/ssh/sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Geef de opdracht <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Bij een opstelling met LTSP-clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Bij een standaardinstelling van LTSP gebruiken schijfloze clients geen SSH-" +"verbindingen. Na het wijzigen van de SSH-instellingen volstaat het bijwerken " +"van het SquashFS-image op de betrokken LTSP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"X2Go thin-clients gebruiken SSH-verbindingen met de betrokken LTSP-server. " +"Daarom is hier een andere benadering die gebruik maakt van PAM, nodig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" +"Activeer pam_access.so in het bestand /etc/pam.d/sshd van de LTSP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Stel /etc/security/access.conf in om toestemming te geven aan (bijvoorbeeld) " +"gebruikers alice, jane, bob en john om van overal een verbinding via ssh te " +"maken en aan alle andere gebruikers enkel vanuit de interne netwerken. Dit " +"doet u door de volgende regels toe te voegen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Indien enkel voorbehouden LTSP-servers gebruikt worden, kunt u het netwerk " +"10.0.0.0/8 weglaten om de mogelijkheid uit te schakelen dat men zich intern " +"via SSH aanmeldt. Noteer dat iemand die zijn computer aankoppelt op een " +"gereserveerd netwerk van LTSP-clients meteen ook toegang heeft tot de LTSP-" +"server via SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Een noot over meer complexe opstellingen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Indien er X2Go-clients aangekoppeld zouden zijn op het hoofdnetwerk " +"10.0.0.0/8 zouden de zaken zelfs nog gecompliceerder worden. Wellicht is het " +"dan enkel mogelijk om te verhinderen dat men zich intern via SSH aanmeldt " +"door gebruik te maken van een gesofisticeerde DHCP-configuratie (in LDAP), " +"waarbij de zogenaamde 'vendor-class-identifier' gecontroleerd wordt, in " +"combinatie met een passende PAM-configuratie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "HowTo's in verband met de grafische werkomgeving" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Een grafische werkomgeving instellen voor meerdere talen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" +"Om meerdere talen te ondersteunen moeten de volgende stappen gezet worden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Voer (als systeembeheerder) het commando <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"locales</computeroutput> uit en kies de gewenste talen (de UTF-8-varianten)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Voer als systeembeheerder de volgende commando's uit om de betrokken " +"pakketten te installeren:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers kunnen dan via de beeldschermbeheerder LightDM hun taal kiezen " +"vooraleer ze zich aanmelden. Dit geldt voor Xfce, LXDE en LXQt. GNOME en KDE " +"hanteren allebei hun eigen interne hulpmiddelen voor het configureren van " +"taal en regio en u moet deze gebruiken bij deze grafische werkomgevingen. " +"MATE gebruikt bovenop Lightdm het aanmeldvenster Arctica, zonder de " +"mogelijkheid om een taal te kiezen. Voer het commando <computeroutput>apt " +"purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> uit om het standaardaanmeldvenster " +"van LightDM te krijgen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Dvd's afspelen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss heeft u nodig om de meeste commerciële dvd's te kunnen afspelen. " +"Om redenen van wettelijke aard zit het niet in Debian (Edu). Indien u het " +"rechtsgeldig mag gebruiken, kunt u lokaal uw eigen pakketten bouwen met " +"behulp van het Debian pakket <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>. " +"Zorg ervoor dat u de pakketbron <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"geactiveerd heeft in het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Beantwoord de vragen van debconf en voer dan het commando " +"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> uit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Tekensets met lettertekens in handschrift" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (dat standaard " +"geïnstalleerd wordt) installeert de tekenset 'Abecedario'. Deze tekenset met " +"lettertekens in handschrift vinden kinderen leuk. De tekenset bevat " +"verschillende varianten om met kinderen te gebruiken: gestippeld of met " +"lijnen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "HowTo's voor netwerkclients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Een inleiding in thin clients en schijfloze werkstations" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Een algemene term voor zowel thin-clients als schijfloze werkstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP-client</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Sinds Bullseye verschilt LTSP aanzienlijk van de vorige versies. Dit betreft " +"zowel installatie als onderhoud." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Een belangrijk verschil is dat het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze " +"werkstations nu standaard gegenereerd wordt vanuit het bestandssysteem van " +"de LTSP-server. Op een gecombineerde server gebeurt dit bij de eerste " +"opstart en dit kan enige tijd in beslag nemen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Thin clients maken niet langer deel uit van LTSP. Debian Edu maakt gebruik " +"van X2Go om nog steeds het gebruik van thin clients te kunnen ondersteunen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"In het geval van een aparte of aanvullende LTSP-server is de vereiste " +"informatie voor het opzetten van de LTSP-clientomgeving niet volledig op het " +"ogenblik van de installatie. Het instellen kan worden uitgevoerd zodra het " +"systeem is toegevoegd met GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Raadpleeg voor informatie over LTSP in het algemeen de <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepagina</ulink>. Op systemen met het profiel " +"<emphasis>LTSP-server</emphasis> geeft <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> meer informatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat het hulpmiddel <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> van LTSP zorgvuldig " +"moet gebruikt worden. Het commando <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> zou er bijvoorbeeld niet in slagen het SquashFS-image te " +"genereren in het geval van Debian machines (deze hebben standaard een " +"aparte /boot-partitie), het commando <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> zou er niet in slagen het iPXE-menu correct te genereren " +"(wegens de ondersteuning van Debian Edu voor thin clients) en " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> zou het opstarten van LTSP-" +"clients volledig verknoeien." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> is een script " +"dat de commando's <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp kernel</computeroutput> en <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> bundelt. Het wordt gebruikt om ondersteuning voor schijfloze " +"werkstations en thin clients in te stellen en te configureren(zowel 64-bits " +"als 32-bits pc's). Zie <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> of de inhoud van het script om te zien hoe het werkt. Alle " +"configuratie zit vervat in het script zelf (via zogenaamde HERE documenten) " +"om locatiespecifieke aanpassingen te vergemakkelijken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Voorbeelden van hoe u het bundel-script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis> kunt gebruiken:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> werkt het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations bij " +"(bestandssysteem van de server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creëert ondersteuning voor schijfloze " +"werkstations en voor 64-bits thin clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creëert ook nog ondersteuning voor 32-bits thin clients " +"(chroot en SquashFS-image)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Behalve <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (kleinste thin client-systeem) zijn ook " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> en <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> mogelijke " +"opties. Het type <emphasis>display</emphasis> biedt een afsluitknop, het " +"type <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> voert Firefox ESR uit in zogenaamde kiosk " +"modus op de client zelf (meer lokaal RAM en CPU-vermogen zijn nodig, maar er " +"is een geringere belasting van de server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> is " +"een bundel-script voor <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Het zorgt " +"ervoor dat het bestand /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe specifiek is voor Debian " +"Edu. De opdracht moet worden uitgevoerd nadat items in verband met iPXE " +"(zoals menu-wachttijd of standaard opstartinstellingen) in de sectie " +"[server] van /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf zijn gewijzigd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " +"is een bundel-script voor <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Het " +"zorgt ervoor dat een initrd gegenereerd wordt dat specifiek is voor dit " +"toepassingsgebied (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) en dat dan verplaatst wordt naar " +"de map die voor dat toepassingsgebied bedoeld is. Het commando moet worden " +"uitgevoerd nadat de sectie [clients] in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf werd gewijzigd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Het hulpmiddel <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"is een vervanging voor het hulpmiddel <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> dat " +"met LTSP5 geleverd wordt. Het wordt gebruikt om commando's uit te voeren in " +"een gespecificeerde LTSP-chroot (zoals bijv. installeren, opwaarderen en " +"verwijderen van pakketten)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Schijfloos werkstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Een schijfloos werkstation voert alle programmatuur lokaal uit. De " +"clientmachine start rechtstreeks op vanaf de LTSP-server zonder gebruik te " +"maken van een lokale harde schijf. Programmatuur wordt beheerd en " +"onderhouden op de LTSP-server, maar wordt op het schijfloos werkstation " +"uitgevoerd. Persoonlijke mappen en systeeminstellingen worden eveneens op de " +"server opgeslagen. Het systeem van schijfloze werkstations is een " +"uitstekende manier om oudere (maar nog krachtige) hardware te (her)gebruiken " +"tegen een even lage onderhoudskost als het geval is bij thin clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"In tegenstelling tot werkstations functioneren schijfloze werkstations " +"zonder dat men ze dient toe te voegen met GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin-client</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Een thin-clientinstallatie stelt een gewone PC in staat om te functioneren " +"als een (X-)terminal, waarbij alle programmatuur op de LTSP-server " +"uitgevoerd wordt. Het betekent dat een dergelijke machine opstart via PXE " +"zonder gebruik te maken van een lokale harde schijf op de client en dat de " +"LTSP-server een krachtige computer moet zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu ondersteunt nog steeds het gebruik van thin clients om het " +"gebruik van zeer oude hardware mogelijk te maken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Aangezien Thin clients X2Go gebruiken, moeten gebruikers beeldsamenstelling " +"uitschakelen om weergave-artefacten te voorkomen. In het standaardgeval " +"(Xfce grafische werkomgeving): Instellingen -> Vensterbeheerder " +"bijstellen -> Beeldsamensteller." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Fabrieksprogrammatuur voor LTSP-clients</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"Het opstarten van de LTSP-client zal niet lukken als de netwerkkaart van de " +"client niet-vrije fabrieksprogrammatuur vereist. Een PXE-installatie kan " +"gebruikt worden om problemen op te sporen bij het opstarten van een machine " +"over het netwerk. Indien het installatiesysteem van Debian klaagt over het " +"feit dat bestand XXX.bin ontbreekt, betekent dit dat niet-vrije " +"fabrieksprogrammatuur toegevoegd moet worden aan het initrd van de LTSP-" +"server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Ga als volgt te werk op de LTSP-server:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" +"Verzamel eerst informatie over firmware-pakketten; geef daarvoor de volgende " +"opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Bepaal welk pakket moet geïnstalleerd worden voor de netwerkkaart(en). " +"Hoogstwaarschijnlijk zal dit firmware-linux zijn. Geef daarvoor de opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Werk het SquashFS-image voor schijfloze werkstations bij; geef daarvoor de " +"volgende opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" +"In het geval er X2Go thin-clients gebruikt worden, geeft u de opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "en ga te werk volgens de gebruikersinformatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Werk daarna het SquashFS-image bij; bijvoorbeeld, voor de chroot /srv/ltsp/" +"x2go-bare-amd64 gebruikt u het commando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "De keuze van het type LTSP-client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Elke LTSP-server heeft twee netwerkkaarten. Een ervan is geconfigureerd " +"binnen het hoofdsubnet 10.0.0.0/8 (dat met de hoofdserver gedeeld wordt). De " +"andere netwerkkaart geeft vorm aan een lokaal subnet (een apart subnet voor " +"elke LTSP-server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"In beide gevallen kan men in het iPXE-menu <emphasis>schijfloos werkstation</" +"emphasis> of <emphasis>thin client</emphasis> kiezen. Na 5 seconden wachten " +"zal de machine opstarten als schijfloos werkstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Het standaard opstartmenu-item en de standaard wachttijd kunnen beide worden " +"geconfigureerd in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. Een " +"waarde van <emphasis>-1</emphasis> voor de wachttijd wordt gebruikt om het " +"menu te verbergen. Voer het commando <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> uit om de wijzigingen door te voeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Gebruik een verschillend LTSP clientnetwerk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"Het standaard LTSP clientnetwerk is 192.168.0.0/24 als een computer " +"geïnstalleerd wordt met behulp van het profiel LTSP-server. Indien er zeer " +"veel LTSP-clients in gebruik zijn of indien verschillende LTSP-servers " +"tegelijk een chroot-omgeving voor i386 en voor amd64 moeten aanbieden, kan " +"ook het tweede vooraf ingestelde netwerk 192.168.1.0/24 gebruikt worden. " +"Bewerk het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> " +"en pas de instellingen voor eth1 in die zin aan. Gebruik " +"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> of om het even welke andere editor " +"voor LDAP om de instellingen voor DNS en DHCP na te kijken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Voeg een LTSP-chroot toe om 32-bits client-PC's te ondersteunen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Om de chroot en het SquashFS-image te creëren geeft u de opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Zie <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> voor " +"details over thin-clienttypes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "De configuratie van een LTSP-client" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Geef de opdracht <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> om een zicht " +"te krijgen op de beschikbare configuratieopties. U kunt deze ook online " +"raadplegen: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Voeg configuratie-items toe aan de sectie [clients] van /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. " +"Om de veranderingen door te voeren geeft u de opdracht:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Geluid op LTSP-clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"LTSP thin-clients doen beroep op genetwerkte audio om audio van de server te " +"laten doorgeven aan de clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "Schijfloze werkstations onder LTSP verwerken audio lokaal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Toegang krijgen tot USB-sticks en cd's/dvd's" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Indien gebruikers een USB-stick of een dvd/cd plaatsen in een schijfloos " +"werkstation, verschijnt een overeenkomstig pictogram op het bureaublad, " +"waardoor toegang tot de inhoud mogelijk is zoals op een werkstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer gebruikers een USB-stick in een X2Go thin client van het type bare " +"(standaardinstallatie gecombineerde server) plaatsen, wordt het medium " +"aangekoppeld zodra op het bestaande mappictogram op het Xfce-bureaublad " +"wordt gedubbelklikt. Afhankelijk van de media-inhoud kan het enige tijd " +"duren voordat de inhoud verschijnt in bestandsbeheer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Een waarschuwing in verband met verwijderbare media en LTSP-servers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer USB-sticks en andere verwijderbare media in een LTSP-server worden " +"geplaatst, wordt het bijbehorende mappictogram weergegeven op de desktops " +"van LTSP-thin clients. Externe gebruikers hebben toegang tot de bestanden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Printers gebruiken die met LTSP-clients verbonden zijn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Koppel de printer aan de LTSP-clientcomputer (zowel USB- als parallelle " +"poort worden ondersteund)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configureer de LTSP-client met GOsa² om een vast IP-adres te gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configureer de printer via de webinterface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver. Selecteer netwerkprinter, " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (voor alle " +"printers ongeacht merk of model) en stel <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " +"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> in als de URI van de verbinding." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "De PXE-instellingen wijzigen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE staat voor Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu gebruikt nu de " +"implementatie <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> voor een " +"eenvoudigere LTSP-integratie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Het PXE-menu configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"Het item in het iPXE-menu betreffende systeeminstallaties wordt gegenereerd " +"met behulp van het script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>. Het is mogelijk om bepaalde instellingen ervan te " +"overschrijven door een bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> aan te maken met vervangende waarden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "De PXE-installatie configureren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"De PXE-installatie zal de instellingen voor taal, toetsenbordindeling en " +"spiegelserver overnemen uit de bij het installeren van de hoofdserver " +"meegegeven instellingen. De overige vragen (over profiel, deelname aan het " +"meten van de populariteit van programmatuur, schijfindeling en " +"beheerderswachtwoord) zullen in de loop van de installatie wel gesteld " +"worden. Om deze vragen te voorkomen, kunt u het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> aanpassen, zodat het " +"de door u vooraf gekozen antwoorden kan doorgeven aan de overeenkomstige " +"waarden van debconf. Enkele voorbeelden van beschikbare waarden voor debconf " +"kunt u vinden in de commentaarregels van het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Zodra u " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> gebruikt om de " +"installatie-omgeving voor PXE opnieuw aan te maken, zullen uw wijzigingen " +"echter verloren gaan. Om waarden voor debconf te laten toevoegen aan het " +"bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> tijdens dit proces van opnieuw aanmaken van de installatie-" +"omgeving voor PXE met <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>, moet u een bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> creëren met daarin de door u " +"gewenste bijkomende waarden voor debconf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"U vindt bijkomende informatie over het aanpassen van PXE-installaties in het " +"hoofdstuk <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installatie</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Een eigen pakketbron gebruiken bij PXE-installaties" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Voeg u aan het bestand <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> iets toe in de zin van het voorbeeld " +"hieronder om ook een eigen pakketbron te kunnen gebruiken:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"en geef dan eenmaal de opdracht <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen aanpassen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket debian-edu-config bevat een hulpmiddel waarmee u het netwerk " +"10.0.0.0/8 in iets anders kunt wijzigen. Kijk eens naar <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Het is bedoeld " +"om vlak na de installatie van de hoofdserver gebruikt te worden met het oog " +"op het aanpassen van LDAP en van de andere bestanden die bijgewerkt moeten " +"worden om het subnet te wijzigen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Weet dat kiezen voor een van de subnets die reeds elders in Debian Edu " +"gebruikt worden, niet zal werken. 192.168.1.0/24 en 192.168.1.0/24 staan " +"reeds ingesteld als netwerken voor de LTSP clients. Omschakelen naar deze " +"subnetwerken maakt het manueel bewerken van configuratiebestanden om er de " +"items uit te halen die er tweemaal in voorkomen, onvermijdelijk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Er bestaat geen gemakkelijke manier om de DNS-domeinnaam te wijzigen. Het " +"toch doen maakt het aanpassen van de structuur van LDAP en van meerdere " +"bestanden in het bestandssysteem van de hoofdserver noodzakelijk. Er bestaat " +"ook geen eenvoudige manier om de computernaam en de DNS-naam van de " +"hoofdserver (tjener.intern) te veranderen. Ook hiervoor zouden veranderingen " +"nodig zijn in LDAP, in bestanden op de hoofdserver en in het bestandssysteem " +"van de client. En in de beide gevallen zouden ook de instellingen van " +"Kerberos veranderd moeten worden. Standaard worden machines/clients op het " +"Debian Edu-netwerk mogelijk wel toegelaten, maar niet als systemen " +"geregistreerd in GOsa². Als het nodig is om alleen geregistreerde clients " +"toe te laten, gebruik dan de optie HTTP_HOST in de RewriteRule van de " +"Apache2-configuratie in plaats van het ongeldige SERVER_ADDRESS (zie deze " +"merge request voor details: <computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-" +"edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Extern Bureaublad (Remote Desktop)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u kiest voor het profiel LTSP-server of het profiel gecombineerde " +"server, worden ook de pakketten <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> en " +"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> geïnstalleerd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp maakt gebruik van het protocol Remote Desktop (bureaublad op een andere " +"computer) om aan de clientcomputer een extern grafisch aanmeldscherm aan te " +"bieden. Dit laat gebruikers van Microsoft Windows toe om zonder het " +"installeren van bijkomende programmatuur toch een verbinding te maken met " +"een LTSP-server waarop het programma xrdp draait. Er wordt dan op de " +"Windowscomputer gewoon een verbinding geactiveerd via 'Extern bureaublad' en " +"de gebruiker kan zich aanmelden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Bijkomend kan xrdp ook een verbinding maken met een VNC-server of een andere " +"RDP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp biedt geen ondersteuning voor geluid; om de vereiste modules te " +"compileren (of opnieuw te compileren) kan dit script gebruikt worden. Merk " +"op dat root of een lid van de sudo-groep het script moet uitvoeren. Ook " +"moet /etc/apt/sources.list een geldige deb-src-regel bevatten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go maakt het mogelijk om vanaf een pc met Linux, Windows of macOS over een " +"verbinding met lage of hoge bandbreedte toegang te hebben tot een grafische " +"werkomgeving op de LTSP-server. Daarvoor is op de client-computer extra " +"software vereist. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende informatie de <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">wiki van " +"X2Go</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat u best het pakket <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> " +"verwijdert van de LTSP-server als u X2Go gebruikt. Zie <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Beschikbare clients voor verbinding met een extern bureaublad" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> wordt standaard geïnstalleerd " +"en ondersteunt zowel RDP als VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - de eenvoudigste manier om een koppeling te maken met een Windows " +"terminalserver. Een pakket met een alternatieve client is " +"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Een VNC-client (Virtual Network Computer) geeft vanop afstand toegang tot " +"Skolelinux. Een pakket met een alternatieve client is " +"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is een grafische client voor het " +"X2Go-systeem (niet standaard geïnstalleerd). U kunt dit programma gebruiken " +"om een verbinding te maken met een actieve sessie of om een nieuwe sessie te " +"starten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Draadloze clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"De server <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> kan worden gebruikt om veilige " +"netwerkverbindingen tot stand te brengen. Om dit te laten werken moet u de " +"pakketten <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> en <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> " +"installeren op de hoofdserver en het commando <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> uitvoeren " +"om een basale locatiespecifieke configuratie te genereren. Op deze manier " +"worden zowel de EAP-TTLS/PAP als de PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methode ingeschakeld. Alle " +"configuratie zit vervat in het script zelf om site-specifieke aanpassingen " +"te vergemakkelijken. Raadpleeg de <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/" +"\">homepagina van freeRADIUS</ulink> voor details." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Extra configuratie is nodig om" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"toegangspunten in/uit te schakelen via een <emphasis>shared secret</" +"emphasis> (gedeeld geheim) (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"draadloze toegang toe te staan/te weigeren met behulp van LDAP-groepen (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"toegangspunten samen te voegen in speciale groepen (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Apparaten van eindgebruikers moeten correct worden geconfigureerd, deze " +"apparaten moeten met een pincode zijn beveiligd voor het gebruik van EAP " +"(802.1x)-methoden. Gebruikers moeten ook worden opgeleid om het freeradius " +"CA-certificaat op hun apparaten te installeren om er zeker van te zijn dat " +"ze verbinding maken met de juiste server. Op deze manier kan het wachtwoord " +"niet worden achterhaald in het geval van een kwaadwillende server. Het " +"locatiespecifieke certificaat is beschikbaar op het interne netwerk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (voor apparaten van " +"eindgebruikers met Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Houd er rekening mee dat het configureren van apparaten voor eindgebruikers " +"een echte uitdaging zal zijn vanwege de verscheidenheid aan apparaten. Voor " +"Windows-apparaten kan een installatiescript worden gemaakt, voor Apple-" +"apparaten een mobileconfig-bestand. In beide gevallen kan het freeRADIUS CA-" +"certificaat worden geïntegreerd, maar er zijn OS-specifieke gereedschappen " +"nodig om de scripts te maken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Een Windows-machine machtiging verlenen aan de hand van Debian Edu-" +"identificatiegegevens met behulp van de LDAP-plug-in pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "De gebruiker pGina toevoegen in Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Om pGina (of een andere auth-service-applicatie van derden) te kunnen " +"gebruiken, moet u een speciaal gebruikersaccount hebben dat wordt gebruikt " +"bij het zoeken in LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Voeg een bijzondere gebruiker, bijv. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> met wachtwoord <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, toe op de <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> website." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "De pGina-afsplitsing installeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Download en installeer pGina 3.9.9.12 zoals gebruikelijke software. Let erop " +"dat de LDAP-plug-in blijft staan in de plug-inmap van pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configuratie van pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Gezien de instellingen van Debian Edu gebruikt de verbinding met LDAP SSL " +"via poort 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Dus de noodzakelijke instellingen in een pGina LDAP-plugin zijn de volgende" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(deze worden opgeslagen in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Hoofdgedeelte van de LDAP-plug-in" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (of iets anders " +"met \"spatie\" als scheidingsteken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (voor de SSL-verbinding)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (selectievakje aanvinken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (selectievakje niet " +"aanvinken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(selectievakje niet aanvinken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" is een gebruiker die zich in LDAP kan authenticeren om te zoeken " +"in Users (gebruikers) bij een inlogsessie)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Search Passwords: pwd.777 (dit is het wachtwoord van \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Het blok Authentication" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Het tabblad Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (selectievakje " +"aanvinken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Het blok Authorization" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (selectievakje aanvinken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(selectievakje niet aanvinken, facultatief)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Pluginselectie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (enkel twee selectievakjes " +"aanvinken)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Pluginvolgorde" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Informatiebronnen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba in Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba is nu geconfigureerd als <emphasis>autonome server</emphasis> met " +"moderne SMB2/SMB3-ondersteuning en met de functie delen van gebruikersmappen " +"ingeschakeld. Zie <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" +"computeroutput> op de hoofdserver. Op deze manier kunnen gebruikers zonder " +"beheerdersrechten gedeelde mappen aanbieden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Voor locatiespecifieke wijzigingen moet u /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site kopiëren naar de map /etc/samba. De instellingen in " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> zullen die in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis> overschrijven." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Persoonlijke mappen zijn standaard alleen-lezen. Dit kan gewijzigd worden in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Samba-wachtwoorden worden opgeslagen met behulp van " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> en worden bijgewerkt voor het " +"geval een wachtwoord wordt gewijzigd met GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Om het Samba-account van een gebruiker tijdelijk uit te schakelen geeft u de " +"opdracht <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <gebruikersnaam></" +"computeroutput>, en met het commando <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> kunt u het terug activeren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Met het commando <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" +"usershares</computeroutput> op de hoofdserver schakelt de functie mappen " +"delen uit voor 'studenten'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Toegang tot bestanden via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Verbindingen met de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker en met extra " +"locatiespecifieke gedeelde mappen (wanneer deze geconfigureerd zijn) zijn " +"mogelijk voor apparaten met Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS of " +"Windows. Bijvoorbeeld, op Android gebaseerde apparaten hebben een " +"bestandsbeheerder met SMB2/SMB3-ondersteuning nodig, ook wel LAN-toegang " +"genoemd. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> of " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander met LAN " +"plug-in</ulink> zouden een goede keuze kunnen zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> " +"of <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<gebruikersnaam></computeroutput> om " +"toegang tot de persoonlijke map te hebben." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "HowTo's in verband met leren en onderrichten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Alle pakketten van Debian die in dit onderdeel vermeld worden, kunt u " +"installeren door (als systeembeheerder) de opdracht <computeroutput>apt " +"install <pakket></computeroutput> te geven." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Onderricht in programmeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is een meta-pakket dat " +"een heleboel programmeerhulpmiddelen vereist. Merk op dat bijna 2 GiB " +"vereist is als dit pakket geïnstalleerd wordt. Raadpleeg voor bijkomende " +"informatie (eventueel om slechts enkele pakketten te installeren) de pagina " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">ontwikkelingspakketten van Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Leerlingen opvolgen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Waarschuwing</emphasis>: zorg ervoor dat u goed " +"geïnformeerd bent over de wettelijke bepalingen in verband met het opvolgen " +"en beperken van de activiteiten van uw computergebruikers in uw rechtsgebied." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Sommige scholen gebruiken controlehulpmiddelen zoals <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> of <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " +"om hun studenten te superviseren. Bekijk ook de <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Homepagina van Epoptes</ulink> en de <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Homepagina van Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "De netwerktoegang voor leerlingen beperken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Sommige scholen maken gebruik van <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> of <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> om de toegang " +"tot het Internet te beperken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "HowTo's voor gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Wachtwoorden wijzigen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Iedere gebruiker zou zijn of haar wachtwoord moeten wijzigen via GOsa². Om " +"dit te doen, moet men een browser gebruiken en naar <computeroutput>https://" +"www/gosa/</computeroutput> gaan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² gebruiken om een wachtwoord te wijzigen garandeert dat de wachtwoorden " +"voor Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) en Samba identiek zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van een wachtwoord met PAM functioneert ook aan de " +"aanmeldingsprompt van GDM, maar dit past enkel het Kerberos-wachtwoord aan, " +"en niet het wachtwoord voor Samba en GOsa² (LDAP). Indien u dus uw " +"wachtwoord wijzigde aan de aanmeldingsprompt, zou u het zeker ook moeten " +"wijzigen via GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Autonome Java-toepassingen uitvoeren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Autonome Java-toepassingen worden automatisch ondersteund door OpenJDK, een " +"omgeving voor het uitvoeren van javatoepassingen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Het gebruik van e-mail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Alle gebruikers kunnen binnen het interne netwerk e-mail versturen en " +"ontvangen. Certificaten worden voorzien om met TLS beveiligde verbindingen " +"mogelijk te maken. Om het gebruik van e-mail buiten het interne netwerk " +"mogelijk te maken, moet de systeembeheerder de mailserver " +"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> configureren overeenkomstig de lokale " +"situatie. Die configuratie bijwerken begint bij de opdracht " +"<computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Elke gebruiker die Thunderbird wenst te gebruiken, moet het op de volgende " +"manier configureren. Voor een gebruiker met de gebruikersnaam jdoe, is het " +"interne e-mailadres <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Start Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Klik op 'Deze stap overslaan en mijn bestaande e-mail gebruken'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Voer uw e-mailadres in" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Voer uw wachtwoord niet in, aangezien het 'single sign on'-systeem van " +"Kerberos gebruikt zal worden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Klik op 'Doorgaan'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Voor IMAP en SMTP moeten de instellingen telkens 'STARTTLS' en 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI' zijn. Pas ze aan als dit niet automatisch gedetecteerd wordt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Klik op 'Klaar'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Meewerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Online meewerken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"In de meeste gevallen fungeert de <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/" +"debian-edu\">mailinglijst voor ontwikkelaars</ulink> als ons belangrijkste " +"communicatiemedium, maar we hebben het kanaal #debian-edu op irc.debian.org " +"en zelfs ook, weliswaar soms, echte vergaderingen waarop we elkaar " +"persoonlijk ontmoeten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Een goede manier om te weten wat er gebeurt op het vlak van de ontwikkeling " +"van Debian Edu, is zich inschrijven voor de <ulink url=\"https://alioth-" +"lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">mailinglijst " +"voor broncodeaanpassingen</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Bugs rapporteren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu gebruikt het <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/" +"\">Bugvolgsysteem</ulink> (Bug Tracking System - BTS) van Debian. Bekijk " +"bestaande bugrapporten en functieverzoeken of maak er nieuwe aan. Rapporteer " +"alle bugs tegen het pakket <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-" +"edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Kijk eens naar <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Hoe Bugs Rapporteren</ulink> " +"voor meer informatie over het rapporteren van bugs in Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Auteurs van documentatie en vertalers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Dit document heeft uw hulp nodig! Eerst en vooral is het op dit moment nog " +"niet af. Terwijl u het leest, zult u merken dat er op verschillende plaatsen " +"in de tekst nog FIXMEs staan. Indien u toevallig (een beetje) kennis mocht " +"hebben over wat daar uitgelegd moet worden, overweeg dan alstublieft om uw " +"kennis met ons te delen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"De broncode van de tekst is een wiki die eenvoudig met behulp van een " +"webbrowser bewerkt kan worden. Ga gewoon naar <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/\"/> en u kunt zomaar " +"beginnen mee te werken. Noot: u heeft wel een gebruikersaccount nodig om de " +"pagina's te bewerken; mogelijk moet u eerst <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">een wiki-gebruikersaccount " +"aanmaken</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Een heel goede andere manier om mee te werken en gebruikers te helpen, is " +"door programmatuur en documentatie te vertalen. Informatie over hoe dit " +"document te vertalen, is te vinden in het hoofdstuk <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">vertalingen</link> van dit boek. Overweeg " +"alstublieft om te helpen bij het vertalen van dit boek!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Ondersteuning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Ondersteuning op vrijwillige basis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "in het Engels" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - mailinglijst voor het " +"bieden van ondersteuning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu op irc.debian.org - Een IRC-kanaal dat hoofdzakelijk gaat over " +"ontwikkeling; verwacht niet om er onmiddellijke ondersteuning te krijgen, al " +"komt het regelmatig voor dat dit toch gebeurt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "in het Noors" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux op irc.debian.org - IRC-kanaal ter ondersteuning van Noorse " +"gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "in het Duits" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - mailinglijst " +"voor het bieden van ondersteuning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de op irc.debian.org - IRC-kanaal ter ondersteuning van Duitse " +"gebruikers" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "in het Frans" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - mailinglijst " +"voor het bieden van ondersteuning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Professionele ondersteuning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van bedrijven die professionele ondersteuning bieden vindt u op " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit in Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit voor Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Veranderingen aan het installatieproces" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian trixie. Voor meer " +"details kunt u terecht bij de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"trixie/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"met inbegrip van informatie over <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</" +"computeroutput>, wat een nieuwe sectie is naast de bekende secties " +"<computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> en <computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Nieuwe grafische vormgeving die gebaseerd is op het <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Ceratopsian#\">thema Ceratopsian</ulink>, " +"de standaard grafische vormgeving voor Debian 13 trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Bijwerkingen van programmatuur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Alles wat nieuw is in Debian 13 trixie, bijvoorbeeld:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux kernel 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Grafische werkomgevingen KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, " +"MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Gereedschapskist voor het onderwijs GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Programma voor muziekcreatie Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Trixie stelt meer 59.000 pakketten ter beschikking, klaar voor " +"installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Meer informatie over Debian 13 Trixie kunt u vinden in de <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notities bij de " +"release</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Documentatie en bijwerkingen van vertalingen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens de installatie is de pagina over de keuze van profielen beschikbaar " +"in 29 talen, waarvan er 22 een volledige vertaling bieden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">handleiding van Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> is vertaald naar het " +"Vereenvoudigd Chinees, het Deens, het Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het " +"Italiaans, het Japans, het Noors (Bokmål), het Braziliaans-Portugees, het " +"Europees Portugees, het Spaans, het Roemeens en het Oekraïens." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Bekende problemen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"kijk op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">de " +"statuspagina van Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Auteursrechten en auteurs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Dit document werd geschreven door de volgende auteurs, bij wie ook de " +"auteursrechten berusten: Holger Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen " +"(2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), " +"Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring " +"(2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo " +"Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner " +"(2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt " +"(2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel " +"(2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer " +"(2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko " +"(2022) en Guido Berhörster (2023). Het document werd uitgegeven onder de " +"licentie GPL2 of een latere versie. Geniet ervan!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Mocht u er inhoud aan toevoegen, <emphasis role=\"strong\">doe dit dan " +"alstublieft enkel voor zover u er zelf de auteur van bent. U dient die " +"inhoud ook onder dezelfde voorwaarden vrij te geven</emphasis>! Voeg hier " +"vervolgens uw naam toe en geef de inhoud vrij onder de licentie 'GPL v2 of " +"enige latere versie'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Vertalingen van dit document" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Er bestaat een <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" +"edu-doc/\">onlineoverzicht van alle verpakte vertalingen</ulink>, dat " +"frequent bijgewerkt wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Hoe dit document vertalen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Gebruik PO-bestanden voor het vertalen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Zoals het geval is voor vele projecten van vrije programmatuur, worden " +"vertalingen van dit document bijgehouden in PO-bestanden. In het bestand " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput> kunt u meer informatie vinden over het " +"vertaalproces." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Online vertalen met behulp van een webbrowser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"De meeste vertaalteams hebben beslist om de vertaling via Weblate te maken. " +"Zie <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/> voor bijkomende informatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Gelieve ons eventuele problemen te rapporteren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Bijlage A - De GNU Algemene Gebruikerslicentie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Handleiding voor Debian Edu 13, codenaam Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > en anderen. Raadpleeg het " +"hoofdstuk over <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Auteursrechten</link> voor de " +"volledige lijst van personen bij wie de auteursrechten berusten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Bijlage B - Functionaliteit in oudere uitgaven" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nieuwe functionaliteit voor Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nieuwe versie van het installatieprogramma van Debian bookworm. Voor meer " +"details kunt u terecht bij de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bookworm/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Nieuwe grafische vormgeving die gebaseerd is op het <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">thema Smaragd</ulink>, de " +"standaard grafische vormgeving voor Debian 12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Alles wat nieuw is in Debian 12 bookworm, bijvoorbeeld:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kernel versie 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Grafische werkomgevingen KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Gereedschapskist voor het onderwijs GCompris versie 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Programma voor muziekcreatie Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm stelt meer 64.000 pakketten ter beschikking, klaar voor " +"installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Meer informatie over Debian 12 Bookworm kunt u vinden in de <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">opmerkingen " +"bij de uitgave</ulink> en in de <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bookworm/installmanual\">installatiehandleiding</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"De <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">handleiding van Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> is vertaald naar het " +"Vereenvoudigd Chinees, het Deens, het Nederlands, het Frans, het Duits, het " +"Italiaans, het Japans, het Noors (Bokmål), het Braziliaans-Portugees, het " +"Europees Portugees, het Spaans, het Roemeens en het Oekraïens." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"kijk op <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">de " +"statuspagina van Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Historische informatie over oudere uitgaven" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "" +"De volgende releases van Debian Edu stammen uit een nog verder verleden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11, codenaam Bullseye, uitgebracht op 14-08-2021." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0, codenaam Buster, uitgebracht op 06-07-2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0, codenaam Stretch, uitgebracht op 17-06-2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, codenaam Jessie, uitgebracht op 02-07-2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, codenaam Wheezy, uitgebracht op 28-09-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 codenaam 'Squeeze', uitgebracht op 03-03-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 codenaam 'Squeeze', uitgebracht op 11-03-2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 codenaam 'Lenny', uitgebracht op 05-10-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 codenaam 'Lenny', uitgebracht op 08-02-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu '3.0r1 Terra', uitgebracht op 05-12-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu '3.0r0 Terra', uitgebracht op 22-07-2007. De release is gebaseerd " +"op Debian 4.0 Etch, uitgebracht op 08-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, uitgebracht op 14-03-2006. De release is gebaseerd op Debian " +"3.1 Sarge, uitgebracht op 06-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu '1.0 Venus', uitgebracht op 20-06-2004. De release is gebaseerd " +"op Debian 3.0 Woody, uitgebracht op 19-07-2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Een volledig en gedetailleerd overzicht van alle oude releases is te vinden " +"in <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C van de handleiding voor Jessie</ulink>. Raadpleeg " +"anders de handleidingen bij de verschillende uitgaven op de pagina met " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">handleidingen</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer \"Uplink\" als uw bovenstrooms netwerk een statisch IP-adres " +#~ "vereist en, als u de bovenstaande suggestie voor interne netwerken hebt " +#~ "gevolgd, \"Onderwijs\"." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data publikacji; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Tłumaczenie:</emphasis> +2016, 2017, 2020, 2021 Stanisław Stefan Krukowski +2019 Wiktor Wandachowicz +2019 Adrian Bystrek +2020, 2021 Michal Biesiada +2021, 2022 WaldiS + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pl.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7255 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Polish (Debian Edu Documentation)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-04-29 15:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: WaldiS <sto@tutanota.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Polish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/bookworm-manual/pl/>\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " +"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.12.1\n" + +# type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "pl" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm Manual" +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Podręcznik Debiana Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Data publikacji:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Podręcznik dla Debiana Edu 12 Nazwa kodowa bookworm" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logo Instalatora Debiana Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) release." +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "To jest podręcznik dla wydania Debian Edu 12 (bookworm)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +#| "Documentation/Bookworm\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Wersja na <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm\"/> jest wersją wiki. Jest ona często aktualizowana." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Zaktualizowane tłumaczenia są dostępne <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "O Debianie Edu i Skolelinuksie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux jest dystrybucją Linuksa opartą na Debianie, która " +"zapewnia środowisko całkowicie skonfigurowanej sieci szkolnej. Implementuje " +"ona podejście klient-serwer. Serwery i klienci są <emphasis>elementami " +"oprogramowania</emphasis>, które oddziałują na siebie nawzajem. Serwery " +"dostarczają informacji wymaganych przez klientów do działania. Kiedy serwer " +"jest zainstalowany na jednej maszynie, a jego klient na innej, same maszyny " +"są określane jako serwer i klient, przez rozszerzenie koncepcji." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Rozdziały opisujące <link linkend=\"Requirements\">wymagania sprzętowe i " +"wymagania sieci komputerowej</link> oraz <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architekturę</link>, zawierają podstawowe szczegóły " +"dotyczące środowiska." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Po instalacji głównego serwera wszystkie usługi potrzebne do szkolnej sieci " +"komputerowej są zainstalowane i skonfigurowane, a system jest gotowy do " +"użycia. Muszą być tylko dodane maszyny i użytkownicy poprzez GOsa², wygodny " +"interfejs użytkownika oparty na stronach WWW, lub dowolny inny edytor LDAP. " +"Przygotowane jest też środowisko rozruchu sieciowego używające PXE, <ulink " +"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> tak, aby po wstępnej instalacji z " +"głównego serwera - za pomocą płyty CD, płyty Blu-ray lub napędu wymiennego " +"USB - mogły być zainstalowane wszystkie inne maszyny poprzez sieć " +"komputerową; dotyczy to także \"stacji roboczych roaming\" (są to stacje " +"robocze, które można zabrać ze sobą poza sieć szkolną, zwykle laptopy i " +"netbooki). Rozruch PXE dotyczy też maszyn bezdyskowych, takich jak " +"tradycyjne cienkie klienty (ang. thin clients)." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"W domyślnej konfiguracji \"pulpitowej\" zawartych jest wiele programów " +"edukacyjnych, takich jak GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege i " +"Scratch. Konfigurację domyślną można łatwo i prawie bez końca rozszerzać za " +"pomocą universum Debiana." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Trochę historii i dlaczego dwie nazwy" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.org\">Skolelinux</ulink> jest dystrybucją " +"Linuksa stworzoną przez projekt Debian Edu. Jako dystrybucja Debiana typu " +"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends\">Pure Blends</ulink> " +"jest ona oficjalnym podprojektem <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org\">Debiana</ulink>." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Dla twojej szkoły oznacza to, że Skolelinux jest wersją Debiana zapewniającą " +"gotowe środowisko całkowicie skonfigurowanej, szkolnej sieci komputerowej." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Projekt Skolelinux został założony w Norwegii 2 lipca 2001 roku — mniej " +"więcej w tym samym czasie, gdy Raphaël Hertzog rozpoczął Debian-Edu we " +"Francji. Od 2003 roku oba projekty są ze sobą złączone, lecz nazwy " +"pozostały. \"Skole\" i (Debian-)\"Education\", to po prostu dwa, dobrze " +"zrozumiałe terminy w tych regionach." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Obecnie, ten system jest w użyciu w wielu krajach na świecie." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architektura" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Sieć komputerowa" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje architekturę sieci komputerowej i usługi " +"dostarczane za pomocą instalacji Skolelinux." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Topologia sieci komputerowej Debiana Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Rysunek jest szkicem przykładowej topologii sieci komputerowej. Domyślna " +"konfiguracja sieci Skolelinux zakłada, że jest jeden (i tylko jeden) serwer " +"główny, natomiast pozwala ona włączyć w sieć zarówno zwykłe stacje robocze, " +"jak i serwery LTSP (z podłączonymi cienkimi klientami i /lub bezdyskowymi " +"stacjami roboczymi). Ilość stacji roboczych może być tak duża lub tak mała, " +"jak tylko można chcieć (zaczynając od żadnej, a kończąc na bardzo dużej ich " +"liczbie). To samo dotyczy serwerów LTSP, z których każdy jest w oddzielnej " +"sieci tak, aby ruch sieciowy pomiędzy klientami a serwerem LTSP nie miał " +"wpływu na resztę usług sieciowych. LTSP jest szczegółowo wyjaśnione w <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">powiązanym rozdziale HowTo</link>." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Powód, dla którego może być tylko jeden główny serwer w każdej szkolnej " +"sieci jest następujący: serwer główny dostarcza DHCP, a w sieci tylko jedna " +"maszyna może obsługiwać DHCP; możliwe jest przeniesienie usług z głównego " +"serwera na inną maszynę (inne maszyny) poprzez zainstalowanie określonej " +"usługi na tej maszynie, a następnie poprzez aktualizację konfiguracji DNS i " +"wskazanie aliasu DNS dla tej usługi na właściwy komputer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Aby uprościć standardową instalację Skolelinuksa, połączenie internetowe " +"biegnie poprzez oddzielny router, zwany także bramą. Zobacz rozdział <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router internetowy</link>, aby " +"dowiedzieć się szczegółów o takiej bramie, jeśli nie można skonfigurować " +"istniejącej bramy." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Domyślne ustawienia sieci" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP na głównym serwerze obsługuje sieć 10.0.0.0/8, dostarczając menu " +"rozruchowego PXE, w którym można wybrać czy zainstalować nowy serwer /stację " +"roboczą, dokonać rozruchu cienkiego klienta lub bezdyskowej stacji roboczej, " +"uruchomić memtest, czy też dokonać rozruchu z lokalnego dysku twardego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Zostało to zaprojektowane do modyfikacji; szczegóły znajdziesz w <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">rozdziale HowTo</link>." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP na serwerach LTSP obsługuje tylko dedykowaną sieć na drugim interfejsie " +"(192.168.0.0/24 i 192.168.1.0/24 są opcjami wstępnie skonfigurowanymi). " +"Powinno to być rzadko zmieniane." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Konfiguracja wszystkich podsieci jest przechowywana w LDAP." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Serwer główny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Sieć komputerowa Skolelinuksa potrzebuje jednego serwera głównego (zwanego " +"też \"tjener\", co w języku norweskim także oznacza \"serwer\"), który " +"domyślnie ma adres IP 10.0.2.2 i jest instalowany poprzez wybranie profilu " +"Serwera Głównego. Możliwe jest także (lecz nie wymagane) wybranie i " +"zainstalowanie profilu Serwer LTSP i profilu stacja robocza, które mogą być " +"profilami dodatkowymi do profilu Głównego Serwera." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Usługi uruchamiane na serwerze głównym" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Za wyjątkiem kontroli cienkich klientów, wszystkie usługi są początkowo " +"zainstalowane na jednym komputerze centralnym (serwerze głównym). Z powodów " +"wydajnościowych serwer /-y LTSP powinien /powinny być oddzielną maszyną " +"(chociaż możliwe jest zainstalowanie zarówno profilu Głównego Serwera, jak i " +"profilu Serwera LTSP na tej samej maszynie). Wszystkie usługi są " +"przydzielonymi, dedykowanymi nazwami DNS i są wyłącznie oferowane poprzez " +"IPv4. Przydzielona nazwa DNS ułatwia przeniesienie indywidualnych usług z " +"serwera głównego na inną maszynę poprzez proste zatrzymanie usługi na " +"głównym serwerze i zmianę konfiguracji DNS do punktu nowego umiejscowienia " +"usługi (która, oczywiście, powinna być wcześniej zainstalowana na tej " +"maszynie)." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Aby zapewnić bezpieczeństwo, wszystkie połączenia, w których hasła " +"transmitowane są poprzez sieć, są zaszyfrowane, a więc żadne hasła nie są " +"przesyłane poprzez sieć w postaci \"czystego\" tekstu." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Poniżej znajduje się tabela usług, które są domyślnie zainstalowane w sieci " +"Skolelinux i nazwy DNS dla każdej usługi. Tam, gdzie to możliwe, wszystkie " +"pliki konfiguracyjne odnoszą się do usługi za pomocą nazwy (bez nazwy " +"domeny). W ten sposób ułatwia się szkołom albo zmianę domeny (jeśli mają " +"własną domenę DNS) lub zmianę używanych adresów IP." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela usług</emphasis>" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opis usługi</emphasis>" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nazwa zwyczajowa</emphasis>" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nazwa usługi DNS</emphasis>" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Logowanie scentralizowane (ang. Centralised Logging)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "Rsyslog" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "Syslog" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Usługa nazw domenowych (ang. Domain Name Service)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domena" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "" +"Automatyczna sieciowa konfiguracja maszyn (ang. Automatic Network " +"Configuration of Machines)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "Bootps" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Synchronizacja zegara (ang. Clock Synchronisation)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "Ntp" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "" +"Katalogi domowe poprzez sieciowy system plików (ang. Home Directories via " +"Network File System)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "katalogi domowe" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Elektroniczny urząd pocztowy (ang. Electronic Post Office)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP / Dovecot" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "urząd pocztowy (ang. postoffice)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Usługa katalogowa (ang. Directory Service)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "Open LDAP" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "Ldap" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administracja użytkownika (ang. User Administration)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa ²" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Serwer WWW" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache /PHP" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Centralna kopia zapasowa (ang. Central Backup)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "Sl-backup, Slbackup-php" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "kopia zapasowa (ang. backup)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Pamięć podręczna WWW (ang. Web Cache)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "Webcache" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Drukowanie (ang. Printing)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "Ipp" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Bezpieczne logowanie zdalne (ang. Secure Remote Login)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "Open SSH" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracja automatyczna (ang. Automatic Configuration)" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CF Engine" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "Cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Serwer /-y LTSP" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "Ltsp" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Nadzór maszyny i usług z raportowaniem błędów oraz historia na WWW. " +"Raportowanie błędów za pomocą e-mail" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga i Podsumowanie witryny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "podsumowanie witryny" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Pliki osobiste dla każdego użytkownika są przechowywane w katalogach home, " +"które są dostępne za pomocą serwera. Katalogi home są dostępne ze wszystkich " +"maszyn. Dzięki temu, użytkownicy mają dostęp do tych samych plików " +"niezależnie od tego, której maszyny używają. Serwer posiada \"agnostyczny\" " +"system operacyjny: oferuje dostęp poprzez NFS dla klientów Uniksa, a poprzez " +"SMB2/SMB3 dla innych klientów." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Poczta elektroniczna jest domyślnie skonfigurowana tylko do dostarczania " +"lokalnego (tj. w obrębie szkoły), chociaż dostarczanie e-mail do szerszego " +"Internetu może być także skonfigurowane, jeśli szkoła ma stałe łącze " +"internetowe. Klienty są tak skonfigurowane, aby dostarczały e-mail do " +"serwera (przy użyciu 'smarthost'), a użytkownicy mogą mieć<link " +"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">dostęp do swojej osobistej poczty " +"elektronicznej</link> poprzez IMAP." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie usługi są dostępne przy użyciu tej samej nazwy użytkownika i tego " +"samego hasła, dzięki centralnej bazie danych użytkowników, która służy do " +"uwierzytelniania i autoryzacji." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Aby zwiększyć wydajność przy często odwiedzanych witrynach internetowych, " +"używany jest pośrednik WWW (ang. web proxy), który zapisuje pliki w lokalnej " +"pamięci podręcznej (Squid). W połączeniu z blokowaniem ruchu sieciowego w " +"routerze umożliwia to również kontrolę dostępu do Internetu na " +"poszczególnych maszynach." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguracja sieci dla klientów jest wykonywana automatycznie za pomocą " +"DHCP. Wszystkie rodzaje klientów mogą być podłączane do prywatnej podsieci " +"10.0.0.0/8, w której dostaną odpowiednie adresy IP; klienty LTSP powinny być " +"podłączane do odpowiadającego im serwera LTSP poprzez oddzielną podsieć " +"192.168.0.0/24 (ma to zapewnić sytuację, w której ruch sieciowy cienkich " +"klientów nie będzie kolidował z resztą usług sieci)." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Zainstalowane jest scentralizowane logowanie tak, aby wszystkie maszyny " +"wysyłały swoje komunikaty syslog do serwera. Usługa syslog jest " +"zainstalowana w ten sposób, aby akceptowała komunikaty przychodzące " +"wyłącznie z sieci lokalnej." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Domyślnie, serwer DNS jest zainstalowany z domeną tylko do użytku lokalnego " +"(*.intern) aż do czasu, gdy zainstalowana zostanie rzeczywista " +"(\"zewnętrzna\") domena DNS. Serwer DNS jest zainstalowany jako serwer DNS z " +"pamięcią podręczną tak, aby wszystkie maszyny w sieci mogły go używać jako " +"głównego Serwera DNS." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Uczniowie i nauczyciele mają możliwość publikowania witryn internetowych. " +"Serwer WWW dostarcza mechanizmów do uwierzytelniania użytkowników i do " +"ograniczania dostępu do indywidualnych stron i podkatalogów dla pewnych " +"użytkowników i grup. Użytkownicy będą mieli możliwość tworzenia dynamicznych " +"stron WWW, gdy serwer WWW będzie programowalny po stronie serwera." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Informacje o użytkownikach i maszynach mogą być zmieniane w jednym, " +"centralnym miejscu. Możliwy jest też automatyczny dostęp do wszystkich " +"komputerów w sieci. Aby to osiągnąć, zainstalowano scentralizowany katalog " +"serwera. Ten katalog będzie posiadał informacje o użytkownikach, grupach " +"użytkowników, maszynach i grupach maszyn. Aby uniknąć pomyłek ze strony " +"użytkowników — nie będzie żadnych różnic pomiędzy grupami plików, listami " +"dyskusyjnymi i grupami w sieci. Takie podejście zakłada, że grupy maszyn, " +"które mają tworzyć grupy sieciowe, będą używać takiej samej przestrzeni " +"nazw, jak grupy użytkowników i list dyskusyjnych." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Administracja usług i użytkowników będzie odbywać się głównie poprzez WWW " +"zgodnie z ustanowionymi standardami, dobrze funkcjonującymi w przeglądarkach " +"WWW, które są częścią Skolelinuksa. Delegowanie pewnych zadań dla " +"indywidualnych użytkowników lub grup użytkowników będzie możliwe za pomocą " +"systemów administracji." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Różne maszyny potrzebują zsynchronizowanych zegarów, aby uniknąć problemów z " +"NFS i uprościć problemy z ich debugowaniem. Aby to osiągnąć, serwer " +"Skolelinux jest zainstalowany jako serwer lokalny protokołu czasu sieciowego " +"(ang. local Network Time Protocol — NTP), a wszystkie stacje robocze i " +"klienty są zainstalowane tak, aby synchronizowały się z tym serwerem. Sam " +"serwer powinien synchronizować zegar via NTP z maszynami w Internecie, aby " +"zapewnić poprawny czas dla całej sieci." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Drukarki mogą być podłączone, zależnie od potrzeb, albo bezpośrednio do " +"głównej sieci, albo do serwera, albo do stacji roboczej lub do serwera LTSP. " +"Dostęp do drukarek może być kontrolowany poprzez poszczególnych użytkowników " +"w zależności od grupy, do której należy użytkownik. Tego typu podłączenia " +"można osiągnąć poprzez zastosowanie kwot i kontroli dostępu do drukarek." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Serwer /serwery LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Sieć komputerowa Skolelinuksa może mieć wiele serwerów LTSP, które są " +"instalowane poprzez wybranie profilu Serwera LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Serwery LTSP są zainstalowane tak, aby otrzymywać syslog od cienkich " +"klientów i stacji roboczych, oraz aby przekazywać te komunikaty dalej, do " +"centralnego odbiorcy syslog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Proszę zauważyć:" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Bezdyskowe stacje robocze LTSP używają obecnie programów zainstalowanych na " +"serwerze." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Główny system plików klienta jest udostępniany za pomocą NFS. Po każdej " +"modyfikacji serwera LTSP należy ponownie wygenerować odpowiedni obraz; " +"należy uruchomić <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> na serwerze LTSP." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Cienkie klienty" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta pozwala zwykłym komputerom PC funkcjonować " +"jako (X-)terminale. Oznacza to, że maszyna uruchamia się bezpośrednio z " +"serwera za pomocą PXE, bez użycia lokalnego dysku twardego klienta. " +"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta używa teraz X2Go, ponieważ LTSP przestało być " +"wspierane." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Cienki klient jest dobrym sposobem na wykorzystanie bardzo starych " +"(najczęściej 32-bitowych) maszyn, ponieważ efektywnie uruchamiają wszystkie " +"programy na serwerze LTSP. Działa to w następujący sposób: usługa " +"wykorzystuje DHCP i TFTP do połączenia się z siecią i uruchomienia komputera " +"z sieci. Następnie z serwera LTSP montowany jest system plików za pomocą " +"NFS, a na końcu uruchamiany jest klient X2Go." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Bezdyskowe stacje robocze" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Bezdyskowa stacja robocza uruchamia całe oprogramowanie na komputerze bez " +"lokalnie zainstalowanego systemu operacyjnego. Oznacza to, że maszyny " +"klienckie uruchamiają się przez PXE bez uruchamiania oprogramowania " +"zainstalowanego na lokalnym dysku twardym." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Bezdyskowe stacje robocze są doskonałym sposobem na zastosowanie mocnego " +"sprzętu komputerowego, przy takim samym niskim koszcie utrzymania, jak przy " +"cienkich klientach. Oprogramowanie jest administrowane i zarządzane na " +"serwerze bez żadnej potrzeby lokalnej instalacji oprogramowania na " +"klientach. Katalogi domowe i ustawienia systemowe są także przechowywane na " +"serwerze." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Klienty sieciowe" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Termin „klienci sieciowi” jest używany w tym podręczniku zarówno w " +"odniesieniu do cienkich klientów, jak i bezdyskowych stacji roboczych, a " +"także do komputerów z systemem macOS lub Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administracja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie maszyny Linux, zainstalowane za pomocą instalatora Skolelinux, " +"będzie można administrować z komputera centralnego, najprawdopodobniej z " +"serwera. Możliwe będzie logowanie do wszystkich maszyn poprzez SSH, aby mieć " +"do nich pełny dostęp administracyjny. Jako administrator root konieczne " +"będzie uruchamianie <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>, aby uzyskać " +"Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie informacje o użytkownikach są utrzymywane w katalogu LDAP. " +"Aktualizacje kont użytkowników są wykonywane z tej bazy danych, która jest " +"używana przez klienty do uwierzytelniania użytkowników." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalacja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Obecnie dostępne są dwa rodzaje obrazów nośników instalacyjnych: netinst i " +"BD. Oba obrazy mogą być również uruchamiane z przenośnych pamięci USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Celem jest to, aby zainstalować serwer — za jednym razem — z dowolnego typu " +"nośnika, a także wszystkie inne klienty poprzez sieć, za pomocą rozruchu " +"sieciowego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Tylko obraz netinstall potrzebuje dostępu do Internetu podczas instalacji." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja nie powinna zadawać żadnych pytań, za wyjątkiem pytań o pożądany " +"język, lokalizację, klawiaturę i profil maszyny (serwer główny, stacja " +"robocza, LTSP, ...). Wszystkie inne konfiguracje będą instalowane " +"automatycznie z rozsądnymi wartościami tak, aby można je było po instalacji " +"zmienić, z centralnego miejsca, przez administratora systemu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracja dostępu do systemu plików" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Każde konto użytkownika Skolelinuksa jest przypisane do jednej z sekcji " +"systemu plików na serwerze plików. Ta sekcja (katalog domowy) zawiera pliki " +"konfiguracji użytkownika, dokumenty, wiadomości e-mail i strony WWW. " +"Niektóre pliki powinny być zainstalowane tak, aby inni użytkownicy systemu " +"mogli mieć do nich dostęp, do niektórych powinien być swobodny dostęp z " +"Internetu tak, aby każdy mógł je odczytać, a do jeszcze innych powinien mieć " +"dostęp tylko dany użytkownik — posiadacz konta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Aby upewnić się, że wszystkie dyski, używane przez katalogi użytkownika, " +"mają unikalne nazwy albo, że katalogi współdzielone posiadają również (na " +"wszystkich komputerach) tego rodzaju nazwy, katalogi można zamontować jako " +"<computeroutput> /skole/host/katalog</computeroutput>. Początkowo, utworzony " +"jest jeden katalog na serwerze, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" +"computeroutput>, w którym są utworzone wszystkie konta użytkowników. " +"Następnie, można utworzyć (w razie potrzeby) więcej katalogów, aby " +"dostosować poszczególne grupy użytkowników do określonych wzorców " +"użytkowania." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Aby włączyć wspóldzielony dostęp do plików w zwykłym systemie uprawnień " +"UNIX, użytkownicy muszą należeć do dodatkowych grup współdzielonych (takich " +"jak np. \"studenci\"), jak też do podstawowej grupie osobistej, do której " +"domyśnie należą. Jeśli użytkownicy mają odpowiednio ustawione umask (ang. " +"user mask — polecenie interfejsu POSIX, które odpowiada za ograniczanie praw " +"dostępu) w ten sposób, aby nowe pozycje były dostępne w oparciu o " +"przynależność grupową (002 lub 007), i jeśli katalogi, na których pracują " +"użytkownicy, mają ustawione setgid (atrybuty plików oraz katalogów, " +"pozwalające na uruchamianie pliku wykonywalnego z prawami właściciela /grupy " +"tego pliku), to wynikiem tego jest kontrolowane współdzielenie plików " +"pomiędzy członkami grupy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Początkowe ustawienia dostępu do nowo utworzonych plików są kwestią " +"polityki. Domyślną wartością umask dla Debiana jest 022 (nie umożliwia to " +"dostępu do grupy zgodnie z opisem powyżej), ale Debian Edu używa domyślnej " +"wartości 002. Oznacza to, że pliki są tworzone z dostępem do odczytu dla " +"wszystkich, co może być później usunięte przez bezpośrednie działanie " +"użytkownika. Można to alternatywnie zmienić, modyfikując <computeroutput>/" +"etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) do umask 007 co oznacza, że " +"dostęp do odczytu jest początkowo zablokowany. Aby udostępnić pliki — " +"niezbędne będzie działanie użytkownika. Pierwsze podejście zachęca do " +"dzielenia się wiedzą i sprawia, że system staje się bardziej przejrzysty, " +"podczas gdy druga metoda zmniejsza ryzyko rozprzestrzenienia się " +"niechcianych informacji poufnych. Problem z pierwszym rozwiązaniem polega na " +"tym, że nie jest widoczne dla użytkowników to, czy materiały przez nich " +"tworzone będą dostępne dla innych. Użytkownicy mogą to wykryć jedynie " +"sprawdzając katalogi innych użytkowników i upewniając się, że ich pliki są " +"dla innych czytelne. Problem z drugim rozwiązaniem polega na tym, że " +"prawdopodobnie tylko niewiele osób zechce udostępnić swoje pliki, nawet " +"jeśli nie zawierają one poufnych informacji, a treści w nich zawarte nie są " +"użyteczne dla ciekawskich użytkowników. (którzy chcą dowiedzieć się, jak " +"inni rozwiązują poszczególne problemy — zazwyczaj związane z konfiguracją)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Wymagania" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Są różne sposoby instalowania Skolelinuksa. Można go zainstalować po prostu " +"jako samodzielny komputer PC typu desktop lub jako rozwiązanie o zasięgu " +"regionalnym dla wielu szkół, działające centralnie. Ta elastyczność jest " +"przyczyną wielkich różnic w konfiguracji składników sieciowych, serwerów i " +"maszyn klienckich." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Wymagania sprzętowe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Cele różnych profili są wyjaśnione w rozdziale <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architektura sieciowa</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli zamierza się użyć LTSP, proszę spojrzeć na stronę wiki <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP " +"Hardware Requirements</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Komputery uruchamiane za pomocą Debiana Edu / Skolelinux muszą mieć albo " +"procesory 32-bitowe (architektura Debiana 'i386', najstarsze obsługiwane " +"procesory tej klasy to 686) lub procesory x86 64-bitowe (architektura " +"Debiana 'amd64')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Możliwe są cienkie klienty posiadające tylko 256 MB RAM z procesorem " +"pracującym z częstotliwością 400 MHz, chciaż zalecana jest większa ilość RAM " +"i szybsze procesory." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Dla stacji roboczych, bezdyskowych stacji roboczych i systemów " +"autonomicznych — 1500 MHz i 1024 MB pamięci RAM to bezwzględne minimum. Aby " +"uruchomić współczesne przeglądarki internetowe i pakiet biurowy LibreOffice " +"zalecane jest 2048 MB pamięci RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"Minimalne wymagania przestrzeni dyskowej zależą od profilu, który jest " +"zainstalowany:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "combined main server + LTSP server: 60 GiB (plus additional space for " +#| "user accounts)." +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"połączenie serwera głównego z serwerem LTSP: 70 GB (oraz dodatkowa " +"przestrzeń dla kont użytkowników)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "serwer LTSP : 40 GB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "stacja robocza lub oddzielna maszyna: 30 GB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Serwery LTSP, jeśli używają domyślnej architektury sieciowej, potrzebują " +"dwóch kart sieciowych:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 jest podłączony do głównej sieci (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 służy do obsługi klientów LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Laptopy to przenośne stacje robocze, a więc mają te same wymagania, jak te " +"stacje." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Sprzęt, o którym wiadomo, że działa prawidłowo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Lista przetestowanego sprzętu znajduje się pod adresem <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Lista ta nie jest prawie kompletna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/>jest próbą " +"udokumentowania tego, jak zainstalować, skonfigurować i używać Debiana na " +"konkretnym sprzęcie komputerowym. Dzięki temu, potencjalne osoby, które chcą " +"kupić sprzęt komputerowy mogą się zorientować, czy jest on wspierany przez " +"Debiana, a istniejący właściciele takiego sprzętu mogą się dowiedzieć, jak " +"najlepiej go wykorzystać." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Wymagania dotyczące konfiguracji sieci" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Konfiguracja domyślna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Podczas używania domyślnej architektury sieci komputerowej, mają " +"zastosowanie następujące reguły:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Potrzebny jest dokładnie jeden serwer główny, tjener." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "W głównej sieci można mieć setki stacji roboczych." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"W głównej sieci może być wiele serwerów LTSP; dwie różne podsieci są " +"wstępnie skonfigurowane w LDAP (DNS, DHCP), można też ich więcej dodać." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"W każdej sieci serwera LTSP można mieć setki cienkich klientów i/lub " +"bezdyskowych stacji roboczych." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Można mieć setki innych maszyn, które będą miały przypisane dynamiczne " +"adresy IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Aby uzyskać dostęp do Internetu — potrzebny będzie router/brama (zobacz " +"poniżej)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Router internetowy" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Aby podłączyć się do Internetu potrzebny jest, na zewnętrznym interfejsie, " +"router/brama. Jest on uruchamiany na adresie IP 10.0.0.1 z netmask 255.0.0.0 " +"na interfejsie wewnętrznym." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Router nie powinien uruchamiać serwera DHCP. Może uruchamiać serwer DNS, " +"chociaż to nie jest potrzebne i nie będzie wykorzystywane." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli potrzebujesz czegoś dla routera wbudowanego lub dla punktu " +"dostępowego, zalecamy użycie <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" +"ulink>, chociaż możesz też użyć oryginalnego firmware. Używanie oryginalnego " +"firmware jest łatwiejsze, natomiast używanie OpenWRT daje ci więcej opcji do " +"wyboru i większą kontrolę. Sprawdź strony internetowe OpenWRT, gdzie jest " +"lista wspieranego sprzętu <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Możliwe jest użycie innej konfiguracji sieci (istnieje <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">udokumentowana procedura</" +"ulink> innej konfiguracji), lecz jeśli nie jesteś zmuszony do wykonania tego " +"na istniejącej infrastrukturze sieciowej, zalecamy tego nie robić — lepiej " +"pozostać przy architekturze <link linkend=\"Architecture\">domyślnej</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Instalacja i opcje pobierania" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Gdzie znaleźć dodatkowe informacje" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Zalecamy, aby przeczytać lub przynajmniej przyjrzeć się <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">uwagom do wydania Debiana " +"Bullseye</ulink>, przed rozpoczęciem instalacji systemu do użytku " +"produkcyjnego. Więcej informacji na temat wydania Debiana Bullseye można " +"znaleźć w jego <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"Daj proszę szansę Debianowi Edu/Skolelinux i wypróbuj go, a wszystko to, o " +"czym pisaliśmy poprzednio — powinno po prostu zadziałać." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Zaleca się jednak przeczytanie rozdziałów o <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">wymaganiach sprzętowych i sieciowych</link> oraz o " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">architekturze</link>, przed instalacją " +"serwera głównego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Upewnij się, że przeczytałeś także rozdział <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">rozpoczynający</link> ten podręcznik, ponieważ " +"jest tam wyjaśnione, jak się zalogować po raz pierwszy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Pobierz medium instalacyjne dla Debiana Edu 11+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 lub i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> to nazwy dwóch architektur Debiana dla CPU x86, obie są lub " +"zostały zbudowane przez firmy AMD, Intel i innych producentów. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> to architektura 64-bitowa, natomiast " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> to architektura 32-bitowa. Obecnie, " +"nowe instalacje powinny być wykonane przy użyciu <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> powinna być używana " +"tylko dla starszego sprzętu komputerowego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "obrazy netinst iso dla amd64 lub i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Obraz netinst iso może być użyty do instalacji z płyt CD/DVD i dysków " +"wymiennych USB. Obrazy netinst iso są dostępne dla dwóch architektur " +"Debiana: dla amd64 oraz dla i386. Jak sama nazwa wskazuje, do instalacji " +"niezbędny jest dostęp do Internetu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Bookworm has been released these images will be available for " +#| "download from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Po wydaniu Bullseye obrazy te będą dostępne do pobrania ze strony:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "obrazy netinst iso dla amd64 lub i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Obraz ISO ma wielkość około 5 GB i można go użyć do instalacji na maszynach " +"amd64 lub i386, także bez dostępu do Internetu. Podobnie jak obraz netinst — " +"można go również zainstalować na dyskach wymiennych USB, jeśli mają one " +"odpowiednią ilość wolnej przestrzeni dyskowej." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Weryfikacja plików pobranego obrazu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Szczegółowe instrukcje do weryfikacji tych obrazów są częścią <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.en.html#verify\">Debian-CD FAQ</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Źródła" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Źródła są dostępne w archiwum Debiana w zwykłych lokalizacjach, kilka mediów " +"jest połączonych na <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalowanie Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Gdy zdecydujesz się na instalację Debiana Edu, to masz do wyboru kilka " +"opcji. Nie obawiaj się — nie jest ich zbyt dużo. Wykonaliśmy 'dobrą robotę' " +"ukrywając złożoność Debiana podczas instalacji i w trakcie jego użytkowania. " +"Jednakże, Debian Edu jest Debianem, więc jeśli chcesz, możesz wybierać do " +"woli spośród 57 000 pakietów, oraz spośród około miliona opcji " +"konfiguracyjnych. Nasze ustawienia domyślne powinny świetnie się sprawdzić u " +"większości użytkowników. Proszę zauważyć: jeśli zamierza się użyć LTSP, to " +"warto wybrać 'lekkie' środowisko pulpitu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Scenariusz instalacji głównego serwera" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Typowa szkolna lub domowa sieć komputerowa z dostępem do Internetu poprzez " +"router dostarczajacy DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja głównego serwera jest możliwa, ale po restarcie nie będzie " +"dostępu do Internetu (ze względu na podstawowy interfejs sieciowy IP " +"10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Zobacz: Rozdział <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router " +"internetowy</link>, aby dowiedzieć się, jak ustawić bramę, jeśli nie można " +"skonfigurować bramy już istniejącej." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Połącz wszystkie składniki tak, jak to pokazane jest w Rozdziale <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">architektura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The main server should have Internet connection once bootet the first " +#| "time in the correct environment." +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Serwer główny powinien mieć połączenie internetowe tak szybko, jak tylko " +"zostanie ponownie uruchomiony w poprawnym środowisku." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Typowa szkolna lub instytucjonalna sieć komputerowa, podobna do poniższej, " +"lecz z wymaganym użyciem proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Dodaj 'debian-edu-expert' do wiersza poleceń jadra; zobacz dalej, aby " +"dowiedzieć się szczegółów na temat tego, jak to wykonać." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Trzeba zastanowić się nad dodatkowymi kwestiami, związanymi z dołączeniem " +"serwera proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Sieć z routerem/bramą IP 10.0.0.1/8 (która nie dostarcza serwera DHCP) i " +"dostępu do Internetu:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Jak tylko zawiedzie automatyczna konfiguracja sieci (ze względu na brakujący " +"DHCP), wybierz ręczną konfigurację sieci." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Wprowadź 10.0.2.2/8 jako IP hosta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Wprowadź 10.0.0.1 IP bramy" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Wprowadź 8.8.8.8 jako nazwę serwera IP, chyba że znasz lepszą" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Serwer główny powinien działać po pierwszym uruchomieniu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Offline (bez połączenia internetowego):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Użyj obrazu BD ISO." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Upewnij się, że wszystkie kable sieciowe (rzeczywiste/wirtualne) są " +"odłączone." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Wybierz 'Nie konfiguruj teraz sieci' (po tym, jak zawiódł DHCP konfigurujący " +"sieć, a ty wcisnąłeś 'Kontynuuj')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Update the system once bootet the first time in the correct environment " +#| "with Internet access." +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Zaktualizuj system, jak tylko go urochomisz w poprawnym środowisku, z " +"dostępem do Internetu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Środowiska graficzne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Dostępnych jest kilka środowisk graficznych:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce ma trochę wiekszy footprint niż LXDE, lecz bardzo dobrą obsługę języków " +"(106 języków narodowych)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"Zarówno KDE, jak i GNOME mają dobrą obsługę języków narodowych, lecz zbyt " +"duży 'odcisk palca' (ang. footprint), zarówno dla starszych komputerów, jak " +"i dla klientów LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon to lżejsza alternatywa dla środowiska GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE jest lżejszy od trzech powyższych, ale brakuje mu dobrego wsparcia " +"językowego dla kilku krajów." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE ma najmniejszy footprint, i obsługuje 35 jezyków." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt to lekkie środowisko graficzne (obsługa języków podobna do LXDE) z " +"bardziej nowoczesnym wyglądem (oparte na Qt, podobnie jak KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu jako projekt międzynarodowy wybrał Xfce jako domyślne środowisko " +"graficzne; zobacz poniżej, jak ustawić inny." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalacja modułowa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Podczas instalacji systemu z podłączonym profilem <emphasis>Stacja robocza</" +"emphasis>instalowanych jest wiele programów odnoszących się do edukacji. Aby " +"zainstalować tylko profil podstawowy, usuń – przed uruchomieniem instalacji " +"– parametr wiersza poleceń jądra <emphasis>pulpit=xxxx</emphasis>. Pozwala " +"to na zainstalowanie systemu specyficznego dla witryny i może być " +"wykorzystane do przyspieszenia instalacji testowych. Spójrz poniżej, jak to " +"się robi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Proszę zauważyć: jeśli chcesz później zainstalować środowisko pulpitu, to " +"nie używaj meta-pakietów Debian Edu, takich jak np. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-mate#\">education-desktop-mate</" +"ulink>, ponieważ to mogłoby pociągnąć za sobą instalację wszystkich " +"programów związanych z edukacją. Zainstaluj raczej np. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-mate-desktop#\">task-mate-desktop</ulink>. W " +"tym przypadku, można zainstalować jeden lub więcej meta-pakietów związanych " +"z nowymi poziomami nauczania w szkołach <emphasis>education-preschool</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Więcej szczegółów na temat meta-pakietów Debian Edu, zobacz stronę: <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Przegląd pakietów</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Typy i opcje instalacji" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Rozruchowe menu Instalatora na sprzęcie 64-bitowym</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64-bitowy Instalator menu rozruchowego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalacja graficzna</emphasis> stosuje instalator " +"GTK, w którym można używać myszy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> używa trybu tekstowego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opcje zaawansowane ></emphasis> udostępniają " +"pod-menu, w których można wybrać bardziej szczegółowe opcje." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Pomoc</emphasis> udostępnia trochę wskazówek na " +"temat tego, jak używać instalatora. Spójrz na poniższe zrzuty ekranu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Zrzut ekranu 1, dla opcji zaawansowanych Instalatora 64-bitowego" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> prowadzi z powrotem do menu " +"głównego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> daje dostęp do " +"wszystkich możliwych pytań za pomocą wskaźnika myszy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> sprawia, że to " +"medium instalacyjne staje się dyskiem ratunkowym w sytuacji zagrożenia " +"niepowodzeniem instalacji." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> potrzebuje " +"pliku 'preseed'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> daje dostęp do " +"wszystkich możliwych pytań w trybie tekstowym." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> tryb tekstowy; sprawia, że " +"to medium instalacyjne staje sie dyskiem ratunkowyn w przypadku zagrożenia " +"niepowodzeniem instalacji." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalacja zautomatyzowana</emphasis> tryb " +"tekstowy; potrzebny plik preseed." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Ekran pomocy</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Ekran pomocy Instalatora" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Ten ekran pomocy nie potrzebuje dodatkowego wyjaśniania. Włącza on klawisze " +"<F>- na klkawiaturze, w celu uzyskania bardziej szczegółowej pomocy na " +"temat opisanych kwestii." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Rozruchowe menu Instalatora na sprzęcie 64-bitowym</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64-bitowy Instalator menu rozruchowego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Dodanie lub zmiana parametrów rozruchu podczas instalacji</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"W obu przypadkach, opcje rozruchu mogą być edytowane poprzez naciśnięcie " +"klawisza TAB w menu rozruchowym. Ten zrzut ekranu pokazuje wiersz poleceń " +"dla <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalacji w trybie graficznym</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Opcje edycji wiersza poleceń" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Opcje edycji wiersza poleceń" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Można zastosować istniejącą usługę sieciową proxy HTTP, aby przyśpieszyć " +"instalację profilu serwera głównego z płyty CD. Dodaj np. " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput>, " +"jako dodatkowy parametr rozruchu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli już zainstalowałeś /-aś na maszynie profil serwera głównego, to dalsze " +"instalacje powinny być wykonane via PXE, ponieważ to automatycznie zastosuje " +"proxy serwera głównego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Aby zainstalować środowisko pulpitu<emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> zamiast domyślnego środowiska pulpitu <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, zamień wyrażenie <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> wyrażeniem <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> w " +"parametrze <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE " +"Plasma</emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, zastosuj " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"A jeśli chcesz zainstalować środowisko pulpitu <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, zastosuj <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Proces instalacji" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Pamiętaj o <link linkend=\"Requirements\">wymaganiach systemowych</link> i " +"upewnij się, że masz przynajmniej dwie kary sieciowe (NICs), jeśli planujesz " +"instalację serwera LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Wybierz język (dla instalacji i zainstalowanego systemu)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Wybierz lokalizację, która powinna być zwykle lokalizacją twojego miejsca " +"zamieszkania." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Wybierz ustawienia klawiszy na klawiaturze (zwykle są to domyślne ustawienia " +"dla twojego kraju)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Wybierz profil /-e z następującej listy:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer Główny</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"To jest główny serwer (tjener) dla Twojej szkoły, zapewniający wszystkie " +"usługi wstępnie skonfigurowane do działania po wyjęciu z pudełka. Musisz " +"zainstalować tylko jeden serwer główny na szkołę! Ten profil nie zawiera " +"graficznego interfejsu użytkownika. Jeśli chcesz mieć graficzny interfejs " +"użytkownika, wybierz opcję Stacja robocza lub Serwer LTSP jako dodatek do " +"tego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stacja robocza</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Komputer uruchamiający się z lokalnego dysku twardego i uruchamiający " +"wszystkie programy i urządzenia lokalnie, jak zwykły komputer, z wyjątkiem " +"tego, że logowania użytkowników są uwierzytelniane przez serwer główny, na " +"którym przechowywane są pliki użytkowników i ich profile." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"To samo co stacja robocza, ale umożliwia uwierzytelnianie przy użyciu " +"buforowanych danych uwierzytelniających, co oznacza, że może być używany " +"poza siecią szkolną. Pliki i profile użytkowników są przechowywane na dysku " +"lokalnym. W przypadku notebooków i laptopów z jednym użytkownikiem należy " +"wybrać ten profil, a nie \"Stacja robocza\" lub \"Samodzielny\", jak " +"sugerowano we wcześniejszych wersjach." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Serwer cienkiego klienta (i robocza stacja bezdyskowa) nazywany jest " +"serwerem LTSP. Klienty uruchamiają się bez dysków twardych i działają na " +"oprogramowaniu z tego serwera. Taki komputer potrzebuje dwóch interfejsów " +"sieciowych, dużo pamięci, a – idealnie – więcej niż jeden procesor lub rdzeń " +"procesora. Zobacz rozdział o <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">klientach " +"sieciowych</link>, aby dowiedzieć się więcej o tym temacie. Wybranie tego " +"profilu włącza także profil stacji roboczej (nawet jeśli nie jest wybrany) - " +"serwer LTSP może również być używany jako stacja robocza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Autonomiczny</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Zwykły komputer, który może funkcjonować bez głównego serwera (tzn. nie musi " +"być w sieci komputerowej). Dotyczy to także laptopów." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Ten profil zainstaluje podstawowe pakiety i skonfiguruje maszynę tak, aby ją " +"zintegrować z siecią Debian Edu, lecz bez żadnych usług i aplikacji. Jest " +"to użyteczne dla pojedynczych usług przeniesionych z głównego serwera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profile <emphasis role=\"strong\">serwera głównego</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">stacja roboczej</emphasis> i <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">serwera LTSP</emphasis> są wstępnie wybrane. Te profile mogą " +"być zainstalowane razem na jednej maszynie, jeśli chcesz zainstalować tzw. " +"<emphasis>połączony serwer główny</emphasis>. Oznacza to, że serwer główny " +"będzie serwerem LTSP, i że może być stosowany także jako stacja robocza. " +"Jest to wybór domyślny, ponieważ zakładamy, ze większość ludzi go wybierze. " +"Proszę zauważyć, że aby serwer połączony lub serwer LTSP, po instalacji, " +"wypełniał należycie swoją rolę – muszą być zainstalowane w maszynie dwie " +"karty sieciowe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Powiedz ”tak” lub ”nie” dla partycjonowania automatycznego. Bądź świadomy, " +"że odpowiedź ”tak” zniszczy na dyskach twardych wszystkie dane! Z drugiej " +"strony, odpowiedź ”nie” będzie wymagać więcej pracy - będziesz musiał /-a " +"upewnić się, że pożądane partycje zostaną utworzone i ze będą wystarczająco " +"duże." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Proszę powiedzieć ”tak”, aby przekazać informacje do <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/>. Dzięki temu dowiemy się, które pakiety są popularne " +"i powinny być utrzymane w przyszłych wydaniach. Chociaż nie musisz tego " +"robić, w ten prosty sposób możesz nam pomóc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Poczekaj. Jeśli wybrane profile zawierają serwer LTSP, to wtedy instalator, " +"pod koniec instalacji, zużyje dość dużo czasu, podczas ”Ukończenie " +"instalacji - Uruchomienie debian-edu-profile-udeb…”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Po podaniu hasła root, będziesz poproszony o utworzenie konta zwykłego " +"użytkownika ”do zadań nie-administracyjnych”. To konto dla Debiana Edu jest " +"bardzo ważne: jest to konto, którego będziesz używać do zarządzania siecią " +"Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Hasło dla tego użytkownika <emphasis role=\"strong\">musi</emphasis>mieć " +"długość<emphasis role=\"strong\">przynajmniej 5 znaków</emphasis>, i " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">musi różnić się</emphasis> od <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nazwy użytkownika</emphasis> - w innym przypadku zalogowanie " +"się będzie niemożliwe (nawet jeśli krótsze hasło, a także hasło pasujące do " +"nazwy użytkownika, będzie zaakceptowane przez instalator)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Poczekaj ponownie w przypadku <emphasis>łączonego serwera głównego</" +"emphasis> po ponownym uruchomieniu systemu. Wytworzenie obrazu SquashFS dla " +"bezdyskowych stacji roboczych zajmie dość dużo czasu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"W przypadku oddzielnego serwera LTSP instalacja bezdyskowej stacji roboczej " +"i/lub cienkiego klienta potrzebuje pewnych kroków w trybie ręcznym. Więcej " +"szczegółów, zob. rozdział: <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Klienty sieciowe " +"- Jak-To-Zrobić</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Konfiguracja wszystkich podsieci jest przechowywana w LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable IP forwarding and NAT for the 10.0.0.0/8 network." +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Włącz przekierowanie IP i NAT do sieci 10.0.0.0/8." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Uwagi na temat pewnych cech" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Uwaga na temat notebooków" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Najprawdopodobniej będziesz chciał /-a zastosować profil 'Stacja robocza " +"roaming' (zobacz poniżej). Bądź świadomy /-a tego, że wszystkie dane są " +"przechowywane lokalnie (a więc, zabezpiecz sobie trochę dodatkowego czasu na " +"utworzenie kopii zapasowych), a dane uwierzytelniające logowania są w " +"pamięci podręcznej (a więc, po zmianie hasła loginy mogą wymagać twojego " +"starego hasła, jeśli twój laptop nie jest podłączony do sieci komputerowej, " +"a ty logujesz się nowym hasłem)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Uwaga na temat instalacji obrazów na podręcznych dyskach przenośnych USB / " +"płytach Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Po instalacji obrazu z przenośnego dysku USB / płyty Blu-ray, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> będziesz miał źródła " +"zawarte tylko na tym obrazie. Jeśli masz połączenie z Internetem, to gorąco " +"zalecamy dodanie następujących wierszy, aby zainstalować dostępne " +"aktualizacje bezpieczeństwa:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Uwaga na temat instalacji z płyty CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja netinst (która jest typem instalacji, dostarczonej na naszej " +"płycie CD) ściągnie pewne pakiety z CD, a resztę z sieci. Ilość pakietów " +"ściągniętych z sieci różni się zależnie od profilu, lecz zwykle jest " +"mniejsza niż 1 gigabajt (chyba że wybierzesz instalację wszystkich możliwych " +"graficznych środowisk pulpitu). Jak tylko zainstalujesz serwer główny " +"(niezależnie od tego, czy jest to 'czysty' serwer główny, czy serwer combi), " +"dalsza instalacja użyje serwera proxy, aby uniknąć sytuacji, w której " +"pobierany będzie wielokrotnie ten sam pakiet z sieci." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"Instalacja przy użyciu przenośnych pamięci USB zamiast płyt CD / Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Możliwe jest bezpośrednie skopiowanie obrazu CD/BD <computeroutput>.iso</" +"computeroutput> na dyski przenośne USB (znane też jako \"pamięci USB\") i " +"wystartowanie z nich systemu. Wykonaj po prostu polecenie, takie jak " +"poniższe, dostosowując do swoich potrzeb nazwę pliku i urządzenia:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Aby określić wartość X, uruchom to polecenie przed włożeniem i wyjęciem " +"urządzenia USB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Proszę zauważyć, że kopiowanie zajmie trochę czasu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Zależnie od tego, jaki obraz wybierzesz, dysk przenośny USB będzie się " +"zachowywał podobnie jak płyta CD lub Blu-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Instalacja i uruchamianie poprzez sieć, za pomocą PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Dla tej metody instalacji wymagane jest, abyś miał /-a uruchomiony serwer " +"główny. Gdy klienty uruchamiają się poprzez sieć, wyświetlane jest menu iPXE " +"oraz opcje wyboru uruchamiania. Jeśli instalacja PXE nie powiedzie się i " +"pojawi się z komunikat błędu 'brakuje pliku XXX.bin' to wtedy – " +"najprawdopodobniej – karta sieciowa klienta wymaga oprogramowania " +"sprzętowego non-free. W tym przypadku musi zostać zmodyfikowany plik initrd " +"Instalatora Debiana. Można to osiągnąć poprzez wykonanie na serwerze " +"polecenia: <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-" +"addfirmware</computeroutput>." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "Podwyższenie wersji serwera głównego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Tak wygląda menu iPXE tylko z profilem <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwera-" +"Głównego</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Tak wygląda menu iPXE tylko z profilem <emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwera-" +"Głównego</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ta konfiguracja pozwala także bezdyskowym stacjom roboczym i cienkim " +"klientom na uruchamianie ich z głównej sieci komputerowej. Odmiennie niż " +"stacje robocze i oddzielne serwery LTSP, bezdyskowe stacje robocze nie musza " +"być dodawane do LDAP za pomocą GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Więcej informacji na temat klientów sieciowych można znaleźć w rozdziale " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Klienty sieciowe HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja PXE używa wstępnie przygotowanego pliku debian-installer, który " +"można zmodyfikować tak, aby zażądał więcej plików podczas instalacji." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Wiersz, taki jak ten, trzeba dodać do <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The PXE installation uses <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +#| "install.cfg</computeroutput> and the preseeding file in <computeroutput>/" +#| "etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. These files " +#| "can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to " +#| "avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve " +#| "this is to provide extra settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +#| "pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +#| "debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/" +#| "usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> to update the generated " +#| "files." +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"Podczas instalacji PXE stosowane są wstępnie skonfigurowane pliki, " +"znajdujące się w <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" +"computeroutput>, oraz w <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. Te pliki można zmodyfikować tak, aby " +"dostosować instalację poprzez sieć komputerową do własnych potrzeb. Dzięki " +"temu można uniknąć dodatkowych pytań związanych z tego rodzaju instalacją. " +"Innym sposobem dostosowania instalacji jest dostarczenie dodatkowych " +"ustawień, zawartych w plikach <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>, a następnie uruchomienie " +"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, aby " +"zaktualizować wytworzone w ten sposób pliki." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Więcej informacji można znależć w <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/stretch/installmanual\">podręczniku Instalatora Debiana</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Aby wyłączyć lub zmienić użycie serwera proxy podczas instalacji poprzez " +"PXE, trzeba poddać edycji wiersze, zawierające <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> i " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> w pliku " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput>. Aby wyłączyć stosowanie proxy podczas instalacji, trzeba " +"umieścić znak '#' przed pierwszymi dwoma wierszami, i usunąć tę część z " +"wiersza ostatniego \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" +"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +#| "preseeding file is downloaded. These are configured in the PXELINUX-" +#| "based boot arguments available from <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/" +#| "install.cfg</computeroutput>. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +#| "environment are examples of such settings." +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Niektórych ustawień nie można wstępnie skonfigurować, gdyż są one potrzebne " +"jeszcze przed wstępną konfiguracją. Są one skonfigurowane w argumentach " +"rozruchowych, opartych na PXELINUX, dostępnych z <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/" +"debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>. Ustawienia języka, klawiatury i " +"środowiska pulpitu są przykładami takich ustawień." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Obrazy dostosowane" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "02-select_a_language.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "03-select_your_location.png" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Topologia sieci komputerowej Debiana Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Ustaw hasła" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalacja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Pulpit Xfce" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Witamy w Cienkim Kliencie" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Logowanie do cienkiego klienta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Rozpocznij" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Minimalne kroki aby zacząć" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Po instalacji, pierwsze rzeczy które potrzebujesz do zrobienia jako " +"użytkownik to:" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Podwyższenie wersji serwera głównego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administracja" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administracja NIS Netgroup" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administracja użytkownika (ang. User Administration)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administracja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administracja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Edycja danych użytkownika" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Szukaj i usuń maszyny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Edycja danych użytkownika" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Ustaw hasła" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Ustaw hasła" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela usług</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Ustaw hasła" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Szczegóły hosta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Zmodyfikuj hosta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Szukaj i usuń maszyny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "Bezdyskowe stacje robocze" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Zmiana wielkości partycji</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Zmiana wielkości partycji</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blokowanie dostępu do Internetu</emphasis> " +"(netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Aktualizowanie stacji roboczej" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Drukarki sieciowe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Synchronizacja zegara (ang. Clock Synchronisation)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Domyślna konfiguracja w Debian Edu polega na utrzymywaniu synchronizacji " +"zegarów na wszystkich maszynach, ale niekoniecznie na ich poprawności. NTP " +"służy do aktualizacji czasu. Zegary będą domyślnie synchronizowane z " +"zewnętrznym źródłem. Może to spowodować, że komputery będą utrzymywać " +"otwarte zewnętrzne połączenie internetowe, jeśli jest ono tworzone podczas " +"używania." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli korzystasz z dialup lub ISDN i płacisz za minutę, powinieneś zmienić " +"to ustawienie domyślne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Rozszerzanie pełnych partycji" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Utrzymanie slbackup-php" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Podwyższenie wersji serwera głównego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Utrzymanie slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "podsumowanie witryny" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Listy firm dostarczających wsparcie profesjonalne dostępne są na witrynie " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Więcej informacji na temat dostosowywania Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Podwyższanie wersji" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Proszę przeczytać w całości ten rozdział i rozdział <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Nowe cechy w Bullseye</link> przed podwyższeniem " +"wersji systemu operacyjnego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Upewnij się, że przeczytałeś także informacje o bieżącym wydaniu Debiana " +"Stabilnego w jego <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Podwyższenia wersji z Debiana Edu Buster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Podwyższenie wersji serwera głównego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Zastosuj i dostosuj konfigurację:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "Wprowadzenie do cienkich klientów i bezdyskowych stacji roboczych" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Aktualizowanie stacji roboczej" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Więcej informacji na temat klientów sieciowych można znaleźć w rozdziale " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Klienty sieciowe HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Administracja użytkownika (ang. User Administration)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Rozszerzanie pełnych partycji" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer Główny</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Używanie aktualizacji stabilnych (ang. stable-updates)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"zobacz: <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bullseye#\">strona statusu Debiana Edu Bullseye</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "Usługi uruchamiane na serwerze głównym" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Howto Administracji zaawansowanej" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(jako root na serwerze głównym)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(jako pierwszy użytkownik w Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Porady dla klientów w sieci" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Czcionki pisma ręcznego" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Porady dla klientów w sieci" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Wprowadzenie do cienkich klientów i bezdyskowych stacji roboczych" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Jednym z podstawowych terminów, zarówno dla cienkich klientów, jak i dla " +"bezdyskowych stacji roboczych jest <emphasis>klient LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stacja robocza</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta pozwala zwykłym komputerom PC funkcjonować " +"jako (X-)terminale. Oznacza to, że maszyna uruchamia się bezpośrednio z " +"serwera za pomocą PXE, bez użycia lokalnego dysku twardego klienta. " +"Konfiguracja cienkiego klienta używa teraz X2Go, ponieważ LTSP przestało być " +"wspierane." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "" +"Bezdyskowe stacje robocze LTSP używają obecnie programów zainstalowanych na " +"serwerze." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Modyfikowanie instalacji PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Więcej informacji na temat klientów sieciowych można znaleźć w rozdziale " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Klienty sieciowe HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Wiersz, taki jak ten, trzeba dodać do <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"Uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Pulpit Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Klienty bezprzewodowe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalowanie Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instalacja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> używa trybu tekstowego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> używa trybu tekstowego." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mobilna stacja robocza</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimalne</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Konfiguracja klienta LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sources" +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Źródła" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalowanie Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Porady dla klientów w sieci" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Porady dla klientów w sieci" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Ustaw hasła" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Obsługa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Wsparcie oparte na wolontariuszach" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "w języku angielskim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Listy firm dostarczających wsparcie profesjonalne dostępne są na witrynie " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nowe cechy w Debianie Edu Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 11 Nazwa kodowa: Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Instalacja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Więcej szczegółów na temat nowej wersji debian-installer z Debiana Buster, " +"zobacz <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">podręcznik instalacji</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GOsa²" +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa ²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP 21.01" +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Więcej informacji na temat wydania Debiana Buster można znaleźć w <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">uwagi do wydania</" +"ulink> i w <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"zobacz: <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bullseye#\">strona statusu Debiana Edu Bullseye</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Prawa autorskie i autorzy" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Wersja na <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bullseye\"/> jest wersją wiki. Jest ona często aktualizowana." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Podręcznik dla Debiana Edu 12 Nazwa kodowa bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 11 Nazwa kodowa: Bullseye" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Więcej szczegółów na temat nowej wersji debian-installer z Debiana Buster, " +"zobacz <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">podręcznik instalacji</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "" + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LTSP 21.01" +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Więcej informacji na temat wydania Debiana Buster można znaleźć w <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/releasenotes\">uwagi do wydania</" +"ulink> i w <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"zobacz: <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bullseye#\">strona statusu Debiana Edu Bullseye</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" +"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 10+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Buster, wydanego 2019-07-06" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" +"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 10+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Buster, wydanego 2019-07-06" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "" +"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 9+edu0 Nazwa kodowa Stretch wydanego 2017-06-17" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" +"Nowe cechy dla Debiana Edu 8+edu0 Nazwa kodowa Jessie wydanego 2016-07-02." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Nazwa kodowa: Wheezy, wydany 2013-09-28." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Nazwa kodowa \"Squeeze\", wydany 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Nazwa kodowa \"Squeeze\", wydany 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Nazwa kodowa \"Lenny\", wydany 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Nazwa kodowa \"Lenny\", wydany 2010-02-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Nazwa kodowa \"Lenny\", wydany 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Podręcznik dla Debiana Edu 11 Nazwa kodowa Bullseye" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nowa wersja debian-installer z Debiana Bullseye — więcej szczegółów, " +#~ "zobacz jego: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">podręcznik instalacji</ulink>." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Więcej informacji na temat Debiana 11 Bullseye można znaleźć w <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">uwagach do " +#~ "wydania</ulink> i w <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">podręczniku instalacji</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "W przypadku, gdy jest już router, ale nie można go skonfigurować tak, jak " +#~ "to należy zrobić (lub jak jest niedozwolone z powodów technicznych), to " +#~ "starszy komputer z dwoma interfejsami sieciowymi może być przekształcony " +#~ "w bramę pomiędzy istniejącą siecią a siecią Debiana Edu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prosty sposób, aby zainstalować Debiana Edu na komputerze; wybierz " +#~ "'Minimal' jako profil podczas instalacji." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Po instalacji, uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +#~ "configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> co " +#~ "spowoduje następujące zmiany:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Dostosuj plik /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Zmień na stałe nazwę hosta na 'gateway'." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Usuń zbędne skrypty." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Zainstaluj zaporę sieciową (opcjonalnie)." + +# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Main server" +#~ msgid "Main section" +#~ msgstr "Serwer główny" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> <emphasis>(v mark)</" +#~ "emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Serwer Główny</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aby zainstalować wybrane środowisko pulpitu (zamiast domyślnego), " +#~ "naciśnij klawisz TAB i wyedytuj opcje uruchamiania jądra (tak, jak to " +#~ "wyjaśniono powyżej)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Począwszy od Bullseye, LTSP różni się znacznie od poprzednich wersji. " +#~ "Dotyczy to zarówno konfiguracji, jak i konserwacji. Główną różnicą jest " +#~ "to, że obraz SquashFS dla bezdyskowych stacji roboczych jest teraz " +#~ "generowany z systemu plików serwera LTSP. Ponadto cienkie klienty nie są " +#~ "już obsługiwane." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-setup</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uruchom <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/edu-icinga-" +#~ "setup</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pot 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6094 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data de publicação:; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> +2021 José Vieira +2021-2022 Barbara Tostes +2021 Paulo Henrique de Lima Santana +2021, 2023-2026 Fred Maranhão +2021 Mario Gerson Miranda Magno Junior +2021 Thiago Pezzo +2024 Gabriel Francisco +2024 Ivan Rodrigues Pereira +2024, 2026 Rafael Fontenelle +2024 Reberti Carvalho Soares +2024 Ricardo Berlim Fonseca +2024 Simone Aguiar +2025 Bruno Silva +2025 Jessica Patricio +2025 Raul Banzatto +2025 Vitória Cordeiro dos Santos +2025 Jerb + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-br.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8627 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-20 23:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle <rafaelff@gnome.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" +"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/pt_BR/>\n" +"Language: pt-br\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt-BR" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu/Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Data de publicação:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 13 Codinome trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logotipo do instalador do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Este manual é para a versão Debian Edu 12 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"A versão em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> é uma wiki e é atualizada frequentemente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Traduções atualizadas estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">aqui (online)</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Sobre o Debian Edu e Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu, também conhecido como Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Debian " +"que implementa uma abordagem cliente-servidor, disponibilizando um ambiente " +"de rede escolar completamente configurado. Servidores e clientes são " +"<emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> – programas, no caso – que " +"interagem entre si. Os servidores fornecem informações requeridas pelos " +"clientes para estes poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa " +"máquina e o seu cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são " +"chamadas de servidor e cliente, por extensão do conceito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " +"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> contêm detalhes do projeto do " +"sistema básico." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Se a rede física estiver montada, após a instalação de um servidor principal " +"(programa) num computador (o servidor físico), ficam configurados todos os " +"serviços do sistema operacional necessários a uma rede escolar e o sistema " +"fica pronto para ser utilizado. É apenas necessário registrar no sistema os " +"utilizadores e as máquinas da rede, através do GOsa² (uma interface Web de " +"fácil utilização) ou qualquer outro editor LDAP. Também foi preparado um " +"ambiente de boot pela rede usando PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment)/<ulink " +"url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, pelo que, após a instalação inicial " +"do servidor principal (no servidor principal físico) a partir de CD, disco " +"Blu-ray ou pendrive USB, o sistema pode ser instalado através da rede em " +"todas as outras máquinas, incluindo as \"estações de trabalho itinerantes\" " +"(aquelas que podem ser retiradas da rede da escola, geralmente computadores " +"portáteis). Além disso, todas as máquinas podem iniciar via PXE/iPXE da " +"mesma forma que as estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes leves (thin " +"clients)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Várias aplicações educacionais como o GeoGebra, o Kalzium, o KGeography, o " +"GNU Solfege e o Scratch são incluídas na configuração do ambiente de área de " +"trabalho padrão, que pode ser estendido facilmente e quase infinitamente " +"através do universo Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Alguma história e o porquê de dois nomes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux</ulink> " +"é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " +"distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink>, é um subprojeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Isto significa que o Skolelinux é uma versão do Debian composta de forma a " +"constituir um modelo pronto para uso de uma rede escolar completamente " +"configurada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Na mesma " +"época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu na França. Em 2003 os projetos " +"foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respetivos países – " +"significando, respetivamente, Escola e Educação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Hoje o sistema está em uso em vários países por todo o mundo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arquitetura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Esta seção descreve a arquitetura de rede e os serviços fornecidos por uma " +"instalação Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "A topologia da rede do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"A figura é um esboço da topologia de rede assumida como padrão. A " +"configuração predefinida de uma rede Skolelinux assume que existe um (e " +"apenas um) servidor principal, enquanto permite a inclusão tanto de estações " +"de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " +"estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " +"pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " +"vale para os servidores LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project), estando cada " +"um deles numa rede separada para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " +"servidor LTSP não afete os demais serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado em " +"detalhe no respectivo capítulo de <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"A razão para que só possa haver um servidor principal em cada rede escolar é " +"que o servidor principal permite a configuração dinâmica de hospedeiros, " +"através do protocolo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), e em cada " +"rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. É possível transferir a execução de " +"serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas; para o fazer, é " +"necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina e, em seguida, " +"atualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador (\"alias\") do " +"DNS desse serviço para o computador certo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a conexão à internet " +"roda em um roteador separado, também chamado de gateway. Ver o capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Roteador de Internet</link> " +"para detalhes de como configurar tal gateway se não for possível configurar " +"um já existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "A configuração padrão da rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"O DHCP no servidor principal serve a rede 10.0.0.0/8, fornecendo um menu de " +"inicialização PXE onde se pode escolher entre instalar um novo servidor ou " +"uma nova estação de trabalho, iniciar um cliente dependente ou uma estação " +"de trabalho sem disco, executar o memtest (teste da(s) memória(s)), ou " +"iniciar a partir do disco rígido local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informações, ver o respectivo " +"capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"Nos servidores LTSP, o que o DHCP faz é apenas servir uma rede dedicada (sub-" +"rede) na segunda interface (as opções 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 estão " +"pré-configuradas) e raramente necessita ser alterado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "A configuração de todas as sub-redes é guardada no LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (também chamado " +"\"tjener\", termo norueguês que significa \"servidor\") que por predefinição " +"tem o endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado selecionando o perfil Servidor " +"Principal. É possível (mas não necessário) selecionar e instalar na mesma " +"máquina também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " +"Servidor Principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Serviços rodando no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Com exceção do controle dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços são " +"inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). Por " +"razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) (embora " +"seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor LTSP no " +"mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS específico e " +"todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído facilita a " +"transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para um " +"computador diferente, simplesmente parando o serviço no servidor principal e " +"alterando a configuração do DNS, apontando para a nova localização da " +"execução do serviço (que deve primeiro ser configurada nesse computador, é " +"claro)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir a segurança, todas as ligações em que as senhas são " +"transmitidas pela rede são encriptadas, de modo que nenhuma senha é enviada " +"pela rede como texto simples." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Abaixo está uma tabela dos serviços que são configurados por predefinição " +"numa rede Skolelinux e o nome DNS de cada serviço. Se for possível, todos os " +"arquivos de configuração irão referir-se ao serviço pelo nome (sem o nome de " +"domínio), facilitando assim às escolas a mudança de domínio (se tiverem um " +"domínio DNS próprio) ou dos endereços IP que utilizam." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela de serviços</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrição do serviço</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome comum</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Registro centralizado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Serviço de Nome de Domínio (DNS - Domain Name Server)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domínio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configuração automática de rede de máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronização de relógio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Diretórios pessoais via sistema de arquivos de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB/NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Correio Eletrônico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice (correios)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Serviço de diretório" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administração de usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Servidor web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Backup Central" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Cache web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Impressão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Login remoto seguro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração automática" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Vigilância de máquinas e serviços com relatório de erros, além de estado e " +"histórico na web. Relatório de erros por e-mail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Os arquivos pessoais dos utilizadores são guardados nos respectivos " +"diretórios de utilizador (pastas pessoais), que são disponibilizados pelo " +"servidor. Os diretórios de utilizador são acessíveis a partir de todas as " +"máquinas, dando aos utilizadores acesso aos mesmos arquivos (aos seus " +"arquivos), independentemente da máquina que utilizem. O servidor é neutro " +"relativamente a sistemas operacionais, proporcionando acesso via NFS a " +"clientes do tipo Unix e via SMB2/SMB3 a outros clientes (windows, mac, etc.)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o e-mail é configurado para entrega local (ou seja, na escola) " +"apenas, embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio pela Internet, se a " +"escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os clientes são configurados " +"para entregar e-mail ao servidor (usando 'smarthost'), acedendo os " +"utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">ao seu correio pessoal</" +"link> através de IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Todos os serviços são acessíveis usando o mesmo nome de usuário e respectiva " +"senha, graças à base de dados central de usuários para a autenticação e " +"autorização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Para aumentar o desempenho em sites visitados frequentemente é usado um " +"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda arquivos localmente. Além " +"de bloquear o tráfego web no encaminhador (router), isto também permite " +"controlar o acesso à Internet nas máquinas, individualmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"A configuração da rede nos clientes é feita automaticamente usando DHCP. " +"Todos os tipos de clientes podem ser ligados à sub-rede privada 10.0.0.0/8, " +"obtendo endereços IP correspondentes; os clientes LTSP devem ser ligados ao " +"servidor LTSP correspondente através da sub-rede separada 192.168.0.0/24 " +"(isto garante que o tráfego de rede dos clientes LTSP não interfere com o " +"resto dos serviços de rede)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"O acesso centralizado é configurado de forma que todas as máquinas enviem as " +"suas mensagens syslog para o servidor. O serviço syslog é configurado de " +"forma a apenas aceitar mensagens recebidas da rede local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o servidor DNS é configurado com um domínio apenas para uso " +"interno (*.intern), até que um domínio DNS real (\"externo\") possa ser " +"configurado. O servidor DNS é configurado como servidor DNS de cache para " +"que todas as máquinas da rede possam utilizá-lo como servidor DNS principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Alunos e professores podem publicar websites. O servidor web fornece " +"mecanismos para autenticar utilizadores e para limitar o acesso a páginas e " +"subdiretórios individuais a certos usuários e grupos. Os utilizadores " +"poderão criar páginas web dinâmicas, já que o servidor web será programável " +"no lado do servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"A informação sobre usuários e máquinas é alterada num local central e é " +"tornada acessível a todos os computadores da rede automaticamente. Para " +"conseguir isso, é configurado um servidor de diretório centralizado. O " +"diretório terá informações sobre os utilizadores, grupos de utilizadores, " +"máquinas e grupos de máquinas. Para evitar confusão entre utilizadores, não " +"haverá diferença entre grupos de arquivos e grupos de rede. Isto implica que " +"os grupos de computadores que irão formar grupos de rede utilizarão o mesmo " +"espaço de nomes que os grupos de usuários." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"A administração dos serviços e usuários será principalmente feita através da " +"web e seguirá padrões estabelecidos, funcionando bem nos navegadores web que " +"fazem parte do Skolelinux. A delegação de certas tarefas a usuários " +"individuais ou grupos de usuários será possível através dos sistemas de " +"administração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar certos problemas com o NFS e para tornar a resolução dos " +"problemas mais simples, os computadores necessitam de relógios sincronizados " +"entre si. Para conseguir a sincronização, o servidor Skolelinux é " +"configurado como um servidor local de Network Time Protocol (NTP) e todas as " +"estações de trabalho e clientes são configurados para se sincronizarem com o " +"servidor. O próprio servidor deve sincronizar o seu relógio através de NTP " +"com computadores na Internet, garantindo assim que toda a rede tenha a hora " +"correta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"As impressoras são ligadas onde for conveniente, seja diretamente na rede " +"principal, seja a um servidor, estação de trabalho ou servidor LTSP. O " +"acesso às impressoras pode ser controlado para usuários individuais de " +"acordo com os grupos a que pertencem; isto será conseguido através da " +"utilização de quotas e controle de acesso para impressoras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Uma rede Skolelinux pode ter muitos servidores LTSP, que são instalados ao " +"ser selecionado o perfil Servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Os servidores LTSP são configurados para receberem o syslog de clientes " +"dependentes e de estações de trabalho, e encaminharem essas mensagens para o " +"destinatário central do syslog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Observe:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP usam os programas instalados no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de arquivos raiz do cliente é disponibilizado através do NFS. Após " +"cada modificação no servidor LTSP a imagem relacionada tem que ser gerada " +"novamente; executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Clientes dependentes (thin clients)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' permite que PCs comuns funcionem como " +"terminais (do X). Isto significa que a máquina inicia diretamente do " +"servidor, usando o PXE, sem usar o disco rígido do computador cliente. A " +"configuração de clientes dependentes é feita agora pelo X2Go, uma vez que o " +"LTSP deixou de ter essa funcionalidade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes são uma boa maneira de ainda ser feito uso de " +"computadores muito antigos (a maioria de 32 bits), pois eles executam " +"eficazmente todos os programas no servidor LTSP. Isto funciona da seguinte " +"forma: o serviço usa o DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) para se " +"ligar à rede e o TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) para iniciar a partir " +"da rede; em seguida, é montado o sistema de arquivos a partir do servidor " +"LTSP utilizando NFS; finalmente, é iniciado o cliente X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Estações de trabalho sem disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Uma estação de trabalho sem disco executa todo o software no próprio " +"computador, apesar de não ter um sistema operacional instalado localmente. " +"Isto significa que os computadores clientes iniciam via PXE, sem executarem " +"software instalado num disco rígido local (mas sim no servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de ser utilizado " +"equipamento potente com o mesmo baixo custo de manutenção dos clientes " +"dependentes. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor, sem a " +"necessidade de software instalado localmente nos clientes. A pasta pessoal " +"de cada usuário (os diretórios de usuário) e as configurações do sistema " +"para cada um também são guardadas no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Clientes em rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"O termo \"clientes em rede\" é usado neste manual para se referir tanto a " +"clientes dependentes como a estações de trabalho sem disco, assim como a " +"computadores com sistemas operacionais MacOS ou Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administração" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Todas as máquinas GNU/Linux que são instaladas com o instalador Skolelinux " +"serão administráveis a partir de um computador central, muito provavelmente " +"o servidor. Será possível fazer login em todos via SSH e assim ter acesso " +"total às máquinas. É necessário executar primeiro <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput>, como root, para obter um TGT (ticket-granting ticket) do " +"Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Toda a informação dos usuários é mantida num diretório LDAP. As atualizações " +"das contas de utilizador são feitas nesta base de dados, que é utilizada " +"pelos clientes para autenticação do utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Atualmente existem dois tipos de imagens para suportes de instalação: " +"netinst e BD. Ambas as imagens podem também ser carregadas a partir de " +"pendrives via USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"O objetivo é haver a possibilidade de fazer uma única instalação do sistema " +"como servidor, usando qualquer tipo de suporte, e, a partir do servidor, com " +"inicialização pela rede, instalar o sistema em todos os outros computadores " +"(clientes) através da rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Apenas a imagem netinstall necessita de acesso à Internet durante a " +"instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"A instalação não deve fazer solicitações, com exceção do idioma desejado, " +"localização, disposição do teclado e perfil do computador (Servidor " +"principal, Estação de trabalho, Servidor LTSP, ...). Todas as outras " +"configurações são estabelecidas automaticamente com valores razoáveis, para " +"serem alteradas a partir de uma localização central pelo administrador do " +"sistema, após a instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de acesso ao sistema de arquivos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"A cada conta de usuário do Skolelinux é atribuída uma secção do sistema de " +"arquivos no servidor de arquivos. Esta seção (diretório home) contém os " +"arquivos de configuração do usuário, documentos, e-mail e páginas web. " +"Alguns dos arquivos devem ser configurados para ter acesso de leitura para " +"outros usuários no sistema, alguns devem ser legíveis por todos na Internet " +"e alguns não devem ser acessíveis para leitura por ninguém, exceto pelo " +"usuário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que todos os discos usados para diretórios de usuários ou " +"diretórios compartilhados possam ser identificados de forma única em todos " +"os computadores da instalação, os discos podem ser montados como " +"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. É criado " +"inicialmente um diretório no servidor de arquivos, <computeroutput>/skole/" +"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, no qual são criadas todas as contas de " +"usuários. Posteriormente podem ser criados mais diretórios, quando " +"necessário, para acomodar determinados grupos de usuários ou determinados " +"padrões de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir o acesso compartilhado a arquivos que usem o sistema normal de " +"permissões UNIX, é necessário que os usuários, além de estarem no grupo " +"pessoal primário a que pertencem por predefinição, estejam também em grupos " +"compartilhados suplementares (p. ex. \"estudantes\"). Se os usuários tiverem " +"uma máscara apropriada (002 ou 007) para tornar os itens recém-criados " +"acessíveis a grupos e se os diretórios em que eles estiverem trabalhando " +"estiverem configurados para fazer com que os arquivos assumam a mesma " +"entidade detentora que o grupo, o resultado é o compartilhamento controlado " +"de arquivos entre os membros de um grupo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"As configurações iniciais de acesso a arquivos recém-criados são uma questão " +"de opção. A máscara (umask) predefinida do Debian é 022 (que não permite " +"acesso de grupo como descrito acima), mas o Debian Edu usa 002 como " +"predefinição - significando que os arquivos são criados com acesso de " +"leitura para todos os utilizadores, acesso esse que pode ser removido " +"posteriormente por uma ação explícita do criador do arquivo. Isto pode ser " +"alterado (editando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" +"computeroutput>) para uma máscara de 007 - significando que o acesso de " +"leitura dos arquivos é inicialmente vedado, necessitando de uma ação do " +"usuário para os tornar acessíveis. A primeira abordagem encoraja o " +"compartilhamento de conhecimento e torna o coletivo mais transparente, " +"enquanto que a segunda diminui o risco de disseminação indesejada de " +"informação sensível. O problema com a primeira opção é que não é claro para " +"os usuários que o material que criam fica acessível a todos os outros " +"usuários. Só o conseguem perceber inspecionando os diretórios dos outros " +"usuários e vendo que os seus arquivos podem ser lidos. O problema com a " +"segunda opção é que provavelmente poucas pessoas tornarão os seus arquivos " +"acessíveis a outros, mesmo que não contenham informação sensível e o " +"conteúdo seja útil para usuários curiosos, que querem perceber como outros " +"resolveram problemas específicos (normalmente problemas de configuração)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Há várias possibilidades para uma solução Skolelinux. Desde a instalação " +"apenas num PC autônomo até a instalação em muitas escolas geridas de forma " +"centralizada como solução regional. Contudo, esta flexibilidade implica uma " +"enorme diferença entre opções no que respeita à configuração dos componentes " +"de rede, servidores e máquinas clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos de hardware" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento " +"para LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu/Skolelinux pode ser instalado em computadores de 32 bits " +"(arquitetura Debian 'i386', para processadores 686 e superiores) ou em " +"computadores de 64 bit (arquitetura Debian 'amd64', para processadores x86)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"É possível usar clientes dependentes com apenas 256 MiB de RAM e 400 MHz de " +"frequência, embora seja recomendado o uso de mais RAM e processadores mais " +"rápidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Em clientes autônomos (fat clients) - isto é, estações de trabalho, estações " +"de trabalho sem disco - e computadores independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 " +"MHz de frequência são os requisitos mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar " +"navegadores web modernos e LibreOffice são recomendados pelo menos 2048 MiB " +"de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "O espaço em disco mínimo necessário depende do perfil a instalar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"espaço combinado servidor principal + servidor LTSP: 60 GiB (mais espaço " +"adicional para contas de usuário)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "estação de trabalho ou computador independente: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "instalação mínima para máquina conectada: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Os servidores LTSP precisam de duas placas de rede ao utilizarem a " +"arquitetura de rede predefinida:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "a eth0 está ligada à rede principal (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "a eth1 é usada para servir clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Os computadores portáteis são estações de trabalho móveis, por isso têm os " +"mesmos requisitos que as estações de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Computadores identificados como funcionando com o sistema" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de incluir " +"todos os modelos que funcionam com o sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> é um esforço " +"para documentar a forma de instalar, configurar e usar o Debian em alguns " +"computadores específicos, permitindo a potenciais compradores saberem que " +"esses computadores aceitam o Debian e aos detentores de computadores " +"listados saberem como obter o máximo dos seus equipamentos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Requisitos para configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Configuração padrão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Quando for usada a arquitetura de rede predefinida, aplicam-se as seguintes " +"regras:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "É necessário um, e apenas um, servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Pode haver centenas de estações de trabalho na rede principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver muitos servidores LTSP na rede principal; estão pré-configuradas " +"duas sub-redes diferentes (DNS, DHCP) no LDAP e podem ser adicionadas mais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver centenas de clientes dependentes (thin clients) e/ou estações de " +"trabalho sem disco em cada rede de servidores LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver centenas de outras máquinas, sendo-lhes atribuídos endereços IP " +"dinâmicos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Para acesso à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um conversor " +"(gateway) (ver abaixo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Encaminhador (router) de Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Para ligação à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um " +"conversor (gateway) ligado à Internet na interface externa e usando o " +"endereço IP 10.0.0.1 com a máscara de rede 255.0.0.0 na interface interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"O encaminhador não deve ser ligado a um servidor DHCP; pode ser ligado a um " +"servidor DNS, embora isso não seja necessário – não será utilizado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Caso você ainda não possua um roteador ou seu roteador existente não pode " +"ser configurado de acordo, qualquer máquina que preencher os requisitos " +"mínimos da instalação do Debian e possuir no mínimo duas interfaces de rede " +"pode ser configurada como um gateway entre a rede existente e a rede " +"DebianEdu. Veja a <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" +"link> para um forma simples de instalar e configurar uma máquina Debian " +"usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for necessário usar algum equipamento como encaminhador (embedded) ou " +"como ponto de acesso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " +"equipamento também possa ser usado, é claro. Usar o firmware original é mais " +"fácil; usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e controle. Consultar as páginas web do " +"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um procedimento " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infraestrutura de " +"rede existente não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que " +"seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura de rede</link> " +"predefinida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Opções de instalação e download" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Onde encontrar informação adicional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que você leia ou ao menos dê uma olhada nas <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notas de " +"lançamento do Debian Trixie</ulink> antes de começar a instalar um sistema " +"para uso em produção. Há mais informações sobre o lançamento do Debian " +"Trixie disponíveis em seu <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"trixie/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Experimente o Debian Edu/Skolelinux. Está pronto para funcionar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se, porém, ler os capítulos sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre " +"a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> antes de começar a " +"instalação de um servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Deve também ser lido o capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros " +"Passos</link> deste manual, pois nele se explica como fazer login no sistema " +"pela primeira vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Baixe a mídia de instalação do Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquiteturas Debian para CPUs x86; " +"ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " +"arquitetura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e " +"a<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje as instalações " +"devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. A " +"arquitetura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas para " +"computadores muito antigos (começaram a ser vendidos computadores de 64bit " +"em 2003 e deixaram de ser vendidos computadores de 32bit por volta de 2010)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagens iso netinst para amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"A imagem iso netinst (instalação via rede) pode ser usada para instalação a " +"partir de CD/DVD e pendrives USB e está disponível para duas arquiteturas " +"Debian: amd64 ou i386. Como o nome indica, para a instalação é necessário " +"acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Assim que o Trixie for lançado, estas imagens estarão disponíveis para " +"baixar em:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagens iso BD para amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Esta imagem ISO tem aproximadamente 7.5 GB e pode ser usada para instalação " +"em máquinas amd64 ou i386, também sem acesso à Internet. Como a imagem " +"netinst, pode ser instalada em pendrives USB ou em discos de tamanho " +"suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verificação dos arquivos de imagem baixados" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Instruções detalhadas para verificação dessas imagens constam das <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Fontes ou origens das imagens" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"As imagens estão disponíveis no arquivo Debian nos locais habituais; " +"diversas mídias possuem links em <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalando o Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Ao fazer uma instalação do Debian Edu, há algumas opções a fazer. Mas não " +"são muitas. Foi feito um bom trabalho de ocultação das complexidades " +"internas do Debian, quer durante a instalação quer no uso do sistema. Ainda " +"assim, como o Debian Edu é essencialmente um Debian, se você quiser pode " +"usar os mais de 59.000 pacotes do Debian e as bilhares de opções de " +"configuração. As predefinições são adequadas para a maioria dos usuários. " +"NOTA: se for usar o LTSP, escolha um ambiente de área de trabalho leve." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Cenários de instalação do servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de rede escolar ou doméstica com acesso à Internet através de um " +"encaminhador com DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"A instalação de um servidor principal é possível, mas após reiniciar não " +"haverá acesso à Internet (devido ao IP 10.0.2.2/8 da interface de rede " +"primária)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador " +"(router) para Internet</link> para informação de ligação e configuração de " +"um conversor (gateway), se não for possível configurar um já em uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"O servidor principal deve ter conexão à Internet uma vez iniciado pela " +"primeira vez no ambiente correto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de rede escolar ou institucional, semelhante à mencionada acima, mas " +"requerendo o uso de um intermediário (proxy)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar 'debian-edu-expert' à linha de comando do núcleo (kernel); ver " +"mais abaixo instruções de como fazer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Devem ser atendidas algumas solicitações adicionais, incluindo a relacionada " +"com o servidor intermediário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Rede com encaminhador/conversor IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que não tem servidor DHCP) e " +"acesso à Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Assim que a configuração automática da rede falhar (devido à falta de DHCP), " +"escolher a configuração manual da rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.2.2/8 como IP do hospedeiro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.0.1 como IP do conversor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Introduzir 8.8.8.8 como IP do servidor de nomes, a menos que outro se aplique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "" +"O servidor principal deve funcionar de imediato após a primeira " +"inicialização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Sem ligação à Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Usar a imagem ISO BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar que todos os cabos de rede (reais/virtuais) estão desligados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'Não configurar a rede neste momento' (depois de o DHCP não ter " +"configurado a rede e de ter sido pressionado 'Continuar')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Atualize o sistema uma vez inicializado a primeira vez no ambiente correto " +"com acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Ambientes de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Estão disponíveis vários ambientes de trabalho:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"O Xfce tem uma dimensão ligeiramente maior do que o LXDE, mas tem um bom " +"suporte linguístico (106 idiomas)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"O KDE e o GNOME têm ambos um bom suporte linguístico, mas são demasiado " +"pesados, tanto para os computadores mais antigos como para os clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "O Cinnamon é uma alternativa ao GNOME, sendo mais leve." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"O MATE é mais leve que os três acima, mas não possui um bom suporte " +"linguístico para vários países." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "O LXDE é o de menor dimensão e está disponível em 35 idiomas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"O LXQt é um ambiente de trabalho leve (tem disponibilidade de idiomas " +"semelhante ao LXDE) com um aspecto mais moderno (é baseado em Qt, tal como o " +"KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"O projeto Debian Edu, sendo um projeto internacional, optou pelo Xfce como " +"ambiente de trabalho predefinido; ver abaixo como definir um ambiente " +"diferente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalação modular" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Ao instalar um sistema com perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis> " +"incluído, são instalados muitos programas relacionados com a educação. Para " +"instalar apenas o perfil básico, remover o parâmetro de linha de comando " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> do núcleo (kernel) antes de iniciar a " +"instalação; ver abaixo informação de como isto é feito. Isto permite " +"instalar um sistema específico para cada caso e pode ser usado para acelerar " +"instalações de teste." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho posteriormente, não use os meta-" +"pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com " +"educação; em vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Pode ser instalado um ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível " +"escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> conforme o caso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Tipos de instalação e opções" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de inicialização (boot) do instalador em equipamento de 64 " +"bits - modo BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menu de inicialização do instalador de 64 bits (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">instalação gráfica</emphasis> utiliza o " +"instalador construído em GTK, que permite a utilização do mouse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalar</emphasis> utiliza o instalador em modo " +"de texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opções avançadas ></emphasis> apresenta um " +"submenu com mais opções." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ajuda</emphasis> dá algumas dicas sobre como " +"usar o instalador; ver a captura de tela abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Tela de opções avançadas 1 do instalador de 64 bits" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Voltar atrás...</emphasis> traz de volta o menu " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica especializada</emphasis> " +"apresenta todas as possibilidades de configuração; pode ser usado o mouse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo gráfico de recuperação</emphasis> faz com " +"que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de recuperação, se surgirem " +"problemas graves." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica automática</emphasis> precisa " +"de um arquivo de pré-configuração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação especializada</emphasis> apresenta " +"todas as possibilidades de configuração em modo texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo de recuperação</emphasis> modo texto; faz com " +"que este meio de instalação se torne um disco de recuperação para tarefas de " +"emergência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação automatizada</emphasis> em modo " +"texto; precisa de um arquivo de pré-configuração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Não use a <computeroutput>Instalação gráfica especializada</computeroutput> " +"ou <computeroutput>Instalação especializada</computeroutput>, use " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> como um parâmetro " +"adicional do kernel em casos excepcionais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Tela de ajuda</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Tela de ajuda do instalador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela de Ajuda é autoexplicativa e ativa as teclas <F>- no teclado " +"para ajuda mais detalhada sobre os tópicos descritos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de inicialização (boot) do instalador em equipamento de 64 " +"bits - modo UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menu de inicialização do instalador de 64 bits (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Adicionar ou alterar parâmetros de inicialização para instalações</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Em ambos os casos, as opções de inicialização podem ser editadas " +"pressionando a tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> no menu de inicialização (boot); a captura de " +"tela mostra a linha de comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação " +"gráfica</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser usado um serviço intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede para " +"acelerar a instalação do perfil do <emphasis>servidor principal</emphasis> a " +"partir do CD. Adicione, por exemplo, <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> como parâmetro de inicialização " +"adicional." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Após o perfil do <emphasis>servidor principal</emphasis> ser instalado numa " +"máquina, as instalações seguintes devem ser feitas via PXE, pois isso usará " +"automaticamente o proxy do servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"E para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Processo de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ter presente os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de sistema</" +"link> ; para configurar um servidor LTSP são necessárias pelo menos duas " +"placas de rede (NICs) ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Escolher um idioma (para usar na instalação e no sistema instalado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Escolher uma localização; normalmente será a região correspondente ao local " +"onde você estiver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Escolher um layout de teclado (o predefinido para o país geralmente é " +"adequado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Escolher o(s) perfil(s), da seguinte lista:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Este é o servidor principal (tjener) da escola, que fornece todos os " +"serviços, pré-configurados para funcionarem de imediato. Deve ser instalado " +"apenas um servidor principal por escola! Este perfil não inclui uma " +"interface gráfica de utilizador. Para uso de uma interface gráfica de " +"utilizador, além deste perfil deve ser selecionado também um dos perfis " +"Estação de trabalho ou Servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"É um computador de rede que inicia a partir de seu próprio disco rígido e " +"executa todos os programas e gera os dispositivos localmente, como um " +"computador comum independente. Exceto os acessos dos usuários, que são " +"autenticados pelo servidor principal, e a localização dos arquivos dos " +"usuários e do perfil do ambiente de trabalho de cada usuário, também " +"guardados no servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho itinerante (Roaming " +"workstation)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"O mesmo que uma estação de trabalho, mas capaz de autenticação usando " +"credenciais em cache, o que significa que o computador pode ser usado fora " +"da rede escolar. Os arquivos e perfis dos usuários são guardados no disco " +"local. Para portáteis de usuário único deve ser selecionado este perfil e " +"não 'Estação de trabalho' ou 'Standalone', ao contrário do que era sugerido " +"em versões anteriores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco), é " +"chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " +"servidor que os clientes sem disco rígido (clientes do servidor de janelas X " +"ou, abreviadamente, terminais do X) iniciam e executam os programas a partir " +"deste servidor. Este computador precisa de duas interfaces de rede, muita " +"memória e, idealmente, mais do que um processador ou núcleo. Ver o capítulo " +"sobre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link> para mais " +"informações sobre este assunto. A escolha deste perfil ativa também o perfil " +"Estação de trabalho (mesmo que não esteja selecionado) - um servidor LTSP " +"pode sempre ser usado também como estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente (Standalone)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"O computador comum, que funciona sem estar ligado a um servidor (ou seja, " +"não precisa de estar na rede). Inclui os computadores portáteis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínimo</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Este perfil instala os pacotes base e configura a máquina para se integrar " +"na rede Debian Edu, mas sem instalar quaisquer serviços ou aplicações. É " +"útil como plataforma para serviços específicos movidos manualmente do " +"servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Caso usuários comuns possam usar tal sistema, ele precisa ser adicionado " +"usando GOsa² (semelhante a uma estação de trabalho) e o pacote libpam-krb5 " +"precisa ser instalado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes " +"perfis podem ser instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um " +"servidor principal chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa " +"que o servidor principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser " +"usado como estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se " +"assume que esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para " +"ficarem funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado ou " +"a servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Escolher \"sim\" ou \"não\" quanto ao particionamento automático. Esteja " +"ciente de que dizer \"sim\" destruirá todos os dados nos discos rígidos! " +"Escolher \"não\", por outro lado, exigirá mais trabalho - é necessário " +"confirmar que as partições necessárias existem (se não, têm que ser criadas) " +"e são de tamanho suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipe do Debian Edu " +"saber que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros " +"lançamentos. Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Aguardar. Se os perfis selecionados incluírem o servidor LTSP, o instalador " +"irá demorar algum tempo ao final, \"Finalizando a instalação - Executando o " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Após a introdução da senha de root (administrador do computador, e não da " +"rede), será solicitada a criação de uma conta de utilizador normal (do " +"computador) \"para tarefas não-administrativas\". Para o Debian Edu esta " +"conta é muito importante: é esta a conta usada para a gestão da rede " +"Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " +"um comprimento mínimo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nome de usuário</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado " +"acesso ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " +"correspondente ao nome de usuário sejam aceitas pelo instalador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis> esperar " +"novamente após reiniciar. O sistema irá demorar algum tempo para gerar a " +"imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " +"trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " +"adicionais a serem feitas pelo operador. Para mais informações, ver o " +"capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Instalar um gateway usando debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"simplifica a configuração de um gateway para a rede Debian Edu através de um " +"processo de configuração interativa onde a informação necessária é obtida " +"através de uma série de diálogos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizá-lo, faça uma instalação mínima do Debian. Certifique-se de usar " +"o instalador normal do Debian e não o instalador do Debian Edu, pois as " +"instalações do Debian Edu não são suportadas por <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Instale o pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Mensagens de erro relacionadas à configuração são esperadas e podem ser " +"ignoradas por enquanto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Para o processo de configuração após a instalação do <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-router-config</computeroutput>, é necessário acesso físico ao computador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"As interfaces de rede podem já estar conectadas às redes correspondentes, " +"mas não necessariamente. Porém é necessário estar atento a qual interface " +"será conectada a qual rede. Para obter mais informações sobre o hardware da " +"rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "pode ser usado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Remova a configuração das duas interfaces de rede a serem usadas em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> ou arquivos em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> e desconfigure " +"as duas interfaces usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "O processo de configuração de fato é iniciado com" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selecionando o método de configuração uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Confirmação para configurar uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Quando questionado sobre o método de configuração do firewall uif, selecione " +"\"debian-edu-router\". Confirme que você deseja configurar o firewall para o " +"Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping em uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Permitir traceroute em uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Decida se você deseja responder a pedidos de ping e traceroute. Se não tiver " +"certeza responda com \"sim\" pois podem ser uteis para diagnóstico de " +"problemas de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Habilitar encaminhamento de pacote IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confirme que você deseja habilitar o encaminhamento de pacote IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Selecione o método de configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Selecione o método de configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"A seguir, atribua redes as interfaces de rede noseu roteador, escolha uma " +"das opções oferecidas dependendo se sua interface de rede já está conectada " +"ou não." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Selecionando a interface de uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Selecione a interface que está conectada à rede upstream." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Selecionando redes internas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Selecione uma rede interna, caso não tenha certeza e queira apenas uma única " +"rede interna, selecione \"Educação\" aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Habilitando o uso de VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Selecione se as VLANs devem ser usadas para redes internas; se não tiver " +"certeza, selecione não aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Selecionando versões IP compatíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Selecione \"IPv4\" aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Selecionando redes que exigem um endereço IP estático" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Configurando um endereço IP estático para a rede interna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Defina <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> como o endereço IP " +"estático para a rede interna \"Educação\" se você seguiu a sugestão acima em " +"redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Ativando NAT para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Ative NAT para a rede interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Ativando acesso à Internet para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Ative o acesso à Internet para redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Configurando NAT reverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Configurando NAT reverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Se quiser expor quaisquer serviços internos à Internet, você pode configurá-" +"los usando a sintaxe descrita. Observe que o acesso SSH ao gateway pode ser " +"configurado usando a caixa de diálogo a seguir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Ativando acesso SSH para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "Decida de quais redes você deseja permitir o acesso SSH ao gateway." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar a porta SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configure a porta SSH, deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " +"configuração não tiver sido alterada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Ativando DHCP para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Não ative o DHCP para redes internas, ele será oferecido pelo servidor " +"principal do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Conecte as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenha feito isso, e reinicie a " +"máquina. Agora, quando você entrar como root você deve ver o menu do " +"Roteador do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configuração SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se o acesso SSH estiver habilitado, o gateway poderá ser reconfigurado " +"remotamente através do menu oferecido ao fazer login como root. Pressionar " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> no menu principal muda para o menu de " +"configuração a partir do qual toda ou parte da configuração pode ser " +"alterada usando o mesmo sistema de diálogo que foi usado para a configuração " +"inicial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Notas sobre algumas características" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Uma nota sobre computadores portáteis (notebooks)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"O mais provável é que o perfil escolhido seja 'Estação de trabalho " +"itinerante' (ver acima). Esteja ciente de que todos os dados são guardados " +"localmente, isto é, no próprio portátil (portanto, é necessário algum " +"cuidado extra em fazer cópias de segurança), e as credenciais de acesso são " +"guardadas em cache (portanto, após uma alteração da senha, a entrada pode " +"requerer a senha antiga se o computador não tiver sido ligado à rede e feito " +"o acesso com a nova senha)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de unidades USB flash/imagens de disco " +"Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Terminada a instalação a partir da unidade flash USB/imagem de disco Blu-" +"ray, o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " +"conterá apenas fontes (repositórios origem) constantes nessa imagem. Se for " +"possível ligar o computador à Internet, sugerimos fortemente adicionar as " +"seguintes linhas a ele para que as atualizações de segurança disponíveis " +"possam ser instaladas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Uma instalação netinst (o tipo de instalação que nosso CD fornece) irá " +"buscar alguns pacotes do CD e o resto da rede. A quantidade de pacotes " +"obtidos da rede varia de perfil para perfil, mas fica abaixo de um gigabyte " +"(a menos que sejam instalados todos os ambientes de trabalho possíveis). Uma " +"vez instalado o servidor principal (não importando se é um servidor " +"principal puro ou um servidor combinado), a instalação seguinte usará o " +"intermediário para evitar transferir da rede o mesmo pacote várias vezes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Instalação usando pendrives USB em vez de discos de CD/Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"É possível copiar diretamente uma imagem ISO CD/BD para unidades flash USB " +"(também conhecidas como \"pendrives\") e iniciar a partir destas. Basta " +"executar um comando como este, alterando os nomes do arquivo e do " +"dispositivo de acordo com a situação:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Para determinar o valor de X, execute este comando antes e depois do " +"dispositivo USB ter sido inserido:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Observe que a cópia levará algum tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"A unidade USB flash funcionará como um CD ou como um disco Blu-ray, conforme " +"a imagem usada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Instalação e inicialização através da rede via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Para este método de instalação é necessário um servidor principal em " +"execução. Quando os clientes iniciam através da rede, é exibido um menu do " +"iPXE com opções de seleção do instalador e de inicialização. Se a instalação " +"através do PXE falhar com uma mensagem de erro dizendo que falta um arquivo " +"XXX.bin, muito provavelmente a placa de rede do cliente requer firmware não " +"livre. Neste caso, o initrd do instalador do Debian tem de ser modificado. " +"Isso pode ser conseguido através da execução do comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "O menu iPXE sem entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "O menu iPXE com entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Esta configuração também permite que estações de trabalho sem disco e " +"clientes dependentes iniciem a partir da rede principal. Ao contrário das " +"estações de trabalho e servidores LTSP separados, as estações de trabalho " +"sem disco não precisam de ser adicionadas ao LDAP, com GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada mais informações sobre clientes de rede no capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modificar instalações PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE usa um arquivo debian-installer pré-configurado, que pode " +"ser modificado para solicitar a instalação de mais pacotes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Tem que ser adicionada a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> uma linha como a seguinte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE usa o arquivo de pré-configuração em <computeroutput> /etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput>. Este arquivo pode " +"ser alterado para ajustar a pré-configuração usada durante a instalação, " +"para evitar mais solicitações durante a instalação pela rede. Outra maneira " +"de o conseguir é introduzir configurações extras em <computeroutput> /etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf </computeroutput> e <computeroutput> /etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> e executar " +"<computeroutput> /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall </computeroutput> para " +"atualizar os arquivos gerados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações podem ser encontradas no <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual do instalador do " +"Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Para desativar ou alterar o uso do intermediário ao instalar via PXE, têm " +"que ser alteradas as linhas contendo <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> em " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput>. Para desativar o uso de um intermediário ao instalar, " +"colocar '#' no início de cada uma das duas primeiras linhas, e remover da " +"última a parte \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; " +"</computeroutput>\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Algumas definições não podem ser pré-configuradas porque são necessárias " +"antes do arquivo de pré-configuração ser baixado. Idioma, layout de teclado " +"e ambiente de trabalho são exemplos de tais definições. Se você quiser " +"alterar tais configurações, edite o arquivo de menu iPXE <computeroutput>/" +"srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> no servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Imagens personalizadas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " +"bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " +"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " +"definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"É necessário apenas criar um arquivo de pré-configuração com as opções a " +"usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompor o " +"CD/DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Tour de capturas de tela" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"A instalação em modo de texto ou em modo gráfico é funcionalmente idêntica - " +"apenas a aparência é diferente. O modo gráfico permite utilizar o mouse e, " +"claro, parece muito melhor e mais moderno. A menos que o equipamento " +"apresente problemas no uso do modo gráfico, não há razão para não o usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Segue-se uma sequência de capturas de tela da instalação em modo gráfico de " +"um servidor principal de 64 bits + estação de trabalho + instalação do " +"servidor LTSP (no modo BIOS), incluindo também a sequência após a primeira " +"inicialização do servidor principal ou de uma inicialização por PXE num " +"computador da rede cliente LTSP (tela de sessão de cliente dependente (thin " +"client) - e tela de login após ter sido escolhida uma sessão no painel à " +"direita)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Selecione um idioma" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Selecione sua localização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configure o teclado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Detecte o hardware de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configure a rede manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configure o endereço IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configure o roteador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configure o servidor de nomes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Escolha o perfil do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Usar a ferramenta de particionamento automático: não" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Usar a ferramenta de particionamento automática: sim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Participar na pesquisa de uso de pacotes: não" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Participar na pesquisa de uso de pacotes: sim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Defina a senha para o usuário root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Configure o nome completo do primeiro usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Configurar nome de usuário para o primeiro usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "configurar senha para o primeiro usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalação concluída" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Tela de login Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Área de trabalho Xfce mostrando janela do navegador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Tela do Xfce Desktop" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Tela Thin-Client-Welcome" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Tela Thin-Client-Login" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeiros passos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Passos mínimos para começar a usar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Durante a instalação do servidor principal, foi criada uma primeira conta de " +"usuário. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por \"primeiro " +"usuário\". Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do diretório home estão " +"definidas para 700 (pelo que é necessário executar <computeroutput>chmod o+x " +"~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas web pessoais), podendo o " +"primeiro usuário usar <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> para passar para " +"root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver a informação sobre a configuração de acesso ao sistema de arquivos <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">específico do " +"Debian Edu </link> antes de adicionar usuários; ajustar a política do site, " +"se necessário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Após a instalação, as primeiras coisas a fazer como primeiro usuário são:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Faça login no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adicione usuários com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adicionar estações de trabalho com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"A adição de usuários e estações de trabalho está descrita abaixo; então, por " +"favor, leia este capítulo completamente. Cobre a execução correta dos passos " +"mínimos, assim como outras ações que provavelmente terão que ser executadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Há informações adicionais em outras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Trixie</link> deve ser lido " +"por quem estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. E para quem " +"for atualizar a partir de uma versão anterior, certifique-se de ler o " +"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Atualizações</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " +"usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " +"Internet, é necessário indicar ao servidor DNS o uso deste servidor como seu " +"\"expedidor\" (forwarder). Atualizar /etc/bind/named.conf.options " +"especificando o endereço IP do servidor DNS a usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"O capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Instruções</link> contém mais dicas e " +"truques, assim como respostas a algumas perguntas frequentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Vários serviços em execução no servidor principal podem ser geridos através " +"de uma interface de gestão da web. Esses serviços são descritos abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introdução ao GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de gestão baseada na Web que ajuda a gerenciar " +"algumas partes importantes da instalação Debian Edu. Com o GOsa² podem ser " +"executadas ações (adicionar, modificar ou eliminar) nestas áreas principais:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administração de Grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administração de grupos NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administração de máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administração de DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administração do DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar o GOsa² é necessário o servidor principal do Skolelinux e um " +"sistema (cliente) com um navegador web instalado, que pode ser o próprio " +"servidor principal se este tiver sido instalado como servidor combinado " +"(perfis Servidor Principal + Servidor LTSP + Estação de Trabalho)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Se foi instalado um perfil de <emphasis>servidor principal</emphasis> puro " +"(provavelmente por acidente) e não está disponível um cliente com um " +"navegador web, é fácil instalar um ambiente de trabalho mínimo no servidor " +"principal usando esta sequência de comandos num terminal (não-gráfico) como " +"o usuário criado durante a instalação do servidor principal (primeiro " +"usuário):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"A partir de um navegador web, usar o URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"para aceder ao GOsa² e iniciar sessão como primeiro usuário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver usando uma nova máquina Debian Edu Trixie, o certificado do site " +"web será reconhecido pelo navegador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, aparecerá uma mensagem de erro sobre o certificado SSL estar " +"errado. Se o usuário estiver seguro de que no momento é o único usuário na " +"rede, basta-lhe permitir que o navegador aceite o certificado, podendo " +"ignorar o erro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Acesso ao GOsa² e Visão geral" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" +"Página de visão geral do GOsa² após fazer login como o primeiro usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Depois de fazer login no GOsa², você verá a página de visão geral do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Nesta página pode ser escolhida uma tarefa no menu ou clique em qualquer um " +"dos ícones de tarefa. Para a navegação, é recomendada a utilização do menu " +"do lado esquerdo da tela, uma vez que ficará visível em todas as páginas de " +"administração disponibilizadas pelo GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"No Debian Edu, a informação relativa a contas, grupos e sistemas é guardada " +"num diretório LDAP. Estes dados são usados não apenas pelo servidor " +"principal, mas também pelas estações de trabalho (sem disco), servidores " +"LTSP e outras máquinas na rede. Com o LDAP, os dados das contas de alunos, " +"professores, etc. só precisam ser inseridos uma vez. Após a informação ter " +"sido fornecida no LDAP, estará disponível em todos os sistemas em toda a " +"rede Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de administração que utiliza o LDAP para guardar a " +"sua informação e disponibilizar uma estrutura hierárquica do departamento. A " +"cada \"departamento\" podem ser adicionadas contas de usuários, grupos, " +"sistemas, netgroups, etc. Dependendo da estrutura da instituição, a " +"estrutura de departamentos no GOsa²/LDAP pode ser usada para transferir a " +"estrutura organizacional para a árvore de dados do LDAP do servidor " +"principal do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu atualmente oferece " +"dois \"departamentos\": Professores e Alunos, mais o nível base da árvore " +"LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento \"Alunos\", " +"as dos professores ao departamento \"Professores\"; os sistemas (servidores, " +"estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " +"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" +"Administração Avançada</link> deste manual encontra-se um exemplo de como " +"criar usuários em grupos por anos, com diretórios home comuns para cada " +"grupo.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo da tarefa que você deseja trabalhar (gerenciar usuários, " +"gerenciar grupos, gerenciar sistemas, etc.), o GOsa² apresenta a você uma " +"visão diferente sobre o departamento selecionado (ou o nível de base)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de usuários com GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, clique em \"Usuários\" no menu de navegação esquerdo. O lado " +"direito da tela mudará para mostrar uma tabela com as pastas do departamento " +"para \"Alunos\" e \"Professores\" e a conta do Administrador GOsa² (o " +"primeiro usuário criado). Acima desta tabela, você pode ver um campo chamado " +"<emphasis> Base </emphasis> que permite que você navegue por sua estrutura " +"em árvore (mova o mouse sobre essa área e um menu suspenso aparecerá) e " +"selecione uma pasta base para as suas operações pretendidas (por exemplo, " +"adicionar um novo usuário)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Adicionando usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Ao lado desse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu \"Ações\". Mover o " +"mouse sobre este item fará aparecer um submenu; no menu, selecionar " +"\"Criar\" e depois \"Usuário\". O assistente de criação de usuários guiará o " +"processo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"O mais importante a adicionar é o modelo (novo aluno ou novo professor) e o " +"nome real do usuário (ver imagem)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Conforme você segue o assistente, verá que GOsa² gera um nome de usuário " +"automaticamente com base no nome real. Ele escolhe automaticamente um nome " +"de usuário que ainda não existe, portanto, vários usuários com o mesmo nome " +"completo não são um problema. Observe que GOsa² pode gerar nomes de usuário " +"inválidos se o nome completo contiver caracteres não ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Se você não gostar do nome de usuário gerado, você pode selecionar outro " +"nome de usuário oferecido na caixa suspensa, mas você não tem uma escolha " +"livre aqui no assistente. (Se quiser editar o nome de usuário proposto, abra " +"<computeroutput> /etc/gosa/gosa.conf </computeroutput> com um editor e " +"adicione <computeroutput> allowUIDProposalModification = \"true\" </" +"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional para a \"definição de local\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Quando o assistente for concluído, você verá a tela GOsa² para seu novo " +"objeto de usuário. Use as guias na parte superior para verificar os campos " +"preenchidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter sido criado o usuário (por enquanto não é necessário " +"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão " +"\"Ok\" no canto inferior direito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Como último passo, o GOsa² pede uma senha para o novo utilizador. Introduzir " +"a senha escolhida duas vezes e depois clicar em \"Definir senha\" no canto " +"inferior direito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Alguns caracteres podem não ser permitidos como parte da senha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Se tudo correu bem, o novo usuário aparecerá na tabela da lista de usuários. " +"Agora deve ser possível entrar com esse nome de usuário em qualquer máquina " +"da rede que tenha o sistema Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Pesquisar, modificar e excluir usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Caixa de filtrar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar ou eliminar um usuário, utilizar o GOsa² para consultar a " +"lista de usuários no sistema. No meio da tela pode ser aberta a caixa " +"\"Filtro\", uma ferramenta de pesquisa do GOsa². Não sendo conhecida a " +"localização exata da conta de usuário na árvore, mudar para o nível base da " +"árvore GOsa²/LDAP e procurar aí, marcando a opção \"Procurar em subárvores\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Ao utilizar a caixa \"Filtro\", os resultados aparecerão imediatamente no " +"centro do texto, na visualização da lista de tabelas. Cada linha representa " +"uma conta de usuário e os itens mais à direita em cada linha são pequenos " +"ícones que possibilitam as seguintes ações: editar usuário, bloquear conta, " +"definir senha e remover usuário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá uma nova página onde poderá ser modificada diretamente a " +"informação relativa ao usuário, alterada a senha do usuário e modificar a " +"lista de grupos aos quais o usuário pertence." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Editando dados do usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Definir senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Os alunos podem alterar suas próprias senhas fazendo login no GOsa² com seus " +"próprios nomes de usuário. Para facilitar o acesso do GOsa², uma entrada " +"chamada Gosa é fornecida no menu Sistema (ou Configurações do sistema) da " +"área de trabalho. Um aluno conectado verá uma versão mínima do GOsa² que só " +"permite o acesso à planilha de dados da conta do próprio aluno e ao diálogo " +"para definir a senha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Os professores conectados com seus próprios nomes de usuário têm privilégios " +"especiais no GOsa². Eles têm uma visão mais privilegiada do GOsa² e podem " +"alterar as senhas de todas as contas de alunos. Isso pode ser muito útil " +"durante a aula." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Para definir administrativamente uma nova senha para um usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "procure o usuário a ser modificado, conforme explicado acima" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"clique no símbolo da chave no final da linha em que o nome de usuário é " +"mostrado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "na página seguinte você pode definir uma nova senha escolhida por você" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Definir senha de usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Esteja ciente das implicações de segurança " +"causadas por senhas fáceis de adivinhar!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento avançado de usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"É possível criar usuários em massa com GOsa² usando um arquivo CSV, que pode " +"ser criado com qualquer bom software de planilha (por exemplo " +"<computeroutput> localc </computeroutput>). No mínimo, as entradas para os " +"seguintes campos devem ser fornecidas: uid, sobrenome (sn), nome (givenName) " +"e senha. Certifique-se de que não haja entradas duplicadas no campo uid. " +"Observe que a verificação de duplicatas deve incluir entradas uid já " +"existentes no LDAP (que podem ser obtidas executando <computeroutput> getent " +"passwd | grep tjener / home | cut -d \":\" -f1 </computeroutput> na linha de " +"comando)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Estas são as diretrizes de formato para esse arquivo CSV (GOsa² é bastante " +"intolerante com elas):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Usar \",\" (uma vírgula) como separador de campo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Não usar aspas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"O arquivo CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">não deve</emphasis> conter uma linha " +"de cabeçalho (do tipo que normalmente contém os nomes das colunas)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"A ordem dos campos não é relevante e pode ser definida no GOsa² durante a " +"importação em massa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Os passos da importação em massa são:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "clicar na ligação \"Gestor do LDAP\" no menu de navegação, à esquerda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "clicar no separador \"Importar\" na tela à direita" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"navegue em seu disco local e selecione um arquivo CSV com a lista de " +"usuários a serem importados" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"escolha um modelo de usuário disponível que deve ser aplicado durante a " +"importação em massa (como NewTeacher ou NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "clique no botão \"Importar\" no canto inferior direito" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"É uma boa ideia fazer alguns testes primeiro, de preferência usando um " +"arquivo CSV com alguns usuários fictícios, que podem ser excluídos " +"posteriormente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"O mesmo se aplica ao módulo de gerenciamento de senhas, que permite " +"redefinir muitas senhas usando um arquivo CSV ou regenerar novas senhas para " +"usuários pertencentes a uma subárvore LDAP especial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Redefinir senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Adicionando usuários pela linha de comando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Contas de usuário também podem ser adicionadas a partir da linha de comando " +"usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>. " +"Consulte a documentação em <link linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de " +"administração</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de Grupo com GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "criar grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "listar grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" +"O gerenciamento de grupos é muito semelhante ao gerenciamento de usuários." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Você pode inserir um nome e uma descrição por grupo. Certifique-se de " +"escolher o nível correto na árvore LDAP ao criar um novo grupo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar usuários a um grupo recém-criado leva você de volta à lista de " +"usuários, onde provavelmente gostaria de usar a caixa de filtro para " +"localizar usuários. Verifique também o nível da árvore do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Os grupos inseridos no gerenciamento de grupo também são grupos unix " +"regulares, então você também pode usá-los para permissões de arquivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de Máquina com GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"O gerenciamento de máquina basicamente permite que você gerencie todos os " +"dispositivos em rede em sua rede Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao " +"diretório LDAP usando GOsa² tem um nome de host, um endereço IP, um endereço " +"MAC e um nome de domínio (que geralmente é \"interno\"). Para uma descrição " +"mais completa da arquitetura Debian Edu, veja o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\"> arquitetura </link> deste manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Quando ligados ao <emphasis> servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " +"estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " +"imediato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através do " +"GOsa². Internamente, são gerados tanto um Kerberos Principal (como que uma " +"<emphasis>conta</emphasis>) específico da máquina, quanto um arquivo keytab " +"relacionado (contendo uma chave usada como <emphasis>senha</emphasis>); o " +"arquivo keytab tem que estar presente na estação de trabalho para ser capaz " +"de montar os diretórios pessoais dos utilizadores. Reiniciar a máquina " +"adicionada, fazer login no sistema através dela, como root, e executar " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Para criar um arquivo Principal e keytab para um sistema <emphasis> já " +"configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, fazer login no servidor principal " +"como root e executar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Observe: </emphasis> a criação de keytab de host é " +"possível para sistemas do tipo <emphasis> estações de trabalho </emphasis>, " +"<emphasis> servidores </emphasis> e <emphasis> terminais </emphasis> mas não " +"para aqueles do tipo <emphasis> netdevices </emphasis>. Consulte o capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> Como fazer de clientes de rede </link> " +"para obter as opções de configuração de NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma máquina, use o menu principal do GOsa², sistemas, " +"adicionar. Espera-se que o nome da máquina seja um hostname <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">não-qualificado</emphasis>, não coloque nome de domínio " +"aqui. Você pode usar um endereço IP/hostname (nome do hospedeiro) do espaço " +"de endereço pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Atualmente, existem apenas dois " +"endereços fixos predefinidos: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) e 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Os " +"endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 (aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 " +"hosts) são reservados para DHCP e são atribuídos dinamicamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"No GOsa², para atribuir um endereço IP estático a um hospedeiro com o " +"endereço MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 é necessário introduzir o endereço MAC, o " +"nome do hospedeiro e o IP; em alternativa pode ser clicado o botão " +"<computeroutput>Propor IP</computeroutput> que mostrará o primeiro endereço " +"fixo livre em 10.0.0.0/8, provavelmente algo como 10.0.0.0.2 se a primeira " +"máquina for adicionada desta forma. É boa prática planejar antes de " +"executar: por exemplo, pode ser usado 10.0.0.x com x>10 e x<50 para " +"servidores, e x>100 para estações de trabalho. Não esquecer de ativar o " +"sistema recém-adicionado. Com a exceção do servidor principal, todos os " +"sistemas terão um ícone correspondente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Se as máquinas iniciarem como clientes dependentes/estações de trabalho sem " +"disco ou forem instaladas usando qualquer um dos perfis de rede, pode ser " +"usado o script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> para " +"adicionar automaticamente máquinas ao GOsa². Para máquinas simples " +"funcionará de imediato; para máquinas com mais de um endereço mac tem que " +"ser indicado o que for para usar; <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" +"computeroutput> mostra a informação de utilização. Notar que os endereços IP " +"mostrados após o uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> pertencem à faixa de IPs dinâmicos. Esses sistemas podem ser " +"modificados para se adequarem à sua rede: renomeie cada novo sistema, ative " +"DHCP e DNS, adicione-o aos grupos de rede (veja a imagem abaixo para grupos " +"de rede recomendados), reinicie o sistema depois. As capturas de tela a " +"seguir mostram como isso fica na prática:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Lista de sistemas GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Detalhes do host (hospedeiro)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificar host (hospedeiro)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Adicionar grupo de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Um cronjob atualizando o DNS é executado a cada hora; <computeroutput> su -c " +"ldap2bind </computeroutput> pode ser usado para acionar a atualização " +"manualmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Pesquisar e excluir máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Pesquisar e excluir máquinas é bastante semelhante a pesquisar e excluir " +"usuários, de modo que as informações não se repetem aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modificar as máquinas existentes / Gerenciamento de grupos de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar uma máquina à árvore do LDAP usando o GOsa², as " +"propriedades podem ser modificadas usando a funcionalidade de busca e " +"clicando no nome da máquina (assim como com os usuários)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"O formato dessas entradas do sistema é semelhante ao que você já conhece ao " +"modificar as entradas do usuário, mas os campos têm significados diferentes " +"neste contexto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, adicionar uma máquina a um <computeroutput>Grupo de Rede</" +"computeroutput> não modifica as permissões de acesso a arquivos ou de " +"execução de comandos para aquela máquina nem os usuários com acesso naquela " +"máquina; em vez disso, restringe os serviços que a máquina pode usar no " +"servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"A instalação padrão inclui os <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Atualmente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput> " +"é usada para:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Redimensionar partições </emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu neste grupo redimensionam automaticamente as " +"partições LVM que ficarem sem espaço." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Desligar máquinas à noite</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts e shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo serão desligadas automaticamente à noite " +"para economizar energia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestão de impressoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu destes grupos irão eliminar automaticamente todas as " +"filas de impressão, todas as noites, e reativar qualquer fila de impressão " +"desativada a cada hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Acesso à Internet Bloqueado</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo só se podem ligar a máquinas da rede " +"local. Em conjunto com restrições no proxy da web, isto poderá ser usado " +"durante os exames, por exemplo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de impressora" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Para gerenciamento centralizado das impressoras, apontar o navegador web " +"para <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão " +"CUPS normal, onde podem ser adicionadas/eliminadas/modificadas as " +"impressoras e onde pode ser limpa a fila de impressão. Por predefinição só é " +"dada permissão ao primeiro usuário; mas isso pode ser alterado adicionando " +"utilizadores ao grupo <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> do " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Use impressoras conectadas a estações de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> é instalado por predefinição nos " +"sistemas com o perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Editar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> desta " +"forma (impressora USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " +"impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " +"URI de ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Impressoras de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se desativar todos os recursos de auto-propaganda nas impressoras " +"de rede usadas. Em vez disso, atribua um endereço IP fixo com GOsa² e " +"configure-os como impressoras de rede <computeroutput> AppSocket/HP " +"JetDirect </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"A configuração padrão no Debian Edu mantém os relógios de todas as máquinas " +"sincronizados, mas não necessariamente com a hora certa. É usado o NTP para " +"atualizar a hora. Os relógios são sincronizados com uma fonte externa por " +"padrão. Isso pode fazer com que as máquinas mantenham a conexão externa à " +"Internet aberta se a conexão for criada durante a sincronização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"No caso das ligações por linha telefônica convencional ou RDIS, com o " +"serviço cobrado ao minuto, é recomendado alterar a configuração padrão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para desativar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " +"modificar o arquivo /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando (\"#\") " +"no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (ficam " +"desativadas). Depois disso, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, executando " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. Para testar " +"se uma máquina está usando as fontes externas do relógio, executar " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Estendendo partições completas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " +"partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para estender essas " +"partições, execute <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n </" +"computeroutput> como root. Consulte o HowTo \"Como redimensionar partições\" " +"no <link linkend=\"Administration\"> capítulo HowTo de administração </link> " +"para obter mais informações." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenção" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Atualização do software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esta seção explica como usar o <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Usar o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> é simples. Para atualizar um " +"sistema através da linha de comando, é necessária a execução de dois " +"comandos, como root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que " +"atualiza as listas de pacotes disponíveis) e <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (que atualiza os pacotes para os quais haja uma " +"atualização disponível)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Também é uma boa ideia atualizar usando a localidade C para obter saída em " +"inglês que, em casos de problemas, tem mais probabilidade de produzir " +"resultados em mecanismos de pesquisa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Na atualização do pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " +"os arquivos de configuração do Cfengine podem ser alterados. Executar " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> para " +"verificar se foi esse o caso. Para aplicar as modificações, executar " +"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"É importante executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> após as atualizações do servidor " +"LTSP para manter a imagem SquashFS para clientes sem disco sincronizada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Após uma atualização para uma nova versão pontual de um sistema com perfil " +"<emphasis>Servidor principal</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Servidor LTSP</" +"emphasis>, tem que ser executado o <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para atualizar o ambiente de instalação PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Também é boa prática instalar os pacotes <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e " +"configurá-los para enviarem correio para um endereço usado diariamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez por dia o <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enviará por " +"correio uma mensagem de notificação dos pacotes que possam ser atualizados. " +"O programa não instala os pacotes atualizados, mas descarrega-os (geralmente " +"à noite), para que não seja necessário aguardar pela transferência quando " +"for executado o comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação automática de atualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta que " +"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja instalado " +"e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O programa <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> pode enviar " +"novas entradas de registro de alterações por e-mail, ou em alternativa exibi-" +"las no terminal se executado <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Mantenha-se informado sobre as atualizações de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> conforme descrito acima é " +"uma boa maneira de saber quando atualizações de segurança estão disponíveis " +"para pacotes instalados. Outra maneira de se manter informado sobre " +"atualizações de segurança é assinar a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/" +"debian-security-announce/\">lista de discussão de anúncios de segurança do " +"Debian</ulink>, que tem o benefício de também informar sobre o que se trata " +"a atualização de segurança. A desvantagem (em comparação com " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que ele também inclui " +"informações sobre atualizações para pacotes que não estão instalados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Para gerenciamento de cópias de segurança, abrir <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/> no navegador da web. Notar que este site tem que ser " +"acessado via SSL, uma vez que requer a senha de root. Se for tentado sem o " +"uso de SSL, o acesso falhará." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Nota: o site só funcionará se for permitido temporariamente o acesso de root " +"por ssh no servidor de cópias de segurança, que é o servidor principal " +"(tjener.intern) por padrão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, cópias de segurança de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> e do LDAP são armazenadas no diretório /skole/" +"backup, que está gerenciado como uma partição pelo LVM. Se você quiser " +"apenas ter cópias de coisas (para o caso de alguma coisa ser " +"inadvertidamente apagada) esta configuração deve servir para você." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Esteja ciente de que esse esquema de backup não o protege de discos rígidos " +"com defeito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Para fazer cópias de segurança dos dados num servidor externo, num " +"dispositivo de fita ou em outro disco rígido, é necessário modificar um " +"pouco a configuração existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar uma pasta completa, a melhor opção é usar a linha de comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home/utilizador</" +"computeroutput> relativo a determinada<computeroutput><data></" +"computeroutput> na pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home_<data></" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar um arquivo específico, terá de ser selecionado o arquivo (e a " +"versão) a partir da interface web, e transferido apenas esse arquivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar cópias de segurança mais antigas, escolher \"Manutenção\" no " +"menu da página de cópias de segurança e selecionar a captura mais antiga a " +"manter:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenção do slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Monitoramento de Servidor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição " +"do estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " +"administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " +"dos problemas do sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"A lista de máquinas monitoradas pelo Munin é gerada automaticamente, com " +"base na lista de máquinas (hosts) que mandam relatórios ao sitesummary. " +"Todos os hospedeiros com o pacote munin-node instalado são registrados para " +"monitoramento pelo Munin. Normalmente, demora um dia desde que uma máquina é " +"instalada até ao início do monitoramento pelo Munin, por causa da ordem em " +"que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para acelerar o " +"processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> " +"como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o servidor " +"principal). Isto irá atualizar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/munin/" +"munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O conjunto de medições coletadas é gerado automaticamente em cada máquina " +"usando o programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> que " +"sonda os plugins disponíveis em <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</" +"computeroutput> e cria links simbólicos para os relevantes em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Informações sobre o Munin estão disponíveis em <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"O sistema e serviço de monitoramento Icinga está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " +"monitorados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo " +"sistema de resumo do site (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor " +"Principal e Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitoramento completo, enquanto as " +"estações de trabalho e os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitoramento " +"simples. Para permitir o monitoramento completo de uma estação de trabalho, " +"instalar o pacote <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na " +"própria estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o Icinga não envia e-mail. Isto pode ser alterado " +"substituindo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-emaill</computeroutput> no arquivo " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo de configuração do Icinga usado é <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. A tarefa agendada do sitesummary gera o " +"arquivo <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> com a lista de hospedeiros (hosts) e serviços a serem " +"monitorados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Podem ser colocadas verificações adicionais do Icinga no arquivo " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" +"computeroutput> para serem incluídas no arquivo gerado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" +"\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Avisos comuns do Icinga e como lidar com eles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Aqui estão as instruções sobre como lidar com os avisos mais comuns do " +"Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"A partição (/usr/ no exemplo) está muito cheia. Há basicamente duas maneiras " +"de lidar com isso: (1) remover alguns arquivos ou (2) aumentar o tamanho da " +"partição. Se a partição for /var/, limpar o cache APT executando " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> pode remover alguns arquivos. Se " +"houver mais espaço disponível no grupo de volumes do LVM, executar o " +"programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> para " +"alargar as partições pode ajudar. Para executar este programa " +"automaticamente a cada hora, a máquina (host) em questão pode ser adicionado " +"ao grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Estão disponíveis novos pacotes para atualização. Os pacotes críticos são " +"normalmente correções de segurança. Para fazer a atualização, execute " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> num " +"terminal, como root, ou fazer login no sistema via SSH e fazer o mesmo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Quem tiver confiança em que o Debian gere as novas versões dos pacotes de " +"forma segura, pode evitar a ação de atualização manual, configurando o " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> (atualizações não " +"vigiadas) para atualização automática, todas as noites, de todos os pacotes " +"atualizáveis. Isto não irá atualizar os chroots LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"O núcleo (kernel) em execução é mais antigo do que o núcleo mais recente " +"instalado e é necessário reiniciar o computador para passar a ser usado o " +"núcleo mais recente instalado. Normalmente, isto é bastante urgente, já que " +"os novos núcleos são disponibilizados no Debian Edu normalmente para " +"corrigir problemas de segurança." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"As filas de impressão no CUPS têm muitos trabalhos pendentes. Isto acontece " +"muito provavelmente devido a uma impressora ficar indisponível. Filas de " +"impressão desativadas são ativadas a cada hora em máquinas (hosts) do grupo " +"de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>; " +"portanto, para tais máquinas não deve ser necessária nenhuma ação manual. As " +"filas de impressão são descartadas todas as noites nas máquinas do grupo de " +"rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Se uma " +"máquina tiver muitos trabalhos em fila, pode ser adicionada a um ou a ambos " +"os grupos de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Resumo do site" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"O resumo do site (sitesummary) é usado para coletar informação de cada " +"computador e enviá-la para o servidor central. A informação coletada fica " +"disponível em <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput>. Estão disponíveis scripts em <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" +"sitesummary/</computeroutput> para gerar relatórios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Um relatório simples do Sitesummary, sem informação detalhada, está " +"disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Há alguma documentação sobre o Sitesummary disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Mais informações sobre personalização do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Mais informações sobre a personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " +"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Atualizações" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de ler este guia de atualização, ter presente que as atualizações dos " +"servidores são efetuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">O Debian Edu/Skolelinux vem SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA, na medida " +"do permitido pela lei aplicável.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Favor ler este capítulo e o capítulo <link linkend=\"Features\">Novas " +"funcionalidades no Trixie</link> deste manual por completo antes de tentar " +"atualizar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Notas gerais sobre atualização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Atualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " +"fácil. Mas no que diz respeito ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco " +"mais complicado, pois nós modificamos os arquivos de configuração de forma " +"que não deveríamos. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados " +"abaixo. (Ver o bug do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " +"Debian Edu deverá modificar os arquivos de configuração)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Em geral, a atualização dos servidores é mais difícil do que as estações de " +"trabalho, e o servidor principal é o mais difícil de atualizar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que após a atualização tudo funciona como funcionava antes, a " +"atualização deve ser testada em um ou mais sistemas de teste configurados da " +"mesma forma que as máquinas de produção. Neles a atualização pode ser " +"testada sem riscos e pode ser confirmado que tudo funciona como previsto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " +"Debian Stable no respectivo manual de instalação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"></ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Também poderá ser sensato esperar um pouco e continuar a usar por mais " +"algumas semanas a versão instalada, aguardando que outros testem a " +"atualização e documentem quaisquer problemas com que se deparem. A versão " +"instalada do Debian Edu receberá apoio contínuo ainda durante algum tempo " +"após a publicação da nova versão. Mas quando o Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessar o apoio à versão anterior</" +"ulink>, o Debian Edu também cessará, necessariamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Atualizações do Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Esteja preparado: certifique-se de testar a atualização a partir da versão " +"Bookworm num ambiente de teste ou de que exista cópias de segurança prontas " +"para permitir uma restauração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Note que o procedimento a seguir se aplica a uma instalação padrão do " +"servidor principal Debian Edu (ambiente de trabalho xfce, perfis Servidor " +"Principal, Estação de Trabalho, Servidor LTSP). (Para uma ideia geral sobre " +"a atualização do Debian Bookworm para Trixie, ver: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Não usar diretamente o X (o servidor gráfico do sistema operacional), usar " +"um console virtual, faça login como root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Se o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> der erro, tentar corrigir o erro e/" +"ou executar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e depois " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> mais uma vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Atualizando o servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Começar por garantir que o sistema instalado (o Buster) está atualizado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "" +"Preparar e iniciar a atualização para Trixie (nova entrada de segurança):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: prepare-se para ler muitas INFORMAÇÕES; pressione " +"<enter> para rolar para baixo, <q> para deixar o paginador " +"(programa de leitura de páginas em console). Toda a informação será enviada " +"para root para que possa ser lida novamente (usando <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Ler atentamente todas as informações do debconf (configuração do debian); " +"escolher \"manter a versão local atualmente instalada\", a menos que " +"indicado de forma diferente abaixo; na maioria dos casos, pressionar enter é " +"o indicado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "reiniciar serviços: Escolha sim." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"servidor Samba e utilitários: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente " +"instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "openssh-server: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Aplicar e ajustar a configuração:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Verificar se o sistema atualizado funciona:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reiniciar; fazer login como primeiro usuário e testar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "se a interface GOsa² está funcionando," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "se é possível ligar clientes e estações de trabalho LTSP," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"se é possível adicionar/remover membros a um grupo de rede de um sistema," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "se é possível enviar e receber e-mail interno," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "se é possível gerenciar impressoras," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "e se outros elementos específicos da escola estão funcionando." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Atualizando uma estação de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Fazer todas as coisas básicas como no servidor principal e não fazer as " +"coisas desnecessárias." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Atualização a partir de instalações antigas do Debian Edu/Skolelinux " +"(anteriores ao Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário atualizar " +"primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Bookworm, antes de seguir as " +"instruções acima. As instruções estão disponíveis no <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> sobre como atualizar para Bookworm a partir da versão " +"anterior, Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Instruções" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\"> administração geral</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administração " +"avançada</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Desktop\">o ambiente de trabalho</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ensino e aprendizagem</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Users\">usuários</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Instruções para administração geral" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Os capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros passos</link> e " +"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenção</link> descrevem como começar a " +"usar o Debian Edu e como fazer o trabalho básico de manutenção. As " +"instruções neste capítulo têm algumas dicas e truques mais \"avançados\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Histórico de configuração: rastreio de /etc/ utilizando o sistema de " +"controle da versão Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os arquivos em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de " +"versão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Isto torna possível ver quando um arquivo é adicionado, alterado ou " +"removido, assim como o que foi alterado se o arquivo em causa for um arquivo " +"de texto. O repositório git é guardado em <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"A cada hora, quaisquer novas alterações são automaticamente registradas; o " +"histórico de configuração pode ser extraído e consultado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o histórico, é usado o comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput>. Para ver as diferenças entre dois momentos no tempo, pode " +"ser usado um comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informações, ver os resultados de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Lista de comandos úteis:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Exemplos de utilização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Num sistema recém-instalado, tentar este comando para ver todas as " +"alterações feitas desde que o sistema foi instalado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Para ver que arquivos não são atualmente rastreados e os que não estão " +"atualizados:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Para submeter manualmente um arquivo, para você não ter que esperar até uma " +"hora:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionar partições" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"No Debian Edu, todas as partições que não a partição <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> estão em volumes lógicos LVM. Com os núcleos (kernels) " +"Linux, desde a versão 2.6.10, é possível estender as partições estando elas " +"montadas. Encolher partições ainda tem de ser feito com as partições " +"desmontadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"É uma boa prática evitar a criação de partições muito grandes (mais de, " +"digamos, 20GiB), devido ao tempo que demora a execução do " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> sobre elas ou a restaurá-las a partir " +"de cópias de segurança, se for necessário. É melhor, se for possível, criar " +"várias partições menores em vez de uma partição muito grande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"É disponibilizado o script de ajuda <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> para facilitar a extensão de partições cheias. Quando " +"invocado, o script lê a configuração a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" +"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>. Propõe então estender as partições que tenham muito pouco " +"espaço livre, de acordo com as regras estabelecidas nestes arquivos. Se " +"executado sem argumentos, mostrará apenas os comandos necessários à extensão " +"do sistema de arquivos. É necessário o argumento <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> para que estes comandos para extensão do sistema de arquivos " +"sejam realmente executados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"O script é executado automaticamente a cada hora em cada cliente listado no " +"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Quando a partição utilizada pelo intermediário (proxy) Squid é " +"redimensionada, o valor para o tamanho do cache em <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> também tem que ser atualizado. É disponibilizado " +"o script de ajuda <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" +"update-cachedir</computeroutput> para fazer essa operação automaticamente, " +"verificando o tamanho atual da partição <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" +"computeroutput> e configurando o Squid para usar 80% desse valor como " +"tamanho de cache." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de volumes lógicos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " +"redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais sobre " +"o LVM em <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Gerenciamento " +"de volumes lógicos</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Para estender manualmente um volume lógico, basta indicar no comando " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> o tamanho pretendido para esse " +"volume. Por exemplo, para estender home0 para 30GiB usar os seguintes " +"comandos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Para estender home0 em 30GiB adicionais, insira um '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Usando o ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> é " +"uma ferramenta para editar base de dados LDAP com um editor de texto normal " +"no terminal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "É necessário executar o seguinte:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Nota: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará o editor predefinido, " +"qualquer que ele seja. Executando <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> na linha de comando é possível configurar o ambiente para " +"obter um clone do vi como editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Aviso: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> é uma ferramenta muito " +"poderosa. É necessário cuidado redobrado para que a base de dados LDAP não " +"seja corrompida. Este aviso aplica-se também ao JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS \"Kerberizado\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Usar o Kerberos para fazer o NFS montar diretórios de usuário é uma " +"funcionalidade de segurança. Os clientes LTSP e estações de trabalho não " +"funcionam sem o Kerberos. São suportados os níveis <emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " +"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticação Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" +"emphasis> significa verificação de integridade e <emphasis>p</emphasis> " +"verificação de privacidade, ou seja, criptografia); a carga, tanto no " +"servidor quanto na estação de trabalho, aumenta com o nível de segurança; o " +"nível <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> é uma boa opção e foi escolhido como padrão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Como alterar o padrão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "faça login como root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"execute <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, procure " +"por <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e substitua por <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>, conforme for pretendido." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"edite <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput>: e ajuste " +"essas entradas conforme:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "execute <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta permite estabelecer a impressora predefinida, dependendo da " +"localização, da máquina ou do grupo a que pertença. Para mais informações, " +"ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"O arquivo de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> tem de ser fornecido pelo administrador; ver " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> como exemplo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, uma interface gráfica LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Para trabalhar com a base de dados LDAP usando uma interface gráfica, " +"experimentar o pacote <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que é " +"instalado por padrão. Para obter acesso de escrita, conecte-se desta forma:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, uma ferramenta de linha de comando para adicionar " +"usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> é uma pequena " +"ferramenta de linha de comando para criar usuários, e é invocada como segue:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Todos os argumentos, exceto o nome de usuário e o campo GECOS, são " +"opcionais, este último geralmente deve conter o nome completo do usuário. A " +"menos que especificado, a ferramenta escolherá automaticamente os próximos " +"UID e GID livres e não atribuirá nenhum grupo adicional ao usuário. Se " +"nenhum departamento for fornecido, ela escolherá o primeiro " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> do LDAP, que provavelmente é " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>. Para usuários comuns, isso geralmente não é o " +"desejado, então você deve escolher um valor apropriado para o usuário como, " +"por exemplo, <emphasis>Professores</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Alunos</" +"emphasis>. Após inserir e confirmar a senha e inserir a senha do " +"administrador do LDAP, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"criará a conta de usuário no LDAP, definirá a senha Kerberos, criará o " +"diretório inicial e adicionará um usuário Samba correspondente. A captura de " +"tela a seguir mostra um exemplo de invocação para criar uma conta de usuário " +"chamada <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> para um professor cujo nome " +"completo é \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Usar stable-updates (atualizações estáveis)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Embora seja possível usar a funcionalidade de atualizações estáveis (stable-" +"updates) diretamente, isso não é necessário: estas são enviadas para a suíte " +"estável regularmente quando são feitas as versões pontuais estáveis, o que " +"acontece aproximadamente a cada dois meses." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Usando backports para instalar software mais recente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque prefere a estabilidade do Debian, " +"distribuição que funciona muito bem. Mas tem um problema: às vezes o " +"software está um pouco mais desatualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " +"backports.debian.org entra em cena." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Pacotes backports são pacotes recompilados do Debian testing " +"(principalmente) e do Debian unstable (em poucos casos apenas – por exemplo, " +"atualizações de segurança), para que funcionem sem novas bibliotecas (sempre " +"que possível) numa distribuição Debian estável como a Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Recomenda-se que sejam escolhidos pacotes específicos de " +"acordo com as necessidades, e que não sejam usados todos os pacotes " +"backports disponíveis.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "Usar <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> é simples:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Após o que os pacotes backports são facilmente instaláveis: o seguinte " +"comando irá instalar uma versão backport do <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backports são atualizados automaticamente (se disponíveis), assim como " +"outros pacotes. Como o arquivamento normal, os backports têm três seções: " +"principal (main), contrib e non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Atualização com um CD ou imagem similar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja atualizar de uma versão para outra (por exemplo, de Trixie " +"13.1 para 13.2) sem conexão com a Internet, apenas com mídias físicas, " +"seguir estes passos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Inserir o CD / DVD / Disco blu-ray / pendrive USB e executar o comando apt-" +"cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Para citar a página man do apt-cdrom (8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"O apt-cdrom é usado para adicionar um novo CD-ROM à lista de fontes " +"disponíveis do APT. Identifica a estrutura do disco, pode corrigir vários " +"possíveis erros de gravação e verifica os arquivos de índice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"É necessário usar o apt-cdrom para adicionar CDs ao sistema APT. Esta ação " +"não pode ser executada manualmente. Além disso, quando forem usados " +"conjuntos multi-CD, cada disco tem que ser inserido e verificado " +"separadamente para prevenir possíveis falhas de gravação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Em seguida, executar estes dois comandos para atualizar o sistema:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Limpeza automática de processos remanescentes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> é um script em perl que aniquila " +"trabalhos em segundo plano. Trabalhos em segundo plano são definidos como " +"processos pertencentes a usuários que não estão atualmente em sessão na " +"máquina. É executado por uma tarefa agendada (cron job) uma vez por hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Instalação automática de atualizações de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> é um pacote " +"(programa) Debian que instala automaticamente as atualizações de segurança " +"(e outras). Se instalado, o pacote é pré-configurado para instalar " +"automaticamente as atualizações de segurança. Os registros de alterações " +"(logs) estão disponíveis em <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; também podem sempre ser consultados os arquivos " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Encerramento automático de máquinas durante a noite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"É possível economizar energia e dinheiro desligando automaticamente as " +"máquinas clientes à noite e voltando a ligá-las novamente pela manhã. O " +"pacote <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenta desligar " +"cada máquina de hora a hora a partir das 16:00, mas não as desligará se " +"parecerem estar em uso. Em cada máquina, o programa tenta passar informação " +"à BIOS para ligar a máquina por volta das 07:00 da manhã e o servidor " +"principal vai tentar ligar todas as máquinas a partir das 06:30 enviando " +"pacotes wake-on-lan. Estes horários podem ser alterados nos crontabs das " +"máquinas individuais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" +"Algumas considerações a se levar em conta ao estabelecer este procedimento:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes não devem ser desligados quando alguém os está usando. Isto é " +"assegurado pela verificação do resultado de <computeroutput>who</" +"computeroutput> e, como caso especial, pela verificação de que o comando de " +"conexão SSH funciona com os clientes dependentes X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar queimar os fusíveis elétricos / disparar os disjuntores, é boa " +"prática garantir que os clientes não iniciem todos ao mesmo tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Há dois métodos diferentes para reativar os clientes. Um usa um recurso da " +"BIOS e requer um relógio interno funcional e com a hora certa, assim como " +"uma placa-mãe e uma versão da BIOS compatíveis com o <computeroutput>nvram-" +"wakeup</computeroutput>; o outro requer que os clientes sejam compatíveis " +"com o Wake-on-LAN e que o servidor tenha informação sobre todos os clientes " +"a serem reativados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Como configurar o encerramento à noite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Em clientes que devem ser desligados à noite, execute <computeroutput>touch /" +"etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> ou adicione o nome " +"do host (ou seja, o resultado de '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' " +"no cliente) ao grupo de rede \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A adição de host " +"ao grupo de rede no LDAP pode ser feita usando a ferramenta web " +"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Os clientes podem precisar de ter o " +"Wake-on-LAN configurado na BIOS. É importante também que os comutadores " +"(switches) e roteadores utilizados entre o servidor de Wake-on-LAN (WOL) e " +"os clientes passem os pacotes WOL para os clientes, mesmo que os clientes " +"estejam desligados. Alguns comutadores não passam os pacotes aos clientes " +"que faltem na tabela ARP do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o Wake-on-LAN no servidor, adicione os clientes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, com uma " +"linha por cliente, primeiro o endereço IP, seguido pelo endereço MAC " +"(endereço ethernet), separado por um espaço; ou crie um script " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"para gerar a lista de clientes em tempo real." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Um exemplo <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> para uso com o sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Se o grupo de rede for usado para ativar o desligar à noite nos clientes, " +"uma alternativa é este script usar a ferramenta netgroup do pacote " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Acessar servidores Debian-Edu localizados atrás de um firewall" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Para acessar a partir da Internet a máquinas protegidas por um firewall, " +"considerar a instalação do pacote <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. " +"Este pacote pode ser usado para configurar um túnel SSH para uma máquina " +"ligada à Internet. O servidor por trás da barreira/firewall fica acessível a " +"partir dessa máquina através do túnel SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Instalação de máquinas adicionais para serviços, para a distribuição da " +"carga do servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Na instalação predefinida, todos os serviços são executados no servidor " +"principal, nome de máquina <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Para simplificar a " +"transferência da execução de alguns serviços para outra máquina, está " +"disponível o perfil de instalação <emphasis>Mínimo</emphasis>. A instalação " +"do sistema com este perfil numa máquina que faça parte da rede Debian Edu, " +"fará com que a máquina fique sem qualquer serviço em execução (até que lhe " +"seja atribuído algum)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Estes são os passos necessários para configurar uma máquina dedicada a " +"alguns serviços:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "escolher o perfil <emphasis>mínimo</emphasis> durante a instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "instalar os pacotes correspondentes ao serviço" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configurar o serviço" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "desativar o serviço no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "atualizar o DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Guias (HowTos) de wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Instruções de administração avançada" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "Neste capítulo são descritas tarefas de administração avançada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Customizações do usuário com GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Criar usuários em grupos por ano" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo pretende-se criar usuários em grupos por ano, com diretórios " +"home comuns para cada grupo (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). Pretende-se criar " +"os usuários através da importação de CSV." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis> (como root no servidor principal) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Criar os diretórios de grupo por ano que forem necessários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro usuário no GOsa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Departamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menu principal: ir para 'Estrutura de diretórios', clicar no departamento " +"'Alunos'. O campo 'Base' deve mostrar '/Alunos'. No campo 'Ações' da caixa " +"suspensa, escolher 'Criar' / 'Departamento'. Preencher os valores dos campos " +"Nome (2026) e Descrição (alunos formados em 2026), deixar o campo Base como " +"está (deve ser '/Alunos'). Guardar clicando em 'Ok'. Agora o novo " +"departamento (2026) deve aparecer abaixo de /Alunos. Clicar para abrir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'Grupos' no menu principal; 'Ações'/Criar/Grupo. Introduzir o nome " +"do grupo (deixar 'Base' como está, deve ser /Alunos/2026) e pressionar 'Ok' " +"para salvar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'usuários' no menu principal. No campo Base, mudar para 'Alunos'. " +"Deve aparecer uma entrada <computeroutput>Novo Aluno</computeroutput>; " +"clique para abrir. Este é o modelo 'alunos', não é um usuário. Uma vez que " +"terá de ser criado um modelo com base neste (para poder ser feita a " +"importação csv), deve ser tomada nota de todas as entradas que aparecem nos " +"separadores Genéricos e POSIX, talvez fazendo capturas de tela, para que as " +"informações necessárias ao novo modelo possam ser preparadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Agora, mudar para /Alunos/2026 no campo Base; escolher Criar/Modelo e " +"começar a preencher com os valores desejados, primeiro na aba Genérico " +"(adicionar também o novo grupo 2026 em Grupos, também); depois adicionar a " +"conta POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importar usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de CSV; é recomendável testá-lo " +"com alguns usuários." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Outras personalizações do usuário" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Criação de pastas nos diretórios home de todos os usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Com este script, o administrador pode criar uma pasta no diretório pessoal " +"de cada usuário e definir permissões de acesso e propriedade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"No exemplo abaixo com grupo=professores e permissões=2770 um usuário pode " +"entregar um trabalho guardando o arquivo na pasta \"trabalhos\", à qual os " +"professores têm acesso de escrita para poderem fazer comentários." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Usar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Seguir estes passos para configurar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado, " +"para diretórios home dos usuários e possivelmente outros dados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " +"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " +"configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " +"do novo servidor de armazenamento são exportados para as sub-redes ou " +"máquinas a que se apliquem:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Neste caso tudo o que estiver na rede principal tem acesso ao export /" +"storage. (Isto pode ser restringido a grupos de rede ou a endereços IP " +"específicos para limitar o acesso ao NFS como é feito no arquivo tjener:/etc/" +"exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar informação de montagem automática sobre o 'nas-server.intern' no " +"LDAP, para permitir que todos os clientes montem automaticamente a nova " +"exportação requerida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Isto não pode ser feito através do GOsa², porque falta um módulo para " +"montagem automática. Em vez disso, usar o ldapvi e adicionar os objetos LDAP " +"necessários usando um editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Quando o editor aparecer, adicionar os objetos LDAP seguintes na parte " +"inferior do documento. (A parte \"/&\" no último objeto LDAP é um " +"carácter polivalente que corresponde a tudo o que o 'nas-server.intern' " +"exporta, evitando a necessidade de listar pontos de montagem individuais no " +"LDAP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens " +"sucessivamente falhadas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Criar os diretórios de pontos de montagem usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>; editar '/etc/fstab' como adequado e executar " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar os novos recursos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Agora, os usuários devem poder acessar diretamente os arquivos em 'nas-" +"server.intern', bastando abrir o diretório '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' " +"utilizando qualquer aplicação em qualquer estação de trabalho, cliente " +"enxuto LTSP ou servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Restringir o acesso de login por SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Há várias formas de restringir o acesso por SSH. Seguem algumas abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configuração sem clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Se não forem usados clientes LTSP, uma solução simples é criar um novo grupo " +"(digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e adicionar uma linha ao " +"arquivo /etc/ssh/sshd_config da máquina. Os membros do grupo " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>, e apenas eles, poderão então " +"entrar na máquina via ssh a partir de qualquer lugar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Gerenciar este caso através do GOsa² é bastante simples:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Criar um grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> no nível base (onde " +"já aparecem outros grupos relacionados, com a gestão do sistema, como " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar usuários ao novo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configuração com clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"A configuração predefinida de cliente LTSP sem disco não faz uso de conexões " +"SSH. Basta atualizar a imagem SquashFS no servidor LTSP respectivo, após a " +"configuração do SSH ter sido alterada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes X2Go utilizam conexões SSH com o servidor LTSP " +"respectivo. Então, é necessária uma abordagem diferente, utilizando o PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Ativar pam_access.so no arquivo /etc/pam.d/sshd do servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configurar o arquivo /etc/security/access.conf para permitir ligações a " +"partir de qualquer lugar para (por exemplo) os usuários alice, jane, bob e " +"john, e para todos os outros usuários somente a partir das sub-redes " +"internas, adicionando estas linhas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Se apenas forem utilizados servidores LTSP dedicados, a rede 10.0.0.0/8 " +"poderá ser descartada para desativar o acesso interno via SSH. Nota: alguém " +"que se conecte a sua máquina a qualquer rede de clientes LTSP dedicada " +"também terá acesso SSH ao(s) servidor(es) LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Uma nota para situações mais complexas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Se os clientes X2Go estiverem ligados à rede principal 10.0.0.0/8, as coisas " +"serão ainda mais complicadas e talvez apenas uma sofisticada configuração de " +"DHCP (em LDAP), verificando o identificador do fornecedor (vendor-class-" +"identifier) juntamente com a configuração PAM apropriada, permita desativar " +"o acesso interno por SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Instruções para o ambiente de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Preparar um ambiente de trabalho multilíngue" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Para usar vários idiomas, estes passos precisam ser realizados:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " +"root) e escolher os idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Executar estes comandos como root para instalar os pacotes necessários:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Com os ambientes de trabalho Xfce, LXDE e LXQt, os usuários podem então " +"escolher o idioma através do gerenciador de tela LightDM (apresenta-se como " +"tela de entrada), antes de logarem no sistema. Os ambientes GNOME e KDE vêm " +"ambos com as suas próprias ferramentas internas de configuração de " +"localização (região e idioma), pelo que devem ser estas as usadas. O " +"ambiente MATE usa a tela de entrada Arctica sobre o LightDM, sem um seletor " +"de idioma. Executar <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> para obter a tela de entrada do LightDM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Reproduzir DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para reproduzir a maioria dos DVDs comerciais é necessária a biblioteca " +"libdvdcss. Por razões legais, esta não vem incluída no Debian (Edu). Se do " +"ponto de vista legal o uso estiver autorizado, podem ser construídos pacotes " +"localmente usando o pacote Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>; garantir que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"esteja ativado em <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Atender às solicitações do debconf e executar <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Fontes manuscritas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que é instalado de " +"origem) instala a fonte \"Abecedario\", uma boa fonte manuscrita para " +"crianças. A fonte tem várias formas para uso por crianças: pontilhada e com " +"linhas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Instruções para clientes numa rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introdução a clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Um termo genérico para clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco " +"é <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Começando com Bullseye, o LTSP é bem diferente das versões anteriores. Isso " +"diz respeito tanto à configuração quanto à manutenção." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Como uma diferença principal, a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho " +"sem disco agora é gerada a partir do sistema de arquivos do servidor LTSP " +"por padrão. Isso acontece em um servidor combinado na primeira " +"inicialização, levando algum tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Thin clients não fazem mais parte do LTSP. O Debian Edu usa o X2Go para " +"ainda suportar o uso de thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um servidor LTSP separado ou adicional, as informações " +"necessárias para configurar o ambiente do cliente LTSP não estão completas " +"no momento da instalação. A configuração pode ser feita uma vez que o " +"sistema tenha sido adicionado com GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o site do <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil " +"<emphasis>servidor LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> dá mais informações." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Observe que a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> do LTSP deve ser usada " +"com cuidado. Por exemplo, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> " +"falharia ao gerar a imagem SquashFS no caso de máquinas Debian (estas têm " +"uma partição /boot separada por padrão), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> falharia ao gerar o menu iPXE corretamente (devido ao " +"suporte a thin client do Debian Edu), e <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> atrapalharia completamente a inicialização do cliente LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> é " +"um script wrapper para <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Ele é usado para configurar e configurar estações de " +"trabalho sem disco e suporte para thin client (PC de 64 bits e 32 bits). " +"Veja <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> ou o " +"conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. Toda a configuração está contida " +"no próprio script (documentos AQUI) para facilitar os ajustes específicos do " +"site." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Exemplos de como usar o script wrapper <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> atualiza a imagem SquashFS da estação de trabalho sem disco " +"(sistema de arquivos do servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> cria uma estação de trabalho sem disco e " +"suporte para thin client de 64 bits." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> cria suporte adicional para thin client de 32 bits (imagem " +"chroot e SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Além da opção <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (o sistema cliente dependente mais " +"básico), também estão disponíveis as opções <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Os clientes dependentes do tipo " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> têm um botão de desligar, enquanto que os do " +"tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> executam o Firefox ESR em modo quiosque no " +"próprio cliente (é necessária mais memória RAM local e mais potência de CPU, " +"mas reduz a carga no servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " +"script wrapper para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Ele garante " +"que o arquivo /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe seja específico do Debian Edu. O " +"comando precisa ser executado após os itens relacionados ao menu iPXE (como " +"tempo limite do menu ou configurações de inicialização padrão) na seção /etc/" +"ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] terem sido modificados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> é " +"um script wrapper para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Ele " +"garante que um initrd específico do caso de uso (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " +"seja gerado e então movido para o diretório relacionado ao caso de uso. O " +"comando precisa ser executado depois que a seção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " +"[clients] for modificada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> é " +"um substituto para a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> fornecida " +"com o LTSP5. Ele é usado para executar comandos em um chroot LTSP " +"especificado (como, por exemplo, instalar, atualizar e remover pacotes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho sem disco</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho sem disco executam todo o software localmente. As " +"máquinas não têm um disco rígido local e iniciam diretamente do servidor " +"LTSP. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor LTSP, mas é executado " +"nas estações de trabalho sem disco. Os diretórios pessoais e as " +"configurações do sistema também são armazenados no servidor. As estações de " +"trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de reutilizar hardware antigo " +"(mas poderoso) com os mesmos baixos custos de manutenção típicos dos " +"clientes dependentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ao contrário das estações de trabalho sem disco, as estações de trabalho " +"funcionam sem necessidade de serem adicionadas através do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente dependente</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração de 'thin client' (cliente dependente) permite que um PC " +"comum funcione como um (X-)terminal, onde todos os softwares são executados " +"no servidor LTSP. Isso significa que esta máquina inicializa via PXE sem " +"usar um disco rígido cliente local e que o servidor LTSP precisa ser uma " +"máquina poderosa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu ainda suporta o uso de clientes dependentes, para permitir o " +"uso de computadores muito antigos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Como clientes leves usam X2Go, os usuários devem desabilitar composição para " +"evitar artefatos de display. No caso padrão, (área de trabalho Xfce): " +"Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"O boot (inicialização) do cliente LTSP falha se a interface de rede do " +"cliente exigir um firmware não livre. Pode ser usada uma instalação PXE para " +"resolver problemas de inicialização pela rede de uma máquina; se o " +"Instalador do Debian indicar que está em falta um arquivo XXX.bin, então tem " +"que ser adicionado o firmware não-livre ao initrd do servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Proceda assim no servidor LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Primeiro obtenha informações sobre pacotes de firmware, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Decida qual pacote deve ser instalado para a(s) interface(s) de rede, " +"provavelmente será firmware-linux, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Atualize a imagem do SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "Caso sejam usados thin clients X2Go, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "e prossiga de acordo com as informações de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, atualize a imagem do SquashFS; por exemplo. para o chroot /srv/" +"ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Seleção do tipo de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Cada servidor LTSP tem duas interfaces ethernet: uma configurada na sub-rede " +"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (que é partilhada com o servidor principal), e outra " +"formando uma sub-rede local (uma sub-rede separada para cada servidor LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Em ambos os casos, pode ser escolhido <emphasis>estação de trabalho sem " +"disco</emphasis> ou <emphasis>cliente dependente</emphasis> a partir do menu " +"iPXE. Após 5 segundos de espera, a máquina arrancará como estação de " +"trabalho sem disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"O item de menu de inicialização padrão do iPXE e seu tempo limite padrão " +"podem ser configurados em <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" +"computeroutput>. Um valor de tempo limite de <emphasis>-1</emphasis> é usado " +"para ocultar o menu. Execute <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> para que as alterações tenham efeito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Usar uma rede de clientes LTSP diferente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se uma máquina for instalada usando o perfil LTSP, a rede cliente LTSP " +"192.168.0.0/24 é a predefinida. Se forem utilizados muitos clientes LTSP ou " +"se servidores LTSP diferentes tiverem de servir tanto ambientes chroot i386 " +"como amd64, a segunda rede pré-configurada, a 192.168.1.0/24, também pode " +"ser utilizada. Editar o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"computeroutput> e ajustar as configurações da eth1 conforme necessário. Use " +"o <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ou qualquer outro editor LDAP para " +"verificar as configurações DNS e DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Adicionar o LTSP chroot para suportar clientes de PCs de 32 bits" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Para criar a imagem chroot e SquashFS, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Veja <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +"detalhes sobre os tipos de thin client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ter uma visão " +"das opções de configuração disponíveis. Ou leia a informação online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Adicione itens de configuração à seção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. Para " +"que as alterações entrem em vigor, execute:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Som em clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes LTSP usam áudio em rede para passar o áudio do servidor para os " +"clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "As estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP tratam o áudio localmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Acesso a unidades USB e a CD-ROMs/DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Quando os usuários inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD / CD-ROM numa estação " +"de trabalho sem disco, aparece um ícone na área de trabalho, permitindo " +"acesso ao conteúdo como em uma estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Quando os usuários inserem uma unidade USB em um cliente leve X2Go de tipo " +"simples (instalação de servidor combinado padrão), as unidades se montam " +"quando se faz duplo-clique no ícone da pasta na área de trabalho Xfce. " +"Dependendo do conteúdo multimídia, pode passar algum tempo até que o " +"conteúdo apareça no gerenciador de arquivos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Um aviso sobre mídias removíveis em servidores LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Quando inseridas em um servidor LTSP, as unidades USB e outras mídias " +"removíveis fazem com que o ícone da pasta relacionada apareça nas áreas de " +"trabalho de clientes LTSP. Usuários remotos podem acessar os arquivos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilizar impressoras ligadas a clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Ligar a impressora à máquina cliente LTSP (são suportados tanto a porta USB " +"como a porta paralela)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o cliente LTSP através do GOsa² para utilizar um endereço IP fixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configure a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolha o tipo de " +"impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e configure " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " +"conexão URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modificar a configuração do PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE é o acrônimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Pré-" +"execução). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurar o menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"O item de menu do iPXE relativo às instalações do sistema é gerado usando o " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Este script " +"permite que algumas configurações sejam substituídas usando o arquivo " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com valores " +"de substituição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurar a instalação PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE assumirá o idioma, o esquema do teclado e as configurações " +"do espelho (mirror) a partir das configurações usadas na instalação do " +"servidor principal, e as outras questões serão feitas durante a instalação " +"(perfil, participação no popcon, particionamento e senha de root). Para " +"evitar essas perguntas, o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> pode ser modificado para fornecer respostas " +"pré-selecionadas aos valores do debconf. Alguns exemplos de valores do " +"debconf podem ser consultados em <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Suas alterações serão perdidas assim que " +"for usado o <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para " +"recriar o ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar itens do debconf a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"durante a recriação através do <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>, adicione o arquivo <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> com os valores debconf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações sobre modificar instalações PXE podem ser encontradas no " +"capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalação</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Adicionar repositórios personalizados a instalações PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um repositório personalizado, adicione a <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> algo como:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"e em seguida execute <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> uma vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Alterar as definições de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"O pacote debian-edu-config inclui uma ferramenta que ajuda a mudar a rede de " +"10.0.0.0/8 para outra. Ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Destina-se a ser usado logo após a " +"instalação no servidor principal, para atualizar o LDAP e outros arquivos " +"que têm de ser editados para alterar a sub-rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Notar que mudar para uma das sub-redes já usadas por outros elementos no " +"Debian Edu não irá funcionar. As sub-redes 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 " +"já estão configuradas como redes clientes LTSP. A mudança para estas sub-" +"redes requer a edição manual dos ficheiros de configuração para remover " +"entradas duplicadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Não há forma fácil de alterar o nome de domínio DNS. Alterá-lo exigiria " +"mudanças tanto na estrutura LDAP como em vários arquivos no sistema de " +"arquivos do servidor principal. Também não há forma fácil de alterar o nome " +"da máquina e o nome DNS do servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para isso, " +"também seriam necessárias alterações no LDAP e nos arquivos do servidor " +"principal e do sistema de arquivos do cliente. A configuração do Kerberos " +"também teria de ser alterada, em ambos os casos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho remota" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Escolher o perfil Servidor LTSP ou o perfil Servidor combinado faz instalar " +"também os pacotes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e <emphasis>x2goserver</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"O Xrdp utiliza o Protocolo Remote Desktop para apresentar uma tela de acesso " +"gráfico a um cliente remoto. Os usuários do Microsoft Windows podem se " +"conectar ao servidor LTSP executando o xrdp sem instalar software adicional " +"- iniciam simplesmente uma ligação remota de área de trabalho na sua máquina " +"Windows e estabelecem a conexão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente, o xrdp pode se conectar a um servidor VNC ou a outro " +"servidor RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp vem sem suporte a som; para compilar (ou re-compilar) os módulos " +"necessários pode-se utilizar este script. Por favor, tenha em conta que o " +"usuário deve ser o root ou um membro do grupo sudo. Ademais, /etc/apt/" +"sources.list deve conter uma linha deb-src válida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"O X2Go permite acessar um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " +"tanto através de conexões de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " +"banda, a partir de um PC com Linux, Windows ou MacOS. É necessário software " +"adicional no lado do cliente. Para mais informações, consultar o wiki <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Clientes de área de trabalho remota disponíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> é instalado por padrão e é " +"capaz de RDP e VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - a maneira mais fácil de acessar o servidor de terminal Windows. Um " +"pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dá acesso ao Skolelinux " +"remotamente. Um pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> é um cliente gráfico para o " +"sistema X2Go (não instalado de origem). Pode ser utilizado para conectar a " +"sessões em execução e para iniciar novas sessões." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Clientes sem fio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"O servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> pode ser usado para estabelecer " +"conexões de rede seguras. Para isto funcionar, instale os pacotes " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> no servidor " +"principal e execute <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-" +"freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " +"específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, ambos os métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP " +"e PEAP-MSCHAPV2 são ativados. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " +"script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " +"informações, veja <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">o site do " +"FreeRADIUS</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "É necessária configuração adicional para" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"ativar/desativar pontos de acesso através de uma <emphasis>chave secreta " +"partilhada</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/customers.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"permitir/negar o acesso sem fios utilizando grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"usuarios)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"combinar pontos de acesso em grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Os dispositivos de usuário final têm de ser configurados corretamente; estes " +"dispositivos têm de ser protegidos por PIN para uso de métodos EAP (802.1x). " +"Os usuários precisam ser alertados para instalarem o certificado de " +"autoridade certificadora (CA) do freeradius nos seus dispositivos, para " +"terem a certeza de que estão se conectando ao servidor correto. Desta forma, " +"a senha não pode ser capturada no caso de contato com um servidor malicioso. " +"O certificado específico do site está disponível na rede interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (dispositivos Linux de " +"usuário final)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Notar que a configuração de dispositivos de usuário final é um verdadeiro " +"desafio, devido à variedade de dispositivos existentes. Para dispositivos " +"Windows pode ser criado um script de instalação e para dispositivos Apple um " +"arquivo mobileconfig. O certificado freeRADIUS CA pode ser integrado em " +"ambos os casos, mas são necessárias ferramentas específicas do SO para criar " +"os scripts." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autorizar a máquina Windows com as credenciais do Debian Edu usando a " +"extensão LDAP pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Adicionando usuário pGina no Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Para poder utilizar pGina (ou qualquer outra aplicação de serviço de " +"autenticação de terceiros) deve ter uma conta de usuário especial utilizada " +"na busca no LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar un usuário especial, p.ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> com senha<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, em <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"gosa\"/> website." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instalar fork do pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Baixe e instale pGina 3.9.9.12 como software habitual. Leve em conta que o " +"plugin LDAP persiste na pasta de plugins do pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configurar pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Tendo em conta a configuração do Debian Edu, a conexão LDAP utiliza SSL pela " +"porta 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Portanto, a configuração necessária em uma conexão pGina LDAP vem a seguir" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estes se armazenam em " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Seção principal do plugin LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (ou qualquer " +"outro com \"espaço\" como separador)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"Porta LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (para conexão SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Estouro de tempo: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</emphasis> (marcar a caixa de " +"seleção)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (não marque a caixa de " +"seleção)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validar o Certificado do Servidor: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(não marcar a caixa de verificação)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"buscar no DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" é um usuário para autenticar no LDAP para buscar usuários na " +"sessão de autenticação)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Senha de busca: pwd.777 (esta é a senha do \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Bloco de autenticação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Aba Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Permitir senhas vazias: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Buscar por DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</emphasis> (marcar a caixa de " +"seleção)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Filtro de busca: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Bloco de autorização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Padrão: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Negar quando autenticação LDAP falhar: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</" +"emphasis> (marcar a caixa de seleção)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Permitir quando o servir estiver indisponível: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa de seleção, opcional)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Seleção de plugins" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Autenticação [v], Autorização [v], Roteador[v], Alterar senha [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Máquina local: Autenticação [v], Roteador [v] (marcar apenas as duas caixas " +"de seleção)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordem dos plugins" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Autenticação: LDAP, Máquina local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, Computador Local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Fontes:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "O Samba no Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"O Samba está agora configurado como servidor independente <emphasis></" +"emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e compartilhamento de usuários " +"ativados; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" +"computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os usuários não " +"administradores podem efetuar compartilhamentos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/smb.conf.edu-site para o diretório /etc/samba. As configurações em " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> substituirão as contidas em " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, os diretórios 'home' de usuários (as pastas pessoais) são " +"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis> /etc/samba/" +"smb.conf.edu-site </emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"As senhas do Samba são guardadas usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> e são atualizadas no caso de uma senha ser alterada através " +"do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Para desativar temporariamente a conta Samba de um usuário, executar " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nome de usuário></computeroutput>; para " +"reativar, executar <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <nome de usuário></" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> no servidor principal desativa os compartilhamentos de " +"usuário para 'alunos'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Acessar arquivos via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"As conexões aos diretórios dos usuários e compartilhamentos adicionais " +"específicos de cada local (se configurados) são possíveis para dispositivos " +"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " +"dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gerenciador de " +"arquivos com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander com " +"plugin de LAN</ulink> podem ser boas opções." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<usuario></computeroutput> ou " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<usuario></computeroutput> para acessar o " +"diretório pessoal de um usuário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Instruções para ensino e aprendizagem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Todos os pacotes Debian mencionados nesta seção podem ser instalados " +"executando <computeroutput>apt install <nome-do-pacote></" +"computeroutput> (como root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Ensino de Programação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta pacote que " +"'depende' de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " +"meta pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " +"mais informações (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " +"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu pacotes de Desenvolvimento</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Acompanhamento dos alunos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " +"legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos usuários de " +"computadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controle, como o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sites do <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Restringir o acesso dos alunos à rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir " +"o acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Instruções para os usuários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Alterar senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Cada usuário deve alterar a sua senha através do GOsa². Para isso, basta " +"usar um navegador e ir a <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Usar o GOsa² para alterar a senha garante que as senhas para o Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), para o LDAP (userPassword) e para o Samba " +"(sambaNTPassword) sejam a mesma." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Também é possível alterar senhas usando o PAM na chamada de acesso do GDM " +"(tela em modo de texto); mas isso não se aplica ao Samba nem ao GOsa² " +"(LDAP), no caso aplica-se apenas ao Kerberos. Portanto, depois de uma " +"alteração de senha na chamada de acesso em modo de texto, você também terá " +"que fazer a alteração através do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Executar aplicações java autônomas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"As aplicações Java autônomas funcionam de imediato com o ambiente runtime " +"OpenJDK Java." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Usando e-mail" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Todos os usuários podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; são " +"fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para permitir o " +"correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o servidor " +"de correio <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à situação " +"local, começando com um <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Todos os usuários que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de configurar da forma " +"que se segue. Para um usuário com nome de jdoe o endereço de e-mail interno " +"é <ulink url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Iniciar o Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Ignorar e usar o meu endereço de e-mail existente'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Introduzir o endereço de e-mail a ser usado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "Não introduzir a senha, pois será utilizado o acesso único do Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Continuar'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Para IMAP e SMTP, as configurações devem ser 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; " +"se não forem detectadas automaticamente, introduzir manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Concluído'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuir" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuir online" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"> " +"lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o principal meio de " +"comunicação, embora haja reuniões mensais do IRC em #debian-edu no " +"irc.debian.org e até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, " +"onde os membros se encontram pessoalmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Uma boa forma de acompanhar o desenvolvimento do Debian Edu é subscrever na " +"lista de correio <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Reportar bugs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Bugs do Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " +"comunicações de bugs existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou criar novas " +"comunicações. Comunicar todos os bugs com referência ao pacote <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</" +"ulink>. Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre " +"comunicação de deficiências no Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Redatores e tradutores de documentação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Este documento precisa da sua ajuda! Antes de mais, ainda não está " +"terminado: se o ler, irá notar vários FIXMEs inseridos no texto. Se por " +"acaso souber (um pouco) do que precisa de ser explicado em qualquer deles, " +"por favor, considere compartilhar os seus conhecimentos conosco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"O texto original é um wiki e pode ser editado com um simples navegador da " +"web. Basta ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> e é possível contribuir facilmente. Nota: é necessária uma conta " +"de usuário para editar as páginas; você pode precisar primeiro <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">criar uma conta " +"de usuário do wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os usuários é através da tradução de " +"software e documentação. Informação sobre como traduzir este documento pode " +"ser encontrada no capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</" +"link>. Por favor, considere ajudar no esforço de tradução deste livro!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Apoio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Apoio baseado em voluntários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "Em inglês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - lista de e-mails para " +"suporte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"Canal IRC #debian-edu em irc.debian.org, principalmente relacionado a " +"desenvolvimento; não espere suporte em tempo real, embora isso aconteça com " +"frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "Em norueguês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux em irc.debian.org - Canal IRC para apoiar usuários noruegueses" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "Em alemão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de e-" +"mails para suporte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de em irc.debian.org - Canal IRC para apoiar usuários alemães" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "Em francês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - lista de e-" +"mails para suporte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Apoio profissional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Listas de empresas que fornecem suporte profissional estão disponíveis em " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Alterações na instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian usada no Debian Trixie; para mais " +"informação consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"incluindo informações em <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"que é uma nova seção em adição às bem conhecidas sções <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">tema Ceratopsian </ulink>, o tema padrão do Debian 13 " +"Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Atualizações de software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 13 trixie, por exemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "O Debian Trixie tem mais de 59000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 13 Trixie nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e " +"no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Atualizações de documentação e tradução" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Na instalação, a página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, " +"dos quais 22 estão totalmente traduzidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Manual do Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " +"alemão, chinês simplificado, dinamarquês, espanhol, francês, holandês, " +"italiano, japonês, norueguês (Bokmål), português brasileiro, português " +"europeu, romeno e ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Problemas conhecidos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"veja <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Direitos de Autor e Autores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Este documento foi escrito e está protegido por direitos de autor por Holger " +"Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), " +"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), " +"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, " +"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy " +"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster " +"(2023) e é publicado sob licença GPL2 ou qualquer versão posterior. Divirta-" +"se!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Se adicionar conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">, por favor, faça-" +"o apenas se for o autor do conteúdo adicionado. Tem de o publicar nas mesmas " +"condições do manual</emphasis>! Em seguida, adicione aqui o seu nome e " +"mencione a publicação sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traduções deste documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">visão geral online das traduções empacotadas</ulink>, atualizada com " +"frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Como traduzir este documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Traduzir utilizando os arquivos PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " +"mantidas em arquivos PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " +"processo de tradução usando esses arquivos em <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Traduzir on-line utilizando um navegador da Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Algumas equipes de tradução decidiram traduzir via Weblate. Para mais " +"informação, veja <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Solicita-se que quaisquer problemas sejam comunicados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Apêndice A - A Licença Pública Geral GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 13 denominado Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e outros; consultar <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Direitos de autor</link> para ver a lista completa dos " +"detentores de direitos autorais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Apêndice B - Recursos em versões mais antigas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades para o Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian usada no Debian Buster; para mais " +"informação consultar o <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/buster/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, o tema padrão do Debian 12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 12 bookworm, por exemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Bookworm inclui mais de 64000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> " +"e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para alemão, chinês simplificado, dinamarquês, espanhol, francês, holandês, " +"italiano, japonês, norueguês (Bokmål), português brasileiro, português " +"europeu, romeno e ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"veja <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Informação histórica sobre versões mais antigas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Anteriormente foram lançadas as seguintes versões do Debian Edu:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11, denominado Bullseye, lançado em 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" +"Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu 10+edu0, denominado Buster, lançado em " +"2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0, denominado Stretch, lançado em 17-06-2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, denominado Jessie, lançado em 02-07-2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, denominado Wheezy, lançado em 28-09-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 03-03-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 11-03-2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 05-10-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 08-02-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", lançado em 05-12-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" lançado em 22-07-2007. Baseado no Debian 4.0 Etch " +"lançado em 08-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, lançado em 14-03-2006. Baseado no Debian 3.1 Sarge, lançado " +"em 06-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" lançado em 2004-06-20. Baseado no Debian 3.0 Woody " +"lançado em 2002-07-19." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " +"e detalhada das versões mais antigas; ou ver os manuais das respetivas " +"versões na página <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">manuais das diferentes versões</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecione “Uplink” se sua rede upstream exigir um endereço IP estático e, " +#~ "se você seguiu a sugestão acima em redes internas, “Educação”." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#~| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente " +#~ "traduzido para alemão, chinês simplificado, dinamarquês, espanhol, " +#~ "francês, holandês, italiano, japonês, norueguês (Bokmål), português " +#~ "brasileiro, português europeu, romeno e ucraniano." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "O uso de pacotes backports é simples. Executar:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 12 denominado Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bullseye; para mais " +#~ "informações, consultar o <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Novas imagens baseadas no tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +#~ "DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld</ulink>, o tema predefinido do " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Instalador Debian deixou de aceitar a configuração chroot LTSP. No caso " +#~ "de uma instalação de servidor combinado (perfis 'Servidor principal' + " +#~ "'Servidor LTSP'), a configuração para suporte de clientes dependentes " +#~ "(agora usando o X2Go) acontece no final da instalação. A geração da " +#~ "imagem SquashFS para suporte de clientes sem disco (a partir do sistema " +#~ "de arquivos do servidor) é feita no primeiro boot (primeira " +#~ "inicialização)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para servidores LTSP separados, ambos os passos têm que ser feitos " +#~ "através de uma ferramenta, após o primeiro boot na rede interna quando " +#~ "estiver disponível informação suficiente a partir do servidor principal." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mais informações sobre o Debian 11 bullseye disponível nas <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +#~ "lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente " +#~ "traduzido para Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês " +#~ "Bokmål, Português e Chinês Simplificado." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para dinamarquês e espanhol." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Outras alterações por comparação com a versão anterior" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Melhor suporte a TLS/SSL na rede interna. Nos clientes, o certificado de " +#~ "raiz para o Debian Edu-CA está incluído no pacote de certificados para " +#~ "todo o sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Novo LTSP, reescrito do zero, deixando de suportar clientes dependentes. " +#~ "Os clientes dependentes são agora suportados utilizando o X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O boot pela rede (Netboot) é feito utilizando o iPXE em vez do PXELINUX, " +#~ "para estar em conformidade com o LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O diretório <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> é agora usado como base do " +#~ "netboot, em vez do diretório <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O DuckDuckGo é usado como motor de busca predefinido nos navegadores " +#~ "Firefox ESR e Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Chromium usa o site web interno como página inicial padrão, em vez do " +#~ "Google." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nas estações de trabalho sem disco, o Kerberos TGT está automaticamente " +#~ "disponível após o acesso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicionada nova ferramenta para configurar o freeRADIUS com suporte para " +#~ "EAP-TTLS / PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Samba é configurado como \"servidor autônomo\" com suporte para SMB2/" +#~ "SMB3; deixou de haver a junção ao domínio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A interface web GOsa² não mostra entradas relacionadas com o Samba porque " +#~ "os dados da conta Samba deixaram de ser guardados em LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "É usado o modo gráfico do Instalador Debian para instalações PXE (em vez " +#~ "do modo de texto)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O servidor de impressão central CUPS é ipp.intern; os usuários " +#~ "pertencentes ao grupo printer-admins têm permissão para administrar o " +#~ "CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A administração do Icinga através da interface web está restrita ao " +#~ "primeiro usuário." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Caso esteja disponível um encaminhador, mas o mesmo não possa ser " +#~ "configurado conforme necessário (por a pessoa não ter permissões para o " +#~ "fazer ou por razões técnicas, por exemplo), um computador antigo com duas " +#~ "interfaces de rede pode ser transformado em conversor entre a rede " +#~ "existente e a rede do Debian Edu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma maneira simples é instalar o Debian Edu neste computador; durante a " +#~ "instalação selecionar 'Mínimo' como perfil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Após a instalação, executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> ; " +#~ "serão efetuadas as seguintes alterações:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Alterar o arquivo /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Alterar o hostname definitivamente para 'gateway'." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Remover scripts supérfluos." + +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Instalação de uma barreira [firewall] (opcional)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando os usuários inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM num cliente " +#~ "dependente X2Go, o dispositivo é automaticamente montado e é possível " +#~ "acessar navegando na pasta respectiva no ambiente de trabalho Xfce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se os usuários remotos aceitarem a ação da janela emergente ou utilizarem " +#~ "o pmount no console/terminal, podem até montar os dispositivos removíveis " +#~ "e acessar arquivos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho diferente do ambiente padrão, " +#~ "pressione TAB e edite as opções de inicialização (boot) do núcleo " +#~ "(kernel) (como explicado acima)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A partir do Bullseye, o LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores, " +#~ "tanto na configuração como na manutenção. Uma das principais diferenças, " +#~ "é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco é agora " +#~ "gerada a partir do sistema de arquivos do servidor LTSP. Além disso, os " +#~ "clientes dependentes já não são suportados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)cria suporte a clientes dependentes " +#~ "de 64 bits." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~ "about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Execute " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +#~ "informações sobre tipos de clientes thin client." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>, especialmente " +#~ "qualquer <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis> separado ou " +#~ "adicional" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "fazer login como root." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data de publicação; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> +2020 Diogo Marques +2020-2021 Silvério Santos +2020-2021, 2023-2024 José Vieira +2022 Luis Debonoir +2025 Rodolfo José dos Santos Gigante +2026 António Oliveira + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt-pt.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8692 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 09:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-06-16 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: António Oliveira <antonio.oliveira5487@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Portugal) <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" +"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/pt_PT/>\n" +"Language: pt-pt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.7.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt-PT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Data de publicação:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 13, denominado trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logótipo do instalador do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Este manual é para a versão Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"O original deste manual está em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie\"/>, uma página wiki atualizada com " +"frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" +"edu-doc/\">na rede</ulink> traduções atualizadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Sobre o Debian Edu ou Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu, também designado Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Debian que " +"implementa uma abordagem cliente-servidor, disponibilizando um ambiente de " +"rede informática escolar completamente configurado. Servidores e clientes " +"são <emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> – programas, no caso – que " +"interagem entre si: os servidores fornecem informações requeridas pelos " +"clientes para estes poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa " +"máquina e o seu cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são " +"chamadas de servidor e cliente, por extensão do conceito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " +"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitetura</link> contêm informação básica sobre a " +"conceção do sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Com a instalação de um servidor principal, todos os serviços necessários a " +"uma rede de escola estão configurados e o sistema está pronto a ser usado. É " +"necessário apenas adicionar-lhe os utilizadores e as máquinas, via GOsa² – " +"uma interface de rede de fácil utilização – ou qualquer outro editor LDAP. " +"Também foi incluído no sistema um modo de arranque (boot) através da rede, " +"usando PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, pelo que após a " +"instalação inicial do servidor principal a partir de um CD, um disco Blu-ray " +"ou uma pen-USB, o sistema pode ser instalado em todas as outras máquinas, " +"incluindo «estações itinerantes» (as que podem ser levadas da rede da " +"escola, normalmente computadores portáteis), através da rede. Além disso, as " +"máquinas podem arrancar via PXE/iPXE como estações de trabalho sem disco ou " +"clientes dependentes (thin clients)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"O ambiente de trabalho pré-definido inclui várias aplicações educativas, " +"como o GeoGebra, o Kalzium, o KGeography, o GNU Solfege e o Scratch, sendo " +"que o sistema pode ser ampliado facilmente e quase infinitamente, por ser " +"parte do universo Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Alguma história e o porquê de dois nomes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</" +"ulink> é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " +"distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Isto significa que o Skolelinux é uma versão do Debian composta de forma a " +"constituir um modelo pronto a usar de uma rede escolar completamente " +"configurada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Pela " +"mesma época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu em França. Em 2003 os " +"projetos foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e " +"(Debian-)\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respetivos países – " +"significando, respetivamente, Escola e Educação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Hoje o sistema está em uso em vários países por todo o mundo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arquitetura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Esta secção descreve a arquitetura de rede e os serviços fornecidos por uma " +"instalação Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "A topologia da rede Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"A figura é um esboço da topologia de rede assumida como padrão. A " +"configuração predefinida de uma rede Skolelinux assume que existe um (e " +"apenas um) servidor principal, enquanto permite a inclusão tanto de estações " +"de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " +"estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " +"pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " +"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada " +"(redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " +"servidor LTSP não afete os restantes serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado em " +"detalhe no capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> " +"respectivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"A razão para que só possa haver um servidor principal em cada rede escolar é " +"que o servidor principal permite a configuração dinâmica de hospedeiros, " +"através do protocolo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), e em cada " +"rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. No entanto, é possível transferir a " +"execução de serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas. " +"Para o fazer, é necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina " +"e, de seguida, atualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador " +"(\"alias\") DNS desse serviço para a dita máquina." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a ligação à Internet é " +"feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, também chamado conversor " +"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como " +"preparar um conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um " +"já existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "A configuração da rede predefinida" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"O DHCP no servidor principal serve a rede 10.0.0.0/8, disponibilizando um " +"menu de arranque PXE com as opções de instalar um novo servidor ou uma nova " +"estação de trabalho, fazer arrancar um cliente dependente ou uma estação de " +"trabalho sem disco, executar o memtest (teste do(s) módulo(s)) de memória, " +"ou arrancar a partir do disco rígido local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informação, ver o capítulo de <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respetivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"Nos servidores LTSP, o que o DHCP faz é apenas servir uma rede dedicada (sub-" +"rede) na segunda interface (as opções 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 estão " +"pré-configuradas), o que raramente necessita de ser alterado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "A configuração de todas as sub-redes é guardada no LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (nome de hospedeiro " +"«tjener», termo norueguês que significa «servidor») que por predefinição tem " +"o endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado selecionando o perfil Servidor " +"Principal. É possível (mas não necessário) selecionar e instalar na mesma " +"máquina também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " +"Servidor Principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Serviços executados no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Com exceção do controlo dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços de rede " +"são inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). " +"Por razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) " +"(embora seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor " +"LTSP no mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS " +"específico e todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído " +"facilita a transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para " +"um computador diferente. Basta parar o serviço no servidor principal e " +"alterar a configuração DNS, apontando para a nova localização da execução do " +"serviço (que deve primeiro ser configurada no computador de destino, " +"evidentemente)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir a segurança, são encriptadas todas as ligações em que as " +"senhas são transmitidas pela rede, de modo que nenhuma senha é enviada pela " +"rede como texto em claro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Abaixo está uma tabela dos serviços que são configurados por predefinição " +"numa rede Skolelinux e o nome DNS de cada serviço. Se for possível, todos os " +"ficheiros de configuração irão referir-se ao serviço pelo nome (sem o nome " +"de domínio), facilitando assim às escolas a mudança de domínio (se tiverem " +"um domínio DNS próprio) ou dos endereços IP que utilizam." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela de serviços</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrição do serviço</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Designação comum</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Registo de eventos centralizado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Serviço de nome de domínio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domínio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configuração de rede automática das máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Diretórios de utilizador via Network File System" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Central de correio eletrónico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Serviço de diretório" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administração de utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Servidor de web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Central de cópias de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Cache de web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Impressão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Acesso remoto seguro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração automática" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Servidor/es LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Vigilância de máquinas e serviços com comunicação de erros, assim como " +"estado e histórico na web. Comunicação de erros por correio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Os ficheiros de cada utilizador são guardados nos respetivos diretórios de " +"utilizador (pastas pessoais), que são disponibilizados pelo servidor. Os " +"diretórios de utilizador são acedíveis a partir de todas as máquinas, dando " +"aos utilizadores acesso aos mesmos ficheiros (aos seus ficheiros), qualquer " +"que seja a máquina que utilizem. O servidor é neutro relativamente a " +"sistemas operativos, proporcionando acesso via NFS a clientes do tipo Unix e " +"via SMB2/SMB3 a outros clientes (Windows, MacOS, etc.)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o correio é configurado para entrega local apenas (ou " +"seja, na rede da escola), embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio " +"pela Internet, se a escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os " +"clientes são configurados para entregar correio ao servidor (usando " +"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Todos os serviços são acedíveis usando o mesmo nome de utilizador e " +"respetiva senha, graças à base de dados central de utilizadores para a " +"autenticação e autorização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Para aumentar o desempenho em sites frequentemente acedidos, é utilizado um " +"proxy web que armazena ficheiros localmente (Squid). Em conjunto com o " +"bloqueio do tráfego Web no router, isto também permite o controlo do acesso " +"à Internet em máquinas individuais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"A configuração da ligação à rede nos clientes é feita automaticamente, " +"usando o DHCP. Todos os tipos de clientes podem ser ligados à sub-rede " +"privada 10.0.0.0/8, obtendo endereços IP correspondentes; os clientes LTSP " +"devem ser ligados ao servidor LTSP correspondente através da sub-rede " +"separada 192.168.0.0/24 (isto garante que o tráfego de rede dos clientes " +"LTSP não interfere com o resto dos serviços de rede)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"O registo de eventos centralizado é configurado de forma a que todas as " +"máquinas enviem as suas mensagens syslog para o servidor. O serviço syslog é " +"configurado de forma a apenas aceitar mensagens recebidas da rede local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o servidor DNS é configurado com um domínio para uso " +"interno apenas (*.intern); posteriormente pode ser configurado um domínio " +"DNS real (\"externo\"). É configurado como servidor DNS de cache, para que " +"todas as máquinas da rede o possam utilizar como servidor DNS principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Alunos e professores podem publicar sítios web. O servidor web disponibiliza " +"mecanismos para autenticar utilizadores e para limitar a certos utilizadores " +"e grupos o acesso a páginas e sub-diretórios individuais. Os utilizadores " +"podem criar páginas web dinâmicas, já que o servidor de web é programável no " +"lado do servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"A informação sobre utilizadores e máquinas é alterada num local central e é " +"automaticamente tornada acessível a todos os computadores da rede. Para " +"conseguir isso, é configurado um servidor de diretório centralizado. O " +"diretório terá informação sobre os utilizadores, grupos de utilizadores, " +"máquinas e grupos de máquinas. Para evitar a confusão dos utilizadores, não " +"haverá qualquer diferença entre grupos de ficheiros e grupos de rede. Isto " +"implica que os grupos de computadores que irão formar grupos de rede " +"utilizarão o mesmo espaço de nomes que os grupos de utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"A administração dos serviços e dos utilizadores é feita principalmente " +"através da web e segue padrões estabelecidos, funcionando bem nos " +"navegadores web que fazem parte do Skolelinux. Através dos sistemas de " +"administração, é possível a delegação de certas tarefas em utilizadores " +"individuais ou grupos de utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar certos problemas com o NFS e para tornar a resolução dos " +"problemas mais simples, os computadores necessitam de relógios sincronizados " +"entre si. Para conseguir a sincronização, o servidor Skolelinux é " +"configurado como servidor local de Network Time Protocol (NTP) e todas as " +"estações de trabalho e clientes são configurados para se sincronizarem com o " +"servidor. O servidor, por seu lado, deve sincronizar o seu relógio com " +"computadores na Internet através do NTP, garantindo assim que toda a rede " +"tenha a hora correta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"As impressoras são ligadas onde for conveniente, seja diretamente na rede " +"principal, seja a um servidor, estação de trabalho ou servidor LTSP. O " +"acesso às impressoras pode ser controlado para utilizadores individuais de " +"acordo com os grupos a que pertencem; isto será conseguido através da " +"utilização de quotas e controlo de acesso para impressoras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Uma rede Skolelinux pode ter muitos servidores LTSP, que são instalados ao " +"ser selecionado o perfil Servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Os servidores LTSP são configurados para receberem o syslog de clientes " +"dependentes e de estações de trabalho, e encaminharem essas mensagens para o " +"destinatário central do syslog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Notar que:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP usam os programas instalados no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de ficheiros raiz do cliente é disponibilizado através do NFS. " +"Após cada modificação no servidor LTSP a imagem relacionada tem que ser " +"gerada novamente; executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Clientes dependentes (thin clients)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' permite que PCs comuns funcionem como " +"terminais (do X). Isto significa que a máquina arranca diretamente do " +"servidor, usando o PXE, sem usar o disco rígido do computador cliente. A " +"configuração de clientes dependentes é feita agora pelo X2Go, uma vez que o " +"LTSP deixou de ter essa funcionalidade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes são uma boa maneira de ainda ser feito uso de " +"computadores muito antigos (a maioria de 32 bits), pois eles executam " +"eficazmente todos os programas no servidor LTSP. Isto funciona da seguinte " +"forma: o serviço usa o DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) para se " +"ligar à rede e o TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) para arrancar a " +"partir da rede; em seguida, é montado o sistema de ficheiros a partir do " +"servidor LTSP utilizando NFS; finalmente, é iniciado o cliente X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Estações de trabalho sem disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Uma estação de trabalho sem disco executa todo o software no próprio " +"computador, apesar de não ter um sistema operativo instalado localmente. " +"Isto significa que os computadores clientes arrancam via PXE, sem executarem " +"software instalado num disco rígido local (mas sim no servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de ser utilizado " +"equipamento potente com o mesmo baixo custo de manutenção dos clientes " +"dependentes. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor, sem a " +"necessidade de software instalado localmente nos clientes. A pasta pessoal " +"de cada utilizador (os diretórios de utilizador) e as configurações do " +"sistema para cada um também são guardadas no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Clientes em rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"O termo \"clientes em rede\" é usado neste manual para se referir tanto a " +"clientes dependentes como a estações de trabalho sem disco, assim como a " +"computadores com sistemas operativos MacOS ou Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administração" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Todos os sistemas que forem instalados com o instalador do Skolelinux são " +"administráveis a partir de um computador central, muito provavelmente o " +"servidor. Será possível aceder a todos via SSH e assim ter acesso total às " +"máquinas. É necessário executar primeiro <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput>, como root, para obter um TGT (ticket-granting ticket) do " +"Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Toda a informação dos utilizadores é mantida num diretório LDAP. As " +"atualizações das contas de utilizador são feitas nesta base de dados, que é " +"utilizada pelos clientes para autenticação do utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Atualmente existem dois tipos de imagens para suportes de instalação: " +"netinst e BD (Blue-Ray Disc). Ambas as imagens podem também ser carregadas a " +"partir de pens USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"O objetivo é haver a possibilidade de fazer uma única instalação do sistema " +"como servidor, usando qualquer tipo de suporte, e, a partir do servidor, com " +"arranque pela rede, instalar o sistema em todos os outros computadores " +"(clientes) através da rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Apenas a imagem netinstall necessita de acesso à Internet durante a " +"instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"A instalação não deve fazer solicitações, com exceção de idioma desejado, " +"localização, teclado e perfil do computador (Servidor principal, Estação de " +"trabalho, Servidor LTSP, ...). Todas as outras configurações são " +"estabelecidas automaticamente com valores razoáveis, para serem alteradas a " +"partir de uma localização central pelo administrador do sistema, após a " +"instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"A cada conta de utilizador do Skolelinux é atribuída uma secção do sistema " +"de ficheiros no servidor de ficheiros. Esta secção (diretório home) contém " +"os ficheiros de configuração do utilizador, documentos, e-mail e páginas " +"web. Alguns dos ficheiros devem ser configurados para ter acesso de leitura " +"para outros utilizadores no sistema, alguns devem ser legíveis por todos na " +"Internet e alguns não devem ser acessíveis para leitura por ninguém, exceto " +"pelo utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que todos os discos usados para diretórios de utilizador ou " +"diretórios partilhados possam ser identificados de forma única em todos os " +"computadores da instalação, os discos podem ser montados como " +"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. É criado " +"inicialmente um diretório no servidor de ficheiros, <computeroutput>/skole/" +"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, no qual são criadas todas as contas de " +"utilizador. Posteriormente podem ser criados mais diretórios, quando " +"necessário para acomodar determinados grupos de utilizadores ou determinados " +"padrões de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir o acesso partilhado a ficheiros que usem o sistema normal de " +"permissões UNIX, é necessário que os utilizadores, além de estarem no grupo " +"pessoal primário a que pertencem por predefinição, estejam também em grupos " +"partilhados suplementares (p. ex. \"estudantes\"). Se os utilizadores " +"tiverem uma máscara apropriada (002 ou 007) para tornar os itens recém-" +"criados acessíveis a grupos e se os diretórios em que eles estiverem a " +"trabalhar estiverem configurados para fazer com que os ficheiros assumam a " +"mesma entidade detentora que o grupo, o resultado é a partilha controlada de " +"ficheiros entre os membros de um grupo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"As configurações iniciais de acesso a ficheiros recém-criados são uma " +"questão de opção. A máscara (umask) predefinida do Debian é 022 (que não " +"permite acesso de grupo como descrito acima), mas o Debian Edu usa 002 como " +"predefinição - significando que os ficheiros são criados com acesso de " +"leitura para todos os utilizadores, acesso esse que pode ser removido " +"posteriormente por uma acção explícita do criador do ficheiro. Isto pode ser " +"alterado (editando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" +"computeroutput>) para uma máscara de 007 - significando que o acesso de " +"leitura dos ficheiros é inicialmente vedado, necessitando de uma acção do " +"utilizador para os tornar acessíveis. A primeira abordagem encoraja a " +"partilha de conhecimento e torna o colectivo mais transparente, enquanto que " +"a segunda diminui o risco de disseminação indesejada de informação sensível. " +"O problema com a primeira opção é que não é claro para os utilizadores que o " +"material que criam fica acessível a todos os outros utilizades. Só o " +"conseguem perceber inspecionando os diretórios dos outros utilizadores e " +"vendo que os seus ficheiros podem ser lidos. O problema com a segunda opção " +"é que provavelmente poucas pessoas tornarão os seus ficheiros acessíveis a " +"outros, mesmo que não contenham informação sensível e o conteúdo seja útil " +"para utilizadores curiosos, que querem perceber como outros resolveram " +"problemas específicos (normalmente problemas de configuração)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Há várias possibilidades para uma solução Skolelinux. Desde a instalação " +"apenas num PC autónomo até à instalação em muitas escolas geridas de forma " +"centralizada como solução regional. Contudo, esta flexibilidade implica uma " +"enorme diferença entre opções no que respeita à configuração dos componentes " +"de rede, servidores e máquinas clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos de equipamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for usado o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de requisitos de equipamento " +"para LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu / Skolelinux pode ser instalado em computadores de 32 bit " +"(arquitectura Debian 'i386', para processadores 686 e superiores) ou em " +"computadores de 64 bit (arquitectura Debian 'amd64', para processadores x86)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"É possível usar clientes dependentes com apenas 256 MiB de RAM e 400 MHz de " +"frequência, embora seja recomendado o uso de mais RAM e processadores mais " +"rápidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Em clientes autónomos (fat clients) - isto é, estações de trabalho, estações " +"de trabalho sem disco - e computadores independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 " +"MHz de frequência são os requisitos mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar " +"navegadores web modernos e LibreOffice são recomendados pelo menos 2048 MiB " +"de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "O espaço em disco mínimo necessário depende do perfil a instalar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"servidor principal combinado + servidor LTSP + estação de trabalho (se for " +"pretendido ter uma interface gráfica no servidor): 60 GiB (mais espaço " +"adicional para contas de utilizador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "estação de trabalho ou computador independente: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "instalação mínima de máquina em rede: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Os servidores LTSP precisam de duas placas de rede ao utilizarem a " +"arquitetura de rede predefinida:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "a eth0 está ligada à rede principal (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "a eth1 é usada para servir clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Os computadores portáteis são estações de trabalho móveis, por isso têm os " +"mesmos requisitos que as estações de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Computadores identificados como funcionando com o sistema" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de ser " +"completa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> é um esforço " +"para documentar a forma de instalar, configurar e usar o Debian em alguns " +"computadores específicos, permitindo a potenciais compradores saberem que " +"esses computadores aceitam o Debian e aos detentores de computadores " +"listados saberem como obter o máximo dos seus equipamentos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Requisitos para configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Configuração predefinida" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Quando for usada a arquitetura de rede predefinida, aplicam-se as seguintes " +"regras:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "É necessário um, e apenas um, servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Pode haver centenas de estações de trabalho na rede principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver muitos servidores LTSP na rede principal; estão pré-configuradas " +"duas sub-redes diferentes (DNS, DHCP) no LDAP e podem ser adicionadas mais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver centenas de clientes dependentes (thin clients) e/ou estações de " +"trabalho sem disco em cada rede de servidores LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver centenas de outras máquinas, sendo-lhes atribuídos endereços IP " +"dinâmicos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Para acesso à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um conversor " +"(gateway) (ver abaixo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Encaminhador (router) de Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Para ligação à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um " +"conversor (gateway) ligado à Internet na interface externa e usando o " +"endereço IP 10.0.0.1 com a máscara de rede 255.0.0.0 na interface interna, ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"O encaminhador não deve ser ligado a um servidor DHCP; pode ser ligado a um " +"servidor DNS, embora isso não seja necessário – não será utilizado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Caso não haja nenhum encaminhador disponível ou o encaminhador existente não " +"possa ser configurado adequadamente, qualquer máquina que satisfaça os " +"requisitos para uma instalação Debian mínima e que tenha pelo menos duas " +"placas de rede pode ser transformada num conversor entre a rede existente e " +"a do Debian Edu. Consultar a <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" +"link> para informação sobre uma forma simples de instalar e configurar uma " +"máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for necessário usar algum equipamento como encaminhador (embedded) ou " +"como ponto de acessso incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do " +"equipamento também possa ser usado, é claro. Usar o firmware original é mais " +"fácil; usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e controlo. Consultar as páginas web do " +"OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">equipamento suportado</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um procedimento " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de " +"rede existente não o requerer, recomenda-se que isso não seja feito e que " +"seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> " +"predefinida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Opções de instalação e transferência" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Onde encontrar informação adicional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"trixie/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Trixie</ulink> antes de " +"começar a instalação dum sistema. Há mais informação sobre o lançamento do " +"Debian Trixie no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Experimente o Debian Edu/Skolelinux. Está pronto a funcionar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se vivamente que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre " +"a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de começar a " +"instalação dum servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Deve também ser lido o capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros " +"Passos</link> deste manual, pois nele se explica como aceder ao sistema pela " +"primeira vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename trixie" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Descarregar a imagem de instalação do Debian Edu 12, denominado trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for very old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquiteturas Debian para CPUs x86; " +"ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " +"arquitetura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e a " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje em dia, as " +"instalações devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " +"A arquitetura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas " +"para computadores antigos (começaram a ser vendidos computadores de 64bit em " +"2003 e deixaram de ser vendidos computadores de 32bit por volta de 2010; a " +"arq. i386 pode ser usada em máquinas de 64bit, mas a arq. amd64 não pode ser " +"usada em máquinas de 32bit)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagens iso netinst para amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"A imagem iso netinst pode ser usada para instalação a partir de CD/DVD e " +"unidades USB flash e está disponível para as duas arquiteturas Debian " +"referidas: amd64 e i386. Como o nome indica, para a instalação é necessário " +"acesso à Internet ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Trixie has been released these images will be available for download " +#| "from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Assim que o Trixie for lançado, estas imagens estarão disponíveis para " +"descarga a partir de:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagens iso BD para amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or " +#| "disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Estas imagens ISO tem aproximadamente 7,5 GB e podem ser usadas para " +"instalação em máquinas amd64 ou i386, também sem acesso à Internet. Como a " +"imagem netinst, esta imagem pode ser instalada em unidades USB flash ou em " +"discos de tamanho suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verificação dos ficheiros de imagem transferidos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Instruções detalhadas para verificação e uso dessas imagens constam das " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.pt.html#verify\">P&R do " +"CD Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Fontes ou origens das imagens" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"As imagens estão disponíveis no arquivo Debian nos locais habituais; há " +"ligações para imagens para vários em <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/" +"cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalar o Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Ao fazer uma instalação do Debian Edu, há algumas escolhas a fazer. Mas não " +"são muitas. Foi feito um bom trabalho de ocultação para o utilizador das " +"complexidades internas do Debian, quer durante a instalação quer no uso do " +"sistema. De qualquer modo, porque o Debian Edu é essencialmente um sistema " +"Debian, é possível usar no Debian Edu os mais de 59 000 pacotes do Debian e " +"milhares de opções de configuração. Além disso, as predefinições são " +"adequadas para a maioria dos utilizadores. NOTA: se for para usar o LTSP, " +"deve ser escolhido um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Cenários de instalação do servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de rede escolar ou doméstica com acesso à Internet através de um " +"encaminhador com DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"A instalação de um servidor principal é possível, mas após reiniciar não " +"haverá acesso à Internet (devido ao IP 10.0.2.2/8 da interface de rede " +"primária)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador " +"(router) para Internet</link> para informação de ligação e configuração de " +"um conversor (gateway), se não for possível configurar um já em uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">Arquitetura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"O servidor principal deve ter ligação à Internet quando iniciado pela " +"primeira vez no ambiente correto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de rede escolar ou institucional, semelhante à mencionada acima, mas " +"requerendo o uso de um intermediário (proxy)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar 'debian-edu-expert' à linha de comando do núcleo (kernel); ver " +"mais abaixo instruções de como fazer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Devem ser atendidas algumas solicitações adicionais, incluindo a relacionada " +"com o servidor intermediário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Rede com encaminhador/conversor IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que não tem servidor DHCP) e " +"acesso à Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Assim que a configuração automática da rede falhar (devido à falta de DHCP), " +"escolher a configuração manual da rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.2.2/8 como IP do hospedeiro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.0.1 como IP do conversor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Introduzir 8.8.8.8 como IP do servidor de nomes, a menos que outro se aplique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "" +"O servidor principal deve funcionar de imediato após o primeiro arranque." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Sem ligação à Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Usar a imagem ISO para BD (Blue-ray Disc)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar que todos os cabos de rede (reais/virtuais) estão desligados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'Não configurar a rede neste momento' (depois de o DHCP não ter " +"configurado a rede e de ter sido pressionado 'Continuar')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Atualizar o sistema uma vez iniciado pela primeira vez no ambiente correcto " +"com acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Ambientes de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Estão disponíveis vários ambientes de trabalho:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"O Xfce tem uma dimensão ligeiramente maior do que o LXDE, mas tem um bom " +"suporte linguístico (106 idiomas)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"O KDE e o GNOME têm ambos um bom suporte linguístico, mas são demasiado " +"pesados, tanto para os computadores mais antigos como para os clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "O Cinnamon é uma alternativa ao GNOME, sendo mais ligeiro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"O MATE é mais ligeiro do que os três acima, mas não possui um bom suporte " +"linguístico para vários países." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "O LXDE é o de menor dimensão e está disponível em 35 idiomas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"O LXQt é um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro (tem disponibilidade de idiomas " +"semelhante ao LXDE) com um aspecto mais moderno (é baseado em Qt, tal como o " +"KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"O projeto Debian Edu, sendo um projeto internacional, optou pelo Xfce como " +"ambiente de trabalho predefinido; ver abaixo como definir um ambiente " +"diferente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalação modular" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Ao instalar um sistema com perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis> " +"incluído, são instalados muitos programas relacionados com a educação. Para " +"instalar apenas o perfil básico, remover o parâmetro de linha de comando " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> do núcleo (kernel) antes de iniciar a " +"instalação; ver abaixo informação de como isto é feito. Isto permite " +"instalar um sistema específico para cada caso e pode ser usado para acelerar " +"instalações de teste." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Havendo a intenção de posteriormente instalar um ambiente de trabalho, " +"não usar os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com " +"educação; em vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Pode ser instalado um ou mais dos meta-pacotes relacionados com o novo nível " +"escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> conforme o caso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Tipos e opções de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de arranque do instalador em equipamento de 64 bits - modo " +"BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menu de arranque do instalador de 64 bits (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica</emphasis> utiliza o " +"instalador construído em GTK, que permite a utilização do rato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalar</emphasis> utiliza o instalador em modo " +"de texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opções avançadas ></emphasis> apresenta um " +"submenu com mais opções." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Ajuda</emphasis> dá algumas dicas sobre como " +"usar o instalador; ver a captura de ecrã abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-bit Installer ecrã de opções avançadas 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Voltar atrás...</emphasis> traz de volta o menu " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica especializada</emphasis> " +"apresenta todas as possiblidades de configuração; pode ser usado o rato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo gráfico de recuperação</emphasis> faz com " +"que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de recuperação, se surgirem " +"problemas graves." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação gráfica automática</emphasis> precisa " +"de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação especializada</emphasis> apresenta " +"todas as possiblidades de configuração em modo de texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modo de recuperação</emphasis> modo de texto; faz " +"com que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de recuperação, se " +"emergirem problemas graves." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação automatizada</emphasis> em modo de " +"texto precisa de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Não usar a <computeroutput>Instalação gráfica especializada</computeroutput> " +"ou <computeroutput>Instalação especializada</computeroutput>; em casos " +"excecionais usar antes <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> " +"como parâmetro adicional do núcleo (kernel)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Ecrã de ajuda</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Ecrã de ajuda de instalador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Este ecrã de Ajuda é auto-explicativo e activa as teclas <F>- no " +"teclado para ajuda mais detalhada sobre os tópicos descritos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de arranque do instalador em equipamento de 64 bits - modo " +"UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menu de arranque do instalador de 64 bits (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Adicionar ou alterar parâmetros de arranque para instalações</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Em ambos os casos, as opções de arranque podem ser editadas pressionando a " +"tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> no menu de arranque; as capturas de ecrã " +"mostram a linha de comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação " +"gráfica</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser usado um serviço de intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede " +"para agilizar a instalação do perfil do <emphasis>Servidor Principal</" +"emphasis> a partir do CD. Adicionar p. ex. <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> como parâmetro de arranque " +"adicional." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Se já foi instalado o perfil do <emphasis>Servidor Principal</emphasis> numa " +"máquina, as instalações seguintes devem ser feitas via PXE, que vai usar " +"automaticamente o intermediário do servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"E para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Processo de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ter presente os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de sistema</" +"link> ; para configurar um servidor LTSP são necessárias pelo menos duas " +"placas de rede (NICs) ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Escolher um idioma (a usar na instalação e no sistema instalado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Escolher uma localização; normalmente será a região correspondente ao sítio " +"onde se estiver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Escolher um esquema de teclado (o predefinido para o país geralmente é " +"adequado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Escolher o(s) perfil(s), da seguinte lista:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Este é o servidor principal (tjener) da escola, que fornece todos os " +"serviços, pré-configurados para funcionarem de imediato. Deve ser instalado " +"apenas um servidor principal por escola! Este perfil não inclui uma " +"interface gráfica de utilizador. Para uso duma interface gráfica de " +"utilizador, além deste perfil deve ser selecionado também um dos perfis " +"Estação de trabalho ou Servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"É um computador de rede que arranca a partir de seu próprio disco rígido e " +"executa todos os programas e gere os dispositivos localmente, como um " +"computador comum independente. Exceptuam-se os acessos dos utilizadores, que " +"são autenticados pelo servidor principal, e a localização dos ficheiros dos " +"utilizadores e do perfil do ambiente de trabalho de cada utilizador, também " +"guardados no servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho móvel</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"O mesmo que uma estação de trabalho, mas capaz de autenticação usando " +"credenciais em cache, o que significa que o computador pode ser usado fora " +"da rede escolar. Os ficheiros e perfis dos utilizadores são guardados no " +"disco local. Para portáteis de utilizador único deve ser selecionado este " +"perfil e não 'Estação de trabalho' ou 'Standalone', ao contrário do que era " +"sugerido em versões anteriores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco), é " +"chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " +"servidor que os clientes sem disco rígido (clientes do servidor de janelas X " +"ou, abreviadamente, terminais do X) arrancam e executam os programas a " +"partir deste servidor. Este computador precisa de duas interfaces de rede, " +"muita memória e, idealmente, mais do que um processador ou núcleo. Ver o " +"capítulo sobre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link> para " +"mais informação sobre este assunto. A escolha deste perfil activa também o " +"perfil Estação de trabalho (mesmo que não esteja selecionado) - um servidor " +"LTSP pode sempre ser usado também como estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"O computador comum, que funciona sem estar ligado a um servidor (ou seja, " +"não precisa de estar na rede). Inclui os computadores portáteis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínimo</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Este perfil instala os pacotes base e configura a máquina para se integrar " +"na rede Debian Edu, mas sem instalar quaisquer serviços ou aplicações. É " +"útil como plataforma para serviços específicos transferidos manualmente do " +"servidor principal para outro computador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Caso os utilizadores comuns possam usar tal sistema, o mesmo tem de ser " +"adicionado através do GOsa² (como uma estação de trabalho) e tem de ser " +"instalado o pacote libpam-krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-selecionados. Estes " +"perfis podem ser instalados em conjunto numa máquina para instalar um " +"servidor principal chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa " +"que o servidor principal (físico) será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser " +"usado como estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se " +"assumime que esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, " +"para ficarem funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal " +"combinado ou a servidor LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede instaladas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Escolher \"sim\" ou \"não\" quanto ao particionamento automático. Ter " +"presente que escolher \"sim\" destruirá todos os dados nos discos rígidos! " +"Escolher \"não\", por outro lado, exigirá mais trabalho - é necessário " +"confirmar que as partições necessárias existem (se não, têm que ser criadas) " +"e são de tamanho suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Solicita-se a opção pelo \"sim\" ao envio de informação para <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu " +"saber que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros " +"lançamentos. Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Aguardar. Se os perfis selecionados incluírem o servidor LTSP, o instalador " +"irá demorar algum tempo no final, quando aparecer a mensagem \"A finalizar a " +"instalação - a executar o debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Após a introdução da senha de root (administrador do computador, e não da " +"rede), será solicitada a criação duma conta de utilizador normal (do " +"computador) \"para tarefas não-administrativas\". Para o Debian Edu esta " +"conta é muito importante: é esta a conta usada para a gestão da rede " +"Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " +"um comprimento mínimo de <emphasis role=\"strong\">5 caracteres</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nome de utilizador</emphasis> - caso contrário não será dado " +"acesso ao computador (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " +"correspondente ao nome de utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis> esperar " +"novamente após reiniciar. O sistema irá demorar algum tempo a gerar a imagem " +"SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " +"trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " +"adicionais a efectuar pelo operador. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Instalar um conversor (gateway) usando o pacote debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"simplifica a configuração de um conversor para uma rede Debian Edu através " +"de um processo de configuração interactivo em que a informação necessária é " +"obtida através de uma série de caixas de diálogo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para usar esta funcionalidade, deve ser efetuada uma instalação Debian " +"mínima. Garantir que é usado o instalador Debian normal, e não o instalador " +"do Debian Edu, pois o instalador do Debian Edu não é compatível com o " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"São esperadas mensagens de erro relativas à configuração, as quais podem ser " +"ignoradas por enquanto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Para o processo de configuração após a instalação do <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-router-config</computeroutput> é necessário acesso físico ao computador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"As interfaces de rede podem já estar ligadas às redes correspondentes, mas " +"não é obrigatório. É necessário dar atenção às ligações – que interface será " +"ligada a que rede. Para obter mais informação sobre o equipamento (hardware) " +"da rede\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "pode ser usado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Remover a configuração das duas interfaces de rede a serem usadas de " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> ou os ficheiros em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> e desconfigurar " +"as duas interfaces usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "O processo de configuração propriamente dito é iniciado com" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selecionar o método de configuração de uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Confirmação para configurar a uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Para o método de configuração da barreira (firewall) uif, escolher \\" +"\"debian-edu-router\\\". Confirmar configuração da barreira para o Debian " +"Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping na uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Permitir traceroute na uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Decidir sobre responder ou não a pedidos de ping e traceroute. Na dúvida " +"responder \"sim/yes\" pois a informação pode ser útil para diagnóstico de " +"problemas de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Ativar o encaminhamento de pacotes IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confirmar a ativação do encaminhamento de pacotes IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Selecionar o método de configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Selecionar o método de configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"A seguir, atribuir redes às interfaces de rede no encaminhador; escolher uma " +"das opções disponíveis, dependendo de a interface de rede já estar ligada ou " +"não." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Selecionar a interface de uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" +"Selecionar a interface que está ligada à rede a montante (upstream) - a " +"primeira da lista." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Selecionar redes internas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Selecionar uma rede interna; em caso de dúvida e sendo pretendida apenas uma " +"única rede interna, selecionar \"Educação\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Ativar o uso de VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Determinar se as VLANs devem ser usadas para redes internas; em caso de " +"dúvida, selecionar \"no/não\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Selecionar versões IP compatíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Selecionar \"IPv4\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Selecionar redes que requerem um endereço IP estático" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Configurar um endereço IP estático para a rede interna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Definir <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> como o endereço IP " +"estático para a rede interna \"Educação\" se foi seguida a sugestão acima " +"para redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Ativar NAT para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Activar NAT para a rede interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Ativar acesso à Internet para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Ativar o acesso à Internet para redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Configurar NAT reverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Configurar NAT reverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Se for pretendido expor quaisquer serviços internos à Internet, estes podem " +"ser configurados usando a sintaxe descrita. Notar que o acesso SSH ao " +"conversor pode ser configurado usando a caixa de diálogo a seguir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Ativar acesso SSH para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Decidir sobre as redes a partir das quais será permitido acesso SSH ao " +"conversor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar o porto SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o porto SSH; deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " +"configuração não tiver sido alterada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Ativar o DHCP para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Não activar o DHCP para redes internas; será disponibilizado pelo servidor " +"principal do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +#| "Router Menu." +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Ligar as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenham sido ligadas, e reiniciar " +"a máquina. Agora, quando inicia sessão enquanto root, deve ver o Menu Debian " +"Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configuração SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se o acesso SSH estiver ativado, o conversor poderá ser reconfigurado " +"remotamente através do menu que aparece ao aceder como root. Pressionar " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> no menu principal faz mudar para o menu " +"de configuração; a partir deste a configuração pode ser alterada completa ou " +"parcialmente usando o mesmo método que foi usado para a configuração inicial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Notas sobre algumas especificidades" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Uma nota sobre computadores portáteis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"O mais provável é que o perfil escolhido seja 'Estação de trabalho " +"itinerante' (ver acima). Ter presente que todos os dados são guardados " +"localmente, isto é, no próprio portátil (portanto é necessário algum cuidado " +"extra em fazer cópias de segurança), e as credenciais de acesso são " +"guardadas na cache (portanto, após uma alteração da senha, a entrada pode " +"requerer a senha antiga se o computador não tiver sido ligado à rede e feito " +"o acesso com a nova senha)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de unidades USB flash / imagens de disco " +"Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Terminada a instalação a partir da unidade flash USB / imagem de disco Blu-" +"ray, o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> " +"conterá apenas fontes (repositórios origem) constantes nessa imagem. Se for " +"possível ligar o computador à Internet, sugere-se vivamente que sejam " +"acrescentadas as seguintes linhas ao ficheiro, para que as atualizações de " +"segurança disponíveis possam ser instaladas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Uma instalação netinst (o tipo de instalação que o CD proporciona) irá " +"buscar alguns pacotes ao CD e o resto à rede. A quantidade de pacotes " +"transferidos da rede varia de perfil para perfil, mas fica abaixo de um " +"gigabyte (a menos que sejam instalados todos os ambientes de trabalho " +"possíveis). Uma vez instalado o servidor principal (seja um servidor " +"principal puro ou um servidor combinado), as instalações seguintes farão uso " +"do intermediário (proxy), evitando assim transferir da rede o mesmo pacote " +"várias vezes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Instalação usando pendrives USB em vez de discos CD / Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"É possível copiar directamente uma imagem ISO de CD/BD para unidades USB " +"flash (também conhecidas como \"pen drive\", \"pen-USB\", etc.) e arrancar a " +"partir delas. Executar um comando como este, simplesmente, alterando os " +"nomes de ficheiro e de dispositivo para o que for usado :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Para identificar o valor de X em sdX, executar este comando antes e depois " +"de o dispositivo USB ter sido inserido (a informação estará na diferença):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "A cópia demorará algum tempo a ser efectuada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"A unidade USB flash funcionará como um CD ou como um disco Blu-ray, conforme " +"a imagem usada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Instalação e arranque através da rede via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Para este método de instalação é necessário um servidor principal em " +"execução. Quando os clientes arrancam através da rede, é exibido um menu do " +"iPXE com opções de seleção do instalador e de arranque. Se a instalação " +"através do PXE falhar e aparecer uma mensagem de erro a dizer que falta um " +"ficheiro XXX.bin, muito provavelmente a placa de rede do cliente requer " +"firmware não livre. Neste caso, o initrd do instalador do Debian tem de ser " +"modificado. Isso pode ser conseguido através da execução do comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Menu iPXE sem entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Menu iPXE com entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Esta configuração também permite que estações de trabalho sem disco e " +"clientes dependentes arranquem a partir da rede principal. Ao contrário das " +"estações de trabalho e servidores LTSP separados, as estações de trabalho " +"sem disco não precisam de ser adicionadas ao LDAP, com GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre clientes de rede no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modificar instalações PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE usa um ficheiro debian-installer pré-configurado, que pode " +"ser modificado para solicitar a instalação de mais pacotes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Tem que ser adicionada a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> uma linha como a seguinte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE usa o ficheiro pré-configurado (preseeding file) " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Este ficheiro pode ser alterado para ajustar a pré-configuração usada " +"durante a instalação, para evitar mais solicitações ao instalar pela rede. " +"Outra forma de conseguir isto é fornecer definições extra em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> e executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para atualizar os ficheiros gerados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual " +"do Instalador do Debian</ulink> contém informação adicional." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Para desativar ou alterar o uso do intermediário ao instalar via PXE, têm " +"que ser alteradas as linhas contendo <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> em " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput>. Para desativar o uso de um intermediário ao instalar, " +"colocar '#' no início de cada uma das duas primeiras linhas, e remover da " +"última a parte \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; " +"</computeroutput>\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Algumas definições não podem ser pré-configuradas, porque são necessárias " +"antes de o ficheiro de pré-configuração ser descarregado. O idioma, a " +"disposição do teclado e o ambiente de trabalho são exemplos de tais " +"definições. Para alterar as predefinições, editar o ficheiro do menu iPXE " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> no servidor " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Imagens personalizadas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " +"bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " +"modular e outras caracgterísticas interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " +"definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"É apenas necessário criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração com as opções a " +"usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompor o " +"CD/DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Sequência de capturas de ecrã" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"A instalação em modo de texto ou em modo gráfico é funcionalmente idêntica - " +"apenas a aparência é diferente. O modo gráfico permite utilizar o rato e, " +"claro, tem um aspecto muito mais apelativo e moderno. A menos que o " +"equipamento apresente problemas no uso do modo gráfico, não há razão para " +"não o usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Segue-se uma sequência de capturas de ecrã da instalação em modo gráfico de " +"um servidor principal de 64 bits + estação de trabalho + instalação do " +"servidor LTSP (em modo BIOS), incluindo também a sequência após o primeiro " +"arranque do servidor principal e de um arranque por PXE num computador da " +"rede clientes LTSP (ecrã de sessão de cliente dependente e ecrã de acesso " +"após ter sido escolhida uma sessão no painel à direita)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Selecionar um idioma" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Selecionar a localização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configurar o teclado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Detetar o equipamento de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configurar a rede manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configurar o endereço IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configurar o conversor (gateway)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configurar o servidor de nomes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Escolher o perfil do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Usar a ferramenta de particionamento automático: não" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Usar a ferramenta de particionamento automático: sim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Participar no inquérito de uso de pacotes: não" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Participar no inquérito de uso de pacotes: sim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Definir a senha para o utilizador root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Introduzir o nome completo do primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Introduzir um nome de utilizador para o primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Definir a senha para o primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalação concluída" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Interface de acesso Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" +"Área de trabalho Xfce mostrando uma janela com um navegador em execussão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Imagem do Ambiente de trabalho Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Ecrã de Boas-vindas de cliente dependente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Interface de acesso de cliente dependente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeiros passos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Passos mínimos a dar para começar a usar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Durante a instalação do servidor principal, foi criada uma primeira conta de " +"utilizador. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por \"primeiro " +"utilizador\". Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do diretório home " +"estão definidas para 700 (pelo que é necessário executar " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas " +"web pessoais), podendo o primeiro utilizador usar <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> para passar para root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver a informação sobre a configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">específico " +"do Debian Edu</link> antes de adicionar utilizadores; ajustar a política do " +"site, se necessário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Após a instalação, as primeiras coisas a fazer como primeiro utilizador são:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Aceder ao servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adicionar estações de trabalho com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"A adição de utilizadores e estações de trabalho está descrita abaixo, pelo " +"que este capítulo deve ser lido até ao fim. Cobre a execução correcta dos " +"passos mínimos, assim como outras acções que provavelmente terão de ser " +"executadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Trixie</link> deve ser lido " +"por quem estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores do Debian. No caso de " +"substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " +"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Actualizações</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " +"usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " +"Internet, é necessário indicar ao servidor DNS o uso deste servidor como seu " +"\"expedidor\". Atualizar /etc/bind/named.conf.options especificando o " +"endereço IP do servidor DNS a usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"O capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Instruções</link> contém mais dicas e " +"truques, assim como respostas a algumas perguntas frequentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Vários serviços em execução no servidor principal podem ser geridos através " +"de uma interface de gestão da web. Esses serviços são descritos abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introdução ao GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de gestão baseada na Web que ajuda a gerir algumas " +"partes importantes da instalação Debian Edu. Com o GOsa² podem ser " +"executadas acções (adicionar, modificar ou eliminar) nestas áreas principais:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administração de Grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administração de grupos NIS Netgroup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administração de máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administração de DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administração do DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Para aceder ao GOsa² é necessário o servidor principal do Skolelinux e um " +"sistema (cliente) com um navegador web instalado, que pode ser o próprio " +"servidor principal se este tiver sido instalado como servidor combinado " +"(perfis Servidor Principal + Servidor LTSP + Estação de Trabalho)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Se foi instalado um perfil de <emphasis>Servidor Principal</emphasis> puro " +"(provavelmente por engano) e não está disponível um cliente com um navegador " +"da web, é fácil instalar um ambiente de trabalho mínimo no servidor " +"principal usando esta sequência de comandos num terminal (não-gráfico) como " +"primeiro utilizador (o utilizador criado durante a instalação do servidor " +"principal):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"A partir de um navegador web, usar o URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"para aceder ao GOsa² e iniciar sessão como primeiro utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver a ser usada uma nova máquina Debian Edu Trixie, o certificado do " +"sítio web será reconhecido pelo navegador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, aparecerá uma mensagem de erro sobre o certificado SSL estar " +"errado. Se o utilizador estiver seguro de que no momento é o único " +"utilizador na rede, basta-lhe permitir que o navegador aceite o certificado, " +"podendo ignorar o erro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Acesso ao GOsa² e Página inicial" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² página de resumo após o início de sessão enquanto primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Quando o GOsa² é acedido, apresenta a página inicial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Nesta página pode ser escolhida uma tarefa no menu ou clicado qualquer um " +"dos ícones de tarefa. Para a navegação, é recomendada a utilização do menu " +"do lado esquerdo do ecrã, uma vez que ficará visível em todas as páginas de " +"administração disponibilizadas pelo GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"No Debian Edu, a informação relativa a contas, grupos e sistemas é guardada " +"num diretório LDAP. Estes dados são usados não apenas pelo servidor " +"principal, mas também pelas estações de trabalho (sem disco), servidores " +"LTSP e outras máquinas na rede. Com o LDAP, os dados das contas de alunos, " +"professores, etc. só precisam ser inseridos uma vez. Após a informação ter " +"sido fornecida no LDAP, estará disponível em todos os sistemas em toda a " +"rede Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de administração que utiliza o LDAP para guardar a " +"sua informação e disponibilizar uma estrutura hierárquica do departamento. A " +"cada \"departamento\" podem ser adicionadas contas de utilizador, grupos, " +"sistemas, netgroups, etc. Dependendo da estrutura da instituição, a " +"estrutura de departamentos no GOsa²/LDAP pode ser usada para transferir a " +"estrutura organizacional para a árvore de dados do LDAP do servidor " +"principal do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Presentemente, uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu inclui " +"dois \"departamentos\" (Professores e Alunos) mais o nível base da árvore " +"LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento \"Alunos\", " +"as dos professores ao departamento \"Professores\"; os sistemas (servidores, " +"estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " +"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções/" +"Administração Avançada</link> deste manual pode encontra-se um exemplo de " +"como criar utilizadores em grupos por anos, com diretórios home comuns para " +"cada grupo.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo das tarefas a efectuar (gerir utilizadores, gerir grupos, gerir " +"sistemas, etc.) a vista apresentada pelo GOsa² sobre o departamento " +"selecionado (ou o nível base) difere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores através do GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, clicar em \"Utilizadores\" no menu de navegação à esquerda. O lado " +"direito do ecrã mudará, passando a mostrar uma tabela com pastas de " +"departamento para \"Alunos\" e \"Professores\" e a conta do Administrador do " +"GOsa² (o primeiro utilizador criado). Acima desta tabela há um campo chamado " +"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> que permite navegar através da estrutura em árvore " +"(mover o rato sobre essa área fará aparecer um menu suspenso) e selecionar " +"uma pasta base para as operações pretendidas (por exemplo, adicionar um novo " +"utilizador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Ao lado desse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu \"Ações\". Mover o " +"rato sobre este item fará aparecer um submenu; no menu, selecionar \"Criar\" " +"e depois \"Utilizador\". O assistente de criação de utilizadores guiará o " +"processo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"O mais importante a adicionar é o modelo (novo aluno ou novo professor) e o " +"nome real do utilizador (ver imagem)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Se for seguido o assistente, ver-se-á que o GOsa² gera automaticamente um " +"nome de utilizador com base no nome real introduzido. Para cada novo " +"utilizador, o GOsa² gera automaticamente um nome de utilizador que ainda não " +"exista, pelo que não há problema se houver vários utilizadores que tenham o " +"mesmo nome real. Notar que o GOsa² pode gerar nomes de utilizador inválidos " +"se o nome real contiver caracteres não-ASCII (caracteres com acento, " +"cedilha, etc.)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Se o nome de utilizador gerado não for pretendido, pode ser seleccionado " +"outro nome de utilizador sugerido na caixa suspensa; mas não há escolha " +"livre aqui no assistente. (Para editar o nome de utilizador proposto, abrir " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> com um editor e " +"adicionar <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" +"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional à \"definição de localização\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Quando o processo através do assistente chega ao fim, é apresentado o ecrã " +"do GOsa² para o uma nova entrada de utilizador. Utilizar os separadores no " +"topo para ver os campos já preenchidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter sido criado o utilizador (por enquanto não é necessário " +"personalizar os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão " +"\"Ok\" no canto inferior direito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Como último passo, o GOsa² pede uma senha para o novo utilizador. Introduzir " +"a senha escolhida duas vezes e depois clicar em \"Definir senha\" no canto " +"inferior direito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Alguns caracteres podem não ser permitidos como parte da senha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Se tudo correr bem, o novo utilizador aparecerá na tabela da lista de " +"utilizadores. Agora deve ser possível entrar com esse nome de utilizador em " +"qualquer máquina da rede que tenha o sistema Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Buscar, modificar e eliminar utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Caixa de filtrar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar ou eliminar um utilizador, utilizar o GOsa² para consultar a " +"lista de utilizadores no sistema. No meio do ecrã pode ser aberta a caixa " +"\"Filtro\", uma ferramenta de pesquisa do GOsa². Não sendo conhecida a " +"localização exata da conta de utilizador na árvore, mudar para o nível base " +"da árvore GOsa²/LDAP e procurar aí, marcando a opção \"Procurar em sub-" +"árvores\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Ao utilizar a caixa \"Filtro\", os resultados aparecerão imediatamente no " +"centro do texto, na visualização da lista de tabelas. Cada linha representa " +"uma conta de utilizador e os itens mais à direita em cada linha são pequenos " +"ícones que possibilitam as seguintes ações: editar utilizador, bloquear " +"conta, definir senha e remover utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá uma nova página onde poderá ser modificada diretamente a " +"informação relativa ao utilizador, alterada a senha do utilizador e " +"modificada a lista de grupos aos quais o utilizador pertence." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Editar dados de utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Definir senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Os alunos podem alterar suas próprias senhas acedendo ao GOsa² com os seus " +"próprios nomes de utilizador. Para facilitar o acesso ao GOsa², no menu " +"Sistema (ou Configurações do Sistema) da área de trabalho é disponibilizada " +"uma entrada chamada Gosa. A um aluno que tenha entrado será apresentada uma " +"versão muito mínima do GOsa², que só permite o acesso à ficha da própria " +"conta do aluno e à caixa de diálogo de definição de senha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Os professores têm privilégios especiais no GOsa². Têm uma vista do GOsa² " +"mais completa e podem alterar as senhas de todas as contas dos alunos. Isto " +"pode ser muito útil durante as aulas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Para definir administrativamente uma nova senha para um utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "procurar o utilizador a ser modificado, como explicado acima" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"clicar no ícone 'chave', no final da linha em que é mostrado o nome de " +"utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "na página seguinte pode ser definida uma nova senha" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Set user password" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atenção às implicações de segurança inerentes às " +"senhas fáceis de adivinhar!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Gestão avançada de utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Com o GOsa² é possível criar utilizadores em massa usando um ficheiro CSV, " +"que pode ser criado com qualquer bom software de folhas de cálculo (por " +"exemplo <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). No mínimo, devem ser " +"preenchidos os seguintes campos: uid, apelido(s) (sn), primeiro(s) nome(s) " +"(givenName) e senha. Confirmar que não existem entradas duplicadas no campo " +"uid. Notar que a verificação de duplicados deve incluir as entradas uid já " +"existentes no LDAP (que podem ser obtidas executando <computeroutput>getent " +"passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> na linha de " +"comando)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Estas são as diretrizes de formato para tal ficheiro CSV (o GOsa² é bastante " +"exigente em relação às mesmas):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Usar \",\" (uma vírgula) como separador de campo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Não usar aspas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"O ficheiro CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">não deve</emphasis> conter uma " +"linha de cabeçalho (do tipo que normalmente contém os nomes das colunas)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"A ordem dos campos não é relevante e pode ser definida no GOsa² durante a " +"importação em massa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Os passos da importação em massa são:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "clicar na ligação \"Gestor do LDAP\" no menu de navegação, à esquerda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "clicar no separador \"Importar\" no ecrã à direita" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"selecionar um ficheiro CSV com a lista de utilizadores a serem importados, " +"procurando no disco local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"escolher um modelo de utilizador a ser usado durante a importação em massa " +"(como NovoProfessor ou NovoAluno)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "clicar no botão \"Importar\" no canto inferior direito" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"É boa prática fazer primeiro alguns testes, de preferência usando um " +"ficheiro CSV com alguns utilizadores fictícios, que possa depois ser apagado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"O mesmo se aplica ao módulo de gestão de senhas, que permite redefinir " +"muitas senhas, usando um ficheiro CSV, ou gerar novamente novas senhas para " +"utilizadores pertencentes a uma sub-árvore especial do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Repor palavras-passe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores pela linha de comando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"As contas de utilizador também podem ser adicionadas a partir da linha de " +"comando usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>; consultar as <link linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de " +"administração</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de Grupos através do GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "criar grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "listar grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "A gestão de grupos é muito semelhante à gestão de utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Podem ser introduzidos um nome e uma descrição por grupo. Ao criar um novo " +"grupo, confirmar que é escolhido o nível certo na árvore do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar utilizadores a um grupo recentemente criado leva de volta à lista " +"de utilizadores, onde provavelmente faz sentido usar a caixa de filtro para " +"encontrar utilizadores. Confirmar também o nível na árvore do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Os grupos inseridos na gestão de grupos são grupos normais unix, pelo que " +"também podem ser usados para gerir permissões de ficheiros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de Máquinas através do GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"A gestão de máquinas basicamente permite gerir todos os dispositivos na rede " +"Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao diretório LDAP através do GOsa² tem " +"um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio " +"(que normalmente é \"interno\"). Para uma descrição mais completa da " +"arquitetura Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitetura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Quando ligados ao <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " +"estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " +"imediato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através do " +"GOsa². Internamente, são gerados tanto um Kerberos Principal (como que uma " +"<emphasis>conta</emphasis>) específico da máquina, quanto um ficheiro keytab " +"relacionado (contendo uma chave usada como <emphasis>senha</emphasis>); o " +"ficheiro keytab tem que estar presente na estação de trabalho para ser capaz " +"de montar os diretórios pessoais dos utilizadores. Reiniciar a máquina " +"adicionada, aceder ao sistema através dela, como root, e executar " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Para criar um Principal e ficheiro keytab para um sistema <emphasis>já " +"configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, aceder ao servidor principal como " +"root e executar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nota:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro keytab do " +"hospedeiro é possível para <emphasis>estações de trabalho</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servidores</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminais</emphasis>, mas não " +"para <emphasis>dispositivos de rede</emphasis>. Para opções de configuração " +"NFS ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes " +"de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma máquina, no menu principal do GOsa² escolher 'sistemas' e " +"neste 'adicionar'. O nome da máquina deve ser um nome válido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">não qualificado</emphasis> - não adicionar o nome de domínio " +"aqui. Pode ser usado um endereço IP ou um nome de hospedeiro do espaço de " +"endereços pré-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Presentemente, existem apenas dois " +"endereços fixos pré-definidos: 10.0.2.2 (servidor [tjener]) e 10.0.0.1 " +"(conversor [gateway]). Os endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 " +"(aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 hospedeiros) são reservados para o " +"DHCP e são atribuídos dinamicamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"No GOsa², para atribuir um endereço IP estático a um hospedeiro com o " +"endereço MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 é necessário introduzir o endereço MAC, o " +"nome do hospedeiro e o IP; em alternativa pode ser clicado o botão " +"<computeroutput>Propor IP</computeroutput> que mostrará o primeiro endereço " +"fixo livre em 10.0.0.0/8, provavelmente algo como 10.0.0.0.2 se a primeira " +"máquina for adicionada desta forma. É boa prática planear antes de executar: " +"por exemplo, pode ser usado 10.0.0.x com x>10 e x<50 para servidores, " +"e x>100 para estações de trabalho. Não esquecer de ativar o sistema recém-" +"adicionado. Com a exceção do servidor principal, todos os sistemas terão um " +"ícone correspondente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Se as máquinas arrancarem como clientes dependentes/estações de trabalho sem " +"disco ou forem instaladas usando qualquer um dos perfis de rede, pode ser " +"usado o script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> para " +"adicionar automaticamente máquinas ao GOsa². Para máquinas simples " +"funcionará de imediato; para máquinas com mais de um endereço mac tem que " +"ser indicado o que for para usar; <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" +"computeroutput> mostra a informação de utilização. Notar que os endereços IP " +"mostrados após o uso de <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> pertencem à faixa de IPs dinâmicos. Estes sistemas podem de " +"seguida ser modificados para se adequarem à rede: renomear da novo sistema, " +"ativar o DHCP e o DNS, adicionar aos grupos de rede (ver na captura de ecrã " +"abaixo os grupos de rede recomendados) e reiniciar o sistema. As capturas " +"deecrã seguintes mostram o resultado na prática:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Listagem de sistemas GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Host details" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificar o anfitrião" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Adicionar grupo de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"A todas as horas é executado um cronjob (tarefa calendarizada) que atualiza " +"o DNS; pode ser usado o comando <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> para acionar a atualização manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Procurar e eliminar máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Procurar e eliminar máquinas é bastante semelhante a procurar e eliminar " +"utilizadores, pelo que não se repete a informação aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modificar as máquinas existentes / Gestão de grupos de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar uma máquina à árvore do LDAP usando o GOsa², as " +"propriedades podem ser modificadas usando a funcionalidade de busca e " +"clicando no nome da máquina (como com os utilizadores)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"O formato destas entradas do sistema é semelhante ao das entradas de " +"utilizador, mas neste contexto os campos requerem informação diferente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, adicionar uma máquina a um <computeroutput>Grupo de Rede</" +"computeroutput> não modifica as permissões de acesso a ficheiros ou de " +"execução de comandos para aquela máquina nem os utilizadores com acesso " +"naquela máquina; em vez disso, restringe os serviços que a máquina pode usar " +"no servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"A instalação padrão inclui os <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Atualmente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput> " +"é usada para:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionar partições</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu neste grupo redimensionam automaticamente as " +"partições LVM que ficarem sem espaço." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Desligar máquinas à noite</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts e shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo serão desligadas automaticamente à noite " +"para economizar energia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestão de impressoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu destes grupos irão eliminar automaticamente todas as " +"filas de impressão, todas as noites, e re-activar qualquer fila de impressão " +"desactivada a cada hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Acesso à Internet Bloqueado</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo só se podem ligar a máquinas da rede " +"local. Em conjunto com restrições no intermediário de web, isto poderá ser " +"usado durante os exames, por exemplo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Impressoras" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Para gestão centralizada das impressoras, apontar o navegador web para " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão CUPS " +"normal, onde podem ser adicionadas/eliminadas/modificadas as impressoras e " +"onde pode ser limpa a fila de impressão. Por predefinição só é dada " +"permissão ao primeiro utilizador; mas isso pode ser alterado adicionando " +"utilizadores ao grupo <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> do " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Utilização de impressoras ligadas a estações de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> é instalado por predefinição nos " +"sistemas com o perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> desta " +"forma (impressora USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " +"impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " +"URI de ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Impressoras de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"É recomendado que sejam desativadas todas as funcionalidades de auto-" +"publicitação nas impressoras usadas na rede. Em vez disso, atribuir um " +"endereço IP fixo através do GOsa² e configurar as impressoras como " +"<computeroutput>impressoras de rede AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"A configuração predefinida no Debian Edu mantém os relógios de todas as " +"máquinas sincronizados, mas não necessariamente com a hora certa. É usado o " +"NTP para atualizar a hora. Os relógios são sincronizados com uma fonte " +"externa, por predefinição. Isso pode fazer com que as máquinas mantenham a " +"ligação externa à Internet aberta, não a fechem, se a ligação for criada " +"durante a sincronização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"No caso das ligações por linha telefónica convencional ou RDIS, com o " +"serviço cobrado ao minuto, é recomendado alterar a configuração predefinida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para desativar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " +"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando " +"(\"#\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"(ficam desativadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, " +"executando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " +"Para testar se uma máquina está usando as fontes externas do relógio, " +"executar <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Expandir partições cheias" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " +"partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para expandir essas " +"partições, executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> como root. Para mais informação, ver as instruções de " +"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de administração</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenção" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Atualização do software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Nesta secção é explicado o uso do comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Usar o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> é simples. Para atualizar um " +"sistema através da linha de comando, é necessária a execução de dois " +"comandos, como root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que " +"atualiza as listas de pacotes disponíveis) e <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (que atualiza os pacotes para os quais haja uma " +"atualização disponível)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"É uma boa prática fazer a atualização usando a localização C (C locale) para " +"obter resultados em inglês, pois em caso de surgirem problemas é mais " +"provável que os motores de busca encontrem informação relevante com base nos " +"resultados obtidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Na atualização do pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " +"os ficheiros de configuração do Cfengine podem ser alterados. Executar " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> para " +"verificar se foi esse o caso. Para aplicar as modificações, executar " +"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Após serem feitas atualizações do servidor LTSP é importante executar " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput>, para manter a imagem SquashFS para clientes sem disco em " +"sincronia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Após uma atualização para uma nova versão pontual de um sistema com perfil " +"<emphasis>Servidor principal</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Servidor LTSP</" +"emphasis>, tem que ser executado o <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para atualizar o ambiente de instalação PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Também é boa prática instalar os pacotes <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e " +"configurá-los para enviarem correio para um endereço usado diariamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez por dia o <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enviará por " +"correio uma mensagem de notificação dos pacotes que possam ser atualizados. " +"O programa não instala os pacotes atualizados, mas descarrega-os (geralmente " +"à noite), para que não seja necessário aguardar pela transferência quando " +"for executado o comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação automática de atualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta que " +"o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja instalado " +"e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O programa <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> pode enviar " +"novas entradas de registo de alterações por correio, ou em alternativa exibi-" +"las no terminal se executado <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Monitorizar as atualizações de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima é uma " +"boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis atualizações de segurança para " +"pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é a inscrição na <ulink url=\"https://" +"lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian security-announce " +"mailinglist</ulink>. Esta tem a vantagem de também informar sobre o que " +"trata a atualização de segurança. A desvantagem (em comparação com a " +"execução do <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é que a lista também " +"inclui informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não estão instalados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gestão de cópias de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Para gestão de cópias de segurança, abrir <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-" +"php\"/> no navegador da web. Notar que este sítio tem que ser acedido via " +"SSL, uma vez que requer a senha de root. Se for tentado sem o uso de SSL, o " +"acesso falhará." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Nota: o sítio só funcionará se for permitido temporariamente o acesso de " +"root por SSH no servidor de cópias de segurança, que é o servidor principal " +"(tjener.intern) por predefinição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o servidor (tjener) faz cópias de segurança de " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e de LDAP em /" +"skole/backup, que está sob a LVM. Se só for pretendido ter cópias de " +"segurança da informação (para o caso de alguma coisa ser inadvertidamente " +"apagada) esta configuração será adequada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Ter presente que esta modalidade de cópias segurança não protege contra " +"falhas nos discos rígidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Para fazer cópias de segurança dos dados num servidor externo, num " +"dispositivo de fita ou noutro disco rígido, é necessário modificar um pouco " +"a configuração existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar uma pasta completa, a melhor opção é usar a linha de comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home/utilizador</" +"computeroutput> relativo a determinada <computeroutput><data></" +"computeroutput> na pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home_<data></" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar um ficheiro específico, terá de ser selecionado o ficheiro (e " +"a versão) a partir da interface de web, e transferido apenas esse ficheiro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar cópias de segurança mais antigas, escolher \"Manutenção\" no " +"menu da página de cópias de segurança e selecionar a captura mais antiga a " +"manter:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenção do slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Monitorização do Servidor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição " +"do estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " +"administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " +"dos problemas do sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"A lista de máquinas monitorizadas pelo Munin é gerada automaticamente, com " +"base na lista de hospedeiros que dão informação ao sitesummary (resumo do " +"sítio). Todos os hospedeiros com o pacote munin-node instalado são " +"registados para monitorização pelo Munin. Normalmente, demora um dia desde " +"que uma máquina é instalada até ao início da monitorazação pelo Munin, por " +"causa da ordem em que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para " +"acelerar o processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" +"computeroutput> como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o " +"servidor principal). Isto irá atualizar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/" +"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O conjunto de medições coletadas é gerado automaticamente em cada máquina " +"usando o programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> que " +"sonda os acrescentos (plugins) disponíveis a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e liga os relevantes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> (através de atalhos " +"symlink)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Informação sobre o Munin em <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"O sistema e serviço de monitorização Icinga está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " +"monitorizados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações coletadas pelo " +"sistema de resumo do sítio (sitesummary). As máquinas com perfis Servidor " +"Principal e Servidor LTSP são alvo de monitorização completa, enquanto as " +"estações de trabalho e os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitorização " +"simples. Para permitir a monitorização completa numa estação de trabalho, " +"instalar o pacote <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na " +"própria estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o Icinga não envia correio. Isto pode ser alterado " +"substituindo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> na estação de " +"trabalho, e por <computeroutput>notify-by-emaill</computeroutput> no " +"ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"O ficheiro de configuração do Icinga usado é <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. A tarefa agendada do sitesummary gera o " +"ficheiro <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> com a lista de hospedeiros e serviços a serem monitorizados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Podem ser colocadas verificações adicionais do Icinga no ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" +"computeroutput> para serem incluídas no ficheiro gerado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" +"\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Avisos comuns do Icinga e como lidar com eles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Seguem-se instruções sobre como lidar com os avisos mais comuns do Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - espaço livre: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"A partição (/usr/ no exemplo) está muito cheia. Há basicamente duas maneiras " +"de lidar com isso: (1) remover alguns ficheiros ou (2) aumentar o tamanho da " +"partição. Se a partição for /var/, purgar a cache do APT executando " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> pode remover alguns ficheiros. Se " +"houver mais espaço disponível no grupo de volumes do LVM, executar o " +"programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> para " +"alargar as partições pode ajudar. Para executar este programa " +"automaticamente a cada hora, o hospedeiro em questão pode ser adicionado ao " +"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"APT CRITICAL: 13 pacotes disponíveis para atualização (13 actualizações " +"críticas)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Estão disponíveis novos pacotes para atualização de pacotes instalados. Os " +"pacotes críticos são normalmente correções de segurança. Para fazer a " +"atualização, executar <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> num terminal, como root, ou aceder ao sistema via " +"SSH e fazer o mesmo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Quem tiver confiança em que o Debian gere as novas versões dos pacotes de " +"forma segura, pode evitar a ação de atualização manual, configurando o " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> (atualizações não " +"vigiadas) para atualização automática, todas as noites, de todos os pacotes " +"atualizáveis. Isto não irá atualizar os chroots LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"AVISO - Reinicialização necessária: kernel em execução = 2.6.32-37.81.0, " +"kernel instalado = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"O núcleo (kernel) em execução é mais antigo do que o núcleo mais recente " +"instalado e é necessário reiniciar o computador para passar a ser usado o " +"núcleo mais recente instalado. Normalmente, isto é bastante urgente, já que " +"os novos núcleos são disponibilizados no Debian Edu normalmente para " +"corrigir problemas de segurança." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "AVISO: Tamanho da fila do CUPS - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"As filas de impressão no CUPS têm muitos trabalhos pendentes. Isto acontece " +"muito provavelmente devido a uma impressora ficar indisponível. Filas de " +"impressão desativadas são ativadas a cada hora em hospedeiros do grupo de " +"rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>; " +"portanto, para tais hospedeiros não deve ser necessária nenhuma ação manual. " +"As filas de impressão são descartadas todas as noites nos hospedeiros do " +"grupo de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. " +"Se um hospedeiro tiver muitos trabalhos em fila de espera, pode ser " +"adicionado a um ou a ambos os grupos de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"O programa sitesummary é usado para coligir informação de cada computador e " +"enviá-la para o servidor central. A informação coligida fica disponível em " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Estão " +"disponíveis scripts em <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> para gerar relatórios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Um relatório simples do sitesummary, sem informação detalhada, está " +"disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Há alguma documentação sobre o Sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " +"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Atualizações" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de ler este guia de atualização, ter presente que as atualizações dos " +"servidores são efetuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">O Debian Edu/Skolelinux vem SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA, na medida " +"do permitido pela lei aplicável.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Ler completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Trixie</link> antes de tentar " +"atualizar o sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Notas gerais sobre atualização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Actualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " +"fácil. Mas no que respeita ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco mais " +"complicado, pois os ficheiros de configuração são modificamos de formas que " +"não deveriam ser usadas. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados " +"abaixo. (Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – " +"sobre como o Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Em geral, a atualização dos servidores é mais difícil do que a das estações " +"de trabalho; e o servidor principal é o mais difícil de atualizar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que após a atualização tudo funciona como funcionava antes, a " +"atualização deve ser testada num ou mais sistemas de teste configurados da " +"mesma forma que as máquinas de uso normal. Nesse sistema ou sistemas, a " +"atualização pode ser testada sem riscos e pode ser confirmado que tudo " +"funciona como previsto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Não deixar de ler também a informação sobre a versão correspondente do " +"Debian Stable no respetivo <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"stable/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Também poderá ser sensato esperar um pouco e continuar a usar por mais " +"algumas semanas a versão instalada, aguardando que outros testem a " +"atualização e documentem quaisquer problemas com que se deparem. A versão " +"instalada do Debian Edu receberá apoio contínuo ainda durante algum tempo " +"após a publicação da nova versão. Mas quando o Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessar o apoio à versão anterior</" +"ulink>, o Debian Edu também cessará, necessariamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Atualizações a partir do Debian Edu 11 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Preparação contra contingências: testar a actualização a partir da versão " +"Bookworm num ambiente de teste ou ter cópias de segurança, para que a " +"situação inicial possa ser reposta quer em termos de funcionamento quer em " +"termos de dados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Notar que o procedimento que se segue se aplica a uma instalação padrão do " +"servidor principal Debian Edu (ambiente de trabalho xfce, perfis Servidor " +"Principal, Estação de Trabalho, Servidor LTSP). (Para uma ideia geral sobre " +"a atualização do Debian Bookworm para Trixie, ver: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Não usar diretamente o X (o servidor de grafismos do sistema operativo), " +"usar uma consola virtual, acedendo como root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Se o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> der erro, tentar corrigir o erro e/" +"ou executar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e depois " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> mais uma vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Atualização do servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Começar por garantir que o sistema instalado (o Buster) está atualizado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Preparar e iniciar a atualização para Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: será apresentada muita INFORMAÇÃO que é importante ler; " +"premir <introduzir> (enter) para rolar para baixo, <q> para " +"deixar o paginador (programa de leitura de páginas em consola). Toda a " +"informação será enviada para root para que possa ser lida novamente (usando " +"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Ler atentamente todas as informações do debconf (configuração do debian); " +"escolher \"manter a versão local atualmente instalada\", a menos que " +"indicado de forma diferente abaixo; na maioria dos casos, premir introduzir " +"(enter) é o indicado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services / reiniciar serviços: escolher \"yes / sim\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"servidor Samba e utilitários: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente " +"instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "openssh-server: Escolher 'manter a versão local atualmente instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Aplicar e ajustar a configuração:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Verificar se o sistema atualizado funciona:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reiniciar; aceder como primeiro utilizador e testar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "se a interface GOsa² está a funcionar," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "se é possível ligar clientes e estações de trabalho LTSP," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"se é possível adicionar/remover membros a um grupo de rede de um sistema," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "se é possível enviar e receber correio interno," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "se é possível gerir impressoras," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "e se outros elementos específicos da escola estão a funcionar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Atualização de uma estação de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Fazer todas as coisas básicas como no servidor principal, sem fazer o que " +"for desnecessário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Atualização de instalações Debian Edu / Skolelinux antigas (anteriores ao " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário atualizar " +"primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Bookworm, antes de poderem ser " +"seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa atualização são dadas " +"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> sobre como atualizar para " +"Bookworm a partir da versão anterior, Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Instruções" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\">administração geral</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administração " +"avançada</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Desktop\">o ambiente de trabalho</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ensino e aprendizagem</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Users\">utilizadores</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Instruções para administração geral" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Os capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros passos</link> e " +"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenção</link> descrevem como começar a " +"usar o Debian Edu e como fazer o trabalho básico de manutenção. As " +"instruções neste capítulo têm algumas dicas e truques mais \"avançados\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Histórico de configuração: rastreio de /etc/ utilizando o sistema de " +"controlo da versão Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os ficheiros em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de " +"versão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Isto torna possível ver quando um ficheiro é adicionado, alterado ou " +"removido, assim como o que foi alterado se o ficheiro em causa for um " +"ficheiro de texto. O repositório git é guardado em <computeroutput>/etc/.git/" +"</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"A cada hora, quaisquer novas alterações são automaticamente registadas; o " +"histórico de configuração pode ser extraído e consultado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o histórico, é usado o comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput>. Para ver as diferenças entre dois momentos no tempo, pode " +"ser usado um comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informação, ver os resultados de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Lista de comandos úteis:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Exemplos de utilização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Num sistema recém-instalado, tentar este comando para ver todas as " +"alterações feitas desde que o sistema foi instalado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Para ver os ficheiros que não são atualmente rastreados e que não estão " +"atualizados:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Para submeter manualmente um ficheiro, para não ter que esperar até uma hora:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionar partições" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"No Debian Edu, todas as partições que não a partição <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> estão em volumes lógicos LVM. Com os núcleos (kernels) " +"Linux, desde a versão 2.6.10, é possível estender as partições estando elas " +"montadas. Encolher partições ainda tem de ser feito com as partições " +"desmontadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"É uma boa prática evitar a criação de partições muito grandes (mais de, " +"digamos, 20GiB), devido ao tempo que demora a execução do " +"<computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> sobre elas ou a restaurá-las a partir " +"de cópias de segurança, se for necessário. É melhor, se for possível, criar " +"várias partições menores em vez de uma partição muito grande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"É disponibilizado o script de ajuda <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> para facilitar a extensão de partições cheias. Quando " +"invocado, o script lê a configuração a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" +"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>. Propõe então estender as partições que tenham muito pouco " +"espaço livre, de acordo com as regras estabelecidas nestes ficheiros. Se " +"executado sem argumentos, mostrará apenas os comandos necessários à extensão " +"do sistema de ficheiros. É necessário o argumento <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> para que estes comandos para extensão do sistema de " +"ficheiros sejam realmente executados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"O script é executado automaticamente a cada hora em cada cliente listado no " +"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Quando a partição utilizada pelo intermediário (proxy) Squid é " +"redimensionada, o valor para o tamanho da cache em <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> também tem que ser atualizado. É disponibilizado " +"o script auxiliar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" +"update-cachedir</computeroutput> para fazer essa operação automaticamente, " +"verificando o tamanho atual da partição <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" +"computeroutput> e configurando o Squid para usar 80% desse valor como " +"tamanho da cache." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Gestão de volumes lógicos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " +"redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais sobre " +"o LVM em <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Gestão de " +"volumes lógicos</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Para estender manualmente um volume lógico, basta indicar no comando " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> o tamanho pretendido para esse " +"volume. Por exemplo, para estender home0 para 30GiB usar os seguintes " +"comandos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Para estender home0 em mais 30GiB, inserir um '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Usar o ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> é " +"uma ferramenta para editar a base de dados LDAP com um editor de texto " +"normal no terminal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "É necessário executar o seguinte:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Nota: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará o editor predefinido, " +"qualquer que ele seja. Executando <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> na linha de comando é possível configurar o ambiente para " +"obter um clone do vi como editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Aviso: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> é uma ferramenta muito " +"poderosa. É necessário cuidado redobrado para que a base de dados LDAP não " +"seja corrompida. Este aviso aplica-se também ao JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS \"Kerberizado\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Usar o Kerberos para fazer o NFS montar diretórios de utilizador (pastas " +"pessoais) é uma funcionalidade de segurança. As estações de trabalho e os " +"clientes LTSP não funcionam sem o Kerberos. São suportados os níveis " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticação Kerberos, " +"<emphasis>i</emphasis> significa verificação de integridade e <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> verificação de privacidade, ou seja, encriptação); a carga, tanto " +"no servidor como na estação de trabalho, aumenta com o nível de segurança; o " +"nível <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> é uma boa opção e foi escolhido como " +"predefinição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Como alterar a predefinição" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "aceder como root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"executar <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, procurar " +"por <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e substituir por <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>, conforme for pretendido." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"editar <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> e ajustar " +"as seguintes entradas em conformidade:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "executar <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Impressora pré-definida" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta permite estabelecer a impressora predefinida, dependendo da " +"localização, da máquina ou do grupo de pertença. Para mais informação, ver " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"O ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> tem de ser fornecido pelo administrador; ver " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> como exemplo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, uma interface gráfica LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Para trabalhar com a base de dados LDAP usando uma interface gráfica, " +"experimentar o pacote <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que é " +"instalado por predefinição. Para obter acesso de escrita, ligar-se desta " +"forma:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, uma ferramenta de linha de comando para adicionar " +"utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> é uma pequena " +"ferramenta de linha de comando para criar utilizadores e é invocada da " +"seguinte forma:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Todos os argumentos são opcionais, exceto o utilizador e o campo GECOS. Este " +"último normalmente contém o nome real do utilizador. A menos que " +"especificado de forma diferente, a ferramenta assume automaticamente os " +"próximos UID e GID livres e não atribui quaisquer grupos adicionais ao " +"utilizador. Se não for atribuído nenhum departamento, assumirá o primeiro " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> do LDAP, que em princípio será " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>, sendo que este não é o pretendido para " +"utilizadores normais. Por isso, deve ser escolhida a opção correspondente ao " +"utilizador, p. ex. <emphasis>Professores</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Alunos</" +"emphasis>. Após a introdução e confirmação da senha e introdução da senha de " +"administrador LDAP, o <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"cria a conta de utilizador no LDAP, define a senha do Kerberos, cria a pasta " +"pessoal e adiciona um utilizador do Samba correspondente. A captura de ecrã " +"seguinte mostra um exemplo de invocação para criar uma conta de utilizador " +"chamada <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> para um professor cujo nome " +"real é \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Usar stable-updates (actualizações estáveis)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Embora seja possível usar a funcionalidade de actualizações estáveis (stable-" +"updates) diretamente, isso não é necessário: estas são enviadas para a suite " +"estável regularmente quando são feitas as versões pontuais estáveis, o que " +"acontece aproximadamente a cada dois meses." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" +"Utilização de pacotes retroportados (backports) para instalar software mais " +"recente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque prefere a estabilidade do Debian, " +"distribuição que funciona muito bem. Mas tem um problema: às vezes o " +"software está um pouco mais desatualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " +"backports.debian.org entra em cena." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Pacotes retroportados (backports) são pacotes recompilados do Debian testing " +"(principalmente) e do Debian unstable (em poucos casos apenas – por exemplo, " +"atualizações de segurança), para que funcionem sem novas bibliotecas (sempre " +"que possível) numa distribuição Debian estável como a Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Recomenda-se que sejam escolhidos pacotes específicos de " +"acordo com as necessidades, e que não sejam usados todos os pacotes " +"retroportados disponíveis.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> is simple:" +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "Usar <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> é simples:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Após o que os pacotes retroportados são facilmente instaláveis: o seguinte " +"comando irá instalar uma versão retroportada do <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Os pacotes retroportados são automaticamente atualizados (se disponíveis) da " +"mesma forma que os outros pacotes. Tal como o arquivo normal, o arquivo " +"backports (retroportados) têm três secções: main, contrib e non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Atualização com um CD ou imagem similar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar de uma versão para outra (por exemplo, de Trixie 13.1 para " +"13.2) sem ligação à Internet, apenas por meios físicos, seguir estes passos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Insirir o CD / DVD / Disco blu-ray / pen USB e executar o comando apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Da página man do apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"O apt-cdrom é usado para adicionar um novo CD-ROM à lista de fontes " +"disponíveis nos APTs. Identifica a estrutura do disco, pode corrigir vários " +"possíveis erros de gravação e verifica os ficheiros de índice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"É necessário usar o apt-cdrom para adicionar CDs ao sistema APT. Esta ação " +"não pode ser axecutada manualmente. Além disso, quando forem usados " +"conjuntos multi-CD, cada disco tem que ser inserido e digitalizado " +"separadamente para prevenir possíveis falhas de gravação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Em seguida, executar estes dois comandos para atualizar o sistema:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Limpeza automática de processos remanescentes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> é um script em perl que aniquila " +"trabalhos em segundo plano. Trabalhos em segundo plano são definidos como " +"processos pertencentes a utilizadores que não estão atualmente em sessão na " +"máquina. É executado por uma tarefa agendada (cron job) uma vez por hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Instalação automática de atualizações de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> é um pacote " +"(programa) Debian que instala automaticamente as atualizações de segurança " +"(e outras). Se instalado, o pacote é pré-configurado para instalar " +"automaticamente as atualizações de segurança. Os registos de alterações " +"(logs) estão disponíveis em <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; também podem sempre ser consultados os ficheiros " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Encerramento automático de máquinas durante a noite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"É possível poupar energia e dinheiro desligando automaticamente as máquinas " +"clientes à noite e voltando a ligá-las novamente de manhã. O programa " +"(pacote) <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenta desligar " +"cada máquina de hora a hora a partir das 16:00, mas não as desligará se " +"parecerem estar em utilização. Em cada máquina, o programa tenta passar " +"informação ao BIOS para ligar a máquina por volta das 07:00 da manhã e o " +"servidor principal vai tentar ligar todas as máquinas a partir das 06:30 " +"enviando pacotes Wake-on-LAN. Estes horários podem ser alterados nos " +"separadores de agendamento das máquinas individuais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Algumas considerações a ter em conta ao estabelecer este procedimento:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes não devem ser desligados quando alguém os está a usar. Isto é " +"assegurado pela verificação do resultado de <computeroutput>who</" +"computeroutput> e, como caso especial, pela verificação de que o comando de " +"ligação SSH funciona com os clientes dependentes X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar queimar os fusíveis eléctricos / disparar os disjuntores, é boa " +"prática garantir que os clientes não arranquem todos ao mesmo tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Há dois métodos diferentes para reativar os clientes. Um usa um recurso do " +"BIOS e requer um relógio interno funcional e com a hora certa, assim como " +"uma placa-mãe e uma versão do BIOS compatíveis com o <computeroutput>nvram-" +"wakeup</computeroutput>; o outro requer que os clientes sejam compatíveis " +"com o Wake-on-LAN e que o servidor tenha informação sobre todos os clientes " +"a serem reativados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Como configurar o encerramento à noite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar touch " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> ou " +"adicionar o nome de hospedeiro (ou seja, o resultado de " +"'<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede " +"\"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A adição de hospedeiros ao grupo de rede no " +"LDAP pode ser feita usando a ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Os clientes podem precisar de ter o Wake-on-LAN configurado " +"no BIOS. É importante também que os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores " +"(routers) utilizados entre o servidor Wake-on-LAN (WOL) e os clientes passem " +"os pacotes WOL para os clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. " +"Alguns comutadores não passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela " +"ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes " +"WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Para ativar o Wake-on-LAN no servidor, adicionar os clientes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, com uma " +"linha por cliente, primeiro o endereço IP, seguido pelo endereço MAC " +"(endereço ethernet), separado por um espaço; ou criar um script " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"para gerar a lista de clientes em tempo real." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Um exemplo <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> para uso com o sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Se o grupo de rede for usado para ativar o desligar à noite nos clientes, " +"uma alternativa é este script usar a ferramenta netgroup do pacote " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Aceder a servidores Debian-Edu protegidos por uma barreira (firewall)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Para aceder a partir da Internet a máquinas protegidas por uma barreira " +"(firewall), considerar a instalação do pacote <computeroutput>autossh</" +"computeroutput>. Este pacote pode ser usado para configurar um túnel SSH " +"para uma máquina ligada à Internet. O servidor por trás da barreira/firewall " +"fica acessível a partir dessa máquina através do túnel SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Instalação de serviços noutras máquinas, para a distribuição da carga e sua " +"consequente redução no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Na instalação padrão, todos os serviços são executados no servidor " +"principal, nome de máquina <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Para simplificar a " +"transferência de alguns serviços para outra máquina, está disponível o " +"perfil de instalação <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> (mínimo). A instalação do " +"sistema com este perfil numa máquina que faça parte da rede Debian Edu, " +"levará a que a máquina fique sem qualquer serviço em execução (por enquanto)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Estes são os passos necessários para configurar uma máquina dedicada a " +"alguns serviços:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"escolher o perfil <emphasis>Minimal/Mínimo</emphasis> durante a instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "instalar os pacotes correspondentes ao serviço" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configurar o serviço" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "desativar o serviço no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "atualizar o DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "HowTos do wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Instruções de administração avançada" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "Neste capítulo são descritas tarefas de administração avançada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores com o GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Criar utilizadores em grupos por ano" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo pretende-se criar utilizadores em grupos por ano, com " +"diretórios home comuns para cada grupo (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). " +"Queremos criar os utilizadores através da importação de csv." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis> (como root no servidor principal) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Criar os diretórios de grupo por ano que forem necessários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador, no Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Departamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menu principal: ir para 'Estrutura de diretórios', clicar no departamento " +"'Alunos'. O campo 'Base' deve mostrar '/Alunos'. No campo 'Ações' da caixa " +"suspensa, escolher 'Criar' / 'Departamento'. Preencher os valores dos campos " +"Nome (2026) e Descrição (alunos formados em 2026), deixar o campo Base como " +"está (deve ser '/Alunos'). Guardar clicando em 'Ok'. Agora o novo " +"departamento (2026) deve aparecer abaixo de /Alunos. Clicar para abrir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'Grupos' no menu principal; 'Ações'/Criar/Grupo. Introduzir o nome " +"do grupo (deixar 'Base' como está, deve ser /Alunos/2026) e premir 'Ok' para " +"guardar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'utilizadores' no menu principal. No campo Base, mudar para " +"'Alunos'. Deve aparecer uma entrada <computeroutput>Novo Aluno</" +"computeroutput>; premir para abrir. Este é o modelo 'alunos', não é um " +"utilizador. Uma vez que terá de ser criado um modelo com base neste (para " +"poder ser feita a importação csv), deve ser tomada nota de todas as entradas " +"que aparecem nos separadores Genéricos e POSIX, talvez fazendo capturas de " +"ecrã, para que as informações necessárias ao novo modelo possam ser " +"preparadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Agora, mudar para /Alunos/2026 no campo Base; escolher Criar/Modelo e " +"começar a preencher com os valores desejados, primeiro no separador Genérico " +"(adicionar também o novo grupo 2026 em Pertença a Grupos); depois adicionar " +"a conta POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importar utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de csv; é recomendável testá-lo " +"com alguns utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Outras ações" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Criação de pastas nos diretórios home de todos os utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Com este script, o administrador pode criar uma pasta no diretório pessoal " +"de cada utilizador e definir permissões de acesso e de detenção." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"No exemplo abaixo com grupo=professores e permissões=2770 um utilizador pode " +"entregar um trabalho guardando o ficheiro na pasta \"trabalhos\", à qual os " +"professores têm acesso de escrita para poderem fazer comentários." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Usar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Seguir estes passos para configurar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado, " +"para diretórios home dos utilizadores e possivelmente outros dados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " +"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " +"configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " +"do novo servidor de armazenamento são exportados para as sub-redes ou " +"máquinas a que se apliquem:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Neste caso tudo o que estiver na rede principal tem acesso ao /" +"armazenamento. (Isto pode restringido à pertença a grupos de rede ou a " +"endereços IP específicos para limitar o acesso ao NFS como é feito no " +"ficheiro tjener:/etc/exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar informação de montagem automática sobre o 'nas-server.intern' no " +"LDAP, para permitir que todos os clientes montem automaticamente a nova " +"exportação a pedido." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Isto não pode ser feito através do GOsa², porque falta um módulo para " +"montagem automática. Em vez disso, usar o ldapvi e adicionar os objetos LDAP " +"necessários usando um editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Quando o editor aparecer, adicionar os objetos LDAP seguintes na parte " +"inferior do documento. (A parte \"/&\" no último objeto LDAP é um " +"carácter polivalente que corresponde a tudo o que o 'nas-server.intern' " +"exporta, evitando a necessidade de listar pontos de montagem individuais no " +"LDAP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática para evitar montagens " +"sucessivamente falhadas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Criar os diretórios de pontos de montagem usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>; editar '/etc/fstab' como adequado e executar " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar os novos recursos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Agora, os utilizadores devem poder aceder diretamente aos ficheiros em 'nas-" +"server.intern', bastando abrir o diretório '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' " +"utilizando qualquer aplicação de gestão/exploração de ficheiros em qualquer " +"estação de trabalho, cliente dependente LTSP ou servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Restringir acesso por SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "Há várias formas de restringir o acesso por SSH. Seguem-se algumas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Situação sem clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Se não forem usados clientes LTSP, uma solução simples é criar um novo grupo " +"(digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e adicionar uma linha ao " +"ficheiro /etc/ssh/sshd_config da máquina. Os membros do grupo " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>, e apenas eles, poderão então " +"entrar na máquina via ssh a partir de qualquer lugar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Gerir este caso através do GOsa² é bastante simples:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Criar um grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> no nível base (onde " +"já aparecem outros grupos relacionados, com a gestão do sistema, como " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar utilizadores ao novo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Situação com clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"A configuração predefinida de cliente LTSP sem disco não faz uso de ligações " +"SSH. Basta atualizar a imagem SquashFS no servidor LTSP respetivo, após a " +"configuração do SSH ter sido alterada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes X2Go utilizam ligações SSH com o servidor LTSP " +"respetivo. Por conseguinte, é necessária uma abordagem diferente, utilizando " +"o PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Ativar pam_access.so no ficheiro /etc/pam.d/sshd do servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configurar o ficheiro /etc/security/access.conf para permitir ligações a " +"partir de qualquer lugar para (por exemplo) os utilizadores alice, jane, bob " +"e john, e para todos os outros utilizadores somente a partir das sub-redes " +"internas, adicionando estas linhas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Se apenas forem utilizados servidores LTSP dedicados, a rede 10.0.0.0/8 " +"poderá ser descartada, para desativar o acesso interno via SSH. Nota: alguém " +"que ligue a sua máquina a qualquer rede de clientes LTSP dedicada também " +"terá acesso ao(s) servidor(es) LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Uma nota para situações mais complexas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Se os clientes X2Go estiverem ligados à rede principal 10.0.0.0/8, as coisas " +"serão ainda mais complicadas e talvez apenas uma sofisticada configuração de " +"DHCP (em LDAP), verificando o identificador do fornecedor (vendor-class-" +"identifier) juntamente com a configuração PAM apropriada, permita desativar " +"o acesso interno por SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Instruções para o ambiente de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Preparar um ambiente de trabalho multilingue" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Para usar vários idiomas, são necessárias estas ações:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " +"root) e escolher os idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Executar estes comandos como root para instalar os pacotes necessários:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Com os ambientes de trabalho Xfce, LXDE e LXQt, os utilizadores podem então " +"escolher o idioma através do gestor de exibição LightDM (apresenta-se como " +"ecrã de acesso), antes de acederem ao sistema. Os ambientes GNOME e KDE vêm " +"ambos com as suas próprias ferramentas internas de configuração de " +"localização (região e idioma), pelo que devem ser estas as usadas. O " +"ambiente MATE usa o ecrã de acesso Arctica sobre o LightDM, sem um seletor " +"de idioma. Executar <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> para obter o ecrã de acesso do LightDM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Reproduzir DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para reproduzir a maioria dos DVDs comerciais é necessária a biblioteca " +"libdvdcss. Por razões legais, esta não vem incluída no Debian (Edu). Se do " +"ponto de vista legal o uso estiver autorizado, podem ser construídos pacotes " +"localmente usando o pacote Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>; garantir que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"esteja ativado em <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Atender às solicitações do debconf e executar <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Fontes de caligrafia" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que é instalado de " +"origem) instala a fonte \"Abecedario\", uma boa fonte de caligrafia para " +"crianças. A fonte tem várias formas para uso por crianças: pontilhada e com " +"linhas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Instruções para clientes numa rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introdução a clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Um termo genérico para clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco " +"é <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"A partir do Bullseye, o LTSP é diferente das versões anteriores, tanto no " +"que diz respeito à configuração como à manutenção." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Uma das principais diferenças é o facto de a imagem SquashFS para estações " +"de trabalho sem disco ser agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do " +"servidor LTSP, por predefinição. Isto acontece no primeiro arranque dos " +"servidores combinados, demorando algum tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"O LTSP deixou de incluir clientes dependentes. O Debian Edu usa o X2Go para " +"continuar a suportar o uso de clientes dependentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um servidor LTSP separado ou adicional, a informação necessária " +"para a configuração do ambiente do cliente LTSP não está completa na altura " +"da instalação. A configuração pode ser feita depois de o sistema ter sido " +"adicionado com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil " +"<emphasis>servidor LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> dá mais informação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Notar que a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> deve ser utilizada com " +"cuidado. Por exemplo, o comando <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> não gera a imagem SquashFS em máquinas Debian (estas têm uma " +"partição /boot separada por predefinição), o comando <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> não gera o menu iPXE corretamente (devido ao suporte a " +"clientes dependentes do Debian Edu) e o comando <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> vai descontrolar completamente o arranque do cliente LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> é " +"um script invólucro (wrapper script) de <computeroutput>ltsp image</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. É usado para montar e configurar " +"estações de trabalho sem disco e clientes dependentes (tanto em PCs de 64-" +"Bit como de 32-Bit). Executar <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> ou analisar o conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. " +"Toda a configuração é contida no próprio script (documentos HERE) para " +"facilitar ajustes específicos de cada rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Exemplos de como usar o script invólucro <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis> em vez da ferramenta ltsp:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> actualiza a imagem SquashFS da estação de trabalho sem disco " +"(sistema de ficheiros do servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> cria suporte a estações de trabalho sem " +"disco e a clientes dependentes de 64 bits." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> cria suporte adicional a clientes dependentes de 32 bits " +"(chroot e imagem SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Além da opção <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (o sistema cliente dependente mais " +"básico), também estão disponíveis as opções <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Os clientes dependentes do tipo " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> têm um botão de desligar, enquanto que os do " +"tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> executam o Firefox ESR em modo quiosque no " +"próprio cliente (é necessária mais memória RAM local e mais potência de CPU, " +"mas reduz a carga no servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " +"script envelope (script wrapper) para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Esta ferramenta assegura que o ficheiro /srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe seja específico do Debian Edu. O comando tem de ser executado " +"sempre que seja alterado qualquer item relativo ao menu iPXE (como o tempo " +"máximo de exposição do menu ou as definições de arranque predefinidas) na " +"secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [servidor]." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> é " +"um script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " +"Garante que um initrd específico de um tipo de utilização (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.img) seja gerado e movido para o diretório do tipo de utilização " +"respetivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da secção /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf [clients] ter sido modificada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> é " +"um substituto para a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> que vem com " +"o LTSP5. É usada para executar comandos num chroot LTSP específico (como por " +"exemplo instalar, atualizar e remover pacotes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho sem disco</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho sem disco executam todo o software localmente. As " +"máquinas não têm um disco rígido local e arrancam diretamente do servidor " +"LTSP. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor LTSP, mas é executado " +"nas estações de trabalho sem disco. Os diretórios pessoais e as " +"configurações do sistema também são armazenados no servidor. As estações de " +"trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de reutilizar hardware antigo " +"(mas poderoso) com os mesmos baixos custos de manutenção típicos dos " +"clientes dependentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ao contrário das estações de trabalho sem disco, as estações de trabalho " +"funcionam sem necessidade de serem adicionadas através do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente dependente</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' (thin client) permite que um PC comum " +"funcione como se fosse apenas um terminal (do X), sendo todo o software " +"executado no servidor LTSP. Isto significa que esta máquina arranca via PXE " +"sem utilizar o seu disco como disco rígido cliente local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu ainda suporta o uso de clientes dependentes, para permitir o " +"uso de computadores muito antigos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que os clientes dependentes usam o X2Go, os utilizadores devem " +"desativar a composição para evitar o aparecimento de distorções de imagem. " +"No caso padrão (ambiente de trabalho Xfce): Definições -> Ajustes do " +"Gestor de Janelas -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"O arranque do cliente LTSP falha se a interface de rede do cliente exigir um " +"firmware não livre. Pode ser usada uma instalação PXE para resolver " +"problemas de arranque pela rede de uma máquina; se o Instalador do Debian " +"indicar que está em falta um ficheiro XXX.bin, então tem que ser adicionado " +"o firmware não-livre ao initrd do servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Proceder da seguinte forma no servidor LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Primeiro obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware; executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o pacote compatível com a(s) interface(s) de rede (muito " +"provavelmente será o firmware-linux); executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Atualizar a imagem do SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco; executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "No caso de serem usados clientes dependentes X2Go, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "e continuar de acordo com a informação de utilização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Seguidamente, atualizar a imagem SquashFS; p. ex. para o 'chroot' /srv/ltsp/" +"x2go-bare-amd64, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Seleção do tipo de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Cada servidor LTSP tem duas interfaces ethernet: uma configurada na sub-rede " +"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (que é partilhada com o servidor principal), e outra " +"formando uma sub-rede local (uma sub-rede separada para cada servidor LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Em ambos os casos, pode ser escolhido <emphasis>estação de trabalho sem " +"disco</emphasis> ou <emphasis>cliente dependente</emphasis> a partir do menu " +"iPXE. Após 5 segundos de espera, a máquina arrancará como estação de " +"trabalho sem disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"O item predefinido do menu de arranque iPXE e o respetivo tempo limite de " +"espera podem ser configurados em <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" +"computeroutput>. O valor de espera <emphasis>-1</emphasis> é usado para " +"ocultar o menu. Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> para aplicar as alterações." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Usar uma rede de clientes LTSP diferente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se uma máquina for instalada usando o perfil LTSP, a rede cliente LTSP " +"192.168.0.0/24 é a predefinida. Se forem utilizados muitos clientes LTSP ou " +"se servidores LTSP diferentes tiverem de servir tanto ambientes chroot i386 " +"como amd64, a segunda rede pré-configurada, a 192.168.1.0/24, também pode " +"ser utilizada. Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"computeroutput> e ajustar as configurações da eth1 conforme necessário. Use " +"o <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ou qualquer outro editor LDAP para " +"verificar as configurações DNS e DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Adicionar chroot LTSP para suportar clientes de PC de 32 bits" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Para criar o chroot e a imagem SquashFS, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +"informação sobre os tipos de cliente dependente (thin client)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ter uma visão " +"das opções de configuração disponíveis. Ou ler a informação online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Adicionar itens de configuração à secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. Para " +"aplicar as alterações, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Som em clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes LTSP usam áudio em rede para passar o áudio do " +"servidor para os clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "As estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP gerem o áudio localmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Acesso a unidades USB e a CD-ROMs/DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM numa " +"estação de trabalho (sem disco), aparece um ícone na área de trabalho, que " +"permite o acesso ao conteúdo da unidade como numa estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB num cliente dependente X2Go " +"do tipo \"bare\" (instalação de servidor combinado predefinida), a unidade é " +"montada quando é feito duplo-clique no ícone de pasta na área de trabalho " +"Xfce. Dependendo do conteúdo da unidade, o conteúdo pode demorar a aparecer " +"no gestor de ficheiros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Um aviso sobre meios amovíveis em servidores LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Quando inseridos em servidores LTSP, as unidades USB e outros meios " +"amovíveis levam ao aparecimento do respetivo ícone de pasta nas áreas da " +"trabalho dos clientes dependentes LTSP. Utilizadores remotos podem aceder " +"aos ficheiros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilizar impressoras ligadas a clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Ligar a impressora à máquina cliente LTSP (são suportados tanto o porto USB " +"como porto paralelo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o cliente LTSP através do GOsa² para utilizar um endereço IP fixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " +"impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e " +"configurar <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" +"computeroutput> como URI de ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modificar a configuração do PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE é o acrónimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Execução Pré-" +"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurar o menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"O item de menu do iPXE relativo às instalações do sistema é gerado usando o " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Este script " +"permite que algumas configurações sejam substituídas usando o ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com valores " +"de substituição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurar a instalação PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE assumirá o idioma, o esquema do teclado e definições " +"espelhadas das definições usadas na instalação do servidor principal; os " +"outros elementos de configuração serão solicitados durante a instalação " +"(perfil, participação em popcon, particionamento e senha de root). Para " +"evitar estas solicitações, o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> pode ser modificado para fornecer " +"respostas pré-selecionadas aos itens do debconf. Podem ser consultados " +"alguns exemplos de itens do debconf em <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. As alterações serão perdidas assim " +"que for usado o comando <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para recriar o ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar " +"valores do debconf a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> durante a recriação através do " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adicionar o ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> com os valores debconf adicionais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais " +"informação sobre a modificação de instalações PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Adicionar repositórios a instalações PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um repositório, adicionar a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> algo como:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"e de seguida executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> uma vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Alterar as definições de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"O pacote debian-edu-config inclui uma ferramenta que ajuda a mudar a rede de " +"10.0.0.0/8 para outra. Ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Destina-se a ser usado logo após a " +"instalação no servidor principal, para atualizar o LDAP e outros ficheiros " +"que têm de ser editados para alterar a subrede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Notar que mudar para uma das sub-redes já usadas por outros elementos no " +"Debian Edu não resulta. As sub-redes 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 já " +"estão configuradas como redes clientes LTSP. A mudança para estas sub-redes " +"requer a edição manual dos ficheiros de configuração para remover entradas " +"duplicadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Não há forma fácil de alterar o nome de domínio DNS. Alterá-lo exigiria " +"mudanças tanto na estrutura LDAP como em vários ficheiros no sistema de " +"ficheiros do servidor principal. Também não há forma fácil de alterar o nome " +"do hospedeiro e o nome DNS do servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para isso, " +"também seriam necessárias alterações no LDAP e nos ficheiros do servidor " +"principal e do sistema de ficheiros do cliente. A configuração do Kerberos " +"também teria de ser alterada, em ambos os casos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho remota" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Escolher o perfil Servidor LTSP ou o perfil Servidor combinado faz instalar " +"também os pacotes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e <emphasis>x2goserver</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"O Xrdp utiliza o Remote Desktop Protocol para apresentar um ecrã de acesso " +"gráfico a um cliente remoto. Os utilizadores do Microsoft Windows podem " +"ligar-se ao servidor LTSP executando o xrdp sem instalar software adicional " +"- iniciam simplesmente uma ligação remota de área de trabalho na sua máquina " +"Windows e estabelecem a ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente, o xrdp pode ligar-se a um servidor VNC ou a outro servidor " +"RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"O Xrdp vem sem suporte para som; para compilar (ou recompilar) os módulos " +"necessários, pode ser usado este script. Nota: o \"caller\" tem de ser o " +"root ou um membro do grupo sudo. Além disso, /etc/apt/sources.list deve " +"conter uma linha deb-src válida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"O X2Go permite aceder a um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " +"tanto através de ligações de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " +"banda, a partir de um PC com Linux, Windows ou MacOS. É necessário software " +"adicional no lado do cliente. Para mais informação consultar o wiki <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Clientes de área de trabalho remota disponíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> é instalado de origem e é " +"capaz de RDP e VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - a maneira mais fácil de aceder ao servidor de terminal Windows. Um " +"pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dá acesso ao Skolelinux " +"remotamente. Um pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> é um cliente gráfico para o " +"sistema X2Go (não instalado de origem). Pode ser utilizado para ligação a " +"sessões em execução e para iniciar novas sessões." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Clientes sem fio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"O servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> pode ser usado para estabelecer " +"ligações de rede seguras. Para isto funcionar, instalar os pacotes " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> no servidor " +"principal e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/setup-" +"freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " +"específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, são ativados ambos os métodos " +"EAP-TTLS/PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " +"script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " +"informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">o sítio do " +"FreeRADIUS</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "É necessária configuração adicional para" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"ativar/desativar pontos de acesso através de uma <emphasis>chave secreta " +"partilhada</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/customers.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"permitir/negar o acesso sem fios utilizando grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"utilizadores)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"combinar pontos de acesso em grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Os equipamentos de utilizador final têm de ser configurados corretamente; " +"estes equipamentos têm de ser protegidos por PIN para uso do EAP (802.1x). " +"Os utilizadores têm de ser alertados para instalarem o certificado " +"freeradius CA nos seus equipamentos, para garantir que se ligam ao servidor " +"correto. Desta forma, a senha não pode ser capturada no caso de contacto com " +"um servidor malicioso. O certificado específico do sítio está disponível na " +"rede interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (dispositivos Linux de " +"utilizador final)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Notar que a configuração de dispositivos de utilizador final é um verdadeiro " +"desafio, devido à variedade de dispositivos existentes. Para dispositivos " +"Windows pode ser criado um script de instalação e para dispositivos Apple um " +"ficheiro mobileconfig. O certificado freeRADIUS CA pode ser integrado em " +"ambos os casos, mas são necessárias ferramentas específicas do SO para criar " +"os scripts." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autorizar o uso do acrescento pGina para LDAP em máquinas Windows com " +"credenciais Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Adicionar utilizador pGina no Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Para haver a possibilidade de usar o acrescento (plugin) pGina (acrescento " +"ao LDAP) - ou qualquer outra aplicação de terceiros de autenticação e " +"autorização de serviços - é necessário ter uma conta de utilizador especial " +"usada nas buscas dentro do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um utilizador especial, p. ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Descarregar e instalar o pGina 3.9.9.12 como software comum. Confirmar que a " +"pasta 'Plugins' do pGina contém o acrescento 'pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll':" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configurar o pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Nas configurações do Debian Edu considerar que a ligação ao LDAP usa SSL " +"pelo porto 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "As definições necessárias ao acrescento pGina para LDAP estão abaixo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estão guardadas em HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\\\SOFTWARE\\\\pGina3.fork\\" +"\\Plugins\\\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Secção principal do acrescento para LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"Hospedeiro(s) LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (mais " +"qualquer outro, com \"espaço\" como separador)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"Porto LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (para ligação SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Tempo limite: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Iniciar TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validar o Certificado do Servidor: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(não marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Buscar DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" é um utilizador específico de acesso ao LDAP para busca de " +"utilizadores numa sessão)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Senha de busca: pwd.777 (esta é a senha do \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Bloco de autenticação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Separador Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Permitir senha vazia: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Filtro de busca: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Bloco de autorização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Predefinição: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Negar quando a autenticação LDAP falhar: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</" +"emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Permitir quando o servir estiver indisponível: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/" +"NO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa, opcional)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Seleção do acrescento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Autenticação [v], Autorização [v], Conversor[v], Alterar senha [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Máquina local: Autenticação [v], Conversor [v] (marcar apenas as duas caixas)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordem dos acrescentos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Autenticação: LDAP, Máquina local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Conversor: LDAP, Máquina local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Fontes:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "O Samba no Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"O Samba está agora configurado como <emphasis>servidor independente</" +"emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e partilhas de utilizadores " +"ativadas; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" +"computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os utilizadores não " +"administradores podem efectuar partilhas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/smb.conf.edu-site para o diretório /etc/samba. As configurações em " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> substituirão as contidas em " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, os diretórios de utilizador (as pastas pessoais) são " +"somente de leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis>/etc/samba/" +"smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"As senhas do Samba são guardadas usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> e são atualizadas no caso de uma senha ser alterada através " +"do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Para desativar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, executar " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>, para " +"reativar, executar <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> no servidor principal desativa as partilhas de utilizador " +"para 'alunos'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Aceder a ficheiros via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"As ligações aos diretórios dos utilizadores e a partilhas adicionais " +"específicas de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para dispositivos " +"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Outros " +"dispositivos, como os baseados em Android, requerem um gestor de ficheiros " +"com suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> ou o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> podem ser boas opções." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<utilizador></computeroutput> ou " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<utilizador></computeroutput> para aceder " +"ao diretório pessoal de um utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Instruções para ensino e aprendizagem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Todos os pacotes Debian mencionados nesta secção podem ser instalados " +"executando <computeroutput>apt install <nome-do-pacote></" +"computeroutput> (como root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Ensino de Programação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que " +"'depende' de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " +"meta-pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " +"mais informação (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " +"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Acompanhamento dos alunos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " +"legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos utilizadores " +"de computadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controlo, como o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou o <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> para supervisionar os seus alunos. Ver também os sítios do <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes</ulink> e do <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Restringir o acesso dos alunos à rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir " +"o acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Instruções para os utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Alterar senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Cada utilizador deve alterar a sua senha através do GOsa². Para isso, basta " +"usar um navegador e ir a <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Usar o GOsa² para alterar a senha garante que as senhas para o Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), para o LDAP (userPassword) e para o Samba " +"(sambaNTPassword) sejam a mesma." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Também é possível alterar senhas usando o PAM na chamada de acesso do GDM " +"(ecrã em modo de texto); mas isso não se aplica ao Samba nem ao GOsa² " +"(LDAP), no caso aplica-se apenas ao Kerberos. Portanto, depois de uma " +"alteração de senha na chamada de acesso em modo de texto, é recomendado " +"fazer a alteração também através do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Executar aplicações java autónomas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"As aplicações Java autónomas funcionam de imediato com o ambiente runtime " +"OpenJDK Java." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Usar o correio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Todos os utilizadores podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; " +"são fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para " +"permitir o correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o " +"servidor de correio <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " +"situação local, começando pelo <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Todos os utilizadores que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de o configurar da " +"forma que se segue. Para um utilizador com nome de utilizador jdoe o " +"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Iniciar o Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Ignorar e usar o meu endereço existente'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Introduzir o endereço a ser usado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "Não introduzir a senha, pois será utilizado o acesso único do Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Continuar'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Para IMAP e SMTP, as configurações devem ser 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos / " +"GSSAPI'; se não forem detetadas automaticamente, introduzir manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Concluído'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuir" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuir pela Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o nosso principal " +"meio de comunicação, embora haja reuniões em #debian-edu no irc.debian.org e " +"até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os membros se " +"encontram pessoalmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Uma boa forma de acompanhar o desenvolvimento do Debian Edu é subscrever a " +"lista de correio <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Comunicar deficiências" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " +"comunicações de deficiências existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou " +"criar novas comunicações. Comunicar todas as deficiências com referência ao " +"pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" +"edu-config</ulink>. Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre " +"comunicação de deficiências no Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Redatores e tradutores de documentação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Este documento precisa da sua ajuda! Antes de mais, ainda não está " +"terminado: se o ler, irá notar vários FIXMEs inseridos no texto. Se por " +"acaso souber (um pouco) do que precisa de ser explicado em qualquer deles, " +"por favor, considere partilhar os seus conhecimentos connosco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"O texto original é uma wiki e pode ser editado com um simples navegador da " +"web. Basta ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> e é possível contribuir facilmente. Nota: é necessária uma conta " +"de utilizador para editar as páginas; tem de ser criada primeiro <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">uma conta de " +"utilizador do wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os utilizadores é através da tradução " +"de software e documentação. Informação sobre como traduzir este documento " +"pode ser encontrada no capítulo sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link>. Por favor, considere ajudar no " +"esforço de tradução deste livro!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Apoio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Apoio baseado em voluntários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "Em inglês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu no irc.debian.org - canal IRC, relacionado sobretudo com o " +"desenvolvimento; não deve ser esperado apoio em tempo real, embora isso " +"aconteça com frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "Em norueguês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux em irc.debian.org - canal IRC para apoiar utilizadores " +"Noruegueses" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "Em alemão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de em irc.debian.org - canal IRC para apoiar utilizadores Alemães" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "Em francês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " +"list" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Apoio profissional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Lista de empresas que fornecem suporte profissional estão disponíveis em " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades do Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Alterações na instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian trixie; ver o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalação</ulink> para mais informação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"nomeadamente sobre <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, que é " +"uma nova secção a par das bem conhecidas <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">tema Ceratopsian</ulink>, o tema predefinido do Debian " +"13 Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Atualizações de software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 13 trixie, por exemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Editor de música Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "O Debian Trixie tem mais de 59000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 13 Trixie nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> e " +"no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Atualizações de documentação e tradução" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Na instalação, a página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, " +"dos quais 22 estão totalmente traduzidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Manual do Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " +"Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, " +"Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, " +"Castelhano, Romeno, e Ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Problemas conhecidos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"consulte <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Direitos de Autor e Autores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Este documento foi escrito e protegido por direitos de autor por Holger " +"Levsen (2007-2021), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), " +"Patrick Winnertz (2007) , Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), " +"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, " +"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy " +"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster " +"(2023) e é publicado sob licença GPL2 ou qualquer versão posterior. Para ser " +"usufruído!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Se adicionar conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">por favor, faça-o " +"apenas se for o autor do conteúdo adicionado. Tem de o publicar nas mesmas " +"condições</emphasis>! Em seguida, adicione aqui o seu nome e mencione a " +"publicação sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traduções deste documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>, que é atualizada " +"com frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Como traduzir este documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Traduzir utilizando os ficheiros PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " +"mantidas em ficheiros PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " +"processo de tradução usando esses ficheiros em <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Traduzir on-line utilizando um navegador da Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das equipas de tradução decidiram por traduzir via Weblate. Para " +"mais informação, ver <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-" +"edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Solicita-se que quaisquer problemas sejam comunicados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Apêndice A - A Licença Pública Geral GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 13, denominado Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e outros; consultar a secção " +"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Direitos de autor</link> para ver a lista " +"completa dos detentores de direitos de autor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Apêndice B – Aspetos salientes de versões anteriores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades do Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bookworm; ver o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalação</ulink> para mais informação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, o tema predefinido do Debian 12 " +"Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 12 Bookworm; por exemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Editor de música Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Bookworm inclui mais de 64 000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> " +"e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, " +"Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, " +"Castelhano, Romeno e Ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"consulte <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Informação histórica sobre versões mais antigas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Anteriormente foram lançadas as seguintes versões do Debian Edu:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11, denominado Bullseye, lançado em 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 codinome Buster lançado em 2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codenome Stretch lançado em 2017-06-17." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, denominado Jessie, lançado em 02-07-2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, denominado Wheezy, lançado em 28-09-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 03-03-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 11-03-2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 05-10-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 08-02-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", lançado em 05-12-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" lançado em 22-07-2007. Baseado no Debian 4.0 Etch " +"lançado em 08-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, lançado em 14-03-2006. Baseado no Debian 3.1 Sarge, lançado " +"em 06-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" lançado em 20-06-2004. Baseado no Debian 3.0 Woody " +"lançado em 19-07-2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " +"e detalhada das versões mais antigas; ou ver os manuais das respetivas " +"versões na página <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">manuais das diferentes versões</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecionar “Uplink” se a rede a montante requerer um endereço IP estático " +#~ "e “Educação” se foi seguida a sugestão acima para redes internas." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#~| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente " +#~ "traduzido para Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, " +#~ "Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, " +#~ "Português europeu, Castelhano, Romeno e Ucraniano." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "O uso de pacotes retroportados é simples. Executar:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 12, denominado Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nova versão do Instalador Debian no Debian Bullseye; para mais " +#~ "informação, consultar o <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">tema Homeworld</ulink>, o tema predefinido do Debian " +#~ "11 Bullseye." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Instalador Debian deixou de aceitar a configuração chroot LTSP. No caso " +#~ "de uma instalação de servidor combinado (perfis 'Servidor principal' + " +#~ "'Servidor LTSP'), a configuração para suporte de clientes dependentes " +#~ "(agora usando o X2Go) acontece no final da instalação. A geração da " +#~ "imagem SquashFS para suporte de clientes sem disco (a partir do sistema " +#~ "de ficheiros do servidor) é feita no primeiro arranque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para servidores LTSP separados, ambos os passos têm que ser feitos " +#~ "através de uma ferramenta, após o primeiro arranque na rede interna " +#~ "quando estiver disponível informação suficiente a partir do servidor " +#~ "principal." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +#~ "lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente " +#~ "traduzido para Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês " +#~ "Bokmål, Português e Chinês Simplificado." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para dinamarquês e espanhol." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Outras alterações por comparação com a versão anterior" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Melhor suporte a TLS/SSL na rede interna. Nos clientes, o certificado de " +#~ "raiz para o Debian Edu-CA está incluído no pacote de certificados para " +#~ "todo o sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Novo LTSP, reescrito do zero, deixando de suportar clientes dependentes. " +#~ "Os clientes dependentes são agora suportados utilizando o X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Arranque pela rede (Netboot) é feito utilizando o iPXE em vez do " +#~ "PXELINUX, para estar em conformidade com o LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O diretório <emphasis> / srv / tftp </emphasis> é agora usado como base " +#~ "do netboot, em vez do diretório <emphasis> / var / lib / tftpboot </" +#~ "emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O DuckDuckGo é usado como motor de busca predefinido nos navegadores " +#~ "Firefox ESR e Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Chromium usa o sítio web interno como página inicial padrão, em vez do " +#~ "Google." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nas estações de trabalho sem disco, o Kerberos TGT está automaticamente " +#~ "disponível após o acesso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicionada nova ferramenta para configurar o freeRADIUS com suporte para " +#~ "EAP-TTLS / PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Samba é configurado como \"servidor autónomo\" com suporte para SMB2/" +#~ "SMB3; deixou de haver a junção ao domínio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A interface web GOsa² não mostra entradas relacionadas com o Samba porque " +#~ "os dados da conta Samba deixaram de ser guardados em LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "É usado o modo gráfico do Instalador Debian para instalações PXE (em vez " +#~ "do modo de texto)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O servidor de impressão central CUPS é ipp.intern; os utilizadores " +#~ "pertencentes ao grupo printer-admins têm permissão para administrar o " +#~ "CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A administração do Icinga através da interface web está restrita ao " +#~ "primeiro utilizador." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Caso esteja disponível um encaminhador, mas o mesmo não possa ser " +#~ "configurado conforme necessário (por a pessoa não ter permissões para o " +#~ "fazer ou por razões técnicas, por exemplo), um computador antigo com duas " +#~ "interfaces de rede pode ser transformado em conversor entre a rede " +#~ "existente e a rede do Debian Edu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma maneira simples é instalar o Debian Edu neste computador; durante a " +#~ "instalação selecionar 'Mínimo' como perfil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Após a instalação, executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> ; " +#~ "serão efectuadas as seguintes alterações:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Alterar o ficheiro /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Alterar o nome de hospedeiro definitivamente para 'gateway'." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Remover scripts supérfluos." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Instalação de uma barreira [firewall] (opcional)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM num " +#~ "cliente dependente X2Go, o dispositivo é automaticamente montado e é " +#~ "possível aceder-lhe navegando na pasta respetiva no ambiente de trabalho " +#~ "Xfce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se os utilizadores remotos aceitarem a acção da janela emergente ou " +#~ "utilizarem o pmount na consola/terminal, podem até montar os dispositivos " +#~ "amovíveis e aceder aos ficheiros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho diferente do ambiente predefinido, " +#~ "premir TAB e editar as opções de arranque do núcleo (kernel) (como " +#~ "explicado acima)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No Bullseye, o LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores, no que " +#~ "respeita tanto à configuração como à manutenção. Uma das principais " +#~ "diferenças, é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco é " +#~ "agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor LTSP. Além " +#~ "disso, os clientes dependentes já não são suportados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)cria suporte a clientes dependentes " +#~ "de 64 bits." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~ "about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Executar " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +#~ "informação sobre tipos de clientes dependentes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>, especialmente " +#~ "qualquer <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis> separado ou " +#~ "adicional" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "aceder como root." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data de publicação; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Tradução:</emphasis> +2021, 2024 José Vieira +2021 Silvério Santos +2023-2025 Fred Maranhão +2024 Rafael Fontenelle +2025 Rodolfo José dos Santos Gigante +2026 Américo Monteiro + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.pt.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8673 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-19 19:58+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Américo Monteiro <a_monteiro@gmx.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/pt/>\n" +"Language: pt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Data de publicação:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 13, denominado trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logótipo do instalador do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Este manual é para o lançamento Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"A fonte em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/>, é uma página wiki e é atualizada com frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Estão disponíveis <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-" +"edu-doc/\">na rede</ulink> traduções actualizadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Sobre o Debian Edu ou Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu, também designado Skolelinux, é uma distribuição Debian que " +"implementa uma abordagem cliente-servidor, disponibilizando um ambiente de " +"rede informática escolar completamente configurado. Servidores e clientes " +"são <emphasis>elementos de software</emphasis> – programas, no caso – que " +"interagem entre si: os servidores fornecem informações requeridas pelos " +"clientes para estes poderem funcionar. Quando um servidor é instalado numa " +"máquina e o seu cliente numa máquina diferente, as próprias máquinas são " +"chamadas de servidor e cliente, por extensão do conceito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Os capítulos sobre os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de " +"equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> contêm informação básica sobre " +"a concepção do sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Com a instalação de um servidor principal, todos os serviços necessários a " +"uma rede de escola estão configurados e o sistema está pronto a ser usado. É " +"necessário apenas adicionar-lhe os utilizadores e as máquinas, via GOsa² – " +"uma interface de rede de fácil utilização – ou qualquer outro editor LDAP. " +"Também foi incluído no sistema um modo de arranque (boot) através da rede, " +"usando PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, pelo que após a " +"instalação inicial do servidor principal a partir de um CD, um disco Blu-ray " +"ou uma pen-USB, o sistema pode ser instalado em todas as outras máquinas, " +"incluindo «estações itinerantes» (as que podem ser levadas da rede da " +"escola, normalmente computadores portáteis), através da rede. Além disso, as " +"máquinas podem arrancar via PXE/iPXE como estações de trabalho sem disco ou " +"clientes dependentes (thin clients)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"O ambiente de trabalho pré-definido inclui várias aplicações educativas, " +"como o GeoGebra, o Kalzium, o KGeography, o GNU Solfege e o Scratch, sendo " +"que o sistema pode ser ampliado facilmente e quase infinitamente, por ser " +"parte do universo Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Alguma história e o porquê de dois nomes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</" +"ulink> é uma distribuição Linux criada pelo projeto Debian Edu. Enquanto " +"distribuição <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink> (Debian especializada), é um sub-projeto oficial <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Isto significa que o Skolelinux é uma versão do Debian composta de forma a " +"constituir um modelo pronto a usar de uma rede escolar completamente " +"configurada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"O projeto Skolelinux foi fundado em 2 de julho de 2001 na Noruega. Pela " +"mesma época, Raphaël Hertzog iniciou o Debian-Edu em França. Em 2003 os " +"projetos foram unificados, mas ambos os nomes permaneceram. \"Skole\" e " +"(Debian-)\"Education\" são apenas dois termos comuns nos respectivos países " +"– significando, respectivamente, Escola e Educação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Hoje o sistema está em uso em vários países por todo o mundo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arquitectura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Esta secção descreve a arquitectura de rede e os serviços de rede " +"disponibilizados nas instalações Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "A topologia da rede Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"A figura é um esboço da topologia de rede assumida como padrão. A " +"configuração predefinida de uma rede Skolelinux assume que existe um (e " +"apenas um) servidor principal, enquanto permite a inclusão tanto de estações " +"de trabalho normais quanto de servidores LTSP (com clientes dependentes e/ou " +"estações de trabalho sem disco associados). O número de estações de trabalho " +"pode ser tão grande ou tão pequeno quanto se quiser (desde nenhuma). O mesmo " +"vale para os servidores LTSP, estando cada um deles numa rede separada " +"(redes por departamento, p. ex.) para que o tráfego entre os clientes e o " +"servidor LTSP não afecte os restantes serviços de rede. O LTSP é explicado " +"em detalhe no capítulo de <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> " +"respectivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"A razão para que só possa haver um servidor principal em cada rede escolar é " +"que o servidor principal permite a configuração dinâmica de hospedeiros, " +"através do protocolo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), e em cada " +"rede só pode haver um sistema a fazê-lo. No entanto, é possível transferir a " +"execução de serviços de rede do servidor principal para outras máquinas. " +"Para o fazer, é necessário configurar a execução do serviço noutra máquina " +"e, de seguida, actualizar a configuração do DNS, apontando o identificador " +"(\"alias\") DNS desse serviço para a dita máquina." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Para simplificar a configuração padrão do Skolelinux, a ligação à Internet é " +"feita através de um encaminhador (router) separado, também chamado conversor " +"(gateway). Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Encaminhador de Internet</link> para informação sobre como " +"preparar um conversor, se não for possível configurar conforme necessário um " +"já existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "A configuração de rede predefinida" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"O DHCP no servidor principal serve a rede 10.0.0.0/8, disponibilizando um " +"menu de arranque PXE com as opções de instalar um novo servidor ou uma nova " +"estação de trabalho, fazer arrancar um cliente dependente ou uma estação de " +"trabalho sem disco, executar o memtest (teste do(s) módulo(s)) de memória, " +"ou arrancar a partir do disco rígido local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mas isto pode ser modificado; para mais informação, ver o capítulo de <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">instruções</link> respectivo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"Nos servidores LTSP, o que o DHCP faz é apenas servir uma rede dedicada (sub-" +"rede) na segunda interface (as opções 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 estão " +"pré-configuradas), o que raramente necessita de ser alterado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "A configuração de todas as sub-redes é guardada no LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Uma rede Skolelinux precisa de um servidor principal (nome de hospedeiro " +"«tjener», termo norueguês que significa «servidor») que por predefinição tem " +"o endereço IP 10.0.2.2 e é instalado seleccionando o perfil Servidor " +"Principal. É possível (mas não necessário) seleccionar e instalar na mesma " +"máquina também os perfis Servidor LTSP e Estação de Trabalho, além do perfil " +"Servidor Principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Serviços executados no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Com excepção do controlo dos clientes dependentes, todos os serviços de rede " +"são inicialmente configurados num computador central (o servidor principal). " +"Por razões de desempenho, o(s) servidor(es) LTSP deve(m) ser separado(s) " +"(embora seja possível instalar os perfis de servidor principal e de servidor " +"LTSP no mesmo computador). É atribuído a todos os serviços um nome DNS " +"específico e todos funcionam exclusivamente em IPv4. O nome DNS atribuído " +"facilita a transferência de serviços individuais do servidor principal para " +"um computador diferente. Basta parar o serviço no servidor principal e " +"alterar a configuração DNS, apontando para a nova localização da execução do " +"serviço (que deve primeiro ser configurada no computador de destino, " +"evidentemente)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir a segurança, são encriptadas todas as ligações em que as " +"senhas são transmitidas pela rede, de modo que nenhuma senha é enviada pela " +"rede como texto em claro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Abaixo está uma tabela dos serviços que são configurados por predefinição " +"numa rede Skolelinux e o nome DNS de cada serviço. Se for possível, todos os " +"ficheiros de configuração irão referir-se ao serviço pelo nome (sem o nome " +"de domínio), facilitando assim às escolas a mudança de domínio (se tiverem " +"um domínio DNS próprio) ou dos endereços IP que utilizam." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabela de serviços</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descrição do serviço</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Designação comum</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nome DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Registo de eventos centralizado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Serviço de nome de domínio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domínio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configuração de rede automática das máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronização do Relógio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Directórios de utilizador via Network File System" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Central de correio electrónico" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Serviço de directório" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administração de utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Servidor de web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Central de cópias de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Cache de web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Impressão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Acesso remoto seguro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração automática" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Vigilância de máquinas e serviços com comunicação de erros, assim como " +"estado e histórico na web. Comunicação de erros por correio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga e Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "resumo do sítio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Os ficheiros de cada utilizador são guardados nos respectivos directórios de " +"utilizador (pastas pessoais), que são disponibilizados pelo servidor. Os " +"directórios de utilizador são acedíveis a partir de todas as máquinas, dando " +"aos utilizadores acesso aos mesmos ficheiros (aos seus ficheiros), qualquer " +"que seja a máquina que utilizem. O servidor é neutro relativamente a " +"sistemas operativos, proporcionando acesso via NFS a clientes do tipo Unix e " +"via SMB2/SMB3 a outros clientes (Windows, MacOS, etc.)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o correio é configurado para entrega local apenas (ou " +"seja, na rede da escola), embora possa ser configurado o envio de correio " +"pela Internet, se a escola tiver uma ligação permanente à Internet. Os " +"clientes são configurados para entregar correio ao servidor (usando " +"'smarthost'), acedendo os utilizadores <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">ao seu correio</link> através de IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Todos os serviços são acedíveis usando o mesmo nome de utilizador e " +"respectiva senha, graças à base de dados central de utilizadores para a " +"autenticação e autorização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Para aumentar o desempenho em sítios visitados com frequência, é usado um " +"intermediário (proxy) de web (o Squid), que guarda ficheiros na cache local. " +"Além de bloquear o tráfego web no roteador, isto também permite controlar o " +"acesso individual das máquinas à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"A configuração da ligação à rede nos clientes é feita automaticamente, " +"usando o DHCP. Todos os tipos de clientes podem ser ligados à sub-rede " +"privada 10.0.0.0/8, obtendo endereços IP correspondentes; os clientes LTSP " +"devem ser ligados ao servidor LTSP correspondente através da sub-rede " +"separada 192.168.0.0/24 (isto garante que o tráfego de rede dos clientes " +"LTSP não interfere com o resto dos serviços de rede)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"O registo de eventos centralizado é configurado de forma a que todas as " +"máquinas enviem as suas mensagens syslog para o servidor. O serviço syslog é " +"configurado de forma a apenas aceitar mensagens recebidas da rede local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o servidor DNS é configurado com um domínio para uso " +"interno apenas (*.intern); posteriormente pode ser configurado um domínio " +"DNS real (\"externo\"). É configurado como servidor DNS de cache, para que " +"todas as máquinas da rede o possam utilizar como servidor DNS principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Alunos e professores podem publicar sítios web. O servidor web disponibiliza " +"mecanismos para autenticar utilizadores e para limitar a certos utilizadores " +"e grupos o acesso a páginas e sub-directórios individuais. Os utilizadores " +"podem criar páginas web dinâmicas, já que o servidor de web é programável no " +"lado do servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"A informação sobre utilizadores e máquinas é alterada num local central e é " +"automaticamente tornada acessível a todos os computadores da rede. Para " +"conseguir isso, é configurado um servidor de directório centralizado. O " +"directório terá informação sobre os utilizadores, grupos de utilizadores, " +"máquinas e grupos de máquinas. Para evitar a confusão dos utilizadores, não " +"haverá qualquer diferença entre grupos de ficheiros e grupos de rede. Isto " +"implica que os grupos de computadores que irão formar grupos de rede " +"utilizarão o mesmo espaço de nomes que os grupos de utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"A administração dos serviços e dos utilizadores é feita principalmente " +"através da web e segue padrões estabelecidos, funcionando bem nos " +"navegadores web que fazem parte do Skolelinux. Através dos sistemas de " +"administração, é possível a delegação de certas tarefas em utilizadores " +"individuais ou grupos de utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar certos problemas com o NFS e para tornar a resolução dos " +"problemas mais simples, os computadores necessitam de relógios sincronizados " +"entre si. Para conseguir a sincronização, o servidor Skolelinux é " +"configurado como servidor local de Network Time Protocol (NTP) e todas as " +"estações de trabalho e clientes são configurados para se sincronizarem com o " +"servidor. O servidor, por seu lado, deve sincronizar o seu relógio com " +"computadores na Internet através do NTP, garantindo assim que toda a rede " +"tenha a hora correcta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"As impressoras são ligadas onde for conveniente, seja directamente na rede " +"principal, seja a um servidor, estação de trabalho ou servidor LTSP. O " +"acesso às impressoras pode ser gerido para utilizadores individuais de " +"acordo com os grupos a que pertencem; isto é conseguido através da " +"utilização de quotas e controlo de acesso a impressoras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Servidor(es) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Uma rede Skolelinux pode ter muitos servidores LTSP; são instalados " +"seleccionando o perfil Servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Os servidores LTSP são configurados para receberem o syslog de clientes " +"dependentes e de estações de trabalho e encaminharem essas mensagens para o " +"destinatário central do syslog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Notar que:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"As Estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP usam os programas instalados no " +"servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de ficheiros raiz do cliente é disponibilizado através do NFS. " +"Após cada modificação no servidor LTSP a imagem respectiva tem de ser gerada " +"novamente; executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Clientes dependentes (thin clients)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração 'cliente dependente' permite que PCs comuns funcionem como " +"terminais (do X). Isto significa que a máquina arranca directamente do " +"servidor LTSP, usando o PXE – não usando o disco rígido do computador " +"cliente, portanto. A configuração de clientes dependentes é feita pelo X2Go, " +"pois o LTSP deixou de ter essa funcionalidade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes são uma boa maneira de ainda ser feito uso de " +"computadores muito antigos (a maioria de 32 bits), pois eles executam " +"eficazmente todos os programas no servidor LTSP. Isto funciona da seguinte " +"forma: o serviço usa o DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) para se " +"ligar à rede e o TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) para arrancar a " +"partir da rede; em seguida, é montado o sistema de ficheiros a partir do " +"servidor LTSP utilizando o NFS; finalmente, é iniciado o cliente X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Estações de trabalho sem disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Uma estação de trabalho sem disco executa todo o software no próprio " +"computador, apesar de não ter um sistema operativo instalado. Isto significa " +"que as máquinas cliente arrancam via PXE, sem executarem software instalado " +"num disco rígido próprio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de ser utilizado " +"equipamento potente com o mesmo baixo custo de manutenção dos clientes " +"dependentes. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor, sem a " +"necessidade de software instalado localmente nos clientes. As pastas " +"pessoais (directórios de utilizador) e as configurações do sistema também " +"são guardadas no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Clientes em rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"O termo \"clientes em rede\" é usado neste manual para se referir tanto a " +"clientes dependentes como a estações de trabalho sem disco, assim como a " +"computadores com sistemas operativos MacOS ou Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administração" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Todas as máquinas Linux cujos sistemas operativos sejam instalados com o " +"instalador do Skolelinux são administráveis a partir de um computador " +"central, muito provavelmente o servidor. Será possível aceder a todas via " +"SSH e assim ter acesso total às máquinas. É necessário executar primeiro " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput>, como root, para obter um TGT (ticket-" +"granting ticket) do Kerberos (protocolo de autenticação)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Toda a informação dos utilizadores é mantida num directório LDAP. As " +"actualizações das contas de utilizador são feitas nesta base de dados, que é " +"utilizada pelos clientes para autenticação do utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Presentemente existem dois tipos de imagens ISO de instalação: netinst e BD " +"(Blue-ray Disc). Ambas as imagens podem também arrancar directamente a " +"partir de unidades USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"O objetivo é ser possível instalar o sistema num computador como servidor, " +"usando qualquer tipo de suporte, e, a partir do servidor, com arranque pela " +"rede, instalar o sistema em todos os outros computadores (clientes) através " +"da rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Apenas a imagem netinstall necessita de acesso à Internet durante a " +"instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"A instalação não deve requerer introdução de informação, com exceção da " +"escolha do idioma desejado, da localização, do teclado (disposição) e do " +"perfil do computador (Servidor principal, Estação de trabalho, Servidor " +"LTSP, ...). Todas as outras definições são estabelecidas automaticamente com " +"valores aceitáveis, para serem alteradas a partir de uma localização central " +"pelo administrador do sistema, após a instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de acesso ao sistema de ficheiros" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"A cada conta de utilizador do Skolelinux é atribuída uma secção do sistema " +"de ficheiros no servidor de ficheiros. Esta secção (directório do " +"utilizador / pasta pessoal) contém os ficheiros de configuração, os " +"documentos, o correio e as páginas web do utilizador. Alguns dos ficheiros " +"devem ser configurados para darem acesso de leitura a outros utilizadores no " +"sistema, alguns a todos na Internet e alguns não devem dar acesso de leitura " +"a ninguém, exceto ao próprio utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que todos os discos usados para directórios de utilizador ou " +"directórios partilhados possam ser identificados de forma única em todos os " +"computadores da instalação, os discos podem ser montados como " +"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. É criado " +"inicialmente um directório no servidor de ficheiros, <computeroutput>/skole/" +"tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, no qual são criadas todas as contas de " +"utilizador. Posteriormente, quando necessário, podem ser criados mais " +"directórios para acomodar determinados grupos de utilizadores ou " +"determinados padrões de uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Para permitir o acesso partilhado a ficheiros que usem o sistema normal de " +"permissões UNIX, é necessário que os utilizadores, além de estarem no grupo " +"pessoal primário a que pertencem por predefinição, estejam também em grupos " +"partilhados suplementares (p. ex. \"alunos\"). Se os utilizadores tiverem " +"uma máscara apropriada (umask 002 ou 007) para tornar os itens recém-criados " +"acessíveis a grupos e se os directórios em que eles estiverem a trabalhar " +"estiverem configurados (com o setgid) para fazer com que os ficheiros " +"assumam correctamente a detenção pelo grupo, o resultado é a partilha " +"controlada de ficheiros entre os membros de um grupo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"As definições iniciais de acesso a ficheiros recém-criados são uma questão " +"de opção. A máscara (umask) predefinida do Debian é 022 (que não permite " +"acesso de grupo como descrito acima), mas o Debian Edu usa a 002 como " +"predefinição – significando que os ficheiros são criados com acesso de " +"leitura para todos os utilizadores, o qual pode ser removido posteriormente " +"por uma acção explícita do criador do ficheiro. Isto pode ser alterado " +"(editando <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) para " +"uma máscara 007 – significando que o acesso de leitura dos ficheiros é " +"inicialmente vedado, necessitando de uma acção do utilizador para os tornar " +"acessíveis. A primeira abordagem encoraja a partilha de conhecimento e torna " +"o colectivo mais transparente, enquanto que a segunda diminui o risco de " +"disseminação indesejada de informação sensível. O problema com a primeira " +"opção é que não é claro para os utilizadores que o material que criam fica " +"acessível a todos os outros utilizadores. Só o conseguem perceber " +"consultando os directórios dos outros utilizadores e vendo que os seus " +"ficheiros podem ser lidos. O problema com a segunda opção é que " +"provavelmente poucas pessoas tornarão os seus ficheiros acessíveis a outros, " +"mesmo que não contenham informação sensível e o conteúdo seja útil para " +"utilizadores interessados, que querem perceber como outros resolveram " +"problemas específicos (normalmente problemas de configuração)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Há várias possibilidades de estruturação de sistemas Skolelinux. Desde a " +"instalação apenas num PC autónomo, até à instalação em muitas escolas " +"geridas de forma centralizada, como solução regional. Contudo, esta " +"flexibilidade implica uma enorme diferença entre opções no que respeita à " +"configuração dos componentes de rede, servidores e máquinas clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos de equipamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"As finalidades dos diferentes perfis são explicadas no capítulo sobre a " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se houver a intenção de usar o LTSP, ver a <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">página wiki de " +"requisitos de equipamento para LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu / Skolelinux pode ser instalado em computadores com " +"processadores x86 de 32 bit (arquitectura Debian 'i386', para processadores " +"686 e superiores) ou de 64 bit (arquitectura Debian 'amd64')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"É possível usar clientes dependentes com apenas 256 MiB de RAM e 400 MHz de " +"frequência, embora seja recomendado o uso de mais RAM e processadores mais " +"rápidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Para estações de trabalho, estações de trabalho sem disco e computadores " +"independentes, 1024 MiB de RAM e 1500 MHz de frequência são os requisitos " +"mínimos absolutos. Para utilizar navegadores web modernos e o LibreOffice é " +"recomendado pelo menos 2048 MiB de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "O espaço em disco mínimo necessário depende do perfil a instalar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"servidor principal combinado + servidor LTSP + estação de trabalho (se for " +"pretendido ter uma interface gráfica no servidor): 60 GiB (mais espaço " +"adicional para contas de utilizador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "servidor LTSP: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "estação de trabalho ou computador independente: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "instalação mínima de máquina em rede: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Os servidores LTSP precisam de duas placas de rede ao utilizarem a " +"arquitectura de rede predefinida:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "a eth0 está ligada à rede principal (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "a eth1 é usada para servir clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Os computadores portáteis são estações de trabalho móveis, por isso têm os " +"mesmos requisitos que as estações de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Computadores identificados como compatíveis com o sistema" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Está disponível uma lista de computadores testados em <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Esta lista está longe de ser " +"completa." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"A informação em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> " +"é um esforço para documentar a forma de instalar, configurar e usar o Debian " +"em alguns computadores específicos, permitindo a potenciais compradores " +"saberem se os computadores que pretendem são compatíveis com o Debian e aos " +"detentores de computadores listados saberem como obter o máximo rendimento " +"dos seus equipamentos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Requisitos para montar uma rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Configuração predefinida" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Quando for usada a arquitectura de rede predefinida, aplicam-se as seguintes " +"regras:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "É necessário um, e apenas um, servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Pode haver centenas de estações de trabalho na rede principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver muitos servidores LTSP na rede principal; estão pré-configuradas " +"duas sub-redes diferentes (DNS e DHCP) no LDAP e podem ser adicionadas mais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver centenas de clientes dependentes e/ou estações de trabalho sem " +"disco em cada rede de servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver centenas de outras máquinas, sendo-lhes atribuídos endereços IP " +"dinâmicos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Para acesso à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um conversor " +"(gateway) (ver abaixo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Encaminhador (router) de Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Para ligação à Internet é necessário um encaminhador (router) ou um " +"conversor (gateway) ligado à Internet na interface externa e usando o " +"endereço IP 10.0.0.1 com a máscara de rede 255.0.0.0 na interface interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"O encaminhador não deve usar um servidor DHCP; pode usar um servidor DNS, " +"embora isso não seja necessário, pois não será utilizado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Caso não haja nenhum encaminhador disponível ou o encaminhador existente não " +"possa ser configurado adequadamente, qualquer máquina que satisfaça os " +"requisitos para uma instalação Debian mínima e que tenha pelo menos duas " +"placas de rede pode ser transformada num conversor entre a rede existente e " +"a do Debian Edu. Consultar a <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">documentação de instalação</" +"link> para informação sobre uma forma simples de instalar e configurar uma " +"máquina Debian usando <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se for necessário algo para ser usado como encaminhador ou ponto de acesso " +"incorporado, recomenda-se o uso do firmware <ulink url=\"https://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, embora o firmware original do equipamento " +"também possa ser usado, evidentemente. Usar o firmware original é mais " +"fácil, mas usar o OpenWRT dá mais opções e mais controlo. Consultar as " +"páginas web do OpenWRT para ver uma lista de <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">equipamento compatível</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"É possível usar uma configuração de rede diferente (há um <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedimento " +"documentado</ulink> para tal), mas se a infra-estrutura de rede existente " +"não o exigir, recomenda-se que essa possibilidade não seja considerada e que " +"seja usada a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura de rede</link> " +"predefinida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Opções de instalação e de obtenção de imagens de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Onde encontrar informação adicional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se que sejam lidas as <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"trixie/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento do Debian Trixie</ulink> antes de " +"começar a instalação dum sistema. Há mais informação sobre o Debian Trixie " +"no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu/Skolelinux está pronto a funcionar, pelo que pode ser " +"facilmente experimentado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"É recomendado, no entanto, que sejam lidos os capítulos sobre os <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de equipamento e de rede</link> e sobre " +"a <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arquitectura</link> antes de começar a " +"instalação dum servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Deve também ser lido o capítulo <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros " +"Passos</link>, deste manual, pois nele se explica como aceder ao sistema " +"pela primeira vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Descarregar a imagem de instalação do Debian Edu 13 Nome de código trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 ou i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> são os nomes de duas arquiteturas Debian para CPUs x86; " +"ambas são ou foram produzidas pela AMD, Intel e outros fabricantes. A " +"arquitetura <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> é de 64 bits e a " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> é de 32 bits. Hoje em dia, as " +"instalações devem ser feitas usando <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " +"A arquitetura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> deve ser usada apenas " +"para computadores muito antigos. Debian Edu 12 Nome de código bookworm foi a " +"última versão a fornecer a arquitetura <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagem iso de instalação por rede para amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"A imagem iso netinst pode ser usada para instalação a partir de CD/DVD e " +"unidades USB flash e está disponível para a arquitetura Debian amd64. Como o " +"nome indica, para a instalação é necessário acesso à Internet ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Esta imagem está disponível para descarga a partir de:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagem iso BD para amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Esta imagem ISO tem aproximadamente 17 GB de tamanho e pode ser usada para " +"instalação em máquinas amd64, também sem acesso à Internet. Como a imagem " +"netinst, esta imagem pode ser usada em unidades USB flash ou em discos de " +"tamanho suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verificação de integridade dos ficheiros de imagem transferidos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Instruções detalhadas para verificação e uso destas imagens constam das " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/index.pt.html#verify\">P&R do " +"CD Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Origens das imagens" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"As imagens estão disponíveis no arquivo Debian nos locais habituais; há " +"vários meios ligados a <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalar o Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Ao fazer uma instalação do Debian Edu, há algumas escolhas a fazer. Mas não " +"são muitas. Foi feito um bom trabalho de ocultação para o utilizador das " +"complexidades internas do Debian, quer durante a instalação quer no uso do " +"sistema. De qualquer modo, porque o Debian Edu é essencialmente um sistema " +"Debian, é possivel usar no Debian Edu os mais de 59 000 pacotes do Debian e " +"milhares de opções de configuração. Além disso, as predefinições são " +"adequadas para a maioria dos utilizadores. NOTA: se for para usar o LTSP, " +"deve ser escolhido um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Cenários de instalação do servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de rede escolar ou doméstica com acesso à Internet através de um " +"encaminhador com DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"A instalação de um servidor principal é possível, mas após reiniciar não " +"haverá acesso à Internet (devido ao IP 10.0.2.2/8 da interface de rede " +"primária)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver o capítulo <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Encaminhador " +"(router) de Internet</link> para informação de ligação e configuração de um " +"conversor (gateway), se não for possível configurar um já em uso." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ligar todos os componentes como mostrado no capítulo sobre a <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">arquitectura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"O servidor principal deve ter ligação à Internet quando iniciado pela " +"primeira vez no ambiente correcto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de rede escolar ou institucional, semelhante à mencionada acima, mas " +"requerendo o uso de um intermediário (proxy)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar 'debian-edu-expert' à linha de comando do núcleo (kernel); ver " +"mais abaixo instruções de como fazer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Devem ser atendidas algumas solicitações adicionais, incluindo a relacionada " +"com o servidor intermediário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Rede com encaminhador/conversor IP 10.0.0.1/8 (que não tem servidor DHCP) e " +"acesso à Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Quando a configuração automática da rede falhar (devido à falta do DHCP), " +"escolher a configuração manual da rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.2.2/8 como IP do hospedeiro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Introduzir 10.0.0.1 como IP do conversor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Introduzir 8.8.8.8 como IP do servidor de nomes, a menos que outro se aplique" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "" +"O servidor principal deve funcionar de imediato após o primeiro arranque." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Sem ligação à Internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Usar a imagem ISO de BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Confirmar que todos os cabos de rede (reais/virtuais) estão desligados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'Não configurar a rede neste momento' (depois de o DHCP não ter " +"configurado a rede e de ter sido pressionado 'Continuar')." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Atualiza o sistema assim que arrancado a primeira vez no ambiente correto " +"com acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Ambientes de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Estão disponíveis vários ambientes de trabalho:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"O Xfce é ligeiramente mais pesado do que o LXDE, mas tem um bom suporte " +"linguístico (106 idiomas)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"O KDE e o GNOME têm ambos um bom suporte linguístico, mas são demasiado " +"pesados, tanto para os computadores mais antigos como para os clientes LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "O Cinnamon é uma alternativa mais ligeira ao GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"O MATE é mais ligeiro do que os três acima, mas não possui um bom suporte " +"linguístico para vários idiomas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "O LXDE é o mais ligeiro e está disponível em 35 idiomas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"O LXQt é um ambiente de trabalho ligeiro (tem disponibilidade de idiomas " +"semelhante ao LXDE) com um aspecto mais moderno (é baseado em Qt, tal como o " +"KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu, sendo um projeto internacional, optou pelo Xfce como ambiente " +"de trabalho predefinido; ver abaixo como definir um ambiente diferente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalação modular" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Ao instalar um sistema com perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis> " +"incluído, são instalados muitos programas relacionados com a educação. Para " +"instalar apenas o perfil básico, remover o parâmetro de linha de comando " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> do núcleo (kernel) antes de iniciar a " +"instalação; ver abaixo como isto é feito. Isto permite instalar um sistema " +"específico para cada caso e pode ser usado para acelerar instalações de " +"teste." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Havendo a intenção de posteriormente instalar um ambiente de trabalho, " +"não usar os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, como, por exemplo, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> porque eles iriam trazer consigo todos os programas relacionados com " +"educação; em vez disso, instalar, por exemplo, o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Pode ser instalado um ou mais dos novos meta-pacotes relacionados com o " +"nível escolar <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>, conforme o caso em concreto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre os meta-pacotes Debian Edu, ver a página <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Visão geral dos pacotes Debian " +"Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Tipos e opções de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de arranque do instalador em equipamento de 64 bits - modo " +"BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Menu de arranque do instalador de 64 bits (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install / Instalação gráfica</" +"emphasis> utiliza o instalador construído em GTK, que permite a utilização " +"do rato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install / Instalar</emphasis> utiliza o instalador " +"em modo de texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options / Opções avançadas ></" +"emphasis> apresenta um submenu com mais opções." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Help / Ajuda</emphasis> dá algumas dicas sobre " +"como usar o instalador; ver a captura de ecrã abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Opções avançadas de instalação de 64-bit, ecrã 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back.. / Voltar atrás..</emphasis> traz de volta o " +"menu principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install / Instalação gráfica " +"especializada</emphasis> apresenta todas as possibilidades de configuração; " +"pode ser usado o rato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode / Modo gráfico de " +"recuperação</emphasis> faz com que o disco de instalação seja usado como " +"disco de recuperação, se surgirem problemas graves." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install / Instalação gráfica " +"automatizada</emphasis> precisa de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install / Instalação especializada</" +"emphasis> apresenta todas as possiblidades de configuração em modo de texto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"O <emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode / Modo de recuperação</emphasis> em " +"modo de texto faz com que o disco de instalação seja usado como disco de " +"recuperação, se emergirem problemas graves." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"A <emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install / Instalação automatizada</" +"emphasis> em modo de texto precisa de um ficheiro de pré-configuração." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Não usar a <computeroutput>Instalação gráfica especializada</computeroutput> " +"ou <computeroutput>Instalação especializada</computeroutput>; em casos " +"excepcionais usar antes <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> " +"como parâmetro adicional do núcleo (kernel)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Ecrã de Ajuda</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Ecrã de ajuda do instalador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Este ecrã de Ajuda é auto-explicativo e activa as teclas <F>- no " +"teclado, para ajuda mais detalhada sobre os tópicos descritos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Menu de arranque do instalador em equipamento de 64 bits - modo " +"UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Menu de arranque do instalador de 64 bits (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Adicionar ou alterar parâmetros de arranque para instalações</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Em ambos os casos, as opções de arranque podem ser editadas pressionando a " +"tecla <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> ou <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> no menu de arranque; as capturas de ecrã " +"mostram a linha de comando para a <emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalação " +"gráfica</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando (modo BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Editar opções de linha de comando (modo UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser usado um serviço de intermediário (proxy) HTTP existente na rede " +"para agilizar a instalação do perfil do <emphasis>Servidor Principal</" +"emphasis> a partir do CD. Adicionar p. ex. <computeroutput>mirror/http/" +"proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> como parâmetro de arranque " +"adicional." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Se já foi instalado o perfil do <emphasis>Servidor Principal</emphasis> numa " +"máquina, as instalações seguintes devem ser feitas via PXE, que vai usar " +"automaticamente o intermediário do servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> em vez do ambiente de trabalho predefinido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, substituir <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> por <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> no parâmetro " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"E para instalar o ambiente de trabalho <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis>, usar <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Processo de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Ter presente os <link linkend=\"Requirements\">requisitos de sistema</link>; " +"para configurar um servidor LTSP são necessárias pelo menos duas placas de " +"rede (NICs)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Escolher um idioma (a usar na instalação e no sistema instalado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Escolher uma localização; normalmente deve corresponder à localidade onde se " +"estiver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Escolher um esquema de teclado (o predefinido para o país geralmente é " +"adequado)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Escolher o(s) perfil(s):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Este é o servidor principal (tjener) da escola, que disponibiliza todos os " +"serviços pré-configurados para funcionarem de imediato. Deve ser instalado " +"apenas um servidor principal por escola! Este perfil não inclui uma " +"interface gráfica de utilizador. Para uso duma interface gráfica de " +"utilizador, além deste perfil deve ser seleccionado também um dos perfis " +"Estação de trabalho ou Servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"É um computador de rede que arranca a partir do próprio disco rígido e " +"executa todos os programas e gere localmente os dispositivos acoplados, como " +"um computador comum independente, à excepção dos acessos dos utilizadores, " +"que são autenticados pelo servidor principal, onde estão localizados os " +"ficheiros dos utilizadores e o perfil do ambiente de trabalho de cada " +"utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho itinerante</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"O mesmo que uma estação de trabalho, mas capaz de autenticação usando " +"credenciais em cache, o que significa que o computador pode ser usado fora " +"da rede escolar. Os ficheiros e perfis dos utilizadores são guardados no " +"disco local. Para portáteis de utilizador único deve ser seleccionado este " +"perfil e não 'Estação de trabalho' ou 'Independente', ao contrário do que " +"era sugerido em versões anteriores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Um servidor de clientes dependentes (e de estações de trabalho sem disco) é " +"chamado de servidor LTSP (Linux Terminal Server Project). É a partir deste " +"servidor que os clientes sem disco rígido (clientes do servidor de janelas X " +"ou, abreviadamente, terminais do X) arrancam e executam os programas. Este " +"computador precisa de duas interfaces de rede, muita memória e, idealmente, " +"mais do que um processador ou mais do que um núcleo (core). Ver o capítulo " +"sobre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link> para mais " +"informação sobre este assunto. A escolha deste perfil activa também o perfil " +"Estação de trabalho (mesmo que não esteja seleccionado) – um servidor LTSP " +"pode sempre ser usado também como estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Independente</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"O computador comum, que funciona sem estar ligado a um servidor (ou seja, " +"não precisa de estar na rede). Inclui os computadores portáteis." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Mínimo</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Este perfil instala os pacotes base e configura a máquina para se integrar " +"na rede Debian Edu, mas sem instalar quaisquer serviços ou aplicações. É " +"útil como plataforma para serviços específicos transferidos manualmente do " +"servidor principal para outro computador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Caso os utilizadores normais devam poder usar alguma sistema instalado com " +"tal perfil, o mesmo tem de ser adicionado através do GOsa² (de forma " +"semelhante a uma estação de trabalho) e tem de ser instalado o pacote libpam-" +"krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Os perfis <emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Estação de Trabalho</emphasis> e <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis> estão pré-seleccionados. Estes " +"perfis podem ser instalados em conjunto numa máquina para constituir um " +"servidor principal chamado <emphasis>combinado</emphasis>. Isto significa " +"que o servidor principal será também um servidor LTSP e poderá ser usado " +"como estação de trabalho. Esta é a escolha predefinida, já que se assume que " +"esta será a opção escolhida na maioria dos casos. Notar que, para ficarem " +"funcionais, as máquinas destinadas a servidor principal combinado e a " +"servidores LTSP têm que ter duas placas de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Escolher «sim» ou «não» quanto ao particionamento automático. Ter presente " +"que escolher «sim» destruirá todos os dados nos discos rígidos! Escolher " +"«não», por outro lado, exigirá mais trabalho – é necessário confirmar que as " +"partições necessárias existem (se não, têm de ser criadas) e são de tamanho " +"suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Solicita-se a opção pelo «sim» ao envio de informação para <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, para permitir à equipa do Debian Edu " +"saber que pacotes são mais usados e devem ser mantidos em futuros " +"lançamentos. Embora não seja obrigatório, é uma forma simples de ajudar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Aguardar. Se os perfis seleccionados incluírem o servidor LTSP, o instalador " +"irá demorar algum tempo no final, quando aparecer a mensagem «A finalizar a " +"instalação - a executar o debian-edu-profile-udeb...»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Após a introdução da senha de root (administrador do computador, e não da " +"rede), será solicitada a criação duma conta de utilizador normal (do " +"computador) «para tarefas não-administrativas». No Debian Edu esta conta é " +"muito importante: é esta a conta usada para a gestão da rede Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"A senha para este utilizador <emphasis role=\"strong\">tem</emphasis> de ter " +"comprimento <emphasis role=\"strong\">mínimo de 5 caracteres</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">deve ser diferente</emphasis> do <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">nome de utilizador</emphasis> – caso contrário não será dado " +"acesso ao sistema (mesmo que uma senha mais curta e que uma senha " +"correspondente ao nome de utilizador sejam aceites pelo instalador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis> esperar " +"novamente após reiniciar. O sistema irá demorar algum tempo a gerar a imagem " +"SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"No caso dos servidores LTSP separados, a configuração das estações de " +"trabalho sem disco e/ou dos clientes dependentes precisa de alguns passos " +"adicionais a efectuar pelo operador. Para mais informação, ver o capítulo " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Instalar um conversor (gateway) usando o pacote debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"simplifica a configuração de uma porta de acesso a uma rede Debian Edu " +"através de um processo de configuração interativo onde a informação " +"necessária é obtida através de uma série de diálogos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para usar esta funcionalidade, deve ser efectuada uma instalação Debian " +"mínima. Garantir que é usado o instalador Debian normal, e não o instalador " +"do Debian Edu, pois o instalador do Debian Edu não é compatível com o " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"São esperadas mensagens de erro relativas à configuração, as quais podem ser " +"ignoradas por enquanto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Para o processo de configuração após a instalação do <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-router-config</computeroutput> é necessário acesso físico ao computador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"As interfaces de rede podem já estar ligadas às redes correspondentes, mas " +"não é obrigatório. No entanto, é necessário dar atenção a que interface será " +"ligada a que rede. Para obter mais informação sobre o equipamento (hardware) " +"da rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "pode ser usado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Remover a configuração das duas interfaces de rede a serem usadas de " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> ou os ficheiros em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> e desconfigurar " +"as duas interfaces usando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "O processo de configuração propriamente dito é iniciado com" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Seleccionando o método de configuração de uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Confirmação para configurar a uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Para o método de configuração da barreira (firewall) uif, escolher «debian-" +"edu-router». Confirmar a configuração da barreira para o Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permitir ping na uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Permitir traceroute na uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Decidir sobre responder ou não a pedidos de ping e traceroute. Na dúvida " +"responder «sim/yes» pois a informação pode ser útil para diagnóstico de " +"problemas de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Activar o encaminhamento de pacotes IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confirmar a activação do encaminhamento de pacotes IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Métodos de configuração de rede disponíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Seleccionar o método de configuração de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"A seguir, atribuir redes às interfaces de rede no encaminhador; escolher uma " +"das opções em função de a interface de rede já estar ligada ou ainda não." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Seleccionar a interface de uplink" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar a interface que está ligada à rede a montante (upstream) - a " +"primeira da lista." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Seleccionar redes internas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar uma rede interna; em caso de dúvida e sendo pretendida apenas " +"uma única rede interna, seleccionar \"Educação\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Activar o uso de VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Determinar se as VLANs devem ser usadas para redes internas; em caso de " +"dúvida, seleccionar «no/não»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Seleccionar versões IP compatíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Seleccionar «IPv4»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Seleccionar redes que requerem um endereço IP estático" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" +"Selecione \"Educação\" se seguir a sugestão de cima em redes internas, e " +"opcionalmente 'Uplink' também, mas apenas se a sua rede de origem requerer " +"um endereço IP estático." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Configurar um endereço IP estático para a rede interna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Definir <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> como o endereço IP " +"estático para a rede interna «Educação» se foi seguida a sugestão acima para " +"redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Activar NAT para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Activar NAT para a rede interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Activar acesso à Internet para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Activar o acesso à Internet para redes internas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Explicação da configuração de NAT inverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Configurar NAT inverso" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Se for pretendido expor quaisquer serviços internos à Internet, estes podem " +"ser configurados usando a sintaxe descrita. Notar que o acesso SSH ao " +"conversor pode ser configurado usando a caixa de diálogo que se segue." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Activar acesso SSH para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Decidir sobre as redes a partir das quais será permitido acesso SSH ao " +"conversor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurar o porto SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o porto SSH; deve ser <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> se a " +"configuração não tiver sido alterada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Activar o DHCP para redes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Não activar o DHCP para redes internas; será disponibilizado pelo servidor " +"principal do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Ligue as interfaces de rede, caso ainda não tenha sido feito, e reinicie a " +"máquina. Agora quando você iniciar sessão como root, vai ver o Menu do " +"Roteador do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configuração SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se o acesso SSH estiver activado, o conversor poderá ser reconfigurado " +"remotamente através do menu que aparece ao aceder como root. Pressionar " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> no menu principal faz mudar para o menu " +"de configuração; a partir deste a configuração pode ser alterada completa ou " +"parcialmente usando o mesmo método que foi usado para a configuração inicial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Notas sobre algumas especificidades" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Uma nota sobre computadores portáteis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"O mais provável é que o perfil escolhido seja «Estação de trabalho " +"itinerante / Roaming workstation» (ver acima). Ter presente que todos os " +"dados são guardados localmente, isto é, no próprio portátil (portanto é " +"necessário algum cuidado extra em fazer cópias de segurança) e as " +"credenciais de acesso são guardadas na cache (portanto, após uma alteração " +"da senha, o acesso pode ter de ser feito com a senha antiga se o computador " +"não tiver sido ligado à rede e feito o acesso com a nova senha)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de unidades USB flash (pen-USB) / " +"imagens de disco Blu-ray (BD)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Terminada a instalação a partir da pen-USB / imagem de disco Blu-ray, o " +"ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> conterá " +"apenas origens (repositórios origem) constantes nessa imagem. Se for " +"possível ligar o computador à Internet, sugere-se vivamente que sejam " +"acrescentadas as seguintes linhas ao ficheiro, para que as actualizações de " +"segurança disponíveis possam ser instaladas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Uma nota sobre instalações a partir de CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Uma instalação netinst (o tipo de instalação que o CD proporciona) irá " +"buscar alguns pacotes ao CD e o resto à rede. A quantidade de pacotes " +"transferidos da rede varia de perfil para perfil, mas fica abaixo de um " +"gigabyte (a menos que sejam instalados todos os ambientes de trabalho " +"possíveis). Uma vez instalado o servidor principal (seja um servidor " +"principal puro ou um servidor combinado), as instalações seguintes farão uso " +"do intermediário (proxy), evitando assim transferir da rede o mesmo pacote " +"várias vezes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"Instalação usando unidades USB flash em vez de discos CD / BD (Blu-ray)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"É possível copiar directamente uma imagem ISO de CD/BD para unidades USB " +"flash («pen-USB», «pen drive», etc.) e arrancar a partir delas. Para copiar, " +"executar um comando como este, simplesmente, alterando os nomes de ficheiro " +"e de dispositivo para o que for usado :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Para identificar o valor de X (em sdX), executar o comando seguinte antes e " +"depois de a unidade USB ter sido inserida (a informação estará na diferença):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "A cópia demorará algum tempo a ser efectuada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"A unidade USB funcionará como um CD ou como um disco Blu-ray, conforme a " +"imagem que for usada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Instalação e arranque através da rede via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Para este método de instalação é necessário um servidor principal em " +"execução. Quando os clientes arrancam através da rede, é exibido um menu do " +"iPXE com opções de selecção do instalador e de arranque. Se a instalação " +"através do PXE falhar e aparecer uma mensagem de erro a dizer que falta um " +"arquivo XXX.bin, muito provavelmente a placa de rede do cliente requer " +"firmware não-livre. Neste caso, o initrd do instalador do Debian tem de ser " +"modificado. Isso pode ser conseguido através da execução do comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "no servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Esta é a aparência do menu do iPXE apenas com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis> :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Menu iPXE sem entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Esta é a aparência do menu iPXE com o perfil <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Servidor LTSP</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Menu iPXE com entradas LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Esta configuração também permite que estações de trabalho sem disco e " +"clientes dependentes arranquem a partir da rede principal. Ao contrário das " +"estações de trabalho e servidores LTSP separados, as estações de trabalho " +"sem disco não precisam de ser adicionadas ao LDAP com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre clientes de rede no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modificar instalações PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE usa um ficheiro debian-installer pré-configurado, que pode " +"ser modificado para solicitar a instalação de mais pacotes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Tem que ser adicionada a <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> uma linha como a seguinte" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE usa o ficheiro pré-configurado (preseeding file) " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Este ficheiro pode ser alterado para ajustar a pré-configuração usada " +"durante a instalação, para evitar mais solicitações ao instalar pela rede. " +"Outra forma de conseguir isto é fornecer definições extra em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> e executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para actualizar os ficheiros gerados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação pode ser encontrada em <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual do Instalador do Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar ou alterar o uso do intermediário ao instalar via PXE, têm " +"que ser alteradas as linhas contendo <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> em " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput>. Para desactivar o uso de um intermediário ao instalar, " +"colocar '#' no início de cada uma das duas primeiras linhas e remover da " +"última a parte \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; " +"</computeroutput>\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Algumas definições não podem ser pré-configuradas, porque são necessárias " +"antes de o ficheiro de pré-configuração ser descarregado. O idioma, a " +"disposição do teclado e o ambiente de trabalho são exemplos de tais " +"definições. Para alterar as predefinições, editar o ficheiro do menu iPXE " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> no servidor " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Imagens personalizadas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Criar CDs, DVDs ou discos Blu-ray com sistemas personalizados pode ser " +"bastante fácil, uma vez que é usado o <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/\">Instalador do Debian</ulink>, o qual tem uma concepção " +"modular e outras características interessantes. A <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">pré-configuração</ulink> permite " +"definir as opções para as solicitações mais comuns." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"É apenas necessário criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração com as opções a " +"usar (isto é descrito no apêndice do manual do Instalador do Debian) e " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompor o " +"CD/DVD</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Sequência de capturas de ecrã" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"A instalação em modo de texto ou em modo gráfico é funcionalmente idêntica – " +"apenas a aparência é diferente. O modo gráfico permite utilizar o rato e, " +"claro, tem um aspecto muito mais apelativo e moderno. A menos que o " +"equipamento apresente problemas no uso do modo gráfico, não há razão para " +"não o usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Segue-se uma sequência de capturas de ecrã da instalação em modo gráfico de " +"um servidor principal de 64 bits + estação de trabalho + instalação do " +"servidor LTSP (em modo BIOS), incluindo também a sequência após o primeiro " +"arranque do servidor principal e de um arranque por PXE num computador " +"cliente da rede do servidor LTSP (ecrã de sessão de cliente dependente e " +"ecrã de acesso após ter sido escolhida uma sessão no painel à direita)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Seleccionar um idioma" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Seleccionar a localização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configurar o teclado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Detectar o equipamento de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configurar a rede manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configurar o endereço IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configurar o conversor (gateway)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configurar o servidor de nomes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Escolher o perfil do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Usar a ferramenta de particionamento automático: não" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Usar a ferramenta de particionamento automático: sim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Participar no inquérito de uso de pacotes: não" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Participar no inquérito de uso de pacotes: sim" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Definir a senha para o utilizador root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Introduzir o nome real do primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Introduzir o nome de utilizador para o primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Definir a senha para o primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalação concluída" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Interface de acesso Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Ambiente de trabalho Xfce mostrando uma janela de navegador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Imagem do Ambiente de trabalho Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Ecrã inicial de cliente dependente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Interface de acesso de cliente dependente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeiros passos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Passos mínimos a dar para começar a usar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Durante a instalação do servidor principal foi criada uma primeira conta de " +"utilizador. No texto seguinte esta conta será referida por «primeiro " +"utilizador». Esta conta é especial, pois as permissões do directório home " +"estão definidas como 700 (pelo que é necessário executar " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> para tornar acessíveis páginas " +"web pessoais), podendo o primeiro utilizador usar <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> para actuar como root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Ver a informação sobre a <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">configuração do acesso ao sistema de " +"ficheiros</link> específica do Debian Edu antes de adicionar utilizadores; " +"ajustar às normas da instituição, se necessário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Após a instalação, as primeiras coisas a fazer como primeiro utilizador são:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Aceder ao servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adicionar estações de trabalho com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"A adição de utilizadores e estações de trabalho está descrita abaixo, pelo " +"que este capítulo deve ser lido até ao fim. Cobre a execução correcta dos " +"passos mínimos, assim como outras acções que provavelmente terão de ser " +"executadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Há mais informação noutras partes deste manual: o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Trixie</link> deve ser lido " +"por quem estiver familiarizado com versões anteriores de Debian. No caso de " +"substituição de uma versão anterior do Debian Edu, é importante ler o " +"capítulo <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Atualizações</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Se o tráfego DNS genérico estiver bloqueado fora da rede e for necessário " +"usar algum servidor DNS específico para procurar hospedeiros (hosts) de " +"Internet, é necessário indicar ao servidor DNS o uso deste outro servidor " +"como seu «expedidor». Actualizar /etc/bind/named.conf.options especificando " +"o endereço IP do servidor DNS a usar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"O capítulo <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Instruções</link> contém mais dicas e " +"truques, assim como respostas a algumas perguntas frequentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Há vários serviços em execução no servidor principal que podem ser geridos " +"através de uma interface de gestão da web. Esses serviços são descritos " +"abaixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introdução ao GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de gestão baseada na Web que ajuda a gerir algumas " +"partes importantes da instalação Debian Edu. Com o GOsa² podem ser " +"executadas acções (adicionar, modificar ou eliminar) nestas áreas principais:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administração de Grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administração NIS de grupos de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administração de máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administração do DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administração do DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Para aceder ao GOsa² é necessário o servidor principal do Skolelinux e um " +"sistema (cliente) com um navegador web instalado, que pode ser o próprio " +"servidor principal se este tiver sido instalado como servidor combinado " +"(perfis Servidor Principal + Servidor LTSP + Estação de Trabalho)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Se foi instalado um perfil de <emphasis>Servidor Principal</emphasis> puro " +"(provavelmente por engano) e não está disponível um cliente com um navegador " +"da web, é fácil instalar um ambiente de trabalho mínimo no servidor " +"principal usando esta sequência de comandos num terminal (não-gráfico) como " +"primeiro utilizador (o utilizador criado durante a instalação do servidor " +"principal):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"A partir de um navegador da web, usar o URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/" +"> para aceder ao GOsa² e iniciar sessão como primeiro utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver a usar uma nova máquina Debian Edu Trixie, o certificado do sítio " +"será reconhecido pelo navegador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Caso contrário, aparecerá uma mensagem de erro sobre o certificado SSL estar " +"errado. Se o utilizador estiver seguro de que no momento é o único " +"utilizador na rede, basta-lhe permitir que o navegador aceite o certificado, " +"podendo ignorar o erro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Acesso ao GOsa² e Página inicial" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Página inicial do GOsa² após acesso como primeiro utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Quando o GOsa² é acedido, apresenta a página inicial." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Nesta página pode ser escolhida uma tarefa no menu ou clicado qualquer um " +"dos ícones de tarefa. Para a navegação, é recomendada a utilização do menu " +"do lado esquerdo do ecrã, uma vez que ficará visível em todas as páginas de " +"administração disponibilizadas pelo GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"No Debian Edu, a informação relativa a contas, grupos e sistemas é guardada " +"num directório LDAP. Estes dados são usados não apenas pelo servidor " +"principal, mas também pelas estações de trabalho (sem disco), servidores " +"LTSP e outras máquinas na rede. Com o LDAP, os dados das contas de alunos, " +"professores, etc. só têm de ser inseridos uma vez. Após a informação ter " +"sido fornecida ao LDAP, estará disponível em todos os sistemas em toda a " +"rede Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"O GOsa² é uma ferramenta de administração que usa o LDAP para guardar a sua " +"informação e disponibilizar uma estrutura hierarquizada em departamentos. A " +"cada «departamento» podem ser adicionadas contas de utilizador, grupos, " +"sistemas, grupos de rede, etc. Dependendo da estrutura da instituição, a " +"estrutura de departamentos no GOsa²/LDAP pode ser usada para transferir a " +"estrutura organizacional para a árvore de dados do LDAP do servidor " +"principal do Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Presentemente, uma instalação padrão do servidor principal Debian Edu inclui " +"dois «departamentos» (Professores e Alunos), mais o nível base da árvore " +"LDAP. As contas dos alunos devem ser adicionadas ao departamento «Alunos», " +"as dos professores ao departamento «Professores»; os sistemas (servidores, " +"estações de trabalho, impressoras, etc.) são presentemente adicionados ao " +"nível base. Mas esta estrutura pode ser alterada. (No capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruções / " +"Administração Avançada</link> deste manual encontra-se um exemplo de como " +"criar utilizadores em grupos por anos, com directórios home comuns para cada " +"grupo.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo das tarefas a efectuar (gerir utilizadores, gerir grupos, gerir " +"sistemas, etc.), a vista apresentada pelo GOsa² sobre o departamento " +"seleccionado (ou o nível base) difere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores através do GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, clicar em «Utilizadores» no menu de navegação à esquerda. O lado " +"direito do ecrã mudará, passando a mostrar uma tabela com pastas de " +"departamento para «Alunos» e «Professores» e a conta do Administrador do " +"GOsa² (o primeiro utilizador criado). Acima desta tabela há um campo chamado " +"<emphasis>Base</emphasis> que permite navegar através da estrutura em árvore " +"(mover o rato sobre essa área fará aparecer um menu suspenso) e seleccionar " +"uma pasta base para as operações pretendidas (por exemplo, adicionar um novo " +"utilizador)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Junto a esse item de navegação em árvore, está o menu «Acções». Mover o rato " +"sobre este item fará aparecer um sub-menu; no menu, seleccionar «Criar» e " +"depois «Utilizador». O assistente de criação de utilizadores guiará o " +"processo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"O mais importante a adicionar é o modelo (novo aluno ou novo professor) e o " +"nome real do utilizador (ver imagem)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Seguido os passos do assistente vê-se que o GOsa² gera automaticamente um " +"nome de utilizador com base no nome real introduzido. Para cada novo " +"utilizador, o GOsa² gera automaticamente um nome de utilizador que ainda não " +"exista, pelo que haver vários utilizadores com o mesmo nome real não causa " +"problemas. Notar, por outro lado, que o GOsa² pode gerar nomes de utilizador " +"inválidos se o nome real contiver caracteres não-ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Se o nome de utilizador gerado não for pretendido, pode ser selecionado " +"outro nome de utilizador sugerido na caixa suspensa; mas não há escolha " +"livre aqui no assistente. (Para editar o nome de utilizador proposto, abrir " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> com um editor e " +"adicionar <computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</" +"computeroutput> como uma opção adicional à \"definição de localização\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Quando o processo através do assistente chega ao fim, é apresentado o ecrã " +"do GOsa² para o uma nova entrada de utilizador. Utilizar os separadores no " +"topo para ver os campos já preenchidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter sido criado o utilizador (por enquanto não é necessário " +"preencher os campos que o assistente deixou vazios), clicar no botão «Ok» no " +"canto inferior direito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Como último passo, o GOsa² pede uma senha para o novo utilizador. Introduzir " +"duas vezes a senha escolhida e depois clicar em «Definir senha» no canto " +"inferior direito." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Alguns caracteres podem não ser permitidos como parte da senha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Se tudo correr bem, o novo utilizador aparecerá na tabela Lista de " +"utilizadores. Agora deve ser possível entrar com esse nome de utilizador em " +"qualquer máquina da rede que tenha o sistema Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Buscar, modificar e eliminar utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Caixa Filtro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar ou eliminar uma conta de utilizador, utilizar o GOsa² para " +"consultar a lista de utilizadores no sistema. No meio do ecrã pode ser " +"aberta a caixa «Filtro», uma ferramenta de pesquisa do GOsa². Se não for " +"conhecida a localização exata da conta de utilizador na árvore, mudar para o " +"nível base da árvore GOsa²/LDAP e procurar aí, marcando a opção «Procurar em " +"sub-árvores»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Ao utilizar a caixa «Filtro», os resultados aparecerão imediatamente no " +"centro do texto, na visualização da tabela Lista. Cada linha representa uma " +"conta de utilizador e os itens mais à direita em cada linha são pequenos " +"ícones que possibilitam as seguintes acções: editar utilizador, bloquear " +"conta, definir senha e remover utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá uma nova página onde poderá ser modificada directamente a " +"informação relativa ao utilizador, alterada a senha do utilizador e " +"modificada a lista de grupos aos quais o utilizador pertence." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Editar dados de utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Definir senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Os alunos podem alterar as suas senhas acedendo ao GOsa² com os seus nomes " +"de utilizador do Debian Edu. Para facilitar o acesso ao GOsa², no menu " +"Sistema (ou Definições do Sistema) da área de trabalho é disponibilizada uma " +"entrada chamada Gosa. A um aluno que tenha acedido ao GOsa² será apresentada " +"uma versão mínima deste sistema, que só permite o acesso aos dados da conta " +"do próprio aluno e à caixa de diálogo de definição de senha." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Os professores têm privilégios especiais no GOsa². Têm uma vista do GOsa² " +"mais completa e podem alterar as senhas de todas as contas dos alunos. Isto " +"pode ser muito útil durante as aulas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Para definir administrativamente uma nova senha para um utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "procurar o utilizador a ser modificado, como explicado acima" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"clicar no ícone 'chave', no final da linha em que é mostrado o nome de " +"utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "na página seguinte pode ser definida uma nova senha" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Definir senha de utilizador" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Atenção às implicações de segurança inerentes a " +"senhas fáceis de adivinhar!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Gestão avançada de utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Com o GOsa² é possível criar utilizadores em massa usando um ficheiro CSV, " +"que pode ser criado com qualquer bom software de folhas de cálculo (por " +"exemplo <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). No mínimo, devem ser " +"preenchidos os seguintes campos: uid (userID), apelido(s) (surName), " +"primeiro(s) nome(s) (givenName) e senha. Confirmar que não existem entradas " +"duplicadas na coluna uid. Notar que a verificação de duplicados deve incluir " +"as entradas uid já existentes no LDAP (que podem ser vistas executando " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> na linha de comando)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Estas são as directrizes de formato para o ficheiro CSV (o GOsa² é bastante " +"rígido relativamente às mesmas):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Usar \",\" como separador de campo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Não usar as aspas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"O ficheiro CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">não deve</emphasis> ter uma linha " +"de cabeçalho (do tipo que normalmente contém os nomes das colunas)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"A ordem dos campos não é relevante e pode ser definida no GOsa² durante a " +"importação em massa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Os passos da importação em massa são:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "clicar na ligação \"Gestor do LDAP\" no menu de navegação, à esquerda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "clicar no separador \"Importar\" no ecrã à direita" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"Procurar no disco local e seleccionar o ficheiro CSV com a lista de " +"utilizadores a serem importados" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"escolher um modelo de utilizador a ser usado durante a importação em massa " +"(p. ex. NovoProfessor ou NovoAluno)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "clicar no botão \"Importar\" no canto inferior direito" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"É boa prática fazer primeiro alguns testes, de preferência usando um " +"ficheiro CSV com alguns utilizadores fictícios, que possam depois ser " +"apagados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"O mesmo se aplica ao módulo de gestão de senhas, que permite redefinir " +"muitas senhas, usando um ficheiro CSV, ou gerar novamente novas senhas para " +"utilizadores pertencentes a uma sub-árvore especial do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Redefinir senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Adicionar utilizadores pela linha de comando" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"As contas de utilizador também podem ser adicionadas a partir da linha de " +"comando usando a ferramenta <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>; consultar as <link linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de " +"administração</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de Grupos através do GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "criar grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "lista grupos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "A gestão de grupos é muito semelhante à gestão de utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Podem ser introduzidos um nome e uma descrição por grupo. Ao criar um novo " +"grupo, confirmar que é escolhido o nível certo na árvore do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar utilizadores a um grupo recentemente criado leva de volta à lista " +"de utilizadores, onde provavelmente será útil usar a caixa de filtro para " +"encontrar utilizadores. Confirmar também o nível na árvore do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Os grupos inseridos na gestão de grupos são grupos normais unix, pelo que " +"também podem ser usados para gerir as permissões dos ficheiros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de Máquinas através do GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"A gestão de máquinas basicamente permite gerir todos os equipamentos na rede " +"Debian Edu. Cada máquina adicionada ao diretório LDAP através do GOsa² tem " +"um nome de hospedeiro, um endereço IP, um endereço MAC e um nome de domínio " +"(que normalmente é «intern»). Para uma descrição mais completa da " +"arquitetura Debian Edu ver o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arquitectura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Quando é usado um <emphasis>servidor principal combinado</emphasis>, as " +"estações de trabalho sem disco e os clientes dependentes funcionam de " +"imediato." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho com disco (incluindo servidores LTSP separados) " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">têm de</emphasis> ser adicionadas através da " +"própria máquina, com o o GOsa². Internamente, são gerados tanto um Principal " +"do Kerberos (como que uma <emphasis>conta</emphasis>) específico da máquina, " +"quanto um ficheiro keytab relacionado (contendo uma chave usada como " +"<emphasis>senha</emphasis>); o ficheiro keytab tem que estar presente na " +"estação de trabalho para ser capaz de montar os directórios de utilizador " +"(pastas pessoais). Reiniciar o sistema adicionado, aceder ao mesmo como root " +"e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +"keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Para criar um Principal e um ficheiro keytab para um sistema <emphasis>já " +"configurado através do GOsa²</emphasis>, aceder ao servidor principal como " +"root e executar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Por favor note:</emphasis> a criação do ficheiro " +"keytab da máquina é possível para sistemas do tipo <emphasis>estações de " +"trabalho</emphasis>, <emphasis>servidores</emphasis> e <emphasis>terminais</" +"emphasis>, mas não para aqueles do tipo <emphasis>dispositivos de rede ou " +"netdevices</emphasis>. Veja o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Instruções para clientes de rede</link> para " +"opções de configuração de NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma máquina, no menu principal do GOsa² escolher 'sistemas' e " +"neste 'adicionar'. O nome da máquina deve ser um nome válido <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">não qualificado</emphasis> - não adicionar o nome de domínio " +"aqui. Pode ser usado um endereço IP ou um nome de hospedeiro do espaço de " +"endereços pre-configurado 10.0.0.0/8. Presentemente, existem apenas dois " +"endereços fixos pré-definidos: 10.0.2.2 (servidor [tjener]) e 10.0.0.1 " +"(conversor [gateway]). Os endereços de 10.0.16.20 a 10.0.31.254 " +"(aproximadamente 10.0.16.0/20 ou 4000 hospedeiros) são reservados para o " +"DHCP e são atribuídos dinamicamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"No GOsa², para atribuir um endereço IP estático a um hospedeiro com o " +"endereço MAC 52:54:00:12:34:10 é necessário introduzir o endereço MAC, o " +"nome do hospedeiro e o IP; em alternativa pode ser clicado o botão " +"<computeroutput>Propor IP</computeroutput> que mostrará o primeiro endereço " +"fixo livre em 10.0.0.0/8, provavelmente algo como 10.0.0.0.2 se a primeira " +"máquina for adicionada desta forma. É boa prática planear antes de executar: " +"por exemplo, pode ser usado 10.0.0.x com x>10 e x<50 para servidores, " +"e x>100 para estações de trabalho. Não esquecer de activar o sistema " +"recém-adicionado. Com a excepção do servidor principal, todos os sistemas " +"terão um ícone correspondente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Se as máquinas arrancarem como clientes dependentes ou estações de trabalho " +"sem disco ou forem instaladas usando qualquer um dos perfis de rede, pode " +"ser usado o script <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> " +"para adicionar automaticamente máquinas ao GOsa². Para máquinas simples " +"funcionará de imediato; para máquinas com mais de um endereço mac tem de ser " +"indicado o que for para usar; o comando <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " +"-h</computeroutput> mostra informação de como o script deve ser usado. Notar " +"que os endereços IP mostrados após o uso de " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> pertencem à faixa de " +"IPs dinâmicos. Estes sistemas podem de seguida ser modificados para se " +"adequarem à rede: renomear cada novo sistema, activar o DHCP e o DNS, " +"adicionar aos grupos de rede (ver na captura de ecrã abaixo os grupos de " +"rede recomendados) e reiniciar o sistema. As capturas de ecrã seguintes " +"mostram um exemplo prático:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Lista de sistemas no GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Informação de hospedeiros" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificar hospedeiro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Adicionar grupo de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"A todas as horas é executado uma tarefa calendarizada (cronjob) que " +"actualiza o DNS; pode ser usado o comando <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> para accionar a actualização manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Procurar e eliminar máquinas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Procurar e eliminar máquinas é bastante semelhante a procurar e eliminar " +"utilizadores, pelo que a informação não é repetida aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modificar as máquinas existentes / Gestão de grupos de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ser adicionada uma máquina à árvore do LDAP usando o GOsa², as " +"propriedades podem ser modificadas usando a funcionalidade de busca e " +"clicando no nome da máquina (como com os utilizadores)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"O formato destas entradas do sistema é semelhante ao das entradas de " +"utilizador, mas neste caso os campos requerem informação diferente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, adicionar uma máquina a um <computeroutput>Grupo de Rede</" +"computeroutput> não modifica as permissões de acesso a ficheiros ou de " +"execução de comandos para aquela máquina nem os utilizadores com acesso " +"naquela máquina; em vez disso, restringe os serviços que a máquina pode usar " +"no servidor principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"A instalação padrão inclui os <computeroutput>Grupos de rede</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Atualmente, a funcionalidade <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> é " +"usada para:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionar partições</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu neste grupo redimensionam automaticamente as " +"partições LVM que ficarem cheias." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Desligar máquinas à noite</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts e shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo serão desligadas automaticamente à noite " +"para economizar energia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Gestão de impressoras</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts e cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu destes grupos irão eliminar automaticamente todas as " +"filas de impressão, todas as noites, e reactivar qualquer fila de impressão " +"desactivada, a cada hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Acesso à Internet bloqueado</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"As máquinas Debian Edu deste grupo só se podem ligar a máquinas da rede " +"local. Em conjunto com restrições no intermediário de web, isto poderá ser " +"usado durante os exames, por exemplo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Impressoras" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Para gestão centralizada das impressoras, apontar o navegador web para " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Esta é a interface de gestão CUPS " +"normal, onde podem ser adicionadas/eliminadas/modificadas as impressoras e " +"onde pode ser limpa a fila de impressão. Por predefinição, só é dada " +"permissão ao primeiro utilizador; mas isso pode ser alterado adicionando " +"utilizadores ao grupo <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput> do " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Utilização de impressoras ligadas a estações de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> é instalado por predefinição nos " +"sistemas com o perfil <emphasis>Estação de trabalho</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> desta " +"forma (impressora USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; escolher o tipo de impressora de rede " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (para todas as " +"impressoras, independentemente da marca ou modelo) e definir " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> como " +"URI de ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Impressoras de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"É recomendado que sejam desactivadas todas as funcionalidades de auto-" +"publicitação nas impressoras usadas na rede. Em vez disso, atribuir um " +"endereço IP fixo através do GOsa² e configurar as impressoras como " +"impressoras de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronização do relógio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"A configuração predefinida no Debian Edu mantém os relógios de todas as " +"máquinas sincronizados, mas não necessariamente com a hora certa. É usado o " +"NTP para actualizar a hora. Os relógios são sincronizados com uma fonte " +"externa, por predefinição. Isso pode fazer com que as máquinas mantenham a " +"ligação externa à Internet aberta, não a fechem, se a ligação for criada " +"durante a sincronização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"No caso das ligações por linha telefónica convencional ou RDIS, com o " +"serviço cobrado ao minuto, é recomendado alterar a configuração predefinida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar a sincronização com um relógio externo, é necessário " +"modificar o ficheiro /etc/ntp.conf no servidor principal, adicionando " +"(\"#\") no início das entradas <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> (que " +"assim ficam desactivadas). De seguida, tem de ser reiniciado o servidor NTP, " +"executando <computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> como root. " +"Para testar se uma máquina está usando as origens externas de relógio, " +"executar <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Expandir partições cheias" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Devido a um possível defeito no particionamento automático, algumas " +"partições podem ficar muito cheias após a instalação. Para expandir essas " +"partições, executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</" +"computeroutput> como root. Para mais informação, ver as instruções de " +"redimensionamento de partições no capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de administração</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenção" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Actualização do software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Nesta secção é explicado o uso do comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Usar o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> é muito simples. Para actualizar " +"um sistema através da linha de comando, é necessária a execução de dois " +"comandos, como root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (que " +"actualiza as listas de pacotes disponíveis por comparação com os " +"repositórios de origem) e <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(que actualiza os pacotes para os quais haja uma actualização disponível)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"É uma boa prática fazer a actualização usando a localização C (C locale) " +"para obter resultados em inglês, pois em caso de surgirem problemas é mais " +"provável que os motores de busca encontrem informação relevante com base nos " +"resultados obtidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Na sequência da actualização do pacote <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, podem ficar disponíveis ficheiros de configuração do " +"Cfengine alterados relativamente aos do sistema. Executar <computeroutput>ls " +"-ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> para verificar se foi esse " +"o caso. Para aplicar as alterações, executar <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Após serem feitas actualizações do servidor LTSP é importante executar " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput>, para manter a imagem SquashFS para clientes sem disco em " +"sincronia." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Após uma actualização para uma nova versão pontual (point release) de um " +"sistema com perfil <emphasis>Servidor principal</emphasis> ou " +"<emphasis>Servidor LTSP</emphasis>, tem que ser executado o comando " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> para actualizar o " +"ambiente de instalação PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Também é boa prática instalar os pacotes <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> e <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> e " +"configurá-los para enviarem correio para um endereço usado com frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez por dia o <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enviará por e-" +"mail uma mensagem de notificação dos pacotes que possam ser actualizados. O " +"programa não instala os pacotes actualizados, mas descarrega-os (geralmente " +"à noite), para que não seja necessário aguardar pela transferência quando " +"for executado o comando <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação automática de actualizações pode ser feita facilmente. Basta " +"que o pacote <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> seja " +"instalado e configurado conforme descrito em <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O programa <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> pode enviar " +"novas entradas de registo de alterações por e-mail, ou em alternativa exibi-" +"las no terminal, se executado <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Monitorizar as actualizações de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> como descrito acima é uma " +"boa maneira de saber quando estão disponíveis atualizações de segurança para " +"pacotes instalados. Outra maneira é a inscrição na <ulink url=\"http://" +"lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">lista de endereços para " +"informação de segurança</ulink> do Debian. Esta tem a vantagem de também " +"informar sobre o que trata a atualização de segurança. A desvantagem (em " +"comparação com a execução do <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) é " +"que a lista também inclui informação sobre atualizações de pacotes que não " +"estão instalados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gestão de cópias de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Para gestão de cópias de segurança, abrir <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-" +"php\"/> no navegador da web. Notar que este sítio tem que ser acedido via " +"SSL, uma vez que requer a senha de root. Se for tentado sem o uso de SSL, o " +"acesso falhará." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Nota: o sítio só funcionará se for permitido temporariamente o acesso de " +"root por SSH no servidor de cópias de segurança, que é o servidor principal " +"(tjener.intern) por predefinição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o servidor (tjener) faz cópias de segurança de " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</computeroutput> e de LDAP em /" +"skole/backup, que está sob a LVM. Se só for pretendido ter cópias de " +"segurança da informação (para o caso de alguma coisa ser inadvertidamente " +"apagada) esta configuração será adequada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Ter presente que esta modalidade de cópias segurança não protege contra " +"falhas nos discos rígidos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Para fazer cópias de segurança dos dados num servidor externo, num aparelho " +"de fita ou noutro disco rígido, é necessário modificar um pouco a " +"configuração existente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar uma pasta completa, a melhor opção é usar a linha de comando:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Isto deixará o conteúdo de <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> relativo a <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> na " +"pasta <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar um ficheiro específico, terá de ser seleccionado o ficheiro " +"(e a versão) a partir da interface de web, e transferido apenas esse " +"ficheiro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar cópias de segurança mais antigas, escolher \"Manutenção\" no " +"menu da página de cópias de segurança e seleccionar a captura mais antiga a " +"manter:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Mautenção de slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Monitorização do Servidor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de informação de tendências Munin está disponível em <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Esta ferramenta apresenta gráficos de medição " +"do estado do sistema numa base diária, semanal, mensal e anual, e fornece ao " +"administrador do sistema ajuda na procura de estrangulamentos e das origens " +"dos problemas do sistema." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"A lista de máquinas monitorizadas pelo Munin é gerada automaticamente, com " +"base na lista de hospedeiros que dão informação ao sitesummary (resumo do " +"sítio). Todos os hospedeiros com o pacote munin-node instalado são " +"registados para monitorização pelo Munin. Normalmente, demora um dia desde " +"que uma máquina é instalada até ao início da monitorazação pelo Munin, por " +"causa da ordem em que as tarefas agendadas (cronjobs) são executadas. Para " +"acelerar o processo, executar <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" +"computeroutput> como root no servidor que tem o sitesummary (normalmente o " +"servidor principal). Isto irá actualizar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/" +"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O conjunto de medições colectadas é gerado automaticamente em cada máquina " +"usando o programa <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> que " +"sonda os acrescentos (plugins) disponíveis a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> e liga os relevantes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> (através de atalhos " +"symlink)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Informação sobre o Munin em <ulink url=\"http://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"O sistema de monitorização de sistemas e serviços Icinga está disponível em " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. O conjunto de máquinas e serviços " +"monitorizados é gerado automaticamente usando as informações colectadas pelo " +"sistema sitesummary. As máquinas com perfis Servidor Principal e Servidor " +"LTSP são alvo de monitorização completa, enquanto as estações de trabalho e " +"os clientes dependentes são alvo de monitorização simples. Para permitir a " +"monitorização completa numa estação de trabalho, instalar o pacote " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> na própria estação de " +"trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, o Icinga não envia correio. Isto pode ser alterado " +"substituindo <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> por " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> na estação de " +"trabalho, e por <computeroutput>notify-by-emaill</computeroutput> no " +"ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"O ficheiro de configuração do Icinga usado é <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. A tarefa agendada do sitesummary gera o " +"ficheiro <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</" +"computeroutput> com a lista de hospedeiros e serviços a serem monitorizados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Podem ser colocadas verificações adicionais do Icinga no ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</" +"computeroutput> para serem incluídas no ficheiro gerado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informação sobre o Icinga disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/" +"\"/> ou no pacote <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Avisos comuns do Icinga e como lidar com eles" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Seguem-se instruções sobre como lidar com os avisos mais comuns do Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"A partição (/usr/ no exemplo) está muito cheia. Há basicamente duas maneiras " +"de lidar com isso: (1) remover alguns ficheiros ou (2) aumentar o tamanho da " +"partição. Se a partição for /var/, purgar a cache do APT executando " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> pode remover alguns ficheiros. Se " +"houver mais espaço disponível no grupo de volumes do LVM, executar o " +"programa <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> para " +"alargar as partições pode ajudar. Para executar este programa " +"automaticamente a todas as horas, o hospedeiro em questão pode ser " +"adicionado ao grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Estão disponíveis novos pacotes para atualização. Os pacotes críticos são " +"normalmente correcções de segurança. Para fazer a actualização, executar " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> num " +"terminal, como root, ou aceder ao sistema via SSH e fazer o mesmo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Quem tiver confiança em que o Debian gere as novas versões dos pacotes de " +"forma segura, pode evitar a acção de actualização manual, configurando o " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> (actualizações não " +"vigiadas) para actualização automática, todas as noites, de todos os pacotes " +"actualizáveis. Isto não irá actualizar os chroots LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"O núcleo (kernel) em execução é mais antigo do que o núcleo mais recente " +"instalado e é necessário reiniciar o computador para passar a ser usado o " +"núcleo mais recente instalado. Por regra, isto é bastante urgente, já que " +"normalmente os novos núcleos são incluídos no Debian Edu para corrigir " +"problemas de segurança." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"As filas de impressão no CUPS têm muitos trabalhos pendentes. Isto acontece " +"muito provavelmente devido a uma impressora ficar indisponível. Filas de " +"impressão desactivadas são activadas a todas as horas nos hospedeiros do " +"grupo de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</" +"computeroutput>; portanto, para tais hospedeiros não deve ser necessária " +"nenhuma ação manual. As filas de impressão são descartadas todas as noites " +"nos hospedeiros do grupo de rede <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</" +"computeroutput>. Se um hospedeiro tiver muitos trabalhos em fila de espera, " +"pode ser adicionado a um ou a ambos os grupos de rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"O programa sitesummary é usado para coligir informação de cada computador e " +"enviá-la para o servidor central. A informação coligida fica disponível em " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Em " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> há scripts que podem " +"ser usados para gerar relatórios." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Um relatório simples do sitesummary, sem informação detalhada, está " +"disponível em <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Há alguma documentação sobre o sitesummary em <ulink url=\"http://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre personalização do Debian Edu, útil para " +"administradores de sistemas, nos capítulos <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Instruções de Administração</link> e <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Instruções de Administração avançada</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Actualizações" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de ler este guia de actualização, ter presente que as actualizações " +"dos servidores são efectuadas por conta e risco dos administradores. " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">O Debian Edu/Skolelinux vem SEM QUALQUER GARANTIA, " +"na medida do permitido pela lei aplicável.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Por favor leia completamente este capítulo e o capítulo <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Novas funcionalidades no Trixie</link> deste manual " +"antes de tentar a atualização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Notas gerais sobre actualização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Actualizar o Debian de uma versão para a seguinte normalmente é bastante " +"fácil. Mas no que respeita ao Debian Edu isso infelizmente é um pouco mais " +"complicado, pois os ficheiros de configuração são modificamos de formas não " +"convencionais. Contudo, os passos necessários estão documentados abaixo. " +"(Ver a deficiência (bug) do Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> para mais informação – em inglês – sobre como o " +"Debian Edu deverá modificar os ficheiros de configuração.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Em geral, a actualização dos servidores é mais difícil do que a das estações " +"de trabalho; e o servidor principal é o mais difícil de actualizar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir que após a actualização tudo funciona como funcionava antes, a " +"actualização deve ser testada num ou mais sistemas de teste configurados da " +"mesma forma que as máquinas de uso normal. Nesse sistema ou sistemas, a " +"actualização pode ser testada sem riscos e pode ser confirmado que tudo " +"funciona como previsto." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Certifique de também ler a informação sobre o lançamento atual do Debian " +"Stable no seu <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Também poderá ser sensato esperar um pouco e continuar a usar por mais " +"algumas semanas a versão instalada, aguardando que outros testem a " +"actualização e documentem quaisquer problemas com que se deparem. A versão " +"instalada do Debian Edu receberá apoio contínuo ainda durante algum tempo " +"após a publicação da nova versão. Mas quando o Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">cessar o apoio à versão anterior</" +"ulink>, o Debian Edu também cessará, necessariamente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Atualizações a partir do Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Esteja preparado: certifique-se que testa a atualização a partir da versão " +"Bookworm num ambiente de teste ou tenha cópias de salvaguarda, para ser " +"capaz de voltar atrás." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Note que o procedimento que se segue se aplica a uma instalação predefinida " +"do servidor principal Debian Edu (ambiente de trabalho xfce, perfis Servidor " +"Principal, Estação de Trabalho, Servidor LTSP). (Para uma ideia geral sobre " +"a atualização do Debian Bookworm para Trixie, veja: <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Não usar directamente o X (o servidor de grafismo do sistema operativo), " +"usar uma consola virtual, acedendo como root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Se o <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> der erro, tentar corrigir o erro e/" +"ou executar <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> e depois " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> mais uma vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Actualização do servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Começar por garantir que o sistema instalado (o Bullseye) está actualizado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Preparar e iniciar a atualização para Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: será apresentada muita INFORMAÇÃO que é importante ler; " +"premir <introduzir> (enter) para rolar para baixo, <q> para " +"deixar o paginador (programa de leitura de páginas em consola). Toda a " +"informação será enviada para root para que possa ser lida novamente (usando " +"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> ou <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Ler atentamente todas as informações do debconf (configuração do debian); " +"escolher \"manter a versão local actualmente instalada\", a menos que " +"indicado de forma diferente abaixo; na maioria dos casos, premir introduzir " +"(enter) é o indicado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services / reiniciar serviços: escolher \"sim / yes\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba server and utilities / servidor e utilitários Samba: Escolher 'keep " +"the local version currently installed / manter a versão local presentemente " +"instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Escolher 'keep the local version currently installed / " +"manter a versão local presentemente instalada'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Aplicar e ajustar a configuração:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" +"Os certificados gerados por lançamentos de Debian Edu mais antigos não têm " +"as extensões X.509 requeridas pelo OpenSSLv3 e são <emphasis role=\"strong\">" +"incompatíveis com os clientes Debian Edu 13+ </emphasis>. Os administradores " +"que atualizem manualmente o servidor principal têm depois de os regenerar " +"usando as predefinições de certificado introduzidas no Debian Edu 13. O " +"algoritmo de chave predefinido mudou para ECDSA usando a curva " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput>. O próprio SA-2048 permanece " +"suportado pelo OpenSSLv3 mesmo assim. Veja <ulink url=\"https://" +"salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</" +"ulink> e <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" +"config/-/merge_requests/40\">!40</ulink> para mais informação técnica." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" +"Antes de continuar, faça uma salvaguarda dos ficheiros de certificado " +"existentes. O arquivo contém chaves privadas e tem de ser mantido seguro." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Isto substitui a CA raiz do Debian Edu. A nova CA " +"raiz tem de ser distribuída a todos so clientes outra vez, usando " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</" +"computeroutput> nos clientes.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" +"Para restaurar os ficheiros de certificado do lado do servidor a partir do " +"arquivo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" +"Restaurar o arquivo apenas restaura os ficheiros de certificado do lado do " +"servidor. Não desfaz a distribuição da nova CA raiz aos clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Verificar se o sistema actualizado funciona:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reiniciar; aceder como primeiro utilizador e testar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "se a interface GOsa² está a funcionar," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "se é possível ligar clientes LTSP e estações de trabalho," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"se é possível adicionar/remover a pertença de um sistema a um grupo de rede," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "se é possível enviar e receber correio interno," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "se é possível gerir impressoras," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "e se outros elementos específicos da escola estão a funcionar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Actualização de uma estação de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Efectuar todos os procedimentos básicos como no servidor principal, sem " +"fazer o que for desnecessário." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Atualizações de instalações Debian Edu / Skolelinux antigas (anteriores ao " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar a partir de qualquer versão antiga, é necessário atualizar " +"primeiro para a versão Debian Edu baseada no Bookworm, antes de poderem ser " +"seguidas as instruções acima. As instruções para essa atualização são dadas " +"no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> sobre como atualizar para " +"Bookworm a partir da versão anterior, Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Instruções" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"Administration\">administração geral</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">administração " +"avançada</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para o <link linkend=\"Desktop\">ambiente de trabalho</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clientes de rede</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruções para <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">ensino e aprendizagem</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Instruções para <link linkend=\"Users\">utilizadores</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Instruções para administração geral" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Os capítulos <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primeiros passos</link> e " +"<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">Manutenção</link> descrevem como começar a " +"usar o Debian Edu e como fazer o trabalho básico de manutenção. As " +"instruções neste capítulo têm algumas dicas e truques mais \"avançados\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Histórico de configuração: rastreio de /etc/ utilizando o sistema de " +"controlo de versão Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Usando o <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, todos os ficheiros em " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> são rastreados usando o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> como sistema de controle de " +"versão." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Isto torna possível ver quando um ficheiro é adicionado, alterado ou " +"removido, assim como a alteração, se o ficheiro em causa for um ficheiro de " +"texto. O repositório git é guardado em <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"A cada hora, quaisquer novas alterações são automaticamente registadas; o " +"histórico de configuração pode ser extraído e consultado." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o histórico, é usado o comando <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput>. Para ver as diferenças entre dois momentos no tempo, pode " +"ser usado um comando como <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informação, ver o resultado de <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Lista de comandos úteis:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Exemplos de utilização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Num sistema recém-instalado, tentar este comando para ver todas as " +"alterações feitas desde que o sistema foi instalado:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Para ver os ficheiros que presentemente não são rastreados e que não estão " +"actualizados:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Para submeter manualmente um ficheiro e assim não ter que esperar até uma " +"hora:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionar partições" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"No Debian Edu, todas as partições que não a partição <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> estão em volumes lógicos LVM. Com os núcleos (kernels) " +"Linux, desde a versão 2.6.10, é possível estender as partições estando elas " +"montadas. Encolher partições ainda tem de ser feito com as partições " +"desmontadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"É boa prática evitar a criação de partições muito grandes (mais de, digamos, " +"20GiB), devido ao tempo que demora a execução do <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> sobre elas ou a restaurá-las a partir de cópias de " +"segurança, se for necessário. É melhor, se for possível, criar várias " +"partições menores em vez de uma partição muito grande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"É disponibilizado o script auxiliar <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> para facilitar a extensão de partições cheias. Quando " +"invocado, o script lê a configuração a partir de <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/" +"etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>. Sugere então estender as partições que tenham muito pouco " +"espaço livre, de acordo com as regras estabelecidas nestes ficheiros. Se " +"executado sem argumentos, mostrará apenas os comandos necessários à extensão " +"do sistema de ficheiros. É necessário o argumento <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> para que estes comandos para extensão do sistema de " +"ficheiros sejam realmente executados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"O script é executado automaticamente a cada hora em cada cliente listado no " +"grupo de rede <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Quando a partição utilizada pelo intermediário (proxy) Squid é " +"redimensionada, o valor para o tamanho da cache em <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> também tem que ser actualizado. É " +"disponibilizado o script auxiliar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> para fazer essa operação " +"automaticamente, verificando o tamanho actual da partição <computeroutput>/" +"var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> e configurando o Squid para usar 80% desse " +"valor como tamanho da cache." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Gestão de volumes lógicos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou gestão de volumes lógicos, permite " +"redimensionar as partições enquanto elas estão montadas e em uso. Mais " +"informação sobre o LVM em <ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/" +"\">Gestão de volumes lógicos</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Para estender manualmente um volume lógico, basta indicar no comando " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> o tamanho pretendido para esse " +"volume. Por exemplo, para estender home0 para 30GiB usar os seguintes " +"comandos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Para estender home0 em mais 30GiB, inserir um '+' (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Usar o ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> é " +"uma ferramenta para editar a base de dados LDAP com um editor de texto " +"normal no terminal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "É necessário executar o seguinte:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Nota: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> usará o editor predefinido, " +"qualquer que ele seja. Executando <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> na linha de comando é possível configurar o ambiente para " +"obter um clone do vi como editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Aviso: O <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> é uma ferramenta muito " +"poderosa. É necessário cuidado redobrado para que a base de dados LDAP não " +"seja corrompida. Este aviso aplica-se também ao JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS \"Kerberizado\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Usar o Kerberos para fazer o NFS montar directórios de utilizador (pastas " +"pessoais) é uma funcionalidade de segurança. As estações de trabalho e os " +"clientes LTSP não funcionam sem o Kerberos. São suportados os níveis " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> e <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> significa autenticação Kerberos, " +"<emphasis>i</emphasis> significa verificação de integridade e <emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> verificação de privacidade, ou seja, encriptação); a carga, tanto " +"no servidor como na estação de trabalho, aumenta com o nível de segurança; o " +"nível <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> é uma boa opção e foi escolhido como " +"predefinição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Como alterar a predefinição" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Servidor principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "aceder como root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"executar <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, procurar " +"por <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> e substituir por <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> ou <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>, conforme for pretendido." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"editar <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> e ajustar " +"as seguintes entradas em conformidade:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "executar <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver (Impressora predefinida)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta permite estabelecer a impressora predefinida, dependendo da " +"localização, da máquina ou do grupo de pertença. Para mais informação, ver " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"O ficheiro de configuração <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> tem de ser fornecido pelo administrador; ver " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> como exemplo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, uma interface gráfica LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Para trabalhar com a base de dados LDAP usando uma interface gráfica, " +"experimentar o pacote <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, que é " +"instalado por predefinição. Para obter acesso de escrita, ligar-se desta " +"forma:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, uma ferramenta de linha de comando para adicionar " +"utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> é uma pequena " +"ferramenta de linha de comando para criar utilizadores e é invocada da " +"seguinte forma:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Todos os argumentos são opcionais, excepto o utilizador e o campo GECOS. " +"Este último normalmente contém o nome real do utilizador. A menos que " +"especificado de forma diferente, a ferramenta assume automaticamente os " +"próximos UID e GID livres e não atribui quaisquer grupos adicionais ao " +"utilizador. Se não for atribuído nenhum departamento, assumirá o primeiro " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> do LDAP, que em princípio será " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>, sendo que este não é o pretendido para " +"utilizadores normais. Por isso, deve ser escolhida a opção correspondente ao " +"utilizador, p. ex. <emphasis>Professores</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Alunos</" +"emphasis>. Após a introdução e confirmação da senha e introdução da senha de " +"administrador LDAP, o <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"cria a conta de utilizador no LDAP, define a senha do Kerberos, cria a pasta " +"pessoal e adiciona um utilizador do Samba correspondente. A captura de ecrã " +"seguinte mostra um exemplo de invocação para criar uma conta de utilizador " +"chamada <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> para um professor cujo nome " +"real é \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Usar stable-updates (actualizações estáveis)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Embora seja possível usar directamente a funcionalidade de actualizações " +"estáveis (stable-updates), isso não é necessário: quando são feitas as " +"versões pontuais estáveis estas são enviadas para a suite estável, o que " +"acontece regularmente, aproximadamente a cada dois meses." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" +"Utilização de pacotes retro-portados (backports) para instalar software mais " +"recente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Quem usa o Debian Edu é porque opta pela estabilidade do Debian. A " +"distribuição funciona muito bem, mas tem um problema: às vezes o software " +"está um pouco mais desactualizado do que o desejado. É aqui que o " +"backports.debian.org entra em cena." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Pacotes retro-portados (backports) são pacotes recompilados do Debian " +"testing (principalmente) e do Debian unstable (em poucos casos apenas – por " +"exemplo, actualizações de segurança), para que funcionem sem novas " +"bibliotecas (sempre que possível) numa distribuição Debian estável como a " +"Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Recomenda-se que sejam escolhidos " +"pacotes específicos de acordo com as necessidades, e que não sejam usados " +"todos os pacotes retro-portados disponíveis.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Usar <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> é " +"simples:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Os pacotes retro-portados são agora facilmente instaláveis; o seguinte " +"comando irá instalar uma versão retroportada do <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Os pacotes retro-portados são automaticamente atualizados (se disponíveis) " +"da mesma forma que os outros pacotes. Tal como o arquivo normal, o arquivo " +"backports têm quatro secções: main, contrib, non-free, e non-free-firmware." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Actualização com um CD ou imagem similar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Para atualizar de uma versão para outra (por exemplo, de Trixie 13.1 para " +"13.2) sem ligação à Internet, apenas por média física, seguir estes passos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Inserir o CD / DVD / Disco blu-ray / unidade USB e executar o comando apt-" +"cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Da página man do apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"O apt-cdrom é usado para adicionar um novo CD-ROM à lista APTs de origens " +"disponíveis. Identifica a estrutura do disco, pode corrigir vários possíveis " +"erros de gravação e verifica os ficheiros de índice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"É necessário usar o apt-cdrom para adicionar CDs ao sistema APT. Esta acção " +"não pode ser executada manualmente. Além disso, quando forem usados " +"conjuntos multi-CD, cada disco tem que ser inserido e digitalizado " +"separadamente para prevenir possíveis falhas de gravação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Em seguida, executar estes dois comandos para actualizar o sistema:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Limpeza automática de processos remanescentes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> é um script em perl que aniquila " +"trabalhos em segundo plano. Trabalhos em segundo plano são definidos como " +"processos pertencentes a utilizadores que não estão actualmente em sessão na " +"máquina. É executado por uma tarefa agendada (cron job) uma vez por hora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Instalação automática de actualizações de segurança" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> é um programa (e " +"pacote) Debian que instala automaticamente as actualizações de segurança (e " +"outras). Se instalado, o pacote é pré-configurado para instalar " +"automaticamente as actualizações de segurança. Os registos de alterações " +"(logs) estão disponíveis em <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; também podem sempre ser consultados os ficheiros " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Encerramento automático de máquinas durante a noite" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"É possível poupar energia e dinheiro desligando automaticamente as máquinas " +"clientes à noite e voltando a ligá-las novamente de manhã. O programa " +"(pacote) <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> tenta desligar " +"cada máquina de hora a hora a partir das 16:00, mas não as desligará se " +"parecerem estar em utilização. Em cada máquina, o programa tenta passar " +"informação ao BIOS para ligar a máquina por volta das 07:00 da manhã e o " +"servidor principal vai tentar ligar todas as máquinas a partir das 06:30 " +"enviando pacotes Wake-on-LAN. Estes horários podem ser alterados nos " +"separadores de agendamento das máquinas individuais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Algumas considerações a ter em conta ao estabelecer este procedimento:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes não devem ser desligados quando alguém os está a usar. Isto é " +"assegurado pela verificação do resultado de <computeroutput>who</" +"computeroutput> e, como caso especial, pela verificação de que o comando de " +"ligação SSH funciona com os clientes dependentes X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Para evitar queimar os fusíveis / disparar os disjuntores eléctricos, é boa " +"prática garantir que os clientes não arranquem todos ao mesmo tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Há dois métodos diferentes para reactivar os clientes. Um usa um recurso do " +"BIOS e requer um relógio interno funcional e com a hora certa, assim como " +"uma placa-mãe e uma versão do BIOS compatíveis com o <computeroutput>nvram-" +"wakeup</computeroutput>; o outro requer que os clientes sejam compatíveis " +"com o Wake-on-LAN e que o servidor tenha informação sobre todos os clientes " +"a serem reactivados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Como configurar o shutdown-at-night (encerramento à noite)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Em clientes que devam ser desligados à noite, executar <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> ou adicionar o nome de " +"hospedeiro (ou seja, o resultado de '<computeroutput>uname -n</" +"computeroutput>' no cliente) ao grupo de rede \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". A " +"adição de hospedeiros ao grupo de rede no LDAP pode ser feita usando a " +"ferramenta web <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Os clientes podem " +"precisar de ter o Wake-on-LAN configurado no BIOS. É importante também que " +"os comutadores (switches) e encaminhadores (routers) utilizados entre o " +"servidor Wake-on-LAN (WOL) e os clientes passem os pacotes WOL para os " +"clientes, mesmo que os clientes estejam desligados. Alguns comutadores não " +"passam os pacotes aos clientes que faltem na tabela ARP (Address Resolution " +"Protocol) do comutador, e isso bloqueia os pacotes WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Para activar o Wake-on-LAN no servidor, adicionar os clientes a " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, com uma " +"linha por cliente, primeiro o endereço IP, seguido pelo endereço MAC " +"(endereço ethernet), separado por um espaço; ou criar um script " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"para gerar a lista de clientes em tempo real." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Um exemplo de script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> para uso com o sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Se o grupo de rede for usado para activar o desligar à noite nos clientes, " +"uma alternativa é este script usar a ferramenta netgroup do pacote " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Aceder a servidores Debian-Edu protegidos por uma barreira (firewall)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Para aceder a partir da Internet a máquinas protegidas por uma barreira, " +"considerar a instalação do pacote <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. " +"Este pacote pode ser usado para configurar um túnel SSH para uma máquina " +"ligada à Internet. O servidor por trás da barreira fica acessível a partir " +"dessa máquina através do túnel SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Instalação de serviços noutras máquinas, para a distribuição da carga e sua " +"consequente redução no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Na instalação padrão, todos os serviços são executados no servidor " +"principal, nome de máquina <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Para simplificar a " +"transferência de alguns para outra máquina, está disponível o perfil de " +"instalação <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> (mínimo). A instalação do sistema " +"com este perfil numa máquina que faça parte da rede Debian Edu, levará a que " +"a máquina fique sem qualquer serviço em execução (por enquanto)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Estes são os passos necessários para configurar uma máquina dedicada a " +"alguns serviços:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "escolher o perfil <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> durante a instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "instalar os pacotes correspondentes ao serviço" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configurar o serviço" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "desactivar o serviço no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "actualizar o DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) no servidor principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Manuais HowTo de wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Instruções de administração avançada" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "Neste capítulo são descritas tarefas de administração avançada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestão de utilizadores com o GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Criar utilizadores em grupos por ano" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"Neste exemplo pretende-se criar utilizadores em grupos por ano, com " +"directórios home comuns para cada grupo (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). " +"Pretende-se criar os utilizadores através da importação de ficheiro(s) csv." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como root no servidor principal)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Criar os directórios de grupo por ano que forem necessários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(como primeiro utilizador no Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Departamento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Menu principal: ir para 'Estrutura de diretórios', clicar no departamento " +"'Alunos'. O campo 'Base' deve mostrar '/Alunos'. No campo 'Ações' da caixa " +"suspensa, escolher 'Criar' / 'Departamento'. Preencher os valores dos campos " +"Nome (2026) e Descrição (alunos formados em 2026), deixar o campo Base como " +"está (deve ser '/Alunos'). Guardar clicando em 'Ok'. Agora o novo " +"departamento (2026) deve aparecer abaixo de /Alunos. Clicar para abrir." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grupo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'Grupos' no menu principal; 'Ações'/Criar/Grupo. Introduzir o nome " +"do grupo (deixar 'Base' como está, deve ser /Alunos/2026) e premir 'Ok' para " +"guardar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Escolher 'utilizadores' no menu principal. No campo Base, mudar para " +"'Alunos'. Deve aparecer uma entrada <computeroutput>Novo Aluno</" +"computeroutput>; premir para abrir. Este é o modelo 'alunos', não é um " +"utilizador. Uma vez que terá de ser criado um modelo com base neste (para " +"poder ser feita a importação csv), deve ser tomada nota de todas as entradas " +"que aparecem nos separadores Genéricos e POSIX, talvez fazendo capturas de " +"ecrã, para que as informações necessárias ao novo modelo possam ser " +"preparadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Agora, mudar para /Alunos/2026 no campo Base; escolher Criar/Modelo e " +"começar a preencher com os valores desejados, primeiro no separador Genérico " +"(adicionar também o novo grupo 2026 em Pertença a Grupos); depois adicionar " +"a conta POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importar utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Escolher o novo modelo ao fazer a importação de ficheiro csv; é recomendável " +"testá-lo com alguns utilizadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Outras acções" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "" +"Criação de pastas nas pastas pessoais (directórios home) de todos os " +"utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Com este script, o administrador pode criar uma pasta no directório home de " +"cada utilizador e definir permissões de acesso e de detenção." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"No exemplo abaixo, com grupo=professores e permissões=2770, um utilizador " +"pode entregar um trabalho guardando o ficheiro na pasta \"trabalhos\", à " +"qual os professores têm acesso de escrita para poderem fazer comentários." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Usar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Seguir estes passos para configurar um servidor de armazenamento dedicado, " +"para pastas pessoais (directórios home) dos utilizadores e possivelmente " +"outros dados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um novo sistema de tipo <computeroutput>servidor</computeroutput> " +"utilizando o GOsa² como descrito no capítulo <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Primeiros passos</emphasis> deste manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Este exemplo usa 'nas-server.intern' como nome do servidor. Uma vez " +"configurado o 'nas-server.intern', verificar se os pontos de exportação NFS " +"do novo servidor de armazenamento são exportados para as sub-redes ou " +"máquinas a que se apliquem:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Neste caso tudo o que estiver na rede principal tem acesso ao /" +"armazenamento. (Isto pode ser restringido à pertença a grupos de rede ou a " +"endereços IP específicos para limitar o acesso ao NFS como é feito no " +"ficheiro tjener:/etc/exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar informação de montagem automática sobre o 'nas-server.intern' no " +"LDAP, para permitir que todos os clientes montem automaticamente a nova " +"exportação a pedido." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Isto não pode ser feito através do GOsa², porque falta um módulo para " +"montagem automática. Em vez disso, usar o ldapvi e adicionar os objetos LDAP " +"necessários usando um editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Quando o editor aparecer, adicionar os objetos LDAP seguintes na parte " +"inferior do documento. (A parte \"/&\" no último objeto LDAP é um " +"carácter polivalente que corresponde a tudo o que o 'nas-server.intern' " +"exporta, evitando a necessidade de listar pontos de montagem individuais no " +"LDAP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Adicionar as entradas aplicáveis em tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, porque " +"tjener.intern não usa a montagem automática (para evitar montagens " +"sucessivamente falhadas):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Criar os directórios de pontos de montagem usando <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>; editar '/etc/fstab' como adequado e executar " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> para montar os novos recursos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Agora, os utilizadores devem poder aceder directamente aos ficheiros em 'nas-" +"server.intern', bastando abrir o directório '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' " +"utilizando qualquer aplicação de gestão/exploração de ficheiros em qualquer " +"estação de trabalho, cliente dependente LTSP ou servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Restringir acesso por SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "Há várias formas de restringir o acesso por SSH. Seguem-se algumas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Situação sem clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Se não forem usados clientes LTSP, uma solução simples é criar um novo grupo " +"(digamos <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) e adicionar uma linha ao " +"ficheiro /etc/ssh/sshd_config da máquina. Os membros do grupo " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>, e apenas eles, poderão então " +"entrar na máquina via ssh a partir de qualquer lugar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Gerir este caso através do GOsa² é bastante simples:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Criar um grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> no nível base (onde " +"já aparecem outros grupos relacionados com a gestão do sistema, como " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar utilizadores ao novo grupo <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> a /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Executar <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Situação com clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"A configuração predefinida de cliente LTSP sem disco não faz uso de ligações " +"SSH. Basta actualizar a imagem SquashFS no servidor LTSP respectivo, após a " +"configuração do SSH ter sido alterada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes X2Go utilizam ligações SSH com o servidor LTSP " +"respectivo. Por conseguinte, é necessária uma abordagem diferente, " +"utilizando o PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Activar pam_access.so no ficheiro /etc/pam.d/sshd do servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configurar o ficheiro /etc/security/access.conf para permitir ligações a " +"partir de qualquer lugar para (por exemplo) os utilizadores alice, jane, bob " +"e john, e para todos os outros utilizadores somente a partir das sub-redes " +"internas, adicionando estas linhas:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Se apenas forem utilizados servidores LTSP dedicados, a rede 10.0.0.0/8 " +"poderá ser descartada, para desactivar o acesso interno via SSH. Nota: " +"alguém que ligue a sua máquina a qualquer rede de clientes LTSP dedicada " +"também terá acesso ao(s) servidor(es) LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Uma nota para situações mais complexas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Se os clientes X2Go estiverem ligados à rede principal 10.0.0.0/8, as coisas " +"serão ainda mais complicadas e talvez apenas uma sofisticada configuração de " +"DHCP (em LDAP), verificando o identificador do fornecedor (vendor-class-" +"identifier) juntamente com a configuração PAM apropriada, permita desactivar " +"o acesso interno por SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Instruções para o ambiente de trabalho" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Preparar um ambiente de trabalho multilingue" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Para usar vários idiomas, são necessárias estas acções:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (como " +"root) e escolher os idiomas (variantes UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Executar estes comandos como root para instalar os pacotes necessários:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Com os ambientes de trabalho Xfce, LXDE e LXQt, os utilizadores podem então " +"escolher o idioma através do gestor de ecrã LightDM (apresenta-se como ecrã " +"de entrada), antes de acederem ao sistema. Os ambientes GNOME e KDE vêm " +"ambos com as suas próprias ferramentas internas de configuração de " +"localização (região e idioma), pelo que devem ser estas as usadas. O " +"ambiente MATE usa o ecrã de entrada Arctica sobre o LightDM, sem um seletor " +"de idioma. Executar <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> para obter o ecrã de entrada do Lightdm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Reproduzir DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Para reproduzir a maioria dos DVDs comerciais é necessária a biblioteca " +"libdvdcss. Por razões legais, esta não vem incluída no Debian (Edu). Se do " +"ponto de vista legal o uso estiver autorizado, podem ser construídos pacotes " +"localmente usando o pacote Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>; garantir que <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"esteja activado em <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Atender às solicitações do debconf e executar <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Fontes de caligrafia" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (que é instalado de " +"origem) instala a fonte \"Abecedario\", uma boa fonte de caligrafia para " +"crianças. A fonte tem várias formas para uso por crianças: pontilhada e com " +"linhas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Instruções para clientes numa rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introdução a clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Um termo genérico para clientes dependentes e estações de trabalho sem disco " +"é <emphasis>cliente LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"O actual LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores ao Bullseye. Isto " +"no que diz respeito a configuração e manutenção." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Uma diferença principal é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho " +"sem disco é agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor LTSP " +"por predefinição. Isto acontece no primeiro arranque de servidores " +"combinados, demorando algum tempo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"O LTSP já não inclui clientes dependentes. O Debian Edu usa o X2Go para " +"continuar a suportar o uso de clientes dependentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"No caso de um servidor LTSP separado ou adicional, a informação necessária " +"para a configuração do ambiente do cliente LTSP não está completa na altura " +"da instalação. A configuração pode ser feita depois de o sistema ter sido " +"adicionado com o GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Para informação sobre o LTSP em geral, consultar o sítio do <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP</ulink>. Em sistemas com perfil " +"<emphasis>servidor LTSP</emphasis>, o comando <computeroutput>man ltsp</" +"computeroutput> dá mais informação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Notar que a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> deve ser utilizada com " +"cuidado. Por exemplo, o comando <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> não gera a imagem SquashFS em máquinas Debian (estas têm uma " +"partição /boot separada por predefinição), o comando <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> não gera o menu iPXE corretamente (devido ao suporte a " +"clientes dependentes do Debian Edu) e o comando <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> vai descontrolar completamente o arranque do cliente LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> é " +"um script invólucro (wrapper script) de <computeroutput>ltsp image</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. É usado para montar e configurar " +"estações de trabalho sem disco e clientes dependentes (tanto em PCs de 64-" +"Bit como de 32-Bit). Executar <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> ou analisar o conteúdo do script para ver como funciona. " +"Toda a configuração é contida no próprio script (documentos AQUI) para " +"facilitar ajustes específicos de cada rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Exemplos de como usar o script invólucro <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis> em vez da ferramenta ltsp:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> actualiza a imagem SquashFS da estação de trabalho sem disco " +"(sistema de ficheiros do servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> cria suporte a estações de trabalho sem " +"disco e a clientes dependentes de 64 bits." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> cria suporte adicional a clientes dependentes de 32 bits " +"(chroot e imagem SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Além da opção <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (o sistema cliente dependente mais " +"básico), também estão disponíveis as opções <emphasis>display</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis>. Os clientes dependentes do tipo " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> têm um botão de desligar, enquanto que os do " +"tipo <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> executam o Firefox ESR em modo quiosque no " +"próprio cliente (é necessária mais memória RAM local e mais potência de CPU, " +"mas reduz a carga no servidor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> é um " +"script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Garante " +"que o ficheiro /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe é específico do Debian Edu. O " +"comando só deve ser executado depois dos itens relacionados do menu do iPXE " +"(como tempo limite do menu ou as definições de arranque predefinidas) na " +"secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] terem sido modificados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> é " +"um script invólucro para <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. " +"Garante que um initrd específico de um tipo de utilização (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.img) seja gerado e movido para o diretório do tipo de utilização " +"respectivo. O comando só deve ser executado depois da seçcão /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf [clients] ser modificada." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> é " +"um substituto para a ferramenta <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> que vem com " +"o LTSP5. É usada para executar comandos num LTSP chroot específico (como por " +"exemplo instalar, actualizar e remover pacotes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho sem disco</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"As estações de trabalho sem disco executam todo o software localmente. As " +"máquinas não têm um disco rígido local e arrancam directamente do servidor " +"LTSP. O software é administrado e mantido no servidor LTSP, mas é executado " +"nas estações de trabalho sem disco. Os directórios de utilizador (pastas " +"pessoais) e as configurações do sistema também são armazenados no servidor. " +"As estações de trabalho sem disco são uma excelente forma de reutilizar " +"hardware antigo (mas poderoso) com os mesmos baixos custos de manutenção dos " +"clientes dependentes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ao contrário das estações de trabalho, as estações de trabalho sem disco " +"funcionam sem necessidade de serem adicionadas através do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Cliente dependente</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Uma configuração 'thin client' (cliente dependente) permite que um PC comum " +"funcione como se fosse apenas um terminal (do X), com todo o software a ser " +"executado no servidor LTSP. Isto significa que esta máquina arranca via PXE " +"sem utilizar o disco rígido do cliente local e que o servidor LTSP tem que " +"ser uma máquina potente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu ainda suporta o uso de clientes dependentes, para permitir o " +"uso de computadores muito antigos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que os clientes dependentes usam o X2Go, os utilizadores devem " +"desactivar a composição para evitar o aparecimento de distorções de imagem. " +"No caso padrão (ambiente de trabalho Xfce): Definições -> Ajustes do " +"Gestor de Janelas -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware de cliente LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"O arranque do cliente LTSP falha se a sua interface de rede exigir um " +"firmware não-livre. Pode ser usada uma instalação PXE para resolver " +"problemas de arranque de uma máquina pela rede; se o Instalador do Debian " +"indicar que está em falta um ficheiro XXX.bin, então tem que ser adicionado " +"o firmware não-livre ao initrd do servidor LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Proceder da seguinte forma no servidor LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Primeiro obter informação sobre pacotes de firmware; executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o pacote compatível com a(s) interface(s) de rede (muito " +"provavelmente será o firmware-linux); executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Atualizar a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco; executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "No caso de serem usados clientes ligeiros X2Go, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "e continuar de acordo com a informação de utilização." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Seguidamente, actualizar a imagem SquashFS; p. ex. para o 'chroot' /srv/ltsp/" +"x2go-bare-amd64, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Selecção do tipo de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Cada servidor LTSP tem duas interfaces ethernet: uma configurada na sub-rede " +"principal 10.0.0.0/8 (que é partilhada com o servidor principal), e outra " +"formando uma sub-rede local (uma sub-rede separada por cada servidor LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Em ambos os casos, pode ser escolhido <emphasis>estação de trabalho sem " +"disco</emphasis> ou <emphasis>cliente dependente</emphasis> a partir do menu " +"iPXE. Após 5 segundos de espera, a máquina arrancará como estação de " +"trabalho sem disco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"O item predefinido do menu de arranque iPXE e o respectivo tempo limite de " +"espera podem ser configurados em <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</" +"computeroutput>. O valor de espera <emphasis>-1</emphasis> é usado para " +"ocultar o menu. Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</" +"computeroutput> para aplicar as alterações." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Usar uma rede de clientes LTSP diferente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"Se uma máquina for instalada usando o perfil LTSP, a rede cliente LTSP " +"192.168.0.0/24 é a predefinida. Se forem utilizados muitos clientes LTSP ou " +"se servidores LTSP diferentes tiverem de servir tanto ambientes chroot i386 " +"como amd64, a segunda rede pré-configurada, a 192.168.1.0/24, também pode " +"ser utilizada. Editar o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"computeroutput> e ajustar as definições da eth1 conforme necessário. Usar o " +"<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> ou qualquer outro editor LDAP para " +"verificar as configurações DNS e DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Adicionar chroot LTSP para suporte de clientes PC de 32 bits" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Para criar o chroot e a imagem SquashFS, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Ver <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +"informação sobre os tipos de cliente dependente (thin client)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de cliente LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> para ver as opções " +"de configuração disponíveis. Ou ler a informação online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Adicionar itens de configuração à secção /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. Para " +"aplicar as alterações, executar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Som em clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Os clientes dependentes LTSP usam áudio em rede para passar o áudio do " +"servidor para os clientes." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "As estações de trabalho sem disco LTSP gerem o áudio localmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Acesso a unidades USB e a CD-ROMs/DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM numa " +"estação de trabalho (sem disco), aparece um ícone na área de trabalho, que " +"permite o acesso ao conteúdo da unidade como numa estação de trabalho." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB num cliente ligeiro X2Go do " +"tipo \"bare\" (instalação predefinida do servidor combinado), a unidade é " +"montada quando é feito um duplo-clique no ícone de pasta na área de trabalho " +"Xfce. Dependendo do conteúdo da unidade, pode demorar algum tempo até que o " +"mesmo apareça no gestor de ficheiros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Um aviso sobre meios amovíveis em servidores LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Quando inseridos em servidores LTSP, as unidades USB e outros meios " +"amovíveis levam ao aparecimento do respectivo ícone de pasta nas áreas da " +"trabalho dos clientes dependentes LTSP. Utilizadores remotos podem aceder " +"aos ficheiros." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilizar impressoras acopladas a clientes LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Acoplar a impressora à máquina cliente LTSP (são suportados tanto o porto " +"USB como porto paralelo)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" +"Configurar o cliente LTSP através do GOsa² para utilizar um endereço IP fixo." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurar a impressora usando a interface web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> no servidor principal; escolher o tipo de " +"impressora de rede <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(para todas as impressoras independentemente da marca ou modelo) e " +"configurar <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</" +"computeroutput> como URI de ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modificar a configuração do PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE é o acrónimo de Preboot eXecution Environment (Ambiente de Execução Pré-" +"arranque). O Debian Edu usa agora a implementação <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> para uma integração mais fácil com o LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurar o menu PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"O item de menu do iPXE relativo às instalações do sistema é gerado usando o " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Este script " +"permite que algumas configurações sejam substituídas usando o ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> com valores " +"de substituição." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurar a instalação PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"A instalação PXE assumirá o idioma, o esquema do teclado e definições " +"espelhadas das definições usadas na instalação do servidor principal; os " +"outros elementos de configuração serão solicitados durante a instalação " +"(perfil, participação em popcon, particionamento e senha de root). Para " +"evitar estas solicitações, o ficheiro <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> pode ser modificado para fornecer " +"respostas pré-seleccionadas aos itens do debconf. Podem ser consultados " +"alguns exemplos de itens do debconf em <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. As alterações serão perdidas assim " +"que for usado o comando <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> para recriar o ambiente de instalação PXE. Para anexar " +"valores do debconf a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> durante a recriação através do " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adicionar o ficheiro " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> com os valores debconf adicionais." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"No capítulo <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalação</link> pode ser encontrada mais " +"informação sobre a modificação de instalações PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Adicionar repositórios a instalações PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um repositório, adicionar a <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"wwww/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> algo como:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"e de seguida executar <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> uma vez." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Alterar as definições de rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"O pacote debian-edu-config inclui uma ferramenta que ajuda a mudar a rede de " +"10.0.0.0/8 para outra. Ver <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Destina-se a ser usada logo após a " +"instalação no servidor principal, para actualizar o LDAP e outros ficheiros " +"que têm de ser editados para alterar a sub-rede." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Notar que mudar para uma das sub-redes já usadas por outros elementos no " +"Debian Edu não resulta. As sub-redes 192.168.0.0/24 e 192.168.1.0/24 já " +"estão configuradas como redes de clientes LTSP. A mudança para estas sub-" +"redes requer a edição manual dos ficheiros de configuração para remover " +"entradas duplicadas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Não há forma fácil de alterar o nome de domínio DNS. Alterá-lo exigiria " +"mudanças tanto na estrutura do LDAP como em vários ficheiros no sistema de " +"ficheiros do servidor principal. Também não há forma fácil de alterar os " +"nomes de máquina e DNS do servidor principal (tjener.intern). Para isso, " +"também seriam necessárias alterações no LDAP e nos ficheiros do servidor " +"principal e do sistema de ficheiros do cliente. A configuração do Kerberos " +"também teria de ser alterada, em ambos os casos. ` Por predefinição, " +"máquinas/clientes na rede Debian Edu podem ter permissão mas não serem " +"registadas como sistemas em GOsa². Se for necessário permitir apenas " +"clientes registados, use a opção HTTP_HOST em RewriteRule da configuração do " +"apache2 em vez do SERVER_ADDRESS inválido (veja este pedido de fusão para " +"detalhes: <computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" +"config/-/merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Área de trabalho remota" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Escolher o perfil Servidor LTSP ou o perfil Servidor combinado faz instalar " +"também os pacotes <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> e <emphasis>x2goserver</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"O Xrdp utiliza o Remote Desktop Protocol para apresentar um ecrã de acesso " +"gráfico num cliente remoto. Os utilizadores de Microsoft Windows podem ligar-" +"se ao servidor LTSP executando o xrdp sem instalar software adicional - " +"iniciam simplesmente uma ligação remota de área de trabalho na sua máquina " +"Windows e estabelecem a ligação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente, o xrdp pode ligar-se a um servidor VNC ou a outro servidor " +"RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"O Xrdp vem com suporte para som; para compilar (ou recompilar) os módulos " +"necessários, pode ser usado este script. Nota: o \"caller\" tem que ser o " +"root ou um membro do grupo sudo. Além disso, /etc/apt/sources.list deve " +"conter uma linha deb-src válida." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"O X2Go permite aceder a um ambiente de trabalho gráfico no servidor LTSP, " +"tanto através de ligações de baixa largura de banda como de alta largura de " +"banda, a partir de um PC com Linux, Windows ou MacOS. É necessário software " +"adicional no lado do cliente. Para mais informação consultar o wiki <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Notar que se for usado o X2Go será melhor remover o pacote " +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> no servidor LTSP. Ver <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Clientes de área de trabalho remota disponíveis" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> é instalado de origem e é " +"capaz de RDP e VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) – a maneira mais fácil de aceder ao servidor " +"de terminal Windows. Um pacote cliente alternativo é " +"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"O cliente VNC (Virtual Network Computer) dá acesso ao Skolelinux " +"remotamente. Um pacote cliente alternativo é <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"O <computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> é um cliente gráfico para o " +"sistema X2Go (não instalado de origem). Pode ser utilizado para ligação a " +"sessões em execução e para iniciar novas sessões." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Clientes sem fio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"O servidor <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> pode ser usado para estabelecer " +"ligações de rede seguras. Para funcionar, instalar os pacotes " +"<emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> e <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> no servidor " +"principal e executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +"setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> para gerar uma configuração básica, " +"específica de cada caso concreto. Desta forma, ambos os métodos EAP-TTLS/PAP " +"e PEAP-MSCHAPV2 são ativados. Toda a configuração está contida no próprio " +"script, para facilitar os ajustes específicos para cada caso. Para mais " +"informação, veja <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">o sítio do " +"FreeRADIUS</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "É necessária configuração adicional para" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"activar/desactivar pontos de acesso através de uma <emphasis>chave secreta " +"partilhada</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/customers.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"permitir/negar o acesso sem fios utilizando grupos LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"utilizadores)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"combinar pontos de acesso em grupos dedicados (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Os equipamentos de utilizador final têm de ser configurados correctamente; " +"estes equipamentos têm de ser protegidos por PIN para uso do EAP (802.1x). " +"Os utilizadores precisam de ser alertados para instalarem o certificado " +"freeradius CA nos seus equipamentos, para garantir que se ligam ao servidor " +"correcto. Desta forma, a senha não pode ser capturada no caso de contacto " +"com um servidor malicioso. O certificado específico do sítio está disponível " +"na rede interna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (para equipamentos " +"Linux de utilizador final)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Notar que a configuração de equipamentos de utilizador final é um verdadeiro " +"desafio, devido à variedade de equipamentos existentes. Para equipamentos " +"Windows pode ser criado um script de instalação e para equipamentos Apple um " +"ficheiro mobileconfig. O certificado freeRADIUS CA pode ser integrado em " +"ambos os casos, mas são necessárias ferramentas específicas do SO para criar " +"os scripts." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autorizar o uso do acrescento pGina em máquinas Windows com credenciais " +"Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Adicionar utilizador pGina no Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Para ter a possibilidade de usar o acrescento (plugin) pGina (acrescento ao " +"LDAP) - ou qualquer outra aplicação de terceiros de autenticação e " +"autorização de serviços - é necessário ter uma conta de utilizador especial " +"usada nas buscas dentro do LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um utilizador especial, p. ex. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> com senha <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, no sítio <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Descarregar e instalar o pGina 3.9.9.12 como software comum. Confirmar que a " +"pasta 'Plugins' do pGina contém o acrescento 'pGina.Plugin.Ldap.dll':" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configurar o pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Nas configurações do Debian Edu considerar que a ligação ao LDAP usa SSL " +"pelo porto 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"As definições necessárias ao acrescento do pGina para LDAP estão abaixo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(estão guardadas em " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Secção principal do acrescento para LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"Hospedeiro(s) LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (mais " +"qualquer outro, com \"espaço\" como separador)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"Porto LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (para ligação SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Tempo limite: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Usar SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Iniciar TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/NO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validar o certificado do servidor: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/NO</" +"emphasis> (não marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Buscar DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" é um utilizador específico de acesso ao LDAP para busca de " +"utilizadores numa sessão)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Senha de busca: pwd.777 (esta é a senha do \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Bloco de autenticação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Separador Bind:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Permitir senha vazia: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Buscar DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Filtro de busca: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Bloco de autorização" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Predefinição: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Permitir/Allow</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Negar quando a autenticação LDAP falha: <emphasis role=\"strong\">SIM/YES</" +"emphasis> (marcar a caixa)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Permitir quando o servidor está inatingível: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NÃO/" +"NO</emphasis> (não marcar a caixa, opcional)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Selecção do acrescento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Autenticação [v], Autorização [v], Conversor[v], Mudar a senha [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Máquina local: Autenticação [v], Conversor [v] (marcar apenas duas caixas)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordem dos acrescentos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Autenticação: LDAP, Máquina Local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Conversor: LDAP, Máquina Local" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Fontes:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "O Samba no Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"O Samba está agora configurado como <emphasis>servidor independente</" +"emphasis> com suporte smb2/SMB3 moderno e partilhas de utilizadores " +"activadas; ver <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</" +"computeroutput> no servidor principal. Desta forma, os utilizadores não " +"administradores podem efectuar partilhas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Para alterações específicas de cada escola, copiar /usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/smb.conf.edu-site para o directório /etc/samba. As definições em " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> substituirão as contidas em " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Por predefinição, os directórios home (pastas de utilizador) são só de " +"leitura. Isso pode ser alterado em <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"As senhas do Samba são guardadas usando <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> e são actualizadas no caso de uma senha ser alterada através " +"do GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar temporariamente a conta Samba de um utilizador, corra " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <utilizador></computeroutput>; para " +"reativar, corra <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <utilizador></" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> no servidor principal desactiva as partilhas de utilizador " +"para 'alunos'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Aceder a ficheiros via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"As ligações aos diretórios dos utilizadores e a partilhas adicionais " +"específicas de cada escola (se configuradas) são possíveis para sistemas " +"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS e Windows. Por exemplo, " +"dispositivos baseados em Android, requerem um gestor de ficheiros com " +"suporte SMB2/SMB3, também conhecido como acesso LAN. O <ulink url=\"https://" +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> e o " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> podem ser boas opções." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Executar <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<utilizador></computeroutput> ou " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<utilizador></computeroutput> para aceder " +"ao directório pessoal de um utilizador." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Instruções para ensino e aprendizagem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Todos os pacotes Debian mencionados nesta secção podem ser instalados " +"executando <computeroutput>apt install <nome-do-pacote></" +"computeroutput> (como root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Ensino de Programação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"O pacote <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> é um meta-pacote que " +"depende de um grande número de ferramentas de programação. Notar que este " +"meta-pacote ocupa quase 2 GiB de espaço em disco, se for instalado. Para " +"mais informação (talvez para instalar apenas alguns dos pacotes), consultar " +"a página <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Monitorização dos alunos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Aviso</emphasis>: tem que ser respeitada a " +"legislação sobre a monitorização e restrição de atividades dos utilizadores " +"de computadores." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Algumas escolas usam ferramentas de controlo, como o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> ou <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> " +"para supervisionar os seus alunos. Veja também: <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Página Inicial do Epoptes</ulink> e <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Página Inicial do Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Restringir o acesso dos alunos à rede" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Algumas escolas usam o <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> ou o <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> para restringir " +"o acesso à Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Instruções para os utilizadores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Alterar senhas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Cada utilizador deve alterar a sua senha através do GOsa². Para isso, basta " +"usar um navegador e ir a <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Usar o GOsa² para alterar a senha garante que as senhas para o Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), para o LDAP (userPassword) e para o Samba " +"(sambaNTPassword) sejam a mesma." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Alterar senhas usando o PAM também é possível no ponto de acesso do GDM; mas " +"isto actualiza apenas a senha do Kerberos e não as senhas do Samba e do " +"GOsa² (LDAP). Portanto, depois de uma alteração de senha no ponto de acesso, " +"é recomendado alterá-la igualmente pelo GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Executar aplicações Java autónomas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"As aplicações Java autónomas funcionam de imediato com o runtime OpenJDK " +"Java." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Usar o correio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Todos os utilizadores podem enviar e receber correio dentro da rede interna; " +"são fornecidos certificados para permitir ligações seguras TLS. Para " +"permitir o correio fora da rede interna, o administrador tem de configurar o " +"servidor de correio <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> para o adequar à " +"situação concreta, começando pelo <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-" +"config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Todos os utilizadores que queiram usar o Thunderbird têm de o configurar da " +"forma que se segue. Para um utilizador com nome de utilizador jdoe o " +"endereço de e-mail interno é <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Iniciar o Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Ignorar e usar o meu endereço existente'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Introduzir o endereço a ser usado" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "Não introduzir a senha, pois será utilizado o acesso único do Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Continuar'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Para IMAP e SMTP, as configurações devem ser 'STARTTLS' e 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; " +"se não forem detectadas automaticamente, introduzir manualmente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Clicar em 'Concluído'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuir" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuir pela Internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, a <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">lista de discussão dos desenvolvedores</ulink> é o nosso principal " +"meio de comunicação, embora haja reuniões em #debian-edu no irc.debian.org e " +"até mesmo, com menos frequência, encontros presenciais, onde os membros se " +"encontram pessoalmente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Uma boa forma de acompanhar o desenvolvimento do Debian Edu é inscrever-se " +"na lista de correio <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Comunicar deficiências" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Edu usa o Sistema de Rastreio de Deficiências do Debian <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. Ver " +"comunicações de deficiências existentes e pedidos de funcionalidades ou " +"criar novas entradas. Comunicar todas as deficiências com referência ao " +"pacote <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-" +"edu-config</ulink>. Ver em <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> para mais informação sobre " +"comunicação de deficiências no Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Redactores e tradutores de documentação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"A equipa do Debian Edu precisa de ajuda neste documento! Desde logo, o " +"documento ainda não está terminado: quem o ler, irá notar vários CORRIGIR/" +"FIXME inseridos no texto.Pede-se a quem souber (um pouco) do que precisa de " +"ser explicado em qualquer deles, que considere partilhar os seus " +"conhecimentos connosco." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"O texto original é um wiki e pode ser editado com um simples navegador da " +"web. Basta ir a <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> e é possível contribuir facilmente. Nota: é necessária uma conta " +"de utilizador para editar as páginas; tem de ser criada primeiro <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">uma conta de " +"utilizador do wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Outra boa forma de contribuir e ajudar os utilizadores é através da tradução " +"de software documentação. No capítulo sobre <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">traduções</link> está disponível informação sobre " +"como traduzir este documento. Pedimos que considere ajudar no esforço de " +"tradução deste livro!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Apoio" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Apoio baseado em voluntários" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "em inglês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu no irc.debian.org - canal IRC, relacionado sobretudo com o " +"desenvolvimento; não deve ser esperado apoio em tempo real, embora isso " +"aconteça com frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "em norueguês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux em irc.debian.org - Canal IRC para apoiar os utilizadores " +"noruegueses" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "em alemão" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - canal IRC para suporte a utilizadores " +"Alemães" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "Em francês" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support mailing " +"list" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Apoio profissional" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"As listas de empresas que prestam apoio profissional estão disponíveis em " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades no Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades do Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Alterações na instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian trixie; veja o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalação</ulink> para mais detalhes," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"nomeadamente sobre <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, que é " +"uma nova secção a par das bem conhecidas <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> e " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, o tema predefinido do " +"Debian 13 Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Actualizações de software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Tudo o que é novo em Debian 13 trixie, por exemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Kernel Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Caixa de ferramentas educativas GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Criador de música Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "O Debian Trixie tem mais de 59000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"É fornecida mais informação sobre o Debian 13 Trixie nas <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notas de " +"lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Actualizações de documentação e tradução" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Na instalação, a página de escolha de perfil está disponível em 29 idiomas, " +"dos quais 22 apresentam traduções completas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Manual do Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> está totalmente traduzido para " +"Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Holandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, " +"Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português da Europa, " +"Espanhol, Romeno e Ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Problemas conhecidos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"veja <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Direitos de autor e autores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Este documento foi escrito e protegido por direitos de autor por Holger " +"Levsen (2007-2023), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), " +"Patrick Winnertz (2007) , Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), " +"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, " +"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy " +"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2021), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012) e Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) e Guido Berhörster " +"(2023), e é publicado sob licença GPL2 ou qualquer versão posterior. Aprecie!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Se for adicionado conteúdo ao manual, <emphasis role=\"strong\">por favor, " +"isso deve ser feito apenas pelo autor do conteúdo adicionado. O conteúdo " +"adicionado tem de ser publicado nas mesmas condições do manual</emphasis>! " +"Depois adicione o nome do autor a esta lista e mencione que a publicação é " +"feita sob a licença \"GPL v2 ou qualquer versão posterior\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traduções deste documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Há uma <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">visão geral em linha das traduções disponíveis</ulink>, que é actualizada " +"com frequência." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Instruções sobre como traduzir este documento" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Traduzir utilizando ficheiros PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Como em muitos projetos de software livre, as traduções deste documento são " +"mantidas em ficheiros PO. Pode ser encontrada mais informação sobre o " +"processo de tradução usando esses ficheiros em <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Traduzir em linha utilizando um navegador da Web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das equipas de tradução decidiu optar por traduzir via Weblate. " +"Para mais informação, veja <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/" +"debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Solicita-se que quaisquer problemas sejam comunicados." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Apêndice A – A Licença Pública Geral GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 13, denominado Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > e outros; consultar a secção " +"<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Direitos de autor</link> para ver a lista " +"completa dos detentores de direitos de autor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Apêndice B – Aspectos salientes de versões anteriores" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Novas funcionalidades do Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Nova versão do Instalador Debian do Debian bookworm; ver o <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">manual de " +"instalação</ulink> para mais informação" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">tema Emerald</ulink>, o tema predefinido do Debian 12 " +"Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Tudo o que é novo no Debian 12 Bookworm; por exemplo:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Ferramentas educativas GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Editor de música Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"O Debian Bookworm inclui mais de 64 000 pacotes disponíveis para instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre o Debian 12 Bookworm nas <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notas de lançamento</ulink> " +"e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente traduzido " +"para Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, " +"Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, Português europeu, " +"Castelhano, Romeno e Ucraniano." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"veja <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">a " +"página de estado do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Informação histórica sobre versões mais antigas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Anteriormente foram lançadas as seguintes versões do Debian Edu :" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 Nome de código Bullseye, lançado em 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 codinome Buster lançado em 2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codenome Stretch lançado em 2017-06-17." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0, denominado Jessie, lançado em 02-07-2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0, denominado Wheezy, lançado em 28-09-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 03-03-2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0, denominado \"Squeeze\", lançado em 11-03-2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 05-10-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0, denominado \"Lenny\", lançado em 08-02-2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", lançado em 05-12-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" lançado em 22-07-2007. Baseado no Debian 4.0 Etch " +"lançado em 08-04-2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, lançado em 14-03-2006. Baseado no Debian 3.1 Sarge, lançado " +"em 06-06-2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" lançado em 20-06-2004. Baseado no Debian 3.0 Woody " +"lançado em 19-07-2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Apêndice C do manual do Jessie</ulink> contém uma visão completa " +"e detalhada das versões mais antigas; ou ver os manuais das respectivas " +"versões na página <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">manuais das diferentes versões</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccionar «Uplink» se a rede a montante requerer um endereço IP " +#~ "estático e «Educação» se foi seguida a sugestão acima para redes internas." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#~| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> está totalmente " +#~ "traduzido para Chinês Simplificado, Dinamarquês, Nederlandês, Francês, " +#~ "Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês Bokmål, Português do Brasil, " +#~ "Português europeu, Castelhano, Romeno e Ucraniano." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A instalação de pacotes retro-portados é simples. Primeiro, executar " +#~ "(dois passos):" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual do Debian Edu 12, denominado Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nova versão do Instalador Debian no Debian Bullseye; para mais " +#~ "informação, consultar o <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Novas imagens baseadas no <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">tema Homeworld</ulink>, o tema predefinido do Debian " +#~ "11 Bullseye." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Instalador Debian deixou de aceitar a configuração chroot LTSP. No caso " +#~ "de uma instalação de servidor combinado (perfis 'Servidor principal' + " +#~ "'Servidor LTSP'), a configuração para suporte de clientes dependentes " +#~ "(agora usando o X2Go) acontece no final da instalação. A geração da " +#~ "imagem SquashFS para suporte de clientes sem disco (a partir do sistema " +#~ "de ficheiros do servidor) é feita no primeiro arranque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para servidores LTSP separados, ambos os passos têm que ser feitos " +#~ "através de uma ferramenta, após o primeiro arranque na rede interna " +#~ "quando estiver disponível informação suficiente a partir do servidor " +#~ "principal." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Núcleo (kernel) Linux 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ambientes de trabalho KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Editor de música Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mais informação sobre o Debian 11 Bullseye disponível nas <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notas de " +#~ "lançamento</ulink> e no <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manual de instalação</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Manual do Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> está totalmente " +#~ "traduzido para Nederlandês, Francês, Alemão, Italiano, Japonês, Norueguês " +#~ "Bokmål, Português e Chinês Simplificado." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existem versões parcialmente traduzidas para dinamarquês e castelhano." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Outras alterações por comparação com a versão anterior" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Melhor suporte para TLS/SSL na rede interna. Nos clientes, o certificado " +#~ "de raiz para o Debian Edu-CA está incluído no pacote de certificados para " +#~ "todo o sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Novo LTSP, reescrito do zero, deixando de suportar clientes dependentes. " +#~ "Os clientes dependentes são agora suportados utilizando o X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Arranque pela rede (Netboot) é feito utilizando o iPXE em vez do " +#~ "PXELINUX, para estar em conformidade com o LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O directório <emphasis> / srv / tftp </emphasis> é agora usado como base " +#~ "do arranque pela rede, em vez do directório <emphasis> / var / lib / " +#~ "tftpboot </emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O DuckDuckGo é usado como motor de busca predefinido nos navegadores " +#~ "Firefox ESR e Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Chromium usa o sítio web interno, em vez do Google, como página inicial " +#~ "predefinida." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nas estações de trabalho sem disco, o Kerberos TGT está automaticamente " +#~ "disponível após o acesso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicionada nova ferramenta para configurar o freeRADIUS com suporte para " +#~ "EAP-TTLS / PAP e PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Samba é configurado como \"servidor autónomo\" com suporte para SMB2/" +#~ "SMB3; deixou de haver a junção ao domínio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A interface web GOsa² não mostra entradas relacionadas com o Samba porque " +#~ "os dados da conta Samba deixaram de ser guardados no LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "É usado o modo gráfico do Instalador Debian para instalações PXE (em vez " +#~ "do modo de texto)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O servidor de impressão central CUPS é ipp.intern; os utilizadores " +#~ "pertencentes ao grupo printer-admins têm permissão para administrar o " +#~ "CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A administração do Icinga através da interface web está restrita ao " +#~ "primeiro utilizador." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Caso esteja disponível um encaminhador, mas o mesmo não possa ser " +#~ "configurado conforme necessário (por a pessoa não ter permissões para o " +#~ "fazer ou por razões técnicas, por exemplo), um computador antigo com duas " +#~ "interfaces de rede pode ser transformado em conversor entre a rede " +#~ "existente e a rede do Debian Edu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma maneira simples é instalar o Debian Edu neste computador; durante a " +#~ "instalação seleccionar 'Mínimo' como perfil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Após a instalação, executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> ; " +#~ "serão efectuadas as seguintes alterações:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Alteração do ficheiro /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Alteração do nome de hospedeiro definitivamente para 'gateway'." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Remoção de scripts supérfluos." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Instalação de uma barreira [firewall] (opcional)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando os utilizadores inserem uma unidade USB ou um DVD /CD-ROM num " +#~ "cliente dependente X2Go, o dispositivo é automaticamente montado e é " +#~ "possível aceder-lhe navegando na pasta respectiva no ambiente de trabalho " +#~ "Xfce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se os utilizadores remotos aceitarem a ação da janela emergente ou " +#~ "utilizarem o pmount na consola/terminal, podem até montar os aparelhos " +#~ "amovíveis e aceder aos ficheiros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para instalar um ambiente de trabalho diferente do predefinido, premir " +#~ "TAB e editar as opções de arranque do núcleo (kernel) (como explicado " +#~ "acima)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No Bullseye, o LTSP é bastante diferente das versões anteriores, no que " +#~ "respeita tanto à configuração como à manutenção. Uma das principais " +#~ "diferenças, é que a imagem SquashFS para estações de trabalho sem disco é " +#~ "agora gerada a partir do sistema de ficheiros do servidor LTSP. Além " +#~ "disso, os clientes dependentes já não são suportados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)cria suporte a clientes dependentes " +#~ "de 64 bits." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~ "about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Executar <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. Executar " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> para " +#~ "informação sobre tipos de clientes dependentes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Estação de trabalho</emphasis>, especialmente " +#~ "qualquer <emphasis role=\"strong\">servidor LTSP</emphasis> separado ou " +#~ "adicional" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "aceder como root." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "executar <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-" +#~ "keytab</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Data publicării; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Traducere:</emphasis> +2019 Catalin Ene +2021 Guilherme Fernandes Neto +2023-2026 Remus-Gabriel Chelu + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ro.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8652 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-20 23:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Remus-Gabriel Chelu <remusgabriel.chelu@disroot.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/ro/>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n==0 || (n%100 > 0 && n%100 < " +"20)) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "ro" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Manualul Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Data publicării:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Manual pentru Debian Edu 13 nume în cod „trixie”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Logo-ul programului de instalare Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Acesta este manualul pentru versiunea Debian Edu 13 Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Versiunea de la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> este în format „wiki” și este actualizată frecvent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Traducerile actualizate sunt disponibile <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">în această pagină</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Despre Debian Edu și Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, cunoscut și ca Skolelinux, este o distribuție Linux bazată pe " +"Debian care oferă un mediu „ca scos din cutie” al unei rețele școlare " +"complet configurate. Aceasta implementează o abordare client-server. " +"Serverele și clienții sunt <emphasis>piese de software</emphasis> care " +"interacționează între ele. Serverele furnizează informațiile necesare " +"clienților pentru a funcționa. Atunci când un server este instalat pe o " +"mașină, iar clientul său pe o altă mașină, mașinile în sine sunt denumite " +"server și client, prin extensie a conceptului." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Capitolele despre <link linkend=\"Requirements\">cerințele echipamentului și " +"de rețea</link> și despre <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arhitectură</link> " +"conțin detalii de bază pentru proiectarea sistemului." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"După instalarea unui server principal, toate serviciile necesare pentru o " +"rețea școlară sunt configurate, iar sistemul este gata de utilizare. Doar " +"utilizatorii și mașinile trebuie să fie adăugate prin GOsa², o interfață web " +"confortabilă sau orice alt editor LDAP. De asemenea, a fost pregătit un " +"mediu de pornire prin rețea folosind PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink>, astfel încât, după instalarea inițială a serverului " +"principal de pe CD, disc Blu-ray sau unitate flash USB, toate celelalte " +"mașini pot fi instalate prin rețea, inclusiv „stațiile de lucru itinerante " +"(în roaming)” (cele care pot fi scoase din rețeaua școlii, de obicei " +"laptopuri sau netbook-uri). De asemenea, mașinile pot fi pornite prin PXE/" +"iPXE ca stații de lucru fără disc sau clienți lejeri." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Multe aplicații educative cum ar fi GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege și Scratch sunt incluse în configurația implicită a mediului de " +"birou; lista aplicațiilor poate fi lărgită cu ușurință datorită universului " +"de aplicații Debian." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Un pic de istorie și de ce două nume" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"este o distribuție Linux creată de către proiectul Debian Edu . Ca " +"distribuție <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</" +"ulink>, este un subproiect oficial al <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta înseamnă că Skolelinux este o distribuție Debian care oferă un mediu " +"„ca scos din cutie” pentru o rețea școlară complet configurată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Proiectul Skolelinux din Norvegia a fost fondat pe 2 iulie 2001 și " +"aproximativ în aceeași perioadă Raphaël Hertzog a inițiat Debian-Edu în " +"Franța. Din 2003, cele două proiecte au fuzionat, dar cele două nume au " +"rămas. „Skole” și (Debian-) „Education” sunt de fapt doi termeni bine " +"cunoscuți în aceste regiuni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "" +"În prezent, sistemul este utilizat în mai multe țări din întreaga lume." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitectura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune a documentului descrie arhitectura rețelei și serviciile " +"furnizate de o instalare Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Topologia rețelei Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Diagrama de mai sus este o schemă a topologiei presupuse a rețelei. " +"Configurația implicită a unei rețele Skolelinux presupune că există un " +"singur server principal, care permite în același timp includerea atât a " +"stațiilor de lucru normale, cât și a serverelor LTSP (cu clienți lejeri și/" +"sau stații de lucru fără discuri asociate). Numărul de stații de lucru poate " +"fi oricât de mare sau de mic doriți (începând de la niciunul până la foarte " +"multe). Același lucru este valabil și pentru serverele LTSP, fiecare dintre " +"acestea aflându-se pe o rețea separată, astfel încât traficul dintre clienți " +"și serverul LTSP să nu afecteze restul serviciilor de rețea. LTSP este " +"explicat în detaliu în capitolul din <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link> aferent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Motivul pentru care nu poate exista decât un singur server principal în " +"fiecare rețea școlară este acela că serverul principal furnizează DHCP și nu " +"poate exista decât o singură mașină care să facă acest lucru în fiecare " +"rețea. Este posibil să se mute serviciile de pe serverul principal pe alte " +"mașini prin configurarea serviciului pe o altă mașină și actualizarea " +"ulterioară a configurației DNS, indicând aliasul DNS pentru serviciul " +"respectiv către calculatorul potrivit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a simplifica configurarea standard a Skolelinux, conexiunea la " +"Internet trece printr-un router separat, numit și poartă de acces sau " +"pasarelă. Consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Router Internet</link> pentru detalii despre cum să " +"configurați o astfel de poartă de acces în cazul în care nu este posibilă " +"configurarea uneia existente în funcție de necesități." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Configurația implicită a rețelei" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP de pe serverul principal deservește rețeaua 10.0.0.0/8, oferind un " +"meniu de pornire PXE în care puteți alege dacă doriți să instalați un nou " +"server/stație de lucru, să porniți un client lejer sau o stație de lucru " +"fără disc, să executați «memtest» sau să porniți de pe discul dur local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Acesta este conceput pentru a fi modificat; pentru detalii, consultați " +"capitolul din <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din " +"rețea</link> aferent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP pe serverele LTSP deservește doar o rețea dedicată pe cea de-a doua " +"interfață (192.168.0.0/24 și 192.168.1.0/24 sunt opțiunile preconfigurate) " +"și rareori ar trebui să fie nevoie de modificarea acestora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Configurația tuturor subrețelelor este stocată în LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Serverul principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"O rețea Skolelinux are nevoie de un server principal (numit „tjener” care " +"înseamnă în limba norvegiană „server”) cu o adresă IP dedicată fixă 10.0.2.2 " +"și care este instalat selecționând profilul „Server principal”. Este posibil " +"(dar nu și necesar) a selecționa și instala profilele pentru serverul LTSP " +"și stație de lucru pe lângă cel al serverului principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Servicii disponibile pe serverul principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Cu excepția controlului clienților lejeri, toate serviciile sunt configurate " +"inițial pe un calculator central (serverul principal). Din motive de " +"performanță, serverul (sau serverele LTSP) ar trebui să fie separate (deși " +"este posibil să se instaleze atât profilul serverului principal, cât și cel " +"al serverului LTSP pe aceeași mașină). Tuturor serviciilor li se alocă un " +"nume DNS dedicat și sunt oferite exclusiv prin IPv4. Numele DNS alocat " +"facilitează mutarea serviciilor individuale de pe serverul principal pe o " +"altă mașină, prin simpla oprire a serviciului de pe serverul principal și " +"modificarea configurației DNS pentru a indica noua locație a serviciului " +"(care trebuie să fie configurată mai întâi pe acea mașină, desigur)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a asigura securitatea, toate conexiunile prin care parolele sunt " +"transmise prin rețea sunt criptate, astfel încât nici o parolă nu este " +"trimisă prin rețea ca text în clar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Mai jos este un tabel cu serviciile care sunt configurate în mod implicit " +"într-o rețea Skolelinux și numele DNS al fiecărui serviciu. Dacă este " +"posibil, toate fișierele de configurare se vor referi la serviciu după nume " +"(fără numele de domeniu), facilitând astfel schimbarea de către școli fie a " +"domeniului lor (dacă au un domeniu DNS propriu), fie a adreselor IP pe care " +"le utilizează." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabelul serviciilor</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Descriere</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nume uzual</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Numele serviciului DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Jurnalizare centralizată" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Serviciul de nume de domeniu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domeniu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Configurarea automată a rețelei de calculatoare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronizarea ceasurilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Directoare personale prin intermediul sistemului de fișiere de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "directoare personale (home)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Poșta electronică" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "oficiul poștal (postoffice)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Serviciul de director" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Administrarea utilizatorilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Server web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Copii de rezervă centralizate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Cache web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Imprimarea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Autentificare la distanță securizată" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare automată" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Server(i) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Supravegherea mașinilor și a serviciilor cu raportare a erorilor, plus " +"starea și istoricul pe web. Raportarea erorilor prin poșta electronică" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga și Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Fișierele personale ale fiecărui utilizator sunt stocate în directoarele " +"personale ale acestora, care sunt făcute disponibile de către server. " +"Directoarele personale sunt accesibile de pe toate mașinile, oferind " +"utilizatorilor acces la aceleași fișiere indiferent de mașina pe care o " +"folosesc. Serverul este agnostic față de sistemele de operare, oferind acces " +"prin NFS pentru clienții Unix și prin SMB2/SMB3 pentru ceilalți clienți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, poșta electronică este configurată să livreze mesajele în " +"rețeaua locală (adică în interiorul școlii), deși se poate configura " +"livrarea de mesaje în Internet dacă școala are o conexiune permanentă la " +"Internet. Clienții sunt configurați să livreze corespondența către server " +"(folosind „smarthost”), iar utilizatorii pot <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">accesa corespondența personală</link> prin IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Toate serviciile sunt accesibile folosind același nume de utilizator și " +"aceeași parolă, datorită bazei de date centralizate a utilizatorilor care " +"gestionează autentificarea și autorizarea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crește performanța pe siturile accesate frecvent, se utilizează un " +"proxy web care stochează fișierele la nivel local (Squid). Împreună cu " +"blocarea traficului web în router, acest lucru permite, de asemenea, " +"controlul accesului la Internet pe fiecare mașină în parte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Configurarea rețelei pe clienți se face automat cu ajutorul serviciului " +"DHCP. Toate tipurile de clienți pot fi conectate la subrețeaua privată " +"10.0.0.0.0/8 și vor primi adrese IP corespunzătoare; clienții LTSP trebuie " +"conectați la serverul LTSP corespunzător prin intermediul subrețelei " +"separate 192.168.0.0/24 (aceasta pentru a se asigura că traficul de rețea al " +"clienților LTSP nu interferează cu restul serviciilor de rețea)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Jurnalizarea centralizată este configurată astfel încât toate mașinile să " +"trimită mesajele „syslog” către server. Serviciul «syslog» este configurat " +"astfel încât să accepte numai mesajele primite din rețeaua locală." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, serverul DNS este configurat cu un domeniu destinat " +"exclusiv uzului intern (*.intern), până când poate fi configurat un domeniu " +"DNS real („extern”). Serverul DNS este configurat ca server DNS cu " +"prestocarea numelor de domeniu (cu cache), astfel încât toate mașinile din " +"rețea să îl poată utiliza ca server DNS principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Elevii și profesorii au posibilitatea de a publica situri web. Serverul web " +"oferă mecanisme de autentificare a utilizatorilor și de limitare a accesului " +"la pagini individuale și subdirectoare pentru anumiți utilizatori și " +"grupuri. Utilizatorii vor avea posibilitatea de a crea pagini web dinamice, " +"deoarece serverul web va fi programabil pe partea de server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Informațiile privind utilizatorii și mașinile pot fi modificate într-o " +"singură locație centrală și sunt accesibile în mod automat tuturor " +"calculatoarelor din rețea. Pentru a realiza acest lucru, se înființează un " +"server de directoare centralizat. Directorul va conține informații despre " +"utilizatori, grupuri de utilizatori, mașini și grupuri de mașini. Pentru a " +"evita confuzia utilizatorilor, nu va exista nicio diferență între grupurile " +"de fișiere și grupurile de rețea. Aceasta implică faptul că grupurile de " +"mașini care vor forma grupurile de rețea vor utiliza același spațiu de nume " +"ca și grupurile de utilizatori." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Administrarea serviciilor și a utilizatorilor se va face în principal prin " +"intermediul internetului și respectă standardele stabilite, funcționând bine " +"în navigatoarele web care fac parte din Skolelinux. Sistemele de " +"administrare vor permite delegarea anumitor sarcini către utilizatori " +"individuali sau grupuri de utilizatori." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a evita anumite probleme cu NFS și pentru a simplifica depanarea " +"problemelor, diferitele mașini din rețea au nevoie de sincronizarea " +"ceasurilor. Pentru a realiza acest lucru, serverul Skolelinux este " +"configurat ca server local NTP (Network Time Protocol), iar toate stațiile " +"de lucru și clienții sunt configurați pentru a se sincroniza cu serverul. " +"Serverul însuși trebuie să-și sincronizeze ceasul prin NTP cu mașinile din " +"internet, asigurându-se astfel că întreaga rețea are ora corectă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Imprimantele sunt conectate acolo unde este convenabil, fie direct la " +"rețeaua principală, fie conectate la un server, la o stație de lucru sau la " +"un server LTSP. Accesul la imprimante poate fi controlat pentru utilizatorii " +"individuali în funcție de grupurile din care fac parte; acest lucru se va " +"realiza prin utilizarea cotelor și a controlului accesului la imprimante." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Serverul LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"O rețea Skolelinux poate avea mai multe servere LTSP care sunt instalate " +"selecționând profilul „Server LTSP”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Serverele LTSP sunt configurate pentru a primi jurnalele de sistem (syslog) " +"de la clienții lejeri și stațiile de lucru și pentru a retransmite aceste " +"mesaje către destinatarul central de jurnalizare «syslog»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Rețineți că:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Stațiile de lucru fără disc LTSP utilizează programele instalate pe server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Sistemul de fișiere rădăcină al clientului este furnizat prin NFS. După " +"fiecare modificare a serverului LTSP, imaginea aferentă trebuie generată din " +"nou; executați <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> pe serverul LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Clienți lejeri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"O configurație de client lejer permite PC-urilor obișnuite să funcționeze ca " +"terminale (X). Aceasta înseamnă că mașina pornește direct de la server " +"folosind PXE, fără a utiliza discul dur local al clientului. Configurația de " +"client lejer utilizează acum X2Go, deoarece LTSP a eliminat suportul pentru " +"această funcționalitate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Clienții lejeri sunt o modalitate bună de a utiliza în continuare mașini " +"foarte vechi (în general pe 32 de biți), deoarece acestea rulează efectiv " +"toate programele de pe serverul LTSP. Acest lucru funcționează după cum " +"urmează: serviciul utilizează DHCP și TFTP pentru a se conecta la rețea și " +"pentru a porni din rețea. Apoi, sistemul de fișiere este montat de pe " +"serverul LTSP folosind NFS și, în final, este pornit clientul X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Stații de lucru fără disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"O stație de lucru fără disc rulează toate programele de pe PC fără un sistem " +"de operare instalat local. Aceasta înseamnă că mașinile client pornesc prin " +"PXE fără a rula software-ul instalat pe un disc dur local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Stațiile de lucru fără discuri reprezintă o modalitate excelentă de a " +"utiliza echipamente puternice cu aceleași costuri de întreținere reduse ca " +"și în cazul clienților lejeri. Software-ul este administrat și întreținut pe " +"server, fără a fi nevoie de software instalat local pe clienți. De asemenea, " +"directoarele personale și configurările de sistem sunt stocate pe server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Clienți din rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Termenul „clienți din rețea” este utilizat în acest manual pentru a se " +"referi atât la clienții lejeri, cât și la stațiile de lucru fără disc, " +"precum și la calculatoarele care rulează MacOS sau Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administarea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Toate mașinile Linux care sunt instalate cu programul de instalare " +"Skolelinux vor putea fi administrate de pe un calculator central, cel mai " +"probabil de pe server. Va fi posibilă conectarea la toate mașinile prin SSH, " +"având astfel acces complet la acestea. Ca root trebuie să se ruleze mai " +"întâi <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> pentru a obține un tichet " +"(„ticket-granting ticket”: TGT) Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Toate informațiile despre utilizatori sunt păstrate într-un director LDAP. " +"Actualizările conturilor de utilizator se fac în raport cu această bază de " +"date, care este utilizată de clienți pentru autentificarea utilizatorilor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"În prezent, există două tipuri de imagini media de instalare: netinst " +"(instalare prin rețea) și BD (Block Device). Ambele imagini pot fi pornite " +"și de pe brelocuri de memorie USB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Scopul este acela de a putea instala o singură dată un server de pe orice " +"tip de suport și de a instala toți ceilalți clienți din rețea prin pornirea " +"din rețea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Numai imaginea de instalare prin rețea, „netinst” are nevoie de acces la " +"internet în timpul instalării." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea nu ar trebui să pună nicio întrebare, cu excepția limbii dorite, " +"a locației, a aranjamentului tastaturii și a profilului mașinii (server " +"principal, stație de lucru, server LTSP, ...). Toate celelalte configurări " +"vor fi stabilite automat cu valori rezonabile, urmând a fi modificate dintr-" +"o locație centrală de către administratorul de sistem după efectuarea " +"instalării." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea accesului la sistemul de fișiere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Fiecărui cont de utilizator Skolelinux i se atribuie o secțiune a sistemului " +"de fișiere de pe serverul de fișiere. Această secțiune (director personal) " +"conține fișierele de configurare, documentele, corespondența electronică și " +"paginile web ale utilizatorului. Unele dintre fișiere ar trebui să fie " +"configurate pentru a avea acces de citire pentru alți utilizatori de pe " +"sistem, unele ar trebui să poată fi citite de oricine din Internet, iar " +"altele nu ar trebui să fie accesibile pentru citire decât utilizatorului." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a vă asigura că toate discurile care sunt utilizate pentru directoare " +"de utilizator sau directoare partajate pot fi denumite în mod unic pe toate " +"calculatoarele din sistemul Skolelinux, acestea pot fi montate ca " +"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Inițial, pe " +"serverul de fișiere este creat un director, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/" +"home0/</computeroutput>, în care sunt create toate conturile de utilizator. " +"Ulterior, pot fi create mai multe directoare, atunci când este necesar, " +"pentru a găzdui anumite grupuri de utilizatori sau anumite modele de " +"utilizare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a permite accesul partajat la fișiere în cadrul sistemului normal de " +"permisiuni UNIX, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupuri specifice " +"suplimentare (cum ar fi „elevi ”), precum și din grupul primar personal în " +"care se află în mod implicit (clasa, școala). Dacă utilizatorii au o valoare " +"adecvată a parametrului „umask” pentru a face ca elementele nou create să " +"fie accesibile în grup (002 sau 007) și dacă directoarele în care lucrează " +"au bitul „setgid” activat pentru a se asigura că fișierele moștenesc " +"proprietatea corectă asupra grupului, rezultatul este o partajare controlată " +"a fișierelor între membrii unui grup." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Configurațiile inițiale de acces pentru fișierele nou create sunt o " +"chestiune de politică de sistem. Valoarea implicită a parametrului umask în " +"Debian este 022 (care nu ar permite accesul în grup, așa cum este descris " +"mai sus), dar Debian Edu folosește valoarea implicită 002 - ceea ce înseamnă " +"că fișierele sunt create cu acces de citire pentru toată lumea, care poate " +"fi eliminat ulterior printr-o acțiune explicită a utilizatorului. Acest " +"lucru poate fi schimbat alternativ (prin editarea <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/" +"common-session</computeroutput>) la o valoare umask de 007 - ceea ce " +"înseamnă că accesul la citire este inițial blocat, fiind necesară o acțiune " +"a utilizatorului pentru a le face accesibile. Prima abordare încurajează " +"schimbul de cunoștințe și face ca sistemul să fie mai transparent, în timp " +"ce a doua metodă scade riscul de răspândire nedorită a informațiilor " +"sensibile. Problema primei soluții este că utilizatorii nu sunt conștienți " +"de faptul că materialele pe care le creează vor fi accesibile tuturor " +"celorlalți utilizatori. Aceștia pot detecta acest lucru doar inspectând " +"directoarele altor utilizatori și constatând că fișierele lor sunt " +"accesibile pentru citire. Problema celei de-a doua soluții este că puțini " +"sunt cei care își vor face fișierele accesibile, chiar dacă acestea nu " +"conțin informații sensibile, iar conținutul ar fi util pentru utilizatorii " +"curioși care doresc să afle cum au rezolvat alții anumite probleme (de " +"obicei, probleme de configurare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Cerințe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Există diferite moduri de a configura (de a pune în practică) o soluție " +"Skolelinux. Aceasta poate fi instalată pe un singur PC independent sau poate " +"fi o soluție la nivel regional în mai multe școli, operată la nivel central. " +"Această flexibilitate face o mare diferență în ceea ce privește configurarea " +"componentelor de rețea, a serverelor și a mașinilor client." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Cerințe hardware" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Scopul diferitelor profile este explicat în capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">Arhitectura rețelei</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă intenționați să utilizați LTSP, aruncați o privire la pagina wiki " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">Pagina wiki referitoare la cerințele " +"hardware LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Calculatoarele pe care rulează Debian Edu / Skolelinux trebuie să aibă " +"procesoare x86 pe 32 de biți (arhitectura Debian „i386”, cele mai vechi " +"procesoare acceptate sunt cele din clasa 686) sau pe 64 de biți (arhitectura " +"Debian „amd64”)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Clienții lejeri pot funcționa cu doar 256 Mio de memorie RAM și frecvența " +"procesorului de 400 MHz, deși se recomandă mai multă memorie RAM și " +"procesoare mai rapide." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Pentru stațiile de lucru, stațiile de lucru fără disc și sistemele autonome, " +"1500 MHz pentru procesor și 1024 Mio pentru memoria RAM sunt cerințele " +"minime absolute. Pentru rularea navigatorilor web moderni și a LibreOffice " +"se recomandă cel puțin 2048 Mio de memorie RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "Spațiul minim necesar pe disc depinde de profilul care este instalat:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"pentru o combinație de server principal + server LTSP + stație de lucru (în " +"cazul în care se dorește o interfață grafică pe server): 60 Gio (plus spațiu " +"suplimentar pentru conturile de utilizator)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "server LTSP: 40 Gio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "stație de lucru sau sistem autonom: 30 Gio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "instalarea minimă a mașinilor în rețea: 4 Gio." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"Serverele LTSP au nevoie de două plăci de rețea atunci când se utilizează " +"arhitectura de rețea implicită:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 este conectată la rețeaua principală (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 este utilizată pentru deservirea clienților LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Laptopurile sunt stații de lucru mobile, deci au aceleași necesități ca și " +"stațiile de lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Calculatoare compatibile" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"O listă cu calculatoarele testate este furnizată în pagina <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Această listă nu " +"este nici pe departe completă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> este un efort de " +"a documenta cum se instalează, se configurează și se utilizează Debian pe un " +"anumit tip de calculatoare, permițând potențialilor cumpărători să știe dacă " +"calculatoarele respective sunt acceptate, iar proprietarilor actuali să știe " +"cum să obțină cele mai bune rezultate de la aceste calculatoare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Cerințe pentru configurarea rețelei" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Configurația implicită" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Atunci când se utilizează arhitectura de rețea implicită, se aplică aceste " +"reguli:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Aveți nevoie de un singur server principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Puteți avea sute de stații de lucru în rețeaua principală." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Puteți avea o mulțime de servere LTSP în rețeaua principală; două subrețele " +"diferite sunt preconfigurate (DNS, DHCP) în LDAP, putând fi adăugate mai " +"multe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Puteți avea sute de clienți lejeri și/sau stații de lucru fără disc pe " +"fiecare rețea de servere LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Puteți avea sute de alte mașini cărora li se vor atribui adrese IP dinamice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a avea acces la internet aveți nevoie de un router/punct de acces " +"(pasarelă); a se vedea mai jos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Router-ul internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Pentru conectarea la Internet este necesar un router/punct de " +"acces(pasarelă), conectat la internet pe interfața externă și care rulează " +"la adresa IP 10.0.0.1 cu masca de rețea 255.0.0.0 pe interfața internă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Router-ul nu trebuie să ruleze un server DHCP, dar poate rula un server DNS, " +"deși acesta nu este necesar și nu va fi utilizat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care nu aveți deja un router sau dacă router-ul existent nu " +"poate fi configurat în mod corespunzător, orice mașină care îndeplinește " +"cerințele pentru o instalare Debian minimă și care are cel puțin două " +"interfețe de rețea poate fi transformată într-o poartă de legătură între " +"rețeaua existentă și cea Debian Edu.. Consultați <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">documentația de instalare</link> pentru o modalitate simplă de " +"instalare și configurare a unei mașini Debian folosind " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți nevoie de ceva pentru un router încorporat sau un punct de acces, " +"vă recomandăm să folosiți <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" +"ulink>, deși, desigur, puteți folosi și firmware-ul original. Utilizarea " +"firmware-ului original este mai ușoară; utilizarea OpenWRT vă oferă mai " +"multe opțiuni și control. Consultați paginile web OpenWRT pentru o listă cu " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">dispozitivele compatibile</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil să folosiți o configurație de rețea diferită (există o <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">procedură " +"documentată</ulink> pentru a face acest lucru), dar dacă nu sunteți forțat " +"să faceți acest lucru de o infrastructură de rețea existentă, se recomandă " +"să nu faceți acest lucru și să păstrați configurația de la <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arhitectura de rețea</link> implicită." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Opțiuni de descărcare și instalare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Unde puteți găsi informații suplimentare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Se recomandă să citiți sau cel puțin să aruncați o privire la <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notele de " +"lansare pentru Debian Trixie</ulink> înainte de a începe să instalați un " +"sistem pentru utilizarea în producție. Există mai multe informații despre " +"versiunea Debian Bookworm disponibile în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"Încercați Debian Edu/Skolelinux, acesta pur și simplu trebuie să funcționeze." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Se recomandă, totuși, citirea capitolelor despre <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">cerințele hardware și de rețea</link> și despre " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\" >arhitectură</link> înainte de a începe să " +"instalați un server principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Nu uitați să citiți, de asemenea, capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Primii pași</link> din acest manual, deoarece " +"acesta explică cum să accesați sistemul pentru prima dată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Descărcați mediile de instalare pentru Debian Edu 13, nume în cod „trixie”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 sau i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> și <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> sunt numele a două arhitecturi Debian pentru procesoare x86, " +"ambele sunt sau au fost construite de AMD, Intel și alți producători. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> este o arhitectură pe 64 de biți, iar " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> este o arhitectură pe 32 de biți. " +"Instalațiile noi de astăzi ar trebui să se facă folosind <computeroutput>" +"amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> ar trebui să " +"fie folosit numai pentru calculatoare foarte vechi. Debian Edu 12, nume în " +"cod „bookworm”, a fost ultima versiune care a oferit arhitectura " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "imagini netinst iso pentru amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Imaginea iso netinst poate fi utilizată pentru instalarea de pe CD/DVD și de " +"pe unități flash USB și este disponibilă pentru arhitectura Debian amd64. " +"După cum sugerează și numele, pentru instalare este necesar accesul la " +"internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Această imagine va fi disponibilă pentru descărcare la:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Imagini iso BD (Block Device) pentru amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Această imagine ISO are o dimensiune de aproximativ 17 Go și poate fi " +"utilizată pentru instalarea pe mașini amd64, de asemenea fără acces la " +"internet. Ca și imaginea netinst, poate fi utilizată pe unități flash USB " +"sau pe discuri de dimensiuni suficiente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verificarea fișierelor de imagine descărcate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Instrucțiunile detaliate pentru verificarea și utilizarea acestor imagini " +"sunt cuprinse în pagina <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-" +"CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Surse" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Sursele sunt disponibile din arhiva Debian în locațiile obișnuite, mai multe " +"medii sunt prezentate pe <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Instalarea Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Când instalați Debian Edu, aveți la dispoziție câteva opțiuni din care " +"puteți alege. Nu vă fie teamă; nu sunt multe. Am făcut o treabă bună în a " +"ascunde complexitatea Debian în timpul instalării și dincolo de aceasta. Cu " +"toate acestea, Debian Edu este Debian și, dacă doriți, există mai mult de " +"59.000 de pachete din care puteți alege și un miliard de opțiuni de " +"configurare. Pentru majoritatea utilizatorilor noștri, configurațiile " +"noastre implicite ar trebui să fie bune. Vă rugăm să rețineți: dacă se " +"intenționează să se utilizeze LTSP, alegeți un mediu de birou lejer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Scenarii de instalare a serverului principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Rețea tipică de școală sau de casă cu acces la internet prin intermediul " +"unui router care oferă DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea unui server principal este posibilă, dar după repornire nu va " +"exista acces la internet (din cauza interfeței principale de rețea IP " +"10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Router " +"de internet</link> pentru detalii despre cum să configurați o poartă/punct " +"de acces în cazul în care nu este posibilă configurarea uneia existente în " +"funcție de necesități." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Conectați toate componentele așa cum se arată în capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\" >Arhitectura</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Serverul principal trebuie să aibă conexiune la internet după ce a fost " +"pornit prima dată în mediul corect." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Rețea școlară sau instituțională tipică, similară cu cea de mai sus, dar " +"care necesită utilizarea unui proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați opțiunea „debian-edu-expert” în linia de comandă a nucleului; " +"consultați mai jos pentru detalii despre cum se face acest lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să se răspundă la câteva întrebări suplimentare, inclusiv cea legată " +"de serverul proxy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Rețea cu router/poartă de acces IP 10.0.0.1/8 (care nu oferă un server DHCP) " +"și acces la internet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care configurarea automată a rețelei eșuează (din cauza lipsei " +"DHCP), alegeți configurarea manuală a rețelei." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Introduceți 10.0.2.2/8 ca adresă IP a gazdei" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Introduceți 10.0.0.1 ca adresă IP a porții de acces(pasarelei)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Introduceți 8.8.8.8 ca adresă IP a serverului de nume, dacă nu știți o altă " +"adresă mai bună" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "" +"Serverul principal ar trebui să funcționeze imediat după prima pornire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Fără linie (fără conexiune la internet):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Utilizați imaginea BD ISO." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"Asigurați-vă că toate cablurile de rețea (reale/virtuale) sunt deconectate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți „Nu se configurează rețeaua în acest moment” (după ce DHCP a eșuat " +"să configureze rețeaua și ați apăsat butonul «Continuați»)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Actualizați sistemul după ce l-ați pornit prima dată în mediul corect, cu " +"acces la Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Medii de birou" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Sunt disponibile mai multe medii de birou:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce are o dimensiune puțin mai mare decât LXDE, dar un suport lingvistic " +"foarte bun (106 limbi)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"Atât KDE, cât și GNOME au un suport lingvistic bun, dar au o dimensiune prea " +"mare atât pentru calculatoarele mai vechi, cât și pentru clienții LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon este o alternativă mai lejeră pentru GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE este mai ușor decât cele trei de mai sus, dar îi lipsește un suport " +"lingvistic bun pentru mai multe țări." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE are cea mai mică dimensiune și are suport pentru 35 de limbi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt este un mediu de birou lejer (suport lingvistic similar cu LXDE) cu un " +"aspect mai modern (bazat pe Qt, la fel precum KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, ca proiect internațional, a ales să folosească Xfce ca mediu de " +"birou implicit; vedeți mai jos cum să alegeți un mediu de birou diferit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Instalarea modulară" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"La instalarea unui sistem cu profilul <emphasis>Stație de lucru</emphasis> " +"inclus, sunt instalate o mulțime de programe legate de educație. Pentru a " +"instala doar profilul de bază, eliminați parametrul de linie de comandă " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> din nucleu înainte de a începe instalarea; " +"consultați mai jos pentru detalii despre cum se face acest lucru. Acest " +"lucru permite instalarea unui sistem specific unui sit și ar putea fi " +"utilizat pentru a accelera instalările de testare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Observație: Dacă doriți să instalați ulterior un mediu de birou, nu folosiți " +"meta-pachetele Debian Edu, cum ar fi de exemplu <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink>, deoarece acestea ar include toate programele legate de educație; mai " +"degrabă instalați de exemplu <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Unul sau mai multe dintre " +"noile meta-pachete legate de nivelul școlar <emphasis>educație-preșcolară</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>școală-primară</emphasis>, <emphasis>școală-secundară</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>liceu</emphasis> ar putea fi instalate pentru a " +"corespunde cazului de utilizare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe detalii despre meta-pachetele Debian Edu, consultați pagina " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Prezentare generală a " +"pachetelor Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Tipuri și opțiuni de instalare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Meniul de pornire al programului de instalare pe echipament pe 64 " +"de biți - modul BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "" +"Meniul de pornire al programului de instalare pe 64 de biți (modul BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Instalarea în modul grafic</emphasis> utilizează " +"programul de instalare GTK, în care puteți utiliza mouse-ul." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalare</emphasis> utilizează modul text." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Opțiuni avansate ></emphasis> oferă un submeniu " +"cu opțiuni mai detaliate pentru a alege." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ajutor</emphasis> oferă unele indicații privind " +"utilizarea programului de instalare; a se vedea captura de ecran de mai jos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "" +"Opțiuni avansate ale programului de instalare pe 64 de biți (ecranul 1)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Înapoi..</emphasis> permite revenirea la meniul " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalare grafică în mod expert</emphasis> oferă " +"acces la toate întrebările disponibile, utilizabilă cu mouse-ul." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modul de recuperare grafică</emphasis> face ca " +"acest mediu de instalare să devină un disc de recuperare pentru sarcini de " +"salvare în caz de probleme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalarea automată în mod grafic</emphasis> " +"necesită un fișier de preconfigurare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Instalarea în mod expert</emphasis> oferă acces " +"la toate întrebările disponibile în modul text." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Modul de recuperare</emphasis> în modul text; face " +"ca acest mediu de instalare să devină un disc de recuperare pentru sarcini " +"de salvare în caz de probleme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instalarea automată</emphasis> în modul text; " +"necesită un fișier de preconfigurare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Nu folosiți <computeroutput>Instalarea grafică în modul expert</" +"computeroutput> sau <computeroutput>Instalarea în modul expert</" +"computeroutput>, folosiți în schimb <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</" +"computeroutput> ca un parametru adițional pentru nucleu, în cazuri " +"excepționale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Ecran de ajutor</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Ecranul de ajutor al programului de instalare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran de Ajutor este autoexplicativ și permite utilizarea tastelor " +"<F>- de pe tastatură pentru a obține ajutor mai detaliat cu privire la " +"subiectele descrise." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Meniul de pornire al instalatorului pe echipament pe 64 de biți - " +"modul UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "" +"Meniul de pornire al programului de instalare pe 64 de biți (modul UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Adăugați sau modificați parametrii de pornire pentru instalări</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"În ambele cazuri, opțiunile de pornire pot fi editate prin apăsarea tastei " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> din meniul de pornire; capturile de ecran prezintă linia de " +"comandă pentru <emphasis role=\"strong\" >Instalarea grafică</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Editarea opțiunilor liniei de comandă (modul BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Editarea opțiunilor linei de comandă (modul UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Puteți utiliza un serviciu proxy HTTP existent în rețea pentru a accelera " +"instalarea profilului <emphasis>Server principal</emphasis> de pe CD. " +"Adăugați, de exemplu, <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> ca parametru de pornire adițional." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați instalat deja profilul <emphasis>Server principal</emphasis> pe un " +"calculator, instalările ulterioare trebuie să se facă prin PXE, deoarece " +"acesta va utiliza automat proxy-ul serverului principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> " +"în locul mediului de birou implicit <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" +"emphasis>, înlocuiți <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> cu " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> în parametrul " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a instala în schimb mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis>, utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a se instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Și pentru a instala mediul de birou <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis> utilizați <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Procesul de instalare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Revizuiți <link linkend=\"Requirements\" >Cerințele sistemului</link> și " +"asigurați-vă că aveți cel puțin două plăci de rețea (NIC) dacă intenționați " +"să configurați un server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Alegeți o limbă (pentru instalare și pentru sistemul instalat)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți o regiune geografică care, în mod normal, ar trebui să fie cea în " +"care locuiți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți aranjamentul de taste pentru tastatură (cel implicit al țării este " +"de obicei o alegere bună)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Alegeți profilul (profilurile) din lista de mai jos:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Acesta este serverul principal (tjener) al școlii dumneavoastră, care oferă " +"toate serviciile preconfigurate pentru a funcționa „ca scos din cutie” " +"(perfect!). Trebuie să instalați un singur server principal pentru fiecare " +"școală! Acest profil nu include o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul. Dacă " +"doriți o interfață grafică cu utilizatorul, atunci selectați profilul " +"«Stație de lucru» sau «Server LTSP» în plus față de acesta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Un calculator care pornește de pe discul dur local și care rulează toate " +"programele și dispozitivele la nivel local, ca un calculator obișnuit, cu " +"excepția faptului că autentificarea utilizatorilor se face de către serverul " +"principal, unde sunt stocate fișierele utilizatorilor și profilele de birou " +"ale acestora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru itinerantă (în roaming)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"La fel ca și stația de lucru, dar este capabilă să se autentifice folosind " +"credențiale stocate în cache, ceea ce înseamnă că poate fi utilizată în " +"afara rețelei școlare. Fișierele și profilurile utilizatorilor sunt stocate " +"pe discul local. Pentru notebook-urile și laptop-urile cu un singur " +"utilizator trebuie selectat acest profil și nu «Stație de lucru» sau " +"«Autonom», așa cum se sugera în versiunile anterioare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Un server de client lejer (și o stație de lucru fără disc) se numește server " +"LTSP. Clienții fără discuri dure pornesc și rulează software-ul de pe acest " +"server. Acest calculator are nevoie de două interfețe de rețea, de multă " +"memorie și, în mod ideal, de mai mult de un procesor sau nucleu. Consultați " +"capitolul despre <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\" >Clienți din rețea</link> " +"pentru mai multe informații pe această temă. Alegerea acestui profil " +"activează, de asemenea, profilul de stație de lucru (chiar dacă acesta nu " +"este selectat) - un server LTSP poate fi utilizat întotdeauna și ca stație " +"de lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Calculator autonom</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Un calculator obișnuit care poate funcționa fără un server principal (adică " +"nu trebuie să se afle în rețea). Include laptop-urile." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Acest profil va instala pachetele de bază și va configura mașina pentru a se " +"integra în rețeaua Debian Edu, dar fără servicii și aplicații. Este util ca " +"platformă pentru servicii unice mutate manual de pe serverul principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care utilizatorii obișnuiți trebuie să poată utiliza un astfel " +"de sistem, acesta trebuie adăugat folosind GOsa² (similar unei stații de " +"lucru) și trebuie instalat pachetul „libpam-krb5”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profilele <emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru</emphasis> și <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis> sunt preselecționate. Aceste profile " +"pot fi instalate toate pe o singură mașină dacă se dorește instalarea unui " +"așa numit <emphasis>server principal combinat</emphasis>. Aceasta înseamnă " +"că serverul principal o să fie și server LTSP, și va fi utilizat de asemenea " +"ca stație de lucru. Aceasta este alegerea implicită, deoarece considerăm că " +"majoritatea oamenilor vor dori acest lucru. Notă: rețineți că trebuie să " +"aveți două plăci de rețea instalate pe calculatorul care urmează să fie " +"instalat ca server principal combinat sau ca server LTSP pentru a fi util " +"după instalare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Răspundeți „da” sau „nu” la partiționarea automată. Rețineți că dacă " +"răspundeți „da” veți distruge toate datele de pe discurile dure! Pe de altă " +"parte, dacă răspundeți „nu”, veți avea nevoie de mai multă muncă - va trebui " +"să vă asigurați că partițiile necesare sunt create și sunt suficient de mari." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să răspundeți „da” la trimiterea de informații la <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> pentru a ne permite să știm ce pachete " +"sunt populare și care ar trebui păstrate pentru versiunile viitoare. Deși nu " +"sunteți obligat să o faceți, este o modalitate simplă de a ne ajuta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Așteptați. Dacă profilurile selectate includ serverul LTSP, atunci programul " +"de instalare va întârzia ceva timp la final, «Se finalizează instalarea - Se " +"execută debian-edu-profile-udeb...»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați introdus parola de root, vi se va cere să creați un cont de " +"utilizator normal „pentru sarcini neadministrative”. Pentru Debian Edu, " +"acest cont este foarte important: este contul pe care îl veți folosi pentru " +"a gestiona rețeaua Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Parola pentru acest utilizator <emphasis role=\"strong\">trebuie</emphasis> " +"să aibă o lungime de <emphasis role=\"strong\">cel puțin 5 caractere</" +"emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"strong\">trebuie să fie diferită</emphasis> de " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">numele de utilizator</emphasis> - în caz contrar, " +"conectarea nu va fi posibilă (chiar dacă o parolă mai scurtă și, de " +"asemenea, o parolă care se potrivește cu numele de utilizator vor fi " +"acceptate de programul de instalare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Așteptați din nou în cazul unui <emphasis>server principal combinat</" +"emphasis> după repornirea sistemului. Își va petrece destul de mult timp " +"generând imaginea SquashFS pentru stațiile de lucru fără disc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"În cazul unui server LTSP separat, configurarea stației de lucru fără disc " +"și/sau a clientului lejer necesită câteva etape manuale. Pentru detalii, " +"consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru " +"clienții din rețea</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Instalarea unei porți de acces folosind «debian-edu-router»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Pachetul <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"simplifică configurarea unei porți de acces pentru o rețea Debian Edu printr-" +"un proces interactiv de configurare în care informațiile necesare sunt " +"obținute printr-o serie de dialoguri." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-l utiliza, efectuați o instalare minimă a Debian. Asigurați-vă că " +"utilizați programul de instalare Debian obișnuit și nu programul de " +"instalare Debian Edu, deoarece instalațiile Debian Edu nu sunt acceptate de " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Instalați pachetul <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"folosind" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Mesajele de eroare privind configurația sunt așteptate și pot fi ignorate " +"pentru moment." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Pentru procesul de configurare în urma instalării <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>, este necesar accesul fizic la calculator." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Interfețele de rețea pot fi deja conectate la rețelele corespunzătoare, dar " +"nu este obligatoriu să fie. Cu toate acestea, este necesar să se știe ce " +"interfață va fi conectată la ce rețea. Pentru a obține mai multe informații " +"despre dispozitivele de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "poate fi utilizată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Eliminați configurația celor două interfețe de rețea care urmează a fi " +"utilizate din <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> sau " +"din fișierele din <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</" +"computeroutput> și deconfigurați cele două interfețe folosind comanda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Procesul de configurare propriu-zis este inițiat cu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Selectarea metodei de configurare a paravanului de protecție uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Confirmare pentru configurarea paravanului de protecție uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Când sunteți întrebat despre metoda de configurare a paravanului de " +"protecție uif, alegeți „debian-edu-router”. Confirmați că doriți să " +"configurați paravanul de protecție pentru Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Permiterea executării «ping» în uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Permiterea executării «traceroute» în uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Decideți dacă doriți să răspundă la «ping» și «traceroute». Dacă nu sunteți " +"sigur, răspundeți cu „da”, deoarece poate fi util pentru diagnosticarea " +"problemelor de rețea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Activarea redirecționării pachetelor IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Confirmați că doriți să activați redirecționarea pachetelor IP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Metode disponibile pentru configurarea rețelei" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Selectarea metodei de configurare a rețelei" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"În continuare, atribuiți rețelele interfețelor de rețea din router, alegeți " +"una dintre opțiunile oferite, în funcție de faptul că interfețele de rețea " +"sunt deja conectate sau nu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Selectarea interfeței „uplink” (de legătură ascendentă)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Selectați interfața care este conectată la rețeaua principală." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Selectarea rețelelor interne" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Selectați o rețea internă; în cazul în care nu sunteți sigur și doriți doar " +"o singură rețea internă, selectați aici „Educație”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Activarea utilizării rețelelor VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Selectați dacă VLAN-urile trebuie utilizate pentru rețelele interne; dacă nu " +"sunteți sigur, selectați „nu” aici." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Selectarea versiunilor IP acceptate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Selectați „IPv4” aici." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Selectarea rețelelor care necesită o adresă IP statică" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" +"Selectați „Educație” dacă ați urmat sugestia de mai sus privind rețelele " +"interne și, opțional, selectați și „Uplink”, dar numai dacă rețeaua dvs. din " +"amonte (cea la care se conectează mașina) necesită o adresă IP statică." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Configurarea unei adrese IP statice pentru rețeaua internă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Stabiliți <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> ca adresă IP statică " +"pentru rețeaua internă „Educație”, dacă ați urmat sugestia de mai sus " +"privind rețelele interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Activarea NAT pentru rețele" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Activați NAT pentru rețeaua internă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Activarea accesului rețelelor la internet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Activați accesul la internet pentru rețelele interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Configurarea NAT-ului inversat, explicată" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Configurarea de NAT inversat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să expuneți orice serviciu intern la internet, îl puteți " +"configura folosind sintaxa descrisă. Rețineți că accesul SSH la poarta de " +"acces (pasarela) poate fi configurat utilizând următorul dialog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Activarea accesului SSH pentru rețele" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"Decideți din ce rețele doriți să permiteți accesul SSH la poarta de acces " +"(pasarelă)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Configurarea portului SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Configurați portul SSH, acesta ar trebui să fie <computeroutput>22</" +"computeroutput> dacă configurația nu a fost modificată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Activarea DHCP pentru rețele" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Nu activați serviciul DHCP pentru rețelele interne, acesta va fi oferit de " +"serverul principal Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Conectați interfețele de rețea, dacă nu ați făcut-o deja, și reporniți " +"mașina. Acum, când vă conectați ca root, ar trebui să vedeți meniul «Router " +"Debian Edu»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Configurația SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Dacă a fost activat accesul SSH, poarta de acces poate fi reconfigurată de " +"la distanță prin intermediul meniului oferit la conectarea ca root. Apăsând " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> în meniul principal, se trece la meniul " +"de configurare din care se poate modifica toată sau o parte din configurație " +"folosind același sistem de dialog care a fost utilizat pentru configurarea " +"inițială." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Note privind unele caracteristici" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Notă asupra mașinilor „notebook”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Cel mai probabil, veți dori să utilizați profilul „Stație de lucru " +"itinerante (în roaming)” (a se vedea mai sus). Fiți conștient de faptul că " +"toate datele sunt stocate la nivel local (deci aveți grijă sporită la " +"copiile de rezervă) și că datele de autentificare sunt stocate în memoria " +"cache (deci, după o schimbare de parolă, este posibil ca autentificările să " +"necesite vechea parolă dacă nu ați conectat laptopul la rețea și nu v-ați " +"autentificat cu noua parolă)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"Notă privind instalarea imaginilor din unități flash USB / discuri Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"După ce instalați imaginea de pe unitatea flash USB / discul Blu-ray, " +"fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> va conține " +"numai sursele din acea imagine. Dacă aveți o conexiune la internet, vă " +"sugerăm cu tărie să adăugați următoarele linii la aceasta, astfel încât să " +"poată fi instalate actualizările de securitate disponibile:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Notă cu privire la instalările de pe CD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"O instalare „netinst” (care este tipul de instalare oferit de CD-ul nostru) " +"va prelua unele pachete de pe CD și restul din Internet. Cantitatea de " +"pachete preluate din Internet variază de la un profil la altul, dar rămâne " +"sub un gigaoctet (cu excepția cazului în care alegeți să instalați toate " +"mediile de lucru posibile). După ce ați instalat serverul principal " +"(indiferent dacă este un server principal pur sau un server combinat, nu " +"contează), instalarea ulterioară va utiliza proxy-ul său pentru a evita " +"descărcarea aceluiași pachet de mai multe ori din Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Instalare utilizând unități flash USB în loc de discuri CD/Blu-Ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Este posibil să copiați direct o imagine ISO de CD/BD pe unități flash USB " +"(cunoscute și sub numele de „stick-uri USB”) și să porniți de pe acestea. " +"Este suficient să executați o comandă precum aceasta, adaptând doar numele " +"fișierului și al dispozitivului la nevoile dumneavoastră:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a determina valoarea X, executați această comandă înainte și după ce " +"s-a introdus dispozitivul USB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Vă rugăm să rețineți că procesul de copiere va dura ceva timp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de imaginea pe care o alegeți, unitatea flash USB se va comporta " +"la fel ca un CD sau un disc Blu-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Instalarea și pornirea din rețea prin PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru această metodă de instalare este necesar să aveți un server principal " +"în funcțiune. Atunci când clienții pornesc prin rețea, este afișat un meniu " +"iPXE cu opțiunile de instalare și de selectare a programului de pornire. " +"Dacă instalarea PXE eșuează cu un mesaj de eroare care susține că lipsește " +"un fișier XXX.bin, atunci cel mai probabil placa de rețea a clientului " +"necesită un firmware non-liber. În acest caz, initrd-ul instalatorului " +"Debian trebuie modificat. Acest lucru poate fi realizat prin executarea " +"comenzii:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "pe server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE doar cu profilul <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Meniul iPXE fără intrări LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Acesta este modul în care arată meniul iPXE cu profilul <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Server LTSP</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Meniul iPXE cu intrări LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Această configurație permite, de asemenea, ca stațiile de lucru fără disc și " +"clienții lejeri să fie porniți din rețeaua principală. Spre deosebire de " +"stațiile de lucru și de serverele LTSP separate, stațiile de lucru fără disc " +"nu trebuie adăugate la LDAP cu GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mai multe informații despre clienții din rețea pot fi găsite în capitolul " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modificarea instalărilor PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea PXE utilizează un fișier de preconfigurare al programului de " +"instalare Debian, care poate fi modificat pentru a solicita instalarea de " +"pachete suplimentare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"O linie ca cea de mai jos trebuie să fie adăugată în fișierul " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea PXE utilizează fișierul de preconfigurare <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Acest fișier poate " +"fi modificat pentru a ajusta preconfigurarea utilizată în timpul instalării, " +"pentru a evita mai multe întrebări la instalarea prin rețea. O altă " +"modalitate de a realiza acest lucru este de a furniza parametri suplimentari " +"în <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> și " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> și de a rula <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> pentru a actualiza fișierele generate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manualul programului de instalare Debian</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a dezactiva sau modifica utilizarea proxy-ului la instalarea prin " +"PXE, liniile care conțin <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> și <computeroutput>preseed/" +"early_command</computeroutput> din fișierul <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install. dat </computeroutput> trebuie să fie " +"modificate. Pentru a dezactiva utilizarea unui proxy la instalare, puneți " +"„#” în fața primelor două linii și eliminați partea „<computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>” din ultima." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Unele configurații nu pot fi preconfigurate deoarece sunt necesare înainte " +"de descărcarea fișierului de preconfigurare. Limba, aranjamentul tastaturii " +"și mediul de birou sunt exemple de astfel de configurații. Dacă doriți să " +"modificați parametrii impliciți, editați fișierul de meniu iPXE " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> din serverul " +"principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Imagini personalizate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Crearea de CD-uri, DVD-uri sau discuri Blu-ray personalizate poate fi destul " +"de ușoară, deoarece folosim <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/\">Programul de instalare Debian</ulink>, care are un format " +"modular și alte caracteristici interesante. <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\" >Preconfigurarea</ulink> vă " +"permite să definiți răspunsurile la întrebările adresate în mod normal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Așadar, tot ce trebuie să faceți este să creați un fișier de preconfigurare " +"cu răspunsurile dvs. (acest lucru este descris în apendicele manualului " +"Programului de instalare Debian) și <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">recompilați CD/DVD-ul</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Turul capturilor de ecran" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea în modul text și cea în modul grafic sunt identice din punct de " +"vedere funcțional - doar aspectul este diferit. Modul grafic oferă " +"posibilitatea de a utiliza un mouse și, desigur, arată mult mai frumos și " +"mai modern. Cu excepția cazului în care echipamentul are probleme cu modul " +"grafic, nu există niciun motiv pentru a nu-l utiliza." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Așadar, iată un tur de capturi de ecran dintr-o instalare grafică pe 64 de " +"biți a serverului principal + stație de lucru + server LTSP (în modul BIOS) " +"și modul în care arată prima pornire a serverului principal și o pornire PXE " +"în rețeaua de clienți LTSP (ecranul sesiunii de client lejer (thin) - și " +"ecranul de autentificare după ce s-a făcut clic pe sesiune)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Selectați o limbă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Selectați locația dumneavoastră" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Configurați tastatura" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Detectarea dispozitivelor de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Configurați rețeaua manual" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Configurați adresa IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Configurați poarta de acces (pasarela)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Configurați numele serverului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Alegeți profilul Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Utilizați instrumentul de partiționare automată: nu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Utilizați instrumentul de partiționare automată: da" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Participați la sondajul privind utilizarea pachetelor: nu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Participați la sondajul privind utilizarea pachetelor: da" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Stabiliți parola pentru utilizatorul root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Introduceți numele complet pentru primul utilizator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Introduceți numele de utilizator pentru primul utilizator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Introduceți parola pentru primul utilizator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Instalare completă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Ecranul de autentificare Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Biroul Xfce care afișează fereastra navigatorului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Ecranul biroului Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Ecranul de bun venit al Clientului-lejer (thin)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Ecranul de autentificare al Clientului-lejer (thin)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primii pași" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Minimul de pași pentru a începe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"În timpul instalării serverului principal a fost creat un prim cont de " +"utilizator. În textul următor, acest cont va fi denumit „primul utilizator”. " +"Acest cont este special, deoarece permisiunile pentru directorul personal " +"sunt stabilite la 700 (deci <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> " +"este necesar pentru a face accesibile paginile web personale), iar primul " +"utilizator poate folosi <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> pentru a " +"deveni root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Consultați informațiile specifice Debian Edu <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">configurarea accesului la sistemul de " +"fișiere</link> înainte de a adăuga utilizatori; ajustați la politica sitului " +"dumneavoastră dacă este necesar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"După instalare, primele lucruri pe care trebuie să le faceți ca prim " +"utilizator sunt:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Autentificați-vă pe server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adăugați utilizatori cu GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Adăugați stații de lucru cu GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Adăugarea utilizatorilor și a stațiilor de lucru este descrisă în detaliu " +"mai jos, așa că vă rugăm să citiți acest capitol în întregime. Acesta " +"acoperă modul în care se execută corect acești pași minimi, precum și alte " +"lucruri pe care probabil că toată lumea va trebui să le facă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Există informații suplimentare disponibile în altă parte în acest manual: " +"capitolul <link linkend=\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Trixie</link> ar " +"trebui să fie citit de toți cei care sunt familiarizați cu versiunile " +"anterioare. Iar pentru cei care fac înnoirea de la o versiune anterioară, " +"asigurați-vă că ați citit capitolul <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Înnoiri</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care traficul DNS generic este blocat în afara rețelei " +"dumneavoastră și trebuie să utilizați un anumit server DNS pentru a căuta " +"gazde de Internet, trebuie să indicați serverului DNS să utilizeze acest " +"server ca „expeditor”. Actualizați fișierul „/etc/bind/named.conf.options” " +"și specificați adresa IP a serverului DNS care trebuie utilizat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Capitolul <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Ghiduri</link> conține mai multe sfaturi, " +"trucuri și unele răspunsuri la întrebările frecvente." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Există mai multe servicii care rulează pe serverul principal și care pot fi " +"gestionate prin intermediul unei interfețe de gestionare web. Vom descrie " +"mai jos fiecare serviciu în parte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introducere în GOsa ²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² este un instrument de gestionare cu o interfață web care vă ajută să " +"gestionați unele părți importante ale configurației Debian Edu. Cu GOsa² " +"puteți gestiona (adăuga, modifica sau șterge) aceste grupuri principale:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Administrarea grupurilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Administrarea grupurilor de rețea NIS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Administrarea echipamentelor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Administrare DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Administrare DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Pentru accesul GOsa² aveți nevoie de serverul principal Skolelinux și de un " +"sistem (client) cu un navigator web instalat, care poate fi chiar serverul " +"principal, dacă a fost instalat ca un așa-numit server combinat (cu profile " +"de: server principal + server LTSP + stație de lucru)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați instalat (probabil din greșeală) un profil de <emphasis>Server " +"principal</emphasis> pur și nu aveți la îndemână un client cu un navigator " +"web, este ușor să instalați un mediu de birou minimal pe serverul principal " +"folosind această secvență de comenzi într-un shell (non-grafic) ca " +"utilizatorul pe care l-ați creat în timpul instalării serverului principal " +"(primul utilizator):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Dintr-un navigator web, utilizați adresa URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/" +"> pentru accesul GOsa² și conectați-vă ca prim utilizator." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Dacă utilizați o mașină nouă cu Debian Edu Trixie, certificatul sitului va " +"fi cunoscut de către navigator." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"În caz contrar, veți primi un mesaj de eroare cu privire la faptul că " +"certificatul SSL este greșit. Dacă știți că sunteți singur în rețea, " +"indicați-i navigatorului să îl accepte și ignorați acest lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Acces la GOsa ² și prezentare generală" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" +"Pagina de prezentare generală GOsa² după autentificarea ca prim utilizator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "După conectarea la GOsa ², veți vedea pagina de prezentare a GOsa ²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"În continuare, puteți alege o sarcină din meniu sau puteți face clic pe " +"oricare dintre pictogramele sarcinilor din pagina de prezentare generală. " +"Pentru navigare, se recomandă utilizarea meniului din partea stângă a " +"ecranului, deoarece acesta va rămâne vizibil acolo pe toate paginile de " +"administrare oferite de GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"În Debian Edu, contul, grupul și informațiile de sistem sunt stocate într-un " +"director LDAP. Aceste date sunt utilizate nu numai de către serverul " +"principal, dar și de stațiile de lucru (fără disc), serverele LTSP și " +"celelalte mașini din rețea. Cu LDAP, informațiile de cont despre elevi, " +"profesori, etc. trebuie să fie introduse doar o singură dată. După ce " +"informațiile au fost furnizate în LDAP, informațiile vor fi disponibile " +"pentru toate sistemele din întreaga rețea Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² este un instrument de administrare care utilizează LDAP pentru a stoca " +"informațiile și pentru a oferi o structură ierarhică a departamentelor. La " +"fiecare „departament” se pot adăuga conturi de utilizator, grupuri, sisteme, " +"grupuri de rețea etc. În funcție de structura instituției , puteți utiliza " +"structura de departamente din GOsa²/LDAP pentru a transfera structura " +"organizațională în arborele de date LDAP al serverului principal Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"O instalare implicită a serverului principal Debian Edu oferă în prezent " +"două „departamente”: Profesori și Elevi, plus nivelul de bază al arborelui " +"LDAP. Conturile de elevi sunt destinate să fie adăugate la departamentul " +"„Elevi”, iar cele de profesori la departamentul „Profesori ”; sistemele " +"(servere, stații de lucru, imprimante etc.) sunt în prezent adăugate la " +"nivelul de bază. Găsiți propria schemă pentru personalizarea acestei " +"structuri (puteți găsi un exemplu despre cum să creați utilizatori în " +"grupuri de ani, cu directoare de domiciliu comune pentru fiecare grup în " +"capitolul <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Ghiduri de administrare avansată</link> din " +"acest manual)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de sarcina la care doriți să lucrați (gestionarea utilizatorilor, " +"gestionarea grupurilor, gestionarea sistemelor etc.), GOsa² vă prezintă o " +"perspectivă diferită asupra departamentului selectat (sau a nivelului de " +"bază)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestionarea utilizatorilor cu GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Mai întâi, faceți clic pe „Utilizatori” în meniul de navigare din stânga. " +"Partea dreaptă a ecranului se va schimba pentru a afișa un tabel cu dosare " +"de departamente pentru „Elevi” și „Profesori”, și contul administratorului " +"GOsa² (primul utilizator creat). Deasupra acestui tabel puteți vedea un câmp " +"numit <emphasis>Bază</emphasis> care vă permite să navigați prin structura " +"arborescentă (deplasați mouse-ul pe zona respectivă și va apărea un meniu " +"derulant) și să selectați un dosar de bază pentru operațiunile pe care le " +"intenționați (de exemplu, adăugarea unui nou utilizator)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Adăugarea utilizatorilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Alături de acest element de navigare în arbore puteți vedea meniul " +"„Acțiuni”. Treceți mouse-ul peste acest element și pe ecran apare un " +"submeniu; alegeți aici „Creați” și apoi „Utilizator”. Veți fi ghidat de " +"asistentul de creare a utilizatorului." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Cel mai important lucru care trebuie adăugat este șablonul (nou-elev sau nou-" +"profesor) și numele complet al utilizatorului (a se vedea imaginea)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Pe măsură ce urmați asistentul, veți vedea că GOsa² generează automat un " +"nume de utilizator bazat pe numele real. Acesta alege automat un nume de " +"utilizator care nu există încă, astfel încât mai mulți utilizatori cu " +"același nume complet nu reprezintă o problemă. Rețineți că GOsa² poate " +"genera nume de utilizator nevalide dacă numele complet conține caractere non-" +"ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu vă place numele de utilizator generat, puteți selecta un alt nume de " +"utilizator oferit în căsuța derulantă, dar nu aveți posibilitatea de a alege " +"liber aici, în cadrul asistentului; (dacă doriți să puteți modifica numele " +"de utilizator propus, deschideți fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/gosa/" +"gosa.conf</computeroutput> cu un editor și adăugați " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> ca " +"opțiune suplimentară la „location definition”)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"După ce asistentul a terminat, vi se prezintă ecranul GOsa² pentru noul dvs. " +"obiect de utilizator. Utilizați filele din partea superioară pentru a " +"verifica câmpurile completate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați creat utilizatorul (nu este nevoie să personalizați câmpurile pe " +"care asistentul le-a lăsat goale pentru moment), faceți clic pe butonul „Ok” " +"din colțul din dreapta jos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Ca ultim pas, GOsa² va cere o parolă pentru noul utilizator. Introduceți-o " +"de două ori și apoi faceți clic pe «Stabiliți parola» în colțul din dreapta " +"jos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Este posibil ca unele caractere să nu fie permise ca parte a parolei." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Dacă totul a decurs bine, puteți vedea acum noul utilizator în tabelul cu " +"lista de utilizatori. Acum ar trebui să puteți să vă conectați cu acest nume " +"de utilizator pe orice mașină Skolelinux din rețeaua dumneavoastră." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Căutare, modificare și ștergere de utilizatori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Caseta de filtrare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a modifica sau a șterge un utilizator, utilizați GOsa² pentru a " +"răsfoi lista de utilizatori din sistem. În mijlocul ecranului puteți " +"deschide caseta „Filtrare”, un instrument de căutare oferit de GOsa². Dacă " +"nu cunoașteți locația exactă a contului de utilizator în arborele dvs., " +"treceți la nivelul de bază al arborelui GOsa²/LDAP și căutați acolo cu " +"opțiunea marcată „Căutare în subarbori”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Atunci când se utilizează caseta „Filtrare”, rezultatele vor apărea imediat " +"în mijlocul textului în vizualizarea tabelului listă. Fiecare linie " +"reprezintă un cont de utilizator, iar elementele aflate cel mai la dreapta " +"pe fiecare linie sunt mici pictograme care vă oferă acțiuni: editare " +"utilizator, blocare cont, configurare parolă și eliminare utilizator." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"Va apărea o nouă pagină în care puteți modifica direct informațiile despre " +"utilizator, puteți schimba parola utilizatorului și puteți modifica lista de " +"grupuri din care face parte utilizatorul." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Editarea datelor utilizatorului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Configurarea parolelor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Elevii își pot schimba propriile parole conectându-se la GOsa² cu propriile " +"nume de utilizator. Pentru a ușura accesul la GOsa², în meniul Sistem (sau " +"Configurări de sistem) de pe birou este prevăzută o intrare numită «Gosa». " +"Unui elev conectat i se va prezenta o versiune foarte redusă a GOsa² care " +"permite doar accesul la fișa de date a contului propriu și la dialogul de " +"stabilire a parolei." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Profesorii conectați sub propriul nume de utilizator au privilegii speciale " +"în GOsa². Aceștia beneficiază de o vizualizare mai privilegiată a GOsa² și " +"pot schimba parolele pentru toate conturile elevilor. Acest lucru poate fi " +"foarte util în timpul orelor de curs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a stabili în mod administrativ o nouă parolă pentru un utilizator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" +"se caută utilizatorul care urmează să fie modificat, așa cum s-a explicat " +"mai sus" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" +"faceți clic pe simbolul cheie de la sfârșitul liniei în care este afișat " +"numele de utilizator" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"pe pagina prezentată ulterior puteți stabili o nouă parolă aleasă de " +"dumneavoastră" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Stabilirea parolei utilizatorului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Aveți grijă la implicațiile de securitate " +"datorate parolelor ușor de ghicit!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Gestionarea avansată a utilizatorilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Este posibilă crearea în masă a utilizatorilor cu GOsa² prin utilizarea unui " +"fișier CSV, care poate fi creat cu orice software bun de foaie de calcul (de " +"exemplu <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Trebuie furnizate cel " +"puțin intrări pentru următoarele câmpuri: identificator utilizator (uid), " +"numele de familie (sn), prenumele (givenName) și parola. Asigurați-vă că nu " +"există intrări duplicate în câmpul uid. Vă rugăm să rețineți că verificarea " +"dublurilor trebuie să includă intrările uid deja existente în LDAP (care pot " +"fi obținute prin executarea comenzii <computeroutput>getent passwd | grep " +"tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> în linia de comandă)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Acestea sunt instrucțiunile de format pentru un astfel de fișier CSV (GOsa² " +"este destul de intolerant în privința acestora):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Utilizați „,” ca separator de câmpuri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Nu folosiți ghilimele" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Fișierul CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">nu trebuie să conțină</emphasis> o " +"linie de titlu (de tipul celei care conține în mod normal numele coloanelor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Ordinea câmpurilor nu este relevantă și poate fi definită în GOsa² în timpul " +"importului în masă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Etapele de import în masă sunt următoarele:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" +"faceți clic pe rubrica „LDAP Manager” din meniul de navigare din stânga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "faceți clic pe fila „Import” din ecranul din dreapta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"răsfoiți discul local și selectați un fișier CSV cu lista de utilizatori " +"care urmează a fi importați" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"alegeți un șablon de utilizator disponibil care trebuie aplicat în timpul " +"importului în masă (cum ar fi Nou-profesor sau Nou-student)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "faceți clic pe butonul „Import” din colțul din dreapta jos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Este o idee bună să faceți mai întâi câteva teste, de preferință folosind un " +"fișier CSV cu câțiva utilizatori fictivi, care pot fi șterși ulterior." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Același lucru este valabil și pentru modulul de gestionare a parolelor, care " +"permite restabilirea unui număr mare de parole folosind un fișier CSV sau " +"generarea de noi parole pentru utilizatorii care aparțin unui sub-arbore " +"LDAP special." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Redefinirea parolelor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Adăugarea de utilizatori din linia de comandă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Conturile de utilizator pot fi, de asemenea, adăugate din linia de comandă " +"utilizând instrumentul <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</" +"computeroutput>, consultați documentația din <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Ghiduri de administrare generală</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Gestionarea grupurilor cu GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "creare grup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "listare grupuri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "Gestionarea grupurilor este foarte similară cu cea a utilizatorilor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Puteți introduce un nume și o descriere pentru fiecare grup. Asigurați-vă că " +"alegeți nivelul corect în arborele LDAP atunci când creați un nou grup." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Adăugarea utilizatorilor la un grup nou creat vă duce înapoi la lista de " +"utilizatori, unde cel mai probabil doriți să utilizați caseta de filtrare " +"pentru a găsi utilizatori. Verificați, de asemenea, nivelul arborelui LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Grupurile introduse în gestionarea grupurilor sunt, de asemenea, grupuri " +"unix obișnuite, astfel încât le puteți utiliza și pentru permisiunile de " +"fișiere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Administrarea mașinilor cu GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Administrarea mașinilor vă permite, în principiu, să administrați toate " +"dispozitivele conectate în rețea din rețeaua dumneavoastră Debian Edu. " +"Fiecare mașină adăugată în directorul LDAP cu ajutorul GOsa² are un nume de " +"gazdă, o adresă IP, o adresă MAC și un nume de domeniu (care este de obicei " +"„intern”). Pentru o descriere mai completă a arhitecturii Debian Edu, " +"consultați capitolul <link linkend=\"Architecture\" >Arhitectura</link> din " +"acest manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Stațiile de lucru fără disc și clienții lejeri funcționează „ca scoși din " +"cutie” în cazul unui <emphasis>server principal combinat</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Stațiile de lucru cu discuri (inclusiv serverele LTSP separate) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">trebuie</emphasis> să fie adăugate cu GOsa². În spatele " +"scenei, se generează atât un fișier Kerberos Principal (un fel de " +"<emphasis>cont</emphasis>) specific mașinii, cât și un fișier „keytab” " +"aferent (care conține o cheie utilizată ca <emphasis>parolă</emphasis>); " +"fișierul „keytab” trebuie să fie prezent pe stația de lucru pentru a putea " +"monta directoarele personale ale utilizatorilor. După ce sistemul adăugat a " +"fost repornit, conectați-vă la acesta ca root și rulați comanda " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a crea fișierul Kerberos Principal și keytab pentru un sistem " +"<emphasis>deja configurat cu GOsa²</emphasis>, conectați-vă pe serverul " +"principal ca root și rulați" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rețineți:</emphasis> crearea de keytab gazdă este " +"posibilă pentru sistemele de tip <emphasis>stații de lucru</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servere</emphasis> și <emphasis>terminale</emphasis>, dar nu și " +"pentru cele de tip <emphasis>dispozitive de rețea</emphasis>. Consultați " +"capitolul <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Ghiduri pentru clienții din " +"rețea</link> pentru opțiunile de configurare NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga o mașină, utilizați meniul principal GOsa²: Sisteme »» " +"Adăugați. Se așteaptă ca numele mașinii să fie un nume de gazdă valid " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</emphasis>, nu adăugați aici numele de " +"domeniu. Puteți utiliza o adresă IP/nume gazdă din spațiul de adrese " +"preconfigurat 10.0.0.0.0/8. În prezent, există doar două adrese fixe " +"predefinite:10.0.2.2 (tjener) și 10.0.0.1 (gateway). Adresele de la " +"10.0.16.20 la 10.0.31.254 (aproximativ 10.0.16.0/20 sau 4000 de gazde) sunt " +"rezervate pentru DHCP și sunt atribuite dinamic." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a atribui o adresă IP statică unei gazde cu adresa MAC " +"52:54:00:12:34:10 în GOsa², trebuie să introduceți adresa MAC, numele gazdei " +"și adresa IP; alternativ, puteți face clic pe butonul " +"<computeroutput>Propune IP</computeroutput>, care va afișa prima adresă fixă " +"liberă din 10.0.0.0/8, cel mai probabil ceva precum 10.0.0.2, dacă adăugați " +"prima mașină în acest mod. Poate fi mai bine să vă gândiți mai întâi la " +"rețeaua dumneavoastră: de exemplu, ați putea folosi 10.0.0.x cu x>10 și " +"x<50 pentru servere și x>100 pentru stațiile de lucru. Nu uitați să " +"activați sistemul abia adăugat. Cu excepția serverului principal, toate " +"sistemele vor avea apoi o pictogramă corespunzătoare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care mașinile au pornit precum clienți lejeri/stații de lucru " +"fără disc sau au fost instalate utilizând oricare dintre profilurile de " +"rețea, scriptul <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> poate " +"fi utilizat pentru a adăuga automat mașinile la GOsa². Pentru mașinile " +"simple va funcționa din start, pentru mașinile cu mai multe adrese mac " +"trebuie aleasă cea utilizată efectiv, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp " +"-h</computeroutput> arată informațiile de utilizare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că " +"adresele IP afișate după utilizarea <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</" +"computeroutput> aparțin domeniului IP dinamic. Aceste sisteme pot fi apoi " +"modificate pentru a se potrivi rețelei dumneavoastră: redenumiți fiecare " +"sistem nou, activați DHCP și DNS, adăugați-l la grupurile de rețea " +"(consultați captura de ecran de mai jos pentru grupurile de rețea " +"recomandate), reporniți sistemul după aceea. Următoarele capturi de ecran " +"arată cum arată acest lucru în practică:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Listarea echipamentelor cu GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Detalii despre echipment" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modificare gazdă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Adăugare grup de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"O sarcină programată (cronjob) de actualizare a DNS rulează la fiecare oră; " +"comanda <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput> poate fi utilizată " +"pentru a declanșa actualizarea manuală." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Căutare și Ștergere echipamente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Căutarea și ștergerea echipamentelor este destul de similară cu căutarea și " +"ștergerea utilizatorilor, astfel încât informațiile nu se repetă aici." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modificarea mașinilor existente / Gestionarea grupurilor de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"După adăugarea unei mașini în arborele LDAP cu ajutorul GOsa², puteți " +"modifica proprietățile acesteia folosind funcționalitatea de căutare și " +"făcând clic pe numele mașinii (la fel ca în cazul utilizatorilor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Formatul acestor intrări de sistem este similar cu cel pe care îl cunoașteți " +"deja din modificarea intrărilor de utilizator, dar câmpurile au semnificații " +"diferite în acest context." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"De exemplu, adăugarea unei mașini la un <computeroutput>Grup de rețea</" +"computeroutput> nu modifică permisiunile de acces la fișiere sau de " +"executare a comenzilor pentru acea mașină sau pentru utilizatorii conectați " +"la acea mașină; în schimb, restricționează serviciile pe care acea mașină le " +"poate utiliza pe serverul principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Instalarea implicită furnizează <computeroutput>Grupuri de rețea</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"În prezent, funcționalitatea <computeroutput>Grup de rețea</computeroutput> " +"este utilizată pentru:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Redimensionarea partițiilor</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Mașinile Debian Edu din acest grup vor redimensiona automat partițiile LVM " +"care rămân fără spațiu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\" >Decuplarea (oprirea) mașinilor pe timp de noapte</" +"emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts și shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-" +"blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a economisi energie echipamentele Debian Edu din acest grup se vor " +"opri automat noaptea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Administrarea imprimantelor</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts și cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Mașinile Debian Edu din aceste grupuri vor goli automat toate cozile de " +"imprimare în fiecare noapte și vor reactiva orice coadă de imprimare " +"dezactivată la fiecare oră." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocarea accesului la Internet</emphasis> " +"(netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Mașinile Debian Edu din acest grup vor avea permisiunea de a se conecta doar " +"la mașinile din rețeaua locală. În combinație cu restricțiile proxy-ului " +"web, acest lucru ar putea fi utilizat în timpul examenelor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Gestionarea imprimantelor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Pentru administrarea centralizată a imprimantelor, direcționați-vă " +"navigatorul web către <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Aceasta este " +"interfața normală de gestionare CUPS, unde puteți adăuga/elimina/modifica " +"imprimantele și puteți curăța coada de imprimare. În mod implicit, doar " +"primul utilizator este autorizat, dar acest lucru poate fi modificat prin " +"adăugarea de utilizatori la grupul GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Utilizarea imprimantelor atașate la stațiile de lucru" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Pachetul <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> este instalat în mod implicit pe un " +"sistem cu profilul <emphasis>Stație de lucru</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Modificați <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> astfel " +"(imprimantă USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; alegeți tipul de imprimantă de rețea " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (pentru toate " +"imprimantele, indiferent de marcă sau model) și setați " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ca " +"adresă URI de conectare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Imprimante de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Se recomandă să dezactivați toate funcțiile de auto-publicitate în " +"imprimantele de rețea utilizate. În schimb, atribuiți-le o adresă IP fixă cu " +"GOsa² și configurați-le ca imprimante de rețea <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP " +"JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Sincronizarea ceasului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Configurația implicită în Debian Edu este de a menține ceasurile de pe toate " +"mașinile sincronizate, dar nu neapărat corecte. Serviciul NTP este utilizat " +"pentru a actualiza ora. În mod implicit, ceasurile vor fi sincronizate cu o " +"sursă externă. Acest lucru poate face ca mașinile să mențină deschisă " +"conexiunea externă la Internet dacă aceasta este creată atunci când este " +"utilizată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Dacă utilizați un serviciu dial-up sau ISDN și plătiți la minut, trebuie să " +"modificați această opțiune implicită." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a dezactiva sincronizarea cu un ceas extern, trebuie modificat " +"fișierul „/etc/ntp.conf” de pe serverul principal. Adăugați semnele de " +"comentariu („#”) în fața intrărilor <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>. " +"După aceasta, serverul NTP trebuie repornit prin rularea comenzii " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput> ca root. Pentru a testa " +"dacă o mașină folosește sursele de ceas externe, rulați comanda " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Extinderea partițiilor complete" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Din cauza unei posibile erori în partiționarea automată, este posibil ca " +"unele partiții să fie prea pline după instalare. Pentru a extinde aceste " +"partiții, rulați <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> " +"ca root. Consultați Ghidul „Redimensionarea partițiilor” din capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Ghidul de administrare</link> pentru mai multe " +"informații." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Întreținere" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Actualizarea software-ului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune explică modul de utilizare al comenzii <computeroutput>apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> este foarte simplă. Pentru a " +"actualiza un sistem trebuie să executați două comenzi în linia de comandă ca " +"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (care actualizează listele " +"de pachete disponibile) și <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(care actualizează pachetele pentru care este disponibilă o actualizare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, este o idee bună să faceți actualizarea folosind configurația " +"regională C pentru a obține rezultate în limba engleză, care, în caz de " +"probleme, sunt mai susceptibile să producă rezultate în motoarele de căutare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"După actualizarea pachetului <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput>, este posibil să fie disponibile fișiere de configurare " +"„Cfengine” modificate. Rulați <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-" +"edu/</computeroutput> pentru a verifica dacă acesta este cazul. Pentru a " +"aplica modificările, rulați <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D " +"installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Este important să rulați <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> după actualizările serverului LTSP " +"pentru a menține imaginea SquashFS pentru clienții fără discuri în " +"sincronizare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"După o actualizare de lansare punctuală a unui sistem cu profilul " +"<emphasis>Server principal</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Server LTSP</emphasis>, " +"este necesar să se execute comanda <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> pentru a actualiza mediul de instalare PXE." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, este o idee bună să instalați <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> și <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> și să le " +"configurați pentru a trimite corespondența la o adresă pe care o citiți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> vă va notifica o dată pe zi prin e-" +"mail despre orice pachet care poate fi actualizat. Nu instalează aceste " +"actualizări, dar le descarcă (de obicei în timpul nopții), astfel încât nu " +"trebuie să așteptați descărcarea atunci când executați comanda " +"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea automată a actualizărilor se poate face cu ușurință dacă se " +"dorește, este nevoie doar ca pachetul <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" +"computeroutput> să fie instalat și configurat așa cum este descris în pagina " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> vă poate trimite noile " +"intrări din registrul de modificări prin e-mail sau, alternativ, le poate " +"afișa în terminal atunci când executați <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Țineți-vă la curent cu actualizările de securitate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Rularea programului <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> așa cum este " +"descris mai sus este o modalitate bună de a afla când sunt disponibile " +"actualizări de securitate pentru pachetele instalate. O altă modalitate de a " +"fi informat cu privire la actualizările de securitate este să vă abonați la " +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Lista de " +"difuzare a anunțurilor de securitate (Debian security-announce)</ulink>, " +"care are avantajul de a vă informa, de asemenea, despre ce este vorba în " +"actualizările de securitate. Dezavantajul (în comparație cu " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) este că include și informații " +"despre actualizări pentru pachete care nu sunt instalate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Gestionarea copiilor de rezervă" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Pentru gestionarea copiilor de rezervă, direcționați-vă navigatorul către " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Rețineți că trebuie să accesați " +"acest site prin SSL, deoarece acolo trebuie să introduceți parola root. Dacă " +"încercați să accesați acest site fără a utiliza SSL, această încercare va " +"eșua." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Notă: site-ul va funcționa numai dacă permiteți temporar autentificarea SSH " +"root pe serverul pentru copiile de rezervă, care este serverul principal " +"(tjener.intern) în mod implicit." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, copiile de rezervă ale <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> și LDAP sunt stocate în directorul /skole/" +"backup/, care este gestionat ca partiție separată de LVM. Dacă doriți doar " +"să aveți copii de rezervă ale unor lucruri (în cazul în care le ștergeți), " +"această configurație ar trebui să fie bună pentru dumneavoastră." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Rețineți că această schemă de copii de rezervă nu vă protejează împotriva " +"defecțiunilor discurilor dure." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să faceți o copie de rezervă a datelor dvs. pe un server extern, " +"pe un dispozitiv de bandă sau pe un alt disc dur, va trebui să modificați " +"puțin configurația existentă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să restaurați un dosar complet, cea mai bună opțiune este să " +"utilizați linia de comandă:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Această comandă va lăsa conținutul din <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/" +"user</computeroutput> pentru <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> " +"în dosarul <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<datele-dorite></" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să restaurați un singur fișier, atunci ar trebui să puteți " +"selecta fișierul (și versiunea) din interfața web și să descărcați numai " +"acel fișier." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să scăpați de copiile de rezervă mai vechi, alegeți " +"„Întreținere” din meniul de pe pagina de copii de rezervă și selectați cea " +"mai veche imagine instantanee pe care să o păstrați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Întreținere slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Monitorizarea serverului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Sistemul Munin de raportare a evoluției stării sistemului monitorizat este " +"disponibil la <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/>. Acesta oferă grafice de " +"măsurare a stării sistemului pe o bază zilnică, săptămânală, lunară și " +"anuală și oferă administratorului de sistem ajutor atunci când caută blocaje " +"și sursa problemelor din sistem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Lista de mașini monitorizate cu ajutorul Munin este generată automat, pe " +"baza listei de gazde care raportează la „sitesummary”. Toate gazdele care au " +"instalat pachetul munin-node sunt înregistrate pentru monitorizarea Munin. " +"În mod normal, va dura o zi de la instalarea unei mașini până la începerea " +"monitorizării Munin, din cauza ordinii în care sunt executate lucrările " +"cron. Pentru a accelera procesul, rulați <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-" +"munin</computeroutput> ca root pe serverul sitesummary (în mod normal, " +"serverul principal). Aceasta va actualiza fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/" +"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Setul de măsurători care se colectează este generat automat pe fiecare " +"mașină cu ajutorul programului <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" +"computeroutput>, care sondează modulele disponibile din <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> și creează legături simbolice cu cele " +"relevante în <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Informații despre Munin sunt disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Icinga monitorizează sistemul și serviciile și este disponibil la <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Setul de mașini și servicii care sunt " +"monitorizate este generat automat folosind informațiile colectate de " +"sistemul „sitesummary”. Mașinile cu profilul Server principal și Server LTSP " +"primesc monitorizare completă, în timp ce stațiile de lucru și clienții " +"lejeri primesc monitorizare simplă. Pentru a activa monitorizarea completă " +"pe o stație de lucru, instalați pachetul <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" +"computeroutput> pe stația de lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, Icinga nu trimite e-mailuri. Acest lucru poate fi schimbat " +"prin înlocuirea <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> cu " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> și " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> în fișierul " +"<computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Fișierul de configurare Icinga utilizat este <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Serviciul de programare al sarcinilor, " +"cron-job al sitesummary generează fișierul <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> cu lista de gazde și " +"servicii care trebuie monitorizate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Verificările Icinga suplimentare pot fi puse în fișierul <computeroutput>/" +"var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> pentru a le " +"include în fișierul generat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Informații despre Icinga sunt disponibile la <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> sau în pachetul <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Avertizări comune Icinga și cum să le gestionați" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Iată instrucțiuni privind modul de gestionare a celor mai frecvente " +"avertismente Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Partiția (/usr/ în exemplu) este prea plină. În general, există două " +"modalități de a rezolva această problemă: (1) eliminarea unor fișiere sau " +"(2) creșterea dimensiunii partiției. În cazul în care partiția este /var/, " +"curățarea spațiului de prestocare (cache) al APT prin apelarea " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> ar putea elimina unele fișiere. " +"Dacă există mai mult spațiu disponibil în grupul de volume LVM, ar putea fi " +"de ajutor rularea programului <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> pentru a extinde partițiile. Pentru a rula acest program " +"automat la fiecare oră, gazda în cauză poate fi adăugată la grupul de rețea " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Sunt disponibile pachete noi pentru actualizări. Cele critice sunt, în mod " +"normal, corecții de securitate. Pentru a face actualizarea, rulați " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> ca " +"root într-un terminal sau conectați-vă prin SSH pentru a face același lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu doriți să actualizați manual pachetele și aveți încredere că Debian " +"va face o treabă bună cu noile versiuni, puteți configura " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> pentru a actualiza " +"automat toate pachetele noi în fiecare noapte. Acest lucru nu va actualiza " +"chroot-urile LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Nucleul care rulează este mai vechi decât cel mai nou nucleu instalat și " +"este necesară o repornire pentru a activa cel mai nou nucleu instalat. În " +"mod normal, acest lucru este destul de urgent, deoarece în mod normal apar " +"noi nuclee în Debian Edu pentru a rezolva probleme de securitate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Cozile de așteptare a imprimantelor din CUPS au o mulțime de lucrări în " +"așteptare. Cel mai probabil, acest lucru se datorează unei imprimante " +"indisponibile. Cozile de imprimare dezactivate sunt activate la fiecare oră " +"pe gazdele care sunt membre ale grupului de rețea <computeroutput>cups-queue-" +"autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, deci pentru astfel de gazde nu ar " +"trebui să fie necesară nicio acțiune manuală. Cozile de imprimare sunt " +"golite în fiecare noapte pe gazdele care sunt membre ale grupului de rețea " +"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Dacă o gazdă " +"are multe lucrări în coada de așteptare, luați în considerare adăugarea " +"acestei gazde la unul sau la ambele grupuri de rețea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Programul «sitesummary» este utilizat pentru a colecta informații de la " +"fiecare computer și a le trimite la serverul central. Informațiile colectate " +"sunt disponibile în <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</" +"computeroutput>. Scripturile din <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> sunt disponibile pentru a genera rapoarte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Un raport simplu de la «sitesummary», fără detalii, este disponibil la " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Ceva documentație despre Sitesummary este disponibilă la <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Mai multe informații despre personalizarea Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Mai multe informații despre personalizarea Debian Edu, utile pentru " +"administratorii de sistem pot fi găsite în capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Ghidul de administrare</link> și în capitolul " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Ghidul de administrare avansată</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Actualizări" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Înainte de a citi acest ghid de actualizare, vă rugăm să rețineți că " +"actualizările făcute pe serverele de producție se efectuează pe propriul " +"risc. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux vine cu ABSOLUT NICI O " +"GARANȚIE, în măsura permisă de legea aplicabilă.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să citiți complet acest capitol și capitolul <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Noi caracteristici în Trixie</link> din acest manual " +"înainte de a încerca să faceți actualizarea." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Note generale privind actualizarea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Actualizarea Debian de la o distribuție la alta este în general destul de " +"ușoară. Pentru Debian Edu, acest lucru este, din păcate, puțin mai " +"complicat, deoarece modificăm fișierele de configurare în moduri în care nu " +"ar trebui. Cu toate acestea, am documentat pașii necesari mai jos; " +"(consultați eroarea Debian <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> pentru mai multe informații despre modul în care " +"Debian Edu ar trebui să modifice fișierele de configurare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"În general, actualizarea serverelor este mai dificilă decât cea a stațiilor " +"de lucru, iar serverul principal este cel mai dificil de actualizat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să vă asigurați că, după actualizare, totul funcționează ca " +"înainte, ar trebui să testați actualizarea pe un sistem de testare sau pe " +"sisteme configurate în același mod ca și mașinile de producție. Acolo puteți " +"testa actualizarea fără riscuri și puteți vedea dacă totul funcționează așa " +"cum trebuie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Asigurați-vă că citiți, de asemenea, informațiile despre versiunea actuală a " +"distribuției Debian Stabile în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"stable/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, ar putea fi înțelept să așteptați puțin și să continuați să " +"rulați vechea versiune stabilă timp de câteva săptămâni, pentru ca alții să " +"poată testa actualizarea și să documenteze orice probleme pe care le " +"întâmpină. Vechea versiune stabilă a Debian Edu va beneficia de suport " +"continuu pentru o perioadă de timp după următoarea versiune Stabilă, dar " +"atunci când Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">încetează suportul pentru versiunea stabilă veche</ulink>, " +"Debian Edu va face în mod necesar același lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Actualizarea de la Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Fiți pregătiți: asigurați-vă că ați testat actualizarea de la Bookworm într-" +"un mediu de testare sau că aveți copii de rezervă pregătite pentru a putea " +"reveni la starea anterioară." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să rețineți că următoarea rețetă se aplică la o instalare implicită " +"a serverului principal Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, profilele Server principal, " +"Stație de lucru, Server LTSP); (pentru o prezentare generală privind " +"actualizarea de la Bookworm la Trixie, consultați:<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Nu folosiți X (un mediu grafic), folosiți o consolă virtuală, conectați-vă " +"ca root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Dacă <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> se termină cu o eroare, încercați " +"să o remediați și/sau rulați <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " +"și apoi <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> încă o dată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Actualizarea serverului principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Începeți prin a vă asigura că sistemul actual este actualizat:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Pregătiți și începeți actualizarea la Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: fiți pregătiți pentru o mulțime de NOUTĂȚI de citit; " +"apăsați <return> pentru a derula în jos, <q> pentru a părăsi " +"paginatorul. Toate informațiile vor fi trimise prin poșta electronică la " +"rădăcină, astfel încât să le puteți citi din nou (folosind <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> sau <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Citiți cu atenție toate informațiile din «debconf», alegeți „păstrați " +"versiunea locală instalată în prezent”, cu excepția cazului în care se " +"specifică altfel mai jos; în majoritatea cazurilor, este suficient să " +"apăsați tasta «Enter»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "repornire servicii: Alegeți „da”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Server Samba și utilități: Alegeți „păstrați versiunea locală instalată în " +"prezent”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Alegeți „păstrați versiunea locală instalată în prezent”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Se aplică și se ajustează configurația:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" +"Certificatele generate de versiunile mai vechi ale Debian Edu nu conțin " +"extensiile X.509 necesare pentru OpenSSLv3 și sunt <emphasis role=\"strong\">" +"incompatibile cu clienții Debian Edu 13+</emphasis>. Prin urmare, " +"administratorii care actualizează manual serverul principal trebuie să le " +"regenereze folosind valorile implicite pentru certificate introduse în " +"Debian Edu 13. Algoritmul implicit al cheii a fost schimbat la ECDSA, " +"utilizând curba <computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput>. Totuși, RSA-" +"2048 rămâne în continuare acceptat de OpenSSLv3. Consultați <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"44\">!44</ulink> și <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-" +"edu-config/-/merge_requests/40\">!40</ulink> pentru informații tehnice " +"suplimentare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" +"Înainte de a continua, însă, faceți o copie de rezervă a fișierelor de " +"certificate existente. Arhiva conține chei private și trebuie păstrată în " +"siguranță." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Aceasta înlocuiește autoritatea de certificare " +"rădăcină (CA) Debian Edu. Noua autoritate de certificare rădăcină trebuie " +"distribuită din nou tuturor clienților, folosind comanda <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> pe " +"clienți.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "Pentru a restaura fișierele certificatelor de pe server din arhivă:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" +"Restaurarea arhivei restabilește doar fișierele certificatelor de pe server. " +"Aceasta nu anulează distribuirea noii autorități de certificare rădăcină " +"către clienți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Verificați dacă sistemul actualizat funcționează:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Reporniți; conectați-vă ca prim utilizator și testați" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "dacă interfața GOsa² funcționează," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "dacă se pot conecta clienții și stațiile de lucru LTSP," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"dacă se poate adăuga/elimina apartenența unui grup de rețea dintr-un sistem," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "dacă se poate trimite și primi e-mail intern," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "dacă se pot gestiona imprimantele," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "și dacă alte lucruri specifice sitului funcționează." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Actualizarea unei stații de lucru" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Faceți toate lucrurile de bază ca pe serverul principal și fără a face " +"lucruri care nu sunt necesare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Actualizări de la instalări Debian Edu / Skolelinux mai vechi (înainte de " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a efectua o actualizare de la orice versiune mai veche, va trebui să " +"faceți mai întâi actualizarea la versiunea Debian Edu bazată pe Bookworm, " +"înainte de a putea urma instrucțiunile de mai sus. Instrucțiunile sunt " +"oferite în <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manual pentru Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> despre cum să faceți " +"actualizarea la Bookworm de la versiunea anterioară, Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Ghiduri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Administration\">administrare generală</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Administration\">administrare avansată</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Administration\">mediul de birou</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">clienți din rețea</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Ghid pentru <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">predare și învățare</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru <link linkend=\"Users\">utilizatori</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru administrarea generală" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Capitolele <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\" >Primii pași</link> și <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Întreținere</link> descriu cum să începeți să " +"utilizați Debian Edu și cum să efectuați lucrările de întreținere de bază. " +"Ghidurile din acest capitol au câteva sfaturi și trucuri mai „avansate”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Istoricul configurației: urmărirea modificărilor din directorul „/etc/” " +"folosind sistemul de control al versiunilor Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Utilizând <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, toate fișierele din " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> sunt urmărite utilizând <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> ca sistem de control al " +"versiunilor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Acest lucru face posibilă vizualizarea momentului în care un fișier este " +"adăugat, modificat și eliminat, precum și a ceea ce a fost modificat dacă " +"fișierul este un fișier text. Depozitul git este stocat în <computeroutput>/" +"etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"La fiecare oră, orice modificare este înregistrată automat, permițând " +"extragerea și revizuirea istoricului configurației." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a consulta istoricul, se utilizează comanda <computeroutput>etckeeper " +"vcs log</computeroutput>. Pentru a verifica diferențele dintre două puncte " +"în timp, se poate utiliza o comandă precum <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " +"diff </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Consultați ieșirea comenzii <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> " +"pentru mai multe informații." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Listă cu comenzi utile:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Exemple de utilizare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"Pe un sistem proaspăt instalat, încercați acest lucru pentru a vedea toate " +"modificările efectuate de la instalarea sistemului:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Vedeți ce fișiere nu sunt urmărite în prezent și care nu sunt actualizate:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a confirma manual un fișier, deoarece nu doriți să așteptați timp de " +"o oră:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Redimensionarea partițiilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"În Debian Edu, toate partițiile, în afară de partiția <computeroutput>/boot/" +"</computeroutput>, se află pe volume logice LVM. În cazul nucleelor Linux " +"începând cu versiunea 2.6.10, este posibilă extinderea partițiilor în timp " +"ce acestea sunt montate. Micșorarea partițiilor trebuie să se facă în " +"continuare în timp ce partiția este demontată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Este o idee bună să evitați să creați partiții foarte mari (peste, să zicem, " +"20Gio), din cauza timpului necesar pentru a rula <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> pe ele sau pentru a le restaura din copia de rezervă dacă " +"este nevoie. Este mai bine, dacă este posibil, să creați mai multe partiții " +"mai mici decât una foarte mare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Scriptul de ajutor <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"este furnizat pentru a facilita extinderea partițiilor complete, pline. " +"Atunci când este invocat, acesta citește configurația din <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> și " +"<computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. Apoi propune " +"extinderea partițiilor cu spațiu liber prea mic, conform regulilor furnizate " +"în aceste fișiere. Dacă este rulat fără argumente, va afișa doar comenzile " +"necesare pentru a extinde sistemul de fișiere. Argumentul <computeroutput>-" +"n</computeroutput> este necesar pentru a executa efectiv aceste comenzi de " +"extindere a sistemelor de fișiere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Scriptul este executat automat la fiecare oră pe fiecare client listat în " +"grupul de rețea <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Atunci când partiția utilizată de proxy-ul Squid este redimensionată, " +"valoarea pentru dimensiunea cache-ului din <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> trebuie, de asemenea, să fie actualizată. " +"Scriptul ajutător <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-" +"update-cachedir</computeroutput> este furnizat pentru a face acest lucru în " +"mod automat, verificând dimensiunea curentă a partiției din <computeroutput>/" +"var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> și configurând Squid pentru a utiliza 80% " +"din aceasta ca dimensiune a spațiului de prestocare al datelor (cache)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Administrarea volumelor logice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Administrarea volumelor logice („Logical Volume Management”: LVM) permite " +"redimensionarea partițiilor în timp ce acestea sunt montate și utilizate. " +"Puteți afla mai multe despre LVM din articolul <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a extinde manual un volum logic, trebuie doar să indicați comenzii " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> cât de mare doriți să crească " +"acesta. De exemplu, pentru a extinde home0 la 30Gio, utilizați următoarele " +"comenzi:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "Pentru a extinde home0 cu încă 30Gio, introduceți un „+” (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Folosind ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> este " +"un instrument care permite editarea bazei de date LDAP cu un editor de text " +"normal în linia de comandă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Trebuie să se execute următoarea comandă:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Notă: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> va folosi oricare editor ce " +"este configurat drept editorul implicit. Executând comanda " +"<computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> în promptul shell-ului se " +"poate configura mediul pentru a obține o clonă «vi» ca editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Avertisment: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> este un instrument " +"foarte puternic. Aveți grijă și nu stricați baza de date LDAP, același " +"avertisment este valabil și pentru JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "NFS „Kerberizat” (cu Kerberos)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea Kerberos pentru NFS pentru a monta directoare personale este o " +"caracteristică de securitate. Stațiile de lucru și clienții LTSP nu vor " +"funcționa fără Kerberos. Sunt acceptate nivelurile <emphasis>krb5</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> și <emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> " +"(<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> înseamnă autentificare Kerberos, <emphasis>i</" +"emphasis> reprezintă verificarea integrității și <emphasis>p</emphasis> " +"pentru confidențialitate, adică criptare); sarcina atât a serverului, cât și " +"a stației de lucru crește odată cu nivelul de securitate, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> este o alegere bună și a fost aleasă ca implicită." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Cum să modificați valoarea implicită" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Server principal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "conectați-vă ca root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"rulați <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, căutați " +"șirul <emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> și înlocuiți-l cu <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> sau <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"editați <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> și " +"ajustați aceste intrări în mod corespunzător:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "rulați comanda <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Acest instrument permite definirea imprimantei implicite în funcție de " +"locație, mașină sau apartenența la un grup. Pentru mai multe informații, " +"consultați <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Fișierul de configurare <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> trebuie să fie furnizat de către administrator, a se vedea " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> ca exemplu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, o interfață grafică pentru LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați o interfață grafică pentru a lucra cu baza de date LDAP, " +"consultați pachetul <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, care este " +"instalat în mod implicit. Pentru a obține acces de scriere conectați-vă " +"astfel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, un instrument de linie de comandă pentru adăugarea de " +"utilizatori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> este un mic instrument " +"de linie de comandă pentru a crea conturi de utilizator, care se invocă după " +"cum urmează:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Toate argumentele, cu excepția câmpurilor „nume utilizator” și „GECOS”, sunt " +"opționale, acesta din urmă trebuind să conțină de obicei numele complet al " +"utilizatorului. Dacă nu este specificat, instrumentul va alege automat " +"următorul UID și GID liber și nu va atribui niciun grup suplimentar " +"utilizatorului. Dacă nu se indică niciun departament, acesta va alege primul " +"<emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> din LDAP, care este probabil " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> și pentru utilizatorii obișnuiți, de obicei, nu " +"este ceea ce doriți, așa că ar trebui să alegeți o valoare adecvată pentru " +"utilizator, de exemplu <emphasis>Profesori</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Elevi</" +"emphasis>. După introducerea și confirmarea parolei și introducerea parolei " +"de administrator LDAP, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> " +"va crea contul de utilizator în LDAP, va stabili parola Kerberos, va crea " +"directorul personal și va adăuga un utilizator Samba corespunzător. " +"Următoarea captură de ecran prezintă un exemplu de invocare pentru a crea un " +"cont de utilizator numit <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> pentru un " +"profesor al cărui nume complet este „Harry Hirsch”:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Utilizarea actualizărilor stabile, „stable-updates”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Deși puteți utiliza direct „stable-updates”, nu trebuie să o faceți: " +"actualizările stabile, „stable-updates” sunt introduse în suita stabilă în " +"mod regulat atunci când sunt lansate versiuni stabile, ceea ce se întâmplă " +"aproximativ o dată la două luni." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea retro-portărilor, „backports” pentru a instala software mai nou" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Rulați Debian Edu pentru că preferați stabilitatea Debian Edu. Funcționează " +"foarte bine; există doar o singură problemă: uneori software-ul este puțin " +"mai învechit decât vă place. Aici este unde intervine backports.debian.org." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Retro-adaptările (versiuni de software migrate din ramura principală de " +"dezvoltare și adaptate pentru a funcționa cu această versiune) sunt pachete " +"recompilate din ramurile Debian testare, „testing” (în cea mai mare parte) " +"și Debian instabilă, „unstable” (în doar câteva cazuri, de exemplu " +"actualizări de securitate), astfel încât vor rula fără biblioteci noi (acolo " +"unde acest lucru este posibil) pe o distribuție Debian stabilă precum Debian " +"Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Vă recomandăm să alegeți retro-adaptările " +"individuale care se potrivesc nevoilor dumneavoastră și să nu folosiți toate " +"retro-adaptările disponibile acolo.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Retro-" +"adaptărilor (Backports)</ulink> este simplă:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"După care se pot instala cu ușurință pachetele retro-adaptate, următoarea " +"comandă va instala o versiune retro-adaptată a <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Retro-adaptările sunt actualizate automat (dacă sunt disponibile) la fel ca " +"și alte pachete. La fel ca arhiva normală, retro-adaptările au patru " +"secțiuni: „main” (principală), „contrib” (contribuitori). „non-free” (non-" +"liberă) și „non-free-firmware” (firmware non-liber)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Efectuarea actualizării cu un CD sau o imagine similară" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să efectuați o actualizare de la o versiune la alta (de exemplu, " +"de la Trixie 13.1 la 13.2), dar nu dispuneți de conectivitate la internet, " +"ci doar de suporturi fizice, urmați acești pași:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Introduceți CD-ul / DVD-ul / discul Blu-ray / unitatea flash USB și " +"utilizați comanda «apt-cdrom»:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Pentru a cita din pagina de manual apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"«apt-cdrom» este utilizat pentru a adăuga un nou CD-ROM la lista de surse " +"disponibile a APT. «apt-cdrom» se ocupă de determinarea structurii discului, " +"precum și de corectarea câtorva posibile defecțiuni și de verificarea " +"fișierelor index." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Este necesar să folosiți «apt-cdrom» pentru a adăuga CD-uri la sistemul APT, " +"nu se poate face manual. În plus, fiecare disc dintr-un set de mai multe CD-" +"uri trebuie introdus și scanat separat pentru a ține cont de eventualele " +"erori de inscripționare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Apoi rulați aceste două comenzi pentru a actualiza sistemul:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Curățarea automată a proceselor reziduale" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> este un script perl care elimină " +"sarcinile de lucru din fundal. Lucrările din fundal sunt definite ca fiind " +"procese care aparțin unor utilizatori care nu sunt în acel moment conectați " +"la mașină. Este rulat de „cron-job” o dată pe oră." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Instalarea automată a actualizărilor de securitate" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> este un pachet Debian " +"care va instala automat actualizările de securitate (și altele). Dacă este " +"instalat, pachetul este preconfigurat pentru a instala actualizările de " +"securitate. Jurnalele sunt disponibile în <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; de asemenea, există întotdeauna " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> și <computeroutput>/var/" +"log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Oprirea automată a mașinilor în timpul nopții" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Este posibil să se economisească energie și bani prin oprirea automată a " +"mașinilor clienților pe timp de noapte și repornirea lor dimineața. Pachetul " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> va încerca să oprească " +"mașina în fiecare oră, de la ora 16:00 după-amiaza, dar nu o va opri dacă se " +"pare că are utilizatori. Va încerca să îi spună BIOS-ului să pornească " +"mașina în jurul orei 07:00 dimineața, iar serverul principal va încerca să " +"pornească mașinile începând cu ora 06:30 prin trimiterea de pachete „Wake-on-" +"LAN” (trezrea prin rețea). Aceste ore pot fi modificate în fișierele " +"„crontabs” ale mașinilor individuale." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" +"Trebuie avute în vedere unele considerații atunci când se face acest lucru:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Clienții nu ar trebui să fie opriți (deconectați) atunci când cineva îi " +"folosește. Acest lucru este asigurat prin verificarea ieșirii din " +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> și, ca un caz special, prin verificarea " +"faptului că pentru conectarea SSH, comanda definită funcționează cu clienții " +"lejeri X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a evita arderea siguranțelor electrice, este bine să vă asigurați că " +"nu toți clienții pornesc în același timp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Există două metode diferite disponibile pentru a trezi clienții. Una " +"utilizează o funcție BIOS și necesită un ceas hardware funcțional și corect, " +"precum și o placă de bază și o versiune de BIOS acceptate de " +"<computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput>; cealaltă necesită ca mașinile-" +"client să aibă suport pentru „Wake-on-LAN”, iar serverul să știe despre toți " +"clienții care trebuie treziți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "" +"Cum să configurați „shutdown-at-night” (oprirea calculatoarelor în timpul " +"nopți)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"Pe clienții care ar trebui să se deconecteze pe timp de noapte, modificați " +"fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</" +"computeroutput>, sau adăugați numele de gazdă (adică rezultatul ieșirii " +"comenzii «<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>» rulate pe client) la " +"grupul de rețea „shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Adăugarea gazdelor la grupul de " +"rețea în LDAP se poate face cu ajutorul instrumentului web " +"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Clienții ar putea avea nevoie ca " +"serviciul „Wake-on-LAN” să fie configurat în BIOS. De asemenea, este " +"important ca dispozitivele comutatoare de rețea și routerele utilizate între " +"serverul Wake-on-LAN și clienți să transmită pachetele WOL către clienți " +"chiar dacă aceștia sunt opriți. Unele comutatoare nu reușesc să transmită " +"pachetele către clienții care lipsesc din tabelul ARP al comutatorului, ceea " +"ce blochează pachetele WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a activa serviciul Wake-on-LAN pe server, adăugați clienții în " +"fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, cu " +"câte o linie pentru fiecare client, mai întâi adresa IP, urmată de adresa " +"MAC (adresa ethernet), separate prin câte un spațiu; sau creați un script " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"pentru a genera lista de clienți din mers." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Iată un exemplu de <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> pentru utilizare cu sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"O alternativă în cazul în care «netgroup» este utilizat pentru a activa " +"serviciul „shutdown-at-night” pe clienți este acest script care utilizează " +"instrumentul «netgroup» din pachetul <computeroutput>ng-utils</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "" +"Accesați serverele Debian Edu aflate în spatele unui paravan de protecție" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a accesa din Internet mașinile aflate în spatele unui paravan de " +"protecție, aveți în vedere instalarea pachetului <computeroutput>autossh</" +"computeroutput>. Acesta poate fi utilizat pentru a configura un tunel SSH " +"către o mașină din Internet la care aveți acces. De la acea mașină, puteți " +"accesa serverul din spatele paravanului de protecție prin intermediul " +"tunelului SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Instalarea de mașini de servicii suplimentare pentru a distribui sarcina de " +"pe serverul principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"În instalarea implicită, toate serviciile rulează pe serverul principal, cu " +"numele de gazdă <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Pentru a simplifica mutarea " +"unora pe o altă mașină, este disponibil un profil de instalare " +"<emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. Instalarea cu acest profil va duce la o " +"mașină, care face parte din rețeaua Debian Edu, dar care nu are (încă) " +"niciun serviciu în funcțiune." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Aceștia sunt pașii necesari pentru a configura o mașină dedicată unor " +"servicii:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "alegeți profilul <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> în timpul instalării" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "instalați pachetele pentru serviciul dorit" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "configurați serviciul" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "dezactivați serviciul de pe serverul principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "actualizați DNS (via LDAP/GOsa2) pe serverul principal" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Ghiduri din situl wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Ghiduri de administrare avansată" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "În acest capitol sunt descrise sarcinile avansate de administrare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Personalizarea utilizatorilor cu GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Creați utilizatori în grupuri după ani, „Year Groups”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"În acest exemplu, dorim să creăm utilizatori pe grupe de ani, cu directoare " +"comune pentru fiecare grupă (home0/2026, home0/2027, home0/2028, etc.). " +"Dorim să creăm utilizatorii prin import csv." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(ca root pe serverul principal) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Creați directoarele necesare pentru grupele de ani" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(ca prim utilizator în GOsa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Departament" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Meniul principal: mergeți la „Structura directoarelor”, faceți clic pe " +"departamentul „Elevi”. Câmpul „Bază” ar trebui să afișeze „/Elevi”. Din " +"caseta derulantă „Acțiuni”, alegeți „Creare”/„Departament”. Completați " +"valorile pentru câmpurile Nume (2024) și Descriere ( elevii care absolvă în " +"2026), lăsați câmpul Bază așa cum este (ar trebui să fie „/Elevi”). Salvați " +"fișierul făcând clic pe butonul «Ok». Acum, noul departament (2026) ar " +"trebui să apară sub /Elevi. Faceți clic pe el." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți „Grupuri” din meniul principal; „Acțiuni”/Creare/Grup. Introduceți " +"numele grupului (lăsați „Bază” așa cum este, ar trebui să fie /Elevi/2026) " +"și apăsați butonul «Ok» pentru a-l salva." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Șablon" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți „utilizatori” din meniul principal. Schimbați la „Elevi” în câmpul " +"Bază. Ar trebui să apară o intrare <computeroutput>NewStudent</" +"computeroutput>, faceți clic pe ea. Acesta este șablonul „elevi”, nu un " +"utilizator real. Deoarece va trebui să creați un astfel de șablon (pentru a " +"putea utiliza importul csv pentru structura dvs.) pe baza acestuia, " +"observați toate intrările care apar în filele Generic și POSIX, poate faceți " +"capturi de ecran pentru a avea informații pregătite pentru noul șablon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Acum schimbați /Elevi/2026 în câmpul Bază; alegeți Creare/Șablon și începeți " +"să completați valorile dorite, mai întâi fila Generic (adăugați noul grup " +"2026 la Apartenența la grup, de asemenea), apoi adăugați contul POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importare utilizatori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți noul șablon atunci când efectuați importul csv; se recomandă " +"testarea acestuia cu câțiva utilizatori." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Alte personalizări ale utilizatorului" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Crearea de dosare în directoarele personale ale tuturor utilizatorilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Cu ajutorul acestui script, administratorul poate crea un dosar în " +"directorul personal al fiecărui utilizator și poate stabili permisiunile de " +"acces și proprietarul." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"În exemplul de mai jos, cu group=profesori și permisiuni=2770, un utilizator " +"poate preda o temă salvând fișierul în dosarul „teme”, unde profesorii au " +"acces de scriere pentru a putea face comentarii." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Utilizați un server de stocare dedicat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Urmați acești pași pentru a configura un server de stocare dedicat pentru " +"directoarele personale ale utilizatorilor și, eventual, pentru alte date." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați un nou sistem de tip <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"folosind GOsa², așa cum este descris în capitolul <emphasis role=\"strong\" " +">Primii pași</emphasis> din acest manual." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"Acest exemplu utilizează „nas-server.intern” ca nume de server. După ce „nas-" +"server.intern” este configurat, verificați dacă punctele de export NFS de pe " +"noul server de stocare sunt exportate către subrețele sau mașinile relevante:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Aici, tot ceea ce se află în rețeaua de bază are acces la exportul „/" +"stocare”; (acest lucru ar putea fi restricționat în funcție de apartenența " +"la un grup de rețea sau de adrese IP unice pentru a limita accesul NFS, așa " +"cum se face în fișierul „tjener:/etc/exports”)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați informații de montare automată despre „nas-server.intern” în LDAP " +"pentru a permite tuturor clienților să monteze automat noul export la cerere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Acest lucru nu se poate face folosind GOsa², deoarece lipsește un modul " +"pentru automontare. În schimb, utilizați ldapvi și adăugați obiectele LDAP " +"necesare folosind un editor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Când apare editorul, adăugați următoarele obiecte LDAP în partea de jos a " +"documentului; (partea „/&” din ultimul obiect LDAP este un caracter " +"joker care se potrivește cu tot ceea ce exportă „nas-server.intern”, " +"eliminând necesitatea de a lista punctele de montare individuale în LDAP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Adăugați intrările relevante în „tjener.intern:/etc/fstab”, deoarece " +"„tjener.intern” nu utilizează automontarea pentru a evita buclele de montare:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Creați directoarele punctului de montare folosind <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, editați fișierul „/etc/fstab” în mod corespunzător și " +"rulați <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> pentru a monta noile " +"resurse." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Acum, utilizatorii ar trebui să poată accesa fișierele de pe „nas-" +"server.intern” direct prin simpla accesare a directorului „/tjener/nas-" +"server/storage/” utilizând orice aplicație pe orice stație de lucru, client " +"lejer LTSP sau server LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Restricționați accesul de autentificare SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Există mai multe moduri de a restricționa autentificarea SSH, unele sunt " +"enumerate aici." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configurare fără clienți LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu se utilizează clienți LTSP, o soluție simplă este crearea unui nou " +"grup (de exemplu <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) și adăugarea " +"unei linii în fișierul „/etc/ssh/sshd_config” al mașinii. Numai membrii " +"grupului <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> vor avea apoi permisiunea " +"de a intra prin ssh în mașină de oriunde." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Gestionarea acestui caz cu GOsa² este destul de simplă:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Creați un grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> la nivelul de bază " +"(unde apar deja alte grupuri legate de gestionarea sistemului, cum ar fi " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați utilizatori în noul grup <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> la „/etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Executați comanda <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Configurație cu clienți LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Configurația implicită a clientului fără disc LTSP nu utilizează conexiuni " +"SSH. Este suficientă actualizarea imaginii SquashFS pe serverul LTSP " +"respectiv după ce configurația SSH a fost modificată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Clienții lejeri X2Go utilizează conexiuni SSH la serverul LTSP aferent. " +"Prin urmare, este necesară o abordare diferită care să utilizeze PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" +"Activați pam_access.so în fișierul „/etc/pam.d/sshd” al serverului LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Configurați „/etc/security/access.conf” pentru a permite conexiuni pentru " +"utilizatorii (de exemplu) alice, jane, bob și john de oriunde și pentru toți " +"ceilalți utilizatori numai din rețelele interne, adăugând aceste linii:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care se utilizează numai servere LTSP dedicate, rețeaua " +"10.0.0.0/8 ar putea fi eliminată pentru a dezactiva accesul intern de " +"conectare SSH. Notă: cineva care își conectează calculatorul la rețelele de " +"clienți LTSP dedicate va obține acces SSH și la serverele LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "O notă pentru configurații mai complexe" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care clienții X2Go ar fi conectați la rețeaua de bază " +"10.0.0.0/8, lucrurile ar fi și mai complicate și poate doar o configurație " +"DHCP sofisticată (în LDAP) care să verifice identificatorul de clasă al " +"furnizorului împreună cu o configurație PAM corespunzătoare ar permite " +"dezactivarea conectării SSH interne." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru mediul de birou" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Configurați un mediu de birou în mai multe limbi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a facilita suportul pentru mai multe limbi, este necesar să se " +"parcurgă acești pași:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Rulați <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (ca root) " +"și alegeți limbile dorite (variantele UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "Rulați aceste comenzi ca root pentru a instala pachetele aferente:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Utilizatorii vor putea apoi să aleagă limba prin intermediul gestionarului " +"de afișare LightDM înainte de a se autentifica; acest lucru este valabil " +"pentru Xfce, LXDE și LXQt. GNOME și KDE au propriile instrumente interne de " +"configurare a regiunii și a limbii; folosiți-le pe acestea. MATE utilizează " +"sistemul de întâmpinare Arctica pe lângă LightDM, fără un selector de limbă. " +"Rulați <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> pentru a " +"obține sistemul de întâmpinare LightDM standard." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Redarea DVD-urilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Biblioteca „libdvdcss” este necesară pentru a reda majoritatea DVD-urilor " +"comerciale. Din motive legale, nu este inclusă în Debian (Edu). Dacă aveți " +"permisiunea legală de a o folosi, vă puteți construi propriile pachete " +"locale folosind pachetul Debian <computeroutput>libdvdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>; asigurați-vă că arhiva <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> este activată în <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Răspundeți la întrebările «debconf», apoi rulați <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Fonturi pentru „scris de mână”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Pachetul <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (care este instalat în " +"mod implicit) instalează fontul „Abecedario”, care este un font de scris de " +"mână pentru copii. Fontul are mai multe forme pentru a fi folosit cu copiii: " +"cu puncte, și cu linii." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru clienții din rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introducere la clienții lejeri (thin) și stațiile de lucru fără disc" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Un termen generic atât pentru clienții lejeri cât și pentru stațiile de " +"lucru fără disc este <emphasis>client LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Începând cu Bullseye, LTSP este foarte diferit de versiunile anterioare. " +"Acest lucru se referă atât la configurare, cât și la întreținere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Ca o diferență principală, imaginea SquashFS pentru stațiile de lucru fără " +"disc este acum generată în mod implicit din sistemul de fișiere al " +"serverului LTSP. Acest lucru se întâmplă pe un server combinat la prima " +"pornire, ceea ce durează ceva timp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Clienții lejeri nu mai fac parte din LTSP. Debian Edu folosește X2Go pentru " +"a permite în continuare utilizarea clienților lejeri." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"În cazul unui server LTSP separat sau suplimentar, informațiile necesare " +"pentru configurarea mediului client LTSP nu sunt complete în momentul " +"instalării. Configurarea se poate face după ce sistemul a fost adăugat cu " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Pentru informații despre LTSP în general, consultați <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">Pagina principală a LTSP</ulink>. Pe sistemele cu profil " +"<emphasis>Server LTSP</emphasis>, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> " +"oferă mai multe informații." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Rețineți că instrumentul <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> din LTSP trebuie utilizat " +"cu atenție. De exemplu, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> nu ar " +"reuși să genereze imaginea SquashFS în cazul mașinilor Debian (acestea au o " +"partiție „/boot” separată în mod implicit), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> nu ar reuși să genereze corect meniul iPXE (din cauza " +"suportului pentru clienți lejeri al Debian Edu), iar <computeroutput>ltsp " +"initrd</computeroutput> ar încurca complet pornirea clienților LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> " +"este un script de învăluire pentru <computeroutput>ltsp image</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> și " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Se utilizează pentru a instala " +"și configura stația de lucru fără disc și suportul pentru clienți lejeri " +"(atât pentru PC-uri de 64 de biți, cât și de 32 de biți). Consultați " +"<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> sau conținutul " +"scriptului pentru a vedea cum funcționează. Toată configurația este " +"conținută în scriptul însuși (documente AICI) pentru a facilita ajustările " +"specifice sitului." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Exemple de utilizare a scriptului de învăluire <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-" +"install</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> actualizează imaginea SquashFS a stației de lucru fără disc " +"(sistemul de fișiere al serverului)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creează o stație de lucru fără disc și " +"suport pentru clienți lejeri pe 64 de biți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creează un suport suplimentar pentru clienți lejeri pe 32 de " +"biți (chroot și imaginea SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"În afară de <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (cel mai mic sistem de client lejer), " +"sunt disponibile și <emphasis>display</emphasis> și <emphasis>desktop</" +"emphasis>. Tipul <emphasis>display</emphasis> oferă un buton de închidere, " +"tipul <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> rulează Firefox ESR în modul kiosk pe " +"clientul propriu-zis (este necesară mai multă memorie RAM locală și putere " +"CPU, dar sarcina serverului este redusă)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> este " +"un script de învăluire pentru <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. " +"Acesta se asigură că fișierul „/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe” este specific " +"Debian Edu. Comanda trebuie să fie executată după ce au fost modificate " +"elementele legate de meniul iPXE (cum ar fi timpul de afișare al meniului " +"sau valorile implicite de pornire) din secțiunea /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf " +"[server]." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> " +"este un script de învăluire pentru <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput>. Acesta se asigură că este generat un initrd specific " +"cazului de utilizare (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) și apoi mutat în directorul " +"aferent cazului de utilizare. Comanda trebuie să fie executată după ce " +"secțiunea /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] a fost modificată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Instrumentul <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"este un înlocuitor pentru instrumentul <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"livrat cu LTSP5. Acesta este utilizat pentru a executa comenzi într-un " +"chroot LTSP specificat (cum ar fi, de exemplu, instalarea, actualizarea și " +"eliminarea pachetelor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stație de lucru fără disc</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"O stație de lucru fără disc rulează toate programele local. Mașinile client " +"pornesc direct de pe serverul LTSP, fără un disc dur local. Software-ul este " +"administrat și întreținut pe serverul LTSP, dar rulează pe stațiile de lucru " +"fără disc. De asemenea, directoarele personale și configurările de sistem " +"sunt stocate pe server. Stațiile de lucru fără disc sunt o modalitate " +"excelentă de reutilizare a echipamentelor mai vechi (dar puternice) cu " +"aceleași costuri de întreținere reduse ca în cazul clienților lejeri." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Spre deosebire de stațiile de lucru, stațiile de lucru fără disc " +"funcționează fără a fi nevoie să le adăugați cu GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Client lejer (thin)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"O configurație de client lejer permite unui PC obișnuit să funcționeze ca un " +"terminal (X), în care tot software-ul rulează pe serverul LTSP. Acest lucru " +"înseamnă că această mașină pornește prin PXE fără a utiliza un disc dur " +"local al clientului și că serverul LTSP trebuie să fie o mașină puternică." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu suportă în continuare utilizarea de clienți lejeri pentru a " +"permite utilizarea de echipamente foarte vechi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Deoarece clienții lejeri utilizează X2Go, utilizatorii trebuie să " +"dezactiveze compunerea pentru a evita producerea de erori de afișare. În " +"cazul implicit (mediul desktop Xfce): Configurări -> Ajustări ale " +"administratorului de ferestre -> Compozitor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Firmware client LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"Pornirile clienților LTSP vor eșua dacă interfața de rețea a clientului " +"necesită un firmware care nu este liber. O instalare PXE poate fi utilizată " +"pentru a rezolva problemele legate de pornirea prin rețea a unei mașini; " +"dacă programul de instalare Debian se plânge de lipsa unui fișier XXX.bin, " +"atunci trebuie adăugat un firmware non-liber la initrd-ul serverului LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Procedați astfel pe serverul LTSP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a obține mai întâi informații despre pachetele firmware, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Decideți ce pachet trebuie instalat pentru interfața (interfețele) de rețea, " +"cel mai probabil acesta va fi firmware-linux, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" +"Actualizați imaginea SquashFS pentru stațiile de lucru fără disc, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "În cazul în care se utilizează clienți lejeri X2Go, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "și procedați în conformitate cu informațiile de utilizare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Apoi actualizați imaginea SquashFS; de exemplu, pentru chroot-ul „/srv/ltsp/" +"x2go-bare-amd64”, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Selectarea tipului de client LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare server LTSP are două interfețe ethernet: una configurată în sub-" +"rețeaua principală 10.0.0.0/8 (care este partajată cu serverul principal) și " +"alta care formează o sub-rețea locală (o sub-rețea separată pentru fiecare " +"server LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"În ambele cazuri, <emphasis>stația de lucru fără disc</emphasis> sau " +"<emphasis>clientul lejer</emphasis> pot fi alese din meniul iPXE. După 5 " +"secunde de așteptare, mașina va porni ca stație de lucru fără disc." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Elementul implicit din meniul de pornire iPXE și timpul de așteptare " +"implicit al acestuia pot fi configurate în <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. O valoare de timp de așteptare de <emphasis>-1</" +"emphasis> este utilizată pentru a ascunde meniul. Rulați " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> pentru ca modificările " +"să intre în vigoare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Utilizați o rețea diferită pentru clienții LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 este rețeaua client LTSP implicită în cazul în care o mașină " +"este instalată utilizând profilul LTSP. În cazul în care se folosesc mulți " +"clienți LTSP sau dacă servere LTSP diferite trebuie să deservească atât " +"medii chroot i386, cât și amd64, se poate folosi și cea de-a doua rețea " +"preconfigurată 192.168.1.0/24. Modificați fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/" +"network/interfaces</computeroutput> și ajustați parametrii eth1 în mod " +"corespunzător. Utilizați <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> sau orice " +"alt editor LDAP pentru a inspecta configurația DNS și DHCP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Adăugați LTSP chroot pentru a permite clienți PC pe 32 de biți" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Pentru a crea chroot-ul și imaginea SquashFS, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Consultați ieșirea comenzii <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"computeroutput> pentru detalii despre tipurile de clienți lejeri (thin)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea clientului LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Rulați <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> pentru a arunca o " +"privire la opțiunile de configurare disponibile. Sau citiți-o din internet: " +"<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Adăugați elemente de configurare în secțiunea /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients]. " +"Pentru ca modificările să intre în vigoare, rulați:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Sunet cu clienții LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Clienții lejeri LTSP utilizează audio prin rețea pentru a transmite audio de " +"la server la clienți." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "" +"Stațiile de lucru fără disc LTSP gestionează partea audio la nivel local." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Accesul la unități USB și CD-ROM-uri/DVD-uri" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Atunci când utilizatorii introduc o unitate USB sau un DVD / CD-ROM într-o " +"stație de lucru fără disc, pe birou apare o pictogramă corespunzătoare, care " +"permite accesul la conținut ca la o stație de lucru." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Atunci când utilizatorii introduc o unitate USB într-un client lejer X2Go de " +"tip „bare” (instalare implicită a serverului combinat), suportul este montat " +"imediat ce se face dublu clic pe pictograma dosarului existent pe biroul " +"Xfce. În funcție de conținutul media, ar putea dura ceva timp până când " +"conținutul apare în managerul de fișiere." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Un avertisment cu privire la mediile detașabile pe serverele LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Atunci când sunt introduse într-un server LTSP, unitățile USB și alte " +"suporturi amovibile determină apariția pictogramei dosarului aferent pe " +"birourile clienților lejeri LTSP. Utilizatorii de la distanță pot accesa " +"fișierele." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Utilizarea imprimantelor atașate la clienții LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Atașați imprimanta la calculatorul client LTSP (sunt acceptate atât portul " +"USB, cât și portul paralel)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "Configurați clientul LTSP cu GOsa² pentru a utiliza o adresă IP fixă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configurați imprimanta utilizând interfața web <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> de pe serverul principal; alegeți tipul de " +"imprimantă de rețea <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(pentru toate imprimantele, indiferent de marcă sau model) și definiți " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> ca " +"adresă URI de conexiune." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modificarea configurației PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE înseamnă Preboot eXecution Environment (mediu de execuție înainte de " +"pornire). Debian Edu folosește acum implementarea <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> pentru o integrare mai ușoară a LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configurarea meniului PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"Elementul de meniu iPXE referitor la instalările de sistem este generat cu " +"ajutorul scriptului <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. " +"Acesta permite ca unele configurări să fie înlocuite folosind fișierul " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> cu valori " +"de înlocuire." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configurarea instalării PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea PXE va moșteni configurările de limbă, de aranjament al " +"tastaturii și de oglindă de la cele utilizate la instalarea serverului " +"principal, iar celelalte întrebări vor fi adresate în timpul instalării " +"(profil, participare popcon, partiționare și parolă root). Pentru a evita " +"aceste întrebări, fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> poate fi modificat pentru a oferi răspunsuri " +"preselectate la valorile debconf. Câteva exemple de valori debconf " +"disponibile sunt deja comentate în <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Modificările dvs. vor fi pierdute " +"de îndată ce <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> este " +"utilizat pentru a recrea mediul de instalare PXE. Pentru a adăuga valori " +"debconf la <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> în timpul recreării cu <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput>, adăugați fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> cu valorile dvs. " +"debconf suplimentare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mai multe informații despre modificarea instalărilor PXE pot fi găsite în " +"capitolul <link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">Instalare</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Adăugarea unui depozit personalizat pentru instalări PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga un depozit personalizat, adăugați ceva asemănător cu aceasta " +"în fișierul <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"și apoi rulați <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> o dată." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Modificarea parametrilor de rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Pachetul debian-edu-config vine cu un instrument care ajută la schimbarea " +"rețelei de la 10.0.0.0/8 la altceva. Aruncați o privire la <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Acesta " +"este destinat utilizării imediat după instalare pe serverul principal, " +"pentru a actualiza LDAP și alte fișiere care trebuie editate pentru a " +"schimba subrețeaua." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Rețineți că schimbarea la una dintre subrețelele deja utilizate în altă " +"parte în Debian Edu nu va funcționa. 192.168.0.0/24 și 192.168.1.0/24 sunt " +"deja configurate ca rețele client LTSP. Schimbarea la aceste subrețele va " +"necesita editarea manuală a fișierelor de configurare pentru a elimina " +"intrările duplicate." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Nu există o modalitate ușoară de a schimba numele de domeniu DNS. Schimbarea " +"acestuia ar necesita modificări atât în structura LDAP, cât și în mai multe " +"fișiere din sistemul de fișiere al serverului principal. De asemenea, nu " +"există o modalitate ușoară de a schimba numele de gazdă și DNS al serverului " +"principal (tjener.intern). Pentru a face acest lucru ar necesita, de " +"asemenea, modificări ale LDAP și ale fișierelor din sistemul de fișiere al " +"serverului principal și al clientului. În ambele cazuri, ar trebui să se " +"modifice și configurația Kerberos. În mod implicit, calculatoarele/clienții " +"din rețeaua Debian Edu pot fi autorizați, dar nu sunt înregistrați ca " +"sisteme în GOsa². Dacă este necesar să se permită accesul doar clienților " +"înregistrați, utilizați opțiunea HTTP_HOST în RewriteRule din configurația " +"apache2, în locul valorii incorecte SERVER_ADDRESS (consultați această " +"cerere de fuzionare pentru detalii: <computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Mediu de birou la distanță" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Alegerea profilului de server LTSP sau a profilului de server combinat " +"instalează, de asemenea, pachetele <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> și " +"<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp utilizează protocolul de birou la distanță („Remote Desktop Protocol”: " +"RDP) pentru a prezenta o autentificare grafică unui client la distanță. " +"Utilizatorii Microsoft Windows se pot conecta la serverul LTSP pe care " +"rulează xrdp fără a instala software suplimentar - ei pur și simplu pornesc " +"o conexiune de birou la distanță (Remote Desktop Connection) pe calculatorul " +"lor Windows și se conectează." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"În plus, xrdp se poate conecta la un server VNC sau la un alt server RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp vine fără suport pentru sunet; pentru a compila (sau re-compila) " +"modulele necesare se poate folosi acest script. Notă: apelantul trebuie să " +"fie root sau membru al grupului sudo. De asemenea, fișierul „/etc/apt/" +"sources.list” trebuie să conțină o linie deb-src validă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go vă permite să accesați un birou grafic pe serverul LTSP atât prin " +"conexiuni cu lățime de bandă mică, cât și prin conexiuni cu lățime de bandă " +"mare, de pe un PC care rulează Linux, Windows sau macOS. Este necesar un " +"software suplimentar pe partea de client, consultați <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> " +"pentru mai multe informații." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să rețineți că pachetul <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> ar " +"trebui cel mai bine să fie eliminat de pe serverul LTSP dacă se utilizează " +"X2Go, consultați <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Clienți de birou la distanță disponibili" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> este instalat în mod implicit " +"și este capabil de a lucra cu protocoalele RDP și VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - cel mai simplu mod de a accesa serverul terminal Windows. Un pachet " +"client alternativ este <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Clientul VNC (Virtual Network Computer) permite accesul la Skolelinux de la " +"distanță. Un pachet client alternativ este <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> este un client grafic pentru " +"sistemul X2Go (nu este instalat în mod implicit). Îl puteți utiliza pentru a " +"vă conecta la sesiunile în curs de desfășurare și pentru a începe sesiuni " +"noi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Clienți fără fir (wireless)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Serverul <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> ar putea fi utilizat pentru a oferi " +"conexiuni de rețea securizate. Pentru ca acesta să funcționeze, instalați " +"pachetele <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> și <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> pe " +"serverul principal și rulați <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> pentru a genera o " +"configurație de bază, specifică sitului. În acest fel, sunt activate atât " +"metodele EAP-TTLS/PAP, cât și PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Toată configurația este " +"conținută în scriptul propriu-zis pentru a facilita ajustările specifice " +"sitului. Consultați <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">pagina principală " +"a freeRADIUS</ulink> pentru detalii." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Este necesară o configurare suplimentară pentru a" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"activa/dezactiva punctele de acces prin intermediul unui <emphasis>secret " +"partajat</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"permite/neagă accesul fără fir folosind grupuri LDAP (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"combina punctele de acces în grupuri dedicate (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Dispozitivele utilizatorilor finali trebuie să fie configurate " +"corespunzător, aceste dispozitive trebuie să fie protejate prin PIN pentru " +"utilizarea metodelor EAP (802.1x). De asemenea, utilizatorii ar trebui să " +"fie educați să instaleze certificatul CA freeradius pe dispozitivele lor " +"pentru a fi siguri că se conectează la serverul potrivit. În acest fel, " +"parola lor nu poate fi prinsă în cazul unui server rău intenționat. " +"Certificatul specific sitului este disponibil în rețeaua internă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (pentru dispozitive de " +"utilizator final care rulează Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să rețineți faptul că, din cauza diversității dispozitivelor, " +"configurarea dispozitivelor utilizatorilor finali va fi o adevărată " +"provocare. Pentru dispozitivele Windows ar putea fi creat un script de " +"instalare, iar pentru dispozitivele Apple un fișier mobileconfig. În ambele " +"cazuri, certificatul freeRADIUS CA poate fi integrat, dar sunt necesare " +"instrumente specifice sistemului de operare pentru a crea scripturile." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Autorizarea mașinii Windows cu acreditările Debian Edu folosind modulul " +"pGina LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Adăugarea utilizatorului pGina în Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a avea posibilitatea de a utiliza pGina (sau orice altă aplicație de " +"servicii de autentificare terță parte) trebuie să aveți un cont de " +"utilizator special utilizat în căutarea în cadrul LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați un utilizator special, de exemplu <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> cu parola <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, în situl web <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Instalarea variantei bifurcate a pGina (pGina fork)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Descărcați și instalați pGina 3.9.9.12 ca software obișnuit. Fiți atenți ca " +"pluginul LDAP să persiste în dosarul cu module al pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Configurați pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Având în vedere configurările Debian Edu, conexiunea la LDAP folosește SSL " +"prin portul 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" +"Deci, configurările necesare într-un plugin LDAP pGina sunt următoarele" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(acestea sunt stocate în " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Secțiunea principală a modulului LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis>\t# Gazda " +"(gazdele) LDAP: <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (sau orice " +"altă adresă cu „spațiu” ca separator)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> \t# Portul LDAP (pentru " +"conexiune SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10\t# Timpul de așteptare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</emphasis>\t# Utilizați SSL da/nu " +"(marcați căsuța de selectare pentru „da”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# Inițializați TLS da/nu " +"(nu marcați caseta de selectare pentru „nu”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# " +"Utilizați Validarea certificatului serverului: da/nu (nu marcați caseta de " +"selectare pentru „nu”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>\t# Căutarea în DN (nume distincte)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(„pguser” este un utilizator care trebuie autentificat în LDAP pentru a " +"căuta utilizatori într-o sesiune de conectare)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" +"Search Password: pwd.777\t# Parola de căutare (aceasta este parola lui " +"„pguser”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Blocul de autentificare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Bind Tab (Fila Bind):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>\t# Permiteți " +"parole goale: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA/NU → YES/NO</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</emphasis>\t# Căutare pentru DN " +"da/nu (marcați căsuța de selectare pentru „da”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>\t# Filtrul de căutare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Blocul de autorizare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>\t# Implicit: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Permiteți</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">DA</" +"emphasis>\t# Refuză atunci când autentificarea LDAP eșuează: da/nu (marcați " +"căsuța de selectare pentru „da”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NU</emphasis>\t# " +"Permite atunci când serverul este inaccesibil: da/nu (nu marcați caseta de " +"selectare pentru „nu”)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Selecție module" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +"\t# Marcați căsuțele corespunzătoare a: Authentication, Authorization și " +"Gateway, lăsând nemarcată cea a Change Password" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v]\t# Marcați căsuțele " +"corespunzătoare a: Authentication și Gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordine module" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" +"Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine\t# Autentificare: LDAP, Local Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" +"Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine\t# Punct de acces (pasarelă): LDAP, Local " +"Machine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Surse:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba în Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba este acum configurat ca <emphasis>server autonom</emphasis> cu suport " +"SMB2/SMB3 modern și partajări de utilizator (usershares) activate, " +"consultați <computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> " +"pe serverul principal. În acest fel, utilizatorii care nu sunt " +"administratori sunt abilitați să furnizeze partaje." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru modificări specifice sitului, copiați „/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site” în directorul „/etc/samba”. Configurările din " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> le vor înlocui pe cele conținute în " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"În mod implicit, directoarele personale sunt numai pentru citire. Acest " +"lucru poate fi modificat în <emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</" +"emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Parolele Samba sunt stocate folosind <computeroutput>smbpasswd</" +"computeroutput> și sunt actualizate în cazul în care o parolă este schimbată " +"folosind GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a dezactiva temporar contul Samba al unui utilizator, rulați " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <nume-utilizator></computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <nume-utilizator></computeroutput> îl va " +"reactiva." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Rularea <computeroutput>chown root:profesori /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> pe serverul principal va dezactiva „usershares” pentru " +"„elevi”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Accesarea fișierelor prin intermediul Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Conexiunile la directorul personal al unui utilizator și la partaje " +"suplimentare specifice sitului (dacă sunt configurate) sunt posibile pentru " +"dispozitivele care rulează Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS sau " +"Windows. De exemplu, dispozitivele bazate pe Android, necesită un manager de " +"fișiere cu suport SMB2/SMB3, cunoscut și ca acces LAN. <ulink url=\"https://" +"play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> sau " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> ar putea fi o alegere bună." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> sau " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> pentru a " +"accesa directorul principal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru predare și învățare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Toate pachetele Debian menționate în această secțiune pot fi instalate prin " +"rularea <computeroutput>apt install <pachetul-dorit></computeroutput> " +"(ca root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Predare programare software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> este un meta-pachet care " +"depinde de o mulțime de instrumente de programare. Vă rugăm să rețineți că " +"este nevoie de aproape 2 Gio de spațiu pe disc dacă este instalat acest " +"pachet. Pentru mai multe detalii (poate pentru a instala doar câteva " +"pachete), consultați pagina <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Monitorizarea elevilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Avertisment</emphasis>: asigurați-vă că știți care " +"este statutul legilor privind monitorizarea și restricționarea activităților " +"utilizatorilor de calculatoare în jurisdicția dumneavoastră." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Unele școli folosesc instrumente de control precum <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> sau <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> pentru a-și supraveghea elevii. Consultați de asemenea: <ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\" >Pagina principală a Epoptes</ulink> și <ulink " +"url=\"https://veyon.io\">Pagina principală a Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Restricționarea accesului elevilor la rețea" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Unele școli folosesc <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> sau <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> pentru a " +"restricționa accesul la internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Ghiduri pentru utilizatori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Schimbarea parolelor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare utilizator ar trebui să își schimbe parola cu ajutorul GOsa². Pentru " +"a face acest lucru, este suficient să utilizați un navigator și să accesați " +"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Utilizarea GOsa² pentru a schimba parola asigură că parolele pentru Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) și Samba sunt identice." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Schimbarea parolelor cu ajutorul PAM funcționează și la promptul de " +"conectare GDM, dar aceasta va actualiza doar parola Kerberos, nu și parola " +"Samba și GOsa² (LDAP). Așadar, după ce v-ați schimbat parola la solicitarea " +"de conectare, ar trebui să o schimbați și folosind GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Rularea de aplicații Java independente" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Aplicațiile Java independente sunt compatibile cu mediul de execuție Java " +"OpenJDK și rulează „ca scoase din cutie” în acesta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Utilizarea poștei electronice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Toți utilizatorii pot trimite și primi corespondență electronică în cadrul " +"rețelei interne; sunt furnizate certificate pentru a permite conexiuni " +"securizate TLS. Pentru a permite corespondența în afara rețelei interne, " +"administratorul trebuie să configureze serverul de poștă electronică " +"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> pentru a se adapta la situația " +"locală, începând cu <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare utilizator care dorește să utilizeze Thunderbird trebuie să îl " +"configureze după cum urmează. Pentru un utilizator cu numele de utilizator " +"adibaciul, adresa de e-mail internă este <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Porniți Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Faceți clic pe „Sar acest pas și folosesc adresa mea existentă”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Introduceți adresa dvs. de poștă electronică" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Nu introduceți parola, deoarece se va utiliza autentificarea unică Kerberos." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Pulsați butonul «Continuare»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Atât pentru IMAP, cât și pentru SMTP, configurările trebuie să fie " +"„STARTTLS” și „Kerberos/GSSAPI”; ajustați-le dacă nu sunt detectate automat." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul «Gata»" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Contribuiți" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Contribuiți on-line" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"În cea mai mare parte a timpului, <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/" +"debian-edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> (lista de discuții a " +"dezvoltatorilor) este principalul nostru mijloc de comunicare, deși avem și " +"#debian-edu pe irc.debian.org și chiar, uneori, întâlniri reale, unde ne " +"întâlnim personal." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O modalitate bună de a afla ce se întâmplă în dezvoltarea Debian Edu este să " +"vă abonați la <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Raportarea erorilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu utilizează <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Sistemul " +"de urmărire a erorilor (BTS)</ulink> al Debian. Vizualizați rapoartele de " +"erori și cererile de caracteristici existente sau creați altele noi. Vă " +"rugăm să raportați toate problemele împotriva pachetului <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</" +"ulink>. Aruncați o privire la <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/BugReports#\">Cum să raportați erorile</ulink> pentru mai multe " +"informații despre raportarea erorilor în Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Redactori și traducători de documentație" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Acest document are nevoie de ajutorul dvs.! În primul rând, acesta nu este " +"încă terminat: dacă îl citiți, veți observa diverse „FIXME” în text. Dacă se " +"întâmplă să știți (un pic) ce trebuie explicat acolo, vă rugăm să luați în " +"considerare posibilitatea de a ne împărtăși cunoștințele dumneavoastră." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Sursa textului este un wiki și poate fi editată cu un simplu navigator web. " +"Este suficient să accesați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Trixie/\"/> și puteți contribui cu ușurință. Notă: este nevoie " +"de un cont de utilizator pentru a edita paginile; este posibil să fie " +"necesar să <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\">creați mai întâi un cont de utilizator wiki</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Un alt mod foarte bun de a contribui și de a ajuta utilizatorii este " +"traducerea de software și documentație. Informații despre cum să traduceți " +"acest document pot fi găsite în <link linkend=\"Translations\">capitolul " +"traduceri</link> al acestei cărți. Vă rugăm să luați în considerare " +"posibilitatea de a contribui la efortul de traducere a acestei cărți!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Asistență" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Asistență bazată pe voluntariat" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "în limba engleză" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - lista de " +"corespondență pentru asistență" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu pe irc.debian.org - Canal IRC, în mare parte legat de " +"dezvoltare; nu vă așteptați la asistență în timp real, chiar dacă se " +"întâmplă frecvent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "în limba norvegiană" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux pe irc.debian.org - Canal IRC pentru a oferi asistență " +"utilizatorilor norvegieni" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "în limba germană" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - lista de " +"corespondență pentru asistență" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de pe irc.debian.org - Canal IRC pentru a oferi asistență " +"utilizatorilor germani" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "în limba franceză" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - lista de " +"corespondență pentru asistență" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Asistență profesională" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Listele de companii care oferă asistență profesională sunt disponibile la " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Noi caracteristici în Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Noi caracteristici pentru Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Modificări ale instalării" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Noua versiune a programului de instalare Debian de la Debian Trixie, " +"consultați <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink> pentru mai multe detalii," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"inclusiv informații despre <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</" +"computeroutput>, care este o secțiune nouă în plus față de binecunoscutele " +"secțiuni <computeroutput>main</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> și <computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"O nouă ilustrație bazată pe tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, ilustrația " +"implicită pentru Debian 13 trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Actualizări de software" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Tot ceea ce este nou în Debian 13 Trixie, de exemplu:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Nucleul Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Mediile de birou: KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Setul de instrumente educaționale GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Creatorul de muzică Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Trixie include mai mult de 59000 de pachete disponibile pentru " +"instalare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mai multe informații despre Debian 13 Trixie sunt furnizate în <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">notele de " +"lansare</ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Actualizări ale documentației și traducerilor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"În timpul instalării, pagina de alegere a profilului este disponibilă în 29 " +"de limbi, dintre care 22 sunt traduse integral." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Manualul Debian Edu TRIXIE</ulink> este tradus în chineză " +"simplificată, daneză, olandeză, franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, " +"norvegiană (Bokmål), portugheză braziliană, portugheză europeană, spaniolă, " +"română și ucrainiană." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Probleme cunoscute" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"consultați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Trixie#\">pagina de stare a Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Drepturi de autor și autori" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Acest document este scris și protejat prin drepturi de autor de către Holger " +"Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), " +"Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), " +"Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, " +"2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy " +"(2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) și Guido Berhörster " +"(2023) și este publicat sub licența GPL2 sau orice versiune ulterioară. " +"Distracție plăcută!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Dacă adăugați conținut la acesta, <emphasis role=\"strong\">vă rugăm să o " +"faceți numai dacă sunteți autorul. Trebuie să îl eliberați în aceleași " +"condiții</emphasis>! Apoi adăugați numele dvs. aici și eliberați-l sub " +"licența „GPL v2 sau orice versiune ulterioară”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Traduceri ale acestui document" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Există disponibilă o <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/" +"debian-edu-doc/\">listă detaliată a pachetelor de traduceri</ulink>, " +"actualizată frecvent." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Cum să traduceți acest document" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Traduceți folosind fișiere PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"La fel ca în multe proiecte de software liber, traducerile acestui document " +"sunt păstrate în fișiere PO. Mai multe informații despre acest proces pot fi " +"găsite în <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"trixie-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Traduceți on-line utilizând un navigator web" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea echipelor lingvistice au decis să traducă prin Weblate. " +"Consultați <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/> pentru mai multe informații." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Vă rugăm să semnalați orice problemă." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Apendice A - Licența publică generală GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Manual pentru Debian Edu 13 nume în cod „trixie”" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Drepturi de autor © 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:holger@layer-acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > și " +"alții, consultați <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Drepturi de autor și autori</" +"link> pentru lista completă a deținătorilor de drepturi de autor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Apendice B - Caracteristici din versiunile mai vechi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Noi caracteristici pentru Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Noua versiune a programului de instalare Debian de la Debian Bookworm, " +"consultați <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink> pentru mai multe detalii," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"O nouă ilustrație bazată pe tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, ilustrația implicită " +"pentru Debian 12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Tot ceea ce este nou în Debian 12 bookworm, de exemplu:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Nucleul Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Mediile de birou: KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Setul de instrumente educaționale GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Creatorul de muzică Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm include mai mult de 64000 de pachete disponibile pentru " +"instalare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mai multe informații despre Debian 12 Bookworm sunt furnizate în <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">notele de " +"lansare</ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Manualul Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> este tradus în chineza " +"simplificată, daneză, olandeză, franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, " +"norvegiană (Bokmål), portugheză braziliană, portugheză europeană spaniolă, " +"română și ucrainiană." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"consultați <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">pagina de stare a Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Informații istorice despre versiunile mai vechi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Următoarele versiuni Debian Edu au fost lansate în trecut:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 nume în cod Bullseye lansată la data de 14.08.2021." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 nume în cod Buster, lansată la data de 06.07.2019." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 nume în cod Stretch, lansată la data de 17.06.2017." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 nume în cod Jessie, lansată la data de 02.07.2016." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 nume în cod Wheezy, lansată la data de 28.09.2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 nume în cod Squeeze, lansată la data de 03.03.2013." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 nume în cod „Squeeze”, lansată la data de 11.03.2012." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 nume în cod „Lenny”, lansată la data de 05.10.2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian 5.0.4+edu0 nume în cod Lenny, lansată la data de 08.02.2010." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 3.0r1 nume în cod Terra, lansată la data de 05.12.2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 3.0r0 Terra lansată la data de 22.07.2007; bazată pe versiunea " +"Debian 4.0 Etch lansată la data de 08.04.2007." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, lansată la data de 14.03.2006; bazată pe versiunea Debian " +"3.1 Sarge lansată la data de 06.06.2005." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 1.0 Venus, lansată la data de 20.06.2004; bazată pe versiunea " +"Debian 3.0 Woody lansată la data de 19.07.2002." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"O prezentare completă și detaliată despre versiunile mai vechi este " +"conținută în <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Jessie/AppendixC\">Anexa C din manualul Jessie</ulink>; sau consultați " +"manualele versiunilor aferente pe pagina <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">manuale de versiuni</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selectați „Uplink” (legătură ascendentă) dacă rețeaua principală necesită " +#~ "o adresă IP statică și, dacă ați urmat sugestia de mai sus privind " +#~ "rețelele interne, „Educație”." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~| "Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to " +#~| "Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, " +#~| "Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, " +#~| "Romanian and Ukrainian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bookworm#\">Manualul Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> este tradus în chineza " +#~ "simplificată, daneză, olandeză, franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, " +#~ "norvegiană (Bokmål), portugheză braziliană, portugheză europeană " +#~ "spaniolă, română și ucrainiană." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Utilizarea retro-portărilor este simplă:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual pentru Debian Edu 12 Nume în cod Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Noua versiune a programului de instalare Debian pentru Debian Bullseye, " +#~ "consultați <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink> pentru mai multe detalii." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O nouă ilustrație bazată pe tema <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +#~ "DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, ilustrația " +#~ "implicită pentru Debian 11 (bullseye)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Programul de instalare Debian nu mai oferă suport pentru configurarea " +#~ "LTSP chroot. În cazul unei instalări de server combinat (profilurile " +#~ "„Server principal” + „Server LTSP”), configurarea suportului pentru " +#~ "clienții lejeri (care utilizează acum X2Go) se face la sfârșitul " +#~ "instalării. Generarea imaginii SquashFS pentru suportul de client fără " +#~ "disc (din sistemul de fișiere al serverului) se face la prima pornire." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "În cazul serverelor LTSP separate, ambii pași trebuie să se facă prin " +#~ "intermediul unui instrument după prima pornire în interiorul rețelei " +#~ "interne, atunci când sunt disponibile suficiente informații de la " +#~ "serverul principal." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Nucleul Linux 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mediile de birou: KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " +#~ "1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Creatorul de muzică Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mai multe informații despre Debian 11 Bullseye sunt furnizate în <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">notele de " +#~ "lansare</ulink> și în <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">manualul de instalare</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye#\" " +#~ ">Manualul Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> este tradus în întregime în " +#~ "olandeză, franceză, germană, italiană, japoneză, norvegiană Bokmål, " +#~ "portugheză (Portugalia) și chineză simplificată." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Există versiuni parțial traduse pentru limbile daneză și spaniolă." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Alte modificări față de versiunea precedentă" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Suport îmbunătățit pentru TLS/SSL în rețeaua internă. Pe clienți, " +#~ "certificatul rădăcină pentru Debian Edu-CA se află în pachetul de " +#~ "certificate pentru întregul sistem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Noul LTSP, rescris de la zero, renunță la suportul pentru clienți lejeri. " +#~ "Clienții lejeri sunt acum oferiți cu ajutorul X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pornirea din rețea este furnizată folosind iPXE în loc de PXELINUX pentru " +#~ "a fi în conformitate cu LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Directorul <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> este acum folosit ca bază " +#~ "pentru pornirea din rețea în loc de <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</" +#~ "emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo este utilizat ca motor de căutare implicit atât pentru Firefox " +#~ "ESR, cât și pentru Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chromium utilizează situl web intern în loc de Google ca pagină de " +#~ "pornire implicită." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pe stațiile de lucru fără disc, TGT-ul (tichetul) Kerberos este " +#~ "disponibil automat după conectare." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A fost adăugat un nou instrument pentru a configura freeRADIUS cu suport " +#~ "pentru ambele metode EAP-TTLS/PAP și PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba este configurat ca „server autonom”, cu suport pentru SMB2/SMB3; nu " +#~ "mai există unirea la domeniu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Interfața web GOsa² nu afișează intrările legate de Samba, deoarece " +#~ "datele contului Samba nu mai sunt stocate în LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Modul grafic al programului de instalare Debian este utilizat pentru " +#~ "instalările PXE (în loc de modul text)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "În serverul central de imprimare CUPS ipp.intern, utilizatorii care " +#~ "aparțin grupului „printer-admins” au voie să administreze CUPS." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Administrarea Icinga prin intermediul interfeței web este limitată la " +#~ "primul utilizator." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In cazul in care exista deja un ruter disponibil dar nu este posibila " +#~ "configurarea lui precum s-a specificat mai sus (eg because you are not " +#~ "allowed to do so, or for technical reasons]) un calculator mai vechi cu " +#~ "doua carduri de retea poate fi transformat intr-un gateway intre reteaua " +#~ "existent si retaua Debian EDU." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O modaliate simpla in a configura acest gateway este instalarea " +#~ "profilului Debian EDU numit „minimalist”." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Actualizati fisierul /etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schimbati numele calculatorului de o maniera permanenta in „gateway\"." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Optiuni de descarcare si instalare" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pentru a instala un alt mediu de birou în locul celui implicit, apăsați " +#~ "TAB și editați opțiunile de încărcare a nucleului (cum ar fi cele " +#~ "explicate mai sus)." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Acesta este meniul PXE pe o instalare cu profilul <emphasis " +#~ "role=\"strong\">server principal </emphasis> si profilul <emphasis " +#~ "role=\"strong\">server LTSP</emphasis>:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "<computeroutput>lsblk -p</computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Дата публикации; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Перевод:</emphasis> +2025 gfbdrgng +2025 Dmitriy Q +2025 Maksim_220 Кабанов +2025 Redinmatvey +2025 Serhii Horichenko +2026 Rclobus + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ru.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6658 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-02 08:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: rclobus <acties@rclobus.nl>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/ru/>\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " +"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.9.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Руководство по Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Дата публикации:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Руководство по Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Логотип инсталлятора Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Это руководство для выпуска Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Источник по адресу <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Trixie\"/> является wiki-страницей и регулярно обновляется." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Обновленные переводы доступны <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">онлайн</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "О Debian Edu и Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu, он же Skolelinux, - это дистрибутив Linux, основанный на Debian " +"и предоставляющий готовую среду для полностью сконфигурированной школьной " +"сети. В нем реализован подход клиент-сервер. Серверы и клиенты - это " +"<emphasis> компоненты программного обеспечения</emphasis>, которые " +"взаимодействуют друг с другом. Серверы предоставляют информацию, необходимую " +"клиентам для функционирования. Когда сервер установлен на одной машине, а " +"его клиент - на другой, сами машины называются сервером и клиентом, что " +"является расширением этой концепции." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Главы <link linkend=\"Requirements\">о требованиях к оборудованию и сети</" +"link> и <link linkend=\"Architecture\">об архитектуре</link> содержат " +"основные детали проектирования системы." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"После установки основного сервера все необходимые для школьной сети службы " +"настраиваются автоматически, и система готова к использованию. Остаётся " +"только добавить пользователей и компьютеры через GOsa² (удобный веб-" +"интерфейс) или любой другой LDAP-редактор. Также подготовлена среда сетевой " +"загрузки с использованием PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>. " +"Это означает, что после первоначальной установки основного сервера с CD, Blu-" +"ray диска или USB-накопителя все остальные компьютеры могут быть установлены " +"по сети, включая \"роуминговые рабочие станции\" (устройства, которые можно " +"забирать за пределы школьной сети - обычно ноутбуки или нетбуки). Кроме " +"того, компьютеры могут загружаться через PXE/iPXE в качестве бездисковых " +"рабочих станций или тонких клиентов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Несколько образовательных приложений, таких как GeoGebra, Kalzium, " +"KGeography, GNU Solfege и Scratch, включены в настройки среды рабочего стола " +"по умолчанию, которые можно легко и практически бесконечно расширять с " +"помощью Debian universe." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Немного истории и почему два названия" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"— это дистрибутив Linux, созданный проектом Debian Edu. Как дистрибутив " +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink>, он " +"является официальным <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">подпроектом " +"Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Для вашей школы это означает, что Skolelinux — это версия Debian, " +"предлагающая готовую среду с полностью настроенной школьной сетью." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux (Норвегия, основан 2 июля 2001) и Debian-Edu (Франция, созданный " +"Рафаэлем Эрцогом) объединились в 2003 году, сохранив оба названия. «Skole» и " +"«Education» просто лучше прижились в соответствующих регионах." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Сегодня эта система используется в нескольких странах по всему миру." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Архитектура" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Сеть" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Эта часть документа описывает сетевую архитектуру и сервисы, предоставляемые " +"при установке Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Топология сети Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"На приведённой схеме изображена базовая сетевая топология. Стандартная " +"конфигурация сети Skolelinux предполагает наличие одного (и только одного) " +"главного сервера, при этом поддерживается подключение: обычных рабочих " +"станций и LTSP-серверов (с подключёнными тонкими клиентами и/или " +"бездисковыми рабочими станциями). Количество рабочих станций может быть " +"любым - от нуля до очень большого. То же самое относится и к LTSP-серверам, " +"каждый из которых располагается в отдельном сегменте сети. Это предотвращает " +"влияние трафика между клиентами и LTSP-сервером на работу остальных сетевых " +"служб. Подробное описание технологии LTSP доступно в <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">соответствующем разделе руководства</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"В каждой школьной сети может быть только один главный сервер. Это " +"ограничение связано с тем, что: 1. Главный сервер предоставляет службу DHCP. " +"2. В одной сети может работать только один DHCP-сервер. 3. Перенос сервисов " +"на другие машины. При необходимости вы можете: 1.Развернуть нужный сервис на " +"другой машине. 2. Обновить DNS-конфигурацию. 3. Назначить DNS-алиас сервиса " +"новому компьютеру." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"В стандартной конфигурации Skolelinux подключение к Интернету осуществляется " +"через отдельный маршрутизатор (шлюз). Если существующий маршрутизатор " +"невозможно настроить должным образом, инструкции по настройке такого шлюза " +"приведены в разделе <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Настройка интернет-маршрутизатора</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Настройка сети по умолчанию" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Главный сервер настраивает DHCP для сети 10.0.0.0/8 и предоставляет меню PXE-" +"загрузки, в котором можно выбрать: установку нового сервера или рабочей " +"станции, загрузку тонкого клиента или бездисковой рабочей станции, запуск " +"memtest для проверки памяти или загрузку с локального жесткого диска." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Эта конфигурация предназначена для изменения. Подробности см. в <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">соответствующем руководстве</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"На LTSP-серверах DHCP обслуживает только выделенный сегмент сети на втором " +"сетевом интерфейсе (предварительно настроенные варианты - 192.168.0.0/24 и " +"192.168.1.0/24). Как правило, эти настройки не требуют изменений." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Конфигурация всех подсетей хранится в LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Главный сервер" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Сеть Skolelinux требует наличия одного главного сервера (с именем хоста " +"\"tjener\" - это норвежское слово, означающее \"сервер\"). По умолчанию этот " +"сервер получает IP-адрес 10.0.2.2 и устанавливается при выборе профиля " +"\"Главный сервер\". Дополнительно, но не обязательно, можно также выбрать и " +"установить профили \"LTSP-сервер\" и \"Рабочая станция\" вместе с основным " +"профилем главного сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Службы, работающие на главном сервере" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Изначально все сервисы, за исключением управления тонкими клиентами, " +"настраиваются на одном центральном компьютере - главном сервере. Однако для " +"обеспечения лучшей производительности рекомендуется размещать LTSP-серверы " +"отдельно, хотя возможна установка обоих профилей (\"Главный сервер\" и " +"\"LTSP-сервер\") на одной машине. Каждому сервису назначается уникальное DNS-" +"имя, и все они работают только через IPv4. Это позволяет легко переносить " +"отдельные сервисы с главного сервера на другие машины. Процесс переноса " +"включает: настройку сервиса на новой машине, остановку сервиса на главном " +"сервере и обновление DNS-конфигурации для указания нового расположения " +"сервиса. Такая архитектура обеспечивает гибкость в распределении нагрузки " +"между серверами, при этом сохраняя доступность сервисов под теми же DNS-" +"именами после их переноса. Все сетевые взаимодействия осуществляются " +"исключительно по протоколу IPv4." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Для обеспечения безопасности все соединения, при которых пароли передаются " +"по сети, зашифрованы, поэтому никакие пароли не передаются по сети в виде " +"обычного текста." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Вот таблица сервисов, которые настраиваются по умолчанию в сети Skolelinux, " +"с указанием DNS-имён для каждого сервиса. По возможности все " +"конфигурационные файлы ссылаются на сервисы по имени (без указания домена), " +"что позволяет школам легко изменять как свой домен (если используется " +"собственный DNS-домен), так и IP-адреса." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Таблица сервисов</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Описание сервисов</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Общее название</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Имя службы DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Централизованное логирование" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "логи rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "системный журнал" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Служба доменных имен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "домен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Автоматическая настройка сети машин" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "загрузчики (bootps)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Синхронизация часов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP (Протокол сетевого времени)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp (Протокол сетевого времени)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Домашние каталоги через NFS (Network File System)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "Общий доступ к файлам через SMB (Samba) и NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "дома" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Электронное почтовое отделение" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP-сервис (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "Почтовый сервис (Postoffice)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Служба каталогов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP (база данных)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap (Облегченный протокол доступа к каталогам)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Администрирование пользователей" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² (веб-интерфейс для управления LDAP)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Веб-сервер" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP (Веб-сервер)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Центральное резервное копирование" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php (Система резервного копирования)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "резервная копия" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Веб-кэш" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Прокси-сервер (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "Веб-кэширование (Webcache)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Печатание" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS (модульная система печати)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "Сервис печати IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Безопасный удаленный вход в систему" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "" +"OpenSSH (обеспечивает безопасный удалённый доступ и передачу файлов между " +"узлами сети)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Автоматическая настройка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Сервер LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Мониторинг машин и сервисов с отчетом об ошибках, веб-статусом и историей. " +"Уведомления по email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Интеграция CFEngine с Munin, Icinga и Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Персональные файлы каждого пользователя хранятся в их домашних каталогах, " +"которые предоставляются сервером. Домашние каталоги доступны со всех машин, " +"что дает пользователям доступ к одним и тем же файлам независимо от того, " +"какую машину они используют. Сервер не зависит от операционной системы, " +"предоставляя доступ через NFS для Unix-клиентов и через SMB2/SMB3 для " +"остальных клиентов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию электронная почта настроена только для локальной доставки (т.е. " +"внутри школы), однако доставка писем в глобальный Интернет может быть " +"настроена, если у школы есть постоянное подключение к Интернету. Клиенты " +"настроены на отправку почты через сервер (используя «smarthost»), а " +"пользователи могут <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">получить доступ к " +"своей личной почте</link> через IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Все службы доступны с использованием одного и того же имени пользователя и " +"пароля благодаря централизованной базе данных пользователей для " +"аутентификации и авторизации." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Для повышения производительности при доступе к часто посещаемым сайтам " +"используется веб-прокси (Squid), который кэширует файлы локально. В " +"сочетании с блокировкой веб-трафика на маршрутизаторе это также позволяет " +"контролировать доступ в Интернет для отдельных компьютеров." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Настройка сети на клиентах выполняется автоматически с помощью DHCP. Все " +"типы клиентов могут быть подключены к частной подсети **10.0.0.0/8** и " +"получат соответствующие IP-адреса. Однако **LTSP-клиенты** должны " +"подключаться к соответствующему **LTSP-серверу** через отдельную подсеть " +"**192.168.0.0/24** (это необходимо, чтобы сетевой трафик LTSP-клиентов не " +"мешал работе остальных сетевых служб)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Централизованное логирование настроено таким образом, что все компьютеры " +"отправляют свои syslog-сообщения на сервер. Сервис syslog настроен на прием " +"сообщений только из локальной сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию DNS-сервер настроен с доменом только для внутреннего " +"использования (*.intern), пока не будет настроен настоящий (\"внешний\") DNS-" +"домен. DNS-сервер работает в режиме кэширующего DNS-сервера, чтобы все " +"компьютеры в сети могли использовать его в качестве основного DNS-сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Ученики и преподаватели имеют возможность публиковать веб-сайты. Веб-сервер " +"предоставляет механизмы для 1) аутентификации пользователей.2) ограничения " +"доступа к отдельным страницам и подкаталогам для определенных пользователей " +"и групп. Пользователи смогут создавать динамические веб-страницы, так как " +"веб-сервер поддерживает серверное программирование." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Информация о пользователях и компьютерах может быть изменена в одном " +"центральном месте и автоматически становится доступной для всех компьютеров " +"в сети. Для этого настроен централизованный сервер каталогов, который будет " +"содержать данные о пользователях, группах пользователей, компьютерах и " +"группах компьютеров. Чтобы избежать путаницы среди пользователей, не будет " +"никакого различия между файловыми группами и сетевыми группами. Это " +"означает, что группы компьютеров, которые должны образовывать сетевые " +"группы, будут использовать то же пространство имен, что и группы " +"пользователей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Управление сервисами и пользователями будет осуществляться преимущественно " +"через веб-интерфейс в соответствии с установленными стандартами и будет " +"корректно работать в веб-браузерах, входящих в состав Skolelinux. Система " +"администрирования позволит делегировать определенные задачи отдельным " +"пользователям или группам пользователей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Для предотвращения возможных проблем с NFS и упрощения диагностики неполадок " +"все компьютеры в сети должны иметь синхронизированное время. Для этого " +"сервер Skolelinux настроен в качестве локального сервера Network Time " +"Protocol (NTP), а все рабочие станции и клиенты настроены на синхронизацию " +"времени с этим сервером. Сам сервер, в свою очередь, должен синхронизировать " +"свои часы через NTP с серверами в интернете, что гарантирует точное время во " +"всей сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Принтеры подключаются в наиболее удобных местах: либо напрямую к основной " +"сети, либо к серверу, рабочей станции или LTSP-серверу. Доступ к принтерам " +"может контролироваться для отдельных пользователей в зависимости от их " +"групповой принадлежности. Это реализуется с помощью системы квот и контроля " +"доступа для принтеров." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Сервер(ы) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"В сети Skolelinux может быть много серверов LTSP, которые устанавливаются " +"путем выбора профиля LTSP Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Серверы LTSP настроены на получение syslog от тонких клиентов и рабочих " +"станций и пересылку этих сообщений центральному получателю syslog." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Обратите внимание:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Бездисковые рабочие станции LTSP используют программы, установленные на " +"сервере." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Корневая файловая система клиента предоставляется с помощью NFS. После " +"каждой модификации сервера LTSP необходимо заново сгенерировать " +"соответствующий образ; запустите <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> на сервере LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Тонкие клиенты" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Тонкий клиент позволяет обычным ПК работать в качестве (X-)терминалов. Это " +"означает, что машина загружается непосредственно с сервера с помощью PXE, не " +"используя локальный жесткий диск клиента. В настоящее время тонкий клиент " +"использует X2Go, поскольку LTSP отказался от его поддержки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Тонкие клиенты - хороший способ использовать очень старые (в основном 32-" +"битные) машины, поскольку они эффективно запускают все программы на сервере " +"LTSP. Это работает следующим образом: служба использует DHCP и TFTP для " +"подключения к сети и загрузки из сети. Затем файловая система монтируется с " +"сервера LTSP с помощью NFS, и, наконец, запускается клиент X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Рабочие станции без дисков" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Бездисковая рабочая станция запускает все программное обеспечение на ПК без " +"локально установленной операционной системы. Это означает, что клиентские " +"машины загружаются через PXE без запуска программного обеспечения, " +"установленного на локальном жестком диске." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Бездисковые рабочие станции - это отличный способ использовать мощное " +"оборудование с такими же низкими эксплуатационными расходами, как и в случае " +"с тонкими клиентами. Программное обеспечение администрируется и " +"поддерживается на сервере, при этом нет необходимости устанавливать " +"локальное программное обеспечение на клиентах. Домашние каталоги и системные " +"настройки также хранятся на сервере." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Сетевые клиенты" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Термин «сетевые клиенты» используется в данном руководстве для обозначения " +"как тонких клиентов, так и бездисковых рабочих станций, а также компьютеров " +"под управлением macOS или Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Управление" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Все Linux-машины, установленные с помощью программы установки Skolelinux, " +"будут управляться с центрального компьютера, скорее всего, сервера. На все " +"машины можно будет зайти по SSH и таким образом получить полный доступ к " +"ним. В качестве root необходимо сначала запустить <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput>, чтобы получить Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Вся информация о пользователях хранится в каталоге LDAP. Обновления учетных " +"записей пользователей производятся по этой базе данных, которая используется " +"клиентами для аутентификации пользователей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Установка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"В настоящее время существует два вида образов установочных носителей: " +"netinst и BD. Оба образа также можно загружать с USB-накопителей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Цель состоит в том, чтобы иметь возможность один раз установить сервер с " +"любого типа носителя и установить все остальные клиенты по сети, " +"загрузившись из сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Только образ netinstall нуждается в доступе к Интернету во время установки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"В процессе установки не должно возникать никаких вопросов, за исключением " +"желаемого языка, местоположения, раскладки клавиатуры и профиля машины " +"(главный сервер, рабочая станция, сервер LTSP, ...). Все остальные настройки " +"будут заданы автоматически с разумными значениями, которые будут изменены " +"системным администратором из центрального узла после установки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Настройка доступа к файловой системе" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Каждой учетной записи пользователя Skolelinux назначается раздел файловой " +"системы на файловом сервере. Этот раздел (домашний каталог) содержит файлы " +"конфигурации пользователя, документы, электронную почту и веб-страницы. " +"Некоторые из файлов должны иметь доступ на чтение для других пользователей " +"системы, некоторые должны быть доступны для чтения всем в Интернете, а " +"некоторые не должны быть доступны для чтения никому, кроме пользователя." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы гарантировать, что все диски, используемые для пользовательских или " +"общих каталогов, будут иметь уникальные имена на всех компьютерах в " +"установке, их можно смонтировать как <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Первоначально на файловом сервере создается один каталог, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, в котором создаются " +"все учетные записи пользователей. При необходимости можно создавать " +"дополнительные каталоги для определенных групп пользователей или " +"определенных моделей использования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы обеспечить общий доступ к файлам в рамках обычной системы разрешений " +"UNIX, пользователи должны быть включены в дополнительные общие группы " +"(например, «студенты»), а также в личную основную группу, в которой они " +"находятся по умолчанию. Если пользователи имеют соответствующую umask, чтобы " +"сделать вновь созданные элементы доступными для группы (002 или 007), и если " +"каталоги, в которых они работают, имеют setgid, чтобы файлы наследовали " +"правильное групповое владение, результатом будет контролируемый совместный " +"доступ к файлам между членами группы." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Начальные настройки доступа для вновь созданных файлов - это вопрос " +"политики. В Debian по умолчанию umask равен 022 (что не позволяет групповой " +"доступ, как описано выше), но в Debian Edu используется значение по " +"умолчанию 002 - это означает, что файлы создаются с доступом на чтение для " +"всех, который может быть позже удалён явным действием пользователя. В " +"качестве альтернативы можно изменить (отредактировав <computeroutput>/etc/" +"pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) umask на 007 - это означает, что " +"доступ на чтение изначально заблокирован, и для того, чтобы сделать их " +"доступными, требуется действие пользователя. Первый подход поощряет обмен " +"знаниями и делает систему более прозрачной, в то время как второй метод " +"снижает риск нежелательного распространения конфиденциальной информации. " +"Проблема первого решения заключается в том, что пользователи не видят, что " +"созданные ими материалы будут доступны всем остальным пользователям. Они " +"могут обнаружить это, только просмотрев каталоги других пользователей и " +"убедившись, что их файлы доступны для чтения. Проблема второго решения " +"заключается в том, что мало кто будет делать свои файлы доступными, даже " +"если они не содержат конфиденциальной информации, а их содержимое будет " +"полезно любознательным пользователям, которые хотят узнать, как другие " +"решали определенные проблемы (обычно вопросы конфигурации)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Требования" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Существуют различные способы установки решения Skolelinux. Оно может быть " +"установлено как на одном отдельном компьютере, так и в виде регионального " +"решения во многих школах, управляемых централизованно. Такая гибкость " +"существенно влияет на конфигурацию сетевых компонентов, серверов и " +"клиентских машин." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Требования к аппаратному обеспечению" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Назначение различных профилей объясняется в главе <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Если предполагается использовать LTSP, посмотрите на вики-страницу <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP " +"Hardware Requirements</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Компьютеры под управлением Debian Edu / Skolelinux должны иметь либо 32-" +"битный (архитектура Debian 'i386', самые старые поддерживаемые процессоры - " +"класса 686), либо 64-битный (архитектура Debian 'amd64') x86-процессор." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Можно использовать тонкие клиенты с оперативной памятью всего 256 Мб и " +"частотой 400 МГц, хотя рекомендуется использовать больше оперативной памяти " +"и более быстрые процессоры." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Для рабочих станций, бездисковых рабочих станций и автономных систем " +"минимальные требования - 1500 МГц и 1024 МБ ОЗУ. Для работы современных веб-" +"браузеров и LibreOffice рекомендуется не менее 2048 Мбайт ОЗУ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"Минимальные требования к дисковому пространству зависят от установленного " +"профиля:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"комбинированный основной сервер + сервер LTSP + рабочая станция (если " +"требуется графический интерфейс на сервере): 60 Гб (плюс дополнительное " +"место для учетных записей пользователей)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "Сервер LTSP: 40 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "рабочая станция или автономное устройство: 30 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "минимальная установка сетевых машин: 4 Гб." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"При использовании сетевой архитектуры по умолчанию серверам LTSP требуется " +"две сетевые карты:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 подключен к основной сети (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 используется для обслуживания клиентов LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Ноутбуки - это передвижные рабочие станции, поэтому к ним предъявляются те " +"же требования, что и к рабочим станциям." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Оборудование, о котором известно, что оно работает" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Список протестированного оборудования представлен на сайте <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Этот список не " +"является практически полным." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> - это попытка " +"документировать установку, настройку и использование Debian на определённом " +"оборудовании, что позволяет потенциальным покупателям узнать, поддерживается " +"ли это оборудование, а существующим владельцам - получить максимальную " +"отдачу от этого оборудования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Требования к настройке сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Настройка по умолчанию" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"При использовании сетевой архитектуры по умолчанию действуют следующие " +"правила:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Вам нужен только один главный сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "В основной сети могут быть сотни рабочих станций." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"В основной сети можно разместить множество серверов LTSP; две различные " +"подсети предварительно настроены (DNS, DHCP) в LDAP, можно добавить еще " +"несколько." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"В каждой сети серверов LTSP могут быть сотни тонких клиентов и/или " +"бездисковых рабочих станций." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"У вас могут быть сотни других машин, которым будут назначены динамические IP-" +"адреса." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "Для доступа в Интернет вам понадобится маршрутизатор/шлюз (см. ниже)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Интернет-маршрутизатор" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Для подключения к Интернету необходим маршрутизатор/шлюз, подключенный к " +"Интернету через внешний интерфейс и работающий на IP-адресе 10.0.0.1 с " +"маской 255.0.0.0 на внутреннем интерфейсе." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Маршрутизатор не должен запускать DHCP-сервер, он может запустить DNS-" +"сервер, хотя он не нужен и не будет использоваться." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас ещё нет маршрутизатора или существующий маршрутизатор не может " +"быть настроен соответствующим образом, любая машина, отвечающая требованиям " +"минимальной установки Debian и имеющая как минимум два сетевых интерфейса, " +"может быть превращена в шлюз между существующей сетью и сетью Debian Edu. " +"Смотрите <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">документацию по установке</link> для простого способа установки и " +"настройки машины Debian с помощью <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно что-то для встроенного маршрутизатора или точки доступа, мы " +"рекомендуем использовать <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, " +"хотя, конечно, вы можете использовать и оригинальную прошивку. Использование " +"оригинальной прошивки проще; использование OpenWRT дает больше возможностей " +"для выбора и контроля. Список поддерживаемого оборудования можно найти на " +"веб-страницах OpenWRT <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\"></" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Можно использовать другую настройку сети (для этого существует <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">документированная процедура</ulink>), но если вас не " +"вынуждает к этому существующая сетевая инфраструктура, мы не рекомендуем " +"этого делать и советуем придерживаться установленной по умолчанию<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">сетевой архитектуры</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Варианты установки и загрузки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Где найти дополнительную информацию" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем вам прочитать или хотя бы взглянуть на <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">примечания к выпуску Debian " +"Bookworm</ulink> перед тем, как вы начнёте устанавливать систему для " +"производственного использования. Больше информации о выпуске Debian Bookworm " +"можно найти в его <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">руководстве по установке</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Пожалуйста, попробуйте Debian Edu/Skolelinux, он должен работать." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Однако перед началом установки основного сервера рекомендуется прочитать " +"главы о <link linkend=\"Requirements\">требованиях к аппаратному обеспечению " +"и сети</link> и об <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архитектуре</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте также прочитать главу <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Начать " +"работу</link> этого руководства, поскольку в ней объясняется, как войти в " +"систему в первый раз." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Загрузите установочный носитель для Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 или i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> и <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> - это названия двух архитектур Debian для процессоров x86, " +"которые создаются или были созданы AMD, Intel и другими производителями. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> - это 64-битная архитектура, а " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> - 32-битная архитектура. Новые " +"установки сегодня должны выполняться с использованием <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> следует использовать " +"только для очень старого оборудования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinst iso образы для amd64 или i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Образ netinst iso может использоваться для установки с CD/DVD и USB-" +"накопителей и доступен для двух архитектур Debian: amd64 или i386. Как " +"следует из названия, для установки требуется доступ в Интернет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"Как только Bookworm будет выпущен, эти изображения можно будет скачать с " +"сайта:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "Образы BD iso для amd64 или i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Эти ISO-образы имеют размер около 7,5 ГБ и могут использоваться для " +"установки на машины с операционной системой amd64 или i386, в том числе без " +"доступа к Интернету. Как и образ netinst, он может быть использован на USB-" +"накопителях или дисковых носителях достаточного размера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Проверка загруженных файлов изображений" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Подробные инструкции по проверке и использованию этих образов содержатся в " +"разделе <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Источники" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Исходники доступны из архива Debian в обычных местах, ссылки на некоторые " +"носители находятся на <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Установка Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы устанавливаете Debian Edu, у вас есть несколько вариантов на выбор. " +"Не бойтесь, их не так много. Мы проделали хорошую работу, чтобы скрыть " +"сложность Debian во время установки и после неё. Тем не менее, Debian Edu - " +"это Debian, и если вы захотите, то сможете выбрать из более чем 59 000 " +"пакетов и миллиарда вариантов конфигурации. Для большинства наших " +"пользователей наши настройки по умолчанию подойдут. Обратите внимание: если " +"предполагается использовать LTSP, выберите легкое окружение рабочего стола." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Основные сценарии установки сервера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Типичная школьная или домашняя сеть с доступом в Интернет через " +"маршрутизатор, предоставляющий DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Установка основного сервера возможна, но после перезагрузки не будет доступа " +"в Интернет (из-за основного сетевого интерфейса IP 10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"О том, как настроить шлюз, если не удается сконфигурировать существующий, " +"читайте в главе <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet " +"router</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Соедините все компоненты, как показано в главе <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Главный сервер должен иметь подключение к Интернету после первой загрузки в " +"правильном окружении." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Типичная сеть школы или учебного заведения, аналогичная приведенной выше, но " +"с обязательным использованием прокси." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте 'debian-edu-expert' в командную строку ядра; о том, как это " +"сделать, читайте ниже." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Необходимо ответить на некоторые дополнительные вопросы, в том числе и на " +"вопрос о прокси-сервере." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Сеть с маршрутизатором/шлюзом IP 10.0.0.1/8 (который не предоставляет DHCP-" +"сервер) и доступом в Интернет:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Если автоматическая настройка сети не удалась (из-за отсутствия DHCP), " +"выберите ручную настройку сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Введите 10.0.2.2/8 в качестве IP-адреса хоста" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Введите 10.0.0.1 в качестве IP-адреса шлюза" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "" +"Введите 8.8.8.8 в качестве IP-адреса сервера имен, если вы не знаете лучшего" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Главный сервер должен просто работать после первой загрузки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Оффлайн (без подключения к Интернету):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Используйте образ BD ISO." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что все (реальные/виртуальные) сетевые кабели отключены." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Выберите «Не настраивать сеть в данный момент» (после того как DHCP не " +"удалось настроить сеть и вы нажали «Продолжить»)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Обновите систему после первой загрузки в правильном окружении с доступом в " +"Интернет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Среды рабочего стола" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Доступно несколько окружений рабочего стола:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce занимает немного больше места, чем LXDE, но имеет очень хорошую " +"языковую поддержку (106 языков)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE и GNOME имеют хорошую языковую поддержку, но слишком велики для старых " +"компьютеров и LTSP-клиентов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon - это более легкая альтернатива GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE легче, чем три вышеперечисленные, но в нем отсутствует хорошая языковая " +"поддержка для нескольких стран." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE занимает наименьшую площадь и поддерживает 35 языков." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt - это легкое окружение рабочего стола (поддержка языков аналогична " +"LXDE) с более современным внешним видом и ощущениями (основано на Qt, как и " +"KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu как международный проект выбрал Xfce в качестве окружения " +"рабочего стола по умолчанию; см. ниже, как установить другое окружение." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Модульная установка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"При установке системы с включенным профилем <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"устанавливается множество программ, связанных с образованием. Чтобы " +"установить только основной профиль, перед началом установки удалите параметр " +"командной строки ядра <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis>; подробнее о том, " +"как это сделать, читайте ниже. Это позволяет установить систему для " +"конкретного сайта и может быть использовано для ускорения тестовых установок." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание: если вы хотите установить окружение рабочего стола, не " +"используйте метапакеты Debian Edu, например, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink>, поскольку они потянут за собой все программы, связанные с " +"образованием; вместо этого установите, например, <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. " +"Можно установить один или несколько новых метапакетов <emphasis>education-" +"preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"highschool</emphasis> в зависимости от случая использования." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Подробности о мета-пакетах Debian Edu смотрите на странице <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Обзор пакетов Debian Edu</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Типы и варианты установки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Меню загрузки инсталлятора на 64-битном оборудовании - режим BIOS</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Меню загрузки 64-битного установщика (режим BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графическая установка</emphasis> использует " +"программу установки GTK, в которой можно использовать мышь." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> использует текстовый режим." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Дополнительные опции ></emphasis> открывает " +"подменю с более подробными опциями для выбора." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> дает несколько подсказок по " +"использованию программы установки; см. скриншот ниже." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Экран дополнительных опций 64-битного установщика 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Назад...</emphasis> возвращает в главное меню." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графическая установка эксперта</emphasis> дает " +"доступ ко всем имеющимся вопросам, удобная мышь." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графический режим спасения</emphasis> превращает " +"этот установочный носитель в спасательный диск для экстренных задач." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графическая автоматическая установка</emphasis> " +"нуждается в файле ответов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Экспертная установка</emphasis> дает доступ ко " +"всем имеющимся вопросам в текстовом режиме." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Режим спасения</emphasis> текстовый режим; " +"превращает этот установочный носитель в спасательный диск для экстренных " +"задач." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Автоматическая установка</emphasis> текстовый " +"режим; требуется файл ответов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Не используйте <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> или " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, вместо этого используйте " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> в качестве " +"дополнительного параметра ядра в исключительных случаях." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Экран справки</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Экран справки программы установки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Этот экран справки является само объясняющимся и позволяет использовать " +"клавиши <F>- на клавиатуре для получения более подробной справки по " +"описываемым темам." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Меню загрузки установщика на 64-битном оборудовании - режим UEFI</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Меню загрузки 64-битного установщика (режим UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Добавьте или измените параметры загрузки для установок</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"В обоих случаях параметры загрузки можно редактировать, нажимая клавишу " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> в меню загрузки; на скриншотах показана командная строка для " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графической установки</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Редактирование параметров командной строки (режим BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Редактирование параметров командной строки (режим UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы ускорить установку профиля <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> с компакт-" +"диска, можно использовать существующую в сети службу HTTP-прокси. Добавьте, " +"например, <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</" +"computeroutput> в качестве дополнительного параметра загрузки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Если вы уже установили профиль <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> на машину, " +"дальнейшие установки должны выполняться через PXE, так как в этом случае " +"автоматически будет использоваться прокси Main Server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить окружение рабочего стола <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> вместо окружения рабочего стола по умолчанию <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, замените <computeroutput>xfce</" +"computeroutput> на <computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> в параметре " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, используйте <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, используйте <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, используйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, используйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"А чтобы установить вместо этого окружение рабочего стола <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, используйте <computeroutput>desktop=mate</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Процесс установки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Помните о <link linkend=\"Requirements\">системных требованиях</link> и " +"убедитесь, что у вас есть как минимум две сетевые карты (NIC), если вы " +"планируете установить LTSP-сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Выберите язык (для установки и установленной системы)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Выберите место, которое обычно должно быть тем, где вы живете." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Выберите раскладку клавиатуры (обычно подходит та, что установлена по " +"умолчанию)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Выберите профиль(и) из следующего списка:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Главный сервер</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Это главный сервер (tjener) для вашей школы, предоставляющий все услуги, " +"предварительно настроенные для работы «из коробки». Вы должны установить " +"только один главный сервер для каждой школы! Этот профиль не включает " +"графический интерфейс пользователя. Если вам нужен графический интерфейс " +"пользователя, выберите Workstation или LTSP Server в дополнение к этому " +"профилю." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Рабочая станция</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Компьютер, загружающийся с локального жесткого диска и запускающий все " +"программы и устройства локально, как обычный компьютер, за исключением того, " +"что вход пользователей в систему проверяется на главном сервере, где " +"хранятся файлы пользователей и профиль рабочего стола." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Роуминг рабочей станции</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "можно использовать." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Удалите конфигурацию двух используемых сетевых интерфейсов из " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> или файлов в " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> и снимите " +"конфигурацию с двух интерфейсов, используя" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Сам процесс конфигурирования начинается с" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Выбор способа настройки сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Подтверждение для настройки uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"На вопрос о методе настройки брандмауэра uif выберите «debian-edu-router». " +"Подтвердите, что вы хотите настроить брандмауэр для Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Разрешение трассировки в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Разрешение трассировки в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Решите, хотите ли вы отвечать на запросы ping и трассировки. Если не " +"уверены, ответьте «да», так как это может быть полезно для диагностики " +"сетевых проблем." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Включение переадресации IP-пакетов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы хотите включить переадресацию IP-пакетов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Выбор способа настройки сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Выбор способа настройки сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Далее назначьте сети сетевым интерфейсам маршрутизатора, выбрав один из " +"предложенных вариантов в зависимости от того, подключены ли уже ваши сетевые " +"интерфейсы или нет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Выбор интерфейса WAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Выберите интерфейс, подключенный к LAN." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Выбор внутренних сетей" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Выберите внутреннюю сеть, а если вы не уверены и просто хотите создать одну " +"внутреннюю сеть, выберите «Образование»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Разрешение использования VLAN(виртуальные локальные сети)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Выберите, следует ли использовать VLAN для внутренних сетей, если вы не " +"уверены, выберите «Нет»." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Выбор поддерживаемых версий IP-адресов" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Выберите «IPv4» здесь." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Выбор сетей, которым требуется статический IP-адрес" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Установка статического IP-адреса для внутренней сети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Установите <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> в качестве " +"статического IP-адреса для внутренней сети «Образование», если вы следовали " +"приведенному выше предложению по внутренним сетям." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Включение NAT в сетях" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Включите NAT для внутренней сети." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Обеспечение доступа в Интернет для сетей" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Включите доступ в Интернет для внутренних сетей." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте также прочитать главу <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Начать " +"работу</link> этого руководства, поскольку в ней объясняется, как войти в " +"систему в первый раз." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Руководство по Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем вам прочитать или хотя бы взглянуть на <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">примечания к выпуску Debian " +"Bookworm</ulink> перед тем, как вы начнёте устанавливать систему для " +"производственного использования. Больше информации о выпуске Debian Bookworm " +"можно найти в его <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">руководстве по установке</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Истончик по адресу <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Bookworm\"/> является wiki-страницей и регулярно обновляется." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Руководство по Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выберите «Uplink», если ваша сеть требует статического IP-адреса, и " +#~ "«Education», если вы следовали вышеуказанным рекомендациям для внутренних " +#~ "сетей." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Utgivningsdatum; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Översättning:</emphasis> +2020-2021, 2023 Luna Jernberg +2026 Emma peel +2026 Mona Lisa + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.sv.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8227 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-07-23 17:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mona Lisa <monalisa@users.noreply.hosted.weblate.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/sv/>\n" +"Language: sv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.8.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Handbok för Debian Edu/Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Utgivningsdatum:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Handbok för Debian Edu 13 med kodnamnet Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Debian Edu-installationsprogrammets logotyp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Detta är handboken för utgåvan Debian Edu 13 (Trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Källan på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> är en wiki och uppdateras ofta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Uppdaterade översättningar finns tillgängliga <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Om Debian Edu och Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu som också kallas Skolelinux är en Linux-distribution baserad på " +"Debian som tillhandahåller en färdig miljö med ett helt konfigurerat " +"skolnätverk. Det implementerar en klient-server-metod. Servrar och klienter " +"är <emphasis>delar av programvara</emphasis> som interagerar med varandra. " +"Servrar tillhandahåller information som krävs av klienter för att fungera. " +"När en server är installerad på en maskin och dess klient på en annan dator, " +"kallas själva maskinerna för servern och klienten, i en förlängning av " +"konceptet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlen om <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hårdvaru- och nätverkskrav</link> " +"och om <link linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitektur</link> innehåller " +"grundläggande systemdesigndetaljer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen av en huvudserver är alla tjänster som behövs för ett " +"skolnätverk konfigurerade och systemet är klart att användas. Endast " +"användare och datorer behöver läggas till via GOsa², ett lättanvänt " +"webbgränssnitt, eller någon annan LDAP-redigerare. En nätverksstartmiljö med " +"PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> har också förberetts. " +"Efter den första installationen av huvudservern från en cd-skiva, Blu-ray-" +"skiva eller ett USB-minne kan därför alla andra datorer installeras via " +"nätverket. Detta omfattar även ”mobila arbetsstationer” (sådana som kan tas " +"med bort från skolnätverket, vanligtvis bärbara datorer eller netbook-" +"datorer). Datorer kan dessutom startas via PXE/iPXE som disklösa " +"arbetsstationer eller tunna klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Flera utbildningsprogram som GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege och " +"Scratch ingår i standardskrivbordsmiljöuppsättningen, som kan förlängas " +"enkelt och nästan oändligt via Debians universum." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Lite historia och varför två namn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"är en Linux-distribution skapad av Debian Edu-projektet. Som en <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\"> Debian Ren Blandning </ulink> " +"distribution det är ett officiellt <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> underprojekt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Vad detta betyder för din skola är att Skolelinux är en version av Debian " +"som erbjuder en out-of-the-box-miljö för ett helt konfigurerat skolnätverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux projektet i Norge grundades den 2 juli 2001 och ungefär samtidigt " +"startade Raphaël Hertzog Debian-Edu i Frankrike. Sedan 2003 är båda " +"projekten förenade, men båda namnen stannade. \"Skole\" och (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" är bara två välförstådda termer i dessa regioner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Idag används systemet i flera länder runt om i världen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arkitektur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet av dokumentet beskriver nätverksarkitekturen och " +"tjänsterna som tillhandahålls av en Skolelinux installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Debian Edu nätverkstopologi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Figuren är en skiss över den antagna nätverkstopologin. " +"Standardinställningen för ett Skolelinux nätverk förutsätter att det finns " +"en (och bara en) huvudserver, samtidigt som det tillåter inkludering av både " +"normala arbetsstationer och LTSP-servrar (med tillhörande tunna klienter och/" +"eller disklösa arbetsstationer). Antalet arbetsstationer kan vara så stort " +"eller litet som du vill (med början från ingen till många). Detsamma gäller " +"för LTSP-servrarna, som var och en är på ett separat nätverk så att trafiken " +"mellan klienterna och LTSP-servern inte påverkar resten av " +"nätverkstjänsterna. LTSP förklaras i detalj i <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">det relaterade Hur man gör</link>-kapitlet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Anledningen till att det bara kan finnas en huvudserver i varje skolnätverk " +"är att huvudservern tillhandahåller DHCP, och det kan bara finnas en maskin " +"som gör det i varje nätverk. Det är möjligt att flytta tjänster från " +"huvudservern till andra maskiner genom att ställa in tjänsten på en annan " +"dator, och därefter uppdatera DNS konfigurationen, peka DNS-aliaset för den " +"tjänsten till rätt dator." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"För att förenkla standardinställningen av Skolelinux körs " +"internetanslutningen över en separat router, även kallad gateway. Se " +"kapitlet <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetrouter</" +"link> för detaljer om hur man konfigurerar en sådan gateway om det inte är " +"möjligt att konfigurera en befintlig efter behov." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Standardnätverkets inställningar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP på huvudservern betjänar nätverket 10.0.0.0/8 och tillhandahåller en " +"PXE uppstarstmeny där du kan välja om du vill installera en ny server/" +"arbetsstation, starta en tunn klient eller en disklös arbetsstation, köra " +"memtest eller starta från den lokala hårddisken." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Detta är designat för att kunna modifieras; för detaljer se <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">det relaterade Hur gör man</link> kapitelet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP på LTSP-servrarna betjänar endast ett dedikerat nätverk på det andra " +"gränssnittet (192.168.0.0/24 och 192.168.1.0/24 är förkonfigurerade " +"alternativ) och bör sällan behöva ändras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Konfigurationen för alla subnät lagras i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Huvudserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Ett Skolelinux-nätverk behöver en huvudserver (värdnamn \"tjener\" som är " +"norska och betyder \"server\") som per standard har IP-adressen 10.0.2.2 och " +"installeras genom att välja huvudserverprofilen. Det är möjligt (men inte " +"nödvändigt) att även välja och installera LTSP-server- och Arbetsstation-" +"profilerna utöver huvudserverprofilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Tjänster som körs på huvudservern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"Med undantag för kontrollen av de tunna klienterna är alla tjänster initialt " +"uppsatta på en central dator (huvudserver). Av prestandaskäl bör LTSP-" +"servern/servrarna vara separata (även om det är möjligt att installera både " +"huvudserver och LTSP-serverprofilerna på samma maskin). Alla tjänster " +"tilldelas ett dedikerat DNS-namn och erbjuds exklusivt över IPv4. Det " +"tilldelade DNS-namnet gör det enkelt att flytta enskilda tjänster från " +"huvudservern till en annan maskin genom att helt enkelt stoppa tjänsten på " +"huvudservern och ändra DNS-konfigurationen så att den pekar på den nya " +"platsen för tjänsten (som bör ställas in på den maskinen först, förstås)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"För att säkerställa säkerheten är alla anslutningar där lösenord överförs " +"över nätverket krypterade, så inga lösenord skickas över nätverket som " +"vanlig text." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Nedan finns en tabell över de tjänster som är inställda som standard i ett " +"Skolelinux-nätverk och DNS-namnet för varje tjänst. Om möjligt kommer alla " +"konfigurationsfiler att referera till tjänsten med namn (utan domännamn) " +"vilket gör det enkelt för skolor att ändra antingen sin domän (om de har en " +"egen DNS-domän) eller de IP-adresser de använder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tabell över tjänster</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tjänste beskrivningar</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vanligt namn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS tjänstnamn</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Centraliserad loggning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Domännamnstjänst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domän" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Automatiskt nätverks konfiguration av maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Klocksynkronisering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Hemkataloger via nätverksfilsystem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "hem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Elektroniskt post kontor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Katalogtjänst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Användaradministration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Webbserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Central säkerhetskopiering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Webbcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Utskrifter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Säker fjärrinloggning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP-servrar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Maskin och serviceövervakning med felrapportering, plus status och historik " +"på webben. Felrapportering via e-post" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga och Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Personliga filer för varje användare lagras i deras hemkataloger, som görs " +"tillgängliga av servern. Hemkataloger är tillgängliga från alla maskiner, " +"vilket ger användare tillgång till samma filer oavsett vilken maskin de " +"använder. Servern är operativsystemagnostisk och erbjuder åtkomst via NFS " +"för Unix klienter och via SMB2/SMB3 för andra klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Som standard är e-post inställd för lokal leverans (dvs. inom skolan), även " +"om e-postleverans till det bredare Internet kan ställas in om skolan har en " +"permanent internetanslutning. Klienter är inställda på att leverera e-post " +"till servern (med 'smart värd'), och användare kan <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">få åtkomst till sin personliga e-post</link> via IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Alla tjänster är tillgängliga med samma användarnamn och lösenord, tack vare " +"den centrala användardatabasen för autentisering och auktorisering." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"För att öka prestandan på ofta besökta webbplatser används en webbproxy som " +"cachar filer lokalt (Squid). I samband med blockering av webbtrafik i " +"routern möjliggör detta även kontroll av internetåtkomst på enskilda " +"maskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Nätverkskonfiguration på klienterna görs automatiskt med DHCP. Alla typer av " +"klienter kan anslutas till det privata 10.0.0.0/8-subnätet och kommer att få " +"rätt antal IP-adresser; LTSP-klienter bör anslutas till motsvarande LTSP-" +"server via det separata subnätet 192.168.0.0/24 (detta är för att " +"säkerställa att nätverkstrafiken för LTSP-klienterna inte stör resten av " +"nätverkstjänsterna)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Centraliserad loggning är inställd så att alla maskiner skickar sina syslog " +"meddelanden till servern. Syslog tjänsten är inställd så att den endast " +"accepterar inkommande meddelanden från det lokala nätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Som standard är DNS-servern konfigurerad med en domän endast för internt " +"bruk (*.intern), tills en riktig (\"extern\") DNS-domän kan konfigureras. " +"DNS-servern är inställd som en cachande DNS-server så att alla maskiner i " +"nätverket kan använda den som huvud-DNS-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Elever och lärare har möjlighet att publicera webbplatser. Webbservern " +"tillhandahåller mekanismer för autentisering av användare och för att " +"begränsa åtkomst till enskilda sidor och underkataloger för vissa användare " +"och grupper. Användare kommer att ha möjlighet att skapa dynamiska " +"webbsidor, eftersom webbservern kommer att vara programmerbar på serversidan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Information om användare och maskiner kan ändras på en central plats och " +"görs automatiskt tillgänglig för alla datorer i nätverket. För att uppnå " +"detta ställs en centraliserad katalogserver upp. Katalogen kommer att ha " +"information om användare, användargrupper, maskiner och grupper av maskiner. " +"För att undvika användarförvirring kommer det inte att vara någon skillnad " +"mellan filgrupper och nätverksgrupper. Detta innebär att grupper av maskiner " +"som ska bilda nätverksgrupper kommer att använda samma namnutrymme som " +"användargrupper." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Administrering av tjänster och användare kommer huvudsakligen att ske via " +"webben, och följa etablerade standarder, fungera väl i de webbläsare som är " +"en del av Skolelinux. Delegering av vissa uppgifter till enskilda användare " +"eller användargrupper kommer att möjliggöras av administrationssystemen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika vissa problem med NFS, och för att göra det enklare att " +"felsöka problem, behöver de olika maskinerna synkroniserade klockor. För att " +"uppnå detta ställs Skolelinux servern in via en lokal NTP server (Network " +"Time Protocol), och alla arbetsstationer och klienter är inställda för att " +"synkronisera med servern. Servern själv bör synkronisera sin klocka via NTP " +"mot maskiner på Internet, vilket säkerställer att hela nätverket har rätt " +"tid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Skrivare ansluts där det är lämpligt, antingen direkt till huvudnätverket " +"eller anslutna till en server, arbetsstation eller LTSP-server. Tillgången " +"till skrivare kan styras för enskilda användare beroende på vilka grupper de " +"tillhör; detta kommer att uppnås genom att använda kvot och åtkomstkontroll " +"för skrivare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP-servrar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Ett Skolelinux nätverk kan ha många LTSP servrar, vilka kommer att " +"installeras genom att välja LTSP-serverprofilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"LTSP-servrarna är inställda för att ta emot syslog från tunna klienter och " +"arbetsstationer och vidarebefordra dessa meddelanden till den centrala " +"syslog mottagaren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Vänligen notera:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"LTSP disklösa arbetsstationer använder de program som är installerade på " +"servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Klientens rootfilsystem tillhandahålls med NFS. Efter varje modifiering av " +"LTSP-servern måste den relaterade avbilden återskapas; kör " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> på LTSP-servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Tunna klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"En tunn klientinstallation gör att vanliga datorer kan fungera som " +"(X-)terminaler. Detta innebär att maskinen startar direkt från servern med " +"PXE utan att använda den lokala klientens hårddisk. Den tunna klienten " +"använder nu X2Go, eftersom LTSP har tappat stödet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Tunna klienter är ett bra sätt att fortfarande göra väldigt gamla (mest 32-" +"bitars) maskiner användbara eftersom de effektivt kör alla program på LTSP-" +"servern. Detta fungerar enligt följande: tjänsten använder DHCP och TFTP för " +"att ansluta till nätverket och starta från nätverket. Därefter monteras " +"filsystemet från LTSP-servern med hjälp av NFS, och slutligen startas X2Go-" +"klienten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Disklösa arbetsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"En disklös arbetsstation kör all programvara på datorn utan ett lokalt " +"installerat operativsystem. Detta innebär att klientdatorer startar via PXE " +"utan att köra programvara installerad på en lokal hårddisk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Diskfria arbetsstationer är ett utmärkt sätt att använda kraftfull hårdvara " +"med samma låga underhållskostnad som med tunna klienter. Programvara " +"administreras och underhålls på servern utan behov av lokal installerad " +"programvara på klienterna. Hemkataloger och systeminställningar lagras också " +"på servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Klienter i nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Termen \"nätverksklienter\" används i den här handboken för att hänvisa till " +"både tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer, såväl som datorer som kör " +"macOS eller Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Administrering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Alla Linux-maskiner som är installerade med Skolelinux " +"installationsprogrammet kommer att kunna administreras från en central " +"dator, troligen servern. Det kommer att vara möjligt att logga in på alla " +"maskiner via SSH, och därigenom ha full tillgång till maskinerna. Som root " +"måste man köra <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> först för att få en " +"Kerberos TGT." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"All användarinformation lagras i en LDAP-katalog. Uppdateringar av " +"användarkonton görs mot denna databas, som används av klienterna för " +"användarautentisering." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande finns det två typer av installationsmediabilder: netinst och " +"BD. Båda avbilderna kan också startas från USB-minnen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Målet är att kunna installera en server från vilken typ av medium som helst " +"på en gång, och installera alla andra klienter över nätverket genom att " +"starta upp från nätverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Endast nätinstallationsavbildningen behöver åtkomst till Internet under " +"installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Installationen bör inte ställa några frågor, med undantag för önskat språk, " +"plats, tangentbord och maskinprofil (Huvudserver, Arbetsstation, LTSP-" +"server, ...). All annan konfiguration kommer att ställas in automatiskt med " +"rimliga värden, för att ändras från en central plats av " +"systemadministratören efter installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Filsystemåtkomst konfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Varje Skolelinux användarkonto är tilldelad en del av filsystemet på " +"filservern. Denna sektion (hemkatalog) innehåller användarens " +"konfigurationsfiler, dokument, e-post och webbsidor. Vissa av filerna bör " +"ställas in så att de har läsbehörighet för andra användare på systemet, " +"några ska vara läsbara av alla på Internet och vissa ska inte vara " +"tillgängliga för läsning av någon annan än användaren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"För att alla diskar som används för användarkataloger eller delade kataloger " +"ska kunna ges unika namn på alla datorer i installationen kan de monteras " +"som <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Till en början " +"skapas katalogen <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput> på " +"filservern, och där skapas alla användarkonton. Fler kataloger kan sedan " +"skapas vid behov för särskilda användargrupper eller användningsmönster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"För att möjliggöra delad åtkomst till filer under det normala UNIX-" +"behörighetssystemet måste användarna vara i kompletterande delade grupper " +"(som \"studenter\") såväl som den personliga primära gruppen som de är i som " +"standard. Om användare har en lämplig umask för att göra nyskapade objekt " +"grupptillgängliga (002 eller 007), och om katalogerna de arbetar i är setgid " +"för att säkerställa att filerna ärver rätt gruppägande, är resultatet " +"kontrollerad fildelning mellan medlemmar i en grupp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"De initiala åtkomstinställningarna för nyskapade filer är en policyfråga. " +"Debians standardumask är 022 (vilket inte skulle tillåta gruppåtkomst som " +"beskrivits ovan), men Debian Edu använder standardvärdet 002 - vilket " +"betyder att filer skapas med läsbehörighet för alla, som senare kan tas bort " +"genom explicit användaråtgärd. Detta kan alternativt ändras (genom att " +"redigera <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) till en " +"umask på 007 - vilket betyder att läsåtkomsten initialt är blockerad, vilket " +"kräver användaråtgärder för att göra de tillgängliga. Den första metoden " +"uppmuntrar kunskapsdelning och gör systemet mer transparent, medan den andra " +"metoden minskar risken för oönskad spridning av känslig information. " +"Problemet med den första lösningen är att det inte är uppenbart för " +"användarna att materialet de skapar kommer att vara tillgängligt för alla " +"andra användare. De kan bara upptäcka detta genom att inspektera andra " +"användares kataloger och se att deras filer är läsbara. Problemet med den " +"andra lösningen är att få människor sannolikt gör sina filer tillgängliga, " +"även om de inte innehåller känslig information och innehållet skulle vara " +"till hjälp för nyfikna användare som vill lära sig hur andra har löst " +"särskilda problem (vanligtvis konfigurationsproblem) ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Krav" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Det finns olika sätt att ställa in en Skolelinux lösning. Det kan " +"installeras på bara en fristående dator eller som en regionsövergripande " +"lösning på många skolor som drivs centralt. Denna flexibilitet gör en enorm " +"skillnad för konfigurationen av nätverkskomponenter, servrar och " +"klientmaskiner." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Hårdvaru krav" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Syftet med de olika profilerna förklaras i <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">nätverksarkitektur</link> kapitlet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om LTSP är tänkt att användas, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">wikisidan för LTSP " +"Hårdvarukrav</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Datorerna som kör Debian Edu / Skolelinux måste ha antingen 32-bitars " +"(Debian-arkitektur 'i386', äldsta processorer som stöds är 686-klassade " +"sådana) eller 64-bitars (Debian-arkitektur 'amd64') x86-processorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Tunna klienter med endast 256 MiB RAM och 400 MHz är inte omöjliga, även om " +"mer RAM och snabbare processorer rekommenderas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"För arbetsstationer, disklösa arbetsstationer och fristående system är 1500 " +"MHz och 1024 MiB RAM de absoluta minimumkraven. För att köra moderna " +"webbläsare och LibreOffice rekommenderas minst 2048 MiB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "Minimumkraven för diskutrymme beror på profilen som är installerad:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"kombinerad huvudserver + LTSP-server + arbetsstation (om ett grafiskt " +"gränssnitt önskas på servern): 60 GiB (plus ytterligare utrymme för " +"användarkonton)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP-server: 40 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "arbetsstation eller fristående: 30 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "minimal installation av nätverksansluten dator: 4 GiB." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"LTSP-servrar behöver två nätverkskort när de använder " +"standardnätverksarkitekturen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 är ansluten till huvudnätverket (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 används för att betjäna LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Bärbara datorer är flyttbara arbetsstationer, så de har samma krav som " +"arbetsstationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Hårdvara som är känd för att fungera" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"En lista över testad hårdvara finns på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . Denna lista är inte helt komplett." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> är ett försök " +"att dokumentera hur man installerar, konfigurerar och använder Debian på " +"viss specifik hårdvara, så att potentiella köpare kan veta om den hårdvaran " +"stöds och befintliga ägare att veta hur man får ut det bästa av den " +"hårdvaran." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Krav för nätverksinstallation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Standardkonfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "När du använder standardnätverksarkitekturen gäller dessa regler:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Du behöver exakt en huvudserver." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Du kan ha hundratals arbetsstationer på huvudnätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ha många LTSP-servrar på huvudnätverket; två olika subnät är " +"förkonfigurerade (DNS, DHCP) i LDAP, fler kan läggas till." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ha hundratals tunna klienter och/eller disklösa arbetsstationer på " +"varje LTSP-servernätverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ha hundratals andra maskiner som kommer att ha dynamiska IP-adresser " +"tilldelade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "För åtkomst till Internet behöver du en router/gateway (se nedan)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Internetrouter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"En router/gateway, ansluten till Internet på det externa gränssnittet och " +"som körs på IP -adressen 10.0.0.1 med nätmask 255.0.0.0 på det interna " +"gränssnittet, behövs för att ansluta till Internet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"Routern ska inte köra en DHCP-server, den kan köra en DNS -server, även om " +"detta inte behövs och inte kommer att användas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte redan har en router, eller om den befintliga routern inte kan " +"konfigureras på rätt sätt, kan en dator som uppfyller kraven för en minimal " +"Debian-installation och har minst två nätverksgränssnitt göras om till en " +"gateway mellan det befintliga nätverket och Debian Edu-nätverket. I <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installationsdokumentationen</link> beskrivs ett enkelt sätt att " +"installera och konfigurera en Debian-dator med <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver något för en inbäddad router eller åtkomstpunkt rekommenderar " +"vi att du använder <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, även " +"om du naturligtvis också kan använda den ursprungliga fasta programvaran. " +"Det är lättare att använda den ursprungliga fasta programvaran; att använda " +"OpenWRT ger dig fler valmöjligheter och kontroll. Kontrollera OpenWRT " +"webbsidorna för en lista över <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">hårdvara som stöds</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att använda en annan nätverkskonfiguration (det finns en " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">dokumenterad procedur</ulink> för att göra detta), men om " +"du är inte tvingas göra detta av en befintlig nätverksinfrastruktur, så " +"rekommenderar vi att du inte gör det och rekommenderar att du stannar med " +"standard <link linkend=\"Architecture\">nätverksarkitekturenr</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Alternativ för installation och nedladdning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Var hittar du ytterligare information" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar att du läser, eller åtminstone ögnar igenom, <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">versionsfakta " +"för Debian Trixie</ulink> innan du börjar installera ett system för " +"produktionsbruk. Mer information om Debian Trixie finns i dess <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installationshandbok</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "Prova Debian Edu/Skolelinux, det borde bara fungera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas dock att du läser kapitlen om <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">krav på hårdvara och nätverk</link> och om <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">arkitekturen</link> innan du börjar installera en " +"huvudserver ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Var noga med att också läsa kapitlet <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">komma " +"igång\"> för att komma igång</link> med denna handbok, eftersom det " +"förklarar hur du loggar in för första gången." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Hämta installationsmediet för Debian Edu 12 med kodnamnet Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> är namnen på två Debian-arkitekturer för x86-processorer, " +"båda är eller har byggts av AMD, Intel och andra tillverkare. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> är en 64-bitars arkitektur och " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> är en 32-bitars arkitektur. Nya " +"installationer idag bör göras med <computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> bör endast användas för mycket gammal " +"hårdvara." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "netinst iso-avbilder för amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"netinst iso-avbilden kan användas för installation från CD/DVD och USB-" +"minnen och är tillgänglig för två Debian-arkitekturer: amd64 eller i386. Som " +"namnet antyder krävs internetåtkomst för installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "" +"När Trixie har getts ut kommer dessa avbildningar att kunna hämtas från:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "BD iso-avbilder för amd64 eller i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Dessa ISO-avbildningar är cirka 7,5 GB stora och kan användas för att " +"installera amd64- eller i386-datorer, även utan internetåtkomst. Liksom " +"netinst-avbildningen kan de användas på USB-minnen eller skivmedier med " +"tillräcklig kapacitet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Verifiering av nedladdade avbildsfiler" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Detaljerade instruktioner för att verifiera och använda dessa avbilder är en " +"del av <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Källor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Källor är tillgängliga från Debians arkiv på de vanliga platserna, fler " +"media är länkade på <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Installera Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"När du gör en Debian Edu-installation har du några alternativ att välja " +"mellan. Var inte rädd; det finns inte många. Vi har gjort ett bra jobb med " +"att dölja komplexiteten i Debian under installationen och därefter. Debian " +"Edu är dock Debian, och om du vill finns det mer än 59 000 paket att välja " +"mellan och en miljard konfigurationsalternativ. För majoriteten av våra " +"användare bör våra standardinställningar vara bra. Observera: om LTSP är " +"avsedd att användas, välj en lättviktig skrivbordsmiljö." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Scenarier för huvudserverinstallation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Vanligt nätverk för skola eller hem med internetåtkomst via en router som " +"tillhandahåller DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Installation av en huvudserver är möjlig, men efter omstart kommer det inte " +"att finnas någon internetåtkomst (på grund av primärt nätverksgränssnitt IP " +"10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Se <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internetrouter</link> " +"kapitelet för detaljer om hur man ställer in en gateway om det inte är " +"möjligt att konfigurera en befintlig efter behov." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Anslut alla komponenter som visas i <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">arkitektur</link> kapitlet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Huvudservern bör ha en internetanslutning när den startas för första gången " +"i rätt miljö." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Vanliga institutions eller skolnätverk, liknande det ovan, men med " +"proxyanvändning krävs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till 'debian-edu-expert' till kärnans kommandorad; se vidare nedan för " +"detaljer om hur detta går till." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Några ytterligare frågor måste besvaras, inklusive proxyserverrelaterade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Nätverk med router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (som inte tillhandahåller en DHCP-" +"server) och internetåtkomst:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Så snart den automatiska nätverkskonfigurationen misslyckas (på grund av att " +"DHCP saknas), välj manuell nätverkskonfiguration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Ange 10.0.2.2/8 som värd IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Ange 10.0.0.1 som gateway IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Ange 8.8.8.8 som namnserver IP om du inte vet bättre" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Huvudservern bör fungera som den ska efter den första uppstarten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Offline (ingen Internetanslutning):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Använd BD ISO-avbild." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Se till att alla (riktiga/virtuella) nätverkskablar är urkopplade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Välj \"Konfigurera inte nätverket just nu\" (efter att DHCP misslyckats med " +"att konfigurera nätverk och du tryckte på \"Fortsätt\")." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Uppdatera systemet när det har startats för första gången i rätt miljö med " +"internetåtkomst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljöer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Flera skrivbordsmiljöer finns tillgängliga:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce har ett något större fotavtryck än LXDE men ett mycket bra språkstöd " +"(106 språk)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE och GNOME har båda bra språkstöd, men för stort fotavtryck för både " +"äldre datorer och för LTSP-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon är ett lättare alternativ till GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE är lättare än de tre ovan, men saknar bra språkstöd för flera länder." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE har det minsta fotavtrycket och stöder 35 språk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt är en lätt skrivbordsmiljö (språkstöd liknande LXDE) med ett modernare " +"utseende och känsla (baserat på Qt precis som KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu som ett internationellt projekt har valt att använda Xfce som " +"standard skrivbordsmiljö; se nedan hur du ställer in en annan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Modulär installation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"När du installerar ett system med profilen <emphasis>Arbetsstation</" +"emphasis> inkluderad, installeras många utbildningsrelaterade program. För " +"att bara installera den grundläggande profilen, ta bort " +"<emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kärnans kommandoradsparameter innan du " +"startar installationen; se vidare nedan för detaljer om hur detta går till. " +"Detta gör att man kan installera ett platsspecifikt system och kan användas " +"för att påskynda testinstallationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Observera: Om du vill installera en skrivbordsmiljö i efterhand ska du inte " +"använda Debian Edu-metapaketen, till exempel <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink>, eftersom de installerar alla utbildningsrelaterade program. " +"Installera i stället exempelvis <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>. Ett eller flera av de " +"nya metapaketen för skolnivåerna <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis> och <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> kan " +"installeras efter användningsområdet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"För detaljer om Debian Edu-metapaket, se sidan <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">översikt över Debian Edu-paket</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Installationstyper och alternativ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Installationsprogrammets uppstartsmeny på 64-bitars hårdvara - " +"BIOS läge</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64-bitars installationsprogrammets uppstartsmeny (BIOS läge)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk installation</emphasis> använder GTK " +"installationsprogram där du kan använda musen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Installera</emphasis> använder textläge." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Avancerade alternativ></emphasis> ger en " +"undermeny med mer detaljerade alternativ att välja." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hjälp</emphasis> ger några tips om hur du använder " +"installationsprogrammet; se skärmdump nedan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-bitar installationsprogram avancerade alternativ skärm 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tillbaka...</emphasis> Låter dig återgå till " +"huvudmenyn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk expertinstallation</emphasis> ger dig " +"åtkomst till alla tillgängliga frågor, musen kan användas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafiskt räddningsläge</emphasis> gör detta " +"installationsmedium till en räddningsskiva för nödsituationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Grafisk automatiserad installation</emphasis> " +"behöver en förinställnings fil" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expertinstallation</emphasis> ger dig åtkomst till " +"alla tillgängliga frågor i textläge." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Räddningsläge</emphasis> textläge; gör detta " +"installationsmedium till en räddningsskiva för nödsituationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automatiserad installation</emphasis> textläge, " +"behöver en förinställnings fil." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Använd inte <computeroutput>Grafisk expert installation</computeroutput> " +"eller <computeroutput>Expertinstallation</computeroutput>, använd " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> istället som en " +"ytterligare kärnparameter i undantagsfall." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Hjälpskärm</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Installationsprogram hjälpskärm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Denna hjälpskärm är självförklarande och aktiveras genom att trycka på " +"<F>-tangenter på tangentbordet för att få mer detaljerad hjälp om de " +"ämnen som beskrivs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Installationsprogrammets uppstartsmeny på 64-bitars hårdvara - " +"UEFI läge</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64-bitars installationsprogrammets uppstartsmeny (UEFI-läge)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Lägg till eller ändra startparametrar för installationer</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"I båda fallen kan uppstarstalternativ redigeras genom att trycka på " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</" +"emphasis> i startmenyn; skärmbilderna visar kommandoraden för <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Grafisk insallation</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Redigera kommandoradsalternativ (BIOS läge)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Redigera kommandoradsalternativ (UEFI läge)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Du kan använda en befintlig HTTP-proxytjänst i nätverket för att påskynda " +"installationen av <emphasis>Huvudserver</emphasis>-profilen från CD. Lägg " +"till t.ex. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</" +"computeroutput> som en extra uppstartsparameter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Om du redan har installerat <emphasis>Huvudserver</emphasis>-profilen på en " +"dator, bör ytterligare installationer göras via PXE, eftersom detta " +"automatiskt använder proxyn för huvudservern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"För att installera <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> " +"skrivbordsmiljön istället för standard <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</" +"emphasis> skrivbordsmiljö, ersätt <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> med " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> i parametern " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</" +"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</" +"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</" +"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"För att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</" +"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Och för att installera skrivbordsmiljön <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</" +"emphasis> istället, använd <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Installationsprocessen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Kom ihåg <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system kraven</link> och se till att " +"du har minst två nätverkskort (NIC) om du planerar att sätta upp en LTSP-" +"server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Välj ett språk (för installationen och det installerade systemet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Välj en plats som normalt borde vara den plats där du bor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "Välj en tangentbordskarta (landets standard är oftast bra)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Välj profil(er) från följande lista:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Detta är huvudservern (tjener) för din skola som tillhandahåller alla " +"tjänster som är förkonfigurerade för att fungera direkt. Du måste installera " +"endast en huvudserver per skola! Denna profil innehåller inget grafiskt " +"användargränssnitt. Om du vill ha ett grafiskt användargränssnitt, välj " +"Arbetsstation eller LTSP-server utöver detta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Arbetsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"En dator som startar från sin lokala hårddisk och kör all programvara och " +"alla enheter lokalt som en vanlig dator, förutom att användarinloggningar " +"autentiseras av huvudservern, där användarnas filer och skrivbordsprofil " +"lagras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming arbetsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Samma som en arbetsstation men kan autentiseras med hjälp av cachade " +"referenser, vilket innebär att den kan användas utanför skolans nätverk. " +"Användarnas filer och profiler lagras på den lokala disken. För en enskild " +"användares bärbara dator och andra bärbara datorer ska denna profil väljas " +"och inte 'Arbetsstation' eller 'Fristående' som föreslagits i tidigare " +"utgåvor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"En tunn klient (och disklös arbetsstation) server kallas en LTSP-server. " +"Klienter utan hårddiskar startar och kör programvara från denna server. Den " +"här datorn behöver två nätverksgränssnitt, mycket minne och helst mer än en " +"processor eller kärna. Se kapitlet om <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nätverksanslutna klienter</link> för mer " +"information om detta ämne. Om du väljer den här profilen aktiveras även " +"arbetsstationsprofilen (även om den inte är vald) - en LTSP-server kan också " +"alltid användas som arbetsstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Fristående</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"En vanlig dator som kan fungera utan en huvudserver (det vill säga att den " +"inte behöver vara i nätverket). Inkluderar bärbara datorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Den här profilen kommer att installera baspaketen och konfigurera maskinen " +"för att integreras i Debian Edu-nätverket, men utan några tjänster och " +"program. Det är användbart som en plattform för enstaka tjänster som " +"manuellt flyttas ut från huvudservern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Om vanliga användare ska kunna använda ett sådant system, måste det läggas " +"till genom att använda GOsa² (liknande en arbetsstation) och paketet libpam-" +"krb5 måste installeras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Profilerna <emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Arbetsstation</emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-" +"server</emphasis> är förvalda. Dessa profiler kan installeras på en maskin " +"tillsammans om du vill installera en så kallad <emphasis>kombinerad " +"huvudserver</emphasis>. Detta innebär att huvudservern kommer att vara en " +"LTSP-server och även användas som en arbetsstation. Detta är standardvalet, " +"eftersom vi antar att de flesta kommer att vilja ha det. Observera att du " +"måste ha 2 nätverkskort installerade i en maskin som ska installeras som en " +"kombinerad huvudserver eller som en LTSP-server för att bli användbar efter " +"installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Säg \"ja\" eller \"nej\" till automatisk partitionering. Var medveten om att " +"om du säger \"ja\" förstörs all data på hårddiskarna! Att säga \"nej\" å " +"andra sidan kommer att kräva mer arbete och du måste se till att de " +"nödvändiga partitionerna skapas och är tillräckligt stora." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Säg gärna \"ja\" till att skicka information till <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> för att vi ska kunna veta vilka paket som är populära " +"och bör behållas för framtida utgåvor. Även om du inte behöver, är det ett " +"enkelt sätt för dig att hjälpa till." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Vänta. Om de valda profilerna inkluderar LTSP-server kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att tillbringa ganska lång tid i slutet, \"Avsluta " +"installationen - Kör debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha angett root lösenordet kommer du att bli ombedd att skapa ett " +"normalt användarkonto \"för icke-administrativa uppgifter\". För Debian Edu " +"är detta konto mycket viktigt: det är kontot du kommer att använda för att " +"hantera Skolelinux nätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Lösenordet för denna användare <emphasis role=\"strong\">måste</emphasis> ha " +"en längd på <emphasis role=\"strong\">minst 5 tecken</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">måste skilja sig</emphasis> från <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">användarnamnet</emphasis> - annars kommer inloggning inte " +"att vara möjlig (även om ett kortare lösenord och även ett lösenord som " +"matchar användarnamnet kommer att accepteras av installationsprogrammet)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"Vänta igen i händelse av<emphasis>kombinerad huvudserver</emphasis> efter " +"att ha startat om systemet. Det kommer att spendera ganska lång tid på att " +"generera SquashFS-avbilder för disklösa arbetsstationer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"I händelse av en separat LTSP-server, den disklösa arbetsstationen och/eller " +"installationen av den tunna klienten behöver några manuella steg. Mer " +"information finns i kapitlet <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Hur gör du för " +"nätverksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Installera en gateway som använder debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> paketet förenklar " +"installationen av en gateway för ett DebianEdu-nätverk genom en interaktiv " +"konfigurationsprocess där den nödvändiga informationen erhålls genom en " +"serie dialogrutor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"För att använda det gör du en minimal Debian-installation. Använd det " +"vanliga installationsprogrammet för Debian och inte Debian Edu-" +"installationsprogrammet, eftersom Debian Edu-installationer inte stöds av " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Installera <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> paketet " +"med" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden angående konfigurationen förväntas och kan ignoreras för " +"tillfället." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"För konfigurationsprocessen efter installationen av <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-router-config</computeroutput> krävs fysisk åtkomst till datorn." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Nätverksgränssnitten kan redan vara anslutna till motsvarande nätverk men " +"behöver inte vara det. Det är dock nödvändigt att vara medveten om vilket " +"gränssnitt som kommer att anslutas till vilket nätverk. För att få mer " +"information om nätverkshårdvaran" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "kan användas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Ta bort konfigurationen av de två nätverksgränssnitten som ska användas från " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> eller filer i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> och " +"avkonfigurera dom två interfacen genom att använda" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Den egentliga konfigurationsprocessen startas med" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Välja konfigurationsmetoden uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Bekräftelse för inställning av uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Välj \"debian-edu-router\" på frågan om konfigurationsmetoden för uif-" +"brandväggen. Bekräfta att du vill ställa in brandväggen för Debian Edu " +"Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Tillåta ping i uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Tillåta traceroute i uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Bestäm om du vill svara på ping och traceroute. Om du är osäker svara med ja " +"eftersom det kan vara användbart för att diagnostisera nätverksproblem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Aktiverar vidarebefordran av IP-paket" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Bekräfta att du vill aktivera vidarebefordran av IP-paket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Väljer metod för nätverksinstallation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Väljer metod för nätverksinstallation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Nästa sedan nätverk till nätverksgränssnitten i din router, välj ett av de " +"erbjudna alternativen beroende på om dina nätverksgränssnitt redan är " +"anslutna eller inte." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Väljer upplänksgränssnitt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Välj det gränssnitt som är anslutet till uppströmsnätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Väljer interna nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Välj ett internt nätverk, om du är osäker och bara vill ha ett enda internt " +"nätverk väljer du \"Utbildning\" här." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Aktivera användning av VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Välj om VLAN ska användas för interna nätverk, om du är osäker välj nej här." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Väljer stödda IP-versioner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Välj \"IPv4\" här." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Välja nätverk som kräver en statisk IP-adress" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Ställer in en statisk IP-adress för det interna nätverket" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Ange <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> som statisk IP-adress för " +"det interna nätverket ”Education” om du följde förslaget ovan om interna " +"nätverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Aktiverar NAT för nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Aktivera NAT för det interna nätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Aktivera internetåtkomst för nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Aktivera internetåtkomst för interna nätverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Ställer in omvänd NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Ställer in omvänd NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill exponera alla interna tjänster på internet kan du konfigurera dem " +"med hjälp av den beskrivna syntaxen. Observera att SSH-åtkomst till " +"gatewayen kan konfigureras med följande dialogruta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Aktivera SSH-åtkomst för nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "Bestäm från vilka nätverk du vill tillåta SSH-åtkomst till porten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Konfigurerar SSH port" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera SSH port, detta ska vara <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> om " +"konfigurationen inte har ändrats." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Aktiverar DHCP för nätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Aktivera inte DHCP för de interna nätverken. DHCP tillhandahålls av Debian " +"Edu-huvudservern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Anslut nätverksgränssnitten om du inte redan har gjort det och starta om " +"datorn. När du därefter loggar in som root ska menyn Debian Edu Router visas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "SSH konfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Om SSH-åtkomst har aktiverats kan gatewayen konfigureras om på distans via " +"menyn som visas när du loggar in som root. Om du trycker på " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> i huvudmenyn växlar du till " +"konfigurationsmenyn. Därifrån kan hela eller delar av konfigurationen ändras " +"med samma dialogsystem som användes vid den ursprungliga konfigurationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Anmärkningar om vissa egenskaper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "En anmärkning om bärbara datorer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Troligtvis kommer du att vilja använda profilen 'Roaming arbetsstation' (se " +"ovan). Var medveten om att all data lagras lokalt (så var extra försiktig " +"med säkerhetskopior) och inloggningsuppgifter cachelagras (så efter en " +"lösenordsändring kan inloggningar kräva ditt gamla lösenord om du inte har " +"anslutit din bärbara dator till nätverket och loggat in med nytt lösenord)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "" +"En anmärkning om USB flash-enheter / Blu-ray skivavbildning installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har installerat från USB-flashminne/Blu-ray-avbilden kommer " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> endast att innehålla " +"källor från den avbilden. Om du har en Internetanslutning rekommenderar vi " +"starkt att du lägger till följande rader så att tillgängliga " +"säkerhetsuppdateringar kan installeras:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "En anmärkning om CD installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"En netinst-installation (vilket är den typ av installation som vår CD " +"tillhandahåller) kommer att hämta vissa paket från CD:n och resten från " +"nätet. Mängden paket som hämtas från nätet varierar från profil till profil " +"men håller sig under en gigabyte (såvida du inte väljer att installera alla " +"möjliga skrivbordsmiljöer). När du väl har installerat huvudservern (om du " +"installerar en ren huvudserver eller kombiserver spelar ingen roll), kommer " +"ytterligare installation att använda dess proxy för att undvika att ladda " +"ner samma paket flera gånger från nätet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Installation med USB-minnen istället för CD/Blu-ray-skivor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att direkt kopiera en CD/BD/ISO-avbild till USB-flash enheter " +"(även kända som \"USB-stickor\") och starta från dem. Kör helt enkelt ett " +"kommando som detta, anpassa bara fil och enhetsnamnet efter dina behov:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"För att fastställa värdet på X, kör det här kommandot före och efter att USB-" +"enheten har satts i:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Observera att kopieringen tar ganska lång tid." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken avbild du väljer kommer USB-minnet att fungera precis som " +"en CD- eller Blu-ray-skiva." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Installation och uppstart över nätverket via PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"För denna installationsmetod krävs en fungerande huvudserver. När klienter " +"startar via nätverket visas en iPXE-meny med alternativ för installation och " +"start. Om PXE-installationen misslyckas med ett felmeddelande om att en " +"XXX.bin-fil saknas behöver klientens nätverkskort troligen icke-fri fast " +"programvara. I så fall måste Debians installationsprograms initrd ändras. " +"Detta görs genom att köra kommandot:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "på servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut när endast profilen <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis> är installerad:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "iPXE-menyn utan LTSP-poster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Så här ser iPXE-menyn ut med profilen <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP-server</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "iPXE-menyn med LTSP-poster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Denna inställning tillåter också att disklösa arbetsstationer och tunna " +"klienter kan startas upp på huvudnätverket. Till skillnad från " +"arbetsstationer och separata LTSP-servrar behöver disklösa arbetsstationer " +"inte läggas till i LDAP med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mer information om nätverksklienter finns i kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Hur gör man för nätverksklienter</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Modifiera PXE installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen använder en debian-installer förinställd fil, som kan " +"modifieras för att be om fler paket att installera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"En rad som följande måste läggas till <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen använder förinställningsfilen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Filen kan ändras för att " +"anpassa förinställningarna som används under installationen och därmed " +"undvika fler frågor vid nätverksinstallation. Ett annat sätt är att lägga " +"till extra inställningar i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</" +"computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat.local</computeroutput> och sedan köra <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/" +"debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> för att uppdatera de genererade " +"filerna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mer information finns i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">handboken för Debians installationsprogram</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"För att inaktivera eller ändra användningen av proxy vid installation via " +"PXE, raderna som innehåller <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> och " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> i " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> måste ändras. För att inaktivera användningen av en proxy " +"vid installation, sätt '#' framför de två första raderna och ta bort delen " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" från den sista." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Vissa inställningar kan inte förinställas eftersom de behövs innan " +"förinställningsfilen laddas ned. Språk, tangentbordslayout och " +"skrivbordsmiljö är exempel på sådana inställningar. Om du vill ändra " +"standardinställningarna, redigera iPXE-menyfilen <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/" +"ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> på huvudservern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Anpassade avbilder" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Att skapa anpassade CD-, DVD- eller Blu-ray-skivor kan vara ganska enkelt " +"eftersom vi använder <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"\">Debians installationsprogram</ulink>, som har en modulär design och andra " +"trevliga funktioner. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" +"Preseed\">Förinställning</ulink> låter dig definiera svar på de frågor som " +"normalt ställs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Så allt du behöver göra är att skapa en förinställningsfil med dina svar " +"(detta beskrivs i bilagan till Debian Installations-manualen) och <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">modifera om CD/" +"DVD:n</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Skärmdumpstur" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Textläget och den grafiska installationen är funktionellt identiska - bara " +"utseendet är annorlunda. Det grafiska läget ger möjlighet att använda en " +"mus, och ser naturligtvis mycket snyggare och modernare ut. Om inte " +"hårdvaran har problem med det grafiska läget, finns det ingen anledning att " +"inte använda den." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Så här är en skärmdumpstur genom en grafisk 64-bitars Huvudserver + " +"Arbetsstation + LTSP-server-installation (i BIOS-läge) och hur det ser ut " +"vid den första uppstarten av huvudservern och en PXE-uppstart på LTSP-" +"klientnätverket (tunn klientsessionsskärm - och inloggningsskärm efter " +"sessionen till höger har klickats)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Välj ett språk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Välj din plats" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Konfigurera tangentbordet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Upptäck nätverkshårdvara" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket manuellt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Konfigurera IP-adress" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Konfigurera gateway" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Konfigurera namnserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Välj Debian Edu profil" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Använd det automatiska partitioneringsverktyget: nej" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Använd det automatiska partitioneringsverktyget: ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Delta i paketanvändningsundersökningen: nej" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Delta i paketanvändningsundersökningen: ja" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Ställ in lösenord för root användaren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Ange fullständigt namn för den första användaren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Ange användarnamn för den första användaren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Ange lösenord för den första användaren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Installation slutförd" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Lightdm login skärm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Xfce skrivbordsmiljön visar webbläsarfönstret" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Xfce skrivbordsmiljö skärm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Tunn-klient-välkomstskärm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Tunn-klient-inloggningsskärm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Kom igång" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Minsta steg för att komma igång" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Under installationen av huvudservern så kommer ett första användarkonto att " +"skapas. I följande text kommer detta konto att hänvisas till som \"första " +"användaren\". Det här kontot är speciellt, eftersom hemkatalogbehörigheten " +"är inställd på 700 (så <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> behövs " +"för att göra personliga webbsidor tillgängliga), och den första användaren " +"kan använda <computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> för att bli root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Läs informationen om Debian Edu-specifik <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">konfiguration av filsystemåtkomst</link> " +"innan du lägger till användare. Anpassa den vid behov efter organisationens " +"policy." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen är de första sakerna du behöver göra den första " +"användaren:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Logga in på servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Lägg till användare med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Lägg till arbetsstationer med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Lägga till användare och arbetsstationer beskrivs i detalj nedan, så läs " +"detta kapitel fullständigt. Det täcker hur man utför dessa minimala steg " +"korrekt samt andra saker som alla förmodligen kommer att behöva göra." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare information finns på andra ställen i handboken. Kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Nya funktioner i Trixie</link> bör läsas av alla som " +"känner till tidigare utgåvor. Den som uppgraderar från en tidigare utgåva " +"bör också läsa kapitlet <link linkend=\"Upgrades\">Uppgraderingar</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Om generisk DNS-trafik blockeras från ditt nätverk och du behöver använda " +"någon specifik DNS-server för att söka upp internetvärdar, måste du tala om " +"för DNS-servern att använda denna server som sin \"sändare\". Uppdatera /etc/" +"bind/named.conf.options och ange IP-adressen för den DNS-server som ska " +"användas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Det länkade <link linkend=\"HowTo\">Hur man gör </link> kapitlet innehåller " +"fler tips och tricks och några vanligt ställda frågor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"Det finns flera tjänster som körs på huvudservern som kan hanteras via ett " +"webbhanteringsgränssnitt. Vi kommer att beskriva varje tjänst nedan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Introduktion till GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² är ett webbaserat hanteringsverktyg som hjälper till att hantera några " +"viktiga delar av din Debian Edu-installation. Med GOsa² kan du hantera " +"(lägga till, ändra eller ta bort) dessa huvudgrupper:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Gruppadministration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "NIS Nätgrupp administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Maskinadministration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "DNS administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "DHCP administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"För GOsa²-åtkomst behöver du Skolelinux huvudserver och ett (klient)system " +"med en webbläsare installerad som kan vara själva huvudservern om den " +"installerades som en så kallad kombinerad server (Huvudserver + LTSP-server " +"+ arbetsstationsprofiler)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Om du (troligen av misstag) installerade en ren profil för " +"<emphasis>huvudserver</emphasis> och inte har någon klient med en webbläsare " +"till hands är det enkelt att installera ett minimalt skrivbord på " +"huvudservern. Kör följande kommandon i ett (icke-grafiskt) skal som den " +"användare du skapade under installationen av huvudservern (den första " +"användaren):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"Från en webbbläsare använd webbadress <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> för " +"GOsa² åtkomst, och logga in som den första användaren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en ny Debian Edu Trixie-dator känner webbläsaren till " +"webbplatscertifikatet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"Annars får du ett felmeddelande om att SSL-certifikatet är fel. Och om du " +"vet att du är ensam i ditt nätverk, berätta bara för webbläsaren att " +"acceptera det och ignorera detta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa2 Login plus översikt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "GOsa² översiktssida efter inloggning som första användaren" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha loggat till GOsa² kommer du att se översiktssidan för GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Därefter kan du välja en uppgift i menyn eller klicka på någon av " +"uppgiftsikonerna på översiktssidan. För navigering rekommenderar vi menyn " +"till vänster på skärmen, eftersom den förblir synlig på alla " +"administrationssidor i GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"I Debian Edu lagras konto, grupp- och systeminformation i en LDAP-katalog. " +"Dessa data används inte bara av huvudservern utan också av (disklösa) " +"arbetsstationer, LTSP-servrarna och andra maskiner i nätverket. Med LDAP " +"behöver kontoinformation om elever, lärare etc. endast anges en gång. Efter " +"att informationen har tillhandahållits i LDAP kommer informationen att vara " +"tillgänglig för alla system i hela Skolelinux-nätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² är ett administrationsverktyg som använder LDAP för att lagra " +"information och tillhandahålla en hierarkisk avdelningsstruktur. Till varje " +"”avdelning” kan du lägga till användarkonton, grupper, system, nätgrupper " +"med mera. Beroende på hur organisationen är uppbyggd kan du använda " +"avdelningsstrukturen i GOsa²/LDAP för att avbilda organisationsstrukturen i " +"LDAP-dataträdet på Debian Edu-huvudservern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"En standardinstallation av en Debian Edu-huvudserver innehåller för " +"närvarande två ”avdelningar”: Lärare och Elever, samt LDAP-trädets basnivå. " +"Elevkonton är avsedda att läggas till i avdelningen ”Elever” och lärare i " +"avdelningen ”Lärare”. System (servrar, arbetsstationer, skrivare med mera) " +"läggs för närvarande till på basnivån. Utforma en egen struktur som passar " +"verksamheten. (Ett exempel på hur användare kan skapas i årskursgrupper med " +"gemensamma hemkataloger för varje grupp finns i kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">Instruktioner/Avancerad administration</link> " +"i denna handbok.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken uppgift du vill utföra (hantera användare, grupper, " +"system med mera) visar GOsa² en annan vy för den valda avdelningen (eller " +"basnivån)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Användarhantering med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Klicka först på ”Användare” i navigeringsmenyn till vänster. Den högra sidan " +"av skärmen ändras och visar en tabell med avdelningsmapparna ”Elever” och " +"”Lärare” samt kontot för GOsa²-administratören (den först skapade " +"användaren). Ovanför tabellen finns ett fält som heter <emphasis>Bas</" +"emphasis>. Där kan du navigera i trädstrukturen (för muspekaren över området " +"så visas en listruta) och välja en basmapp för den åtgärd du vill utföra " +"(till exempel lägga till en ny användare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Lägg till användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Bredvid objektet för trädnavigering finns menyn ”Åtgärder”. För muspekaren " +"över objektet så visas en undermeny. Välj ”Skapa” och sedan ”Användare”. " +"Därefter leds du genom guiden för att skapa användare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Det viktigaste att lägga till är mallen (newstudent eller newteacher) och " +"det fullständiga namnet på din användare (se bild)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"När du följer guiden ser du att GOsa² automatiskt skapar ett användarnamn " +"utifrån personens riktiga namn. Ett användarnamn som ännu inte finns väljs " +"automatiskt, så flera användare med samma fullständiga namn är inget " +"problem. Observera att GOsa² kan skapa ogiltiga användarnamn om det " +"fullständiga namnet innehåller tecken utanför ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte tycker om det skapade användarnamnet kan du välja ett annat " +"förslag i listrutan, men i guiden kan du inte välja helt fritt. (För att " +"kunna redigera det föreslagna användarnamnet öppnar du <computeroutput>/etc/" +"gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> i en textredigerare och lägger till " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> som " +"ett ytterligare alternativ i ”location”-definitionen.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"När guiden är klar visas GOsa²-skärmen för det nya användarobjektet. Använd " +"flikarna högst upp för att kontrollera de ifyllda fälten." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"När du har skapat användaren (du behöver inte anpassa de fält som guiden har " +"lämnat tomma ännu) klickar du på knappen ”OK” i det nedre högra hörnet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Som sista steg ber GOsa² dig ange ett lösenord för den nya användaren. Skriv " +"lösenordet två gånger och klicka sedan på ”Ange lösenord” i det nedre högra " +"hörnet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Vissa tecken är kanske inte tillåtna som en del av lösenordet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Om allt gick bra kan du nu se den nya användaren i användarlistan. Du bör nu " +"kunna logga in med det användarnamnet på vilken Skolelinux-maskin som helst " +"i ditt nätverk." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Sök, modifiera och ta bort användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Filterbox" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra eller ta bort en användare bläddrar du i systemets " +"användarlista med GOsa². Mitt på skärmen kan du öppna rutan ”Filter”, som är " +"ett sökverktyg i GOsa². Om du inte vet exakt var användarkontot finns i " +"trädet går du till basnivån i GOsa²/LDAP-trädet och söker där med " +"alternativet ”Sök i underträd”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"När du använder rutan ”Filter” visas resultaten omedelbart i tabellvyn mitt " +"på skärmen. Varje rad motsvarar ett användarkonto. Längst till höger på " +"varje rad finns små ikoner för olika åtgärder: redigera användare, låsa " +"konto, ange lösenord och ta bort användare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"En ny sida kommer att dyka upp där du direkt kan ändra information om " +"användaren, ändra användarens lösenord och ändra listan över grupper som " +"användaren tillhör." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Redigera användardata" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Ställ in lösenord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Eleverna kan ändra sina egna lösenord genom att logga in på GOsa² med sina " +"egna användarnamn. För att underlätta åtkomsten av GOsa² finns en post som " +"heter Gosa i skrivbordets systemmeny (eller systeminställningar). En " +"inloggad student kommer att presenteras med en mycket minimal version av " +"GOsa² som endast tillåter åtkomst till studentens eget kontodatablad och " +"till dialogrutan för inställning av lösenord." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Lärare som är inloggade under sina egna användarnamn har speciella " +"privilegier i GOsa². Då visas en mer privilegierad vy av GOsa² och lärare " +"kan ändra lösenorden för alla studentkonton. Detta kan vara mycket praktiskt " +"under lektion." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "För att administrativt ställa in ett nytt lösenord för en användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "sök efter användaren som ska modifieras, enligt förklaringen ovan" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "klicka på nyckelsymbolen i slutet av raden där användarnamnet visas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "" +"på sidan som visas senare kan du ställa in ett nytt lösenord som du själv " +"valt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Ställ in användarlösenord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Var medveten om säkerhetsimplikationer på grund av " +"lösenord som är lätta att gissa!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Avancerad användarhantering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"Det går att masskapa användare i GOsa² med en CSV-fil som kan skapas i ett " +"lämpligt kalkylprogram (till exempel <computeroutput>localc</" +"computeroutput>). Minst följande fält måste anges: uid, efternamn (sn), " +"förnamn (givenName) och lösenord. Kontrollera att fältet uid inte innehåller " +"några dubbletter. Observera att dubblettkontrollen även måste omfatta " +"befintliga uid-poster i LDAP (de kan hämtas genom att köra " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> på kommandoraden)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Följande formatregler gäller för en sådan CSV-fil (GOsa² är ganska " +"oförlåtande när det gäller dem):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Använd ',' som fältavskiljare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Använd inte citattecken" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"CSV filen <emphasis role=\"strong\">får inte</emphasis> innehålla en " +"rubrikrad (av den sort som normalt innehåller kolumnnamn)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Ordningen på fälten är inte relevant och kan definieras i GOsa² under " +"massimporten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Massimportstegen är:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "klicka på länken ”LDAP-hanterare” i navigeringsmenyn till vänster" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "klicka på fliken \"Importera\" på skärmen till höger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"bläddra på din lokala disk och välj en CSV-fil med listan över användare som " +"ska importeras" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"välj en tillgänglig användarmall som ska tillämpas under massimport (som " +"NewTeacher eller NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "klicka på knappen \"Importera\" i det nedre högra hörnet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Det är en bra idé att göra några tester först, helst med en CSV-fil med " +"några fiktiva användare, som kan raderas senare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Detsamma gäller modulen för lösenordshantering, där du kan återställa många " +"lösenord med en CSV-fil eller skapa nya lösenord för användare som tillhör " +"ett visst LDAP-underträd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Återställa lösenord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Lägga till användare från kommandoraden" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Användarkonton kan också läggas till från kommandoraden med verktyget " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>. Se dokumentationen i " +"<link linkend=\"Administration\">administrationsinstruktionerna</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Grupphantering med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "skapa grupp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "lista grupper" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "Hanteringen av grupper är mycket lik hanteringen av användare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ange ett namn och en beskrivning per grupp. Se till att du väljer " +"rätt nivå i LDAP-trädet när du skapar en ny grupp." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Genom att lägga till användare i en nyskapad grupp kommer du tillbaka till " +"användarlistan, där du förmodligen vill använda filter rutan för att hitta " +"användare. Kontrollera LDAP-trädnivån också." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Grupperna som anges i grupphanteringen är också vanliga unix-grupper, så du " +"kan använda dem för filbehörigheter också." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Maskinhantering med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Med datorhanteringen kan du i princip hantera alla nätverksanslutna enheter " +"i Debian Edu-nätverket. Varje dator som läggs till i LDAP-katalogen med " +"GOsa² har ett värdnamn, en IP-adress, en MAC-adress och ett domännamn " +"(vanligtvis ”intern”). En utförligare beskrivning av Debian Edu-arkitekturen " +"finns i kapitlet <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Arkitektur</link> i denna " +"handbok." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Disklösa arbetsstationer och tunna klienter fungerar direkt när en " +"<emphasis>kombinerad huvudserver</emphasis> används." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Arbetsstationer med diskar (inklusive separata LTSP-servrar) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">måste</emphasis> läggas till med GOsa². I bakgrunden skapas " +"både ett datorspecifikt Kerberos-huvudnamn (ett slags <emphasis>konto</" +"emphasis>) och en tillhörande keytab-fil (som innehåller en nyckel som " +"används som <emphasis>lösenord</emphasis>). Keytab-filen måste finnas på " +"arbetsstationen för att användarnas hemkataloger ska kunna monteras. När det " +"tillagda systemet har startats om loggar du in som root och kör " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa ett huvudnamn och en keytab-fil för ett system som " +"<emphasis>redan har konfigurerats med GOsa²</emphasis> loggar du in som root " +"på huvudservern och kör" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Vänligen notera:</emphasis> skapande av " +"värdtangenter är möjligt för system av typen <emphasis>arbeitsstationer</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>servrar</emphasis> och <emphasis>terminaler</emphasis> " +"men inte för de av typen <emphasis>nätenheter</emphasis>. Se kapitlet <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Hur gör du för nätverksklienter</link> för NFS-" +"konfigurationsalternativ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en dator väljer du System och sedan Lägg till i GOsa²-" +"huvudmenyn. Datorns namn måste vara ett giltigt <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">okvalificerat</emphasis> värdnamn; lägg inte till " +"domännamnet här. Du kan använda en IP-adress eller ett värdnamn från det " +"förkonfigurerade adressutrymmet 10.0.0.0/8. För närvarande finns endast två " +"fördefinierade fasta adresser: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) och 10.0.0.1 (gateway). " +"Adresserna från 10.0.16.20 till 10.0.31.254 (ungefär 10.0.16.0/20 eller 4 " +"000 värdar) är reserverade för DHCP och tilldelas dynamiskt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"För att tilldela en värd med MAC-adressen 52:54:00:12:34:10 en statisk IP-" +"adress i GOsa² måste du ange MAC-adressen, värdnamnet och IP-adressen; " +"alternativt kan du klicka på knappen <computeroutput>Föreslå ip</" +"computeroutput> som kommer att visa den första lediga fasta adressen i " +"10.0.0.0/8, troligen ungefär 10.0.0.2 om du lägger till den första maskinen " +"på detta sätt. Det kan vara bättre att först tänka på ditt nätverk: till " +"exempel kan du använda 10.0.0.x med x>10 och x<50 för servrar och " +"x>100 för arbetsstationer. Glöm inte att aktivera det nyss tillagda " +"systemet. Med undantag för huvudservern kommer då alla system att ha en " +"matchande ikon." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Om datorerna har startats som tunna klienter eller disklösa arbetsstationer, " +"eller har installerats med någon av nätverksprofilerna, kan skriptet " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> användas för att " +"automatiskt lägga till dem i GOsa². För enkla datorer fungerar det direkt. " +"För datorer med fler än en MAC-adress måste den adress som faktiskt används " +"väljas; <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> visar " +"användningsinformation. Observera att IP-adresserna som visas efter att " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> har körts tillhör det " +"dynamiska IP-intervallet. Systemen kan därefter anpassas till nätverket: byt " +"namn på varje nytt system, aktivera DHCP och DNS, lägg till det i nätgrupper " +"(rekommenderade nätgrupper visas i skärmbilden nedan) och starta sedan om " +"systemet. Följande skärmbilder visar hur detta ser ut i praktiken:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Systemlista i GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Värddetaljer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Modifera värd" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Lägg till en nätgrupp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Ett cronjob som uppdaterar DNS körs varje timme; <computeroutput>su -c " +"ldap2bind</computeroutput> kan användas för att utlösa uppdateringen " +"manuellt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Sök och ta bort maskiner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Att söka efter och ta bort maskiner är ganska likt att söka efter och ta " +"bort användare, så att den information kommer inte upprepas här." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Modifera existerande maskiner / Nätgruppshantering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha lagt till en maskin i LDAP-trädet med GOsa² kan du ändra dess " +"egenskaper med hjälp av sökfunktionen och klicka på maskinnamnet (som du " +"skulle göra med användare)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Formatet på dessa systemposter liknar det du redan känner från att ändra " +"användarposter, men fälten betyder olika saker i detta sammanhang." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Att lägga till en dator i en <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"ändrar exempelvis inte behörigheterna för filåtkomst eller kommandokörning " +"på datorn eller för användarna som är inloggade där. Det begränsar i stället " +"vilka tjänster datorn får använda på huvudservern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Standardinstallationen tillhandahåller följande <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "alla-värdar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"För närvarande används funktionen <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"för följande:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ändra storlek på partitioner</emphasis> " +"(fsautoresize-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i den här gruppen kommer automatiskt att ändra storlek " +"på LVM-partitioner som får ont om utrymme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Stänga av maskiner på natten</emphasis> (shutdown-" +"at-night-hosts och shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i denna grupp stängs automatiskt av på natten för att " +"spara energi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Hantera skrivare</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts och cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-maskiner i dessa grupper kommer automatiskt att tömma alla " +"utskriftsköer varje natt och återaktivera alla inaktiverade utskriftsköer " +"varje timme." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blockera internetåtkomst</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu-datorer i den här gruppen får endast ansluta till datorer i det " +"lokala nätverket. Tillsammans med begränsningar i webbproxyn kan detta " +"användas under prov." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Skrivarhantering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"För centraliserad skrivarhantering peka din webbläsare till <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Detta är det normala CUPS-" +"hanteringsgränssnittet där du kan lägga till/ta bort/ändra dina skrivare och " +"kan rensa upp i utskriftskön. Som standard är endast den första användaren " +"tillåten, men detta kan ändras genom att lägga till användare i gruppen " +"GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Använd skrivare anslutna till arbetsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Paketet <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> är installerat som standard på ett " +"system med <emphasis>Arbetsstation</emphasis> profilen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Redigera <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> så här (USB-" +"skrivare):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera skrivaren med webbgränssnittet <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; välj nätverksskrivartyp " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (för alla skrivare " +"oavsett märke eller modell) och ställ in <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> som anslutnings-URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Nätverksskrivare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar att alla funktioner för automatisk annonsering inaktiveras " +"i de nätverksskrivare som används. Tilldela i stället en fast IP-adress med " +"GOsa² och konfigurera dem som nätverksskrivare av typen " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Klocksynkronisering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Standardinställningen i Debian Edu är att klockorna på alla datorer hålls " +"synkroniserade, men inte nödvändigtvis visar rätt tid. NTP används för att " +"uppdatera tiden. Som standard synkroniseras klockorna med en extern källa. " +"Det kan göra att datorerna håller den externa internetanslutningen öppen om " +"den upprättas när den används." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder uppringd uppkoppling eller ISDN och betalar per minut, vill " +"du ändra denna standardinställning." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"För att inaktivera synkronisering med en extern klocka måste filen /etc/" +"ntp.conf på huvudservern ändras. Lägg till kommentar (\"#\") markeringar " +"framför <computeroutput>server</computeroutput>-posterna. Efter detta måste " +"NTP-servern startas om genom att köra <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> som root. För att testa om en maskin använder de externa " +"klockkällorna, kör <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Utöka fulla partitioner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"På grund av ett möjligt fel i den automatiska partitioneringen kan vissa " +"partitioner vara alltför fulla efter installationen. Utöka dem genom att " +"köra <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> som root. " +"Mer information finns i instruktionen ”Ändra storlek på partitioner” i <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">kapitlet med administrationsinstruktioner</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Underhåll" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Uppdatering av programvara" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Denna sektion förklarar hur man använder <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Att använda <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> är verkligen enkelt. För " +"att uppdatera ett system måste du utföra två kommandon på kommandoraden som " +"root: <computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (som uppdaterar listorna " +"över tillgängliga paket) och <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput> (som uppgraderar paketen för vilka en uppgradering är " +"tillgänglig)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Det är också lämpligt att uppgradera med lokalen C för att få utdata på " +"engelska. Om problem uppstår är det då större chans att en sökning ger " +"relevanta träffar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha uppgraderat paketet <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</" +"computeroutput> kan ändrade Cfengine-konfigurationsfiler vara tillgängliga. " +"Kör <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> för " +"att kontrollera om så är fallet. För att tillämpa ändringarna, kör " +"<computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Det är viktigt att köra <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> efter uppgraderingar av LTSP-" +"servern så att SquashFS-avbildningen för disklösa klienter hålls uppdaterad." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Efter en punktutgivningsuppgradering av ett system med profilen " +"<emphasis>Huvudserver</emphasis> eller <emphasis>LTSP-server</emphasis> " +"måste <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> köras för att " +"uppdatera PXE:s installationsmiljö." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Det är också en bra idé att installera <computeroutput>cron-apt</" +"computeroutput> och <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> och " +"konfigurera dem för att skicka e-post till en adress du läser." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> kommer att meddela dig en gång om " +"dagen via e-post om eventuella paket som kan uppgraderas. Den installerar " +"inte dessa uppgraderingar, men laddar ner dem (vanligtvis på natten), så du " +"behöver inte vänta på nedladdningen när du gör <computeroutput>apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Automatisk installation av uppdateringar kan göras enkelt om så önskas, det " +"behöver bara att paketet <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" +"computeroutput> är installerat och konfigurerat som enligt beskrivningen på " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> kan skicka nya " +"ändringsloggposter till dig via e-post, eller alternativt visa dem i " +"terminalen när du kör <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Håll dig själv informerad om säkerhets uppdateringar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Att köra <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> enligt beskrivningen ovan " +"är ett bra sätt att få reda på när säkerhetsuppdateringar finns för " +"installerade paket. Ett annat sätt är att prenumerera på <ulink " +"url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debians e-" +"postlista security-announce</ulink>. Där får du även veta vad " +"säkerhetsuppdateringen gäller. Nackdelen jämfört med <computeroutput>cron-" +"apt</computeroutput> är att listan också innehåller information om " +"uppdateringar för paket som inte är installerade." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Backuphantering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"För säkerhetskopieringshantering peka din webbläsare till <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Observera att du måste komma åt denna " +"sida via SSL, eftersom du måste ange root-lösenordet där. Om du försöker " +"komma åt den här sidan utan att använda SSL kommer det att misslyckas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Observera: Webbplatsen fungerar endast om du tillfälligt tillåter SSH-" +"inloggning som root på säkerhetskopieringsservern, som som standard är " +"huvudservern (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Som standard lagras säkerhetskopior av <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> och LDAP i katalogen /skole/backup/, som hanteras " +"som en separat partition av LVM. Om du bara behöver reservkopior av filer, " +"exempelvis om du råkar ta bort dem, bör denna konfiguration räcka." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Var medveten om att det här säkerhetskopieringsschemat inte skyddar dig från " +"trasiga hårddiskar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill säkerhetskopiera din skolas data till en extern server, en " +"bandenhet eller annan hårddisk måste du ändra den befintliga konfigurationen " +"lite." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Om du vill återställa en komplett mapp är det bästa alternativet att använda " +"kommandoraden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Då sparas innehållet från <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> för <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> i " +"katalogen <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill återställa en enskild fil bör du kunna välja filen (och " +"versionen) från webbgränssnittet och bara ladda ner den filen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Om du vill bli av med äldre säkerhetskopior, välj \"Underhåll\" i menyn på " +"säkerhetskopieringssidan och välj den äldsta ögonblicksbilden att behålla:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php Underhåll" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Serverövervakning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Munins trendrapporteringssystem är tillgängligt från <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/munin/\"/>. Den tillhandahåller systemstatusmätningsdiagram på en " +"daglig, veckovis, månads och årsbasis, och ger systemadministratören hjälp " +"när han letar efter flaskhalsar och källa till systemproblem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Listan över datorer som övervakas med Munin skapas automatiskt utifrån de " +"värdar som rapporterar till sitesummary. Alla värdar där paketet munin-node " +"är installerat registreras för Munin-övervakning. Vanligtvis tar det ett " +"dygn från det att en dator installeras tills övervakningen börjar, på grund " +"av ordningen som cron-jobben körs i. Du kan påskynda processen genom att " +"köra <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> som root på " +"sitesummary-servern (vanligtvis huvudservern). Då uppdateras filen " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Vilka mätvärden som samlas in bestäms automatiskt på varje dator av " +"programmet <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>. Det " +"identifierar tillgängliga insticksmoduler i <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/" +"plugins/</computeroutput> och skapar symboliska länkar till de relevanta " +"modulerna i <computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Information om Munin finns på <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"System- och tjänsteövervakning med Icinga är tillgänglig på <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Vilka datorer och tjänster som övervakas " +"bestäms automatiskt utifrån information som samlas in av sitesummary-" +"systemet. Datorer med profilerna Huvudserver och LTSP-server får fullständig " +"övervakning, medan arbetsstationer och tunna klienter får enkel övervakning. " +"Installera paketet <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> på en " +"arbetsstation för att aktivera fullständig övervakning där." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Som standard skickar Icinga inte e-post. Detta kan ändras genom att ersätta " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> med <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> i filen <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsfilen för Icinga är <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Cron-jobbet för sitesummary skapar " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"med listan över värdar och tjänster som ska övervakas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Extra Icinga-kontroller kan läggas i filen <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> för att få dem " +"inkluderade i den genererade filen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Information om Icinga finns tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> eller i paketet <computeroutput>icinga-doc</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Vanliga Icinga varningar och hur man hanterar dem" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"Här finns instruktioner om hur du hanterar de vanligaste Icinga-varningarna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK KRITISK - ledigt utrymme: /usr 309 MB (5% inode = 47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Partitionen (/usr/ i exemplet) är för full. Det finns i huvudsak två " +"lösningar: (1) ta bort filer eller (2) utöka partitionen. Om det gäller " +"partitionen /var/ kan du frigöra utrymme genom att rensa APT-cachen med " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>. Om det finns ledigt utrymme i " +"LVM-volymgruppen kan programmet <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> hjälpa genom att utöka partitionerna. För att köra " +"programmet automatiskt varje timme kan den berörda värden läggas till i " +"nätgruppen <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"APT KRITISK: 13 paket tillgängliga för uppgradering (13 viktiga " +"uppdateringar)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Nya paket finns tillgängliga för uppgradering. De mest kritiska är " +"vanligtvis säkerhetsuppdateringar. Uppgradera genom att köra " +"<computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> som " +"root i en terminal, eller logga in via SSH och kör samma kommando." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill uppgradera paket manuellt och lita på att Debian gör ett bra " +"jobb med nya versioner, kan du konfigurera <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> för att automatiskt uppgradera alla nya paket " +"varje natt. Detta kommer inte att uppgradera LTSP chroots." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"VARNING-omstart krävs: kör kärnan= 2.6.32-37.81.0, installerad kärna= " +"2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Den körande kärnan är äldre än den senast installerade kärnan, och en " +"omstart krävs för att aktivera den senast installerade kärnan. Detta är " +"normalt ganska brådskande, eftersom nya kärnor normalt dyker upp i Debian " +"Edu för att fixa säkerhetsproblem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "VARNING: CUPS köstorlek - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"Många jobb väntar i CUPS-skrivarköerna. Det beror troligen på att en " +"skrivare inte är tillgänglig. Inaktiverade skrivarköer aktiveras varje timme " +"på värdar som är medlemmar i nätgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-" +"autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput>, så där bör ingen manuell åtgärd " +"behövas. Skrivarköerna töms varje natt på värdar som är medlemmar i " +"nätgruppen <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput>. Om " +"en värd har många jobb i kön kan du överväga att lägga till den i en eller " +"båda nätgrupperna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary samlar in information från varje dator och skickar den till " +"centralservern. Den insamlade informationen finns i <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Skript i <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" +"sitesummary/</computeroutput> kan användas för att skapa rapporter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En enkel rapport från Sitesummary utan detaljer finns på <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Viss dokumentation om Sitesummary finns på <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Mer information om Debian Edu-anpassningar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Mer information om Debian Edu-anpassningar som är användbara för " +"systemadministratörer finns i <link linkend=\"Administration\">kapitlet med " +"administrationsinstruktioner</link> och i <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">kapitlet med instruktioner för avancerad " +"administration</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Uppgraderingar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Innan du läser denna uppgraderingsguide, observera att liveuppdateringar av " +"dina produktionsservrar utförs på egen risk.\n" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux levereras med ABSOLUT INGEN " +"GARANTI, i den utsträckning det är tillåtet enligt tillämplig lag.\n" +"</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Läs hela detta kapitel och kapitlet <link linkend=\"Features\">Nya " +"funktioner i Trixie</link> innan du försöker uppgradera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Allmän information om uppgradering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Att uppgradera Debian från en utgåva till nästa är i regel ganska enkelt. " +"För Debian Edu är det tyvärr något mer komplicerat eftersom vi ändrar " +"konfigurationsfiler på sätt som vi egentligen inte borde. De nödvändiga " +"stegen beskrivs nedan. (Mer information om hur Debian Edu bör ändra " +"konfigurationsfiler finns i Debian-felet <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"I allmänhet är det svårare att uppgradera servrarna än arbetsstationerna, " +"och huvudservern är svårast att uppgradera." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"För att vara säker på att allt fungerar som tidigare efter uppgraderingen " +"bör du prova den på ett testsystem, eller på testsystem som är konfigurerade " +"på samma sätt som produktionsdatorerna. Där kan du genomföra uppgraderingen " +"utan risk och kontrollera att allt fungerar som det ska." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Läs också informationen om den aktuella stabila Debian-utgåvan i dess <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installationshandbok</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Det kan också vara klokt att vänta ett tag och fortsätta köra Oldstable i " +"några veckor, så att andra hinner testa uppgraderingen och dokumentera " +"eventuella problem. Oldstable-utgåvan av Debian Edu fortsätter att få stöd " +"en tid efter nästa Stable-utgåva, men när Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">slutar stödja Oldstable</ulink> måste " +"Debian Edu göra detsamma." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Uppgraderingar från Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Var förberedd: kontrollera att du har testat uppgraderingen från Bookworm i " +"en testmiljö eller att du har säkerhetskopior som gör det möjligt att återgå." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Observera att följande instruktion gäller en standardinstallation av en " +"Debian Edu-huvudserver (desktop=xfce, profilerna Huvudserver, Arbetsstation " +"och LTSP-server). (En allmän översikt över uppgraderingen från Bookworm till " +"Trixie finns i <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"releasenotes\"/>.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "Använd inte X, använd en virtuell konsol, logga in som root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Om <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> avslutas med ett fel försöker du " +"åtgärda det och/eller kör <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> " +"och därefter <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> igen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Uppgradera huvudservern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Börja med att se till att det nuvarande systemet är uppdaterat:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Förbered och starta uppgraderingen till Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: var beredd på att läsa mycket NYHETER. Tryck på " +"<Retur> för att rulla nedåt och <q> för att avsluta " +"visningsprogrammet. All information skickas med e-post till root, så att du " +"kan läsa den igen (med <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> eller <emphasis>mutt</" +"emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Läs all information från debconf noggrant. Välj ”behåll den lokala version " +"som för närvarande är installerad” om inget annat anges nedan. I de flesta " +"fall räcker det att trycka på Retur." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "starta om tjänster: Välj ja." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Samba-server och verktyg: Välj ”behåll den lokala version som för närvarande " +"är installerad”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Välj ”behåll den lokala version som för närvarande är " +"installerad”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Tillämpa och justera konfiguration:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Kontrollera om det uppgraderade systemet fungerar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Starta om; logga in som första användare och testa" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "om det grafiska GOsa²-gränssnittet fungerar," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "om det går att ansluta LTSP-klienter och arbetsstationer," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "" +"om det går att lägga till eller ta bort ett systems medlemskap i en nätgrupp," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "om man kan skicka och ta emot interna mejl," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "om man kan hantera skrivare," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "och om andra platsspecifika funktioner fungerar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Uppgradera en arbetsstation" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"Utför alla grundläggande åtgärder på samma sätt som på huvudservern, men " +"hoppa över sådant som inte behövs." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Uppgraderingar från äldre Debian Edu-/Skolelinux-installationer (före " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"För att uppgradera från en äldre utgåva måste du först uppgradera till den " +"Bookworm-baserade Debian Edu-utgåvan och därefter följa anvisningarna ovan. " +"I <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">handboken för Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> finns instruktioner " +"för uppgradering till Bookworm från föregående utgåva, Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Instruktioner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Administration\">allmän administration</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">avancerad " +"administration</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivbordet</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nätverksanslutna " +"klienter</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning och lärande</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "Instruktioner för <link linkend=\"Users\">användare</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "Instruktioner för allmän administration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Kapitlen <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Komma igång</link> och <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Underhåll</link> beskriver hur du kommer igång med " +"Debian Edu och utför grundläggande underhåll. Instruktionerna i detta " +"kapitel innehåller mer ”avancerade” tips och knep." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "Konfigurationshistorik: spåra /etc/ med versionshanteringssystemet Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"Med <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> spåras alla filer i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> med <ulink url=\"https://www.git-" +"scm.com/\">Git</ulink> som versionshanteringssystem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Det gör det möjligt att se när en fil läggs till, ändras eller tas bort och, " +"om det är en textfil, vad som ändrades. Git-arkivet lagras i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Alla ändringar registreras automatiskt varje timme, vilket gör att " +"konfigurationshistoriken kan hämtas och granskas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Kommandot <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> används för att " +"visa historiken. För att kontrollera skillnaderna mellan två tidpunkter kan " +"du använda ett kommando som <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Mer information finns i utdata från <computeroutput>man etckeeper</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Lista på användbara kommandon:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Användningsexempel" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"På ett nyinstallerat system, försök med detta för att se alla ändringar som " +"gjorts sedan systemet installerades:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"Se vilka filer som för närvarande inte spåras och vilka som inte är " +"uppdaterade:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"För att registrera en fil manuellt när du inte vill vänta i upp till en " +"timme:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Ändra storlek på partitioner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"I Debian Edu ligger alla partitioner utom <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> på logiska LVM-volymer. Med Linuxkärnor från och med version " +"2.6.10 går det att utöka partitioner medan de är monterade. För att krympa " +"en partition måste den fortfarande vara avmonterad." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Undvik helst mycket stora partitioner (säg över 20 GiB), eftersom det tar " +"lång tid att köra <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> på dem eller " +"återställa dem från en säkerhetskopia om det skulle behövas. Om möjligt är " +"det bättre att skapa flera mindre partitioner än en enda mycket stor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Hjälpskriptet <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> gör " +"det enklare att utöka fulla partitioner. När det körs läser det " +"konfigurationen från <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"Därefter föreslår det att partitioner med för lite ledigt utrymme utökas " +"enligt reglerna i dessa filer. Om skriptet körs utan argument visar det " +"endast de kommandon som krävs för att utöka filsystemet. Argumentet " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> måste anges för att kommandona faktiskt " +"ska köras och filsystemen utökas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Skriptet körs automatiskt varje timme på varje klient listad i " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> nätgruppen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"När partitionen som används av Squid-proxyn ändras i storlek måste värdet " +"för cachestorleken i <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> " +"också uppdateras. Hjälpskriptet <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> gör detta automatiskt genom att " +"kontrollera den aktuella storleken på partitionen <computeroutput>/var/spool/" +"squid/</computeroutput> och konfigurera Squid så att 80 procent av den " +"används som cache." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Logisk volymhantering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Logisk volymhantering (LVM) möjliggör storleksändring av partitionerna medan " +"de är monterade och används. Du kan lära dig mer om LVM från <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM Hur gör man</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"För att utöka en logisk volym manuellt anger du helt enkelt för kommandot " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> hur stor den ska bli. Följande " +"kommandon utökar exempelvis home0 till 30 GiB:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" +"För att utöka home0 med ytterligare 30 GiB infogar du ett plustecken (-" +"L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Använda ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi </ulink> är " +"ett verktyg för att redigera LDAP-databasen med en vanlig textredigerare på " +"kommandoraden." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Följande måste utföras:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Observera: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> använder den förvalda " +"textredigeraren. Genom att köra <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> i skalet kan miljön konfigureras så att en vi-klon används " +"som redigerare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Varning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> är ett mycket kraftfullt " +"verktyg. Var försiktig så att LDAP-databasen inte skadas. Samma varning " +"gäller för JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "Kerberiserad NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Att använda Kerberos för NFS-montering av hemkataloger är en " +"säkerhetsfunktion. Arbetsstationer och LTSP-klienter fungerar inte utan " +"Kerberos. Nivåerna <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> stöds (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> innebär Kerberos-" +"autentisering, <emphasis>i</emphasis> står för integritetskontroll och " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> för sekretess, det vill säga kryptering). " +"Belastningen på både servern och arbetsstationen ökar med säkerhetsnivån. " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> är ett bra val och används därför som standard." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Hur man ändrar standard" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Huvudserver</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "logga in som root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"kör <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, sök efter " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> och ersätt det med <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> eller <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"redigera <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> och " +"justera dessa poster därefter:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "kör <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskrivare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg gör det möjligt att ställa in standardskrivaren beroende på " +"plats, maskin eller gruppmedlemskap. För mer information, se " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Administratören måste tillhandahålla konfigurationsfilen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>. Se <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> som exempel." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, ett LDAP GUI" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Föredrar du ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för LDAP-databasen kan du " +"använda paketet <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, som installeras " +"som standard. Anslut så här för att få skrivåtkomst:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, ett kommandoradsverktyg för att lägga till användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> är ett litet " +"kommandoradsverktyg för att skapa användarkonton. Det anropas så här:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Alla argument utom användarnamnet och GECOS-fältet är valfria. Det senare " +"bör vanligtvis innehålla användarens fullständiga namn. Om inget annat anges " +"väljer verktyget automatiskt nästa lediga UID och GID och lägger inte till " +"användaren i några ytterligare grupper. Om ingen avdelning anges väljs den " +"första <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis>-posten i LDAP, troligen " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis>. För vanliga användare är det oftast inte " +"önskvärt, så välj en lämplig avdelning, till exempel <emphasis>Teachers</" +"emphasis> eller <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. När du har angett och " +"bekräftat lösenordet samt angett LDAP-administratörens lösenord skapar " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> användarkontot i LDAP, " +"anger Kerberos-lösenordet, skapar hemkatalogen och lägger till en " +"motsvarande Samba-användare. Följande skärmbild visar ett exempel där ett " +"användarkonto med namnet <computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> skapas för " +"läraren ”Harry Hirsch”:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Använda stabila-uppdateringar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Du kan använda stable-updates direkt, men det är inte nödvändigt. " +"Uppdateringarna förs regelbundet över till stable-sviten i samband med " +"punktutgåvor av Stable, vilket sker ungefär varannan månad." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "Använda backports för att installera nyare programvara" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Du kör Debian Edu eftersom du föredrar stabiliteten hos Debian Edu. Det går " +"jättebra; det finns bara ett problem: ibland är programvaran lite mer " +"föråldrad än du vill. Det är här backports.debian.org kliver in." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports är paket som har kompilerats om från Debian Testing (i de flesta " +"fall) och Debian Unstable (endast i några få fall, till exempel " +"säkerhetsuppdateringar). De kan därför köras utan nya bibliotek, där det är " +"möjligt, i en stabil Debian-utgåva som Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Vi rekommenderar att du endast väljer enskilda backport-" +"paket som du behöver och inte använder alla tillgängliga backports.</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Det är enkelt att använda <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Därefter kan backport-paket installeras enkelt. Följande kommando " +"installerar en backport-version av <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backport-paket uppdateras automatiskt, när uppdateringar finns, precis som " +"andra paket. Liksom det vanliga arkivet har Backports tre sektioner: main, " +"contrib och non-free." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Uppgradering med CD eller liknande avbild" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Om du vill uppgradera från en version till en annan (till exempel från " +"Trixie 13.1 till 13.2) men saknar internetanslutning och endast har fysiska " +"medier följer du dessa steg:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Sätt in CD / DVD / Blu-ray skiva / USB-minne och använd kommandot apt-cdrom:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "För att citera apt-cdrom(8) man sidan:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom används för att lägga till en ny cd-skiva i APT:s lista över " +"tillgängliga källor. apt-cdrom identifierar skivans struktur, korrigerar " +"flera möjliga brännfel och verifierar indexfilerna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Du måste använda apt-cdrom för att lägga till cd-skivor i APT-systemet; det " +"kan inte göras manuellt. Dessutom måste varje skiva i en uppsättning med " +"flera cd-skivor sättas in och genomsökas separat, så att eventuella brännfel " +"kan hanteras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Kör sedan dessa två kommandon för att uppgradera systemet:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Automatisk rensning av kvarvarande processer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> är ett Perl-skript som avslutar " +"bakgrundsjobb. Bakgrundsjobb definieras som processer som tillhör användare " +"som inte är inloggade på datorn. Skriptet körs av ett cron-jobb en gång i " +"timmen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Automatisk installation av säkerhetsuppdateringar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> är ett Debian-paket som " +"automatiskt installerar säkerhetsuppdateringar och andra uppgraderingar. När " +"paketet installeras är det förkonfigurerat för att installera " +"säkerhetsuppdateringar. Loggarna finns i <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-" +"upgrades/</computeroutput>. Dessutom finns alltid <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Automatisk avstängning av maskiner under natten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Det går att spara energi och pengar genom att automatiskt stänga av " +"klientdatorerna på natten och starta dem igen på morgonen. Paketet " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> försöker stänga av datorn " +"varje hel timme från klockan 16.00, men gör det inte om den verkar användas. " +"Det försöker instruera BIOS att starta datorn omkring klockan 07.00, och " +"huvudservern försöker starta datorer från klockan 06.30 genom att skicka " +"Wake-on-LAN-paket. Tiderna kan ändras i de enskilda datorernas crontab-filer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Tänk på följande när du konfigurerar detta:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Klienterna får inte stängas av när någon använder dem. Detta säkerställs " +"genom att utdata från <computeroutput>who</computeroutput> kontrolleras. Som " +"ett specialfall kontrolleras även SSH-anslutningskommandot för att fungera " +"med tunna X2Go-klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika att säkringar löser ut bör du se till att alla klienter inte " +"startar samtidigt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika metoder för att väcka klienter. Den ena använder en BIOS-" +"funktion och kräver en fungerande och korrekt maskinvaruklocka samt ett " +"moderkort och en BIOS-version som stöds av <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>. Den andra kräver att klienterna stöder Wake-on-LAN och att " +"servern känner till alla klienter som ska väckas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Konfigurera shutdown-at-night" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"På klienter som ska stängas av på natten skapar du filen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, eller lägger till " +"värdnamnet (det vill säga utdata från ”<computeroutput>uname -n</" +"computeroutput>” på klienten) i nätgruppen ”shutdown-at-night-hosts”. Värdar " +"kan läggas till i nätgruppen i LDAP med webbverktyget <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput>. Wake-on-LAN kan behöva aktiveras i klienternas BIOS. Det är " +"också viktigt att switcharna och routrarna mellan Wake-on-LAN-servern och " +"klienterna vidarebefordrar WOL-paketen även när klienterna är avstängda. " +"Vissa switchar vidarebefordrar inte paket till klienter som saknas i " +"switchens ARP-tabell, vilket blockerar WOL-paketen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Aktivera Wake-on-LAN på servern genom att lägga till klienterna i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, en klient " +"per rad, med IP-adressen först och därefter MAC-adressen (Ethernet-" +"adressen), åtskilda med ett blanksteg. Du kan också skapa skriptet " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput> " +"som genererar klientlistan dynamiskt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel på <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> för användning med sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"Om nätgruppen används för att aktivera shutdown-at-night på klienterna är " +"följande skript, som använder verktyget netgroup från paketet " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput>, ett alternativ:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Få åtkomst till Debian Edu-servrar som är placerade bakom en brandvägg" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"För att komma åt maskiner bakom en brandvägg från Internet, överväg att " +"installera paketet <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Det kan " +"användas för att sätta upp en SSH-tunnel till en maskin på Internet som du " +"har tillgång till. Från den maskinen kan du komma åt servern bakom " +"brandväggen via SSH-tunneln." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Installera ytterligare servicemaskiner för att sprida lasten från " +"huvudservern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"I standardinstallationen körs alla tjänster på huvudservern med värdnamnet " +"<emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. För att förenkla flytt av vissa tjänster till " +"en annan dator finns installationsprofilen <emphasis>minimal</emphasis>. En " +"dator som installeras med profilen ingår i Debian Edu-nätverket men kör " +"(ännu) inga tjänster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "" +"Detta är de steg som krävs för att konfigurera en maskin som är avsedd för " +"vissa tjänster:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "välj den <emphasis>Minimala</emphasis> profilen under installationen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "installera paketen för tjänsten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "konfigurera tjänsten" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "inaktivera tjänsten på huvudservern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "uppdatera DNS (viaLDAP/GOsa²) på huvudservern" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Hur man gör guider från wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Avancerad administration hur man gör" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "I detta kapitel beskrivs avancerade administrationsuppgifter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Användaranpassningar med GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Skapa användare i årskurser" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"I det här exemplet vill vi skapa användare i årskursgrupper med gemensamma " +"hemkataloger för varje grupp (home0/2026, home0/2028 och så vidare). " +"Användarna ska skapas genom CSV-import." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(som root på huvudservern</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Gör de nödvändiga årgångskatalogerna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(som första användare i Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Avdelning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Huvudmeny: Gå till ”Katalogstruktur” och klicka på avdelningen ”Elever”. " +"Fältet ”Bas” ska visa ”/Students”. Välj ”Skapa”/”Avdelning” i listrutan " +"”Åtgärder”. Fyll i fälten Namn (2026) och Beskrivning (elever som går ut " +"2026), och lämna fältet Bas oförändrat (det ska vara ”/Students”). Spara " +"genom att klicka på ”OK”. Den nya avdelningen (2026) ska nu visas under /" +"Students. Klicka på den." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Grupp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Välj ”Grupper” i huvudmenyn och sedan ”Åtgärder”/Skapa/Grupp. Ange " +"gruppnamnet (lämna ”Bas” oförändrat; det ska vara /Students/2026) och klicka " +"på ”OK” för att spara." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Mall" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"Välj ”Användare” i huvudmenyn. Ändra fältet Bas till ”Students”. Posten " +"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> ska visas; klicka på den. Detta " +"är mallen ”students”, inte en verklig användare. Eftersom du måste skapa en " +"liknande mall (för att kunna använda CSV-import med din struktur) bör du " +"notera alla poster på flikarna Allmänt och POSIX. Ta gärna skärmbilder så " +"att du har informationen till hands när den nya mallen skapas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Ändra nu fältet Bas till /Students/2026. Välj Skapa/Mall och börja fylla i " +"önskade värden, först på fliken Allmänt (lägg även till den nya gruppen 2026 " +"under Gruppmedlemskap) och lägg sedan till POSIX-kontot." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Importera användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Välj din nya mall när du gör csv-import; att testa den med några få " +"användare rekommenderas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Andra användaranpassningar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Skapa mappar i alla användares hemkataloger" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"Med detta skript kan administratören skapa en mapp i varje användares " +"hemkatalog och ställa in åtkomstbehörigheter och ägande." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"I exemplet nedan, med group=teachers och permissions=2770, kan en användare " +"lämna in en uppgift genom att spara filen i mappen ”assignments”, där " +"lärarna har skrivbehörighet så att de kan lägga till kommentarer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Använd en dedikerad lagringsserver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Utför dessa steg för att konfigurera en dedikerad lagringsserver för " +"användarhemkataloger och eventuellt annan data." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till ett nytt system av typen <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> " +"med GOsa² enligt beskrivningen i kapitlet <emphasis role=\"strong\">Komma " +"igång</emphasis> i denna handbok." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"I detta exempel används ”nas-server.intern” som servernamn. När ”nas-" +"server.intern” har konfigurerats kontrollerar du att NFS-exportpunkterna på " +"den nya lagringsservern exporteras till de relevanta undernäten eller " +"datorerna:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Här får allt i stamnätet åtkomst till exporten /storage. (Åtkomsten kan " +"begränsas till medlemskap i en nätgrupp eller till enskilda IP-adresser, på " +"samma sätt som NFS-åtkomsten begränsas i filen tjener:/etc/exports.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till automonteringsinformation om ”nas-server.intern” i LDAP, så att " +"alla klienter automatiskt kan montera den nya exporten när den efterfrågas." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Det går inte att göra med GOsa² eftersom en modul för automontering saknas. " +"Använd i stället ldapvi och lägg till de nödvändiga LDAP-objekten i en " +"textredigerare." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"När redigeraren öppnas lägger du till följande LDAP-objekt längst ned i " +"dokumentet. (Delen ”/&” i det sista LDAP-objektet är ett jokertecken som " +"matchar allt som ”nas-server.intern” exporterar, så att enskilda " +"monteringspunkter inte behöver anges i LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Lägg till de relevanta posterna i tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, eftersom " +"tjener.intern inte använder automontering för att undvika monteringsloopar:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Skapa katalogerna för monteringspunkterna med <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, redigera ”/etc/fstab” efter behov och kör " +"<computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> för att montera de nya resurserna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Användarna bör nu kunna komma åt filerna på ”nas-server.intern” direkt genom " +"att öppna katalogen ”/tjener/nas-server/storage/” i valfritt program på en " +"arbetsstation, tunn LTSP-klient eller LTSP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Begränsa åtkomst till ssh-inloggning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "" +"Det finns flera sätt att begränsa åtkomst till ssh-inloggning, några listas " +"här." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Installation utan LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Om inga LTSP-klienter används är en enkel lösning att skapa en ny grupp " +"(exempelvis <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) och lägga till en rad " +"i datorns fil /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Därefter får endast medlemmar i gruppen " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> ansluta till datorn via SSH, " +"oavsett varifrån." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Det är ganska enkelt att hantera detta fall med GOsa²:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Skapa gruppen <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> på basnivån (där " +"andra grupper för systemhantering, som <computeroutput>gosa-admins</" +"computeroutput>, redan visas)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till användare i den nya gruppen <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> till /etc/" +"ssh/sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Exekvera <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Installation med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Standardkonfigurationen för disklösa LTSP-klienter använder inte SSH-" +"anslutningar. När SSH-konfigurationen har ändrats räcker det därför att " +"uppdatera SquashFS-avbildningen på den berörda LTSP-servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Tunna X2Go-klienter använder SSH-anslutningar till den berörda LTSP-servern. " +"Därför behövs en annan metod som använder PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Aktivera pam_access.so i filen /etc/pam.d/sshd på LTSP-servern." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera /etc/security/access.conf för att tillåta anslutningar för " +"(exempel)användare alice, jane, bob och john överallt och för alla andra " +"användare endast från de interna nätverken genom att lägga till dessa rader:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Om endast dedikerade LTSP-servrar används, kan nätverket 10.0.0.0/8 tas bort " +"för att inaktivera intern SSH-inloggningsåtkomst. Notera: någon som ansluter " +"sin box till de dedikerade LTSP-klientnätverken kommer också att få SSH-" +"åtkomst till LTSP-servrarna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Anmärkning om mer komplexa konfigurationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Om X2Go-klienter anslöts till stamnätet 10.0.0.0/8 skulle situationen bli " +"ännu mer komplicerad. Det kan då krävas en avancerad DHCP-konfiguration (i " +"LDAP) som kontrollerar vendor-class-identifier tillsammans med en lämplig " +"PAM-konfiguration för att kunna inaktivera interna SSH-inloggningar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Hur man gör för skrivbordet" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Konfigurera en skrivbordsmiljö med flera språk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "För att stödja flera språk dessa steg måste göras:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Kör <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (som root) och " +"välj språk (UTF-8-varianter)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "Kör dessa kommandon som root för att installera de relaterade paketen:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Användarna kan därefter välja språk i inloggningshanteraren LightDM före " +"inloggningen. Detta gäller Xfce, LXDE och LXQt. GNOME och KDE har egna " +"interna verktyg för region- och språkinställningar; använd dem. MATE " +"använder Arctica-greeter ovanpå LightDM och saknar språkval. Kör " +"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> för att använda " +"LightDM:s vanliga inloggningsskärm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Spela DVD-skivor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss behövs för att spela de flesta kommersiella DVD-skivor. Av " +"juridiska skäl ingår det inte i Debian (Edu). Om du lagligen har tillåtelse " +"att använda det kan du bygga dina egna lokala paket genom att använda dig av " +"<computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput> Debian paketet; se till att " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> är aktiverat i <computeroutput>/etc/" +"apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Svara på debconf-frågorna och kör sedan <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Handskriftsteckensnitt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Paketet <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (vilket är installerat " +"som standard) installerar teckensnittet \"Abecedario\" vilket är ett fint " +"handstilstypsnitt för barn. Teckensnittet har flera former som kan användas " +"med barn: prickade och med linjer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Hur man gör för nätverksanslutna klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Introduktion till tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"En generisk term för både tunna klienter och disklösa arbetsstationer är " +"<emphasis>LTSP klient</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Från och med Bullseye är LTSP ganska annorlunda från de tidigare " +"versionerna. Detta gäller både installation och underhåll." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad är att SquashFS-avbildningen för disklösa arbetsstationer " +"nu som standard skapas från LTSP-serverns filsystem. På en kombinerad server " +"sker detta vid den första starten och tar en stund." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Tunna klienter är inte längre en del av LTSP. Debian Edu använder X2Go för " +"att fortfarande stödja användning av tunna klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Om en separat eller ytterligare LTSP-server används är den information som " +"krävs för att konfigurera LTSP-klientmiljön inte fullständig vid " +"installationen. Konfigurationen kan göras när systemet har lagts till med " +"GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"För information om LTSP rent generellt, se <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">hemsidan</ulink>. På system med <emphasis>LTSP-server</emphasis> " +"profilen, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput>tillhandahåller mer " +"information." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Observera att verktyget <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> från LTSP måste användas " +"försiktigt. Exempelvis går det inte att skapa SquashFS-avbildningen med " +"<computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> på Debian-datorer, eftersom " +"dessa som standard har en separat /boot-partition. <computeroutput>ltsp " +"ipxe</computeroutput> skapar inte iPXE-menyn korrekt på grund av Debian Edus " +"stöd för tunna klienter, och <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> " +"skulle helt förstöra starten av LTSP-klienterna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> är " +"ett omslagsskript för <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> och <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Det används för att installera och konfigurera stöd för " +"disklösa arbetsstationer och tunna klienter (både 64- och 32-bitarsdatorer). " +"Se <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> eller " +"skriptets innehåll för att förstå hur det fungerar. All konfiguration finns " +"i själva skriptet (HERE-dokument) för att underlätta platsspecifika " +"anpassningar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Exempel på hur man använder wrapper-skript <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-instal</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> uppdaterar SquashFS-avbildningen för disklösa " +"arbetsstationer (serverns filsystem)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> skapar stöd för disklösa arbetsstationer och " +"tunna 64-bitarsklienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> skapar ytterligare stöd för tunna 32-bitarsklienter (chroot " +"och SquashFS-avbildning)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Förutom <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (det minsta systemet för tunna klienter) " +"finns alternativen <emphasis>display</emphasis> och <emphasis>desktop</" +"emphasis>. Typen <emphasis>display</emphasis> har en avstängningsknapp. " +"Typen <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> kör Firefox ESR i kioskläge direkt på " +"klienten (vilket kräver mer lokalt RAM-minne och processorkraft men minskar " +"serverbelastningen)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> är ett " +"omslagsskript för <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Det " +"säkerställer att filen /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe är anpassad för Debian Edu. " +"Kommandot måste köras när iPXE-menyrelaterade inställningar (som menyns " +"tidsgräns eller förvalda startalternativ) i avsnittet [server] i /etc/ltsp/" +"ltsp.conf har ändrats." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> är ett " +"omslagsskript för <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Det " +"säkerställer att en användningsspecifik initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " +"skapas och därefter flyttas till den katalog som hör till " +"användningsområdet. Kommandot måste köras när avsnittet [clients] i /etc/" +"ltsp/ltsp.conf har ändrats." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> " +"ersätter verktyget <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> som levererades med " +"LTSP5. Det används för att köra kommandon i en angiven LTSP-chroot, " +"exempelvis för att installera, uppgradera och ta bort paket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Disklös arbetsstation</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"En disklös arbetsstation kör all programvara lokalt. Klientdatorerna startar " +"direkt från LTSP-servern utan någon lokal hårddisk. Programvaran " +"administreras och underhålls på LTSP-servern men körs på de disklösa " +"arbetsstationerna. Även hemkataloger och systeminställningar lagras på " +"servern. Disklösa arbetsstationer är ett utmärkt sätt att återanvända äldre, " +"men kraftfull, maskinvara med samma låga underhållskostnader som för tunna " +"klienter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Till skillnad från arbetsstationer körs disklösa arbetsstationer utan att " +"behöva lägga till dem med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tunn klient</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Med en tunn klient kan en vanlig dator fungera som en (X-)terminal där all " +"programvara körs på LTSP-servern. Datorn startas då via PXE utan att använda " +"en lokal hårddisk, och LTSP-servern måste vara en kraftfull dator." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu stöder fortfarande användningen av tunna klienter för att " +"möjliggöra användningen av mycket gammal hårdvara." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom tunna klienter använder X2Go bör användarna inaktivera komposition " +"för att undvika bildartefakter. I standardfallet (skrivbordsmiljön Xfce): " +"Inställningar -> Fönsterhanterarjusteringar -> Komposition." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP klient fastprogramvara</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"LTSP-klienten kan inte starta om dess nätverksgränssnitt kräver icke-fri " +"fast programvara. En PXE-installation kan användas för felsökning av " +"nätverksstart. Om Debians installationsprogram klagar på att filen XXX.bin " +"saknas måste den icke-fria fasta programvaran läggas till i LTSP-serverns " +"initrd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Fortsätt så här på LTSP-servern:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "Hämta först information om paket med fast programvara genom att köra:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Ta reda på vilket paket som måste installeras för nätverksgränssnittet eller " +"nätverksgränssnitten. Det är troligen firmware-linux. Kör:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "Uppdatera SquashFS-avbilden för disklösa arbetsstationer, kör:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "Om X2Go tunna klienter används, kör:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "och fortsätt enligt användningsinformationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Uppdatera sedan SquashFS-avbilden; t.ex. för /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, kör:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Val av LTSP-klienttyp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Varje LTSP-server har två ethernet gränssnitt: ett konfigurerat i 10.0.0.0/8-" +"subnätet (som delas med huvudservern) och ett annat som bildar ett lokalt " +"subnät (ett separat subnät för varje LTSP-server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"I båda fallen kan <emphasis>disklös arbetsstation</emphasis> eller " +"<emphasis>tunn klient</emphasis> väljas i iPXE-menyn. Efter fem sekunder " +"startar datorn som en disklös arbetsstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Både det förvalda alternativet i iPXE-startmenyn och dess förvalda tidsgräns " +"kan konfigureras i <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. " +"Värdet <emphasis>-1</emphasis> döljer menyn. Kör <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> för att verkställa ändringarna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Använd ett annat LTSP-klientnätverk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 är det förvalda LTSP-klientnätverket när en dator installeras " +"med LTSP-profilen. Om många LTSP-klienter används, eller om olika LTSP-" +"servrar ska tillhandahålla både i386- och amd64-chrootmiljöer, kan även det " +"andra förkonfigurerade nätverket 192.168.1.0/24 användas. Redigera filen " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> och anpassa " +"inställningarna för eth1. Använd <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> " +"eller någon annan LDAP-redigerare för att granska DNS- och DHCP-" +"konfigurationen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Lägg till LTSP chroot för att stödja 32-bitars PC-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "För att skapa chroot och SquashFS avbild, kör:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Mer information om typer av tunna klienter finns i <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "LTSP klient konfiguration" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kör <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> för att ta en titt på " +"tillgängliga konfigurationsalternativ. Eller läs den online: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Lägg till konfigurationsobjekt i avsnittet /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [klienter]. " +"För att ändringarna ska träda i kraft, kör:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Ljud med LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"LTSP tunna klienter använder nätverksljud för att överföra ljud från servern " +"till klienterna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP disklösa arbetsstationer hanterar ljud lokalt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Åtkomst till USB-enheter och CD-ROM/DVD-skivor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"När användare sätter in en USB-enhet eller DVD/CD-ROM i en disklös " +"arbetsstation, visas en motsvarande ikon på skrivbordet, vilket ger tillgång " +"till innehållet som på en arbetsstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"När användare ansluter ett USB-minne till en tunn X2Go-klient av typen bare " +"(standardinstallationen med kombinerad server) monteras mediet så snart den " +"befintliga mappikonen på Xfce-skrivbordet dubbelklickas. Beroende på mediets " +"innehåll kan det ta en stund innan innehållet visas i filhanteraren." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "En varning om borttagbara media på LTSP-servrar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"När USB-minnen och andra flyttbara medier ansluts till en LTSP-server visas " +"en motsvarande mappikon på de tunna LTSP-klienternas skrivbord. " +"Fjärranvändare kan komma åt filerna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Använd skrivare kopplade till LTSP-klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Anslut skrivaren till LTSP-klientmaskinen (både USB och parallellport stöds)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "Konfigurera LTSP-klienten med GOsa2 för att använda en fast IP-adress." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera skrivaren via webbgränssnittet <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> på huvudservern. Välj nätverksskrivartypen " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (för alla skrivare " +"oavsett märke eller modell) och ange <computeroutput>socket://<LTSP " +"client ip>:9100</computeroutput> som anslutnings-URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Modifiera PXE-inställningarna" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE står för Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu använder numera " +"implementationen <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> för " +"enklare integration med LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Konfigurera PXE-menyn" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"Alternativet för systeminstallationer i iPXE-menyn skapas av skriptet " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. Vissa inställningar " +"kan åsidosättas genom att ange ersättningsvärden i filen <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Konfigurera PXE-installationen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"PXE-installationen ärver språk, tangentbordslayout och spegelinställningar " +"från installationen av huvudservern. Övriga frågor ställs under " +"installationen (profil, deltagande i popcon, partitionering och root-" +"lösenord). För att undvika frågorna kan filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> ändras så att den innehåller " +"förvalda svar på debconf-värden. Några exempel på tillgängliga debconf-" +"värden finns redan som kommentarer i <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Ändringarna går förlorade när " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> används för att " +"återskapa PXE-installationsmiljön. För att lägga till debconf-värden i " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"när miljön återskapas med <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> skapar du filen <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> med de ytterligare debconf-värdena." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Mer information om hur man modiferar PXE installationer kan hittas i <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installations</link> " +"kapitlet." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Lägga till ett anpassat förråd för PXE-installationer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"För att lägga till anpassade arkiv lägg till något som detta till " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"och kör sedan <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> en gång." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Ändra nätverksinställningar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Paketet debian-edu-config innehåller ett verktyg som hjälper till att ändra " +"nätverket från 10.0.0.0/8 till något annat. Se <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Verktyget är avsett " +"att användas på huvudservern direkt efter installationen för att uppdatera " +"LDAP och andra filer som måste redigeras när undernätet ändras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det inte fungerar att byta till något av de undernät som redan " +"används på andra håll i Debian Edu. 192.168.0.0/24 och 192.168.1.0/24 är " +"redan konfigurerade som LTSP-klientnätverk. Ett byte till dessa undernät " +"kräver manuell redigering av konfigurationsfiler för att ta bort dubbla " +"poster." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Det finns inget enkelt sätt att ändra DNS-domännamnet. Det skulle kräva " +"ändringar i både LDAP-strukturen och flera filer i huvudserverns filsystem. " +"Det finns inte heller något enkelt sätt att ändra huvudserverns värd- och " +"DNS-namn (tjener.intern). Även detta skulle kräva ändringar i LDAP och i " +"filer på huvudservern och klienterna. I båda fallen måste dessutom Kerberos-" +"konfigurationen ändras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Fjärrskrivbord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Välja LTSP-serverprofilen eller den kombinerade serverprofilen installerar " +"också <emphasis>xrdp </emphasis> och <emphasis>x2goserver </emphasis>-" +"paketen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp använder Remote Desktop Protocol för att visa en grafisk inloggning för " +"en fjärrklient. Microsoft Windows-användare kan ansluta till LTSP-servern " +"där xrdp körs utan att installera ytterligare programvara. De startar helt " +"enkelt Anslutning till fjärrskrivbord på Windows-datorn och ansluter." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan xrdp ansluta till en VNC-server eller en annan RDP-server." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp saknar ljudstöd. Följande skript kan användas för att kompilera eller " +"kompilera om de nödvändiga modulerna. Observera att den som kör skriptet " +"måste vara root eller medlem i gruppen sudo. Dessutom måste /etc/apt/" +"sources.list innehålla en giltig deb-src-rad." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Med X2Go kan du komma åt ett grafiskt skrivbord på LTSP-servern via både " +"långsamma och snabba anslutningar från en dator med Linux, Windows eller " +"macOS. Ytterligare programvara krävs på klientsidan. Mer information finns " +"på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go-wikin</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att paketet <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> helst bör tas " +"bort från LTSP-servern om X2Go används. Se <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Tillgängliga fjärrskrivbordsklienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> är installerat som standard och " +"kan prata RDP och VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - det enklaste sättet att komma åt Windows terminalserver. Ett " +"alternativt klientpaket är <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC-klient (Virtual Network Computer) ger åtkomst till Skolelinux på " +"distans. Ett alternativt klientpaket är <computeroutput>xvncviewer</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> är en grafisk klient för X2Go-" +"systemet (installeras inte som standard). Den kan användas för att ansluta " +"till pågående sessioner och starta nya." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Trådlösa klienter" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Servern <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> kan användas för säkra " +"nätverksanslutningar. Installera paketen <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis>winbind</emphasis> på huvudservern och kör <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server</computeroutput> för " +"att skapa en grundläggande platsspecifik konfiguration. Då aktiveras " +"metoderna EAP-TTLS/PAP och PEAP-MSCHAPV2. All konfiguration finns i själva " +"skriptet för att underlätta platsspecifika anpassningar. Mer information " +"finns på <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">freeRADIUS webbplats</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Ytterligare konfiguration behövs för att" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"aktivera/inaktivera åtkomstpunkter via en <emphasis> delad hemlighet </" +"emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"tillåt/neka trådlös åtkomst med hjälp av LDAP-grupper (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"kombinera åtkomstpunkter till dedikerade grupper (/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Slutanvändarnas enheter måste konfigureras korrekt och vara PIN-skyddade för " +"användning av EAP-metoder (802.1x). Användarna bör också lära sig att " +"installera freeradius CA-certifikat på sina enheter för att säkerställa att " +"de ansluter till rätt server. Då kan deras lösenord inte fångas upp av en " +"skadlig server. Det platsspecifika certifikatet finns i det interna " +"nätverket." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (för slutanvändare som " +"kör Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Observera att konfigurationen av slutanvändarnas enheter blir en verklig " +"utmaning på grund av den stora variationen av enheter. För Windows-enheter " +"kan ett installationsskript skapas och för Apple-enheter en mobileconfig-" +"fil. I båda fallen kan freeRADIUS CA-certifikat integreras, men " +"operativsystemsspecifika verktyg krävs för att skapa filerna." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Auktorisera Windows-datorer med Debian Edu-inloggningsuppgifter via pGinas " +"LDAP-insticksmodul" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Lägga till en pGina-användare i Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna använda pGina eller någon annan autentiseringstjänst från " +"tredje part behöver du ett särskilt användarkonto som används för sökningar " +"i LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till en särskild användare, exempelvis <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> med lösenordet <emphasis>pwd.777</" +"emphasis>, på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Installera pGina-förgreningen" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Hämta och installera pGina 3.9.9.12 som ett vanligt program. Kontrollera att " +"LDAP-insticksmodulen finns i pGinas mapp för insticksmoduler:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Konfigurera pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "Med Debian Edu-inställningarna ansluter LDAP via SSL på port 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "De nödvändiga inställningarna i pGinas LDAP-insticksmodul anges nedan." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(dessa lagras i HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-" +"c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "LDAP-insticksmodulens huvudavsnitt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP-värd(ar): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (eller andra " +"värdar, med blanksteg som avgränsare)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP-port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (för SSL-anslutning)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Timeout: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Använd SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">JA</emphasis> (kryssa i kryssrutan)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Starta TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis> (kryssa inte i " +"kryssrutan)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Validera servercertifikat: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis> (kryssa " +"inte i kryssrutan)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Sök-DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" är en användare som ska autentiseras i LDAP för att söka " +"användare i en inloggningssession)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Söklösenord: pwd.777 (detta är \"pguser\"-lösenordet)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Autentisering block" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Fliken Bindning:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Tillåt tomma lösenord: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Sök efter DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">JA</emphasis> (markera kryssrutan)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Sökfilter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Auktoriseringsblockering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Standard: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Tillåt</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Neka när LDAP-autentisering misslyckas: <emphasis role=\"strong\">JA</" +"emphasis> (kryss i kryssrutan)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Tillåt när servern inte kan nås: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NEJ</emphasis> " +"(kryssa inte i kryssrutan, valfritt)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Val av insticksmoduler" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" +"LDAP: Verifiering [v], Auktorisering [v], Gateway[v], Ändra lösenord [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Lokal dator: Autentisering [v], Gateway [v] (markera endast dessa två " +"kryssrutor)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Ordning för insticksmoduler" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Autentisering: LDAP, lokal maskin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Gateway: LDAP, lokal maskin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Källor:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba i Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba är nu konfigurerat som en <emphasis>fristående server</emphasis> med " +"modernt stöd för SMB2/SMB3 och aktiverade användardelningar. Se " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> på " +"huvudservern. Därmed kan även användare utan administratörsbehörighet " +"tillhandahålla delningar." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"För platsspecifika ändringar kopierar du /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site till katalogen /etc/samba. Inställningarna i " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> åsidosätter inställningarna i " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Som standard är hemkataloger skrivskyddade. Detta kan ändras i <emphasis>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Samba-lösenord lagras med <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> och " +"uppdateras om ett lösenord ändras med GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"För att tillfälligt inaktivera en användares Samba-konto kör du " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <username></computeroutput>. Kontot " +"aktiveras igen med <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <username></" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Att köra <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> på huvudservern kommer att inaktivera användardelning för " +"'studenter'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Åtkomst till filer via Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Enheter med Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS eller Windows kan " +"ansluta till användarens hemkatalog och till ytterligare platsspecifika " +"delningar, om sådana har konfigurerats. Android-enheter behöver exempelvis " +"en filhanterare med stöd för SMB2/SMB3, ibland kallat LAN-åtkomst. <ulink " +"url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> eller " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander med LAN-" +"insticksmodulen</ulink> kan vara lämpliga val." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Använd <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> eller " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> för att komma " +"åt hemkatalogen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Instruktioner för undervisning och lärande" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Alla Debian-paket som nämns i detta avsnitt kan installeras genom att köra " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (som root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Undervisa i programmering" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> är ett metapaket som är " +"beroende av många programmeringsverktyg. Observera att installationen av " +"paketet kräver nästan 2 GiB diskutrymme. Mer information, exempelvis om du " +"endast vill installera några paket, finns på sidan <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Övervakning av elever" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Varning</emphasis>: kontrollera vilka lagar som " +"gäller för övervakning och begränsning av datoranvändares aktiviteter där du " +"befinner dig." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa skolor använder styrverktyg som <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> eller <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink> för att övervaka eleverna. Se även <ulink url=\"https://" +"epoptes.org\">Epoptes webbplats</ulink> och <ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyons webbplats</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Begränsa elevernas nätverksåtkomst" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Vissa skolor använder <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> eller <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\" >e2guardian</ulink> för att " +"begränsa internetåtkomst." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Instruktioner för användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Ändra lösenord" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Varje användare ska ändra sitt lösenord genom att använda GOsa2. För att " +"göra det, använd bara en webbläsare och gå till <computeroutput>https://www/" +"gosa/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Använda GOsa2 för att ändra lösenordet säkerställer att lösenord för " +"Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) och Samba är desamma." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Ändra lösenord med PAM fungerar också på GDM inloggningsprompten, men detta " +"kommer bara att uppdatera Kerberos lösenord, och inte Samba och GOsa2 (LDAP) " +"lösenord. Så efter att du ändrat ditt lösenord på inloggningsprompten, bör " +"du verkligen ändra det med GOsa2." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Kör fristående Java-program" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "Fristående Java-program stöds direkt av Java-körtidsmiljön OpenJDK." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Använda email" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Alla användare kan skicka och ta emot e-post inom det interna nätverket. " +"Certifikat tillhandahålls för TLS-säkrade anslutningar. För att tillåta e-" +"post utanför det interna nätverket måste administratören konfigurera e-" +"postservern <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> efter de lokala " +"förhållandena, med början genom att köra <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Alla användare som vill använda Thunderbird måste konfigurera programmet " +"enligt följande. För användaren med användarnamnet jdoe är den interna e-" +"postadressen <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Starta Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Klicka på ”Hoppa över detta och använd min befintliga e-postadress”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Skriv in din mailadress" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Ange inte ditt lösenord eftersom Kerberos enkel inloggning kommer att " +"användas" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Klicka på 'Fortsätt'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"För både IMAP och SMTP bör inställningarna vara ”STARTTLS” och ”Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI”; justera om de inte upptäcks automatiskt" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Klicka på 'Klar'" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Bidra" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Bidra online" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"För det mesta är <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">utvecklarnas e-postlista</ulink> vårt huvudsakliga " +"kommunikationsmedium. Vi har också kanalen #debian-edu på irc.debian.org och " +"ibland fysiska sammankomster där vi träffas personligen." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att följa vad som händer i utvecklingen av Debian Edu är att " +"prenumerera på <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">e-postlistan för kodändringar</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Rapportera buggar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu använder Debians <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/" +"\">felrapporteringssystem (BTS)</ulink>. Där kan du läsa befintliga " +"felrapporter och önskemål om funktioner eller skapa nya. Rapportera alla fel " +"mot paketet <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-" +"config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Mer information om felrapportering i " +"Debian Edu finns i <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"BugReports#\">Så rapporterar du fel</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Dokumentationsförfattare och översättare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Detta dokument behöver din hjälp! Framför allt är det ännu inte färdigt. När " +"du läser det kommer du att hitta flera FIXME-markeringar i texten. Om du vet " +"något om det som behöver förklaras där får du gärna dela med dig av dina " +"kunskaper." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Textens källa är en wiki som kan redigeras med en vanlig webbläsare. Gå till " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/\"/> för " +"att enkelt bidra. Observera att ett användarkonto krävs för att redigera " +"sidorna. Du kan först behöva <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?" +"action=newaccount\">skapa ett wiki-användarkonto</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Ett annat mycket bra sätt att bidra och hjälpa användare är att översätta " +"programvara och dokumentation. Information om hur detta dokument översätts " +"finns i bokens <link linkend=\"Translations\">kapitel om översättningar</" +"link>. Hjälp gärna till med översättningen av boken!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Volontärbaserad support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "på Engelska" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> – sändlista för support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu på irc.debian.org – en IRC-kanal som främst handlar om " +"utveckling. Förvänta dig inte support i realtid, även om det ofta förekommer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "på Norska" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal för att stödja norska användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "på Tyska" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> – e-postlista " +"för support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal för att stödja tyska användare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "på Franska" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> – e-postlista " +"för support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Professionell support" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Listor över företag som erbjuder professionell support finns på <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Nya funktioner i Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Nya funktioner i Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Installationsändringar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Ny version av Debians installationsprogram från Debian Trixie. Mer " +"information finns i dess <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installationshandbok</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"inklusive information om <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"som är en ny sektion utöver de välkända sektionerna <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> och " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Nytt grafiskt material baserat på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Ceratopsian#\">temat Ceratopsian</ulink>, som är " +"standardtemat för Debian 13 Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Programuppdateringar" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Allt som är nytt i Debian 13 Trixie, till exempel:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linuxkärna 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Skrivbordsmiljöerna KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11 och MATE " +"1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Utbildningsverktygslådan GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Musikskaparen Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Trixie innehåller fler än 59 000 paket som kan installeras." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mer information om Debian 13 Trixie finns i <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">versionsfakta</ulink> och " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installationshandboken</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Uppdateringar av dokumentation och översättning" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Under installationen är profilvalssidan tillgänglig på 29 språk, varav 22 är " +"helt översatta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Handboken för Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> är översatt till förenklad " +"kinesiska, danska, nederländska, franska, tyska, italienska, japanska, " +"norska (bokmål), brasiliansk portugisiska, europeisk portugisiska, spanska, " +"rumänska och ukrainska." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Kända fel" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Trixie#\">statussidan för Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Upphovsrätt och författare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Detta dokument har skrivits och upphovsrätten innehas av Holger Levsen (2007–" +"2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001–2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz " +"(2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), " +"Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker " +"(2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg " +"(2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009–2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, " +"2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian " +"(2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), " +"Wolfgang Schweer (2012–2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), " +"Serhii Horichenko (2022) och Guido Berhörster (2023). Det ges ut under GPL2 " +"eller en senare version. Mycket nöje!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Om du lägger till innehåll, <emphasis role=\"strong\">gör det endast om du " +"själv är upphovspersonen. Du måste ge ut innehållet på samma villkor</" +"emphasis>! Lägg därefter till ditt namn här och ge ut det under licensen " +"”GPL v2 eller en senare version”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Översättningar av detta dokument" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">översikt på nätet över paketerade översättningar</ulink> som " +"uppdateras ofta." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Så översätter du detta dokument" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Översätt med PO-filer" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Liksom i många projekt för fri programvara lagras översättningarna av detta " +"dokument i PO-filer. Mer information om processen finns i <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Översätt online med en webbläsare" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"De flesta språkgrupper har valt att översätta via Weblate. Mer information " +"finns på <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Rapportera eventuella problem." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Bilaga A – GNU General Public License" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Handbok för Debian Edu 13 med kodnamnet Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007–2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > och andra. En fullständig " +"lista över upphovsrättsinnehavare finns i avsnittet <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Upphovsrätt</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Bilaga B – Funktioner i äldre utgåvor" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Nya funktioner för Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Ny version av Debians installationsprogram från Debian Bookworm. Mer " +"information finns i dess <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"bookworm/installmanual\">installationshandbok</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Nytt grafiskt material baserat på <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianArt/Themes/Emerald#\">temat Emerald</ulink>, som är standardtemat för " +"Debian 12 Bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Allt som är nytt i Debian 12 bookworm, t.ex:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux kärna 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Skrivbordsmiljöer KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Utbildningsverktygslåda GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Musikskaparen Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm innehåller mer än 64000 paket tillgängliga för installation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Mer information om Debian 12 Bookworm finns i <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">versionsfakta</ulink> och " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installationshandboken</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Handboken för Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> är översatt till " +"förenklad kinesiska, danska, nederländska, franska, tyska, italienska, " +"japanska, norska (bokmål), brasiliansk portugisiska, europeisk portugisiska, " +"spanska, rumänska och ukrainska." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"se <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">statussidan för Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Historisk information om äldre versioner" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Följande Debian Edu-utgåvor gavs ut längre tillbaka i tiden:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 med kodnamnet Bullseye gavs ut 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 med kodnamnet Buster gavs ut 2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 med kodnamnet Stretch gavs ut 2017-06-17." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 med kodnamnet Jessie gavs ut 2016-07-02." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 med kodnamnet Wheezy gavs ut 2013-09-28." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Kodnamn \"Squeeze\", släppt 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Kodnamn \"Squeeze\", släppt 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Kodnamn \"Lenny\", släppt 2010-02-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", släppt 2007-12-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" släppt 2007-07-22. Baserad på Debian 4.0 Etch " +"släppt 2007-04-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, släppt 2006-03-14. Baserad på Debian 3.1 Sarge släppt " +"2005-06-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Baserad på Debian 3.0 Woody " +"släppt 2002-07-19." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"En fullständig och detaljerad översikt över äldre utgåvor finns i <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">bilaga C i Jessie-handboken</ulink>. Se även de tillhörande " +"utgåvehandböckerna på sidan <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">Utgåvehandböcker</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Välj \"Uplink\" om ditt uppströmsnätverk kräver en statisk IP-adress och " +#~ "om du följde ovanstående förslag på interna nätverk, \"Utbildning\"." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian Edu Bullseye Manual är helt översatt till nederländska, franska, " +#~ "tyska, italienska, japanska, norska bokmål, portugisiska (Portugal) och " +#~ "förenklad kinesiska." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Att använda backports är enkelt:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Manual för Debian Edu 11 Kodnamn Bullseye" + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux kärna 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skrivbordsmiljöer KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " +#~ "1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Musikskaparen Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian Edu Bullseye Manual är helt översatt till nederländska, franska, " +#~ "tyska, italienska, japanska, norska bokmål, portugisiska (Portugal) och " +#~ "förenklad kinesiska." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Delvis översatta versioner finns för danska och spanska." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Andra förändringar jämfört med föregående version" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo används som standardsökleverantör för både Firefox ESR och " +#~ "Chromium." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chromium använder den interna webbplatsen istället för Google som " +#~ "standard startsida." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "På disklösa arbetsstationer är Kerberos TGT tillgänglig efter inloggning " +#~ "automatiskt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nytt verktyg har lagts till för att konfigurera freeRADIUS med stöd för " +#~ "både EAP-TTLS/PAP och PEAP-MSCHAPV2-metoder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ett enkelt sätt är att installera Debian Edu på den här datorn; välj " +#~ "'Minimal' som profil under installationen." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Efter installation, kör <computeroutput>usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +#~ "configure-edu-gateway --firewall </computeroutput><yes|no></" +#~ "computeroutput>vilket kommer att göra följande ändringar:" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "Justera filen/etc/network/interfaces." + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "Ändra värdnamn permenant till 'gateway'." + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "Ta bort överflödiga skript." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "Installera en brandvägg (valfritt)." + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "logga in som root." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "kör <computeroutput>usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=தேதியை வெளியிடுங்கள்; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">சொற்பொழிவு:</emphasis> +2024-2026 தமிழ்நேரம் + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.ta.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8282 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 09:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-01 00:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: தமிழ்நேரம் <tamilneram247@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Tamil <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/ta/>\n" +"Language: ta\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.16.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "ta" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி / Skolelinux 13 புத்தக புழு கையேடு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "தேதியை வெளியிடுங்கள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 13 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவி லோகோ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "இது டெபியன் எட் 13 (புத்தகப்புழு) வெளியீட்டிற்கான கையேடு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm\"/> இல் " +"உள்ள சான்று ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் அடிக்கடி புதுப்பிக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"புதுப்பிக்கப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள் கிடைக்கின்றன <ulink url=\"https://" +"jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> நிகழ்நிலை </ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "டெபியன் எட் மற்றும் ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பற்றி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் எட் அக்கா ச்கோலெலினக்ச் என்பது டெபியனை அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட ஒரு லினக்ச் " +"விநியோகமாகும், இது முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி வலையமைப்பின் பெட்டி சூழலை " +"வழங்குகிறது. இது கிளையன்ட்-சர்வர் அணுகுமுறையைச் செயல்படுத்துகிறது. சேவையகங்களும் " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் <emphasis>மென்பொருள் துண்டுகள்</emphasis> ஒருவருக்கொருவர் தொடர்பு " +"கொள்கிறார்கள். சேவையகங்கள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் செயல்பட தேவையான தகவல்களை வழங்குகின்றன. ஒரு " +"இயந்திரத்தில் ஒரு சேவையகம் மற்றும் அதன் கிளையண்டில் வேறு கணினியில் நிறுவப்பட்டால், " +"இயந்திரங்கள் சேவையகம் மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் எனக் குறிப்பிடப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"Requirements\">வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணையத் தேவைகள்</link> மற்றும் " +"<link linkend=\"Architecture\">கட்டமைப்பு</link> பற்றிய அத்தியாயங்கள் அடிப்படை " +"கணினி வடிவமைப்பு விவரங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவிய பின், பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குத் தேவையான அனைத்து " +"சேவைகளும் அமைக்கப்பட்டு கணினி பயன்படுத்த தயாராக உள்ளது. பயனர்கள் மற்றும் இயந்திரங்கள் " +"மட்டுமே கோசா, வசதியான வலை-யுஐ அல்லது வேறு எந்த எல்.டி.ஏ.பி எடிட்டர் வழியாக " +"சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும். Pxe/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">ipxe </ulink> ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தி ஒரு நெட்பூட்டிங் சூழல் தயாரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, எனவே குறுவட்டு, ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் " +"அல்லது யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் டிரைவிலிருந்து முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை ஆரம்ப நிறுவிய பிறகு " +"மற்ற எல்லா இயந்திரங்களையும் பிணையம் வழியாக நிறுவலாம், இதில் \"ரோமிங் பணிநிலையங்கள்\" " +"(பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து பறிக்கக்கூடியவை, பொதுவாக மடிக்கணினிகள் அல்லது நெட்புக்குகள்) " +"அடங்கும். மேலும், இயந்திரங்களை PXE/IPXE வழியாக வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் அல்லது " +"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களாக துவக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"சியோசெப்ரா, கல்சியம், கேசியோகிராஃபி, குனு சோல்பேச் மற்றும் கீறல் போன்ற பல கல்வி " +"பயன்பாடுகள் இயல்புநிலை டெச்க்டாப் சூழல் அமைப்பில் சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, அவை டெபியன் யுனிவர்ச் " +"வழியாக எளிதாகவும் கிட்டத்தட்ட முடிவில்லாமல் நீட்டிக்கப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "சில வரலாறு மற்றும் ஏன் இரண்டு பெயர்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\"> டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச்</ulink> " +"என்பது டெபியன் கல்வி திட்டத்தால் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட லினக்ச் விநியோகமாகும். ஒரு <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\"> டெபியன் தூய கலவை </ulink> வழங்கல் இது ஒரு " +"அதிகாரப்பூர்வ <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">டெபியன்</ulink> துணை திட்டம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"உங்கள் பள்ளிக்கு இதன் பொருள் என்னவென்றால், ச்கோலெலினக்ச் என்பது டெபியனின் பதிப்பாகும், இது " +"முற்றிலும் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட பள்ளி-நெட்வொர்க்கின் பெட்டி சூழலை வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"நோர்வேயில் ச்கோலெலினக்ச் திட்டம் சூலை 2, 2001 அன்று நிறுவப்பட்டது, அதே நேரத்தில் ரபால் " +"எர்ட்சாக் பிரான்சில் டெபியன்-எட்டு தொடங்கினார். 2003 முதல் இரண்டு திட்டங்களும் " +"ஒன்றுபட்டுள்ளன, ஆனால் இரண்டு பெயர்களும் தங்கியிருந்தன. \"ச்கோல்\" மற்றும் (டெபியன்-) " +"\"கல்வி\" இந்த பிராந்தியங்களில் நன்கு புரிந்துகொள்ளப்பட்ட இரண்டு சொற்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "இன்று இந்த அமைப்பு உலகெங்கிலும் பல நாடுகளில் பயன்பாட்டில் உள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "கட்டிடக்கலை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "பிணையம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"ஆவணத்தின் இந்த பகுதி ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நிறுவல் வழங்கிய பிணைய கட்டமைப்பு மற்றும் சேவைகளை " +"விவரிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி பிணையம் டோபாலசி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"இந்த எண்ணிக்கை கருதப்பட்ட பிணையம் டோபாலசியின் ஓவியமாகும். ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கின் " +"இயல்புநிலை அமைப்பு ஒன்று (மற்றும் ஒரே ஒரு) முக்கிய சேவையகம் இருப்பதாகக் கருதுகிறது, " +"அதே நேரத்தில் சாதாரண பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் (தொடர்புடைய மெல்லிய " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும்/அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுடன்) சேர்க்க அனுமதிக்கிறது. " +"பணிநிலையங்களின் எண்ணிக்கை நீங்கள் விரும்பும் அளவுக்கு பெரியதாகவோ அல்லது சிறியதாகவோ " +"இருக்கலாம் (எதுவுமில்லை. எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களுக்கும் இதுவே செல்கிறது, அவை " +"ஒவ்வொன்றும் ஒரு தனி நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ளன, இதனால் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகத்திற்கும் இடையிலான போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளை பாதிக்காது. " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> தொடர்புடைய அவ் டோ </link> " +"அத்தியாயத்தில் விரிவாக விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் ஒரு முக்கிய சேவையகம் மட்டுமே இருக்க முடியும் என்பதற்கான " +"காரணம், முதன்மையான சேவையகம் DHCP ஐ வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் ஒவ்வொரு நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் ஒரு " +"இயந்திரம் மட்டுமே அவ்வாறு செய்ய முடியும். மற்றொரு கணினியில் சேவையை அமைப்பதன் மூலம் " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து பிற இயந்திரங்களுக்கு சேவைகளை நகர்த்தவும், பின்னர் டிஎன்எச் " +"உள்ளமைவைப் புதுப்பிக்கவும், அந்த சேவைக்கான டிஎன்எச் மாற்றுப்பெயரை சரியான கணினியில் " +"சுட்டிக்காட்டவும் முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"ச்கோலெலினக்சின் நிலையான அமைப்பை எளிமைப்படுத்துவதற்காக, இணைய இணைப்பு ஒரு தனி திசைவி " +"மீது இயங்குகிறது, இது கேட்வே என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--internet_router\"> இணைய திசைவி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் " +"பார்க்கவும் விவரங்களுக்கு இதுபோன்ற நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்பது தேவைக்கேற்ப " +"ஏற்கனவே உள்ளதை உள்ளமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலை பிணைய அமைப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் உள்ள டி.எச்.சி.பி 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை வழங்குகிறது, இது " +"ஒரு புதிய சேவையகம்/பணிநிலையத்தை நிறுவலாமா, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத " +"பணிநிலையத்தை துவக்க வேண்டுமா, மெம்டெச்ட்டை இயக்கலாமா அல்லது உள்ளக ஆர்டில் இருந்து " +"துவக்கலாமா என்பதை நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யலாம் வட்டு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"இது மாற்றியமைக்க வடிவமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது; விவரங்களுக்கு, <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> தொடர்புடையது எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களில் உள்ள டி.எச்.சி.பி இரண்டாவது இடைமுகத்தில் ஒரு பிரத்யேக " +"நெட்வொர்க்கை மட்டுமே வழங்குகிறது (192.168.0.0/24 மற்றும் 192.168.1.0/24 முன் " +"கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள்) மற்றும் எப்போதாவது மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "அனைத்து சப்நெட்டுகளின் உள்ளமைவும் LDAP இல் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "முதன்மை சேவையகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு ச்கோலிலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகம் (ஓச்ட்பெயர் \"டிசெனர்\", இது " +"நோர்வே மற்றும் \"சேவையகம்\" என்று பொருள்) ஐபி முகவரி 10.0.2.2 ஐக் கொண்டுள்ளது மற்றும் " +"முதன்மையான சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது. முதன்மையான " +"சேவையக சுயவிவரத்திற்கு கூடுதலாக எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலைய " +"சுயவிவரங்களைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து நிறுவுவது சாத்தியம் (ஆனால் தேவையில்லை)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயங்கும் சேவைகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் கட்டுப்பாட்டைத் தவிர, அனைத்து சேவைகளும் ஆரம்பத்தில் ஒரு நடு " +"கணினியில் (பிரதான சேவையகம்) அமைக்கப்படுகின்றன. செயல்திறன் காரணங்களுக்காக, எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகம் (எச்) தனித்தனியாக இருக்க வேண்டும் (பிரதான சேவையகம் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையக சுயவிவரங்கள் இரண்டையும் ஒரே கணினியில் நிறுவ முடியும் என்றாலும்). அனைத்து " +"சேவைகளும் ஒரு பிரத்யேக டி.என்.எச்-பெயர் ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, மேலும் அவை ஐபிவி 4 க்கு மேல் " +"பிரத்தியேகமாக வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. ஒதுக்கப்பட்ட டிஎன்எச் பெயர் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " +"சேவையை நிறுத்தி, சேவையின் புதிய இருப்பிடத்தை சுட்டிக்காட்ட டிஎன்எச் உள்ளமைவை மாற்றுவதன் " +"மூலம், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து வேறு இயந்திரத்திற்கு தனிப்பட்ட சேவைகளை நகர்த்துவதை " +"எளிதாக்குகிறது (இது அமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும் அந்த இயந்திரத்தில் முதலில், நிச்சயமாக)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"பாதுகாப்பை உறுதிப்படுத்த, பிணையத்தில் கடவுச்சொற்கள் அனுப்பப்படும் அனைத்து இணைப்புகளும் " +"குறியாக்கம் செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளன, எனவே பிணையத்தில் கடவுச்சொற்கள் எதுவும் எளிய உரையாக " +"அனுப்பப்படவில்லை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கில் இயல்புநிலையாக அமைக்கப்பட்ட சேவைகளின் அட்டவணை மற்றும் ஒவ்வொரு " +"சேவையின் டிஎன்எச் பெயரும் கீழே உள்ளது. முடிந்தால், அனைத்து உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளும் சேவையை " +"பெயரால் (டொமைன் பெயர் இல்லாமல்) குறிக்கும், இதனால் பள்ளிகள் தங்கள் களத்தை மாற்றுவதை " +"எளிதாக்குகின்றன (அவற்றில் சொந்த டிஎன்எச் டொமைன் இருந்தால்) அல்லது அவர்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் ஐபி " +"முகவரிகள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">சேவைகளின் அட்டவணை</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">பணி விளக்கம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">பொதுவான பெயர்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">டிஎன்எச் பணி பெயர்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட பதிவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "ஆர்இயக்கபதிவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "சிச்லாக்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "டொமைன் பெயர் பணி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "டி.என்.எச் (பிணைப்பு)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "டொமைன்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "இயந்திரங்களின் தானியங்கி பிணைய உள்ளமைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "டி.எச்.சி.பி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "துவக்கங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "கடிகார ஒத்திசைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "என்.டி.பி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "என்.டி.பி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "பிணையம் கோப்பு முறைமை வழியாக வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "வீடுகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "மின்னணு தபால் அலுவலகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "ஐமேப் (அன்னபறவைகாட்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "அஞ்சல் அலுவலகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "அடைவு பணி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "திறந்தஎல்டாப்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "எல்டாப்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "பயனர் நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "சீஓசா²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "வலை சேவையகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "அப்பாச்சி/பி.எச்.பி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "மைய காப்புப்பிரதி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "எச்எல்-காப்பு, எச்எல்காப்பு-பிஎச்பி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "காப்புப்பிரதி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "வலை தற்காலிக சேமிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "பதிலாள் (ச்க்விட்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "வெப் கேச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "அச்சிடுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "கோப்பைகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ஐபிபி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "பாதுகாப்பான தொலை உள்நுழைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "திறந்தபாஓடு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "பாஓடு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "தானியங்கி உள்ளமைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "சிஎப்பொறி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "சிஎப்பொறி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "LTSP சேவையகம்/கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"பிழை அறிக்கையிடலுடன் இயந்திரம் மற்றும் பணி கண்காணிப்பு, மற்றும் வலையில் நிலை மற்றும் " +"வரலாறு. மின்னஞ்சல் மூலம் பிழை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "முனின், இச்ங்கா மற்றும் தளசுருக்கம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "தளசுருக்கம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு பயனருக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட கோப்புகள் அவற்றின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன, அவை " +"சேவையகத்தால் கிடைக்கின்றன. வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் எல்லா இயந்திரங்களிலிருந்தும் அணுகக்கூடியவை, " +"பயனர்களுக்கு எந்த இயந்திரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தினாலும் அதே கோப்புகளுக்கு அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது. " +"சேவையகம் அஞ்ஞானத்தை இயக்குகிறது, யூனிக்ச் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான NFS வழியாகவும், பிற " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான SMB2/SMB3 வழியாகவும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலையாக உள்ளக விநியோகத்திற்காக மின்னஞ்சல் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (அதாவது பள்ளிக்குள்) " +"மட்டுமே, பள்ளியில் நிரந்தர இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால் பரந்த இணையத்திற்கு மின்னஞ்சல் வழங்கல் " +"அமைக்கப்படலாம். சேவையகத்திற்கு அஞ்சலை வழங்க வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அமைக்கப்பட்டிருக்கிறார்கள் " +"('ச்மார்டோச்ட்' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி), மற்றும் பயனர்கள் <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\"> IMAP மூலம் தங்கள் தனிப்பட்ட அஞ்சலை </link> ஐ அணுகலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"ஒரே பயனர்பெயர் மற்றும் கடவுச்சொல்லைப் பயன்படுத்தி அனைத்து சேவைகளும் அணுகக்கூடியவை, ஏற்பு " +"மற்றும் அங்கீகாரத்திற்காக நடு பயனர் தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு நன்றி." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"அடிக்கடி அணுகப்பட்ட தளங்களில் செயல்திறனை அதிகரிக்க உள்நாட்டில் (ச்க்விட்) கோப்புகளை " +"தற்காலிகமாக சேமிக்கும் வலை பதிலாள். திசைவியில் வலை-போக்குவரத்தைத் தடுப்பதோடு இணைந்து " +"இது தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களில் இணைய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்தவும் உதவுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் பிணைய உள்ளமைவு DHCP ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே செய்யப்படுகிறது. " +"அனைத்து வகையான வாடிக்கையாளர்களையும் தனியார் 10.0.0.0/8 சப்நெட்டுடன் இணைக்கலாம் மற்றும் " +"ஐபி முகவரிகளின்படி பெறலாம்; எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் தனி சப்நெட் 192.168.0.0/24 " +"வழியாக தொடர்புடைய எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட வேண்டும் (இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பிணைய போக்குவரத்து மீதமுள்ள பிணைய சேவைகளில் தலையிடாது என்பதை உறுதி " +"செய்வதாகும்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட பதிவு அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, இதனால் அனைத்து இயந்திரங்களும் அவற்றின் சிச்லாக் " +"செய்திகளை சேவையகத்திற்கு அனுப்புகின்றன. சிச்லாக் பணி அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, இதனால் உள்ளக " +"நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து உள்வரும் செய்திகளை மட்டுமே இது ஏற்றுக்கொள்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"இயல்பாக ஒரு உண்மையான (\"வெளிப்புற\") டிஎன்எச் டொமைனை அமைக்கும் வரை, உள் பயன்பாட்டிற்கு " +"மட்டுமே (*. இன்டர்ன்) ஒரு டொமைனுடன் டிஎன்எச் சேவையகம் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. டிஎன்எச் சேவையகம் " +"கேச்சிங் டிஎன்எச் சேவையகமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, இதனால் பிணையத்தில் உள்ள அனைத்து " +"இயந்திரங்களும் அதை முக்கிய டிஎன்எச் சேவையகமாகப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"மாணவர்களுக்கும் ஆசிரியர்களுக்கும் வலைத்தளங்களை வெளியிடும் திறன் உள்ளது. வலை சேவையகம் " +"பயனர்களை அங்கீகரிப்பதற்கான வழிமுறைகளை வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் சில பயனர்களுக்கும் " +"குழுக்களுக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட பக்கங்கள் மற்றும் துணை அடைவுகளுக்கான அணுகலைக் " +"கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது. சேவையக பக்கத்தில் வலை சேவையகம் நிரல்படுத்தக்கூடியதாக இருப்பதால், " +"மாறும் வலைப்பக்கங்களை உருவாக்கும் திறன் பயனர்களுக்கு இருக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"பயனர்கள் மற்றும் இயந்திரங்கள் பற்றிய தகவல்களை ஒரு மைய இடத்தில் மாற்றலாம், மேலும் பிணையத்தில் " +"உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளுக்கும் தானாகவே அணுகலாம். இதை அடைய மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அடைவு " +"சேவையகம் அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. கோப்பகத்தில் பயனர்கள், பயனர் குழுக்கள், இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் " +"இயந்திரங்களின் குழுக்கள் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் இருக்கும். பயனர் குழப்பத்தைத் தவிர்க்க கோப்புக் " +"குழுக்களுக்கும் பிணையம் குழுக்களுக்கும் எந்த வித்தியாசமும் இருக்காது. பிணையம் குழுக்களை " +"உருவாக்கும் இயந்திரங்களின் குழுக்கள் பயனர் குழுக்களின் பெயர்வெளியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் என்பதை " +"இது குறிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"சேவைகள் மற்றும் பயனர்களின் நிர்வாகம் முக்கியமாக வலை வழியாக இருக்கும், மேலும் நிறுவப்பட்ட " +"தரங்களைப் பின்பற்றி, ச்கோலெலினக்சின் ஒரு பகுதியாக இருக்கும் வலை உலாவிகளில் சிறப்பாக " +"செயல்படுகிறது. தனிப்பட்ட பயனர்கள் அல்லது பயனர் குழுக்களுக்கு சில பணிகளை " +"பிரதிநிதித்துவப்படுத்துவது நிர்வாக அமைப்புகளால் சாத்தியமாகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"NFS உடன் சில சிக்கல்களைத் தவிர்ப்பதற்கும், பிழைத்திருத்த சிக்கல்களை எளிதாக்குவதற்கும், " +"வெவ்வேறு இயந்திரங்களுக்கு ஒத்திசைக்கப்பட்ட கடிகாரங்கள் தேவை. இதை அடைய ச்கோலெலினக்ச் " +"சேவையகம் உள்ளக பிணையம் நேர நெறிமுறையாக (என்.டி.பி) சேவையகமாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, " +"மேலும் சேவையகத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்க அனைத்து பணிநிலையங்களும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் " +"அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர். சேவையகம் அதன் கடிகாரத்தை இணையத்தில் உள்ள இயந்திரங்களுக்கு எதிராக " +"என்.டி.பி வழியாக ஒத்திசைக்க வேண்டும், இதனால் முழு நெட்வொர்க்குக்கும் சரியான நேரம் " +"இருப்பதை உறுதி செய்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"அச்சுப்பொறிகள் நேரடியாக முதன்மையான நெட்வொர்க்கில் வசதியான இடங்களில் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, " +"அல்லது சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம் அல்லது எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. " +"அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான அணுகலை அவர்கள் சேர்ந்த குழுக்களின்படி தனிப்பட்ட பயனர்களுக்கு " +"கட்டுப்படுத்தலாம்; அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கான ஒதுக்கீடு மற்றும் அணுகல் கட்டுப்பாட்டைப் பயன்படுத்துவதன் " +"மூலம் இது அடையப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் (கள்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு ச்கோலினக்ச் பிணையம் பல எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கலாம், அவை எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பதன் மூலம் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களிலிருந்து சிச்லாக் " +"பெற அமைக்கப்பட்டன, மேலும் இந்த செய்திகளை நடு சிச்லாக் பெறுநருக்கு அனுப்புகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"LTSP வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் சேவையகத்தில் நிறுவப்பட்ட நிரல்களைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"கிளையன்ட் ரூட் கோப்பு முறைமை NFS ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி வழங்கப்படுகிறது. எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகத்திற்கு ஒவ்வொரு மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு தொடர்புடைய படத்தை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க வேண்டும்; " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> இயக்கு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு சாதாரண பிசிக்கள் (எக்ச்-) டெர்மினல்களாக செயல்பட " +"உதவுகிறது. உள்ளக கிளையன்ட் ஆர்ட் டிரைவைப் பயன்படுத்தாமல் PXE ஐப் பயன்படுத்தும் " +"சேவையகத்திலிருந்து இயந்திரம் நேரடியாக துவங்குகிறது என்பதே இதன் பொருள். மெல்லிய " +"கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு இப்போது x2go ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது, ஏனெனில் எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஆதரவைக் " +"குறைத்துள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் அனைத்து நிரல்களையும் திறம்பட இயக்குவதால், மெல்லிய " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மிகவும் பழைய (பெரும்பாலும் 32-பிட்) இயந்திரங்களைப் பயன்படுத்த ஒரு சிறந்த " +"வழியாகும். இது பின்வருமாறு செயல்படுகிறது: பணி நெட்வொர்க்குடன் இணைக்க மற்றும் " +"நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து துவக்க DHCP மற்றும் TFTP ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. அடுத்து, கோப்பு " +"முறைமை NFS ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி LTSP சேவையகத்திலிருந்து பொருத்தப்பட்டுள்ளது, இறுதியாக X2GO " +"வாங்கி தொடங்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் உள்நாட்டில் நிறுவப்பட்ட இயக்க முறைமை இல்லாமல் கணினியில் உள்ள " +"அனைத்து மென்பொருட்களையும் இயக்குகிறது. இதன் பொருள் கிளையன்ட் இயந்திரங்கள் உள்ளக வன்வட்டில் " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட மென்பொருளை இயக்காமல் PXE வழியாக துவங்குகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் போலவே குறைந்த பராமரிப்பு செலவைக் " +"கொண்ட சக்திவாய்ந்த வன்பொருளைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான சிறந்த வழியாகும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களில் " +"உள்ளக நிறுவப்பட்ட மென்பொருள் தேவையில்லாமல் மென்பொருள் சேவையகத்தில் நிர்வகிக்கப்படுகிறது " +"மற்றும் பராமரிக்கப்படுகிறது. வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மற்றும் கணினி அமைப்புகள் சேவையகத்திலும் " +"சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"\"பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச்\" என்ற சொல் இந்த கையேட்டில் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு " +"இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மேகோச் அல்லது விண்டோசை இயக்கும் கணினிகள் இரண்டையும் குறிக்க " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நிறுவியுடன் நிறுவப்பட்ட அனைத்து லினக்ச் இயந்திரங்களும் ஒரு நடு " +"கணினியிலிருந்து நிர்வகிக்கப்படும், பெரும்பாலும் சேவையகம். பாஓடு வழியாக அனைத்து " +"இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்நுழைய முடியும், இதன் மூலம் இயந்திரங்களுக்கு முழு அணுகல் இருக்கும். " +"ரூட் ஒன் <computeroutput> kinit </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்க வேண்டும், முதலில் " +"கெர்பரோச் டிசிடியைப் பெற வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"அனைத்து பயனர் தகவல்களும் LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் வைக்கப்படுகின்றன. பயனர் கணக்குகளின் " +"புதுப்பிப்புகள் இந்த தரவுத்தளத்திற்கு எதிராக செய்யப்படுகின்றன, இது வாடிக்கையாளர்களால் " +"பயனர் அங்கீகாரத்திற்காக பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "நிறுவல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"தற்போது இரண்டு வகையான நிறுவல் மீடியா படங்கள் உள்ளன: நெட்இன்ச்ட் மற்றும் பி.டி. இரண்டு " +"படங்களையும் யூ.எச்.பி குச்சிகளிலிருந்து துவக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"எந்தவொரு நடுத்தரத்திலிருந்தும் ஒரு சேவையகத்தை ஒரு முறை நிறுவ முடியும், மேலும் " +"பிணையத்திலிருந்து துவக்குவதன் மூலம் பிணையத்தில் மற்ற அனைத்து வாடிக்கையாளர்களையும் நிறுவ " +"முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "நெட்இன்ச்டால் படத்திற்கு மட்டுமே நிறுவலின் போது இணையத்தை அணுக வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"விரும்பிய மொழி, இருப்பிடம், விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பு மற்றும் இயந்திர சுயவிவரம் (பிரதான " +"சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்,…) தவிர்த்து நிறுவல் எந்த கேள்விகளையும் " +"கேட்கக்கூடாது. மற்ற அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் நியாயமான மதிப்புகளுடன் தானாகவே அமைக்கப்படும், " +"நிறுவலுக்கு பின்னர் கணினி நிர்வாகியால் மைய இடத்திலிருந்து மாற்றப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "கோப்பு முறைமை அணுகல் உள்ளமைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு ச்கோலினக்ச் பயனர் கணக்கிலும் கோப்பு சேவையகத்தில் கோப்பு முறைமையின் ஒரு பகுதி " +"ஒதுக்கப்படுகிறது. இந்த பிரிவில் (வீட்டு அடைவு) பயனரின் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகள், ஆவணங்கள், " +"மின்னஞ்சல் மற்றும் வலைப்பக்கங்கள் உள்ளன. சில கோப்புகள் கணினியில் உள்ள பிற பயனர்களுக்கான " +"அணுகலைப் படிக்க அமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும், சில இணையத்தில் உள்ள அனைவராலும் படிக்கக்கூடியதாக " +"இருக்க வேண்டும், மேலும் சிலர் பயனரைத் தவிர வேறு யாராலும் படிக்க அணுகக்கூடாது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"பயனர் கோப்பகங்கள் அல்லது பகிரப்பட்ட கோப்பகங்களுக்காகப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அனைத்து வட்டுகளையும் " +"நிறுவலில் உள்ள அனைத்து கணினிகளிலும் தனித்துவமாக பெயரிட முடியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த, " +"அவை <computeroutput>/skole/Host/Directory/</computeroutput> என ஏற்றப்படலாம். " +"ஆரம்பத்தில், கோப்பு சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு அடைவு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது, <computeroutput>/ச்கோல்/" +"டிசெனர்/ஓம்0/</computeroutput>, இதில் அனைத்து பயனர் கணக்குகளும் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன. " +"குறிப்பிட்ட பயனர் குழுக்கள் அல்லது குறிப்பிட்ட பயன்பாட்டு வடிவங்களுக்கு இடமளிக்க " +"தேவைப்படும்போது கூடுதல் கோப்பகங்கள் உருவாக்கப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"சாதாரண யுனிக்ச் இசைவு அமைப்பின் கீழ் கோப்புகளுக்கான பகிரப்பட்ட அணுகலை செயல்படுத்த, " +"பயனர்கள் துணை பகிரப்பட்ட குழுக்களிலும் (\"மாணவர்கள்\" போன்றவை) மற்றும் இயல்புநிலையாக " +"இருக்கும் தனிப்பட்ட முதன்மைக் குழுவிலும் இருக்க வேண்டும். புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட " +"உருப்படிகளை குழு அணுகக்கூடிய (002 அல்லது 007) உருவாக்க பயனர்களுக்கு பொருத்தமான " +"யுமாச்க் இருந்தால், அவர்கள் பணிபுரியும் கோப்பகங்கள் கோப்புகள் சரியான குழு உரிமையைப் " +"பெறுவதை உறுதிசெய்ய செட்சிட் என்றால், இதன் விளைவாக கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்ட கோப்பு பகிர்வு " +"இடையே கட்டுப்படுத்தப்படுகிறது ஒரு குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளுக்கான ஆரம்ப அணுகல் அமைப்புகள் கொள்கையின் சேதி. டெபியன் " +"இயல்புநிலை உமாச்க் 022 (இது மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டபடி குழு அணுகலை அனுமதிக்காது), ஆனால் " +"டெபியன் எட் 002 இன் இயல்புநிலையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது - அதாவது அனைவருக்கும் வாசிப்பு " +"அணுகலுடன் கோப்புகள் உருவாக்கப்படுகின்றன, பின்னர் அவை வெளிப்படையான பயனர் செயலால் " +"அகற்றப்படலாம். இதை மாற்றாக மாற்றலாம் (<computeroutput> /etc/pam.d/common-session </" +"computeroutput> ஐ திருத்துவதன் மூலம்) 007 இன் umask க்கு - அதாவது வாசிப்பு அணுகல் " +"ஆரம்பத்தில் தடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, அவற்றை அணுகக்கூடிய பயனர் நடவடிக்கை தேவைப்படுகிறது. முதல் " +"அணுகுமுறை அறிவு பகிர்வை ஊக்குவிக்கிறது, மேலும் கணினியை மிகவும் வெளிப்படையானதாக " +"ஆக்குகிறது, அதேசமயம் இரண்டாவது முறை முக்கியமான தகவல்களை தேவையற்ற முறையில் பரப்பும் " +"அபாயத்தை குறைக்கிறது. முதல் தீர்வின் சிக்கல் என்னவென்றால், பயனர்கள் அவர்கள் உருவாக்கும் பொருள் " +"மற்ற எல்லா பயனர்களுக்கும் அணுகக்கூடியது என்பது தெளிவாகத் தெரியவில்லை. மற்ற பயனர்களின் " +"கோப்பகங்களை ஆய்வு செய்வதன் மூலமும், அவற்றின் கோப்புகள் படிக்கக்கூடியவை என்பதைக் காண்பதன் " +"மூலமும் மட்டுமே அவர்கள் இதைக் கண்டறிய முடியும். இரண்டாவது தீர்வின் சிக்கல் என்னவென்றால், சில " +"நபர்கள் தங்கள் கோப்புகளை அணுகக்கூடியதாக மாற்றலாம், அவற்றில் முக்கியமான தகவல்கள் " +"இல்லாவிட்டாலும், மற்றவர்கள் குறிப்பிட்ட சிக்கல்களை எவ்வாறு தீர்த்துள்ளனர் என்பதை அறிய " +"விரும்பும் ஆர்வமுள்ள பயனர்களுக்கு உள்ளடக்கம் உதவியாக இருக்கும் (பொதுவாக உள்ளமைவு " +"சிக்கல்கள்) ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "தேவைகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"ச்கோலெலினக்ச் தீர்வை அமைப்பதற்கு வெவ்வேறு வழிகள் உள்ளன. இது ஒரு முழுமையான கணினியில் " +"அல்லது பல பள்ளிகளில் பிராந்திய அளவிலான தீர்வாக நிறுவப்படலாம். பிணையம் கூறுகள், " +"சேவையகங்கள் மற்றும் கிளையன்ட் இயந்திரங்களின் உள்ளமைவுக்கு இந்த நெகிழ்வுத்தன்மை மிகப்பெரிய " +"வித்தியாசத்தை ஏற்படுத்துகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "வன்பொருள் தேவைகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"வெவ்வேறு சுயவிவரங்களின் நோக்கம் <link linkend=\"Architecture\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு </" +"link> அத்தியாயத்தில் விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்றால், <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"ltsp/ltsp%20hardware%20Requirements\"> LTSP வன்பொருள் தேவைகள் விக்கிப் பக்கம் </" +"ulink> ஐப் பாருங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி / ச்கோலெலினக்ச் இயங்கும் கணினிகள் 32 பிட் (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை 'ஐ386', " +"பழமையான உதவி செயலிகள் 686 வகுப்பு) அல்லது 64 பிட் (டெபியன் கட்டிடக்கலை 'ஏஎம்டி64') " +"ஃ86 செயலிகளைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"256 MIB ரேம் மற்றும் 400 மெகா எர்ட்ச் மட்டுமே உள்ள மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் சாத்தியமாகும், " +"இருப்பினும் அதிக ரேம் மற்றும் வேகமான செயலிகள் பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"பணிநிலையங்கள், வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் முழுமையான அமைப்புகள், 1500 மெகா எர்ட்ச் " +"மற்றும் 1024 எம்ஐபி ரேம் ஆகியவை குறைந்தஅளவு தேவைகள். நவீன வெப் ப்ரோசர்கள் மற்றும் " +"லிப்ரேஃபிசை இயக்குவதற்கு குறைந்தது 2048 MIB ரேம் பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "குறைந்தபட்ச வட்டு இட தேவைகள் நிறுவப்பட்ட சுயவிவரத்தைப் பொறுத்தது:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம் + எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் + பணிநிலையம் (சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு " +"சி.யு.ஐ விரும்பினால்): 60 கிப் (பயனர் கணக்குகளுக்கு கூடுதல் இடம்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்: 40 கிப்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "பணிநிலையம் அல்லது முழுமையானது: 30 கிப்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "குறைந்தபட்ச பிணையம் இயந்திர நிறுவல்: 4 கிப்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலை பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களுக்கு இரண்டு " +"பிணைய அட்டைகள் தேவை:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 முதன்மையான பிணையத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பணி செய்ய ETH1 பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"மடிக்கணினிகள் நகரக்கூடிய பணிநிலையங்கள், எனவே அவை பணிநிலையங்களின் அதே தேவைகளைக் " +"கொண்டுள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "வன்பொருள் வேலை செய்ய அறியப்படுகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"சோதிக்கப்பட்ட வன்பொருளின் பட்டியல் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/" +"hardware/\"/> இல் வழங்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. இந்த பட்டியல் கிட்டத்தட்ட முழுமையடையவில்லை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/installingdebianon\"/> என்பது சில " +"குறிப்பிட்ட வன்பொருளில் டெபியனை எவ்வாறு நிறுவுவது, உள்ளமைப்பது மற்றும் பயன்படுத்துவது " +"என்பதை ஆவணப்படுத்தும் முயற்சியாகும், மேலும் அந்த வன்பொருள் ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறதா மற்றும் " +"இருக்கும் உரிமையாளர்களா என்பதை அறிய சாத்தியமான வாங்குபவர்களுக்கு அனுமதிக்கிறது அந்த " +"வன்பொருளிலிருந்து சிறந்ததை எவ்வாறு பெறுவது என்பதை அறிய." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "பிணைய அமைப்பிற்கான தேவைகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலை அமைப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலை பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, இந்த விதிகள் பொருந்தும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "உங்களுக்கு சரியாக ஒரு முக்கிய சேவையகம் தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "நீங்கள் முதன்மையான நெட்வொர்க்கில் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான பணிநிலையங்களை வைத்திருக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான நெட்வொர்க்கில் நீங்கள் நிறைய எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களை வைத்திருக்க முடியும்; " +"இரண்டு வெவ்வேறு சப்நெட்டுகள் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -யில் முன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டவை (டி.என்.எச், " +"டி.எச்.சி.பி), மேலும் சேர்க்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் நெட்வொர்க்கிலும் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும்/" +"அல்லது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"மாறும் ஐபி முகவரிகள் ஒதுக்கப்படும் நூற்றுக்கணக்கான பிற இயந்திரங்களை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "இணையத்தை அணுக உங்களுக்கு திசைவி/நுழைவாயில் தேவை (கீழே காண்க)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "இணைய திசைவி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு திசைவி/நுழைவாயில், வெளிப்புற இடைமுகத்தில் இணையத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டு, ஐபி முகவரி " +"10.0.0.1 இல் உள் இடைமுகத்தில் நெட்மாச்க் 255.0.0.0 உடன் இயங்குகிறது, இது இணையத்துடன் " +"இணைக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"திசைவி ஒரு DHCP சேவையகத்தை இயக்கக்கூடாது, இது ஒரு DNS சேவையகத்தை இயக்க முடியும், " +"இருப்பினும் இது தேவையில்லை மற்றும் பயன்படுத்தப்படாது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"உங்களிடம் ஏற்கனவே ஒரு திசைவி இல்லையென்றால் அல்லது அதற்கேற்ப உங்கள் ஏற்கனவே உள்ள திசைவி " +"அமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால், குறைந்தபட்ச டெபியன் நிறுவலுக்கான தேவைகளை நிறைவு செய்யும் எந்த " +"இயந்திரமும் குறைந்தது இரண்டு பிணைய இடைமுகங்களைக் கொண்டிருப்பது ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிணையம் " +"மற்றும் இடையே நுழைவாயிலாக மாற்றப்படலாம் டெபியன் எடு ஒன். <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">நிறுவல் ஆவணங்கள் </link>ஐப் பார்க்கவும் ஐ நிறுவி அமைக்க ஒரு எளிய வழியை " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"நிறுவவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"உட்பொதிக்கப்பட்ட திசைவி அல்லது அணுகல் புள்ளிக்கு உங்களுக்கு ஏதாவது தேவைப்பட்டால், <ulink " +"url=\"https://openwrt.org\"> OpenWRT </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், " +"நிச்சயமாக நீங்கள் அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரையும் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அசல் ஃபார்ம்வேரைப் பயன்படுத்துவது " +"எளிதானது; OpenWRT ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உங்களுக்கு கூடுதல் தேர்வுகள் மற்றும் கட்டுப்பாட்டை " +"வழங்குகிறது. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\"> ஆதரிக்கப்பட்ட " +"வன்பொருள் </ulink> இன் பட்டியலுக்கு OpenWRT வலைப்பக்கங்களை சரிபார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"வேறு பிணையம் அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த முடியும் (ஒரு <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/changeipsubnet\"> ஆவணப்படுத்தப்பட்ட செயல்முறை </" +"ulink> ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிணையம் உள்கட்டமைப்பால் இதைச் செய்ய வேண்டிய கட்டாயத்தில் இல்லை, அவ்வாறு " +"செய்வதற்கு எதிராக நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், மேலும் இயல்புநிலை <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\"> பிணையம் கட்டமைப்பு </link> உடன் இருக்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "நிறுவல் மற்றும் பதிவிறக்க விருப்பங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "கூடுதல் தகவல்களை எங்கே கண்டுபிடிப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> டெபியன் " +"புத்தகப்புழு </ulink> க்கான குறிப்புகளை நீங்கள் ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் " +"படிக்க அல்லது பார்க்க பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம் விளைவாக்கம் பயன்பாட்டிற்கு. டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழு " +"வெளியீடு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் அதன் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/relaess/" +"bookworm/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"தயவுசெய்து டெபியன் கல்வி/Skolelinux ஐ முயற்சித்துப் பாருங்கள், அது வேலை செய்ய வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"இருப்பினும், <link linkend=\"Requirements\"> வன்பொருள் மற்றும் பிணைய தேவைகள் </" +"link> மற்றும் <link linkend=\"Architecture\"> கட்டமைப்பு </link> பற்றிய " +"அத்தியாயங்களைப் படிக்க பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவத் " +"தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"முதன்முறையாக எவ்வாறு உள்நுழைவது என்பதை விளக்குவதால், இந்த கையேட்டின் <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">தொடங்குதல்</link> அத்தியாயத்தையும் படிக்க மறக்காதீர்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 12 Codename trixie" +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழுக்கான நிறுவல் ஊடகத்தைப் பதிவிறக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "ஏஎம்டி64 அல்லது ஐ386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +#| "computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, " +#| "both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +#| "<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +#| "<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +#| "installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +#| "computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be " +#| "used for very old hardware." +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> AMD64 </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> i386 </" +"computeroutput> ஆகியவை x86 சிபியு களுக்கான இரண்டு டெபியன் கட்டமைப்புகளின் பெயர்கள், " +"இரண்டும் AMD, இன்டெல் மற்றும் பிற உற்பத்தியாளர்களால் உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <computeroutput> " +"AMD64 </computeroutput> என்பது 64-பிட் கட்டமைப்பு மற்றும் <computeroutput>I386 </" +"computeroutput> என்பது 32-பிட் கட்டமைப்பாகும். புதிய நிறுவல்கள் இன்று " +"<computeroutput> AMD64 </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்யப்பட வேண்டும். " +"<computeroutput> i386 </computeroutput> மிகவும் பழைய வன்பொருளுக்கு மட்டுமே " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "netinst iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "ஏஎம்டி64 அல்லது ஐ386 க்கான நெட்இன்ச்ட் ஐஎச்ஓ படங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB " +#| "flash drives and is available for two Debian architectures: amd64 or " +#| "i386. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the " +#| "installation." +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"நெட்இன்ச்ட் ஐஎச்ஓ படத்தை சிடி/டிவிடி மற்றும் யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்களிலிருந்து நிறுவ " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம் மற்றும் இது இரண்டு டெபியன் கட்டமைப்புகளுக்கு கிடைக்கிறது: AMD64 அல்லது " +"I386. பெயர் குறிப்பிடுவது போல, நிறுவலுக்கு இணைய அணுகல் தேவைப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Once Trixie has been released these images will be available for download " +#| "from:" +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "டிரிக்சி வெளியானதும் இந்தப் படங்கள் பதிவிறக்கம் செய்யப்படும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "BD iso images for amd64 or i386" +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "AMD64 அல்லது I386 க்கான BD ISO படங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These ISO image are approximately 7.5 GB large and can be used for " +#| "installation of amd64 or i386 machines, also without access to the " +#| "Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or " +#| "disk media of sufficient size." +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"இந்த ஐஎச்ஓ படம் தோராயமாக 7.5 சிபி பெரியது மற்றும் இணையத்தை அணுகாமல் AMD64 அல்லது " +"I386 இயந்திரங்களை நிறுவுவதற்கு பயன்படுத்தலாம். நெட்இன்ச்ட் படத்தைப் போலவே இது யூ.எச்.பி " +"ஃபிளாச் டிரைவ்கள் அல்லது போதுமான அளவு வட்டு மீடியாவில் பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "பதிவிறக்கம் செய்யப்பட்ட படக் கோப்புகளின் சரிபார்ப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"இந்த படங்களை சரிபார்ப்பதற்கும் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கும் விரிவான வழிமுறைகள் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/cd/faq/\"> டெபியன்-சிடி கேள்விகள் </ulink> இன் ஒரு " +"பகுதியாகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "மூலங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"வழக்கமான இடங்களில் டெபியன் காப்பகத்திலிருந்து ஆதாரங்கள் கிடைக்கின்றன, பல ஊடகங்கள் <ulink " +"url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி ஐ நிறுவுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் ஒரு டெபியன் EDU நிறுவலைச் செய்யும்போது, தேர்வு செய்ய உங்களுக்குச் சில விருப்பங்கள் " +"உள்ளன. பயப்பட வேண்டாம்; பல இல்லை. நிறுவலிலும் அதற்கு அப்பாலும் டெபியனின் சிக்கலை " +"மறைக்கும் ஒரு நல்ல வேலையை நாங்கள் செய்துள்ளோம். இருப்பினும், டெபியன் EDU டெபியன், நீங்கள் " +"விரும்பினால் 59,000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகள் தேர்வு செய்யப்படுகின்றன மற்றும் ஒரு " +"பில்லியன் உள்ளமைவு விருப்பங்கள் உள்ளன. எங்கள் பயனர்களில் பெரும்பாலோருக்கு, எங்கள் " +"இயல்புநிலைகள் நன்றாக இருக்க வேண்டும். தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: எல்.டி.எச்.பி பயன்படுத்தப்பட " +"வேண்டும் என்றால், இலகுரக டெச்க்டாப் சூழலைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "முக்கிய சேவையக நிறுவல் காட்சிகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"DHCP ஐ வழங்கும் திசைவி மூலம் இணைய அணுகலுடன் வழக்கமான பள்ளி அல்லது வீட்டு நெட்வொர்க்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவுவது சாத்தியமாகும், ஆனால் மறுதொடக்கத்திற்குப் பிறகு " +"இணைய அணுகல் இருக்காது (முதன்மை பிணைய இடைமுகம் ஐபி 10.0.2.2/8 காரணமாக)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\"> இணைய திசைவி </link> " +"அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும் விவரங்களுக்கு ஒரு நுழைவாயிலை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்றால், ஏற்கனவே " +"உள்ளதை தேவைக்கேற்ப கட்டமைக்க முடியாவிட்டால்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\"> கட்டமைப்பு </link> அத்தியாயத்தில் " +"காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து கூறுகளையும் இணைக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"சரியான சூழலில் முதல் முறையாக துவங்கியவுடன் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திற்கு இணைய இணைப்பு " +"இருக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"வழக்கமான பள்ளி அல்லது நிறுவன பிணையம், மேலே உள்ளதைப் போன்றது, ஆனால் பதிலாள் பயன்பாட்டுடன் " +"தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"கர்னல் கட்டளை வரியில் 'டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட்' ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்; இது எவ்வாறு " +"செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"சில கூடுதல் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதிலளிக்கப்பட வேண்டும், பதிலாள் சேவையகம் தொடர்புடைய ஒன்று " +"சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"திசைவி/நுழைவாயில் ஐபி 10.0.0.1/8 (இது ஒரு டி.எச்.சி.பி சேவையகத்தை வழங்காது) " +"மற்றும் இணைய அணுகலுடன் நெட்வொர்க்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"தானியங்கி பிணைய உள்ளமைவு தோல்வியடைந்தவுடன் (DHCP இல்லாததால்), கையேடு பிணைய உள்ளமைவைத் " +"தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "புரவலன் ஐபியாக 10.0.2.2/8 ஐ உள்ளிடவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "கேட்வே ஐபி என 10.0.0.1 ஐ உள்ளிடவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "உங்களுக்கு நன்றாகத் தெரியாவிட்டால் 8.8.8.8 ஐ பெயர்சர்வர் ஐபி என உள்ளிடவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகம் முதல் துவக்கத்திற்குப் பிறகு வேலை செய்ய வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "இணைப்பில்லாத (இணைய இணைப்பு இல்லை):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "BD ISO படத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "" +"அனைத்து (உண்மையான/மெய்நிகர்) பிணையம் கேபிள்களும் அவிழ்க்கப்படவில்லை என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் " +"கொள்ளுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"'இந்த நேரத்தில் நெட்வொர்க்கை உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டாம்' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க (டி.எச்.சி.பி " +"நெட்வொர்க்கை உள்ளமைக்கத் தவறிய பிறகு, நீங்கள் 'தொடரவும்' என்பதை அழுத்தினீர்கள்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"இணைய அணுகலுடன் சரியான சூழலில் முதல் முறையாக துவக்கப்பட்டவுடன் கணினியைப் புதுப்பிக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "பல டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கிடைக்கின்றன:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"XFCE LXDE ஐ விட சற்று பெரிய தடம் உள்ளது, ஆனால் மிகச் சிறந்த மொழி உதவி (106 மொழிகள்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"கே.டி.இ மற்றும் க்னோம் இரண்டும் நல்ல மொழி ஆதரவைக் கொண்டுள்ளன, ஆனால் பழைய கணினிகள் மற்றும் " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு மிகப் பெரிய தடம் உள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "இலவங்கப்பட்டை க்னோமுக்கு ஒரு இலகுவான மாற்றாகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"மேட் மேலே உள்ள மூன்று பேரை விட இலகுவானது, ஆனால் பல நாடுகளுக்கு நல்ல மொழி ஆதரவைக் " +"காணவில்லை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE மிகச்சிறிய தடம் உள்ளது மற்றும் 35 மொழிகளை ஆதரிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQT என்பது மிகவும் நவீன தோற்றத்தையும் உணர்வையும் கொண்ட ஒரு இலகுரக டெச்க்டாப் சூழலாகும் " +"(LXDE ஐப் போன்ற மொழி ஆதரவு) (KDE ஐப் போலவே கியுடி ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்டது)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு பன்னாட்டு திட்டமாக டெபியன் கல்வி இயல்புநிலை டெச்க்டாப் சூழலாக Xfce ஐப் பயன்படுத்தத் " +"தேர்ந்தெடுத்துள்ளது; வேறு ஒன்றை எவ்வாறு அமைப்பது என்பதை கீழே காண்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "மட்டு நிறுவல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"சுயவிவரம் <emphasis>பணிநிலையம்</emphasis> சேர்க்கப்பட்ட ஒரு அமைப்பை நிறுவும் போது, " +"கல்வி தொடர்பான நிறைய திட்டங்கள் நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளன. அடிப்படை சுயவிவரத்தை மட்டும் நிறுவ, " +"நிறுவலைத் தொடங்குவதற்கு முன் <emphasis>டெச்க்டாப் = xxxx </emphasis> கர்னல் கட்டளை வரி " +"பரமை அகற்று; இது எவ்வாறு செய்யப்படுகிறது என்பதை விவரங்களுக்கு மேலும் கீழே காண்க. இது " +"ஒரு தள குறிப்பிட்ட அமைப்பை நிறுவ அனுமதிக்கிறது மற்றும் சோதனை நிறுவல்களை விரைவுபடுத்த " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: நீங்கள் பின்னர் டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ விரும்பினால், எ.கா. <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\"> கல்வி-" +"டெச்க்டோப்-எக்ச்எஃப்எச் </ulink> ஏனெனில் இவை கல்வி தொடர்பான அனைத்து திட்டங்களிலும் " +"இழுக்கும்; மாறாக எ.கா. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-" +"xfce-desktop#\">அதற்கு பதிலாக பணி-xfce-desktop </ulink>. புதிய பள்ளி அளவிலான " +"மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது அதற்கு மேற்பட்டவை <emphasis>கல்வி-பிரதிநிதி</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>கல்வி-பிரைமரி ச்கூல்</emphasis>, <emphasis>கல்வி-இடைநிலை " +"பள்ளி</emphasis>, <emphasis>கல்வி- பயன்பாட்டு வழக்குடன் பொருந்துமாறு உயர்நிலைப் பள்ளி " +"</emphasis> நிறுவப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி மெட்டா-பேக்கேச்கள் பற்றிய விவரங்களுக்கு, <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/tasks/\"> டெபியன் கல்வி தொகுப்புகள் கண்ணோட்டம் </ulink> " +"பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "நிறுவல் வகைகள் மற்றும் விருப்பங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>64 -பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் - பயாச் பயன்முறை</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் (பயாச் பயன்முறை)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை நிறுவல் </emphasis> GTK நிறுவியைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துகிறது, அங்கு நீங்கள் சுட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">நிறுவல்</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">மேம்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள் ></emphasis> தேர்வு செய்ய " +"விரிவான விருப்பங்களைக் கொண்ட துணை பட்டியலை வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">உதவி</emphasis> நிறுவியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான சில " +"குறிப்புகளைத் தருகிறது; கீழே உள்ள ச்கிரீன்சாட்டைக் காண்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி மேம்பட்ட விருப்பங்கள் திரை 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">பின்.. </emphasis> முதன்மையான மெனுவுக்கு மீண்டும் கொண்டு " +"வருகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </emphasis> கிடைக்கக்கூடிய " +"அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது, சுட்டி பயன்படுத்தக்கூடியது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை மீட்பு முறை</emphasis> இந்த நிறுவல் ஊடகம் " +"அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வரைகலை தானியங்கி நிறுவல் </emphasis> ஒரு முன் கோப்பு " +"தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">வல்லுநர் நிறுவல்</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறையில் " +"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய அனைத்து கேள்விகளுக்கும் அணுகலை வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">மீட்பு முறை</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறை; இந்த நிறுவல் ஊடகம் " +"அவசரகால பணிகளுக்கு மீட்பு வட்டாக மாறுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">தானியங்கி நிறுவல்</emphasis> உரை பயன்முறை; ஒரு முன் " +"கோப்பு தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> வரைகலை வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computeroutput> அல்லது " +"<computeroutput> வல்லுநர் நிறுவல் </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், " +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-எக்ச்பெர்ட் </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>உதவி திரை</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "நிறுவி உதவி திரை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"இந்த உதவித் திரை சுயமாக விளக்குகிறது மற்றும் விவரிக்கப்பட்ட தலைப்புகளில் மேலும் விரிவான " +"உதவியைப் பெறுவதற்கு விசைப்பலகையில் <F>-கீசை செயல்படுத்துகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>64 -பிட் வன்பொருளில் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் - UEFI பயன்முறை</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64-பிட் நிறுவி துவக்க பட்டியல் (UEFI பயன்முறை)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>நிறுவல்களுக்கான துவக்க அளவுருக்களைச் சேர்க்கவும் அல்லது மாற்றவும்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"இரண்டு நிகழ்வுகளிலும், துவக்க பட்டியலில் <emphasis role=\"strong\">தாவல்</emphasis> " +"அல்லது <emphasis role=\"strong\">இ</emphasis> விசையை அழுத்துவதன் மூலம் துவக்க " +"விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்த முடியும்; திரை சாட்கள் <emphasis role=\"strong\"> வரைகலை " +"நிறுவல்</emphasis> க்கான கட்டளை வரியைக் காட்டுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "கட்டளை வரி விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்து (பயாச் பயன்முறை)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "கட்டளை வரி விருப்பங்களைத் திருத்தவும் (UEFI பயன்முறை)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"குறுவட்டு <emphasis> முதன்மையான சேவையகம் </emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவுவதை " +"விரைவுபடுத்த நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஏற்கனவே உள்ள HTTP பதிலாள் சேவையைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். எ.கா. " +"<computeroutput> மிரர்/http/proxy = http: //10.0.2.2: 3128 </computeroutput> " +"கூடுதல் துவக்க அளவுருவாக." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு கணினியில் நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே <emphasis>முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தை " +"நிறுவியிருந்தால், மேலும் நிறுவல்கள் PXE வழியாக செய்யப்பட வேண்டும், ஏனெனில் இது தானாகவே " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் ப்ராக்சியைப் பயன்படுத்தும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலை <emphasis role=\"strong\">எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலுக்குப் " +"பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\">க்னோம்</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput>இல் <computeroutput> desktop = xfcetop</" +"computeroutput> உடன் <computeroutput>xfce </computeroutput> ஐ மாற்றவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"அதற்கு பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE </emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = எல்எக்ச்.டி</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"அதற்கு பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQT </emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = LXQT </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = கே.டி</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"அதற்கு பதிலாக <emphasis role=\"strong\"> இலவங்கப்பட்டை</emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை " +"நிறுவ, <computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = இலவங்கப்பட்டை </computeroutput> ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"மற்றும் <emphasis role=\"strong\">மேட் </emphasis> டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை நிறுவ, " +"<computeroutput> டெச்க்டாப் = மேட் </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "நிறுவல் செயல்முறை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"Requirements\"> கணினி தேவைகள் </link> ஐ நினைவில் வைத்துக் " +"கொள்ளுங்கள், மேலும் நீங்கள் ஒரு LTSP சேவையகத்தை அமைக்க திட்டமிட்டால் குறைந்தது இரண்டு " +"பிணைய அட்டைகள் (NIC கள்) இருப்பதை உறுதிசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "ஒரு மொழியைத் தேர்வுசெய்க (நிறுவல் மற்றும் நிறுவப்பட்ட அமைப்புக்கு)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "பொதுவாக நீங்கள் வசிக்கும் இடமாக இருக்க வேண்டிய இடத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "விசைப்பலகை கீமாப்பைத் தேர்வுசெய்க (நாட்டின் இயல்புநிலை பொதுவாக நன்றாக இருக்கும்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "பின்வரும் பட்டியலிலிருந்து சுயவிவரம் (களை) தேர்வு செய்யவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"உங்கள் பள்ளிக்கான முக்கிய சேவையகம் (டிசெனர்) இது பெட்டியின் வெளியே வேலை செய்ய முன் " +"கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட அனைத்து சேவைகளையும் வழங்குகிறது. நீங்கள் ஒரு பள்ளிக்கு ஒரு முக்கிய " +"சேவையகத்தை மட்டுமே நிறுவ வேண்டும்! இந்த சுயவிவரத்தில் வரைகலை பயனர் இடைமுகம் இல்லை. " +"நீங்கள் ஒரு வரைகலை பயனர் இடைமுகத்தை விரும்பினால், இது கூடுதலாக பணிநிலையம் அல்லது " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">பணிநிலையம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"கணினி அதன் உள்ளக வன்விலிருந்து துவக்குதல், மற்றும் அனைத்து மென்பொருள் மற்றும் சாதனங்களையும் " +"ஒரு சாதாரண கணினி போல உள்நாட்டில் இயக்குகிறது, தவிர பயனர் உள்நுழைவுகள் முதன்மையான " +"சேவையகத்தால் அங்கீகரிக்கப்படுகின்றன, அங்கு பயனர்களின் கோப்புகள் மற்றும் டெச்க்டாப் சுயவிவரம் " +"சேமிக்கப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">ரோமிங் பணிநிலையம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"பணிநிலையத்தைப் போலவே ஆனால் தற்காலிக சேமிப்பு நற்சான்றிதழ்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஏற்பு பெறும் " +"திறன் கொண்டது, அதாவது பள்ளி நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு வெளியே பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். பயனர்களின் " +"கோப்புகள் மற்றும் சுயவிவரங்கள் உள்ளக வட்டில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன. ஒற்றை பயனர் குறிப்பேடுகள் " +"மற்றும் மடிக்கணினிகளுக்கு இந்த சுயவிவரம் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட வேண்டும், ஆனால் முந்தைய " +"வெளியீடுகளில் பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்டபடி 'பணிநிலையம்' அல்லது 'தனித்தனி' அல்ல." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு மெல்லிய வாங்கி (மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம்) சேவையகம், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் " +"என்று அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. ஆர்ட் டிரைவ்கள் இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இந்த சேவையகத்திலிருந்து " +"மென்பொருளை துவக்கி இயக்குகிறார்கள். இந்த கணினிக்கு இரண்டு பிணைய இடைமுகங்கள், நிறைய " +"நினைவகம் மற்றும் ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட செயலி அல்லது கோர் தேவை. இந்த விசயத்தைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் " +"தகவலுக்கு <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </link> பற்றிய " +"அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். இந்த சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரத்தையும் " +"செயல்படுத்துகிறது (அது தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்படாவிட்டாலும் கூட) - ஒரு எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் " +"எப்போதும் பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">தனித்தன்மை</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு முக்கிய சேவையகம் இல்லாமல் செயல்படக்கூடிய ஒரு சாதாரண கணினி (அதாவது, இது " +"பிணையத்தில் இருக்க தேவையில்லை). மடிக்கணினிகள் அடங்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">குறைந்தபட்சம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"இந்தத் தன்விவரம் அடிப்படை தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி, டெபியன் கல்வி நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஒருங்கிணைக்க " +"இயந்திரத்தை உள்ளமைக்கும், ஆனால் எந்தச் சேவைகளும் பயன்பாடுகளும் இல்லாமல். முதன்மையான " +"சேவையகத்திலிருந்து கைமுறையாக நகர்த்தப்பட்ட ஒற்றை சேவைகளுக்கான தளமாக இது பயனுள்ளதாக " +"இருக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"சாதாரண பயனர்கள் அத்தகைய அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்த முடிந்தால், அதை கோசா (ஒரு பணிநிலையத்தைப் " +"போன்றது) பயன்படுத்தி சேர்க்க வேண்டும் மற்றும் லிபாம்-கேஆர்பி 5 தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">பணிநிலையம்</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரங்கள் முன்னரே " +"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. <emphasis>ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> என " +"அழைக்கப்படுவதை நீங்கள் நிறுவ விரும்பினால் இந்த சுயவிவரங்களை ஒரு கணினியில் ஒன்றாக நிறுவ " +"முடியும். இதன் பொருள் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகமாக இருக்கும், மேலும் " +"இது ஒரு பணிநிலையமாகவும் பயன்படுத்தப்படும். இது இயல்புநிலை தேர்வு, ஏனென்றால் " +"பெரும்பாலான மக்கள் அதை விரும்புவார்கள் என்று நாங்கள் கருதுகிறோம். ஒரு கணினியில் 2 " +"பிணையம் கார்டுகள் நிறுவப்பட்டிருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக அல்லது நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகமாக நிறுவப்பட உள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"தானியங்கி பகிர்வுக்கு \"ஆம்\" அல்லது \"இல்லை\" என்று சொல்லுங்கள். \"ஆம்\" என்று சொல்வது " +"ஆர்ட் டிரைவ்களில் உள்ள எல்லா தரவையும் அழிக்கும் என்பதை அறிந்து கொள்ளுங்கள்! மறுபுறம் " +"\"இல்லை\" என்று சொல்வதற்கு அதிக வேலை தேவைப்படும் - தேவையான பகிர்வுகள் " +"உருவாக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்த வேண்டும், மேலும் அவை பெரியவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"எதிர்கால வெளியீடுகளுக்கு எந்த தொகுப்புகள் பிரபலமாக உள்ளன என்பதை அறிய அனுமதிக்க, " +"<ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> க்கு தகவல்களைச் சமர்ப்பிக்க \"ஆம்\" " +"என்று சொல்லுங்கள். நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியதில்லை என்றாலும், நீங்கள் உதவ இது ஒரு எளிய வழியாகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"காத்திருங்கள். தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட சுயவிவரங்களில் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம் இருந்தால், நிறுவி " +"முடிவில் சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடுவார், \"நிறுவலை முடித்தல்-டெபியன்-எடு-சுயவிவர-ஆடெப் " +"இயக்குதல் ...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை வழங்கியபிறகு, \"நிர்வாகமற்ற பணிகளுக்கு\" சாதாரண பயனர் கணக்கை " +"உருவாக்கும்படி கேட்கப்படுவீர்கள். டெபியன் கல்வி க்கு இந்தக் கணக்கு மிகவும் முக்கியமானது: " +"ச்கோலெலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கை நிர்வகிக்க நீங்கள் பயன்படுத்தும் கணக்கு இது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"இந்த பயனருக்கான கடவுச்சொல் <emphasis role=\"strong\">கட்டாயம் </emphasis> இன் நீளம் " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">குறைந்தது 5 எழுத்துக்கள்</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">வேறுபட வேண்டும்</emphasis> <emphasis role=\"strong\">பயனர்பெயர்</" +"emphasis> - இல்லையெனில் உள்நுழைவு சாத்தியமில்லை (குறுகிய கடவுச்சொல் மற்றும் " +"பயனர்பெயருடன் பொருந்தக்கூடிய கடவுச்சொல் நிறுவியால் ஏற்றுக்கொள்ளப்படும்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்த பிறகு <emphasis>ஒருங்கிணைந்த முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</" +"emphasis> ஏற்பட்டால் மீண்டும் காத்திருங்கள். இது வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்காக ச்குவாச்ஃப் " +"படத்தை உருவாக்க சிறிது நேரம் செலவிடும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தின் போது, வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும்/அல்லது மெல்லிய " +"கிளையன்ட் அமைப்புக்கு சில கையேடு படிகள் தேவை. விவரங்களுக்கு, <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தி நுழைவாயிலை நிறுவுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பு ஒரு " +"டெபியன் ஈ.டி.யு நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கான நுழைவாயிலின் அமைப்பை ஒரு ஊடாடும் உள்ளமைவு " +"செயல்முறையின் மூலம் எளிதாக்குகிறது, அங்கு தொடர்ச்சியான உரையாடல்கள் மூலம் தேவையான " +"தகவல்கள் பெறப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"அதைப் பயன்படுத்த, குறைந்தபட்ச டெபியன் நிறுவலைச் செய்யுங்கள். டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவி அல்ல, " +"டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவி அல்ல, ஏனெனில் டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவல்கள் <computeroutput> டெபியன்-" +"கல்வி-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> ஆல் ஆதரிக்கப்படவில்லை என்பதால் டெபியன் கல்வி " +"நிறுவி அல்ல." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"உள்ளமைவு தொடர்பான பிழை செய்திகள் எதிர்பார்க்கப்படுகின்றன, இப்போது புறக்கணிக்கப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-ரூட்டர்-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> நிறுவப்பட்டதைத் " +"தொடர்ந்து உள்ளமைவு செயல்முறைக்கு, கணினிக்கான உடல் அணுகல் தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"பிணைய இடைமுகங்கள் ஏற்கனவே தொடர்புடைய நெட்வொர்க்குகளுடன் இணைக்கப்படலாம், ஆனால் இருக்க " +"வேண்டியதில்லை. இருப்பினும் எந்த நெட்வொர்க்குடன் எந்த இடைமுகம் இணைக்கப்படும் என்பதை அறிந்து " +"கொள்ள வேண்டியது தேவை. பிணைய வன்பொருள் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களைப் பெறுவதற்காக" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>/etc/நெட்வொர்க்/இடைமுகங்கள் </computeroutput> அல்லது " +"<computeroutput> /etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> பயன்படுத்தும் " +"இடைமுகங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "உண்மையான உள்ளமைவு செயல்முறை தொடங்கப்பட்டுள்ளது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "உய்ப் அமைவு முறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "யுஐஏப் ஐ அமைப்பதற்கான உறுதிப்படுத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"உய்ப் ஃபயர்வால் உள்ளமைவு முறைகுறித்து கேட்டபோது, \"டெபியன்-கல்வி-ரூட்டர்\" என்பதைத் " +"தேர்வுசெய்க. டெபியன் கல்வி திசைவிக்கு ஃபயர்வாலை அமைக்க விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்பதை " +"உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "உய்ப் இல் பிங் அனுமதிக்கிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "யுஐஎப் இல் ட்ரேசரூட்டை அனுமதிக்கிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"பிங் மற்றும் ட்ரேசரூட்டுக்கு நீங்கள் பதிலளிக்க விரும்புகிறீர்களா என்பதை முடிவு செய்யுங்கள். " +"பிணையம் சிக்கல்களைக் கண்டறிய இது பயனுள்ளதாக இருக்கும் என்பதால் ஆம் என்று உறுதியாகத் " +"தெரியாவிட்டால்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "ஐபி பாக்கெட் பகிர்தலை இயக்குகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "ஐபி பாக்கெட் பகிர்தலை இயக்க விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "பிணைய அமைவு முறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "பிணைய அமைவு முறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"அடுத்து, உங்கள் திசைவியில் உள்ள பிணைய இடைமுகங்களுக்கு நெட்வொர்க்குகளை ஒதுக்குங்கள், உங்கள் " +"பிணைய இடைமுகங்கள் ஏற்கனவே இணைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளதா இல்லையா என்பதைப் பொறுத்து வழங்கப்பட்ட " +"விருப்பங்களில் ஒன்றைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "அப்லிங்க் இடைமுகத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "மேலோடை நெட்வொர்க்குடன் இணைக்கப்பட்ட இடைமுகத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியாவிட்டால், ஒரு உள் நெட்வொர்க்கைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும், ஒரு உள் நெட்வொர்க்கை " +"இங்கே \"கல்வி\" என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க விரும்பினால்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "VLAN களைப் பயன்படுத்த உதவுகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு VLAN கள் பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டுமா என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும், " +"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியாவிட்டால் இங்கே வேண்டாம் என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "உதவி ஐபி பதிப்புகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "இங்கே \"ஐபிவி 4\" என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "நிலையான ஐபி முகவரி தேவைப்படும் நெட்வொர்க்குகளைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கான நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியை அமைத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளில் மேலே உள்ள ஆலோசனையை நீங்கள் பின்பற்றினால், உள் நெட்வொர்க்கின் \"கல்வி\" " +"க்கான நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியாக <computeroutput> 10.0.0.1/8 </computeroutput> ஐ " +"அமைக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு NAT ஐ இயக்குகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு NAT ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கான இணைய அணுகலை செயல்படுத்துகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கான இணைய அணுகலை இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "தலைகீழ் நாட் அமைத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "தலைகீழ் நாட் அமைத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"எந்தவொரு உள் சேவைகளையும் இணையத்தில் அம்பலப்படுத்த விரும்பினால், விவரிக்கப்பட்ட தொடரியல் " +"பயன்படுத்தி அவற்றை உள்ளமைக்கலாம். நுழைவாயிலுக்கான பாஓடு அணுகலை பின்வரும் உரையாடலைப் " +"பயன்படுத்தி கட்டமைக்க முடியும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கான பாஓடு அணுகலை செயல்படுத்துகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "" +"நுழைவாயிலுக்கு பாஓடு அணுகலை அனுமதிக்க நீங்கள் விரும்பும் எந்த நெட்வொர்க்குகளிலிருந்து " +"முடிவு செய்யுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "பாஓடு போர்ட்டை கட்டமைத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"பாஓடு போர்ட்டை உள்ளமைக்கவும், இது உள்ளமைவு மாற்றப்படாவிட்டால் <computeroutput>22 </" +"computeroutput> ஆக இருக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு DHCP ஐ இயக்குகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளுக்கு DHCP ஐ இயக்க வேண்டாம், இது டெபியன் கல்வி முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தால் " +"வழங்கப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +#| "the machine. Now, when you logging in as a root you should see Debian Edu " +#| "Router Menu." +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே அவ்வாறு செய்யவில்லை என்றால் பிணைய இடைமுகங்களை இணைக்கவும், இயந்திரத்தை " +"மீண்டும் துவக்கவும். இப்போது, நீங்கள் ஒரு வேராக உள்நுழையும்போது டெபியன் கல்வி திசைவி " +"மெனுவைப் பார்க்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "பாஓடு உள்ளமைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"பாஓடு அணுகல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், ரூட்டாக உள்நுழையும்போது வழங்கப்படும் பட்டியல் வழியாக " +"நுழைவாயிலை தொலைவிலிருந்து மறுகட்டமைக்க முடியும். முதன்மையான பட்டியலில் " +"<computeroutput>சி</computeroutput> ஐ அழுத்தினால், ஆரம்ப உள்ளமைவுக்குப் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட அதே உரையாடல் அமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி உள்ளமைவின் அனைத்து அல்லது பகுதிகளையும் " +"மாற்றக்கூடிய உள்ளமைவு பட்டியலுக்கு மாறுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "சில பண்புகள் பற்றிய குறிப்புகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "குறிப்பேடுகள் பற்றிய குறிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"பெரும்பாலும் நீங்கள் 'ரோமிங் பணிநிலையம்' சுயவிவரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்புவீர்கள் (மேலே " +"காண்க). எல்லா தரவுகளும் உள்நாட்டில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன என்பதை அறிந்து கொள்ளுங்கள் (எனவே " +"காப்புப்பிரதிகள் மீது சில கூடுதல் கவனிப்பை எடுத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள்) மற்றும் உள்நுழைவு " +"நற்சான்றிதழ்கள் தற்காலிகமாக சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன (எனவே கடவுச்சொல் மாற்றத்திற்குப் பிறகு, " +"உங்கள் மடிக்கணினியை நெட்வொர்க்குடன் இணைக்கவில்லை என்றால் உள்நுழைவுகளுக்கு உங்கள் பழைய " +"கடவுச்சொல் தேவைப்படலாம் புதிய கடவுச்சொல்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் இயக்கி / ப்ளூ-ரே வட்டு படத்தில் ஒரு குறிப்பு நிறுவுகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்/ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் படத்திலிருந்து நீங்கள் நிறுவிய பிறகு, " +"<computeroutput> /etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> அந்த படத்திலிருந்து " +"ஆதாரங்களை மட்டுமே கொண்டிருக்கும். உங்களிடம் இணைய இணைப்பு இருந்தால், பின்வரும் வரிகளைச் " +"சேர்க்க நாங்கள் கடுமையாக பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், இதனால் கிடைக்கக்கூடிய பாதுகாப்பு " +"புதுப்பிப்புகளை நிறுவ முடியும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "குறுவட்டு நிறுவல்கள் பற்றிய குறிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு நெட்இன்ச்ட் நிறுவல் (இது எங்கள் சிடி வழங்கும் நிறுவலின் வகை) குறுவட்டு மற்றும் மீதமுள்ள " +"வலையிலிருந்து சில தொகுப்புகளைப் பெறும். நிகரத்திலிருந்து பெறப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளின் அளவு " +"சுயவிவரத்திலிருந்து சுயவிவரத்திற்கு மாறுபடும், ஆனால் ஒரு சிகாபைட்டுக்கு கீழே இருக்கும் " +"(சாத்தியமான அனைத்து டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்களையும் நிறுவ நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்யாவிட்டால்). நீங்கள் " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவியதும் (தூய முதன்மையான சேவையகம் அல்லது காம்பி-சர்வர் ஒரு " +"பொருட்டல்லவா), மேலும் நிறுவல் அதன் ப்ராக்சியைப் பயன்படுத்தி அதே தொகுப்பை வலையிலிருந்து " +"பல முறை பதிவிறக்குவதைத் தவிர்க்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "" +"குறுவட்டு / ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க்குகளுக்கு பதிலாக யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் டிரைவ்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"நிறுவல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"ஒரு சிடி/பி.டி ஐஎச்ஓ படத்தை யூ.எச்.பி ஃப்ளாச் டிரைவ்களுக்கு (\"யூ.எச்.பி ச்டிக்குகள்\" " +"என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது) நேரடியாக நகலெடுத்து அவற்றிலிருந்து துவக்க முடியும். இது " +"போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை வெறுமனே இயக்கவும், உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு கோப்பு மற்றும் சாதன பெயரை " +"மாற்றியமைக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"ஃச் இன் மதிப்பைத் தீர்மானிக்க, யூ.எச்.பி சாதனம் செருகப்படுவதற்கு முன்னும் பின்னும் இந்த " +"கட்டளையை இயக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "நகலெடுக்க சிறிது நேரம் எடுக்கும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் எந்தப் படத்தைத் தேர்வு செய்கிறீர்கள் என்பதைப் பொறுத்து, யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் இயக்கி ஒரு " +"குறுவட்டு அல்லது ப்ளூ-ரே வட்டு போல செயல்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "PXE வழியாக பிணையத்தில் நிறுவுதல் மற்றும் துவக்குதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"இந்த நிறுவல் முறைக்கு உங்களிடம் இயங்கும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் இருக்க வேண்டும். பிணையம் " +"வழியாக வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் துவக்கும்போது, நிறுவி மற்றும் துவக்க தேர்வு விருப்பங்களுடன் " +"கூடிய IPXE பட்டியல் காட்டப்படும். ஒரு XXX.BIN கோப்பைக் கோரும் பிழை செய்தியுடன் PXE " +"நிறுவல் தோல்வியுற்றால், அநேகமாக கிளையண்டின் பிணைய அட்டைக்கு இல்லாத ஃபார்ம்வேர் " +"தேவைப்படுகிறது. இந்த வழக்கில் டெபியன் நிறுவியின் INITRD மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். " +"கட்டளையை செயல்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் இதை அடைய முடியும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "சேவையகத்தில்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"IPXE பட்டியல் <emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரம் " +"மட்டுமே: சுயவிவரம்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "LTSP உள்ளீடுகள் இல்லாமல் IPXE பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"ஐபிஃஇ பட்டியல் <emphasis role=\"strong\">எல்டிஎச்பி சேவையகம் </emphasis> தன்விவரம்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "LTSP உள்ளீடுகளுடன் IPXE பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"இந்த அமைப்பு வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களை முதன்மையான " +"நெட்வொர்க்கில் துவக்க அனுமதிக்கிறது. பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களைப் " +"போலன்றி, வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களை கோசா உடன் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயத்தில் " +"காணலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "PXE நிறுவல்களை மாற்றியமைத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"PXE நிறுவல் ஒரு டெபியன்-நிறுவல் முன் கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது, இது நிறுவ கூடுதல் " +"தொகுப்புகளைக் கேட்க மாற்றியமைக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"பின்வருவனவற்றைப் போன்ற ஒரு வரியை <computeroutput> tjener: /etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> இல் சேர்க்க வேண்டும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"PXE நிறுவல் <computeroutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> ஐ முன்னரே பயன்படுத்தும் கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. வலையில் நிறுவும் " +"போது கூடுதல் கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, நிறுவலின் போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் முன்னறிவிப்பை " +"சரிசெய்ய இந்த கோப்பை மாற்றலாம். இதை அடைவதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி <computeroutput> /etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> /etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local இல் கூடுதல் அமைப்புகளை வழங்குவது. " +"உருவாக்கப்பட்ட கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput>/USR/" +"SBIN/DEBIN-EDU-PXEINSTALL </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"மேலதிக தகவல்களை <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\"> டெபியன் நிறுவியின் கையேட்டில்</ulink> காணலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"PXE வழியாக நிறுவும்போது பதிலாளின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க அல்லது மாற்ற, " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> இல் <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> மற்றும் " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> ஆகியவற்றைக் கொண்ட வரிகளை " +"மாற்ற வேண்டும். நிறுவும்போது பதிலாளின் பயன்பாட்டை முடக்க, முதல் இரண்டு வரிகளுக்கு " +"முன்னால் '#' ஐ வைத்து, கடைசி வரியிலிருந்து \"<computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" பகுதியை அகற்றவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"சில அமைப்புகளை முன்னெடுக்க முடியாது, ஏனெனில் அவை முன்னுரிமை கோப்பு பதிவிறக்கம் " +"செய்யப்படுவதற்கு முன்பு தேவைப்படுகின்றன. மொழி, விசைப்பலகை தளவமைப்பு மற்றும் டெச்க்டாப் " +"சூழல் அத்தகைய அமைப்புகளுக்கு எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள். இயல்புநிலை அமைப்புகளை மாற்ற " +"விரும்பினால், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் IPXE பட்டியல் <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput>கோப்பைத் திருத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "தனிப்பயன் படங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"தனிப்பயன் குறுந்தகடுகள், டிவிடிகள் அல்லது ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க்குகளை உருவாக்குவது மிகவும் " +"எளிதானது, ஏனெனில் நாம் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/" +"\"> டெபியன் நிறுவி </ulink>, பிற நல்ல நற்பொருத்தங்கள். <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/preseed\"> முன்னுரிமை </ulink> பொதுவாகக் " +"கேட்கப்படும் கேள்விகளுக்கான பதில்களை வரையறுக்க உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"எனவே நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியது உங்கள் பதில்களுடன் ஒரு முன் கோப்பை உருவாக்குவதுதான் (இது " +"டெபியன் நிறுவி கையேட்டின் பிற்சேர்க்கையில் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது) மற்றும் <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianinstaller/modify/cd\" > குறுவட்டு/டிவிடி " +"</ulink> ஐ ரீச்டர் செய்யுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "திரைக்காட்சி சுற்றுப்பயணம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"உரை பயன்முறை மற்றும் வரைகலை நிறுவல் செயல்பாட்டு ரீதியாக ஒரே மாதிரியானவை - தோற்றம் " +"மட்டுமே வேறுபட்டது. வரைகலை முறை ஒரு சுட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான வாய்ப்பை " +"வழங்குகிறது, நிச்சயமாக மிகவும் இனிமையானதாகவும் நவீனமாகவும் தெரிகிறது. வன்பொருளுக்கு " +"வரைகலை பயன்முறையில் சிக்கல் இல்லையென்றால், அதைப் பயன்படுத்தாததற்கு எந்த காரணமும் இல்லை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"எனவே ஒரு வரைகலை 64-பிட் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் + பணிநிலையம் + எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக " +"நிறுவல் (பயாச் பயன்முறையில்) மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் முதல் துவக்கத்தையும் " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் நெட்வொர்க்கில் ஒரு பிஎக்ச்இ துவக்கத்தையும் (மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் அமர்வு " +"ஆகியவற்றின் மூலம் திரைக்காட்சி சுற்றுப்பயணம் இங்கே உள்ளது திரை - மற்றும் வலதுபுறத்தில் " +"அமர்வு சொடுக்கு செய்யப்பட்ட பிறகு உள்நுழைவு திரை)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "ஒரு மொழியைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "உங்கள் இருப்பிடத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "விசைப்பலகை உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "பிணைய வன்பொருளைக் கண்டறியவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "பிணையத்தை கைமுறையாக உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "ஐபி முகவரியை உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "நுழைவாயிலை உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "பெயர்செர்வரை உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி தன்விவரத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "தானியங்கி பகிர்வு கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்: இல்லை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "தானியங்கி பகிர்வு கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்: ஆம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "தொகுப்பு பயன்பாட்டு கணக்கெடுப்பில் பங்கேற்க: இல்லை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "தொகுப்பு பயன்பாட்டு கணக்கெடுப்பில் பங்கேற்கவும்: ஆம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "ரூட் பயனருக்கு கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "முதல் பயனருக்கு முழு பெயரை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "முதல் பயனருக்கு பயனர் பெயரை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "முதல் பயனருக்கு கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "நிறுவல் முடிந்தது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "ஒளிடிஎம் உள்நுழைவு திரை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "உலாவிச் சாளரத்தைக் காட்டும் Xfce திரைப்பலகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "கல்வி Xfce திரைப்பலக திரை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட்-வார்ப்பு திரை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட்-லோகின் திரை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "தொடங்குதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "தொடங்குவதற்கு குறைந்தபட்ச படிகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும்போது முதல் பயனர் கணக்கு உருவாக்கப்பட்டது. பின்வரும் " +"உரையில் இந்தக் கணக்கு \"முதல் பயனர்\" என்று குறிப்பிடப்படும். வீட்டு அடைவு இசைவு 700 ஆக " +"அமைக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதால் இந்தக் கணக்குச் சிறப்பு வாய்ந்தது (எனவே <computeroutput>chmod o+x " +"~</computeroutput> தனிப்பட்ட வலைப்பக்கங்களை அணுகுவதற்கு தேவைப்படுகிறது), முதல் பயனர் " +"<computeroutput>சுடோ </computeroutput> ரூட் ஆகப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி குறிப்பிட்ட <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு முன் கோப்பு முறைமை அணுகல் " +"உள்ளமைவு </link> பற்றிய தகவல்களைப் பார்க்கவும்; தேவைப்பட்டால் உங்கள் தளத்தின் கொள்கையைச் " +"சரிசெய்யவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு, முதல் பயனராக நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டிய முதல் விசயங்கள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "சேவையகத்தில் உள்நுழைக." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "கோசா உடன் பயனர்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "கோசா உடன் பணிநிலையங்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"பயனர்கள் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களைச் சேர்ப்பது கீழே விரிவாக விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, எனவே " +"தயவுசெய்து இந்த அத்தியாயத்தை முழுமையாகப் படியுங்கள். இந்த குறைந்தபட்ச படிகளை எவ்வாறு " +"சரியாகச் செய்வது என்பதையும், எல்லோரும் செய்ய வேண்டிய பிற விசயங்களையும் இது உள்ளடக்கியது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"இந்த கையேட்டில் வேறு இடங்களில் கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் உள்ளன: <link linkend=\"அம்சங்கள்\"> " +"புத்தகப்புழு </link> இல் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள் முந்தைய வெளியீடுகளை நன்கு அறிந்த " +"அனைவராலும் படிக்க வேண்டும். முந்தைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தப்படுபவர்களுக்கு, <link " +"linkend=\"மேம்படுத்தல்கள்\"> மேம்படுத்தல்கள் </link> அத்தியாயத்தைப் படிக்க " +"உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"உங்கள் நெட்வொர்க்கிலிருந்து பொதுவான டிஎன்எச் போக்குவரத்து தடுக்கப்பட்டால், இணைய ஓச்ட்களைப் " +"பார்க்க சில குறிப்பிட்ட டிஎன்எச் சேவையகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும் என்றால், இந்த சேவையகத்தை " +"அதன் \"முன்னோக்கி\" என்று பயன்படுத்த டிஎன்எச் சேவையகத்தை நீங்கள் சொல்ல வேண்டும். /Etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options ஐ புதுப்பித்து, பயன்படுத்த DNS சேவையகத்தின் ஐபி முகவரியைக் " +"குறிப்பிடவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"HowTo\"> எப்படி </link> அத்தியாயம் கூடுதல் உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் " +"தந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் அடிக்கடி கேட்கப்படும் சில கேள்விகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் பல சேவைகள் இயங்குகின்றன, அவை வலை மேலாண்மை இடைமுகம் வழியாக " +"நிர்வகிக்கப்படலாம். ஒவ்வொரு சேவையையும் கீழே விவரிப்போம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "கோசா அறிமுகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"கோசா ஒரு வலை அடிப்படையிலான மேலாண்மை கருவியாகும், இது உங்கள் டெபியன் கல்வி அமைப்பின் " +"சில முக்கியமான பகுதிகளை நிர்வகிக்க உதவுகிறது. இந்த முக்கிய குழுக்களை நீங்கள் " +"நிர்வகிக்கலாம் (சேர்க்கலாம், மாற்றியமைக்கலாம் அல்லது நீக்கலாம்):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "குழு நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "என்ஐஎச் நெட் குழும நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "இயந்திர நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "டி.என்.எச் நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "டி.எச்.சி.பி நிர்வாகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"GOSA² அணுகலுக்காக உங்களுக்கு ச்கோலெலினக்ச் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மற்றும் ஒரு வலை உலாவி " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட ஒரு (கிளையன்ட்) அமைப்பு தேவை, இது ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையகம் (முதன்மை சேவையகம் " +"+ LTSP சேவையகம் + பணிநிலைய சுயவிவரங்கள்) என அழைக்கப்படும் என நிறுவப்பட்டால் முக்கிய " +"சேவையகமாக இருக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் (அநேகமாக தற்செயலாக) ஒரு தூய <emphasis>முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> " +"சுயவிவரத்தை நிறுவியிருந்தால், வலை உலாவி எளிதான கிளையன்ட் இல்லையென்றால், இந்த கட்டளை " +"வரிசையைப் பயன்படுத்தி முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் குறைந்தபட்ச டெச்க்டாப்பை நிறுவுவது எளிது " +"(கிராபிகல் அல்லாத) செல் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் நிறுவலின் போது நீங்கள் உருவாக்கிய " +"பயனராக (முதல் பயனர்):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு வலை உலாவியில் இருந்து கோசா அணுகலுக்காக முகவரி <ulink url=\"https: // www/" +"gosa\"/> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும், முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைக." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் ஒரு புதிய டெபியன் EDU புத்தகப்புழு இயந்திரத்தைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள் என்றால், தள " +"சான்றிதழ் உலாவியால் அறியப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"இல்லையெனில், எச்எச்எல் சான்றிதழ் தவறாக இருப்பதைப் பற்றிய பிழை செய்தியைப் பெறுவீர்கள். உங்கள் " +"நெட்வொர்க்கில் நீங்கள் தனியாக இருப்பதை நீங்கள் அறிந்தால், உலாவியை ஏற்றுக்கொண்டு அதைப் " +"புறக்கணிக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "கோசா உள்நுழைவு மற்றும் கண்ணோட்டம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைந்த பிறகு கோசா கண்ணோட்டம் பக்கம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "கோசாவில் உள்நுழைந்த பிறகு, கோசாவின் கண்ணோட்டம் பக்கத்தைக் காண்பீர்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"அடுத்து, நீங்கள் பட்டியலில் ஒரு பணியைத் தேர்வுசெய்யலாம் அல்லது கண்ணோட்டம் பக்கத்தில் உள்ள எந்த " +"பணி சின்னங்களையும் சொடுக்கு செய்யலாம். வழிசெலுத்தலுக்கு, திரையின் இடது பக்கத்தில் உள்ள " +"மெனுவைப் பயன்படுத்த பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், ஏனெனில் இது கோசா வழங்கும் அனைத்து நிர்வாக " +"பக்கங்களிலும் தெரியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வியில், கணக்கு, குழு மற்றும் கணினி தகவல்கள் LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் " +"சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன. இந்தத் தரவு முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தால் மட்டுமல்ல, (வட்டு இல்லாத) " +"பணிநிலையங்களாலும், எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மற்றும் பிணையத்தில் உள்ள பிற இயந்திரங்களாலும் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. LDAP உடன், மாணவர்கள், ஆசிரியர்கள் போன்றவற்றைப் பற்றிய கணக்குத் " +"தகவல்கள் ஒரு முறை மட்டுமே உள்ளிடப்பட வேண்டும். எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -யில் செய்தி வழங்கப்பட்ட " +"பின்னர், முழு ச்கோலினக்ச் நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்து அமைப்புகளுக்கும் செய்தி கிடைக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"கோசா என்பது ஒரு நிர்வாக கருவியாகும், இது எல்.டி.ஏ.பி அதன் தகவல்களை சேமித்து ஒரு " +"படிநிலைத் துறை கட்டமைப்பை வழங்குகிறது. ஒவ்வொரு \"துறைக்கும்\" நீங்கள் பயனர் கணக்குகள், " +"குழுக்கள், அமைப்புகள், நெட் குழுமங்கள் போன்றவற்றைச் சேர்க்கலாம். உங்கள் நிறுவனத்தின் " +"கட்டமைப்பைப் பொறுத்து, உங்கள் நிறுவன கட்டமைப்பை டெபியனின் எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவு மரத்திற்கு " +"மாற்ற GOSA²/LDAP இல் உள்ள துறை கட்டமைப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம் EDU முதன்மையான சேவையகம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலை டெபியன் EDU முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவல் தற்போது இரண்டு \"துறைகளை\" " +"வழங்குகிறது: ஆசிரியர்கள் மற்றும் மாணவர்கள், மற்றும் LDAP மரத்தின் அடிப்படை நிலை. மாணவர் " +"கணக்குகள் \"மாணவர்கள்\" துறை, \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" துறையில் ஆசிரியர்கள் சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும்; " +"அமைப்புகள் (சேவையகங்கள், பணிநிலையங்கள், அச்சுப்பொறிகள் போன்றவை) தற்போது அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் " +"சேர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்தக் கட்டமைப்பைத் தனிப்பயனாக்க உங்கள் சொந்த திட்டத்தைக் கண்டறியவும். <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">எவ்வாறு " +"மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் செய்வது</link> என்ற தலைப்பைப் பார்க்கவும்.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் பணிபுரிய விரும்பும் பணியைப் பொறுத்து (பயனர்களை நிர்வகித்தல், குழுக்களை " +"நிர்வகித்தல், அமைப்புகளை நிர்வகித்தல் போன்றவை) கோசாாலும் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட துறை (அல்லது " +"அடிப்படை நிலை) குறித்து வேறுபட்ட பார்வையை உங்களுக்கு வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "கோசாவுடன் பயனர் மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"முதலில், இடது வழிசெலுத்தல் பட்டியலில் \"பயனர்கள்\" என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. \"மாணவர்கள்\" " +"மற்றும் \"ஆசிரியர்கள்\" மற்றும் கோசா நிர்வாகியின் கணக்கு (முதல் உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்) " +"ஆகியவற்றிற்கான துறை கோப்புறைகளுடன் ஒரு அட்டவணையைக் காண்பிக்க திரையின் வலது புறம் " +"மாறும். இந்த அட்டவணைக்கு மேலே நீங்கள் <emphasis>அடிப்படை </emphasis> எனப்படும் ஒரு " +"புலத்தைக் காணலாம், இது உங்கள் மரக் கட்டமைப்பின் வழியாக செல்ல உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது (உங்கள் " +"சுட்டியை அந்த பகுதிக்கு மேல் நகர்த்தவும், கீழ்தோன்றும் பட்டியல் தோன்றும்) மற்றும் உங்களுக்காக " +"ஒரு அடிப்படை கோப்புறையைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும் நோக்கம் கொண்ட செயல்பாடுகள் (எ.கா. புதிய " +"பயனரைச் சேர்ப்பது)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"அந்த மர வழிசெலுத்தல் உருப்படிக்கு அடுத்து நீங்கள் \"செயல்கள்\" மெனுவைக் காணலாம். இந்த " +"உருப்படி மீது உங்கள் சுட்டியை நகர்த்தவும், திரையில் ஒரு துணைமெனு தோன்றும்; இங்கே " +"\"உருவாக்கு\" என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க, பின்னர் \"பயனர்\". பயனர் உருவாக்கும் வழிகாட்டி " +"உங்களுக்கு வழிநடத்தப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"சேர்க்க வேண்டிய மிக முக்கியமான சேதி வார்ப்புரு (நியூச்டுடென்ட் அல்லது நியூட் ஏச்சர்) " +"மற்றும் உங்கள் பயனரின் முழு பெயர் (படத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் வழிகாட்டியைப் பின்பற்றும்போது, உண்மையான பெயரின் அடிப்படையில் கோசா ஒரு பயனர்பெயரை " +"தானாக உருவாக்குகிறது என்பதை நீங்கள் காண்பீர்கள். இது இன்னும் இல்லாத பயனர்பெயரை தானாகவே " +"தேர்வு செய்கிறது, எனவே ஒரே முழு பெயரைக் கொண்ட பல பயனர்கள் ஒரு பிரச்சனையல்ல. முழு " +"பெயரில் ASCII அல்லாத எழுத்துக்கள் இருந்தால் GOSA² தவறான பயனர்பெயர்களை உருவாக்க முடியும் " +"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"உருவாக்கப்பட்ட பயனர்பெயர் உங்களுக்குப் பிடிக்கவில்லை என்றால், கீழ்தோன்றும் பெட்டியில் " +"வழங்கப்படும் மற்றொரு பயனர்பெயரைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கலாம், ஆனால் வழிகாட்டியில் உங்களுக்கு இங்கே " +"இலவசத் தேர்வு இல்லை. (நீங்கள் முன்மொழியப்பட்ட பயனர்பெயரைத் திருத்த விரும்பினால், " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> ஐ ஒரு எடிட்டருடன் திறந்து, " +"\"இருப்பிட வரையறைக்கு\" கூடுதல் விருப்பமாக " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> ஐச் " +"சேர்க்கவும்.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"வழிகாட்டி முடிந்ததும், உங்கள் புதிய பயனர் பொருளுக்கான கோசா திரை உங்களுக்கு வழங்கப்படும். " +"நிறைவு செய்யப்பட்ட புலங்களை சரிபார்க்க மேலே உள்ள தாவல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் பயனரை உருவாக்கிய பிறகு (புலங்களைத் தனிப்பயனாக்க வேண்டிய அவசியமில்லை வழிகாட்டி " +"இப்போது காலியாகிவிட்டது), கீழ்-வலது மூலையில் உள்ள \"சரி\" பொத்தானைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"கடைசி படி கோசா புதிய பயனருக்கான கடவுச்சொல்லைக் கேட்கும். அதை இரண்டு முறை தட்டச்சு " +"செய்து, பின்னர் கீழ்-வலது மூலையில் \"கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கவும்\" என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "கடவுச்சொல்லின் ஒரு பகுதியாக சில எழுத்துக்கள் அனுமதிக்கப்படாது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"எல்லாம் சரியாக நடந்தால், இப்போது புதிய பயனரை பயனர் பட்டியல் அட்டவணையில் காணலாம். உங்கள் " +"நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள எந்த ச்கோலெலினக்ச் கணினியிலும் அந்த பயனர்பெயருடன் இப்போது உள்நுழைய " +"முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "பயனர்களைத் தேடவும், மாற்றவும் நீக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "வடிகட்டி பெட்டி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு பயனரை மாற்ற அல்லது நீக்க, உங்கள் கணினியில் பயனர்களின் பட்டியலை உலவ GoSa² ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தவும். திரையின் நடுவில் நீங்கள் கோசா வழங்கிய தேடல் கருவியான \"வடிகட்டி\" " +"பெட்டியைத் திறக்கலாம். உங்கள் மரத்தில் உங்கள் பயனர் கணக்கின் சரியான இருப்பிடம் உங்களுக்குத் " +"தெரியாவிட்டால், கோசா/எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மரத்தின் அடிப்படை நிலைக்கு மாற்றவும், " +"\"துணைக்குழுக்களில் தேடல்\" என்று குறிக்கப்பட்ட விருப்பத்துடன் அங்கு தேடுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"\"வடிகட்டி\" பெட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்தும் போது, அட்டவணை பட்டியல் பார்வையில் உரையின் நடுவில் " +"முடிவுகள் உடனடியாக தோன்றும். ஒவ்வொரு வரியும் ஒரு பயனர் கணக்கைக் குறிக்கிறது மற்றும் " +"ஒவ்வொரு வரியிலும் வலதுபுறம் உள்ள உருப்படிகள் உங்களுக்கான செயல்களை வழங்கும் சிறிய " +"சின்னங்கள்: பயனரைத் திருத்தவும், பூட்டு கணக்கையும், கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கவும் மற்றும் பயனரை " +"அகற்றவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு புதிய பக்கம் நீங்கள் பயனரைப் பற்றிய தகவல்களை நேரடியாக மாற்றியமைக்கலாம், பயனரின் " +"கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றலாம் மற்றும் பயனர் சொந்தமான குழுக்களின் பட்டியலை மாற்றலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "பயனர் தரவைத் திருத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "கடவுச்சொற்களை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"மாணவர்கள் தங்கள் சொந்த பயனர்பெயர்களுடன் கோசாவில் உள்நுழைவதன் மூலம் தங்கள் சொந்த கடவுச்சொற்களை " +"மாற்றலாம். கோசாவின் அணுகலை எளிதாக்க, கோசா எனப்படும் நுழைவு டெச்க்டாப்பின் கணினி (அல்லது " +"கணினி அமைப்புகள்) பட்டியலில் வழங்கப்படுகிறது. உள்நுழைந்த மாணவருக்கு GOSA² இன் மிகக் " +"குறைந்த பதிப்பு வழங்கப்படும், இது மாணவரின் சொந்த கணக்கு தரவுத் தாளையும் செட்-பாச்வேர்ட் " +"உரையாடலையும் அணுக அனுமதிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"தங்கள் சொந்த பயனர்பெயரின் கீழ் உள்நுழைந்த ஆசிரியர்கள் கோசாவில் சிறப்பு சலுகைகளைக் " +"கொண்டுள்ளனர். கோசா இன் மிகவும் சலுகை பெற்ற பார்வை அவர்களுக்கு காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளது, மேலும் " +"அனைத்து மாணவர் கணக்குகளுக்கும் கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றலாம். வகுப்பின் போது இது மிகவும் எளிது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "ஒரு பயனருக்கான புதிய கடவுச்சொல்லை நிர்வாக ரீதியாக அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "மேலே விளக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி, பயனரை மாற்றியமைக்கத் தேடுங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "பயனர்பெயர் காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள வரியின் முடிவில் உள்ள முக்கிய சின்னத்தைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "பின்னர் வழங்கப்பட்ட பக்கத்தில் நீங்களே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட புதிய கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கலாம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "பயனர் கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">கடவுச்சொற்களை யூகிக்க எளிதானது காரணமாக பாதுகாப்பு " +"தாக்கங்களைப் பற்றி எச்சரிக்கையாக இருங்கள்!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "மேம்பட்ட பயனர் மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"காபிம கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் GOSA² உடன் பயனர்களை பெருமளவில் உருவாக்க முடியும், " +"இது எந்தவொரு நல்ல விரிதாள் மென்பொருளையும் உருவாக்கலாம் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாக " +"<computeroutput> localc </computeroutput>). குறைந்த பட்சம், பின்வரும் புலங்களுக்கான " +"உள்ளீடுகள் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும்: UID, கடைசி பெயர் (SN), முதல் பெயர் (Givenname) மற்றும் " +"கடவுச்சொல். UID புலத்தில் நகல் உள்ளீடுகள் எதுவும் இல்லை என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள். " +"நகல்களுக்கான காசோலையில் ஏற்கனவே இருக்கும் UID உள்ளீடுகள் LDAP இல் இருக்க வேண்டும் என்பதை " +"நினைவில் கொள்க (இது <computeroutput> Getent Passwd | grep tjener/home | கட் -டி " +"\":\" -f1 </computeroutput> கட்டளை வரியில் செயல்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் பெறலாம்) ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"அத்தகைய சி.எச்.வி கோப்பிற்கான வடிவமைப்பு வழிகாட்டுதல்கள் இவை (கோசா² அவற்றைப் பற்றி " +"மிகவும் சகிப்புத்தன்மையற்றது):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "புலம் பிரிப்பான் \",\" ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "மேற்கோள்களைப் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"காபிம கோப்பு <emphasis role=\"strong\">செய்யக்கூடாது </emphasis> ஒரு தலைப்பு " +"வரியைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும் (பொதுவாக நெடுவரிசை பெயர்களைக் கொண்டிருக்கும் வரிசையில்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"புலங்களின் வரிசை பொருந்தாது, வெகுசன இறக்குமதியின் போது கோசாவில் வரையறுக்கப்படலாம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "வெகுசன இறக்குமதி படிகள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "" +"இடதுபுறத்தில் உள்ள வழிசெலுத்தல் பட்டியலில் உள்ள \"LDAP மேலாளர்\" இணைப்பைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "வலதுபுறத்தில் திரையில் உள்ள \"இறக்குமதி\" தாவலைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"உங்கள் உள்ளக வட்டை உலாவவும், இறக்குமதி செய்ய வேண்டிய பயனர்களின் பட்டியலுடன் ஒரு காபிம " +"கோப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"வெகுசன இறக்குமதியின் போது பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டிய கிடைக்கக்கூடிய பயனர் வார்ப்புருவைத் " +"தேர்வுசெய்க (நியூட்டீச்சர் அல்லது நியூச்டடென்ட் போன்றவை)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "கீழ்-வலது மூலையில் உள்ள \"இறக்குமதி\" பொத்தானைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"முதலில் சில சோதனைகளைச் செய்வது நல்லது, முன்னுரிமை ஒரு சில கற்பனையான பயனர்களுடன் " +"சி.எச்.வி கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது, பின்னர் அதை நீக்க முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"கடவுச்சொல் மேலாண்மை தொகுதிக்கு இது பொருந்தும், இது சி.எச்.வி கோப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி நிறைய " +"கடவுச்சொற்களை மீட்டமைக்க அல்லது சிறப்பு எல்.டி.ஏ.பி சப்டிரீவைச் சேர்ந்த பயனர்களுக்கான புதிய " +"கடவுச்சொற்களை மீண்டும் உருவாக்க அனுமதிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "கடவுச்சொற்களை மீட்டமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "கட்டளை வரியிலிருந்து பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"கட்டளை வரியிலிருந்து பயனர் கணக்குகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம், <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\"> நிர்வாகம் எப்படி </link> இல் உள்ள ஆவணங்களைப் பார்க்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "கோசாவுடன் குழு மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "குழுவை உருவாக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "குழுகள் பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "குழுக்களின் நிர்வாகம் பயனர்களின் நிர்வாகத்திற்கு மிகவும் ஒத்திருக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு குழுவிற்கு ஒரு பெயரையும் விளக்கத்தையும் உள்ளிடலாம். புதிய குழுவை உருவாக்கும் போது " +"எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மரத்தில் சரியான நிலையை நீங்கள் தேர்வுசெய்கிறீர்கள் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் " +"கொள்ளுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"புதிதாக உருவாக்கப்பட்ட குழுவில் பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பது உங்களை பயனர் பட்டியலுக்கு அழைத்துச் " +"செல்கிறது, அங்கு பயனர்களைக் கண்டுபிடிக்க வடிகட்டி பெட்டியைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்புகிறீர்கள். " +"LDAP மர அளவையும் சரிபார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"குழு நிர்வாகத்தில் நுழைந்த குழுக்கள் வழக்கமான யுனிக்ச் குழுக்களாகும், எனவே அவற்றை கோப்பு " +"அனுமதிகளுக்கும் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "கோசாவுடன் இயந்திர மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"உங்கள் டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்து பிணையம் சாதனங்களையும் நிர்வகிக்க இயந்திர " +"மேலாண்மை அடிப்படையில் உங்களை அனுமதிக்கிறது. GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி LDAP கோப்பகத்தில் " +"சேர்க்கப்படும் ஒவ்வொரு இயந்திரமும் ஓச்ட்பெயர், ஒரு ஐபி முகவரி, ஒரு MAC முகவரி மற்றும் " +"ஒரு டொமைன் பெயர் (இது பொதுவாக \"இன்டர்ன்\") உள்ளது. டெபியன் எட் கட்டமைப்பின் முழுமையான " +"விளக்கத்திற்கு <link linkend=\"Architecture\"> கட்டிடக்கலை </link> இந்த கையேட்டின் " +"அத்தியாயத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"டிச்க்லெச் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் <emphasis>ஒருங்கிணைந்த " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> விசயத்தில் பெட்டிக்கு வெளியே செயல்படுகிறார்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"வட்டுகளுடன் பணிநிலையங்கள் (தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் உட்பட) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">கோசா உடன்</emphasis> சேர்க்கப்பட வேண்டும். திரைக்குப் பின்னால், ஒரு " +"இயந்திரம் குறிப்பிட்ட கெர்பரோச் முதன்மை (வகை <emphasis>கணக்கு</emphasis>) மற்றும் " +"தொடர்புடைய கீடாப் கோப்பு (<emphasis>கடவுச்சொல்</emphasis> எனப் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒரு " +"விசையைக் கொண்டுள்ளது) உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது; பயனர்களின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களை ஏற்றுவதற்கு " +"KEYTAB கோப்பு பணிநிலையத்தில் இருக்க வேண்டும். சேர்க்கப்பட்ட கணினி மறுதொடக்கம் " +"செய்யப்பட்டவுடன், அதில் ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைந்து <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/கருவிகள்/நகல்-ஓச்ட்-கீட்டாப் </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"ஒரு கணினிக்கான முதன்மை மற்றும் கீட்டாப் கோப்பை உருவாக்க <emphasis>ஏற்கனவே கோசா </" +"emphasis> உடன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ரூட் என உள்நுழைந்து இயக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்:</emphasis> வகை அமைப்புகளுக்கு " +"புரவலன் கீடாப் உருவாக்கம் சாத்தியமாகும் <emphasis>பணிநிலையங்கள்</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>சேவையகங்கள்</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis>முனையங்கள்</emphasis> ஆனால் வகை " +"<emphasis>நெட்டெவிச் </emphasis> க்கு அல்ல. <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> " +"பிணையம் கிளையண்டுகள் எப்படி </link> NFS உள்ளமைவு விருப்பங்களுக்கான அத்தியாயம் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு கணினியைச் சேர்க்க, கோசா முதன்மை பட்டியல், அமைப்புகள், சேர் பயன்படுத்தவும். " +"இயந்திரத்தின் பெயர் செல்லுபடியாகும் <emphasis role=\"strong\">தகுதியற்ற </emphasis> " +"ஓச்ட்பெயர், டொமைன் பெயரை இங்கே சேர்க்க வேண்டாம். முன் கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட முகவரி இடத்திலிருந்து " +"10.0.0.0/8 இலிருந்து ஐபி முகவரி/ஓச்ட்பெயரைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். தற்போது இரண்டு முன் " +"வரையறுக்கப்பட்ட நிலையான முகவரிகள் மட்டுமே உள்ளன: 10.0.2.2 (டிசெனர்) மற்றும் 10.0.0.1 " +"(கேட்வே). 10.0.16.20 முதல் 10.0.31.254 வரை (தோராயமாக 10.0.16.0/20 அல்லது 4000 " +"ஓச்ட்கள்) முகவரிகள் DHCP க்காக ஒதுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, அவை மாறும் வகையில் ஒதுக்கப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"MAC முகவரியுடன் ஒரு ஓச்டை ஒதுக்க 52: 54: 00: 12: 34: 10 கோசாவில் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி " +"முகவரி நீங்கள் MAC முகவரி, ஓச்ட்பெயர் மற்றும் ஐபி உள்ளிட வேண்டும்; மாற்றாக " +"நீங்கள்<computeroutput>முன்மொழிய ஐபி </computeroutput> பொத்தானைக் சொடுக்கு செய்யலாம், " +"இது முதல் இலவச நிலையான முகவரியை 10.0.0.0/8 இல் காண்பிக்கும், இது முதல் இயந்திரத்தை " +"இந்த வழியில் சேர்த்தால் 10.0.0.2 போன்றவை. உங்கள் நெட்வொர்க்கைப் பற்றி முதலில் சிந்திப்பது " +"நல்லது: எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, சேவையகங்களுக்கு ஃ >10 மற்றும் ஃ < 50 உடன் 10.0.0.ஃ ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம், மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களுக்கு ஃ>100. இப்போது சேர்க்கப்பட்ட அமைப்பைச் " +"செயல்படுத்த மறக்காதீர்கள். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தைத் தவிர அனைத்து அமைப்புகளும் " +"பொருந்தக்கூடிய ஐகானைக் கொண்டிருக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"இயந்திரங்கள் மெல்லிய கிளையண்டுகள்/வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களாக துவக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால் அல்லது " +"பிணையம் செய்யப்பட்ட எந்த சுயவிவரங்களையும் பயன்படுத்தி நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தால், " +"<computeroutput> SiteSummary2ldapdhcp </computeroutput> ச்கிரிப்டை GOSA² க்கு " +"இயந்திரங்களை தானாக சேர்க்க பயன்படுத்தலாம். எளிய இயந்திரங்களுக்கு இது பெட்டியிலிருந்து " +"வெளியேறும், ஒன்றுக்கு மேற்பட்ட MAC முகவரிகளைக் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்களுக்கு உண்மையில் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஒன்றைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும், <computeroutput> தளங்கள்ம்ம் 2ldapdhcp -h " +"</computeroutput> பயன்பாட்டு தகவலைக் காட்டுகிறது. <computeroutput> " +"Sitesummary2ldapdhcp </computeroutput> இன் பயன்பாட்டிற்குப் பிறகு காட்டப்பட்ட ஐபி " +"முகவரிகள் மாறும் ஐபி வரம்பிற்கு சொந்தமானது என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. இந்த அமைப்புகள் உங்கள் " +"நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு ஏற்றவாறு மாற்றியமைக்கப்படலாம்: ஒவ்வொரு புதிய கணினியையும் " +"மறுபெயரிடுங்கள், DHCP மற்றும் DNS ஐ செயல்படுத்துதல், அதை நெட் குழுமங்களில் சேர்க்கவும் " +"(பரிந்துரைக்கப்பட்ட நெட் குழுமங்களுக்கு கீழே உள்ள திரை சாட்டைப் பார்க்கவும்), பின்னர் " +"கணினியை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யுங்கள். இது நடைமுறையில் எப்படி இருக்கிறது என்பதை பின்வரும் " +"திரை சாட்கள் காட்டுகின்றன:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Gosa² அமைப்புகள் பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "புரவலன் விவரங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "ஓச்டை மாற்றவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "நெட் குழுவைச் சேர்க்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு க்ரோன்சோப் புதுப்பிக்கும் டி.என்.எச் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் இயங்குகிறது; " +"<computeroutput> su -c ldap2bind </computeroutput> புதுப்பிப்பை கைமுறையாக தூண்ட " +"பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "இயந்திரங்களைத் தேடி நீக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"இயந்திரங்களைத் தேடுவதும் நீக்குவதும் பயனர்களைத் தேடுவதற்கும் நீக்குவதற்கும் மிகவும் " +"ஒத்ததாகும், இதனால் செய்தி இங்கே மீண்டும் செய்யப்படாது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "இருக்கும் இயந்திரங்கள் / நெட் குழும நிர்வாகத்தை மாற்றவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி LDAP மரத்தில் ஒரு இயந்திரத்தைச் சேர்த்த பிறகு, தேடல் செயல்பாட்டைப் " +"பயன்படுத்தி அதன் பண்புகளை மாற்றியமைத்து, இயந்திர பெயரைக் சொடுக்கு செய்யலாம் (நீங்கள் " +"பயனர்களைப் போல)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"இந்த கணினி உள்ளீடுகளின் வடிவம் பயனர் உள்ளீடுகளை மாற்றியமைப்பதில் இருந்து நீங்கள் ஏற்கனவே " +"அறிந்ததைப் போன்றது, ஆனால் புலங்கள் இந்த சூழலில் வேறுபட்ட விசயங்களைக் குறிக்கின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, ஒரு இயந்திரத்தை <computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் சேர்ப்பது </" +"computeroutput> அந்த இயந்திரத்திற்கான கோப்பு அணுகல் அல்லது கட்டளை செயல்பாட்டு " +"அனுமதிகளை மாற்றாது அல்லது அந்த கணினியில் உள்நுழைந்த பயனர்கள்; அதற்கு பதிலாக உங்கள் " +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயந்திரம் பயன்படுத்தக்கூடிய சேவைகளை இது கட்டுப்படுத்துகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலை நிறுவல் <computeroutput> NetGroups </computeroutput> ஐ வழங்குகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "அனைத்து ஓச்ட்களும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "கோப்பை-குயு-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsauteresize- ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சர்வர்-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "நெட் பிளாக்-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறி-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "சேவையக-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "இரவில்-ஓச்ட்கள் பணிநிறுத்தம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "நைட்-வேக்கப்-ஓச்ட்ச்-பிளாக்ச்லிச்ட்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "பணிநிலையம்-ஓச்ட்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"தற்போது <computeroutput> நெட் குழுமம் </computeroutput> செயல்பாடு " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">மறுஅளவிடுதல் பகிர்வுகள்</emphasis> (fsaouteresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"இந்தக் குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் விண்வெளியை விட்டு வெளியேறும் எல்விஎம் " +"பகிர்வுகளைத் தானாகவே மாற்றியமைக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தம் இயந்திரங்கள்</emphasis> (இரவு-இரவு-" +"ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் இரவில்-வேக்கப்-ஓச்ட்-பிளாக் பட்டியலில் பணிநிறுத்தம் மற்றும் பணிநிறுத்தம்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"இந்தக் குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் ஆற்றலைச் சேமிக்க தானாகவே இரவில் மூடப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">அச்சுப்பொறிகளை நிர்வகித்தல்</emphasis> (கோப்பை-கியூ-" +"ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-ஓச்ட்ச் மற்றும் கப்-கியூ-ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"இந்தக் குழுக்களில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் ஒவ்வொரு இரவிலும் எல்லா அச்சு " +"வரிசைகளையும் தானாகவே பறிக்கும், மேலும் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரத்திலும் எந்த ஊனமுற்ற அச்சு " +"வரிசையையும் மீண்டும் இயக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">இணைய அணுகலைத் தடுப்பது</emphasis> (நெட் பிளாக்-ஓச்ட்ச்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"இந்தக் குழுவில் உள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி இயந்திரங்கள் உள்ளக நெட்வொர்க்கில் மட்டுமே இயந்திரங்களுடன் " +"இணைக்க அனுமதிக்கப்படும். வலை பதிலாள் கட்டுப்பாடுகளுடன் இணைந்து இது தேர்வுகளின்போது " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "அச்சுப்பொறி மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"மையப்படுத்தப்பட்ட அச்சுப்பொறி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் வலை உலாவியை <ulink url=\"https: //" +"www.intern: 631\"/> இது சாதாரண கோப்பை மேலாண்மை இடைமுகமாகும், அங்கு நீங்கள் உங்கள் " +"அச்சுப்பொறிகளைச் சேர்க்கலாம்/நீக்கலாம்/மாற்றலாம் மற்றும் அச்சிடும் வரிசையை தூய்மை செய்யலாம். " +"முன்னிருப்பாக முதல் பயனர் மட்டுமே அனுமதிக்கப்படுகிறது, ஆனால் பயனர்களை கோசா " +"<computeroutput>அச்சுப்பொறி-அட்மின்ச் </computeroutput> குழுவில் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் இதை " +"மாற்ற முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "பணிநிலையங்களுடன் இணைக்கப்பட்ட அச்சுப்பொறிகளைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>P910nd </emphasis> தொகுப்பு <emphasis>பணிநிலையம் </emphasis> " +"சுயவிவரத்துடன் ஒரு கணினியில் இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd </computeroutput> ஐத் திருத்து (யூ.எச்.பி " +"அச்சுப்பொறி):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS = \"-f/dev/USB/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START = 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"வலை இடைமுகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தி அச்சுப்பொறியை உள்ளமைக்கவும் <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; பிணைய அச்சுப்பொறி வகையைத் தேர்வுசெய்யவும் " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (பிராண்ட் அல்லது மாடலைப் " +"பொருட்படுத்தாமல் அனைத்து அச்சுப்பொறிகளுக்கும்) மற்றும் இணைப்பு முகவரியாக " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> ஐ " +"அமைக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "பிணைய அச்சுப்பொறிகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறிகளில் அனைத்து தன்வய விளம்பர அம்சங்களையும் முடக்க " +"பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது. அதற்கு பதிலாக, GOSA² உடன் ஒரு நிலையான ஐபி முகவரியை " +"ஒதுக்கி, அவற்றை <computeroutput> AppSocket/HP செட் டைரக்ட் </computeroutput> " +"பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறிகளாக உள்ளமைக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "கடிகார ஒத்திசைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வியில் இயல்புநிலை உள்ளமைவு அனைத்து இயந்திரங்களிலும் உள்ள கடிகாரங்களை " +"ஒத்திசைவாக வைத்திருப்பது, ஆனால் சரியானதல்ல. நேரத்தைப் புதுப்பிக்க என்டிபி " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. கடிகாரங்கள் இயல்பாக வெளிப்புற மூலத்துடன் ஒத்திசைக்கப்படும். இது " +"இயந்திரங்கள் வெளிப்புற இணைய இணைப்பு பயன்படுத்தப்படும்போது உருவாக்கப்பட்டால் அதைத் திறந்து " +"வைக்கக்கூடும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் டயல்அப் அல்லது ஐ.எச்.டி.என் மற்றும் நிமிடத்திற்கு பணம் செலுத்தினால், இந்த இயல்புநிலை " +"அமைப்பை மாற்ற விரும்புகிறீர்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"வெளிப்புற கடிகாரத்துடன் ஒத்திசைவை முடக்க, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் /etc/ntp.conf " +"கோப்பு மாற்றப்பட வேண்டும். <computeroutput> சேவையகம் </computeroutput> உள்ளீடுகளுக்கு " +"முன்னால் கருத்து (\"#\") மதிப்பெண்களைச் சேர்க்கவும். இதற்குப் பிறகு, <computeroutput> " +"பணி என்டிபி மறுதொடக்கம் </computeroutput> ஐ ரூட் ஆக இயக்குவதன் மூலம் என்டிபி " +"சேவையகத்தை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்ய வேண்டும். ஒரு இயந்திரம் வெளிப்புற கடிகார மூலங்களைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துகிறதா என்பதை சோதிக்க, <computeroutput> NTPQ -C LPEER </" +"computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "முழு பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டித்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"தானியங்கி பகிர்வுமூலம் சாத்தியமான பிழை காரணமாக, நிறுவலுக்குப் பிறகு சில பகிர்வுகள் " +"மிகவும் நிரம்பியிருக்கலாம். இந்தப் பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க, ரூட்டாக <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> இயக்கு. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\"> நிர்வாகம் எவ்வாறு அத்தியாயம் </link> இல் உள்ள " +"\"மறுஅளவிடுதல்கள்\" பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "பராமரிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "மென்பொருளைப் புதுப்பித்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"இந்தப் பிரிவு <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> ஐ எவ்வாறு " +"பயன்படுத்துவது என்பதை விளக்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> apt </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது உண்மையில் எளிமையானது. " +"ஒரு கணினியைப் புதுப்பிக்க நீங்கள் கட்டளை வரியில் இரண்டு கட்டளைகளை ரூட் என இயக்க வேண்டும்: " +"<computeroutput> apt புதுப்பிப்பு </computeroutput> (இது கிடைக்கக்கூடிய " +"தொகுப்புகளின் பட்டியல்களைப் புதுப்பிக்கிறது) மற்றும் <computeroutput> apt full-" +"upgrade</computeroutput> (இது மேம்படுத்துகிறது மேம்படுத்தல் கிடைக்கும் தொகுப்புகள்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"ஆங்கில வெளியீட்டைப் பெற சி லோகேலைப் பயன்படுத்தி மேம்படுத்துவதும் நல்ல யோசனையாகும், இது " +"சிக்கல்களின் சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் தேடுபொறிகளில் முடிவுகளை உருவாக்க அதிக வாய்ப்புள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை மேம்படுத்திய " +"பிறகு, மாற்றப்பட்ட சிஃபெங்கின் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகள் கிடைக்கக்கூடும். <computeroutput> ls " +"-ltr/etc/cfengine3/debian -edu/</computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும். மாற்றங்களைப் " +"பயன்படுத்த, <computeroutput> lc_all = c cf -agent -d நிறுவல் </computeroutput> " +"ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் </" +"computeroutput> ஐ டிச்க்எச்பி இல்லாத வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை ஒத்திசைவில் " +"வைத்திருக்க எல்.டி.எச்.பி சர்வர் மேம்படுத்தலுக்குப் பிறகு இயக்குவது முதன்மை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis> அல்லது <emphasis>எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகம்</" +"emphasis> சுயவிவரம், <computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்டு-பிஎக்ச்இன்ச்டால் </" +"computeroutput> நிறுவல் சூழல்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> cron-apt </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> apt-" +"listchanges </computeroutput> ஐ நிறுவுவதும், நீங்கள் படிக்கும் முகவரிக்கு அஞ்சலை " +"அனுப்ப உள்ளமைப்பதும் நல்லது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> மேம்படுத்தக்கூடிய எந்தவொரு தொகுப்பையும் " +"பற்றி மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக ஒரு நாளைக்கு ஒரு முறை உங்களுக்கு அறிவிக்கும். இது இந்த " +"மேம்பாடுகளை நிறுவாது, ஆனால் அவற்றைப் பதிவிறக்குகிறது (வழக்கமாக இரவில்), எனவே நீங்கள் " +"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> செய்யும்போது " +"பதிவிறக்கத்திற்காகக் காத்திருக்க வேண்டியதில்லை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"தேவைப்பட்டால் புதுப்பிப்புகளை தானியங்கி முறையில் நிறுவுவது எளிதாகச் செய்ய முடியும், " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவி, <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink> இல் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> உங்களுக்கு புதிய சேஞ்ச்லாக் " +"உள்ளீடுகளை மின்னஞ்சல் வழியாக அனுப்பலாம் அல்லது <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> " +"ஐ இயக்கும் போது அவற்றை முனையத்தில் மாற்றலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள் குறித்து உங்களைத் தொடர்ந்து தெரிவிக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"மேலே விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளபடி <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> ஐ இயக்குவது " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளுக்குப் பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள் கிடைக்கும்போது கற்றுக்கொள்ள ஒரு " +"சிறந்த வழியாகும். பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகளைப் பற்றி அறிந்து கொள்வதற்கான மற்றொரு வழி, " +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-cecurity-anounce/\"> டெபியன் " +"பாதுகாப்பு-வெளியீட்டு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> க்கு குழுசேர்வது. பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்பு " +"என்ன என்பதை உங்களுக்குக் கூறுகிறது. எதிர்மறையானது (<computeroutput> Cron-apt </" +"computeroutput> உடன் ஒப்பிடும்போது) நிறுவப்படாத தொகுப்புகளுக்கான புதுப்பிப்புகள் " +"பற்றிய தகவல்களும் இதில் அடங்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "காப்பு மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"காப்புப்பிரதி மேலாண்மைக்கு உங்கள் உலாவியை <ulink url=\"https: // www/slbackup-" +"php\"/> க்கு சுட்டிக்காட்டவும். இந்த தளத்தை நீங்கள் SSL வழியாக அணுக வேண்டும் என்பதை " +"நினைவில் கொள்க, ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் அங்கு ரூட் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டும். SSL ஐப் " +"பயன்படுத்தாமல் இந்த தளத்தை அணுக முயற்சித்தால் அது தோல்வியடையும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"குறிப்பு: காப்புப்பிரதி சேவையகத்தில் பாஓடு ரூட் உள்நுழைவை நீங்கள் தற்காலிகமாக " +"அனுமதித்தால் மட்டுமே தளம் செயல்படும், இது இயல்புநிலையாக முதன்மையான சேவையகமாக " +"(tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"இயல்பாக, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput> /root/.svk </" +"computeroutput> மற்றும் LDAP இன் காப்புப்பிரதிகள்/ச்கோலில் சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன / காப்பு/ " +"அடைவு, இது எல்விஎம் தனி பகிர்வாக நிர்வகிக்கப்படுகிறது. நீங்கள் விசயங்களின் உதிரி நகல்களை " +"மட்டுமே வைத்திருக்க விரும்பினால் (நீங்கள் அவற்றை நீக்கினால்) இந்த அமைப்பு உங்களுக்கு நன்றாக " +"இருக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"இந்த காப்புப்பிரதி திட்டம் ஆர்ட் டிரைவ்களில் தோல்வியடைவதிலிருந்து உங்களைப் பாதுகாக்காது " +"என்பதை அறிந்து கொள்ளுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"உங்கள் தரவை வெளிப்புற சேவையகம், ஒரு டேப் சாதனம் அல்லது மற்றொரு வன் ஆகியவற்றில் காப்புப் " +"பிரதி எடுக்க விரும்பினால், இருக்கும் உள்ளமைவை சிறிது மாற்ற வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் ஒரு முழுமையான கோப்புறையை மீட்டெடுக்க விரும்பினால், உங்கள் சிறந்த வழி கட்டளை-" +"வரியைப் பயன்படுத்துவதாகும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"இது உள்ளடக்கத்தை விட்டுச்செல்லும்<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் ஒரு கோப்பை மீட்டெடுக்க விரும்பினால், நீங்கள் வலை இடைமுகத்திலிருந்து கோப்பை (மற்றும் " +"பதிப்பை) தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, அந்த கோப்பை மட்டும் பதிவிறக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் பழைய காப்புப்பிரதிகளை அகற்ற விரும்பினால், காப்புப்பிரதி பக்கத்தில் உள்ள பட்டியலில் " +"\"பராமரிப்பு\" என்பதைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, வைத்திருக்க மிகப் பழமையான ச்னாப்சாட்டைத் " +"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php பராமரிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "சேவையக கண்காணிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Muin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"முனின் போக்கு அறிக்கையிடல் அமைப்பு <ulink url=\"https: // www/munin/\"/> இலிருந்து " +"கிடைக்கிறது. இது நாள்தோறும், வாராந்திர, மாதாந்திர மற்றும் ஆண்டு அடிப்படையில் கணினி " +"நிலை அளவீட்டு வரைபடங்களை வழங்குகிறது, மேலும் இடையூறுகள் மற்றும் கணினி சிக்கல்களின் " +"மூலத்தைத் தேடும்போது கணினி நிர்வாகிக்கு உதவியை வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"முன்னின் ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் இயந்திரங்களின் பட்டியல் தானாகவே " +"உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது, இது தளங்களுக்குப் புகாரளிக்கும் ஓச்ட்களின் பட்டியலின் அடிப்படையில். " +"நிறுவப்பட்ட தொகுப்பு முனின்-முனை கொண்ட அனைத்து ஓச்ட்களும் முனின் கண்காணிப்புக்காகப் பதிவு " +"செய்யப்பட்டுள்ளன. சோளம் வேலைகள் செயல்படுத்தப்படும் கட்டளை காரணமாக, முனின் கண்காணிப்பு " +"தொடங்கும் வரை இது ஒரு இயந்திரத்திலிருந்து நிறுவப்படும் ஒரு நாள் ஆகும். செயல்முறையை " +"விரைவுபடுத்த, <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> ஐ தள " +"சேவையகத்தில் (பொதுவாக முதன்மையான சேவையகம்) ரூட்டாக இயக்கவும். இது <computeroutput>/" +"etc/\n" +"munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> கோப்பை புதுப்பிக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"சேகரிக்கப்படும் அளவீடுகளின் தொகுப்பு ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலும் <computeroutput>முனின்-நோட்-" +"கன்ஃபிகர் </computeroutput> நிரலைப் பயன்படுத்தி தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது, இது " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/செருகுநிரல்கள்/</computeroutput> இலிருந்து " +"கிடைக்கும் செருகுநிரல்களை ஆய்வு செய்கிறது தொடர்புடையவற்றை <computeroutput>/etc/" +"munin/செருகுநிரல்கள்/</computeroutput> க்கு ஒத்திசைக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"முனின் பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/> இலிருந்து " +"கிடைக்கின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "சிந்திக்கிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"ஐசிங்கா அமைப்பு மற்றும் பணி கண்காணிப்பு <ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/> " +"இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது. தள அமைப்பால் சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட தகவல்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி கண்காணிக்கப்படும் " +"இயந்திரங்கள் மற்றும் சேவைகளின் தொகுப்பு தானாகவே உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது. சுயவிவர மெயின்-" +"சர்வர் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி-சர்வர் கொண்ட இயந்திரங்கள் முழு கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகின்றன, அதே " +"நேரத்தில் பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் எளிய கண்காணிப்பைப் பெறுகிறார்கள். " +"பணிநிலையத்தில் முழு கண்காணிப்பை இயக்க, பணிநிலையத்தில் <computeroutput> நாகியோச்-" +"என்ஆர்பி-சர்வர் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"இயல்பாகவே ஐசிங்கா மின்னஞ்சல் அனுப்புவதில்லை. இதை <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> கோப்பில் " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> என்பதை " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> மற்றும் " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-email</computeroutput> ஆகியவற்றால் மாற்றுவதன் மூலம் " +"மாற்றலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"பயன்படுத்தப்படும் ஐசிங்கா உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <computeroutput> /etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg </computeroutput>. தளமாடர் கிரான் வேலை <computeroutput> /var/" +"lib/sitesumary/icinga-generated.cfg </computeroutput> ஐ கண்காணிக்க ஓச்ட்கள் மற்றும் " +"சேவைகளின் பட்டியலுடன் உருவாக்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"கூடுதல் ஐசிங்கா காசோலைகளை <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesumary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post </computeroutput> கோப்பில் வைக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"ஐசிங்கா பற்றிய தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> அல்லது " +"<computeroutput> ஐசிங்கா-டாக் </computeroutput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "பொதுவான ஐசிங்கா எச்சரிக்கைகள் மற்றும் அவற்றை எவ்வாறு கையாள்வது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "" +"மிகவும் பொதுவான ஐசிங்கா எச்சரிக்கைகளை எவ்வாறு கையாள்வது என்பதற்கான வழிமுறைகள் இங்கே." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "வட்டு சிக்கலானது - இலவச இடம்: /யு.எச்.ஆர் 309 எம்பி (5% ஐனோட் = 47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"(எடுத்துக்காட்டில் உள்ள /usr/) பகிர்வு மிகவும் நிரம்பியுள்ளது. இதைக் கையாள பொதுவாக " +"இரண்டு வழிகள் உள்ளன: (1) சில கோப்புகளை அகற்றுதல் அல்லது (2) பகிர்வின் அளவை அதிகரித்தல். " +"பகிர்வு /var/ ஆக இருந்தால், APT தற்காலிக சேமிப்பை <computeroutput>apt clean</" +"computeroutput> என அழைப்பதன் மூலம் சுத்தம் செய்வது சில கோப்புகளை நீக்கக்கூடும். LVM " +"தொகுதி குழுவில் அதிக இடம் இருந்தால், பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க நிரலை " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> இயக்குவது உதவக்கூடும். " +"இந்த நிரலை ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் தானாக இயக்க, கேள்விக்குரிய ஹோஸ்டை " +"<computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup இல் சேர்க்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"பொருத்தமானது: மேம்படுத்தலுக்கு 13 தொகுப்புகள் கிடைக்கின்றன (13 முக்கியமான " +"புதுப்பிப்புகள்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"மேம்படுத்தல்களுக்கு புதிய தொகுப்பு கிடைக்கிறது. முக்கியமானவை பொதுவாக பாதுகாப்பு " +"திருத்தங்கள். மேம்படுத்த, <computeroutput>APT மேம்படுத்தல் & & ஒரு முனையத்தில் " +"ரூட் என முழு-மேம்படுத்தல் </computeroutput> அல்லது பாஓடு வழியாக உள்நுழையவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"புதிய பதிப்புகளுடன் ஒரு நல்ல வேலையைச் செய்ய நீங்கள் தொகுப்புகளை கைமுறையாக " +"மேம்படுத்தவும், டெபியனை நம்பவும் விரும்பவில்லை என்றால், ஒவ்வொரு இரவும் அனைத்து புதிய " +"தொகுப்புகளையும் தானாக மேம்படுத்த <computeroutput>குறிப்பிடப்படாத-மேம்பாடுகள் </" +"computeroutput> ஐ உள்ளமைக்கலாம். இது எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்சை மேம்படுத்தாது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"எச்சரிக்கை-மறுதொடக்கம் தேவை: கர்னலை இயக்குதல் = 2.6.32-37.81.0, நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னல் = " +"2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"இயங்கும் கர்னல் புதிய நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னலை விடப் பழையது, மேலும் புதிய நிறுவப்பட்ட கர்னலை " +"செயல்படுத்த மறுதொடக்கம் தேவைப்படுகிறது. இது பொதுவாக மிகவும் அவசரமானது, ஏனெனில் " +"புதிய கர்னல்கள் பொதுவாகப் பாதுகாப்பு சிக்கல்களைச் சரிசெய்ய டெபியன் கல்வி இல் " +"காண்பிக்கப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "எச்சரிக்கை: கோப்பை வரிசை அளவு - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"கோப்பைகளில் உள்ள அச்சுப்பொறி வரிசைகள் நிறைய வேலைகள் நிலுவையில் உள்ளன. கிடைக்காத " +"அச்சுப்பொறி காரணமாக இது பெரும்பாலும் இருக்கலாம். <computeroutput> கோப்பை-கியூ-" +"ஆட்டோரீனபிள்-ஓச்ட்கள் </computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் ஓச்ட்களில் " +"ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் முடக்கப்பட்ட அச்சு வரிசைகள் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன, எனவே இதுபோன்ற " +"ஓச்ட்களுக்கு எந்த கையேடு நடவடிக்கை தேவையில்லை. <computeroutput>கோப்பை-கியூ-ஆட்டோஃப்ளச்-" +"ஓச்ட்ச் </computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்கும் புரவலர்களில் ஒவ்வொரு " +"இரவும் அச்சு வரிசைகள் காலியாகின்றன. ஒரு ஓச்டுக்கு அவர்களின் வரிசையில் நிறைய வேலைகள் " +"இருந்தால், இந்த ஓச்டை இந்த நெட் குழுமங்களில் ஒன்று அல்லது இரண்டிலும் சேர்ப்பதைக் கவனியுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "தளங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு கணினியிலிருந்தும் தகவல்களைச் சேகரித்து நடு சேவையகத்திற்கு சமர்ப்பிக்க தளங்கள் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகின்றன. சேகரிக்கப்பட்ட தகவல்கள் <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/" +"entries/</computeroutput> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன. <computeroutput>/usr/lib/" +"sitesummary/</computeroutput> இல் உள்ள ச்கிரிப்ட்கள் அறிக்கைகளை உருவாக்கக் கிடைக்கின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"எந்த விவரங்களும் இல்லாமல் தளங்களிலிருந்து ஒரு எளிய அறிக்கை <ulink url=\"https: // " +"www/sidesummary/\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"தளங்களில் சில ஆவணங்கள் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/howto/" +"sitesummary\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி தனிப்பயனாக்கங்கள் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"கணினி நிர்வாகிகளுக்குப் பயனுள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி தனிப்பயனாக்கங்களைப் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை " +"<link linkend=\"Administration\">நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </link> மற்றும் <link " +"linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் எப்படி அத்தியாயம் </link> இல் " +"காணலாம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "மேம்படுத்தல்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"இந்த மேம்படுத்தல் வழிகாட்டியைப் படிப்பதற்கு முன், உங்கள் தயாரிப்பு சேவையகங்களுக்கான நேரடி " +"புதுப்பிப்புகள் உங்கள் சொந்த ஆபத்தில் மேற்கொள்ளப்படுகின்றன என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">டெபியன் எட்/ச்கோலெலினக்ச் பொருந்தக்கூடிய சட்டத்தால் அனுமதிக்கப்பட்ட " +"அளவிற்கு முற்றிலும் உத்தரவாதத்துடன் வருகிறது.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"தயவுசெய்து இந்த அத்தியாயத்தைப் படியுங்கள் மற்றும் <link linkend=\"Features\"> " +"புத்தகப்புழு </link> மேம்படுத்த முயற்சிக்கும் முன் இந்த கையேட்டின் அத்தியாயத்தில் புதிய " +"நற்பொருத்தங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "மேம்படுத்தல் குறித்த பொதுவான குறிப்புகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"டெபியனை ஒரு விநியோகத்திலிருந்து அடுத்த விநியோகத்திற்கு மேம்படுத்துவது பொதுவாக " +"மிகவும் எளிதானது. டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவனத்தைப் பொறுத்தவரை இது எதிர்பாராதவிதமாகச் சற்று " +"சிக்கலானது, ஏனெனில் நாம் செய்யக்கூடாத வழிகளில் உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளை மாற்றியமைக்கிறோம். " +"இருப்பினும் தேவையான படிகளைக் கீழே ஆவணப்படுத்தியுள்ளோம். (டெபியன் கல்வி நிறுவன உள்ளமைவு " +"கோப்புகளை எவ்வாறு மாற்ற வேண்டும் என்பது பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு டெபியன் பிழை <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"பொதுவாக, சேவையகங்களை மேம்படுத்துவது பணிநிலையங்களை விட மிகவும் கடினம் மற்றும் முக்கிய " +"சேவையகம் மேம்படுத்த மிகவும் கடினம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"மேம்படுத்தப்பட்ட பிறகு எல்லாம் முன்பு போலவே செயல்படும் என்பதை நீங்கள் உறுதிப்படுத்த " +"விரும்பினால், உங்கள் விளைவாக்கம் இயந்திரங்களைப் போலவே கட்டமைக்கப்பட்ட ஒரு சோதனை அமைப்பு " +"அல்லது அமைப்புகளில் மேம்படுத்தலை நீங்கள் சோதிக்க வேண்டும். அங்கு நீங்கள் மேம்படுத்தலை இடர் " +"இல்லாமல் சோதிக்கலாம் மற்றும் எல்லாம் செயல்பட வேண்டுமா என்று பார்க்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"தற்போதைய டெபியன் நிலையான வெளியீட்டைப் பற்றிய தகவல்களை அதன் <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink> இல் " +"படிக்க உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"சற்று காத்திருப்பதும், சில வாரங்களுக்குப் பழையதாக இயங்குவதும் புத்திசாலித்தனமாக " +"இருக்கலாம், இதன் மூலம் மற்றவர்கள் மேம்படுத்தலைச் சோதித்து, அவர்கள் அனுபவிக்கும் ஏதேனும் " +"சிக்கல்களை ஆவணப்படுத்தலாம். டெபியன் கல்வி இன் பழைய வெளியீடு அடுத்த நிலையான " +"வெளியீட்டிற்குப் பிறகு சில காலத்திற்கு தொடர்ச்சியான ஆதரவைப் பெறும், ஆனால் டெபியன் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\"> பழைய நீங்களுக்கான ஆதரவை " +"நிறுத்துகிறது </ulink>, டெபியன் கல்வி அதையே செய்ய வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "டெபியன் எடு புத்தகபுழு மேம்படுத்தல்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"தயாராக இருங்கள்: சோதனைச் சூழலில் புத்தகபுழுவிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தலை நீங்கள் " +"சோதித்திருக்கிறீர்கள் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள் அல்லது திரும்பிச் செல்ல " +"காப்புப்பிரதிகள் தயாராக இருப்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"பின்வரும் செய்முறையானது இயல்புநிலை டெபியன் எடு முதன்மை சேவையக நிறுவலுக்கு " +"(டெஸ்க்டாப்=xfce, தன்விவரங்கள் முதன்மை சேவையகம், பணிநிலையம், LTSP சேவையகம்) பொருந்தும் " +"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. (புக்வோர்ம் முதல் ட்ரிக்ஸி வரை மேம்படுத்தல் தொடர்பான பொதுவான " +"கண்ணோட்டத்திற்கு, பார்க்கவும்: <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "ஃச் பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம், மெய்நிகர் கன்சோலைப் பயன்படுத்தவும், ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைக." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> பிழையுடன் முடிந்தால், அதைச் சரிசெய்ய " +"முயற்சிக்கவும் மற்றும்/அல்லது <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> ஐ " +"இயக்கவும், பின்னர் <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> ஐ மீண்டும் " +"இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை மேம்படுத்துகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "தற்போதைய அமைப்பு புதுப்பித்த நிலையில் இருப்பதை உறுதி செய்வதன் மூலம் தொடங்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "டிரிக்சிக்கு மேம்படுத்தலைத் தயாரித்து தொடங்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: படிக்க நிறைய செய்திகளுக்கு தயாராக இருங்கள்; < திரும்பவும் > " +"கீழே உருட்ட, <Q> பேசரை விட்டு வெளியேற. எல்லா தகவல்களும் ரூட் அனுப்பும், இதன் " +"மூலம் நீங்கள் அதை மீண்டும் படிக்க முடியும் (<emphasis>மெயில்எக்ச்</emphasis> அல்லது " +"<emphasis>மட்</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"அனைத்து டெப்கான்ஃப் தகவல்களையும் கவனமாகப் படியுங்கள், 'தற்போது நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ள உள்ளக " +"பதிப்பை வைத்திருங்கள்' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க; பெரும்பாலான சந்தர்ப்பங்களில் வருவாயைத் தாக்கும் " +"நன்றாக இருக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "சேவைகளை மறுதொடக்கம் செய்யுங்கள்: ஆம் என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"சம்பா சேவையகம் மற்றும் பயன்பாடுகள்: 'தற்போது நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ள உள்ளக பதிப்பை வைத்திருங்கள்' " +"என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"Openssh-server: 'தற்போது நிறுவப்பட்ட உள்ளக பதிப்பை வைத்திருங்கள்' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "உள்ளமைவைப் பயன்படுத்துங்கள் மற்றும் சரிசெய்யவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "மேம்படுத்தப்பட்ட கணினி செயல்படுகிறதா என்று சரிபார்க்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "மறுதொடக்கம்; முதல் பயனராக உள்நுழைந்து சோதனை செய்யுங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "கோசா குய் வேலை செய்தால்," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்களை ஒருவர் இணைக்க முடிந்தால்," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "ஒரு அமைப்பின் நெட் குழும உறுப்பினரை ஒருவர் சேர்க்க/அகற்ற முடிந்தால்," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "ஒருவர் உள் மின்னஞ்சலை அனுப்பவும் பெறவும் முடியும் என்றால்," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "ஒருவர் அச்சுப்பொறிகளை நிர்வகிக்க முடிந்தால்," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "மற்ற தள குறிப்பிட்ட விசயங்கள் வேலை செய்தால்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "ஒரு பணிநிலையத்தை மேம்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் மற்றும் தேவையில்லாத விசயங்களைச் செய்யாமல் போன்ற அனைத்து அடிப்படை " +"விசயங்களையும் செய்யுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"பழைய டெபியன் EDU / SCOLELINUX நிறுவல்களிலிருந்து மேம்படுத்தல்கள் (புத்தகபுழு முன்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"எந்தவொரு பழைய வெளியீட்டிலிருந்தும் மேம்படுத்த, மேலே வழங்கப்பட்ட வழிமுறைகளைப் " +"பின்பற்றுவதற்கு முன்பு, நீங்கள் முதலில் புல்செய் அடிப்படையிலான டெபியன் EDU வெளியீட்டிற்கு " +"மேம்படுத்த வேண்டும். அறிவுறுத்தல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/" +"documentation/bullseye#\"> டெபியன் எடு புல்செய் </ulink> க்கான கையேடு, முந்தைய " +"வெளியீட்டில் இருந்து புல்ல்சேவை எவ்வாறு மேம்படுத்துவது என்பது பற்றி." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "எப்படி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Administration\"> பொது நிர்வாகம் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\"> மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Desktop\"> தி டெச்க்டாப் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> பிணையம் கிளையண்ட்ச் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Samba\"> சம்பா </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கற்றல் </link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Users\">பயனர்கள் </link> க்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "பொது நிர்வாகத்திற்கான எவ்வாறு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"getstarted\"> தொடங்குதல் </link> மற்றும் <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\"> பராமரிப்பு </link> அத்தியாயங்கள் டெபியன் கல்வி உடன் எவ்வாறு " +"தொடங்குவது மற்றும் அடிப்படை பராமரிப்பு பணிகளை எவ்வாறு செய்வது என்பதை விவரிக்கின்றன. " +"இந்த அத்தியாயத்தில் உள்ள அவ்டோச் இன்னும் சில \"மேம்பட்ட\" உதவிக்குறிப்புகள் மற்றும் " +"தந்திரங்களைக் கொண்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"உள்ளமைவு வரலாறு: கண்காணிப்பு / போன்றவை / அறிவிலி பதிப்பு கட்டுப்பாட்டு முறையைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி, <computeroutput>/" +"etc/</computeroutput> இல் உள்ள அனைத்து கோப்புகளும் <ulink url=\"https://www.git-" +"scm.com/\">அறிவிலி</ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி பதிப்பு கட்டுப்பாட்டு அமைப்பாகக் " +"கண்காணிக்கப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"இது ஒரு கோப்பு சேர்க்கப்பட்டு, மாற்றப்பட்டு அகற்றப்படும் போது, கோப்பு ஒரு உரை கோப்பாக " +"இருந்தால் என்ன மாற்றப்பட்டது என்பதைக் காணலாம். அறிவிலி களஞ்சியம் <computeroutput> /" +"etc/.git/</computeroutput> இல் சேமிக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும், எந்த மாற்றங்களும் தானாகவே பதிவு செய்யப்படுகின்றன, இதனால் உள்ளமைவு " +"வரலாற்றை பிரித்தெடுத்து மதிப்பாய்வு செய்ய அனுமதிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"வரலாற்றைப் பார்க்க, <computeroutput> முதலியன பகஅ பதிவு </computeroutput> கட்டளை " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. சரியான நேரத்தில் இரண்டு புள்ளிகளுக்கு இடையிலான வேறுபாடுகளைச் " +"சரிபார்க்க, <computeroutput> போன்ற ஒரு கட்டளையை முதலியன வி.சி.எச் டிஃப் </" +"computeroutput> பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"மேலும் தகவலுக்கு <computeroutput> Man etckeeper </computeroutput> இன் வெளியீட்டைக் " +"காண்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "பயனுள்ள கட்டளைகளின் பட்டியல்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "பயன்பாட்டு எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"புதிதாக நிறுவப்பட்ட கணினியில், கணினி நிறுவப்பட்டதிலிருந்து செய்யப்பட்ட அனைத்து " +"மாற்றங்களையும் காண இதை முயற்சிக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "" +"எந்த கோப்புகள் தற்போது கண்காணிக்கப்படவில்லை, அவை புதுப்பித்த நிலையில் இல்லை என்பதைப் " +"பாருங்கள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "" +"ஒரு கோப்பை கைமுறையாக செய்ய, ஏனென்றால் நீங்கள் ஒரு மணி நேரம் காத்திருக்க விரும்பவில்லை:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "பகிர்வுகளை மறுஅளவிடுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் EDU இல், <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> பகிர்வு தவிர அனைத்து " +"பகிர்வுகளும் தர்க்கரீதியான எல்விஎம் தொகுதிகளில் உள்ளன. பதிப்பு 2.6.10 முதல் லினக்ச் " +"கர்னல்களுடன், பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது நீட்டிக்க முடியும். பகிர்வு கணக்கிடப்படாத நிலையில் " +"பகிர்வுகள் சுருங்கி இன்னும் நடக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> fsck </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்க நேரம் எடுக்கும் அல்லது தேவை " +"ஏற்பட்டால் அவற்றை காப்புப்பிரதியில் இருந்து மீட்டெடுப்பதற்கு நேரம் எடுக்கும் என்பதால், மிகப் " +"பெரிய பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவதைத் தவிர்ப்பது நல்லது. முடிந்தால், மிகப் பெரியதை விட பல " +"சிறிய பகிர்வுகளை உருவாக்குவது நல்லது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"முழு பகிர்வுகளையும் நீட்டிப்பதை எளிதாக்குவதற்கு உதவி கைஉரை <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> வழங்கப்படுகிறது. செயல்படுத்தப்படும்போது, அது " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> " +"மற்றும் <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> ஆகியவற்றிலிருந்து " +"உள்ளமைவைப் படிக்கிறது. பின்னர் இந்தக் கோப்புகளில் வழங்கப்பட்ட விதிகளின்படி, மிகக் குறைந்த " +"இடத்துடன் பகிர்வுகளை நீட்டிக்க முன்மொழிகிறது. எந்த வாதங்களும் இல்லாமல் இயக்கப்பட்டால், கோப்பு " +"முறைமையை நீட்டிக்கத் தேவையான கட்டளைகளை மட்டுமே இது காண்பிக்கும். கோப்பு முறைமைகளை " +"நீட்டிக்க இந்தக் கட்டளைகளை உண்மையில் செயல்படுத்த வாதம் <computeroutput>-n</" +"computeroutput> தேவைப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> fsaouteresize- ஓச்ட்கள் </computeroutput> நெட் குழுமத்தில் " +"பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ள ஒவ்வொரு கிளையண்டிலும் ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரத்திலும் ச்கிரிப்ட் தானாகவே " +"செயல்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"ச்க்விட் பதிலாள் பயன்படுத்தும் பகிர்வின் அளவை மாற்றும்போது, <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> இல் உள்ள கேச் அளவிற்கான மதிப்பையும் புதுப்பிக்க வேண்டும். " +"உதவி கைஉரை <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-" +"cachedir</computeroutput> இதைத் தானாகவே செய்ய வழங்கப்படுகிறது, <computeroutput>/" +"var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> இன் தற்போதைய பகிர்வு அளவைச் சரிபார்த்து, ச்க்விட்ஐ " +"அதன் கேச் அளவாக 80% ஐ உள்ளமைக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "தருக்க தொகுதி மேலாண்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"தருக்க தொகுதி மேலாண்மை (எல்விஎம்) பகிர்வுகளை ஏற்றும்போது மற்றும் பயன்பாட்டில் " +"இருக்கும்போது மறுஅளவிடுவதை செயல்படுத்துகிறது. <ulink url=\"https://www.tldlp.org/" +"howto/lvm-howto/\"> எல்விஎம் அவ்டோ </ulink> இலிருந்து எல்விஎம் பற்றி மேலும் அறியலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"ஒரு தர்க்கரீதியான அளவை கைமுறையாக நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் <computeroutput> lvextend </" +"computeroutput> கட்டளையிட்டதை நீங்கள் எவ்வளவு பெரியதாக வளர விரும்புகிறீர்கள் என்று " +"சொல்லுங்கள். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, Mood0 முதல் 30Gib வரை நீட்டிக்க நீங்கள் பின்வரும் கட்டளைகளைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "கூடுதல் 30GIB ஆல் Home0 ஐ நீட்டிக்க, நீங்கள் ஒரு '+' (-l+30G) செருகவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "LDAPVI ஐப் பயன்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\"> ldapvi </ulink> " +"என்பது கட்டளை வரிசையில் ஒரு சாதாரண உரை எடிட்டருடன் LDAP தரவுத்தளத்தைத் திருத்துவதற்கான " +"ஒரு கருவியாகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "பின்வருவனவற்றை செயல்படுத்த வேண்டும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"குறிப்பு: <computeroutput> LDAPVI </computeroutput> இயல்புநிலை எடிட்டர் எதைப் " +"பயன்படுத்தும். <computeroutput>ஏற்றுமதி எடிட்டர் = விம் </computeroutput> ஐ " +"இயக்குவதன் மூலம் செல் வரியில் ஒருவர் VI நகலியை எடிட்டராகப் பெற சூழலை உள்ளமைக்க முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"எச்சரிக்கை: <computeroutput> LDAPVI </computeroutput> மிகவும் சக்திவாய்ந்த " +"கருவியாகும். கவனமாக இருங்கள், எல்.டி.ஏ.பி தரவுத்தளத்தை குழப்ப வேண்டாம், அதே எச்சரிக்கை " +"JXPLORER க்கு பொருந்தும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "கெர்பரைச் என்.எஃப்.எச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"மவுண்ட் ஓம் டைரக்டரிகளுக்கு என்.எஃப்.எச் -க்கு கெர்பரோசைப் பயன்படுத்துவது ஒரு பாதுகாப்பு " +"அம்சமாகும். பணிநிலையங்கள் மற்றும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் கெர்பரோச் இல்லாமல் வேலை " +"செய்ய மாட்டார்கள். நிலைகள் <emphasis>KRB5 </emphasis>, <emphasis>KRB5I </" +"emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis> KRB5p </emphasis> ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன (<emphasis> " +"KRB5 </emphasis> என்றால் கெர்பரோச் ஏற்பு, <emphasis>நான் </emphasis > " +"தனியுரிமைக்காக ஒருமைப்பாடு சோதனை மற்றும் <emphasis>ப</emphasis> ஆகியவற்றைக் " +"குறிக்கிறது, அதாவது குறியாக்கம்); சேவையகம் மற்றும் பணிநிலையங்கள் இரண்டிலும் சுமை " +"பாதுகாப்பு மட்டத்துடன் அதிகரிக்கிறது, <emphasis>KRB5I </emphasis> ஒரு நல்ல " +"தேர்வாகும், மேலும் இது இயல்புநிலையாக தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலையை எவ்வாறு மாற்றுவது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">முதன்மையான சேவையகம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "ரூட்டாக உள்நுழைக" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> ldapvi -zd '(cn = admin)' </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும், " +"<emphasis> sec = krb5i </emphasis> ஐத் தேடுங்கள், அதை <emphasis> sec = krb5 </" +"emphasis> அல்லது <emphasis> sec உடன் மாற்றவும் = krb5p </emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> /etc/exports.d/edu.exports </computeroutput> ஐத் திருத்தி " +"அதற்கேற்ப இந்த உள்ளீடுகளை சரிசெய்யவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput> exportfs -r </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "நிலையான எழுத்தாளர்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"இருப்பிடம், இயந்திரம் அல்லது குழு உறுப்பினர்களைப் பொறுத்து இயல்புநிலை அச்சுப்பொறியை " +"அமைக்க இந்த கருவி அனுமதிக்கிறது. மேலும் தகவலுக்கு, <computeroutput> /usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/readme.md </computeroutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"உள்ளமைவு கோப்பு <computeroutput> /etc/standardskriver.cfg </computeroutput> " +"நிர்வாகியால் வழங்கப்பட வேண்டும், <computeroutput> /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"examples/standardskriver.cfg </computeroutput> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "Jxplorer, ஒரு LDAP GUI" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"LDAP தரவுத்தளத்துடன் பணிபுரிய நீங்கள் ஒரு GUI ஐ விரும்பினால், இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்ட " +"<computeroutput> Jxplorer </computeroutput> தொகுப்பைப் பாருங்கள். இது போன்ற " +"எழுதும் அணுகல் இணைப்பைப் பெற:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "பயனர்களைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கான கட்டளை-வரி கருவியான LDAP-CREATEUSER-KRB5" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> LDAP-CREATEUESER-KRB </computeroutput> என்பது பயனர் கணக்குகளை " +"உருவாக்க ஒரு சிறிய கட்டளை வரி கருவியாகும், இது பின்வருமாறு பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"பயனர்பெயர் மற்றும் செகோச் புலம் தவிர அனைத்து வாதங்களும் விருப்பமானவை, பிந்தையது வழக்கமாக " +"பயனரின் முழு பெயரையும் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும். கருவி குறிப்பிடப்படாவிட்டால், அடுத்த இலவச " +"UID மற்றும் GID ஐ தானாகவே தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும், மேலும் கூடுதல் குழுக்களை பயனருக்கு " +"ஒதுக்காது. எந்தவொரு துறையும் வழங்கப்படாவிட்டால், அது எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -ல் இருந்து முதல் " +"<emphasis>கோசாடெபார்ட்மென்ட்</emphasis> ஐத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்கும் <emphasis> ச்கோல்</" +"emphasis> மற்றும் வழக்கமான பயனர்களுக்கு பொதுவாக நீங்கள் விரும்பியதை அல்ல, எனவே நீங்கள் " +"பொருத்தமான மதிப்பைத் தேர்ந்தெடுக்க வேண்டும் பயனர், எ.கா. <emphasis>ஆசிரியர்கள்</" +"emphasis> அல்லது <emphasis>மாணவர்கள்</emphasis>. கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு " +"உறுதிப்படுத்திய பிறகு, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி நிர்வாகி கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட்டு, <computeroutput> " +"LDAP- CREATEUESER-KRB5 </computeroutput> LDAP இல் பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்கி, " +"கெர்பெரோச் கடவுச்சொல்லை அமைத்து, வீட்டு கோப்பகத்தை உருவாக்கி, அதனுடன் தொடர்புடைய சம்பா " +"பயனரைச் சேர்க்கும். பின்வரும் திரைக்காட்சி <computeroutput> அர்இர் </computeroutput> " +"என்ற பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்க ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு அழைப்பைக் காட்டுகிறது ஒரு ஆசிரியருக்கு " +"முழு பெயர் \"ஆரி இர்ச்\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "நிலையான-புதுப்பிப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் நிலையான-புதுப்பிப்புகளை நேரடியாகப் பயன்படுத்தலாம், நீங்கள் செய்ய வேண்டியதில்லை: " +"நிலையான புள்ளி வெளியீடுகள் செய்யப்படும்போது நிலையான-புதுப்பிப்புகள் தொடர்ந்து நிலையான " +"தொகுப்பிற்குள் தள்ளப்படுகின்றன, இது ஒவ்வொரு இரண்டு மாதங்களுக்கும் தோராயமாக நிகழ்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "புதிய மென்பொருளை நிறுவ பேக் போர்ட்டுகளைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் டெபியன் கல்வியை இயக்குகிறீர்கள், ஏனெனில் நீங்கள் டெபியன் EDU இன் ச்திரத்தன்மையை " +"விரும்புகிறீர்கள். இது நன்றாக இயங்குகிறது; ஒரே ஒரு சிக்கல் உள்ளது: சில நேரங்களில் " +"மென்பொருள் நீங்கள் விரும்புவதை விடச் சற்று காலாவதியானது. பேக்ஃபோர்ட்ச்.டெபியன்.ஆர்ச் " +"அடியெடுத்து வைப்பது இங்குதான்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் சோதனை (பெரும்பாலும்) மற்றும் டெபியன் நிலையற்ற (சில சந்தர்ப்பங்களில், எ.கா. " +"பாதுகாப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள்) ஆகியவற்றிலிருந்து பின்னடைவுகள் மறுசீரமைக்கப்படுகின்றன, எனவே " +"அவை டெபியன் எட் போன்ற நிலையான டெபியன் விநியோகத்தில் புதிய நூலகங்கள் இல்லாமல் (இது எங்கு " +"வேண்டுமானாலும்) இயங்கும். <emphasis role=\"strong\">உங்கள் தேவைகளுக்கு ஏற்ற தனிப்பட்ட " +"பின்னடைவுகளை எடுக்க நாங்கள் பரிந்துரைக்கிறோம், அங்கு கிடைக்கும் அனைத்து பின்னணிகளையும் " +"பயன்படுத்த வேண்டாம்.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using <link linkend=\"Backports\">Backports</link> is simple:" +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Backports\">பின்துறைமுகங்கள்</link> பயன்படுத்துவது எளிது:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"அதன் பிறகு ஒருவர் பின்னணி தொகுப்புகளை எளிதாக நிறுவ முடியும், பின்வரும் கட்டளை " +"<emphasis> டக்ச்டைப் </emphasis> இன் பின்னடைவு பதிப்பை நிறுவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other " +#| "packages. Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, " +#| "contrib and non-free." +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"பிற தொகுப்புகளைப் போலவே பேக்போர்ட்ச் தானாகவே புதுப்பிக்கப்படும் (கிடைத்தால்). சாதாரண " +"காப்பகத்தைப் போலவே, பேக்போர்ட்டுகளும் மூன்று பிரிவுகளைக் கொண்டுள்ளன: முதன்மையான, " +"பங்களிப்பு மற்றும் இலவசம் அல்லாதவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "ஒரு குறுவட்டு அல்லது ஒத்த படத்துடன் மேம்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"நீங்கள் ஒரு பதிப்பிலிருந்து இன்னொரு பதிப்பிற்கு மேம்படுத்த விரும்பினால் (எடுத்துக்காட்டாகப் " +"டிரிக்சி 13.1 முதல் 13.2 வரை) ஆனால் உங்களிடம் இணைய இணைப்பு இல்லை, இயற்பியல் ஊடகங்கள் " +"மட்டுமே, இந்தப் படிகளைப் பின்பற்றவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"சிடி / டிவிடி / ப்ளூ-ரே டிச்க் / யூ.எச்.பி ஃபிளாச் டிரைவைச் செருகவும், APT-CDROM " +"கட்டளையைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "APT-CDROM (8) மனிதன் பக்கத்தை மேற்கோள் காட்ட:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய மூலங்களின் APTS பட்டியலில் புதிய சிடி-ரோம் சேர்க்க APT-CDROM " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது. APT-CDROM வட்டின் கட்டமைப்பை நிர்ணயிப்பதையும், பல தவறான எரியும் " +"பலவற்றை சரிசெய்வதற்கும் குறியீட்டு கோப்புகளை சரிபார்க்கவும் கவனித்துக்கொள்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"APT அமைப்பில் குறுந்தகடுகளைச் சேர்க்க APT-CDROM ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது தேவை, அதை கையால் " +"செய்ய முடியாது. மேலும் பல சிடி தொகுப்பில் உள்ள ஒவ்வொரு வட்டையும் செருகப்பட்டு " +"தனித்தனியாக ச்கேன் செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "கணினியை மேம்படுத்த இந்த இரண்டு கட்டளைகளையும் இயக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "மீதமுள்ள செயல்முறைகளின் தானியங்கி தூய்மை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> கில்லர் </computeroutput> என்பது ஒரு பெர்ல் ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும், இது " +"பின்னணி வேலைகளில் இருந்து விடுபடுகிறது. தற்போது கணினியில் உள்நுழையாத பயனர்களுக்கு " +"சொந்தமான செயல்முறைகளாக பின்னணி வேலைகள் வரையறுக்கப்படுகின்றன. இது ஒரு மணி நேரத்திற்கு " +"ஒரு முறை கிரான் வேலையால் இயக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "பாதுகாப்பு மேம்படுத்தல்களின் தானியங்கி நிறுவல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> என்பது ஒரு டெபியன் " +"தொகுப்பு ஆகும், இது பாதுகாப்பு (மற்றும் பிற) மேம்படுத்தல்களைத் தானாக நிறுவும். " +"நிறுவப்பட்டிருந்தால், தொகுப்பு பாதுகாப்பு மேம்படுத்தல்களை நிறுவ முன்பே " +"உள்ளமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது. பதிவுகள் <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput> இல் கிடைக்கின்றன; மேலும், எப்போதும் <computeroutput>/var/log/" +"dpkg.log</computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</" +"computeroutput> ஆகியவை உள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "இரவில் இயந்திரங்களின் தானியங்கி பணிநிறுத்தம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"கிளையன்ட் இயந்திரங்களை தானாகவே இரவில் மற்றும் காலையில் மீண்டும் அணைப்பதன் மூலம் ஆற்றலையும் " +"பணத்தையும் மிச்சப்படுத்த முடியும். தொகுப்பு <computeroutput>சட் டவுன்-அட்-நைட் </" +"computeroutput> ஒவ்வொரு மணி நேரமும் பிற்பகல் 16:00 மணி முதல் இயந்திரத்தை அணைக்க " +"முயற்சிக்கும், ஆனால் பயனர்களைக் கொண்டிருப்பதாகத் தோன்றினால் அதை அணைக்காது. காலையில் 07:00 " +"மணியளவில் இயந்திரத்தை இயக்க பயோசிடம் சொல்ல முயற்சிக்கும், மேலும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் " +"06:30 முதல் இயந்திரங்களை இயக்க முயற்சிக்கும். இந்த நேரங்களை தனிப்பட்ட இயந்திரங்களின் " +"க்ரோண்டாப்களில் மாற்றலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "இதை அமைக்கும் போது சில பரிசீலனைகள் மனதில் இருக்க வேண்டும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"யாராவது வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பயன்படுத்தும்போது அவற்றை மூடக் கூடாது. " +"<computeroutput>who</computeroutput> இலிருந்து வெளியீட்டைச் சரிபார்ப்பதன் மூலமும், " +"ஒரு சிறப்பு நிகழ்வாக, X2Go மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களுடன் வேலை செய்ய பாஓடு இணைப்பு " +"கட்டளையைச் சரிபார்ப்பதன் மூலமும் இது உறுதி செய்யப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"மின் உருகிகளை வீசுவதைத் தவிர்க்க, எல்லா வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் ஒரே நேரத்தில் தொடங்குவதில்லை " +"என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்துவது நல்லது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களை எழுப்ப இரண்டு வெவ்வேறு முறைகள் உள்ளன. ஒருவர் பயாச் அம்சத்தைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துகிறார், மேலும் வேலை செய்யும் மற்றும் சரியான வன்பொருள் கடிகாரம் " +"தேவைப்படுகிறது, அத்துடன் <computeroutput> என்விஆர்ஏஎம்-வேக்கப் </computeroutput> ஆல் " +"ஆதரிக்கப்படும் ஒரு மதர்போர்டு மற்றும் பயாச் பதிப்பு தேவைப்படுகிறது; மற்றொன்று " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு வேக்-ஆன்-லானுக்கு ஆதரவைப் பெற வேண்டும், மேலும் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டிய " +"அனைத்து வாடிக்கையாளர்களைப் பற்றியும் சேவையகம் தெரிந்து கொள்ள வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தம் செய்வது எப்படி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"இரவில் அணைக்க வேண்டிய வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், <computeroutput>/etc/பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/" +"இரவு-இரவு </computeroutput> ஐத் தொடவும், அல்லது ஓச்ட்பெயரைச் சேர்க்கவும் (அதாவது, " +"'<computeroutput> uname -n இலிருந்து வெளியீடு </computeroutput> 'கிளையண்டில்) " +"நெட் குழுமத்திற்கு \"பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு-ஓச்ட்கள்\". LDAP இல் NETGROUP இல் ஓச்ட்களைச் " +"சேர்ப்பது <computeroutput> GoSa² </computeroutput> வலை கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி செய்ய " +"முடியும். வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பயாசில் எழுந்திருக்க வேண்டும். வேக்-ஆன்-லான் " +"சேவையகத்திற்கும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கும் இடையில் பயன்படுத்தப்படும் சுவிட்சுகள் மற்றும் " +"திசைவிகள் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் அணைக்கப்பட்டாலும் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு WOL பாக்கெட்டுகளை " +"அனுப்பும் என்பதும் முதன்மை. சில சுவிட்சுகள் சுவிட்சில் உள்ள ARP அட்டவணையில் காணாமல் போன " +"வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு பாக்கெட்டுகளை அனுப்பத் தவறிவிடுகின்றன, மேலும் இது WOL " +"பாக்கெட்டுகளைத் தடுக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"சேவையகத்தில் வேக்-ஆன்-லானை இயக்க, வாடிக்கையாளர்களை <computeroutput>/etc/பணிநிறுத்தம்-" +"இரவு/வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் </computeroutput>, ஒரு கிளையண்டிற்கு ஒரு வரியுடன், முதலில் " +"ஐபி முகவரி, அதைத் தொடர்ந்து MAC முகவரி (ஈதர்நெட் முகவரி ), ஒரு இடத்தால் " +"பிரிக்கப்படுகிறது; அல்லது பறக்கும்போது வாடிக்கையாளர்களின் பட்டியலை உருவாக்க ஒரு " +"ச்கிரிப்ட் <computeroutput>/etc/shutown-at-great-at-இரவு/கிளையண்ட்ச்-செனரேட்டர் </" +"computeroutput> ஐ உருவாக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"தளங்களுடன் பயன்படுத்த ஒரு எடுத்துக்காட்டு இங்கே <computeroutput>/etc/பணிநிறுத்தம்-இரவு/" +"வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்-செனரேட்டர் </computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"ஒரு மாற்று வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கு இரவில் பணிநிறுத்தத்தை செயல்படுத்த நெட் குழுமம் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <computeroutput>ng-utils </computeroutput> தொகுப்பிலிருந்து " +"நெட் குழுமம் கருவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி இந்த ச்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "தீசுவருக்கு பின்னால் அமைந்துள்ள டெபியன் கல்வி சேவையகங்களை அணுகவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"இணையத்திலிருந்து ஒரு ஃபயர்வாலுக்குப் பின்னால் இயந்திரங்களை அணுக, <computeroutput> " +"autoshh </computeroutput> தொகுப்பை நிறுவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள். நீங்கள் அணுகக்கூடிய " +"இணையத்தில் ஒரு கணினியில் ஒரு பாஓடு சுரங்கப்பாதையை அமைக்க இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். அந்த " +"கணினியிலிருந்து, ஃபயர்வாலின் பின்னால் உள்ள சேவையகத்தை பாஓடு சுரங்கப்பாதை வழியாக " +"அணுகலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து சுமைகளை பரப்புவதற்கு கூடுதல் பணி இயந்திரங்களை நிறுவுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலை நிறுவலில், அனைத்து சேவைகளும் முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் இயங்குகின்றன, ஓச்ட்பெயர் " +"<emphasis>டிசெனர்</emphasis>. சிலவற்றை மற்றொரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு நகர்த்துவதை எளிதாக்க, " +"<emphasis>குறைந்தபட்ச</emphasis> நிறுவல் சுயவிவரம் உள்ளது. இந்த சுயவிவரத்துடன் " +"நிறுவுவது ஒரு இயந்திரத்திற்கு வழிவகுக்கும், இது டெபியன் EDU நெட்வொர்க்கின் ஒரு " +"பகுதியாகும், ஆனால் அதில் எந்த சேவைகளும் இயங்கவில்லை (இன்னும்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "சில சேவைகளுக்கு அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட இயந்திரத்தை அமைப்பதற்கு தேவையான படிகள் இவை:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "நிறுவலின் போது <emphasis>குறைந்தபட்ச</emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்வுசெய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "சேவைக்கான தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "சேவையை உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் சேவையை முடக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் DNS ஐ (LDAP/GOSA² வழியாக) புதுப்பிக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Wiki.debian.org இலிருந்து எவ்வாறு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாகம் எப்படி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "இந்த அத்தியாயத்தில் மேம்பட்ட நிர்வாக பணிகள் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "கோசாவுடன் பயனர் தனிப்பயனாக்கங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "ஆண்டு குழுக்களில் பயனர்களை உருவாக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"இந்த எடுத்துக்காட்டில், ஒவ்வொரு குழுவிற்கும் பொதுவான வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களுடன் (Home0/2026, " +"Home0/2028, போன்றவை) ஆண்டு குழுக்களில் பயனர்களை உருவாக்க விரும்புகிறோம். காபிம " +"இறக்குமதி மூலம் பயனர்களை உருவாக்க விரும்புகிறோம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(பிரதான சேவையகத்தின் வேராக)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "தேவையான ஆண்டு குழு கோப்பகங்களை உருவாக்குங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /பள்ளி/tjener/வீடு0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(கோசாவில் முதல் பயனராக)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "துறை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான மெனு: கோட்டோ 'அடைவு அமைப்பு', 'மாணவர்கள்' துறையைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. " +"'அடிப்படை' புலம் '/மாணவர்களைக் காட்ட வேண்டும்'. துளி பெட்டியிலிருந்து 'செயல்கள்' " +"'உருவாக்கு'/'துறை' என்பதைத் தேர்வுசெய்க. பெயர் (2026) மற்றும் விளக்க புலங்களுக்கான " +"மதிப்புகளை நிரப்பவும் (2026 இல் பட்டம் பெறும் மாணவர்கள்), அடிப்படை புலத்தை விட்டு ('/" +"மாணவர்கள்' இருக்க வேண்டும்). 'சரி' என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்வதைச் சேமிக்கவும். இப்போது புதிய " +"துறை (2026) /மாணவர்களுக்குக் கீழே காட்டப்பட வேண்டும். அதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "குழு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான மெனுவிலிருந்து 'குழுக்களை' தேர்வு செய்யவும்; 'செயல்கள்'/உருவாக்கு/குழு. " +"குழு பெயரை உள்ளிடவும் ('தளத்தை' விடவும், /மாணவர்கள் /2026 ஆக இருக்க வேண்டும்) மற்றும் " +"அதை சேமிக்க 'சரி'." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "வார்ப்புரு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"முதன்மையான மெனுவிலிருந்து 'பயனர்களை' தேர்வு செய்யவும். அடிப்படை துறையில் 'மாணவர்களாக' " +"மாற்றவும். ஒரு நுழைவு <computeroutput> நியூச்டடென்ட் </computeroutput> காண்பிக்கப்பட " +"வேண்டும், அதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க. இது 'மாணவர்கள்' வார்ப்புரு, உண்மையான பயனர் அல்ல. இதுபோன்ற " +"ஒரு வார்ப்புருவை உருவாக்க வேண்டியிருப்பதால் (உங்கள் கட்டமைப்பிற்கு காபிம இறக்குமதியைப் " +"பயன்படுத்த முடியும்) இந்த அடிப்படையில், பொதுவான மற்றும் POSIX தாவல்களில் காண்பிக்கப்படும் " +"அனைத்து உள்ளீடுகளையும் கவனியுங்கள், புதிய வார்ப்புருவுக்கு தகவல்களைத் தயாரிக்க திரை " +"சாட்களை எடுத்துக் கொள்ளுங்கள் ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"இப்போது அடிப்படை துறையில் /மாணவர்கள் /2026 ஆக மாற்றவும்; உருவாக்கு/வார்ப்புரு என்பதைத் " +"தேர்ந்தெடுத்து, நீங்கள் விரும்பிய மதிப்புகளை நிரப்பத் தொடங்குங்கள், முதலில் பொதுவான தாவல் " +"(குழு உறுப்பினர்களின் கீழ் உங்கள் புதிய 2026 குழுவைச் சேர்க்கவும்), பின்னர் POSIX கணக்கைச் " +"சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "பயனர்கள் இறக்குமதி செய்யுங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"காபிம இறக்குமதியைச் செய்யும்போது உங்கள் புதிய வார்ப்புருவைத் தேர்வுசெய்க; ஒரு சில " +"பயனர்களுடன் இதைச் சோதிப்பது பரிந்துரைக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "பிற பயனர் தனிப்பயனாக்கங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "அனைத்து பயனர்களின் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களிலும் கோப்புறைகளை உருவாக்குதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"இந்த ச்கிரிப்ட் மூலம் நிர்வாகி ஒவ்வொரு பயனரின் வீட்டு கோப்பகத்திலும் ஒரு கோப்புறையை " +"உருவாக்கி அணுகல் அனுமதிகள் மற்றும் உரிமையை அமைக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"குழு = ஆசிரியர்கள் மற்றும் அனுமதிகள் = 2770 உடன் கீழே காட்டப்பட்டுள்ள எடுத்துக்காட்டில், " +"கோப்பை \"பணிகள்\" கோப்புறையில் சேமிப்பதன் மூலம் ஒரு பயனர் ஒரு வேலையில் ஒப்படைக்க " +"முடியும், அங்கு ஆசிரியர்களுக்கு எழுத்து அணுகல் வழங்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "பிரத்யேக சேமிப்பக சேவையகத்தைப் பயன்படுத்தவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"பயனர் வீட்டு கோப்பகங்களுக்கும் பிற தரவுகளுக்கும் பிரத்யேக சேமிப்பக சேவையகத்தை அமைக்க இந்த " +"நடவடிக்கைகளை எடுக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>சேவையக</computeroutput> வகையின் புதிய அமைப்பை இந்தக் கையேட்டின் " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">தொடங்குதல்</emphasis> அத்தியாயத்தில் கோடிட்டுக் " +"காட்டப்பட்டுள்ளபடி GOsa² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி சேர்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"இந்த எடுத்துக்காட்டு 'NAS-Server.intern' ஐ சேவையக பெயராகப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. 'NAS-" +"Server.intern' கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டவுடன், புதிய சேமிப்பக சேவையகத்தில் NFS ஏற்றுமதி புள்ளிகள் " +"தொடர்புடைய சப்நெட்டுகள் அல்லது இயந்திரங்களுக்கு ஏற்றுமதி செய்யப்படுகிறதா என்று " +"சரிபார்க்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"இங்கே முதுகெலும்பு நெட்வொர்க்கில் உள்ள அனைத்தும் /சேமிப்பக ஏற்றுமதியை அணுகலாம். (இது NFS " +"அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த NFS அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த NETGROUP உறுப்பினர் அல்லது ஒற்றை ஐபி " +"முகவரிகளுக்கு கட்டுப்படுத்தப்படலாம்:/etc/ஏற்றுமதி கோப்பில்.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"அனைத்து வாடிக்கையாளர்களும் கோரிக்கையின் பேரில் புதிய ஏற்றுமதியை தானாக ஏற்ற அனுமதிக்க " +"LDAP இல் 'NAS-Server.intern' பற்றிய ஆட்டோமவுண்ட் தகவல்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"GoSa² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி இதைச் செய்ய முடியாது, ஏனெனில் ஆட்டோமவுண்டிற்கான ஒரு தொகுதி " +"காணவில்லை. அதற்கு பதிலாக, LDAPVI ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும் மற்றும் ஒரு எடிட்டரைப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"தேவையான LDAP பொருள்களைச் சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> ldapvi --ldap -conf -zd '(cn = admin)' -b ou = ஆட்டோமவுண்ட், " +"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = ச்கோல், நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை </" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"திருத்தித் தோன்றும்போது, ஆவணத்தின் கீழே பின்வரும் LDAP பொருள்களைச் சேர்க்கவும். (கடைசி " +"LDAP பொருளில் உள்ள \"/&\" பகுதி 'nas-server.intern' ஏற்றுமதி செய்யும் " +"அனைத்தையும் பொருத்தும் ஒரு வைல்ட் கார்டு ஆகும், இது LDAP இல் தனிப்பட்ட மவுண்ட் பாயிண்டுகளை " +"பட்டியலிட வேண்டிய தேவையை நீக்குகிறது.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"தொடர்புடைய உள்ளீடுகளை tjener.intern:/etc/fstab இல் சேர்க்கவும், ஏனெனில் " +"tjener.intern பெருகிவரும் சுழல்களைத் தவிர்க்க ஆட்டோமவுண்டைப் பயன்படுத்துவதில்லை:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> mkdir </computeroutput>, திருத்து '/etc/fstab' ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"மவுண்ட் பாயிண்ட் கோப்பகங்களை உருவாக்கி, புதிய வளங்களை ஏற்ற <computeroutput>மவுண்ட் -A </" +"computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"எந்தவொரு பணிநிலையத்திலும், எல்.டி.எச்.பி மெல்லிய வாங்கி அல்லது எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகத்திலும் எந்தவொரு பயன்பாட்டையும் பயன்படுத்தி '/டிசெனர்/நாச்-சேவையகம்/' கோப்பகத்தைப் " +"பார்வையிடுவதன் மூலம் இப்போது பயனர்கள் 'NAS-Server.intern' இல் உள்ள கோப்புகளை நேரடியாக " +"அணுக முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "பாஓடு உள்நுழைவு அணுகலை கட்டுப்படுத்தவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "பாஓடு உள்நுழைவைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த பல வழிகள் உள்ளன, சில இங்கே பட்டியலிடப்பட்டுள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இல்லாமல் அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் யாரும் பயன்படுத்தப்படாவிட்டால், ஒரு புதிய குழுவை " +"உருவாக்குவதே ஒரு எளிய தீர்வு (<computeroutput> sshusers </computeroutput> என்று " +"சொல்லுங்கள்) மற்றும் இயந்திரத்தின்/etc/ssh/sshd_config கோப்பில் ஒரு வரியைச் சேர்ப்பது. " +"<computeroutput> Sshusers </computeroutput> குழுவின் உறுப்பினர்கள் மட்டுமே எல்லா " +"இடங்களிலிருந்தும் கணினியில் பாஓடு க்கு அனுமதிக்கப்படுவார்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "கோசாவுடன் இந்த வழக்கை நிர்வகிப்பது மிகவும் எளிது:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"அடிப்படை மட்டத்தில் ஒரு குழுவை <computeroutput> sshusers </computeroutput> ஐ " +"உருவாக்கவும் (ஏற்கனவே <computeroutput> கோசா-அட்மின்ச் </computeroutput> போன்ற பிற " +"கணினி மேலாண்மை தொடர்பான குழுக்கள்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "புதிய குழுவில் <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> பயனர்களைச் சேர்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> allowgroups sshusers </computeroutput> க்கு/etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config ஐச் சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "<computeroutput> பணி பாஓடு மறுதொடக்கம் </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்களுடன் அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"இயல்புநிலை LTSP டிச்க்லெச் கிளையன்ட் அமைப்பு பாஓடு இணைப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தாது. பாஓடு " +"அமைப்பு மாற்றப்பட்ட பிறகு தொடர்புடைய LTSP சேவையகத்தில் ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தைப் புதுப்பிக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"X2GO மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் தொடர்புடைய LTSP சேவையகத்திற்கு பாஓடு இணைப்புகளைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துகின்றனர். எனவே பாம் ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி வேறுபட்ட அணுகுமுறை தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "LTSP சேவையகத்தின் /etc/pam.d/sshd கோப்பில் pam_access.so ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"(மாதிரி) பயனர்களுக்கான இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்க /etc/security/access.conf ஐ " +"உள்ளமைக்கவும் ஆலிச், சேன், பாப் மற்றும் சான் எல்லா இடங்களிலிருந்தும், மற்ற அனைத்து " +"பயனர்களுக்கும் இந்த வரிகளைச் சேர்ப்பதன் மூலம் உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகளிலிருந்து மட்டுமே:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"அர்ப்பணிக்கப்பட்ட எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்கள் மட்டுமே பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், உள் எச்.எச்.எச் " +"உள்நுழைவு அணுகலை முடக்க 10.0.0.0/8 நெட்வொர்க்கை கைவிடலாம். குறிப்பு: தனது பெட்டியை " +"பிரத்யேக எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் பிணையம் (எச்) உடன் இணைக்கும் ஒருவர் எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"சேவையகம் (எச்) க்கும் எச்.எச்.எச் அணுகலைப் பெறுவார்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "மிகவும் சிக்கலான அமைப்புகளுக்கான குறிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"ஃச் 2 சிஓ வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் முதுகெலும்பு பிணையம் 10.0.0.0/8 உடன் இணைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால், " +"விசயங்கள் இன்னும் சிக்கலானதாக இருக்கும், மேலும் ஒரு அதிநவீன டி.எச்.சி.பி அமைப்பு " +"(எல்.டி.ஏ.பி-யில்) மட்டுமே விற்பனையாளர்-கிளாச்-அடையாளங்காட்டியை பொருத்தமான பிஏஎம் " +"உள்ளமைவுடன் சரிபார்க்கும் உள் எச்.எச்.எச்.எச். உள்நுழைவு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "டெச்க்டாப்பிற்கான எவ்வாறு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "பல மொழி டெச்க்டாப் சூழலை அமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "பல மொழிகளை ஆதரிக்க இந்த படிகள் செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு இடங்களை இயக்கவும் </computeroutput> (ரூட் என) " +"மற்றும் மொழிகளை (UTF-8 வகைகள்) தேர்வு செய்யவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "தொடர்புடைய தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவ இந்த கட்டளைகளை வேராக இயக்கவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"பயனர்கள் உள்நுழைவதற்கு முன் லைட் டிஎம் காட்சி மேலாளர் வழியாக மொழியைத் தேர்வுசெய்ய " +"முடியும்; இது XFCE, LXDE மற்றும் LXQT க்கு பொருந்தும். க்னோம் மற்றும் கே.டி.இ இரண்டும் " +"அவற்றின் சொந்த உள் பகுதி மற்றும் மொழி உள்ளமைவு கருவிகளுடன் வருகின்றன, இவற்றைப் " +"பயன்படுத்துங்கள். மேட் ஒரு மொழி தேர்வாளருக்கு லைட் டிஎம் மேல் ஆர்க்டிகா வாழ்த்துப் " +"பணியாளரைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார். பங்கு லைட் டிஎம் வாழ்த்து கொள்ள <computeroutput>apt " +"purge arctica-greeter </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "டிவிடிகள் விளையாடுவது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"பெரும்பாலான வணிக டிவிடிகளை விளையாடுவதற்கு LIBDVDCSS தேவை. சட்ட காரணங்களுக்காக இது " +"டெபியன் (EDU) இல் சேர்க்கப்படவில்லை. இதைப் பயன்படுத்த நீங்கள் சட்டப்பூர்வமாக " +"அனுமதிக்கப்பட்டால், <computeroutput> libdvd-pkg </computeroutput> டெபியன் " +"தொகுப்பைப் பயன்படுத்தி உங்கள் சொந்த உள்ளக தொகுப்புகளை உருவாக்கலாம்; <computeroutput> " +"பங்களிப்பு </computeroutput> <computeroutput> /etc/apt/sources.list </" +"computeroutput> இல் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"டெப்கான்ஃப் கேள்விகளுக்கு பதிலளிக்கவும், பின்னர் <computeroutput> dpkg- மறுசீரமைப்பு " +"libdvd-pkg </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "கையெழுத்து எழுத்துருக்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"தொகுப்பு <computeroutput> fonts-linex </computeroutput> (இது இயல்பாக " +"நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது) எழுத்துருவை \"அபெசெடாரியோ\" நிறுவுகிறது, இது குழந்தைகளுக்கான " +"நல்ல கையெழுத்து எழுத்துரு. எழுத்துரு குழந்தைகளுடன் பயன்படுத்த பல வடிவங்களைக் " +"கொண்டுள்ளது: புள்ளியிடப்பட்ட, மற்றும் வரிகளுடன்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "பிணையம் வாடிக்கையாளர்களுக்கான எவ்வாறு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான அறிமுகம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் மற்றும் வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான ஒரு பொதுவான சொல் " +"<emphasis>எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாங்கி</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"புல்செயில் தொடங்கி, எல்.டி.எச்.பி முந்தைய பதிப்புகளிலிருந்து முற்றிலும் மாறுபட்டது. இது " +"அமைப்பு மற்றும் பராமரிப்பு இரண்டையும் பற்றியது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு முக்கிய வித்தியாசமாக, வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களுக்கான ச்குவாச்எஃப்எச் படம் இப்போது " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக கோப்பு அமைப்பிலிருந்து இயல்பாக உருவாக்கப்படுகிறது. இது முதல் " +"துவக்கத்தில் ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையகத்தில் நிகழ்கிறது, சிறிது நேரம் ஆகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இனி LTSP இன் பகுதியாக இல்லை. மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர் பயன்பாட்டை " +"ஆதரிக்க டெபியன் கல்வி ஃச் 2 கோவைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"தனி அல்லது கூடுதல் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தின் போது, எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் சூழலை " +"அமைப்பதற்கு தேவையான தகவல்கள் நிறுவல் நேரத்தில் முழுமையடையாது. கோசா உடன் கணினி " +"சேர்க்கப்பட்டவுடன் அமைவு செய்ய முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"பொதுவாக LTSP பற்றிய தகவலுக்கு, <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org\">LTSP " +"முகப்புப்பக்கத்தைக்</ulink> காண்க. <emphasis>LTSP சேவையகம்</emphasis> சுயவிவரத்தைக் " +"கொண்ட கணினிகளில், <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> கூடுதல் தகவல்களை " +"வழங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி -யிலிருந்து <emphasis>எல்.டி.எச்.பி </emphasis> கருவி கவனமாகப் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, <computeroutput>ltsp " +"படம் /</computeroutput> டெபியன் இயந்திரங்களின் விசயத்தில் ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்கத் " +"தவறும் (இவை இயல்பாக ஒரு தனி/துவக்க பகிர்வு கொண்டவை), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe </" +"computeroutput> ஐபிஎக்ச் மெனுவின் காரணமாக//custooutout>, <computeroutput>, " +"மற்றும் </computeroutput>, மற்றும் முழுவதுமாகத் துவக்க." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்</emphasis> கருவி " +"<computeroutput>எல்.டி.எச்.பி இமேச் </computeroutput>, <computeroutput> " +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐட் </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput>எல்.டி.எச்.பி ipxe </" +"computeroutput>. வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம் மற்றும் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை (64-பிட் " +"மற்றும் 32-பிட் பிசி இரண்டும்) அமைக்கவும் கட்டமைக்கவும் இது பயன்படுகிறது. " +"<computeroutput> மேன் டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் </computeroutput> அல்லது " +"ச்கிரிப்ட் உள்ளடக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும். தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து " +"உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் (இங்கே ஆவணங்கள்) உள்ளன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ரேப்பர் ச்கிரிப்டை எவ்வாறு பயன்படுத்துவது <emphasis> டெபியன்-எட்டு-" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் </" +"computeroutput> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலைய ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை (சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமை) " +"புதுப்பிக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால்-டிச்க்லெச்_வொர்க்ச்டேசன் ஆம் --" +"thin_type Bad </computeroutput> வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையத்தையும் 64-பிட் மெல்லிய " +"கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவையும் உருவாக்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ச்டால் --ஆர்ச் I386 --thin_type Bad </" +"computeroutput> கூடுதல் 32-பிட் மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை உருவாக்குகிறது (க்ரூட் மற்றும் " +"ச்குவாச்ஃப் படம்)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>வெற்று</emphasis> (மிகச்சிறிய மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் சிச்டம்) தவிர, " +"<emphasis>காட்சி</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis>டெச்க்டாப்</emphasis> ஆகியவை " +"கிடைக்கக்கூடிய விருப்பங்கள். <emphasis> காட்சி </emphasis> வகை ஒரு பணிநிறுத்தம் " +"பொத்தானை வழங்குகிறது, <emphasis>டெச்க்டாப்</emphasis> வகை கிளையண்டில் கியோச்க் " +"பயன்முறையில் ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆரை இயக்குகிறது (மேலும் உள்ளக ரேம் மற்றும் சிபியு ஆற்றல் " +"தேவை, ஆனால் சேவையக சுமை குறைக்கப்பட்டது)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> கருவி என்பது " +"<computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput> க்கான ஒரு ரேப்பர் ஸ்கிரிப்ட் ஆகும். இது /" +"srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe கோப்பு டெபியன் கல்வி-க்கு மட்டுமே குறிப்பிட்டதாக இருப்பதை " +"உறுதி செய்கிறது. /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [சேவையகம்] பிரிவில் iPXE மெனு தொடர்பான " +"உருப்படிகள் (பட்டியல் நேரம் முடிந்தது அல்லது இயல்புநிலை துவக்க அமைப்புகள் போன்றவை) " +"மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட பிறகு கட்டளையை இயக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> டெபியன்-எட்-எல்.டி.எச்.பி-இன்ட்ரிடி</emphasis> கருவி " +"<computeroutput>எல்.டி.எச்.பி ஐஎன்டிஆர்டி </computeroutput> க்கான ரேப்பர் ச்கிரிப்ட் " +"ஆகும். ஒரு பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு குறிப்பிட்ட initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) " +"உருவாக்கப்பட்டு பின்னர் பயன்பாட்டு வழக்கு தொடர்பான கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகர்த்தப்படுவதை " +"உறுதிசெய்கிறது. /Etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்] பிரிவு மாற்றியமைக்கப்பட்ட " +"பிறகு கட்டளை இயக்கப்பட வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis>கருவி எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"5 உடன் அனுப்பப்பட்ட <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis>கருவிக்கு மாற்றாக உள்ளது. இது " +"ஒரு குறிப்பிட்ட எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட்டில் கட்டளைகளை இயக்க பயன்படுகிறது (எ.கா. நிறுவுதல், " +"மேம்படுத்துதல் மற்றும் தொகுப்புகளை அகற்றுதல் போன்றவை)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையம்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"A diskless workstation runs அனைத்தும் software locally. The client machines " +"boot directly இருந்து the LTSP சேவையகம் without a local hard drive. Software " +"is administered and maintained on the LTSP சேவையகம், but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. வீடு கோப்பகங்கள் and மண்டலம் அமைப்புகள் அரே stored on the சேவையகம் too. " +"Diskless workstations அரே an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) " +"வன்பொருள் with the same low maintenance costs அச் with thin clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations ஓடு without any need பெறுநர் கூட்டு " +"them with GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC பெறுநர் சார்பு அச் an (X-)terminal, " +"where அனைத்தும் software runs on the LTSP சேவையகம். This means that this " +"machine boots வழிமம் PXE without using a local client hard ஓட்டு and that the " +"LTSP சேவையகம் needs பெறுநர் be a powerful machine." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients பெறுநர் enable the use of " +"very old hardware." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, பயனர்கள் should முடக்கு compositing பெறுநர் avoid " +"காட்சி artefacts. In the இயல்புநிலை case (Xfce desktop environment): அமைப்புகள் " +"-> சாளரம் Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">எல்.டி.எச்.பி கிளையன்ட் ஃபார்ம்வேர்</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's பிணையம் இடைமுகம் requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE நிறுவல் can be used க்கு troubleshooting problems with " +"netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains பற்றி a missing " +"XXX.bin கோப்பு then non-free firmware has பெறுநர் be added பெறுநர் the LTSP " +"server's initrd." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் இதைத் தொடரவும்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "First get செய்தி பற்றி firmware packages, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Decide which தொகுப்பு has பெறுநர் be installed க்கு the பிணையம் interface(s), " +"பெரும்பாலானவை probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "புதுப்பிப்பு the SquashFS படம் க்கு diskless workstations, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "In case X2Go thin clients அரே used, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "and proceed according பெறுநர் the usage information." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Then புதுப்பிப்பு the SquashFS image; e.g. க்கு the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "LTSP client வகை தேர்வு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Each LTSP சேவையகம் has two தூயவெளியம், தூயவெளி வலை interfaces: one configured " +"in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and " +"another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet க்கு each LTSP server)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen இருந்து the iPXE menu. After waiting க்கு 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot அச் diskless workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"The இயல்புநிலை iPXE boot பட்டியல் item and it's இயல்புநிலை timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout மதிப்பு of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used பெறுநர் மறை the menu. ஓடு " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> க்கு the changes பெறுநர் " +"take effect." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Use a different LTSP client பிணையம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the இயல்புநிலை LTSP client பிணையம் if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients அரே used or if different " +"LTSP சேவையகங்கள் should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the " +"second preconfigured பிணையம் 192.168.1.0/24 could be used அச் well. தொகு the " +"கோப்பு <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust " +"the eth1 அமைப்புகள் accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> " +"or any மற்றொன்று LDAP திருத்தி பெறுநர் inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "கூட்டு LTSP chroot பெறுநர் support 32-bit-PC clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "பெறுநர் create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> க்கு details " +"பற்றி thin client types." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "LTSP client உள்ளமைவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"ஓடு <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> பெறுநர் have a look at " +"available உள்ளமைவு options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/" +"man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"கூட்டு உள்ளமைவு items பெறுநர் the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. க்கு " +"the changes பெறுநர் take effect, run:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி வாடிக்கையாளர்களுடன் ஒலி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio பெறுநர் கணவாய் audio இருந்து the சேவையகம் " +"பெறுநர் the clients." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP diskless workstations கைப்பிடி audio locally." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Access பெறுநர் USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"When பயனர்கள் செருகவும் a USB ஓட்டு or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, " +"a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access பெறுநர் the " +"content அச் on a workstation." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"When பயனர்கள் செருகவும் a USB ஓட்டு into an X2Go thin client of வகை bare " +"(default combined சேவையகம் installation), the ஊடகம் is mounted அச் soon அச் the " +"existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the " +"ஊடகம் content it might take some time until the content shows மேலே in the " +"கோப்பு manager." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "A எச்சரிக்கை பற்றி removable ஊடகம் on LTSP சேவையகங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"When inserted into an LTSP சேவையகம், USB drives and மற்றொன்று removable ஊடகம் " +"cause the related folder icon பெறுநர் appear on LTSP thin client desktops. " +"Remote பயனர்கள் can access the files." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Use printers attached பெறுநர் LTSP clients" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Attach the அச்சுப்பொறி பெறுநர் the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel " +"துறைமுகம் அரே supported)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² பெறுநர் use a fixed IP address." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Configure the அச்சுப்பொறி using the விரலிடைத் தோல் இடைமுகம் " +"<computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; " +"choose பிணையம் அச்சுப்பொறி வகை <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" +"computeroutput> (for அனைத்தும் printers regardless of brand or model) and கணம் " +"<computeroutput>socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> அச் " +"connection URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "PXE அமைப்பை மாற்றியமைத்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE stands க்கு Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation க்கு easier LTSP " +"ஒருங்கிணைப்பு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Configuring the PXE பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"The iPXE பட்டியல் item concerning மண்டலம் installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some அமைப்புகள் பெறுநர் be overridden using the கோப்பு <computeroutput>/etc/" +"debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with மாற்று values." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Configuring the PXE நிறுவல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"PXE நிறுவல், முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தை நிறுவும்போது பயன்படுத்தப்படும் அமைப்புகளிலிருந்து " +"மொழி, விசைப்பலகை அமைப்பு மற்றும் கண்ணாடி அமைப்புகளைப் பெறும், மேலும் பிற கேள்விகள் " +"நிறுவலின்போது கேட்கப்படும் (சுயவிவரம், பாப்கான் பங்கேற்பு, பகிர்வு மற்றும் ரூட் " +"கடவுச்சொல்). இந்தக் கேள்விகளைத் தவிர்க்க, <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput> என்ற கோப்பை debconf மதிப்புகளுக்கு முன்பே " +"தேர்ந்தெடுக்கப்பட்ட பதில்களை வழங்க மாற்றியமைக்கலாம். கிடைக்கக்கூடிய டெப்கான்ஃப் மதிப்புகளின் " +"சில எடுத்துக்காட்டுகள் ஏற்கனவே <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> இல் கருத்து தெரிவிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. PXE-நிறுவல் சூழலை " +"மீண்டும் உருவாக்க <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> " +"பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டவுடன் உங்கள் மாற்றங்கள் இழக்கப்படும். <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"pxeinstall</computeroutput> உடன் பொழுதுபோக்கு செய்யும்போது டெப்கான்ஃப் மதிப்புகளை " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> " +"உடன் சேர்க்க, உங்கள் கூடுதல் டெப்கான்ஃப் மதிப்புகளுடன் <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> கோப்பைச் சேர்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"PXE நிறுவல்களை மாற்றியமைப்பது பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <link linkend=\"நிறுவல்-" +"மாற்றியமைக்கும்_பெக்ச்_இன்ச்டாலேசன்ச்\"> நிறுவல் </link> அத்தியாயத்தில் காணலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "PXE நிறுவல்களுக்கு தனிப்பயன் களஞ்சியத்தைச் சேர்ப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"தனிப்பயன் களஞ்சியத்தைச் சேர்ப்பதற்கு இதுபோன்ற ஒன்றை <computeroutput> /etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local </computeroutput> இல் சேர்க்கவும்::" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"பின்னர் <computeroutput>/USR/SBIN/DEBIAN-EDU-PXEINSTALL </computeroutput> ஐ " +"ஒரு முறை இயக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "பிணைய அமைப்புகளை மாற்றுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் தொகுப்பு ஒரு கருவியுடன் வருகிறது, இது நெட்வொர்க்கை 10.0.0.0/8 " +"இலிருந்து வேறு ஏதாவது மாற்ற உதவுகிறது. <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/கருவிகள்/சப்நெட்-சேஞ்ச் </computeroutput> ஐப் பாருங்கள். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் " +"நிறுவிய பின்னரும் பயன்படுத்த, எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் சப்நெட்டை மாற்ற திருத்த வேண்டிய பிற " +"கோப்புகளைப் புதுப்பிக்க இது பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வியில் ஏற்கனவே பயன்படுத்தப்பட்ட சப்நெட்டுகளில் ஒன்றிற்கு மாறுவது செயல்படாது " +"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. 192.168.0.0/24 மற்றும் 192.168.1.0/24 ஏற்கனவே எல்.டி.எச்.பி " +"கிளையன்ட் நெட்வொர்க்குகளாக அமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. இந்தச் சப்நெட்களுக்கு மாற்றுவதற்கு நகல் " +"உள்ளீடுகளை அகற்ற உள்ளமைவு கோப்புகளின் கையேடு திருத்துதல் தேவைப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +#| "require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +#| "server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +#| "name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +#| "changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +#| "both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"டிஎன்எச் டொமைன் பெயரை மாற்ற எளிதான வழி இல்லை. இதை மாற்றுவதற்கு எல்.டி.ஏ.பி கட்டமைப்பு " +"மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையக கோப்பு முறைமையில் பல கோப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் மாற்றங்கள் " +"தேவைப்படும். முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தின் (Tjener.intern) புரவலன் மற்றும் டிஎன்எச் பெயரை " +"மாற்ற எளிதான வழி இல்லை. அவ்வாறு செய்ய எல்.டி.ஏ.பி மற்றும் முதன்மையான சேவையகம் மற்றும் " +"கிளையன்ட் கோப்பு முறைமையில் உள்ள கோப்புகளுக்கான மாற்றங்களும் தேவைப்படும். இரண்டு " +"சந்தர்ப்பங்களிலும் கெர்பரோச் அமைப்பையும் மாற்ற வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "தொலைநிலை டெச்க்டாப்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையக சுயவிவரம் அல்லது ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையக சுயவிவரத்தைத் தேர்ந்தெடுப்பது " +"<emphasis>எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி</emphasis> மற்றும் <emphasis>ஃச் 2 கோசர்வர் </emphasis> " +"தொகுப்புகளையும் நிறுவுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "ஃஆர்டிபி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"தொலைநிலை கிளையண்டிற்கு வரைகலை உள்நுழைவை வழங்க எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ரிமோட் டெச்க்டாப் " +"நெறிமுறையைப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது. மைக்ரோசாப்ட் சாளரங்கள் பயனர்கள் கூடுதல் மென்பொருளை " +"நிறுவாமல் எக்ச்ஆர்டிபியை இயக்கும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்க முடியும் - அவர்கள் " +"சாளரங்கள் கணினியில் தொலைநிலை டெச்க்டாப் இணைப்பைத் தொடங்கி இணைக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"கூடுதலாக, எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ஒரு விஎன்சி சேவையகம் அல்லது மற்றொரு ஆர்.டி.பி சேவையகத்துடன் " +"இணைக்க முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"எக்ச்ஆர்டிபி ஒலி உதவி இல்லாமல் வருகிறது; தேவையான தொகுதிகளை தொகுக்க (அல்லது மீண்டும் " +"தொகுக்க) இந்த ச்கிரிப்டைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம். தயவுசெய்து கவனிக்கவும்: அழைப்பாளர் வேர் அல்லது " +"சுடோ குழுவின் உறுப்பினராக இருக்க வேண்டும். மேலும், /etc/apt/sources.list சரியான " +"டெப்-எச்ஆர்சி வரியைக் கொண்டிருக்க வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"லினக்ச், சாளரங்கள் அல்லது மேகோச் இயங்கும் பிசியிலிருந்து குறைந்த அலைவரிசை மற்றும் உயர் " +"அலைவரிசை இணைப்புகள் இரண்டிலும் எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகத்தில் ஒரு வரைகலை டெச்க்டாப்பை அணுக " +"x2go உங்களுக்கு உதவுகிறது. கிளையன்ட் பக்கத்தில் கூடுதல் மென்பொருள் தேவைப்படுகிறது, " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/doc:installation:x2goclient\"> " +"x2go விக்கி </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"X2GO பயன்படுத்தப்பட்டால், <computeroutput> கொலையாளி </computeroutput> தொகுப்பு " +"LTSP சேவையகத்தில் சிறப்பாக அகற்றப்பட வேண்டும் என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க, <ulink " +"url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "ரிமோட் டெச்க்டாப் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் கிடைக்கும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> freerdp-x11 </computeroutput> இயல்புநிலையாக நிறுவப்பட்டுள்ளது " +"மற்றும் இது RDP மற்றும் VNC க்கு திறன் கொண்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - சாளரங்கள் டெர்மினல் சேவையகத்தை அணுக எளிதான வழி. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு " +"<computeroutput> rdesktop </computeroutput> ஆகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"வி.என்.சி வாங்கி (மெய்நிகர் பிணையம் கணினி) ச்கோலெலினக்ச் தொலைதூரத்தில் அணுகலை " +"வழங்குகிறது. ஒரு மாற்று கிளையன்ட் தொகுப்பு <computeroutput> XVNCViewer </" +"computeroutput> ஆகும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> x2goclient </computeroutput> என்பது X2GO அமைப்புக்கான வரைகலை " +"வாங்கி ஆகும் (இயல்பாக நிறுவப்படவில்லை). இயங்கும் அமர்வுகளுடன் இணைக்கவும், புதியவற்றைத் " +"தொடங்கவும் இதைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "வயர்லெச் வாடிக்கையாளர்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"பாதுகாப்பான பிணையம் இணைப்புகளை வழங்க <emphasis> ஃப்ரீராடியச்</emphasis> சேவையகம் " +"பயன்படுத்தப்படலாம். இது வேலை செய்ய, <emphasis>ஃப்ரீராடியச்</emphasis> மற்றும் " +"<emphasis>WINBIND </emphasis> முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் தொகுப்புகளை நிறுவி " +"<computeroutput>/USR/SHARE/DEBIAN-EDU-CONFIG/கருவிகள்/அமைவு-ஃப்ரீராடியச் -சர்வர் </" +"computeroutput> ஒரு அடிப்படை, தள குறிப்பிட்ட உள்ளமைவை உருவாக்க. இந்த வழியில், EAP-" +"TTLS/PAP மற்றும் PEAP-MSCHAPV2 முறைகள் இரண்டும் இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. தள குறிப்பிட்ட " +"மாற்றங்களை எளிதாக்க அனைத்து உள்ளமைவுகளும் ச்கிரிப்டில் உள்ளன. விவரங்களுக்கு <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\"> ஃப்ரீரடியச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "கூடுதல் உள்ளமைவு தேவை" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>பகிரப்பட்ட மறைபொருள்</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf) " +"வழியாக அணுகல் புள்ளிகளை இயக்கவும்/முடக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.ஏ.பி குழுக்களைப் பயன்படுத்தி வயர்லெச் அணுகலை அனுமதிக்கவும்/மறுக்கவும் (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"அணுகல் புள்ளிகளை பிரத்யேக குழுக்களாக இணைக்கவும் (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"இறுதி பயனர் சாதனங்கள் சரியாக உள்ளமைக்கப்பட வேண்டும், இந்த சாதனங்கள் EAP (802.1x) " +"முறைகளைப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கு முள் பாதுகாக்கப்பட வேண்டும். பயனர்கள் தங்கள் சாதனங்களில் " +"ஃப்ரீராடியச் சிஏ சான்றிதழை நிறுவவும் சரியான சேவையகத்துடன் இணைக்கப்பட வேண்டும். " +"தீங்கிழைக்கும் சேவையகத்தின் போது அவர்களின் கடவுச்சொல்லை இந்த வழியில் பிடிக்க முடியாது. தள " +"குறிப்பிட்ட சான்றிதழ் உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் கிடைக்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (லினக்ச் இயங்கும் இறுதி " +"பயனர் சாதனங்களுக்கு)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https: //www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (லினக்ச், ஆண்ட்ராய்டு)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https: //www.intern/freeradius-cader\"/> (MACOS, ஐஇமு, ஐபாடோச், " +"விண்டோச்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"இறுதி பயனர் சாதனங்களை உள்ளமைப்பது பல்வேறு சாதனங்கள் காரணமாக உண்மையான சவாலாக இருக்கும் " +"என்பதை நினைவில் கொள்க. சாளரங்கள் சாதனங்களுக்கு ஒரு நிறுவி ச்கிரிப்டை உருவாக்க முடியும், " +"ஆப்பிள் சாதனங்களுக்கு ஒரு மொபைல் கான்ஃபிக் கோப்பை. இரண்டு சந்தர்ப்பங்களிலும் ஃப்ரீராடியச் சிஏ " +"சான்றிதழ் ஒருங்கிணைக்கப்படலாம், ஆனால் ச்கிரிப்ட்களை உருவாக்க OS குறிப்பிட்ட கருவிகள் தேவை." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"PGINA LDAP சொருகி பயன்படுத்தி டெபியன் கல்வி நற்சான்றிதழ்களுடன் சாளரங்கள் இயந்திரத்தை " +"அங்கீகரிக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வியில் PGINA பயனரைச் சேர்ப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"PGINA ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவதற்கான திறனைக் கொண்டிருக்க (அல்லது வேறு 3 வது தரப்பு அங்கீகார-" +"சேவை-பயன்பாடு) LDAP இன் உள்ளே தேடலில் ஒரு சிறப்பு பயனர் கணக்கை நீங்கள் வைத்திருக்க " +"வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"கடவுச்சொல்லுடன் கூடிய <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> " +"<emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis> போன்ற சிறப்பு பயனரைச் சேர், <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/gosa\"/> வலைத்தளத்தில்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "PGINA முட்கரண்டி நிறுவவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"PGINA 3.9.9.12 ஐ வழக்கமான மென்பொருளாக பதிவிறக்கம் செய்து நிறுவவும். எல்.டி.ஏ.பி " +"சொருகி பி.சி.என்.ஏ சொருகி கோப்புறையில் தொடர்கிறது என்பதை கவனத்தில் கொள்ளுங்கள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Pgina ஐ உள்ளமைக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் EDU அமைப்புகளைக் கருத்தில் கொண்டு LDAP க்கான இணைப்புத் துறைமுகம் 636 க்குள் SSL " +"ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "எனவே PGINA LDAP சொருகி தேவையான அமைப்புகள் கீழே உள்ளன" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(these அரே stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "LDAP சொருகி முதன்மையான பிரிவு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP புரவலன் (கள்): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2 </emphasis> (அல்லது வேறு " +"எவரும் பிரிப்பானாக \"விண்வெளி\" உடன்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "LDAP போர்ட்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636 </emphasis> (SSL இணைப்புக்கு)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "நேரம் முடிந்தது: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"SSL ஐப் பயன்படுத்தவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ஆம்</emphasis> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"TLS ஐத் தொடங்கு: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இல்லை </emphasis> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் " +"செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"சேவையக சான்றிதழை சரிபார்க்கவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இல்லை </emphasis> " +"(தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"தேடல் டி.என்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">uid = pguser, ou = மக்கள், OU = மாணவர்கள், " +"நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skole, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = skolelinux, நேர்மின்னழுத்தம் = இல்லை </" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(உள்நுழைவு அமர்வில் பயனர்களைத் தேட எல்.டி.ஏ.பி -யில் அங்கீகரிக்க \"PGUSER\" என்பது ஒரு " +"பயனர்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "கடவுச்சொல்லைத் தேடுங்கள்: PWD.777 (இது \"PGUSER\" கடவுச்சொல்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "அங்கீகாரத் தொகுதி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "பிணைப்பு தாவல்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"வெற்று கடவுச்சொற்களை அனுமதிக்கவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இல்லை </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "டி.என் தேடு: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ஆம்</emphasis> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"தேடல் வடிகட்டி: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(& (uid =%u) (objectClass = " +"நபர்)) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "அங்கீகாரத் தொகுதி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "இயல்புநிலை: <emphasis role=\"strong\">இசைவு</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"எல்.டி.ஏ.பி ஏற்பு தோல்வியுற்றால் மறுக்கவும்: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ஆம் </" +"emphasis> (டிக் தேர்வுப்பெட்டி)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"சேவையகம் அணுக முடியாததாக இருக்கும்போது அனுமதிக்கவும்: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">இல்லை</emphasis> (தேர்வுப்பெட்டியை டிக் செய்ய வேண்டாம், விரும்பினால்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "சொருகி தேர்வு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "LDAP: ஏற்பு [v], ஏற்பு [v], நுழைவாயில் [v], கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றவும் [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"உள்ளக இயந்திரம்: ஏற்பு [v], நுழைவாயில் [v] (இரண்டு தேர்வுப்பெட்டிகளை மட்டுமே டிக்)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "சொருகி ஒழுங்கு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "அங்கீகாரம்: எல்.டி.ஏ.பி, உள்ளக இயந்திரம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "நுழைவாயில்: எல்.டி.ஏ.பி, உள்ளக இயந்திரம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "ஆதாரங்கள்:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "டெபியன் EDU இல் சம்பா" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"சாம்பா இப்போது நவீன SMB2/SMB3 உதவி மற்றும் பயனர்கள் இயக்கப்பட்டிருப்பதன் மூலம் <emphasis> " +"முழுமையான சேவையகம் </emphasis> என கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் " +"<computeroutput> /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf </computeroutput> ஐப் " +"பார்க்கவும். இந்த வழியில் நிர்வாகிகள் அல்லாத பயனர்கள் பங்குகளை வழங்க இயக்கப்பட்டுள்ளனர்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"தள குறிப்பிட்ட மாற்றங்களுக்கு, /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site/etc/" +"samba கோப்பகத்திற்கு நகலெடுக்கவும். <emphasis> smb.conf.edu-site </emphasis> இல் " +"உள்ள அமைப்புகள் <emphasis>Smb-debian-edu.conf </emphasis> இல் உள்ளவற்றை மேலெழுதும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"இயல்பாக, வீட்டு கோப்பகங்கள் மட்டுமே படிக்கப்படுகின்றன. இதை <emphasis> /etc/samba/" +"smb.conf.edu-site </emphasis> இல் மாற்றலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"சாம்பா கடவுச்சொற்கள் <computeroutput> SMBPASSWD </computeroutput> ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +"சேமிக்கப்படுகின்றன, மேலும் GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கடவுச்சொல் மாற்றப்பட்டால் புதுப்பிக்கப்படும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"ஒரு பயனரின் சம்பா கணக்கைத் தற்காலிகமாக முடக்க, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d " +"<பயனர்பெயர் ></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput>அதை மீண்டும் இயக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>சவுன் ரூட்: முதன்மையான சேவையகத்தில் ஆசிரியர்கள்/var/lib/samba/" +"Usershares </computeroutput> ஐ இயக்குகிறது 'மாணவர்களுக்கான' பயனர்கள் முடக்கும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "சம்பா வழியாக கோப்புகளை அணுகலாம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS அல்லது Windows இயங்கும் " +"சாதனங்களுக்கு, பயனரின் முகப்பு டைரக்டரி மற்றும் கூடுதல் தள குறிப்பிட்ட பங்குகளுக்கான " +"இணைப்புகள் (கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டிருந்தால்) சாத்தியமாகும். எடுத்துக்காட்டாக, Android " +"அடிப்படையிலான சாதனங்களுக்கு SMB2/SMB3 ஆதரவுடன் கூடிய கோப்பு மேலாளர் தேவை, இது LAN " +"அணுகல் என்றும் அழைக்கப்படுகிறது. <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/" +"details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" +"ulink> அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">LAN " +"செருகுநிரலுடன் கூடிய மொத்த கமாண்டர்</ulink> ஒரு நல்ல தேர்வாக இருக்கலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"வீட்டு அடைவை அணுக <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<பயனர்பெயர்></" +"computeroutput> அல்லது <computeroutput>smb://tjener/<பயனர்பெயர்></" +"computeroutput> பயன்படுத்தவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "கற்பித்தல் மற்றும் கற்றலுக்கான ஓவ்டோச்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"இந்தப் பிரிவில் குறிப்பிடப்பட்டுள்ள அனைத்து டெபியன் தொகுப்புகளையும் <computeroutput>apt " +"install <package></computeroutput> (வேராக) இயக்குவதன் மூலம் நிறுவ முடியும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "கற்பித்தல் நிரலாக்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\"> " +"நிலையான/கல்வி-மேம்பாடு </ulink> என்பது நிறைய நிரலாக்க கருவிகளைப் பொறுத்து ஒரு மேவு " +"தொகுப்பு ஆகும். இந்த தொகுப்பு நிறுவப்பட்டால் கிட்டத்தட்ட 2 வட்டு இடத்தின் கிப் தேவை என்பதை " +"நினைவில் கொள்க. மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு (ஒரு சில தொகுப்புகளை மட்டுமே நிறுவ), <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/taskment\"> டெபியன் EDU மேம்பாட்டு " +"தொகுப்புகள் </ulink> பக்கத்தைப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "மாணவர்களைக் கண்காணித்தல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">எச்சரிக்கை</emphasis>: உங்கள் அதிகார வரம்பில் கணினி " +"பயனர்களின் செயல்பாடுகளை கண்காணித்தல் மற்றும் கட்டுப்படுத்துவது பற்றிய சட்டங்களின் நிலை " +"உங்களுக்குத் தெரியும் என்பதை உறுதிப்படுத்திக் கொள்ளுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink " +#| "url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +#| "ulink> to supervise their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "epoptes.org\">Epoptes Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://" +#| "veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\"> " +"எபோப்ட்ச் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/ போன்ற " +"கட்டுப்பாட்டு கருவிகளைப் பயன்படுத்துகின்றன /வேயோன்-கான்ஃபிகுரேட்டர்#\"> தங்கள் மாணவர்களை " +"மேற்பார்வையிட வேயோன் </ulink>. மேலும் காண்க: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\"> " +"எபோப்ட்ச் முகப்புப்பக்கம் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\"> வீயோன் " +"முகப்புப்பக்க </ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "மாணவர்களின் பிணைய அணுகலை கட்டுப்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"சில பள்ளிகள் <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\"> " +"ச்க்விட்கார்ட் </ulink> அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"e2guardian#\" > E2Guardian </ulink> இணைய அணுகலைக் கட்டுப்படுத்த." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "பயனர்களுக்கான எப்படிசெய்ய" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றுதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் கோசா பயன்படுத்துவதன் மூலம் அவளை அல்லது அவரது கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்ற " +"வேண்டும். அவ்வாறு செய்ய, ஒரு உலாவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/" +"</computeroutput> க்குச் செல்லவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்ற GOSA² ஐப் பயன்படுத்துவது கெர்பரோச் (KRBPRINCIPALKEY), LDAP " +"(USERPASSWORD) மற்றும் சம்பா ஆகியவற்றிற்கான கடவுச்சொற்கள் ஒன்றே என்பதை உறுதி செய்கிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"பாம் ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி கடவுச்சொற்களை மாற்றுவது GDM உள்நுழைவு வரியில் செயல்படுகிறது, ஆனால் " +"இது கெர்பரோச் கடவுச்சொல்லை மட்டுமே புதுப்பிக்கும், ஆனால் சம்பா மற்றும் கோசா (LDAP) " +"கடவுச்சொல் அல்ல. எனவே உள்நுழைவு வரியில் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை மாற்றிய பிறகு, நீங்கள் அதை " +"கோசா பயன்படுத்தி மாற்ற வேண்டும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "முழுமையான சாவா பயன்பாடுகளை இயக்குகிறது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"OpenJDK சாவா இயக்க நேரத்தால் முழுமையான சாவா பயன்பாடுகள் பெட்டியிலிருந்து " +"ஆதரிக்கப்படுகின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "மின்னஞ்சலைப் பயன்படுத்துதல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"அனைத்து பயனர்களும் உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குள் அஞ்சல்களை அனுப்பலாம் மற்றும் பெறலாம்; டி.எல்.எச் " +"பாதுகாப்பான இணைப்புகளை அனுமதிக்க சான்றிதழ்கள் வழங்கப்படுகின்றன. உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு " +"வெளியே அஞ்சலை அனுமதிக்க, நிர்வாகி உள்ளக நிலைமைக்கு ஏற்றவாறு மெயில்சர்வர் " +"<computeroutput>exim4 </computeroutput> ஐ உள்ளமைக்க வேண்டும், " +"<computeroutput>DPKG-RECONFIGURE EXIM4-CONFIG </computeroutput> இல் " +"தொடங்குகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"தண்டர்பேர்டைப் பயன்படுத்த விரும்பும் ஒவ்வொரு பயனரும் அதை பின்வருமாறு கட்டமைக்க வேண்டும். " +"பயனர்பெயர் JDOE உடன் ஒரு பயனருக்கு உள் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரி <ulink url=\"mailto: " +"jdoe@postoffice.intern\"> jdoe@postoffice.intern </ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "தண்டர்பேர்ட்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "தண்டர்பேர்ட் தொடங்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "" +"'இதைத் தவிர்த்து, தற்போதுள்ள எனது மின்னஞ்சலைப் பயன்படுத்துங்கள்' என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "உங்கள் மின்னஞ்சல் முகவரியை உள்ளிடவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"கெர்பரோச் ஒற்றை உள்நுழைவு பயன்படுத்தப்படும் என்பதால் உங்கள் கடவுச்சொல்லை உள்ளிட வேண்டாம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "'தொடரவும்' என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"IMAP மற்றும் SMTP இரண்டிற்கும் அமைப்புகள் 'STARTTLS' மற்றும் 'கெர்பரோச்/GSSAPI' ஆக " +"இருக்க வேண்டும்; தானாகவே கண்டறியப்படாவிட்டால் சரிசெய்யவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "'முடிந்தது' என்பதைக் சொடுக்கு செய்க" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "பங்களிப்பு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "ஆன்லைனில் பங்களிக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"பெரும்பாலான நேரங்களில், <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"> " +"உருவாக்குபவர் அஞ்சல் பட்டியல் </ulink> தகவல்தொடர்புக்கான எங்கள் முக்கிய ஊடகம், இருப்பினும் " +"ஐ.ஆர்.சி. .debian.org மற்றும், சில சமயங்களில், உண்மையான கூட்டங்கள், நாங்கள் " +"ஒருவருக்கொருவர் நேரில் சந்திக்கிறோம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் EDU இன் வளர்ச்சியில் என்ன நடக்கிறது என்பதை அறிய ஒரு சிறந்த வழி <ulink " +"url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-" +"commits\">மின்னஞ்சல்பட்டியல் உறுதி செய்யுங்கள் </ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "பிழைகள் புகாரளிக்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் எட் டெபியன் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/bugs/\"> பிழை கண்காணிப்பு " +"அமைப்பு (BTS) </ulink> ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறார். ஏற்கனவே உள்ள பிழை அறிக்கைகள் மற்றும் அம்ச " +"கோரிக்கைகளைக் காண்க அல்லது புதியவற்றை உருவாக்கவும். <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\"> டெபியன்-எட்டு-கான்ஃபிக் </ulink> " +"தொகுப்புக்கு எதிரான அனைத்து பிழைகளையும் தெரிவிக்கவும். டெபியன் EDU இல் பிழை " +"அறிக்கையிடல் குறித்த கூடுதல் தகவலுக்கு <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"debianedu/howto/bugreports#\"> பிழைகளைப் புகாரளிப்பது எப்படி</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "ஆவணப்படுத்தல் எழுத்தாளர்கள் மற்றும் மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"இந்த ஆவணத்திற்கு உங்கள் உதவி தேவை! முதல் மற்றும் முன்னணி, இது இன்னும் முடிக்கப்படவில்லை: " +"நீங்கள் அதைப் படித்தால், உரைக்குள் பல்வேறு பிழைத்திருத்தங்களை நீங்கள் கவனிப்பீர்கள். அங்கு விளக்க " +"வேண்டியதை நீங்கள் அறிந்திருந்தால் (கொஞ்சம்), தயவுசெய்து உங்கள் அறிவை எங்களுடன் பகிர்ந்து " +"கொள்வதைக் கவனியுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"உரையின் மூலமானது ஒரு விக்கி மற்றும் ஒரு எளிய வெப் ப்ரோசர் மூலம் திருத்தலாம். <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm/\"/> க்குச் " +"செல்லுங்கள், நீங்கள் எளிதாக பங்களிக்க முடியும். குறிப்பு: பக்கங்களைத் திருத்த ஒரு பயனர் " +"கணக்கு தேவை; நீங்கள் <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/frontpage?" +"action=newaccount\"> ஒரு விக்கி பயனர் கணக்கை உருவாக்கவும் </ulink> முதலில்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"மென்பொருள் மற்றும் ஆவணங்களை மொழிபெயர்ப்பதன் மூலம் பங்களிப்பதற்கும் பயனர்களுக்கு உதவுவதற்கும் " +"மற்றொரு சிறந்த வழி. இந்த ஆவணத்தை எவ்வாறு மொழிபெயர்ப்பது என்பது பற்றிய தகவல்களை இந்த " +"புத்தகத்தின் <link linkend=\"Translations\"> மொழிபெயர்ப்பு அத்தியாயம் </link> இல் " +"காணலாம். இந்த புத்தகத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்பு முயற்சிக்கு உதவுவதைக் கவனியுங்கள்!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "உதவி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "தன்னார்வ அடிப்படையிலான உதவி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "ஆங்கிலத்தில்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - உதவி அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"IRC.Debian.org இல் #டெபியன் -எட்டு - ஐ.ஆர்.சி சேனல், பெரும்பாலும் வளர்ச்சி " +"தொடர்புடையது; நிகழ்நேர ஆதரவை அடிக்கடி நடந்தாலும் எதிர்பார்க்க வேண்டாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "நோர்வேயில்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "Irc.debian.org இல் #skolelinux - நோர்வே பயனர்களை ஆதரிக்க ஐ.ஆர்.சி சேனல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "செர்மன் மொழியில்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-jerman\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "IRC.Debian.org இல் #skolelinux.de - செர்மன் பயனர்களை ஆதரிக்க ஐ.ஆர்.சி சேனல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "பிரஞ்சு மொழியில்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/>-ஆதரவு அஞ்சல் பட்டியல்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "தொழில்முறை உதவி" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"தொழில்முறை ஆதரவை வழங்கும் நிறுவனங்களின் பட்டியல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianedu/help/professionalhelp\"/> இலிருந்து கிடைக்கின்றன." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "டெபியன் EDU புத்தகப்புழுவில் புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 13 புத்தகப்புழுக்கான புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "நிறுவல் மாற்றங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழுவிலிருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் கையேடு " +"</ulink>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput> இலவச-ஃபார்ம்வேர் </computeroutput> பற்றிய தகவல்களை உள்ளடக்கியது, " +"இது நன்கு அறியப்பட்ட <computeroutput> முதன்மை </computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput> பங்களிப்பு </computeroutput> மற்றும் <computeroutput> " +"அல்லாதவற்றுக்கு கூடுதலாக புதிய பிரிவாகும் இலவச </computeroutput> பிரிவுகள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/emerald#\"> எமரால்டு " +"கருப்பொருள் </ulink> ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட புதிய கலைப்படைப்பு, டெபியன் 13 " +"புத்தகப்புழுக்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "மென்பொருள் புதுப்பிப்புகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "டெபியன் 13 டிரிக்சியில் புதிதாக உள்ள அனைத்தும், எ.கா:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "லினக்ச் கர்னல் 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா 5.162, க்னோம் 43, எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ 4.18, எல்எக்ச்.டி.இ " +"11, மேட் 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "லிப்ரூபிச் 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "பழங்குடி 2 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "கல்வி கருவிப்பெட்டி GCOMPRIS 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "இசை உருவாக்கியவர் ரோச்கார்டன் 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "டெபியன் டிரிக்சி நிறுவலுக்கு 59000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் 13 புத்தகப்புழு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டுக் குறிப்புகள் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink " +"url=\"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புத்தகப்புழு/Instanmanual \"> " +"நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "ஆவணங்கள் மற்றும் மொழிபெயர்ப்பு புதுப்பிப்புகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"நிறுவலின் போது சுயவிவர தேர்வு பக்கம் 29 மொழிகளில் கிடைக்கிறது, அவற்றில் 22 முழுமையாக " +"மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm#\"> " +"டெபியன் எட் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு </ulink> எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன, டேனிச், டச்சு, " +"பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, நோர்வே (போக்மால்), பிரேசிலிய போர்த்துகீசியம், " +"ஐரோப்பிய போர்த்துகீசியம், ச்பானிச், ருமேனிய தமிழ் மற்றும் உக்ரேனிய." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "அறியப்பட்ட சிக்கல்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/status/trixie#\"> டெபியன் எடு " +"ட்ரிக்சி நிலை பக்கம் </ulink> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "பதிப்புரிமை மற்றும் ஆசிரியர்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"இந்த ஆவணம் டோல்கர் லெவின்ச் (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel " +"Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter " +"(2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen " +"(2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John " +"Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) மற்றும் Guido Berhörster " +"(2023) மற்றும் is released under the GPL2 அல்லது any later version. மகிழுங்கள்!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"அதில் உள்ளடக்கத்தை நீங்கள் சேர்த்தால், <emphasis role=\"strong\">நீங்கள் ஆசிரியராக " +"இருந்தால் மட்டும் அவ்வாறு செய்யுங்கள். அதே நிபந்தனைகளின் கீழ் நீங்கள் அதை வெளியிட வேண்டும் </" +"emphasis>! உங்கள் பெயரை இங்கே சேர்த்து \"சிபிஎல் வி 2 அல்லது பின்னர் எந்த பதிப்பு\" " +"உரிமத்தின் கீழ் வெளியிடுங்கள்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "இந்த ஆவணத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்புகள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/usercontent/debian-edu-doc/\"> " +"தொகுக்கப்பட்ட மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளின் நிகழ்நிலை கண்ணோட்டம் </ulink>, அடிக்கடி " +"புதுப்பிக்கப்படுகிறது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "இந்த ஆவணத்தை எவ்வாறு மொழிபெயர்ப்பது" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "PO கோப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தி மொழிபெயர்க்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"பல இலவச மென்பொருள் திட்டங்களைப் போலவே, இந்த ஆவணத்தின் மொழிபெயர்ப்புகளும் PO கோப்புகளில் " +"வைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. செயல்முறை பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்களை <computeroutput> /usr/share/doc/" +"debian-edu-doc/readme.debian-edu-bookworm-nual- மொழிபெயர்ப்பு </" +"computeroutput> இல் காணலாம்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "வலை உலாவியைப் பயன்படுத்தி ஆன்லைனில் மொழிபெயர்க்கவும்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"பெரும்பாலான மொழி அணிகள் வலைபெயர்ப்பு வழியாக மொழிபெயர்க்க முடிவு செய்துள்ளன. மேலும் " +"தகவலுக்கு <ulink url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/> ஐப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "ஏதேனும் சிக்கல்களைப் புகாரளிக்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "பின் இணைப்பு A - குனு பொது பொதுமக்கள் உரிமம்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 13 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"பதிப்புரிமை (ப) 2007-2024 ஓல்கர் லெவ்சன் < <ulink url=\"mailto: holger@layer-" +"acht.org\"> holger@layer-acht.org </ulink> > மற்றவர்கள், பதிப்புரிமை " +"உரிமையாளர்களின் முழு பட்டியலுக்கும் <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">பதிப்புரிமை </" +"link> ஐப் பார்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "பின் இணைப்பு B - பழைய வெளியீடுகளில் நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 12 புத்தகப்புழுக்கான புதிய நற்பொருத்தங்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழுவிலிருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் " +"கையேடு </ulink>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/emerald#\"> எமரால்டு " +"கருப்பொருள் </ulink> ஐ அடிப்படையாகக் கொண்ட புதிய கலைப்படைப்பு, டெபியன் 12 " +"புத்தகப்புழுக்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "டெபியன் 12 புத்தகப்புழுவில் புதிதாக உள்ள அனைத்தும், எ.கா:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "லினக்ச் கர்னல் 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி.இ பிளாச்மா 5.27, க்னோம் 43, எக்ச்எஃப்சிஇ 4.18, எல்எக்ச்.டி.இ 11, " +"மேட் 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "கல்வி கருவிப்பெட்டி GCOMPRIS 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "இசை உருவாக்கியவர் ரோச்கார்டன் 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "டெபியன் புத்தகப்புழு நிறுவலுக்கு 64000 க்கும் மேற்பட்ட தொகுப்புகளை உள்ளடக்கியது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் 12 புத்தகப்புழு பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டுக் குறிப்புகள் </ulink> மற்றும் <ulink " +"url=\"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/புத்தகப்புழு/Instanmanual \"> " +"நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/bookworm#\"> " +"டெபியன் எட் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு </ulink> எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன, டேனிச், டச்சு, " +"பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, நோர்வே (போக்மால்), பிரேசிலிய போர்த்துகீசியம், " +"ஐரோப்பிய போர்த்துகீசியம், ச்பானிச், ருமேனிய மற்றும் உக்ரேனிய." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">டெபியன் " +"கல்வி புத்தகப்புழு நிலைப் பக்கத்தைப்</ulink> பார்க்கவும்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "பழைய வெளியீடுகளைப் பற்றிய வரலாற்று தகவல்கள்" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "பின்வரும் டெபியன் கல்வி வெளியீடுகள் கடந்த காலத்தில் மேலும் செய்யப்பட்டன:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 11 குறியீட்டு பெயர் எருதுகள் வெளியிட்டது 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 10+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் பச்டர் 2019-07-06 வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 9+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் நீட்சி 2017-06-17 வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 8+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் செச்சி 2016-07-02 ஐ வெளியிட்டார்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி 7.1+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் வீசி 2013-09-28 ஐ வெளியிட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி 6.0.7+R1 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"கசக்கி\", 2013-03-03 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி 6.0.4+R0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"கசக்கி\", 2012-03-11 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி 5.0.6+கல்வி1 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"லென்னி\", 2010-10-05 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி 5.0.4+கல்வி0 குறியீட்டு பெயர் \"லென்னி\", 2010-02-08 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "டெபியன் கல்வி \"3.0ஆர்1 டெர்ரா\", 2007-12-05 இல் வெளியிடப்பட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி \"3.0ஆர்0 டெர்ரா\" 2007-07-22 ஐ வெளியிட்டது. டெபியன் 4.0 எட்ச் " +"அடிப்படையில் 2007-04-08 ஐ வெளியிட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி 2.0, 2006-03-14 ஐ வெளியிட்டது. டெபியன் 3.1 அடிப்படையில் சார்ச் " +"2005-06-06 ஐ வெளியிட்டார்." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"டெபியன் கல்வி \"1.0 வீனச்\" வெளியீடு 2004-06-20. டெபியன் 3.0 உட்டி 2002-07-19 ஐ " +"வெளியிட்டது." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"பழைய வெளியீடுகளைப் பற்றிய முழுமையான மற்றும் விரிவான கண்ணோட்டம் <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/jessie/appendixc\"> செச்சி கையேட்டின் " +"பிற்சேர்க்கை சி </ulink>; அல்லது <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/" +"documentation\"> வெளியீட்டு கையேடுகள் பக்கம் </ulink> இல் தொடர்புடைய வெளியீட்டு " +"கையேடுகளைப் பார்க்கவும்." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "உங்கள் மேலோடை நெட்வொர்க்கிற்கு நிலையான ஐபி முகவரி தேவைப்பட்டால் \"அப்லிங்க்\" என்பதைத் " +#~ "தேர்ந்தெடுக்கவும், உள் நெட்வொர்க்குகள் குறித்த மேற்கண்ட ஆலோசனையை நீங்கள் பின்பற்றினால், " +#~ "\"கல்வி\"." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/" +#~ "bookworm#\"> டெபியன் எட் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு </Ulink> எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன, " +#~ "டேனிச், டச்சு, பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, நோர்வே (போக்மால்), பிரேசிலிய " +#~ "போர்த்துகீசியம், ஐரோப்பிய போர்த்துகீசியம், ச்பானிச், ருமேனிய மற்றும் உக்ரேனிய." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "பின்னணியைப் பயன்படுத்துவது எளிது:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "டெபியன் EDU 12 குறியீட்டு பெயர் புத்தகப்புழு கையேடு" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "டெபியன் புல்ல்சேயில் இருந்து டெபியன் நிறுவியின் புதிய பதிப்பு, அதன் <ulink முகவரி " +#~ "= \"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\"> நிறுவல் " +#~ "கையேடு </ulink> ஐ மேலும் விவரங்களுக்கு பார்க்கவும்." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianart/themes/homeworld#\"> " +#~ "ஓம்வொர்ல்ட் கருப்பொருள் </ulink>, டெபியன் 11 (புல்செய்) க்கான இயல்புநிலை கலைப்படைப்பு." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "டெபியன் நிறுவி இனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி க்ரூட் அமைப்பை ஆதரிக்காது. ஒருங்கிணைந்த சேவையக " +#~ "நிறுவலின் போது ('பிரதான சேவையகம்' + 'LTSP சேவையகம்' சுயவிவரங்கள்), மெல்லிய " +#~ "கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை அமைப்பது (இப்போது X2GO ஐப் பயன்படுத்துகிறது) நிறுவலின் முடிவில் " +#~ "நிகழ்கிறது. வட்டு இல்லாத கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவுக்காக (சேவையகத்தின் கோப்பு " +#~ "முறைமையிலிருந்து) ச்குவாச்ஃப் படத்தை உருவாக்குவது முதல் துவக்கத்தில் செய்யப்படுகிறது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "தனி எல்.டி.எச்.பி சேவையகங்களுக்கு, முதன்மையான சேவையகத்திலிருந்து போதுமான தகவல்கள் " +#~ "கிடைக்கும்போது, உள் நெட்வொர்க்கிற்குள் முதல் துவக்கத்திற்குப் பிறகு இரண்டு படிகளும் ஒரு " +#~ "கருவி வழியாக செய்யப்பட வேண்டும்." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "லினக்ச் கர்னல் 5.10" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "டெச்க்டாப் சூழல்கள் கே.டி." + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "லிப்ரேபிச் 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "இசை உருவாக்கியவர் ரோச்கார்டன் 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "எல்.டி.எச்.பி 21.01" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "டெபியன் 11 புல்செய் பற்றிய கூடுதல் தகவல்கள் <ulink முகவரி = \"https://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"> வெளியீட்டு குறிப்புகள் </" +#~ "ulink> மற்றும் <ulink முகவரி = \"https: // wwww .debian.org/வெளியீடுகள்/" +#~ "புல்செய்/இன்ச்ட்ராமேனுவல் \"> நிறுவல் கையேடு </ulink>." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<Ulink முகவரி = \"https://wiki.debian.org/debianedu/documentation/" +#~ "bullseye#\"> டெபியன் எட் புல்செய் கையேடு </ulink> டச்சு, பிரஞ்சு, செர்மன், " +#~ "இத்தாலியன், சப்பானிய, நோர்வே போக்மால், போர்ட்டுகியூச் ஆகியோருக்கு முழுமையாக " +#~ "மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்டுள்ளது (போர்ச்சுகல்) மற்றும் எளிமைப்படுத்தப்பட்ட சீன." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "ஓரளவு மொழிபெயர்க்கப்பட்ட பதிப்புகள் டேனிச் மற்றும் ச்பானிச் மொழிகளுக்கு உள்ளன." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "முந்தைய வெளியீட்டோடு ஒப்பிடும்போது பிற மாற்றங்கள்" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "உள் நெட்வொர்க்கில் மேம்படுத்தப்பட்ட TLS/SSL உதவி. வாடிக்கையாளர்களில், டெபியன் EDU-CA " +#~ "க்கான ரூட் சான்றிதழ் முழு அமைப்பிற்கும் சான்றிதழ் மூட்டைக்குள் அமைந்துள்ளது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "புதிய எல்.டி.எச்.பி, புதிதாக மீண்டும் எழுதப்பட்டது, மெல்லிய கிளையன்ட் ஆதரவை " +#~ "கைவிடுகிறது. மெல்லிய வாடிக்கையாளர்கள் இப்போது X2GO ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி " +#~ "ஆதரிக்கப்படுகிறார்கள்." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LTSP உடன் இணங்குவதற்கு PXELINUX க்கு பதிலாக IPXE ஐப் பயன்படுத்தி நெட்பூட் " +#~ "வழங்கப்படுகிறது." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<overisis>/srv/tftp </prasisis> அடைவு இப்போது <varasis>/var/lib/tftpboot </" +#~ "prasisis> க்கு பதிலாக நெட்பூட் தளமாக பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ஃபயர்பாக்ச் ஈ.எச்.ஆர் மற்றும் குரோமியம் ஆகிய இரண்டிற்கும் இயல்புநிலை தேடல் வழங்குநராக " +#~ "டக்டகோ பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "குரோமியம் Google க்கு பதிலாக உள் வலைத்தளத்தை இயல்புநிலை தொடக்கப் பக்கமாகப் " +#~ "பயன்படுத்துகிறது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "வட்டு இல்லாத பணிநிலையங்களில், கெர்பரோச் டிசிடி தானாக உள்நுழைந்த பிறகு கிடைக்கிறது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "EAP-TTLS/PAP மற்றும் PEAP-MSCHAPV2 முறைகள் இரண்டிற்கும் ஆதரவுடன் ஃப்ரீராடியசை " +#~ "அமைக்க புதிய கருவி சேர்க்கப்பட்டது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMB2/SMB3 க்கான ஆதரவுடன் சம்பா 'முழுமையான சேவையகம்' என கட்டமைக்கப்பட்டுள்ளது; " +#~ "டொமைன் சேருவது போய்விட்டது." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "கோசா வலை இடைமுகம் சம்பா தொடர்பான உள்ளீடுகளைக் காட்டாது, ஏனெனில் சம்பா கணக்கு தரவு " +#~ "இனி எல்.டி.ஏ.பி." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "டெபியன் நிறுவியின் வரைகலை முறை PXE நிறுவல்களுக்கு பயன்படுத்தப்படுகிறது (உரை " +#~ "பயன்முறைக்கு பதிலாக)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "சென்ட்ரல் கப்ச் அச்சு சேவையகம் ipp.intern, அச்சுப்பொறி-நிர்வாகக் குழுவைச் சேர்ந்த " +#~ "பயனர்கள் கோப்பைகளை நிர்வகிக்க அனுமதிக்கப்படுகிறார்கள்." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "வலை இடைமுகம் வழியாக ஐசிங்கா நிர்வாகம் முதல் பயனருக்கு கட்டுப்படுத்தப்பட்டுள்ளது." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=Дата публікації; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">Переклад:</emphasis> +2023-2026 Serhii Horichenko +2024 Сергій +2024 Dominic “Dee.” Furber +2025 Максим Горпиніч + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.uk.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,8355 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-10-07 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Serhii H <serhii@horichenko.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-" +"documentation/debian-edu-trixie/uk/>\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " +"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.1.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <article> +msgid "en" +msgstr "uk" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><title> +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Посібник для Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "Дата публікації:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Підручник для Debian Edu 13 із кодовою назвою trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Логотип інсталятора Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "Це посібник для випуску Debian Edu 13 (trixie)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Джерело <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> — це вікі і воно часто оновлюється." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Оновлені переклади доступні <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">в мережі</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "Про Debian Edu та Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu також відома, як Skolelinux — дистрибутив Linux, оснований на " +"Debian, який забезпечує з коробки повне налаштування шкільної мережі. Він " +"реалізує клієнт-серверну схему. Сервери та клієнти — <emphasis>елементи ПЗ</" +"emphasis>, які працюють разом. Сервери надають інформацію, необхідну " +"клієнтам для функціонування. Коли один комп'ютер налаштований як сервер, а " +"інший як клієнт, вони відповідно до концепції називаються сервером та " +"клієнтом." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Розділи про <link linkend=\"Requirements\">апаратні та мережеві вимоги</" +"link> та про <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру</link> містять " +"основну інформацію про проєкт системи." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Після встановлення головного сервера, усі необхідні служби шкільної мережі " +"будуть налаштовані та система буде готовою до використання. Залишиться лише " +"через GOsa² (зручний вебінструмент) або через інший редактор LDAP додати " +"користувачів та комп'ютери. Також буде налаштоване завантаження з мережі PXE/" +"<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>, тож після встановлення " +"головного сервера з CD, диску Blu-ray або з USB-флешки, усі інші комп'ютери " +"можна налаштувати через мережу, включно з \"переміщуваними робочими " +"станціями\" (ті, що можна виводити зі шкільної мережі, зазвичай ноутбуки та " +"нетбуки). Також комп'ютери можна завантажувати через PXE/iPXE — як " +"бездискові робочі станції або тонкі клієнти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"Декілька навчальних програм, на кшталт GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege та Scratch вже включені до стандартного набору, який можна легко " +"розширити з екосистемою Debian майже до безкраю." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "Трішки історії та чому дві назви" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"— дистрибутив Linux, створений проєктом Debian Edu. Як і <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blends</ulink> (якісний збір " +"Debian) — це підпроєкт офіційного підпроєкту <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Для Вашої школи це означає, що Skolelinux — це версія Debian, яка надає " +"готове середовище для повністю налаштованої шкільної комп’ютерної мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Проєкт Skolelinux заснований 2 липня 2001 у Норвегії та приблизно в цей " +"самий час Raphaël Hertzog заснував у Франції Debian-Edu. У 2003 році проєкти " +"об'єдналися, але обидві назви використовуються паралельно. \"Skole\" та " +"(Debian-)\"Education\" — два зрозумілих у цих регіонах терміни." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "Сьогодні система використовується у декількох країнах світу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Архітектура" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Мережа" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "" +"Ця частина документа описує мережеву архітектуру та сервіси, отримані від " +"встановлення Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Топологія мережі Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Малюнок є ескізом уявної топології комп’ютерної мережі. Стандартне " +"налаштування мережі Skolelinux передбачає наявність одного (і тільки одного) " +"головного сервера, але дозволяє включати в мережу як звичайні робочі " +"станції, так і сервери LTSP (з під'єднаними тонкими клієнтами та/або " +"бездисковими робочими станціями). Кількість робочих станцій може бути як " +"великою так і малою, або взагалі нульовою — залежно від Ваших бажань. Те " +"саме стосується серверів LTSP, кожен з яких знаходиться в окремій мережі, " +"тому мережевий трафік між клієнтами та сервером LTSP не впливає на решту " +"мережевих служб. LTSP докладно описано у <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">відповідному розділі HowTo</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"Причина, чому в кожній шкільній мережі може бути лише один головний сервер, " +"полягає в тому, що головний сервер забезпечує DHCP, і лише одна машина в " +"мережі може обслуговувати DHCP; можна перенести служби з головного сервера " +"на інші комп'ютери, встановивши на них певні служби, а після оновлення " +"конфігурації DNS, вказавши псевдонім DNS для цієї служби на відповідний " +"комп’ютер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Щоб спростити стандартне встановлення Skolelinux, підключення до Інтернету " +"працює через окремий роутер, який також називають шлюзом. Якщо немає " +"можливості налаштувати наявний шлюз, можете детально ознайомитися про " +"налаштування у розділі <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Інтернет-роутер</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "Стандартне налаштування мережі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP на головному сервері обслуговує мережу 10.0.0.0/8, забезпечуючи меню " +"завантаження PXE, де можна вибрати, що робити: встановити новий сервер/" +"робочу станцію, завантажити тонкий клієнт чи бездискову робочу станцію, " +"запустити memtest чи завантажитися з локального жорсткого диска." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Це було розроблено для модифікації; подробиці див. у відповідному <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">розділі настанов</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"DHCP на серверах LTSP обслуговує лише виділену мережу на другому інтерфейсі " +"(192.168.0.0/24 та 192.168.1.0/24 є попередньо налаштованими параметрами), " +"але це потрібно змінювати рідко." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "Конфігурація усіх підмереж зберігається в LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "Основний сервер" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Для мережі Skolelinux потрібен один головний сервер (ім’я хосту \"tjener\", " +"що норвезькою означає \"сервер\"), який стандартно має IP-адресу 10.0.2.2 та " +"встановлюється шляхом вибору профілю головного сервера. Можна (але не " +"обов’язково) також вибрати та встановити профілі сервера LTSP і робочої " +"станції на додаток до профілю основного сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "Сервіси, які працюють на головному сервері" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"За винятком керування тонкими клієнтами, усі служби спочатку встановлюються " +"на одному центральному комп’ютері (головному сервері). З міркувань " +"продуктивності сервери LTSP повинні бути окремими комп'ютерами (хоча на " +"одній машині можна інсталювати як профіль Master Server, так і профіль LTSP " +"Server). Усім службам надані окремі імена DNS і вони пропонуються виключно " +"через IPv4. Призначене ім’я DNS дозволяє легко переміщувати окремі служби з " +"основного сервера на інші комп'ютери, просто зупиняючи службу на основному " +"сервері та змінюючи конфігурацію DNS на точку нового розташування служби " +"(що, звичайно, повинно бути встановлено на цій машині до того)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"Для забезпечення безпеки усі з’єднання, де через мережу передаються паролі, " +"вони шифруються, тому жоден пароль не надсилається через мережу у вигляді " +"звичайного тексту." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено таблицю служб, стандартно встановлених у мережі Skolelinux та " +"імена DNS для кожної служби. Якщо це можливо, усі конфігураційні файли " +"посилаються на службу за назвою (без імені домену). Це полегшує школам або " +"зміну домену (якщо вони мають власний домен DNS), або зміну IP-адрес, які " +"вони використовують." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Таблиця служб</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Опис служби</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Звичайна назва</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Назва служби DNS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "Централізоване журналювання" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "Служба доменних імен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "домен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "Автоматична мережева конфігурація машин" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "Синхронізація годинника" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "Домашні каталоги через мережеву файлову систему" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "домашні каталоги" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "Електронний поштамт" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP (Dovecot)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice (пошта)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "Служба каталогів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "Керування користувачами" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Вебсервер" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "Центральна резервна копія" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup, slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup (рез.копія)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Вебкеш" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy (Squid)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Друк" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "CUPS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "Захищений віддалений вхід" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "Автоматична конфігурація" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "Сервер/-и LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "" +"Спостереження за машиною та службами зі звітами про помилки, а також станом " +"та історією в Інтернеті. Звіти про помилки електронною поштою" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga та Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"Особисті файли кожного користувача зберігаються в їх домашніх каталогах, " +"доступ до яких можливий через сервер. Домашні каталоги доступні з усіх " +"машин. Завдяки цьому користувачі мають доступ до тих самих файлів незалежно " +"від того, яку машину вони використовують. Сервер має \"агностичну\" " +"операційну систему: він пропонує доступ через NFS для клієнтів Unix і через " +"SMB2/SMB3 для інших клієнтів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Стандартно електронна пошта налаштована лише для локальної доставки (тобто " +"всередині школи), хоча, якщо у школи є постійне з'єднання з інтернет, можна " +"налаштувати доставку по всьому інтернету. Клієнти налаштовані доставляти " +"пошту на сервер (використовуючи \"smarthost\"), а користувачі можуть <link " +"linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">мати доступ до особистої пошти</link> через " +"IMAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"Завдяки центральній базі користувачів для аутентифікації та авторизації усі " +"служби доступні з використанням тих самих логінів та паролів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Для підвищення продуктивності на часто відвідуваних сайтах використовується " +"веб-проксі, який тимчасово зберігає файли локально (Squid). У поєднанні з " +"блокуванням мережевого трафіку в маршрутизаторі це також дозволяє " +"контролювати доступ до інтернету на окремих машинах." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"Конфігурація мережі на клієнтах виконується автоматично за допомогою DHCP. " +"Усі типи клієнтів можуть бути під'єднані до приватної підмережі 10.0.0.0/8 і " +"отримають відповідні IP-адреси. Клієнти LTSP мають бути під'єднані до " +"відповідного сервера LTSP через окрему підмережу 192.168.0.0/24 (це " +"необхідно для того, щоб мережевий трафік клієнтів LTSP не заважав решті " +"мережевих служб)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"Централізоване журналювання налаштоване так, що усі машини надсилають свої " +"syslog-повідомлення на сервер. Службу системного журналу syslog налаштовано " +"так, що вона приймає вхідні повідомлення лише з локальної мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"Стандартно сервер DNS налаштований з доменом лише для внутрішнього " +"користування (*.intern), допоки не буде налаштований реальний " +"(\"зовнішній\") домен DNS. Сервер DNS налаштований як сервер DNS із " +"кешуванням, щоби усі машини в мережі могли його використовувати як головний " +"сервер DNS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"Учні та вчителі мають можливість створення вебсторінок. Вебсерер надає " +"механізми для аутентифікації користувачів та обмеження доступу до особистих " +"сторінок та підкаталогів певних користувачів та груп. Користувачі матимуть " +"можливість створення динамічних вебсторінок — за умови такого програмування " +"вебсервера на серверному боці." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"Інформацію про користувачів та машини можна змінювати в одному центральному " +"місці і це забезпечує доступ до всіх комп'ютерів у мережі. Для цього " +"встановлено централізований сервер каталогів. Цей каталог буде містити " +"інформацію про користувачів, групи користувачів, машини та групи машин. Для " +"уникнення плутанини користувачів, немає жодної різниці між файловими групами " +"та мережевими групами. Такий підхід передбачає, що групи машин, які мають " +"сформувати мережеві групи, використовуватимуть той самий простір імен, що й " +"групи користувачів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"Адміністрування служб та користувачів здійснюватиметься переважно через " +"вебінтерфейс відповідно до встановлених стандартів, які добре працюють у веб-" +"браузерах, які є частиною Skolelinux. Делегування певних завдань окремим " +"користувачам або групам користувачів буде можливе через системи " +"адміністрування." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Для уникнення проблем з NFS та спрощення у розв'язанні проблем, різні машини " +"повинні мати синхронізований час. Для досягнення цього, сервер Skolelinux " +"встановлюється як локальний сервер мережевого протоколу часу (NTP) і всі " +"робочі станції та клієнти налаштовуються для синхронізації з цим сервером. " +"Для забезпечення правильного часу для всієї мережі, сам сервер повинен " +"синхронізувати свій час через NTP з машинами в інтернеті." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"Принтери можуть бути під'єднаними, в залежності від потреб, напряму до " +"головної мережі або до сервера, робочої станції або ж до сервера LTSP. " +"Доступ до принтерів можна забезпечити для окремих користувачів відповідно до " +"груп, до яких користувачі належать. Ці типи підключень можна забезпечити за " +"допомогою квот та контролю доступу до принтерів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "Сервер(и) LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"Мережа Skolelinux може мати безліч серверів LTSP, які встановлюються через " +"вибір профілю Сервер LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"Сервери LTSP налаштовуються для отримання журналу syslog від тонких клієнтів " +"та робочих станцій з пересиланням цих повідомлень центральному збирачу " +"системних журналів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "Будь ласка, зауважте:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "" +"Бездискові робочі станції LTSP використовують програми, встановленні на " +"сервері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Коренева файлова система клієнта забезпечена за допомогою NFS. Після кожної " +"модифікації сервера LTSP відповідний образ потрібно створити повторно; " +"виконайте на сервері LTSP <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "Тонкі клієнти" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"Конфігурація тонкого клієнта дозволяє звичайним ПК працювати як " +"(X-)термінали. Це означає, що машина завантажується безпосередньо з сервера " +"за допомогою PXE, без використання локального жорсткого диска на боці " +"клієнта. Налаштування тонкого клієнта тепер використовує X2Go, оскільки LTSP " +"більше не підтримується." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"Тонкий клієнт — гарний спосіб використання дуже старих (зазвичай 32-" +"розрядних) машин, оскільки вони запускають усі програми на сервері LTSP. Це " +"працює так: служба використовує DHCP та TFTP для під'єднання до мережі й " +"завантаження з мережі. Потім з сервера LTSP за допомогою NFS монтується " +"файлова система і, нарешті, запускається клієнт X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "Бездискові робочі станції" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Бездискова робоча станція запускає все ПЗ на ПК без локальної операційної " +"системи. Це означає, що клієнтські машини завантажуються через PXE без " +"запуску програмного забезпечення, встановленого на локальному жорсткому " +"диску." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"Бездискові робочі станції є чудовим способом використання потужного заліза з " +"такими ж низькими витратами на обслуговування, як і з тонкими клієнтами. " +"Програмне забезпечення адмініструється та підтримується на сервері без " +"необхідності встановлення локального програмного забезпечення на клієнтах. " +"Домашні каталоги та системні налаштування також зберігаються на сервері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "Мережеві клієнти" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"Термін \"мережеві клієнти\" використовується в цьому посібнику для " +"позначення як тонких клієнтів, так і бездискових робочих станцій, а також " +"комп’ютерів під керуванням macOS або Windows." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "Адміністрування" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"Усі машини Linux, встановлені з інсталятором Skolelinux, можна буде " +"адмініструвати з центрального комп’ютера, швидше за все, з сервера. Можна " +"буде увійти на всі машини через SSH і таким чином отримати повний доступ до " +"машин. Для отримання Kerberos TGT, потрібно спочатку запустити " +"<computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> як root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Уся користувацька інформація зберігається в каталозі LDAP. Оновлення " +"облікових записів користувачів здійснюється на основі цієї бази даних, яка " +"використовується клієнтами для автентифікації користувачів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"Зараз існує два типи інсталяційних образів: netinst та BD. Обидва образи " +"також можна завантажити з USB-флешки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"Мета полягає в тому, щоб мати можливість один раз встановити сервер з будь-" +"якого типу носія, а потім встановити через мережу усіх інших клієнтів, " +"завантажуючись з мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "" +"Під час встановлення лише образ netinstall вимагає доступу до інтернету." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"Встановлення не повинно викликати жодних запитань, за винятком бажаної мови, " +"розташування, розкладки клавіатури та профілю машини (головний сервер, " +"робоча станція, сервер LTSP, …). Вся інша конфігурація буде налаштована " +"автоматично з розумними значеннями, які системний адміністратор може змінити " +"з центрального розташування після інсталяції." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "Конфігурація доступу до файлової системи" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"Кожному обліковому запису користувача Skolelinux призначається частина " +"файлової системи на файловому сервері. Цей розділ (домашній каталог) містить " +"конфігураційні файли користувача, документи, електронну пошту та " +"вебсторінки. Для деяких файлів має бути встановлено доступ для читання для " +"інших користувачів у системі, деякі мають бути доступні для читання всім в " +"інтернеті, а деякі не повинні бути доступні для читання нікому, крім " +"користувача." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"Щоб переконатися, що всі диски, які використовуються для каталогів " +"користувачів або спільних каталогів, можуть мати унікальні назви на всіх " +"комп’ютерах під час встановлення, їх можна приєднати як <computeroutput>/" +"skole/host/directory/</computeroutput>. Спочатку на файловому сервері " +"створюється один каталог, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" +"computeroutput>, у якому створюються усі облікові записи користувачів. У " +"разі потреби можна створити більше каталогів для певних груп користувачів " +"або певних шаблонів використання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення спільного доступу до файлів у звичайній системі дозволів " +"UNIX, користувачі повинні входити до додаткових спільних груп (наприклад, " +"\"студенти\"), а також до особистої первинної групи, до якої вони належать " +"стандартно. Якщо користувачі мають відповідну umask для створення нових " +"елементів, доступних для груп (002 або 007), і якщо каталоги, з якими вони " +"працюють, мають setgid (атрибути файлів та каталогів, які дозволяють " +"запускати виконуваний файл з правами власника файлу/групи), результатом є " +"контрольований спільний доступ до файлів між членами групи." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"Налаштування початкового доступу для щойно створених файлів є питанням " +"політики. Значення umask для Debian типово становить 022 (це не дозволяє " +"груповий доступ, як описано вище), але Debian Edu використовує типове " +"значення 002, що означає, що файли створюються з доступом на читання для " +"всіх, який пізніше можна видалити прямою дією користувача. Це також можна " +"змінити (редагуванням <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</" +"computeroutput>) на umask 007, що означає, що доступ для читання на початку " +"заблоковано. Перший підхід заохочує обмін знаннями та робить систему більш " +"прозорою, тоді як другий метод знижує ризик розповсюдження небажаної " +"конфіденційної інформації. Проблема першого рішення полягає в тому, що " +"користувачі не бачать, чи будуть створені ними матеріали доступні іншим. " +"Користувачі можуть виявити це, лише перевіривши каталоги інших користувачів " +"і переконавшись, що їх файли доступні для читання. Проблема з другим " +"рішенням полягає в тому, що дуже мало людей, ймовірно, захочуть поділитися " +"своїми файлами, навіть якщо вони не містять конфіденційної інформації, а " +"вміст у них не є корисним для допитливих користувачів, які б хотіли " +"дізнатися, як інші розв'язують певні проблеми (зазвичай пов'язані з " +"проблемами конфігурації)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Вимоги" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"Існують різні способи встановлення Skolelinux. Його можна встановити на " +"одному окремому ПК або як регіональне рішення для багатьох шкіл, яке працює " +"централізовано. Ця гнучкість має величезне значення для налаштування " +"мережевих компонентів, серверів та клієнтських машин." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "Апаратні вимоги" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Призначення різних профілів пояснюється в розділі про <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру мережі</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Якщо планується використовувати LTSP, перегляньте <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">вікі-сторінку з описом " +"вимог до обладнання LTSP</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"Комп'ютери, на яких працює Debian Edu / Skolelinux, повинні мати 32-розрядні " +"(архітектура Debian \"i386\", найстаріші підтримувані процесори — процесори " +"класу 686) або 64-розрядні (архітектура Debian \"amd64\") процесори x86." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"Можливі тонкі клієнти лише з 256 МБ оперативної пам'яті та частотою 400 МГц, " +"хоча рекомендується мати більше оперативної пам’яті та швидші процесори." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Для робочих станцій, бездискових робочих станцій і автономних систем 1500 " +"МГц та 1024 МБ оперативної пам’яті є абсолютними мінімальними вимогами. Для " +"роботи сучасних веббраузерів та LibreOffice рекомендовано мати принаймні " +"2048 МБ оперативної пам’яті." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "" +"Мінімальні вимоги щодо вільного місця на диску залежать від встановленого " +"профілю:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"комбінований головний сервер + сервер LTSP + робоча станція (якщо потрібен " +"графічний інтерфейс на сервері): 60 ГБ (плюс додаткове місце для облікових " +"записів користувачів)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "сервер LTSP: 40 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "робоча станція або окремий ПК: 30 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "мінімальна установка машини в мережі: 4 ГБ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" +"При використанні стандартної мережевої архітектури серверам LTSP потрібні " +"дві мережеві карти:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 під'єднано до основної мережі (10.0.0.0/8)," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "eth1 використовується для обслуговування клієнтів LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "" +"Ноутбуки є переносними робочими станціями, тому до них пред'являються ті " +"самі вимоги, що й до робочих станцій." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "Обладнання, про яке відомо, що воно працює" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"Список перевіреного обладнання див. за адресою <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/>. Цей список не є вичерпним." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> — це спроба " +"документування як встановлювати, налаштовувати та використовувати Debian на " +"деякому особливому обладнанні, щоби допомогти потенційним покупцям дізнатися " +"чи підтримується те чи інше обладнання та допомогти теперішнім власникам " +"отримати максимум від наявного обладнання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "Вимоги для налаштування мережі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "Стандартне налаштування" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "" +"Під час використання стандартної мережевої архітектури застосовуються такі " +"правила:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "Вам потрібен рівно один головний сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "Ви можете мати сотні робочих станцій в головній мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете мати багато серверів LTSP в основній мережі; у LDAP попередньо " +"налаштовані дві різні підмережі (DNS, DHCP), можна також додати ще." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "" +"У кожній мережі серверів LTSP Ви можете мати сотні тонких клієнтів та/або " +"бездискових робочих станцій." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете мати сотні інших машин, яким будуть призначені динамічні IP-адреси." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Для доступу до інтернету Вам потрібен маршрутизатор(роутер)/шлюз (див. " +"нижче)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "Інтернет-маршрутизатор" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Для підключення до інтернету потрібен маршрутизатор/шлюз, підключений до " +"інтернету на зовнішньому інтерфейсі та налаштований з IP-адресою 10.0.0.1 та " +"маскою мережі 255.0.0.0 на внутрішньому інтерфейсі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"DHCP не повинен працювати на маршрутизаторі, але на ньому може працювати " +"служба DNS, хоча це не потрібно і не використовуватиметься." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у Вас ще немає маршрутизатора або Ваш теперішній маршрутизатор не можна " +"налаштувати відповідним чином, перетворити на шлюз між наявною мережею та " +"DebianEdu можна будь-яку машину, яка відповідає вимогам для мінімальної " +"інсталяції Debian і має принаймні два мережеві інтерфейси. Перегляньте <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">документацію щодо встановлення</link>, — там можна дізнатися про " +"простий спосіб встановлення та налаштування Debian за допомогою " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Вам щось потрібно для вбудованого маршрутизатора або точки доступу, ми " +"рекомендуємо використовувати <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</" +"ulink>, хоча, звичайно, Ви також можете користуватися оригінальною прошивкою " +"— це простіше. Користування OpenWRT дає більше налаштувань та контролю. " +"Перегляньте вебсторінки OpenWRT та ознайомтеся зі списком <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">підтримуваного обладнання</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"Можна використовувати іншу мережеву конфігурацію (як це зробити описано у " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" +"ChangeIpSubnet\">задокументованій процедурі</ulink>), але якщо Ви не " +"вимушені це робити з наявною мережевою інфраструктурою, ми радимо утриматися " +"від цього та залишатися у стандартній <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">мережевій архітектурі</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "Варіанти встановлення та завантаження" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "Де шукати додаткову інформацію" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Перед початком встановлення системи для постійного використання (production) " +"ми радимо Вам прочитати або хоча б ознайомитися з <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">нотатками про випуск Debian " +"Trixie</ulink>. Більше інформації про випуск Debian Trixie можна знайти у " +"цій <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">настанові з установки</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, дайте Debian Edu/Skolelinux шанс і спробуйте, — все повинно " +"працювати." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"Як би не було, перед початком встановлення головного сервера, ми дуже радимо " +"прочитати розділи про <link linkend=\"Requirements\">вимоги до обладнання та " +"мережі</link> та про <link linkend=\"Architecture\">архітектуру</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що Ви також ознайомилися з розділом цієї настанови про <link " +"linkend=\"GettingStarted\">початок роботи</link>, — там описано як увійти в " +"систему вперше." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "" +"Завантажте інсталяційний образ для Debian Edu 13 з кодовою назвою trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 або i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> — назви двох архітектур Debian для ПК з процесорами x86, " +"обидві створені AMD, Intel або іншими виробниками. <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput> — це 64-розрядна архітектура, а <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> — 32-розрядна. Нові інсталяції сьогодні краще робити з " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> потрібно використовувати лише для дуже старого обладнання. " +"Версія операційної системи Debian Edu 12 з кодовою назвою Bookworm була " +"останньою, яка підтримувала архітектуру <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput>" +"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "ISO-образ netinst для amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Образ iso netinst можна використовувати для встановлення з CD/DVD та USB-" +"накопичувача — для архітектури Debian amd64. Як видно з назви, для " +"встановлення потрібен доступ до інтернету." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "Цей образ можна завантажити з:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "ISO-образ BD для amd64" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"Цей образ ISO має розмір приблизно 17 ГБ та може бути використаний для " +"встановлення на ПК amd64 навіть без доступу до інтернету. Як і образ " +"netinst, його можна використовувати з USB-накопичувачами або дисками " +"відповідного розміру." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "Перевірка завантажених файлів образів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Докладні інструкції щодо перевірки та використання цих образів є частиною " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Джерела" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Вихідний код доступний в архіві Debian у звичайних місцях, посилання на " +"деякі медіа наведено на <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/release/" +"current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "Встановлення Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"Коли Ви встановлюєте Debian Edu, Ви маєте декілька варіантів на вибір. Не " +"бійтеся — їх не так багато. Ми гарно попрацювали, щоб приховати складність " +"Debian під час встановлення та після нього. Проте Debian Edu — це Debian, і " +"якщо Ви хочете, у Вас є понад 59 000 пакетів на вибір і мільярд варіантів " +"конфігурації. Для більшості наших користувачів стандартні значення будуть в " +"самий раз. Зауважте: якщо планується використовувати LTSP, виберіть " +"полегшене робоче середовище." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "Сценарії встановлення головного сервера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "" +"Типова шкільна або домашня мережа з доступом до інтернету через " +"маршрутизатор з DHCP:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"Встановлення головного сервера можливе, але після перезавантаження доступ до " +"інтернету буде відсутній (через основний мережевий інтерфейс IP 10.0.2.2/8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"Щоб дізнатися, як налаштувати шлюз (якщо неможливо налаштувати наявний як " +"потрібно), див. розділ <link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">Інтернет-маршрутизатор</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"З'єднайте усі компоненти, як показано в розділі <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">архітектура</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "" +"Головний сервер повинен отримати з'єднання з інтернетом після першого " +"завантаження у правильному середовищі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "" +"Типова мережа школи чи установи подібна до наведеної вище, але з " +"обов’язковим використанням проксі-сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "" +"Додайте \"debian-edu-expert\" до командного рядка ядра; подробиці про те, як " +"це робиться, див. нижче." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "" +"Необхідно відповісти на деякі додаткові запитання, включно з проксі-сервером." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"Мережа з маршрутизатором/шлюзом IP 10.0.0.1/8 (без DHCP) і доступом до " +"інтернету:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "" +"Коли автоматичне налаштування мережі не працює (через відсутність DHCP), " +"обирайте налаштування мережі вручну." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "Введіть 10.0.2.2/8 як IP хоста" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "Введіть 10.0.0.1 як IP шлюзу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "Введіть 8.8.8.8 як IP-адресу сервера DNS, якщо не знаєте кращого" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "Головний сервер після першого завантаження повинен просто працювати." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "Офлайн (без з'єднання з інтернетом):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "Скористайтеся ISO-образом BD." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "Переконайтеся, що всі (реальні/віртуальні) мережеві кабелі від'єднані." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть \"Зараз мережу не налаштовувати\" (після того, як DHCP не вдалося " +"налаштувати мережу і Ви натиснули \"Продовжити\")." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Після першого завантаження в правильному середовищі з доступом до інтернету " +"оновіть систему." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "Графічні середовища" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "Деякі доступні графічні середовища:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "" +"Xfce займає дещо більший об’єм за LXDE, але має дуже гарну мовну підтримку " +"(106 мов)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE та GNOME мають гарну мовну підтримку, але досить великий розмір як для " +"старих комп'ютерів, так і для клієнтів LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon є легшою альтернативою GNOME." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "" +"MATE легше за три вищезгадані, але не має гарної мовної підтримки для " +"кількох країн." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE має найменший розмір і підтримує 35 мов." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt — це полегшене графічне середовище (мовна підтримка подібна до LXDE) із " +"сучаснішим виглядом (на основі Qt, як і KDE)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu як міжнародний проєкт вирішив користуватися графічним середовищем " +"Xfce. Нижче можете переглянути, як встановити інше." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "Модульна інсталяція" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"Під час встановлення системи з профілем <emphasis>Робоча станція</emphasis> " +"встановлюється багато освітніх програм. Щоб установити лише базовий профіль, " +"видаліть параметр командного рядка ядра <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> " +"перед встановленням (детальніше про те, як це робиться, див. нижче). Це " +"дозволяє інсталювати систему, підлаштовану під певне місце та може " +"прискорити тестові встановлення." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, зверніть увагу: якщо Ви хочете встановити графічне середовище, " +"не користуйтеся мета-пакетами Debian Edu, на кшталт <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink>, оскільки вони додають усі освітні програми; краще встановіть напр. " +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-desktop#\">task-" +"xfce-desktop</ulink>. Один або кілька пов'язаних із новим шкільним рівнем " +"метапакетів <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> можна встановити відповідно до " +"необхідного використання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"Докладніше про мета-пакети Debian Edu див. на сторінці <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Огляд пакетів Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "Типи та варіанти інсталяцій" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Завантажувальне меню інсталятора на 64-розрядному обладнанні — " +"режим BIOS</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Завантажувальне меню 64-розрядного інсталятора (режим BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічне встановлення</emphasis> використовує " +"інсталятор GTK, де можна використовувати мишу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Встановлення</emphasis> використовує текстовий " +"режим." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Розширені параметри ></emphasis> відкриває " +"підменю з більш детальними варіантами вибору." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Довідка</emphasis> містить деякі підказки щодо " +"використання програми встановлення; див. знімок екрана нижче." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "Екран 1 додаткових параметрів 64-розрядної програми встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Назад..</emphasis> повертає до головного меню." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Експертне графічне встановлення</emphasis> надає " +"доступ до всіх доступних запитань з використанням миші." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічний режим відновлення</emphasis> робить цей " +"інсталяційний носій диском відновлення для екстрених завдань." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"Для <emphasis role=\"strong\">Графічної автоматичної інсталяції</emphasis> " +"потрібен файл \"preseed\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Експертне встановлення</emphasis> надає доступ до " +"всіх доступних запитань у текстовому режимі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Режим відновлення</emphasis> в текстовому режимі " +"робить цей інсталяційний носій аварійним диском для екстрених завдань." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"Для <emphasis role=\"strong\">Автоматичного встановлення</emphasis> в " +"текстовому режимі потрібен файл \"preseed\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"Не використовуйте <computeroutput>Графічне експертне встановлення</" +"computeroutput> чи <computeroutput>Експертне встановлення</computeroutput> — " +"краще у виняткових випадках використовуйте як додатковий параметр ядра " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Екран допомоги</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "Екран довідки інсталятора" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"Цей екран допомоги не потребує додаткових пояснень і дозволяє для отримання " +"більш докладної довідки з описаних тем використовувати на клавіатурі " +"функціональні клавіші <F>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Завантажувальне меню інсталятора на 64-розрядному обладнанні — " +"режим UEFI</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Завантажувальне меню 64-розрядного інсталятора (режим UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Додавання або зміна параметрів завантаження під час встановлення</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"В обох випадках параметри завантаження можна редагувати у меню завантаження " +"натисканням клавіш <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> або <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">E</emphasis>; на знімках екрана показано командний рядок для " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">графічної інсталяції</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "Редагування параметрів командного рядка (режим BIOS)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "Редагування параметрів командного рядка (режим UEFI)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"Для прискорення встановлення профілю <emphasis>Головного сервера</emphasis> " +"з компакт-диска, можна скористатися наявною в мережі службою HTTP-проксі. " +"Додайте, наприклад, як додатковий параметр завантаження " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви вже встановили профіль <emphasis>Головного сервера</emphasis> на " +"машині, подальші інсталяції слід виконувати через PXE, оскільки це " +"автоматично використовуватиме проксі головного сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"Для встановлення графічного середовища <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</" +"emphasis> замість стандартного <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis>, " +"замініть у <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> параметр " +"<computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> на <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"І щоб замінити графічне середовище під час встановлення на <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis>, використовуйте " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "Процес встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Пам'ятайте про <link linkend=\"Requirements\">системні вимоги</link> та " +"переконайтеся, що у Вас є принаймні дві мережеві карти (NICs), якщо плануєте " +"встановити сервер LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "Виберіть мову (для встановлення та встановленої системи)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "Виберіть місце, яке зазвичай має бути місцем Вашого проживання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть розкладку клавіатури (зазвичай підходить стандартна для країни)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "Виберіть один або декілька профілів з наступного списку:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Головний сервер</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"Це головний сервер (tjener) для Вашої школи, який надає з коробки попередньо " +"налаштовані для роботи усі служби. Ви повинні встановити лише один головний " +"сервер на школу! Цей профіль не містить графічного інтерфейсу. Якщо Вам " +"потрібен графічний інтерфейс, виберіть Workstation (робочу станцію) або " +"Сервер LTSP на додаток до цього." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Робоча станція</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"Комп'ютер, завантажується зі свого локального жорсткого диска та запускає " +"все програмне забезпечення та пристрої локально, як звичайний комп’ютер, за " +"винятком того, що авторизація користувачів проходить автентифікацію на " +"головному сервері, де зберігаються файли користувачів та їх робочі профілі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Переносна робоча станція</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"Те саме, що робоча станція, але з можливістю автентифікації за допомогою " +"кешованих облікових даних, тобто її можна використовувати за межами шкільної " +"мережі. Файли та профілі користувачів зберігаються на локальному диску. Для " +"однокористувацьких ноутбуків потрібно вибрати саме цей профіль, а не " +"\"Робочу станцію\" чи \"Автономний\", як пропонувалося у попередніх версіях." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Сервер LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"Сервер тонкого клієнта (та бездискової робочої станції) називається сервером " +"LTSP. Клієнти без жорстких дисків завантажуються та запускають програмне " +"забезпечення з цього сервера. Цьому комп'ютеру потрібні два мережеві " +"інтерфейси, багато пам'яті та, в ідеалі, більше одного процесора чи ядра. " +"Для більш докладної інформації щодо цього перегляньте розділ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">мережеві клієнти</link>. Вибір цього профілю " +"також увімкне профіль робочої станції (навіть якщо його не вибрано) — сервер " +"LTSP також завжди можна використовувати як робочу станцію." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Автономний</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"Звичайний комп'ютер, який може працювати без головного сервера (тобто йому " +"не обов'язково бути в мережі). Включно з ноутбуками." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Мінімальний</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"Цей профіль встановить базові пакети та налаштує машину для інтеграції в " +"мережу Debian Edu, але без будь-яких служб і програм. Це корисно як " +"платформа для ручного переміщення окремих служб з головного сервера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Для того щоби звичайні користувачі могли використовувати таку систему, її " +"потрібно додати через GOsa² (так само як робочу станцію) і встановити пакет " +"libpam-krb5." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Профілі <emphasis role=\"strong\">Головного сервера</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Робочої станції</emphasis> та <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Сервера LTSP</emphasis> вибрані попередньо. Якщо Ви хочете " +"встановити так званий <emphasis>комбінований головний сервер</emphasis>, ці " +"профілі можна встановити на одній машині разом. Це означає, що головний " +"сервер буде LTSP-сервером і також буде використовуватися як робоча станція. " +"Це стандартний вибір, оскільки ми припускаємо, що більшість людей цього " +"захоче. Будь ласка, зверніть увагу, що на машині, яка буде встановлена як " +"комбінований головний сервер або як сервер LTSP, і щоб вона була корисною " +"після встановлення, на ній повинно бути 2 мережеві карти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"Скажіть \"так\" чи \"ні\" автоматичному розділенню. Майте на увазі, що " +"відповідь \"так\" знищить усі дані на жорстких дисках! З іншого боку, якщо " +"сказати \"ні\", буде потрібно попрацювати більше — Вам потрібно буде " +"переконатися, що створені усі необхідні розділи та вони достатньо великі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, скажіть \"так\", щоб надіслати інформацію на <ulink " +"url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/>, — це допоможе нам знати, які пакунки є " +"популярними та які слід зберегти для майбутніх версій. Хоча це не " +"обов’язково, це гарний спосіб допомогти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"Зачекайте. Якщо вибрані профілі включають сервер LTSP, інсталятор витратить " +"на завершенні додатковий час, \"Завершення встановлення — Виконується debian-" +"edu-profile-udeb...\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Після введення пароля root вам буде запропоновано створити звичайний " +"обліковий запис користувача \"для неадміністративних завдань\". Для Debian " +"Edu цей обліковий запис дуже важливий: Ви будете його використовувати для " +"керування мережею Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"Пароль для цього користувача <emphasis role=\"strong\">повинен</emphasis> " +"бути довжиною <emphasis role=\"strong\">принаймні 5 символів</emphasis> та " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">має відрізнятися</emphasis> від <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">імені користувача</emphasis> — інакше вхід буде неможливим " +"(навіть якщо програма встановлення прийме коротший пароль, а також пароль, " +"який збігається з іменем користувача)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"У випадку <emphasis>комбінованого головного сервера</emphasis> зачекайте " +"знову після перезавантаження системи — потрібно більше часу для створення " +"образу SquashFS для бездискових робочих станцій." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"У разі окремого сервера LTSP для налаштування бездискової робочої станції та/" +"або тонкого клієнта потрібні деякі маніпуляції. Докладніше див. у розділі " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Інструкції для мережевих клієнтів</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "Встановлення шлюзу за допомогою debian-edu-router" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"Пакет <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> спрощує " +"налаштування шлюзу для мережі Debian Edu за допомогою інтерактивного процесу " +"конфігурації, у якому необхідну інформацію можна отримати через ланцюжок " +"діалогів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Щоб ним скористатися, виконайте мінімальну установку Debian. Обов'язково " +"користуйтеся звичайним інсталятором Debian, а не інсталятором Debian Edu, " +"оскільки інсталяції Debian Edu не підтримуються <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"Встановіть пакет <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"використовуючи" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "" +"Можливі повідомлення про помилки конфігурації, як наразі можна ігнорувати." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"Для процесу налаштування після встановлення <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput> потрібен фізичний доступ до комп’ютера." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"Мережеві інтерфейси можуть бути вже підключені до відповідних мереж, але це " +"не обов’язково. Однак необхідно знати, який інтерфейс до якої мережі буде " +"під'єднано. Щоб отримати більше інформації про мережеве обладнання" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "можна скористатися." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"Видаліть з <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> або " +"файлів у <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> " +"конфігурацію двох мережевих інтерфейсів, які будуть використовуватися та " +"скасуйте конфігурацію двох інтерфейсів використовуючи" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "Фактичний процес налаштування починається з" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "Вибір методу конфігурації uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "Підтвердження налаштування uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"Коли Вас запитають про метод налаштування брандмауера uif, виберіть \"debian-" +"edu-router\". Надайте згоду, що хочете налаштувати брандмауер для Debian " +"Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "Дозвіл ping в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "Дозвіл на traceroute в uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"Вирішіть, чи хочете відповідати на ping і traceroute. Якщо не впевнені, " +"дайте відповідь \"так\", оскільки це може бути корисним для діагностики " +"проблем з мережею." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "Увімкнення пересилання IP-пакетів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "Надайте згоду, що Ви хочете увімкнути пересилання IP-пакетів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "Доступні способи налаштування мережі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "Вибір методу налаштування мережі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"Далі призначте мережі мережевим інтерфейсам у Вашому маршрутизаторі, " +"виберіть один із запропонованих варіантів залежно від того, чи вже " +"підключені Ваші мережеві інтерфейси, чи ні." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "Вибір зовнішнього інтерфейсу (uplink)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "Виберіть інтерфейс, під'єднаний до зовнішньої (upstream) мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "Вибір внутрішніх мереж" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть внутрішню мережу. Якщо Ви не впевнені та просто хочете єдину " +"внутрішню мережу, виберіть тут \"Освіта\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "Увімкнення використання VLAN" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть, чи потрібно використовувати VLAN для внутрішніх мереж. Якщо не " +"впевнені, виберіть тут ні." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "Вибір підтримуваних версій IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "Виберіть тут \"IPv4\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "Вибір мереж, для яких потрібна статична IP-адреса" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть \"Education\" (Освіта), якщо Ви дотримувалися наведеної вище поради " +"про внутрішні мережі, а також опційно \"Uplink\" (Вихідне з’єднання), але " +"лише якщо це Uplink-з'єднання вимагає статичної IP-адреси." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "Встановлення статичної IP-адреси для внутрішньої мережі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"Установіть <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> як статичну IP-адресу " +"для внутрішньої мережі \"Освіта\", якщо Ви дотримувались наведеної вище " +"пропозиції щодо внутрішніх мереж." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "Увімкнення NAT для мереж" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "Увімкніть NAT для внутрішньої мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "Увімкнення для мереж доступу до інтернету" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "Увімкніть доступ до інтернету для внутрішніх мереж." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "Пояснення щодо налаштування зворотного NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "Налаштування зворотного NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете виставити будь-які внутрішні служби в інтернет, Ви можете " +"налаштувати їх за допомогою описаного синтаксису. Зверніть увагу, що SSH-" +"доступ до шлюзу можна налаштувати за допомогою наступного діалогового вікна." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "Увімкнення для мереж доступу SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "Вирішіть, з яких мереж Ви хочете дозволити SSH-доступ до шлюзу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "Налаштування порту SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте порт SSH, це має бути <computeroutput>22</computeroutput>, якщо " +"конфігурацію не було змінено." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "Увімкнення для мереж DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"Не вмикайте DHCP для внутрішніх мереж, його забезпечить головний сервер " +"Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть мережеві інтерфейси, якщо Ви ще цього не зробили, та " +"перезавантажте ПК. Тепер, коли Ви увійдете до системи як root, Ви повинні " +"побачити меню Debian Edu Router." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "Конфігурація SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" +"Якщо доступ SSH увімкнено, шлюз можна переналаштувати віддалено за допомогою " +"меню, запропонованого під час входу в систему як root. Натиснувши " +"<computeroutput>c</computeroutput> у головному меню, Ви перейдете до меню " +"конфігурації, з якого можна змінити все або частину конфігурації за " +"допомогою тієї самої діалогової системи, яка використовувалася для " +"початкової конфігурації." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "Нотатки щодо деяких характеристик" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "Примітка щодо ноутбуків" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"Швидше за все, Ви захочете використовувати профіль \"Переносна робоча " +"станція\" (див. вище). Майте на увазі, що всі дані зберігаються локально " +"(тому особливо потурбуйтеся щодо резервних копій), а облікові дані для входу " +"зберігаються в кеш-пам’яті (тому після зміни пароля для входу може ще " +"знадобитися Ваш старий пароль, якщо Ви не під'єднували свій ноутбук до " +"мережі та не входили в систему з новим паролем)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "Примітка щодо встановлення образів на флешку USB або диск Blu-ray" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"Після встановлення з флешки USB або диска Blu-ray <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> буде містити лише джерела з цього образу. Якщо " +"у Вас є підключення до інтернету, ми настійно радимо додати до нього такі " +"рядки, щоб можна було встановити доступні оновлення безпеки:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "Примітка щодо встановлення з компакт-диска" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"Встановлення netinst (це тип інсталяції, який пропонує наш компакт-диск) " +"отримає деякі пакунки з компакт-диска, а решту — з мережі. Кількість " +"пакетів, отриманих з мережі, залежить від профілю, але не перевищує " +"гігабайта (поки Ви не вирішите інсталювати усі можливі графічні середовища). " +"Після того, як Ви встановили основний сервер (чистий головний сервер чи " +"комбінований сервер не має значення), подальша інсталяція використовуватиме " +"його проксі для уникнення повторного завантаження з мережі того самого " +"пакета." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "Установка за допомогою USB-флешок замість CD / Blu-ray дисків" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"Можна безпосередньо скопіювати ISO-образ CD/BD на флешку USB (також відомі " +"як \"USB-накопичувачі\") і завантажитися з неї. Просто виконайте таку " +"команду, лише адаптувавши назву файлу та пристрою до своїх потреб:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "" +"Щоб визначити значення X, виконайте цю команду до та після того, як USB-" +"пристрій буде вставлено:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "Зверніть увагу, що копіювання займе деякий час." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від того, який образ Ви виберете, флеш-накопичувач USB працюватиме " +"так само як компакт-диск або диск Blu-ray." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "Встановлення та завантаження через мережу з PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"Для цього способу інсталяції потрібен запущений головний сервер. Коли " +"клієнти завантажуються через мережу, відображається меню iPXE з інсталятором " +"та параметрами вибору завантаження. Якщо інсталяція PXE не вдається з " +"повідомленням про відсутність файлу XXX.bin, то, швидше за все, для " +"мережевої карти клієнта необхідна закрита мікропрограма. У цьому випадку " +"потрібно змінити initrd інсталятора Debian. Цього можна досягти, виконавши " +"команду:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "на сервері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"Так виглядає меню iPXE лише з профілем <emphasis role=\"strong\">Головний " +"сервер</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "Меню iPXE без записів LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"Так виглядає меню iPXE із профілем <emphasis role=\"strong\">Сервер LTSP</" +"emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "Меню iPXE із записами LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Це налаштування також дозволяє завантажувати бездискові робочі станції та " +"тонкі клієнти в основній мережі. На відміну від робочих станцій і окремих " +"серверів LTSP, бездискові робочі станції не потрібно додавати до LDAP за " +"допомогою GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"Додаткову інформацію про мережевих клієнтів можна знайти в розділі <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Настанови щодо мережевих клієнтів</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "Зміна установок PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"Інсталяція PXE використовує підготований файл preseed інсталятора debian, " +"який можна змінити для запиту для встановлення додаткових пакетів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"До <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> потрібно додати рядок, подібний до наступного" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"Встановлення PXE використовує попередньо налаштований файл <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. Його можна " +"змінити для попередніх налаштувань, щоб уникнути додаткових запитань під час " +"встановлення через мережу. Ще один спосіб досягти цього — надати додаткові " +"параметри у <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"та <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>, після чого для оновлення згенерованих файлів виконати " +"<computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Додаткову інформацію можна знайти в <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">настанові інсталятора Debian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"Щоб вимкнути або змінити використання проксі під час інсталяції з PXE, " +"рядки, що містять <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>preseed/" +"early_command</computeroutput> у <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> потрібно змінити. Щоб вимкнути " +"використання проксі під час встановлення, поставте \"#\" перед першими двома " +"рядками та видаліть з останнього частину \"<computeroutput>export " +"http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"Деякі параметри не можна записати наперед, оскільки вони потрібні перед " +"завантаженням файлу з попередніми налаштуваннями. Наприклад, це мова, " +"розкладка клавіатури та графічне середовище. Якщо Ви хочете змінити " +"стандартні налаштування, відредагуйте файл меню iPXE <computeroutput>/srv/" +"tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</computeroutput> на головному сервері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "Власні образи" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"Створення власних компакт-дисків, DVD-дисків або дисків Blu-ray може бути " +"досить простим, оскільки ми використовуємо <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Інсталятор Debian</ulink>, який має " +"модульну схему та інші чудові властивості. Попереднє налаштування <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</ulink> " +"дозволяє визначати наперед відповіді на запитання, які будуть поставлені." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Отже, все, що Вам потрібно зробити, це створити попередній файл із Вашими " +"відповідями (це описано в додатку до настанов інсталятора Debian) та <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">переробити CD/DVD</" +"ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "Перегляд скріншотів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Текстовий режим і графічне встановлення функціонально ідентичні — " +"відрізняється лише зовнішній вигляд. Графічний режим дозволяє " +"використовувати мишу та насправді виглядає набагато приємніше і сучасніше. " +"Якщо апаратне забезпечення не має проблем із графічним режимом, немає причин " +"не використовувати його." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"Отже, тут у нас невеличка екскурсія зі знімками з екрана як виглядає " +"графічне встановлення, де є 64-бітний Головний сервер + Робоча станція + " +"Сервер LTSP (у режимі BIOS) та як виглядає перше завантаження головного " +"сервера, завантаження PXE в клієнтській мережі LTSP (екран сеансу тонкого " +"клієнта та екран входу після вибору сеансу на правій панелі)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "Виберіть мову" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "Виберіть своє розташування" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "Налаштуйте клавіатуру" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "Визначте мережеве обладнання" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "Налаштуйте мережу вручну" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "Налаштуйте IP-адресу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "Налаштуйте шлюз" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер імен" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "Виберіть профіль Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "Використовувати інструмент автоматичного розподілу: ні" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "Використовувати інструмент автоматичного розподілу: так" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "Взяти участь в опитуванні щодо використання пакетів: ні" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "Взяти участь в опитуванні щодо використання пакетів: так" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "Встановіть пароль для користувача root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "Встановіть повне ім'я першого користувача" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "Встановіть ім'я користувача для першого користувача" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "Встановіть пароль для першого користувача" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "Встановлення завершене" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Екран входу Lightdm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Вікно браузера на робочому столі Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Екран робочого столу Xfce" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "Екран привітання тонкого клієнта" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "Екран входу тонкого клієнта" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Розпочинаємо" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "Мінімальні кроки для початку" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"Під час встановлення головного сервера був створений обліковий запис першого " +"користувача. Далі у тексті цей обліковий запис буде згадуватися як \"перший " +"користувач\". Цей обліковий запис — особливий, оскільки дозвіл на домашній " +"каталог встановлено як 700 (через це, для того, щоб зробити особисті " +"вебсторінки доступними, потрібно виконати <computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</" +"computeroutput>). Крім того, перший користувач може користуватися командою " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput>, щоб стати root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж додавати користувачів, перегляньте інформацію про спеціальну <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture--File_system_access_configuration\">конфігурацію " +"доступу до файлової системи</link> для Debian Edu та за потреби відкоригуйте " +"політику свого сайту." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "" +"Після встановлення, найперше, що Вам потрібно зробити як першому " +"користувачеві:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "Увійдіть на сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "Додайте користувачів з GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "Додайте робочі станції з GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"Додавання користувачів і робочих станцій детально описано нижче, тому " +"прочитайте цей розділ повністю. У ньому описано, як правильно виконати ці " +"мінімальні кроки, а також інші речі, які, ймовірно, доведеться зробити " +"кожному." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"У цьому посібнику є додаткова інформація: розділ <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Нові функції у Trixie</link> повинен прочитати кожен, " +"хто знайомий із попередніми випусками. А для тих, хто оновлює попередній " +"випуск, обов’язково потрібно прочитати розділ <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Оновлення</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"Якщо загальний DNS-трафік у Вашій мережі заблоковано, а Вам потрібно " +"використовувати певний DNS-сервер для пошуку інтернет-хостів, Вам потрібно " +"сказати DNS-серверу використовувати цей сервер як \"пересильний\" " +"(\"forwarder\"). Оновіть /etc/bind/named.conf.options і вкажіть IP-адресу " +"DNS-сервера, яку потрібно використовувати." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"Розділ <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> містить більше порад і підказок, " +"а також деякі поширені запитання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"На головному сервері працює декілька служб (сервісів), якими можна керувати " +"через вебінтерфейс. Нижче ми опишемо кожну службу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "Знайомство з GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² — це вебінструмент для керування, який допомагає керувати деякими " +"важливими частинами налаштування Вашого Debian Edu. За допомогою GOsa² Ви " +"можете керувати (додавати, змінювати або видаляти) цими основними групами:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "Адміністрування групи" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "Адміністрування мережевої групи NIS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "Адміністрування комп'ютера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "Адміністрування DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "Адміністрування DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"Для доступу до GOsa² Вам потрібен головний сервер Skolelinux та (клієнтська) " +"система зі встановленим веббраузером, який сам може бути головним сервером, " +"якщо його встановлено як так званий комбінований сервер (профілі головного " +"сервера + сервера LTSP + робочої станції)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви (ймовірно випадково) встановили чистий профіль <emphasis>Головного " +"сервера</emphasis> і не маєте під рукою клієнта з веббраузером, можна з " +"легкістю встановити мінімальний робочий стіл на головному сервері такою " +"послідовністю команд у (текстовій) оболонці (shell) від імені користувача, " +"якого Ви створили під час інсталяції основного сервера (перший користувач):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"У веббраузері для доступу до GOsa² скористайтеся URL-адресою <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> та увійдіть як перший користувач." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви використовуєте новий комп'ютер з Debian Edu Trixie, сертифікат сайту " +"буде відомий браузеру." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"В іншому випадку Ви отримаєте повідомлення про неправильний сертифікат SSL. " +"Якщо Ви знаєте, що Ви у своїй мережі зараз єдиний користувач, просто скажіть " +"браузеру прийняти це та далі ігнорувати." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "Вхід у GOsa² та огляд" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "Сторінка огляду GOsa² після входу від імені першого користувача" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "Після входу у GOsa² Ви побачите сторінку огляду GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Далі Ви можете вибрати завдання в меню або натиснути будь-яку іконку " +"завдання на оглядовій сторінці. Для навігації радимо користуватися меню в " +"лівій частині екрана, оскільки воно залишатиметься видимим на всіх сторінках " +"адміністрування GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"У Debian Edu дані про обліковий запис, групу та систему зберігаються в " +"каталозі LDAP. Ці дані використовуються не лише головним сервером, але й " +"(бездисковими) робочими станціями, серверами LTSP та іншими машинами в " +"мережі. Дякуючи LDAP, облікову інформацію про студентів, викладачів тощо " +"потрібно вводити лише один раз. Після збереження інформації в LDAP вона буде " +"доступна для усіх систем всієї мережі Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² — це інструмент адміністрування, який використовує LDAP для зберігання " +"інформації та створення ієрархічної структури відділу. До кожного " +"\"відділу\" (або підрозділу/департаменту) Ви можете додати облікові записи " +"користувачів, груп, систем, мережевих груп тощо. Залежно від ієрархії у " +"Вашій установі Ви можете використовувати функціонал структури відділу в " +"GOsa²/LDAP для відтворення своєї організаційної структури в дереві даних " +"LDAP головного сервера Debian Edu." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"Стандартна інсталяція головного сервера Debian Edu забезпечує два " +"\"відділи\": викладачів та студентів, а також базовий рівень дерева LDAP. " +"Студентські облікові записи потрібно додавати у відділ \"Студенти\", а " +"викладачів у відділ \"Викладачі\". Системи (сервери, робочі станції, " +"принтери тощо) наразі додано до базового рівня. Знайдіть свою власну схему " +"налаштування цієї структури. (Ви можете знайти у цій настанові в розділі " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/" +"Досвідчене адміністрування</link> приклад створення користувачів у річних " +"групах із загальними домашніми каталогами для кожної групи.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від завдання, над яким Ви хочете працювати (керування користувачами, " +"керування групами, керування системами тощо), GOsa² надає Вам різний вигляд " +"вибраного відділу (або базового рівня)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Керування користувачами з GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку натисніть \"Користувачі\" в лівому навігаційному меню. У правій " +"частині екрана з'явиться таблиця з теками відділу для \"Студентів» та " +"\"Викладачів\", та обліковим записом адміністратора GOsa² (першого " +"створеного користувача). Над цією таблицею Ви зможете побачити поле з назвою " +"<emphasis>База</emphasis>, яке дозволяє Вам переміщатися по структурі " +"(наведіть вказівник миші на цю область — з'явиться додаткове меню) і " +"вибирати базову теку для Ваших запланованих операцій (наприклад, додавання " +"нового користувача)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "Додавання користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"Поруч із навігацією по структурі Ви можете побачити меню \"Дії\". Наведіть " +"курсор миші на цей пункт і на екрані з'явиться підменю; виберіть тут " +"\"Створити\", а потім \"Користувач\". Далі майстер Вас проведе по пунктах " +"для створення користувача." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "" +"Найважливіше, що потрібно додати, — це шаблон (новий студент newstudent або " +"новий вчитель newteacher) та повне ім'я Вашого користувача (див. зображення)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"Дотримуючись вказівок майстра, Ви побачите, що GOsa² генерує ім'я " +"користувача автоматично на основі справжнього імені. Він автоматично вибирає " +"ім'я користувача, яке ще не існує, тому кілька користувачів з однаковим " +"повним іменем не буде проблемою. Зауважте, що GOsa² може генерувати " +"помилкові імена користувачів, якщо повне ім'я містить символи, відмінні від " +"ASCII." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"Якщо Вам з якихось причин не подобається згенероване ім'я користувача, Ви " +"можете вибрати інше ім’я користувача, запропоноване у додатковому списку, " +"але у Вас немає вільного вибору у майстрі. (Якщо хочете мати можливість " +"редагувати запропоноване ім'я користувача, відкрийте в текстовому редакторі " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> та додайте " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> як " +"додаткову опцію до \"визначення розташування\"/\"location definition\".)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"Коли майстер завершить роботу, Ви побачите екран GOsa² з даними нового " +"користувача. Для перевірки заповнених полів користуйтеся вкладками вгорі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"Після створення користувача (не обов'язково налаштовувати поля, які майстер " +"залишив порожніми), натисніть у нижньому правому куті кнопку \"ОК\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"На останньому кроці GOsa² запитає пароль для нового користувача. Введіть " +"його двічі, а потім натисніть у нижньому правому куті \"Встановити пароль\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "Деякі символи в паролі використовувати не можна." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"Якщо все пройшло добре, Ви можете побачити нового користувача в таблиці " +"користувачів. Тепер з новим логіном Ви зможете входити у своїй мережі на " +"будь-якій машині Skolelinux." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "Пошук, зміна та видалення користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "Фільтри" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"Для зміни або видалення користувача в системі перегляньте список " +"користувачів з GOsa². У центрі екрана Ви можете відкрити вікно \"Фільтр\", " +"інструмент пошуку від GOsa². Якщо Ви точно не знаєте розташування свого " +"облікового запису у дереві, перейдіть на базовий рівень дерева GOsa²/LDAP та " +"виконайте там пошук з параметром \"Пошук у піддеревах\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"Під час використання вікна \"Фільтр\" результати з’являться одразу " +"посередині тексту у вигляді таблиці. Кожен рядок відповідає обліковому " +"запису користувача, а крайні праві елементи кожного рядка — це маленькі " +"символи, які пропонують Вам такі дії: редагування користувача, блокування " +"облікового запису, встановлення пароля та вилучення користувача." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"З'явиться нова сторінка, де Ви зможете змінити інформацію про користувача, " +"змінити його пароль та змінити список груп, до яких він належить." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "Зміна даних користувача" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "Встановіть паролі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"Студенти можуть змінити власні паролі, увійшовши в GOsa² зі своїми власними " +"іменами користувачів. Для полегшення доступу до GOsa², на робочому столі у " +"системному меню (або у параметрах системи) є пункт під назвою \"Gosa\". " +"Студент, який увійшов у систему, зможе побачити мінімальну версію GOsa², яка " +"надає доступ лише до таблиці з даними власного облікового запису студента та " +"до діалогу встановлення пароля." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"Викладачі, які увійшли з власними іменами користувачів, мають особливі права " +"в GOsa². Вони мають більш привілейований доступ до GOsa² і можуть змінювати " +"паролі всіх облікових записів студентів. Це може бути дуже зручно під час " +"уроку." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "Для адміністративного встановлення нового пароля користувачеві" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "" +"знайдіть користувача, якого потрібно редагувати, за наданими вище вказівками" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "у рядку з іменем користувача натисніть в кінці символ ключа" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "на наступній сторінці Ви можете встановити новий пароль, обраний Вами" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "Встановіть пароль користувача" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Пам'ятайте про наслідки безпеки, оскільки деякі " +"паролі легко вгадуються!</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "Досвідчене керування користувачами" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою файлу CSV GOsa² дозволяє масово створювати користувачів. Цей " +"файл можна створити за допомогою будь-якого ПЗ для роботи з електронними " +"таблицями (наприклад, <computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). Необхідно " +"вказати принаймні записи для таких полів: uid, прізвище (sn), ім'я " +"(givenName) та пароль (password). Переконайтеся, що в полі uid немає дублів. " +"Зверніть увагу, що перевірка на наявність дублів має включати вже наявні " +"записи uid у LDAP (які можна отримати, виконавши у командному рядку " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "" +"Ознайомтесь з форматуванням такого файлу CSV (GOsa² ставиться до цього " +"досить прискіпливо):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "Як роздільник використовуйте \",\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "Не використовуйте лапки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"Файл CSV <emphasis role=\"strong\">не повинен</emphasis> містити рядок " +"заголовка (який зазвичай містить назви стовпців)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "" +"Порядок полів нерелевантний і може бути визначений у GOsa² під час масового " +"імпорту" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "Кроки для масованого імпорту:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "натисніть зліва у навігаційному меню посилання \"Менеджер LDAP\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "натисніть на екрані ліворуч вкладку \"Імпорт\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "" +"перегляньте свій локальний диск і виберіть файл CSV зі списком користувачів, " +"який потрібно імпортувати" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "" +"виберіть доступний шаблон користувачів, який потрібно застосувати під час " +"масового імпорту (наприклад, NewTeacher або NewStudent)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "натисніть у нижньому правому куті кнопку \"Імпорт\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"Було б добре провести спочатку деякі тести, бажано з використанням файлу " +"CSV, в якому будуть лише кілька вигаданих користувачів, які можна пізніше " +"видалити." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"Те саме стосується модуля керування паролями, який дозволяє скидати багато " +"паролів за допомогою файлу CSV або повторно створювати нові для користувачів " +"з окремого піддерева LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "Скиньте паролі" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "Додавання користувачів з командного рядка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"Облікові записи користувачів також можна додати з командного рядка за " +"допомогою інструмента <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput>, " +"див. документацію у <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Керування групами з GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "створити групу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "показати групи" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "Керування групами дуже схоже на керування користувачами." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете ввести назву та опис для кожної групи. Під час створення нової " +"групи переконайтеся, що Ви вибрали правильний рівень у LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"Додавання користувачів до новоствореної групи повертає Вас до списку " +"користувачів, де Ви, ймовірно, захочете скористатися вікном фільтра для " +"пошуку користувачів. Також перевірте рівень дерева LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "" +"Групи, введені в керуванні групами, також є звичайними групами unix, тож Ви " +"можете їх також використовувати для дозволів на файли." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "Керування машинами з GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Керування машинами в основному дозволяє керувати всіма мережевими пристроями " +"у Вашій мережі Debian Edu. Кожен комп'ютер, доданий до каталогу LDAP за " +"допомогою GOsa², має ім’я хосту, IP-адресу, MAC-адресу та доменне ім'я " +"(зазвичай \"intern\"). Для більш докладного опису архітектури Debian Edu " +"див. розділ <link linkend=\"Architecture\">Архітектура</link> цієї настанови." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Бездискові робочі станції та тонкі клієнти у випадку <emphasis>комбінованого " +"головного сервера</emphasis> працюють \"з коробки\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Робочі станції з дисками (включно з окремими серверами LTSP) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">потрібно</emphasis> додавати з GOsa². За лаштунками " +"генеруються як специфічний для машини Kerberos Principal (щось на зразок " +"<emphasis>облікового запису</emphasis>), так і відповідний файл keytab " +"(містить ключ, який використовується як <emphasis>пароль</emphasis>). Файл " +"keytab має бути присутнім на робочій станції, щоб мати можливість " +"приєднувати домашні каталоги користувачів. Після перезавантаження доданої " +"системи увійдіть до неї як root і виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"Щоб створити Principal та файл keytab для <emphasis>вже налаштованої з " +"GOsa²</emphasis> системи, увійдіть на головний сервер як root та виконайте" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Зверніть увагу:</emphasis> створення keytab для " +"хоста можливе для систем типів <emphasis>робочі станції</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>сервери</emphasis> та <emphasis>термінали</emphasis>⁣, але не для " +"пристроїв типу <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. Щоб дізнатися про параметри " +"конфігурації NFS, перегляньте розділ <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Настанови для мережевих клієнтів</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати машину, скористайтеся головним меню GOsa², системи, додати. " +"Очікується, що ім'я машини буде дійсним <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">некваліфікованим</emphasis> іменем хоста, і не додавайте " +"сюди доменне ім'я. Ви можете використовувати IP-адресу/ім'я хоста з " +"попередньо налаштованого адресного простору 10.0.0.0/8. Наразі існує лише " +"дві попередньо визначені фіксовані адреси: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) та 10.0.0.1 " +"(шлюз). Адреси від 10.0.16.20 до 10.0.31.254 (приблизно 10.0.16.0/20 або " +"4000 хостів) зарезервовані для DHCP і призначаються динамічно." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"Щоб призначити хосту з MAC-адресою 52:54:00:12:34:10 статичну IP-адресу в " +"GOsa², Вам потрібно ввести MAC-адресу, ім'я хоста та IP; або Ви можете " +"натиснути кнопку <computeroutput>Запропонувати IP / Propose IP</" +"computeroutput> та подивитися першу вільну фіксовану адресу мережі 10.0.0.0/" +"8, швидше за все, щось на кшталт 10.0.0.2, якщо додаєте першу машину у такий " +"спосіб. Можливо, краще спочатку подумати про свою мережу: наприклад, Ви б " +"могли використовувати 10.0.0.x з x>10 та x<50 для серверів та x>100 " +"для робочих станцій. Не забудьте активувати щойно додану систему. За " +"винятком основного сервера, усі системи матимуть відповідний значок." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо машини завантажувалися як тонкі клієнти/бездискові робочі станції або " +"були встановлені за допомогою будь-якого з мережевих профілів, для " +"автоматичного додавання машин до GOsa² можна використовувати скрипт " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>. Для простих машин це " +"працюватиме одразу, для машин із кількома MAC-адресами потрібно вибрати " +"фактично використовувану, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" +"computeroutput> показує інформацію про використання. Зверніть увагу, що IP-" +"адреси, які відображаються після використання " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput>, належать до " +"динамічного діапазону IP. Ці системи можна змінити пізніше відповідно до " +"Вашої мережі: перейменувати кожну нову систему, активувати DHCP та DNS, " +"додати її до мережевих груп (рекомендовані мережеві групи див. на знімку " +"екрана нижче), і потім перезавантажити систему. Наступні знімки екрана " +"показують, як це виглядає на практиці:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "Список систем GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "Деталі хосту" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "Змініть хост" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "Додайте мережеву групу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"Завдання для оновлення DNS запускається щогодини; для оновлення вручну можна " +"виконати команду <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "Пошук та видалення машин" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "" +"Пошук з видаленням машин дуже схожий на пошук з видаленням користувачів, " +"тому ця інформація тут не повторюється." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "Редагування наявних машин / Керування мережевими групами" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"Після додавання машини через GOsa² до дерева LDAP Ви можете змінити її " +"властивості через пошук та натискання на назві машини (так само як з " +"користувачами)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"Формат цих системних записів подібний до вже відомого Вам з редагування " +"записів користувача, але в цьому контексті поля означають різні речі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"Наприклад, додавання комп'ютера до <computeroutput>мережевої групи / " +"NetGroup</computeroutput> не змінює доступ до файлів або дозволи на " +"виконання команд для цього комп'ютера чи користувачів, які ввійшли до цього " +"комп’ютера. Замість цього він обмежує служби, які ця машина може " +"використовувати на Вашому головному сервері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Стандартна інсталяція створює <computeroutput>мережеві групи / NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "all-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "" +"Наразі функціональність <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"використовується для:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Зміна розміру розділів</emphasis> (fsautoresize-" +"hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "" +"Комп'ютери Debian Edu у цій групі автоматично змінюватимуть розміри розділів " +"LVM, де закінчується місце." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Вимикати машини вночі</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts та shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "" +"Машини Debian Edu у цій групі вимикатимуться вночі автоматично для економії " +"енергії." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Керування принтерами</emphasis> (cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts та cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"Машини Debian Edu у цих групах щовечора автоматично очищатимуть усі черги " +"друку та щогодини повторно вмикатимуть будь-яку вимкнену чергу друку." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Блокування доступу до інтернету</emphasis> " +"(netblock-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"Машинам Debian Edu у цій групі буде дозволено підключатися до машин лише в " +"локальній мережі. У поєднанні з обмеженнями веб-проксі це можна " +"використовувати під час іспитів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "Керування принтерами" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"Для централізованого керування принтерами перейдіть у веббраузері до <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. Це звичайний інтерфейс керування CUPS, за " +"допомогою якого Ви можете додавати/видаляти/змінювати свої принтери та " +"очищати чергу друку. Стандартно, це дозволено лише першому користувачу, але " +"це можна змінити, додавши користувачів до групи GOsa² " +"<computeroutput>printer-admins</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "Використовуйте принтери, під'єднані до робочих станцій" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"Пакет <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> встановлений з профілем <emphasis>Робоча " +"станція</emphasis> у системі стандартно." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"Відредагуйте <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> таким " +"чином (принтер USB):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте принтер за допомогою вебінтерфейсу <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; виберіть тип мережевого принтера " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (для усіх принтерів, " +"незалежно від марки чи моделі) та встановіть <computeroutput>socket://<IP " +"комп'ютера>:9100</computeroutput> як URI підключення." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "Мережеві принтери" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" +"Рекомендується вимкнути у використовуваних мережевих принтерах усі функції " +"самореклами. Натомість призначте фіксовану IP-адресу за допомогою GOsa² та " +"налаштуйте їх як мережеві принтери <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "Синхронізація годинника" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Стандартна конфігурація Debian Edu полягає в тому, щоб годинники на всіх " +"машинах були синхронними, але не обов'язково правильними. Для оновлення часу " +"використовується NTP. Стандартно годинник буде синхронізуватися із зовнішнім " +"джерелом. Це може призвести до того, що комп'ютери залишатимуть відкритим " +"зовнішнє з'єднання до інтернету, якщо під час використання воно було " +"створене." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви використовуєте комутоване з'єднання або ISDN і платите похвилинно, " +"Вам потрібно змінити це стандартне налаштування." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Для вимкнення синхронізації із зовнішнім годинником потрібно на головному " +"сервері змінити файл /etc/ntp.conf. Додайте на початку записів " +"<computeroutput>server</computeroutput> символ коментаря (\"#\"). Після " +"цього потрібно перезапустити сервер NTP, виконавши з привілеями root команду " +"<computeroutput>service ntp restart</computeroutput>. Для перевірки, чи " +"використовує машина зовнішні ресурси часу, виконайте <computeroutput>ntpq -c " +"lpeer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "Розширення повних розділів (партицій)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Маючи ризик збою з використанням автоматичного розподілу, деякі розділи " +"після встановлення можуть бути майже повністю зайнятими. Для розширення " +"(збільшення) цих розділів виконайте від імені root команду " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>. Ви можете " +"ознайомитися з деталями у частині \"Перерозподіл розділів\" <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">настанови про адміністрування</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Обслуговування" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "Оновлення програмного забезпечення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Цей розділ пояснює як використовувати <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"Використання <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> доволі просте. Для " +"оновлення системи Вам потрібно виконати дві команди від імені root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (оновлення списку доступних " +"пакетів) та <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> (оновлення " +"доступних для оновлення пакетів)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"Буде добре також в разі виникнення проблем робити оновлення з використанням " +"локалі C – для отримання результатів англійською мовою – це допоможе " +"отримати результати для зручного пошуку рішення в інтернет." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Після оновлення пакета <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput>, " +"можливо буде потрібно змінити конфігураційні файли Cfengine. Для перевірки " +"виконайте команду <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</" +"computeroutput>. Для підтвердження змін, виконайте <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C " +"cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"Після оновлення сервера LTSP для збереження образу SquashFS у синхронізації " +"для бездискових клієнтів важливо на сервері виконати <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" +"Після оновлення релізу системи з <emphasis>Головним сервером</emphasis> або " +"з профілем <emphasis>Сервер LTSP</emphasis>, потрібно оновити інсталяційне " +"оточення PXE командою <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"Також буде корисним встановити <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> та " +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> і налаштувати через них " +"надсилання ел.пошти на адресу, яку Ви читаєте." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> буде Вам сповіщати ел.поштою раз " +"на день про можливі оновлення пакетів. Цей інструмент не оновлює нічого, але " +"отримує ці оновлення (зазвичай вночі), щоб Вам не було потрібно очікувати, " +"коли Ви запустите <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Якщо є бажання, можна налаштувати автоматичне оновлення. Для цього лише " +"потрібно встановити пакет <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</" +"computeroutput> та налаштувати його, як описано на сторінці <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/" +"UnattendedUpgrades</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Програма <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> може надсилати Вам " +"ел.поштою записи про оновлення або під час виконання <computeroutput>apt</" +"computeroutput> виводити їх у терміналі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "Залишайтеся поінформованими щодо оновлень безпеки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"Виконання <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> за попереднім описом — " +"гарний шлях для розуміння коли будуть доступні оновлення безпеки для " +"встановлених пакетів. Інший спосіб контролю оновлення безпеки — це " +"підписатися на <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Розсилку Debian security-announce</ulink>, де розповідається про " +"оновлення безпеки. Мінус цього рішення (у порівнянні з <computeroutput>cron-" +"apt</computeroutput>) — це включення інформації про оновлення навіть не " +"встановлених пакетів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "Керування резервним копіюванням" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"Для керування резервним копіюванням перейдіть у веббраузері на <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>. Зверніть увагу, що Вам потрібно на цю " +"сторінку заходити з SSL, оскільки буде потрібно вводити пароль root. Якщо " +"спробуєте зайти без SSL, буде помилка." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"Примітка: сайт буде працювати лише якщо Ви тимчасово дозволите вхід через " +"SSH від імені root на сервер резервних копій (backup server), який у " +"стандартному налаштуванні — це головний сервер (tjener.intern)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"Типово, резервні копії <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> та LDAP зберігаються у каталозі /skole/backup/, який " +"налаштований як окремий розділ LVM. Якщо Вам потрібні запасні копії " +"елементів (на випадок їх видалення) це налаштування повинно Вам допомогти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "" +"Майте на увазі, що ця схема резервного копіювання не захищає Вас від збою " +"жорстких дисків." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете створити резервну копію своїх даних на зовнішньому сервері, " +"стрімері або на іншому жорсткому диску, Вам буде потрібно трішки змінити " +"наявну конфігурацію." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете відновити весь каталог, найкращим буде використання " +"командного рядка:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"Це залишить зміст <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</computeroutput> " +"за <computeroutput><дату></computeroutput> у каталозі <computeroutput>/" +"skole/tjener/home0/user_<дата></computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете відновити один файл, Вам потрібно вказати файл (та версію) у " +"вебінтерфейсі та отримати лише цей файл." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете позбутися старіших резервних копій, виберіть в меню на " +"сторінці резервного копіювання пункт \"Обслуговування\" та найстаріший " +"знімок, який потрібно зберегти:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "Обслуговування slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "Моніторинг сервера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"Система звітів Munin доступна за адресою <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/" +">. Вона надає графіки контролю стану системи на щоденній, щотижневій, " +"місячній та річній основі та допомагає системному адміністратору під час " +"пошуку вузьких місць і джерел системних проблем." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"Список комп'ютерів, які відстежуються за допомогою Munin, створюється " +"автоматично на основі списку хостів, які повідомляються у sitesummary. Усі " +"хости з встановленим пакетом munin-node зареєстровані для моніторингу Munin. " +"Зазвичай після встановлення Munin на машину до початку моніторингу минає " +"один день — через порядок виконання завдань cron. Щоб пришвидшити цей " +"процес, виконайте на сервері sitesummary (зазвичай це основний сервер) від " +"імені root команду <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" +"computeroutput>. Це оновить файл <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Набір вимірювань, що збираються, автоматично генерується на кожній машині за " +"допомогою програми <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput>, " +"яка перевіряє плагіни з <computeroutput>/usr/share/munin/plugins/</" +"computeroutput> та створює відповідні символічні посилання у " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Інформація про Munin доступна за посиланням <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Icinga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Програма Icinga — для моніторингу системи та сервісів — доступна за адресою " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/icingaweb2/\"/>. Перелік машин та служб, які " +"відстежуються, автоматично генерується з загальної зібраної системної " +"інформації. Машини з профілем \"Головний сервер\" та \"Сервер LTSP\" " +"отримують повний моніторинг, а робочі станції та тонкі клієнти — простий. " +"Для увімкнення повного моніторингу на робочій станції на ній потрібно " +"встановити пакет <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Стандартно Icinga не надсилає електронні листи. Це можна змінити, замінивши " +"параметр <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> на " +"<computeroutput>host-notify-by-email</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> у файлі <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Використовується конфігураційний файл Icinga <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. Завдання Cron збору загальної системної " +"інформації генерує <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg</computeroutput> зі списком хостів та служб для моніторингу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"Додаткові перевірки Icinga для включення їх у згенерований файл можна " +"розмістити у файлі <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Інформація про Icinga доступна на <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> " +"або в пакеті <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "Поширені попередження Icinga та як з ними поводитися" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "Деякі настанови щодо найпоширеніших попереджень Icinga." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - вільне місце: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Розділ (/usr/ у прикладі) заповнений. Загалом існує два варіанти що з цим " +"робити: (1) видалити деякі файли або (2) збільшити розмір розділу. Якщо це " +"розділ /var/, можна видалити деякі файли командою очищення кешу APT " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput>. Якщо в групі томів LVM є більше " +"місця, для розширення розділів можна виконати <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Для автоматичного запуску цієї програми " +"щогодини можна додати до мережевої групи <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> відповідний хост." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "" +"APT CRITICAL: для оновлення доступні 13 пакетів (13 критичних оновлень)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"Новий пакет доступний для оновлення. Критичні — зазвичай це виправлення " +"безпеки. Щоб оновити, виконайте від імені root команду <computeroutput>apt " +"upgrade && apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> або увійдіть через SSH, " +"щоб зробити те саме." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви не бажаєте оновлювати пакунки вручну й довіряєте Debian, що він " +"добре справлятиметься з новими версіями, можете налаштувати " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> для автоматичного " +"оновлення щоночі усіх нових пакунків. Це не оновить chroots LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"УВАГА! Потрібне перезавантаження: запущене ядро = 2.6.32-37.81.0, " +"встановлене ядро = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"Запущене ядро старіше за останнє встановлене ядро, і для активації " +"останнього встановленого ядра необхідне перезавантаження. Зазвичай це досить " +"терміново, оскільки нові ядра зазвичай з’являються в Debian Edu для " +"виправлення проблем безпеки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "УВАГА: розмір черги CUPS - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"У чергах принтерів CUPS є багато незавершених завдань. Швидше за все це " +"через недоступність принтера. Вимкнені черги друку вмикаються щогодини на " +"хостах-учасниках мережевої групи <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput>, тому для таких хостів не потрібно виконувати ручні " +"дії. Щоночі на хостах-учасниках мережевої групи <computeroutput>cups-queue-" +"autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> черги друку очищуються. Якщо хост має " +"багато завдань у своїй черзі, подумайте про додавання цього хоста до однієї " +"або обох мережевих груп." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary використовується для збору інформації з кожного комп’ютера та " +"передачі її на центральний сервер. Зібрана інформація доступна у " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Для " +"створення звітів, у каталозі <computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</" +"computeroutput> є скрипти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Простий звіт Sitesummary без будь-яких деталей доступний за адресою <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Деяка документація щодо Sitesummary доступна за посиланням <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "Більше інформації про налаштування Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"Додаткову інформацію про налаштування Debian Edu, корисну для системних " +"адміністраторів, можна знайти в <link linkend=\"Administration\">розділі " +"Адміністрування</link> та в <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">розділі " +"Розширене адміністрування</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "Оновлення версій" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж читати цей посібник з оновлення, зверніть увагу, що оновлення Ваших " +"робочих серверів виконуються на Ваш власний ризик. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux постачається АБСОЛЮТНО БЕЗ ЖОДНИХ " +"ГАРАНТІЙ в межах, дозволених чинним законодавством.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Будь ласка, перед спробами оновлення прочитайте повністю цей розділ та " +"розділ <link linkend=\"Features\">Нові функції у Trixie</link> цієї " +"настанови." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "Загальні нотатки з оновлення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"Оновлення Debian з одного випуску до наступного зазвичай досить просте. Для " +"Debian Edu це, на жаль, дещо складніше, оскільки ми змінюємо файли " +"конфігурації у власний спосіб. Проте ми задокументували необхідні кроки " +"нижче. (Щоб дізнатися більше, як у Debian Edu повинні змінюватися файли " +"конфігурацій див. інформацію про помилку Debian <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink>.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Загалом, оновлення серверів складніше за робочі станції, а оновлення " +"головного сервера — найскладніше." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете бути впевненими, що після оновлення все запрацює як раніше, " +"радимо Вам спочатку перевірити оновлення на тестовій системі або системах, " +"налаштованих так само як Ваші робочі машини. Там Ви зможете без ризику " +"перевірити оновлення та переглянути чи все працює належним чином." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що Ви не забули також прочитати інформацію про поточний " +"випуск Debian Stable у його <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +"stable/installmanual\">настанові зі встановлення</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"Також було б розумно трохи почекати та продовжити роботу зі \"старим та " +"надійним\" (Oldstable) ще на кілька тижнів, поки інші перевірять оновлення " +"та задокументують будь-які проблеми, які у них виникають. Випуск Oldstable " +"Debian Edu отримуватиме підтримку ще деякий час після наступного стабільного " +"(Stable) випуску, але коли Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"security/faq#lifespan\">припинить підтримку Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu " +"обов’язково зробить те саме." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "Оновлення з Debian Edu Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"Будьте готові: переконайтеся, що Ви протестували оновлення з Bookworm у " +"тестовому середовищі або підготували резервні копії, щоб можна було " +"повернутися." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"Зауважте, що наведений нижче рецепт стосується стандартної інсталяції " +"Головного сервера Debian Edu (desktop=xfce, профілі Головний сервер (Main " +"Server), Робоча станція (Workstation), Сервер LTSP (LTSP Server)). (Для " +"загального ознайомлення щодо оновлення з Bookworm до Trixie, див.: <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "" +"Не використовуйте X (графічний інтерфейс), — використовуйте віртуальну " +"консоль, увійдіть як root." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"Якщо <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> завершує роботу з помилкою, " +"спробуйте виправити її та/або запустіть <computeroutput>apt -f install</" +"computeroutput>, а потім ще раз <computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "Оновлення головного сервера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "Почніть з перевірки, чи поточна система оновлена:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "Підготуйте та розпочніть оновлення до Trixie:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes: будьте готові прочитати багато НОВИН; натисніть " +"<return> для прокрутити вниз, <q> для виходу з пейджера. Усю " +"інформацію буде надіслано root'у, щоб Ви могли прочитати її ще раз (за " +"допомогою <emphasis>mailx</emphasis> або <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"Уважно прочитайте всю інформацію про debconf, виберіть \"зберігати поточну " +"встановлену локальну версію\", якщо нижче не вказано інше; у більшості " +"випадків достатньо натискання return." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "перезапуск служб: Виберіть так (yes)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "" +"Сервер та утиліти Samba: Виберіть \"зберігати поточну встановлену локальну " +"версію\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "" +"openssh-server: Виберіть \"зберігати поточну встановлену локальну версію\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "Збережіть та налаштуйте конфігурацію:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" +"Сертифікати, згенеровані старими випусками Debian Edu, не мають розширень " +"X.509, необхідних для OpenSSLv3, і <emphasis role=\"strong\">несумісні з " +"клієнтами Debian Edu 13+</emphasis>. Адміністратори, які вручну оновлюють " +"головний сервер, повинні перегенерувати ці сертифікати, використовуючи " +"стандартні налаштування для сертифікатів Debian Edu 13. Стандартний алгоритм " +"ключа було змінено на ECDSA з використанням кривої <computeroutput>" +"prime256v1</computeroutput>. Однак RSA-2048 все ще підтримується OpenSSLv3. " +"Докладніше про це з технічного боку тут: <ulink url=\"https://" +"salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</" +"ulink> та <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-" +"config/-/merge_requests/40\">!40</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" +"Перед продовженням створіть резервну копію наявних файлів сертифікатів. " +"Архів містить закриті (приватні) ключі та має зберігатися в безпеці." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Це замінює кореневий сертифікат Debian Edu CA. " +"Новий CA потрібно знову передати усім клієнтам, використовуючи " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</" +"computeroutput> на клієнтському боці.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "Для відновлення з архіву серверних файлів з сертифікатами:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" +"Відновлення архіву відновлює лише серверні файли сертифікатів. Це не " +"скасовує розповсюдження клієнтам нового кореневого сертифіката CA." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "Перевірте, чи працює оновлена система:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "Перезавантажтеся, увійдіть як перший користувач та перевірте" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "чи працює графічний інтерфейс GOsa²," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "чи з'єднуються клієнти LTSP та робочі станції," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "чи можна додати систему до мережевої групи або вилучити з групи," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "чи можна надсилати та отримувати внутрішню ел.пошту," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "чи можна керувати принтерами," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "та чи працюють інші особливі для сайту/сервера речі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "Оновлення робочої станції" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "Виконайте усі основні дії, як на головному сервері, окрім непотрібних." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "" +"Оновлення з попередніх установок Debian Edu / Skolelinux (випуски до " +"Bookworm)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"Для оновлення з будь-якої попередньої версії, перш ніж Ви зможете виконувати " +"наведені вище інструкції, Вам потрібно спочатку оновитися до випуску Debian " +"Edu на основі Bookworm. У <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Bookworm#\">Посібнику для Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> наведено " +"інструкції щодо оновлення до Bookworm з попереднього випуску Bullseye." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "Настанови HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo для <link linkend=\"Administration\">загального адміністрування</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo для <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">розширеного " +"адміністрування</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"Desktop\">стільниці</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">мережевих клієнтів</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "" +"HowTo для <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">викладання та навчання</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "HowTo для <link linkend=\"Users\">користувачів</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "HowTo для загального адміністрування" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"Розділи <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Початок роботи</link> та <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Обслуговування</link> описують, як розпочати роботу " +"з Debian Edu та як виконувати основну роботу з обслуговування. Настанови в " +"цьому розділі містять деякі більш професійні поради та підказки." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "" +"Історія конфігурації: відстеження /etc/ за допомогою системи контролю версій " +"Git" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput> усі файли у " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> відстежуються з <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> як система контролю версій." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Це дає змогу побачити, коли файл додано, змінено та вилучено, а також що " +"було змінено, якщо файл текстовий. Репозиторій git зберігається у " +"<computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "" +"Щогодини будь-які зміни записуються автоматично, що дозволяє витягувати та " +"переглядати історію конфігурацій." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"Для перегляду історії користуйтеся командою <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs " +"log</computeroutput>. Для перевірки різниці між двома моментами часу, можна " +"скористатися командою <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Для отримання додаткової інформації перегляньте результат команди " +"<computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "Список корисних команд:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "Приклади використання" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "" +"У щойно встановленій системі, щоб побачити всі зміни, внесені після " +"встановлення, спробуйте це:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "Перегляньте, які файли зараз не відстежуються та які не оновлені:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "Для ручного commit'у файлу, якщо не хочете очікувати до години:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "Зміна розміру розділів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"У Debian Edu всі розділи, крім <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput>, " +"знаходяться на логічних томах LVM. З ядром Linux, починаючи з версії 2.6.10, " +"можна збільшувати розділи коли вони приєднані/змонтовані. Але зменшення " +"розділів поки що можливе лише коли розділ не змонтовано." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"Бажано уникати створення дуже великих розділів (понад, скажімо, 20 ГБ), тому " +"що для запуску <computeroutput>fsck</computeroutput> для них або їх " +"відновлення з резервної копії, якщо виникне така необхідність, буде потрібен " +"додатковий час. Краще, якщо це можливо, створювати кілька менших розділів, " +"ніж один дуже великий." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"Для полегшення розширення/збільшення заповнених розділів є допоміжний скрипт " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput>. Під час запуску " +"він зчитує конфігурацію з <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> та з <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"Потім пропонується розширити розділи з надто малим вільним простором " +"відповідно до правил, наданих у цих файлах. Якщо запустити без аргументів, " +"будуть показані лише команди, необхідні для розширення файлової системи. " +"Аргумент <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> потрібен для фактичного " +"виконання цих команд для розширення файлових систем." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"Скрипт виконується автоматично щогодини на кожному клієнті, зазначеному в " +"мережевій групі <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"Коли розмір розділу, який використовується проксі Squid, змінюється, " +"значення розміру кешу у <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</" +"computeroutput> також потрібно оновити. Допоміжний скрипт <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> " +"надається для виконання цього автоматично, перевіряючи поточний розмір " +"розділу <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</computeroutput> та налаштовує " +"Squid на використання 80% розділу для кешу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "Керування логічними томами" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Керування логічними томами (LVM) дозволяє змінювати розміри розділів коли " +"вони змонтовані та використовуються. Дізнатися більше про LVM Ви можете з " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">Настанов до LVM</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Для збільшення логічного тому вручну просто вкажіть команді <computeroutput>" +"lvextend</computeroutput>, до якого розміру Ви хочете його збільшити. " +"Наприклад, щоб розширити home0 до 30 ГБ, потрібно використати такі команди:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "" +"Для розширення home0 на додаткові 30 ГБ потрібно вставити \"+\" (-L+30G)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "Використання ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> — це " +"інструмент для редагування бази даних LDAP у командному рядку у звичайному " +"текстовому редакторі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "Потрібно виконати наступне:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"Нотатка: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> використовуватиме " +"стандартний редактор. Виконуючи <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> у командному рядку, можна призначити редактором у середовищі " +"клон vi." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"Увага: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> — дуже потужний інструмент. " +"Будьте обережні та не зіпсуйте базу даних LDAP; те саме попередження " +"стосується JXplorer." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "Керберизований (Kerberized) NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"Використання Kerberos для NFS для монтування домашніх каталогів є функцією " +"безпеки. Робочі станції та клієнти LTSP не працюватимуть без Kerberos. " +"Підтримуються рівні <emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> та " +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis> (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> означає автентифікацію " +"Kerberos, <emphasis>i</emphasis> > означає перевірку цілісності, а " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> — конфіденційність, тобто шифрування); навантаження " +"як на сервер, так і на робочу станцію зростає разом із рівнем безпеки, " +"<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> є гарним вибором та його вибрано типово." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "Як змінити стандартні значення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Головний сервер</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "вхід від імені root" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"виконайте <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, знайдіть " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> та замініть на <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> " +"або на <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"змініть <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> та " +"налаштуйте відповідно ці записи:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "виконайте <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Стандартний принтер (Standardskriver)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Цей інструмент дозволяє встановити типовий принтер залежно від місця " +"розташування, машини чи належності до групи. Для отримання додаткової " +"інформації перегляньте <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/" +"README.md</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"Файл конфігурації <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> " +"має надати адміністратор, див. для прикладу <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/" +"standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer, графічний інтерфейс LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви віддаєте перевагу графічному інтерфейсу для роботи з базою даних " +"LDAP, ознайомтеся з пакетом <computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput>, який " +"типово встановлений. Щоб отримати доступ на запис, під'єднайтеся так:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "" +"ldap-createuser-krb5, інструмент командного рядка для додавання користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> — це малий інструмент " +"командного рядка для створення облікових записів користувачів, який " +"викликається в такий спосіб:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" +"Усі аргументи, окрім імені користувача та поля GECOS, є необов’язковими, " +"останнє зазвичай має містити повне ім’я користувача. Якщо воно не вказане, " +"інструмент автоматично вибере наступні вільні UID та GID і не призначить " +"користувачеві жодних додаткових груп. Якщо не вказано жодного підрозділу, " +"він вибере перший <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> з LDAP, який, " +"імовірно, є <emphasis>skole</emphasis> хоча для звичайних користувачів " +"зазвичай не є тим, що б Ви хотіли бачити, тому Вам потрібно вибрати для " +"користувача відповідне значення, напр. <emphasis>Викладачі / Teachers</" +"emphasis> або <emphasis>Студенти / Students</emphasis>. Після введення та " +"підтвердження пароля та введення пароля адміністратора LDAP <computeroutput>" +"ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> створить обліковий запис користувача в " +"LDAP, встановить пароль Kerberos, створить домашній каталог та додасть " +"відповідного користувача Samba. На наведеному знімку екрана показано приклад " +"команди для створення облікового запису користувача з іменем <computeroutput>" +"harhir</computeroutput> для вчителя, повне ім’я якого — \"Harry Hirsch\":" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "Використання стабільних оновлень (stable-updates)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"Хоча Ви можете використовувати stable-updates безпосередньо, це не " +"обов’язково: stable-updates регулярно додаються у стабільний пакет, коли " +"виходять стабільні випуски, що у свою чергу відбувається приблизно кожні два " +"місяці." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "" +"Використання бекпортів (backports) для встановлення новішого програмного " +"забезпечення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"Ви працюєте з Debian Edu через її стабільність. Вона працює чудово; є лише " +"одна проблема: іноді програмне забезпечення трохи старіше, ніж Вам би " +"хотілося. Тут на допомогу приходить backports.debian.org." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Бекпорти — це перекомпільовані пакети тестової версії Debian (здебільшого) " +"та нестабільної (лише в кількох випадках, наприклад, в оновленні безпеки), " +"тому вони працюватимуть без нових бібліотек (усюди, де це можливо) у " +"стабільному дистрибутиві Debian, як-от Debian Edu. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Ми радимо Вам вибрати окремі бекпорти, які відповідають " +"Вашим потребам, та не використовувати усі доступні.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"Використання <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</" +"ulink> не є складним:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Після чого можна легко інсталювати \"бекпортові\" пакети, наприклад, команда " +"встановить \"бекпортову\" версію <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"Backports оновлюються автоматично (якщо доступно) разом з іншими пакетами. " +"Як і звичайний архів, backports має чотири частини: main, contrib, non-free " +"та non-free-firmware." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "Оновлення з CD або подібного образу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви хочете оновитися з однієї версії до іншої (наприклад, з Trixie 13.1 " +"до 13.2), але у Вас немає підключення до Інтернету, і маєте лише фізичний " +"носій, виконайте такі дії:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Вставте диск CD / DVD / Blu-ray / флешку USB та виконайте apt-cdrom команду:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "Щоб відкрити довідкову (man) сторінку apt-cdrom(8):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom використовується для додавання нового компакт-диска до списку " +"доступних джерел APT. apt-cdrom визначає структуру диска, а також виправляє " +"кілька можливих помилок запису та перевіряє файли індексу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати компакт-диски до системи APT, необхідно використовувати apt-" +"cdrom, і це не можна зробити вручну. Крім того, щоб врахувати можливі " +"помилки запису, кожен диск з набору з декількох CD потрібно вставляти та " +"сканувати окремо." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "Потім, для оновлення системи, виконайте ці дві команди:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "Автоматичне очищення від залишків процесів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> — це скрипт на perl, який усуває " +"фонові завдання. Фонові завдання визначаються як процеси, які належать " +"користувачам, які зараз не ввійшли в систему. Він запускається через cron " +"раз на годину." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "Автоматичне встановлення оновлень безпеки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> — це пакет Debian, який " +"автоматично встановлює оновлення безпеки та інших програм. Якщо встановлено, " +"пакет попередньо налаштовано для встановлення оновлень безпеки. Журнали " +"доступні в <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput>; " +"також завжди є <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> та " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "Автоматичне відключення машин на ніч" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"Можна заощадити енергію та гроші, автоматично вимикаючи клієнтські машини на " +"ніч та знову вмикаючи вранці. Пакет <computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</" +"computeroutput> намагатиметься вимкнути машину щогодини о 16:00 дня, але не " +"вимкне її, якщо на ній працюють користувачі. Він спробує наказати BIOS " +"увімкнути машину близько 07:00 ранку, а головний сервер спробує увімкнути " +"машини з 06:30, надсилаючи пакети Wake-on-LAN. Ці часи можна змінити в " +"кронтабах (crontabs) окремих машин." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "Налаштовуючи це, потрібно дещо мати на увазі:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Клієнти не повинні вимикатися, коли хтось ними користується. Це " +"забезпечується шляхом перевірки результату від команди <computeroutput>who</" +"computeroutput> та, як окремий випадок, перевірки команди підключення SSH " +"для роботи з тонкими клієнтами X2Go." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Для уникнення перегорання електричних запобіжників, радимо переконатися, що " +"всі клієнти не запускаються одночасно." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"Існує два способи розбудити клієнтів. Один використовує функцію BIOS та " +"вимагає робочого та правильного апаратного годинника, а також материнської " +"плати та версії BIOS, що підтримують <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; інший вимагає, щоб клієнти мали підтримку Wake-on-LAN, а " +"сервер знав про всіх клієнтів, яких потрібно вивести з режиму сну." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "Як налаштувати shutdown-at-night (вимкнення на ніч)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"На клієнтах, які повинні на ніч вимикатися, створіть <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> або додайте ім’я хоста " +"(тобто результат виконання на клієнті \"<computeroutput>uname -n</" +"computeroutput>\") до мережевої групи \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Додати " +"хости до мережевої групи в LDAP можна за допомогою веб-інструменту " +"<computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput>. Клієнтам може знадобитися " +"налаштувати Wake-on-LAN у BIOS. Також важливо, щоб комутатори та " +"маршрутизатори, які використовуються між сервером Wake-on-LAN та клієнтами, " +"передавали пакети WOL клієнтам, навіть якщо клієнти вимкнені. Деякі " +"комутатори/свічі не можуть передавати пакети клієнтам, яких немає у " +"внутрішній таблиці ARP, і це блокує пакети WOL." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Для увімкнення на сервері Wake-on-LAN, додайте клієнтів до <computeroutput>/" +"etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput> — по одному на рядок, " +"спочатку IP-адреса, потім MAC-адреса (адреса Ethernet), розділені пробілом " +"або створіть скрипт <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> для складання списку клієнтів на льоту." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"Приклад <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> для використання з sitesummary:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"По іншому, якщо для активації нічного вимкнення (shutdown-at-night) на " +"клієнтах використовується мережева група, є скрипт з пакету " +"<computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> для використання інструменту " +"мережевої групи:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "Доступ до серверів Debian Edu, розташованих за брандмауером" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати з інтернету доступ до машин за брандмауером, подумайте про " +"встановлення <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. Його можна " +"використовувати для налаштування SSH-тунелю до комп’ютера в інтернеті, до " +"якого у Вас є доступ. З цієї машини Ви можете отримати доступ до сервера за " +"брандмауером через тунель SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "" +"Установка додаткових сервісних машин для розподілу навантаження з основного " +"сервера" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"Під час стандартної інсталяції усі служби працюють на головному сервері з " +"іменем <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. Для спрощення переміщення деяких програм " +"на іншу машину, доступний <emphasis>мінімальний</emphasis> профіль " +"встановлення. Встановлення з цим профілем налаштує машину бути частиною " +"мережі Debian Edu, але без якихось запущених служб." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "Необхідні кроки для налаштування машини, призначеної для деяких служб:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "під час встановлення виберіть профіль <emphasis>Мінімальний</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "встановіть необхідні для служби/сервісів пакети" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "налаштуйте служби/сервіси" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "вимкніть сервіс на головному сервері" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "оновіть на головному сервері DNS (через LDAP/GOsa²)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "Настанови з wiki.debian.org" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "Настанови з розширеного адміністрування" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "У цьому розділі описані розширені завдання адміністрування." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "Налаштування користувачів з GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "Створення користувачів у річних групах" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі ми хочемо створити користувачів у річних групах зі " +"спільними домашніми каталогами для кожної групи (home0/2026, home0/2028 " +"тощо). Ми хочемо створити користувачів через імпорт CSV." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(як root на головному сервері) </emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "Створіть структуру необхідних річних груп" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>(як перший користувач у Gosa)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "Підрозділ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"Головне меню: перейдіть до \"Структури довідника\" (Directory structure), " +"виберіть підрозділ \"Students\". У полі \"Основа\" (Base) має бути \"/" +"Students\". У спадному вікні \"Дії\" виберіть \"Створити\"/\"Підрозділ\". " +"Заповніть значення для полів \"Назва\" (2026) та \"Опис\" (студенти, які " +"закінчують навчання у 2026 році), залиште поле \"Основа\" (Base) як є (має " +"бути \"/Students\"). Збережіть все, натиснувши \"ОК\". Тепер новий підрозділ " +"(2026) має з’явитися під \"/Students\". Клацніть там." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "Група" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть \"Групи\" у головному меню; \"Дії\"/Створити/Група. Введіть назву " +"групи (залиште Основу / Base як є, має бути /Students/2026) та натисніть " +"\"ОК\", щоб усе зберегти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Шаблон" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"У головному меню виберіть \"користувачі\". Змініть в полі \"Основа\" на " +"\"Студенти\". Має з’явитися запис <computeroutput>NewStudent</" +"computeroutput>, натисніть його. Це шаблон \"студенти\", а не реального " +"користувача. Оскільки Вам доведеться створювати на його основі такий шаблон " +"(щоб мати можливість імпортувати CSV у Вашій структурі), зверніть увагу на " +"всі записи на вкладках Generic та POSIX, можливо, зробіть знімки екрана, щоб " +"мати інформацію для нового шаблону." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"Тепер змініть на /Students/2026 у полі Base (Основа); виберіть \"Створити/" +"Шаблон\" та почніть заповнювати потрібні значення, спочатку вкладку " +"\"Загальне\" (додайте також свою нову групу 2026 у \"Членство в групі\"), а " +"потім додайте обліковий запис POSIX." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "Імпорт користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "" +"Під час імпорту CSV виберіть новий шаблон. Радимо протестувати його з " +"кількома користувачами." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "Інші налаштування користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "Створення тек у домашніх каталогах усіх користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою цього скрипту адміністратор може створювати теки в домашніх " +"каталогах усіх користувачів та встановлювати права доступу та права " +"власності." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"У наведеному нижче прикладі з group=teachers та permissions=2770 користувач " +"може подати завдання, зберігши файл у теці \"assignments\", де вчителям " +"надається доступ на запис, щоб мати можливість робити коментарі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "Використання окремого сервера для збереження" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "" +"Виконайте ці кроки для налаштування виділеного сервера зберігання для " +"домашніх каталогів користувачів і, можливо, інших даних." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"Додайте нову систему типу <computeroutput>сервер</computeroutput> з GOsa², " +"як описано в розділі <emphasis role=\"strong\">Початок роботи</emphasis> " +"цієї настанови." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі використовується ім'я сервера \"nas-server.intern\". Після " +"налаштування \"nas-server.intern\" перевірте, чи точки експорту NFS на " +"новому сервері зберігання експортовані до відповідних підмереж або машин:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"Усе в магістральній мережі отримує доступ до експорту /storage. (Для " +"обмеження доступу NFS як це робиться у файлі tjener:/etc/exports, це можна " +"обмежити членством у мережевій групі або окремими IP-адресами.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"Щоб дозволити усім клієнтам монтувати автоматично нове експортування за " +"запитом, додайте інформацію про автомонтування \"nas-server.intern\" у LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"Це неможливо зробити за допомогою GOsa², оскільки відсутній модуль для " +"автоматичного монтування. Натомість використовуйте ldapvi та додайте " +"необхідні об’єкти LDAP за допомогою редактора." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"Коли з’явиться редактор, додайте наступні об’єкти LDAP в кінці документа. " +"(Частина \"/&\" в останньому об’єкті LDAP є символом заміни, що " +"відповідає всьому експорту \"nas-server.intern\", усуваючи необхідність " +"перераховувати окремі точки монтування в LDAP.)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"Для уникнення циклів монтування додайте відповідні записи у tjener.intern:/" +"etc/fstab, оскільки tjener.intern не використовує автомонтування:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"Для монтування нових ресурсів створіть з <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput> каталоги для точок монтування, відредагуйте відповідно \"/" +"etc/fstab\" та виконайте <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"Тепер користувачі повинні мати прямий доступ до файлів на \"nas-" +"server.intern\" просто відвідавши каталог \"/tjener/nas-server/storage/\" за " +"допомогою будь-якої програми на будь-якій робочій станції, тонкому клієнті " +"LTSP або сервері LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "Обмеження доступу для входу через SSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "Є кілька способів обмежити вхід через SSH, деякі з яких наведені тут." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "Налаштування без клієнтів LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"Якщо клієнти LTSP не використовуються, простим рішенням буде створити нову " +"групу (напр. <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) та додати рядок до " +"файлу /etc/ssh/sshd_config на машині. Таким чином під'єднуватися до машини " +"за протоколом SSH буде дозволено лише учасникам групи " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "Керувати у такій ситуації через GOsa² досить просто:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"Створіть групу <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> на основному рівні " +"(де вже видно інші групи, пов’язані з керуванням системою, наприклад " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Додайте користувачів до нової групи <computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"Додайте <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> до /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "Виконайте <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Встановлення з клієнтами LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"Стандартне налаштування бездискового клієнта LTSP не використовує з’єднання " +"SSH. Після зміни налаштувань SSH достатньо буде на пов’язаному сервері LTSP " +"оновити образ SquashFS." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"Тонкі клієнти X2Go використовують підключення SSH до відповідного сервера " +"LTSP. Тому потрібен інший підхід до використання PAM." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "Увімкніть pam_access.so у файлі /etc/pam.d/sshd на сервері LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"Щоб дозволити підключення для (наприклад) користувачів alice, jane, bob та " +"john з будь-якого місця, а для всіх інших користувачів лише з внутрішніх " +"мереж, налаштуйте /etc/security/access.conf, додавши ці рядки:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"Якщо використовуються лише виділені сервери LTSP, для вимкнення внутрішнього " +"доступу до SSH мережа 10.0.0.0/8 може бути відкинута. Примітка: хтось, хто " +"підключає свій ящик до виділеної клієнтської мережі LTSP, також отримає " +"доступ SSH до сервера (серверів) LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "Примітка для складніших встановлень" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"Якби клієнти X2Go були підключені до магістральної мережі 10.0.0.0/8, усе " +"було б ще складніше та, можливо, лише складне налаштування DHCP (у LDAP), " +"перевіряючи ідентифікатор класу постачальника (vendor-class-identifier) " +"разом із відповідною конфігурацією PAM, дозволило б вимкнути внутрішній " +"логін SSH." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "Настанови до стільниці" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "Налаштування багатомовного графічного середовища" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "Для підтримки декількох мов, необхідно виконати такі дії:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"Виконайте <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (як " +"root) та виберіть мови (варіанти UTF-8)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "" +"Щоб установити відповідні пакунки, виконайте ці команди від імені " +"користувача root:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"Пізніше, перед входом, за допомогою диспетчера дисплея LightDM користувачі " +"зможуть вибрати мову; це стосується Xfce, LXDE та LXQt. GNOME та KDE мають " +"власні інструменти налаштування внутрішнього регіону та мови — " +"використовуйте їх. MATE використовує засіб привітання Arctica поверх LightDM " +"без вибору мови. Щоб отримати стандартну програму привітання LightDM " +"виконайте <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "Відтворення DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Для відтворення більшості комерційних DVD потрібен libdvdcss. З юридичних " +"причин його не включено до Debian (Edu). Якщо Вам юридично дозволено " +"використовувати його, Ви можете створити власні локальні пакунки за " +"допомогою пакета Debian <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>, але " +"переконайтеся, що параметр <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> " +"присутній у файлі <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Дайте відповіді на запитання debconf, а потім виконайте <computeroutput>dpkg-" +"reconfigure libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "Рукописні шрифти" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"Пакет <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (який стандартно " +"встановлено) встановлює шрифт \"Abecedario\" — гарний рукописний шрифт для " +"дітей. Шрифт має декілька форм для занять з дітьми: крапками та пунктирними " +"лініями." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "Настанови для мережевих клієнтів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "Знайомство з тонкими клієнтами та бездисковими робочими станціями" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Одним з основних термінів для тонких клієнтів та бездискових робочих станцій " +"є <emphasis>клієнт LTSP</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" +"Починаючи з Bullseye, LTSP значно відрізняється від попередніх версій. Це " +"стосується як налаштування, так і обслуговування." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" +"Основною відмінністю є те, що образ SquashFS для бездискових робочих станцій " +"генерується тепер типово з файлової системи сервера LTSP. Це відбувається на " +"комбінованому сервері під час першого завантаження, що займає деякий час." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" +"Тонкі клієнти більше не є частиною LTSP. Debian Edu використовує X2Go для " +"продовження підтримки у використанні тонкого клієнта." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"У разі окремого або додаткового сервера LTSP необхідна для налаштування " +"клієнтського середовища LTSP інформація не є повною під час встановлення. " +"Налаштування можна виконати, коли у систему буде додано GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Щоб отримати загальну інформацію про LTSP, відвідайте <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">домашню сторінку LTSP</ulink>. У системах із профілем " +"<emphasis>сервер LTSP</emphasis> більше інформації надає <computeroutput>man " +"ltsp</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" +"Зауважте, що інструментом <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> від LTSP слід " +"користуватися обережно. Наприклад, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</" +"computeroutput> не зможе створити образ SquashFS у випадку з машинами на " +"Debian (вони типово мають окремий розділ /boot), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> не зможе правильно створити меню iPXE (через підтримку " +"тонкого клієнта Debian Edu), а <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> " +"повністю зіпсує завантаження клієнта LTSP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" +"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> — це " +"скрипт оболонки для <computeroutput>образу ltsp</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> та <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. Він використовується для встановлення та налаштування " +"бездискових робочих станцій та для підтримки тонких клієнтів (обох платформ " +"— 64-Bit та 32-Bit). Як це працює подивіться у <computeroutput>man debian-" +"edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> або у складі скрипту. Усе конфігурування, " +"для полегшення налаштувань на сайті, містяться безпосередньо у самому " +"скрипті (документи ТУТ)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"Приклади використання скрипту <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> оновлює образ SquashFS бездискової робочої станції (серверна " +"файлова система)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> створює підтримку бездискових робочих " +"станцій та 64-розрядних тонких клієнтів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> створює додаткову підтримку 32-розрядних тонких клієнтів " +"(chroot та образ SquashFS)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" +"Окрім <emphasis>bare / голої</emphasis> системи (найменшої системи для " +"тонких клієнтів), також доступні параметри <emphasis>display / дисплей</" +"emphasis> та <emphasis>desktop / стаціонарний комп’ютер</emphasis>. Тип " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> пропонує кнопку вимкнення, тип <emphasis>" +"desktop</emphasis> запускає Firefox ESR у режимі кіоску на самому клієнті " +"(потрібно більше локальної оперативної пам’яті та потужності ЦП, але " +"навантаження на сервер зменшене)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> — " +"скрипт оболонки для <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. Це гарантує, " +"що файл /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe стосується Debian Edu. Цю команду потрібно " +"виконати після того, як у розділі [server] файлу /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf буде " +"змінено пункти, пов’язані з меню iPXE (наприклад, тайм-аут меню або " +"стандартні параметри завантаження)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" +"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> — " +"скрипт оболонки для <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. Він " +"перевіряє, що створений для відповідного використання initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/" +"ltsp.img) переміщений до відповідного каталогу. Цю команду потрібно виконати " +"після того, як буде змінено розділ [clients] у файлі /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" +"Інструмент <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> — " +"заміна <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis>, який постачається з LTSP5. Він " +"використовується для виконання команд у відповідному LTSP chroot (наприклад, " +"встановлення, оновлення та видалення пакетів)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Бездискова робоча станція</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"Бездискова робоча станція запускає все програмне забезпечення локально. " +"Клієнтські машини завантажуються безпосередньо з сервера LTSP без локального " +"жорсткого диска. Програмне забезпечення адмініструється та підтримується на " +"сервері LTSP, але працює на бездискових робочих станціях. Домашні каталоги " +"та налаштування системи також зберігаються на сервері. Бездискові робочі " +"станції — чудовий спосіб повторного використання старого (але потужного) " +"обладнання з такими ж низькими витратами на обслуговування, як і тонкі " +"клієнти." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"На відміну від робочих станцій, бездискові робочі станції працюють без " +"необхідності їх додавання до GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Тонкий клієнт</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"Налаштування тонкого клієнта дозволяє звичайному ПК функціонувати як " +"(X-)термінал, де все програмне забезпечення працює на сервері LTSP. Це " +"означає, що ця машина завантажується через PXE без використання локального " +"жорсткого диска, а сервер LTSP повинен бути потужною машиною." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu все ще підтримує використання тонких клієнтів для використання " +"дуже старого обладнання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" +"Оскільки тонкі клієнти використовують X2Go, для уникнення артефактів " +"зображення користувачі повинні вимкнути компонування. У стандартному " +"налаштуванні (графічне середовище Xfce): Налаштування -> Твіки (Tweaks) " +"Window Manager -> Компонувач (Compositor)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Клієнтська прошивка LTSP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"Завантаження клієнта LTSP не вдасться, якщо мережевому інтерфейсу клієнта " +"потрібен \"не вільний\" (non-free) драйвер. Встановлення PXE можна " +"використовувати для розв'язання проблем із завантаженням машин з мережі. " +"Якщо інсталятор Debian скаржиться на відсутність файлу XXX.bin, тоді до " +"initrd сервера LTSP потрібно додати \"не вільний\" драйвер." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "Виконайте на сервері LTSP такі дії:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "" +"Спочатку, для отримання інформації про пакети мікропрограм (драйверів) " +"запустіть:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" +"Вирішіть, який пакет потрібно встановити для мережевого інтерфейсу " +"(інтерфейсів), швидше за все, це буде firmware-linux, запустіть:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "Оновіть образ SquashFS для бездискових робочих станцій, виконавши:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "Якщо використовуються тонкі клієнти X2Go, виконайте:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "і продовжуйте відповідно до настанов про використання." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "" +"Потім оновіть образ SquashFS, напр. для chroot /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "Вибір типу клієнта LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"Кожен сервер LTSP має два інтерфейси Ethernet: один налаштований у головній " +"підмережі 10.0.0.0/8 (яка є спільною з головним сервером), а інший утворює " +"локальну підмережу (окрему для кожного сервера LTSP)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" +"Обидва варіанти — чи <emphasis>бездискова робоча станція</emphasis>, чи " +"<emphasis>тонкий клієнт</emphasis> — можна вибрати в меню iPXE. Після " +"очікування протягом 5 секунд машина завантажиться як бездискова робоча " +"станція." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" +"Стандартний пункт меню завантаження iPXE та типовий час очікування можна " +"налаштувати у <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. Значення " +"часу очікування <emphasis>-1</emphasis> використовується для приховування " +"меню. Щоб зміни набули чинності виконайте <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-" +"ipxe</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "Використання іншої клієнтської мережі LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 — це стандартна клієнтська мережа LTSP, якщо машина " +"встановлена з використанням профілю LTSP. Якщо використовується багато " +"клієнтів LTSP або якщо середовища chroot i386 та amd64 повинні обслуговувати " +"різні сервери LTSP, можна також використовувати другу попередньо налаштовану " +"мережу 192.168.1.0/24. Відредагуйте файл <computeroutput>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</computeroutput> і налаштуйте відповідно параметри eth1. Для " +"перевірки конфігурації DNS та DHCP використовуйте <computeroutput>ldapvi</" +"computeroutput> або будь-який інший редактор LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "Додайте LTSP chroot для підтримки 32-розрядних клієнтів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "Щоб створити chroot та образ SquashFS виконайте:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"Щодо інформації про типи тонких клієнтів перегляньте <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "Конфігурація клієнта LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Для перегляду доступних параметрів конфігурації виконайте " +"<computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> або прочитайте онлайн: <ulink " +"url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" +"Додайте до розділу [clients] у /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf елементи конфігурації. " +"Щоб зміни набрали чинності, виконайте:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "Звук із клієнтами LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "" +"Тонкі клієнти LTSP використовують мережеве аудіо для передачі аудіо з " +"сервера до клієнтів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "Бездискові робочі станції LTSP обробляють звук локально." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "Доступ до дисків USB та CD-ROM/DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"Коли користувачі вставляють накопичувачі USB або DVD/CD-ROM у бездискову " +"робочу станцію, на робочому столі з'являються відповідні значки, які " +"дозволяють отримати доступ до вмісту, як на звичайному ПК." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" +"Коли користувачі вставляють накопичувачі USB у тонкі клієнти X2Go типу bare " +"(стандартне об'єднане встановлення сервера), носії під'єднуються після " +"подвійного клацання на значок наявної на робочому столі Xfce теки. Залежно " +"від вмісту файлів може знадобитися деякий час для відображення у файловому " +"менеджері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "Попередження про переносні носії на серверах LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"Коли накопичувачі USB та інші переносні носії приєднуються до сервера LTSP, " +"на робочих столах тонких клієнтів LTSP з'являються відповідні піктограми " +"тек. Віддалені користувачі можуть отримати доступ до файлів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "Використання принтерів, підключених до клієнтів LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "" +"Під'єднайте принтер до клієнтської машини LTSP (підтримуються як USB, так і " +"паралельні порти)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "Налаштуйте клієнта LTSP з GOsa² використовувати фіксовану IP-адресу." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте принтер, використовуючи вебінтерфейс <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> на головному сервері; виберіть тип " +"мережевого принтера <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"(для всіх принтерів незалежно від марки чи моделі) та встановіть " +"<computeroutput>socket://<IP клієнта LTSP>:9100</computeroutput> як " +"з'єднання URI." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "Зміна налаштувань PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" +"PXE означає Передзавантажувальне робоче середовище (Preboot eXecution " +"Environment). Для простішої інтеграції LTSP Debian Edu використовує тепер " +"реалізацію <ulink url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "Налаштування меню PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"Пункт меню iPXE, що стосується встановлення системи, створюється скриптом " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. З файлом " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> зі " +"значеннями заміни можна перевизначати деякі параметри." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "Налаштування встановлення PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"Інсталяція PXE успадкує мову, розкладку клавіатури та налаштування дзеркал з " +"налаштувань, які використовувалися під час встановлення головного сервера, а " +"інші запитання будуть поставлені під час інсталяції (профіль, участь у " +"popcon, розділення та пароль адміністратора). Для того, щоб уникнути цих " +"запитань, та щоби задати попередньо вибрані відповіді на значення debconf " +"можна змінити файл <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput>. Деякі приклади доступних значень debconf вже " +"закоментовані у <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput>. Ваші зміни будуть втрачені, щойно <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> буде використано для відтворення середовища " +"інсталяції PXE. Щоб додати значення debconf до <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput> під час нового створення з " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, додайте файл " +"<computeroutput> /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> зі своїми додатковими значеннями debconf." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"Додаткову інформацію про зміну інсталяцій PXE можна знайти в розділі <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Встановлення/" +"інсталяція</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "Додавання власного репозиторію для інсталяцій PXE" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоб додати власний репозиторій, додайте щось подібне до " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput>:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"та виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "Зміна мережевих налаштувань" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"Пакет debian-edu-config має інструмент, який допомагає змінити мережу з " +"10.0.0.0/8 на іншу. Перегляньте <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. Він призначений для оновлення LDAP та " +"інших файлів, які необхідно редагувати для зміни підмережі, для використання " +"одразу після інсталяції на головному сервері." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"Зауважте, що зміна на одну з підмереж, які вже десь використовуються у " +"Debian Edu, не спрацює. Підмережі 192.168.0.0/24 та 192.168.1.0/24 вже " +"налаштовані як клієнтські мережі LTSP. Для видалення задубльованих записів " +"перехід на ці підмережі вимагатиме ручного редагування конфігураційних " +"файлів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"Немає простого способу змінити доменне ім'я DNS. Його зміна/перейменування " +"вимагає змін у структурі LDAP та у декількох файлах в основній файловій " +"системі головного сервера. Також немає простого способу змінити ім'я хоста " +"та ім'я DNS головного сервера (tjener.intern). Для цього також знадобилися " +"б зміни у LDAP та файлах на головному сервері та у клієнтській файловій " +"системі. В обох випадках також потрібно буде змінити налаштування " +"Kerberos. Типово, ПК/клієнти в мережі Debian Edu можуть бути дозволені, але " +"не зареєстровані як системи у GOsa². Якщо необхідно дозволити доступ лише " +"зареєстрованим клієнтам, використовуйте параметр HTTP_HOST у RewriteRule " +"конфігурації apache2 замість недійсного SERVER_ADDRESS (докладніше про це у " +"запиті на злиття: <computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-" +"edu-config/-/merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Віддалений робочий стіл" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Вибір профілю сервера LTSP або комбінованого серверного профілю інсталює " +"також пакети <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> та <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp використовує протокол віддаленого робочого стола для представлення " +"графічного входу на віддаленому клієнту. Користувачі Microsoft Windows " +"можуть під'єднуватися до сервера LTSP, на якому працює xrdp, без " +"встановлення додаткового програмного забезпечення — вони просто ініціюють " +"підключення до віддаленого робочого стола на своєму комп’ютері з Windows і " +"під'єднуються." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "" +"Окрім того, xrdp може під'єднуватися до сервера VNC або до іншого сервера " +"RDP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp поставляється без підтримки аудіо; для компіляції (або перекомпіляції) " +"необхідних модулів можна використати цей сценарій. Будь ласка, зверніть " +"увагу: користувач має бути root або учасником групи sudo. Крім того, /etc/" +"apt/sources.list повинен містити дійсний рядок deb-src." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go дає змогу отримати доступ до графічного робочого столу на сервері LTSP " +"через з’єднання з будь-якою швидкістю — низькою чи високою — з ПК під " +"керуванням Linux, Windows або macOS. На боці клієнта потрібне додаткове ПЗ. " +"Більше зможете дізнатися з <ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">вікі X2Go</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Зауважте, що якщо використовується X2Go, пакет <computeroutput>killer</" +"computeroutput> на сервері LTSP краще видалити (див. <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "Доступні клієнти віддаленого робочого столу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> встановлений типово та " +"підтримує RDP й VNC." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP - найпростіший спосіб доступу до термінального сервера Windows. " +"Альтернативним клієнтським пакунком є <computeroutput>rdesktop</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Клієнт VNC (Virtual Network Computer) надає віддалений доступ до " +"Skolelinux. Альтернативним клієнтським пакунком є " +"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> — це графічний клієнт для " +"системи X2Go (типово не встановлений). Ви можете використовувати його для " +"під'єднання до запущених сеансів та запуску нових." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "Бездротові клієнти" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Сервер <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> можна використовувати для організації " +"безпечних мережевих з’єднань. Щоб це працювало, інсталюйте на головному " +"сервері пакети <emphasis>freeradius</emphasis> та <emphasis>winbind</" +"emphasis> та виконайте <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/" +"setup-freeradius -server</computeroutput> для створення базової конфігурації " +"для конкретного сайту/сервера. Щоб полегшити коригування для конкретного " +"сайту будуть увімкнуті обидва протоколи — EAP-TTLS/PAP та PEAP-MSCHAPV2. Уся " +"конфігурація міститься в самому скрипті. Більш докладно на <ulink " +"url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">домашній сторінці freeRADIUS</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "Додаткова конфігурація, потрібна для" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" +"активування/вимкнення точок доступу через <emphasis>спільний секрет / shared " +"secret</emphasis> (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" +"дозволу/заборони бездротового доступу через групи LDAP(/etc/freeradius/3.0/" +"users)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" +"об'єднання точок доступу у виділені групи (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" +"Кінцеві пристрої користувачів потрібно правильно налаштувати, для " +"використання методів EAP (802.1x) ці пристрої повинні бути захищеними PIN-" +"кодом. Для того, щоб користувачі могли під'єднуватися до потрібного сервера " +"їх слід навчити встановлювати CA сертифікат freeradius на своїх пристроях. " +"Таким чином, у разі зламу сервера, їхні паролі не можна буде перехопити. " +"Сертифікат сайту доступний у внутрішній мережі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (для кінцевих " +"пристроїв користувачів на Linux)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що налаштування кінцевих пристроїв користувачів буде " +"справжньою проблемою через різноманітність пристроїв. Для пристроїв Windows " +"можна створити інсталяційний скрипт, для пристроїв Apple — файл " +"mobileconfig. В обох випадках можна інтегрувати сертифікат CA freeRADIUS, " +"але для створення скриптів потрібні спеціальні інструменти ОС." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" +"Авторизуйте машину Windows за допомогою облікових даних Debian Edu та " +"доповнення pGina LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Додавання користувача pGina у Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоб мати можливість користуватися pGina (або будь-якою іншою " +"програмою-сервісом для автентифікації сторонніми сервісами) Вам потрібно " +"мати особливий обліковий засіб для пошуку всередині LDAP." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Додайте окремого користувача, напр. <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</" +"emphasis> з паролем <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis> на вебсайті <ulink " +"url=\"https://www/gosa\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "Встановлення pGina fork" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" +"Завантажте на ПК та встановіть pGina 3.9.9.12 як звичайне ПЗ. Зверніть " +"увагу, що доповнення LDAP зберігається у теці доповнень pGina:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "Налаштування pGina" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" +"Враховуючи налаштування Debian Edu, підключення до LDAP використовує SSL на " +"порту 636." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "Отже, необхідні налаштування в доповненні pGina LDAP наведені нижче" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" +"(вони зберігаються у " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "Головний розділ доповнення LDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" +"LDAP Хост(и): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (або будь-які " +"інші з розділенням через \"пробіл\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "LDAP порт: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (для з'єднань SSL)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "Таймаут: 10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Використання SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте " +"позначку)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Ініціювати TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</emphasis> (не ставте позначку)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Перевірка серверного сертифіката: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</emphasis> " +"(не ставте позначку)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Пошук DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" +"(\"pguser\" — обліковий запис для автентифікації у LDAP для пошуку " +"користувачів під час входу у систему)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "Пошуковий пароль: pwd.777 (це пароль облікового запису \"pguser\")" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "Блок автентифікації" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "Вкладка прив'язки:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "Дозволити порожні паролі: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Шукати DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте позначку)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Пошуковий фільтр: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "Блок авторизації" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "Типово: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Дозволити</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" +"Заборонити у разі помилки автентифікації LDAP: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">ТАК</emphasis> (поставте позначку)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" +"Дозволити в разі недоступності сервера: <emphasis role=\"strong\">НІ</" +"emphasis> (не ставте позначку; необов'язковий пункт)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "Вибір доповнень (плагінів)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "LDAP: Автентифікація [v], Авторизація [v], Шлюз[v], Зміна пароля [_]" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" +"Локальна машина: Автентифікація [v], Шлюз [v] (поставте лише дві позначки)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "Порядок доповнень" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Автентифікація: LDAP, Локальна машина" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "Шлюз: LDAP, Локальна машина" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "Джерела:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Samba у Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" +"Samba зараз налаштована як <emphasis>окремий сервер</emphasis> з підтримкою " +"сучасних SMB2/SMB3 та увімкненими загальними теками користувачів, див. " +"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> на головному " +"сервері. У такий спосіб звичайні користувачі (не адміни) можуть надавати " +"теки у спільний доступ." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Для змін, пов’язаних із сайтом, скопіюйте /usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"smb.conf.edu-site до каталогу /etc/samba. Налаштування у " +"<emphasis>smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis> замінять ті, що містяться у " +"<emphasis>smb-debian-edu.conf</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Типово домашні каталоги доступні лише для читання. Це можна змінити у " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Паролі Samba зберігаються з <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> та " +"оновлюються (в разі необхідності зміни паролів) через GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"Для тимчасового вимкнення облікового запису користувача у Samba виконайте " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -d <логін користувача></computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e <логін користувача></computeroutput> " +"знову його увімкне." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"Виконання <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> на головному сервері деактивує користувацькі загальні теки " +"(usershares) для \"students\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "Доступ до файлів через Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Для пристроїв на Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS або Windows " +"можливе з’єднання з домашнім каталогом користувача та додатковими спільними " +"ресурсами сайту (якщо налаштовано). Для інших пристроїв, скажімо на базі " +"Android, потрібен файловий менеджер з підтримкою SMB2/SMB3, також відомий як " +"доступ до локальної мережі (LAN). <ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/" +"apps/details?id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</" +"ulink> або <ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total " +"Commander з плагіном LAN</ulink> можуть бути вдалим вибором." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Для доступу до домашнього каталогу використовуйте <computeroutput>\\" +"\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> або <computeroutput>smb://tjener/" +"<username></computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "Настанови щодо викладання та навчання" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"Усі пакунки Debian, згадані у цьому розділі, можна встановити командою " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (від імені " +"root)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "Навчання програмуванню" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-development#\">" +"stable/education-development</ulink> — це метапакет, який залежить від " +"багатьох інструментів для програмування. Зверніть, будь ласка, увагу на те, " +"що для встановлення цього пакета потрібно майже 2 ГБ дискового простору. " +"Більше інформації (можливо, щоб встановити лише деякі пакети) знайдете на " +"сторінці <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">" +"Пакунки для розробки Debian Edu</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "Моніторинг учнів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Попередження</emphasis>: переконайтеся, що Ви " +"знаєте у своїй юрисдикції стан законів про моніторинг та обмеження дій " +"користувачів комп’ютерів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Деякі школи для контролю учнів використовують інструменти, такі як <ulink " +"url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> або " +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</" +"ulink>. Перегляньте також <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Домашню " +"сторінку Epoptes</ulink> та <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Домашню сторінку " +"Veyon</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "Обмеження мережевого доступу учням" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"Деякі навчальні заклади для обмеження доступу в інтернет використовують " +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#\">Squidguard</" +"ulink> або <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "Настанови для користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "Зміна паролів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Кожен користувач повинен змінити свій пароль через GOsa². Для цього потрібно " +"відкрити веббраузер та перейти на <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</" +"computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"Використання GOsa² для зміни пароля дає впевненість, що паролі для Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) та Samba — будуть однакові." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Зміна паролів через PAM працює також під час входу GDM, але це оновлює лише " +"пароль Kerberos (паролі для Samba та GOsa² (LDAP) залишаються без змін). " +"Таким чином, після зміни пароля на вході у систему, Вам все одно потрібно " +"буде його змінити через GOsa²." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "Запуск окремих програм на Java" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "" +"Окремі програми на Java підтримуються \"з коробки\" пакетом OpenJDK Java " +"runtime." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "Використання ел.пошти" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Усі користувачі можуть надсилати та отримувати листи всередині внутрішньої " +"мережі; сертифікати надаються для забезпечення захищених з’єднань TLS. Щоб " +"дозволити пошту назовні, адміністратор повинен налаштувати поштовий сервер " +"<computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> відповідно до локальної ситуації, " +"починаючи з <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Кожен користувач, який хоче використовувати Thunderbird, повинен налаштувати " +"його наступним чином. Для користувача з іменем користувача jdoe внутрішня " +"адреса ел.пошти буде <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "Запустіть Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "Натисніть \"Пропустити та використати мою наявну електронну адресу\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "Напишіть свою адресу ел.пошти" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "" +"Не вказуйте пароль, оскільки буде використовуватися пароль \"єдиного входу\" " +"(SSO) Kerberos" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "Натисніть \"Продовжити\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"Для IMAP, як і для SMTP, параметри повинні бути \"STARTTLS\" та \"Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI\"; налаштуйте, якщо не визначено автоматично" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "Натисніть \"Готово\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "Співпраця" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "Співпраця онлайн" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"У більшості випадків нашим основним засобом спілкування є <ulink " +"url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">список розсилки розробників</" +"ulink>, хоча ми також ще маємо #debian-edu на irc.debian.org та навіть іноді " +"справжні особисті зустрічі." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Гарним спосіб дізнатися, що відбувається в розробці Debian Edu — це " +"підписатися на <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/mailman/" +"listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">чинний список розсилки</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "Звіт про помилки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu використовує <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">систему " +"відстеження помилок (BTS)</ulink> від Debian. Перегляньте наявні звіти про " +"помилки та запити на нові функції або створіть нові. Будь ласка, " +"повідомляйте про усі помилки пакета <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-config</ulink>. Для того, щоб дізнатися " +"більше про те, як звітувати про помилки в Debian Edu, перегляньте <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">Як повідомляти " +"про помилки</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "Автори ти перекладачі документації" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"Цьому документу потрібна Ваша допомога! По-перше, він ще не закінчений: якщо " +"Ви його прочитаєте, то помітите у тексті різні FIXME (\"виправ мене\"). Якщо " +"Ви раптом знаєте (хоча б трішки), що потрібно ще пояснити, поділіться своїми " +"знаннями з нами." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"Джерелом тексту є вікі (wiki), і його можна редагувати за допомогою простого " +"веббраузера. Достатньо перейти на <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/\"/> і Ви зможете зробити свій внесок. " +"Підказка: для редагування сторінок потрібен обліковий запис користувача " +"wiki; можливо спочатку Вам буде потрібно <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/FrontPage?action=newaccount\">його створити</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"Ще один дуже гарний спосіб зробити внесок і допомогти користувачам – це " +"переклад програмного забезпечення та документації. Інформацію про те, як " +"перекласти цей документ, можна знайти в <link " +"linkend=\"Translations\">розділі про переклади</link> цієї книги. Будь " +"ласка, подумайте про допомогу в перекладі цієї книги!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Підтримка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "Волонтерська підтримка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "англійською" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - список розсилки " +"підтримки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu на irc.debian.org - канал IRC, переважно пов'язаний з розробкою; " +"не очікуйте підтримки в реальному часі, хоча це трапляється часто." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "норвезькою" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux на irc.debian.org - канал IRC для підтримки норвезьких " +"користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "німецькою" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - список " +"розсилки підтримки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "" +"#skolelinux.de на irc.debian.org - канал IRC для підтримки німецьких " +"користувачів" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "французькою" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - список " +"розсилки підтримки" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "Професійна підтримка" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Списки компаній, які надають професійну підтримку, доступні на <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Нові функції Debian Edu Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Нові функції Debian Edu 13 Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "Зміни в інсталяції" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Нова версія інсталятора Debian від Debian Trixie, більше інформації про який " +"див. у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">настанові зі встановлення</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"включно з інформацією на <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"що є новим розділом на додаток до відомих розділів <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> та " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"Нове оздоблення на основі <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">теми Ceratopsian</ulink>, стандартного оформлення для " +"Debian 13 Trixie." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "Оновлення програмного заперечення" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Все, що є новим у Debian 13 Trixie, наприклад:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Ядро Linux 6.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "" +"Графічні середовища KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.4" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa² 2.8" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "Освітній комплекс GCompris 25.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "Музичний редактор Rosegarden 24.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 23.02" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Trixie містить понад 59000 доступних для встановлення пакунків." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Більше інформації про Debian 13 Trixie наведено в <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">нотатки до випуску</ulink> і " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">інструкція з встановлення</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "Оновлення документації та перекладу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "" +"Під час встановлення сторінка вибору профілю доступна 29 мовами, з яких 22 — " +"повністю перекладені." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Посібник з Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> перекладається спрощеною " +"китайською, данською, голландською, французькою, німецькою, італійською, " +"японською, норвезькою (бокмол), бразильською португальською, європейською " +"португальською, іспанською, румунською та українською мовами." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "Відомі проблеми" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"див. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Trixie#\">сторінку стану Debian Edu Trixie</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "Авторські права та автори" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"Цей документ складений та публікується під авторськими правами Holger Levsen " +"(2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick " +"Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen " +"(2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel " +"Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim " +"Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp " +"Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), " +"Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David " +"Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe " +"Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) та Guido Berhörster (2023) та " +"випущений під ліцензією GPL2 або будь-якою новішою версією. Насолоджуйтесь!" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"Якщо Ви додаєте до нього вміст, <emphasis role=\"strong\">робіть це, лише " +"якщо Ви є автором. Вам потрібно його опублікувати за тих же умов</emphasis>! " +"Потім додайте тут своє ім’я та опублікуйте його під ліцензією \"GPL v2 або " +"будь-якої новішої версії\"." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "Переклади цього документу" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"Існує <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">онлайновий огляд упакованих перекладів</ulink>, який часто оновлюється." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "Як перекладати цей документ" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "Переклад з використанням файлів PO" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"Як і в багатьох проєктах безплатного програмного забезпечення, переклади " +"цього документа зберігаються у файлах PO. Більше інформації про процес можна " +"знайти у <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"trixie-manual-translations</computeroutput>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "Переклад онлайн у веббраузері" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Більшість мовних команд вирішили робити переклад з використанням Weblate. " +"Для отримання додаткової інформації див. <ulink url=\"https://" +"hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-edu-trixie/\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "Будь ласка, повідомляйте про будь-які проблеми." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "Додаток A – Загальна публічна ліцензія GNU" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Підручник для Debian Edu 13 із кодовою назвою Trixie" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > та інші, для повного списку " +"власників авторських прав див. <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">Авторські права</" +"link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "Додаток B – Функції у попередніх випусках" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Нові функції Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"Нова версія інсталятора Debian від Debian bookworm, більше інформації про " +"який див. у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">настанові зі встановлення</ulink>," + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"Нове оздоблення на основі <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">теми Emerald</ulink>, стандартного оформлення для Debian " +"12 bookworm." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Все, що є новим у Debian 12 bookworm, наприклад:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Ядро Linux 6.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "" +"Графічні середовища KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "Освітній комплекс GCompris 3.1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "Програма для створення музики Rosegarden 22.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 23.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "" +"Debian Bookworm містить понад 64000 доступних для встановлення пакетів." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Більше інформації щодо Debian 12 Bookworm надано у <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">примітках до випуску</ulink> " +"та у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">настановах з інсталяції</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Посібник Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink> перекладений спрощеною " +"китайською, данською, голландською, французькою, німецькою, італійською, " +"японською, норвезькою (букмол), бразильською португальською, європейською " +"португальською, іспанською, румунською та українською." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"див. <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">сторінку стану Debian Edu Bookworm</ulink>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "Історична інформація про попередні випуски" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "Випуски Debian Edu, які були створені в минулому:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "Debian Edu 11 з кодовою назвою Bullseye випуску 2021-08-14." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 з кодовою назвою Buster випущений 2019-07-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 з кодовою назвою Stretch випущений 2017-06-17." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "Debian Edu 8+edu0 з кодовою назвою Jessie випущений 2016-07-02." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 з кодовою назвою Wheezy випущений 2013-09-28." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 з кодовою назвою Squeeze, випущений 2013-03-03." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 з кодовою назвою Squeeze, випущений 2012-03-11." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 з кодовою назвою Lenny, випущений 2010-10-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 з кодовою назвою Lenny, випущений 2010-02-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 3.0r1 Terra, випущений 2007-12-05." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 3.0r0 Terra випущений 2007-07-22. Базується на Debian 4.0 Etch, " +"випущеному 2007-04-08." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, випущений 2006-03-14. Базується на Debian 3.1 Sarge, " +"випущеному 2005-06-06." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 1.0 Venus випущений 2004-06-20. Базується на Debian 3.0 Woody, " +"випущеному 2002-07-19." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Повний і детальний огляд попередніх випусків міститься у <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Додатку C посібника Jessie</ulink>; або перегляньте відповідні " +"настанови до випусків/релізів на <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/Documentation\">сторінці настанов до випусків</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть \"Зовнішню мережу (Uplink)\", якщо для Вашої зовнішньої мережі " +#~ "потрібна статична IP-адреса, і, якщо Ви дотримувались наведеної вище " +#~ "пропозиції щодо внутрішніх мереж, виберіть \"Освіта\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Посібник Debian Edu Trixie</ulink> перекладений спрощеною " +#~ "китайською, данською, нідерландською, французькою, німецькою, " +#~ "індонезійською, італійською, японською, норвезькою (букмол), польською, " +#~ "бразильською португальською, європейською португальською, іспанською, " +#~ "румунською, російською, шведською, тамільською та українською." + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "Користуватися бекпортами просто:" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Настанова для Debian Edu 12 з кодовою назвою Bookworm" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Нова версія інсталятора Debian від Debian bullseye, для отримання " +#~ "додаткової інформації див. <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">посібник зі встановлення</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Нове оздоблення на основі <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">теми Homeworld</ulink>, стандартного оформлення для " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Debian Installer doesn't support LTSP chroot setup anymore. In case " +#~ "of a combined server installation ('Main server' + 'LTSP server' " +#~ "profiles), setting up thin client support (now using X2Go) happens at the " +#~ "end of the installation. Generating the SquashFS image for diskless " +#~ "client support (from the server's file system) is done at first boot." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Інсталятор Debian більше не підтримує налаштування chroot LTSP. У разі " +#~ "комбінованого встановлення сервера (профілі \"Головний сервер\" + " +#~ "\"Сервер LTSP\") підтримка тонких клієнтів (тепер із використанням X2Go) " +#~ "налаштовується наприкінці інсталяції. Створення образу SquashFS для " +#~ "підтримки бездискових клієнтів (з файлової системи сервера) виконується " +#~ "під час першого завантаження." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For separate LTSP servers, both steps have to be done via a tool after " +#~ "first boot inside the internal network when enough information is " +#~ "available from the main server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для окремих серверів LTSP обидва кроки потрібно виконувати за допомогою " +#~ "інструменту після першого завантаження у внутрішній мережі, коли на " +#~ "головному сервері є достатньо інформації." + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Ядро Linux 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Графічні середовища KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, MATE " +#~ "1.24" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "Програма для створення музики Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Більше інформації щодо Debian 11 bullseye надано у <ulink url=\"https://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">примітках до випуску</" +#~ "ulink> та у <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">настановах з інсталяції</ulink>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Посібник Debian Edu Bullseye</ulink> повністю перекладено " +#~ "нідерландською, французькою, німецькою, італійською, японською, " +#~ "норвезькою (букмолом), португальською (Португалія) та спрощеною " +#~ "китайською." + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "Існують частково перекладені версії для данської та іспанської мов." + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "Інші зміни у порівнянні з попереднім випуском" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Покращена підтримка TLS/SSL у внутрішній мережі. На клієнтах кореневий " +#~ "сертифікат для Debian Edu-CA розташований у пакеті сертифікатів для всієї " +#~ "системи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Новий LTSP, переписаний з нуля, припиняється підтримка тонких клієнтів. " +#~ "Тонкі клієнти тепер підтримуються через X2Go." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Netboot (завантаження з мережі) забезпечується з використанням iPXE " +#~ "замість PXELINUX — для сумісності з LTSP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Тепер як основа для мережевого завантаження замість <emphasis>/var/lib/" +#~ "tftpboot</emphasis> використовується каталог <emphasis>/srv/tftp</" +#~ "emphasis>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У Firefox ESR та Chromium стандартна пошукова служба тепер DuckDuckGo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Тепер початкова сторінка у Chromium це внутрішній вебсайт замість Google." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На бездискових робочих станціях Kerberos TGT доступний автоматично після " +#~ "входу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Додано новий інструмент для налаштування freeRADIUS із підтримкою EAP-" +#~ "TTLS/PAP та PEAP-MSCHAPV2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Samba налаштована як \"автономний сервер\" з підтримкою SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "приєднання до домену зникло." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вебінтерфейс GOsa² не показує записи, пов’язані з Samba, оскільки дані " +#~ "облікових записів Samba більше не зберігаються в LDAP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для встановлення PXE використовується графічний режим інсталятора Debian " +#~ "(замість текстового)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Центральний сервер друку CUPS ipp.intern, адміністрування CUPS дозволено " +#~ "користувачам, які належать до групи printer-admins." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Адміністрування Icinga через вебінтерфейс обмежено для першого " +#~ "користувача." diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,3381 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd"><article lang="en"><articleinfo><title>Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie ManualPublish date: +
+Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie + +Debian Edu Installer Logo + +This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release. + +The source at is a wiki and updated frequently. + +Updated translations are available online. + +
+ +
+About Debian Edu and Skolelinux + +Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. + +The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design details. + +After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. + +Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe. + + +
+Some history and why two names + +Debian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. + +What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. + +The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. + +Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. + +
+
+
+ + +Architecture + +
+ + +Network + +This section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. + +The Debian Edu network topology + +The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. + +The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. + +In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. + + +
+The default network setup + +DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. + +This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. + +DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. + +The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP. + +
+ +
+Main server + +A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile. + +
+ +
+Services running on the main server + +With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). + +To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. + +Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. + +Table of services + + Service description + + Common name + + DNS service name + + Centralised Logging + + rsyslog + + syslog + + Domain Name Service + + DNS (BIND) + + domain + + Automatic Network Configuration of Machines + + DHCP + + bootps + + Clock Synchronisation + + NTP + + ntp + + Home Directories via Network File System + + SMB / NFS + + homes + + Electronic Post Office + + IMAP (Dovecot) + + postoffice + + Directory Service + + OpenLDAP + + ldap + + User Administration + + GOsa² + + --- + + Web Server + + Apache/PHP + + www + + Central Backup + + sl-backup, slbackup-php + + backup + + Web Cache + + Proxy (Squid) + + webcache + + Printing + + CUPS + + ipp + + Secure Remote Login + + OpenSSH + + ssh + + Automatic Configuration + + CFEngine + + cfengine + + LTSP Server/s + + LTSP + + ltsp + + Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email + +Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary + + sitesummary + +Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. + +By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. + +All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. + +To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. + +Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). + +Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. + +By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. + +Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. + +Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. + +Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. + +In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. + +Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers. + +
+ +
+LTSP server(s) + +A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. + +The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. + +Please note: + + + +LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. + + +The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server. + +
+ +
+Thin clients + +A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. + +Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started. + +
+ +
+Diskless workstations + +A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. + +Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. + +
+ +
+Networked clients + +The term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows. + +
+
+ +
+Administration + +All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. + +All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication. + + +
+Installation + +Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. + +The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. + +Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. + +The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation. + +
+ +
+ + + +File system access configuration + +Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. + +To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. + +To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. + +The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). + +
+
+
+
+ + +Requirements + +There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines. + + +
+Hardware requirements + +The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. + + If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. + + + +The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. + + +Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. + + +For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. + + +The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: + + + +combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). + + +LTSP server: 40 GiB. + + +workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. + + +minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB. + + +LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: + + + +eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), + + +eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. + + +Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations. + +
+ +
+Hardware known to work + +A list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete. + + is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware. + +
+
+ +
+Requirements for network setup + + +
+Default Setup + +When using the default network architecture, these rules apply: + + + +You need exactly one main server. + + +You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. + + +You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. + + +You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. + + +You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. + + +For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below). + +
+ +
+ + + +Internet router + +A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. + +The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. + +In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. See installation documentation for a simple way to install and set up a Debian machine using debian-edu-router-config. + +If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. + +It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. + +
+
+
+ + +Installation and download options + + +
+Where to find additional information + +We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Trixie before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release available in its installation manual. + +Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. + +It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. + +Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time. + +
+ +
+Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie + + +
+amd64 or i386 + +amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version to provide the i386 architecture. + +
+ +
+netinst iso image for amd64 + +The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the installation. + +This image is available for download from: + + + + + +
+ +
+BD iso image for amd64 + +This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. + +This image is available for download from: + + + + + +
+ +
+Verification of downloaded image files + +Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ. + +
+ +
+Sources + +Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on + +
+
+ +
+Installing Debian Edu + +When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment. + + +
+Main server installation scenarios + + +Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: + + + +Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). + + +See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. + + +Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. + + +The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time in the correct environment. + + +Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. + + + +Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. + + +Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. + + +Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: + + + +As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. + + + +Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP + + +Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP + + +Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better + + +The main server should just work after the first boot. + + +Offline (no Internet connection): + + + +Use the BD ISO image. + + +Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. + + +Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). + + +Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with Internet access. + +
+ +
+Desktop environments + +Several desktop environments are available: + + + +Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). + + +KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. + + +Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. + + +MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. + + +LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. + + +LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). + +Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one. + +
+ +
+Modular installation + + + +When installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. + + +Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-xfce because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-xfce-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. + + +For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page. + +
+ +
+Installation types and options + +Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode + +64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) + + Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. + + Install uses text mode. + + Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose. + +Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. + +64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 + + Back.. brings back to the main menu. + +Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. + + Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. + + Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. + + Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. + + Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. + + Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. + + Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. + +Help screen + +Installer help screen + + This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. + +Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode + +64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode) + +Add or change boot parameters for installations + +In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB or E key in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for Graphical install. + + Edit command line options (BIOS mode) + + Edit command line options (UEFI mode) + + + +You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the Main Server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. + + +If you have already installed the Main Server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. + + +To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. + + +To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. + + +To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. + + +To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. + + +To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. + + +And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate. + +
+ +
+The installation process + +Remember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. + + + +Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). + + +Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. + + +Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). + + +Choose profile(s) from the following list: + + + +Main Server + + +This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. + + +Workstation + + +A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. + + +Roaming workstation + + +Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. + + +LTSP Server + + +A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. + + +Standalone + + +An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. + + +Minimal + + +This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main server. + + In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. + +The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. + + +Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. + + +Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. + + +Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...". + + +After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. + + The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). + + +Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. + + +In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter. + +
+ +
+ + + +Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router + +The debian-edu-router-config package simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an interactive configuration process where the necessary information is obtained through a series of dialogues. + +In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since Debian Edu installations are not supported by debian-edu-router-config. + +Install the debian-edu-router-config package using + +Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored for now. + +For the configuration process following the installation of debian-edu-router-config, physical access to the computer is required. + +The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more information about the network hardware + +can be used. + +Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from /etc/network/interfaces or files in /etc/network/interfaces.d/ and un-configure the two interfaces using +]]> +The actual configuration process is started with + +Selecting the uif configuration method + +Confirmation for setting up uif + +When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. + +Allowing ping in uif + +Allowing traceroute in uif + +Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. + +Enabling IP packet forwarding + +Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding. + +Available network setup methods + +Selecting the network setup method + +Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are already connected or not. + +Selecting the uplink interface + +Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network. + +Selecting internal networks + +Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single internal network select "Education" here. + +Enabling use of VLANs + +Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure select no here. + +Selecting supported IP versions + +Select "IPv4" here. + +Selecting networks which require a static IP address + +Select "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network requires a static IP address. + +Setting a static IP address for the internal network + +Set 10.0.0.1/8 as the static IP address for the internal network "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks. + +Enabling NAT for networks + +Enable NAT for the internal network. + +Enabling internet access for networks + +Enable internet access for internal networks. + +Setting up reverse NAT explained + +Setting up reverse NAT + +If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the gateway can be configured using the following dialog. + +Enabling SSH access for networks + +Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. + +Configuring the SSH port + +Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. + +Enabling DHCP for networks + +Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. + +Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router Menu. + +SSH main menu SSH configuration + +If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing c in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration. + +
+ +
+Notes on some characteristics + + +
+A note on notebooks + +Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password). + +
+ +
+A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs + +After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed: + +
+ +
+A note on CD installs + +A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net. + +
+
+ +
+Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs + +It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: + +To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: + +Please note that copying will take quite some time. + +Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc. + +
+ +
+Installation and booting over the network via PXE + +For this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: + +on the server. + +This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main Server profile only: + +The iPXE menu without LTSP entries + +This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: + +The iPXE menu with LTSP entries + +This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². + +More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter. + +
+ +
+ + + +Modifying PXE installations + +The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. + +A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat + +The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. + +Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. + +To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. + +Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server. + +
+ +
+Custom images + +Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. + +So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD. + +
+
+ +
+Screenshot tour + +The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. + +So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). + +64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) + +Select a language + +Select your location + +Configure the keyboard + +Detect network hardware + +Configure network manually + +Configure IP address + +Configure gateway + +Configure nameserver + +Choose Debian Edu profile + +Use the automatic partitioning tool: no + +Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes + +Participate in the package usage survey: no + +Participate in the package usage survey: yes + +Set password for the root user + +Set full name for the first user + +Set user name for the first user + +Set password for the first user + +Installation complete + +Lightdm Login screen + +Xfce Desktop showing Browser window + +Xfce Desktop screen + +Thin-Client-Welcome screen + +Thin-Client-Login screen + +
+
+
+ + +Getting started + + +
+Minimum steps to get started + +During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. + +See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. + +After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: + + +Log into the server. + + +Add users with GOsa². + + +Add workstations with GOsa². + +Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. + +There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Trixie chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. + + If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. + +The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions. + + +
+Services running on the main server + +There are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below. + +
+
+ +
+Introduction to GOsa² + +GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: + + + +User Administration + + +Group Administration + + +NIS Netgroup Administration + + +Machine Administration + + +DNS Administration + + +DHCP Administration + +For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). + +If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure Main Server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): + +From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. + + + +If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. + + +Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that. + + +
+GOsa² Login plus Overview + +GOsa² overview page after login as the first user + +After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². + +Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². + +In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. + +GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. + +A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) + +Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level). + +
+
+ +
+User Management with GOsa² + +First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user). + + +
+Adding users + +Next to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. + + + +The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). + + +As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. + + +If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) + + +When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. + +After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. + +As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. + +If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network. + +
+ +
+Search, modify and delete users + +Filterbox + +To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". + +When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. + +A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. + +Editing user data + +
+ +
+Set passwords + +The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. + +Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. + +To administratively set a new password for a user + + +search for the user to be modified, as explained above + + +click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in + + +on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself + +Set user password + +Be aware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords! + +
+ +
+Advanced user management + +It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). + +These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): + + + +Use "," as field separator + + +Do not use quotes + + +The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) + + +The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import + +The mass import steps are: + + +click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left + + +click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right + + +browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported + + +choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) + + +click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner + +It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. + +Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. + +Reset passwords + + +
+Adding users from the command line + +User accounts can also be added from the command line using the ldap-createuser-krb5 tool, see the documentation in the Administration HowTo + +
+
+
+ +
+Group Management with GOsa² + +create group + +list groups + +The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. + +You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. + +Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. + +The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too. + +
+ +
+Machine Management with GOsa² + +Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. + +Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. + +Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. + +To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run + ]]> +Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. + +To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the machine is expected to be a valid unqualified hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. + +To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. + +If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: + +GOsa² systems listing + +Host details + +Modify host + +Add netgroup + +A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually. + + +
+Search and delete machines + +Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here. + +
+ +
+Modify existing machines / Netgroup management + +After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). + +The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. + +For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main server. + +The default installation provides the NetGroups + + + +all-hosts + + +cups-queue-autoflush-hosts + + +cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts + + +fsautoresize-hosts + + +ltsp-server-hosts + + +netblock-hosts + + +printer-hosts + + +server-hosts + + +shutdown-at-night-hosts + + +shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist + + +workstation-hosts + +Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: + + + +Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) + + +Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. + + +Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) + + +Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. + + +Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) + + +Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. + + +Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) + + +Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams. + +
+
+
+ +
+Printer Management + +For centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group. + + +
+Use printers attached to workstations + +The package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. + + + +Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): + + + +P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" + + +P910ND_START=1 + + +Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI. + +
+ +
+Network printers + +It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers. + +
+
+ +
+Clock synchronisation + +The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. + + If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. + +To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer. + +
+ +
+Extending full partitions + +Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. + +
+
+ + +Maintenance + + +
+Updating the software + +This section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. + +Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). + +It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. + +After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. + +It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync. + +After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. + +It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. + +cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. + +Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. + +apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt. + + +
+Keep yourself informed about security updates + +Running cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed. + +
+
+ +
+Backup Management + +For backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. + + Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default. + +By default, backups of /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. + + Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. + +If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. + +If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: + \ + /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \ + /skole/tjener/home0/user_]]> +This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> + +If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. + +If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: + +slbackup-php Maintenance + +
+ +
+Server Monitoring + + +
+Munin + +The Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. + +The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. + +The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. + +Information about Munin is available from . + +
+ +
+Icinga + +Icinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. + +By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. + +The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. + +Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. + +Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package. + + +
+Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them + +Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings. + + +
+DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%): + +The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. + +
+ +
+APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates). + +New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do the same. + +If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots. + +
+ +
+WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0 + +The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues. + +
+ +
+WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61 + +The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups. + +
+
+
+ +
+Sitesummary + +Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. + +A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from . + +Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from + +
+
+ +
+More information about Debian Edu customisations + +More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter + +
+
+
+ + +Upgrades + + Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. + +Please read this chapter and the New features in Trixie chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade. + + +
+General notes on upgrading + +Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) + +In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade. + +If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. + +Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. + +It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same. + +
+ +
+Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm + + Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. + +Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: ) + +Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. + +If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again. + + +
+Upgrading the main server + + + +Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date: + + + +Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie: + + + +apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). + + +Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. + + + +restart services: Choose yes. + + +Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. + + +openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. + + +Apply and adjust configuration: + + + +Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients. Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the prime256v1 curve. RSA-2048 itself remains supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See !44 and !40 for further technical information. + + +Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The archive contains private keys and must be kept secure. + + +This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root CA must be distributed to all clients again, using /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert on the clients. + +To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive: + +Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients. + + +Check if the upgraded system works: + +Reboot; log in as first user and test + + + +if the GOsa² gui is working, + + +if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, + + +if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, + + +if one can send and receive internal email, + + +if one can manage printers, + + +and if other site specific things are working. + +
+ +
+Upgrading a workstation + +Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things not needed. + +
+
+ +
+Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm) + +To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Bookworm about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, Bullseye. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTo + + + +HowTos for general administration + + +HowTos for advanced administration + + +HowTos for the desktop + + +HowTos for networked clients + + +HowTos for Samba + + +HowTos for teaching and learning + + +HowTos for users + +
+
+ + +HowTos for general administration + +The Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks. + + +
+Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system + +Using etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. + +This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. + +Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. + +To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. + +See the output of man etckeeper for more information. + +List of useful commands: + + +
+Usage examples + +On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: + +See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date: + +To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour: + +
+
+ +
+Resizing Partitions + +In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the /boot/ partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted. + +It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run fsck on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. + +The helper script debian-edu-fsautoresize is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from /usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab, /site/etc/fsautoresizetab and /etc/fsautoresizetab. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument -n is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the file systems. + +The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. + +When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in etc/squid/squid.conf needs to be updated as well. The helper script /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of /var/spool/squid/ and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size. + + +
+Logical Volume Management + +Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the LVM HowTo. + +To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the lvextend command how large you want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands: + +To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G). + +
+
+ +
+Using ldapvi + +ldapvi is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline. + +The following needs to be executed: + +Note: ldapvi will use whatever is the default editor. By executing export EDITOR=vim in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor. + + Warning: ldapvi is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for JXplorer. + +
+ +
+Kerberized NFS + +Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels krb5, krb5i and krb5p are supported (krb5 means Kerberos authentication, i stands for integrity check and p for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, krb5i is a good choice and has been chosen as default. + + +
+How to change the default + +Main server + + + +login as root + + +run ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)', search for sec=krb5i and replace it with sec=krb5 or sec=krb5p. + + +edit /etc/exports.d/edu.exports and adjust these entries accordingly: + + + +run exportfs -r. + +
+
+ +
+Standardskriver + +This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md. + +The configuration file /etc/standardskriver.cfg has to be provided by the admin, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg as an example. + +
+ +
+JXplorer, an LDAP GUI + +If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the jxplorer package, which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this: + +
+ +
+ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users + +ldap-createuser-krb is a small command line tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows: + ]]> +All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the first gosaDepartment from LDAP which is likely skole and for regular users usually not what you want, so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. Teachers or Students. After entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator password, ldap-createuser-krb5 will create the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot shows an example invocation to create a user account named harhir for a teacher whose full name is "Harry Hirsch": + ) +Enter LDAP Password: +add objectClass: + top + person + organizationalPerson + inetOrgPerson + gosaAccount + posixAccount + shadowAccount + krbPrincipalAux + krbTicketPolicyAux +add sn: + Harry Hirsch +add givenName: + Harry Hirsch +add uid: + harhir +add cn: + Harry Hirsch +add userPassword: + {CRYPT}$y$j9T$TWnq55O1rvyLhjF.$oVf.t.RXC1v/4Y8FhV0umno629mo7bP7/YJyig6HET6 +add homeDirectory: + /skole/tjener/home0/harhir +add loginShell: + /bin/bash +add uidNumber: + 2004 +add gidNumber: + 2004 +add gecos: + Harry Hirsch +add shadowLastChange: + 19641 +add shadowMin: + 0 +add shadowMax: + 99999 +add shadowWarning: + 7 +add krbPwdPolicyReference: + cn=users,cn=INTERN,cn=kerberos,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no +add krbPrincipalName: + harhir@INTERN +adding new entry "uid=harhir,ou=people,ou=Teachers,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" +modify complete +]]> +
+ +
+Using stable-updates + +While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months. + +
+ +
+Using backports to install newer software + +You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in. + +Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there. + +Using Backports is simple: + /etc/apt/sources.list.d/trixie-backports.sources +Types: deb +URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian +Suites: trixie-backports +Components: main contrib non-free non-free-firmware +Enabled: yes +Signed-By: /usr/share/keyrings/debian-archive-keyring.gpg +EOF +apt update]]> +After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of tuxtype: + +Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-free and non-free-firmware. + +
+ +
+Upgrading with a CD or similar image + +If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie 13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps: + +Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command: + +To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page: + + +apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files. + +It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns. + +Then run these two commands to upgrade the system: + +
+ +
+Automatic cleanup of leftover processes + +killer is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour. + +
+ +
+Automatic installation of security upgrades + +unattended-upgrades is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in /var/log/unattended-upgrades/; also, there are always /var/log/dpkg.log and /var/log/apt/. + +
+ +
+Automatic shutdown of machines during the night + +It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package shutdown-at-night will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines. + +Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up: + + + +The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from who, and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with X2Go thin clients. + + +To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time. + + +There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by nvram-wakeup; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up. + + +
+How to set up shutdown-at-night + +On clients that should turn off at night, touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night, or add the hostname (that is, the output from 'uname -n' on the client) to the netgroup "shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the GOsa² web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets. + +To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator to generate the list of clients on the fly. + +Here is an example /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator for use with sitesummary: + +An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package: + +
+
+ +
+Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall + +To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel. + +
+ +
+Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main server + +In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, hostname tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). + +These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: + + + +choose the Minimal profile during installation + + +install the packages for the service + + +configure the service + + +disable the service on the main server + + +update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server + +
+ +
+HowTos from wiki.debian.org + + +FIXME: The HowTos from are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+ + +Advanced administration howto + +In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described. + + +
+User Customisations with GOsa² + +
+ + +Create Users in Year Groups + +In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. + +(as root on the main server) + + + +Make the necessary year group directories + +mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026 + +(as first user in Gosa) + + + +Department + +Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields (students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show up below /Students. Click it. + + + +Group + +Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it. + + + +Template + +Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. + +Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. + + + +Import users + +Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended. + +
+
+ +
+Other User Customisations + + +
+Creating folders in the home directories of all users + +With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. + +In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. + +
+
+ +
+Use a dedicated storage server + +Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data. + + + +Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the Getting started chapter of this manual. + + +This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines: + +Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.) + + +Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request. + + +This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor. + +ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no + +When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.) + + +Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: + + +Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. + +Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server. + +
+ +
+Restrict SSH login access + +There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here. + + +
+Setup without LTSP clients + +If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. + +Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple: + + + +Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). + + +Add users to the new group sshusers. + + +Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. + + +Execute service ssh restart. + +
+ +
+Setup with LTSP clients + +The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been changed is enough. + +X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. + + + +Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. + + +Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: + +If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP server(s) as well. + +
+ +
+A note for more complex setups + +If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login. + +
+
+
+
+ + +HowTos for the desktop + + +
+Set up a multi-language desktop environment + +To support multiple languages these steps need to be done: + + + +Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). + + +Run these commands as root to install the related packages: + + +Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock LightDM greeter. + +
+ +
+Playing DVDs + +libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. + +Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg. + +
+ +
+Handwriting fonts + +The package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTos for networked clients + + +
+Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations + +One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. + + Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. + + + +As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. + + +Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. + + +In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². + +For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. + +Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. + +The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. + +Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: + + + +debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). + + +debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. + + +debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). + +Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). + +The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. + +The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. + +The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). + +Diskless workstation + +A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. + +Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². + +Thin client + +A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. + +Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. + + Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. + +LTSP client firmware + +LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. + +Proceed like this on the LTSP server: + + +First get information about firmware packages, run: + + +Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: + + +Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: + + +In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: + + +and proceed according to the usage information. + +Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run: + + +
+LTSP client type selection + +Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). + +In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. + +The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect. + +
+ +
+Use a different LTSP client network + +192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration. + +
+ +
+Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients + +To create chroot and SquashFS image, run: + +See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types. + +
+ +
+LTSP client configuration + +Run man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: + +Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run: + +
+ +
+Sound with LTSP clients + +LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. + +LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally. + +
+ +
+Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs + +When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. + +When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager. + + +
+A warning about removable media on LTSP servers + +When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files. + +
+
+ +
+Use printers attached to LTSP clients + + + +Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). + + +Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. + + +Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI. + +
+
+ +
+Modifying the PXE setup + +PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration. + + +
+Configuring the PXE menu + +The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values. + +
+ +
+Configuring the PXE installation + +The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. + +More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter. + +
+ +
+Adding a custom repository for PXE installations + +For adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: + +and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once. + +
+
+ +
+Changing network settings + +The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. + + Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. + +There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/43). + +
+ +
+Remote Desktop + +Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages. + + +
+Xrdp + +Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. + +Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. + +Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line. + +
+ +
+X2Go + +X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. + +Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517. + +
+ +
+Available Remote Desktop clients + + + +freerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. + + + +RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. + + +VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. + + +x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones. + +
+
+ +
+Wireless clients + +The freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. + +Additional configuration is needed to + + + +enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). + + +allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). + + +combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) + + End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. + + + + (for end user devices running Linux) + + + (Linux, Android) + + + (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) + +Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts. + +
+ +
+Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin + + +
+Adding pGina user in Debian Edu + +To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. + +Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website. + +
+ +
+Install pGina fork + +Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder: + +
+ +
+Configure pGina + +Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. + +So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below + + (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7). + + +
+LDAP Plugin main section + + + +LDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) + + +LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) + + +Timeout: 10 + + +Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) + + +Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) + + +Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) + + +Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no + + +("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) + + +Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password) + +
+ +
+Authentication block + +Bind Tab: + + + +Allow Empty Passwords: NO + + +Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) + + +Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person)) + +
+ +
+Authorization block + + + +Default: Allow + + +Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) + + +Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional) + +
+ +
+Plugin Selection + + + +LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] + + +Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes) + +
+ +
+Plugin Order + + + +Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine + + +Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine + +Sources: + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+
+
+ + +Samba in Debian Edu + +Samba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. + +For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. + +Please note: + + + +By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. + + +Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². + + +To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. + + +Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'. + + +
+Accessing files via Samba + +Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. + +Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTos for teaching and learning + +All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root). + + +
+Teaching Programming + +stable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page. + +
+ +
+Monitoring pupils + + Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. + +Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage. + +
+ +
+Restricting pupils' network access + +Some schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. + +
+
+
+ + +HowTos for users + + +
+Changing passwords + +Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. + +Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. + +Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa². + +
+ +
+Running standalone Java applications + +Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime. + +
+ +
+ + + +Using email + +All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. + +Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern. + +
+ +
+Thunderbird + + + +Start Thunderbird + + +Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' + + +Enter your email address + + +Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used + + +Click 'Continue' + + +For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically + + +Click 'Done' + +
+
+ +
+Contribute + + +
+Contribute online + +Most of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. + +A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist. + +
+ +
+Report bugs + +Debian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu. + +
+ +
+Documentation writers and translators + +This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various +FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. + +The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to create a wiki user account first. + +Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! + +
+
+
+ + +Support + + +
+Volunteer based support + + +
+in English + + + + - support mailing list + + +#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens. + +
+ +
+in Norwegian + + + +#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users + +
+ +
+in German + + + + - support mailing list + + +#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users + +
+ +
+in French + + + + - support mailing list + +
+
+ +
+Professional support + +Lists of companies providing professional support are available from . + +
+
+
+ + +New features in Debian Edu Trixie + + +
+New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie + + +
+Installation changes + + + +New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its installation manual for more details, + + + +including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. + + +New artwork based on the Ceratopsian theme, the default artwork for Debian 13 trixie. + +
+ +
+Software updates + + + +Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg: + + + +Linux kernel 6.12 + + +Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 + + +LibreOffice 7.4 + + +GOsa² 2.8 + + +Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0 + + +Music creator Rosegarden 24.12 + + +LTSP 23.02 + + +Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. + + + +More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. + +
+ +
+Documentation and translation updates + + + +During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. + + +The Debian Edu Trixie Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and Ukrainian. + +
+ +
+Known issues + + + +see the Debian Edu Trixie status page. + +
+
+
+ +
+ + +Translations of this document + +There is an online overview of packaged translations, updated frequently. + + +
+HowTo translate this document + + +
+Translate using PO files + +As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations. + +
+ +
+Translate online using a web browser + +Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. + +Please report any problems. + +
+
+
+ +
+Appendix A - The GNU General Public License + + +
+Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie + +Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright for the full list of copyright owners. + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + +
+ +
+GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + +Version 2, June 1991 + +Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +
+ +
+TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + +0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + +1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + +2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + +a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + +b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + +c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. + +3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + +a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + +b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + +c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + +4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + +5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. + +6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. + +7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. + +8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + +9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + +10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + +NO WARRANTY + +11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + +12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + +
+
+ +
+Appendix B - Features in older releases + + +
+New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm + + +
+Installation changes + + + +New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its installation manual for more details, + + + +including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. + + +New artwork based on the Emerald theme, the default artwork for Debian 12 bookworm. + +
+ +
+Software updates + + + +Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg: + + + +Linux kernel 6.1 + + +Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 + + +LibreOffice 7.4 + + +GOsa² 2.8 + + +Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1 + + +Music creator Rosegarden 22.12 + + +LTSP 23.01 + + +Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation. + + + +More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the release notes and the installation manual. + +
+ +
+Documentation and translation updates + + + +During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. + + +The Debian Edu Bookworm Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian. + +
+ +
+Known issues + + + +see the Debian Edu Bookworm status page. + +
+
+ +
+Historic information about older releases + +The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: + + + +Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14. + + +Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06. + + +Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17. + + +Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. + + +Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. + + +Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. + + +Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. + + +Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. + + +Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. + + +Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. + + +Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. + + +Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. + + +Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. + +A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. + +
+
+
diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.add 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=出版日期; endboundary=
+ +翻译: +2016-2022 Ma Yong +2017 Boyuan Yang +2017 Roy Zhang +2020 EldersJavas +2020 wdggg +2020 Tao Wang +2021 Liu Tao +2021, 2024 Cube Kassaki +2021 Jingxuan +2022 Hugel +2024 Hong Hao +2024 Lucka +2024 SWfeiyu +2026 Reducedradius +2026 Xiezhihai + + diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.po debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.po --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-cn.po 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7712 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: debian-edu-doc\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-09-14 10:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-10-04 03:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: xiezhihai \n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (Simplified Han script) \n" +"Language: zh-cn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 2026.10.1.dev0\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'lang' of:
+msgid "en" +msgstr "zh-cn" + +#. type: Content of:
+#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 13 Trixie Manual" +msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux 12 Bookworm 手册" + +#. type: Content of: <article><articleinfo><subtitle><para> +msgid "Publish date:" +msgstr "出版日期：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 别名 Bookworm 的手册" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Debian Edu Installer Logo" +msgstr "Debian Edu 安装程序的 Logo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release." +msgstr "这是 Debian Edu 12 (bookworm) 发行版的手册。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The source at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie\"/> is a wiki and updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"这是 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm\"/" +"> 上的维基版并且时常更新。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Updated translations are available <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/" +"userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">online</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"可<ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/\">在线" +"</ulink>获取更新的翻译。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux" +msgstr "关于 Debian Edu 和 Skolelinux" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing " +"an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It " +"implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are " +"<emphasis>pieces of software</emphasis> that interact with one another. " +"Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server " +"is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the " +"machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by " +"extension of the concept." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 又名 Skolelinux 是一个基于 Debian 的 Linux 发行版，它提供了一个完" +"整配置的学校网络的开箱即用环境。 它实现了客户端-服务器方法。 服务器和客户端是" +"相互交互的<emphasis>软件</emphasis>。 服务器提供客户端运行所需的信息。 当服务" +"器安装在一台机器上，而它的客户端安装在另一台机器上时，通过这个概念的扩展，机" +"器本身被称为服务器和客户端。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The chapters about <link linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network " +"requirements</link> and about the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> contain basic system design " +"details." +msgstr "" +"关于<link linkend=\"Requirements\">硬件及网络需求</link>和<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">架构</link>的章节包含了基本系统设计的细节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school " +"network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and " +"machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP " +"editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/" +"\">iPXE</ulink> has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the " +"main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can " +"be installed via the network, this includes \"roaming workstations\" (ones " +"that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or " +"netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless " +"workstations or thin clients." +msgstr "" +"安装主服务器后，设置了所有学校网络所需的服务而且准备好使用本系统。仅需要通过 " +"GOsa²，一个友好的 Web 用户界面，或者任何其他的 LDAP 编辑器添加用户和机器。而" +"且还准备好了使用 PXE/<ulink url=\"https://ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> 的网络引导" +"环境，那么首先从 CD、蓝光光盘或者 USB 闪存驱动器安装主服务器之后可以通过网络" +"安装所有其他的机器，这包括“漫游工作站”（其可以从学校网络脱离，通常是笔记本或" +"上网本）。而且，计算机可以通过 PXE/iPXE 引导成为无盘工作站或者瘦客户机。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU " +"Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, " +"which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe." +msgstr "" +"一系列教育应用程序如 GeoGebra，Kalzium，KGeography，GNU Solfege 和 Scratch 已" +"包含在默认桌面环境设置中，这可以通过 Debian 体系轻松而几乎无限地扩展。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Some history and why two names" +msgstr "部分历史及为何使用两个名称" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a <ulink " +"url=\"https://blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> distribution it " +"is an official <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> " +"subproject." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu\">Debian Edu / Skolelinux</ulink> " +"是一个由 Debian Edu 项目创建的 Linux 发行版。它作为 <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org\">Debian Pure Blend</ulink> 发行版是正式的 <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org\">Debian</ulink> 子项目。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian " +"providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-" +"network." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux 是提供开箱即用的完全配置学校网络环境的 Debian 版而用于你的学校的方" +"法。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the " +"same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both " +"projects are united, but both names stayed. \"Skole\" and (Debian-)" +"\"Education\" are just two well understood terms in these regions." +msgstr "" +"Skolelinux 项目在 2001 年 7 月 2 日启动于挪威而大约在同时 Raphaël Hertzog 在" +"法国开始了 Debian-Edu。直到 2003 年两个项目合为一体，而维持了两者的名称。" +"\"Skole\" 和 (Debian-)\"Education\" 在这些范围中正是两个好领会的措辞。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Today the system is in use in several countries around the world." +msgstr "现在世界上的几个地区在使用这个系统。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "结构" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network" +msgstr "网络" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services " +"provided by a Skolelinux installation." +msgstr "文档的这部分叙述 Skolelinux 安装所提供的网络架构和服务。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The Debian Edu network topology" +msgstr "Debian Edu 网络拓扑" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of " +"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, " +"while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers " +"(with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of " +"workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a " +"lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate " +"network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't " +"affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in " +"<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"这是张假定的网络拓扑草图。Skolelinux 网络默认设置假定有一个（而且仅是一个）主" +"服务器，同时可以包含常规的工作站和 LTSP 服务器（与瘦客户机和/或无盘工作站相" +"关）。工作站的数量可以是任意多少（从一个都没有到有很多）。LTSP 服务器也一样，" +"每一个在独立网络上的 LTSP 服务器与其客户机之间的通信不会影响其他的网络服务。" +"LTSP 的详细说明在<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">相关的 HowTo</link> 章节" +"里。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is " +"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing " +"so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to " +"other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and " +"subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that " +"service to the right computer." +msgstr "" +"在每个学校网络中仅能有一个主服务器的原因是主服务器提供 DHCP，因而在每一网络中" +"只能一台机器在工作。能够从主服务器向其他机器迁移服务而该服务在另一机器上就" +"绪，随后更新 DNS 配置，为服务指出 DNS 别名到正确的计算机。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet " +"connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</link> chapter for " +"details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an " +"existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"为了简化 Skolelinux 的标准设置，其互联网连接运行在一个单独的路由器上，也称为" +"网关。参阅<link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">互联网路由器</link>" +"章节对于如何设置还不能根据需要配置现有网关的细节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The default network setup" +msgstr "缺省网络设置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot " +"menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot " +"a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local " +"hard disk." +msgstr "" +"DHCP 在主服务器上为 10.0.0.0/8 网络工作，提供可以选择安装新服务器/工作站，运" +"行内存测试，或者从本地硬盘引导的 PXE 引导菜单。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is designed to be modified; for details, see <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">the related HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"修改这个设计；相关细节，参阅<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">相关的 HowTo</" +"link> 章节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second " +"interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and " +"should seldom need to be changed." +msgstr "" +"在第二个接口（默认预设选项是 192.168.0.0/24 和 192.168.1.0/24）的 LTSP 服务器" +"上的 DHCP 仅用于的专用网络并极少需要改动。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP." +msgstr "在 LDAP 中所含有的所有子网配置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server" +msgstr "主服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname \"tjener\" which is " +"Norwegian and means \"server\") which per default has the IP address " +"10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's " +"possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and " +"Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile." +msgstr "" +"一个 Skolelinux 网络需要通过选择主服务器设定配置安装一台主服务器（主机" +"名“tjener”是挪威语“服务器”之意）并预设默认 IP 地址为 10.0.2.2。除主服务器设定" +"配置外还可以（但不必需）选择并安装 LTSP 服务器和工作站的设定配置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Services running on the main server" +msgstr "运行在主服务器上的服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are " +"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance " +"reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to " +"install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). " +"All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively " +"over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services " +"from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service " +"on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new " +"location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of " +"course)." +msgstr "" +"除了瘦客户机的管理之外，所有的服务最初设置在一台中央计算机上（主服务器）。为" +"了性能的原因，LTSP 服务器将要分开来（不过在同一机器上可以安装主服务器和 LTSP " +"服务器两者的配置文件）。所有服务分配了专用 DNS 名称并且只在 IPv4 上提供。分配" +"的 DNS 名称使其容易地从主服务器迁移单独的服务到不同的机器，简单地在主服务器上" +"关闭该服务，而后变更 DNS 配置指向该服务的新位置（当然，首先要在这台机器上设" +"置）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the " +"network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain " +"text." +msgstr "" +"通过网络传输的密码是encrypted保证所有连接安全，那样没有密码是作为普通文本通过" +"网络发送。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux " +"network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration " +"files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus " +"making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an " +"own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use." +msgstr "" +"以下是在 Skolelinux 网络中缺省设置的服务及其每一服务的 DNS 名称的列表。如有可" +"能所有配置文件会以名称（无域名）关联到服务于是易于学校改变或者它们的域（如果" +"它们有自己的 DNS 域）或是它们所使用的 IP 地址。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Table of services</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">服务列表</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Service description</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">服务描述</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Common name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">普通名称</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS service name</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">DNS 服务名称</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Centralised Logging" +msgstr "中央日志" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "rsyslog" +msgstr "rsyslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "syslog" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Domain Name Service" +msgstr "域名服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DNS (BIND)" +msgstr "DNS (BIND)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "domain" +msgstr "domain" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines" +msgstr "机器的自动网络配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "bootps" +msgstr "bootps" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Clock Synchronisation" +msgstr "时钟同步" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "NTP" +msgstr "NTP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ntp" +msgstr "ntp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Home Directories via Network File System" +msgstr "通过网络文件系统的主目录" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "SMB / NFS" +msgstr "SMB / NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "homes" +msgstr "homes" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Electronic Post Office" +msgstr "电子邮局" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "IMAP (Dovecot)" +msgstr "IMAP（Dovecot）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "postoffice" +msgstr "postoffice" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Directory Service" +msgstr "目录服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenLDAP" +msgstr "OpenLDAP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ldap" +msgstr "ldap" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "User Administration" +msgstr "用户管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Server" +msgstr "Web 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Apache/PHP" +msgstr "Apache/PHP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "www" +msgstr "www" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Central Backup" +msgstr "中央备份" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sl-backup, slbackup-php" +msgstr "sl-backup，slbackup-php" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "backup" +msgstr "backup" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Web Cache" +msgstr "Web 缓存" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Proxy (Squid)" +msgstr "Proxy（Squid）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "webcache" +msgstr "webcache" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "打印" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CUPS" +msgstr "通用UNIX 打印系统（CUPS）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ipp" +msgstr "ipp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Secure Remote Login" +msgstr "安全远程登录" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "OpenSSH" +msgstr "OpenSSH" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ssh" +msgstr "ssh" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "自动配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "CFEngine" +msgstr "CFEngine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "cfengine" +msgstr "cfengine" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP Server/s" +msgstr "（若干） LTSP 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "LTSP" +msgstr "LTSP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "ltsp" +msgstr "ltsp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "" +"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and " +"History on the Web. Error Reporting by email" +msgstr "以错误报告监视机器和服务，和 Web 上的Status与历史。由电子邮件报告错误" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary" +msgstr "Munin, Icinga 和 Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para> +msgid "sitesummary" +msgstr "sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are " +"made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all " +"machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine " +"they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via " +"NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients." +msgstr "" +"每个用户的个人文件保存在他们的主目录中，由服务器使之可用。主目录可从所有计算" +"机访问，让用户无论使用哪台计算机而可以存取同一文件。服务器无关操作系统，对于 " +"Unix 客户端通过 NFS 而对于其他客户端则通过 SMB2/SMB3 提供访问。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, " +"though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has " +"a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the " +"server (using 'smarthost'), and users can <link linkend=\"Users--" +"Using_email\">access their personal mail</link> through IMAP." +msgstr "" +"只预设电子邮件本地投递设置（如在学校内），但如果学校有固定互联网连接那么可以" +"设置投递电子邮件到更广的互联网。客户端设置为投递电子邮件到服务器（使" +"用‘smarthost’），而用户可以通过 IMAP <link linkend=\"Users--Using_email\">读" +"取他们的个人邮件</link>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to " +"the central user database for authentication and authorisation." +msgstr "" +"所有服务使用同一个用户名和密码可以进入，得益于中央用户数据库的验证和授权。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches " +"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in " +"the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"使用 web 代理在本地 (Squid) 贮存文件在经常访问的位置提升性能。还能在单独的机" +"器上一同做路由上限制的 web 流量与互联网访问的控制。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All " +"types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will " +"get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the " +"corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to " +"ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with " +"the rest of the network services)." +msgstr "" +"客户端的网络配置是使用 DHCP 自动完成的。所有类型的客户端可以连接到私有的 " +"10.0.0.0/8 子网并且将获得协商 IP 地址；LTSP 客户机将会通过独立的 " +"192.168.0.0/24 子网（这是保证 LTSP 客户机的网络流量不干扰到其他的网络服务）连" +"接到相配合的 LTSP 服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog " +"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts " +"incoming messages from the local network." +msgstr "" +"中央日志为所有机器发送日志信息到服务器而设置。日志服务设置仅为接收从本地网络" +"到来的信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only " +"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS " +"server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network " +"can use it as the main DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"缺省的 DNS 服务器仅用内部域 (*.intern) 设置，直到实在的（“外部的”）DNS 域可以" +"被设置。该 DNS 服务器为其网络上的所有机器可以用其作为主 DNS 服务器而设置作为" +"缓存 DNS 服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server " +"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to " +"individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will " +"have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be " +"programmable on the server side." +msgstr "" +"学生和教师有能力发布网站。该 web 服务器提供认证用户的程序，并对某用户和组群限" +"制访问个人页面。作为 web 服务器能在服务器一侧安排，而用户将有能力创作有力的网" +"页。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, " +"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To " +"achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will " +"have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To " +"avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and " +"network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form " +"network groups will use the same namespace as user groups." +msgstr "" +"有关用户和计算机的信息可以在一处中央位置被更改，让网络上的所有计算机可以自动" +"访问。为此要设置集中式目录服务器。该目录将含有用户，用户组，计算机和计算机组" +"的信息。为避免用户混淆，文件组和网络组之间没有任何区别。这意味着构成网络组的" +"计算机组将使用与用户组相同的名称空间。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow " +"established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part " +"of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user " +"groups will be made possible by the administration systems." +msgstr "" +"服务和用户的管理将主要通过 web，并按照确定的标准，在 Skolelinux 的组件 web 浏" +"览器中良好运作。代表委派个别用户或用户组使具有管理系统的能力。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug " +"problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this " +"the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) " +"server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the " +"server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against " +"machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct " +"time." +msgstr "" +"为了避免 NFS 的某个难题，而使之较简单地排除问题，彼此分别的机器需要同步时钟。" +"Skolelinux 服务器设置为本地网络时间协议 (NTP) 服务器的实现，所有工作站和客户" +"端设置与服务器同步。服务器自己将通过互联网的 NTP 上游机器同步它的时钟，以此保" +"证整个网络有准确时间。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main " +"network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to " +"printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they " +"belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"打印机便于连接，或是直接连到主网，或者连接到服务器，工作站抑或 LTSP 服务器。" +"打印机的使用可由单独的用户按照他们所属组来控制；这将由打印机的使用限额和使用" +"控制做到。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP server(s)" +msgstr "LTSP 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by " +"selecting the LTSP Server profile." +msgstr "" +"一个 Skolelinux 网络上可以有许多 LTSP 服务器，这是由选择 LTSP 服务器的设定而" +"安装的。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and " +"workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient." +msgstr "" +"LTSP 服务器设置接收来自瘦客户端和工作站的日志，并转递这些信息到中央日志接受" +"者。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "Please note:" +msgstr "请留意：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server." +msgstr "LTSP 无盘工作站是使用安装在服务器上的程序。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to " +"the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> on the LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"客户端根文件系统是使用 NFS 提供的。每次修改 LTSP 服务器之后要重新生成相关映" +"像；在 LTSP 服务器上运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Thin clients" +msgstr "瘦客户端" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This " +"means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without " +"using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, " +"because LTSP has dropped support." +msgstr "" +"瘦客户机设置使普通PC可以作为(X-)终端运行。这意味着机器直接从服务器上使用PXE启" +"动，无需使用本地客户端硬盘。瘦客户机现在使用X2Go设置，因为LTSP已经停止对它维" +"护与更新。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) " +"machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works " +"as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and " +"boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server " +"using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started." +msgstr "" +"瘦客户机是一个很好的方法，因为它们可以有效地在 LTSP 服务器上运行所有的程序，" +"所以仍然可以利用非常老的机器（主要是32位）。其工作原理如下：服务使用 DHCP 和 " +"TFTP 连接到网络并从网络启动。接下来，使用 NFS 从 LTSP 服务器上挂载文件系统，" +"最后启动 X2Go 客户端。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Diskless workstations" +msgstr "无盘工作站" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally " +"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE " +"without running software installed on a local hard drive." +msgstr "" +"无盘工作站在个人计算机上运行所有软件而没有在本地安装操作系统。这意味客户端机" +"器直接通过 PXE 引导，而运行的软件没有安装在本地硬盘驱动器上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with " +"the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered " +"and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on " +"the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too." +msgstr "" +"在费与瘦客户端一样低的维护成本来使用强大的硬件方面，无盘工作站是极佳的方法。" +"软件在服务器上管理和维护，而不需要在客户端本地安装软件。主目录和系统设置也保" +"存在服务器上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Networked clients" +msgstr "网络客户端" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin " +"clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"手册中使用的术语“网络客户端”涉及瘦客户端和无盘工作站，还有运行着 macOS 或 " +"Windows 的计算机。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Administration" +msgstr "管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will " +"be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be " +"possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to " +"the machines. As root one needs to run <computeroutput>kinit</" +"computeroutput> first to get a Kerberos TGT." +msgstr "" +"可以从中央计算机，大概是服务器来管理所有用 Skolelinux 安装程序安装的 Linux 机" +"器。其通过 SSH 将能登录到所有的机器，从而完全访问这些机器。作为 root 自己首先" +"需要运行 <computeroutput>kinit</computeroutput> 来获得 Kerberos TGT。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts " +"are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"所有用户信息保留在 LDAP 目录中。用户帐号的更新对照这个数据库，用于客户端的用" +"户验证。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. " +"Both images can also be booted from USB sticks." +msgstr "" +"目前有两种安装媒体映像：网络安装和蓝光光盘。这两个映像也都可以从 U 盘引导。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and " +"install all other clients over the network by booting from the network." +msgstr "" +"力求一旦能从任何类型的媒体安装服务器，而由网络引导在网络上安装其他客户端。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation." +msgstr "仅是网络安装镜像在安装的时候需要访问互联网。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired " +"language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, " +"Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up " +"automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location " +"by the system administrator subsequent to the installation." +msgstr "" +"除了想要的语言，位置，键盘布局和机器设定配置（主服务器，工作站，LTSP 服务" +"器，……）之外，安装不会问到任何问题。所有其他的配置用合适的值自动设置，安装之" +"后由系统管理员从中央位置更改。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "File system access configuration" +msgstr "文件系统存取配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the " +"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration " +"files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to " +"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by " +"everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by " +"anyone but the user." +msgstr "" +"每个 Skolelinux 用户帐号在文件服务器上分配使用文件系统的一部分。这部分（主目" +"录）包含用户的配置文件，电子文件和网页。一些文件会被设置为系统上其他用户读" +"取，一些会是互联网上每个人可读，而一些除该用户之外不会为任何人读取。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared " +"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the " +"installation, they can be mounted as <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</" +"computeroutput>. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, " +"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</computeroutput>, in which all the user " +"accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to " +"accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage." +msgstr "" +"保证用户目录或共享目录使用的所有磁盘在安装中可以跨越所有计算机被唯一命名，它" +"们可以被作为 <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/</computeroutput> 被挂载。" +"最初，在文件服务器上创建的是一个目录， <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/</" +"computeroutput>，所有的用户帐号在那里创建。在需要提供特别的用户组或特别的用途" +"模式时更多的目录能在那时被创建。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, " +"users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as \"students\") as " +"well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have " +"an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or " +"007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the " +"files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file " +"sharing between the members of a group." +msgstr "" +"在标准 UNIX 许可系统下能够共享存取文件，用户需要附加到共享组（如 " +"\"students\"）而他们缺省是在个人基本组。如果用户有适当的umask来新建组权限项" +"（002 或 007），而如果工作在setgid目录保证文件继承正确的组所有者，效果是组成" +"员之间共享管理文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. " +"The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as " +"described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files " +"are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by " +"explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>) to a umask of " +"007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to " +"make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and " +"makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the " +"risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the " +"first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material " +"they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this " +"by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are " +"readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely " +"to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive " +"information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want " +"to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration " +"issues)." +msgstr "" +"对新建文件的初始存取设置是一个方针问题。Debian 缺省umask是 022 （那会不允许组" +"权限为described above），而 Debian Edu 使用缺省 022 - 导致创建的文件对于所有" +"的人有读权限，那可以稍迟由明确用户行为消除。这可以选择改变（编辑 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-session</computeroutput>）为 007 的umask - " +"导致首先阻止读权限，制定他们的权限是必要的用户行为。这第一个接近促进知识的共" +"享，并使系统更透明，而第二个方法降低不想要敏感信息散布的风险。第一个方案的问" +"题是用户不清楚他们建立的资料会对所有其他用户有访问权限。他们可能仅由查看其他" +"用户的目录发现看到能辨认为他们的文件。第二个方法具有的问题是少数人适合制定他" +"们的文件权限，即使如果他们不包含敏感信息而其内容会帮助到想要得知其他解答个人" +"问题的好打听用户（典型的配置争议）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "需求" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be " +"installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many " +"schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the " +"configuration of network components, servers and client machines." +msgstr "" +"这是设置 Skolelinux 方案的不同方法。它可以被安装在一台单独应用的个人计算机" +"上，或作为许多学校操作中心的整体方案。这个灵活性制定了网络部件，服务器和客户" +"端机器的极为不同的配置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware requirements" +msgstr "硬件需求" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The purpose of the different profiles is explained in the <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">network architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"不同设定的目的在<link linkend=\"Architecture\">网络架构</link>一章中解释。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/LTSP/Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP Hardware " +"Requirements wiki page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"如果计划使用 LTSP，需要看 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/LTSP/" +"Ltsp%20Hardware%20Requirements\">LTSP 硬件需求 wiki 页面</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit " +"(Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) " +"or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors." +msgstr "" +"运行 Debian Edu / Skolelinux 的计算机必须有或是 32 位（Debian 架构 'i386'，最" +"陈旧被支持的处理器是 686 级）或者 64 位（Debian 架构 'amd64'）x86 处理器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM " +"and faster processors are recommended." +msgstr "" +"瘦客户端能够仅有 256 MiB RAM 而且是 400 MHz 的处理器，但推荐用更多的 RAM 和更" +"快的处理器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and " +"1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern " +"webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended." +msgstr "" +"对于工作站，无盘工作站和独立使用的系统，1500 MHz 及 1024 MiB 的内存绝对是最低" +"限度的需求。为运行最新的 web 浏览器和 LibreOffice 建议至少是 2048 MiB 的内" +"存。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed:" +msgstr "最低限度的磁盘空间需求取决于所安装的设定：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is " +"desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts)." +msgstr "" +"组合主服务器 + LTSP 服务器 + 工作站（如果需要服务器的图形界面）：60 GiB（加上" +"使用者帐户的额外空间）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LTSP server: 40 GiB." +msgstr "LTSP 服务器：40 GiB。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation or standalone: 30 GiB." +msgstr "工作站或独立系统：30 GiB。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB." +msgstr "联网设备的最小化安装：4 GiB。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network " +"architecture:" +msgstr "LTSP 服务器在使用缺省网络架构时需要两个网卡：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8)," +msgstr "eth0 连接到主网（10.0.0.0/8），" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients." +msgstr "使用 eth1 为 LTSP 客户端服务。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as " +"workstations." +msgstr "笔记本电脑是可移动的工作站，因此它们有同工作站一样的需求。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Hardware known to work" +msgstr "所知工作的硬件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A list of tested hardware is provided at <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> . This list is not nearly complete." +msgstr "" +"在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\"/> 上提供了一份" +"测试过的硬件清单。这一清单远不完整。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> is an effort to " +"document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, " +"allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing " +"owners to know how get the best out of that hardware." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn\"/> 努力将如何在一些" +"特定硬件上安装、配置和使用 Debian 记入文档，，让可能的购买者知道硬件是否被支" +"持，并且让现有的所有者知道如何让硬件达到最佳性能。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Requirements for network setup" +msgstr "网络设置需求" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Default Setup" +msgstr "缺省设置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "When using the default network architecture, these rules apply:" +msgstr "当使用缺省的网络架构时，这些规则适用：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You need exactly one main server." +msgstr "你需要的正是一台主服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network." +msgstr "你在主网上可以有上百工作站。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different " +"subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added." +msgstr "" +"在主网络上可以有许多 LTSP 服务器；两个分开的子网是在 LDAP 中预先配置的（DNS，" +"DHCP），还可以再添加。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each " +"LTSP server network." +msgstr "在每一个 LTSP 服务器网络上可以有上百的瘦客户端和/或无盘工作站。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses " +"assigned." +msgstr "可以有上百的其他机器会有充裕的 IP 地址来分配。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below)." +msgstr "为了访问互联网你需要一个路由/网关（参看下面）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Internet router" +msgstr "互联网路由" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and " +"running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal " +"interface, is needed to connect to the Internet." +msgstr "" +"路由/网关，在外部接口连接到互联网并在网络掩码 255.0.0.0 的 IP 地址 10.0.0.1 " +"的内部接口运行，需要连接到互联网。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though " +"this is not needed and will not be used." +msgstr "" +"路由将不运行 DHCP 服务器，它可以运行 DNS 服务器，但这是不需要的而且也不会被使" +"用。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be " +"set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a " +"minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces " +"can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu " +"one. See <link linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-" +"router\">installation documentation</link> for a simple way to install and " +"set up a Debian machine using <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"如果您没有路由器或无法设置您的路由器，任何满足Debian最小化安装需求且配备至少" +"两个网络接口的设备均可作为网关来连接现有网络和Debian Edu设备。请参考 <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Installing_a_gateway_using_debian-edu-router\">安装文" +"档</link>中提供的简单方法，通过<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput>安装和设置一台 Debian 设备。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend " +"using <ulink url=\"https://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>, though of course " +"you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is " +"easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT " +"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/" +"start\">supported hardware</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"如果需要嵌入式路由器或访问点设备的话，推荐使用 <ulink url=\"http://" +"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT</ulink>，当然也可以使用原先的固件。使用原先的固件更容" +"易；使用 OpenWRT 会给你更多选择和控制权。请查看 OpenWRT 网页来找到<ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/start\">支持的硬件</ulink>的列表。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">documented " +"procedure</ulink> to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an " +"existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend " +"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network " +"architecture</link>." +msgstr "" +"能够使用不同的网络设置（有个 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">归档的过程</ulink> 来做这件事），但如果不以现有的网络" +"基础结构勉强去做，那么推荐不要那么做，并推荐维持缺省状态的 <link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">网络结构</link>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Installation and download options" +msgstr "安装和下载选项" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Where to find additional information" +msgstr "在哪里找到另外的信息" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"We recommend that you read or at least take a look at the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes " +"for Debian Trixie</ulink> before you start installing a system for " +"production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release " +"available in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"在开始安装为生产使用的系统前建议阅读或至少看一下 <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">Debian Bookworm 发行说明</" +"ulink>。更多有关 Debian Bookworm 发行的信息可在其<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>里获得。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work." +msgstr "请尝试一下 Debian Edu/Skolelinux，应该能行。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about <link " +"linkend=\"Requirements\">hardware and network requirements</link> and about " +"the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> before starting to " +"install a main server." +msgstr "" +"不过，建议在开始安装主服务器之前阅读有关<link linkend=\"Requirements\">硬件和" +"网络需求</link>以及<link linkend=\"Architecture\">架构</link>的章节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be sure to also read the <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">getting started</" +"link> chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first " +"time." +msgstr "" +"还要务必阅读本手册的<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">入门</link>一章，因为那" +"说明了第一次如何登录。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie" +msgstr "下载 Debian Edu 12 代号 bookworm 的安装媒体" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "amd64 or i386" +msgstr "amd64 或 i386" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both " +"are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> is a 64-bit architecture and " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> is a 32-bit architecture. New " +"installations today should be done using <computeroutput>amd64</" +"computeroutput>. <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> should only be used " +"for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version " +"to provide the <computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> architecture." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> 是两个 Debian 的 x86 CPU 架构名称，两者由 AMD，Intel 和其他厂" +"商制造。<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput> 是 64 位架构而 " +"<computeroutput>i386</computeroutput> 是 32 位架构。现今新的安装将使用 " +"<computeroutput>amd64</computeroutput>。<computeroutput>i386</" +"computeroutput> 仅将用于非常老旧的硬件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "netinst iso image for amd64" +msgstr "amd64 或 i386 的网络安装 iso 映像" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash " +"drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name " +"implies, Internet access is required for the installation." +msgstr "" +"网络安装 iso 映像可以用于从 CD/DVD 和 USB 闪存驱动器安装并且有两个 Debian 架" +"构：amd64 或 i386。顾名思义，安装有赖于对互联网的访问。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "This image is available for download from:" +msgstr "一旦 Bookworm 发布其映像就可以从这里下载：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "BD iso image for amd64" +msgstr "amd64 或 i386 的BD iso 映像" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation " +"of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst " +"image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size." +msgstr "" +"这些 ISO 映像约 7.5 GB 大并可用于 amd64 或 i386 机器的安装，也不用访问互联" +"网。它像网络安装映像一样可用于 USB 闪存驱动器或足够大的盘介质。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Verification of downloaded image files" +msgstr "已下载映像文件的校验" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Detailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/CD/faq/\">Debian-CD 常见问题集</ulink>的" +"一部分对校验和使用这些映像做了详细说明。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "源代码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, " +"several media are linked on <ulink url=\"https://get.debian.org/cdimage/" +"release/current/source/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"源代码从通常位置的 Debian 档案来获得，系列媒介链接在 <ulink url=\"http://" +"get.debian.org/cdimage/release/current/source/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing Debian Edu" +msgstr "安装 Debian Edu" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose " +"from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding " +"the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian " +"Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose " +"from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our " +"defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose " +"a lightweight desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"当安装 Debian Edu 时，有一些选项要选择。不要畏惧；不是很多。我们做了很好的工" +"作隐藏了安装 Debian 期间及其后续的复杂性。然而，Debian Edu 就是 Debian，如需" +"要则有超过 59,000 个软件包从中选择大量配置选项。对于我们大多数的使用者，我们" +"的默认配置是精细的。请注意：如果打算使用 LTSP，选择一个轻量级桌面环境。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Main server installation scenarios" +msgstr "主要服务器安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or home network with Internet access through a router " +"providing DHCP:" +msgstr "通过提供 DHCP 的路由器访问互联网的典型学校或家庭网络：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no " +"Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8)." +msgstr "" +"可以安装一台主服务器，但重新启动后将不能访问互联网（由于主网络接口 IP " +"10.0.2.2/8）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"See the <link linkend=\"Requirements--Internet_router\">Internet router</" +"link> chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to " +"configure an existing one as needed." +msgstr "" +"如果不能根据需要配置现有的网关就参阅<link linkend=\"Requirements--" +"Internet_router\">互联网路由器</link>章节如何设置网关的细节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Connect all components like shown in the <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"Network\">architecture</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"像在<link linkend=\"Architecture--Network\">架构</link>一章里展示的那样连接全" +"部组件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time " +"in the correct environment." +msgstr "主服务器在正确环境下首次启动就会有互联网连接。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with " +"proxy use required." +msgstr "典型的学校或机构网络，类似于上述，但需要使用代理。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for " +"details how this is done." +msgstr "添加‘debian-edu-expert’到内核命令行；参阅后续细节来做。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one " +"included." +msgstr "必须回答一些附加问题，包括讲到的代理服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP " +"server) and Internet access:" +msgstr "" +"网络由 IP 为 10.0.0.1/8 的路由器/网关（那不提供 DHCP 服务器）而访问互联网：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), " +"choose manual network configuration." +msgstr "一旦自动网络配置失败（由于未发现 DHCP），就选择手工网络配置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP" +msgstr "输入 10.0.2.2/8 作为主机 IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP" +msgstr "输入 10.0.0.1 作为网关 IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better" +msgstr "如果不知道更合适的就输入 8.8.8.8 作为域名服务器 IP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "The main server should just work after the first boot." +msgstr "主服务器将在第一次启动之后正常工作。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Offline (no Internet connection):" +msgstr "离线（无网络连接）：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use the BD ISO image." +msgstr "使用蓝光光盘 ISO 映像。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged." +msgstr "核实所有（真实/虚拟）网线插头被拔出。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to " +"configure the network and you pressed 'Continue')." +msgstr "选择‘现在不进行网络设置’（在 DHCP 配置网络失败并按下‘继续’之后）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with " +"Internet access." +msgstr "在互联网联通的正确环境下第一次启动就更新系统。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Desktop environments" +msgstr "桌面环境" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Several desktop environments are available:" +msgstr "有几种桌面环境可用：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language " +"support (106 languages)." +msgstr "Xfce 的负载比 LXDE 略大但有非常好的语言支持（106 种语言）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for " +"both older computers and for LTSP clients." +msgstr "" +"KDE 和 GNOME 都有很好的语言支持，但对于比较陈旧的计算机和 LTSP 客户机都是重" +"负。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME." +msgstr "Cinnamon 是 GNOME 的一个轻量级替代。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support " +"for several countries." +msgstr "MATE 比上面三个轻巧，但对一些地区缺少良好的语言支持。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages." +msgstr "LXDE 有着最小的负载而支持 35 种语言。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) " +"with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE)." +msgstr "" +"LXQt 是一款具有更新颖外观和体验（就像 KDE 一样基于 Qt）的轻量级桌面环境（语言" +"支持类似于 LXDE）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default " +"desktop environment; see below how to set a different one." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 作为一个国际项目而选择使用了 Xfce 作为默认桌面环境；参阅下面如何来" +"设置一个不同的桌面环境。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modular installation" +msgstr "模块化安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When installing a system with profile <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> " +"included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only " +"the basic profile, remove the <emphasis>desktop=xxxx</emphasis> kernel " +"command line param before starting the installation; see further below for " +"details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system " +"and could be used to speed up test installations." +msgstr "" +"安装配置文件为<emphasis>工作站（Workstation）</emphasis>的系统时，会安装许多" +"与教育相关的程序。要仅安装基本配置文件，请在开始安装之前删除" +"<emphasis>desktop=XXXX</emphasis>kernel命令行参数；有关如何执行此操作的详细信" +"息，请参阅下文。这允许安装一个特定于站点的系统，并可以用来加速测试安装。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't " +"use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> because these would pull in all education related programs; rather " +"install e.g. <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink> instead. One or more of the new school " +"level related meta-packages <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>education-primaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-" +"secondaryschool</emphasis>, <emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis> could " +"be installed to match the use case." +msgstr "" +"请注意：如果之后打算安装一个桌面环境，不要使用像例如 <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/education-desktop-xfce#\">education-desktop-xfce</" +"ulink> 这样的 Debian Edu 元软件包是因为这将会引入全部教育相关的程序；例如可改" +"为安装 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/task-xfce-" +"desktop#\">task-xfce-desktop</ulink>。应视使用情况安装一些新的相关年级的元软" +"件包 <emphasis>education-preschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-" +"primaryschool</emphasis>，<emphasis>education-secondaryschool</emphasis>，" +"<emphasis>education-highschool</emphasis>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu packages overview</ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"有关 Debian Edu 综合软件包的详细情况，请看 <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/\">Debian Edu 软件包概览</ulink>页。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation types and options" +msgstr "安装类型和选项" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>在 64 位硬件上的安装程序引导菜单 - BIOS 模式</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "64 位安装程序引导菜单（BIOS 模式）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> uses the GTK " +"installer where you can use the mouse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> 使用图形界面安装程序而" +"你可以使用鼠标。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Install</emphasis> uses text mode." +msgstr "使用文本模式<emphasis role=\"strong\">安装</emphasis>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Advanced options ></emphasis> gives a sub menu " +"with more detailed options to choose." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">进阶选项></emphasis> 给予更多详细选项来选择的子" +"菜单。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> gives some hints on using the " +"installer; see screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Help</emphasis> 给予所使用的安装程序的一些提示；参" +"看以下的屏幕快照。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1" +msgstr "64 位安装程序高级选项屏幕快照 1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> brings back to the main menu." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Back..</emphasis> 返回到主菜单。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> gives access " +"to all available questions, mouse usable." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical expert install</emphasis> 在图形模式中给" +"予访问所有的问题，适用鼠标。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical rescue mode</emphasis> 让这个安装介质成为" +"紧急任务的救援盘。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical automated install</emphasis> 需要preseed" +"文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> gives access to all " +"available questions in text mode." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Expert install</emphasis> 给予访问在文本模式中所有" +"的问题。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> text mode; makes this " +"install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Rescue mode</emphasis> 文本模式；让这个安装介质成为" +"紧急任务的救援盘。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> text mode; needs a " +"preseed file." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Automated install</emphasis> 文本模式；需要预置文" +"件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not use <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>, use <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-expert</computeroutput> instead as an additional kernel parameter in " +"exceptional cases." +msgstr "" +"不使用 <computeroutput>Graphical expert install</computeroutput> 或者 " +"<computeroutput>Expert install</computeroutput>，在特殊情况下改用 " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> 作为附加的内核参数。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Help screen</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installer help screen" +msgstr "安装程序帮助界面的屏幕快照" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the " +"keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described." +msgstr "" +"帮助屏幕是自己说明并能用键盘上的 <F>-键获得更多题目解释中的细节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>在 64 位硬件上的安装程序引导菜单- UEFI 模式</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "64 位安装程序引导菜单（UEFI 模式）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Add or change boot parameters for installations</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> key " +"in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"在两种情况中，于引导菜单下按 <emphasis role=\"strong\">TAB</emphasis> 或 " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">E</emphasis> 键可以编辑引导选项；这一屏幕快照显示" +"了 <emphasis role=\"strong\">Graphical install</emphasis> 的命令行。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (BIOS mode)" +msgstr "编辑命令行选项（BIOS 模式）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Edit command line options (UEFI mode)" +msgstr "编辑命令行选项（UEFI 模式）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the " +"installation of the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile from CD. Add " +"e.g. <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> " +"as an additional boot parameter." +msgstr "" +"可以使用网络上一个存在的 HTTP 代理服务来加速从 CD 安装<emphasis>主服务器</" +"emphasis>设定配置。例如添加 <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy=http://" +"10.0.2.2:3128</computeroutput> 作为一个附加引导参数。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you have already installed the <emphasis>Main Server</emphasis> profile " +"on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will " +"automatically use the proxy of the main server." +msgstr "" +"如果在一台机器上已经安装了<emphasis>主服务器</emphasis>设定配置，后续安装应通" +"过 PXE 完成，因为这将自动使用主服务器的代理。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead of the default <emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> " +"desktop environment, replace <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> with " +"<computeroutput>gnome</computeroutput> in the <computeroutput>desktop=xfce</" +"computeroutput> parameter." +msgstr "" +"要安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">GNOME</emphasis> 桌面环境来替换默认的 " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Xfce</emphasis> 桌面环境，在 " +"<computeroutput>desktop=xfce</computeroutput> 中用 <computeroutput>gnome</" +"computeroutput> 替换 <computeroutput>xfce</computeroutput> 参数。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXDE</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxde</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> desktop environment " +"instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LXQt</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " +"<computeroutput>desktop=lxqt</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">KDE Plasma</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " +"<computeroutput>desktop=kde</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"要改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">Cinnamon</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " +"<computeroutput>desktop=cinnamon</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"And to install the <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> desktop " +"environment instead, use <computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"而改为安装 <emphasis role=\"strong\">MATE</emphasis> 桌面环境，使用 " +"<computeroutput>desktop=mate</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "The installation process" +msgstr "安装过程" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remember the <link linkend=\"Requirements\">system requirements</link> and " +"make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting " +"up an LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"如果计划设置一个 LTSP 服务器的话，请记住<link linkend=\"Requirements\">系统要" +"求</link>确保有至少有两块网卡（NIC）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)." +msgstr "选择一种语言（对于本安装及安装后的系统）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live." +msgstr "选择一个区域那通常是你生活的地方。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine)." +msgstr "选择键盘布局（缺省的地区通常很好）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Choose profile(s) from the following list:" +msgstr "从以下列表中选择各设定：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-" +"configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per " +"school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you " +"want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in " +"addition to this one." +msgstr "" +"这是为学校提供所有服务的预配置“开箱即可工作”的主服务器（tjener）。每一个学校" +"只可安装一台主服务器！这个预配置不包括图形用户界面。如果需要图形用户界面，此" +"时在这里选择工作站或 LTSP 服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">工作站</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and " +"devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are " +"authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile " +"are stored." +msgstr "" +"一台计算机从它的本地硬盘驱动器引导，并且如一台普通的计算机本地驱动运行全部软" +"件，只是由主服务器认证用户登录，那里储存着用户的文件和桌面profile。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Roaming workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">漫游工作站</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, " +"meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and " +"profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops " +"this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as " +"suggested in earlier releases." +msgstr "" +"同于工作站但能够使用贮藏资格认证，意味这可以在学校外的网络中使用。用户的文件" +"和profile保存在本地硬盘上。对于单一的用户notebook和laptop在较早的发布版中建议" +"不选择“工作站”或“独立安装”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP Server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. " +"Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This " +"computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more " +"than one processor or core. See the chapter about <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link> for more information on " +"this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile " +"(even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a " +"workstation, too." +msgstr "" +"瘦客户端（无硬盘工作站）服务器称为 LTSP 服务器。没有硬盘的客户端从该服务器启" +"动并运行软件。这台计算机需要两个网络接口、大量内存，理想情况下有多个处理器或" +"核心。有关此主题的更多信息，请参阅有关<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客" +"户端</link>的章节。选择此配置文件也会启用工作站配置文件（即使未选择）——LTSP " +"服务器也可以用作工作站。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Standalone</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">独立安装</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it " +"doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops." +msgstr "" +"普通的计算机可以不以主服务器运转（那是，它不需要在网络中）。包括笔记本。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Minimal</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">最小安装</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to " +"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and " +"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved " +"out from the main server." +msgstr "" +"这个设定配置会安装基本软件包和配置机器融入 Debian Edu 网络，但没有任何服务和" +"应用。用作从主服务器手工迁移出单个服务的平台。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be " +"added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package " +"needs to be installed." +msgstr "" +"如果普通用户需要使用类似的系统，则需要使用GOsa²（类似于工作站）添加它，并且需" +"要安装libpam-krb5软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main Server</emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed " +"on one machine together if you want to install a so called " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>. This means the main server will " +"be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default " +"choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must " +"have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed " +"as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>、<emphasis role=\"strong\">工作" +"站</emphasis>和<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>配置已被预选。" +"如果你想安装所谓的<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>，这些配置可以在一台机器上" +"一起安装。这意味着主服务器将同时是 LTSP 服务器，并且也可用作工作站。这是默认" +"选择，因为我们假设大多数人会希望这样。请注意，要使安装后的组合主服务器或 " +"LTSP 服务器有用，必须在将要安装的机器上安装两块网卡。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Say \"yes\" or \"no\" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying " +"\"yes\" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying \"no\" on the other " +"hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required " +"partitions are created and are big enough." +msgstr "" +"对自动分区说“是”或者“不”。要意识到说“是”将摧毁硬盘驱动器上的全部数据！而说" +"“不”会依赖更多工作 - 你要保证需要的分区已经建立并且足够大。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Please say \"yes\" to submitting information to <ulink url=\"https://" +"popcon.debian.org/\"/> to allow us to know which packages are popular and " +"should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a " +"simple way for you to help." +msgstr "" +"请对提交信息到 <ulink url=\"https://popcon.debian.org/\"/> 说“是”来允许我们知" +"道那些软件包的流行度并将其保持到将来的发布中。尽管不必这样做，这却是你所做帮" +"助的简单方法。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will " +"spend quite some time at the end, \"Finishing the installation - Running " +"debian-edu-profile-udeb...\"." +msgstr "" +"等待。如果所选设定配置包含 LTSP 服务器那么安装程序在最后会耗费相当一段时间，" +"“完成安装 - 运行 debian-edu-profile-udeb...”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user " +"account \"for non-administrative tasks\". For Debian Edu this account is " +"very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux " +"network." +msgstr "" +"给出 root 密码之后，你会被询问创建“非管理任务”的常规用户帐号。这是 Debian " +"Edu 非常重要的帐号：你要使用这个帐号管理 Skolelinux 网络。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The password for this user <emphasis role=\"strong\">must</emphasis> have a " +"length of <emphasis role=\"strong\">at least 5 characters</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">must differ</emphasis> from the <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">username</emphasis> - otherwise login will not be possible " +"(even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username " +"will be accepted by the installer)." +msgstr "" +"该用户的密码<emphasis role=\"strong\">必须</emphasis>至少有<emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">5个字符</emphasis>，并且<emphasis role=\"strong\">必须与用户" +"名不同</emphasis>——否则将无法登录（尽管安装程序会接受较短的密码以及与用户名相" +"同的密码）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Wait again in case of a <emphasis>combined main server</emphasis> after " +"rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS " +"image for diskless workstations." +msgstr "" +"若是<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>重启系统后还需等待。这将花费相当长的时间" +"生成无盘工作站的 SquashFS 映像。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin " +"client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"若是独立的 LTSP 服务器，无盘工作站和/或瘦客户端的设置需要一些手工的步骤。相关" +"细节，参见<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户端 HowTo</link> 章节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installing a gateway using debian-edu-router" +msgstr "使用 debian-edu-router 安装一个网关" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> package " +"simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an " +"interactive configuration process where the necessary information is " +"obtained through a series of dialogues." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> 软件包简化了 " +"Debian Edu 网络的网关设置流程，您可以在交互式的配置流程中通过一系列对话框来获" +"取或输入需要的信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure " +"to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since " +"Debian Edu installations are not supported by <computeroutput>debian-edu-" +"router-config</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"为了使用它，请进行一个最小的 Debian 安装。一定要使用常规的 Debian 安装程序，" +"而不是 Debian Edu 安装程序，因为 <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</" +"computeroutput> 不支持 Debian Edu 安装。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Install the <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> " +"package using" +msgstr "" +"然后安装 <computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>，执行" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored " +"for now." +msgstr "可能出现一些关于配置的错误信息，现在可以忽略它们。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For the configuration process following the installation of " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput>, physical access " +"to the computer is required." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-router-config</computeroutput> 安装完成后，接下来" +"的配置流程需要物理访问计算机。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding " +"networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which " +"interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more " +"information about the network hardware" +msgstr "" +"网络接口可能已经连接到相应的网络，但也不一定。不过，必须清楚哪个接口会连接到" +"哪个网络。为了获取更多关于网络硬件的信息" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "can be used." +msgstr "这个命令能够提供这些信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> or files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> and un-configure " +"the two interfaces using" +msgstr "" +"从 <computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> 或 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces.d/</computeroutput> 中移除要使用的两" +"个网络接口的配置，并使用命令取消配置这两个接口" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The actual configuration process is started with" +msgstr "实际的配置过程起始于" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uif configuration method" +msgstr "选择网络设置方式" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Confirmation for setting up uif" +msgstr "确认设置uif" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose \"debian-edu-" +"router\". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu " +"Router." +msgstr "" +"当涉及到uif防火墙配置方法时选择\"debian-edu-router\"。确认您要为Debian Edu路" +"由器设置防火墙。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allowing ping in uif" +msgstr "允许在uif中跟踪路由" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allowing traceroute in uif" +msgstr "允许在uif中跟踪路由" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer " +"with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues." +msgstr "" +"确定是否要响应ping和traceroute。如果不确定，请回答“是”，该回答会用于诊断网络" +"问题。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling IP packet forwarding" +msgstr "启用IP数据包转发" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding." +msgstr "确认您要启用IP数据包转发。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available network setup methods" +msgstr "选择网络设置方式" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the network setup method" +msgstr "选择网络设置方式" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one " +"of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are " +"already connected or not." +msgstr "" +"接下来，将网络分配给路由器中的网络接口，根据您的网络接口是否已经连接，选择提" +"供的选项之一。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting the uplink interface" +msgstr "选择上行接口" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network." +msgstr "选择已连接到上游网络的接口。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting internal networks" +msgstr "选择内部网络" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single " +"internal network select \"Education\" here." +msgstr "" +"选择一个内部网络，如果您不确定并且只是想要一个内部网络，请在此处选择 " +"“Education”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling use of VLANs" +msgstr "启用VLANs" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure " +"select no here." +msgstr "选择是否应将VLAN用于内部网络，如果不确定，请在此处选择 “否”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting supported IP versions" +msgstr "选择支持的IP版本" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select \"IPv4\" here." +msgstr "这里选择“IPv4”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting networks which require a static IP address" +msgstr "选择需要静态IP地址的网络" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Select \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on internal " +"networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network " +"requires a static IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting a static IP address for the internal network" +msgstr "为内部网络设置一个静态IP地址" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Set <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</computeroutput> as the static IP address for " +"the internal network \"Education\" if you followed the above suggestion on " +"internal networks." +msgstr "" +"如果你遵循了上述内部网络的建议请将IP地址设为 <computeroutput>10.0.0.1/8</" +"computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling NAT for networks" +msgstr "为网络启用NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable NAT for the internal network." +msgstr "为内部网络启用NAT。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling internet access for networks" +msgstr "为网络允许互联网访问" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Enable internet access for internal networks." +msgstr "为内部网络允许互联网访问。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT explained" +msgstr "设置反向NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Setting up reverse NAT" +msgstr "设置反向NAT" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can " +"configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the " +"gateway can be configured using the following dialog." +msgstr "" +"如果你想将任意一个内部服务暴露在公网上请使用可描述的标记。请注意网关的SSH访问" +"权限可以使用下列对话框来配置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling SSH access for networks" +msgstr "为网络启用SSH访问权限" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway." +msgstr "决定允许哪个网络通过SSH访问网关。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring the SSH port" +msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the SSH port, this should be <computeroutput>22</computeroutput> " +"if the configuration has not been changed." +msgstr "" +"配置SSH端口，如果没有修改的话应该为<computeroutput>22</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Enabling DHCP for networks" +msgstr "为网络启用DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the " +"Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "不要在内部网络启用DHCP，它将由Debian Edu主服务器提供。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot " +"the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router " +"Menu." +msgstr "如果没有连接网络接口请连接并重启机器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH configuration" +msgstr "LTSP 客户端配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via " +"the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing <computeroutput>c</" +"computeroutput> in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from " +"which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same " +"dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Notes on some characteristics" +msgstr "一些典型的注意事项" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on notebooks" +msgstr "一个在笔记本上的注意事项" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see " +"above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care " +"over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, " +"logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop " +"to the network and logged in with the new password)." +msgstr "" +"最合适你要使用的“漫游工作站”prolile（参看上面）。要知道所有数据保存在本地（那" +"在备份上要用一些额外的任务）并储存登录证书（那么密码变更之后，如果你没有连接" +"你的笔记本到网络并以新密码登录过可能依赖你的旧密码登录）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installs" +msgstr "USB 闪存盘 / 蓝光光盘映像安装的一个注意点" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> will only contain " +"sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly " +"suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates " +"can be installed:" +msgstr "" +"在从 USB 闪存盘 / 蓝光光盘映像安装之后，<computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> 只会包含来自那个映像的源。如果有互联网连接，我" +"们强烈建议在其中添加如下数行而可获得安装安全更新：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note on CD installs" +msgstr "CD 安装的一个说明" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) " +"will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount " +"of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays " +"below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop " +"environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main " +"server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its " +"proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net." +msgstr "" +"网络安装（那是我们的 CD 所提供的安装类型）会从 CD 中取出一些软件包而其余的从" +"网上取得。从网上取得的软件包数量从profile到profile而变化但维持在低于gigabyte" +"（除非你选择安装所有可用的桌面）。一旦你安装了主服务器（无论单纯的主服务器或" +"组合服务器不成问题），其后的安装会使用它自己的代理来避免从网上多次下载相同的" +"软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discs" +msgstr "安装使用 USB 闪存驱动器来取代 CD / 蓝光光盘" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also " +"known as \"USB sticks\") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like " +"this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs:" +msgstr "" +"能够直接拷贝一个 CD/BD<computeroutput>.iso</computeroutput> 映像到 USB 闪存驱" +"动器（也叫作“U 盘”）并从其引导。简单地执行像这样的一个命令，只是改写自己需要" +"的文件和设备名称：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB " +"device has been inserted:" +msgstr "在插入 USB 设备后而运行该命令之前，要确定这个 X 的值：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please note that copying will take quite some time." +msgstr "请注意拷贝将会用相当长的时间。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just " +"like a CD or Blu-ray disc." +msgstr "取决于你选择了哪个镜像，USB 闪存驱动器会表现得就像 CD 或者蓝光光盘。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation and booting over the network via PXE" +msgstr "通过 PXE 在网络上安装和引导" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For this installation method it is required that you have a running main " +"server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and " +"boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error " +"message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's " +"network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's " +"initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command:" +msgstr "" +"对于这个安装方法，需要你运行主服务器。当客户端通过主网引导时，显示一个有安装" +"程序和引导选项的新 iPXE 菜单。如果 PXE 安装失败，错误信息声明 XXX.bin 文件丢" +"失，那么最可能的是，客户端网卡需要非自由固件。在这种情况下，Debian 安装程序" +"的 initrd 必需被修改。这可以在服务器上执行命令： <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware </computeroutput> 来完成。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "on the server." +msgstr "于该服务器上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Main " +"Server</emphasis> profile only:" +msgstr "" +"仅有<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>设定配置的 iPXE 菜单看上去是" +"怎样的：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu without LTSP entries" +msgstr "没有 LTSP 项目的 iPXE 菜单" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This is how the iPXE menu looks with the <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP " +"Server</emphasis> profile:" +msgstr "" +"这是使用 <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>配置的 iPXE 菜单外" +"观：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "The iPXE menu with LTSP entries" +msgstr "有 LTSP 项目的 iPXE 菜单" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted " +"on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless " +"workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"这个设置也允许无盘工作站和瘦客户端在主网络上引导。不像工作站和独立的 LTSP 服" +"务器，无盘工作站不必添加到具有 GOsa² 的LDAP中。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about network clients can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"更多关于网络客户端的信息可以在 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network " +"clients HowTo</link> 章中被找到。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modifying PXE installations" +msgstr "修改 PXE 安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be " +"modified to ask for more packages to install." +msgstr "" +"PXE 安装使用 debian 安装程序 preseed 文件，那可以被修改来询问安装更多的软件" +"包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A line like the following needs to be added to <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/" +"debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"类似随后的一行需要添加到 <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-" +"edu-install.dat</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The PXE installation uses the preseeding file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. This file can be changed to " +"adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when " +"installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra " +"settings in <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> and to run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> to update the generated files." +msgstr "" +"PXE 安装使用 <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</" +"computeroutput>和在 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> 中的预置文件。这些文件可以更改，在安装过程中调整" +"使用的预置，来避免在通过网络安装时更多的问题。另一个实现的方法是在 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> 和 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</" +"computeroutput> 中提供附加的设置，并运行 <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 来更新已生成的文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Further information can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/trixie/installmanual\">manual of the Debian Installer</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"进一步的信息可以在 <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">Debian 安装手册</ulink>里找到。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines " +"containing <computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>mirror/ftp/proxy</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>preseed/early_command</computeroutput> in " +"<computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </" +"computeroutput> need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when " +"installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the " +"\"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://webcache:3128\"; </" +"computeroutput>\" part from the last one." +msgstr "" +"要禁止或变更通过 PXE 安装时代理的使用，在 <computeroutput>tjener:/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat </computeroutput> 中包含 " +"<computeroutput>mirror/http/proxy</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>mirror/" +"ftp/proxy</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>preseed/early_command</" +"computeroutput> 的数行需要被改变。要禁止安装时代理的使用，在最初两行的前面放" +"置 '#'，并从其末尾移除 \"<computeroutput>export http_proxy=\"http://" +"webcache:3128\"; </computeroutput>\" 部分。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the " +"preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop " +"environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default " +"settings, edit the iPXE menu file <computeroutput>/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe</" +"computeroutput> on the main server." +msgstr "" +"一些设置不能预置，因为预置文件被下载之前就已需要这些设置了。这些在来自 " +"<computeroutput>/srv/tftp/debian-edu/install.cfg</computeroutput>的基于 " +"PXElinux 的引导参数中配置。语言，键盘布局和桌面是上述设置的实例。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Custom images" +msgstr "定制镜像" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use " +"the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian " +"Installer</ulink>, which has a modular design and other nice features. " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed\">Preseeding</" +"ulink> allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked." +msgstr "" +"创建定制的 CD，DVD 或蓝光光盘会因为使用了 <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">Debian 安装程序</ulink>而相当容易，它有模" +"块化设计及其它很好的特性。<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianInstaller/Preseed\">预置</ulink> 对通常提出的问题允许确定答案。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this " +"is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">remaster the CD/" +"DVD</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"因此所有需要做的是用你的答案（这个在 Debian 安装程序手册的附录里叙述）和 " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD\">重新录制 CD/" +"DVD</ulink> 来创建预置文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Screenshot tour" +msgstr "屏幕快照观览" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - " +"only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity " +"to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the " +"hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use " +"it." +msgstr "" +"文本方式和图形安装有相同的功能 - 仅是外观不同。图形方式提供使用鼠标的机会，自" +"然看着最宜人并且更新颖。除非用图形方式硬件有困难，那没有理由不使用它。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + " +"Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at " +"the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network " +"(thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the " +"right has been clicked)." +msgstr "" +"这里是通过一个图形化的 64 位主服务器 + 工作站 + LTSP 服务器安装的截屏过程，以" +"及在主服务器第一次引导时所看到的样子，和 LTSP 客户端网络上引导的 PXE（瘦客户" +"端会话屏幕——在右侧的会话被点击后的登录屏幕）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select a language" +msgstr "选择一种语言" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Select your location" +msgstr "选择你的位置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure the keyboard" +msgstr "配置键盘" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Detect network hardware" +msgstr "选择网络硬件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Configure network manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure IP address" +msgstr "配置键盘" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure gateway" +msgstr "配置键盘" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure nameserver" +msgstr "配置服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Choose Debian Edu profile" +msgstr "选择 Debian Edu 设定配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: no" +msgstr "使用自动分区工具：否" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes" +msgstr "使用自动分区工具：是" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: no" +msgstr "参与软件包使用情况调查：否" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Participate in the package usage survey: yes" +msgstr "参与软件包使用情况调查：是" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the root user" +msgstr "为 root 用户设置密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set full name for the first user" +msgstr "设置第一个用户的全名" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user name for the first user" +msgstr "设置第一个用户的用户名" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set password for the first user" +msgstr "设置第一个用户的密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Installation complete" +msgstr "安装完成" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Lightdm Login screen" +msgstr "Lightdm 登录屏幕" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop showing Browser window" +msgstr "Xfce桌面显示浏览器窗口" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Xfce Desktop screen" +msgstr "Xfce 桌面屏幕" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Welcome screen" +msgstr "瘦客户端欢迎屏幕" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Thin-Client-Login screen" +msgstr "瘦客户端登录屏幕" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "开始" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Minimum steps to get started" +msgstr "开始的最少步骤" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"During installation of the main server a first user account was created. In " +"the following text this account will be referenced as \"first user\". This " +"account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so " +"<computeroutput>chmod o+x ~</computeroutput> is needed to make personal web " +"pages accessible), and the first user can use <computeroutput>sudo</" +"computeroutput> to become root." +msgstr "" +"在主服务器安装时创建了第一个使用者帐户。该帐户在下文将被称为“第一用户”。这个" +"帐户是特殊的，因为其主目录权限设置为 700（因此需要 <computeroutput>chmod o+x " +"~</computeroutput> 以使个人网页可访问），而且第一用户可以使用 " +"<computeroutput>sudo</computeroutput> 成为 root。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the information about Debian Edu specific <link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">file system access configuration</link> " +"before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed." +msgstr "" +"请在添加用户前参阅有关 Debian Edu 具体的<link linkend=\"Architecture--" +"File_system_access_configuration\">文件系统访问配置</link>信息；如有需要请调" +"整站点策略。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are:" +msgstr "安装之后，作为首用户的你需要做的第一件事是：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Log into the server." +msgstr "登录到主服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users with GOsa²." +msgstr "用 GOsa² 添加用户。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add workstations with GOsa²." +msgstr "使用 GOsa² 添加工作站。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read " +"this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps " +"correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do." +msgstr "" +"在下面详细讲述添加用户和工作站，请完整阅读这章。包括如何正确进行这些最少步骤" +"以及，每个人大概会需要做的其他材料。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the " +"<link linkend=\"Features\">New features in Trixie</link> chapter should be " +"read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those " +"upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <link " +"linkend=\"Upgrades\">Upgrades</link> chapter." +msgstr "" +"在本手册的其他部分可以获得更多的信息：熟悉先前发布版的人应该阅读 <link " +"linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye 中的新特性</link>这一章。而为了从先前的发布版升" +"级，一定要阅读<link linkend=\"Upgrades\">升级</link>这一章。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use " +"some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS " +"server to use this server as its \"forwarder\". Update /etc/bind/" +"named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use." +msgstr "" +"如果普通的 DNS 流量阻塞你的外部网络而你需要使用某个特定的 DNS 服务器来查找互" +"联网主机，你需要告知这个 DNS 服务器作为它的“转发器”来使用这一服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter covers more tips and tricks " +"and some frequently asked questions." +msgstr "" +"这里的 <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> 一章涵盖了更多的提示和技巧以及一" +"些经常被问及的问题。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed " +"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below." +msgstr "" +"可以通过一个 web 管理界面管理运行在主要服务器上的几个服务。我们会在下面叙述每" +"一个。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to GOsa²" +msgstr "GOsa² 简介" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important " +"parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or " +"delete) these main groups:" +msgstr "" +"GOsa² 是一个可以帮助管理你的 Debian Edu 设置的一些重要部分的基于 web 的管理工" +"具。使用 GOsa² 你可以管理（添加，修改，或者删除）这些主要的组：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group Administration" +msgstr "组管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "NIS Netgroup Administration" +msgstr "NIS 网络组管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Machine Administration" +msgstr "计算机管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DNS Administration" +msgstr "DNS 管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "DHCP Administration" +msgstr "DHCP 管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system " +"with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was " +"installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + " +"Workstation profiles)." +msgstr "" +"为了访问 GOsa² 需要 Skolelinux 主服务器和安装了 web 浏览器的（客户端）系统，" +"如果是作为所谓的组合服务器（主服务器 + LTSP 服务器 + 工作站配置）来安装的话，" +"可以是主服务器自身。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's " +"easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command " +"sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main " +"server's installation (first user):" +msgstr "" +"如果（大概意外地）安装了一个纯主服务器 profile 而没有一个便于使用的 web 浏览" +"器的客户端，作为这一主服务器安装时创建的用户（第一个用户）在（非图形）shell " +"中使用这个命令序列在该主服务器上安装一个最小桌面是容易的：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"From a web browser use the URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> for GOsa² " +"access, and log in as the first user." +msgstr "" +"从一个 web 浏览器中使用这个 URL <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> 来访问 " +"GOsa²，并作为首用户登录。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will " +"be known by the browser." +msgstr "" +"如果是在使用一台新的 Debian Edu Bullseye 机器，该站点证书会被浏览器识别。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being " +"wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to " +"accept it and ignore that." +msgstr "" +"否则，你将收到有关 SSL 证书有误的错误消息。如果你知道是独自在你的网络上，就告" +"诉浏览器接受它并忽略那个。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "GOsa² Login plus Overview" +msgstr "GOsa² 登录和概览" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" +msgstr "作为首用户登录 GOsa² 后的概览页面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa²." +msgstr "在 GOsa² 登录之后你会看到 GOsa² 的概览页面。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on " +"the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left " +"side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration " +"pages offered by GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"接下来，你可以在菜单里选择一个任务或者在综览页面中点击任何任务图标。为了导" +"航，我们建议使用屏幕左侧的菜单，它将保持显示在所有 GOsa² 所提供的管理页面中。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP " +"directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the " +"(diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. " +"With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to " +"be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the " +"information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network." +msgstr "" +"在 Debian Edu 中，账户，组，和系统信息保存在一个 LDAP 目录里。这个数据不仅用" +"于主服务器，而且也用于网络中的（无盘）工作站，LTSP 服务器和其他机器。用 " +"LDAP，有关学生，教师，等等的账户信息仅需要输入一次。之后由 LDAP 提供信息，在" +"整个 Skolelinux 网络中的所有系统可用该信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and " +"provide a hierarchical department structure. To each \"department\" you can " +"add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the " +"structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/" +"LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of " +"the Debian Edu main server." +msgstr "" +"GOsa² 是一种使用 LDAP 来存储其信息并提供分层的部门结构的管理工具。你可以为每" +"个“部门”添加使用者账户，组，系统，网络组，等等。取决于你所设计的结构，你可以" +"用 GOsa²/LDAP 中的部门结构迁移你的组织结构进入 Debian Edu 主服务器的 LDAP 数" +"据树中。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two " +"\"departments\": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP " +"tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the \"Students\" " +"department, teachers to the \"Teachers\" department; systems (servers, " +"workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find " +"your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how " +"to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group " +"in the <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</link> chapter of " +"this manual.)" +msgstr "" +"默认的 Debian Edu 主服务器的安装目前提供两个“部门”：教师的和学生的，加上 " +"LDAP 树的基本层。学生账户会加入“Students”部门，教师加入“Teachers”部门；系统" +"（服务器，Skolelinux 工作站，Windows 机器，打印机等）目前加入到基本层。寻找自" +"己定制这一结构的方案。（在本手册的 <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration--" +"Create_Users_in_Year_Groups\">HowTo/高级管理</link>一章中，可以找到如何在具有" +"共同主目录的年级组中创建用户的示例。）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, " +"manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the " +"selected department (or the base level)." +msgstr "" +"根据你要处理的任务（管理用户，管理组，管理系统等），GOsa² 会在所选部门（或基" +"础层）上呈现不同的视图。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "使用 GOsa² 管理用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"First, click on \"Users\" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the " +"screen will change to show a table with department folders for \"Students\" " +"and \"Teachers\" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first " +"created user). Above this table you can see a field called <emphasis>Base</" +"emphasis> that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your " +"mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base " +"folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user)." +msgstr "" +"首先，点击左边导航菜单中的“Users”。屏幕右侧会转为显示一个" +"有“Students”和“Teachers”的部门文件夹以及 GOsa² 管理员（第一个被创建的用户）账" +"户的列表。这个表的上方可以看到一个名为 <emphasis>Base</emphasis> 的字段而允许" +"通过树状结构导航（鼠标移动到该区域上就会呈现一个下拉菜单）并为需要的操作（例" +"如添加一个新用户）选择一个基本文件夹。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users" +msgstr "添加用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Next to that tree navigation item you can see the \"Actions\" menu. Move " +"your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose \"Create\" " +"here, and then \"User\". You will be guided by the user creation wizard." +msgstr "" +"接下来你可以在树状导航项目中看到“操作”菜单。在这一项上面移动你的鼠标一个子菜" +"单呈现在屏幕上；选择其中的“创建”，而后是“用户”。你将由用户创建向导来指导。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) " +"and the full name of your user (see image)." +msgstr "最重要的是添加模板（新学生或新教师）和你的用户的全名（见图）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username " +"automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username " +"that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a " +"problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name " +"contains non-ASCII characters." +msgstr "" +"当你跟随向导时，你将看到 GOsa² 根据真实姓名自动生成用户名。它自动选择一个尚不" +"存在的用户名，那么有相同全名的多类用户不是问题。注意如果全名中包含非 ASCII 字" +"节 GOsa² 可能生成无效的用户名。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"If you don't like the generated username you can select another username " +"offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the " +"wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open " +"<computeroutput>/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> with an editor and add " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput> as an " +"additional option to the \"location definition\".)" +msgstr "" +"如果你不喜欢生成的用户名，你可以在下拉框中选择其他用户名，但你在向导中没有自" +"由选择。（如果你想要能够编辑提议的用户名，用一个编辑器打开 <computeroutput>/" +"etc/gosa/gosa.conf</computeroutput> 并添加 " +"<computeroutput>allowUIDProposalModification=\"true\"</computeroutput>作为附" +"加选项到 \"location definition\"。）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for " +"your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields." +msgstr "" +"在向导完成后，你将看到新用户对象的 GOsa² 屏幕。使用上端的标签检查全部字段。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has " +"left empty for now), click on the \"Ok\" button in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"创建用户后（无需自定义字段，向导现在已经为空），点击右下角的“确定”按钮。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that " +"in twice and then click \"Set password\" in the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" +"作为最后一步，GOsa² 会询问新用户的密码。键入两次之后点击右下角的“设置密码”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password." +msgstr "某些字符可能不被允许作为密码的一部分。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You " +"should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine " +"within your network." +msgstr "" +"如果一切顺利，你现在可以在用户列表中看到新用户。你现在能以那个新用户名登录你" +"的网络中的任何 Skolelinux 机器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search, modify and delete users" +msgstr "搜索，修改和删除用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Filterbox" +msgstr "过滤器栏" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your " +"system. On the middle of the screen you may open the \"Filter\" box, a " +"search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your " +"user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree " +"and search there with the option marked \"Search in subtrees\"." +msgstr "" +"要修改或删除用户，使用 GOsa² 浏览在你的系统中的用户列表。在屏幕中部你能够打开" +"“过滤”框，一个由 GOsa² 提供的搜索工具。如果你不知道你的用户账户在树状结构中的" +"确切位置，转变 GOsa²/LDAP 树的基本层并以“在子树中搜索”选项标记搜索。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When using the \"Filter\" box, results will immediately appear in the middle " +"of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and " +"the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide " +"actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user." +msgstr "" +"当使用“Filter”框时，结果将立即出现在表格列表视图中的文本中间。每一行代表一个" +"用户账户而在每行右边最远的项目是供操作的小图标：编辑用户，锁定账户，设置密" +"码，和删除用户。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the " +"user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user " +"belongs to." +msgstr "" +"将会显示一个新页面，你可以在哪里直接修改有关用户的信息，更改用户的密码和修改" +"用户所属的组列表。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Editing user data" +msgstr "编辑用户数据" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Set passwords" +msgstr "设置密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their " +"own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided " +"in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will " +"be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to " +"the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog." +msgstr "" +"学生可以使用自己的用户名登录 GOsa² 来更改自己的密码。在桌面系统（或系统设置）" +"菜单提供的易于访问的 GOsa² 入口，称为 Gosa。一个已登录的学生会被显示在一个很" +"小版本的 GOsa² 中，仅允许访问这个学生自己的账户数据表单以及设置密码对话框。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in " +"GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the " +"passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class." +msgstr "" +"以自己的用户名登录的教师在 GOsa² 中有特殊的权限。显示更多的 GOsa² 特权视图，" +"并可以更改所有学生账户的密码。这应该非常适合年级期间。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To administratively set a new password for a user" +msgstr "以管理方式为用户设置新密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "search for the user to be modified, as explained above" +msgstr "搜索要修改的用户，如上所述" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in" +msgstr "点击用户名所在行尾的钥匙符号" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by " +"yourself" +msgstr "在随后提供的页面上，你可以设置自己选择的新密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Set user password" +msgstr "设置用户密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Be aware of security implications due to easy to " +"guess passwords!</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">谨防蕴含易于猜测密码的安全！</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Advanced user management" +msgstr "提高的用户管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which " +"can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example " +"<computeroutput>localc</computeroutput>). At least, entries for the " +"following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name " +"(givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in " +"the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include " +"already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing " +"<computeroutput>getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</" +"computeroutput> on the command line)." +msgstr "" +"可以通过使用 CSV 文件用 GOsa² 大量创建用户，可以使用任何好的电子表格软件（例" +"如， <computeroutput> localc </computeroutput> ）。至少，为随后的字段输入提" +"供：uid，姓，名字和密码。确定在 uid 字段中没有重复的记录。请注意应该检查重复" +"的 LDAP 中已经存在的 uid 记录（由在命令行中执行 <computeroutput>getent " +"passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d\":\" -f1</computeroutput> 而得到）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite " +"intolerant about them):" +msgstr "上述 CSV 文件格式指标（GOsa² 对之相当不容）：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Use \",\" as field separator" +msgstr "使用“，”作为字段分隔符" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Do not use quotes" +msgstr "不要使用引号" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The CSV file <emphasis role=\"strong\">must not</emphasis> contain a header " +"line (of the sort that normally contains the column names)" +msgstr "" +"CSV 文件<emphasis role=\"strong\">不必</emphasis>包含一个标题行（通常包含分类" +"的列名）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during " +"the mass import" +msgstr "这些字段的顺序是不相关的，可以在 GOsa² 批量导入期间被定义" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "The mass import steps are:" +msgstr "批量导入的步骤是：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"LDAP Manager\" link in the navigation menu on the left" +msgstr "点击左侧导航菜单中的“LDAP 管理器”链接" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" tab in the screen on the right" +msgstr "点击屏幕右侧的“导入”标签" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be " +"imported" +msgstr "浏览本地磁盘，并选择要导入的有用户列表的 CSV 文件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import " +"(such as NewTeacher or NewStudent)" +msgstr "选择在批量导入期间应用的可用用户模板（如NewTeacher或NewStudent）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "click the \"Import\" button in the bottom-right corner" +msgstr "点击右下角的“导入”按钮" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a " +"few fictional users, which can be deleted later." +msgstr "" +"首先做一些测试是一个好主意，最好使用带有几个虚构用户的 CSV 文件，稍后可以删" +"除。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a " +"lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users " +"belonging to a special LDAP subtree." +msgstr "" +"同样地应用密码管理模块，其允许使用 CSV 文件重置大量密码或者为属于特殊 LDAP 子" +"树的用户重新生成新密码。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "重设密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding users from the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"User accounts can also be added from the command line using the " +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> tool, see the " +"documentation in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">Administration HowTo</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Group Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "用 GOsa² 管理用户组" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "create group" +msgstr "创建组" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +#, fuzzy +msgid "list groups" +msgstr "创建组" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The management of groups is very similar to the management of users." +msgstr "组管理与用户管理非常相似。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose " +"the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group." +msgstr "" +"你可以输入每个组的名称和描述。确定在创建新组时选择 LADP 树中右侧水平位置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where " +"you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the " +"LDAP tree level, too." +msgstr "" +"添加用户到新创建的组会带你返回用户列表，你最有可能使用过滤器框来查找用户。也" +"会检查 LDAP 树层。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so " +"you can use them for file permissions too." +msgstr "组管理中输入的组也是常规的 unix 组，因此也可以将它们用于文件权限。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Machine Management with GOsa²" +msgstr "用 GOsa² 管理机器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in " +"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using " +"GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which " +"is usually \"intern\"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu " +"architecture see the <link linkend=\"Architecture\">architecture</link> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"机器管理基本上允许你管理 Debian Edu 网络中的所有联网设备。使用 GOsa² 添加到 " +"LDAP 目录的每台机器有一个主机名，一个 IP 地址，一个 MAC 地址和一个域名（通常" +"是“内部”）。完整的 Debian Edu 结构的描述参阅本手册的<link " +"linkend=\"Architecture\">结构</link>一章。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a " +"<emphasis>combined main server</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"无盘工作站和瘦客户端在<emphasis>组合主服务器</emphasis>实例中开箱即可工作。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">have to</emphasis> be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, " +"both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of <emphasis>account</" +"emphasis>) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as " +"<emphasis>password</emphasis>) are generated; the keytab file needs to be " +"present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once " +"the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To create Principal and keytab file for a system <emphasis>already " +"configured with GOsa²</emphasis>, log in on the main server as root and run" +msgstr "" +"要为<emphasis>已配置了 GOsa2</emphasis>的系统创建主体和密钥表文件，请以 root " +"用户登录主服务器并运行" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Please note:</emphasis> host keytab creation is " +"possible for systems of type <emphasis>workstations</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>servers</emphasis> and <emphasis>terminals</emphasis> but not for " +"those of type <emphasis>netdevices</emphasis>. See the <link " +"linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Network clients HowTo</link> chapter for NFS " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">请注意：</emphasis> 主机密钥表可以用于类型 " +"<emphasis> 工作站</emphasis>、<emphasis>服务器</emphasis>和<emphasis>终端</" +"emphasis>的系统，但类型为 <emphasis> netdevices</emphasis>的系统系统无法创建" +"主机密钥表。有关 NFS 配置选项，请参阅 <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\"> 网络" +"客户端 HowTo</link> 章节。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the " +"machine is expected to be a valid <emphasis role=\"strong\">unqualified</" +"emphasis> hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP " +"address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently " +"there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and " +"10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly " +"10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned " +"dynamically." +msgstr "" +"要添加机器，请使用 GOsa² 主菜单，系统，添加。你可以从预配置地址空间 " +"10.0.0.0/8 中使用一个 IP 地址/主机名。目前只有两个预定义固定地址：10.0.2.2 " +"(tjener) 和 10.0.0.1（网关）。从 10.0.16.20 到 10.0.31.254（粗略的 " +"10.0.16.0/20 即 4000 主机）地址为 DHCP 和动态分配保留。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address " +"in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; " +"alternatively you might click the <computeroutput>Propose ip</" +"computeroutput> button which will show the first free fixed address in " +"10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first " +"machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for " +"example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and " +"x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. " +"With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching " +"icon." +msgstr "" +"要在 GOsa² 中分配具有 MAC 地址为 52:54:00:12:34:10 的一个静态 IP 地址你需要输" +"入这个 MAC 地址，主机名和其 IP；抑或可以点击<computeroutput>建议 ip</" +"computeroutput> 按钮将在 10.0.0.0/8 中显示第一个自由的固定地址，如果以这种方" +"式添加第一台机器，最有可能的是 10.0.0.2。应最好考虑有关你的网络：例如你将为服" +"务器而使用 x>10 和 x<50 的 10.0.0.x，而对于工作站 x>100。不要忽略激" +"活已正确添加的系统。除主服务器之外所有系统将在那时有一个相关的图标。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have " +"been installed using any of the networked profiles, the " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> script can be used to " +"automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of " +"the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one " +"has to be chosen, <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</computeroutput> " +"shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after " +"usage of <computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> belong to the " +"dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: " +"rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see " +"screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. " +"The following screenshots show how this looks in practice:" +msgstr "" +"如果机器已经作为瘦客户机/无盘工作站启动或者已经安装使用任何的联网设定，" +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> 脚本可以用于自动向 " +"GOsa² 添加机器。对于简单的机器如是就会工作，对于具有多个 mac 地址的机器必须选" +"择实际使用的一个地址，<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h</" +"computeroutput> 显示使用信息。请注意，应用 " +"<computeroutput>sitesummary2ldapdhcp</computeroutput> 后显示的 IP 地址属于动" +"态 IP 范围。而后可以修改这些系统来适合于自己的网络：重命名每个新系统，激活 " +"DHCP 和 DNS，将其添加到网络组（对于推荐的网络组参见下面的屏幕快照），然后重新" +"启动系统。以下的屏幕快照显示了在实际中的所见：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "GOsa² systems listing" +msgstr "GOsa² 系统列表" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Host details" +msgstr "主机细目" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Modify host" +msgstr "修改主机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "Add netgroup" +msgstr "添加网络组" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> can be used to trigger the update manually." +msgstr "" +"cronjob 更新 DNS 每小时运行一次; <computeroutput>su -c ldap2bind</" +"computeroutput> 可用以手动触发更新。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Search and delete machines" +msgstr "搜索和删除机器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and " +"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here." +msgstr "搜索和删除机器与搜索和删除用户非常相似，因此这里不再重复信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management" +msgstr "修改现有机器/网络组管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its " +"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name " +"(as you would with users)." +msgstr "" +"使用 GOsa² 添加一台机器到 LDAP 树中之后，你可以修改其属性使用搜索功能并在计算" +"机名称上点击 （与用户那样）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know " +"from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this " +"context." +msgstr "" +"这些系统的条目格式类似于一个你已经从修改用户条目所知道的，但在上下文间字段意" +"味不同的事情。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> " +"does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that " +"machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the " +"services that machine can use on your main server." +msgstr "" +"例如，将机器添加到 <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> 不修改该机器或登" +"录到该机器的用户的文件访问或命令执行权限；而是限制机器可以在主服务器上使用的" +"服务。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default installation provides the <computeroutput>NetGroups</" +"computeroutput>" +msgstr "默认安装提供<computeroutput>网络组</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "all-hosts" +msgstr "所有主机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoflush-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" +msgstr "cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "fsautoresize-hosts" +msgstr "fsautoresize-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "ltsp-server-hosts" +msgstr "ltsp-server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "netblock-hosts" +msgstr "netblock-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "printer-hosts" +msgstr "printer-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "server-hosts" +msgstr "server-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-hosts" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" +msgstr "shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "workstation-hosts" +msgstr "workstation-hosts" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Currently the <computeroutput>NetGroup</computeroutput> functionality is " +"used for:" +msgstr "当前<computeroutput> NetGroup </computeroutput>功能用于：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Resizing partitions</emphasis> (fsautoresize-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">重新调整分区大小</emphasis>（fsautoresize-hosts）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions " +"that run out of space." +msgstr "这一组中的 Debian Edu 机器将自动调整运行空间不足的 LVM分 区大小。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Shutdown machines at night</emphasis> (shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">夜间关机</emphasis> (shutdown-at-night-hosts and " +"shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to " +"save energy." +msgstr "这一组的 Debian Edu 机器将在夜晚自动关闭以节省能源。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Managing printers</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-" +"hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">管理打印机</emphasis> (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts " +"and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print " +"queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour." +msgstr "" +"这些组当中的 Debian Edu 机器将每天晚上自动刷新所有打印队列，并且每小时重新启" +"用任何禁用的打印队列。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Blocking Internet access</emphasis> (netblock-" +"hosts)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">平常名称</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines " +"only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might " +"be used during exams." +msgstr "" +"这组中的 Debian Edu 机器将只被允许连接到本地网络上的机器。结合 web 代理限制应" +"被用在考试期间。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Printer Management" +msgstr "打印机管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For centralized printer management point your web browser to <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/>. This is the normal CUPS management " +"interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the " +"printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be " +"changed by adding users to the GOsa² <computeroutput>printer-admins</" +"computeroutput> group." +msgstr "" +"对于集中式打印机管理，Web 浏览器指向 <ulink url=\"https://www.intern:631\"/" +">。这是正常的 CUPS 管理界面，您可以在其中添加/删除/修改打印机并清理打印队列。" +"默认情况下，只允许第一个用户，但可以通过将用户添加到 GOsa2 <computeroutput> " +"打印机管理员 </computeroutput> 组来更改此内容。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to workstations" +msgstr "使用连在工作站上的打印机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <emphasis>p910nd</emphasis> is installed by default on a system " +"with the <emphasis>Workstation</emphasis> profile." +msgstr "" +"在设定为<emphasis>工作站</emphasis>的系统中默认安装了 <emphasis>p910nd</" +"emphasis> 软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Edit <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> like this (USB " +"printer):" +msgstr "" +"如此编辑 <computeroutput>/etc/default/p910nd</computeroutput> （USB 打印" +"机）：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" +msgstr "P910ND_OPTS=\"-f /dev/usb/lp0\"" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "P910ND_START=1" +msgstr "P910ND_START=1" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput>; choose network printer type " +"<computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all printers " +"regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"配置打印机使用 web 界面 <computeroutput>https://www.intern:631</" +"computeroutput>；选择网络打印机类型 <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" +"computeroutput>（对于所有打印机不理会商标或型号）并设置 " +"<computeroutput>socket://<workstation ip>:9100</computeroutput> 作为连" +"接 URI。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Network printers" +msgstr "网络打印机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used " +"network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and " +"configure them as <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> " +"network printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Clock synchronisation" +msgstr "时钟同步" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all " +"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the " +"time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. " +"This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it " +"is created when used." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 中的默认配置为保持所有机器上的时钟同步，但时钟未必准确。NTP 用于更" +"新时间。默认情况下，时钟将与外部源进行同步。如果在使用时创建，这会使机器保持" +"外网连接打开。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this " +"default setting." +msgstr "如果您使用拨号或 ISDN ，且按分钟付费，您可能想要改变该默认设定。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on " +"the main server needs to be modified. Add comment (\"#\") marks in front of " +"the <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> entries. After this, the NTP " +"server needs to be restarted by running <computeroutput>service ntp restart</" +"computeroutput> as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock " +"sources, run <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"要禁用与外部时钟的同步，需要修改主服务器和所有客户端以及 LTSP chroot 上的 /" +"etc/ntp.conf 文件。在 <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> 记录前添加注释 " +"(\"#\") 标记。这之后，NTP 服务器需要以 root 运行 <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/" +"ntp restart</computeroutput> 来重启。如果机器使用外部时钟源要测试，运行 " +"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Extending full partitions" +msgstr "扩展占满的分区" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might " +"be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput> as root. See " +"the \"Resizing Partitions\" HowTo in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">administration HowTo chapter</link> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"由于自动分区可能出现的错误，安装后某些分区可能太满了。要扩充这些分区，以 " +"root 身份运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</computeroutput>。参" +"看<link linkend=\"Administration--Resizing_Partitions\">如何管理章节</link>中" +"如何“重新分划分区大小”的更多信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "维护" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Updating the software" +msgstr "更新软件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "本节介绍如何使用 <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> is really simply. To update a " +"system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: " +"<computeroutput>apt update</computeroutput> (which updates the lists of " +"available packages) and <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> " +"(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available)." +msgstr "" +"使用 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 真的很容易。如果要更新系统，只需要" +"以 root 身份在命令行中执行两个命令：<computeroutput>apt update</" +"computeroutput>（更新可用软件包的列表）和 <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>（对可以升级的软件包进行升级）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output " +"which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search " +"engines." +msgstr "" +"升级使用 C locale 来获得英语输出也是个好主意那若出现难题更可能在搜索引擎中产" +"生答案。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"After upgrading the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> " +"package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run " +"<computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/</computeroutput> to check " +"if this is the case. To apply the changes, run <computeroutput>LC_ALL=C cf-" +"agent -D installation</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"升级 <computeroutput>debian-edu-config</computeroutput> 软件包之后， " +"Cfengine 配置文件可能有所变化。运行 <computeroutput>ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/" +"debian-edu/</computeroutput> 来检查是否是这个情况。要应用该变化，运行 " +"<computeroutput>cf-agent -D installation</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is important to run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --" +"diskless_workstation yes</computeroutput> after LTSP server upgrades to keep " +"the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync." +msgstr "" +"在LTSP 服务器升级之后运行 <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> 来保" +"留无盘客户端同步中的 SquashFS 映像是重要的。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After a point release upgrade of a system with <emphasis>Main Server</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>LTSP Server</emphasis> profile, " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> needs to be run to " +"update the PXE installation environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> " +"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> and configure them to " +"send mail to an address you are reading." +msgstr "" +"安装 <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>apt-" +"listchanges</computeroutput> 并配置它们来发送邮件到你正在阅读的地址也是一个好" +"主意。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> will notify you once a day via " +"email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these " +"upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have " +"to wait for the download when you do <computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 每天通过电子邮件通知你有关可升级的" +"任何软件包。它不安装这些升级，但下载它们（通常在夜间），那么当执行 " +"<computeroutput>apt full-upgrade</computeroutput> 时不必等待下载。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just " +"needs the <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> package to be " +"installed and configured as described on <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"如果希望能够轻松完成更新的自动安装，只需要按照 <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades\">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</" +"ulink> 上所述安装和配置 <computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> " +"软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> can send new changelog " +"entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when " +"running <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges</computeroutput> 可以通过电子邮件来发送新的变" +"更日志记录，抑或选择运行 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 时在终端中显示" +"它们。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Keep yourself informed about security updates" +msgstr "保留你自己的安全更新相关信息" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> as described above is a " +"good way to learn when security updates are available for installed " +"packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-" +"announce/\">Debian security-announce mailinglist</ulink>, which has the " +"benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside " +"(compared to <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>) is that it also " +"includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed." +msgstr "" +"作为上文所述运行 <computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput> 是获知已安装软件包" +"安全更新的一个好方法。另一个保留相关安全更新通知的方法是订阅 <ulink " +"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/\">Debian 安全通告邮件" +"列表</ulink>，那也有益于告诉你有关的安全更新。其缺点（对照 " +"<computeroutput>cron-apt</computeroutput>）是也包含未安装软件包的相关更新信" +"息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Backup Management" +msgstr "备份管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"slbackup-php\"/>. Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, " +"since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this " +"site without using SSL it will fail." +msgstr "" +"为了备份管理指示浏览器到 <ulink url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\"/>。请注意需" +"要通过 SSL 访问这个站点，因为要在那里输入 root 密码。如果尝试不用 SSL 来访问" +"该站点将会失败。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the " +"backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default." +msgstr "" +"注意：如果暂时允许 ssh root 登录备份服务器（默认为主服务器‘tjener’）该站点只" +"会工作。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"By default, backups of <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/root/.svk</" +"computeroutput> and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is " +"managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies " +"of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you." +msgstr "" +"默认情况下 tjener 将备份 <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0</" +"computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/" +"root/.svk</computeroutput> 和 LDAP 到 LVM 下的 /skole/backup。如果你仅想要有" +"事物的备用复本（以防万一你删除它们）这个设置会很适合你。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard " +"drives." +msgstr "要意识到这一备份方案不能从失灵的硬盘保护你。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or " +"another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit." +msgstr "" +"如果你想要备份你的数据到外部服务器，磁带设备或者另一个硬盘你将需要修改这个存" +"在的配置一点点。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the " +"command-line:" +msgstr "如果您想恢复整个文件夹，最佳选择是使用如下命令行：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> for <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> in the " +"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"这将在 <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></" +"computeroutput> 文件夹中留下来自 <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user</" +"computeroutput> 对于 <computeroutput><date></computeroutput> 的内容" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the " +"file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file." +msgstr "" +"如果您想恢复单个文件，您可以从网络界面上选择该文件（以及版本），并下载该文" +"件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to get rid of older backups, choose \"Maintenance\" in the menu " +"on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep:" +msgstr "" +"如果要清除较旧的备份，在备份页面的菜单中选择“维护”并选择要保留的最早的快照：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject><phrase> +msgid "slbackup-php Maintenance" +msgstr "slbackup-php 维护" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Server Monitoring" +msgstr "服务器监视" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Munin" +msgstr "Munin" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/" +"munin/\"/>. It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, " +"weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with " +"help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems." +msgstr "" +"从 <ulink url=\"https://www/munin/\"/> 可得到 Munin 趋势报告系统。它提供基于" +"一天，星期，月和每年的系统监测曲线图，并且当系统管理员在查找瓶颈及系统问题根" +"源时给以帮助。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, " +"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the " +"package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will " +"normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring " +"starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the " +"process, run <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</computeroutput> as " +"root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update " +"the <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</computeroutput> file." +msgstr "" +"使用 Munin 监控的机器列表，是根据报告到 sitesummary 的主机列表自动生成的。" +"Munin 监控所有安装了 munin-node 软件包的主机。从安装机器直到 Munin 监控启动正" +"常地要一天，因为执行 cron 排序的工作。要加速这个过程，以 root 在 sitesummary " +"服务器（正常是主服务器）上运行 <computeroutput>sitesummary-update-munin</" +"computeroutput>。这将更新 <computeroutput>/etc/munin/munin.conf</" +"computeroutput> 文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each " +"machine using the <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</computeroutput> " +"program which probes the plugins available from <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"munin/plugins/</computeroutput> and symlinks the relevant ones to " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"收集的一组测量数据是在使用 <computeroutput>munin-node-configure</" +"computeroutput> 程序的每台机器上自动生成而那些探测器插件从 <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/munin/plugins/</computeroutput> 可以得到并符号链接相关的那些到 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/munin/plugins/</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Munin is available from <ulink url=\"https://munin-" +"monitoring.org/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"从 <ulink url=\"https://munin-monitoring.org/\"/> 可获得有关 Munin 的信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Icinga" +msgstr "Inciga" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Icinga system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www/icingaweb2/\"/>. The set of machines and services being monitored is " +"automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary " +"system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive " +"full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple " +"monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the " +"<computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</computeroutput> package on the " +"workstation." +msgstr "" +"Icinga 系统和服务监控可从 <ulink url=\"https://www/icinga/\"/> 得到。这组自动" +"生成被监控机器和服务使用 sitesummary 系统汇集的信息。有主服务器和 LTSP 服务器" +"配置的机器受到完全的监控，同时工作站和瘦客户端受到简单的监控。要在工作站上启" +"用完全监控，在该工作站上安装 <computeroutput>nagios-nrpe-server</" +"computeroutput> 软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing " +"<computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> with <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> in the file <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-" +"contacts.cfg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"在默认情况下 Icinga 不发送电子邮件。这可以在 <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</computeroutput> 中用 <computeroutput>host-" +"notify-by-email</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>notify-by-email</" +"computeroutput> 替换 <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing</computeroutput> 来改" +"变。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The Icinga configuration file used is <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/" +"sitesummary.cfg</computeroutput>. The sitesummary cron job generates " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput> " +"with the list of hosts and services to monitor." +msgstr "" +"Icinga 配置文件使用的是 <computeroutput>/etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg</" +"computeroutput>。sitesummary cron job 生成有主机和服务监控列表的 " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file <computeroutput>/var/lib/" +"sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> to get them included " +"in the generated file." +msgstr "" +"额外的 Icinga 检查可以在 <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-" +"generated.cfg.post</computeroutput> 文件中设置将其包含在生成的文件里。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Information about Icinga is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.icinga.com/\"/> or in the <computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> " +"package." +msgstr "" +"有关 Icinga 的信息可以从 <ulink url=\"https://www.icinga.com/\"/> 或者在 " +"<computeroutput>icinga-doc</computeroutput> 软件包中获得。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Common Icinga warnings and how to handle them" +msgstr "一般的 Icinga 通知以及如何处理它们" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Here are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings." +msgstr "以下是如何处理最常见的 Icinga 警告的说明。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" +msgstr "DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two " +"ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the " +"partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling " +"<computeroutput>apt clean</computeroutput> might remove some files. If " +"there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> to extend the " +"partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the " +"host in question can be added to the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</" +"computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"该分区（示例中的 /usr/）太满。这一般有两个方法来处理：（1）移除一些文件或者" +"（2）增加该分区的大小。如果该分区是 /var/，那么通过调用 <computeroutput>apt " +"clean</computeroutput> 来清理 APT 缓存可以移除一些文件。如果在 LVM 卷组中有更" +"多空间可以获得，那么运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</" +"computeroutput> 程序可以帮助扩展该分区。要在每天自动运行这个程序，可以将提及" +"的主机添加到 <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> 网络组。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." +msgstr "APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates)." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally " +"security fixes. To upgrade, run <computeroutput>apt upgrade && apt " +"full-upgrade</computeroutput> as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do " +"the same." +msgstr "" +"新软件包可用于升级。重要的通常是安全修复。要升级，以 root 身份在终端或者通过 " +"ssh 登录，来运行 'apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade'。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a " +"good job with new versions, you can configure <computeroutput>unattended-" +"upgrades</computeroutput> to automatically upgrade all new packages every " +"night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots." +msgstr "" +"如果不想手工升级软件包并且信任 Debian 对于新版本所做的优秀工作，可以配置 " +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> 在每个夜晚自动升级所有新" +"软件包。这将不会升级 LTSP chroot。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" +msgstr "" +"WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed " +"kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot " +"is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally " +"fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security " +"issues." +msgstr "" +"运行中的内核比最新安装的内核旧，需要重启来激活最新安装的内核。这通常相当急" +"迫，作为新内核通常显示在 Debian Edu 修正的安全发布中。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" +msgstr "WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely " +"because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every " +"hour on hosts that are member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-" +"hosts</computeroutput> netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should " +"be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are " +"member of the <computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> " +"netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this " +"host to one or both of these netgroups." +msgstr "" +"CUPS 中打印机队列有大量未处理任务。这最可能是因为打印机不可用。" +"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</computeroutput> 网络组成员的主" +"机每小时启用已禁用的打印列队，所以对于这样的主机不需要手动操作。" +"<computeroutput>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</computeroutput> 网络组成员的主机" +"每天夜间清空打印列队。如果一台主机在其列队中有大量任务，考虑添加该主机到这两" +"个网络组或其中之一。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sitesummary" +msgstr "Sitesummary" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Sitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it " +"to the central server. The information collected is available in " +"<computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput>. Scripts in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> are available to " +"generate reports." +msgstr "" +"Sitesummary 用于从每台计算机收集信息并将其提交给中央服务器。这一汇集的信息可" +"从 <computeroutput>/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</computeroutput> 中获得。" +"<computeroutput>/usr/lib/sitesummary/</computeroutput> 中的脚本可以得到生成的" +"报告。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from " +"<ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/>." +msgstr "" +"可以从 <ulink url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\"/> 获得一份出自 Sitesummary 的" +"没有任何细节的简单报告。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/>" +msgstr "" +"从 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\"/> 可以" +"获得一些关于 Sitesummary 的文档" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "More information about Debian Edu customisations" +msgstr "更多有关 Debian Edu 定制的信息" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system " +"administrators can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Administration\">Administration Howto chapter</link> and in the " +"<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">Advanced administration Howto " +"chapter</link>" +msgstr "" +"更多有关 Debian Edu 定制的信息可以在<link linkend=\"Administration\">如何管理" +"章节</link>和<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高级管理如何做章节</" +"link>中找到" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "升级" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your " +"production servers are carried out at your own risk. <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to " +"the extent permitted by applicable law.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"在阅读这一升级指南前，请注意真实升级你的生产服务器完全承担你自己的风险。" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian Edu/Skolelinux 完全无担保，由适用法律许可范" +"围。</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please read this chapter and the <link linkend=\"Features\">New features in " +"Trixie</link> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade." +msgstr "" +"请在试图升级前完整阅读本手册的这一章和 <link linkend=\"Features\">Bullseye 的" +"新面貌</link> 一章。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "General notes on upgrading" +msgstr "升级的一般说明" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. " +"For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify " +"configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the " +"needed steps below. (See Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"311188#\">311188</ulink> for more information how Debian Edu should modify " +"configuration files.)" +msgstr "" +"升级 Debian 从一个发行版到下一个通常相当容易。遗憾的是对于 Debian Edu 还不能" +"真正在方法上修改配置文件。（参阅 Debian bug <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/311188#\">311188</ulink> 的更多信息）。升级仍然是能够做到的但" +"是可能依赖一些工作。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations " +"and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade." +msgstr "一般来说，服务器的升级比工作站更难，并且主服务器最难升级。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, " +"you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same " +"way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk " +"and see if everything works as it should." +msgstr "" +"如果希望保证升级之后一切和之前一样工作，应该在和生产机器系统配置方法相同的测" +"试系统上测试升级。在那里可以没有风险地测试升级并检查是否所有工作如其所愿。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable " +"release in its <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"确定也要阅读 Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/" +"installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中有关其当前稳定发布版的信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks " +"longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they " +"experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued " +"support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan\">ceases support for " +"Oldstable</ulink>, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same." +msgstr "" +"保持运行旧的稳定版数周长而等待一段时间也是明智的，那样其他人可以测试升级，并" +"将他们经历的任何问题归档。Debian Edu 的旧稳定版在接下来的稳定版发布之后会受到" +"继续支持一段时间，但当 Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/" +"faq#lifespan\">终止对旧稳定版的支持</ulink>时，Debian Edu 必然会同样做。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm" +msgstr "从 Debian Edu Bullseye 升级" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test " +"environment or have backups ready to be able to go back." +msgstr "" +"预备：确实已经在测试环境中测试了从 Buster 升级，或者有准备好的备份能够去恢" +"复。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main " +"server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP " +"Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"请注意下列方法适用于默认的 Debian Edu 主服务器安装（desktop=xfce，设定主服务" +"器，工作站，LTSP 服务器）。（对于从 Buster 到 Bullseye 升级的一般概述，请参" +"阅：<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\"/>）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root." +msgstr "不要使用 X，使用虚拟控制台，以 root 登录。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> finishes with an error, try to fix " +"it and/or run <computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> and then " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput> once again." +msgstr "" +"如果 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 有错误而结束，尝试修正和/或运行 " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> 然后再一次 " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading the main server" +msgstr "升级主服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start by making sure the current system is up-to-date:" +msgstr "首先确保当前系统是最新的：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie:" +msgstr "准备并开始升级到 Bullseye（新的安全条目）：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press " +"<return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information " +"will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using <emphasis>mailx</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>)." +msgstr "" +"apt-list-changes：准备好阅读大量的消息；按 <return> 向下滚动，" +"<q> 离开这一页面。所有消息会被邮递给 root 而可以再次阅读（使用 " +"<emphasis>mailx</emphasis> 或者 <emphasis>mutt</emphasis>）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version " +"currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting " +"return will be fine." +msgstr "" +"认真地阅读所有 debconf 信息，选择 ‘keep your currently-installed version’ 除" +"非在下面有不同的规定；大多数情况点回车就好了。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "restart services: Choose yes." +msgstr "restart services：选择 yes。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently " +"installed'." +msgstr "Samba服务器和实用程序:选择“保持当前安装的本地版本”." + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'." +msgstr "openssh-server：选择“保持当前安装的本地版本”。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Apply and adjust configuration:" +msgstr "应用和调整配置：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 " +"extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients</emphasis>. " +"Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore " +"regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. " +"The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the " +"<computeroutput>prime256v1</computeroutput> curve. RSA-2048 itself remains " +"supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See <ulink url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/" +"debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/44\">!44</ulink> and <ulink " +"url=\"https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/" +"40\">!40</ulink> for further technical information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The " +"archive contains private keys and must be kept secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root " +"CA must be distributed to all clients again, using <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert</computeroutput> on the " +"clients.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It " +"does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Check if the upgraded system works:" +msgstr "检查升级系统是否正常工作：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Reboot; log in as first user and test" +msgstr "重启；以首个用户登录并测试" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if the GOsa² gui is working," +msgstr "如果 GOsa² 图形用户界面正在工作，" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations," +msgstr "如果能够连接 LTSP 客户端和工作站，" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system," +msgstr "如果可以添加/删除系统的网络组成员资格，" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can send and receive internal email," +msgstr "如果可以发送和接收内部电子邮件，" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "if one can manage printers," +msgstr "如果可以管理打印机，" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and if other site specific things are working." +msgstr "如果其他网站特定的事正在工作。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading a workstation" +msgstr "升级工作站" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things " +"not needed." +msgstr "像在主服务器上做所有基本的事情而不用做不需要的事情。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)" +msgstr "从较旧的 Debian Edu / Skolelinux 安装（Buster 之前）升级" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm " +"based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions " +"provided above. Instructions are given in the <ulink url=\"https://" +"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bookworm#\">Manual for Debian Edu " +"Bookworm</ulink> about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, " +"Bullseye." +msgstr "" +"要从任何旧版本升级，首先需要升级到基于 Buster 的 Debian Edu 版本，然后才能按" +"照上述说明进行操作。在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation/Buster#\">Debian Edu Buster 手册</ulink>中给出了有关如何从先前" +"的发布版，Stretch 升级到 Buster 的说明。同样 Stretch 手册叙述了如何从 Jessie " +"升级。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTo" +msgstr "HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Administration\">一般管理</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"HowTos for <link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">advanced administration</" +"link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"AdvancedAdministration\">高级管理</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Desktop\">桌面</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">网络客户端</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Samba\">Samba</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">教学</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Users\">users</link>" +msgstr "<link linkend=\"Users\">用户</link> HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for general administration" +msgstr "一般管理 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link " +"linkend=\"Maintenance\">Maintenance</link> chapters describe how to get " +"started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos " +"in this chapter have some more \"advanced\" tips and tricks." +msgstr "" +"<link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">起步</link>和<link linkend=\"Maintenance\">" +"维护</link>章节讲述 Debian Edu 如何开始以及如何做基本的维护工作。在这一章的叙" +"述中有更多“进一步”的提示和技巧。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control system" +msgstr "配置的历史：使用 git 版本控制系统跟踪 /etc/" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Using <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>, all files in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> are tracked using <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</ulink> as a version control system." +msgstr "" +"使用 <computeroutput>etckeeper</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/etc/</" +"computeroutput>中的所有文件使用<ulink url=\"https://www.git-scm.com/\">Git</" +"ulink>作为版本控制系统来跟踪。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as " +"well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is " +"stored in <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"这可以查看文件何时添加，更改和删除，以及文件如果是文本文件时发生的改变。这个 " +"git 存储信息的仓库是在 <computeroutput>/etc/.git/</computeroutput> 中。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration " +"history to be extracted and reviewed." +msgstr "每个小时，任何更改都会自动记录，从而允许提取和审核配置历史记录。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To look at the history, the command <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</" +"computeroutput> is used. To check the differences between two points in " +"time, a command like <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff </computeroutput> " +"can be used." +msgstr "" +"在该历史中查看，使用 <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs log</computeroutput> 命" +"令。检查两个时间点之间的差异，可以使用如 <computeroutput>etckeeper vcs diff</" +"computeroutput> 的命令。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"See the output of <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> for more " +"information." +msgstr "更多的信息参看 <computeroutput>man etckeeper</computeroutput> 的输出。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "List of useful commands:" +msgstr "常用命令列表：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Usage examples" +msgstr "用法示例" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"On a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the " +"system was installed:" +msgstr "在新安装的系统上，尝试从系统安装后看到所做的所有更改：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date:" +msgstr "查看目前哪些文件没有被跟踪而哪些文件不是最新的：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:" +msgstr "因为不想等待一小时，而要手工提交文件：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Resizing Partitions" +msgstr "调整分区大小" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the <computeroutput>/boot/</" +"computeroutput> partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels " +"since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are " +"mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is " +"unmounted." +msgstr "" +"在 Debian Edu 中，除了 <computeroutput>/boot/</computeroutput> 分区之外的所有" +"分区是在逻辑 LVM 卷上。从 Linux 内核 2.6.10 以来，可以在它们被挂载时扩展分" +"区。缩减分区仍然需要在该分区被卸载时发生。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, " +"20GiB), because of the time it takes to run <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. " +"It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one " +"very large one." +msgstr "" +"避免创建非常大的分区（如，20GiB），因为在其上运行 <computeroutput>fsck</" +"computeroutput> 或者当需要从备份恢复它们时需要时间。最好，如果可能，创建比一" +"个很大分区较小的若干分区。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The helper script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> " +"is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it " +"reads the configuration from <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>. " +"It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according " +"to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will " +"only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument " +"<computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> is needed to actually execute these " +"commands to extend the file systems." +msgstr "" +"提供了助理脚本 <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize</computeroutput> 使其" +"更易于扩展占满的分区。当应用时，它从 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/fsautoresizetab</computeroutput>，<computeroutput>/site/etc/" +"fsautoresizetab</computeroutput> 和 <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab</" +"computeroutput> 得到配置信息。它依照这些文件中提供的值，在出现太小的自由空间" +"时建议扩展分区。当不用参数运行它时，将仅显示该命令需要扩展这个文件系统。需要" +"参数 <computeroutput>-n</computeroutput> 来实际执行这些命令扩展这个文件系统。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in " +"the <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> netgroup." +msgstr "" +"这个脚本每小时在列于 <computeroutput>fsautoresize-hosts</computeroutput> 网络" +"组中的每个客户端被自动执行。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache " +"size in <computeroutput>etc/squid/squid.conf</computeroutput> needs to be " +"updated as well. The helper script <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-" +"config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</computeroutput> is provided to do this " +"automatically, checking the current partition size of <computeroutput>/var/" +"spool/squid/</computeroutput> and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as " +"its cache size." +msgstr "" +"当调整 Squid 代理所使用的分区大小时，还需要更新 <computeroutput>etc/squid/" +"squid.conf</computeroutput> 中缓存大小的值。提供的这个助理脚本 " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</" +"computeroutput> 自动去做，检查当前分区 <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid/</" +"computeroutput> 的大小并配置 Squid 使用其 80% 作为它的缓存大小。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Logical Volume Management" +msgstr "逻辑卷管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they " +"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"逻辑卷管理 (LVM) 能够使分区被挂载并在使用时重新分划大小。可以从 <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo</ulink> 中学到更多有" +"关 LVM 的信息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the " +"<computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> command how large you want it to " +"grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"简单地指令 <computeroutput>lvextend</computeroutput> 命令需要增加多大来手动扩" +"展一个逻辑卷。例如，使用下述命令来扩展 home0 到 30GiB：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)." +msgstr "通过附加 30GiB 来扩展 home0，插入一个“+”（-L+30G）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using ldapvi" +msgstr "使用 ldapvi" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> is a " +"tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/\">ldapvi</ulink> 是一个" +"在命令行中以常规文本编辑器编辑 LDAP 数据库的工具。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following needs to be executed:" +msgstr "下面需要执行：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> will use whatever is the " +"default editor. By executing <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</" +"computeroutput> in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get " +"a vi clone as editor." +msgstr "" +"注意：<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> 会使用任何默认编辑器。在 shell " +"中执行 <computeroutput>export EDITOR=vim</computeroutput> 使之可以配置成仿 " +"vi 作为编辑器的环境。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Warning: <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> is a very powerful tool. Be " +"careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for " +"JXplorer." +msgstr "" +"提醒：<computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> 是一个强有力的工具。当心而不弄" +"乱 LDAP 数据库，同样的提醒适用于 JXplorer。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Kerberized NFS" +msgstr "Kerberized NFS" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. " +"Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels " +"<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>, <emphasis>krb5i</emphasis> and <emphasis>krb5p</" +"emphasis> are supported (<emphasis>krb5</emphasis> means Kerberos " +"authentication, <emphasis>i</emphasis> stands for integrity check and " +"<emphasis>p</emphasis> for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both " +"server and workstation increases with the security level, <emphasis>krb5i</" +"emphasis> is a good choice and has been chosen as default." +msgstr "" +"对于 NFS 使用 Kerberos 来挂载主目录是安全的特性。如 Bullseye，LTSP 客户端没" +"有 Kerberos 就不工作。<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>、<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis>和" +"<emphasis>krb5p</emphasis>的水平被支持（<emphasis>krb5</emphasis>意味着 " +"Kerberos 身份验证，<emphasis>i</emphasis>代表整体性检测，而<emphasis>p</" +"emphasis> 代表隐私，也就是加密）；服务器和工作站上的负载都随着安全水平而增" +"加，<emphasis>krb5i</emphasis>是个好的选择，并且已经被默认选择。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to change the default" +msgstr "如何更改默认的" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Main server</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">主服务器</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "login as root" +msgstr "作为 root 登录" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"run <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>, search for " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> and replace it with <emphasis>sec=krb5</" +"emphasis> or <emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"运行 <computeroutput>ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)'</computeroutput>，查找 " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5i</emphasis> 并将其替换为 <emphasis>sec=krb5</emphasis> 或 " +"<emphasis>sec=krb5p</emphasis>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"edit <computeroutput>/etc/exports.d/edu.exports</computeroutput> and adjust " +"these entries accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"编辑 <computeroutput>/etc/exports</computeroutput>：由此调整 /srv/* 的这些现" +"有项目：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "run <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>." +msgstr "运行 <computeroutput>exportfs -r</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Standardskriver" +msgstr "Standardskriver" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, " +"or group membership. For more information, see <computeroutput>/usr/share/" +"doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"这一工具允许就位置，机器，或者组成员设置默认打印机。关于更多信息，参阅 " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The configuration file <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</" +"computeroutput> has to be provided by the admin, see <computeroutput>/usr/" +"share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> as " +"an example." +msgstr "" +"其配置文件 <computeroutput>/etc/standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> 由管理员" +"提供，参看 <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/" +"standardskriver.cfg</computeroutput> 作为一个示例。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "JXplorer, an LDAP GUI" +msgstr "JXplorer，一个 LDAP 图形用户界面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the " +"<computeroutput>jxplorer</computeroutput> package, which is installed by " +"default. To get write access connect like this:" +msgstr "" +"如果希望使用图形用户界面来处理 LDAP 数据库，查看 <computeroutput>jxplorer</" +"computeroutput> 软件包，默认情况下已安装。要获得写访问连接像这样：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding users" +msgstr "ldap-createuser-krb，一个命令行工具" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> is a small command line " +"tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows:" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb</computeroutput> 是一个在 Kerberos 里创" +"建 LDAP 用户和设置其密码的小命令行工具。虽然，几乎是用于测试。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter " +"usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool " +"will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any " +"additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the " +"first <emphasis>gosaDepartment</emphasis> from LDAP which is likely " +"<emphasis>skole</emphasis> and for regular users usually not what you want, " +"so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. " +"<emphasis>Teachers</emphasis> or <emphasis>Students</emphasis>. After " +"entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator " +"password, <computeroutput>ldap-createuser-krb5</computeroutput> will create " +"the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home " +"directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot " +"shows an example invocation to create a user account named " +"<computeroutput>harhir</computeroutput> for a teacher whose full name is " +"\"Harry Hirsch\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using stable-updates" +msgstr "使用 stable-updates" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates " +"are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are " +"done, which roughly happens every two months." +msgstr "" +"虽然可以直接使用 stable-updates，但不需要：当稳定版点发布完成时 stable-" +"updates 定期推送到稳定版套件，这大约发生在每两个月。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using backports to install newer software" +msgstr "使用 backports 安装较新的软件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. " +"It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit " +"more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in." +msgstr "" +"运行 Debian Edu 是选择了它的稳定。Debian Edu 运行得令人满意；这正是一个难题：" +"有时候你喜欢的软件有一点儿过时。这里介入了 backports.debian.org。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian " +"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run " +"without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian " +"distribution like Debian Edu. <emphasis role=\"strong\">We recommend you to " +"pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all " +"backports available there.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Backports 是从 Debian 测试版（大部分）和 Debian 不稳定版（仅在几个事例中，例" +"如安全更新）重新编译的软件包，那么它们在如 Debian Edu 的稳定 Debian 发布版上" +"将不以新的库文件运行（各个是可以的）。<emphasis role=\"strong\">我们建议选出" +"适合自己需要的个别 backports，而不要使用在这里可用的所有 backports。</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/Backports\">Backports</ulink> is " +"simple:" +msgstr "" +"参阅 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm 状态页面</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"After which one can install backported packages easily, the following " +"command will install a backported version of <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"其后可以容易地安装那一个 backported 软件包，下面的命令将安装 backported 版本" +"的 <emphasis>tuxtype</emphasis>：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. " +"Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-" +"free and non-free-firmware." +msgstr "" +"就像其他软件包一样自动更新 backports （如果可用）。像常规的软件库，backports " +"有三个部分：main，contrib 和 non-free。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Upgrading with a CD or similar image" +msgstr "用 CD 或类似的映像升级" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie " +"13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical " +"media, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" +"如果要从一个版本升级到另一个版本（例如从 Bullseye 11.1 升级到 11.2），但没有" +"互联网连接，仅有物理媒介，那么采用这些步骤：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom " +"command:" +msgstr "插入 CD / DVD / 蓝光光盘 / USB 闪存驱动器并使用 apt-cdrom 命令：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page:" +msgstr "引用 apt-cdrom（8）手册页：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-" +"cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as " +"correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files." +msgstr "" +"apt-cdrom 用于添加新的 CD-ROM 到 APT 可用源列表。apt-cdrom 负责测定盘片的结构" +"而且校正一些可能存在的刻录错误并核对索引文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be " +"done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and " +"scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns." +msgstr "" +"必须用 apt-cdrom 将光盘添加到 APT 系统，而不能以手工完成。并且一套多光盘中的" +"每一片必须分别插入并检查以指出可能存在的刻录错误。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:" +msgstr "然后运行这两个命令来升级系统：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic cleanup of leftover processes" +msgstr "自动清理剩余的进程" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> is a perl script that gets rid of " +"background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to " +"users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job " +"once an hour." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> 是一个结束后台作业的 perl 脚本。后台" +"作业被定义为属于当前未登录到机器用户的进程。这是每个小时运行一次的 cron 作" +"业。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic installation of security upgrades" +msgstr "安全升级的自动安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> is a Debian package " +"which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If " +"installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The " +"logs are available in <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</" +"computeroutput>; also, there are always <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</" +"computeroutput> and <computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>unattended-upgrades</computeroutput> 是一个会自动安装安全（和" +"其他）升级的 Debian 软件包。如已安装，该软件包已预配置来安装安全升级。其日志" +"在 <computeroutput>/var/log/unattended-upgrades/</computeroutput> 里获得；而" +"且，一直是 <computeroutput>/var/log/dpkg.log</computeroutput> 和 " +"<computeroutput>/var/log/apt/</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Automatic shutdown of machines during the night" +msgstr "夜间自动关机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client " +"machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package " +"<computeroutput>shutdown-at-night</computeroutput> will try to turn off the " +"machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not " +"turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn " +"on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to " +"turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can " +"be changed in the crontabs of individual machines." +msgstr "" +"能够通过自动在晚间关闭客户机器而在早晨恢复来节约能量和金钱。这个软件包从下午 " +"16:00 每小时的整点会试图关闭机器，但不会关闭似乎有用户的。在早晨 7:00 左右会" +"尝试告诉 BIOS 打开机器，而主服务器会尝试从 06:30 由发送局域网数据包来打开机" +"器。这些时间可以在单独机器的时间计划中被改变。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:" +msgstr "当在设置这个时应当记住的一些因素：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is " +"ensured by checking the output from <computeroutput>who</computeroutput>, " +"and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with " +"X2Go thin clients." +msgstr "" +"当有人在使用客户端的时候其不应被关闭。这由检查输出来自<computeroutput>谁</" +"computeroutput>来确保，而作为特殊的情况，对同 LTSP 瘦客户端工作的 LDM ssh 连" +"接命令进行检查。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all " +"clients do not start at the same time." +msgstr "为了避免使保险丝熔断，最好确保所有的客户机不要同时启动。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a " +"BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a " +"motherboard and BIOS version supported by <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</" +"computeroutput>; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, " +"and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up." +msgstr "" +"有两个不同的方法唤醒客户端。一个是使用 BIOS 功能而依赖工作着的准确硬件时钟，" +"而且是由 <computeroutput>nvram-wakeup</computeroutput> 支持的主板和 BIOS 版" +"本；另一个依赖客户端对局域网唤醒有所支持，而服务器知道有关所有需要被唤醒的客" +"户端。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "How to set up shutdown-at-night" +msgstr "如何设置夜间关机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"On clients that should turn off at night, touch <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</computeroutput>, or add the hostname " +"(that is, the output from '<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>' on the " +"client) to the netgroup \"shutdown-at-night-hosts\". Adding hosts to the " +"netgroup in LDAP can be done using the <computeroutput>GOsa²</" +"computeroutput> web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN " +"configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers " +"used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL " +"packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches " +"fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the " +"switch, and this blocks the WOL packets." +msgstr "" +"在夜晚应该关闭的客户端，与 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-" +"at-night</computeroutput> 相关，或添加主机名（那，是从客户端 " +"‘<computeroutput>uname -n</computeroutput>’ 输出的）到网络组 “shutdown-at-" +"night-hosts”。可以使用 <computeroutput>GOsa²</computeroutput> web 工具完成向 " +"LDAP 中的网络组添加主机。客户端可能需要 BIOS 中有网络唤醒的配置。还重要的是即" +"使客户端已被关闭局域网唤醒服务器和客户端之间所使用的交换机和路由器还会向客户" +"端传送 WOL 包。一些交换机向交换机上 ARP 表中缺失的客户端传递包失败，而这阻塞 " +"WOL 包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to <computeroutput>/etc/" +"shutdown-at-night/clients</computeroutput>, with one line per client, IP " +"address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a " +"space; or create a script <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-" +"generator</computeroutput> to generate the list of clients on the fly." +msgstr "" +"启用服务器上的 wake-on-lan，添加客户端到 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-" +"night/clients</computeroutput>，每一行一个，第一个是 IP 地址，随后是 MAC 地址" +"（网卡地址），分隔以空格；或者创建一个即时生成客户端列表的脚本 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Here is an example <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> for use with sitesummary:" +msgstr "" +"这个 <computeroutput>/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</" +"computeroutput> 是与 sitesummary 一同使用的示例：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on " +"clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the <computeroutput>ng-" +"utils</computeroutput> package:" +msgstr "" +"如果用 netgroup 来激活客户端 shutdown-at-night 的另一种选择是这一脚本使用来" +"自 <computeroutput>ng-utils</computeroutput> 软件包的 netgroup 工具：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewall" +msgstr "访问处于防火墙背后的 Debian-Edu 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing " +"the package <computeroutput>autossh</computeroutput>. It can be used to set " +"up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From " +"that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH " +"tunnel." +msgstr "" +"要从互联网上访问防火墙背后的机器，考虑安装 <computeroutput>autossh</" +"computeroutput> 软件包。它可以用来建立一个 SSH 隧道到一台你可以访问到的互联网" +"上的机器。从该机器，可以通过 SSH 隧道访问防火墙背后的服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main " +"server" +msgstr "为从主服务器分散负载而安装额外的服务机器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In the default installation, all services are running on the main server, " +"hostname <emphasis>tjener</emphasis>. To simplify moving some to another " +"machine, there is a <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> installation profile " +"available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is " +"part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running " +"(yet)." +msgstr "" +"在默认安装中，所有服务是在主服务器 tjener 上运行。为简化移动某服务到另一机" +"器，可以用到 <emphasis>minimal</emphasis> 安装配置。以这一配置安装会让一台机" +"器是 Debian Edu 网络的一部分，但（还）未运行任何服务。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services:" +msgstr "设置一台专用于某些服务的机器所需要的步骤：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "choose the <emphasis>Minimal</emphasis> profile during installation" +msgstr "" +"使用 <emphasis>debian-edu-expert</emphasis> 引导选项安装 <emphasis>minimal</" +"emphasis> 配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "install the packages for the service" +msgstr "安装用于服务的软件包" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "configure the service" +msgstr "配置服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "disable the service on the main server" +msgstr "禁用主服务器上的服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server" +msgstr "在主服务器上更新 DNS（通过 LDAP/GOsa²）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org" +msgstr "源自 wiki.debian.org 的 HowTo 文档" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Advanced administration howto" +msgstr "如何进行高级管理" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described." +msgstr "在这章里叙述了高级管理任务。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "User Customisations with GOsa²" +msgstr "使用 GOsa² 定制用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Create Users in Year Groups" +msgstr "在年级组中创建用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home " +"directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create " +"the users by csv import." +msgstr "" +"在这个例子里，我们需要沿着每个组的共有主目录（home0/2014，home0/2015，等）创" +"建年级组中的用户。我们需要由 csv 导入来创建用户。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as root on the main server) </emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>（作为在主服务器上的 root 用户</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Make the necessary year group directories" +msgstr "创建必需的年级组目录" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026" +msgstr "mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis>(as first user in Gosa)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>（作为 Gosa 中的第一个用户）</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Department" +msgstr "部门" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The " +"'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose " +"'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields " +"(students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/" +"Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show " +"up below /Students. Click it." +msgstr "" +"主菜单：往 ‘Directory structure’ 点 ‘Students’ 部门。‘Base’ 字段应显示 ‘/" +"Students’。从下拉框 ‘Actions’ 选择 ‘Create’/‘Department’。填入 Name（2014）" +"和 Description 字段（students graduating in 2014）的值，忽略 Base 字段像是" +"（应该是 ‘/Students’）。点 ‘Ok’ 保存。现在新的部门（2014）应该在 /Students 之" +"下显示。点击它。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Group" +msgstr "组" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name " +"(leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it." +msgstr "" +"从主菜单选择 ‘Groups’；‘Actions’/Create/Group。输入组名称（‘Base’ 原样保留，" +"应该是 /Students/2014）并点击 ‘Samba group’ 左侧的复选框。‘Ok’ 保存。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Template" +msgstr "模板" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. " +"An Entry <computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> should show up, click " +"it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to " +"create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) " +"based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX " +"tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template." +msgstr "" +"从主菜单选择 ‘users’。在 Base 字段改为 ‘Students’。应该出现一个 " +"<computeroutput>NewStudent</computeroutput> 条目，点击它。这是 ‘students’ 模" +"板，不是真正的用户。因为需要基于这一个来创建这一类的模板（能够使用 csv 导入自" +"己的结构），留意显示在 Generic，POSIX 和 Samba 选项卡内所有条目，可能需要准备" +"有关新模板信息的屏幕快照。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and " +"start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new " +"2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account." +msgstr "" +"现在更改 Base 字段内为 /Students/2014；选择 Create/Template 并开始填写想要的" +"值，首先 Generic 选项卡（还要在 Group Membership 下面添加新的 2014 组），然后" +"添加 POSIX 和 Samba 帐户。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Import users" +msgstr "导入用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users " +"is recommended." +msgstr "在进行 csv 导入时选择自己的新模板；建议用一些用户进行测试。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Other User Customisations" +msgstr "其他的用户设定" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Creating folders in the home directories of all users" +msgstr "在所有用户的主目录中创建文件夹" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home " +"directory and set access permissions and ownership." +msgstr "" +"管理者用这个脚本可以在每个用户的主目录里创建文件夹并设置访问权限和所有者。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user " +"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" " +"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments." +msgstr "" +"在下面显示带有 group=teachers 和 permissions=2770 的范例中一个用户可以通过向" +"给予教师写权限而能作注释的 “assignments” 文件夹保存该文件来提交一个指定任务。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a dedicated storage server" +msgstr "使用一个专用的存储服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home " +"directories and possibly other data." +msgstr "需要这些步骤为用户主目录和合理的其他数据设置专门的存储服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add a new system of type <computeroutput>server</computeroutput> using GOsa² " +"as outlined in the <emphasis role=\"strong\">Getting started</emphasis> " +"chapter of this manual." +msgstr "" +"使用 GOsa² 添加新类型的系统<computeroutput>server</computeroutput>，如在本手" +"册的<emphasis role=\"strong\">开始</emphasis>章节所概述的。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-" +"server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new " +"storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:" +msgstr "" +"这个示例使用 ‘nas-server.intern’ 作为服务器名称。配置 ‘nas-server.intern’ 之" +"后，检查新存储服务器上的 NFS 导出点是否被导出到相关子网或机器：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage " +"export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP " +"addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports " +"file.)" +msgstr "" +"在这里主干网上的一切被授予对 /storage 导出的访问权限。（这可以像 tjener:/etc/" +"exports 文件中所做限制网络组成员或单个 IP 地址限定 NFS 访问权限。）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all " +"clients to automatically mount the new export on request." +msgstr "" +"添加了关于 LDAP 中 'nas-server.intern' 的自动挂载信息，允许所有用户根据需要自" +"动挂载新的 export。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. " +"Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor." +msgstr "" +"不能使用 GOsa² 来完成，因为自动挂载的模块没有了。取而代之的是，使用 ldapvi 并" +"使用编辑器来添加需要的 LDAP 对象。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b " +"ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</computeroutput>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of " +"the document. (The \"/&\" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card " +"matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list " +"individual mount points in LDAP.)" +msgstr "" +"当编辑器出现时，将后面的 LDAP 对象添加到文档的底部。（上一个 LDAP 对象中的\"/" +"&\" 部分是匹配于'nas-server.intern'导出的每一部分的通配符，去掉了对列出 " +"LDAP 中各个过载点的需要。）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern " +"does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:" +msgstr "" +"在 tjener.intern:/etc/fstab 中添加相关条目，因为 tjener.intern 不能用 " +"automount 来避免挂载循环：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create the mount point directories using <computeroutput>mkdir</" +"computeroutput>, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <computeroutput>mount " +"-a</computeroutput> to mount the new resources." +msgstr "" +"使用 <computeroutput>mkdir</computeroutput> 创建挂载点目录，以合适的方式编辑 " +"‘/etc/fstab’ 并运行 <computeroutput>mount -a</computeroutput> 来挂载新资源。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly " +"by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any " +"application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server." +msgstr "" +"通过使用任何工作站、 LTSP瘦客户端和 LTSP服务器上的任何应用，新用户应该能够通" +"过只访问 '/tjener/nas-server/storage/'文件夹，来访问 'nas-server.intern' 上的" +"文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restrict SSH login access" +msgstr "限制 ssh 登录访问" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "There are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here." +msgstr "一些限制 ssh 登录的方法，在这里列出一些。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup without LTSP clients" +msgstr "无 LTSP 客户端的设置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>) and to add a line to the " +"machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the " +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> group will then be allowed to ssh " +"into the machine from everywhere." +msgstr "" +"如果不适用 LTSP 客户端，那么简单的解决方案是创建新的用户组（也就是说" +"<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>）并且在机器的 /etc/ssh/sshd_config " +"文件中添加行。然后只有<computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>用户组的成员被" +"允许从任何地方 ssh 到机器上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple:" +msgstr "以 GOsa 管理这种情况相当简单：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Create a group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput> on the base level " +"(where already other system management related groups like " +"<computeroutput>gosa-admins</computeroutput> show up)." +msgstr "" +"在基本层级（与用户组相关的其它系统管理，像 <computeroutput>gosa-admins</" +"computeroutput>在，这里显示出来）上建立用户组<computeroutput>sshusers</" +"computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Add users to the new group <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>." +msgstr "添加用户到新组 <computeroutput>sshusers</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Add <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> to /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config." +msgstr "" +"添加 <computeroutput>AllowGroups sshusers</computeroutput> 到 /etc/ssh/" +"sshd_config。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Execute <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>." +msgstr "执行 <computeroutput>service ssh restart</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Setup with LTSP clients" +msgstr "有 LTSP 客户端的设置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update " +"the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been " +"changed is enough." +msgstr "" +"默认的 LTSP 客户机设置使用 ssh 连接到 LTSP 服务器。那么需要使用 PAM 的不同方" +"法。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So " +"a different approach using PAM is needed." +msgstr "" +"默认的 LTSP 客户机设置使用 ssh 连接到 LTSP 服务器。那么需要使用 PAM 的不同方" +"法。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file." +msgstr "在 LTSP 服务器的 /etc/pam.d/sshd 文件中开启 pam_access.so。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users " +"alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from " +"the internal networks by adding these lines:" +msgstr "" +"配置 /etc/security/access.conf 添加这几行允许（示范）用户 alice，jane，bob " +"和 john 从各处以及所有用户从内网连接：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be " +"dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his " +"box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP " +"server(s) as well." +msgstr "" +"如果只使用专用的 LTSP 服务器，可以脱离 10.0.0.0/8 网络来禁用内部 ssh 登录访" +"问。注意：有人连接着他的分隔区域到专用 LTSP 客户端网络也会获得 ssh 访问 LTSP " +"服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A note for more complex setups" +msgstr "更多复杂设置的说明" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things " +"would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in " +"LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM " +"configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login." +msgstr "" +"如果 LTSP 客户端连接到 主干网 10.0.0.0/8 上（组合服务器或 LTSP 集群设置），那" +"么事情甚至更复杂，并且可能只有具有适当的PAM配置来检查 vendor-class-identifier" +"的尖端 DHCP 设置（在 LDAP 中），才会允许禁止互联网 ssh 登录。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for the desktop" +msgstr "桌面 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Set up a multi-language desktop environment" +msgstr "设置多语言桌面环境" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "To support multiple languages these steps need to be done:" +msgstr "支持多种语言需要运行这些命令：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> (as root) and " +"choose the languages (UTF-8 variants)." +msgstr "" +"运行 <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure locales</computeroutput> （作为 root）" +"并选择语言（UTF-8 变体）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Run these commands as root to install the related packages:" +msgstr "作为 root 运行这些命令来安装相关软件包：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display " +"manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and " +"KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration " +"tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a " +"language chooser. Run <computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</" +"computeroutput> to get the stock LightDM greeter." +msgstr "" +"然后用户会在登录之前能够通过 LightDM 显示管理器选择语言；这应用到 Xfce，LXDE " +"和 LXQt。GNOME 和 KDE 两者有自己内部的地区和语言配置工具，使用这些。MATE 在 " +"Lightdm 的上方使用没有语言选择项的 Arctica 欢迎界面。运行 " +"<computeroutput>apt purge arctica-greeter</computeroutput> 得到常用的 " +"Lightdm 欢迎界面。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Playing DVDs" +msgstr "播放 DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's " +"not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can " +"build your own local packages using the <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian package; make sure <computeroutput>contrib</" +"computeroutput> is enabled in <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"libdvdcss 为播放大部分商业 DVD 所需要。因为法律的原因其不能包含在 Debian " +"(Edu) 里。如果法律允许你使用它，可以使用 <computeroutput>libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput> Debian 软件包创建你自己的本地软件包；确定 " +"<computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> 在 <computeroutput>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</computeroutput> 中启用。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Answer the debconf questions, then run <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure " +"libdvd-pkg</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"回答 debconf 的提问，然后运行 <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg</" +"computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Handwriting fonts" +msgstr "手写字体" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The package <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> (which is installed " +"by default) installs the font \"Abecedario\" which is a nice handwriting " +"font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and " +"with lines." +msgstr "" +"软件包 <computeroutput>fonts-linex</computeroutput> （默认安装）安装一个好的" +"儿童手写字体 “Abecedario” 字体。这个字体有儿童所使用的一些字形：虚线。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for networked clients" +msgstr "网络客户端 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstations" +msgstr "瘦客户机和无盘工作站介绍" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"One generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is " +"<emphasis>LTSP client</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>LTSP 客户端</emphasis> 是瘦客户机和无盘工作站两者的一个统称。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. " +"This concerns both setup and maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now " +"generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a " +"combined server at first boot, taking some time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still " +"support thin client usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for " +"setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. " +"Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa²." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For information about LTSP in general, see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org\">LTSP homepage</ulink>. On systems with <emphasis>LTSP server</" +"emphasis> profile, <computeroutput>man ltsp</computeroutput> provides more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>ltsp</emphasis> tool from LTSP has to be used " +"carefully. For example, <computeroutput>ltsp image /</computeroutput> would " +"fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a " +"separate /boot partition by default), <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput> would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to " +"Debian Edu's thin client support), and <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</" +"computeroutput> would mess up LTSP client boot completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-install</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp image</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput> and <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</" +"computeroutput>. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and " +"thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See <computeroutput>man " +"debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> or the script content to see how it " +"works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) " +"to facilitate site specific adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Examples how to use the wrapper script <emphasis>debian-edu-ltsp-install</" +"emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server " +"filesystem)." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes</" +"computeroutput> 更新无盘工作站 SquashFS 映像。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --" +"thin_type bare</computeroutput> creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin " +"client support." +msgstr "" +"运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 重新生成 NBD 映像。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare</" +"computeroutput> creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and " +"SquashFS image)." +msgstr "" +"以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</computeroutput>" +"（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</computeroutput>）重新创建 " +"chroot。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Besides <emphasis>bare</emphasis> (smallest thin client system), also " +"<emphasis>display</emphasis> and <emphasis>desktop</emphasis> are available " +"options. The <emphasis>display</emphasis> type offers a shutdown button, the " +"<emphasis>desktop</emphasis> type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the " +"client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load " +"reduced)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp ipxe</computeroutput>. It makes sure " +"that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command " +"needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default " +"boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-initrd</emphasis> tool is a " +"wrapper script for <computeroutput>ltsp initrd</computeroutput>. It makes " +"sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated " +"and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be " +"run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis role=\"strong\">debian-edu-ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool is a " +"replacement for the <emphasis>ltsp-chroot</emphasis> tool shipped with " +"LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. " +"install, upgrade and remove packages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Diskless workstation</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">无盘工作站</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot " +"directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is " +"administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless " +"workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server " +"too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but " +"powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients." +msgstr "" +"无盘工作站在本地运行所有软件。客户端机器直接从 LTSP 服务器启动而没有本地硬" +"盘。软件是在 LTSP 服务器上管理和维护，但运行在无盘工作站上。主目录和系统设置" +"也保存在服务器上。无盘工作站如同瘦客户机一样，是以低维护成本再利用旧的（但功" +"能强大的）硬件的极佳方法。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them " +"with GOsa²." +msgstr "不像工作栈，无盘工作站无需用 GOsa² 添加它们来运行。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Thin client</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">瘦客户机</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, " +"where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine " +"boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP " +"server needs to be a powerful machine." +msgstr "" +"瘦客户机设置使普通 PC 能具有（图形）终端的功能，所有的软件运行在 LTSP 服务器" +"上。这是机器通过 PXE 启动而不使用本地客户机硬驱的方法。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very " +"old hardware." +msgstr "Debian Edu 仍然支持让非常老旧的硬件得以使用的瘦客户机应用。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid " +"display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings " +"-> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP client firmware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 客户端固件</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-" +"free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems " +"with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing " +"XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's " +"initrd." +msgstr "" +"如果客户端网卡接口依赖非自由固件，则 LTSP 客户端引导会失败。PXE 安装可以用于" +"对网络启动的机器进行故障检测；如果 Debian 安装程序提示未找到 XXX.bin 文件，那" +"么非自由固件必须添加到 LTSP 服务器的 initrd 中。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Proceed like this on the LTSP server:" +msgstr "运行在主服务器上的服务" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "First get information about firmware packages, run:" +msgstr "旧版本的历史信息" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most " +"probably this will be firmware-linux, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run:" +msgstr "更新无磁盘工作站的SquashFS映像，运行:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "In case X2Go thin clients are used, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "and proceed according to the usage information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 " +"chroot, run:" +msgstr "更新无磁盘工作站的SquashFS映像，运行:" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client type selection" +msgstr "LTSP 客户机类型选择" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Each LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main " +"10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another " +"forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server)." +msgstr "" +"每一 LTSP 服务器有两个网卡接口：一个已配置在主 10.0.0.0/8 子网（那是与主服务" +"器共用的），而另一个构成本地子网（每一 LTSP 服务器的单独子网）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"In both cases <emphasis>diskless workstation</emphasis> or <emphasis>thin " +"client</emphasis> can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 " +"seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be " +"configured in <computeroutput>/etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf</computeroutput>. A " +"timeout value of <emphasis>-1</emphasis> is used to hide the menu. Run " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe</computeroutput> for the changes to " +"take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use a different LTSP client network" +msgstr "使用不同的 LTSP 客户机网络" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed " +"using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different " +"LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second " +"preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> and adjust the eth1 " +"settings accordingly. Use <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> or any " +"other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "" +"192.168.0.0/24 是使用 LTSP 设定所安装机器的默认 LTSP 客户端网络。如果使用很" +"多 LTSP 客户端抑或如果不同的 LTSP 服务器要为 i386 和 amd64 两者的 chroot 环境" +"提供服务还可以使用第二个预先配置的 192.168.1.0/24 网络。编辑 " +"<computeroutput>/etc/network/interfaces</computeroutput> 并相应调整 eth1 的设" +"置。使用 <computeroutput>ldapvi</computeroutput> 或者任何其他 LDAP 编辑器来检" +"查 DNS 和 DHCP 的配置。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clients" +msgstr "增添 LTSP chroot 来支持 32 位的电脑客户端" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "To create chroot and SquashFS image, run:" +msgstr "创建 chroot 和 SquashFS 映像，运行：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See <computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +"about thin client types." +msgstr "" +"运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 重新生成 NBD 映像。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "LTSP client configuration" +msgstr "LTSP 客户端配置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Run <computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput> to have a look at " +"available configuration options. Or read it online: <ulink url=\"https://" +"ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" +msgstr "" +"运行<computeroutput>man ltsp.conf</computeroutput>来看看可用的配置选项。或在" +"线阅读：<ulink url=\"https://ltsp.org/man/ltsp.conf/\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For " +"the changes to take effect, run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Sound with LTSP clients" +msgstr "LTSP 客户端的声音" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"LTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the " +"clients." +msgstr "LTSP 瘦客户端使用网络化的音频，将音频从服务器传递到客户端上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally." +msgstr "LTSP 无盘工作站在本地操纵音频。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDs" +msgstr "易于访问 USB 驱动器和 CD-ROM/DVD" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a " +"corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as " +"on a workstation." +msgstr "" +"当用户插入 USB 驱动器或者 DVD / CD-ROM 到（无盘）工作站时，出现的弹窗询问如何" +"使用它，就像在任何其他标准安装上的一样。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default " +"combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing " +"folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media " +"content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "A warning about removable media on LTSP servers" +msgstr "有关 LTSP 服务器上可移动媒体的提醒" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"When inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media " +"cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote " +"users can access the files." +msgstr "" +"提示：当插入到 LTSP 服务器 USB 驱动器和可移动媒体时致使在远程 LTSP 客户端上弹" +"出消息。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Use printers attached to LTSP clients" +msgstr "使用连接在 LTSP 客户机上的打印机" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port " +"are supported)." +msgstr "连接打印机到 LTSP 客户端机器（USB 和并口两者都支持）。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configure the printer using the web interface <computeroutput>https://" +"www.intern:631</computeroutput> on the main server; choose network printer " +"type <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</computeroutput> (for all " +"printers regardless of brand or model) and set <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> as connection URI." +msgstr "" +"在主服务器上使用 web 界面 <computeroutput>https://www:631</computeroutput> 配" +"置该打印机；选择网络打印机类型 <computeroutput>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</" +"computeroutput>（对所有打印机不理会牌子或型号）并设 <computeroutput>socket://" +"<LTSP client ip>:9100</computeroutput> 作为连接 URI。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Modifying the PXE setup" +msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"PXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.ipxe.org/\">iPXE</ulink> implementation for easier LTSP " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE menu" +msgstr "配置 PXE 菜单" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the " +"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>. It allows " +"some settings to be overridden using the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> with replacement values." +msgstr "" +"PXE 的配置是使用 <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 脚本" +"生成的。其允许不理会一些现有设置而使用 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"pxeinstall.conf</computeroutput> 文件带有的替换值。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configuring the PXE installation" +msgstr "配置 PXE 安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror " +"settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the " +"other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon " +"participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, " +"the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf " +"values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in " +"<computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</computeroutput>. " +"Your changes will be lost as soon as <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To " +"append debconf values to <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-" +"install.dat</computeroutput> during recreation with <computeroutput>debian-" +"edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput>, add the file <computeroutput>/etc/debian-" +"edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> with your additional " +"debconf values." +msgstr "" +"PXE 安装将从安装主服务器时所使用的设置继承语言，键盘布局和镜像设置，在安装期" +"间还会问到其他问题（设定，流行度参与，分区和 root 密码）。要避免这些提问，可" +"以修改 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> 文件来提供预先选择回答的 debconf 值。有一些示例 debconf 值已" +"经在 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput> 里做了注释。一旦使用 <computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> 重建 PXE 安装环境那么所做的变更就会消失。在用 " +"<computeroutput>debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 重建时附加 debconf 值" +"到 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</" +"computeroutput>，添加带有附加 debconf 值的 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/" +"www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput> 文件。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <link " +"linkend=\"Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations\">Installation</link> " +"chapter." +msgstr "" +"更多有关修改 PXE 安装的信息可以在<link linkend=\"Installation--" +"Modifying_PXE_installations\">安装</link>一章中找到。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Adding a custom repository for PXE installations" +msgstr "添加 PXE 安装的定制仓库" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"For adding a custom repository add something like this to <computeroutput>/" +"etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>:" +msgstr "" +"为所加的定制仓库添加像这样的内容到 <computeroutput>/etc/debian-edu/www/" +"debian-edu-install.dat.local</computeroutput>：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"and then run <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</" +"computeroutput> once." +msgstr "" +"然后运行 <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</computeroutput> 一" +"次。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing network settings" +msgstr "改变网络设置" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the " +"network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at <computeroutput>/" +"usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</computeroutput>. It is " +"intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP " +"and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet." +msgstr "" +"debian-edu-config 软件包带有一个工具帮助从 10.0.0.0/8 网络改为其他网络。看一" +"看 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</" +"computeroutput>。这是为安装主服务器之后就使用而设计的，更新 LDAP 并需要编辑其" +"他文件来变更这个子网。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian " +"Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as " +"LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing " +"of configuration files to remove duplicate entries." +msgstr "" +"注意变更一个在 Debian Edu 其他位置已经使用的子网会不工作。192.168.0.0/24 和 " +"192.168.1.0/24 已经设置为 LTSP 客户端网络。变更这些子网会依赖配置文件的手工编" +"辑来移除重复的项目。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would " +"require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main " +"server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS " +"name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require " +"changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In " +"both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, " +"machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not " +"registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered " +"clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration " +"instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: " +"<computeroutput>https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/" +"merge_requests/43</computeroutput>)." +msgstr "" +"更改 DNS 域名是不容易的方面。更改它将需要在主服务器文件系统上既更改 LDAP 结构" +"又更改一系列文件。更改主服务器（tjener.intern）的 host 和 DNS 名称也是不容易" +"的方面。要那么做还需要更改主服务器上的 LDAP 和一些文件与客户端文件系统。在两" +"种情况中 Kerberos 的设置也要被更改。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "远程桌面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Choosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also " +"installs the <emphasis>xrdp</emphasis> and <emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis> " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"选择 LTSP 服务器配置文件或组合服务器配置文件也要安装<emphasis>xrdp</emphasis>" +"和<emphasis>x2goserver</emphasis>软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Xrdp" +msgstr "Xrdp" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a " +"remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server " +"running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a " +"Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect." +msgstr "" +"Xrdp 使用远程桌面协议将图形登录界面展示在远程客户端上。微软 Windows用户可以运" +"行 xrdp 而不用安装另外的软件，来连接到 LTSP 服务器上——只是在 Windows 机器上启" +"动远程桌面连接，并连接即可。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server." +msgstr "此外，xrdp 可以连接到 VNC 服务器或另一台 RDP 服务器上。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required " +"modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root " +"or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a " +"valid deb-src line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "X2Go" +msgstr "X2Go" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"X2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both " +"low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, " +"Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink> for more information." +msgstr "" +"X2Go 能够从运行着 Linux，Windows 或 macOS 的个人计算机通过低带宽抑或高带宽连" +"接访问 LTSP 服务器上的图形桌面。在客户端一侧需要附加的软件，更多信息参阅 " +"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.x2go.org/doku.php/" +"doc:installation:x2goclient\">X2Go wiki</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that the <computeroutput>killer</computeroutput> package should " +"best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see <ulink url=\"https://" +"bugs.debian.org/890517#\">890517</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"请注意，如果使用 X2Go，<computeroutput>killer</computeroutput>软件包应该从 " +"LTSP 服务器上移除，请参见<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/" +"890517#\">890517</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Available Remote Desktop clients" +msgstr "可用的远程桌面客户端" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput> is installed by default and is " +"capable of RDP and VNC." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>freerdp-x11</computeroutput>默认安装，并且能够使用 RDP 和 " +"VNC。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative " +"client package is <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"RDP ——访问 Windows 终端服务器最容易的方式。可用来代替的客户端软件包是 " +"<computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. " +"An alternative client package is <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"VNC 客户端（虚拟网络计算机）远程访问 Skolelinux。另外的客户端包是 " +"<computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> is a graphical client for the " +"X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running " +"sessions and start new ones." +msgstr "" +"<computeroutput>x2goclient</computeroutput> 是 X2Go 系统的图形客户端（默认不" +"安装）。可以用它连接到运行着的会话并启动新的。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Wireless clients" +msgstr "无线客户端" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>freeRADIUS</emphasis> server could be used to provide secure " +"network connections. For this to work, install the <emphasis>freeradius</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>winbind</emphasis> packages on the main server and " +"run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-" +"server</computeroutput> to generate a basic, site specific configuration. " +"This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All " +"configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific " +"adjustments. See <ulink url=\"https://freeradius.org/\">the freeRADIUS " +"homepage</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "Additional configuration is needed to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"enable/disable access points via a <emphasis>shared secret</emphasis> (/etc/" +"freeradius/3.0/clients.conf)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be " +"PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be " +"educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be " +"sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be " +"catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is " +"available on the internal network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/> (for end user devices " +"running Linux)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.pem\"/>（对应于运行 Linux 的最" +"终用户设备）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/> (Linux, Android)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.crt\"/>（Linux、Android）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/> (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, " +"Windows)" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://www.intern/freeradius-ca.der\"/>（macOS、iOS、iPadOS、" +"Windows）" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due " +"to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be " +"created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS " +"CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create " +"the scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "" +"Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding pGina user in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Debian Edu 中的 Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"To have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-" +"application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of " +"LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Add a special user, eg <emphasis role=\"strong\">pguser</emphasis> with " +"password <emphasis>pwd.777</emphasis>, on <ulink url=\"https://www/gosa\"/> " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install pGina fork" +msgstr "安装" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Download and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention " +"that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Configure pGina" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Considering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port " +"636." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"(these are stored in " +"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\pGina3.fork\\Plugins\\0f52390b-c781-43ae-" +"bd62-553c77fa4cf7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LDAP Plugin main section" +msgstr "LTSP 客户机类型选择" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP Host(s): <emphasis role=\"strong\">10.0.2.2</emphasis> (or any else " +"with \"space\" as a separator)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"LDAP Port: <emphasis role=\"strong\">636</emphasis> (for SSL connection)" +msgstr "使用文本模式<emphasis role=\"strong\">安装</emphasis>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Timeout: 10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use SSL: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">独立安装</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Start TLS: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't tick checkbox)" +msgstr "使用文本模式<emphasis role=\"strong\">安装</emphasis>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Validate Server Certificate: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> (don't " +"tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Search DN: <emphasis " +"role=\"strong\">uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"(\"pguser\" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login " +"session)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the \"pguser\" password)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authentication block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Bind Tab:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow Empty Passwords: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">最小安装</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search for DN: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">独立安装</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Search Filter: <emphasis role=\"strong\">(&(uid=%u)" +"(objectClass=person))</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">漫游工作站</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Authorization block" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default: <emphasis role=\"strong\">Allow</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">最小安装</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Deny when LDAP authentication fails: <emphasis role=\"strong\">YES</" +"emphasis> (tick checkbox)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Allow when server is unreachable: <emphasis role=\"strong\">NO</emphasis> " +"(don't tick checkbox, optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Plugin Selection" +msgstr "LTSP 客户机类型选择" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"LDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Plugin Order" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Authentication: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sources:" +msgstr "源代码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Samba in Debian Edu" +msgstr "Debian Edu 中的 Samba" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"Samba is now configured as <emphasis>standalone server</emphasis> with " +"modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see <computeroutput>/etc/" +"samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</computeroutput> on the main server. This way non-" +"admin users are enabled to provide shares." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-" +"site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in <emphasis>smb.conf.edu-" +"site</emphasis> will override those contained in <emphasis>smb-debian-" +"edu.conf</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in " +"<emphasis>/etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Samba passwords are stored using <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> " +"and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"Samba 密码用 <computeroutput>smbpasswd</computeroutput> 保存并且如果用 GOsa² " +"变更密码时被更新。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run <computeroutput>smbpasswd " +"-d <username></computeroutput>, <computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> will re-enable it." +msgstr "" +"要临时禁用一个用户的 Samba 帐号，运行 <computeroutput>smbpasswd -d " +"<username></computeroutput>，<computeroutput>smbpasswd -e " +"<username></computeroutput> 会再启用它。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Running <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares</" +"computeroutput> on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'." +msgstr "" +"在主服务器上运行 <computeroutput>chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/" +"usershares</computeroutput> 将会禁止对于‘students’的用户共享。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Accessing files via Samba" +msgstr "通过 Samba 存取文件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Connections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific " +"shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, " +"macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices " +"require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. " +"<ulink url=\"https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?" +"id=com.lonelycatgames.Xplore&hl=en_US&gl=US\">X-plore</ulink> or " +"<ulink url=\"https://www.ghisler.com/android.htm\">Total Commander with LAN " +"plugin</ulink> might be a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Use <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> or " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> to access the " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"使用 <computeroutput>\\\\tjener\\<username></computeroutput> 或者 " +"<computeroutput>smb://tjener/<username></computeroutput> 访问主目录。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning" +msgstr "教学与学习 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"All Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running " +"<computeroutput>apt install <package></computeroutput> (as root)." +msgstr "" +"这节中提到的所有 Debian 软件包可以由运行 <computeroutput>apt install <软件" +"包></computeroutput> （作为 root）来安装。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Teaching Programming" +msgstr "教学工作程序" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> is a meta package " +"depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of " +"disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe " +"to install only a few packages), see the <ulink url=\"https://" +"blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/development\">Debian Edu Development packages</" +"ulink> page." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/education-" +"development#\">stable/education-development</ulink> 是一个得到程序工具的元软" +"件包。请注意如果安装这个软件包大概需要 2 GiB 的磁盘空间。有关更多细节（也许只" +"安装几个软件包），参阅 <ulink url=\"https://blends.debian.org/edu/tasks/" +"development\">Debian Edu Development packages</ulink> 页面。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Monitoring pupils" +msgstr "监察学生" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning</emphasis>: make sure you know the status " +"of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in " +"your jurisdiction." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"strong\">提醒</emphasis>：确知自己在管辖权限内有关监视和约束" +"计算机用户活动的法律地位。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some schools use control tools like <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink> to supervise " +"their students. See also: <ulink url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes " +"Homepage</ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://veyon.io\">Veyon Homepage</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"一些学校使用像<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"epoptes#\">Epoptes</ulink>或<ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable//" +"veyon-configurator#\">Veyon</ulink>的工具来监督学生。请参见：<ulink " +"url=\"https://epoptes.org\">Epoptes 主页</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +"veyon.io\">Veyon 主页</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Restricting pupils' network access" +msgstr "约束学生的网络访问" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Some schools use <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> or <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/" +"stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> to restrict Internet access." +msgstr "" +"一些学校用 <ulink url=\"https://packages.debian.org/stable/" +"squidguard#\">Squidguard</ulink> 或者 <ulink url=\"https://" +"packages.debian.org/stable/e2guardian#\">e2guardian</ulink> 限制互联网的访" +"问。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "HowTos for users" +msgstr "用户 HowTo" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Changing passwords" +msgstr "修改密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just " +"use a browser and go to <computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"每个用户应该使用 GOsa² 变更自己的密码。要那么做，只是用浏览器前往 " +"<computeroutput>https://www/gosa/</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos " +"(krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same." +msgstr "" +"使用 GOsa² 变更密码确保了 Kerberos （krbPrincipalKey），LDAP （userPassword）" +"与 Samba （sambaNTPassword 和 sambaLMPassword）的密码是相同的。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but " +"this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² " +"(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you " +"really should also change it using GOsa²." +msgstr "" +"使用 PAM 变更密码也在 GDM 登录提示下工作，但这仅会更新 Kerberos 密码，而不是 " +"Samba 和 GOsa² （LDAP）密码。所以在登录提示变更自己的密码后，实际上也应该用 " +"GOsa² 来变更它。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Running standalone Java applications" +msgstr "运行独立 Java 应用程序" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK " +"Java runtime." +msgstr "现成的 OpenJDK Java 运行时支持独立的 Java 应用。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Using email" +msgstr "使用电子邮件" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"All users can send and receive mails within the internal network; " +"certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail " +"outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the " +"mailserver <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> to suit the local " +"situation, starting with <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"所有用户可以在内网内部发送和接收邮件；提供证书允许 TLS 保护连接。允许邮件超出" +"内网范围，管理员需要配置邮件服务器 <computeroutput>exim4</computeroutput> 适" +"合本地状况，以 <computeroutput>dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config</" +"computeroutput> 开始。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. " +"For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"每个希望使用 Thunderbird 的用户需要像下面那样配置它。对于一个用户名为 jdoe 的" +"用户的内部邮件地址是 <ulink " +"url=\"mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern\">jdoe@postoffice.intern</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Thunderbird" +msgstr "Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Start Thunderbird" +msgstr "启动 Thunderbird" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'" +msgstr "点击‘略过并使用我的现有电子邮件’" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Enter your email address" +msgstr "输入自己的电子邮件地址" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used" +msgstr "因为 Kerberos 会使用单点登录而不用输入密码" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Continue'" +msgstr "点击‘继续’" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/" +"GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically" +msgstr "" +"对于 IMAP 和 SMTP 两者的设置应该是 ‘STARTTLS’ 和 ‘Kerberos/GSSAPI’；如未能自" +"动检测则进行调整" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Click 'Done'" +msgstr "点击‘完成’" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Contribute" +msgstr "贡献" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Contribute online" +msgstr "贡献在线" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Most of the time, the <ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-" +"edu\">developer mailing list</ulink> is our main medium for communication, " +"though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real " +"gatherings, where we meet each other in person." +msgstr "" +"大多数时间，<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">开发者邮件列表" +"</ulink>是我们交流的主要媒介，虽然我们在 irc.debian.org 的 #debian-edu 上有每" +"月的 IRC 会议，而且还有但并不经常的真实聚会，在那里我们彼此亲身相识。<ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor\">新贡献者</ulink>要阅" +"读我们的 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy\"/>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to " +"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"https://alioth-lists.debian.net/cgi-bin/" +"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit mailinglist</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"正好在 Debian Edu 开发中学习的好方法是订阅<ulink url=\"http://" +"lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">提交的邮件列表" +"</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Report bugs" +msgstr "报告错误" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu uses the Debian <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/Bugs/\">Bug " +"Tracking System (BTS)</ulink>. View existing bug reports and feature " +"requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package " +"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.debian.org/src:debian-edu-config\">debian-edu-" +"config</ulink>. Take a look at <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"DebianEdu/HowTo/BugReports#\">How To Report Bugs</ulink> for more " +"information on bug reporting in Debian Edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation writers and translators" +msgstr "文档作者和翻译者" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: " +"if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you " +"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider " +"sharing your knowledge with us." +msgstr "" +"这一文档需要你的帮助！最重要的是，文档尚未完成：如果阅读文档，会注意到文本中" +"有许多 FIXME。如果你正好知道（一点儿）需要在这讲解的，请同我们分享你的知识。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. " +"Just go to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie/\"/> and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to " +"edit the pages; you may need to <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/" +"FrontPage?action=newaccount\">create a wiki user account</ulink> first." +msgstr "" +"文本的来源是一个维基，并且可以用简单的 web 浏览器来编辑。仅前往 <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Bullseye/\"/> 就可以很" +"容易地做贡献。提示：编辑这些页面需要一个用户账号；首先需要<ulink " +"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences\">创建一个维基用户</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating " +"software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document " +"can be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translations chapter</" +"link> of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this " +"book!" +msgstr "" +"另一个非常好的贡献途径是通过翻译软件和文档来帮助用户。如何翻译本文档的信息可" +"以在本书的<link linkend=\"Translations\">翻译一章</link>中找到。请考虑协助本" +"书的翻译努力！" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Support" +msgstr "支持" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Volunteer based support" +msgstr "基于无偿的支持" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in English" +msgstr "英语方面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - support mailing list" +msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\"/> - 支持邮件列表" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do " +"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens." +msgstr "" +"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC 频道，主要涉及开发；尽管时常活跃但不预计" +"做实时支持" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in Norwegian" +msgstr "挪威语方面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users" +msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC 频道支持挪威语用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in German" +msgstr "德语方面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german\"/> - 支持邮件列表" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users" +msgstr "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC 频道支持德语用户" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "in French" +msgstr "法语方面" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - support " +"mailing list" +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\"/> - 支持邮件列表" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Professional support" +msgstr "专业支持" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"从 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\"/> " +"可得到提供专业支持的公司列表。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features in Debian Edu Trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu Bookworm 中的新面貌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 Bookworm 的新面貌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Installation changes" +msgstr "安装变化" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"出自 Debian bookworm 的新版 Debian 安装器，更多细节参阅其<ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</" +"ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"including information on <computeroutput>non-free-firmware</computeroutput>, " +"which is a new section in addition to the well known <computeroutput>main</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>contrib</computeroutput> and " +"<computeroutput>non-free</computeroutput> sections." +msgstr "" +"如果 <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> 有错误而结束，尝试修正和/或运行 " +"<computeroutput>apt -f install</computeroutput> 然后再一次 " +"<computeroutput>apt -y full-upgrade</computeroutput>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Ceratopsian#\">Ceratopsian theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +"Debian 13 trixie." +msgstr "" +"基于<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">家世界" +"主题</ulink>的新美术作品，是 Debian 12 bookworm 的默认美工。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Software updates" +msgstr "软件更新" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg:" +msgstr "Debian 11 Bullseye 中新的内容的插图，例如：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.12" +msgstr "Linux 内核 5.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE " +"1.26" +msgstr "KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24 桌面环境" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LibreOffice 7.4" +msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "GOsa² 2.8" +msgstr "GOsa²" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0" +msgstr "教育工具箱 GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 24.12" +msgstr "音乐创作软件 Rosegarden 20.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.02" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Bullseye 包含超过 59000 个软件包可用于安装。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/trixie/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"有关 Debian 12 Bookworm 的更多信息是在<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Documentation and translation updates" +msgstr "文档和翻译更新" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"During installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of " +"which 22 are fully translated." +msgstr "安装期间的配置选项页面有 29 种语言可用，其中 22 种已完全翻译。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu Bullseye 手册被完全翻译为荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、日语、挪威" +"书面语和简体中文。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Known issues" +msgstr "已知问题" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Trixie#\">the " +"Debian Edu Trixie status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"参阅 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm 状态页面</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Copyright and authors" +msgstr "版权与作者" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), " +"Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), " +"Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten " +"Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), " +"José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), " +"Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), " +"Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), " +"Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang " +"Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii " +"Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 " +"or any later version. Enjoy!" +msgstr "" +"本文档由 Holger Levsen (2007-2020), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002, 2003, " +"2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick " +"Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen " +"(2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel " +"Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim " +"Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh " +"(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat " +"(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye " +"(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2020), Bernhard Hammes " +"(2012) 和 Joe Hansen (2015) 撰写并持有版权，并且在 GPL2 或更新版本下发行。请" +"尽情享用！" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you " +"are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</emphasis>! " +"Then add your name here and release it under the \"GPL v2 or any later " +"version\" licence." +msgstr "" +"如果您向它添加内容，<emphasis role=\"strong\">请只在您是作者的情况下来进行。" +"您需要在相同的条件下发行</emphasis>！然后将您的姓名添加在这里，并在“GPL v2 或" +"更新版本”的许可下发行。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Translations of this document" +msgstr "本文档的翻译" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><para> +msgid "" +"There is an <ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-" +"doc/\">online overview of packaged translations</ulink>, updated frequently." +msgstr "" +"这是一个<ulink url=\"https://jenkins.debian.net/userContent/debian-edu-doc/" +"\">软件包翻译的在线综览</ulink>，时常更新。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "HowTo translate this document" +msgstr "如何翻译本文档" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate using PO files" +msgstr "使用 PO 文件来翻译" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in " +"PO files. More information about the process can be found in " +"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-" +"manual-translations</computeroutput>." +msgstr "" +"像许多自由软件项目一样，本文档的翻译记录在 PO 文件中。有关该流程的更多信息可" +"以在 <computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-" +"bookworm-manual-translations</computeroutput> 中找到。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title> +msgid "Translate online using a web browser" +msgstr "使用 web 浏览器在线翻译" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Most language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-trixie/\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" +"大部分语言协作组决定通过 Weblate 进行翻译。更多的信息参阅 <ulink " +"url=\"https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/debian-edu-documentation/debian-" +"edu-bookworm/\"/>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para> +msgid "Please report any problems." +msgstr "请报告任何问题。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix A - The GNU General Public License" +msgstr "附录 A - GNU 通用公共许可证" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename Trixie" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 别名 Bookworm 的手册" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Copyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > and others, see the <link " +"linkend=\"CopyRight\">Copyright</link> for the full list of copyright owners." +msgstr "" +"版权 (C) 2007-2021 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger@layer-" +"acht.org\">holger@layer-acht.org</ulink> > 及其他人，版权所有者的完整列表" +"参见<link linkend=\"CopyRight\">版权</link>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><title> +msgid "Appendix B - Features in older releases" +msgstr "附录 B —— 旧发布版的面貌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm" +msgstr "Debian Edu 12 Bookworm 的新面貌" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">installation " +"manual</ulink> for more details," +msgstr "" +"出自 Debian bookworm 的新版 Debian 安装器，更多细节参阅其<ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</" +"ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +"Themes/Emerald#\">Emerald theme</ulink>, the default artwork for Debian 12 " +"bookworm." +msgstr "" +"基于<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">家世界" +"主题</ulink>的新美术作品，是 Debian 12 bookworm 的默认美工。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Everything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg:" +msgstr "Debian 12 bookworm 中所有新的事物，例如：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Linux kernel 6.1" +msgstr "Linux 内核 5.10" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26" +msgstr "KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24 桌面环境" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1" +msgstr "教育工具箱 GCompris 1.0" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 22.12" +msgstr "音乐创作软件 Rosegarden 20.12" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "LTSP 23.01" +msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation." +msgstr "Debian Bookworm 包含超过 59000 个软件包用于安装。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the <ulink " +"url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">release notes</" +"ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/" +"installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"有关 Debian 12 Bookworm 的更多信息是在<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +"releases/bookworm/releasenotes\">发行说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/releases/bookworm/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +"Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian " +"(Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and " +"Ukrainian." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu Bullseye 手册被完全翻译为荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、日语、挪威" +"书面语和简体中文。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"see <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/Bookworm#\">the " +"Debian Edu Bookworm status page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"参阅 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Status/" +"Bookworm#\">Debian Edu Bookworm 状态页面</ulink>。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><title> +msgid "Historic information about older releases" +msgstr "旧版本的历史信息" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "The following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past:" +msgstr "以下是从前所做的更多 Debian Edu 发行版：" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14." +msgstr "2021 年 8 月 14 日发布的 Debian Edu 11 代号 Bullseye 的新特性" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06." +msgstr "Debian Edu 10+edu0 代号 Buster 发布于 2019 年 7 月 6 日。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17." +msgstr "Debian Edu 9+edu0 代号 Stretch 发布于 2017 年 6 月 17 日。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02." +msgstr "2016 年 07 月 02 日发行的 Debian Edu 8+edu0 代号 Jessie。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28." +msgstr "发布于 2013 年 09 月 28 日的 Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 代号 Wheezy。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2013-03-03." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 代号 \"Squeeze\"，发布于 2013-03-03。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename \"Squeeze\", released 2012-03-11." +msgstr "Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 代号 \"Squeeze\"，发布于 2012-03-11。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-10-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 代号 \"Lenny\"，发布于 2010-10-05。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename \"Lenny\", released 2010-02-08." +msgstr "Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 代号 \"Lenny\"，发布于 2010-02-08。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\", released 2007-12-05." +msgstr "Debian Edu \"3.0r1 Terra\"，发布于 2007-12-05。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch " +"released 2007-04-08." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"3.0r0 Terra\" 发布于 2007-07-22。基于发布于 2007-04-08 的 " +"Debian 4.0 Etch。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released " +"2005-06-06." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu 2.0，发布于2006-03-14。基于 2005-06-06 发布的 Debian 3.1 Sarge。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgid "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody " +"released 2002-07-19." +msgstr "" +"Debian Edu \"1.0 Venus\" 发布于 2004-06-20。基于 2002-07-19 发布的 Debian " +"3.0 Woody。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><section><section><para> +msgid "" +"A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in <ulink " +"url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Appendix C of the Jessie manual</ulink>; or see the related " +"release manuals on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/" +"Documentation\">release manuals page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"在 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" +"AppendixC\">Jessie 手册的附录 C</ulink> 里包含了有关较早发行版完整而详细的概" +"述；或参阅<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation\">发行" +"手册页面</ulink>上相关的发行手册。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select \"Uplink\" if your upstream network requires a static IP address " +#~ "and, if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, " +#~ "\"Education\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果你的上游网络需要一个静态IP地址，并且你已经遵循了内部“教育”网络上的建" +#~ "议，请选择“上行链接”。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Trixie#\">Debian Edu Trixie Manual</ulink> is translated to Simplified " +#~ "Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, " +#~ "Norwegian (Bokmål), Polish, Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, " +#~ "Spanish, Romanian, Rusian, Swedish, Tamil and Ukrainian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Debian Edu Bullseye 手册被完全翻译为荷兰语、法语、德语、意大利语、日语、挪" +#~ "威书面语和简体中文。" + +#~ msgid "Using backports is simple:" +#~ msgstr "使用 backports 是简单的：" + +#~ msgid "Manual for Debian Edu 12 Codename Bookworm" +#~ msgstr "Debian Edu 12 代号 Bookworm 手册" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New version of Debian Installer from Debian bullseye, see its <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/" +#~ "installmanual\">installation manual</ulink> for more details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "出自 Debian bullseye 的 Debian Installer 新版本，更多细节参阅其<ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</" +#~ "ulink>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New artwork based on the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/" +#~ "Themes/Homeworld#\">Homeworld theme</ulink>, the default artwork for " +#~ "Debian 11 (bullseye)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "基于 <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianArt/Themes/Homeworld#\">家" +#~ "世界主题</ulink>的新图片，是 Debian 11（bullseye）的默认图片。" + +#~ msgid "Linux kernel 5.10" +#~ msgstr "Linux 内核 5.10" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.20, GNOME 3.38, Xfce 4.16, LXDE 11, " +#~ "MATE 1.24" +#~ msgstr "KDE Plasma 5.20、GNOME 3.38、Xfce 4.16、LXDE 11、MATE 1.24 桌面环境" + +#~ msgid "LibreOffice 7.0" +#~ msgstr "LibreOffice 7.0" + +#~ msgid "Music creator Rosegarden 20.12" +#~ msgstr "音乐创作软件 Rosegarden 20.12" + +#~ msgid "LTSP 21.01" +#~ msgstr "LTSP 21.01" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More information about Debian 11 bullseye is provided in the <ulink " +#~ "url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">release " +#~ "notes</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/releases/" +#~ "bullseye/installmanual\">installation manual</ulink>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "关于 Debian 11 bullseye 的更多信息在其<ulink url=\"https://www.debian.org/" +#~ "releases/bullseye/releasenotes\">发布说明</ulink>和<ulink url=\"https://" +#~ "www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/installmanual\">安装手册</ulink>中提供。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye Manual</ulink> is fully translated to " +#~ "Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian Bokmål, Portuguese " +#~ "(Portugal) and Simplified Chinese." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ulink url=\"https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/" +#~ "Bullseye#\">Debian Edu Bullseye 手册</ulink>已完全翻译成荷兰语、法语、德" +#~ "语、意大利语、日语、挪威书面语、葡萄牙语（葡萄牙）和简体中文。" + +#~ msgid "Partly translated versions exist for Danish and Spanish." +#~ msgstr "有部分翻译的丹麦语和西班牙语文本。" + +#~ msgid "Other changes compared to the previous release" +#~ msgstr "与之前发布版本相比的其他更改" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Improved TLS/SSL support on the internal network. On clients, the root " +#~ "certificate for the Debian Edu-CA is located inside the certificate " +#~ "bundle for the whole system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "内网上改进的 TLS/SSL 支持。在客户端，Debian Edu-CA 认证的根用户位于整个系" +#~ "统的认证的 bundle 内。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New LTSP, re-written from scratch, dropping thin client support. Thin " +#~ "clients are now supported using X2Go." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "新的 LTSP，从草图开始重写，去除了瘦客户端支持。现在使用 X2Go 来支持瘦客户" +#~ "端。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Netboot is provided using iPXE instead of PXELINUX to be compliant with " +#~ "LTSP." +#~ msgstr "用 iPXE 替代 PXELINUX 来提供网络引导以符合 LTSP。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> directory is now used as netboot base " +#~ "instead of <emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "现在使用 <emphasis>/srv/tftp</emphasis> 目录作为网络引导基础而取代 " +#~ "<emphasis>/var/lib/tftpboot</emphasis>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DuckDuckGo is used as default search provider for both Firefox ESR and " +#~ "Chromium." +#~ msgstr "DuckDuckGo 被用为 Firefox ESR 和 Chromium 两者的默认搜索提供者。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Chromium uses the internal website instead of Google as default startpage." +#~ msgstr "Chromium 用内部网站代替 Google 作为默认起始页。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On diskless workstations, the Kerberos TGT is available after login " +#~ "automatically." +#~ msgstr "在无盘工作站上，Kerberos TGT 可在自动登录后使用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "New tool added to set up freeRADIUS with support for both EAP-TTLS/PAP " +#~ "and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "添加具有 EAP-TTLS/PAP 和 PEAP-MSCHAPV2 方式支持的 freeRADIUS 设置新工具。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Samba is configured as 'standalone server' with support for SMB2/SMB3; " +#~ "domain joining is gone." +#~ msgstr "Samba 被配置为具有 SMB2/SMB3 支持的‘独立服务器’；以完成域连接。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GOsa² web interface doesn't show Samba related entries because Samba " +#~ "account data are no longer stored in LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "GOsa² web 界面不显示 Samba 相关条目是因为 Samba 帐户数据不再存储在 LDAP " +#~ "中。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Debian Installer's graphical mode is used for PXE installations (instead " +#~ "of text mode)." +#~ msgstr "PXE 安装使用 Debian 安装器的图形模式（取代文本模式）。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Central CUPS print server ipp.intern, users belonging to the printer-" +#~ "admins group are allowed to administrate CUPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "中央 CUPS 打印服务器 ipp.intern，允许属于 printer-admins 组的用户管理 " +#~ "CUPS。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Icinga administration via the web interface is restricted to the first " +#~ "user." +#~ msgstr "Icinga 只限于第一个用户通过 web 界面管理。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In case you already have a router but are unable to configure it as " +#~ "needed (eg because you are not allowed to do so, or for technical " +#~ "reasons), an older computer with two network interfaces can be turned " +#~ "into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "已经有路由器但无法根据需要进行配置（如因不允许那样做，即工艺的原因）的情况" +#~ "下，一台有两个网络接口的较旧计算机可以改成现有网络和 Debian Edu 网络之间的" +#~ "网关。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A simple way is to install Debian Edu on this computer; select 'Minimal' " +#~ "as profile during installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一个简单的方法是在这台计算机上安装 Debian Edu；在安装时选择‘Minimal’的设" +#~ "定。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After installation, run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/" +#~ "tools/configure-edu-gateway --firewall <yes|no></computeroutput> " +#~ "which will make the following changes:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安装后，运行<computeroutput> / usr / share / debian-edu-config / tools / " +#~ "configure-edu-gateway --firewall < yes | no > </computeroutput>，将" +#~ "进行以下更改：" + +#~ msgid "Adjust the /etc/network/interfaces file." +#~ msgstr "调整 /etc/network/interfaces 文件。" + +#~ msgid "Change the hostname permanently to 'gateway'." +#~ msgstr "将主机名永久修改为“gateway”。" + +#~ msgid "Remove superfluous scripts." +#~ msgstr "删除多余脚本." + +#~ msgid "Install a firewall (optionally)." +#~ msgstr "安装防火墙（可选）。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CD-ROM into an X2Go thin client, " +#~ "the media is automatically mounted and it is possible to access it " +#~ "browsing the related folder on the Xfce desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "当用户将 U 盘或 DVD / CD-ROM 插入 X2Go 瘦客户端时，媒体被自动挂载，并且能" +#~ "够在 Xfce 桌面上访问它，来浏览有关的文件夹了。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, " +#~ "they can even mount the removable devices and access the files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果远程用户收到弹窗通知或者从控制台使用 pmount，甚至可以挂载可移动设备并" +#~ "访问其文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install a desktop environment of your choice instead of the default " +#~ "one, press TAB and edit the kernel boot options (like explained above)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若要安装你所选择的桌面环境而不是默认的，按 tab 键并编辑内核引导选项 （像上" +#~ "文）。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous " +#~ "versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main " +#~ "difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated " +#~ "from the LTSP server file system. Also, thin clients are no longer " +#~ "supported." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "从 Bullseye 开始，LTSP 与以前的版本非常不同。这有关设置和维护。主要的区别" +#~ "是，用于无盘工作站的 SquashFS 映像现在从 LTSP 服务器我呢见系统生成。同样瘦" +#~ "客户端不再被默认支持。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation no --" +#~ "thin_type bare</computeroutput> (re-)creates 64-bit thin client support." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "运行 <computeroutput>ltsp-update-image</computeroutput> 重新生成 NBD 映" +#~ "像。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Run <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --" +#~ "diskless_workstation no --thin_type bare</computeroutput>. See " +#~ "<computeroutput>man debian-edu-ltsp-install</computeroutput> for details " +#~ "about thin client types." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "以 root 运行 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch i386</computeroutput>" +#~ "（或 <computeroutput>debian-edu-ltsp --arch amd64</computeroutput>）重新创" +#~ "建 chroot。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Workstation</emphasis>, esp. any separate or " +#~ "additional <emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP server</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">工作站</emphasis>，特别是任何分离或另外 " +#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\">LTSP 服务器</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "login as root." +#~ msgstr "作为 root 登录。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~| "computeroutput>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "run <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "运行 <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab</" +#~ "computeroutput>" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-tw.add debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-tw.add --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-tw.add 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/debian-edu-trixie-manual.zh-tw.add 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER: mode=after; position=發布日期; endboundary=<section> +<literallayout> +<emphasis role="strong">翻譯:</emphasis> +2019 Louies + +</literallayout> diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/fixme-status.txt debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/fixme-status.txt --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/fixme-status.txt 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/fixme-status.txt 2026-09-14 08:18:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +FIXME: The HowTos from <ulink url="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"/> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) +==================== +1 FIXMEs left to fix +==================== Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/010-uif-config-method.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/010-uif-config-method.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01a-Installer_64bit_boot_menu_bios.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01a-Installer_64bit_boot_menu_bios.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01b-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01b-Installer_64bit_advanced_options.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01c-Installer_help.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01c-Installer_help.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01d-Installer_64bit_boot_menu_uefi.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01d-Installer_64bit_boot_menu_uefi.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01e-Installer_64bit_command_line_bios.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01e-Installer_64bit_command_line_bios.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01f-Installer_64bit_command_line_uefi.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/01f-Installer_64bit_command_line_uefi.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/020-uif-config-confirm.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/020-uif-config-confirm.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/030-uif-allow-ping.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/030-uif-allow-ping.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/050-debian-edu-router-config-ip-forwarding.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/050-debian-edu-router-config-ip-forwarding.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05a-Configure_network_manually.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05a-Configure_network_manually.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05b-Configure_network_ip.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05b-Configure_network_ip.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05c-Configure_network_gateway.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05c-Configure_network_gateway.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05d-Configure_network_nameserver.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/05d-Configure_network_nameserver.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/060a-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/060a-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/060b-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/060b-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/070-debian-edu-router-config-uplink.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/070-debian-edu-router-config-uplink.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/080-debian-edu-router-config-networks.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/080-debian-edu-router-config-networks.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/090-debian-edu-router-config-vlans.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/090-debian-edu-router-config-vlans.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/100-debian-edu-router-config-ipv4-ipv6.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/100-debian-edu-router-config-ipv4-ipv6.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/110-debian-edu-router-config-static-ip.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/110-debian-edu-router-config-static-ip.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/120-debian-edu-router-config-internal-network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/120-debian-edu-router-config-internal-network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/130-debian-edu-router-config-nat.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/130-debian-edu-router-config-nat.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/140-debian-edu-router-config-internet-access.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/140-debian-edu-router-config-internet-access.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/150a-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-nat.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/150a-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-nat.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/150b-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-nat.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/150b-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-nat.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/160-debian-edu-router-config-ssh.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/160-debian-edu-router-config-ssh.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/190-debian-edu-router-config-main-menu.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/190-debian-edu-router-config-main-menu.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/200-debian-edu-router-config-config-menu.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/200-debian-edu-router-config-config-menu.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/25-Thin-Client-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/28-iPXE-menu_with_LTSP.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/28-iPXE-menu_with_LTSP.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/30-iPXE-menu_without_LTSP.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/30-iPXE-menu_without_LTSP.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/Debian_Edu_Network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/Debian_Edu_Network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/alert.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/alert.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/change_password_administratively.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/change_password_administratively.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/create_group.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/create_group.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/25-Thin-Client-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/25-Thin-Client-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/Debian_Edu_Network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/Debian_Edu_Network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/change_password_administratively.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/change_password_administratively.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/create_group.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/create_group.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/edit_user.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/edit_user.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/filterbox.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/filterbox.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa2_overview.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa2_overview.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_edit_host.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_edit_host.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_host_details.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_host_details.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_list.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/gosa_systems_list.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/list_groups.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/list_groups.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/reset_passwords.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/reset_passwords.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/slbackup-php_maintenance.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/de/slbackup-php_maintenance.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/edit_user.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/edit_user.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/Debian_Edu_Network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/es/Debian_Edu_Network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/filterbox.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/filterbox.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/Debian_Edu_Network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/Debian_Edu_Network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/slbackup-php_maintenance.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/fr/slbackup-php_maintenance.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa2_overview.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa2_overview.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_host_details.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_list.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/gosa_systems_list.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/idea.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/idea.png differ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/installer-logo.svg debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/installer-logo.svg --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/installer-logo.svg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/installer-logo.svg 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) --> + +<svg + width="800" + height="75" + viewBox="0 0 211.66666 19.84375" + version="1.1" + id="svg5" + sodipodi:docname="debian-edu-ceratopsian-installer-logo.svg" + inkscape:version="1.2.2 (b0a8486541, 2022-12-01)" + xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape" + xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:i="http://ns.adobe.com/AdobeIllustrator/10.0/"> + <sodipodi:namedview + id="namedview5" + pagecolor="#505050" + bordercolor="#eeeeee" + borderopacity="1" + inkscape:showpageshadow="0" + inkscape:pageopacity="0" + inkscape:pagecheckerboard="0" + inkscape:deskcolor="#505050" + showgrid="true" + inkscape:zoom="1.3172834" + inkscape:cx="380.32818" + inkscape:cy="135.12658" + inkscape:window-width="1680" + inkscape:window-height="999" + inkscape:window-x="0" + inkscape:window-y="27" + inkscape:window-maximized="1" + inkscape:current-layer="svg5" + showguides="true" + inkscape:lockguides="true"> + <inkscape:grid + type="xygrid" + id="grid433" /> + </sodipodi:namedview> + <defs + id="defs2"> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + id="linearGradient4267"> + <stop + style="stop-color:#000000;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="0" + id="stop4263" /> + <stop + style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="1" + id="stop4265" /> + </linearGradient> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + id="linearGradient3207"> + <stop + style="stop-color:#ffffff;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="0" + id="stop3203" /> + <stop + style="stop-color:#000000;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="1" + id="stop3205" /> + </linearGradient> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + id="linearGradient4723"> + <stop + style="stop-color:#265a78;stop-opacity:0;" + offset="0.81724155" + id="stop4721" /> + <stop + style="stop-color:#265a78;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="1" + id="stop4719" /> + </linearGradient> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + id="linearGradient4693"> + <stop + style="stop-color:#276082;stop-opacity:0;" + offset="0.7978794" + id="stop4691" /> + <stop + style="stop-color:#276082;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="1" + id="stop4689" /> + </linearGradient> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + id="linearGradient4683"> + <stop + style="stop-color:#265a78;stop-opacity:0;" + offset="0.75652242" + id="stop4681" /> + <stop + style="stop-color:#265a78;stop-opacity:1;" + offset="1" + id="stop4679" /> + </linearGradient> + <radialGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient4683" + id="radialGradient4685" + cx="4.5227289" + cy="123.87486" + fx="4.5227289" + fy="123.87486" + r="65.662127" + gradientTransform="matrix(0.75781623,-0.84662793,0.8411625,0.75292413,-105.04615,-21.178315)" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /> + <radialGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient4693" + id="radialGradient4695" + cx="71.821243" + cy="127.17577" + fx="71.821243" + fy="127.17577" + r="63.269104" + gradientTransform="matrix(0.81568891,-0.98545465,0.93713187,0.91944935,-105.94302,34.392407)" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /> + <radialGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient4723" + id="radialGradient4725" + cx="223.30025" + cy="130.41374" + fx="223.30025" + fy="130.41374" + r="65.666499" + gradientTransform="matrix(1.0680436,-0.87157957,1.1690834,0.80677909,-168.7316,162.42087)" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" /> + <rect + x="-43.098259" + y="-305.28793" + width="1126.5765" + height="110.21444" + id="rect24844" /> + <radialGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient4693" + id="radialGradient3146" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + gradientTransform="matrix(-0.81568891,-0.98545465,-0.93713187,0.91944935,324.02041,35.541882)" + cx="71.821243" + cy="127.17577" + fx="71.821243" + fy="127.17577" + r="63.269104" /> + <mask + maskUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + id="mask3268"> + <path + id="path3270" + style="opacity:0.486216;fill:url(#linearGradient3272);fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:evenodd;stroke-width:0.264583" + d="M 89.916869,-12.495173 H 216.07513 V 27.405211 H 89.916869 Z" /> + </mask> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient3207" + id="linearGradient3272" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + x1="133.004" + y1="11.78155" + x2="105.83333" + y2="19.84375" /> + <mask + maskUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + id="mask3275"> + <path + id="path3277" + style="display:inline;opacity:0.486216;fill:url(#linearGradient3279);fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:evenodd;stroke-width:0.264583" + d="M 130.05578,26.977395 3.8975265,27.034947 3.8793232,-12.865434 130.03757,-12.922986 Z" /> + </mask> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient3207" + id="linearGradient3279" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + gradientTransform="rotate(179.97386,109.98182,7.2456891)" + x1="144.85092" + y1="7.6088948" + x2="110.1328" + y2="-5.3523045" /> + <filter + style="color-interpolation-filters:sRGB;" + inkscape:label="Roughen" + id="filter1919" + x="0" + y="0" + width="1" + height="1"> + <feTurbulence + type="turbulence" + numOctaves="2" + seed="139" + baseFrequency="3.75282 3.77694" + result="turbulence" + id="feTurbulence1915" /> + <feDisplacementMap + in="SourceGraphic" + in2="turbulence" + scale="3.4959" + yChannelSelector="G" + xChannelSelector="R" + id="feDisplacementMap1917" /> + </filter> + <mask + maskUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + id="mask4276"> + <rect + style="opacity:0.485167;fill:url(#linearGradient4280);fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:evenodd;stroke-width:0.264583" + id="rect4278" + width="118.24304" + height="25.073822" + x="11.210899" + y="-0.67689592" /> + </mask> + <linearGradient + inkscape:collect="always" + xlink:href="#linearGradient4267" + id="linearGradient4280" + gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" + x1="92.700104" + y1="17.691542" + x2="72.676567" + y2="9.4297981" /> + </defs> + <g + inkscape:groupmode="layer" + id="layer2" + inkscape:label="background"> + <path + id="rect4340" + style="fill:#26475b;fill-rule:evenodd;stroke-width:0.264583" + d="M 0,0 H 211.66666 V 19.84375 H 0 Z" + sodipodi:nodetypes="ccccc" /> + <g + style="fill:#808080;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="g4448" + transform="matrix(0.09913818,0,0,0.09913818,73.537269,-76.602553)"> + <g + id="g4516"> + <path + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" + id="path4118" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + d="m 286.18119,834.61078 -7.42894,7.42701 -7.42706,-7.42701 7.42706,-7.42707 7.42894,7.42707" /> + <g + transform="translate(0,356)" + style="fill:#ffffff" + id="g4318"> + <path + id="path4120" + style="fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + d="m 380.71893,511.6723 c 0.091,-7.44638 1.61669,-14.08736 7.98465,-14.08736 6.99913,0 7.53352,7.71553 7.3554,14.08736 z m 24.22114,0.90031 c 0,-10.49774 -2.06199,-20.8174 -15.34007,-20.8174 -18.30039,0 -18.30039,20.27721 -18.30039,24.58318 0,18.21138 8.16278,25.38862 21.89003,25.38862 6.0969,0 9.06111,-0.8945 10.67584,-1.34559 -0.0891,-3.22952 0.3582,-5.29343 0.90031,-8.07372 -1.88771,1.16945 -4.30986,2.69316 -9.69228,2.69316 -13.99639,0 -14.17647,-12.74369 -14.17647,-17.13872 h 23.86875 l 0.17428,-5.28953" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + id="path4122" + style="fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + d="m 435.39508,505.66254 c -0.0871,0.091 -0.0871,14.53265 -0.26722,18.30231 -0.17811,3.04943 -0.44917,9.59747 -6.90815,9.59747 -6.63902,0 -8.25375,-7.62646 -8.79198,-10.94307 -0.62733,-3.67868 -0.62733,-6.73003 -0.62733,-8.07371 0,-4.30597 0.26913,-16.33134 10.40676,-16.33134 3.05135,0 4.75514,0.9003 6.10078,1.61473 l 0.0871,5.83361 z m -26.01596,10.58876 c 0,25.29759 13.45815,25.29759 15.43104,25.29759 5.56256,0 9.15214,-3.05134 10.67589,-8.34089 l 0.18008,7.9827 c 1.70571,-0.091 3.40955,-0.26914 6.18985,-0.26914 0.9874,0 1.79284,0 2.51308,0.091 0.7183,0 1.4347,0.0871 2.24206,0.17811 -1.43465,-2.86935 -2.51115,-9.32833 -2.51115,-23.32856 0,-13.63622 0,-36.6918 1.16555,-43.69092 -3.22754,1.52759 -6.01173,2.51503 -12.11251,3.05135 2.4221,2.60217 2.4221,3.94777 2.4221,15.78726 -1.70187,-0.53631 -3.8568,-1.16359 -7.53544,-1.16359 -16.05837,0 -18.66055,13.99441 -18.66055,24.40506" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + id="path4124" + style="fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + d="m 451.41513,500.53249 c -0.091,-3.05135 -0.091,-6.28083 -1.3456,-8.883 1.97485,0.17811 3.14233,0.44917 6.81713,0.44917 2.1569,0 3.32049,-0.18004 5.02625,-0.44917 -0.35628,1.16556 -0.54019,1.61473 -0.71831,3.14237 -0.26913,2.06003 -0.44917,8.97014 -0.44917,11.39416 v 9.68844 c 0,4.21692 0,10.31966 0.27105,12.47071 0.17812,1.52376 0.62341,5.64966 5.83165,5.64966 5.11334,0 6.81521,-3.76578 7.44638,-6.81714 0.71443,-3.14045 0.71443,-6.55 0.71443,-19.82803 -0.0871,-11.48326 -0.0871,-12.5578 -0.98356,-15.70017 1.52375,0.17811 3.40762,0.35819 6.09886,0.35819 2.15685,0 3.58958,-0.0891 5.38248,-0.35819 -0.62925,1.43662 -0.98745,2.15492 -1.16556,7.17728 -0.182,4.93523 -0.54019,29.16021 0.27297,34.89891 0.44534,3.50249 1.14428,6.097 1.87396,7.56472 -4.91878,-0.31189 -6.60307,-0.45182 -11.38813,0.33088 -0.0635,-1.82628 -0.11459,-5.90714 -0.0604,-7.76347 -1.39876,3.81524 -6.93702,7.40669 -12.23035,7.22716 -11.2096,-0.38021 -11.30318,-8.16469 -11.3942,-13.54524 v -27.00724" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" + sodipodi:nodetypes="ccsccsscscccsccccccscc" /> + </g> + <path + d="m 182.62093,861.66254 c -0.0871,0.091 -0.0871,14.53265 -0.26721,18.30231 -0.17812,3.04943 -0.44918,9.59747 -6.90816,9.59747 -6.63901,0 -8.25374,-7.62646 -8.79198,-10.94307 -0.62733,-3.67868 -0.62733,-6.73003 -0.62733,-8.07371 0,-4.30597 0.26914,-16.33134 10.40676,-16.33134 3.05135,0 4.75514,0.9003 6.10079,1.61473 l 0.0871,5.83361 z m -26.01595,10.58876 c 0,25.29759 13.45811,25.29759 15.43104,25.29759 5.56255,0 9.15213,-3.05134 10.67589,-8.34089 l 0.18008,7.9827 c 1.70571,-0.091 3.40955,-0.26914 6.18984,-0.26914 0.98741,0 1.79286,0 2.51308,0.091 0.71831,0 1.4347,0.0871 2.24207,0.17811 -1.43466,-2.86935 -2.51116,-9.32833 -2.51116,-23.32856 0,-13.63622 0,-36.6918 1.16556,-43.69092 -3.22755,1.52759 -6.01173,2.51503 -12.11251,3.05135 2.4221,2.60217 2.4221,3.94777 2.4221,15.78726 -1.70187,-0.53631 -3.8568,-1.16359 -7.53544,-1.16359 -16.05837,0 -18.66055,13.99441 -18.66055,24.40506" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + id="path4106" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 205.26023,867.6723 c 0.091,-7.44638 1.61665,-14.08736 7.9846,-14.08736 6.99918,0 7.53353,7.71553 7.35541,14.08736 z m 24.22109,0.90031 c 0,-10.49774 -2.06198,-20.8174 -15.34001,-20.8174 -18.30044,0 -18.30044,20.27721 -18.30044,24.58318 0,18.21138 8.16277,25.38862 21.89002,25.38862 6.0969,0 9.06116,-0.8945 10.67589,-1.34559 -0.0891,-3.22952 0.35819,-5.29343 0.90031,-8.07372 -1.88775,1.16945 -4.30986,2.69316 -9.69233,2.69316 -13.99638,0 -14.17642,-12.74369 -14.17642,-17.13872 h 23.86875 l 0.17423,-5.28953" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + id="path4108" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 258.66865,872.42941 c 0,8.3428 -1.52375,19.5589 -11.93051,19.5589 -1.43662,0 -3.22947,-0.27303 -4.39503,-0.54212 -0.18003,-3.22951 -0.18003,-8.79202 -0.18003,-15.251 0,-7.71744 0.8054,-11.74847 1.43657,-13.72725 1.88195,-6.36795 6.09886,-6.45702 6.90431,-6.45702 6.8191,0 8.16469,9.4232 8.16469,16.41849 z m -25.74682,9.77942 c 0,6.63906 0,10.40676 -1.07646,13.27616 3.67865,1.43657 8.25184,2.24202 13.7272,2.24202 3.49861,0 13.63628,0 19.10781,-11.21221 2.60218,-5.20239 3.4986,-12.20152 3.4986,-17.49685 0,-3.22952 -0.35819,-10.31579 -2.96037,-14.80375 -2.51116,-4.21304 -6.54996,-6.36796 -10.85401,-6.36796 -8.61386,0 -11.12507,7.17724 -12.46875,10.85592 0,-4.57511 0.0872,-20.54438 0.80353,-28.70911 -5.82973,2.6932 -9.42127,3.13849 -13.27615,3.49861 3.4986,1.43278 3.4986,7.35736 3.4986,26.64712 v 22.07005" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + id="path4110" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 285.4242,897.1907 c -1.7929,-0.26914 -3.05331,-0.44917 -5.6555,-0.44917 -2.86547,0 -4.84228,0.18003 -6.90427,0.44917 0.89643,-1.70571 1.25462,-2.51504 1.52376,-8.34281 0.36011,-7.98657 0.45109,-29.34028 -0.17811,-33.82441 -0.44922,-3.41147 -1.25462,-3.94778 -2.51121,-4.8442 7.35541,-0.71831 9.42128,-1.25654 12.82694,-2.87132 -0.71639,3.94394 -0.80737,5.92267 -0.80737,11.93052 -0.17811,30.95697 -0.26913,34.27358 1.70576,37.95222" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + id="path4112" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 314.15263,871.79824 c -0.1762,5.65353 -0.26718,9.60131 -1.79481,12.7398 -1.88383,4.0388 -5.02232,5.2024 -7.35536,5.2024 -5.38636,0 -6.55,-4.48409 -6.55,-8.87912 0,-8.43191 7.53739,-9.06308 10.94306,-9.06308 z m -24.67415,11.03793 c 0,5.65353 1.70571,11.30318 6.73195,13.72725 2.24203,0.98547 4.48409,0.98547 5.2024,0.98547 8.25571,0 11.03404,-6.1027 12.7398,-9.86852 -0.091,3.94782 0,6.368 0.26914,9.51033 1.61473,-0.091 3.22946,-0.26914 5.92267,-0.26914 1.52371,0 2.96033,0.17816 4.48408,0.26914 -0.98744,-1.52372 -1.52375,-2.42402 -1.79673,-5.92267 -0.17816,-3.40566 -0.17816,-6.81713 -0.17816,-11.57036 l 0.091,-18.30235 c 0,-6.82293 -1.79481,-13.54908 -15.25484,-13.54908 -8.87719,0 -14.08155,2.69123 -16.68374,4.03879 1.07842,1.97293 1.97485,3.67476 2.7803,7.53545 3.50052,-3.05136 8.0776,-4.66609 12.7398,-4.66609 7.45026,0 7.45026,4.93522 7.45026,11.93047 -1.7057,-0.0871 -3.14429,-0.26526 -5.56639,-0.26526 -11.3942,0 -18.93156,4.39119 -18.93156,16.41657" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + id="path4114" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 365.82821,888.3077 c 0.091,3.05135 0.091,6.28082 1.34565,8.883 -1.9749,-0.17811 -3.14237,-0.44917 -6.81718,-0.44917 -2.15684,0 -3.32044,0.18003 -5.02619,0.44917 0.35622,-1.16556 0.54019,-1.61473 0.7183,-3.14233 0.26914,-2.06006 0.44917,-8.97014 0.44917,-11.3942 v -9.68845 c 0,-4.21691 0,-10.31962 -0.27105,-12.4707 -0.17812,-1.52372 -0.62345,-5.64965 -5.83165,-5.64965 -5.11334,0 -6.81521,3.76582 -7.44643,6.81717 -0.71442,3.14041 -0.71442,6.54996 -0.71442,19.82799 0.0871,11.48325 0.0871,12.55784 0.98356,15.70017 -1.52371,-0.17811 -3.40758,-0.35819 -6.09882,-0.35819 -2.15689,0 -3.58962,0.0891 -5.38248,0.35819 0.62925,-1.43662 0.98741,-2.15493 1.16557,-7.17725 0.182,-4.93522 0.54014,-29.16024 -0.27303,-34.89895 -0.44528,-3.50249 -1.34559,-4.30794 -2.32916,-5.20436 7.26827,-0.3582 9.59743,-1.52759 11.84338,-2.69124 v 9.51034 c 1.07454,-2.78419 3.31661,-8.97403 12.29063,-8.97403 11.21604,0 11.30318,8.16474 11.39415,13.54526 v 27.00723" + style="opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none" + id="path4116" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + </g> + <path + d="m 296.81767,912.89241 c 0,-2.93664 1.1552,-5.38812 3.46561,-7.35443 2.3104,-1.96627 5.38218,-2.94941 9.21537,-2.94944 3.12428,3e-5 5.55283,0.58736 7.28565,1.762 1.75904,1.14916 2.63857,2.75794 2.63859,4.82635 -2e-5,0.63843 -0.10504,1.43005 -0.31505,2.37487 h -5.51347 c 0.0525,-0.45963 0.0787,-0.7533 0.0788,-0.881 -2e-5,-2.11948 -1.73282,-3.17924 -5.19841,-3.17927 -1.78533,3e-5 -3.20307,0.35754 -4.25325,1.07253 -1.02394,0.71503 -1.5359,1.68542 -1.53589,2.91113 -10e-6,0.71503 0.32817,1.27683 0.98455,1.68539 0.65634,0.38306 1.91657,0.75334 3.78066,1.11083 l 4.29263,0.84269 c 2.02158,0.38306 3.55747,1.05977 4.60769,2.03013 1.05016,0.97039 1.57524,2.19613 1.57527,3.67722 -3e-5,0.91931 -0.11817,1.83861 -0.35443,2.75791 -0.23632,0.91931 -0.66953,1.88968 -1.29961,2.91114 -0.63013,1.02145 -1.4309,1.91521 -2.40229,2.6813 -0.97145,0.76608 -2.27105,1.40449 -3.89882,1.91521 -1.6278,0.51072 -3.46562,0.76609 -5.51346,0.76609 -2.02162,0 -3.76755,-0.2426 -5.23779,-0.72779 -1.44402,-0.45965 -2.53358,-1.07251 -3.26871,-1.8386 -0.73513,-0.79162 -1.27335,-1.59602 -1.61466,-2.41318 -0.31505,-0.81716 -0.47258,-1.67261 -0.47258,-2.56639 0,-0.43411 0.0525,-0.9959 0.15753,-1.68539 h 5.74976 c -0.0525,0.45966 -0.0788,0.75332 -0.0788,0.88101 -1e-5,1.09806 0.4857,1.95351 1.45712,2.56638 0.99767,0.58734 2.38916,0.88101 4.17449,0.881 2.04784,10e-6 3.67563,-0.38304 4.88336,-1.14913 1.23394,-0.79162 1.85092,-1.82583 1.85094,-3.10265 -2e-5,-0.89376 -0.34133,-1.57046 -1.02393,-2.03013 -0.68263,-0.45964 -1.9166,-0.86823 -3.7019,-1.22574 l -3.85942,-0.76608 c -2.33668,-0.45965 -4.03009,-1.13635 -5.08027,-2.03013 -1.05019,-0.91929 -1.57528,-2.17057 -1.57528,-3.75383" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4126" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 331.11809,903.0482 -3.34746,15.28342 8.78216,-8.04391 h 6.26173 l -9.13661,7.8907 5.08027,12.79364 h -6.45863 l -3.11118,-9.15473 -2.67796,2.37487 -1.49651,6.77986 h -5.51348 l 6.1042,-27.92385 h 5.51347" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4128" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 340.13668,924.19219 c -1e-5,-3.9581 1.19458,-7.31611 3.58375,-10.07404 2.41542,-2.78343 5.56597,-4.17515 9.45167,-4.17517 2.7042,2e-5 4.83082,0.68949 6.37986,2.06843 1.54901,1.35344 2.32351,3.21758 2.32354,5.59243 -3e-5,4.03473 -1.22087,7.41828 -3.66252,10.15066 -2.4417,2.73237 -5.61851,4.09856 -9.53043,4.09856 -2.59921,0 -4.67332,-0.68948 -6.22233,-2.06844 -1.54903,-1.40449 -2.32355,-3.26863 -2.32354,-5.59243 m 9.53042,3.37078 c 1.23395,0 2.3104,-0.34473 3.22932,-1.03422 0.91889,-0.715 1.60152,-1.58324 2.04786,-2.60469 0.44631,-1.04698 0.77449,-2.01735 0.98455,-2.91113 0.21001,-0.89376 0.31504,-1.65985 0.31506,-2.29826 -2e-5,-1.3534 -0.35446,-2.4387 -1.06332,-3.25587 -0.70889,-0.81714 -1.66718,-1.22572 -2.87488,-1.22574 -1.78533,2e-5 -3.32122,0.88102 -4.60768,2.643 -1.28649,1.73648 -1.92972,3.81767 -1.92971,6.2436 -1e-5,1.35343 0.35442,2.43872 1.06331,3.25588 0.70886,0.79162 1.65403,1.18743 2.83549,1.18743" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4130" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 373.81697,903.0482 -6.10419,27.92385 h -5.51348 l 6.1042,-27.92385 h 5.51347" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4132" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 385.40878,909.94298 c 2.49417,2e-5 4.50265,0.70226 6.02543,2.10674 1.549,1.4045 2.32352,3.23035 2.32354,5.47752 -2e-5,1.45557 -0.23632,3.05158 -0.70888,4.78804 h -14.29563 c -0.0788,0.71502 -0.11816,1.28959 -0.11815,1.72369 -10e-6,1.04699 0.3413,1.90245 1.02393,2.5664 0.68261,0.6384 1.5884,0.9576 2.71735,0.9576 0.94516,0 1.81157,-0.21705 2.59921,-0.65117 0.81388,-0.43411 1.41774,-1.02145 1.81157,-1.762 h 5.43471 c -1.07647,2.11951 -2.57298,3.76659 -4.48955,4.94126 -1.89034,1.17466 -4.0301,1.762 -6.41925,1.762 -2.46794,0 -4.47641,-0.72779 -6.02543,-2.18335 -1.52277,-1.4811 -2.28415,-3.40908 -2.28415,-5.78396 0,-0.61286 0.0656,-1.3151 0.19691,-2.10673 0.13127,-0.79162 0.35443,-1.73645 0.66949,-2.83453 0.31505,-1.12357 0.77451,-2.18333 1.37837,-3.17925 0.63011,-1.02144 1.37836,-1.97905 2.24476,-2.87283 0.8664,-0.89375 1.98222,-1.60876 3.34747,-2.14504 1.36523,-0.53624 2.88799,-0.80437 4.5683,-0.80439 m 2.71736,8.23543 c -2e-5,-2.63022 -1.12897,-3.94533 -3.38685,-3.94535 -2.65173,2e-5 -4.41079,1.50666 -5.27717,4.51992 h 8.66402 v -0.57457" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4134" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 406.66086,903.0482 -6.10419,27.92385 h -5.51347 l 6.10419,-27.92385 h 5.51347" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4136" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 416.00792,910.28771 -4.52893,20.68434 h -5.51346 l 4.52892,-20.68434 h 5.51347 m 1.57527,-7.23951 -1.06331,4.78804 h -5.51346 l 1.0633,-4.78804 h 5.51347" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4138" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 421.25925,910.28771 h 5.51347 l -0.70887,3.14096 c 1.05017,-1.22572 2.13974,-2.10672 3.26869,-2.643 1.12894,-0.56177 2.42854,-0.84267 3.89882,-0.84269 1.75903,2e-5 3.16366,0.45967 4.21386,1.37895 1.05016,0.91932 1.57525,2.14506 1.57528,3.67722 -3e-5,0.68949 -0.0788,1.39174 -0.2363,2.10674 l -3.0324,13.86616 h -5.51347 l 2.63858,-11.98925 c 0.15752,-0.84268 0.23628,-1.46832 0.2363,-1.87691 -2e-5,-1.91521 -0.97144,-2.87281 -2.91426,-2.87283 -1.31275,2e-5 -2.45482,0.45967 -3.42623,1.37896 -0.94518,0.89378 -1.60154,2.13228 -1.9691,3.71552 l -2.55981,11.64451 h -5.51347 l 4.52891,-20.68434" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4140" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 458.86097,930.97205 h -5.51346 l 0.59073,-2.60468 c -1.0502,1.22574 -2.13977,2.10673 -3.2687,2.64299 -1.12896,0.56179 -2.42856,0.8427 -3.89881,0.8427 -1.73281,0 -3.1243,-0.45965 -4.17448,-1.37896 -1.05019,-0.9193 -1.57528,-2.14504 -1.57528,-3.67722 0,-0.68947 0.0788,-1.39172 0.23629,-2.10673 l 3.15056,-14.40244 h 5.51346 l -2.75674,12.52552 c -0.15753,0.89377 -0.23629,1.51941 -0.23628,1.87692 -1e-5,1.91522 0.99767,2.87282 2.99302,2.87282 1.28647,0 2.40229,-0.45965 3.34746,-1.37895 0.94516,-0.9193 1.58839,-2.15781 1.92972,-3.71553 l 2.67797,-12.18078 h 5.51347 l -4.52893,20.68434" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4142" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + <path + d="m 477.3833,920.47667 4.84397,10.49538 h -6.61616 l -2.32354,-6.43512 -4.84398,6.43512 h -6.61615 l 9.17599,-10.49538 -4.3714,-10.18896 h 6.61616 l 2.00848,6.24361 4.84397,-6.24361 h 6.61617 l -9.33351,10.18896" + style="font-style:oblique;font-variant:normal;font-weight:bold;font-stretch:normal;font-size:54.6294px;line-height:125%;font-family:FreeSans;-inkscape-font-specification:'FreeSans Bold Oblique';letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;opacity:0.71;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none" + id="path4144" + inkscape:connector-curvature="0" /> + </g> + </g> + <g + id="layer1" + inkscape:label="frills" + sodipodi:insensitive="true" + style="display:inline"> + <path + id="path4394" + style="display:inline;opacity:0.675752;fill:url(#radialGradient4685);fill-opacity:1;stroke-width:1.95077" + inkscape:transform-center-x="-0.2953054" + inkscape:transform-center-y="2.1334363" + d="M 0,0 V 19.84375 H 73.283381 C 71.928726,19.394066 70.626593,18.958106 69.120328,18.050578 63.563738,14.70272 61.460137,8.3514873 53.215356,6.8347248 49.360339,6.1255305 42.455934,7.6183634 37.173441,6.7876993 32.086425,5.9877731 27.473927,3.2482145 22.45651,2.0892781 18.894607,1.2665403 15.295639,0.55938704 11.675256,0 Z" + sodipodi:insensitive="true" /> + <path + id="path4636" + style="display:inline;opacity:0.689805;fill:url(#radialGradient4695);fill-opacity:1;stroke-width:2.03548" + inkscape:transform-center-x="-0.2953054" + inkscape:transform-center-y="2.3227328" + d="m 47.832739,2.7030897 c -0.818879,-0.00241 -1.638389,0.058613 -2.458765,0.2002913 -4.828984,0.8339652 -8.570636,5.1726256 -13.086023,7.214425 -5.653876,2.55661 -12.851669,1.85318 -17.442346,6.263042 -1.082495,1.039858 -2.103019,2.206304 -3.048392,3.462902 H 127.86299 C 123.82019,17.243467 125.1217,10.754784 118.02845,9.3340819 114.17344,8.5619618 107.55179,11.239162 102.34827,10.564524 97.234877,9.9015686 92.731537,6.2239229 87.631342,5.4497812 80.18011,4.3187839 72.582297,6.7345904 65.07303,6.2346305 59.269439,5.8482335 53.564885,2.719931 47.832739,2.7030897 Z" + mask="url(#mask3275)" + sodipodi:insensitive="true" /> + <path + id="path4675" + style="display:inline;opacity:0.740701;fill:#27678d;fill-opacity:0.47534221;stroke-width:2.52935" + inkscape:transform-center-x="-0.34708444" + inkscape:transform-center-y="3.0515625" + d="M 122.49665,1.7536871 C 115.1538,1.8298327 106.92957,2.8292523 99.585178,2.7366811 90.622724,2.6237154 84.961902,0.48942558 76.038867,2.0245291 70.835225,2.9197549 67.330094,7.6789741 62.48619,10.159811 c -4.117397,2.108751 -8.897342,0.417547 -15.349194,6.469357 -1.010016,0.947391 -1.858492,2.135418 -2.860113,3.214582 H 175.39629 c -4.59558,-3.426304 -9.30138,-9.469837 -15.737,-10.9106566 -4.53094,-1.0143962 -10.78192,0.2908902 -17.02365,-1.9951435 -5.58456,-2.045348 -13.55697,-5.2525186 -20.13899,-5.1842628 z" + sodipodi:nodetypes="sssssccsss" + sodipodi:insensitive="true" /> + <path + id="path3143" + style="display:inline;opacity:0.931621;fill:url(#radialGradient3146);fill-opacity:1;stroke-width:2.03548" + inkscape:transform-center-x="0.29530511" + inkscape:transform-center-y="2.3227328" + d="m 170.24466,3.8525645 c 0.81888,-0.00241 1.63839,0.058613 2.45876,0.2002913 4.82899,0.8339652 8.57063,5.1726256 13.08602,7.2144252 5.65388,2.55661 12.85167,1.85318 17.44235,6.263042 1.08249,1.039858 2.10302,2.206304 3.04839,3.462902 H 90.214406 c 4.0428,-2.600283 2.74129,-9.088966 9.834544,-10.509668 3.85501,-0.7721204 10.47666,1.90508 15.68018,1.230442 5.11339,-0.662955 9.61673,-4.3406013 14.71692,-5.114743 7.45124,-1.1309973 15.04905,1.2848092 22.55832,0.7848493 5.80359,-0.386397 11.50814,-3.5146995 17.24029,-3.5315408 z" + mask="url(#mask3268)" + sodipodi:insensitive="true" /> + <path + id="path4632" + style="display:inline;opacity:0.690193;fill:url(#radialGradient4725);fill-opacity:1;stroke-width:2.2519" + inkscape:transform-center-x="-0.39351508" + inkscape:transform-center-y="2.1334363" + d="m 189.97133,0.14531704 c -4.45611,2.08922436 -8.13336,5.33847936 -12.88009,7.09310696 -7.0395,2.6021337 -16.24036,1.8626791 -22.34316,5.564518 -3.26743,1.981959 -6.39968,4.443176 -8.87084,7.186125 h 67.17994 V 0.14531704 Z" + sodipodi:insensitive="true" /> + </g> + <g + id="g3273" + transform="matrix(0.51278215,0,0,0.51278215,-390.47782,-525.84817)" + inkscape:label="logo_horizontal" + style="display:inline" + sodipodi:insensitive="true"> + <g + id="g3258" + transform="matrix(0.89684088,0,0,0.85199883,109.15354,152.43201)"> + <path + d="m 1008.9107,1051.1401 q 0,0.8305 0,1.538 0,0.6767 0,1.3534 0.031,0.6768 0.031,1.415 0.031,0.7075 0.062,1.5688 0.031,0.7382 0.062,1.2304 0.061,0.4921 0.1231,0.8305 0.092,0.3384 0.1845,0.5845 0.092,0.2153 0.1846,0.4306 -0.6152,-0.062 -1.415,-0.092 -0.769,-0.062 -1.5688,-0.062 -0.6152,0 -1.1688,0.031 -0.5537,0.031 -1.2612,0.123 0.092,-0.3076 0.1538,-0.5844 0.092,-0.2769 0.1538,-0.6767 0.062,-0.4307 0.092,-1.0767 0.031,-0.6459 0.061,-1.7225 l 0.062,-4.3065 v -4.614 q 0,-2.0302 -0.031,-3.2606 -0.031,-1.2304 -0.092,-1.4765 -0.9843,0.3384 -1.8764,0.7075 -0.892,0.3691 -1.7225,0.892 l 0.062,-1.0151 q 0,-0.6459 -0.062,-1.0766 -0.031,-0.4614 -0.092,-0.7997 0.523,-0.1231 1.5073,-0.3692 0.9843,-0.246 2.1532,-0.6152 1.1997,-0.3998 2.3993,-0.9228 1.2304,-0.5229 2.2148,-1.1689 -0.062,0.7383 -0.1231,1.3227 -0.031,0.5537 -0.062,1.415 0,0.8613 -0.031,2.307 0,1.4458 0,3.9373 z" + style="font-weight:bold;font-size:24.8469px;font-family:Poppl-Laudatio;-inkscape-font-specification:'Poppl-Laudatio, Bold';white-space:pre;fill:#85a0b4;stroke:none;stroke-width:9.01383" + id="path3249" /> + <path + d="m 1016.2305,1038.3745 q 0.8921,0 1.6611,0.092 0.7997,0.092 1.5072,0.3383 0.3384,0.1231 0.8613,0.4307 0.5537,0.2768 1.0766,0.8613 0.5229,0.5536 0.8921,1.4149 0.3999,0.8613 0.3999,2.1533 0,0.769 -0.2154,1.5687 -0.1845,0.7998 -0.6459,1.5073 -0.4614,0.6767 -1.1997,1.1996 -0.7382,0.523 -1.7841,0.7383 l -0.6767,0.123 0.7075,0.092 q 2.3993,0.3998 3.5374,1.661 1.1689,1.2612 1.1689,3.3837 0,1.6303 -0.6152,2.8299 -0.5845,1.1689 -1.3842,1.8764 -0.8921,0.7998 -2.3686,1.2304 -1.4457,0.4306 -3.3221,0.4306 -0.1845,0 -0.6767,-0.031 -0.4922,0 -1.1689,-0.061 -0.6767,-0.062 -1.4457,-0.1846 -0.7383,-0.123 -1.4765,-0.3691 0.123,-0.3999 0.2153,-0.769 0.1231,-0.3691 0.1846,-0.769 0.092,-0.4306 0.123,-0.9228 0.062,-0.4922 0.1231,-1.1689 0.769,0.6152 1.6918,0.8613 0.9536,0.2461 1.9379,0.2461 0.9536,0 1.6303,-0.2769 0.6767,-0.2768 1.1074,-0.7075 0.4306,-0.4614 0.6152,-1.015 0.1845,-0.5845 0.1845,-1.1689 0,-1.0151 -0.3998,-1.6303 -0.3999,-0.646 -1.0459,-1.0151 -0.6152,-0.3691 -1.415,-0.4922 -0.7997,-0.123 -1.6303,-0.123 -0.7997,0 -1.1689,0.062 -0.3691,0.031 -0.7997,0.092 0.031,-0.3999 0.031,-0.769 0.031,-0.3691 0.031,-0.769 -0.031,-0.4306 -0.031,-0.7998 0,-0.3998 -0.031,-0.8305 0.2461,0.031 0.4921,0.062 0.2461,0 0.646,0 0.3999,0 1.1689,-0.031 0.769,-0.062 1.538,-0.3691 0.769,-0.3076 1.3227,-0.9536 0.5844,-0.6459 0.5844,-1.8456 0,-1.2304 -0.8305,-2.0609 -0.7997,-0.8613 -2.5223,-0.8613 -1.3227,0 -1.9994,0.3076 -0.6768,0.3076 -1.0459,0.5537 0.1846,-1.415 0.2153,-2.184 0.031,-0.769 0,-1.4458 0.8306,-0.1845 1.7841,-0.3383 0.9844,-0.1538 2.4609,-0.1538 z" + style="font-weight:bold;font-size:24.8469px;font-family:Poppl-Laudatio;-inkscape-font-specification:'Poppl-Laudatio, Bold';white-space:pre;fill:#85a0b4;stroke:none;stroke-width:9.01383" + id="path3251" /> + </g> + <g + id="g3070" + transform="matrix(0.27064872,0,0,0.27064872,903.88697,1033.6588)" + style="display:inline;fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1"> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 60.969,47.645 c -1.494,0.02 0.281,0.768 2.232,1.069 0.541,-0.422 1.027,-0.846 1.463,-1.26 -1.213,0.297 -2.449,0.304 -3.695,0.191" + id="path3046" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 68.986,45.646 c 0.893,-1.229 1.541,-2.573 1.77,-3.963 -0.201,0.99 -0.736,1.845 -1.244,2.749 -2.793,1.759 -0.264,-1.044 -0.002,-2.111 -3.002,3.783 -0.414,2.268 -0.524,3.325" + id="path3048" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 71.949,37.942 c 0.182,-2.691 -0.529,-1.839 -0.768,-0.814 0.278,0.146 0.499,1.898 0.768,0.814" + id="path3050" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 55.301,1.163 c 0.798,0.142 1.724,0.252 1.591,0.443 0.876,-0.193 1.073,-0.367 -1.591,-0.443" + id="path3052" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="M 56.893,1.606 56.332,1.723 56.855,1.675 56.893,1.606" + id="path3054" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 81.762,38.962 c 0.09,2.416 -0.705,3.59 -1.424,5.666 l -1.293,0.643 c -1.057,2.054 0.105,1.304 -0.652,2.937 -1.652,1.467 -5.006,4.589 -6.08,4.875 -0.785,-0.017 0.531,-0.926 0.703,-1.281 -2.209,1.516 -1.773,2.276 -5.152,3.199 L 67.766,54.78 c -8.33,3.92 -19.902,-3.847 -19.75,-14.443 -0.088,0.672 -0.253,0.504 -0.437,0.774 -0.43,-5.451 2.518,-10.926 7.49,-13.165 4.863,-2.406 10.564,-1.42 14.045,1.829 -1.912,-2.506 -5.721,-5.163 -10.232,-4.917 -4.421,0.072 -8.558,2.881 -9.938,5.932 -2.264,1.425 -2.528,5.496 -3.514,6.242 -1.329,9.76 2.497,13.975 8.97,18.936 1.016,0.686 0.286,0.791 0.422,1.313 -2.15,-1.006 -4.118,-2.526 -5.738,-4.387 0.86,1.257 1.787,2.479 2.986,3.439 -2.029,-0.685 -4.738,-4.913 -5.527,-5.085 3.495,6.258 14.178,10.975 19.775,8.634 -2.59,0.096 -5.879,0.053 -8.787,-1.022 -1.225,-0.629 -2.884,-1.93 -2.587,-2.173 7.636,2.851 15.522,2.158 22.128,-3.137 1.682,-1.31 3.518,-3.537 4.049,-3.567 -0.799,1.202 0.137,0.578 -0.477,1.639 1.672,-2.701 -0.729,-1.1 1.73,-4.664 l 0.908,1.25 c -0.34,-2.244 2.785,-4.966 2.467,-8.512 0.717,-1.084 0.799,1.168 0.039,3.662 1.055,-2.767 0.279,-3.212 0.549,-5.496 0.291,0.768 0.678,1.583 0.875,2.394 -0.688,-2.675 0.703,-4.503 1.049,-6.058 -0.342,-0.15 -1.061,1.182 -1.227,-1.976 0.025,-1.372 0.383,-0.719 0.52,-1.057 -0.268,-0.155 -0.975,-1.207 -1.404,-3.224 0.309,-0.475 0.832,1.229 1.256,1.298 -0.273,-1.603 -0.742,-2.826 -0.762,-4.057 -1.24,-2.59 -0.439,0.346 -1.443,-1.112 -1.32,-4.114 1.094,-0.955 1.258,-2.823 1.998,2.895 3.137,7.385 3.662,9.244 -0.4,-2.267 -1.045,-4.464 -1.834,-6.589 0.609,0.257 -0.979,-4.663 0.791,-1.405 C 87.189,15.552 81,9.062 75.305,6.018 76,6.655 76.879,7.455 76.565,7.581 73.731,5.896 74.229,5.763 73.823,5.051 71.518,4.112 71.364,5.128 69.839,5.053 65.489,2.745 64.651,2.99 60.648,1.546 L 60.83,2.398 C 57.949,1.438 57.473,2.76 54.36,2.4 54.171,2.253 55.358,1.864 56.336,1.723 53.55,2.091 53.68,1.173 50.954,1.824 51.625,1.353 52.337,1.04 53.053,0.64 50.782,0.778 47.629,1.962 48.602,0.884 44.897,2.538 38.316,4.859 34.623,8.322 L 34.507,7.546 c -1.692,2.031 -7.379,6.066 -7.832,8.699 l -0.453,0.105 c -0.879,1.491 -1.45,3.18 -2.148,4.713 -1.151,1.963 -1.688,0.756 -1.524,1.064 -2.265,4.592 -3.392,8.45 -4.363,11.616 0.692,1.035 0.017,6.232 0.278,10.391 -1.136,20.544 14.418,40.489 31.42,45.093 2.492,0.893 6.197,0.861 9.349,0.949 -3.718,-1.064 -4.198,-0.563 -7.822,-1.826 -2.613,-1.232 -3.185,-2.637 -5.037,-4.244 l 0.733,1.295 c -3.63,-1.285 -2.111,-1.59 -5.065,-2.525 l 0.783,-1.021 c -1.177,-0.09 -3.117,-1.982 -3.647,-3.033 l -1.288,0.051 c -1.546,-1.906 -2.371,-3.283 -2.31,-4.35 l -0.416,0.742 c -0.471,-0.809 -5.691,-7.158 -2.983,-5.68 -0.503,-0.458 -1.172,-0.747 -1.897,-2.066 l 0.551,-0.629 c -1.301,-1.677 -2.398,-3.826 -2.314,-4.542 0.695,0.938 1.177,1.114 1.655,1.275 -3.291,-8.164 -3.476,-0.449 -5.967,-8.31 l 0.526,-0.042 c -0.403,-0.611 -0.65,-1.27 -0.974,-1.919 l 0.23,-2.285 c -2.368,-2.736 -0.662,-11.645 -0.319,-16.53 0.235,-1.986 1.977,-4.101 3.3,-7.418 l -0.806,-0.138 c 1.542,-2.688 8.802,-10.799 12.166,-10.383 1.629,-2.046 -0.324,-0.008 -0.643,-0.522 3.579,-3.703 4.704,-2.616 7.119,-3.283 2.603,-1.545 -2.235,0.604 -1.001,-0.589 4.503,-1.149 3.19,-2.614 9.063,-3.197 0.62,0.352 -1.437,0.544 -1.953,1.001 3.75,-1.836 11.869,-1.417 17.145,1.018 6.117,2.861 12.994,11.314 13.266,19.267 l 0.309,0.083 c -0.156,3.162 0.484,6.819 -0.627,10.177 l 0.751,-1.591" + id="path3056" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 44.658,49.695 -0.211,1.047 c 0.983,1.335 1.763,2.781 3.016,3.821 -0.902,-1.759 -1.571,-2.486 -2.805,-4.868" + id="path3058" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 46.979,49.605 c -0.52,-0.576 -0.826,-1.268 -1.172,-1.956 0.33,1.211 1.006,2.252 1.633,3.312 l -0.461,-1.356" + id="path3060" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 88.063,40.675 -0.219,0.552 c -0.402,2.858 -1.273,5.686 -2.605,8.309 1.472,-2.767 2.421,-5.794 2.824,-8.861" + id="path3062" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="M 55.598,0.446 C 56.607,0.077 58.08,0.243 59.154,0 57.756,0.117 56.365,0.187 54.992,0.362 l 0.606,0.084" + id="path3064" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 20.127,19.308 c 0.233,2.154 -1.62,2.991 0.41,1.569 1.09,-2.454 -0.424,-0.677 -0.41,-1.569" + id="path3066" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + <path + i:knockout="Off" + fill="#85a0b4" + d="m 17.739,29.282 c 0.469,-1.437 0.553,-2.299 0.732,-3.132 -1.293,1.654 -0.596,2.007 -0.732,3.132" + id="path3068" + style="fill:#85a0b4;fill-opacity:1" /> + </g> + </g> +</svg> Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/it/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/list_groups.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/list_groups.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nb-no/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/010-uif-config-method.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/010-uif-config-method.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/02-select_a_language.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/02-select_a_language.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/020-uif-config-confirm.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/020-uif-config-confirm.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/03-select_your_location.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/03-select_your_location.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/030-uif-allow-ping.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/030-uif-allow-ping.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/040-uif-allow-traceroute.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05-Detect_network_hardware.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05-Detect_network_hardware.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/050-debian-edu-router-config-ip-forwarding.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/050-debian-edu-router-config-ip-forwarding.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05a-Configure_network_manually.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05a-Configure_network_manually.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05b-Configure_network_ip.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05b-Configure_network_ip.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05c-Configure_network_gateway.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05c-Configure_network_gateway.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05d-Configure_network_nameserver.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/05d-Configure_network_nameserver.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/06-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/060-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/060-debian-edu-router-config-network-setup.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/07-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/070-debian-edu-router-config-uplink.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/070-debian-edu-router-config-uplink.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/08-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/080-debian-edu-router-config-networks.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/080-debian-edu-router-config-networks.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/09-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_0.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/090-debian-edu-router-config-vlans.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/090-debian-edu-router-config-vlans.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/10-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey_1.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/100-debian-edu-router-config-ipv4-ipv6.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/100-debian-edu-router-config-ipv4-ipv6.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/11-Set_up_users_and_passwords_root.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/110-debian-edu-router-config-static-ip.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/110-debian-edu-router-config-static-ip.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_full_name.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/120-debian-edu-router-config-internal-network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/120-debian-edu-router-config-internal-network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/13-Set_up_users_and_passwords_username.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/130-debian-edu-router-config-nat.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/130-debian-edu-router-config-nat.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/14-Set_up_users_and_passwords_user_password.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/140-debian-edu-router-config-internet-access.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/140-debian-edu-router-config-internet-access.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/150-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-net.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/150-debian-edu-router-config-reverse-net.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/160-debian-edu-router-config-ssh.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/160-debian-edu-router-config-ssh.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/170-debian-edu-router-config-ssh-port.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/180-debian-edu-router-config-dhcp.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/24-Thin-Client-Welcome.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/25-Thin-Client-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/25-Thin-Client-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/Debian_Edu_Network.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/nl/Debian_Edu_Network.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/22-Tjener-LightDM-Login.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/26-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop_Browser.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/pt-pt/27-Tjener-Xfce_Desktop.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/reset_passwords.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/reset_passwords.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png differ Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/smile.png and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/images/smile.png differ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/po4a.cfg debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/po4a.cfg --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/po4a.cfg 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/po4a.cfg 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +[po_directory] . + +[type: docbook] debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml \ + pot_in:debian-edu-trixie-manual-stripped.xml \ + $lang:$lang.xml \ + add_$lang:?./$lang.add \ + opt:"-o nodefault='<inlinemediaobject>' -o untranslated='<inlinemediaobject>' -M UTF-8 -k 15" diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/AllInOne-debian-edu-trixie-manual.xml 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC '-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.4//EN' 'http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.4/docbookx.dtd'><article><articleinfo><title>DebianEdu/Documentation/Trixie/AllInOne22025-08-17 22:17:46AndrewSayersAdd footer guard (----)12025-06-05 21:17:30FransSpiesschaertAdding All in One page.
Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixieDebian Edu Installer Logo This is the manual for the Debian Edu 13 (trixie) release. The source at is a wiki and updated frequently. Updated translations are available online.
About Debian Edu and SkolelinuxDebian Edu aka Skolelinux is a Linux distribution based on Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school network. It implements a client-server approach. Servers and clients are pieces of software that interact with one another. Servers provide information required by clients to function. When a server is installed on one machine and its client on a different machine, the machines themselves are referred to as the server and the client, by extension of the concept. The chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture contain basic system design details. After installation of a main server, all services needed for a school network are set up and the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting environment using PXE/iPXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually laptops or netbooks). Also, machines can be booted via PXE/iPXE as diskless workstations or thin clients. Several educational applications like GeoGebra, Kalzium, KGeography, GNU Solfege and Scratch are included in the default desktop environment setup, which can be extended easily and almost endlessly via the Debian universe.
Some history and why two namesDebian Edu / Skolelinux is a Linux distribution created by the Debian Edu project. As a Debian Pure Blend distribution it is an official Debian subproject. What this means for your school is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network. The Skolelinux project in Norway was founded on July 2nd 2001 and about the same time Raphaël Hertzog started Debian-Edu in France. Since 2003 both projects are united, but both names stayed. "Skole" and (Debian-)"Education" are just two well understood terms in these regions. Today the system is in use in several countries around the world. CategoryPermalink
Architecture
NetworkThis section of the document describes the network architecture and services provided by a Skolelinux installation. The Debian Edu network topology The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main server, while allowing the inclusion of both normal workstations and LTSP servers (with associated thin clients and/or diskless workstations). The number of workstations can be as large or small as you want (starting from none to a lot). The same goes for the LTSP servers, each of which is on a separate network so that the traffic between the clients and the LTSP server doesn't affect the rest of the network services. LTSP is explained in detail in the related HowTo chapter. The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing so in each network. It is possible to move services from the main server to other machines by setting up the service on another machine, and subsequently updating the DNS configuration, pointing the DNS alias for that service to the right computer. In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet connection runs over a separate router, also called gateway. See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up such a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed.
The default network setupDHCP on the main server serves the 10.0.0.0/8 network, providing a PXE boot menu where you can choose whether to install a new server/workstation, boot a thin client or a diskless workstation, run memtest, or boot from the local hard disk. This is designed to be modified; for details, see the related HowTo chapter. DHCP on the LTSP servers only serves a dedicated network on the second interface (192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are preconfigured options) and should seldom need to be changed. The configuration of all subnets is stored in LDAP.
Main serverA Skolelinux network needs one main server (hostname "tjener" which is Norwegian and means "server") which per default has the IP address 10.0.2.2 and is installed by selecting the Main Server profile. It's possible (but not required) to also select and install the LTSP Server and Workstation profiles in addition to the Main Server profile.
Services running on the main serverWith the exception of the control of the thin clients, all services are initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance reasons, the LTSP server(s) should be separate (though it is possible to install both the Main Server and LTSP Server profiles on the same machine). All services are allocated a dedicated DNS-name and are offered exclusively over IPv4. The allocated DNS name makes it easy to move individual services from the main server to a different machine, by simply stopping the service on the main server, and changing the DNS configuration to point to the new location of the service (which should be set up on that machine first, of course). To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the network are encrypted, so no passwords are sent over the network as plain text. Below is a table of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux network and the DNS name of each service. If possible all configuration files will refer to the service by name (without the domain name) thus making it easy for schools to change either their domain (if they have an own DNS domain) or the IP addresses they use. Table of services Service description Common name DNS service name Centralised Logging rsyslog syslog Domain Name Service DNS (BIND) domain Automatic Network Configuration of Machines DHCP bootps Clock Synchronisation NTP ntp Home Directories via Network File System SMB / NFS homes Electronic Post Office IMAP (Dovecot) postoffice Directory Service OpenLDAP ldap User Administration GOsa² --- Web Server Apache/PHP www Central Backup sl-backup, slbackup-php backup Web Cache Proxy (Squid) webcache Printing CUPS ipp Secure Remote Login OpenSSH ssh Automatic Configuration CFEngine cfengine LTSP Server/s LTSP ltsp Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and History on the Web. Error Reporting by email Munin, Icinga and Sitesummary sitesummary Personal files for each user are stored in their home directories, which are made available by the server. Home directories are accessible from all machines, giving users access to the same files regardless of which machine they are using. The server is operating system agnostic, offering access via NFS for Unix clients and via SMB2/SMB3 for other clients. By default email is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) only, though email delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the school has a permanent Internet connection. Clients are set up to deliver mail to the server (using 'smarthost'), and users can access their personal mail through IMAP. All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to the central user database for authentication and authorisation. To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in the router this also enables control of Internet access on individual machines. Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. All types of clients can be connected to the private 10.0.0.0/8 subnet and will get according IP addresses; LTSP clients should be connected to the corresponding LTSP server via the separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 (this is to ensure that the network traffic of the LTSP clients doesn't interfere with the rest of the network services). Centralised logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts incoming messages from the local network. By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*.intern), until a real ("external") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS server is set up as caching DNS server so that all machines on the network can use it as the main DNS Server. Pupils and teachers have the ability to publish websites. The web server provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to individual pages and subdirectories to certain users and groups. Users will have the ability to create dynamic web pages, as the web server will be programmable on the server side. Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To achieve this a centralised directory server is set up. The directory will have information on users, user groups, machines and groups of machines. To avoid user confusion there won't be any difference between file groups and network groups. This implies that groups of machines which are to form network groups will use the same namespace as user groups. Administration of services and users will mainly be via the web, and follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are part of Skolelinux. The delegation of certain tasks to individual users or user groups will be made possible by the administration systems. In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug problems, the different machines need synchronised clocks. To achieve this the Skolelinux server is set up as a local Network Time Protocol (NTP) server, and all workstations and clients are set up to synchronise with the server. The server itself should synchronise its clock via NTP against machines on the Internet, thus ensuring the whole network has the correct time. Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the main network, or connected to a server, workstation or LTSP server. Access to printers can be controlled for individual users according to the groups they belong to; this will be achieved by using quota and access control for printers.
LTSP server(s)A Skolelinux network can have many LTSP servers, which are installed by selecting the LTSP Server profile. The LTSP servers are set up to receive syslog from thin clients and workstations, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. Please note: LTSP diskless workstations are using the programs installed on the server. The client root filesystem is provided using NFS. After each modification to the LTSP server the related image has to be re-generated; run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes on the LTSP server.
Thin clientsA thin client setup enables ordinary PCs to function as (X-)terminals. This means that the machine boots directly from the server using PXE without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup now uses X2Go, because LTSP has dropped support. Thin clients are a good way to still make use of very old (mostly 32-bit) machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP server. This works as follows: the service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted from the LTSP server using NFS, and finally the X2Go client is started.
Diskless workstationsA diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot via PXE without running software installed on a local hard drive. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of using powerful hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too.
Networked clientsThe term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations, as well as computers running macOS or Windows.
AdministrationAll the Linux machines that are installed with the Skolelinux installer will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to log in to all machines via SSH, and thereby have full access to the machines. As root one needs to run kinit first to get a Kerberos TGT. All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts are made against this database, which is used by the clients for user authentication.
InstallationCurrently there are two kinds of installation media images: netinst and BD. Both images can also be booted from USB sticks. The aim is to be able to install a server from any type of medium once, and install all other clients over the network by booting from the network. Only the netinstall image needs access to the Internet during installation. The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired language, location, keyboard layout and machine profile (Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server, …). All other configuration will be set up automatically with reasonable values, to be changed from a central location by the system administrator subsequent to the installation.
File system access configurationEach Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration files, documents, email and web pages. Some of the files should be set to have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by everyone on the Internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by anyone but the user. To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the installation, they can be mounted as /skole/host/directory/. Initially, one directory is created on the file server, /skole/tjener/home0/, in which all the user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed to accommodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage. To enable shared access to files under the normal UNIX permissions system, users need to be in supplementary shared groups (such as "students") as well as the personal primary group that they're in by default. If users have an appropriate umask to make newly created items group-accessible (002 or 007), and if the directories they're working in are setgid to ensure the files inherit the correct group-ownership, the result is controlled file sharing between the members of a group. The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing /etc/pam.d/common-session) to a umask of 007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration issues). CategoryPermalink
RequirementsThere are different ways of setting up a Skolelinux solution. It can be installed on just one standalone PC, or as a region-wide solution at many schools operated centrally. This flexibility makes a huge difference to the configuration of network components, servers and client machines.
Hardware requirementsThe purpose of the different profiles is explained in the network architecture chapter. (!) If LTSP is intended to be used, take a look at the LTSP Hardware Requirements wiki page. The computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either 32 bit (Debian architecture 'i386', oldest supported processors are 686 class ones) or 64 bit (Debian architecture 'amd64') x86 processors. Thin clients with only 256 MiB RAM and 400 MHz are possible, though more RAM and faster processors are recommended. For workstations, diskless workstations and standalone systems, 1500 MHz and 1024 MiB RAM are the absolute minimum requirements. For running modern webbrowsers and LibreOffice at least 2048 MiB RAM is recommended. The minimum disk space requirements depend on the profile which is installed: combined main server + LTSP server + workstation (if a GUI on the server is desired): 60 GiB (plus additional space for user accounts). LTSP server: 40 GiB. workstation or standalone: 30 GiB. minimal networked machine installation: 4 GiB. LTSP servers need two network cards when using the default network architecture: eth0 is connected to the main network (10.0.0.0/8), eth1 is used for serving LTSP clients. Laptops are movable workstations, so they have the same requirements as workstations.
Hardware known to workA list of tested hardware is provided at . This list is not nearly complete. is an effort to document how to install, configure and use Debian on some specific hardware, allowing potential buyers to know if that hardware is supported and existing owners to know how get the best out of that hardware.
Requirements for network setup
Default SetupWhen using the default network architecture, these rules apply: You need exactly one main server. You can have hundreds of workstations on the main network. You can have a lot of LTSP servers on the main network; two different subnets are preconfigured (DNS, DHCP) in LDAP, more can be added. You can have hundreds of thin clients and/or diskless workstations on each LTSP server network. You can have hundreds of other machines which will have dynamic IP addresses assigned. For access to the Internet you need a router/gateway (see below).
Internet routerA router/gateway, connected to the Internet on the external interface and running on the IP address 10.0.0.1 with netmask 255.0.0.0 on the internal interface, is needed to connect to the Internet. The router should not run a DHCP server, it can run a DNS server, though this is not needed and will not be used. In case you do not already have a router or your existing router cannot be set up accordingly, any machine which fulfills the requirements for a minimal Debian installation and which has at least two network interfaces can be turned into a gateway between the existing network and the Debian Edu one. See installation documentation for a simple way to install and set up a Debian machine using debian-edu-router-config. If you need something for an embedded router or accesspoint we recommend using OpenWRT, though of course you can also use the original firmware. Using the original firmware is easier; using OpenWRT gives you more choices and control. Check the OpenWRT webpages for a list of supported hardware. It is possible to use a different network setup (there is a documented procedure to do this), but if you are not forced to do this by an existing network infrastructure, we recommend against doing so and recommend you stay with the default network architecture. CategoryPermalink
Installation and download options
Where to find additional informationWe recommend that you read or at least take a look at the release notes for Debian Trixie before you start installing a system for production use. There is more information about the Debian Trixie release available in its installation manual. Please give Debian Edu/Skolelinux a try, it should just work. It is recommended, though, to read the chapters about hardware and network requirements and about the architecture before starting to install a main server. Be sure to also read the getting started chapter of this manual, as it explains how to log in for the first time.
Download the installation media for Debian Edu 13 Codename trixie
amd64 or i386amd64 and i386 are the names of two Debian architectures for x86 CPUs, both are or have been build by AMD, Intel and other manufacturers. amd64 is a 64-bit architecture and i386 is a 32-bit architecture. New installations today should be done using amd64. i386 should only be used for very old hardware. Debian Edu 12 Codename bookworm was the last version to provide the i386 architecture.
netinst iso image for amd64The netinst iso image can be used for installation from CD/DVD and USB flash drives and is available for the Debian architecture amd64. As the name implies, Internet access is required for the installation. This image is available for download from:
BD iso image for amd64This ISO image is approximately 17 GB large and can be used for installation of amd64 machines, also without access to the Internet. Like the netinst image it can be used on USB flash drives or disk media of sufficient size. This image is available for download from:
Verification of downloaded image filesDetailed instructions for verifying and using these images are part of the Debian-CD FAQ.
SourcesSources are available from the Debian archive at the usual locations, several media are linked on
Installing Debian EduWhen you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 59,000 packages to choose from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our defaults should be fine. Please note: if LTSP is intended to be used, choose a lightweight desktop environment.
Main server installation scenariosTypical school or home network with Internet access through a router providing DHCP: Installation of a main server is possible, but after reboot there will be no Internet access (due to primary network interface IP 10.0.2.2/8). See the Internet router chapter for details how to set up a gateway if it is not possible to configure an existing one as needed. Connect all components like shown in the architecture chapter. The main server should have Internet connection once booted the first time in the correct environment. Typical school or institution network, similar to the one above, but with proxy use required. Add 'debian-edu-expert' to the kernel command line; see further below for details how this is done. Some additional questions must be answered, the proxy server related one included. Network with router/gateway IP 10.0.0.1/8 (which does not provide a DHCP server) and Internet access: As soon as the automatic network configuration fails (due to missing DHCP), choose manual network configuration. Enter 10.0.2.2/8 as host IP Enter 10.0.0.1 as gateway IP Enter 8.8.8.8 as nameserver IP unless you know better The main server should just work after the first boot. Offline (no Internet connection): Use the BD ISO image. Make sure all (real/virtual) network cables are unplugged. Choose 'Do not configure the network at this time' (after DHCP failed to configure the network and you pressed 'Continue'). Update the system once booted the first time in the correct environment with Internet access.
Desktop environmentsSeveral desktop environments are available: Xfce has a slightly bigger footprint than LXDE but a very good language support (106 languages). KDE and GNOME both have good language support, but too big a footprint for both older computers and for LTSP clients. Cinnamon is a lighter alternative to GNOME. MATE is lighter than the three above, but is missing good language support for several countries. LXDE has the smallest footprint and supports 35 languages. LXQt is a lightweight desktop environment (language support similar to LXDE) with a more modern look and feel (based on Qt just like KDE). Debian Edu as an international project has chosen to use Xfce as the default desktop environment; see below how to set a different one.
Modular installationWhen installing a system with profile Workstation included, a lot of education related programs are installed. To install only the basic profile, remove the desktop=xxxx kernel command line param before starting the installation; see further below for details how this is done. This allows one to install a site specific system and could be used to speed up test installations. Please note: If you want to install a desktop environment afterwards, don't use the Debian Edu meta-packages like e.g. education-desktop-xfce because these would pull in all education related programs; rather install e.g. task-xfce-desktop instead. One or more of the new school level related meta-packages education-preschool, education-primaryschool, education-secondaryschool, education-highschool could be installed to match the use case. For details about Debian Edu meta-packages, see the Debian Edu packages overview page.
Installation types and optionsInstaller boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - BIOS mode 64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) Graphical install uses the GTK installer where you can use the mouse. Install uses text mode. Advanced options > gives a sub menu with more detailed options to choose.Help gives some hints on using the installer; see screenshot below. 64-bit Installer advanced options screen 1 Back.. brings back to the main menu.Graphical expert install gives access to all available questions, mouse usable. Graphical rescue mode makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Graphical automated install needs a preseed file. Expert install gives access to all available questions in text mode. Rescue mode text mode; makes this install medium become a rescue disk for emergency tasks. Automated install text mode; needs a preseed file. /!\ Do not use Graphical expert install or Expert install, use debian-edu-expert instead as an additional kernel parameter in exceptional cases. Help screen Installer help screen This Help screen is self explaining and enables the <F>-keys on the keyboard for getting more detailed help on the topics described. Installer boot menu on 64-bit Hardware - UEFI mode 64-bit Installer boot menu (UEFI mode) Add or change boot parameters for installations In both cases, boot options can be edited by pressing the TAB or E key in the boot menu; the screenshots show the command line for Graphical install. Edit command line options (BIOS mode) Edit command line options (UEFI mode) You can use an existing HTTP proxy service on the network to speed up the installation of the Main Server profile from CD. Add e.g. mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128 as an additional boot parameter. If you have already installed the Main Server profile on a machine, further installations should be done via PXE, as this will automatically use the proxy of the main server. To install the GNOME desktop environment instead of the default Xfce desktop environment, replace xfce with gnome in the desktop=xfce parameter. To install the LXDE desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxde. To install the LXQt desktop environment instead, use desktop=lxqt. To install the KDE Plasma desktop environment instead, use desktop=kde. To install the Cinnamon desktop environment instead, use desktop=cinnamon. And to install the MATE desktop environment instead, use desktop=mate.
The installation processRemember the system requirements and make sure you have at least two network cards (NICs) if you plan on setting up an LTSP server. Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system). Choose a location which normally should be the location where you live. Choose a keyboard keymap (the country's default is usually fine). Choose profile(s) from the following list: Main Server This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing all services pre-configured to work out of the box. You must install only one main server per school! This profile does not include a graphical user interface. If you want a graphical user interface, then select Workstation or LTSP Server in addition to this one. Workstation A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, except that user logins are authenticated by the main server, where the users' files and desktop profile are stored. Roaming workstation Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials, meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as suggested in earlier releases. LTSP Server A thin client (and diskless workstation) server, is called an LTSP server. Clients without hard drives boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network interfaces, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. See the chapter about networked clients for more information on this subject. Choosing this profile also enables the workstation profile (even if it is not selected) - an LTSP server can always be used as a workstation, too. Standalone An ordinary computer that can function without a main server (that is, it doesn't need to be on the network). Includes laptops. Minimal This profile will install the base packages and configure the machine to integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved out from the main server. In case ordinary users should be able to use such a system, it needs to be added using GOsa² (similar to a workstation) and the libpam-krb5 package needs to be installed. The Main Server, Workstation and LTSP Server profiles are preselected. These profiles can be installed on one machine together if you want to install a so called combined main server. This means the main server will be an LTSP server and also be used as a workstation. This is the default choice, since we assume most people will want it. Please note that you must have 2 network cards installed in a machine which is going to be installed as a combined main server or as an LTSP server to become useful after the installation. Say "yes" or "no" to automatic partitioning. Be aware that saying "yes" will destroy all data on the hard drives! Saying "no" on the other hand will require more work - you will need to make sure that the required partitions are created and are big enough. Please say "yes" to submitting information to to allow us to know which packages are popular and should be kept for future releases. Although you don't have to, it is a simple way for you to help. :) Wait. If the selected profiles include LTSP Server then the installer will spend quite some time at the end, "Finishing the installation - Running debian-edu-profile-udeb...". After giving the root password, you will be asked to create a normal user account "for non-administrative tasks". For Debian Edu this account is very important: it is the account you will use to manage the Skolelinux network. /!\ The password for this user must have a length of at least 5 characters and must differ from the username - otherwise login will not be possible (even though a shorter password and also a password matching the username will be accepted by the installer). Wait again in case of a combined main server after rebooting the system. It will spend quite some time generating the SquashFS image for diskless workstations. In case of a separate LTSP server, the diskless workstation and/or thin client setup needs some manual steps. For details, see the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Installing a gateway using debian-edu-routerThe debian-edu-router-config package simplifies the setup of a gateway for a Debian Edu network through an interactive configuration process where the necessary information is obtained through a series of dialogues. In order to make use of it, perform a minimal Debian installation. Be sure to use the regular Debian installer and not the Debian Edu installer since Debian Edu installations are not supported by debian-edu-router-config. Install the debian-edu-router-config package using Error messages regarding the configuration are expected and can be ignored for now. For the configuration process following the installation of debian-edu-router-config, physical access to the computer is required. The network interfaces may already be connected to the corresponding networks but do not have to be. However it is necessary to be aware which interface will be connected to which network. In order to obtain more information about the network hardware can be used. Remove the configuration of the two network interfaces to be used from /etc/network/interfaces or files in /etc/network/interfaces.d/ and un-configure the two interfaces using ]]>The actual configuration process is started with Selecting the uif configuration method Confirmation for setting up uif When asked about the uif firewall configuration method choose "debian-edu-router". Confirm that you want to set up the firewall for Debian Edu Router. Allowing ping in uif Allowing traceroute in uif Decide whether you want to respond to ping and traceroute. If unsure answer with yes as it can be useful for diagnosing network issues. Enabling IP packet forwarding Confirm that you want to enable IP packet forwarding. Available network setup methods Selecting the network setup method Next, assign networks to the network interfaces in your router, choose one of the offered options depending on whether your network interfaces are already connected or not. Selecting the uplink interface Select the interface which is connected to the upstream network. Selecting internal networks Select an internal network, in case you are unsure and simply want a single internal network select "Education" here. Enabling use of VLANs Select whether VLANs should be used for internal networks, if you are unsure select no here. Selecting supported IP versions Select "IPv4" here. Selecting networks which require a static IP address Select "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks, and optionally 'Uplink' as well, but only if your upstream network requires a static IP address. Setting a static IP address for the internal network Set 10.0.0.1/8 as the static IP address for the internal network "Education" if you followed the above suggestion on internal networks. Enabling NAT for networks Enable NAT for the internal network. Enabling internet access for networks Enable internet access for internal networks. Setting up reverse NAT explained Setting up reverse NAT If you want to expose any internal services to the internet you can configure them using the described syntax. Note that SSH access to the gateway can be configured using the following dialog. Enabling SSH access for networks Decide from which networks you want to allow SSH access to the gateway. Configuring the SSH port Configure the SSH port, this should be 22 if the configuration has not been changed. Enabling DHCP for networks Do not enable DHCP for the internal networks, it will be offered by the Debian Edu main server. Connect the network interfaces if you have not already done so and reboot the machine. Now when you log in as root, you should see Debian Edu Router Menu. SSH main menu SSH configuration If SSH access has been enabled the gateway can be reconfigured remotely via the menu offered when logging in as root. Pressing c in the main menu switches to the configuration menu from which all or parts of the configuration can be changed using the same dialogue system which was used for the initial configuration.
Notes on some characteristics
A note on notebooksMost likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change, logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop to the network and logged in with the new password).
A note on USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image installsAfter you install from the USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc image, /etc/apt/sources.list will only contain sources from that image. If you have an Internet connection, we strongly suggest adding the following lines to it so that available security updates can be installed:
A note on CD installsA netinst installation (which is the type of installation our CD provides) will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from profile to profile but stays below a gigabyte (unless you choose to install all possible desktop environments). Once you have installed the main server (whether a pure main server or combi-server does not matter), further installation will use its proxy to avoid downloading the same package several times from the net.
Installation using USB flash drives instead of CD / Blu-ray discsIt is possible to directly copy a CD/BD ISO image to USB flash drives (also known as "USB sticks") and boot from them. Simply execute a command like this, just adapting the file and device name to your needs: To determine the value of X, run this command before and after the USB device has been inserted: Please note that copying will take quite some time. Depending on which image you choose, the USB flash drive will behave just like a CD or Blu-ray disc.
Installation and booting over the network via PXEFor this installation method it is required that you have a running main server. When clients boot via the network, an iPXE menu with installer and boot selection options is displayed. If PXE installation fails with an error message claiming a XXX.bin file is missing, then most probably the client's network card requires nonfree firmware. In this case the Debian Installer's initrd must be modified. This can be achieved by executing the command: on the server. This is how the iPXE menu looks with the Main Server profile only: The iPXE menu without LTSP entries This is how the iPXE menu looks with the LTSP Server profile: The iPXE menu with LTSP entries This setup also allows diskless workstations and thin clients to be booted on the main network. Unlike workstations and separate LTSP servers, diskless workstations don't have to be added to LDAP with GOsa². More information about network clients can be found in the Network clients HowTo chapter.
Modifying PXE installationsThe PXE installation uses a debian-installer preseed file, which can be modified to ask for more packages to install. A line like the following needs to be added to tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat The PXE installation uses the preseeding file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. This file can be changed to adjust the preseeding used during installation, to avoid more questions when installing over the net. Another way to achieve this is to provide extra settings in /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf and /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local and to run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall to update the generated files. Further information can be found in the manual of the Debian Installer. To disable or change the use of the proxy when installing via PXE, the lines containing mirror/http/proxy, mirror/ftp/proxy and preseed/early_command in tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat need to be changed. To disable the use of a proxy when installing, put '#' in front of the first two lines, and remove the "export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128"; " part from the last one. Some settings can not be preseeded because they are needed before the preseeding file is downloaded. Language, keyboard layout and desktop environment are examples of such settings. If you want to change the default settings, edit the iPXE menu file /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe on the main server.
Custom imagesCreating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use the Debian Installer, which has a modular design and other nice features. Preseeding allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked. So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and remaster the CD/DVD.
Screenshot tourThe text mode and the graphical installation are functionally identical - only the appearance is different. The graphical mode offers the opportunity to use a mouse, and of course looks much nicer and more modern. Unless the hardware has trouble with the graphical mode, there is no reason not to use it. So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical 64-bit Main Server + Workstation + LTSP Server installation (in BIOS mode) and how it looks at the first boot of the main server and a PXE boot on the LTSP client network (thin client session screen - and login screen after the session on the right has been clicked). 64-bit Installer boot menu (BIOS mode) Select a language Select your location Configure the keyboard Detect network hardware Configure network manually Configure IP address Configure gateway Configure nameserver Choose Debian Edu profile Use the automatic partitioning tool: no Use the automatic partitioning tool: yes Participate in the package usage survey: no Participate in the package usage survey: yes Set password for the root user Set full name for the first user Set user name for the first user Set password for the first user Installation complete Lightdm Login screen Xfce Desktop showing Browser window Xfce Desktop screen Thin-Client-Welcome screen Thin-Client-Login screen CategoryPermalink
Getting started
Minimum steps to get startedDuring installation of the main server a first user account was created. In the following text this account will be referenced as "first user". This account is special, as the home directory permission is set to 700 (so chmod o+x ~ is needed to make personal web pages accessible), and the first user can use sudo to become root. See the information about Debian Edu specific file system access configuration before adding users; adjust to your site's policy if needed. After the installation, the first things you need to do as first user are: Log into the server. Add users with GOsa². Add workstations with GOsa². Adding users and workstations is described in detail below, so please read this chapter completely. It covers how to perform these minimum steps correctly as well as other stuff that everybody will probably need to do. There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the New features in Trixie chapter should be read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the Upgrades chapter. /!\ If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update /etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to use. The HowTo chapter covers more tips and tricks and some frequently asked questions.
Services running on the main serverThere are several services running on the main server which can be managed via a web management interface. We'll describe each service below.
Introduction to GOsa²GOsa² is a web based management tool that helps to manage some important parts of your Debian Edu setup. With GOsa² you can manage (add, modify, or delete) these main groups: User Administration Group Administration NIS Netgroup Administration Machine Administration DNS Administration DHCP Administration For GOsa² access you need the Skolelinux main server and a (client) system with a web browser installed which can be the main server itself if it was installed as a so called combined server (Main Server + LTSP Server + Workstation profiles). If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure Main Server profile and don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical) shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first user): From a web browser use the URL for GOsa² access, and log in as the first user. If you are using a new Debian Edu Trixie machine, the site certificate will be known by the browser. Otherwise, you will get an error message about the SSL certificate being wrong. If you know you are alone on your network, just tell the browser to accept it and ignore that.
GOsa² Login plus OverviewGOsa² overview page after login as the first user After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa². Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration pages offered by GOsa². In Debian Edu, account, group, and system information is stored in an LDAP directory. This data is used not only by the main server, but also by the (diskless) workstations, the LTSP servers and other machines on the network. With LDAP, account information about students, teachers, etc. only needs to be entered once. After information has been provided in LDAP, the information will be available to all systems on the whole Skolelinux network. GOsa² is an administration tool that uses LDAP to store its information and provide a hierarchical department structure. To each "department" you can add user accounts, groups, systems, netgroups, etc. Depending on the structure of your institution, you can use the department structure in GOsa²/LDAP to transfer your organisational structure into the LDAP data tree of the Debian Edu main server. A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two "departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students" department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers, workstations, printers etc.) are currently added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group in the HowTo/AdvancedAdministration chapter of this manual.) Depending on the task that you want to work on (manage users, manage groups, manage systems, etc.) GOsa² presents you with a different view on the selected department (or the base level).
User Management with GOsa²First, click on "Users" in the left navigation menu. The right side of the screen will change to show a table with department folders for "Students" and "Teachers" and the account of the GOsa² Administrator (the first created user). Above this table you can see a field called Base that allows you to navigate through your tree structure (move your mouse over that area and a drop-down menu will appear) and to select a base folder for your intended operations (e.g. adding a new user).
Adding usersNext to that tree navigation item you can see the "Actions" menu. Move your mouse over this item and a submenu appears on screen; choose "Create" here, and then "User". You will be guided by the user creation wizard. The most important thing to add is the template (newstudent or newteacher) and the full name of your user (see image). As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name contains non-ASCII characters. If you don't like the generated username you can select another username offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open /etc/gosa/gosa.conf with an editor and add allowUIDProposalModification="true" as an additional option to the "location definition".) When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields. After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner. As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. /!\ Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password. If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine within your network.
Search, modify and delete usersFilterbox To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees". When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide actions for you: edit user, lock account, set password and remove user. A new page will show up where you can directly modify information about the user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the user belongs to. Editing user data
Set passwordsThe students can change their own passwords by logging into GOsa² with their own usernames. To ease the access of GOsa², an entry called Gosa is provided in the desktop's System (or System settings) menu. A logged-in student will be presented with a very minimal version of GOsa² that only allows access to the student's own account data sheet and to the set-password dialog. Teachers logged in under their own usernames have special privileges in GOsa². They are shown a more privileged view of GOsa², and can change the passwords for all student accounts. This may be very handy during class. To administratively set a new password for a user search for the user to be modified, as explained above click on the key symbol at the end of the line that the username is shown in on the page subsequently presented you can set a new password chosen by yourself Set user password Be aware of security implications due to easy to guess passwords!
Advanced user managementIt is possible to mass-create users with GOsa² by using a CSV file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example localc). At least, entries for the following fields have to be provided: uid, last name (sn), first name (givenName) and password. Make sure that there are no duplicate entries in the uid field. Please note that the check for duplicates must include already existing uid entries in LDAP (which could be obtained by executing getent passwd | grep tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1 on the command line). These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite intolerant about them): Use "," as field separator Do not use quotes The CSV file must not contain a header line (of the sort that normally contains the column names) The order of the fields is not relevant, and can be defined in GOsa² during the mass import The mass import steps are: click the "LDAP Manager" link in the navigation menu on the left click the "Import" tab in the screen on the right browse your local disk and select a CSV file with the list of users to be imported choose an available user template that should be applied during mass import (such as NewTeacher or NewStudent) click the "Import" button in the bottom-right corner It's a good idea to do some tests first, preferably using a CSV file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later. Same applies to the password management module, which allows one to reset a lot of passwords using a CSV file or to re-generate new passwords for users belonging to a special LDAP subtree. Reset passwords
Adding users from the command lineUser accounts can also be added from the command line using the ldap-createuser-krb5 tool, see the documentation in the Administration HowTo
Group Management with GOsa²create group list groups The management of groups is very similar to the management of users. You can enter a name and a description per group. Make sure that you choose the right level in the LDAP tree when creating a new group. Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the LDAP tree level, too. The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too.
Machine Management with GOsa²Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu architecture see the architecture chapter of this manual. Diskless workstations and thin clients work out-of-the-box in case of a combined main server. Workstations with disks (including separate LTSP servers) have to be added with GOsa². Behind the scenes, both a machine specific Kerberos Principal (sort of account) and a related keytab file (containing a key used as password) are generated; the keytab file needs to be present on the workstation to be able to mount users' home directories. Once the added system has been rebooted, log into it as root and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/copy-host-keytab. To create Principal and keytab file for a system already configured with GOsa², log in on the main server as root and run ]]>Please note: host keytab creation is possible for systems of type workstations, servers and terminals but not for those of type netdevices. See the Network clients HowTo chapter for NFS configuration options. To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. The name of the machine is expected to be a valid unqualified hostname, do not add the domain name here. You can use an IP address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and 10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly 10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned dynamically. To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP; alternatively you might click the Propose ip button which will show the first free fixed address in 10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a matching icon. If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have been installed using any of the networked profiles, the sitesummary2ldapdhcp script can be used to automatically add machines to GOsa². For simple machines it will work out of the box, for machines with more than one mac address the actually used one has to be chosen, sitesummary2ldapdhcp -h shows usage information. Please note, that the IP addresses shown after usage of sitesummary2ldapdhcp belong to the dynamic IP range. These systems can then be modified to suit your network: rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups (see screenshot below for recommended netgroups), reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how this looks in practice: GOsa² systems listing Host details Modify host Add netgroup A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; su -c ldap2bind can be used to trigger the update manually.
Search and delete machinesSearching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching for and deleting users, so that information is not repeated here.
Modify existing machines / Netgroup managementAfter adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name (as you would with users). The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this context. For example, adding a machine to a NetGroup does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the services that machine can use on your main server. The default installation provides the NetGroups all-hosts cups-queue-autoflush-hosts cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts fsautoresize-hosts ltsp-server-hosts netblock-hosts printer-hosts server-hosts shutdown-at-night-hosts shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist workstation-hosts Currently the NetGroup functionality is used for: Resizing partitions (fsautoresize-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically resize LVM partitions that run out of space. Shutdown machines at night (shutdown-at-night-hosts and shutdown-at-night-wakeup-hosts-blacklist) Debian Edu machines in this group will automatically shut down at night to save energy. Managing printers (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts) Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour. Blocking Internet access (netblock-hosts) Debian Edu machines in this group will be allowed to connect to machines only on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this might be used during exams.
Printer ManagementFor centralized printer management point your web browser to . This is the normal CUPS management interface where you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing queue. By default only the first user is allowed but this can be changed by adding users to the GOsa² printer-admins group.
Use printers attached to workstationsThe package p910nd is installed by default on a system with the Workstation profile. Edit /etc/default/p910nd like this (USB printer): P910ND_OPTS="-f /dev/usb/lp0" P910ND_START=1 Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<workstation ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Network printersIt is recommended to disable all self-advertising features in the used network printers. Instead, assign a fixed IP address with GOsa² and configure them as AppSocket/HP JetDirect network printers.
Clock synchronisationThe default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default. This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it is created when used. /!\ If you use dialup or ISDN and pay per minute, you want to change this default setting. To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on the main server needs to be modified. Add comment ("#") marks in front of the server entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running service ntp restart as root. To test if a machine is using the external clock sources, run ntpq -c lpeer.
Extending full partitionsBecause of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run debian-edu-fsautoresize -n as root. See the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the administration HowTo chapter for more information. CategoryPermalink
Maintenance
Updating the softwareThis section explains how to use apt full-upgrade. Using apt is really simply. To update a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: apt update (which updates the lists of available packages) and apt full-upgrade (which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available). It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get English output which in cases of problems is more likely to produce results in search engines. After upgrading the debian-edu-config package, changed Cfengine configuration files might be available. Run ls -ltr /etc/cfengine3/debian-edu/ to check if this is the case. To apply the changes, run LC_ALL=C cf-agent -D installation. It is important to run debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes after LTSP server upgrades to keep the SquashFS image for diskless clients in sync. After a point release upgrade of a system with Main Server or LTSP Server profile, debian-edu-pxeinstall needs to be run to update the PXE installation environment. It is also a good idea to install cron-apt and apt-listchanges and configure them to send mail to an address you are reading. cron-apt will notify you once a day via email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have to wait for the download when you do apt full-upgrade. Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just needs the unattended-upgrades package to be installed and configured as described on wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades. apt-listchanges can send new changelog entries to you via email, or alternatively display them in the terminal when running apt.
Keep yourself informed about security updatesRunning cron-apt as described above is a good way to learn when security updates are available for installed packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to subscribe to the Debian security-announce mailinglist, which has the benefit of also telling you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to cron-apt) is that it also includes information about updates for packages which aren't installed.
Backup ManagementFor backup management point your browser to . Please note that you need to access this site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to access this site without using SSL it will fail. /!\ Note: the site will only work if you temporarily allow SSH root login on the backup server, which is the main server (tjener.intern) by default. By default, backups of /skole/tjener/home0, /etc/, /root/.svk and LDAP are stored in the /skole/backup/ directory which is managed as separate partition by LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case you delete them) this setup should be fine for you. /!\ Be aware that this backup scheme doesn't protect you from failing hard drives. If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit. If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line: \ + /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \ + /skole/tjener/home0/user_]]>This will leave the content from /skole/tjener/home0/user for <date> in the folder /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web interface, and download only that file. If you want to get rid of older backups, choose "Maintenance" in the menu on the backup page and select the oldest snapshot to keep: slbackup-php Maintenance
Server Monitoring
MuninThe Munin trend reporting system is available from . It provides system status measurement graphs on a daily, weekly, monthly and yearly basis, and provides the system administrator with help when looking for bottlenecks and the source of system problems. The list of machines being monitored using Munin is generated automatically, based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the package munin-node installed are registered for Munin monitoring. It will normally take one day from a machine being installed until Munin monitoring starts, because of the order the cron jobs are executed. To speed up the process, run sitesummary-update-munin as root on the sitesummary server (normally the main server). This will update the /etc/munin/munin.conf file. The set of measurements being collected is automatically generated on each machine using the munin-node-configure program which probes the plugins available from /usr/share/munin/plugins/ and symlinks the relevant ones to /etc/munin/plugins/. Information about Munin is available from .
IcingaIcinga system and service monitoring is available from . The set of machines and services being monitored is automatically generated using information collected by the sitesummary system. The machines with the profile Main-server and LTSP-server receive full monitoring, while workstations and thin clients receive simple monitoring. To enable full monitoring on a workstation, install the nagios-nrpe-server package on the workstation. By default Icinga does not send email. This can be changed by replacing notify-by-nothing with host-notify-by-email and notify-by-email in the file /etc/icinga/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg. The Icinga configuration file used is /etc/icinga/sitesummary.cfg. The sitesummary cron job generates /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg with the list of hosts and services to monitor. Extra Icinga checks can be put in the file /var/lib/sitesummary/icinga-generated.cfg.post to get them included in the generated file. Information about Icinga is available from or in the icinga-doc package.
Common Icinga warnings and how to handle themHere are instructions on how to handle the most common Icinga warnings.
DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):The partition (/usr/ in the example) is too full. There are in general two ways to handle this: (1) remove some files or (2) increase the size of the partition. If the partition is /var/, purging the APT cache by calling apt clean might remove some files. If there is more room available in the LVM volume group, running the program debian-edu-fsautoresize to extend the partitions might help. To run this program automatically every hour, the host in question can be added to the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup.
APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates).New package are available for upgrades. The critical ones are normally security fixes. To upgrade, run apt upgrade && apt full-upgrade as root in a terminal or log in via SSH to do the same. If you do not want to manually upgrade packages and trust Debian to do a good job with new versions, you can configure unattended-upgrades to automatically upgrade all new packages every night. This will not upgrade the LTSP chroots.
WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0The running kernel is older than the newest installed kernel, and a reboot is required to activate the newest installed kernel. This is normally fairly urgent, as new kernels normally show up in Debian Edu to fix security issues.
WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every hour on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts netgroup, so for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are emptied every night on hosts that are member of the cups-queue-autoflush-hosts netgroup. If a host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or both of these netgroups.
SitesummarySitesummary is used to collect information from each computer and submit it to the central server. The information collected is available in /var/lib/sitesummary/entries/. Scripts in /usr/lib/sitesummary/ are available to generate reports. A simple report from Sitesummary without any details is available from . Some documentation on Sitesummary is available from
More information about Debian Edu customisationsMore information about Debian Edu customisations useful for system administrators can be found in the Administration Howto chapter and in the Advanced administration Howto chapter CategoryPermalink
Upgrades/!\ Before reading this upgrade guide, please note that live updates to your production servers are carried out at your own risk. Debian Edu/Skolelinux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Please read this chapter and the New features in Trixie chapter of this manual completely before attempting to upgrade.
General notes on upgradingUpgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately a bit more complicated as we modify configuration files in ways we shouldn't. However we have documented the needed steps below. (See Debian bug 311188 for more information how Debian Edu should modify configuration files.) In general, upgrading the servers is more difficult than the workstations and the main server is the most difficult to upgrade. If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works as before, you should test the upgrade on a test system or systems configured the same way as your production machines. There you can test the upgrade without risk and see if everything works as it should. Make sure to also read the information about the current Debian Stable release in its installation manual. It may also be wise to wait a bit and keep running Oldstable for a few weeks longer, so that others can test the upgrade and document any problems they experience. The Oldstable release of Debian Edu will receive continued support for some time after the next Stable release, but when Debian ceases support for Oldstable, Debian Edu will necessarily do the same.
Upgrades from Debian Edu Bookworm/!\ Be prepared: make sure you have tested the upgrade from Bookworm in a test environment or have backups ready to be able to go back. Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main server installation (desktop=xfce, profiles Main Server, Workstation, LTSP Server). (For a general overview concerning Bookworm to Trixie upgrade, see: ) Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. If apt finishes with an error, try to fix it and/or run apt -f install and then apt -y full-upgrade once again.
Upgrading the main serverStart by making sure the current system is up-to-date: Prepare and start the upgrade to Trixie: apt-list-changes: be prepared for a lot of NEWS to read; press <return> to scroll down, <q> to leave the pager. All information will be mailed to root so that you can read it again (using mailx or mutt). Read all debconf information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed' unless stated differently below; in most cases hitting return will be fine. restart services: Choose yes. Samba server and utilities: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. openssh-server: Choose 'keep the local version currently installed'. Apply and adjust configuration: Certificates generated by older Debian Edu releases lack the X.509 extensions required by OpenSSLv3 and are incompatible with Debian Edu 13+ clients. Administrators who manually upgrade the main server must therefore regenerate them using the certificate defaults introduced in Debian Edu 13. The default key algorithm was changed to ECDSA using the prime256v1 curve. RSA-2048 itself remains supported by OpenSSLv3 though. See !44 and !40 for further technical information. Before continuing though, back up the existing certificate files. The archive contains private keys and must be kept secure. This replaces the Debian Edu root CA. The new root CA must be distributed to all clients again, using /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/fetch-rootca-cert on the clients. To restore the server-side certificate files from the archive: Restoring the archive only restores the server-side certificate files. It does not undo distribution of the new root CA to clients. Check if the upgraded system works: Reboot; log in as first user and test if the GOsa² gui is working, if one is able to connect LTSP clients and workstations, if one can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if one can send and receive internal email, if one can manage printers, and if other site specific things are working.
Upgrading a workstationDo all the basic things like on the main server and without doing the things not needed.
Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations (before Bookworm)To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Bookworm based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions provided above. Instructions are given in the Manual for Debian Edu Bookworm about how to upgrade to Bookworm from the previous release, Bullseye. CategoryPermalink
HowToHowTos for general administration HowTos for advanced administration HowTos for the desktop HowTos for networked clients HowTos for Samba HowTos for teaching and learning HowTos for users CategoryPermalink
HowTos for general administrationThe Getting Started and Maintenance chapters describe how to get started with Debian Edu and how to do the basic maintenance work. The howtos in this chapter have some more "advanced" tips and tricks.
Configuration history: tracking /etc/ using the Git version control systemUsing etckeeper, all files in /etc/ are tracked using Git as a version control system. This makes it possible to see when a file is added, changed and removed, as well as what was changed if the file is a text file. The git repository is stored in /etc/.git/. Every hour, any changes are automatically recorded, allowing configuration history to be extracted and reviewed. To look at the history, the command etckeeper vcs log is used. To check the differences between two points in time, a command like etckeeper vcs diff can be used. See the output of man etckeeper for more information. List of useful commands:
Usage examplesOn a freshly installed system, try this to see all changes done since the system was installed: See which files are currently not tracked and which are not up-to-date: To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:
Resizing PartitionsIn Debian Edu, all partitions other than the /boot/ partition are on logical LVM volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to happen while the partition is unmounted. It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say, 20GiB), because of the time it takes to run fsck on them or to restore them from backup if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller partitions than one very large one. The helper script debian-edu-fsautoresize is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it reads the configuration from /usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab, /site/etc/fsautoresizetab and /etc/fsautoresizetab. It then proposes to extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the commands needed to extend the file system. The argument -n is needed to actually execute these commands to extend the file systems. The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in the fsautoresize-hosts netgroup. When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache size in etc/squid/squid.conf needs to be updated as well. The helper script /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of /var/spool/squid/ and configuring Squid to use 80% of this as its cache size.
Logical Volume ManagementLogical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the LVM HowTo. To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the lvextend command how large you want it to grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following commands: To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G).
Using ldapvildapvi is a tool to edit the LDAP database with a normal text editor on the commandline. The following needs to be executed: Note: ldapvi will use whatever is the default editor. By executing export EDITOR=vim in the shell prompt one can configure the environment to get a vi clone as editor. /!\ Warning: ldapvi is a very powerful tool. Be careful and don't mess up the LDAP database, same warning applies for JXplorer.
Kerberized NFSUsing Kerberos for NFS to mount home directories is a security feature. Workstations and LTSP clients won't work without Kerberos. The levels krb5, krb5i and krb5p are supported (krb5 means Kerberos authentication, i stands for integrity check and p for privacy, i.e. encryption); the load on both server and workstation increases with the security level, krb5i is a good choice and has been chosen as default.
How to change the defaultMain server login as root run ldapvi -ZD '(cn=admin)', search for sec=krb5i and replace it with sec=krb5 or sec=krb5p. edit /etc/exports.d/edu.exports and adjust these entries accordingly: run exportfs -r.
StandardskriverThis tool allows to set the default printer depending on location, machine, or group membership. For more information, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/README.md. The configuration file /etc/standardskriver.cfg has to be provided by the admin, see /usr/share/doc/standardskriver/examples/standardskriver.cfg as an example.
JXplorer, an LDAP GUIIf you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the jxplorer package, which is installed by default. To get write access connect like this:
ldap-createuser-krb5, a command-line tool for adding usersldap-createuser-krb is a small command line tool to create user accounts, it is invoked as follows: ]]>All arguments except the username and GECOS field are optional, the latter usually should contain the full name of the user. Unless specified the tool will pick the next free UID and GID automatically and not assign any additional groups to the user. If no department is given, it will pick the first gosaDepartment from LDAP which is likely skole and for regular users usually not what you want, so you should pick an appropriate value for the user, e.g. Teachers or Students. After entering and confirming the password and entering the LDAP administrator password, ldap-createuser-krb5 will create the user account in LDAP, set the Kerberos password, create the home directory, and add a corresponding Samba user. The following screenshot shows an example invocation to create a user account named harhir for a teacher whose full name is "Harry Hirsch": ) +Enter LDAP Password: +add objectClass: + top + person + organizationalPerson + inetOrgPerson + gosaAccount + posixAccount + shadowAccount + krbPrincipalAux + krbTicketPolicyAux +add sn: + Harry Hirsch +add givenName: + Harry Hirsch +add uid: + harhir +add cn: + Harry Hirsch +add userPassword: + {CRYPT}$y$j9T$TWnq55O1rvyLhjF.$oVf.t.RXC1v/4Y8FhV0umno629mo7bP7/YJyig6HET6 +add homeDirectory: + /skole/tjener/home0/harhir +add loginShell: + /bin/bash +add uidNumber: + 2004 +add gidNumber: + 2004 +add gecos: + Harry Hirsch +add shadowLastChange: + 19641 +add shadowMin: + 0 +add shadowMax: + 99999 +add shadowWarning: + 7 +add krbPwdPolicyReference: + cn=users,cn=INTERN,cn=kerberos,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no +add krbPrincipalName: + harhir@INTERN +adding new entry "uid=harhir,ou=people,ou=Teachers,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no" +modify complete +]]>
Using stable-updatesWhile you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates are pushed into the stable suite regularly when stable point releases are done, which roughly happens every two months.
Using backports to install newer softwareYou are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org steps in. Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian distribution like Debian Edu. We recommend you to pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all backports available there. Using Backports is simple: /etc/apt/sources.list.d/trixie-backports.sources +Types: deb +URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian +Suites: trixie-backports +Components: main contrib non-free non-free-firmware +Enabled: yes +Signed-By: /usr/share/keyrings/debian-archive-keyring.gpg +EOF +apt update]]>After which one can install backported packages easily, the following command will install a backported version of tuxtype: Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other packages. Like the normal archive, backports has four sections: main, contrib, non-free and non-free-firmware.
Upgrading with a CD or similar imageIf you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Trixie 13.1 to 13.2) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only physical media, follow these steps: Insert the CD / DVD / Blu-ray disc / USB flash drive and use the apt-cdrom command: To quote the apt-cdrom(8) man page: apt-cdrom is used to add a new CD-ROM to APTs list of available sources. apt-cdrom takes care of determining the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible mis-burns and verifying the index files. It is necessary to use apt-cdrom to add CDs to the APT system, it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disk in a multi-CD set must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns. Then run these two commands to upgrade the system:
Automatic cleanup of leftover processeskiller is a perl script that gets rid of background jobs. Background jobs are defined as processes that belong to users who are not currently logged into the machine. It's run by cron job once an hour.
Automatic installation of security upgradesunattended-upgrades is a Debian package which will install security (and other) upgrades automatically. If installed, the package is preconfigured to install security upgrades. The logs are available in /var/log/unattended-upgrades/; also, there are always /var/log/dpkg.log and /var/log/apt/.
Automatic shutdown of machines during the nightIt is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package shutdown-at-night will try to turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main server will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending Wake-on-LAN packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines. Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up: The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is ensured by checking the output from who, and as a special case, checking for the SSH connection command to work with X2Go thin clients. To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all clients do not start at the same time. There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a motherboard and BIOS version supported by nvram-wakeup; the other requires clients to have support for Wake-on-LAN, and the server to know about all the clients that need to be woken up.
How to set up shutdown-at-nightOn clients that should turn off at night, touch /etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night, or add the hostname (that is, the output from 'uname -n' on the client) to the netgroup "shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done using the GOsa² web tool. The clients might need to have Wake-on-LAN configured in the BIOS. It is also important that the switches and routers used between the Wake-on-LAN server and the clients will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets. To enable Wake-on-LAN on the server, add the clients to /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients, with one line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet address), separated by a space; or create a script /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator to generate the list of clients on the fly. Here is an example /etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator for use with sitesummary: An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the ng-utils package:
Access Debian Edu servers located behind a firewallTo access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing the package autossh. It can be used to set up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH tunnel.
Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from the main serverIn the default installation, all services are running on the main server, hostname tjener. To simplify moving some to another machine, there is a minimal installation profile available. Installing with this profile will lead to a machine, which is part of the Debian Edu network, but which doesn't have any services running (yet). These are the required steps to setup a machine dedicated to some services: choose the Minimal profile during installation install the packages for the service configure the service disable the service on the main server update DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) on the main server
HowTos from wiki.debian.orgFIXME: The HowTos from are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) CategoryPermalink
Advanced administration howtoIn this chapter advanced administration tasks are described.
User Customisations with GOsa²
Create Users in Year GroupsIn this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home directories for each group (home0/2026, home0/2028, etc). We want to create the users by csv import. (as root on the main server) Make the necessary year group directories mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2026 (as first user in Gosa) Department Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The 'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose 'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2026) and Description fields (students graduating in 2026), leave the Base field as is (should be '/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2026) should show up below /Students. Click it. Group Choose 'Groups' from the main menu; 'Actions'/Create/Group. Enter group name (leave 'Base' as is, should be /Students/2026) and 'Ok' to save it. Template Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base field. An Entry NewStudent should show up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic and POSIX tabs, maybe take screenshots to have information ready for the new template. Now change to /Students/2026 in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2026 group under Group Membership, too), then add the POSIX account. Import users Choose your new template when doing csv import; testing it with a few users is recommended.
Other User Customisations
Creating folders in the home directories of all usersWith this script the administrator can create a folder in each user's home directory and set access permissions and ownership. In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments.
Use a dedicated storage serverTake these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home directories and possibly other data. Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the Getting started chapter of this manual. This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once 'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines: Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports file.) Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all clients to automatically mount the new export on request. This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an editor. ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list individual mount points in LDAP.) Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern does not use automount to avoid mounting loops: Create the mount point directories using mkdir, edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run mount -a to mount the new resources. Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any application on any workstation, LTSP thin client or LTSP server.
Restrict SSH login accessThere are several ways to restrict SSH login, some are listed here.
Setup without LTSP clientsIf no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say sshusers) and to add a line to the machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the sshusers group will then be allowed to ssh into the machine from everywhere. Managing this case with GOsa² is quite simple: Create a group sshusers on the base level (where already other system management related groups like gosa-admins show up). Add users to the new group sshusers. Add AllowGroups sshusers to /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Execute service ssh restart.
Setup with LTSP clientsThe default LTSP diskless client setup doesn't use SSH connections. Update the SquashFS image on the related LTSP server after the SSH setup has been changed is enough. X2Go thin clients are using SSH connections to the related LTSP server. So a different approach using PAM is needed. Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file. Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from the internal networks by adding these lines: If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be dropped to disable internal SSH login access. Note: someone connecting his box to the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain SSH access to the LTSP server(s) as well.
A note for more complex setupsIf X2Go clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8, things would be even more complicated and maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the vendor-class-identifier together with appropriate PAM configuration would allow to disable internal SSH login. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for the desktop
Set up a multi-language desktop environmentTo support multiple languages these steps need to be done: Run dpkg-reconfigure locales (as root) and choose the languages (UTF-8 variants). Run these commands as root to install the related packages: Users will then be able to choose the language via the LightDM display manager before logging in; this applies to Xfce, LXDE and LXQt. GNOME and KDE both come with their own internal region and language configuration tools, use these. MATE uses the Arctica greeter on top of LightDM whithout a language chooser. Run apt purge arctica-greeter to get the stock LightDM greeter.
Playing DVDslibdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can build your own local packages using the libdvd-pkg Debian package; make sure contrib is enabled in /etc/apt/sources.list. Answer the debconf questions, then run dpkg-reconfigure libdvd-pkg.
Handwriting fontsThe package fonts-linex (which is installed by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with lines. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for networked clients
Introduction to thin clients and diskless workstationsOne generic term for both thin clients and diskless workstations is LTSP client. (!) Starting with Bullseye, LTSP is quite different from the previous versions. This concerns both setup and maintenance. As one main difference, the SquashFS image for diskless workstations is now generated from the LTSP server file system by default. This happens on a combined server at first boot, taking some time. Thin clients are no longer part of LTSP. Debian Edu uses X2Go to still support thin client usage. In case of a separate or an additional LTSP server, required information for setting up the LTSP client environment isn't complete at installation time. Setup can be done once the system has been added with GOsa². For information about LTSP in general, see the LTSP homepage. On systems with LTSP server profile, man ltsp provides more information. Please note that the ltsp tool from LTSP has to be used carefully. For example, ltsp image / would fail to generate the SquashFS image in case of Debian machines (these have a separate /boot partition by default), ltsp ipxe would fail to generate the iPXE menu correctly (due to Debian Edu's thin client support), and ltsp initrd would mess up LTSP client boot completely. The debian-edu-ltsp-install tool is a wrapper script for ltsp image, ltsp initrd and ltsp ipxe. It is used to setup and configure diskless workstation and thin client support (both 64-Bit and 32-Bit PC). See man debian-edu-ltsp-install or the script content to see how it works. All configuration is contained in the script itself (HERE documents) to facilitate site specific adjustments. Examples how to use the wrapper script debian-edu-ltsp-install: debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes updates the diskless workstation SquashFS image (server filesystem). debian-edu-ltsp-install --diskless_workstation yes --thin_type bare creates diskless workstation and 64-bit thin client support. debian-edu-ltsp-install --arch i386 --thin_type bare creates additional 32-bit thin client support (chroot and SquashFS image). Besides bare (smallest thin client system), also display and desktop are available options. The display type offers a shutdown button, the desktop type runs Firefox ESR in kiosk mode on the client itself (more local RAM and CPU power required, but server load reduced). The debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe tool is a wrapper script for ltsp ipxe. It makes sure that the /srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.ipxe file is Debian Edu specific. The command needs to be run after iPXE menu related items (like menu timeout or default boot settings) in the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [server] section have been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-initrd tool is a wrapper script for ltsp initrd. It makes sure that a use case specific initrd (/srv/tftp/ltsp/ltsp.img) is generated and then moved to the use case related directory. The command needs to be run after the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section has been modified. The debian-edu-ltsp-chroot tool is a replacement for the ltsp-chroot tool shipped with LTSP5. It is used to execute commands in a specified LTSP chroot (like e.g. install, upgrade and remove packages). Diskless workstation A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is administered and maintained on the LTSP server, but runs on the diskless workstations. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low maintenance costs as with thin clients. Unlike workstations diskless workstations run without any need to add them with GOsa². Thin client A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal, where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine boots via PXE without using a local client hard drive and that the LTSP server needs to be a powerful machine. Debian Edu still supports the use of thin clients to enable the use of very old hardware. (!) Since Thin clients use X2Go, users should disable compositing to avoid display artefacts. In the default case (Xfce desktop environment): Settings -> Window Manager Tweaks -> Compositor. LTSP client firmware LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network interface requires a non-free firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the LTSP server's initrd. Proceed like this on the LTSP server: First get information about firmware packages, run: Decide which package has to be installed for the network interface(s), most probably this will be firmware-linux, run: Update the SquashFS image for diskless workstations, run: In case X2Go thin clients are used, run: and proceed according to the usage information. Then update the SquashFS image; e.g. for the /srv/ltsp/x2go-bare-amd64 chroot, run:
LTSP client type selectionEach LTSP server has two ethernet interfaces: one configured in the main 10.0.0.0/8 subnet (which is shared with the main server), and another forming a local subnet (a separate subnet for each LTSP server). In both cases diskless workstation or thin client can be chosen from the iPXE menu. After waiting for 5 seconds, the machine will boot as diskless workstation. The default iPXE boot menu item and it's default timeout can both be configured in /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf. A timeout value of -1 is used to hide the menu. Run debian-edu-ltsp-ipxe for the changes to take effect.
Use a different LTSP client network192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed using the LTSP profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit the file /etc/network/interfaces and adjust the eth1 settings accordingly. Use ldapvi or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration.
Add LTSP chroot to support 32-bit-PC clientsTo create chroot and SquashFS image, run: See man debian-edu-ltsp-install for details about thin client types.
LTSP client configurationRun man ltsp.conf to have a look at available configuration options. Or read it online: Add configuration items to the /etc/ltsp/ltsp.conf [clients] section. For the changes to take effect, run:
Sound with LTSP clientsLTSP thin clients use networked audio to pass audio from the server to the clients. LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally.
Access to USB drives and CD-ROMs/DVDsWhen users insert a USB drive or DVD / CD-ROM into a Diskless Workstation, a corresponding icon appears on the desktop, allowing access to the content as on a workstation. When users insert a USB drive into an X2Go thin client of type bare (default combined server installation), the media is mounted as soon as the existing folder icon on the Xfce desktop is double-clicked. Depending on the media content it might take some time until the content shows up in the file manager.
A warning about removable media on LTSP serversWhen inserted into an LTSP server, USB drives and other removable media cause the related folder icon to appear on LTSP thin client desktops. Remote users can access the files.
Use printers attached to LTSP clientsAttach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port are supported). Configure the LTSP client with GOsa² to use a fixed IP address. Configure the printer using the web interface https://www.intern:631 on the main server; choose network printer type AppSocket/HP JetDirect (for all printers regardless of brand or model) and set socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100 as connection URI.
Modifying the PXE setupPXE stands for Preboot eXecution Environment. Debian Edu now uses the iPXE implementation for easier LTSP integration.
Configuring the PXE menuThe iPXE menu item concerning system installations is generated using the script debian-edu-pxeinstall. It allows some settings to be overridden using the file /etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf with replacement values.
Configuring the PXE installationThe PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror settings from the settings used when installing the main server, and the other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions, the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some examples of available debconf values are already commented in /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat. Your changes will be lost as soon as debian-edu-pxeinstall is used to recreate the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat during recreation with debian-edu-pxeinstall, add the file /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local with your additional debconf values. More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the Installation chapter.
Adding a custom repository for PXE installationsFor adding a custom repository add something like this to /etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local: and then run /usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall once.
Changing network settingsThe debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change. It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet. /!\ Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing of configuration files to remove duplicate entries. There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require changes to LDAP and files in the main server and client file system. In both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too. ` By default, machines/clients on the Debian Edu network might be allowed but not registered as systems in GOsa². If it is necessary to allow only registered clients, use the HTTP_HOST option in RewriteRule of apache2 configuration instead of the invalid SERVER_ADDRESS (see this merge request for details: https://salsa.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-config/-/merge_requests/43).
Remote DesktopChoosing the LTSP server profile or the combined server profile also installs the xrdp and x2goserver packages.
XrdpXrdp uses the Remote Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft Windows users can connect to the LTSP server running xrdp without installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop Connection on their Windows machine and connect. Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server. Xrdp comes without sound support; to compile (or re-compile) the required modules this script could be used. Please note: The caller needs to be root or a member of the sudo group. Also, /etc/apt/sources.list must contain a valid deb-src line.
X2GoX2Go enables you to access a graphical desktop on the LTSP server over both low bandwidth and high bandwidth connections from a PC running Linux, Windows or macOS. Additional software is needed on the client side, see the X2Go wiki for more information. Please note that the killer package should best be removed on the LTSP server if X2Go is used, see 890517.
Available Remote Desktop clientsfreerdp-x11 is installed by default and is capable of RDP and VNC. RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative client package is rdesktop. VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. An alternative client package is xvncviewer. x2goclient is a graphical client for the X2Go system (not installed by default). You can use it to connect to running sessions and start new ones.
Wireless clientsThe freeRADIUS server could be used to provide secure network connections. For this to work, install the freeradius and winbind packages on the main server and run /usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/setup-freeradius-server to generate a basic, site specific configuration. This way, both EAP-TTLS/PAP and PEAP-MSCHAPV2 methods are enabled. All configuration is contained in the script itself to facilitate site specific adjustments. See the freeRADIUS homepage for details. Additional configuration is needed to enable/disable access points via a shared secret (/etc/freeradius/3.0/clients.conf). allow/deny wireless access using LDAP groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/users). combine access points into dedicated groups (/etc/freeradius/3.0/huntgroups) (!) End user devices need to be configured properly, these devices need to be PIN protected for the use of EAP (802.1x) methods. Users should also be educated to install the freeradius CA certificate on their devices to be sure to connect to the right server. This way their password can't be catched in case of a malicious server. The site specific certificate is available on the internal network. (for end user devices running Linux) (Linux, Android) (macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Windows) Please note that configuring end user devices will be a real challenge due to the variety of devices. For Windows devices an installer script could be created, for Apple devices a mobileconfig file. In both cases the freeRADIUS CA certificate can be integrated, but OS specific tools are needed to create the scripts.
Authorize Windows machine with Debian Edu credentials using pGina LDAP plugin
Adding pGina user in Debian EduTo have an ability to use pGina (or any else 3rd party auth-service-application) you should have a special user account used in search inside of LDAP. Add a special user, eg pguser with password pwd.777, on website.
Install pGina forkDownload and install pGina 3.9.9.12 as usual software. Take an attention that LDAP plugin persists in pGina plugin folder:
Configure pGinaConsidering to Debian Edu settings the connection to LDAP uses SSL by port 636. So necessary settings in a pGina LDAP plugin are below (these are stored in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\pGina3.fork\Plugins\0f52390b-c781-43ae-bd62-553c77fa4cf7).
LDAP Plugin main sectionLDAP Host(s): 10.0.2.2 (or any else with "space" as a separator) LDAP Port: 636 (for SSL connection) Timeout: 10 Use SSL: YES (tick checkbox) Start TLS: NO (don't tick checkbox) Validate Server Certificate: NO (don't tick checkbox) Search DN: uid=pguser,ou=people,ou=Students,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no ("pguser" is a user to authenticate in LDAP to search users in a login session) Search Password: pwd.777 (this is the "pguser" password)
Authentication blockBind Tab: Allow Empty Passwords: NO Search for DN: YES (tick checkbox) Search Filter: (&(uid=%u)(objectClass=person))
Authorization blockDefault: Allow Deny when LDAP authentication fails: YES (tick checkbox) Allow when server is unreachable: NO (don't tick checkbox, optional)
Plugin SelectionLDAP: Authentication [v], Authorization [v], Gateway[v], Change Password [_] Local Machine: Authentication [v], Gateway [v] (tick only two checkboxes)
Plugin OrderAuthentication: LDAP, Local Machine Gateway: LDAP, Local Machine Sources: CategoryPermalink
Samba in Debian EduSamba is now configured as standalone server with modern SMB2/SMB3 support and usershares enabled, see /etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf on the main server. This way non-admin users are enabled to provide shares. For site specific changes, copy /usr/share/debian-edu-config/smb.conf.edu-site to the /etc/samba directory. The settings in smb.conf.edu-site will override those contained in smb-debian-edu.conf. Please note: By default, home directories are read only. This can be changed in /etc/samba/smb.conf.edu-site. Samba passwords are stored using smbpasswd and are updated in case a password is changed using GOsa². To temporarily disable a user's Samba account, run smbpasswd -d <username>, smbpasswd -e <username> will re-enable it. Running chown root:teachers /var/lib/samba/usershares on the main server will disable usershares for 'students'.
Accessing files via SambaConnections to a user's home directory and to additional site specific shares (if configured) are possible for devices running Linux, Android, macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Chrome OS or Windows. For example, Android based devices require a file manager with SMB2/SMB3 support, also known as LAN access. X-plore or Total Commander with LAN plugin might be a good choice. Use \\tjener\<username> or smb://tjener/<username> to access the home directory. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for teaching and learningAll Debian packages mentioned in this section can be installed by running apt install <package> (as root).
Teaching Programmingstable/education-development is a meta package depending on a lot of programming tools. Please note that almost 2 GiB of disk space is needed if this package is installed. For more details (maybe to install only a few packages), see the Debian Edu Development packages page.
Monitoring pupils/!\ Warning: make sure you know the status of the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your jurisdiction. Some schools use control tools like Epoptes or Veyon to supervise their students. See also: Epoptes Homepage and Veyon Homepage.
Restricting pupils' network accessSome schools use Squidguard or e2guardian to restrict Internet access. CategoryPermalink
HowTos for users
Changing passwordsEvery user should change her or his password by using GOsa². To do so, just use a browser and go to https://www/gosa/. Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that passwords for Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey), LDAP (userPassword) and Samba are the same. Changing passwords using PAM is working also at the GDM login prompt, but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa² (LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you really should also change it using GOsa².
Running standalone Java applicationsStandalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK Java runtime.
Using emailAll users can send and receive mails within the internal network; certificates are provided to allow TLS secured connections. To allow mail outside the internal network, the administrator needs to configure the mailserver exim4 to suit the local situation, starting with dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config. Every user who wants to use Thunderbird needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal email address is jdoe@postoffice.intern.
ThunderbirdStart Thunderbird Click 'Skip this and use my existing email' Enter your email address Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used Click 'Continue' For both IMAP and SMTP the settings should be 'STARTTLS' and 'Kerberos/GSSAPI'; adjust if not detected automatically Click 'Done' CategoryPermalink
Contribute
Contribute onlineMost of the time, the developer mailing list is our main medium for communication, though we also have #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, sometimes, real gatherings, where we meet each other in person. A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to subscribe to the commit mailinglist.
Report bugsDebian Edu uses the Debian Bug Tracking System (BTS). View existing bug reports and feature requests or create new ones. Please report all bugs against the package debian-edu-config. Take a look at How To Report Bugs for more information on bug reporting in Debian Edu.
Documentation writers and translatorsThis document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: if you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider sharing your knowledge with us. The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. Just go to and you can contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you may need to create a wiki user account first. Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document can be found in the translations chapter of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book! CategoryPermalink
Support
Volunteer based support
in English - support mailing list #debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do not expect real time support even though it frequently happens.
in Norwegian#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support Norwegian users
in German - support mailing list #skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support German users
in French - support mailing list
Professional supportLists of companies providing professional support are available from . CategoryPermalink
New features in Debian Edu Trixie
New features for Debian Edu 13 Trixie
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian trixie, see its installation manual for more details, including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. New artwork based on the Ceratopsian theme, the default artwork for Debian 13 trixie.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 13 trixie, eg: Linux kernel 6.12 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.162, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 LibreOffice 7.4 GOsa² 2.8 Educational toolbox GCompris 25.0 Music creator Rosegarden 24.12 LTSP 23.02 Debian Trixie includes more than 59000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 13 Trixie is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Trixie Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian, and Ukrainian.
Known issuessee the Debian Edu Trixie status page. CategoryPermalink
Copyright and authorsThis document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007-2024), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001-2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen (2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009-2014), Oded Naveh (2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat (2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye (2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012-2024), Bernhard Hammes (2012), Joe Hansen (2015), Serhii Horichenko (2022) and Guido Berhörster (2023) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy! If you add content to it, please only do so if you are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions! Then add your name here and release it under the "GPL v2 or any later version" licence. CategoryPermalink
Translations of this documentThere is an online overview of packaged translations, updated frequently.
HowTo translate this document
Translate using PO filesAs in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in PO files. More information about the process can be found in /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-trixie-manual-translations.
Translate online using a web browserMost language teams have decided to translate via Weblate. See for more information. Please report any problems. CategoryPermalink
Appendix A - The GNU General Public License
Manual for Debian Edu 13 Codename TrixieCopyright (C) 2007-2024 Holger Levsen < holger@layer-acht.org > and others, see the Copyright for the full list of copyright owners. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSEVersion 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS CategoryPermalink
Appendix B - Features in older releases
New features for Debian Edu 12 Bookworm
Installation changesNew version of Debian Installer from Debian bookworm, see its installation manual for more details, including information on non-free-firmware, which is a new section in addition to the well known main, contrib and non-free sections. New artwork based on the Emerald theme, the default artwork for Debian 12 bookworm.
Software updatesEverything which is new in Debian 12 bookworm, eg: Linux kernel 6.1 Desktop environments KDE Plasma 5.27, GNOME 43, Xfce 4.18, LXDE 11, MATE 1.26 LibreOffice 7.4 GOsa² 2.8 Educational toolbox GCompris 3.1 Music creator Rosegarden 22.12 LTSP 23.01 Debian Bookworm includes more than 64000 packages available for installation. More information about Debian 12 Bookworm is provided in the release notes and the installation manual.
Documentation and translation updatesDuring installation the profile choice page is available in 29 languages, of which 22 are fully translated. The Debian Edu Bookworm Manual is translated to Simplified Chinese, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian (Bokmål), Brazilian Portuguese, European Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Ukrainian.
Known issuessee the Debian Edu Bookworm status page.
Historic information about older releasesThe following Debian Edu releases were made further in the past: Debian Edu 11 Codename Bullseye released 2021-08-14. Debian Edu 10+edu0 Codename Buster released 2019-07-06. Debian Edu 9+edu0 Codename Stretch released 2017-06-17. Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie released 2016-07-02. Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28. Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze", released 2013-03-03. Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze", released 2012-03-11. Debian Edu 5.0.6+edu1 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-10-05. Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 Codename "Lenny", released 2010-02-08. Debian Edu "3.0r1 Terra", released 2007-12-05. Debian Edu "3.0r0 Terra" released 2007-07-22. Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08. Debian Edu 2.0, released 2006-03-14. Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06. Debian Edu "1.0 Venus" release 2004-06-20. Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19. A complete and detailed overview about older releases is contained in Appendix C of the Jessie manual; or see the related release manuals on the release manuals page. CategoryPermalink
CategoryPermalink
\ No newline at end of file Binary files /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/NRDIYBo2u5/debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/Debian_Edu_Network.odg and /srv/release.debian.org/tmp/pK5bhoTgBE/debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/source/Debian_Edu_Network.odg differ diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/version debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/version --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/version 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/debian-edu-trixie/version 2026-09-14 08:17:06.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +13 diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/scripts/get_images debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/scripts/get_images --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/scripts/get_images 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/scripts/get_images 2026-11-01 16:48:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #!/usr/bin/perl -# Author: 2007 Patrick Winnertz -# 2009 Holger Levsen -# License: GPLv2 or later +# Author: 2007 Patrick Winnertz +# 2009 Holger Levsen +# License: GPLv2 or later # -# This small scripts downloads and stores the images in the images/ subdir, +# This small scripts downloads and stores the images in the images/ subdir, # then it modifies the xml file to use these images @@ -58,6 +58,3 @@ } &replace(); - - - diff -Nru debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/scripts/get_manual debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/scripts/get_manual --- debian-edu-doc-2.12.27/documentation/scripts/get_manual 2025-04-13 19:56:34.000000000 +0000 +++ debian-edu-doc-2.13.3~deb13u1/documentation/scripts/get_manual 2026-09-07 13:40:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -79,9 +79,10 @@ # Make wiki self links actually local perl -pe "s%(.*?)%\2%g" | -perl -pe "s%(.*?)%\2%g" | perl -pe "s%(.*?)%\3%g" | perl -pe "s%(.*?)%\4%g" | +# Links pointing to Wiki pages outside the tree stay external +perl -pe "s%(.*?)%\2%g" | # introduce line breaks: sed "s%%\n<title>%g" | @@ -265,6 +266,9 @@ sed -i 's%<textobject><phrase>\(.*png\)</phrase></textobject>%%g' $stripped_xmlfile fi + # Remove remark about <hr> tags + sed -i 's/<!--rule (<hr>) is not applicable to DocBook-->//' $stripped_xmlfile + # --remove FIXME: paragraphs sed -i '/^FIXME:/d' $stripped_xmlfile # --remove GPL; exclude the ITIL manual which doesn't contain it.